Skip to main content

Full text of "The pictorial museum of animated nature .."

See other formats


Util  IH-ij 


i 


im 


I 


imm 


THE 


Pillar ia^l  Jli|«$«g#ititi 


OF 


ANIMATED  NATURE. 


VOLUME    I. 


MAMMALIA.      B  I  E  D  S. 


LONDON: 
CHARLES   COX,    12,  KING  WILLIAM  STREET,   STRAND. 


PRICE  SKTEEN  SHILLINGS  AND  SIXPENCE,  BOUND  IN  CLOTH. 


LONDON  :    rUINTED  BV  Wll  LIAM  CLOWM  AHD  SONS,  STAMFORD  STBEET 


CONTENTS    OF    VOLUME    I. 


MAMMALIA. 


F«ONTISPIECB.- 


-Thk  Royai.  TiGKB ,— a  coloured  facsimile  from  an  original  drawing  by  T.  Landsbeb. 


Dereriplioni.  P»ge«- 

FelidsB  (cat-tribe)    .     .  ^~  }^ 

Marsupialia  .     .     .     •  ^^—  -■^ 

Quadrumana       ...  20      — 

Orangs 26-30 

Gibbons 3*^—  ^^ 

Monkeys       .     .     .     •  33      39 

American  monkeys       .  39 —  46 

Lemurs 46—  51 

Quadrumana  fossil    .     .  51 

Rodentia       ....  54         • 

Squirrels        ....  54—  55 

Dormice        ....  55—  58 

.Jerboas 58—  59 

Mice  ......  59-66 

Beaver 66      — 

Musquash      ....  66 

Burrowing  rats  .     .     .  67 —  70 

Utia IP      ~ 

Coypu *^ 

Porcupines   ....  70  • 

Chinchillas   ....  71—  74 

Pacas 74 

Agoutis 74—  78 

Leporidae  (Hares)   .     .  78      — 

Pachydermata    ...  79 

Elephant       ....  79—  86 

Mastodon      ....  87      — 

Hippopotamus   .     .      .  87 —  90 

Rhinoceros    ....  90 —  91 
Daman  or  Hyrax     .     .       91—  94 

Tapirs 94 

Hogs 95-101 

Hc^es 102-110 


Illustrations, 

Nos. 


1- 
60- 


59 
110 


111—  129 
130—  137 
138—  109 
170—  192 
193—  218 


219—  231 
232—  236 
237—  251 
252—  268 
269—  270 

271—  - 

272—  284 
285—  286 
287—  288 
289—  294 
295—  302  I 
303—  300 
307—  315 
316—  3-20 

321—  3C7 
368—  370 
371—  374 
375—  390 
391—  395 
396—  403 
404—  442 
443—  481 


Pages. 

1 

110      — 

482 

111     — 

483 

111—114 

491 

115      — 

— 

Descriptions. 

Adapis     .... 
Dinotherium 
Toxodon 
Ruminantia  . 

Camels 115-120 

Llamas 121-123 

Giraffe 123-126 

Musk  deer     ....  127      — 

Cervidse 129       — 

Deer 130-138 

Antelopes     ....  139-147 

Goats 147-150 

Sheep 150—155 

Oxen 155-170 


Buffaloes 
I  Edentata 

Sloths  .  .  •  • 
',  Mylodon  .  .  • 
1;  Scelidotherium  .  . 
ij  Megatherium  .  . 
!(  Armadilloes  .  . 
|!  Anteaters  .  .  . 
'■''  Manis  .... 
!l  Ursidae,  or  Bears  . 
\\  Racoon    .... 

Panda 191 

Coati 

Kinkajou       .     .      • 
CanidiB    .     .     .     • 

Dogs 

Wolf 


170—174 

175      — 

175—176 

177—178 

178      — 

178—179 

179—182 

182—183 

183—184 

185—190 

190      — 


191  — 
191      — 

194  — 
193—202 
203—206 


Jackal 206      — 


lllastrations. 
Nos. 


490 

510 


511—  546 

547—  550 

557—  560 

.  567—  577 

578—  619 
020—  659 
060—  071 
672—  685 
686—  740 
741—  767 

768—  773 
774-  778 
779—  783 
784—  789 
790—  804 
806—  812 
813-  822 
823—  850 
851-  852 
853—  a54 

856—  — 

857—  859 

860—  900 
901—  915 
916—  919 


Descriptions. 

Fox 

Cape  Hunting  Dog 
Hyaenas    .     .     .     . 
Civets      .     .     .     . 
Cryptoprocta 
Ichneumons 
Weasels  .     .     .     . 


Ratel 

Badgers 

Otters 

Seals 

Bats 

Insectivora   .     .     .     . 

Shrews 

Moles 

Hedgehog     .     .     .     . 

Tenrecs 

Gymnure       .     .     .     . 

Banxring       .     .     .     ■ 

Pachydermata,  aquatic 

Dugong    .... 

Manatee  .... 

Zeuglodon     . 

Cetacea  (Whales)     . 

Dolphins 

Cachalots 

Whales,  proper  .     . 

Quadrumana,  additions 

Uisidse,  additions  to 

Vivenidae,  additions  to 
Rodentia,  additions  to 
Cats,  tails  of       .     . 


Pages. 

206-207 
207—208 
209—21 1 
211—212 
211  — 
213—214 
215—218 

218  — 

219  — 
219—222 
222—226 
227—230 
231   — 
231—234 
234—235 
235   — 
235   — 
235—238 
238   — 
238   — 
238  •  — 
238   — 

238  — 

239  — 
239—242 
242—243 
243—246 

to  246  — 

246  — 

247  - 
247  — 
247  — 


lUustrations. 
Nos. 

920—  926 
927  — 
928—  938 
939—  940 
947  — 
948—  958 
959—  967 
968—  970 
971-  974 
975—  983 
984—1014 
1015—1036 

1037—1050 

1051-1060 

1061—1063 

1064—1066 

1067   — 

1068—1072 

1073—1080 

1081  — 

1082  — 

1083  — 
1084—1085 
1086—1092 
1093—1099 
1100—1112 
1113  — 
1114-1115 
1110—1133 
1134—1135 
1136 


BIRDS. 


Birds  (Aves)      .     .     .      249—254 

Raptores 2i}5 

Falconidae     ....      255      — 

Eagles 256-200 

Falcons 260-270 

Hawks 270-271 

Kites 271-273 

Buzzards       ....      274-275 

Vultures 275-280 

Owls 281-284 

Caprimulgidae  (Nightjars^  985—290 

or  Goatsuckers)  .  I  ~ 
Hinindinidae  (Swallow)  290—295 
Todidffi  (Todies)  .  .  295  — 
Halcyonidae  (Kingfishers)  295—298 
Meropidae  (Bee-eaters)  299  — 
Tro?onidae  (Trogons)  .  299—302 
Muscicapidae  (Fly-l      _     3Q3      

catchers)        .  / 
Laniadae  (Shrikes)  .     .      303—306 
Coracinida;  (Fruit-crows)   300      — 
Ampelidae  (Chatterers)       306—310 


1137—1198 


1199- 
1233- 
1250- 
12.^7- 
1261- 
1265- 
1287- 


-1232 
-1249 
-1256 
-1260 
-1264 
-1286 
-1305 


1306—1327 

1328—1342 
1343—1345 
1340—1359 
1300—1365 
1366—1371 

1372—1375 

1376—1385 
1386—1389 
1390—1396 


Pipridae   (Cotingas    and|  ^jq      _ 

Manakins)  .     .     .  i 

Paridae  (Tits)     .     .     •  310—314 

Sylviadoe  (Warblers)     .  314—322 

Merulidac  (Thrushes)    .  322—327 

Menuridae  (Lyre-bird)  .  327—330 

Fringillidffi  (Finches)  .  330-339 

Sturnidae  (Starlings)      .  339—342 

Buphagidae  (Pique-)  3^2      — 

Boeufs)      .     .  /     • 

Coividae  (Crows)     .     .  342-346 

Paradiseidae  (Birds  of|  _  346—360 

Paradise)    .     .  /  ' 
Phytotomidae  (Plant- \         grjQ      

cutters)       .     .  /  ' 

Coliadae  (Colies)      .     .  350      — 

Musophagidae  (Plantain  |  ^^q      

eateis)'  ....  J 

Buceridse  (Ilornbills)    .  350—351 

Upupidae  (Hoopoes)      .  351—352 

Scansores      ....  354      — 

Ramphastidaj  (Toucans)  354—358 

Cuculidae  (Cuckoos)     .  358-362 


1397—1402 

1403- 
1414- 
1456- 
1479- 
1482- 
1523 


1413 
1455 
1478 
1481 
1522 
■1529 


1530 

1531- 

1553- 

1563 

1564 

1565- 

1571- 
1575- 

1579- 
1594- 


1552 
-1562 


-1570 

-1574 
-1578  ' 

-1.^93 
-1602 


Psittacidae  (Parrots)      . 
Certhiada;  (Creepers)    . 
Picida;  (Woodpeckers) 
Tiochilidae    (Humming-'l 
birds)     .     .     .     .  / 
Cinnyridae  (Sun-birds)  . 
Nectariniadae     (Honey- 1 
suckers)      .     .     .  / 
Meliphagidae 
eaters)   . 
Promeropidae 
ropes)     . 
Wood-swallows  .     .     . 

Wren 

Goldcrest  .  .  .  • 
Wood-wren  .  .  .  • 
Gyratores  .  .  .  • 
Columbidse  (Pigeons)  . 

Rasores 

Phasionidae  (Fowls   andl 
Pheasants)  .     .     .  i 
Tetraonidoe  (Grouse) 


362—366 
360—370 
370—375 

375-379 

379   — 

379   — 


(Honey-) 
(Prome-"> 


379   — 

379—382 

382   — 

382  — 
382—383 

383  — 
383  — 
383—390 
390   — 

390—398 

338—400 


1003—1025 
1026—1034 
1035—1059 

1000-1676 

1077-1079 

1680   — 

1681—1682 

1683—1684 

1085—1088 
1689—1090 

1691  — 

1692  — 

1693—1717 

1718— 1754 
1755—1764 


No.  1. 


PICTORIAL  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


Wb  enter  nithiii  tlie  doon  of  our  Pictorial  Museum, 
and  our  eye  i*  at  once  arrested  by  a  <roup  of  fierce 
yet  beautit\il  animals,  amon<  which  standi)  one  pro- 
minent in  stem  grandeur  and  majestic  bearing, — 
we  cannot  miiitake  him.— the  hon,  king  of  beasts. 

The  group  which  encircles  tliis  noble  beast, 
and  of  whicli  he  is  the  most  prominent  example,  is 
termed  the  Feline.  (Felidw.)  It  includes  the  tiger, 
the  leo|>aitl,  the  Ivnx,  the  cat,  and  many  others. 

Kki.id.k. — In  (his  family  group,  which  scarcely 
admits  of  any  generic  subdivisions,  are  compre- 
hended the  roost  sanguinary,  the  most  formidable, 
and  the  most  typical  of  the  order  Camirora.  Tliat 
b  to  say,  in  these  animals  the  organs  of  destruction 
exhibit  the  highest  degree  of  development.  Among 
quadrupeds  they  are  what  the  eagles  and  falcons 
are  amun:;  birds. 

Essentially  carnivorous,  still,  unlike  the  dog  which 
relishes  carrion,  they  reject  putrescent  flesh,  and 
consequently  are  more  expressly  endowed  and  litted 
for  the  work  of  wholesale  slausrhtcr.  Their  instincts 
and  powers  are,  in  fact,  in  ndmimblc  accordance. 
Their  frame  is  vigorous,  but  agile, — ^thcir  limbs  are 
short,  the  joints  well-knit,  but  supple,  and  every 
motion  is  easy,  free,  and  graceful.  They  leap  and 
bound  with  astonishing  velocity.  Their  footfall  is 
silent,  the  feet  being  provided  with  elastic  pads, 
namely,  a  large  basal  ball  or  cushion,  and  one  under 
each  toe  (see  fig.  5).  The  claws  are  of  enormous 
siie,  hooked,  and  sharp,  and  when  not  in  use  com- 
pletely retracted  withm  a  sheath,  so  as  not  to  be 
visible.  These,  indeed,  and  the  teeth,  are  the  in- 
struments of  their  destructive  enerery. 

The  dentition  of  the  Kclidae  is  very  characteristic. 
The  incisors  are  very  small,  six  above  and  six  below. 
The  canitu-s  are  of  enormous  size  and  strength  ;  the 
false  molars  are  sharp  and  compressed ;  above  there 
are  two  on  each  side, — ^the  first  small,  the  second 
lonij  and  conical.  This  is  followed  by  the  laniary 
molar  (csimassiere),  which  is  bicuspid  with  an  inner 
blunt  tubercle  ;  behind  the  laniary  is  a  very  minute 
tuberculous  molar,  but  this  is  wanting  in  the  lower 
jaw,  and  the  laniary  is  bicuspid. 

Dental  formula.— (See  figures  10,  11,  12.) 


Incisors  _,  canines 


1—1        ,       4—4 

,  molars 

The  shortness  of  the  muzzle  and  the  boldness  of 
the  occipital  ridge  give  an  appearance  to  the  skulls 
of  the  Felida;  as  if  they  were  drawn  out  backwards  ; 
the  forehead  has  no  sudden  rise,  but  is  continued 
from  the  nasal  bones  to  the  occiput,  in  a  gradual 
arch.  The  union  of  the  interparietal  and  occipital 
ridges  forms  a  beetling  promontory  (to  which  is  at- 
tached the  ligamentum  nuchac),  overhanging  the 
occipital  bone,  which  has  a  perpendicular,  and  even 
inwardly  inclined,  direction  ;  so  that  the  back  of  the 
skull  appears  abruptly  tnincate.  The  orbits  are 
large,  of  a  somewhat  oval  form,  and  obliquely  situ- 
ated. The  outer  ring  is  incomplete,  excepting,  as 
far  as  we  ourselves  have  examined,  in  one  species, 
the  Felis  jilaniceps  of  Sumatra,  in  v»'hich,  as  in  the 
ichneumons,  it  is  a  fair  circular  ring ;  indeed,  the 
skull  of  this  species  (of  which  we  have  only  seen  a 
single  specimen)  we  considered  as  approaching_in 
its  contour  to  that  of  some  of  the  viverrae.  The 
tympanic  bulla,  enclosing  the  internal  organs  of 
heanne,  is  largely  developed.  In  ihe  Felis  plani- 
cept  it  is  of  peculiar  magnitude. 

The  bold  ridges,  and  the  strenirth  and  form  of  the 
zygomatic  arches,  indicate  the  immense  volume  and 
stress  of  the  muscles  destined  to  act  upon  the  lower 
jaw.  The  articulatine  condyles  are  not  raised  above 
the  straight  horizontal  line  carried  along  the  sides  of 
the  lower  jaw ;  they  are  cylindrical,  .ind  firmly 
locked  in  the  transversely  elongated  glenoid  ca- 
vities, the  margins  of  which  are  so  elevated  before 
and  behind  as  to  render  any  but  a  simple  hinge-l'.ke 
motion  impossible.  This  scissor-like  action  of  the 
lower  jaw  is  in  accordance  with  the  trenchant  cha- 
racter of  the  molar  teeth,  the  mutual  action  of  which 
on  each  other  resembles  that  of  the  blades  of  a  pair 
of  shears.    (See  figures  2,  3,  4.") 

The  skulls  of  the  FeliiUp  exhibit  a  general  same- 
ness of  contour;  the  principal  difference  being  that 
of  size,  according  to  the  species.  The  ocelot  has, 
perhaps,  the  most  rounded  skull,  while  that  of  the 
Feli»  planicejtt  is  flattened  between  the  orbits  and 
narrow.  Those  of  the  lion  and  tiger  are  very  simi- 
lar, and  not  easy  to  be  discriminated  from  each 
other.  Tliere  is  greater  straightness  in  the  longi- 
tudinal outline  of  the  upper  suri'ace  in  that  of  the 
lion  ;  greater  flatness  of  the  space  between  the 
orhits;  and  the  infra-orbitai  foramina  aro  lanrer  and 


often  double.  Tlie  following  character,  first  noticed 
by  Professor  Owen,  appears  to  be  an  unfailing  cri- 
terion. In  the  tiger,  the  nasal  processes  of  the 
maxillary  bones  nevei  extend  upwards  as  far  as  the 
union  of'^the  nasal  bones  with  the  frontal,  failing  by 
the  third  of  nti  inch ;  while  in  the  lion,  the  nasal 
processes  ot  the  maxillary  bones  always  attain  the 
line  of  union  between  the  nasal  and  frontal  bones, 
and  sometimes  even  pa:ss  beyond  it. 

In  the  limbs  of  the  FelidiP  we  behold  the  finest 
display  of  muscular  development  which  can  be  con- 
ceived. The  dissected  arm  'of  a  lion  or  tiger  is  a 
subject  v\'orthy  the  study  of  an  artist.  Hence  to 
da.sh  down  their  prey  is  an  easy  task.  It  has  been 
said  that  the  Bengal  tiger  has  been  known  to  frac- 
ture the  skull  of  a  man  with  one  stj^ke  of  its  heavy 
paw.  We  may  ea-sily  conceive  the  force  of  the 
muscles  destined  to  act  on  the  claws  or  talons  to 
which  we  have  already  .alluded.  There  are  five  toes 
on  the  anterior,  and  four  on  the  posterior  extremi- 
ties ;  and  these  are  armed  with  the  formidable 
weapons  in  question.  By  a  beautiful  structural 
conformation  of  the  bones,  ligaments,  and  muscular 
parts,  they  are  always  preserved  without  effort  from 
coming  in  contact  with  the  ground,  and  are  retracted 
within  a  sheath,  so  as  to  be  kept  sharp  and  ready 
for  service. 

This  involuntary  retraction,  counteracted  only  by 
the  action  of  muscles,  is  effected  by  two  elastic 
ligaments  so  contrived  as  to  roll  back  the  ultimate 
phalanx  which  the  claw  encases,  and  bring  it  down 
by  the  outer  side  of  the  penultimate  phalanx,  which 
is  flattened  off  to  remove  every  obstruction.  From 
this  position  the  talon  can  be  thrown  forward  in  a 
moment,  the  action  of  the  double  elastic  spring 
being  counteracted  by  that  of  the  flexor  muscles. 
In  the  act  of  striking  with  great  violence,  the  flexor 
muscles  strongly  contract,  brace  up  the  tendon,  and 
throw  out  the  talon,  which,  when  the  act  is  over, 
returns  to  its  sheath.  An  analogous  arrangement 
exists  in  the  claws  of  the  sloth.  Its  hooks,  as  they 
may  be  termed,  are  governed  by  an  elastic  liga- 
ment, but  its  tendency,  contrary  to  what  we  see  in 
the  cat  tribe,  is  to  press  them  towards  the  palm,  in 
order  to  enable  the  animal  to  cling  without  fatigue 
to  the  branches  from  which  it  suspends  itself.  In 
figure  7,  which  is  a  toe  from  the  left  foot  of  a  young 
lion  represented  in  a  state  of  extension,  a  points  to 
the  two  elastic  ligaments ;  b  the  tendon  of  the  ex- 
tensor muscle  ;  c  a  slip  of  inelastic  tendon  ;  d  the 
tendon  of  the  flexor  muscle,  which  passes  over  the 
upper  extremity  of  the  last  phalanx  at  e,  as  over  a 
pulley,  and  thus  assists  the  powerful  action  of  that 
muscle. 

In  figure  6,  a  toe  from  the  hind  foot,  the  two 
elastic  ligaments  (a)  converge  to  be  inserted  into 
the  upper  angle  of  the  last  phalanx,  and  draw  it 
backwards  upon,  instead  of  by  the  side  of,  the 
penultimate  phalanx,  c  is  a  slip  of  the  lateral  in- 
elastic tendon,  and  d  the  tendon  of  the  flexor  pro- 
fundus, which  is  strongly  strapped  down  by  an 
annular  ligament  e. 

Figures  8  and  9  are  also  illustrative  of  the  me- 
chanism described. 

Figure  9  a  and  b,  the  extremities  of  the  two  bones 
of  the  fore-arm  ;  c  c  the  carpal  or  wrist  bones ;  d  d 
the  metacarpal  bones ;  e  e  the  firet  row  of  phalangal 
bones ;  //  the  second  row  of  phalangal  bones ;  g  g 
the  last  row  encased  with  the  claws. 

Figure  8,  a,  second  phalanx  of  a  toe  ;  b  the  last 
phalangal  bone  ;  c,  an  elastic  ligament. 

The  general  skeleton  of  the  FelidsE,  as  exemplified 
by  that  of  the  lion  (figure  1),  will  claim  a  moment's 
notice. 

The  back  and  loins  are  long ;  the  vertebrse  of  the 
neck  are  remarkably  large  and  solid,  the  first  or 
atlas  havinsf  its  lateral  processes  flat  and  expanded  : 
the  spinous  processes  of  the  dorsal  vertebrae  are 
long,  with  the  exception  of  the  last  two  or  throe ; 
the  transvei-se  processes  of  the  lumbar  vertebra;  are 
large  ;  the  spinous  processes  are  broad  but  rather 
short,  and  inclined  gently  forwards,  but  become,  as 
they  advance  to  those  of  the  dorsal  veriebiw,  more 
upright,  while,  on  the  other  hand,  those  of  the  dor- 
sal in  descending  lose  their  obliquity  ;  the  chest  is 
deep;  the  scapula  is  broad,  with  a  high  strong 
spine ;  the  clavicle  is  small,  and  merely  imbedded 
in  the  muscles  of  the  shoulder;  the  humerus  is 
short  and  stout ;  it  is  remarkable  for  a  hiffh  lidce  or 
crest,  which  rises  above  the  outer  condvie  of  its 
lower  articulation.  Above  the  inner  condyle  there 
is  an  orifice  for  the  pa.ssage  of  the  artery,  which 
does  not  nm  round  the  bone,  but,  as  it  were,  pierces 


it  in  a  direct  course  onwards.  This  orifice  is  found 
not  only  in  all  the  Felidae,  but  in  some  of  the  Ameri- 
can monkeys,  m  the  seals,  the  badgers,  the  coatis, 
the  racoons,  the  mustelse,  the  civets,  the  ichneu- 
mons, and  othei-s,  but  not  in  the  dog,  the  hyaena,  or 
the  bear. 

With  respect  to  the  perfection  of  the  senses  in 
the  Felidie.  a  few  words  may  be  neces,sary. 

Siglil. — The  sense  of  sight  is  very  acute,  and 
adapted  not  only  for  diurnal,  but  also  for  nocturnal 
vision.  The  eyes  are  placed  obliquely,  and  t;lare 
in  the  dark,  owing  to  the  hrilliancy  of  the  tapctum 
lucidum,  a  concave  mirror  at  the  bottom  of  the  eye. 

This  glare  is  visible  even  during  the  day,  espe- 
cially when  the  animals  are  eni-aged,  for  the  pupil 
dilates  under  excitement.  In  the  smaller  cats  the 
pupil  is  vertically  linear  when  contracted,  but  in 
the  larger,  as  the  lion,  tiger,  leopaixl,  cheetah,  ja- 
guar, &c.,  it  is  circular. 

Hniritig. — The  sense  of  hearing  is  exquisite,  and 
the  auditory  apparatus  is  accordingly  developed. 
We  h^ve  already  noticed  the  magnitude  of  the 
tympanic  bulla. 

Smell. — ^This  sense  is  also  in  great  perfection, 
and  the  olfactory  apparatus  is  complicated,  and 
abundantly  supplied  with  nerves.  Ttie  Felidae  are, 
however,  less  distinguished  for  the  sense  of  smel! 
than  the  canine  race. 

Taste. — The  sense  of  taste  is  not  veiy  refined. 
The  tongue  is  rough.  The  roughness  of  the  tongue 
of  the  common  cat  is  familiar  to  every  one,  as  well 
as  the  action  of  lions  and  tigers  in  licking  the  bones 
of  their  prey  in  order  to  scrape  off  the  adherent  par- 
ticles of  flesh.  This  is  effected  by  numerous  homy 
Eapillae,  differently  arranged  in  difl'erent  species, 
ut  always  with  the  points  directed  backwards. 
Figure  15  shows  these  papillae  on  the  lion's  tongue ; 
and  figure  14,  a  magnified  view  of  them  on  a  small 
portion. 

Feeling. — The  long  bristles  called  whiskers  on 
each  side  of  a  cat's  mouth  are  familiar  to  all :  these 
are  important  organs  of  touch.  They  are  attached 
to  a  bed  of  close  glands  under  the  skin,  and  each  is 
connected  with  a  nerve.  Hence  they  communicate 
to  the  animal  an  impression  from  the  slightest  touch. 
If  we  imagine  a  lion  or  tiger  stealing  through 
a  jungle  during  the  darkness  of  night,  we  shall  be 
able  to  account  for  the  use  of  these  whiskers.  They 
indicate  to  him,  through  the  nicest  feeling,  any  ob- 
stacle which  may  present  itself  in  his  progress ; 
they  prevent  him  from  rustling  the  leaves  or  boughs, 
and  alarming  his  prey ;  and  they  thus,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  soft  springy  pads  of  his  feet,  which 
render  his  steps  noiseless,  enable  him  to  steal  upon 
his  unsuspecting  victim,  and  make  his  fatal  bound. 


16—26.   THE  LION. 

Aiwv  (I^on)  of  the  Greeks  (Aeaiva  (Leana)  lioness) ; 
Leo  of  the  Latins  {Lea  and  Letena,  lionessl ;  Leone 
of  the  Italians  {Leonessa,  lioness) ;  Leo7i,  Spanish ; 
Lion,  French  (Lionne,  lioness;  Linceaii,  cub); 
Loire,  German  (Lowinn,  lioness) ;  Felis  Leo,  Linn. 
Male,  as  a  general  mie,  ornamented  with  a  mane, 
of  which  the  femalais  destitute. 

The  stern  dignity  of  the  lion,  his  enormous 
strength,  his  glowing  eyes,  his  deep  roar,  and  his 
destractive  powers,  all  combine  to  render  this  terror 
of  the  desert  one  of  the  most  attractive  objects  of  a 
menagerie.  The  lion  is  now  limited  to  Africa  and 
certain  parts  of  Asia  ;  but  formerly  it  was  more  ex- 
tensively spread,  the  eastern  line  of  Europe  being 
within  its  boundaries.  Herodotus  informs  us  that 
the  camels  which  carried  the  baggage  of  the  army 
of  Xerxes  were  attacked  by  them  in  the  district  of 
the  Paeonians  and  Crestonaei,  on  their  march  from 
Acanthus  to  Therme  (afterwards  Thessaloniiv,  now 
Saloniki) :  he  adds  also  that  these  animals  were 
numerous  in  the  mountains  between  the  rivers 
Nestus,  in  Thrace,  and  the  Achelous,  which  flows 
through  Acarnania.  Aristotle  gives  the  same  local- 
ity as  the  abode  of  lions,  and  the  same  fact  is  re- 
peated by  Pliny,  who  says, '  Longe  viridibus  prmstan- 
tiores  iis  quos Africa aut  Lybia  gignunt,' — 'They far 
exceed  in  strength  those  produced  in  Africa  or 
Lybia.'  Pausanias,  alluding:  to  the  disastei-s  which 
befel  the  baargage-camels  of  Xerxes,  states  that  the 
lions  often  descended  to  the  plain  at  the  foot  of 
Olympus,  between  Macedonia  and  Thessaly. 

Lions  were  common  in  Syria,  as  we  gather  from 
numerous  passages  in  the  sacred  reconls.  Oppian 
states  that  Armenia  and  Parthia  produced  a  formida- 
ble breed.  At  present  the  lion  is  confined  to  the  inte- 


Lions.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


rior  wilds  ol'  Africa,  to  some  of  the  districts  of  Arabia 
and  Persia,  to  the  country  bordering  the  Euphrates, 
and  to  some  parts  of  India.  We  hesitate  not  to  say 
that  thronsrhout  tlie  whole  of  this  range  the  lions 
are  speciiieally  identical,  although  different  breeds 
may  be  distinguished.  Of  the  African  lions  the 
Barbary  breed  is  characterised  by  having  a  deep 
yellowish-brown  fur,  and  the  mane  of  the  male  is 
much  developed  (Fig.  17). 

The  Senegal  lion  has  the  fur  of  a  more  yellow 
tint,  the  mane  is  less  full,  and  nearly  wanting  upon 
the  breast  and  insides  of  the  fore-legs. 

The  Cape  lion  presents  two  varieties,  one  yel- 
lowish, the  other  brown,  the  mane  of  the  latter 
often  deepening  almost  to  black.  Tlie  dai'k  lion  is 
said  to  be  the  most  ferocious  (Fig.  22). 

Of  the  Asiatic  breeds  the  Bengal  lion  has  the 
mane  inairniticently  developed,  the  colour  of  the 
fur  of  a  dark  yellowish-brown  (Fig.  18).  It  attains 
to  a  very  large  size.  The  Persian  or  Arabian  lion 
is  said  to  be  characterised  by  the  pale  Isabella 
colour  of  the  fur  (Fig.  19). 

Within  the  last  few  years  a  maneless,  or  nearly 
maneless,  breed  has  been  discovered  in  Giizerat. 
Pliny  alludes  to  a  maneless  lion  which  he  regarded 
as  a  hybrid  occurring  in  Africa. 

It  is  to  Captain  Smee  that  we  owe  our  knowledge 
of  the  maneless  lion.  On  his  return- from  Guzerat 
to  England  he  brought  several  skins  of  such  lions 
which  he  himself  had  shot :  some  of  these  he  pre- 
sented to  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,  and 
communicated  an  interesting  paper  to  the  '  Zoologi- 
cal Transactions'  on  the  subject.  The  maneless 
lion  of  Guzerat  differs  from  its  Bengal,  Persian,  and 
African  relatives,  not  only  in  the  absence  of  a  full 
mane,  but  also  in  being  rather  lower  on  the  limbs, 
and  in  having  a  somewhat  shorter  tail,  furnished  at 
its  tip  with  a  larger  brush.  The  colour  is  pale  ful- 
vous. A  male  killed  by  Captain  Smee  measured, 
mcluding  the  tail,  eight  feet  nine  and  a  half  inches  ; 
his  weight,  exclusive  of  the  internal  viscera,  was 
thirty-five  stone  (fourteen  pounds  to  the  stone) ;  his 
height  three  feet  six  inches  ;  and  the  impression  of 
his  paw  on  the  sand  measured  six  and  a  half  inches 
across  (Fig.  20). 

It  is  along  the  banks  of  the  Sorabermuttee,  near 
Ahmedabad,  according  to  Captain  Smee,  that  this 
variety  of  the  lion  is  found  :  it  occurs  also  on  the 
Rhun,  near  Rhunpor,  and  near  Puttun  in  Guzerat. 
'During  the  hot  months  they  inhabit  the  low  brushy 
wooded  plains  that  skirt  the  Bhardar  and  Soniber- 
muttee  rivere  from  Ahmedabad  to  the  borders  of 
Cutch,  being  driven  out  of  the  large  adjoining  tracts 
of  high  jungle  called  Bheers,  by  the  practice  annu- 
ally resorted  to  by  the  natives,  of  setting  tire  to  the 
grass  in  order  to  clear  it  and  ensure  a  succession  of 
young  shoots  for  the  cattle  upon  the  firet  fall  of  the 
rains.'  So  numerous  are  they  that  Captain  Smee 
killed  in  one  district  eleven  in  the  couree  of  a  month. 
They  make  terrible  havoc  among  the  cattle,  and 
when  attacked  exhibit  great  boldness.  The  native 
name  for  this  lion  is  Ontiah  Bang,  or  camel-tiger, 
an  appellation  from  the  resemblance  in  colour  to 
the  camel. 

The  habits  and  manners  of  the  lion  have  been 
detailed  by  various  travellers,  and  no  one  can  doubt 
its  strength,  its  daring,  and  ferocity.  Near  the  pre- 
cincts of  colonization  in  southern  Africa  and  else- 
where, where  firearms  are  in  use,  it  has  learned 
by  experience  their  fatal  effects,  and  gained  a  con- 
sciousness that  its  powers  avail  but  little  against 
such  weapons  of  destruction. 

The  king  of  the  forest  is  a  term  misapplied  to  this 
noble  beast ;  I'orests  are  not  his  haunts,  but  burning 
desert  plains  and  wide  karroos  covered  only  with 
shnibby  vegetation,  or  interspersed  with  tracts  of 
low  brushwood.  In  India  it  frequents  the  jungles 
and  the  luxuriant  borders  of  rivei-s,  among  which  it 
makes  its  lair. 

During  the  day  the  lion  usually  slumbers  in  his 
retreat :  as  nisht  sets  in  he  rouses  from  his  lair  and 
begins  \\n  prowl.  The  nocturnal  tempests  of  rain 
and  lightning,  which  in  southern  Africa  are  of 
common  occuiTence,  are  to  him  seasons  of  joy  :  his 
voice  mingles  with  the  roar  of  the  thunder,  and 
adds  to  the  confusion  and  terror  of  the  timid  beasts 
upon  which  he  preys,  and  upon  which  he  now  ad- 
vances with  less  caution  and  a  bolder  step.  In 
general,  however,  he  waits  in  ambush  or  creeps 
insidiou.sly  towards  his  victim,  which  with  a  bound 
and  a  roar  he  dashes  to  the  earth. 

Of  the  strength  of  the  lion  we  have  most  extra- 
ordinary examples  on  record.  To  carry  off  a  man — 
and  this  has  but  too  often  happened — is  a  feat  of 
no  difficulty  to  this  powerful  biute.  Indeed  when 
we  find  that  a  Cape  lion  seized  a  heifer  in  his 
mouth,  and,  though  the  l-egs  dragged  upon  the 
ground,  carried  her  off  with  apparently  the  same 
ease  as  a  cat  docs  a  rat.  leaping  a  broad  dyke  with 
her  without  the  least  difficulty— that  another,  and 
a  young  one  too,  conveyed  a  horse  about  a  mile 
from  the  spot  where  he  had  killed  it — that  a  third, 
which  had  carried  off  a  two-year-old  heifer,  was  fol- 


lowed on  the  track  for  five  hours  by  horsemen,  who 
observed  that  throughout  the  whole  distance  the 
cai'case  of  the  heifer  had  only  once  or  twice  touched 
the  ground, — we  may  conceive  that  a  man  would 
be  an  insignificant  burden.  Such  a  powerful  ani- 
mal, however,  we  must  not  expect  to  see  in  the 
confined  dens  of  a  menagerie  :  there  their  limbs 
become  cramped,  their  muscular  system  unde- 
veloped, their  bones  often  distorted,  and  their  daring 
and  feiocity  subdued.  Such  a  shadow  of  a  lion  the 
figure  26  exhibits,  taken  from  an  individual  three 
years  old,  which  had  been  pent  up  in  a  wretched 
cage. 

The  Indian  lion  displays  the  same  courage  as  its 
African  relative.  Instead  of  retreating  on  the 
hunters'  approach,  he  stands  his  ground  or  rushes  to 
meet  them  open  mouthed  on  the  plain.  Lions  are 
thus  easily  shot ;  but  if  they  be  missed  or  only 
slightly  wounded,  they  prove  very  formidable.  They 
will  spring  on  the  heads  of  the  largest  elephants, 
and  have,  it  is  asserted,  often  pulled  them  to  the 
earth,  ridere  and  all. 

In  the  defence  of  her  cubs  the  lioness  is  resolute 
in  the  extreme,  and  is  doubly  savage  during  the 
time  they  remain  under  her  care.  Her  mate  parti- 
cipates in  her  feelings.  The  lioness  goes  with  young 
five  months,  and  generally  produces  from  two  to 
four  young  at  a  birth.  They  are  born  blind.  For 
several  months  their  fur  is  obscurely  striped  or 
brindled,  the  markings  reminding  us  of  those  of  the 
tiger :  these  stripes  branch  off  from  a  blackish  line 
running  down  the  middle  of  the  back.  Their  voice 
is  a  cat-like  mew.  Gradually  the  uniform  colour  is 
assumed,  and  at  about  the  end  of  twelve  months 
the  mane  begins  to  appear :  this  increases,  and  the 
voice  deepens  info  a  roar. 

The  lion  attains  to  maturity  about  the  fifth  year  : 
its  term  of  lii'e  is  of  considerable  extent.  Pompey, 
which  died  in  the  tower  in  1760,  had  been  there  for 
seventy  yeare,  and  one  from  the  Gambia  died  there 
at  the  age  of  sixty-three.  Figure  16  is  a  fine  repre- 
sentation of  a  time-worn  lion  stretched  out  in  the 
act  of  expiring.  Imagination  pictures  such  a  one 
in  the  solitary  desert :  age  has  overtaken  him,  his 
eye  is  dim,  his  tbrce  abated,  he  fails  in  his  once 
fatal  spring  ;  gaunt,  and  lean,  and  feeble,  he  drags 
his  weary  limbs  to  the  old  haunt, — the  haunt  from 
which  he  once  went  forth  in  the  pride  of  his 
strength,  when  his  voice  scattered  terror  through 
the  desert, — there  at  length  to  die.  Better  had  he 
fallen  by  the  hunter's  javelin  when  '  his  limbs  were 
strong  and  his  courage  high  '  than  thus  drain  to  the 
dregs  a  miserable  existence. 

It  has  long  been  a  popular  belief  that  the  lion 
lashes  himself  with  his  tail  to  stimulate  himself  info 
a  rage  ;  and  though  such  a  use  for  it  is  out  of  the 
question,  a  sort  of  claw  or  prickle  has  been  detected 
at  the  termination  of  that  organ.  Mr.  Benneft 
detected  it  in  the  tip  of  the  tail  of  a  young  Bavbaiy 
lion.  Blumenbach  had  previously  ascertained  the 
fact  of  its  existence  in  a  specimen  examined  by 
himself  in  1829.  M.  Deshayes  announced  the  ex- 
istence of  this  prickle  in  a  lion  and  lioness  which 
died  in  Paris  menagerie.  Mr.  Woods  detected  it 
only  once  out  of  numerous  lions  which  he  purposely 
examined ;  he  also  found  a  similar  prickle  on  the 
tip  of  the  tail  of  an  Asiatic  leopard. 

This  prickle  is  in  fact  only  occasionally  present ; 
it  is  not  connected'  with  the  caudal  vertebrae,  but, 
as  Mr.  Wood  states,  appears  to  be  inserted  into  the 
skin  like  the  bulb  of  a  bristle ;  but  M.  Deshayes 
asserts  that  it  is  of  a  conical  shape,  and  adheres 
to  the  skin  by  its  base;  as  does  also  Blumenbach. 
(See  fig.  13.)  We  are  much  inclined  to  think  it 
nothing  more  than  an  indurated  and  partially  de- 
tached cuticle ;  certainly  it  falls  off  with  the 
slightest  touch. 

Hybrids  between  the  lion  and  tigress  (fig.  27) 
have  occurred  in  our  country.  One  litter  was  pro- 
duced in  1827  in  Afkin's  menagerie,  and  another 
litter  subsequently  from  similar  parents  was  pro- 
duced at  Windsor.  In  both  ca.ses  the  hybrids  died 
before  arriving  at  maturity.  Their  colour  was 
brighter  than  that  of  true  lion-cuhs  and  the  bands 
more  defined  and  darker. 

Excepting  in  the  vast  wilds  of  Central  Africa,  un- 
trodden by  the  foot  of  the  white  man,  the  lion,  even 
in  the  regions  to  which  it  is  at  present  restricted,  is 
much  more  rare  than  formerly.  The  ancient  Ro- 
mans procured  incredible  multitudes  for  the  arena  : 
Scylla  brought  a  hundred  mules  at  once  into  the 
combat :  Pompey  gave  six  himdred,  of  which  more 
thanhalf  were  males  ;  CiPsar  four  hundred  ;  norwasit 
until  the  time  of  the  later  emperors  that  any  diffi- 
culty in  procuring  them  began  to  be  experienced.   ' 

There  are  few  travellers  in  Africa  who  have  not 
been  under  the  necessity  of  encountering  this  formid- 
able beast.  And  many  are  the  exciting  narratives 
which  have  been  related,  of  the  incidents  of  the 
chase — of  escape  from  almost  ceitain  death— of 
triumph  over  the  foe. 

The  bushmen  of  Southern  Africa,  according  to 
Dr.  Philip,  are  in  the  habit  of  insidiously  attacking 


the  slumbering  lion  with  their  poisoned  arrows. 
They  have  remarked  that  he  generally  kills  and 
devours  his  prey  in  the  morning  at  sunrise  or  in  the 
evening  at  sunset ;  and  that  he  sleeps  during  the 
heat  of  the  day  so  profoundly  as  with  difficulty  to 
be  awakened ;  and  that  when  roused  he  seems  to 
lose  all  presence  of  mind.  Marking  the  spot  where 
a  lion  is  supposed  to  have  taken  up  his  quarters  for 
sleep,  they  cautiously  advance,  and  silently  lodge  a 
poisoned  arrow  in  his  breast.  The  lion,  thus  struck, 
springs  from  his  lair,  and  hounds  off;  but  the  work 
is  done,  and  the  bushmen  follow  his  tract,  knowing 
that  in  a  few  hours,  or  less,  he  will  expire. 


28.— THE  TIGER. 
Tiypic  {Tigris)  of  the  Greeks  ;  Tigris  of  the  Latins. 
Tigre  Royal,  Buffon's  Nat.   Hist.;   Felis   Tigris, 
Linn. 

The  Royal  Tiger,  as  it  is  often  called  to  distin- 
guish it  from  the  smaller  tiger-cats,  is  far  more 
limited  in  its  range  than  the  lion.  It  is  exclusively 
Asiatic.  Hindostan  may  be  considered  as  its  head- 
quarters, but  it  is  common  in  the  largei-  islands,  as 
Sumatra,  where  it  is  a  fearful  scourge.  It  is  said  to 
occur  in  the  south  of  China,  and  also  in  the  deserts 
which  separate  China  from  Siberia,  and  !us  far  as  the 
banks  of  the  Oby.  It  is  found  in  Tonquin  and 
Siara.  The  ancients  regarded  India  and  Hyrcania 
as  nurseries  of  the  tiger.  Hyrcania  was  a  province 
of  the  ancient  Persian  empire  at  the  south-eastern 
corner  of  the  Caspian  Sea ;  but  its  boundaries  are 
not  very  determinate.  Whether  the  tiger  still  in- 
habits this  district  is  not  very  clear,  there  is  no  rea- 
son however  to  doubt  the  concurrent  testimonies  o( 
the  ancient  writers. 

The  tiger  is  equal  in  size  to  the  lion,  but  of  a 
more  elongated  ibrm,  and  pre-eminently  graceful. 
The  head  also  is  shorter  and  more  rounded.  Occa- 
sionally individuals  occur  exceeding  anv  lion  we 
have  contemplated  in  menageries  ;  but  the  average 
height  is  from  three  feet  six  inches  to  four  feet. 
The  general  tint  of  the  fur  is  of  a  fine  yellow  or  red- 
dish-yellow, ornamented  by  a  series  of  transverse 
black  bands  or  stripes,  which  occupy  the  sides  of 
the  head,  neck,  and  body,  and  are  continued  on  the 
tail  in  the  form  of  lings :  the  under  parts  of  the 
body  and  inner  parts  of  the  limbs  are  almost  white. 
Individuals  are  sometimes  exhibited  of  a  very  p,ale 
colour,  with  the  stripes  very  obscure,  and  Du  Halde 
says  that  the  Chinese  tiger  (Lou-chu  or  jC(rH-/!M)varies 
in  colour,  some  being  white,  striped  with  black  and 
grey. 

1  he  ancients  make  frequent  mention  of  the  tiger, 
with  which  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  Aristotle  was 
well  acquainted,  though  he  talks  of  a  breed  in  India 
between  this  animal  and  the  dog,  meaning  perhaps 
the  cheetah,  which  is  used  for  the  chase.  Pliny 
describes  the  'tremendous  velocity  '  of  thetigel',  and 
the  devoted  attachment  of  the  tigress  to  her  young. 
()])pian  speaks  of  swift  tigei's,  the  offspring  of  the 
zephyr;  and  of  its  swiftness  Mr.  Bell  the  traveller, 
and  Pere  Gerbillon,  were  witnesses  in  China,  the 
chase  of  this  animal  being  a  favourite  diversion  with 
the  great  Cam-Hi,  the  Chinese  monarch.  It  ap- 
pears that  Augustus  was  the  first  who  exhibited  a 
tiger  at  Rome,  which  was  tame  and  kept  in  a  cage. 
Claudius  afterwards  exhibited  four,  and  Cuvier  sug- 
gests that  it  was  in  commemoration  of  this  rare 
spectacle  that  the  mosaic,  discovered  some  yeare 
since  at  Rome,  was  made,  representing  four  royal 
tigers  in  the  act  of  devouring  their  prey.  As  how- 
ever India  and  its  products  became  better  known  to 
the  Romans,  the  tiger  became  more  familiar  to 
them,  but  was  never  exhibited  in  great  numbers. 
Ten  were  in  the  possession  of  Gordian  III. 

Active,  po.werful,  and  ferocious,  the  tiger  is  more 
to  be  dreaded  than  the  lion,  because  it  is  niore  in- 
sidious in  its  attack,  and  also  prowls  abroad  by  day 
as  well  as  by  night.  In  some  districts  of  India  and 
in  Sumatra  its  ravages  are  frightful.  We  are  in- 
formed by  Col.  Sykes  that  in  the  province  of  Khan- 
desli  alone  one  thousand  and  thirty-two  tigers  were 
killed  from  the  year  1825  to  1829  inclusive,  aecorf- 
ing  to  the  official  returns.  In  Sumatra  the  infatu- 
ated natives  seldom  attempt  their  destruction,  having 
a  notion  that  they  are  animated  by  the  souls  of  fheii 
ancestois.  Tiger-hunting  is  one  of  the  favourite 
field-sports  of  the  East,  and  as  the  chase  is  not  un- 
attended with  danger  it  is  productive  of  jiroportion- 
ate  excitement.  Though  hoi'seraen  as  well  as 
persons  on  foot  attend  on  these  occasions,  it  is  more 
for  the  sake  of '  being  in  at  the  death '  than  of  tak- 
ing a  decided  part,  for  the  horse  will  seldom  stand 
stea.dily  when  near  this  dreaded  beast.  It  is  to  the 
armed  riders  on  elephants  that  the  dangerous  work 
of  rousing  up  the  tiger  from  the  jungle-covert  is 
left,  and  of  firing  at  him  as  he  bounds  along.  The 
tiger's  firet  object  is  to  escape  under  the  covert  of 
the  long  grass  or  jungle  ;  but,  when  wounded  or 
hard  pressed,  he  will  turn  with  great  fury,  and  by 
springing  on  the  elephant's  head  or  shoulder  endea- 
vour to  reach  his  antagonists.    The  agitation  of  the 

B  2 


Fig.  ». 


Fig.  18. 


18 Lioa  uitli  Liouias,  from  Eastern  A»ia. 


19. — Persian  Lion. 


IT.— Africin  Lion.    (Barbuy.) 


i3.— Liou'ii  and  Wliclps. 


26.— Crippled  Lion. 


■^^ 


tt.— C>pe  I.ionfc 


SI.— liion  Selling  a  Mm. 


20.— Manelejs  I.iO!i  of  Guierat. 


% 


6 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


i'TiGKu  AND  Leopards. 


elepluinta,  which  oflen  lose  all  obedivnre  to  control 
at  luch  a  niument,  tOEether  with  the  rapidity  of  the 
attack,  render  this  a  critical  juncture,  and  fatal  acci- 
dents have  oHen  embittered  the  conclii»ion  of  the 
contest.  Iniitance:!  are  on  record  in  which  men 
have  been  ci»rried  oJi"  by  timers  while  triivellinic  in 
company  with  othera.  The  fate  of  Sir  Hector 
Monro's  son,  who  was  carried  off  out  of  the  midst  of 
a  party  refre*hiii!;  themselves  on  the  edu;e  of  a 
junirle,  IX'ci'iiiber,  171*2,  in  .Sawgar  Island,  is  known 
to  all.     Similar  instances  aie  related. 

Ti(ters  are  de>troyed  by  various  devices — pitfalls, 
tram,  the  spenr,  anil  ^m.  The  plan  of  the  box-trap 
and  lookiiie-i;la.-.s  for  takinj^  ti<:ers,  leopards.  Sec.,  a 
device  tu  be  found  in  ancient  sculpture,  occordint; 
to  Montfaticon,  is  said  to  be  practised  by  the  Chinese 
at  the  present  day.  Fig.  32  refers  to'  this  kind  of 
trap. 

Those  who  have  represented  the  tieer  as  untame- 
able  have  no  i;round  for  the  assertion.  It  is  as 
capable  of  beinsr  tamed,  and  of  attachment  to  its 
keeper,  as  any  other  animal  of  its  kind.  Yet  with 
the  liirer,  the  lion,  and  others  of  the  race,  caution 
should  be  usetl.  Their  natural  disiiosilion  is  ever 
ready  to  break  out,  and  the  mildest  will,  how- 
ever tame  they  be,  often  show  •  the  wild  tiick  of  their 
ancestors.' 

Neither  the  tiger  nor  the  lion  are  capable  of 
climblim;  trees,  as  are  most  of  the  lighter  of  the 
feline  race :  their  prey  is  therefore  exclusively  con- 
fined to  antelopes,  deer,  oxen,  horses,  and  the  like ; 
while  monkeys,  and  even  birtls,  are  anions;  the  prey 
of  the  leopard,  the  panther,  and  the  smallerFehdae. 

29 — 33.  Thk  Leopard,  Panther,  and  Ounck. 

The  leopard  (FelU  LenjMrdas).  the  panther  (/!?//> 
Pardiu^,  and  the  ounce  of  Buffon  ih'-lix  O'nriu), 
have  been  by  many  naturalists  confounded  together, 
and  even  with  the  jiu^iarof  the  Amerifan  continent. 
With  respect  to  the  leopard  and  pa:ilhei-  there  are 
great  difficulties  in  coming  to  a  determination 
whether  they  are  distinct  species  or  not.  In  both 
we  observe  rosettes,  or  spots  arranged  in  rose-form, 
on  a  fine  yellow  ground  ;  but  in  the  size  and  minor 
arrangement  of  these  rosettes  there  is  the  greatest 
variation.  Major  H.  Smith  defines  the  leopard  as 
differing  from  the  panther  in  being  of  a  paler  yel- 
lowish colour,  of  i-ather  smaller  si^e,  and  with  the 
dots  rose-fonned,  consisting  of  several  dots  partiallv 
united  into  a  circular  figure  in  some  in.sfances,  ani 
into  a  quadrangular,  triangular,  or  other  less  deter- 
minate form,  in  others;  having  also  isolated  black 
spots,  especially  about  the  outside  of  the  limbs. 

In  the  panther  the  open  spots  have  the  central 
space  darker  than  the  general  colour  of  the  sides. 
The  subject  is  still  open  for  investigation. 

Both  these  beautilul  creatures  are  widely  spread 
in  the  Old  World,  being  natives  of  Africa,  India, 
and  the  Indian  Islands,  as  Ceylon,  Sumatra,  &c.  &c. 
In  Java  a  black  variety  { Felts  melas)  is  not  uncom- 
mon, and  such  are  occasionally  seen  in  our  mena- 
geries: they  are  deeper  than  the  general  tint,  and 
show  in  certain  lights  only  (fig.  30).  A  black  cub, 
it  is  said,  occasionally  occurs  in  the  same  nest  with 
others  of  the  ordinary  colours. 

Nothing  can  exceed  the  grace  and  activity  of 
these  animals :  they  bound  with  astonishing  ease, 
climb  trees,  and  swim,  and  the  flexibility  of  the 
body  enables  them  to  creep  along  the  ground  with 
the  cautious  silence  of  a  snake  on  their  unsuspect- 
ing prey.  In  India  the  leopard  is  called  by  the 
natives  the  Tree  Tiger,  from  its  generally  taking 
refuge  when  pui-sued  in  a  tree,  and  also  from  being 
often  seen  among  the  branches:  so  quick  and 
active  is  the  animal  in  this  situation,  that  it  is  not 
easy  to  take  a  fair  aim  at  him. 

Antelopes,  deer,  small  quadrupeds,  and  monkeys, 
are  its  prey.  It  seldom  attai^ks  a  man  voluntarily, 
but  if  provoked  becomes  a  formidable  assailant. 

The  leopard  is  taken  in  pitfalls  and  trap.  In 
some  old  writers  there  are  accounts  of  the  leopard 
being  taken  in  a  trap  by  means  of  a  mirror,  which, 
when  the  animal  jump*  against  it,  brings  the  door 
down  upon  him.  Tliis  story  may  have  received 
some  sanction  from  the  di.sposition  of  the  domestic 
cat,  when  young,  to  survey  her  figure  in  a  looking- 
glass. 

The  leopard  and  panther  are  easily  tamed,  and 
become  gentle  and  affectionate,  purring  when 
pleased,  and  rubbing  their  sides  against  the  bars  of 
their  cage,  or  against  their  keeper  like  a  cat. 
When  at  play  they  bound  around  then-  enclosurewith 
the  agility  of  a  squirrel,  and  so  <)uick  that  the  eye 
can  scarcely  follow  their  movements.  From  such 
an  exhibition  we  may  easily  form  some  idea  of  their 
agile  movements  in  a  state  of  nature. 

In  Ix)udonV  "  Magazine  of  Natural  History '  is  an 
account,  by  Mrs.  Bowdich,  of  a  tame  leoi)ard  which 
•he  had  in  lier  possession.  She  won  the  affections 
of  the  creature  by  presenting  him  with  lavender- 
water  on  a  tray-card.  The  animal  revelle<l  in  the 
delicious  essence  almost  to  extacy.  We  know  the 
fondness  of  the  common  cat  for  mint,  valerian,  and 


other  aromatic  herbs,  on  which  they  delight  to  roll. 
The  leopard  stands  about  two  feet  in  iieight :  its 
figure  is  slim  and  graceful,  but  vigorous,  and  its 
proportions  admirable. 

The  ounce  {Oiicf,  Buffon),  PelU  Unria.  Whatever 
may  be  the  specific  distinction  between  the  leopaiti 
and  )>anther,  no  one  can  hesitate  as  to  the  oimce, 
figured  by  Buffon,  and  alter  him  by  Bewick  ('  Quad- 
rupeds').* Till  recently,  however,  it  was  con- 
founded with  one  or  both  of  the  above  animals,  but  is 
most  decidedly  a  difl'erent  species.  Our  figure  f31) 
is  taken  from  a  specimen  in  the  British  Museum, 
which  in  1837  .Mr.  Gray  brought  before  the  notice 
of  a  scientific  meeting  of  the  Zoological  Society  of 
Ix>ndon.  It  formed  part  of  a  collection  made  by  the 
late  (Jolonel  Cobb  in  India.  The  fur  is  full  and 
long,  indicating  most  probably  a  mountain  residence 
rather  than  the  sultry  plains.  The  general  colour  is 
grey  or  whitish-grey,  tinged  with  yellow,  lighter  on 
the  breast  and  under  parts.  The  head  is  marked  on 
the  top  with  black  spot.s,  a  large  one  being  behind 
the  ears.  The  body  and  sides  of  the  limbs  are 
variegated  with  irregular  wavy  marks,  forming 
rounded  or  rather  oval  figures,  but  not  definitely 
nor  so  orderly  arranged  as  in  the  leopard.  The 
fail,  which  is  very  long,  is  almost  bushy,  especially 
at  its  termination,  the  hair  being  very  full.  An 
individual  of  this  species  was  seen  by  Colonel  H. 
Smith  in  the  Tower,  before  the  menagerie  contained 
within  its  precincts  was  dispereed.  It  was  said  to 
have  been  brought  from  the  Gulf  of  Pei-sia. 

34. — The  Kimau-Dahan 
(Fell's  macrocelis,  Temm.).  This  beautiful  species 
is  a  native  of  Sumatra,  where  it  was  discovered  by 
the  late  Sir  Stamford  Raffles,  who  brought  a  young 
specimen  alive  to  England,  where  it  died  soon  after 
its  arrival.  A  larger  and  older  individual  was  lost 
in  the  Fame.  Respecting  these  individuals.  Sir  S. 
Raffles  remarks  that  they  were,  while  in  confine- 
ment, remarkable  for  good-temper  and  playfulness  ; 
no  domestic  kitten  could  be  more  so :  they  courted 
the  notice  of  persons,  throwing  themselves  on  their 
backs,  and  delighting  to  be  fondled. 

With  a  small  dog  that  was  on  board,  the  rimau- 
dahan  used  to  play  and  gambol,  at  the  same  time 
acting  with  great  gentleness.  He  never  seemed  to 
look  on  men  or  children  as  iiiey,  but  as  companions, 
and  the  natives  assert  that  when  wild  they  live 
principally  on  poultry,  birds,  and  the  smaller  kinds 
of  deer.  They  are  not  found  in  numbei-s,  .and  may 
be  considered  as  rather  rare  even  in  Sumatra  :  they 
are  found  in  the  interior  of  Bencoolen,  on  the  banks 
of  the  Bencoolen  river,  and  frequent  the  vicinity  of 
villages,  not  being  dreaded,  except  for  their  pro- 
l)ensity  to  destroy  poultry.  The  natives  assert  that 
they  sleep  and  often  lie  in  wait  for  their  prey  in 
tress,  and  from  this  circumstance  they  derive  the 
name  of  dahan,  which  signifies  the  fork  formed  by 
the  branch  of  a  tree,  across  which  they  are  said  to 
rest  and  occasionally  stretch  themselves.  The 
rimau-dahan  is,  when  adult,  larger  than  the  leopard, 
and  is  remarkable  for  the  thickness  and  strength  of 
its  limbs  and  paws,  but  the  contour  of  its  body  is 
very  giacet'ul.  The  head  is  small,  and  the  physi- 
ognomy less  expressive  of  ferocity  than  that  of  the 
tiger  or  leopard.  The  tail  is  extremely  long  and 
thickly  covered  with  fine  full  fur,  as  indeed  is  the 
body  also.  The  general  ground-colour  is  brownish- 
grey,  on  which  are  dispersed  streaks  and  marbled 
markings  of  black  of  an  irregular  form,  and  more  or 
less  angular.  Two  longitudinal  bands  pass  along 
the  spine ;  a  band  stretches  from  each  ear  down  the 
side  of  the  neck,  and  two  obliquely  traveree  each 
side  of  the  face.  The  large  marbled  markings  have 
an  abrupt  edge  behind,  and  the  black  has  the  ap- 
pearance of  velvet. 

An  allied  but  much  smaller  species  from  the 
Indian  Islands  will  be  found  descnbed  in  the  '  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London '  for 
1836,  p.  107,  under  the  title  of  Felis  Marmorafa. 

3i). — The  Nepaul  Tiger-Cat 
{Felis  NepQilensis).  This  is  a  slender  species, 
measuring  about  one  foot  ten  inches  in  the  length 
of  the  head  and  body,  that  of  the  tail  being  ten  and 
a  half  inches.  Its  distinguishing  characters  are  its 
lengthened  contour  and  the  slendern£s.s  and  pro- 
l)ortional  length  of  the  fail.  The  ground  is  tawny- 
grey,  pa-ssing  into  white  on  the  throat  and  under 
paris;  longitudinal  marks  of  a  deep  black  run  down 
the  back,  and  broad  irregular  dashes  of  the  same 
colour  ornament  the  sides,  flanks,  and  outer  .surface 
of  the  limbs  ;  the  under  parts  are  marked  with 
oval  spots,  the  thighs  externally  with  rounded 
spots;  the  tail  above,  excepting  at  the  extremity, 
spotted;  the  cheeks  streaked  with  two  black  lines, 
and  a  transverse  lunar  mark  p.asses  round  the 
angle  of  the  mouth,  while  a  narrow  bjind  is  con- 
tinued at^ross  the  throat.  An  individual  of  this 
species  was  formeily  living  in  the   gardens  of  the 

Tlie  TOnrlii.linii  |«rt  of  llcwic'.'i  ,«fciil«  refer  to  tlio  cliecbili, 
whicli  he  elsew here  notices,  liiit  nut  \>y  ju  nime. 


Zoological  Society,  London.  It  was  extremely 
savage  and  wild  :  it  generally  sat  up  like  a  domestic 
cat,  and  never  paced  its  den  as  do  most  of  the  feline 
animals.  It  is  staled  to  have  come  originally  from 
Nepaul,  whence  it  was  sent  to  Clalcutfa,  and  thence 
brought  to  England. 

36.— Thk  Skrval 
(FHis  Scrval).  The  serval  is  a  native  of  Southern 
Africa,  and  is  not  uncommon  in  menageries  •  speci 
mens  are  living  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zoological 
Society  of  London.  It  is  freauently  very  tame  and 
playful,  gambolling  like  a  kitten,  and  enduring 
captivity  without  sullenness  or  a  display  of  ferocity. 
The  disposition  of  the  feline  race  greatly  dejiends 
on  the  treatment  they  experience,  so  that,  while 
some  are  .savage  and  distrustful,  othei-s  of  the  same 
species  are  familiar.  Some  species,  however,  are 
more  easily  reclaimed  than  others,  and  of  these  we 
ma\'  count  the  serval. 

The  serval  stands  about  eighteen  inches  in  height 
at  the  shouldei-s :  the  length  of  the  head  and  body 
is  thirty-four  inches,  that  of  the  tail  ten  inches. 

The  up];er  pai-ts  are  of  a  clear  yellowish  white 
with  black  spots:  the  lower  parts  are  white, 
spotted  more  distantly  with  black.  Symmetrical 
lines  adorn  the  lie-adand  neck  directed  towards  the 
shouldei-s.  The  back  of  the  eai-s  is  black  at  the 
base,  then  barred  transvei-sely  with  white,  and 
tipped  with  yellow  :  on  the  inside  of  the  foreiimbs 
are  two  black  biirs.    Tail  ringed  with  black. 

The  general  form  is  slender,  and  the  limbs  are 
thin  :  the  head  is  long,  compressed,  and  viverrine 
in  its  character :  the  ears  are  large  and  broad,  and 
their  bjises  neai'jy  meet  each  other  on  the  top  of  the 
head,  givinsf  a  singular  expression  to  the  phy- 
siognomy. In  .some  specimens  the  m.arkings  are 
more  decided  than  in  othei-s.  Our  measurements 
are  taken  from  one  of  five  specimens  in  the  Museum 
at  Paris. 

37,  38.— The  Cheetah 

{Felis  jubata).  This  elegant,  animal,  the  cheetah, 
or  hunting  leopard,  is  spread  extensively  through- 
out Africa  and  India.  Mr.  Bennett  observes  that 
"Chardin,  Bernier,  Tavernier.  and  others  of  the 
older  travellers,  had  related  that  in  several  ]iarts  of 
Asia  it  was  customary  to  make  use  of  a  large  spotted 
cat  in  the  pursuit  of  game,  and  that  this  animal  was 
called  youze  in  Peivia,  and  cheetah  in  India ;  but 
the  statements  of  these  writei's  were  so  imperfect, 
and  the  descriptions  given  by  them  so  incomplete, 
that  it  was  next  to  impossible  to  recognise  the  par- 
ticular species  intended.  We  now,  however,  know 
with  ceitainty  that  the  animal  thus  employed  is  the 
Felis  jiibiila  of  naturalists,  which  inhabits  the  greater 
part  both  of  Asia  and  Africa.  It  is  common  in 
India  and  Sumatra,  as  well  as  in  Persia,  and  is  well 
known  both  in  Senegal  and  at  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope  ;  but  the  ingenuity  of  the  savage  natives  of 
the  latter  countries  lias  not,  so  far  as  we  know,  been- 
exerted  in  rendering  its  services  available  in  the 
chase  in  the  manner  so  successfully  practised  by  the 
more  refined  and  civilised  inhabitants  of  Persia  and 
Hindostan." 

The  cheetah  differs  in  one  or  two  points  from  the 
more  typical  of  its  race.  The  Felida;  in  general 
possess  a  broad  rounded  paw,  .armed  with  sharp- 
hooked  .and  completely  retractile  claws,  which  are 
protmded  at  pleasure;  but  in  the  cheetah  the  foot 
is  long  and  narrow,  and  more  like  that  of  a  dog, 
while  the  claws,  from  the  laxity  of  the  spring-liga- 
ments, are  very  p.artially  retracted,  and  are  coi;s(;- 
quently  worn  and  blunted  at  the  points.  As  large 
in  the  body  as  the  leopard,  the  cheetah  is  superior 
to  that  animal  in  height,  and  diffei-s  from  it  also  in 
general  figure.  In  the  first  place,  the  limbs,  un- 
adapted  for  climbing,  are  long,  slender,  and  taper- 
ing ;  and  the  body,  which  is  deficient  in  breadth, 
reminds  one  in  some  degi-ee  of  that  of  the  grey- 
hound. In  consequence  of  these  dift'erences,  Wag- 
ler  separated  it  into  a  distinct  genus,  under  the  title 
of  Cynailuras,  in  allusion  to  its  intermediate  station 
between  the  canine  and  feline  races.  The  .\frican 
cheetah  has  been  by  some  regarded  as  a  distinct 
species  from  that  of  India,  under  the  supposition 
that  the  thin  mane  which  covers  the  back  of  the 
neck  wiis  characteristic  only  of  the  African  animal. 
Under  this  impression,  the  term  jubata  traanedj 
was  lestricted  to  the  African,  and  the  term  venatica 
(hunting)  given  to  the  Indian,  cheetah.  This  is, 
however,  altogether  erroneous.  In  India  the  wild 
animal  h.as  a  lough  coat  in  which  the  mane  is 
m.arked ;  but  domesticated  animals  from  the  same 
part  of  the  country  are  destitute  of  a  mane,  and 
nave  a  smooth  coat.  The  general  colour  of  the 
cheetah  is  fawn-yellow,  covered  with  round  black 
spots ;  a  distinct  black  stripe  passes  from  the  inner 
angle  of  the  eye  to  the  angle  of  the  mouth.  The 
tip  of  the  no^e  is  black.  The  profile  of  the  fore- 
head and  face  is  convex  ;  the  eye  is  peculiarly  large, 
fine,  and  expressive;  the  pupils  are  circular;  the 
tail  is  long,  and  curled  up  at  its  extremity,  which  is 


Wild  Cats.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


white :  the  fur  is  not  sleek,  but  rather  crisp.    The 
skin  of  the  cheetah  is  an  article  of  some  importance 
m  trade  at  Senegal,  but  is  neglected  at  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  :  this  animal  called  luipard  by  the  Dutch 
colonists  is  indeed  rare  in  that  district,  but  the  skin 
is  occasionally  seen  worn  by  Kaffir  chiefs,  by  way  of 
distinction.     In  Africa  the  rude  natives  never  dream 
of  empioyinsr  the  cheetah  as  a  means  of  procuring 
I'ood, — they  know  not  its  value  in  the  chase.     In 
Persia  and  India  it  has,  however,  been  employed 
from    an   early    period.      In   the   '  FieJd-Sports  of 
India,'  the  mode  of  coursing  with  the  cheetah  is 
thus  described.     "  They  (the  cheetahs)  are  led  out 
in  chains,  with  blinds  over  their  eyes,  and  sometimes 
carried  out  in  carts,  and  when  antelopes,  or  deer, 
are  seen  on  a  plain,  should  any  of  them  be  separated 
from  the  rest,  the  cheetah's  head  is  brought  to  face 
It,  the  blinds  are  removed,  and  the  chain  is  taken 
off.     He  immediately  crouches  (see'figiue  38),  and 
creeps  along  with   his  belly  almost  touching  tlie 
ground,  until  he  gets  within  a  short  distance  of  the 
deer,  who,  although  seeing  him  approach,  appears 
so  fascinated  that  he  seldom  attempts  to  run  awaj'. 
The  cheetah  then  makes  a  few  surprising  springs, 
and  seizes  the  deer  by  the  neck.    If  many  deer  are 
near  each  other,  they  often  escape  by  flight,  their 
number,  perhaps,  giving  them  confidence." 

We  may  add  to  this  that  the  cheetah  takes  ad- 
vantage of  every  means  of  making  its  attack,  and 
that,  when  unsuccessful  in  its  ettbrt,  it  returns  sul- 
lenly to  its  keeper,  who  replaces  the  hood,  and  re- 
ser\'e3  him  for  another  opportunity.  When,  how- 
ever, he  has  grappled  with  the  quarry  and  fixed 
himself  upon  its  throat,  drinking  the  life-blood 
warm,  his  nature  breaks  out  in  all  its  violence,  so 
that  it  requires  some  management  to  separate  him 
from  his  victim.  Partly  awed  by  the  keeper's  voice, 
partly  enticed  by  pieces  of  meat,  and  a  ladleful  of 
the  blood,  he  is  induced  to  relinquish  the  prize,  and 
submit  to  be  again  hooded.  In  all  this  we  are  re- 
minded of  the  art  of  falconry. 

In  captivity  the  cheetah  is  familiar,  gentle,  and 
playful  ;  and  becomes  greatly  attached  to  those  who 
feed  or  notice  it.  The  general  disposition  of  these 
beautiful  creatures  is,  indeed,  frank  and  confiding; 
and  consequently  there  is  little  trouble  in  rendering 
them  perfectly  domestic.  Their  voice  of  pleasure 
is  a  fiiir  ;  of  uneasiness  or  hunger,  a,  short  reiterated 

"'*"'■  39  &  49.— The  Wild  Cat 

(F(?/(>  Coins).  This  cat  is  the  C/iat  Sauvuge  of  the 
French,  Goto  Monies  of  the  Spaniards,  fVilde  Katze 
and  Bawnritter  of  the  Germans,  Vitd  Kat  of  the 
Danes,  Calhgned  of  the  ancient  Britons,  and  Catus 
Sijlveslris  of  Klein.  This  species,  which  yet  exists 
in  the  mountainous  and  wooded  districts  of  the 
British  islands,  is  spread  through  a  great  part  of 
Europe  and  Asia.  It  is  common  in  the  forest  tracts 
of  Germany,  Rus.sia,  Hungary,  the  north  of  Asia, 
and  Xepaul.  It  is  larger,  and  has  fuller  fur,  in  the 
colder  latitudes. 

In  Britain  it  was  formerly  very  abundant,  and  was 
one  of  the  beasts  of  cha.se,  as  we  learn  from  king 
Richard  II.'s  charter  to  the  abbot  of  Peterborough, 
giving  him  permission  to  hunt  the  hare,  fox,  and 
will!  cat.  The  fur  in  those  days  does  not  seem  to 
have  been  of  much  value,  for  it  is  oixlained  in 
bishop  Corboyl's  canons,  a.d.  1127,  that  no  abbess 
or  nun  should  use  more  costly  apparel  than  such  as 
is  made  of  iamb's  or  cat's  skins.  The  wild  cat  is 
still  found  in  the  hilly  parts  of  the  north. of  England, 
and  more  plentifully  in  Scotland  and  some  parts  of 
Ireland. 

Its  general  form  is  robust ;  the  tail  is  bushy,  and 
fuller  at  the  termination.  The  general  colour  is  grey, 
undulated  with  transverse  blackish  stripes ;  a  black 
streak  runs  down  the  back  ;  the  tail  is  annulated  ;  the 
soles  of  the  feet  to  the  heel  are  black ;  two  black 
stripes  pass  from  the  eyes  over  and  behind  the  eajs. 
The  fur  is  deep.  Length  of  head  and  boely  one  foot 
ten  inches ;  of  the  tail  eleven  inches.  T'emminck 
^ives  the  total  average  length  as  three  feet.  Hares, 
leverets,  rabbits,  and  birds  are  its  prey.  It  is  bold  and 
savage,  and  defends  its  young  with  great  obstinacy. 
Formerly  naturalists  regarded  this  cat  as  the  origin  of 
the  domestic  cat,  but  of  late  years  this  opinion  has 
been  questioned.  In  the  first  place,  a  cat  in  a  do- 
mestic condition  was  one  of  the  animals  reverenced 
by  the  ancient  Egyptians,  and  mummies  of  it  are 
found  in  the  pits  of  Thebes.  Now  this  cat  was  not 
the  common  wild  cat,  but  a  distinct  species.  In 
the  second  place,  the  domestic  cat  is  not  noticed  as 
being  one  of  the  domestic  animals  of  the  ancient 
Britons  by  any  of  the  Latin  writere,  nor,  indeed,  do 
we  hear  of  it  in  our  island  till  the  tenth  century, 
when  we  find  its  value  fixed  at  a  high  rate,  and  laws 
enacted  to  regulate  its  presei-vation.  The  Welsh 
statutes  of  Hovvel  Dha  (who  died  a.d.  948)  are,  in 
fact,  proofs  of  its  importance  ;  and  such  laws. would 
hardly  have  been  laid  down  had  not  the  animal 
been  regarded  in  the  light  of  a  new  and  important 
acquisition.  If  it  were  indeed  the  offspring  of  the 
wild  cat.  which  then  abounded  in  the  forests  of  our 


island,  the  opportunities  of  procuring  young  broods 
would  have  been  so  abundant,  that  all  regulations 
respecting  it  would   have  been   superfluous ;    and 
still   less  would  the   then  considerable   sums  of  a 
penny  as  the  price  of  a  kitten  before  it  could  see, 
two-pence  until  it  caught  a  mouse,  and  after  that 
Ibur-pence,  have  been  established.     There  are,  be- 
sides, other  regulations,   all  tending  to  prove  the 
high  value  afiixed  to  the  domestic  cat  at  that  pe- 
riod.     In  the  third   place,  the   wild  cat  is  much 
larger  than  our  domesticated  cat,  and  this  is  con- 
trary to  the  general  rule,  domesticated  animals  being 
larger  than  their  wild  relatives.    It  may  be  observed 
that  the  tail  of  the  wild  cat  is  rather  short,  full,  and 
cylindrical ;  while  in  the  domestic  cat  it  is  long  and 
taper.     Besides,  the  wild  cat  stands  higher  on  the 
limbs,  and  is  of  a  more  lynx-like  figure."   Dr.  Flem- 
ing considers  it  probable  that  the  domestic  kind  is 
Oiiginally  from  Asia,  but   Ruppel  and  Temminc); 
consider  it  as  decidedly  the  descendant  of  the  tame 
Egyptian  cat  (Felis  maniculata),  found  now  wild  in 
Upper  Egypt  and  Nubia.     It  is  ea.sy  to  perceive 
how  from  Egypt  the  domestic  cat  would  pass  into 
Greece  and  Italy,  and  so  into  the  western  jjrovinces 
of  the  Roman  Empire.     It  is  most  probable,  then, 
that  Temminek  and  Ri'ippel  are  correct ;  but  still, 
has  not  the  domestic  cat  in  Europe  subsequently  in- 
termingled with    the   wild   cat,    and  produced   a 
mixed,  though  fertile,  breed  ?    We  are  inclined  to 
think  so.     Cats  of  the  domestic  kind  often  assume 
wild  habits,  and   live   in   warrens,   preserves,   and 
woods :  we  must  distinguish  between  these  and  the 
true  wild  cat. 

40. — The  Egyptian'  Cat 
(Felis  Maniculata).  This  cat  was  discovered  in 
Nubia  by  Riippel,  west  of  the  Nile,  near  Arabukol, 
in  a  rocky  district  overrun  with  brushwood.  It  is 
of  the  size  of  a  moderate  domestic,  cat,  and  is  pro- 
bably of  the  same  stock  as  that  of  the  domestic  cat 
which  the  Egyptians  honoured.  Ruppel  considers 
it  a  descendant  of  that  breed,  but  it  may  be,  and 
probably  is,  from  the  wild  original  race,  and  is  in- 
digenous in  Nubia.  It  agrees  exactly  with  the  pre- 
served mummies  of  cats  which  the  Egyptians  em- 
balmed. The  following  is  a  detailed  description 
of  this  species  : — 

The  woolly  or  ground  hair  is  in  general  of  a  dirty 
ochreous,  darker  on  the  back  and  posterior  parts, 
and  becoming  gradually  lighter  on  the  anterior  and 
lateral  parts ;  longer  hair  of  a  swarthy  dirty  white, 
so  that  the  appearance  of  the  animal  is  greyish- 
yellow.  Skin  of  the  edges  of  the  lips  and  of  the 
nose  bare  and  black.  Beaiil  and  bristles  of  the  eye- 
bro\ys  shining  white,  biown  at  the  roofs  ;  edges  of 
eyelids  black  ;  iris  glaring  yello.v.  From  the  inner 
corner  near  the  eye  tiiere'is  a  daik-brown  streak 
running  in  the  direction  of  the  nose,  and  there  is  a 
white  streak  as  far  up  as  the  arch  of  the  eyebrows : 
between  these  two  streaks  is  another  greyish  one 
extending  on  the  forehead  by  the  side  of  the  ears 
and  under  the  eyes.  Outside  of  the  ears  grey,  in- 
side white  and  without  tufts  of  hair.  Eight  slender 
black  undulating  lines  arise  on  the  forehead,  run 
along  the  occiput,  and  are  lo.st  in  the  upper  part  of 
the  neck.  Cheeks,  throat,  and  anterior  part  of  the 
neck  shining  white.  Two  ochreous-yellow  lines 
spring,  the  one  from  the  outer  corner  of  the  eye,  the 
other  from  the  middle  of  the  cheek,  and  meet  both 
together  under  the  ear,  and  two  rings  of  the  same 
colour  encircle  the  white  neck  ;  below  the  rings 
there  are  spots  of  ochreous-yellow.  Chest  and  belly 
dirty  white,  with  similar  spots  or  semicircular  lines. 
A  dark  streak  along  the  back  becomes  lighter  as  it 
rises  over  the  shoulders,  and  darker  on  the  cross. 
This  streak  is  gradually  lost  on  the  upper  part  of 
the  tail,  the  lower  sniface  of  which  is  white-yellow. 
The  tail  is  almost  of  an  equal  thickness,  rather  slen- 
der, and  with  two  dark  rings  at  its  point.  The  ex- 
tremities, which  have  less  hair  in  proportion  on  the 
outer  side,  are  of  the  general  colour,  with  besides 
five  or  six  blackish  semicircular  bands  on  the  fore- 
legs, and  six  distinct  dark  cross  streaks  on  the  hind- 
legs.  The  inner  sides  are  lighter  in  colour,  with 
two  black  spots  or  streaks  on  the  upper  parts  of  the 
fore-legs,  and  the  hind  extremities  show  the  cross 
streaks  winding  around  the  thighs  towards  the  in- 
side. Foot,  soles,  hind  parts  of  ankles,  and  wrists 
shining  black.  Length  two  feet  five  inches,  the  t.ail 
being  about  nine ;  height  at  the  shoulder  about 
nine  inches  and  a  half.  The  description  was  taken 
from  an  aged  female. 

41. — The  Jaguar 
{Felis  Op.pa).  The  jaguar  is  the  leopard  or  panther 
of  the  American  forests,  and  in  power  and  daring 
almost  approaches  to  the  liger  of  the  Indian  jungles. 
We  have  already  stated  that  specimens  of  this  savage 
beast  have  been  confounded  wilh  the  leopard 
(42,  43)  ;  but  the  jaguar,  besides  differing  in  otlier 
points,  always  displays  a  bold  s'reaJi  or  two  of  black, 
extending  acro.ss  the  chest  Irom  shoulder  to  shoul- 
der, which  is  a  distinctive  chaiaeter.     Tlie  rosettes 


on  the  body  are  very  large,  open,  and  somewhat 
angu.ar,  with  a  central  spot  or  two  of  black  in  each  • 
a  central  chain  of  black  dashes  extends  al.)ncr  the 
spine.    The  jaguar,  though  varying  in  size,  generally 
exceeds  the  leopard ;   and  its  form  is  more  robu»« 
and  less  agile  and  graceful.     The  limbs  are  short 
but  immensely  thick  and  muscular ;  the  head  larger, 
and  of  a  squarer  contour,  and  the  tail  of  less  com- 
parative length.     Of  all  the  American  Felidae,  the 
jaguar  is  the  mo.st  formidable.     It  prefei-s  the  marshy 
and  wooded  districts  of  the  warmer  latitudes,  and 
haunts  the  vast  forests  along  the  larger  rivei-s.     It 
swims  and  climbs  with  equal  ease,  and  preys  oii  the 
arger   domestic   quadrupeds,   on   peccaries,  capy- 
baras,  and  monkeys,  as  well  as  on  fish  and  tortoises 
.Sonnini  saw  the  scratches  left  by  the  claws  of  the 
jaguar  on  the  smooth  bark  of  a  tree  some  fortv  feet 
high,  without  branches;  he  traced  the  marks  of  se- 
veral slips  made  by  the  climber,  but  the  animal  had 
at  last  readied  the  top.     Humboldt  heard  the  ja- 
suars^  yell  from  the  tops  of  the  trees,  followed  by 
the  sharp,  shrill,  long  whistle  of  the  terrified  mon- 
keys, as  they  seemed  to  flee.    It  takes  birds  on 
their  nests,  and  fish  in  the  shallows ;  and,  in  some 
districts,  the  havoc  it  makes  among  horses,  cattle 
and  sheep  is  terrible.     So  great  are  the  numbers  of 
these  beasts  in  the  Spanish  colonies,  that,  according 
to  Humboldt,  four  thousand  were  annually  killed  • 
and  two  thousand  skins  were  exported  eveiy  year 
IVom    Buenos   Ayres    only.     The   emjity  shells  of 
turtles  were  pointed  out  to  Humboldt  as  having 
been  cleared  of  their  contents  by  the  jaguar,  which 
watches  them  as  they  come  to  the  sandy""beaches  tc 
lay  their  eggs,  pounces  upon  them,  and  turnsthem  on 
their  backs  :  he  then  insinuates  his  paw  between  the 
shells,  and  scoops  out  the  contents  as  clean  as  with 
a  knife.     As  he  turns  many  more  than  he  can  de- 
vour at  a  meal,  the  Indians  often  profit  bv  his  dex- 
terous cunning.    The  eggs  of  the  turtle' are  often 
dug  up  by  him  out  of  the  sand,  and  devoured  ;  and 
voung  turtles,  on  their  road  to  the  water,  or  in  shal- 
lows, are  also  destroyed. 

It  is  not  often  that  the  jaguar  voluntarily  attacks 
man.  When  hard  pressed,  however,  he  makes  a 
resolute  defence.  The  Indians  often  despatch  him 
with  their  poisoned  arrows,  and  sometimes  boldly 
attack  him  with  lances.  On  the  plains  the  lasso  is 
used  with  great  effect. 

There  is  a  black  variety  of  the  jaguar,  le  jaguar 
noir  of  the  French,  and  probably  the  juguarete  of 
Marcgrave.  This  seems  to  have  been  the  animal 
noticed  by  Lieut.  Maw,  R.N.  ('  Journal  of  a  Passage 
irom  the  Pacific  to  the  Atlantic:  1829),  at  Para,  as 
a  black  on^a.  It  had  been  procured  up  the  rivers, 
and  was  a  formidable  beast,  with  limbs  as  thick  as' 
(Lieut.  iAIawsavs  thicker  than)  those  of  a  Benjjal 
tiger. 

44,  4,5,  46.— The  Puma 
{Felis  concolor,  Linn.)  This  large  feline  animal  is 
often  called  the  American  lion,  chiefly,  as  it  would 
appear,  from  its  uniformity  of  colour,  which,  com- 
bined with  its  ferocity,  led  the  early  travellers  to 
give  it  that  appellation.  Thus  John  de  Laet  (1633) 
says  that  lions  are  found  in  Peru,  though  they  be 
few  and  not  so  ferocious  as  they  are  in  Africa,  and 
that  I  hey  are  called  in  the  native  tongue  puma. 
In  '  The  Perfect  Description  of  Virginia,'  (a  tract, 
1619,)  "Lyons,  beares,  leopards,  and  elkes"  are 
enumerated.  Hernandez  describes  it  (1651)  as  the 
puma  seu  Ico  Americaniis,  and  contends,  rightly 
enough,  that  it  is  not  a  true  lion.  By  Piso"  the 
animal  is  noticed  as  the  cuguacuura.  Marcgrave 
terms  it  the  cnguacurana  of  the  Brazilians  ;  D'Azara, 
the  gouazouara  of  Paraguay.  Hence  the  French 
name,  often  used  by  British  writers,  couguar.  Char- 
levoix descrilies  it  under  the  erroneous  names  of 
carcajou  and  quincajou.  The  Anglo-Americans 
term  it  "  panther,"  and  under  this  name  Lawson. 
Catesby,  and  others  describe  it. 

In  its  general  contour,  the  puma  is  elegantly 
formed ;  but  the  limbs  are  very  thick,  while  the 
head  is  comparatively  small,  particularly  in  the  fe- 
male. The  general  colour  is  silvery-l'awn  above, 
fading  into  white  beneath  and  on  the  inside  of  the 
limbs  ;  the  ears  on  the  outside,  particularly  at  their 
base,  the  sides  of  the  muzzle  and  the  end  of  the  tail, 
which  is  destitute  of  a  tuft,  black.  Length  from 
nose  to  root  of  tail,  about  four  feet ;  of  the  tail,  up- 
wards of  two  feet.  The  young  are  marked  with 
three  chains  of  blackish-brown  streaks  along  the 
back,  and  the  sides,  shoulders,  and  neck  have 
clouded  spots  of  the  same  colour.  As  the  animal 
advances  in  age,  these  mai-kings  fade,  and  ultimately 
disappear. 

The  puma  is  extensively  spread  throughout  North 
and  South  America  ;  but  it  is  not  only  more  scaice 
than  ibrnu'i'ly,  but  its  range  is  more  ccnitracted; 
and,  as  civilization  advances,  will  be  still  further  re 
duccd.  This  beautiful  animal  is  savage  and  fero-- 
cious,  but  eiisily  tamed,  and  soon  becomes  very  fa- 
miliar. The  late  Mr.  Edmund  Kean  had  one  in  hi? 
possession,  which  was  perfectly  domesticated ;  and 


J^  ^v^-^ 


ts.— So\al  Tt^n. 


2". — Leopajd. 


30.— Blnck  I'^nther. 


■      ..■  \-K 


SU— Oim:e. 


U.— Leopird  Citchins. 


38.— Cheetah. 


33.— Leopinl.    (SenegU.) 


^K^^^si^- 


34.— Rlima  nahut. 


S«.— S«nl. 


^    ^^s:r — «^ 

3".— Cheetah. 


ss.-wnd  Cat. 


40^£gyptlan  Cat 


'1.— Jaguar. 


UM^^rk 


"^^"tP^^-^^?  ,.:b>?^^-C"-^> 


45.— Pnraa. 


44^— Pama, 


46,— Puma, 


No. 


2. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


10 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Wild-cats. 


we  have  seen  other*  very  gentle,  though  playfiU  and 
animated.  Law»on,  who,  in  hi«  '  History  of  Caro- 
lina,' well  di'scribe*  the  puma,  i«  therefore  in  error 
when  he  states  that  "  when  taken  young  it  is  never 
to  be  rec-iaimed  from  its  wild  nature."  This  writer 
sayi,  '•TTie  panlhrr  (puma)  climbs  trees  with  the 
jtreatest  agility  imaginable,  is  very  strong-limbed, 
ca'cliiug  a  piece  of  meat  from  any  animal  he  strikes 
.«t ;  his  tail  is  exceeding  long ;  his  eyes  look  very 
fierce  imd  lively,  are  large,  and  of  a  grayish  colour; 
his  prey  is  swines-flesh,  deer,  or  anything  he  can 
lake.  He  halloos  like  a  man  in  the  woods  when 
killed,  which  is  by  making  liim  take  to  a  tree,  as  the 
■ie«*t  cur  will  presently  do;  then  the  huntsmen 
ihoot  him  ;  if  Uicy  do  not  kill  him  outright  he  is  a 
dangerous  enemy  when  wounded,  especially  to  the 
dogs  that  approach  him.  This  beast  is  the  greatest 
enemy  to  tne  planter  of  any  vermin  in  Carolina. 
His  flesh  looks  as  well  as  any  shamble's  meat  what- 
soever :  a  great  many  people  eat  him  as  choice  food, 
but  I  never  tasted  ot  a  panther,  so  cannot  commend 
the  meat  by  my  own  experience.  His  skin  is  a 
warm  covering  "for  the  Indians  in  winter,  though 
not  esteemed  among  the  choice  furs.  This  skin 
dressed  makes  fine  women's  shoes  or  men's  gloves." 

The  puma  is  indeed  a  very  destructive  animal : 
not  only  the  peccan-  and  the  cnpybara  fall  a  prey 
to  his  destructive  habits,  but  sheep,  hogs,  and  cattle 
are  among  his  victims  ;  of  the  former  he  has  been 
known  to  kill  fifty  in  a  single  night.  It  is  not  often 
that  the  puma  attacks  man,  though  when  wounded 
he  becomes  a  dangerous  foe.  Sir  F.  Head,  in  his 
'Journey  across  the  Pampas,'  gives  the  following 
interesting  narrative,  in  proof  of  the  fear  of  man 
which  this  animal,  in  common  with  others,  enter- 
tains. Tlie  person  who  related  it  to  Sir  Francis 
was  himself  tne  actor  in  the  scene. 

"  He  was  trying  to  shoot  some  wild  ducks,  and,  in 
order  to  approach  them  unperccived,  he  put  the 
comer  of  his  poncho  (which  is  a  sort  of  long  narrow 
blanket)  over  his  head,  and,  crawling  along  the 
ground  upon  his  hands  and  knees,  the  poncho  not 
only  covered  his  body,  but  trailed  along  the  ground 
behind  him.  As  he  was  thus  creeping  by  a  large 
bush  of  reeds,  he  heard  a  loud  sudden  noise,  between 
a  bark  and  a  roar :  he  felt  something  heavy  strike 
his  feet,  and,  instantly  jumping  up,  he  saw,  to  his 
astonishment,  a  large  lion  actually  standing  on  his 
poncho  ;  and,  perhaps,  the  animal  was  equally  asto- 
nished to  find  himself  in  the  immediate  presence  of 
so  athletic  a  man.  The  man  told  me  he  was  un- 
willing to  fire,  as  his  gun  was  loaded  with  very 
small  shot ;  and  he  therefore  remained  motionless, 
the  lion  standing  on  his  poncho  for  many  seconds  : 
at  last  the  creature  turned  his  head,  and,  walking 
very  slowly  away  about  ten  yards,  he  stopped  and 
turned  again  :  the  man  still  maintained  His  ground, 
upon  which  the  lion  tacitly  acknowledged  his 
supremacy,  and  walked  oif."    (Fig.  45.) 

Audubon  in  his  '  Ornithological  Biography,'  gives 
a  spirited  account  of  the  chase  of  the  puma,  or 
cougar  as  he  terms  it,  which  was  hunted  by  dogs, 
and  men  armed  with  rifles  :  it  was  driven  by  their 
united  exertions  from  tree  to  tree,  and  perished, 
fighting  with  the  dogs,  having  received  several 
bSis,  one  of  which  produced  a  mortal  wound.  On 
the  Pampas  the  puma  is  hunted  with  dogs,  and, 
while  it  is  engaged  in  the  conflict  sun'ounded  by 
them,  the  dexterous  Gaucho  strikes  him  senseless 
with  his  bolas,  or  throws  his  lasso  over  him,  and, 
galloping  off,  drags  him  along  the  ground  till  almost 
lifeless,  when  the  dogs  rush  upon  him  and  tear  him 
to  pieces.       ^y^  ^  50.— The  Ocelot 

(Felit  pardalis).  This  elegantly-marked  species 
of  tiger-cat  is  a  native  of  Mexico,  Paraguay,  and 
probably  of  Peru.  It  measures  nearly  three  feet  in 
the  length  of  the  head  and  body,  the  tail  is  about  a 
foot  long,  and  the  medium  height  is  about  eighteen 
inches.  The  ground-colour  of  the  fur  is  grey, 
slightly  tinged  with  fawn ;  upon  this  are  disposed 
longitudinal  bands,  of  which  the  margins  are  per- 
fectly black,  the  central  parts  being  of  a  deeper 
fawn  than  the  general  ground.  These  ribands  of 
black,  enclosing  a  deep  fawn,  become  deep  black 
lines  and  spots  on  the  neck  and  head  and  on  the 
outer  aspect  of  the  limbs.  From  the  top  of  the  head 
towards  the  shoulders  there  pass  several  diverging 
black  bands,  and  on  the  top  of  the  back  the  line  is 
quite  continuous.  The  tail  is  spotted  upon  a  gi'ound 
like  that  of  the  body.  The  term  ocelot  is  a  corrup- 
tion of  the  Mexican  names  Tlacoozelotl,  or  Tlalo- 
celotl,  as  given  by  Hernandez,  who  terms  it  Catus 
pardiu  Mexicanus. 

The  ocelot  is  often  exhibited  in  menageries,  and 
IS  generally  good-tempered  and  playful :  we  have 
seen  several  which  might  be  said  to  be  perfectly 
domesticated.  Bewick  states  that  "  nothing  can 
•often  the  natural  ferocity  of  its  disposition,  nor 
calm  the  restlessness  of  its  motions.  One  of  these 
animals,  shown  at  Newcastle  in  1788,  although 
extremely  old,  exhibited  great  marks  of  ferocity. 
It  was  kept  closely  confined,  and  would  not  admit 


of  being  caressed  by  its  keeper."  Harsh  usage  and 
close  confinement  have  otten  spoiled  the  temper  of 
animals,  and  the  fault  is  always  laid  to  their  dis- 
position, and  not  to  mismanagement.  Mr.  Bennett 
informs  us  that  a  specimen  which  was  kept  in  tlie 
Tower  menagerie  was  extremely  familiar,  and  had 
much  of  the  character  and  manners  of  the  common 
cat.  Its  food  consisted  principally  of  rabbits  and 
birds ;  the  latter  it  pluclted  with  great  dexterity, 
and  always  commenced  its  meal  with  the  head,  of 
which  it  seemed  particularly  fond ;  hut  it  did  not 
eat  with  the  ravenous  avicfity  which  characterizes 
nearly  all  the  animals  of  this  tribe. 

Of  the  manners  of  the  ocelot  in  a  state  of  nature 
little  is  known.  It  inhabits  the  deep  forests  and 
preys  upon  small  quadrupeds  and  birds ;  climbing 
the  trees  in  quest  of  the  latter,  and  lying  in  wait  for 
them  concealed  among  the  foliage.  It  is  said  to 
take  monkeys  by  a  very  subtle  mode  of  proceeding. 
When  it  perceives  a  troop  of  these  active  creatures, 
it  immediately  stretches  itself  out,  as  if  dead,  on  the 
limb  of  some  tree  ;  urged  by  curiosity  they  hasten 
to  examine  the  supposed  "  mortal  remains "  of 
their  enemy, — the  foremost  pays  dearly  for  his 
curiosity.  51.-TheChxti 

{Felis  mill's).  The  chati  is  regarded  by  Des- 
marest  as  the  chibi-guazu  of  Azara.  It  is  a  native 
of  Paraguay  and  other  parts  of  South  America,  and 
is  much  smaller  than  the  ocelot.  Azara  describes 
it  as  averaging  three  feet  six  inches  in  total  length. 
The  following  is  Fred.  Cuvier's  description  of  a 
female  living  in  the  menagerie  of  Paris: — "  About 
a  third  larger  than  the  domestic  cat :  length,  ex- 
clusive of  tail,  rather  more  than  two  feet ;  tail, 
eleven  inches ;  height  to  middle  of  back,  about 
one  foot  two  inches.  Ground-colour  of  fur  on  the 
upper  parts,  pale  yellowish ;  on  the  lower  pure 
w-hite  ;  at  the  roots,  dull  grey,  and  very  thick  and 
close.  Body  covered  with  irregular  dark  patches : 
those  upon  the  back  entirely  black  and  disposed 
longitudinally  in  four  rows;  those  upon  the  sides 
surrounded  with  black,  with  the  centres  of  a 
clear  fawn,  arranged  in  nearly  five  rows.  Spots 
upon  the  lower  part  of  the  body,  where  the 
ground-colour  of  the  fur  is  white,  full,  and  arranged 
in  two  lines  composed  of  six  or  seven  patches  on 
each  side.  Limbs  covered  with  nearly  round  spots 
of  smaller  dimensions :  on  the  fore-legs,  near  the 
body,  two  transverse  bands.  On  the  throat  a  sort 
of  half  collar,  and  on  the  under-jaw  two  crescent- 
shaped  spots.  Behind  each  eye  two  bands  about 
two  inches  long,  terminating  opposite  the  ear. 
Forehead  bordered  by  two  lines,  between  which  are 
numerous  spots,  and,  at  their  origin,  a  blackish 
mark  from  which  the  whiskers  spring.  Outside  of 
the  ear,  black,  with  a  white  spot  upon  the  small 
lobe.  Base  of  the  tail  spotted  with  small  blotches, 
which  towards  the  end  run  into  half-rings,  which 
are  broadest  on  the  upper  surface.  Pupil  round." 
(F.  Cuv.) 

This  animal  was  extremely  gentle  and  familiar, 
so  much  so  indeed  that,  if  persons  to  whom  it  was 
attached  passed  its  cage  or  did  not  approach  it,  it 
would  express  its  discontent  or  solicit  their  attention 
by  a  short  cry ;  and  when  caressed  it  manifested 
great  delight. 

According  to  Azara,  the  chibi-guazu  is  so  com- 
mon, that  his  friend  Noseda  captured  eighteen  indi- 
viduals in  two  years  within  two  leagues  of  his 
pueblo.  Yet  it  would  appear  that  few  are  acquainted 
with  the  animal,  neither  the  huntsman  nor  his  dogs 
being  able  to  penetrate  its  haunts.  By  day  it  re- 
mains concealed  in  the  most  impenetrable  and 
secluded  places,  only  coming  abroad  after  dark, 
especially  when  the  night  is  stormy.  The  chibi- 
guazu  then  daringly  enters  courtyards  and  destroys 
the  poultry  or  carries  them  away.  When  the  night 
is  moonlit  they  do  not  venture  near  inhabited  spots, 
and  are  besides  so  wary,  that  it  is  hopeless  to  lie  in 
wait  for  them  with  a  gun.  Men  and  dogs  are  most 
cautiously  avoided.  Each  pair  is  supposed  to  have 
their  own  exclusive  range  of  territory,  for  a  male 
and  female,  and  no  more,  are  always  caught  in  the 
same  place.  Tliose  which  Noseda  caught  soon 
became  reconciled  to  captivity,  and  had  much  of 
the  habits  of  a  cat :  nearly  the  whole  of  the  day 
they  passed  in  sleep  rolled  up  in  ball-like  form ; 
twilight  and  night  were  passed  in  pacing  to  and  fro 
close  to  the  sides  of  their  den.  They  never  quar- 
relled unless  they  were  much  irritated,  and  then 
they  struck  at  each  other  with  their  fore-paws ; 
when  they  crossed  or  interrupted  each  other's  move- 
ments in  traversing  the  den,  they  spit  and  gesticu- 
lated like  a  common  cat.  They  were  fed  upon 
various  kinds  of  flesh,  rats,  fowls,  ducks,  young  dogs, 
&c.  Cats'  flesh  gave  them  the  mange,  under  which 
they  soon  sank :  snakes,  vipers,  and  toads,  occa- 
sioned violent  and  continued  vomiting,  vmder  which 
they  wasted  away  and  died.  Dogs  equalling  them- 
selves in  size  they  would  not  attack  :  fowls  were  their 
favourite  food ;  these  they  caught  by  the  head  and 
neck  and  instantly  killed,  stripping  their  feathers 


before  beginning  to  cat  them.  In  the  night  thei'i 
eyes  shone  like  those  of  a  domestic  cat,  which  m 
their  manners,  in  their  mode  of  licking  the  fur  and 
cleaning  themselves,  they  entirely  resembled.  AzarH 
concludes  by  stating  that  a  young  one  which  No^eda 
caught  became  so  thoroughly  domesticated,  that  it 
slept  on  the  skirts  of  his  clerical  gown  and  went 
about  loose.  .\(^  animal  could  be  more  tractable  ; 
but  the  neighbours,  among  whose  poultry  it  made 
havoc,  killed  it. 

52.— The  Pampas  Cat 

{Feli»  Pajeros).  Tliis  species  is  also  called  Jungle- 
cat,  and  by  the  Spanish  colonists  Gato  Pajero. 

The  fur  of  this  animal  is  very  long,  some  of  the 
hairs  of  the  back  being  upwards  of  three  inches, 
and  those  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  back  foiu-  and  a 
half  or  nearly  five  inches  long.  General  colour 
pale  yellow-grey.  Numerous  irregular  yellow  or 
sometimes  brown  stripes  run  obliquely  from  the  back 
along  the  sides  of  the  body.  On  each  side  of  the  face 
two  stripes  of  a  yellowish  or  cinnamon  colour  com- 
mence near  the  eye  and  extend  backwards  and  down- 
wards over  the  cheeks,  on  the  hinder  part  of  which 
they  join  and  form  a  single  line,  which  encircles  the 
lower  part  of  the  throat.  Tip  of  the  muzzle  and 
chin  white ;  a  spot  in  front  of  the  eye,  and  a  line 
beneath  the  eye,  of  the  same  colour  ;  belly,  inner 
side  and  hinder  part  of  fore-legs,  white  also.  An 
irregular  black  line  running  across  the  lower  part  of 
the  chest,  and  extending  over  the  base  of  the  fore- 
legs externally :  above  this  line  two  other  transverse 
dark  markings  more  or  less  defined  on  the  chest. 
On  the  fore-legs  three  broad  black  bands,  two  of 
which  encircle  the  leg :  on  the  posterior  legs  about 
five  black  bands  externally,  and  some  irregular  dark 
spots  internally.  Feet  yellowish,  and  under  side  of 
tarsus  of  a  slightly  deeper  hue.  On  the  belly  nume- 
rous large  irregular  black  spots.  Ears  moderate, 
with  long  white  hairs  internally  ;  externally  of  the 
same  colour  as  the  head,  except  at  the  apex,  where 
the  hairs  are  black,  and  form  a  slight  tuft.  Tail 
short,  somewhat  bushy,  and  devoid  of  dark  rings  or 
spots ;  the  hairs  are  in  fact  coloured  as  those  on  the 
back.  On  the  upper  part  of  the  body  each  hair  is 
brown  at  the  base,  then  yellow,  and  at  the  apex 
black.  On  the  hinder  part  of  the  back  the  hairs  are 
almost  black  at  the  base,  and  on  the  sides  of  the 
body  each  hair  is  grey  at  the  base  ;  there  is  then  a 
considerable  space  of  yellowish-white  colour :  to- 
wards the  apex  they  are  white,  and  at  the  apex 
black.  The  greater  number  of  the  haiis  of  the 
moustaches  white.  Length,  from  nose  to  root  of 
tail,  twenty-six  inches ;  of  tail,  fur  included,  eleven 
inches.  Height  of  body  at  shoulders,  thiiteen  inches. 
Size  about  equal  to  that  of  the  common  wild-cat  of 
Europe ;  but  the  Pampas  cat  is  stouter,  its  head 
smaller,  and  its  tail  shorter.     (Waterhouse.) 

This  cat  was  known  to  Azara,  but  till  recently 
European  naturalists  were  but  little  acquainted 
with  it.  Fischer,  in  his  '  Synopsis  Mammalium,* 
put  it  among  those  species  that  are  not  well  deter- 
mined. Azara  says  that  the  natives  call  this  animal 
^ato  pajero,  because  it  lives  on  the  plains,  conceal- 
ing itself  in  jungles  without  entering  the  woods  or 
thickets.  Whether  this  species  exists  in  Paraguay, 
Azara  states,  was  a  point  he  could  not  determine, 
but  that  it  might  perhaps  have  been  formerly  seen 
there  before  the  country  became  well  peopled.  He 
caught  four  in  the  Pampas  of  Buenos  Ayres,  be- 
tween 35°  and  36°  S.  lat.,  and  three  others  on  the 
Rio  Negro.  They  are  found,  he  adds,  on  both  sides 
of  La  Plata.  Its  food  consists  principally  of  apereas, 
or  wild  guinea-pigs. 

According  to  Mr.  Darwin  (Zoology  of  the  Beagle), 
this  cat  inhabits  Santa  Cruz,  Patagonia,  and  Bahia 
Blanca. 

"  This  animal,"  observes  Mr.  Darwin,  "  takes  its 
name  from  paja,  the  Spanish  word  for  '  straw,' 
from  its  habits  of  frequenting  reeds.  It  is  common 
over  the  whole  of  the  great  plains  which  compose 
the  eastern  side  of  the  southern  part  of  America. 
From  the  accounts  I  received  I  have  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  it  is  found  near  the  strait  of  Magellan, 
which  would  give  it  a  range  of  nearly  1400  miles  in 
a  north  and  south  line,"  for  Azara  states  that  it  is  to 
be  found  as  high  north  as  30°  S.  lat.  One  of  Mr. 
Darwin's  specimens  was  obtained  at  50°  S.  at  Santa 
Cnxi :  it  was  met  with  in  a  valley  where  a  few 
thickets  were  growing.  When  disturbed  it  did  not 
run  away,  but  drew  itself  up  and  hissed.  The  other 
spec  men  which  Mr.  Darwin  brought  to  England 
was  killed  at  Bahia  Blanca. 

LYNXES. 

The  name  of  lynxes  is  applied  by  zoologists  to  a 
subdivision  of  the  Felidae,  well  marked  externally, 
and  regarded  by  some  as  entitled  to  a  distinct  ge- 
neric rank.  About  eight  species  are  described,  but 
there  is  still  considerable  confusion  among  those 
which  are  natives  of  America.  The  available  cha- 
racters which  the  lynxes  present  consist  in  the 
pencils  which  tuft  the  ears,  in  the  shortness  of  the 


Lynxes.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


II 


tail,  and  the  proportionate  elevation  of  the  body  at 
the  haunches. 

The  lynx  is  one  of  those  animals  respecting  which 
many  absurd  fables  have  been  popularly  current,  but 
which  are  now  in  no  danger  of  being  revived.  Pliny 
(lib.  vii.,  25)  classes  the  lynx  among  the  monstrous 
productions  of  .(iithiopia,  in  the  existence  of  which 
ne  seems  to  have  implicitly  believed.  The  lynx  is 
often  alluded  to  by  the  ancient  poets,  but  from 
many  expressions  we  easily  perceive  that  they  had 
no  very  precise  ideas  about  the  animal ;  the  lynx 
of  poetry  was  sometimes  a  leopard  or  panther. 
Virgil  calls  the  lynxes  of  Bacchus  varite,  and  in 
another  place  alludes  to  the  skin  of  the  spotted  lynx 
(maculosce  lyncis). 

The  representations  of  lynxes  on  antique  gems 
and  sculptures  are  as  unsatisfactory  and  vague  as 
the  allusions  in  classic  poetry.  Still  however  the 
lynx  described  by  Aristotle,  vKlian,  and  Oppian  was, 
it  must  be  confessed,  not  one  of  these  doubtful 
creatures,  but  a  definite  species,  and,  as  we  think, 
the  caracal. 

53,  58,  59.— The  Caracal 

(Felts  Caracal).  This  animal  derives  its  modern 
name  from  the  Turkish,  cara,  black,  and  kulask,  ear. 
Its  Persian  name  has  the  same  meaning,  sujah-gush 
or  sia-gusch  (si'a,  black,  ^««cA,  ear).  It  is  widely  dis- 
tributed, being  found  in  Persia,  India,  Barbary, 
Nubia,  Egypt,  and  the  whole  of  Africa  to  Caifraria, 
Turkey,  and  Arabia.  The  general  colour  of  the 
body  IS  of  a  pale  reddish-brown,  with  a  vinous 
tinge ;  the  lower  parts  are  paler.  Two  spots  of  pure 
white  are  near  each  eye,  one  on  the  inner  side  of 
and  above  the  eye,  the  other  beneath  its  outer  angle. 
The  edges  of  the  upper  lip,  the  chin,  and  lower  lip 
are  white,  as  are  the  insides  of  the  limbs.  The 
whiskers  rise  from  a  series  of  black  lines.  The  ears 
are  long  and  tapering,  and  are  surmounted  by  a 
pencil  of  long  black  hairs ;  their  colour  externally 
IS  black.  The  tail  reaches  only  to  the  heel  or  hock- 
joint.  Temminck  gives  the  measurements  as  fol- 
lows : — length  two  feet  ten  inches,  of  which  the  tail 
measures  ten.  Average  height  about  fourteen  inches. 
We  have  ourselves  seen  much  larger  individuals.  The 
eyes  of  the  caracal  have  a  marked  nocturnal  cha- 
racter, and  are  large,  bright,  and  scowling  in  their 
expression.  The  limbs  are  extremely  muscular, 
and  its  whole  contour  denotes  great  activity.  The 
caracal  feeds  on  small  quadrupeds  and  birds,  the 
latter  of  which  it  pursues  even  to  the  tops  of  the 
trees.  It  is  said  to  follow  the  lion  and  other  large 
beasts  of  prey  for  the  purpose  of  feeding  on  what 
they  leave.  The  caracal  leaps  upon  its  viclim  and 
holds  it  with  remarkable  tenacity,  as  was  noticed  by 
./Elian.  Oppian  also  alludes  to  its  mode  of  springing 
upon  hares,  deer,  &c.  According  to  Temminck, 
these  animals  are  in  the  habit  of  hunting  in  packs, 
like  wild  dogs,  and  of  running  down  their  prey ; 
most  probably  they  creep  towards  it  like  the  cheetah, 
and  spring  suddenly  upon  it.  Pennant,  quoting 
Thevenot,  states  that  they  are  often  brought  up 
tame,  and  used  in  the  chase  of  lesser  quadrupeds 
and  the  larger  sort  of  birds,  as  cranes,  pelicans, 
peacocks,  &c.,  and  that  when  they  seize  their  prey 
they  hold  it  fast  with  their  mouth  and  lie  motion- 
less on  it.  He  also  adds,  on  the  authority  of  Hyde, 
that  the  Arabians,  who  call  it  Anak-el-ard,  affirm 
that  it  hunts  like  the  panther,  jumps  up  at  cranes 
as  they  fly,  and  covers  its  steps  when  hunting. 

In  captivity  the  caracal  is  ver)'  irritable,  often 
displaying  great  ferocity.  Of  its  fierceness  and 
strengh  Dr.  Charleton  gives  evidence,  for  he  relates 
that  he  saw  one  fall  on  a  hound,  which  it  killed  and 
tore  to  pieces  in  a  moment,  although  the  dog  de- 
fended itself  to  the  utmost.  It  would  appear,  from 
our  repeated  personal  observations,  that  lew  animals 
of  the  feline  race  are  more  impatient  of  confinement. 
Excepting  in  the  instance  of  very  young  examples, 
we  never  knew  one  that  would  suffer  the  approach 
of  strangers  without  exhibiting  tokens  of  savage 
anger.  Apparently  annoyed  by  the  light,  they  re- 
tire to  a  corner  of  their  den,  and  there  crouch  in 
sullen  and  suspicious  mood,  repelling  every  attempt 
towards  familiarity  by  a  snarl.  When  thus  irritated 
the  ears  are  drawn  down  close  to  the  head,  the  eyes 
glare  with  an  expression  of  malignant  fury,  and  the 
teeth  are  displayed,  while,  at  the  same  time,  they 
utter  a  deep  hissing  not  unlike  that  of  a  cat,  and 
very  ditferent  from  the  growl  of  the  lion  or  tiger. 
In  a  state  of  nature  they  avoid  the  face  of  man,  and, 
though  of  comparatively  small  size,  are  dangerous 
enemies  when  hard-pressed  or  wounded. 

54. — ^The  Booted  Lynx 

{Petit  calisata).  This  is  a  small  species  with  the 
tail  much  longer  in  proportion  than  in  the  caracal. 
The  total  length  is  about  three  feet,  of  which  the 
tail  measures  thirteen  inches.  The  ears  are  large, 
red  within,  and  tipped  with  a  pencil  of  brown  hairs ; 
the  sole  and  postenor  part  of  the  foot,  or  leg  as  it  is 
usually  called,  are  of  a  deep  black.  The  upper 
parts  of  the  body  are  of  a  deep  bluish  grey,  in  some 


specimens  fulvous,  clouded  with  grey  and  sprinkled 
with  black  hairs;  the  lower  parts,  throat,  and 
breast  are  reddish ;  the  thighs  are  marked  with  in- 
distinct bands  of  rather  bright  brown,  and  two 
bands  cross  the  cheeks.  The  tail  is  black  at  the 
tip  with  three  or  four  incomplete  rings  above  it,  se- 
parated from  each  other  by  whitish  intervals.  The 
female  has  generally  the  tints  more  yellow ;  the 
young  have  well-defined  dark  bands  on  their  sides. 
This  species  inhabits  the  south  of  India,  and  Africa 
from  Egypt  and  Barbary  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 
Birds  and  small  quadrupeds  are  its  prey.  It  makes 
havoc  among  the  flocks  of  wild  guinea-fowls  in 
Africa,  nor  does  it  refuse  the  remains  of  large  quad- 
rupeds on  which  the  lion  or  panther  have  feasted. 
Cuvier  applied  the  term  Lynx  des  Marais  to  this 
species  as  well  as  to  the  chaus,  but  at  the  same 
time  with  a  remark  that  some  consider  the  two 
animals  to  be  distinct. 

55. — The  Chaus 

{Fells  Chaus,  Giildenst.).  The  Chaus,  according  to 
Colonel  Sykes,  is  called  mota  rahn  manjur,  or  larger 
wild  cat,  by  the  Marhattas.  This  species  has  been 
cleared  up  by  Riippell  from  the  confusion  in  which 
it  had  become  involved.  He  describes  it  as  well 
covered  with  fur,  the  under-coat  of  which  is  woolly 
and  soft,  but  the  long  hairs  are  not  thickly  set.  The 
colour  of  the  woolly  hair  is  a  dirty  palish  ochre 
yellow,  darker  on  the  back,  lighter  beneath ;  the 
long  hairs  are  of  the  same  tint  at  the  base,  have  a 
dark-brown  middle  ring,  and  are  tipped  with  greyish- 
yellow,  whitish,  or  saffron,  so  that  the  appearance 
produced  is  a  mixed  colouring  of  greyish-yellow 
and  dirty-white.  Many  of  the  hairs  on  the  sides 
are  tipped  with  black,  and,  where  these  are  nume- 
rous, dusky  lines  or  dashes  are  produced.  The 
saffron-tipped  hairs  prevail  on  the  back,  and  form 
a  yellow  stripe  from  the  shoulders  to  the  tail ; 
the  nose  is  black ;  above  and  below  the  eye  is 
a  large  white  spot ;  a  black  streak  runs  from  the 
inner  corner  of  the  eye  to  the  nose.  The  edges  of 
the  lips  are  black,  and  encircled  by  a  white  ring. 
Cheeks  and  whiskers  white,  a  few  black  bristles 
being  interspersed  among  the  latter :  back  of  the 
ears  grey-brown,  with  black  pencils.  Externally 
the  limbs  are  barred  with  four  or  five  transverse  black 
bands.  The  tail  is  one-fourth  as  long  as  the  body, 
and  annulated  towards  the  termination,  which  is 
black  and  abrupt. 

The  chaus  inhabits  the  north  of  Africa  along  the 
course  of  the  Nile,  and  perhaps  more  remote  dis- 
tricts. It  is  found  in  the  morasses  and  bushy  low- 
lands that  border  the  Caspian  Sea,  and  along  the 
banks  of  its  tributary  rivers.  It  is  said  to  be  com- 
mon in  Persia ;  it  is  also  an  inhabitant  of  the 
Deccan.  Everywhere  it  appears  to  give  preference 
to  marshes  and  boggy  wastes,  where  brushwood 
afi"ords  it  shelter.  It  lives  upon  birds,  small  quad- 
rupeds, and  even  fishes :  it  seldom  climbs  trees,  and 
is  not  easily  tamed. 

56. — The  European  Lynx 

{Felis  Lynx,  Temminck,  not  Linn,  and  Nilsson ; 
F.  virgata,  Nilsson).  This  is  the  ordinary  lynx  of 
Europe,  extending  from  Scandinavia  to  Naples  and 
the  Pyrenees.  Specimens  were  lately  living  in  the 
menagerie  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London  from 
Norway.  Giildenstadt  states  it  to  exist  on  the  Cau- 
csisus,  where  it  is  a  great  pest.  Besides  this  lynx, 
Europe  possesses  the  following : — 

The  Arctic  Lynx  (Felis  borealis,  Temminck,  not 
Thunberg ;  F.  Lynx,  Linn,  and  Nilsson).  It  inhabits 
the  north  of  Scandinavia,  and  probably  Siberia  and 
the  forest  of  Ural. 

The  Great  Lynx  {Felis  cervaria,  Linn. ;  F.  borealis, 
Thunberg,  not  Temminck;  Siberian  Lynx  of  fur- 
riers ;  Kat-lo  of  Swedes).  It  inhabits  Norway,  Asia- 
tic Russia,  and  also  the  Caucasus,  according  to 
M.  Menestries,  who  says  the  Persians  call  it  Vaar- 
chach.    (See  Nilsson.) 

The  Pardine  Lynx  {Felis  pardina,  Temminck). 
This  is  the  Portuguese  Lynx  of  furriers.  It  is  a 
well-marked  species,  inhabiting  the  mountain  re- 
gions of  Spain,  Portugal,  and  other  southern  dis- 
tricts. Fine  examples  are  living  in  the  menagerie 
of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,  and  specimens 
are  preserved  in  the  Paris  Museum  which  were 
killed  in  Portugal,  not  far  from  Lisbon,  in  1808 : 
it  is  a  beautiful  animal.  Colonel  Sykes  obtained 
skins  in  Andalusia,  where  it  is  called  gato  clavo. 
It  inhabits  the  Sierra  Morena. 

The  European  or  Red  Lynx  represented  in  the 
figure  is  of  a  dull  reddish-grey,  or  rufous  tint,  with 
dark  nisty-brown  spots  of  an  oblong  form  on  the 
sides,  and  rounder  and  smaller  spots  on  the  limbs ; 
the  under  parts  are  whitish  mottled  with  black. 
In  winter  the  fur  is  much  longer  than  in  summer, 
and  also  fuller;  and  assumes  a  hoary  tinge,  the  long 
hairs  becoming  tipped  with  greyish-white ;  the 
ears  are  pencilled  ;  the  tail  is  short,  and  tipped  with 
black.  The  length  of  the  head  and  body  is  nearly 
three  feet ;  of  the  tail,  six  or  seven  inches.    The 


European  lynx  feeds  upon  small  quadrupeds  and 
birds,  and  climbs  trees  easily.  Hares,  squiirels, 
rabbits,  and  also  sheep,  fall  victims  to  it.  When 
attacked  by  a  dog  it  lies  down  on  its  back  and  de- 
fends itself  with  its  claws.  Those  we  have  seen  in 
captivity  were  very  playful.  Its  fur  is  valuable  in 
commerce ;  the  colder  the  climate  and  season  of 
the  year,  the  finer  and  fuller  it  is. 

"The  limits  of  the  lynx,"  observes  Cuvier,  "in 
the  ancient  continent  aie  not  perfectly  ascertained. 
We  know,  indeed,  that  it  is  common  in  the  forests 
of  the  north  of  Europe  and  Asia.  MM.  Blumen- 
bach,  Bechstein,  and  Tiedemann  cite  instances  of 
their  having  been  killed  even  lately  in  Germany, 
but  they  are  becoming  more  ancl  more  scarce. 
M.  Schintz  says  that  it  is  not  uncommon  in  the 
mountains  of  Switzeriand.  M.  Delabre  cites  an 
instance  of  one  killed  in  Auvergne  in  1788." 

57. — The  Canada  Lynx 
{Felis  Canadensis,  Geoff.).  There  is  some  question 
about  this  species,  which  we  believe  to  be  entirely 
identical  with  the  F.  borealis  of  Temminck ;  and 
consequently  that  the  title  Canadensis  is  a  mere 
synonym.  The  range  of  this  boreal  lynx  is  not 
limited,  therefore,  to  the  old  world  only,  but  is  also 
extended  to  the  northern  parts  of  America.  It  is 
found  north  of  the  great  lakes,  and  eastward  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains :  it  is  rare  on  the  sea-coast,  does 
not  frequent  the  barren  grounds,  but  is  not  uncom- 
mon in  the  wooded  districts  of  the  interior.  It  is 
found  on  the  Mackenzie  River  as  far  north  as  66°. 
Specimens  in  the  museum  of  the  Zoological  Society 
of  London  were  procured  by  Douglas  in  California. 
Dr.  Richardson  states  that  the  eariy  French  writew 
on  Canada,  who  ascribed  to  this  species  the  habit  of 
dropping  from  the  trees  on  the  backs  of  deer  and 
destroying  them  by  tearing  their  throats  and  drink- 
ing their  blood,  gave  it  the  name  of  Loup  Cervier. 
The  French  Canadians  now  term  it  indifferently 
Le  Chat  or  Le  Peeshoo.  With  respect  to  its  attack- 
ing deer  in  the  way  said,  the  statement  is  errone- 
ous ;  and  if  really  practised  by  any  ferocious  animal, 
is  most  probably  so  by  the  puma.  The  same  habit 
has  been  attributed  to  the  wolverene  or  glutton,  from 
a  mistake  of  Charlevoix  in  applying  to  this  lynx  the 
name  of  Carcajou,  which  is  proper  to  the  wolverene 
only.  The  following  is  Dr.  Richardson's  description  :— 

"  The  head  is  round,  the  nose  obtuse,  and  the  face 
has  much  of  the  form  of  that  of  the  domestic  cat, 
but  the  facial  line  is  more  convex  between  the  eyes. 
The  ears  are  erect,  triangular,  and  tipped  by  an  up- 
right slender  tuft  of  coarse  black  hairs :  they  are 
placed  about  their  own  breadth  apart,  and  on  their 
porterior  surface  they  have  a  dark  mark  beneath 
the  tip,  which  is  continued  near  both  margins  down- 
wards towards  their  bases.  On  the  body  and  ex- 
tremities the  fur  is  hoary,  most  of  the  hairs  being 
tipped  with  white  ;  on  the  crown  of  the  head,  and 
for  a  broad  space  down  the  middle -of  the  back, 
there  is  a  considerable  mixture  of  blackish-brown, 
and  on  the  sides  and  legs  of  pale  wood-brown.  In 
some  specimens  these  colours  produce  an  indistinct 
mottling,  but  in  general  there  are  no  defined  mark- 
ings. A  rufous  tinge  is  also  occasionally  present 
about  the  nape  of  the  neck,  and  on  the  posterior 
parts  of  the  thigh.  The  tail  is  coloured  like  the 
back,  except  the  tip,  which  is  black.  The  fur  is 
close  and  fine  on  the  back,  longer  and  paler  on  the 
belly.  When  blown  aside  it  shows  on  the  mid- 
dle of  the  back  a  dark  liver-brown  colour  from  the 
roots  to  near  the  tip,  but  on  the  sides  it  is  for  the 
greatest  part  of  its  length  of  a  pale  yellowish-brown, 
being  merely  a  little  darker  near  the  roots.  The 
legs  are  thick,  the  toes  very  thick  and  funy,  and 
are  armed  with  very  sharp  awl-shaped  white  claws, 
shorter  than  the  fur.  There  are  four  toes  on  each 
foot,  those  on  the  hind-foot  being  rather  the  largest, 
but  both  feet  have  much  spread.  Length  three 
feet,  one  inch,"  &c. 

This  Boreal  or  Canadian  lynx  is  by  no  means 
courageous :  it  never  ventures  to  attack  large  quad- 
rupeds, but  preys  chiefly  on  the  American  hare,  for 
the  capture  of  which  it  is  well  provided.  "Its 
large  paws,  slender  loins,  and  long  but  thick  hind- 
legs,  with  large  buttocks  scarcely  relieved  by  a  short 
thick  tail,  give  it  an  awkward,  clumsy  appearance. 
It  makes  a  poor  fight  when  it  is  surprised  by  a  hunter 
in  a  tree  ;  for  though  it  spits  like  a  cat,  and  sets  its 
hair  up,  it  is  easily  destroyed  by  a  blow  on  the  back 
with  a  slender  stick ;  and  it  never  attacks  a  man. 
Its  gait  is  by  bounds  straightforward,  with  the  back 
a  little  arched,  and  lighting  on  all  the  feet  at  once. 
It  swims  well,  and  will  cross  the  arm  of  a  lake  two 
miles  wide,  but  is  not  swift  on  land.  It  breeds 
once  a  year,  and  has  two  young  at  a  time."  Its 
flesh  is  eaten  by  the  natives,  and  is  white  and  ten- 
der, but  destitute  of  flavour,  and  closely  resembles 
that  of  the  American  hare.  The  skin  of  this  species 
is  an  important  article  in  commerce.  The  annual 
importation  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  is  stated 
to  be  from  seven  to  nine  thousand. 

Besides  this  lynx  there  are  others  in  America. 

C  2 


^^'< /■■■<-'., 


48.-Ocelot. 


Do  mesttc  Ca: . 


SO.-Ocelot. 


12 


•l '  l\ 


'-* 


■  r^'^^x^^^ 


"^y^^kfim^ 


% 


\\\^ 


X 


65.-  Chans. 


63.— Caracal. 


59.— Carjcals. 


^^'^  y- 


'ti^5?i^K^^^-s 


S7.-C«iuuIaI.3Ti.\. 


66.- European  Lynx. 


13 


14 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


fOPOSSUMSw 


MARSUPIALIA. 

Most  zooloi^ists  of  the  present  day,  and  amon;:  them 
the  first  comparative  anatoraint*,'  concur  in  reeard- 
ing  the  marsupial  animals  (Marsupiaha  or  Marsii- 
piata*)  as  a  distinct  ^roup,  or  sub-class  of  the 
Mammalia.  They  differ  essentially  from  all  others 
in  their  orRaniiaiion,  yet  comprehend  genera  fed 
by  every  variety  of  nutriment.  Some  are  insecti- 
vorous or  carnivorous,  others  herbivorous,  and  others 
•gain  frujtivorous ;  some  are  diurnal,  others  noc- 
turnal in  the  habits.  Accordingly  we  find  a  cor- 
responding modification  of  the  teeth  and  digestive 
organs,  as  well  as  of  those  of  progression  and  pre- 
hension. Hence  may  we  trace  in  them  analosics 
to  the  groups  of  the  ordinary  mammiferous  auadru- 
neds,  viz.,  to  the  Camivora,the  Insectivora,  tiie  Uo- 
aents,  and  the  Edentata,  as  was  well  observed  by 
Cuvier,  whose  oi)inions  have  been  abundantly  con- 
firmed. It  is  on  physiological  grounds  that  the 
distinctness  of  the  ^Iarsupials  rests,  that  is,  on  their 
stracture  and  economy  connected  with  the  repro- 
duction of  their  species,  on  the  abbreviated  term  of 
gestation,  and  on  the  immature  condition  of  the  young 
at  their  birth,  which  are  generally  received  into  the 
marsupium  or  pouch,  in  which  nidus  the  unde- 
veloped being  attaches  itself  to  the  teats,  receives 
nutriment,  and  grows,  till  at  length  it  is  capable  of 
acting  for  itself.  In  some  instances  the  marsupium 
is  nothing  more  than  a  fold  of  skin,  and  some- 
times it  is  wanting ;  but  two  bones,  situated  on 
the  anterior  part  of  the  pelvis,  and  termed  the  mar- 
supial hones,  are  never  absent.  These  grounds  of 
distinction  have  been  extended  by  the  researches  of 
anatomists,  and  among  them  in  particular  Professor 
Owen,  who  has  pointed  out  several  never-failing 
accordances  in  the  structure  of  other  organs,  as  the 
heart  and  the  brain,  and  also  has  cleared  up  many 
points  respecting  which  doubts  had  previously  ex- 
isted. Into  the  series  of  facts  and  deductions  so 
luminously  treated  by  that  philosophic  investigator 
of  nature  the  plan  of  this  work  forbids  us  to  enter  : 
we  refer  our  readers,  however,  to  the  '  Phil.  Trans.,' 

?artii..  1834;  the  '  Proceed.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.,'  1831, 
833,  1838,  and  1839;  'Phil.  Trans.,' part  i.,  1837; 
'  Annals  of  Nat.  Hist.,'  Nov.,  1839 ;  '  Proceed.  Geol. 
Soc.  Lond.,'  vol.  iii.,  1838-9,  &c. 

The  Marsupial  animals  are  all  restricted  to  two 
portions  of  the  globe,  namely,  America  and  Aus- 
tralia, including  certain  islands  of  the  Indian  Ar- 
chipelago. The  American  species  were  the  first 
known  to  European  naturalists,  and,  indeed,  the 
only  ones  with  which  Linnaeus  was  acquainted. 
Captain  Cook  introduced  the  kangaroo  of  Australia 
to  science,  and  subsequent  researches  in  that  re- 
gion, the  newest  continent,  have  made  us  now 
familiar  with  its  Fauna  and  Flora.  Upwards  of 
seventy  species  of  Marsupials  are  known  as  Aus- 
tralian, besides  about  eighteen  species  belonging  to 
other  groups  of  quadrupeds,  as  the  dingo  dog,  cer- 
tain seals,  a  few  bats,  and  Rodents.  The  marsupial 
sub-class  contains  the  following  families,  viz. : 
1.  Didelphidse.  2.  Dasyuridie.  3.  Myrmecobiidae. 
4.  Peramelidae.  5.  Macropidae.  6.  Phalangistidae. 
7.  Phascolomyidae.  8.  Monotremata.  Of  each  of 
these  family  sections  we  shall  give  examples. 


OPOSSUMS. 

60,  61. — The  Virginian  Opossum 

\DidelphU  Virginiana).  The  genus  Didelphis,  of 
which  the  Virginian  opossum  is  an  example,  is 
restricted  to  America.  It  contains  about  twenty 
species,  some  of  which  are  very  small. 

The  teeth  are  as  follows : — upper  incisors  ten,  of 
which  the  two  middle  are  longer  than  the  rest,  and 
■omewhat  separated  from  them ;  lower  incisors 
eight ;  canines  as  usual ;  molars  on  each  side  above, 
seven,  the  three  first  false,  triangular,  compressed  ; 
molars  below,  seven,  the  three  first  false  ;  the  true 
molars  both  above  and  below  crowned  with  sharp 
tubercles.  Of  all  terrestria  mammalia,  the  Myrme- 
cobius  excepted,  the   teetli  are   in  these  animals 

the  most  numerous,  amounting  to  fifty :  Incisors  _> 

8 

canines  ,  molars  — :  =  50.     (See  figure  62.) 

1—1  7—7 

The  limbs  are  short,  the  feet  plantigrade,  the  toes 
five  on  each  foot,  armed  with  sharp  strong  curved 
claws,  excepting  the  inner  toe  or  thumb  on  the 
hinder  feet,  which  b  opposable,  and  destitute  of  a 
nail.  The  soles  are  covered  with  a  naked  skin  en- 
dowed with  great  sensibility.  The  tail  is  scaly  and 
naked,  except  at  its  base,  and  constitutes  an  organ 
of  prehension,  not,  however,  to  the  same  extent  in 
every  species.  The  head  is  long  and  pointed,  the 
profile  straight.  The  eyes  are  small,  dark,  promi- 
nent, and  undefended  by  eyelids,  but  furnished 
with  a  nictitating  membrane.  The  ears  are  large, 
thin,  naked,  and  rounded.  The  tongue  is  rough 
with  homy  papillae.    The  snout  is  long ;  the  muzzle 

*  Manmpimm,  i  purse  or  pouch. 


pointed,  naked,  and  moist ;  the  nostrils  are  lateral : 
the  mouth  extremely  wide ;  and  the  expression  of 
the  physiognomy  peculiar  and  unpleasant.  In  one 
division  of  this  genus  the  females  have  a  pouch  for 
their  young;  in  another  division  the  poucn  is  rudi- 
mentary, con.sisting  of  a  slight  fold  of  skin. 

In  tlie  figure  (03)  of  the  skeleton  of  the  Virginian 
opossum,  the  marsupial  bones  {a  i  are  seen. 

Tlie  Virginian  opossum,  and  its  immediate  rela- 
tives, are  slow  in  their  movements,  and  nocturnal 
in  their  habits;  they  reside  habitually  on  the 
branches  and  in  the  hollows  of  trees,  remaining 
tornid  during  the  day.  At  night  they  prowl  about, 
and  feed  upon  insects,  eggs,  birds,  reptiles,  and 
small  mammalia,  adding  also  fruits  and  roots  to 
their  diet.  Their  sense  of  smell  is  in  high  perfec- 
tion. Like  our  pole-cat,  as  respects  voracity,  though 
not  activity,  they  often  invade  the  precincts  of  the 
farm-house,  destroy  poultry  and  other  domestic  birds, 
and  retreat  on  the  first  appearance  of  dawn,  leaving 
their  slaughtered  victims  behind.  Their  odour  is 
disgusting,  especially  when  alarmed  or  irritated. 

The  Virginian  opossum  is  common  in  pany  parts 
of  North  America,  from  Mexico  to  the  southern 
provinces  of  the  United  States.  It  is  one  of  the 
largest  and  most  robust  of  the  genus,  and  equals  a 
cat  in  size,  being  about  twenty-two  inches  in  the 
length  of  the  head  and  body  measured  over  the 
curve  of  the  back ;  the  tail  is  fifteen  inches  long. 
The  under  fur  is  deep  and  woolly,  traversed  by 
long  straight  whitish  hairs,  often  tipped  with  brown. 
The  ears  are  large  and  black,  margined  at  the  tip 
with  white.  The  scaled  portion  of  the  tail  of  a 
whitish  tint.  The  general  colour  of  the  fur  is  dirty- 
white,  with  a  slight  yellow  hue  ;  the  legs  are  dusky- 
brown,  a  tint  of  which  surrounds  the  eyes.  Hairs 
of  moustaches  long  and  white,  with  a  few  of  a  black 
colour  intermixed. 

There  is  nothing  pleasing  either  in  the  appear- 
ance or  habits  of  the  Virginian  opossum :  in  cap- 
tivity it  is  slothful  in  the  extreme,  and  becomes 
inorainately  fat,  eating  both  animal  and  vegetable 
diet.  Whatever  may  be  its  cunning  in  a  state  of 
liberty,  it  evinces  but  little  intelligence  when  caged 
in  our  climate,  but  appeais  to  lie  a  compound  of 
indolence  and  apathy,  not  unmixed  with  timidity. 
In  its  native  woods  it  suffers  from  the  attacks  of 
birds  and  beasts  of  prey,  and  is  also  hunted  by  man 
for  the  sake  of  tlie  flesh  and  fat.  "  As  soon  as  the 
opossum  discovers  the  approach  of  his  enemies,  he 
lies  perfectly  close  to  the  branch,  or  places  himself 
snugly  in  the  angle  where  two  limbs  separate  from 
each  other.  The  dogs,  however,  soon  announce  the 
fact  of  his  presence  by  their  baying,  and  the  hunter, 
ascending  the  tree,  shakes  the  branch  upon  which 
the  animal  is  seated  with  great  violence,  so  as  to 
alarm  and  cause  him  to  relax  his  hold."  In  this 
way,  driven  from  branch  to  branch,  he  is  obliged 
at  last  to  drop  to  the  ground,  where,  unless  the  dogs 
are  vigilant,  the  animal  escapes ;  for,  as  is  asserted, 
it  steals  slowly  and  quietly  to  a  little  distance,  and 
fathering  up  itself  into  a  small  compass,  assumes 
the  stillness  and  attitude  of  death.  This  artifice, 
under  the  obscurity  of  night,  and  amidst  dense  rank 
herbage,  or  tangled  underwood,  often  proves  suc- 
cessful. In  the  '  Perfect  Description  of  Virginia,' 
1649,  it  is  noticed  as  a  beast  "  that  hath  a  bagge 
under  her  belly,  into  which  she  takes  her  young 
ones,  if  at  any  time  aifrighted,  and  carries  them 
away."  Lawson  states  that  the  'Possum  is  found 
nowhere  but  in  America.  She  is  the  wonder  of  all 
the  land  animals,  being  the  size  of  a  badger,  and 
near  that  colour.  The  female  doubtless  breeds  her 
young  at  her  teats,  for  I  have  seen  them  stick  fast 
thereto,  when  they  have  been  no  bigger  than  a 
small  raspberry,  and  seemingly  inanimate.  She 
has  a  paunch  or  false  belly,  wherein  she  carries  her 
young,  after  they  are  from  those  teats,  till  they  can 
shift  for  themselves.  Their  food  is  roots,  poultry,  or 
wild  fruits.  They  have  no  hair  on  their  tails,  but  a 
sort  of  a  scale,  or  hard  crust,  as  the  beavers  have. 
If  a  cat  has  nine  lives,  this  creature  surely  has  nine- 
teen ;  for  if  you  break  every  bone  in  their  skin,  and 
mash  their  sKull,  leaving  them  for  dead,  you  may 
come  an  hour  after,  and  they  will  be  gone  quite 
away,  or  perhaps  you  may  meet  them  creeping 
away.  They  are  a  very  stupid  creature,  utterly 
neglecting  their  safety.  They  are  most  like  rats  of 
anything.  I  have,  for  necessity  in  the  wilderness, 
eaten  of  them.  Their  flesh  is  very  white,  and  well 
tasted ;  but  their  ugly  tails  put  me  out  of  conceit 
with  that  fare.  They  climb  trees  as  the  racoons  do. 
Their  fur  is  not  esteemed  nor  used,  save  that  the 
Indians  spin  it  into  girdles  and  garters."  The  pre- 
hensile power  of  the  tail  serves  the  animal  in 
more  ways  than  one,  for  it  is  stated  that  the  little 
ones  when  advanced  in  growth  leap  upon  their 
mother's  back  if  they  are  frightened,  and,  twisting 
their  tails  round  hers,  escape,  with  her  assistance, 
the  threatened  danger. 

This  animal  climbs  with  great  facility,  and  will 
hang  suspended  from  the  branches  by  its  tail,  and 
by  swinging  its  body  contrive  to  fling  itself  to  the 


wljoining  boughs.  It  is  often  observed  hangins' 
motionless  for  a  considerable  time  with  its  he^ 
downwards. 

The  opossum  produces  several  young,  sometimes 
as  many  as  axteen  at  a  birth.  She  makes  a  thick 
nest  of  dry  grass,  in  some  obscure  retreat,  in  which 
to  conceal  herself.  When  first  born  the  young  are 
in  a  most  rudimentary  state,  minute,  blind,  naked, 
and  shapeless.  Yet  even  in  this  state  they  are  al- 
ways found  adhering  to  the  teats  of  the  mother, 
shrouded  in  her  pouch.  There  they  remain  until 
they  have  attained  the  size  of  a  mouse,  which  is 
not  until  the  fiftieth  day,  at  which  period  their  eyes 
are  opened,  and  their  bodies  are  covered  with  hair. 
They  now  venture  occasionally  from  their  hiding- 
place,  returning  to  it  on  the  least  appearance  of 
danger ;  nor  is  it  until  they  have  attained  to  a  con- 
siderable size  that  they  finally  quit  their  anxious 
parent.  The  period  of  gestation  is  said  to  be  twenty- 
six  days. 

64. — Merian's  Opossum 
{Didelphis  dorsieera).  Among  the  opossums,  ii» 
which  a  fold  of  the  skin  of  the  abdomen  forms  only 
a  rudimentary  pouch,  must  be  enumerated  Merian  » 
opossum.  Though  the  other  opossums  with  com- 
plete marsupial  pouches  occasionally  carry  their 
young  on  the  back,  with  their  tails  twined  round 
that  of  the  parent,  still  it  is  in  these  pouchless  spe- 
cies that  this  curious  habit  most  usually  prevails ; 
hence  the  term  dorsigera,  which,  though  applied  to 
the  present  animal,  might  with  equal  propriety 
be  given  to  other  species,  as  Didelphis  brachyura, 
cinerea,  tricolor,  and  murina. 

Merian's  opossum  is  a  native  of  Surinam,  and  in 
its  habits  it  agrees  with  the  rest  of  the  genus.  The 
tail  is  slender,  and  longer  than  the  head  and  body 
taken  together ;  at  the  base  it  is  clothed  with  fur 
resembling  that  of  the  body  generally ;  the  naked 
portion  is  of  a  pale  brown  tint.  The  fur  of  this 
animal  is  short  and  lies  close  ;  on  the  upper  parts  of 
the  body  it  is  greyish  brown,  the  roofs  of  the  hairs  , 
being  paler.  'The  under  parts  of  the  body  are  yel- 
lowish white  ;  a  deep  brown  spot  encircles  the  eyes ; 
the  forehead,  top  of  the  head,  cheeks,  outer  side  of 
the  limbs  and  feet,  are  yellowish  white.  Length 
from  nose  to  root  of  tail  about  six  inches ;  length  of 
tail  seven  inches.  A  beautiful  specimen  of  this 
active  little  opossum,  with  its  young  clinging  to  it, 
is  preserved  in  the  British  Museum. 

6.0. — ^Thk  Yapock  Opossum 

(Cheironectes  palmatus).  This  interesting  animal, 
the  yapock,  is  a  native  of  Brazil,  tenanting  the 
smaller  streams  and  rivers,  and  it  appears  to  extend 
from  the  confines  of  that  empire  to  the  shores  of 
the  Gulf  of  Honduras.  Buffon's  specimen  was 
procured  in  Cayenne.  He  terms  it  "  Petite  Loutre 
de  la  Guyene."    It  is  also  called  "  Demerara  otter." 

The  yapock  measures  from  ten  to  fourteen  inches 
long  in  the  head  and  body,  the  tail  being  rather 
more.  The  limbs  are  short,  and  the  contour  of  the 
body  elongated.  The  ears  are  moderate,  the  nose 
pointed ;  the  fur  of  the  body  close,  short,  somewhat 
crisped  and  glossy ;  the  tail,  excepting  at  the  base, 
is  scaly,  the  scales  being  spirally  arranged  and  in 
terspersed  with  fine,  short,  bristly  hairs.  The  fore- 
feet are  divided  into  five  long  and  slender  toes, 
armed  with  small  weak  claws,  the  innermost  or 
thumb  excepted,  which  has  a  flat  nail.  It  is  not 
opposable,  though  placed  rather  behind  the  general 
line  of  the  other  toes.  On  the  outside  of  the  wrist 
there  is  an  elongated  tubercle  (the  pisiform  bone 
developed)  resembling  a  sixth  finger,  the  use  of 
which  is  not  apparent.  The  hind  feet,  which  are 
broad,  are  each  divided  into  five  toes,  tied  together 
by  ample  webs  ;  the  claws  are  small ;  the  inner  toe 
has  a  flat  nail.  This  curious  animal  is  furnished 
with  cheek-pouches  of  great  size,  which  extend  far 
back  along  the  sides  of  the  mouth,  and  this  circum- 
stance, as  Mr.  Ogilby  remarks,  "  hitherto  unob- 
served by  zoologists,  throws  considerable  light  upon 
the  habits  of  this  rare  animal,  which  thus  appears, 
like  the  omithorhynchus,  to  feed  upon  fresh-water 
Crustacea,  the  larvae  of  insects,  the  spawn  of  fishes, 
&c.,  which  it  probably  stows  away  in  its  capacious 
cheek-pouches."  Small  fishes  are  doubtless  among 
its  prey. 

The  yapock,  unlike  the  opossums,  is  incapable  of 
climbing :  it  is  an  aquatic  animal,  like  the  otter, 
and  lives  in  holes  along  the  banks  of  the  rivers  which 
it  frequents,  and  in  which  it  seeks  its  food.  It  is 
said  to  take  its  young  early  to  the  water.  Two  spe- 
cimens in  the  possession  of  the  celebrated  naturalist 
M.  Natterer,  were  caught  near  water  not  far  distant 
from  Rio  Janeiro,  and  a  third  was  captured  alive 
near  Para,  in  a  basket  similar  to  those  used  in  this 
country  for  catching  eels.  It  had  made  its  way 
through  the  funnel-shaped  entrance,  under  water, 
and  could  not  return. 

The  dentition  of  the  yapock  difl'ers  in  some  points 
from  that  of  the  opossums :  the  incisor  and  canine 
teeth  are  the  same  in  both,  but  the  molars  are  only 
five  on  each  side,  two  false  and  three  true,  both  in 


Opossums.  I 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


15 


the  upper  and  under  jaw.  The  ground  colour  of 
the  upper  surface  is  dusky  black ;  a  white  semilunar 
mark  passes  from  ear  to  ear  across  the  forehead; 
on  each  side  are  four  large  transverse  marks  of  de- 
licate grey,  one  on  the  scapula,  and  three  on  the 
sides  of  the  body,  forming  bands  interrupted  or 
rendered  incomplete  by  a  middle  dorsal  line.  The 
under  surface  is  white  ,  the  tail  is  black,  its  tip  (the 
extent  varying  from  half  an  inch  to  three  or  four 
inches)  being  white. 

6G.— The  Brush-tailed  Phascog.\le 
{Phasco^ale  penicillata).  This  animal,  the  "  Tapoa 
tafa  "  of  White,  is  a  native  of  Australia.  It  is  found 
throughout  the  colony  of  New  South  Wales,  and  is 
common  on  Liverpool  Plains ;  Mr.  Gould  saw  it  also 
at  Adelaide,  in  South  Australia,  where  it  frequently 
enters  the  houses.  It  is  arboreal  in  its  habits,  and 
feeds  on  small  birds,  insects,  &c. ;  but  little  is  known 
respecting  its  general  economy. 

The  brush-tailed  phascogale  belongs  to  the  family 
of  Dasyuridae.  In  size  it  exceeds  the  common  brown 
rat  of  our  country ;  its  tail  is  very  bushy,  and  is 
probably  used  to  assist  in  climbing.  The  fur  of  the 
body  is  long,  full,  soft,  and  loose  ;  the  general  colour 
above  is  grey ;  the  under  parts  are  white. 

67. — ^The  Ursine  Opossum 
{Basyunis  ursinus).  In  their  dental  system  the 
animals  of  this  genus  (Dasyurus)  approach  the  Ame- 
rican opossums ;  they  differ,  however,  in  having 
only  eight  incisors  in  the  upper  jaw,  and  six  in  the 
lower.  The  canines  are  large  ;  the  false  molars  are 
two  on  each  side,  above  and  below ;  the  true  molars 

four.    Dental  formula:    Incisors  ^,   canines, 


1— r 


molars  ^^  =  42.    (See  figure  68.)   All  the  animals 

6 — 6 
of  this  genus  are  Australian. 

The  ursine  dasyurus,  or  opossum,  is  a  native  of 
Van  Diemen's  I^nd,  and  is  called  by  the  colonists 
the  native  devil,  by  which  name  it  was  known  up- 
wards of  thirty  years  back.  Instead  of  being  slender 
and  active,  as  are  the  Dasyuri  generally,  this  animal 
is  thickset  in  its  proportions  and  heavy  m  its  move- 
ments. Its  shape  is  not  unlike  that  of  a  badger, 
but  the  head  is  thick,  the  muzzle  short  and  stout, 
the  eyes  small,  the  mouth  wide.  The  limbs  are 
short,  robust,  and  clumsy ;  the  toes,  five  on  the  fore 
feet,  four  on  the  hind,  are  armed  with  large  claws 
well  adapted  for  burrowing.  The  heel  is  produced, 
and  the  sole  is  naked  and  callous,  indicating  a  plan- 
tigrade step  and  heavy  pace. 

Like  the  bear,  which  it  resembles  in  its  actions 
and  gait,  the  ursine  opossum  sits  up  on  its  haunches, 
and  frequently  uses  its  paws  in  conveying  food  to 
the  mouth.  Its  voice  is  a  hollow  barking  growl. 
The  female  produces  four  or  five  young  at  a  birth : 
as  in  all  the  Marsupials,  they  are  rudimentary, 
small,  naked,  and  blind,  and  in  this  stage  ot  their 
existence  are  found  firmly  adhering  to  the  teats  of 
the  mother. 

The  ursine  opossum  measures  twenty-one  inches 
in  length,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which  is  seven  inches. 
The  fur  of  the  body  is  rather  long,  harsh,  and  black  ; 
a  white  gorget  is  conspicuous  on  the  chest,  and  a 
white  transverse  mark  often  crosses  the  haunches. 
This  animal  is  stupid  and  voracious  in  the  extreme. 
Its  habits  are  nocturnal,  and  it  frequents  the  shore 
of  the  sea,  feeding  upon  moUusca,  carrion,  &c.  The 
flocks  of  the  colonists  in  Van  Diemen's  Land,  and 
domestic  poultry,  suifer  from  its  ravages.  Dunng 
the  day  it  conceals  itself  in  burrows  or  holes  in  the 
ground. 

Mr.  Harris,  who  first  described  this  species  under 
the  name  of  Didelphis  ursina,  says,  "These  animals 
were  very  common  on  our  first  settling  at  Hobart 
Town,  and  were  particularly  destructive  to  poultry, 
&e.    They  however  furnished  the  convicts  with  a 
fresh  meal,  and  the  taste  was  said  to  be  not  unlike 
veal.    As  the  settlement  increased,  and  the  ground 
became  cleared,  they  were  driven  from  their  haunts 
near  the  town,  to  the  deeper  recesses  of  the  forests 
yet  unexplored.    They  are  however  easily  procured 
by  setting  a  trap  in  the  most  unfrequented  parts  of 
the  woods,  baited  with  raw  flesh,  all  kinds  of  which 
they  eat  indiscriminately  and  voraciously.     They 
also,  it  is  probable,  prey  on  dead  fish,  blubber  &c., 
as  their  tracks  are  frequently  found  on  the  sands  of 
the   sea-shore.      In  a  state  of   confinement,   they 
appear  to  be   untamebly  savage,  biting  severe  y, 
and  uttering  at  the  same  time  a  low  yelling  growl.' 
We  have  had  frequent  opportunities  of  observing 
the  ursine  opossum  in  captivity.     Its  heavy  head 
and  wide  mouth  give  it  a  peculiar  expression  of 
ferocity  unmingled  with  the  slightest  intelligence. 
When  roused  from  its  lethargy,  it  instantly  displays 
its  formidable  teeth,  ready  to  bite  in  a  moment.     It 
neither   acknowledges  its  keepers  nor  those   who 
habitually  feed  it :  it  keeps  in  the  darkest  part  of 
the  den,  and  the  nictitating  membrane  of  the  eye 
i»  in  perpetual  motion,  and  indication  that  light  is 
distressing.    It  feeds  indiscriminately  on  bread  and 


milk,  and  flesh.  From  the  strength  of  its  jaws,  and 
the  severity  of  its  bite,  the  ursine  opossum  is  more 
than  a  match  for  an  ordinary  dog,  and,  as  Mr. 
Gunn  states,  is  the  most  destructive  animal  to  sheep 
in  the  colony.  It  is  fierce,  and  defends  itself  ob- 
stinately. 

69. — The  Dog-head  Thylacinus 

(Thylacinus  Cynocephalus).  This  animal,  called 
zebra  opossum,  and  zebra  wolf,  tiger,  hysena,  &c.,  is 
a  native  of  Van  Diemen's  Land,  where  fortunately 
it  is  much  rarer  than  the  ursine  opossum,  other- 
wise it  would  prove  a  greater  pest,  from  its  size  and 
strength.  In  stature  it  nearly  equals  a  wolf ;  the 
head  much  resembles  that  of  a  dog,  but  the  mouth 
is  wider ;  the  tail  is  thick  at  the  base,  becoming 
more  slender  to  the  point :  it  is  covered  with  short 
close  hairs  of  a  brown  colour.  The  general  fur  is 
short  and  smooth,  of  a  dusky  yellowish  brown  barred 
or  zebraed  on  the  lower  part  of  the  back  and  rump 
with  about  sixteen  black  transverse  stripes,  broadest 
on  the  back  and  gradually  tapering  downwards,  two 
of  which  extend  a  considerable  way  down  the  thighs. 
The  ground-colour  of  the  back  has  a  tint  of  dusky 
grey.  The  eyes  are  large,  full,  and  black.  Length 
of  head  and  body  of  adult  male,  nearly  four  feet ;  of 
the  tail  two  feet  ;  average  height  of  back  one  foot 
ten  or  eleven  inches.  In  the  specimens  we  have 
examined,  the  tail  appeared  compressed,  as  was 
observed  by  Mr.  Harris,  its  original  describer.  Mr. 
Gunn,  however,  in  the '  Magazine  of  Natural  History," 
contradicts  this  part  of  Mr.  Harris's  statement. 
.8.1-1 
Dental  formula: — mcisors,  g;  canines,  j— r  ;    mo- 

7-7 
lars,  ,j--^  =  46. 

The  toes  are  5  on  the  fore-feet,  4  on  the  hind- 
feet  ;  the  claws  are  blunt  as  in  the  dog :  a  narrow 
naked  line  runs  up  the  back  of  the  wrist  from  the 
ball,  and  also  up  the  metatarsus  of  the  hind  limbs, 
to  half  the  distance  between  the  ball  or  pad  and 
the  heel. 

In  its  habits  the  dog-headed  thylacinus  is  noc- 
turnal, remaining  concealed  during  the  day  in  the 
caverns  and  fissures  of  the  rocks,  in  the  deep  and 
almost  impenetrable  glens  among  the  highest  moun- 
tains of  Van  Diemen's  Land.  Like  the  ursine  opossum 
it  is  distressed  by  the  light,  and  brings  the  nictitat- 
ing membrane  of  the  eyes  into  perpetual  use. 
During  the  night  it  prowls,  hyaena-like,  in  quest  of 
prey.  The  bush  kangaroo  and  other  animals  it 
destroys,  and  even  manages  to  eat  the  spine-covered 
echidna  (or  porcupine  anteater),  which  is  so  pro- 
tected by  its  panoply  of  spears  as  to  seem  almost 
invulnerable.  An  individual  was  caught  by  Mr. 
HaiTis  in  a  trap  baited  with  kangaroo  flesh  ;  it  lived 
but  a  few  hours,  having  received  some  internal 
hurt  in  securing  it,  and  appeared  to  be  stupid,  in- 
active, and  ferocious,  uttering  from  time  to  time  a 
short  guttural  cry :  like  the  owl,  it  was  constantly 
drawing  and  undrawing  the  nictitating  membrane 
of  the  eye.  In  its  stomach  was  found  the  partly- 
digested  remains  of  a  porcupine  anteater.  IVlr. 
Gunn  (see  '  Annals  of  Natural  History '  for  1838, 
vol.  I.,  p.  101)  informs  us  that  the  thylacinus  is 
common  in  the  more  remote  parts  of  the  colony, 
and  is  often  caught  at  Woolnorth  and  Hampshire 
Hills.  It  usually  attacks  sheep  in  the  night,  but  is 
also  seen  during  the  daytime,  upon  which  occasions, 
perhaps  from  its  imperfect  vision  by  day,  its  pace  is 
very  slow.  We  are  not  aware  that  this  animal  has 
ever  been  brought  alive  to  Europe. 

70,  71. — ^The  Long-nosed  Bandicoot 
(Purameles  nasuta).  The  Bandicoots  appear  to  take 
in  Australia  the  place  of  the  shrews,  tenrecs,  and 
other  Insectivora  in  the  old  world.  Closely  allied 
in  the  structure  of  their  organs  of  locomotion  to  the 
kangaroos,  yet  in  their  system  of  dentition  they 
exhibit  a  remarkable  difterence.  In  this  latter 
point  they  in  some  respects  approach  the  opossums 
(Didelphis),  and  the  characters  of  the  teeth  indicate 
an  insectivorous  appetite.  Above  the  incisors  are 
10  in  number,  of  these  the  outermost  on  each  side  is 
conical  and  apart  from  the  rest.  The  canines  are 
curved  and  stand  isolated  ;  the  molars  on  each  side 
are  7,  of  which  the  3  first  are  false,  compressed, 
and  sharp.  The  four  true  molars  are  crowned  with 
sharp  tubercles.  Below  the  incisors  are  6  in  close 
array,  and  projecting  obliquely.  The  canines  and 
molars  are  as  in  the  upper  jaw. 

10  1-1 


Dental  formulo :  —  incisors, 


canines, 


1—1 


7—7 
molars,  ,^—==48,     (See  fig.  72). 

The  general  contour  and  form  of  the  bandicoots 
is  rabbit  like,  but  the  muzzle  is  elongated,  narrow, 
and  pointed,  the  nose  advancing  considerably  be- 
yond the  jaw.  The  fore-feet  are  divided  into  five 
toes,  of  these  the  innermost  is  rudimentary,  and  the 
outermost  a  mere  cubercle,  having  a  minute  nail. 
The  three  middle  toes  are  large,  and  armed  with 


strong  claws.  The  hinder  limbs,  though  not  de- 
veloped to  the  same  proportionate  extent  as  in  the 
kangaroos,  exceed  the  fore-limbs.  The  metatarsur 
is  elongated  and  naked  beneath  ;  the  toes  are  fous 
in  number,  viz.,  on  the  inner  side,  two  toes  joined 
in  common  integument,  as  in  the  kangaroos,  each 
furnished  with  its  distinct  claw  ;  a  large  and  robust 
middle  toe,  with  a  straight  strong  pointed  claw  ; 
and  a  small  outer  toe  also  armed  with  a  straight 
claw. 

Though  the  system  of  dentition  in  the  bandicoots 
is  insectivorous,  they  do  not  refuse  vegetable  ali- 
ment; they  live  in  buiTOws,  for  the  digging  o£ 
which  their  fore-paws  are  well  adapted.  In  their 
movements  these  animals  resemble  a  rabbit  ;  they 
do  not,  like  the  kangaroo,  bound  from  the  hind 
limbs  alone,  but  arching  the  back,  proceed  with  a 
saltigrade  gait,  that  is  half  way  between  running 
and  jumping ;  or  rather  by  a  succession  of  short 
leaps  from  the  hind  to  the  fore  feet,  but  not  with 
much  speed,  nor  maintained  for  a  great  length  of 
time.  The  kangaroos  make  considerable  use  of  the 
tail,  but  in  the  bandicoots  it  is  by  no  means-so 
important  an  organ,  though  it  assists  them  in 
sitting  upright,  an  attitude  usually  assumed  when 
eating,  the  fore-paws  being  brought  into  use  as 
holders,  like  those  of  the  squirrel.  With  these  paws 
they  scratch  up  the  earth  in  search  of  roots  and 
insects,  and  it  is  said  that  the  potato  crops  of  the 
colonists  in  some  districts  suffer  from  their  incur- 
sions. They  are  readily  tamed,  and  in  a  few  days 
become  reconciled  and  familiar.  Five  species  are 
now  known  :  of  these  one  is  a  native  of  New  Guinea. 
The  long-nosed  bandicoot  is  found  in  New  South 
Wales.  It  measures  about  16  inches  in  the  length 
of  the  head  and  body,  and  5  in  that  of  the  tail. 
The  ears  are  erect,  pointed,  and  covered  with  short 
hair ;  the  eyes  are  very  small ;  the  nose  remarkably 
long,  pointed  and  naked  at  the  extremity.  The 
tail  is  slender,  and  though  better  covered  with  hair, 
bears  some  resemblance  to  that  of  a  large  rat. 
The  hair  is  of  two  kinds,  an  upper  and  under  coat ; 
the  hairs  forming  the  upper  or  external  coat  are 
coarse  and  harsh.  In  colour  it  resembles  the 
rat,  excepting  that  it  is  of  a  more  sandy  shade  on 
the  upper  parts  of  the  body,  and  of  a  more  clear 
silvery  white  beneath.  The  under-coat,  concealed 
by  this  outer  garment,  consists  of  soft  ash-coloured 
wool  or  fur,  well  calculated  to  protect  the  animal 
from  cold  and  variations  of  temperature  ;  for  it 
appears  to  be  an  inhabitant  of  the  mountain  districts 
of  Australia,  principally,  if  not  exclusively. 

The  form  and  characters  of  its  teeth  would  lead 
us  to  suppose  that  it  fed  almost  entirely  upon 
insects  and  similar  creatures  ;  and  M.  Geoflfroy  even 
imagines  that  it  may  use  its  long  snout  for  the  pur- 
pose of  rooting  up  the  earth  like  a  pig  in  search  of 
worms  and  grubs.  The  colonists  however  assert 
that  these  bandicoots  are  chiefly  if  not  purely 
herbivorous,  and  that  the  principal  part  of  their 
food  consists  of  roots,  which  they  dig  up  with  their 
sharp  and  powerful  claws.  In  the  neighbourhood 
of  human  habitations  they  frequently  enter  into  the 
granaries,  and  do  as  much  mischief  to  the  corn  as 
the  rats  and  mice  of  our  own  country.  The  Austra- 
lians have  however  one  advantage  over  the  Euro- 
pean farmers  in  this  respect :  the  bandicoot  is  more 
easily  excluded  than  the  rat,  for  it  cannot,  like  that 
destructive  species  of  vermin,  eat  its  way  through  the 
planks  and  timbers,  and  still  less  through  the  brick 
walls  of  the  buUdings.  It  is  probably  from  this 
habit  of  committing  petty  depredations  upon  the 
farm-yards  and  grananes,  as  well  as  from  the  gene- 
ral similarity  of  their  external  appearance,  that  the 
colonists  of  New  South  Wales  sometimes  confound 
the  bandicoots  with  various  species  of  murine  ani- 
mals originally  found  in  the  country  under  the 
common  denomination  of  native  rats  and  mice.  Nor 
is  it  at  all  improbable,  notwithstanding  the  assertion 
of  the  colonists  to  the  contrary,  that  M.  Geoffrey's 
conjecture  as  to  the  insectivorous  habits  of  this  ani- 
mal may  be  at  least  partly  if  not  entirely  true.  The 
common  rat.  with  teeth  much  less  adapted  for 
living  upon  flesh  than  those  of  the  bandicoots,  is 
well  known  to  have  decidedly  carnivorous  propen- 
sities ;  and,  as  M.  Geoff'ry  very  correctly  observes, 
it  is  seldom  that  analogous  forms  of  dentition  fail  to 
indicate  analogous  appetites. 

The  insectivorous  hedgehog  eats  the  root  of  the 
plantain,  boring  with  its  snout  under  the  plant  so 
as  to  get  fairiy  at  it,  leaving  the  leaves  untouched. 

73. — Thb  Ch.eropus 

{Chceropus  ecaudaius,  Ogilby).  This animal,'which 
is  closely  allied  to  the  bandicoots,  was  first  described 
by  Mr.  Ogilby  (March,  1838)  from  a  drawing  made 
by  Sir  Thomas  Mitchell.  The  animal  was  found  by 
that  officer  on  the  banks  of  the  river  Murray 
during  his  expedition  into  the  interior  of  New  South 
Wales.     The  following  is  from  his  journal  :— 

"June  16,  1836.  The  most  remarkable  incident 
of  this  day's  journey  was  the  discovery  of  an  animal 
of  which  I  had  seen  only  a  head  in  a  fossil  state  in 


ei'— VlrgliiliD  Opotsnm. 


64.— Ueriu't  Opossum. 


69.— Dog-hesd  Thylacbnu. 


16 


65. — Yapock  Opowum. 


79*. — 1.  Diiuected  Head  of  mammftry  fr«tua  of  a  Kangaroo,    'i.  Teat  of 
the  mother ;  the  mark  shows  how  br  it  is  taken  in  by  the  yoang. 


74.— Banded  Myrmecobiils. 


7(;.— Ureat  KaDgaroos. 


No.  f3. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


17 


rs 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


rOPOSSOMS 


the  limestone  c«ve«  of  Wellineton  Valley,  where, 
from  iU  very  nineular  form,  I  nupposed  it  to  beloiuf 
to  loaie  extinct  specie*.  The  chief  peciiliaritv  then 
obterved  was  the  broad  head  and  ver>-  lone  slender 
•noiit,  which  resembled  the  narrow  neck  of  a  wide 
bottle ;  but  in  the  living  animal  the  absence  of  a 
tail  was  still  more  remarkable.  The  feet,  and  espe- 
cially the  fore-le?8,  were  also  sin^larly  formed,  the 
latter  reteroblini?  those  of  a  pie ;  and  the  marsupial 
openinjc  was  downwards,  and  not  upwartls,  as  in  the 
kanearoo  and  o'hers  of  that  class  of  animals.  Tliis 
nuadruped  was  discovered  by  the  natives  on  the 
pound,  but  on  beinft  chased  it  soueht  refuge  m  a 
hollow  tree,  from  which  they  took  it  alive,  all  of 
them  declarinsr  that  they  had  never  before  seen  an 
animal  of  the  kind.  This  was  where  the  party  had 
commenced  the  journey  up  the  left  bank  of  the 
Murray,  immediately  after  crossing  that  river." 

The'  specimen  was  presented  to  the  museum  at 
Sydney. 

'The  drawin)?  of  the  fore-foot  very  closely  resem- 
bles that  of  the  pig :  two  toes  are  represented  short 
and  of  equal  length,  with  hoof-like  claws ;  but  there 
is  a  swelling  at  the  base  of  the  first  phalanges, 
which  renders  it  probable  that  there  may  be  two 
nidimentarv  ones  also  present.  The  form  and  cha- 
racters of  the  hind-feet  are  perfectly  similar  to  those 
of  Perameles,  as  are  also  the  teeth,  as  far  as  Mr. 
Ogilby  could  judge  from  the  drawing,  except  that 
the  canines  appeared  much  smaller.  The  ears  are 
long,  elliptical,  and  nearly  naked  ;  the  head  broad  ; 
the  muzzle  long  and  pointed ;  the  body  is  described 
as  being  about  the  size  of  that  of  a  small  rabbit, 
and  the  fur  much  of  the  same  colour  and  quality  as 
tn  that  animal.  (See  Proceed.  Zool.  !<oc.  Lond.. 
Mareh,  1838.)  Most  probably,  in  its  habits  and 
manners,  the  animal  resembles  the  bandicoots,  but 
wc  must  wait  for  definite  information  before  we 
can  speak  positively. 

74.  The  Banded  Myrmecobius 
{Mijrmecnbitiis  fasciatus).  This  elegant  little  crea- 
hire  is  the  example  of  a  new  genus  recently  de- 
scribed by  Mr.  Waterhouse.  It  is  thus  chai-acter- 
U!e<l : — Fore-feet  with  live  toes,  hind-feet  with  four 
toes,  all  free ;  head  elongated,  snout  produced ; 
ears  moderate,  subacute  ;  body  slender ;  tail  rather 
long. 

...8.1-1 
Dental    formula : —  incisors,  - ;    canines,   r— y  ; 

4-4  ,        4-4  _ 

false  molars,  ^—z  ;  true  molars,  j— j  =  52.     The 

teeth  are  minute  and  insectivorous  in  their  charac- 
ter ;  and  the  branch  of  the  lower  jaw  fsee  fig.  75)  is 
twisted  in  such  a  manner,  that  the  outer  surfaces  of 
the  true  molar»  come  in  contact  with  the  mastica- 
ting surface  of  those  of  the  upper  jaw.  The  toes 
are  armed  with  strong  curved  claws. 

The  banded  Myrmecobius  is  about  the  size  of  a 
squirrel.  The  fore  part  of  the  body  is  reddish,  gra- 
dually blended  into  the  black,  which  is  the  prevail- 
ing colour  of  the  posterior  half,  and  which  is 
adorned  with  nine  white  bands.  Fur  of  two  kinds. 
Under  hair  scanty  and  whitish  grey ;  upper  hair 
rather  coarse,  short,  and  adpressed  on  the  anterior 
parts ;  long  on  the  pgsterior  and  under  parts  ;  hairs 
on  the  anterior  part  of  the  back  generally  black  at 
the  base  and  fulvous  at  the  apex ;  those  on  the 
head  very  short,  brownish  above,  being  composed 
of  a  mixture  of  black,  fulvous,  and  a  few  white 
haiis:  a  few  black  haire  spring  from  the  sides  of 
the  muzzle  and  under  each  eye ;  hair  of  the  tail 
long  and  rather  bushy ;  most  of  the  hairs  on  the 
under  part  fulvous  at  t)ie  base  and  white  at  the  tip; 
those  on  the  under  bide  of  the  tail  generally  black 
at  the  base  and  white  at  the  apex.  Length  from 
nose  to  root  of  tail,  ten  inches ;  length  of  tail  to  the 
end  of  the  hair,  seven  inches. 

It  is  a  native  of  the  district  bordering  the  Swan 
River. 

"This  beautiful  and  interesting  little  animal," 
observes  Mr.  Waterhouse,  "  was  tii-st  discovered  by 
Lieut.  Dale  whilst  on  afi  exploring  party  in  the  in- 
terior of  the  country  at  the  Swan  Kiver  settlement, 
and  was  discovered  about  90  miles  to  the  south-east 
of  that  river.  Two  of  these  animals,  says  Lieut. 
Dale,  were  seen  within  a  few  miles  of  each  other ; 
they  were  first  obsei-ved  on  the  ground,  and  on  being 
pursued,  both  directed  their  fiight  to  some  hollow 
trees  which  were  near.  We  succeeded  in  capturing 
one  of  them ;  the  other  was  unfortunately  burnt  to 
death  in  our  endeavour  to  dislodge  it  by  lumigating 
the  hollow  tree  in  which  it  had  taken  refuge.  The 
country  in  which  they  were  found  abounded  in 
decayed  trees  and  ant-hills.  A  second  specimen 
has  since  been  brought  to  England  and  placed  in 
my  hands  for  examination.  I  was  informed  this 
<vas  brought  from  Van  Diemen's  T^nd;  but  Mr. 
Alexander  Gordon,  who  had  sent  the  specimen  to 
England  to  be  stutTed,  has  since  assureil  me  that  1 
was  misinformed,  he  having  himself  procured  the 
•nimal  at  Swan  River." 


76.  77. — The  Great  Kangaroo 
(Maeroput  major,  and  M.  Giganteut,  Shaw).  The 
general  aspect  of  the  kangaroos  is  very  pecu- 
liar :  the  anterior  parts  of  the  body  are  light  and 
flexible,  and  the  fore  limbs  are  small.  In  contrast 
with  these  characters  is  the  vast  development  of  the 
hinder  quarters,  the  haunch,  hind  limbs,  and  tail ; 
ports  of  the  frame  in  which  the  muscular  power  of 
the  animals  is  concentrated. 

The  hinder  limbs  are  voluminous  and  long :  the 
metatarsus  is  produced,  and  furnished  beneath  with 
a  naked  callous  pad,  running  from  the  toes  to  the 
heel.  The  ordinary  attitude  of  the  kangaroos  is 
upright,  with  a  forward  inclination,  the  weight  rest- 
ing on  the  nmd  limbs,  the  long  sole  (or  metatarsus) 
of  which  is  applied  to  the  ground,  and  also  on  the 
tail,  which  with  the  limbs  forms  a  tripod  for  the  sup- 
port of  the  body.  The  chest  is  contracted,  the  body 
tapering  from  the  haunches  to  the  neck,  tlie  con- 
tour being  pyramidal.  The  head  is  well  proportioned 
and  delicately  turned.  The  fore-paws  have  5  toes 
armed  with  strong  sharp  claws  ;  the  hind  feet  are 
divided  into  four  toes ;  of  which  the  two  innermost 
are  very  small,  and  compacted  together  so  as  to 
appear  as  one  ;  but  the  slender  bones  of  each  and 
the  claws  are  distinct.  The  third  or  middle  toe  is 
large  and  powerful,  well  padded  beneath,  and  armed 
with  a  strong  hoof-like  nail.  The  outer  toe  is  less 
than  the  middle,  but  larger  than  the  two  inner  toes 
together;  its  nail  is  in  proportion.  The  eyes  are 
full ;  the  ears  rather  large ;  the  upper  lip  is  cleft. 
There  are  perfect  clavicles,  and  the  arm  enjoys 
considerable  freedom  of  motion. 

The  skeleton  of  the  Great  Kangaroo  (fig.  78)  well 
displays  the  difference  in  the  development  of  the 
limbs,  and  the  solidify  of  the  osseous  structure  of 
the  tail,  which  is  clothed  with  voluminous  muscles. 

The  dentition  in  the  genus  Macropus  is  as  fol- 
lows : — The  incisore  of  the  upper  jaw  are  6  in  num- 
ber ;  the  lateral  one  on  each  side  being  the  largest 
and  furrowed.  Between  the  incisors  and  the  molars 
there  exists  a  large  unfilled  space.  The  molars  ...e 
five  on  each  side,  but  the  first  is  a  false  molar,  and 
often  wanting,  being  pushed  out  by  the  advance  of 
those  behind  as  the  posterior  ones  rise  from  their 
sockets.  In  the  under  jaw  the  incisors  are  2,  long, 
powerful,  and  pointed ;  thev  advance  horizontally 
forwards,  and  have  a  sharp  oblique  external  edge  op- 
posed to  the  edge  of  the  upper  incisoi-s. 

The  molars  as  in  the  upper  jaw,  and  also 
rough,  with  two  transverse  sharp  prominences,  which 
wear  gradually  down,  showing  a  fold  of  enamel  en- 
circling an  osseous  centre.  Fred.  Cuvier  divided 
from  the  genus  Macropus  those  kangaroos  which  had 
shorter  ears,  and  a  nearly  naked  tail,  though,  as  in 
fig.  79,  their  dentition  is  the  same.  He  placed  them 
in  a  genus  which  he  termed  Halmaturus. 

.     .        6  0-0 

Dental  formula : — incisors  5- ;  canines,  jT— r ;  mo- 

5-5 
lars,  _ — J  =  28. 
5  —  5 

The  ordinary  mode  of  progression  in  these  ani- 
mals, as  well  as  their  flight  from  enemies,  is  by  a 
series  of  bounds,  often  of  prodigious  extent.  They 
spring  from  their  hind  limbs  alone,  neither  the  tail 
nor  the  fore  limbs  being  in  requisition.  In  feeding 
they  assume  a  crouching  hare-like  position,  resting 
on  the  fore-paws  as  well  as  on  the  hinder  extremi- 
ties while  tf\ey  browze  on  the  herbage.  In  this  at- 
titude they  hop  gently  along,  the  tail  being  pressed 
to  the  ground.  On  the  least  alarm,  however,  they 
rise  on  their  hind  limbs  and  bound  to  a  distance 
with  gieat  rapidity.  Sometimes,  when  excited,  the 
old  male  of  the  Great  Kangaroo  stands  on  tiptoe 
and  on  his  tail,  and  is  then  of  prodigious  height.  In 
fighting  he  balances  himself  for  a  moment  on  the 
tail,  and  strikes  fonvard  with  both  the  hind  legs, 
using  his  fore  paws  at  the  same  time.  The  blows 
given  by  the  hind  feet  are  terribly  effective. 

The  diet  of  the  kangaroo  is  exclusively  herbace- 
ous ;  the  stotnach  is  very  large  and  sacculated,  and 
balls  of  hair,  similar  to  those  so  often  occurring  in  the 
stomach  of  cows  and  oxen,  have  in  a  few  instances 
been  ibund  in  it.  These  balls,  as  was  observed  by 
Mr.  Owen,  are  entirely  composed  of  the  hairs  of  the 
animal  matted  together,  and  agglutinated  by  the 
mucus  of  the  stomach.  With  the  complexity  of  the 
stomach  of  the  kangaroos  is  associated  the  act  of  ru- 
mination. The  kangaroo  ruminates  while  in  its 
erect  attitude ;  bnt  this  act  by  no  means  takes 
place  with  the  same  frequency  and  regularity  as  in 
the  true  ruminants,  viz.,  the  ox  or  deer. 

The  Great  Kangaroo  (the  Boomer,  Forester,  and 
Old  Man  Kangaroo  of  the  colonists  ;  Bundaary  of 
the  aborigines)  is  extensively  spread  in  New  Hol- 
land, in  the  intermediate  country  between  New 
South  Wales  and  South  Australia,  and  also  in  Van 
Diemen's  Land.  It  was  first  discovered  by  the  cele- 
brated navigator  Captain  Cook  in  1770,  while  sta- 
tioned on  the  coast  of  New  South  Wales. 

The  Great  Kangaroo  is  not  strictly  speaking  gre- 
garious ;  more  than  six  or  eight  are  seldom  seen  to- 


gether; most  frequently  it  is  met  with  singly  or  in 
pairs.  The  kind  of  country  which  it  prefers  con^ists 
of  low  grassy  hills  and  plains  skirted  bv  thin  open 
forests  of  brushwood,  to  which  Mr.  Gfould  says  it 
resorts  for  shelter  from  the  oppressive  heat  of  the 
mid-day  sun.  That  it  would  bear,  if  naturalized,  the 
severities  of  our  winter,  is  beyond  a  doubt,  since  in 
Van  Diemen's  Land,  among  other  places,  it  resorts 
to  the  bleak,  wet,  and  frequently  snow-capped  sum 
mit  of  Mount  Wellington. 

The  male  greatly  exceeds  the  female  in  size 
measuring  7  feet  10  inches  from  the  nose  to  the 
extremity  of  the  tail,  the  length  of  the  latter  being 
little  more  then  3  feet.  Instances  have  occurred  ol 
the  weight  being  220  pounds.  The  general  colour 
is  uniform  greyish  brown,  grizzled  on  the  aim 
and  under  suri'ace.  A  whitish  mark  runs  above 
the  upper  lip,  and  is  faintly  traceable  along  the 
sides  of  the  face.  The  hands,  feet,  and  tip  of  the 
tail  are  black. 

Tlie  kangaroo  readily  takes  to  the  water,  and 
swims  well.  It  often  resorts  to  this  mode  of  es- 
caping from  enemies,  among  which  is  the  dingo,  or 
Australian  dog.  Man,  however,  is  the  most  unre- 
lenting foe  of  this  inoftensive  animal.  The  native 
employs  several  modes  of  obtaining  it.  Sometimes 
he  steals  upon  it,  under  the  covert  of  the  trees  and 
bushes,  till  within  range  of  his  unerring  spear. 
Sometimes  numbers  of  men  unite  in  a  large  party, 
and,  forming  a  circle,  gradually  close  in  upon  the 
animals  with  shouts  and  yells,  by  which  the  animals 
are  so  terrified  and  confused,  that  they  easily  be- 
come victims  to  the  bommerengs,  clubs,  and  spears 
which  are  directed  from  all  sides  against  them. 
The  colonist  employs  the  gun,  and  a  breed  of  dogs 
between  the  greyhound  and  bulldog,  fierce,  power- 
ful, and  very  fleet,  for  the  course.  Many  of  these 
dogs,  says  Mr.  Gould,  are  kept  at  the  stock-stations 
of  the  interior  for  the  sole  purpose  of  running  the 
kangaroo  and  the  emu.  The  latter  is  killed  solely 
for  the  supply  of  oil  which  it  yields,  and  the  former 
for  mere  sport,  or  for  food  for  the  dogs.  "  Al- 
though," he  adds,  "  I  have  killed  the  largest  males 
with  a  single  dog,  it  is  not  advisable  to  attempt 
this,  as  they  possess  great  power,  and  frequently 
rip  up  the  dogs,  and  sometimes  cut  them  to  the 
heart  with  a  single  stroke  of  the  hind  leg.  Tliree 
or  four  dogs  are  generally  laid  on,  one  of  su- 
perior fleetness  to  pull  the  kangaroo,  while  the 
others  rash  in  upon  and  kill  it.  It  sometimes  adopts 
a  singular  mode  of  defending  itself  by  clasping  its 
short  but  powerful  arms  around  its  antagonist,  leap- 
ing away  with  it  to  the  nearest  water-hole,  and  there 
keeping  it  beneath  the  surface  until  drowned.  With 
dogs  the  old  males  will  do  this  whenever  they  have 
an  opportunity,  and  it  is  also  said  they  will  attempt 
the  same  with  man." 

In  Van  Diemen's  Land  the  Great  Kangaroo  is  re- 
gularly hunted  with  foxhounds,  as  the  deer  or  fox 
in  England.  The  sport  is  said  to  be  excellent.  Mr. 
Gregson  says,  in  a  letter  to  Mr.  Gould,  "  I  recollect 
one  day  in  particular  when  a  very  fine  boomer 
jumped  up  in  the  very  middle  of  the  hounds,  in  the 
open.  He  at  first  took  a  few  high  jumps  with  his 
head  up,  and  then,  without  a  moment's  hesitation 
he  stooped  forward,  and  shot  away  from  the  hounds 
apparently  without  elibrt,  and  gave  us  the  longest 
run  I  ever  saw  alter  a  kangaroo.  He  ran  fourteen 
miles  by  the  map,  from  point  to  point,  and  if  he  had 
had  fair  play,  1  have  little  doubt  that  he  would 
have  beat  us.  But  he  had  taken  along  a  tongue 
of  land  that  ran  into  the  sea,  so  that  on  being 
hard  pressed,  he  was  forced  to  try  to  swim  across 
the  arm  of  the  sea,  which  cannot  have  been  less 
than  two  miles  broad.  In  spite  of  a  fresh  breeze, 
and  a  head-sea  against  him,  he  got  fully  half-way 
over ;  but  he  could  not  make  head  against  the 
waves  any  farther,  and  was  obliged  to  turn  back, 
when,  being  quite  exhausted,  he  was  soon  killed. 
The  distance  he  ran,  taking  the  different  bends  of 
the  line,  was  not  less  than  eighteen  miles."  He 
wa.s  fai-  before  the  hounds,  and  quite  fresh  when  he 
took  to  the  water.  His  hind  quarters  weighed  nearly 
seventy  pounds.  "  We  did  not  measure  the  distance 
of  the  hop  of  this  kangaroo,  but  on  another  occasion, 
in  which  the  boomer  had  taken  along  the  beach, 
and  left  his  prints  in  the  sand,  the  length  of  each 
jump  was  found  to  be  fifteen  feet,  and  as  regular  as 
if  they  had  been  stepped  by  a  sergeant.  When  a 
boomer  is  pressed,  he  is  very  apt  to  take  to  the  water, 
and  then  it  requires  several  good  dogs  to  kill  him  ; 
for  he  stands  waiting  for  them,  and  a.s  they  swim 
up  to  the  attack,  he  takes  hold  of  them  with  his 
fore  feet,  and  holds  them  under  water.  The  buck  is 
very  bold,  and  will  generally  make  a  stout  resist- 
ance;  for,  if  he  cannot  get  to  the  water,  he  will 
place  his  back  against  a  tree,  so  that  he  cannot  be 
attacked  from  behind,  and  then  the  best  dog  will 
find  him  a  formidable  antagonist.  The  doe.  on  the 
contrary,  is  a  very  timid  creature  ;  and  I  have  even 
seen  one  die  of  fear." 

The  period  of  gestation  in  the  kangaroo  is  thirty 
nine  days.    The    appearances    presented    by  the 


Ol'OSSUMS.I 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


10 


young;  one  twelve  hours  after  birth,  and  adhering  to 
the  teat  of  the  mother,  within  the  pouch,  are  thus 
described  by  Mr.  Owen  : — "  It  resembled  an  earth- 
worm in  the  colour  and  semi-transparency  of  its  in- 
tegument, adhered  firmly  to  the  pomt  of  the  nipple, 
breathed  strongly  but  slowly,  and  moved  its  fore- 
legs when  disturbed.  Its  body  was  bent  upon  the 
abdomen,  its  short  tail  tucked  in  between  the  hind 
legs,  which  were  one-third  shorter  than  the  fore- 
legs, but  with  the  three  divisions  of  the  toes  now 
distinct.  The  whole  length  from  the  nose  to  the 
end  of  the  tail  when  stretched  out  did  not  exceed 
one  inch  and  two  lines."' 


Outline  of  tlie  kan2ari>o  almttt  twelve  hours  after  birth,  showin;; 
its  natural  size  autl  external  development  at  this  period,  n,  tJie  upper 
nipple  uf  the  left  side,  to  which  it  was  uttaclied  ;  6,  the  lower  nipple 
f>f  the  same  side. 

Though  enabled  by  means  of  its  lips  to  grasp 
the  nipple  with  considerable  firmness,  the  unaided 
efforts  of  the  young  one  could  not  draw  nutri- 
ment thence,  and  consequently  the  mammary  gland 
IS  acted  upon  by  a  peculiar  muscle,  which,  com- 
pressing it,  forces  out  the  milk  into  the  mouth  of 
the  young.  Mr.  Owen  remarks,  that  it  can  scarcely 
be  supposed  that  the  efforts  of  suction  should  always 
be  coincident  with  the  successive  jets  of  milk,  and 
that  there  might  arise  danger  from  the  flow  of  milk 
into  the  little  creatures  larynx.  To  remedy  this 
there  is  a  special  contrivance,  first  described  by 
Geoffroy,  but  which  was  not  unnoticed  by  Hunter, 
as  evidenced  by  preparations  of  the  larynx  and 
throat  of  two  young  kangaroos  in  the  museum  of 
the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons.     (Fig.  79.*) 

"  Thus  aided  and  protected  by  modifications  of 
structure,"  continues  Professor  Owen,  "  both  in  the 
system  of  the  mother  and  in  its  own,  designed  with 
especial  reference  to  each  others  peculiar  condition, 
and  aflording,  therefore,  the  most  irrefragable  evi- 
dence of  creative  foresight,  the  feeble  offspring  con- 
tinues to  increase  from  sustenance  exclusively  de- 
rived from  the  mother  for  a  period  of  about  eight 
months.  The  young  kangaroo  may  then  be  seen 
Vequently  to  protrude  its  head  from  the  mouth  of  the 
pouch,  and  to  crop  the  grass  at  the  same  time  that 
the  mother  is  browsing.  Having  thus  acquired  ad- 
ditional strength,  it  quits  the  pouch,  and  hops  at 
first  with  a  feeble  and  vacillating  gait,  but  continues 
to  return  to  the  pouch  for  occasional  shelter  and 
supplies  of  food  till  it  has  attained  the  weight  of  ten 
pounds.  After  this  it  will  occasionally  insert  its 
head  for  the  purpose  of  sucking,  notwithstanding 
another  foetus  may  have  been  deposited  in  the  pouch, 
for  the  latter,  as  we  have  seen,  attaches  itself  to  a 
different  nipple  from  the  one  which  had  been  pre- 
viously in  use." 

80. — The  Kanoaroo  R.at,  or  Potoroo 

{Hypsiprymnm  murinus.    Pander   and   D'AIton). 
The  Bettong  of  the  natives  of  New  South  Wales. 

It  is  principally  in  their  dentition,  and  in  the 
elongated  narrow  form  of  the  head,  that  the  little 
animals  of  the  genus  Hypsipiymnus  differ  from  the 
kangaroos.  There  are  canines  in  the  upper  jaw. 
The  dental  formula  is  as  follows  (see  figure  81) : 

incisors,  - :  canines,  .ZL.  ;    molars,  ^I?    =     30 

2  0—0  5—5 

Figure  82  represents  the  skull,  the  elongated  con- 
tour of  which  is  very  conspicuous. 

The  Potoroo  (the  Macropus  minor  of  Shaw,  H. 
Betosus  of  Ogilby ;  H.  Peronii,  Quoy  and  Gairaard) ; 
is  about  the  size  of  a  rabbit,  raea.suring  fifteen  inches 
from  the  nose  to  the  root  of  the  fail,  the  latter  being 
ten  inches  and  a  half  in  length.  The  general  colour 
of  the  fur  is  brown  ;  on  the  back  blackish,  pencilled 
with  brownish-white.  Lips,  chin,  throat,  and  under 
parts  of  the  body  dirty-white ;  fore-feet  brown ; 
ears  rounded,  and  well  covered  with  hair;  tail 
scaled,  and  sparingly  clothed  with  short  decumbent 
hairs,  which  (excei)ting  at  the  base  and  extreme 
pointj  are  of  a  black  colour  on  the  upper  part  and 
•ides  of  the  tail.  The  hairs  on  the  under  side  are 
brown  ;  and  at  the  tip  there  are  a  few  dirty-white 
hairs. 

The  Potoroo  is  common  in  New  South  V/ales. 
It  is  timid  and  inofiensive,  feeding  on  vegetables, 
and  proceeding  in  the  manner  of  the  kangaroo. 
Of  its  habits  little  is  known.  It  frequents  the  pre- 
cincts of  scrubs  and  patches  of  brushwood,  and 
scratches  up  the  ground  in  quest  of  roots.  These 
animals  are   found   to  be  very  destructive  to  the 


potato  crops,  and  are  very  readily  caught  by  baiting 
traps  with  this  vegetable. 
Several  other  species  have  been  described. 

83.— The  Sooty  Tapoa 

{Phalangista  fuliginosa).  This  animal  presents  us 
with  the  example  of  a  group  termed  Phalangers 
(genus  Phalangista)  ;  but  they  are  often,  but  erro- 
neously, called  opossums  in  the  writings  of  travellers 
and  persons  not  conversant  with  natural  history. 

The  Phalangers  of  Australia  have  six  incisors 
above,  of  which  the  two  middle  are  the  largest ; 
and  in  the  lower  jaw  are  two  long  obliquely  pro- 
jecting incisors,  which  are  met  by  the  corresponding 
incisors  of  each  side.  There  is  a  small  canine  on 
each  side  in  the  upper  jaw  only.  The  molars  on  each 
side,  above  and  below,  are  five,  of  which  the  first 
is  a  false  molar.  These  are  the  constant  teeth,  but 
besides  there  are  in  some  species  little  additional 
molars,  sometimes  canine-like  molars,  in  front  of 
the  contiguous  and  constant  series.  The  number 
of  these  additional  teeth  varies  in  the  same  indivi- 
dual on  different  sides  of  the  jaw.    Dental  formula : 

6  •         1—1  ,         5—5  ,,. 

incisors,  -;  canines,  ;    molars,  :     addi- 

2  0—0  5— T) 

tionaJ   inconstant  molars,    ,  or   1 !",  or    —  , 

2—2         3—3         1—1 

3 3 

or  - —  .     (See  figure  84.)    The  head  is  somewhat 

elongated,  the  forehead  slightly  arched  ;  the  mouth 
moderate.  The  feet  have  five  toes;  those  of  the 
fore-feet  are  armed  with  strong  hooked  claws ; 
those  of  the  hind-feet  consist  of  four  true  toes,  and 
a  large  thumb  destitute  of  a  nail,  and  very  distinct 
from  the  rest,  of  which  the  two  innermost  are 
shorter  than  the  two  outermost,  and  are  united 
together  to  the  base  of  the  claws.  The  tail  is  long 
and  prehensile,  well  furred,  excepting  at  the  ex- 
treme point  and  part  of  the  apical  portion  beneath, 
which  is  bare  to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  We  may 
here  observe  that  the  Phalangers  form  three  sec- 
tions or  subgenera.  The  firs',  {Phalangista)  is 
exclusively  Australian,  and  has  the  tail  naked  be- 
neath only  at  the  tip.  The  second  section  compre- 
hends a  group  (Cuscus)  distinguished  by  having  the 
tail  throughout  the  greater  part  of  its  extent  be- 
neath naked,  scaly,  and  highly  prehensile.  The 
eai-s  are  short  and  close.  These  animals  inhabit 
the  Celebes  and  Moluccas,  where  they  are  called 
Couscous,  or  Coescoes.  The  third  group  (Pseudo- 
nheirus,  Ogilby)  has  the  tail  less  densely  clothed 
than  in  Plialangista  proper :  the  apical  portion  is 
naked  beneath  ;  the  fore-feet,  with  the  two  united 
inner  toes,  slightly  opposed  to  the  others. 

Besides  these,  are  the  Flying  Phalangers,  consti- 
tuting a  distinct  genus,  Petaurus.  The  true  Pha- 
langei-s,  of  which  we  figure  the  Sooty  Tapoa  and  the 
Vulpine  Phalanger  (Ph.  vulpina),  are  animals  of 
arboreal  habits,  residing  almost  constantly  among 
the  branches.  Their  food  consists  principally  of 
fruits,  buds,  leaves,  &c.,  but  insects,  eggs,  &c.  are 
also  eaten.  Night  is  their  season  of  activity  ;  during 
the  day  they  conceal  themselves  in  the  hollows  of 
trees,  or  lie  close  on  the  branches,  hidden  by  the 
foliage.  The  number  of  young  which  the  females 
produce  at  a  birth  appears  to  be  two,  at  least  if 
the  account  of  Mr.  Bennett  (see  '  Wanderings  in 
New  South  Wales")  is  to  be  taken  as  a  criterion. 
He  states  that  on  one  occasion  he  was  present  when 
a  number  of  flying  squirrels  (viz.,  flying  phalangers), 
opossums  (phalangers),  bandicoots,  snakes,  &c., 
were  caught  by  the  natives  during  what  he  terms 
a  hunting  expedition,  and  that  one  of  the  opossums 
among  the  game  was  a  female,  and  had  two  large- 
sized  young  ones  in  her  pouch. 

Though  the  Phalangei-s  are  at  ease  among  the 
branches,  the  motions  of  these  animals,  generally 
speaking,  are  not  distinguished  by  that  nimbleness 
and  rapidity  which  we  so  much  admire  in  the 
squirrel.  On  the  contrary,  their  motions  are  slow 
and  cautious,  and  they  use  their  prehensile  tail  as 
an  additional  security.  When  in  danger  of  dis- 
covery, they  are  said  to  suspend  themselves  by 
the  tail,  hanging,  head  downwards,  motionless  as  if 
dead  ;  and  this  is  more  remarkably  the  case  with 
the  Couscous  of  the  Moluccas.  It  is,  indeed,  re- 
ported, that  if  a  man  fix  his  eyes  on  one  thus  coun- 
terfeiting death,  it  will  continue  to  hang  till,  no  longer 
able  to  sustain  the  weight,  the  muscles  of  the  tail 
relax  with  extreme  fatigue,  and  the  animal  falls  to 
the  ground.  Few  animals  have  more  soft  and  deli- 
cately woolly  fur  than  the  Phalangers ;  their 
skins  are  consequently  highly  prized  by  the  abori- 
gines, as  well  as  their  flesh,  which  is  eaten  with 
avidity,  and  doubtless  is  not  inferior  to  that  of  the 
kangaroo. 

Like  many  of  the  Marsupials,  the  Phalangers  have 
an  unpleasant  smell,  owing  to  a  fluid  secreted  in 
certain  glands ;  but  this  does  not  affect  the  delicacy 
and  flavour  of  the  flesh. 

In  captivity  the  Phalangers  are  not  very  attractive : 
during  the  day  they  slumber  concealed  among  the 


hay  or  other  bedding  of  their  cage,  shrouding  them 
selves  from  observation,  and  are  impatient  of  inter- 
ruption ;  they  do  not,  however,  attempt  to  bite,  and 
appear  as  stupid  as  they  are  sluggish  :  their  form, 
however,  is  graceful,  and  their  fur  sets  them  ott'  to 
much  advantage.  When  feeding  they  sit  up  like 
the  squirrel,  holding  the  article  of  which  they  are 
partaking  between  the  fore-paws.  During  the  night 
they  traverse  their  cage,  take  their  food,  and  en- 
joy the  active  hours  of  their  existence.  We  know 
of  no  instance  in  which  they  have  bred  in  Europe  ; 
but  as  the  kangaroo  produces  young  in  our  climate, 
it  is  not  improbable  that  under  favourable  circum- 
stances these  animals  also  might  multiply  in  our 
extensive  menageries,  especially  as  they  appear  tc 
bear  our  climate  very  well,  care  being  taken  against 
their  exposure  to  the  severities  of  the  weather. 

The  following  description  of  the  Sooty  Tapoa  was 
taken  from  a  living  specimen  : — "  The  shajje  and 
Yiro^ovWons,  oi  Phalangista  fuliginona  axe  those  of 
the  Phal.  vulpina :  the  ears  are  also  of  similar 
shape  and  size,  hairy  on  the  outsides,  but  naked 
within.  The  colour  is  a  uniform  sooty-brown  over 
all  parts  of  the  head  and  body,  not  even  excepting 
the  belly  and  the  inner  surface  of  the  thighs.  The 
hair  has  a  frizzled  appearance,  but  it  is  not  so  close 
nor  so  fine  as  in  Phal.  vulpina.  The  tail  is  long 
black,  and  rather  bushy ;  the  nuked  slip  wnAnvnuaXh, 
as  well  as  the  nose  ancl  soles  of  the  feet,  which  are 
also  naked,  is  of  a  bright  flesh  colour.  The  mous- 
taches are  large,  stiff",  and  black."  The  individual 
was  said  to  have  been  brought  from  Sydney.  In 
the  museum  of  the  Zoological  Society  are  seven  or 
eight  distinct  species  of  this  genus. 

85. — The  Vulpine  Phai.anoer 

{Phalangista  vulpina).  Of  all  the  species  the 
Vulpine  Phalanger  is  probably  the  most  carnivorous. 
The  female  is  destitute  of  a  true  pouch,  and  the 
teats  are  two  in  number.  The  Vulpine  Phalanger  is 
about  the  size  of  a  cat ;  in  captivity  it  disjilays  but 
little  to  interest  ordinary  observers,  the  day  being 
passed  in  sleep ;  nor,  when  roused  up  by  the  ap- 
proach of  night,  is  it  remarkable  for  activity  or 
alertness.  Its  fur  is  soft,  fine,  and  woolly ;  the  pre- 
dominating tint  is  greyish  brown,  passing  into  a 
yellowish-grey  on  the  shouldei's ;  the  tail  is  covered 
with  long  black  fur,  excepting  along  a  line  on  the 
under  side  at  the  tip,  which  is  naked.  It  is  a  native 
of  New  South  Wales,  and  also  of  Van  Diemen's 
Land,  where  it  is  common.  The  tint  of  colouring 
is  subject  to  considerable  variation  as  respects 
intensity,  intermediate  shades  being  observable 
between  the  ordinary  grey  specimens  and  the  Sooty 
Tapoa,  which  is  regarded  as  a  distinct  species.  The 
native  name  of  the  Vulpine  Phalanger,  according  to 
White,  is  JVha  tapoa  roo. 

86. — The  Spotted  Couscous 
(Cuscus  maculatus.  Cuscus  Amboinensis,  Lac^-p. ; 
Phalangista  maculata,  Geoffr.).  This  species  is  a 
native  of  the  Islands  of  Amboina  and  New  Guinea, 
where  it  is  called  Couscous  or  Coiiscoes.  M.  Lesson 
found  it  at  Waigiou,  where  it  is  called  Scham-scham. 
It  is  arboreal,  and  its  flesh  is  in  request,  being 
esteemed  as  delicate  food  by  the  natives.  In 
colouring  this  animal  is  subject  to  much  variation  ; 
generally  the  ground-tint  is  whitish,  ornamented 
with  isolated  brown  spots  ;  these  sometimes  blend  or 
run  into  each  other.    The  fur  is  thick  and  woolly. 

87. — The  Squirrel  Petaurus 

(Petaurus  sciureus).  This  creature  belongs  to  a 
group  of  beautiful  animals,  bearing  the  same  rela- 
tionship to  the  phalangers  that  the  flying  squinels 
do  to  the  ordinary  squirrels.  They  constitute  the 
genus  Petaurus,  subdivided  into  three  minor  sections, 
according  to  certain  modiflcations  of  dentition.  In 
the  section  termed  Belideus  to  which  the  Squiirel 
Petaurus  belongs  the  dental  formula  stands  thus 
(see  fig.  88) : 

6.1-1 
Dental     formula : — Incisors,    - ;    camnes,   — -  ; 

3  _3  4 4 

false  molars,  ^—.  ;  true  molars,  t^  =  ^ 

In  the  figure  of  the  teeth,  from  F.  Cuvier,  the 
number  of  lower  molar  teeth  (false  and  tme)  only 
amounts  to  five  on  each  side  ;  in  other  points  also 
he  is  erroneous. 

The  Petauri,  or  Flying  Phalangers,  are  characterized 
by  a  broad  expansion  of  skin  on  either  side  of  the 
body  between  the  anterior  and  posterior  limbs  ;  the 
tail  is  free,  long,  and  destitute  of  prehensile  power  ; 
it  forms  a  balancer  to  the  body  in  the  flying  leaps 
which  these  animals  take,  and  perhaps  assists  them 
in  modifying  the  direction  of  their  career.  Tliese 
animals  are  nocturnal  in  their  habits,  and  feed  upon 
fruit,  leaves,  and  insects.  During  the  day  they  con- 
ceal themselves  in  hollow  trees,  and  are  said  gene- 
rally to  associate  in  small  flocks.  Their  aerial 
evolutions,  when  the  shades  of  evening  have  rouseu 
them  to  activity,  are  described  as  b^ing  peculiarly 


07«— Sqoiml  Fetanmi. 


;:^ri 


?s> 


^^ 


\ 


'^^'^^^^Ciacszs^ 


84.— Teeth  of  Sooty  Tapn. 


SS.^TmUi  oI  (Hjtiiricl  ]V*t<tinu> 


20 


!^«,a^£_^  l«g)g()^^ 


81.— Teeth  of  Kinguuu  l!*t. 


8t  -SkuU  of  Kuguoo  Ra^ 


80 — Kangaroo  Bi*. 


B^l^j?  yL(  *1_V,.. VtlVi  y 


"fe^ 


1 


} 


-y 


79.— Teeth  of  Great  Kaniraroo 


1 


JX  o?--/^ 

/ 


(4._OrnItliorhynchu». 


»1.— Teeth  of  Wombat* 


21 


22 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Opossums. 


grweful,  and  their  leaps  apparently  desperate.  The 
S<iuirrel  Pelannis  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  the 
genus.  It  is  a  native  of  New  South  Wales,  and  is 
called  by  the  colonists  the  Sugar  Sqmrrel  and 
Norfolk  ItUitut  flying  Squirrel.  We  have  seen 
two  of  these  animals  in  captivity :  during  the  day 
they  remained  in  a  state  of  torpidity,  rolled  up  in  a 
bed  of  wool  and  soft  hav.  At  ni§:hl  they  became 
animated,  and  traversed  their  cajje  with  gna.i  rapi- 
dity, leaping  from  one  part  to  another,  and  gambol- 
ling in  the  exuberance  of  a  sportive  disposition. 
At  the  same  time  they  were  timid  and  by  no  means 
remarkable  for  intelligeiue.  While  leaping,  the 
lateral  membranes  are  exjuinded  so  as  to  form  a 
parachute.  The  following;  anecdote  serves  to  prove 
both  the  daring  extent  of  the  leaps  taken  by  these 
animals,  and  the  power  they  certainly  posses.s  of 
turning  or  altering  their  course : — "  On  board  a 
Teasel  sailing  off  the  coast  of  New  Holland  was  a 
Squirrel  Petaunis,  which  was  permitted  to  roam 
about  the  ship.  On  one  occasion  it  reached  the 
mast-head,  and  as  the  sailor  who  was  dispatched  to 
bring  it  down  approached,  it  made  a  spring  from 
aloft  to  avoid  him.  At  this  moment  the  ship  gave 
a  heavy  lureh,  which,  if  the  original  direction  of 
(he  little  creature's  course  had  been  continued,  must 
have  plunged  it  into  the  sea.  All  who  witnessed  the 
scene  were  in  pain  for  its  safety ;  but  it  suddenly 
appeared  to  check  itself,  and  so  to  modify  its  career, 
that  it  alighted  safely  on  the  deck." 

The  Squirrel  Petaums  is  about  8  inches  long  in 
the  head  and  body,  and  as  much  in  the  tail.  The  fur 
IS  peculiarly  delicate  and  solt ;  the  general  colour 
above  is  fine  grey,  somewhat  darker  on  the  head, 
and  white  beneath.  A  black  line  passes  from  the 
point  of  the  nose  along  the  back  towai-ds  the  full 
rutred  tail ;  and  the  lateral  folds  of  skin  are  bounded 
in  front,  and  on  the  sides  by  a  similar  band,  which 
confounds  itself  gradually  with  the  grey  of  the 
body :  the  outer  margins  of  these  expansions  are 
fringed  with  white.  The  thumbs  of  the  hind  feet 
are  strong,  distinctly  opposable  to  the  sole,  and  des- 
titute of  a  claw.    The  eyes  are  full  and  large. 

89. — The  Koala, 

Phascolarcioi  cinereus  (Lipurus  cinereus,  Goldf. ; 
Phase. fuscus,  Desmar. ;  Phoic.  Flindertii,  Less.; 
The  Ashy  Koala). 

The  Koala,  or  Ashy  Koala,  is  the  only  species  of 
the  genus  which  has  been  discovered. 

This  extraordinary  animal  is  thick  and  stoutly 
made,  with  robust  limbs  and  powerful  claws :  there 
is  no  tail.  The  head  is  large,  the  muzzle  blunt,  and 
the  naked  space  in  which  the  nostrils  are  situated  is 
continued  along  the  nasal  bones,  till  it  nearly  attains 
the  level  of  the  eyes.  The  ears  are  large,  standing 
out  from  the  sides  of  the  head,  and  tufted  w  ith  long 
full  fur:  the  eyes  are  small.  The  fore  feet  have 
each  five  toes,  armed  with  large  sharp  claws :  these 
toes  are  divided  into  two  sets ;  the  first  two  forming 
a  pair  by  themselves,  and  antagonizing  with  the 
other  three.  The  hind  feet  have  also  five  toes,  viz., 
a  large  and  powerful  thumb  destitute  of  a  nail,  and 
well  padded  beneath,  and  four  strongly  clawed  toes, 
of  which  the  two  firet,  as  in  the  phalangere,  are 
united  together  as  far  as  the  last  joint.  It  may  be 
here  remarked  that  in  some  of  the  phalangers  (as 
Cook's  phalanger,  &c.)  there  is  a  decided  tendency 
In  the  iiret  two  lingers  of  the  fore  paws  to  remain 
distinct  and  separate  from  the  rest.  The  dentition 
approaches  closely  to  that  of  the  phalangers. 

6  1-1 

Dental   formula: — incisors,  -^;   canines, 


false  molars. 


1-1 

1-1' 


0-0' 


,       4-4 
true  molars,  z — -.  =  30. 
4—4 


The  Koala  is  a  native  of  New  South  W^ales,  but 
does  not  appear  to  be  very  abundant ;  at  least  it 
is  seldom  seen  in  collections  of  natural  objects  from 
that  country.  In  its  habits  it  is  nocturnal  and  arbo- 
real ;  it  climbs  with  great  facility,  and  in  passing 
along  the  branches  suspends  itself  like  a  sloth  by 
its  claws,  which  in  adults  are  very  powerful.  The 
female  carries  heryounjj  one,  when  able  to  leave  the 
pouch,  clinging  to  her  back,  and  long  continues  her 
care  of  it.  The  Koala  however  does  not  live  exclu- 
sively on  the  trees:  it  visits  the  ground,  and  there 
burrows,  and  that  with  facility.  In  the  cold  season 
it  is  said  to  make  a  nest  in  its  underground  retreat, 
and  retiring  to  it  there  to  lie  dormant.  Its  food  is 
entirely  vegetable,  and  consists,  in  part  at  least,  of 
the  young  leaves  of  the  gum-trees  {Eucalyptus). 
It  laps  like  a  dog  when  drinking,  and  uses  its  fore 
paws  in  laying  hold  of  the  branches  while  it  feeds. 
Its  voice  IS  a  soft  barking  sound.  On  the  ground 
Its  gait  resembles  that  of  a  bear.  Length  of  head 
and  body,  about  26  inches.  The  fur  is  compact, 
wjolly,  and  of  an  ashy  grey,  patched  with  white 
over  the  crupper :  the  inside  of  the  thighs  is  rusty- 

The  colonists  term  this  animal  native  bear  or 
luonkey.     By  the  Yas  natives  it  is  called  goiibtin. 


90. — The  Wombat 

{Phatcolomyt  H'ombal,  Peron  and  Lesueur ;  Didel- 
phit  ursina,  Shaw.) 

The  Wombat  is  the  only  known  ipecies  of  the 
genus  to  which  it  belongs.  It  is  found  in  New 
South  Wales,  South  Australia,  and  Van  Diemen's 
Land,  as  well  as  in  some  of  the  islands  in  Bass's 
Straits. 

In  its  general  figure  this  animal  is  heavy  and 
clumsy  :  the  limbs  are  short ;  the  muzzle  blunt ;  the 
eyes  very  small ;  the  ears  short  and  pointed  ;  the 
nostrils  widely  separated ;  the  tail  a  mere  tubercle. 
The  feet  are  broad  ;  the  lore  feet  have  five  toes  with 
strong  nails  for  burrowing.  The  hind  feet  have  also 
five  toes,  but  the  inner  is  merely  a  little  nailless 
tubercle.  The  teeth  are  formed  lor  grinding  roots 
and  other  vegetable  matters.    (Fig.  91.) 

Dental  formula : — incisors,  —  ;  canines,  - — -^ ;  mo- 

5  —  5 
lars,  g— ^  -  24.  All  the  teeth  are  deeply  implanted, 

and  hollow  at  the  base. 

The  fur  is  moderately  long  and  very  coarse,  indeed 
almost  bristly ;  the  general  tint  is  gnzzled-brown,  or 
grey  mottled  with  dusky  black  ;  the  feet  are  black  ; 
the  under  parts  of  the  body  dirty  white.  The  tip  of 
the  muzzle  is  naked.  Length  of  head  and  body, 
upwards  of  three  feet.  The  first  account  is  in 
Lieut.-Col.  Collins's  work  ('  Account  of  the  English 
Colony  in  New  South  Wales,'  1802),  where  there  is 
an  excellent  description,  an  error  as  regards  the  den- 
tition of  the  animal  excepted.  The  details  were 
furnished  by  Mr.  Bass,  and  drawn  up  from  a  speci- 
men obtained  at  Preservation  Island,  and  sent  to  the 
Newcastle  museum. 

As  might  be  conjectured  from  its  clumsy  form  and 
heavy  squat  proportions,  the  Wombat  is  slow  and  in- 
dolent. It  lives  in  burrows,  which  it  excavates  to  a 
considerable  depth,  and  in  which  it  quietly  reposes 
during  the  day,  being  nocturnal  in  its  habits.  Its 
food  is  exclusively  vegetable.  Its  temper  is  placid  ; 
but  its  intelligence  is  at  a  low  ratio.  When  pro- 
voked it  uttei-s  a  hissing  sound.  Its  flesh  is  said  to 
be  excellent. 

In  captivity  the  Wombat  is  perfectly  contented  ; 
it  passes  the  day  in  sleep,  covered  over  by  straw  or 
other  materials ;  it  feeds  during  the  night,  and  in 
the  morning  resumes  its  tranquil  slumber.  Mr.  G. 
Bennett,  in  his  '  Wanderings,'  notices  one  of  these 
animals  which  was  kept  at  Been,  in  the  Tumat 
country,  in  a  state  of  domestication.  "  It  would  re- 
main in  its  habitation  till  dark  ;  it  would  then  come 
out  and  seek  for  the  milk-vessels,  and  should  none 
be  uncovered  it  would  contrive  to  get  of}"  the  covere, 
and  bathe  itself  in  the  milk,  drinking  at  the  same 
time.  It  would  also  enter  the  little  vegetable  gar- 
den attached  to  the  station,  in  search  of  lettuces,  for 
which  it  evinced  much  partiality.  If  none  could  be 
found,  it  would  gnaw  the  cabbage-stalks  without 
touching  the  foliage.  Although  these  animals  were 
numerous  in  the  more  distant  parts  of  the  colony, 
they  are  diflicult  to  procure,  from  the  great  depth  to 
which  they  burrow."  According  to  Mr.  Bass, 
though  its  disposition  is  gentle,  yet  it  bites  and  is 
furious  if  provoked,  and  then  utters  a  low  cry  be- 
tween a  hissing  and  a  whizzing  sound.  Mr.  Bass 
chased  one  of  these  animals,  and  lifted  it  off  the 
ground,  carrying  it  for  upwards  of  a  mile,  without 
its  exhibiting  any  discomposure,  though  it  was 
often  shifted  from  arm  to  arm.  When  however  he 
proceeded  to  secure  the  animal  by  tying  its  legs, 
while  he  left  it  in  order  to  cut  a  specimen  of  a  new 
wood,  it  became  initated,  whizzed,  kicked,  and 
scratched  with  all  its  might,  and  snapped  off  a  piece 
of  Mr.  Bass's  jacket  with  its  powerful  incisors.  The 
creature,  whose  temper  was  now  ruffled,  continued 
during  all  the  rest  of  the  way  to  the  boat  to  kick 
and  struggle,  and  only  ceased  from  exhaustion.  Ac- 
cording to  the  natives,  the  Wombat  among  the 
mountains  westward  of  Port  Jackson  never  comes 
out  of  its  burrow  to  feed  till  night,  but  in  the  islands 
it  is  seen  to  feed  during  all  parts  of  the  day.  The 
stomachs  of  such  as  Mr.  Bass  examined  were  dis- 
tended with  coarse  wiry  grass,  but  these  specimens 
were  living  on  the  islands  ;  and  as  such  grass  is  not 
found  in  the  hilly  districts  of  the  mainland,  he  con- 
cludes that  the  animal  lives  upon  the  sorts  of  vege- 
table that  circumstances  present  to  it._  He  observed 
this  animal  on  some  occasions  among  the  dry  ricks 
of  seaweed  thrown  up  upon  the  shores,  but  could 
never  discover  what  it  was  in  search  of.  Its  pace 
is  a  sort  of  hobble,  something  like  the  awkward  gait 
of  a  bear.  There  is  little  doubt  but  that  the  Wombat 
might  easily  be  naturalized  in  our  island  and  other 
paits  of  Europe. 

92.  The  Echidna,  or  Porcupine  Anteater 
{Echidna  Histrir.  Myrmecophagaaculeata,  Shaw  ; 
the  Hedgehog  of  the  colonists  at  Sydney).    Tiie 
Echidna  constitutes  the  only  known  example  of  the 
genus  which  it  represents.     It  is  characterised  by 


the  utter  want  of  teeth.  The  body  is  stout ;  the 
liml)8  are  extremely  short  and  thick  ;  the  fore-paws 
are  compact,  and  the  toes  undivided  to  the  claws ; 
these  are  five  in  number,  lar^e,  flat,  and  blunt ;  the 
inner  claw  is  the  smallest.  The  hind-feet  are 
directed  obliquely  backwards,  and  are  furnished 
with  five  claws,  of  which  the  first  is  short,  and  rises 
like  a  thumb  at  the  junction  of  the  foot  to  the  limb. 
The  hind  limbs  of  the  male  are  furnished  with  a 
sharp  stout  spur,  situated  internally  on  the  tarsus. 
The  head  is  small,  the  muzzle  elongated  into  a  pro- 
jecting narrow,  beak-like  snout,  cleft  transversely 
by  a  very  small  mouth  at  the  apex.  Tlie  nostrils 
are  above  the  mouth,  minute  and  oval.  The  eyes 
are  small  and  placed  low  on  the  sides  of  the  head  ; 
the  iris  is  blue.  There  are  no  external  ears.  The 
upper  surt'ace  of  the  body  and  also  of  the  short  stout 
tail  is  covered  by  a  compact  mass  of  thick  sharp 
spines  more  or  less  intermingled  with  coarse  haii-s. 
Under  ordinary  circumstances  these  spines  are 
directed  backwards,  converging  obliquely  to  a  cen- 
tral line  down  the  back  ;  but  they  are  capable  of 
being  elevated,  and  when  attacked  the  animal  rolls 
itself  up  like  Ihe  hedgehog,  presenting  at  all  points 
an  array  of  levelled  spears. 

The  limbs  and  under  surface  we  covered  with 
brown  hairs. 

As  might  be  inferred  from  the  strength  of  its 
limbs  and  size  of  its  claws,  the  Echidna  is  a  burrow- 
ing animal.  Its  food  consists  of  ants  and  their 
young,  which  it  takes  by  means  of  a  wormlike 
tongue  capable  of  being  proliudcd  to  a  great  dis- 
tance. It  appears  to  be  nocturnal  in  its  habits. 
Mr.  G.  Bennett  states  that  the  native  names  of  the 
Echidna  are  '  Nickobejan'  and  '  Jannocumbine.'  It 
is  found  in  New  South  Wales,  the  islands  of  Bass's 
Straits,  and  in  Van  Diemen's  Land.  According  to 
the  writer  last  quoted,  it  inhabits  the  mountain 
ranges  of  Australia,  and  produces  its  young  in 
December.  It  burrows  with  great  celerity,  and 
will  even  work  its  way  under  a  pretty  strong  pave- 
ment or  base  of  a  wall,  removing  the  stones  with  its 
claws.  "  During  these  exertions  its  body  is  stretched 
ir  lengthened  to  an  uncommon  degree,  and  appears 
very  diff'erent  from  the  short  plump  aspect  which 
it  bears  in  its  undisturbed  state." 

The  Echidna  is  eaten  by  the  natives,  and  is  said 
to  taste  much  like  young  sucking-pig. 

In  the  '  Proceed.  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.'  for  1834,  p. 
23,  will  be  found  the  substance  of  a  note  from 
Lieutenant  Breton,  respecting  an  Echidna  which 
lived  with  him  for  some  time  in  New  Holland,  and 
survived  part  of  the  voyage  to  England.  The  ani 
mal  was  captured  by  him  on  the  Blue  Mountains, 
and  is  now  very  uncommon  in  the  colony  of  New 
South  Wales.  He  regards  it  as  being,  for  its  size, 
the  strongest  quadruped  in  existence.  It  burrows 
readily,  but  he  knows  not  to  what  depth.  Previ- 
ous to  embarkation  it  was  i'ed  on  ant-eggs  and  milk, 
and  when  on  board  its  diet  was  egg  chopped  small, 
with  liver  and  meat.  Its  mode  of  eating  was  very 
curious,  the  tongue  being  used  at  some  times  like 
that  of  the  chameleon,  and  at  others  in  the  manner 
in  which  a  mower  uses  his  scythe,  the  tongue  being 
laterally  curled,  and  the  food,  as  it  were,  swept  into 
the  mouth :  there  seemed  to  be  an  adhesive  sub- 
stance on  the  tongue  by  means  of  which  the  food 
was  secured.  This  individual  died  suddenly,  but 
Lieutenant  Breton  agrees  with  MM.  Quoy  and  Gai- 
mard  in  the  opinion  that  with  a  little  care  and 
attention  the  animal  might  be  brought  alive  to 
Europe. 

The  skull  of  the  Echidna  (see  fig.  93)  is  remark- 
able for  the  convexity  of  the  cranial  portion  and  the 
extreme  prolongation  and  tenuity  of  the  maxillaiy 
bones.  The  orbit  is  bounded  by  an  oval  rim,  the 
lower  portion  of  which  consists  of  the  zygomatic 
arch.  The  lower  jaw  is  extremely  slender.  The 
structure  of  the  sternal  apparatus  is  the  same  as  in 
the  Ornithorhynchus  (see  fig.  102). 

94,  95,  9G,  97.  The  Ornithorhynchus,  or  Water- 
Mole  OF  THE  Colonists 

{Ornithorhynchus  Paradoxus,  Blumenb. ;  Platypun 
atiutinus,  Shaw  ;  Mallangong  and  Tambrtet  of  the 
natives  of  the  borders  of  the  Yas  river,  Munum- 
bidgee,  &c.).  The  genus  Ornithorhynchus  is  per- 
haps the  most  singular  of  any  contained  in  the  class 
Mammalia,  and  certainly  one  of  the  most  interesting, 
especially  to  the  physiologist.  It  contains  those 
remarkable  creatines  (perhaps  more  than  one  spe- 
cies) furnished  with  a  duck-like  beak  and  webbed 
feet,  which  would  seem,  even  from  their  external 
organization,  to  partake  in  some  degree  of  the 
nature  of  a  bird — creatures,  the  first  discovery  of 
which  excited  the  most  lively  astonishment. 

On  looking  at  the  Ornithorhynchus  we  are  imme- 
diately stnick  with  the  configuration  of  the  head. 
Instead  of  a  muzzle  gradually  continued  as  we  see 
in  other  Mammalia  generally,  it  abruptly  assume:, 
the  appearance  of  the  bill  of  a  duck,  being  broad. 
flat,  rounded,  and  covered  with  a  leathery  mem- 
brane.   The  outer  surface  of  the  upper  mandible  is 


V>POSSUMS.j 


luSeum  of  animated  nature. 


23 


peyish  black ;  the  palate  flesh-coloured  ;  the  under 
mandible  paler  externally.  The  edges  of  both  are 
soft,  and  tlie  lower,  which  is  the  shortest  and  nar- 
rowest of  the  two,  has  its  edge  adapted  to  a  depres- 
sion under  the  margin  of  the  upper  mandible,  which 
is  also  channelled  with  obliquely  transverse  furrows, 
those  however  are  merely  in  the  leatheiy  skin. 
There  are  no  horny  laminae  as  in  the  bill  of  the 
duck.  True  teeth  are  wanting ;  but  on  each  side  in 
either  mandible  there  are  two  horny  appendages 
without  roots ;  one  on  each  side  is  large  and  tuber- 
culous, situated  on  the  base  of  the  mandibles,  at  the 
posterior  part  of  the  mouth  ;  the  other  forms  a  long 
narrow  ridge  on  the  anterior  part  of  the  mandible 
alonij  the  edge  (see  fig.  98).  Capacious  cheek- 
pouches  are  carried  under  the  skin  of  the  face,  from 
the  inside  of  the  mouth,  serving  as  receptacles  for 
food.  At  the  base  of  the  beak,  separating  between  it 
and  the  head,  there  projects  a  broad  loose  leathery 
flap  from  each  mandible,  the  use  of  whiph  is  probably 
to  defend  the  eyes  and  fur  of  the  head  from  the 
mud  in  which  the  animal  grubs,  duck-like,  in  quest 
of  insects.  The  tongue  is  short  and  thick,  and 
covered  with  long  papillse.  The  nostrils  are  two 
small  orifices  situated  near  the  apex  of  Ihe  upper 
mandible.  The  eyes  are  small,  but  Inilliant,  and 
placed  rather  high  in  the  head.  The  ears  open  ex- 
ternally by  a  simple  orifice  near  the  external  angle 
of  the  eyes,  and  are  capable  of  being  expanded  or 
closed  at  pleasure. 

The  fore  feet  are  largely  webbed  and  divided  into 
five  toes,  terminating  in  strong  blunt  burrowing 
claws.  The  web  which  unites  the  toes  is  tough  and 
leathery :  it  extends  considerably  beyond  the  claws, 
and  would  appear  at  first  sight  to  act  as  an  impedi- 
ment to  the  animal  while  excavating  its  long  bur- 
row. We  do  not  find,  however,  that  this  is  the 
case  :  it  can  be  folded  back  at  pleasure.  The  hind 
feet  are  smaller  and  less  powerful  than  the  anterior 
pair:  they  are  divided  mto  five  toes  armed  with 
sharp  claws  and  webbed,  but  the  membrane  is 
not  carried  out  beyond  the  roots  of  the  claws.  The 
hind  feet  are  directed  backwards  as  in  those  of  the 
seal  (see  skeleton,  fig.  99),  and  their  action  is 
backwards  and  outwards.  The  tarsus  of  the  male 
is  armed  with  a  large  sharp  moveable  spur  turned 
backwards  and  inwards.  It  is  not  used  as  a  weapon 
of  defence,  nor  are  accidental  wounds  and  scratches 
made  bv  it  while  struggling  in  a  person's  hands 
attended  with  ill  effects.  Formerly  this  spur  was 
regarded  as  poisonous.  In  the  female  a  rudimen- 
tarv  spur  may  be  distinguished  (see  fig.  100). 

The  body  is  elongated,  low,  and  depressed ;  the 
fur  is  close  and  fine,  and  consists  of  two  sorts,  an 
under-layer  of  soft,  short,  waterproof  wadding,  and 
an  outer  vest  of  long  fine  glossy  hair,  thickly  set, 
and  in  many  instances  assuming  a  crisped  appear- 
ance. The  tail  is  strong,  broad,  flattened,  and  of 
moderate  length :  it  is  covered  above  with  longer 
and  coarser  hairs  than  those  of  the  body,  but  its 
under  surface  is  only  scantily  furnished.  General 
colour  deep  brown ;  head  and  under  parts  paler ; 
a  whitish  spot  in  front  of  each  eye  ;  average  length 
of  head  and  body,  including  tail,  twenty  to  twenty- 
three  inches;  beak,  about  two  inches  and  a  half; 
tail,  four  or  five  inches. 

Eissentially  aquatic,  as  is  s"<ficiently  declared  by 
its  outward  structure,  the  J.iutnorhynchus  passes 
the  active  part  of  its  exigence  almost  exclusively 
in  the  water.  The  favourite  places  of  resort  of 
this  animal  are  tranquil  parts  of  rivers  with  high 
steep  banks,  and  abounding  in  waterweeds,  among 
which,  and  in  the  oozy  mud,  are  the  insects,  &c.  on 
which  it  feeds. 

Their  burrows  fsee  fig.  101)  are  excavated  in 
the  steep  banks  overhanging  the  tranquil  sheets  of 
water  in  which  they  seek  their  food.  These  bur- 
rows are  continued  in  a  serpentine  form,  rising  as 
they  proceed,  the  termination  often  being  at  the 
distance  of  fifty  feet  from  the  mouth.  The  entrance 
is  generally  larger  than  the  rest  of  the  passage,  but 
the  termination  is  again  enlarged,  so  as  to  be  com- 
modious for  the  parents  and  their  offspring.  The 
female  produces  from  two  to  four  at  a  birth,  and  in' 
the  month  of  November  ^a  summer  month  in  Aus- 
tralia!. The  young  at  an  eariy  period  (immediately 
after  birth,  and  for  some  time  al^erwaicls)  are  naked 
and  very  small,  and  their  general  a.spect  is  very 
unlike  that  of  the  fully  developed  animal.  They 
are  curled  round,  the  head  and  tail  being  doubled 
on  the  abdomen  ;  the  skin  of  the  body  is  thrown 
into  transverse  folds ;  the  eyes  are  merely  indicated 
by  the  convergence  of  a  few  wrinkles  on  the  skin, 
which  pa.s.ses  over  these  organs,  proving  that  their 
development  does  not  take  place  till  a  considerable 
time  after  birth,  and,  together  with  the  helpless 
rudimentary  condition  of  the  young  animal,  demon- 
rtrating  that  it  is  neces.saiily  confined  for  a  long 
period  to  the  nest  in  which  it  is  brought  foith, 
and  consequently  that  it  does  not  and  cannot  follow, 
as  has  been  conjectured,  like  a  duckling  just  hatched, 
lt»  parents  to  the  water.  The  beak  is  small,  soft, 
And  covered  with  thin  skin     '•  The  margins  of  the 


upper  mandibl  -  are  rounded,  smooth,  tnicK,  and 
fleshy ;  the  whole  of  the  under  mandible  is  flexible, 
and  bends  down  upon  the  neck  when  ttie  mouth  is 
attempted  to  be  opened.  The  tongue,  which  in  the 
adult  is  lodged  far  back  in  the  mouth,  advances  in 
the  young  animal  close  to  the  end  of  the  lower 
mandible ;  all  the  increase  of  the  jaws  beyond  the 
tip  of  the  tongue,  which  in  the  adult  gives  rise  to  a 
form  of  the  mouth  so  ill  calculated  for  suction  or 
application  to  a  flattened  surface,  is  peculiar  to 
that  period,  and  consecjuently  forms  no  argument 
against  the  fitness  of  the  animal  to  receive  the 
mammary  secretion  at  an  earlier  stage  of  existence." 
(Prof.  Owen.) 

That  the  Ornithorhynchus  suckles  its  young,  and 
possesses  a  milk-secreting  apparatus,  are  facts 
which,  though  once  denied,  are  now  incontestably 
proved. 

If  the  hairs  be  removed  from  the  abdomen  of  a 
female  Ornithorhynchus,  an  areola  or  oval  spot  may 
be  distinguished,  consisting  of  a  group  of  ducts, 
very  minute,  yet  with  orifices  larger  than  those  in 
which  the  hairs  are  implanted.  The  areola  varies 
in  extent,  and  the  ducts  lead  to  a  large  gland  be- 
neath the  skin,  and  a  thin  muscular  expansion. 
This  mammary  gland  is  composed  of  a  number  of 
lobes,  amounting  from  one  hundred  and  twenty  to 
two  hundred,  and  these  are  the  cells  in  which  the 
milk  is  secreted,  and  which  oozes  from  the  ducts, 
and  is  received  by  the  soft  mouth  of  the  young, 
which  is  capable  of  being  closely  applied  to  the 
areola. 

Specimens  of  two  young  Ornithorynchi  of  different 
sizes  were  minutely  examined  by  Professor  Owen. 
The  smallest  of  these  rather  exceeded  two  inches  in 
length  ;  the  largest  was  double  that  size,  and  was 
one  of  the  two  young  ones  taken  with  a  mother 
from  a  nest,  on  the  banks  of  the  Fish  river,  by  Lieu- 
tenant the  Honourable  Lauderdale  Maule,  and  kept 
alive  for  about  a  fortnight  by  that  gentleman.  The 
stomach  of  this  larger  specimen  was  fovind  to  be  full 
of  coagulated  milk.  On  carefully  inspecting  the 
whole  contents  with  a  lens,  no  portion  of  worms  or 
bread  could  be  detected,  which,  Mr.  Owen  observes, 
solves  the  doubt  entertained  by  Lieutenant  Maule, 
as  to  whefher  the  mother  nourished  this  young  one 
with  the  food  which  was  given  to  her  for  her  sup- 
port, or  with  the  secretion  afterwards  discovered  to 
escape  from  the  mammary  pores ;  for  the  mother 
having  been  killed  by  accident  on  the  fourteenth 
day  after  her  captivity,  it  was  observed,  on  skinning 
her  while  yet  warm,  that  milk  oozed  through  the 
fur  on  the  stomach.  That  it  was  really  milk  on  the 
stomach  of  the  young  animal.  Professor  Owen  de- 
monstrated, and  the  matter  may  be  considered  as 
fairly  set  at  rest.  Another  point  which  seems  to  be 
now  established  is  that  the  Ornithorynchus  is  ovovi- 
viparous,  or,  in  other  words,  produces  eggs,  which, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  viper,  and  the  viviparous  lizard 
(Zootoca  vivipara,  Bell),  are  hatched  just  before  ex- 
clusion, the  young  being  born  rudimentary  and 
naked. 

Referring  to  our  illustrations,  tig.  lO.S  exhibits 
a  portion  of  the  integument  from  the  abdomen  of 
the  Ornithorhynchus,  with  the  haire  removed,  to 
show  the  mammary  areola.  (Owen,  '  Phil.  Trans.) 
Fig.  104,  a  magnified  view  of  the  mammaiy 
areola,  showing  the  orifices  of  the  ducts  of  the 
glandular  lobules.  Fig.  105  shows  the  mammaiy 
lobular  gland  of  the  Ornithorhynchus,  reduced  be- 
low the  natural  size.  (Owen,  "'Phil.  Trans.')  Fig. 
106,  view  of  the  larger  of  the  specimens  of  young 
Ornithorhynchi  alluded  to.  a,  the  nostrils;  c,  the 
eyes  ;  d,  the  eai-s ;  e,  the  vent ;  /,  the  orifice  and 
rudimentary  spur  of  the  hind  foot ;  g,  membrane  at 
the  base  of  the  mandibles.  (Owen,  '  Zool.  Trans.') 
Fig.  107,  smaller  specimen  of  young  ornithorhyn- 
chus, and  front  view  of  head,  a,  nostrils ;  b,  promi- 
nence on  upper  mandibles ;  e,  vent  ;  /,  orifice  and 
rudimentary  spur  on  hind  foot ;  c,  the  eyes  ;  rf,  the 
ears ;  g,  the  membrane  at  the  base  of  the  man- 
dibles ;  h.  the  tongue.     (Owen,  '  Zool.  Trans.') 

The  ratio  in  which  the  development  of  the  young 
Ornithorhynchus  proceeds  is  not  ascertained. 

The  Ornithorhynchus  has  never  been  brought 
alive  to  Europe.  From  the  account  of  Mr.  Ben- 
nett, who  procured  and  kept  several  in  Australia, 
it  appears  to  be  a  lively  interesting  creature.  Its 
voice,  which  it  uttere  when  alarmed  or  disturbed, 
resembles  the  growl  of  a  puppy,  but  in  a  softer 
key.  It  dresses  its  fur.  and  seems  to  delight  in 
keeping  it  smooth  and  clean.  (Fig.  96.)  The 
mandibles  are  endowed  with  great  sensibility. 
Speaking  of  a  family  of  these  creatures  which  he 
obtained,  and  which  lived  a  considerable  time 
in  captivity,  Mr.  Bennett  says  "The  young 
sleep  in  various  postures;  sometimes  in  an  ex- 
tended position,  and  often  rolled  up,  like  a  hedge- 
hog, in  the  form  of  a  ball.  (Fig.  97.)  They 
formed  an  interesting  group,  lying  in  various  atti- 
tudes in  the  box  in  which  I  had  placed  them,  and 
seeming  happy  and  content.  Thus,  for  instance, 
one  "lies  cuHed  up  like  a  dog,  keeping  its  barU  warm 


with  the  flattened  tail,  which  is  brought  over  it. 
while  the  other  lies  stretched  on  its  back,  the  head 
resting,  by  way  of  a  pillow,  on  the  body  of  the  old 
one,  which  lies  on  its  side,  with  the  back  resting 
against  the  box  ;  the  delicate  beak,  and  smooth 
clean  fin-  of  the  young,  contrasting  with  the  rougher 
and  dirtier  appearance  of  the  older  one :  all  fast 
asleep."  The  gambols  of  the  young  Ornithorhynchi 
are  thus  detailed :  "  One  evening  both  the  animals 
came  out  about  dusk,  and  went  as  usual,  and  ate 
food  from  the  saucer,  and  then  commenced  playing 
with  one  another  like  two  puppies,  attacking  with 
their  mandibles,  and  raising  their  fore-paws  against 
each  other.  In  the  straggle  one  would  get  thrust 
down,  and  at  the  moment  when  the  spectator  would 
expect  it  to  rise  again  and  renew  the  combat,  it 
would  commence  scratching  itself,  its  antagonist 
looking  on,  and  waiting  for  the  sport  to  be  renewed. 
When  running  they  are  exceedingly  animated: 
their  little  eves  glisten,  and  the  orificesof  their  ears 
contract  and  dilate  with  rapidity :  if  taken  into  the 
hands  at  this  time  for  examination,  they  struggle 
violently  to  escape;  and  their  loose  integuments 
make  it  difficult  to  retain  them.  Their  eyes  being 
placed  so  high  on  the  head,  they  do  not  see  objects 
well  in  a  sti  aight  line,  and  consequently  run  against 
everything  in  the  room  during  their  perambula- 
tions, spreading  confusion  among  all  the  light  and 
readily-overturnable  articles.  I  have  occasionally 
seen  them  elevate  the  head,  as  if  to  regard  objects 
above  or  around  them.  Sometimes  I  have  been 
able  to  enter  into  play  with  them  by  scratching  and 
tickling  them  with  niy  finger:  they  seemed  to  en- 
joy it  exceedingly,  opening  their  mandibles,  and 
biting  playfully  at  the  finger,  and  moving  about  like 
puppies  indulged  with  similar  treatment.  As  well 
as  comVjing  their  fur  to  clean  it  when  wet,  I  have 
also  seen  them  peck  at  it  with  their  beak  (if  the 
term  may  be  allowed)  as  a  duck  would  clean  its  fear 
thers.  When  I  placed  them  in  a  pan  of  deep  water, 
they  weie  eager  to  get  out  after  being  there  for 
only  a  short  time  ;  but  when  the  water  was  shallow, 
with  a  turf  of  grass  in  one  corner,  they  enjoyed  it 
exceedingly.  They  would  sport  together,  attacking 
one  another  with  their  mandibles,  and  roll  over  in 
the  v.ater  in  the  midst  of  their  gambols,  and  would 
afterwards  retire,  when  tired,  to  the  turf,  where  they 
would  lie  combing  themselves.  They  appeared  to 
be  in  a  great  measure  nocturnal,  preferring  the  twi- 
light to  the  bright  glare  of  day." 

In  fig.  108,  the  skull  of  the  Ornithorhynchus  is 
represented  in  diff'erent  aspects :  a,  as  seen  from 
above  ;  b,  as  seen  from  below ;  c,  as  seen  from  be- 
hind. The  upper  figure  is  that  of  the  under  jaw. 
The  skull  is  remarkable  for  the  flattened  and  elon- 
gated form  of  the  bones  of  the  facial  portion  ;  the 
intermaxillary  bones,  which  are,  as  it  were,  let  into 
projecting  maxiliaries,  diverge,  leaving  a  vast  open- 
ing (the  foramen  incisivura).  The  cranial  cavity  is 
considerable  ;  the  orl)its  are  small;  the  zygomatic 
arch  slender  and  compressed.  The  suborbitar 
foramen  appears  on  the  edge  of  the  upper  mandible, 
its  situation  being  marked  by  a  projection  of  the 
bone.  The  lower-jaw  is  slender  and  depressed ; 
there  are  no  coronoid  processes  ;  the  outer  sides  of 
the  ascending  rami  (though  very  narrow)  have,  as 
in  most,  if,  indeed,  not  all  the  Marsupials,  a  pit-like 
cavity  for  the  lodgment  of  the  masseter  muscle. 
The  extent  of  the  temporal  muscle  is  trifling.  The 
skull  of  the  Ornithorhynchus  can  be  confounded 
with  that  of  no  other  animal. 

With  respect  to  the  stenial  apparatus  to  which 
we  alluded  in  our  account  of  the  Echiana,  it  appears 
to  be  tbrmed  more  after  the  model  of  that  of  the 
Saurian  reptiles,  than  after  that  of  Mammalia.  (See 
fig.  102.) 

Fossil  Marsupials. — Besides  the  fossil  opossum 
of  the  Montmartre  gypsum  {Didelphys  Cuvieri),  and 
the  fossil  Dasyurus,  Hypsiprymnus,  Halmaturus. 
Phascolomys,  and  Kangaroo,  from  the  Australian 
bone-caves  and  breccia,  two  fossil  forms  discovered 
in  the  Stonesfield  oolite,  as  evidenced  by  portions  of 
the  lower  jaw,  have  recently  attracted  much  atten- 
tion and  no  little  discussion.  Some  anatomists,  with 
M.  de  Blainville,  contend  against  the  Mammal  origin 
of  these  relics,  or  at  least  of  one  of  the  forms ;  but 
those  who  have  examined  the  fossils  and  read  the 
arguments  on  either  side,  will,  we  think,  agree  with 
Baion  Cuvier  and  Professor  Owen,  and  a-ssign  them 
to  animals  of  the  Marsupial  section,  which  at  some 
epoch  tenanted  our  quarter  of  the  globe.  The  jaws 
of  these  extinct  Mursupialir,  named  respectively 
Thylacotherium  Provostii,  Owen  (fig.  109),  and 
Phascolotherium  Bucklandii,  Owen  (fig.  110),  are 
represented  of  the  natuial  size,  and  also  magnified, 
in  order  to  show  clearly  the  characters  and  arifl,nge- 
ment  of  the  teeth.  Those  who  wish  to  enter  into 
the  full  details  respecting  these  fossil  relics  will 
do  well  10  consult  the  'Geological  Proceedings,' 
1838-9;  Cuviers  '  Ossemens  Foss.,"  vol.  v.  :  'Ann. 
des  Sciences,'  182.T  ;  and  the  papers  of  Mr.  Broderip 
and  Dr.  Fitton  in  the  'Zool.  .lournal,"  1828. 


109. -Jaw  of  Thylacotheiium. 


107.— Soullet  ipecimen  of  young  Omithorhynchut 


103.— Portion  of  integomtnt  Irom  the  Alidomen  of  Omithorhynchui. 


Front  View  of  Muidibles  of  the  above 


IM.— Mammary  Gland  nf  Omithorhynchoa,  reduced  below  the 
natural  aiz^. 


110.— Jaw  of  Ph^urolotherinin 


24 


122.— Orang-Outan. 


in^-Sknll  of  Orang-Outan. 


'/6 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


'API 


QUADRUMANA. 

APES,  MONK  FAS.  LEMURS. 

At  the  head  of  the  Qimdnimanoug  order  U  a  jrroup 
consisting  of  the  Chimpanzee,  the  Orane,  and  the 
Gibl)ons,  constitutin);  three  genera;  and  it  is  among 
the  members  of  these  genera  that  the  nearest  ana- 
tomical approach  to  the  human  subject  exists ;  we 
luiy  the  nearest,  for,  after  all,  important  and  multi- 
lu'dinous  are  the  points  of  difference.  Figures  1 1 1, 
112,  and  113,  represent  the  skeleton  of  man,  of  the 
chimpanzee,  and  of  the  orang.  A  glance  at  them 
will  snow  the  degree  of  their  mutual  resemblance, 
and  the  distance  that  intervenes  between  the 
osseous  structure  of  the  two  latter  and  that  of  the 
human  form.  We  shall  not  attempt  to  enter  into 
minutige;  but  some  of  the  more  important  dis- 
tinctions may  be  briefly  touched  upon.  In  both 
the  chimpanzee  and  the  orang  we  see  the  arms  far 
longer  than  in  man :  in  the  former  the  hands,  the 
skeleton  being  erect,  reach  the  knee ;  in  the  latter 
they  nearly  reach  the  ankle-joint.  The  propor- 
tionate shoi-tnessoi  the  lower  limbs  in  these  animals 
is  very  striking.  In  the  chimpanzee,  which  is  more 
fitted  for  the  ground  than  the  orang,  the  feet,  or 
rather  hind-paws,  are  broader  and  shorter  in  com- 
parison, and  the  thigh  bone  is  secured  in  the  socket 
oy  means  of  a  straight  ligament  (the  ligamentum 
teres ',  which  is  wanting  in  the  orang ;  and  besides 
the  orang,  in  a  few  quadrupeds  only.  The  differ- 
ence in  the  form  of  the  chest  is  evident:  in  the 
oranir,  as  in  man,  the  ribs  are  twelve  on  each  side ; 
but  m  the  chimpanzee  they  are  thirteen,  the  num- 
ber, consequently,  of  the  dorsal  vertebrte.  In  the 
orang  the  backward  position  of  the  occipital  con- 
dyles (on  which  the  skull  rests  on  the  spinal 
cbluran\  and  the  weight  of  the  face,  which  is  thus 
thrown  forward,  require  a  commensurate  develoi)- 
inent  of  the  spinous  processes  of  the  cervical  (neck) 
vertebrae ;  ailded  to  which,  the  general  anterior  in- 
clination of  the  vertebrse  themselves  renders  the 
length  and  robustness  of  these  processes  the  more 
imperative.  In  the  chimpanzee  the  spinous  pro- 
cesses, though  necessarily  developed,  are  so  in  a  less 
degree  than  in  the  orang,  the  anterior  inclination 
of  the  cervical  vertebrse  being  less  decided,  and 
the  weight  of  the  face  less  oppressive.  In  both 
animals  (and,  indeed,  in  all  the  ape  tribe)  the  cer- 
vical region  is  shorter  than  in  man,  and  therefore 
better  fitted  for  sustaining  the  weight  of  tlie  head, 
which  preponderates  anteriorly.  In  the  front  view 
of  the  orang,  the  neck  cannot  be  seen.  The  length 
of  the  forehead,  and  the  proportionate  shortness  of 
the  thumb,  are  marked  characters.  The  difference 
in  the  form  of  the  pelvis  between  these  animals  and 
man  is  obvious.  The  narrowness  of  the  06  sacrum, 
and  the  deficiency  in  expansion  of  the  iliac  bones, 
are  not  to  be  overlooked.  With  the  expansion  of 
the  pelvis  is  connected  the  development  of  the 
lower  limbs  in  man,  to  whom  alone,  of  all  animals, 
the  erect  attitude  is  easy  and  natural.  The  magni- 
tude and  position  of  the  skull,  the  stnicture  of  the 
spinal  column,  the  osseous  and  muscular  development 
of  the  pelvis  and  lower  limbs,  necessitate  such  an  atti- 
tude. One  advantage  gained  by  this  arrangement  is 
the  perfect  freedom  of  the  superior  extremities,  the 
lower  limbs  being  the  sole  organs  of  progression. 
In  the  oiang  and  chimpanzee  all  four  extremities 
are  organs  of  locomotion  :  the  chimpanzee,  it  is  true, 
can  proceed  on  the  ground,  supported,  or  rather 
balanced,  on  the  lower  extremities,  calling  the  supe- 
rior only  occasionally  into  use,  except  in  as  far  as 
they  are  needed  to  maintain  the  equilibrium  of  the 
bo<ly ;  but  man  walks  with  a  free  step,  with  his 
arm's  at  liberty,  and  with  a  precision  very  remote 
from  tlie  vacillating  hobble  of  the  tottering  chim- 
panzee. 

Figures  114,  115,  116,  and  117  are  respectively 
repi esentations,  first,  of  a  well-developed  human 
skull ;  secondly,  of  the  skull  of  a  human  idiot ;  thirdly, 
of  the  chimpanzee  (female') ;  fourthly,  of  the  orang. 
The  contrast  between  the  first  and  the  two  last  is 
vei-y  striking ;  but  that  even  of  the  idiot  possesses 
those  characters  which  at  once  proclaim  it  as  be- 
longing to  the  human  species.  Professor  Owen  has 
well  observed,  that  though  "  in  the  human  subject 
the  cranium  varies  in  its  relative  proportions  to  the 
lace  in  different  tribes,  according  to  the  degree  of 
civilization  and  cerebral  development  which  they 
attain,  and  that  though  in  '.lie  more  debased 
/lithiopian  varieties  and  Papuans  the  skull  makes 
some  approximation  to  tlie  QuaiHimanous  propoi- 
tions,  still  in  these  cases,  as  well  as  when  the  cra- 
nium is  distorted  by  artificial  means  or  by  con- 
genital malformation,  it  is  always  accompanied  by 
a  form  of  the  jaws,  and  by  the  disposition  and  pro- 
portions of  the  teeth,  which  afford  unfailing  and  im- 
passable generic  distinctions  between  man  and  the 
ape.  To  place  this  proposition  in  the  most  unex- 
ceptionable light,  I  have  selected  the  cranium  of  a 
human  idiot  {\\o\  in  whom  nature  may  be  said  to 
have  performed  tor  us  the  experiment  of  arrestinir 
the  development  of  the  biain,  almost  exactly  at  the 


size  which  it  attains  in  the  chimpanzee,  and  when* 
the   intellectual  faculties  were   scarcely  more   de- 
veloped ;   yet  no  anatomist  would  hesitate   in   at 
once  referring  this  cranium  to  the  human  species. 
A   detailed   comparison  with  the  cranium  of  the  i 
chimpanzee  or  orang  shows  that  all  those  characters  | 
are  retained  in  the  idiot's  skull  which  constitute  | 
the  differential  features  of  the  human  stnicture."  | 
We  refer  those  who  wish  to  investigate  the  anatomy  | 
of  the  orang  and  chimpanzee  to  Professor  Owen  s 
papers  in  the  'Trans.  Zool. Soc.'  and  the  'Proceed- 
ings of  the  Zool.  Soc' 

With  regartl  to  the  external  characters  of  the 
chimpanzee,  the  orang,  and  the  gibbons,  it  may  be 
remarked  that  they  agree  in  the  total  absence  of  a 
tail,  and  cheek-pouches,  and  in  the  extraordinary 
length  of  the  anterior  extremities  compared  with 
the  posterior.  In  some  few  points  the  orangs  and 
gibbons  agree  with  each  other  the  nearest,  namely, 
in  the  presence  of  extensive  laryngal  sacculi,  in  the 
extreme  length  of  the  anterior  extremities,  and  in 
the  narrowness  of  the  hands  and  feet,  but  not  in 
general  anatomical  stnicture,  aspect,  or  clothing. 
A  small  round  head,  a  compressed  face,  a  narrow 
under  jaw,  deep  woolly  fur,  and  ischiatic  callosities, 
distinguish  the  gibbons,  both  from  the  orang  and 
the  chimpanzee.  On  the  other  hand,  the  orang  and 
chimpanzee  are  less  immediately  related  than 
Cuvier  seems  to  have  considered  them.  In  most 
respects  the  chimpanzee  approaches  more  nearly 
the  type  of  the  human  structure,  and  particularly  in 
the  presence  of  a  pendulous  uvula  at  the  bacl»  of 
the  palate,  which  is  wanting  in  the  orang,  and  in 
the  structure  of  the  laiynx,  in  which  the  laryngal 
sacs  are  not  developed,  as  in  the  orang,  but  are  pro- 
duced into  a  cavity  of  the  os  hyoides.  Still,  how- 
ever, the  chimpanzee  and  the  orang  are  more  closely 
related  to  each  other  than  the  gibbons  are  to  the 
latter.  They  are,  moreover,  the  representatives  of 
each  other  in  their  respective  portions  of  the  globe  ; 
the  one  tenanting  the  secluded  depths  of  the  forests 
in  Western  Africa,  the  other  the  recesses  of  the 
still  denser  forests  of  Borneo  and  Sumatra. 

118,  119,  120,  121.  The  Chimpanzee 

(Pan go  and  Engeco,  Battel,  in  Purchases  '  Pilgrims ;' 
Barijs,  Bans,  and  Quojas  Morrou  of  Barbot,  Dapper, 
&c. ;  Smitten,  Bosman;  Pot'gn,  Buffon;  Pongn, 
or  Great  Black  Orang,  Shaw  ;  Jocko,  Audebert ; 
Chimpanzee,  Scotin's  print,  1738;  Troglodytes, 
Homo  nocturnus,  Linnaeus;  Troglodytes  ntger, 
Desmarest).  The  characters  of  the  genus  Troglo- 
dytes may  be  thus  summed  up : — muzzle  long,  and 
truncated  anteriorly;  supraorbital  ridges  promi- 
nent ;  forehead  depressed ;  no  cranial  ridges ;  facial 
angle  .35°;  external  ears  large  and  standing  out; 
tail  wanting ;  arms  reaching  below  the  knee-joint ; 
feet  wide,  the  thumb  extending  to  the  second  joint 
of  the  adjoining  toe,  and  always  furnished  with  a 
nail.  Canines  large,  overpassing  each  other,  their 
points  being  lodged  respectively  in  intei-vals  of  the 
opposite  teeth;  intermaxillary  bones  anchylosed  to 
the  maxillaries  during  the  first  dentition ;  ribs, 
thirteen  paii-s;  no  cheek-pouches;  laryngal  sac- 
culi, small. 

The  Chimpanzee  is  a  native  of  Western  Africa, 
to  the  extent  of  ten  or  twelve  degrees  north  and 
as  much  south  of  the  torrid  zone,  including  Guinea, 
Benin,  Congo,  Angola,  &c.  In  some  districts  it 
appears  to  be  common,  and  Bowdich  ('Mission 
from  Cape  Coast  Castle  to  Ashantee :'  Loud., 
1819)  informs  us  that  at  Gaboon,  where  it  is 
by  no  means  rare,  it  was  known  to  the  natives 
under  the  name  of  Inchego  and  Ingeno.  From 
the  negroes  he  also  learned  that  the  adults  gene- 
rally attain  to  the  height  of  five  feet,  the  breadth 
of  the  shoulders  being  very  great,  and  their 
strength  enormous.  A  female  adult  skeleton  which 
we  measured  stood  only  three  feet  ten  inches ;  but 
the  males  most  probably  are  larger.  The  hand  of 
an  adult,  preserved  in  spirits  of  wine,  measured  nine 
inches  and  a  half  in  length,  and  three  inches  and 
four  lines  in  breadth,  across  the  palm.  The  chim- 
panzee, the  orang,  and  even  the  mandrill,  have  been 
strangely  confounded  together  in  the  works  of  our 
older  travellei-s,  and  even  naturalists  have  regarded 
the  two  former  as  identical.  Tulpius  adopted  the 
term  Quojas  Morion,  used  by  Barbot  ('Descr.  of 
Guinea"),  and  Dapper  ('Descr.  of  Africa")  also  calls 
the  chimpanzee  the  Satyre  of  Angola,  but  he  con- 
founded the  orang  of  the  Indian  Islands  with  the 
chimpanzee,  and  fiirured  as  the  latter  an  orang  which 
was  biOMght  from  Borneo,  and  presented  to  Fre- 
deric Henry,  Prince  of  Orange,  1777. 

Buffon,  who  adopted  the  terms  Pongo  and  Jocko 
(l"iom  pongo,  inchego,  engoco,  or  cnjocko),  in  his 
great  work  (175(i',  eives  an  imperfect  sketch  of  a 
living  young  chimpanzee  which  he  saw  at  Paris  in 
the  year  1740.  and  which  was  taken  in  Gaboon. 
At  that  time  Buffon  was  not  awareof  any  distinction 
between  the  African  and  the  Indian  animals.  In 
the  supplement  (vol.  vii.)  the  two  are,  however,  dis- 
tinguished.    Tc  the  Ai'iiciii  chinipaniee  the  name 


•-.f  Pongo  ii  appropriated,  and  to  the  Indian  orang 
that  of  Jocko.  Shaw  describes  "  the  Pongo,  or  irreat 
black  orang-otan,""  as  a  native  of  Afri>^a,  and  tne 
"  reddish-brown  or  chestnut  oran-otan,  called  the 
Jocko,"  as  a  native  of  Borneo  and  the  other  Indian 
islands.  With  regard  to  the  Smitten.  Bairis,  Bocgo, 
&c.,  and  which  have  been  applied  by  the  early  tra- 
vellers apparently  to  the  chimpanzee,  there  is  every 
reason  to  believe  that  they  really  refer  to  the  man- 
drill. 

Mr.  Ogilby  was  the  first  to  point  out  that  the  • 
chimpanzee  is,  as  it  would  seem,  alluded  to  in  a 
work  of  great  antiquity — the  '  Periplus  Hannonis."* 
It  appears  that  a  Carthaginian  navigator  named 
Hanno  (a.c.  "KK),  or  about  that  period",  sent  on  an 
expedition  of  discovery,  coasted  Western  Africa, 
and  sailed  from  Gades  to  the  island  of  Cerne  in 
twelve  days;  and  thence,  following  the  coast,  he  ar- 
rived, in  seventeen  days,  at  a  promontory  called  the 
West  Horn.  Thence,  skirting  a  burning  shore,  he 
arrived  in  three  days  at  the  South  Horn,  and  found 
an  island  inhabited  by  what  were  regarded  as  wild 
men,  called  by  the  interpreters  Gorilloi,  who  were 
covered  with  long  black  hair,  and  who  fled  for  re- 
fuire  to  the  mountains,  and  defended  themselves 
with  stones.  With  some  difficulty  three  females 
were  captured,  the  males  having  escaped ;  but  so 
desperately  did  they  fight,  biting  and  tearing,  that 
it  was  found  necessary  to  kill  them.  Their  pre- 
served skins  were  canied  by  Hanno  to  Carthage, 
and  hung  up  in  one  of  the  temples  as  consecrated 
trophies  of  his  expedition.  From  this  time  till  the 
sixteenth  century  of  our  era  we  hear  nothing  of  the 
chimpanzee ;  for  the  western  coast  of  Africa  was, 
as  it  may  be  said,  re-discovered  only  in  the  fifteenth 
century. 

One  of  the  most  trustworthy  of  our  earlier  tra- 
vellers, Andrew  Battel,  a  sailor,  who  was  taken  pri- 
soner in  1589,  and  lived  many  years  in  Congo  i  Pnr- 
chas's  'Pilgrims'),  describes  two  animals,  the  Pongc 
and  the  Engeco,  the  former  as  high  and  stouter  than 
a  man,  the  latter  being  much  less.  The  Pongo, 
which  is  doubtless  the  chimpanzee,  he  describes  a* 
having  sunken  eyes,  long  hair  on  the  sides  of  the 
head,  a  naked  face,  ears,  and  hands,  and  the  body 
slisrhtly  covered.  The  limbs  differed  from  those  of 
man,  being  destitute  of  calves,  but  the  animal 
walked  upright.  In  its  disposition  it  is  stated  to  be 
grave  and  melancholy,  and  even  when  young  far 
from  frolicksome  ;  at  the  same  time  it  is  swift  and 
agile,  and  is  sometimes  known  to  carry  away  young 
negroes.  He  further  states  that  these  animals  con- 
structed arboure  in  which  they  slept.  Their  diet 
consisted  of  fniits,  nuts,  &c. ;  and  their  muscular 
strength  is  such  that  ten  men  .vere  unable  to  over- 
come one.  Upon  the  death  of  one  of  their  com- 
munity, the  survivoi-s  cover  the  body  with  leaves 
and  branches  of  trees. 

Bosman,  Froger,  De  la  Brosse,  and  others  describe 
the  chimpanzee  as  living  in  troops,  which  resist  the 
attacks  of  wild  beasts,  and  even  drive  the  elephant 
from  their  haunts.  They  possess  matchless  strength 
and  courage,  and  it  is  very  dangerous  for  single  in- 
dividuals to  pass  near  their  places  of  abode.  Bos- 
man states  that  on  one  occasion  a  number  of  them 
attacked,  ovei-powered,  and  were  proceeding  to  poke 
out  the  eyes  of  two  slaves,  when  a  party  of  negroes 
arrived  to  their  rescue.  That  they  surprise  and 
carry  away  the  negresses  into  the  woods,  and  there 
detain  them  sometimes  for  years,  is  asserted  by  all, 
and  an  instance  came  under  the  personal  notice  oi 
De  la  Brosse.  Captain  Paine  was  assured  that  simi- 
lar instances  happen  in  Gaboon.  De  la  Brosse  says 
they  build  huts,  and  ami  themselves  with  clubs, 
and  that  they  walk  either  upon  two  feet  or  four,  as 
occasion  may  require. 

Lieutenant  Matthews,  R.N.,  who  resided  at  Sierra 
Leone  during  the  years  178.5-6-7,  and  whose  letters 
describing  this  part  of  Africa  appeared  in  1788,  in- 
forms us  that  the  "  chimpanzees,""  or  "japanzees,"'are 
social  animals ;  and  that  "  they  generally  take  up 
their  abode  near  some  deserted  town  or  village 
where  the  papau-tree  grows  in  abundance,  of  the 
fruit  of  which  they  are  veiy  fond.  They  build  huta 
nearly  in  the  form  in  which  the  natives  build  their 
houses,  which  thev  cover  with  leaves;  but  these  are 
only  for  the  females  and  young  to  lie  in ;  the  males 
always  lie  on  the  outside.  If  one  of  them  is  shot, 
the  rest  immediately  pursue  the  destroyer  of  their 
friend,  and  the  only  means  to  escape  their  vengeance 
is  to  part  with  vour  gun,  which  they  directly 
seize  upon  with  afl  the  rage  imaginable,  tear  it  to 
pieces,  and  irive  over  the  pui'suit."  The  terrestrial 
habits  of  the  chimpanzee  are  confirmed  by  other 
observers. 

Lieutenant  Henry  K.  Sayers,  who  in  18.39  brought 
a  young  Chimpanzee  to  England,  whicli  he  hatl 
procured  in  the  Bullom  country,  the  mother  having 

*  Tlie  (iriijinal,  nf  wliich  only  a  fir»'ek  trnni.Ution  is  ext.int,  wai 
nrilt^m  in  I'unic  hy  llumio.and  i.  a  narrative  uf  a  vny  i^e  he  madt, 
hy  uriler  oftlie  CartliKi.'iniau  S'nate.  nloni;  Oie  Afiican  coiiiit.  foi  tlw 
estabUtitimoni  of  enliMiies  Many  celetirat<-d  mtn  of  tlw  name  of 
Hanno  have  Itveil  at  iliirerent  time«:  hnt  who  the  Hanno  in  f|iieiitioc, 
was-  an<l  what  was  llie  exaet  Uau- ul'liin  vo\aue.  are  not  a»n-naiDi.ii 


A.PE9.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


2r 


been  shot,  states  that  "  trees  are  ascended  by  the 
chimpanzees  (as  he  is  led  to  conclude)  only  for 
food  and  observation."  From  the  natives  he  learned 
that  "  they  do  not  reach  their  full  growth  till  be- 
•ween  nine  and  ten  years  of  age,  vtfhich,  if  true, 
nrings  them  extremely  near  the  human  species,  as 
the  boy  or  girl  of  West  Africa,  at  thirteen  or  four- 
teen years  old,  is  quite  as  much  a  man  or  woman 
as  those  of  nineteen  or  twenty  in  our  more  northern 
clime.  Their  height,  when  full  grown,  is  said  to  be 
between  four  or  tive  feet;  indeed  I  was  credibly 
informed  that  a  male  chimpanzee,  which  had  been 
shot  in  the  neighbourhood  and  brought  into  Free 
Town,  measured  four  feet  five  inches  in  length,  and 
was  so  heavy  as  to  form  a  very  fair  load  for  two 
men,  who  canned  him  on  a  pole  between  them. 
The  natives  say  that  in  their  wild  state  their  strength 
is  enonnous,  and  that  they  have  seen  them  snap 
boughs  otf  the  trees  with  the  greatest  apparent 
ease,  which  the  united  strength  of  two  men  could 
scarcely  bend.  The  chimpanzee  is,  without  doubt, 
to  be  found  in  all  the  countries  from  the  banlcs  of 
the  Gambia  in  the  north  to  the  kingdom  of  Congo 
in  the  south,  as  the  natives  of  all  the  intermediate 
parts  seem  to  be  perfectly  acquainted  with  them. 
From  my  own  experience  I  can  state  that  the  low 
shores  of  the  Bullora  country,  situated  on  the 
northern  shores  of  the  river  Sierra  Leone,  are  in- 
fested by  them  in  numbers  quite  equal  to  the  com- 
monest "species  of  monkey.  I  consider  these  ani- 
mals to  be  gregarious,  for  when  visiting  the  rice 
farms  of  the  chief  Dalla  Mohammadoo,  on  the  Bul- 
lom  shore,  their  cries  plainly  indicated  the  vicinity 
of  a  troop,  as  the  noise  heard  could  not  have  been 
produced  by  less  than  eight  or  ten  of  them.  The 
natives  also  affirmed  that  they  always  travel  in 
strong  bodies,  armed  with  sticks,  which  they  use 
with  much  dexterity.  They  are  exceedingly  watch- 
ful, and  the  first  one  who  discovers  the  approach  of 
a  stranger  utters  a  protracted  cry,  much  resembling 
that  of  a  human  being  in  the  greatest  distress.  The 
first  time  I  heard  it  I  was  much  startled ;  the  ani- 
mal was  apparently  not  more  than  thirty  paces  dis- 
tant, but  had  it  been  bvA  five  I  could  not  have  seen 
it  from  the  tangled  nature  of  the  jungle,  and  I  cer- 
tainly conceived  that  such  sounds  could  only  have 
proceeded  from  a  human  being  who  hoped  to  gain 
assistance  by  his  cries  from  some  terrible  and  instant 
death.  The  native  who  was  with  me  laid  his  hand 
upon  my  shoulder,  and  pointing  suspiciously  to  the 
bush,  said,  '  Massa,  Baboo  live  there,'  and  in  a  few 
minutes  the  wood  appeared  alive  with  them,  their 
ones  resembling  the  barking  of  dogs.  My  guide 
informed  me  that  the  cry  first  heard  was  to  intorm 
the  troop  of  my  approach,  and  that  they  would  all 
immediately  leave  the  trees  or  any  exalted  situation 
that  might  expose  them  to  view,  and  seek  the  bush; 
he  also  showed  evident  fear,  and  entreated  me  not 
to  proceed  any  farther  in  that  direction.  The 
plantations  of  bananas,  papaws,  and  plantains, 
which  the  natives  usually  intermix  with  their  rice, 
constituting  the  favourite  food  of  the  chimpanzees, 
accounts  for  their  being  so  frequent  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  rice-fields;  The  difficulty  of  procunng 
live  specimens  of  this  genus  arises  pnncipally,  I 
should  say,  from  the  superstitions  of  the  natives 
concerning  them,  who  believe  they  possess  the 
power  of '  witching.' 

"  There  are  authors  who  have,  I  believe,  affirmed 
that  some  of  the  natives  on  the  western  coast  term 
these  animals  in  their  language  '  Pongos ;'  but  I 
beg  leave  to  differ  with  them  as  to  '  Pongos '  being 
a  native  term.  The  Portuguese  formeriy  monopo- 
lized the  trade  of  the  coast,  and  had  large  posses- 
sions there,  as  well  as  in  the  East  Indies,  most  of 
the  capes,  rivers,  &c.  bearing  the  names  they  gave 
them  to  this  day.  Now  '  Pongos '  1  look  upon  to 
be  a  Portuguese  East  Indian  term  for  a  tailless 
monkey,  and  in  consequence  of  their  discovering  a 
river  in  Africa  the  banks  of  which  were  inhabited 
by  va.st  numbers  of  this  species,  they  called  it  '  Rio 
Pongos,'  a  name  which  it  bears  still.  This  I  con- 
ceive to  be  the  origin  of  the  term,  whilst  on  the 
coast  I  observed  that  all  the  natives  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Sierra  Leone,  when  speaking  of  this 
animal,  invariably  called  him  '  Baboo,'  a  corniption, 
I  should  suppose;  of  our  term  Baboon."  ('  Proceed. 
Zool.  Soc.,'  ISjg.)  ,  , . 

Within  the  last  few  years  several  young  chim- 
panzees have  been  brought  to  this  country,  but 
none  have  long  survived.  Their  human-like  appear- 
ance, their  intelligence  and  confiding  manners, 
together  with  their  activity,  have  attracted  great 
interest  and  given  rise  to  many  narrations.  Figs. 
121  and  124  were  taken  from  an  individual  which 
lived  in  the  menagerie  of  the  Zoological  Society 
from  September,  la3.5,  to  September,  1836.  Its 
docility  and  gentleness  were  remarkable ;  but  it  is 
v»ell  known  that  the  gentleness  which  characterises 
the  young  of  all  the  ape  tribe  gives  place,  as  matu- 
rity advances,  to  "  unteachable  obstinacy  and  un- 
Umeable  ferocity ;"  and  from  what  we  know  of  the 
Chimpanzee  in  its  wiM  state,  we  have  reason  to 


conclude  that  the  young,  however  docile  they  are, 
would  become  savage  and  distrustful  as  they  grew 
up,  even  in  captivity,  and  thus  form  no  exception 
to  the  role.  'The  following  description  was  taken 
from  the  young  individual  alluded  to  : — 

General  figure  short  and  stout;  chest  broad; 
shoulders  square;  abdomen  protuberant;  forehead 
retreating  behind  the  supraorbital  ridge,  the  cra- 
nium otherwise  well  developed  ;  nose  flat ;  nostrils 
divided  by  a  very  thin  septum;  lips  extremely 
mobile,  and  traversed  by  vertical  wrinkles;  ears 
large,  naked,  and  prominent ;  eyes  lively,  deep-set, 
and  chestnut  coloured ;  neck  short :  arms  slender, 
but  muscular,  and  reaching,  when  the  animal 
stands  erect  as  possible,  just  below  the  knee :  all 
the  four  hands  well  developed,  with  opposable 
thumbs ;  the  nails  human-like ;  the  hair  moderately 
coarse  and  straight,  longest  and  fullest  on  the  head, 
down  the  back,  and  on  the  arms,  thin  on  the  chest 
and  abdomen ;  on  the  fore-arm  it  is  reverted  to  the 
elbow;  backs  of  hands  naked  to  the  wrist;  muzzle 
sprinkled  with  short  white  hairs ;  skin  of  the  face 
dusky  black;  ears  and  palms  tinged  with  a  pur- 
plish hue  ;  hair  glossy  black  :  total  height,  two  feet. 
The  lower  limbs  are  less  decidedly  organized  for 
arboreal  habits  than  in  the  orang  ;  but  their  tournure 
is  obliquely  inwards,  the  knees  being  bowed  out, 
but  the  soles  of  the  feet  are  capable  of  being  applied 
fairly  to  the  ground.  It  rons  about  with  a  hobbling 
gait,  but  very  quickly,  generally  assisting  itself  by 
resting  the  knuckles  of  the  two  first  fingers  of  the 
hand  on  the  ground,  to  do  which  it  stoops  its  shoul- 
ders forwards:  it  can,  however,  and  does  walk  fre- 
quently upright.  Its  pace  is  a  sort  of  waddle,  and 
not  performed  as  in  man,  by  a  series  of  steps  in 
which  the  ankle-joint  is  brought  into  play  at  each 
successive  step,  the  heel  being  elevated'  and  the 
body  resting  on  the  toes ;  on  the  contrary,  the  foot 
is  raised  at  once  and  set  down  at  once,  in  a 
thoroughly  plantigrade  manner,  as  in  stamping, 
which  indeed  is  an  action  it  often  exhibits,  first 
with  one  foot,  then  with  the  other.  It  grasps  with 
its  feet,  which  are  broad  and  strong,  with  astonish- 
ing firmness,  and  has  been  seen,  while  resting  on  a 
perch,  to  throw  itself  completely  backwards,  and, 
without  using  its  hairls.  raise  itself  again  into  its 
previous  position,  a  leal  requiring  both  great  power 
and  agility. 

In  the  mutilated  skin  of  an  adult  we  found  grey  i 
hail's  mixed  with  the  black,  especially  on  the  lower 
part  of  the  back,  the  haunches,  and  thighs,  these 
parts  having  a  grizzled  appearance. 

122,  123,  124,  12.5,  126.— The  ORANG-ouTA>f 

(Pithecus  Satyrus,  Geoffr.).  So  different  are  the 
characters,  dependent  upon  age,  which  the  Orang- 
outan  assumes  at  different  periods  of  its  growth,  and 
so  much  in  many  respects  do  the  males  diifer  from 
the  females,  that  no  little  confusion  has  arisen ;  and 
the  young,  which  is  the  Simla  Satyrus  of  Linnaeus, 
has  only  recently  been  proved  to  be  identical  with 
the  Asiatic  Pongo  (this  word  is  now  restricted  to 
the  orang) ;  the  latter,  as  Cuvier  suspected,  and 
indeed  asserted,  and  as  Professor  Owen  has  proved, 
being  the  adult.  (See  Trans.  Zool.  Soc,  voj.  i., 
'  Osteology  of  Chimpanzee  and  Orang.') 

The  difference  which  the  skull  assumes  in  figure, 
and  the  relative  proportions  of  the  cranial  and 
facial  parts,  during  the  transition  from  youth  to 
maturity,  is  indeed  extraordinary ;  and  so  great  is 
the  amount  of  variation  ultimately,  that  the  errors 
of  naturalists  who  had  no  opportunities  of  examin- 
ing a  series  of  crania,  of  different  ages,  up  to  matu- 
rity, may  well  be  pardoned.  Fig.  1 17  is  the  skull 
of  an  aclult  orang,  remarkable  for  the  development 
of  the  facial  portion,  the  breadth  and  strength  of  the 
lower  jaw,  the  deep  cranial  ridges,  or  crests,  the 
contraction  of  the  forehead,  and  the  flattening  of  the 
occiput ;  the  strength  of  the  teeth,  and  the  enor- 
mous size  of  the  canines.  Totally  different  is  the 
general  form  and  appearance  of  the  skull  of  the 
young. 

In  Borneo  there  are  two  species  of  orang ;  one  of 
large  size,  and  dreaded  by  the  natives  {Pithecus 
Wormbii,  or  Pongo  Wormbii),  the  other  of  small 
size,  recently  characterized  by  Professor  Owen  from 
a  skull.  This  species  (Pithecus  Morio)  has  been 
subsequently  verified.     It  is  timid  and  gentle. 

It  would  appear  that  a  distinct  species,  of  large 
size,  distinct  from  the  great  Bornean  orang,  exists 
in  Sumatra.  Some  naturalists,  it  is  true,  are  dis- 
posed to  regard  the  Bornean  and  Sumatran  large 
orangs  as  identical,  and  it  must  be  allowed  that 
some  difficulty  exists  which  remains  to  be  cleared 
up.  Professor  Owen  has  pointed  out  certain  diffe- 
rences in  the  contour  of  their  respective  shells, 
which  seem  to  justify  those  who  contend  for  a  dis- 
tinction of  species.  In  the  adult  male  Bornean 
orang  (fig.  125)  there  are  huge  callosities,  or  pro- 
tuberances of  callous  flesh  on  the  cheek-bones, 
giving  a  strange  aspect  to  the  countenance,  and 
which  are  presumed  to  be  absent  in  the  Sumatran 
orang   {Pithecus  Abellii^.     They  are  certainly  not 


depicted  in  Dr.  Abel's  figure  of  the  head  Of  the 
adult  Sumatran  orang  (fig.  127) ;  still,  as  figures  are 
often  faulty,  and  the  adult  male  Sumatran  animal 
remains  to  be  examined,  the  point  is  undecided. 
With  respect  to  difference  of  colour,  little  stress  can 
be  laid  upon  it :  the  Sumatran  species  is  said  ic 
be  of  a  much  lighter  colour  than  the  Bornean ;  bin 
all  the  Bornean  orangs  we  have  examined  (and 
those  not  a  few)  have  been  of  a  chestnut  colour,  oi 
■bright  sandy  rufous  passing  into  a  chestnut  on  the 
back,  and  scarcely,  if  at  all,  darker  than  the  Suma- 
tran adult  female  in  the  collection  of  the  Zoological 
Society. 

The  Sumatran  animal  is  said  to  exceed  the  Bor- 
nean in  stature.  According  to  Dr.  Abel  the  male 
orang  killed  at  llamboon  on  the  north-west  coast 
of  Sumatra  exceeded  seven  feet  in  stature — a  singu- 
lar exaggeration,  as  is  now  allowed.  .In  the  span  of 
the  arms  and  hands,  this  animal,  he  states,  measured 
8  feet  2  inches ;  and  in  the  length  of  the  foot,  14 
inches.  Now  in  the  specimen  of  a  Sumatran  female 
in  the  collection  of  the  Zoological  Society,  which 
could  not  have  stood  higher  than  3  feet  6  inches, 
the  span  of  the  arms  and  hands  is  7  feet  2  inches, 
and  the  length  of  the  foot  10  inches  and  a  half. 
That  the  Sumatran  orang  does  not  exceed  the  Bor- 
nean may  therefore  be  safely  concluded.  The 
largest  Bornean  male  orang,  an  adult,  with  large 
facial  callosities,  which  we  ever  examined  measured 
4  feet  6  inches  from  head  to  heel ;  but  Temminck,  in 
his  monograph  of  the  genus,  says,  "Our  travellei-s  in- 
form us  by  letters  from  Bangarmasing,  in  the  island 
of  Borneo,  that  they  have  lecently  procured  oiangs 
of  5  feet  3  inches  in  height,  Fjench  measure "  (5 
feet  9  inches  English;.  In  both  the  Bornean  and 
Sumatran  specimens  the  ungueal  or  nail-bearing 
phalanx  of  the  hind  thumb  is  sometimes  absent, 
sometimes  present,  in  both  sexes;  sometimes  it  is 
present  on  one  foot,  and  wanting  on  the  other. 

Description  of  a  nearly  adult  male  orang  from 
Borneo,  in  the  Paris  Museum : — The  head  is  large, 
the  forehead  naked,  retiring  and  flat ;  large  fleshy 
callosities  in  the  form  of  somewhat  crescentic  ridges 
occupy  the  malar  bones,  extending  from  the  tem- 
ples and  giving  a  singular  and  even  hideous  expies- 
sion  to  the  physiognomy.  The  eyes  are  small  and 
set  closely  together;  the  nose  is  depressed;  the 
septum  of  the  nostrils  thin,  and  carried  outto  blend 
with  the  skins  of  the  upper  lip;  the  nostrils  are 
oblique ;  the  lips  are  thick  and  fleshy,  and  the 
upper  one  is  furnished  with  scanty  moustaches  ;  the 
chin  is  furnished  with  a  long  and  peaked  beard. 
The  hair  is  very  long  and  thick  on  the  back,  shoul- 
ders, arms,  and  legs ;  very  scanty  on  the  chest,  ab- 
domen, and  inside  of  the  thighs;  the  hair  of  the 
fore-arms  is  reverted  to  the  elbows ;  the  hair  of  the 
head  is  directed  forwards  from  a  common  centre  of 
radiation  on  the  back  of  the  neck,  or  rather  between 
the  shoulders.  The  contour  of  the  body  is  heavy, 
thick,  and  ill-shapen;  the  arms  with  the  hands 
reach  to  the  heel ;  the  thumbs  of  the  hind  feet  are 
nailless ;  the  general  colour  is  deep  chestnut.  Total 
height,  3  feet  8  inches.  Breadth  of  face  across  the 
callosities,  9  inches. 

The  organization  of  the  orang  (we  refer  to  both 
Bornean  and  Sumatran  animals)  fits  him  almost  ex- 
clusively lor  arboreal  habits :  on  the  ground  his 
progression  is  more  awkward  than  that  of  the  Chim- 
panzee ;  for  the  abbreviation  of  the  posterior  limbs, 
their  inward  tournure,  their  pliancy,  owing  to  tlie 
absence  of  the  ligamentum  teres  of  the  hip-joint, 
and  the  mode  of  treading,  not  upon  the  sole,  but  the 
outer  edge  of  the  foot,  tend  all  to  his  disadvantage. 
Among  the  trees,  however,  the  case  is  reversed.  In 
the  mighty  forests  of  his  native  climates  he  is  free 
and  unembarrassed,  though  by  no  means  rajiid  in 
his  movements :  there,  the  vast  reach  of  his  sinewy 
arms  enables  him  to  seize  branches  at  an  apparently 
hopeless  distance ;  and  by  the  powerful  grasp  of  his 
hands  or  feet  he  swings  himself  along.  In  ascend- 
ing a  tall  tree,  the  inward  tournure  of  the  legs  and 
ankle-joints,  and  the  freedom  of  the  hip-joint,  facili- 
tate the  application  of  the  grasping  foot,  as  is  well 
depicted  in  figure  124,  a  sketch  taken  from  a 
living  subject.  The  length  and  narrowness  of  the 
hands  and  feet  render  them  hook-like  in  character: 
while  the  short  thumbs,  set  as  far  back  toward  the 
wrist  as  possible,  act  as  a  fulcrum  against  the  pres- 
sure of  the  fingers  while  grasping  the  branch  to 
which  the  animal  is  clinging. 

The  difference  between  the  human  foot  and  that 
of  the  orang  (fig.  128)  is  very  marked  ;  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  bones,  muscles,  and  muscular  tendons 
being  modified  in  each  for  a  different  purpose. 
Yet  theie  have  been  men  of  learning  who  have 
contended  that  in  the  coui-se  of  time,  by  use,  the 
foot  of  the  orang  might  assume  the  form  and  pro 
portions  of  the  human,  and  the  human  that  of  the 
orang.     Such  opinions  are  beneath  criticism. 

The  physiognomy  of  the  orang  is  grave,  melan- 
choly, and  even  apathetic,  but  in  adults  not  unac- 
companied by  an  expression  of  ferocity ;  the  huge 
fleshy  callosities  on  tlie  sides  of  the  luce  adding  an 

E2    ' 


ISO,— C3iiinpanzee. 


123.— Oraug-Outan*. 


IDT.— Hmd  ot  Adult  Sonutnn  Onng. 


128.— Fool  of  Man  and  of  Orang-OnUn. 


IS4.~FeiQale  Oraiv-Outan. 


^^-:z~ 


ISU— Chimpanzee. 


28 


126.— Oran;,'-Outan. 


125.— Adult  Male  Bornean  Oran^-Outan. 


:2«.— Orang-Outan  of  the  Zoological  Society. 


131.— Agile  Gibbon. 


29 


30 


air  of  bnitish  irt>ssness.  The  head  lean*  forward 
on  the  chest,  the  neck  is  short ;  and  loose  folded 
skin  hansrs  round  the  throat,  except  when  the  larvn- 
lifaJ  sacs  are  inflated,  this  loose  skin  is  then  swollen 
out.  like  a  naked  ohinini;  tumour,  extendine  up 
alonf;  the  sides  of  the  face  under  the  small  nnirular 
ear*,  fillim;  up  the  interspace  between  the  chin  and 
chest, and  encroachini:  upon  the  latter:  the  lips  are 
wrinkled,  and  jxwsess  extraonlinary  mobility ;  the 
animal  can  protrude  them  in  the  form  of  a  snout  or 
proboscis,  contracting  the  mouth  to  a  cirtuilar  ori- 
nce,  or,  on  the  contrarj-,  draw  them  back,  and  turn 
them  in  various  directions.  The  breadth  of  the 
chest  and  shoulders  conveys  an  idea  of  preat 
ttreneth ;  the  abdomen  is  protuberant ;  the  hair, 
which  falls  on  the  back  and  slioulders  in  lone:  ma:»es, 
forms  a  coverinir  to  the  animal  crouching  in  repose, 
necessary  as  a  protection  by  day  ai^inst  the  bum- 
inif  rays  of  the  sun,  by  niijht  against  the  heavy 
dews,  and  diirinc  the  rainy  seasons  as  a  shelter  from 
the  falling  showers.  The  palms  of  the  hands  have 
lines  and  papillee.  as  on  those  of  the  human  subject. 
All  the  nnKed  parts  of  the  hotly,  with  the  exception 
of  the  orbits  and  lips,  which  are  of  sallow,  coppery 
tint,  are  silvery-grey  or  plumbeous.  The  thicKne.ss 
of  the  incisor  teeth,  which  in  adults  are  worn 
down  to  a  flattened  suiface,  as  are  also  the  molar 
t^eth,  shows  that  they  are  put  to  rough  work,  and, 
as  Professor  Owen  remarks,  it  is  probable  that  their 
common  use  is  to  tear  and  scrape  away  the  toueh 
fibrous  outer  coverinsr  of  the  cocoa-nut,  and  perhaps 
to  gnaw  through  the  denser  shell.  The  husre 
canines  are  doubtless  defensive  weapons,  which, 
in  connection  with  the  muscular  strength  of  these 
animals,  enable  them  to  offer  a  more  than  suc- 
cessful resistance  against  the  leopard,  and  render 
them  formidable  opponents  even  to  the  tiger.  Of 
the  habits  of  the  Orang  in  a  state  of  nature  our 
knowledge  is  limited.  It  tenants  the  secluded 
recesses  of  the  forests  in  the  hilly  and  central 
districts  of  Borneo  and  Sumatra ;  livinir,  a.s  it  would 
appear,  a  secluded  life,  and  not  being,  like  the  Chim- 
panzee, gregarious ;  nor  does  it,  like  that  animal, 
miild  huts,  but,  in  accordance  with  its  arboreal  pre- 
dilections, it  constructs  a  rude  scat  or  platform  of 
interwoven  boughs  and  twigs  among  the  branches 
of  the  tallest  trees,  on  which  it  takes  up  its  abode. 
Here  the  adult  male  will  sit,  as  is  said,  for  hours 
together  listless  and  apathetic.  His  movements 
are  slow  and  indolent :  when  attacked,  he  swings 
himself  from  branch  to  branch,  clearing  vast  inter- 
vals with  ease,  but  not  with  the  rapidity  which  has 
been  imagined,  and  which  is  displayed  by  some  of 
the  Gibbons.  If  at  last  driven  to  extremity,  he 
defends  himself  with  determined  resolution,  and  his 
prodigious  bodily  powers  and  prowess  render  it  dan- 
gerous to  venture  on  a  close  assault.  The  females  are 
devoted  to  their  young.  A  few  years  since,  Captain 
Hall  repaired  to  Sumatra  purposely  to  obtain  one  of 
these  animals,  but  at  his  outset  he  experienced  a 
serious  obstacle  in  the  difficulty  of  procuring  guides 
to  conduct  him  to  their  usual  haunts :  this  proceeded 
from  the  fears  of  the  natives,  who  not  only  believe 
that  the  orangs  possess  a  natural  dominion  over  the 
great  forests,  but  that  they  are  animated  by  the 
souls  of  their  own  ancestors.  Succeeding  at  length 
in  this  preliminary  part  of  the  undertaking,  the 
Captain  soon  met  with  one  of  the  objects  of  his 
search,  a  female,  which  he  describes  as  having  been 
five  feet  in  height.  When  first  discovered  she  was 
sitting  on  a  branch  of  one  of  the  highest  trees,  with 
a  young  one  in  her  arms.  Upon  being  wounded 
she  uttered  a  piercing  cry  ;  and  immediately  lifting 
up  her  little  one  as  high  as  her  long  arms  could 
reach,  let  it  go  among  the  topmost  branches. 
While  the  paHy  approached  to  fire  again  she  made 
no  attempt  to  escape,  but  kept  a  steady  watch, 
glancing  her  eye  occasionally  towards  her  offspring, 
and  at  last  seemed  to  wave  her  hand,  to  hasten  its 
departure,  which  it  safely  effected. 

The  following  summary  is  the  result  of  our  re- 
peated observations  upon  young  living  specimens : — 
The  progression  of  the  orang  on  the  ground  is  slow 
and  vacillating,  and  is  rather  dependent  on  the 
arms,  which  from  their  length  act  as  crutches,  sup- 
porting the  body  between  them,  than  upon  the 
lower  liml)s,  which  are  ill  calculated  for  such 
service.  Wlien  left  entirely  to  itself  on  the  floor, 
the  young  orang,  if  incited  to  walk,  supports  its 
weight  on  its  arms,  applying  the  bent  knuckles  to 
the  ground,  which,  from  the  length  of  the  arms,  is 
an  easy  action.  The  lower  limbs  are  at  the  same 
time  bowed  outward,  and  the  outer  side  of  the  fjoot 
is  placed  upon  the  floor.  In  this  attitude  it  waddles 
along,  the  arms  being  the  main  support  ;  when  in- 
deed it  wi.shes  to  hasten  its  progress,  it  fairly  swings 
the  body  foi-ward  between  the  arms,  as  if  impatient 
of  the  hobbling  gait  to  which  the  structure  of  the 
lower  limbs  restricts  it.  The  lower  limbs,  however, 
are  not  incapable  of  supporting  the  body  alone,  and 
it  can  waddle  along  very  fairly,  especially  if  it  can 
lay  hold  of  anything  by  which  to  steady  itself  in  its 
progress     Id  climbing  it  is  at  its  ease,  and  confi- 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Apks. 


dent,  but  deliberate.  It  will  suspend  itself  with  its 
head  downwards,  sometimes  by  the  hand  and  foot 
of  the  same  side,  the  disengaged  hand  being 
stretched  to  seize  objects  within  its  reach ;  some- 
times by  the  hook-like  hands,  or  the  feet  alone, 
vai-ying  its  grotesriue  attitudes  in  the  most  singular 
manner,  and  in  all  displaying  the  freedom  of  the 
hip-joint.  Its  arboreal  progress  is  not  by  bounding 
like  a  monkey,  but  by  swinging  from  branch  to 
branch,  grasping  them  by  its  hands  in  succession. 
Habitually  dull  and  inanimate,  it  has  still  its  times 
of  sportiveness,  and  will  engage  in  play  with  those 
to  whom  it  has  attached  itself,  following  them  to 
court  their  notice,  or  pursuing  them  in  mimic 
combat.  It  has  little  curiosity,  and  is  fond  of  sitting 
covered  iiji  by  blankets  or  other  articles  of  defence 
against  the  cold,  and  will  wrap  itself  up  with  con- 
siderable dexterity.  To  those  who  attend  it  it 
becomes  very  affectionate,  and  readily  obeys  their 
voice,  recognising  its  name,  and  the  words  and 
tones  of  command.  Cotifinement  is  annoying  to  it 
in  the  extreme,  and  disappointment  irritating. 
From  these  causes  paroxysms  of  passion  are  often 
exhibited,  in  which  it  will  dash  itself  about,  uttering 
a  whining  ciy,  and  manifest  eveiT  token  of  anger. 
We  have  seen  a  young  orang  make  the  most  stre- 
nuous efforts  to  escape  from  his  inclosure,  striving 
to  force  the  door  or  the  frame-work  ;  and  then, 
screaming  with  disappointment,  swing  from  branch 
to  branch,  and  again  repeat  its  endeavours,  excited 
to  the  extreme,  and  all  because  its  keeper  had  left 
it  for  a  short  time.  Nothing  but  his  return  and 
attentions  would  pacify  it. 

Dr.  Abel  states  that  his  young  orang  displayed 
great  alarm  at  the  sight  of  some  live  turtles,  and 
also  of  a  tortoise ;  looking  at  them  with  horror  from 
a  distant  place,  to  which  he  had  retreated  for  secu- 
rity, and  projecting  his  long  lips  in  the  form  of  a 
hog's  snout,  while  at  the  same  time  he  uttered  a 
sound  between  the  croaking  of  a  frog  and  the  giunt- 
ingofapig.  The  young  chimpanzee  which  lived 
in  the  year  1836  in  the  menagerie  of  the  Zoological 
Society  recoiled  with  horror  from  a  large  snake  in- 
troduced into  the  room  by  way  of  experiment,  and 
also  regarded  tortoises  with  aversion ;  and  a  young 
orang  in  the  same  managerie,  before  which  a  tor- 
toise was  placed,  stood  aghast  in  an  attitude  of 
amazement  ludicrously  theatrical,  gazing  uiion  the 
crawling  animal  with  fixed  attention  and  evident 
abhorrence.  On  the  other  hand  we  have  seen  a 
young  orang  play  with  a  full-grown  cat,  drag  it 
about,  put  the  animal  on  its  own  head,  and  cany  it 
from  branch  to  branch,  regardless  of  its  scratching 
and  straggles  to  get  free.  Fred.  Cuvier  notices  the 
same  fact,  which  we  have  ourselves  verified.  The 
young  orang  may  he  taught  to  use  a  spoon,  a  cup, 
or  glass  with  tolerable  propriety,  and  will  carefully 
put  them  down  on  the  table,  or  hand  them  to  some 
pei-son  accustomed  to  receive  them.  To  this  point 
F.  Cuvier  also  allude.s,  as  well  as  to  the  care  it 
takes  in  adjusting  its  bed,  and  covering  itself  warmly 
with  blankets  and  other  materials  when  retiring  to 
rest. 

The  young  chimpanzee,  in  comparison  with  the 
orang,  IS  far  more  lively,  animated,  and  liolicksome  ; 
and  displays  much  more  curiosity,  being  alive  to 
everything  which  takes  place  about  it,  and  examin- 
ing every  object  within  its  reach  with  an  air  so  con- 
siderate, as  to  create  a  smile  in  the  face  of  the 
gravest  spectator.  In  alertness  it  exceeds  the 
orang,  and  is  to  the  full  as  gentle  and  affectionate, 
and  more  intelligent.  The  expression  of  intelli- 
gence is  indeed  well  denoted  by  the  vivacity  of  its 
eyes,  which,  though  small  and  deeply  set,  are  quick 
and  piercing. 

Figure  129  is  a  portrait  of  the  young  orang-outan 
in  the  menagerie  of  the  Zoological  Society  in  the 
■warm  dress  which  it  habitually  wore ;  but  in  which 
it  was  completely  disguised. 

THE  GIBBONS 

(Genus  Hy  I  abates).  The  gibbons  differ  from  the 
thickset  orang  in  the  slendemess  of  tlitjr  form  ;  the 
chest  is  indeed  broad  and  the  shouldei-s  muscular, 
but  the  waist  and  hips  are  contracted ;  there  are 
small  ischiatic  tuberosities  hidden  by  the  fur,  on 
which  the  animals  often  rest,  the  commencement, 
so  to  speak,  of  a  structural  peculiaiity  carried  out 
to  its  maximum  in  the  lower  groups.  The  hands 
and  feet  are  admirably  formed  for  clinging  with  te- 
nacity to  the  branches.  The  arms  are  of  excessive 
length,  reaching  in  the  erect  attitude  to  the  ankle- 
joint  ;  the  hands  are  remarkably  long  and  slender, 
the  naked  palm  is  linear,  expanding  at  the  base  of 
the  fingers,  which  are  covered  down  the  backs  with 
fur ;  the  thumb  of  the  fore-hands,  though  very  shoit, 
resembles  the  fingers  in  form  and  direction,  and  is 
scarcely  or  not  at  all  opposable  to  them ;  it  seems 
to  rise  from  the  wrist,  owing  to  the  almost  complete 
separation  of  the  metacarpal  bone  from  that  of  the 
first  finger ;  and  the  ball  formed  by  its  adductor 
muscles  is  trifling.    The  feet  arc  long  and  slender. 


and  their  thumb  is  greatly  developed,  so  as  to  form 
an  antagonist  to  the  other  toes  conjointly.  In  some 
species  the  first  and  second  finger  of  the  foot  are 
more  or  less  united  together :  this  union  in  the  Sia- 
mang  is  carried  to  the  last  joint.  Tlie  lower  limbs 
are  short,  and  bowed  in,  and  the  ankle-joint  has  that 
inward  toiimure  so  advantageous  to  an  arboreal  ani- 
mal ;  but  the  hip-joint  is  secured  by  the  ligamen- 
tum  teres.  In  one  species,  the  Slamang,  there  is  a 
large  laryngal  sacculus.  The  skull  is  well  formed, 
though  the  forehead  retreats.  The  rami  of  the 
lower  jaw  are  narrow.  Tlie  incisor  teeth  are  mode- 
rate, the  canines  slender ;    the    molam  moderate. 


with  the  crown  broaa,  and  bluntly 

130.)       Incisors, 


Dental    formula 

1-1 
nines, 


5- 


tuberculate. 
4 

4 


ca- 


=    32.       The    gibbons 


j_j,  molars,  j._j. 

are  clothed  with  deep  thick  fur,  softer  in  some 
species  than  others :  on  the  fore-arms  it  is  in  most 
species  reverted  to  the  elbows;  in  one  or  two  it 
is  erect.  The  prevailing  colours  of  these  animals 
are  from  black  to  brown,  brown-grey,  and  straw- 
yellow. 

The  gibbons  are  distributed  through  Java,  Borneo, 
Sumatra,  Malacca,  and  Siam,  where  they  tenant  the 
forest  branches,  among  which  they  display  the  most 
astonishing  activity.  They  sweep  from  branch  to 
branch  with  arrow-like  velocity:  their  mode  is  to 
suspend  themselves  by  their  long  arms,  and  by  an 
energetic  muscular  movement  to  launch  themselves 
onwards,  aiming  at  a  distant  branch,  which  they 
seize  with  admirable  precision.  Most  live  in  troo|)S 
or  families ;  some  species  frequenting  the  mountain- 
ranges  covered  by  forests  of  fig-trees,  others  keeping 
to  the  forests  of  the  plains. 

The  head  of  the  gibbon  is  small  and  of  an  oval 
figure,  and  the  face  is  depressed  ;  the  expression  of 
the  countenance  being  grave,  gentle,  and  rather 
melancholy.  All  utter  loud  cries,  whence,  in  imi- 
tation of  the  sound,  has  arisen  the  name  of  Wou- 
wou,  which  appears  to  be  common  to  two  or  three 
species;  Fred.  Cuvier  has  applied  it  to  the  Agile 
Gibbon,  but  Camper  had  previously  appropriated  it 
to  the  Silvery  Gibbon,  said  by  Dr.  S.  Miillor  to  be 
called  Oa-oa  by  the  natives  of  Java,  a  word  differ- 
ing little  in  the  sound  from  wou-wou,  or  woo-woo. 
None  of  the  gibbons  attain  to  the  stature  of  the 
orang,  about  three  feet  being  the  height  of  the 
largest  species  standing  erect,  an  attitude  which 
they  are  capable  of  assuming  on  the  ground  or  any 
level  surface,  along  which  they  waddle,  at  a  quick 
pace,  in  the  manner  of  the  chimpanzee,  using  the 
arms  as  balancers,  or  occasionally  touching  the 
ground  with  the  fingers. 

131,  132,  133.— The  Agilk  Gibhon  ; 

also  known  under  the  native  titles  Ungka-puti  and 
tJngka-etam  {Hylobates agilis,  F.  Cuv. ;  Hylubatei 
Lur :  H.  Rafflesii). 

This  interesting  gibbon  is  a  native  of  Sumatra, 
'and  owing  to  certain  variations  in  colour,  to  which 
it  is  subject,  has  been  formed  into  two  distinct 
species,  an  error  now  corrected.  M.  Miiller,  in 
reference  to  this  gibbon,  states  that  it  is  curious  to 
observe  its  numerous  variations.  "Two  individuals 
are  never  precisely  the  same  ;  and  we  were  therefore 
disposed  to  conclude,  during  the  early  part  of  nur 
stay  in  Sumatra,  that  there  were  really  different 
species  of  what,  as  it  proved,  is  but  one  Hylobates: 
for  it  was  only  after  the  examination  of  individuals 
of  different  coloui-s,  and  after  we  had  killed  many  of 
both  sexes  and  various  ages,  that  we  came  to  1lie 
conclusion  that  the  oengko-itam,  or  black  oengKo, 
fcnd  the  oengko- poetih,  or  white  oengko,  of  the 
Malayans,  were  the  same  species." 

The  general  colour  of  this  species  varies  from 
black  to  brownish-yellow,  and  yellowish  white ;  a 
white  or  pale  stripe  traverses  the  brow;  and  the 
sides  of  the  face  and  throat  are  often  grey  or  flaxen  : 
in  black  or  dark  individuals  the  lumbar  region  and 
crupper  are  usually  of  a  pale  rusty-brown  or  yellow- 
ish; the  pale  individuals  have  the  throat,  chest,  and 
abdomen  of  a  darker  brown.  The  pale-colourec 
females  often  produce  black  young,  and  the  black 
as  often  young  of  a  palecolour.  (See  fig.  132.^  We 
have  seen  straw-white  young.  The  fur  is  solt  and 
woolly:  the  two  first  fingers  of  the  feet  are  united 
together  at  the  base. 

The  Agile  Gibbon  usually  lives  in  pairs,  and  is 
timid  and  gentle  :  its  activity  and  the  velocity  of  its 
movements  are  wondertul ;  it  escapes  pursuit  almost 
like  a  bird  on  the  wing.  On  the  sligntest  alarm  it 
ascends  rapidly  to  the  top  of  a  tree ;  it  there  seizes 
a  flexible  branch,  swings  itself  two  or  three  times 
to  gain  the  requisite  impetus,  and  then  launches 
itself  forward,  repeatedly  clearing,  without  effoit 
and  without  fatigue,  as  Mr.  Duvaucel  witnessed, 
spaces  of  forty  feet. 

Some  few  years  since  a  female  of  this  species  was 
exhibited  in  London.  The  activity  of  this  animal 
in   the   large   compartment  .a  which  it  exercised 


Apes.1 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURK 


3J 


ttse.f,  and  the  velocity  and  precision  with  which  it 
launched  itself  from  branch  to  branch,  excited  the 
admiration  of  all  who  beheld  it.  Distances  of  twelve 
and  eighteen  feet  were  thus  cleared,  the  gibbon 
keeping  up  a  succession  of  launches,  without  inter- 
mission and  for  a  great  leni^h  of  time,  and  all  the 
while  exhibiting  an  air  of  nonchalance,  as  if  .the 
feat  was  of  the  most  easy  pert'ormance.  In  her 
flight,  for  so  indeed  it  might  be  termed,  the  gibbon 
seemed  but  to  touch  the  branches  with  her  hands 
in  her  progress,  the  impetus  being  acquired  during 
that  momentary  hold  ;  and  il  could  not  be  doubted 
that  if  the  animal  had  been  in  the  enjoyment  of 
liberty  in  her  own  native  forest,  distances  far  ex- 
ceeding eighteen  feet  would  have  formed  no  inter- 
ruption to  her  progress.  It  was  curious  to  witness 
how  she  could  stop  in  her  most  rapid  flight  when 
the  momentum  was  at  the  highest,  and  it  might 
naturally  have  been  supposed  that  a  gradual  cessa- 
tion would  have  been  required.  iSuddenly  as 
thought,  however,  she  arrested  her  progress;  the 
bi-anch  aimed  at  being  seized  by  one  hand,  a  rapid 
and  enersefic  movement  raised  the  body  up;  the 
branch  was  then  grasped  by  the  hind  hands,  and 
there  she  sat,  quietly  gazing  at  the  astonished  spec- 
latoi's  of  her  extraordinary  gymnastics.  With  the 
same  abruptness  did  she  throw  herself  into  action. 
AJrairable  was  the  precision  with  which  she  calcu- 
lated her  distances  and  regulated  the  impulse 
necessary  to  clear  intervals  varying  from  four,  five, 
or  six,  to  eighteen  feet :  such  indeed  was  her  quick- 
ness of  eye,  that  when  apples  or  other  fiuits  were 
thrown  at  her,  or  so  as  to  pass  near  her  in  her  flight, 
she  would  catch  them  without  apparent  effort,  and 
at  the  same  time  without  discontmuing  her  career. 

While  exerting  her  feats  of  agility  the  gibbon 
ever  and  anon  uttered  her  loud  call-notes,  consisting 
of  the  syllables  oo-ah,  oo-ah,  in  a  graduated  succes- 
sion of'  half-tones,  ascending  in  the  scale  till  an 
exact  octave  was  attained,  when  a  rapid  series  of 
descending  notes,  producing  a  shake,  during  the 
execution  of  which  the  lips  vibrated  and  the  whole 
frame  quivered,  concluded  the  strain.  The  quality 
of  these  notes  was  not  unmusical,  but  their  loudness 
was  deafening  as  heard  in  the  apartment,  and  when 
uttered  by  these  animals  in  their  native  forests  must 
resound  far  through  their  stilly  depths.  It  is  piin- 
cipally  in  the  morning  that  the  gibbon  exerts  the 
whooping  cry,  which  is  doubtless  its  call  to  its  mate 
or  comjjanions,  and  it  was  at  that  time  that  we 
heard  it.  It  should  be  observed  that  at  first  the 
syllables  were  slowly  and  distinctly  repeated,  and 
on  the  same  note,  e.  As  the  tones  rose  in  the 
chromatic  scale,  the  time  quickened,  till,  gaining 
the  octave,  the  descent  by  half-tones  was  inexpres- 
sibly rapid:  this  ended,  two  barks  followed,  each 
composed  of  the  high  and  low  e,  sounded  nearly 
together.  At  the  conclusion  the  animal  was  always 
violently  agitated,  as  if  wrought  up  to  a  high  pitch 
of  excitement,  and  shook  with  all  her  strength  the 
branch  to  which  she  was  clinging,  or  the  netting, 
the  cords  of  which  she  grasped  with  her  hands. 

The  following  notes  will  give  a  coiTCct  idea  of  the 
musical  call  of  this  gibbon : — 


Allegretto. 


zii^-nX^A-i- 


A—i- 


-^^±^^it^^^J: 


:^^^5SS&: 


!^      U      U       U       U 


((^^  a,   ((  ((  ((   a  (c  ((  (( 


a  a  (c 


-i^ 


.:5^-fe. 


-e- 


1:33* 


-i^ 


rri 


^1 


This  interesting  animal  was  timid  and  gentle; 
she  greatly  preferred  the  presence  of  females  to 
that  of  men,  and  approached  them  and  received 
their  attentions  with  pleasure  :  there  is  reason  to 
believe  that  ill-treatment  had  made  her  sus- 
picious of  the  sex  from  which  she  had  experienced 
mjuiy.  She  was  intelligent  and  observant,  and  her 
quick  eyes  seemed  to  be  ever  on  the  watch,  scruti- 
nizing every  person  and  observing  all  that  passed 
around  her.  When  a  person  had  once  gained  her 
confidence,  she  would  descend  to  meet  him  as  olten 
ai  invited,  and  allow  her  hands  to  be  taken  hold  of, 
and  her  solt  fur  stroked  without  any  hesitation  :  to 
females,  though  strange  to  her,  she  gave  her  confi- 
dence, without  any  previous  attempts  at  concilia- 
tion. Tlie  mu.scular  power  of  the  arms,  shoulders, 
und  chest  was  very  great,  and  the    muscles  were 


finely  developed ;  the  chest  was  broad  and  the 
shoulders  high ;  the  reach  of  the  extended  arms 
was  about  six  feet,  and  the  animal  when  erect 
stood  about  three  feet  from  the  heel  to  the  top  of 
the  head.  The  form  and  proportions  of  this  gibbon 
could  not  fail  to  strike  the  most  casual  observer,  as 
adapting  it  not  only  for  an  arboreal  existence,  but 
for  that  kind  of  arboreal  progression,  those  flying 
launcties  from  branch  to  branch,  which  have  been 
described. 

134,  135.— The  Siamano 

{Hylobates  syndactylas').  Tlie  Siamang  is  the 
largest  of  the  Gibbons,  being  upwards  of  three  feet 
in  height,  and  at  the  same  time  robust  and  muscular. 
The  fur  is  woolly  and  black ;  the  first  and  second 
fingers  of  the  feet  are  united  to  each  other,  and 
there  is  a  huge  laryngal  pouch  on  the  throat  covered 
with  black  naked  skin,  which,  when  the  sac  is  dis- 
tended with  air,  is  smooth  and  glossy.  The  use  of 
tliis  apparatus  is  not  very  apparent ;  most  probably 
the  sac  has  some  influence  on  the  voice ;  for  Mr. 
G.  Bennett  ('Wanderings,'  &c.')  observes  that  when 
the  siamang  in  his  possession  was  irritated  he  in- 
flated the  pouch,  uttering  a  hollow  barking  noise, 
the  lips  being  at  the  same  time  pursed  out  and  the 
air  driven  into  the  sac,  while  the  lower  jaw  was  a 
little  protruded.  It  is  this  noise  which  M.  Duvau- 
cel  describes,  as  we  suspect,  when  he  states  that  the 
siamang  reuses  occasionally  from  its  lethargy  to 
utter  a  disagreeable  cry  approaching  in  sound  to 
that  of  a  turkeycock,  and  which  he  takes  upon  him- 
self to  say  expresses  no  sentiment  and  declares  no 
wants.  Mr.  Bennett  noticed  that  the  sac  was  in- 
flated, not  only  during  anger,  but  also  when  the 
animal  was  pleased.  It  is  exclusively  in  Sumatra 
that  the  siamang  is  found :  it  is  abundant  in  the 
forests,  especially  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Bencoo- 
len,  which  resound  with  the  loud  and  discordant 
cries  of  the  troops  sheltered  among  the  lofty 
branches.  Duvaucel  says  that  this  species  is  slow, 
inanimate,  and  destitute  of  activity  among  the 
trees,  and  on  the  ground  it  is  so  overcome  by  fear 
as  to  be  incapable  of  resistance ;  that  in  captivity  it 
exhibits  no  pleasing  traits,  being  at  once  stupid, 
sluggish,  and  awkward,  unsusceptible  either  of  feel- 
ings of  grateful  confidence  or  of  revenge,  and  re- 
garding nothing  with  interest.  On  the  contrary. 
Sir  T.  S.  Raffles,  who  kept  several  of  these  animals, 
describes  the  siamang  as  bold  and  powerful,  but 
easily  domesticated,  gentle,  confident,  and  social, 
and  unhappy  if  not  in  company  with  those  to  whom 
it  is  attached.  Nay,  M.  Duvaucel  contradicts 
himself:  first  he  says  all  its  senses  are  dull  and  im- 
perfect, and  then  gives  an  account  of  its  extreme 
vigilance  and  acuteness  of  hearing,  and  of  the 
affection  of  the  mothers  for  tlieir  young.  If  a  young 
one  be  wounded,  the  mother,  who  carries  it  or  fol- 
lows it  closely,  remains  with  it,  utters  the  most 
lamentable  cries,  and  rushes  upon  the  enemy  with 
open  mouth ;  but  being  unfitted  for  combat,  knows 
neither  how  to  deal  nor  shun  a  blow.  It  is,  he 
adds,  "  a  curious  and  interesting  spectacle,  which  a 
little  precaution  has  sometimes  enabled  me  to  wit- 
ness, to  see  the  females  carry  their  young  ones  to 
the  water,  and  there  wash  their  faces,  in  spite  of 
their  childish  outcries,  bestowing  a  degree  of  time 
and  care  on  their  cleanliness,  which,  in  many  cases, 
the  children  of  our  own  species  might  envy."  The 
Malays  informed  him  that  the  young  are  carried 
respectively  by  those  of  their  own  sex;  and  also 
that  the  siamang  frequently  falls  a  prey  to  the 
tiger,  under  the  influence  of  that  sort  of  fascination 
which  intense  terror  produces,  and  which  the  snake 
is  said  to  exercise  over  birds  and  squirrels. 

Mr.  G.  Bennett's  account  ('  Wanderings,'  &c.)  of 
the  siamang  which  he  kept  for  some  time  gives  us 
a  very  favourable  impression  of  it  disposition  and 
intelligence.  The  adroitness  and  lapidity  of  its 
movements,  the  variety  of  attitudes  into  which  it 
threw  itself,  when  climbing  about  the  rigging  of  the 
vessel  in  which  it  was  brought  from  Singapore,  and 
the  vigour  and  prehensile  power  of  its  limbs,  indi- 
cated its  adaptation  to  the  branches  of  the  forest. 
Its  disposition  was  gentle,  but  animated  and  lively, 
and  it  delighted  in  playing  frolics.  With  a  little 
Papuan  child  on  board  this  siamang  became  very 
intimate  ;  they  might  often  be  seen  sitting  near  the 
capstan,  the  animal  with  his  long  arm  round  her 
neck  lovingly  eating  biscuit  together.  In  his  gam- 
bols with  the  child  he  would  roll  on  deck  with  her, 
as  if  in  mock  combat,  pushing  with  his  feet  (in 
which  action  he  possessed  great  muscular  power), 
his  long  arms  entwined  round  her,  and  pretending 
to  bite.  With  the  monkeys  on  board  he  also  seemed 
desirous  of  establishing  amicable  companionship, 
evidently  wishing  to  join  them  in  their  gambols  ;  but 
as  they  avoided  his  company,  probably  from  fear,  he 
revenged  their  unsociableness  by  teasing  them,  and 
pulling  their  tails  at  every  opportunity.  He  recog- 
nised his  name,  and  would  come  to  those  he  knew 
when  called,  and  soon  became  a  general  favourite, 
for  his  hvelinesE  was  not  accompanied  by  the  love 


of  mischief.  Yet  his  temper  was  irritable,  and  on 
being  disappointed,  or  confined,  he  would  throw  him- 
self into  fits  of  rage,  screaming,  rolling  about,  and 
dashing  everything  aside  within  his  reach:  ne 
would  then  rise,  walk  about  in  a  hurried  manner, 
and  repeat  the  scene  as  before.  With  the  cessation 
of  his  fit  of  anger,  he  did  not  abandon  his  purpose, 
and  often  gained  his  point  by  stiiitaf^em,  when  he 
found  that  violence  was  of  no  avail. 

When  vessels  were  passed  at  sea,  it  was  very 
amusing  to  see  him  take  his  position  on  the  peak 
haulyards,  and  there  gaze  on  tlie  departing  ship  till 
she  was  out  of  sight.  After  this  he  would  descend, 
and  resume  his  sports.  One  instance  of  his  in- 
telligenae  is  peculiarly  interesting.  Among  various 
articles  in  Mr.  Bennett's  cabin,  a  piece  01  soap 
greatly  attracted  his  attention,  and  for  the  removal 
of  this  soap  he  had  been  once  or  twice  scolded. 
One  morning  Mr.  Bennett  was  writing,  the  siamang 
being  present,  in  the  cabin ;  when  casting  his  eyes 
towards  the  animal  he  observed  him  taking  the 
s^ap.  "  I  watched  him,"  says  the  narrator,  "  with- 
out his  perceiving  that  I  did  so ;  he  occasionally 
cast  a  furtive  glance  towards  the  place  where  I 
sat.  I  pretended  to  write ;  he,  seeing  me  busilv 
engaged,  took  up  the  soap  and  moved  away  with  it 
in  his  paw.  When  he  had  walked  half  the  length 
of  the  cabin,  I  spoke  quietly,  without  frightening 
him.  The  instant  he  found  I  saw  him,  he  walked 
back  again,  and  deposited  the  soap  nearly  in  the 
same  place  whence  he  had  taken  it:  thus  betraying, 
both  by  his  fiist  and  last  actions,  a  consciousness  of 
having  done  wrong. " 

This  animal  died  when  nearing  our  shores,  to  the 
regret  of  all  the  crew. 

13G. — The  White-handed  Gibbon. 

(Hylnbatet  Lar).  T)  this  species  we  refer  both  the 
Grand  Gibbon  and  the  Petit  Gibbon  of  Button.  It 
is  the  Simla  longimana  of  Erxleben,  and  the  Simla 
albimana  of  Vigors  and  Horsfield,  the  Pithecu« 
Lar  of  Geoifroy,  and  the  Pithecus  variegatus  of 
Geotfroy,  Kuhl,  and  Desmarest.  The  fir  is  soil  and 
woolly ;  the  colour  varies  from  dirty-brownish,  or 
from  yellowish-white,  to  deep  umbre  brown  or 
blackish  brown,  the  crupper  being  paler ;  the  face 
is  encircled  by  a  band  of  white  ;  the  hands  and  feet 
are  white  ;  the  first  and  second  finger  are  some- 
times united  at  the  base. 

The  White-handed  Gibbon  is  a  native  of  Malacca 
and  Siam ;  but  of  its  peculiar  habits  nothing  is 
ascertained.  It  is  one  of  those  species  which  has 
hitherto  been  in  a  state  of  confusion ;  but  from 
which  opportunities  of  examining  numbers  of  speci- 
mens have  enabled  us,  as  we  trust,  to  disentangle  it. 


137.- 


-The  Silvery  Gibbon,  or  Wouwou  of 
Campkr 


{Hylobates  leuciscus).  This  gibbon  is  a  native  of 
Java,  where  it  was  met  with  by  M.  Miiller,  who 
states  that  it  is  called  there  Oa-op,  from  its  cry, 
whence  also  the  name  Wou-wou,  which  has  been 
given  to  other  species.  The  fur  is  fine,  long,  close, 
and  woolly ;  the  general  colour  is  ashy-grey,  some- 
times slightly  tinged  with  brown,  and  paler  on  the 
lower  part  of  the  back ;  the  sides  of  the  face  are 
white;  the  soles  and  palms  are  black.  According 
to  Miiller,  the  tint  of  grey  vanes  in  intensity,  and 
sometimes  has  a  brownish,  sometimes  a  yellowish 
tone,  the  face  being  encircled  with  white  or  light 
grey.  In  aged  anipials  the  chest  becomes  of  a 
blackish  colour. 

It  is  to  the  celebrated  anatomist  Camper  that  we 
owe  the  recognition  of  the  Silvery  Gibbon  or  Wouwou 
as  a  distinct  species.  The  specimen  which  he  dis- 
sected was  brought  from  one  of  the  Moluccas :  in 
these  islands  it  is  reported  to  frequent  the  dense 
jungles  of  tall  canes,  amongst  which  it  displays 
astonishing  activity.  Two  or  three  living  indivi- 
duals appear  at  different  times  to  have  existed  in 
I  England.  Of  these  one  belonged  to  Lord  Clive, 
and  is  described  by  Pennant.  It  was  good-tempered, 
lively,  and  frolicksome.  In  1828,  a  young  male 
lived  for  a  short  time  in  the  menagerie  of  the  Zool. 
Soc.  Lond. 

MONKEYS 
(Genus  Semnopithecus).    The  genus  Semnopithecus 
was  established  by  Fred.  Cuvier,  and  anatomy  has 
confirmed  the  propriety  of  this  genus,  originally  es- 
tablished upon  external  charactei-s. 

The  Generic  Characters  are  as  follow :— muzzle 
depressed  ;  head  round  ;  superciliary  ridge  pro- 
minent, and  with  a  row  of  long  stiff  haiis  pro- 
jecting forwards  and  upwards ;  molars  crowned  with 
obtuse  tubercles,  the  last  molar  of  the  lower  jaw 
with  a  fillh  tubercle  seated  posteriorly:  cheek- 
pouches  wanting;  laiyngal  sac  large;  ischial ic  cal- 
losities moderate;  body  slender;  limbs  long  and 
thin ;  the  thumb  of  the  hand  small,  short,  almost 
rudimentary;  stomach  large  and  highly  sacculated ; 
intestines  long ;  tail  long  and  slender ;  fur  solt,  flow- 
ing, and  often  glossy. 


130.— Teeth  of  Gibbon. 


139.— Skull  and  Caninetootli  of  Monkev. 


>.— Femide  Agile Olbbon  and  Yoin,- 


1S3.— Male  Agile  Gibbon. 


I3S. — Siamang 


134. — Siamang. 


138 — Teeth  of  Monkey 


:ii 


]  JO,— Temminck's  Colobiu. 


UH.— Entelloi. 


142.— Face  of  Adult  Kahau. 


143. — Face  of  youni;  Kahan. 


•'/  '  ■-? 


144.— Nose  of  Adult  Kahau,  seen  from  Ipeneath. 


Uj.— Skull  (if  Kalian. 


I4T.— BUd(.entt«d  Monkey. 


149.— \Thite-tliighed  Colobna. 


No.  5. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


33 


34 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Monkeys. 


Dental  formula  (figure  138) :  inci»or«,  -  ;  canines 


:  molars,  ; — -,  •    The  incisors  are  small ;  the 

1—1  •»— 5 

canines  large,  broad,  and  compressed  ;  the  molars 
are  bluntly  tubeiculate  ;  and  as  they  wear  down,  the 
surface  shows  the  enamel  very  distinct  and  deeply 
indented.  I'he  skull,  as  exemplitied  by  that  of 
S.  Maurns  (figure  139),  may  be  characterised  as 
round,  the  orbits  large  and  squared,  with  an  ab- 
ruptly prominent  superciliary  ridge,  and  with  boldly 
projecting  margins  ;  the  interorbital  space  is  broad,  | 
and  the  lace  depressed  ;  the  lower  jaw,  however,  is 
very  deep,  and  the  space  for  the  masseter  muscle 
considerable;  the  chin  recedes  obliquely.  The  ; 
hands  of  the  Semnopitheci  are  remarkable  lor  their 
elongation  and  narrowness,  and  for  the  almost  rudi- 
mentary condition  of  the  thumb,  which  cannot  be 
brought  into  action  as  an  antagonist  to  the  fingers ; 
the  feet  also  are  narrow  and  elongated,  but  the 
thumb  is  stout  and  well  developed. 

There  are  no  cheek-pouches,  as  in  the  ordinary 
monkeys,  but  a  large  laryngal  sac  extends  over  the 
whole  of  the  throat,  communicating  with  the  laiynx 
(windpipe)  by  means  of  a  large  aperture.  The 
stomach  is  sacculated  in  an  extraordmary  manner, 
the  sacculi  being  in  all  probability  preparatory  re- 
ceptacles for  the  vegetable  aliment,  which  under- 
goes digestion  in  an  elongated  pyloric  portion. 

Cuvier  calls  the  Semnopitheci  slow  monkeys ; 
but  it  is  only  in  a  certain  sense  that  they  merit  the 
title.  The  length  and  slenderness  of  the  limbs  and 
body  detract,  if  not  from  their  agility,  at  least  in 
some  degree  from  the  abruptness  of  their  move- 
ments, which  have  a  more  sweeping  character  than 
those  of  the  Cercopitheci.  Nevertheless,  they  leap 
and  bound  among  the  branches  of  their  native 
forests  with  great  ease,  and  to  vast  distances,  their 
long  tail  acting  as  a  director  or  balancer  in  their 
motions.  Less  lively,  less  petulant,  and,  perhaps 
less  inquisitive  than  the  Cercopitheci,  they  appear 
at  times  as  if  oppressed  with  melancholy,  and  in 
captivity,  at  least,  sit  in  listless  apathy.  While 
young  they  are  very  gentle ;  but  when  adult  they 
become  sullen,  morose,  and  vindictive  ;  and  their 
long  canines  render  them  truly  formidable.  In  their 
native  regions  they  associate  in  troops.  In  some 
parts  of  India  certain  species,  as  the  Entellus,  are 
regarded  as  sacred,  and  tolerated  notwithstanding 
their  depredations.  Many  species  attain  to  con- 
siderable dimensions. 

The  Semnopitheci  are  all  natives  of  India  and  its 
islands,  and  the  Malay  Peninsula. 

140,  141. — Thk  Kahau,  or  Proboscis   Monkey 

(Semnopithecus  larvatus).  This  species  is  the 
Guenon  u  longue  nez  of  Buffon,  the  Nasalis  larvatus 
of  Geoffroy,  and  the  Nasalis  rfefifirvus  (young)  of 
Vigors  and  Horsfield.  This  nftVpWtey  is  remarkable 
for  the  uncouth  development  of  the  nose,  forming  a 
sort  of  proboscis  capable  of  dilatation,  with  the 
nasal  apertures  underneath,  tha.,  bent-down  apex, 
and  divided  from  each  ofherf'jSfea  thin  cartilage  ; 
along  the  upper  surface  of  thfs;^gular  organ  runs 
a  longitudinal  depression,  indicating  the  division  be- 
tween the  two  canals.  The  ears,  which  are  small, 
and  the  face,  together  with  the  palms,  are  of  a 
leaden  colour,  with  a  slight  tinge  of  yellow ;  the 
neck  is  short ;  the  throat  swollen  from  the  enormous 
laryngal  sac.  On  the  sides  of  the  neck  and  shoul- 
ders the  hair  is  long,  compared  with  that  of  the  rest 
of  the  body.  The  top  of  the  head,  the  occiput,  and 
the  scapular  portion  of  the  back,  are  of  a  rich  chest- 
nut-brown ;  the  sides  of  the  face  and  a  stripe  over 
the  shoulders  are  yellow;  the  general  colour  of 
the  body  is  fine  sandy-red.  The  crupper,  the  tail, 
the  fore-arms,  and  legs  are  cinereous  ;  the  under 
parts  are  yellow  ;  the  tail  is  somewhat  tufted  at 
the  tip.  A  full  beard  in  the  male  advances  forward, 
and  curls  up  under  the  chin,  almost  to  the  long 
nose.  In  the  young,  regarded  by  some  naturalists 
as  a  distinct  species,  the  nose  is  somewhat  recurved, 
and  shorter  than  in  the  adult.  That  this  distinction 
is  not  specific,  as  we  ourselves  formerly  believed, 
we  have  fully  satisfied  ourselves  by  the  examina- 
tion of  specimens  in  Paris.  Figure  142  represents 
the  face  of  the  adult  kahau ;  143,  that  of  the  young; 
144,  the  nose  of  the  adult  as  seen  from  beneath ; 
145  is  the  skull  of  the  kahau :  it  has  all  the  charac- 
ters of  a  true  Semnopithecus. 

The  male  kahau  is  remarkable  for  size  and 
strength,  and,  from  the  magnitude  of  the  canines, 
must  be  a  formidable  animal.  The  female,  how- 
ever, is  considerably  smaller,  a  circumstance  noticed 
by  Wurmb,  who  says  these  monkeys  "  associate  in 
large  troops ;  their  cry,  which  is  deep-toned,  resem- 
bles the  word  kahau.  They  assemble  morning  and 
evening,  at  the  rising  and  setting  of  the  sun,  along 
the  borders  of  rivers,  and  are  to  be  seen  on  the 
branches  of  lofty  trees,  where  they  oifer  an  agree- 
able spectacle,  darting  with  great  rapidity  from  one 
tree  lo  another  at  the  distance  of  fifteen  or  twenty 


feet.  I  have  not  observed  that  they  hold  their 
nose  while  leaping,  as  the  natives  affirm,  but  I  have 
seen  that  they  then  stretch  out  their  paws  in  a  re- 
markable manner.  They  are  of  dificrent  sizes; 
some,  indeed,  are  seen  which  are  not  above  a  foot 
in  height,  but  which  yet  have  young." 

The  kahau,  as  far  as  is  known  with  certainty,  is  a 
native  only  of  Borneo  :  perhaps  it  is  to  be  found  also 
in  Sumatra.  M.  Geoffroy  states  it  to  inhabit  the 
Malay  Peninsula,  but  we  are  not  aware  that  it  has 
ever  "been  seen  there.  The  adult  male  measures 
two  feet  in  the  length  of  the  head  and  body,  and 
two  feet  four  inches  in  that  of  the  tail.  It  has  never 
been  brought  alive  to  Europe. 

146. — The  Entkllcs,  or  Hoondman 
(Semnopithecus  EtUellus).  The  Entellus  is  a  native 
of  India  and  the  adjacent  islands.  The  general 
colour  is  straw-yellow,  mo^e  or  less  inclined  to  ashy 
grey ;  superciliary  hairs  black ;  hands  and  feet 
washed  with  black  ;  face  black.  Length  of  head 
and  body  of  adult  male,  two  feet  two  inches  ;  of  tail, 
three  feet  one  inch.  The  adults  are  paler  than  the 
young. 

The  Entellus,  or  Hoonuman,  is  held  sacred  in  some 
parts  of  India,  but  not  by  the  people  of  Mahratta, 
where  it  is  called  Makur ;  it  occurs  in  large  troops 
in  the  woods  of  the  Western  Ghauts.  In  Lower 
Bengal,  where  it  makes  its  appearance  towards  the 
latter  end  of  winter  (for  it  would  seem  that  it 
migrates  from  the  upper  to  the  lower  provinces,  and 
vice  versa  in  this  part  of  India),  the  pious  Brahmins 
venerate  it,  supply  it  with  food,  and  zealously  en- 
deavour to  prevent  its  molestation  by  Europeans. 
According  to  Dr.  Fryar  and  others  these  monkeys, 
in  Malabar,  toward  Ceyion,  and  at  the  Straits  of 
Balagat,  are  deified.  At  Dhuboy  (see  Forbes's 
'  Oriental  Memoirs')  they  are,  if  not  worshipped, 
protected,  from  motives  of  humanity  to  the  brute 
creation  and  a  general  belief  in  metempsychosis. 
According  to  the  latter  author  there  are  as  many 
monkeys  as  human  inhabitants  in  Dhuboy,  and  the 
roofs  and  upper  parts  of  the  houses  seem  en- 
tirely appropriated  to  their  accommodation.  To 
strangers  they  are  unbearably  annoying. 

In  Dhuboy,  if  a  man  wish  to  revenge  himself  on 
his  neighbour  for  any  insult  or  injury,  he  takes  the 
opportunity,  just  before  the  periodical  rains  (about 
the  middle  of  June)  set  in,  and  when  the  tiles  have 
been  adjusted  to  meet  that  season,  of  repairing  to 
his  neighbour's  roof  and  scattering  over  it  a  quan- 
tity of  rice  or  other  grain.  This  is  soon  discovered 
by  the  monkeys,  who  not  only  devour  it,  but  pull  up 
all  the  tiles  in  search  of  what  has  fallen  through  the 
crevices.  At  this  critical  juncture  the  rain  com- 
mences ;  no  one  can  be  found  to  re-set  the  tiles ; 
the  house  is  deluged,  the  furniture  ruined,  and  the 
depositaries  of  grain,  generally  formed  of  unbaked 
earth,  soaked  through  by  the  tailing  torrent. 

The  celebrated  banian-tree  on  the  banks  of  the 
Nerbuddah  is  tenanted  by  hosts  of  monkeys  and 
myriads  of  snakes.  The  antics  and  gambols  of  the 
former  are  very  amusing;  if  they  ever  suffer  from 
the  snakes,  they  repay  the  poor  reptiles  with  interest. 
When  they  see  one  asleep,  twined  round  a  branch, 
they  seize  it  by  the  neck,  and  descending  run  to  the 
nearest  stone,  and  on  it  commence  to  grind  dovv-n 
the  reptile's  head,  frequently  looking  at  it  and 
grinning  at  their  progress.  When  convinced  that 
its  fangs  are  destroyed,  they  toss  it,  writhing  with 
pain,  to  their  young,  and  seem  to  rejoice  in  its 
destruction. 

Once  a  friend  of  Mr.  Forbes,  on  a  shooting  ex- 
cursion, killed  a  female  monkey  under  this  tree, 
and  carried  it  to  his  tent,  which  was  soon  surrounded 
by  forty  or  fifty  of  the  tribe,  who  made  a  great  noise, 
and  with  menacing  gestures  advanced  towards  it. 
On  presenting  his  lowling-piece,  they  hesitated  and 
appeared  irresolute.  But  one,  which  from  his  age 
and  station  in  the  van  appeared  to  be  at  the  head 
of  the  troop,  stood  his  ground  chattering  and  me- 
nacing in  a  furious  manner,  nor  could  any  efforts  less 
cruel  than  firing  drive  him  off.  He  at  length 
approached  the  tent  door,  and  by  every  token  of 
grief  and  supplication  seemed  to  beg  the  body  of 
the  deceasecf,  which  was  then  given  to  him ;  with 
every  token  of  sorrow  he  took  it  up  in  his  arms, 
embraced  it  with  conjugal  affection,  and  carried  it 
off  to  his  expecting  comrades.  The  artless  be- 
haviour of  this  poor  animal  wrought  so  powerfully 
on  the  sportsmen,  that  they  resolved  never  to  level 
a  gun  again  at  one  of  the  monkey  race. 

147. — The  Black-crested  Monkey 
(Semnopithecus  melalophos;  Ctmepai/e,  or  Simpai, 
of  F.  Cuvier,  not  Raffles).  This  slender  and 
beautiful  species  is  a  native  of  Sumatra.  The  head 
is  small ;  the  fur  is  long,  soft,  falling,  and  glossy  ; 
the  top  of  the  head  is  ornamented  with  a  long  com- 
pressed crest.  The  general  tint  is  a  fine  bright 
golden  rust  colour,  pure  and  rich  on  the  limbs,  but 
slightly  washed  with  a  dusky  tint  on  the  back  ;  the 
abdomen  and  inside  of  the  limbs  are  paler  than  the 


other  parts.  The  crest  is  washed  with  a  dusky 
tinge,  passing  into  black  at  the  tip.  A  black  or 
blackish  line  beginning  over  the  eyes  passes  across 
the  temples,  and  turning  up  over  each  ear  merges 
into  the  colour  of  the  crest.  The  skin  of  the  face  is 
dusky-bluish;  the  palms,  soles,  and  nails  are  black. 
Length  of  head  and  body,  1  foot  8  inches  ;  of  tail,  2 
feet  8  inches. 

This  species  has  not,  as  far  as  we  know,  been 
brought  alive  to  Europe.  Itissaid  to  be  extremely 
active,  and  to  tenant  the  remote  parts  of  the  forest ; 
but  cf  its  e.\clusive  habits  nothing  is  known. 

148.— The  Bldesg 

(Semnopithecus  Maurus).  The  Budeng  is  a  na- 
tive of  Java;  the  general  colour  is  black  ;  the  fur 
is  long  and  silky;  the  hairs,  diverging  from  the 
crown  of  the  head,  conceal  the  eai-s.  The  young 
after  birth  are  of  a  pale  reddish-yellow ;  first  a  grey 
discoloration  appears  on  the  hands ;  then  this  begins 
gradually  to  spread,  extending  to  the  shoulders  and 
sides ;  as  it  spreads  it  becomes  darker,  and  at  last 
passes  into  black.  The  budeng,  according  to  Dr. 
Horsfield,  is  grave,  sullen,  and  morose  :  it  is  abun- 
dant in  the  extensive  forests  of  Java,  where  it  asso- 
ciates in  large  troops,  often  of  more  than  50  indi- 
viduals. On  the  approach  of  man  they  set  up  loud 
screams,  and  so  violent  and  incessant  are  their  mo- 
tions, that  decayed  branches  are  often  detached  and 
precipitated  on  the  spectators.  The  natives  chase 
them  for  the  sake  of  their  fur,  which  is  jet  black,  silky, 
and  employed  in  riding  equipages  and  military  de- 
corations. They  are  seldom  kept  alive,  from  the 
sullenness  of  their  temper,  which  renders  them  any- 
thing but  agreeable.  While  young  they  feed  on 
the  tender  leaves  of  plants  and  trees  ;  but  when  adult, 
on  wild  fruits  of  every  description. 

Genus  Colobus.— The  monkeys  of  this  genus  are 
restricted  exclusively  to  Africa :  in  all  respects  they 
resemble  the  Semnopitheci,  but  the  thumb,  which  in 
the  latter  is  small,  is  in  these  wanting  or  reduced  to 
a  mere  nailless  tubercle.  What  the  Semnopitheci 
are  in  India,  the  Colobi  are  in  Africa.  Tilflately 
only  two  species  were  known  ;  but  the  list  now  con- 
tains ten  accredited  species,  to  which  others  will  no 
doubt  be  added  as  we  extend  our  researches  in 
Western  Africa,  along  the  borders  of  the  Gambia, 
and  the  island  of  Fernando  Po. 

149. — The  White-thigbed  Colobcs 
(CbfoJws  leucomei-us,  Ogilby).  This  beautiful  mon- 
key is  a  native  of  the  banks  of  the  Gambia.  The 
fur  is  long,  fine,  silky,  and  shining ;  the  general 
colour  is  black  ;  a  white  frontal  band  spreads  from 
the  forehead  over  the  whiskers  on  the  sides  of  the 
face,  and  passing  down  occupies  the  throat,  so  that 
the  face  is  surrounded  with  white,  which  is  narrow- 
est on  the  forehead.  The  hairs  covering  the  thighs 
externally  are  white,  more  or  less  mixed  with  black, 
and  gradually  merging  into  the  general  hue.  The 
tail  is  long  and  of  a  snowy  white. 

The  White-thighed  Colobus  has  never  been  ob- 
served by  European  travellers  in  its  native  forests  • 
the  skins,  mostly  imperfect  and  wanting  the  head, 
are  brought  down  by  the  negroes  from  the  interior 
for  the  purposes  of  barter.  Nothing  respecting  its 
habits  has  been  ascertained. 

150. — Temminxk's  Colobcs 
(Cohbus  Temminckii,  Kuhl,  '  Beitr.,'  1820).  The 
top  of  the  head  is  black,  as  is  also  the  occiput, 
which  latter  is  slightly  sprinkled  with  rufous  ;  the 
back  and  the  outside  of  the  humerus  and  of  the 
thighs  are  of  a  sooty  black,  with  a  tinge  of  slate- 
blue.  The  sides  of  the  face,  the  chest,  the  sides 
of  the  humerus,  and  the  whole  of  the  fore-arms 
are  of  a  rufous  colour,  which  becomes  deeper  and 
brighter  on  the  hands ;  the  anterior  part  of  the 
thighs,  the  knees,  and  the  legs  are  also  rufous,  the 
feet  being  of  a  deeper  hue ;  the  throat,  together 
with  a  line  along  the  chest  and  abdomen,  are  of  a 
sandy-yellow ;  the  middle  of  the  chest  and  of  the 
abdomen  is  abruptly  of  a  dirty  yellowish-white 
varying  to  white;  the  tail  at  the  base  is  black' 
with  rufous  hairs  intermixed ;  it  then  assumes  a  chest- 
nut red  or  rufous  colour,  becoming  again  darker 
at  the  extremity;  an  obscure  dusky  line  runs  alonn- 
the  whole  of  its  upper  surface.  The  naked  skin  o^f 
the  face  is  brown  with  a  tinge  of  red  purple;  the 
palms  and  soles  are  of  a  purplish  black.  It  was  on 
a  very  pale-coloured  and  aged  female  of  this  species 
in  the  museum  of  the  Zoological'Societv,  London  ("6 
Cat.,  '  Mamm.,'  1838),  brought  from  the  river  Gam- 
bia, that  Mr.  Ogilby  founded  his  Colobus  fulitrinosus 
afterwards  termed  by  him  C.  rufo-fuliginus."  ' 

The  original  of  Kuhl's  description  was  formerly 
in  Bullock's  museum,  but  is  at  present  in  that  of 
Leyden.  With  respect  to  the  native  country  of  this 
species,  it  is  now  ascertained  to  be  Gambia.  Length 
of  head  and  body,  2  feet  2  inches;  of  tail,  2  feet 
6  inches.  Nothing  relative  to  the  habits  and  man- 
ners of  this  species,  as  it  exists  in  its  native  forests, 
has  been  collected. 


Monkeys.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


35 


151. FULL-MANED  COLOBUS 


(^Colobus  polycomos).  Full-bottomed  Monkey,  Pen- 
nant.; Guenon  a  Camail,  Bufton.  The  Full-maned 
Colobus  is  a  native  of  the  forests  of  Sierra  Leone  ;  it 
is  called  by  the  natives  '  the  king  of  the  monkeys,'  on 
account  of  the  beauty  of  its  colours,  and  the  camail, 
which  represents  a  sort  of  diadem.  Its  fur  is  in  high 
estimation,  and  applied  to  different  ornamental  pur- 
poses. The  head  and  upper  part  of  the  body  are 
covered  with  long  hairs  falling  over  the  head  and 
shoulders,  forming  a  sort  of  mane-like  hood  and 
pelerine,  vfhence  the  name  given  to  it  by  Buffon. 
Pennant's  title  is  in  allusion  to  the  full-bottomed 
perriwig  worn  in  his  day.  These  long  hairs  are 
mingled  yellow  and  black  ;  the  face  is  brown  ;  the 
body  covered  with  short  jet-black  hair;  the  tail  is 
snowy-white  and  tufted. 

152. — The  Gueeeza 
(Colobus  Guereza).  General  colour  black;  sides  of 
the  body  and  top  of  the  loins  ornamented  with  long 
pendent  white  hairs,  forming  a  fringe-like  mantle; 
face  encircled  by  white  ;  tail  ending  in  a  white  tuft. 
Native  country,  South  and  West  Abyssinia. 

The  Guereza,  which  is  the  Abyssinian  name  of  this 
species,  lives,  according  to  RUppell,  iri  small  fami- 
lies, tenanting  the  lofty  trees  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  running  waters.  It  is  active  and  lively,  and  at 
the  same  time  gentle  and  inoffensive.  Its  food 
consists  of  wild  fruits,  grain,  and  insects.  It  is  only 
found  in  the  provinces  of  Godjam,Kulla,  and  Damot, 
more  especially  in  the  latter,  where  it  is  hunted  by 
the  natives,  who  consider  it  a  mark  of  distinction  to 
possess  a  buckler  covered  with  its  skin,  the  part 
used  being  that  covered  with  the  long  flowing  white 
hairs.  Ludolph  (in  the  'Hist,  ^thiop.,'  lib.  i.)  has 
made  express  allusion  to  this  animal,  but  he  figures 
a  different  species  under  its  name. 

Genus  Cercopithecus.  In  this  genus  are  compre- 
hended the  ordinary  long-tailed  monkeys  or  Gue- 
nons  of  Africa.  The  muzzle  is  moderately  pro- 
minent ;  the  facial  angle  45°  to  50° ;  the  head  is 
round ;  the  superciliary  ridge  moderate ;  the  molar 
teeth  are  crowned  with  acute  tubercles;  the  last 
molar  of  the  lower  jaw  with  only  4  tubercles :  there 
are  ample  cheek-pouches ;  the  laryngal  sac  is  vari- 
able ;  ischiatic  callosities  moderate  ;  general  con- 
tour light,  but  vigorous ;  limbs  muscular ;  stomach 
simple  ;  tail  long ;  the  hairs  composing  the  fur 
annulated. 

The  Cercopitheci  are  all  restricted  to  the  African 
continent,  but  one  speciesonly,  the  Vervet  (C.  pygery- 
thrus ;  and  one  species  of  Baboon,  the  Chacma),  in- 
habits Africa  south  of  the  tropic  of  Capricorn ;  and 
one  species,  the  White-throated  Monkey,  C.  albo- 
gularis.  is  a  native  of  Madagascar.  These  animals 
are  arboreal  in  their  habits ;  they  tenant  the  wild 
forests  that  skirt  the  rivers,  and  associate  in  troops, 
being  gregarious  in  their  habits.  Their  actions  are 
full  of  energy ;  their  disposition  is  restless,  petulant, 
and  inquisitive.  During  infancy  they  are  gentle, 
but  as  age  advances  they  become  irascible  and  mali- 
cious. Their  displeasure  is  expressed  by  grinning 
and  chattering ;  and  though  they  seldom  venture  to 
make  a  decided  attack,  yet  collected  in  troops  in 
their  native  woods,  they  endeavour  to  harass  and 
annoy  intruders  within  their  territorial  domains,  and 
are  not  to  be  repelled  without  difficulty.  Their  diet 
is  almost  exclusively  frugivorous ;  and  they  often 
commit  great  havoc  in  the  fields  of  grain  adjacent 
to  the  wooded  districts ;  and  that,  not  only  by  what 
they  devour  on  the  spot,  but  also  by  what  they 
carry  away  in  their  cheek-pouches,  which  extend 
below  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  which,  when 
an  opportunity  occurs,  they  cram  with  food  to  be 
eaten  at  leisure.  In  these  Guenons  the  thumb  of  the 
fore-hands  is  more  developed  than  in  the  Semnopi- 
theci,  and  the  hands  themselves  are  shorter,  and 
have  better  pretensions  to  the  title  than  the  long 
slender  graspers  of  their  Asiatic  relatives.    The 

4 
Dental  formula  is  as  follows: — Incisors-- ,  canines 

Of  these  the  canines  (see 

figure  153)  are  very  large,  compressed,  with  a  sharp 
cutting  edge  posteriorly. 

154. — The  Mona 

(Cercopithecus  Mono).  La  Mone  of  Buffon;  the 
Varied  Ape  of  Pennant.  The  hairs  annulated  with 
grey,  yellow,  and  black,  or  with  red  and  black,  pro- 
ducing the  various  tints  of  the  fur.  Head  of  yel- 
lowish-olive colour ;  a  black  frontal  stripe  above  the 
eyebrows  is  surmounted  by  another  of  a  whitish  tint, 
more  conspicuous  in  some  individuals  than  in  others ; 
back  chestnut-brown  ;  haunches  and  limbs  exter- 
nally dusky  black ;  tail  black,  with  a  white  spot  on 
each  side  of  its  origin  on  the  crupper;  under  parts  and 
inside  of  limbs  white;  whiskers  very  full,  of  a  yel- 
lowish-tint, slightly  washed  with  black;  skin  of  orbits 
and  cheeks  bluish-purple  ;  lips  flesh-coloured  ;  ears 
and  head  of  a  livid  flesh-colour ;  length  of  head  and 


1—1 
1-1 


molars  ■- — ,  =  32. 
5 — O 


body  1  foot  8^  inches;  tail  1  foot  11  inches-  The 
Mona  is  a  native  of  Western  Africa  (Guinea),  but  of 
its  manners  in  a  state  of  nature  little  is  known.  It 
bears  our  climate  better  than  most  of  its  congeners : 
we  have  observed  many  adults  in  captivity,  and 
always  found  them  savage  and  irritable. 

The  term  Mone,  or  Mona,  is  of  Arabic  origin,  and 
is  the  Moorish  name  for  all  long-tailed  monkeys  in- 
discriminately. From  Northern  Africa  the  terra 
passed  into  Spain,  Portugal,  and  Provence;  nor 
has  it  stopped  here  :  it  is  evidently  the  root  of  our 
word  Monkey,  which  has  exactly  the  same  meaning, 
but  which  has  been  supposed  to  be  a  corruption  of 
the  word  monikin,  or  manikin.  To  say  no  more,  it 
seems  going  out  of  the  way  to  seek  in  our  own 
language  for  the  name  of  a  foreign  animal,  with 
which  our  Saxon  forefathers,  and  indeed  ourselves, 
till  at  a  comparative  late  era,  were  unacquainted, 
and  which,  when  imported,  was  so  with  the  name 
also,  by  which  it  was  known  to  the  people  from 
whom  it  was  originally  obtained. 

155,  156.— The  Green  Monkey 

(Cercopithecus  Sabmis).  The  St.  Jago  monkey  of 
Edwards ;  Le  Callitiiche  of  Buffon ;  Cere,  viridis 
of  Hermann.  The  general  colour  of  the  upper  parts 
is  olive-green,  the  hairs  being  annulated  with  black 
and  yellow  ;  on  the  outer  side  of  the  limbs  a  greyish 
tint  prevails ;  the  hands  and  feet  are  grey ;  the 
under  surface  of  the  body  and  inside  of  the  limbs 
are  white  with  a  faint  tinge  of  yellow.  The  hairs  on 
the  side  of  the  face  are  full  and  long,  and  directed 
up  towards  the  ears,  spreading  in  the  manner  of  a 
frill ;  their  colour,  with  that  of  the  hairs  of  the 
throat,  is  bright  but  delicate  yellow.  The  tail  is 
olive-green  above,  passing  into  yellow  at  the  tip ; 
the  face,  ears,  and  palms  are  black. 

The  Green  Monkey  is  a  native  of  Senegal  and  the 
Cape  de  Verd  Islands.  It  is  most  probable  that  this 
is  the  species  to  which  Adanson  refers,  under  the 
name  of  Singe  verte,  as  being  abundant  in  the  woods 
of  Podor  along  the  Niger;  and  of  which  he 
killed  twenty-three  in  less  than  an  hour,  and  in  the 
space  of  twenty  fathoms,  without  one  of  them  hav- 
ing uttered  a  single  cry,  although  they  collected 
several  times,  knitting  their  brows,  gnashing  their 
teeth,  and  making  demonstrations  of  an  intended 
attack.     ('  Voy.  au  Senegal,'  by  M.  Adanson,  1757.) 

In  captivity  the  green  monkey  is  alert,  active,  and 
intelligent,  but  spiteful  and  malicious.  F.  Cuvier, 
however,  describes  an  adult  which  was  good-tem- 
pered, gentle,  and  familiar,  and  expressed  pleasure 
on  being  caressed :  such  exceptions  are  rare. 

157. — ^The  Diana  Monket 
(Cercopithecus  Diana).  Le  Rohway  ou  Palatine  of 
Buffon  ;  the  Palatine  and  Spotted  Monkey  of  Pen- 
nant and  Shaw.  The  top  of  the  head,  the  back  of 
the  neck,  the  shoulders,  sides,  and  middle  of  the 
body  are  of  a  deep  grizzled  ashy  grey ;  the  hairs 
being  annulated  with  white  and  black,  and  white  at 
the  lips.  This  grey  tint  darkens  into  black  on  the 
hands ;  the  tail  is  grey,  becoming  black  at  the  ex- 
tremity ;  a  crescent-shaped  line  of  long  white  hairs 
(surmounting  a  band  of  dusky  black),  and  resem- 
bling Dian's  silver  bow,  has  suggested  the  animal's 
name.  The  sides  of  the  face  are  covered  with 
long  bushy  white  hairs,  which  merge  on  the  chin 
into  a  long,  thin,  flat,  and  pointed  beard.  The 
front  of  the  neck  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  hume- 
rus are  white;  the  latter  with  an  abrupt  line  of  de- 
markation. 

On  the  middle  of  the  back  commences  a  mark  of 
deep  chestnut,  which  gradually  widens  as  it  de- 
scends to  the  root  of  the  tail,  forming  an  elongated 
triangle  with  the  base  on  the  crupper.  A  line  of 
white  beginning  at  the  root  of  the  tail  runs  ob- 
liquely along  the  outer  side  of  each  thigh  to  the 
knee;  the  lower  part  of  the  abdomen  and  the 
inner  side  of  the  thighs  are  abruptly  of  an  orange- 
yellow,  orange-red,  or  bright  rust  colour.  The  face 
IS  long  and  triangular,  and,  together  with  the  ears, 
intensely  black.  Length  of  head  and  body  about 
2  feet ;  of  tail  about  2  feet  4  inches.  This  richly- 
coloured  monkey  is  a  native  of  Guinea,  Congo,  and 
Fernando  Po.  It  is  very  rarely  brought  alive  to 
Europe ;  nor  indeed  are  its  skins  common  in  collec- 
tions. We  have  observed  only  one  specimen  in  the 
Paris  Museum,  from  the  Gold  Coast.  Three  speci- 
mens are  in  the  collection  of  the  Zoological  Society, 
London.  Of  these,  one  died  some  years  since  in  the 
menagerie  of  the  Society:  the  other  two  were 
brought  from  Fernando  Po.  Of  the  habits  of  the 
Diana  in  its  own  forests  we  know  nothing.  While 
young  in  captivity  it  is  gentle,  active,  familiar,  and 
very  playful :  its  frontal  crest,  and  "  beard  of  formal 
cut,"  give  a  singular  aspect  to  its  physiognomy. 
The  latter  has  been  observed  to  be  solicitous  in 
keeping  neat  and  clean,  holding  it  back  when  about 
to  drink,  lest  it  should  dip  into  the  fluid.  Consider- 
ing the  range  of  country  through  which  thisspecies 
is  spread,  the  scarcity  of  this  monkey  in  the  mena- 
geries and  collections  of  Europe  is  rather  surprising. 


158. — The  Lesser  White->osed  Mokkky 

(Cercopitliecus     Petaurista).      Blanc-nez    of   Alia* 
mand ;  Ascagne  of  F.  Cuvier  and  Audebert. 

There  are  two  distinct  species  of  White-nosed . 
monkey,  both  natives  of  the  forests  of  Guinea  ;  of 
these  one  is  the  Hocheur  of  Audebert,  the  Winking 
monkey  of  Pennant,  the  Cercopithecus  nictitans  of 
Geoffrey.  The  general  colour  of  the  Hocheur  is 
black,  freckled  with  white ;  the  limbs  are  black ; 
the  whiskers,  of  the  general  colour,  are  ample  ;  the 
chin  is  beardless ;  the  nose,  which  is  broad  and  ele- 
vated, is  white  from  between  the  eyes  to  the  nos- 
trils. 

The  Lrsser  White-nosed  Monkey,  or  Blanc-nez  (see 
Fig.  158),  has  only  the  lower  half  of  the  nose  white, 
but  this  colour  extends  to  the  adjacent  part  of  the 
upper  lip  ;  the  face  is  covered  with  short  black 
hairs,  those  on  the  cheek-bone  having  a  fulvous 
tinge  ;  the  whiskers  and  beard  are  white,  as  also  the 
throat,  chest,  and  abdomen.  A  streak  of  black 
hair  runs  from  the  face  below  the  ear,  and  loses 
itself  on  the  top  of  the  shoulder  ;  and  between  this 
black  line  and  the  hairs  of  the  head  a  conspicuous 
streak  of  white  runs  below  the  ears.  The  general 
colour  of  the  back  and  head  is  reddish  olive-brown ; 
the  hairs  being  ranged  with  fulvous  and  black.  A 
band  across  the  forehead  above  the  eyes,  and  a  band 
traversing  the  top  of  the  head  from  ear  to  ear,  are 
black ;  a  grey  tint  prevails  on  the  limbs,  deepening 
to  dusky  black  on  the  hands  and  feet.  Tail  dusky 
grey  above,  white  beneath.  Length  of  head  and 
body,  about  1  foot  4  or  5  inches ;  of  the  tail,  1  foot 
9  or  10  inches. 

This  species  is  common  in  Guinea,  and  is  fre- 
quently brought  to  Europe,  but  does  not  well  en- 
dure our  uncongenial  climate.  It  is  gentle,  grace- 
ful, and  intelligent,  but  not  without  a  mixture  of 
the  caprice  and  petulance  of  its  race.  The  light- 
ness and  agility  of  its  actions,  its  playfulness,  and 
beauty,  certainly  render  it  very  attractive  ;  but  it 
dislikes  to  be  taken  hold  of  or  interfered  with :  so 
that  though  as  docile  as  most  monkeys,  it  becomes, 
familiar  only  to  a  certain  extent.  A  Blanc-nez  in 
the  possession  of  Allamand,  though  usually  good- 
tempered  and  sportive,  became  angry  if  interrupted 
while  feeding,  and  also  when  mockery  was  made  of 
it.  We  have  observed  a  sensitiveness  to  ridicule 
or  mockery  in  other  species,  and  a  strong  desire  to 
resent  the  insult,  which  is  evidently  felt. 

159. — The  Collared  White-eyelid  Monkey 

(yEthiops  torquatus).  Cercocebus  ^thiops,  Geoff. ; 
Cercopithecus  .^thiops,  Kuhl.  In  Martin's  'Natu- 
ral History  of  Quadrupeds,'  p.  508,  a  subgenus 
termed  ^Ethiops  is  there  proposed  for  two,  if  not 
three  closely-allied  species  (the  White-eyelid 
Monkeys),  which  differ  on  tangible  grounds  from  the 
Cercopitheci,  namely,  in  the  presence  of  a  fifth  tu- 
bercle on  the  last  molar  of  the  lower  jaw  ;•  the  mag- 
nitude of  the  upper  middle  incisors ;  and  the  hairs 
being  destitute  of  annulations.  For  these  monkeys, 
with  other  Guenons  by  no  means  closely  allied  to 
them,  Geoffroy  proposed  his  genus  Cercocebus — a 
genus,  the  indeterminate  characters  of  which,  from 
the  incongruity  of  the  species  thus  brought  together, 
was  perceived  by  Desmarest,  who,  unwilling  to  sink 
it,  endeavoured  to  reform  it  by  the  removal  of  some 
species  and  the  addition  of  others :  so  that  the 
genus  as  instituted  by  the  one  naturalist,  and  that 
remodelled  by  the  other,  were  two  different  assem- 
blages; and  the  characters  of  both  equally  vague 
and  indefinite.  It  therefore  seems  best  to  sink  the 
genus  altogether,  and  place  the  White-eyelid  Mon- 
keys in  a  separate  subgenus,  to  which  the  title 
Jithiops  has  been  already  applied. 

The  Collared  White-eyelid  Monkey  (the  Manga- 
bey  a  Collier  of  Buffon  and  F.  Cuvier),  like  the 
Sooty  White-eyelid  Monkey,  is  a  native  of  Western 
Africa.  The  general  colour  is  fuliginous  or  sooty- 
black,  passing  into  black  on  the  limbs  and  hancis. 
The  top  of  the  head  is  chestnut-coloured  ;  the  whis- 
kers, throat,  and  collar  round  the  neck  are  white. 
The  upper  eyelids  are  conspicuously  dead-white. 

The  native  habits  of  this  monkey  are  not  known  : 
in  captivity  it  is  gentle,  active,  and  familiar,  and 
testifies  by  a  sort  of  jabber  and  grin  its  recognition 
of  those  for  whom  it  has  a  partiality.  We  have  ob- 
served many  individuals,  and  have  found  them  to 
be  among  the  most  diverting  of  their  race.  They 
would  play  a  number  of  amusing  tricks  in  order,  to 
attract  the  attention  of  bystanders,  and  gain  a  share 
of  the  nuts  and  biscuits  they  saw  dealt  out  to  their 
companions ;  and  they  testified  their  gratitude  by 
a  quick  vibratory  movement  of  the  lips,  producing 
a  jabbering  noise.  When  offended,  their  ill-temper 
was  transient,  and  they  soon  became  reconciled  to 
the  object  of  their  anger.  In  their  gambols  with 
other  monkeys  they  were  invariably  good-natured. 

Genus  Macacus.  The  distinctions  between  the 
genus  Macacus  and  Cercopithecus,  though  in  some 
points  definite,  are   in  others  rather  variations  in 

•  See  *  Proceedings  of  Zoological  Society,  London,*  1838,  p.  1 17. 

F2 


".— I)i»nn  Monkeyi. 


1.'" .— t.rctu  Monk«f> 


86 


Ifil.— Toque. 


15H.— The  Leswr  White-nosed  Monkey. 


19.— Bhander. 


160.— Teeth  of  Maoacus. 


159.— The  Collared  White-Eyelid  Monkey. 


164, — Wanderoo. 


165.— ChKina, 


163.— Wanderoo. 


38 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Monkeys. 


degree  than  anrthin^  potitive.  In  the  Macaques, 
or  Macaci,  the  body  is  stouter,  the  head  larger  in 
proportion,  the  limbs  more  muscular,  and  the  tail 
shorter  than  in  the  Guenons.  The  muzzle  is  heavy  ; 
the  forehead  is  flattened  behind  a  bold  superciliary 
ridge;  the  callosities  are  lar^e,  and  mostly  sur- 
rounded by  a  naked  space  of  skin.  There  are  ample 
cheek-pouches,  and  Cuvier  states  that  a  laryngal 
sac  ia  always  present.  The  last  molar  of  the  lower 
jaw  has  a  iifth  tubercle,  and  the  molai-s  are  broad 
(see  Fig.  160).  The  tail  is  variable  :  in  some  it  is  of 
considerable  length,  and  in  these  the  general  form 
approaches  to  that  of  the  Guenons.  In  others  again 
it  M  short  and  slender  ;  and  in  others  it  is  reduced  to 
a  mere  tubercle.  The  ears  are  angular.  The  Ma- 
caci are  all  natives  of  Asia.  Like  the  Guenons, 
which  they  seem  to  represent,  the  long-tailed  species 
tenant  the  forest  in  troops,  and  are  remarkable  for 
activity  and  impudence.  Emboldened  by  tolerance, 
they  become  in  many  places  very  audacious,  pil- 
laging the  garden  and  fields  of  grain,  and  their 
rapacity  is  seconded  by  address  and  cunning. 

161. — The  Toquk,  or  Radiated  Macaqu* 

(Macacus  radiatus).  This  species  is  the  Bonnet 
Chinois  of  Buffon ;  the  Simla  binica  of  Gmelim  ;  the 
Toque  of  F.  Cuvier. 

The  forehead  is  abruptly  depressed  behind  the 
superciliary  ridge,  which  is  very  bold  ;  the  skin  of 
the  forehead  is  transversely  wrinkled,  and  covered 
with  short  hairs,  diverging  laterally  on  each  side 
from  the  middle  longitudinal  line.  These  hairs  are 
continued  round  the  temples,  following  the  projec- 
tion of  the  superciliary  ridge,  and  occupying  the 
space  before  the  ears.  A  circular  cap  of  rather  long 
hair  radiating  from  the  centre  is  seated  flat  on  the 
crown.  The  muzzle  is  prominent,  and  the  physiog- 
nomy malicious ;  the  form  is  robust ;  the  tail  long. 
The  general  colour  is  greenish  olive-grey,  the  hairs 
being  annulated  with  dusky-black  and  pale  yellow  ; 
the  under  surface  is  ashy-white  ;  the  ears  are  large 
and  flesh-coloured,  with  straggling  long  grey  hairs. 
The  limbs  are  of  a  paler  tint  than  the  back.  The 
sides  of  the  face  and  throat  are  thinly  clad  with 
greyish  hairs ;  the  naked  skin  of  the  face  is  of  a 
tanned  flesh-colour. 

The  Toque  is  one  of  the  commonest  of  the  Ma- 
caques in  our  menageries,  and  appears  to  be  widely 
distributed  throughout  India.  It  is  found  in  Mala- 
bar. It  inhabits  the  Western  Ghauts,  where  it  is 
called  Waanur  by  the  Mahrattas:  it  is  abundant  in 
Madras,  and  even  in  the  southern  regions  of  Nepal. 
In  the  Mahratta  country  portions  of  the  mighty 
forest  are,  as  Mr.  Elliot  states,  left  untouched  by  the 
axe  or  knife,  forming  an  impervious  shade  for  the 
growth  of  the  black  pepper,  cai°damom,  and  mari- 
palm  (Caryota  urens).  These  parts,  called  kans, 
are  the  favourite  resort  of  wild  animals:  here  the 
Entellus  abounds,  and  its  loud  and  piercing  cries 
may  be  frequently  heard  sounding  through  the  dense 
foliage :  the  radiated  Macaque,  also,  which  is  com- 
mon over  the  whole  country,  may  be  seen  in  troops, 
tenanting  the  wildest  jungles.  It  is  not,  however, 
confined  to  these  woodland  recesses  :  it  lives,  as  if 
at  home,  in  the  most  populous  towns,  where  it 
carries  off  fruit  and  grain  with  the  greatest  coolness 
and  address,  and  commits  incessant  petty  depreda- 
tions. The  examples  of  this  species  which  we  have 
seen  in  captivity,  have  been  all  remarkable  for  intel- 
ligence and  activity,  and  equally  so  for  petulance 
when  young,  and  irascibility — even  ferocity — when 
adult.  We  have  seen  them  display  every  mark  of 
rage  against  persons  who  did  not  appear  to  give  any 
definite  offence.  Numbers  of  these  animals  are 
kept  in  the  Hindoo  temples,  where  they  are  exceed- 
ingly jealous  of  intruders  of  any  other  species,  which 
they  drive  forth  from  their  asylum  with  the  utmost 
hostility,  a  circumstance  witnessed  by  M.  de  Mai- 
8onpr£  in  the  enclosures  of  the  pagodas  of  Cherinan. 

162. — The  Bbuhdeb,  or  Rhesus 

(Macacus  Rhesus).  This  is  the  Patas  a  queue  courte 
of  Buffon  ;  the  Maimon,  or  Rhesus,  of  F.  Cuvier. 

The  general  colour  of  the  fur  is  olive-green,  with 
a  wash  of  brown  on  the  back  ;  the  crupper  and 
thighs  externally  orange-red ;  the  face  orange- 
red  ;  the  callosities  and  naked  skin  around  intense 
red.  The  tail  short.  The  skin  of  the  throat  and 
abdomen  is  loose,  and  usually  hangs  in  folds. 
The  Bhunder  is  a  native  of  India,  and  is  very  abun- 
dant on  the  banks  of  the  Ganges,  being  greatly 
reverenced  by  the  Hindoos.  It  swarms  not  only  in 
the  woods,  but  in  towns  and  villages,  tenanting  the 
tops  of  the  houses.  It  would  appear  from  the  account 
of  Mr.  Johnson,  in  his  '  Indian  Field  Sports,'  that  in 
some  places  ample  provision  is  made  for  the  support 
of  these  animals.  At  Bindrabun,  a  town  near  the 
holy  city  of  Muttra,  more  than  a  hundred  gardens 
are  cultivated,  sind  all  kinds  of  fruit  grown,  at  the 
expense  of  pious  and  wealthy  natives,  for  their 
sipply.  Not  content  with  remaining  outside  the 
houses,  they  boldly  invade  the  rooms  and  steal 
everything  that  tempts  them,  such  as  bread,  sugar, 


fruit,  &c.,  ransacking  every  place  in  their  search. 
To  injure  one  is  not  only  to  bring  down  the  ven- 
geance of  the  whole  host,  but,  vvhat  is  more,  of 
the  besotted  natives,  as  was  experienced  by  two 
younp  officers  who  imprudently  fired  while  on  a 
sporting  excursion  at  one  of  these  monkeys.  They 
were  mounted  on  an  elephant,  and  no  sooner 
was  the  profane  assault  committed  than  the  in- 
habitants of  Bindrabun  rose  incensed  to  the 
highest  degree:  they  pelted  the  gentlemen  and  the 
elephant  with  bricks  and  stones,  and  drove  them 
into  the  river :  the  two  officers  and  the  driver  were 
drowned  ;  but  the  elephant  landed  about  six  miles 
lower  down  the  river,  and  was  saved.  In  the  dis- 
trict of  Cooch  Bahar  a  large  tract  of  country  is  con- 
sidered by  the  natives  as  in  part  the  property  of 
these  monkeys  ;  and  therefore,  when  they  cut  the 
grain,  they  leave  a  tenth  part  piled  in  heaps  for 
these  creatures,  which  come' down  from  the  hills  and 
carry  off' their  allotted  tithes. 

In  captivity  the  Rhesus,  or  Bhunder,  displays 
cunning  and  sagacity  ;  but  is  at  the  same  time  ob- 
stinate, savage,  and  irascible. 

163,  164.— The  Wanderoo 

(Macacus  Silemis).  Ouanderou  and  Lowando,  Buf- 
fon ;  Lion-tailed  Baboon,  Pennant  and  Shaw. 

The  general  colour  of  this  species  is  black  ;  the 
tail  is  of  moderate  length  and  tufted  at  the  tip  ;  the 
face  is  encircled  by  a  mane  of  long  hairs  of  a 
whitish  or  light  ash  colour,  sometimes  pure  white  ; 
the  face  is  black ;  the  callosities  flesh-coloured. 

This  large  and  powerful  Macaque  is  a  native  of 
Malabar  and  Ceylon.  Knox,  in  his  historical  rela- 
tion of  Ceylon,  evidently  describes  this  animal. 
They  are,  he  says,  "  as  large  as  our  English  spaniel 
dogs,  of  a  darkish  grey  colour,  with  black  faces,  and 
great  white  beards  from  ear  to  ear,  which  make 
them  show  just  like  old  men.  They  do  but  little 
mischief,  keeping  in  the  woods,  eating  only  leaves 
and  buds  of  trees  ;  but  when  they  are  caught  they 
will  eat  anything.  This  sort  they  call  in  their  lan- 
guage Wanderows." 

In  captivity,  judging  from  the  specimens  we 
have  seen,  the  Wanderoo  is  surly  and  unsocial,  and 
disposed  to  tyrannise  over  the  other  inmates  of  its 
compartment.  Of  its  manners  in  a  state  of  nature 
we  have  no  detailed  account. 

Genus  Cynocephalus.  In  the  massive  Baboons 
composing  this  genus  we  find  the  characters  of  the 
Macaques  exaggerated,  so  to  speak,  to  their  ultima- 
tum, and  consequently  impressing  us  with  an  idea 
of  degradation  m  the  scale  ;  we  recognise  an  ap- 
proach in  form  and  aspect  to  the  Carnivora,  and  on 
reflection  appreciate  the  distance  to  which  we  have 
receded  from  the  Chimpanzee. 

Of  large  stature  and  prodigious  force,  the  Baboons, 
though  never  voluntarily  assuming  an  erect  atti- 
tude, are  to  a  great  degree  terrestrial,  inhabiting 
rocky  and  mountain  districts,  rather  than  forests 
and  woodlands.  The  head  is  heavy,  not  from  cra- 
nial development,  but  from  that  of  the  face,  which 
is  prolonged  and  thick,  resembling  that  of  a  mastiff, 
the  muzzle  being  truncated,  and  the  nostrils  at  its 
extremity. 

The  maxillary  bones  are  more  or  less  swollen, 
and  the  superciliary  ridge  beetles  over  the  scowling 
eyes,  giving  an  expression  of  brutal  and  revolting 
ferocity. 

The  neck  and  shoulders  are  voluminous ;  the 
chest  is  deep,  and  the  great  power  and  equal  pro- 
portions of  the  limbs  are  favourable  for  quadrupedal 
movements.  They  climb  trees  with  facility,  but 
prefer  craggy  rocks  and  precipices,  among  which 
they  dwell  in  security.  In  temper  they  are  morose 
and  daring,  and  their  physical  powers  render  them 
formidable.  It  is  only  during  youth  that  they  are 
tractable.  They  congregate  in  troops,  and  are  bold 
and  skilful  in  their  predatory  excursions. 

To  bulbous  roots,  berries,  and  grain,  the  Baboons 
add  eggs,  scorpions,  and  insects,  as  their  diet ;  nor  is 
it  quite  clear  that  they  are  not  carnivorous  as  well 
as  herbivorous.  In  domestication  they  relish  cooked 
meat,  and  even  devour  raw  flesh  with  avidity.  They 
do  not  arrive  at  maturity  till  the  seventh  or  eighth 
year  of  their  age. 

All  the  Baboons  are  African :  one  indeed,  the 
Hamadryas,  is  found  in  the  mountain  districts  of 
Arabia,  as  well  as  in  those  of  Abyssinia,  and  was 
well  known  to  the  Egyptians. 

165,  166,  167.— The  Chacma 

(Cynocephalus  porcarius).  The  Singe  Noir  of  Le 
Vaillant ;  the  Choak-Kama  of  Kolbe  ;  Papio  Coma- 
tus,  Geoffroy.  About  the  shoulders  and  neck  the 
hairs  are  long  and  mane-like  ;  the  general  colour  is 
grizzled  dusky  black,  with  a  tinge  of  olive-green  ; 
the  face  is  black,  with  a  hue  of  violet ;  the  upper 
eyelids  are  white  ;  the  tail  descends  to  the  hock- 
joint,  and  is  carried  arched  yet  drooping  down,  as 
in  Figs.  166  and  167.  The  male  attains  the  size 
of  a  large  mastiff,  and  is  very  formidable.    Length 


of  adult  nearly  3  feet,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which 
measures  about  27  inches. 

The  terra  Chacma  is  a  corruption  of  the  Hottentot 
name  T'chacamma  for  this  species,  which  inhabits 
the  rocky  mountains  throughout  the  colony  of  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  where,  in  the  remoter  districts, 
it  is  very  abundant,  and  well  known  to  the  farmers 
from  the  depredations  it  commits  in  their  cultivated 
enclosures.  In  its  mountain  fastnesses  it  is  safe 
from  pursuit,  and  troops  may  be  frequently  seen  on 
the  overhanging  rocks  gazing  at  the  traveller  as  he 
traverses  the  mountain  passes. 

An  old  male  Chacma  is  more  than  a  match  for 
two  large  dogs ;  and  the  boors  of  the  interior  will 
rather  venture  their  hounds  upon  a  lion  or  panther 
than  one  of  these  animals.  Yet  to  no  animal  do  the 
dogs  show  a  more  inveterate  hostility.  Burchell 
states  that  on  one  occasion  a  small  company  of 
them,  being  chased  by  his  dogs,  suddenly  turned 
upon  their  canine  foes  and  defended  themselves 
most  effectually.  They  killed  one  dog  on  the  spot 
by  biting  it  through  the  great  blood-vessels  of  the 
neck,  and  disabled  another  by  laying  bare  its  ribs. 
Even  the  leopard,  hyaena,  or  wild-dog  is  sometimes 
mastered  by  a  troop,  though  the  former,  surprising 
individuals,  destroys  numbers. 

The  devotion  of  the  females  to  their  young  is  very 
great,  and  in  their  defence  they  are  ready  to  brave 
every  danger. 

The  food  of  the  Chacma  consists  in  a  great  mea- 
sure of  bulbous  roots,  particularly  of  the  Babiana ; 
and  it  is  customary  for  the  troops  to  descend  from 
the  precipices  into  the  secluded  valleys  of  rich  allu- 
vial soil  where  these  plants  luxuriate.  When  sud- 
denly surprised,  the  cry  of  alarm  is  raised,  and  the 
troop  ascend  the  rocky  cliffs,  often  several  hundred 
feet  in  perpendicular  height,  with  surprising  agility, 
the  young  clinging  to  their  mothers,  and  the  old 
males  bringing  up  the  rear.  Besides  bulbs  and 
grain,  they  are  fond  of  eggs,  and  greedily  devour 
scorpions,  which  they  seize,  nipping  off  the  sting 
with  so  rapid  an  action  as  to  prevent  the  hands 
from  being  wounded.  In  captivity,  while  young, 
the  Chacma  is  good-tempered  and  frolicsome,  but 
as  age  advances  it  becomes  savage  and  dangerous. 

168. — The  M.^-ndbiu- 

{Cynocephalus  Mormon).  Le  Choras,  Buffon ;  Man- 
tegar,  Bradley  ;  Great  Baboon,  Pennant ;  Variegated 
Baboon,  Lev.  Mus. ;  Ribbed-nosed  Baboon,  Pen- 
nant ;  Simla  Mormon  and  Maimon,  Linn. 

Adult  male.  General  colour  olive-brown,  pass- 
ing into  whitish  in  the  under  parts  ;  a  golden-yellow 
beard  hangs  from  the  chin  ;  the  hair  of  the  forehead 
and  temples  converges  to  a  peak  ;  skin  round  the 
callosities  red.  The  nostrils  have  a  broad  rim  around 
them,  at  the  extremity  of  the  muzzle ;  the  tail  is 
short,  and  nearly  hid  by  the  fur.  The  cheek-bones 
are  enormously  swollen,  rising  like  two  ridges,  and 
the  skin  is  obliquely  marked  with  deep  furrows  ; 
its  colour  is  a  fine  blue,  with  a  tinge  of  scarlet  in 
the  furrows  ;  a  streak  of  brilliant  vermillion,  com- 
mencing on  the  beetling  superciliary  ridge,  runs 
down  the  nose,  and  is  diffused  over  the  muzzle. 
Ears,  palms,  and  soles  violet  black.  In  the  female 
the  cheeks  are  less  swollen,  and  the  scarlet  is  pale 
or  wanting.  In  the  young  the  cheeks  are  little  if  at 
all  swollen,  the  furrows  barely  discernible,  and  the 
colour  black.  It  is  not  until  the  fourth  or  fifth 
year,  when  the  second  dentition  is  fully  complete, 
that  the  characters  of  maturity  are  assumed ;  and  to 
this  point  there  is  a  gradual  progress,  the  bones  of 
the  face  developing,  the  colour  of  the  skin  chang- 
ing, the  muzzle  becoming  broader  and  thicken  and 
the  furrows  more  marked. 

This  massive,  powerful,  and  ferocious  baboon  is 
of  huge  size,  and  very  dangerous.  It  is  a  native  of 
Guinea  and  other  parts  of  western  Africa,  where  it 
is  greatly  dreaded  by  the  natives,  who  assert  that  it 
frequently  attempts  to  cany  oft'  women  into  the 
deep  forests  where  it  resides,  and  occasionally  suc- 
ceeds. However  this  may  be,  certain  it  is  that  in 
captivity  the  appearance  of  a  female  will  excite  in 
the  mandrill  unequivocal  manifestations  of  brute 
passion,  and  any  attention  to  her  the  most  furious 
jealousy. 

In  its  native  forests  the  mandrill  associates  in 
large  troops,  which  are  more  than  a  match  for  the 
fiercest  beasts  of  prey,  and  often  make  incursions 
into  villages  and  cultivated  fields,  which  they  plun- 
der with  impunity.  In  their  movements  on  the 
ground  they  are  quadrupedal ;  but  their  activity  is 
very  great,  and  they  leap  and  climb  with  the  "ut- 
most facility.  Their  voice  is  deep  and  guttural, 
consisting  of  hoarse,  abrupt  tones,  indicative  of  fury 
or  malice.  That  the  species  is  abundant  in  western 
Africa  is  proved  by  the  numbers  of  young  indivi- 
duals brought  from  time  to  time  to  Europe  ;  these 
however  very  rarely  attain  to  maturity,  the  period  of 
dentition,  which  is  accompanied  by  such  marked 
changes,  being  peculiarly  critical.  In  captivity  this 
baboon  is  ferocious  and  malevolent ;  one  in  the  pos- 
session of  Mr.  Wombwell  killed  a  monkey,  a  beagle, 


Monkeys.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


39 


and  a  Java  sparrow,  which  by  accident  came  within 
his  reach.  A  splendid  specimen  died  some  years 
ago  in  Mr.  Cross's  menagerie.  He  was  accustomed 
to  smoke,  and  to  drink  porter,  which  latter  he  quafFed 
■with  an  amusing  air  of  gravity,  holding  the  mug 
with  great  address  while  seated  in  his  arm-chair. 
His  temper  was  violent  in  the  extreme,  and  the 
slightest  oiFence  roused  him  to  fury  :  his  appearance 
was  then  terrible,  and  well  calculated  to  alarm  the 
boldest ;  nor  could  any  man,  without  weapons,  have 
had  any  chance  in  a  contest. 

169. — Tub  Drill 

(CynocepliacBlus  leucophus).  The  Drill  is  a  native 
of  Guinea.  The  head  is  large ;  the  muzzle  thick, 
with  elevated  maxillary  protuberances,  which,  how- 
ever, are  not  furrowed.  The  general  contour  is 
robust.  The  tail  is  very  short,  and'  carried  erect. 
The  general  colour  is  greenish  olive  above,  ashy 
white  beneath ;  the  beard  is  short  and  orange- 
coloured  ;  the  face  and  ears  are  glossy  black ;  the 
palms  copper-coloured.  The  female  is  smaller,  with 
a  shorter  muzzle  and  paler  tint  of  colouring.  The 
young  males  resemble  the  female  till  their  second 
dentition  is  complete.  It  would  appear  that  the 
Wood  Baboon,  the  Cinereous  Baboon,  and  the  Yel- 
lovf  Baboon  of  Pennant,  are  the  young  of  the  Drill 
at  different  stages  of  growth. 

The  Drill  approaches  the  Mandrill  in  size ;  and 
though  gentle  when  young,  becomes  when  adult  as 
sullen  and  ferocious  as  that  animal .  Adults  are,  how- 
ever, rare  in  menageries,  the  acquisition  of  the  per- 
manent teeth  being  critical :  but  young  specimens 
are  far  from  uncommon.  These  have  often  been 
confounded  with  the  young  of  the  Mandrill ;  indeed, 
it  is  to  Frederic  Cuvier  that  we  owe  the  recogni- 
tion of  the  Drill  as  a  distinct  species,  for  the  con- 
fused descriptions  of  Pennant  aftbrd  us  nothing  tan- 
gible. In  its  wild  state  the  Drill  resembles  the 
Mandrill  as  regards  habits  and  manners ;  and  tra- 
vellers seem  to  have  confounded  the  two  species  to- 
gether, and  even  mixed  up  their  history  with  that  of 
the  Chimpanzee. 

AMERICAN  MONKEYS 

(CebidcB).    The  American  monkeys  diflfer  from  the 
monkeys  of  the  Old  World  in  the  following  par- 
ticulars.    The  thumb  of  the  fore-hands  is  never  op- 
posable to  the  fingers. 
The  dentition,  excepting  in  the  Marmozets,  is  as 

4  1 I 

follows : — Incisors,  -  ;  canines,  -— ~  ;  bicuspid  mo- 

Jara,  ^-—  ;  true  molars,  -— -  =z  36,  instead  of  32. 


Callosities  always  wanting.  Cheek-pouches  always 
wanting.  Nostrils  lateral,  with  elevated  margins, 
and  separated  from  each  other  by  a  wide  septum. 
Tail  often  prehensile,  never  wanting  or  rudimen- 
tary. 

The  American  monkeys,  or  Cebidae,  are  exclu- 
sively confined  to  the  warmer  regions  of  the  New 
World  ;  so  that,  although  the  species  are  numerous, 
their  extent  of  territory  is  far  more  limited  than 
that  occupied  by  the  Old  World  monkeys.  Their 
northward  range  is  bounded  (in  the  tenth  or  eleventh 
degree  of  latitude)  by  the  Caribbean  Sea  ;  for  they 
occur  neither  in  the  Caribbean  group  of  islands,  nor 
m  Hayti,  Cuba,  or  the  Bahamas.  Though  found  in 
the  region  south  of  the  territory  of  Panama,  they  do 
not  advance  to  Yutacan  or  Mexico.  South  of  the 
line  their  range  extends  to  the  twenty-fourth  or 
twenty-fifth  degree  of  latitude,  including  Brazil, 
Peru  east  of  the  great  chain  of  the  Andes,  and  Para- 
guay. All  are  arboreal,  frequenting  the  dense 
forests,  which,  as  Humboldt  observes,  are  so  thick 
and  uninterrupted  on  the  plains  of  South  America 
between  the  Orinoko  and  the  Amazon,  that,  were  it 
not  for  intervening  rivers,  the  monkeys,  almost  the 
only  inhabitants  of  these  regions,  might  pass  along 
the  tops  of  the  trees  for  several  hundred  miles  to- 
gether without  touching  the  earth. 

In  South  America  monkeys  are  ordinarily  killed 
as  game  by  the  natives  for  the  sake  of  their  flesh  ; 
but  the  appearance  of  these  animals  is  so  revolting 
to  Europeans,  that  it  is  only  from  necessity,  and 
after  custom  has  familiarised  the  sight,  that  they 
can  force  themselves  to  partake  of  such  fare.  The 
manner  in  which  these  animals  are  roasted  also 
contributes  to  render  their  appearance  disgusting. 
"  A  little  grating  or  lattice  of  very  hard  wood  is 
formed  and  raised  a  foot  from  the  ground.  The 
monkey  is  skinned  and  bent  into  a  sitting  posture, 
the  head  generally  resting  on  the  arfns,  which  are 
meagre  and  long;  but  sometimes  these  are  crossed 
behind  the  back.  When  it  is  tied  on  the  grating,  a 
very  clear  fire  is  kindled  below;  the  monkey,  en- 
veloped in  smoke  and  flame,  is  broiled  and  blackened 
at  the  same  time.  Roasted  monkeys,  particularly 
those  that  have  a  round  head,  display  a  hideous  re- 
semblance to  a  child;  the  Europeans,  therefore, 
who  are  obliged  to  feed  on  them,  prefer  separating 
the  head  and  hands,  and  serve  only  the  rest  of  the 


animal  at  their  tables.  The  flesh  of  monkeys  is  f-o 
dry  and  lean,  that  M.  Bonpland  has  preserved  in  his 
collection  at  Paris  an  arm  and  hand  which  had  been 
broiled  over  the  fire  at  Esmeralda,  and  no  smell 
arises  from  them  after  a  number  of  years."— Hum- 
boldt. 

Genus  Ateles.  This  genus,  which  includes  the 
spider-monkeys,  is  characterised  thus :— Head  round ; 
face  moderately  developed ;  limbs  long  and  slender. 
Tail  longer  than  the  body,  thick  at  the  base,  strongly 
prehensile,  and  naked  for  a  considerable  space  be- 
neath at  its  extremity.  Fore-hands  either  destitute 
of  an  externally  apparent  thumb,  or  with  the  thumb 
a  mere  tubercle.  Nostrils  separated  by  a  wide  sep- 
tum and  obliquely  oval.  Ears  moderate,  naked, 
with  reflected  margins.  Dentition  as  described. 
Fur  long,  crisp,  or  rather  harsh,  sometimes  silky  ; 
prevailing  colour  black. 

In  the  slenderness  of  the  limbs,  and  in  the  staid, 
quiet,  and  almost  melancholy  expression  of  the  face, 
the  Spider  Monkeys  remind  us  of  the  Gibbons ;  both 
are  timid  and  gentle,  with  an  air  of  listlessness.  lost 
only  under  excitement. 

From  the  length  of  the  limbs  and  the  remarkable 
flexibility  of  the  joints,  the  motions  of  the  Spider 
Monkeys  on  all  fours  on  the  ground  seem   to  be 
crawling  and  indeterminate.     They  tread  on  the 
inner  edge  of  the  fore-paws,  and  to  a  great  degree 
on  the  outer  edge  of  the  hind-paws,  and  endeavour 
to  assist  themselves  by  attaching  the  tail  to  every 
object  as  they  proceed.     They  often,  however,  as- 
sume the  erect  attitude,  and  walk  thus  better  than 
any  other  of  the  long-tailed  monkeys.     When  pro- 
ceeding in  this  manner  the  tail  is  raised  up  as  high 
as  the  shoulders,  and  then  bent  downwards  at  its 
extremity,  evidently  acting  as  a  balancer  while  the 
animal  moves  steadily  along.    The  proper  place  of 
these  monkeys  is  among  the  branches  of  the  forest ; 
there  their  movements  are  rapid,  easy,  and  uncon- 
strained ;  their  progression  is  by  a  series  of  swing- 
ing evolutions,  in  the   performance  of  which  the 
limbs  and  tail  take  an  equal  share.    The   latter 
organ,  the  strength  and  prehensile  powers  of  which 
are  very  great,  enables  them  to  assume  the  most 
varied  attitudes.     In  ascending  or  descending  trees, 
or  in  traversing  the  branches,  it  is  in  continual  re- 
quisition ;  they  coil  it  round  branch  after  branch  in 
their  passage,  turning  it  in  various  directions,  and 
applying  it  with  wonderful  precision.    They  often 
suspend  themselves  exclusively  by  it,  and  swinging 
until  a  sufficient  impetus  is  gained,  launch  them- 
selves to  a  distant  branch,  or,  stretching  out  their 
arms,  catch  it  as  they  vibrate  towards  it.    The  ad- 
vantages of  this  additional  instrument  of  prehension 
are  palpable  ;  its  sense  of  touch  is  finger-like  ;  and 
it  is  capable  of  seizing  small  objects  with  great  ad- 
dress.    They  are  said  to  introduce  the  extremity 
of  the  tail  as  a  feeler  into  the  fissures  and  hollows 
of  trees,  for  the  purpose  of  hooking  out  eggs  or 
other  substanees. 

170.— The  Chambck 

(Ateles  suhpentadactijlus).  Fur  long,  flowing,  glossy, 
and  jet  black.  The  fore-hands  have  a  minute  nail- 
less  tubercle  in  place  of  a  thumb.  The  face  and 
ears  are  naked,  and  of  a  red  flesh  colour,  with  a  tint 
of  dusky  brown.  Length  of  head  and  body  about 
twenty  inches  :  of  the  tail  twenty-five  inches.  Na- 
tive country,  Peru. 

171. — The  Mahimosda 
{Ateles  Belzebuth,  Desm.).  Fur  smooth  and  glossy ; 
general  colour  brownish  black,  deeper  on  the  hands 
and  feet,  but  fading  on  the  loins  and  sides  of  the 
haunches  to  a  glossy  greyish  brown.  The  long 
hairs  at  the  angle  of  the  jaw,  those  of  the  throat, 
under  parts  and  inside  of  the  limbs,  dirty  straw 
colour  or  yellowish  white.  A  space  along  the  under 
surface  of  the  tail  at  its  base  rusty  yellow.  Skin  of 
the  face  blackish  brown,  becoming  of  a  tanned  flesh 
colour  about  the  lips  and  nose  and  around  the  eyes. 
Native  country,  the  borders  of  the  Orinoko,  Cassi- 
quiare,  &c. 

172.— The  Coaita 

(Ateles  Panisciis).  The  Quatto  of  V'osmaer.  Ge- 
neral colour  black,  the  fur  being  long,  coarse,  and 
glossy  ;  more  scanty  on  the  under  parts  of  the  body 
than  on  the  upper.  Face  and  ears  of  a  flesh  co- 
lour, with  a  tanned  or  coppery  tinge.  Neither  in 
this  nor  the  Marimonda  is  there  any  thumb  on  the 
fore-hands.  Native  country,  Surinam  and  Guiana. 
In  their  general  habits  and  manners  these  three 
fpecies  of  Spider  Monkeys  agree  so  closely  that  the 
details  of  one  are  applicable  to  the  rest.  In  cap- 
tivity the  Chameck  is  grave  and  gentle,  but  displays 
extraordinary  agility ;  its  intelligence  approaches 
that  of  the  Gibbons.  We  have  seen  individuals  re- 
peatedly walk  upright  with  great  steadiness, — cross 
their  compartment  to  the  window,  and  there  gaze 
for  a  considerable  time  with  an  air  amusingly  like 
that  of  a  human  being,  as  if  contemplating  the  state 
of  the  weather,  the  progress  of  vegetation,  or  the 


actions  of  persons  passing  by.  At  the  same  time 
the  Chameck  (and  the  same  observation  applies  to 
the  others)  is  not  disposed  to  court  the  notice  of  the 
spectators  around  it,  or  invite  the  attention  of  stran- 
gers. Towards  those  by  whom  it  is  regulariy  fed 
it  displays  confidence  and  partiality.  In  its  gam- 
bols with  others  of  the  genus  it  exhibits  great  ad- 
dress in  avoiding  or  returning  their  sportive  assaults, 
and  executes  with  surpassing  ease  the  most  fan- 
tastic manoeuvres. 

The  Marimonda  is  termed  Arir  by  the  Indians  of 
the  Kio  Guiania,  and  is  a  favourite  article  of  food 
with  the  natives  of  the  borders  of  the  Cassiquiare, 
the  higher  Orinoko,  and  other  rivers,  and  its  broiled 
limbs  are  commonly  to  be  seen  in  their  huts.  It  is 
listless  and  indolent  in  its  habits,  and  is  fond  of 
basking  in  warm  rays  of  the  sun.  .Humboldt  states 
that  he  has  frequently  seen  these  animals,  when  ex- 
posed to  the  heat  of  a  tropical  sun,  throw  their 
heads  backwards,  turn  their  eyes  upwards,  bend 
their  arms  over  their  backs,  and  remain  motionless 
in  this  extraordinary  position  for  hours  together. 
They  traverse  the  branches  leisurely,  and  unite  in 
companies,  forming  the  most  grotesque  groups,  their 
attitudes  announcing  complete  sloth. 

In  captivity  the  Marimonda  is  gentle,  and  exhibits 
nothing  of  the  petulance  of  the  guenons  or  the  vio- 
lence of  the  macaques.  Its  anger,  when  excited,  is 
very  transient,  and  announced  by  pursing  up  the 
lips  and  uttering  a  guttural  cry,  resembling  the  ou-6. 
Humboldt  notices  the  facility  with  which  this  ani- 
mal can  introduce  its  tail  into  the  narrowest  crevices, 
select  any  object  it  pleases,  and  hook  it  out. 

173.— Ths  Mibiki 
(^Eriodes  tuberifer,  Isid.,  Geoff.).  Ateles  hypoxan- 
thus.  Prince  deWied-Neuwied,  but  not  of  Desmarest. 
The  Miriki  and  one  or  two  more  species  have  been 
recently  separated  from  the  genus  Ateles  and  formed 
into  a  distinct  group.  There  are  indeed  several 
differences  between  these  animals  and  the  ordinary 
Spider  Monkeys,  which,  if  taken  together,  justify  the 
adoption  of  the  genus  Eriodes.  The  nostrils  are  ■ 
rounded,  the  interval  between  them  is  narrow,  and 
their  aspect  is  downwards,  not  lateral.  The  molar 
teeth,  instead  of  being  small,  are  large  and  quadran- 
gular, and  the  crown  of  the  first  two  molars  of  the 
upper  jaw  is  boldly  and  irregularly  tuberculate :  the 
incisors  are  small.  The  dentition  in  fact  approaches 
close  to  that  of  the  Howlers  (Mycetes),  and  it  is 
worthy  of  remark  that,  in  F.  Cuviers  work  on  the 
teeth  of  quadrupeds,  his  figure  of  the  teeth  of  the 
Howling  Monkeys  is  in  reality  copied,  as  M.  Isidore 
asserts,  upon  his  own  knowledge,  from  the  teeth  of  a 
species  of  Eriodes.  (See  Fig.  174.)  Besides  these 
there  are  other  characters  of  minor  importance. 

The  fur  of  the  Miriki  is  soft  and  woolly,  of  a  yel- 
lowish-grey, the  base  of  the  tail  and  the  circum- 
jacent hairs  being  tinged  with  rufous.  The  fore- 
hands are  furnished  with  a  minute  rudimentary 
thumb,  in  the  form  of  a  nailless  tubercle  ;  the  face 
is  flesh-coloured,  sprinkled  with  greyish  hairs.  Na- 
tive country,  Brazil.  The  Miriki  in  its  general  habits 
agrees  with  the  Spider  Monkeys.  It  lives  associated 
in  troops  in  the  vast  forests,  and  displays  great 
agility.  Fruits  form  its  principal  diet.  The  Prince 
of  Weid-Neuwied  states  that  the  Miriki  seldom  ap- 
proaches the  abodes  of  man,  keeping  to  the  depths 
of  the  woods;  Spi-v  also  states  that  it  lives  in  troops 
which  make  the  air  resound  with  their  loud  cries 
incessantly  uttered  during  the  day.  At  the  sight  of 
the  hunter  they  ascend  with  extraordinary  rapidity 
the  topmost  branches  of  the  trees,  and  passing  from 
one  to  another  are  soon  lost  in  the  recesses  of  the 
forest.  The  Brazilians  call  this  monkey  Miriki  and 
Mouriki;  the  Botacudas  term  it  Koupo. 

Genus  Mycetes.  The  Howlers,  or  Howling  Mon- 
keys, as  the  animals  of  this  genus  are  termed,  con- 
stitute a  natural  and  well-marked  group  distinguish- 
able from  the  Spider  Monkeys  by  their  greater 
robustness,  by  the  more  proportionate  contour  of 
the  limbs,  by  the  development  of  the  bone  of  the 
tongue  (OS  hyoides),  which  is  greatly  enlarged  and 
hollow,  by  the  expansion  of  the  lower  jaw,  especially 
at  its  angle,  the  prominence  of  the  muzzle,  and  by 
the  possession  of  a  thumb  (not  opposable)  on  the 
fore-hands.  The  form  of  the  head  is  pyramidal ;  the 
fur  of  the  forehead  is  directed  upwards,  that  of  the 
rest  of  the  head  forwards ;  on  the  external  surface 
of  the  fore-arms  it  is  directed  from  the  wrist  to  the 
elbow;  the  under  parts  of  the  body  are  almost 
naked  ;  on  the  back  and  shoulders  the  fur  is  full, 
long,  soft,  and  glossy.  The  tail  is  strongly  prehen- 
sile, and  naked  at  its  extremity  beneath.  The  hollow 
drum  formed  by  the  os  hyoides  communicates  with 
the  interior  of  the  cartilaginous  expansion  of  the 
larynx  (Fig.  ITJ),  in  which  arc  several  membranous 
valvular  pouches.  This  apparatus  gives  to  the  voice 
extraordinary  volume  and  intonation.  The  howl- 
irio-s  uttered  by  the  troops  of  these  monkeys  are  as- 
toundinsr,  and  usually  heard  in  the  morning,  at 
sunset,  and  during  the  darkness  of  night.  Shrouded 
amidst  the  gloomy  foliage  of  the  woods,  Ihey  raise 


171.— Marimonda. 


ITO.— Chameck. 


40 


179.— Tenow-bmttecl  Sijon. 


m^-Cuxjto. 


No. 


6. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


41 


4S 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Monkeys. 


their  horrid  chonu,  "  making;  nif;ht  hideout,"  aod 
startling  the  traveller  who  Tor  the  firet  time  hears 
it.  It  is  not,  however,  only  durini;  the  night  or  at 
daybreak  and  ereninK  that  the  Howlers  exert  their 
voices;  they  are  affected  by  electric  chani^es  in  the 
dondltion  of  the  atmotphere,  and  when,  durint;  the 
<*yi  'he  gloomy  sky  Toretells  the  approach  of  a 
thunderstorm,  their  dissonant  yelU  resound  through 
the  gloomy  woodlands.  The  range  of  the  Howlers 
ii  from  Guiana  to  Paraguay.  According  to  Spix 
and  Humboldt,  they  subsist'  principally  upon  fruits 
and  leaves.  The  females  pro<luoe  one  at  a  birth, 
and  the  mother  carries  her  young  clinging  to  her 
back  until  old  enough  to  act  for  itself.  In  their 
disposition  the  Howlers  are  melancholy  and  morose  ; 
their  movements  are  tardy  and  inert  ;  on  the  ground 
they  never  attempt  to  walk  on  the  hinder  limbs 
alone.  When  pursued  oralarmed,  they  retire  slowly 
and  take  refuge  in  the  highest  branches  of  the  trees, 
to  which,  if  shot  with  a  bullet  or  arrow,  they  orten 
remain  suspended  by  the  tail  when  life  is  extinct. 
As  they  are  of  large  size  and  fatter  than  other  mon- 
keys,  they  are  in  great  request  with  the  Indians  as 
food  ;  but  are  seldom  or  never  kept  in  confinement, 
having  nothing  pleasing  in  their  mannent,  voice,  or 
appearance. 

176, 177.— The  Abaocato,  or  Ursine  Howleb 

(Mtfcetes  urtinui).  Araguato  de  Caracas  of  Hum- 
boldt. The  extent  of  tne  face  destitute  of  hair  is 
more  circumscribed  than  in  most  of  the  genus,  and  is 
of  a  bluish  black  colour  with  long  scattered  black 
bristles  on  the  lips  and  chin.  The  chest  and  abdo- 
men are  well  clothed  with  hair.  The  fur  is  long, 
resembling  that  of  a  young  bear.  The  general 
colour  is  golden  rufous,  paler  round  the  sides  of  the 
face,  but  deeper  on  the  beard.  In  the  figure  of  this 
species  given  in  Humboldt's  work,  the  hair  of  the 
liead  is  represented  as  all  directed  backwards  from 
the  forehead  to  the  back  of  the  neck :  we  hesitate 
not  to  say,  by  a  mistake  of  the  artist.  Native  coun- 
try, Brazil,  Venezuela,  &c. 

It  was  after  landing  atCumana,  in  the  province  of 
New  Andalusia,  that  Humboldt  and  Bonpland  first 
met  the  Araguato,  while  on  an  excursion  to  the 
mountains  of  Cocollar  and  the  cavern  of  Guacharo. 
The  convent  of  Caripr  is  there  situated  in  a  valley, 
the  plain  of  which  is  elevated  more  than  400  toises 
above  the  level  of  the  ocean  ;  and  though  the  centi- 
grade thermometer  olten  descends  during  the  night 
to  I "  degrees,  the  surrounding  forests  abound  with 
Howlers,  whose  mournful  cries  uttered  when  the 
sky  is  overcast,  or  threatens  rain  or  lightning,  are 
heard  at  the  distance  of  half  a  league.  The  Araguato 
was  also  met  with  in  the  valleys  of  Aragua  to  the 
west  of  Caracas,  in  the  Llanos  of  the  Apur6  and 
of  the  Lower  Orinoco,  and  in  the  Carib  missions  of 
the  Province  of  New  Barcelona,  where  stagnant 
waters  were  overshadowed  by  the  Sagoutier  of 
America,  a  species  of  palm  with  scale-covered  fruit 
and  ilabelliform  leaves,  among  which  it  dwells  in 
troops.  South  of  the  cataracts  of  the  Orinoco  it 
becomes  very  rare.  Of  all  the  gregarious  monkeys 
the  Araguato  was  observed  in  the  greatest  abund- 
ance ;  on  the  borders  of  the  Apure  Humboldt  often 
counted  40  in  one  tree,  and  in  some  parts  of  the 
country  he  affirms  that  more  than  2000  existed  in  a 
square  mile.  They  travel  in  the  forests  in  long  files, 
consisting  of  20  or  30  individuals  or  more,  and  pro- 
ceed with  deliberation.  An  old  male  usually  leads 
the  troop,  the  rest  follow  his  movements,  and  when 
he  swings  from  one  branch  to  another,  the  whole  file 
■one  by  one  perform  in  "  order  due  "  the  same  action 
«n  the  same  spot.  In  other  species  also  this  habit 
has  been  observed.  According  to  Waterton,  the 
Araguato  is  very  partial  to  the  seeds  of  the  vanilla, 
a  creeper  which  ascends  the  trees  to  the  height  of 
forty  or  fiOy  feet. 

Genus  cfebus.  The  Sapajous,  as  the  animals  of 
this  genus  are  termed,  are  prehensile-tailed,  but  the 
tail  is  everywhere  clothed  with  fur,  so  that,  though 
capable  of  grasping,  and  naturally  curled  round  at 
its  extremity  when  not  in  use,  as  in  the  Spider 
Monkeys  and  Howlers,  it  is  not,  as  in  these  latter 
animals,  an  organ  of  tact,  nor  so  powerful  a  grasper. 

The  monkeys  of  this  genus  are  all  diurnal  in  their 
habits,  and  for  the  most  part  of  small  size.  The  French 
call  them  Sapajous,  Sajous,  Sais,  and  Capucins  :  they 
are  also  called  Weepers  (Singes  pleureurs),  from  the 

Slaintive  piping  noise  which  many  of  them  utter, 
[umboldt  states  that  the  Creoles  of  South  America 
call  them  "Matchi," confounding underthisdenomi- 
nation  very  distinct  species.  In  temper  and  disposi- 
tion the  Cebi  are  lively  and  docile ;  they  show  great 
attachment  to  some  persons,  and  a  capricious  aver- 
sion to  others.  They  are  intelligent,  mischievous. 
And  inquisitive.  Their  activity  and  address  are  sur- 
prising ;  in  their  native  forests  they  live  in  troops, 
feeding  on  fniits,  grain,  insects,  and  eggs.  So 
amusinf^  are  they  in  their  gambols,  that  even  the 
apathetic  natives  will  stop  their  canoes  and  watch 
their  frolics  with  interest.  They  are,  from  their  live- 
lineas  and  docility,  great  favourites,  and  often  kept 


domesticated,  but  their  amusing  habits  do  not  pro- 
tect them  from  the  poisoned  arrows  of  the  Indians. 
The  head  is  round,  tlie  muzzle  short,  and  the 
limbs  well  proportioned.  The  dentation  as  usual : 
the  incisors  of  the  upper-jaw  are  larger  than  those 
of  the  lower  ;  the  canines  are  often  strong  and  large  ; 
the  molars  are  rather  small.  The  ears  are  rounded. 
The  species  are  very  numerous,  and  involved  In 
much  confusion. 

178.— Thb  Horned  Sajou 

(Ctim*  FatueUut,  Linn.).  Sajou  comu,  F.  CUvier 
(not  of  Buifun).  The  general  colour  of  the  fur  is 
brown,  deepening  to  an  almost  black  tint  on  the 
top  of  the  head,  on  the  middle  of  the  black,  and  on 
the  legs,  hands,  feet,  and  tail.  A  bandeau  of  hair 
rises  on  the  forehead,  the  extremities  of  which  are 
elevated  in  the  form  of  egrets,  or  pencil-like  tufts : 
these  tufts  are  less  conspicuous  in  the  female.  The 
sides  of  the  face  are  garnished  with  white  hairs. 
All  the  naked  parts,  and  the  skin  under  the  fur,  are 
violet-coloured.  Native  country,  Brazil :  it  is  found 
in  the  Provinces  of  Rio  Janeiro.  It  is  not  until 
maturity  that  the  horns  or  frontal  tufts  are  acquired. 
In  captivity  the  Horned  Sajou  is  lively  and  amusing, 
active  and  good  tempered.  Its  habits  in  a  state  of 
nature  are  not  detailed. 

1 79. — TuE  Yellow-breasted  Sajou 

(CW»«  zanthostemos.  Prince  Maxim.,  Kuhl,  Des- 
mar.).  Sai  ii  grosse  tete,  Cebus  Monachus,  F.  Cuv. ; 
C.  Zanthocephalus,  Spix.  This  is  one  of  the  species 
which  has  been  in  confusion,  but  from  which  we 
trust  it  is  extricated.  The  head  is  large,  the  fore- 
head broad  and  covered  with  very  short  hair ;  the 
limbs  are  robust,  the  tail  thick  :  in  size  this  species 
is  superior  to  the  Homed  Sajou.  The  forehead  and 
anterior  part  of  the  head,  and  the  hairs  of  the  cheeks, 
which  are  full  on  the  malar  bones,  arc  yellowish 
white  ;  a  dusky  line,  commencing  before  the  ears, 
encircles  the  face ;  the  chest,  the  shoulders,  and  the 
anterior  part  of  the  humerus,  are  orange-yellow  ; 
the  fore-arms,  the  legs,  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
back,  and  the  tail,  are  black ;  the  sides  of  the  body 
and  the  haunches  are  reddish-brown  ;  the  abdomen, 
rich  rufous  chestnut.  The  depth  of  the  tints  vary 
with  age  ;  the  fore-arms  and  legs  are  often  freckled 
with  rufous  and  the  tail  grizzled  with  yellowish- 
white,  especially  at  its  base  and  underneath. 

This  species  inhabits  the  woods  of  Rio  Janeiro 
and  St.  Paul.  We  have  seen  a  fine  specimen  from 
Bahia  Brazil.  It  is  a  young  male  which  F.  Cuvier 
figures  as  the  Sai  h  grosse  tete.  He  adds  also  the 
scientific  appellation  Monachus,  which  having  been 
already  given  to  a  very  distinct  monkey  (Cebus 
monachus,  Fischer ;  Pithecia  monachus,  Geoifroy), 
cannot  be  retained  without  confusion.  According 
to  Spix  the  Yellow-breasted  Sajou  associates  in  large 
troops,  which  often  visit  the  fields  of  maze,  where 
they  commit  great  depredations.  In  captivity  it  is 
gentle,  mild,  and  confiding,  and  though  timid,  fond 
of  being  noticed  by  those  to  whom  it  is  famili- 
arized. 

180. — The  Brown  Sajou 

(Cebus  ApcUa).  Sajou  brun,  Buffon.  Head 
round  ;  colouring  variable  both  as  to  intensity  and 
markings.  The  following  details  are  taken  from 
specimens  we  have  rigorously  examined : — Hair  of 
the  temples  short,  scanty,  and  directed  upwards. 
On  the  top  of  the  liead  the  hair  is  moderately  long, 
and  forms  a  cap  with  an  anterior  slightly  elevated 
marginal  ridge  advancing  from  the  centre  of  the 
forehead  along  the  sides  of  the  head,  so  as  to  pro- 
duce a  somewhat  triangular  figure;  face  covered 
with  short  dusky  hair,  that  about  the  lips  white  ; 
ears  large  and  nearly  naked.  From  the  black 
cap  on  the  top  of  the  head  a  blackish  line  ex- 
tends down  before  the  cars  and  spreads  over  the 
beard-like  hairs  of  the  throat.  The  outer  surface  of 
the  humerus  is  greyish,  but  a  black  line  from  be- 
hind the  ears  sweeps  over  the  shoulder  and  runs 
along  the  anterior  margin  of  the  humerus  to  the 
fo;e-arm,  which  is  black,  grizzled  with  brownish 
grey.  The  general  colour  is  brownish-black,  pass- 
ing into  black  on  the  middle  of  the  dorsal  line,  on 
the  haunches,  tail,  thighs,  and  legs :  the  fur  is 
glossy.  Another  specimen  has  the  sides  of  the  body 
and  outside  of  the  thighs  of  a  glossy  pale  chestnut 
brown,  and  the  temples  yellowish  grey  washed  in 
the  middle  with  black.  The  Cebus  Apella  is  the 
Capucin  Monkey  of  Pennant  and  Shaw,  but  not  the 
Simla  Capucina  of  Linneeus,  which  is  the  Sai  of 
Butfon,  the  Weeper  Monkey  of  Pennant  and  Shaw. 
The  Brown  Sajou  is  a  native  of  Guiana,  and  is 
■  plentifully  brought  over  by  vessels  trading  to  the 
coast,  so  that  it  is  common  in  our  menageries,  Its 
liveliness  and  activity  are  remarkable,  and  it  bears 
our  climate  well.  There  are  several  instances  of  its 
having  produced  young  in  France,  and  each  time  a 
single  offspring,  to  which  both  parents  were  strongly 
attached;  In  disposition  the  Brown  Sajou  is  goud- 
tempered,  but  capricious.    It  is  very  intelligent 


and  amusing.  A  male  which  was  living  a  few  years 
since  in  the  Gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society  would 
employ  a  stone  for  the  purpose  of  breaking  nuts  too 
hard  to  be  crushed  by  the  teeth,  or  if  no  stone  were 
at  hand  he  would  strike  them  forcibly  against  any 
hard  surface,  so  as  to  split  the  shell :  we  have  seen 
other  sajous  do  the  same.  This  species  is  continually 
in  the  habit  of  making  grimaces;  it  grins,  wrinkling 
up  the  face  in  a  very  singular  manner ;  its  ordinary 
cry  is  jilaintive,  but  when  in  anger  the  voice  is 
shrill  and  elevated.  In  chmbing,  the  tail  is  in  con- 
slant  requisition  as  a  grasper.  Though  fruits  and 
other  vegetable  productions  constitute  the  diet  of 
this  species  in  its  native  forests,  they  are  not  ex- 
clusively so  ;  insects  are  highly  relished,  and  there 
is  reason  to  believe  that  eggs  and  young  birds  are 
also  acceptable.  A  linnet,  which  by  way  of  ex- 
periment was  introduced  into  a  cage  where  two  of 
these  monkeys  were  confined,  was  instantly  caught 
by  the  strongest  of  them,  and  killed  and  eaten  with 
scarcely  even  the  ceremony  of  stripping  off  the 
feathers. 

Genus  Pithecia.  The  Monkeys  of  this  genus  are 
termed  Saki  by  the  French.  The  tail  is  not  in  the 
slightest  degree  prehensile :  it  is  shorter  than  the 
body,  and  generally  bushy.  The  head  is  round,  the 
muzzle  moderately  prominent.  In  the  lower  jaw 
the  incisors  project  almost  as  in  the  Lemur,  being 
compressed,  narrowing  atthe  points,  and  are  closely 
compacted  together  ;  the  upper  incisors  are  nearly 
vertical  and  square,  differing  greatly  in  appearance 
from  those  of  the  lower  jaw.  The  canines  are  large, 
strong,  and  three-sided.  The  molars  bluntly  tuber- 
culate. 

The  Sakis,  or  Fox-tailed  monkeys,  live  either  in 
pairs,  or  small  troops  of  ten  or  twelve,  and  are 
usually  seen  on  the  outskirts  of  forests  bordering 
rivers.  They  are  to  a  certain  degree  nocturnal  in 
their  habits :  some  indeed  have  been  considered 
decidedly  so,  but  it  would  appear  that,  like  the 
Howlers,  they  are  the  most  animated  just  before 
sunrise  and  after  sunset,  at  which  times  they  utter 
their  loud  cries  in  concert.  All  are  active  and 
vigilant,  and  not  easy  to  be  surprised  or  captured. 

181.— The  Cacajao 

(Pithecia  meUuiocephala).  This  monkey  is  also 
called  in  America  Caruiri.  The  body  is  rather 
robust,  but  elongated ;  the  head  is  ovate,  oblong, 
and  depressed  on  the  crown  ;  the  ears  have  a  back- 
ward situation  ;  the  tail  is  short,  and  ends  abruptly. 
The  face  is  black,  as  are  also  the  ears ;  the  head  is 
covered  with  full  long  black  hairs,  directed  from 
the  occiput  forwards  to  the  forehead,  where  they 
become  parted  in  the  centre.  The  hairs  of  the  back 
are  long,  and  of  a  brownish-yellow :  this  colour 
passes  on  the  thighs  and  tail  into  a  brighter  or  fer- 
ruginous tint.  The  fore-arms  and  legs  are  black  or 
blackish.  The  chin  is  beardless,  and  the  nose  short, 
broad,  and  flat.  Native  country,  the  borders  of  the 
Cassiquiare  and  Rio  Negro  ;  and  in  Brazil,  those  of 
the  rivers  Solimoens  and  19a. 

The  present  Saki  is  described  by  Humboldt,  and 
is  doubtless  identical  with  one  also  described  and 
figured  by  Spix,  which  he  terms  Ouakary,  and 
which  he  found  in  the  forests  between  the  rivers 
Solimoens  and  19a  (Brazil).  He  states  that  these 
monkeys  congregate  in  troops  frequenting  the 
margins  of  large  streams ;  and  that  during  their 
journeys  from  one  part  of  the  forest  to  another  they 
fill  the  air  with  their  piercing  and  disagreeable 
cries.  Humboldt  informs  us  that  the  Cacajo,  or 
Cacaho,  as  it  is  called  by  the  Marativitan  Indians 
of  the  Rio  Negro,  is  not  common  in  the  territories 
which  he  investigated,  for  he  only  saw  one  individual, 
which  he  bought,  in  an  Indian  cabin  at  San  Francisco 
Solano  ;  and  from  which,  after  death,  he  took  an 
accurate  drawing.  It  was  young,  but  he  was  assured 
by  the  Indians  of  Esmeralda,  that  though  it  attains 
to  a  considerable  size,  its  tail  is  not  sensibly  aug- 
mented in  length.  According  to  the  information 
obtained  by  Humboldt,  the  Cacajao  inhabits  the 
forests  which  border  the  Cassiquiare  and  Rio  Negro, 
associating  in  troops :  when  kept  in  confinement  it 
is  voracious  and  listless,  but  gentle  and  timid,  even 
shrinking  from  the  society  of  other  small  monkeys. 
Baron  Humboldt's  specimen  trembled  violently  at 
the  sight  of  a  crocodile  or  serpent.  When  irritated 
it  opens  its  mouth  in  a  strange  manner,  and  its 
countenance  becomes  distorted  by  a  convulsive  sort 
of  laugh. 

From  the  length  and  slenderness  of  its  fingers,  it 
grasps  anything  awkwardly,  and  when  about  to 
seize  an  object  bends  its  back  and  extends  its  two 
arms,  atthe  same  time  assuming  a  singular  attitude. 
It  eats  all  sorts  of  fruits— the  most  acid,  as  well  as 
the  sweetest.  It  is  termed  Caruiri  by  the  Cabres  of 
the  mission  of  San  Fernando,  near  the  junction  of 
the  Orinoco,  the  .\tabapo,  and  the  Guaviare  ;  Mono 
feo  (hideous  monkey),  and  Chucuto,  or  Mono  rabon 
(short-tailed  monkey),  by  the  Spanish  Missionaries 
of  the  Cassiquiare. 


Monkeys.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


43 


182,  183. — The  Conxio,  or  Jacketed  Monkey 

{Pithecia  Sagulata,  Traill,  in  '  Mem.  Wern.  Soc.,' 
iii.).  The  confu.sion  in  which  this  species  has  been 
involved  is  very  remarkable.  The  lollowing  are  its 
synonyms: — Cebus  Sagulatus,  Fisch.;  Cebus  Sata- 
nas,  HofFmans ;  Pithecia  Satanas,  Kuhl  and  Geoffr. ; 
Simla  Chiropotes,  Humboldt ;  Pithecia  Chiropotes, 
Geoffr.,  Kuhl,  Desm. ;  Brachyurus  Israelita,  Spix. 

Head,  limbs,  and  tail  black, — the  general  tint  of 
the  back  and  top  of  the  shoulders  is  grizzled  rusty- 
brown  or  brownish-grey,  differing  in  depth  in  differ- 
ent individuals.     The  hairs  of  the  body  are  pale  at 
the  roots,  sometimes  indeed  nearly  white.  The  under 
parts  are  scantily  clad.  The  hair  of  the  head  radiates 
from  a  point  on  the  occiput,  and  on  the  sides  of  the 
forehead  forms  two  conspicuous  elevated  tufts,  with 
a  depression  between  them.    These  tufts  fold  over 
and  conceal  the  ears,  which  are  black  and  naked. 
The  face  is  black  and  furnished  at  its  sides  with 
full  bushy  whiskers  which  meet  under  the  chin, 
forming  an  enormous  glossy-black  beard,  directed 
obliquely  forwards,    and  which  gives   a  peculiar 
aspect  to  the  physiognomy.    The  teeth  are  large, — 
the   canines  formidable.    The  head  is  large  and 
rounded,  and  the  nostrils  very  widely  separated  from 
each  other.     On  the  outer  side  of  the  fore-arms  the 
hairs  are  reverted.     Native  country,  Guiana  and  the 
borders  of  Rio  Negro,  &c.     Of  the  four  distinct 
specific  appellations  (viz.  Sagulata,  Satanas,  Chiro- 
potes, and  israelita),  which  we  regard  as  belonging 
all  to  one  animal,  that  of  Sagulata  claims  the  pre- 
ference, being  the  name  under  which  the  species 
was  first  described  by  Traill.    Baron  Humboldt,  who 
erroneously  regards  the  Satanas   of  Hoffmansegg 
(which  he  calls  Couxio  de  Grand  Para)  and  his 
Chiropotes  (which  he  terms  Capucinde  I'Drenoque) 
as  distinct,  thus  describes  the  latter  (a  description 
applicable  fo  each  variety,  under  whatever  name  it 
may  stand  in  the  works  of  naturalists): — The  Capucin 
de  rOrenoque  (Couxio,  P.  Sagulata)  is  robust,  agile, 
wild,  and  very  difficult  to  tame.     When  irritated, 
it  raises  itself  up,  grinds  its  teeth,  rubs  the  extre- 
mity of  its  beard,  and  leaps  around  the  object  of  its 
revenge.     In  these  accessions  of  fury,   Humboldt 
says  that  he  has  seen  it  drive  its  teeth  into  thick 
boards  of  the  Cedrela  Odorata.     It  drinks  but  rarely, 
and  takes  the  water  in  the  hollow  of  its  hand,  which 
it  carries  carefully  to  the  mouth,  so  as  avoid  wet- 
ting its  beard.     If  aware  that  it  is  observed,  it  does 
not   perform    this    singular    action.    Sir   Rt.   Ker 
Porter  (see  '  Proc.  Zool.  Soc'  London,  1834,  p.  41), 
in  a  description  of  the  P.  Sagulata,  distinctly  states 
that  the  animal  drinks  frequently,  bending  down  and 
putting  its  mouth  to  the  water,  apparently  heedless 
of  wetting  its  beard,  and  indifferent  to  the  observa- 
tion of  lookers-on.     He  never  saw  it  take  the  water 
in  the  hollow  of  the  hand,  as  described  by  Hum- 
boldt.    Yet  that  it  was  observed  by  the  latter  we 
cannot  doubt ;  in  our  menageries,  however,  it  drinks 
in  the  ordinary  way  of  other  monkeys.     According 
to  Humboldt,  the  Capucin  de  lOrenoque  does  not 
associate  in  troops  ;  a  male  and  female  in  company 
wander  by  themselves  through  the  forests,  where 
their  cry  may  be  heard.     In  the  vast  wilds  of  the 
Upper  Orinoco,  south  and  east  of  the  cataracts,  this 
monkey  is  common,  and  the  Aturian  Indians,  as  well 
as  those  of  Esmeralda,  eat  many  of  these  animals  at 
certain  seasons  of  the  year.  In  other  parts  of  Guiana 
it  seems  to  be  much  more  rare. 

The  individuals  which  we  have  seen  in  captivity 
have  all  displayed  a  morose  and  savage  temper : 
on  the  slightest  provocation  they  would  menace 
the  offender  with  their  teeth,  wrinkling  up  the  skin 
of  their  face  and  displaying  their  immense  canines, 
their  eyes  at  the  same  time  gleaming  with  fury! 
Towards  other  monkeys  they  were  reserved,  and  dis- 
liked to  be  intruded  upon. 

184.— The  Yabke,  or  White-headed  Saki 

(Pithecia  leucocephala).  The  male  and  female  of 
this  species  differ  go  much  that  it  is  not  surprising 
that  they  should  have  been  described  as  distinct 
species.  The  synonyms  are  as  follows  :— Male— 
P.  leucocephala,  Geoffr.,  Desm. ;  Saki,  Buffon ; 
\  arqut'.  Butt'., '  Siipp.' ;  Yarke,  F.  Cuv.  ;  P.  ochroce- 
phala,  Kuhl.  Female— P.  rufiventer,  Geoffr.,  Desm 
Kuhl,  Sec. ;  P.  rufibarbata,  Kuhl.  ;  P.  capillamen' 
toga,  Spix :  S.  Pithecia,  Linn. ;  Singe  de  nuit.  Buff. : 
Fox-tailed  Monkey,  Pennant. 

3/a/e.— The  whole  of  the  anterior  part  of  the  head 
covered  with  short  close  hairs  of  a  white  or  rusty- 
white  tint  varying  in  depth;  occiput  jet-black, 
whence  a  narrow  line  is  continued  over  the  head  to 
the  nose  ;  fur  of  the  body  and  tail  very  long,  rather 
harsh  ;  and  of  a  brown  colour,  more  or  less  inclined 
to  black  ;  under  part  of  chin  and  throat  naked  and 
of  an  orange  tint;  abdomen  also  nearly  naked  ;  tail 
bushy  ;  on  the  shoulders  the  long  flowing  hair  has 
a  tendency  to  divide. 

Fejnafc.— The  hairs  of  the  head,  excepting  on  the 
interior  part  of  the  forehead,  instead  of  being  short, 
close,  and  gtiff,  are  long,  like  those  cf  the  body,  and 


radiate  forwards  and  laterally.  Between  the  eyes 
is  a  patch  of  short  pale  hairs.  The  fur  of  the  body 
is  long,  of  a  dark  or  blackish  brown  tint,  freckled 
paler,  the  hairs  being  annulated  once  or  twice  at 
the  top  with  pale  rusty-brown.  In  the  male  there 
is  no  annulation  of  the  hairs.  The  scanty  hairs  of 
under  parts  are  pale  rusty-red.  The  long  radiating 
hair  of  the  head  is  of  the  same  colour  as  that  of  the 
rest  in  the  upper  parts.  In  Fig.  184,  which  is  that 
of  the  female,  it  is  represented  too  pale.  Till  re- 
cently, the  female  of  the  present  Saki  has  been  re- 
garded by  naturalists  as  a  distinct  species.  The  de- 
termination of  its  identity  with  the  Yarke  is  due  to 
M.  Schomburgk,  whose  opportunities  of  observing 
this  monkey  in  its  native  regions  of  Guiana  have 
been  very  abundant,  and  who  a  few  years  since 
transmitted  specimens  of  both  sexes  to  the  Zoologi- 
cal Society,  London,  More  recently  he  brought 
other  specimens  to  England.  His  testimony  on  the 
point  is  clear  and  decisive. 

Buffon,  who  figures  a  young  male,  which  he 
terms  Saki,  describes  the  hair  of  the  head  as  radiat- 
ing, and  of  a  whitish  tint ;  whence  we  may  suppose 
that  till  approaching  maturity  the  males  resemble 
the  females  in  their  "  chevelure  mal  rangce,"  as  he 
calls  it,  excepting  as  regards  its  colour. 

The  Yarke  appears  to  live  in  small  troops,  which 
tenant  the  bushes  rather  than  the  trees  of  the  forest, 
living,  according  to  M.  de  la  Borde,  upon  the  fruit 
of  the  guava,  and  also  upon  bees,  demolishing  their 
combs :  they  also  eat  all  kinds  of  grain.  The  fe- 
male produces  only  a  single  offspring  at  a  birth, 
which  she  carries  on  her  back. 

Genus  Callithrix.— Head  short  and  rounded: 
muzzle  short;  ears  large;  general  form  slender; 
tail  equalling  or  exceeding  the  length  of  the  body  ; 
not  prehensile;  nails,  excepting  on  hind  thumbs, 
long  and  narrow.  Fur  soft  and  delicate  ;  canines 
moderate  ;  lower  incisors  vertical  and  contiguous  to 
the  canines.  Ears  large,  and  more  or  less  tri- 
angular. 

The  animals  of  this  genus  are  light,  active,  and 
graceful,  but  so  extremely  delicate,  that  they  do 
not  endure  removal  from  their  own  country  without 
the  greatest  care.  With  the  exception  of  the  Sai- 
miri  we  have  seen  no  living  example.  These  little 
monkeys  are  termed  Sagoins  by  the  French  :  in 
their  native  regions  they  inhabit  the  depths  of  the 
forests,  and  are  diurnal  in  their  habits  ;  most  are 
gregarious;  fruits,  insects,  eggs,  and  birds  constitute 
their  food,  and  though  habitually  gentle  and  timid, 
they  become  animated  even  to  ferocity  at  the  sight 
of  living  prey.  Tlieordinary  voice  of  these  monkeys 
is  a  short  reiterated  note,  which  when  they  are  hurt 
or  alarmed  is  changed  to  a  shrill  cry. 

185. — The  Saimihi,  or  Squireel  Mokkey 
(Callithrix  sciureus,  Desm.).  Titi  de  I'Orenoque, 
Humboldt.  General  colour,  greyish-olive  ;  the  lace 
white,  the  lips  and  chin  black  ;  the  limbs  tinged  with 
fine  rufous  or  gold  colour ;  the  tail  black  at  its  tip  ; 
eare  large  and  white ;  palms  flesh-coloured  ;  eyes 
large  and  hazel,  with  a  pink  circle  round  the  iris  ; 
under  parts  of  body  greyish-white.  Length  of  head 
and  body  I24  inches ;  of  tail  17  inches.  Native 
country,  Brazil,  Cayenne,  Guiana. 

This  slender  and  elegant  little  monkey  is  widely 
spread  :  it  is  one  of  the  earliest  of  the  American 
species  with  which  naturalists  became  acquainted ; 
and  is  most  probably  the  Sapajou  de  Cayenne  of 
Froger.  (See  '  Relat.  du  Voy.  de  Gennes,'  1CQ8.) 
Its  intelligence,  its  beauty,  and  sportiveness,  render 
it  a  favourite  in  its  own  country,  where  it  is  domes- 
ticated in  preference  to  most  others  of  its  race.  It 
is  frequently  imported  into  Europe,  but  our  climate 
is  very  uncongenial.  Though  the  tail  of  the  Sai- 
miri  has  no  truly  prehensile  power,  it  is  used  as  a 
sort  of  boa,  for  protection  against  cold ;  and  when 
numbers  crowd,  huddled  together,  as  they  are  often 
seen  to  do  in  the  woods,  they  bring  it  between  the 
hind  legs,  and  twine  it  over  the  shoulders  and  round 
the  neck,  interlocking  their  arms  and  legs  for  the 
sake  of  warmth.  This  use  of  the  tail  we  have  ob- 
served in  specimens  in  captivity. 

Highly  sensitive  and  susceptible,  the  Sa'imiri  dis- 
plays its  feelings  by  the  expression  of  its  counte- 
nance ;  in  which  pleasure,  surprise,  and  fear,  as  they 
are  experienced,  are  strongly  depicted. 

Insects,  and  especially  spiders,  are  eagerly  sought 
for  and  devoured  by  this  monkey  :  and,  as  Hum- 
boldt states,  it  gives  no  little  trouble  to  entomologi- 
cal travellers,  who  may  be  tempted  to  keep  it  do- 
mesticated. If  it  can  obtain  access  to  their  store- 
boxes,  it  will  devour  every  specimen,  taking  each 
from  the  pin  without  injury  to  its  own  fingers. 

In  their  dense  and  humid  forests  troops  of  these 
monkeys  may  be  seen  traversing  the  branches  in 
single  file,  the  females  carrying  their  young  on 
their  backs.  The  foremost  leads  and  regulates  the 
movements  of  the  rest,  and  as  he  leaps  from  branch 
to  branch  with  admirable  grace  and  precision,  all 
follow  in  succession.  They  ascend  the  "  nebees," 
or  natural  ropes  of  creeping  plants  which  intertwine 


among  the  trees,  with  great  rapidity.  Towards  sun- 
set  they  ascend  to  the  very  tops  of  the  palm-trees 
and  there  sleep  in  security.  Accustomed  to  dense 
and  humid  forests,  under  a  sky  often  covered  with 
clouds,  the  Saimiri  endures  with  difficulty  the  dry 
and  burning  atmosphere  of  the  coasts  of  Guiana  or 
the  adjacent  districts ;  and  it  becomes  melancholy 
and  dejected  in  proportion  as  it  quits  the  region  of 
the  forests  and  enters  the  Llanos.  In  captivity  in 
our  climate,  though  depressed  by  its  influence, 
the  Saimiri  is  very  engaging.  It  has  a  habit  of  gazin? 
intently  on  the  faces  of  those  who  notice  it,  a  pecu- 
liarity alluded  to  by  Humboldt,  who  says  that  it  will 
attentively  watch  the  motion  of  a  person's  lips  in 
speaking,  and  that  if  it  can  climb  on  his  shoulder,  it 
will  touch  his  teeth  or  tongue  with  its  fingers 

The  usual  voice  of  this  species  is  a  low  and 
quickly  repeated  whistle :  but  when  "hurt  or  incom- 
moded by  wet,  rain,  or  other  cause  of  annoyance. 
It  utters  a  plaintive  cry. 

Genus  Nocthora.— Head  large ;  muzzle  short ;  eye* 
large  and  nocturnal ;  nostrils  separated  by  a  mode- 
rate septum.  Ears  moderate,  with  an  acute  folded 
apex,  the  free  portion  being  circumscribed.  Nails 
long,  narrow,  and  channelled  ;  fingere  of  fore-hands 
(Fig.  186)  not  extensible  to  the  full.  Tail  lone 
non-prehensile.  °' 

Humboldt  proposed  the  term  Aotus  for  this 
genus,  which,  by  right  of  priority,  should  be  retained  • 
It  IS  rejected,  however,  because  its  meaning  (earless) 
involves  an  error.  ' 

This  genus  has  been  regarded  by  many  naturalists 
as  a  transition  form  between  the  American  monkeys 
and  the  Lemurs.  It  is  true  that,  as  far  as  general 
aspect  and  nocturnal  habits  are  concerned,  the  re- 
semblance between  the  Douroucouli  and  Lemurs 
IS  apparent ;  still,  however,  the  relationship  (setting 
aside  that  common  to  all  the  Quadrumana)  is  oni 
of  analogy,  not  afhnity ;  for  the  Douroucouli  in  its 
dentition  is  more  remote  from  the  Lemurs  than  is 
the  genus  Pithecia,  and  in  this  point  it  agrees  with 
Callithrix. 

187. — The  Dobkoucocli 
(Nocthora  trivirgata,  F.  Cuv.).  Pithecia  miriquo- 
uina,  Geoffr. ;  Callithrix  infulatus,  Lichtenst.:  Nyc- 
tipithecus  felinus,  and  vociferens,  Spix.— Head 
round ;  muzzle  short ;  eyes  large,  with'  circular 
pupils.  General  colour  greyish-brown  above,  pale 
rulbus  below  ;  a  whitish  triangular  mark  over  each 
eye,  bounded  by  an  intervening  mark  of  black  as- 
cending from  the  root  of  the  nose,  and  another  run- 
ning from  the  angle  of  the  mouth,  passing  the  outer 
angle  of  the  eye.  Tail  black  at  the  apex.  General 
form  slender;  palms  flesh-coloured;  face  dusky; 
nails  black.  Length  of  head  and  body  ISinches  ;  of 
the  tail  18  inches.    Native  country,  Guiana,  Brazil. 

According  to  Humboldt,  the  Douroucouli  inhabits 
the  dense  forests  of  the  Cassiquiare  and  Esmeralda, 
at  the  foot  of  Mount  Duida,  and  the  environs  of  the 
cataracts  of  Maypures,  between  the  2nd  and  5th 
degrees  of  N.  lat.,  300  leagues  from  the  coast  of 
French  Guiana.  According  to  Spix  it  is  found  near 
Para,  and  in  the  forests  ofTabatinga.on  the  confines 
of  Brazil  and  Peru. 

The  Douroucouli  is  nocturnal  in  its  habits,  and 
sleeps  during  the  day.  It  is  greatly  incommoded 
by  light,  and  seeks  the  holes  of  trees  or  similar 
places  for  concealment.  When  roused  it  is  dull 
and  oppressed,  and  can  scarcely  open  its  large  white 
eyelids.  Its  attitude  during  repose  is  crouching. 
On  the  approach  of  dusk,  all  the  lethargy  of  the 
Douroucouli  leaves  it,  and  it  becomes  restless  and 
impetuous,  and  roams  about  in  quest  of  insects  and 
small  birds.  In  addition  to  these,  various  fruits,  seeds, 
and  vegetables  constitute  its  food;  but  the  quantity 
of  solid  aliment  it  consumes  is  comparatively  little  :  it 
drinks  even  less,  and  but  seldom.  It  glides  cat-like 
through  apertures  so  narrow  as  to  appear  incapable 
of  admitting  it,  and  its  actions  resemble  those  of 
vivirine  animals.  Its  beautiful  glossy  fur  is  in  great 
request,  the  natives  make  tobacco-pouches  and 
other  articles  of  it,  which  they  sell.  A  male  and 
female  are  often  taken  together  in  the  same  hole 
asleep  ;  for  the  Douroucouli  lives  not  in  troops,  but 
in  pairs,  and  is  strictly  monogamous.  The  nocturnal 
cry  of  this  animal  is  extremely  loud  and  sonorous, 
and  resembles  that  of  the  Jaguar :  besides  this,  it 
utters  a  mewing  noise  like  that  of  a  cat,  and  also 
a  deep,  harsh,  gntteral  note,  represented  by  the 
syllables  r/uer,  quer.  When  irritated,  its  throat 
becomes  distended  ;  and  in  the  posture  then  assumed, 
and  in  the  puffed  state  of  the  fur,  it  resembles  a  cat 
attacked  by  a  dog. 

In  18.33  a  young  male  lived  for  a  short  time  in 
the  menagerie  of  the  Zool.  Soc,  London.  Its  aspect 
and  movements  were  very  lemurine  ;  its  large  eyes, 
which  it  opened  when  the  dusk  of  evening  came 
on,  were  brilliant,  and  gave  an  animated  expression 
to  its  countenance  not  exhibited  during  the  day, 
when  it  rested  crouching  on  its  perch,  lethargic  and 
motionless.  It  lived  chiefly  upon  bread  sopped  in 
milk,  refusing  meat,  either  dressed  or  raw. 


183.— Couliu. 


lU.-Saimiri. 


IH.— ["raUe  and  Feat  of  Doiuoncooll. 


i^^. —  lurKe. 


190. — Manno»t. 


1B7.— DoanHKonli. 


IM. — Teeth  ofHannozet. 


A4 


193.— Skull  of  the  Monkey. 


!!)7.— White-fronted  Ixmnr. 


192  — Marikina. 


]91. — Marmozets. 


j^ri.^HufTed  I.«mur. 


194.— Skull  of  Lemur. 


198.— Wliite-fronted  Lemur, 


45 


46 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[M0NKEY8, 


Genus  Hapale,  Illiper  (Jacchus  and  Midas,  Geoff. ; 

Sa^inus,  in  part,  of  Lac£p<^e).   The  Marmozets,  or 

OuisUlis,  as  the  monkeys  of  this  ^enus  are  termed, 

are  distinguished  from  the  rest  of  the  American 

groups  by  some  pccuUarities  in  their  dentition. 

^  4  1—1 

Dental  formula : —  incisors,  t  ;    camnes,   j^j  ; 

3—3  2—2  _. 

false  molars,  53^  ;  true  molars,  ,,-3^  ■=32.      (Fig. 

188.)  Of  tlie  incisors  of  the  upper  jaw  the  two 
middle  are  the  largest ;  those  of  the  lower  jaw  equal 
the  lower  canines  in  length :  the  tubercles  of  the 
molars  are  acute.  The  muzzle  is  short ;  the  nose  is 
salient,  with  nostriU  widely  separate;  the  limbs  arc 
short ;  the  fingers  slender,  and  all,  excepting  the 
hind  thumbs,  which  are  remarkably  short,  are  fur- 
nished with  sharp,  long,  compressed,  hooked  claws, 
like  those  of  a  squirrel.  The  fur  is  full  and  soft ; 
the  tail  longer  than  the  head  and  body,  and  gene- 
rally bushy.  General  contour,  stature,  and  actions, 
squirrel-like.  The  Mar.mozets,  or  Uuistitis  (so  called 
from  their  sharp  whistling  cry),  are  diurnal  in  their 
habits ;  they  are  irritable  in  their  temper,  but  timid, 
and  by  no  means  remarkable  for  intelligence.  The 
most  prominent  feature  in  their  disposition  seems 
to  be  extreme  caution,  an  instinctive  quality  ne- 
cessary to  their  preservation ;  for  though  nimble 
and  quick,  they  are  subject  to  the  assaults  of  the 
smaller  beasts  of  prey,  and  of  hawks  and  snakes. 
Still  they  are  not  cowardly,  and  will  defend  them- 
selves with  great  spirit  against  the  attacks  of  an 
enemy  far  stronger  than  themselves.  Linnajus,  in 
his  account  of  the  Common  Marmozet,  states  that 
it  displays  great  hatred  towards  cats,  and  attacks 
them  with  ferocity,  an  observation  founded  most 
probably  on  a  single  example  which  came  under  his 
immediate  notice. 

None  of  the  American  monkeys  are  more  sen- 
sitive of  cold  than  the  Marmozets,  and  nature  has 
well  provided  for  their  comfort ;  not  only  is  the  fur 
deep,  soft,  and  warm,  but  the  long,  full  tail  is  twisted, 
as  m  the  Saimiri,  round  the  body,  which,  during 
their  noctural  repose  in  some  hollow  tree,  is  gathered 
up  into  as  small  a  space  as  possible,  and  in  this 
crouching  attitude  they  resemble  a  ball  of  fur  with 
a,  little  face  projecting  from  it. 

These  animals  are  easily  rendered  tame ;  and 
their  elegant  figure — their  soft  silky  fur  coloured 
withblendingtints — theirnirableness  and  diminutive 
size,  have  contributed  to  render  them  favourites  in 
their  native  climate  as  well  as  in  other  parts  of  the 
world.  From  observations  made  upon  the  Marmo- 
zets in  captivity,  it  appears  that  they  are  more 
prolific  than  other  monkeys,  producing  two  or  even 
three  young  ones  at  a  birth.  In  their  native  regions, 
viz.,  the  deep  forests  of  Para,  Guiana,  and  Brazil, 
they  associate  in  small  families,  and  feed  upon 
various  fruits  and  insects,  devouring  the  latter  with 
great  eagerness. 

189,  190,  191. —  The  Common  Makmoet 
(Hapale  Jacchus).  Ouistiti,  BufTon ;  Sanglin,  Ed- 
wards ;  Jacchus  vulgaris,  Geoffr. ;  Simia  Jacchus, 
Linn.  Fur  long  and  soft,  variegated  black,  white, 
and  rusty  yellow,  the  black  and  white  forming 
alternate  undulations.  Ears  surrounded  by  a  large 
plume  of  erect  hairs,  white,  sometimes  tipped  with 
dusky  black,  and  sometimes  perhaps  largely  washed 
with  black,  if  not  quite  black.  Head  and  throat 
dusky  black :  a  white  frontal  mark  above  the  root 
of  the  nose.  Tail  annulated,  dusky  black  and  white. 
Native  country,  Brazil,  Guiana. 

Little  has  been  recorded  respecting  the  natural 
habits  of  this  beautiful  animal,  beyond  the  facts  of 
it  congregating  in  small  families,  of  being  active 
and  shy,  and  of  its  subsisting  upon  insects  and  eggs, 
together  with  fruits,  such  as  bananas  and  mangoes, 
of  which  it  is  very  fond. 

It  is  frequently  brought  to  Europe,  and  has  not 
only  lived  several  years,  but  produced  young  in  the 
menageries  of  France  and  England.  Distrustful, 
especially  towards  those  whom  it  is  not  accustomed 
to  see,  it  retires  from  observation,  and  on  being 
touched  utters  its  peculiar  whistling  cry,  or  becomes 
angry  and  resists  the  unwelcome  attempt  to  court 
its  confidence.  When  undisturbed  it  displays  much 
liveliness,  and  exerts  its  activity,  leaping  from  perch 
to  perch,  with  squirrel-like  address,  and  in  all  its 
actions  justifying  the  expression  of  "nimble  mar- 
mozet," used  by  Shakspere. 

Extremely  sensitive  to  cold,  no  little  of  the  Mar- 
mozet's  time  is  passed  in  protecting  itself  against 
the  changes  of  temperature  to  which  our  atmosphere 
is  subject.  All  the  wool,  cotton,  or  other  soft 
materials  with  which  it  is  furnished,  it  will  carry  to 
some  convenient  comer  of  its  cage,  or  to  an  inner 
dormitory,  and  there  completely  bury  itself  in  the 
downy  mass,  from  which  it  will  peep  out  on  a  per- 
son's approach,  but  from  which,  unless  induced  by 
the  offer  of  tempting  food,  it  can  seldom  be  induced 
to  emerge  altogether.  When  two  or  three  are  con- 
fined in  the  same  cage,  they  huddle  themselves 
together,  and  lie  nestled  in  their  bed. 


The  Marmozet  eats  bread,  fruits,  and  finely- 
minced  meat :  it  feeds  in  a  crouching  attitude,  and 
usually  holds  everything  between  its  two  fore-paws, 
the  long  hooked  nails  assisting  it.  Edwards,  in  his 
'  Gleanings,'  speaking  of  one  of  these  animals  which 
came  under  his  own  observation,  informs  us  that 
it  fed  upon  various  articles  of  diet,  as  biscuits, 
fruits,  pulse,  insects,  and  snails;  and  that,  being 
one  day  at  liberty,  it  darted  upon  a  small  gold-fish 
which  was  in  a  bowl,  killed  it,  and  greedily  de- 
voured it.  After  this  occurrence,  some  small  eels 
were  offered  to  it,  which  at  first  frightened  it  by 
twisting  round  its  neck,  but  it  soon  overcame  and 
eat  them. 

In  the  first  number  of  the  '  Magazine  of  Natural 
History'  (1822),  an  interesting  account  is  given,  by 
Mr.  Neill,  of  the  manners  of  one  of  these  monkeys, 
which  he  purchased  at  Bahia,  the  capital  of  the 
province  of  St.  Salvador,  Brazil.  At  first,  as  he 
states,  it  displayed  great  wildness  and  even  fierce- 
ness, screeching  most  vehemently  when  any  one 
offered  to  approach  it,  and  it  was  a  long  lime  before 
it  was  so  reconciled  even  to  those  who  fed  it  as  to 
allow  the  slightest  liberty  in  the  way  of  touching  or 
patting  its  body ;  it  was  impossible  to  do  this  by 
surprise,  or  by  the  most  stealthy  and  cautious  ap- 
proach, as  the  creature  was  not  still  for  a  moment, 
out  was  continually.tuining  its  head  from  side  to 
side,  eyeing  every  pei-son  with  the  most  suspicious 
and  angry  look ;  and  its  sense  of  hearing  was  so 
exceedingly  acute,  that  the  slightest  noise,  or  even 
a  whisper,  was  sure  to  rouse  it.  Its  diet  consisted 
of  I'ruits,  such  as  bananas,  mangoes,  and  Indian 
corn,  but  when  during  the  voyage  these  failed,  it 
eagerly  fell  upon  the  cockroaches,  of  which  it 
effectually  cleared  the  vessel.  It  would  frequently 
eat  a  score  of  the  larger  kind,  which  are  two  inches 
and  a  half  long,  and  a  great  number  of  the  smaller 
ones,  three  or  four  times  in  the  course  of  the  day. 
It  was  quite  amusing  to  see  the  Marmozet  at  its 
meal.  When  it  got  hold  of  one  of  the  large  cock- 
roaches, it  held  the  insect  in  its  fore-paws,  and  then 
invariably  nipped  the  head  off  first :  it  then  pulled 
out  the  viscera  and  cast  them  aside,  and  devoured 
the  rest  of  the  body,  rejecting  the  dry  elytra  (wing- 
cases)  and  wings,  and  also  the  legs  of  the  insect, 
which  are  covered  with  short,  stiff  bristles.  The 
small  cockroaches  it  ate  without  such  fastidious 
nicety.  In  addition  to  these  insects,  milk,  sugar, 
raisins,  and  crumbs  of  bread  were  given  to  it.  From 
London  it  was  conveyed  to  Edinburgh,  where  it  was 
living,  when  Mr.  Neill  wrote  his  account,  in  perfect 
health :  there,  contrary  to  the  statement  of  Linnaeus, 
who  says  that  it  is  an  enemy  to  cats,  it  made  ac- 
quaintance with  one,  with  which  it  fed  and  slept, 
and  lived  on  the  best  terms  imaginable.  Though 
it  became  gradually  tamer,  it  nevef  lost  its  original 
wildness  and  distrust. 

The  first  account  of  the  Marmozet  having  bred 
in  Europe  is  given  by  Edwards  ('  Gleanings '),  who 
received  it  from  a  lady  living  at  Lisbon,  a  pair  of 
these  animals,  during  her  residence  there,  having 
produced  young.  They  were  at  first  ugly,  and 
almost  destitute  of  fur,  and  clung  to  the  breasts  of 
the  mother;  but  as  they  grew  larger,  they  mounted 
her  shoulders  and  back :  when  tired  with  carrying 
them,  she  would  detach  them  from  her  by  rubbing 
them  against  a  wall  or  anything  in  her  way :  the 
male  would  then  take  charge  of  them,  till  she  was 
inclined  to  resume  her  duties. 

In  the  year  1819,  three  young  ones,  a  male  and 
two  females,  were  produced  in  the  Menagerie  of 
Paris.  Their  colour  was  of  a  uniform  deep  grey  ; 
the  tail  was  almost  destitute  of  hair;  and  they  were 
born  with  their  eyes  open.  M.  F.  Cuvier,  in  de- 
scribing their  domestic  economy,  confirms  the 
account  given  by  Edwards;  but  conlinement,  in 
this  instance,  so  far  destroyed  the  admirable  instinct, 
common  even  to  the  most  savage  animals,  that  one 
of  the  little  ones  was  killed  by  its  piother  before  it 
had  an  opportunity  of  asserlinsr  the  strongest  claim 
to  her  affection ;  and  the  other  two,  which  she 
eagerly  cherished  the  moment  they  commenced 
deriving  their  nutriment  from  the  natural  fountain 
of  lif^,  were  deserted  by  both  parents  when  the 
supply  from  that  source,  probably  from  improper 
nourishment,  prematurely  ceased.  During  the  short 
time  they  existed,  the  task  of  nursing  them  almost 
wholly  devolved  upon  the  male  parent,  which,  at 
first,  most  assiduously  cherished  them,  placing  them, 
when  they  claimed  his  protection,  either  under  him 
or  upon  his  back,  and  thus  carrying  them  about. 
The  female  avoided,  as  much  as  possible,  the  trou- 
blesome charge,  receiving  them  unwillingly  from 
her  partner ;  and  the  moment  she  ha{>  supplied 
them  with  nourishment,  again  forcing  them  upon 
his  attention,  at  the  same  time  uttering  a  peculiar 
cry,  as  if  asking  him  to  ease  her  of  a  burthen  with 
which  she  was  intolerably  fatigued. 

In  1832  a  pair  bred  in  the  Gardens  of  the  Zoolo- 
gical Society,  at  the  Regent's  Park,  London,  and 
produced  twins,  which,  liowevcr,  died.  Other  ex- 
amples are  also  upon  record. 


192. — ^The  Marikina,  or  Silky  Tauarin 
{Hapale  rosalia).  Midas  rosalia,  Geoffr.  The 
Marikina  is  one  of  the  species  of  the  present  group, 
which  M.  Geoffrey  has  separated,  upon  not  very 
tangible  grounds,  into  a  genus  termed  Midas.  Fur 
long,  silky,  and  of  a  glossy  golden  yellow ;  hairs  of 
the  head  long  and  falling,  parted  down  the  middle 
of  the  crown  by  a  line  of  short  rust-brown  hairs ; 
ears  concealed  by  the  long  hair  of  the  head ;  tail 
almost  tutted  at  the  ajjex.  Native  country,  Guiana, 
Brazil. 

This  species  is  subject  to  considerable  variation  ' 
in  the  richness  of  its  colouring:  we  have  seen  spe- 
cimens of  a  straw-yellow,  with  a  silvery  lustre. 

Two  or  three  opportunities  have  been  afforded  us 
of  observing  this  beautiful  species  in  captivity. 
Judging  from  these  individuals,  this  animal  is  more 
confiding  and  less  irritable  than  the  common  mar- 
mozet, which,  however,  it  resembles  in  its  actions. 
When  alarmed  or  angry,  it  utters  a  shrill  cry,  and 
slightly  raises  the  long  hairs  around  the  sides  of  its 
face,  displaying  its  teeth,  as  if  threatening  to  bite. 
Contrary  to  Buffon's  opinion,  who  considers  it  to  be 
more  hardy  than  most  of  its  congeners,  it  appears 
to  be  full  as  susceptible  of  the  changes  of  our 
climate,  and  indeed  dies  immediately  if  exposed  to 
damp  or  wet. 

In  this  opinion  Fred.  Cuvier  fully  coincides. 
These  animals,  he  observes,  are  natives  of  Brazil, 
and  from  the  delicacy  of  their  constitution  they 
cannot  be  kept  alive  in  France  without  the  greatest 
care  to  preserve  them  from  the  influence  of  atmo- 
spheric changes,  and  especially  from  the  cold  and 
humidity  of  the  winter  season :  under  the  depressing 
effects  of  wet  and  chilly  weather,  they  lose  all  their 
sprightliness,  droop,  and  die.  Speaking  of  the  indi- 
vidual figured  in  his  splendid  work,  and  which  was 
brought,  in  1818,  from  Brazil  to  Paris,  where  it  lived 
for  a  .short  time  in  the  Menagerie  of  the  Jardin  de 
Plantes,  he  slates  that  it  was  very  active  and  lively, 
and,  like  a  bird,  preferred  the  topmost  perches  of 
the  cage.  On  the  least  alarm  it  always  concealed 
itself;  and  though  it  appeared  gratified  with  the 
notice  and  caresses  of  those  whom  it  knew,  and 
came  to  them  when  called,  it  never  returned  any 
expressions  or  signs  of  attachment  as  other  monkeys 
do  when  noticed  by  persons  to  whom  they  are 
attached.  It  disliked  strangers  and  retired  from 
them,  regarding  them  with  looks  of  defiance,  and 
menacing  with  its  feeble  teeth.  Fear  or  anger  it 
expressed  by  a  short,  sharp,  whistling  cry,  but  some- 
times, as  if  from  ennui,  it  raised  its  voice  into  a 
louder  or  more  prolonged  note.  In  these  details 
the  individuals  described  by  Fred.  Cuvier  resembled 
the  specimens  which  have  lived  in  the  vivarium  of 
the  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  The  interest  which  attached 
to  thera  resulted  only  from  the  lustre  of  their  silky 
fur  and  from  the  elegance  of  their  actions,  for  it  was 
evident  that  their  intelligence  was  very  circum- 
scribed. That  prying  curiosity,  always  amusing, 
sometimes  troublesome,  which  monkeys  in  general 
exhibit,  appeared  to  form  no  part  of  their  character, 
and  the  confidence  they  manifested  towards  those 
accustomed  to  feed  them  was  unmixed  with  tokens 
of  attachment  or  gratitude.  Still  it  is  difficult  to 
form  a  correct  idea  of  the  character  of  animals  from 
individuals  in  confinement ;  and  it  cannot  be 
doubted  that  in  its  native  forests,  of  which  it  is  one 
of  the  ornaments,  the  Marikina,  like  the  squirrel  of 
our  woods,  displays  habits  and  manners  calculated 
to  excite  the  interest  of  the  observer.  Of  these, 
however,  nothing  is  definitely  known.  According 
to  Prince  Maximilian,  ihe  Alarikina  is  more  rarely 
found  in  Brazil  than  in  Guiana. 

LEMURS 
(Lemurida:).  The  Lemurs  (Les  Makis  of  the  French) 
differ  from  the  monkeys  of  both  worlds  in  dental 
characters,  but  in  quadrumanous  structure  they 
approach  those  of  the  old,  having  opposable  thumbs 
on  the  fore-hands  as  well  as  on  the  hinder  pair. 
The  contour  of  their  body  is  very  peculiar:  the 
general  form  is  slender  and  elongated,  the  head  is 
pointed  and  somewhat  fox-like  ;  the  nostrils  have  a 
sinuous  opening,  terminating  a  sharp,  naked,  and 
somewhat  prominent  muzzle ;  the  eyes  are  large 
and  of  a  nocturnal  chaiacter ;  the  limbs  are  long, 
especially  the  hinder  pair,  which  in  some  species 
greatly  exceed  the  anterior;  the  fore-hands  have  a 
true  thumb,  but  in  some  species  the  index-finger  is 
abbreviated ;  the  thumb  of  the  hinder-hands  is 
large,  and  greatly  expanded  at  the  tip;  the  index- 
finger  of  these  hinder  pair  (and  in  the  Tarsicr,  the 
next  also)  is  armed  witli  a  long,  subulate,  slightly 
curved  claw;  the  other  nails  are  flat;  the  fur  is 
full  and  woolly ;  the  tail  varies,  it  is  never  prehen- 
sile, and  is  sometimes  wanting:  habits  pre-eminently 
arboreal.  If  we  compare  the  skull  of  the  monkey 
(193)  with  that  of  the  ordinary  Lemurs  (194),  we 
shall  observe  many  distinctions.  The  volume  of 
the  Lemur's  skull,  taken  in  relationship  to  that  of 
the  face,  is  greatly  diminished  ;  no  trace  of  a  lore- 
head  remains,  but  the  frontal  bone  falls  so  com- 


Lemurs.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


47 


pletely  back  behind  the  developed  and  projecting 
facial  portion  or  muzzle,  as  to  present  an  almost 
level  surface  along  the  nasal  bones  to  the  top  of  the 
head.  The  occipital  condyles  have  the  same  poste- 
rior situation  as  in  the  dog,  so  that  the  head  is  sus- 
pended from,  rather  than  even  partially  balanced 
on,  the  vertebral  column.  The  orbits  are  not  com- 
pletely walled  within,  but  open  into  the  temporal 
fossae,  and  have  an  obliquely  lateral  aspect;  the 
nasal  bones  run  the  whole  length  to  the  tip  of  the 
snout,  or  nearly  so  ;  the  lower  jaw  is  long  and  nar- 
row, and  consists  of  two  rami  perfectly  separate  at 
the  chin.  Here  indeed  we  first  meet  with  the 
symphysis  of  the  lower  jaw  unobliterated,  even  in 
the  most  advanced  period  of  life.  In  man  and  the 
monkeys  this  suture  is  not  apparent,  even  in  the 
youngest  subjects ;  but  in  the  lower  mammalia,  ex- 
cepting in  the  Pachydermata,  as  a  general  rule,  it 
is  always  present.  The  teeth  are  as  follows : — 
Four  small  incisors  above  in  pairs,  with  an  inter- 
mediate space  between  them  for  the  reception  of 
the  points  of  the  lower  incisors  and  lower  canine 
teeth.  The  lower  incisors  (in  the  true  Lemurs)  are 
four  in  number,  but  they  are  accompanied  by  the 
lower  canines,  which,  except  that  they  are  stronger 
and  larger,  resemble  the  incisors  in  form  and  direc- 
tion. They  are  long,  pointed,  compressed,  in  close 
contact  with  each  other,  and  directly  obliquely  for- 
wards. The  canines  of  the  upper  jaw  are  com- 
pressed, pointed,  and  sharp  on  their  posterior  edge. 
The  molars  are  crowned  with  sharp  angular  tu- 
bercles. 

Dental  formula  of  the  genus  Lemur  (Fig.  194*) : — 

Incisors,  - ;  canines,  = — =• ;  molars,  ^^-    The  first 

false  molar  below  is  stout,  and  resembles  a  canine, 
whence  has  arisen  the  idea  that  it  is  so  really,  and 
that  the  lower  incisors  were  6  instead  of  4. 

Genus  Lemur.  Head  long,  muzzle  pointed,  eyes 
moderate  and  oblique  ;  ears  short  and  hairy ;  tail 
long  and  bushy;  mamma;  two,  pectoral.  All  are 
natives  of  Madagascar ;  arboreal,  nocturnal.  Their 
movements  are  light,  sweeping,  elegant,  and  pre- 
cise. Their  usual  voice  is  a  low  inward  grunt,  but 
they  often  break  forth  into  an  abrupt  hoarse  roar, 
producing  a  startling  effect.  The  term  Lemur 
(from  the  Latin  Lemures,  Ghosts)  was  iirst  adopted 
by  LinniBus  in  allusion  to  the  nocturnal  habits  and 
stilly  sweeping  movements  of  these  singular  ani- 
mals. 

195.  196. — The  Ruffed  Lemue 
{Lemur  Macaco).  Le  Vari,  Buffon.  This  is  one  of 
the  largest  and  most  beautiful  of  the  genus,  exceed- 
ing a  cat  in  size.  Its  fur  is  of  admirable  texture, 
being  full,  fine,  and  silky ;  the  tail  is  long  and  bushy. 
The  general  ground  is  pure  white,  on  which  large 
black  patches  are  tastefully  arranged ;  the  tale  is 
black  ;  a  full  ruff  of  longer  hairs  than  those  of  the 
body  surrounds  the  face ;  whence  its  English  appel- 
lation. 

Of  the  native  habits  of  this  and  the  other  Lemurs 
in  the  deep  forests  of  Madagascar  little  is  known  : 
they  avoid  the  presence  of  man,  and  though  harm- 
less, will  defend  themselves  with  great  resolution, 
inflicting  severe  wounds  with  their  sharp  canines. 
They  associate  together  in  troops,  and  after  sunset 
their  hoarse  loud  roar  may  be  heard  in  dissonant 
chorus,  resounding  among  the  recesses  of  the  wood- 
land wilderness.  The  roar  of  the  Ruffed  Lemur  is 
Eeculiarly  deep  and  sonorous.  During  the  day  the 
emurs  sleep  m  their  retreats.  Fruits,  insects,  rep- 
tiles, small  birds,  and  eggs  constitute  their  food. 

When  taken  young,  these  animals  soon  become 
familiar,  and  are  fond  of  being  noticed  and  ca- 
ressed, exhibiting  considerable  attachment  to  those 
who  attend  them :  but  we  have  known  them  bite 
severely  persons  who  have  irritated  them. 

In  captivity,  with  due  care,  they  bear  our  climate 
well,  though  they  are  impatient  of  cold,  as  might  be 
inferred  from  their  soft  thick  fur.  They  are  fond  of 
sitting  perched  on  the  fender  before  a  fire,  and  in 
this  situation  they  will  spread  their  hands,  half  close 
their  eyes,  and  testify  unequivocal  satisfaction. 
During  the  day  they  sleep  in  a  ball-like  figure  on 
their  perch  ;  and  if  two  be  in  a  cage  together  they 
sit  close  to  one  another  with  their  tails  wrapped 
boa-like  round  each  other's  body,  so  as  to  make  one 
round  ball,  from  which,  on  being  disturbed,  two 
heads  suddenly  make  their  appearance.  Though 
less  intelligent  than  monkeys  in  general,  they  are 
more  gentle  and  confiding :  they  will  put  their 
heads  to  the  bars  of  their  cage,  to  have  them 
8c«atched  and  rubbed,  and  by  their  actions  invite 
notice.  They  have  little  of  the  prying,  misctiievous, 
petulant  disposition  of  monkeys,  so  that  with  due 
precautions  they  may  be  trusted  in  a  room  at  liberty. 
When  presented  with  food,  they  usually  take  it  in 
their  hands  ;  but  we  have  seen  them  feed  upon  soft 
bread  without  holding  it.  They  lap  fluid  like  a 
dog.  They  bound  and  leap  with  the  most  astonish- 
ing agility,  gracefulness,  and  address  ;  and  when  in 
motion  the  tail  is  elevated  in  a  sigmoid  form,  and 


not  trailed  after  them.  Strong  light  greatly  incom- 
modes them  ;  their  eyes  gleam  at  night ;  and  the 
pupil  is  transverse,  dilating  with  the  advance  of 
evenins;  dimness. 

197,  198. — The  White -feonted  Lemub 

(Lemur  albifrons).  Fur  ruddy  or  bronzed-grey 
above  :  male  with  the  forehead  and  sides  of  the 
face  white  ;  female  with  the  same  part  of  a  deep 
grey.  The  female  and  the  Lemur  Anjuanensis 
(Malii  d'Angouan)  are  distinct,  contrary  to  the 
opinion  of  Lesson. 

The  White-fronted  Lemur  is  gentle,  affectionate, 
and  lively :  it  leaps  with  great  agility,  and  after  a 
spring  of  many  yards,  pitches  so  lightly  on  its  fin- 
gers as  hardly  to  attract  the  notice  of  the  ear.  Its 
manners  are  the  same  as  those  of  its  race  in  general. 

199. — The  Flockt  Lemub. 

Maki  a  Bourre  of  Sonnerat  ;  Lemur  Langier,  Li- 
chanotus  Laniger,  Indris  Laniger.  This  species, 
which  was  first  described  and  figured  by  Sonnerat, 
as  the  Maki  b,  Bourre,  has  been,  we  know  not  why, 
regarded  as  a  species  of  Indris  (Lichanotus,  llliger), 
and  placed  in  that  genus.  Cuvier  doubted  its  al- 
liance to  that  group ;  and  for  ourselves  we  hesitate 
not  in  referring  it  to  the  genus  Chirogaleus,  Geoffr., 
founded  for  the  reception  of  certain  Lemurs  described 
and  figured  by  Commerson,  but  till  lately  unknown 
to  European  naturalists. 

The  fingers  of  both  fore  and  hind  hands  are  fur- 
nished with  long  pointed  claws,  the  thumbs  only 
having  flat  nails. 

The  Flocky  Lemur  is  about  a  foot  in  the  length 
of  the  head  and  body,  the  tail  being  nine  inches 
long.  The  colour  is  pale  ferruginous  above,  white 
beneath  ;  the  fur  is  extremely  soft  and  curled,  deep- 
est about  the  loins.  Face  black ;  eyes  large  and 
greenish-grey. 

In  the  museum  at  Paris  we  examined  a  species  of 
Chirogaleus  closely  allied  to  (perhaps  identical 
with)  the  Flocky  Lemur :  it  was  labelled  Chiroga- 
leus Milii.  Head  broad  and  flat ;  ears  moderate 
and  hairy.  Fur  soft,  full,  curly,  and  glossy,  of  a  fine 
fawn-brown,  paler  between  the  eyes,  which  are 
large  and  surrounded  by  a  brown  disk.  The  hairs 
are  all  lead-coloured  at  the  base  :  chin,  throat,  under 
surface,  and  inside  of  limbs  white.  Tail  fawn- 
brown.  Teeth  as  in  the  genus  Lemur.  Nails 
minute,  flat,  but  sharp-pointed  ;  those  of  the  thumbs 
as  usual.  Length  of  head  and  body  about  14  inches ; 
of  the  tail  12.  Of  two  specimens  one  was  presented 
to  the  museum  by  M.  Goudot ;  the  other,  alive,  by 
M.  le  Baron  Milius.    Native  country,  Madagascar. 

200. — The  Shoet-tailed  Ixdkis 

(Lichanotus  brevicaudatus).  L'Indri,  Sonnerat  ? 
Indris  brevicaudatus,  Geoffr.  The  genus  Lichano- 
tus (or  Indris)  differs  in  some  details  of  dentition 
from  the  genus  Lemur,  to  which  in  most  points  it 
is  closely  allied.  The  following  description  of  the 
Indris  was  taken  from  a  fine  specimen  in  the  Paris 
Museum.  The  anterior  part  of  the  face  nearly 
naked  ;  the  forehead,  temples,  throat,  and  chest 
white ;  the  ears,  the  occiput,  shoulders,  arms,  and 
hands  black.  The  lower  part  of  the  back  brown, 
which  colour  divides  on  the  haunch  into  two  lines, 
which  run  down  the  buttocks  and  spread  on  the 
thighs,  leaving  the  crupper,  tail,  and  posterior  part 
of  the  thighs  white ;  the  root  of  the  tail  is  tinged 
with  yellow.  Anterior  part  of  thighs  and  feet  deep- 
ening into  black ;  heels  white,  with  an  anklet  of 
greyish-white;    breast  brown.     Flanks   and  lower 

Fart  of  belly  white  ;  and  also  the  inside  of  the  arms, 
ur  beautifully  soft  and  woolly.  Thumbs  very 
large  and  powerful ;  foretoe  small  and  united  to  the 
next,  almost  to  the  last  joint :  it  is  armed  with  a  long 
sharp  nail.  The  nails  of  the  thumbs  and  fingers, 
and  also  of  the  toes,  the  first  excepted,  are  small, 
flat,  subkeeled,  and  pointed.  Length  from  muzzle  to 
root  of  tail  two  feet ;  of  the  tail  three  inches ;  of  the 
hind  feet  seven  inches  and  a  half. 

The  Indris  is  a  native  of  Madagascar,  where  it  is 
said  to  be  frequently  trained  by  the  natives  for  the 
cha.se.  Its  voice  resembles  the  wailing  cry  of  a 
child.  The  word  Indris  is  said  to  signify  in  the 
Madagascar  language  a  "  man  of  the  woods." 

201. — The  Diabem  Lemue 

{Propithecus  Diadana,  Benn.).  Mr.  Bennett  pro- 
posed the  genus  Propithecus  lor  this  Lemur,  which 
IS  a  native  of  Madagascar,  and  which  appears  to  us, 
notwithstanding  the  length  of  the  tail,  to  belong  in 
reality  to  the  genus  Lichanotus.  It  is  in  fact  a 
long-tailed  Indris.  Of  its  habits  nothing  is  known. 
Description : — Face  nearly  naked,  with  short 
blackish  hairs  about  the  lips,  and  equally  short  yel- 
lowish-white hairs  in  front  of  the  eyes.  Above  the 
eyes,  the  long,  silky,  waved,  and  thickly-set  hairs 
which  cover  the  body  commence  by  a  band  of  yel- 
lowish white  crossing  the  front  and  passing  beneath 
the  eai-s  to  the  throat.  This  is  succeeded  by  black, 
extending  over  the  back  of  the  head  and  neck,  but 


becoming  freely  intermingled  with  white  on  the 
shoulders  and  sides,  the  white  gradually  increasing 
backwards,  so  as  to  render  the  loins  only  slightly 
grizzled  with  black.  At  the  root  of  the  tail  fulvous, 
that  colour  gradually  disappearing  until  the  ex- 
treme half  of  the  tail  is  white  with  a  tinge  of  yel- 
low. Outer  side  of  the  anterior  limbs,  at  the  upper 
part,  of  the  slaty-grey  of  the  sides,  below  which  it  is 
pale  fulvous.  Hands  black,  except  tufts  of  long 
fulvous  hair  at  the  extremities  of  the  thumb  and 
fingers,  extending  beyond  and  covering  the  nails. 
Outer  sides  of  the  hinder  limbs,  after  receiving  a 
tinge  of  fulvous  from  the  colour  surrounding  the 
root  of  the  tail,  of  a  paler  fulvous  than  the  anterior 
limbs :  this  becomes  much  deeper  on  the  hands, 
which  are  fulvous,  except  on  the  fingers,  where  there 
IS  a  very  considerable  intermixture  of  black,  the  ter- 
minal tufts,  equally  long  with  those.of  the  anterior 
bands,  being,  as  in  them,  fulvous.  The  under  sur- 
face white  throughout,  except  the  hinder  part  of  the 
throat,  where  it  is  of  the  same  colour  with  the  sides 
of  the  body. 

Hairs  generally  long,  silky,  waved,  erect,  and 
glossy  ;  shorter  and  more  dense  on  the  crupper, 
where  they  offer  a  sort  of  woolly  resistance.  Gene- 
ral character  of  those  on  the  tail,  that  of  the  body 
hair,  but  shorter. 

Thumb  of  anterior  hands  slender,  placed  far  back, 
and  extremely  free ;  thumb  of  hinder  hands  very 
strong. 

Length  of  body  and  head,  measured  in  a  straight 
line,  one  foot  nine  inches  ;  of  the  tail,  one  foot  five 
inches.  Anterior  limbs,  exclusive  of  hands,  seven 
and  a  half  inches  in  length  from  the  body  ;  posterior 
limbs,  fifteen  inches  and  a  half. 

Muzzle  shorter  than  in  the  Lemurs  generally ;  the 
distance  from  the  anterior  angle  of  the  orbit  to  the 
tip  of  the  nose  (one  inch  and  a  quarter)  being  equal 
to  that  between  the  eyes.  Fars  rounded,  concealed 
in  the  fur :  length  one  inch ;  breadth  one  inch  and  a 
half. 

In  a  young  specimen  which  we  examined  at  Paris 
the  yellow  tint  on  the  limbs  was  very  bright  and 
golden. 

Genus  Stenops  (Loris  and  Nycficebus,  Geoffr.). 
In  the  genus  Stenops  the  dentition  is  the  same  as 
in  the  Lemur,  but  the  tubercles  on  the  crowns  of  the 
molars  are  more  acute.  The  animals  of  this  group 
are  termed  Loris,  or  Slow  Lemurs.  They  are  cha- 
racterised by  the  head  being  round,  the  muzzle 
short  and  acutely  pointed ;  the  eyes  large,  full, 
bright,  and  approximating  to  each  other :  the  ears 
short,  round,  open,  and  almost  buried  in  the  fur; 
the  tail  completely  rudimentary,  and  the  limbs 
slender.  Two  species  are  known,  both  natives  of 
India  and  its  islands,  especially  Ceylon,  Java,  Su- 
matra, Ssc. 

These  animals  have  been  long  celebrated  for  the 
slowness  and  caution  of  their  movements,  to  which 
may  be  added  a  remarkable  tenacity  of  grasp,  in 
conjunction  with  the  power  in  the  limbs  of  exerting 
a  long  continuance  of  muscular  contraction.  In 
the  arteries  both  of  the  anterior  and  posterior  extre- 
mities there  is  a  peculiarity  first  detected  by  Sir 
A.  Carlisle,  and  met  with  in  the  limbs  of  the  Sloth 
and  a  few  other  instances.  No  sooner  has  the  main 
artery,  a  single  tube,  reached  the  commencement 
of  the  limbs,  but  it  assumes  another  character :  in- 
stead of  continuing  its  course  as  a  simple  tube, 
giving  off  branches  as  it  proceeds,  the  usual  mode, 
it  becomes  suddenly  subdivided  into  a  congeries  of 
small  tubes  intertwined  together,  and  communicat- 
ing with  each  other  freely,  thus  forming  an  elon- 
gated plexus,  which  may  act  as  a  sort  of  reservoir, 
and  carry  onwards  a  large  volume  of  blood.  The 
relation  of  this  plexus  to  the  bulk  of  the  limb  it 
supplies  with  blood  is  greater  in  point  of  volume 
than  that  of  the  simple  artery  in  ordinary  animals. 

202. — The  Slow-paced  Lobis 

(Stenope  tardigradus).  Fur  soft,  and  full ;  colour 
brownish-grey,  a  deep  chestnut  stripe  passing  down 
the  middle  of  the  back  ;  this  stripe,  continued  on  to 
the  head,  gives  off  a  branch  which  encloses  each 
ear,  and  another  which  encircles. each  eye,  and  ex- 
tends to  the  angles  of  the  mouth ;  figure  short , 
hind  limbs  longer  than  the  fore  limbs.  Eyes  large, 
nocturnal,  with  transverse  pupils  ;  muzzle  short  and 
pointed.     Length  12  or  13  inches. 

203,  204.— The  Sle.vdee  Lobis 

(Stenops  gracilis).  Muzzle  produced,  slender 
acute  ;  figure  slight ;  limbs  very  lon^,  thin,  and 
meagre.  General  colour  rufous-grey ;  the  under 
parts  whitish ;  space  round  the  eyes  dusky ;  fur 
soft ;  a  whitish  or  white  frontal  spot  points  to  the 
interval  between  the  eyes.  Length  of  head  and 
body  nine  inches. 

These  two  singular  animals  arc  eminently  noc- 
turnal and  arboreal :  they  sleep  during  the  day  on 
their  perch,  in  a  crouching  attitude,  with  the  body 
drawn  together,  and  the  head  doubled  down  upon 
the  chest.    At  night  they  prowl  among  the  forest 


IM.-Flocky  Ltmni. 


200.— Short-Uileil  Indris. 


194*.— Teeth  of  Lamur. 


196.— Ruffod  Lemur.' 


103.— aendeT  Loris. 


.  %\ 


203. — Slow-paced  Loris. 


201.— Disdem  Lemur. 


48. 


S04.— SleniitT  Lorif. 


207.— Skull  of  Moholi. 


2)3.— Colli  go. 


N,s.    li..' 


2011 Moholi. 


2c8.^Bd^eof  SkiiU  of  Molioli  and  I,o-.ver  Jaw,  natunl  size. 


20i,— Teeth  of  TanJew. 


-'09. — Banca  Tiirsier. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


49 


50 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Lemurs* 


bought  in  search  of  TouJ  ;  their  larj^e  glaring  eyes 
now  glow  with  peculiar  lustre  ;  not  an  insect,  not  a 
bird  escapes  their  scrutiny  :  they  mark  their  victim ; 
stilly,  and  imperceptibly  a.*  the  minutc-tinger  tra- 
verses the  dial-plate,  do  they  advance  upon  their 
prey ;  and  not  less  surely  does  the  minute-finger 
attain  a  giving  mark  than  they  their  prey  :  when  it 
is  once  within  range  of  their  grasp,  tliey  seize  it  by 
a  rapid  instantaneous  action.  Besides  birds,  insects, 
and  eggs,  fruits  also  form  part  of  their  diet. 

Of  all  the  Lemurida;  which  we  have  seen  alive, 
none  appear  to  be  so  susceptible  of  cold  or  so  in- 
commoded by  daylight,  nor  are  any  so  apparently 
dull  and  inanimate  from  morning  till  evening.  They 
appear  as  if  in  a  state  of  continual  torpor ;  yet  if  ex- 
posed to  the  influence  of  warmth,  they  will  rouse 
up,  not  only  on  the  approach  of  twilight,  but  even 
during  the  hours  of  day,  if  shielded  from  the  glare 
of  the  sun.  When  fairly  awake,  and  comfortably 
warm,  they  delight  to  clean  and  lick  their  full  soil 
fur,  and  will  allow  themselves  to  be  caressed  by 
those  accustomed  to  feed  them. 

Mr.  Baird,  in  an  interesting  paper  in  the  '  Maga- 
2ine  of  Nat.  Hist.'  vol.  i.,  1829,  remarks  that  all  the 
known  Mammalia  close  their  eyelids  in  a  direction 
upwards  and  downwards,  and,  in  general,  the  upper 
eyelid  is  the  one  possessing  the  greatest  degree  of 
motion.  He  found,  however,  that  in  his  slow-paced 
Lemur  the  eyelids  were  brought  together  in  a  dia- 
gonal direction,  or  outwards  and  inwards,  which 
gave  the  animal  at  the  moment  of  shutting  its  eyes 
a  most  peculiar  look.  It  was  the  under  or  outer 
eyelid  that  had  the  greatest  degree  of  motion,  the 
upper  or  inner  one  being  almost  tixed ;  and  he  con- 
cludes that  the  orbicularis  oculi  must  be  very 
powerful.  After  the  death  of  the  animal,  and  when 
Mr.  Baird  had  left  this  country  on  a  second  voyage 
to  India,  the  eye  was  dissected  by  Dr.  Knox,  who 
found  that  the  peculiar  movement  of  the  eyelids 
above  described  did  not  depend  on  any  peculiar 
structure,  but  merely  on  the  greater  degree  of 
strength  of  the  orbicularis  muscle. 

Mr.  Baiid  also  observed  another  peculiarity  in  the 
species.  "  Beneath  the  tongue  proper,"  says  he, 
"  if  I  may  so  call  it,  which  is  somewhat  like  that  of 
the  cat,  though  not  rough,  is  another  tongue,  white- 
coloured,  narrow,  and  very  sharp-pointed,  which  he 
projects  along  with  the  other  one  when  he  eats  or 
drinks,  though  he  has  the  power  of  retaining  it 
within  his  mouth  at  pleasure."  Mr.  Baird,  however, 
had  not  been  able  to  see  any  particular  purpose  to 
which  he  applied  it ;  but  he  saw  him  use  this  double 
tongue  when  eating  flies,  of  which  he  was  exceed- 
inglj-  fond,  snapping  them  up  most  eagerly  when 
presented  to  him,  and  catching  them  himself  when 
they  were  reposing  in  the  evening  upon  the  walls  of 
the  room. 

Pennant,  Vosmaer,  Sir  W.  Jones,  Mr.  Baird,  M. 
d'Obsonville,  and  others  have  published  detailed 
observations  made  upon  Loris  in  captivity,  and  their 
accounts  coincide  with  the  facts  which  have  come 
under  our  own  notice. 

Vosmaer's  specimen  (S.  tardigradus)  ate  fruits, 
such  as  pears  and  cherries,  with  relish ;  and  also  dry 
bread  and  biscuit ;  but  if  dipped  in  water,  would 
touch  neither.  When  offered  water,  it  smelt  it,  but 
drank  not.  Eggs  were  favourite  diet.  "  II  aimait 
k  la  fureur  les  oeufs,"  are  the  words  of  Vosmaer,  who, 
concluding  from  its  appetite  for  eggs  that  it  would 
eat  birds,  gave  it  a  live  sparrow,  which  it  instantly 
killed  with  a  bite,  and  ate  the  whole  very  greedily. 
He  gave  it  a  live  cockchafer,  to  fry  whether  it 
would  eat  insects :  it  took  the  offering  in  its  paw, 
.and  devoured  it  completely.  Vosmaer  afterwards 
gave  it  a  chaffinch  (pin9on),  which  it  ate  with  much 
relish,  and  afterwards  slept  for  the  remainder  of  the 
day.  He  often  saw  it  still  awake  at  two  hours  past 
midnight ;  but  from  half-past  six  in  the  morning  its 
sleep  was  so  sound,  that  its  cage  might  be  cleaned 
without  disturbance  to  its  repose.  If  forcibly 
awakened  during  the  day  in  order  to  teaze  it,  it  was 
vexed,  and  bit  the  stick  ;  but  with  a  very  slow  mo- 
tion, repeating  the  cry  Ai,  ai,  ai,  drawing  out  the  ai 
each  time  into  a  plaintive,  languid,  and  trembling 
note,  in  the  same  manner  as  is  reported  of  the 
Apierican  sloths.  When  it  was  thus  Harassed  for  a 
long  time,  and  thoroughly  nsused,  it  crawled  two  or 
three  times  round  its  cagej  and  then  slept  again. 
Mr.  Baird  informs  us  that  he  obtained  his  specimen 
at  PuloPenang  (Prince  of  Wales  Island) ;  and  at 
the  time  he  wrote,  it  had  been  nearly  ten  months  in 
his  possession.  Its  food  consisted  of  fruit  and  small 
animals,  such  as  birds  and  mice.  The  plantain  was 
the  fruit  of  which  it  was  most  fond,  and  was  the 
only  food  Mr.  Baird  saw  it  eat  when  he  first  got 
it  into  his  possession.  The  necks  of  fresh-killed 
fowls  formed  the  major  part  of  its  sustenance  during 
the  voyage.  It  was  particularly  fond  of  small 
birds:  these,  when  put  into  the  cage,  it  killed 
speedily,  and,  stripping  off  the  feathers,  soon  de- 
voured them,  eating  the  bones  as  well  as  the  flesh. 
Veal  was  preferred  to  all  other  butcher's  meat,  and 
It  was  fond  of  eggs:  meat  boiled,  or  otherwise 


cooked,  it  would  not  touch.  Sugar  appeared  to  be 
l^rateful  to  its  palate,  and  it  ate  gum-arabic.  The 
juiceof  oranges  wax  also  greatly  relished, and, unlike 
Vosmaer's  specimen,  it  readily  led  upon  bread  sopped 
in  water  and  sprinkled  with  sugar  ;  and  lapped 
water  eagerly  like  a  cat. 

Genus  Tarsius.  The  Tarsiers,  of  which  two 
species  are  known,  are  distinguished  by  the  rounded 
figure  of  the  head,  and  the  extreme  shortness  of  the 
muzzle  ;  by  the  enormous  size  of  the  eyes ;  and  the 
extraordinary  length  and  slenderness  of  the  hinder 
limbs,  of  which  the  tarsus  is  thrice  as  long  as  the 
metatarsus.  The  fingers  both  of  the  anterior  and 
posterior  limbs  are  elongated  and  slender ;  the  hind 
thumb  is  well  developed,  with  a  small  triangular 
nail,  and  the  first  and  second  fingers  are  furnished 
with  small,  pointed,  narrow  claws.  The  ears  are 
large,  naked,  and  capable  of  being  folded.  Tail 
long,  covered  with  short  hair.  The  first  de- 
scription of  theTarsier  (T.  Spectrum)  is  due  toDau- 
benton,  who  gave  it  this  title,  in  allusion  to  the 
length  of  the  tarsi.  Gmelin,  misled  by  its  ap- 
parently anomalous  structure,  placed  it  in  bis  genus 
Didelphis  (the  receptacle  alike  of  opossums  and 
kangaroos),  under  the  name  of  D.  roacrotarsus. 
Pennant,  misled  by  the  tarsi,  termed  it  the  Woolly 
Gerboa.  M.  F.  Cuvier  considers  its  dentition  to 
approximate  to  that  of  some  of  the  bats. 

4 

Dental  formula  (Fig.  205)  : — Incisors,- ;  canines, 

1—1         ,       6— G 

;  molars,  =  4. 

1—1 '  '6-6 

In  their  habits  the  Tarsiers  are  arboreal  and  de- 
cidedly nocturnal,  preying  on  birds,  eggs,  insects, 
&c. :  one  species  is  a  native  of  the  Moluccas,  the 
other  of  the  island  of  Banca. 

206. — ^Thk  Moroli  (Galago  Moholi). 

We  select  as  an  example  of  the  genus  Galago 
(Otolicnus,  III).,  the  Moholi  of  Southern  Africa.  The 
Galagos,  though  they  approach  the  Lemurs  in  the 
dental  characters,  differ  from  those  animals  in  many 
well-marked  and  important  points.  The  ears  are 
large,  membranous,  naked,  and,  as  in  the  long-eared 
bats,  capable  of  being  folded  down  over  the  ex- 
ternal orifice.  The  posterior  limbs  are  greatly  de- 
veloped, and  especially  at  the  tareal  portion.  The 
eyes  are  large  and  full ;  the  head  is  round  ;  the 
muzzle  pointed;  the  tail  long;  the  fingers  both  of 
the  foie  and  hind  hands,  long  and  slender,  with  the 
usual  sharp  claw  on  the  first  finger  of  the  hinder 
pair.  The  fur  is  full,  soft,  and  woolly.  The  skull 
(Figs.  207,  208)  is  more  globular,  and  with  larger 
orbits  than  we  find  in  the  Lemurs :  it  is  more  ele- 
vated above,  and  broader. 

The  Galagos  are  nocturnal  animals :  during  the 
day  they  sleep  on  the  branches,  their  cars  being 
folded  down  :  on  the  approach  of  night  they  are  all 
animation,  and,  with  ears  expanded  and  glistening 
eyes,  they  begin  their  prowl  for  food.  They  watch 
the  insects  flitting  among  the  leaves  :  they  listen  to 
the  buzzing  of  their  wings  amidst  the  foliage,  and 
dart  upon  the  incautious  flufterer  with  great  activity. 
In  addition  to  insects,  they  feed  on  fruits  and  gum  ; 
and  one  species  is  abundant  in  certain  gum-forests 
in  the  great  desert  of  Sahara. 

The  Moholi  was  found  by  Dr.  Smith,  close  to  the 
Limpopo  river,  in  about  25°  S.  lat.  He  observed 
these  animals  springing  from  branch  to  branch,  and 
from  tree  to  tree,  with  extraordinary  facility.  In 
their  manner  they  considerably  resembled  the  mon- 
keys, particularly  in  grimaces  and  gesticulations. 
According  to  the  natives,  the  species  is  entirely 
nocturnal,  and  rarely  to  be  seen  during  the  day, 
which  the  animal  spends  in  the  nest  which  it  has 
formed  in  the  forks  of  branches  or  in  cavities  of  de- 
cayed trees ;  and  in  these  nests,  constructed  of  soft 
grass,  the  females  bring  forth  and  rear  their  young 
(generally  two  at  a  birth).  Dr.  Smith  states  that 
the  food  of  the  Moholi  consists  principally  of  pulpy 
fruits,  though  there  is  reason  to  believe  it  also  con- 
sumes insects,  as  remains  of  the  latter  were  dis- 
covered in  the  stomachs  of  several  individuals  which 
he  Examined. 

Dr.  Smith,  for  the  reasons  stated  in  his  work,  con- 
siders this  animal  different  from  Galago  Sene- 
galensis.  He  gives  an  elaborate  anatomical  de- 
scription and  good  figures  of  the  more  important  and 
interesting  parts  of  this  animal. 

The  general  colour  is  grey,  with  wavy  or  brin- 
dled markings  of  a  darker  tint,  and  the  limbs  are 
washed  with  yellow ;  under-parfs  white  ;  tail  red- 
brown;  ears  flesh-coloured.  Length  from  nose  to 
tip  of  tail,  sixteen  inches. 

209.— TuK  Banca  Tarsiee 

(Tarsius  Bancanus,  Horsf.).  This  species  was 
obtained  by  Dr.  Horsfield  in  Banca,  near  Jeboos 
one  of  the  mining-districts,  where  it  inhabits  the 
extensive  forests. 

The  fur  is  deep,  soft,  thick,  and  woolly,  envelop- 
ing the  head,  body,  limbs,  and  root  of  tail,  where  it 


tern^inates  abruptly.  The  general  colour  is  brown 
inclining  to  grey,  especially  on  the  inside  of  the 
limbs  and  the  under  parts  ;  a  rufous  wash  appears 
on  the  head  and  outer  surface  of  the  limbs.  The 
tail,  which  equals  the  head  and  body  in  length,  is 
nearly  naked,  except  at  its  base  :  towards  the  ex- 
tremity it  is  covered  with  a  soft  down,  which  forms, 
near  the  tip,  a  very  obscure  tuft.  The  backs  of  the 
hands  are  covered  with  a  very  soft  down  :  the  palms 
are  naked,  and  provided  with  several  prominent 
cushions,  calculated  to  assist  in  climbing  and 
perching  with  safety  on  the  branches.  Of  its 
habits  no  details  have  been  collected. 

Genus  Chiromys.  This  genus  was  established  by 
Cuvier  for  the  reception  of  that  extraordinary 
animal  the  Aye-Aye,  respecting  the  affinities  of 
which  so  many  conflicting  opinions  have  been  ad- 
vanced. 

210,  211.— TuE  Atk-Ayk 

{Chiromys  Madagascariensis)  is  a  native  of  Mada- 
gascar, where  it  appears  to  be  extremely  rare,  and 
chiefly,  if  not  exclusively,  restricted  to  the  western 
part:  most  probably  it  tenants  remote  solitudes, 
seldom  visited  by  the  natives,  and  never  by  Euro- 
peans. Only  one  specimen  exists  in  Europe,  viz. 
that  brought  home  by  Sonnerat,  its  discoverer,  who 
fir.*t  figured  and  described  the  animal  in  his 
;  Voyage  aux  Indes  '  (Paris  1781).  It  is  deposited 
in  the  Museum  of  Paris. 

Sonnerat  regarded  the  Aye-Aye  (so  called,  like  one 
of  the  sloths,  from  its  cry)  as  allied  to  the  Lemurs 
the  Monkeys,  and  the  Squirrels;  and  subsequent 
writers  have  taken  opposite  views,  according  as 
they  have  been  biassed  by  one  part  of  its  organiza- 
tion or  another,  or  according  to  their  ideas  of  the 
respective  value  of  characters,  deduced  from  one  set 
of  organs  or  another.  Pennant,  Gmelin,  Cuvier, 
Fleming,and  Swainson, place  it  among  the  Rodents ; 
Linna;us  and  Schreber  regard  it  as  a  Lemur. 

M.  de  Blainville,  in  his  pamphlet  'Sur  quelques 
Anomalies  de  systeme  Denfairc,'  &c.,  observes,  that 
notwithstanding  the  rodent-like  character  of  its 
teeth,  the  rest  of  its  organization,  its  manners,  and 
habits  prove  it  to  be  a  true  Lemur,  having  abso- 
lutely no  relation.ship  with  the  Rodents,  no  affinity 
to  them,  in  spite  of  all  that  many  naturalists  have 
imagined ;  and,  atler  a  careful  examination  of  the 
specimen  and  skull,  we  coincide  in  this  opinion. 

The  teeth  consist  only  of  incisors  and  molars  (see 
skull,  Fig.  212):  the  incisors  are  two  in  each  jaw, ' 
strong  and  powerful :  those  below  are  compressed  la- 
terally, but  are  deep  from  back  to  front ;  their  roots 
are  carried  backwards  each  in  an  alveolus,  or  socket, 
extending  almost  the  whole  length  of  the  ramus  ol 
the  jaw ;  they  are  acutely  pointed,  their  apex  re- 
sembling  a  ploughshare.  These  teeth  strongly  re- 
mind one  of  the  huge  curved  canines  in  the  lower 
jaw  of  the  Hippopotamus.  The  upper  incisors  are 
not  so  obliquely  pointed,  and  are  also  smaller  than 
the  lower.  Between  the  incisors  and  the  molars  an 
unoccupied  space  intervenes.  The  molars  are  4  on 
each  side  above,  3  below,  small,  and  of  simple 
structure.  The  head  is  moderate  and  rounded,  and 
the  muzzle  is  rather  short  and  pointed.  The  eyes 
are  very  large  and  nocturnal.  The  osseous  ring  of  the 
orbits  IS  complete  (Fig.  212).  The  ears  are  large  ; 
and  obscure  furrows  on  their  internal  aspect  seem 
to  denote  that,  as  in  many  bats,  they  are  capable  of 
being  folded  down  :  they  are,  in  fact,  bat-like,  black, 
naked  and  smooth. 

The  fore  paws  have  each  five  fingers  ;  that 
which  represents  the  thumb  is  short,  and  arises 
beyond  the  base  of  the  rest ;  these  are  long  and 
slender :  the  middle  finger  is  very  thin,  but  it  is  ex- 
ceeded in  length  by  the  third  or  ring  finger ;  the 
thumb  IS  not  opposable,  and,  like  the  other  fingers, 
is  furnished  with  a  strong,  sharp,  hooked  claw.  The 
arms  are  short  in  proportion  to  the  posterior  limbs ; 
the  latter  being  long,  aud  terminating  in  prehensile' 
feet.  The  thumb  is  well  developed  and  protected 
by  a  flat  nail :  the  toes  are  of  moderate  length  and 
stoutness,  but  the  first  is  the  shortest,  and,  as  in  the 
Lemurs,  is  armed  with  a  straight  pointed  c:law  ;  the 
rest  have  large  hooked  claws.  The  tail  is  long  and 
bushy,  with  coarse  black  or  brownish-black  hairs : 
the  general  colour  is  ferruginous-brown,  passing 
into  grey  on  the  sides  of  the  head,  the  throat,  and 
belly  ;  the  feet  are  neariy  black  Beneath  the 
brown  outer-coat  there  is  on  the  back  and  limbs  a 
fine  thick  undcr-coat  of  soft  yellow  wool,  which  ap- 
pears more  or  less  through  the  outer.  In  the  female 
the  teats  are  two  and  ventral.  Length  of  head  and 
body  1  foot  6  inches  ;  the  tail  being  nearly  the 
same. 

According  to  Sonnerat,  who  kept  two  of  these 
animals,  a  male  and  female,  in  captivity,  it  would 
appear  that  the  habits  of  the  Aye-Aye  are  nocturnal 
By  day  they  see  with  difficulty,  and  the  eyes,  which 
are  of  an  ochre  colour,  resemble  those  of  an  owl 
Timid  and  inoffensive,  they  pass  the  day  in  sleep, 
and  when  roused  up  their  motions  are  slow,  like 
those  of  the  Loris  :  they  have  also  the  same  fond- 


Lemurs.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


51 


ness  for  warmth  ;  their  thick  fur  indeed  sufficiently 
proves  their  impatience  of  cold.  During  the  day 
the  Aye-Aye  conceals  itself  in  its  secluded  retreat, 
some  hole  or  excavation,  whence  it  issues  forth  on 
the  approach  of  darkness  in  quest  of  food  ;  its  diet 
consists  of  buds  and  IVuits,  together  with  insects 
and  their  larvae ;  for  the  latter  it  searches  the  cre- 
vices and  bark  of  trees,  drawing  them  forth  by 
means  of  its  long  finger,  and  so  conveying  them  to 
its  mouth.  Sonnerat  kept  his  specimens  alive  for 
two  months,  feeding  them  upon  boiled  rice,  in  tak- 
ing up  which  they  used  then-  long  slender  fingers, 
much  in  the  same  manner  as  the  Chinese  do  their 
chop-sticks.  Sonnera*  remarks  that,  during  the 
whole  of  the  time  these  animals  lived,  he  never  ob- 
served them  set  up  their  long  bushy  tail,  like  a 
squirrel,  but  that,  on  the  contrary,  it  was  always 
kept  trailing  at  length. 

Considering  the  length  of  time  that  has  inter- 
vened since  the  discovery  of  the  Aye-Aye  by  Son- 
nerat, and  visited  as  the  island  of  Madagascar  has 
been  by  Europeans,  it  is  somewhat  strange  that  no 
additional  specimens  should  have  been  obtained, 
and  that  not  a  single  notice  of  a  living  individual 
haviuf  been  seen  or  captured  should  have  appeared. 

Genus  Galeopithecus.  This  genus  contams  those 
strange  animals  the  Colugos,  called  Flying  Lemurs, 
Flying  Cats,  Flying  Foxes,  &c.,  by  voyagers.  The 
first  notice  of  the  Colugo  is  by  Bontius,  who  terms 
it  "  Vespertilio  admirabilis."  It  was  afterwards 
figured  by  Seba,  under  the  name  of  Felis  volans 
Ternatanus :  Linnaeus  subsequently  placed  it  among 
the  Lemurs  under  the  title  of  Lemur  volans.  Cu- 
vier  places  it  at  the  end  of  the  Bats.  The  query 
then  at  once  arises,  to  what  group  is  the  Colugo  to 
be  referred  ?  M.  Geoffroy,  wlio  denies  its  relation- 
ship to  the  Bats,  observes  that  it  is  still  less  a 
Lemur,  and  that  its  head  is  altogether  that  of  a  true 
"  Carnassier."  Notwithstanding  this  authority,  in 
our  views  its  affinities,  intermediate  as  they  may  be 
between  the  Lemurs  and  other  groups,  place  it 
within  the  pale  of  the  Lemurine  family. 

213. — The  Colugo 

is  an  animal  of  the  size  of  a  cat,  furnished  with  an 
extensive  parachute  consisting  of  a  lateral  mem- 
brane, not  only  between  the  anterior  and  posterior 
limbs,  but  also  between  the  posterior  limbs,  so  as  to 
include  the  tail,  which  is  of  considerable  length  : 
the  fingers  of  the  fore  paws  are  also  included  in  this) 
extensive  membranous  expansion.  The  whole  of 
the  upper  surface  of  the  body  and  lateral  membranes 
is  covered  with  woolly  fur,  but  the  under  surface  is 
nearly  naked.  The  parachute  is  capable  of  being 
folded  up  ;  but  when  on  the  stretch  for  action  it 
forms  a  wide  expanse,  not  indeed  endowing  its  pos- 
sessor with  true  powers  of  flight,  but  enabling  it  to 
take  long  sweeping  leaps  from  tree  to  tree  with  tho 
utmost  facility. 

The  general  aspect  of  the  head  is  Lemurine  :  the 
muzzle  is  produced;  the  nostrils  are  lateral,  naked, 
and  sinuous  ;  the  eyes  moderate  ;  the  ears  short  and 
pointed.  The  anterior  limbs  are  long :  the  hands 
are  divided  into  five  fingers ;  the  first,  or  thumb, 
separated  from  the  rest  though  not  antagonizing 
with  them,  is  short ;  the  remaining  four  are  nearl  v 
equal  ;  all  are  armed,  not  with  flat  nails,  but  with 
large  deep,  hooked,  sharp-edged,  and  retractile 
claws.  The  hinder  limbs  slightly  exceed  the  fore 
limbs  in  length,  and  the  feet  are  similar  in  character 
to  the  fore  hands. 

Fred.  Cuvier  gives  the  Dental  formulaas  follows: — 

4  .        0—0  ,       6—6 

Incisors,    -  ;   canines, ;, — -; ;   molars,  ^ — ^    =   34. 

O  U — U  D — D 

(Fig.  214.)  Mr.  Waterhouse,  whose  excellent  paper 

on  the  skull  of  the  Colugo  is  in  the  'Zoological 

Transactions,'  vol.  ii.,  gives  the  dentition  thus: — 

,     .         2—2  0—0     ,  ,  ,         2—2 

Incisors,—^—;  canines,  ;j — j-j  false  molars, 


1— X' 


2—2' 


4 4 

true  molars,       ;-  —34. 

4      1 

The  upper  incisors  are  placed. laterally  in  pairs, 
with  a  wide  interval  between  each  pair,  occupying 
the  anterior  part  of  the  jaw  :  the  first  is  small,  com- 
pressed and  jagged,  or  pectinated  ;  the  second  is 
simiUr,  but  somewhat  larger.  The  two  false  molars 
above  rise  up  with  sharp  points ;  the  molars  are 
crowned  with  acute  insectivorous  tubercles.  Tho 
lower  incisors  are  deeply  and  finely  pectinate.  (Figs. 
216,  218,  Nos.  4  and  u.)     The  canines  are  serrated. 

Some  naturalists  have  considered  the  species  of 
Colugo  to  be  three ;  while  Fischer  and  others 
recognise  only  one,  varying  in  colour  according  to 
age  or  sex.  It  has,  however,  been  demonstrated  by 
Mr.  Waterhouse,  from  a  rigorous  investigation  of  a 
series  of  skulls,  that  there  are  two  distinct  species, 
and  at  one  of  the  scientific  meetings  of  the  Zoolo- 
gical Society  of  London  (Oct.  1838)  he  pointed  out 
the  ^llstingul»hing  characteristics. 

He  remarked,  that  in  systematic  works  three 
species  of  the  genus  Galeopithecus  are  described, 
founded  upon  differences  of  size  and  colour :   as 


regards  the  latter  character,  he  had  never  seen  two 
specimens  which  precisely  agreed ;  and  with  re- 
spect to  size,  the  dimensions  given  of  two  out  of 
the  three  species  are,  he  observed,  evidently  taken 
from  extremely  young  animals.  Mr.  Waterhouse 
then  proceedecl  to  distinguish  the  two  species  on  the 
table,  and  proposed  for  them  the  specific  names  of 
Temminckii  and  Philippinensis. 

The  first  and  larger  species  measured  about  two 
feet  in  total  length,  and  its  skull  was  two  inches 
eleven  lines  and  a  half  in  length.  The  anterior 
incisor  of  the  upper  jaw  is  broad,  and  divided  by 
two  notches  into  three  distinct  lobes;  the  next  in- 
cisor on  each  side  has  its  anterior  and  posterior 
margins  notched  ;  and  the  first  molar  (or  the  tooth 
which  occupies  the  situation  of  the  canine)  has  its 
posterior  edge  distinctly  notched.  This  tooth  is 
separated  by  a  narrow  space,  anteriorly  and  pos- 
teriorly, from  the  second  incisor  in  front  and  the 
second  molar  behind  ;  the  temporal  ridges  converge 
towards  the  occiput,  near  which,  however,  he  ob- 
served, they  are  separated  usually  by  a  space  of 
about  four  lines.  This  is  probably  the  Galeopi- 
thecus volans  of  authora;  but  the  identity  cannot 
be  said  to  be  certain. 

The  second  species,  G.  Philippinensis,  was  de- 
scribed by  Mr.  Waterhouse  as  being  usually  about 
twenty  inches  in  length,  and  its  skull  as  measuring 
two  inches  seven  lines  in  length.  He  observed,  that 
this  species  may  be  distinguished  from  C.  Tem- 
minckii by  the  proportionately  larger  ears,  and  the 
greater  length  of  the  hands.  The  skull,  too,  he  de» 
scribed  as  narrower  in  proportion  to  its  length,  the 
muzzle  as  broader  and  more  obtuse,  and  the  orbit 
as  smaller.  The  temporal  ridges,  he  remarked, 
generally  meet  near  the  occiput,  or  are  separated  by 
a  very  narrow  space.  The  anterior  incisor  of  the 
upper  jaw  is  narrow,  and  has  but  one  notch ;  the 
next  incisor  on  each  size  is  considerably  larger, 
longer,  and  stronger  than  in  G.  Temminckii,  and  dif- 
fers moreover  in  having  its  edges  even :  the  same 
remark  applied  to  the  first  false  molar.  In  this 
species  the  incisors  and  molars  form  a  continuous 
series,  each  tooth  being  in  contact  with  that  which 
precedes  and  that  which  is  behind  it.  But  Mr. 
\Vaterhouse  concluded  by  observing  that  the  most 
important  difference  perhaps  which  exists  between 
the  two  species  in  question  consists  in  the  much 
larger  size  of  the  molar  teeth  in  the  smaller  skull, 
the  five  posterior  molars  occupying  a  space  of  ten 
lines  in  length,  whereas  in  G.  Temminckii,  a  much 
larger  animal,  the  same  teeth  only  occupy  nine 
lines.  Several  minor  points  of  distinction  existed 
besides  those  here  mentioned.  (,'  Zoological  Pro- 
ceedings,' 1838  ;  and  sec  further,  'Zoological  Trans- 
actions,' vol.  ii.  p.  335.) 

If  the  reader  will  turn  to  Figs.  215,  216,  217,  218, 
he  will  be  enabled  to  compare  the  form  of  the  ikuil, 
and  the  variations  in  the  characters  of  the  teeth 
presented  by  these  two  species  respectively.  Fig. 
215  represents  the  skull  of  the  Galeopithecus  Tem- 
minckii ;  a,  as  seen  from  above  ;  b,  as  seen  from 
below.  Fig.  216  represents  the  lower  jaw  and  teeth 
of  the  same  species  (G.  Temminckii) :  1,  the  under 
side  of  the  lower  jaw  ;  2,  side  view  of  the  same ; 
3,  the  three  foremost  teeth  on  either  side  of  the 
upper  jaw ;  4,  5,  outer  and  inner  incisors  of  the 
lower  jaw.  Fig.  217  represents  the  skull  of  G. 
Philippinensis:  a,  the  upper  side;  i,  the  under 
side.  Fig.  218  represents  the  lower  jaw  and  teeth 
of  the  same  species  (G.  Philippinensis):  1,  under 
side  of  the  lower  jaw ;  2,  side  view  of  the  same  ; 
3,  the  three  foremost  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  ;  4,  5, 
outer  and  inner  incisors  of  the  lower  jaw.  If  these 
skulls  and  teeth  be  compared,  so  many  and  import- 
ant distinctions  will  be  perceived,  that  all  doubt  as 
to  the  correctness  of  the  views  entertained  by  Mr. 
Waterhouse  will  be  dissipated. 

These  strange  and  perplexing  animals  are  natives 
of  the  Moluccas,  Philippines,  and  various  islands  of 
the  Indian  Archipelago.  In  their  habits  they  are 
arboreal  and  nocturnal,  and  feed,  as  it  is  supposed, 
upon  fruits,  insects,  eggs,  and  birds.  During  the 
day  they  remain  in  the,  depths  of  the  forests,  sus- 
pended like  a  bat  from  the  branches,  with  the  head 
downwards,  and  clinging  by  the  hinder  claws, 
immersed  in  tranquil  sleep.  At  night  they  rouse 
up,  are  active  in  traversing  the  trees  in  every  direc- 
tion and  sweeping  from  one  to  another  with  great 
address,  in  search  of  food.  Thoueh  of  a  disagree- 
able odour,  their  fleth  is  eaten  by  the  natives.  The 
females  are  said  to  produce  two  young  at  a  birth, 
which  adhere  to  the  teats  of  their  parent.  Camelli, 
in  a  MS.  on  the  subject  in  the  British  Museum, 
asserts  the  female  to  have  a  double  abdominal 
pouch,  in  which  the  young  are  carried,  but  in'_tj&is' 
statement  he  is  certainly  erroneous.  _,    • 

FOSSIL  QUADRUMANA. 

It  is  only  very  recently  that  the  fossil  relics  of 
quadrumanous  animals  have  been  discovered  ;  pre- 
viously to  this  discovery,  the  Quadrumana  were 
regarded  as  having  no  fossil  prototypes.    In  1836 


M.  Lartet  announced  his  discovery  of  the  fossil 
bones  of  a  large  monkey,  consisting  of  a  lower  jaw 
with  its  dentition  complete,  a  molar  tooth  with  four 
tubercles,  a  bone  of  one  of  the  fingers,  a  portion  of 
the  thigh  bone,  together  with  the  bones  of  the 
instep,  &c.  They  were'found  at  Sanson,  two  leagues 
south  of  Auch  (in  the  department  of  Gere),  in  a 
tertiary  formation  extending  from  the  south  of 
Auch  to  the  foot  of  the  Pyrenees,  and  apparently 
the  result  of  a  long  succession  of  water  alluvia. 
From  the  characters  of  the  dentition,  there  can  be 
no  doubt  that  the  animal  belonged  to  one  of  the  old- 
world  sections  of  the  Simiae,  namely,  the  Gibbons 
(Hylobates),  if  indeed  it  be  not  the  representative 
of  a  genus  no  longer  extant.  M.  Lartet  has  named 
this  fossil  species  Pithecus  antiquus.  With  these 
relics  oceured  those  also  of  the  Mastodon,  Rhino- 
ceros, Deinotherium,  Palseotherium,  &c.  Within 
the  last  few  years  the  fossil  relics  o(  three  species 
of  ape  or  monkey  have  been  discovered  in  the 
Sewalik  hills,  a  portion  of  sub-Himalayan  range 
imbedded  in  a  tertiary  stratum.  Two  of  these 
species  are  due  to  the  researches  of  Captains  Fal- 
coner and  Cautley,  and  one  to  the  labours  of  Lieu- 
tenants Baker  and  Duvaud.  Of  these  fossil  Simiadae, 
one,  as  the  fragments  indicate,  exceeded  in  size 
any  living  species  of  the  present  day :  the  second 
was  also  a  large  animal,  superior  to  the  Entellus  mon- 
key in  size  ;  the  third  appears  to  have  been  about 
equal  to  the  Entellus,  and  was  probably  an  Orang. 

In  the  basin  of  the  Rio  des  Velhas  in  South  Ame- 
rica, Dr.  Lund,  a  Swedish  naturalist,  has  discovered 
the  fossil  remains  of  extinct  Quadrumana  ;  and  it  is 
interesting  to  know  that  they  belong  to  a  form 
clo.sely  related  to  that  of  the  existing  American 
monkeys  termed  Sapajous ;  but  the  animals  must  have 
far  exceeded  any  living  species.  The  larger,  indeed, 
must  have  been  upwards  of  four  feet  in  height. 
Dr.  Lund  terms  it  Protopithecus  Brasiliensis ;  the 
other,  and  smaller,  he  terms  Callithrix  primaevus. 
We  have  then  evidences  of  the  existence  of  Quad- 
rumana at  a  remote  epoch,  in  continental  Europe, 
Asia,  and  America  ;  but  what  is  more  unexpected, 
we  have  proofs  that,  at  some  era,  they  existed  in 
our  island  (if  then  an  island),  when,  as  we  may 
imagine,  its  surface  was  very  different  from  what  it 
now  appears. 

The  first  example,  a  portion  of  the  lower  jaw, 
containing  the  last  molar  teeth,  was  found  with  the 
teeth  of  sharks  (in  1837)  in  a  deep  layer  of  whitish 
sand,  beneath  a  stratum  of  blue  clay  on  the  banks 
of  the  river  Deben,  at  Kingston,  near  Woodbridge, 
in  Suffolk.  This  bed  of  clay  is  in  many  places 
overlaid  by  crag,  and  may  probably  be  assigned 
to  the  age  of  the  London  clay.  In  the  stratum  of 
sand  the  fossil  teeth  and  portions  of  the  lower  jaw 
of  an  opossum  were  also  discovered.  (See  '  Mag. 
Nat.  Hist.'  1839,  pp.  448,450.)  The  extinct  monkey, 
as  proved  by  the  characters  of  the  molar  tootli, 
belonged  to  the  genus  Macacus,  oral  least  to  a  genus 
very  closely  related  to  it.  The  tooth,  it  may  be  ob- 
served, is  somewhat  narrower  than  in  any  recent 
species  of  Macacus,  but  the  posterior  fifth  tubercle 
presents,  as  in  most  of  that  group,  two  cusps,  instead 
of  being  simple,  as  in  the  genus  Seranopithecus. 

In  the  'Annals  of  Natural  History,'  Nov.  1839, 
Professor  Owen  describes  a  second  tooth  found  in 
the  same  locality,  which  he  identifies  as  the  second 
molar  of  a  Macaque  ;  and  from  being  well  worn,  it 
is  evident  that  the  individual  to  which  it  belonged 
was  aged  at  the  time  of  its  death.  It  differs  from 
the  corresponding  tooth  of  a  recent  Macaque,  in 
having  a  slight  ridge  along  the  base  of  the  anterior 
part  of  the  crown,  and  the  same  character  occurs  also 
in  the  molar  previously  alluded  to,  and  which  was 
rigorously  examined  by  the  same  philosophic  anato- 
mist. M.  d'Orbigny's  remark  respecting  the  beds 
above  the  chalk  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Meudon 
seems  applicable  in  the  present  case,  viz  : — "that 
in  the  lower  part  of  the  plastic  clay,  new  features 
are  discovered  to  obtain,  demonstrating  in  an  espe- 
cial manner,  that  various  genera  of  Mammals  were 
living  at  the  epoch  when  that  layer  was  formed." 

That  the  Simiee  should  have  existed  in  our  lati- 
tudes at  the  time  of  the  deposition  of  the  London 
clay  is  not  surprising,  when  we  consider  the  tro- 
pical character  of  the  fossil  fruits  so  abundant  in 
that  deposit :  we  say  London  clay  (as  the  geologists 
designate  it),  because  the  blue  stratum,  beneath 
which  the  fossil  teeth  were  found,  belongs  un- 
doubtedly to  that  formation.  Mr.  Wood,  in  refer- 
ence to  one  of  these  relics,  obfierves,  '  As  this  fossil 
certainly  belongs  to  some  quadrumanous  animal, 
there  is  no  formation  to  which  it  could  be  so  appro- 
priately assigned  as  that  of  the  London  clay ;  the 
tropical  character  of  the  Fauna  as  well  as  the 
Flora  of  that  period  being  such  as  to  justify  an 
assumption  of  a  warmer  climate  quite  suitable  to 
the  existence  of  our  macacus."  Besides  the  teeth 
of  animals  of  the  monkey  tribe,  a  fragment  of  the 
jaw  of  an  opossum,  in  which  one  of  the  false  molars 
is  retained,  has  been  discovered  in  the  same 
deposit. 

H2 


211.~AvcAve. 


214.— Tc«th  of  CoUisfo. 


5. 


H^Wi 


318,— Lowe;  Ja-.v  anJ  Teeth  of  Golcrpithcnu  Phnippinaiuj 


nt^lmm  Jiw  and  Teeth  of  Odeopithecua  Temminekii. 

52 


S19.— SkuUofGaleopithccui  Temmlnclvli. 


217.— Skull  of  G.ilepltliecus  rhilippincnsia. 


6  ^<=5  S 

219.— Skull,  Teeth,  and  Paws  of  Aplodontia. 


2£0.— Nciihcin  Grev  and  lliaek  Squirrel, 


823.— Commcn  Gmand  Squirrel. 


SS2.— Rocky  M"ar.tain  Flyin;  !=qiiirrel. 


223.— Tcetli  of  TamiM. 


221  — Mala!;ar  Squirrel. 


C24.— Te«th  of  Sciunu. 


53 


54 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Squirrels. 


ORDER  RODENTIA. 

The  difficulty  of  instituting  a  natural  arrangement 
(ttiat  is,  an  arrangement  exhibiting  the  mullirorm 
hnks  and  affinities  uf  different  groups),  is  conress- 
edly  a  work  of  difficulty ;  but  peculiarly  so  as  it 
respetis  the  component  parts  of  the  present  order. 
In  itself,  indeed,  this  order  is  definite,  and  based 
upon  characters  which  form  a  clear  line  of  separation 
between  it  and  every  other ;  but  when  we  come  to 
investigate  the  species  it  embraces,  we  soon  feel 
ourselves  perplexed  among  a  multitude  of  forms, 
and  begin  to  hesitate  at  every  step.  Hence  it  is 
that  no  two  naturalistu  have  arranged  the  Kodentia 
in  the  same  manner;  nay,  Cuvier  himself,  in  the  last 
edition  of  his  '  Rdgne  Animal,'  set  aside  the  prin- 
ciples by  which  in  his  earlier  edition  he  was  guided, 
and  followed  out  other  views. 

Among  those  naturalists  who  have  lately  devoted 
their  attention  to  the  Rodentia,  Mr.  Waterhouse 
takes  a  foremost  place ;  and  his  arrangement, 
founded  on  the  truest  philosophical  principles, 
is  ti  decided  step  in  the  advancement  of  this 
department  of  Zoology.  It  would  be  out  of 
place,  in  a  work  like  the  present,  to  follow  this 
naturalist  through  his  train  of  researches,  but  we 
may  give  an  outline  of  their  results.  Mr.  Water- 
house  considers  that  the  Rodents  resolve  themselves 
into  three  great  primary  sections:  first,  the  Murine 
section;  secondly,  the  Hystricine  section;  and 
thirdly,  the  Leporine  section. 

Each  of  these  sections  embraces  several  families, 
each  of  the  latter  comprehending  several  genera. 
The  principal  genera  contained  in  the  Murine  sec- 
tion are  Sciurus,  Arctorays,  Spermophilus,  Tamias, 
Myoxus,  Dipus,  Mus,  Arvicola,  Geomys,  and  Castor. 
The  principal  genera  contained  in  the  Hystricine 
section  are  Bathurgus,  Orycfenis,  Poephagorays, 
Octodon,  Abrocoma,  Myopotamus,  Capromys,  Echi- 
mys,  Aulacodus,  Histrix,  Dasyprocta,  Chinchilla, 
Cavia,  and  Hydrochaerus.  The  Leporine  section 
contains  the  genera  Lcpus  and  Lagomys. 

Respecting  a  few  genera,  as  Ctenodactylus, 
Helamys,  Otomys  (Smitn,  not  F.  Cuvier),  Akodon, 
and  Heteromys,  Mr.  Waterhouse  has  not  been  able 
to  satisfy  himself  as  to  their  precise  systematic 
classification ;  and  with  respect  to  the  genus  Aplo- 
dontia  (Fig.  218,  skull  and  teeth),  though  he  places 
it  in  the  St^uirrel  family  (Sciuridae),  yet  it  differs,  as 
he  admits,  in  the  absence  of  a  post-orbital  process 
to  the  skull,  and  the  molar  teeth  being  rootless. 
We  may  here  remark  that  the  genus  Aplodontia 
contains  a  Rodent,  called  by  Lewis  and  Clark  the 
Sewellel(A.  leporina),andwluch  inhabits  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  Columbia  river  (N.  America), 
where  it  lives  in  burrows,  and  associates  in  small 
companies.  The  head  is  large,  the  nose  is  thick  and 
obtuse,  covered  with  a  dense  coat  of  short  fur;  eye 
very  small ;  ear  resembling  the  human  in  form. 
Body  short,  thick,  and  rabbil-like.  Legs  very  short, 
and  covered  down  to  the  wrists  and  heels  with  fur 
similar  to  that  on  the  body :  a  little  above  the  wrist 
joint,  on  the  inner  side,  is  a  small  tuft  of  stiff  white 
hairs.  Fur  like  that  of  a  rabbit  out  of  season,  amber 
and  chestnut-brown  above  ;  greyish  or  clove-brown 
beneath ;  lips  whitish ;  a  rather  large  spot  of  pure 
white  on  the  throat ;  some  white  hairs  dispersed 
through  the  fur.  Tail  slender,  cylindrical,  hardly 
half  an  inch  long.  The  figure  (219)  represents  the 
skull,  teeth  and  paws:  1,  anterior  half  of  skull 
with  lower  jaw,  profile  ;  2,  anterior  half  of  skull 
seen  from  below ;  3,  the  same  seen  from  above  ; 
4,  lower  jaw  with  right  condyle  broken,  seen  from 
above ;  5,  upper  molar  tooth  ;  6,  7,  fore-foot,  upper 
surface ;  8,  sole  of  hind-foot. 

The  Rodentia,  as  the  name  implies,  have  the 
teeth  constructed  for  gnawing,  paring,  or  scramng 
down  the  substances  on  which  they  feed.  The 
teeth  are  only  of  two  kinds,  incisors  and  molars. 
There  are  no  canines ;  and  between  the  incisors, 
which  project  from  the  very  apex  of  the  jaws,  and 
the  molars,  which  are  situated  far  back,  there  inter- 
venes an  unfilled  space  of  considerable  extent.  The 
incisors  are  universally  two  in  number  in  each  jaw 
(if  we  except  the  hares  and  rabbits,  in  which  two 
minute  incisors  rise  at  the  back  of  the  large  perma- 
nent ones) :  these  are  strong,  compressed,  and  some- 
what curved,  with  sharp  chisel-shaped  edges.  It  is 
only  their  anterior  surface  that  is  covered  with  a 
thick  layer  of  enamel,  and  this  layer  forms  the  cut- 
ting edge,  as  does  the  layer  of  steel  on  softer  metal 
composing  a  common  chisel.  Their  insertion  into 
their  sockets  is  very  deep,  but  the  inserted  part  is 
not  a  true  root :  these  incisors  spring  from  a  pulpy 
germ  in  their  base,  from  which  they  are  perpetually 
growing,  and  this  growth  bears  a  due  proportion  to 
the  rapidity  with  which  their  cutting  edges  wear 
away  by  use.  So  imperative  is  this  law,  that  where 
one  incisor  is  lost  by  accident,  its  opposite,  having 
no  countercheck,  keeps  increasing,  till  it  acquires 
an  enormous  development,  to  the  annoyance,  and 
often  the  destruction,  of  the  sufferer.  With  regard 
to  the  molars  it  may  be  observed  that  they  differ  in 


number  in  different  species:   they  are,  however, 
generally  characterised  by  a  flat  surface ;   traversed 
transversely   by   ridges  of  enamel,  their  structure 
being  composed  of  perpendicular  folds  of  this  sub- 
stance, compacted   together  by  intervening  osscus 
matter;  but  further  than  this,  wc  find  in  different 
species  a  structural  distinction  of  physiological  im- 
portance :  in  some,  as  the  Arvicoliclae,  they  resemble 
the  incisors,  having  no  true  solid  roots,  but  are  per- 
petually growing  as  their  surface  wears  away;    in 
others,  on  the  contrary  (as  the  squirrels),  at  a  certain 
period  they  gain  truly  formed  roots,  and  alter  this 
cease  all  further  growth.     In  the  Rodentia  the  upper 
lip,  which  is  cleft  longitudinally,  is  in  many  species 
an  organ  of  prehension  ;  or  at  least  is  of  great  im- 
portance in  gradually  transmitting  the  food  into  the 
mouth,  as  may  be  seen  when  we  offer  the  rabbit  a 
leaf,  or  a  stalk  of  clover,  or  dandelion.     The  pharynx, 
or  back  of  the  mouth,  is  contracted,  and  in  some 
species  funnel-shaped,  and  capable  of  being  closed 
by  a  circular  muscle,  in  order  that  the  food  may  pass 
gradual  ly ,  as  it  becomes  duly  ground  to  pulp  between 
the   molars.      The   structural   organisation  of  the 
Rodents,  as  evidenced  by  the  characteisof  the  skull, 
the  bird-like  condition  of  the  brain,  and  by  other 
points,  is  at  a  low  par,  and  the  ratio  of  their  intelli- 
gence is  in  a  parallel  degree.     We  may  tame  them, 
but  we  cannot  educate  them.    They  are  all  timid 
and  feeble,  and  trust  for  self-protection  to  flight  or 
concealment      The  prey   of  ferocious  beasts  and 
birds  and  reptiles,  their  fertility,  by  a  wise  provision, 
counterbalances  their  annual  diminution.    Spread 
over  the  earth,  from  the  equator  to  the  coldest  lati- 
tudes, they  tenant  rocks  and  mountains,  plains  and 
woods,  feeding  on  grain  and  vegetables,  and  often 
devastating  the  cultivated  domains  of  man.     To  a 
vegetable  diet  some  few,  as  the  rat,  add  animal  food 
also.     Most  are  nocturnal  or  crepuscular  in  their 
habits ;  many  dwell  in  burrows,  some  conceal  them- 
selves amidst  herbage,  some  amongst  the  foliage  of 
trees,  and  some  build   for  themselves  habitations 
which  have  excited  the  interest  and  admiration  of 
man. 

In  noticing  the  numerical  abundance  of  the  Ro- 
dentia, throughout  the  different  quarters  of  the 
globe,  it  should  be  observed  that  in  Australia  six 
or  eight  species  are  all  that  we  are  acquainted  with 
belonging  to  that  region ;  Europe,  North  America, 
and  South  America  are  nearly  equal  as  to  the 
number  of  species  they  contain.  India  and  Africa 
are  also  nearly  equal,  but  they  contain  fewer  species 
than  either  of  the  other  provinces.  The  squirrels, 
rats,  porcupines,  and  hares  are  the  only  groups 
found  in  all  the  provinces ;  all  the  rest  of  the 
groups  are  respectively  confined  to  their  own  par- 
ticular geographical  province.  The  naturalist  will 
find  some  important  observations  on  the  Rodentia 
by  Mr.  Waterhouse,  in  the  '  Zool.  Proceeds.,'  for 
1839 ;  in  the '  Zool.  of  the  Voyage  of  H.M.S.  Beagle  ;' 
and  in  the  '  Mag.  of  Nat.  Hist.,'  New  Series,  1839, 
p.  90. 

The  squirrels  (Fam.  Sciuridae).  These  elegant 
animals  are  distributed  throughout  every  quarter  of 
the  world,  Australia  excepted.  The  general  cha- 
racters of  the  true  squirrels  (Sciurus),  as  exhibited 
by  our  well-known  British  species,  are  familiar  to 
all :  its  fine  full  eyes,  its  light  contour,  its  activity, 
its  deep  soft  fur,  and  long  bushy  fail,  have  contri- 
buted to  render  it  a  general  favourite.  They  are 
furnished  with  proper  clavicles,  or  collar-bones,  and 
possess  the  use  of  the  fore-arm  and  paws  in  a  high 
degree  of  perfection ;  the  toes  are  four,  with  the 
rudiment  of  a  thumb,  on  the  anterior  feet ;  five  on  the 
hind  feet ;  the  claws  are  sharp  and  hooked.    Mo- 

5 5 

lars,  xZd-    ^*™  often  tufted  with  a  pencil  of  long 

hairs.  In  feeding,  these  animals  sit  up  on  the 
haunches,  and  hold  their  food  (nuts,  &c.)  not 
between  the  fingers  of  their  joined  fore-paws,  but 
between  the  rudimentary  thumbs,  while  they  work 
at  it  with  their  teeth. 

220. — The  Northern  Grey  and  Black  Sqciheel 

(Scitirtis  leucotis).  It  is  to  Dr.  Bachman,  D.D.,  Pre- 
sident of  the  Lit.  and  Phil.  Soc,  Charlestown,  S. 
Carolina,  that  we  are  indebted  for  clearing  up  the 
mass  of  confusion  in  which  the  squirrels  of  America 
have  been  involved. 

It  appears  from  this  author  that  several  black 
squirrels  exist,  totally  distinct  from  each  other,  and 
that  of  these  some  are  mere  varieties.  Of  the 
genuine  species  he  notices  the  large  Louisiana  black 
squirrel  (S.  .\udubonii-),  the  black  squirrel  (Sciurus 
niger,  Linn.,  not  Catesby),  and  the  dusky  squirrel 
(S.  nigrescens).  There  is  a  black  variety  of  the 
fox  squirrel  (Sc.  capistratus),  and  a  black  variety 
of  the  northern  grey  squirrel,  the  species  figured. 
The  grey  squirrels  are  numerous,  and  perplexing  to 
the  naturalist.  The  Northern  grey  squirrel  has  been, 
for  instance,  confounded  with  the  Carolina  grey 
squirrel,  from  which  it  is  distinct.  The  Northern 
grey  and  black  squirrel  is  a  very  common  species, 
and  exceedingly  active  and  sprightly.    It  is  spread 


through  the  Northern  and  Middle  States :  it  is  abun- 
dant in  New  York  and  in  the  mountainous  parts  of 
Pennsylvania,  and  extends  as  far  north  as  Hudi^on's 
Bay  :  southwards,  it  occurs  in  Virginia,  and  perhaps 
still  farther  south. 

Like  all  the  true  squirrels,  this  species  is  arboreal 
in  its  habits,  quick  and  alert  :— it  rises  with  the  sun, 
and  continues  industriously  engaged  in   search  of 
food  during  four  or  five  hours  in  the  morning,  ranning 
over  logs,  ascending  trees  and  playfully  coursing 
from  limb  to  limb.    During  the  warm  weather  of 
spring  it  prepares  its  cradle  or  nest  on  the  branch 
of  a  tree,  constructing  it  of  dried  sticks  which  it 
breaks  off,  or,  if  these  are  not  at  hand,  of  green 
twigs  as  thick  as  a  finger,  which  it  gnaws  from  the 
boughs.    These  it  lays  in  the  fork  of  a  tree  or  of 
some  large  branch  so  as  to  make  a  framework :  it 
then  lines  this  framework  with   leaves :   and  over 
these  again  spreads  a  layer  of  moss.     In  the  pre- 
paration of  this  nest,  a  pair  is  usually  engaged  for 
an  hour  in  the  morning,  during  several  successive 
days,   and    the   noise   they   make  in    cutting  the 
branches  and  dragging  the  leaves  may  be  heard  at 
some  distance.     In  winter  they  reside  entirely  in 
holes  of  trees,  where  their  young  in  most  instances 
are  brought  forth.     The  young  are  from  four  to  six 
in  number ;  and  in  a  few  weeks  are  suflicieritly  ad- 
vanced to  leave  their  nest.     It  is  generally  believed 
that  this  squirrel  lays  up  a  great  hoard  of  food  as  a 
winter  supply,  but  Dr.  Bachman  doubts  the  fact, 
though  he  admits  that  other  northern  species  do. 
Further  he  states  that  the  species  which  inhabit  the 
southern  portion  of  the  United  States,  where  the 
ground   is  seldom   covered   with  snow,   derive   in 
winter  a  precarious  subsistence  from  seeds,  insects, 
and  worms,  which  are   scratched  up  among  the 
leaves.  We  may  here  observe  that,  singular  enough, 
no  one  has   noticed  the  fact,   excepting  Mr.   C. 
Coward  ('  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,'  New  Series,  June,  1839, 
p.  311),  of  our  common  British  squirrel  being  car- 
nivorous as  well  as  frugivorous ;  such  is,  however, 
the  case ;  it  attacks  young  birds  and  greedily  devours 
them,  nor  is  evon  the  wood-pigeon  safe  from  its 
assaults.    The  Northern  grey  squirrel  feeds  on  nuts 
and  v.arioiis  seeds,  but  it  seems  to  prefer  the  shell- 
bark  (Carya  alba)  and  the  several  species  of  hickory 
to  any  other  food.     Green  com  and  young  wheat 
suffer  greatly  from  its  depredations,  and  hence  a 
war  of  wholesale  destruction  is  everywhere  waged 
against  it.     In   Pennsylvania  an  old  law   existed 
offering  threepence  a  head  for  every  squirrel  de- 
stroyed, and  in  1749  the  enormous  sum  of  8000A 
was  paid  out  of  the  treasury  for  the  destruction  of 
these  depredators.    The  extensive  migrations  which 
arc  undertaken  by  this  species,  either  from  a  scarcity 
of  food  or  from  some  other  inexplicable  cause,  have 
often  excited  not  only  wonder,  but  apprehension. 
They  generally  take  place  in  autumn,  but  by  no 
means  with  regularity.     It  would  appear  that  in  the 
far  north-west  multitudes  congregate  in  different  dis- 
tricts, forming  scattered  troops,  which  all  bend  their 
way  instinctively  in  an  eastern  direction,  collecting 
into  larger  bodies  as  they  proceed;  neither  moun- 
tains nor  rivers  stop  their  progress:   onward  they 
come,  a  devouring  army,  laying  waste  the  corn  and 
wheat  fields  of  the  farmer;  and  as  their  numbers 
are  thinned  by  the  gun,  others  fill  up  the  ranks: 
few,  perhaps  none,  ever  return  westwardly ;   those 
that  escape  the  carnage  take  up  their  abode  in  the 
forests  of  their  newly-explored  country.     The  grey 
squirrel  has  many  enemies;  the  fox,  the  lynx,  the 
weasel,  hawks,  and  owls  are  all  eager  to  seize  it : 
when  attacked  by  the  red-tailed  hawk,  its  most  for- 
midable foe,  it  is  amusing  to  see  the  skill  and  dex- 
terity exercised  by  both,  in  the  attack,  and  in  the 
defence ;  often,  indeed,  the  squirrel,  by  dodging  and 
twisting  round  the  branches  and  large  limbs  of  the 
tree,  foils  and  weare  out  his  antagonist ;  when,  how- 
ever, a  pair  of  hawks  combine,  the  squirrel  has  no 
chance. 

221. — The  Malabar  Squirrel 

(Sciurus  maximus).  Of  the  Indian  squirrels,  one  of 
the  finest  is  the  Malabar  squirrel,  measuring  four- 
teen or  fifteen  inches  in  the  length  of  the  head  and 
body,  and  somewhat  more  in  that  of  its  full  bushy 
tail.  This  species  is  found  in  Malabar,  and  also  in 
Ceylon.  Like  the  rest  of  its  tribe,  it  is  eminently 
arboreal,  tenanting  the  summits  of  palm-trees,  anil 
feeding  to  a  great  extent  upon  the  cocoa-nut,  to 
the  milk  of  which  it  is  said  to  be  very  partial.  We 
have  seen  several  specimens  in  captivity.  They 
soon  become  tame  and  familiar,  but  aie  not  to  be 
trusted  too  far :  their  bite  is  very  severe.  General 
colour  above,  rich  chocolate,  deepening  about  the 
shoulders  into  black ;  under  parts  abruptly  pale 
reddish  yellow ;  ears  tufted  with  a  long  full  brush. 

222. — The  Rocky-Mountain  Flying  Squirrkl 

(^Pteromys  Alpinus,  or  Pt.  Sabinus,  var.  ,8,  Richard- 
son). The  flying  squirrels  (Petromys,  Geofr. :  Sci- 
uropterus,  F.  Cuv.)  agree  in  the  general  characters 
of  their  dentition  with  the  rest  of  the  family  (see  Fig. 


Squirrels.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


55 


223  (or  the  teeth  of  Tamias,  and  Fig.  224  for  the 
teeth  of  Sciuius).  The  incisors  are  laterally  com- 
5—5  ,     4—1 


pressed  :  the  molars,  -; — j,  rarely  - — i'  ^rfi  equal 

in  size  or  nearly  so,  excepting  the  anterior  molar  of 
the  upper  jaw,  where  they  are  5 — 5,  which  is  smaller 
than  the  rest.  The  series  of  molars  on  eacli  side  are 
widely  separate  and  parallel.  It  is  in  the  possession 
of  a  lateral  fold  of  skin,  forming,  when  extended,  a 
parachute,  enabling  them  to  take  long  sweeping 
leaps,  that  the  flying  squirrels  are  distinguishable 
from  the  ordinary  group.  These  expansions  are 
fully  clothed  with  soft  fur;  and  they  usually  project 
in  a  pointed  form  from  each  wrist,  being  there  sup- 
ported by  a  long  slender  osseous  stylet.  In  some 
species,  as  the  one  figured,  this  is  either  reduced  to 
a  mere  tubercle  or  wanting. 

The  flying  squirrels  are  conspicuous  for  the  ra- 
pidity of  their  evolutions :  they  ascend.the  trees  with 
such  velocity  that  the  eye  can  scarcely  fallow  them ; 
and  they  skim  from  one  tree  to  another,  or  precipi- 
tate themselves  to  the  ground,  with  singular  agility. 
In  their  habits  they  are  nocturnal. 

These  elegant  animals  are  respectively  natives  of 
the  northern  regions  of  Europe,  the  north  of  Asia, 
the  north  of  America,  and  the  glowing  islands  of 
the  Indian  Archipelago.  The  present  species  is 
one  of  the  American  flying  squirrels,  and  was  dis- 
covered by  Dr.  Drummond,  on  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, where  it  lives  in  dense  pine-forests,  seldom 
venturing  from  its  retreat  except  in  the  night.  Dr. 
Richardson  received  specimens  from  the  Elk  river, 
and  also  from  the  south  branch  of  the  Mackenzie. 
Whether  it  is  a  mere  variety  of  the  Pt.  Sabrinus  or 
a  distinct  species  is  not  clear. 

Its  general  colour  is  yellowish-brown  above.  The 
tail  is  flat,  longer  than  the  body,  and  blackish-grey. 
Total  length  fourteen  inches  three  lines,  of  which 
the  tail,  including  the  fur,  measures  six  inches  three 
lines. 

225. — The  Commos  GKOusD-SQcntEEL 
{Tamias  striatus).  Unhke  the  true  squirrels,  the 
ground-squirrels  are  chiefly  terrestrial  in  their  ha- 
bits, and  are  furnished  with  cheek-pouches,  in 
which  they  carry  food  to  their  retreats,  forming 
magazines  for  winter.  They  live  in  burrows,  but 
do  not  appear  to  become  torpid.  Their  fur  is  shorter 
and  closer,  and  the  tail  less  bushy  than  in  their  ar- 
boreal relatives.  These  animals  are  chiefly  spread 
through  the  northern  and  temperate  regions  of 
Europe,  Asia,  and  America.  The  palm-squirrel  of 
India,  and  the  IJarbary  squirrel,  though  associated 
by  some  authors  with  the  ground-squirrels,  occupy 
an  intermediate  situation  between  the  latter  and  the 
true  arboreal  species. 

The  common  ground-squirrel  is  a  native  of  the 
north-eastern  part  of  Europe  and  the  north  of  Asia. 
It  is  the  Ecureuil  Suisse  of  the  French,  so  called 
because  its  .striped  back  has  some  resemblance  to  a 
Swiss  doublet.  According  to  Pallas,  these  striped 
squirrels  dig  their  burrows  in  woody  places,  in  small 
hummocks  of  earth,  or  near  the  roots  of  trees  ;  but 
never,  like  the  common  squirrels,  make  their  nests 
in  the  trunk  or  branches,  although  when  scared  from 
their  holes  they  climb  with  facility,  and  make  their 
way  from  branch  to  branch  with  great  speed.  A 
winding  passage  leads  to  their  nest,  and  they  gene- 
rally form  two  or  three  lateral  chambers  to  store 
their  food  in.  The  striped  squirrel  in  its  manners, 
and  from  having  cheek-pouches,  is  allied  to  the 
hamster  and  Citillus  (type  of  the  genus  Spermophi- 
lus),  and  is  likewise  connected  with  the  latter  by 
its  convex  nose,  proper  for  an  animal  accustomed 
to  dig.  In  its  whole  habit  it  difi"ers  from  the  squir- 
rels which  live  in  trees,  and  forms,  with  other  striped 
squirrels,  a  division  of  the  genus.  It  has  a  longer 
head  than  the  common  squirrel  ;  rounded  ears,  not 
tufted  ;  a  roundish,  hairy  tail,  which  it  less  frequently 
turns  up  ;  a  slender  body,  and  shorter  limbs.  The 
fur  likewise  is  very  short  and  less  fine.  Yet  in  its 
diurnal  habits,  and  in  not  becoming  torpid  in  win- 
ter, it  comes  near  the  squirrels :  it  is  difiRcult  to 
tame. 

226. — Paebt's  Spebmophile 
(^permophiliis  Parryi).  The  genus  Spermophilus  is 
intermediate  between  the  Ground-Squirrels  and  the 
Marmots.  Besides  possessing  cheek-pouches,  the 
Spermophiles  are  distinguished  by  the  closeness  of 
the  ears,  the  slender  form  of  the  body,  which  is 
squirrel-like,  and  the  narrowness  of  the  paws. 

Two  species  are  natives  of  eastern  Europe,  viz. 
the  Souslik  of  the  Volga,  and  the  Zizel  or  Susel  of 
Hungary,  Poland,  &c.,  which  are,  perhaps,  mere 
varieties.  Many  species  are  American,  one  of  which. 
Parry's  Spermophilc,  is  the  species  figured. 

Colour  of  the  body  above,  a  mixture  of  white 
thickly  spotted  on  a  grey  or  black  ground  ;  face 
chestnut ;  under  parts  rust-brown  ;  tail  with  a  nar- 
row white  margin,  and  black  at  the  extremity. 
This,  according  to  Dr.  Richardson,  who  first  named 
the  species,  is  the  Ground-Squirrel  of  Heme  ;  the 
Quebec  Mannot  of  Forster  ;  the  Seek-Seek  of  the 


Esquimaux  ;  the  Thoe-thiay  (Rock  Badger)  of  the 
Chepewyans  ;  and  the  Arctomys  Alpina  of  Parry's 
'  Second  Voyage.' 

Dr.  Richardson  states  that  it  inhabits  the  barren 
grounds  skirting  the  sea-coast  from  Churchill  in 
Hudson's  Bay  round  by  Melville  Peninsula,  and  the 
whole  northern  extremity  of  the  continent  to 
Behring's  Straits,  where  specimens  precisely  similar 
were  procured  by  Captain  Beechey.  It  is  abundant 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  Fort  Enterprise,  near  the 
southern  verge  of  the  Barren  Grounds,  in  lat.  65°, 
and  is  also  plentiful  on  Cape  Parry,  one  of  the  most 
northern  parts  of  the  continent.  It  is  found  generally 
in  stony  districts,  but  seems  to  delight  chiefly  in 
sandy  hillocks  amongst  rocks,  where  burrows,  in- 
habited by  different  individuals,  may  be  often  ob- 
served crowded  together.  One  of  the  society  is 
generally  observed  sitting  erect  on  the  summit  of  a 
hillock  whilst  the  others  are  feeding  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood. Upon  the  approach  of  danger,  he  gives 
the  alarm,  and  they  instantly  hurry  to  their  holes, 
remaining  however  chattering  at  the  (.-ntrance  until 
-  the  advance  of  the  enemy  obliges  them  to  retire  to 
the  bottom.  When  their  retreat  is  cut  oft',  they  be- 
come much  terrified,  and,  seeking  shelter  in  the 
fir.st  crevice,  they  not  unfrequently  succeed  only  in 
hiding  the  head  and  fore-part  of  the  body,  whilst 
the  projecting  tail  is,  as  is  usual  with  them  under 
the  influence  of  terror,  spread  out  flat  on  the  rock. 
Their  cry,  in  this  sea-son  of  distress,  strongly  resem- 
bles the  loud  alarm  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Squirrel, 
and  is  not  very  unlike  the  sound  of  a  watchman's 
rattle.  The  Esquimaux  name  is  an  attempt  to 
express  this  sound.  Heme  states  that  they  are 
easily  tamed,  and  very  cleanly  and  playful  when 
domesticated.  They  never  come  abroad  during  the 
winter.  Their  food  appears  to  be  entirely  vegeta- 
ble ;  their  pouches  being  generally  filled,  according 
to  the  season,  with  tender  shoots  of  herbaceous 
plants,  berries  of  the  alpine  arbutus,  and  of  other 
trailing  shrubs,  or  the  seeds  of  grasses  and  legumi- 
nous plants.  They  produce  about  seven  young  at  a 
time. 

The  true  Marmots  (Arctomys)  are  thicker,  more 
robust,  and  less  elegant  in  figure  than  the  Sper- 
mophiles ;  the  head  is  broad  and  flat,  and  the  muzzle 
obtuse  ;  the  limbs  are  short,  and  there  are  no  cheek- 
pouches. 

227,  228,  229.— The  Alpine  Maemot 

(^Arctomys  Marmotd).  This  well-known  species  is 
common  in  the  high  mountain  districts  of  Europe, 
where  it  takes  up  its  abode  just  below  the  line  of 
perpetual  snow,  excavating  a  deep  burrow,  to  which 
it  has  recourse  on  every  appearance  of  an  enemy. 
In  this,  which  it  lines  with  dried  grass,  moss,  &c., 
it  hybemates  during  the  severity  of  the  season. 
The  burrows  of  the  marmot  are  always  constructed 
in  dry  situations,  and  mostly  on  declivities  exposed 
to  the  south  or  south-east.  They  are  of  considerable 
extent,  and  are  worked  out  and  tenanted  by  families 
consisting  of  from  five  to  fifteen  individuals.  They 
begin  by  a  passage  which  runs  for  about  six  feet, 
and  is  just  capable  of  admitting  the  animal's  body. 
From  the  farther  end  of  this  gallery  two  others 
bifurcate,  one  of  which,  according  to  Desmarest, 
leads  to  a  sort  of  chamber  in  the  form  of  an  oven, 
from  three  to  seven  feet  in  diameter ;  the  other  ends 
abruptly,  and  serves  as  a  storehouse  for  dried  grasses, 
&c.  According  to  some,  these  passages  are  not 
always  to  be  met  with,  and  MM.  Geoffroy  and  F. 
Cuvier  assert  that  the  cell  is  at  the  end  of  the  first 
gallery.  During  the  summer  months,  groups  of 
these  animals  may  be  seen  feeding  and  sporting  on 
the  mountain-side.  They  never  wander  to  any  great 
distance  from  their  burrows,  and  have  aln-ays  one 
ot  more  of  their  number  posted  as  sentinels,  which 
by  a  piercing  cry  give  warning  of  danger.  About 
the  middle  of  September  they  betake  themselves  to 
their  winter  dormitories,  and  close  the  entrance  with 
earth  and  the  dried  grass  which  they  have  accumu- 
lated :  here  they  sink  into  a  profound  repose,  from 
which  they  do  not  awaken  till  the  return  of  April. 
Though  timid  and  inoffensive,  these  animals  defend 
themselves  resolutely  when  driven  to  an  extremity, 
and  their  powerful  incisors  inflict  severe  wounds. 
They  lift  their  food  to  their  mouths  while  sitting 
squirrel-like,  and  will  walk  on  their  hind-feet.  On 
retiring  for  the  winter,  they  are  at  first  very  fat,  and 
numbers  are  taken  at  this  season,  partly  for  the  sake 
of  their  skins,  and  partly  for  their  flesh,  which  is 
eaten  by  the  mountaineers.  The  young  are  easily 
tamed,  and  are  often  carried  about  by  the  Savoyards 
for  the  purpose  of  exhibition.  The  marmot  pro- 
duces from  three  to  five  at  a  birth. 

This  species  is  of  about  the  size  of  a  rabbit.  Its 
general  colour  is  yellowish-grey,  passing  into  hoary 
about  the  cheeks,  and  blackish-grey  on  the  top  of 
the  head ;  the  tip  of  the  tail  is  black. 

230.— The  Bobac. 

{Arctomys  JBobac).  This  species  inhabits  the  regions 
of  Poland  through  which  flow  the  Dneiper  and  its 


tributary  streams,  whence  it  ranges  through  a  great 
part  of  Northern  Asia.  It  gives  preference  to  hills 
of  moderate  elevation,  where  it  chooses  a  dry  lo- 
cality in  which  to  construct  its  burrows.  These  are 
carried  to  a  great  depth,  and  are  tenanted  by  fami- 
lies consisting  of  twenty  or  even  forty  individuals. 
It  accumulates  in  its  retreat  a  quantity  of  dried 
herbage  for  use,  before  the  severity  of  the  season 
commences,  and  for  early  spring  consumption,  as 
well  as  for  the  sake  of  warmth.  General  colour 
of  the  fur  greyish-yellow  mingled  with  brown,  which 
latter  forms  transverse  undulations  on  the  upper 
part-s.  Under  parts  rust-brown.  Length  of  head 
and  body  sixteen  or  seventeen  inches ;  of  the  tail 
six  inches. 

231. — The  Quebec  Mabmot. 

(Arctomys  Empetra).  This  species  is  one  of  the 
American  marmots,  and  is  a  native  'of  Canada  and 
the  neighbourhood  of  Hudson's  Bay.  It  is  the  Que- 
bec Marmot  of  Pennant  and  Godman  ;  the  Common 
Marmot  of  Langsdorft';  the  Thick-wood  Badger  of 
the  Hudson's  Bay  residents  ;  the  SifBeur  of  the 
French  Canadians,  who  apply  the  same  name  to  the 
other  species  of  marmot  and  to  the  badger ;  Tarbagan 
of  the  Russian  residents  on  Kodiak(?) ;  Weenusk  of 
the  Crees  ;  Kath-hillae-Kooay  of  the  Chepewyans; 
Mus  Empetra  of  Pallas ;  and  Arctomys  Empetra  of 
Sabine  and  others. 

Dr.  Richardson,  who  gives  the  above  synonyms, 
states  that  the  Quebec  marmot  inhabits  the  woody 
districts  from  Canada  to  lat.  61°,  and  perhaps  still 
farther  north.  He  says  that  it  appears  to  be  a 
solitary  animal,  inhabits  burrows  in  the  earth,  but 
ascends  bushes  and  trees,  probably  in  search  of  buds 
and  other  vegetable  productions  on  which  it  feeds. 
Mr.  Drummond  killed  two,  one  on  some  low  bushes, 
and  the  other  on  the  branch  of  a  tree.  According 
to  Mr.  Graham  it  burrows  perpendicularly,  selecting 
dry  spots,  at  some  distance  from  the  coast,  and  feed- 
ing on  the  coarse  grass  which  gathers  on  the  river 
sides.  The  Indians  capture  it  by  pouring  water  into 
its  holes.  Its  flesh  is  considered  delicate  when  the 
animal  is  fat,  but  its  fur  is  valueless. 

DORMICE 

(Myoxidce).  The  dormice  seem  to  connect  the 
squirrels,  on  the  one  hand,  to  the  murine  groups  on 
the  other.  They  are  arboreal  in  their  habits,  and 
clothed  with  fine  soft  fur.  The  toes  are  four  on 
each  fore-foot,  with  the  vestige  of  a  fifth ;  the  hind- 
feet  have  five  toes.    The  dentition  (Fig.  232)  is  as 

2  4 4 

follows  :— Incisors,-;  molars, ——J.  Incisors  laterally 

compressed ;  molars  unequal  in  size,  rooted ;  the 
series  on  each  side  of  each  jaw  widely  separated  and 
parallel. 

233,  234. — The  ComMon  Doemouse 

{Myoxus  avellanarius).  This  elegant  little  creature 
is  the  Muscadin,  Croque  Noix,  and  Rat  d'or  of  the 
French ;  Moscadino  of  the  Italians ;  Liron  of  the 
Spanish ;  Rothe  Wald-maus,  Hasel-maus,  and  Ha- 
sel-schliifer  of  the  Germans ;  Skogsmus  of  the 
Swedes ;  Kassel-muus  of  the  Danes ;  and  Pathew  of 
the  ancient  British.  It  has  been  supposed  by  some 
that  it  was  this  species  which  the  Romans  fattened 
in  their  Gliraria  for  the  table  ;  but  that  animal  was 
most  probably  the  Loir  (M.  Glis),  which  is  common 
in  the  woods  of  Italy,  and  which  approaches  a  squir- 
rel in  size. 

Though  common  in  the  southern  and  midland 
counties  of  England,  the  dormouse  is  not  so  abundant 
in  France  as  the  Lerot  (M.  Nitela,  Fig.  235),  yet  its 
distribution  is  very  extensive.  It  ranges  from  the 
south  of  Europe  as  far  north  as  Sweden.  The  fa- 
vourite resorts  of  this  little  animal  are  dense  thickets, 
low  woods  and  coppices  of  hazel,  bushy  dells,  and 
tangled  hedgerows.  It  creeps  about  the  branches 
with  a  quickbut  gliding  sort  of  movement,  and  with 
singular  facility.  It  leaps  nimbly,  and  makes  its 
way  so  quickly  through  intertangled  brushwood, 
that  it  cannot  be  easily  captured.  The  dormouse 
appears  to  be  in  some  degree  gregarious,  or  at  least 
to  colonize  favourite  spots,  and  ten  or  a  dozen  of 
their  nests  have  been  seen  at  no  great  distance  apart 
in  the  shrubs  of  a  thicket.  These  nests  are  made 
of  leaves,  grass,  &c.  :  they  are  of  a  rounded  form, 
about  six  inches  in  diameter,  with  the  aperture  at 
the  top.  It  is  in  these  that  the  young  are  brought 
forth  and  reared.  The  number  of  the  young  is  about 
four:  they  are  born  blind;  in  a  few  days,  however, 
their  eyes  are  opened  ;  and  in  a  short  period  they 
are  capable  of  providing  for  themselves.  Corn,  haws, 
hazel-nuts,  and  fallen  acorns,  constitute  the  food  of 
the  dormouse.  It  eats  sitting  up  like  a  squirrel, 
holding  the  food  between  its  paws  ;  and  often  it 
harigs  suspended  by  its  hinder  feet,  in  which  posi- 
tion it  feeds  as  easily  as  in  its  ordinary  attitude. 

Mr.  Bell  states  that  the  name  Avellanarius  is  not 
well  chosen,  and  that  he  never  saw  any  dormouse 
that  could  knaw  through  the  shell  of  that  nut  when 
fully  ripe.    We  ourselves,  however,  have  frequently 


2'.'9. — A'.pine  Mwmjl. 


SS8.— Alpine  Marmot. 


2?  T.— Alpine  Maimots 


230.— Dotae. 


223.— Common  Dormouse. 


56 


!••>  l"t 


224. — Common  Dormouse, 


23j. — Lerct,  or  Garden  Dormouse. 


'J^a.—Ot^e  tinipltiiire. 


2S9.— Egyptian  Jerboas. 


ass.— Sknll  and  Teeth  of  AUetaga. 


240. — Egyptian  Jerboa. ' 


232.— Teeth  of  Donuoiiae. 


237.— Sknll  and  Teeth  of  Eipnshirtipes. 


No.  8. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


57 


58 


MUSEUM  01"  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Jerboas. 


■een  the  dormouse  open  with  it«  teeth  the  hard  shell 
cf  a  nut,  and  clear  it  out  with  ereat  address.  The 
dormouse  hybernates,  and  hoards  up  a  store  of  pro- 
visions in  holes,  and  the  crevices  about  the  roots  of 
trees.  &c.,  to  which  to  have  recourse  in  the  winter  ; 
for  its  torpidity  is  not  without  interruption.  A  mid- 
day gleam  of  sunshine  rouses  it  up  in  its  snug  retreat  ; 
and  invites  it  forth,  when  it  takes  a  little  food  ;  on 
tine  diminution  of  the  temperature  it  betakes  itself  to 
its  dormitory,  and  rolling  up  itself  into  a  ball,  sinks 
into  a  profound  slumber.  In  this  condition  it  may 
be  handled,  or  rolled  about  a  table,  if  not  exposed 
to  the  influence  of  warmth,  without  being  roused 
from  its  trance.  It  is  not  until  the  spring  has  fairly 
set  in  that  the  dormouse  regains  its  full  activity, 
and  it  is  at  this  period  that  its  magazine  is  of  the 
greatest  ser%ice  :  for  without  a  store  thus  provi- 
dently accumulated,  it  would,  for  some  time  at  least, 
be  straitened  for  food. 

The  head  of  this  species  is  proportionately  large ; 
the  eyes  are  large,  black,  and  prominent :  the  eare 
are  broad  ;  and  fur  soft ;  the  tail  long,  fringed  with 
hair  on  each  side,  and  somewhat  tufted  at  the  end  ; 
the  body  plump  ;  the  limbs  short.  General  colour 
cinnamon  red,  passing  into  pale  yellow  below.  The 
young  are  of  a  mouse  grey.  Length  of  the  head 
and  body  two  inches  eight  lines;  of  the  tail,  two 
inches  six  lines. 

435. — The  Garden  Doemouse,  or  Lerot 

(Myozus  iChda).  The  Greater  Dormouse  of  Shaw. 
This  species  is  a  native  of  the  whole  of  the  tempe- 
rate portions  of  continental  Europe,  and  indeed  it  is 
found  as  high  north  as  Poland  and  Pmssia.  In 
France  it  is  very  common,  gardens  and  orchards 
being  its  favourite  abode  :  it  makes  sad  havoc  among 
wall-fruits,  attacking  peaches,  apricots,  pears,  &c., 
with  great  avidity.  Its  winter  store,  however,  con- 
sists of  nuts,  peas,  beans,  and  the  like,  which  are 
collected  in  great  abundance,  and  stowed  away  in 
some  convenient  recess,  where  eight  or  ten  indi- 
viduals assemble  to  pass  away  the  colder  season 
in  sleep.  The  summer  nest  of  the  Lerot,  in  which 
it  rears  its  young,  is  built  in  the  holes  of  walls  or 
the  chinks  of  aged  trees.  The  young  are  four  or 
five  in  number.  The  colour  of  this  pretty  but  an- 
noying creature  is  reddish  grey ;  beneath,  white  ; 
a  black  patch  surrounds  the  eye,  and  spreads  be- 
hind the  ear.  The  tail  is  covered  with  short  black 
hair,  except  at  the  end,  which  is  tufted  with  white. 
Length  of  head  and  body  four  inches  and  a  half; 
of  the  tail,  four  inches. 

236. — ^Thb  Cape  Graphil-re 

(Grapldarus  Capensis).  The  genus  graphiurus  is 
scarcely  to  be  separated  from  Myoxus  :  it  is  repre- 
sented by  the  Cape  Graphiure,  a  native  of  South 
Africa.  This  species  is  about  the  size  of  the  lerot, 
which  it  much  resembles  in  the  style  of  its  colour- 
ing, the  general  tint  above  being  of  a  deep  brown- 
ish grey  ;  the  muzzle  and  sides  of  the  face  reddish 
white  ;  under  parts  greyish  white,  with  a  tinge  of 
red  ;  tail  brown,  the  tip,  which  is  not  tufted,  reddish 
white;  a  band  of  blackish  brown  extends  from  the 
«yes  to  the  base  of  the  ears. 

THE  JERBOAS 

(Dipui).  The  Jerboas  constitute  a  group  of  the 
great  murine  section  of  Rodents,  and  termed  by 
Mr.  Waterhouse  Dipodidae,  of  which,  he  observes, 
the  genera  Dipus,  Alactaga,  and  Meriones  are  ex- 
amples. 

All  the  animals  of  this  tribe  are  remarkable  for 
the  shortness  of  the  fore  limbs,  the  development  of 
the  hinder  limbs,  and  the  length  and  slenderness 
of  the  metatarsus;  they  resemble  in  these  points 
the  kangaroos.  They  bound  along  on  their  hind 
iimbs  with  great  rapidity,  and  appear  almost  to 
skim,  like  birds,  the  flat  plains  or  sandy  wastes 
where  they  take  up  their  abode.  In  an  elaborate 
memoir  by  M.  F.  Cuvier  on  the  Jerboas  and  Ger- 
billes,  he  divides  these  animals  into  different  ge- 
nera. The  jerboas  (Dipus)  have  only  three  toes 
on  the  hinder  feet,  and  these,  as  in  birds,  are  ar- 
ticulated to  a  single  elongated  metatarsal  bone, 
commonly  known  as  the  canon-bone.  In  the  Alac- 
tagas  there  are  five  toes;  of  these  the  three  central 
are  aiticulated  to  a  single  metatarsal  bone,  while 
the  other  two  have  each  their  own  slender  meta- 
tarsal bone. 

In  Meriones  and  Gerbillus  the  toes  are  five,  each 
■with  their  own  distinct  metatarsal  bone.  The  in- 
cisors of  the  Alactagas  are  simple,  whilst  those  in 
the  upper  jaw  of  the  jerboas  are  divided  longi- 
tudinally by  a  furrow.  The  molars  of  the  latter 
genus  are  complicated  in  form,  and  but  little  re- 
semble those  of  the  former.  They  are  four  in  num- 
ber in  the  upper  jaw,  and  three  in  the  lower;  but 
the  firat  in  the  upper  is  a  small  rudimentary  tooth, 
which  probably  disappears  in  aged  individuals. 
After  a  detailed  account  of  the  structure  of  the 
grinding  teeth,  M.  Cuvier  observes  that  the  general 


structure  of  the  head  of  the  Alactagas  and  jerboas 
is  evidently  the  same,  and  is  characterized  by  the 
large  size  of  the  cranium,  the  shortness  of  the 
muzzle,  and,  above  all.  by  the  magnitude  of  the 
suborbital  foramina.  The  cranium  of  the  jerboa 
is  distinguished  by  its  great  breadth  posteriorly, 
resulting  from  the  enormous  development  of  the 
tympanic  bone,  which  extends  beyond  the  occipital 
posteriorly  and  laterally,  as  far  as  the  zygomatic  arch, 


by  I 
the 


where  all  the  osseous  parts  of  the  ear  are  of  mode- 
rate dimensions.  Another  differential  character 
between  the  two  genera  is  presented  by  the  max- 
illary arch,  which  circumscribes  externally  the  sub- 
orbital foramina,  and  which  in  the  Alactagas  may 
be  said  to  be  linear,  presenting  a  very  limited  sur- 
face for  the  attachment  of  muscles.  He  then  notes 
a  difference  in  the  relative  development  of  the 
jaws,  the  lower  being  comparatively  much  shorter 
m  the  Alactagas  than  in  .the  jerboas.  Having  de- 
scribed a  new  specis  of  Alactaga,  a  native  of  Bar- 
bary,  under  the  name  of  Alactaga  arundinis,  M.  F. 
Cuvier  proceeds  to  consider  the  charactei^  and 
affinities  of  the  genera  Gerbillus  and  Meriones,  and 
enters  into  a  critical  examination  of  all  the  species 
referred  to  those  genera,  and  comes  to  the  conclu- 
sion that  they  have  a  closer  affinity  with  the  true 
Murida;  than  with  the  jerboas  and  Alactagas. 
Fig.  237  represents  the  skull  and  teeth  of  Dipus 
hirtipes :  a,  skull,  profile  ;  b,  the  same  seen  from 
above ;  c,  the  same  seen  from  below ;  d,  e,  the 
teeth. 

Fig.  23S  represents  the  skull  and  teeth  of  Alac- 
taga; fl,  ami  A,  the  cranium,  one-third  larger  than 
the  natural  size  ;  c,  and  d,  the  teeth,  five  times  en- 
larged. 

239,  240,  241,  242.— The  Egyptian  jERnoA. 

{Dipus  j^gyptius).  In  the  true  jerboas  the  head  is 
large,  and  not  unlike  that  of  a  rabbit  in  form;  the 
eara  are  long  and  somewhat  pointed ;  the  eyes  are 
full  and  prominent ;  the  tail  is  very  long,  cylindri- 
cal, and  covered  with  short  hair  except  at  the  ex- 
tremity, which  is  tufted.  The  fur  of  the  body  issoft 
and  delicate  ;  the  whiskers  are  long,  the  fore  feet 
are  very  small,  and  have  four  toes  and  the  rudi- 
ment of  a  thumb,  furnished,  however,  with  a  nail. 
In  the  hind  feet  of  these  animals  we  behold  palpa- 
ble evidences  of  their  express  adaptation  to  the 
deserts  where  they  habitually  reside.  Not  only  is 
the  metatarsal  portion  of  the  foot  extremely  elon- 
gated, but  the  toes  are  clad  on  the  under  surface 
with  long  bristly  hairs,  which  while  they  add  to 
their  span,  and  give  firmness  and  security  to  their 
tread  on  a  loose  and  yielding  surface,  defend  the 
foot  from  the  heat  of  a  glowing  waste  beneath  a 
fervid  sun. 

The  Egyptian  Jerboa  is  found  in  Egypt,  Barbary, 
Nubia,  and  the  warmer  parts  of  Syria  and  Arabia. 
It  lives  in  troops,  which  colonize  the  most  arid  parts 
of  the  desert,  where,  on  hillocks  of  sand  or  the 
crumbled  heaps  of  ruins,  they  work  out  long  burrows 
in  which  to  dwell.  In  these  burrows  they  make 
their  nests  and  rear  their  young.  So  powerful  are 
their  teeth,  that  they  not  only  gnaw  in  a  short  time 
through  the  hardest  wood,  but,  as  Sonniiii  affirms, 
through  thin  layers  of  stone  beneath  the  sand. 
According  to  some,  these  animals  are  nocturnal  in 
their  habits,  stealing  forth  to  feed  and  sport  when 
evening  begins  to  close.  They  are,  however,  not 
altogether  nocturnal,  for  Sonnini  observed  them  in 
broad  day  playing  around  the  mouths  of  their  sub- 
terranean habitations,  and  he  particularly  noticed 
that  those  which  he  kept  delighted  to  bask  in  the 
sun,  and  were  always  lively  in  that  situation.  The 
jerboas  are  very  timid  creatures,  and  hasten  to  their 
burrows  for  security  on  the  least  noise  :  if  inter- 
cepted, they  trust  to  their  speed,  and  seem  to  fly 
across  the  plain  ;  so  great  indeed  is  the  rapidity  with 
which  they  bound  along,  that  a  greyhound  has  some 
difficulty  in  the  chase."  In  making  each  leap  they 
spring  from  the  hind  feet,  the  impulse  being  given 
by  the  powerful  muscles  of  the  thighs,  while  the  tail 
serves  as  a  balance  and  rudder.  In  the  act  of  spring- 
ing the  fore  paws  are  pressed  close  to  the  chest ; 
they  descend,  however,  upon  them,  but  such  is  the 
quickness  of  the  leap,  and  the  celerity  with  which 
they  recover  their  due  posture,  and  spring  again, 
that  the  eye  is  completely  deceived,  for  it  appears 
as  if  they  never  used  the  fore  paws  at  all,  but  alike 
sprang  from  and  alighted  on  their  long  slender  hind 
legs  alone.  When  undisturbed,  their  common  atti- 
tude is  that  of  sitting  up  on  fte  haunches  ;  and  the 
fore  paws  are  used  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the 
squirrels  and  marmots.  The  food  of  the  jerboa 
consists  principally  of  bulbous  roots,  which  the 
animals  digup  with  their  fore  paws;  they  also  devour 
grain  and  other  vegetable  matters.  It  would  appear 
that  the  jerboa  hybernates,  but  the  duration  of  its 
torpor  cannot  be  very  protracted. 

The  flesh  of  these  animals,  though  unsavoury,  is 
eaten  by  the  Arabs  and  Egyptians,  who  contrive  to 
capture  them  by  stopping  up  all  the  openings  of 


their  subterranean  retreat  except  one,  which  is 
netted. 

Few  animals,  if  we  may  judge  from  our  own  ob- 
servations, bear  continement  so  inij)atiently  as  the 
jerboas:  they  sedulously  exclude  them.selves  from 
observation,  and  when  they  come  forth  from  their 
retreat  in  the  evening,  they  are  restless  and  distrust- 
ful in  the  extreme. 

In  size  this  species  is  equal  to  a  large  rat ;  the 
general  colour  is  pale  tawny  yellow,  passing  into  a 
lighter  tint  beneath  ;  the  terminal  tuft  of  tiie  tail  is 
black,  merging  at  the  tip  into  wliile;  a  white  or 
whitish  strip  appears  on  each  of  the  buttocks  below 
the  base  of  the  tail. 

243,  244. — The  Dark-banded  Jerboa. 
Of  this  jerboa,  which  is  figured  by  Shaw  under 
the  name  of  "  the  jerboa,"  we  have  never  seen  an 
example.  It  is  neither  noticed  nor  figured  by  I.ich- 
tenstein,  who  has  published  the  best  monograph  of 
these  animals  that  has  yet  appeared.  For  oui-selves 
we  have  no  doubt  but  that  the  original  figure  was 
taken  from  a  specimen  of  the  Egyptian  Jerboa,  in 
which  the  abrupt  border  to  the  white  mark  was 
darker  than  usual ;  for  in  some  instances  the  back  is 
washed  with  a  dusky  tint,  which  h.is  a  tendency  to 
assume  wavy  transverse  bands,  one  of  which,  on  the 
haunch,  as  it  is  said,  is  occasionally  distinct. 

With  regard  to  the  Alactagas,  to  which  we  have 
alluded,  the  typical  species,  the  Siberian  .Vlactaga 
(Dipus  Jaculus,  Gmel. ;  the  Alactaga,  Buff. ;  the 
Siberian  Jerboa,  Peimant),  is  dl^tributed  from 
Arabia,  through  Persia,  Tartary,  and  Turkey,  and 
as  far  north  as  the  Volga  and  Irtish.  It  inhabits  the 
plains  and  flat  districts,  where  it  makes  extensive 
burrows;  in  general  habits  it  resembles  thecoramuii 
jerboa  of  Kgypt,  but  is  of  larger  size. 

Its  Ibod  is  stated  to  consist  not  only  of  vegetable 
but  also  of  animal  substances,  as  small  biids  and 
insects ;  and,  as  we  learn  from  Pallas,  it  spares  not 
even  its  own  species.  The  subterranean  habitations 
of  these  animals  are  extremely  capacious,  and  - 
formed  about  half  a  yard  below  the  sorlace  of  the 
ground.  The  passage  leading  to  them  is  of  great 
length,  and  pursues  a  circuitous  com-se,  having  at 
intervals  additional  shafts  or  openings  upwards, 
affording  extra  facilities  for  escape  in  the  event  of 
danger.  During  the  winter  they  hybernate  ;  retiring 
to  their  subterranean  chambers,  they  shut  up  the 
openings,  and  sink  into  a  complete  state  of  lethargy. 
It  is  affirmed  by  Gmelin  that  when  their  burrows 
are  opened  at  this  season  a  quantity  of  grain,  dried 
shoots,  and  herbs  are  found  within  them;  on  the 
contrary,  Pallas  atfirms  that  they  collect  no  stores 
of  provision  for  the  winter.  It  is  possible  that  both 
these  naturalists,  who  had  anipel  opportunities  of 
investigating  the  habits  of  the  Alactaga  in  a  state 
of  nature,  may  be  correct,  and  that  in  the  more 
northern  districts  of  its  range  it  may  accumulate  a 
store  of  provision,  for  use  in  the  spring,  when  it 
first  rouses  from  its  torpidity.  The  Alactaga  is  more 
numerous  and  fertile  in  the  warmer  than  in  the 
colder  latitudes;  but  it  is  nowhere  to  be  seen  in 
such  numbei-s  as  the  Egyptian  Jerboa.  From  its 
large  size  and  the  superior  flavour  of  its  flesh,  it  is 
more  sought  after,  as  food,  than  that  animal,  and  is 
chased,  and  also  taken  by  stratagem,  by  the  Arabs 
and  Tartars.  Such  is  its  swiftness  that  it  appears  to 
skim  the  plain  without  touching  the  ground  ;  even 
a  mounted  horseman  on  a  fleet  steed  can  scarcely 
overtake  it.  The  fur  of  the  Alactaga  is  extremely 
sort  and  fine ;  on  the  upper  parts  it  is  of  a  pale 
fawn  yellow,  clouded  with  greyish  brown  on  the 
lower  part  of  the  back  ;  a  white  crescentic  line  ex- 
tends on  each  side  of  the  crupper,  below  the  root  of 
the  tail.  The  under  parts  of  the  body  and  inside  of 
the  limbs  are  white  ;  the  tail  is  brown,  except  the 
tuft  at  the  extremity,  which  is  black  tipped,  with 
white. 

245. — The  Labrador  Jumping  Mouse 
{Meriones  Labradoricus').  This  species  appears  to 
be  the  Labrador  rat  of  Pennant;  the  Gerbillus 
Hudsonius  of  Rafinesque  ;  Mus  Labradoiius  of 
Sabine  ;  Gerbillus  Labradorius  of  Harlan  ;  the  La- 
brador Jumping  Mouse  of  Godnian  ;  and  Katse  (the 
Leaper)  of  the  Chepewyan  Indians. 

The  genus  Meriones  in  dental  formula  differs  in 
some  points  from  Dipus.  The  upper  incisors,  of  a 
deep  orange-colour,  are  marked  with  a  longitudinal 
furrow  ;  the  molars  are  four  on  each  side  above, 
and  three  below  ;  the  first  above  is  very  small ;  the 
surfaces  of  the  rest  in  both  jaws  are  marked  with 
irregular  winding  lines  of  enamel  (see  Fig.  24C). 
The  muzzle  is  narrow  and  elongated;  the  ears 
rounded,  the  hind  limbs  considerably  developed; 
the  tail  long,  ringed  with  scales,  and  thinly  covered 
with  short  hair. 

The  Labrador  Jumping  Mouse,  which  was  first 
described  by  Pennant  in  his 'Arctic  Zoology,'  is 
very  common  in  the  fur  countries  of  North  America, 
as  far  north  as  the  Great  Slave  Lake,  and  perhaps 
farther;  but  of  its  habits  we  liave  no  precise  details. 


Jerboas.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


69- 


Its  general  colour  is  brownish  yelloiv,  merging  into 
white  beneath.  The  lengtli  of  the  head  and  body 
is  about  five  indies,  that  of  the  tail  five  and  a  half. 
Dr.  Richardson  remarks,  respecting  the  jumping: 
mice,  of  which  there  are,  it  would  appear,  several 
species,  that  those  inhabiting  different  districts  in 
Ameiica  require  to  be  compared  with  each  other, 
before  the  true  number  of  species,  and  their  geo- 
graphical distribution,  can  be  ascertained. 

247. — The  Cape  Le-vpisq  Hase 
(Pedetes  Capensis,  111.  :  Helnmys  Capensis,  V.  Cuvier). 
Grande  Gerl)oise,  Buffon  ;  Spring  Haas  of  the  Dutch 
Colonists;  Cape  Jerboa,  Pennant. 

This  curious  animal,  the  only  known  example  of 
the  genus  Pedetes.  occupies  an  undeterminale  situa- 
tion'among  the  Rodents;  but  is  most  probably  the 
most  nearly  related  to  the  true  Jerboas,  which  it 
resembles  in  external  appearance,  'i'he  molars  are 
four  on  each  side,  in  each  jaw,  of  simjlle  structure, 
•with  two  lamiuie  ;  the  incisors  are  large,  strong, 
and  broad  (see  Fisr.  248).  The  anterior  limbs  are 
short,  but  very  strong,  furnished  with  five  toes 
armed  wilh  powerful  claws.  The  hind  limbs  are  ; 
developed  and  muscular,  four-toed,  the  toes  armed 
with  long-pointed  and  somewhat  hoof-like  claws. 
Tail  long.  Tlie  leaping  hare  equals  our  common 
hare  in  size  :  the  fur  is  soft,  and  of  a  dark. fawn  or 
brownish  yellow,  passing  into  white  beneath  ;  the 
tail  is  hairy,  and  tufted  at  the  extremity  with  a 
pencil  of  black.  The  head  is  large,  the  ears  are 
long  and  pointed;  and  the  eyes  full  and  dark. 
Native  country.  South  Africa. 

Tne  leaping  hare  is  a  burrowing  animal,  making 
its  holes  in  the  soft  sandy  ground,  which  it  digs  up 
with  its  fore  paws,  spurting  it  backwards  with  its 
hind  feet,  as  is  done  by  the  rabbit.  In  these  bur- 
rows it  sojourns  during  the  day,  secure  from  the 
attacks  of  the  various  carnivorous  animals  which 
infest  the  precincts  of  its  retreat.  Night  is  the 
season  of  activity:  it  steals  forth  on  Itie  close  of 
daylight  to  feed ;  and  in  some  districts  where  it 
abounds,  the  depredations  which  it  commits  in  the 
fields  of  grain  are  very  serious.  It  proceeds  in  the 
same  manner  as  does  the  jerboa,  by  a  series  of 
bounds :  and  when  the  animal  is  pursued,  each 
bound  it  makes  clears  a  space  of  twenty  or  thirty 
feet.  It  eats  sitting  nearly  upright,  and  using  its 
fore  feet  in  the  manner  of  a  squirrel,  to  bring  the 
food  to  the  mouth.  It  also  sleeps  in  the  same  atti- 
tude, excepting  that  the  head  is  bent  down  between 
the  hind  limbs,  while  the  fore  paws  cover  the  eyes 
and  ears. 

The  leaping  hare  gives  preference  to  the  sides  of 
steep  and  craggy  mountains,  and  in  some  places 
they  colonize  a  considerable  extent  of  ground, 
making  it  a  complete  warren.  Mr.  Burchell,  on  his 
second  journey  to  Asbestos  Mountain,  observed 
their  burrows  in  abundance.  Whether  this  animal 
lays  up  a  store  of  winter  provision,  or  wliether  it 
hybernates  during  a  part  of  the  year,  does  not  ap- 
pear to  be  ascertained:  but  it  is  very  certain  that, 
in  the  localities  it  frequents,  it  is  not  only  subject 
to  a  low  temperature  during  the  cold  season,  but 
that  it  will  also  experience  a  scarcity  of  its  usual 
food. 

The  voice  of  the  leaping  hare  is  a  kind  of  inarti- 
culate grunt. 

The  Catties  esteem  these  creatures  for  food,  and 
expel  them  from  their  burrows  by  pouring  water 
into  the  entrances,  when  they  issue  fortli  and  are 
easily  taken. 

249. — BcETOs's  Gerbille 

(^Gerhilltis  Burtoni).  The  Gerbilles  belong  to  the 
family  Murida;  (and  not  to  that  of  the  true  jerboas). 
The  contour  of  the  skull  and  the  characters  of  the 
teeth  are  confessedly  murine  (see  Fig.  250:  a,  the 
skull,  profile  ;  b,  the  same  seen  from  above ;  c,  the 
game  seen  from  below ,  d,  e,  teeth  of  the  same). 
Though  the  gerbilles  have  the  posterior  limbs 
developed,  their  development  is  by  no  means  to  the 
same  extent  as  in  the  jerboas ;  and  there  is  a  far 
more  equal  proportion  between  them  and  the 
anterior  pair ;  hence  these  animals  run  as  well  as 
leap.  They  are  active,  elegantlittle  creatures,  living 
in  burrows  which  they  excavate  to  a  considerable 
depth,  and  are  nocturnal  in  their  habits.  F.  Cuvier 
enumerates  eight  species,  respectively  natives  of 
Etrypt,  and  other  parts  of  Africa,  and  India.  The 
species  figured  (Fig.  249)  has  been  recently  described 
by  F.  Cuvier  (see  'Trans.  Zool.  Soc'  vol  ii.)  Of  its 
peculiar  habits  we  know  nothing  definite,  but  they 
in  all  probability  aeree  with  those  of  the  Indian 
Gerbille,  so  well  described  by  General  Hardwicke 
in  the  eighth  volume  of  the  '  Linn.  Trans.'  The 
Indian  Gerbille  is  common  in  Hindostan,  and  seems 
lobe  gregarious,  great  numbers  associating  together. 
"These  animals  are  very  abundant  about  cultivated 
lands,  and  are  particularly  destructive  to  wheat  and 
barley  crops,  of  which  they  lay  up  considerable 
hoards  in  spacious  burrows  near  the  scenes  of  their 
plunder.    They  cut  the  culms  of  the  ripening  corn 


just  below  the  ears,  and  convey  them  thus  entire  to 
one  common  subterraneous  repository,  which  when 
filled  they  carefully  close,  and  do  nut  open  for  use 
till  supplies  abroad  become  distant  and  scarce. 
Grain  of  all  kinds  is  their  favourite  food,  but  in 
default  of  this  they  have  recourse  to  the  roots  of 
grass  and  other  vegetables.  About  the  close  of 
day  they  issue  from  their  burrows,  and  traverse 
the  plains  in  all  directions  to  a  considerable  dis- 
tance ;  they  run  very  fast,  but  oftener  leap,  making 
bounds  of  four  or  five  yards  at  a  time,  canyina  the 
tail  extended  in  a  horizontal  direction.  When 
eating,  they  sit  on  their  hind  legs  like  a  squirrel, 
holding  the  lood  between  their  fore  feet.  They 
never  appear  by  day,  neither  do  they  commit  depre- 
dations withindoors.  I  have  observed  their  manners 
by  night,  in  moonlight  nights,  taking  my  station  on 
a  plain,  and  remaining  for  some  time  with  as  little 
motion  as  possible.  I  was  soon  surrounded  by 
hundreds  at  the  distance  of  a  few  yards,  but  on 
rising  from  my  seat  the  whole  disappeared  in  an 
instant,  nor  did  they  venture  forth  again  for  ten 
minutes  after,  and  then  with  much  caution  and  cir- 
cumspection. 

"  A  low  tribe  of  Hindoos  called  Kunjers,  whose 
occupation  is  hunting,  go  in  quest  of  these  animals 
at  proper  seasons  to  plunder  their  hoards  of  grain  ; 
and  often  within  the  space  of  twenty  yards  find  as 
much  corn  in  the  ear  as  cculd  be  crammed  into  a 
common  bushel.  They  inhabit  dry  situations,  and 
are  often  found  at  the  distance  of  some  miles  out  of 
the  reach  of  water  to  drink.  In  confinement  this 
animal  soon  becomes  reconciled  to  its  situation,  and 
docile;  sleeps  much  in  the  day,  but  when  awake 
feeds  freely  at  night.  The  Hindoos  above  mentioned 
esteem  them  good  and  nutritious  food." 

The  Indian  Gerbille  is  of  the  size  of  a  common 
rat  ;  its  eyes  are  full  and  black ;  the  ears  are 
large,  rounded,  and  almost  naked.  The  general  fur 
is  bright  bay,  variegated  on  the  back,  with  pencil-like 
strokes  of  dark  brown  ;  the  under  parts  are  white  ; 
the  tail  is  cylindrical,  thickly  covered  with  short 
hair  except  at  the  tip,  which  is  somewhat  tufted,  and 
of  a  dark  brown. 

251. — Mitchell's  Gerboa. 

This  animal,  a  native  of  Australia,  and  described  by 
Mr.  Ogilby  under  the  name  of  Dipus  Mitchellii 
('  Linn.  Trans,'  vol.  xviii.),  belongs,  as  we  have  every 
reason  to  believe,  to  the  genus  Ilapalotis  (Lich- 
tenst.,  '  Saug.,'  pt.  vi.  1829).  It  seems  to  take  the 
place,  on  the  open  plains  of  Australia,  of  the  jerboas 
and  gerbilles  of  the  deserts  and  plains  of  Africa  and 
Asia ;  or  of  the  jumping  mice  of  North  America. 
This  singular  species  was  found  on  the  reedy  plains 
near  the  junction  of  the  Murray  and  Murrumbidgee, 
on  the  northern  boundaries  of  Australia  Felix. 
The  cut  is  taken  from  the  figure  in  Sir  T.  Mitchell's 
account  of '  Three  Expeditions  into  the  Interior  of 
Eastern  Australia.'  Sir  T.  Mitchell  states  that  the 
fore  and  hind  legs  of  this  animal  resemble  in  pro- 
portion those  of  a  kangaroo  ;  and  ii.  used  the  latter 
by  leaping  on  its  hind-quarters  in  the  same  manner. 
It  was  not  much  larger  than  a  common  field-mouse, 
but  the  tail  was  longer  in  proportion  than  even  that 
of  a  kangaroo,  and  terminated  in  a  hairy  brush 
about  two  inches  long.  We  may  here  remark  that 
the  genus  Hapalotis  is  the  same  as  Conilurus,  Ogilby 
('Linn.  Trans.,'  xviii.  pt.  i.,  p.  124,  1838),  and  must 
be  retained,  according  to  the  law  of  priority. 

252,  253. — The  Common  Mouse 

(Mus  Musculus).  The  genus  Mus,  which  includes 
the  true  rats  and  mice,  is  typical  of  the  extensive 
family  Muridse.  The  characters  of  this  genus  may 
be  thus  summed  up  :  incisors  of  the  usual  number  ; 
those  of  the  lower  jaw  compressed  and  pointed  ; 
molars  on  each  side,  both  above  and  below,  three, 
with  true  roots,  and  a  transversely  tuberculated  sur- 
I'ace,  the  ridges  varying  in  number  in  each  tooth; 
the  anterior  molar  is  Uie  largest,  the  posterior  the 
smallest.  (See  Fig.  254.)  The  muzzle  is  elongated 
and  sharp  ;  the  ears  are  oblong  or  rounded,  and  al- 
most naked.  The  toes  of  the  anterior  feet  are  four, 
with  the  minute  rudiment  of  a  thumb ;  those  of  the 
hind  feet  are  five.  The  limbs  are  short  ;  the  tail 
is  long,  cylindrical,  tapering,  and  annulated  with 
scales  &f  epidermis,  from,  between  which  emerge 
short  hairs,  forming  a  scanty  covering.  The  fur  is 
soft,  but  traversed  by  long  outer  hairs  of  a  stiffer 
quality  than  those  composing  the  under-coaf.  All 
these  animals  are  of  small  size,  yet  many  are  among 
the  greatest  pests  to  man.  Althoush  vegetable 
aliment,  as  grain,  peas,  &c.,  forms  their  principal 
food,  still,  to  a  certain  extent,  they  are  carnivorous. 
We  know  the  partiality  of  the  mouse  to  cheese, 
butter,  lard,  tallow,  &c.,  and  of  the  brown  rat  to 
raw  flesh.  The  stronger  and  larger  species  often 
prey  upon  the  smaller,  and  in  times  of  scarcity  they 
will  attack  and  devour  each  other.  All  are  noc- 
turnal, and  most,  if  not  all,  subterranean  in  their 
habits,   and  also  gregarious.     Some   frequent   the 


fields  and  woods,  some  the  gardens,  and  some  the 
abodes  of  man,  undermining  floors  and  walls,  and 
breeding   within   the   precincts   of   his   habitation. 
They  are  spread  througn  every  quarter  of  the  globe ; 
and  the  common  mouse  and  the  brown  rat  have 
been  introduced  by  the  indirect  agency  of  ajan, 
even  into  the  remotest  and  most  desolate  islands. 
(See  '  Zoology  of  the  Voyage  of  H.M.S.  Beagle — 
Mammalia,'  No  ii.  of  pt.  ii..  p.  31,  et  seq.)     With 
respect  to  the  brown  rat  (Mus  decumanus),  some- 
times erroneously  called  the  Norway  rat,  it  appeai-s 
to  have  been  originally  transported  from  I'eisia  or 
India  into  Europe;  its  place  was  previously  occu- 
pied by  the  black  lat  (.Mus  rattus),  a  smaller  and 
more  timid  animal,  and  in  some  districts  now  quite 
extirpated  by  its  more  powerful  rival.     The  brown 
rat  was  not  known  in  England  before  1730,  nor  in 
France  before  1750.    According  to  Pallas,  it  did 
not  ajipear  in  Russia  and  Siberia  tilt  1766  ;  and  Dr. 
Harlan  states  that  it  did  not  make  its  appeaiance 
in  North  America  till  1775.    When  Dr.  Richardson 
wrote  his  '  Fauna  Horeali-Americana,'  it  was  com- 
mon in  Lower  Canada,  but  had  not  advanced  much 
beyond  Kingston  in  Upper  Canada.     He   did   not 
observe  it  in  the  fur  countries,  and  believes,  if  it 
I  exis^ts  there,  that  it  is  only  at  the  mouth  of  the  Colum- 
1  bia  river  or  at  the  factories  on  the  shores  of  Hud- 
son's Bay.     Mr.  Darwin  found  it  at  Buenos  Ayres, 
Valparaiso,    East    Falkland    Island,    and    Keeling 
Island.     With  respect  to  the  black  rat,  even  that 
is  in  all  probability  of  foreign  origin.     It  was  not 
known  in  Western  Europe  belbre  the  middle  of  the 
sixteenth   century,  and  Gesner  was  the  first  who 
described  and  figured  it. 

In  the  island  of  Ascension,  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean, 
Mr.  Darwin  found  two  varieties,  as  he  and  .Mr. 
Waterhouse  consider,  of  the  black  rat  (Mus  rattus). 
These  two  animals  differ  in  the  colour  of  the  fur, 
one  being  of  a  grizzled  brownish  colour,  the  other 
black,  with  more  soft  or  glossy  fur.  "  The  specimen 
which  has  a  black  and  glossy  fur  frequents  the  short 
coarse  grass  near  the  summit  of  the  island,  where 
the  common  mouse  likewise  occurs.  It  is  often 
seen  running  about  by  day,  and  was  ibund  in  num- 
bers when  the  island  was  first  colonized  by  the 
English  a  few  years  since.  The  other  and  browner 
coloured  variety  lives  in  the  outhouses  near  the 
sea-beach,  and  feeds  chiefly  on  the  offal  of  the  tur- 
tles slaughtered  for  the  daily  food  of  the  inliabitaiits. 
If  the  settlement  were  destroyed,  I  feel  no  doubt 
that  this  latter  variety  would  be  compelled  to 
migrate  from  the  coast.  Did  it  originally  descend 
from  the  summit?  and  in  the  case  first  supposed 
would  it  retreat  there  ?  and  if  so,  would  its  black 
colour  return  ?  It  must,  however,  be  observed  that 
the  two  localities  are  separated  from  each  other  by 
a  space,  some  miles  in  width,  of  bare  lava  and  ashes. 
Does  the  summit  of  Ascension,  an  island  so  im- 
mensely remote  from  any  continent,  and  the  summit 
itself  surrounded  by  a  broad  fringe  of  desert  vol- 
canic soil,  possess  a  small  quadruped  peculiar  to 
itself?  or,  more  probably,  has  this  new  species  been 
brought  by  some  ship  from  some  unknown  quarter 
of  the  world  ?  Or,  I  am  again  tempted  to  ask,  as  I 
did  in  the  case  of  the  Galapagos  rat,  has  the  com- 
mon English  species  been  changed  by  its  new  habi- 
tation into  a  strongly  marked  variety  ? — D."  ('  Zool. 
of  Voyage  of  Beagle,'  p.  36.) 

This  zoological  problem  is  one  of  the  many  so- 
difficult  to  solve.  Mr.  Waterhouse  remarks,  "  It 
appears  as  if  the  brown  and  black  rats  (M.  decuma- 
nus and  M.  rattus),  and  likewise  the  common  mouse., 
all  of  which  follovv  man  in  his  peregrinations,  and 
which  to  a  certain  degree  are  dependent  upon  man, 
and  may  be  therefore  termed  semi-domestic  animals, 
are,  like  really  domestic  animals,  subject  to  a  greater 
degree  of  variation  than  those  species  which  hold 
themselves  aloof  from  him."  (Ibid.) 

The  common  mouse  is  undoubtedly  indigenous  in 
Europe :  and  has  been  known  from,  the  earliest 
times ;  it  is  the  Anglo-Saxon  Mus,  the  German 
Mans,  the  Danish  Muys,  the  Latin  Mus,  and  the 
Greek  Mw.  In  Spanish  its  name  is  Rat ;  in  Portu- 
guese Ratinho ;  in  Italian  it  is  called  Sorice  ;  and  m 
French  Souris:  from  the  Latin  Sorex,  employed  by 
zoologists  to  designate  the  Shrews. 

This  elegant  but  troublesome  little  animal  needs 
no  description ;  all  are  well  acquainted  with  it. 
"  Domestic  in  its  habits,"  says  Mr.  Bell,  "nourished 
by  almost  every  article  of  human  food,  and  findings 
effectual  shelter  in  the  secret  reces.ses  of  the  habi- 
tations which  human  art  has  raised,  it  has  accom- 
panied man  in  all  his  adventures  for  colonization, 
and  identified  itself  with  every  new  territorial  occu- 
pation of  our  race."  The  mouse  is  easily  tamed, 
and  it  is  interesting  to  observe  it  sitting  up  holding 
its  food  between  its  paws,  or  cleansing  with  them 
the  sides  of  its  face  and  the  back  of  its  ears.  it.s 
black  eyes  glistening  with  animation.  An  Albino 
variety  (white,  with  red  eyes)  is  not  uncommon 
(Fig  253),  and  often  kept  in  cages  for  the  sake  of  its 
beauty.  It  breeds  freely  in  captivity,  perpetuating 
a  white  race,  which,  born  and  bred  in  captivity,  are 

J  -I 


Ml.-Ejjpt  in  Jcrioi. 


fit2.~EgypUaii  Jerbo*. 


U«  — TacUiof  Oqw  Lnpiag  Hue 


-^  ^  ,  A^tV  Yy^  __'-••:  "*-' 

241.— Dalk-bandcil  Jerboa. 


«47.  -C<pe  LwpinK  Hare. 


SM. — Labrador  Jiunpiog'Moue. 


246.  -ToiUiof  UbraJorJamping-Moiae. 


60 


851.— Mitchell'j  Jerboa. 


250.— Skull  nnd  Teeth  of  liurtor.s  GetlMlle. 


2 19.— Burton's  Gerbill?. 


25^— (.ommon  Mouse. 


2j7.— Long-tailed  Field  Mouse. 


S53. — Common  Mouse, 


3M.— Dinrin'i  MouM. 


8&9.— Barbaiy  Mouse* 


SM  —Teeth  of  Commou  Mouse. 


61 


62 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Mice, 


gentle  and  familiar,  and  when  allowed  to  run  about 
a  room  never  attempt  to  escape. 

The  uomraon  mouse  produces  young  to  the  num- 
ber of  5  or  G,  several  times  darine  the  course  of  the 
year.  In  about  a  fortnight  they  leave  the  mother, 
and  obtain  their  livinc^  independently. 

To  this  species  Mr.  Wateihouse  (see  '  Zool.  of 
Beagle')  refers  six  specimens  in  Mr.  Darwin's  collec- 
tion: "Two  were  found  living  in  the  short  grass 
near  the  summit  of  the  island  of  Ascension,  where 
the  climate  is  temperate.  Two  othere  were  pro- 
cured on  a  small  stony  and  arid  island,  near  Porto 
Praya,  the  capital  of  St.  Jago,  in  the  Cape  de 
Verde  Islands,  where  ihe  climate  is  very  hot  and 
dry.  Excepting  during  the  rainy  season  these  little 
animals  can  never  taste  fresh  water,  nor  does  the 
island  aflord  any  succulent  plant.  A  specimen  was 
also  procured  on  a  grassy  clitf  on  East  Falkland 
island,  at  the  distance  of  a  mile  from  any  habitation. 
It  is  sincrular  that  so  delicate  an  animal  should  be 
able  to  subsist  under  the  cold  and  extremely  humid 
climate  of  the  P'alkland  Islands  and  on  its  unpro- 
ductive soil. — D."  It  must  be  observed  that  all  these 
specimens  are  rather  less  than  full-grown  indivi- 
duals of  the  same  species  procured  in  England:  in 
other  respects  they  do  not  differ. 

The  sixth  specimen  is  from  Maldonado,  where  it 
is  common  in  the  houses  of  the  town,  and  is  ^inlilar 
in  habits  to  its  European  relative.  Tlie  Maldonado 
mouse  is  considerably  less  than  British  specimens  of 
the  common  mouse,  and  is  of  a  richer  and  brighter 
colour;  the  head  is  smaller,  the  muzzle  shorter  in 
proportion,  whilst  the  tarsi  are  even  longer  than  in 
a  large  specimen  of  Mus  musculus.  These  points 
of  dissimilarity  induced  Mr.  Waterhouse  to  regard 
it  ns  a  distinct  species,  and  to  apply  to  it  the  name 
of  *  bievirosliis.'  But  upon  subsequent  re-examina- 
tion, he  was  induced  to  change  his  opinion.  The 
teeth  indicate  that  it  is  not  an  adult  specimen. 

Mr.  Darwin  ('Journal  and  Remarks')  observes 
that  mice  and  other  small  Rodents  subsist  in  con- 
siderable numbere  in  very  desert  places,  as  long  as 
there  is  the  least  vegetation.  In  Patagonia,  even 
on  the  borders  of  the  Salinas,  where  a  drop  of  fresh 
water  can  never  be  found,  they  swarm.  Next  to 
lizards,  he  adds,  mice  appear  to  be  able  to  support 
existence  on  the  smallest  and  driest  portion  of  the 
earth,  even  on  the  islets  in  the  midst  of  great  oceans. 
He  belie*es  it  will  be  found  that  several  islands, 
which  possess  no  other  warm-blooded  quadruped, 
have  small  Rodents  peculiar  to  themselves.  Sir 
Woodbine  Parish  ('  Buenos  Avres,'  &c.)  states,  that 
after  the  great  drought  of  1830,  1831,  and  1832, 
there  was  a  prodigious  increase  of  all  kinds  of  ver- 
min, especially  field-mice,  myriads  of  which  overran 
the  country,  and  entirely  destroyed  the  maize-harvest 
of  1833. 

255. — Tbe  Babdabt  MonsE 

(Mus  Barbarus).  In  size  this  beautiful  species  is 
intermediate  between  the  common  mouse  and  rat. 
It  is  found  in  Barbary,  where  the  natives  term  it 
Phar  Azeph,  the  Palmetto  mouse.  Some  time  ago 
three  individuals  were  living  in  the  Vivarium  of  the 
Zool.  Soc.  Lond. ;  and  were  described  and  figured 
by  Mr.  Bennett,  who  may  be  said  to  have  really  in- 
troduced this  species  to  science :  for,  since  the  time 
of  Linnasus,  who  first  described  the  animal  in  the 
addenda  to  the  twelfth  edition  (the  last  published  by 
himself)  of  his  '  Systema  Naturae,'  no  naturalist  ap- 
pears to  have  seen  it.  So  completely,  indeed,  had 
It  escaped  the  researches  of  later  zoologists,  that  M. 
Desmarest  ventured  to  suggest  a  doubt  of  its  exist- 
ence. 

"  The  ground-colour  of  the  Barbary  mouse  is  dark 
brown,  maiked  on  each  side  with  five  or  six  yellow- 
ish stripes,  about  half  as  broad  as  the  intervening 
spaces,  extending  along  the  whole  length  of  the 
body,  and  becoming  confused  towards  the  under 
parts,  which  are  nearly  white.  On  the  fore  feet 
only  three  of  the  toes  are  at  first  visible,  and  this 
circumstance,  mentioned  in  the  specific  character 
given  by  Linnaeus,  has  led  many  subsequent  natu- 
ralisls  to  doubt  whether  the  Barbary  mouse  really 
belongs  to  the  genus  with  which  it  was  associated. 
Linnaeus  himself  had,  however,  stated  in  his  de- 
scription of  the  species,  that  rudiments  of  a  thumb, 
and  also  of  a  fifth  toe,  were  observable  on  a  closer 
inspection ;  and  this  statement  has  been  fully  con- 
firmed by  an  examination  of  the  specimens  in  the 
Zool.  Gardens."  ('  Gardens  and  Menagerie  de- 
lineated,' p.  31.) 

Of  the  native  habits  and  manners  of  the  Barbary 
mouse  we  have  no  definite  information.  Those  in 
confinement,  to  which  we  have  alluded,  resembled 
the  rat  in  actions  and  disposition.  Their  carnivo- 
rous propensities  indeed  were  amply  evinced  on  Ihe 
death  of  one  of  their  number,  by  the  two  survivors 
having  commenced  devouring  the  body. 

It  may  be  observed  that  the  specimens  examined 
by  Linneeus  were  very  young,  for  he  describes  them 
as  being  smaller  than  the  common  mouse. 

A  beiutiful  striped  mouse,  termed  the  Cape  striped 


mouse  (Mus  pumilio),  is  peculiar  to  the  dristrcts  of 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  It  was  first  described  by 
Sparrman,  who  gives  a  figure  of  it  in  his  'Travels  in 
Africa,'  taken  from  a  young  individual.  The  gene- 
ral colour  is  brownish  grey,  with  four  black  stripes 
along  the  back ;  the  upper  surface  of  the  head  is 
black.  Another  species,  the  Indian  striped  mouse 
(Mus  striatus),  of  which  a  few  years  since  little  was 
known,  may  also  be  noticed.  Specimens  of  this 
animal  have  been  kept  alive  in  the  Vivarium  of  the 
Zool.  Soc.  The  general  colour  is  grey  with  a  tinge 
of  reddish  or  yellow,  and  the  back  is  marked  with  a 
dozen  longitudinal  rows  of  small  white  spots  distinct 
from  each  other,  forming  so  many  interrupted  stripes; 
the  under  parts  are  whitish. 

256. — Darwi.n's  Mouse 

(Mtii  Dancinii).  Among  the  numerous  small  Ro- 
dents belonging  to  the  family  MuridiB  collected  by 
Mr.  Darwin  (see  'Zool.  .of  'H.M.S.  Beagle '),  is  a 
small  group,  the  species  of  which,  Mr.  Wateihouse 
observes,  though  very  closely  allied  to  the  genus 
Mus,  offer  some  slight  modification  not  only  in  their 
external  form,  but  also  in  the  structure  of  the  teeth. 
"  They  have  the  fur  soft  and  silky  ;  the  head  large  ; 
and  the  fore-legs  very  small  and  delicate  ;  the  tarsus 
moderately  long,  and  bare  beneath.  In  the  num- 
ber and  proportion  of  their  toes  they  agree  with  the 
true  rats;  the  tail  is  moderately  long,  and  more 
thickly  clothed  with  hair  than  in  the  typical  rats. 
The  ears  are  large  and  clothed  with  hair.  Like  the 
true  rats,  they  have  twelve  rooted  molars  ;  the  folds 
of  enamel  however,  penetrate  more  deeply  into  the 
body  of  each  tooth,  and  enter  in  such  a  way  that 
the  crowns  of  the  teeth  are  divided  into  transverse 
and  somewhat  lozenge-shaped  lobes  of  a  triangular 
form.  In  ihe  front  molar  of  the  upper  jaw  the 
enamel  enters  the  body  of  the  tooth  twice,  both  in 
the  outer  and  inner  sides ;  and  in  the  second  and 
posterior  molars,  both  of  the  upper  and  under  jaws, 
the  enamel  penetiates  but  once  externally  and  inter- 
nally in  each.  In  the  front  molar  of  the  lower  jaw 
the  enamel  enlers  the  body  of  the  tooth  three  times 
internally  and  twice  externally  "  ('  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,' 
1837,  p.  27).  These  Murine  animals  Mr.  Water- 
house  regards  as  constituting  a  sub-genus  for  which 
he  proposes  the  name  of  Phyllotis.  Darwin's  mouse, 
Mus  (Phyllotis)  Darwinii,  was  found  in  dry  and 
stony  places  at  Coquimbo  in  Chile.  The  fur  above 
consists  of  cinnamon-coloured  and  blackish  hairs 
intermixed  ;  the  space  before  the  eyes  is  of  a  greyish 
tint;  the  sides  of  the  face  and  body  are  of  a  i-alo 
cinnamon  colour;  the  under  parts  and  limbs  white  ; 
the  ears  are  large  :  the  tail  as  long  as  the  head  and 
body ;  brownish  above,  white  beneath.  Length  of 
head  and  body  six  inches. 

Besides  the  sub-genus  Phyllotis,  Mr.  Waterhonse 
characterizes  the  following  as  siib-eoneric  sections 
of  the  genus  Mus,  all  peculiar  to  South  America, 
and  of  which  specimens  were  collected  by  C.  Darwin, 
Esq.,  at  various  localities,  viz.,Coquimbo,  Valparaiso, 
Port  Desire,  Maldonado,  Bahia  Blanca,  &c. :  Scap- 
teromys,  Oxymycterus,  Abiothrix,  Calomys,  Rei- 
throdon,  and  Acracoma.  ('  Proc.  Zool.  Soc'  1837.) 
The  two  latter,  indeed,  he  considers  as  valid 
genera. 

In  North  America  there  are  two  interesting  ' 
genera  of  the  Muridse,  which  may  here  be  noticed,  I 
namely,  Neotoma  and  Sigmodon,  both  established 
by  Say  and  Old  in  the  '  Journal  of  the  Acad.  Nat. 
Soc.,'  Philadelphia.  To  the  firet  genus  belongs  the 
Florida  rat  (Neotoma  Floridana),  larger  than  the 
ordinary  rat,  with  soft  velvety  fur  of  a  lead  colour, 
with  yellowish  and  black  hairs  intermixed.  The 
specimen  described  by  Say  and  Ord  was  discovered 
in  a  log  granary  situated  in  a  ruined  and  deserted 
plantation  in  East  Florida.  "When  first  aroused  it 
ran  a  short  distance,  then  returned,  and  stood  close 
by  us,  allowing  us  to  touch  it  with  a  gun  before  it 
again  retreated.  It  was  mild,  or  without  that  sus- 
picious and  cunning  air  so  remarkable  in  the 
common  brown  rat.  We  have  reason  to  think  that 
the  species  is  not  uncommon  in  Florida,  as  several 
individuals  were  seen  by  Mr.  Say,  in  an  old  mansion, 
but  he  was  unprovided  with  the  means  of  capturing 
them."  Specimens  are  preserved  in  the  Museum  of 
the  Zool.  Soc.  A  second  species  was  discovered  by 
Mr.  Drumraond  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  is 
described  by  Dr.  Richardson  under  the  title  of  N. 
Drummondii.  This  animal  "  makes  its  nest  in  the 
crevices  of  high  rocks,  and  seldom  appears  in  the 
daytime.  Its  food  most  probably  consists  of  herb- 
age of  various  kinds,  and  of  small  branches  of 
pine-trees,  because  there  is  generally  a  considerable 
store  of  those  substances  laid  up  in  the  vicinity  of 
its  residence.  It  is  very  destructive.  In  the  course 
of  a  single  night  the  fur  traders  who  have  encamped 
in  a  place  frequented  by  these  animals  have  sus- 
tained much  loss  by  their  packs  of  furs  beinsr  gnawed, 
the  blankets  cut  in  pieces,  and  many  small  articles 
carried  entirely  away.  Mr.  Drumniond  placed  a 
stout  pair  of  Enzlish  shoes  on  the  shelf  of  a  rock, 
and  ai  he  thought  in  perfect  security,  but  on  his 


return  after  an  absence  of  a  few  days  he  found  them 
gnawed  into  fragments  as  fine  as  saw-dust.  This 
species  is  nine  inches  in  the  length  of  the  head  and 
body,  its  tail  being  seven  and  a  half  inches.  It* 
general  colour  is  yellowish  brown  above,  and  white 
beneath:  the  fur  is  full  and  soft,  and  the  tail  i» 
bushy  and  densely  hairy,  instead  of  being  round, 
tapering,  .ind  thinly  covered  with  hair,  as  in  the 
Florida  rat.  (Specimen  in  Museum  of  Zool.  Soc.) 
With  respect  to  the  genus  Sigmodon.  the  dentition 
of  which  is  characterized  by  the  flexures  w  hich  the 
folds  of  enamel  on  the  molar  teeth  present,  one 
species  only  is  described,  viz.,  the  Rough-haired 
Sigmodon  (S.  hispidum).  This  animal  is  very 
numerous  in  the  deserted  plantations  lying  on  the 
river  St.  John  in  East  Florida,  particiilarlv  in  the 
gardens.  Its  burrows  are  seen  in  every  direction. 
Emigrants  to  that  section  of  the  country  will  find 
the  species  a  creat  pest  to  rural  economy.  General 
colour,  pale  dirty  ochre  mixed  with  black;  under 
surface,  ashy  grey.  Length  of  head  and  body,  six 
inches ;  of  the  fail,  four  inches.  (Specimen  in  Mu- 
seum of  Zool.  Soc.)  Closely  allied  1o  the  genua 
Neotoma  isa  species  termed  the  white-footed  mouse 
(Mus  leucopus),  found  in  California,  and  on  the 
borders  of  the  Columbia  river.  The  habits  of  thi» 
elegant  little  creature  are  well  described  by  Dr. 
Richardson,  who  observed  it  as  far  north  as  the 
Great  Bear  Lake.  "  The  gait  and  actions  of  thi» 
little  animal  are  so  much  like  those  of  the  Eiiclish 
domestic  mouse,  that  most  of  the  Europeans  resident 
at  Hudson's  Bay  have  considered  it  to  be  the  same 
species,  although  overlooking  the  obvious  differ- 
ences of  their  tails  and  other  peculiarities.  This 
American  mouse,  however,  has  a  habit  of  making 
hoards  of  grain  or  liltle  pieces  of  fat,  wliich  I 
believe  is  unknown  of  the  European  domestic 
mouse  ;  and  what  is  more  singular,  these  hoards  are 
not  formed  in  the  animals'  retreats,  but  generally  in 
a  shoe  left  at  the  bedside,  the  pocket  of  a  coat,  a 
nightcap,  a  bag  hung  against  the  wall,  or  some 
similar  place.  It  not  unfrequently  happened  that 
we  found  barley  which  had  been  brought  from  a 
distant  apartment,  and  introduced  into  a  drawer, 
through  so  small  a  chink,  that  it  was  impossible  for 
the  mouse  to  gain  access  to  its  store.  The  quantity 
laid  up  in  a  single  night,  neaily  equalling  the  bulk 
of  a  mouse,  renders  it  probable  that  several  indivi- 
duals unite  tlieir  efforts  to  form  it.  This  mouse 
does  considerable  mischief  in  gardens,  and  in  a  very 
few  nights  will  almost  destioya  plantation  of  maize,, 
by  tracing  the  rows  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  the 
seeds,  and  depositing  them  in  small  heaps  under 
the  loose  mould,  generally  by  the  side  of  a  stone  or 
piece  of  wood.  From  the  facility  with  which  it 
seenvs  to  transport  the  substances  it  preys  upon,  f 
suspected  that  it  had  cheek-pouches,  but  none  were 
found  on  examination.  The  ermine  is  a  most  in- 
veterate enemy  to  this  species,  and  pursues  it  evea 
into  the  sleeping  apartments  of  houses."  The  colour 
above  is  tine  dark  brown ;  the  under  part  and  feet 
are  white.     (Specimens  in  Museum  of  Zool.  Soc.) 

2J". — The  Loxg-tailed  Field-Mouse 

{Mus  sylvaticvs').  Eyes  full,  black,  and  bright  : — 
colour  above  reddish  brown,  beneath  whiiisii ;  eai* 
more  than  half  the  length  of  the  head;  tail  some- 
what shorter  than  the  head  and  body.  Length  of 
head  and  body  three  inches  eight  lines.  It  is  Le 
Mulot  ot  Buftbn. 

This  beautiful  but  mischievous  liltle  animal  is 
spread  over  the  whole  of  temperate  Europe.  It 
frequents  woods,  plantations,  parks,  orchards,  and 
gardens,  where  it  commits  creat  devastations.  In 
some  places  it  multiplies  in  hosts,  and  instances  are 
on  record  of  young  plantations  covering  acre* 
having  been  totally  destroyed  by  their  depredations. 
They  strip  the  bark  and  shoots  from  off  the  sapling 
trees,  and  root  up  the  newly-planted  acorns ;  nor 
are  they  less  injurious  in  wheat  fields.  Eacii  indi- 
vidual lays  up  in  its  hole  or  burrow  a  winter  store 
of  food,  consisting  of  grain,  acorns,  nuts,  peas,  &c. ;. 
and  hence  it  is  not  only  from  what  they  devour  at 
the  time,  but  also  from  what  they  carry  away  that 
they  cause  such  injuries.  In  the  kitchen-garden, 
as  we  can  personally  testify,  they  are  not  a  little 
annoying,  digging  up  peas  and  beans  when  newly 
sown  or  when  beginning  to  germinate.  One  of 
their  natural  enemies,  and  one  of  the  most  efficient 
asrents  in  their  destruction,  is  the  short-eared  owl 
(Otis  Ulula).  Latham  informs  us  that  in  certain 
districts  which  have  been  infested  with  these  mice, 
the  "owls  have  collected  in  large  troops,  and  at- 
tacked the  depredators  to  their  utter  extermina- 
tion." It  is  not  exclusively  to  vegetable  matters- 
thatthe<e  mice  confine  their  diet;  young  birds  be- 
come their  prey,  and  when  food  is  scarce  they  will 
attack  each  other,  the  younger  or  weaker  falling 
victims  to  the  more  poweiful. 

The  field-mouse,  thouch  extremely  timid,  is  easily 
tamed  and  rendered  familiar,  and  its  manneis  are 
very  ensrasing.  It  is  free  from  ihe  unpleasant 
odour  which  renders  the  common  mouse  a  nuiaance. 


Rats.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


03 


The  field-monse  breeds  twice  in  the  year,  pro- 
ducing from  six  to  ten  young  at  a  time.  It  is  easy 
therefore,  to  calculate  the  rapidity  of  its  multiplica- 
tion, and  to  account  for  the  sudden  appearance  of 
swarms  in  spots  where  few  had  been  previously  ob- 
served. Buffon  states  that  by  means  of  a  single 
trap  two  thousand  three  hundred  were  killed  in 
twenty-three  days  in  a  single  field  of  about  forty 
acres  in  extent.  In  some  parts  of  our  own  country 
their  numbers  have  been  incalculable  and  their  de- 
vastations frightful. 


258,  259. — The  Harvest-Mouse 

<iW«s  Messorius).  Of  all  our  British  mammalia  the 
harvest-mouse  is  the  smallest.  This  beautiful  little 
species  was  first  discovered  in  our  island  by  Gilbert 
White,  and  described  in  his  '  Natural  History  of 
Sel  borne.'  Yet  it  is  by  no  means  uncommon  in  the 
corn  counties,  and  especially  in  Hampshire,  though 
so  long  overlooked  by  British  naturalists.  It  is 
found  in  Wiltshire,  Gloucestershire,  Devonshire, 
and  Cambridgeshire,  and  occurs  in  France,  Ger- 
many, Russia,  and  Siberia.  It  is  the  Mulot  nain 
and  Hat  de  moissons  of  F.  Cuvier;  the  Mus  mi- 
iiutus  of  Pallas,  and  the  Mus  Pendulinus  of  Her- 
mann. 

The  harvest-mouse  is  a  lively,  active,  playful 
little  creature ;  its  eyes  are  dark :  its  general  colour 
above  is  delicate  reddish  fawn  ;  the  under  parts  are 
abruptly  white:  the  ears  are  short  and  rounded; 
the  tail  is  rather  shorter  than  the  body.  Length  of 
head  and  body  two  inches  six  lines. 

This  animal  lives  entirely  in  the  fields,  resort- 
ing in  the  winter  to  burrows  of  its  own  construc- 
tion, or  to  corn-ricks,  into  which  it  penetrates,  and 
there  finds  food  and  shelter.  The  asylum  in  which 
it  rears  its  young  is  an  artful  and  beautiful  nest 
of  a  spherical  figure,  consisting  of  the  split  leaves 
and  panicles  of  grasses  artificially  interwoven  to- 
gether, and  suspended  among  the  stalks  of  standing 
corn,  or  thistles,  or  other  plants,  to  which  it  is 
secured,  and  of  which  the  leaves  will  shroud  it  from 
notice. 

According  to  Dr.  Gloger,  the  entrance  to  the  nest 
is  rather  below  the  middle,  on  the  side  opoosite  to 
the  stems,  and  is  scarcely  observable  ;  the  parent 
closes  it  when  she  leaves  the  nest,  and  probably 
while  she  remains  herself  within.  The  inside  is 
warm,  smooth,  and  neatly  rounded.  One  nest  ex- 
amined by  Dr.  Gloger  contained  five  young,  another 
nine. 

It  would  appear  that  the  harvest-mouse  is  insect- 
ivorous as  well  as  granivorous,  and  this  fact  was 
first  noticed  by  the  Rev.  W.  Bingley,  who  obtained 
a  female,  which  after  its  capture  produced  eight 
young,  but  being  disturbed  by  a  conveyance  of 
several  miles,  she  killed  them,  as  the  rabbit  is  fre- 
•  luently  known  to  do.  "One  evening,"  he  observes, 
"  as  I  was  sitting  at  my  writing-desk,  and  the  ani- 
mal was  playing  about  in  the  open  part  of  its  cage, 
a  large  blue  fly  happened  to  buzz  against  the  wires ; 
the  little  creature,  although  at  twice  or  thrice  the 
distance  of  her  own  length  from  it,  sprang  along  the 
wires  with  the  greatest  agility,  and  would  certainly 
have  seized  it  had  the  space  between  the  wires 
been  sufiiciently  wide  to  have  admitted  her  teeth  or 
paws  to  reach  it.  I  was  surprised  at  this  occur- 
rence, as  I  had  been  led  to  believe  that  the  harvest, 
mouse  was  merely  a  granivorous  animal.  I  caught 
the  fly,  and  made  it  buzz  in  my  fingers  against  the 
wires.  The  mouse,  though  usually  shy  and  timid, 
immediately  came  out  of  her  hiding-place,  and  run- 
ning to  the  spot  seized  and  devoured  it.  From 
this  time  I  fed  her  with  insects  whenever  I  could 
get  them,  and  she  always  preferred  them  to  every 
other  kind  of  food  that  I  off'ered  her."  The  same 
writer  observed  that  the  tip  of  the  tail  possessed  a 
prehensile  power,  and  that  the  animal  used  it  while 
climbing  about  the  wires  of  its  cage.  We  have  seen 
the  harvest-mouse  in  captivity  tolerably  tame,  and 
reconciled  to  its  prison.  It' often  bits  erect,  and 
feeds  itself,  holding  grain  between  its  paws,  which 
it  also  uses  in  dressing  its  soft  fur.  It  drinks  by 
lapping  the  water  with  its  tongue,  and  sleeps  rolled 
up  into  a  ball. 

260.— The  Hamster 

(Cricelut  vulgaris).  Fortunately  for  England,  the 
hamster  is  not  indigenous  within  the  precincts  of  the 
island.  It  inhabits  the  whole  tract  of  countries  ex- 
tending between  the  Rhine  and  the  Ural  mountains, 
and  between  the  German  Sea  and  Baltic  to  the 
north  and  the  Danube  to  the  south,  wherever  it 
finds  a  congenial  soil.  It  is  very  common  in  Thu- 
ringia.  Its  proper  soil  is  a  deep  alluvial  mould 
with  a  substratum  of  clay ;  in  diy,  strong-soiled, 
or  stony  districts,  it  is  not  often  found.  The 
teeth  of  the  hamster  closely  resemble  those  of  the 
rat.  (Fig.  201.)  The  tail  is  short  and  hairy. 
There  are  large  cheek-pouches,  as  in  some  of  the 
monkeys,  in  the  form  of  sacks,  which  serve  for 
carrying  home  food:  they  extend  from  the  in-^ide 
of  the  cheeks  beneath  the  skin,  along  the  sides  of 


the  neck,  even  over  the  shoulders.  The  general 
figure  is  thick  :  the  limbs  are  short ;  there  are  four 
toes  and  a  small  thumb  on  the  anterior  feet ;  five 
toes  on  the  hind  feet ;  the  head  is  large,  the  muzzle 
abruptly  pointed,  the  ears  rounded.  The  general 
colour  is  as  follows:  head  and  upper  parts  reddish 
grey,  verging  to  yellow  on  the  face  ;  under  parts 
black,  with  the  exception  of  the  throat  and  feet, 
which  are  white.  Three  large  distinct  spots  of 
white  are  also  disposed  on  each  side,  one  on  the 
cheeks,  one  on  the  shoulder,  and  one  on  the  ribs. 
Black  varieties  are  not  unfrequent  ;  in  these  the 
nose  and  feet  are  white.  There  are  two  oblong 
spaces  on  the  skin,  situated  one  on  each  side  of  the 
spine,  at  a  short  distance  in  front  of  the  thighs, 
which,  instead  of  having  the  usual  fur,  are  covered 
witli  short,  brown,  stiff  hairs.  These  patches,  which 
are  about  an  inch  long,  are  not  always  directly  per- 
ceptible, being  obscured  by  the  surrounding  long 
fur,  which  must  be  blown  aside  to  show  them. 
The  adult  male  measures  from  nine  to  twelve  inches, 
exclusive  of  the  tail,  which  is  about  three  inches 
Jong.  The  weight  is  sometimes  more  tlian  a  pound. 
The  female  is  smaller  by  one-fourth. 

The  hamster  is  nocturnal  in  its  habits:    during 
the  day  it  lies  rolled  up  in  its  burrow  :  at  night  it 
issues  forth  to  ramble  in  quest  of  food ;  after  mid- 
night it  returns  to  its  burrow  and  rests  till  about  an 
hour  before  sunrise,  when  it  takes  a  second  ramble 
till  the  morning  fairly  dawns.     Its  movements  are 
slow  and  creeping:  it  often  utters  short  growling 
tones,  but  when  irritated  its  voice  is  a  shrill  yelling 
cry.     In  collecting  food,  as  beans,  peas,  wheat,  &c., 
it  uses  its  paws  to  press  the  grain  backwards  to  the 
bottom  of  the  pouches,  in  order  to  make  room  for 
the  entrance  of  more.     When  these  are  well  filled, 
it  returns  to  its  burrow  to  unload  them,  in  which 
act  it  again  uses  its  paws.     In  summer  it   feeds 
upon  green  fodder  and  the  leaves  of  many  plants; 
hut  the  hamster  is  also  carnivorous,  attacking  and 
devouring  rats,  mice,  birds,  lizards,  insects  and  their 
larvEB,  and  the  weaker  of  their  own  species.      Even 
the  two  sexes  live  in  harmony  only  during  the  few 
days  of  each  breeding  season.     The  hamster  fights 
obstinately,  and   will  jump  with   equal  fury  at  a 
waggon-wheel  or  at  a  horse  if  he  tread  near  it ;  and 
when  two  rival  males  meet,  they  engage  in  a  despe- 
rate conflict  till  one  retreats  or  perishes.     In  these 
paroxysms  of  fury  the  cheek-pouches  become  dis- 
tended with  air,  the  animal  at  the  same  time  blow- 
ing and  uttering  at  intervals  its  shrill  cry. 

In  the  construction  of  its  burrows  the  hamster 
displays  great  ingenuity.  They  are  in  some  re- 
spects modified  according  to  age,  sex,  and  soil ;  lor 
each  individual  has  its  own  exclusive  burrow.  Each 
burrow  has  at  least  two  openings;  one  descends 
obliquely,  the  other  perpendicularly.  The  former 
is  termed  the  "  creeping-hole,"  and  l  his  is  excavated 
from  without,  —  but  the  perpendicular  passage, 
termed  the  "  plunging-hole,"  is  worked  out  from 
one  of  the  chambers,  that  is,  from  within  the  sub- 
terranean domicile,  and  is  often  four  feet  deep. 
The  distance  of  these  two  holes  from  each  other 
varies  from  four  to  ten  feet,  and  between  the  ter- 
mination of  these  two  passages  are  the  chambers. 
The  creeping-hole  is  not  in  such  constant  use  as 
the  other,  and  in  an  inhabited  burrow  it  is  regu- 
larly found  stopped  with  earth  at  the  distance  of 
about  a  foot  liom  the  mouth.  The  chambei's  are 
more  or  less  oval,  and  of  large  size ;  that  nearest 
the  creeping-hole  is  the  smallest,  and  is  well  lined 
with  a  bed  of  soft  fine  straw  :  it  has  three  openings, 
one  into  the  creeping-passage,  one  into  the  plung- 
ing-passage, and  one  communicating  with  the  store- 
chambers,  of  which  there  are  several,  at  least  in  the 
burrows  of  the  old  male.  Each  chamber  is  filled  in 
the  autumn  with  provisions,  and  sixty-five  pounds  of 
corn  or  a  hundredweight  of  horse-beans  have  been 
found  in  the  magazines  of  a  single  hamster.  The 
burrow  of  a  female  has  from  three  or  four  to  eight 
plunging-holes,  all  terminating  in  her  nest-chamber. 
Here  she  produces  her  litter,  from  six  to  eighteen  in 
number.  The  young  are  born  blind  and  naked,  but 
in  eight  or  nine  days  their  eyes  are  opened ;  they 
grow  rapidly,  and  in  about  a  fortnight  begin  to  dig 
small  burrows,  each  making  its  own.  The  female 
has  several  litters  in  the  course  of  a  year.  About 
the  middle  of  October  the  hamster  retires  for  good  to 
its  retreat,  stopping  up  first  the  creeping-holes,  then 
the  plunging-holes; — after  this  the  animal  keeps 
awake  (though  underground)  for  about  two  months, 
living  on  its  store  and  becoming  very  fat.  When 
the  cold  of  winter  has  fairly  set  in  and  reached  it, 
it  sinks  into  a  complete  state  of  torpor,  which  con- 
tinues till  the  middle  of  February.  About  the 
middle  of  March  it  begins  to  open  its  passage,  and 
re-visits  the  fields  ;  it  now  abandons  its  old  burrow, 
and  begins  to  form  a  fresh  one.  The  flesh  of  the 
hamster  is  said  to  be  very  good  ;  the  fur  is  also  es- 
teemed, and  the  hamster-hunter,  who  trades  in  the 
skins,  usually  opens  the  burrows  after  the  corn  has 
been  reaped,  for  the  sake  of  obtaining  the  grain 
which  the  hamster  has  accumulated. 


2C2.— The  Caffre  Broad-eared  Hat 
(Eiiryotis  unisiilcnhis.)  This  species  of  rat  ig  a 
native  of  South  Africa,  whence  it  was  brought  by 
M.  Delalande.  It  forms  the  type  of  the  genus 
Euryotis  of  Brands,  to  which  title  that  of  Otomys, 
proposed  by  F.  Cuvier,  must  give  place.  Dr.  A.' 
Smith  has  appropriated  the  term  Otomys  to  another 
group  of  Rodents.  In  its  dentition  (Fig.  203)  this 
animal  closely  approximates  to  the  true  rats,  as 
also  in  general  form  and  structure :  the  eyes  are 
large  ;  the  ears  are  ample  and  broad,  and  furnished 
with  an  internal  projecting  membrane,  which  when 
its  edges  are  approximated  entirely  shuts  the  en- 
trance of  the  auditory  opening.  Ihe  fur  is  thick 
and  sort,  and  the  general  tone  of  colouring  is  a 
clouded  yellow  tint,  becoming  yellowish  white  on 
the  under  parts.  Length  of  head  and  body  about 
I  six  and  a  half  inches;  of  tail,  nearly  three  inches. 
Of  the  habits  and  raannere  of  this  animal  we  iiavij 
no  definite  information. 

204.— The  IIydromys 

(Hi/dromi/s  leucoyasta-  and  cimjsoijnatcr).     Though 
we  refer  the  genus  Hydromys  to  the  Muiida;,  it 
differs  in  dentition  from  the  other  member,  of  that 
family.     There  are  only  two  molars  on  each  side 
above  and  below  ;  the  first  above  is  three  times  the 
size  of  the  second,  and  is  composed  of  three  irregular 
portions,  each  portion  being  depressed  in  its  centre, 
which  is  surrounded  by  a  ridge  of  enamel ;    the 
second  molar  is  composed  of  two  unequal  parts: 
the  first  molar  below  is  twice  the  size  of  the  second, 
and  both  are  composed  of  two  parts.    (See  Fig.  265.) 
The    Hydromys  is'  an  aquatic    animal,   and  well 
adapted  for  swimming:  the  head  is  flat;  the  body 
otter-like,  elongated,  and  covered  with  close  glossy 
fur:   on  the  lore  feet  there  are  four  toes  and  the 
rudiment  of  a  thumb ;   on  the  hind  feet  there  are 
five  toes  united  by  webs.     The  tail  is  long  and 
cylindrical,  covered  with  close  stift"  hairs;  the  ears 
are  short  and  rounded  ;  the  upper  surface  is  brown, 
the  extremity  of  the  tail  for  about  a  third  of  its 
length  white  ;  the  under  surface  varies  from  white 
to  a  fine  deep  orange-yellow.     Some  writers  have 
regarded  these  varieties  as   distinct  species; — we 
have  seen  specimens  with  the  colour  of  the  under 
surface  in  intermediate  stages  between  white  and 
yellow.     Length  of  head  and  body,  about  twelve 
inches;  that  of  the  tail  nearly  as  much.     The  Hy- 
dromys is  a  native   of  Van'Diemen's  Land,   and 
various  small  islands  in  D'Entrecasteanx  Channel ; 
but  of  its  habits  we  have  no  detailed  accounts. 

The  family  Arvicolidse. — In  this  family  are  com- 
prehended the  Water-rat,  the  Lemming,  and  other 
Rodents,  termed  Campagnols,  Voles,  &c.,  distin- 
guished from  the  Muriclie  by  having  rootless  molars, 
by  having  the  angle  of  the  lower  jaw  raised,  and 
by  certain  peculiarities  in  the  structure  of  the  cra- 
nium. 

266. — The  Economist  Mouse 

In  the  genus  Arvicola  the 


(^Arvicola  aconomus). 

3—3 
molars  are  q — r,  composite  with  flat  crowns,  pre- 
senting angular  enamelled  laminae  (Fig.  267).    The 
■ears   are    moderate,  the    muzzle  obtuse,  the   tail 
shorter  than  the  body,  and  hairy.     The  Economist 
mouse  is  a  native  of  the  northern  sweep  of  Siberia 
and  Kamptschatka.    It  would  appear  that  the  same 
or  a  closely  allied  species  inhabits  Iceland.     It  is 
a  burrowing  animal,  and   constructs   beneath   the 
turf  narrow  galleries  which  lead  to  a  chamber,  in 
the  form  of  an  oven,  communicating  with  another 
used  as  a  magazine,  in  which  it  stores  up  food  for 
winter  consumption.    This  consists  of  bulbous  roots, 
and  various  grains  and  berries ;  and  the  quantity 
of  provision  amassed  is  often  very  considerable. 
These  animals  breed  several  times  in  the  year,  pro- 
ducing three  or  four  at  a  birth.     Like  the  lemming, 
from  some  unknown  cause,  these  mice,  at  irregular 
periods,  but  always  in  the  spring,  perform  extensive 
migrations.     Multitudes  assemble  together,  forming 
an  army  myriads  strong.     In  Kamptschatka  their 
progress  is  westward  ;  neither  rivers,  nor  lakes,  nor 
even  arms  of  the  sea  stop  them :  thousands  are 
drowned  or  destroyed  by  birds  and  beasts  of  prey, — 
but  onwards  the   army  marches, — pursuing  their 
course,  until  they  have  crossed  the  river  Penshim, 
when  they  bend  their  way  towards  Judoma,  and 
Ochot,  which  they  usually  reach  about  July :  they 
return  to  Kamptschatka  in  October,  but  sadly  re- 
duced in  numbers  by  the  accidents  of  flood  and 
field.     According  to  Dr.  Henderson,  the  Economist 
mouse  of  Iceland  displays  great  sagacity  in  con- 
veying home  and  stocking  its  provisions ;  and  he 
corroborates    the    account    of   MM.   Olafsen   and 
Povelson  respecting  their  mode  of  conveying  them 
across  such  streams  as  they  may  meet  with  in  their 
foraging  expeditions.     "The  party,  which  consists 
of  from  six  to  ten,  select  a  fiat  piece  of  dried  cow- 
dung,  on  which  they  place  the  berries  in  a  heap  in 
the  middle;  then  by  their  united  force  they  bring 
it  to  the  water's  edge,  and,  after  launching  it,  em- 


— >. 


263.— Te«th  of  Calfte  Dro»d-e»red  Rat. 


861.— Teeth  of  Hamster. 


2i9.— Ilineit  Mgu«e. 


•j4.— Hvi  r  ni>«. 


S67.*Tec'th  of  Economist  Mouse. 


IP  8.— WVet-IUl. 


262  — Coffre  Hroad-eareil  Rat. 


64 


S74.~Cainda  Sand-BaL 


272.— Mole  Kat. 


270.— IJeriV'T. 


269  — Ik'avers. 


271.— Miuqnwh 


a-;.*.- Melt-Rat. 


No.   9. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


65 


66 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Rats. 


bark  and  place  themaelves  round  the  heap  with 
their  heads  joined  over  it,  and  their  baclis  to  the 
water,  their  tails  pendent  in  the  stream  serving  the 
purpose  of  rudders."  (Fig.  266.)  The  truth  of  this 
fact  he  says  was  confirmed  by  the  testimony  of  two 
credible  witnesses,  the  clergyman  of  Briamsloek, 
and  Madame  Benedictson,  of  Stickesholm.  He 
further  states  that  they  make  a  drainas;e  from  their 
burrow,  leading  into  a  deep  hole,  intended  for  the 
reception  of  the  water. 

268.— Thb  Watee-Rat 
^Arvicola  amphibia).  Rat  d'eau,  Buff.  The  water- 
rat  is  by  many  regarded  as  a  variety  of  that  de- 
structive animal  the  common  rat,  which,  as  is  well 
known,  often  takes  up  its  quarters  in  drains  and 
ditches,  and  the  banks  of  canals,  especially  near 
houses,  farms,  stables,  &c.,  making  deep  burrows 
in  which  to  rear  its  young.  From  this  pest  the 
water-rat  is  totally  distinct.  It  frequents  the  borders 
of  large  ponds,  reservoirs,  streams,  and  rivers,  dwell- 
ing in  burrows  of  considerable  extent  to  which 
there  are  generally  two  or  more  outlets.  The  main 
outlet  is  in  most  instances  close  to  the  water's  edge, 
«o  that  during  floods  it  is  not  unfrequently  below 
the  surface,  but  the  gallery,  sloping  upwards  as  it 
proceeds  in  the  bank,  terminates  in  a  chamber 
which  the  water  does  not  reach.  Here,  in  a  snug 
bed  of  dried  grass  and  vegetable  fibres,  the  female 
rears  her  young.  Nocturnal  or  crepuscular  in  its 
habits,  it  is  chiefly  as  the  dusk  of  evening  steals  on 
that  the  water-rat  emerges  from  its  retreat,  but  it 
seldom  ventures  far  from  the  margin  of  the  pond 
■or  river,  into  which  when  alarmed  it  immediately 
plunges,  and  swims  under  the  cover  of  overhanging 
roots  and  herbage  to  its  burrow.  Though  not  web- 
footed,  it  is  at  home  in  the  water,  and  dives  with 
great  ease.  There  are  few  persons  who  have  not 
noticed  its  waymarks  on  the  surface  of  stagnant 
ponds,  or  ditches  mantled  over  with  a  thick  crop 
of  chickweed.  These  tracts  are  made  during  the 
night,  the  season  in  which  it  wanders  in  search  of 
food  or  its  fellows.  The  roots  of  aquatic  plants, 
especially  the  typha,  the  stems  of  equisetum,  buds 
knd  bark,  &c.,  constitute  the  diet  of  this  species : 
it  has  been  affirmed  that  it  feeds  also  upon  insects, 
small  fishes,  frogs.  Sec,  but  for  this  assertion  there 
is  not  the  slightest  foundation.  It  would  appear 
that  the  water-rat  hybernates  during  some  portion 
of  the  winter,  and  also  lays  up  a  store  of  food.  Mr. 
White  says,  "  As  a  neighbour  was  lately  ploughing 
in  a  dry  chalky  field,  far  removed  from  any  water. 
Tie  turned  out  a  water-rat  that  was  curiously  laid  up 
in  an  hybernaculum  artificially  formed  of  grass  and 
leaves.  At  one  end  of  the  burrow  lay  above  a 
gallon  of  potatoes  regularly  stowed,  on  which  it 
Avas  to  have  supported  itself  for  the  winter."  It 
must  be  acknowledged  that  there  are  some  points 
in  the  history  of  this  species  to  be  cleared  up.  In 
size  this  animal  equals  the  common  brown  rat,  but 
the  head  is  thicker  and  more  obtuse,  the  muzzle 
being  blunt  and  short;  the  ears  are  scarcely  appa- 
rent, being  buried  in  the  fur ;  the  eyes  are  small 
and  black ;  the  tail  is  little  more  than  half  the 
length  of  the  body,  and  thinly  covered  with  short 
hairs.  The  fur  is  thick  and  close  ;  its  colour  on  the 
Tipper  parts  is  dark  reddish  brown,  mixed  with  grey ; 
on  the  under  surface  brownish  white :  a  black 
variety  sometimes  occurs.  The  species  is  spread 
over  most  parts  of  Europe. 

269,  270.— The  Beaver 
{Castor  Fiber).  The  Beaver  is  not  exclusively  con- 
fined to  the  northern  portions  of  the  American 
continent.  Herman  (see '  Journey  round  the  Earth,' 
&c.)  informs  us  that  it  "  abounds  in  the  Obi,  and  is 
taken,  not  for  the  sake  of  its  fur,  but  for  its  musk, 
which  bears  a  very  high  price."  It  is  common 
along  the  Euphrates,  and  a  skin  sent  home  by  Col. 
Chesney  is  in  the  possession  of  the  Zool.  Soc. 
Lond.  The  beaver  occurs  also  along  some  of  the 
larger  rivers  of  Europe,  as  the  Rhdne,  the  Danube, 
the  Weser,  and  the  Nuthe,  near  its  confluence  with 
the  Elbe.  It  was  formerly  an  inhabitant  of  our 
own  island,  and  Giraldus  Cambrensis  gives  us  a 
short  account  of  their  manners  in  Wales ;  but  in  his 
time  (1188)  they  were  only  found  in  the  river  Teify. 
By  the  laws  of  Hoel-dda,  the  price  of  a  beaver's 
skin  was  fixed  at  120  pence,  a  great  sum  in  those 
days.  Whether  the  European,  Asiatic,  and  Ame- 
rican beavers  are  specifically  identical  or  not,  yet 
remains  to  be  determined.  Certain  it  is  that  the 
European  beaver,  as  proved  by  the  little  colony  in 
the  Nuthe,  displays  the  same  manners  and  building 
propensities  as  its  Transatlantic  brethren ;  and  per 
contra,  the  thirty  scattered  beavers  near  the  settle- 
ments in  America  are  solitary  animals,  dwelling  in 
burrows  like  the  scattered  few  along  the  RhOiie, 
though  it  must  be  observed  that  one  from  the  latter 
river  in  captivity  exhibited  as  marked  a  construc- 
tive disposition  as  any  American  beaver  under  the 
same  restrictions.  The  mode  of  building  as  con- 
ducted by  the  beaver  of  America  is  described  by 
Hearne  with  great  clearness  and  the  absence  of  the 


ordinary  exaggeration.  The  situation  chosen  is 
various:  where  the  beavers  are  numerous,  they 
tenant  lakes,  rivers,  and  creeks,  esjiecially  the  two 
latter,  for  the  sake  of  the  current,  of  wnich  they 
avail  themselves  in  the  transportation  of  the  ma- 
terials. They  also  choose  such  parts  as  have  a 
depth  of  water  beyond  the  freezing-power  to  con- 
geal at  the  bottom.  In  small  rivers  or  creeks  in 
which  the  water  is  liable  to  be  drained  off  when 
the  back-supplies  are  dried  up  by  the  frost,  they 
are  led  by  instinct  to  make  a  dam  quite  across 
the  river,  at  a  convenient  distance  from  their  houses, 
thus  artificially  procuring  a  deep  body  of  water  in 
which  to  build.  The  dam  varies  in  shape :  where  the 
current  is  gentle,  it  is  carried  out  straight ;  but  where 
rapid  it  is  bowed,  presenting  a  convexity  to  the 
current.  The  materials  used  are  drift-wood,  green 
willows,  birch,  and  poplars,  if  they  can  be  got,  and 
also  mud  and  stones ;  the.se  are  intermixed  without 
order,  the  only  aim  being  to  carry  out  the  work 
with  a  regular  sweep,  and  to  make  the  whole  of 
equal  strength.  Old  dams  by  frequent  repairing 
become  a  solid  bank,  capable  of  resisting  a  great 
force  of  water  and  ice,  and  as  the  willows,  poplars, 
and  birches  take  root  and  shoot  up,  they  form  by 
degrees  a  sort  of  thick  hedge-row,  often  of  consider- 
able height.  Of  the  same  materials  the  houses 
themselves  are  built,  and  in  size  proportionate  to 
the  number  of  their  respective  inhabitants,  which 
seldom  exceeds  four  old  and  six  or  eight  young 
ones.  The  houses,  however,  are  ruder  in  structure 
than  the  dam ;  the  only  aim  being  to  have  a  dry 
place  to  lie  upon,  and  perhaps  feed  in.  When  the 
houses  are  large,  it  often  happens  that  they  are  di- 
vided by  partitions  into  two  or  three  or  even  more 
compartments,  which  have,  in  general,  no  commu- 
nication, except  by  water;  such  may  be  called 
double  or  treble  houses,  rather  than  houses  divided. 
Each  compartment  is  inhabited  by  its  own  pos. 
sessors,  who  know  their  own  door,  and  have  no  con- 
nexion with  their  neighbours,  more  than  a  friendly 
intercourse,  and  joining  with  them  in  the  necessary 
labour  of  building.  So  far  are  the  beavers  from 
driving  stakes,  as  some  have  said,  into  the  ground 
when  building,  that  they  lay  most  of  the  wood 
crosswise,  and  nearly  horizontal,  without  any  order 
than  that  of  leaving  a  cavity  in  the  middle  ;  and 
when  any  unnecessary  branches  project  inward, 
they  cut  them  oft'  with  their  chisel-like  teeth,  and 
throw  them  in  among  the  rest  to  prevent  the  mud 
from  falling  in.  Wiih  this  wood  is  mixed  mud 
and  stones,  and  the  whole  compacted  together. 
The  bank  affords  them  the  mud,  or  the  bottom  of 
the  creek,  and  they  carry  it,  as  well  as  the  stones, 
under  their  throat  by  the  aid  of  their  foie-pavvs ; 
the  wood  they  drag  along  with  their  teeth.  They 
always  work  in  the  night,  and  have  been  known 
during  the  course  of  a  single  night  to  have  accu- 
mulated as  much  mud  as  amounted  to  some  thou- 
sands of  their  little  handfuls.  Every  fall  they  cover 
the  outside  of  their  houses  with  fresh  mud,  and  as 
late  in  the  autumn  as  possible,  even  when  the  frost 
has  set  in,  as  by  this  means  it  soon  becomes  frozen 
as  hard  as  stone,  and  prevents  their  most  formid- 
able enemy,  the  wolverene  or  glutton,  from  dis- 
turbing them  during  the  winter.  In  laying  on  this 
coat  of  mud  they  do  not  use  their  broad  flat  tails, 
as  has  been  asserted,  a  mistake  which  has  arisen 
from  their  habit  of  giving  a  flap  with  the  tail  when 
plunging  from  the  outside  of  the  house  into  the 
water,  and  when  they  are  startled,  as  well  as  at 
other  times.  The  houses  when  complete  have  a 
dome-like  figure,  with  walls  several  feet  thick,  and 
emerging  from  four  to  six  feet  above  the  water. 
The  only  entrance  is  deep  under  water,  below  a 
projection  called  the  "  angle"  by  the  hunters,  and 
beyond  the  reach  of  the  frost :  near  this,  also  under 
water,  is  laid  up  their  winter  store,  a  mass  of 
branches  of  willows  and  other  trees,  on  the  bark  of 
which  they  feed.  These  they  stack  up,  sinking 
each  layer  by  means  of  mud  and  stones,  and  often 
accumulate  more  than  a  cartload  of  materials.  Be- 
sides ihese  winter-houses,  in  which  they  are  shut 
up  during  the  severities  of  the  season,  they  have 
always  a  number  of  holes  in  the  banks  which  serve 
them  as  places  of  retreat  when  any  injury  is  offered 
to  their  houses,  and  in  these  they  are  generally  taken. 
The  entrance  to  these  holes  is  deep  below  the 
water,  which  fills  a  great  part  of  the  vault  itself. 
When  the  hunter  forces  the  houses  of  the  beaver 
in  winter  (the  hunting  season),  the  animals  swim 
beneath  the  ice  to  these  retreats,  the  entrances  of 
which  are  discovered  by  striking  the  ice  along 
the  banks  with  an  iron  ice-chisel,  the  sound  indi- 
cating to  practised  ears  the  exact  spot :  they  cut  a 
hole  in  the  house  and  surprise  their  booty.  During 
the  summer  the  beavers  roam  about  at  pleasure, 
and  it  is  during  this  season  that  they  fell  tne  wood 
necessary  for  repairing  their  houses  and  dams,  or 
for  building  others,  commencing  the  latter  about 
the  end  of  August.  Such  is  the  strength  and  sharp- 
ness ot  their  teeth  that  they  will  lop  off  a  branch 
as  thick  as  a  walking-stick  at  a  single  effort,  and 


as  cleanly  as  if  cut  with  a  pruning  knife.  Large 
steins  they  gnaw  all  round,  taking  care  that  their 
fall  shall  be  towards  or  into  the  water.  They 
rapidly  fell  a  tree,  the  shaft  of  which  is  as  thick  or 
thicker  than  a  man's  thigh,  or  from  six  to  ten 
inches  in  diameter ;  and  places  of  more  than  three 
acres  in  front  of  the  river  and  one  in  depth  have 
been  seen  with  the  timber  all  felled  by  these  ani- 
mals, though  ftiany  of  the  trees  were  as  thick  as  a 
man's  body.  The  beaver  does  not  attain  its  full 
growth  before  three  years,  but  it  breeds  before  that 
time.  It  produces  from  two  to  six  at  a  birth.  The 
flesh  of  this  animal  is  esteemed  by  the  Canadian 
hunters,  and  by  the  natives,  as  a  great  delicacy,  and 
we  need  not  say  how  valuable  its  fur  is  as  an  article 
of  commerce.  It  is  from  certain  gandular  sues  in 
the  beaver  that  the  substance  called  castor,  or  cas- 
toreum,  used  in  medicine,  is  obtained,  and  which 
(procured  from  the  European  variety)  was  well 
known  to  the  ancients. 

In  captivity  the  beaver  soon  becomes  familiar 
and  sociable,  and,  if  permitted,  will  even  in  a  room 
exercise  itself  in  attempts  to  build,  using  brushes, 
baskets,  boots,  sticks,  and  in  short  anything  it  can 
get  hold  of  for  the  purpose. 

The  fine  fur  of  the  beaver  varies  from  glossy 
brown  to  black  ;  the  tail,  or  caudle  paddle,  used  as  a 
rudder  in  diving  or  in  ascending,  i$  flat,  scaled,  and 
oarlike.  The  length  of  the  head  and  body  of  a 
full-grown  animal  is  about  forty  inches ;  of  the 
caudle  paddle,  one  foot.  The  feet  are  all  five-toed ; 
those  of  the  hind-feet  are  united  by  a  broad  pal- 
mated  expansion  ;  the  nails  are  strong,  and  Ihat  of 
tiie  second  toe  of  the  hind-feet  consists  of  two  por- 
tions. On  land  the  gait  of  the  beaver  is  awkward 
and  shuffling,  owing  in  part  to  the  outward  tour- 
nure  of  the  hind-feet,  which  fits  them  for  aquatic 
progression,  and  in  part  to  the  thii;k  and  clumsy 
configuration  of  the  body.  The  genus  Castor  is 
somewhat  isolated,  and  may  be  regarded  as  the  type 
of  a  subfamily. 

271. — The  Musquash 

( Ondatra  Zibethica).  Fiber  Zibethicus,  Sabine  ; 
Musk-rat,  Godman  ;  Ondathraof  theHurons;  Mus- 
quash, Watsuss,  or  Wachusk,  and  also  Peesquaw  - 
Tupeyew  ('the  animal  that  sits  on  the  ice  in  a  rouix. 
form  ')  of  the  Cree  Indians.  The  dentition  of  ti 
animal  (Fig.  271*)  presents  a  close  affinity  to  that  i 
the  water-rat  and  other  species  of  Arvicola,  as 

Q g 

Fig.  267.    Molars,  -— . 

The  musquash  is  a  native  of  North  America,  ai 
in  its  general  form  it  resembles  the  common  wat. 
rat,  size  excepted.  In  the  length  of  the  head  t. 
body  it  measures  about  fourteen  inches,  that  of  ' 
tail  being  eight  or  nine.  The  fur,  which  is  mi 
like  that  of  the  beaver,  is  dark  umber  brown  pi 
ing  into  brownish  yellow  on  the  under  pails:  i,' 
and  even  white  varieties  are  sometimes  seen,  j 
hind  feet  are  not  webbed ;  the  tail  is  comprest 
laterally,  broadest  in  the  middle  and  covered  v 
a  thin  sleek  coat  of  short  hairs;  lunger  hairs  i 
along  the  acute  margins. 

The  range  of  this  animal  is  from  lat.  30°  as  hii 
north  as  69°.    Small  grassy  lakes,  or  swamps,  or  i 
grassy  borders  of  slow  streams,  are   its   lavom 
haunts.    Vegetable  matters  are  its  principal  ton 
as  roots,  tender  shoots,  the  leaves  of  various  caiic 
&c. ;  to  which  it  adds  fresh-water  muscles  (Uni. 
The  musquash  swims  and  dives  well,  plunging  in 
the  water  on  the  least  alarm,  and  diving  instani 
neously  on  perceiving  the  flash  of  a  gun.     Thisai. 
mal  builds  winter  habitations,  but   far  less  sol. 
and  durable  than  those  of  the  beaver.     These  hab 
tations  are  thus  described  by  Dr.  Richard.son : — "  1 
the  autumn,  before  the  shallow  lakes  and  swam] 
freeze  over,  the  musquash  builds  its  house  of  mui 
giving  it  a  conical  form,  and  asufficient  base  to  rai> 
the  chamber  above  the  water.    The  chosen  spot  i 
generally  amongst  long  grass,  which  is  incoiporatu 
with  the  walls  of  the  house  from  the  mud  being  di 
posited  amongst  it,  but  the  animal  does  not  appcii 
to  make  any  kind  of  composition  or  mortar  by  ten 
pering  the  mud  and  grass  together.     There  is,  how 
ever,  a  dry  bed  of  grass  deposited  in  the  charobti 
The  entrance  is  under  water.     When  ice  forms  ovi 
the  surface  of  the  swamp,  the  musquash   makt 
breathing-holes  through  it,  and  protects  them  frun 
the  frost  by  a  covering  of  mud.     In  severe  wintei? 
however,  these  holes  freeze  up  in  spite  of  their  ci 
verings,  and  many  of  the  animals  die.    It  is  to  b 
remarked  that  the  small  grassy  lakes  selected  h 
the  musquash  for  its  residence  are  never  so  firm, 
frozen  nor  covered  with  such  thick  ice  as  deeper  ai 
clearer  water.     The  Indians  kill  these  animals  I 
spearing  them  through  the  walls  of  their  house: 
making  their  approach  with  great  caution,  for  tl 
musquashes  take  to  the  water  when  alarmed  b\ 
sound  on  the  ice.     An  experienced  hunter  isso  wi 
acquainted  with  the  direction  of  the  chamlier  ai 
the  position  in  which  its  inmates  lie,  that  he  en 
transfix  four  or  five  at  a  time.    As  soon  as,  froi. 


Rats.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


G7 


the  motion  of  the  spear,  it  is  evident  that  the  animal 
is  struck,  the  house  is  broken  down,  and  it  is  taken 
out.  The  principal  seasons  for  taking  the  musquash 
are  the  autumn  before  the  snow  falls,  and  the  spring;, 
after  it  has  disappeared,  but  while  the  ice  is  still 
entire.  In  the  winter  time  the  depth  of  snow  pre- 
vents the  houses  and  breathing-holes  from  being 
seen.  One  of  the  first  operations  of  the  hunter  is 
to  stop  all  the  holes  with  the  exception  of  one,  at 
which  he  stations  himself  to  spear  the  animals  that 
have  escaped  being  struck  in  their  houses  and  come 
hither  to  breathe.  In  the  summer  the  musquash 
burrows  in  the  banks  of  the  lakes,  making  branched 
canals  many  yards  in  extent,  and  forming  its  nest 
in  a  chamber  at  the  extremity,  in  which  the  young 
are  brought  forth.  When  its  house  is  attacked  in 
the  autumn,  it  retreats  to  these  passages,  but  in  the 
spring  they  are  frozen  up.  The  musquash  may  be 
frequently  seen  on  the  shores  of  small  muddy 
islands,  sitting  in  a  rounded  form,  and  not  easily  to 
be  distinguished  from  a  piece  of  earth,  until,  on  the 
approach  of  danger,  it  suddenly  plunges  into  the 
water.  In  the  act  of  diving,  when  surprised,  it 
gives  a  smart  blow  to  the  water  with  its  tail.  Its 
flesh  is  eaten  by  the  natives,  though  it  has  a  strong 
musky  flavour.  The  fur  is  used  for  hat-making, 
and  between  four  and  five  hundred  thousand  skins 
are  annually  imported  into  Great  Britain.  The  mus- 
quash breeds  three  times  in  the  year,  producing  from 
three  to  seven  at  a  birth. 

272,  273.— The  Mole-Rat 

(Aspalomi/s  typhlus,  Laxmann).  Spalax  typhlus, 
Guldenst. ;  Aspalax  typhlus,  Desm.  ;  Zemni,  Rzac- 
zinski ;  Slepez,  Gmelin ;  Podolian  Marmot,  Pennant. 

This  strange  animal  (which  forms  the  type  of 
a  distinct  family)  is  expressly  organized  as  a  miner. 
The  body  is  mole-shaped  and  covered  with  close 
fur,  the  limbs  are  short  and  thick,  with  strong  short 
claws.  The  head  is  broad  and  flat,  with  a  lateral 
margin  or  ridge  running  from  the  great  naked  nose 
to  the  ears,  and  indicated  by  a  line  of  white  stiff 
hairs.  Breadth  of  head  across,  2|  inches ;  length 
the  same.  Total  length  eleven  inches.  Tail 
wanting.  Teeth  white :  general  colour  pale  sandy 
ash-grey ;  the  hairs  pale  lead  colour  at  the  base. 
The  specimen  from  which  these  notes  were  made 
(in  the  Paris  Museum)  was  brought  from  Russia 
("  le  pays  des  Cosaques  du  Donn ") :  a  second 
specimen,  from  Syria,  was  smaller ;  eight  and  a  half 
inches  long,  with  bright  orange  teeth,  and  the 
lateral  ridge  of  the  head  not  fringed  with  white  hairs ; 
its  colour  also  was  darker. 

The  mole-rat  is  a  native  of  Asia  Minor,  Syria, 
Mesopotamia,  and  Southern  Russia  between  the 
Tanais  and  Volga.  The  Russians  term  it  Slepez, 
or  the  blind ;  and  the  Cossacks,  Sfochor  Nomon, 
which  has  the  same  meaning.  It  is  generally  sup- 
posed to  be  the  ii»-«-ixa{  (Aspalax)  of  Aristotle  ;  but 
as  a  species  of  mole  inhabiting  Europe  (Talpa  caeca) 
has  the  eyes  also  rudimentary,  this  point  is  doubtful. 
In  the  mole-rat  the  eye  is  a  mmute  black  grain 
lying  beneath  the  skin,  which  passes  over  it,  and  is 
besides  covered  with  the  fur :  it  is  evident  that  the 
sense  of  vision  is  denied  to  this  creature  ;  but  by 
way  of  amends  its  internal  organs  of  hearing  are 
largely  developed,  and  the  external  orifice  is  wide, 
though  the  conch  of  the  ear  is  almost  obsolete. 
The  mouth  is  small ;  the  tip  of  the  nose  is  largely 
bare  and  cartilaginous,  with  the  nostrils  wide  apart 
and  placed  below.  The  mole-rat  has  much  of  the 
manners  of  our  common  mole :  it  is  gregarious,  and 
its  burrows  are  clustered  together.  Rich  level  plains 
are  its  favourite  localities.  Its  burrows  consist  of 
galleries  at  a  little  distance  below  the  surface  of  the 
earth,  which  communicate  with  chambers  sunk  to  a 
greater  depth.  From  its  galleries  it  drives  lateral 
passages  in  search  of  roots,  particularly  of  the  bulbous ' 
Chaerophyllum,  on  which  it  feeds.  According  to 
Rzaczinski,  it  also  devours  grain,  of  which  it  amasses 
a  store  in  its  burrow  for  winter  consumption.  Its 
actions  are  sudden  and  quick,  but  irregular ;  and  it 
moves  along  with  equal  ease  both  forwards  and 
backwards.  It  burrows  very  expeditiously.  In  the 
morning  it  often  quits  its  retreat  and  basks  with  its 
mate  in  the  sun.  At  the  least  noise  it  raises  its 
head  to  listen,  and  in  a  menacing  attitude  ;  when 
attacked,  it  snorts  and  gnashes  its  teeth,  and  defends 
itself  resolutely,  inflicting  severe  wounds.  There  is 
a  superstition  among  the  people  of  the  Ukraine, 
that  the  hand  which  has  suffocated  one  of  these 
animals  is  gifted  with  the  virtue  of  curing  scrofulous 
affections. 

274,  275.— The  Canada  Sand-Rat 

(GeomythuTsarmi).  Mus  bursarius,  Shaw.  Fischer 
regards,  and  perhaps  correctly,  the  genera  Sac- 
cophoms,  Pseiidostoma,  Diplostoma,  and  Saccomys, 
as  synonymous  with  the  genus  Geomys  of  Rafinesque, 
ancl  which  is  represented  by  the  sand-rat,  distin- 
guished by  large  cheek-pouches,  which  when  full 
have  an  oblong  form  and  nearly  touch  the  ground, 
t)ut  when  empty  are  retracted  for  three-fourths  of 
their  length.    Their  interior  is  very  glandular,  par- 


ticularly the   orifice  that  opens  into  the   mouth. 

4 — 4 
The  incisors  are^ — ;.  Fig.  275*  represents  the  skull 


and  teeth  of  Geomys,  as  given  by  Dr.  Richardson  : 
1,  2,  3,  skull,  natural  size,  in  different  views:  4, 
lower  jaw;  5,  palate  and  upper  teeth;  6,  upper 
grinder  magnified.  Fig.  270  represents  the  teeth  of 
Geomys  (Saccomys,  F.  Cuv.)  enlarged. 

The  skull  is  large  and  depressed,  the  nose  short, 
the  nasal  and  frontal  bones  are  in  the  same  plane  ;  the 

fjalate  is  very  narrow,  and  the  zygomatic  arch  is  but 
ittle  depressed  below  the  upper  surface  of  the  skull. 
The  nostrils  are  somewhat  lateral ;  the  mouth  is 
contracted  ;  the  pendulous  cheek-pou(;hes  are  thinly 
clothed  with  short  hairs,  and  sometimes  almost  naked 
— they  open  into  the  mouth  by  the  side  of  the  molar 
teeth;  auditory  openings  large,  external  ear  almost 
obsolete  ;  eyes  small  and  far  apart ;  body  cylindrical ; 
tail  of  moderate  length,  round,  tapering,  and  more 
or  less  hairy.  Limbs  short  j  toes  five  on  each  foot, 
with  strong  claws. 

,  Dr.  Richardson  observes  that  the  sand-rats  bur- 
row in  sandy  soils,  and  feed  on  acorns,  nuts,  roots, 
and  grass,  which  they  convey  to  their  burrows  in 
their  cheek-pouches ;  they  throw  up  little  mounds 
of  earth,  like  mole-hills,  in  summer,  but  are  not  seen 
abroad  in  the  winter  season;  speaking  of  the 
Columbia  sand-rat,  he  observes,  that  when  in  the 
act  of  emptying  its  pouches  it  sits  up  like  a  mar- 
mot or  squirrel,  and  squeezes  the  sacks  against 
its  breast  with  its  fore-paws  and  chin.  These  ani- 
mals commit  great  havoc  on  the  potato-fields. 
The  Canada  sand-rat  is  known  only  from  Dr.  Shaw's 
description  (in  the  'Linnaean  Transactions,'  vol.  v., 
p.  227)  of  a  specimen  in  Mr.  Bullock's  Museum, 
and  which  afterwards  passed  into  the  hands  of  M. 
Temminck.  There  is  no  specimen  in  any  of  our 
museums ;  nor  did  Dr.  Richardson  see  the  animal 
in  his  expedition.  It  may,  however,  possibly  prove 
to  be  identical  with  one  of  the  species  he  has  de- 
scribed. This  animal  is  stated  to  be  about  the  size 
of  a  common  rat,  and  of  a  pale-greyish  brown.  A 
specimen  of  the  mole-like  sand-rat  (G.  talpoides)  is 
preserved  in  the  collection  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  It  is 
a  native  of  the  borders  of  the  Saskatchewan. 

277. — The  Camas  Pouched-Rat 

(^Diplostoma  bulbivomrn).  The  animals  of  this 
genus  difi'er  from  those  of  the  genus  Geomys,  in 
having  cheek-pouches  which  open  externally  at 
the  sides  of  the  mouth,  and  are  carried  inwards  and 
downwards  along  the  side  of  the  lower  jaw;  these 
pouches  are  not  pendulous ;  the  mouth  is  a  vertical 
fissure  nearly  an  inch  long,  entirely  exposing  the 
incisors  ;  and  the  lateral  fold  of  skin  before  the  open- 
ing of  the  pouch  is  covered  internally  and  exter- 
nally with  fur.  The  body  resembles  that  of  a  great 
mole  with  a  large  clumsy  head. 

The  animals  of  this  genus  were  termed"  Gauff'res,'' 
by  the  early  French  travellers  :  there  appear  to  be 
several  species. 

The  Camas  pouched-rat  is  common  in  N.  America, 
on  the  banks  of  the  Columbia  river,  and  the  Mult- 
nomah, where  it  is  known  under  the  name  of  Camas- 
rat,  because  the  bulbous  root  of  the  Quamash  or 
Camas-plant  (Scilla  esculenta)  forms  its  favourite 
food.  It  is  eleven  inches  long,  and  of  a  chesnut- 
brown  colour.  These  animals,  the  Gauffres  of  the 
French,  are  excessively  voracious,  and  they  are  very 
destructive  to  beets,  carrots,  and  similar  vegetables. 
They  live  almost  exclusively  under  ground,  work- 
ing their  way  like  a  mole,  and  are  said  to  fill  their 
cheek-pouches  with  the  earth  by  means  of  their 
paws,  and  to  empty  them  of  their  contents  at  the 
mouth  of  the  burrow. 

278.— The  Coast-Rat 

(Bathiergus  maritimus).  The  dental  form  of  Ba- 
thiergus  (Orycterus,  F.  Cuv.)  is  as  follows :   Molars 

4 4 

(see  Fig.  278*).  In  this  genus  are  compre- 
hended several  species  of  mole-like  Rodents  pe- 
culiar to  Africa,  the  whole  form  and  organization  of 
which  fit  them  for  an  underground  existence.  The 
most  remarkable  is  the  coast-rat,  or  sand-mole  of 
the  downs.  This  species  is  a  native  of  Southern 
Africa,  frequenting  sandy  tracts  along  the  coast. 
On  the  surface  of  the  ground  it  proceeds  slowly, 
but  it  burrows  with  great  rapidity,  and  works  out 
long  galleries,  throwing  up  hillocks  as  does  the 
mole.  In  some  districts  these  are  extremely  nu- 
merous, rendering  it  dangerous  to  pass  over  them 
on  horseback,  and  not  pleasant  even  on  foot,  the 
earth,  where  excavated,  suddenly  giving  way.  This 
animal  is  about  a  foot  in  length,  exclusive  of  the 
tail,  which  is  about  three  inches.  The  incisors  are 
of  enormous  size,  and  those  above  have  a  deep 
longitudinal  furrow  down  the  front ;  and  a  hairy 
palate  extends  behind  them.  The  general  colour  is 
greyish  ash. 

279.— The  Rabbit  Ceecomts. 
This  animal,  which  in  shape  resembles  a  rat,  repre- 
sents the  genus  Cercomys,  closely  allied  to  that  of 


Echymys,  containing  the  spiny  raU.    The  molars 

4 — 4 
are  ^— ^  rooted.  The  general  colour  of  this  spe- 
cies is  deep  brown  above,  paler  on  the  sides  and 
cheeks  ;  all  the  under  parts  are  whitish ;  the  tale  is 
long,  like  that  of  the  rat ;  ears  and  eyes  large.  It 
is  a  native  of  Brazil,  but  of  its  habits  we  have  no 
detailed  accounts.  The  teeth  of  the  genus  Echy- 
mys (a  South  American  group)  are  figured  280. 

281. — Cuming's  Octodon 

(Octodon  Cumingii).  Dendrobius  Degus,  Meyen. 
The  family  Octodontidae  is  established  for  a  few 
allied  genera  peculiar  to  South  America,  of  which 

that  termed  Octodon  is  the  type.    Molars,—^. 

The  antorbital  foramen  is  as  large  as  the  orbit,  or 
nearly  so.  The  descending  ramus  of  Ihe  lower  jaw 
is  deeply  emarginated  behind,  and  the  posterior 
angle  acute.  Fig.  282  represents  the  skull  of  Oc- 
todon in  different  views ;  and  Fig.  283  the  skull  of 
an  allied  genus,  Ctenomys. 

Cuming's  Octodon  in  size  and  shape  resembles 
a  water-rat.  General  colour  brownish  grey ;  clouded 
with  dusky  black  ;  under  surface  dusky  grey  ;  base 
of  the  tail  beneath  nearly  white. 

These  animals  are  exceedingly  abundant  in  the 
central  parts  of  Chile.  They  frequent  by  hundreds 
the  hedge-rows  and  thickets,  where  they  make  bur- 
rows which  communicate  with  one  another.  In 
the  neighbourhood  of  Valparaiso  multitudes  may  be 
seen  together  feeding  fearlessly  in  the  day-time. 
Sometimes  they  ascend  the  lower  branches  of  small 
shrubs,  but  not  often.  They  are  very  destructive  to 
fields  of  young  corn.  Onbeingdisturbed.they  all  run 
like  rabbits  to  their  burrows.  When  running  they 
carry  their  tails  raised  up,  more  like  squirrels  than 
rats ;  and  they  also  sit  up  like  those  animals.  Accord- 
ing to  Molina  lliey  lay  up  a  winter  store  of  food,  but 
do  not  become  dormant.  The  Octodon  is  the  Degu 
of  that  writer :  he  says  that  the  Indians  used  for- 
merly to  eat  them  with  much  relish.  Piebald  and 
albino  varieties  are  not  uncommon.  The  greatest 
enemy  of  these  active  little  creatures  is  a  species  of 
horned  owl,  which  feeds  chiefly  upon  them. 

284. — The  Tucdtuco 

(Ctenomys  Magellanicus).  General  colour  brown- 
ish grey  tinged  with  yellow  and  slightly  varied  by 
a  blackish  tint ;  under  parts  paler ;  chin  and  throat 
pale  fawn.  Length  of  head  and  body  about  seven 
inches  ;  of  the  tail  about  two  inches  and  a  quarter. 
Toes,  as  in  Octodon,  five  on  each  foot. 

Locality. — The  east  entrance  of  the  Strait  of 
Magelhaens  at  Cape  Gregory  and  the  vicinity 
(King).  The  wide  plains  north  of  the  Rio  Colo- 
rado are  undermined  by  these  animals  :  and  near 
the  Strait  of  Maeelhaens,  where  Patagonia  blends 
with  Tierra  del  Fuego,  the  whole  sandy  country 
forms  a  great  warren  for  them. 

Mr.  Darwin  ('Journal  and  Remarks")  gives  a  cir- 
cumstantial account  of  this  curious  animal,  which 
he  well  describes  as  a  rodent  with  the  habits  of  a 
mole.  "The  tucutuco,"  says  that  author,  "  is  ex- 
tremely abundant  in  some  parts  of  the  country,  but 
is  difficult  to  be  procured,  and  still  more  difficult 
to  be  seen  when  at  liberty.  It  lives  almost  entirely 
underground,  and  prefers  a  sandy  soil  with  a  gentle 
inclination.  The  burrows  are  said  not  to  be  deep, 
but  of  great  length.  They  are  seldom  open ;  the 
earth  being  thrown  up  at  the  mouth  into  hillocks, 
not  quite  so  large  as  those  made  by  the  mole. 
Considerable  tracts  of  country  are  so  completely 
undermined  by  these  animals,  that  horses,  in  passing 
over,  sink  above  their  fetlocks.  The  tucutucos 
appear,  to  a  certain  degree,  to  be  gregarious.  The 
man  who  procured  specimens  for  me  had  caught 
six  together,  and  he  said  this  was  a  common  occur- 
rence. They  are  nocturnal  in  their  habits;  and 
their  principal  food  is  afforded  by  the  roots  of 
plants,  which  is  the  object  of  their  extensive  and 
superficial  burrows.  Azara  says  they  are  so  diffi- 
cult to  be  obtained,  that  he  never  saw  more  than 
one.  He  states  that  they  lay  up  magazines  of  food 
within  their  burrows.  This  animal  is  universally 
known  by  a  very  peculiar  noise  which  it  makes 
when  beneath  the  ground.  A  person,  the  first  time 
he  hears  it,  is  much  surprised :  for  it  is  not  easy  to 
tell  whence  it  comes,  nor  is  it  possible  to  guess 
what  kind  of  creature  utters  it.  The  noise  consists 
in  a  short  but  not  rough  nasal  grunt,  which  is  re- 
peated about  four  times  in  quick  succession  ;  the 
first  grunt  is  not  so  loud,  but  a  little  longer  and 
more  distinct  than  the  three  following:  the  musical 
time  of  the  whole  is  constant,  as  often  as  it  is 
uttered.  The  name  Tucutuco  is  given  in  imitation 
of  the  sound.  In  all  times  of  the  day,  where  this 
animal  is  abundant,  the  noise  may  be  heard,  and 
sometimes  directly  beneath  one's  feet.  When  kept 
in  a  room,  the  tucutucos  move  both  slowly  and 
clumsily,  which  appears  owing  to  the  outward  action 
of  their  hind-legs:  and  they  are  likewise  quite 
incapable  of  jumping  even  the  smallest  vertical 

K2 


r^<.r''<^\ 


*M.— Tucutdco. 


281.— Cumin"**  Octodon. 


68 


Skull  of  Acanthion  Javaiiicum. 


2*1.— Common  Porcupine. 


292.— CoHunas  Vmaifiat. 


194.— Bntjllan  PorcBpine. 


[  28»^Teeth  of  HyitrU. 


287.— Coypu. 


GJ 


70 


MUSEUM  OF  ANI>LA.TED  NATURE. 


[Rats. 


height.  When  eating  they  rwt  on  their  hind-legs 
and  hold  the  piece  in  th-ir  fore-paws;  they  ap- 
pear also  to  wish  to  drag  it  into  some  corner. 
They  are  very  stupid  in  making  any  attempt  to 
escape;  when  anp-y  or  frightened,  they  utter  the 
tuculuoo.  or  those  I  kept  alive,  ceveral,  even  the 
first  day,  became  quite  tame,  not  attempting  to  bite 
or  to  run  away;  others  were  a  little  wilder.  The 
man  who  caught  them  asserted  that  many  are  found 
blind.  A  specimen  which  I  preserved  in  spirit*  was 
in  this  state.  When  the  animal  was  alive  I  placed 
my  finger  within  half  an  inch  of  its  head,  and 
not  the  slightest  notice  was  taken  :  it  made  its 
way  however  about  the  room  nearly  as  well  as  the 
others." 

285.— TiiK  Utia 

(Capromys  Fumieri).  Isodon  Piloridcs,  Say.  Mr. 
Waterhouse  considers  the  genus  Capromys  as  one 
of  those  included  in  the  Histricine  section  of  Ro- 
dents. The  anterior  paws  have  four  toes  and  a  ru- 
dimentary thumb ;  the  hind-feet  are  thick,  broad, 
and  strong,  and  five-toed ;  the  claws  are  strong ; 
the  soles  of  all  the  feet  are  naked,  and  covered  with 
a  coarse  granular  black  skin,  divided  into  pads  by 
deep  fissures.  The  muzzle  is  obtuse  ;  the  nostrils 
are  open,  oblique,  edged  externally  with  an  elevated 
rim,  and  separated  by  a  medial  furrow,  running  to 
the  fissure  of  the  upper  lip.  The  whiskers  are 
long ;  the  tail  is  annulated  with  a  scaly  epidermis, 
with  short  thinly-set  hairs  from  between  each  scale 
(see  Fig.  286 :  a,  muzzle ;  b,  portion  of  tail  ;  c, 
under  part  of  fore-foot ;  d,  under  part  of  hind-foot). 
The    ears    are   moderate,  erect,   almost  rounded. 


Molara  rt — A<  with  the  crown  traversed  by  folds  of 

enamel.    Eyes  small. 

This  animal  is  a  native  of  Cuba,  where  it  is  known 
by  the  name  of  Utia.  It  appears  to  have  been  de- 
scribed by  Bomaxe  and  Oviedo  three  hundred  years 
ago.  Tne  general  colour  of  the  utia  is  glossy 
brown  grizzled  with  yellowish  grey  ;  the  muzzle, 
chest,  and  under  parts  greyish  white ;  the  fur  of  a 
coarse  texture  ;  length  about  two  feet  two  inches, 
of  which  the  tail  is  eight  inches. 

With  respect  to  the  habits  of  the  utias  in  a  wild 
state,  it  is  only  known  that  they  are  found  in  the 
woods,  that  they  climb  trees  with  great  facility,  and 
that  they  live  on  vegetables.     From  observations 
on  those  kept  in  a  domesticated  state,  M.  Desmarest 
gives  the   following  details : — "  Their  intelligence 
appears    to   be  developed   to  as  great    a  degree 
as  that  of  rats  and  squirrels,  much  more  so  than 
that  of  rabbits  and  guinea-pigs.    They  have,  indeed, 
a  great  share  of  curiosity.     At  night  they  are  very 
wakeful,  and  the  form  of  the  pupils  is  indicative  of 
nocturnal  habits.    The  sense  of  hearing  does  not 
appear  to  be  so  acute  as  that  of  rabbits  or  hares. 
Their  nostrils  are  incessantly  in  motion,  especially 
when  they  smell  any  new  object.    Their  taste  is 
sufficiently  delicate  to  enable  them  to  distinguish 
and  reject  vegetables  which  have  been  touched  by 
animal    substances,  to  which   they  manifest    the 
greatest  repugnance.     They  agree   perfectly  well 
t}gether,  and  sleep  close  by  each  other.    When  they 
are  apart  they  call  each  other  by  a  sharp  cry,  dif- 
fering little  from  that  of  a  rat.    Their  voice,  when 
they  express  pleasure,  is  a  low  soft  kind  of  grunting. 
They  scarcely  ever  quarrel  except  for  food — as  when 
one  piece  of  fruit  is  given  between  both ;  in  that 
case  one  seizes  and  runs  away  with  it,  until  the 
other  is  able  to  take  it  from  him.    They  some- 
times play  for  a  long  time  together,  holding  them- 
selves upright  in  the  manner  of  kangaroos,  firmly 
supported  upon  the  broad  soles  of  their  hind-feet 
and  the  base  of  the  tail,  and  striking  each  other 
with  their  paws,  until  one  of  them,  finding  a  wall  | 
or  some  other  body  against  which  to  support  him- 
self, acquires  an  additional  power,  and   gains  an 
advantage ;   but  they  never  bite  each  other.    To- 
vrards  other  animals    they   manifest    the   greatest 
indifference,   paying    no    attention    even   to   cats. 
They  are  fond  of  being  caressed,  and  particularly 
of   being    scratched    under   the    chin.      They  do 
not  bite,  but  slightly  press  with  the  incisor  teeth  I 
the  skin  of  those  who  caress  them.     They  do  not 
ordinarily  drink,  but  occasionally  suck   up  water 
as  squirrels  do.     Their  food  consist  of  vegetables 
exclusively,  such  as  cabbage,  succory,  grapes,  nuts, 
bread,  apples,  &c.     They  are  not  very  difficult  in 
the  choice  of  their  food,  but  still  have  a  particular 
fondness  for  strong-flavoured  herbs  and  aromatic 
plants,  as  wormwood,  rosemary,  geraniums,  pimper- 
nel, celery,  &c.    Grapes  pleased  them   much,  to 
obtain  which    they  would    instantly  climb   up   a 
long  pole,  at  the  top  of  which  the  fruit  was  placed. 
They  are  also  fond  of  bread   steeped  in   aniseed 
or  even  wine.      These   animals  are    plantigrade : 
their  movements  aie  slow,  and  their  hinder  parts 
are  embarrassed  when  they  walk,  as  is  observable 
in    the    bear.      They    leap    occasionally,    turning 
suddenly  round  from  head   to  tail  like  the  field- 
mouse.    When  they   climb,   which  they  do  with 


the  greatest  ease,  they  assist  themselves  with 
the  base  of  their  tail  as  a  support,  and  the  same 
in  descending.  In  certain  positions,  on  a  stick 
for  example,  the  tail  serves  as  a  balance  to  pre- 
serve their  equilibrium.  They  often  raise  them- 
selves to  a  listening  attitude,  sitting  erect,  with  the 
paws  hanging  down,  like  rabbits  and  hares.  In 
eating  they  employ  sometimes  only  one,  sometimes 
both  their  fore-paws  ;  the  former  is  the  case  when 
the  substance  they  are  holding  is  small  enough  to 
be  held  between  the  fingers  and  the  tubercle  at  the 
base  of  the  thumb." 

287.— The  Cotpd 

(Mi/opotamtu  Coypiu).  Quoiya,  d'Azara;  CouV, 
Molina ;  Hydromys  Coypus,  Geoff. ;  Mus  Castorides, 
Burrow. 

The  coypu  is  common  in  certain  districts  of 
South  America,  as  Chile,  Buenos  Ayres,  and 
Tucuman.  The  head  is  large  ;  the  muzzle  obtuse  : 
the  ears  small  and  round  ;  fore-feet  with  a  rudi- 
mentary thumb  and  four  toes,  all  free  :  hind-feet 
plantigrade,  with  five  toes,  of  which  the  outermost 
only  is  free,  the  rest  palmatcd.  Tail  strong 
and  scaly,      and    sprinkled   with  scattered    hairs. 

Molars  -j — -.'  increasing  in  size  from   the   first  to 

the  last,  with  winding  folds  of  enamel  (sec  Fig. 
288).  The  eyes  are  small,  approximating  to  each 
other,  and  placed  high  in  the  head.  Behind  the 
upper  incisors  there  is  a  hairy  palate  or  space,  a 
peculiarity  noticed  also  in  Bathiergus.  The  body 
IS  clothed  with  two  sorts  of  hair,  an  under-garment 
of  fine  close  fur  almost  water-proof,  and  an  upper 
layer  of  long,  shining,  straight  hairs  of  a  rich  brown, 
which  is  the  general  colour,  the  muzzle  being  dirty 
white.  The  limbs  are  short  but  strong;  and  the  move- 
ments of  the  animal  on  land  are  slow  and  crawling. 
The  coypu  remained  unknown  to  the  scientific 
world,  while  thousands  of  its  skins,  under  the  name 
of  Kacoonda,  for  more  than  forty  yeai-s  had  been 
annually  imported  into  Europe,  for  the  sake  of  the 
fine  under-fur,  which,  like  that  of  the  musquash  and 
beaver,  is  extensively  used  in  the  manufacture  of  hats. 
This  animal  is  gregarious  and  aquatic,  residing  in 
burrows  which  it  excavates  along  the  banks  of  rivers: 
and  in  these  burrows  the  female  produces  and  rears 
her  young,  from  three  or  four  to  seven  in  number, 
to  which  she  manifests  great  attachment.  In  the 
Chonos  Archipelago,  according  to  Mr.  Darwin, 
"  these  animals,  instead  of  inhabiting  fresh  water, 
live  exclusively  in  the  bays  or  channels  which  ex- 
tend between  the  innumerable  small  islets  of  that 
group."  "The  inhabitantsofChiloe,  who  sometimes 
visit  this  archipelago  for  the  purpose  of  fishing, 
state  that  these  animals  do  not  live  solely  on  vege- 
table matter,  as  is  the  case  with  those  inhabiting 
rivers,  but  that  they  sometimes  eat  shell-fish.  The 
coypu  is  said  to  be  a  bold  animal,  and  to  fight 
fiercely  with  the  dogs  employed  in  chasing  it. 
Its  flesh  when  cooked  is  white  and  good  to  eat. 
An  old  female  procured  on  these  islands  weighed 
between  ten  and  eleven  pounds."  An  extensive 
trade  in  the  skins  of  these  animals  is  carried  on  at 
Buenos  Ayres,  where  they  are  improperly  called 
"  Nutrias,"  or  otters.  In  captivity  the  coypu  soon 
becomes  gentle  and  attached ;  and  is  evidently 
pleased  with  marks  of  attention  from  those  with 
whom  it  is  familiar.  Length  of  adult  male,  one 
foot  eleven  inches,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which  is 
one  foot  three  inches. 

The  Family  Histricidse,  or  Porcupines. — ^The 
porcupines,  a  spine-clad  family,  are  divided  into 
the  genera  Hystrix,  Erethizon,  Synetheres,  &c., 
and  are  respectively  distributed  over  Europe  and 
North  Asia,  Africa,  India  and  its  islands,  and  North 
and  South  America.  All  the  porcupines  have  the 
molars  four  in  each  jaw  on  each  side ;  nearly  equal 
in  size,  and  furnished  with  distinct  roots  ;  when 
worn  the  surfaces  present  tortuous  folds  of  enamel 
(see  Fig.  289,  the  teeth  of  Hystrix,  and  Fig.  290,  the 
teeth  of  Erethizon).  The  tongue  is  rough  with 
papilliE,  like  those  of  the  cats  ;  the  head  is  short  and 
blunt ;  the  nostrils  large  and  open ;  the  ears  and 
eyes  comparatively  small  ;  and  the  general  form 
thick  and  clumsy. 

Two  figures  of  skulls  (Fig.  291)  represent  the 
skull  of  a  species  termed,  by  F.  Cuvier,  Acanthion 
Javanicum  (1),  and  that  of  the  common  porcupine 
(2),  by  way  of  comparison.  With  respect  to  the 
genus  Acanthion  founded  by  F.  Cuvier  on  the  cha- 
racters of  two  skulls,  one  of  which  was  brought  from 
Java,  we  are  strongly  inclined  to  consider  it  iden- 
tical with  the  genus  Atherura  of  Baron  Cuvier, 
though  the  latter,  in  his'R6gne  Animal,'  makes  no  al- 
lusion to  the  genus  proposed  by  his  brother.  Fischer 
gives  the  Acanthion  Javanicum  of  F.  Cuvier  as 
identical  with  the  fasciculated  porcupine  (.\theruia 
fasciculata),  and  is  probably  correct.  The  fasci- 
culated porcupine  has  been  long  known  to  science, 
and  is  figured  by  Buffon  as  the  "  Porc-^pic  de 
Malacca;"  but  since  his  time,  till  within  the  few  last 
years,  no  specimen  had  reached  Europe.     In  1828, 


M.  Diard  sent  a  skin  and  skeleton  to  France,  from 
India,  and  about  the  same  time  a  living  individual 
was  brought  to  England  by  Lieut.  Vidal,  and  pre- 
sented to  the  /ool.  Soc.  Lond.  It  was  described 
and  figured  by  Mr.  Bennett,  and  now  forms  a  part 
of  the  riches  of  the  museum.  This  individual,  how- 
ever, was  not  brought'from  India  or  its  islands,  but 
from  Fernando  Po,  where  it  is  stated  to  be  in  such 
abundance  as  to  furnish  a  staple  article  of  food  to 
the  inhabitants.  Whether  it  be  truly  indigenous 
there,  or  was  originally  brought  by  the  early  Por- 
tuguese settlers  to  that  island  from  India  or  Java, 
and  has  become  naturalized,  are  points  unsettled. 

292,  293.— TuE  Commo.n  Poeccpine 

{Hiitrix  cristata)—V0TC-t^\c  of  the  French:  Istrice 
of  the  Italians ;  Stachelschwein,  Domschwein,  and 
Porcopick  of  the  Germans.  This  spine-covered 
animal  is  found  in  Italy,  throughout  Africa,  in 
Southern  Tartary,  the  borders  of  the  Caspian  Sea, 
Persia,  and  India ;  it  was  observed  by  Mr.  Hodgson 
inhabiting  the  central  and  lower  regions  of  NepSl. 
When  full-grown  it  is  upwards  of  two  feet  in  length  ; 
but  the  specimens  from  Italy  are  generally  smaller 
than  the  African,  and  have  snorter  quills.  It  would 
appear  that  in  Italy  it  is  not  indigenous,  but  has 
become  naturalized. 

The  porcupine  is  a  nocturnal  animal,  of  quiet 
and  secluded  habits,  passing  the  day  in  its  subter- 
ranean retreat,  for  the  digging  of  which  its  muscular 
limbs  and  stout  claws  are  well  adapted.  At  night 
it  steals  forth  to  feed  ;  roots,  bark,  fruits,  and  vege- 
tables constitute  its  diet.  In  winter  it  appears  to 
undergo  a  partial  hybernation.  Sluggish  and  timid, 
the  porcupine  is  yet  enabled,  clothed  in  its  array 
of  spears,  to  repel  the  assault  of  enemies :  when 
driven  to  act  on  the  defensive,  he  bends  his  head 
down,  turns  his  back  towards  his  assailant,  erects 
his  spines,  and  receiving  the  rash  assault,  pushes 
them  forcibly  by  the  action  of  the  whole  body 
against  the  aggressor.  The  wounds  thus  inflicted 
are  veiy  severe,  and  do  not  heal  readily.  The 
spines  of  the  porcupine  are  of  two  sorts :  one  short 
being  long,  slender,  and  bending  ;  the  other  spines, 
concealed  beneath  the  former,  are  short,  thick  in 
the  middle,  and  tapering  to  a  sharp  point ;  they  are 
ringed  black  and  white.  The  length  of  the  short 
spines,  which  are  the  true  effective  weapons,  is 
from  four  to  ten  inches,  and  the  point,  which  con- 
sists of  flint-like  enamel,  is  somewhat  comprei^ed 
with  two  slightly  raised  and  opposite  ridges,  which 
when  minutely  examined  are  found  to  be  finely 
jagged.  There  is  another  sort  of  furniture  on  the 
tail,  namely,  a  number  of  dry,  hollow,  open  quills, 
of  considerable  circumference,  and  supported  upon 
long  and  very  slender  stalks,  which  vibrate  with 
every  motion.  When  the  porcupine  clashes  these 
together  they  produce  a  rustling  noise.  The  appa- 
ratus by  which  the  spines  and  these  hollow  rattles 
are  clashed  and  raised  consists  of  a  strong  muscular 
expansion  underneath,  and  adherent  to  the  thick 
skin.  From  the  raising  and  clashing  of  the  spines, 
and  perhaps  the  accidental  falling  of  one  looser 
than  the  rest  (about  to  be  shed  natui-ally),  has 
arisen  the  belief  that  the  animal  was  capable  of 
darting  his  spines,  like  a  javelin,  point  foremost — 
an  error  we  need  not  stay  to  confute. 

294. — The  Brazilian  Pobcdpine  ' 

{Synetheres    prehensUls).     Cuandu   of    Marcgrave ; 
Coendu,Buft'on;  Prehensile  Porcupine  of  Pennant. 

In  North  America  the  porcupines  are  represented 
by  the  Hairy  or  Canada  Porcupine  (Erethizon  dor- 
satum),  which  is  in  a  great  degree  arboreal  in  its 
habits.  In  Brazil  we  are  presented  with  the  species 
termed  Cuandu,  more  decidedly  organised  as  a 
climber,  having  a  prehensile  tail,  resembling  that 
of  the  oppossum.  The  muzzle  is  broad  and  short ; 
the  head  convex  in  front,  the  spines  rather  short ; 
the  tail  very  long,  and  naked  for  half  its  length. 
The  feet  have  only  four  toes.  The  length  of  this 
species  is  about  two  feet,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which  i 
is  about  eighteen  inches ;  the  nose  is  covered  with  I 
brownish  hair ;  the  ears  are  nearly  naked ;  the 
body  is  covered  above  with  spines,  the  longest  (on 
the  lower  part  of  the  back)  are  about  three  inches 
in  length ;  those  on  the  sides  and  base  of  the  limbs 
are  the  shortest.  All  are  sharp,  and  barred  near 
their  points  and  roots  with  white  ;  brown  in  the 
middle.  The  basal  half  of  the  tail  is  clad  with 
short  spines;  the  breast,  under  parts,  and  lower 
portion  of  the  limbs  with  dark  brown  bristles. 

The  Brazilian  porcupine  appears  very  much  to 
resemble  the  Canada  porcupine  in  its  habits,  living 
m  woods,  sleeping  by  day,  and  feeding  on  fruits, 
&c.  by  night.  Marcgrave  states  that  its  voice  is 
like  that  of  a  sow.  The  quills  are  stated  to  have 
the  same  penetrating  and  destructive  quality  as 
those  of  the  Canadian  species.  It  is  a  sluggish  m 
animal,  climbing  trees  very  slowly,  and  holding  on  1 
with  its  prehensile  tail,  especially  in  its  descent. 
It  grows  very  fat,  and  the  flesh  is  said  to  be  white 
and  well-tasted.  Our  cut  is  taken  from  a  living 
specimen  in  the  garden  of  the  Zoological  Society. 


i 


Chinchillas.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


71 


Family  Chinchillidae.— To  the  animals  of  Ihis 
family,  ol'  wliich  the  beautiful  chinchilla  is  the  type, 
the  attention  of  English  naturalists  was  first  called 
by  Mr.  Bennett,  whose  admirable  paper  on  the  sub- 
ject will  be  found  in  the  iirst  volume  of  the  '  Trans. 
Zool.  Soc'  In  this  paper  three  genera  are  clearly 
and  fully  characterized,  viz. :  Lasotis,  Benn. ;  Chin- 
chilla, Benn. ;  and  Lagostomus,  Brookes.  The  Chin- 
chiUidse  are  all  peculiar  to  South  America,  and  are 
burrowing  and  gregarious  in  their  habits.  Their 
food  is  exclusively  vegetable.    The  mplar  teeth  are 

,  destitute  of  true  roots. 


295,  296,  297.— The  Chischilla 
{ ChlnchiUa  lanigera).     The  characters  of  the  genus 
Chinchilla,  as  established  by  Mr.  Bennett,  are  as 

4—4 


follows : — Molars, 


4—4' 


crossed  obliquely  on  their 


surface  by  three  lines  of  enamel.  Toes,  on  the  fore- 
feet, five ;  on  the  hind-feet,  four.  Tail  of  moderate 
length,  and  hairy;  ears  broad,  rounded,  and  nearly 
naked ;  eyes  large  and  full ;  fur  long,  thick,  close, 
soft  and  woolly. 

The  chinchilla  appears  to  have  attracted  in  very 
early  times  the  notice  of  travellers,  though  the 
accounts  scattered  in  their  works  have  been  but 
little  regarded  by  naturalists.  In  1824  Schmidt- 
meyer,  in  his  travels  over  the  Andes  into  Chile, 
notices  the  chinchilla  as  a  "  woolly  field-mouse 
which  lives  underground,  and  chieily  feeds  on  wild 
onions.  Its  fine  fur  is  well  known  in  Europe ; 
that  which  comes  from  Upper  Peru  is  rougher  and 
larger  than  the  chinchilla  of  Chile,  but  not  always 
so  beautiful  in  its  colour.  Great  numbers  of  these 
animals  are  caught  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Co- 
quimbo,  and  Copiapo,  generally  by  boys  with  dogs, 
and  sold  to  traders,  who  bring  them  to  Santiago 
and  Valparaiso,  from  whence  they  are  exported. 
The  Peruvian  skins  are  either  brought  to  Buenos 
Ayres  from  the  eastern  parts  of  the  Andes,  or  sent 
to  Lima.  The  extensive  use  of  this  fur  has  lately 
occasioned  a  very  considerable  destruction  of  the 
animals."  From  this  passage  it  would  appear  that 
there  are  two  or  more  species  of  chinchilla,  re- 
spectively Chilian  aud  Peruvian,  and  hence  we 
suspect  is  to  be  accounted  for  the  difference  in  the 
colour  and  quality  of  the  chinchilla  fur,  which  wc 
have  frequently  observed.  Our  examination  of 
specimens  in  the  Paiis  museum  also  leads  us  to  the 
same  conclusion. 

A  native  of  the  valleys  in  the  high  mountain  dis- 
tricts of  South  America,  where  the  cold  is  often 
very  severe,  the  deep  woolly  coat  of  the  chinchilla 
is  well  calculated  for  preserving  warmth.  Whether 
in  the  winter  season  the  animal  hybernates  or  not 
yet  remains  to  be  discovered.  Of  its  manners,  in- 
deed, we  know  little.  In  captivity  it  is  quiet,  in- 
offensive, and  cleanly  :  it  feeds  sitting  up  on  its 
haunches  like  a  squirrel,  holding  its  food  between 
its  fore-paws.  Its  ratio  of  intelligence  is  on  the 
same  par  with  that  of  the  rabbit  or  guinea-pig : 
hence  it  displays  no  indications  of  attachment  to 
those  who  feed  it,  nor  much  animation  or  playful- 
ness. In  its  alpine  valleys  it  associates  in  numbers, 
excavating  burrows,  in  which  it  resides.  The 
female  breeds  twice  a  year,  producing  from  four  to 
six  young  at  a  birth.  Various  roots,  especially 
those  of  bulbous  plants,  constitute  the  diet  of  the 
chinchilla.  The  colour  of  the  fur  of  this  species  is 
clear  grey  above,  but  varying  in  depth,  and  passing 
into  white  on  the  under  parts  :  its  quality  is  ex- 
quisitely fine,  and  its  length  renders  it  well  adapted 
for  spinning.  Indeed,  Molina  informs  us  that  '•  the 
ancient  Peruvians,  who  were  far  more  industrious 
than  the  modern,  made  of  this  wool  coverlets  for 
beds,  and  valuable  stuffs."  The  tail  is  covered  with 
long  bushy  hairs,  and  usually  kept  turned  up  towards 
the  back.  In  length  the  chinchilla  measures  about 
nine  inches,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which  is  five  inches. 
The  fore-limbs  are  comparatively  short :  the  head 
has  much  resemblance  to  that  of  a  young,  full- 
haired  rabbit ;  the  muzzle  is  short  and  blunt,  and 
furnished  with  long  whiskers ;  the  eyes  are  black  ; 
the  ears  are  ample.  The  skull  is  remarkable  for 
the  size  of  the  antorbital  foramen  and  the  amplitude 
of  the  tympanic  bulla.  The  general  skeleton  is 
slightly  built,  and  the  bones  are  slender ;  the  ribs  are 
thirteen  on  each  side.  Fig.  298  represents  the  skull 
and  skeleton  of  the  Chinchilla  Lanigera  :  a,  skull 
seen  from  above  ;  b,  the  same  seen  from  below  ;  c, 
the  lower  jaw. 

299. — Covieb's  Laootis 

(_Lagotis  Cuvieri).  Of  the  genus  Lagotis  two  spe- 
cies were  described  and  figured  by  Mr.  Bennett 
(see  the  '  Trans  Zool.  Soc.,'  vol.  i.).  In  this  genus 
the  toes  of  the  anterior  as  well  as  posterior  feet  are 
four.  Tlie  hind  Innbs  are  considerably  developed  ; 
the  muzzle  is  somewhat  elongated  and  narrow, 
■and  furnished  with-  long  whiskers ;  the  eyes  are 
moderate,  but  prominent  ;  the  ears  are  elongated, 
rounded  at  the  tip,  and  rolled  inwards  at  the  edges. 


The  fur  is  soft,  long,  and  downy,  and  but  loosely 
attached  to  the  skin.  The  tail  of  tolerable  length, 
and  bushy,  with  long,  stiff,  wiry  hairs.  General 
contour  rabbit-like. 

M.  Desmarest  was  the  first  to  suggest  that  a  vis- 
cacha  observed  by  Feuill^e  in  Peru,  and,  as  he  says, 
often  domesticated  in  the  houses  at  Lima,  was  a 
distinct  species  from  the  viscacha  of  the  Pampas  ; 
and  a  careful  examination  of  the  scattered  notices 
published  by  travellers  respecting  the  viscachas  of 
the  eastern  and  western  sides  of  the  Andes  led  Mr. 
Bennett  to  form  the  same  opinion,  which  was  con- 
firmed by  the  acquisition  of  a  living  animal  regarded 
as  the  Peruvian  viscacha  of  the  older  writers.     The 
references  to  the  Peruvian  viscacha  by  various  of 
the   early  travellers  in  South  America  are  by  no 
means  limited,  and  in  collating  them,  Mr.  Bennett 
evinced  a  spirit  of  laborious  research.    He  refers  to 
Pedro  de  Ciepa,  1554;  Acosta,  1590;  Garcilago  de 
la  Vega,  1609;  Nieremberg,  1635;  Feuillee,  1725; 
and  Antonio  de  Ulloa,  1772.     The  last  writer,  in 
his  '  Noticias  Americanus,'  gives  a  correct  account 
of  the  habits  and  manners  of  the  animal  in  question. 
Mr.  Bennett's  translation  is  as  follows : — "  Taking 
the  place  of  the  rabbit,  which  is  wanting  in  Peru, 
there  is  another  kind  of  animal,  called  viscacha, 
which  is  not  found  in  Quito.     In  form  and  in  the 
colour  of  the  fur  it  is  similar  to  the  rabbit,  but  dif- 
fers from  it  in  having  a  long  tail  furnished  with 
tufted  hair,  which  is  very  thin  towards  the  root,  but 
thick  and  long  as  it  approaches  the  tip.     It  does 
not   carry  its  tail   turned   over  the  head  like  the 
squirrel,  but  stretched  out,  as  it  were,  in  a  horizon- 
tal  direction :    its  joints   are    slender    and    scaly. 
These  animals  conceal  themselves  in  holes  of  the 
rocks  in  which  they  make  their  retreats,  not  form- 
ing burrows  in  the  earth  like  rabbits.    There  they 
congregate  in  considerable  numbers,  and  are  mostly 
seen  in  a  sitting  posture,  but  not  eating:  they  feed 
on  the  herbs  and  shrubs  that  grow  among  the  rocks, 
and  are  very  active.     Their  means  of  escape  do  not 
consist  in  the  velocity  of  their  flight,  but  in  the 
promptitude  with  which  they  run  to  the  shelter  of 
their  holes.   This  they  commonly  do  when  wounded  ; 
for  which  reason  the  mode  of  killing  them  is  by 
shooting  them  in  the  head ;  as,  if  they  receive  the 
charge  in  any  other  part,  although  much  injured, 
they  do  not  fail  to  go  and  die  in  the  interior  of  their 
burrows.    They  have  this  peculiarity,  that  as  soon 
as  they  die  their  hair  falls  off;  and  on  this  account 
although  it  is  softer,  and  somewhat  longer  and  finer 
than  that  of  the  rabbit,  the  skin  cannot  be  made 
use  of  for  common  purposes.     The  flesh  is  white, 
but  not  well  flavoured,  being  especially  distasteful 
at  certain  seasons,  when  it  is  altogether  repugnant 
to  the  palate."    Molina  speaks  of  the  employment 
of  its  wool  among  the  ancient  Peruvians,  adding, 
that  the  Chilians  of  the  present  day  (his  work  was 
originally  published  in  1782,  and  reprinted  with  ad- 
ditions in  1810)  use  it  in  the  manufacture  of  hats. 

The  general  colour  of  the  viscacha  of  the  western 
acclivities  of  the  Peruvian  Andes,  or  Cuvier's  lagotis 
(L.  Cuvieri),  is  greyish  ash,  clouded  here  and  there 
with  a  tint  of  brown.  The  hairs  of  the  tail  are 
mingled  black  and  white.  The  ears  equal  the  head 
in  length.  The  body  measures  sixteen  inches,  in- 
cluding the  head ;  the  tail,  about  twelve  inches. 
Fig.  300  represents  the  skeleton,  with  the  skull  of 
the  Lagotis  Cuvieri :  a,  skull  seen  from  above ;  b, 
the  same  seen  from  below  ;  c,  lower  jaw  ;  rf,  crown 
of  the  two  anterior  molar  teeth  of  the  lower  jaw 
enlarged ;  e,  crowns  of  the  two  posterior  molar 
teeth  of  the  upper  jaw,  enlarged. 

301. — Thk  Viscacha  ok  Biscicha  or  the  Pampas 
(Lagostomus  irycliodactylus,  Brookes).  The  Mar. 
mot  Diana  of  Griffith.  Generic  characters : — the 
molars  consisting  of  two  oblique  lamellse,  excepting 
the  posterior  one  in  the  upper  jaw,  which  consists 
of  three ;  anterior  feet  with  only  four  toes,  hinder 
feet  with  only  three  ;  tail  moderate.  Of  this  genus 
(Lagostomus)  we  know  but  one  species,  of  which 
the  earliest  notice  to  be  found  is  in  Dobrizhofler's 
'  Historia  de  Abiponibus,'  1784.  He  informs  us 
that  it  is  called  by  these  people  Nehelaterek,  and 
that  it  resembles  a  hare  with  the  tail  of  a  fox.  "  It 
digs  its  burrows  on  the  more  elevated  parts  of  the 
plains  with  so  much  art,  that  no  aperture  is  left  by 
which  the  rain  can  penetrate,  and  these  burrows 
are  divided  into  distinct  settlements,  numerous 
families  inhabiting  the  same  locality.  On  the  sur- 
face of  the  ground  are  several  entrances  into  the 
burrow,  at  which,  towards  sunset,  the  animals  may 
be  seen  seated  in  crowds,  diligently  listening  lor 
the  sound  of  any  person  approaching.  If  every- 
thing remains  quiet,  they  venture  forth  by  moon- 
light to  feed  ;  and  commit  sad  havoc  on  the  neigh- 
bouring fields,  for  they  devour  both  European  wheat 
and  Indian  corn  with  great  avidity,  despising  grass 
when  either  is  to  be  obtained.  Hence  the  stations 
of  the  biscachas  are  seldom  to  be  met  with  in  the 
desert  plains,  but  indicate  with  certainty  the  prox- 
imity of  Spanish  settlements  ;  and  it  has  often  been 


a  matter  of  surprise  to  me  that  I  have  never  seen 
the  biscacha  in  the  territories  (though  well  covered 
with  crops  of  all  kinds)  either  of  the  Abipones  or 
the  Guaranis.     They  are  in  the  habit  of  heaping  up 
at  the  entrances  of  their  burrow  dry  bones,  chips  of 
wood,  and  refuse  articles  of  every  sort  which  fall  in 
their  way.    The  purpose,  however,  for  which  these 
tilings  are  collected,  is  beyond  conjecture.    The 
Spanish  colonists  occasionally  spend  an  idle  hour 
in  hunting  them  ;  they  pour  buckets  of  water  into 
the  subterranean  retreats  of  the  creatures,  which 
to  avoid  being  drowned  issue  forth  into  the  plain 
where,  without  any  means  of  escape,  they  are  killed 
with  sticks.    Their  flesh,  unless  they  are  very  old, 
is  not  considered  despicable  even  by  the  Spaniards." 
In  1789  the  Abbii  Jolis  wrote  a  work,  which,  how- 
ever, appears  not  to  have  been  completed,  entitled 
'  An  Essay  on  the  Natural  History  of  Grancliaco 
(Saggio  sulla  Storia  Naturale  della-Provincia  del 
Granchaco),  and  in  this  he  gives  from  long  obsei-va- 
tion,  a  description  of  the  Pampas  biscacha.  which 
differs  in  some  particulars  from  that  of  J  lobrizhoft'er. 
"  They  resemble,"  he  says,  "  our  hares,  but  have  the 
body  somewhat  more  arched.    They  live  in  society, 
in  burrows  underground,  which  they  form  for  them- 
selves, excavating  in  all  directions  to  the  extent  of 
a  mile  in   circumference,   with  various  exits  and 
separate  retreats,  in  which  the  old  live  distinct  from 
the  young.    The  soil  in  which  these  are  usually 
made  is  that  which  is  hard  and  barren,  and  destitute 
of  everything,  but  with  bushes  (boscaglie)  at  no 
great  distance,  and  pasture  of  tender  grass,  roots, 
and  the  bark  of  trees.    They  collect  around  their 
retreats  bones,  dried  leaves,  and  whatever  they  find 
in   the   neighbourhood ;  if  anything  is  missing  in 
their  districts,  it  is  to  be  found  with  certainty  piled 
up  in  these  situations  the  following  day.    As  they 
are  animals  that  avoid  the  light,  having  little  power 
of  vision,  they  are  not  to  be  seen  in  the  daytime, 
unless   at  dawn,  or  towards  evening  after  sunset. 
The  night,  and  especially  when  the  moon  shines, 
is  the  proper  time  for  seeking  their  food.    Fierce 
and  courageous,  they  defend  themselves  with  all 
their  might  against  the  dogs,  and  sometimes  even 
attack  the  legs  of  the  hunters." 

But  neither  of  those  authors  mentions  the  some- 
what anomalous  companions  with  which  the  bis- 
cachas are   associated;   and  we  select,  from  the 
travels   of  Proctor,   Head,  Miers,  and  Haigh,  the 
account  of  the  first-named  traveller,  which,  as  Mr. 
Bennett  observes,  gives  nearly  all  the  particulars 
which  are  to  be  found  in  the  rest.    "  The  whole    ' 
country  from  Buenos  Ayres  to   San   Luis  de  la 
Punta,  is  more  or  less  burrowed  by  an  animal  be- 
tween a  rabbit  and  a  badger,  called  the  biscacho, 
which  renders  travelling  dangerous,  particularly  by   \ 
night,  their  holes  being  so  large  and  deep  that  a   '< 
horse  is  almost  sure  to  fall  if  he  steps  into  one  of  \ 
them.     The  biscacho  never  ventures  far  from  its   : 
retreat,  and  is  seldom  seen  till  the  evening,  when   , 
it  comes  out  to  feed,  and  hundreds  may  be  observed   i 
sporting  round  their  holes,  and  making  a  noise  very  i 
similar  to  the  grunting  of  pigs.     Their  flesh  is   , 
much  liked  by  the  people,  and  they  are  remarkably   i 
fat,  and  on  that  account,  when  caught  at  any  dis-   1 
tance  from  their  holes,  are  easily  run  down  ;  they   i 
will,   however,   defend   themselves  from   a  dog  a  j 
considerable  time.    The  holes  of  these  animals  are   \ 
also  inhabited  by  vast  numbers  of  small  owls,  which   I 
sit,  during  the  day,  gazing  at  the  passing  travellers,   j 
and   making    a  very  ludicrous    appearance.    The   '' 
parts  of  the  road  most  frequented  by  the  biscacho   ' 
are  generally  overrun  by  a  species  of  small  wild   ] 
melon,  bitter  to  the  taste  ;  whether  it  thrives  par-  j 
ticularly  on  the  manure  of  the  animal,  or  whether  ! 
the  biscacho  chooses  its  hole  nearer  this  running  ! 
plant,  does  not  seem  to  have  been  ascertained." 

The  viscacha  of  the  Pampas  of  Buenos  Ayres  and 
Paraguay  is,  when  fully  grown,  as  large  as  our 
common  badger.  Above  it  is  a  blackish  grey, 
beneath  white.  The  head  is  large  and  obtuse, 
and  a  whitish  band  beginning  on  the  nose  passes 
across  the  face  beneath  each  eye  to  the  root  of 
the  ear,  producing  a  sort  of  crescent-shaped  mask 
when  the  face  is  viewed  in  front.  The  sides  of 
the  lips  are  furnished  with  a  tuft  of  thickly-set 
whiskers,  composed  of  long  black  bristles ;  and 
from  the  angles  of  the  mouth  across  the  cheeks, 
below  the  white  band,  extends  a  brush  of  black 
bristles,  stouter  than  those  of  the  whiskers,  but 
shorter,  the  lowermost  being  sharply  pointed.  This 
brush  reaches  the  angle  of  the  jaw,  forming  a 
beard  :  it  does  not,  however,  end  here  abruptly, 
but  may  be  traced  by  bristly  hairs  intermingled 
with  the  fur  across  the  shoulders  as  far  as  the 
middle  of  the  back.  The  ears  are  moderate  and 
rounded  ;  the  fore-legs  are  rather  slender  and  short ; 
the  hind-legs  are  long,  and  the  metatarsal  portion 
reminds  one  of  the  same  part  in  the  limb  of  the 
kangaroo,  though  it  is  not  so  disproportionally 
elongated.  At  the  heel  there  is  a  lo::g  naked 
callous  sole  or  pad,  befoie  which  is  a  part  covered 
with  hair :  the  toes  are  three  in  number,  of  which 


2»5.— C.iinchllU. 


*M.-Sk«lelon  of  CblnehUU. 


SVT^-ChinoHiUb 


M«.— Cbinehilk. 


72 


300.— Skdeton  and  Sknll  oTCoTiet'B  Lagotia. 


303.*— Upper  Jaw  of  Paca. 


302 — Skeleton  of  Viacacha. 


305.-Diaky  Pact. 


304.— Lower  Jaw  of  Paca. 


CESiiEl 


No.  10. 


305.— Tooth  of  Paca. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATUHE.] 


Viscacha. 


73 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Agodtis. 


the  miiliile  is  ihe  most  elongated  :  ail  are  furnished 
with  stioiif;  hoot-like  nails,  and  with  naked  pads 
beiiealh.  The  tail  is  rather  short,  and  covered  with 
greyish  brown  hairs,  of  which  the  longest  form  a 
fringe  on  tlie  upper  surface :  it  is  generally  kept 
retroverled  on  the  back.  The  incisor  teeth  are 
remarkal)ly  large  and  strong.  Fig.  302  represents 
the  skeleton  of  the  Pampas  viscacha;  o,  under 
view  of  skull ;  A,  lower  jaw  ;  c,  crown  of  the  second 
molar  tooth  of  the  leftside  of  the  lower  jaw;  d, 
crown  of  the  last  molar  tooth  of  the  right  side  of 
the  upper  jaw. 

Mr.  urookes's  paper  on  the  anatomy  of  this  ani- 
mal was  read  belore  the  Linn.  Soc.  in  June,  1828, 
and  published  in  the  Linn.  Trans,  for  the  year  fol- 
lowing. 

A  small  family  of  the  Histricine  section,  which 
may  be  termed  Dasyproctidaa,  next  claims  our 
notice.     It  embraces  two  genera,  Cielogcnys  and 

4 — * 
Dasyprocta.    In  these  genera  the  molars  are  xzzi' 

rooted,  and  bear  much  resemblance  to  those  of  the 
porcupines ;  they  are  crowned  with  distinct  tuber- 
cles, which,  wearing  down  with  use,  give  place  to 
winding  lines  of  enamel,  set  in  the  interior  bony 
cement. 

The  genus  Caelogenys  includes  two.  or  perhaps 
three,  distinct  species  of  Rodents,  termed  Pacas 
(a  corruption  of  the  word  Pag  of  the  Brazilians,  or 
Paig  of  Ihe  natives  of  Paraguay ;  and  Pakiri  of  some 
of  the  tribes  of  Guiana). 

These  animals,  the  pacas,  are  remarkable  for  a 
curious  structural  peculiarity  in  the  skull,  which  im- 
parts a  singular  aspect  to  their  physiognomy.  We 
give  a  sketch  of  the  skull  of  the  lulvous  paca 
(Caelogenys  fulvus),  in  profile  (Fig.  303),  and  as 
viewed  on  its  palatal  aspect  (Fig.  303*).  The  pe- 
culiarity in  question  is  the  immense  development 
of  the  zygomatic  arch,  forming  an  expansive  shield 
of  bone,  almost  concealing  the  lower  jaw,  rough 
and  convex  externally,  and  deeply  concave  within. 
This  broad  projecting  convex  plate  has  its  concavity 
lined  by  a  continuation  or  reduplicatnre  of  the  skin 
of  the  lace,  constituting  a  sort  of  pouch,  with  a  nar- 
row linear  opening  just  below  the  angle  of  the 
mouth,  and  having  its  edges,  from  which  the  pouch 
leads  directly  upwards,  almost  if  not  quite  destitute 
of  hair. 

Notwithstanding;  this  narrow  orifice,  the  sac  or 
pouch  is  so  closed,  that  it  cannot  be  serviceable  as 
the  receptacle  for  food,  for  neither  is  the  orifice 
dilatable,  nor  the  pouch,  enclosed  as  the  latter  is 
within  walls  of  unyielding  bone.  The  use  of  this 
sac  is  not  ascertained :  perhaps  a  secretion  of  some 
kind  may  take  place  from  the  subzygomatic  fold  of 
skin,  but  this  remains  to  be  determined.  Besides 
the  sac  described,  the  pacas  have  true  cheek- 
pouches  of  considerable  extent,  opening  from  the 
mouth,  and  extending  down  the  sides  of  the  neck 
and  below  the  inferior  margin  of  the  zygomatic 
shield. 

The  lower  jaw,  which  is  almost  concealed,  is 
shown  at  Fig.  304.  The  characters  of  the  molar 
teeth,  worn  by  use,  are  well  depicted.  Fig.  305  re- 
presents the  germ  of  the  first  molar,  before  the 
tooth  is  completely  developed,  in  three  views, 
namely,  the  outer  aspect,  the  inner  aspect,  and  the 
crown  with  its  tubercles.  The  pacas  are  animals  of 
considerable  size,  and  of  a  heavy  clumsy  figure, 
having  a  thick  muzzle,  with  the  upper  lip  deeply 
•cleft ;  a  large  inelegant  head ;  prominent  eyes, 
rounded  ears  and  stout  limbs,  of  which  the  hinder 
pair  exceed  in  length  the  anterior— but  as  the 
greater  portion  of  the  tarsus  rests  habitually  on  the 
ground,  the  body  sinks  even  lower  at  the  haunches 
than  at  the  shoulders.  The  fore-feet  are  divided  into 
five  toes,  of  which  the  innermost  is  a  mere  rudi- 
ment, seated  high,  and  furnished  with  a  small  claw. 
The  hind-feet  have  also  five  toes,  but  of  these  the 
outermost  on  each  side  is  small,  and  seated  high : 
the  three  central  are  large,  strong,  and  furnished 
with  powerful  hoof- like  nails.  The  tail  is  wanting. 
The  body  is  clothed  with  short,  stiff,  wiry  hairs. 

306.— Thk  Dusky  Paca. 
This  species,  according  to  C'uvier,  is  identical  with 
the  fulvous  paca;  but  we  have  examined  the  skulls, 
and  find  them  different.  In  the  former  the  bones  of 
the  skull  are  smooth,  and  the  zygomatic  arches  less 
inordinately  developed.  The  general  colour  of  the 
dusky  paca  is  brownish  black,  with  four  lateral 
rows  of  white  spots,  which  begin  on  the  shoulders 
and  terminate  on  the  buttocks.  The  lowest  line  is 
almost  confounded  with  the  white  of  the  under  sur- 
face. The  sides  of  the  lower  jaw,  the  throat,  and 
chest  are  also  white.  Total  length  of  head  and 
body,  about  two  feet;  average  height  fourteen  inches. 
These  animals  are  natives  of  the  whole  of  the 
eastern  portion  of  South  America,  from  Surinam 
to  Paraguay,  and  formerly  existed  also  in  some  of 
the  islands  of  the  West  Indies.  ?'orests  in  the 
vicinity  of  water;  wooded,  marshy  places ;  and  bor- 
ders of  rivers,  are  their  favourite  localities :    they 


inhabit  burrows,  which  they  excavate,  but  so  super- 
ficially, that  they  are  apt  to  give  way  beneath  the 
foot  of  a  person'  passing  over  them,  no  less  to  his 
annoyance  than  that  of  the  animal  which  thus  sud- 
denly finds  itself  in  open  daylight.  These  bur- 
rows have,  as  it  is  asserted,  three  openings,  which 
the  animal  conceals  with  dry  leaves  and  branches. 
In  order  to  capture  the  paca  alive,  the  hunter  stops 
two  of  these  apertures,  and  proceeds  to  work  at  the 
third,  till  he  arrives  at  the  chamber  to  which  the 
avenues  lead.  Driven  to  an  extremity,  the  paca 
makes  a  desperate  resistance,  often  intiicting  very 
severe  wounds. 

When  not  disturbed,  the  jiaca  often  sits  up  and 
washes  its  head  and  whiskers  with  its  two  fore-paws, 
which  it  licks  and  moistens  with  its  saliva  at  each 
ablution,  like  a  cat ;  and  with  these  fore-paws,  as 
well  as  with  the  hind-ones,  it  often  scratches  itself 
and  dresses  its  fur.  TJiough  heavy  and  corpulent, 
it  can  run  with  a  good  deal  of  activity,  and  often 
takes  lively  jumps.  It  swims  and  dives  with  great 
adroitness,  and  its  cry  resembles  the  grunting  of  a 
young  pig.  Its  food  consists  of  fruits  and  tender 
plants,  which  it  seeks  in  the  night,  hardly  ever 
quitting  its  burrow  in  the  day,  the  strong  light  of 
which,  as  is  the  case  with  other  nocturnal  animals, 
is  oppressive  to  its  eye :  the  planter  often  rues  the 
visits  made  by  these  midnight  foragers  to  his  sugar- 
canes.  The  female  is  said  to  bring  forth  at  the 
rainy  season,  and  to  produce  but  a  single  young  one, 
which  stays  a  long  time  with  the  mother.  The 
pacas  are  very  cleanly  creatures  in  all  their  habits, 
and  keep  their  subterranean  dwelling  in  a  state  of 
the  utmost  purity. 

It  appears  that  these  animals  root  in  the  ground 
with  their  nose — a  circumstance  which,  taken  in 
conjunction  with  their  voice,  a  pig-like  crunt,  the 
bristly  character  of  their  hair,  and  the  flavour  of 
their  flesh,  probably  gave  rise,  as  Mr.  Bennett  ob- 
serves, to  the  comparisons  made  by  the  older  writers 
between  them  and  the  tenant  of  the  sty.  Those 
which  we  have  seen  in  captivity  were  gentle,  but 
certainly  not  intelligent ;  and  so  far  we  agree  with 
M.  F.  Cuvier,  who  observes  that  when  the  animal 
is  offended,  it  throws  itself  violently  at  the  object 
which  has  displeased  it,  and  then  makes  a  kind  of 
grumbling,  which  at  length  breaks  out  into  a  sort 
of  bark.  The  greater  part  of  the  day  it  passes  in 
repose,  delighting  in  a  soft  bed,  which  it  forms  of 
straw,  hay,  and  similar  materials,  collecting  the  ma- 
terials with  its  mouth,  and  making  a  little  heap,  in 
the  centre  of  which  it  lies  down.  M.  Buff'on  gives 
a  detailed  account  of  one  of  these  animals,  which 
he  kept  alive  in  his  house  for  some  time,  and  which 
was  gentle  and  very  familiar. 

The  flesh  of  these  animals  is  in  great  estimation, 
and  in  some  districts  is  in  ordinary  consumption, 
but  as  it  is  fat  and  rich  it  is  apt  to  cloy.  It  is  pre- 
pared for  cooking  by  being  scalded  like  a  sucking- 
pig  and  roasted.  The  fur  is  of  no  value,  but  the 
skin  might  be  useful  if  converted  into  leather. 
M.  F.  Cuvier  thinks  that  it  would  be  possible  to 
introduce  this  animal  into  our  European  rural  esta- 
blishments, and  that  once  naturalised  it  would 
form  no  despicable  acquisition  in  the  department  of 
domestic  economy. 

THE  AGOUTIS 

{Dasyprocta,  Illig. ;  Chlormys,  F.  Cuv.).  These 
animals  differ  from  the  pacas  in  the  formation  of 
the  skull  and  the  conformation  of  the  feet  and  toes. 
With  respect  to  the  former,  the  zygomatic  arch 
presents  nothing  of  that  strange  development  so 
remarkable  in  the  pacas.  The  toes  are  distinctly 
four  on  each  of  the  anterior  feet :  of  these  the 
outermost  toe  on  each  side  is  small  and  seated 
high,  while  the  two  middle  are  long,  and  armed 
with  stout  claws.  The  hind  feet  are  divided  into 
three  toes,  furnished  with  claws  of  a  hoof-like  cha- 
racter, and  of  considerable  strength.  The  limbs  are 
slender,  and  the  hinder  pair  considerably  exceed 
in  length  the  anterior :  hence  the  pace  of  these 
arfimals  is  tolerably  rapid  for  a  short  distance, 
though  they  seldom  trust  to  speed  for  .safety,  but 
seek  shelter  and  security  in  the  first  hollow  tree 
they  meet  with,  or  under  a  rock.  Here  they  allow 
themselves  to  be  captured,  without  offering  any 
resistance,  only  uttering  a  sharp  plaintive  note  of 
alarm.  The  head  of  the  agoutis  is  large,  the  fore- 
head convex,  the  nose  swollen  ;  the  ears  round,  short, 
and  nearly  naked ;  the  eyes  large  and  black ;  the 
tail  is  very  short,  generally  indeed  a  mere  tubercle. 
The  hair  is  glossy  and  of  a  wiry  character,  and  an- 
nulated  in  different  degrees  with  black,  yellow,  or 

4—4 
white,  and  olive  green.    The  molars  are  t — r,  nearly 

all  of  the  same  size,  and  when  worn  presenting 
winding  folds  of  enamel  on  the  flat  crowns.  It 
is  impossible  to  convey  by  mere  description  an 
idea  of  the  figures  which  these  convolutions  assume, 
and  which  vaiy  in  proportion  to  the  wearing  down 
of  the  tooth  :  we  therefore  refer  to  Fig.  307,  where 


a  and  b  represent  respectively  the  upper  and  lower 
jaws.  No.  1  represents  the  teeth  when  much  worn 
difwn  ;  2,  the  same  in  an  intermediate  stale ;  and  3. 
the  same  when  the  tubercles  are  just  effaced,  and 
the  surface  smoothed  down  to  a  level. 

The  flesh  of  the  agoutis  is  in  son;e  districts  highly 
esteemed,  being  white  and  tender. 

The  agoutis  use  the  fore-paws  as  hands  to  convey 
their  food  to  the  mouth,  and  usually  sit  upright  on 
their  haunches  to  eat :  they  frequently  also  assume 
the  same  position  in  order  to  look  around  them,  or 
when  they  are  surprised  by  any  unusual  SDund  or 
occurrence.  Their  food  is  exclusively  of  a  vegetal  le 
nature,  and  consists  most  commonly  of  wild  yams, 
potatoes,  and  other  tuberous  roots ;  in  the  islands 
of  the  different  West  India  groups  they  are  par- 
ticularly destructive  to  the  sugar-cane,  of  the  roots 
of  which  they  are  extremely  fond.  The  planters 
employ  every  artifice  for  destroying  them,  so  that 
at  present  they  have  become  comparatively  rare  in 
the  sugar  islands,  though  on  the  first  settlement  of  the 
Antilles  and  Bahamas  they  are  said  to  have  swarmed 
in  such  countless  multitudes  as  to  have  constituted 
the  principal  article  of  food  for  the  Indians.  They 
were  the  largest  quadrupeds  indigenous  in  these 
islands  upon  their  first  discovery.  The  same  rule  of 
geographical  distribution  holds  good  generally  in 
other  cases,  viz.  that  where  groups  of  islands  are 
detached  at  some  distance  from  the  mainland  of  a 
particular  continent,  the  smaller  species  of  animals 
are  usually  found  spread  over  both,  whilst  the 
larger  and  more  bulky  are  confined  to  the  mainland 
alone,  and  are  never  found  to  be  indigenous  in  the 
small  insulated  land. 

Though  the  agoutis  use  the  fore-paws  as  de- 
scribed, yet  they  are  incapable  of  climbing  trees ; 
and  though  the  nails  are  strong,  they  do  not  burrow, 
but  conceal  themselves  in  hollow  trees,  among 
fallen  logs  and  timber  in  the  forest,  and  similar 
places  of  concealment.  Here  they  produce  and 
rear  their  young,  which  are  born  with  the  eyes 
closed  :  they  soon  become  capable  of  shifting  'for 
themselves. 

303. — ^The  Commox  Agouti 

(^Dasyprocta  Acuti).  This  species  is  very  abundant 
in  Brazil  and  Guiana,  and  occurs  also  in  Paraguay, 
where  it  was  observed  by  D'Azara,  who  informs  us 
that  the  Guarinis  term  it  Cotia :  in  size  it  is  about 
equal  to  a  rabbit,  but  it  rarely  if  ever  makes  a 
buiTow.  It  frequents  densely-wooded  districts  in 
preference  to  open  lands,  and  generally  takes  up 
its  residence  in  the  hollow  trunks  of  decayed  trees, 
where  it  remains  concealed  during  the  day.  This 
retreat  usually  serves  for  several  individuals,  for  it 
appears  to  be  gregarious,  associating  in  small  troops 
consisting  of  eighteen  or  twenty  individuals.  Its 
movements  are  rapid,  active,  and  abrupt,  and  when 
chased,  it  bounds  along,  like  a  hare,  to  gain  its  ac- 
customed hiding-place  :  it  is  however  seldom  seen 
except  during  the  night,  or  as  evening  begins  to 
sink  into  twilight. 

In  Brazil  and  Guiana  the  agouti  is  exposed  to 
wholesale  destruction  for  the  sake  of  its  flesh,  which 
is  said  to  be  intermediate  in  flavour  between  the 
hare  and  rabbit ;  but  in  Paraguay,  according  to 
D'Azara,  no  one  eats  if,  and  M.  Moreau  St.  Mi^ry  ob- 
serves that  it  has  a  strange  sort  of  flavour,  and  is  a 
dish  of  little  relish  to  the  palate.  The  latter  writer 
also  informs  us  that  the  agouti  is  common  in  the 
island  of  St.  Lucia,  and  also  inhabits  others  of  the 
West  India  group;  and  that  in  1788  several  were 
taken  in  St.  Domingo,  which  had  made  a  hollow 
tree  their  domicile.  It  is  said  to  breed  several 
times  in  a  year,  and  to  produce  from  three  to  six  at  a 
birth.  The  general  colour  of  the  agouti  is  grizzled 
reddish  brown,  tinged  on  the  neck,  chest,  and  under 
surface  with  yellow.  The  haii-s  of  the  upper  and 
fore  parts  of  the  body  are  annulated  with  brown,  yel- 
low, and  black,  which  gives  the  animal  a  speckled 
yellow  and  green  appearance  on  the  neck,  head, 
back,  and  sides:  on  the  croup,  however,  they  are  of 
a  uniform  golden  yellow,  much  longer  than  on  any 
other  part  of  the  body,  and  directed  backwards,  con- 
cealing the  tail,  which  is  a  mere  naked  stump  ;  the 
moustaches  and  feet  black.  The  general  length  of 
the  hair  on  the  upper  and  anterior  parts  of  the  body 
is  about  an  inch,  that  of  the  croup  is  upwards  of  four 
inches  long,  and  all,  excepting  the  short  coarse  fur 
of  the  legs  and  feet,  and  that  on  the  breast  and 
belly,  is  of  a  stiff',  harsh  nature,  jiartaking  more  of 
the  qualify  of  bristles  than  of  .simple  hair. 

The  golden  agouti  differs  from  the  common  spe- 
cies principally  in  its  brighter  colouring. 

309. — The  Black  Agouti 

(Dasyprocta  cristata).  This  species,  to  which  the 
term  crested  (crLstata)  is  ill  applied  (since  the  hairs 
of  the  head  and  neck  are  not  longer  than  those  of 
the  shoulders),  is  smaller  than  the  common  species, 
but  its  general  proportions  and  form  are  the  same  : 
it  differs,  however,  in  colour,  for  the  hairs  of  the 
back  and  sides,  instead  of  being  annulated  with 


Cavies.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


75 


various  tints,  as  in  that  animal,  are  nearly  of  a 
unit'oim  black,  whilst  the  long  hairs  of  the  croup 
are  perfectly  so.  A  specimen  we  regarded  as  the 
black  as;outi,  in  the  Paris  Museum,  might  be  thus 
described : — black,  beautifuly  freckled  with  pure 
■white,  especially  about  the  cheeks  and  sides,  each 
hair  on  those  parts  being  once  ringed  with  white  ; 
length  twenty  inches. 

310. — The  Acoijchi 

(^Dasyprocta  Acuchi).  This  animal  differs  from  the 
agouti  in  being  of  a  much  smaller  size,  lighter 
make,  and  deeper  colour,  and  especially  in  having 
a  much  longer  tail,  this  appendage  measuring  two 
inches :  it  is  very  slender,  being  not  much  thicker 
than  a  crow-quill,  and  covered  with  short  scattered 
hairs.  Its  manners  resemble  those  of  the  agouti, 
and  it  also  inhabits  the  woods  of  Guiana,  but  is  not 
by  any  means  so  common  as  that  animal.  M. 
D'Azara  was  mistaken  in  asserting  the  acouchi  to 
be  identical  with  the  agouti ;  and  it  is  very  obvious 
that  he  never  saw  the  former,  for,  if  he  had,  the  dis- 
tinction could  not  have  escaped  his  notice  ;  indeed 
it  does  not  appear  to  be  a  native  of  Paraguay.  Spe- 
cimens of  the  acouchi,  as  well  as  its  skeleton,  are 
in  the  museum  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  Two  living  in- 
dividuals (now  the  museum  specimens  alluded  to) 
were  described  in  the  '  Pioceeds.  Zool.  Soc'  1830, 
by  T.  Bell,  Esq.,  who  obtained  them  from  Guiana. 
"  Both  individuals,"  he  observes,  "  are  mild  and 
gentle  in  their  dispositions,  but  somewhat  timid  : 
they  are,  however,  familiar  with  their  master,  and 
run  to  him  whenever  he  enters  the  room  in  which 
they  are  kept,  and  about  which  they  are  allowed  to 
range  during  the  day.  Their  food  is  entirely  vege- 
table ;  they  are  especially  partial  to  nuts  and  al- 
monds ;  they  drink  but  very  little.  They  are  ex- 
tremely cleanly,  and  take  great  pains  to  keep  their 
fur  in  order,  in  cleansing  which  they  mutually  assist 
each  other.  They  leap  occasionally  in  play  to  a 
considerable  height,  and  frequently,  in  springing 
from  the  ground  to  an  elevation  of  two  feet,  descend 
on  the  spot  from  which  they  rose.  Their  voice  is 
a  short,  rather  sharp,  plaintive  pur.  The  indi- 
viduals, male  and  female,  show  great  attachment 
to  each  other.  They  frequently  agitate  their  tails 
with  a  quick  tremulous  motion."  Mr.  Bell  ob- 
serves that  he  had  never  before  the  arrival  of  these 
individuals  seen  a  specimen  of  the  acouchi,  nor  was 
he  aware  of  the  existence  of  even  a  preserved  skin 
in  any  English  collection.  It  is  the  Olive  Cavy  of 
Pennant.  The  general  colour  is  olive  mixed  with 
yellow  and  black  :  the  hairs  of  the  croup  are  not 
so  long  as  in  the  agoutis,  and  black. 

THE  CAVIES 

(Fam.  Cavidie)  constitute  a  group  (embracmg  the 
genera  Cavia,  Dolichotis,  Kerodon,  and  Hydro- 
choerus)  which  is  one  of  themqgt  distinctly  marked 
in  the  class  Rodentia,  and  which  should  not  be 
con|founded  with  that  of  the  pacas  and  agoutis,  the 
diiierence  being  very  great,  both  as  respects  the 
conformation  of  the  skull  and  the  characters  of  the 
teeth.  The  molars,  as  seen  in  the  teeth  of  the 
guinea-pig  or  aperea  (Cavia  cobaia).  Fig.  311,  and 
of  the  kerodon.  Fig.  312,  may  be  compared  with 
those  of  the  agouti,  Fig.  307,  and  the  wide  distinc- 
tion will  be  at  once  appreciated. 
4—4 
The    molars    arer— r,  lamellose,  and  composite ; 

the  folds  of  enamel  enclose  triangular  or  cordiforra 
interspaces.  A  projecting  ridge  always  occurs  on 
the  outer  side  of  the  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw.  In 
the  genus  Cavia  the  anterior  feet  have  four  toes, 
the  posterior  three ;  the  nails  are  short  and  robust ; 
there  is  no  tail.  As  an  example  of  this  genus  we 
may  take  the  common  guinea-pig,  or  aperea,  the 
domestic  descendant  of  a  species  still  common  in 
a  wild  state  in  various  parts  of  South  America. 
Mr.  Darwin,  who  met  with  the  wild  aperea  abun- 
dantly, states  it  to  be  "  exceedingly  common  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  several  towns  which 
stand  on  the  banks  of  the  Rio  Plata.  It  fre- 
quents different  kinds  of  stations,  such  as  hedge- 
rows made  of  the  agave  and  opuntia,  or  sand  hil- 
locks; and  again  marshy  places  covered  with 
aquatic  plants,  the  latter  appearing  to  be  its  fa- 
vourite haunt.  Where  the  soil  is  dry  it  makes  a 
burrow,  but  where  otherwise  it  lives  concealed 
amidst  the  herbage.  These  animals  generally  come 
out  to  feed  in  the  evening,  and  are  then  tame  ;  but 
if  the  day  be  gloomy  they  make  their  appearance 
in  the  morning.  They  are  said  to  be  very  inju- 
rious to  young  trees.  An  old  mal(>  killed  at  Mal- 
donado  weighed  1  lb.  3  oz."  Mr.  Darwin  observed 
that  in  this  animal  the  attachment  of  the  fur  to  the 
skin  is  very  slight.  Possessing  but  little  intelli- 
gence and  very  timid,  the  aperea  is  nevertheless 
tamed  without  any  difficulty.  Azara,  who  kept  one, 
remarks  that  though  he  took  no  pains  to  make  it 
familiar,  it  manifested  no  fear  when  in  his  presence, 
and  seemed  quite  unconcerned.  It  is  to  this  ease 
with  which  the  wild  aperea  becomes  domesticated 


that  we  owe  the  introduction  of  it  into  Europe,  for, 
excepting  that  it  is  a  very  pretty  creature,  there  is 
nothing  to  render  it  a  valuable  acquisition.  It  is 
however  eaten  by  the  native  tribes  of  Paraguay, 
who  sometimes  capture  it  by  hundreds  when,  driven 
from  the  lowlands  by  sudden  inundations,  it  retreats 
for  safety  to  the  ajacent  hilly  grounds,  where  it 
finds  neither  shelterd  nor  concealment. 

Of  the  genus  Kerodon  we  may  notice  the  Rock 
Kerodon  (Kerodon  moco,  F.  Cuv. ;  Cavia  rupestris, 
Pr.  Max).  It  is  a  native  of  the  rocky  mountain 
districts  in  the  interior  of  Brazil.  It  is  less  than 
the  aperea,  and  its  fur  is  very  thick  and  short.  The 
colour  is  grey  mixed  with  black,  and  reddish  brown 
above,  the  under  parts  being  white.  A  second 
specis,  King's  Kerodon  (Kerodon  Kingii),  was  in- 
troduced to  science  by  the  late  Mr.  Bennett.  It 
was  lound  by  Captain  King  at  Port  Desire,  on  the 
eastern  coast  of  Patagonia.  In  size  it  is  less  than 
the  aperea,  being  about  nine  inches  long.  Its 
colour  is  more  uniform  than  that  of  the  rocky  ke- 
rodon, and  of  a  deeper  tint ;  a  slight  dash  of  white 
I's  perceptible  behind  each  ear,  and  a  line  of  the 
same  tint  marks  the  edge  of  each  branch  of  the 
lower  jaw.  Mr.  Darwin  states  that  this  Kerodon 
"  is  common  at  intervals  along  the  coast  of  Pata- 
gonia, from  the  Rio  Negro  (lat  41°)  to  the  Straits 
of  Magellan.  It  is  very  tame,  and  commonly  feeds 
by  day.  It  is  said  to  bring  ibrth  two  young  ones  at 
a  birth.  At  the  Rio  Negro  it  frequents  in  great 
numbers  the  bottoms  of  old  edges.  At  Port  De- 
sire it  lives  beneath  the  ruins  of  the  old  Spanish 
buildings.  At  the  Strait  of  Magellan  I  have  seen 
amongst  the  Patagonian  Indians  cloaks  for  small 
children  made  with  the  skins  of  this  little  animal. 
And  the  Jesuit  Falkner  says  that  the  people  of  one 
of  the  southern  tribes  take  their  name  from  the 
number  of  these  animals  which  inhabit  their  country. 
The  Spaniards  and  half-civilized  Indians  call  the 
kerodon  '  Conejos,'  or  rabbit,  and  thus  has  the  mis- 
take arisen  that  rabbits  are  found  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  Straits  of  Magellan." 

313. — The  Patagonian  Cavy,  ok  Mara 

(Dolicholis  Patachonica,  Deam.  ;  Cavia  Pataclionica, 
Shawj.  This  large  cavy  is  rare  in  European  mu- 
seums. A  fine  specimen,  however,  is  preserved  in 
the  British  Museum  and  the  Museum  of  the  Zool. 
Soc.  It  is  a  beautiful  animal,  standing  high  on  the 
legs,  with  much  of  the  port  of  some  of  the  bush 
antelopes  of  Africa.  Its  height  at  the  shoulder  is 
about  a  foot  and  a  half.  Its  length  is  about  two 
feet  six  inches,  including  the  tail,  which  is  nearly 
two  inches  long.  It  lives  on  the  Pampas  south  of 
Buenos  Ayres,  and  especially  in  Patagonia.  It  is 
noticed  by  Narborough,  Wood,  and  Byron  as  being 
very  abundant  in  Port  Desire,  and  also  at  Port  St. 
Julian,  where,  however,  il  does  not  now  appear  to 
exist.  It  is  only  where  the  country  has  a  desert 
character  that  this  species  is  common  ;  and  in  the 
wilds  of  Patagonia  little  groups  of  two,  three,  or 
four  may  be  continually  seen  hopping  after  each 
other  in  a  straight  line,  over  plains  of  gravel  thinly 
clothed  with  a  few  thorny  dreary  bushes  and  a 
withered  herbage. 

According  to  Azara,  this  cavy  does  not  range 
higher  north  than  latitude  35° :  but  in  this  state- 
ment he  appears  to  be  mistaken,  for  Mr.  Darwin 
observed  that  near  the  coast  of  the  Atlantic  its 
northern  limit  is  formed  by  the  Sierra  Tapalguon, 
in  latitude  37°  30',  where  the  plains  rather  sud- 
denly become  greener  and  more  humid;  and  he 
remarks  that  its  limit  there  certainly  depends  on 
this  change,  since  near  Mendoza,  33°  30',  four  de- 
grees farther  northward,  where  the  country  is  very 
sterile,  this  animal  again  occurs.  Azara  states  that 
this  cavy  never  excavates  its  own  burrow,  but  al- 
ways uses  that  of  the  viscacha  or  biscucha;  and 
Mr.  Darwin  considers  that  where  that  animal  is 
present,  Azara's  statement  is  doubtless  correct,  but 
that  on  the  sandy  plains  of  Bahia  Blanca,  where 
the  biscacha  is  not  found,  this  cavy,  as  the  Spa- 
niards maintain,  is  its  own  workman.  The  same 
thing,  he  adds,  occurs  with  the  little  owls  of  the 
Pampas  (noctua  cunicularia),  which  have  been 
described  by  travellers  as  standing  like  sentinels  at 
the  mouths  of  almost  every  burrow  ;  for  in  Banda 
Oriental,  owing  to  the  absence  of  the  biscacha,  these 
birds  are  obliged  to  hollow  out  their  own  habita- 
tions. Azara  moreover  states  that,  except  when 
pressed  by  danger,  this  cavy  does  not  have  recourse 
to  its  burrow  for  safety,  but  crouches  on  the  plains, 
or  trusts  to  its  speed  ;  adding,  however,  that  it  is 
soon  run  down.  On  the  contrary,  Mr.  Darwin  as- 
serts that  as  I?ahia  Blanca  he  repeatedly  saw  two 
or  three  animals  sitting  on  their  haunches  by  the 
mouths  of  their  holes,  which  they  quietly  entered 
as  he  passed  by  at  a  distance.  He  remarks,  how- 
ever, that,  different  from  most  burrowing  animals, 
they  wander,  commonly  two  or  three  together,  to 
miles  or  even  leagues  from  their  home,  and  he  was 
not  able  to  ascertain  whether  or  not  they  returned 
at  night.    This  species  is  diurnal  in  its  habits, 


roaming  about  by  day.  It  is  very  shy  and  watch- 
ful, seldom  squats  after  the  manner  of  a  hare,  an4 
cannot  run  fast,  so  that  indifferent  dogs  easily  over- 
take it.  The  female  breeds  in  her  burrow,  generally 
producing  two  young  ones  at  a  birth.  The  flesh 
of  this  animal  is  white,  but  dry  and  insipid.  The 
skin  with  the  fur  on  is  in  esteem,  being  used  for 
rugs,  and  is  beautiful  from  the  character  of  the 
hair,  which  is  full  and  soft,  and  from  the  tasteful 
arrangement  of  the  marking.  The  colour  of  the 
back  is  brown,  grizzled  with  white,  verging  into 
vellow  on  the  sides  of  the  body  and  on  the  limbs, 
but  becoming  black  as  it  approaches  the  haunch: 
this  dark  hue  is  there  abruptly  interrupted  by  a 
white  band  passing  transversely  above  the  root  of 
the  tail,  and  spreading  on  the  back  and  sides  of  the 
thighs.  The  appearance  of  this  white  mark  is  very 
striking.  The  chest,  inside  of  the  limbs,  and  under 
part  of  the  body  are  also  white.  The  ears  are  three 
inches  and  a  half  in  length,  erect  and  pointed. 
Full-grown  individuals  weigh  between  twenty  and 
twenty-six  pounds.  The  young,  it  is  said,  may  be 
easily  domesticated. 

314.— The  Oapybaba 

(Hydrochcervs  Capyhara).  Cabiai,  Buff.  The 
Capybara  (the  only  known  species  of  the  genus 
Hydrochosrus)  is  the  largest  of  all  the  Rodentia; 
and  its  size,  its  massive,  heavy  proportions,  its 
thick  head,  and  the  bristly  character  of  its  hair,  give 
it  a  degree  of  resemblance  to  some  of  the  Pachy- 
dermata.  Marcgrave  regards  it  as  a  sort  of  aquatic 
hog ;  Ferinius,  in  his  '  History  of  Surinam,'  1775, 
terms  it  Porcus  fluviatilis,  or  river-hog ;  while 
Pennant  gives  it  the  thle  of  thick-nosed  Tapir. 
It  is  also  the  Cochon  d'eau  ofDesmarchais;  theSus 
maximus  palustris  of  BarrC-re  ;  and  the  Sus  hydro- 
choerus.  Pig-like  as  the  capybara  may  be  in  its 
external  aspect,  it  is  nevertheless  a  genuine  Rodent, 
as  much  so  as  the  hare  or  agouti.  Its  dentition  con- 
sists of  the  usual  incisors,  which  are  of  prodigious 
size  and  strength  :  those  in  the  upper  jaw  have  a 
deep  longitudinal  furrow  on  their  outer  surface. 
The  molars  are  four  on  each  side,  above  and  below  ; 
and  consist  of  a  series  of  obliquely  transverse, 
parallel  laminse  of  enamel  (Fig.  315j,  presenting 
acute  lateral  projections  in  the  three  first  teeth  : 
these  projections  are  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  upper 
teeth  and  the  inner  edge  of  the  lower.  The  spaces 
enclosed  by  the  layers  of  enamel  are  filled  in  with 
osseous  matter,  and  the  whole  is  united  into  a  sin- 
gle mass  by  intervening  cortical  matter,  or  crusta 
petrosa.  The  molars  of  the  capybara  are  in  fact 
analagous  to  those  of  the  elephant. 

We  have  stated  that  in  some  Rodents  the  fauces, 
or  back  of  the  mouth,  is  continued  funnel-shaped, 
opening  into  the  ojsophagus  through  a  small  orifice 
surrounded  by  a  muscle  of  circular  fibres,  allowing 
only  the  gradual  transmission  of  food  which  has 
been  previously  reduced  to  a  thorough  pulp.  This 
structural  peculiarity  was  first  pointed  out  in  the 
capybara  by  Mr.  Morgan  ('  Linn.  Trans.'  vol.  xvi.), 
but  we  meet  with  it  also  in  the  Coypu,  the  Capromys, 
and  the  Beaver.  (See  '  Proc.  Zooi.  Soc'  1832,  p.  73 ; 
1835,  p.  175).  In  the  capybara  the  head  is  large, 
the  muzzle  thick  and  blunt,  the  upper  lip  deeply  fis- 
sured ;  the  eyes  are  moderately  large  :  the  ears  small 
and  rounded.  The  naked  patch  of  the  size  of  half 
a  crown  occupies  the  cheek  a  little  below  each  eye. 
The  fore-limbs  are  short  and  muscular,  the  toes 
being  tour,  furnished  with  strong  claws  ;  the  hind- 
limbs  are  also  thick,  but  longer  than  those  before, 
and  the  whole  of  the  sole,  which  is  covered  with 
naked  rough  skin,  is  applied  to  the  ground.  The 
toes  are  three  in  number,  having  strong  large  hoof- 
like nails,  and  being  partially  connected  together 
by  intervening  membranes.  The  tail,  a  mere  rudi- 
ment, is  scarcely  to  be  perceived.  This  animal  ex- 
ceeds three  feet  six  inches  in  length,  and  its  body, 
which  is  more  than  three  feet  in  girth,  owing  to  its 
bulk  and  the  shortness  of  the  limbs,  almost  touches 
the  ground.  It  is  covered  with  long,  coarse  thinly- 
set  hairs  of  a  sandy  or  brownish  grey.  A  fine 
specimen,  recently  living,  is  preserved  in  the  Mu- 
seum of  the  Zool.  Soc 

The  capybara  is  a  gregarious  animal,  frequent- 
ing the  rich  and  wooded  borders  of  the  lakes  and 
rivers  in  Brazil,  Guiana,  and  Paraguay.  Mr.  Dar- 
win states  that  it  is  common  wherever  there  are 
large  rivers  or  lakes,  over  that  part  of  the  South 
American  continent  which  lies  between  the  Orinoco 
and  the  Plata,  a  distance  of  nearly  1400  miles.  They 
are  not  generally  supposed  to  extend  south  of  the 
Plata,  but  he  heard  that  there  were  capybaras  (pro- 
vincially  termed  Laguna  Carpincho)  high  up  the 
Salado,  and  presumes  that  they  have  sometimes 
been  seen  south  of  the  former  river.  This  animal 
lives  usually  in  small  companies,  which  remain  con- 
cealed among  the  thickets  and  dense  herbage  of  the 
borders  of  tiie  water  during  the  day,  and  wander 
forth  at  night  to  feed.  When  alarmed,  the  capy- 
bara  utters  a  loud  cry  like  the  vowel  sounds  a-p4, 
and  immediately  makes  for  the  water,  into  which  it 

L2 


^np 


a  1 1<— T«cth  of  Oninn-pig. 


308.— Conmum  Agoati. 


SOT.— T«eth  of  AgouU. 


310. — Acoachi. 


313.— IVitgonial  C»vy. 


N 


\ 


SIS.— Teeth  of  Rerodou 


314,— Cap>'bara, 


76 


V2 


\  m 


-.3 


~A 


318.-Rabbita. 


3 1 5.— T«eth  of  C«pybar«. 


316. — Teeth  of  Commoa  Hare. 


317, — Common  Hare. 


■<il5?><S^ 


380.— Dwiirf  Plka. 


319.— Syrian  Hare. 


78 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[flAnES. 


plunges,  swimmiD^  with  great  ease  and  quickness, 
little  more  than  its  nose  appearing  above  the  sur- 
face.    If  hard  pressed  or  wounded,  it  dives  in  order 
to  baffle  its  pursuers,  and  then  endeavours  to  gain  a 
more  secure  place  of  concealment.     It  is  eagerly 
hunted  for  the  sake  of  its  flesh,  which  is  accounted 
good,  though  of  a  musky  flavour :  the  hind  quarters 
are  made  into  hams.    Of  its  natural  enemies  the 
terrible  jaguar  is  the  most  formidable  :  this  powerful 
beast  steals  upon  the  capybam  by  surpiise,  and 
destroys  numbers.     The  food  of  the  capybara  con-  | 
lists  exclusively  of  grains  and  vegetables,  as  water- 
melons, gourds,  &c.    Azara  does  not  believe  that 
these  animals  ever  frequent  salt-water :  31  r.  Darwin  i 
shot  one  in  the  bay  of  Monte  Video,  an  old  female, 
measurmg,  from  the  tip  of  the  snout  to  the  end  of  I 
the  stump-like  tail,  three  feet  eight  and  a  half  inches,  I 
in  girth  three  feet  two  inches,  and  weighing  UK  lis. 
Several  also  were  seen  by  the  oiHcers  of  the  Ueagle  I 
on  the  island  of  Guritti,  off  Maldonado,  where  the  j 
water  is  nearly  as  salt  as  in  the  sea.  ; 

On  the  banks  of  the  Apure,  Humboldt  saw  the 
capybara,  which  he  calls  Cliiguira,  in  troops  of  fifty  i 
or  sixty.  He  notices  the  ease  of  the  capybara  in  i 
the  water ;  and  states  that  he  saw  with  surprise  the  i 
animals,  affrighted  by  the  approach  of  a  boat,  dive  I 
and  remain  from  eight  to  ten  minutes  under  water. 
On  the  Apure,  Arauco,  Sec,  and  in  the  vast  savan-  j 
nahs  of  the  IJanos,  the  animal  is  said  to  be  often  \ 
seen  in  droves  of  a  hundred.  They  there  browse  I 
upon  a  sort  of  grass  called  chiguirirero.  | 

The  common  posture  of  the  capjbara  when  at  I 
rest  is  sitting  >ipon  the  haunches,  the  soles  of  the  |i 
hind-feet  being  applied  flat  to  the  ground,  like  the 
agouti,  the  viscacha,  and  many  others  of  the  Rodents,  i 
The  female  breeds  once  in  a  year,  and  brings  forth  | 
from  four  to  six  or  seven  at  a  birth,  having  prepared  j 
a  snug  bed  of  dried  herbs  and  grasses. 

The   Family  Leporidae  contains  the   hares  and  i 
rabliits  (liCpus),  and  the  pikas  (Lagomys).     This  i 
family  is  well  marked  in  its  characters,  comprehend- 
ing only  two  genera,  of  which  one,  the  genus  Lepus, 
is  widely  distributed,  though  it  has  the  most  repre- 
sentatives in  North  America,  where  the  number  of  1 
species  already  discovered  is  equal  to  that  of  all  the 
rest  found  in  the  other  portions  of  the  globe  taken 
together. 

317.— The  Commojt  Habe 

(Lepus  Timidm).  hiyi,;  (Lagos)  of  the  Greeks ; 
Lepus  of  the  Latins ;  Lepre  and  Lievora  of  the  mo- 
dern Italians;  Liebre  and  Lebratello  of  the  Spa- 
niards; Lebre  and  Lebrimho  of  the  Portuguese; 
Li6vre,  French  ;  Has,  Haas,  and  Hase  of  the  Ger- 
mans ;  Haas  and  Haze  of  the  Danes ;  Hara  of  the 
Swedes  ;  Hara  of  the  Anglo-Saxons ;  Ysgyfarnog, 
Ceinach,  of  the  Ancient  British. 

In  the  genus  Lepus,  behind  the  ordinary  incisors 
of  the  upper  jaw  are  two  more  of  a  much  smaller 
size :  the  molars,  the  small  posterior  one  excepted, 
are  composed  of  two  vertical  plates  soldered  to- 

4  6—6 

gather.    Dental  formula : — Incisors,  k  ;  molars,  j: — . 

(see  Fig.  316).  The  ears  are  long ;  the  eyes  large  ; 
the  tail  short  and  turned  upwards ;  five  toes  before, 
four  behind  ;  feet  and  toes  hairy  beneath. 

Few  animals  are  better  known  than  our  common 
hare,  which  is  spread  over  the  great  portion  of 
Europe,  and  appears  to  be  indigenous  in  cur  country  ; 
but  the  ancient  Britons  abstained  from  eating  its 
flesh  on  religions  grounds.  This  species  probably 
extends  into  Asia.  Mr.  M'Clelland  states  that  it 
occurs  in  Assam,  but  is  of  degenerate  size,  measur- 
ing only  from  seventeen  to  nineteen  inches,  instead 
of  twenty-one.  "  It  is  not  esteemed  there  an  article 
of  food.  The  ears  are  more  uniformly  grey  than  in 
the  European  variety"  (' Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,'  1839). 
We  suspect  the  Assam  hare  to  be  a  distinct  species. 
Timid  and  defenceless,  and  surrounded  by  numerous 
enemies,  the  hare  is  yet  well  endowed  with  the 
means  of  self-preservation.  It  is  watchful  and  swift ; 
and  its  brown  fur  assimilates  in  colour  with  the  msset 
herbage  among  which  it  most  makes  its  form.  All 
are  acquainted  with  the  external  characters  of  the 
hare,  and  with  its  habits,  of  which  it  is  useless  to 
give  minute  details. 

The  hare  swims  well,  and  takes  fearlessly  to  the 
water.  We  have  known  them  cross  a  broad  and 
rapid  stream ;  and  Mr.  Yarrold  (see  '  Tendon's 
Magazine,'  vol.  v.)  gives  an  account  of  one  which 
in  the  morning  at  high  water  came  down  to  the  sea- 
shore, and  crossed  over  to  an  island  a  mile  distant 
from  the  mainland. 

Wild  and  timid  as  the  hare  is,  it  is  not  unsuscep- 
tible of  domestication.  The  poet  Cowper,  as  is  well 
known,  kept  tame  hares ;  and  many  other  instances 
might  be  enumerated. 

The  hare  breeds  when  about  a  year  old,  and  pro- 
duces two  or  three  broods  in  the  course  of  the  spring 
and  summer ;  but  the  males  and  females  do  not 
form  permanent  associations.  The  female,  after 
about  thirty  days'  gestation,  brings  forth  from  three 
to  five  young.    These  are  born  covered  with  fur, 


I 


and  with  the  eyes  open  ;  and  in  about  a  month  they 
leave  their  parent  and  shill  for  themselves.    The 
leverets,  as  the  young  are  termed,  are  the  prey  of  . 
stoats,  weasles,  polecats,  owls,  and  hawks.  : 

Besides  the  common  hare,  the  Alpine  or  varying  i 
hare  inhabits  certain  districts  of  our  island,  namely, 
the  northern  parts  of  Scotland.    This  species  (Lepus 
variabilis^  is  common  in  the  mountain  districts  of 
Sweden,  Norway,  Lapland,  and  in  the  Alps.     It  is  ^ 
occasionally  seen  on  the  mountains  of  Cumberland. 

The  Alpmo  hare  is  intermediate  in  size  between  | 
the  rabbit  and  the  Engli.sh  hare.    In  Sutherlandshire 
and  other  parts  of  the  Scottish  highlands  it  tenants  { 
tlie  summits  of  the  mountains,  hiding  in  the  clefts 
of  rocks  or  among  rocky  fragments.     During  the 
winter  lichen  is  its  staple  food.     At  this  season  it  j 
descends  to  a  lower  and  less  exposed  station ;  and  J 
its  fur,  gradually  losing  the  light  fulvous  grey  of 
summer,  becomes  of  a  jsnowy  white,  the  tips  of  its 
eai-s  (which  are  shorter  than  the  head)  remaining 
black. 

The  common  hare  of  Ireland  (Lepus  Hibcrnicus) 
is  again  distinct  from  the  common  hare  of  England. 
The  distinguisliing  characters  between  the  two  were 
first  pointed  out  by  Mr.  Yarrell.  (See  'Proc.  Zool. 
Soc'  1833,  p.  88.) 

Though  somewhat  larger  than  the  English  species, 
its  head  is  shorter  and  more  rounded;  its  ears  still 
shorter  than  its  head,  and  its  limbs  less  lengthened. 
The  fur  also  dili'ers  greatly  in  its  quality  from  that 
of  our  common  hare,  and  is  useless  as  an  article  of 
trade. 

318.— The  Rabbit 

{Lepus  Cuniculus).  Coney,  Anglic^ ;  Coneglio  of 
the  Italians ;  Conejo,  Spanish ;  Coclho,  Portuguese  ; 
Koniglein  and  Kaninchen,  German;  Konin,  Dutch; 
Kanin, Swedish;  Kanine, Danish ;  and  Cwningen of 
the  Welsh. 

Size  excepted,  the  rabbit  closely  resembles  the 
hare  in  all  its  principal  characters.  It,  may,  how- 
ever, be  at  once  disliniruished  by  the  comparative 
shortness  of  the  head  and  ears,  as  well  as  of  the 
hinder  limbs  ;  the  absence  of  a  black  tip  to  the  ears ; 
and  by  the  brown  colour  of  the  upper  surface  of  the 
tail.  Its  habits  and  general  economy  are  totally 
opposite  to  those  of  the  hare  ;  and  its  flesh,  instead 
of  being  dark  and  highly  flavoured,  is  white,  and, 
though  delicate,  somewhat  insipid,  especially  that 
of  the  tame  breed.  The  flesh  of  the  latter  is  indeed 
preferred  by  some,  but  we  agree  with  M.  Ude  in 
thinking  it  very  inferior. 

It  would  appear  that  the  rabbit  is  not  an  aborigi- 
nal of  our  island,  but  the  date  of  its  introduction  is 
unknown.  In  the  year  1309,  at  the  installation 
feast  of  the  Abbot  of  St.  Austin's,  six  hundred  of 
these  animals  were  provided,  at  the  then  great  cost 
of  15/. ;  the  price  of  each,  sixpence,  being  that  of  a 
pig.  It  is  generally  believed  that  the  rabbit  was 
first  introduced  into  Spain  from  Africa  by  the 
Romans,  whence  it  gradually  spread,  naturalising 
itself  in  temperate  climates. 

This  animal  is  eminently  gregarious ;  and,  as  is 
well  known,  makes  extensive  burrows,  in  which  it 
habitually  dwells  and  rears  its  young.  Sandy  soils, 
with  a  superficial  layer  of  fine  vegetable  mould 
clothed  with  thyme,  fine  grass,  and  other  herbage, 
which  at  the  same  time  afford  food  and  are  easily 
mined,  are  favourable  spols  for  the  increase  of  the 
rabbit.  They  delight  in  steep  sandbanks  overhung 
with  brushwood  and  furze  ;  and  we  have  remarked 
that  when  the  old  red  sandstone  crops  out  and  is 
rendered  friable,  or  Somewhat  decomposed  by  the 
action  of  the  atmospheric  elements,  rabbits  are  very 
numerous,  burrowing  with  great  facility.  They 
abound  also  in  woods,  especially  such  as  clothe  the 
declivities  of  hills,  whence,  like  the  hare,  they  make 
incursions  into  the  adjacent  corn-lands.  A  rabbit- 
waren,  that  is,  a  wide  sandy  heath,  or  extensive 
common,  devoted  to  their  increase  and  feeding, 
when  visited  at  the  close  of  day  or  by  moonlight, 
affords  an  amusing  spectacle.  Hundreds  may  be 
seeu  of  all  sizes,  gambolling  and  sporting,  and  chasing 
eaCh  other  with  astonishing  rapidity.  When  alarmed, 
they  take  to  their  burrows,  disappearing  as  if  by 
magic. 

The  female  is  capable  of  breeding  at  six  months 
old  ;  and  four  or  five  litters,  consistineeach  of  about 
five  young,  are  annually  produced.  We  have  stated 
that  the  hare  produces  her  young  clothed,  capable 
01  seeing,  and  soon  in  a  condition  to  shift  for  them- 
selves. With  the  rabbit,  circumstances  are  widely 
different.  The  young  are  born  blind,  and  naked, 
and  totally  helpless.  The  female  forms  a  separate 
bill  row,  at  the  bottom  of  which  she  makes  a  nest  of 
dried  grass,  lining  it  with  fur  taken  from  her  own 
body.  In  this  nest  she  deposits  her  young,  carefully 
covering  them  over  every  lime  .she  leaves  them.  It 
is  not  until  the  tenth  or  twelfth  day  that  the  young 
are  able  to  see;  nor  do  they  leave  the  burrow  till 
four  or  five  weeks  old. 

The  wild  rabbit  is  undoubtedly  the  origin  of.  our 
various  domestic  breeds.  Tame  rabbits  indeed  easily 


resume  their  natural  state  of  freedom,  and  return  to 
their  instinctive  habits.  Albinoes  are  common  in  a 
state  of  domestication,  and  it  often  happens  that  one 
or  two  appear  in  a  litter  when  neither  of  the  parents 
are  so. 

319.— Thb  Stwak  Habe. 

According  to  Desmarest,  the  common  hare  of  Europe 
exists  in  Greece,  Asia  Minor,  and  Syria.  It  is,  how- 
ever, very  probable  that  the  Egyptian  hare  (Lepiu 
.(5igyptius)  extends  into  the  latter  region.  It  differs 
from  the  Euro '>ean  species  principall'  in  the  greater 
proportionate  ength  of  its  hind  limbs  and  ears. 

320.— The  Dwarf  Pika 

(Lngomi/s piisillus).  The  Calling-hare  of  Pennant; 
Semlanoi  Saelshik,  or  Ground-Hare,  of  the  Russians 
about  the  Volga :  Tschatschat  or  Ittsitskan,  Barking 
Mouse,  of  the  Tartars  ;  Rusia  of  the  Calmucs. 

In  the  genus  I.,agoinys  the  muzzle  is  acute  ;  the 
ears  short  and  somewhat  rounded,  and  the  soles  of 
the  feet  hairy ;  the  tail  is  wanting.  The  dental 
formula  approaches  that  of  the  genus  Lepus ; — In- 

cisors,  ;j ;  molars,  e^.      The   genus    Lagomys  is 

widely  distributed,  though  the  species  described  are 
not  numerous.  About  five  are  known,  and  of  these 
three  are  natives  of  the  rocky  deserts  of  Tartary  and 
Siberia ;  the  fourth  is  a  native  of  the  Himalaya 
Mountains;  a  fifth  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  the 
high  northern  regions  of  America,  from  latitude  52° 
to  60°. 

The  pikas  are  pretty  little  animals,  with  something 
of  the  manners  of  our  rabbits,  and  dwell  in  burrows, 
which  are  artfully  concealed. 

The  dwarf  pika,  or  calling-hare,  measures  little 
more  than  six  inches  in  total  length.  It  has  the 
head  longer  than  usual  with  hares,  and  thickly 
covered  with  fur,  even  to  the  tip  of  the  nose; 
numerous  hairs  in  the  whiskers;  ears  large  and 
rounded;  legs  very  short;  soles  furred  beneath; 
its  whole  coat  very  soft,  long,  and  smooth,  with  a 
thick,  long,  fine  down  beneath,  of  a  brownish  lead 
colour :  the  hairs  of  the  same  colour,  towards  the 
ends  of  a  light  grey,  and  tipped  with  black ;  the  lower 
part  of  the  body  hoary;  the  sides  and  ends  of  the 
fur  yellowish.  Weight  from  three  and  a  quarter  to 
four  and  a  half  ounces;  in  winter  scarcely  two  and 
a  half  ounces. 

The  dwarf  pika,  or  calling-hare,  is  found  in  the 
south-east  parts  of  Russia,  and  about  the  mountain 
ridge  spreading  from  the  Ural  chain  to  the  south  ;  it 
also  frequents  the  borders  of  the  Irtish  and  the  west 
part  of  the  Altaic  chain,  but  occurs  nowhere  in  the 
east  beyond  the  Oby. 

These  animals  delight  in  sunny  valleys  and  the 
declivities  of  hills,  where  food  is  plentiful,  and  es- 
pecially where  woods  or  forests  afford  them  a  refuge 
in  time  of  danger.  They  dig  deep  and  intricate 
burrows,  the  openings  of  which  are  not  above  two 
inches  in  diameter,  and  are  usually  formed  beneath 
the  concealment  of  a  bush,  in  situations  abounding 
with  thickets  and  underwood,  and  with  the  various 
shrubs  and  grasses  upon  which  they  feed.  They 
lead  for  the  most  part  a  solitary  life,  sleep  during 
the  day  with  unclosed  eyelids,  like  the  hare,  and  ' 
emerge  from  their  retreats  at  night,  in  search  of 
food,  which  principally  consists  of  the  bark  of  the 
young  bushes,  flowers,  buds,  and  grass.  They  form 
no  winter  store,  but  during  the  inclement  portion  of 
the  year,  still  continue  to  seek  out,  by  excavating 
tracks  beneath  the  snow,  their  accustomed  fare, 
and  they  are  frequently  subjected  to  severe  priva- 
tions and  even  death,  in  consequence  of  a  deficiency 
of  their  favourite  plants.  They  drink  often  when 
they  happen  to  be  near  water,  but  can  exist  with 
very  little.  The  females  produce  at  each  litter  five 
or  six  young,  which  are  born  blind,  helpless,  and 
without  fur ;  but  in  eight  days  they  acquire  sight, 
are  covered  with  hair,  and  begin  to  enjoy  the  use  of 
their  limbs. 

The  most  obvious  peculiarity  of  these  pikas  is  ther 
voice,  from  which  they  have  acquired  their  trivial 
name.  Its  tone  is  so  like  that  of  a  quail,  that 
it  IS  often  mistaken  for  it  even  by  the  inhabitants 
of  their  native  districts.  It  is  heard  only  in  the 
morning  and  evening,  except  in  dark  and  cloudy 
weather,  and  is  repeated  five  or  six  times  by  each 
animal  at  regular  intervals,  and  is  loud  and  sonorous. 
Both  the  male  and  female  utter  this  note,  but  the 
latter  is  silent  for  some  time  alter  she  has  brought 
forth  her  young,  which  takes  place  in  the  month  of 
May. 

The  pikas  are  exceedingly  gentle.  Pallas  states 
that  they  will  acquire  confidence  and  become  tame 
in  the  course  of  a  day  after  captivity.  They  sit  in 
a  crouching  posture,  like  the  chinchilla,  and  are  ex- 
tremely cleanly,  frequently  rubbing  their  faces  with 
their  fore-paws  after  the  manner  of  rabbits,  and 
scratching  their  fur  with  their  hinder  claws.  They 
run  by  short  leaps ;  and  sleep  stretched  out  at  full 
length. 


Elephants.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


79 


ORDER  PACHYDERMATA. 

The  term  Pachydermata  was  given  to  the  present 
order  by  Cuvier,  and  refers  to  the  thickness  of  the 
hide  so  generally  conspicuous  in  the  animals  it 
comprehends ;  such,  for  example,  as  the  elephant, 
hippopotamus,  rhinoceros,  hog,  &c. 

On  looking  at  the  order  Pachydermata  as  a  whole, 
we  find  it  for  the  most  part  composed  of  a  genera 
between  which  there  is  a  want  of  that  intimate 
reJationship  which  gives  us  an  idea  of  unity  or 
completeness.  We  see  chasms  in  the  gradation  of 
existing  forms,  and  are  forced,  as  it  were,  by  abrupt 
transitions  from  one  genus  to  another,  mstead  of 
passing  through  an  intermediate  series.  Yet  we  are 
not  rashly  to  infer  the  original  plan  and  purpose  of 
nature  to  have  been  destitute  of  unity.  Far  trom 
it :  happily  the  researches  of  the  geologist  have 
brought  to  light  the  fossil  relics  of  many  species,  the 
extinction  of  which  at  some  remote  epoch  has  lelt 
blanks  in  the  series— blanks,  however,  which  we  are 
thus  enabled  to  fill  up.  And  as  these  researches 
are  continued  and  extended,  we  have  reason  to  con- 
clude that  every  hiatus  caused  by  the  absence  of 
intermediate  forms  will  become  occupied.  In  the 
present  order,  indeed,  the  fossil  relics  of  extinct  spe- 
cies are  peculiarly  valuable  and  interesting  :  among 
them  are  found  not  only  the  fossil  remains  of  ani- 
mals allied  to  existing  species,  as  the  fossil  elephant 
or  mammoth,  fossil  rhinoceroses,  and  others,  but  also 
of  animals  which  have  now  no  living  representatives, 
and  which  constitute  the  types  of  distinct  genera, 
comprehending  exclusively  beings  whose  characters 
are  to  be  drawn  only  from  their  recovered  relics, 
they  themselves  having  been  long  blotted  out  from 
among  the  "  things  that  be."  Such  are  the  Mastodon, 
the  Anaplotherium,  the  Palaeotherium,  the  Toxodoc, 
the  Dinotherium,  and  many  more. 

The  order  Pachydermata  is  divided  by  Cuvier 
into  three  sections:  the  first  (Proboscideans)  in- 
cludes the  elephants  and  the  extinct  Mastodon  ;  the 
second  'ordinary  Pachyderms),  the  hippopotamus, 
tapir,  rhinoceros,  and'  hoe,— the  Anaplotherium, 
Palaeotherium,  and  many  other  extinct  forms  ;  the 
third  (the  solidungulous  Pachyderms)  includes  the 
horse  and  ass.  To  these  we  may  add  a  fourth, 
namely,  the  aquatic,  represented  by  the  Dugong, 
Lamantin,  &c. 

We  shall  commence  our  review  of  the  Pachyderms 
with  the  history  of  the  elephant ;  of  which  gigantic 
beast  our  pictorial  museum  is  replete  with  speci- 
mens. 

321.— The  Elephant. 
Two  species  of  elephant  are  at  the  present  day  in 
existence,  viz.,  the  Indian  elephant  (Elephas  Indi- 
cus).  Figs.  321,  322,  323,  339,  340,  and  the  African 
Elephant  (Elephas  Afiicanus),  Figs.  324,  336. 

To  the  distinguishing  characters  between  these 
two  species  we  will  first  attend. 

The  Indian  Elephant  is  characterised  by  the  elon- 
gation or  pyramidal  elevation  of  the  skull  (Fig.  327), 
the  concavity  of  the  forehead,  the  moderate  size  of 
the  ears,  and  the  parallel  narrow  transverse  ribands 
or  lines  of  enamel  with  indented  edges  which  tra- 
verse the  crown  of  the  grinders.  This  character  is 
well  displayed  in  Fig.  330,  (^"  which  a  represents 
the  upper  molar  tooth,  and  b  the  lower  molar  tooth 
of  that  species.  The  number  of  toes  on  each  foot 
is  really  five,  but  of  the  hind-toes  four  only  are 
indicated  by  hoofs,  the  fifth  being  buried  within 
the  dense  skin.  The  tusks  of  the  female  never 
acquire  the  size  of  those  of  the  male.  The  male 
attains  to  the  height  of  8,  9,  or  10  feet  at  the 
shoulder.  This  animal  is  a  native  of  India,  Cochin- 
China,  Siam,  Pegu,  Ava,  the  island  of  Ceylon,  and 
other  large  islands,  as  Borneo  and  Sumatra. 

The  African  Elephant  is  distinguished  by  the 
rounded  figure  of  the  skull  (Fig.  328),  by  the  mag- 
nitude of  the  ears,  which  spread  over  the  shoulders, 
and  by  the  lozenge-shape  assumed  by  the  lines  of 
enamel  traversing  the  grinders.  The  figure  of  these 
lines  is  well  represented  by  Fig.  331,  of  which  a 
represents  the  surface  of  the  upper  grinder ;  b,  the 
Jovver  grinder ;  c,  the  original  state  of  the  grinders, 
when  the  laminae  of  which  they  consist  are  free,  that 
is,  as  yet  uncemented  together  ;  and  d,  the  laminae 
as  they  are  attached  in  parallels  one  to  the  other 
by  cortical  substance,  in  a  more  developed  slate  of 
dentition,  but  before  the  crown  of  the  tooth  has  j 
been  worn  by  mastication,  and  when  it  only  presents 
on  its  surface  blunt  tubercles.  To  the  structure  of 
these  teeth  we  shall  have  occasion  to  refer  again. 

The  tusks  in  the  African  Elephant  are  often  of 
huge  size,  and  almost  as  large  in  the  female  as  ia 
the  male.  The  toes  are  really  five,  but  four  only 
on  each  anterior  foot,  and  three  on  each  hinder  foot, 
are  indicated  externally  by  hoofs.  In  the  present 
day  this  species  is  confined  to  the  remoter  regions  of 
the  African  continent. 

We  shall  now  proceed  to  a  few  general  remarks 
on  the  structure  and  organization  of  the  Elephant, 
applicable  to  both  species. 

There  is  something,  it  must  be  confessed,  noble 


and  imposing  in  the  appearance  of  the  elephant ; 
and  especially  when  viewed  in  front  (see  Fig.  343). 
Its  colossal  bulk,  its  vast  powers,  and  the  peculiarity 
of  its  form  and  proportions,  render  it  conspicuous 
among  the  crowd  of  terre-strial  animals.  Its 
dignity,  however,  is  the  dignity  of  strength  and 
stature ;  there  is  no  grace  in  its  contour,  but  every 
part  is  heavy  and  massive.  The  huge  body  is  sup- 
ported on  four  pillars,  for  such  the  limbs  appear,  the 
bones  of  which  bear  perpendicularly  on  each  other 
(see  skeleton.  Fig.  341 ;,  while  a  towering  head  of 
vast  size  seems  to  rise  at  once  from  the  shoulders, 
without  the  intervention  of  a  neck.  The  vertebrae 
of  the  neck  (Fig.  341)  are  indeed  seven,  as  is  the 
general  rule  in  the  class  Mammalia;  but  instead  of 
being  elongated,  as  in  the  ox,  deer,  or  antelope,  they 
are  compressed  into  a  short  space, — for  strength  and 
firmness  are  required.  How,  indeed,  could  the  pon- 
derous head  of  this  animal  be  supported  were  the 
neck  to  be  modelled  upon  a  plan  of  slender  elegance  i" 
Independent  of  the  ivory  tusks,  the  weight  of  the 
^ull  itself  is  very  great :  we  have  seen  four  strong 
men  labour  in  carrying  one  of  moderate  size  ;  but 
the  tusks  make  a  considerable  addition.  Those  of 
some  of  the  Indian  elephants  vary  from  70  to  100 
lbs.  each  ;  but  those  of  the  African  species  are  far 
heavier.  Hartenfels,  in  his  '  Elephantographia,' 
gives  a  table  of  the  weight  and  length  of  the  most 
remarkable  upon  record,  with  his  authorities ;  among 
oth(?rs,  one  is  stated  to  have  weighed  325  lbs.  Cam- 
per, who  possessed  one  weighing  105  lbs.,  notices 
one  sold  at  Amsterdam,  the  weight  of  which  was 
350  lbs.  Well,  then,  may  the  head  appear  as  if  des- 
titute of  a  neck  when  we  consider  the  load  to  be 
sustained.  The  shortness,  however,  of  the  neck  (set- 
ting aside  the  projecting  tusks,  which  of  themselves 
would  form  an  insuperable  obstacle),  prevents  the 
elephant  from  applying  his  mouth  to  the  ground ; 
neither  can  he  browse  on  the  foliage  of  the  trees 
like  the  giraffe,  for  the  position  and  formation  of 
the  mouth  forbid  the  attempt.  (See  Fig.  342,  the 
head  of  the  elephant  with  the  proboscis  upraised, 
showing  the  mouth.)  But  to  atone  for  the  short- 
ness of  the  neck,  and  those  harmonious  concomi- 
tants of  structure  which  exclude  this  animal  from 
the  pale  of  those  that  on  the  one  hand  graze,  and  on 
the  other  browse,  the  elephant  is  provided  with  an 
organ  which  more  than  supplies  every  deficiency ; 
we  allude  to  the  proboscis— an  instrument  in  every 
respect  of  essential  importance  in  this  creature's 
economy. 

The  proboscis  of  the  elephant  must  not,  however, 
be  regarded  exactly  in  the  light  of  a  new  organ  :  it 
is  a  modification  of  the  structure  of  the  upper  lip 
and  nose ;  and  though  in  the  elephant  this  is  car- 
ried out  to  its  maximum,  still  we  find  an  analogous 
but  short  proboscis  in  the  tapir,  nor  are  traces  of  it 
lost  in  the  rhinoceros,  which  has  the  upper  lip  capable 
of  being  protruded,  and  endowed  with  considerable 
powers  of  prehension.  If  we  turn  to  the  skull  of  the 
elephant  (Fig.  329,  section  of  a  skull  ;  a,  the  open- 
ing of  the  nostrils),  we  find  the  nasal  orifice  not  only 
large,  but  appearing  as  if  situated  in  the  forehead, 
in  consequence  of  the  situation  and  development 
of  the  alveoli  (sockets)  in  which  the  bases  of  the 
huge  projecting  tusks  are  imbedded.  From  the 
nasal  orifice  is  continued  the  proboscis  of  the  ele- 
phant, in  the  form  of  an  elongated  cone  :  in  its  an- 
terior aspect  it  is  rounded,  and  the  coarse  skin  which 
covers  it  is  furrowed  by  transverse  wrinkles  very 
apparent  when  the  animal  contracts  the  proboscis, 
but  which  almost  disappear  when  it  is  protruded  to 
the  full  stretch.  The  under  surface  is  flattened, 
with  a  rough  projecting  margin  on  each  side,  pro- 
ducing in  some  degree  a  similarity  to  the  legs  of  a 
large  caterpillar.  Flexible  to  an  extreme,  and  pos- 
sessing an  amazing  strength,  this  organ  consists  of 
bundles  of  muscular  fibres,  disposed,  some  longitudi- 
nally, others  transversely,  in  various  directions  cross- 
ing each  other,  and  diverging  from  two  nasal  canals 
separated  from  each  other  by  a  tendinous  partition, 
and  lined  with  a  mucous  membrane  over  which 
nerves  are  abundantly  distributed.  Fig.  344  shows 
a  section  of  a  portion  of  the  proboscis  or  trunk  of 
the  elephant  admirably  illustrative  of  its  structure  :— 
A.  Horizontal  section,  in  which  we  see  the  small 
transverse  muscles  cut — some  (a)  across  :  others  (b) 
In  their  length,  n.  Vertical  section  in  lensth, 
which  has  divided  the  nasal  canal  on  the  left  side. 
The  small  transverse  muscles,  which  are  seen  in 
their  length  at  6,  are  cut  across  ate; — other  small 
muscles  of  the  same  kind  are  seen  at  their  length  at 
d.  We  see  in  their  length,  at  e,  the  antagonist  of 
these  transverse  muscles — that  is,  the  small  longi- 
tudinal muscles,  c.  Vertical  section  across.  The 
Email  transverse  muscles  are  seen  in  their  length. 
They  have  various  directions,  not  precisely  radiating 
from  the  axis  to  the  circumference,  though  their 
course  is  always  across.  They  are  all  within  the 
bed  of  the  small  longitudinal  muscles  which  the 
section  has  divided  across.  The  principal  nerves 
and  blood  vessels  are  also  shown  in  this  section  ; 
as  also  the  two  canals  of  the  trunk. 


It  is  to  this  multiform  arrangement  of  its  muscles 
(and  according  to  Cuvier  their  number  is  about  forty 
thousand),  all  of  which  are  under  the  will,  that  the 
proboscis  of  this  animal  owes  its  flexibility.  It  can 
be  protruded  or  contracted  at  pleasure,  raised  up  or 
turned  to  either  side,  coiled  round  on  itself  or  twined 
around  any  object.  With  this  instrument  the  ele- 
phant collects  the  herbage  on  which  he  feeds  and 
puts  it  into  his  mouth  ;  with  this  he  strips  the  trees 
of  their  branches,  or  grasps  his  enemy  and  dashes 
him  to  the  ground.  But  this  admirable  organ  is  not 
only  adapted  for  seizing  or  holding  substances  of 
magnitude ;  it  is  also  capable  of  plucking  a  single 
leal,  or  of  picking  up  a  straw  from  the  floor.  The 
orifices  of  the  canals  of  the  extremity  are  encircled 
by  a  projecting  margin,  produced  anteriorly  into  a 
finger-like  process  endowed  with  a  high  degree  of 
sensibility  and  exceedingly  flexible.  •  It  is  at  once 
a  finger  for  grasping  and  a  feeler ;  the  division  be- 
tween the  two  nasal  orifices  or  their  elevated  sides 
serves  as  a  point  against  which  to  press ;  and  thus  it 
can  pick  up  or  hold  a  small  coin,  a  bit  of  biscuit, 
or  any  trifling  thing  with  the  greatest  ease.  Figs. 
345 — 351  will  serve  better  than  words  to  convey  a 
clear  idea  of  the  structure  of  the  termination  of  the 
trunk,  and  of  the  modes  in  which  the  animal  uses 
it.  Figs  346  and  347  show  the  difference  of  form 
in  the  termination  of  the  trunk  of  the  male  and  fe- 
male. As  the  elephant  feeds  himself  by  means  of 
his  proboscis,  so  he  drinks  by  the  same  means  also. 
The  young  elephant  takes  its  mother's  milk  in  the 
ordinary  manner ;  but  in  order  to  drink,  the  animal 
dips  the  extremity  of  the  proboscis  into  the  water, 
and  sucks  up  the  fluid,  so  as  to  fill  the  two  canals ; 
it  then  inserts  the  extremity  into  the  mouth,  and 
discharges  the  contents.  And  here  it  may  be  ob- 
served, that  at  the  upper  part  of  the  canal,  just 
anterior  to  the  nasal  orifice  of  the  skull,  there  exists 
a  moveable  cartilage  so  disposed  as  to  lead  to  the 
conclusion  that  it  acts  as  a  valve  in  preventing 
the  water  when  sucked  up  from  passing  through  the 
posterior  nares  into  the  throat,  which  would  be  the 
case  but  for  some  remedial  contrivance.  The  ele- 
phant can  retain  the  water  taken  into  his  proboscis 
as  long  as  he  pleases,  and  discharge  it  either  gently 
or  with  great  violence :  he  does  the  latter,  when 
throwing  it  over  his  own  body  to  cool  himself,  or 
when  in  playfulness  or  anger  he  discharges  "it  against 
any  bystander.  Through  this  trunk,  the  shrill 
trumpet-like  noise  which  the  elephant  often  utters, 
and  which  is  an  expression  of  satisfaction,  is  pro- 
duced. 

If  we  turn  to  the  skeleton  of  this  huge  beast,  its 
solidity  will  not  fail  to  strike  us.  We  shall  not  here 
enter  into  minute  details ;  we  may,  however,  state 
that  the  head  of  the  thigh-bone  is  not  bound  to  the 
socket  by  the  ligamentum  teres  :  this  peculiarity  ex- 
ists only  in  the  orang,  the  sloth,  the  seal,  the  enhy- 
dra,  the  walrus,  and  the  ornithorhyncus,  and  in  the 
present  animal.  The  skull  of  the  elephant  is  alto- 
gether extraordinary,  and  presents  us  with  a  vast 
frontal  elevation,  which  gives  it  an  air  of  great  dig- 
nity, but,  as  we  shall  see,  the  appearance  is  decep- 
tive. Fig  329,  which  represents  a  vertical  section 
of  the  skull,  may  be  liere  consulted.  Before  and 
above  the  cranial  cavity  c  the  two  tables  of  the  skull 
are  separated  from  each  other  by  a  series  of  irregular 
cells  (the  frontal  sinuses  carried  to  an  extreme)  b  b : 
whence  it  follows  that  the  anterior  and  upper  portion 
of  the  skull  is  more  advanced  and  elevated  than  the 
development  of  the  brain  itself  warrants.  We  read 
of  instances  in  which  many  balls  have  been  lodged 
in  the  head  of  the  elephant  without  bringing  him 
down,  and  the  reason  is  obvious  :  they  entered  the 
vast  region  of  cells,  and  did  not  touch  the  brain  ; 
and  to  this  circumstance  is  to  be  attributed  the  mi- 
serable failure  of  the  attempt  made  some  years  since 
to  shoot  an  infuriated  elephant  then  existing  at 
Exeter  Change.  A  skilful  elephant-hunter  would 
have  saved  the  poor  animal  from  protracted  torments 
and  a  lingering  death.  In  the  dentition  of  the  ele- 
phant we  find  much  analogy  to  the  order  Rodentia, 
and  among  them  especially  to  the  Capybara.  The 
teeth  of  the  elephant  consist  only  of  molars,  and  of 
incisors,  or,  as  they  are  commonly  called,  tusks,  which 
occur  only  in  the  upper  jaw.  The  molars  are  of  a 
compound  structure,  consisting  of  transverse  folds  of 
enamel,  each  fold  enveloping  a  central  nodule  of 
bone,  with  an  external  coat  of  a  different  character, 
called  cortical  substance,  or  crusta  petrosa,  compacts 
the  whole  together.  Thus  a  single  grinder  may  be 
regarded  as  made  up  of  a  certain  number  of  distinct 
teeth  bound  up  into  one  mass.  The  process  by 
which  these  separate  constituents  of  the  molars  are 
deposited  and  arranged  in  the  capsule  is  admirably 
described  by  Cuvier,  in  his  '  Ossemens  Fossiles,'  to 
which  work  we  refer  those  who  wish  to  investigate 
the  subject  (see  vol.  i.  p.  31). 

The  molars  of  the  elephant  when  perfected  are  not 
permanent,  but  are  shed  in  due  succession  for  six  oi- 
eight  times,  perhaps  oftener,  and  this  not  from  the 
rising  up  of  a  fresh  tooth  below  the  one  it  is  to  suc- 
ceed, but  by  the  rising  up  of  a  new  one  behind 


3X7.— skull  of  ludiu  Elephant. 


Stl.— Aaiatic  Elephant. 


3S8.— Skull  of  Alrieui  Elephant. 


322. — Elephant  of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes. 


.^ 

.-^^^■•s 


^^. 


»^Oc 


X 


/i 


/. 


331.— Teeth  of  African  Elephant. 


80 


32S.— Elephant  broviing. 


326.— Voung  Elephants  browsing. 


343.— Head  of  Llephant. 


■il  J .— liud  of  Elephtat'a  Trunk  (protk  ) 


.  my 

337, — Bleplunt  lying  down. 


3J8.— ProboncU  in  itallierin(  lonj 
.     herbage* 


2, — Head  of  EHephantrwhh  proboeeia  upraised. 


311.— Skeleton  of  Elephant. 


34'j.~IIerbag8  whea  gathered. 


"   9 


4*-  -    •# 


3:l9.— Youn^  Elephant  snekling. 


3M.— The  Indira  EWphaat. 


316.— Eud  of  Trunk  of  Male. 


347.— End  of  Trunk  of  Female. 


314.— Section  of  the  Trunk  of  the  Elephant. 


3Sfi.— African  Elephant. 


338.— Elephant  lineeling. 


No.   11. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


81 


82 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Elephants. 


the  old  one,  and  which  gradually  becoming  de- 
veloped advances  forwards  as  the  old  one  wears 
away,  till  its  last  remnant  i»  pushed  out.  The  posi- 
tion of  the  new  tooth,  with  respect  to  the  old  one, 
in  progress  of  wearing  will  be  seen  by  referring  to 
the  section  of  the  skull.  Fig.  329 ;  the  character*  of 
the  young  teeth  when  forming  and  before  worn 
down  are  delineated  in  Fig.  331,  c,  d.  In  the 
skull  (Fig.  329)  H  shows  the  anterior  tooth  reduced 
almost  to  nothing  by  detrition,  and  by  the  compres- 
sion of  the  succeeding  tooth  ;  i  shows  a  full-formed 
tooth  in  activity,  already  partially  ground  down  on 
it  face  I,  but  with  the  posterior  laminee  as  yet  un- 
touched ;  L,  is  the  germ  of  a  tooth,  to  succeed  the 
former  (i) — it  is  enclosed  in  a  membraneous  capsule, 
and  lodged  in  a  cavity  at  the  back  of  the  jaw. 
On  this  subject  wp  might  enlarge,  but  our  limits  for- 
bid. The  tusks  of  the  elephant  (upper  incisors)  are 
destitute  of  true  roots,  and  have  no  other  union  to 
their  deep  sockets  than  that  of  close  contact  ;  they 
resemble  a  nail  driven  into  a  plank  ;  and  by  gentle 
and  continued  pressure  may  have  their  direction  al- 
tered. They  consist  of  concentric  layers  of  ivory, 
and  grow  by  the  continued  deposition  of  these  layers 
added  internally,  for  the  pulp  or  core  which  deposits 
the  ivory  tills  the  cavity  at  the  base  of  the  tusk,  and 
arises  from  the  bottom  of  the  socket ;  it  is  of  great 
size,  and  has  no  organic  union  with  the  tusk  it  se- 
cretes. We  have  seen  several  instances  in  which 
bullets  have,  on  cutting  the  tusks,  been  found  im- 
bedded in  the  ivory,  to  the  astonishment  of  those 
who  know  not  the  manner  in  which  the  tusks  are 
produced.  In  these  instances  the  bullet  has  en- 
tered the  socket,  and  lodged  in  the  bottom  of  the 
hollow  base  of  the  tusk,  and  the  pulp  or  core  in  that 
hollow  has  kept  covering  it  with  layer  after  layer 
of  ivory,  the  tusk  growing  all  the  time,  till  at  last, 
from  being  in  the  hollow,  the  bullet  attains  the  solid 
centre  of  the  full-grown  tusk,  being  moved  farther 
and  farther  forwards  by  each  deposit  of  ivory  from 
within.  The  tusks  are  not  shed,  as  are  the  molars, 
but  a  permanent  pair  succeed  a  deciduous  pair,  shed 
between  the  first  and  second  year  of  existence. 
These  tusks  vary  in  size  and  curve  :  we  learn  from 
Mr.  Corse  that  one  variety  of  Asiatic  elephant  is 
characterized  by  straight  tusks  pointing  downwards  ; 
it  is  termed  IVlooknah  :  another  variety  has  large 
heavy  tusks  inclining  more  or  less  upwards,  and  is 
termed  Dauntelah.  Independently,  however,  of  the 
shape  and  size  of  the  tusks  in  the  male,  the  .Asiatic 
species  is  divided  into  two  main  or  principal  castes, 
between  which  ihere  are  many  degrees  of  inter- 
mixture. These  two  castes  are  called  respectively 
Koomareah  and  Merghee.  The  Koomareah  is  a 
deep-bodied,  strong,  compact  elephant,  with  a  large 
trunk,  and  legs  short  in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the 
animal.  The  Merghee  when  fully  grown  is  gene- 
rally taller  than  the  former,  but  he  has  not  so  com- 
pact a  form,  nor  is  he  so  strong  or  so  capable  of  bear- 
ing fatigue  ;  his  legs  are  long ;  he  travels  fast,  has  a 
lighter  body,  and  his  trunk  is  both  short  and  slender 
in  proportion  to  his  height.  A  large  trunk  is  always 
esteemed  a  great  beauty  in  an  elephant,  so  that  the 
Koomareah  is  preferred  not  only  for  this,  but  for  its 
superior  strength,  by  which  it  can  undergo  greater 
fatigue,  and  carry  heavier  loads  than  the  Merghee. 

The  external  characters  of  the  elephant,  which 
we  have  not  as  yet  noticed,  need  not  long  detain  us. 
The  skin  is  dark-coloured,  rough,  and  nearly  desti- 
tute of  hair ;  a  tuft  of  bristles  laterally  disposed 
terminates  the  tail;  the  eyes  are  very  small,  but 
lively  and  intelligent ;  the  tusks  project  on  each 
side  of  the  base  of  the  proboscis.  On  each  temple 
are  situated  certain  glands  with  ducts  opening  on 
the  surface  of  the  skin,  whence  exudes  an  unctuous 
secretion :  but  beyond  this  nothing  appears  to  be 
ascertained.  The  udder  of  the  female  is  placed  on 
the  chest  between  the  fore-legs,  and  the  young  ele- 
phant sucks  with  the  side  of  its  mouth,  compressing 
the  udder  with  its  trunk,  to  increase  the  flow  of  milk 
(Fig.  a'W). 

The  young  elephant  at  its  birth  is  about  thirty-five 
inches  m  height,  and  it  arrives  at  maturity  when  be- 
tween eighteen  and  twenty-four  years  of  age.  The 
average  ratio  of  growth,  as  ascertained  by  Mr.  Corse 
('Phil.  Trans.' vol.  xviii.),  is  eleven  inches  in  the 
first  year,  eight  inches  in  the  second,  six  the  third, 
five  the  fourth,  five  inches  in  the  fifth,  three  inches 
and  a  half  in  the  sixth,  and  two  inches  and  a  half 
in  the  seventli.  The  males  are  probably  longer  in 
attaining  their  full  growth  than  the  females ;  but 
the  females  produce  young  before  they  have  ceased 
to  grow.  Mr.  Corse  mentions  one  instance  in  which 
the  increase  of  growth  during  pregnancy  amounted 
to  five  inches.  The  period  of  gestation  is  twenty 
months  and  eighteen  days.  The  elephant  possesses 
the  senses  of  smell  and  hearing  in  great  perfection, 
and  musical  sounds  evidently  produce  pleasure. 

Heavy  and  clumsy  as  is  the  form  of  this  animal, 
yet  its  pace  is  tolerably  quick,  especially  over  level 
ground ;  indeed,  when  irritated,  the  elephant  rushes 
on  with  great  rapidity,  and  many  are  the  instances 
on  record  in  which  the  hunter,  unsuccessful  in  his 


shot,  has  been  pursued,  overtaken,  and  trodden  to 
death.  The  gait  of  the  animal  is,  however,  peculiar, 
and  destitute  of  elasticity,  and  on  reference  to  the 
skeleton  (Fig.  341)  the  reason  will  be  immediately 
perceived.  In  the  first  place  the  bones  of  the  limbs 
have  an  almost  perpendicular  bearing  with  respect 
to  each  other ;  and  in  the  next  place  there  is  no 
canon-bone  (a  long  metacarpal  and  ■  metatarsal 
bone)  as  in  the  fore  and  hind  limbs  of  the  horse, 
which  may  thus  be  said  to  have  three  bones  in  the 
leg,  those  of  the  hinder  limbs  in  particular  being  all 
oblique  ;  whereas  the  elephant  has  the  Metacarpal 
and  metatarsal  bones  five  in  number  in  each  foot, 
shore,  and  restricted  to  the  foot  itself,  instead  of 
adding  to  the  length  and  elasticity  of  the  limbs. 
In  the  horse  the  thigh-bone  is  very  short,  the  true 
knee-joint  is  as  high  as  the  flanks,  and  the  whole  of 
the  limb  from  the  hock-joint  to  the  hoof,  which  really 
constitutes  the  foot,  consists  of  tarsal  or  instep 
bones,  a  long  metatarsal  or  canon-bone,  and  three 
phalangal  bones,  the  last  cased  in  horn ;  these  are 
commonly  called  the  pastern  bones  and  coffin-bone. 
The  arrangement  of  these  bones  in  the  limb  of  the 
elephant  is  very  different ;  and  the  knee,  from  the 
length  of  the  thigh-bone,  is  lower  than  in  the  horse, 
so  that  the  animal  kneels  in  the  same  way  as  man 
(see  Fig.  338). 

The  haunts  of  the  elephant  in  his  native  regions 
are  forests  along  the  borders  of  rivers,  well  watered 
and  fertile  plains,  where  vegetation  attains  its  ut- 
most luxuriance,  and  green  savannahs.  There  he 
reposes  in  the  shade  of  the  trees,  or  cools  himself  in 
the  waters.  Bathing,  indeed,  is  one  of  the  favourite 
enjoyments  of  this  beast.  Even  in  our  climate 
during  the  summer  months  the  bath  is  a  luxury  : 
we  have  often  seen  the  elephant  in  the  gardens  of 
the  Zool.  Soc.  plunge  into  his  tank,  draw  the  water 
up  into  his  trunk,  and  spout  it  in  showers  around  ; 
then  immerse  himself  completely,  the  end  of  the 
trunk  alone  appearing  above  the  surface,  and  there 
flounder  about  in  the  exuberance  of  health  and 
spirits.  In  his  native  country  he  crosses  the  broad- 
est rivers,  the  body,  while  swimming,  being  sub- 
merged, and  nothing  seen  but  the  extremity  of  the 
upraised  proboscis.  Nor  is  it  to  water  only  that  the 
elephant  displays  a  partiality  :  he  luxuriates  in  the 
ooze  and  mud  of  swamps  and  marshes,  and  rolls 
and  wallows  in  the  half-fluid  mire.  We  have  seen 
him  fill  his  proboscis  with  this  mixture,  and  dis- 
charge it  over  every  part  of  his  body  so  as  to  invest 
himself  with  a  layer  of  mud.  In  the  hot  regions  of 
which  he  is  a  native,  he  may  find  this  a  means  of 
protecting  the  skin  from  the  scorching  of  the  solar 
rays,  as  well  as  a  defence  against  the  annoyance  of 
insects,  for  the  skin,  thick  and  coarse  as  it  is,  is 
nevertheless  extremely  sensitive.  The  same  par- 
tiality for  the  mud-bath  is  also  displayed  by  the 
rhinoceros  and  the  hog. 

Bishop  Heber  has  described  the  bathing  of  wild 
elephants  which  he  saw  upon  his  approach  to  Decca ; 
"  At  the  distance  of  about  half  a  mile  from  these 
desolate  palaces,  a  sound  struck  my  ear,  as  if  from 
the  water  itself  on  which  we  were  riding,  the  most 
solemn  and  singular  I  can  conceive.  It  was  long, 
loud,  deep,  and  tremulous,  something  between  the 
bellowing  of  a  bull  and  the  blowing  of  a  whale,  or 
perhaps  most  like  those  roaring  buoys  which  are 
placed  at  the  mouths  of  some  English  harbours,  in 
which  the  winds  make  a  noise  to  warn  ships  off 
them.  'Oh!'  said  Abdallah, 'there  are  elephants 
bathing.  Decca  much  place  for  elephant.'  I 
looked  immediately,  and  saw  about  twenty  of  those 
fine  animals  with  their  heads  and  trunks  just  ap- 
pearing above  the  water.  Their  bellowing  it  was 
which  I  had  heard,  and  which  the  water  conveyed 
to  us  with  a  tiner  effect  than  if  we  had  been  on 
shore."  Besides  the  water  and  mud-bath  for  cool- 
ing the  skin  and  keeping  off  flies,  the  elephant,  as 
is  often  seen  in  India,  will  fan  himself  with  a  large 
bough,  and  use  it  with  ease  and  dexterity.  The 
beautiful  description  by  Mr.  Southey  of  this  habit 
is  so  appropriate,  that  we  hesitate  not  to  introduce 
it:^ 

"  Trampling:  his  path  throug^h  wood  and  brake. 
And  canes  which  crackling  fall  before  his  way, 
Alid  tassel  (jrass  whose  silvery  feathers  play, 
O'ertoppinc  the  yoiinjf  trees. 
On  comes  the  elephant,  to  slake 
HU  thirst,  at  noon,  in  yon  pellucid  springs. 
ho]  from  his  triinli  upturn d,  aloft  he  flings 
The  grateful  shower  ;  and  now 
Pluclting  the  broad-leafe*i  bough 
Of  yonder  plume,  with  waving  motion  slow. 
Fanning  the  languid  air, 
lie  waves  it  to  and  fro." 

A  herd  of  elephants  headed  by  their  mighty 
leaders  feeding  in  calm  security  in  the  secluded 
depths  of  the  forest,  or  on  the  banks  of  a  river  in 
some  secluded  valley,  forms  one  of  the  most  imposing 
pictures  in  nature.  Such  a  scene  is  beautifully 
described  by  Pringle  ;  but  willingly  as  we  would 
quote  it,  our  limits  forbid.  One  point,  however,  we 
may  notice — the  use,  as  observed  by  that  traveller, 
to  which  these  animals  apply  their  tusks  as  levers 
in  uproofinf  trees.  It  was  in  the  valley  of  the 
Koonap  River  that  the  narrator  came  upon  the 


track  of  a  herd  :  "  Foot  prints  of  all  dimensions  from 
eight  to  fifteen  inches  in  diameter  were  eveiywhere 
visible,  and  m  the  swampy  spots  on  the  banks  of 
the  river  it  was  evident  that  some  of  them  had  been 
luxuriously  enjoying  themselves  by  rolling  their 
unwieldy  bulks  in  the  ooze  and  mud.  But  it  was  in 
the  groves  and  jungles  that  they  left  the  most 
striking  proofs  of  their  recent  presence  and  peculiar 
habits.  In  many  places  paths  had  been  trodden 
through  the  midst  of  dense  thorny  forests  otherwise 
impenetrable.  Among  the  groves  of  mimosa-trees, 
which  were  thinly  sprinkled  over  the  grassy  meadows 
along  the  river  margins,  the  traces  of  the  elephants 
were  not  less  apparent.  Immense  numbers  of  these 
trees  had  been  torn  out  of  the  ground,  and  placed  in 
an  inverted  position,  in  order  to  enable  the  animals  to 
browse  at  theirease  on  the  soft  and  juicy  roots,  which 
form  a  favourite  part  of  their  food.  I  observed  that, 
in  numerous  instances,  when  the  trees  were  of  con- 
siderable size,  the  elephant  had  employed  one  of 
his  tusks  exactly  as  we  should  use  a  crow-bar — 
thrusting  it  under  the  roots  to  loosen  their  hold  of 
the  earth,  before  he  could  tear  them  up  with  his 
proboscis." 

This  account  refers  to  the  African  species,  but 
will  also  apply  to  the  Indian.  The  noble  elephant 
in  the  garden  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  has  at  different 
times  used  his  tusks  in  wrenching  down  the  boards 
which  line  his  apartment,  and  that  with  such  effect 
as  to  demolish  no  small  portion  of  the  inner  wood- 
work, which  is  of  great  strength  and  thickness. 

The  African  elephant  equals,  if  it  does  not  sur- 
pass, its  Indian  relative  in  size.  Major  Denham  saw 
one  killed  which  measured  12  feet  6  inches  in 
height,  and  mentions  others  which  appeared  to  be 
considerably  larger.  Mr.  Pringle  saw  one  which 
two  officers  of  engineers  agreed  in  stating  at  14  feet. 
The  Indian  elephant  seldom  exceeds  10  feet. 

From  the  earliest  times  this  noble  beast  has  been 
employed  by  man ;  and  multitudes  have  been 
drafted  from  their  native  forests,  and  with  little 
training  brought  to  implicit  obedience.  It  has 
served  him  as  a  beast  of  burden,  or  as  an  auxiliary 
of  war,  and  has  added  by  its  presence  to  swell  the 
pomp  of  kings  and  conquerors.  Setting  aside  the 
rude  method  of  taking  these  animals  in  pits,  now 
seldom  or  never  practised,  it  is  remarkable  that  in 
every  mode  man  avails  himself  of  the  assistance  of 
individuals  of  the  same  species  which  he  has  already 
subdued. 

It  is  well  known  that  large  male  elephants,  from 
some  cause  not  ascertained,  occasionally  wander 
about  alone  ;  they  are  of  large  size  and  great  fero- 
city, and  wherever  they  pass  do  much  mischief. 
Being  the  finest  elephants,  and  best  adapted  for 
sale,  great  as  the  risk  may  be,  the  hunters  eagerly 
endeavour  to  capture  them.  They  follow  them 
cautiously,  by  day  and  night,  with  two  or  four 
trained  females,  called  koomkies.  If  it  be  dark 
they  can  hear  the  animal  striking  his  food,  to  clean 
it,  against  his  fore-legs,  and  then  they  approach 
tolerably  close :  if  it  be  light  they  advance  more 
cautiously.  The  females  gradually  move  towards  him 
apparently  unconscious  of  his  presence,  gatheiing 
herbage  and  feeding  on  it  with  great  complacency, 
as  if  they  were,  like  him,  inhabitants  of  the  wild 
forest.  It  is  soon  seen  by  them  whether  he  is  likely 
to  be  entrapped  by  their  arts;  the  drivers  remain 
concealed  at  a  little  distance,  while  the  koomkies 
press  round  the  unfortunate  goondah,  or  saun  (lor 
so  these  solitary  males  are  called).  If  he  abandon 
himself  to  the  caresses  of  his  new  companions,  his 
capture  is  almost  certain.  The  hunters  cautiously 
creep  under  him,  and  during  the  time  that  his 
attention  is  thus  absorbed  they  fasten  his  fore-legs 
with  a  strong  rope.  It  is  said  that  the  wily  females 
will  not  only  divert  his  attention  from  their  mohouts, 
but  absolutely  assist  them  in  fastening  the  cords 
(see  Fig.  352).  The  hind-legs  are  also  secured, 
and,  if  the  situation  permits,  lashed  to  a  large  tree. 
Tlie  hunters  then  leave  him,  and  the  faithless 
females  retire  :  he  tries  to  follow,  and  discovers  his 
condition.  If  fastened  to  a  tree  (Fig.  353),  he  ex- 
hausts himself  with  rage  and  vain  efforts  to  break 
loose ;  but  if  not  secured,  still  he  moves  with  diffi- 
culty in  his  shackles,  and  as  long  cables  are  left 
trailing  behind  him,  the  mohouts  soon  seize  the 
opportunity  of  lashing  them  round  a  tree  of  suffi- 
cient strength.  Sometimes  he  breaks  his  bonds  and 
rushes  madly  to  the  forest,  where  the  hunters  dare 
not  follow  him.  But  if  adequately  bound,  his 
struggles  are  useless  ;  and,  worn  out  by  the  violence 
of  his  anger,  his  exertions,  and  hunger,  he  sub- 
mits at  length,  and  is  conducted  under  the  escort  of 
his  treacherous  friends  to  an  appointed  station,  and, 
after  a  few  months'  discipline,  becomes  reconciled  to 
his  fate. 

In  the  'Asiatic  Trans.,'  vol.  iii.,  Mr.  Corse  gives 
an  animated  description  of  the  mode  of  conducting 
the  operation  of  elephant-catching  on  a  great 
scale,  as  practised  at  lipperah,  where  thousands  of 
people  assemble  to  drive  a  herd  of  these  superb 
animals  with  the  clang  of  drums  and  trumpets,  and 


Elephants.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


83 


the  din  of  fireworks  and  musketry.  The  outline  of 
the  plan  is  as  .'oUows : — The  herd  when  discovered 
is  surrounded  by  a  circle  of  men,  divided  into  small 
parties,  at  the  distance  of  20  or  30  yards  from  each 
other ;  these,  by  noises  of  various  kinds,  and  by  fires 
lighted  at  different  posts,  drive  the  animals  into  a 
body ;  in  the  morning  the  circle  opens,  and  the 
herd  is  slowly  driven  forward  towards  a  spot  where 
a  new  circle  is  prepared  to  receive  it ;  the  people 
closing  up,  taking  their  proper  stations,  and  passing 
the  remainder  of  the  day  and  night  as  before.  In 
this  manner,  day  after  day,  it  is  conducted  towards 
a  sort  of  concealed  pound  or  inclosure  called  a 
keddah,  made  of  strong  timbers,  and  divided  into 
two  or.  three  great  pens  communicating  with  each 
other  by  means  of  gates,  which  are  shut  as  the 
herd  is  forced  from  pen  to  pen.  The  last  pen  has  a 
narrow  outlet  passage  with  a  doorway  sufiicient  for 
the  entrance  of  only  one  elephant  at  a-  time ;  and 
the  passage  itself  will  not  allow  a  large  elephant  to 
turn  round.  When  by  dint  of  noise  and  fires  the 
animals  have  entered  the  first  gate  of  the  keddah, 
and  they  find  themselves  ensnared,  their  rage  is 
extreme,  but  escape  is  now  rmpossible  ;  one  outlet 
only  offers,  but  it  leads  to  the  next  inclosure :  the 
leader  enters,  the  rest  follow  ;  the  gate  is  instantly 
shut  by  people  who  are  stationed  on  a  small  scaffold 
immediately  above  it,  and  strongly  barricaded  ;  fires 
are  lighted,  and  the  same  discordant  din  made  and 
continued,  till  the  herd  has  passed  through  another 
gateway  into  the  last  inclosure,  the  gate  of  which  is 
secured  in  the  same  manner  as  the  former  was. 
The  elephants,  being  now  completely  surrounded  on 
all  sides,  and'  perceiving  no  outlet  through  which 
they  can  escape,  appear  desperate,  and  in  their 
fury  advance  frequently  to  the  ditch,  in  order  to 
break  down  the  palisades,  inflating  their  trunks, 
screaming  louder  and  shriller  than  any  trumpet, 
sometimes  grumbling  like  the  hollow  murmur  of 
distant  thunder ;  but  wherever  they  make  an  attack, 
they  are  opposed  by  lighted  fires,  and  by  the  noiss 
and  triumphant  shouts  of  the  hunters.  As  they 
must  remain  some  time  in  this  inclosure,  care  is 
always  taken  to  have  part  of  the  ditch  filled  with 
water,  which  is  supplied  by  a  small  stream,  either 
natural,  or  conducted  through  an  artificial  channel 
from  some  neighbouring  reservoir.  The  elephants 
have  recourse  to  this  water  to  quench  their  thirst 
after  their  fatigues,  by  sucking  the  water  into  their 
trunks,  and  then  squirting  it  over  every  part  of  their 
bodies.  While  they  remain  in  this  inclosure  they 
continue  sulky,  and  seem  to  meditate  their  escape ; 
but  the  hunters  build  huts  around  them  close  to  the 
palisades,  watchmen  are  placed,  and  every  precau- 
tion used  to  prevent  their  breaking  through. 

When  the  herd  has  continued  a  few  days  in  this 
partition,  the  door  of  the  outlet  passage  is  opened, 
and  one  is  at  last  enticed  in  with  food.  Having 
entered,  the  door  is  closed  and  securely  barred  : 
retreat  is  impossible,  and  the  captive  is  hemmed 
completely  in.  His  struggles  in  that  narrow  cage 
are  useless.  He  is  then  enveloped  in  a  labyrinth  of 
cords,  and  exhausted  with  fatigue  and  fury,  he  is 
led  out  between  two  powerful  trained  beasts,  to 
whom  he  is  bound  and  tied,  and  brought  by  them 
to  a  spot  where  he  is  fastened  to  strong  trees  (see 
Fig.  3J4).  He  then  becomes  again  excited,  and 
sometimes  fulls  a  victim  to  his  paroxysm  of  fury ; 
but  commonly  the  cravings  of  hunger  induce  him 
to  eat,  and  he  gradually  yields  to  the  power  of  gen- 
tle discipline. 

It  is  not  an  unfrequent  occurrence  for  a  domesti- 
cated elephant  to  escape  to  the  wild  herd,  and  re- 
sume its  former  independence  ;  and  such  have  been 
retaken,  and  submitted  immediately  to  their  former 
riders.  Mr.  Corse  mentions  a  female  which  twice 
escaped,  and  who  each  time  she  was  taken  obeyed 
the  words  of  command,  attended  to  her  name,  came 
to  the  side  of  the  keddah  when  called,  ate  from  the 
hands  of  the  hunters,  and  knelt  down  when  ordered. 
In  another  case,  that  of  a  male,  which  had  escaped 
about  eighteen  months,  the  animal  was  furious  when 
entrapped  in  the  keddah  :  an  old  hunter,  however, 
recognised  him,  rode  boldly  up  to  him,  and  ordered 
him  to  lie  down,  pulling  him  by  the  ear.  The  animal 
seemed  quite  taken  by  surprise,  and  instantly  obeyed. 
Warren  Hastings,  the  governor-general  of  India, 
possessed  an  elephant  which  had  been  ten  years 
absent  from  the  rule  of  man.  His  keeper  being 
dismissed,  he  was  refractory  to  all  others  who  at- 
tempted to  control  him  ;  and  at  length  escaped  to 
the  wild  herd.  After  the  long  interval  we  have 
mentioned,  his  old  keeper  recognised  him  in  a  ked- 
dah, and  he  instantly  submitted  himself  to  him. 
Mr.  Zoffany  painted  the  portrait  of  this  animal,  and, 
in  the  key  to  his  published  print  of  a  tiger-hunt, 
vouches  for  the  authenticity  of  this  account.  Fig. 
359  is  a  copy  of  Mr.  Zoffany's  print. 

The  elephant  is  not  used  in  the  present  day  in 
India  as  an  engine  of  war,  but  as  a  beast  of  bur- 
den, in  the  transport  of  baggage,  tents,  and  various 
stores  ;  and  there  are  peculiar  circumstances  in  the 
march  of  an  Indian  army  which  render  the  elephant 


extremely  serviceable.  Where  dense  jungles  offer 
impediments  which  the  pioneers  could  not  obviate 
without  great  labour  and  consequent  delay,  three 
or  four  elephants  clear  the  way  at  once  ;  trampling 
down  the  long  grass  and  bushes,  and  breaking 
down  the  slender  trees  ;  in  short,  levelling  all  before 
them :  again,  where  the  artillery  has  to  be  dragged 
through  heavy  roads  of  clay  and  mire,  and  deep 
sloughs,  their  strength  and  sagacity  are  in  great  re- 
quisition. They  always  apply  their  force  in  the  most 
efficacious  manner,  and  assist  each  other  with  won- 
derful sagacity.  Capt.  Williamson  thus  notices  their 
services  in  this  particular: — "  Many  of  our  most  ar- 
duous military  operations  have  been  greatly  indebted 
for  their  success  to  the  sagacity,  patience,  and  ex- 
ertion of  elephants.  Exclusive  of  their  utility  in 
carrying  baggage  and  stores,  considerable  aid  is 
frequently  supplied  by  the  judgment  they  display, 
bordering  very  closely  on  reason.  When  cannon 
require  to  be  extricated  from  sloughs,  the  elephant, 
placing  his  forehead  to  the  muzzle,  which  when 
limbered  is  the  rear  of  the  piece,  with  an  energy 
scarcely  to  be  conceived,  will  urge  it  through  a  bog 
from  which  hundreds  of  oxen  or  horses  could  not 
drag  it :  at  other  times,  lapping  his  trunk  round  the 
cannon,  he  will  lift  while  the  cattle  and  men  pull 
forward.  (Fig.  356.)  The  native  princes  attach  an 
elephant  to  each  cannon,  to  aid  its  progress  in 
emergencies.  For  this  purpose  the  animal  is  fur- 
nished with  a  thick  leather  pad  covering  the  fore- 
head, to  prevent  its  being  injured.  It  has  some- 
times happened  that,  in  narrow  roads  or  causeways, 
or  on  banks,  the  soil  has  given  way  under  heavy 
cannon;  when  an  elephant,  being  applied  to  the 
falling  side,  has  not  only  prevented  the  piece  from 
upsetting,  but  even  aided  it  forward  to  a  state  uf 
security."  Elephants  have  probably  been  employed 
in  this  manner  Irorn  the  first  introduction  of  artil- 
lery into  Asia.  Bernier,  describing  the  army  of 
Aurungzebe,  says—"  Many  of  these  cannon  are  so 
ponderous,  that  twenty  yoke  of  oxen  is  necessary 
to  draw  them  along ;  and  some,  when  the  road  is 
steep  or  rugged,  require  the  aid  of  elephants  in  ad- 
dition to  the  oxen,  to  push  the  carriage-wheels  with 
their  heads  and  trunks."  Heavy  guns  are  often 
carried  on  elephants'  backs,  both  in  the  native  and 
the  Indian  armies. 

In  dragging  cannon  up  mountain-passes,  where 
the  road  is  steep  and  rugged,  these  animals  have 
often  performed  good  service,  stimulated  by  the 
praises  and  encouragement  of  their  drivers,  which 
have  great  effect  upon  them ;  besides,  when  they 
have  achieved  any  difficult  operation,  it  is  usual  to 
reward  them  with  sweetmeats  and  arrack,  and  from 
all  accounts  they  labour  expecting  the  customary 
reward.  In  former  times,  the  elephant,  adorned 
with  gorgeous  trappings,  swelled  the  royal  state  of 
princes  and  persons  of  distinction,  but  in  British 
India  it  is  now  rarely  seen  upon  occasions  of  cere- 
mony, excepting  at  the  courts  of  the  native  princes 
who  still  retain  some  degree  of  independent  autho- 
rity. In  Calcutta  their  use  is  prohibited,  as  horses 
unused  to  them  often  take  fright  and  occasion  acci- 
dents. A  line  of  elephants  richly  caparisoned  is 
however  a  noble  spectacle.  At  Vizier  All's  wed- 
ding in  1796,  there  was  a  grand  procession  of  twelve 
hundred  elephants  all  magnificently  adorned ;  of 
these  one  hundred  in  the  centre  had  howdahs,  or 
castles,  covered  with  silver;  and  in  the  midst  ap- 
peared the  nabob,  mounted  on  an  uncommonly 
large  elephant,  within  a  howdah  covered  with  gold, 
richly  set  with  precious  stones.  Some  of  the  ele- 
phants of  Aurungzebe  were,  according  to  Bernier, 
most  splendidly  attired.  Sir  T.  Rowe  thus  describes 
the  state  elephants  of  Jehanghir : — "  His  greatest 
elephants  were  brought  before  him,  some  of  which, 
being  lord  elephants,  had  their  chains,  bells,  and 
furniture  of  gold  and  silver,  attended  with  gilt 
banners  and  flags ;  and  eight  or  ten  elephants 
waiting  on  him,  clothed  in  gold,  silk,  and  silver. 
Thus  passed  about  twelve  companies,  most  richly 
furnished  ;  the  first  elephant  having  all  the  plates 
on  his  head  and  breast  set  with  rubies  and  emeralds, 
being  a  beast  of  wonderful  stature  and  beauty. 
They  all  bowed  down  before  the  king." 

By  Europeans  in  India,  the  elephant  is  used  for 
travelling,  and  in  hunting  the  tiger.  The  horse 
cannot  be  brought  to  follow  the  track,  or  stand 
firm  at  the  sight  of  the  ferocious  beast,  but  the 
elephant  will  do  both  ;  and  besides  his  delicate 
scent,  his  bodily  powers,  which  enable  him  to  make 
his  way  through  the  thickest  covers,  and  his  great 
stature,  which  places  the  hunters  seated  in  a  howdah 
on  his  back  in  comparative  safety,  are  peculiar  re- 
commendations. (See  Figs.  360,  361,  362,)  After 
all,  however,  the  sport  is  not  unattended  with  danger, 
for  the  elephant  fears  the  tiger,  and  the  latter,  when 
wounded  or  hard  pressed,  bounds  upon  the  nearest 
elephant,  and  mostly  tries  to  seize  the  creature's 
trunk  :  this  it  throws  up  as  high  as  possible,  and  if 
a  staunch  beast,  endeavours  to  receive  the  foe  on  its 
tusks  :  well-trained  elephants  have  been  known  to 
succeed,  and,  instantly  kneeling,  transfix  the  tiger 


and  pin  him  to  the  ground  (Fig.  357) ;  but  it  often 
happens  that  the  tiger  accomplishes  his  effort,  in 
which  case  the  elephant  loses  all  self-possession, 
and  sets  off  at  full  speed,  roaring  violently,  and 
throwi-  g  all  into  contusion.  Sometimes  indeed  the 
elephant  will  not  stand  the  attack,  but  precipitately 
retreats  in  the  greatest  consternation,  in  which  case, 
if  the  tiger  springs  upon  the  animal,  the  hunters  are 
in  imminent  peril.  Mr.  Williamson  ('Oriental  Field- 
sports  ')  relates  an  instance  in  which  a  gentleman 
w'ent  out  with  others  in  pursuit  of  a  cunning 
and  daring  tiger,  and  who  urged  his  mohout  to 
make  his  elephant  to  beat  among  the  tall  grass 
where  the  scent  was  strongest;  this  being  done,  in 
spite  of  the  tremendous  tones  of  the  agitated  animal, 
the  tiger  found  himself  compelled  either  to  resist 
or  submit  to  be  trodden  upon :  he  sprang  at  once 
upon  the  elephant's  quarter,  fixed  hi%  fore-paws  in 
the  pad  on  the  animal's  back,  and  his  hind-claws  in 
the  flesh  of  the  thigh.  In  a  paroxysm  of  fear,  oc- 
casioned by  the  suddenness  of  the  attack,  and  pain, 
the  elephant  dashed  through  the  cover,  the  tiger 
still  clinging,  but  unable,  from  the  motion  of  the 
elephant,  to  mount  higher.  It  was  with  difficulty 
that  the  gentleman  could  keep  his  seat,  and  he  was 
prevented  from  firing  at  the  grim  beast,  both  from 
his  unprecedented  situation,  and  from  the  danger  of 
wounding  some  of  the  numerous  followers  who  were 
exerting  the  utmost  speed  of  their  respective  ele- 
phants to  come  to  his  assistance.  The  pace  of  the 
elephant  was  wavy  and  irregular,  owing  to  the 
animal's  fear,  and  fortunately  gave  opportunity  for 
some  of  those  mounted  on  light  and  speedy  animals, 
to  overtake  it,  when  a  gentleman  of  the  party  de- 
spatched it  with  a  shot. 

It  is  said  that  the  elephant  displays  great  fear 
towards  the  rhinoceros :  Major  Lally  staled  to  the 
author  of  the  '  Oriental  Field-sports,'  that  he  once 
witnessed,  from  a  distant  hill,  a  most  desperate  en- 
gagement between  a  large  male  elephant  and  a 
rhinoceros,  in  which  the  elephant  was  worsted  and 
fled  (Fig.  363).  Baber,  however,  in  his  memoirs 
observes,  that  on  the  occasion  of  a  rhinoceros  hunt, 
one  of  the  elephants  fell  right  in  with  the  rhino- 
ceros, upon  which  the  latter  immediately  ran  off  in 
another  direction.  That  an  enraged  male  of  each 
species  may  meet,  and  fight,  is  not  perhaps  impro- 
bable ;  but  we  have  no  good  grounds  for  supposing 
any  animosity  to  exist  between  the  two  species  ; 
certain  it  is  that  the  male  elephant  and  rhinoceros 
in  adjoining  compartments  manifest  towards  each 
other  neither  fear  nor  dislike. 

White  elephants,  that  is,  albinos,  are  occasionally 
found,  and  are  highly  valued.  At  the  court  of  Ava 
royalty  is  incomplete  without  such  an  appendage, 
and  both  the  nobles  and  people  would  consider  it 
inauspicious  to  want  a  white  elephant.  In  Siam 
idso,  as  well  as  in  the  Birman  empire,  the  white 
elephant  is  venerated.  Mr.  Crawford  ('  Embassy  to 
the  court  of  Ava'),  who  saw  the  celebrated  white 
Birman  elephant  (Fig.  355),  as  well  as  six  belonging 
to  the  king  of  Siam,  states  respecting  the  former 
that  his  establishment  is  very  large.  White  ele- 
phants were  not  unknown  to  the  ancients,  and  were 
occasionally  exhibited  to  the  admiration  of  the  po- 
pulace— "  Sive  elephas  albus  vulgi  converteret  ora  " 
(Horace). 

Let  us  now  turn  from  the  Indian  to  the  African 
species.  This  animal  is  found  from  Senegal  and 
Abyssinia  to  the  confines  of  the  Cape  settlement, 
wherever  rivers,  lakes,  and  extensive  forests  render 
the  region  suitable  for  its  residence.  In  the  plains, 
of  the  kingdom  of  Congo,  where  the  herbage  attains 
a  wild  luxuriance,  amidst  innumerable  lakes,  and  on 
the  borders  of  the  Senegal,  whose  waters  flow  through 
extensive  forests,  herds  of  elephants  still  wander, 
and  also  in  the  remoter  districts  of  Caff'raria.  C'uvier 
appears  to  have  had  some  suspicion  that  the  ele- 
phant of  Abyssinia  and  the  eastern  portions  of  Africa 
might  possibly  be  identical  with  the  Indian  species, 
and  he  adduces  the  testimony  of  Ludolphe,  who,  in 
his  '  History  of  Abyssinia,'  states  that  the  female  ele- 
phants of  that  country  are  destitute  of  tusks :  he  ac- 
knowledges indeed  that  the  authority  of  Ludolphe 
is  doubtful ;  nevertheless,  he  adds,  his  testimony  is 
confirmed  by  Bruce,  at  least  in  one  particular  case, 
for,  in  the  account  of  an  elephant-hunt  at  which  he 
assisted,  the  tusks  of  a  female  were  small,  whilst  the 
male  had  them  of  great  magnitude.  We  cannot 
lay  much  stress  on  a  single  case  of  this  kind,  and  it 
is  to  be  observed  that  no  mention  is  made  of  the 
size  of  the  ears  or  shape  of  the  head ;  nor  can  we 
say  whether  or  not  the  individual  was  young  or 
adult.  It  is  not  improbable  that  breeds  or  races 
may  differ  in  Africa  as  they  do  in  India. 

In  ancient  times  the  elephant  appears  to  have 
ranged  along  the  north  and  north-western  shores. 
"  Elephantos  fert  Africa  ultra  Syrticas  solitudines, 
et  in  Mauritania,"  says  Pliny,  and.<?i;iian  asserts  that 
they  dwell  in  the  forests  and  pasture-lands  at  the 
foot  of  Mount  Atlas.  Though  none  are  found  in 
those  localities  in  the  present  day,  we  give  full  credit 
to  the  assertion,  for  we  know  that  the  lion  once 

M  2 


til.— Wild  Elephant  •ptarrd  by  nuwuof  decoy  Female  mephaou. 


U3— Wild  .Elephant  ieaafket  luTing  been  bouod. 


3i7.— Elephant  pinaing  a  Tiger. 


Wmw^ 


.=^in  ^i,■'-'—- 


335.— White  Elppiiant'of  Ava. 


-.Jiy-^ 


3J8.— Scene  exhibited  it  the  Adelplu  Thealte. 

84 


:(.>8.  — Lifimiiiitf  < 


.  Udd  roada 


3«0 — Tiger  springing. 


3«3.^Kieptiaat  attacked  by.Ubinoomt. 


359 — Wjuten  HaatiDgs's  Kleplian  « 


307. — Fem»le  Elepliant  and  her  youi:g  one 


3fiG,— Skull  of  Mnmmoth. 


36J.f— Mammoth  founil  in  Silwria. 


3 Ci.^Ele pliant  swimming. 


361.— Tiger  at  bay. 


3^2.— Hunters  tn  a  Howdah. 


85 


86 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


rELBPHAMTlL 


abounded  in  repiong  where  it  has  long  disappeared. 
Moreover  the  Carthaginians,  who  used  the  African 
elephant  as  an  engine  of  war,  as  Poms  and  the  In- 
dian kings  did  the  Asiatic,  collected,  on  the  threat- 
ened invasion  of  Scipio  (b.c.  205),  a  great  number 
of  these  animals,  so  quickly  as  to  prove  that  they 
had  not  to  penetrate  far  into  the  interior  to  procure 
them.  The  Ptolemies,  it  would  seem,  procured  their 
elephants  in  Abyssinia.     Herodotus  states  that  this 
animal  abounded,  with  bears  and  lions,  in  Libya. 
Ethiopia  paid  a  tribute  to  Darius,  which  consisted 
in   part  of  elephants'  tusks.    Though  the  Romans 
were  at  an  early  epoch  acquainted  with  ivory,  the 
Etruscan   attributes  of  royalty   being  sceptres  and 
thrones  of  this  material,  still  the  first  personal  ac- 
quaintance of  the  Romans  with  this  animal  was  when 
Pyrrhus,  king  of  Epirus  (b.c.  281),  invaded  Italy, 
bringing  elephants   as  part  of  the  military  force. 
These,  however,  were  most  probably  Indian;  and 
might  indeed  have  been  some  of  the  numbers  which 
were  left  by  Alexander  at  his  death,  about  half  a 
century  previously,   and  which  with   his  kingdom 
and  treasures  were  divided  between  his  successoi-s, 
and  employed  in  the  sanguinary  wars  which  arose 
out  of  their  individual  contests  for  empire.     At  all 
events,  as  India  was  open,  these  animals  might  easily 
have   been   procured.       Perdiccas  led  them   into 
Egypt  against  Ptolemy,  and  they  were  governed  by 
Ind'ian  mohouts ;  Ptolemy  opposed  them  by  Ethio- 
pian elephants,  which  were  not  considered  so  eiFec- 
tive  as  the  Indian  animals,  perhaps  from  not  being 
80  well  trained.     The  Romans  called  the  elephant 
the  Lucanian  ox,  as  it  would  seem  from  having  first 
encountered  it  in  the  territory  of  Lucania ;  and  this 
name   was  generally  adopted  afterwards.     In  the 
Punic  war  the  Romans  had  to  encounter  the  African 
elephant,  and  Regulas  captured  eighteen  at  the  bat- 
tle of  Adis.    Afterwards  at  the  battle  of  Panormis 
(Palermo)  upwards  of  100  were  taken,  and  the  con- 
sul Metullus  transported  them  to  Rome  to  gratify 
the  wonder  of  the  people,  and  die  in  the  circus  for 
their  amusement.      Hannibal   employed  them  in 
Spain,  and,  as  is  well  known,  in  Italy,  and  when 
those  which  he  brought  with  him  had  all  perished, 
he  received  large  reinforcements  from  Carthage. 

After  the  close  of  the  Punic  war,  the  Romans 
themselves  used  the  African  elephant  in  subduing 
Macedonia;  and  thirty  years  afterwards,  Perseus, 
the  last  king  of  Macedon,  whose  great  predecessor 
had  made  Europe  familiar  with  the  power  of  the 
elephant,  possessed  none  in  his  own  army  to  oppose 
those  brought  against  him  by  Quintus  Martius 
Philippus,  and,  after  four  years'  ineffectual  resist- 
ance, Macedonia  became  a  Roman  province.  At  the 
battle  of  Magnesia,  Scipio  brought  African  elephants 
against  Antiochus,  who  opposed  them  with  elephants 
from  India,  and  thus  in  hostile  array  were  brought 
together  the  peaceful  tenants  of  the  plains  and 
forests  of  two  remote  regions  of  the  earth  separated 
by  seas  and  deserts.  Julius  Csesar  employed  on 
various  occasions  the  elephant  in  his  armies,  but 
more  perhaps  as  a  beast  of  burden,  and  for  the  sake 
of  ostentation,  or  of  striking  terror  among  barbarous 
people,  than  for  actual  combat.  The  Romans  be- 
came now  well  acquainted  vrith  this  beast,  and 
availed  themselves  of  it  for  the  purpose  of  drawing 
splendid  chariots  in  triumphal  processions,  but  sel- 
dom used  it  as  an  arm  of  war.  They,  however, 
forced  it  into  the  brutal,  demoralizing  combats  of 
the  amphitheatre,  or  amused  themselves  with  its  un- 
wieldy performances  in  theatrical  pageants — such 
as  we  have  seen  in  our  own  days.  (Fig.  358.)  For 
more  than  500  years  did  Africa  contribute  elephants 
to  the  Roman  circus,  and  incalculable  numbers 
perished  during  that  long  period ;  thousands  were 
dragged  from  the  forests  of  Ethiopia  to  gratify  by 
their  torments  an  ignorant  and  deoased  multitude, 
and  thousands  were  slaughtered  in  their  native 
regions  for  the  sake  of  their  ivory,  of  which  both 
African  and  Indian  were  in  the  greatest  request.  Of 
this  material  were  fashioned  the  most  imposing  sta- 
tues ;  the  rooms  and  furniture  of  the  patricians  were 
inlayed  with  gold  and  ivory;  and  it  ornamented 
halls,  porticoes,  and  temples. 

With  respect  to  the  African  elephant  it  was  most 
probably  bred  by  the  Romans  in  a  state  of  domesti- 
cation. Fig.  367  is  a  copy  of  a  representation  on 
the  walls  of  Pompeii  of  a  female  African  elephant 
suckling  her  young  one.  The  picture  exhibits  a 
perfect  acquaintance  with  the  mode  in  which  the 
little  elephant  receives  sustenance  from  its  mother, 
a  fact  of  which  Button  and  the  naturalists  of  the 
last  century  were  ignorant. 

At  length  the  power  of  Rome  declined,  the  but- 
chery of  the  circus  was  suspended,  and  in  the  time 
of  Justinian  (a.d.  .527)  an  elephant  was  esteemed  a 
rare  spectacle  at  Rome  and  Constantinople.  The 
intercourse  between  Europe  and  Africa,  on  the  fall 
of  the  Roman  empire,  became  in  a  great  measure 
suspended  for  centuries;  a  wandering  population 
of  Arabs  spread  over  the  northern  regions  of  Africa ; 
and  the  elephant,  no  longer  hunted  for  his  ivory  or 
captured  for  the  circus,  wandered  unmolested  in  his 


native  forests:  the  modes  employed  by  the  Cartha- 
ginians for  training  the  animal  were  forgotten  ;  nay, 
that  it  had  ever  been  reclaimed  to  the  service  of  a 
people  whose  place  had  been  since  occupied  by 
Roman,  Vandal,  and  Arab  conquerors,  was  a  circum- 
stance buried  in  oblivion,  and  the  African  elephant 
was  at  last  believed  to  be  incapable  of  the  discipline 
which  still  subjects  the  Indian  to  the  use  of  man. 
In  recent  times  the  demand  for  ivory  has  again  re- 
vived, and  ill  south  and  western  Aftica  the  herds 
of  elephants  are  thinned  by  the  gun  of  the  hunter. 

Hitherto  we  have  conhned  our  observations  to 
the  two  species  of  elephant  at  present  existing  on 
our  globe  ;  time  was,  however,  when  a  species  dif- 
fering from  either  abounded  on  the  earth,  and 
ranged  over  a  great  extent  of  country,  tenanting 
climates  not  only  within  the  temperate  latitudes, 
but  such  as  are  now  exposed  to  the  severities  of  an 
Arctic  winter,  where  their  tusks  are  found  in  great 
abundance,  and  collected  for  the  sake  of  the  ivory, 
which  is  still  available.*  More  than  this,  however, 
the  animal,  flesh  and  all,  has  been  found  in  a  state 
of  preservation  entombed  in  ice.  Ages  had  rolled 
by  since  the  day  which  saw  it  inumed  in  its  strange 
sarcophagus ;  nations  and  tongues  and  empires  had 
risen  and  passed  away ;  the  very  region  it  inhabited 
had  undergone  an  alteration  of  temperature  and 
productions — ^yet,  while  the  proudest  monuments  of 
human  industry  were  perishing,  while  nations  were 
falling  or  rising,  had  this  body  remained,  as  when 
the  life  departed,  to  be  displayed  in  later  days  as 
a  relic  of  times  beyond  the  date  of  human  records. 
We  allude  to  the  mammoth  found  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Lena  in  Siberia. 

In  1799  a  Tungusian,  who  went  along  the  coast 
to  seek  for  mammoths'  tusks,  first  perceived  the 
carcass  on  a  vast  block  of  ice,  but  without  being 
able  to  make  out  its  true  character.  In  1801  it 
became  partially  exposed  ;  in  1803  it  became  dis- 
engaged by  the  melting  of  the  ice;  and  in  1804 
the  "Tungusian,  named  Schumachoff,  cut  oif  the 
tusks  and  sold  them  to  a  merchant  for  the  value 
of  fifty  rubles.  Two  years  afterwards  Mr.  Adams 
found  the  mammoth  still  on  the  shore,  but  greatly 
mutilated.  The  Yakutsk!  had  fed  their  dogs  with 
the  flesh.  Bears,  wolves,  wolverenes,  and  foxes 
had  feasted  upon  it ;  but  though  all  the  flesh  and 
the  proboscis  were  gone,  the  skeleton  remained 
with  the  exception  of  one  fore-leg.  The  skin 
was  also  to  a  certain  extent  perfect,  and  one  of 
the  ears  was  well  preserved  with  its  tuft  of  hairs. 
The  skin,  of  a  dark  tint,  was  covered  with  reddish 
wool  and  black  hairs ;  but  much  of  the  fur  was 
injured  by  damp,  and  much  trodden  into  the  earth 
by  the  bears.  "The  skeleton  and  other  portions  of 
value  were  carefully  collected ;  the  tusks  were  re- 
purchased, and  the  whole  transported  to  St.  Peters- 
burg. 

The  skeleton  is  now  in  the  museum  of  the  Aca- 
demy, and  the  skin  still  remains  attached  to  the 
head  and  feet.  A  part  of  the  skin  and  some  of 
the  hair  of  this  animal  were  sent  by  Mr.  Adams 
to  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  who  presented  them  to  the 
Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons.  The 
hair  is  entirely  separated  from  the  skin,  except- 
ing in  one  very  small  part  where  it  still  remains 
attached.  It  consists  of  two  sorts,  common  hair 
and  bristles,  and  of  each  there  are  several  va- 
rieties, differing  in  length  and  thickness.  That  li 
remaining  fixed  on  the  skin  is  of  the  colour  of  the  I 
camel,  an  inch  and  a  half  long,  very  thick-set,  and  I 
curled  in  locks.  It  is  interspersed  with  a  few  I 
bristles,  about  three  inches  long,  of  a  dark  reddish  | 
colour.  Among  the  separate  parcels  of  hair  are  ! 
some  rather  redder  than  the  short  hair  just  men- 
tioned, about  four  inches  long;  and  some  bristles 
nearly  black,  much  thicker  than  horsehair,  and 
from  12  to  18  inches  long.  The  skin  when  first 
brought  to  the  museum  was  ofi'ensive  ;  it  is  now 
quite  dry  and  hard,  and  where  most  compact  half 
an  inch  thick.  Its  colour  is  dull  black.  Fig.  365. 
represents  this  fossil  elephant  or  mammoth  {Elephas 
primigenius).  Another  and  prior  instance  of  the 
discovery  of  an  ice-preserved  elephant  is  recorded : 
in  this  case  the  carcass  was  found  on  the  borders  of 
the  Alaseia  river,  which  flows  into  the  Icy  Ocean 
beyond  the  Indigirska ;  it  had  been  set  free  by  the 
stream,  and  was  in  an  upright  position,  almost  per- 
fect, and  covered  with  the  skin,  to  which  there  still 
adhered  in  many  places  hairs  and  fur,  as  in  the 
Lena  specimen.  There  are  not  wanting  other  in- 
stances of  parts,  as  the  head  and  feet,  with  the  flesh 
on,  having  been  found  in  ice  :  nor  is  it  only  of  the 
elephant  that  preserved  remains  exist ;  for  in  1771 
the  body  of  a  rhinoceros,  perfect,  or  nearly  so,  pre- 
served in  frozen  earth  or  gravel,  was  disinterred 
near  the  Vilhoui.  The  head  and  feet  are  at  St. 
Petersburg. 

Asiatic  Russia  and  Siberia  appear  to  have  been 
the  stronghold  of  the  mammoth ;  over  these  vast 
regions  indeed  its  fossil  remains  occur  in  incredible 

*  Siberian  fossil-ivory  forms  th«  prlndpal  material  on  which  the 
Itunian  ivory-turner  worlu. 


numbers.  There  is  in  fact  no  river  from  the  Don  to 
Kamtschatka  where,  either  along  the  banks  or  on 
the  beds,  these  relics,  with  those  of  other  extinct 
species,  do  not  abound.  It  is  not,  however,  only  in 
that  extensive  tract  that  the  fossil  relics  of  elephanU 
occur.  They  are  common  in  Italy,  France,  G«r. 
many,  Bohemia,  and  the  British  Isles.  They  are 
found  also  in  North  America,  mixed  with  those  of 
the  mastodon  ;  and  have  been  brought  by  Baron 
Humboldt  from  Mexico  and  Peru. 

Fig.  366  represents  the  skull  of  the  Elephaa 
primigenius.  In  form  it  approximates  the  most 
nearly  to  that  of  the  Indian  elephant,  but  has  seve- 
ral distinguishing  characteristics.  The  grindei-s  for 
instance  have  the  ribands  of  enamel  across  the  worn 
crown  thinner  and  less  festooned  at  their  edge,  and 
in  a  given  space  are  more  numerous,  being  closer 
together.  'The  facial  line  is  more  perpendicular, 
and  the  top  of  the  skull  more  peaked.  The  alveoli 
of  the  tusks  are  far  more  extensively  developed,  a 
circumstance  which  must  have  given  a  pecu- 
liar character  to  the  physiognomy  of  the  animal, 
very  unlike  that  of  the  living  species.  The  lower 
jaw  is  shorter,  and  more  upright  at  its  symphysis ; 
while  the  grinder,  instead  of  sweeping  upwards  as 
it  proceeds,  follows  a  nearly  level  fine.  The  tusks 
are  generally  very  large,  arched  and  directed  up- 
wards and  outwards  with  a  hold  and  somewhat 
spiral  turn. 

With  respect  to  the  strata  in  which  these  fossil 
relics  are  found,  it  may  be  stated  that  it  is  only  in 
alluvial  and  superficial  deposits— those  filhng  the 
bottoms  of  valleys,  or  forming  the  borders  of  rivere, 
the  mud  of  certain  caverns— the  crag  formation  and 
other  tertiary  fresh-water  deposits,  that  they  as  a  rule 
occur.  In  these  slightly  consolidated  strata  are 
also  found  other  fossil  relics,  some  of  quadrupeds  of 
existing  genera,  and  some  of  which  there  are  no 
living  prototypes. 

In  some  regions  where  the  remains  of  the  mam- 
moth and  rhinoceros  abound,  as  northern  Siberia,  a 
decided  change  in  the  climate  must  have  taken 
place  since  the  era  of  the  existence  of  the  animals  ; 
although,  as  the  clothing  with  which  they  were 
invested  proves,  the  climate  was  moderate,  and  often 
cold ;  not  however  as  it  is  now— ibr,  as  Mr.  Lyell 
observes,  "it  would  be  difficult,  if  not  impossible, 
for  such  animals  to  obtain  subsistence  during  an 
Arctic  winter."  Yet  on  the  other  hand,  "  So  many 
skeletons  could  not  have  belonged  to  herds  which 
lived  at  one  time  in  the  district,  even  if  those  north- 
ern countries  had  once  been  clothed  with  vegetation 
as  luxuriant  as  that  of  an  Indian  jungle.  But  if 
we  suppose  the  change  to  have  been  extremely 
slow,  and  to  have  consisted  not  so  much  in  a  dimi- 
nution of  the  mean  annual  temperature,  as  in  an 
alteration  from  what  has  been  termed  an  •  insular'  to 
an  '  excessive'  climate— from  one  in  which  the  tem- 
perature of  winter  and  summer  were  nearly  equal- 
ised, to  one  wherein  the  seasons  were  violently 
contrasted— we  may,  perhaps,  explain  the  phenome- 
non. Siberia  and  other  Arctic  regions,  ailer  having 
possessed  for  ages  a  more  uniform  temperature,  may, 
after  certain  changes  in  the  form  of  the  Arctic  land, 
have  become  occasionally  exposed  to  extremely 
severe  winters.  When  these  first  occurred  at  dis- 
tant intervals,  the  drift  snow  would  fill  the  valleys, 
and  herds  of  herbivorous  quadrupeds  would  be  sur- 
prised and  buried  in  a  frozen  mass,  as  often  happens 
to  cattle  and  human  beings  overwhelmed  in  the 
Alpine  valleys  of  Switzeriand  by  avalanches.  When 
valleys  have  become  filled  with  ice,  as  those  of 
Spitzbergen,  the  contraction  of  the  mass  causes 
innumerable  deep  rents,  such  as  are  seen  in  the 
Mer-de-glace  on  Mont  Blanc.  These  deep  crevices 
usually  become  filled  with  loose  snow,  but  some- 
times a  thin  covering  is  drifted  across  the  mouth  of 
the  chasm,  capable  of  sustaining  a  certain  weight. 
Such  treacherous  bridges  are  liable  to  give  way 
when  heavy  animals  are  crossing,  which  are  then 
precipitated  at  once  inio  the  body  of  a  glacier, 
which  slowly  descends  to  the  sea,  and  becomes  a 
floating  iceberg.  As  bears,  foxes,  and  deer  now 
abound  in  Spitzbergen,  we  may  confidently  assume 
that  the  embedding  of  animal  remains  in  the  glaciera 
of  that  island  must  be  an  event  of  almost  annula 
occurrence.  The  conversion  of  drift  snow  into  per- 
manent glaciers  and  icebergs,  when  it  happens  to 
become  covered  over  with  alluvial  matter,  trans- 
ported by  torrents  and  floods,  is  by  no  means  a  rare 
phenomenon  in  the  Arctic  regions.  Durino-  a  series 
of  milder  seasons  intervening  between  the  severe 
winters,  the  mammoths  may  have  recovered  theii 
numbers,  and  the  rhinoceroses  may  have  multiplied 
again,  so  that  the  repetition  of  such  catastrophes 
may  have  been  indefinite.  The  increasinir  cold, 
and  greater  frequency  of  inclement  winters^  would 
at  last  thin  their  numbers,  and  their  final  extirpa- 
tion would  be  consummated  by  the  rapid  augment- 
ation of  other  herbivorouS  quadrupeds  more  fitted 
for  the  new  climate."* 


•  Lyell'i  Geol.,  vol.  i.  pp.  96-99. 


IIlPPOrOTAMUS.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


368. — The  Mastodox. 
Coexistent  perhaps  with  the  mammoth,  a  race  of 
huge  anm,als,  now  utterly  extinct,  once  tenanted 
our  slobe:  their  remains,  which  are  met  with  in  the 
superficial  strata,  occur  in  some  localities  in  sreat 
abundance ;  and,  from  the  differences  presented  by 
the  teeth  and  other  parts,  several  species  have  been 
identilied  lo  these  animals  Cuvier  gave  the  title 
ol  .Mastodon,  in  allusion  to  the  principal  character 
of  the  molars,  winch,  instead  of  being  formed,  as  in 
the  elephant,  of  transverse  laminae,  have  the  crown 
ol  simple  structure,  but  exhibiting  ranges  of  bold 
conical  elevations,  divided  from  each  other  by  deep 
furrows  (see  Fig.  3G9).  As  the  points  of  these  eleva- 
tions become  worn  down  by  use,  the  crown  presents 
a  series  of  lozenge-shaped  lines  of  thick  enamel 
(Fig.  3/0),  but  when  these  are  quite  obliterated  the 
surface  becomes  uniform  and  concave. 

Of  the  molars  thus  characterised  thfere  were  two 
above  and  below  on  each  side  ;  but  before  these  mo- 
lars It  would  appear  that  in  young  individuals  others 
had  been  situated,  and  had  fallen  in  succession  as 
Cuvier  satisfactorily  ascertained  from  the  examina- 
tion ot  various  specimens.  With  regard  to  the  mode 
of  succession  in  the  grinders  of  the  mastodon,  it  takes 
place,   says  Cuvier,  by  a   movement  from  behind 
lorwards.    When  tne  back  tooth  is  in  the  act  of 
piercing  the  gum,  that  anterior  to  it  is  worn  and 
ready  to  fall,  and  they  thus  replace  themselves  one 
at^er    the    other.     It   does  not  appear  that  it  is 
possible  for  more  than  two  at  a  time  on  each  side 
to  be  in  full  operation,  and  ultimately,  as  in  the 
elephant,  there  is  only  one.    That  the   mastodon 
had  tusks  like  the  elephant  is  proved  by  the  large 
a  veoh   lor  their  reception.     As  no  perfect  skull 
oi  the  mastodon  is  known,  it  is  impossible  to  define 
Its  contour:  it  must,  however,  have  had  a  general 
resemblance  to  that  of  the  elephant,  inasmuch  as 
the  tables  of  the  frontal  bone  are  separated  in  a 
similar  manner  by  extensive  cells 

rp^j'%?!?''  '"  ^^°'^'  ^""^  ""^  ^■'^'^'o"  generally 
(Fig.  368)  approximates  to  that  of  the  elephant 
The  mastodon  must  have  possessed  a  proboscis,  as 
IS  evident  from  a  consideration  of  the  structure  of 
the  skull  and  skeleton,-and  indeed  it  would  ap- 
pear that  this  proboscis  has  not  in  every  instance 
been  completely  decomposed.    The  relics  of  the 
Mastodon   giganteus,  or  "  animal  of  the  Ohio,"  are 
found  m  >.orth  America,  especially  in  saline  mo- 
^''  f,"  K  ?  }^'t  circumstance  Barton  thinks  is 
to  be  attributed  the  occurrence  of  soft  parts  still 
capable  of  being  made  out.     In  1762  (as  he  states) 
^^1   V  *r,^^«'e'o"s  which  were  seen  by  the  natives, 
one  skull  still  possessed  what  they  called  a  "  long 
nose     with   he  mouth  under  it.    Kalm.  speaking  of 
a  huge  skeleton  which,   in  accordance  with   the 
Ideas  of  his  time,  he  believed   to  be   that  of  an 
elephant,  and  which  was  discovered  by  the  savages 
in  the  country  of  the  Illinois,  says  that  "the  form 
ofthe  trunk  (bee)  was  still  apparent,  though  half 
decomposed  ••    Of  the  several  species'of  this  extiiK 
genus  the  Great  Mastodon,  or  animal  of  the  Ohio 
!f„  B     !°f'*t  remarkable.     Its  relics  appear  to  be 
confined  to  the  American  continent :  tliey  are  dis! 
tnbuted   very  generally,  and  are   accumulated  in 
soma   places  in    considerable  abundance,  but  no- 

w"^'?^.""«'^''  r  ^  '"  **>**  ^''""c  """ass  popularly 
ermed  the  Big-bone  Lick.     They  are  found  buried 

It  \t  A  '?r  ^'?^  '^'  ^°"^^''  "f  the  morass! 
at  the  depth  of  four  feet  and  upwards,  together  with 

nn  »rr  "'  ^""^fl""''  ''''^''  &«■  These  relics  have 
no  appearance  of  haying  been  rolled,  and,  in  some 
places,  as  for  example  along  the  Grea  Osage  River 
t'J  h?H'°"f  r  "  """"^'  P°^'«°".  as  ifihe  ani^ 
rJr  them'""ThT  '"'°  '^'  '""'''  ''^ich  had  closed 
over  them.     The  ierruginous  matter  with  which  the 

^nnrniTh'™'?''^""""''  '^y'  ^'""".  i«  'he  main 
prool  ot  their  long  repose  in  the  earth. 

Ihe  traditions  which  were  rife  among  the  Red 
Men  concerning  this  gigantic  animal  and  its  de- 
struction must  not  be  passed  over  in  silence.  M 
>abri,  a  trench  officer,  informed  Buffon  that  the 

Z'fnf  r  ^'""f '*  '^1%'  ^""'^  ^^^""«d  i"  various 
parts  of  Canada  and  Louisiana  as  belonging  to  an 
animal  which  they  named  the  Pere  aux  Boeufs 
1-he  Shawnee  Indians  believed  that  with  these 
enormous  animals  there  existed  men  of  propor- 
tionate development,  and  that  the  Great  Being 
destroyed  both  with  thunderbolts.  Those  of  Vir- 
ginia state  that  as  a  troop  of  these  terrible  qiiad- 
ropeds  were  destroying  tlie  deer,  the  bisons,  and 
he  other  animals  created  for  the  use  ofthe  Indians, 
the  Great  Man  slew  them  all  with  his  thunder 
excep  the  Big  Bull,  who,  nothing  daunted,  pre! 
sented  his  enormous  forehead  to  the  bolts,  and  shook 
^IZf  T  fl  *r  [''"•  ""'  '^«'"?  at  last  bounded  m 
L  fo'lhL-dry"'''  '°"^^''*  *''''  8-=^'  '^l'--  -here  he 
Besides  the  Mastodon  giganteus,  the  followin<r 
d::",  'm'"'"  i'"''  '^-  A"?-iid-«  (Europe: 
X'ceDcion  ChiH  '"m^'^"''''^'  ^-  Humboldtii 
(Wncepcion-Chih),   M.   minutus,   M.t  apiroides, 


M  Turicensis,  M.  Avernensis  (Epplesheim,  Puv-de 
Dome),  M.  elephantoides  (Irawaddi,  Sewahk  Moun! 
tains)  M  latidens  (Irawaddi,  Sewalik  Mountains) 
and  M    longirostris,   Kaup.     Professor   Owen   h^ 

nameCeciet''  ''"'"  '''  ^°^^'^"'  "^^  »«  ^^^  '-^ 


371,  372,  373.— The  Hippopotamus. 
M.  Desmoulins,  from  an  examination  of  the  skulls 

from1out"Ar  "'P'""'°^'"'  IVom  Senegarand 
rom  South  Africa,  considers  that  there  are  two 
distinct  species,  which  he  names  respectively  H 
Senegalensis  and  H.  Capensis.  Very  probably  m' 
De  mouhns  is  correct,  but  as  the  habits  of  bothLeJ 
cies  are  precisely  the  same,  and  as  the  distinctive 
charac  ers  are  founded  on  osteological  minuti  onlv 
we  shall  not  treat  them  as  different,  more  splcia  [y 
?ro!ed.  ^  "  '^*"  ^'"'"^'^  "'^"  absolutely 
aHII  ,''iPP°P0tamus  is  a  native  exclusively  of 
Afiica,  where,  though  much  more  limited  than  for- 
meHy  in  the  range  of  its  habitat,  it  tenants  the 
iZ.  ll"''  ^dsot-the  larger  rivers,  and  of  the  in! 
and  lakes  from  the  Gariep  to  the  upper  Nile  and 

o  th..p  7  '^r''^''-  "'^'  however,  not  restricted 
to  these  for  It  is  marine  as  well  as  fluviatile  ;  and 
Di.  Smith  thinks  it  difficult  to  decide  whether  it 
gives  preference  to  the  river  or  the  sea  for  its  abode 
during  the  day.     When  the  opportunity  of  choosing 

PPfpH  .h""  ^^'  '''':  ^^''^"^^  ^^  '■"""'l  'hat  some  J- 
lected  the  one,  and  some  the  other 

Scarcely  if  at  all,  inferior  to  the  elephant  in  bulk, 

t)ut  much  lower  in  stature  from  the  shortness  ofthe 

Jimbs,  this  massive  animal  presents  us  with  the  "  ne 

hditv  Tu  l?'>""rf'"'  '='"'"^in«^^  and  heavy  so- 
ld ty     Its   body,    Ike  an    enormous  barrel    sup- 

ground;  the  head  is  ponderous;  the  muzzle  is 
swollen :  and  the  great  tJiick  lips,  studded  "^th  wire! 
like  bristles,  entirely  conceal  the  projecting  incisors 
o  the  lower  jaw,  and  the  huge  curved  tutks  or  ca! 

to^  nf'ih  '"n"'^  "  "''f^'  "^«  "°**"l'*  open  «"  the 
top  of  the  swollen  muzzle;  and  the  eyes,  which  are 
very  small  are  situated  high  on  the  head  ;  hence 
when  ,„  the  water,  the  anfmal  by  raismg  ^eielv  a 
Tfu?^F1''  fe*'0"  ofthe  head  above  the  surface 
can  both  look  around  and  breathe,  the  body  re- 

S'o1Z^th'^"".'"?'''^  '^^'J^'^  are  small  \nd 
pointed    the  tail  is  short,  and  furnished  with  a  few 

ZL^"f^''-  7X'  ^°'''  ''°"'-  °"  each  foot!  a,^ 
tipped  with  small  hoofs.  The  hide  is  naked,  coarse, 
and  of  great  thickness,  being  two  inches  deep  o 
more  on  the  back  and  sides.  It  is  made  into  shields, 
whips,  walking-sticks,  &c.  Between  the  skin  and 
the  flesh  IS  a  layer  ot  fat,  which  is  salted  and  eaten 

?f,.L  •'^''^^i^'  ^"'""^  '^"'""'^'^  of  Southern 
Africa  ;  indeed,  the  epicures  of  Cape-Town,  as  Dr. 
Smith  says,  do  not  disdain  to  use  their  influence 

fh.  n,.H  '°Tl'^  ^^""r'  to  obtain  a  preference  in 
the  mat  er  of  Se«-W,  ,pecft^  ^^  ,his  fat  is  termed 
when  salted  and  dried.  The  flesh  also  is  excellent 
and  in  much  request.  The  general  colour  of  the 
hippopotamus  IS  dusky  brownish-red,   passing  on 

the  „nf        "".'I'  '"r"  ^  "Sht  purple  red  or  brown; 
the  under  parts,    he  lips,  and  tfie  eyelids  are  ligh 
wood-brown,    with    a  tinge    of  flesh-colour;    the 
hinder  quarters  and  the  under  surface  are  freckled 
with  spots  of  dusky  brown  ;  the  hairs  ofthe  tail  and 
ears  are  black,  those  on  the  muzzle  yellowish-brown. 
The   male  far  exceeds  the   female  in   size.     The 
hippopotamus  is  gregarious  in  its  habits,  sagacious 
wary    and  cautious.     It  has  been  long  driven  away 
from  the  rivers  within  the  limits  of  the  Cape  colour 
but  in  remoter  districts,   where  the  sound  of  the 
musket  18  seldom  heard,  it  abounds  in  every  larce 
river,  and  is  comparatively  fearless  of  man      "  To 
convey, '  says  Dr.  Smith,  "  some  idea  ofthe  numbers 
n  which  they  were  found  in  several  of  the  rivers 
towards  the  tropic  of  Capricorn,  it  may  suffice  to 
state   that  in  the  course  of  an  hour  and  a  half  a 
lew  members  of  the  expedition  party  killed  seven 
within   gun-shot  of   their    encampment.     Several 
other  individuals  were  in  the  same  pool,  and  might 
a  so  have  been  killed,  had  it  been  desirable.     One 
ot  the  survivors  was  observed  to  make  his  escape 
to  an  adjoining  pool,  and  in  accomplishing  that  he 
walked  with  considerable  rapidity  along  the  bottom 
ot  the  river,  and  with  his  back  covered  with  about 
a  toot  of  water." 

The  hippopotami,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  feed 
cniefly  on  grass,  resorting  to  situations  near  the 
banks  of  rivers  which  supply  that  food.  "  In  dis- 
tricts fully  inhabited  by  man,"  says  Dr.  Smith,  "  they 
generally  pass  the  day  in  the  water,  and  seek  their 
nourishment  during  the  night;  but  in  localities 
d  tteren  ly  circumstanced  they  often  pass  a  portion 
ol  the  day  as  well  as  the  night  upon  dry  land.  In 
countries  in  which  the  night-time  constitutes  the 
only  sale  period  for  their  leaving  the  water,  thev 
are  generally  to  be  seen  effecting  their  escape  from 
It  immediately  before  dark,  or  are  to  be  heard  doing 
so  soon  after  the  day  has  closed,  and  according  to 
tne  state  ol  the  surrounding  country ;   they  then 


either  directly  commence  feedinir  orh^o-in,  ;„, 
towards   localities   where   food  ^^a'^'xTt'""  Whe? 
previous  to  nightfall  they  may  havi  been  in  pools 
or  rivers,  they  are   generally  at  once   enabled   to 
commence  leed.ng  on  reaching  the  dry  landTbut 
when  they  may  have  passed  the  day  in  the  sea  thev 
reqmre  commonly  to  proceed  some  distance  after 
leaving  i  ,  belore  they  find  the  grass  which  appears 
congenial  to  their  palate.    It  is  not  every  deS 
lion  01  grass  that  hippopotami  seem  to  relish  MlX 
olten  pass  over,  m  search  of  food,  luxuriant  green 
swards,  which  would  strongly  attract  many  o  her 
animals  which  feed  upon  |rL.     Besides  liavC  a 
pecuhar  relish  for  the'grasfes  of  certain  situatkfn^ 
they  appear  to  have  a  predilection  for  districts  sur^ 
porting  brushwood;  and,  owing  to  the  latter  pecSl 
ban  y,  they  are  often  to   be  found  wandering  h, 
bcahties  on  which  but  little  grass  exists,  whenfhey 
might  have  it  in  the  neighbourhood  in  great  aS 
ance,  but  without  the  accompaniment  of  wood  " 

We  learn  Irom  Mr.  Salt,  that  in  the  district  of 
Abyssinia  watered  by  the  Tacazze,  a  tributa  v  to 
the  Nile,  hippopotami  are  very  Numerous  The 
Abyssinians  term  the  animal  Gomari.  As  Mr  Salt 
travelled  along  the  line  of  the  river,  he  found  it 
intei-rupted  by  frequent  overfalls  and  shallowford^ 
Between  these  shallows  are  holes  or  pits  of  vS 
depth,  resembling  the  lochs  and  tarns  in  the  mou^- 
ain  districts  of  Scotland  and  England.    It  is  to  the« 

hp?i  M^*^*h'  •>'W°P°*'""'  '''^"Sht  to  resort  ;an^ 
here  Mr.  Salt  and  his  companions  observed  the2 
actions  which  he  compares  to  the  rolling  of  a  gram- 
pus in  the  sea.  "  ^  *" 
"It  appeai-9,"  observes  the  same  traveller,  "  from 
what  we  have  witnessed,  that  the  hippopotamu" 
cannot  remain  more  than  five  or  six  minutes  at  a 
time  under  water,  being  obliged  to  come  up  to  the 

?esp!ration."°™'  '"      '"''""'  ''"'  ^^'  P^^'''''^  °^ 
It  has  generally  been  asserted  that  this  hu-^e 
powerful,  and,   it  should  seem,  inofi'ensive  an  mai 
has  no  enemy  in  the  brute  creation  audacious  enough 
to  contend  with  it.    Some  travellers,  however  haf  e 
attributed  this  boldness  to  the  crocodile!  describfnff 
combats  between  them,  which  in  truth  never  takf 
WWi;  MrTu^  subsisting  between  the  two  animals. 
While  Mr.  Salt  and  his  party  were  engaged  shoot- 
ing at  the  hippopotami,  they  frequently  observed 
several  crocodiles  of  an  enormous  size  rise  together 
to  the  surface  of  the  same  stream,  apparently  re- 
gardless ot  and  disregarded   by  their  still    more 
enormous    neighbours.-Captain    Tuckey,    in  his 
expedition  to  explore  the  Zaire  or  Congof  observed 
immense  numbers  of  hippopotami  and  alligators  in 
hostilft"^  water-an  association  inconsistent  with 
Burckhardt  (see  his  '  Travels  in  Nubia')  informs  us 
that  lower  down  the  Nile,  in  Dongola,  whereThere 
are  neither  elephants  nor  rhinoceroses,  the  hinno- 
potamus  IS  very  common.  The  Arabic  name  for  ft  is 
whl"!     I  }t  "  "  '^'^'"^ii  ''courge  to  the  inhabitants, 
who  lack  the  means  of  destroying  it.     Occasionally 
but  rarely,  ii  is  seen  much  farther  north,  even  below 
the  cataract  of  the  Nile  at  Assouan. 

The  hippopotamus  abounds  in  the  Niger  where  It 
was  seen  by  Richard  and  John  Lander   Cl'apperton 
observed  them  in  the  lake  Muggaby.  Bornou"  and 
in  the  great  lake  Tchad  and  its  tributary  river^ 
♦wYk'^"""''  '"ofensive,  it  is  only  when  attacked 
that  the  hippopotamus  becomes  furious,  and  if  hard 
pressed  on  land,  he  rushes  open-mouthed  with  the 
utmost  desperation  on  his  aggressor.     If  the  party 
attacking  the  ammal  in  his  watery  domicile  te  m 
a  boat,   their  danger  is  extreme.     Captain  Owen 
('Narrative  of  Voyages  to  explore  the  shores  of 
Atrica,  under  Captain  W.  F.  W.  Owen')  had  many 
encounters  with  these  animals.     While  examinino^ 
a  branch  of  the  Temby  river,  in  Delagoa  8^1 
violent  shock  was  suddenly  felt   from  Snderneath 
the  boat,  and  "  in  another  moment  a  monstrous  hip- 
popotamus reared  itself  up  from  the  water,  and  in  a 
most  ferocious  and  menacing  attitude  rushed  open- 
mouthed  at  the  boat,  with  one  grasp  of  iU  tremen- 
dous  jaws  seized  and  tore  seven  planks  from  her 
side;  the  creature  disappeared  for  a  few  seconds 
and  then   rose  again,  apparently  intending  to  re- 
peat the  attack,  but  was  fortunately  deterred  by  the 
contents  of  a  musket  discharged  in  its  face     The 
boat  rapidly  filled,  but  as  she  was  not  more  than  an 
oars  length  from  the  shore,  they  (the  crew)  suc- 
seeded  in  reaching  it  before  she  sank.    The  kee) 
in  all  probability,  had  touched  the  back  ofthe  animal' 
which,  irritating  him,  occasioned  this  furious  attack  • 
and,  had  he  got  his  upper  jaw  above  the  gunwale' 
the  whole  broadside  must  have  been  torn  out.     The 
force  of  the  shock  from  beneath,  previously  to  the 
attack,  was  so  violent,  that  her  stern  was  almost 
lifted  out  of  the  water,  and  Mr.  Tambs,  the  mid- 
shipman steering,  was  thrown  overboard,  but  for 
tunately  rescued  before  the  irritated  animal  couM 
seize  him.  v^^um 

Fig.  374  represents  the  skeleton  of  the  hippo- 
potamus, which  IS  a  ponderous  frame-work  in  unison 


3T6.^1ndian  Ithinuceroi. 


381,— Indian  Rhinoceroi. 


368.— Javanese  Rhinoceroa. 


384.~SkuU  of  Javanew  Khinoceroa. 


3M.— Samattmn  Rhitu>cenM. 


-^^ 


385  — Skeleton  of  Rhincceros. 


i'1 


Stii).— Khinocerof  Keitlo*. 


No.  12. 


379.~Khinocero«  Keitlo*. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


89 


90 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Rhinoceros. 


with  the  vast  weight  of  solid  fle»h  to  be  sustained 
and  the  enormous  strength  of  the  muscles.  The 
neck,  though  short,  is  lonicer  in  proportion  than 
that  of  the  elephant,  and  from  the  shortness  of  he 
limbs  gives  the  animal  the  power  of  grazing  the 

*Folfr*fo«wl  species  of  hippopotamus  are  described 
by  Cuvier;  of  one  (H.  anliquus^  the  rehcs  are 
widely  distributed,  and  are  particularly  abundant  in 
the  Val  dAmo.  Italy,  intermixed  with  those  of  the 
elephant  and  rhinoceros. 

.375— Thk  Rhinocero«. 
This  genus  contains  six  living  and  well-established 
species,  as  far  as  naturalists  are  at  present  able  to 
determine,  and  several  fossil  species,  of  which  the 
relics  occur  in  the  same  strata  as  those  of  the  fossil 

The  existing  species  are  confined  to  the  hotter 
regions  of  the  Old  World,  and  are  divided  between 
Africa  and  India,  including  the  islands  of  Java  and 
Sumatra.  It  is  in  the  land  of  the  elephant  and  the 
hippopotamus  that  the  rhinoceros  wanders  in  fear- 
less confidence,  as  if  aware  of  his  enormous  powers, 
and  the  advantage  of  his  weapons  of  defence.  One 
species  (Rh.  Indicus ;  Figs.  375,  376,  378,  380,  and 
381)  is  peculiar  to  continental  India  beyond  the 
Ganges,  Siam,  and  Cochin  China ;  one  (Rh.  Javanus; 
Fig.  382)  is  a  native  of  Java;  and  one  with  two 
horns  (Rh.  Sumatranus :  Fig.  383),  of  Sumatra.  Three 
two-homed  species  are  indigenous  in  Africa,  viz. :  the 
common  two-homed  or  black  rhinoceros  (Rh.  bi- 
comis,  Linn. ;  Africanus,  Cuv. :  Figs.  377,  387) ;  the 
^hite  rhinoceros  (Rh.  simus :  Figs.  3S8,389):  and  the 
Keitloa(Rh.  Keitloa:  Figs.  379  and  386),  discovered 
by  Dr.  Smith  during  his  expedition  into  the  interior. 
We  may  here  add  that  though  Bruce  and  Salt  notice 


»»C    lUaj    licit   »uu   H1U.V  ^...v^f^— , 

the  existence  of  a  two-horned  rhinoceros  in  Abys_ 
sinia  different  from  the  common  species  of  South 
Africa,*   there  is  some  reason  to   believe  in  the 
existence  of  a  single-horned  species  in  that  region. 
Bruce  states  that  a  one-homed  rhinoceros  is  found 
towards  Cape  Gardafui,  according  to  the  accounts 
of  the  natives  in  the  kingdom  of  Adel.     Accounts 
of  such  an  animal  were  received  by  Dr.  Smith  from 
the  natives  in  the  interior  of  South  Africa,  who  re- 
presented it  as  living  far  up  the  countiy  ;  moreover 
Burckhardt  alludes  to  a  one-horned  species  in  the 
territory  above  Sennaar,  and  states  that  the  inhabit- 
ants there  give  it  the  name  of  the  "  mother  of  the 
one  horn."     According  to  this  traveller,  its  northern 
boundary^,  like  that  of  the  elephant,  is  the  range  of 
mountains  to  the  north  of  .\bou  Huaze,  two  days' 
journey  from  Sennaar.    The  hide  of  this  animal  is 
manufactured  into  shields,  which  have  an  extensive 
sale ;  the  material  of  the  horn  is  also  sold,  and  at 
a  high  price,  Burckhardt  having  seen  four  or  five 
Spanish  dollars  paid  for  a  piece  four  inches  long 
and  one  inch  thick.    Was  the  one-horned  rhinoce- 
ros seen  by  Strabo  at  Alexandria  this  species  or 
the  common  Indian  ?— and  the  same  question  ap- 
plies to  the  one-horned  rhinoceros,  which,  with  a 
hippopotamus,  was  given  by  Augustus,  in  the  cele- 
bration of  his  triumph  over  Cleopatra,  to  be  slain  in 
the  Circus ;  which  animals,  Dion  Cassius  says,  were 
then  first  seen  and  killed  at  Rome— an  assertion  per- 
fectly erroneous,  as  it  respects  the  rhinoceros,  if  it 
was  the  common  Indian  species,  for  Pliny,  in  his 
eighth  book,  alluding  to  the  games  of  Pompey,  men- 
tions the  one-horned  rhinoceros  (Indian,  it  is  pre- 
sumed) as  then  exhibited  ("  lisdem  ludis,  et  rhinoce- 
ros unius  in  nare  cornu,  qualis  saepe  visus").     With 
respect  to  the  two-horned  African  species,  it  was  also 
exhibited  in  Rome ;  and  had  learned  critics  known 
anything  of  natural   history,  the  line   in   Martial 
("  nami^ue  gravem  gemino  cornu  sic  extulitursurn") 
would  not  have  given  rise  to  so  many  futile  disquisi- 
tions and  attempted  corrections.  Psusanias  desciibes 
a  two-homed  rhinoceros  under  the  name  of  Mi\\\o- 
pian  Bull.    Two  individuals  of  the  same  species 
appeared  at  Rome  under  the  emperor  Domitian,  on 
some  of  whose  medals  was  impressed  their  figure  ; 
others  were  exhibited  under  Antoninus,   Helioga- 
balus,  and  Gordian  III.     Martial  lived  in  the  time 
of  Domitian.  and  the  rhinoceros  "  gemino  cornu  ' 
was  doubtless  seen  by  him. 

The  animals  of  the  present  genus  are  all  remark- 
able for  the  massiveness  of  their  form  and  the  clum- 
.  siness  of  their  proportions ;  they  are,  however,  more 
prompt  and  rapid  than  might  be  at  first  supposed, 
-.nd  when  attacked  they  rush  on  their  foes  with 
headlong  impetuosity.  The  body  is  of  great  hulk, 
and  protuberant  at  the  sides  ;  the  neck  is  short  and 
deep;  the  shoulders  are  heavy,  the  limbs  thick; 
the  feet  are  divided  into  three  toes  incased  in  hoofs. 
The  skin  is  thick  and  coarse,  with  aknotty  or  tuber- 
culous surface,  and  destitute,  or  nearly  so.  of  hairs. 

•  A  pair  of  horiM  bronxht  by  Salt  from  Abyarinia,  and  now  in  the 
mtueam  of  the  Royal  0>llei(e  of  Sorgeonj,  more  nearlv  resemble 
thoae  of  the  KeiUoa  than  of  the  R.  bicomii ;  and  Dr.  Smith  considers 
a  pair  brought  by  Major  Denham  from  North  Africa  to  be  dilTerent 
a.;ain,  and  unliite  those  of  any  other  species.  Cluiw  of  rhinoceroa- 
hom.  of  about  three  fert  in  lenjfth,  have  been  brought  from  Dahomy, 
Western  Africa.     It  is  evident  tliat  thrre  are  two  OX  three  apeciea  in 


In  the  common  Indian  species  it  is  disposed  in  large 
folds,  especially  on  the  neck,  shoulders,  haunches, 
and  thighs.  The  eyes  are  small,  placed  nearer  the 
nose  than  in  other  quadrupeds,  and  high  towards  the 
upper  surface  of  the  skull ;  the  ears  are  moderate 
and  erect.  The  head  is  large  and  ponderous  :  it  is 
elevated  between  the  ears,  whence  it  svfeeps 
with  a  concave  line  to  the  nasal  bones,  which  rise  in 
the  form  of  an  arch  to  support  the  horn  (see  skele- 
ton, Fig.  385).  The  upper  lip  is  soft,  flexible,  sen- 
sitive, capable  of  being  protruded,  and  used  to  a  cer- 
tain degree  as  an  organ  of  prehension. 

But  that  which  gives  most  character  to  the  head 
of  the  rhinoceros  is  its  horn,  single  in  some  species, 
double  in  others.  This  organ  is  of  an  elongated, 
recurvent,  conical  figure,  arising  from  a  broad,  lim- 
pet-shaped base,  seated  on  the  nasal  bones,  which 
are  of  a  thickness  and  solidity  not  to  be  found  in 
other  races  of  quadrupeds,  they  form  a  vaulted 
roof,  elevated  in  a  remarkable  degree  above  the 
intermaxillary  bones,  containing  the  incisoi;  teeth, 
and  their  upper  arched  surface  is  rough  with  nu- 
merous irregularities  and  depressions;  and  here 
we  may  pause,  to  reflect  on  the  advantages  gained 
by  their  form  and  structure.  They  have  not  merely 
to  sustain  the  weight  of  the  horn,  no  trifle  in  itself, 
but  to  resist  the  shock  occasioned  by  the  violent 
blows  which  the  animal  gives  with  the  weapon  upon 
various  occasions.  Hence,  conjoined  with  their 
solidity,  that  form  is  given  to  the  nasal  bones 
which,  of  all  others,  is  best  calculated  for  sustaining 
a  superincumbent  weight  or  sudden  jars  ;  while  the 
rugosities  and  depressions  tend  to  the  firmer  adhe- 
sion of  the  skin,  to  which  the  horn  is  immediately 
attached.  In  the  two-horned  species  the  posterior 
horn  rests  on  the  os  frontis.  The  nasal  horn  of  the 
rhinoceros  is  a  solid  mass,  structurally  composed  of 
agglutinated  fibres  analogous  to  hair,  and  much 
resembling  those  into  which  whalebone  is  so  easily 
separable. 

It  has  been  asserted  by  some  travellers  that  the 
horns  of  the  African  species  are  moveable,  and  that 
the  animal  rattles  them  against  each  other :  this, 
however,  is  a  mistake— they  are  firmly  fixed.  The 
nostrils  aie  on  each  side  of  the  upper  lip  ;  the 
tongue  is  perfectly  smooth,  contrary  to  what  is 
alleged  by  many  of  the  older  wiiters,  who  describe 
it  to'  be  covered  with  spines,  and  capable  of  lace- 
rating the  skin.  The  senses  of  smell  and  hearing 
are  very  acute.  Dentition  variable  :  canines  want- 
ine     In  the  Indian  rhinoceros  the   formula  is  as 

4  7— 7_ 

follows :— Incisors,  -;  Molars,  y—— 36. 


Africa  with  which  naturaliats  are  nut  acquainted. 


376,  378.— The  Indian  Rhinoceeos 
in  his  native  regions  leads  a  tranquil,  indolent  life : 
like  the  elephant,  he  gives  preference  to  the  marshy 
borders  of  lakes  and  rivers,  or  swampy  woods  and 
jungles,  delighting  to  roll  and  wallow  in  the  oozy 
soil,  and  plaster  his  skin   with  mud.     He  is  also 
fond  of  the  bath,  and  swims  with  ease  and  vigour. 
The  splendid  animal  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zoological 
Society  may  be  often  seen  during  the  hot  weather 
of  summer  enjoying  the  bath  in  the  paddock   ap- 
propriated for  his  exercise,  or  rolling  and  wallowing 
in  the  mud,  or  basking  luxuriously,  half  in,  half  out, 
of  the  water,  like  a  huge  hog,  uttering  every  now 
and  then  a  low  gruntof  self-complacent  satisfaction. 
Sluggish  in  his  habitual  movements,  the  rhino- 
ceros wanders  through  his  native  plains  with  a  heavy 
step,  carrying  his  huge  head  so  low  that  his  nose 
almost  touches  the  ground,  and  stopping  at  intervals  | 
to  crop  some  favourite  plant,  or,  in  playful  wanton- 
ness, to  plough  up  the  ground  with  his  horn,  throw- 
ing the  mud  and  stones  behind  him.    The  jungle 
yields  before  his  weight  and  strength,  and  his  track 
IS  said  to  be  often  marked  by  a  line  of  devastation. 
When  roused  the  rhinoceros  is  a  most  foi;midable 
antagonist,  and  such  is  the  keenness  of  his  senses 
of  smell  and  of  hearing,  that,  unless  by  vei-y  cau- 
tiously approaching  him  against  the  direction  of  the 
wind,  it  IS  almost  impossible  to  take  him  by  surprise. 
On  the  appearance  of  danger  the  rhinoceros  gene- 
ritly  retreats  to  his  covert  in    the    tangled    and 
almost  impenetrable  jungle,  but  not  always,  and  in- 
stances are  on  record  in  which,  snuffing  up  the  aii 
and  throwing  his  head  violently  about,   he    has 
rushed  with  fury  to  the  attack,  without  waiting  fot 
the  assault.    There  are,  in  fact,  seasons  in  which  the 
rhinoceros  is  very  dangerous,   and   attacks  every 
animal  with  impetuosity  that  attracts  his  notice  or 
ventures  near  his  haunts,  even  the  elephant  himself. 
From  the  earliest  times  the  horn  of  the  Indian 
rhinoceros  (the  observation  applies  to  other  species 
also)  has  been  regarded  either  as  an  antidote  against 
poison  or  as  efficacious  in  detecting  its  presence,  as 
well  as  useful  in  curing  disease.    The  Indian  kings 
made  use  of  it  at  table,  because,  as  was  believed, 
"  it  sweats  at  the  approach  of  any  kind  of  poison 
whatever."     Goblets  made  of  it  are  in  high  estima- 
tion ;  these  are  often  set  with  gold  or  silver,  and 
sell   for  large   suras  :  when  poison  is  poured  into 
them,  the  liquor,  it  is  said,  betrays  its  noxious  quali- 


ties by  effervescing  till  it  mns  over  the  brim  :  water 
drank  from  them,  or  from  the  cup-like  hollow  at  the 
base  of  the  horn,  is  regarded  as  medicinal.  In  the 
latter  case  the  water  is  to  be  stirred  in  the  hollow 
with  the  point  of  an  iron  nail  till  it  becomes  dis. 
coloured,  when  the  patient  must  drink  it. 

The  strong  deep  folds  into  which  the  coarse 
skin  is  gathered  in  the  cheeks,  neck,  shoulders, 
haunches,  and  thighs  are  distinguishing  characters 
of  the  Indian  rhinoceros.  The  general  colour  of 
the  skin  is  dusky  black,  with  a  slight  tint  of  purple. 
Mr.  Hodgson  ('  Proceedings  ol  the  Zoological 
Society,'  1834)  states  that  "the  female  goes  from 
17  to  18  months  with  young,  and  produces  one  at 
a  birth  :  he  adds  also,  "  It  is  believed  that  the 
animal  lives  for  100  years  :  one  taken  mature  was 
kept  at  Katmandoo  for  35  years  without  exhibiting 
any  symptoms  of  approaching  decline.  The  young 
continues  to  suck  for  nearly  two  years:  it  has  for  a 
month  alter  birth  a  pink  suftusion  over  the  dark 
colour  proper  to  the  mature  hide."  The  female  is 
desperate  in  the  protection  of  her  young. 

382.— TuK  Javanese  Rhinoceros 
{Rh.  Javanus).     As  far  as  is  ascertained,  this  species 
is  conlined  to  the  island  of  Java,  where  it  is  called 
Warak.     In  the  character  of  the  incisor  teeth,  and 
the   horn  being  single,  it  agrees  with  the  Indian 
species;  but  it  is  a  less  bulky  animal,  and  in  pro- 
portion, more  elevated  in  the  limbs  ;  the  folds  of  the 
skin  are  both  less  numerous,  less  deep,  and  also 
'  dift'erently  arranged;  the  surface   of  the   skin   is 
divided  into  small  polygonal  tubercles  with  a  slight 
central  depression  in  each,  from  which  arise  a  few 
short    bristly  hairs.     In  its  habits  this  species  is 
gregarious  ;  its  range  on  the  island  extends  from 
the  level  of  the  ocean  to  the  summits  of  mountains 
of  considerable  elevation— the  latter  situations  aie 
preferred  ;  its  retreats  in  these  mountains  are  to  be 
discovered  by  deeply-excavated  passages  worked  out 
on  their  declivities.     When  met  with,  or  otherwise 
disturbed,  it  quietly  retires,  being  very  mild  and 
peaceable.    Night  is  the  principal  season  of  its  ac- 
tivity, and  it  often  commits  considerable  damage  in 
the  plantations  of  coffee  and  pepper.   The  horns  and 
skin  are  employed  for  medicinal  purpo<.es  by  the  na- 
tives.   Dr.    Horsfield  f  Zoological   Researches  in 
Java ')  gives  a  detailed  account  of  one  of  these  ani- 
mals which  was  kept  at  Surakarta,  and  which  was 
very  mild  and  .tractable,  allowing  persons  even  to 
mount  on  its  back.     In  its  habit  of  wallowing  in 
the  mire  it  reseqnbled  the  rest  of  the  genus.    The 
Javanese  Rhinoceros  was  known  to  Boutins,  who 
wrote   on  the  productions  of  that  island  in  1629. 
Fig.  384  represents  the  skull  of  this  species,  which 
is  more  elongated  in  proportion   and  less  heavily 
made  than  that  of  the  Indian  animal. 

383.— The  Sumatran  Rhinoceros 
(Rh.  Sumatranus,  Raffles)  was  first  described  by  Mr. 
Bell,  surgeon  in  the  service  of  the  East  India  Com- 
pany at  Bencoolen  ('  Philosophical  Transactions,' 
1793) ;  but  it  appears  to  have  been  indicated  pre- 
viously by  Mr.  C.  Miller,  long  resident  in  Sumatra 
(Pennant's  '  History  of  Quadrupeds,'3rded.,  vol.i.). 
The  head  is  more  elongated  than  in  the  other  two 
species,  and  there  are  two  horns  on  the  nose  :  the 
neck  is  thick  and  short,  the  limbs  massive ;  the  skin 
is  rough  and  black,  and  covered  with  short  hair ;  the 
folds  are  very  inconsiderable,  but  are  most  distinct 
i  on    the    neck,     shoulders,    and    haunches.      The 
'  female  is  stated  to  have  a  heavier  head  than  the 
male.    The  number  of  incisors  is  four  in  each  jaw, 
but  of  these  the  lateral  ones  aie  very  small  and  soon 
fall  out ;  hence  Bell  and  others  supposed  the  num- 
ber to  be  only  two. 

The  Sumatran  rhinoceros  is  by  no  means  bold  or 
savage  ;  one  of  the  largest  size  has  been  seen  to  run 
away  from  a  single  wild  dog.  Its  native  name  is 
Badak,  whence  the  term  Abadia,  or  Abath,  applied 
to  the  Indian  rhinoceros  by  our  early  navigators. 
Sir  S.  Raffles  says  that,  besides  this  species,  there  is 
another  animal  in  the  forests  of  Sumatra,  never  no- 
ticed, which  in  size  and  character  nearly  resembles 
this  rhinoceros,  but  which  is  said  to  h;ive  a  single 
horn  and  to  be  distinguished  by  a  narrow  while  belt 
encircling  the  body.  The  natives  of  the  interior 
term  it  Tennu,  which,  at  Malacca,  is  the  name  of 
the  Tapir  ;  but  in  Sum.^tra  the  name  of  the  Tapir  is 
Gindol  and  Babialu.  In  the  interior,  however,  where 
different  tribes  shut  out  from  general  communication 
speak  different  dialects,  it  is  probable  that  the  term 
Tennu  may  be  the  name  applied  by  some,  as  at  Ma- 
lacca, to  the  tapir,  and  hence  would  the  confusion 
arise;  for,  from  the  description,  notwithstanding 
the  assertion  that  it  possesses  a  horn,  we  cannot 
help  regarding  this  Tennu  of  the  forest  of  the  interior 

as  the  tapir.  ....  c    . 

Of  the  African  species  of  rhinoceros  we  may  ftrst 

notice  the 

377,  387.— Black  or  Commos  African  Rhinoceros 
(Rh.  bicornin,  Linn.  ;  Rh.  Africanus,  Cuv.).  This 
huge  animal,  though  driven  from  the  precincts  of 


Rhinoceros.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


91 


the  colony,  is  still  extensively  spread  throughout 
the  southern  regions  of  Africa.  When  the  Dutch 
first  formed  their  settlement  on  the  shores  of  Table 
Bay,  this  rhinoceros  was  a  regular  inhabitant  of  the 
thickets  which  clothed  the  lower  slopes  of  the 
mountain  ;  but  it  has  retired,  and  continues  to  retire, 
betore  the  advance  of  colonization  and  the  gun  of 
the  hunter.  This  species  differs  from  the  Indian, 
not  only  in  the  possession  of  a  double  horn,  but  in 
the  absence  of  massive  folds  of  skin,  and  in  wanting 
the  incisor  teeth.  The  skin  is  thick,  coarse,  sca- 
t}rous,  and  forms  a  deep  furrow  round  the  short  thick 
neck  ;  the  head  is  heavy ;  the  eyes  are  small,  and 
the  skm  round  them,  and  on  the  muzzle,  and  before 
the  ears,  is  wrinkled  ;  the  upper  lip  is  slightly  pro- 
duced, and  prehensile.  The  anterior  horn  is  long, 
fibrous  at  the  base,  hard,  and  finely  polished  at  the 
point ;  the  posterior  horn  is  short  and  conical.  Ge- 
neral colour  yellowish  brown,  with  tints  of  purple 
upon  the  sides  of  the  head  and  muzzle  ;  eyes  dark 
brown.  Length  about  eleven  feet.  A  few  black 
hairs  fringe  the  edge  of  the  ears  and  the  tip  of  the 
tail.  This  animal  feeds  upon  brushwood,  and  the 
smaller  branches  of  dwarf  trees,  "  from  which  cir- 
cumstance," says  Dr.  Smith,  "  it  is  invariably  found 
frequenting  wooded  districts,  and  in  those  situations 
its  course  may  be  often  traced  by  the  mutilations 
of  the  bushes.  The  mass  of  vegetable  matter  con- 
sumed does  not  appear  to  be  in  proportion  to  the 
bulk  of  the  animal :  indeed,  as  it  feeds  but  slowly, 
and  passes  much  of  its  lime  in  idleness,  it  must  be 
regarded  as  a  very  moderate  eater,  and,  considering 
that  it  appears  to  be  fastidious  in  the  choice  of  its 
food,  it  is  fortunate  for  its  comfort  that  it  does  not 
require  more  nourishment."  Of  the  senses  of  the 
rhinoceros,  those  of  hearing  and  smell  are  very  acute, 
and  aid  the  animal  more  than  his  sight  in  the  dis- 
covery of  danger,  the  bulk  of  the  body  screening 
objects  not  immediately  before  the  eyes.  "As these 
animals  depend  much  upon  smell  for  their  existence 
and  safety,  it  is  necessary  to  advance  upon  them 
from  the  leeward  side,  it  the  aim  be  to  get  close 
without  being  discovered.  In  pursuit  they  also 
trust  for  guidance  to  the  same  sense,  and  may  be 
heard  forcibly  inspiring  the  air,  when  they  have  lost 
the  scent  of  the  object  they  are  folloning.  The 
ticks  and  other  insects  with  which  they  are  covered 
furnish  for  them  another  source  of  intelligence,  in- 
asmuch as  they  attract  a  number  of  birds,  which  sit 
quietly  picking  them  off,  when  nothing  strange  is 
in  sight,  but  fly  away  when  any  object  excites  their 
fear.  So  well  does  the  rhinoceros  understand  this, 
that  he  proceeds  feeding  with  the  greatest  con- 
fidence while  the  birds  continue  perched  upon  his 
back ;  but  the  moment  they  fly,  the  huge  animal 
raises  his  head  and  turns  it  in  all  directions  to  catch 
the  scent.  Whether  he  accomplishes  this  or  not,  he 
generally  feels  so  uncertain  of  his  position,  that  he 
moves  to  some  other  locality."  The  same  observa- 
tions apply  to  the  other  African  species.  When 
disturbed  or  attacked,  the  rhinoceros  becomes  fu- 
rious, and  especially  when  wounded  :  he  then  rushes 
towards  his  foe,  and  if  he  can  get  the  hunter  once 
within  his  sight,  the  escape  of  the  latter,  unless  he 
exert  great  presence  of  mind,  or  the  well-directed 
shot  of  a  companion  stop  the  animal  in  his  career, 
is  very  doubtful.  The  best  plan  is  to  wait  till  the 
enraged  beast  approaches,  and  then  step  aside  sud- 
denly, where  some  bush  or  inequality  of  the  ground 
may  afford  a  shelter,  and  give  time  to  the  hunter 
for  reloading  his  gun  before  the  rhinoceros  gets 
sight  of  him  again,  which  lortunately  it  does  slowly 
and  with  difficulty.  Travellers  in  the  regions  fre- 
quented by  this  animal  are  not  safe  during  the  night 
from  its  attacks.  It  appears  to  be  excited  by  the 
glow  of  a  fire,  towards  which  it  rushes  with  fury, 
overturning  every  obstacle.  It  has,  indeed,  been 
known  to  rush  with  such  rapidity  upon  a  military 
party  lodged  among  the  bush  covering  the  banks 
of  the  Great  Fish  River,  that  before  the  men  could 
be  aroused  it  had  severely  injured  two  of  them, 
tossed  about  and  broken  several  guns,  and  com- 
pletely scattered  the  burning  wood.  Le  Vaillant, 
in  an  animated  account  of  a  rhinoceros  hunt,  de- 
scribes the  enraged  and  wounded  animals  as  plough- 
ing up  the  ground  with  their  horns,  and  throwing  a 
shower  of  pebbles  and  stones  around  them  :  and 
Dr.  Smith  says  that  they  are  sometimes  seen  to 
plough  up  the  earth  for  several  paces  with  the  front 
liom  when  not  enraged,  but  for  what  object  he  could 
not  discover.  The  native  (Bechuana)  name  of  this 
species  is  Borili. 

379,  386.— The  Keitloa 

(Rh.  Keitloa,  Smith).  In  general  figure  this  savage 
•pecies  resembles  most  nearly  the  common  African 
rhinoceros.  There  are,  however,  he  observes,  many 
marked  differences  between  them,  of  which  the  Ibl- 
lowing  are  a  few  of  the  external  and  more  palpable. 
In  Rhinoceros  Keitloa  the  two  horns  are  of  equal 
or  nearly  equal  length  ;  in  Rhinoceros  Africanus 
the  posterior  in  neither  sex  is  ever  much  beyond  a 
third  of  the  length  of  the  anterior  horn  ;  the  length 


of  the  head  in  proportion  to  the  depth  is  very  dif- 
ferent in  the  two.  The  neck  of  Rhinoceros  Keitloa 
is  much  longer  than  that  of  the  other,  and  the  posi- 
tion and  character  of  the  cuticular  furrows  destined 
to  facilitate  the  lateral  motions  of  the  head  are  very 
difi'erent.  Besides  these.  Dr.  Smith  states  that  many 
other  diagnostic  characters  might  be  instanced  ; 
such  as  the  black  mark  on  the  inside  of  the  thigh 
of  the  Keitloa,  the  distinctly  produced  tip  of  the 
upper  lip,  and  the  comparatively  few  wrinkles  on 
the  snout  and  parts  around  the  eyes. 

The  first  example  of  this  animal  which  Dr.  Smith 
met  with,  during  his  expedition,  was  shot  about 
180  miles  N.E.  of  Lattakoo,  but  considerably  south 
of  the  country  to  which  the  species  appears  directly 
to  belong,  and  from  which  it  might  be  considered 
as  a  wanderer.  On  the  expedition  penetrating  to  the 
northward  of  Kurrichane,  every  one  was  found  con- 
vereant  with  the  name  and  able  to  direct  to  situa 
tions  where  the  animal  was  found.  Few  mentioned 
the  Keitloa  without  alluding  to  its  vindictive  tem- 
per and  ferocity ;  and  those,  says  Dr.  Smith,  who 
had  sufficient  confidence  in  the  party,  compared  to 
it  a  chief,  then  awfully  oppressing  that  part  of  the 
country,  and  spoke  of  the  man  and  the  animal  as 
alike  to  be  feared.  As  the  party  advanced,  the 
Keitloa  became  more  common,  though  it  never 
occurred  in  such  numbers  as  the  other  two  species. 

"  The  interest,"  says  Dr.  Smith,  "  wliich  the  dis- 
covery of  this  species  excited,  led  to  the  making  ot 
minute  inquiries  as  to  the  animals  of  this  genus: 
and  the  expedition  had  sufficient  reason  to  believe, 
from  the  replies  to  constant  questions,  that  two 
other  undescribed  species  existed  farther  in  the  in- 
terior, one  of  which  was  described  as  being  some- 
thing like  the  Keitloa,  and  having  two  horns — the 
other  as  dift'ering  in  many  respects,  and  having  only 
one  horn.  The  Keitloa  browses  on  shrubs  and  the 
slender  branches  of  brushwood,  using  the  upper  lip 
as  an  organ  of  prehension." 

388,  389. — The  White  or  Blunt-xosed 
Rhikockkos 

(ifA.  simtis),  termed  Mohoohoo  by  the  Bechuanas, 
is  larger  than  the  two  former  species,  being  upwards 
of  twelve  feet  in  length,  and  neariy  six  feet  in 
height.  It  is  a  huge,  massive  animal,  with  the  neck 
longer  than  in  the  other  African  species,  having 
three  deep  wrinkles  running  from  tiie  nape  down 
the  sides  ;  the  muzzle  is  truncate,  the  mouth 
shaped  like  that  of  an  ox,  the  upper  lip  perfectly 
square,  and  destitute  of  the  mobility  and  power  of 
protrusion,  which  it  exhibits  in  the  other  species. 
Hence,  instead  of  browsing  upon  shrubs,  it  feeds 
principally  upon  grass,  and  therefore  frequents  open 
plains  where  such  herbage  abounds,  wandering  very 
extensively  in  search  of  pasturage.  This  animal 
was  first  described  by  Mr.  Burchell,  who  when  at 
Lattakoo  found  it  in  abundance  there,  and  Mr. 
Campbell  brought  the  head  of  one  to  England.  In 
the  Mohoohoo  the  horns  are  situated  close  to  the 
extremity  of  the  nose  :  the  first  is  very  long,  tapered 
to  a  point,  and  slightly  curved  back ;  the  second  is 
short,  conical,  and  obtuse.  The  general  colour  is 
pale  broccoli-brown;  the  buttocks,  shoulders,  and 
under  parts  shaded  with  brownish  purple  ;  tail 
clothed  with  stiff  black  hair.  According  to  Dr. 
Smith,  the  introduction  of  fire-arms  among  the 
Bechuanas  has  rendered  this  animal  rare  in  the  dis- 
trict where  Mr.  Burchell  found  it  numerous :  higher 
up  the  country,  however,  it  still  maintains  its  ground. 
In  disposition  it  differs  from  the  other  two  species, 
being  much  more  gentle,  and  is  therefore  regarded 
with  less  fear  than  either  the  Keitloa  or  the  Borili. 

The  tiesh  of  all  three  species  is  esteemed  whole- 
some food  by  the  natives,  who  dig  pit-falls  for  them 
in  situations  to  which  they  are  known  to  resort;  and 
sometimes,  though  rarely  with  success,  attempt  to 
kill  them  with  the  assagai  or  spear.  In  style  of 
motion  they  are  all  alike,  and  so  awkward  that  their 
swiftness  is  to  be  appreciated  not  by  directly  watch- 
ing the  animal  itself,  but  by  fixing  the  eye  upon 
some  two  points  between  which  it  takes  its  course. 
To  revert  to  the  one-horned  rhinoceros,  of  which 
Dr.  Smith  heard  in  the  interior  of  South  Africa, 
and  of  which  Bruce  and  Burckhardt  received  ac- 
counts as  existing  in  Adel  and  the  country  south 
of  Sennaar,  it  may  be  added  that  Dr.  Smith  adduces 
the  testimony  of  Mr.  Freeman  respecting  an  animal 
by  no  means  rare  in  Makooa,  north  of  the  Mosam- 
bique  Channel,  which,  overlooking  the  absurdities 
and  exaggeration  of  the  description,  he  suspects  to 
be  a  one-horned  rhinoceros,  and  probably  that  of 
which  he  heard,  and  which  may  extend  to  the 
countries  mentioned  by  Bruce  and  Burckhardt. 

Among  the  fossil  relics  of  animals  which  at  some 
former  period  have  tenanted  this  globe,  and  after 
a  quiet  possession,  generation  succeeding  generation, 
of  their  pasture-lands,  have  become  as  it  were 
blotted  out  of  the  book  of  creation,  those  of  the 
rhinoceros  are  extremely  abundant,  little  less  so,  if 
at  all,  than  those  of  the  fossil  elephant  or  mammoth, 
as  widely  distributed,  and  occurring  in  the  same 


strata  and  the  same  localities.  Several  species 
have  been  distinctly  made  out,  among  which  the 
most  remarkable  is  that  with  a  bony  partition  be- 
tween the  nostrils,  and  supporting  the  nasal  bones: 
it  is  termed  by  Cuvier  Rh.  tichorhinus.  Fig.  390  re- 
presents the  skull  in  two  views :  a,  profile ;  b,  seen 
from  below. 

It  was  of  this  species  that  Palla*  in  1771  disco- 
vered an  entire  frozen  carcass  buried  in  the  sand  on 
the  banks  of  the  Wilouji  or  Viloui,  which  joins  the 
Lena,  in  Siberia.  Happily,  therefore,  we  know  the 
form  and  true  proportions  of  the  living  animal. 
The  skin  was  smooth  and  destitute  of  folds,  and,  like 
the  common  African  rhinoceros,  the  animal  had  two 
horns.  The  feet  had  three  toes,  as  in  all  extant 
species,  but  the  hoofs  were  lost.  Like  the  mam- 
moth of  Siberia,  this  animal  was  originally  covered 
with  hair :  in  many  parts  of  the  skin  this  hair  still 
remained,  especially  over  the  feet,  where  it  was  very 
abundant,  measuring  from  one  to  three  inches  in 
length,  of  a  stiff  quality,  and  of  a  dusky  grey.  The 
head  was  invested  with  a  similar  clothing.  The 
head  and  feet  are  preserved  in  their  natural  state  in 
the  museum  of  St.  Petersburg. 

The  skull  of  this  species  differs  from  that  of  the 
two-horned  African  rhinoceros,  not  only  in  the 
presence  of  the  osseous  nasal  partition,  but  in  gene- 
ral form  and  proportions.  The  length  and  narrow- 
ness of  the  skull  are  very  remarkable,  as  is  also  the 
space  between  the  orbits,  which  is  much  more  con- 
tracted than  in  the  common  two-horned  species,  and 
the  nasal  bones  are  far  more  elongated.  In  the 
two-horned  rhinoceros  the  disc  which  bears  the  an- 
terior horn  is  a  semi-sphere,  in  this  an  oblong  ellipse, 
and  a  disc  of  similar  figure  supports  the  second 
horn,  whence  it  may  be  safely  concluded  that  the 
horns  of  this  fossil  species  were  strongly  compressed 
at  the  sides.  The  occipital  ridge  is  elevated  and 
drawn  out  backwards,  so  that  from  the  highest  point 
the  occipital  bone  slopes  at  a  very  acute  angle  in- 
wards to  the  condyles. 

About  nine  fossil  species  of  rhinoceros  are  de- 
scribed. Almost  every  bone-cavern  in  England, 
France,  and  Germany  has  afforded  them  in  abund- 
ance ;  and  Dr.  Buckland  proves  that  there  must 
have  been  a  long  succession  of  years  in  which  the 
elephant,  hippopotamus,  and  rhinoceros,  with  the 
hya;na,  inhabited  our  island  ;  and  that  the  former, 
as  the  bones  testily,  became  the  prey  of  the  latter, 
or  were  devoured  after  natural  or  accidental  death. 

391,  392,  393.— The  Daman,  or  Hteax. 

When  we  look  at  the  rabbit-like  hyrax,  it  does 
not  surprise  us  to  find  that  all  the  older  naturalists 
regarded  it  as  a  Rodent,  and  placed  it  in  that  order. 
It  was  reserved  for  Cuvier  to  point  out  its  true  situa- 
tion. "  There  is  no  quadruped,"  says  this  great 
man,  "  which  proves  more  forcibly  than  the  daman 
the  necessity  of  having  recourse  to  anatomy,  as  a 
test  by  which  to  determine  the  true  relationship  of 
animals."  This  fur-covered  active  creature  is  a  true 
Pachydermatous  animal,  and,  notwithstanding  the 
smallness  of  its  size,  it  is  to  be  regarded  as  "  inter- 
mediate between  the  rhinoceros  and  tapir."  The 
resemblance  which  the  hyrax  bears  to  the  former 
may  be  traced  in  its  osseous  system  and  internal 
anatomy  (see  'Proceeds.  Zoof.  Soc'  1832  and 
1835).  On  these  points  it  would  here  be  out  ot 
place  to  dwell ;  we  have,  however,  figured  the 
skeleton  (Fig.  394)  and  the  skull  (Fig.  395),  which 
to  many  will  be  of  interest.  With  respect  to  the 
latter,  the  singular  depth  of  the  lower  jaw  cannot 
but  strike  every  attentive  observer ;  and  it  may  be 
added  that  in  the  convexity  of  the  posterior  edge 
of  the  ascending  portion  it  surpasses  that  even  of 
the  tapir,  which,  in  this  respect,  is  the  nearest  among 
all  animals  to  the  hyrax.  In  other  particulars  the 
skull  approaches  that  of  the  rhinoceros;  the  molar 
teeth,  in  fact,  are  those  of  the  rhinoceros  in  minia- 
ture, both  as  to  form  and  number.  There  are,  as 
in  the  rhinoceros,  no  canines.  The  ui)per  incisors, 
two  in  number,  are  long,  triangular,  pointed,  stout, 
and  separated  from  each  other  by  a  small  interval. 
The  lower  incisors  are  lour  in  number,  set  in  close 
array,  flat,  and  directed  forwards.  At  first  their 
edges  are  notched,  but  they  become  smooth  by  use. 
The  molars  are  seven  on  each  side,  above  and  be- 
low :  but  the  first,  which  is  small,  falls  out,  being 
worn  down  as  soon  as  the  last  molar  on  each  side 
has  arisen  ;  and,  in  old  individuals,  the  next  is  fre- 
quently wanting  also. 

With  respect  to  the  skeleton,  it  may  be  remarked 
that  there  are  21  ribs  on  each  suie,  a  number 
greater  than  in  any  other  quadruped,  except  the 
two-toed  sloth,  which  has  23.  The  elephant  and 
tapir  follow  the  hyrax.  The  fore-feet  are  divided 
into  four  toes,  tipped  with  hoof-like  nails  ;  the  hind- 
feet  into  three,  of  which  the  innermost  is  furnished 
with  a  long  claw-like  nail.  The  toes  are  all  buried 
in  the  skin,  as  far  as  the  little  hools,  precisely  as  in 
the  rhinoceros. 

Several  species  belong  to  the  present  genus :  we 
have  figured  the  Cape  Hyrax  or  Daman  (Fig.  391), 

N  2 


-^A.  .■ 


illV.y* 


StS.— Syrian  Hynx. 


887. — Black  Rhtnoceroa  and-Yoaog. 


388.— Two-homed  Rhinoceros. 


394.~Skeleton  of  Daman. 


ti   ''     ''"^  ■ 


J*t  '^'^gl£;J.;i>=^l 


92 


Ml.— Cape  Hynx. 


390.— Sliull  of  Fosail  Rhinocenn. 


3M.— Hymx. 


397.— Indian  Tapir. 


93 


94 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Tapirs, 


and  the  Syrian  Hyrax,  or  Coney  of  the  Scripture* 
(Fig.  393). 

391.— Thb  Capb  Hybax,  or  Dassib  of  thb 

CoLOmSTS 

{Hyrax  Copermt),  is  common  in  the  rocky  and 
mountain  disliicU  of  South  Africa,  taking  up  its 
abode  in  the  tissures  of  the  rugged  crags,  which 
aftbrd  it  an  asylum.  It  abounds  on  the  sides  of 
Table  Mountain,  but  is  so  wary,  quick,  and  active, 
that  it  is  not  to  be  approached  without  much  diffi-  [ 
culty.  It  often,  however,  falls  a  prey  to  the  eagle 
and  falcon,  which  pounce  upon  it  while  feeding  in 
apparent  security.  The  Vulturine  Eagle  (Aquila 
Vuliuiina),  which  makes  the  mountain  precipices 
its  abwle,  destroys  it  in  great  numbere.  This  timid 
little  animal  is  gregarious  in  its  habits,  like  the 
rabbit,  which  it  somewhat  exceeds  in  size.  The  fur 
is  soft  and  deep,  and  of  a  dark  greyish  brown,  be- 
coming of  a  paler  tint  beneath.  There  is  no  tail. 
The  following  comrounicaiion,  by  Mr.  W.  R.  Read 
(see  'Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society,'  1835, 
p.  13j,  needs  no  apology  for  its  insertion : — 

"The  Hyrax  Uapensis  is  found  inhabiting  the 
hollows  and  crevices  of  rocks,  both  on  the  summits 
and  sides  of  hills,  as  well  as  near  the  sea-shore,  even 
a  little  above  hieh-water  mark.  It  appeai-s  to  live 
in  families,  and  is  remarkably  shy  in  its  wild  state. 
In  winter  it  is  fond  of  coming  out  of  its  hole,  and 
sunning  itself  on  the  lee  side  of  a  rock,  and  in  sum- 
mer of  enjoying  the  breeze  on  the  top;  but  in  both 
instances,  as  well  as  when  it  feeds,  a  sentinel  is  on 
the  look  out  (eenerallyan  old  male),  which  gives 
notice,  usually  by  a  shrill  prolonged  cry,  of  the  ap- 
proach of  danger,  or  even  the  least  movement  of  any 
suspicious  object.  It  lives  on  the  young  shoots  of 
shrubs,  the  tops  of  flowers,  herbs  and  grass,  particu- 
larly of  all  those  which  are  aromatic." 

393.— The  Syrian  Hyrax 
{H.  St/rinais).  This  species,  according  to  Bruce, 
is  found  in  Abyssinia,  where  it  haunts  the  deep 
caverns  and  clefts  in  the  rocks.  By  the  natives  of 
Amhara  it  is  termed  Ashkoko,  or  Askoko.  It  also 
tenants  the  mountains  of  Syria  and  Arabia  ;  and,  as 
in  days  of  old,  the  rocks  of  Horeb  and  of  Sinai  are 
still  "a  refuge  for  the  Coneys."  By  the  Aralis, 
according  to  Dr.  Shaw,  it  is  called  Daman  Israel, 
that  is,  LamI)  of  Israel,  or  rather  Ganara  or  Gannim 
Israi:!,  as  Bruce  contends,  the  word  Daman  being 
mistaken  for  the  latter.  Most  authorities  agree 
that  it  is  the  Shaphan  (translated  Coney)  of  the 
Scriptures.  The  Syrian  Hyrax  agrees  in  habits 
with  iis  Cape  relative.  It  tenants  the  acclivities  of 
the  rocks,  sheltering  itself  under  projecting  ledges, 
in  deep  fissures  and  caves :  it  is  gregarious,  and 
dozens  may  be  often  seen  either  sitting  upon  the 
great  stones  at  the  mouth  of  the  caves,  to  warm 
themselves  in  the  sun,  or  playfully  skipping  about 
in  the  enjoyment  of  the  freshness  of  the  evening. 
When  captured,  they  inflict  severe  wounds  with 
their  formidable  incisors,  but  are  soon  rendered 
tame  and  familiar.  Cuvier  and  many  naturalists 
have  heMtated  as  to  the  distinctness  of  the  Syrian 
and  the  Cape  Hyrax.  They  are,  as  we  think,  un- 
doubtedly different,  and  the  Syrian  species  may  be 
distinguished  by  the  presence  of  long  bristle-like, 
but  slender,  black  hairs,  dispersed  not  very  thinly 
over  its  body  and  considerably  exceeding  the  fur : 
such  at  least  was  the  case  with  the  specimen  which 
we  examined ;  while  in  the  numerous  specimens 
from  the  Cape,  of  all  ages,  in  the  museum  of  the 
Zoological  Society,  nothing  of  the  kind  is  to  be  per- 
ceived. Bruce, -indeed,  noticed  this  peculiarity, 
and  he  considered  the  Amharic  name  Ashkoko  "as 
derived  from  the  singularity  of  those  long  herina- 
ceoiis  hairs  which,  like  small  thorns,  grow  about  his 
back,  and  which  in  Amhaia  are  called  Ashok." 

A  fossil  form  closely  allied  to  the  Hyrax,  the  skull 
of  which  has  been  discovered  in  the  clay  near  Heme 
Bay,  has  been  descrit)ed  by  Professor  Owen. 

Genus  Tapiriis. — This  genus  comprehends,  as  far 
as  known,  only  three  species,  of  which  two  are 
natives  of  Soiitli  America,  the  other  of  Sumatra  and 
Malacca. 

The  geographical  distribution  of  the  existing 
species  of  pachydermatous  animals  is  so  partial, 
that  we  are  surprised  to  find  the  islands  of  Sumatra 
and  the  peninsula  of  Malacca  dividing  with  South 
America  this  limited  genus  between  them.  America, 
compared  with  Asia  and  Alrica,  is  deficient  in 
living  forms  of  the  Pachydermata :  two  only  are 
indigenous  to  that  vast  continent,  viz.,  the  peccary 
and  tapir;  and,  reasoning  from  analogy,  we  should 
not  expect  to  find  either  of  these  forms  in  any  por- 
tion of  the  Old  World,  and  more  especially  in  the 
islands  of  the  Indian  Archipelago.  The  great  mass 
of  the  Pachydermata  are  peculiar  to  the  warmer 
regions  of  Asia  and  the  continent  of  Alrica;  and 
many  genera,  as  Elephas,  Rhinoceros,  Sus,  and 
Equus.  give  species  to  each,  but  not  to  America :  so 
that  the  existence  of  cognate  species  in  one  of  the 
Indian  Islands  and  in  South  America  appears  as  if 


it  were  an  exception  to  a  general  rule,  at  least  if 
we  limit  our  views  to  the  races  now  extant  on  the 
earih.  Once,  indeed,  America  was  replete  with 
animals  of  this  order :  and  why  so  few  stiould  now 
appear  as  their  representatives  is  a  point  not  easy 
of  solution.  In  their  general  form  and  contour  the 
tapirs  remind  us  of  the  hog;  but  the  snout  consists 
of  a  flexible  proboscis,  not,  indeed,  elongated  like 
that  of  the  elephant,  but  still  sufficiently  developed 
to  serve  as  a  hook  by  which  the  animal  is  capable 
of  drawing  down  twigs  to  the  mouth,  of  grasping 
fruit  or  bunches  of  herbage.  The  nostrils  open  at 
its  extremity  in  the  form  of  two  transverse  fissures, 
but  there  is  no  finger-like  appendage.  (For  ana- 
tomy see  '  Proceed.  Zool.  Soc.,'  1830,  p.  163.) 

The  tapir  is  a  massive,  powerful  animal  ;  the 
limbs  are  thick  and  moderately  long ;  the  head  is 
large,  compressed,  and,  in  the  American  species, 
elevated  at  the  occiput  (see  Fig.  402),  whence  the 
thick  neck  rises  with  a.  prominent  upper  crest  or 
ridge,  along  which  runs  a  mane  of  stift'  thinly-set 
hairs.  The  eyes  are  small  and  deep  set ;  the  ears 
are  rather  short  ;  the  tail  is  rudimentary.  The  an- 
terior feet  are  divided  into  four  toes,  the  hinder  into 
three,  the  tips  only  being  cased  in  hoofs.  The  skin, 
which  is  thick,  tough,  and  solid,  is  sparelv  covered, 
excepting  in  one  species,  with  very  short  close 
hair.  The  dentition  (see  Fig.  403)  consists  of  six 
incisors  in  each  jaw ;  the  canines  are  small,  espe- 
cially those  of  the  upper  jaw,  and  are  separated 
from  the  molars  by  a  considerable  interval ;  the 
molars  are  seven  on  each  side  §bove,  and  six  below, 
and,  until  worn  down  by  attrition,  the  crowns  pre- 
sent two  transverse  ridges.  Fig.  401  represents  the  | 
skeleton  of  the  ordinary  American  Tapir ;  in  gene- 
ral details  it  approaches  that  of  the  rhinoceros.  Of 
the  two  species  of  tapir  peculiar  to  America,  one  has 
been  only  recently  discovered.  It  was  found  by  Dr. 
Roulin  in  the  most  elevated  regions  of  the  Cordil- 
lera of  the  Andes,  and  is  covered  with  long,  thick, 
black  hair.  The  bones  of  the  nose  are  more  elon- 
gated than  in  the  other  species,  and  Cuvier  regards 
it  as  approaching  in  some  respects  to  the  fossil  genus 
Palaeotherium. 

398,  399.— The  Common  American.Tapib 

(Taph'us  Americanus).  This  species  is  very  ex- 
tensively spread  throughout  the  warmer  regions  of 
South  America,  but  especially  between  the  tropics, 
where  it  inhabits  the  deep  forests,  leading  a  solitary 
life,  and  seldom  stirring  from  its  retreat  during  the 
day,  which  it  passes  in  a  state  of  tranquil  slumber. 
During  the  night,  its  season  of  activity,  it  wanders 
forth  in  quest  of  food,  which  consists  of  water-melons, 
gourds,  young  shoots  of  brushwood,  &c.  Its  choice 
of  food  is  not  very  limited  ;  and  indeed,  it  appears 
to  be  as  omnivorous  as  the  hog.  Azara,  who  states 
that  the  Guaranis  term  this  animal  Mborebi,  and 
the  Portuguese  of  Brazil,  Anta,  affirms  that  it  de- 
vours the  barrero,  or  nitrous  earth  of  Paraguay,  and 
that  he  has  found  a  quantity  of  this  substance  in  the 
stomach.  Its  senses  of  smell  and  hearing  are  ex- 
tremely acute,  and  serve  to  give  notice  of  the  ap- 
proach of  enemies.  Its  voice,  which  it  seldom 
utters,  is  a  shrill  kind  of  whistle,  in  strange  contrast 
with  the  massive  bulk  of  the  animal.  Of  enormous 
muscular  power,  and  defended  with  a  tough,  thick 
hide,  the  tapir  is  capable  of  tearing  its  way  through 
the  underwood  in  whatsoever  direction  it  pleases  : 
when  thus  driving  onwards,  it  carries  its  head  low, 
and,  as  it  were,  ploughs  its  course. 

Its  fondness  for  the  water  is  almost  as  strong  as 
that  evinced  by  the  hippopotamus.  It  swims  and 
dives  admirably,  and  will  remain,  as  we  have  seen 
while  observing  the  specimens  in  the  gardens  of  the 
Zool.  Soc,  submerged  for  many  minutes,  rise  to  the 
surface  for  breath,  and  plunge  again.  When  hunted 
or  wounded  it  always,  if  possible,  makes  for  the 
water,  and  in  its  nightly  wanderings  will  traverse 
rivers  and  lakes  in  search  of  food,  or  for  pleasure. 
The  female  is  very  attentive  to  her  young  one,  lead- 
ing it  about  on  the  land,  and  accustoming  it  at  an 
early  period  to  enter  the  water,  where  it  plunges  and 
plays  before  its  parent,  who  seems  to  act  as  its  in- 
structress. The  male  takes  no  share  in  this  work,  and 
does  not  constantly  associate  with  the  female. 

In  its  disposition  the  tapir  is  peaceful  and  quiet, 
and,  unless  hard  pressed,  never  attempts  to  attack 
ii  either  man  or  beast;  when,  however,  the  hunter's 
dogs  surround  it,  it  defends  itself  very  vigorously 
with  its  teeth,  inflicting  tenible  wounds.  We  have 
witnessed  those  in  confinement  in  the  gardens  of 
the  Zool.  Soc.  occasionally  break  out  into  fits  of 
irritation,  plunging  about,  lunging  violently  with 
their  heads,  and  snapping  with  their  teeth  like  a 
hog.  The  most  formidable  enemy  of  this  animal  (if 
we  except  man)  is  the  jaguar;  and  it  is  asserted 
that  when  that  tiger  of  the  American  forest  throws 
itself  upon  the  tapir,  the  latter  rushes  through  the 
most  dense  and  tangled  underwood,  bruising  its 
enemy,  and  endeavouring  thus  to  dislodge  him,  and 
sometimes  succeeds  in  the  attempt. 

In  Cayenne  the  Tapir  is  occasionally  domesticated, 


and  is  harmless  and  quiet :  it  becomes  indeed  fami- 
liar, and  often  proves  troublesome  to  those  who 
caress  it,  as  may  be  imagined  would  be  the  case 
with  a  pet  hog  under  similar  circumstances.  The 
adult  Tapir  measures  from  5  to  6  feet  in  length,  and 
between  three  and  four  in  height ;  its  colour  is  uniform 
deep  blackish  brown ;  the  young  are  longitudinally 
marked  with  spots  and  six  or  eight  bands  of  fawn- 
colour  along  the  body,  and  with  numerous  spots  of 
the  same  tint  on  the  cheeks.     (See  Fig.  400.) 

396,  397. — The  Malay  ob  India.n  Tapib 
(Tapirus  Iiidicvs,  Farquhar).  This  species  was  first 
introduced  to  science  by  Major  Farquhar  in  1816. 
It  is  a  native  of  Sumatra  and  the  Malay  Penin- 
sula, where  it  is  called  tannoh  or  tennu ;  and  is  as 
well  ^nown  in  Malacca  as  the  elephant  or  rhino- 
ceros. In  disposition  it  resembles  its  Amencan 
relative.  It  feeds  on  vegetables,  and  is  very  partial 
to  the  sugar-cane.  Though  the  natives  have  not 
domesticated  it,  this  species  is  as  easily  tamed  as 
the  Tapir  of  America,  and  becomes  as  gentle  and 
familiar.  Major  Farquhar  possessed  one  which  was 
completely  domesticated,  and  as  much  at  home  aa 
any  of  the  dogs :  it  fed  indiscriminately  on  all  kinds 
of  vegetables,  and  was  very  fond  of  attending  at 
table  to  receive  bread,  cakes,  and  the  like.  This 
Tapir  was  procured  in  the  Malay  Peninsula.  (See 
'Trans.  Asiat.  Soc.,'  vol.  xv.,  1820.)  A  Sumatran 
tapir  was  about  the  same  time  presented  alive  to 
the  Asiatic  Society  by  G.  J.  Siddons,  Esq.,  resident 
at  Bencoolen.  It  was  of  a  lazy  habit,  very  familiar, 
1  and  delighted  in  being  rubbed  or  scratched  ;  and  this 
I  favour  it  solicited  from  the  people  about  him,  by 
throwing  itself  down  on  its  side,  and  making  sundry 
movements.  It  is  distinctly  stated  of  this  Sumatran 
specimen,  that  another  of  its  great  delights  was  to 
bathe, — also  "that  it  remained  a  very  considerable 
time  under  water."  The  living  specimen,  says  Sir 
S.  Raffles,  sent  from  Bencoolen  to  Bengal,  "  was  al- 
lowed to  roam  occasionally  in  the  park  at  Barrack- 
pore.  The  man  who  had  the  charge  of  it  informed 
me  that  it  frequently  entered  the  pond,  and  appeared 
to  walk  along  the  bottom  under  the  water,  and  not 
make  any  attempt  to  swim."  This  characteristic 
habit  of  the  animal  was  not  observed  by  Major  Far- 
quhar in  his  Malacca  specimen.  That  gentleman 
says,  indeed,  that  he  thought  he  might  venture  to 
affirm  that  the  Malacca  tapir  is  not,  like  the  Ame- 
rican species,  amphibious  in  its  nature.  He  adds, 
that  the  one  he  reared  showed  rather  an  antipathy 
to  water,  and  that  in  the  peninsula  of  Malacca  these 
animals  are  found  to  frequent  high  grounds.  As, 
however,  it  is  admitted  on  all  sides  that  the  Malacca 
and  the  Sumatran  tapirs  are  the  same,  and  as  these 
creatures  difter  in  no  material  points  of  conformation 
from  the  American  tapir,  it  is  not  easy  to  imagine 
that,  while  the  American  animal  and  that  from  Su- 
matra are  so  aquatic  in  their  habits,  the  animal  from 
Malacca  should  exhibit  contrary  piopensities.  In 
Sumatra  the  tapir  inhabits  the  dense  forests  of  the 
interior,  and  is,  therefore,  seldom  seen :  hence  it  has 
been  considered  rare  in  that  island :  it  must,  how- 
ever, be  observed,  that  after  the  loss  of  the  ship  Fame 
by  fire,  when  a  living  Sumatran  tapir  with  other 
animals  perished,  Sir  S.  Rafiles,  during  the  short 
period  of  his  stay  in  Sumatra,  was  enabled  to  procure 
other  specimens,  one  of  which  is  in  the  museum  of 
the  Zoological  Society,  and  another  in  the  museum 
of  the  East  India  Company. 

The  Indian  tapir  exceeds  the  American  in  size :  it 
has  no  mane,  and  the  snout  is  longer  and  more  pro- 
boscis-like. The  most  striking  external  difterence 
between  the  eastern  and  western  animal,  however, 
is  in  colour.  Instead  of  being  of  the  uniform  dusky- 
bay  tint  of  the  American,  the  Indian  tapir  is  strangely 
parti-coloured.  The  head,  neck,  fore-limbs,  and  lore- 
quarters  are  quite  black :  the  body  then  becomes 
suddenly  white  or  greyish-white,  and  so  continues  to 
about  half  way  over  the  hind-quarters,  when  the 
black  again  commences  abruptly,  and  is  spread  over 
the  legs.  The  abruptness  and  contrast  of  the  mark- 
ing of  this  animal  makes  it  look  precisely  as  if  it 
were  covered  round  the  body  with  a  while  horse- 
cloth, leaving  the  fore  and  hind-quarteis  exposed. 
The  young,  until  the  age  of  four  months,  are  black, 
beautifully  marked  with  spots  and  stripes  of  fawn 
colour  above,  and  white  below. 

According  to  Sir  S.  Raffles,  the  Indian  tapir  re- 
ceives various  names  in  difterent  districts.  By  the 
people  of  Liraun  it  is  called  Saladang  :  in  the  inte- 
rior of  Manna.  Gindol ;  at  Bencoolen,  Babi  Ala ;  and 
at  Malacca,  Tennu.  Marsden  .states  that  it  is  de- 
nominated by  the  Malays  in  many  districts  Kuda- 
aj'er,  or  river-horse.  Though  the  flesh  of  the  Indian 
Tapir,  like  that  of  the  American,  is  dry  and  disagree- 
able, and  therefore  of  little  value  as  an  article  of 
food,  still  the  animal  might  be  domesticated  with 
advantage  (and  the  same  observation  applies  to  the 
western  species),  and  employed  as  a  beast  of  draught 
or  burden,  its  docility  and  great  strength  being 
strong  recommendations.  Its  skin  would  prove, 
from  its  toughness,  useful  for  various  purposes. 


Hogs.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


95 


404,  405. — The  PAL^OTHKBirM. 

la  the  larypsum-quarries  near  Paris  and  in  various 
parts  of  Fiance  have  been  discovered  the  fossil  rehcs 
of  a  group  of  Pachydermatous  animals,  to  which 
Cuvier  gave  the  title  of  Palaeotherium.  Ten  or 
eleven  species  are  recognised,  varying  from  the  size 
of  a  rhinoceros  to  that  of  a  hog.  The  most  imme- 
diate alliance  of  these  fossil  forms  is  to  the  Tapir, 
and  they,  perhaps,  take  an  intermediate  station  be- 
tween tliat  animal  and  the  rhinoceros.  The  bones 
of  the  nose  prove  that  the  Palceotheria  must  have 
been  furnished  with  a  short  proboscis  ;  the  toes 
were  three  in  number  on  each  foot :  the  dentition 
consisted  of  6  incisors  in  each  jaw  ;  canines,  as 
usual ;  and  7  molars  on  each  side  above  and  below. 
Figs.  404  and  405  represent  --espectively  outlines 
of  the  Palseotherium  magnum  and  Palaeotherium 
minus,  as  restored  by  Cuvier ;  Figs.  406  and  407 
represent  the  skeletons  of  the  same  animals ;  Fig. 
40«  is  an  imperfect  skull  of  Palaeotherium  magnum  ; 
Fig.  409  shows  the  characters  of  the  molar  teeth  ol 
the  upper  jaw  ;  Fig.  410,  the  lower  jaw  and  molar 
teeth,  imperfect. 

The  restoration  of  the  skeletons  of  these  extinct 
forms  is  one  of  the  triumphs  of  science  ;  and,  by 
persons  unacquainted  with  the  law  of  harmonious 
dependence  which  reigns  throughout  the  structure 
and  organization  of  animal  bodies,  might  be  deemed 
an  improbability,  or  at  least,  an  uncertain  process : 
not  so — the  bones  of  the  feet,  the  teeth,  the  spine, 
or  of  the  limbs,  are  to  the  comparative  anatomist 
a  foundation  upon  which  he  can  rear  a  super- 
structure, a  clue  to  the  recomposition  of  the  fabric,  i 
Speaking  of  the  accumulated  stores  of  fossil  relics 
at  his  command,  Cuvier  thus  writes  : — "  I  at  length 
found  myself,  as  if  placed  in  a  charnel-house,  sur- 
rounded by  mutilated  fragments  of  many  hundred 
skeletons  of  more  than  twenty  kinds  of  animals 
piled  confusedly  around  me  ;  the  task  assigned  to 
me  was  to  restore  them  all  to  their  original  positwn. 
At  the  voice  of  comparative  anatomy  every  bone 
and  fragment  of  a  bone  resumed  its  place.  I  can- 
not find  words  to  expres.s  the  pleasure  I  experienced 
in  seeing,  when  I  discovered  one  character,  how  all 
the  consequences  which  I  predicted  from  it  were 
successively  confirmed.  The  feet  accorded  with 
the  characters  announced  by  the  teeth ;  the  teeth 
were  in  harmony  with  those  indicated  previously  by 
the  feet.  The  bones  of  the  legs  and  thighs,  and 
every  connectmg  portion  of  the  extremities,  were 
seen  joined  together  precisely  as  I  had  arranged 
them,  before  my  conjectures  were  verified  by  the 
discovery  of  the  parts  entire.  Each  species  was 
in  short,  reconstructed  from  a  single  unit  of  its  com- 
ponent elements."  The  relics  of  the  Palaeotheria 
are  found  mingled  with  those  of  many  other  extinct 
forms  in  a  stratum  of  fresh-water  formation,  as  is 
evidenced  by  the  shells  it  contains :  it  is  the  first 
of  the  great  fresh-water  formations  of  the  Eocene 
period  of  Lyell,  a  deposit  in  which  nearly  fifty  extinct 
species  were  discovered  by  Cuvier.  We  cannot 
doubt  but  that,  like  the  tapir  and  rhinoceros  of  the 
present  day,  the  Palaeotheria  frequented  the  borders 
of  lakes  and  large  rivers,  feeding  upon  the  leaves 
and  twigs  of  brushwood  :  there  they  lived  and  died  ; 
their  dead  carcasses  drifted  to  the  bottom  of  the  lake, 
swept  off  from  the  shore  in  seasons  of  flood,  when 
the  swollen  rivers  cleared  the  adjacent  lowlands  of 
hosts  of  dead,  and  perhaps  also  of  the  living,  hurry- 
ing them  to  destruction,  and  depositing  their  relics, 
to  be  in  other  ages  brought  to  light,  the  "  reliquia 
vetustioris  aevi." 

Another  fossil  genus  allied  to  the  tapirs  is  termed 
by  Cuvier  Lophiodon  :  not  less  than  fifteen  species 
are  determined ;  and  they  are  found  in  the  same 
fresh-water  formation  as  the  Palaeotheria.  The 
dentition  of  the  Lophiodon  differs  from  that  of  the 
last-named  animals,  the  lower  jaw  having  only  six 
molars.  The  teeth  in  character  approach  those  of 
the  rhinoceros.  Fig.  411  represents  a  lower  back 
molar  of  the  gigantic  Lophiodon  of  Argenfon  ;  Fig. 
412, an  upper  back  molar;  Fig.  413,  a  canine  tooth; 
Fig.  414,  two  incisor  teeth  :  all  of  the  same  species. 
With  many  essential  parts  of  the  osteology  of  these 
extinct  animals  naturalists  are  as  yet  unacquainted  ; 
the  bones  of  the  nose,  for  example,  and  those  of 
the  feet,  are  not  recovered.  The  remains  of  the 
Lophiodons  found  at  Issel,  Argenton,  Bucksweiler. 
Montpellier,  Montabusard,  &c.,  occur  in  beds  of 
fresh-water  formation,  but  below  those  superficial 
strata  containing  the  bones  of  the  Mammoth  and 
Mastodon.  They  are  associated  with  the  relics  ot 
forms  of  terrestrial  animals  of  which  we  have  no 
living  prototypes,  and  with  those  of  crocodiles  and 
fresh-water  tortoiaes.  The  antiquity  of  these  beds 
may  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  in  most  places 
they  are  covered  by  strata  of  decidedly  marine 
formation,  so  that  the  Lophiodon  existed  and  passed 
away  not  only  before  the  races  had  commenced 
whose  remains  are  found  (and  found  only)  in  the 
alluvial  strata  of  the  earth,  but  before  the  extinction 
of  still  older  races  :  they  belong  in  fact  to  strata  of 


our  continent,  over  which,  after  becoming  consoli- 
dated, the  sea  has  rolled,  and  remained  long  enough 
to  cover  them  with  rocks  of  a  new  origin. 

The  Family  Sitidie,  or  the  Hog  tribe.— The  animals 
composing  this  family,  of  which  the  hog  is  the  type, 
are  distributed  over  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  and  South 
America;  it  is  indeed  the  only  pachydermatous 
group  the  members  of  which  are  thus  distributed. 
Viewed  externally,  the  feet  of  these  animals  resemble 
those  of  the  ordinary  Ruminants,  and  may  indeed 
be  termed  cloven ;  but  the  distinction  is  evident 
when  we  come  to  examine  the  bones.  In  the  hog 
every  toe  (there  are  four  on  each  foot)  has  its  own 
metacarpal  or  metatarsal  bone,  and  though  the 
outer  toe  on  each  side  is  shorter  1  han  the  two  middle, 
still  it  is  as  perfect  in  conformation.  The  external 
similarity  of  the  feet  of  the  hog  to  those  of  the 
cloven-footed  ruminants,  and  their  real  distinction 
did  not  escape  Buffon,  though  at  the  same  time 
that  celebrated  philosopher  was  unable  to  discern 
the  true  affinities  of  this  animal,  and  its  real  place 
in  the  scale  of  the  Mammalia.  In  the  peccaries, 
hojvever,  it  must  be  observed  that  the  metacarpal 
bones  of  the  two  middle  toes  of  the  fore-limbs  and 
the  corresponding  metatarsal  bones  of  the  hind-lirabs 
are  consolidated  into  a  sort  of  canon-bone,  as  in 
ruminating  animals,  while  at  the  same  time  the 
stomach  is  divided  into  several  distinct  sacculi — an 
additional  point  of  structural  approximation  to  the 
Ruminants. 

The  general  external  characters  of  the  hog  tribe 
need  not  be  recapitulated  here ;  all  are  familiar 
with  them,  as  displayed  by  the  ordinary  tenant  of 
the  sty. 

415, — The  Collared  Pbccaet 

(Dicotyles  torquatxts).  The  Peccaries  are  the  only 
indigenous  representatives  of  the  porcine  group  in 
America ;  the  hog,  which  is  now  common  there, 
being  of  recent  introduction,  though  it  wanders  in 
wild  herds. 

The  peccary  closely  resembles  the  hog  in  form 
and  in  the  quality  of  the  bristly  hair  which  covers 
the  body.  It  differs,  however,  from  the  hog  in  den- 
tition, the  incisors  of  the  upper  jaw  being  four  in- 
stead of  six,  and  the  molars  above  and  below  on 
each  side  six  ;  while  the  tusks,  which  are  of  mode- 
rate size  compared  with  those  of  the  hog,  instead  of 
taking  a  curve  outwards,  meet  like  ordinary  canines ; 
they  are,  however,  sharp  and  effective  weapons. 
Fig.  423  represents  a  lateral  view  of  the  teeth  of 
both  jaws;  Fig.  424  those  of  the  upper  jaw  in  two 
views,  and  Fig.  425  those  of  the  under.  The  limbs 
are  more  slender  in  proportion  than  in  the  hog,  and 
there  are  only  three  toes  on  the  hinder  feet,  the 
small  outer  toe  being  wanting.  The  tail  is  a  mere 
tubercle  :  beneath  the  skin  on  the  top  of  the  loins 
is  a  large  glandular  apparatus,  which  pours  out  a 
secretion  of  disgusting  odour.  In  their  voice,  their 
habits  of  rooting  in  the  earth,  the  mode  in  which 
when  angry  they  erect  the  bristles  of  the  mane,  and 
clash  their  teeth,  they  resemble  their  procine  rela- 
tive of  the  Old  World. 

The  collared  peccary  is  a  native  of  the  dense 
forests  throughout  the  greater  part  of  South  Ame- 
rica, and  is  usually  met  with  in  pairs  or  small  fami- 
lies :  they  take  up  their  abode  in  hollow  trees  and 
holes  of  the  earth,  where  they  seek  a  refuge  from  the 
pursuit  of  their  enemies,  of  which,  man  excepted, 
the  jaguar  is  the  most  destructive.  Plantations  of 
maize,  sugar-canes,  and  potatoes  often  suffer  from 
their  incursions.  It  is  only  when  hard  pressed  that 
the  peccary  defends  itself :  indeeil  it  displays  nothing 
of  the  sullen  courage  of  the  wild  boar,  but  retreats 
on  the  appearance  of  danger,  and  precipitately  seeks 
its  hiding-place. 

Azara  states  that  the  Guarinis  term  this  species 
Taytetou,  and  the  white-lipped  species  Tagnicati. 
It  IS,  he  adds,  domesticated  with  more  facility  than 
the  wild  hog,  and  becomes  troublesome  from  its  fami- 
liarity. "  It  is  saia,  and  I  believe  it,  that  their  flesh 
is  good,  but  not  so  fat  as  that  of  the  hog;  when 
killed,  however,  the  elandular  orifice  between  the 
haunches  must  be  removed,  since,  if  this  be  not 
done,  the  flesh  acquires  a  bad  odour  and  taste. 
Nevertheless  the  Indians  eat  it  without  this  pre- 
caution." The  inferiority  of  the  flesh  of  the  pec- 
cary to  th»t  of  the  hog,  and  its  dorsal  gland,  will 
combine  to  exclude  it  from  the  European  farmyard. 
The  collared  peccary  is  about  three  feet  in  length, 
and  is  distinguished  by  a  stripe  of  white  or  yellowish 
white  passing  from  the  withers  down  each  shoulder 
and  meeting  on  the  throat.  Its  general  colour  is 
grizzled  blackish  grey ;  the  bristles  being  ringed 
grey,  straw-colour,  and  black. 

The  white-lipped  peccary  (^Dlcotyhs  lahiatus)  is 
larger  than  the  collared  species  and  more  robust;  it 
associates  in  vast  troops  directed  by  an  old  male ; 
when  attacked  they  surround  the  man,  dog,  or  ja- 
guar, and  if  there  be  no  means  of  escape,  their 
enemy  is  soon  torn  to  pieces.  M.  Schomburgk  had 
a  narrow  escape  from  an  infuriated  herd,  the  leader 
of  which  he  shot  in  the  act  of  rushing  at  him;  as 


the  troop  approached  where  he  stood,  the  noise  wa« 
like  that  of  a  whirlwind  through  the  bushes;  "  but 
the  peculiar  growl  and  awful  clapping  of  the  teeth," 
he  adds,  "  did  not  leave  me  long  in  doubt  as  to  its 
cause :  it  was  evident  the  herd  had  divided,  and 
were  coming  directly  towards  me  :  I  know  not  yet 
how  I  climbed  the  lower  part  of  a  mora-tree,  when 
by  they  rushed,  their  muzzles  almost  sweeping  the 
ground,  and  their  rough  bristles  on  the  back  stand- 
ing erect :  they  might  have  numbered  fifty.  They 
came  and  passed  like  a  whirlwind ;  and  before  I  had 
recovered  from  my  astonishment,  I  heard  them 
plunge  into  the  river  and  swim  to  the  opposite 
bank."  Both  species  delight  to  wallow  in  the  mire 
and  muddy  pools,  and  readily  take  to  the  water, 
swimming  with  great  vigour. 

In  captivity  the  white-lipped  peccary  hag  ap- 
peared to  us  to  be  more  reserved  and  savage  than 
the  collared  species,  and  more  ready  to  testify 
by  the  clashing  of  its  teeth  its  feelings  of  dis- 
pleasure. 

416,  417. — The  Babiboussa 

{Sus  Babirussa,  Linn. ;  Babirttssa  alfunu,  F.  Cuv.). 
The  terra  Babiroussa  means  literally  hog-deer,  and 
there  is  some  reason  to  think  that  the  ancients  were 
not  altogether  unacquainted  with  the  animal.  Pliny 
notices  a  wild  boar  with  horns  on  the  forehead, 
found  in  India  ;  and  Cosmes,  a  writer  in  the  sixth 
century,  uses  the  term  hog-deer  (xoip«Ao())os)  as  the 
designation  of  an  Indian  animal :  however  this 
may  be,  it  is  only  recently  that  naturalists  have  be- 
come well  acquainted  with  it  and  its  habits,  though 
its  skulls  have  been  brought  over  to  Europe 
in  abundance  by  vessels  trading  among  the  Mo- 
luccas. 

The  Babiroussa  differs  somewhat  in  dentition 
from  the  hog,  the  incisors  being  four  above,  instead 
of  six,  and  the  molars  five  on  each  side  in  either 
jaw.  The  upper  canines  or  tusks  of  the  male  emerge 
directly  upward  from  their  apparently  distorted 
sockets,  and  sweep  with  a  bold  arch  backwards, 
attaining  to  a  very  great  length.  The  skin  is  thick, 
coarse,  gi-anular,  of  a  blackish  tint,  and  sparingly 
beset  with  very  short  bristly  hairs.  The  tusks  of 
the  lower  jaw  are  long,  strong,  and  sharp,  emerging 
like  those  of  the  boar.  The  tusks  of  the  upper  jaw  do 
not  pass  out  between  the  lips,  but  cut  their  way 
through  the  skin,  nearly  halfway  between  the  end 
of  the  snout  and  the  eyes.  The  tusks  of  the  lower 
jaw  are  formidable  weapons.  The  male  when  adult 
equals  the  largest  hog ;  the  female  is  of  much 
inferior  size,  and  destitute  of  the  curled  upper  tusks, 
or  has  them  only  rudimentary. 

The  Babiroussa  is  found  in  the  marshy  forests  in 
the  interior  of  Bourou,  and  other  of  the  Molucca 
islands,  as  Araboyna,  and   also  Java,  where  it  as- 
sociates in  troops.     Its  habits  resemble   those  of 
the  wild  hog,  and  it  is  restless  and  ferocious.    Ac- 
cording to  Lesson  it  feeds  chiefly  upon  maize,  giving 
preference  to  that  grain  beyond  other  articles  of 
diet.     It  is  partial  to  the  water,  and  swims  with  the 
greatest   ease,   often  crossing  the   straits  betneen 
adjacent  islands  without  any  difficulty.     Some  time 
.since  a  pair  of  these  animals  were  living  and  pro- 
duced younsr  in  the  menagerie  of  Paris.   They  were 
fond  of  nestling  under  the  straw,  and  when  the  male 
retired  to  rest  the  female  would  cover  him  over 
with  litter,  and  then  creep  under  the  straw  to  him, 
so  that  both  were  concealed.    The  following  are 
notes  which  we  made  from  a  young  male  babiroussa 
living  in  the   gardens  of  the   Zool.   Soc. : — This 
animal  is  hog-like  in  its  figure,  and  much  resembles 
a  small  pig  of  the  Chinese  breed.    It  is  roundly 
formed  like  a  young  well-bred  hog,  and  the  skin 
lies  close,  giving  a  compactness  to  its  appearance. 
The   head  is  small,  and  high   between   the  ears ; 
the  snout  is  elongated ;  the  ears  are  very  small,  erect, 
and  pointed  ;  the  eyes  in  their  form  and  expression 
resemble  those  of  a  stag ;  the  iris  is  brown  ;   the 
skin,  which  is  thinly  clothed  with  short  black  bristly 
hairs,  is  everywhere  dotted  with  small  granulations, 
which  spread  and   become   rougher,  coarser,   and 
more  decided  about  the  limbs  and  feet,  and  espe- 
cially on  the  anterior  part  of  the  head  and  sides 
of  the  face  and  under-jaw.     Closely  as  the  skin  lies, 
it  becomes  thrown  into  a  series  of  regular  and  prettily 
arranged  wrinkles  or  furrows  with  the  different  move- 
ments of  the  body,  and  varying  in  direction  accord- 
ingly.   As  the  animal  turns  to  one  side,  these  fur- 
rows are  transverse  ;  in  other  attitudes  they  become 
more  or  less  oblique  ;  but  none  are  to  be  seen  when 
the  animal  stands  still  or  lies  quietly  on  its  straw. 
The  tail  is  rather  long,  slender,  and  tapering  ;  the 
limbs  are  well   proportioned,  and  do   not   appear 
to  be  longer,  in  relation  to  the  size  of  the  body, 
than  in  the  hog ;  the  tusks  of  the  upper  jaw  (in  the 
present  individual)  are  at  present  small,  but  curved 
back. 

In  its  state  of  captivity  this  young  babiroussa 
seems  as  contented  as  a  pig  in  its  sty,  and  it  is  not 
only  quiet,  but  disposed  to  familiarity,  raising  itself 
up  on  its  hind-legs,  and  putting  its  snout  to  the  bars 


<0S.— Skeleton  of  TilBOtlnriiuil  nugnum. 


4U7.-Skel*ton  or  Falaollurium  mlnat. 


406,— Skull  of  Paleolhcrium  maf^num. 


4M.-~Ou0inm't  MBoifaeriium  mignum. 


40S.— OwIIm  or  Pilsotherivm  Minus. 


41«.— Btbiroiusa. 


417.— Bibinnuu. 


409.— Molu  teeth  of  upper  Jaw  of  the  nme,  Men  from  above. 


410.— External  »iew  of  part  of  the  lower  jaw  of  the  same. 


^-lll  of  Lopliiodon. 


414.— ainll  of  BabirouMa. 


418 Head  of  Babitoujsa,  acan  in  pioSle. 


4 1».— Collated  Peccary. 


96 


429  — Skull  of  the  11.  ir. 


^--t$^^^ 


4::)  to  422.  -Teeth  of  liablroussa 


430.— Tetth  of  ihe  Hog. 


423  to  425.— Teeth  of  Collared  Pcccaiy. 


426.— Wild  Boar. 


CI.— Boar-htiBt. 


B 

fe^^^ 

^%fc 

I0i00^^ 

■—- 

428.— Boar-bout. 

m30^ 

:,.  13. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  -NAIURE.] 


«7 


98 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Hogs. 


of  the  enclosure,  evidently  soliciting  food.  It  turns 
the  straw  over  and  over  with  it*  snout,  and  champs 
in  eatini;,  but  utters,  as  far  as  we  could  learn,  no 
grunt,  as  does  the  hoe,  nor  has  it  the  unpleasant 
smell  of  the  latter.  That  the  babiroussa  might  be 
reclaimed,  notwithstanding  Lesson's  account  of  its 
savasre  disposition  in  capti%  ity,  and  added  to  our 
domestic  animals,  is  rer)-  evident.  Its  flesh  is  re- 
ported to  be  held  in  high  estimation.  Fig.  418 
represents  the  head  of  the  male  babiroussa  («)  and 
of  the  female  (A)  by  way  of  contrast.  Fig.  419  is  an 
admirable  delineation  of  the  skull  of  the  adult 
male,  in  which  the  form  of  the  tusks,  their  relative 
proportions  and  direction  are  faithfully  given.  Fig. 
420,  a  lateral  view"  of  the  dentition  of  upper  and 
lower  jaw.  Fig.  421,  dentition  of  upper  jaw  in  two 
views  ;  Fig.  422,  those  of  the  lower  jaw. 

426,  431.— The  Wild  Hog 

(Sus  A/>er,  Briss. ;  Sim  Scrtrfa,  Linn.').  The  wild  hog 
is,  as  ail  naturalists  admit,  the  origin  of  our  domes- 
tic race,  but  at  what  period  it  was  reclaimed  is  very 
uncertain.  The  circumstances  indeed  connected 
with  the  domestication  of  everj-  animal  subject  to 
the  bondage  of  man  are  enveloped  in  obscurity.  The 
domestication,  however,  of  the  wild  hog  would  not 
involve  much  ditficulty.  Young  individuals  taken 
in  their  native  forest  soon  become  reconciled  to 
captivity,  and  display  the  same  contentment  and 
familiarity  which  are  so  conspicuous  in  the  ordinary 
tame  beast.  It  is  this  disposition,  a  characteristic 
of  the  Pachyderraata,  which  renders  the  elephant, 
the  rhinoceroSj  the  tapir,  and  othere,  so  easily  sub- 
jiisrated  ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  readiness  with 
which  they  submit  to  the  restraints  of  captivity  is 
counterbalanced  by  an  equal  readiness  to  assume  a 
life  of  independence.  The  hog  when  left  to  itself 
resumes  its  original  habits,  as  is  the  case  in  Ame- 
rica, where  wild  herds  roam  the  forest ;  and,  as  we 
have  seen,  the  elephant  oilen  escapes  its  trammels 
and  joins  its  wild  brethren,  immediately  submitting, 
if  retaken,  to  the  voice  of  authority  which  it  had 
previously  learned  to  obey.  The  hoi'se  in  a  wild 
state  scours  the  plains  of  Tartary  and  South  Ame- 
rica ;  it  requires  but  a  struggle  to  break  in  the  most 
spirited.  It  may  be  laid  down  as  an  axiom,  that 
the  animals  of  whose  services  man  stands  most  in 
need  are,  each  in  their  way,  those  whose  nature 
most  readily  induces  them  to  submit  to  his  domi- 
nion, nay,  even  court  his  friendship.  Some  we 
can  tame,  and  only  tame  ;  others  we  can  educate. 

The  wild  hog  was  once  common  in  our  island, 
and  it  is  almost  surprising,  considering  the  passion 
for  the  chase  which  seems  to  be  part  and  parcel  of 
our  English  temperament,  that  this  animal  is  not 
re-established  in  some  of  its  old  haunts,  the  parks 
and  forests  of  nobility.  In  India,  indeed,  the  chase 
of  the  wild  boar  is  one  of  the  field-sports  to  which 
our  counti-ymen  are  enthusiastically  devoted ;  nor 
is  there  any  reason  why  it  might  not  be  revived  in 
England. 

The  wild  hog  is  still  common  in  the  forests  of 
Germany,  France,  and  other  portions  of  Europe, 
and  extends  also  through  Asia  and  Africa ;  if  in- 
deed the  species  is  positively  identical — a  point 
which  there  is  some  reason  to  question.  At  all 
events  slight  differences  are  observable  between 
the  Indian  wild  boar  and  the  present  breed  of  the 
German  forests;  and  Sonnini  expresses  a  doubt 
as  to  the  identity  of  the  Egyptian  and  European 
wild  race. 

In  no  essential  point  does  the  wild  race  of  Europe 
differ  from  our  domestic  breeds ;  the  snout  however 
is  more  elongated,  and,  as  might  be  expected,  the 
contour  of  the  frame  is  more  gaunt  and  bony.  The 
ears  are  short  and  erect,  the  tusks  large,  and  the 
bristles  long  and  coarse ;  the  general  colour  is 
rusty-black  or  blackish  brown,  more  or  less  brindled 
in  patches.  After  the  age  of  three  years,  the  wild 
boar  leads  a  solitary  life  ifi  the  forest,  fearless  of 
every  foe  and  confident  in  his  weapons,  which, 
added  to  his  great  strength,  render  him  a  formidable 
antagonist.  It  is  not,  however,  until  the  age  of  five 
or  six  years  that  he  attains  to  his  full  dimensions, 
and  the  duration  of  his  life  is  from  twenty-five  to 
thirty  years.  The  females  with  their  young  associ- 
ate in  herds  for  the  sake  of  mutual  protection  :  on 
the  approach  of  an  enemy  the  young  are  placed  in 
the  centre,  the  old  on«s  forming  a  circle  round 
them ;  and  should  he  be  hazardous  enough  to  ven- 
ture on  the  attack,  he  meets  with  a  rough  reception. 
It  is  thus  that  the  young  are  preserved  from  wolves, 
the  chief  foes  to  be  dreaded  by  them  ;  to  which  in 
some  districts  they  often  fall  a  prey,  notwithstand- 
ing the  vigilance  of  their  parent.  It  is  only  in 
defence  of  their  young  that  the  females  are  furious, 
but  the  old  males  are  not  to  be  approached  without 
caution,  and  often  nish  out  upon  those  who  venture 
near  the  precincts  of  their  lair.  At  certain  seasons, 
indeed,  the  wild  boar  is  very  savage,  and  should  he 
meet  a  rival,  the  most  sanguinarj'  combat  ensues. 

In  the  month  of  December  or  January,  each  male 
attaches  himself  to  the  society  of  a  chosen  female, 


whom  he  accompanies  in  the  deepest  glens  of  the 
forest  for  about  thirty  days.  When  about  to  pro- 
duce her  young,  the  female  seeks  some  imdisturbed 
retreat  remote  from  the  haunts  of  the  male,  who  it 
appears  exhibits  a  propensity  to  devour  her  pro- 
geny if  he  discover  the  litter.  To  her  young  the 
female  is  a  most  attentive  mother;  she  suckles 
them  for  three  or  four  months,  and  they  remain 
with  her  for  a  long  time  :  an  aged  female  is  some- 
times seen  followed  by  several  families,  among 
which  are  some  of  the  age  of  two  or  three  years. 
I  These  young  rovei-a  the  French  hunters  call  bCtes 
de  compagnie.  The  wild  boar  seldom  stirs  from 
his  lair  during  the  day,  and  may  therefore  be 
regarded  as  in  some  degree  nocturnal ;  on  the  ap- 
proach of  twilight,  he  rouses  from  his  indolent 
slumbers,  and  sets  out  in  quest  of  food,  which  con- 
sists of  acorns,  beech-mast,  grain,  different  vege- 
tables, and  roots  ;  in  search  of  the  latter,  he  ploughs 
up  the  ground  with  his  snout :  corn-fields  in  the 
vicinity  of  forests  where  wild  hogs  exist  often  suffer 
extensively  from  their  nightly  incureions.  The 
wild  boar,  though  not  truly  carnivorous,  does  not 
refuse  animal  matters  which  chance  may  throw  in 
his  way  :  he  does  not  however  ordinarily  attack  and 
kill  others  for  the  sake  of  their  flesh,  but  only 
devours  what  he  may  meet  with  in  his  lambles.  In 
j  the  morning  the  wild  boar  returns  to  his  lair  in  the 
j  thickest  and  most  gloomy  part  of  the  Ibrest,  under 
I  a  rock,  in  a  cave,  or  under  the  canopy  of  gnarled 
and  intertwined  branches.  When  roused  by  the 
hunter  and  his  dogs,  the  old  boar  retreats  sullenly 
and  slowly,  gnashing  his  teeth,  foaming  with  anger, 
and  often  stopping  to  receive  his  pui-suers,  on  whom 
he  ollen  rushes  with  sudden  impetuosity,  striking 
with  his  tusks,  goring  doers  and  men,  and  scattering 
terror  around.  When  the  boar  turns  upon  a  pack, 
the  foremost  dogs  are  sure  to  suffer,  and  several 
will  fall  by  as  many  strokes.  An  instance  is  on 
record  in  which  a  boar  turned  suddenly  upon  a 
pack  of  fifty  dogs  which  pursued  him,  and  instantly 
despatched  six  or  seven  of  them,  wounding  all  the 
rest  with  the  exception  of  ten.  The  young  boar  is 
less  resolute  than  the  old  animal,  and  will  run  to 
a  considerable  distance  before  he  is  brought  to  bay ; 
nor  is  the  assault  attended  with  any  great  degree 
of  danger.  In  all  ages,  the  chase  of  the  boar  has 
been  a  favourite  diversion ;  the  classic  writings 
abound  with  allusions  to  it  and  to  the  risk  incurred. 
Ovid  (Fab.  iv.,  lib.  viii.)  gives  a  spirited  account 
of  the  chase,  in  which  the  fury  and  strength  of  the 
enraged  beast  are  admirably  depicted.  It  would 
seem  that  the  ancients  endeavoured  to  enclose  the 
boar  by  nets  so  as  to  prevent  his  escaping  into  the 
recesses  of  the  forest :  the  combat  was  close,  and 
therefore  dangerous ;  driven  from  his  lair  by  the 
dogs,  and  hemmed  in,  the  infuriated  animal  turned 
savagely  upon  his  assailants,  and  died,  after  killing 
and  wounding  dogs  and  men,  transfixed  by  spears 
and  javelins.  Our  forefathers  in  the  Middle  Ages 
deemed  the  wild  boar  one  of  the  noble  "  beastes  of 
venery,"  and  kept  a  powerful  breed  of  hounds  for 
the  chase :  the  weapons  used  by  the  huntsmen  were 
spears,  and  a  sort  of  short  sword,  or  couteau  de 
cliasse ;  the  speai-s  were  used  when  the  boar  was 
brought  to  bay,  and  the  attack  gave  abundant 
opportunities  to  the  hunters  of  showing  their  skill 
and  courage.  The  loud  blast  of  the  horn,  mingled 
with  the  shouts  of  men  and  the  baying  of  the 
hounds,  proclaimed  the  vigorous  home-thrust  that 
struck  the  savage  lifeless  to  the  ground.  Figs.  427, 
428,  and  428*  are  illustrative  of  the  boar-hunt  as 
conducted  in  Europe  in  the  Middle  Ages.  Fig.  432 
illustrates  boar-hunting  as  practised  in  India  at  the 
present  day.  The  hunters  are  always  mounted  on 
horseback,  and,  instead  of  meeting  the  animal  with 
spears,  attack  him  with  javelins,  which  are  launched 
at  him  as  he  flies,  or  as  he  rushes  to  the  charge, 
which  is  often  so  determined  that  the  horses  cannot 
be  brought  to  stand  the  shock,  or,  if  they  do,  are 
thrown  down  and  gored ;  serious  accidents  some- 
times occur.  Mr.  Johnson  relates  an  instance  in 
which  a  large  and  resolute  boar,  after  being  driven 
by  the  hunters  into  a  plain,  stood  at  bay  and  chal- 
lenged the  whole  party :  he  charged  every  horse 
that  advanced  within  fifty  yards  of  him,  with  great 
ferocity,  causing  them  to  rear  and  plunge,  and 
throw  off  their  riders,  whose  lives  were  in  jeopardy  : 
though  many  of  the  horses  were  accustomed  to  the 
sport,  none  would  stand  his  charges,  or  bring  the 
rider  within  javelin  distance,  and  at  last  he  fairly 
drove  the  party  from  the  iield ;  and  then,  gnashing 
his  tusks  and  foaming,  he  made  his  way  to  the 
jungle,  where  it  was  useless  to  attempt  to  follow 
him. 

In  our  own  country  the  boar,  reserved  for  the 
sport  of  the  privileged  classes,  was  protected  by 
severe  laws.  By  one  of  the  edicts  of  William  the 
Conqueror  (a.d.  1087),  it  was  ordained  that  any 
who  were  found  guilty  of  killing  a  stag,  roebuck,  or 
wild  boar  were  to  have  their  eyes  put  out :  some- 
times, indeed,  the  penalty  appears  to  have  been  a 
painful  death. 


At  what  precise  period  the  wild  boar  became 
extinct  in  our  island  cannot  be  precisely  deter- 
mined ;  it  is  evident,  however,  that  as  population 
increased,  and  the  vast  woods  which  spread  over 
many  parts  of  the  country  were  cut  down  and  the 
land  cleared,  that  the  range  of  the  boar  would  be- 
come more  and  more  limited,  and  its  numbers 
decreased,  till  at  length  its  extirpation  would  be 
complete.  We  look  in  vain  for  the  forest  which, 
in  the  12th  century,  covered  the  country  to  the 
north  of  London,  and  of  which  Fitzstephen,  in  the 
reign  of  Henry  II.,  writes,  observinsr  that  "on  the 
north  are  corn-fields  and  delightful  meadows,  in- 
termixed with  pleasant  streams,  on  which  stands 
many  a  mill,  whose  clack  is  so  grateful  to  the  ear ; 
beyond  them  an  immense  forest  extends  itself, 
beautified  with  woods  and  groves,  and  full  of  the 
lairs  and  coverts  of  beast  and  game,  stags,  bucks, 
boars,  and  wild  bulls."  Banished,  however,  as  the 
wild  boar  is  from  among  our  native  Mammalia, 
"its  name  is  immortalized,"  as  Mr.  Bell  observes, 
"  by  having  given  origin  to  the  appellation  of  many 
places  in  different  parts  of  the  country,  and  by  its 
introduction  into  the  armorial  bearings  ot  many  dis- 
tinguished families  of  every  division  of  the  king- 
dom." 

The  skull  of  the  hog  (Fig.  429),  which  affords  an 
index  of  the  habits  of  the  animal,  is  of  a  conical 
or  wedge-like  form ;  the  base  or  occipital  portion 
forms  a  right  angle  with  the  oblique  upper  surface, 
and  a  bold  transverse  ridge  is  formed  by  the  union 
of  the  occipital  and  parietal  bones.  The  nasal 
i  bones  are  prolonged  nearly  to  the  end  of  the  snout, 
which,  in  the  living  animal,  terminated  in  a  move- 
able  cartilaginous   disc,   pierced   by   the   nostrils. 

The  lower  jaw  is  of  great  strength.     The  dentition 

f*  1     1  . 

(Fig.  430)  is  as  follows  : — Incisors,  _  ;  canines, ' 

7 ^7 

molars,  - — =44.    The  canines  of  the  upper  jaw 

are  prismatic,  and  curve  downwards,  having  their  • 
anterior  surface  worn  by  the  action  of  the  huge 
canines  of  the  lower  jaw,  which  are  sharp,  sweep 
out  from  the  sides  of  the  mouth,  and  often  attain  to 
the  length  of  eight  or  ten  inches,  and  sometimes 
even  more.  These  canines  or  tusks  are  terrible 
weapons :  rushing  on  his  antagonist,  the  boar 
strikes  obliquely  upwards,  right  and  left,  with  pro- 
digious violence  ;  a  mode  of  action  the  best  calcu- 
lated for  bringing  these  weapons  into  effective  play, 
and  in  which  the  muscular  powers  of  the  neck  and 
shoulders  are  the  most  advantageously  and  naturally 
exerted. 

433,  434,  d,  e. — The  Domestic  Hog 

is  too  well  known  to  need  any  description ;  and  its 
utility  too  well  appreciated  to  require  comment. 
It  is  not,  however,  valued  alike  in  all  countries, 
and  in  some  is  regarded  with  abhorrence.  In  India 
both  Brahmin  and  Mussulman  reject  its  flesh  as 
food,  yet  in  many  districts  of  that  country  semi- 
domesticated  hogs  wander  about  the  villages,  feed- 
ing on  the  refuse  which  they  pick  up  in  the  streets. 
Colonel  Sykes  states  that  in  Dukhun  "every  vil- 
lage abounds  with  hogs,  but  any  property  in  them 
is  equally  abjured  by  individuals  and  the  commu- 
nity." Detestation  of  the  hog  was  a  feeling  enter- 
tained by  certain  nations  in  remote  antiquity.  It 
was  classed  by  the  Jews  among  the  vilest  animals, 
and  in  Egypt  the  swineherd  was  numbered  among 
the  profane,  and  forbidden  to  enter  the  temples  of 
their  gods ;  even  the  Ibwest  dregs  of  the  people 
refused  to  bestow  their  daughter  on  him  in  mar- 
riage. The  Egyptians  sacrificed  the  hog  to  Bac- 
chus, and  to  the  moon  when  full.  "  In  the  evening 
of  the  festival  of  Bacchus,"  says  Herodotus, "  thougli 
every  one  be  obliged  to  kill  a  hog  before  the  door 
of  his  house,  yet  he  immediately  restores  the  car- 
cass to  the  swineherd  that  sold  him."  The  ancient 
Scythians,  according  to-  the  same  authority,  made 
no  use  of  swine,  nor  suffered  any  to  be  kept  in  the 
country.  The  Abyssinians  and  the  Cophts  of 
Egypt,  as  well  as  the  Mohammedans,  reject  the 
flesh  of  the  hog.  Among  the  ancient  Greeks  and 
Romans,  though  the  office  of  swineherd  appeare  to 
have  been  held  in  contempt,  the  flesh  of  the  hog 
was  in  high  estimation,  and  a  sucking  pig  was  as 
favourite  a  dish  as  amongst  ourselves  in  the  present 
day.  The  Chinese  have  derived  no  prejudices 
against  the  hog  from  the  Mohammedan  nations  Of 
the  East :  on  the  contrary,  they  rear  these  animals 
in  great  numbers  for  the  sake  of  their  flesh ;  and 
even  the  numerous  population  who  tenant  the  float- 
ing town  of  rafts  or  barges  contrive  to  keep  and 
rear  them. 

"  One  of  the  most  singular  circumstances,"  says 
Mr.  Wilson,  "in  the  domestic  history  of  this  animal, 
is  tile  immense  extent  of  its  distribution,  more 
especially  in  far-removed  and  insulated  spots  in- 
habited by  semi-barbarians,  where  the  wild  species 
is  entirely  unknown.  For  example,  the  South  Sea 
Islanders,  on  their  discovery  by  Europeans,  were 
found  to  be  well  stocked  with  a  small  black-legged 


Hoes.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


99 


hoif ;  and  the  traditionary  belief  of  the  people  in 
regard  to  the  original  introduction  of  these  animals 
Rliowcd  that  they  were  supposed  to  be  as  anciently 
descended  as  themselves.  Yet  the  latter  had  no 
knowledge  of  the  wild  boar  or  any  other  animal  of 
the  hog  kind  from  which  the  domestic  breed  might 
be  supposed  to  be  derived."  ('Quarterly  Journal 
of  Agriculture.') 

Among  our  Saxon  forefathers  the  hog  was  of 
great  importance :  its  flesh  was  a  staple  article  of 
consumption  in  every  household,  and  a  great  por- 
tion of  the  wealth  of  the  farmers  and  landed  pro- 
prietors consisted  of  droves  of  swine,  which  were 
attended  by  swineherds,  thralls,  or  bondslaves,  and 
which  were  driven  into  the  woods  of  oak  and  beech, 
in  order  to  feed  on  acorns  and  mast,  and  all  the 
while  guarded  from  the  attacks  of  the  wolf.  The 
domestic  hog  of  that  period  appears  to  have  closely 
resembled,  in  form  and  colour,  the  wild  species,  and 
the  old  unimproved  breed,  now  seldom  seen,  may 
be  regarded  as  its  modem  representative.  (Fig. 
433.)  There  are  now  in  our  island  several  breeds 
of  this  useful  animal,  of  acknowledged  excellence, 
the  result  of  judicious  crossings.  The  test  of  ex- 
cellence is  productibility,  a  readiness  to  become  fat, 
small  bone,  and  the  quality  of  the  whole  animal 
when  converted  into  bacon:  size  is  of  minor  im- 
portance. The  introduction  of  the  small  Chinese 
Dreed  is  one  great  source  of  improvement.  The 
Chinese  hog  is  short  in  the  head,  with  sharp  neat 
ears,  low  on  the  limbs,  and  high  in  the  chine.  It  is 
very  prolific,  and  fattens  readily.  (Fig.  434,  </.) 
The  prevailing  colours  are  black  or  half  black  and 
half  white.  This  breed,  or  one  closely  allied  to  it, 
extends  from  (^'hina  throughout  various  groups  of 
islands  in  the  Pacific. 

The  breed  nearest  to  the  Chinese  in  this  country 
is  the  Suffolk  (Fig.  4.34,  /) :  these  are  generally 
white  ;  they  are  compactly  made,  and  deep  in  the 
chest. 

Another  source  of  improvement  is  the  Neapolitan 
hog:  this  is  a  plump  animal  of  a  black  colour, 
without  any  hair,  and  with  a  singular  predisposition 
to  become  fat :  it  is  however  of  a  tender  constitu- 
tion. The  pure  black  breed  of  Essex,  which  has 
very  little  hair,  is  closely  allied  to  it,  and  when 
crossed  with  the  Neapolitan  produces  a  most  valu- 
able stock :  a  cross  between  the  Neapolitan  and 
Berkshire  breed  is  also  in  high  esteem.  A  breed 
between  the  Berkshire,  Chinese,  and  Neapolitan 
may,  by  careful  selection,  produce  every  quality 
which  can  be  desired :  great  fecundity,  an  early 
acquisition  of  fat,  and  moderate  size,  with  admirable 
form  and  proportions.  Our  group  of  hogs  fFig.  434) 
represent-i — a,  the  wild  boar;  b,  the  old  unimproved 
breed ;  c,  the  black  or  wire-haired  breed  ;  d,  e,  boar 
and  sow  of  the  improved  breed ;  /,  the  pure  Suffolk 
breed  ;  </.  the  Chinese  breed. 

The  domestic  hog  is  by  no  means  destitute  of 
intelligence,  and  little  deserves  the  character  of  a 
stupid  filthy  brute,  as  some  are  pleased  to  call  it. 
As  regards  filthiness,  everything  will  depend  on  its 
keeper:  it  is  true  that,  like  the  elephant  and  hippo- 
potamas,  it  delights  to  wallow  in  the  mire  ;  but  no 
animal  more  luxuriates  in  clean  straw,  and  when  it 
is  styed  up  in  filth  justice  is  not  done  to  it.  The 
hog  is  a  "  huge  feeder,"  but  so  are  the  horse  and  ox, 
and  a  fat  hog  is  a  more  comely-looking  beast  than 
one  that  is  lean  and  ill-fed.  With  respect  to  intelli- 
gence, we  rank  it  far  before  the  ox  and  horse, 
though  it  is  less  docile.  In  Minorca  it  is  used  to 
draw  the  plough,  and  works  well ;  and  Pennant  says 
that  in  the  district  of  Murray,  between  the  Spey  and 
Elgin,  it  was  formerly  employed  for  the  same  pur- 
pose, and  that  a.  credible  eye-witness  informed  riim 
"  that  he  had  seen  in  his  parish  there,  a  cow,  a  sow, 
and  two  younij  horses  voked  together  and  drawing 
a  plough  in  light  sandy  soil,  and  that  the  sow  was 
the  best  drawer  of  the  four."  The  senses  of  taste, 
smell,  and  hearing  are  possessed  in  great  perfec- 
tion by  the  hog:  it  is  a  saying  among  a  certain 
class  of  persons  that  pigs  can  smell  the  wind ;  they 
are  certainly  aware  of  the  approach  of  a  storm,  and 
we  have  seen  them  agitated  during  its  continuance, 
screaming,  and  running  about  with  straw  in  their 
mouths,  or  carrying  it  to  their  sty  a*  if  to  add  to 
their  shelter.  In  Italy  advantage  i«  said  to  be 
taken  of  the  sense  of  smell  with  which  this  animal 
is  endowed  in  searching  for  truffles;  and  in  our  own 
country  the  famous  sow  Slut  was  broke  in  to  the 
gun,  and  ittood  to  h^r  game  as  stanch  as  the  best 
pointer. 

The  genus  Su*  as  at  present  constituted  contains, 
besides  the  common  wild  hog  and  its  domestic  re- 
latives,  two  other  species  known  to  naturalists :  of 
thes«  one  is  the  Papuan  hog,  or  BSne  of  the  natives 
of  New  Guinea  (.Sus  Papuensis),  figured  and  de- 
scribed in  the  'Zoologie  de  la  Coquille,'  by  MM. 
I<es«on  and  Gamot.  It  is  remarkable  for  its  small 
•ize,  and  its  light  and  agreeable  proportions,  and 
the  shortness  of  the  tusks.  It  is  common  in  the 
forests  of  New  Guinea,  where  it  is  esteemed  by  the 
native  Papuan*  a*  delicate  food:  they  contrive  to 


catch  these  animals  when  young,  and  rear  them  in 
a  state  of  domestication. 

The  other  animal  is  the  Woodswine  of  South  and 
Eastern  Africa,  and  of  Madagascar,  the  Uosch-Vark 
of  the  Dutch  colonists  of  the  Cape  (Sus  larvatus, 
Cuv.).  This  savage  and  formidable  animal  resem- 
bles the  wild  boar  of  Europe,  but  its  head  is  larger 
in  proportion,  its  snout  broader,  and  an  elevated 
callous  protuberance  is  seated  on  the  cheeks  be- 
tween the  tusks  and  eyes,  giving  a  revolting  aspect 
to  the  physiognomy.  Prompt  and  vicious,  the 
Bosch-Vark  is  much  to  be  dreaded  in  combat,  its 
strength  and  the  size  of  its  tusks  rendering  it  a 
match  for  almost  any  foe.  It  dwells  in  excavations 
in  the  ground,  where  it  is  dangerous  to  attack  it,  as 
it  ruiihes  out  suddenly  from  its  retreat  and  deals 
rapid  destruction  among  its  assailants.  Dr.  Smith 
obsei-ves  that  this  species  is  subject  to  great  variety 
of  colouring,  scarcely  any  two  specimens  being  pre- 
cisely alike  :  some  are  of  a  brownish  black  variegated 
with  white,  and  others  are  of  an  almost  uniform  light 
reddish  brown  or  rufous  without  white  markings ; 
and  it  is  scarcely  possible  to  say  which  is  the  most 
prevailing  style  of  colouring.  The  bristles  are  long, 
particularly  upon  the  upper  parts  of  the  neck  and 
back;  the  canines  are  of  huge  size  and  strength: 
the  ears  are  short,  and  thinly  covered  both  without 
and  within  with  coarse  black  hair,  which  is  longest 
at  their  tips.  The  tail  is  thinly  covered  with  black 
bristles.  Average  length  of  body,  between  four  and 
five  feet;  of  the  tail,  one  foot. 

The  discovery  of  the  bones  of  an  extinct  hog  of 
huge  size  in  the  cavern  of  Sundwick  in  Westphalia 
is  due  to  M.  Goldfuss.  Bones  of  three  distinct 
species  occur  in  the  Epplesheim  sand  (Miocene 
division  of  tertiary  deposits,  Lyell),  and  fossil  relics 
of  a  species  have  been  found  in  Ilutton  Cave,  in 
Mendip,  and  in  other  places. 

Several  species  of  an  extinct  genus  (Chseropo- 
tamus)  closely  allied  to  the  hog  have  been  disco- 
vered in  the  gypsum  of  Montmaitre,  in  certain 
strata  in  Switzerland,  and  in  the  Eocene  formation 
of  the  Isle  of  Wight,  &c. 

Genus  Phacochcerus. — ^The  animals  contained  in 
this  genus  resemble  the  hog  in  manners,  form, 
and  aspect,  so  that,  were  it  not  for  the  peculiarity 
of  their  dentition,  they  would  necessarily  be  included 
in  the  genus  Sus.  Their  dentition,  however,  is  so 
different  from  that  of  the  hog  as  to  justify  their  se- 
paration. Instead  of  presenting  the  ordinary  struc- 
ture, the  grinders  have  a  great  analogy  with  those 
of  the  elephant:  they  are  composea  of  vertical 
cylinders  of  enamel,  enclosing  an  osseous  deposit, 
and  are  cemented  together  by  cortical  substance, 
or  crusta  petrosa.  It  is  long  before  the  root  of  these 
teeth  is  perfected,  and  they  advance  in  rotation 
from  behind  forwards,  pushing  before  them  the 
first  molars,  which  in  old  individuals  are  found  to 
be  either  greatly  reduced  or  to  have  entirely  dis- 
appeared. It  is  not  till  after  ceasing  to  push  for- 
ward that  the  roots  become  consolidated.  With 
regard  to  number  they  appear  to  vary.  In  the  skull 
of  the  Abyssinian  Phacocnoere  (Ph.  ./Eliani,  Riipp.), 
which  we  have  carefully  examined,  the  molars 
were  found  to  be  four  on  each  side  above  and  three 
below.  From  the  first  molar  above,  which  was 
very  small,  to  the  third,  the  increase  in  size  was 
gradual,  but  the  fourth  molar  was  long  and  nar- 
rowed gradually  as  it  proceeded  backwards.  Had 
the  animal  lived  much  longer,  it  is  probable  that 
the  first  molar  would  have  disappeared :  the  denti- 
tion would  then  have  been  as  represented  in  Fig. 
4.36.  The  incisors  were  two  above  and  six  below. 
The  tusks  were  enormous.  It  would  seem  that  the 
presence  of  incisors  is  variable  ;  for  in  the  South 
African  species  they  either  do  not  exist  or  are  un- 
developed. Cuvier  states  that  vestiges  of  them  are 
sometimes  found  under  the  gum ;  but  in  specimens 
from  Cape  Verde  the  incisors  are  generally  com- 
plete. 

Fig.  436  is  one  side  of  the  upper  jaw  of  the  South 
African  Phacochoere  :  Fig.  4'}7,  one  side  of  the  lower 
jaw  of  the  Cape  Verde  species :  Fig.  438,  a  lateral 
view  of  the  last  molar  tooth,  which  may  be  compared 
with  the  molar  of  the  elephant. 

The  head  of  these  animals  is  enormously  large 
and  heavy ;  the  eyes  are  small  and  set  high  on  the 
forehead,  which  is  depressed  between  them ;  under 
each  eye  is  a  large  coarse  fleshy  lobe ;  and  a  warty 
excrescence  appears  on  each  side  of  the  muzzle,  be- 
tween the  eye  and  the  tusks.  The  muzzle  is  very 
broad,  and  the  ears  are  erect. 

435.— The  South  African  PHACOCHffiHE 

(Phacochanu    yJUl/iiopiau,  F.    Cuvier),  or   Vlacke 
Vark  of  the  Cape  colonists.    The  phacochoere  found 
in  Guinea,  at  Cape  Verde,  and  along  the  Senegal, 
is  regarded  as  distinct  from  the  present  species  by 
F.   Cuvier,   in  consequence   of  the   possession   of 
incisors ;  and  is  termed  by  him  Ph.  Africanus,    The  j 
range  of  the  South  African  phacochfere,  or  Vlacke  ' 
Vark,  does  not  appear  to  be  precisely  determined  ;  [ 
formerly  it  existed  within  the  limits  of  the  Cape  I 


colony,  and  still  lingers  on  the  frontier  districts, 
but  is  much  more  common  in  the  remoter  latitudes. 
In  the  frontier  districts  these  animals  seldom  venture 
to  seek  their  food  during  the  day  ;  but  in  the  coun- 
tries inhabited  by  natives  who  are  destitute  of  the 
efHciunt  arms  of  the  colonists  they  are  at  all  times 
to  be  met,  though  their  favourite  feeding-times  are 
early  in  the  morning,  late  in  the  evening,  and  even 
during  the  night,  if  it  be  moonlight.  When  disturbed 
in  its  retreats,  and  especially  when  hunted,  the 
yiacke  Vark  is  a  very  dangerous  animal ;  fur  though 
it  will  not  turn  out  of  its  way  to  give  chase,  yet  if 
brought  to  bay,  or  forced  to  extremity,  it  attacks 
with  furious  impetuosity,  and  strikes  with  its  tusks, 
which  are  dreadful  weapons :  it  has  been  known  to 
cut  with  one  stroke  completely  through  the  fleshy 
part  of  a  man's  thigh.  We  learn  that  though  this 
animal  is  used  as  food  by  the  colonists,  the  Hotten- 
tots, and  Bechuanas,  it  is  rejected  by  the  Coa*t 
Caffres,  who  are  much  more  particular  as  to  what 
thev  eat  than  any  other  natives  of  South  Africa, 
anu  consider  as  an  inferior  class  the  persons  who 
consume  as  food  the  articles  which  they  hold  as 
prohibited.  The  top  of  the  head,  the  upper  part  of 
the  neck,  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  back  are 
covered  with  very  long  and  rigid  bristles  of  a  black- 
brown  colour,  those  on  the  top  of  the  head  diverging 
like  the  rays  of  a  circle.  On  the  other  parts  the 
hair  is  shorter  and  of  a  dull  brown,  slightly  inclined 
to  white  on  the  belly  and  flanks.  The  tail,  except 
along  the  top,  where  it  is  furnished  with  a  number 
of  blackish  brown  bristles,  is  nearly  naked.  Lengtlv, 
of  head  and  body,  about  five  feet ;  of  the  tail,  about, 
eleven  inches. 

439,  440. — The  Abyssinian  PHACOCHfERE 
(Ph.  JEliani,  Iliippell),  This  species  was  found  by 
Riippell  first  in  Kordofan,  but  afterwards  in  greater 
abundance  on  the  eastern  slope  of  Abyssinia.  It 
haunts  low  bushes  and  forests ;  and  has  a  habit  of 
creeping  on  its  bent  fore-limbs  in  quest  of  food.  In 
this  altitude,  it  uses  its  tusks  in  digging  up  or  tear- 
ing out  of  the  ground  the  roots  of  plants,  which 
constitute  part  of  its  diet.  When  thus  engaged  it 
pushes  its  body  forwards  by  means  of  its  hind-legs, 
in  order  to  move  along.  This  habit  of  kneeling  to 
feed  has  been  observed  in  the  species  from  Cape 
Verde.  We  have  occasionally  noticed  it  in  the 
common  hog. 

441,  442.— The  ANopi.oTnp.iimM.  1», 

Our  figures  give  Cuvier's  restoration  of  the  out- 
lines of  two  species  of  the  extinct  group  of  Pachy- 
dermata  termed  Anoplotherium,  the  (ussil  relics  of 
which,  mixed  v/ith  those  of  the  Palajotherium,. 
occur  in  the  gypsum-quarries  near  Paris,  and  also, 
though  more  rarely,  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
Oritans  and  Genoa.  These  Anoplolhcria  are 
remarkable  for  the  characters  of  their  dentition; 
the  teeth  consist  in  each  jaw  of  six  incisors,  two 
canines,  and  fourteen  molars,  reckoning  both  sides  - 
together;  and  these  are  arranged^  in  a  continued 
and  uninterrupted  series ;  without  any  vacancy 
between  the  incisors  and  the  canines,  or  between 
the  canines  and  the  molars.  The  canines  resemble 
the  incisors  in  form,  and  might  be  mistaken  for 
them ;  the  four  posterior  molars  are  like  those  of 
the  rhinoceros.  The  feet  are  cloven  as  in  the  deer, 
being  divided  into  two  toes,  sheathed  with  a  hoof 
at  the  extremity ;  in  the  deer  and  other  Kuminant* 
the  metacarpal  and  metatarsal  bones  arc  blended 
into  a  single  canon-bone,  but  in  the  Anoplotherium 
they  are  separate  as  in  the  hog.  Allied  to  the 
Pachydermata  in  some  points,  and  in  others  to  the 
Kuminantia,  the  Anoplotheria  appear  to  have  occu- 
pied an  intermediate  station  between  these  two 
great  orders :  their  heads,  judging  from  the  skull, 
partook  of  the  form  of  that  of  the  horse  and  of  the 
camel ;  the  snout  was  not  elongated  into  a  pro- 
boscis as  in  the  tapir  or  the  elephant.  The  Anoplo- 
theria are  divideu  into  three  subgenera,  on  various 
minor  details  of  structure.  The  restricted  division 
Anoplotherium  Proper  comprehends  two  species, 
viz.,  A.  commune  ("big.  441),  about  the  size  of  the 
ass,  and  the  A.  secundarium,  about  the  size  of  the 
hog.  These  animals  were  low  on  the  limbs,  and 
probably  resembled  the  tapirs  in  their  habits,  but 
were  furnished  with  a  long  tail  compressed  horizon- 
tally at  the  base,  and  rendering  them  more  essen- 
tially aquatic :  they  resorted  to  lakes  and  marshes 
in  search  of  aquatic  plants,  and,  as  the  flattened 
form  of  the  tail  indicates,  must  have  swum  and  dived 
with  greater  ease  than  either  the  hippopotamus  or 
tapir. 

The  subgenus  Ziphodon  contains  but  a  single 
species  (A.  gracile :  Fig.  442),  a  light,  slender, 
graceful  creature,  with  much  of  the  contour  of  the 
gazelle  :  it  was  probably  fleet  and  active,  and  wa* 
confined  to  the  dry  land,  where  it  fed  like  the  deer. 
The  tail  was  short,  and  in  this  respect  and  in  its 
general  figure,  as  the  skeletons  prove,  it  must  have 
exhibited  a  complete  contrast  to  the  low-built, 
heavy  Anoplotherium  commune.    The  third  sub 

02 


■■C\ 


"^JMjUII: 


433.— DocMtlc  Hog. 


434.-  Group  of  I>(;in(»st!c  Hops. 


431.— Fin;a!e  Wild  Hog  nml  Young. 


436  to  43S.— Teeth  of  Phacochoere. 


ICO 


'  14?  ■  '  try, 

438.— Africiui  Boar. 


432.— Boar-hunting  hi  India. 


442.— Anoplotberium. 


441.— Anoplotlieiiniii. 


439. — Abyssinian  riiaccclicere. 


428*.-  (J-and  Bonr-hiint. 


^mmm^^^^ 


440.— Abywlnlan  Phaccchcerp. 


44-i*.- Skeleton  of  Horse. 


]01 


102 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[flORSES, 


genus,  Oichobnnes,  contains  three  species,  D.  lepo- 
rinum,  murinum,  and  obliquum :  the  first  about  the 
size  of  a  hare  ;  the  other  two,  of  a  guinea-pig.  Tliey 
appear  to  have  had  much  of  the  form,  and  probably 
of  the  habits,  of  the  httle  musk-deer,  or  chevro- 
tains. 

Genus  Equus. — This  penus,  which  contains  the 
Horse  and  its  immediate  relatives,  presents  us  with 
a  Solidungulous  group  of  Pachyderms,  of  which  the 
utility  of  some  to  man  scarcely  requires  to  be 
pointed  out.  These  animals  have  but  a  single  toe 
on  each  foot.  The  fore-arm  (see  skeleton,  Fig.  444») 
consists  of  a  single  bone,  made  up,  it  is  true,  of  an 
ulna  and  radius,  but  the  ulna  is  only  to  be  traced  in 
the  olecranon  process  showing  itself  as  a  fixed 
appendage  to  the  radius  at  the  elbow-joint.  The 
carpus  consists  of  seven  bones,  and  to  these  suc- 
ceeds a  long  metacarpal  bone,  in  one  solid  piece, 
called  the  canon-bone :  to  this  succeed  three 
phalangal  bones,  forming  one  digit;  the  first  is 
termed  the  pastern,  the  second  the  coronet  or 
crown-bone,  the  last  the  coffin-bone,  which  is  in- 
closed in  a  hoof  of  thick,  firm  horn.  On  this  the 
horse  treads  with  an  elastic  step  resulting  from  the 
oblique  position  of  the  bones  of  the  leg  and  foot, 
but  especially  from  the  yielding  of  the  pastern,  its 
elasticity  being  provided  for  by  a  ligament  which 
passes  down  the  canon-bone  and  along  the  pastern 
to  the  coffin-bone.  The  expansibility  of  the  hoof 
must  not  be  overlooked ;  it  is  essential  to  a  free  and 
safe  step,  but  is  too  often  irreparably  injured  by  the 
mode  of  shoeing  pursued  by  farriers.  Under  the 
coffin-bone,  forming  a  sort  of  sole,  is  a  part  called 
the  frog,  consisting  of  an  elastic,  fatty  cushion, 
covered  by  a  triangular  elevation  of  horn  ;  at  each 
step  the  frog  yields  beneath  the  superincumbent 
pressure,  and,  swelling  out  laterally,  expands  the 
heels  of  the  hoof.  This  frog  ought  always  to  touch 
the  ground :  it  does  so  naturally ;  and  where  bad 
shoeing  prevents  it,  the  crust  of  the  hoof  bearing 
all  the  weight  of  the  body,  and  the  shock  of  every 
step  as  the  animal  trots  along  a  hard  road,  inflam- 
mation and  disease  ensue.  It  has  been  said,  that 
the  canon-bone  of  the  horse,  representing  the  meta- 
carpus (and  the  same  observation  applies  to  the 
canon  or  metatarsal  bone  of  the  hind-leg),  consists 
of  a  single  piece  :  there  is,  however,  on  each  side 
at  its  inferior  extremity  a  slender  styloid-bone, 
narrowing  as  it  proceeds  to  a  point.  These  must  be 
regarded  as  the  rudiments  of  two  additional  meta- 
carpal bones. 

The  dentition  of  the  genus  Equus  is  as  follows : 

6—6 

—  =40. 


Incisors  -,  canines  in  male  , — r,  molars  „ 
6  1 — 1  o 


The  incisors  in  youth  have  broad  edges  channelled 
out  into  a  cavity,  which  by  degrees  becomes  ob- 
literated. The  molars  have  square  crowns,  sharply 
edged  with  enamel,  in  a  crescent  form;  the 
canines  are  only  in  the  males.  i\Iany  tricks  are 
played  by  horse-dealers,  to  give  apparent  age  to 
a  colt,  and  thereby  enhance  its  value ;  and,  after 
maturity,  to  give  to  the  teeth  that  appearance  which 
they  would  have  when  the  prime  of  strength  and 
vigour  was  just  attained  to.  The  following  observa- 
tions from  the  'Penny  Cycloptodia'  are  very  ex- 
cellent : — 

"The  honest  mouth  of  a  three-year-old  horse 
should  be  thus  formed : — the  central  incisors  or  nip- 
pers are  palpably  larger  than  the  othere,  and  have 
the  mark  on  their  upper  surface  evident  and  well 
defined.  They  will  however  be  lower  than  the 
other  teeth.  The  mark  in  the  next  pair  of  nippers 
will  be  nearly  worn  away,  and  that  in  the  comer 
nippers  will  begin  to  wear. 

"  At  three  years  and  a  half  the  second  nippers  will 
be  pushed  from  their  sockets,  and  their  place  gradu- 
ally supplied  by  a  new  pair ;  and  at  four  and  a  half 
the  comer  nippers  will  be  undergoing  the  same 
process.  Thus  at  four  years  old  the  central 
nippers  will  be  fully  grown ;  the  next  pair  will  be 
up,  but  will  not  have  attained  their  full  height ;  and 
the  comer  nippers  will  be  small,  with  their  mark 
nearly  effaced.  At  five  years  old  the  mark  will 
begin  to  be  effaced  from  the  central  teeth,  the  next 
pair  will  be  fully  grown,  and  the  blackness  of  the 
mark  a  little  taken  off,  and  the  corner  pair  will  be 
protruding  or  partly  grown. 

"  At  this  period,  or  between  the  fourth  and  fifth 
year,  another  change  will  have  taken  place  in  the 
mouth;  the  tushes  will  have  begun  to  appear. 
There  will  be  two  of  them  in  each  jaw,  between  the 
nippers  and  the  grinders,  considerably  nearer  to  the 
former  than  the  latter,  and  particularly  so  in  the 
jower  jaw.  The  use  of  these  tushes  in  the  domesti- 
cated state  of  the  horce  is  not  evident ;  but  they 
were  probably  designed  as  weapons  of  offence  in  the 
wild  state  of  the  animal.  Attempts  are  too  fre- 
quently made  to  hasten  the  appearance  of  the 
second  and  the  corner  teeth,  and  the  gum  is  often 
deeply  lanced  in  order  to  hasten  the  appearance  of 
the  tush. 

"  At  six  years  old  the  mark  on  the  central  nippers 


will  be  diminished,  if  not  .obliterated.  A  depres- 
sion and  a  mark  of  rather  brown  hue  may  remain, 
but  the  deep  blackened  hole  in  the  centre  will  no 
longer  be  found.  The  other  incisors  will  also  be 
somewhat  worn,  and  the  tush  fully  developed. 

"  At  seven  the  mark  on  the  next  pair  of  incisors 
will  have  nearly  disappeared  and  the  tush  will  be 
rounded  at  the  point  and  the  edges. 

"  At  eight  the  mark  will  have  disappeared  from 
all  the  incisor  teeth,  and  the  tush  will  be  evidently 
rounder  and  blunter." 

In  the  horse  there  are  warty  callosities  on  the 
inner  aspect  of  the  fore  and  hind  legs  ;  in  the  other 
species,  on  the  fore  legs  only.  The  lips  are  muscu- 
lar and  prehensile,  and  the  muzzle  hairy. 

443.— The  Horsk 

(Equus  Caballus).  We  present  at  one  view  a  group 
of  British  horses,  which  cjinnot  fail  to  interest  those 
who  admire  this  noble  animal,  and  are  aware  (and 
who  is  not  ?)  of  the  excellence  of  our  breeds.  Fig. 
443 :  a  represents  the  Welsh  poney ;  b,  the  Shetland 
poney;  c,  the  Cart  Horse;  d,  the  Hunter;  e,  the 
Itacer.  Fig.  444  is  the  copy  of  a  horse's  head, 
from  a  fragment  in  the  Elgin  Marbles,  British 
Museum,  which  will  serve  to  give  an  idea  of 
the  characters  of  the  war-horse  of  ancient  Greece, 
and  which  forcibly  calls  to  mind  the  splendid 
description  in  the  book  of  Job — "  Thou  hast  given 
the  horse  strength,  thou  hast  clothed  his  neck  with 
thunder"  (Job  xxxix.  19 — ^25) ;  or  that  of  Vir- 
gil— "  Turn  siqua  sonum  procul  arma  dedere,"  &c. 
('Georg.'  lib.  iii.,  line  83,  et  seq.) 

A  natural  question  at  the  outset  of  our  description 
of  the  horse  suggests  itself;  it  is  one,  however, 
which  has  been  often  asked,  but  which  is  not  easy 
of  solution.  What  is  the  origin  of  our  domestic 
horse  ;  and  at  what  period,  and  by  what  people, 
was  it  first  reclaimed  ?  We  may  at  once  state  that 
the  origin  of  the  domestic  hoi-se  is  unknown,  and 
probably  does  not  exist.  The  troops  of  wild  horses 
which  scour  the  deserts  of  Taitary  are  regarded  by 
naturalists,  and  with  justice,  as  the  descendants  of 
a  domesticated  stock  ;  and  the  herds  of  horses  which, 
roam  over  the  plains  of  South  America  are  con- 
fessedly derived  from  horses  introduced  by  the 
Spaniards,  according  to  Azara,  in  1535.  It  is  a 
hazardous  opinion,  but  some  have  been  disposed 
to  entertain  it,  that  the  horse  as  now  existing  is  not 
the  pure  descendant  of  a  single  species,  but  a 
factitious  being,  the  result  of  a  mixture  of  closely- 
allied  .primitive  species,  whose  hybrid  offsprings, 
possessing  prolific  powers,  have  again  and  again 
blended  together,  till,  by  care,  climate,  and  soil,  the 
distinct  breeds  have  been  formed  which  are  now 
spread  over  different  parts  of  the  globe.  How  far 
this  hypothesis,  which  was  entertained  by  Pallas  and 
others,  approximates  to  the  truth  it  is  impossible 
to  say ;  certain  it  is  that  no  primitive  species  of 
horse,  no  wild  descendant  of  the  original  stock,  is 
now  existing.  Whatever  it  once  was,  it  exists  no 
longer ;  nor  know  we  when  or  under  what  circum- 
stances it  vanished  from  the  face  of  the  earth.  Of 
what  country  is  the  horse  originally  a  native  ? 
According  to  Mr.  Bell,  who  considers  it  "at  least 
highly  probable  that  the  Egyptians  first  reduced  the 
hoi-se  under  human  subjugation,  it  is  to  the  same 
country,  or  at  least  to  those  parts  of  Africa  which 
were  in  close  relationship  to  it,  that  we  may  rea- 
sonably look  for  its  native  locality  before  that 
event."  It  may  be  so  ;  out  we  cannot  help  think- 
ing that  the  wild  horse  (if  specifically  the  same) 
was  spread  over  many  countries :  nor  is  it  per- 
haps too  much  to  suspect  that  the  bones  found 
so  abundantly  in  superficial  gravels,  sands,  and 
clays,  &c.,  may  be,  some  of  them  at  least,  the 
relics  of  the  primitive  race,  from  which  the  modern 
stock  has  descended ;  but  which  has,  after  giving 
to  man  a  reclaimed  progeny,  passed  utterly  away. 
With  respect  to  the  ox,  Cuvier  maintains  a  similar 
theory,  and  Mr.  Bell  leans  to  the  same  opinion  : 
"  In  this  country,"  he  observes,  "  and  in  many  parts 
of  the  Continent,  have  occurred  numerous  Ibssil 
bones  of  oxen,  with  large  horns,"  &c. ;  and  he  adds, 
"I  cannot  but  consider  it  as  extremely  probable 
that  these  fossil  remains  belonged  to  the  original 
wild  condition  of  our  domestic  ox — an  opinion  which 
Cuvier  appears  to  have  entertained,  who  calls  the 
skulls '  cranes  semblables  i  ceux  d'un  boeuf  domes- 
tique.'  They  are  found  only  in  very  recent  de- 
posits, mingled  with  the  remains  of  various  other 
animals." 

It  is  generally  supposed  that  the  Egyptians  were 
the  first  who  reclaimed  the  horse,  and  this  opinion 
is  founded  on  the  circumstance  that  in  Scripture  the 
first  notice  of  the  horse  is  in  connection  with  Egypt, 
when  Joseph  attained  to  power  and  dignity,  and  that 
at  a  subsequent  period  Egypt  supplied  Solomon  with 
horses.  Certainly  the  horse  was  at  an  early  period 
domesticated  in  Egypt,  and  used  as  an  arm  of  war, 
and  on  state  occasions :  "  And  he  (Pharaoh)  made 
him  (Joseph)  ride  in  the  second  chariot  which  he 
had"  (Gen.  xli.  43) ;  and  during  the  seven  years' 


famine  Joseph  not  only  sold  corn  out  of  the  royal 
granaries  for  money,  but  "  gave  them  bread  in  ex- 
change for  horses"  (Gen.  xlvii.  17) ;  and  no  doubt 
Egypt  had  a  noble  breed.  In  their  contests,  how- 
ever, for  the  Promised  Land,  we  find  the  Israelites 
brought  in  collision  with  the  Canaanites,  Amorite8 
and  others,  in  whose  armies  were  "  horses,  and  cha- 
riots very  manv"  (Joshua  xi.  4) ;  and  we  read 
that  "  he  houghed  their  horses,  ana  burned  their 
chariots  with  fire'' — so  that  other  nations  of  that 
period  besides  the  Egyptians  employed  this  animal,, 
and  in  the  same  manner.  As  far  back  as  the  re- 
cords of  history  conduct  us,  we  find  the  Scythians- 
possessed  of  horses  and  celebrated  as  horsemen. 
vVas  the  Scythian  breed  anciently  obtained  from 
Egypt  ?  The  Babylonians  possessed  vast  numbers 
of  horses :  Tritantoechmes,  a  Satrap  of  Babylonia,, 
possessed,  in  addition  to  his  war-horses,  800  for 
private  use,  and  16,000  brood  mares.  India  pos- 
sessed horses,  and  assisted  Xerxes  with  cavalry  and 
chariots  of  war  ;  some  drawn  by  horses,  others  by 
wild  asses.  The  Bactrians  and  Caspians  also  brought 
cavalry  and  infantry.  (Herodotus.)  The  same  au- 
thor, speaking  of  the  products  of  India,  viz.  quadm- 
peds  and  birds,  whicti  are  larger  than  those  of  any 
other  country,  excepts  the  horse,  which  is  surpassed 
in  size  by  the  Nisoean  horse  of  the  Medes,  of  which 
ten  gorgeously  caparisoned  added  to  the  splendour 
of  Xerxes's  array  ;  and  Strabo  expressly  asserts  that 
there  was  a  dispute  as  to  whether  the  Niscean  horse 
was  a  native  of  Media  or  Armenia,  as  specimens  of 
the  breed  were  to  be  found  in  both  countries. 
Leaving  undecided,  as  it  ever  must  be,  the  origin 
and  original  country  of  the  horse,  we  may  observe, 
that  at  an  early  period  the  horse  was  used  in  our 
island.  When  Julius  CiEsar  invaded  our  shores,  he 
was  opposed  not  only  by  infantry,  but  by  horsemen 
and  charioteers ;  and  the  skill  with  which  the  horse* 
and  chariots  were  managed  excited  the  great  war- 
rior's admiration — a  circumstance  sufficient  to  prove 
a  long  acquaintance  with  the  animal,  as  well  as 
that  the  Britons  in  Caesar's  time  were  more  ad- 
vanced in  social  refinement  than  some  historian* 
have  admitted.  We  do  not  know  with  certainty 
the  characters  of  the  ancient  British  horse  ;  yet,  from 
the  rapid  movements  of  the  cavalry  and  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  charioteers  dashed  along,  we  may 
readily  infer  that  the  horses  were  light,  strong, 
docile,  and  spirited ;  probably  they  much  resembled 
those  used  by  the  Cossacks  of  the  Don  and  Wolga 
at  the  present  day.  They  were  at  all  events  highly 
valued,  and  were  exported,  together  with  Britisti 
mastiffs,  to  Rome. 

We  know  that  the  Romans  possessed  an  excellent 
breed  of  horses,  and  paid  great  attention  to  them. 
In  modern  Italy  the  breed  is  crossed  with  the  barb 
from  the  North  of  Africa  ;  at  least,  the  horses  used 
for  light  work,  the  saddle,  and  trials  of  speed,  aie 
of  this  mixture,  and  the  term  barbari  is  given  to 
them.  These  barbari  are  small,  generally  rather 
under  than  over  fourteen  hands,  clean  limbed,  well 
formed,  compact,  and  spirited,  giving  evidence  of 
good  blood.  The  barb  is  an  offset  of  the  Arab  race, 
and  is  greatly  mixed  with  the  best  Andalusiau  stock 
in  Spam. 

The  Persian  horse  closely  resembles  the  Arab, 
but  is  generally  taller.  M.  Huzard  states  that  in 
the  north  of  Persia  a  race  of  horses  exists  stronger 
than  the  Normandy  horse,  and  which  are  fed  on  the 
vast  plains  of  Chirvan  and  Mazenderan.  He  adds 
that  these  horses  are  in  great  request  for  the  Persian 
cavalry. 

The  best  horses  in  India  are  of  Arabic  or  Persian 
descent.  In  Moore's  '  Notices  of  the  Indian  Archi- 
pelago,' we  are  assured  that  in  every  country  lying 
east  of  the  Burrampooter  and  south  of  the  tropic, 
the  horse,  however  diversified,  is  little  better  than  a 
poney. 

This  fact,  after  quitting  Bengal,  is  first  noticed 
in  the  countries  of  Cassay,  Ava,  and  Pegue.  Here 
the  horse  seldom  equals  thirteen  hands  high,  but  is 
active,  spirited,  and  well  formed.  As  we  proceed  to 
the  south  and  east,  the  horse  becomes  more  diminu- 
tive, and  those  of  Lao,  Siam,  and  the  southern  pro- 
vinces of  China  are  inferior  in  size  and  beauty  to 
those  of  Ava  and  Pegue.  The  Siamese  and  Cochin- 
Chinese  have  no  cavalry,  and  make  no  use  of  their 
poneys  except  for  riding  on  ordinary  occasions.  Even 
for  this  last  purpose  they  are  not  esteemed,  the  ele- 
phant being  always  preferred  as  a  more  respectable 
and  dignified  mode  of  conveyance.  In  the  Malayan 
Peninsula  there  are  no  plains  or  roads,  and  the  in- 
habitants, living  almost  exclusively  on  the  low  and 
woody  banks  of  the  rivers,  naturally  substitute  theit 
canoes  and  boats  for  beasts  of  carriage  and  burden, 
and  hence  the  horse  has  not  yet  been  naturalised 
amongst  them.  Proceeding  eastward  in  the  .Ma- 
layan Islands,  the.  horse  fii-st  occurs  in  the  interior 
of  Sumatra,  and  her^  we  have  two  of  the  best 
breeds  known  in  those  countries,  the  Achin  and 
Batta,  both  very  spirited,  but  .small,  and  better  suited 
for  draught  than  the  saddle. 

Of  all  the  countries  of  the  Archipelago  the  horse 


Horses.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


103 


is  most  frequent  in  the  island  of  Java.  The 
Javanese  poney  is  generally  larger  than  that  of 
Sumatra,  and  has  more  the  form  of  a  horse,  is  more 
temperate,  but  less  gay  and  handsome.  Two  dis- 
tinct races  may  be  described — that  of  the  plains,  and 
that  of  the  mountains.  The  iirst  of  these  is  some- 
what coarse,  somewhat  sluggish  in  disposition,  and 
so  large  as  occasionally  to  reach  the  height  of 
thirteen  hands  and  an  inch.  The  second  is  small 
and  hardy,  and,  as  in  the  case  of  the  kuningan,  a 
breed  in  the  interior  of  Qheribon,  sometimes  very 
handsome.  The  horse  is  used  in  Java  for  the  saddle, 
and  as  a  beast  of  burden,  but  never  by  the  natives 
in  agricultural  labour  or  any  species  of  draught. 
Europeans  use  them  extensively  in  their  carriages, 
and  on  the  level  and  well-constructed  roads  of  Java 
the  traveller  is  conveyed  at  the  rate  of  twelve  and 
even  fifteen  miles  an  hour  in  a  carriage  drawn  by 
four  of  these  little  animals.  We  must  take  this  oppor- 
tunity, however,  to  remark  that  there  is  no  advantage 
whatever  in  the  employment  of  this  diminutive 
breed  of  cattle.  A  pair  of  good  English  post-horses 
■will  go  a  stage  of  fifteen  miles  on  such  roads  as  those 
of  Java  without  difficulty.  To  perform  the  same 
distance  in  a  carriage  of  the  same  weight  requires 
twelve  .Javanese  poneys.  One  horse  therefore  is 
equal  to  six  poneys,  and  as  at  the  utmost  a  fnll- 
grown  horse  will  not  consume  above  double  the 
food  of  a  poney,  the  charge  of  maintaining  him,  in 
proportion  to  the  work  he  is  capable  of  performing, 
is  no  more  than  one  third. 

The  horse,  but  of  a  very  inferior  breed,  is  found 
on  the  islands  of  Bali  and  Lombok.  Passing  over 
these,  we  come  to  the  island  of  Sambawa,  which 
produces  two  different  races — those  of  Tamboro 
and  Bima.  The  last,  especially  those  of  Gunong 
Api,  are  by  far  the  handsomest  breed  of  the  Archi- 
pelago, and  are  extensively  exported.  The  Bima 
poneys  possess  strength,  symmetry,  and  beauty;  and 
at  first  appearance  bear  some  resemblance  to  the 
Arab.  Upon  a  closer  examination,  however,  it  does 
not  appear  that  they  are  entitled  to  be  considered 
as  possessed  of  the  quUities  designated  blood  in  the 
language  of  the  turf,  and  which  is  only  to  be  found 
in  the  Arab,  and  his  descendant — the  English  race- 
horse. The  limbs  indeed  exhibit  this  character, 
but  it  is  wanting  in  the  skin  and  coat,  which  are 
thick  and  harsh,  and  it  is  not  even  present  in  the 
shape  and  expression  of  the  head,  although  very 
pretty. 

Alter  pa.ssing  Sambawa,  the  horse  is  traced  to 
Flores,  Sandal-wood  Island,  and  Timor;  but  no- 
where farthrr  to  the  east,  being  unknown  in  the 
Moluccas.  New  Guinea,  and  the  neighbouring 
islands.  Next  to  Java,  the  horse  is  found  in  the 
greatest  abundance  on  the  island  of  Celebes.  Upon 
the  whole,  we  consider  this  to  be  the  best  breed  of 
the  Archipelago.  In  the  great  island  of  Borneo 
the  horse  is  found  only  in  its  north-eastern  extremity 
opposite  to  the  Suluk  cluster,  where  also,  as  well  as 
in  the  group  of  the  Philippine  islands,  it  is  frequent. 
The  Philippine  poney  bears  some  resemblance  to 
that  of  Celebes,  but,  judging  from  the  specimens 
we  have  seen,  is  somewhat  larger  than  this,  and  in 
figure  and  beauty  inferior  to  the  breeds  of  Sambawa, 
Java,  and  Sumatra.  We  do  not  imagine  that  it 
contains  any  admixture  of  the  Spanish  blood, 
althoueh  this  has  been  suspected. 

Within  the  Archipelago,  as  in  other  part*  of  the 
world,  the  colour  of  the  horse  is  singularly  connected 
with  qualify,  temper,  and  locality.  The  prevailing 
colour  of  the  Achin  poneys  is  piebald,  which  be- 
comes rarer  and  rarer  as  we  proceed  eastward.  A 
Bima  poney  of  this  colour  is  as  rarely  seen  as  a  black 
Arab.  The  prevailing  colour  of  the  liatta  poney  is 
bay  and  mouse-colour.  In  Java  the  best  horses  are 
those  of  the  most  prevalent  colours,  viz.,  bays  and 
greys ;  the  roan  and  mouse-coloured  horses  are  very 
generally  good.  The  worst  colours  are  black  and 
chestnut.  The  Javanese  have  such  a  dislike  to  the 
latter  colour,  that  chestnut  horses  are  not  permitted 
to  appear  at  their  public  tournaments.  Bays,  greys, 
and  duns  are  the  best  and  most  frequent  colours  in 
the  Bima  poneys.  Blacks  itnd  chestnuts  are  not 
frequent,  but  they  are  not  considered  inferior. 
■Greys  and  bays  prevail  amongst  the  poneys  of  Ce- 
lebes and  the  Philippines,  nearly  to  the  exclusion  of 
all  others. 

In  the  plains  of  Celebes  wild  herds  of  horses 
exist,  doubtless  the  descendants  of  a  domesticated 
ftock. 

During  the  dominion  of  the  Romans  in  Britain  it 
is  very  probable  that  some  modification  in  the 
characters  of  the  British  horse  would  result  from  its 
admixture  with  other  breeds  imported  by  the  con- 
querors from  Italy,  Gaul,  and  Spain  ;  but  to  what 
extent  this  took  place  we  have  no  means  of  ascer- 
taining. At  a  suDsequent  period,  during  the  Saxon 
dway,  it  would  appear  that  a  fine  breed  existed  in 
our  island  :  for  we  find  that  Athelstan  (a.d.  930) 
forbade  the  exportation  of  horses  under  any  circum- 
itances,  cxct^it  as  presents  to  monarchs,  whence  it 
may  be  concluded  that  the  English  horse  was  then 


valued  on  the  Continent.  Besides  endeavouring  to 
preserve  the  native  breed,  Athelstan  endeavoured 
to  improve  it,  and  received  several  German  running- 
horses,  that  is,  horses  formed  for  speed,  from  Hugh 
Capet  of  France. 

The  Norman  Conquest  was  productive  of  changes 
in  the  English  breed,  resulting  from  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  Spanish  horse  by  some  of  the  barons  on 
the  estates  Ihey  had  acquired  by  the  right  of  the 
sword.  The  Crusades  brought  the  English  into  con- 
tact with  the  spirited  horses  of  Arabia  and  Syria ; 
and  there  is  little  doubt  that  some  were  brought  to 
our  country.  Two  horses  of  Eastern  origin,  and 
purchased  at  Cyprus,  were  possessed  by  Richard 
Cocur-de-Lion,  and  are  celebrated  as  unequalled  for 
speed :  most  probably  they  were  not  adapted  for  the 
tournament  or  the  shock  of  battle,  or  the  weight  of 
a  knight  cased  in  a  heavy  mail. 

In  the  reign  of  John,  who,  as  Rapin  observes, 
scarcely  possessed  one  valuable  qualification,  chosen 
horses  were  introduced  by  his  direction  from  Flan- 
ders, for  the  purposes  of  improving  the  breed  of 
draught  horses;  and  that  monarch  himself  accu- 
mulated a  stud  of  the  most  superb  horses  to  be 
found. 

During  subsequent  reigns  Spanish  barbs,  Lom- 
bardy  war-horses,  and  heavy  Flanders  horses,  were 
obtained ;  and  thus  gradually  three  sets  or  breeds 
of  horses  became  established,  exclusive  of  the 
poney,  which,  time  immemorial,  has  inhabited  the 
mountains  of  Wales  and  Scotland,  and  the  Shetland 
Islands. 

Of  these  breeds,  one  was  the  war-horse,  fitted 
to  bear  a  warrior  clad  in  heavy  armour,  oppressive 
to  the  wearer,  but  more  to  the  horee,  which  was 
also  to  a  great  degree  protected  in  the  same  man- 
ner. Its  principal  requisite  was  strength  and  en- 
durance, not,  however,  to  the  exclusion  of  a  certain 
degree  of  fleetness :  it  probably  resembled  the 
coach-horse  of  the  present  day,  and  was  a  powerful 
animal,  of  high  action  and  great  spirit.  Besides 
this  stalwart  breed,  there  was  evidently  a  lighter 
race,  fitted  for  ordinary  purposes,  of  moderate 
stature,  fleet,  yet  strong,  and  capable  of  under- 
going fatigue.  Horses  of  this  kind  were  termed 
running-horses :  they  were  used  as  hackneys,  for 
travelling,  and  also  for  running  races,  a  sport  prac- 
tised at  Smithfield  as  early  as  the  time  of  Henry  II., 
though  racing  cannot  be  said  to  have  fjeen  then  in 
its  palmy  days.  It  was  in  the  reign  of  Henry  VIII., 
and  especially  of  Elizabeth,  that  regular  race- 
meetings  were  established  at  Chester,  Stamford, 
and  elsewhere ;  gradually  a  passion  for  the  sport 
increased,  and  in  the  reign  of  James  I.,  who  en- 
couraged racing  both  in  England  and  Scotland,  it 
assumed  a  more  definite  character,  and  beci^me 
conducted  according  to  fixed  regulations.  The 
breed  appropriated  to  this  sport,  originally  selected 
for  speed,  now  became  improved  by  Arab,  Turkish, 
and  Barbary  admixture.  James  I.  introduced  the 
Arab,  and  purchased  one  of  great  celebrity  for  the 
then  enormous  sum  of  IjOO/.  In  the  time  of 
Charles  I.,  Turkish  and  Barbary  horses  were  ob- 
tained, and  also  in  the  reign  of  Charies  II.  It  was 
in  the  reign  of  Queen  Anne  that  the  celebrated 
Dariey  Arabian,  bred  in  the  deserts  of  Palmyra, 
was  introduced,  and  which  may  be  regarded  as  the 
progenitor  of  the  most  celebrated  of  our  modem 
racing  stock.  He  was  the  sire  of  Flying  Childers. 
At  a  subsequent  period.  Lord  Godolphin's  barb, 
generally  called  the  Godolphin  Arabian,  contributed 
to  the  celebrity  of  the  English  racer.  From  these 
and  from  other  Eastern  horses,  which  might  also 
be  enumerated,  have  descended  a  stock  unequalled 
by  any  in  the  world  for  spirit  and  fleetness.  Such, 
then,  is  the  more  than  half  Oriental  orig:in  of  eur 
racer ;  but  while  this  stock  was  thus  rising  out  of 
the  old  English  running-horse,  that  breed  itself 
partook  of  the  improvement,  and  we  have  now  the 
naif-blood  saddle-horse  and  the  three-parts-blood 
hunter. 

The  third  breed  of  the  olden  days  was  hea- 
vier and  slower  than  the  war-horse,  and  used  for 
the  purposes  of  draught.  This  breed,  overlooked 
by  the  nobles,  would  necessarily  vary  in  qualities 
as  circumstances  might  influence  it ;  but  in  pro- 
portion as  the  war-horse  and  hackney  improved,  so, 
indirectly,  would  the  old  cart-horse  become  ele- 
vated into  the  Cleveland  bay,  the  Suffolk  punch, 
and  the  huge  Lincolnshire  black. 

The  Suffolk  punch  is  now  seldom  seen  pure, 
being  much  crossed  with  other  breeds.  The  Cleve- 
land bay  is  confined  principally  to  Durham  and 
Yorkshire.  The  Lincolnshire  black  exceeds  all  in 
size,  and  is  a  noble  and  massive  animal.  Its  per- 
fection is  to  be  attributed  to  the  Flanders  horse ; 
and  it  is  of  this  admirable  mixed  breed  that  the 
teams  in  the  brewers'  and  distillers'  carts  in  London 
are  chiefly  composed.  No  one  can  behold  them 
without  being  struck  with  their  appearance.  Their 
strength  is  prodigious,  and  many  stand  seventeen 
hands  in  height. 

From  the  varied  stocks  of  horses  which  we  now 


possess  witliin  the  limits  of  our  own  island,  by  selec- 
tion and  judicious  admixture,  may  be  acquired 
breeds  modified  to  suit  every  purpose  of  use  or 
luxury,  from  the  racer  to  the  serviceable  roadster, 
from  the  splendid  carriage-horse  to  the  farmer's 
hard-working  servant. 

When  we  look  at  the  elephantine  dray-horse,  and 
the  Welsh  and  Shetland  poneys,  the  transition  with 
respect  to  size  is  so  great,  that  we  are  almost 
startled  by  the  comparison,  and  wonder  that  such  a 
difterenee  can  exist  between  two  individuals  of  the 
same  species. 

Wales  and  the  Shetland  Isles  have  been  ever 
celebrated  for  miniature  horses  of  great  beauty, 
spirit,  strength,  and  hardiness.  The  Welsh  poney  is 
often  a  model  :  a  small  head,  high  withers,  a  deep 
yet  round  body,  short  joints,  flat  legs,  and  small 
round  hoofs,  characterise  him ;  his  ears  are  small, 
his  eyes  full  and  animated,  and  his  actions  are  free 
and  vigorous. 

The  Shetland  poney  is  still  less  in  size  than  the 
Welsh,  and  is  often  very  handsome,  but  the  shoul- 
ders are  usually  low  and  thick  ;  the  limbs,  however, 
are  well  knit,  and  the  strength  of  the  animal  in  pro- 
portion to  its  size  is  astonishing.  In  1831  we  mea- 
sured a  poney  of  the  Shetland  breed  of  very  small 
dimensions,  but  of  great  beauty.  Its  height  at  the 
withers  was  only  thirty-four  inches ;  its  length,  from 
between  the  ears  to  the  insertion  of  the  tail,  follow- 
ing the  curve  of  the  neck  and  back,  four  feet  two 
inches. 

Poneys  of  different  degrees  of  value  range  the 
New  Forest,  Exmoor,  and  the  Highlands  of  Scotland, 
but  much  attention  is  not  paid  to  their  breeding. 

We  have  already  stated  that  at  a  very  early 
period  the  horse  was  employed  in  Egypt,  both  for 
the  saddle  and  in  drawing  chariots.  Among  the 
very  interesting  series  of  Egyptian  paintings  in  the 
British  Museum  is  one  (see  Pig.  460)  representing 
in  the  upper  compartment  a  pair  of  horses  yoked 
to  a  light  chariot,  of  which  one  (the  foreground 
horse)  is  black  ;  the  other,  of  which  the  head,  limbs, 
and  tail  are  partially  shown,  is  red.  In  the  lower 
compartment  are  also  a  pair  of  horses,  as  most 
suppose,  of  a  pale  milk  colour,  attached  to  a  chariot : 
one  is  about  to  eat  or  drink  from  a  vessel  before  it. 
This  chariot  or  car  is  perhaps  intended  to  carry  the 
sheaves  of  corn  which  a  reaper  is  cutting.  It  has 
been  observed  that  the  tails  of  these  horses  appear 
as  if  shaved,  with  a  tuft  left  at  the  end  ;  but  we  are 
inclined  to  think  the  animals  are  intended  as  mules, 
not  horses,  both  from  this  appearance  of  the  tail, 
and  from  the  marked  difference  in  the  contour 
between  them  and  the  horses  of  the  upper  compart- 
ment, which  cannot  be  mistaken.  The  chariot 
they  are  yoked  to  is  a  war-chariot,  the  form  of 
which  is  more  definitely  given  at  Fig.  455,  and 
which  will  convey  a  clear  idea  of  the  chariots  with 
which  Pharaoh  pursued  the  Israelites,  or  of  that  to 
which  Achilles  lashed  the  body  of  Hector  before  the 
walls  of  Troy. 

It  is  remarkable  that  though  there  was  a  mounted 
cavaliy  in  Egypt,  and  that  Solomon's  horsemen 
were  mounted  on  trained  Egyptian  horses,  there  is 
but  one  representation  of  a  man  on  horseback  in 
the  whole  range  of  the  sculptured  and  painted  an- 
tiquities of  that  country.  The  copy.  Fig.  465,  will 
be  regarded  with  interest:  the  animal  in  all  its 
points  is  an  Arab. 

At  what  period  the  Arabs  began  fo  employ  the 
horse  is  not  very  clear ;  certainly  not  till  a  compa- 
ratively late  era,  nor,  as  far  as  we  are  aware,  is 
it  known  whence  they  obtained  their  breed.  May 
it  not  be  descended  from  the  stock  of  Egypt,  with 
which  Solomon  replenished  his  stables?  Accord- 
ing to  Burckhardt,  there  are  three  breeds  of  horses 
at  the  present  day  in  Syria — the  true  Arab  breed, 
the  Turkman,  and  the  Kourdy,  which  last  is  a 
mixture  of  the  two  former.  The  Turkman  horses, 
from  their  superior  size  and  more  martial  ajipear- 
ance,  displaying  when  dressed  the  Turkish  trappings 
to  the  greatest  advantage,  are  preferred  by  the 
Osmanlis  to  the  Arab  horses.  They  are  trained  to 
walk  gracefully,  fo  set  off  suddenly  at  full  speed,  to 
turn  with  the  gentlest  touch,  and  to  stop  short  in- 
stantaneously. 

The  Arabian  horses  are  of  more  slender  make, 
and  less  showy  in  appearance  than  the  Turkman, 
but  they  are  beautifully  limbed,  more  hardy,  and 
much  fleeter.  The  esteem  in  which  the  Arabs 
hold  them,  the  scrupulous  care  taken  to  preserve 
the  purity  of  the  breeds,  and  the  reluctance  with 
which  the  Arabs  part  with  their  mares,  are  circum- 
stances frequently  noticed  by  travellers.  The  Rev. 
V.  Monro,  in  his  'Summer's  Ramble  in  Syria,' 
relates  that  on  the  visit  to  the  river  Jordan,  one  of 
the  Arab  escort,  "a  great  ruffian,  was  mounted  on 
a  white  mare  of  great  beauty ;  her  large  fiery  eye 
gleamed  from  the  edge  of  an  open  forehead,  and 
her  exquisite  little  head  was  finished  with  a  pout- 
ing lip  and  expanded  nostrils;  her  ribs,  thighs,  and 
shoulders  were  models  of  make,  with  more  bone 
than  commonly  belongs  to  the  Syrian  Arab,  and 


4U.— Eqnestriiu  Ciaitto  of  the  £iut. 


444.— Horses  Head. 


\i'mM^m 


i55.— Kgyptian  War-cbariot. 


104 


4U.— ArabUn  Hone. 


No, 


.14. 


4(i8.— English  Hunter. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


453.— Tnrklsh  War-horse. 


105 


106 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[HORSKS. 


her  stately  step  receivyd  additional  difmity  from 
that  aristocratic  set  on,  and  carriage  of  the  tail, 
which  is  the  infallible  indication  of  good  family. 
Having  inquired  her  price,  I  offered  the  sum, 
whereon  the  dragoon  asked  one-third  more.  Alter 
much  abating  and  debating,  I  accciled,  and  he  im- 
mediately stepped  back  in  the  same  proportion  as 
before.  This  is  invariably  the  practice  with  the 
Arabs.  I  therefore  discontinued  my  attempts  to 
deal.  The  Arab  said  he  loved  his  mare  better 
than  his  own  life ;  that  money  was  of  no  use  to 
him,  and  that  when  mounted  upon  her  he  felt  rich 
as  a  pasha.  Shoes  and  stockings  he  had  none,  and 
the  net  value  of  his  dress  and  accoutrements  might 
be  calculated  at  something  under  seventeen-pence 
sterling."' 

The  fondness  for  their  horses  which  the  Arabs 
manifest  partakes  of  the  extravagance  of  Oriental 
feelings :  they  rear  them  up  in  their  tents,  among 
their  children  and  family :  they  caress  them,  and  ap- 
ply to  them  the  most  endearing  epithets :  witness  the 
lamentations  of  an  Arab,  Ibrahim  Abou  Vouaases, 
over  a  favourite  mare  of  noble  race,  which  he  had 
parted  with;  but  which  he  frequently  went  to 
Kama  to  see :  "  He  would  embrace  lier,"'  savs  D'Ar- 
vieux,  "and  wipe  her  eyes  with  his  handkerchief, 
and  rub  her  with  his  shirt-sleeves,  and  would  give 
her  a  thousand  blessings  during  whole  hours  that 
he  would  be  talking  to  her.  '  My  eyes,  my  heart, 
my  soul,'  would  he  exclaim ;  '  must  I  be  so  unfortu- 
nate as  to  have  thee  sold  to  many  masters,  and  not 
be  able  to  keep  thee  myself?!  am  poor,  my  gazelle. 
You  know  well  enough,  niv  sweet,'  that  I  have 
brought  thee  up  like  a  child ;  I  never  beat  thee, 
never  chid  thee,  but  did  cherish  thee  as  the  apple 
of  mine  eye :  God  preserve  thee,  my  dearest ;  thou 
art  beautiful,  thou  art  sweet,  thou  art  lovely  :  God 
defend  thee  from  the  evil  eye :'  and  so  he  would 
go  on  saying  a  thousand  things  like  these  ;  he  then 
embraced  her,  kissed  her  eyes,  and  went  backwards 
bidding  her  the  most  tender  adieus." 

The  Arabs  prefer  mares  for  riding,  the  Turks 
prefer  horses,  and  this  difference  of  taste  acts  very 
well.  The  price  of  an  Arab  horse  in  1810-1816 
was,  according  to  Burckhardt,  from  10/.  to  120/. , 
but  the  price  of  a  mare  varies  from  60/.  to  200/, 
Some  have  sold  for  500/.,  and  Burckhardt  mentions 
a  sheikh  who  purchased  a  celebrated  mare  for  4001., 
with  an  agreement  to  give  to  the  seller  the  first 
female  colt  she  produced,  or  to  keep  the  colt  and 
return  the  mare. 

The  Arab  horses  seldom  exceed  fourteen  hands 
in  height,  but  have  all  certain  characteristic  beau- 
ties which  distinguish  their  breed  from  any  other. 
Five  noble  breeds  are  counted,  each,  as  is  said, 
deduced  from  one  of  the  five  favourite  mares  of 
Mohammed.  But  these  five  races  diverge  into 
infinite  ramifications  ;  and  any  mare  of  superlative 
excellence  may  give  origin  to  a  new  breed,  the 
descendants  of  which  are  called  after  her.  "On 
the  birth  of  a  colt  of  noble  breed,  it  is  usual  to 
assemble  witnesses  to  write  an  account  of  its  dis- 
tinctive marks,  with  the  name  of  its  sire  and  dam. 
These  genealogical  tables  never  ascend  to  the 
grand-dam,  because  it  is  presumed  that  every  Arab 
of  his  tribe  knows  by  tradition  the  purity  of  the 
whole  breed.  Nor  is  it  always  necessary  to  have 
surh  certificates ;  for  many  horses  and  mares  are 
of  such  illustrious  descent  that  thousands  might 
attest  the  purity  of  their  blood.  The  pedigree  is 
often  put  into  a  small  piece  of  leather,  covered  with 
a  waxed  cloth,  and  hung  by  a  leather  thong  round 
the  horee's  neck."  (Palestine.) 

Figs.  456,  457,  458,  459,  are  spirited  illustrations 
of  the  Turk  and  Arab  horse,  and  embody  our  ideas 
of  its  docility,  and  the  fire  and  energy  of  its  tem- 
perament. Fig.  456  represents  the  mode  of  playing 
the  ball  with  a  goff-stick  on  horseback,  as  pmctised 
in  Turkey  and  Syria,  and  proves  how  admirably  the 
spirited  animals  are  trained,  obeying  the  least  touch 
of  the  bridle,  wheeling,  galloping  at  full  speed,  and 
stopping  suddenly  at  the  will  of  the  rider.  In  Syria 
and  elsewhere  in  western  Asia  the  horse  is  fed  upon 
chopped  straw  and  barley,  and  of  this  provender  a 
certain  quantity  is  given  morning  and  evening,  none 
being  supplied  in  the  interim.  In  the  spring  season 
the  horses  are  fed  from  40  to  50  days  on  green  bar- 
ley cut  as  soon  as  the  corn  begins  to  ear.  This  is 
termed  tying  down  to  grass,  during  which  time  the 
animals  remain  constantly  exposed  in  the  open  air, 
and  for  the  first  eight  or  ten  days  are  neither  cur- 
ried, mounted,  nor  led  about.  After  this  they  are 
dressed  as  usual  and  rode  out  gently,  but  are  never 
much  worked  during  the  grass  season.  Some  feed 
the  horses  with  cut  barley  in  the  stable-yards,  but 
the  general  practice  is  to  confine  them  to  a  certain 
circuit  by  means  of  a  long  tether  in  the  barley-field. 
This  grazing  is  considered  of  great  service  to  the 
health  of  the  horses,  and  gives  a  beautiful  gloss  to 
their  skin. 

Some  Arab  tribes,  however,  do  not  thus  give  their 
horses  green  barley,  but  allow  them  to  feed  on  the 
kerbs  of  the  desert,  and  give  them  a  paste  made  of 


dates  and  water,  and  camel's  milk  to  drink.  "  Even 
flesh,  raw  as  well  as  boiled,  is  given  to  the  horses  in 
some  quarters,  together  with  the  fragments  of  their 
owner's  meals."  An  inhabitant  of  Hamah  assured 
Burckhardt  that  he  had  often  given  his  horses  roasted 
meat  before  the  commencement  of  a  fatiguing  jour- 
ney, that  they  might  be  better  able  to  endure  it ;  and 
the  same  person,  fearing  lest  the  governor  should 
take  from  him  his  favourite  horse,  fed  him  for  a  fort- 
night exclusively  upon  roasted  pork,  which  so  excited 
its  spirit  and  mettle,  that  it  became  unmanageable, 
and  no  longer  an  object  of  desire  to  the  governor. 
That  the  horse  should  under  any  circumstances  be 
brought  to  eat  animal  food  is  very  startling,  but 
Burckhardt's  authority  induces  us  to  believe  it.  It 
serves  to  show  how  domestication  may  modify  ani- 
mal instincts,  nor  is  it  perhaps  more  strange  than 
that  the  carnivorous  dog  and  cat  should  be  brought 
to  eat  bread  and  boiled  greens,  to  which  latter  we 
have  known  cats  apparently  partial,  feeding  upon 
them  when  even  meat  was  at  hand.  Horses  will 
drink  ale  with  great  relish ;  and  the  taste  in  this 
instance  is  certainly  an  acquired  one. 

With  respect  to  the  wild  horses  in  the  countries 
bordering  the  Volga  and  the  Oural,  little  is  accu- 
rately established.  They  are  said  to  associate  in 
troops  headed  by  a  leader,  but  from  all  accounts  to 
be  depended  upon  they  are  by  no  means  remarkable 
for  beaury,  though  they  appear  to  be  fleet  and 
hardy.  In  the  Museum  at  Paris  is  the  specimen 
of  a  wild  horse  from  the  country  of  the  Bashkirs  :  it 
has  a  heavy,  clumsy  head,  and  short  limbs ;  and  the 
hair,  of  a  dirty  greyish  white,  is  long  and  shaggy, 
and  hangs  in  a  beard-like  manner  under  the  lower 
jaw.  Pallas  describes  a  young  mare  caught  in  the 
country  between  the  Jaik  and  the  Volga,  which  be- 
came very  docile  :  its  limbs  were  strong,  the  head 
large,  the  ears  long  and  lying  back  upon  the  occi- 
put; the  hoofs  small  and  somewhat  pointed,  the 
colour  light  bay,  with  a  black  mane  and  tail.  In 
South  America  the  rich  plains  extending  from  La 
Plata  to  Paraguay  are  tenanted  by  herds  of  horses, 
in  a  wild  condition,  the  descendants  of  those  origi- 
nally introduced  by  the  Spaniards.  These  horses 
are  caught  and  broke  in,  and  the  singular  mode  in 
which  their  subjugation  is  effected  is  thus  described 
by  Captain  Head:— "A  man,  mounted  on  a  strong 
steady  horse,  threw  his  lasso  over  the  neck  of  a 
young  horse,  and  dragged  him  to  the  gate.  For 
some  time  he  was  very  unwilling  to  leave  his  com- 
rades, but  the  moment  he  was  forced  from  them,  his 
first  idea  was  to  gallop  away  ;  however,  the  jerk  of 
the  lasso  checked  him  in  the  most  eft'ectual  man- 
ner. The  Peons  now  ran  after  him  on  foot  and 
threw  the  lasso  over  his  four  legs  just  above  the  fet- 
locks, and,  twitching  it,  they  pulled  his  legs  from 
under  him  so  suddenly  that  1  really  thought  the 
fall  he  got  had  killed  him.  In  an  instant  a  Gaucho 
was  seated  on  his  head,  and  with  his  long  knife  in 
a  few  seconds  cut  off  the  whole  of  the  horse's  mane, 
while  another  cut  the  hair  from  the  end  of  the  tail. 
This  they  told  me  is  a  mark  that  the  animal  has 
been  once  mounted.  They  then  put  a  piece  of  hide 
into  his  mouth  to  serve  as  a  bit,  and  a  strong  hide- 
halter  on  his  head.  The  Gaucho  who  was  to  mount 
arranged  his  spurs,  which  were  unusually  long  and 
sharp ;  and  while  two  men  held  the  animal  by  his 
ears  he  put  on  the  saddle,  which  he  girthed  ex- 
tremely tight ;  he  then  caught  hold  of  the  horse's 
ears,  and  in  an  instant  vaulted  into  the  saddle  ;  upon 
which  the  man  who  was  holding  the  horse  by  the 
halter  threw  the  end  of  it  to  the  rider,  and  from 
that  moment  no  one  seemed  to  take  any  further  no- 
tice of  him.  The  horse  instantly  began  to  jump  in 
a  manner  which  made  it  very  difiicult  for  the  rider 
to  keep  his  seat,  and  quite  different  from  the  kick 
or  plunge  of  an  English  horse  ;  however  the  Gau- 
cho's  spurs  soon  set  him  going,  and  off  he  galloped, 
doing  everything  in  his  power  to  throw  his  rider. 
Another  horse  was  immediately  seized  ;  and  so 
quick  was  the  operation  that  twelve  Gauchos  were 
mounted  in  a  space  which  I  think  hardly  exceeded 
an  hqur." 

The  neigh  of  the  horse,  contradistinguished  from 
the  bray  of  the  ass— its  general  form  and  propor- 
tions— and  our  mode  of  defending  its  hoofs,  a  mode 
unpractised  in  antiquity,  are  known  to  all. 

Fig.  461  represents  the  English  Cart-horse  ;  Fig. 
462,  the  old  Roadster ;  Fig.  463,  the  Anglo-Arab  ; 
Fig.  464,  the  Racer,  mare  and  foal ;  Fig.  466,  the 
Welsh  Pony ;  Fig.  467,  the  old  English  War-horse  ; 
Fig.  468,  the  English  Hunter.  Fig.  469  is  the  Head 
of  a  Horse  in  Greek  statuary. 

The  following  original  anecdotes,  proving  the  saga- 
city of  the  horse,  were  sent  to  the  '  Penny  Magazine ' 
from  a  correspondent.  They  refer  to  horses  bred 
and  reared  in  North  America : — 

■'  A  short  distance  below  Fort  Erie,  and  about  a 
mile  from  where  the  river  Niagara  escapes  over  a 
barrier  of  rock  from  the  depths  of  Lake  Erie,  a  ferry 
has  long  been  established  across  that  broad  and 
there  exceedingly  rapid  river,  the  distance  from 
shore  to  shore  being  a  little  over  one-third  of  a  mile. 


On  the  Canada  side  of  the  river  is  the  small  village 
of  Waterloo,  and  opposite  thereto,  on  the  United 
States  side,  is  the  large  village  of  Blackrock — dis- 
tant from  the  young  and  flourishing  city  of  Buffalo 
two  miles.  In  completing  the  Erie  Canal,  a  pier 
or  dam  was  erected — up  and  down  the  river,  and 
opposite  to  Blackrock,  at  no  great  distance  from 
the  shore,  for  the  purpose  of  raising  the  waters  of 
the  Niagara  to  such  a  height  that  they  might  be 
made  to  supply  an  adjoining  section  of  the  Erie 
canal.  This  pier  was  (and  is)  a  great  obstruction 
to  the  ferry-boats ;  for  previous  to  its  erection  pas- 
sengers embarked  from  terra /irma  on  one  side  of 
the  river,  and  were  landed  without  any  difficulty  on 
the  other :  but  after  this  dam  was  constructed  it 
became  necessary  to  employ  two  sets  of  boats — one 
to  navigate  the  river  and  the  other  the  basin  ;  so 
that  all  passengers,  as  well  as  goods  or  luggage,  had 
to  be  landed  upon  this  narrow  wall,  and  re-shipped. 
Shortly  after  the  erection  of  the  pier-dam,  a  boat 
propelled  by  horses  was  establi-shed  between  this 
pier  and  the  Canada  shore.  The  horses  moved 
upon  a  circular  platfoi-m,  which  consequently  was 
put  in  motion,  to  which  other  machinery  was  con- 
nected, that  acted  upon  paddle-wheels  attached  to 
the  sides  of  the  boat.  "The  boat  belonged  to  per- 
sons connected  with  the  ferry  on  the  American  side 
of  the  river  ;  but  owing  to  the  barrier  formed  by 
the  pier,  the  horses  employed  on  the  boat  were 
stabled  at  night  in  the  village  of  Waterloo.  I  well 
recollect  the  first  day  this  boat  began  to  ply, — for 
the  introduction  of  a  boat  of  that  description,  in 
those  days,  and  in  such  a  situation,  was  considered 
an  event  of  some  magnitude.  The  two  horses  (for 
that  boat  had  but  two)  worked  admirably,  consi- 
dering the  very  few  lessons  they  had  had  pre- 
vious to  their  introduction  upon  the  main  river. 
One  of  the  horses  employed  on  the  new  ferry- 
boat had  once  been  a  dapple-grey,  but  at  the  period 
I  am  speaking  of  he  had  become  white.  He  was 
still  hale  and  hearty,  for  he  had  a  kind  and  indul- 
gent master.  The  first  evening  after  the  horses  had 
been  a  short  time  in  the  stable,  to  which  they  were 
strangers,  they  were  brought  out  for  the  purpose  of 
being  watered  at  the  river,  the  common  custom  at 
this  place.  The  attendant  was  mounted  upon  the 
bay  horse — the  white  one  was  known  to  be  so  gentle 
and  docile  that  he  was  allowed  to  drink  where 
he  pleased.    I  happened  to  be  standing  close  by, 

in  company  with  my  friend  W n,  the   ferry 

contractor  on  the  Canada  side,  and  thus  had  an 
opportunity  of  witnessing  the  whole  proceedings  of 
old  Grizzle,  the  name  that  the  white  horse  still  went 
by.  The  moment  he  got  round  the  corner  of  the 
building,  so  as  to  have  a  view  of  his  home  on  the 
opposite  side,  he  stopped,  and  gazed  intently.  He 
then  advanced  to  the  brink  of  the  river, — when 
he  again  stopped  and  looked  earnestly  across  for  a 
short  time ; — then  waded  into  the  water  until  it  had 
reached  his  chest, — drank  a  little,  liftedhishead ;  and, 
with  his  lips  closed  and  his  eyes  fixed  upon  some 
object  upon  the  further  shore,  remained  for  a  short 
time  perfectly  motionless.  Apparently  having  made 
up  his  mind  to  the  task,  he  then  waded  farther 
into  the  river  until  the  water  reached  his  riDs,— when 
off  he  shot  into  the  deep  water  without  hesitation. 
The  current  being  so  strong  and  rapid,  the  river 
boiling  and  turmoiling  over  a  rocky  bed  at  the  rate 
of  six  miles  the  hour,  it  was  impossible  for  the  cou- 
rageous and  attached  animal  to  keep  a  direct  course 
across,  although  he  breasted  the  waves  heroically, 
and  swam  with  remarkable  vigour.  Had  he  been 
able  to  steer  his  way  directly  across,  the  pier-wall 
would  have  proved  an  insurmountable  barrier.  As 
it  was,  the  strength  of  the  current  forced  him  down 
to  below  where  the  lower  extremity  of  this  long 
pier  abuts  upon  an  island,  the  shore  of  which  being 
low  and  shelving,  he  was  enabled  to  effect  a  land- 
ing with  comparative  ease.  Having  regained  terra 
/irma,  he  shook  the  water  from  his  dripping  flanks,  but 
he  did  not  halt  over  a  few  minutes,  when  he  plunged 
into  the  basin,  and  soon  regained  his  native  shore. 
The  distance  from  where  Grizzle  took  the  water  to 
where  he  effected  a  landing  on  the  island  was  about 
seven  hundred  yards ;  but  the  efforts  made  to  swim 
directly  across,  against  the  powerful  current,  must 
have  rendered  the  undertaking  a  much  more  labo- 
rious one.  At  the  commencement  of  his  voyage  his 
arched  neck  and  withers  were  above  the  surface,  but 
before  he  reached  the  island  his  head  only  was  visible. 
He  reached  his  own  stable-door,  that  home  for 
which  he  had  risked  so  much,  to  the  no  small 
astonishment  of  his  owner.  This  unexpected  visit 
evidently  made  a  favourable  impression  upon  his 
master,  for  he  was  heard  to  vow,  that  if  old  Grizzle 
performed  the  same  feat  a  second  time,  lor  the 
future  he  should  remain  on  his  own  side  of  the  river, 
and  never  be  sent  to  the  mill  again.  Grizzle  was 
sent  back  to  work  the  boat  on  the  following  day, 
but  he  embraced  the  very  first  opportunity  that 
occurred  of  escaping,  swam  back  in  the  way  he  had 
done  before,  and  his  owner,  not  being  a  person  to 
break  the  promise  he  had  once  made,  never  after- 


AssKs  ] 


MUSEUM  OF  AMMATED  NATURE. 


107 


wards  dispossessed  him  of  the  stall  he  had  long  been 
accustomed  to,  but  treated  him  with  marked  kind- 
ness and  attention." 

"  During  my  residence  on  the  head-waters  of  the 
Susquehana,  I  owned  a  small  American  horse,  of 
the  name  of  Charlie,  that  was  very  remarkable  for 
his  attachment  to  my  own  person,  as  well  as  for  his 
general  good  quaUties.  He  was  a  great  favourite 
with  all  the  family  ;  and  being  a  favourite,  he  was 
frequently  indulged  with  less  work  and  more  to  eat 
than  any  of  the  other  horses  on  the  farm.  At  a 
short  distance  from  the  dwelling-house  was  a  small 
but  luxuriant  pasture,  where,  during  the  summer, 
Charlie  was  often  permitted  to  graze.  When  this 
pasture  had  been  originally  reclaimed  from  its  wild 
forest  state,  about  ten  yeare  previous  to  the  period 
of  which  I  am  speaking,  four  or  five  large  trees  of 
the  sugar-maple  species  had  been  left  standing 
when  the  rest  were  cut  down,  and  means  had  after- 
wards been  found  to  prevent  their  being  scorched 
by  the  tire  at  the  time  the  rest  of  the  timber  had 
been  consumed.  Though  remarkably  fine  trees  of 
their  kind,  they  were,  however,  no  great  ornament, 
their  stems  being  long  and  bare,  their  heads  small, 
and  by  no  means  full  of  leaves — the  case  generally 
with  trees  that  have  grown  up  in  close  contact  with 
eacl)  other  in  the  American  forests.  But  if  they 
were  no  ornament,  they  might  serve  as  shade-trees. 
Beneath  one  of  these  trees  Charlie  used  to  seek 
shelter,  as  well  from  the  heat  of  the  meridian  sun, 
as  from  the  severe  thunder-gusts  that  occasionally 
ravage  that  part  of  the  country.  On  an  occasion  of 
this  sort  Ctiarlie  had  taken  his  stand  close  to  his 
lavourite  tree,  his  tail  actually  pressing  against  it, 
his  head  and  body  in  an  exact  line  with  the  course 
of  the  wind;  apparently  understanding  the  most 
advantageous  position  to  escape  the  violence  of  the 
storm,  and  quite  at  home,  as  it  were,  for  he  had 
stood  in  the  same  place  some  scores  of  times.  The 
storm  came  on,  and  raged  with  such  violence  that 
the  tree  under  which  the  horse  had  sought  shelter 
was  literally  torn  up  by  the  roots.  I  happened  to 
lie  standing  at  a  window  from  whence  I  witnessed 
ihe  whole  scene.  The  moment  Charlie  heard  the 
roots  giving  way  behind  him,  that  is,  on  the  con- 
trary side  of  the  tree  from  where  he  stood,  and  pro- 
l)ably  feeling  the  uprooted  tree  pressing  against 
his  tail,  he  sprang  forward,  and  barely  cleared  the 
ground  upon  which,  at  the  next  moment,  the  top 
of  the  huge  forest  tree  fell  with  such  a  force  that 
the  crash  was  tremendous,  for  every  limb  and  branch 
were  actually  riven  asunder.  I  have  many  a  time 
seen  horses  alarmed,  nay,  exceedingly  frightened  ; 
but  never  in  my  life  did  I  witness  anything  of  the 
sort  that  bore  the  slightest  comparison  to  Charlie's 
extreme  terror ;  and  yet  Charlie,  on  ordinary  oc- 
casions, was  by  no  means  a  coward.  He  galloped, 
he  reared  his  mane  and  tossed  his  head,  he  stopped 
short,  and  snorted  wildly,  and  then  darted  off  at  the 
top  of  his  speed  in  a  contrary  direction,  and  then  as 
suddenly  stopped  and  set  off  in  another,  until  long 
after  the  storm  had  considerably  abated,  and  it  was 
not  until  after  the  lapse  of  some  hours  that  he 
ventured  to  reconnoitre— but  that  at  a  consider- 
able distance — the  scene  of  his  narrow  escape.  For 
that  day  at  least  his  appetite  had  been  completely 
spoiled,  for  he  never  offered  to  stoop  his  head 
to  the  ground  while  daylight  continued.  The  next 
day  his  apprehensions  seemed  somewhat  abated, 
but  his  curiosity  had  been  excited  to  such  a  pitch 
that  he  kept  pacing  from  place  to  place,  never 
failing  to  halt  as  he  passed  within  a  moderate  dis- 
tance of  the  prostrate  tree,  gazing  thereat  in  utter 
bewilderment,  as  if  wholly  unable  to  comprehend 
the  scene  he  had  witnessed  the  preceding  day. 
After  this  occurrence  took  place  I  kept  this  fa- 
vourite horse  several  years,  and  during  the  summer 
months  he  usually  enjoyed  the  benefit  of  his  old 
pasture.  But  it  was  quite  clear  that  he  never  for- 
got, on  any  occasion,  the  narrow  escape  he  had 
had  ;  for  neither  the  burning  rays  of  the  noontide 
summer  sun,  nor  the  furious  raging  of  the  thunder- 
storm, could  compel  Charlie  to  seek  shelter  under 
one  of  the  trees  that  stiii  remained  standing  in  his 
small  pasture." 

473,  477,  502.— The  Ass 
{Equus  Asinus,  Linn.).  It  would  appear,  from  vari- 
ous evidence,  that  the  ass  was  domesticated  at  an 
earlier  period  than  the  horse  :  it  vi'as  the  beast  of 
civil  life,  in  contradistinction  to  the  horse,  which  was 
used  almost  exclusively  for  war.  In  the  East  the 
asH  is  treated  with  care  and  attention,  and  there  its 
appearance  is  very  different  from  that  of  the  ser- 
viceable but  neglected  and  undervalued  beast  of 
western  Europe.  According  toChardin,  "  the  asses 
of  Arabia  are  among  the  finest  in  the  world  ;  their 
coat  is  smooth  and  clean ;  they  carry  their  head 
elevated,  and  have  fine  well-formed  legs,  which  they 
throw  out  gracefully  in  walking  or  galloping.  They 
are  used  only  for  the  saddle,  and  are  imported  in 
vast  numbers  into  Persia,  where  they  are  frequently 
aoUi  for  four  hundred  livres,  and  being  taught  a  kind 


of  easy  ambling  pace,  are  richly  caparisoned,  and 
used  only  by  the  rich  and  luxurious  nobles." 

White  asses  are  not  uncommon,  and  appear  an- 
ciently to  have  been  selected  for  the  use  of  persons 
of  distinction  (Fig.  477).  In  Syria  there  are  three 
or  four  distinct  breeds  of  asses,  of  which  the  most 
valued  is  that  of  Arabia. 

Domesticated  as  the  ass  has  been  from  the  re- 
motest antiquity,  and  valued  as  it  has  ever  been  in 
western  Asia,  it  was  long  before  the  animal  became 
introduced  into  western  Europe.  Aristotle  states, 
that  in  his  time  there  were  no  asses  in  Pontus,  Scy- 
thia,  or  in  the  country  of  the  Celts  (modern  Ger- 
many and  France) :  and  we  know  that  even  as  late 
as  the  time  of  Queen  Elizabeth  the  ass  was  ex- 
tremely rare  in  our  country. 

It  is  a  mistake  to  suppose  that  in  every  part  of  the 
East  the  ass  is  large  ;  there  is  a  small  but  spirited 
breed  in  Syria,  upon  which  the  Syrian  ladies  are  ac- 
customed to  ride,  and  in  western  India  we  are  assured 
"  that  the  asses  are  not  much  larger  than  good-sized 
Newfoundland  dogs.  They  are  used  in  droves  to 
carry  small  loads  of  salt  or  grain ;  they  are  also 
used  by  the  pofmakers  to  carry  their  clay,  and  are 
always  seen,  as  in  Europe,  associated  with  gypsies." 
('  Proceeds.  Zoological  Society,'  1837,  p.  95.)  It 
is  in  fact  principally  in  western  Asia,  the  genial 
climate  of  the  ass,  that  it  is  held  in  esteem,  and 
carefully  bred  and  reared. 

From  the  accounts  of  travellers  there  would  ap- 
pear to  be  several  species  of  wild  ass,  or  Onager  of 
the  ancients,  and  the  subject  is  altogether  in  con- 
fusion. Bruce  talks  of  wild  asses  which  he  saw  in 
Abyssinia,  but  he  is  of  little  authority  on  matters  of 
natural  history.  Bell,  in  his  '  Travels  in  Tartary,' 
notices  a  species  of  wild  ass  resembling  the  ordinary 
kind,  excepting  that  their  hair  is  waved  white  and 
brown,  like  that  of  a  tiger ;  an  indefinite  description, 
and  if  applicable  to  a  species  in  the  deserts  of  Tar- 
tary, naturalists  are  unacquainted  with  it.  There  is 
the  wild  ass,  or  Koulan,  as  it  is  called  by  the  Tartars, 
which  is  said  to  be  of  a  uniform  silvery  grey,  with 
a  broad  coffee-coloured  stripe  extending  down  the 
spine,  and  crossed  on  the  shoulders  by  a  transverse 
band  as  in  the  domestic  variety  (see  Fig.  473).  This 
species  is  regarded  as  the  origin  of  the  ordinary  ass. 
There  is  next  the  Ghur  (Ghurkhud  ?)  of  Persia,  of 
which  a  detailed  account  occurs  in  Sir  R.  Ker  Por- 
ter's Travels  (vol.  i.),  and  which  he  describes  as  being 
ten  or  twelve  hands  high,  with  a  sleek  coat,  of  a 
reddish  colour,  passing  on  the  belly  and  hinder  parts 
into  silvery  grey  :  the  limbs  were  beautifully  slender, 
"  the  mane  was  short  and  black,  as  was  also  a  tuft 
which  terminated  his  tail,  but  no  line  whatever  ran 
along  his  back  or  crossed  his  shouldera."  Moor- 
croft,  in  his  '  Travels  in  the  Himalayan  Provinces,' 
describes  another  species  under  the  name  of  the 
Kiang  (Equus  Kiang),  with  shorter  ears  than  the 
wild  ass,  and  which  he  says  is  certainly  not  the 
Gurkhor  (Khur?),  or  wild  ass  of  Sindh.  From  this 
the  Dzigguetai,  or  Dzigtai  (Equus  Hermionus,  Pal- 
las), is  again  distinct ;  and  which  is  a  native  of 
Mongolia  and  the  borders  of  Thibet  and  China.  Its 
general  colour  is  Isabella  yellow,  passing  into  white 
on  the  under  parts  ;  a  dark  cholocate  line  runs  along 
the  spine. 

In  South  Africa  Le  Vaillant  observed,  as  he  states, 
a  wild  ass,  in  large  herds,  of  an  Isabelline  or  pale  yel- 
low colour,  which  is  called  by  the  Greater  Namaquas 
the  White  Zebra.  If  Le  Vaillant  be  correct,  this 
animal  is  unknown  indeed  ;  no  traveller  in  Africa 
has  seen  it  but  himself,  and  Colonel  Hamilton  Smith 
suggests  that  he  may  have  mistaken  for  this  wild  ass 
the  female  of  the  Isabelline  antelope. 

In  the  Cutch  and  Northern  Goojrat  there  is  a 
wild  ass,  which  Colonel  Sykes  identifies  with  the 
Dzigguetai  of  southern  Siberia  and  the  Ghur  of 
Persia,  considering  them  as  one  species,  and  observ- 
ing that  all  the  "  discrepancies  of  descriptions  may 
be  easily  remedied  by  the  supposition  that  animals 
examined  by  different  individuals,  at  different  sea- 
sons of  the  year,  did  really  slightly  differ  owing  to 
the  difference  of  seasons."  "  The  wild  ass  of  Cutch 
and  the  north  of  Goojrat  is  not  found  farther  south 
in  India  than  Deesa  on  the  banks  of  the  Bunnas 
river,  in  lat.  about  30°  30',  nor  have  I  heard  of  it  to 
the  eastward  of  the  75°  of  longitude  on  the  south 
side  of  the  Himalaya  mountains.  In  Cutch  and 
Northern  Goojrat  it  frequents  the  salt  deserts  and 
the  open  plains  of  Thoodpoor,  Jaysulmer,  and 
Bickaneor.  By  swimming  the  Indus  it  may  com- 
municate through  Sindh  and  Baloochestand  with 
Persia,  and  in  Persia  it  evidently  exists  from  Sir 
Robert  Ker  Porter's  descriptions:  to  the  north  and 
east  Persia  abuts  upon  the  peculiar  localities  of  the 
Dzigguetai,  through  Bucharia  to  the  Deserts  of 
Cobi,  where  it  delights  in  the  salt  marshes,  as  it 
does  in  India,  and  thence  to  Tartaiy,  Thibet,  and 
South  Siberia."  (' Proceeds.  Zool.Soc.'  1837,  p.  94.) 
The  wild  ass  is  common  in  many  parts  of  central 
Asia ;  herds  in  summer  are  found  about  the  lake 
Aral,  whence  they  migrate  southwards  in  winter, 
returning  northwards  in  the  spring.    The  Persians 


and  Tartars  hold  its  flesh  in  high  esteem,  and  hunt 
it  in  preference  to  all  other  descriptions  of  game. 
It  is  found  west  of  the  Euphrates ;  "  indeed  we  are 
informed  by  Colonel  Smith,"  says  the  author  of  the 
'Physical  History  of  Palestine,'  "that  not  only  is 
the  Syrian  ass  larger  and  more  handsome  than  the 
Ghurkhud  of  Persia,  but  that  the  species  improves 
west  of  the  Euphrates,  and  is  very  fine  in  the  Bahar 
el  Abaid,  Africa."  "  Burckhardt  declares  that  wild 
asses  are  found  in  great  numbers  in  Arabia  Petraea 
near  the  gulf  of  Akaba.  The  Sherarat  Arabs  hunt 
them,  and  eat  their  flesh,  but  not  before  strangers. 
They  sell  their  skins  and  hoofs  to  the  pedlars  of 
Daniascus  and  the  people  of  the  Haouran.  The 
hoofs  furnish  materials  for  rings,  which  are  worn  by 
the  peasants  on  their  thumbs,  or  fastened  under  their 
armpits,  as  amulets  against  rheumatism."  (Notes 
on  '  Bedouins.') 

The  Tartars,  Arabs,  and  Persians  are  not  singular 
in  their  partiality  for  the  flesh  of  the  wild  ass.  The 
epicures  of  Rome  held  it  in  the  same  estimation  as 
we  do  venison,  and  from  a  passage  in  Pliny  it  would 
appear  that  the  species  inhabited  North  Africa, 
and  that  the  most  delicate  and  best  flavoured  fat 
foals  {lalisiones)  were  brought  from  that  continent 
to  the  Roman  market.  Leo  Africanus  also  gives 
North  Africa  as  the  locality  of  the  wild  ass.  We 
have  quoted  above  our  authority  for  stating  that  it 
exists  in  Arabia  and  in  the  Bahar  el  Abaid.  We  are 
not  aware  that  a  specimen  of  the  true  wild  ass,  with 
a  cross  over  the  shoulders,  has  ever  been  imported 
into  Europe. 

470,  471,  472.— The  Dzigguetai 
{Eqtms  Hei-mionus).  Supposing  that  this  species  be 
identical  with  the  wild  ass  of  Cutch  and  Goojrat, 
and  with  the  Khur  (or  Ghurkhud)  of  Persia,  as  we 
have  stated  is  the  opinion  of  Col.  Sykes,  its  range 
will  be  very  extensive.  Its  fleetness  is  extreme. 
Col.  Sykes  states  that  "  Major  Wilkins,  of  the  cavalry 
of  the  Bombay  army,  who  was  stationed  with  his 
regiment  for  years  at  Deesa,  on  the  borders  of  the 
Runn,  or  salt  marshes  east  of  Cutch,  in  his  morning 
rides  used  to  start  a  particular  wild  ass  so  frequently, 
that  it  became  familiar  to  him,  and  he  always  gave  ' 
chace  to  it ;  and  though  he  piqued  himself  on  being 
mounted  on  an  exceedingly  fleet  Arabian  horse,  he 
never  could  come  up  with  the  animal."  A  similar 
statement  is  given  by  Sir  R.  Ker  Porter,  of  the 
Khur,  one  of  which  he  chased  in  vain.  "Tlie  sun 
was  just  rising  over  the  summits  of  the  eastern 
mountains  when  my  greyhound  suddenly  started  oft" 
in  pursuit  of  an  animal  which  my  Persians  said, 
from  the  glimpse  they  had  of  it,  was  an  antelope. 
I  instantly  put  spurs  to  my  horse,  and  with  my  at- 
tendants gave  chace.  After  an  unrelaxed  gallop 
of  three  miles,  we  came  up  with  the  dog,  who  was 
then  within  a  short  stretch  of  the  creature  he  pur- 
sued, and  to  my  surprise,  and  at  first  vexation,  I 
saw  it  to  be  an  ass.  Upon  a  moment's  reflection, 
however,  judging  from  its  fleetness  that  it  must  be 
a  wild  one,  a  creature  little  known  in  Europe,  but 
which  the  Persians  prize  above  all  other  animals  as 
an  object  of  chace,  I  determined  to  approach  as 
near  to  it  as  the  very  swift  Arab  I  was  on  would 
carry  me.  But  the  single  instant  of  checking  my 
horse  to  consider  had  given  our  game  such  a  head 
of  us,  that  notwithstanding  all  our  speed,  we  could 
not  recover  our  ground  on  him.  I  however  hap- 
pened to  be  considerably  before  my  companions 
when  at  a  certain  distance  the  animal  in  its  turn 
made  a  pause,  and  allowed  me  to  approach  within 
pistol-shot  of  him :  he  then  darted  off  again  with 
the  quickness  of  thought,  capering,  kicking,  and 
sporting  in  his  flight,  as  if  he  was  not  blown  in  the 
least,  and  the  chace  was  his  pastime.  When  my 
followers  of  the  country  came  up,  they  regretted 
that  I  had  not  shot  the  creature  when  he  was  within 
my  aim,  telling  me  that  his  flesh  is  one  of  the 
greatest  delicacies  in  Persia.  The  prodigious  swift- 
ness and  peculiar  manner  in  which  he  fled  across 
the  plain  coincided  exactly  with  the  description 
that  Xenophon  gives  of  the  same  animal  in  Arabia. 
But  above  all  it  reminded  me  of  the  striking  por- 
trait drawn  by  the  author  of  the  Book  of  Job.  I 
was  informed  by  the  Mehmendar,  who  had  been  in 
the  desert  when  making  a  pilgrimage  to  the  shrine 
of  Ali,  that  the  wild  ass  of  Irak  Arabi  diftere  in 
nothing  fiom  the  one  I  had  just  seen.  He  had  ob- 
served them  often  for  a  short  time  in  the  possession 
of  the  Arabs,  who  told  him  the  creature  was  per- 
fectly untameable.  A  few  days  after  this  discussion, 
we  saw  another  of  these  animals,  and,  pursuing  it 
determinedly,  had  the  good  fortune  to  kill  it." 

The  Dzigguetai  lives  in  troops  under  the  conduct 
of  a  leader  whose  motions  the  rest  follow.  Ever 
quick  and  watchful,  they  take  the  alarm  on  the 
least  appearance  of  danger,  and  on  the  approach  of 
the  enemy  skim  the  desert,  clear  hills  and  rocks, 
and  bid  defiance  to  pursuit.  It  is  easy  to  conceive 
the  difficulties  attending  the  chace  of  this  fleet  and 
wary  animal ;  indeed  without  the  aid  of  fire-arms 
pursuit  would  be  in  vain. 

P  2 


'1l»*' 


SOT.— Male. 


473.-Wn<l  A»». 


108 


"^ 


M«.- Italian  Uorn  lUclos. 


47?.— Auet. 


^m 


4M^4tan>. 


475.  -Male.' 


*3^ 


474.— Male. 


47«.— Male. 


109 


no 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Zebras. 


With  all  its  attractions,  thi«  spirited  beautiful  crea- 
ture has  never  been  brought  into  the  service  of  man. 
It  is  indeed  extremely  vicious,  and  uses  its  heels  on 
the  most  trifling  occasion,  kicking  violently,  and 
for  a  considerable  time  together,  rendering  it  dan- 
gerous for  a  person  to  venture  near  it.  Yet  it  ap- 
pears that  in  India  it  has  occasionally  been  tamed, 
and  M.  Dussumier  states,  "a  European  resident  at 
Cutch  had  a  dzigguetai  which  was  accustomed  to 
follow  him  in  his  rides.  One  day,  having  ended 
his  ride  at  a  large  sheet  of  water,  he  went  on  board 
a  boat ;  the  animal  remained  for  some  time,  at  tiret 
quiet  on  the  shore,  but  becoming  impatient  on  find- 
ing that  the  boat  did  not  soon  return,  he  took  to 
the  water,  and  swimming,  came  up  with  it  and  fol- 
lowed it  to  the  end  of  the  excursion." 

If  the  dzigguefai  of  southern  Siberia  andTartary, 
the  wild  ass  of  Cutch,  and  the  ghur  of  Persia  and 
Tartary,  be  one  species,  as  we  believe — in  what,  we 
would  ask,  doei<  this  animal  differ  from  the  wild  ass 
of  Tartary  and  other  parts,  called  (as  Desmarest 
expresses  himself)  Koulan  or  Choulan  by  the  Kal- 
mucs?  Every  detail,  as  far  as  we  can  make  out, 
which  applies  to  one,  applies  to  the  other  also; 
and  as  it  respects  colour,  we  know  well  that  the 
dzigguetai  itself,  as  naturalists  must  admit,  varies 
in  tint,  and  the  lireadth  and  intensity  of  the  dorsal 
stripe.  We  may  here  add,  that  one  of  the  dziggue- 
tais  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  was  certainly 
brought  from  Cutch ;  and  another,  presented  by 
Capt.  Glasspoole,  R.N.,  was  most  probably  brought 
from  the  same  country,  or  from  Sindh  or  Persia, 
along  the  coasts  of  which  three  states  he  sailed  in 
pursuance  of  his  maritime  duties. 

474,  475,  476,  478,  503.— The  Mule. 
The  mule  is  the  offspring  of  the  male  ass  and  mare ; 
the  offspring  of  the  horse  and  female  ass  is  termed 
the  hinny,  and  is  a  small  inferior  animal  of  little 
value.  The  mule  in  general  has  the  form  of  the 
ass,  in  some  respects  modified,  and  on  a  larger 
scale,  but  the  head  and  tail  approach  nearer  to  those 
of  the  horse.  We  learn  that  the  mule  was  bred  in 
ancient  times  ;  it  is  noticed  in  the  reign  of  David, 
when  it  appears  to  have  been  in  common  use  for 
the  saddle,  and  consequently  must  have  been  known 
much  earlier.  The  fiwt  mention  of  mules  is  in 
Genesis  xxxiv.  24;  but  the  true  meaning  of  the 
word  thus  rendered  is  doubtful.  Bochart  is  of 
opinion  that  the  word  (yemin)  really  denotes  a  gi- 
gantic people,  and  this  opinion  has  the  sanction  of 
the  Samaritan  text  and  version ;  while  the  Syriac 
renders  the  word  as  "  waters,"  in  which  meaning  St. 
Jerome,  Gesenius,  and  others  concur. 

At  the  present  day  there  are  various  breeds  of 
mules  in  Syria,  and  very  beautiful  animals  are 
produced  between  high-blood  Arab  mares  and  well 
selected  male  asses.  (Fig.  476.)  In  Europe  the 
Spanish  mule  is  deservedly  celebrated,  as  is  also  the 
Spanish  ass. 

In  Spain  the  muleteer  is  the  general  medium  of 
traffic,  and  the  legitimate  traverser  of  the  land, 
crossing  the  Peninsula  from  the  Pyrenees  and  the 
Asturias  to  the  Alpuxarras.  the  Serrania  de  Ronda, 
and  even  to  the  gates  of  Gibraltar.  He  lives  fru- 
gally and  hardily :  his  alforjas  of  coarse  cloth  hold 
his  scanty  stock  of  provisions  ;  a  leathern  bottle, 
hanging  at  his  saddle-bow,  contains  wine  or  water, 
for  a  supply  across  barren  mountains  and  thirsty 

f)Iains.  A  mule-cloth  spread  upon  the  ground  is 
lis  bed  at  night,  and  his  packsaddle  is  his  pillow. 
His  low  but  clean-limbed  and  sinewy  form  betokens 
strength  ;  his  complexion  is  dark  and  sunburnt ;  his 
eye  resolute,  but  quiet  in  its  expression,  except 
when  kindled  by  sudden  emotion ;  his  demeanour 
is  frank,  manly,  and  courteous,  and  he  never  passes 
you  without  a  grave  salutation — "  Dios  guarde  h 
usted!"  "Vausted  con  Dios,  Caballero!"  "God 
guard  you  !  God  be  with  you,  Cavalier ! " —  Wash- 
ington Irving.     (Figs.  505,  507.) 

We  once  saw  four  white  Spanish  mules  of  large 
size  and  admirable  symmetry. 

In  all  mountain  countries,  the  mule,  from  itssure- 
ness  of  foot,  its  instinctive  caution  in  choosing  the 
path,  and  the  management  of  its  proceeding  in 
descending  a  perilous  and  steep  track,  is  eminently 
serviceable.  It  is  employed  in  the  Andes,  where  it 
has  superseded  the  Llama. 

The  mule  does  not  breed  with  the  mule,  but  has 
occasionally  been  known  to  breed  with  the  mare  ; 
and  an  instance  occurred  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zool. 
Soc,  of  a  mare  producing  a  foal,  of  which  the  male 
parent  was  a  hybrid  between  the  zebra  and  the  ass. 

The  use  of  the  mule  in  Spain,  Portugal,  Italy,  and 
also  in  the  countnes  of  the  East,  is  too  well  known, 
and  has  been  too  often  described  by  travellers,  to 
need  our  enlarging  upon  it.  Next  to  the  horse  it  is 
our  most  valuable  beast  of  burden,  and  in  some 
situations  far  preferable.  In  England,  however,  it 
is  not  in  recjuest,  nor  is  any  care  taken  in  the  acqui- 
sition of  a  fine  race ;  yet  its  hardiness,  strength,  and 
power  of  enduring  fatigue  are  great  recommenda- 
tions in  its  favo'ir. 


The  word  mule,. observes  Mr.  Bell,  "is  doubtless 
derived  from  ^^Ao;, /ciAour ;  from  whence  the  Latin. 
multts,  which  atfoids  the  Italian  mulo,  the  French 
ntulet,  and  our  mule.  It  was  formerly  called  Moyle 
and  Moil ;  and  this  word  is  still  employed  lx)th  in 
the  pouthern  counties  of  England  and  in  Scotland 
to  signify  labour.  Thus  Bums,  in  his  exquisite 
'  Cotter's  Saturday-night ' — 

"  The  toil-worn  cotter  tne  hi*  labour  go«a : 
Thii  night  bit  weekly  moil  is  at  an  end." 

He  adds — "  Mr.  Yarrell  informs  me  that  in  Corn- 
wall the  word  moyle  signifies  barren :  this  is  a  very 
remarkable  coincidence ;  and,  after  all,  may  probably 
be  the  etymology  of  the  last-mentioned  name  of 
our  animal."  A  mule  may  be  produced  between 
the  zebra  and  the  mare,  or  the  quagga  and  the 
mare. 

"  Some  years  since  the  Earl  of  Moreton,  being 
desirous  of  obtaining  a  breed  between  the  horse  and 
the  quagga  (Burchell's  zebra  ?),  selected  a  young 
mare  of  seven-eighths  Arabian  blood,  and  a  fine  male 
of  the  latter  species  ;  the  produce  was  a  female  hy- 
brid. The  same  mare  had  afterwards,  first  a  filly 
and  next  a  col  t,  by  a  fine  black  Arabian  horse.  They 
both,  strange  to  say,  resembled  the  quagga  in  the 
dark  line  along  the  back,  the  stripes  across  the  fore- 
head, and  the  bars  across  the  legs.  In  the  filly  the 
mane  was  short,  stiff,  and  upright,  like  that  of  the 
(juagga.  In  the  colt  it  was  long,  but  so  stiff  as  to 
arch  upwards,  and  hang  clear  of  the  sides  of  the 
neck ;  in  other  respects  they  were  nearly  Arabian, 
as  might  have  been  expected  from  fifteen-sixteenths 
Arabian  blood." 

To  the  physiologist  this  circumstance  opens  an 
interesting  subject  for  investigation,  nor  is  the  fact 
unimportant  to  the  breeders  of  animals,  inasmuch 
as  it  incontestably  proves  that  the  characters  of  the 
male  parent  of  the  mother's  first  progeny  exert  a 
marked  influence  on  her  subsequent  offspring, 
whatever  may  be  the  peculiarities  of  the  father  of 
the  latter. 

479,  508.— The  Zebra 

(Eqtats  Zebra;  Equus  montanus,  Burchell).  This 
beautiful  iiuimal  is  a  native  of  the  mountain  dis- 
tricts of  southern  Africa,  and  is  found,  according  to 
various  writers,  in  Congo,  Guinea,  and  even  Abys- 
sinia, according  to  Ludolphe.  Bruce,  however, 
states  that  "  the  zebra  is  found  nowhere  in  Abys- 
sinia, except  in  the  south-west  extremity  of  Kuora, 
amid  the  Shangalla  and  Galla,  in  Narea  and  Caff,  and 
in  the  mountains  of  Dyre  and  Tegla,  and  thence  to 
the  southward."  It  is  called  in  South  Africa  Wilde 
Paarde  by  the  Cape  colonists. 

The  zebra  is  regulanly  striped,  even  down  to  the 
hoofs,  with  glossy  brownish  black  on  a  white  or 
yellowish  white  ground.  The  ears  are  long,  the 
neck  short  and  deep,  with  a  sort  of  dewlap  under 
the  throat  produced  by  a  loose  fold  of  the  skin ; 
the  mane  is  short,  and  the  tail  sparely  clad  with 
long  hair. 

Wild  and  swift,  this  species  lives  in  troops  in  the 
bold  ranges  of  craggy  mountains  remote  from  the 
abodes  of  man.  Its  disposition  is  savage  and  in- 
tractable, and  it  is  by  no  means  easily  obtained,  not 
only  from  its  fleetness,  but  from  the  nature  of  the 
locality  it  frequents,  where,  like  the  wild  ass  of 
Tartary,  in  "the  wilderness  and  the  barren  land  is 
his  dwelling;  he  scorneththe  multitude  of  the  city." 

Two  mules  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  are 
between  the  male  zebra  and  the  common  ass.  They 
are  strong,  and  work  well. 

481. — Burchell's  Zebra 

(Equus  BurcheUu),  the  Dauw  of  the  colonists  of 
South  Africa.  This  species  is  a  tenant  of  the  plains, 
and  is  found  occurring  in  every  district  north  of 
the  Orange  river,  as  far  as  travellers  have  pene- 
trated. It  dwells  in  troops,  which  make  occasional 
migrations  from  the  interior  to  the  more  fertile 
districts  in  search  of  food.  At  irregular  and  uncer- 
tain intervals  there  occur  seasons  of  drought  in 
South  Africa,  when  the  pools  of  the  desert  are  dried 
up,  and  the  surface  of  the  wilderness  is  parched. 
Driven  from  their  native  solitudes  by  the  desolation 
around  them,  zebras,  antelopes,  and  other  animals 
in  incredible  multitudes  pour  like  a  torrent  over 
the  cultivated  districts,  destroying  the  pasturage 
and  the  corn  ;  with  the  return  of  the  rain  they  re- 
trace their  steps  and  seek  their  desert  fastnesses. 
Burchell's  zebra  is  strong  and  muscular,  with  sinewy 
limbs,  and  might  perhaps  be  made  serviceable  to 
man.  It  is  an  animal  that  admits  of  being  tamed 
to  a  certain  extent  with  facility,  and  occasionally  a 
half-domesticated  specimen  is  exposed  for  sale  at 
Cape  Town  with  a  rider  on  its  back.  The  persons, 
however,  who  have  had  most  opportunities  of  be- 
coming acquainted  with  its  character,  regard  it, 
tractable  as  it  may  sometimes  appear,  as  treache- 
rous, fickle,  vicious,  and  obstinate.  It  is  a  remark- 
able fact  that  this  species,  and  the  quagga  also,  are 
oOen  seen  in  company  with  the  ostrich  ;    several  of 


the  latter  feeding  tranquilly  in  the  midst  of  a  herd, 
without  experiencing  any  molestation. 

This  species  may  be  distinguished  from  its  moun- 
tain relative  by  the  shortness  of  its  ears,  by  the  ab- 
sence of  stripes  on  the  limbs  and  under  surface  of 
the  body,  and  by  the  stripes  of  the  upper  parts  be- 
ing brown. 

These  animals  present  a  brilliant  appearance 
when  flying  in  troops  before  the  hunter.  Their 
flesh  (with  that  of  the  zebra  and  quagga)  is  relished 
by  the  natives,  but  Mr.  Burchell  thought  it  not  much 
superior  to  horseflesh,  and  he  would,  with  most 
Europeans,  think  the  same  respecting  the  flesh  of 
the  wild  ass,  which  in  Persia  is  in  the  highest  esti- 
mation, and  served  at  royal  banquets.  The  drawing 
(Fig.  481)  represents  the  spearing  of  one  of  these 
animals  by  a  mounted  Cafire. 

480.— The  Qdagoa 
(•Equus  Quagga).  Like  the  preceding  species,  the 
Quagga  is  a  native  of  the  plain,  and  occurs  south  of 
the  Orange  river,  within  the  limits  of  the  Cape 
Colony.  It  roams  in  large  herds,  as  does  Burchell's 
zebra,  but  the  herds  of  the  two  animals  never 
mingle  together,  nor  are  the  two  species  known  to 
produce  a  mixed  progeny. 

The  quagga  is  far  inferior  to  Burchell's  zebra 
both  in  size  and  beauty ;  its  ground  colour  is  a  dull 
brownish  white,  clouded  and  striped  with  a  darker 
colour  on  the  head,  neck,  and  withers,  and  less 
distinctly  on  the  sides  of  the  body ;  the  haunches 
are  greyish ;  the  under  parts,  tail,  and  legs  white. 
In  its  temper  the  quagga  is  wild  and  vicious ;  never- 
theless it  is  said  to  be  sometimes  employed  by  the 
natives  for  the  purposes  of  draught. 

We  have  already  stated  that  fossil  relics  of  animals 
of  the  genus  Equus  are  abundant,  and  very  widely 
dispersed.  They  occur  in  the  third  period  of  the 
tertiary  series  (Pliocene  of  Lyell),  in  the  fresh-water 
deposits  in  what  is  called  diluvial  detritus,  in  super- 
ficial gravels,  sands,  and  clays  in  the  ossiferous 
caverns,  in  the  osseous  breccia,  and  in  the  Eppels- 
heim  sand,  &c.  Captain  Cautley  found  bones  of 
the  horse  (but  not  in  abundance)  among  other  fossil 
remains  lying  on  the  slopes  among  the  ruins  of  the 
■fallen  clilifs,  and  also  in  situ  in  the  sandstone  of  the 
Sewalik  Mountains,  at  the  southern  foot  of  the 
Himalayas,  between  the  Sutlej  and  the  Ganges.  M 

Several  species  of  Equus  have  been  recorded,  • 
as  Equus  fossilis  (E.  Adamiticus,  Schlotheim), 
Equus  (Caballus)  primigenius;  Equus  (Mulus)  pri- 
migenius  ;  Equus  (Asinus)  primigenius.  It  is  very  ■ 
probable  that  these  recorded  species  may  be  reaJly  ■ 
distinct  from  each  other,  yet  it  is  by  no  means  cer-  ' 
tain,  for  it  would  appear  that  it  is  rather  upon  size 
than  any  definite  and  persistent  characters  that  the 
distinctions  are  founded.  Indeed  the  bones  of  the 
living  species  do  not  afford  any  certain  data  by 
which  to  discriminate  one  from  another.  Cuvier 
informs  us  that  he  had  carefully  compared  the 
skeletons  of  many  varieties  of  horses,  those  of  the 
mule,  of  the  ass,  the  zebra,  and  the  quagga,  and 
that  he  could  never  find  a  character  sufficiently 
fixed  to  enable  him  to  pronounce  on  a  species  from 
an  isolated  bone.  Size,  he  observes,  furnishes  but 
incomplete  marks  of  distinction.  Horses  and  asses 
vary  much  in  this  respect  from  their  states  of 
domestication  ;  and  he  adds  that  though  he  had 
not  yet  procured  the  skeleton  of  a  dzigguetai,  he 
doubted  not  its  resemblance  to  the  other  species 
as  much  as  they  resemble  each  other  in  the  same 
particular.  To  distinguish  the  skeleton,  or  a  few 
bones  of  the  skeleton,  of  the  zebra,  from  those  of 
Burchell's  zebra,  or  the  quagga,  or  the  dzigguetai, 
is  indeed  difficult ;  but  still  where  the  relics  indi- 
cate great  difference  of  size  to  have  existed,  taking 
into  account  the  circumstance  that  the  extinct 
Equi  were  wild,  and  therefore  unmodified  by  the 
influence  of  domestication,  there  are  good  grounds, 
i"rom  difference  of  size  alone,  for  assuming  specific 
flistinctions.  With  regard  to  the  probability  that 
to  some  of  these  extinct  wild  species  is  to  be  attri- 
buted the  origin  of  our  domestic  races,  we  have 
jilready  expressed  our  opinion. 

482. — Skull  of  the  Fossil  Adapis. 
To  the  order  Pachydermata  Cuvier  refers  an  extinct 
animal,  of  which  the  remains  have  been  found  in 
the  plaster-quarries  of  Montmartre.  The  remains, 
however,  are  very  rare,  and  we  believe  that  only 
tiiree  fragments  of  skulls  have  been  recovered. 
The  adapis  was  evidently  a  small  animal,  its  skull 
being  only  about  a  third  larger  than  that  of  a 
hedgehog.  There  were  four  incisors,  sharp-edged 
and  oblique,  in  each  jaw,  followed  byacanine  tooth 
of  a  conical  form  and  not  exceeding  the  molars  in 
length.  Of  these  latter  there  were  seven  on  each 
side,  in  each  jaw.  In  the  upper  jaw  the  first  molar 
was  trenchant,  the  second  and  third  surrounded  by 
a  small  ridge,  the  last  four  flat-crowned.  In  the 
lower  jaw  the  first  three  molars  were  pointed  and 
trenchant,  the  remainder  flat-crowned  and  tuber- 
culous, like  those  above  opposed  to  flicni.     Of  the 


DlNOTHERIUM.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


Ill 


general  outline  of  the  adapis  we  have  as  yet  no 
means  of  arrivins:  at  any  idea. 

483,  485. — The  Dinotherium 
(X).  giganteum),  as  restored  by  Professor  Kaup. 
Cuvier,  from  teeth  and  isolated  fragments,  gave,  in 
his  work  on  fossil  bones,  the  title  of  "  Tapir  gigan- 
tesque  "  to  the  huge  animal  of  which  they  were  the 
relics,  the  only  ones  then  discovered.  It  was  re- 
served for  Professor  Kaup  to  add  to  our  knowledge 
of  the  animal  in  question,  by  the  discovery  first 
of  several  lower  jaws  (Fig.  487),  and  subsequently 
of  the  skull  (Fig.  486),  which  were  found  imbedded 
in  a  stratum  of  sandstone  (the  second  or  Mio- 
cene system  of  tertiary  deposits),  at  Eppelsheim, 
about  twelve  miles  south  of  Mayence,  in  company 
with  relics  of  the  following,  viz. :  a  second  species 
of  Dinotherium,  making  the  species  2  :  Tapirus,  2, 
larger  than  living  species ;  Chalicotherium  (allied 
to  Tapirs),  2;  Rhinoceros,  2;  Tetracaulodon  (allied 
to  Mastodon),  1  ;  Hippotherium  (allied  to  Horse), 
1  ;  Sus,  3 ;  Felis  (some  as  large  as  a  Lion),  4 ; 
jilachairodus  (allied  to  Bear,  Ursus  cultridens): 
Gulo  (Glutton),  1 ;  Agnotherium  (allied  to  Dog,  but 
as  large  as  a  Lion),  1. 

Cuvier,  before  he  had  completed  the  last  edition 
of  his  '  Regne  Animal,'  became  aware  of  M.  Kaup's 
discovery  of  the  lower  jaw,  and  in  his  Additions, 
vol.  i.  p.  581,  he  alludes  to  this  fragment  as  afford- 
ing data  for  the  separation  of  the  "Tapir  gigan- 
tesque "  into  a  distinct  genus.  To  this  genus  M. 
Kaup  has  given  the  title  Dinotherium.  The  skull 
of  this  extraordinary  animal  is  more  than  a  yard  in 
length,  and  the  size  and  situation  of  the  nasal  oritice 
(Fig.  484),  with  the  salient  portion  of  the  short 
nasal  bones,  indicate  the  probable  possession  of  a 
proboscis ;  we  say  probable,  because  in  the  Manatee 
or  Lamantin,  and  also  the  Duyong,  we  have  a 
similar  extent  and  situation  of  the  nasal  orifice,  a 
circumstance  militating  against  the  inference  that 
a  proboscis  necessarily  accompanies  this  conforma- 
tion of  the  skull.  Indeed  the  general  aspect  of  the 
skull  of  the  Dinotherium,  setting  aside  the  tusks  of 
the  lower  jaw,  and  its  strange  alveolar  projection, 
strongly  reminds  us  of  that  of  the  Lamantip  (Mana- 
tus,  Cuv.j.  The  orbits  themselves  are  very  small, 
but  the  temporal  fossae  are  very  deep  and  extensive, 
indicating  the  great  mass  of  the  temporal  muscle. 
The  lower  jaw  is  most  remarkable.  It  is  armed  at 
the  extremity  with  two  enormous  tusks  (incisors), 
which,  instead  of  projecting  upwards  or  forwards, 
sweep  downwards,  and  curve  gently  backwards, 
having  their  roots  imbedded  in  enormous  alveoli. 

0? 
The  dentition  is  as  follows: — Incisors  — ,  Canines 

0-0  5-5 

' — ^,  Molars,  -^ — r  =  22.  Of  the  molars  the  third 
0-0  5— o 

has  three  transverse  ridges  across  its  surface,  the 
others  have  two,  with  the  exception  of  the  first 
molar  of  the  lower  jaw,  which  has  only  one  at  its 
posterior  part,  the  anterior  portion  being  trenchant. 
Fig.  488  represents  the  palatal  view  of  the  skull  of 
the  Dinotherium.  Fig.  490,  the  molar  teeth  and 
the  relative  bearing  of  the  two  rows,  which  approxi- 
mate towards  each  other  anteriorly. 

The  situation  and  afiinities  of  the  Dinotherium 
have  been  the  subject  of  much  speculation,  and  very 
opposite  opinions  have  been  entertained  by  different 
naturalists.  M.  Kaup,  influenced  by  the  discovery 
of  huge  claws  and  a  scapula,  resembling  in  charac- 
ter those  of  the  Pangolins  (Manis),  assigns  the  ani- 
mal to  the  Edentata,  but  differing  from  all  extant 
species  not  only  in  exceeding  the  elephant  in  size, 
but  in  having,  like  the  elephant,  a  proboscis.  Dr. 
Btickland  regards  the  Dinotherium  as  approximating 
to  the  tapir,  of  aquatic  habits,  and  furnished  with 
a  proboscis,  by  means  of  which  it  conveyed  to 
the  mouth  the  vegetables  raked  from  the  bottom  of 
lakes  and  rivers  by  its  tusks  and  claws ;  and  he 
alludes  to  its  claw  resembling  that  of  the  Pangolins. 
MM.  Blainville  and  Dum^ril  consider  the  Dino- 
therium to  have  been  allied  to  the  Lamantins,  or 
"aquatic  gravigrades," — to  have  been  in  fact  a 
Duyong  with  tusk-incisors,  and  therefore  one  of  the 
concluding  forms  of  the  Pachydermata.  They  con- 
sider that  it  had  no  proboscis,  but  a  huge  inflated 
muzzle  and  upper  lip.  Gaeger  places  it  with  the 
seals.  Now  as  regards  M.  Kaup's  theory,  we  may 
at  once  state  that  the  claws  and  scapula  on  which 
he  founds  it  are  not  proved  to  belong  to  the  Dino- 
therium ;  and  he  himself  admits  that  should  the  dis- 
covery take  place  of  other  fossil  relics  whence  the 
certain  existence  of  a  Manis  gigantea  might  be 
presumed,  his  theory  would  be  overthrown.  Our 
own  opinion  coincides  with  that  of  M.  Blainville. 
The  occipital  condyles  (see  the  posterior  view  of  the 
»kull  see  from  below.  Fig.  489,  and  the  skull.  Fig. 
480)  are  terminal,  or  in  the  direction  of  the  longitudi- 
nal axis  of  the  skull,  as  in  Lamantins,  and  also  the 
Cetacea  Mammalia  modified  for  aquatic  existence. 
The  occipital  surface  is  large,  subvertical,  and  even 
inclined  from  before  backwards,  with  a  profound 
mesial  depression  for  the  insertion  either  of  a  very 


strong  cervical  ligament  or  powerful  muscles  for 
the  elevation  of  the  head.  The  basilary  portion  of 
the  skull  (Figs.  488,  489)  is  narrow  in  its  com- 
ponent parts,  while  the  vertical  surface  (Fig.  486) 
is,  as  in  the  Lamantins  and  Duyongs,  very  wide, 
overplumbing  the  temporal  fossae,  of  which  the 
depth  and  width  indicate  the  enormous  levator 
muscles  of  the  lower  jaw,  not  only  for  the  purpose 
of  mastication,  but  for  the  particular  action  of  the 
lower  jaw,  with  its  rake-like  tusks.  Moreover,  in 
the  lower  jaw  we  find  an  analogy  to  that  of  the 
Duyong,  of  which  the  branches  curve  downwards 
for  a  third  of  their  length  to  a  deflected  symphysis, 
only  that  in  the  Dinotherium  this  downward  curva- 
ture is  carried  to  a  far  greater  extreme,  for  the  im- 
plantation of  tusk -incisors.  What  were  the  limbs  of 
this  gigantic  animal  ?  If  its  habits  were  terrestrial, 
which  a  consideration  of  the  skull  forbids  us  to  be- 
lieve, the  Dinotherium  must  have  had  solid  pillars  of 
support,  like  the  limbs  of  the  elephant,  and  destitute 
of  that  liberty  which  even  in  the  Pangolins  they  are 
endowed  with ;  but,  if  our  ideas  are  correct,  its  limbs 
were  adapted  for  aquatic  locomotion,  and  perhaps 
the  posterior  pair  were  wanting,  or  formed  the  ele- 
ments of  a  terminal  paddle.  Its  diet  was  undoubt- 
edly vegetable,  as  in  the  Duyong ;  and  we  may 
conceive  it  tearing  up  the  strong-fibred  vegetables 
from  their  subaquatic  bed  by  means  of  its  tusks, 
which  might  serve  also  as  weapons  of  offence,  or 
as  anchors  for  the  purpose  of  mooring  itself  to 
the  banks  of  the  lake  or  river,  or  of  dragging  its 
unwieldy  body  partially  out  of  the  water. 

Dr.  Buckland  informs  iis  that  bones  of  the  Dino- 
therium have  lately  been  found  in  tertiary  fresh-water 
limestone  near  Orthes,  at  the  foot  of  the  Pyrenees, 
and  with  them  remains  of  a  new  genus  allied  to 
rhinoceros,  of  several  unknown  species  of  deer,  and 
of  a  dog  or  wolf  equalling  a  lion  in  size. 

Cuvier  and  Kaup  calculate  the  length  of  the 
Dinotherium  at  about  eighteen  feet ;  the  massive 
lower  jaw  measures  nearly  four  feet,  exclusive  of 
the  tusks. 

491,  492. — Fossil  Skull  of  Toxodon 
(Toxodon  Platensis,  Owen).  We  are  inclined  to  refer 
the  Toxodon,  of  which  an  imperfect  skull  and  frag- 
ments of  a  lower  jaw,  and  some  teeth,  are  our  only 
guides,  to  the  aquatic  Pachyderms  ;  and,  as  in  the 
instance  of  the  Dinotherium,  we  draw  our  deductions 
from  the  weight  of  the  skull,  from  the  form  and 
position  of  the  nasal  aperture,  the  slope  of  the 
occiput,  and  the  position  of  the  occipital  condyles. 

The  skull  in  question  was  brought  by  Mr.  Darwin 
from  South  America.  It  appears  that  during  his 
sojourn  in  Banda  Oriental  he  heard  of  some  giant's 
bones  at  a  farm-house  on  the  Sarandis,  a  small  stream 
entering  the  Rio  Negro,  about  120  miles  north- 
west of  Monte  Video.  Accordingly  there  he  rode, 
and  for  the  sum  of  eighteen-pence  purchased  the 
cranium  now  in  the  museum  of  the  Royal  College 
of  Surgeons,  London.  Mr.  Darwin  was  informed  by 
the  people  at  the  farm-house  that  the  relics  were 
exposed  in  consequence  of  a  flood  having  washed 
down  part  of  the  bank  of  earth.  When  first  found 
the  skull  was  perfect ;  but  unfortunately  the  boys 
of  the  neighbourhood  knocked  out  the  teeth  with 
stones,  and  set  up  the  head  as  a  mark  to  tlirow  at. 
Mr.  Darwin,  however,  found  a  perfect  tooth,  and 
fragments  ascertained  by  Professor  Owen  to  be 
those  of  the  lower  jaw.  These  remains  were  so 
fresh  as  to  render  it  difficult  to  believe  that  ages 
had  passed  since  their  interment ;  and  Mr.  Darwin 
observes  that  they  contained  so  much  animal 
matter,  that  when  a  portion  was  heated  in  the  fiame 
of  a  spirit-lamp,  it  not  only  exhaled  a  very  strong 
animal  odour,  but  burnt  with  a  slight  flame.  The 
deposit  in  which  they  were  imbedded  was  a  whitish 
argillaceous  earth,  forming  the  banks  of  the  Sa- 
randis, overlying  a  granitic  foundation. 

The  skull  in  question  equals  in  size  that  of  the 
hippopotamus,  measuring  two  feet  four  inches  in 
length,  and  one  foot  four  inches  in  extreme  breadth. 
The  form  of  the  skull  (Figs.  491,  492)  is  elongated 
and  depressed ;  the  zygomatic  arches  are  of  enor- 
mous size  and  strength,  an  index  of  the  great 
volume  of  the  temporal  and  masseter  muscles.  The 
occipital  region  (Fig.  493)  slopes  from  the  condyles 
upwards  and  forwards.  The  maxillary  portion  of 
the  skull  is  compressed  laterally,  narrow  across,  and 
with  large  intermaxillary  bones,  slightly  dilated  at 
their  extremity.  The  superior  part  of  the  skull  was 
cavernous,  with  cells,  or  sinuses,  giving  to  it  greater 
apparent  volume  than  the  cerebral  cavity  would 
Jead  us  to  infer :  we  have  already  alluded  to  the 
deceptive  volume  of  the  skull  of  the  elephant. 
According  to   Professor  Owen  the  dental  formula 

is  as  follows : — Incisors  _,  canines  none,   a   vacant 
6 

7 7 

space  being  m  their  place ;  molars  =38.    The 

incisor  teeth  (see  Fig.  496,  the  fragment  of  the  an- 
terior part  of  the  lower  jaw,  with  the  teeth  in  situ; 
'  and  Fig.  495,  an  incisor  of  the  lower  jaw)  are  re- 


markable for  their  resemblance  in  many  respects  to 
those  of  the  Rodents :  they  were  rootless,  and  had 
persistent  pulps  ;  growing,  therefore,  as  worn  down 
by  use.  In  the  upper  jaw  the  two  central  incisors 
were  very  small ;  the  two  e<xternal  ones  very  large, 
curved,  with  their  sockets  extending  back  in  an 
arched  direction  through  the  intermaxillary  bones 
to  the  maxillary,  and  terminating,  without  becoming 
contracted,  immediately  anterior  to  the  grinding 
teeth.  In  the  lower  jaw  the  two  middle  incisors  are 
largest,  the  rest  gradually  diminishing  in  size.  (Fig. 
496.)  The  molar  teeth  also  were  rootless,  and  curved, 
whence  the  name  Toxodon  (joiov,  a  bow,  bioit, 
a  tooth) ;  and  their  grinding  surface  presented  one 
or  more  folds  of  enamel  re-entering  the  osseous  sub- 
stance of  the  centre,  as  in  Rodents.  See  Fig.  494, 
the  last  molar  teeth  but  one  of  upper  jaw  ;  Fig.  497, 
the  grinding  surface  of  the  same  ;  Fig.  498,  the 
grinding  surface  of  the  corresponding  molar  of  lower 
jaw. 

We  might  here  enter  on  many  minutiae,  and  follow 
Professor  Owen  through  his  anatomical  details,  were 
it  not  that  they  are  rather  adapted  for  the  close  atten- 
tion of  the  comparative  anatomist  than  the  general 
leader.  Those  who  wish  to  gain  the  fullest  information 
on  these  points  we  may  refer  to  the  '  Proceeds.  Geol. 
Soc.  Lond.'  1837 ;  and  the  '  Zoology  of  the  Beagle  : 
Fossil  Mammalia.'  We  may  observe,  however,  that 
"  in  the  aspect  of  the  plane  of  the  occipital  foramen 
and  occipital  region  of  the  skull,  in  the  form  and 
position  of  the  occipital  condyles,  in  the  aspect  of 
the  plane  of  the  bony  aperture  of  the  nostrils,  and 
in  the  thickness  and  texture  of  the  osseous  parietes 
of  the  skull,"  the  Toxodon  manifests  an  affinity  to 
the  Dinotherium  and  the  aquatic  Pachyderms  (the 
herbivorous  Cetacea  of  Cuvier,  but  whicli  in  man- 
ners and  organization  have  little  relationship  to  the 
true  whales,  excepting  as  far  as  they  are  all  modified 
for  the  waters  of  the  deep). 

With  respect  to  the  limbs  of  the  Toxodon,  we  have 
as  yet  no  evidence  respecting  their  form  or  number ; 
how  far,  therefore,  they  were  constructed  for  aquatic 
progression,  whether  for  this  solely,  or  for  occasional 
visits  to  the  land,  is  yet  a  problem  to  be  solved. 
Professor  Owen,  however,  suggests  that  the  pre- 
sence of  lai'ge  frontal  sinuses  renders  it  not  im- 
probable that  the  habits  of  this  species  were  not 
so  strictly  aquatic  as  the  total  absence  of  hinder 
extremities  would  necessitate. 

In  speaking  of  the  Dinotherium  and  Toxodon  it 
will  be  seen  that  we  have  referred  them,  with  the 
Lamantins  and  Duyongs  (often  written  Dugongs), 
to  the  aquatic  Pachyderms,  between  which  group 
and  the  ordinary  Pachyderms  we  regard  the  hippo- 
potamus as  forming  a  link,  though  decidedly  within 
the  pale  of  the  latter.  Cuvier  has  remarked  that 
such  of  the  Pachydermata  as  approach  the  Rumi- 
nants in  the  structure  of  their  feet  partake  in  some 
degree  of  the  complication  of  the  stomach  which 
in  the  animals  of  the  latter  order  is  so  remarkable 
a  character ;  and  it  may  be  said,  per  contra,  that 
such  Pachyderms  as  approach  in  a  certain  degree 
in  habits  to  the  aquatic  group  resemble  them  in 
the  structure  of  the  same  organ.  The  stomach  of 
the  semi-aquatic  hippopotamus,  for  example,  con- 
sists of  certain  sacculi,  which  renders  it  analogous  to 
that  of  the  lamantin.  Sir  E.  Home  observes  that 
"  the  stomachs  of  the  manatee  and  hippopotamus 
bear  a  close  resemblance  to  each  other  in  structure, 
and  are  in  many  respects  similar  to  that  of  the 
peccary,  which  is  a  variation  of  the  hogs,  to  which 
the  tapir  is  also  allied ;  and  these  circumstances 
throw  no  small  light  upon  the  preparatory  processes 
required  for  the  digestion  of  difterent  kinds  of  ve- 
getable food.  The  grass  of  the  field  is  the  food  of 
Ruminating  animals,  and,  from  the  structure  of  their 
digestive  organs,  it  is  evident  that  much  previous 
digestion  is  necessary  for  its  preparation.  The 
grass  and  weeds  at  the  bottom  and  on  the  banks  of 
rivers  is  the  food  of  the  manatee  and  hippopotamus, 
and  the  apparatus  formed  for  preparing  these  sub- 
stances displays  an  approach  to  the  stomachs  in 
Ruminants.  In  the  hog  tribe  the  resemblance  is 
less,  those  animals  having  a  more  indiscriminate 
diet :  the  structure  of  their  stomach  shows  that 
grass  is  by  no  means  their  natural  food.  The 
stomachs  of  the  manatee  and  hippopotamus,  then, 
which  at  first  sight  appear  so  extraordinary  and 
incomprehensible,  are  in  fact  the  links  which 
unite  the  Ruminants  to  those  animals  which  feed 
on  roots  and  various  vegetable  substances,  and  form 
a  key,  without  which  the  different  gradations  can- 
not be  satisfactorily  explained." 

It  is  not  only  in  the  form  of  the  stomach,  but  in 
the  structure  and  contour  of  the  skull,  the  position 
of  the  eyes  and  nostrils,  and  even  in  the  nature  of 
the  skin,  with  its  subcutaneous  layer  of  fat,  that  we 
trace  the  approximation  of  the  hippopotamus  to  the 
Lamantins ;  and  it  may  be  that  the  Toxodon,  and  even 
Dinotherium,  form  links  between  the  Lamantins  and 
hippopotamus,  being  within  the  pale  of  the  group 
to  which  the  former  belong. 
We  may  here  observe,  that  the  number  of  fossil 


485.— Dlnotherinm. 


487.—  Lower  Jaw  of  Dinotberium. 


112 


Fig.  494. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


114 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[TOXODOM. 


genera  included  within  the  Pachydermata  g^atly 
exceeds  that  of  genera  containing  living  specie*, 
of  which  latter  many,  as  Eqiius,  Elephas,  Rhino- 
ceros, and  Hippopotamus,  have  fossil  as  well  as 
living  species :  so  that  the  number  of  fossil  or  ex- 
tinct species  already  ascertained  of  the  Pachyder- 
matous order,  taken  collectively,  is  far  greater  than 
the  number  of  living  species.  In  some,  perhaps 
many,  instances  the  affinities  of  the  fossil  Pachy- 
derms are  not  understood,  fragments  of  bones  only 
having  been  recovered  :  in  some  instances  they  can- 
not be  mistaken. 

We  began  our  observation  on  the  Pachydermata 
by  alluding  to  the  unfilled  intervals  between  the 
forms  now  living  on  the  surface  of  the  earth,  and 
a  statement  that  in  fossil  forms — some  yet  to  be 
discovered,  others  to  be  made  out,  and,  as  it  were, 
re-coDstructed — would  the  lost  links  in  the  chain  be 
recovered ;  and  we  again  express  our  opinion  that 
ultimately  the  work  will  be,  if  not  perfectly,  at  least 
to  a  great  extent,  accomplished. 

That  our  ideas  are  not  unreasonable  we  have 
from  time  to  time  satisfactory  proofs.  Sir  Thomas 
Mitchell  has  recently  transmitted  from  Australia 
some  fossil  bones  which  incontestably  prove  the 
existence  of  at  least  one  gigantic  Pachyderm,  at 
some  remote  period,  in  that  region.  These  fossils 
consist  of  a  piortion  of  a  molar  tooth,  of  the  shaft 
of  a  thigh  bone,  with  part  of  the  spine,  of  a  sca- 
pula, and  some  smaller  fragments  of  a  long  bone. 
They  were  found  on  the  Darling  Downs,  those  ex- 
tensive plains  marked  to  the  south-west  of  Moreton 
Bay  on  most  maps  of  Australia,  at  the  source  of 
the  river  Darling,  and  upwards  of  4000  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  sea.  Sir  Thomas  Mitchell,  in  his 
letter  to  Professor  Owen,  to  whom  the  relics  were 
forwarded,  states  that  these  huge  bones  are  found 
in  some  abundance.  It  would  appear  from  Profes- 
sor Owen's  examination,  that  this  huge  extinct 
animal  was  allied  both  to  the  Mastodon  and  Dino- 
therium.  Fig.  499  represents  the  femur  of  this 
extinct  Australian  Pachyderm :  a,  its  transverse  sec- 
tion. Figs.  500,  501,  two  views  of  the  portion  of  a 
molar  tooth  of  the  same.  These  fossils,  now  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  cannot, 
observes  Professor  Owen,  be  contemplated  without 
suggesting  many  interesting  reflections. 

"They  tell  us  plainly  that  the  time  was  when 
Australia's  arid  plains  were  trodden  by  the  hoofs  of 
heavy  Pachyderms  ;  but  could  the  land  then  have 
been,  as  now,  parched  by  long  continued  droughts, 
■with  dry  river-courses,  containing  here  and  there 
a  pond  of  water?  All  the  facts  and  analogies  which 
throw  light  on  the  habits  of  the  extinct  Mastodons 
and  Dinotheres  indicate  these  creatures  to  have 
been  frequenters  of  marshes,  swamps,  or  lakes. 
Other  relations  of  land  and  sea  than  now  charac- 
terize the  southern  hemisphere,  a  different  condition 
of  the  surface  of  the  land  and  of  the  meteoric  in- 
fluences governing  the  proportion  and  distribution 
of  fresh-water  on  that  surface,  may  therefore  be 
conjectured  to  have  prevailed  when  huge  Masto- 
dontoid  Pachyderms  constituted  part  of  the  quad- 
ruped population  of  Australia.  Rlay  not  the  change 
from  a  humid  climate  to  the  present  particularly 
dry  one  have  been  the  cause,  or  chief  cause,  of  the 
extinction  of  such  Pachyderms?  Was  not  the 
ancient  Terra  Australis,   when    so    populated,   of 

freater  extent  than  the  present  insular  continent? 
he  mutual  dependences  between  large  mammalian 
quadrupeds  and  other  members  of  the  animal  king- 
dom suggest  other  reflections  in  connection  with 
the  present  fossil.  If  the  extinct  species  ever  so 
abounded  as  to  require  its  redundancy  to  be  sup- 
pressed by  a  carnivorous  enemy,  then  some  de- 
structive species  of  this  kind  must  have  co-existed, 
of  larger  dimensions  than  the  extinct  Dasyurus 
laniarius,  the  ancient  destroyer  of  the  now  equally 
extinct  gigantic  Kangaroos,  Macropus  Titan,  &c., 
whose  remains  were  discovered  in  the  bone-caves 
of  Wellington  Valley.  Extremely  few  copropha- 
gous  beetles  have  hitherto,  I  believe,  been  found  in 
Australia ;  and  the  scarcity  of  such  is  readily  ex 
plained  by  the  absence  of  native  species  of  large 
herbivorous  mammals ;  but  the  dung  of  the  Masto- 
dontoid  quadrupeds  which  formerly  existed  in  Aus- 
tralia must  then  have  afi"orded  the  requisite  condi- 
tions for  a  greater  abundance  of  such  Coleoptera. 
These  and  other  speculations  are  naturally  suggested 
hy  the  highly  interesting  fossils  here  described. 
The  great  importance  of  such  organic  remains  will 
be  obvious  from  the  few  inferences  which  have 
been  briefly  noted;  our  obligations  to  the  en- 
lightened collector  and  transmitter  of  the  Masto- 
dontoid  fossils  are  great,  and  the  arrival  of  addi- 
tional facts  and  specimens  will  be  most  earnestly 
welcomed." 

A  consideration  of  the  fossil  relics  of  extinct  ani- 
mals throws  the  mind  back  upon  remote  periods 
before  the  surface  of  our  globe  had  acquired  its 
present  aspect,  its  present  arrangement  of  land 
and  water,  of  mountains  and  plains,  islands  and 
conUnents ;  and  when  we  begin  to  review  the  histoij' 


of  its  phases,  we  find  ourselves  carried  back  into  the 
obscure  of  time,  till — in  comparison  with  the  ages 
which  have  passed  since  the  commencement  of  the 
Primary  period,  wherein  those  oldest  rocks  were 
formed  in  which  there  are  no  traces  of  animal  or 
vegetable  life  :  to  the  conclusion  of  the  Secondary 
geological  period — the  date  of  man's  existence  on 
the  globe  seems  but  of  yesterday,  and  the  few  thou- 
sand years  through  which  he  has  played  his  part 
sink  into  a  span. 

But  though  the  vast  antiquity  of  the  globe  is 
clearly  demonstrated,  still  the  length  of  time  which 
has  elapsed  during  the  formation  of  the  whole  or 
of  any  definite  portion  of  the  crust  of  the  earth  is  a 
problem  yet  to  be  solved.  We  know  that  at  one 
period  life  had  no  place  on  our  planet.  The  gneiss 
and  mica-schist  systems  of  strata  of  the  Primary  pe- 
riod are  destitute  of  all  trace  of  organic  remains. 
In  these,  the  most  ancient  of  rocks,  which  exhibit  to 
us  the  combined  effects  of  igneous  and  aqueous 
agency,  no  fossil  relics  speak  of  a  Fanna  or  Flora 
during  their  formation,  and  we  may  believe  that 
few  or  none  of  the  organised  wonders  of  nature 
were  then  in  existence,  because  the  physical  con- 
ditions of  the  globe  requisite  for  the  existence  of 
animals  and  plants  were  not  then  established.'  How 
long  did  this  state  of  the  earth  continue  ?  It  is  a 
question  which  cannot  be  answered.  Passing  from 
the  primeval  rocks, 

*•  Where  the  bird  dared  not  build,  nor  insect  wing 
Flit  o'er  the  herbless  granite," 

we  come  to  the  Snowdon  rocks  of  argillaceous  slate, 
and  the  calcareous  and  argillaceous  rocks,  consti- 
tuting the  Cumbrian  system,  in  which  a  few  traces  of 
organic  life  have  been  detected,  but  of  organic  life 
in  its  lowest  type.  Then  the  Silurion  or  transition 
system  succeeds,  consisting  of  sandstones,  limestones, 
and  shale  ;  here  corals,  crinoidea,  trilobites,  terebra- 
tulae,  &c.,  all  belonging  to  extinct  species  and  often 
to  extinct  genera  and  families,  and  all  aquatic,  are 
abundant.  From  these  systems  of  the  primary 
strata,  we  advance  to  the  secondary  strata — rich  in 
oceanic  life — divided  into  the  carboniferous  system, 
the  saliferous  or  new  red-sandstone  system,  the 
oolitic  system,  and  the  cretaceous  or  chalk  system. 
The  deposits  constituting  each  of  these  systems  are 
replete  with  organic  remains,  but  all  of  extinct  spe- 
cies and  often  of  extinct  genera.  The  coal-mea- 
sures are  rich  in  an  extinct  Flora,  principally  con- 
sisting of  ferns,  often  in  an  extraordinary  degree  of 
preservation,  the  most  delicate  leaves  being  spread 
out,  and  so  arranged  as  to  constitute  a  beautiful 
Hortus  Siccus  of  a  long-past  period.  About  300 
species  of  plants  have  been  discovered  in  the  coal- 
measures  of  this  and  other  countries.  Their  luxu- 
riance indicates  a  genial  temperature  and  a  humid 
ground.  "  It  would  hardly  be  credited,"  says  Pro- 
fessor Lindley,  in  his  '  Fossil  Flora  of  Great  Britain,' 
"  by  persons  unacquainted  with  the  evidence  upon 
which  such  facts  repose,  that  in  the  most  dreary  and 
desolate  regions  of  the  present  day  there  once  flou- 
rished groves  of  tropical  plants,  of  Coniferae,  like 
the  Norfolk  Island  and  Araucarian  pines,  of  bananas, 
tree-ferns,  huge  cacti  and  palms ;  that  the  marshes 
were  filled  with  rush-like  plants  15  or  20  feet  high, 
and  the  coverts  with  ferns  like  the  undergrowth  of 
a  West  India  island.  Our  engraving  (Fig.  510)  is 
a  restoration  of  some  of  the  animals  and  plants 
characteristic  of  the  oolitic  system  (lias,  limestone, 
oolite,  &c.)  of  the  secondary  strata,  which  will 
serve  to  convey  some  idea  of  the  Fauna  and  Flora  of 
the  period  when  those  strata  were  in  process  of 
formation — a  period  in  which  strange  monsters 
ploughed  their  way  through  waters  which  have 
given  place  to  solid  rock.  Plants. — a.  Ferns  (Fili- 
ces).  b,  Zamia  (Cycadae).  c.  Arbor  Vitae.  d, 
Dracaena,  e,  Araucaria  pine.  /,  Equisetum. — 
Animals. — g.  Dragon-fly.  h.  Tortoise,  j,  Mega- 
losaurus.  k,  Ichthyosaurus.  /,  Plesiosaurus.  to. 
Ammonites,  n.  Echinus,  o,  Nautilus,  p.  Cuttle- 
fish,   q,  Encrinites.     r,  Pterodactylus. 

The  chalk  system  is  rich  in  extinct  corals,  zoo- 
phytes, and  echinoderms.  Our  lofty  chalk  hills  and 
the  white  cliffs  of  Dover  have  been  formed  through 
a  long  succession  of  ages  at  the  bottom  of  a  deep 
sea.  From  the  Secondary  we  advance  to  the  Ter- 
tiary periods.  In  general,  says  a  talented  writer, 
"  No  contrast  can  be  more  complete  than  that 
between  the  secondary  and  the  tertiary  rocks ;  the 
former  retaining  so  much  uniformity  of  character, 
even  for  enormous  distances,  as  to  appear  like  the  ef- 
fect of  one  determined  sequence  of  general  physical 
agencies ;  the  latter  exhibiting  an  almost  boundless 
local  variety,  and  relations  to  the  configuration  of 
land  and  sea  not  to  be  mistaken.  The  organic  bodies 
of  the  secondary  strata  are  obviously  and  completely 
distinct  from  those  of  the  modern  land  and  sea;  but 
in  the  tertiary  deposits,  it  is  the  resemblance  between 
fossil  and  recent  kinds  of  corals,  shells,  plants,  qua- 

•  We  exclude  microscopic  animalcules  from  our  consideration,  be- 
cause at  present  we  scarcely  know  under  what  circumstances  they  can 
live. 


drupeds,  and  other  vertebrata,  which  first  arrests  the 
judgment.  In  genera]  there  is  a  decided  break 
between  the  two  groups  of  rocks,  a  discontinuity 
which  is  nowhere  completely  filled.  Yet  besides  the 
pseudo-tertiary  or  transition  chalky  rocks  of  Maes- 
tricht  and  the  Pyrenees,  and  the  conchiferous  marls 
of  Gosau,  we  have  in  England  and  France  above 
the  chalk  a  prevalence  of  green  and  ferruginous 
sands  similar  to  those  below.  Perhaps  they  have 
been  derived  from  the  waste  of  those  older  rocks. 
Mr.  Lyell  supposes  the  tertiaries  of  the  London  basin 
to  have  been  formed  from  the  waste  of  the  second- 
ary strata  of  Kent,  Surrey,  Sussex,  and  Hampshire. 
With  the  tertiary  system  came  into  existence,  if  we 
may  trust  the  evidence  which  the  eariier  strata  pre- 
sent, many  races  of  quadrupeds,  some  birds,  reptiles 
and  fishes,  extremely  analogous  to,  though  for  the 
most  part  specifically  distinct  from,  the  modern  de- 
nizens of  land  and  water;  thousands  of  corals,  shells, 
Crustacea,  &c.  which  present  with  living  races  quite 
as  great  analogy  as  obtains  between  the  tribes  of  the 
Atlantic  and  the  Pacific  oceans  of  our  day.  The 
general  features  of  land  and  sea  as  they  now  exist 
began  to  appear,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  in 
a  philosophical  study  of  the  revolutions  of  the  globe 
the  tertiary  era  of  geology  cannot  be  properly  sepa- 
rated from  the  existing  system  of  nature."'  "The  ter- 
tiary period,  taken  in  this  extended  sense,  saw  the 
creation  and  extinction  of  the  mammoth,  the  mas- 
todon, the  palaeotherium,  the  fossil  rhinoceros  and 
hippopotamus,  the  dinotherium,  the  toxodon,  and  the 
huge  pachyderm  of  Australia :  and  next,  the  creation 
of  all  our  modern  races  of  animals. 

During  the  period  of  the  deposition  of  the  tertiary 
strata,  the  relations  of  land  and  sea  were  greatly 
altered  in  various  portions  of  the  globe ;  in  Europe 
by  the  rising  of  the  Pyrenees  beyond  the  heightthey 
reached  after  the  cretaceous  era,  and  by  the  uplift- 
ing of  the  Alps  from  the  Mediterranean  towards 
Mont  Blanc.  "  In  England  we  may  believe  the  up- 
ward movement  of  the  southern  counties  connected 
with  the  Hampshire  axis  of  elevation,  and  the  Isle 
of  Wight  convulsion  was  ended  at  an  early  epoch 
of  the  tertiary  period.  The  eastern  range  of  the 
Alps  from  Mont  Blanc  to  Vienna  is  of  later  date, 
and  may  be  viewed  as  the  most  marked  phenomenon 
of  elevation  which  accompanied  or  preceded  the 
dispersion  of  erratic  blocks  in  Europe." 

Besides  the  alterations  thus  produced  in  the  rela- 
tion of  the  land  and  the  sea,  changes  have  taken 
place,  and  are  still  in  progress,  from  other  causes. 
Rivers  bring  down  vast  quantities  of  the  disinte- 
grated particles  of  the  strata  through  which  they 
flow,  and  deposit  the  sediment  at  their  mouths, 
forming  deltas,  or  low  tracts,  won  as  it  were  particle 
by  particle  from  the  domain  of  the  ocean  ;  on  the 
other  hand,  the  sea  itself  wears  down  coasts  to  a 
great  extent,  making  vast  inroads  on  the  land,  and 
converting  the  isthmus  into  an  island :  sometimes, 
by  the  sudden  or  gradual  elevation  of  a  large  tract 
of  land,  an  inland  sea  becomes  drained,  leaving  in 
Its  place  a  sandy  desert.  In  the  depths  themselves 
there  is  no  rest ;  multitudes  of  zoophytes  and  testacea 
there  live  and  die,  there  their  remains  accumulate 
layer  upon  layer,  forming  beds  of  vast  thickness, 
which  at  a  future  day  may  be  laid  bare,  covered  with 
alluvium,  and  engage  the  researches  of  another 
Cuvier.  The  chemical  action  of  the  atmosphere ; 
heat  and  cold,  rain  and  snow,  winds,  springs,  rivers, 
torrents,  the  action  of  the  tides ;  life,  animal  and  ve- 
getable ;  and  volcanic  agencies,  all  contribute  their 
part  to  alter  the  surface  of  the  land,  and  to  eff'ect 
changes  in  its  relative  extent  to  that  of  the  sea, 
changes  which  are  in  reality  never  stationary,  but, 
imperceptible  as  they  may  seem,  in  constant  pro- 
gress. 

The  deposits  of  the  tertiary  period  are  divided  by 
Mr.  Lyell  into  three  series :  the  oldest,  or  Eocene,  in 
which  there  occurs  from  three  to  five  per  cent,  of 
existing  species  of  shells ;  secondly,  the  series  of  the 
middle  age,  or  Meiocene,  averaging  18  per  cent,  in 
the  occurrence  of  existing  species  of  shells ;  and 
thirdly,  the  superficial  or  Pleiocene  deposits,  in 
which  the  ratio  of  existing  shells  is  from  40  to  95 
per  cent. 

We  trust  we  shall  be  pardoned  for  this   brief  ' 
digression,  into  which  we  were  led  by  a  desire  to 
show  that  fossil  relics  are  not  all  of  the  same  era,  and 
that  Primary,  Secondary,  and  Tertiary  periods  haw 
each  their  distinguishing  characteristics,  their  own  - 
fossil  relics ;  that  on  the  whole  the  progression  of  i 
life  has  been  from  the  lowest  aquatic  forms,  to  formi  i 
analogous  to  those  now  tenanting  the  earth,  which 
when  they  existed  in  the  Eocene,  Meiocene,  or  Pie 
iocene  epoch  of  the  Tertiary  period,  must  have  pre- 
sented to  a  certain  extent  the  superficial  features  it  i 
at  present   exhibits,  though  there  were   doubtless ' 
great  modifications  in  the  arrangements  of  land  and  ■ 
water,  and  in  the  temperature  of  given  latitude*.  ■ 
We  beg  to  refer  our  readers  to  the  articles '  Organic  * 
Remains '  and  '  Geology,'  in  the  '  Penny  Cyclopedia.' 
The  perusal  will  give  additional  interest  to  our  dfri 
tails  of  fossil  relics. 


Camels. 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


115 


ORDER  RUMINANTIA. 

This  order,  termed  Pecora  by  Linnaeus,  is  one  of  the 
most  natural  of  the  primary  groups  into  which  the 
Mammalia  are  divided.  It  contains  all  those  qua- 
drupeds in  which  a  cloven  hoof,  the  act  of  rumina- 
tion (chewing  the  cud),  and  the  absence  of  incisors 
in  the  upper  jaw  coexist  together  as  data  upon 
which  to  draw  a  line  between  them  and  all  other 
Mammals.  It  is  true  that  the  Camelidae,  or  camel 
tribe,  including  the  Llamas,  exhibit  in  their  denti- 
tion a  departure  from  the  rule,  and  exhibit,  both  in 
this  particular  and  in  osteological  structure,  some 
approximation  to  the  Pachyderms ;  nevertheless 
even  the  Camels,  in  common  with  the  Ruminants 
generally,  partake  of  those  definite  structural  pecu- 
liarities from  which  there  is  no  deviation,  and  which 
constitute  a  common  bond  of  union. 

A  rapid  glance  at  the  distinguishing  characteris- 
tics of  this  order  will  not,  we  trust,  be  unacceptable  ; 
certainly  it  is  not  out  of  place.  Decidedly  herbivo- 
rous, with  lips  modified  either  for  browsing,  as  the 
camel,  giraffe,  &c.,  or  for  grazing,  as  in  the  ox,  the 
Ruminantia  are  accordingly  furnished  with  teeth, 
digestive  organs,  and  limbs  in  accordance  with  the 
habits  involved. 

To  begin  with  the  teeth.  We  may  observe  that 
there  are  no  incisors  in  the  upper  jaw,  the  hardened 
gum  sustaining  the  pressure  of  the  lower  incisors, 
which  are  eight  in  number,  with  thin,  broad  edges  ; 
their  position  is  not  vertical,  but  oblique,  so  that 
their  edges  do  not  press  directly  against  the  gum, 
but  rather  their  posterior  surface.  The  two  central 
are  in  general  the  largest,  and  the  outermost  on  each 
side  the  smallest  and  most  oblique.  In  the  giraffe, 
hovtever,  the  outermost  is  the  largest,  and  it  ap- 
I>ears  as  if  divided  by  a  furrow.  The  molars  are 
six  on  each  side  in  both  jaws  :  of  these  the  first  three 
are  preceded  by  milk  or  deciduous  teeth  ;  the  three 
posterior  are  originally  permanent.  Their  surface 
IS  marked  by  two  pairs  of  crescentic  ridges.  In  the 
lower  jaw  these  crescents  have  the  convexity  out- 
wards ;  in  the  upper,  the  reverse.  These  crescents 
as  they  wear  down  by  use  show  a  centre  of  bone 
surrounded  by  a  ridge  of  enamel.  Between  the 
molars  and  incisors  of  the  lower  jaw  intervenes  a 
vacant  space. 

With  respect  to  the  camels,  though  the  number 
of  molars  on  each  side  above  is  really  six,  five  only 
are  in  a  continuous  series,  and  resemble  molars  in 
their  shape  :  anterior  to  these  continuous  teeth,  and 
separated  by  a  considerable  space,  we  find  a  tooth 
resembling  in  shape  a  stout  short  canine,  being  of  a 
rimple  conical  figure  ;  this  is  the  first  molar :  it  has 
been  called  a  second  canine,  but  erroneously,  the 
true  canine,  which  is  large,  strong,  and  pointed,  be- 
ing placed  before  it,  a  small  interval  separating 
them.  In  the  lower  jaw  the  continuous  molars  are 
four,  with  a  similar  pointed  and  detached  molar  and 
canine  ;  there  being  true  canines,  as  well  as  canine- 
like molars,  in  both  jaws.  Incisors  also  are  found  in 
both  jaws :  four  in  the  upper,  but  the  two  central 
are  small  and  fall  out  early ;  the  two  lateral  are  per- 
manent, and  resemble  canines  in  figure.  In  the 
lower  jaw  there  are  only  six  incisors,  compressed, 
oblique,  and  pointed.  Fig.  517  shows  the  dentition 
of  the  upper  jaw,  in  two  views;  Fig.  518,  that  of  the 
lower,  also  in  two  views. 

The  dentition  of  the  Llamas  closely  approaches 
that  of  the  camel ;  there  are,  however,  in  these  ani- 
mals only  four  molars  on  each  side  below,  and  five 
above,  there  being  no  detached  canine-like  molars. 
The  Chevrotains  (Moschidae)  are  remarkable  for  the 
developement  of  the  canines  of  the  upper  jaw  in  the 
male ;  they  are  pointed,  recurved,  compressed,  with 
a  posterior  sharp  edge,  and  project  downwards  out 
of  the  mouth.  In  the  musk-deer  they  measure  two 
inches  and  a  half  in  length.  There  are  no  canines 
in  the  lower  jaw.  Incisors  eight,  as  usual ;  none 
above.  The  existence  of  canine  teeth  in  the  upper 
jaw  of  the  males,  though  not  a  universal  feature 
among  the  Ruminants,  is  by  no  means  uncommon. 
They  occur  in  the  males  of  many  of  the  deer  tribe, 
and  we  have  seen  them  in  a  rudimentary  state  and 
buried  in  the  gum  in  the  female  of  the  South 
American  species  ;  and  they  have  been  found  in  one 
species  of  antelope  (Ant.  montana,  Riipp.) — in  this 
animal,  however,  they  are  only  half-developed  germs, 
becoming  lost  before  the  animal  attains  to  maturity. 
(See  '  Proceeds.  Zoological  Society,'  1836,  p.  3.) 

As  the  dentition  of  the  Ruminants  is  so  constant 
and  unvarying  in  its  general  characters,  so  is  the 
structure  of  the  organs  of  progression  ;  and  where,  as 
in  the  Camelidae,  we  find  a  variation  in  the  former, 
so  do  we  also  find  a  corresponding  variation  in  the 
ktter.  On  looking  at  the  feet  of  a  Ruminant,  the 
ilnrt  thing  we  observe  is,  that  they  are  hoofed  and 
cloven  ;  an  anatomy  shows  us  that  these  hoof-cased 
toes,  consisting  of  three  phalangal  bones,  terminate 
•  single  long  canon-bone.  In  the  camels,  however, 
the  toes,  instead  of  being  stiort,  abruptly  truncated, 
and  cased  in  pointed  hoofs,  so  as  to  form  a  solid 
basis  on  which  to  rest,  are  elongated  and  only  tipped 


with  small  hoofs,  the  animal  resting  on  a  large  pulpy 
sole  or  pad,  placed  like  a  cushion  beneath  the  toes 
(See  Figs.  520  and  521.)  Besides  the  two  large  or 
true  toes,  there  are  in  some  groups,  as  for  instance 
the  deer,  two  small  short  lateral  toes  consisting  of 
three  phalanges,  and  supported  by  stylets  of  bone. 
In  the  sheep  these  accessory  toes  are  merely  horny 
protuberances  filled  with  condensed  fatty  cellular 
tissue. 

The  act  of  ruminating  supposes  a  complicated 
structure  of  the  stomach.  This  organ  is  divided 
into  four  compartments,  viz. :  1,  the  first  cavity  or 
paunch,  la  pause  (ventriculus)  ;  2,  the  hood  or  honey- 
coinb,  le  bonnet  (reticulum) ;  3,  the  manyplies,  le 
feuillet  (omasus  or  psalterium)  ;  4,  the  rud,  la  cail- 
lette  (abomasus).  These  cavities  are  so  arranged 
that  the  coarsely-ground  herbage  received  into  the 
first  cavity  is  gradually  propelled  into  the  hood 
through  a  valvular  aperture,  where  it  is  compacted 
into  small  balls,  which,  while  the  animal  reposes  at 
its  ease,  are  returned  seriatim  to  the  mouth,  to  be 
remasticated  by  a  voluntary  effort.  The  aliment, 
when  sufficiently  remasticated,  is  again  swallowed,' 
and  passes  at  once  into  the  third,  or  plicated,  com- 
partment, by  means  of  a  peculiar  mechanism,  where 
it  is  compressed  into  flattened  portions,  which  are 
gradually  transmitted  through  a  valvular  orifice  into 
the  fourth  compartment,  or  abomasus,  the  true 
digestive  cavity. 

The  inner  membrane  of  this  portion  secretes  a 
fluid  (the  gastric  juice)  well  known  for  its  power  of 
coagulating  milk ;  taken  from  the  calf,  salted  and 
dried,  it  is  known  under  the  name  of  rennet,  and 
used  in  making  cheese. 

In  young  Ruminants,  while  their  food  is  merely 
the  mother's  milk,  the  process  of  rumination  is  not 
carried  on ;  and  the  proportion  which  the  different 
compartments  of  the  stomach  bear  to  each  other  is 
very  different  from  that  presented  afterwards,  when 
their  aliment  is  changed  from  milk  to  herbage.  The 
huge  paunch,  forinstance,  is  less  than  the  abomasus, 
or  fourth  stomach,  this  being  as  yet  the  largest  of 
the  compartments,  and  the  milk  as  it  is  swallowed 
passes  at  once  into  it,  where  it  becomes  curdled  and 
then  digested. 

In  the  camel,  besides  the  almost  total  absence  of 
the  third  stomach,  or  omasus,  there  is  another  pecu- 
liarity to  be  noticed,  viz.  an  arrangement  of  deep 
cells  in  the  paunch  for  the  reception  and  preserva- 
tion of  water,  and  the  enlargement  of  the  cells  of 
the  reticulum  for  the  same  purpose.     'The  paunch 
is  divided  into  two  portion?,  a  right  and  a  left,  by 
a  longitudinal  ridge  of  muscular  fibres:  in  the  left 
is  a  series  of  deep  cells  capable  altogether  of  con- 
taining from  four  to  five  quarts  of  water;  in  the 
right  is  a  smaller  series  capable  of  containing  about 
a  quart.     When  these  cells  are  filled,  the  fluid  is 
kept  free  from  mixture  with  the  food  by  the  con- 
traction of  the  orifice  of  each  cell,  and  it  can  be 
forced  out  at  pleasure  by  the  action  of  a  muscular 
expansion  covering  the  bottom  of  this  cellular  ap- 
paratus.    The  deep  cells  of  the  reticulum  are  ar- 
ranged in  twelve  rows,  and  are  formed  by  muscular 
bands,  intersecting  each  other  transversely.    This 
compartment  in  the  camel  appears  to  be  destined 
exclusively  as  a  reservoir  for  water,  never  receiving 
solid  food,  as  in  the  ox  or  sheep ;  and  it  would  seem 
that  the   remasticated  food   passes  into  the  third 
small  cavity,  being  conducted  along  the  upper  mar- 
gin of  the  second,  through  a  canal  formed  by  a  mus- 
cular ridge,  which  contracts  with  so  much  force  as 
not  only  to  open  the  orifice  of  the  second  cavity  but 
so  as  to  bring  forward  the  mouth  of  the  third  into 
the  second,  by  which  action  the  muscular  ridges  that 
separate  the  rows  of  cells  are  brought  close  together, 
so  as  to  exclude  these  cavities  from  the  canal  through 
which  the   water  passes.     Sir  E.  Home  observes, 
that  "  while  the  camel  is  drinking,  the  action  of  the 
inuscular  band  opens  the  orifice  of  the  second  ca- 
vity ;  at  the  same  time  it  directs  the  water  into  it : 
and  when  the  cells  of  that  cavity  are  full,  the  rest 
runs  oft' into  the  cellular  structure  of  the  first  cavity. 
It  would  appear  that  camels,  when  accustomed  to 
journeys  in   which  they  are   kept  for  an  unusual 
number  of  days  without  water,  acquire  the  power  of 
dilating  the  cells,  so  as  to  make  them  contain  a 
more  than  ordinary  supply  for  their  journey  ;  at  least 
such  is  the  account  given  by  those  who  have  been 
in  Egypt."    The  llama  resembles  the  camel  in  the 
arrangement  of  a  cellular  apparatus  in  the  stomach. 
Fig.  51 1  represents  a  portion  of  the  cellular  appara- 
tus of  the  camel's  stomach,  one-ninth  of  the  natural 
size. 

The  Ruminantia  are  dispersed  throughout  the 
globe  from  the  equator  to  regions  within  the  arctic 
circle  ;  but  are  most  numerous  in  the  warmer  lati- 
tudes. The  universality  of  the  distribution  of  these 
animals  is  essentially  connected  with  the  welfare  of 
our  race,  for  not  only  is  the  flesh  of  most  species  ac- 
ceptable as  food,  but  that  of  some  is  in  the  highest 
estimation  :  nor  is  this  all— their  hair  or  wool,  their 
skin,  their  hoofs,  their  horns,  their  antlers,  nay,  their 
bones,  and  even  their  intestines,  are  converted  to  our 


benefit.  It  is  from  this  order  that  man  has  derived 
the  most  valuable  of  his  domestic  animals,  which 
have  spread  with  him  as  he  has  spread,  becoming, 
like  himself,  denizens  of  the  globe.  Such  is  the  case 
with  the  ox,  the  sheep,  and  the  goat.  Domesticated 
from  the  earliest  period,  they  have  ever  formed  a 
main  part  of  the  national  wealth  of  civilized  king- 
doms, in  all  ages,  and  are  intimately  connected  with 
the  prosperity  of  our  race.  All  the  Ruminants,  how- 
ever, which  man  has  domesticated  are  not  univer- 
sally spread ;  some  few  are  adapted  by  their  consti- 
tution to  certain  localities,  beyond  the  bounds  of 
which  their  value  becomes  diminished.  They  are 
formed  for  the  places  they  tenant,  and  there  are  of 
the  highest  importance.  Of  these,  one  is  the  rein- 
deer, an  animal  essential  to  the  comforts  if  not  the 
existence  of  the  simple  inhabitants  of  Lapland's  ice- 
bound realm,  where  the  ox  and  the  sheep  cannot 
exist.  There  "  the  reindeer  form  their  riches."  And 
again,  who  has  not  heard  of  the  ship  of  the  desert, 
the  camel,  which  now,  as  in  ancient  days,  freighted 
with  merchandise,  traverses  the  burning  desert  pa- 
tient of  thirst  and  hunger?  To  this  animal  let  us 
first  direct  our  attention. 

513  to  540.— The  Camel 

(Camdus  Dromedarius;  Gamal  of  the  Hebrews 
Djemel  of  the  Arabs).  Our  pictorial  museum  is  rich 
in  specimens  of  the  camel,  with  accompanying  de- 
tails so  pertinent  as  to  set  forth  the  animal's  history, 
and  declare  its  use  in  graphic  language  speaking  to' 
the  eye.  There  is  something  strange  and  imposing 
in  the  aspect  of  the  gaunt  and  angular  camel,  desti- 
tute, as  it  confessedly  is,  of  grace  and  animation. 
We  are  amazed  at  its  height,  its  uncouth  proportions, 
its  long  thin  neck,  its  meagre  limbs,  and  the  huge 
hump  on  its  back,  which  conveys  the  idea  of  distor- 
tion. Quietly  it  stands  in  one  fixed  attitude,  its 
long-lashed  eyelids  drooping  over  the  large  dark 
eyes :  it  moves— and  onwards  stalks  with  slow  and 
measured  steps,  as  if  exercise  were  painful.  "To 
complete  the  picture,  it  is  covered  with  shaggy  hair, 
irregularly  disposed,  here  forming  tangled  masses, 
there  almost  wanting.  Its  thick  mobile  upper  lip 
is  deeply  divided ;  its  feet  are  large  and  spreading, 
the  toes  being  merely  tipped  with  little  hoofs. 
There  are  two  species  of  this  animal,  the  Bactrian 
and  the  Arabian.  It  is  to  the  latter  that  we  shall 
first  direct  our  observation. 

The   Arabian   camel   is  distinguished  from  the- 
Bactrian  by  having  only  one  large  fatty  hump  upon 
the  back,  and  in  being  of  a  somewhat  slighter  make. 
It  is  not  known  in  a  wild  condition,  but  most  pro- 
bably was  indigenous  in  Arabia  and  the  adjacent 
regions,  the  whole  of  its  structure  proclaiming  the 
desert  as  its  destined  abode.    Reclaimed  fro'm  the 
earliest  state,  its  history  is  interwoven  with  that  of 
the  patriarchs  of  old :  time  immemorial  it  has  been 
the  bondslave  of  man  ;  and  under  his   mastership 
is  spread  over  the  whole  of  northern  Africa  as  far  as 
Nubia,  and  from  Syria,  throughout  Arabia,  Persia, 
and  India,  being  valued  in  all  these  regions  as  a 
beast   of  burden.     In  central  Asia  the   Bactrian 
camel  takes  its  place,  but  it  is  inferior  in  those 
qualities  which  render  the  Arabian  species  so  emi- 
nently adapted  to   the   arid  burning  desert  over 
which  it  moves  silently  along,  heavily  loaded,  pa- 
tient of  thirst  and  hunger,  thus  maintaining  an  in- 
tercourse between  districts  separated  by  vast  plains 
of  sand,  a  barrier  more  effectual  than  that  of  the 
rolling  ocean.     It  is  the  unwearied  patience,  the 
strength,  the   docility,  the  power  of  maintaining 
long  journeys  on  scanty  fare,  that  render  the  camel 
in  its  own  country  of  intrinsic  importance.     By  its 
means   the   merchant  transports  his   merchandise 
from  Aleppo  or  Baghdad  to  Mekkah  or  El-Basrah. 
Long  strings  of  camels,   or  caravans,  as   they  are 
called,  venture    across    the    desert,   each    animal 
bearing  a  load  of  500  or  even  600  pounds  weight, 
and  the  procession  moves  at  the  rate  of  nearly  three 
miles  an  hour,  regular  as  clock-work,  day  after  day 
for  eight  hours  daily.     A  caravan  of  camels  thus 
wending  their  way  over  the  plain,  their  footsteps 
falling  noiselessly,  so  that  the  ear  cannot  catch  the 
sound  of  their  approach,  whether  on  hard  ground  or 
sand,  strongly  impresses  those  who  for  the  first  time 
witness  this  truly  eastern  spectacle,  which  indeed 
calls  to  mind  the  days  when  "a  company  of  Ish- 
maelites  came  from  Gilead  with  their  camels,  bear- 
ing spicery,  and  balm,  and  myrrh,  going  to  carry 
it  down  to  Egypt." 

The  more  prominent  of  the  structural  peculiari- 
ties of  the  camel  may  here  be  briefly  noticed.  The 
camel  treads  flat  on  his  toes,  and  not,  as  the  ox, 
on  a  thick  hoofed  termination :  we  have  already 
stated  that  they  are  cushioned  beneath  with  large 
spreading  callous  elastic  pads,  connecting  them 
together,  and  extending  laterally  beyond  them,  the 
horn-covered  tips  being  alone  free  and  separate 
(see  Fig.  ,520— the  Camel's  Foot  with  the  skin  re- 
moved). This  cushion  expands  by  pressure  at  each 
step,  a  provision  of  evident  advantage  to  the  animal 

Q  2 


/ 


r-r,.-u-'*-''  «*»■■ 


.'.i:!. — S>:i:  canul. 


tit.— Cameis  WucHag. 


5:6.— liomiei)  Cmncls. 


■"'"u,^ 


Fig.  611. 


Sir.  i1«.— T«rth.orCaml. 


6U.— CameU  Tethered. 


616.— S»-lft  Cuniel. 


116 


26.— Oriental  Migration. 


118 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


'Camels. 


in  paasini;  over  a  sandv,  yielding  surface,  while  on 
hard  or  stony   ground   the   elasticity   of  the   pad 

tives  ease  to  its  movements.  The  camel  kneels 
own  to  be  loaded,  and  kneeling  is  its  natural  state 
of  repose,  and  hence  it  is  provided  with  certain 
callosities  upon  which  to  throw  the  weight  of  the 
body,  both  in  kneeling  down  and  rising  up.  The 
largest  of  these  callosities  occupies  the  chest, 
which  is  always  brought  to  the  ground  ;  one  is 
placed  on  each  elbow  and  knee  of  the  fore-limbs, 
one  on  the  front  of  each  knee  of  the  hind-limbs,  and 
a  very  small  one  on  the  outer  side  of  each  hock. 
These  natural  cushions  are  not  produced  by  the 
habit  of  kneeling,  as  some  have  been  ready  to  sus- 
pect, for  the  young  camel  is  born  with  them  already 
formed,  and  it  may  be  observed  that  a  similar  cal- 
lous pad  is  spread  on  the  breast  of  the  ostrich, 
which  dwells  in  the  desert,  and  reclines  upon  its 
chest.  The  camel  is  essentially  the  inhabitant  of 
a  flat  expaase  of  country,  beneath  a  burning  sky. 
Elevated  as  it  carries  its  head,  it  can  discern  the 
green  oasis  in  the  sea  of  sand,  at  a  vast  distance  ; 
and  so  acute  is  its  sense  of  smell,  that  it  can  scent 
the  far-distant  water.  To  shield  the  large  eyeball 
from  the  glare  of  light,  a  beetling  brow  overarches 
it,  and  long  lashes  fringe  the  upper  lid.  Incessantly 
exposed  to  clouds  of  suffocating  dust,  the  camel  has 
its  nostrils  so  constructed  as  to  exclude,  as  much  as 
possible,  the  particles  of  sand  driven  by  the  wind  ; 
they  are  in  the  form  of  slits,  converging  towards 
each  other,  with  elevated  margins,  the  upper  of 
which  is  capable  of  being  shut  down  like  the  lid  of 
a  box,  so  as  to  close  the  aperture,  or  keep  it  open  to 
anv  degree,  at  pleasure. 

hard  and  scanty  is  the  desert  fare  upon  which 
this  animal  subsists;  but  the  fertile  meads  and 
flowery  vales  of  our  climate  would  afford  it  no 
temptation.  Thorny  shrubs,  date-leaves,  and  the 
leaves  and  branches  of  the  tamarisk,  are  its  staple 
diet ;  and  dates,  beans,  the  hard  kernels  of  which  it 
cnishes  to  powder,  with  cakes  of  barley,  provided 
by  its  master,  suffice  to  refresh  it  on  its  wearisome 
pilgrimage.  Hence  we  see  the  necessity  of  its 
strong  incisors,  canine  teeth,  and  canine-like  mo- 
lars, which  enable  it  to  browze  on  the  coarsest 
shrubs  with  ease,  and  sever  branches  of  considerable 
thickness.  With  its  powerful,  cleft,  prehensile  lip 
it  draws  the  twigs  or  leaves  to  its  mouth,  or  even 
nips  off  the  tender  shoots,  or  holds  the  tuft  of  herb- 
age as  it  is  gradually  undergoing  mastication. 
Hard  and  scanty,  we  have  said,  is  the  desert  fare  of 
the  camel,  but  oftentimes  the  supply  fails  for  days, 
or  is  to  be  obtained  only  in  small  quantities,  and  the 
travel-worn  beast  is  put  upon  short  allowance ; 
then  it  is  that  we  recognise  the  utility  of  that 
hump,  which  seemed  at  first  a  deformity.  The 
fatty  mass  is  gradually  absorbed  into  the  system, 
which  thus  receives  nutriment;  for  the  hump  is 
a  magazine  against  a  time  of  want,  to  which  the 
system  has  recourse  when  other  supplies  are  in- 
aidequate. 

It  is  a  saying  of  the  Arabs  that  the  camel  feeds 
on  its  own  hump,  and  in  a  certain  sense  they  are 
correct.  After  the  wasting  of  this  fatty  mass,  as 
described,  three  or  four  months  of  repose  and 
copious  nourishment  are  required  to  restore  it  to 
its  usual  condition,  and  this  does  not  take  place  till 
the  other  parts  are  well  replenished.  When  an 
Arab  is  about  to  commence  a  journey,  the  first 
thing  about  which  he  is  solicitous  is  the  state  of  his 
camel's  hump. 

We  have  already  alluded  to  the  cellular  appara- 
tus in  the  camel's  stomach.  At  all  times  patient  of 
thirst,  with  this  provision  the  camel  can  endure  for 
se\eral  days,  beyond  what  is  reserved  in  the  cells  ; 
and  sometimes,  it  is  said,  driven  by  necessity,  the 
driver  sacrifices  his  camel  in  order  to  obtain  the 
water,  and  prolong,  perhaps  preserve,  his  existence. 
This  may  have  happened,  but  the  statement  rests 
on  insufficient  authority. 

From  the  data  collected  by  Burckhardt  there  is 
great  difference  among  different  breeds  of  camels  as 
respects  the  power  of  enduring  thirst,  according  to 
the  mode  of  life  to  which  they  have  been  inured. 
Thus  the  camels  of  Anatolia  require  water  every 
second  day  during  a  summer's  journey ;  but  the 
camels  of  Arabia  can  dispense  with  it  until  the 
fourth,  or  even  the  fifth.  In  spring,  when  the  young 
herbage  is  succulent,  the  camel  scarcely  requires 
to  drink,  and  the  journey  across  the  great  Syrian 
desert,  from  Damascus  to  Baghdad,  twenty-five 
days,  may  be  then  performed  without  any  water 
being  needed  by  or  given  to  the  camels. 

The  senses  of  sight,  hearing,  and  smell  are  ex- 
quisitely acute  in  the  camel :  it  is  said  to  delight 
in  the  jingle  of  the  bells  hung  about  its  neck,  for  it 
is  often  thus  ornamented,  as  in  ancient  days,  and  as 
pack-horses  formerly  were  in  England,  perhaps  in 
order  that  stragglers  may  be  enabled  to  rejoin  the 
caravan.  (See  Fig.  524.)  Shells  called  cowries, 
and  even  ornaments  of  silver,  are  also  added :  the 
shells  are  strung  in  a  semicirc\ilar  form ;  hence  the 
phrase,  "  ornaments  like  the  moon." 


During  a  journey  it  is  customary  to  halt  about 
four  o'clock,  to  remove  the  loads  and  permit  the 
camels  to  feed.  If  the  Arabs  are  desirous  of  pre- 
venting them  from  straying  too  far,  they  tie  their 
fore-legs  together,  or  bind  the  fetlock  to  the  upper 
joint  by  a  cord.  Towards  evening  they  are  called 
in  for  their  evening  meal,  and  Jpil&ced  in  a  kneeling 
posture  round  the  baggage.  They  do  not  browze 
after  dark,  and  seldom  attempt  to  rise,  but  continue 
the  process  of  rumination  for  the  greater  portion 
of  the  night.  Amongst  themselves  they  are  some- 
times very  quarrelsome,  and  after  the  hardest  day's 
journey,  no  sooner  is  the  baggage  removed  than 
they  begin  to  fight,  and  are  prone  to  give  each 
other  the  most  savage  bites,  and  are  not  to  be 
separated  without  danger.  (Fig.  532.)  One  of  the 
favourite  amusements  of  the  Turks  of  Asia  Minor  is 
camel-fighting :  each  being  previously  muzzled, 
they  stnke  each  other's  heads,  twist  their  neck, 
wrestle  with  their  fore-legs,  eSch  endeavouring  to 
throw  the  other  to  the  ground.  Crowds  attend  to 
witness  the  spectacle,  and,  as  at  the  disgraceful  dog- 
fights of  our  country,  the  Turks  will  clap  their 
hands,  encourage  their  respective  favourites,  and 
bet  upon  their  success.  The  Pasha  of  Smyrna  used 
frequently  to  regale  the  people  with  these  games  in 
an  enclosed  square  before  his  palace.  It  is,  how- 
ever, only  at  particular  seasons  that  the  temper  of 
the  animal  is  thus  excited,  and  that  these  combats 
take  place. 

The  camel  is  often  excessively  loaded,  and  some- 
times, inhumanly,  the  load  is  laici  on  sores  or  wounds ; 
yet  even  then  the  animal  neither  refuses  to  rise 
nor  attempts  to  cast  it  off:  when  suffering  and 
irritated,  however,  he  cries  out,  but  his  com- 
plaint is  only  of  injustice,  and  then  it  must  be  ex- 
treme for  him  to  complain  at  all.  Fig.  532*  is  a  de- 
lineation of  the  head  of  an  ill-used  camel  uttering 
its  cry  of  distress.  When  a  camel,  loaded  or 
unloaded,  fails,  from  hunger  and  excessive  fatigue, 
and  sinks  down,  it  seldom  gets  on  its  legs  again,  and 
is  left  to  perish.  Wellsted  tells  us  that  he  often 
passed  them  when  thus  abandoned,  and  remarked 
the  mournful  looks  with  which  they  gazed  on  the 
receding  caravan.  When  the  Arab  is  upbraided 
with  inhumanity,  because  he  does  not  at  once  put 
a  period  to  the  animal's  sufferings,  he  answers,  that 
the  law  forbids  the  taking  away  of  life  save  for  food, 
and  even  then  pardon  is  to  be  asked  for  the  neces- 
sity which  compels  the  act.  When  death  approaches 
the  poor  solitary  beast,  vultures  collect  around,  and, 
eager  for  food,  commence  their  repast  even  before 
life  is  extinct.  The  traveller  continually  sees  re- 
mains of  this  faithful  servant  of  man,  exhibiting 
sometimes  the  perfect  skeleton  covered  with  a 
shrunk,  shrivelled  hide,  sometimes  the  bones  only, 
deprived  of  flesh,  and  bleached  to  dazzling  white- 
ness by  the  scorching  rays  of  a  desert  sun. 

The  Arabian  or  one-humped  camel  is  usually 
called,  by  way  of  distinction,  the  Dromedary,  but 
erroneously.  The  Dromedary  is  a  light  variety  of 
this  species,  and  is  termed  Maherry  or  el  Heirie  in 
the  Arabian  desert,  and  Sabayee  in  the  North  of 
Africa.  It  is  used  principally  for  journeys  of  dis- 
patch, carrying  a  single  rider,  or  but  a  very  light 
burden ;  and  it  will  perform  very  long  journeys  in 
an  almost  incredible  space  of  time.  "  When  thou 
shalt  meet  a  heirie,  and  say  to  the  rider,  '  Peace  be 
between  us,'  ere  he  shall  have  answered,  'There  is 
peace  between  us,'  he  will  be  far  off,  for  his  swift- 
ness is  like  the  wind,"  is  an  Arabian  figure  to 
illustrate  the  fleetness  of  this  saddle-dromedary. 
This  fleetness  is  however  much  overrated,  and  it  is 
less  by  positive  speed  than  by  extraordinary  powers 
of  sustained  exertion,  day  after  day,  through  a  time 
and  space  which  would  ruin  any  other  quadruped, 
that  it  accomplishes  such  surprising  journeys. 
Urged  to  a  gallop,  it  cannot  maintain  its  pace  for 
half  an  hour,  and  is  easily  distanced  by  the  horse : 
but  it  can  sustain  a  forced  trot  for  several  hours 
together ;  Wellsted  says  for  24  consecutive  hours, 
at  the  rate  of  from  six  to  eight  miles  an  hour.  A 
gentle  and  easy  amble  of  five  or  five  miles  and  a 
half  an  hour  is  however  the  favourite  quick  pace  of 
the  dromedary,  and  if  allowed  to  persevere  in  it, 
the  animal  will  carry  its  rider  an  uninterrupted 
journey  of  several  days  and  nights.  A  common 
caravan  journey  of  25  days  is  sometimes  performed 
in  five  days  at  this  rate.  This  swift  breed  is  of 
great  antiquity,  and  is  referred  to  in  several  places 
in  the  Scriptures.  The  camels  of  Oman  are  the 
fleetest,  the  most  beautiful,  and  the  most  high 
prized.  It  would  appear  that  there  is  also  a  swift 
breed  of  the  Bactrian  or  two-humped  camel,  which 
is  in  request  in  China. 

The  rate  of  travelling  long  journeys  performed  by 
the  heavy  caravan,  each  camel  carrying  from  500  to 
800  pounds  weight,  does  not  exceed  two  miles  and 
a  half  or  two  miles  and  three  quarters  an  hour. 
This,  however,  can  be  maintained  for  .50  days  in 
succession,  and  for  eight  hours  each  day ;  but  a 
more  lightly  loaded  caravan  will  not  only  travel 
quicker,  but  continue  the  march  for  nine  or  ten 


hours  daily.  In  1751  Mr.  Carmichael  traversed 
the  great  desert  from  Aleppo  to  Bussorah,  his 
course  being  797  miles  with  a  caravan  of  heavily- 
loaded  camels,  and  was  .322  hours  on  the  road.  In 
1781  Mr.  Irwin  travelled  over  the  little  desert  from 
Aleppo  to  Baghdad,  his  route  being  480  miles,  in 
193J  hours. 

The  soil  best  adapted  to  the  camel's  foot  is  a  dry 
and  hard,  but  fine  and  gravelly  plain ;  where  the 
sand  is  deep  and  soft,  the  loaded  animal  sinks  at 
every  step,  and  becomes  rapidly  exhausted.  It  can 
also  ascend  steep  and  rugged  mountain-paths  with 
considerable  ease,  but,  as  Belzoni  once  experienced 
to  his  cost,  sometimes  slips  and  rolls  down. 

Besides  the  commercial  caravans  which  traverse 
the  desert,  there  are  also  caravans  of  pilgrims  to 
Mecca,  enjoined  by  the  Mohammedan  religion. 
At  Mecca  meet  the  Mohammedans  from  Abyssinia 
to  India.  It  appears,  according  to  Burckhardt,  that 
the  pilgrimage  from  Damascus  to  Mecca  with  the 
Syrian  caravan  cannot  now  be  performed  in  the 
most  humble  way  under  a  cost  of  125/.  sterling; 
and  yet  there  are  from  five  to  seven  great  caravans 
which  regularly  arrive  at  Mecca  after  the  feast  of 
Bairam,  which  follows  the  Ramadhan.  To  have 
visited  the  tomb  of  Mohammed,  which  entitles  the 
pilgrim  to  the  proud  distinction  of  being  a  hadji,  is 
an  honour  to  which  the  meanest  devotee  aspires ; 
and  thus  it  is  that  within  the  walls  of  Mecca  are 
annually  assembled  vast  bodies  of  Asiatics  and 
Africans,  who  have  toiled  thither,  sustaining  every 
privation  and  misery,  and  of  whom  many,  worn  out 
with  fatigue,  never  return  to  claim  the  rewards  of 
their  enthusiasm.  In  these  extraordinary  journeys 
the  camel  sustains  an  important  part,  and,  indeed, 
without  the  services  of  these  animals — some  bear- 
ing water  in  skins,  some  the  merchandise  of  distant 
lands,  some  the  food  and  necessaries  of  the  pilgrims, 
and  their  own  provender,  and  others  the  devotees — 
the  pilgrimage  could  not  be  accomplished. 

Mr.  Parsons,  who  saw  the  pilgrim  caravan  set  out 
from  Cairo  about  40  years  ago,  has  given  a  pro- 
gramme of  the  procession,  drawn  up  with  all  the 
precision  of  a  herald,  and  which  occupies  ten  pages 
of  his  quarto  work.  The  cavalcade  was  six  hours  in 
passing  him.  The  most  striking  appearance  to  a 
European  must  have  been  the  camels,  in  every 
variety  of  splendid  trappings,  laden  with  provisions, 
clothes,  and  cooking  apparatus,  and  water-skins, 
and  tents,  and  artillery,  and  holy  sheiks,  and  Mame- 
lukes. There  were  camels  "with  two  brass  field- 
pieces  each" — others  "  with  bells  and  streamers" — 
others  "  with  men  beating  kettle-drums" — others 
"  covered  with  purple  velvet" — others  "  with  men 
walking  by  their  sides,  playing  on  flutes  and  flageo- 
lets"— others  "  handsomely  ornamented  about  their 
necks,  their  bridles  being  studded  with  silver,  inter- 
mixed with  glass  beads  of  all  colours,  and  ostrich 
feathers  on  their  foreheads" — and,  last  of  all,  "  the 
sacred  camel,  an  extraordinary  large  camel,  with  a 
fine  bridle  studded  with  jewels  and  gold,  and  led  by 
two  holy  sheiks,  in  green,  a  square  house  or  chapel 
on  his  back."  In  addition  to  these  camel  splen- 
dours there  were  horses  with  every  variety  of 
caparison ;  Mamelukes,  and  pikemen,  and  janissa- 
ries, and  agas,  and  the  emir  Hadjy  (commander  of 
the  pilgrimage)  in  robes  of  satin — to  say  nothing  of 
numberless  "  buffoons  playing  many  pranks."  Mr. 
Parsons  sums  up  the  splendour  of  this  pilgrim 
caravan  by  declaring  that  "it  is  by  much  the 
grander  exhibition  than  the  spectacle  of  the  Lord 
Mayor  and  Aldermen  going  in  procession  through 
the  City  of  London  ;" — Ijut  this  may  be  doubted  by 
some  as  the  exaggeration  of  a  traveller,  while  others 
may  deem  it  impossible. 

Differing  from  the  usual  practice  of  commercial 
caravans,  the  pilgrimage  is  performed  chiefly  by 
night.  The  caravan  generally  moves  about  four 
o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  and  travels  without  stop- 
ping till  an  hour  or  two  after  sunrise.  A  large 
supply  of  torches  is  carried  from  Cairo,  to  be  lighted 
during  the  hours  of  darkness.  The  Bedouins,  who 
convey  provisions  for  the  troops,  travel  by  day  only, 
and  in  advance  of  the  caravan.  The  watering- 
places  on  the  route  are  regularly  established.  Each 
is  supplied  with  a  large  tank,  and  protected  by 
soldiers,  who  reside  in  a  castle  by  the  well  through- 
out the  year.  On  parts  of  the  route  the  wells  are 
frequent  and  the  water  good ;  but  on  others,  three 
days  of  the  journey  frequently  intervene  between 
one  watering-place  and  another — and  the  fountain 
is  often  brackish.  When  the  Cairo  caravan  is  com- 
pletely assembled,  and  the  formalities  which  we 
have  just  descril)ed  are  gone  through,  the  great 
body  of  travellers  begin  to  move,  the  stations  of  the 
different  parties  of  hadjis,  according  to  their  pro- 
vinces and  towns,  being  appointed,  and  rigidly 
observed  throughout  the  march.  "This  order  is 
determined  by  the  geographical  proximity  of  the 
place  from  which  each  party  comes.  At  Adjeroud, 
where  the  Egyptian  caravan  halts  on  the  second  day's 
march,  it  is  supplied  with  water  from  Suez  ;  and 
here  it  reposes  a  day  and  a  night,  to  prepare  for  a 


Camels.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


119 


forced  march  of  three  days  and  two  nights,  through  a 
region  where  there  is  no  water,  the  desert  of  El  Tyh, 
which  nearly  extends  from  the  head  of  one  gulf  of 
the  Red  Sea  to  the  other — that  is,  from  Suez  to 
Akaba.  The  Hadj  route  is  circuitous.  It  is  here 
that  the  privations  both  of  men  and  quadrupeds 
commence.  The  splendid  trappings  of  the  camels, 
their  velvets  and  their  bells,  have  lost  their  attrac- 
tion ;  but  their  power  of  endurance  becomes  the 
safety  of  the  pilgrims — while  the  richly-caparisoned 
horse,  impatient  of  thirst,  and  more  easily  subdued 
by  fatigue,  is  more  frequently  a  burthen  to  the 
caravan  than  an  advantage.  The  route  of  the 
Egyptian  caravan,  alter  it  passes  the  Akaba,  lies 
by  the  shores  of  the  Red  Sea  for  nearly  six  hundred 
rniles;  and,  therefore,  it  cannot  properly  be  said 
at  any  time  after  the  first  ten  days'  march  to  be 
upon  the  desert,  as  the  Syrian  caravan  is  for  thirty 
days.  But  its  difficulties  are  more  numerous ;  and 
it  has  to  pass  regions  quite  as  arid  and  inhospitable. 
Every  part  of  Arabia  is  covered  with  sandy  plains  ; 
and  when  the  mountain  steeps  are  crossed,  the  long 
extended  valleys  rarely  offer  water.  The  Arabic 
language  is  rich  in  words  expressing  every  variety 
of  desert,  differing  from  each  other  by  very  slight 
shades  of  meaning :  thus,  they  have  terms  descrip- 
tive of  a  plain— a  plain  in  the  mountain — a  plain 
covered  with  herbs — a  naked  sandy  desert—a  stony 
desert — a  desert  with  little  spots  of  pasturage — a 
desert  without  water.*  Although  the  caravan  route 
from  Cairo  to  Mecca  presents,  with  the  exception  of 
the  desert  El  Tyh,  none  of  those  enormous  wastes, 
like  the  great  Southern  Desert  of  Arabia,  "  where 
the  Arabs  have  only  the  sun  and  the  stars  to  direct 
their  way  ;"  nor  is,  like  the  Libyan  desert,  "  a  sea 
without  waters,  an  earth  without  solidity,  disdaining 
to  hold  a  foot-print  as  a  testimony  of  subjection, '~f 
there  are  many  tracts,  as  well  as  the  desert  from 
Suez  to  Akaba,  in  the  forty  days'  journey,  which 
offer  to  the  pilgrim  abundance  of  fatigue  and  suffer- 
ing. If  water  fail,  as  it  sometimes  does,  even  at 
the  wells  at  particularly  dry  seasons — if  the  water- 
skins  evaporate  more  quickly  than  they  ordinarily 
do — the  camel's  power  of  endurance  is  severely  tried 
— for  his  wants  are  the  last  attended  to.  Happy 
are  the  pilgrims  if  the  rain  of  the  mountains  have 
filled  the  banks  of  some  little  river.  Even  the 
much-enduring  camels,  at  the  sighl  of  water,  after 
many  days'  abstinence,  break  the  halters  by  which 
they  are  led,  and  in  rushing  or  stumbling  down  the 
banks  throw  off  their  loads,  and  occasion  infinite 
disorder.'j;  Mr.  Buckingham  has  however  described 
a  scene  in  which  the  patience  of  the  camel  is  con- 
trasted in  a  remarkable  way  with  the  eagerness  of  the 
horse  : — "  It  was  near  midnight  when  we  reached  a 
marshy  ground,  in  which  a  clear  stream  was  flowing 
along,  through  beds  of  tall  and  thick  rushes,  but  so 
hidden  by  these,  that  the  noise  of  its  flow  was  heard 
long  before  the  stream  itself  could  be  seen.  From  the 
length  of  the  march,  and  the  exhausting  heat  of  the 
atmosphere,  even  at  night,  the  horses  were  exceed- 
ingly thirsty :  their  impatient  restlessness,  evinced, 
by  their  tramping,  neighing,  and  eager  impatience 
to  rush  all  to  one  particular  point,  gave  us  indeed, 
the  first  indications  of  our  approach  to  water,  which 
was  perceptible  to  their  stronger  scent  long  before 
it  was  even  heard  by  us.  On  reaching  the  brink  of 
this  stream,  for  which  purpose  we  had  been  forcibly 
turned  aside,  by  the  ungovernable  fury  of  the  ani- 
mals, to  the  southward  of  our  route,  the  banks  were 
found  to  be  so  high  above  the  surface  of  the  water, 
that  the  horses  could  not  reach  it  to  drink.  Some, 
more  impatient  than  the  rest,  plunged  themselves 
and  their  riders  at  once  into  the  current ;  and,  after 
being  led  swimming  to  a  less  elevated  part  of  the 
Dank  over  which  they  could  mount,  were  extricated 
with  considerable  difficulty ;  while  two  of  the  horses 
of  the  caravan,  who  were  more  heavily  laden  than 
the  others,  by  carrying  the  baggage  as  well  as  the 
persons  of  their  riders,  were  drowned.  The  stream 
was  narrow,  but  deep,  and  had  a  soft  muddy  bottom, 
in  which  another  of  the  horses  became  so  fastly 
stuck,  that  he  was  suffocated  in  a  few  minutes. 
The  camels  marched  patiently  along  the  edge  of 
the  bank,  as  well  as  those  persons  of  the  caravan 
who  were  provided  with  skins  and  other  vessels  con- 
taining small  supplies  of  water;  but  the  horses 
could  not,  by  all  the  power  of  their  riders,  be  kept 
from  the  stream,  any  more  than  the  crowd  of  thirsty 
pilgrims,  who,  many  of  them  having  no  small  ves- 
sels to  dip  up  the  water  from  the  brook,  followed 
the  example  of  the  impatient  horses,  and  plunged 
at  once  into  the  current.., .  This  scene — which, 
amidst  the  obscurity  of  the  night,  the  cries  of  the 
animals,  the  shouting  and  quarrelling  of  the  people, 
and  the  indistinct,  and  perhaps  exaggerated,  appre- 
hensions of  danger,  from  a  totally  unexpected 
cause,  had  assumed  an  almost  awful  character — 
lasted  for  upwards  of  an  hour."  ^ 


•  Seo  Hamboldt'i  Voyige,tom.vi.  Note  to  p.  7. 
+  Furchaii. 

J  BiiEckharfU'!!  Nubia,  p.  3S8, 
\  Kuckinifham'i  Masopotamia. 


Fig.  512  represents  this  scene  with  considerable 
spirit. 

The  camel  is  not  only  valuable  as  a  beast  of  bur- 
den, its  milk  is  in  requisition :  it  is  the  milk  used 
for  ordinary  purposes  by  the  Arabs,  that  of  goats 
and  sheep  being  generally  made  into  butter.  The 
Arab  feeds  his  colt  with  it,  and  even  gives  it  to  his 
mare.  Flour  made  into  a  paste  with  sour  camel's 
milk  is  a  common  dish  among  the  Bedouins ;  it  is 
called  ayesh.  Rice  or  flour  boiled  with  sweet 
camel's  milk  is  another  :  it  is  called  behatta. 

Though  the  flesh  of  the  camel  was  among  the 
meats  prohibited  to  the  Jews,  it  is  not  only  eaten, 
but  relished  by  the  Arabs  :  it  is  not  often,  however, 
that  the  Arab  kills  a  camel  in  order  to  enjoy  this 
luxury.  When  this  does  happen,  the  flesh  is  cut 
into  large  pieces :  some  part  is  boiled,  and  its 
grease  mixed  with  borgoul  (wheat  boiled  with  some 
leaven  and  then  dried  in  the  sun)  ;  part  is  roasted, 
and,  like  the  boiled,  put  upon  the  dish  of  borgoul 
The  whole  tribe  then  partakes  of  the  delicious  feast 
The  grease  of  the  camel  is  kept  in  goat-skins,  and 
used  like  butter.  The  woolly  hair  of  the  camel, 
which  towards  the  close  of  spring  is  loose  and  easily 
pulled  away  from  the  skin,  is  applied  to  various  pur- 
poses and  woven  into  coarse  cloth  used  as  tent- 
coverings.  Even  the  dung  of  the  camel  is  not 
neglected :  it  forms  the  chief  material  for  fuel  in 
Egypt,  Arabia,  and  Persia,  and  from  the  smoke,  or 
rather  soot,  of  this  fuel  is  obtained  sal-ammoniac, 
which  was  formerly  procured  almost  exclusively 
from  this  source,  and  for  the  manufacturing  of  which 
there  were,  in  1720,  laboratories  at  Cairo  and  other 
towns  in  Egypt. 

At  San  Rossora  the  Tuscan  government  esta- 
blished a  stud  of  camels  for  the  purpose  of  carrying 
faggots,  hay,  straw,  &c.  from  the  domain  of  San 
Rossora  to  Pisa  and  other  towns.  It  would  appear 
that  this  establishment  was  founded  about  the  mid- 
dle of  the  seventeenth  century,  in  the  reign  of  the 
Grand-Duke  Ferdinand  de'  Medici  II.  We  have 
not  been  able  to  ascertain  to  what  extent  the  stud 
is  now  kept  up,  but  in  1789  it  consisted  of  one 
hundred  and  ninety-six  camels,  male  and  female, 
and  in  1810  of  about  one  hundred  and  seventy. 

The  Moors  introduced  the  camel  into  Spain, 
and  after  the  conquest  of  Granada,  and  the  expul- 
sion of  the  Moorish  inhabitants,  many  of  these  ani- 
mals remained  in  the  southern  districts ;  but  the 
race  was  not  kept  up,  and  therefore  Spain,  where 
in  various  localities  the  camel  would  be  peculiarly 
serviceable,  no  longer  possesses  this  useful  animal. 
We  learn  that  camels  have  been  lately  imported 
into  South  America  from  the  Canary  Islands  with  a 
probability  of  success. 

The  camel  has  bred  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zoolo- 
gical Society. 

The  colour  of  this  animal,  as  of  most  domestic 
animals,  is  subject  to  variety.  The  brown  colour 
appears  not  to  be  esteemed  ;  reddish  or  light  grey 
is  preferred.  Occasionally  black  camels  are  seen. 
In  Egypt  the  average  price  of  one  of  these  beasts  of 
burden  is  from  thirty  to  fifty  dollars  :  but  the  swift 
Oman  camels,  which  are  much  valued,  sell  at  a 
higher  rate,  and  Burckhardt  mentions  an  instance 
in  which  300  dollars  were  given  for  one.  When 
travelhng  in  Nubia  Burckhardt  saw  the  camel 
almost  in  a  wild  state,  whole  herds  being  left  to 
pasture  unattended  by  men  :  they  were  kept  for 
the  sake  of  their  flesh  and  milk,  few  being  employed 
as  beasts  of  burden  ;  they  even  appeared  fright- 
ened at  the  approach  of  men  and  loaded  camels — 
a  circumstance  this  traveller  had  never  before 
witnessed.  The  Nubian  camels  are  generally 
white. 

Many  of  our  pictorial  specimens  of  the  camel 
are  illustrative  of  scenes  in  its  domestic  life,  and 
consequently  of  the  manners  of  the  people  whose 
servant  it  is,  and  with  whose  history  its  own  is  in- 
timately connected.  Fig.  514 — camels  tethered,  and 
unloaded  of  their  luggage.  Fig.  516— Loaded  camels 
on  a  Journey.  Fig.  51.'^— the  Swift  Camel,  or  Dro- 
medary ;  Fig.  515— the  same.  Fig.  519— a  Caravan 
traversing  the  Desert.  Fig.  522— a  Camel  at  the  sight 
of  which  a  horse  is  startled — the  latter  animal,  unless 
used  to  the  camel,  evinces  fear  at  its  appearance. 
Figs.  523,  52,5— Loading  the  Camel.  Fig.  526— an 
Oriental  Migration.  Fig.  530— Halt  of  Camels.  Figs. 
529, 531 — Mounted  Camels.  Fig.  535, — Camel  car- 
rying a  Bride.  "  One  of  the  greatest  solemnities  of 
these  simple  Arab  tribes  is  that  of  conducting  a 
bride  to  her  husband.  The  lady  is  placed  in  a  frame 
on  the  back  of  a  camel,  and  is  housed  over  with 
carpets,  shawls,  and  ostrich  feathers.  The  camel  is 
led  by  a  relation  of  the  bride,  preceded  by  dancing 
people,  music,  mounted  and  dismounted  Arabs,  who 
shout  and  fire  their  guns,  running  backward  and 
forward  in  the  procession.  Captain  Lyon  made  a 
drawing  of  the  bridal  camel  and  his  trappings."  Fig. 
536 — the  Swift  Camel,  mounted.  "  The  wandering 
Arab  and  his  Maherry  have  an  extraordinary  appear- 
ance, which  Captain  Lyon  has  described.  The  sad- 
dle is  placed  on  the  withers,  and  confined  by  a  band 


under  the  belly.  It  is  very  small  and  difiicult  to 
set,  which  is  done  by  balancing  the  feet  against  the 
neck  of  the  animal  and  holding  a  tight  rein  to  steady 
the  hand."  Fig.  537— a  Malefactor  after  punish- 
ment, paraded  on  a  camel ;  his  crime  and  sentence 
being  proclaimed  as  he  is  led  along.  Fig.  528 — 
Camel  of  the  swift  breed.  Fig.  539 — Camels  water- 
ing at  a  Reservoir,  called  birket,  and  supplied  by  an 
Aqueduct,  where  caravans  are  accustomed  to  halt. 
Fig.  538 — an  Attack,  by  Arab  robbers,  upon  a  Cara- 
van in  the  Desert.  Fig.  540— a  Bedouin  Encamp- 
ment. "  Those  who  are,  from  reading  or  travelled  ob- 
servation, conversant  with  the  existing  manners  of 
the  Asiatic  pastoral  tribes,  as  the  Arabians  and  the 
Tartars,  can  easily  form  in  their  minds  a  picture  of 
this  great  migrating  party.  Under  the  conduct  of 
their  venerable  emir,  and  the  active  direction  and 
control  of  his  principal  servants,  we  behold,  from 
the  distance,  a  lengthened  dark  line  stretching  across 
the  plain,  or  winding  among  the  valleys,  or  creeping 
down  the  narrow  pathway  on  the  mountain  side. 
That  in  this  line  there  are  hosts  of  camels  we  know 
afar  oft',  by  the  grotesque  outline  which  the  figures 
of  these  animals  make,  their  tall  shapes,  and  their 
length  of  neck ;  and  that  the  less  distinguishable 
mass  which  appears  in  motion  on  the  surface  of  the 
ground  is  composed  of  flocks  of  sheep,  and  perhaps 
goats,  we  can  only  infer  from  circumstances.  On 
approaching  nearer  we  find  that  all  this  is  true,  and 
that,  moreover,  many  of  the  camels  are  laden  with 
the  tents,  and  with  a  few  utensils  and  needments 
which  the  dwellers  in  tents  require ;  and  if  the  na- 
tural condition  of  the  traversed  country  be  such  as 
to  render  the  precaution  necessary,  some  of  the  ani- 
mals may  be  seen  bearing  provisions  and  skins  of 
water.  The  baggage  camels  follow  each  other  with 
steady  and  heavy  tread,  in  files,  the  halter  of  those 
that  follow  being  tied  to  the  harness  of  those  that 
precede,  so  that  the  foremost  only  needs  a  rider  to 
direct  his  course  ;  but  nevertheless  women,  children, 
and  old  men  are  seen  mounted  on  the  other  burdens 
which  some  of  them  bear.  These  are  slaves,  re- 
tainers, and  other  persons  not  actively  engaged  in 
the  conduct  of  the  party,  and  not  of  sufficient  conse- 
quence to  ride  on  saddled  dromedaries.  Such  are 
reserved  for  the  chiefs  of  the  party,  their  women, 
children,  relatives,  and  friends;  and  are  not,  un- 
less it  happen  for  convenience,  strung  together 
like  the  drudging  animals  which  bear  the  heavier 
burdens." 

533,  534. — The  Bacthian  Camel 

(Camelus  Bactrianus).  This  species  is  at  once  to 
be  distinguished  from  the  Arabian  by  the  presence 
of  two  humps  on  the  back  ;  it  is  comparatively  rare, 
and  limited  in  the  extent  of  geographic  range  :  it  is 
spread,  however,  through  central  Asia,  Thibet,  and 
China,  and  is  reported  to  exist  in  a  wild  state  in 
Turkestan,  anciently  Bactriana.  Pallas  states  that 
very  large  camels  with  two  hunches  occur  wild  in 
the  deserts  of  Shamo,  towards  the  frontiers  of  China ; 
but  as  the  Calmucks  liberate  all  animals  upon  a 
principle  of  religion,  we  may  conclude  that  these 
camels  are  the  descendants  of  the  domestic  stock. 
Occasionally  the  Bactrian  camel  is  seen  in  Egypt 
and  Arabia :  during  his  travels  through  the  latter 
country  Niebuhr  saw  three,  and  only  three,  speci- 
mens—^-and  Mr.  Macfarlane  met  with  only  one  in 
Asia  Minor,  which  came  from  some  remote  pro- 
vince. 

In  1829  a  Bactrian  camel  was  daily  led  about  the 
streets  of  London  ;  it  was  a  very  fine  male,  of  a 
dark  rusty-brown  colour,  and  very  picturtsque  and 
striking  in  appearance,  walking  with  a  stately  pace, 
and  apparently  well  able  to  bear  our  climate.  His 
hair  was  full,  long,  and  shaggy,  and  hung  like  a  fringe 
along  his  throat.  The  natural  country  of  this  spe- 
cies, viz.  the  great  middle  zone  of  Asia,  to  the 
north  of  the  Taurus  and  the  Himalayah  moun- 
tains, is  very  different  in  temperature  from  the 
hot  regions  of  Arabia,  whence  it  is  probable  that  it 
might  with  due  precautions  become  naturalized  in 
Europe. 

The  manners  of  the  Bactrian  camel  are  the  same 
as  those  of  the  Arabian,  and  its  utility  is  as  great  as 
that  of  the  latter.  It  is  the  patient,  laborious,  and 
willing  slave  of  man,  travelling  over  sandy  deserts, 
and  administering  to  the  wants  of  a  wandering 
people. 

The  height  of  this  species  is  about  eight  feet  be- 
tween the  two  humps. 

Here,  then,  we  conclude  our  sketch  of  the  history 
of  the  camel — an  animal,  in  the  countries  for  which 
it  is  specially  organized,  the  most  important  and 
valuable  to  man,  and  one  of  the  earliest  which  he 
reclaimed  to  his  service.  It  is  true  that  it  has  not 
spread,  like  the  horse  and  the  ox,  over  the  whole 
globe,  but  the  reason  is  evident :  out  of  its  own 
regions  its  value  and  importance  are  diminished  ; 
within  them  no  other  beast  of  burden  can  compete 
with  it,  and  for  ever  will  it  remain,  as  it  is  and  has 
been,  the  ship  of  the  desert. 


.— ^lalcfactur  Paraded  on  CameL 


640.— Bedouin  Kncampment. 


120 


517.— Vlcagna. 


550.— Paoo. 


549.— Male  Brown  Wild  Uama,  or  Gtiatiaco 


548.— Gnimacp. 


SSSmtG  nuiacoi  and  Tame  White  Llama. 


'  551.— Foot  of  Llama. 
[THE  MUSEUM  OP  ANIMATED  NAIUliE.] 


55i.— White  Llama. 


121 


^w. 


122 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Llamas. 


547  to  556.— Thk  Llama 

Genus  Auehenia).  Under  Ihe  general  term  Llama 
are  comprehended  three,  if  not  more  species,  which 
belong  to  the  same  section  of  the  Ruminants  as 
the  camel  (CameKdtr).  Indeed  the  llama  was  re- 
ferred by  Linnsus,  and  other  naturalists  of  the 
last  century,  to  the  genus  Camelus ;  from  which 
1  Hitter  separated  it,  and  assigned  it  to  a  genus 
which  he  established  under  the  title  of  Auehenia, 
in  allusion  to  the  length  and  slenderness  of  the 
neck,  for.«hich  the  llamas  are  remarkable. 

The  llamas  may  be  regarded  as  the  analogues  of 
the  camel ;  and,  in  the  Cordilleras  of  Peru  and 
Chili,  are  the  mountain  representatives  of  that 
desert-bom  servant  of  man. 

In  outward  form,  excepting  that  there  is  no  hump 
on  the  back,  in  the  general  structure  and  cellular 
apparatus  of  the  stomach,  with  the  concomitant 
power  of  enduring  thirst,  or  abstaining  lor  a  long 
season  from  water,  in  the  expression  of  the  large 
full  overhung  eye,  in  the  mobility  and  division  of 
the  upper  lip,  the  fissured  nostrils,  the  slender  neck, 
and  meagre  limbs,  together  with  the  long,  woolly 
character  of  the  clothing,  the  llama  and  the  camel 
exhibit  striking  points  of  agreement.  The  foot  of 
the  camel,  however,  with  its  broad  elastic  pad,  ex- 
pressly adapted  for  traversing  the  sands  of  the  de- 
sert, differs  in  its  modification  from  that  of  the 
llama,  destined  to  inhabit  the  rough  and  rocky 
Cordilleras,  along  the  craggy  sides  of  which  the 
llama  proceeds  vfith  a  free  and  fearless  step. 

The  foot  of  the  llama  (Fig.  551)  consists  of  two 
springy  toes,  completely  divided,  each  with  a  rough 
cushion  beneath,  and  provided  at  the  end  with  a 
strong  short  hoof;  these  hoofs  are  pointed  at  the 
tip,  and  hooked  down  somewhat  like  a  claw  ;  they 
are  compressed  laterally,  and  the  upper  surface 
represents  an  acute  ridge;  the  under  surface  is 
linearly  concave — a  form  well  fitted  for  a  mountain 

climber.  j^,.,- 

When  the  Spaniards  first  invaded  Peru  and  Chili, 
they  found  the  llama  domesticated,  and  used  as  a 
beast  of  burden,  its  flesh  and  wool  being  also  in 
great  request.  It  was  their  only  beast  of  burden  : 
its  flesh  was  eaten,  its  skin  prepared  into  leather, 
and  its  wool  spun  and  manufactured  into  cloth. 
One  of  the  labours  to  which  the  llama  was  sub- 
jected was  that  of  bringing  down  ore  from  the 
mines  among  the  mountains :  its  ordinary  load  was 
80  or  1(X)  pounds,  and  its  average  rate  of  travelling 
with  its  burden  12  to  15  miles  a  day,  over  rugged 
mountain-passes ;  but,  like  the  camel,  if  too  heaviiy 
laden  it  would  lie  down,  and  obstinately  refuse  to 
proceed,  nor  would  it  bear  to  be  urged  beyond  its 
accustomed  pace.  Gregory  de  Bolivar  estimated 
that  in  his  day  300,000  were  employed  in  the  trans- 
port of  the  produce  of  the  mines  of  Potosi  alone, 
and  four  millions  annually  killed  for  food. 

Augustin  de  Zerate,  treasurer-general  of  Peru, 
in  1544,  under  the  Spanish  dominion,  thus  describes 
the  llama,  which  he  calls  a  sheep,  though  it  is, 
he  observes,  camel-like  in  shape,  but  destitute  of  a 
hump  :— "  In  places  where  there  is  no  snow,  the 
natives  want  water,  and  to  supply  this  they  fill  the 
skins  of  sheep  with  water,  and  make  other  living 
sheep  carry  them,  for  it  must  be  remarked,  these 
sheep  of  Peru  are  large  enough  to  serve  as  beasts 
of  burden.  They  can  carry  about  one  hundred 
pounds  or  more,  and  the  Spaniards  used  to  ride 
them,  and  they  would  go  four  or  five  leagues  a  day. 
When  they  are  weary  they  lie  down  upon  the 
ground,  and  as  there  are  no  means  of  making  them 
get  up,  either  by  beating  or  assisting  them,  the 
load  must  of  necessity  be  taken  off.  When  there 
is  a  man  on  one  of  them,  if  the  beast  is  tired,  and 
urged  to  go  on,  he  turns  his  head  round,  and  dis- 
charges his  saliva,  which  has  an  unpleasant  odour, 
into  the  rider's  face.  These  animals  are  of  great 
use  and  profit  to  their  masters,  for  their  wool  is 
very  good  and  fine,  particularly  that  of  the  species 
called  Pacas,  which  have  very  long  fleeces ;  and 
the  expense  of  their  food  is  trifling,  as  a  handful 
of  maize  suffices  them,  and  they  can  go  four  or  five 
days  without  water.  Their  flesh  is  as  good  as  that 
of  the  fat  sheep  of  Castile.  There  are  now  public 
shambles  for  the  sale  of  their  flesh  in  all  parts  of 
Peru,  which  was  not  the  case  when  the  Spaniards 
came  first;  for  when  one  Indian  had  killed  a  sheep 
his  neighbours  came  and  took  what  they  wanted, 
and  then  another  Indian  killed  a  sheep  in  his 
turn. 

D'Acosta  gives  nearly  a  similar  testimony ;  and 
notices  two  kinds  (species)— one  which  is  woolly, 
and  called  Paco  by  the  natives :  the  other  covered 
with  a  slight  fleece  (villis  levibus)  only,  and  nearly 
naked,  whence  it  is  more  fitted  for  carrying  bur- 
thens, called  Guanaco. 

Captain  G.  Shelvocke,  an  Englishman  who  sailed 
round  the  world  in  1719-22,  gives  a  similar  account, 
informing  us  that  the  Indians  of  Peru  call  these 
animals  Llamas ;  the  Chilese,  Chilihueque  ;  and  the 
Spaniards,  Cameros  de  la  tierra. 


With  respect  to  the  distinct  species  of  llama,  we 
learn  from  De  Laet  that,  besides  the  domestic  race, 
there  are  in  Peru  and  Chili  various  wild  animals,  of 
which  some  are  called  Guanaco,  or  Huanacu,  whence, 
from  their  resemblance  to  the  lame  breed,  the  latter 
have  obtained  the  same  appellation  ;  their  flesh  is 
good,  but,  according  to  Garcilaso,  inferior  to  that  of 
the  doraesticor  Huanacu  llamas.     These  animals  in- 
habit the  mountain-ranges,  where  the  males  keep 
watch  above  whilst  the  females  are  feeding  in  the 
alpine  valleys.     When  the  males  observe  men  ap- 
proaching in  the  distance,  they  utter  a  sort  of  neigh, 
not  unlike  that  of  a  horse,  to  warn  the  females ;  and 
if  the  men  advance  nearer,  they  flee,  driving  the 
females  before  them.     The  wool  of  these  animals  is 
short  and  rough,  but  is  notwithstanding  used  by  the 
natives  for  making  cloth.    These  animals  are  taken 
in  traps  and  snares.    Another  kind  are  termed  Vi- 
cunas ;  excepting  that  th^  have  no  horns,  they  are 
not  much  unlike  goats,  but  are  larger,  and  of  a 
tawny  or  lion-like  colour  with  a  rufous  tint :  these  live 
in  the  highest  mountains,  giving  preference  to  the 
colder  regions,  and  especially  the  bleak  solitudes 
which  the  Peruvians  designate  by  the  common  name 
of  Punas.     Frost  and  snow,  so  far  from  annoying, 
seem  rather  to  invigorate  them.    They  associate  in 
flocks,  and  run  with  great  swiftness.    Such  is  their 
timidity  that  at  the  sight  of  men  or  wild  beasts,  they 
instantly  betake  themselves  into  hidden  and  inac- 
cessible  fortresses.     Formerly  these  animals  were 
very  numerous,  but  they  are  now  become  much  more 
rare  in  consequence  of  the  promiscuous  licence  for 
hunting.     Their  wool  is  very  fine,  and  resembles 
silk,  or  rather  the  fur  of  the  beaver,  and  the  natives 
deservedly  estimate  it  highly :  besides  other  proper- 
ties, it  is  sajd  to  resist  heat  and  impart  coolness,  and 
consequently  is  especially  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  caps.     Besides  these  are  the  Tarugas  or  Tarucas, 
which  are  larger  and  more  swift  than  the  Vicunas, 
and  of  a  more  burnt  colour,  with  pendulous  and 
light  ears ;  they  rarely  associate  in  flocks,  but  wander 
singly  about  the  precipices  :  according  to  Garcilaso 
they  are  a  species  of  deer,  inferior  in  size  to  those 
of  Europe.     In  the  time  of  the  Incas  they  were  in- 
numerable, and  even  entered  the  precincts  of  the 
towns,  nor  was  there  any  deficiency  of  their  fawns 
and  does.    All  these  animals,  he  adds,  produce  be- 
zoar  stones. 

A  question  here  arises,  what  is  the  Taruga  de- 
scribed by  De  Laet  ?  Is  it  identical  with  the  Paco 
(otherv/ise  called  Pacaor  Alpaca")  of  D'Acosta,  who, 
it  may  be  observed,  does  not  mention  the  Vicuna  or 
Vicugna?  This  question  is  not  easily  answered. 
With  respect  to  the  Chilihueque  of  Shelvocke,  the 
Hueque  or  Hueco  of  Molina,  it  is  evidently  identical 
with  the  Huanacu  of  De  Laet,  which  is  the  Guanaco, 
and  the  words  are  the  same,  with  trifling  differences 
in  orthography  easily  accounted  for.  We  have 
then  the  domestic  Llama,  the  Guanaco,  the  Paco  or 
Alpaca,  the  Taruga,  and  the  Vicugna. 

Now  it  is  generally  believed  by  naturalists,  and 
among  them  F.  Cuvier,  that  there  are  really  only 
three  species,  viz.  the  Llama,  called,  when  wild,  Gua- 
naco, the  Paco  or  Alpaca,  and  the  Vicugna.  Mr. 
Bennett,  indeed,  and  Baron  Cuvier,  suspect  there  are 
but  two  species.  The  former  expressly  states  that 
he  should  have  little  hesitation  in  proceeding  still 
farther  than  F.  Cuvier,  being  strongly  inclined  to 
agree  with  the  Baron  in  regarding  the  Paco  as  a 
mere  variety  of  the  Llama  with  the  wool  more  amply 
developed,  and  in  considering  the  Vicugna  as  the 
only  animal  of  that  group  that  deserves  to  be  spe- 
cifically distinguished  from  that  animal.  From  our 
own  personal  observations  we  are  inclined  to  believe 
that  there  are  three  species  as  indicated  by  F. 
Cuvier,  but  we  confess  that  we  have  our  doubts  as 
to  whether  De  Laet's  Taruga  with  pendulous  ears 
may  not  prove  to  be  a  fourth  species— a  point,  how- 
ever, on  which  we  would  not  insist.  Our  figures 
of  these  animals  are  as  follows  :— Fig.  553— the  re- 
cumbent animal  is  the  Domestic,  the  standing  ani- 
mal the  Wild  Llama;  Figs.  554,  555,  are  the 
Domestic  Llama;  Figs.  548,  549,  552,  the  Wild 
Llama  or  Guanaco ;  Fig.  550— the  Paco  or  Al- 
paca ;  Figs.  .547,  556,  the  Vicugna. 

The  Guanaco  (Auehenia  Llama) ;  in  a  domestic . 
state,  the  Llama.— At  what  period  the  Guanaco  be- 
came domesticated,  whether  before  the  foundation 
of  the  ancient  Peruvian  empire  while  the  natives 
were  in  the  rudest  state  of  savage  life,  or  after  Manco 
Capac  had  established  over  the  Peruvians  the  reign- 
ing line  of  Incas,  it  is  useless  to  inquire.  All  we 
know  is,  that  the  Spaniards  on  their  invasion  found 
the  llama  trained  as  a  beast  of  burden,  and  except- 
ing as  regards  its  milk,  to  them  what  the  camel  is 
to  the  native  of  the  Arabian  desert. 

The  Guanaco,  or  wild  llama,  is  more  slender  and 
has  an  aspect  more  expressive  of  energy  and  spirit 
than  its  domesticated  relative,  but  it  soon  becomes 
familiar  in  captivity.  In  its  native  regions,  the 
highlands  of  Peru  and  Chili,  it  lives  in  herds,  con- 
tinuing among  the  mountains  during  the  summer, 
but  descending  to  the  valleys  on  the  approach  of 


winter.  At  this  latter  season  the  Chilians  hunt 
them  with  dogs,  but  it  is  only  the  young  and  the 
feeble  that  can  be  thus  taken  ;  the  old  ones  are  swift, 
active,  and  vigorous,  and  easily  escape.  During  the 
chase  they  ai-e  said  frequently  to  turn  upon  their 
pursuers,  neigh  loudly,  and  then  take  to  their  heels 
again.  Indeed  when  alarmed  they  often  stop  in 
their  flight  to  gaze  at  the  ob'ect  of  their  fear,  and 
again  gallop  off. 

The  guanaco  feeds  upon  mountain  herbage,  and 
especially  a  species  of  rushy  grass  called  ycho ;  and 
when  there  issufiicient  of  this  green  fodder  for  them, 
they  are  never  known  to  drink.  The  same  observa- 
tion applies  to  the  domestic  breed  and  the  Paco  and 
the  Vicugna.  Mr.  Bennett  suggests  as  a  probability 
that  they  may  have  the  power  of  extracting  from 
their  food  sufficient  liquid  to  satiate  theirthirst.  It 
cannot  have  esca|)ed  notice  that  the  secretion  of 
saliva  in  these  animals  is  remarkably  abundant,  even, 
as  we  have  observed,  in  the  hottest  weather  in  Eng- 
land, and  that  upon  the  slightest  ofi'ence,  real  or 
supposed,  they  discharge  a  copious  shower  of  it 
over  the  person  of  the  offender.  May  it  not  be  that 
the  naturally  abundant  flow  of  this  saliva  obviates 
the  necessity  of  frequently  drinking  ?  This  saliva 
was  once  supposed  to  possess  acrid,  irritating  quali- 
ties, which  certainly  is  not  the  case,  though  it  must 
be  confessed  a  sprinkling  with  rose-water  would 
be  more  pleasant. 

When  assaulted  and  pushed  to  defend  themselves, 
these  animals  strike  with  their  fore-feet,  and  that 
with  great  energy,  giving  very  severe  blows :  we 
have,  indeed,  seen  them  strike  upon  trifling  provo- 
I  cation,  though  in  general  they  are  quiet  and  in- 
offensive. 

The  wool  of  the  guanaco  is  in  request,  being 
of  fi^e  texture :  the  general  colour  is  rich  rufous 
brown,  the  head  and  ears  being  grey.  The  neck  is 
peculiarly  long  ;  the  tail  a  little  raised  and  curved 
down.  Height  at  the  top  of  the  shoulders  about 
three  feet  and  a  half. 

Mr.  Darwin  states,  the  guanaco  "  abounds  over 
the  whole  of  the  temperate  parts  of  South  America 
from  the  wooded  islands  of  Tierra  del  Fuego, 
through  Patagonia,  the  hilly  parts  of  La  Plata, 
Chili,  even  to  the  Cordillera  of  Peru.  Although 
preferring  an  elevated  site,  it  yields  in  this  respect 
to  its  near  relative,  the  vicugna ;  on  the  plains  of 
Southern  Patagonia  we  saw  them  in  greater  num- 
bers than  in  any  other  part.  Generally  they  go  in 
small  herds  from  half-a-dozen  to  thirty  together, 
but  on  the  banks  of  the  St.  Cruz  we  saw  one  herd 
which  must  have  contained  at  least  .500.  On  the 
northern  shores  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan  they  are 
also  very  numerous.  Generally  the  guanacoes  are 
wild  and  extremely  wary.  The  sportsman  fre- 
quently receives  the  first  intimation  of  their  pre- 
sence by  hearing  from  a  distance  the  peculiar  shrill 
neighing  note  of  alarm.  ,Ifhe  then  looks  attentively, 
he  will  perhaps  see  the  herd  standing  in  a  line  on 
some  distant  hill.  On  approaching  them,  a  few 
more  squeals  are  given,  and  then  off  they  set  at  an 
apparently  slow,  but  really  quick,  canter  along 
some  narrow  beaten  track  to  a  neighbouring  hill. 
If,  however,  by  chance  he  should  abruptly  meet  a 
single  animal,  or  several  together,  they  will  gene- 
rally stand  motionless  and  intently  gaze  at  him ; 
then,  perhaps,  move  on  a  few  yards,  turn  round, 
and  look  again.  What  is  the  cause  of  this  dif- 
ference in  their  shyness  ?  Do  they  mistake  a  man 
in  the  distance  for  their  chief  enemy,  the  puma, 
or  does  curiosity  overcome  their  timidity?  That 
they  are  curious  is  certain;  for  if  a  person  lies 
on  the  ground  and  plays  strange  antics,  such  as 
throwing  up  his  feet  in  the  air,  they  will  almost  al- 
ways approach  by  degrees  to  reconnoitre  him.  It 
was  an  artifice  that  was  frequently  practised  by  our 
sportsmen  with  success ;  and  it  had,  moreover,  the 
advantage  of  allowing  several  shots  to  be  fired, 
which  were  all  taken  as  parts  of  the  performance. 
On  the  mountains  of  Tierra  del  Fuego,  and  in  other 
places,  I  have  more  than  once  seen  a  guanaco,  on 
being  approached,  not  only  neigh  and  squeal,  but 
prance  and  leap  about  in  the  most  ridiculous  man- 
ner, apparently  in  defiance,  as  a  challenge.  These 
animals  are  very  easily  domesticated,  and  I  have 
seen  some  thus  kept  near  the  houses,  although  at 
large  on  their  native  plains.  They  are  in  this  state 
very  bold,  and  readily  attack  a  man  by  striking  him 
from  behind  with  both  knees.  The  wild  guanacoes, 
however,  have  no  idea  of  defence :  even  a  single 
dog  will  secure  one  of  these  large  animals  till  the 
huntsman  can  come  up.  In  many  of  their  habits 
they  are  like  sheep  in  a  flock.  Thus  when  they 
see  men  approaching  in  different  directions  on 
horseback,  they  soon  become  bewildered,  and  know 
not  which  way  to  run.  This  greatly  facilitates  the 
Indian  method  of  hunting,  for  they  are  thus  easily 
driven  to  a  central  point  and  encompassed.  The 
guanacoes  readily  take  to  the  water ;  several  times 
at  Port  Valdes  they  were  seen  swimming  from 
island  to  island.  Byron,  in  his  Voyage,  says  he  saw 
them   drinking  salt  water.     Some  of  our  officers, 


Llamas.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


123 


\ 


likewise,  saw  a  herd  drinkini;  the  briny  fluid  from 
salina  near  Cape  Blanca.  I  imagine,  in  several 
parts  of  the  country,  if  they  do  not  drink  salt  water, 
they  drink  none  at  all.  In  the  middle  of  the  day 
they  frequently  roll  in  the  dust  in  saucer-shaped 
hollows.  The'raales  fight  together;  two  one  day 
passed  quite  close  to  me,  squealing,  and  trying  to 
bite  each  other ;  and  several  were  shot  with  their 
hides  deeply  scored.  Herds  sometimes  appear  to 
set  out  on  exploring  parties.  At  Bahia  Blanca, 
where,  within  30  miles  of  the  coast,  these  animals 
are  extremely  unfrequent,  I  saw  one  day  the 
tracks  of30  or  40  which  had  come  in  a  direct  line 
to  a  muddy  salt-water  creek.  They  must  then 
have  perceived  that  they  were  approachmg  the  sea, 
for  they  had  wheeled  with  the  regularity  of  cavalry, 
and  had  returned  back  in  as  straight  a  hue  as  they 
had  advanced.  The  guanacoes  have  one  smgular 
habit,  which  is  to  me  inexplicable,'  namely,  that  on 
successive  days  they  drop  their  dung  in  the  same 
defined  heap.  I  saw  one  of  these  heaps  which  was 
eight  feet  in  diameter,  and  necessarily  was  com-. 
posed  of  a  large  quantity.  D'Aubigny  says  that  all 
the  species  of  this  genus  have  this  habit;  and  Fre- 
zier  remarks  that  it  is  very  useful  to  the  Indians, 
who  use  the  dung  for  fuel,  and  are  thus  saved  the 
trouble  of  collecting  it.  The  guanacoes  appear  to 
have  favourite  spots  for  dying  in.  On  the  banks  of 
the  St.  Cruz  the  ground  was  actually  white  with 
bones  in  certain  circumscribed  places,  which  were 
generally  bushy,  and  all  near  the  river.  On  one 
such  spot  I  counted  between  ten  and  twenty  heads. 
I  particularly  examined  the  bones ;  they  did  not 
appear,  as  some  scattered  ones  which  I  have  seen, 
gnawed  and  broken,  as  if  dragged  together  by  some 
beasts  of  prey.  The  animals  must  have  crawled, 
before  dying,  beneath  and  amongst  the  bushes. 
Mr.  Bynoe  informs  me  that  during  the  voyage  he 
observed  the  same  circumstance  on  the  banks  of 
the  Rio  Gallegos.  I  do  not  understand  the  reason 
for  this,  but  I  may  observe  that  all  the  wounded 
guanacoes  at  St.  Cruz  invariably  walked  towards 
the  river.  At  St.  Jago,  in  the  Cape  de  Verd  islands, 
I  remember  having  seen  in  a  retired  ravine  a  corner 
under  a  cliff  where  numerous  goats'  bones  were 
collected  :  we  at  the  lime  exclaimed  that  it  was 
the  burial  ground  of  all  the  goats  in  the  island.  I 
mention  these  circumstances,  because  in  certain 
cases  they  might  explain  the  occurrence  of  a  num- 
ber of  uninjured  bones  in  a  cave,  or  buried  under 
alluvial  accumulations,  and  likewise  the  cause  why 
certain  mammalia  are  more  commonly  imbedded 
than  others  in  sedimentary  deposits.  Any  great 
flood  of  the  St.  Cruz  would  wash  down  many  bones 
of  the  guanaco,  but  probably  not  a  single  one  of  the 
puma,  rhea,  or  fox."     ('  Voyage  of  the  Beagle.') 

Like  the  elephant,  the  horse,  the  camel,  and  many 
others,  the  guanaco  has  its  fossil  prototypes.  Mr. 
Darwin  found  at  Port  St.  Julian  (Patagonia)  the 
fossil  bones  of  a  llama  which  must  have  fully 
equalled  the  camel  in  magnitude ;  and  he  observes 
that,  "  as  the  guanaco  is  the  characteristic  quad- 
ruped of  Patagonia,  and  the  vicugna  of  the  snow- 
clad  summits  of  the  Cordilleras,  so  in  bygone  days 
this  gigantic  species  of  the  same  family  must  have 
been  conspicuous  on  the  southern  plains." 

The  domestic  llama  is  more  stoutly  built  than 
the  guanaco,  its  limbs  are  thicker,  its  neck  shorter, 
and  its  aspect  more  subdued.  The  wool  is  longer 
and  fuller,  but  of  a  coarser  quality.  We  have  seen 
brown  and  white  individuals,  but  the  white  seem  to 
be  the  most  common. 

When  the  Spaniards  became  acquainted  with 
Peru  and  Chili,  these  animals  were  kept  by  the 
natives  in  vast  numbers ;  but  now  the  horse,  the 
ass,  and  especially  the  mule,  have  superseded  the 
llama  as  a  beast  of  burthen  ;  while  the  introduction 
of  the  sheep,  the  goat,  and  the  ox  has  rendered  it 
less  necessary,  either  as  contributing  by  its  flesh  or 
its  fleece  to  the  benefit  of  man.  Tn  some  places, 
however,  it  still  is,  or  was  recently,  employed  as  a 
beast  of  burthen. 

The  Paco  (Auchenia  Alpaca,  Desm. ;  Camelus 
Pacos,  Linn.),  Figs.  548,  549,  532,  is  as  large  as  the 
guanaco,  but  proportionately  shorter  in  the  limbs  ; 
its  forehead,  instead  of  being  regularly  arched  to 
the  nose,  rises  abruptly  promment  above  the  eyes ; 
the  wool  is  long,  delicately  fine,  and  silky,  ex- 
cepting on  the  head  and  limbs,  and  of  a  deep  fawn 
colour;  it  is  moreover  disposed  in  long  flakes  or 
tassels.  Black  varieties  also  occur,  of  which  a  most 
beautiful  specimen  some  years  ago  existed  in  the 
Gardens  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  Lond. 

The  paco  dwells  in  herds  among  the  mountains 
of  Peru  and  Chili ;  it  is  less  fleet  than  the  light- 
limbed  guanaco,  but  its  general  habits  are  the 
game ;  it  would  appear,  however,  to  frequent  a 
higher  and  colder  range  of  elevation,  as  it  is  said  to 
be  frequently  seen  with  herds  of  vicugnas. 

The  Vicugna,  or  Vicuiia  (Avchenia  Vicugna), 
Figs.  547,  556,  is  a  smaller  animal  than  either  the 
guanaco  or  the  paco,  and  more  slender  in  its  pro- 
portions.    Its  limbs  are  thin,  its  neck   swan-like. 


the  forehead  is  broad  and  also  prominent,  but  not 
abruptly  so,  as  in  the  paco ;  the  muzzle  is  very 
narrow,  and  the  head  short.  The  eyes  are  large, 
and  the  ears  long.  The  height  of  the  animal  at  the 
shoulder  is  about  two  and  a  half  feet. 

The  wool  of  the  body  is  extremely  delicate  and 
soft,  varying  from  an  inch  to  three  inches  in  length  : 
on  the  breast  it  is  of  the  latter  measurement ;  on 
the  head  and  limbs  it  is  close.  The  colour  is 
pale  yellowish  brown,  passing  into  white  on  the 
under  parts. 

The  vicugna  lives  in  herds  on  the  bleak  and 
elevated  parts  of  the  mountain-range  bordering  the 
region  of  perpetual  snow,  amidst  rocks  and  preci- 
pices, where  the  chase  is  both  toilsome  and  arduous. 
The  Cordilleras  of  Copiapo,  Coquimbo,  and  Peru  are 
the  principal  seats  of  its  abode,  but  it  is  also  found  in 
Chili.  Its  manners  very  much  resemble  those  of 
the  chamois  of  the  European  Alps,  and  it  is  as 
active,  vigilant,  wild,  and  timid.  Its  wool  is  highly 
valued,  and  for  this  alone  thousands  are  annually 
killed,  various  means  being  employed  in  their  whole- 
sale destruction. 

Holding,  as  the  llamas  do,  especially  the  paco 
and  vicugna,  so  conspicuous  a  place  among  wool- 
bearing  animals,  it  is  singular  that  after  Europeans 
became  acquainted  with  them,  and  with  the  beauti- 
ful fabrics  manufactured  by  the  native  Peruvians, 
three  centuries  should  have  elapsed  before  any  at- 
tention was  paid  in  Europe  to  the  importation  of 
their  produce  as  an  article  of  commerce,  or  any 
attempts  were  instituted  with  regard  to  the  na- 
turalization of  the  animals  in  localities  best  fitted 
for  their  multiplication  ;  and  this  more  especially 
as  the  fineness  of  the  wool  had,  from  the  first,  at- 
tracted the  notice  both  of  the  Spaniards  and  other 
Europeans.  That  no  diflSculty  exists  in  the  trans- 
portation of  the  llama  to  Europe,  and  that  it  bears 
our  climate  well,  is  abundantly  proved  by  the  nu- 
merous individuals  which  have  lived  both  in  the 
Gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society  and  in  other 
places,  and  which,  under  the  inevitable  disadvan- 
tages of  confinement,  and  perhaps  too  luxurious  a 
diet,  have  continued  long  m  health  and  vigour — ■ 
as  long,  indeed,  as  animals  indigenous  to  Europe 
under  the  same  circumstances.  There  can  be  there- 
fore no  doubt  but  that  if  suffered  to  wander  at  large, 
in  situations  resembling  as  nearly  as  possible  those 
of  their  native  regions — regions,  be  it  remembered, 
of  cold,  and  snow,  and  storms — these  animals  would 
thrive  and  multiply. 

The  coarse  herbage  of  the  mountains,  and  the  rushy 
grass,  called  ycho,  which  covers  the  slopes  of  the  hills, 
constitute  the  natural  diet  of  the  wild  races  ;  and  in 
the  mountains  of  Scotland,  Wales,  and  Ireland  herb- 
age of  a  corresponding  nature  would  meet  their  ap- 
petite, while,  as  far  as  temperature  is  concerned,  there 
would  be  no  imnediraent  to  their  naturalization. 

At  the  Ninth  Meeting  (held  at  Birmingham)  for 
the  Advancement  of  Science,  the  value  of  the  silk 
wool  of  these  animals,  and  the  benefits  which  would 
result   from   their   naturalization   in    our   country, 
formed  an  interesting  topic  of  discussion.    The  sub- 
ject was  introduced  by  Mr.  W.  Danson,  who,  in  ill- 
lustration  of  his  views,  exhibited  samples  of  Alpaca 
wools,  and  manufactured  specimens  in  imitation  of 
silk  (and  without  dye)  as  black  as  jet.     Mr.  Danson 
urged  that  "  the  animals  producing  it  ought  to  be 
propagated    in   England,   Ireland,    Scotland,    and 
Wales,  and  stated  that  to  the  two  latter  places  the 
alpaca  is  well   suited,  being  an  inhabitant  of  the 
Cordilleras,  or  mountain  district  in  Peru.     Importa- 
tions (of  the  wool)  have  already  taken  place  to  the 
extent  of  one  million  of  pounds,  and  are  likely  to 
increase.    There  are  five  species  of  llamas:  of  these 
the  alpaca  has  fine  wool,  six  to  twelve  inches  long,  as 
shown  by  the  specimens  exhibited ;  the  llama,  coarse 
long  hair  ;  and  the  vicugna,  a  very  short  fine  wool, 
more  of  tlie  beaver  cast.     The  Earl  of  Derby  has 
propagated  the  alpaca  in  his  private  menagerie  at 
Knowsley,   and   Mr.   Danson  understood  that  Mr. 
Stephenson,  at  Oban  in  Scotland,  has  a  few  of  these 
animals.    The   wool  of   these   animals  would  not 
enter  into  competition  with  the  wool  of  the  sheep, 
but  rather  with  silk.     It  is  capable   of  the  finest 
manufacture,  and  is  especially  suited  to  the  fine 
shawl  trade   of  Paisley  and  Glasgow,    &c.      The 
yams  spun  from  it   are  already  sent  to  France  in 
large  quantities,  at  from  6s.  to  12s.  Gd.  per  pound, 
the  price  of  the  raw  Alpaca  wool  being  now  2s.  and 
2s.  6d.  per  pound." 

560,  564,  565,  5G6.— The  Giraffe 

(Camelopardalis  Giraffa;  Zarapha,  Zerafet,  and 
Ziiralel  of  the  Arabs ;  Surnapa,  Ziirnapa  and  Ziirnepa 
of  the  Turks).  The  genus  Camelopardalis  stands 
in  a  certain  sense  isolated  among  the  Ruminants, 
and  is  the  representative  of  a  family  group,  interme- 
diate, as  Professor  Owen's  researches  demonstrate, 
between  the  Deer  and  the  Antelopes.  Col.  H. 
Smith,  indeed,  has  observed  that  the  characters  of 
the  giraffe  offer  a  mixture  of  several  genera,  among 
which  the   followers  of  the   quinary  system   may 


select  whether  to  class  it,  with  Illiger,  among  the 
Camels,  or,  with  other  naturalists,  among  the  Cer- 
vine or  Antelopine  animals  ;  and  he  points  out  its 
assimilation  with  the  camels,  in  the  length  of  its 
neck,  the  callosities  on  the  sternum  and  knees,  and 
the  want  of  spurious  hoofs,  adding  that  this  ap- 
proximation did  not  escape  the  notice  of  the  an- 
cients. 

This  extraordinary  animal,  of  which  at  one  period 
the  very  existence  was  almost  doubted,  has  become 
now  familiar  to  us ;  and  though  we  gaze  with  won- 
der upon  its  strange  proportions,  we  no  longer  re- 
gard it  as  one  of  the  monsters  of  a  land  which 
credulity  pictured  as  tenanted  by  creatures  which 
exist  only  in  imagination.  On  beholding  the  giraffe 
we  are  at  once  struck  with  the  shortness  of  its  body, 
the  length  of  its  limbs,  the  elevation  of  its  withers, 
and  the  elongation  and  slenderness  of  its  neck, 
supporting  a  small  and  delicately  modelled  head. 
Its  movements  are  no  less  strange  than  its  figure ; 
for  owing  to  the  shortness  of  the  body,  and  the 
length  of  the  limbs,  the  hind-hoofs  are  brought  at 
each  step  as  far  Ibrward  as  the  spot  the  previous 
moment  occupied  by  the  fore-hoofs,  but  somewhat 
to  the  outside  of  it,  for  the  hind-limbs  diverge 
somewhat  outward  from  the  hock-joint.  The  legs 
of  each  side  are  in  action  nearly  in  unison  together, 
those  of  the  right  side  appearing  to  alternate  with 
those  of  the  left,  and  vice  versa. 

The  giraffe,  however,  is  not  really  awkward,  and 
is  very  far  from  being  slow ;  indeed  the  swiftesst 
coursers  of  the  desert  are  scarcely  equal  to  the 
chase,  and  among  rugged  and  broken  ground  utterly 
unable  to  overtake  it. 

When  walking  along,  the  giraffe  does  not  ordi- 
narily carry  its  beautiful  swan-like  neck  upright, 
but  obliquely  forwards  in  a  line  continued  from  the 
spine,  over  the  withers,  to  the  top  of  the  head — an 
attitude  scarcely  consistent  with  grace  ;  the  animal, 
however,  often  wreaths  it  very  gracefully,  nor  can 
anything  produce  a  more  imposing  effect  than  the 
giraffe  when  its  neck  is  stretched  up  to  the  full, 
while  the  animal  gazes  around  with  his  large  beam- 
ing eyes,  or  plucks  the  foliage  from  the  branches  of 
the  trees,  browsing  beneath  their  shade. 

It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  state  that  the  giraffe 
is  exclusively  confined  to  the  continent  of  Africa. 
Its  characters  may  be  detailed  as  follows : — The  head 
(Fig.  562)  is  small,  and  narrows  to  a  slender  elongated 
muzzle  entirely  covered  with  hair.  The  nostrils  are 
longitudinal  slits  capable  of  being  closed  or  opened 
at  pleasure  ;  the  upper  lip  is  endowed  with  great 
flexibility  and  muscular  power,  and  projects  beyond 
the  lower  ;  it  is  used  as  an  organ  of  prehension  in 
the  acquisition  of  food.  The  tongue  is  an  extraordi- 
nary instrument,  and  requires  special  notice.  It  is 
long,  slender,  pointed,  and  endowed  with  a  surpris- 
ing share  of  mobility.  Nor  is  this  all ;  it  is  capable 
of  being  greatly  elongated,  and  in  this  state  of  being 
coiled  round  twigs  or  branches,  and  of  drawing 
them  to  the  mouth  (P'igs.  559,  561).  In  this  respect 
it  is  analogous  to  the  proboscis  of  the  elephant, 
and  is  at  once  a  feeler,  a  grasper,  and  an  organ  of 
taste.  It  is  interesting  to  see  with  what  address  the 
giraffe  uses  this  instrument,  and  how  dexterously  he 
applies  it  as  a  hook  or  holder.  It  is  smooth,  ex- 
cept when  the  papillas  are  raised — its  surface  then 
becomes  rough:  its  colour  is  black.  The  eyes  are 
full,  dark,  lustrous,  and  prominent,  and  the  upper 
eyelid  is  furnished  with  a  fringe  of  long  lashes.  So 
prominent  indeed  are  the  eyes,  that  they  command, 
without  the  animal  moving  its  head,  a  survey  of  the 
whole  horizon,  thus  enabling  it  to  see,  without 
turning,  what  passes  on  each  side  and  even  behind 
it,  and,  from  the  elevation  of  the  head,  to  discern  its 
enemies  at  a  great  distance.  Fig.  558  represents  a 
back  view  of  the  giraffe's  head,  showing  this  ad- 
vantageous position  of  the  eyes.  The  ears  are  long, 
pointed,  and  moveable;  and  the  sense  of  hearing 
is  very  acute.  There  are  no  suborbital  sinuses. 
Both  sexes  have  horns,  if  they  can  be  so  termed, 
for  they  are  truly  analogous  to  the  peduncles  of 
the  horns  in  the  Muntjak-deer,  being  in  fact 
processes  of  bone  covered  with  skin,  having  a  tuft 
of  black  hairs  at  the  top ;  but  besides  these  sub- 
stitutes for  horns,  a  similar  but  shorter  process 
projects  from  the  forehead  between  the  eyes,  more 
developed  in  males  than  females,  and  in  adults  than 
in  the  young.  According  to  Riippell  and  Cuvier, 
this,  like  the  other  horns,  is  articulated  by  suture  to 
the  skull ;  but  Professor  Owen  has  demonstrated  that 
this  frontal  protuberance  is  not  a  true  horn  articu- 
lated by  a  suture,  but  results  from  a  singular  thick- 
ening of  the  bone  of  the  forehead  (see  Fig.  563). 
The  osseous  peduncles,  or  horns  as  they  are  com- 
monly called,  continue  for  along  time  united  to  the 
frontal  bone  only  by  means  of  a  suture,  and  are  not 
fairly  anchylosed  till  at  an  advanced  period.  This 
indeed  is  the  case  with  all  the  bones  of  the  skull  of 
the  giraffe:  it  would  appear  that  the  process  of  ossi- 
fication is  carried  on  but  slowly  in  this  part  of  the 
framt-work,  and  as  it  respects  the  horns,that  nature 
having  completed  the  first  stage  of  her  intentions, 

R2 


557.-  Skeleton  ut  Giraffe. 


xSUr^Blck  Tlew  of  Oinffe's  Head. 


666.— Ginffe  alwut  to  lie  down. 


566.-  Vicngiu. 


124 


659. — >I(xla  of  prccming  Food. 


S6l.~Mode  of  procuring  Food, 


562.— Head  of  Giraffe. 


'  S63.-^£l»U  cf  Qiroffe. 


565.— OiTaffes. 


664— Giraffe. 


125 


126 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Giraffes. 


having  in  fact  prepared  the  peduncles,  was  ar- 
rested in  her  operations  and  forbidden  to  add  the 
antlers. 

The  lone  flexible  neck  of  the  giraffe  is  provided 
with  a  short  mane  extending  from  the  withers  to  the 
top  of  the  head  :  the  elevation  of  the  withers  is  re- 
markable, and  from  this  part  to  the  crupper  there  is 
a  rapid  descent,  whence  has  arisen  the  idea  that  the 
fore-limbs  are  much  longer  than  the  hinder  pair, 
which  is  not  the  case.  The  fore-knees  are  large, 
and  when  about  to  lie  down  the  animal  sinks  upon 
thcra,  and  assumes  an  attitude  by  no  means  easy  or 
graceful.     (.Fig.  566.) 

The  tail  is  ratlier  long,  slender,  and  tufted  at  the 
extremity  with  long  coarse  black  hairs.  The  skele- 
ton of  the  giratfe  (Fig.  557)  is  well  worthy  the  at- 
tention of  an  anatomist ;  we  cannot  here  enter  into 
osteological  minutiie,  but  recommend  our  readers  to 
Professor  Owen's  papers  in  '  Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc' 
1838 ;  and  to  Cuvier's  '  Le9ons  d' Anatomic  Com- 
par<5e.' 

In  giving  a  sketch  of  the  history  of  the  giraffe,  we 
may  commence  by  observing  that  some  naturalists 
of  the  present  day  consider  that  there  are  two 
distinct  species,  one  peculiar  to  Nubia,  Abyssinia, 
and  the  adjacent  districts,  the  other  a  native  of  the 
regions  of  Southern  Africa.  We  regard  them  as 
mere  varieties. 

It  is  with  the  North  African  variety  that  the 
ancients  were  acquainted,  and  of  which  there  are 
several  delineations  preserved  to  the  present  day. 
Among  the  most  remarkable  is  one  on  the  Prae- 
neitine  pavement,  where  two  of  these  animals  are 
pictured :  one  in  a  straddling  attitude  endeavouring 
to  reach  the  ground  with  his  mouth ;  the  other  in 
the  act  of  browsing  on  the  trees.  It  is  supposed 
that  this  pavement,  which  was  executed  by  the 
direction  of  Sulla,  is  the  work  of  Egyptian  Greeks. 
Belzoni  notices  the  giraffe  on  the  walls  of  the  Sekos 
of  the  Memnonium  and  on  the  back  of  the  temple 
of  Erments.  A  giraffe  led  by  Nubians  is  given  in 
Rosellini's  work  on  Egypt. 

It  is  supposed  by  some  that  the  word  Zemer, 
translated  Chamois  in  the  book  of  Deuteronomy 
(ch.  xiv.,  V.  5),  of  which  animal  the  flesh  was  for- 
bidden, really  refers  to  the  giraffe,  and  there  is  cer- 
tainly some  affinity  between  the  Hebrew  Zemer  and 
the  Arabic  Zurafa  or  Zurafet.  It  is  a  point,  how- 
ever, not  easily  decided. 

Though  the  Praenestine  pavement  was  made  by 
the  orders  of  Sulla  (born  a.c.  138),  the  animal  itself 
was  not  seen  in  Rome  before  the  time  of  Julius 
Caesar,  who  exhibited  it  at  the  Circensian  games.  It 
is  described  by  Pliny  (book  viii.)  from  a  specimen, 
as  is  conjectured,  which  Varro  mentions  as  having 
been  brought  from  Alexandria.  Afterwards  the 
giraffe  became  not  unfrequent  among  the  animals 
exhibited  in  the  Roman  games.*  Oppian,  who  lived 
in  the  second  century,  notices  this  animal  in  the  third 
book  of  his  treatise  on  hunting.  Gordian  III.,  em- 
peror of  Rome  from  a.d.  239  to  244,  is  stated  to  have 
possessed  ten  of  these  animals.  After  the  fall  of 
the  Roman  empire  we  hear  nothing  of  the  giraft'e 
for  a  considerable  period.  The  first  instance,  after 
the  darkness  of  the  middle  ages  had  passed,  of  a 
living  giraffe  in  Europe,  is  that  of  one  possessed  by 
Frederick  II.,  king  of  Germany  (crowned  1215), 
which  he  received  from  the  prince  of  Damas,  now 
Damascus,  and  which  was  described  by  Albertus 
Magnus  under  the  name  of  Anabula,  with  the  sy- 
nonyms Seraph,  Oraflus,  and  Orasius. 

Towards  the  end  of  the  fifteenth  century  the  Sol- 
dan  of  Egypt  presented  one  of  these  animals  to 
Lorenzo  de'  Medici,  grand-duke  of  Tuscany  :  it  was 
a  great  favourite  with  the  inhabitants  of  Florence, 
and  was  accustomed  to  walk  about  the  streets, 
stretching  its  neck  to  the  balconies  and  windows 
for  fruits  and  other  articles  of  food.  Its  picture 
exists  in  the  frescoes  of  the  Poggio  Acajano,  one  of 
the  duke's  villas  near  Florence. 

From  this  time  no  living  giraffe  was  seen  in  Eu- 
rope for  nearly  three  centuries  and  a  half;  though 
in  that  space  various  descriptions  and  figures  were 
published  by  writers  on  natural  history,  mixed  up 
with  abundant  errors.  Gesner,  however,  gives  a 
tolerable  account  and  figure  in  his '  Natural  History,' 
published  in  1551.  Thevet,  in  his  '  Cosmographia ' 
p.575),  describes  and  figures  the  giraffe  ;  Bellonius, 
in  his  '  Observations,'  1605,  also  figures  it ;  Wolf- 

fang,  in  his '  Historia  Animalium  Sacra,'  mentions  it. 
opsell,  in  his '  History  of  Four-footed  Beasts '  ( 1C07), 
describes  it,  and  gives  two  figures.  Leo  Africanus 
and  Ludolph  both  describe  the  giraffe,  as  does 
Johnston  (cum  figura)  in  his  'Quadrupeds.'  We 
may  also  mention  Alpinus  ('  Nat.  Hist.  Egypt ') ;  and 
Carteret,  whose  paper  read  before  the  Royal  Society 
is  entitled  '  Observations  on  a  Camelopardahs 
found  about  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.'  (See  '  Phil. 
Trans.'  Ix.  p.  27.)  Buffon  describes  and  figures  the 
giraffe,  but  in  his  drawings,  as  in  those  of  all  the 
preceding  writers,  the  fore-leg^  are  much  too  long. 

•  '  DiTemiDi  confun  genus  Paatheni  Camelo.' 

Horace.  Epitt,  ii.  195. 


In  the  supplement  (Supp.  vol.  vii.)  the  figure  is 
improved,  but  still  is  not  without  faults.  Vos- 
maer  published  in  1787,  at  Amsterdam,  a  quarto 
tract  on  this  animal,  with  tolerable  figures.  It 
may  here  be  noticed  that  when  the  supplement  to 
Bunon's  great  work  was  published  there  was  an 
adult  female  specimen  in  the  museum  of  Paris,  and 
M.  Allemand  of  Amsterdam  had  also  a  young  spe- 
cimen. 

Le  Vaillant  when  in  South  Africa  hunted  the 
giraffe  and  procured  some  specimens  ;  his  descrip- 
tion of  the  habits  of  the  animal  and  his  narrative  of 
the  incidents  of  the  chase  are  interesting  and  graphic, 
but  perhaps  a  little  overcoloured.  It  is  from  this 
time  that  we  may  date  our  correct  knowledge  of 
this  animal,  of  which  several  skins  found  their  way 
from  time  to  time  into  our  island  ;  that  brought  by 
Mr.  Patterson,  and  ultimately  deposited  in  the  Bri- 
tish Museum,  being  the  first.*  It  was  in  the  year 
1827  that  the  first  living  giraffe  visited  our  shores. 
The  Pasha  of  Egypt  destined  four  of  these  animals 
as  presents  to  some  of  the  European  princes :  of 
these,  one  died  at  Constantinople  ;  one  reached 
Venice,  1828;  one  was  sent  to  Paris;  and  the  fourth, 
which  fell  by  lot  to  England,  reached  its  destination 
safely  in  August,  1827,  but  died,  worn  out  by  illness, 
in  1829.  Its  preserved  skin  and  skeleton  were 
presented  by  H.  M.  George  IV.  to  the  Zoolo- 
gical Society,  and  now  grace  the  museum  of  that 
Society. 

In  1836  the  arrival  of  four  living  giraffes  at  the 
gardens  of  the  Zool.  Soc,  procured  in  Kordofan  by 
M.  Thibaut,  created  a  lively  sensation  in  the  world 
of  science.  From  a  letter  of  M.  Thibaut  to  the 
secretary  of  the  Zool.  Soc,  in  which  he  details 
his  proceedings  and  manner  of  conducting  the  ex- 
hausting pursuit,  we  take  the  following  extract : — 
"  The  first  run  of  the  giraffe  is  exceedingly  rapid. 
The  swiftest  horse,  if  unaccustomed  to  the  desert, 
could  not  come  up  with  it  unless  with  extreme 
difficulty.  The  Arabs  accustomed  their  coursers  to 
hunger  and  to  fatigue ;  milk  generally  serves  them 
for  food,  and  gives  them  power  to  continue  their 
exertions  during  a  very  long  run.  If  the  giraffe 
reaches  a  mountain,  it  passes  the  heights  with 
rapidity :  its  feet,  which  are  like  those  of  a  goat, 
endow  it  with  the  dexterity  of  that  animal :  it 
bounds  over  ravines  with  incredible  power ;  horses 
cannot,  in  such  situations,  compete  with  it.  The 
giraffe  is  fond  of  a  wooded  country.  The  leaves 
of  trees  are  its  principal  food.  Its  conformation 
allows  of  its  reaching  their  tops.  The  one  of  which 
I  have  previously  spoken  as  having  been  killed  by 
the  Arabs  measured  twenty-one  French  feet  in  height 
from  the  ears  to  the  hoofs.  Green  herbs  are  also 
very  agreeable  to  this  animal ;  but  its  structure 
does  not  admit  of  its  feeding  on  them  in  the  same 
manner  as  our  domestic  animals,  such  as  the  Ox 
and  the  Horse.  It  is  obliged  to  straddle  widely ; 
its  two  fore-feet  are  gradually  stretched  widely 
apart  from  each  other,  and  its  neck  being  then  bent 
into  a  semicircular  form,  the  animal  is  thus  enabled 
to  collect  the  grass.  But  on  the  instant  that  any 
noise  interrupts  its  repast,  the  animal  raises  itself 
with  rapidity,  and  has  recourse  to  immediate  flight. 
The  giraffe  eats  with  great  delicacy,  and  takes  its 
food  leaf  by  leaf,  collecting  them  from  the  trees  by 
means  of  its  long  tongue.  It  rejects  the  thorns, 
and  in  this  respect  differs  from  the  camel.  As  the 
grass  on  which  it  is  now  fed  is  cut  for  it,  it  takes  the 
upper  part  only,  and  chews  it  until  it  perceives  that 
the  stem  is  too  coarse  for  it.  Great  care  is  required 
for  its  preservation,  and  especially  great  cleanliness. 
It  is  extremely  fond  of  society,  and  is  very  sensible. 
I  have  observed  one  of  them  shed  tears  when  it  no 
longer  saw  its  companions  or  the  persons  who  were 
in  the  habit  of  attending  to  it."  ('  Proceeds.  Zool. 
Soc,"  1836.) 

The  efforts  made  by  the  spirited  agent  of  the 
Zool.  Soc.  in  Nubia,  and  the  success  of  his  ar- 
rangements for  the  transport  of  the  animals  from 
the  interior  to  the  coast,  not  only  encouraged  others 
to  make  a  similar  attempt,  but  opened  the  way 
for  .them  in  which  to  proceed;  and  subsequently 
other  living  specimens  were  sent  to  Malta,  and 
thence  to  England,  so  that  at  one  time  there  were 
seven  giraffes  in  London. 

The  giraffe  with  due  care  endures  our  climate 
well;  the  female  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zool.  Soc. 
has  bred  twice ;  the  first  fawn  died,  but  the  second, 
which  grew  rapidly,  is  in  excellent  health  and  con- 
dition. 

The  giraffe,  as  its  figure,  the  mobility  of  the  lips, 
and  the  prehensile  power  of  the  tongue  declare,  is 
formed  for  browsing  on  the  leaves  of  trees,  those  of 
the  mimosa  being  especially  relished.  The  first 
giraffe  which  Le  Vaillant  saw  was  under  one   of 

*  Mr.  Patterson  was  sent  to  the  Cape  as  botanist  by  Lady  Strath- 
more,  and  lie  l)A(i|{lit  to  this  country  the  Hrsl  entire  skin  of  a  giraffe 
on  rerowl-  La^  Striithmore  gave  it  to  the  celebrated  John  Hunt«T, 
in  whose  museum  it  was  preserved-  Alterwards  the  trnsU'es  of  the 
Uoyal  CoUt'du  of  Surgeons  tran>ffrred  tiie  skin  to  the  British  Museum. 
Its  condition  is  very  bad,  the  hair  Ivinjj  almost  all  oft  the  skin:  yet 
as  a  sort  of  Imtorical  monument  in  the  department  of  Zoology,  it  is 
worthy  of  preservation. 


thee  trees,  on  the  leaves  of  which  it  was  making 
a  re,)a8t :  with  his  characteristic  enthusiasm  he 
began  the  pursuit— "We  saw  her  cross  the  plain 
towards  the  west,  and  hastened  to  overtake  her: 
she  was  proceeding  at  a  smart  trot,  but  did  not 
appear  to  be  at  all  hurried.  We  galloped  after 
her,  but  she  insensibly  gained  so  much  upon  us, 
that  after  having  pursued  her  for  three  hours  we 
were  forced  to  stop,  because  our  horses  were  quite 
out  of  breath,  and  we  entirely  lost  sight  of  her." 
Le  Vaillant  afterwards  was  more  successful. 

We  have  already  alluded  to  the  difficulty  which 
the  giraffe  experiences  in  putting  its  lips  to  the 
ground,  being  obliged  to  set  its  fore-limbs  wide 
apart ;  it  is  indeed  an  action  which  it  seldom  at- 
tempts unless  induced  by  some  tempting  morsel, 
as,  for  instance,  sugar,  of  which  the  giraffes  in  the 
gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society  are  very  fond, 
and  for  which  they  will  follow  their  attendants, 
trying  to  gain  possession  of  it  by  insinuating  their 
long  slender  tongue  or  upper  lip  into  the  hands  of 
the  person  who  holds  it.  In  their  play  we  have 
several  times  noticed  that  they  strike  out  with  the 
fore-limbs,  and  these,  as  well  as  the  hind-limbs, 
they  use  in  self-defence,  lashing  out  with  rapid  and 
impetuous  force.  "His  defence,"  says  Le  Vaillant, 
"consists  in  kicks,  and  his  hinder  limbs  are  so 
light  and  his  blows  so  rapid,  that  the  eye  cannot 
follow  them  ; "  and  "  I  know  beyond  a  doubt  that 
by  its  kicking  it  often  tires  out,  discourages,  and 
even  beats  off  the  lion."  After  his  dogs  had 
brought  an  individual  to  bay,  they  dared  not  make 
an  attack,  as  it  defended  itself  "with  asuccession  of 
rapid  kicks."  Major  Gordon  notices  the  force  with 
which  one  which  he  killed  spumed  the  ground  in 
the  agony  of  death. 

Le  Vaillant  observes  that  the  giraffe  never  uses 
its  horns  in  resisting  any  attack  ;  we  have,  however, 
often  seen  the  gentle  and  beautiful  animals  in  the 
gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society,  while  playing 
with  each  other,  swing  the  head  round  and  butt 
with  the  horns  ;  but  in  earnest  self-defence  we  may 
easily  believe  that  this  mode  would  never  be 
adopted.  While  speaking  of  these  individuals,  we 
may  state  that  they  often  take  each  other's  mane 
between  the  lips,  and  appear  to  nibble  it  as  they 
pass  their  mouth  along  its  course.  They  are  ex- 
tremely confiding  in  disposition :  the  presence  of 
strangers  is  far  from  giving  them  annoyance ; 
they  gaze  with  calmness  on  the  crowd  of  admirers 
around  them,  and  bend  their  necks  down  as  if  to 
contemplate  them  more  closely,  or  in  order  to 
solicit  some  delicacy. 

In  its  native  wilds,  man  excepted,  the  lion  is  the 
only  enemy  to  be  feared  by  the  giraffe ;  and  from 
various  sources  we  learn  the  lion  often  surprises  the 
latter  when  he  comes  to  drink  at  the  pools  or  foun- 
tains, and  springs  from  his  ambush  upon  the  tall 
and  powerful  beast,  which,  mad  with  terror  and 
pain,  rushes  over  the  desert,  bearing  the  "  great 
destroyer,"  till,  strength  failing,  he  reels,  sinks,  and 
expires. 

According  to  M.  Thibaut,  the  Arabs  of  Nubia 
are  very  fond  of  the  flesh  of  the  giraffe ;  and  he 
himself  partaking  of  the  repast  (viz.,  broiled  slices), 
found  it  to  be  excellent.  In  South  Africa  its  flesh 
is  equally  acceptable. 

The  height  of  the  male  giraffe  to  the  top  of  the 
head  is  from  fifteen  to  sixteen  feet,  of  the  female 
from  thirteen  to  fourteen.  The  general  colour  is 
fawn-white,  marked  regularly  with  large  angular 
spots  of  chocolate-brown,  compacted  rather  closely 
together ;  the  throat  and  legs  are  white ;  the  tuft 
at  the  end  of  the  tail  black ;  the  hair  is  close  and 
glossy.  The  South  African  variety  is  generally 
darker  than  the  Nubian.  The  specimens  presented 
by  Mr.  Burchell  to  the  British  Museum  came  from 
Kosi  Fountain,  and  of  these  the  female  is  lighter 
coloured  than  the  male.  A  specimen  from  Cen- 
tral Africa,  presented  by  Colonel  Denham,  is 
young,  and  the  spots  are  lawn-coloured  on  a  white 
ground. 

In  the  Museum  at  Paris  is  a  very  young  giraffe, 
about  four  feet  seven  or  eight  inches  in  total  height, 
of  a  uniform  mouse-colour,  the  hair  being  remark- 
ably close  and  fine,  resembling  the  nap  of  velveteen  ; 
the  place  of  each  horn  is  indicated  by  a  tuft  of 
black  hairs.  The  Nubian  giraffes  in  the  Zoolo- 
gical Gardens  differ  in  the  intensity  of  their  colour, 
one  of  the  males  being  of  a  lighter  tint  than  the 
other. 

The  period  of  gestation  is  about  sixteen  months. 
(See  'Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc.,'  1839,  p.  108.) 

In  a  state  of  confinement  the  giraffe  eats  hay, 
carrots,  and  onions,  to  the  latter  of  which  it  is  very 
partial.  We  have  never  heard  these  animals  utter 
any  noise  or  cry,  nor  do  travellers  make  any  men- 
tion of  their  voice.  The  giraffe  shot  by  Colonel 
Gordon,  to  which  we  have  already  alluded,  when  so 
wounded  as  to  be  incapable  of  rising  from  the 
ground,  exhibited  no  signs  of  anger  or  resentment, 
nor  is  it  stated  to  have  made  any  moan.  Hence 
we  conclude  that  the  giraffe  is  mute. 


Deers.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


127 


Family  MoschidiB. — Linnaeus  gave  the  title 
Moschus  to  a  group  of  Ruminants,  from  the  circum- 
stance of  one  of  the  species  producing  that  well- 
known  substance  called  musk,  the  secretion  of  a 
peculiar  glandular  pouch  in  the  abdomen  of  the 
male,  for  the  sake  of  which  the  animal  is  eagerly 
hunted  in  the  regions  it  frequents,  namely,  the  high 
mountain -ranges  in  China,  Thibet,  Tonquin,  Pegu, 
and  also  Southern  Tartary.  The  musk-deer,  how- 
ever, is  the  only  known  species  of  this  srroup  in 
•which  this  secretion  is  produced.  The  Moschida; 
closely  resemble  the  deer  in  general  form  and  ap- 
pearance ;  but  they  resemble  them  in  miniature,  for 
with  the  exception  of  the  true  Musk  (M.  moschife- 
nis),  which  equals  a  roebuck  in  size  and  stature, 
the  rest  are  extremely  small,  some  not  exceeding  a 
hare  in  magnitude.  They  are  extremely  beautiful : 
the  eyes  are  large,  dark,  and  beaming  with  a  mild 
and  animated  expression;  the  head  is  small  and 
tapers  to  a  slender  muzzle  ;  the  eai-s  are  moderate 
and  open ;  the  haunch  elevated  and  round  ;  and  the 
limbs  delicately  slender  and  tapering  to  narrow- 
pointed  hoofs.  The  family  characters  consist  in 
the  absence  of  horns,  and  also  of  suborbital  sinuses 
(pits  beneath  the  inner  angle  of  the  eye),  so  con- 
spicuous in  many  of  the  deer  and  antelopes.  The 
muzzle  is  naked.  There  are  long  canines  in  the 
upper  jaw  of  the  males,  projecting  downwards,  and 
coming  out  from  between  the  lips.  These  canines 
are  compressed,  pointed,  arched  backwards,  and 
have  a  sharp  posterior  cutting  edge.  In  the  true 
musk  they  are  at  least  three  inches  in  length.  The 
crowns  of  the  molars  are  acutely  tuberculated. 
Fig.  569  represents  the  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw 
in  two  views:  Fig.  568,  those  of  the  lower;  Fig. 
570,  a  lateral  view  of  teeth  of  both  jaws  together. 
Besides  the  two  toes  united  to  a  single  canon-bone, 
as  usual,  there  are  two  accessory  toes  on  each  foot, 
each  of  which  has  its  own  slender  metatarsal  or 
metarcarpal  bone.  See  Fig.  571,  the  skeleton  of 
the  Moschus  moschiferus,  and  Fig.  572,  the  skeleton 
of  the  Meminna,  which  are  excellent  illustrations  of 
their  osteology.  There  are  no  horns  or  antlers,  nor 
even  their  rudiments. 

Mr.  Gray  divides  the  Moschidae  into  three 
genera,  viz.,  Moschus,  Meminna,  and  Tragulus. 
The  latter  title,  however,  is  applied  by  Mr.  Ogilby 
to  a  species  of  antelope  (A.  pigmaea).  Most  au- 
thors, moreover,  adopt  the  Linnaean  genus  Moschus, 
and  we  shall  in  this  instance  follow  their  example. 
Setting  aside  the  true  Musk,  the  other  members  of 
the  genus  are  termed  Chevrotains,  and  till  very  re- 
cently were  supposed  to  be  respectively  restricted 
to  Java,  Sumatra,  Ceylon,  and  perhaps  other  adja- 
cent islands :  recently,  however,  to  the  surprise  of 
naturalists,  a  species  has  been  discovered  in  Sierra 
Leone,  to  which,  from  its  aquatic  habits,  Mr.  Ogilby 
has  given  the  title  of  Moschus  aquaticus.  (See 
'  Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc'  1840,  p.  35.) 

573,  577.— The  Musk-Deer 

{Moschus  moschiferus').  The  musk-deer,  unlike  its 
relatives  which  tenant  the  forests  of  Ceylon  and 
Java,  &c.,  inhabits  the  great  mountain-range  which 
belts  the  north  of  India,  and  branches  out  into  Si- 
beria, Thibet,  and  China,  through  a  vast  extent  of 
which  it  ranges,  preferring  the  bold  precipitous  crags 
and  wild  rocks  on  the  borders  of  the  line  of  snow  to 
the  valleys  or  the  lower  elevations.  It  is  common 
to  Nepal,  Boutan,  Thibet,  and  the  adjacent  districts 
of  Chma.  It  also  abounds  in  the  Altaic  range  near 
Lake  Baikal,  where  it  was  observed  by  Pallas  on  the 
mountains  of  Kouznetzk,  near  the  lake  Telet  Koi. 
The  texture  and  thickness  of  the  fur  of  the  musk- 
deer  sufficiently  demonstrate  the  animal  to  be  the 
native  of  a  cold  and  elevated  region.  The  fur  is  not 
only  full  and  long,  but  presents  that  peculiar  harsh 
or  rigid  and  inelastic  texture,  which  we  observe  in 
the  chamois,  or  rather  in  the  Klip-springer  of  the 
mountains  of  South  Africa.  Instead  of  lying  flat  on 
the  skin,  it  grows  erect,  and  is  so  closely  set  as  to 
form  a  dense  substantial  covering.  Common  as  is 
the  musk-deer  in  the  great  alpine  ranges  of  Asia, 
nevertheless  it  does  not  appear  to  have  been  known 
to  the  ancients,  a  circumstance  doubtless  to  be  attri- 
buted to  the  almost  inaccessible  nature  of  the  regions 
it  frequents.  Neither  Aristotle  nor  Pliny  mentions 
either  the  animal  or  its  celebrated  produce.  It  is 
from  the  male  only  that  the  drug  and  perfume 
termed  musk  is  procured ;  it  is  the  unctuous  secre- 
tion of  a  certain  glandular  pouch,  and  when  dry  it 
becomes  dark  brown  or  black,  and  somewhat  granu- 
lar. Its  peculiar  odour  is  well  known.  Formerly  it 
was  in  high  repute  for  its  medicinal  qualities,  and 
still  holds  a  place  as  an  antispasmodic  in  the  Materia 
Medica.  It  was  first,  as  we  learn,  introduced  into 
the  practice  of  medicine  among  the  Arabfans,  by 
whose  writers  the  animal  producing  it  is  iirst  dis- 
tinctly mentioned;  having,  as  Daubenton  states, 
been  described  by  Serapion  in  the  eighth  century : 
but  we  know  not  the  time  when  this  article  first 
found  its  way  to  Europe  ;  probably  after  the  early 
Crusades.     In  Boutan,  Tonquin,  Thibet,  Sec.,  it  ap- 


peal's from  time  immemorial  to  have  been  used  as  a 
medicine  and  perfume,  and  to  have  formed  an  arti- 
cle of  trade  amongst  the  inhabitants  of  those  coun- 
tries. Abusseid  Serafi  describes  the  musk-deer  as 
an  animal  resembling  the  roe,  but  erroneously  as- 
signs to  it  horns,  in  which  error  he  is  followed  by 
Aldrovaiidus.  Among  other  Arabian  writers  who 
notice  this  animal  is  Avicenna,  who  refers  to  its 
musk-pouch  and  large  bent  canines.  Kircher  ('  La 
Chine  illustrce,'  Transl.  Fran?.,  IGIO)  gives  an  ac- 
count of  the  musk-deer  which  is  tound  in  the  pro- 
vinces of  Xensi  and  Chiamsi :  he  quotes  several  de- 
tails respecting  it  from  the  Chinese  Atlas,  whence 
we  learn  that  the  Chinese  term  it  Xe,  which  means 
odour  ;  that  its  flesh  is  accounted  delicate ;  and  that 
it  abounds  in  the  provinces  of  Suchuen  and  Junnan. 
In  some  districts  the  musk-deer  is  very  common, 
and  multitudes  are  slaughtered  for  the  sake  of  their 
costly  perfume  ;  which,  however,  is  always  greatly 
adulterated.  To  the  practice  of  adulterating  it  the 
celebrated  merchant-travellerTavernieralludes,  add- 
ing that  the  odour  of  the  substance  when  recent  is 
so  powerful  as  to  cause  the  blood  to  gush  from  the 
nose.  Chardin  says,  "  It  is  commonly  believed  that 
when  the  musk-sac  is  cut  from  the  animal,  so  power- 
ful is  the  odour  it  exhales,  that  the  hunter  is  obliged 
to  have  the  mouth  and  nose  stopped  with  folds  of 
linen,  and  that  often,  in  spite  of  this  precaution,  the 
pungency  of  the  odour  is  such  as  to  produce  so  vio- 
lent an  haemorrhage  as  to  end  in  death.  I  have," 
he  adds,  "  gained  accurate  information  respecting 
this  circumstance  ;  and  as  I  have  heard  the  same 
thing  talked  of  by  some  Armenians  who  had  been  to 
Boutan,  I  think  that  it  is  true.  The  odour  is  so 
powerful  in  the  East  Indies  that  T  could  never  sup- 
port it ;  and  when  I  trafficked  for  musk,  I  always 
kept  in  the  open  air,  with  a  handkerchief  over  my 
face,  and  at  a  distance  from  those  who  handled  the 
sacs,  referrmgthem  to  my  broker  ;  and  hence  I  knew 
by  experience  that  this  musk  is  very  apt  to  give 
headaches,  and  is  altogether  insupportable  when 
quite  recent.  I  add,  that  no  drug  is  so  easily  adul- 
terated, or  more  apt  to  be  so." 

These  accounts  must  be  taken,  we  suspect,  with 
some  allowance.  Certain  it  is  that,  when  procured 
in  Europe  in  the  ordinary  way  of  commerce,  it  pro- 
duces no  such  violent  effects.  It  must  be  confessed, 
however,  that  before  arriving  in  Europe,  not  only 
much  of  its  strength  is  lost,  but  it  has  undergone 
several  adulterations. 

Tavernier  states  that  the  musk-deer  is  very  nu- 
merous in  the  sixtieth  degree,  among  the  wooded 
mountains,  whence  in  Februa>y  and  March,  when 
the  snows  have  deeply  covered  the  earth,  hunger 
drives  them  southward  into  the  lower  lands,  to  the 
forty-fourth  or  forty-fifth  degree,  in  search  of  herb- 
age. At  this  season  the  peasants  wait  for  them  on 
their  passages,  and  catch  them  in  snares,  or  kill 
them  with  clubs  and  arrows.  At  Patana  he  bought 
on  one  occasion  1673  musk-bags,  weighing  2557^ 
ounces,  and  of  pure  musk  452  ounces. 

In  size  the  musk-deer  is  about  equal  to  our  Eu- 
ropean roebuck,  standing  two  feet  in  height  at  the 
shoulders ;  the  forehead  is  arched,  the  eyes  large, 
the  ears  rather  ample,  and  very  moveable  ;  the  tail 
is  a  mere  rudiment,  concealed  by  the  long,  harsh, 
and  almost  spine-like  hair  with  which  the  animal 
is  universally  covered.  The  general  contour  is 
compact,  and  displays  great  vigour,  the  limbs  being 
robust,  and  well  adapted  for  climbing  and  leaping 
among  the  rocks  of  the  mountain  ranges.  The 
hoofs  are  strong,  broad,  and  expanded  ;  and  the 
posterior  rudimentary  hoofs  are  so  developed  as 
to  touch  with  their  points  the  surface  on  which  the 
animal  treads,  so  as  to  add  to  the  security  of  its 
footing. 

The  general  colour  of  ^he  musk-deer  is  brown, 
washed  with  grey  and  pale  yellow,  each  hair  being 
tipped  with  ferruginous ;  obscure  grey  or  whitish 
marks  often  occur  on  the  sides,  especially  in  imma- 
ture individuals;  the  shoulders  and  limbs  are  of  a 
deeper  tint  than  the  body.  The  female  is  less  than 
the  male,  and  is  destitute  of  tusks  or  long  canine 
teeth,  and  of  a  musk-sac.  The  teats  are  two  in 
number.  In  its  manners  the  musk-deer  resembles 
the  chamois :  its  favourite  haunts  are  the  pine- 
forests  on  the  mountains,  and  its  agility  is  very 
great,  enabling  it  to  spring  from  rock  to  rock  with 
great  ease  and  address.  It  is  extremely  wild  and 
shy,  and  is  said  to  be  cautious  and  watchful  against 
surprise,  taking  refuge,  when  pursued,  among  the 
crags  and  precipices  of  the  more  elevated  peaks  of 
the  ranges  it  tenants  ;  yet,  in  despite  of  all  its 
vigour  and  shyness,  it  falls  a  sacrifice  to  the  energy 
and  the  contrivances  of  man. 

In  1772  a  male  of  this  species  was  living  in  the 
park  of  Mons.  de  la  Vrilliere,  at  Versailles,  in 
France  ;  and  Daubenton,  who  published  a  descrip- 
tion of  it,  informs  us  that  the  odour  it  exhaled,  and 
which  was  carried  with  the  wind,  was  quite  suffi- 
cient to  guide  to  the  spot  where  the  animal  was 
kept  enclosed.  "  When  I  first  saw  it,"  he  adds, 
"  I  recognised  much  resemblance  in  its  figure  and 


attitude  to  those  of  the  roe,  the  gazelle,  and  the 
chevrotain.  No  animal  of  this  (the  deer)  tribe  has 
more  activity,  suppleness,  and  vivacity  in  its  move- 
ments."' It  was  extremely  timid  and  wild ;  but 
like  all  the  species  of  the  peculiar  group  to  which  it 
belongs,  it  is  gentle  and  inoffensive.  The  chev- 
rotains, as  we  well  know,  may  be  rendered  very 
tame :  and  it  is  probable  that  if  the  musk-deer 
were  taken  while  young,  it  might  be  easily  domesti- 
cated, since  the  former  animals  are  shy  and  timid 
in  the  extreme  while  in  a  state  of  natural  freedom, 
but  soon  gain  confidence,  and  have  even  bred  in 
captivity  in  our  uncongenial  climate. 

A  good  figure  of  the  musk-deer  is  given  by  Buffon 
in  the  6th  vol.  of  his  Supplement. 

574.— The  Meminna 
{Moschus  Meminna).  This  elegant  little  species  is 
a  native  of  Ceylon  and  Java,  and  is  also  found  in 
considerable  numbers  in  the  dense  woods  of  the 
Western  Ghauts  (but  never  on  the  plains),  where  it 
was  seen  by  Colonel  Sykes,  who  observes,  that  it 
readily  reconciles  itself  to  confinement :  the  flesh 
is  excellent  eating.  In  size  it  exceeds  a  large  hare, 
being  about  one  foot  five  inches  long,  and  eight  inches 
high.  Its  colour  is  olive-grey,  spotted  and  streaked 
on  the  sides  and  haunches  with  white ;  the  ears  are 
large  and  open  ;  the  tail  is  very  short. 

575.— The  Napu 

{Moschus  Javanicus).  The  species  constituting  the 
little  section  of  which  the  Napu  is  a  representative, 
are  characterised  by  having  the  hinder  edge  of  the 
metatarsus  bald  and  slightly  callous:  the  throat  is 
provided  with  a  somewhat  naked  concave  subglan- 
dular  callous  disc,  from  which  a  band  extends  to 
the  fore  part  of  the  chin ;  and  most  of  them  have 
three  diverging  bands  of  white  on  the  chest.  The 
animals  of  this  group  are  distinguished  by  their 
beauty  and  diminutive  size,  the  largest  not  equal- 
ling a  hare.  Their  limbs  are  very  slender  and  deli- 
cate ;  their  hoofs  are  long  and  narrow ;  the  muz- 
zle is  acute ;  the  eyes  large  and  dark  ;  the  ears 
pointed. 

The  species  are  enveloped  in  some  degree  of 
confusion ;  indeed  they  resemble  each  other  so 
closely,  that  it  requires  some  attention  to  discrimi- 
nate between  them.  Mr.  Bennett,  who  investigated 
these  animals  with  the  greatest  care,  considered 
that  three  species  were  defineable,  viz.,  the  Napu, 
the  Kanchil,  and  the  Pelandok ;  the  two  former  of 
which  are  described  by  Sir  T.  S.  Raffles,  in  the 
'Linn.  Trans.'  vol.  xiii.  Mr.  Gray  considers  the  Pe- 
landok to  be  in  all  probability  iden^al  with  a 
species  described  by  him  under  the  specific  title  of 
Rufiventer,  and  adds  another  species  to  the  group 
under  the  designation  of  Stanleyanus— of  this  species 
a  pair  bred  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zool.  Society. 

The  napu  is  a  native  of  Java  and  Sumatra,  and 
is  the  largest  of  this  section ;  its  colour  is  ferru- 
ginous brown  above  and  white  beneath,  the  chest 
having  two  longitudinal  dusky  stripes,  so  as  to  pro- 
duce a  central  and  two  diverging  lateral  lines  of 
white,  below  which  passes  a  transverse  band  of 
pale  yellowish  fawn.  The  muzzle,  which  is  naked, 
is  black,  with  a  tinge  of  flesh  colour,  as  are  the  ears, 
which  are  also  nearly  naked.  The  tail  is  rather 
short,  and  white  at  the  tip.  In  its  native  regions 
the  napu  gives  preference  to  thickets  and  districts 
overgrown  with  brushwood,  near  the  sea-shore,  and 
feeds  principally  on  the  berries  of  a  species  of  Ar- 
disia.  It  is  said  to  be  inferior  to  the  kanchil  in 
speed,,  activity  and  cunning,  and  is  therefore  more 
exposed  to  danger  from  the  assaults  of  wild  beasts, 
which  abound  in  the  forest ;  and  hence  it  prefers  to 
lurk  in  coverts  nearer  the  vicinity  of  man,  from 
whose  observation  it  can  more  easily  conceal  itself 
than  from  the  watchful  eyes  of  the  feline  race. 

In  its  manners  the  napu  is  mild  and  gentle,  and 
soon  becomes  reconciled  to  captivity :  it  bears  our 
climate  well,  with  care  ;  though  destitute  of  marked 
intelligence,  its  graceful  form,  agreeable  colouring, 
and  full  dark  eyes  render  it  an  interesting  object. 

576. — The  Kanchil 
{Moschus  Kanchil,  Raffles).  The  Kanchil  is  lighter 
in  form  and  more  spirited  than  the  napu,  and  con- 
siderably smaller.  Independent  of  the  difference 
in  size,  it  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  darker  co- 
lour, by  a  broad  stripe  of  dark  chestnut  verging 
upon  black,  which  runs  down  the  back  of  the  neck, 
and  by  the  width  of  the  band  across  its  chest.  Of 
all  the  chevrotains  this  is  the  most  active  and  ele- 
gant ;  indeed  its  address  and  resolution  are  the 
common  theme  of  discourse  in  Java,  its  native 
country ;  and  the  most  extraordinary  instances  are 
related  of  its  cunning.  Unlike  the  napu,  it  resides 
in  the  depths  of  the  mighty  forests  which  cover  so 
large  a  portion  of  the  island,  feeding  chiefly  on  the 
frijit  of  the  Kayo-briang  (Gmelina  villosa) :  and 
though  it  will  live  in  confinement,  it  endures  cap- 
tivity with  great  impatience  and  restlessness, 
availing  itself  of  the  first  opportunity  of  escape 


572.— Skoleton  of  Meminna. 


tU.— Skeleton  oT  Unsk-Decr. 


^ 


~^^^  F%.  569.  ^ 


Fig.  668. 


516.— KanchtL 


Fig.  tn. 


i\     \  fjf'if'lr, 


578.— Horna  of  FaUow-Oeer.' 


57t.— Hemlnoa., 


S79.-St«g8'  Bonu. 


I 


1        2   1  3 


M^^ 


480.— HoiM  of  WapiU. 


11  \ll2 


581.— Horns  of  Fallow-Deer. 


S77.— Mnsfc-Deer. 


592.— Foot  of  Rein-Deer.        .'.93.— Foot  of  llein  Deer. 


■-,    6 


586.— MoawDwi. 


No.  17. 


<>»4. — IiiKCU  which  attack  Uein-Deer. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


oHj.-  AlUtTlUUU  ii.lh. 


129 


130 


MUSEUiM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Dker. 


that  sffers,  when  it  bounds  away  for  the  forest,  the 
deep  recesses  of  which  afford  it  a  welcome  refuge. 
Such  are  its  cunning  and  alertness,  and  so  prompt 
is  it  with  expedients  when  pressed  by  dxnger,  that, 
as  Sir  Stamford  lUffles  informs  us, "  it  is  a  oommon 
Malay  proverb,  to  designate  a  great  rogue  to  be  as 
cunning  as  a  kanchil  ;"ami  he  adds,  of  this  cunning 
many  instances  are  related  by  the  natives.  "If 
taken  in  a  noose  laid  for  it,  the  kanchil,  when  the 
hunter  arrives,  will  stretch  itself  out  motionless,  and 
feign  to  be  dead  ;  and  if,  deceived  by  this  manoeuvre, 
he  disengage  the  animal,  it  seizes  the  moment  to 
(tart  on  its  legs,  and  disappears  in  an  instant.  A 
■till  more  singular  expedient  is  mentioned,  viz.  that 
when  closely  pursued  bv  dogs,  the  kanchil  will 
sometimes  make  a  bound  upwards,  hook  itself  on 
the  branch  of  a  tree  by  means  of  its  bent  tusks,  and 
there  remain  suspended  till  the  dogs  have  passed 
beneath."  In  vigilance,  activity,  and  cunning,  if 
these  statements  be  but  partially  true,  the  kanchil 
surpasses  the  rest  of  the  group  ;  none  indeed,  except- 
ing this,  have  gained  a  reputation  for  these  qualities, 
though  all  are  light-limbed,  free,  and  vigorous. 

Among  the  species  to  be  erased  from  the  genus 
Moschus,  are  the  Guevi,  or  pigmy  antelope,  or  Sene- 
gal (Antilope  pigmtBa),  regarded  by  Buifon  as  a 
chevrotain  ;  and  the  Moschus  Americanus,  and  M. 
delicatulus  of  South  America,  »vhich  are-  the  young 
of  one  of  the  deer  of  that  country.  The  Moschus 
pygmff!us,  Linn.,  is  the  young  of  an  antelope.  The 
Moschus  Guineen.sis,  Bri^son  and  Gmelin,  is  al.so 
mcst  probably  the  young  of  an  antelope.  As  we 
have  said,  however,  Africa  produces  one  species 
at  least  of  the  genus  Moschus,  of  which  a  perfect 
skin  and  skeleton  are  in  the  museum  of  the  Zool. 
Soc.  Ijond. 

The  African  musk-deer  (Moschus  aquations,  Ogil- 
by,  '  Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc'  1844,  p.  35)  very  much 
resemble  the  meminna,  but  is  larger,  being  about 
midway  in  size  between  that  species  and  the  Moschus 
raoschiferous.  Its  general  colour  is  a  deep  rich 
brown,  with  white  spots  and  markings,  nearly  similar 
to  those  of  the  meminna,  but  with  the  throat-marks 
as  in  the  napu  or  kanchil.  This  interesting  species 
is  a  native  of  Sierra  Leone,  where  it  lives  on  the 
borders  of  rivers,  and  takes  freely  to  the  water. 

CERVID/E,  OR  THE  DEER  TRIBE. 

The  animals  of  this  great  group,  celebrated  for 
their  beauty,  vigour,  and  speed,  are  spread  very  ex- 
tensively, each  quarter  of  the  globe  having  its  own 
peculiar  species.  To  this  universality  of  distribution 
there  are,  however,  certain  exceptions ;  none  are 
found  in  Australia,  and  none  in  the  southern  and 
central  regions  of  Africa,  their  place  in  the  latter 
regions  being  supplied  by  the  giraffe  and  hosts  of 
antelopes  Hills  of  moderate  elevations,  wide  plains, 
and  forests,  are  the  localities  to  which  these  fleet- 
limbed  creatures  give  preference  ;  none  tenant  the 
peaked  ridges  of  the  mountain-top,  where  the  cha- 
mois and  musk-deer  find  a  congenial  abode.  They 
deligiit  in  a  wide  range  of  country,  and  trust  to  their 
swiftness  of  flight  for  safety.  Most  herd  together  in 
troops;  some  few  live  singly.  It  may  be  observed 
that,  in  general,  their  body  is  round  and  stout; 
their  limbs  long,  sinewy  and  powerful ;  their  neck 
long,  and  very  muscular;  their  head  small,  and 
carried  high  ;  their  eyes  large  and  full ;  their  ears 
ample. 

Many  species  have  suborbital  sinuses  (or  lachry- 
mal sinuses),  but  not  all.  With  respect  to  these 
sinuses,  or  fissures  below  the  eyes,  in  so  many  both 
of  the  deer  and  antelopes,  we  may  here  remark  that 
their  use  is  not  understOdd  :  they  have  nothing  to  do 
with  respiration,  being  mere  follicles  or  pits  in  the 
skin,  having  no  communication  wilh  the  interior 
of  the  nasal  passages.  They  secrete  a  peculiar 
unctuous  fluid,  exuding  more  abundantly  at  certain 
seasons  than  at  others,  when  their  edges  become 
very  tumid,  and  are  incapable  of  being  closed  to- 
gether as  at  other  times.  The  animals  often  apply 
them  to  objects  near  them,  widely  opening  them  at 
the  same  moment,  which  they  do  also  when  irritated 
or  under  excitement.  In  several  species  they  are 
greatly  developed,  and  no  doubt  serve  some  im- 
poitant  purpose  in  the  animal  economy.  In  most 
species  the  muzzle,  which  is  small,  is  flat  and 
naked  ;  in  some,  as  the  elk  and  rein-deer,  it  is  larire 
and  hairy,  and  the  upper  lip  is  prehensile.  The 
females  have  four  teats. 

Throughout  all  the  species  the  males  are  furnished 
with  antlers,  commonly  called  horns,  which  are  lost 
and  renewed  yearly,  increasing  in  the  size,  and  the 
number  of  their  branches,  at  each  renewal  until  a 
certain  period.  They  are  seated  upon  an  o.sseous 
peduncle  or  footstalk  risintr  from  each  frontal  bone, 
at  its  central  point  of  ossification  :  these  peduncles 
are  enveloped  in  skin.  It  is  not  till  the  spring,  or 
beeinning  of  the  second  year,  that  the  first  pair  of 
horns  begin  to  make  their  appearance.  At  this 
epoch  a  new  proces.s  commences  :  the  skin  envelop- 
ing the  peduncles  swells,  its  arteries  enlarge,  tides 


of  blood  rush  to  the  head,  and  the  whole  system  ex- 
periences a  fresh  stimulus.  The  antlers  are  now 
budding,  for  on  the  top  of  these  footstalks  the 
arteries  are  depositing  layers  of  osseous  matter, 
particle  by  particle,  with  great  rapidity ;  as  they 
increase  the  skin  increases  in  an  equal  ratio,  still 
covering  the  budding  antlers,  and  continues  so  to 
do,  until  they  have  acquired  their  due  development 
and  solidity.  This  skin  is  a  tissue  of  blood-vessels, 
and  the  courses  of  the  large  arteries  from  the  head 
to  the  end  of  the  antlers  are  imprinted  on  the  latter 
in  long  furrows  which  are  never  obliterated.  In 
ordinary  language,  the  skin  investing  the  antlers  is 
termed  velvet,  being  covered  with  a  fine  pile  of 
close  short  hair.  Suppose,  then,  the  antlers  of  the 
young  deer  now  duly  grown,  and  still  invested  with 
this  vascular  tissue;  but  the  process  is  not  yet 
complete.  While  this  tender  velvet  remains  the 
deer  can  make  no  use  of  his  newly-acquired 
weapons,  which  are  destined  to  bear  the  brunt  of 
many  a  conflict  with  his  compeers :  it  must  there- 
fore be  removed,  but  without  giving  a  sudden  check 
to  the  current  of  blood  rolling  through  this  extent 
of  skin,  lest  by  directing  the  tide  to  the  brain,  or 
some  internal  organ,  death  be  the  result.  The 
process  then  is  this  : — as  soon  as  the  antlers  are 
complete  (according  to  the  age  of  the  individual), 
the  arteries  at  their  base,  where  they  join  the  per- 
manent footstalk  (always  covered  with  skin),  begin 
to  deposit  around  it  a  burr,  or  rough  ring  of  bone, 
with  notches,  through  which  the  great  arteries  still 
pass.  Gradually,  however,  the  diameter  of  these 
openings  is  contracted  by  the  deposition  of  addi- 
tional matter ;  till  at  length  the  great  arteries  are 
compressed  as  by  a  ligature,  and'  the  circulation  is 
effectually  stopped.  The  velvet  now  dies  for  want 
of  the  vital  fluid ;  it  shrivels,  dries,  and  peels  oft'  in 
shreds,  the  animal  assisting  in  getting  rid  of  it  by 
rubbing  his  antlers  against  the  trees.  They  are 
now  firm,  hard,  and  white  ;  and  the  stag  bears  them 
proudly,  and  brandishes  them  in  defiance  of  his 
rivals.  From  the  burr  upwards,  these  antlers  are 
now  no  longer  part  and  parcel  of  the  system ; 
they  are  extraneous,  and  held  only  by  their  mecha- 
nical continuity  with  the  footstalk  on  which  they 
were  placed  ;  hence  their  deciduous  character,  for 
it  is  a  vital  law  that  the  system  shall  throw  off 
all  parts  no  longer  intrinsically  entering  into  the 
integrity  of  the  whole.  An  absorptive  process 
soon  begins  to  take  place  just  beneath  the  burr, 
removing  particle  after  particle,  till  at  length  the 
antlers  are  separated  and  fall  by  their  own  weight, 
or  by  the  slightest  touch,  leaving  the  living  end 
of  the  footstalk  exposed  and  slightly  bleeding. 
This  is  immediately  covered  with  a  pellicle  of  skin, 
which  soon  thickens  and  all  is  well.  The  return  of 
spring  brings  with  it  a  renewal  of  the  whole  process 
with  renewed  energy,  and  a  finer  pair  of  antlers 
branches  forth. 

The  common  stag  begins  to  acquire  his  antlers  in 
the  spring,  and  losesthem  early  in  the  spring  succeed- 
ing. His  first  antlers  (second  spring)  are  straight, 
small,  and  simple :  he  is  now  termed  a  Brocket. 
The  next  pair  are  larger,  and  have  a  brow  antler 
directed  forwards  from  the  main  stem,  sometimes 
with  one  or  two  small  branches  above.  The  third 
pair  of  antlers  has  two  forward  stem  branches  be- 
sides the  brow  antlers,  and  one  or  two  snags  at  the 
top.  The  fourth  pair  have  the  brow  and  stem  antlers 
increased  and  more  snags  ;  the  fifth  and  sixth  pairs 
exhibit  still  greater  development,  and  an  increase  in 
the  number  of  snags.  Any  disturbance  in  the  system 
produces  a  corresponding  deterioration  in  the  form 
and  proportions  of  the  horn.  Our  figures  develop 
the  progress  of  the  successive  annual  horns  in  the 
stag  or  red-deer,  and  in  the  fallow  deer.  The  horns 
are  from  the  left  side. 

Fig.  679  (Stag)  :— I,  Horn  of  first  growth  ;  2,  3, 
4,  ditto  of  second;  .^,  6,  of  third  and  fourth;  7,  of 
fifth;  8,  9,  of  the  sixth  growth;  10,  11,  12,  the 
seventh  and  subsequent  growths;  the  horns  being 
at  their  maximum.  Fig.  580  represents  horns  of 
the  Wapiti  deer:  a,  horn  produced  in  unfavourable 
circumstances,  in  confinement ;  b,  horn  of  the  same 
anirtial  the  year  afterwards,  and  finely  branched. 
Fig.  581  (Fallow-deer)  :  — 1.  Hornofthe  first  growth  ; 
2,  3.  4,  horn  of  the  second  ;  .5,  6,  7,  horns  of  the 
third  growth  ;  8,  9,  horns  of  the  fourth ;  10, 
11,  12,  13,  horns  of  the  fifth  and  sixth  growth. 
Fig.  578  shows  the  horns  of  a  fallow-deer  in  an 
unnatural  state,  and  not  shed  at  the  proper  time 
(Ccrvo  evirato). 

The  CervidtD  are  divided  by  Col.  Hamilton  Smith 
into  the  following  sections,  which  many  naturalists 
have  adopted,  and  which  seem  to  us  very  natural. 
1,  Alee,  or  the  Elk  group ;  2,  Rangifer,  or  the  Rein- 
deer group;  3,  Dama,  or  the  Fallow-deer  group;  4, 
Elaphus,  or  the  Stag  group  ;  5,  Riisa,  or  the  Sani- 
bur-deer  group;  6,  .\xis,  or  the  .Axis-deer  group; 
7,  Capreolus,  or  the  Roebuck  group ;  8,  Mazama, 
or  the  .\merican  Fallow  group:  9,  Sabulo,  or  the 
Guazu  or  Brocket  group  of  America  ;  10,  Slylocerjs, 
or  the  Muntjacks. 


1.  Alce. — Horns  sessile,  more  or  less  subdivided, 
without  either  basilary  or  mesial  antlers,  but  termi- 
nated by  a  vast  palmation,  designated  on  its  external 
border  only. 

585,  586.— Thb  Amesicait  Euc,  ob  Moosx- 
Ukeb. 

(/ffcw  Americanut ;  Cerau  Meet,  Linn.).  The 
Elks  are  the  largest  of  the  Cervidae,  and  are  distin- 
guished by  the  broad  palmation  of  their  antlers, 
furnished  with  numerous  digitations  on  their  outer 
edge  only  ;  a  large  isolated  branch  springs  from  the 
stem,  which  latter  is  thick  and  short,  and  begins  im- 
mediately to  expand ;  the  head  is  heavy,  the  ears 
large  ana  open,  the  eyes  small  and  dull ;  the  muzzle 
elongated,  thick,  projecting,  pendulous,  and  flexible 
— it  is  covered  with  hair.  Two  small  pendulous 
dewlaps  of  loose  skin  hang  from  the  throat;  the 
neck  is  short  and  thick,  the  body  strong  and  short  ; 
the  limbs  are  long  and  awkward ;  the  toes  are 
broad,  and  divided  so  high  that  they  diverge  as  the 
animal  presses  them  to  the  ground  ;  the  tail  is  ex- 
tremely short;  the  hair  is  full,  harsh,  long,  and  pro- 
duced on  the  neck  and  shoulders  into  a  mane. 

It  has  been  considered  by  many  naturalists,  that 
the  American  Elk  and  the  European  Elk  are  speci- 
ficially  identical ;  it  is  probable,  however,  that  they 
are  distinct.  The  European  Elk  is  spread  but  thinly 
through  the  wild  forest-regions  of  Norway,  Sweden, 
part  of  Prussia,  Lithuania,  and  Russia,  from  the 
fitty-third  to  the  sixty-third  degree  of  latitude.  It 
extends  also  through  Asiatic  Tartary  to  the  north 
of  China.  Buff'on  supposes  that  the  Greeks  were 
unacquainted  with  this  animal,  and  it  does  not  ap- 
pear to  have  been  noticed  by  Aristotle.  That  it  was  _ 
the  Saktj,  Alce  or  Alces,  of  Pausanias,  Caesar,  and  ■ 
Pliny,  there  can  be  no  doubt.  The  word  ,\lce  or  ■ 
Alchis  is  merely  the  Celtic  Elch  or  the  Scandinavian 
jElg  modified.  In  book  viii.  ch.  xvi.  Pliny  gives  an 
account  of  the  Alce,  which  he  distinguishes  from  the 
Alchis,  regarding  them  at  the  same  time  as  allied 
animals  :  but  it  is  easy  to  see  through  his  error  ;  his 
account  of  it  walking  backwards  while  feeding,  in 
consequence  of  its  overhanging  lip,  and  his  state- 
ment ;that  there  is  no  joint  at  the  hock,  we  need 
scarcely  say  are  fabulous.  According  to  Mr.  Lloyd 
('Field  Sports  of  the  North  of  Europe')  the  elk  is 
far  jess  common  than  formerly,  and  restricted  only 
to  certain  districts.  It  frequently  attains  the  height 
of  seven  and  even  eight  feet,  but  does  not  attain  to 
full  growth  till  about  the  fourteenth  year.  A  young 
elk  two  years  old,  in  the  possession  of  Mr.  Wise, 
the  Swedish  consul-general,  measured  upwards  of 
six  feet  at  the  shoulder.  "  By  nature,"  says  Mr. 
Lloyd,  "the  elk  is  timorous,  and  he  usually  flies  at 
the  sight  of  man.  At  certain  seasons,  however,  like 
other  animals  of  the  deer  kind,  he  is  at  times  rather 
dangerous.  His  weapons  are  his  horns  and  hoofs  ; 
he  strikes  so  forcible  with  the  latter,  as  to  annihilate 
a  wolf  or  other  large  animal  at  a  single  blow.  It  is 
said  that  when  the  elk  is  incensed  the  hair  on  his 
neck  bristles  up  like  the  mane  of  a  lion,  which  gives 
him  a  wild  and  frightful  appearance.  The  usual 
pace  of  the  elk  is  a  high  shambling  trot,  and  his 
strides  are  immense,  but  I  have  known  him,  when 
frightened,  to  go  at  a  tremendous  gallop.  In  pass- 
ing through  thick  woods  he  carries  his  horns  hori- 
zontally, to  prevent  them  from  being  entangled  in 
the  branches;  from  the  formation  of  his  hoofs,  he 
makes  great  clattering,  like  the  rein-deer  when  in 
rapid  motion.  In  the  summer  season  the  elk  usually 
resorts  to  mora.sses  and  low  situations  ;  for,  like  other 
animals  of  the  deer  kind,  he  frequently  takes  to  the 
water  in  warm  weather;  he  is  an  admirable  swim- 
mer. In  the  winter  time  he  retires  to  the  more  shel- 
tered parts  of  the  forest,  where  willow,  ash,  &c,  are 
to  be  tbund,  as  from  the  small  boughs  of  these  trees 
he  obtains  his  sustenance  during  that  period  of  the 
year.  In  the  summer  and  autumn  the  elk  is  often 
to  be  met  with  in  small  herds,  but  in  the  winter 
there  are  seldom  more  than  two  or  three  in  company. 
At  the  latter  season,  indeed,  he  is  frequently  alone. 
The  flesh  of  the  elk,  whether  fresh  or  smoked,  is  very 
excellent:  the  young  are  particularly  delicious. 
The  tongue  and  the  nose  are  thought  to  be  great 
delicacies  in  Scandinavia  as  well  as  in  America. 
Great  virtue  was  once  placed  in  the  hoof  of  that 
animal ;  but  this  idle  notion  must,  by  this  time,  1 
should  think,  be  nearly  exploded.  The  skin  is  con- 
vertible to  many  purposes,  and  is  very  valuable. 
Mr.  Grieft'  says — '  It  is  not  long  since  that  a  regi- 
ment was  clothed  with  waistcoats  made  from  the 
hides  of  those  animals,  which  were  so  thick  that  a 
ball  could  scarcely  penetrate  them.'  The  elk  is 
easily  domesticated.  Formerly  these  animals  were 
made  use  of  in  Sweden  to  draw  sledges,  but,  owing. 
as  it  was  said,  to  their  speed  frequently  accelerating 
the  escape  of  people  who  had  been  guilty  ot  mur- 
ders or  other  crimes,  the  use  of  them  was  prohibited 
under  great  penalties.  Though  I  apprehend  these 
ordinances,  if  not  abrogated,  are  obsolete,  I  am  not 
aware  that  the  elk  is  ever  made  use  of  in  that  king- 
dom al  the  present  day,  either  to  draw  a  sledge  or 


Deer.1 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


131 


for  other  domestic  purposes.  In  Sweden,  it  is  con- 
trary to  law  at  this  particular  time  to  kill  the  elk 
at  any  season  of  the  year:  this  is  not  the  case  in 
Norway  ;  for  in  that  country,  these  animals  may  be 
destroyed,  with  certain  limitations  as  to  numbers, 
from  the  1st  of  July  to  the  1st  of  November  inclu- 
6i\c.  The  penalty  however  for  killing  an  elk  out 
of  season,  in  Norway,  is  very  much  heavier  than  in 
Sv.eden  ;  it  amounts  indeed,  including  legal  ex- 
penses, &c.,  to  about  20/.,  which  is  no  inconsider- 
able sum  in  that  kingdom."  (Lloyd,  Northern 
Field  Sports,  vol.  ii.,  p.  329,  et  seq.) 

Immediately  following  the  passage  above  quoted 
there  is  a  very  interesting  account  of  the  mode  of 
hunting  the  elk,  in  Scandinavia,  upon  "skidor,"  or 
snow  skates,  interspersed,  as  most  of  such  narratives 
are,  with  notices  of  the  habits  of  the  animal ;  but 
as  our  limits  will  not  permit  its  insertion,  we  refer 
the  reader  to  the  work,  which  is  well  worthy  of  his 
attention. 

The  American  Elk,  or  Moose-deer  (Mousoa  of 
the  Crees;  Mongsoa  of  the  Algonquins;  Denyai  of 
the  Chippewyans),  presents  the  same  habits  and 
manners  as  the  Elk  of  Scandinavia.  Formerly  its 
range  was  more  extensive  than  at  present.  Dr. 
Richardson,  in  his  '  Fauna  Boreali-Americana,'  says, 
"  Du  Pratz  informs  us,  that  in  his  time  the  moose- 
deer  were  found  as  far  south  as  at  Ohio ;  and 
Denys  says,  that  they  were  once  plentiful  in  the 
island  of  Cape  Breton,  though,  at  the  time  he  wrote, 
they  had  been  extirpated.  At  present,  according 
to  Dr.  Godman,  they  are  not  known  in  the  state 
of  Maine ;  but  they  exist  in  considerable  numbers 
in  the  Bay  of  Fundy.  They  frequent  the  woody 
tracts  in  the  fur  countries,  to  their  most  northern 
limit.  Several  were  seen  on  Captain  Franklin's  last 
expedition,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Mackenzie,  feeding 
on  the  willows,  which,  owing  to  the  lich  alluvial 
deposits  on  that  great  river,  extend  to  the  shores 
of  the  Arctic  Sea,  lat  69°.  Farther  1o  the  eastward, 
towards  the  Coppermine  River,  they  are  not  found 
in  a  higher  latitude  than  65°,  on  account  of  the 
scarcity  on  the  barren  grounds  of  the  aspen  and 
willow,  which  constitute  their  food.  Mackenzie 
saw  them  high  up  on  the  eastern  declivity  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains,  but  I  suspect  they  are  rarely,  il 
ever,  found  to  the  westward  of  the  mountains." 
The  moose-deer  appears  to  be  a  solitary  animal, 
at  least  in  the  more  northern  latitudes ;  the  older 
writers  .speak  of  it  as  being  found  in  small  herds,  but 
there  is  room  for  suspicion  that  the  moose  and  wapiti 
are  confounded  together.  From  its  exquisite  sense 
of  hearing,  and  habitual  wariness,  the  chase  of  the 
moose-deer  is  very  difficult :  indeed,  as  Dr.  Richartt- 
son  states,  "  The  art  of  moose-hunting  is  looked 
upon  as  the  greatest  of  an  Indian's  acquirements, 
particularly  by  the  Crees,  who  take  to  themselves 
the  credit  of  being  able  to  instruct  the  hunters  ol 
every  other  tribe.''  In  summer  the  moose  is  so 
tormented  by  mosquitoes,  that  he  becomes,  to  a 
certain  degree,  regardless  of  the  approach  of  man  ; 
but  in  winter,  when  the  ground  is  covered  with 
snow,  in  which  the  hunter  tracks  the  animal  by  its 
footmarks,  it  requires  the  greatest  caution  to  get 
within  gun-shot.  The  slightest  noise,  the  rustling 
of  a  leaf,  or  the  cracking  of  a  twig,  is  sufficient  to 
give  the  alarm  and  disappoint  the  hopes  of  the 
hunter.  Nor  is  the  chase  always  unattended  with 
danger,  for  if  the  animal  be  an  old  male,  and  the 
shot  does  not  bring  him  down,  he  will  often  turn 
infuriated  on  his  enemy,  who  is  then  obliged  to 
shelter  himself  behind  a  tree  ;  and  Dr.  Richardson 
observes,  that  he  has  heard  of  several  instances  in 
which  the  enraged  animal  has  completely  stripped 
the  bark  from  the  trunk  of  a  large  tree  by  striking 
with  his  fore-feet.  On  firm  snow,  owing  to  the 
spread  of  its  hoofs,  which  make  a  loud  crackling 
noise  at  each  step,  the  moose  can  sustain  a  length- 
ened pursuit ;  Captain  Franklin  records  an  instance 
of  a  chase  kept  up  by  three  hunters  for  six  suc- 
cessive days,  until  the  track  of  the  animal  was 
marked  with  blood.  On  the  fourth  day  the  chief 
hunter  sprained  his  ankle,  and  the  others  were  tired 
out,  but  one  of  them,  after  a  rest  of  twelve  hours, 
followed  up  the  game,  which  after  a  chase  of  two 
days  more  he  succeeded  in  killing.  The  moose  is 
often  killed  by  the  Indians  while  crossing  rivers  ; 
and  the  young,  as  Heme  states,  are  so  simple  as 
to  allow  an  Indian  to  paddle  his  canoe  up  to  them : 
he  has  seen  an  Indian  lake  one  by  the  poll  without 
experiencing  the  least  opposition,  "the  poor  animal 
swimming  at  the  same  time  alongside  the  canoe  as 
if  swimming  by  the  side  of  its  dam,  and  looking  up 
in  o'-ir  faces  with  the  same  fearle^s  innocence  that 
a  honse-lamb  would,  making  u.se  of  its  fore-foot 
almost  every  instant  to  clear  its  eyes  of  mosquitoes, 
which  at  that  time  were  remarkably  numerous. 
The  moose  is  the  easiest  to  tame  and  domesticate 
of  any  of  the  deer  kind." 

From  the  length  of  its  limbs  and  the  shortness  of 
its  body,  the  rnoose  shuffles  or  ambles  alone,  and 
when  it  is  at  full  speed  the  hind-leet  straddle  to 
avoid  treading  on  the  fore-heels,  which  sometimes 


happens  so  as  to  trip  it  up.  During  its  progress 
it  raises  its  head  horizontally  in  order  to  throw  the 
horns  upon  the  withers.  The  moose  does  not  at- 
temp  to  leap,  but  steps  easily  over  a  fallen  tree  or 
any  other  obstacle.  It  swims  with  ease  and  ra- 
pidity, and  is  very  fond  of  the  water,  in  which  it 
often  remains  immersed  for  a  whole  day  in  hot 
weather,  in  order  to  escape  the  attacks  of  the 
mosquitoes,  and  leisurely  browses  upon  the  twigs 
within  its  reach.  The  shortness  of  the  neck,  the 
length  of  the  limbs,  and  the  formation  of  the  upper 
lip  combine  to  render  the  moose  a  browsing  ani 
mal :  the  shoots  of  the  willow  and  birch  are  a 
favourite  food;  it  is  particularly  partial  to  the  red 
willow  (Cornis  alba),  and  also,  according  to  Lewis 
and  Clark,  to  the  evergreen  leaves  of  the  Gualthe- 
riashallon.  Its  skin,  when  dressed,  forms  a  soft 
and  pliable  leather,  excellently  adapted  for  moc- 
cassins. 

Destitute  as  is  the  elk  of  the  grace  and  compact- 
ness of  form  so  conspicuous  in  the  stag,  it  is  never- 
theless a  noble  and  striking  animal :  those  who 
have  contemplated  it  amidst  the  wilds  of  its  native 
regions  describe  the  effect  of  its  appearance  as  very 
imposing. 

2.  Rangifer. — Antlers  flattened. 

587  to  591.— The  Rein-Deer 
(Rangifer  Tarandus,  Cervns  Tarandus,  Linn.  ;  Cer- 
vus  Uangifer,  Brissot).  The  rein-deer  presents  the 
following  characteristics,  which  form  good  grounds 
of  separation  from  the  other  sections.  Both  sexes 
possess  horns  and  canine  teeth ;  the  muzzle  is 
covered  with  hair,  excepting  that  there  is  a  small 
naked  space  between  the  nostrils,  the  indication,  as 
it  were,  of  the  naked  muzzle  which  we  find  in  the 
succeeding  groups.  The  nostrils  are  oblique  and 
oval.  The  head  is  somewhat  large  and  long,  the 
neck  is  short  and  thick,  and  carried  horizontally. 
The  horns,  especially  in  old  males,  are  of  great 
size,  but  present  considerable  variation  of  figure. 
They  may  be  described,  in  gene ral  terms,  as  consist- 
ing each  of  a  long  slender  compressed  skin,  inclined 
backwards  with  an  outer  ami  upward  sweep ;  a 
brow  antler  sometimes  found  only  on  one  horn, 
sometimes  on  both,  advances  forward,  assuming  a 
vertical  palmated  form,  and  hanging  over  the 
muzzle  :  this  plate  usually  terminates  in  digiiations ; 
sometimes,  however,  it  is  plain.  A  second  antler 
rises  at  some  distance  above  the  brow  antler,  and 
ascends  upwards,  assuming  at  its  extremity  either 
a  palmated  form  or  dividing  into  two  or  three  small 
branches.  Besides  these,  one  or  two  snags  rise  from 
the  main  stem,  which  generally  terminates  palmated 
with  deep  digitations. 

The  feet  are  deeply  fissured  ;  when  pressed  to 
the  ground  they  spread— when  raised  up  they  close 
together,  and,  if  the  animal  be  in  quick  motion, 
with  a  smart  snap  (Fig.  592  represents  the  hoofs 
closed  ;  Fig.  593.  the  hoofs  expanded).  The  hoofs 
are  round  and  very  concave  beneath,  with  sharp 
edges;  the  accessory  toes  are  much  developed. 
The  fur  consists  of  two  sorts,  a  soft  close  underwool, 
and  an  outer  covering  of  close,  harsh,  brittle,  erect 
hairs,  which  are  elongated  beneath  the  neck  so  as 
to  hang  down  like  a  fringe.  The  limbs  are  short 
and  muscular,  the  shoulders  and  neck  very  power- 
ful, the  body  firmly  built,  and  the  whole  contour  of 
the  frame  is  such  as  eminently  qualifies  the  animal 
for  the  service  of  the  Laplander. 

The  rein-deer  is  spread  throughout  the  Arctic 
regions  of  Europe,  Asia,  and  America,  the  wilds  of 
the  polar  circle  being  its  congenial  abode.  The 
finest  animals  are  those  of  Finmark,  Lapland,  and 
especially  Spitzbergen  ;  those  of  Norway  and  Swe- 
den being  inferior  in  strength  and  stature.  In  Asia 
it  extends  farther  to  the  south  than  in  Europe, 
ranging  along  the  Ural  chain  to  the  foot  of  the 
Caucasian  mountains  ;  it  is  common  through  the 
northern  latitudes  of  Siberia,  and  abounds  in  Kamt- 
schatka.  In  America,  where  it  is  termed  the 
Caribou,  it  is  most  numerous  between  the  sixty- 
thiid  and  sixty-sixth  degrees  of  latitude,  its  most 
southern  limit  being  about  .W. 

It  has  been  a  question  whether  the  rein-deer  of 
Europe,  Asia,  and  America  are  specifically  the 
same  or  distinct :  we  are  inclined  to  regard  them 
as  varieties  of  one  species ;  but  are  aware  that 
in  the  opinion  of  some  zoologists  there  are  two 
distinct  species,  as  indicated  by  the  form  of  the 
skull,  in  the  Old  World;  and  that  the  American 
rein-deer  is  again  distinct ;  indeed  it  is  a  question 
whether  in  America  there  be  not  two  species  ;  cer- 
tainly there  are  two  well-marked  varieties.  The 
decision  of  points  like  these  is,  however,  alien  to  our 
present  object. 

The  rein-deer  (we  allude  more  expressly  to  the 
European  animal,  though  the  remarks  apply  to  that 
of  Asia  and  America)  is  eminently  migratory  in  its 
habits,  and  herds  in  troops,  which  travel  from  the 
woods  to  the  open  hills  and  back  again,  according 
to  the  season.  The  woods  are  their  winter  refuge  ; 
here   they   subsist  on    the    long    pendent    lichens 


which  hang  in  festoons  from  the  trees,  on  the  wnite 
lichen  which  covers  the  ground,  and  on  the  twigi 
of  the  birch  and  willow.  \Vith  the  return  of  spring 
they  begin  their  migration  from  the  forest  to  the 
mountain  ranges,  partly  to  obtain  their  favourite 
food,  but  chiefly  in  order  to  escape  the  myriads  of 
mosquitoes ;  and  especially  from  the  gad-fly  (Ois- 
trus  Tarandi),  which  now  begins  to  appear :  the 
latter  being  greatly  dreaded  by  the  rein-deer,  the  fly 
not  only  tormenting  it  with  its  sting  (ovipositor), 
but  placing  its  egg  in  every  wound  it  makes.  Fig. 
594  represents  this  formidable  insect.  So  impe- 
rative is  the  instinct  that  impels  the  Lapland  rein- 
deer to  these  migratory  movements,  that  it  cannot 
be  modified  in  the  domestic  race  which  constitutes 
the  sole  wealth  of  the  Laplander,  and  on  which  he 
depends  for  existence  :  hence  he  is  obliged  to  lead 
a  semi-nomadic  life,  taking  periodical  journeys  of 
no  ordinary  toil,  from  the  interior  of  the  country  to 
the  mountains  which  overhang  the  Norway  and 
Lapland  coasts,  and  back  to  the  interior. 

Lapland,  says  Hoflberg,  is  divided  into  two  tracts, 
called  the  Alpine  and  Woodland  country.  Those 
immense  mountains,  called  in  Sweden  Fjelfen,  divide 
that  country  from  Norway,  extending  towards  the 
White  Sea  as  far  as  Russia,  and  are  frequently 
more  than  twelve  miles  in  breadth.  The  other, 
called  the  Woodland  division,  lies  to  the  east  of  this, 
and  differs  from  the  neighbouring  provinces  of 
Norway  by  its  soil,  which  is  exceedingly  stony  and 
barren,  being  covered  with  one  continued  tract  of 
wood,  of  old  pine-trees.  This  tract  has  a  very 
singular  appearance.  The  trees  above  are  covered 
over  with  great  quantities  of  a  black  hanging  lichen, 
growing  in  filaments  resembling  locks  of  hair,  while 
the  ground  beneath  appears  like  snow,  being  totally 
covered  with  white  lichens.  Between  this  wood 
and  the  Alps  lies  a  region  called  the  Woodland,  or 
Desert  Lapmarc,  of  thirty  or  forty  miles  in  breadth, 
of  the  most  savage  and  horrid  appearance,  consist- 
ng  of  scattered  uncultivated  woods,  and  continued 
plains  of  dry  barren  sand,  mixed  with  vast  lakes 
and  mountains.  When  the  mosses  on  part  of  this 
desert  tract  have  been  burnt,  either  by  lightning  or 
any  accidental  fire,  the  barren  soil  immediately 
produces  the  white  lichen  which  covers  the  lower 
parts  of  the  Alps.  The  rein-deer  in  summer  seek 
their  highest  parts,  and  there  dwell  amidst  their 
storms  and  snows,  not  to  fly  the  heat  of  the  lower 
regions,  but  to  avoid  the  gnat  and  gad-fly.  la 
winter  these  intensely  cold  mountains,  whose  tops 
reach  high  into  the  atmosphere,  can  no  longer 
support  them,  and  they  are  obliged  to  return  to  the 
desert  and  subsist  upon  the  lichens.  Of  these,  its 
principal  food  is  the  rein-deer  lichen.  There  are, 
says  Hoft'berg,  two  varieties  of  this :  the  first  is 
called  sylvestris,  which  is  extremely  common  in 
the  barren  deserts  of  Lapland,  and  more  particu- 
larly in  its  sandy  and  gravelly  fields,  which  it 
whitens  over  like  snow  ;  its  vast  marshes,  full  of 
tussocks  of  tuif,  and  its  dry  rocks,  are  quite  grown 
over  by  it.  The  second  variety  of  this  plant,  which 
is  less  frequent  than  the  former,  is  named,  the 
Alpine  ;  this  grows  to  a  greater  height,  with  its 
branches  matted  together:  it  has  this  name  be- 
cause when  those  mountains  are  cleared  of  their 
wood  the  whole  surface  of  the  earth  is  covered 
with  it;  yet  it  is  seldom  to  be  found  on  their  tops. 
When  the  woods  become  too  luxuriant,  the  Lap- 
lander sets  fire  to  them,  as  experience  has  taught 
him  that  when  the  vegetables  are  thus  destroyed, 
the  lichen  takes  root  in  the  barren  soil  and  mul- 
tiplies with  facility  ;  though  it  requires  an  interval 
of  eight  or  ten  years  before  it  comes  to  a  proper 
height.  The  Laplander  esteems  himself  opulent 
who  has  extensive  deserts  producing  this  plant 
exuberantly  ;  when  it  whitens  over  his  fields,  he  is 
under  no  necessity  of  gathering  in  a  crop  of  hay 
against  the  approach  of  winter,  as  the  rein-deer 
eats  no  dried  vegetable,  unless  perhaps  the  river 
horsetail  (Equisetum  fluviatile).  They  rout  for  this 
lichen  under  the  snow  like  swine  in  a  pasture.  It 
sometimes  happens  (but  very  rarely)  that  the  winter 
sets  in  with  great  rains,  which  the  frost  immedi- 
ately congeals ;  the  surface  of  the  earth  is  then 
covered  with  a  coating  of  ice  before  the  snow  falls, 
and  the  lichen  is  entirely  incrusted  and  buried  in 
it.  Thus  the  rein-deer  are  sometimes  starved,  and 
famine  attacks  the  Laplanders.  In  such  an  exi- 
gence they  have  no  other  resource  but  felling  old 
fir  trees  overgrown  with  the  hairy  liverworts.  "I'hese 
afford  a  very  inadequate  supply,  even  for  a  small 
herd,  but  the  greater  part  of  a  large  one,  in  such  a 
case,  is  sure  to  perish  with  hunger. 

With  the  approach  of  winter  the  coat  of  the  rein- 
deer begins  to  thicken,  and,  like  that  of  most  polar 
quadrupeds,  to  assume  a  lighter  hue.  In  a  domes- 
ticated state  the  animal  is  subject  to  a  great  variety 
of  colour  :  many  are  white,  and  mottled  individuals 
are  by  no  means  uncommon.  Sir  Arthur  Brooke 
and  other  writers  notice  the  strange  propensity  to 
devour  the  lemming  (Arvicola  Norvcgicus;  Mus 
Lemnus,  Linn.)  which  this  animal  often  exhibits  ; 

S2 


iM,— R«ii>-Daer. 


&M.— FVIlow-Deer  ud  Honea. 


606, — Honu  of  MooM-De«r. 


691.— Rein-Deer  hannwd  to  a  Sledge. 


i87.— Milking  the  Rein-Deer. 


S95,  s*6.— Hon*  of  C*  abooh 


■/?o;^^ 


"^     ^.««."^^^V-   J--j=^ 


'■^J. .-'-'-  -^I«^*^^^■c^^^ 


fM.— Reia-Daer  and  Laplaoderi. 


»»7.-FaUow-Deer. 


589.— Rein-Deer. 


132 


599. — Group  of  Fallow-Deer. 


too.— Skeleton  of  Fossil  Elk. 


ISS 


134 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Deer. 


and  Captain  Franklin  observe*  that  the  American 
rein-deer  "are  accustomed  to  enaw  their  fallen 
antlers,  and  to  devour  mice."  We  cannot  account 
for  such  an  anomaly  in  the  habits  of  a  ruminalins; 
animal,  otherwise  than  by  attributini;  it  to  a  morbid 
appetite.  To  the  natives  of  Finmark,  Lapland,  and 
the  shores  of  the  Arctic  Sea,  the  rein-deer  is  in  every 
•ense  important :  not  only  is  it  a  beast  of  burden, 
but  its  flesh  and  milk  are  alike  in  requisition.  In 
these  countries 

»  Tbeit  raia-dMt  tea  Uwlrrieh« :  then  their  lenti, 
Tbalr  nbee.  their  bede.  end  M  their  homey  wealth 
Oapplr— their  erhoheoaie  hre,  and  cheerful  cupe; 
Obeeqiilooe  lo  their  cell,  the  docile  tribe 
Yield  to  ilir  tied  their  necke,  and  whirl  them  nrift 
U>r  hill  and  dale." 

M.  de  Broke  says,  "  The  number  of  deer  belong- 
in?  to  a  herd  is  from  three  hundred  to  five  hundred  ; 
with  these  a  Laplander  can  do  well,  and  live  in 
tolerable  comfort.  He  can  make  in  summer  a  suf- 
ficient quantity  of  cheese  for  the  year's  con- 
sumption, and  during  the  winter  season  can  afford 
to  kill  deer  enough  lo  supply  him  and  his  family 
pretty  constantly  with  venison.  With  two  hundred 
deer,  a  man,  if  nis  family  be  but  small,  can  manage 
to  get  on.  If  he  have  but  one  hundred,  bis  subsist- 
ence is  very  precarious,  and  he  cannot  rely  entirely 
upon  them  for  support.  Should  he  have  but  fifty, 
he  is  no  longer  independent,  or  able  to  keep  a  sepa- 
rate establishment,  but  generally  joins  his  small 
herd  with  that  of  some  richer  Laplander,  being  then 
considered  more  in  the  light  of  a  menial,  under- 
taking the  laborious  office  of  attending  upon  and 
watching  the  herd,  bringing  them  home  to  be  milked, 
and  other  similar  offices,  in  return  for  the  subsistence 
afforded  him." 

Von  Buch,  a  celebrated  traveller,  has  well  des- 
cribed the  evening  milking-time,  of  which  a  repre- 
sentation is  given  in  Fig.  ^7.  It  is  a  Laplander's 
summer  encampment  on  the  mountains. 

Early  in  September  the  herds  and  their  owners 
commence  their  return  from  the  coast  in  order  to 
reach  their  winter-quarters  before  the  fall  of  the 
snows  ;  and  it  is  when  the  winter  is  fairly  set  in  that 
the  peculiar  value  of  the  rein-deer  is  felt  by  the 
Laplander,  and  his  powers  called  into  operation. 
Without  him  communication  would  be  almost  utterly 
suspended.  Harnassed  to  a  sledge  (Fig.  591")  the 
rein-deer  will  draw  about  300  lbs. ;  but  the  Lap- 
lander generally  limit  the  burden  to  240  lbs.  The 
trot  of  the  rein-deer  is  about  ten  miles  an  hour ;  and 
the  animal's  power  of  endurance  is  such,  that  jour- 
neys of  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  in  nineteen 
hours  are  tiot  uncommon.  There  is  a  portrait  of  a 
rein-deer  in  the  palace  of  Drotningholm  (Sweden), 
which  is  represented,  upon  an  occasion  of  emer- 
gency, to  have  drawn  an  officer  with  important 
despatches,  the  incredible  distance  of  eight  hundred 
English  miles  in  forty-eight  hours.  This  event  is 
stated  to  have  happened  in  1699,  and  the  tradition 
adds,  that  the  deer  dropped  down  lifeless  upon  his 
arrival. 

In  America  the  rein-deer  appears  to  be  as  migra- 
tory as  its  Old  World  relative.  Dr.  Richardson 
describes  two  varieties  of  this  animal  inhabiting  the 
northern  regions  of  that  continent;  the  one  under 
the  nafne  of  the  Woodland  Caribou  (Var.  sylvestris)  ; 
the  other  under  that  of  the  Barren-ground  Caribou 
(Var.  Arcfica). 

The  Woodland  Caribou  (Caribou,  of  Theodat,  La 
Hontan,  Charlevoix,  &c. ;  Rein-deer,  of  Drage, 
Dobbs,  &c. ;  Attekh  of  the  Cree  Indians;  Tant- 
seeah  of  the  Copper  Indians,  Richardson). — This 
variety  is  much  larger  than  the  Barren-ground 
Caribou,  but  iiil'erioras  an  article  of  food.  Its  proper 
country  is  a  stripe  of  low  primitive  rocks  well 
clothed  with  wood,  about  100  miles  wide,  and  ex- 
tending, at  the  distance  of  80  or  100  miles  from  the 
shores  of  the  Hudson's  Bay,  from  Lake  Athapescow 
to  Lake  Superior.  "  Contrary  to  the  practice  of  the 
Barren-ground  Caribou,  the  Woodland  variety 
travels  to  the  southward  in  the  spring.  They  cross 
the  Nelson  and  Severn  rivers  in  immense  herds  in 
the  month  of  May,  pass  the  summer  on  the  low  and 
marshy  shores  of  James's  Bay,  and  return  to  the 
northwarrd  and  at  the  same  time  retire  more  inland 
in  the  month  of  September."  The  weight  of  the 
Woodland  Caribou  varies  from  200  to  240  lbs. 

The  Barren-ground  Caribou  (Common  Deer  of 
Ileame ;  Bedsee-awseh  of  the  Copper  Indians  and 
Dug-ribs ;  Bedsee-choh  (male),  fsootai  (female), 
Tarapeh  (female  with  a  fawn)  of  the  same  ;  Took- 
too  of  the  Esquimaux,  Took-took  dual,  Took-toot 
plural  (Richardson);  Tukta  of  the  Greenlandeis 
(Pangnek  male  ;  Kollowak,  female  ;  Norak,  young, 
Fabncius). — This  variety  (species?)  is  of  small  sta- 
ture, the  buck  weighing,  exclusive  of  the  offal,  from 
90  to  130  lbs.,  according  to  the  animal's  condition. 
The  herds  of  the  Barren-ground  Caribou  spend  the 
summer  on  the  coast  of  the  Arctic  Sea,  and  in 
winter  retire  to  the  woods  between  the  sixty-third 
and  sixty-sixth  degrees  of  latitude,  where  they  feed 
on  the  UsnesB,  Alectarise,  and  other  arboreal  lichens, 
as  well  as  on  the  long  grass  of  the  swamps.    About 


the  end  of  April  they  make  short  excursions  from 
the  woods,  in  order  lo  obtain  the  terrestrial  lichens 
(Cetrariffi,Cornicularia;,  and  Cenomyces),  which,  now 
that  the  snows  are  partially  melted,  are  both  soft  and 
easily  to  be  collected.  "  In  May  the  females  pro- 
ceed to  the  sea-coast,  and  towards  the  end  of  June 
the  males  are  in  full  inarch  in  the  same  direction. 
At  this  period  the  sun  has  dried  up  the  lichens  on 
the  Barren-grounds,  and  the  Caribou  frequents  the 
moist  pastures  which  cover  the  bottoms  of  the  nar- 
row valleys  on  the  coast  and  islands  of  the  Arctic 
Sea,  where  they  graze  on  the  sprouting  carices,  and 
on  the  withered  grass  or  hay  ol  the  preceding  vear, 
which  at  that  period  is  still  standing  and  retaming 
part  of  its  sap.  The  spring  journey  is  performed 
partly  on  the  snow,  and  partly,  after  the  snow  has 
disappeared,  on  the  ice  covering  the  rivers  and  lakes, 
which  have  in  general  a  northerly  direction."  Soon 
after  their  arrival  on  the  coast,  the  females  produce 
their  young.  In  September  the  herds  begin  their  re- 
turn southwards  to  the  tbrests,  which  they  reach 
towards  the  end  of  October ;  and  are  then  joined  by 
the  males.  This  retrograde  journey  is  performed  after 
the  snows  have  fallen,  but  before  the  heavy  frost  has 
set  in,  so  that  they  are  able  to  procure  the  lichens, 
which  are  still  tender  and  pulpy,  by  scratching  up 
the  snow  with  their  feet,  which  are  well  adapted  by 
Uie  concavity  of  their  rounded  sharp-edged  hoofs  for 
this  important  purpose.  Figs  595  and  596  are  copies 
of  drawings,  by  Captain  Back,  of  the  horns  of  two 
old  Buck  Caribous,  killed  on  the  Barren-grounds  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  Fort  Enterprise.  They  are 
distinguished  by  their  palmations.  Dr.  Richardson 
states  that  he  can  confidently  assert,  after  having 
seen  many  thousands  of  the  Barren-ground  Caribou, 
"  that  the  horns  of  the  old  males  are  as  much  if  not 
more  palraated  than  any  antlers  of  the  European 
rein-deer  to  be  found  in  the  British  museums;" 
which  is  contrary  to  Colonel  Smith's  opinion,  that 
the  horns  of  the  Caribou  are  shorter,  less  conclave, 
more  robust,  with  a  narrower  palm,  and  fewer  pro- 
cesses than  those  of  the  Lapland  rein-deer.  So  nume- 
rous, however,  are  the  varieties  of  form  which  the 
horns  of  the  rein-deer  assume,  that  little  stress  can 
be  laid  upon  them  as  affording  distinguishing  cha- 
racters. 

It  is  not  only  the  flesh  of  the  Caribou  that  is  sought 
after  by  the  Indians,  its  skin  is  of  great  value. 

Dr.  jilichardson  informs  us,  that  the  skin  of  the 
Caribou  dressed  with  the  hair  on  it  is  so  impervious 
to  cold,  that  if  clothed  in  a  suit  of  this  material,  and 
wrapped  in  a  mantle  of  the  same,  a  person  may 
bivouac  all  night  in  the  snow  with  safety  during  the 
intensity  of  the  Arctic  winter.  So  closely  indeed  are 
the  hairs  set,  that  it  is  impossible,  by  separating 
them,  to  discern  the  skin  from  which  they  arise.  To 
the  tribes  of  the  polar  circle  clothing  of  such  mate- 
rial is  inestimable. 

The  flesh,  when  in  high  condition,  has  several 
inches  of  fat  on  the  haunches,  and  is  equal  to  the 
best  fallow-deer  venison.  The  tongue  is  highly 
esteemed.  A  preparation  called  Pemmican  is  made 
by  pouring  one-third  of  melted  (at  over  the  pounded 
meat,  and  incorporating  them  well  together.  The 
Esquimaux  and  Greenlanders  consider  the  paunch 
with  its  contents  of  lichen  a  great  delicacy  ;  and  in 
Boothia,  as  Captain  James  Ross  affirms,  these  con- 
tents form  the  only  vegetable  food  which  the  natives 
ever  taste. 

3.  Dama. — Antlers  merging  into  broad  digitated 
palmations. 

597,  598,  599.— The  Fallow-Deer. 

This  well-known  ornament  of  our  parks  is  the  Hydd 
(Buck),  Hyddes  (Doel,  Elain  (Fawn),  of  the  ancient 
British;  Le  Daim  (Buck),  La  Daime  (Due),  Faon 
(Fawn),  of  the  French;  Daino  (Buck),  Damma 
(Doe),  Cerbietto,  Ct-rbietta  (Fawn),  of  the  Italians  ; 
Gama,  Corza  (Buck),  Venadito  (Fawn),  of  the 
Spanish  ;  Corza  (Buck),  Veado  (Fawn),  of  the  Por- 
tuguese ;  Damhirsh  of  the  Germans ;  Dot',  Dof 
Iljort,  of  the  Swedes ;  Daae,  Dijr,  of  the  Danes ; 
Dama  vulgaris  of  Gesner :  Cervus  palmatus  of 
Klein ;  Cervus  platyceros  of  Ray ;  and  Cervus 
Dama  of  Linnoeus. 

Desmarest,  who  regards  the  Fallow-deer  as  the 
Platyceros  of  Pliny,  and  the  'EKaps  iijMi{a.{,  of 
Oppian  (as  did  also  Pennant),  observes  that  it  is  less 
extensively  spread  in  Europe  than  the  sta:;:  it  does 
not  exist  in  Russia,  but  it  would  seem  that  it  in- 
habits Lithuania,  Moldavia,  and  Greece,  the  north 
of  Persia  and  China,  and  also  Abyssinia;  it  is  abun- 
dant in  England,  but  of  rarer  occurrence  in  France 
and  Germany. 

Cuvier,  who  remarks  that  the  fallow-deer  has 
become  common  in  all  the  countries  of  Europe, 
adds,  "  but  it  appears  to  be  originally  a  native  of 
Barbary."  And  he  subjoins  in  a  note,  that  "  since 
the  publication  of  his  last  edition  of  the  '  Ossemens 
Fossiles,'  he  has  received  a  wild  fallow-deer  killed  in 
the  woods  to  the  south  of  Tunis."  We  have  our- 
selves examined  horns  of  the  fallow-deer  brought  ;; 
from  the  same  territory.    In  Spain,  according  to   I 


Pennant,  the  breed  is  very  large  ;  and  he  goes  on  to 
state  that,  "  in  every  country  excepting  our  own, 
these  deer  are  in  a  state  of  nature,  uncontined  by 
man,  but  they  are,  and  have  been  for  some  time,  con- 
fined in  parks  on  the  Continent,  as  they  are  in 
England."  We  may  observe  that  in  England,  at 
one  period,  before  parks  were  enclosed  and  (as  is 
necessary  in  our  day)  the  herds  were  restricted  with- 
in due  bounds,  the  fallow-deer  wandered  in  freedom, 
like  the  stag  or  roe;  they  tenanted  the  great  forest 
which  in  the  time  of  Henry  II.  stretched  northwards 
from  London,  and  which,  as  Fitz-Stephens  says,  was 
the  covert  of  stags,  deer  (damarum),  boars,  and  wild 
bulls.  Pennant  informs  us  that  in  the  old  Welsh 
laws  a  fallow-deer  was  valued  at  the  price  of  a  cow, 
or,  as  some  say,  a  he-goat. 

The  fallow-deer  is  too  well  known  to  need  describ- 
ing in  detail.  Its  venison  is  far  superior  to  that  of 
the  stag  or  roe,  and  its  horns  and  skin  are  valuable. 
Except  during  the  pairing  season,  when  the  bucks 
associate  with  the  does,  and  during  the  winter, 
when  the  troops  mingle  promiscuously  together, 
the  males  and  females  form  separate  herds. 

The  female  goes  eight  months  with  young,  and 
produces  one,  sometimes  two,  at  a  birth,  concealing 
them  among  the  tall  fern  or  dense  underwood  of 
the  park ;  they  afterwards  associate  with  the  herds 
of  does. 

The  buck  acquires  a  different  name,  in  the  lan- 
guage of  "  venerie,"  every  year  to  the  sixth.  'The 
first  year  he  is  a/aim— the  second,  when  the  simple 
horns    appear,   a  pricket — the   third,  a  «orre/— the 

fourth,  a  soare — the  fifth  a  buck  of  the  Jirst  head 

the  sixth,  a  buck  complete.  In  Shakspere's  play 
of '  Loves  Labour's  Lost,'  the  " extemporal  epitaph 
on  the  death  of  the  deer,"  in  which  Holofernes 
"  something  affects  the  letter,"  and  in  which  three 
of  the  above  terms  are  employed,  is  familiar  to  all. 
During  the  pairing  season,  which  takes  place  at  the 
end  of  summer  or  in  autumn,  the  males  utter  a 
deep  tremulous  cry,  and  engage  with  each  other  in 
obstinate  battles,  which  are  continued  day  after 
day,  till  the  mastery  is  completely  established.  We 
do  not  however  believe  that  at  this  season  they 
are  dangerous  to  persons  approaching  them ;  the 
stag  has  been  known  to  make  a  furious  attack,  but 
we  never  heard  of  similar  instances  with  respect  to 
the  fallow-deer. 

The  fallow-deer  may  be  easily  rende.'ed  tame  and 
familiar,  as  \ve  ourselves  have  often  seen.  It  is 
said,  when  thus  tamed  and  brought  up  in  the 
stable-yard,  to  delight  in  the  company  of  the  horee ; 
and  in  proof  thereof,  it  may  be  observed,  that  at 
Newmarket  (1828)  there  was  a  deer  which  was  ac- 
customed regularly  to  exercise  with  the  racehorses, 
and  the  creature  delighted  to  gallop  round  the 
course  with  them  in  their  morning  training.  Fig. 
598  represents  the  morning  gallop  of  the  associated 
deer  and  horses. 

The  fossil  elk  of  Ireland  (Cervus  megaceros; 
C.  giganteus,  Goldf.).  To  the  Platycerine  or  Dama 
group  appears  to  belong  that  noble  species  com- 
monly called  the  fossil  elk  of  Ireland,  from  its  abun- 
dance in  that  country,  where  its  remains  occur  in 
bogs  and  marl-pits,  and  that  so  abundantly,  that 
they  have  ceased  to  be  regarded  as  objects  of  cu- 
riosity. The  huge  antlers,  indeed,  have  been  used 
as  gates,  as  stop-gaps  in  the  fields,  and  for  similar 
purposes.  Though  most  frequent  in  Ireland,  the 
bones  of  this  species  are  also  found  in  similar  de- 
posits in  the  Isle  of  Man,  as  well  as  in  England ; 
and  have  been  dug  up  in  France,  Germany,  and 
Italy,  where,  according  to  Cuvier  they  occur  in  the 
same  strata  with  bones  of  elephants.  Ireland  was 
perhaps  the  last  stronghold  of  the  species,  which 
appears  to  have  once  thronged  that  island.  It  is 
very  seldom,  however,  that  an  entire  skeleton  has 
been  discovered,  the  remains  consisting  for  the 
most  part  of  skulls,  with  the  horns  attached,  and 
various  separate  bones  disposed  without  any  order. 
They  generally  occur  in  a  deposit  of  she'll-marl, 
covered  by  a  layer  of  peat,  and  resting  on  clay.  In 
this  situation,  one  of  the  few  entire  skeletons  dis- 
covered is  stated  to  have  occurred.  "  Most  of  the 
bones,"  says  Archdeacon  Maunsell,  "  and  heads, 
eight  in  number,  were  found  in  the  uiarl  ;  many  of 
them,  however,  appeared  to  rest  on  the  clay,  and 
to  be  merely  covered  with  the  marl."  It  is  worthy 
of  remark,  that  the  fossil  remains  of  no  other  ani- 
mals are  mingled  with  them.  Of  the  skeleton  to 
which  we  have  alluded,  and  which  graces  the  mu- 
seum of  the  Royal  Dublin  Society,  Mr.  Ilart  drew 
up  a  Memoir.  "This  mag.iilicent  skeleton,"  he 
observes,  "  is  perfect  in  every  single  bone  of  the 
framework  which  contributes  "to  Ibrni  a  part  of  its 
general  outline  ;  the  spine,  the  chest,  the  pelvis, 
and  the  extremities  are  all  complete  in  this  respect ; 
and  when  surmounted  by  the  nead  and  beautifully 
expanded  antlers,  which  extend  out  to  a  distance  of 
nearly  six  feet  on  either  side,  forms  a  splendid  dis- 
play of  the  reliques  of  the  former  grandeur  of  the 
animal  kingdom,  and  carries  back  the  imagination 
to  a  period  when  whole  herds  of  this  noble  anima'. 


Deer.  1 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


135 


wandered  at  large  over  the  face  of  the  countiy." 
The  following  are  a  few  points  of  its  admeasure- 
ment : — 

ft.    in. 

Length  of  the  head .      1     fff 

Breaiith  between  the  orliits 0   lOi 

Distance  between  the  tins  of  the  horns,  meajured ) , ,    ,  „ 

by  the  skull /ll  '" 

Ditto,  in  a  straight  line  across 9     2 

Length  of  each  horn ,59 

Greatest  breadth  ol'palm 2     9 

Circumference  of  the  beam  at  the  root  of  the>    ,      „, 

brow-antler |   *     *^f 

Length  of  spine 10   ]0 

Height  to  t!ie  top  of  the  back 6     6 

Ditto,  to  the  highest  point  of  the  tip  of  the  horn  10     4 

None  of  the  deer  tribe  of  the  present  day,  ex- 
cepting the  Scandinavian  Elk,  can  at  all  be  com- 
pared for  magnitude  to  this  fossil  species ;  and, 
until  Cuvier  pointed  out  the  differences,  the  antlers 
were  generally  regarded  as  identical  with  those  of 
that  animal  or  of  the  moose  of  Norih  America. 
Independently  of  size,  however,  they  differ  in  many 
essential  points:  for  example,  in  the  moose-deer 
the  horn  has  two  palms,  a  lesser  one  growing  for- 
ward from  the  front  of  the  beam  where  the  prin- 
cipal palm  begins  to  expand  :  the  palm  of  the 
moose-deer's  horn  is  directed  backwards,  and  is 
broadest  next  the  beam.  (Fig.  607.)  In  the  fossil- 
animal  the  palm  increases  in  breadth  as  it  pro- 
ceeds, which  it  does  in  a  lateral  direction ;  nor  are 
there  fewer  differential  characters  in  the  skull  and 
general  skeleton. 

Of  the  habits  of  the  Cervus  megaceros  we  can 
only  form  a  conjecture.  The  size  and  lateral  di- 
rection of  its  spreading  antlers  must  have  prevented 
its  inhabiting  the  dense  forest — it  must  have  dwelt 
on  the  heath-clad  hills:  there,  armed  with  the 
most  powerful  weapons  of  self-defence,  it  ranged 
secure  from  the  assault  of  any  single  aggressor, 
capable  of  dashing  down  the  wolf  or  hysena  with 
a  blow.  Did  man  exist  coeval  with  this  animal  in 
its  native  land  ?  Most  probably— yes.  A  head  of 
the  fossil  elk,  together  with  several  urns  and  stone 
hatchets,  was  discovered  in  Germany  in  the  same 
drain.  "  In  the  '  Archaeologia  Britanica '  is  a  letter 
of  the  Countess  of  Moira,  giving  an  account  of  a 
human  body  in  gravel  under  eleven  feet  of  peat, 
soaked  in  the  bog-water :  it  was  in  good  preserva- 
tion, and  completely  clothed  in  antique  garments 
of  hair,"  conjectured  to  be  that  of  the  fossil  elk. 
But  what  is  still  more  conclusive,  there  exists  a  rib 
in  the  Royal  Dublin  Society,  evidently  bearing 
token  of  having  been  wounded  by  some  sharp  in- 
strument, which  remained  long  fixed  in  the  wound, 
but  had  not  penetrated  so  deep  as  to  destroy  the 
creature's  life :  it  was  such  a  wound  as  the  head  of 
an  arrow  would  produce. 

Of  the  causes  which  involved  the  fossil  elk  in 
destruction— whether  one  general  catastrophe  uni- 
versally affected  the  whole  race  wherever  existing 
— whether  local  causes,  operating  at  different  epochs, 
have  successively  extinguished  the  species,  which 
might  have  lingered  the  longest  in  Ireland— or 
whether  its  extermination  has  been  effected  by  the 
hand  of  man,  whose  agency  upon  the  animal  crea- 
tion IS  everywhere  apparent,  no  decided  opinion 
can  yet  be  given.  We  know  it  existed,  and  that  is 
all :  Its  history  and  its  fate  are  buried  beneath  the 
shadow  of  years  gone  by. 

Fig.  600  represents  a  perfect  skeleton  of  this  ex- 
tinct species;  Fig.  601.  a  figure  of  the  skull  and 
horns- ihe  brow  antler  on  the  right  horn  is  unde- 
veloped ;  Fig  602,  a  direct  front  view  of  the  skull : 
Jig.  603,  a  palatal  view  of  the  skull ;  Fig.  604,  pro- 
file of  the  skull ;  Fig.  605,  a  horn  somewhat  dif- 
ferently shaped  to  the  others;  Fig.  606,  horns  of 
the  moose,  given  by  way  of  comparison. 

4  Elaphiis,  or  Stag  group.— The  common  stag 
of  Europe,  with  its  allied  species  the  Barbary  stag 
and  the  Persian  stag,  the  Wapiti  of  America,  and 
among  others  the  Cervus  Elaphoides,  Hodgson,  and 
Cervus  Wallichii,  Cuvier,  both  natives  of  Nepal 
may  be  adduced  as  examples  of  this  section.  The' 
characters  consist  in  the  form  of  the  horns,  which 
have  three  antlers  produced  from  the  beam,  viz 
the  brow-antler,  the  bez-antler,  and  the  antler- 
royal,  besides  the  snags,  or  crown  {surroyal),  in 
vvhich  the  beam  terminates;  in  the  nakedness  of 
the  muzzle,  and  in  the  possession  of  large  suborbital 
sinuses.  The  males  have  canine  teeth,  and  in  old 
animals  the  brow-antler  is  often  double.  A  fine 
specimen  of  the  horns  of  the  wapiti  in  the  museum 
ol  the  Zool.  Soc.  exhibits  this  luxuriance  of  growth. 
(Fig.  607.) 

609, 600a.  610.— The  Common  Stag,  or  Red  Deer 

(Cenms  Elnphm).   Carw  (Stag),  Ewig  (Hind),  Elain 

Ooung  or  Calf),  of  the  ancient  British;  Le  Cerf 

^         (?'\?)'  '''*  "^x^he  (Hind),  Faon  (Young  or  Calf),  of 

m,       the  \  rench  ;  Cervio,  Cervia,  of  the  Italians  ;  Ciervo, 

m^        I  lerva,  of  the  Spanish  ;  Cervo,  Cerva,  of  the  Portu- 

■       ^^n    >.^i■"^  u''^'''''  ^•^'''?)'  H'"''  (Hind),  Hindc 
m       Kalb  (Calf,,of  the  Germans ;  Hart  (Stag),  and  Hir.de, 


of  the  Dutch  ;  Hjort,  Kronhjort  (Stag),  and  Hind,  of 
the  Swedes ;  Kronhjort,  Hind,  Kid  or  Hind  Kalv, 
of  the  Danes. 

The  red-deer  is  a  native  of  our  island  and  of  the 
temperate  portions  of  Europe,  and  considerably 
exceeds  the  fallow-deer  in  size,  standing  about  four 
feet  in  height  at  the  shoulders.  The  hi~nd  or  female 
is  smaller ;  the  young  is  spotted  with  white  on  the 
back  and  sides.  During  the  pairing  season,  which 
commences  in  August,  the  stags  fight  desperately 
with  each  other,  and  are  even  dangerous  to  persons 
venturing  near  their  haunts.  Formerly  the  stag 
was  very  abundant  in  the  wild  hills  and  in  the  ex- 
tensive forests  of  our  island,  but  the  disforesting  of 
vast  woodland  tracts  and  the  extension  of  agricul- 
ture have  limited  the  range  of  this  noble  animal  to 
the  larger  parks  and  chaces  of  our  country,  to  the 
Cheviot  Hills,  and  to  the  heath-covered  mountains 
of  Scotland.  Few  or  none  are  to  be  seen  in  the 
New  Forest,  nor  in  Woolmer  Forest,  in  Hamp- 
shire, where  they  were  once  numerous ;  nor  do  any 
now  remain  in  Epping  Forest.  In  the  central  part 
of  the  Grampians  there  are  large  herds  of  red-deer: 
they  frequent  the  southern  part  of  the  bleak  and, 
generally  speaking,  naked  ridge  of  Minigny,  which 
lies  between  the  Glen  of  Athol  on  the  south  and 
Badenoch  on  the  north ;  and  between  the  lofty 
summits  of  Ben-yglac  on  the  east,  and  the  pass  of 
Dalnavardoch  on  the  west.  The  greater  part  of 
this  ridge  is  the  property  of  the  Duke  of  Athol, 
although  m.any  deer  are  found  on  the  lands  of  the 
Duke  of  Gordon,  and  others  towards  the  east. 

The  deer  are  seldom  on  the  summits  ;  but  gene- 
rally in  the  glens  of  the  Tilt  and  Bruar.  These 
deer  are  often  seen  in  herds  of  upwards  of  a  thou- 
sand ;  and  when,  in  a  track  where  there  is  no  human 
abode  for  twenty  or  thirty  miles,  a  long  line  of 
bucks  appear  on  a  height  with  their  branching 
horns  relieved  upon  a  clear  mountain  sky,  the  sight 
is  very  imposing. 

The  forest  of  Athol,  consisting  of  a  hundred  thou- 
sand acres,  is  devoted  to  red-deer;  they  exist  in  Mar 
Forest  and  Glenartney,  and  in  the  west  districts  of 
Ross  and  Sutherland.  The  chace  of  the  red-deer 
has  ever  been,  from  its  excitement,  a  favourite  diver- 
sion—and formerly  was  conducted  in  a  style  of  great 
magnificence,  vast  herds  being  driven  "  with  hound 
and  horn  "  to  where  the  hunters  were  stationed  with 
guns  (formerly  bows  and  arrows),  and  who  dealt 
havoc  among  their  numbers.  The  deer  moved  for- 
wards in  close  array,  guided  by  a  leader,  and  often 
in  despair  broke  through  the  circle  of  their  foes,  and 
made  their  escape.  We  may  imagine  the  danger 
resulting  from  the  rush  of  perhaps  a  thousand  deer 
determined  to  break  through  the  line  of  their  as- 
sailants. 

The  spirited  description  of  a  similar  scene  in  Sir 
W.  Scotfs  novel  of  'Waverley '  is  familiar  to  all.  This 
mode  of  driving  the  deer  is  now  never  practised,  at 
least  on  the  great  scale.  The  present  plan,  that  of 
deer-stalking,  is  to  proceed  cautiously  within  due 
distance  of  the  herd,  and,  being  concealed,  to  bring 
them  down  with  the  rifie :  when  wounded  and 
brought  to  bay,  the  stag  often  rushes  on  his  assailant, 
whose  life  is  in  imminent  danger.  The  red-deer  is 
too  well  known  to  require  a  detailed  description. 
He  svyims  vigorously,  and  will  cross  lakes,  and  pass 
from  islet  to  islet  at  considerable  distances  apart. 

611. — The  Wapiti. 

(Cervus  Wapiti,  MitcheW).  C.strongyloceros,  Schre- 
ber  ;  C.  Canadensis,  Briss. ;  American  Elk,  Bewick  ; 
Waskeesews  of  Hutchins  ;  Wawaskeesho,  Awaskees, 
and  Moostosh  of  the  Cree  Indians.  The  Wapiti 
has  been  confounded  with  the  Elk,  this  name  being 
given  to  it  in  Lewis  and  Clark's  Voyages.  It  is 
the  Red-deer  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  traders. 

This  American  representative  of  our  European 
stag  differs  from  the  latter,  in  being  much  larger 
and  more  powerful,  and  also  of  a  darker  colour;  his 
form  is  more  heavy,  and  the  limbs  more  robust ; 
the  neck  is  of  vast  thickness  and  strength. 

The  wapiti  does  not  extend  its  range  higher  north 
than  the  fifty-seventh  parallel  of  latitude,  nor  is  it 
found  to  the  eastward  of  a  line  drawn  from  the  north 
end  of  Lake  Winepeg  in  long  103°,  and  from  thence 
till  it  strikes  the  Elk  River  in  the  hundred  and  ele- 
venth degree.  It  is  common  among  the  clumps  of 
wood  that  skirt  the  plains  of  the  Saskatchewan,  where 
it  lives  in  small  herds  of  six  or  seven  individuals. 
They  feed,  says  Dr.  Richardson,  on  grass,  on  the 
young  shoots  of  willows  and  poplars,  and  are  very 
Ibnd  of  the  hips  of  the  Rosa  blanda,  which  forms 
much  of  the  underwood  of  the  districts  which  they 
frequent.  Their  voice  is  a  shrill  whistling,  quivering 
noise,  nothing  resembling  the  "bell"  of  our  stag. 
Hearne  considers  the  wapiti  as  more  stupid  than 
any  other  species  of  the  deer  tribe. 

The  horns  of  this  species  (Fig.  607)  attain  to  a  vast 
size  and  weight  (53  or  54  lbs.  the  pair),  and  are  most 
foimidiible  weapons;  nor  is  the  male  thus  armed 
to  be  approached  without  caution  ;  his  temper  being 
vicious  and  irascible,  and  his  strength  prodigious. 


A  few  years  since,  one  of  the  male  wapitis  in  the 
gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society,  London,  in  a  fit 
of  rage  drove  his  biow-antlers  into  the  body  of  a  fe- 
male of  the  same  species,  lifted  her  up,  and  threw 
her  down  dead. 

The  male  wapiti  stand  upwards  of  four  feet  »nd 
a  half  at  the  shoulders.  The  general  colour  is  yel- 
lowish brown,  a  black  mark  extending  from  the 
angle  of  the  mouth  along  the  lower  jaw  ;  the  tail  is 
short  and  encircled  (as  in  the  red-deer  and  others  of 
this  section)  by  a  pale  yellowish  haunch-mark. 

5.  RusA. — This  group  consists  of  deer  peculiar 
to  India,  several  species  being  large  and  formi- 
dable. The  horns  are  rugged  and  cylindrical,  with 
a  large  sharp  brow-antler,  but  no  bez-antler.  the 
beam  bifurcating  at  the  top  into  a  sharp  anterior 
and  posterior  snag:  the  muzzle  is  broad  and  naked, 
the  suborbital  sinuses  are  deep  and  large,  and  the 
males  possess  canine  teeth ;  a  mane  of  long  coarse 
hairs  runs  down  the  neck.  Of  six  or  seven  species 
belonging  to  this  section,  we  may  notice  the 
Sambur. 

612. — The  Sambur 
(Cervus  Hippelaplms).  Several  specimens  of  this 
deer  are  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society, 
London;  and  the  males  when  armed  with  their 
antlers  are  noted  for  their  vicious  temper.  In 
size  the  male  sambur  exceeds  our  common  slag, 
but  is  inferior  to  the  huge  and  heavy  wapiti :  and  if 
less  powerful,  is  more  active  and  alert.  The  hair 
is  close,  harsh,  and  of  a  dusky  or  greyish  brown  :  a 
band  of  black  surrounds  the  muzzle,  but  the  edges 
of  the  upper  tip  and  the  tip  of  the  under  are  white ; 
the  hairs  of  the  throat  are  long  and  bristly,  forming 
a  full  fringe ;  a  mane  of  similar  hair  runs  along  the 
back  of  the  neck :  the  crupper-mark  round  the  tail 
IS  very  circumscribed,  and  yellowish.  The  sambur 
IS  found  in  the  Ghauts  of  Dukhun,  in  Kandesh,  and 
the  lower  hills  of  Nepal.  It  occurs  also  in  other 
districts  of  India.  In  common  with  the  rest  of  the 
Rusa  tribe  it  is  fond  of  the  water,  and  resides  in 
wooded  situations. 

Another  species  of  this  section  is  the  the  Cervus 
Ari-stotehs,  Cuvier.  a  native  of  Bengal  and  the  low 
hills  of  Nepal.  It  is  termed  elk  by  the  British 
sjiortsman.  and  is  said  to  be  extremely  powerful 
and  vicious.  Mr.  Hodgson  notices  a  black  deer  in 
the  Nepal  hills  belonging  to  the  Rusa  tribe,  but 
undescribed.     ('  Zool.  Proceeds.'  1834,  p.  99.) 

Of  the  other  species  to  be  referred  to  this  group, 
and  described  by  various  authors,  we  may  mention 
the  Cervus  equinus,  Cuvier,  found  in  Sumatra  and 
the  lower  hills  of  Nepal  ;  the  C.  unicolor,  Smith, 
a  native  of  the  dense  forests  of  Ceylon  ;  the  C. 
Peionii,  Cuvier,  and  the  C.  Maiiannus,  Quoy  and 
Gaimard— the  former  a  native  of  Timor,  the  latter  of 
the  Marianne  Islands,  or  Ladrones. 

Mr.  Hodgson  observes  that  a  new  species  of  deer, 
to  which  he  has  given  the  name  of  C.  Bahrainja, 
serves,  with  C.  Wallichii,  to  connect  the  Elaphine 
and  Rusan  groups.  Fig.  613  represents  the  skull  of 
the  sambur-deer. 

6.  Axis.— The  characters  of  this  section  differ 
but  little  from  those  of  Rusa;  the  horns  have  a 
brow-antler,  and  bifurcate  at  the  top;  the  subor- 
tiital  sinuses  are  moderate,  and  the  males  are  des- 
titute of  canines.  It  is,  however,  in  size,  contour, 
and  disposition  that  the  greatest  contrast  exists  be- 
tween the  Axine  and  Rusan  groups.  In  the  Axine 
group  the  limbs  are  delicate,  the  general  form  is 
more  graceful  than  robust,  and  none  in  size  much 
exceed  our  fallow-deer,  to  which  the  common  axis 
especially  (excepting  as  respects  the  antlers)  bears 
a  near  resemblance  ;  the  females,  indeed,  of  both 
species  being,  on  a  superficial  view,  scarcely  dis- 
tinguishable. The  hair  is  short,  smooth,  and  close  ; 
the  expression  of  the  physiognomy  is  gentle,  yet 
animated,  and  agrees  with  the  disposition.  In  cap- 
tivity these  deer  are  quiet  and  inoffensive. 

614. — The  Axis  Deer 
{Cervus  Axis.  Erxl.).  The  spotted  axis  is,  perhaps, 
the  best  known  of  all  the  Indian  deer ;  it  thrives 
well  not  only  in  our  menageries,  but  even  in  paiks. 
and  bleeds  in  our  climate.  It  is  very  abundant  on 
the  banks  of  the  Ganges  and  in  Bengal,  as  well  as 
in  the  larger  islands  of  the  Indian  Archipelago, 
where  it  lives  in  herds,  the  luxuriant  veiretation  of 
the  jungles  (its  favourite  localities)  affording  abund- 
ance of  food.  The  general  colour  of  this  species  is 
fawn-yellow,  a  black  stripe  running  down  the  spine 
of  the  back  ;  the  sides  are  beautifully  and  regu- 
larly spotted  with  white  ;  a  row  forming  an  almost 
continuous  line  passes  along  each  side  of  the  belly. 
The  hog-deer  (C.  Porcinus)  is  another  species 
belonging  to  this  section :  it  is  lower  on  the  Hmbs 
and  stouter  in  the  body  than  the  spotted  axis :  its 
colour  is  yellowish  grey,  spotted  slightly  on  the 
back  and  flanks. 

A  new  species  from  the  Ganges  is  described  by 
Mr.  Ogilby  in  the  'Zool.  Proceeds.'  1831,  p.  136, 
under  the  title  of  C.  Nudipalpebra.  A  specimen 
exists  in  the  museum  of  the  Zoological  Society. 


408.— Bed  Oe«f; 


616. — Hoebuck. 


609.— The  Red  Deer,  or  SUg,  and  the  Roebuck. 


'6U Sambur-Deer. 


019.— Muntjuk. 


617* — Guazn*bln. 


626.— Gronp  of  Ariel  GaieUei. 


623 — Ariel  Gazelle. 


«S1.— Aniin«l«  tram  E|t;ptian  Snilptirei. 


622.— Animals  from  Kgyptian  Sculptures. 


«27, — Tame  Gazelle. 


r^.^^r^erf 


62<.— Ariel  Otielle. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OP  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


eSO,— <3ueU«  caught  In  lasso  (Egyptian). 


137 


138 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Deer. 


7.  Caprkolui.— The  Roes.  — The  roes  or  roe- 
buckg  are  dUtingtiUhed  by  the  folIowiiiEr  charac- 
ters :— The  horns  are  small,  cylindrical,  and  nijfged  ; 
and  when  fully  developed  are  divided  above  into 
three  snairs.  of  which  the  largest  is  seated  ante- 
riorly. The  muzzle  is  naked,  and  there  are  neither 
canines  nor  suborbital  sinuses.  The  tail  is  ex- 
tremely short,  the  body  compact,  the  limbs  slender 
but  vigorous. 

603  b.  615.— The  Common  Roebuck 

(Certta  Capreoliu).  This  species  is  the  Caprea, 
Capreolus  Dorcas,  of  Gesner;  Capreolus,  of  Ray 
ana  of  Sibbald  ;  Cervus  Capreolus,  of  Linneeus ; 
Cervus  minimus,  of  Klein;  Jwrch  (male),  lyrcheli 
(lemale),  of  the  antient  British;  Le  Chevreuil.  of 
the  French;  Capriolo,  of  the  Italians;  Zurlito,  Ca- 
bronzillo  monies,  of  the  Spanish  ;  Cabra  monies,  of 
the  Portuguese  ;  Rehbock  (male),  Rehgees,  of  the 
Germans  ;  Radiur,  Rabock,  of  the  Swedes  ;  Raaedijr, 
Raaebuk,  of  the  Danes. 

The  roebuck  was  formerly  common  throughout 
the  whole  of  our  island,  but  is  now  almost  exclu- 
sively confined  to  the  wooded  hills  of  Scotland 
north  of  the  Forth.  South  of  that  river  it  is  very 
rare,  one  or  two  wild  parks  only  possessing  a  few  ; 
but  in  the  rugged  woods  of  Westmoreland  and 
Cumberland  it  is  tolerably  abundant.  It  is  widely 
spread  throughout  the  temperate  latitudes  of  con- 
tinental Europe,  wherever  extensive  forests  and 
wild  uncultivated  districts  covered  with  brushwood 
afford  it  an  asylum. 

The  roebuck  is  the  least,  and  one  of  the  most 
active  and  beautiful,  of  our  European  deer ;  wild, 
shy,  and  cautious,  it  does  not  herd  in  troops,  but 
lives  singly,  or  in  small  companies  consisting  of  the 
male,  female,  and  young;  the  latter  being  gene- 
rally two,  sometimes  three,  in  number.  These  re- 
main for  eight  or  nine  months  with  their  parents, 
which  continue  attached  for  life.  The  roe  is  more 
cunning  than  the  stag,  and  when  hunted  will  en- 
deavour, by  various  subtle  artifices,  to  elude  its 
pursuers.  It  will  wind  and  double  on  its  track, 
then  take  bounds  of  surprising  extent,  and  lie  close 
amongst  the  herbage  of  its  covert  till  the  dogs, 
having  lost  the  scent,  pass  off  to  a  distance.  Tlie 
flesh  of  this  animal  is  not  in  high  estimation. 

The  roe  stands  about  two  feet  three  inches  in 
height  at  the  shoulder.  In  the  winter  the  hair  on 
the  body  is  long,  the  lower  part  of  each  hair  is 
ash-coloured ;  there  is  a  narrow  bar  of  black  near 
the  end,  and  the  tip  is  yellow.  On  the  face  the 
hair  is  black,  tipped  with  yellow.  The  ears  are 
long,  of  a  pale  yellow  on  the  inside,  and  covered 
with  long  hair.  In  summer  the  coat  is  short  and 
smooth,  and  of  a  bright  reddish  colour.  The  chest, 
belly,  legs,  and  inside  of  the  thighs,  are  yellowish 
white  ;  the  rump  is  pure  white  ;  and  the  tail  very 
short.  On  the  outside  of  the  hind-leg,  below  the 
joint,  is  a  tuft  of  long  hair. 

A  specimen  of  the  roe  of  Tartary  (C.  Pygargus, 
Pallas),  the  tailless  roe  of  Pennant,  once  fell  under 
our  notice.  In  size  it  equals  the  fallow-deer;  it 
inhabits  the  mountain  districts  of  Hyrcania  and 
other  parts  of  Northern  Siberia,  and  also  the  snowy 
range  of  Central  Asia. 

8.  Mazama,  or  American  fallow.— The  elegant 
deer  composing  this  section  are  all  confined  to  the 
American  continent.  The  horns  are  rough,  with  a 
cylindrical  stem,  and  slightly  compressed  branches, 
which  have  a  tendency  to  lorm  arches  or  segments 
of  a  circle.  Of  these  an  anterior  branch,  projects 
somewhat  forwards ;  the  stem  sweeps  outwards, 
curving  inwards  and  forwards  at  its  extremity,  which 
divides  into  two  or  three  branches.  There  are  no  ca- 
nines. The  suborbital  sinuses  are  small,  and  appear 
like  a  fold  of  the  skin.  The  ears  are  long  and  open  ; 
the  tail  is  long,  and  inclining  to  be  bushy ;  the  muzzle 
is  naked.  The  species  belonging  to  this  section 
are  numerous.  The  Virginian  deer  is  the  best 
known.  This  beautiful  species  is  spread  very  ex- 
tensively, ranging  from  Canada  to  Cayenne :  it 
tenants  the  woods  in  small  herds,  and  its  chace  is 
everywhere  followed  with  ardour,  so  that  in  a  few 
years  the  rifle  will  exterminate  it  in  many  districts 
where  it  is  still  common.  The  three  modes  of 
"Still-hunting,"  "  Fire  light-hunting,'  and  "  Driv- 
ing "  are  amusingly  described  by  Audubon  in  the 
first  vol.  of  his  '  Ornitholoeical  Biography.' 

In  the  museum  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  there  is 
a  fine  specimen  of  the  black-tailed  deer  (Cervus 
macrotis.  Say),  which  inhabits  the  plains  of  the 
Missouri,  Saskatchewan,  and  Columbia;  it  is  nu- 
merous in  the  Quamash  Flats  which  border  the 
Kooskookee  river.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  size 
of  its  ears,  and  the  length  and  fulness  of  the 
tail,  which  is  white  with  a  tinge  of  brown,  and 
largely  tipped  with  black.  The  general  colour  is 
brownish  grey.  It  exceeds  the  Virginian  deer, 
its  height  at  the  shoulders  being  two  feet  six 
inches. 

The  Cervus  leucurus  is  another  allied  species, 
which,  from  its  size,  form,  and  habits,  has  obtained 


the  name  of  Roebuck  from  the  Scottish  High- 
landei^  employed  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company, 
and  that  of  Chevreuil  from  the  French  Canadians. 
It  is  common  in  the  districts  adjoining  the  river 
Columbia,  and  especially  the  fertile  prairies  of  the 
Cowalidske  and  Multnomah  rivers.  The  young 
are  spotted  until  the  middle  of  the  first  winter, 
when  they  assume  the  uniform  colour  of  the  adults. 

Azara  describes  two  species  belonging  to  this 
section,  under  the  terms  Gouazoupoucou  (Cervus 
paludosus,  Desm.)  and  Gouazouti  (C.  campestris, 
F.  Cuv.),  both  natives  of  Paraguay. 

The  Gouazouti  (or  Guazuti,  Cervus  campestris) 
inhabits  the  open  Pampas,  where  it  is  more  than 
a  match  for  a  horse  in  speed.     It  stands  about  two 
feet  six  inches  in  height  at  the  shoulder.    The 
hair  is  rough,  close,   and   of  a  reddish  bay,  the 
space  round  the  eyes,  and  the  under  parts  of  the 
head  and  body  being  white;  the  hairs  of  the  back 
are  of  a  leaden  grey  colour  at  the  base,  the  tips 
only  being  red.    The  fawns  are  spotted  with  while. 
A  most  powerful  and  disgusting  odour  of  garlic  pro- 
ceeds from  the  males,  especially  when  their  horns 
are  in  perfection  :  this  odour  is  not  lost  in  the  pre- 
served skin,  as  we  can  personally  testify.     "  Fre- 
quently," says  Mr.  Darwin,  "  when  passing  at  the 
distance  of  half  a  mile  to  the  leeward  of  a  herd,  I 
have  perceived    the   whole  air  tainted  with   the 
effluvium."     "This  deer,"  says  the  same  talented 
author,  "  is  exceedingly  abundant  throughout  the 
countries  bordering  on  the  Plata.     It  is  found  in 
northern  Patagonia  as  far  south  as  the  Rio  Negro 
(lat.  41°),  but  farther  southward  none  were  seen  by 
the  ofiicers  employed  in  surveying  the  coast.     It 
appears  to  prefer   a  hilly  country.     I   saw  many 
small  herds,  containing  from  five  to  seven  animals 
each,  near  the  Sierra  Ventana,  and  among  the  hills 
north  of  Maldonado.     If  a  person  crawling  close 
along  the  ground  advances  towards  a  herd,   the 
deer,  frequently  out  of  curiosity,  approach  to  re- 
connoitre him.     I  have  by  this  means  killed  from 
one  spot  three  out  of  the  same  herd.     Though  so 
tame  and    inquisitive,  yet  when    approached   on 
horseback    they   are    exceedingly  wary.     In    this 
country  nobody  goes  on  foot,  and  the  deer  knows 
man  as  its  enemy  only  when  he  is  mounted  and 
armed  with  the  bolas.    At  Bahia  Blanca,  a  recent 
establishment  in  northern    Patagonia,  I   was  sur- 
prised to  find  how  little  the  deer  cared  for  the  noise 
of  a  gun:    one  day  I  fired  ten  times  from  within 
eighty  yards  at  one  animal,  and  it  was  much  more 
startled  at  the   ball   cutting  up  the  ground  than 
at  the  report  of  my  rifle.     My  powder  being  ex- 
hausted, I  was  obliged  (to  my  shame  as  a  sports- 
man be  it  spoken)  to  get  up  and  halloo  till  the  deer 
ran  away." 

9.  SuBULC— The  Guazus,  or  Brockets,  as  they  are 
termed,  are  distinguished  by  the  simplicity  of  their 
horns,  which  consist  of  a  single  slender  stem  with- 
out snags;  the  suborbital  sinuses  are  small;  the 
nose  is  pointed,  and  the  naked  muzzle  small,  ex- 
tending at  the  side  of  the  nostiils  into  a  glandular 
spot.  The  species  of  this  section  are  small,  and 
delicately  formed  ;  they  inhabit  the  swampy  woods 
of  South  America,  in  small  families  consisting  of 
eight  or  ten  females,  in  company  with  a  single 
male ;  from  which  circumstance  arose  the  mistaken 
idea  that  this  part  of  the  globe  possessed  deer  en- 
tirely destitute  of  horns,  while  their  simple  form  in 
the  few  males  seen  (for  the  females  are  far  more 
numerous)  led  to  the  supposition  that  these  were 
young  animals  with  their  first  or  brocket  horns. 
Hence  the  term  Brocket,  adopted  as  the  descriptive 
appellation  of  the  group.  In  the  museum  of  the 
Zool.  Society  is  a  specimen  of  the  female  of  a  deer 
which  most  probably  belongs  to  the  present  sec- 
tion. It  is  described  in  the  '  Proceeds.'  for  1831, 
p.  27,  as  the  Cervus  humilis,  Benn. : — it  is  about 
a  foot  and  a  half  in  height  at  the  shoulders,  and  of 
a  rufous  colour,  the  fore-parts  having  a  blackish 
tinge.  The  body  is  stout;  the  limbs  short;  the 
face  broad.  Mr.  Bennett,  by  whom  this  species 
was  characterized,  "  was  informed  by  Captain  P.  P. 
King,  R.N.,  that  a  second  skin  of  the  same  species 
had  been  brought  to  England  by  him;  that  the 
young  was  spotted  with  yellow,  and  had  a  yellow 
stripe  on  each  side  of  the  back ;  and  that  the  ani- 
mal was  plentiful  at  Concepcion,  and  found  even  as 
far  south  as  the  archipelago  of  Chiloc,  living,  he  be- 
lieved, in  small  herds."  Until  the  horns  of  the  male 
be  known,  this  species  stands  only  provisionfilly 
where  we  have  placed  it. 

The  other  known  species  of  this  section  are  the 
Guazu-pita  (Cervus  Rufus,  F.  Cuv.),  the  Guazu- 
bira  (Cervus  nemorivagus,  F.  Cuv.),  and  the  Apara 
Brocket  (Cervus  simplicicornis,  H.  Smith). 

CIC. — The  Guaza-pita 

(Cervus  rvfus).  The  Guazu-pita  is  somewhat 
larger  than  a  roebuck  :  its  general  colour  is  rufous 
with  a  dusky  tint  on  the  face  and  legs  ;  the  lips 
and  chin  being  white.  Azara  states  that  the  .pro- 
portion of  males  to  females  in  this  species  is  one 


♦o  ten  ;  and  that  the  fawns  are  spotted  with  white. 
It  frequents  dense  forests,  in  which  it  remains 
concealed  during  the  day,  but  at  night  or  during 
the  dusk  of  the  evening  it  ventures  into  the  open 
lands  bordering  the  woods,  and  often  invades  the 
cultivated  fields  or  gardens  of  the  natives,  for  the 
sake  of  obtaining  French-beans,  which  are  a  fa- 
vourite food.  Although  not  destitute  of  activity,  it 
is  soon  exhausted,  and  easily  taken  either  by  dugs, 
•r  by  means  of  the  lasso. 

617. — The  Guazu-bira 

(Cervus  nemorivagus)  is  smaller  and  more  deli- 
cately formed  than  the  preceding  species,  which, 
however,  it  resembles  in  general  habits  and  man- 
ners, inhabiting  also  the  low  moist  woods  of  South 
America.  The  colour  of  this  little  deer  is  dusky 
grey,  passing  into  white  on  the  under  parts. 

"The  Cervus  simplicicornis  is  a  native  of  Brazil : 
its  colour  is  rich  fulvous,  with  a  dusky  ring  round 
the  orbits  and  a  spot  of  the  same  tint  at  the  angle 
of  the  mouth. 

10.  Styloceros,  or  the  Muntjaks. — The  species 
of  this  section  arc  natives  of  India  and  the  Indiaii 
Islands,  and  there  is  something  so  peculiar  in  their 
physiognomy  and  appearance,  that  a  glance  serves 
to  discriminate  between  them  and  all  others  of  the 
deer  tribe.  Setting  aside  the  horns,  with  which 
the  males  only  are  furnished,  they  remind  one 
strongly  of  the  musk-deer,  or  Chevrotains,  though 
of  larger  stature.  The  body,  as  in  the  musk-deer,  is 
rounded ;  the  head  triangular,  and  tapering  to  a  fine 
muzzle;  their  limbs  slender  and  delicately  turned, 
and  their  tongue  long  and  flexible.  The  males, 
moreover,  have  long  canines  in  the  upper  jaw, 
which  protrude  beyond  the  lips.  In  manners  they 
are  timid  and  gentle,  but  are  easily  domesticated, 
and  soon  become  familiar. 

One  remarkable  character  in  the  Muntjaks  con- 
sists in  the  form  of  the  horns,  and  the  manner  in 
which  they  rise  from  the  forehead,  supported  on 
long  slender  peduncles  covered  with  skin,  and 
turned  oblique^  outwards,  with  a  tuft  of  hair  along 
their  anterior  aspect,  becoming  very  full  round  the 
burr  of  the  ho'Ti ;  the  hair  on  the  back  part  and 
sides  of  these  peduncles  is  close.  These  supports 
for  the  small  horns  do  not  rise  abruptly,  but  are 
continued  from  two  prominent  ridges  beginning  be- 
low the  angle  of  each  eye,  running  obliquely  up- 
wards, diverging  as  they  proceed,  and  constituting 
an  abrupt  outline  to  the  flat  triangular  forehead. 
(See  Fig.  618,  the  Skull  of  the  Muntjak.)  These 
ridges  are  covered  with  the  skin  of  the  forehead, 
which  for  the  space  of  nearly  an  inch  on  the  inner 
side  of  each  ridge,  parallel  to  the  eyes,  forms  a 
narrow  naked  fold,  or  kind  of  sinus,  capable  of  being 
opened  or  closed  at  pleasure,  and  evidently  of  a 
pandular  nature.  When  closed  these  sinuses  are 
hidden  by  the  hair.  The  horns  scarcely,  if  at  all, 
exceed  the  peduncles  in  length  ;  they  are  pointed, 
converge  at  their  points,  and  have  a  small  rudimen- 
tary snag  at  their  base  anteriorly.  The  suborbital 
sinuses  are  large  and  deep,  the  muzzle  is  small  and 
naked,  the  eyes  are  large  and  animated,  the  ears 
large  and  open.  The  first  horns  obtained  are  sim- 
ple, and  it  is  said  that  there  is  only  one  renewal,  the 
second  pair  being  permanent  (a  doubtful  circum- 
stance). As  the  females  want  horns,  the  peduncles 
and  their  continuation  as  ridges  down  the  forehead 
are  absent,  but  a  lull  of  hair  indicates  their  situa- 
tion. 

The  species  composing  the  present  section  arc  but 
imperfectly  known.  Colonel  H.  Smith  enumerates 
five,  of  which  two  at  least  are  doubtful.  The  most 
familiar  example  of  the  group  is  the  Muntjak  of 
Java  and  Sumatra,  the  Kidang  of  Horsfield. 

619.— The  Kidang,  or  Common  Muntjak 

{Cervus  Muntjak).  This  most  elegant  and  beautiful 
animal  equals  a  roebuck  in  size.  According  to  Dr. 
Horsfield,  its  favourite  haunts  in  Java  are  lulls  co- 
vered withbrushwood,  andelevated  grounds  adjacent 
to  wild  forests,  or  shrubby  districts  between  the  latter 
and  the  cultivated  grounds.  Its  voice  is  so  like  the 
barkingofadogastodeceiv^e  the  ears  ot  persons 
not  familiar  to  the  sound.  The  food  of  this  species 
consists  principally  of  the  Saccharum  spicatum,  the 
Phvllanthus  emblica,  and  other  mfdvaceous  plants 
abundant  in  the  hilly  districts.  -The  Muntjak  is 
eaeerly  hunted,  both  for  the  sake  of  its  tiesh,  which  is 
excellent  and  for  the  sport  which  the  chase  affords. 
Its  flight  is  very  rapid,  but  it  generally  makes  a  cir- 
cle returning  to  the  spot  whence  it  started.  W  hen 
broiK-ht  to  bay,  the  male  defends  itself  against  the 
doo^^vith  great  courage,  using  its  horns  and  long 
sharp  tusks  with  severe  effect.  It  is  often  taken  m 
snares,  and  sometimes  by  riding  it  down  on  hoi-se- 
back,  and  striking  it  with  a  sword.  This  mode  is 
hiehlv  dangerous,  but  is  followed  nevertheless  with 
the  utmost  enthusiasm,  bv  daring  huntei-s,  mounted 
onihe  naked  back  of  horses  trained  to  the  chace, 
which  is  conducted  with  frantic  impetuosity. 


Antelopes  1 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


133 


The  general  colour  of  this  species  is  bright  red- 
dish brown,  the  under  parts  being  white. 

Colonel  Sykes  observed  a  species  of  Muntjak  in 
the  Ghauts  ofDukhun,  which  he  states  to  be  never 
seen  on  the  plains.  It  is  termed  BaiUer  by  the 
Mahrattas.  Mr.  Hodgson  notices  a  species  called 
Katwa,  proper  to  the  central  region  of  Nepal,  but 
occasionally  occurring  in  the  lower  valleys  of  Ka- 
char.  A  species  from  China  is  described  by  Mr. 
Ogilby  under  the  title  of  Cervus  Reevesii. 

HOLLOW-HORNED  RUMINANTS. 

1.  Antelopes. — The  word  antelope  (antilope), 
now  so  generally  used,  is  of  very  uncertain  origin. 
It  appears  first  to  have  been  adopted  as  the  desig- 
nation of  a  species,  but  was  subsequently  given  by 
Pallas  as  the  title  of  a  genus.  The  first  occurrence 
of  the  word  AvdoXoxti  is  in  the  '  Hexameron '  of  Eusta- 
thius  (fourth  century),  as  the  name  of  an  apparently 
fabulous  animal.  Bochart  supposes  it  to  be  derived 
from  the  Coptic  Panthalops,  which  signifies  the 
Unicorn ;  but  it  may  be  derived  from  the  Greek 
AyOos,  a  flower,  and  nif,  the  eye,  or  oirrofioi,  to  see, 
in  allusion  to  the  brightness  and  beauty  of  the  full 
beaming  eyes  which  are  so  remarkable  in  most  of 
these  animals,  and  which  have  often  rendered  the 
gazelle  the  theme  of  the  Persian  and  Arabian  poets. 
The  name  of  the  gazelle,  dorcas,  from  SepKo,  or 
Sfp/co^ai,  to  see,  was  a  common  name  for  women 
among  the  Greeks  and  Romans. 

It  is  interesting  to  trace  the  acquaintance  which 
the  ancients  had  with  objects  of  natural  history,  as 
demonstrated  by  their  drawings  or  sculptured  re- 
presentations :  nor  is  the  examination  of  them  un- 
important ;  they  often  supply  us  with  a  hint  as  to 
the  ancient  geographical  distribution  of  animals, 
or  as  to  facts  connected  with  their  history,  and 
prove  that  many  hundred  years  past  the  species 
existed  with  the  same  forms  and  characters  as  at 
the  present  time.  It  is  therefore  not  out  of  place 
to  draw  our  readers'  attention  to  some  figures  in 
outhne  from  the  Egyptian  sculptures.  Fig.  620 
represents  a  gazelle  caught  by  the  noose  or  lasso, 
an  in.strument  used  by  the  ancient  Egyptians,  and 
by  the  modern  Gauchos  of  South  America.  Fig. 
621:  a,  Ibex;  b,  Antelope  leucoryx ;  c.  Gazelle; 
d,  a  species  of  Stag.  Fig.  622 :  a,  Antelope  ;  b, 
Goat ;  c,  Aoudad  or  Kebsch  (Ovis  Tra^elaphus, 
Desm.),  found  in  the  mountains  along  the  Nile,  and 
on  the  northern  coast  of  Africa. 

The  section  or  family  to  which  the  title  of  An- 
telope (Antilope)  is  ordinarily  given,  embraces,  it 
must  be  confessed,  a  somewhat  ill-assorted  assem- 
blage, requiring  to  be  distributed  into  several  dis- 
tinct genera.  The  fact  is,  that  every  hollow-homed 
ruminant,  which  is  neither  one  of  the  sheep,  goats,  nor 
oxen,  has  been  assigned  to  the  antelopes,  and  hence 
the  diversities  of  form  and  habits  which  we  see  among 
the  members  of  this  extensive  group.  Mr.  Ogilby 
('Zool.  Proceeds.,'  1836,  p.  132)  makes  the  remark, 
that  "  the  genus  Antelope  has  become  a  kind  of 
zoological  refuge  for  the  destitute,  and  forms  an 
incongruous  assemblage  of  all  the  hollow-horned 
ruminants  which  the  mere' shape  of  the  horns  ex- 
cluded from  the  genera  Bos,  Ovis,  and  Capra  ;  thus 
it  has  come  to  contain  nearly  four  times  as  many 
species  as  all  the  rest  of  the  hollow-horned  rumi- 
nants together.  So  diversified  are  its  forms,  and 
so  incongruous  its  materials,  that  it  presents  not  a 
single  character  which  will  either  apply  to  all  its 
species,  or  suffice  to  differentiate  it  from  conter- 
minous genera." 

In  analyzing  and  re-arranging  the  antelopes, 
Mr.  Ogilby  draws  his  characters  from  the  horns, 
the  form  of  the  upper  lip,  whether  modified  for 
grazing  or  browsing,  the  existence  of  lachrymal 
sinuses,  inguinal  sacs,  and  interdigital  pores,  and 
the  number  of  the  teats  in  the  female.  With  respect 
to  interdigital  pores,  he  observes  that  their  exist- 
ence or  non-existence  is  an  important  point,  as  their 
use  appeal's  to  be  to  lubricate  the  hoofs  by  a  fluid 
secretion  :  hence  are  they  connected  with  the  geo- 
graphical distribution  of  the  species,  confining  them 
to  the  rich  savannah  or  the  moist  forest,  or  enabling 
them  to  roam  over  the  arid  mountain,  the  parched 
karroo,  and  the  burning  desert.  Among  the  ante- 
lopes, then,  there  are,  on  the  one  hand,  species 
allied  to  the  goats  and  sheep;  on  the  other,  to  the 
oxen ;  and  as  widely  differing  in  form  and  appear- 
ance from  the  gazelle  or  the  Indian  antelope  as  does 
the  wild  bull  or  the  ibex. 

But  we  must  not  forget,  nor  do  we  forget,  that 
our  object  is  not  to  enter  into  the  minutia;  of  scien- 
tific disquisitions,  fit  only  for  the  pages  of  works 
devoted  to  the  more  abstruse  departments  of  Zoology. 
Were  we  to  follow  our  feelings,  we  should  expatiate 
on  this  part  of  the  subject  more  perhaps  to  our  own 
gratification  than  that  of  our  reader:  we  shall  there- 
fore forbear ;  and,  allowing  the  family  termed  An- 
telope to  remain  as  it  does,  we  shall  merely  divide 
it  for  the  sake  of  perspicuity  into  four  subdivisions, 
namely: — True  Antelopes,  Bush  Antelopes,  Capri- 
foim  Antelopes,  and  Boviform  Antelopes. 


The  antelopes  differ  essentially  from  the  deer  in 
the  structure  of  the  horns.  In  the  deer  the  horns, 
or  more  properly  antlers,  are  deciduous ;  but  in 
the  antelopes,  and  the  same  observation  applies  to 
the  goat  and  ox,  these  organs  consist  of  a  horny 
sheath,  investing  a  conical  support  of  bone;  their 
increase  is  gradual,  and  they  are  not  yearly  shed 
and  renewed.  The  bony  central  support,  or  core,  is 
a  process  from  the  frontal  bone  :  in  most  antelopes 
it  is  solid,  or  nearly  so  ;  it  commences  small  at  first, 
and  assumes  various  directions  in  the  various  spe- 
cies. One  antelope  has  four  horns.  The  horny 
sheath  consists  of  fibres  analogous  to  those  of  whale- 
bone, or  rather  hair,  running  longitudinally  orspirally, 
and  agglutinated  into  one  uniform  mass.  If  this 
sheath  be  stripped  from  its  bony  core,  the  latter 
will  be  found  covered  by  a  highly  vascular  perios- 
teum, from  which  the  fibrSs  in  question  are  secreted. 
They  are  formed  in  regular  succession  as  the  bone 
grows,  so  that  the  horn  which  covered  the  whole 
process  or  core  in  the  youns:  animal  will  in  due  time 
be  thrown  to  its  summit.  The  outermost  layer  was 
once  in  contact  with  the  core,  but  was  gradually 
pushed  outwards  and  upwards.  In  some  groups  of 
antelopes  both  sexes  are  furnished  with  horns,  in 
others  only  the  male :  and  it  is  difficult  in  many 
cases  to  discriminate  between  the  hornless  females 
of  one  of  the  antelope  and  of  one  of  the  deer  tribe. 
It  is  chiefly  to  the  warmer  latitudes  that  the  ante- 
lopes are  confined,  and  Africa  may  be  regarded  as 
their  great  nursery;  many,  however,  are  Asiatic; 
the  Saiga  and  the  Chamois  are  natives  of  Europe ; 
the  Prongbuck  and  a  closely-allied  species  (if  they 
can  be  called  antelopes)  are  natives  of  America. 

True  Antelopes. 

Gazella,  Ogilby.  Horns  in  both  sexes,  lachrymal 
sinuses  distinct  and  moveable.  Interdigital  pits 
and  inguinal  pores  large.  Female  with  two  teats. 
Horns  lyrate. 

623,  624,  625,  626,  627,  628.— The  Ariel  G.\zelle 
(Antilope  Arabica).  This  beautiful  species  inhabits 
Arabia  and  Syria,  where  it  is  seen  in  large  herds, 
bounding  over  the  desert  with  amazing  fleetness. 
Its  eyes  are  peculiarly  large,  dark,  and  lustrous,  and 
have  supplied  a  simile  to  the  Oriental  poets  and 
orators;  indeed,  to  say  of  a  woman  "she  has  the 
eyes  of  a  gazelle,"  is  a  most  flattering  commen- 
dation. The  Ariel  antelope  is  an  object  of  the 
chace  in  Arabia,  as  it  was  among  the  antient 
Egyptians,  whose  delineations  of  it  are  abundant. 
Its'flesh  is  said  to  be  excellent.  So  swift  are  these 
animals,  that  the  greyhound  unaided  cannot  over- 
take them  :  the  falcon,  therefore,  is  brought  into 
service.  The  huntsman  advances  as  near  as  pos- 
sible to  the  herd,  the  dogs  are  then  slipped,  and 
the  falcon  thrown  off;  the  individual  which  the  dogs 
have  singled  is  attacked  by  the  falcon,  which  is 
trained  to  strike  at  the  head  and  eyes,  so  as  to  con- 
fuse the  game,  and  check  its  speed,  thereby  enabling 
the  dogs  to  come  up  to  it.  It  is  a  common  practice 
to  shoot  the  gazelle.  Burckhardt  informs  us  that 
on  the  eastern  frontier  of  Syria  are  several  places 
allotted  for  the  hunting  of  this  animal,  or  rather  for 
its  entrapment  and  destruction.  An  open  space  on 
the  plain,  about  one  mile  and  a  half  square,  is  en- 
closed on  three  sides  by  a  wall  of  loose  stones,  too 
high  for  the  gazelle  to  leap  over.  Gaps  are  left  in 
different  parts  of  the  wall,  and  at  each  gap  a  deep 
ditch  is  sunk  on  the  outside.  The  inclosure  is  situ- 
ated nearsomerivuletorspringto  which  the  gazelles 
resort  in  summer.  When  the  sport  is  to  begin, 
many  peasants  assemble  and  watch  till  they  see  a 
herd  of  gazelles  advancing  from  a  distance  towards 
the  enclosure,  into  which  they  drive  them.  The 
gazelles,  frightened  by  the  shouts  of  the  people  and 
the  discharge  of  the  fire-arms,  endeavour  to  leap 
over  the  wall,  but  can  only  effect  this  at  the  gaps, 
where  they  fall  into  the  ditch  outside  and  are  easily 
taken,  sometimes  by  hundreds.  The  chief  of  the 
herd  always  leaps  first,  and  the  others  follow  him 
one  by  one.  The  gazelles  thus  captured  are  imme- 
diately killed,  and  their  flesh  sold  to  the  Arabs  and 
neighbouring  Fellahs.  Of  the  skin  a  kind  of  parch- 
ment is  made,  and  used  to  cover  the  small  drum 
with  which  the  Syrians  accompany  some  musical 
instruments  or  the  voice.  When  taken  young,  wild 
and  timid  as  the  gazelle  is,  it  is  readily  tamed,  and 
becomes  familiar  and  quite  at  ease.  Tame  gazelles 
are  frequently  seen  at  large  in  the  courtyards  of 
houses  m  Syria,  and  their  beauty,  exquisite  form, 
and  playfulness  render  them  great  favourites.  The 
Ariel  gazelle  is  about  one  foot  nine  inches  high  at 
the  shoulder;  its  limbs  are  slender,  but  vigorous; 
and  all  its  actions  are  light  and  spirited.  In  full 
flight  it  lays  the  horns  back  almost  on  the  shoulders, 
and  seems  to  skim  over  the  level  plain,  almost  with- 
out touching  it. 

The  general  colour  above  is  dark  fawn  or  yellow- 
ish brown  ;  the  under  parts  are  white,  divided  from 
the  colour  of  the  upper  parts  by  a  black  or  deep 
brovrn  band  along  the  flanks ;  the  nose  has  a  broad 


mark  of  dark  brown,  and  on  each  side  of  the  face  a 
broad  stripe  of  white  passes  from  the  horns  over  the 
eyes  to  the  nose,  while  a  narrow  stripe  of  black, 
from  the  inner  angle  of  the  eye  to  the  nose,  separates 
the  white  streak  from  the  f^n-colour  of  the  cheeks; 
the  knees  are  furnished  with  dark  brushes  of  hair. 

A  closely  allied  species,  the  Ahu  or  Tseyran  (A. 
subgutturosa)  is  common  in  Persia  and  the  country 
round  Lake  Baikal.  Whether  it  be  truly  a  distinct 
species  or  only  a  mere  variety  of  the  Ariel  gazelle 
remains  to  be  decided.  It  is  hunted  in  Pereia  with 
greyhounds  and  falcons,  which  mutually  asstst  each 
other. 

629.  630.— The  Dorcas  Gazelle 
{A.  Dorcas).  This  species  differs  from  the  Ariel 
gazelle  chiefly  in  being  of  a  much  lighter  colour, 
presenting,  however,  the  same  markings  and  ar- 
rangement of  tints.  It  is  a  native  of  Northern 
Africa,  and  lives  in  large  herds  upon  the  borders  of 
the  Tell,  or  cultivated  country,  and  the  Sahara,  or 
desert.  When  a  troop  of  these  gazelles  are  pursued, 
they  fly  to  some  distance,  then  stop,  turn  round 
and  gaze  at  the  hunter,  and  again  take  to  flight. 
If  hard  pressed  they  disperse  in  different  directions, 
but  soon  reunite  ;  and  when  surrounded  and  brought 
to  bay,  they  defend  themselves  with  spirit  and 
obstinacy,  uniting  in  a  close  circle,  with  the  females 
and  fawns  in  the  centre,  and  presenting  their  horns 
at  all  points  to  their  enemies.  This  gazelle  is  the 
common  prey  of  the  lion  and  panther. 

Another  gazelle  (perhaps  a  variety),  called  the 
Kevel  (A.  Kevella,  Pallas),  resides  in  vast  flocks 
on  the  open  stony  plains  of  Senegal. 

631. — The  Blessbok 
(Antilope  Py/jarga).  Southern  Africa  is  the  na-- 
five  country  of  this  fine  antelope,  which  is  also 
called  Bontebok,  or  Painted  Goat,  by  the  Dutch 
colonists.  It  is  superior  in  size  to  the  stag  of  Eu- 
rope, exceeding,  when  adult,  three  and  a  half  feet 
in  height  at  the  shoulder.  The  horns  are  sixteen 
inches  long,  large,  and  regularly  lyrated. 

The  blessbok  was  once  very  common  within  the 
districts  of  the  Cape  Colony,  where  in  some  parts 
it  still  exists,  but  not  in  such  multitudes  .as  formerly, 
when  it  was  said  to  cover  the  plains  in  troops  of 
thousands.  In  the  country  beyond  the  colonial 
borders  it  is  tolerably  abundant.  The  blessbok  is 
fleet  and  active  ;  and  its  markings  are  very  orna- 
mental. The  colours  of  the  head  and  body  are  most 
singularly  disposed  ;  the  whole  animal  appears  as 
if  it  had  been  artificially  painted  with  ditt'erent 
shades,  laid  on  in  separate  masses.  The  head  and 
neck  are  of  a  brilliant  brownish  bay,  so  deep  as  to 
resemble  the  colour  of  arterial  blood  :  this  is  par- 
ticularly visible  upon  the  cheeks  and  about  the 
root  of  the  horns,  from  the  central  point  between 
which  descends  a  narrow  stripe  of  the  purest  white 
as  far  as  the  orbits,  immediately  above  which  it 
expands  and  covers  the  whole  face  and  nose  down 
to  the  muzzle,  forming  a  broad  mark,  or,  as  it  is 
called  in  horses,  a  blaze,  and  giving  origin  to  the 
name  of  blessbok,  or  blazebuck,  by  which  this 
species  is  known  among  the  Cape  colonists.  The 
back  is  of  a  brownish  bay,  thickly  overlaid,  or,  as  it 
were,  glazed  or  japanned  with  dull  purplish  white, 
and  there  is  a  very  broad  purplish  brown  band  on 
the  flanks  passing  from  the  fore-arm  backwards, 
and  extending  obliquely  over  the  outer  face  of  the 
thighs.  The  breast,  belly,  and  interior  of  the  fore- 
arms and  thighs  are  white,  and  this  colour  also 
shows  itself  on  the  posterior  face  of  the  hips  and 
thighs,  and  passes  in  a  small  crescent  over  the  rear 
of  the  croup,  forming  a  white  disc  around  the  tail, 
and  giving  origin  to  the  specific  name  of  Pygarga, 
which  has  been  rather  arbitrarily  bestowed  upon 
this  animal,  the  real  pygarga  of  the  ancients  being 
certainly  a  different  species,  and  an  inhabitant  of 
Northern  Africa.  The  tail  is  long  and  switched, 
nearly  naked  at  the  root,  and  terminated  by  a  tuft 
of  very  long  black  hair.  The  knees  are  without 
brushes.  The  young  are  at  first  of  a  brownish  red 
colour  on  the  body,  partially  glazed,  as  in  the 
adults;  but  what  is  most  remarkable  of  all  is,  that 
the  face,  instead  of  being  white  as  in  the  grown 
animal,  is  of  a  very  deep  brownish  black  colour, 
slightly  mixed  with  scattered  grey  hairs. 

It  was  from  a  young  animal  that  our  engraving 
(Fig.  631)  was  taken. 

632. — Scemmering's  Antelope 
(Antilope  Sammcringii) .  This  light  and  graceful 
antelope,  which  exceeds  the  Ariel  gazelle  in  size, 
is  a  native  of  Abyssinia,  where  it  was  discovered  by 
Ruppel  during  his  journey  through  the  northern 
provinces  of  that  country,  and  afterwards  described 
by  Cretzchmar  in  the  zoological  portion  of  RUppel's 
account  of  his  travels. 

It  frequents  hilly  districts,  but  is  not  gregarious 
like  the  common  gazelle  :  it  lives  in  pairs,  and  is 
fleet  and  vigorous.  Beyond  these  points  we  know 
nothing  of  its  history.  The  horns  of  this  elegant 
antelope  are  regularly  lyrated,  bending  boldly  out- 


«!.).-  M  lion 


629.- Dorcas  Gaieile. 


140 


639.— Kleuibtjk* 


637. — Madoqua. 


635.— Indian  Antelopo 


""'^!^^ 


6-41.— Cliamoi*. 


141 


142 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Antelope* 


wards  towards  the  points,  and  then  suddenly  tum- 
insT    inwards    towards    one    another,  with  a  very 
sharp  and  well  defined  curve ;  they  are  annulated 
M'ith   fifteen  or  sixteen   prominent    and   complete 
rings,  which  reach  from  the   base  to  the    inward 
curvature  within  about  two  inches  and  a  quarter 
of  the  points.    The  peneral  colour  is  a  beautiful 
clear  Isabel  or  yellowish  dun,  the  hair  being  ex- 
tremely short,  and  appearing  almost  as  if  it  had 
been  clipped  or  shorn.     It  does  not  lie  close  and 
smooth  upon  the  hide,  nor  does  it  all  follow  the 
same  direction,  as  in  the  generality  of  animals,  but  is 
disposed  in  innumerable  small  waves,  pointing  in  dif- 
ferent directions,  as  if  it  had  been  regularly  shaded 
and  parted  on  each  side,  and  appearing  glossy  or 
glazed  along  their  ridges  with  a  shining  dun  shade, 
more  or  less  intense  according  to  the  light  in  which 
it  is  observed.     AH  the  under  parts  of  the  body  are 
abruptly  of  the  most  pure  and  brilliant  white,  and 
a  large  disc  of  the  same  colour  surrounds  the  tail 
and  passes  over  the  rump  and  croup.    The  tail  is 
small  and  slender,  nearly  naked  at  the  root,  and 
furnished  at  the   extremity  with  a  tuft  of  mixed 
brown  and  grey  hairs.    The  outsides  of  the  legs  are 
very  pale  fawn  colour,  the  insides  white,  and  the 
knee-brushes  white  and  fawn  mixed.    The  ears  are 
pretty  long,  and  brown,  with  a  narrow  black  border 
surrounding  their  outer  edge.     The   face  is  dark 
brown  in  some  specimens,  and  pure  black  in  others, 
curiously  .mixed  with  wavy  red  on  the  forehead  ;  on 
each  side  of  this  a  broad  white  band  passes  from 
the  root  of  the  horns  over  the  eyes  to  the  nose,  and 
there  is  an  indication  of  a  small  black  one  from  the 
anterior  angle  of  the  eye  to  the  corner  of  the  mouth, 
separating  this  white  band  from  the   cheeks  and 
sides  of  the  lower  jaw,  which   are  uniform  fawn 
colour.    The  horns  of  the  female  have  nearly  the 
same  curvature  as  those  of  the  male,  and  are  fully  as 
long,  but  they  are  much  more  slender,  and  have  not 
such  prominent  annuli. 


(A. 


G33.— The  M'horr 
Mliorr,  Bennett).     The  M'horr  is  a  native  of 


Wednoon,  twelve  days'  journey  inland  from  Moga 
dore,  whence  some  years  since  two  living  speci- 
mens were  sent  to  the  gardens  of  the  Zool.  Soc. 
Lond.  The  species  is  described  and  figured  by 
Mr.  Bennett  in  the  'Zool.  Transactions.'  Of  its 
habits  we  have  no  account.  Its  general  colour  is 
deep  fulvous  or  reddish  brown,  becoming  paler  on 
the  sides  of  the  face  and  passing  into  white  about 
the  eyes,  nose,  lips,  and  lower  jaw ;  an  irregular 
black  mark  between  the  eyes  and  the  mouth.  A 
square  mark  midway  on  the  front  of  the  neck  ;  the 
under  parts,  croup,  back  of  the  thighs,  tail,  and 
inside  the  limbs  are  abruptly  white  ;  the  tail  has  a 
fringe  of  black  hairs  at  its  termination  ;  the  horns 
are  somewhat  lyrate,  and  strongly  annulated,  and 
after  bending  back,  suddenly  curve  forwards,  the 
points  being  hooked.  Height  at  the  shoulder  two 
feet  six  inches, 

634.— The  Springbdck 

(Anlilope  Euchore).  Among  the  true  antelopes  this 
species  is  one  of  the  most  graceful  and  beautiful ; 
and  its  movements  are  light  and  rapid.  It  is  a 
native  of  the  wild  karroos  of  South  Africa,  where  it 
lives  in  vast  troops,  which  are  irregularly  migratory. 
Its  name  springbuck  (springbok)  is  given  in  allu- 
sion to  its  singular  habit  of  leaping  perpendicu- 
larly when  alarmed  or  as  it  scours  the  plain,  and 
that  to  the  height  of  several  feet.  Mr.  Burchell 
well  describes  the  effect  produced  by  large  herds 
of  these  interesting  creatures  spread  "over  an  ex- 
tensive plain,  intermingled  with  troops  of  gnus  and 
quaggas.  Two  thousand  springbucks  seen  at  one 
view  must,  indeed,  have  been  a  noble  spectacle. 
The  plain,  he  says,  "  afforded  no  other  object  to  fix 
the  attention,  and  even  if  it  had  presented  many,  I 
should  not  readily  have  ceased  admiring  these  ele- 
gant animals,  or  have  been  diverted  from  watching 
their  manners.  It  was  only  occasionally  that  they 
took  those  remarkable  leaps  which  have  been  the 
origin  of  their  name  ;  but  when  grazing  or  moving 
at  leisure  they  walked  and  trotted  like  other  ante- 
lopes or  the  common  deer.  When  pursued  or 
hastening  their  pace,  they  frequently  took  an  ex- 
traordinary bound,  rising,  with  curved  or  elevated 
backs,  high  into  the  air,  generally  to  the  height  of 
eight  feet,  and  appearing  as  if  about  to  take  flight. 
Some  of  the  herds  moved  by  us  almost  within 
musket-shot,  and  I  observed  that  in  crossing  the 
beaten  road  the  greater  number  cleared  it  by  one 
of  those  flying  leaps."  The  most  remarkable  point 
in  the  history  of  the  springbuck  relates  to  its 
habits  of  migration.  The  karroos,  or  vastt  wilds  in 
the  interior  of  Southern  Africa,  where  this  animal 
resides  in  almost  incredible  multitudes,  are  subject 
to  seasons  of  drought,  in  which  the  pools  are  dried 
up,  the  pasturage  burnt  by  excessive  heat,  and 
every  green  leaf  or  blade  withered.  Driven  by 
necessity,  all  the  animals  hurry  from  this  scene  of 
banenness ;  and  of  these  the  springbucks  are  in 


636.- 

(^Antilope  melampus).  This  magnificent  antelope 
is  a  native  of  South  Africa,  where  it  was  discovered 
by  I.ichtenstein.  It  inhabits  Catfaria  and  the  country 
of  the  Bachapins,  never  descending  farther  south 
than  the  Koosges  valley  in  one  direction  and  the 
Kamhanni  mountains  in  the  other.  This  species  as- 
sociates in  families  of  six  or  eight  individuals,  al- 
ways residing  on  the  open  plains:  their  swiftness  is 
astonishing,  and  they  leap  with  great  vigour  and 
much  in  the  manner  of  the  .springbuck.    They  are 


I  myriads.      They  literally  inundate  the  fertile   dis- 
tricts, over  which  swarm  after  swarm  passes  like 
wave  after  wave,  destroying  the  hopes  of  the  colo- 
nists.   The  grazier  drives  his  flocks  and  herds  to  a 
distant  pasturage,  dispossessed  of  his  lands  till  the 
heavy  rains  set  in ;    the  corn-lands  are  ruined  for 
the  season,  and  the  line  of  their  march  is  one  broad 
track  of  desolation.    It  is  not  with  impunity,  how- 
ever,  that  the  springbucks  make  these  forced  in- 
cursions.    The  gun  of  the  colonists  thins  their  num- 
bers ;  and  lions,  hyicnas,  and  jackals  follow  in  their 
train,  and  prey  incessantly  upon  them.     When  the 
rains  begin  to  fall,  the  horde,  thinned  by  man  and 
beast,  begins  to  return  to  the  interior,  and  in  a  few 
days  the  whole  have  disappeared.    These  migratory 
swarms  are  called  by  the  Dutch  colonist  trek-bok- 
ken.      Mr.  Pringle    once   passed  through   one   of 
them,  near  the  Little  Fish  river;  he  could  not  pro- 
fess to  estimate   their    numbers :    they   whitened, 
or  rather  speckled,  the  co<mtry  as  far  as  the  eye 
could   reach ;   there  could  not   have  been  less    in 
view  than  twenty-five   or  thirty   thousand.      The 
springbuck  is  .shot  in  great  numbers  by  the  Dutch 
boors.      This  sport   is    usually   pursued  on   horse- 
back,  and  in  the  heat  of  the  aay.     The   animal 
is  then  lying  in  its  habitual  lair,  and  on  being  dis- 
turbed by  the  sportsman,  springs  away  with  a  suc- 
cession of  bounds,  than  which  nothing  can  be  more 
beautiful  or  graceful.     The  Dutch  boor  is  generally 
an  unerring  shot ;  but  in   case  the  antelope  should 
be  only  wounded,  the  buck-dog  (a  species  of  large 
mongrel)  is  always  at  the  heels  of  his  master's  horse, 
and,  at  the   report  of  his  gun,  darts  forward   and 
secures  the  animal.     It  is  then  placed  behind  the 
saddle,  in  the  way  shown  in  Fig.  634. 

The  general  colour  of  the  springbuck  is  light 
cinnamon-red,  a  band  of  deep  reddish  brown  passing 
along  the  sides  and  edging  the  pure  white  of  the 
under  surface.  On  the  croup  is  a  large  patch  of 
long  white  hairs  enclosed  by  a  fold  of  skin  on  each 
side,  the  edges  of  which  approximate  when  the 
animal  is  quiet,  so  as  to  reduce  the  white  to  a  mere 
line.  In  the  act  of  leaping  these  folds  are  widely 
opened,  and  the  long  white  hairs  spread  beautifully 
out,  so  as  to  cover  the  whole  of  the  haunch,  pro- 
ducing a  striking  effect.  When  taken  young  the 
springbuck  is  easily  tamed,  and  becomes  playful 
and  familial',  displaying  the  confidence  and  even 
petulance  of  the  goat,  and  using  its  horns  in  butting, 
either  sportively  or  in  earnest. 

Anlilope,  Ogilby. — Horns  in  the  male  only ;  la- 
chrymal sinuses  mobile  and  distinct;  interdigital 
pores  large ;  inguinal  pores  large ;  teats  in  the  fe- 
male, two ;  horns  annulated  and  spiral. 

635. — The  Indian  Antelope 
(Anlilope  Cervicapra).  The  saisin,  or  common  an- 
telope of  India,  IS  spread  over  almost  every  part  of 
that  country,  residing  on  the  open  plains  in  large 
herds  of  females  and  young,  under  the  guidance  of 
a  single  old  male.  They  are  extremely  wary  and 
caulious,  and  when  feeding  or  lying  down  to  ru- 
minate are  guarded  by  sentinels  (young  bucks), 
who  give  the  alarm  on  the  slightest  appearance  of 
danger.  Their  fleetness  and  activity  are  such,  that 
greyhounds  are  useless  in  the  chase.  Captain  Wil- 
liamson assures  us  that  he  has  seen  a  buck  antelope 
lead  a  herd  of  females  over  a  net  at  least  eleven 
feet  high,  and  that  they  frequently  vault  to  the 
height  of  twelve  or  thirteen  feet,  and  pass  over  ten 
or  twelve  yards  at  a  single  bound.  The  flesh  of 
this  sjjecies  is  dry  and  unsavoury,  but  the  animal  ii 
often  hunted,  for  the  sake  of  the  sport,  by  means  of 
trained  chetahs,  as  described  in  the  history  of  the 
latter.     (See  Felidae,  p.  6.) 

The  Indian  Antelope  is  about  two  feet  and  a  half 
in  height  at  the  shoulder,  and  is  lightly  formed,  but 
endowed  with  great  vigour.  The  adult  males  are 
of  a  blackish  brown  above,  and  white  beneath,  the 
nose,  lips,  and  a  large  circle  round  each  eye  being 
likewise  white ;  the  hair  is  short  and  close  ;  the 
knees  are  furnished  with  tufts  or  biushes.  The 
horns  have  two  or  more  spiral  turns,  and  are  strongly 
annulated ;  the  Fakirs  and  Dervishes  polish  them 
and  forta  them  into  offensive  weapons  by  uniting 
them  at  the  base,  so  that  they  are  pointed  at  each 
end  ;  these  they  wear  in  their  girdles,  instead  of 
swords  and  daggers,  which  their  vows  and  religious 
character  prevent  them  from  using.  The  young 
males,  and  also  the  females,  are  of  a  tawny  brown, 
with  a  streak  of  silvery  grey  along  each  side. 

•The  Pallah 


very  numerous  on  the  elevated  plains  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood  of  Lattakoo,  where   the    natives  choose 
them  for  the  sake  of  their  flesh,  which,  though  defi- 
cient in  fat,  is  much  esteemed.    The  Pallah  (as  it  is 
called  by  the  Bachapins)  stands  three  feet  high  at 
the  shoulder.    The  general  colour  is  deep  rulous  ; 
the  lips,  eyebrows,  interiorof  the  ears,  all  the  under 
parts,  the  inside  of  the  limbs,  and  the  region  below 
the  tail  are  white ;  a  black  cresccnlic  mark  on  the 
croup  separates  the  white  from   the  rufous  colouir 
on  the  back ;  the  outside  of  the  heel  and  knee  are 
marked  by  black  spots;  the  horns  have  an  irregular 
lyrate   tendency,   bending   first  forwards  and  very 
much  outwards,  then  with  a  large  circular  sweep 
inwards,  and  finally  pointing   forward  again,  ap 
preaching  within  three  inches  of  one  another  at  the 
tips,  after  being  nearly  a  foot  distant  in  the  middle  ; 
thev  are  about  twenty  inches  long  in  adult  animals' 
and  surrounded  for  two-thirds  of  their  length  with 
irregular  rings,  often  splitting  into  two,  and  forming 
prominent  knobs  on  the  front  of  the  horn,  but  fre- 
quently obliterated,  and  always  less  strongly  marked 
on  the  sides,  which  are  slightly  compressed. 

Madoqua,  Ogilby.— Horns  only  in  the  male. 
Lachrymal  sinuses  distinct,  but  small.  Interdigital 
pits  distinct.  Inguinal  pores  wanting.  Teats  in 
the  female  four.     Horns  straight. 

637. — The  Madoqua  Antelope 
(Anlilope  Salliana).    This  beautiful  little  antelope, 
which  scarcely  equals  a  hare  in  magnitude,  is  a 
native  of  Abyssinia,  where  it  was  first  discovered  by 
Bruce  about  the  sources  of  the  Abawi,  or  eastern 
branch  of  the  Nile.     Specimens  are  in   the  British 
Museum    and   in   that  of  the   Zool.  Soc.      Of  its 
habits  little  is  known  :  it  is  said  to  live  in  pairs  in 
mountainous  districts,  and  Pearce  informs  us  that 
many  of  the  Abyssinians  object  to  eat  its  flesh,  from 
superstitious  motives,  because,  as  they  assert,  it  is 
often  found  in  the  society  of  monkeys  and  baboons. 
The  height  of  this  species  at  the  shoulder  is  about 
fourteen  inches ;  the  horns  are  sharp  and  slightly 
bent  outwards  and  forwards ;  the  face,  forehead,  and 
legs,  as  well  as  the  tuft  of  long  hair  between  the 
horns,  are  of  a  bright  and  deep  red,  as  are  likewise 
the  backs  of  the  ears ;  the  neck,  shoulders,  flanks, 
rump,  and  outsides  of  the  thighs  are  of  a  clear  grev 
colour,  like  that  of  the  American  grey  squirrels,  eacii 
hair  being  annulated  with  alternaterings  of  black  and 
white  ;  the  back,  from  the  shoulders  to  the  rump,  is 
a  deep  reddish  brown,  and  the  breast,  belly,  interior 
of  the  fore-arras  and  thighs,  and  hindersurface  of  the 
hips,  of  the  most  pure  unmixed  white,  forming  alto- 
gether a  variety,  clearness,  and  brilliancy  of  colour- 
ing rarely  met  with  among  quadrupeds ;   the  tail  is 
very  short,  being  in  fact  little  more  than  a  mere 
stump  ;  the  ears  are  round  and  nearly  the  length  of 
the  horns;  the  hoofs  small,  well  formed,  and,  like 
the  horns,  of  a  deep  black  colour;    the  forehead  is 
perfectly  flat,  and  the  head  is  compressed  suddenly 
below  the  eyes,  and  tapere  to  a  small  and  attenuated 
snout  ;  the  legs  are  long  in  proportion  to  the  weight 
of  the  body,  and  so  small  that  they  scarcely  equal 
the  little  finger  in  thickness. 

Eleotragus. — Horns  with  a  single  carve,  bending 
forwards  more  or  less  decidedly  towards  the  points, 
or  straight — none  in  the  female.  Suboibital  sinusea 
wanting.     Inguinal  pores  large  ;  muzzle  naked. 

638. — The  Reitbok,  or  Reedbuck 

(Anlilope  Elotragus).  The  interior  of  South  Africa 
is  the  abode  of  the  Reitbok,  where  it  is  by  no  means 
uncommon,  living  in  pairs  or  small  families,  and  fre- 
quenting the  reedy  banksof  mountain-streams  which 
are  dried  up  during  the  heat  of  summer.  Some- 
times it  is  found  along  the  borders  of  the  rivers  in 
dense  woodland  solitudes  :  plants  growing  in  humid 
or  niarehy  situations  are  its  iood. 

The  Reitbok  is  about  two  feet  ten  inches  high  at 
the  shoulder.  The  hair  over  the  neck  and  body  is 
long  and  rough,  and  of  a  dull  ashy  grey,  sometimes 
tinged  with  red  ;  the  under  parts  and  inside  of  the 
limbs  are  silvery  grey.  The  tail  is  long  and  bushy. 
Beneath  the  ears  on  each  side  of  the  head  is  a  n.aked 
oval  space  of  a  shining  black  colour.  The  horns 
curve  Ibrvvards  very  boldly,  and  are  annnlated  at 
the  base  with  prominent  rings. 

Bush  Antelopes. — The  animals  so  termed  are 
of  a  compact  form  and  low  in  the  limbs,  which  are 
slender  but  vigorous.  The  hair  is  smooth  and  usu- 
ally close  ;  the  neck  is  short,  and  held  almost  hori- 
zontally, and  the  back  is  arched.  The  horns  are 
straight  and  short,  and  situated  high  on  the  head,  at 
a  considerable  distance  from  the  eyes  ;  in  one  sub- 
genus they  are  possessed  by  females  as  well  as 
males.  There  is  no  suborbital  sinus,  but  its  absence 
is  compensated  for  by  a  long  maxillary  gland  run-  _ 
ning  down  each  side  of  the  face  between  the  angle 
of  the  eye  and  the  muzzle,  indicated  by  a  naked 
space  on  the  skin,  of  a  blade  colour,  and  moistened 
by  a  peculiar  secretion.  These  animals  live  singly 
or  in  pairs,  frequenting  jungles,  dense  reed-beds, 
and  the  underwoods   of  forests,   most  preferring 


Antelopes.J 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


hills  or  mountain-districts  of  moderate  elevation. 
When  pursued,  they  dive  through  the  thicket,  and 
quickly  disappear. 

Tragulus,  Ogilby.— Horns  in  both  sexes ;  maxillary 
glands  oblong  ;  interdigital  pores  wanting ;  inguinal 
pits  wanting ;  teats  in  the  female  four. 

G39. — The  Kleenbok 


{Antilope  perptisilla).  This  little  antelope  is  a 
native  of  South  Africa,  and  lives  singly  or  in  pairs 
among  the  bushes,  in  the  covert  of  which  it  hides 
itself  so  completely,  that  it  is  not  often  to  be  seen 
even  where  it  is  abundant.  It  is  very  active,  shy, 
wary,  and  timid,  and  displays  great  address  and 
cunning  in  eluding  pursuit.  When  domesticated  it 
becomes  very  familiar,  will  distinguish  persons  about 
it,  and  answer  to  its  name  when  called.  This  species 
is  the  A.  pygmaea  of  Desmarest,  who  confounds  it 
with  the  Guevi  of  Senegal :  it  is  also  the  A.  coerulea 
of  Col.  H.  Smith. 

The  height  of  the  Kleenbok  at  the  shoulder  is 
about  a  foot ;  the  head  is  long  and  pointed.  The 
general  colour  is  dark  slaty  brown,  passing  in  the 
under  pai-ts  to  ashy  grey ;  the  forehead  and  nose 
are  brown  bordered  on  each  side  by  a  line  of  sandy 
red  ;  the  legs  are  reddish  brown ;  the  horns  are  small 
and  straight,  not  more  than  an  inch  and  a  half  long 
in  the  male ;  nearly  an  inch  in  the  female. 

Capkiform  Antelopes.  —  Head  heavy;  neck 
short ;  contour  robust ;  limbs  strong ;  hoofs  adapted 
for  rocky  or  mountain  situations ;  horns  small  or 
moderate  ;  hair  coarse  and  deep,  or  harsh  and  wiry. 

Rupicapra.— Horns  common  to  both  sexes,  rising 
immediately  above  the  orbits,  at  first  vertically,  then 
looking  abruptly  backwards,  small  and  smooth,  with 
sharp  points ;  lips  hairy  and  attenuated  ;  suborbital 
sinuses  wanting ;  inguinal  pores  and  post-auditory 
sinuses ;  teats  of  females  two. 

640.  641,  642.— The  Chamois 
'^Antilope  Rupicapra).     This  celebrated   animal   is 
found  in  all  the  alpine  chains  of  Europe  and  Western 
Asia,  in  the  Alps,  the  Pyrenees,  the  Carpathian  and 
Grecian  mountains,  and  the  ranges  of  Caucasus  and 
Taurus.     Everywhere  it  tenants  the  loftiest  ridges, 
displaying  the  most  astonishing  activity.   During^the 
summer  it  is  only  to  be  found  on  the  mountain-tops, 
or  in  sequestered  rock-giit  glens,  where  the  snow  lies 
unmelted  throughout  the  year ;  but  in  winter  it  de- 
scends below  the  line  of  perpetual  snows  to  the  gi-assy 
slopes,  where  it  becomes  doubly  cautious  and  wAy. 
Its  senses  of  hearing,  sight,  and  smell  are  extremely 
acute,  and  it  scents  the  approaching  hunter  at  the 
distance  of  half  a  league.    When  its  fears  are  once 
excited,  it  bounds  from  rock  to  rock,  as  if  to  gain  a 
view  of  the  surrounding  district,  uttering  at   the 
same  time  a  singular  hissing  sound  ;  but  no  sooner 
has  it  caught  sight  of  its  enemy,  than  off  it  bounds, 
scaling  the  most  fearful  rocks,  clearing  chasms,  and' 
leaping  from  crag  to  crag  with  amazing  rapidity. 
its  course  is  not  stopped  by  a  perpendicular  precipice 
of  twenty  or  thirty  feet  in  depth  :  with  astonishing 
boldness  it  takes  the  leap,  striking  the  face  of  the 
rock  repeatedly  with  its  feet,  for  the  purpose  both 
of  breaking  the  fall,  and  of  directing  itself  more 
steadily  to  the  point  it  aims  at.    It  pitches  on  the 
smallest  ledge,  where  the  eye  of  man  scarcely  discerns 
room  for  its  foot ;  and  it  traverses  with  security  the 
beetling  shelf  that  overhangs  the  deepest  abyss. 
The  perils  of  the  chamois-hunter  have  been  too  often 
narrated  to  need  repetition  ;  his  life  is  one  of  per- 
petual jeopardy :  he  is  like  a  man  infatuated  by  a 
spell,  and  though  he  knows  the  awful  risk  he  runs, 
yet  to  the  chase  is  he  impelled  by  the  same  feelings 
which  urge  the  gamester  in  a  career  of  ruin.    The 
sketch  (Fig.  643)  represents  the  dangerous  situation 
of  two  celebrated  hunters  in  1826,  and  is  copied 
from  a  print  published  at  Basle. 

The  food  of  the  chamois  consists  of  mountain 
herbs  and  flowers,  and  the  tender  shoots  of  shrubs ; 
it  seldom  drinks,  but  is  extremely  partial  to  salt! 
and  many  stones  are  met  with  in  the  Alps  hollowed 
out  by  the  continual  licking  of  the  chamois,  on 
account  of  the  saltpetre  with  which  they  abound. 

At  the  root  of  each  horn  on  the  back  of  the  head 
there  is  a  sinus  or  opening  of  the  skin,  which  does 
not  seem  to  be  connected  with  any  gland,  nor  is  its 
use  understood.  The  females  produce  one,  rarely 
two  kids  in  March  or  April.  The  chamois  exceeds 
two  feet  in  height :  the  whole  body  is  covered  with 
long  hair  of  a  deep  brown  in  winter,  and  brownish 
fawn  colour  in  summer  ;  the  chaffron,  muzzle,  and 
sides  of  the  lower  jaw  are  white  or  straw-coloured ; 
the  tail  is  very  short. 

Mazama,  Ogilby.— Horns  in  the  male  only,  com- 
pressed laterally  at  the  base,  diverging  as  they  rise 
upwards,  then  hooking  backwards  and  inwards, 
rough  and  scabrous,  and  giving  off  above  their  base 
a  bold,  compressed,  pointed  prong  directed  for- 
wards ;  lips  hairy ;  neither  inguinal  pits  nor  lachry- 
mal sinuses;  interdigital  pita  distinct ;  teats  in  the 
female,  four;  knee-brushes  large;  accessory  hoofs 
wanting. 


644. — The  Prongbuck 
(Antilope  Furcifer).     The  Prongbuck  is  a  native  of 
the  western  parts  of  North  Amenca,  from  the  53°  of 
north  latitude  to  the  plains  of  Mexico  and  California  • 
presuming  that  it  is  identical  with  the  animal  de- 
scribed by  Hernandez  as  the  Mazama.     It  is  grega- 
rious in  Its  habits,  frequenting  wide  open  plains  or 
hills  of  moderate  height,  but  is  never  found  to  inha- 
bit forests  or  closely-wooded  districts.     It  migrates 
from  north  to  south,  according  to  the  season.     On 
the  banks  of  the  southern  branch  of  the  Saskat- 
chewan, and  on  the  upper  plains  of  the  Columbia 
river  it  is  very  numerous.     The  Prongbuck  is  com- 
pactly formed,  active,  and  vigorous;  and,  on  firm 
ground,  will  outstrip  most  animals,  but  after  a  slight 
mil  of  sriow  a  good  horse  will  easily  overtake  it. 
These  animals,  like  many  other  Ruminants,  display 
a  sort  of  stupid  curiosity  at  the  sight  of  novel  objects, 
which,  as  Dr.  Godman  states,  the  Indians,  and  even 
the  wolves,  turn  to  their  own  advantage.     If  they 
crouch  down,  assume  strange  postures,  now  move 
forwards,  now  stop,  or  play  antics,  the  prongbucks 
wheel  round  and  round  the  object  of  their  attention, 
decreasing  their  distance  at  every  turn,  till  at  last 
they  approach  near  enough  to  be  killed  by  the  In- 
dian, or  spning  upon  by  the  wolf.    Their  flesh,  how- 
ever, is  not  in  any  estimation,  and  it  is  only  in  times 
of  scarcity  that  the  Indian  will  take  the  trouble  of 
hunting  them.    The  females  produce  one  or  even 
two  kids  early  in  the  month  of  June.    The  prong- 
buck stands  three  feet  in  height  at  the  shoulder :  its 
body  is  covered  with  closely  compacted  hair  stand- 
ing out  from  the  skin,  and  of  a  most  singular  tex- 
ture ;  it  is  tubular,  or  hollow  like  a  quill,  but  so 
brittle  and  devoid  of  elasticity  that  it  snaps  with  the 
smallest  effort,  and  when  pressed  between  the  thumb 
and  finger  crushes  like  a  dry  reed,  and  never  regains 
its  original  form ;  on  the  head,  ears,  and  legs  the 
fur  is  close  and  of  the  ordinary  quality ;  that  on  the 
body  is  two  inches  long,  but  down  the  back  of  the 
neck  it  is  six  inches  in  length,  and  forms  a  mane. 
The  general  colour  is  pale  fawn,  the  hairs  being  of 
a  bluish  tint  at  the  roots  ;  the  under  parts  and  inner 
aspect  of  the  limbs  are  white  ;  a  broad  disc  of  white 
surrounds  the  tail,  and  passes  over  the  croup;  and 
the  throat  is  marked  also  with  two  transverse  white 
bands.     This,  it  must  be  observed,  is  the  winter  dress 
of  the  animal ;  in  summer  the  new  coat  which  it 
then  acquires  consists  of  hair  of  the  ordinary  quality, 
which  as  the  winter  comes  on  gives  place  to  the 
covering  described. 

Nemorhedus,  Smith.— Horns  short,  parallel, 
curved  gently  backwards,  annulated  at  the  base  and 
longitudinally  striated;  in  both  sexes,  muzzle  naked. 
Suborbital  sinuses  in  the  form  of  a  circular  orifice. 
Neither  inguinal  pores  nor  knee-brushes.  Limbs 
stout.  Fur  harsh  and  wiry ;  a  nuchal  mane.  Teats 
four. 

645.— The  Cambino-outan,  or  Wild  Goat  of  the 

Malays 
(Antilope  Stimatrensis,  Desm.).  In  aspect  and  man- 
ners the  Cambing-outan  resembles  the  common 
goat  and  the  ibex;  it  inhabits  the  forests  which 
clothe  the  mountains  of  Sumatra,  and  is  bold  and 
active.  The  Cambing-outan  stands  about  two  fct 
three  inches  in  height  at  the  shoulder,  and  is  covered 
with  long  coarse  hair  of  a  dark  brown  or  black 
colour ;  the  mane  along  the  back  of  the  neck  being 
white,  and  the  hair  on  the  lower  jaw  being  of  a  straw- 
colour.  On  each  side  of  the  muzzle  there  is  a  naked 
linear  space ;  the  suborbital  sinuses  are  small.  This 
species  is  closely  allied  to  the  Thar  of  the  Nepal 
(Antilope  Thar,  Hodgson).  In  this  group  the 
Goral  of  Nepal  (Antilope  Goral,  Hardwick)  is  placed 
by  Mr.  Hodgson  ('Zool.  Proceeds.,'  1834,  p.  85) ; 
but  it  has  no  suborbital  sinuses,  nor  is  the  muzzle 
entirely  naked.  It  will  form  the  type  of  a  distinct 
subgenus  (Keraas,  Ogilby). 

BoviFORM  Antelopes.— As  the  antelopes  of  the 
last  section  approximate  to  the  true  goats,  so,  on 
the  other  hand,  do  the  animals  of  this  section 
approach  the  oxen.  They  do  not,  however,  all  dis- 
play an  equal  degree  of  proximity  :  some,  indeed,  as 
the  Nyl-Ghau,  are  closely  allied  to  groups  among 
the  true  antelopes,  while  others  have  nothing  of  the 
antelope  in  form  or  appearance.  In  general  they 
are  distinguished  by  their  massive  contour,  large  size, 
and  powerful  limbs,  conjoined  with  a  heavy  head, 
short  neck,  and  elevated  withers.  The  horns  are 
large,  often  very  thick  and  solid,  and  the  eyes  small ; 
they  are  in  fact  bovine  in  their  contour  and  habits' 
and  gradually  link  on  with  the  genus  Bos.  In  those 
which  approach  the  nearest  to  this  genus  there  are 
horns  in  both  sexes. 

Tragelaphus,  Ogilby.— Horns  in  the  male  only. 
Suborbital  sinuses  large.  Interdigital  fossae  distinct. 
Inguinal  pits  wanting.  Muzzle  broad  and  naked 
Teats  in  the  female,  four. 

646,  647.— The  Nyl-ohau 
(Antilope  picta).     This  magnificent  species,  which 
stands  upwards  of  four  feet  in  height  at  the  shoulder, 


143 

is  a  native  of  the  dense  forests  of  India,  where  it  re- 
sides  alone  or  in  pairs;  it  is  extremely  vicious,  reso- 
lute and  powerful,  and  will  turn  upon  its  pursuers 
with  great  fury.  Even  in  confinement  it  is  not  to 
be  approached  without  caution.     Previous  to  mak 

1!!^.'^.**''^'^''  ''  '^'■"P*  "P°"  its  fore-knees,  and  in 
that  attitude  gradually  advances,  till  within  a  cer- 
tain distance  of  its  foe,  when  it  darts  suddenlv 
forward  with  amazing  force  and  velocity.  Bold  and 
spirited,  however,  as  it  is,  it  is  the  most  common 
prey  of  the  tiger.  During  the  day  the  nyl-ghau 
urks  m  the  covert  of  the  forest,  whence  early  in 
the  morning  or  during  the  night  it  wanders  ibrth 
to  teed  invadmg  the  adjacent  corn-fields  and  culti- 
vated  lands.  This  species  is  often  bred  in  captivity 
both  in  this  country  and  in  India.  The  female 
usually  produces  two  at  a  birth. 

The  male  considerably  exceeds  the  female  in  size. 
The  general  colour  is  slaty  blue ;  m  the  female  tawny 
ed.  The  lips,  chin,  and  under  parts  are  white; 
there  is  a  large  vvhite  spot  on  the  throat,  two  smalle^ 
ones  on  the  cheeks,  and  one  in  the  front  and  two  in 
r«PmhT  °,.,*^r  pastern-joint.  The  young  males 
resemble  the  females  in  their  colour,  which  is  ex- 
changed  for  slaty  blue  on  arriving  at  maturity.  A 
bunch  of  long  pendant  hair  hangs  from  the  fore  part 
ot  the  neck,  and  a  similar  tuft  terminates  the  tail 

Ihe  hmbs  of  the  nyl-ghau  are  well-formed,  but 

when  the  animal  is  standing  are  gathered  close  under 

he  body  and  the  tail  is  drawn  in  between  the  hind- 

egs.     Mr.  Ogilby  regards  this  animal  as  the  Hippe- 

aphus  of  Aristotle.    It  is  placed  by  the  author  of 

the  article  on  Antelopes  in  the  'Penny Cyclopaedia' 

in  the  same  group  with  the  Steenbok,  Grysbok,  and 

Khpspringer  of  Africa;  but  it  has  neither  their  form 

nor  habits. 

Koba.— Horns  only  in  the  male  ;  long,  stout 
nearly  straight,  inclined  backwards,  with  a  slight 
inward  tendency.  Inguinal  pores  distinct.  Subor- 
mtal  sinuses  wanting.  Muzzle  broad  and  naked, 
teats  in  female,  four. 

648.— The  Koba,  or  Sing-Sing 
(Antilope  Koba,  Ogilby).  This  species  is  the 
"  grande  vache  brune  "  of  the  French  of  Senegal,  of 
which  country  it  is  a  native.  It  equals  the  common 
stag  in  stature,  and  is  covered  with  a  coat  of  long 
rough  hair;  a  rough  bristly  mane  runs  down  the 
back  of  the  neck.  The  general  colour  is  dark 
sandy  red,  passing  into  grey  on  the  under  parts ; 
the  lace  and  limbs  are  dark  brown  or  black;  the 
lips,  chin,  and  a  stripe  over  each' eye  are  white 
Ot  the  native  habits  of  the  koba  little  is  known  •  in 
captivity,  judging  from  the  specimens  we  have 
seen,  it  is  a  gentle  and  quiet  animal.  When  at 
rest  Its  attitude  resembles  that  of  the  nyl-<rhau 
An  allied  but  smaller  species,  the  Kob,  or  "petite 
vache  brune"  of.  the  French,  inhabits  Western 
Africa.  The  figure  (648)  of  the  koba  represents 
the  female. 

Oryx.— Horns  in  both  sexes  long,  erect,  annu- 
lated ;  muzzle  nearly  naked,  or  quite;  interdigital 
pits  large ;  neither  suborbital  sinuses  nor  inn-uinal 
pores  ;  teats  of  female,  four. 


649.— The  Addax 
(Antilope  Addax,  Licht.).    This  animal  is  the  Strep- 
siceros  of  Pliny,  which  he  states  is  termed  by  the 
Africans  Addax,  or  Addas  ;  and,  according  to  Riip- 
pel  and  Hemprich,  and   Ehrenberg,  who  may  be 
said  to  have  re-discovered  this  species  in  Dongola 
it  IS  denominated  Akasch.  or  Akas,  or  Addas  by  the 
Arabs,  with  the  additional  prefix  of  Abu,  "father" 
—thus,  Abu-Addas,  a  title  they  bestow  on  many 
other  animals,  as  for  example  the  sacred  ibis,  which 
they  call  Abu  Hannes,  or  Father  John.    The  addax 
appears  to   be   widely  spread  in   Central   Africa, 
tenanting  the   deserts  in   pairs,  or  perhaps  small 
groups ;  but  of  its  habits  we  have  no  detailed  ac- 
counts.    It  stands  three  feet  in  height  at  the  shoul- 
der, and  is  heavily  made;  the  head  is  large,  the 
neck  thick,  and  the   legs  robust.     The   horns  are 
long  and  round,  rather  slender  in  proportion  to  their 
length,  twisted  outwards  and  describing  two  turns 
of  a  wide  spiral,  annulated  to  within  five  or  six 
inches  of  the  points,  which  are  smooth  and  sharp; 
the  form  of  the  horns  of  the  female  does  not  difter 
from  that  of  the  male,  but  in  the  young  they  are 
almost  straight.    The  ears  are  pretty  long  and  pro- 
portionally broader  than   in   most  of  the  smaller 
antelopes,  and  the  tail  reaches  almost  to  the  hough 
and  is  terminated  by  a  switch  of  long,  coarse,  grey 
hair.    The  whole  head  and  neck,  both  above  and 
below,  are  of  a  deep  reddish  brown  colour,  except 
a  transverse  mark  of  pure  white  across  the  lower 
part  of  the  forehead,  between  the  orbits,  which  ex- 
pands on  the  cheeks  and  half  surrounds  the  eyes; 
a  patch  of  black  curly  hair   surrounds  the  root  of 
the  horns,  and  there  is  a  scanty  beard  of  the  same 
colour  on  the  larynx ;  all  the  rest  of  the  animal, 
including  the  entire  body  from  the  neck  backwards 
as  well  as  the  legs  and  tail,  is  greyish  white  ;  the 
hoofs  are  black,  and  remarkably  broad,  to  enable 


<43.— Wild  GoM  orilio  Milan. 


^-'jy  ^^^ ^.f^^'  ••-'V  v-l  %^ 


<SA.~BI>t»rliok. 


C4S.  — Koba. 


MS.— AdAax 


eil^Aba-Bub. 


CM.— Cuina. 


614.— Prongbuck. 


144 


6iO.— Wild  Ox  of  the  Arabs. 


652.— Orvi. 


6y7. — Gnu. 


SiC— Herd  of  6)11  u. 


639.— Head  of  Gm. 


658.— Gnn.. 


iil.-tUoikio. 


No.  19. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


140 


146 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Antelopes. 


the  animal  to  pan  more  easily  over  the  fine  and 
loose  sands  of  the  deserts  in  which  it  resides. 

630. — ^Thz  BuicwBOK 
(Antihpe  leucoj^uta).  This  antelope  is  a  native  of 
South  Africa,  and  was  formerly  common  within  the 
boundaries  of  the  Cape  Colony,  where  it  is  now 
never  seen.  It  occurs  in  the  extensive  open  plains 
north  of  the  Gariep,  living  in  pairs  or  small  families 
of  five  or  six.  It  is  a  bold  and  fierce  animal,  and 
when  wounded  will  turn  upon  the  hunter  with  great 
resolution.  At  certain  seasons  it  is  reported  to  at- 
tack indiscriminately  every  animal  that  approaches 
near  it.  The  blauwbok  stands  three  feet  seven  inches 
in  height  at  the  shoulder :  the  horns  exceed  two 
feet  in  length,  and  are  formidable  weapons ;  they 
are  round,  uniformly  curved  backwards,  and  marked 
with  from  twenty  to  thirty  prominent  rings ;  the 
points  for  the  extent  of  six  inches,  are  smooth, 
and  terminate  very  acute.  The  term  blauwbok,  or 
blue-buck,  has  been  given  to  this  animal  by  the 
Dutch  colonists  from  its  peculiar  hue,  resulting  from 
the  colour  of  the  hide,  which  is  deep  black,  being 
reflected  through  the  ashy-grey  hair  that  covers  it, 
giving  it  a  general  dark-blue  tone. 

651.— The  Abc-Habb 

(AntSope  leucortfx).  This  species  is  the  Oryx  of 
the  ancients,  a  term  now  given  to  an  allied  South 
African  species,  but  which  of  right  belongs  to  the 
Abu-Harb,  which  lives  in  large  herds  in  Sennaar 
and  Kordofan,  feeding  principally  on  the  leaves  ot 
various  species  of  acacia.  It  is  represented  in 
abundance  on  the  monuments  of  Egypt  and  Nubia, 
and  in  particular  in  the  inner  chamber  of  the  great 
pyramid  at  Memphis,  where  a  whole  group  of  these 
antelopes  are  represented,  some  driven  forward, 
others  dragged  along  by  the  horns,  or  by  a  cord 
around  their  neck,  apparently  as  trophies  brought 
from  a  conquered  country,  or  a  tribute  or  present 
from  some  subjugated  nation. 

This  animal  nearly  equals  the  addax  in  size. 
The  horns  are  long  and  slender,  arched  gently 
backwards,  annulated  at  the  base,  and  very  sharp 
at  the  points.  The  tail  is  long  and  tufted  at  the 
extremity  with  black  and  grey  hairs  mixed  together. 
The  hair  on  the  head,  body,  and  extremities  is 
universally  short,  and  lies  smoothly  along  the  hide, 
except  upon  the  ridge  of  the  back,  where  it  is  rather 
longer  and  reversed,  or  turned  towards  the  head  in 
a  direction  contrary  to  that  on  the  other  parts  of 
the  body,  and  forming  a  short  reversed  mane  from 
the  middle  of  the  bacK  to  the  occiput.  The  head  is 
white,  with  a  brown  mark  descending  perpendi- 
cularly from  each  orbit,  and  expanding  over  the 
cheek,  and  a  similar  stripe  passing  down  the  centre 
of  the  face  from  the  horns  to  the  muzzle  ;  the  whole 
neck  also,  on  the  throat  as  well  as  on  the  upper 
part,  is  of  a  uniform  rusty-brown  colour,  but,  with 
these  exceptions,  all  the  rest  of  the  body,  as  well  as 
the  legs  and  tail,  are  milk-white. 

652.— The  Obts 
(Antilope  Oryx).  The  oryx  is  a  native  of  South 
Africa,  and  differs  from  the  Abu-Harb  in  having 
the  horns  straight :  there  is  a  lar<:e  black  mark  or 
the  forehead,  united  with  a  broad  stripe  across  each 
cheek. 

This  powerful  antelope  is  found  in  the  karroo 
south  of  the  Orange  river,  and  is  resolute  and  dan- 
gerous when  hard  pressed,  using  its  long  sharp 
noms  with  amazing  energy  and  address,  often 
transfixing  several  of  the  hunter's  dogs  before  he 
can  get  within  shot.  The  horns  measure  three  feet 
in  length. 

653.— The  Casna 
{Antilope  Oreas).    The  Eland  or  Elk  of  the  Dutch 
colonists  of  the  Cape ;  the  Impoof  of  the  Caffres. 

The  canna  is  a  native  of  Southern  Africa,  and 
the  largest  of  all  the  antelopes,  if  it  can  be  so 
termed,  measuring  full  five  feet  in  height  at  the 
shoulder,  and  weighing  from  seven  to  nine  hundred 
weight.  The  horns  in  the  male  are  large  and 
heavy,  measuring  a  foot  and  a  half  in  length,  nearly 
straight,  sharp  at  their  points,  and  surrounded 
almost  to  the  top  with  a  thick  prominent  spiral 
wreath.  In  the  female  the  horns  are  smaller,  and 
often  almost  destitute  of  a  wreath.  The  muzzle  is 
naked ;  the  neck  is  thick  and  compressed  at  the 
sides,  as  in  the  ox,  with  a  large  protuberance  on  the 
throat,  and  a  deep-hanging  dew-lap.  From  the 
centre  of  the  forehead  to  the  tail  runs  a  short  and 
nearly  erect  mane,  of  dark-brown  hair,  which  is 
reversed  along  the  back  of  the  neck,  but  directed 
in  the  usual  way  along  the  dorsal  spine.  The 
shoulders  are  very  much  elevated,  the  processes  of 
the  vertebric  being  greatly  elongated  at  the  withers. 
The  tail  ends  in  a  black  tuft.  The  general  colour 
is  reddish-fawn  above ;  white  on  the  under  parts ; 
an  ashy-grey  tint  generally  prevails  on  the  head  and 
neck. 

The  flesh  of  the  canna  is  in  high  estimation,  con 


sequently  the  animal  is  much  sought  after.  Unlike 
antelopes  generally,  it  acquires  fat,  and  indeed 
often  becomes  so  loaded  with  it  as  to  be  incapable 
of  much  exertion.  It  is  asserted  that  when  the 
animal  is  hard  run,  a  red  oily  perspiration  has  been 
seen  to  ooze  from  the  pores  of  its  skin,  and  that  it 
will  sometimes  drop  aown  from  plethora.  The 
canna  is  mild  and  gentle,  living  in  large  herds 
upon  the  plains  and  low  hills,  the  old  males  gene- 
rally resicfing  apart :  so  little  suspicious  are  they, 
that  a  horseman  may  ride  through  the  very  midst  ot 
a  herd  without  causing  any  alarm,  and  in  this  way 
the  sportsman  may  easily  pick  out  and  bring  down 
with  his  gun  the  largest  and  the  fattest.  The  well- 
conditioned  males  are  generally  chosen,  and  to  such 
an  extent  have  the  herds  been  thinned  of  these,  that 
some  have  been  seen  without  a  single  male  among 
them.  The  parts  of  this  bovine  antelope  most  es- 
teemed are  the  large  muscles  of  the  thighs,  which, 
when  cured  and  dried,  are  termed  thigh-tongues, 
from  their  flavour  and  fineness  of  grain. 

Calliope,  Ogilby. — Horns  only  in  the  male :  no 
lachrymal  sinuses  nor  interdigital  pores ;  inguinal 
pits  distinct ;  muzzle  naked ;  horns  spiral ;  teats  in 
female  four. 

654.— The  Koodoo 
{Antilope  Strepsiceros).  This  magnificent  antelope 
is  about  four  feet  in  height  at  the  shoulder,  and  is 
heavily  and  robustly  made,  more  resembling  in  ex- 
ternal appearance  an  ox  than  an  antelope.  The 
muzzle  IS  broad  and  naked ;  the  ears  large  and 
slouching ;  the  limbs  thick  and  muscular.  The 
horns  of  the  male  are  about  four  feet  in  length, 
very  thick  at  the  base,  and  beautifully  twisted  into 
a  wide  sweeping  spiral  of  two  turns  and  a  half, 
surrounded  by  a  prominent  wreath,  or  rather  keel, 
which  follows  their  flexure  ;  they  spread  boldly  out- 
wards, and  the  animal  generally  carries  them  thrown 
back  on  the  shoulders,  partly  for  the  sake  of  keeping 
them  from  striking  against  branches  or  becoming 
entangled  in  brushwood,  and  partly  on  account  ot 
their  great  weight. 

The  kood;;o  is  a  native  of  South  Africa,  and  is 
found  along  the  wooded  borders  of  the  rivers  of 
Cafiraria,  living  in  small  families  of  five  or  six  indi- 
viduals, and  feeding  on  the  shoots  and  leaves  oi 
trees  and  bushes.  Desmarest  says  it  leads  a  solitary 
life  in  mountain  districts,  but  in  these  respects  he 
is  in  error  ;  it  dwells  neither  on  the  hills  nor  the 
open  plains,  but  in  the  wooded  tracts  following  the 
course  of  rivere ;  nor  is  it  solitary.  When  chased, 
it  takes  to  the  water,  and  swims  vigorously ;  ami 
though  heavy,  it  leaps  with  wonderful  agility. 
Desmarest  says  it  takes  bounds  of  surprising  extent, 
and  it  has  been  seen  to  clear  the  bars  of  a  gate  ol 
the  height  of  ten  feet,  though  it  had  but  a  very  li- 
mited space  for  gaining  the  impetus  necessary  for 
the  leap.  When  hard  pressed,  the  males  are  formid- 
able from  their  immense  strength  and  determination, 
and  from  their  formidable  horns,  which  they  wield 
with  great  address.  The  koodoo,  however,  when 
taken  young,  is  easily  tamed,  and  becomes  quiet 
and  gentle. 

The  general  ground-colour  of  the  koodoo  on  the 
back  and  sides  is  a  light  fallow-brown,  with  a  narrow 
white  ribbon  along  the  spine,  and  eight  or  ten  similai 
bands  descending  from  the  back  and  passing  ob- 
liquely down  the  sides  and  hips ;  the  belly  and 
under  parts  are  pale  silvery  brown.  On  the  neck 
and  withers  is  a  thin  spare  mane  of  a  brown  colour, 
and  the  chin,  throat,  and  breast  are  furnished  with 
similar  long  hairs,  forming  a  species  of  beard.  The 
cheeks  are  marked  with  two  or  three  round  white 
spots,  and  a  narrow  grey  line  passes  from  the  an- 
terior angle  of  the  eye  down  towards  the  muzzle. 
The  tail  is  moderately  long,  and  equally  covered 
with  short  hair. 

Bubalus,  Ogilby. — Horns  in  both  sexes  heavy, 
thick,  and  annulated,  first  inclined  forwards,  then 
suddenly  bent  backwards,  making  a  bold  angle  in 
front.  Lachrymal  sinuses  minute.  Interdigital  pita 
large.  Inguinal  pores  wanting.  Muzzle  half  naked. 
Feats  in  the  female  two. 

655. — The  Bekb-el-Wash,  oe  Wlld  Ox  op 
THE  Arabs 
{Antilope  Bubalus).  This  animal  is  the  Bubalus  ol 
the  ancients ;  the  "  animal  Africae  proprium,  vituli 
cervive  quSdam  similitudine  "  of  Pliny.  Its  repre- 
sentation occurs  among  the  figures  on  the  monu- 
ments of  Upper  Egypt.  This  animal  is  spread 
throughout  a  great  extent  of  northern  Africa,  living 
in  numerous  herds  on  the  confines  of  the  Tell,  or 
cultivated  district,  and  the  Sahara  or  Great  Desert. 
According  to  Captain  Lyon,  it  is  found  on  the  moun- 
tains south  of  Tripoli.  Though  Barbary  may  be 
regarded  as  its  real  habitat,  yet  it  is  not  altogether 
limited  to  that  extent  of  country,  for  it  sometimes 
crosses  the  Libyan  desert,  and  gains  the  banks  ol 
the  Nile ;  and  was  once  probably  common  in  Upper 
Egypt. 
The  Bubalus,  or  Bekr-el-Wash,  is  as  large'  as  a  I 


heifer,  and  very  bovine  in  appearance  ;  the  head  is 
singularly  long  and  narrow,  with  a  straight  flat  chaf- 
fron ;  hence  the  eyes  appear  as  if  placed  high  in  the 
nead.  The  shoulders  are  elevated,  and  the  neck 
resembles  that  of  the  ox ;  the  general  colour  is  red- 
brown,  a  black  tuft  of  long  hair  terminating  the 
tail. 

The  bubalus  is  easily  tamed,  and,  according  to 
Dr.  Shaw,  of  so  familiar  a  disposition,  that  the  young 
calves  frequently  mix  with  domestic  cattle,  and  soon 
learn  to  attach  themselves  to  the  herd  without  at- 
tempting to  escape  afterwards.  The  male  bubalus 
in  its  mode  of  combat  resembles  the  bull ;  he  lowers 
his  muzzle  to  the  ground,  and  striking  upwards,  or 
from  side  to  side,  endeavours  to  gore  and  toss  his 
antagonist  with  his  horns,  which  are  very  formidable 
weapons. 

There  is  in  South  Africa  a  species  very  nearly 
allied  to  the  Bekr-el-Wash  of  Barbary,  termed  by 
the  Dutch  the  Hartebeest  (A.  Caama,  F.  Cuvier).  It 
resides  in  large  herds,  and  is  an  object  of  the  chase, 
its  flesh  being  very  finely  flavoured,  and  more  nearly 
resembling  the  beef  of  the  ox  than  that  of  any  other 
animal  except  the  canna.  It  is  moderately  fleet,  its 
pace  when  at  full  speed  resembling  a  heavy  gallop ; 
but  when  at  some  distance  from  its  pursuer,  it  will 
stop  and  turn  to  gaze,  as  if  to  ascertain  whether  he 
be  followed  or  not— a  habit  which  operates  to  its 
disadvantage.  It  is  mild  and  tractable  ;  but  when 
hard  pressed,  and  infuriated  by  wounds,  it  uses  its 
powerful  horns  with  great  effect,  dropping  on  its 
fore-knees,  and  in  this  position  advancing  towards 
its  enemy,  and  then  suddenly  darting  forwards  with 
great  force  and  rapidity.  The  Hartebeest  has  rather 
an  extensive  range,  being  found  in  the  Cape  Colony, 
as  well  as  almost  everywhere  between  it  and  the 
tropic  of  Capricorn.  In  the  former  locality,  however, 
it  is  now  only  found  on  the  extensive  flats  bordering 
upon  the  Caffre  frontier.  Another  allied  species  is 
the  Sassaby,  or  Bastard  Hartebeest  (A.  lunata). 
Though  this  species  (as  it  is  stated  in  the  catalogue 
of  the  South  African  Museum)  is  not  known  to  occur 
so  far  south  as  the  Colony,  yet  it  is  tolerably  abun- 
dant in  the  neighhourhood  of  Lattakoo,  and  very 
much  more  so  between  26°  and  the  tropic  of  Capri- 
corn. In  the  latter  locality  especially  it  is  found, 
like  the  Hartebeest,  in  herds  of  from  six  to  ten  or 
even  more  individuals,  and  chiefly  frequents  flat  and 
wooded  districts.  Where  fire-arms  are  used,  or  where 
the  necessities  of  natives  have  made  them  indefati- 
gable in  the  chase,  this  animal  is  vigilant  and  shy ; 
but  in  situations  where  it  has  been  left  in  compara> 
live  peace,  it  regards  the  approach  of  man  with  curi- 
osity, almost  unmixed  with  fear;  just  discontinuing 
to  feed,  and  raising  its  head  to  gaze,  but  never  at- 
tempting to  fly,  unless  he  approach  very  close.  Its 
flesh  is  fully  as  valuable  as  that  of  the  Hartebeest. 

Catoblepas,  H.  Smith. — Horns  in  both  sexes,  com- 
iTiencing  in  a  dense  mass  covering  the  top  of  the 
forehead,  whence  they  sweep  downwards  over  the 
eyes,  and  then  turn  boldly  upwards,  terminating  in 
sharp  round  points.  Head  heavy  and  ox-like ; 
muzzle  very  broad  and  muscular;  and  the  nostrils 
covered  by  a  large  moveable  lid,  continued  from 
the  skin  of  the  muzzle,  and  capable  of  being  opened 
3r  shut  at  pleasure.  Suborbital  sinus  reduced  to  a 
small  gland  in  the  skin,  concealed  in  a  tuft  of  hair. 
No  inguinal  pores.  Females  with  two  teats.  A 
full  mane  runs  down  the  neck.  Tail  furnished  with 
long  hairs  and  bushy. 

The  animals  belonging  to  this  generic  group  are 
remarkable  for  the  singularity  of  their  form,  which 
partakes  of  that  of  the  horse  and  buffalo.  The  head 
and  horns  are  those  of  a  buffalo ;  the  eyes  are  large, 
wild,  and  expressive  of  a  savage  and  vindictive  dis- 
position. The  neck,  with  its  mane,  the  tail,  and 
the  general  contour  of  the  body  are  those  of  the 
horse ;  the  legs  are  well  turned  and  vigorous,  re- 
sembling those  of  the  stag.  The  action  and  gallop 
of  these  animals  (the  Gnus)  are  so  much  like  those 
of  a  horse,  that  a  troop  of  them  seen  scouring  the 
plain  at  a  distance  might  easily  be  mistaken  for 
zebras  or  quaggas,  were  it  not  for  the  difference  of 
colour.  Besides  the  mane  down  the  back  of  the 
neck,  the  chaffron  above  the  muzzle  is  furnished 
with  a  tuft  of  long,  diverging,  bristly  hairs,  and  the 
chin  and  throat  are  also  covered  with  hairs  of  a 
similar  character,  forming  a  shaggy  beard,  while  a 
full  mane  flows  down  from  the  chest  between  the 
fore-limbs. 

656,  657,  658.— The  Gjin 
{Antilope  Gnu),  T'Gnu  of  the  Hottentots.  The 
gnu  equals  a  well-grown  ass  in  size,  exceeding  four 
feet  in  height,  and  is  a  native  of  the  wild  karroos 
of  South  Africa  and  the  hilly  districts,  where  it 
roams  mostly  in  large  herds,  which  migrate  ac- 
cording to  the  season.  The  extent  of  its  range  in 
the  interior  regions  is  not  known  ;  as  far,  however, 
as  travellers  have  penetrated,  herds  have  been 
met  and  chased,  for  its  flesh  is  prized  as  food  both 
by  the  natives  and  the  colonists.  They  are,  how- 
ever, extremely  wild,  and   not  to  be  approached 


I 


Goats.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


147 


I 


without  difficulty.  On  the  first  alarm,  away  scours 
the  troop,  not  in  a  tumultuous  mass,  but  in  single 
file  following  a  leader.  Their  speed,  as  might  be 
expected  from  the  vigour  and  compactness  of  the 
body  and  limbs,  is  very  great.  Sometimes,  how- 
ever, when  any  object  of  apprehension  appears, 
they  do  not  exert  it,  but  plunge  about,  flinging  out 
their  heels,  butting,  and  tossing  up  their  heads,  and 
exhibiting  emotions  of  violent  fury.  It  is  seldom, 
however,  that  they  venture  upon  an  attack,  unless 
hard  pressed  or  wounded,  when  they  defend  them- 
selves with  desperation ;  dropping  on  their  knees, 
they  dart  forward  upon  their  assailants  with  extraor- 
dinary force  and  impetuosity,  and  unless  he  be  cool 
and  prepared  he  cannot  escape  his  fate. 

Mr.  Pringle  assures  us  that  the  gnu  taken  young 
will  become  as  domesticated  as  the  cattle  of  the 
farm,  with  which  it  associates  harmlessly,  going  and 
returning  to  pasture  ;  it  appears,  however,  that  few 
farmers  like  to  domesticate  it,  as  it  is  liable-  to  a 
cutaneous  eruption  which  it  communicates  to  the 
cattle,  and  which  is  invariably  fatal.  In  confine- 
ment the  gnu  often  becomes  ferocious,  and  is  not  to 
be  approached  without  caution ;  the  females  are 
less  dangerous  than  the  males,  and  more  easily 
manageable. 

The  general  colour  of  the  gnu  is  deep  umber- 
brown  verging  upon  black ;  the  tail  and  mane  are 
grey  ;  the  latter  indeed  is  nearly  white.  Fig.  656 
represents  a  herd  of  gnus  on  the  karroo  ;  Fig.  659, 
a  front  view  of  the  head  of  the  animal,  which  may 
be  compared  with  the  characters  we  have  detailed. 
Besides  the  common  gnu,  two  other  species  of  this 

genus  are  known.  The  first  is  the  Kokoon,  as  the 
ooshwanas  term  it  (A.  taurina,  Burchell).  It  is 
larger  than  the  preceding  species,  with  which, 
though  inhabiting  the  same  districts,  it  never  asso- 
ciates ;  it  is  far  less  daring  than  the  gnu,  and  is 
sometimes  found  solitary,  but  most  frequently  in 
herds,  which  wander  over  the  vast  plams  of  the 
interior. 

The  next  species  is  the  Brindled  Gnu  (A.  Gorgon, 
H.  Smith)  :  little  is  known  respecting  it,  and  it 
appears  to  be  comparatively  rare,  and  is  perhaps 
restricted  to  certain  territories  beyond  which  it  does 
not  wander. 

A  specimen  exists  in  the  Museum  of  the  London 
Missionary  Society,  which  was  brought  from  South 
Africa.  It  is  certainly  very  distinct  from  either  of 
the  preceding  animals. 

So  far  then  as  the  specimens  in  our  '  Pictorial 
Museum '  permit,  have  we  endeavoured  to  give  a 
sketch  of  the  Antelopes,  a  family  which,  as  it  usually 
stands  in  systematic  works,  consists  of  a  num- 
ber of  distinct  forms  or  genera,  ill-assorted  under 
one  head,  and  exhibiting  very  different  degrees 
of  relationship  to  each  other.  When  we  compare 
the  Canna  on  the  one  side,  and  the  Pronghorn 
on  the  other,  with  the  Gazelle  of  the  desert,  we 
see  few  points  of  affinity,  and  are  forced  to  the  con- 
viction that  the  division-line  between  the  family 
"  Antelope  "  of  most  writers,  and  that  of  the  ox 
and  the  goat,  is  purely  arbitrary.  Our  object  has 
been,  without  departing  from  our  plan  of  clothing 
science  in  a  popular  dress,  to  convey  some  idea  of 
the  principal  groups,  as  illustrated  by  our  pictorial 
specimens,  into  which  the  Antelopes  are  resolvable, 
and  to  delineate  succinctly  the  habits  and  manners 
pervading  each  group,  or  displayed  by  the  more 
remarkable  species.  Though  we  have  given  generic 
titles  and  definitions,  yet  we  have  used  the  term 
"Antilope,"  throughout,  in  the  specific  name  of 
each  animal,  as  being  more  familiar  to  general 
readers  than  such  words  as  Catoblepas,  the  title  of 
the  genus  comprehending  the  gnu ;  Calliope,  that  of 
the  koodoo,  &c.,  deeming  it  sufficient  to  have  stated 
them,  and  noted  their  characters  at  the  head  of 
each  genus.  Those  who  wish  to  investigate  this 
subject  at  length,  may  consult  Col.  Hamilton  Smith's 
'  Treatise  on  the  Ruminants,'  in  Griffith's  transla- 
tion of  the  '  Regne  Animal '  of  Cuvier ;  and  a  paper 
by  Mr.  Ogilby,  in  the  '  Zool.  Proceeds.'  for  1836,  p. 
132,  et  seq. 

Goats  and  Sheep. — Though  the  domestic  races 
of  goats  and  sheep,  as  we  are  accustomed  to  see 
them  in  Europe,  exhibit  marked  distinctive  features, 
yet  the  diagnostics  fail  us  in  a  great  measure  when 
we  turn  to  the  breeds  of  sheep  in  other  countries, 
which  exhibit  a  greater  length  of  limb,  a  more  goat- 
like form  of  body,  and  a  clothing  of  hair ;  and  it  is 
from  paying  attention  to  domestic  breeds,  rather 
than  to  truly  wild  species,  that  naturalists  have  been 
inclined  to  consider  both  goats  and  sheep  as  gene- 
rically  the  same,  seeing  that  it  is  for  the  most  part 
in  countries  where  the  domestic  sheep  is  woolly 
that  its  difference  from  the  goat  is  at  once  palpable. 
"  So  little,"  says  Cuvier,  "  do  the  sheep  deserve  to 
be  generically  separated  from  the  goats,  that  they 
even  produce  together  a  mixed  fertile  race,"  an 
assertion  we  query.  Again  in  the  '  Zool.  Proceeds.' 
1834,  Mr.  Hodgson,  after  a  long  table  of  differ- 
ences between  sheep  and  goats,  adds,  "After  all, 
there  are  no  physical  distinctions  at  all  equivalent 


to  the  moral  ones  (those  deduced  from  temper  and 
disposition  of  the  two  species)  so  finely  and  truly 
delineated  by  BufFon,  and  which,  notwithstanding 
all  that  Col.  Hamilton  Smith  urges  in  favour  of  the 
courage  and  activity  of  the',  sheep,  will  even  be  re- 
cognised as  the  only  essential  diagnostics  of  the  two 
genera."  If  there  are,  indeed,  no  other  distinctions, 
the  "  moral  ones  "  are  nothing,  for  the  wild  species 
of  goat  and  sheep  are  not  so  contrasted  in  dispo- 
sition ;  and  even  if  they  were,  it  is  not  from  such 
points  that  the  naturalist  has  to  deduce  generic  cha- 
racters. 

In  the  goats,  and  also  in  the  sheep,  there  are 
horns  in  both  sexes ;  there  are  also  glandular  inter- 
digital  pits  in  the  sheep  and  goat,  and  they  are 
alike  formed  for  rocky  or  mountain  abodes ;  the 
muzzle  is  small  and  hairy.  The  females  have  two 
teats.  The  goats  have  the  horns  compressed  late- 
rally, rugose  on  their  anterior  aspect,  and  arching 
upwards  and  backwards;  there  is  no  suborbital 
iinus.  The  sheep  have  the  horns  voluminous,  turned 
to  the  sides,  curling  downwards,  and  often  making  a 
double  flexure.  There  are  deep  suborbital  sinuses, 
with  a  linear  oriflce  incapable  of  being  expanded, 
and,  unless  sought  for,  not  to  be  seen  amidst  the 
wool  or  dense  hair.  Besides  these  characters,  the 
chafFron  is  generally  more  arched  in  the  sheep 
than  the  goat ;  and  the  latter  has  mostly  the  lower 
jaw  furnished  with  a  beard.  Neither  have  inguinal 
pores. 

Genus  Capra — the  Goats. 

660.— The  Common  Goat 

(Capra  Hirais,  Linn.).  A/|  (»  xai  n,  but  generally 
used  for  the  female),  'rpiym,  x't^"?"  (the  male), 
ipiipts  (young  male  kid  of  three  or  four  months), 
x'l^'pii  (young  female  before  its  first  winter),  of  the 
Greeks;  Caper  and  Hircus  (male),  Capra  (female), 
Hoedus,  or  Hsedus  (a  young  male  kid),  Hoedulus,  or 
Hoedillus  (a  very  young  male  kid,  or  kidling,  i>?«), 
Capella  (female  kid),  of  the  ancient  Italians ;  Becco 
(male),  Capra  (female),  Capretto,  and  Caprettino 
(kid  and  kidling),  of  the  modern  Italians;  Bouc 
(male),  Chevre  (female),  Chevreau  (kid),  of  the 
French;  Cabron  (male),  Cabra  (female),  Cabrito 
(kid),  of  the  Spanish ;  Cabram  (male),Cabra  (female), 
Cabrito  (kid),  of  the  Portuguese  ;  Bock  (male), 
Geisz  (female),  Bocklein  (kid),  of  the  Germans ; 
Bok  (male),  Giyt  (female),  of  the  Dutch  ;  Bock 
(male),  Geet  (female),  Kiidh  (kid),  of  the  Swedes ; 
Buk,  Geedebuk  (male),  Geed  (female).  Kid  (kid),  of 
the  Danes ;  Bwch  (male),  Gafr  (female),  Mynn  (kid), 
of  the  ancient  Britons. 

As  is  the  case  with  almost  every  domesticated 
quadruped,  great  uncertainty  hangs  over  the  origin 
of  the  goat.  Some  naturalists  refer  it  to  the  Ibex 
of  the  European  mountain-ranges,  others  regard  it 
as  descended  from  the  Paseng  of  Persia  (Capra 
iEgagrus)  or  from  the  Caucasian  Ibex  (Capra  Cau- 
casica,  Giildenst.).  Cuvier  says  that  the  Ibex  of  the 
European  Alps,  as  well  as  that  of  the  Caucasus, 
breecfs  freely  with  the  common  goat,  producing  a 
fertile  progeny ;  and  there  were  in  the  Garden  of 
Plants  at  Pans,  goats  of  very  large  stature,  taken 
wild  on  the  Alps  and  Pyrejnees,  the  produce,  as 
asserted,  of  the  Ibex  with  the  common  goat.  After 
all,  however,  nothing  positive  can  be  ascertained 
on  the  point  in  question ;  it  is  one  of  those  which 
must  be  left  in  abeyance.  The  subjugation  of  the 
goat,  whatever  may  be  its  primitive  stock,  took 
place  at  a  very  early  epoch,  and  it  is  evident  that 
the  flesh  of  the  kid  was  accounted  a  delicacy.  There 
wiu  formerly  in  Syria,  as  there  is  at  the  present  day, 
a  breed  of  igoats  with  long  pendent  ears,  and  fine 
long  hair  fit  for  the  manufacture  of  some  kinds  of 
stuffs.  In  this  respect  they  perhaps  resembled  the 
Angora  goat  (Angora  is  in  Anatolia,  Asiatic  Tur- 
key). We  read  that  the  Israelites  made  curtains  of 
goats'  hair  as  a  covering  for  the  Tabernacle,  and 
the  modern  Arabs  manufacture  the  cloth  of  their 
tents  from  the  hair  of  the  long-eared  breed,  which 
is  generally  of  a  black  colour,  and  which  they 
prefer  to  the  hair  of  the  camel.  The  females  of 
this  breed  yield  excellent  milk  in  profuse  quantity, 
and  are  therefore  much  esteemed.  Burckhardt  no- 
tices a  very  fine  breed  of  goats  of  this  race  in  the 
valley  of  Baalbec,  which  he  says  are  not  common 
in  other  parts  of  Syria ;  they  have  very  long  ears, 
large  horns,  and  long  hair,  but  not  silky  like  that 
of  the  goats  of  Anatolia.  The  hair  of  the  goats 
of  Italy  in  the  time  of  Virgil  was  long,  but  of 
coarse  quality.  In  the  'Georgics'  (lib.  iii.)  the 
shepherds  are  directed  to  shear  the  beards  and  long 
hair  of  the  Cinyphian  goats  for  the  service  of  the 
camp,  and  for  garments  for  the  mariner.  Varro 
also  observes  that  goats  were  shorn  for  the  use  of 
sailors,  for  coverings  to  engines  of  war,  and  to  work- 
men's instruments.  From  the  earliest  antiquity  the 
milk  of  the  goat  has  been  in  requisition,  and  in  the 
present  day  the  goat  and  sheep  in  Syria  take 
the  place  of  the  cow,  if  not  exclusively,  to  a  great 
extent. 
From  the  beginning  of  April  to  the  beginning  of 


September,  the  towns  are  supplied  with  milk  by 
large  herds  of  goats,  which  pass  through  the  streets 
every  morning,  and  are  milked  before  the  houses  of 
the  customers.  The  products  of  the  milk  are  fur- 
nished in  abundance  at  the  same  season.  In  Switz- 
erland, flocks  of  goats  are  kept  for  the  sake  of  their 
milk,  and  our  classical  reader  will  remember  the 
lines  in  Virgil  ('Georgics,'  lib.  iii.)  which  are  still 
applicable,  "Pascuntur  vero  sylvas,"  &c.  Besides 
the  long-eared  and  long-haired  race  of  Syria,  of 
which  Figs.  661,  662,  and  663  are  representations, 
there  is  also  a  breed  closely  resembling  that  common 
in  Europe  :  among  other  races,  we  may  here  notice 
the  Dwarf  African,  with  close  hair,  almost  beardless, 
and  with  a  little  pendulous  tassel-like  excrescence  of 
skin  hanging  from  each  side  of  the  throat :  of  this 
breed  we  have  seen  specimens  in  England. 

The  most  celebrated  variety  of  f  he  domestic  race 
is  the  goat  of  Cashmir  (Figs.  664  and  665),  which 
produces  a  wool  of  exquisite  fineness,  from  which 
are  manufactured  the  costly  Cashmir  shawls,  not 
to  be  purchsised  even  in  the  country  where  they  are 
wrought  but  at  a  great  price.  This  goat  is  spread 
through  Thibet,  and  in  the  country  of  the  Kirghiz, 
at  the  bend  of  the  Ural,  north  of  the  Caspian  Sea; 
it  is  covered  with  silky  hair,  long,  fine,  flat,  and 
falling,  and  with  an  under-vest  in  winter,  of  delicate 
greyish  wool ;  and  it  is  this  wool  which  constitutes 
the  fabric  of  the  shawls.  The  average  weight  of 
wool  produced  by  a  single  goat  is  about  three 
ounces,  and  it  sells  in  Thibet  for  about  five  shil- 
lings a  pound :  ten  goats  are  required  to  furnish 
sufficient  wool  for  a  shawl  a  yard  and  a  half  square. 
It  appears  that  in  Thibet  the  wool  is  first  combed 
from  the  goats  in  the  mountains  and  sent  to  Cash- 
mir, where  it  pays  a  duty  on  entry.  It  is  there 
bleached  with  rice-flour,  spun  into  thread,  and 
taken  to  the  bazaar,  where  another  tax  is  paid 
upon  it ;  the  thread  is  then  dyed,  and  the  shawl  is 
woven  and  the  border  sewed  on ;  but  the  weaver 
has  now  to  carry  it  to  the  custom-house,  where  a 
collector  puts  on  it  any  tax  he  pleases,  and  in  this 
he  is  only  limited  by  the  fear  of  ruining  the  weaver, 
and  consequently  losing  future  profit.  All  the 
shawls  intended  for  Europe  are  packed  up  and  sent 
to  Peshawer  across  the  Indus:  this  part  of  the 
journey  is  generally  performed  upon  men's  backs, 
for  the  road  is  in  many  parts  impassable,  even  by 
mules,  being  across  deep  precipices,  which  must 
be  traversed  by  swinging  bridges  of  ropes,  and  per- 
pendicular rocks,  which  are  climbed  by  wooden 
ladders.  At  each  station  of  this  toilsome  journey, 
which  lasts  twenty  days,  a  tax  is  paid,  amounting  to 
about  two  pounds  sterling  for  the  whole  journey. 
From  this  point  till  they  come  near  the  confines  of 
Europe,  in  addition  to  the  many  custom-houses  at 
which  they  must  pay  tribute,  these  valued  articles 
of  merchandise  are  exposed  to  the  marauders  of 
Afghanistan  and  Persia,  and  to  the  Turkomanic 
hordes,  whose  forbearance  must  be  purchased  at  a 
high  price.  After  leaving  Persia,  many  shawls  get 
to  Europe  over  the  Caucasus,  and  through  Russia, 
but  the  largest  number  reach  Constantinople  through 
the  Turkish  provinces. 

In  April,  1819,  M.  Jaubert,  under  the  French 
government,  succeeded  in  bringing  a  flock  of 
Thibet  goats,  with  great  loss  and  difficulty,  from 
the  Kirghiz  territory  to  France  ;  but  the  small  pro- 
duce of  wool  obtained  from  each  animal  precluded 
all  hope  of  making  a  profit  by  rearing  these  animals, 
and  the  scheme  would  have  failed  had  it  not  oc- 
curred to  M.  Polonceau  that  a  cross  between  the 
Thibet  and  Angora  goat,  remarkable  for  the  length, 
and  silkiness  of  its  hair,  might  be  an  improvement 
on  both.  The  experiment  was  tried,  and  succeeded ; 
and  instead  of  three  ounces,  several  of  the  mixed 
race  produced  thirty  ounces  of  down  in  one  season, 
and  of  a  superior  quality,  being  of  finer  and  longer 
staple,  while  the  animals  themselves  were  more 
hardy  and  docile. 

In  1824  some  of  the  pure  Thibet  goats  were  im- 
ported from  France  into  England  by  Mr.  Tower,  and 
located  at  Weald  Hall,  Essex;  but  their  limited 
produce  militated  against  the  extension  of  the  breed 
with  advantage.  In  1831  Mr.  Riley,  an  enterpris- 
ing proprietor  of  New  South  Wales,  purchased  from 
M.  Polonceau  ten  females  and  three  males,  which 
he  conveyed  safely  to  London,  and  thence  to  New 
South  Wales  ;  but  with  what  ultimate  results  we 
are  not  able  to  state. 

To  describe  the  common  goat  is  superfluous ;  its 
habits,  its  boldness,  and  its  activity  are  well  known. 
It  climbs  rocks  and  rugged  mountains  with  great 
agility,  and  will  stand  secure  wherever  it  can 
manage  to  get  the  most  limited  footing.  In  Egypt 
and  Syria  goats  are  often  taught  various  feats  of 
dexterity,  for  the  performance  of  which  their  natural 
address  and  activity  peculiarly  qualify  them,  but  to 
execute  which,  nevertheless,  requires  considerable 
practice.  Dr.  Clarke,  in  his  'Travels'  (vol.  ii.),  notices 
an  instance  of  this  kind,  which  he  describes  as  fol- 
lows : — "  Upon  our  road  we  met  an  Arab  with  a 
goat,  which  he  led  about  the  country  for  exhibition, 

U2 


MO.— Ouamon  G<»t. 


669.— Dmi. 


66S.— Ibex. 


MT.— Uws. 


666. — Arab  anii  tjuJt. 


6T1.    A/Hiillul,  or  Kebscb. 


(61.- Long-eusd  Syrian  Ooat. 


670. — Paseng. 


148 


473.— Moaflon  ofConlca. 


Q60.— Head  of  Votir-horned  Bam. 


•7-1.— Moullan  of  Corsica. 


149 


150 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Sheep. 


in  order  to  pun  a  livelihood  for  iUelf  and  owner. 
He  had  taught  this  animal,  while  he  accompanied 
itii  movements  with  a  sone,  to  mount  upon  little  cy- 
lindrical blocks  of  wood,  placed  successively  one 
above  the  other,  and  in  shape  resembling  the  dice- 
boxes  belongring  to  a  backgammon  table.     In  this 
manner  the  goat  stood,  first,  upon  the  top  of  one 
cylinder,  then  upon  the  top  of  two,  and  atterwards 
of  three,  four,  five,  and  six,  until  it  remained  ba- 
lanced upon  the  top  of  them  all,  elevated  several 
feet  from  the  ground,  and  with  its  four  feet  collected 
upon  a  single  point,  without  throwing  down  the  dis- 
jointed fabric  upon  which  it  stood.    The  practice  is 
very  ancient.     It  is  also  noticed  by  Sandys.     No- 
thing can  show  more  strikingly  the  tenacious  foot- 
ing possessed  by  this  quadruped  upon  the  jutty  points 
and  crags  of  rocks  ;   and  the  circumstance  of  its 
ability  to  remain  thus  poised  may  render  its  appear- 
ance less  surprising,  as  it  is  sometimes  seen  in  the 
Alps,  and  in  all  mountainous  countries,  with  hardly 
an^  place  for  its  feet,  upon  the  sides  and  by  the 
brink  of  most  tremendous  precipices.   The  diameter 
of  the  upper  cylinder,  on  which  its  feet  ultimately 
remained  until  the  Arab  had  ended  his  ditty,  was 
only  two  inches,  and  the  length  of  each  cylinder 
was  six  inches."    Fig.  666  represents  this  perform- 
ance. 

The  period  of  gestation  with  the  goat  is  five 
months,  and  the  female  usually  produces  two,  some- 
times three  young  at  a  birth. 

The  use  of  the  goat  in  England,  compared  with 
other  countries,  is  very  limited  ;  the  demand  for  its 
milk  is  only  occasional,  and  the  flesh  even  of  the 
kid  is  not  in  much  request.  Few  stable-yards,  how- 
ever, are  without  a  goat  or  two,  the  peculiar  odour 
of  the  animal  (especially  strong  in  the  male)  being 
supposed  to  be  both  salutary  and  grateful  to  horses. 
While  doubting  this,  we  can  well  imagine  that  the 
presence  of  the  active,  familiar,  and  playful  goat  may 
not  be  unproductive  of  benefit  to  the  horse  confined 
in  his  stall,  as  the  latter,  like  most  animals,  delights 
in  society,  and  instances  of  attachment  between 
goats  and  horses  are  far  from  being  uncommon. 

From  the  domestic  goat  we  must  pass  to  consider 
our  specimens  of  some  of  its  wild  representatives. 

667,  668,  669.— The  Ibex,  Bouqcetik,  or 
Stein  BOK 

(Copra  Ibex).  This  bold  and  powerful  animal, 
armed  with  huge  sweeping  horns,  inhabits  the  alpine 
heights  of  Europe  and  Western  Asia.  It  associates 
in  small  troops,  consisting  of  a  male  and  a  few  fe- 
males. The  norns  of  the  male  curve  boldly  over 
the  back,  their  anterior  surface  presenting  a  series 
of  regular  protuberances  or  partial  rings:  their 
length  is  often  three  feet.  In  the  female  they  are 
smaller.  The  hair  of  the  Ibex  in  summer  is  short 
and  close,  in  winter  long  and  thick ;  its  colour  is 
yellowish  grey,  a  black  streak  extending  along  the 
spine ;  the  croup  is  white,  as  are  also  the  under 
parts  of  the  body,  a  dark  tint  abruptly  dividing  the 
white  from  the  general  colour  above.  The  chin  is 
bearded.  The  Ibex  stands  two  feet  six  or  eight 
inches  in  height,  and  is  extremely  active  and  vigor- 
ous. The  chase  of  the  Ibex  is  as  arduous  as  that 
of  the  chamois,  the  animal  leading  its  pursuer,  un- 
less he  can  steal  upon  it  unawares  with  his  rifle,  a 
dangerous  track  over  steep  and  rugged  mountain 
pinnacles,  along  the  brink  of  precipices,  and  over 
fearful  chasms:  when  at  last  hard  pressed,  the  Ibex 
will  often  turn  upon  its  foe  with  impetuous  rapidity, 
and  hurl  him  headlong  down  the  steep  rocks  or 
abrupt  precipice. 

The  Ibex  is  vigilant  and  wary  ;  and  it  is  only 
during  the  night  that  it  descends  to  pasture  in  the 
woods,  but  at  sunrise  again  repairs  to  the  bleak 
mountain  summits.  Like  the  chamois,  it  is  satisfied 
with  a  frugal  fare  and  a  scanty  supply  of  water. 
It  is  said  that  the  old  males  seek  more  elevated 
spots  than  the  females  and  younger  males,  which 
are  more  easily  to  be  obtained.  The  only  sound 
which  the  animal  makes  is  a  short  whistle,  and 
when  irritated,  a  snorting  noise.  In  Europe  its  fa- 
vourite haunts  are  the  Alps,  the  Apennines,  the 
Pyrenees,  and  the  mountains  of  Tyrol.  In  Asia  it 
is  found  in  the  mountain-chain  of  the  Taurus. 

670.— Thb  Paseso 

iCapra  ^gagrus).  The  Paseng  is  found  in  the 
mountains  which  traverse  the  north  of  Persia  and 
India  as  far  as  China,  and  especially  the  Caucasian 
chain  and  that  of  Taurus.  It  is  known  to  the  Tur- 
komans, Kirghiz,  and  other  nomadic  people  to  the 
north  of  Persia,  and  also  to  the  natives  of  the  Per- 
sian provinces  at  the  southern  base  of  the  moun- 
tains. The  Paseng  exceeds  the  largest  domestic 
goat  in  size,  and  is  very  strong  and  active,  precisely 
resembling  the  Ibex  m  habits  and  manners.  The 
general  colour  is  grey,  shaded  with  rusty  brown :  the 
forehead  is  blackish  brown,  whence  a  Une  of  the 
same  colour  extends  down  the  spine,  crossed  by  a 
similar  band  over  the  withers;  the  beard  is  long 
and  of  a  dark  brown,  which  is  the  colour  of  the 


I  limbs;  a  white  patch  occupies  the  crupper.  The 
horns  of  the  male  are  very  large,  compres&ed,  and 
slightly  diverging  as  they  arch  backwards;  their 
anterior  edge  Is  narrow,  and  marked  by  a  series  ot 
protuberances  with  deep  notches  between. 

A  species  of  Ibex,  distinct,  it  is  believed,  from 
the  European,  inhabits  the  Caucasian  range,  and 
especially  the  neighbourhood  of  the  sources  of  the 
rivers  Terek  and  Caban.  It  is  the  Capra  Caucasica 
of  Guldenstet.     (Fig.  667.) 

Kuppell,  in  his  *  Zoological  Atlas,'  describes  and 
figures  an  ibex  from  the  mountains  of  Abyssinia, 
under  the  native  name  of  Walie  (Capra  Walie, 
Riipp.).  It  is  of  a  dark-yellowish  umber,  the  under 
surface  and  inside  of  the  limbs  being  white. 

Another  distinct  species  is  the  Jemlah  Ibex, 
described  by  Col.  H.  Smith  (Capra  Jemlaica), 
with  horns  peculiarly  massive  at  the  base.  It  is  an 
inhabitant  of  the  range  of  the  Himalaya  moun- 
tains. This  species  would  appear  to  be  the  Jhdral 
of  Mr.  Hodgson.  Its  height  is  thirty-three  inches ; 
the  head  is  finely  formed,  full  of  beauty  knd  expres- 
sion, clad  in  close  short  hair,  and  without  the  least 
vestige  of  a  beard.  The  Jhiiral  is  of  compact  and 
powerful  make,  with  a  spare,  short,  and  bowed 
neck ;  deep  barrel  and  chest  ;  longish,  very  strong 
and  rigid  limbs,  supported  on  perpendicular  pas- 
terns and  high  compact  hoofs.  The  fur  is  of  two 
sorts,  an  outer  coat  of  straight  and  somewhat  harsh 
hair,  and  an  inner  vest  of  soft  fine  wool.  The  fore- 
quarters  are  superb,  and  wholly  invested  in  a  long, 
flowing,  straight,  lion-like  mane,  feathered  verti- 
cally from  the  top  of  the  withers  and  sweeping 
down  below  the  knees.  The  horns  are  nine  inches 
long,  subtriangular,  wrinkled  across,  and  gently  re- 
curved. The  colour  is  deep  brown  superficially, 
but  under  the  outer  coat  hoary  blue,  which  is  the 
prevailing  tint  of  the  mane  ;  chin  and  lips  hoary, 
with  a  blackish  mark  below  the  angle  of  the  mouth. 
This  fine  species  is  found  in  the  Kachar  region  of 
Nepal,  solitary  or  in  small  herds :  it  is  bold,  capri- 
cious, active,  and  pugnacious,  but  easily  tamed,  and 
breeds,  as  does  the  ibex,  with  the  common  goat. 
(See  'Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc'  1834,  p.  106.)  Mr. 
Hodgson  considers  it  distinct  from  the  C.  Jemlaica, 
and  terms  it  C.  JhSral. 

An  ibex  from  Nubia  and  Arabia  is  described  by 
Fred.  Cuvier,  under  the  title  of  Capra  Nubiana. 
It  is  more  slightly  built  than  the  common  iljex,  with 
slender  elongated  horns  two  and  a  half  feet  in 
length.  A  specimen  is  preserved  in  the  museum 
of  the  Zool.  Soc.  Lond.  How  far  the  species  of 
ibex  we  have  noticed  are  truly  distinct  from  each 
other,  or  mere  varieties  resulting  from  climate  and 
other  causes,  we  will  not  attempt  to  decide.  It  is 
perhaps  the  Caucasian  ibex  that  exists  in  Palestine, 
Edora,  and  Sinai,  and  which  is  stated  closely  to 
resemble  the  ibex  of  bouquetin  of  the  Alps.  It  is 
called  in  Arabic  Beden  and  T^ytal.  The  former 
appellation  is  exclusively  applied  to  the  male, 
which  is  readily  distinguished  by  a  beard  and 
large  knotted  horns  curving  backwards  over  the 
body.  The  horns  of  the  female  are  very  much 
smaller,  scarcely  exceeding  in  size  those  of  the 
gazelle. 

671. — The  Aohdad 

(Capra  Tragelaphtts ;  Ovis  Tragelaplms,  Pallas; 
Ammotragus  Tragelaphus,  BIyth,  in  'Zool.  Pro- 
ceeds." 18-10,  p.  78).  This  species  is  in  some  re- 
spects intermediate  between  the  goat  and  sheep, 
with  which  latter  it  is  associated  in  most  systematic 
works.  It  differs  from  the  sheep  in  having  a  con- 
cave chaffron,  and  in  the  absence  of  suborbital 
sinuses,  but  in  the  form  of  its  homs  it  resembles 
them  more  than  it  does  the  ibex  or  wild  goat. 
These  horns  are  stout,  subquadrangular,  and  ringed  ; 
they  diverge  more  laterally  than  those  of  goats  in 
general,  and  curl  as  in  the  sheep.  There  is  no 
beard,  but  a  pendent  mane  of  long  coarse  hairs 
begins  under  the  lower  jaw,  and  runs  along  the 
under  side  of  the  neck  and  chest.  The  fore-legg 
above  the  knee  are  also  covered  with  long  hair, 
which  hangs  round  the  leg  below  the  knee  like  a 
ruffle,  whence  the  French  term  this  species  "  mou- 
flon  ii  manchettes."  The  rest  of  the  body  is  clothed 
with  short  hair ;  the  general  colour  is  dull  yellowish 
brown.  The  male  attains  a  large  size,  exceeding  a 
fallow-deer,  and  measuring  more  than  three  feet 
at  the  shoulder.  The  horns  are  sometimes  two 
feet  in  length  following  the  curve.  The  female  is  a 
third  smaller  than  the  male. 

The  Aoudad,  as  it  is  called  by  the  Moors  of  Bar- 
bary,  is  found  in  Sinai,  and  in  the  mountains  which 
border  the  Nile  to  Ethiopia  and  Abyssinia,  In 
Egypt  it  is  termed  Kebsch  by  the  modern  Arabians. 
It  is  also  spread  throughout  the  whole  of  North 
Africa,  about  18^,  frequenting  in  small  families  the 
steepest  and  most  inaccessible  crags.  It  is  abund- 
ant in  the  range  of  the  Atlas,  tenanting  the  woods 
at  a  high  elevation,  and  the  precipitous  rugged 
heights  usually  clothed  with  forests  at  their  base. 
The  Aoudad  is  wonderfully  agile,  and  leaps  with 


amazing  precision  to  great  distances,  from  ledge  to 
ledge,  and  from  point  to  point,  over  the  most  elevated 
ridges.  The  old  ones  are  not  unfrequently  shot  by  the 
Moors  of  Tunis,  Tripoli,  and  other  places,  and  the 
young  are  occasionally  captured  alive.  It  is,  however, 
very  rarely  seen  in  European  menageries.  A  female 
some  years  existed  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zool.  Soc. 
London,  and  is  the  only  one  we  have  ever  had  the 
opportunity  of  examining  alive.  Fine  preserved 
specimens  are  both  in  the  British  Museum  and  that 
of  the  Zool.  Soc.  This  species  is  clearly  delineated 
on  the  monuments  of  ancient  Egypt. 
Genus  Ovis. — Sheep. 

Of  all  our  domestic  animals,  the  sheep  is  that  of 
which  we  have  the  earliest  notice :   •'  Abel  was  a 
keeper  of  sheep."     It  was  reclaimed  in  the  primor- 
dial era  of  man's  existence  on  the  globe,  and  we 
must  look  to  western  Asia  as  its  original  habitat. 
From  this  centre  it  has  more  or  less  gradually  spread 
by  the  agency  of  man,  and,  influenced  by  climate, 
food,  and  treatment,  has  ramified  into  numerous  va- 
rieties.    Naturalists  have  amused  themselves  with 
conjectures  as  to  the  wild  stock  whence   the  do- 
mestic sheep  has  descended  ;  some  asserting  the 
Mouflon  of  Crete,  Corsica,  and  the  islands  of  the 
Grecian  Archipelago  to  be  its  origin  ;    others  the 
Argali  of  Siberia:  others,  again,  that  the  European 
sheep  are  the  descendants  of  the  Mouflon,  the  Asi- 
atic of  the  Argali.     Mr.  BIyth  considers  it  likely 
"  that  more  than  one  wild  species  have  commingled 
to  form  the  numerous  domestic  races,"  though,  as  he 
adds,  certainly  none  as  yet  described;  and  though 
so  many  decidedly  distinct  wild  species  have  been 
added  to  the  genus,  we  are  far  from  having  ascer- 
tained the  complete  number  existing,  several  more 
yet  remaining  to  be  discovered,  upon  the  lofty  table- 
lands and  snowy  mountains  of  Middle  Asia,  from  the 
Caucasus  and  Taurus  to  the  Altai ;  and  among  them 
it  is  probable  there  may  be  some  much  more  nearly 
allied  to  the  domestic  races  than  any  at  present 
known.     He  beUeves  that  a  wild  sheep  or  Argali  in 
central  Persia,  noticed  by  Sir  John  MacNeill,  will 
prove  upon  further  investigation  to  be  the  wild  stock, 
or  one  at  least  of  the  wild  stocks  of  the  domestic 
sheep.    This  wild  Persian  species  is  at  present  un- 
described.      When  we  consider    that  for    several 
thousand  years  the  domestic  sheep  has  been  subject 
to  man,  and  undergone  many  modifications,  we  can- 
not help  doubting  as  to  the  recognition  of  its  primi- 
tive type  ;  nay,  we  even  doubt  whether  that  type  be 
extant.     Hector  Boethius  describes  a  wild  breed  of 
sheep  in  the  Island  of  St.  Kilda  exceeding  the  largest 
goat  in  size,  with  heavy  massive  horns,  longer  than 
those  of  the  ox,  and  as  bulky,  and  with  a  tail  hang- 
ing to  the  ground.   Skulls  of  sheep,  perhaps  belong- 
ing to  this  race,  occur  in  peat-bogs ;  two  of  these 
crania,  one  probably  that  of  a  male,  the  other  of  a 
female,  which  were  obtained  in  Ireland  from  the 
peat,  were  some  time  since  exhibited  to  the  Geolo- 
gical Society.     Pennant  remarks  that  such  an  ani- 
mal as  Boethius  has  described  is  figured  on  a  bas- 
relief  taken  out  of  the  wall  of  Antoninus  near  Glas- 
gow.    These  animals,  whether  they  ever  existed 
Or  not,  were  distinct  not  only  from  the  Mouflon  of 
Corsica,  but  from  any  other  of  the  wild  species  as 
far  as  we  know  them. 

In  the  'Zool.  Proceeds.'  1840,  is  a  paper  by  Mr. 
BIyth,  entitled  'An  amended  list  of  the  genus  Ovis, 
which  is  too  full  of  information  to  be  altogether 
passed  over.  We  may  premise  by  observing  that 
Fig.  672  is  a  sketch  of  the  head  of  the  Armenian 
Argali  (Ovis  Gmelinii,  BIyth)  ;  Figs.  673  and  674  are 
drawings  of  the  Mouflon  of  Corsica  (Ovis  Musimon). 
The  species  (granting  that  they  are  all  distinct 
from  each  other)  enumerated  by  Mr.  BIyth  are  the 
following,  some  of  which  are  new  to  science  : — 

The  Pamir  sheep,  or  Rass  (Ovis  Polii,  BIyth). 
"  In  the  narrative  of  the  celebrated  Venetian  tra- 
veller Marco  Polo,  we  read  that  upon  the  elevated 
plain  of  Pamir,  eastward  of  Bokhara,  and  16,000 
feet  above  the  sea-level,  wild  animals  are  met  with 
in  great  numbers,  particularly  sheep  of  a  large  size, 
having  horns  three,  four,  and  even  six  palms  in 
length.  The  shepherds  form  ladles  and  vessels 
from  them  for  holding  their  victuals.  They  also 
construct  fences  for  enclosing  their  cattle  and  secur- 
ing tlt'em  against  the  wolves,  and  which  likewise 
destroy  many  of  the  wild  sheep.  More  recently  an 
animal  called  the  Rasse  was  indicated,  from  report, 
in  Sir  A.  Burnes's  '  Travels  in  Bokhara,'  and  its  horns 
have  been  since  transmitted  to  the  Royal  Asiatic 
Society,  by  Lieut.  Wood,  of  Sir  A.  Burnes's  party, 
through  the  medium  of  G.  I.  Vigne,  Esq."  This 
pair  of  horns  was  labelled  Rass  or  Roosh.  Sir  A. 
Burnes  writes  :  "  I  have  heard  of  an  animal  called 
Ross  by  the  Kirghises,  and  Kooshgar  by  the  natives 
of  the  low  countries ;  but  Lieut.  Wood,  in  the  narra- 
tive of  his  recent  journey  to  the  source  of  the  Oxxis, 
distinguishes  between  the  Ross  and  the  Kutchgar, 
the  former  having  straight  spiral  horns,  and  its 
dun-colour  being  of  a  reddish  tinge.  Both  are  said 
to  be  peculiar  to  the  Pamir.  The  same  writer,  speak- 
ing of  the  Kutchgar,  says  it  was  a  noble  animal. 


Sheep.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


151 


standing  as  high  as  a  two-year  old  colt,  with  a  vene- 
rable beard,  and  two  splendid  curling  horns,  which, 
with  the  head,  were  so  heavy  as  to  require  consider- 
able exertion  to  lift  them.    Though  poor  in  condi- 
tion, the  carcass  divested  of  its  offal  was  a  load  for 
a  bagsage  pony.     The  Kutchgar  is  gregarious,  con- 
gregating in  herds  of  several  hundreds ;  they  are  of 
a  dun  colour."    This  traveller  confirms  Marco  Polo's 
narrative  :  "  We  saw,"  he  writes,  "  numbers  of  the 
horns  -strewed  about  in  every  direction,  the  spoils  of 
the  Kirghise  hunter."     "  The  ends  of  the  horns  pro- 
jecting over  the  snow  often  indicated  the  direction  of 
the  road,  and  wherever  they  were  heaped  in  large 
quantities,  there  our  escort  recognised  the  site  of  a 
Kirghise  encampment."    The  flesh  is  much  prized 
by  these  people,  who  shoot  it  (the  animal)  with  ar- 
rows.    "  The  Rass  is  said  to  delight  in  the  coldest 
districts ;   a   common-sized  individual  will  require 
two  horses  to  bear  its  flesh  from  -the  field."    The 
horns,  following  their  curvature,  are  nearly  five  feet 
in  length.     It  would  appear  that  the  Kutchgar  has 
yet  tobe  added  to  the  list  of  species. 

The  Siberian  Argali  (Ovis  Ammon). — ^This  noble 
sheep  is  described  by  Pallas. 

The  Kamtchatkan  Argali  (Ovis  nivicola). — M. 
Eschscholtz,  who  describes  this  species,  states  it  to 
be  very  numerous  on  the  mountains  of  Kamtchatka ; 
in  summer  it  resides  upon  the  snow-clad  heights, 
but  in  winter  it  descends  to  the  lower  regions.  Kot- 
zebue  notices  its  agility. 

America  presents  us  with  two  species  very  closely 
allied  to  the  Siberian  Argali — The  Rocky-Mountain 
Argali  (Ovis  Montana),  and  the  Calif'ornian  Argali 
(O.  Californiana,  Douglas). 

The  Nahoor,  or  Snk,  of  Thibet  (Ovis  Nahoor, 
Hodgson),  a  native  of  the  Kachar  region  of  Nepal 
and  the  glaciers  of  the  Himalaya. 

The  Burrhel  (Ovis  Burrhel,  Blyth),  a  species  allied 
to  the  latter,  and  inhabiting  the  highest  ridges  of  the 
Himalayan  chain,  where  it  "  bounds  lightly  over  the 
encrusted  snows,  at  an  altitude  where  its  human 
pursuers  find  it  difficult  to  breathe.  It  has  the  bleat 
of  the  domestic  species,  as  indeed  they  all  have,  and 
is  very  shy  and  difficult  of  approach.  Flocks  of  ten 
or  twenty  have  been  observed  conducted  by  an  old 
male,  which  make  for  the  snowy  peaks  upon  alarm, 
while  their  leader  scrambles  up  some  crag  to  recon- 
noitre, and,  if  shot  at,  bounds  off  a  few  paces,  and 
again  stops  to  gaze.  They  pasture  in  deep  and 
hollow  grassy  glens."  A  specimen,  in  the  Museum 
of  the  Zoological  Society,  was  shot  near  the  Boo 
rendo  Pass,  at  an  altitude  of  about  17,000  feet. 

The  Caucasian  Argali  (Ovis  cylindricornis,  Blyth), 
hitherto  confounded  with  the  Siberian  Argali. 

The  Armenian  Argali  (Ovis  Gmelinii,  Blyth). — 
Specimens  of  this  sheep,  from  Erzeroom,  are  living 
in  the  Gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society.  "  Accord- 
ing to  Gmelin,  this  species  is  found  only  in  the 
highest  mountains  in  Persia.  The  males,  he  informs 
us,  are  very  quarrelsome  amongst  each  other,  inso- 
much that  he  had  been  at  one  place  where  the 
ground  had  been  strewed  with  horns  that  had  been 
knocked  off  in  their  contests."  It  is  allied  to  the 
Corsican  Mouflon.  "Sir  John  MacNeill  informed 
me  that  'it  appears  to  be  the  common  species  of  the 
mountains  of  Armenia ;  occurring  likewise  on  the 
north-west  of  Persia ;'  but  the  wild  sheep  of  the 
central  parts  of  Persia  is  evidently  distinct,  '  having 
horns  much  more  resembling  those  of  the  domestic 
ram,  being  spiral,  and  completing  more  than  one 
spiral  circle.  I  think  I  am  not  mistaken  in  sup- 
posing,' continues  Sir  John,  '  that  I  have  also  had 
females  of  this  species  brought  to  me  by  the  huntsman 
with  small  horns,  resembling  those  of  the  ewes  of 
some  of  our  domestic  sheep ;  but,  on  reflection,  I 
find  that  I  cannot  assert  this  positively,  though  I 
retain  the  general  impression.'  It  is  highly  proba- 
ble that  a  wild  type  of  O.  Aries  is  here  adverted  to 
which  would  thus  inhabit  the  same  ranges  of  moun- 
tains as  the  wild  common  goat  (C.  jEgagrus)  ;  and 
with  respect  to  the  circumstanc'e  of  horns  in  the  fe- 
male sex,  I  may  here  remark  that  this  character  is 
very  apt  to  be  inconstant  throughout  the  present 
group." 

The  Sha  (Ovis  Vignei,  Blyth),  a  Mouflon  inhabit- 
ing the  mountains  of  Little  Thibet  and  the  Sulimani 
range  between  India  and  Khorassan.  "Vast  num- 
bers of  this  species  are  driven  down  by  the  snow 
in  winter  to  the  branches  of  the  Indus,  where  the 
river  breaks  through  the  chain  of  the  Himalaya." 
The  wild  sheep  of  the  Hindoo  Koosh  mountains, 
described  in  the  'Journal  Asiatic  Soc.  Beng.'  for 
lS40,  is  either  this 'or  a  closely  allied  species.  Its 
climbing  powers  are  extraordinary. 

The  Corsican  Mouflon  (Ovis  Musiraon,  Linn.),  a 
native  of  Corsica  and  Sardinia.  Speaking  of  this 
sheep,  Mr.  Blyth  remarks — "  It  has  always  ap- 
peared to  me,  however,  that  the  specifical  distinct- 
ness of  the  Mouflon  is  very  obvious,  and  I  doubt 
whether  it  has  contributed  at  all  to  the  origin  of  any 
tame  race.  That  it  interbreeds  freely  with  the  lat- 
ter, under  circumstances  of  restraint,  is  well  known  ; 
but  we  have  no  information  of  hybrids,  or  Umbri, 


as  they  are  called,  being  ever  raised  from  wild  Mou- 
flons,  though  the  flocks  of  the  latter  will  occasion- 
ally graze  in  the  same  pasture  with  domestic  sheep  ; 
and  all  but  mingle  among  them.  The  male  of  this 
animal  is  denominated  in  Corsica  Mufro,  and  the 
female  Mufra,  from  which  BufFon,  as  is  well  known, 
formed  the  word  Mouflon  ;  and  in  Sardinia  the  male 
is  called  Murvoni,  and  the  female  Murva,  though  it 
is  not  unusual  to  hear  the  peasants  style  both  indis- 
criminately Mufion,  which  (as  Mr.  Smyth  remarks, 
in  his  description  of  that  island)  is  a  palpable  cor- 
ruption of  the  Greek  Ophion.  It  is  sometimes  stated, 
but  I  do  not  know  upon  what  authority,  that  a  few 
of  these  animals  are  still  found  upon  the  mountains 
of  Murcia." 

The  Cyprian  Mouflon,  probably  different  from  the 
preceding,  and  termed  by  Mr.  Blyth  O.  Aphion. 

In  this  review  of  Mr.  Blyth's  paper  we  have 
omitted  the  Ixalas  Probation,  Ogilby  (of  which  a 
unique  specimen  exists  in  the  museum  of  the  Zool. 
Soc.  London,  the  history  of  which  is  obscure),  and 
the  Aoudad  (Ovis  Tragelaphus,  auct.),  which  we 
refer  to  the  goats. 

From  none  of  the  species  here  enumerated  can 
we  confidently  select  the  type  of  the  domestic  sheep 
(Ovis  Aries,  Linn.). 

The  Mouflons  and  Argalis.that  is,  the  wild  species 
of  the  genus  Ovis,  are  covered  with  a  harsh  kind  of 
hair,  having  beneath  it  at  its  roots  a  short  spiral 
wool,  which  in  winter  becomes  longer  and  fuller. 
Mr.  Bell,  indeed,  considers  the  harsh  hair  as  essen- 
tially wool  in  its  structure,  presenting  the  imbrica- 
tions which  the  microscope  shows  to  be  the  cha- 
racteristic of  wool,  and  on  which  its  felting  property 
depends  ;  and  he  regards  the  short  under-coat  as 
composed  of  hair  and  not  of  wool.  Mr.  Youatt 
makes  the  contrary  statement,  and  notwithstanding 
the  appearances  noticed  by  Mr.  Bell,  we  incline  to 
Mr.  Youatt's  opinion ;  for,  be  it  observed,  in  the 
Cashmir  and  the  Angora  goats  the  long  outer  gar- 
ment is  hair  ;  the  short  under-coat  exquisitely  fine 
wool.  In  other  wool-bearing  animals,  as  the  beaver 
and  otter,  the  same  arrangement  prevails  ;  and  we 
know,  moreover,  that  in  some  neglected  breeds  of 
common  sheep  the  wool  becomes  mixed  with  long 
hairs  (not  short  and  fine),  which  more  or  less 
obscure  the  wool. 

The  causes  which  have  rendered  the  fleece  of  the 
European  sheep  what  we  now  find  it  are  involved  in 
obscurity.  We  attribute  much,  in  the  first  in- 
stance, to  the  effeets  of  temperature ;  for  though 
the  merino  sheep  of  Spain  (a  race  originally  im- 
ported from  England),  and  the  flocks  of  Australia 
and  Southern  Africa,  are  pre-eminent  as  wool- 
bearers,  yet  it  would  seem  that  the  predisposition 
to  develop  wool  at  the  expense  of  hair  is  acquired 
only  in  temperate,  elevated,  or  even  cold  climates. 
For  instance,  we  learn  from  Mr.  Hodgson  that  the 
wool  of  the  Bhotean  domesticated  sheep,  called 
Huniah,  is  superb,  and  he  adds,  the  animal  is  suited 
only  to  the  northern  district  of  Nepal,  suffering 
much  from  the  heat  of  the  central  district.  ('  Zool. 
Proceeds,'  for  1834,  p.  99.)  On  the  other  hand,  it 
is  clear  that  in  the  early  ages  of  man's  history,  the 
shepherds  must  have  selected  for  breeding  those 
individuals  on  which  the  wool  predominated,  and 
that,  by  following  up  this  system,  the  sheep  gradu- 
ally attained  its  present  condition,  so  that  a  wool- 
bearing  breed  became  at  length  permanently  esta- 
blished. Originally,  perhaps,  the  sheep,  then  a 
wool-bearer,  and  long  domesticated,  was  of  a  brown 
or  rusty-black  colour,  a  hue  still  lingering  on  the 
faces  and  limbs  of  many  of  our  breeds,  and  some- 
times appearing  as  the  general  tint  of  individuals, 
thus  conspicuous  in  the  midst  of  their  white-fleeced 
companions.  Nine  out  of  ten  of  the  sheep  of  Duk- 
hun  are  black,  with  short,  crisp,  coarse  wool. 

As  the  primitive  fleece  of  the  sheep  was  a  mix- 
ture of  hair  and  wool,  we  cannot  be  surprised  to 
find  races  domesticated  in  which  the  hair  predomi- 
nates over  the  wool,  and  that  so  greatly,  that  they 
may  with  propriety  be  termed  hairy.  Sometimes 
the  hair  is  like  that  of  a  spaniel  dog,  long  and  silky, 
and  many  of  the  flocks  of  the  Bucharian  Tartars 
are  thus  clothed.  To  this  breed  may  be  referred 
the  Cretan  or  Wallachian  sheep  (Ovis  Aries,  var. 
Strepsiceros),  common  in  Crete,  Wallachia,  Hun- 
gary, and  the  western  parts  of  Asia.  (Fig.  675.) 
Of  this  variety  a  splendid  ram  from  Mount  Par- 
nassus was  presented  by  Dr.  Bowring  to  the  Zool. 
Soc.  Lond.  It  was  vicious,  unruly,  and  of  amazing 
strength.  Its  horns  were  very  large,  and  spirally 
contorted,  adding  greatly  to  its  striking  and  pic- 
turesque appearance.  Its  fleece  consisted  of  hair 
and  wool,  the  former  being  of  great  length,  perfectly 
straight,  close-set,  and  beautifully  fine,  falling  from 
the  middle  of  the  back  on  each  side  of  the  animal, 
almost  to  the  ground.  On  the  face  the  hair  was 
short,  and  of  a  rusty  black  ;  on  the  body  it  was 
white.  In  general,  the  horns  in  the  male  rise  almost 
perpendicularly  from  the  skull,  making  a  series  of 
spiral  turns  in  their  ascent,  the  first  turn  being  the 
largest,  while  in  the  female  they  diverge,  taking  a 


lateral  direction.  In  the  specimen,  however,  to 
which  we  have  alluded,  they  extended  laterally 
from  the  skull,  and  after  the  first  turn  took  a  down- 
ward sweep ;  variations  in  these  points  may  be  ex- 
pected in  domesticated  animals.  In  some  varieties 
of  the  Guinea  sheep  the  hair  is  coarse  and  often 
shaggy.  In  the  specimens  of  Guinea  sheep  figured 
(Fig.  676),  the  limbs  are  long,  the  body  gaunt,  the 
ears  pendulous,  the  forehead  arched,  and  two  fleshy 
excrescences  hung  from  the  throat.  A  smaller 
hair-clad  breed  extends  along  the  Slave  Coast. 
The  Fezzan  sheep,  of  which  we  have  seen  examples 
in  England,  closely  resemble  the  Guinea  sheep,  but 
have  a  pendulous  dewlap  instead  of  the  tassels  of 
skin  on  the  throat.  They  are  gaunt,  coarse-haired, 
ill-formed  animals,  with  high  withers  like  a  buffalo. 
The  males  have  small  horns.  -In  Madagascar  the 
sheep  are  covered  with  short  hair.  In  Persia,  Tar- 
tary,  and  other  parts  of  the  East,  there  has  long 
existed  a  singular  variety,  with  a  great  deposit  of 
fat  on  the  tail  and  croup,  giving  an  unsightly  ap- 
pearance to  the  animal :  the  tail  itself  is  short,  and 
seems  buried  in  the  mass  on  each  side ;  the  body  is 
generally  white,  the  head  and  neck  black :  of  the 
variety  (Ovis  Aries,  var.  Steatopygus)  we  have  seen 
specimens  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zool.  Soc.  Lond. 
J  ig  677  is  a  portrait  of  one  of  these  sheep,  with  a 
Caracal  brought  from  Persia.  The  fleece  of  the 
sheep  consisted  of  short,  coarse  wool,  mixed  with 
hair. 

Among  other  strange  varieties  of  sheep  may  be 
here  noticed  the  sheep  of  Syria  and  Egypt,  with  a 
long  tail  loaded  with  fat,  which  sometimes  even 
trails  on  the  ground.  This  race  (Ovis  Aries,  var. 
Macrocercus)  is  closely  allied  to  the  preceding  (see 
Figs.  678,  679).  In  the  Egyptian  animals  the  tail 
is  broad  throughout,  but  in  the  Syrian  it  narrows  to 
a  point.  The  ordinary  weight  of  the  tail  is  fifteen 
pounds,  but  in  some  of  the  larger  kinds,  well  fat- 
tened, the  tail  will  weigh  seventy,  eighty,  and  it  is 
said,  even  one  hundred  and  fifty  pounds.  Ludolph 
saw  in  Egypt  a  sheep's  tail  of  eighty  pounds'  weight. 
This  overgrown  tail  is  a  great  inconvenience  to  the 
animal,  and  in  order  to  prevent  injury  to  it,  the 
shepherds  are  often  obliged  to  fix  a  thin  piece  of 
board  to  the  under  surface  of  the  part  that  trails  on 
the  ground,  to  which  small  wheels  aie  sometimes 
added.  Our  figures  exhibit  the  Syrian  variety  with 
only  a  moderate  caudal  development.  The  caudal 
deposit  of  fat  in  these  varieties  of  sheep  is  oleagi- 
nous, being  of  a  consistence  between  fat  and  mar- 
row, and  is  often  used  in  the  place  of  butter ;  when 
the  animal  is  young,  this  fat  is  stated  to  be  little 
inferior  to  the  best  marrow.  The  long-tailed  breed 
(var.  Macrocercus)  is  not  only  found  in  Arabia, 
Syria,  and  Egypt,  but  is  very  numerous  in  the  in- 
terior and  southern  parts  of  Africa,  and  is  covered 
with  a  mixture  of  coarse  short  wool  and  hair. 

Before  we  proceed  to  take  a  general  survey  of 
the  more  important  breeds  of  our  British  sheep,  we 
may  observe,  that  besides  the  variations  to  which 
we  have  alluded,  respecting  fleece  and  general 
form,  the  horns  are  subject  to  great  difference  of 
size  and  curvature,  and  are  sometimes  wanting  in 
both  sexes,  sometimes  only  in  the  female ;  while, 
on  the  contrary,  in  some  breeds  the  number  of  horns 
is  increased  beyond  the  natural  allotment. 

In  Iceland  and  the  Feroe  Islands  there  are  two 
races  of  sheep  :  one  of  a  small  size,  and  of  a  dun  or 
rust-black  colour ;  the  other  of  larger  size,  and 
white.  Both  these  races  are  remarkable  for  the 
number  of  their  horns,  varying  from  three  to  eight. 
Four,  however,  is  the  usual  number,  as  in  the  draw- 
ing of  the  head.  Fig.  680.  Of  the  larger  race  we 
have  seen  many  individuals:  they  are  strongly- 
built  animals,  with  a  coarse  fleece,  consisting  of 
long  hair  externally,  and  an  under-layer  of  close 
wool,  impenetrable  by  the  heaviest  rain.  The  wool, 
however,  is  of  little  value,  being  fit  only  for  horse- 
cloths and  common  rugs.  These  sheep  yield  an 
extrordinary  quantity  of  milk,  far  superior  to  that 
of  any  of  the  southern  breeds.  Von  Troil,  in  his 
'  Letters  on  Iceland,'  states  that  a  single  ewe  will 
yield  from  two  to  six  quarts  a  day.  In  the  Feroe 
Islands  is  a  wild  race  of  sheep,  of  great  antiquity. 
They  are  covered  with  black,  short,  curled  wool,  and 
their  flesh  has  a  peculiarly  dark  appearance  and 
venison-like  flavour. 

In  1821  Mr.  Trevelyan  visited  the  Feroe  Islands, 
and  found  the  remnants  of  this  wild  race,  in  no  way 
dependent  upoi)  or  under  the  control  of  man.  They 
are  sometimes  caught  by  dogs,  but  can  seldom  be 
obtained,  except  by  being  shot,  or  intercepted  in  a 
narrow  space  and  driven  over  the  cliffs. 

Among  the  breeds  of  Europe  which  have  at- 
tained to  the  highest  celebrity,  and  by  means  of 
which,  through  judicious  crossing,  the  sheep  of 
Saxony,  Prussia,  Austria,  and  England  have  been 
greatly  improved  as  respects  the  quality  of  the 
fleece,  is  the  far-famed  Merino  of  Spain  (Fig.  682). 
The  term  "  merino  "alludes  to  the  over-sea  origin  of 
the  race,  and  there  are  good  grounds  for  believing 
that  these  Spanish  sheep  are  originally  of  British 


678.— FM-tailed  Sha^  of  Syria. 


e7S.— detut  or'Walltctaini  Sheep. 


6S4.— DritUh  Middle-voolM  Sheep. 


152 


679.— Fat-tiiled  Sheep  of  Syria. 


6S2.— Merino  Sheep,  Male  and  Female. 


67f). — Guinea  Sheep. 


681 . — Sheep-washing. 


'm~' 


(83.— Oriental  Shepberdi. 


085.— British  Long-wooUed  Sheep. 


HT^     XT  *  T'TTDT?    1 


154 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Sheep^ 


extraction,  beine  of  the  old  Ryland  or  Cotswold 
stock.  Stow  and  Baker,  in  their  Chronicles,  say, 
"  This  yere  (1464)  King  Edward  IV.  gave  a  licence 
to  pass  over  certain  Coltcswolde  sheep  into  Spain." 
Baker  adds.  "  King  Edward  IV.  enters  into  a  league 
with  King  John  of  Arragon,  to  whom  he  sent  a  score 
of  Costal  ewes  and  four  lambs." 

There  are  other  breeds  of  sheep  in  Spain  besides 
the  Merinos,  more  or  less  intermixed  with  them  ; 
but  of  the  pure  race  it  is  calculated  that  there  are 
about  ten  millions,  which,  excepting  perhaps  the 
flocks  of  Leon  and  Estremadiira,  are  migiutory, 
and  termed  transhumantes,  being  periodically  con- 
ducted from  one  part  of  the  country  to  another,  and 
back  again. 

These  transhumantes  are  divided  into  tlocks, 
which,  under  the  care  of  a  mayoral,  or  chief 
shepherd,  and  assistants,  migrate  from  the  moun- 
tains of  the  north  to  the  plains  of  the  south  in 
winter,  and  return  back  to  the  mountains  in  summer. 
The  flocks  follow  the  shepherds,  who  lead  the  way, 
and  direct  the  length  and  speed  of  the  journey : 
a  few  wethers,  perfectly  tamed,  tread  in  the  foot- 
steps of  the  conducter,  and  the  rest  follow  in  due 
order;  a  powerful  breed  of  dogs  accompany  the 
shepherds  in  order  to  defend  the  tlock  from  wolves, 
and  a  few  mules  carry  their  provision  and  other 
necessaries,  as  well  as  materials  for  making  up  the 
fold  at  night. 

This  migratory  system  is  regulated  by  a  tribunal 
termed  Mesta,  which  has  been  of  old  standing  ;  it 
can  be  traced  back  to  the  middle  of  the  fourteenth 
centur)',  at  which  period  definite  laws  with  respect 
to  it  were  enacted,  by  which  persons  were  pro- 
hibited from  travelling  along  the  course  of  the 
route  pursued  by  the  flocks  while  the  sheep  were  in 
motion  ;  it  also  established  a  right  to  graze  on  all 
the  open  and  common  land  that  lay  in  the  way  ;  and, 
moreover,  it  claimed  a  path  nmefy  yards  wide, 
through  all  the  enclosed  and  cultivated  country. 
The  journey  taken  by  the  Merino  flocks  is  upwards 
of  four  hundred  miles,  which  they  accomplish  in  six 
or  seven  weeks,  and  the  same  time  is  spent  in  re- 
tracing the  route,  so  that  in  every  year  about  four- 
teen weeks  (or  nearly  a  quarter)  are  spent  in  these 
toilsome  journeys.  Popular  prejudice  in  Spain  at- 
tributes the  superiority  of  the  Merino  wool  to  this 
practice — a  practice  injurious  to  the  agriculturist, 
through  whose  corn-lands  and  vineyards  the  flocks 
pass,  and  injurious  to  the  keepers  of  stationary 
sheep ;  inasmuch  as  the  common  and  pasture  lands 
are  completely  eaten  bare  by  the  multitudes  that 
slowly  pass  over  them,  while  wilfully,  or  through 
carelessness,  serious  damage  is  done  to  farms,  plan- 
tations, fields,  and  vineyards,  for  which  no  redress 
can  be  obtained. 

It  is,  howerer,  much  to  be  doubted  that  the  Me- 
rino wool  owes  its  superiority,  as  is  asserted  by  the 
Spaniards,  to  this  system.  The  stationary  Merinos 
in  Leon  and  Estremadura  produce  wool  equal  in 
■quality  to  that  of  the  migratory  flocks,  and  these 
are  again  exceeded  by  some  of  the  German  Merinos, 
which  never  travel ;  so  that  at  least  the  advantages 
of  the  Mesta  system  have  been  overrated,  while 
the  evils  resulting  to  the  flocks  from  fatigue,  and 
the  injury  done  to  the  lands  in  their  course,  have 
been  treated  with  indifference. 

In  Spain,  as  in  the  East,  from  the  earliest  times, 
the  shepherd  leads  his  flock.  In  Italy,  in  Greece, 
and  some  parts  of  France,  it  is  still  the  custom  ;  and 
the  reed-pipe  of  the  shepherd  may  be  heard  calling 
the  flock  together,  or  the  troop  seen  following  him 
as  he  leads  them  to  their  evenmg  folding-place. 

In  Greece  it  is  usual,  as  formerly,  to  give  names 
to  the  sheep,  which  they  know  and  will  answer, 
coming  to  the  shepherd  when  called.  Fig.  G83  re- 
presents the  pleasing  spectacle  of  sheep  thus  con- 
ducted, and  on  terms  of  familiarity  with  their  leader, 
whose  voice  they  obey,  though  "  they  know  not  the 
voice  of  strangers." 

Reverting  from  foreign  sheep  to  those  of  our  own 
island,  we  may  remind  the  reader  that  we  possess 
several  different  breeds,  distinguished  by  different 
qualities,  both  as  regards  form  and  size,  and  the 
characters  of  the  wool.  These  breeds,  or  varieties, 
are  the  result  of  skilful  treatment,  of  pasturage,  and 
judicious  crossings. 

We  may  divide  them  into  three  groups :  the 
short-woolled,  the  middle-wooUed,  and  the  long- 
woolled  breeds. 

The  short-woolled  breed  formerly  included  many 
varieties,  now,  from  the  improvement  of  their  fleece, 
to  be  ranked  under  the  second  division,  as  the 
South-Down,  Norfolk,  and  Cheviot  sheep.  It  is  at 
present,  however,  represented  by  the  Anglo-Merino 
race,  to  which  the  sheep  of  New  Holland  and  Van 
Diemen's  Land  also  belong.  The  average  length  of 
the  wool  is  about  two  inches  and  a  half,  and  its  tex- 
ture is  peculiarly  fine,  soft,  and  even  silky.  Short 
wool  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  delicate  and 
beautiful  fabrics  ;  it  i.s,  however,  generally  mixed 
with  wool  of  a  longer  staple.  The  Saxony  wool,  so 
valued  for  its  fineness,  comes  under  the   present 


division  :  it  is  shorter  and  finer  than  the  Australian 
wool,  but  less  silky,  the  serrations  of  the  fibre  being 
more  numerous,  and  disposing  it  to  felt  more  closely. 
Hence  Saxony  wool  is  the  most  valuable  for  the 
manufacture  of  fine  broad-cloth. 

The  average  weight  of  the  fleece  of  the  Australian 
short-woolled  sheep  is  from  three  pounds  to  three 
and  a  half;  soaietimes  it  amounts  to  five. 

"  There  is  no  wool,"  says  Mr.  Hughes,  "  which 
spins  so  well  as  the  Australian  ;  large  importations 
are  annually  sent  to  the  British  market,  at  an  aver- 
age of  2».  &rf.  per  pound.  In  1833  the  quantify  im- 
Eorted  from  New  South  Wales  and  Van  Diemen's 
,and  amounted  to  3,51G,8G9  pounds." 

It  has  been  the  object  of  the  British  wool-grower 
to  convert  the  short-woolled  breeds  into  a  race  with 
wool  which,  while  its  length  is  increased,  preserves 
its  original  fineness  and  delicacy.  Thus  we  have 
now,  in  place  of  the  old  short-woolled  breeds,  a  mid- 
dle-wooUed  race  of  great  value,  and  of  which  the 
fleece  is  in  the  highest  request.  Fig.  C84  represents 
several  examples  of  breeds  of  this  race  :  a,  the 
Welsh  sheep  ;  ft,  the  South-Down  sheep  ;  c,  the 
Dorset  sheep;  rf, the  Black-faced  Cheviot  sheep; 
e,  the  Norfolk  sheen ;  /,  the  Ryland  sheep. 

The  middle-woolled  sheep  include  the  South- 
Down,  the  Dorset,  the  Norfolk,  the  Sufi'olk,  and  the 
Cheviot  breeds,  together  with  several  others,  and 
which  were  formerly  short-woolled.  The  length  of 
the  staple  is,  on  the  average,  three  and  a  half  or  four 
inches. 

That  the  improvement  of  the  old  short-woolled 
sheep  into  a  middle-woolled  race  is  an  advantage  in 
every  sense,  especially  as  the  short  wool  used  ex- 
clusively in  the  manufacture  of  fine  cloths  is  abun- 
dantly supplied  from  foreign  "  growers  "  (as  the  term 
is),  no  one  can  doubt.  Of  this  race,  one  of  the  first 
is  the  improved  South-Down  breed  depasturing  on 
the  long  range  of  chalky  hills  extending  from  the 
sea-coast  of  the  Isle  of  Thanet,  and  the  cliffs  of 
Dover,  through  Kent  and  Sussex.  Formerly  this 
breed,  as  Mr.  Ellman  states  (' Library  of  Agricul- 
tural Knovt'ledge  '),  was  a  small  size,  far  from  possess- 
ing a  good  shape,  and  late  before  they  were  capable 
of  being  fattened ;  now,  however,  they  are  greatly 
improved  both  in  shape  and  constitution.  "  They 
are  smaller  in  bone,  equally  hard,  with  a  greater  dis- 
position to  fatten,  and  much  heavier  in  carcass  when 
fat.  They  used  seldom  to  fatten  till  they  were  four 
years  old,  but  it  would  be  a  rare  sight  to  see  a  pen  of 
South-Down  wethers  at  market  more  than  two  years 
old,  and  many  are  killed  before  they  reach  that 
age."  The  South-Down  sheep  is  in  fact  the  model  of 
what  a  hill  sheep  ought  to  be,  and  the  flesh  in  fine- 
ness of  grain  and  flavour  is  peculiarly  excellent.  The 
wool  is  of  a  very  useful  quality,  but  is  both  larger  in 
fibre  and'  less  numerously  serrated  than  the  short 
Saxony,  and  does  not  therefore  possess  such  a  felting 
power ;  hence  it  is  rarely  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
fine  broad-cloths.  Still  from  its  fineness  and  felting 
powers,  compared  with  the  wool  of  many  other 
middle-woolled  breeds,  it  is  highly  esteemed — and 
for  flannels  and  worsted  goods  in  general  is  exten- 
sively employed.  In  Surrey,  Hampshire,  and  Berk- 
shire, the  South-Downs  have  either  superseded  or 
been  blended  with  the  old  short-woolled  sheep. 

Dorsetshire  possesses  its  own  breed,  encroached 
upon,  however,  by  the  South-Downs.  The  males 
have  large,  spirally-twisted  horns,  and  the  females 
have  also  horns,  but  much  smaller  than  those  of  the 
male.  Neither  the  wool  nor  the  flesh  equals  that 
of  the  South-Down  breed.  The  old  Norfolk  breed 
of  middle-woolled  sheep  is  very  valuable,  but  it  is 
rapidly  giving  way  to  the  South-Down.  The  rams 
are  distinguished  by  long  spiral  horns,  those  of  the 
ewes  and  wethers  being  smaller;  the  flesh  is  re- 
markably fine,  and  the  wool  delicate,  and  felts  well. 
The  figure  of  these  sheep  is  tall  and  slender;  the 
legs  are  long,  and  the  face  and  limbs  black  or  mot- 
tled. The  general  aspect  is  wild  and  animated. 
This  breed  thrives  on  the  coarsest  pasturage.  The 
wool  is  not  used  in  fine  broad-cloths,  but  is  used  in 
such  as  are  of  inferior  quality,  and  in  woollen  stuffs 
generally. 

In  Suffolk  the  South-Down  breed  prevails.  The 
black-faced  and  horned  sheep  of  Westmoreland, 
Cumberland,  and  various  parts  of  Scotland,  as 
Lanarkshire,  belong  to  the  middle-woolled  section. 
With  respect  to  their  wool,  these  sheep  do  not  rank 
high  ;  it  exceeds  in  length  that  of  the  middle-woolled 
breeds  generally,  but  is  harsh  and  coarse  ;  to  com- 
pensate for  this  these  sheep  are  very  hardy,  have 
an  admirable  contour,  and  the  flesh  in  fineness  of 
grain  and  delicacy  of  flavour  equals  either  the  South- 
Down  or  the  Welsh  Mutton. 

The  Cheviot  breed  is  very  distinct  from  the  com- 
mon mountain  or  black-faced  race,  with  which  it  is 
on  all  sides  immediately  surrounded,  these  two 
races  dividing  the  north  between  them. 

The  Cheviot  breed  is  hornless,  and  the  general 
contour  is  excellent ;  the  shoulders  are  full,  the 
body  round  and  long,  and  the  limbs  small-boned. 
The  mutton  is  in  great  esteem  ;   and  the  wethers 


average  sixteen,  eighteen,  or  even  twenty  pounds 
weight  per  quarter.  It  appears  from  the  testimony 
of  practical  farmers,  that  the  attention  paid  to  the 
improvement  of  this  breed,  in  reference  to  the  con- 
dition of  the  carcassL,  has  been  followed  by  a  dete- 
rioration in  the  quality  of  the  wool,  which  is  said  to 
have  been  formerly  capable  of  entering  into  the 
manufacture  of  fine  cloths.  Still,  however,  the 
wool  IS  good,  though  inferior  to  that  of  the  South- 
Downs.  It  far  surpasses  that  of  the  black-faced 
breed,  and  as  the  Cheviot  race  is  equally  hardv  and  . 
as  capable  of  sustaining  cold  as  the  former,  and  is 
content  with  the  alpine  plants  of  the  bleak  hills  and 
mountains,  it  will  soon  supersede  the  black-faced 
breed,  as  it  has  already  done  in  the  forest  of  Ettrick 
and  the  whole  of  Selkirkshire,  and  even  Sutherland. 
The  foreknowledge  which  these  sheep  possess  of 
approaching  storms,  and  the  assiduity  with  which, 
while  the  shepherd  dreams  of  no  impending  evil, 
they  will  seek  a  place  of  shelter  and  security,  are 
curious  traits  in  their  history.  It  is  thus  that  they 
often  warn  the  shepherd,  by  the  display  of  this 
instinct,  wisely  implanted  within  them,  and  lead  him 
to  add  his  precautions  to  those  which  they  have 
themselves  adopted.  In  spite,  however,  of  the  vigi- 
lance of  the  shepherd  and  the  instinct  of  the  sheep, 
many  often  perish,  buried  beneath  towering  snow- 
drifts, and  sometimes  whole  flocks  are  lost.  It  often 
happens  that  sufficient  shelter  cannot  be  obtained, 
the  flock  crowd  together  for  the  purpose  of  mutual 
warmth,  and  are  soon  covered  beneath  the  snow. 
If  this  does  not  occur,  the  lambs,  unable  to  endure 
the  severity  of  the  storm,  perish,  and  the  mothers, 
bewildered,  wander  about  seeking  their  offspring, 
till  they  themselves  sink  exhausted  with  their  eflbrts 
and  distress.  With  but  little  food  sheep  can  re- 
main for  many  days  buried  beneath  the  snow ;  but 
where  this  cannot  be  obtained,  the  period  of  endu- 
rance is  proportioned  to  the  strength  of  the  animal's 
constitution  and  the  intensity  of  the  cold.  In  the 
winter  of  1800,  a  sheep  ne.ar  Kendal  was  buried 
in  the  snow  for  thirty-three  days  and  nights,  without 
the  possibility  of  moving,  and  yet  survived  ;  and  a 
sheep  in  Cumberland  was  buried  for  thirty-eight 
days.  When  extricated  it  was  found  to  have  eaten 
the  wool  off"  both  its  shoulders,  and  its  frame  was 
reduced  almost  to  a  skeleton.  By  due  attention, 
however,  it  gradually  recovered. 

Having  thus  specified  some  of  the  more  important 
of  the  middle-woolled  breeds  of  sheep  in  our  island, 
most  of  them,  or  all,  derived  from  the  old  short- 
woolled  breeds  by  a  system  of  judicious  manage- 
ment, we  shall  now  take  a  hasty  survey  of  the  long- 
woblled  breeds.     (Fig.  685.) 

As  we  have  already  stated,  the  middle-wool  varies 
in  different  breeds,  in  fineness  and  in  its  power  of 
felting.  Long  wool  is  much  more  uniform,  and  for 
this  reason,  that  it  is  the  produce  of  the  Leicester 
race,  and  of  races  with  which  the  Leicester  race 
has  become  completely  intermingled.  "  All  long- 
woolled  sheep,"  says  Mr.  Youatt,  "  both  in  appear- 
ance and  in  fleece,  are  becoming  one  family." 
Long  wool,  which  has  lately  very  much  improved,  it 
being  the  aim  of  the  breeder  to  render  it  finer  (at 
the  expense  of  its  length,  which  it  will  bear),  is 
characterised  by  strength  and  transparency,  but  it  is 
deficient  in  the  power  of  felting.  Its  average  length 
is  about  eight  inches.  This  applies  more  particu- 
larly to  that  sort  called  the  long-combing  vnooI  ; 
there  is,  however,  a  variety  of  long  wool  which 
approximates  to  the  middle  wool,  and  termed  the 
short-combing  wool,  which  is  somewhat  shorter 
than  the  other,  finer,  and  more  disposed  to  felt. 
The  long-combing  wool  is  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  hard  yarn  and  for  purposes  in  which  length  and 
firmness  are  essential ;  the  other  for  stuffs  of  a 
softer  texture,  and  for  hosiery  goods.  We  have 
alluded  to  the  Leicester  breed  as  the  typical  exam- 
ple of  the  long-fleeced  races,  but  it  is  to  be  observed 
that  this  breed  is  an  improvement  upon  the  heavy, 
ill-made,  and  coarse-vvoolled  race,  formerly  spread 
over  all  our  midland  counties.  Lincolnshire  also 
had  a  breed  of  sheep  celebrated  for  their  fine  long 
wool ;  but  this  breed,  defective  in  form,  and  yield- 
ing mutton  of  inferior  quality,  is  now  greatly  im- 
proved, and  in  fact  is  blended  with  the  new  Leices- 
ter sheep. 

It  is  not  within  our  province  to  follow  out  the 
changes  which  have  already  taken  and  are  still 
taking  place  among  the  long-woolled  breeds  of  sheep 
for  which  our  island  is  expressly  celebrated,  and  in 
which  neither  France  ijor  Belgium  can  at  all  com- 
pete with  the  English  sheepgraziei-s.  To  those  who 
wish  to  gain  an  acquaintance  with  this  part  of  the 
subject,  we  recommend  Mr.  Youatfs  valuable  work 
on  sheep,  where  they  will  find  much  information  and 
abundant  reference  to  various  writers  on  agricul- 
tural toi)ics. 

There,  is,  however,  one  question  which  suggests 
itself,  and  which  we  cannot  omit  to  notice.  As  far 
as  records  serve  us,  it  would  seem  that  a  long- 
woolled  and  a  short-woolled  (now  middle-woolled) 
race  of  sheep  have  tenanted  our  island  from  the 


Oxen  .J 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


155 


earliest  times.     Now,  to  what  are  we  to  attribute  this 
original  difference  ?    Are  the  two  races  descended 
from  different  primitive  sources,  or  have  food  and 
soil  gradually  produced  the  differences  which  have 
been  so  long  maintained  ?    No  one,  we  think,  will 
hesitate  to  say  the  latter ;  impossible  as  it  may  be 
to  follow  step  by  step  the  progress  of  the  change,  or 
to  determine  the  modus  operandi  of  the  causes  con- 
tributing to  effect  it.     It  is,  however,  very  remark- 
able that  it  is  only  in  animals  which  have  been  so 
long  domesticated  that  we  cannot  tell  their  primeval 
origin,  and  which  there  is  reason  to  think  are  fac- 
titious beings  (that  is,  the  produce  of  different,  but 
still   closely-allied  species  commingling  together), 
that  these  extreme  variations  as  to  size,  figure,  and 
length  and  quality  of  fur  are  most  decidedly  observ- 
able.    We  see  these  varieties  in  the  dog — from  the 
silky  long-haired  spaniel   of  Spanish  race   to   the 
close-haired  old  setter  of  the  saine  country ;  from 
the  woolly  French  poodle  to  the  matin  ;  from  the 
rough  English  water-dog  to  the  mastiff:  so  in  the 
sheep  we  find  a  short-fieeced  breed,  with  the  fila- 
ments of  the  wool  peculiarly  fine  and  numerously 
serrated ;    a  still  longer-fleeced  breed,   again  sub- 
divided into  many  minor  varieties,  and  having  the 
wool  fine,  and  more  or  less  capable  of  felting,  or, 
in  other  words,  more  or  less  numerously  serrated ; 
and  a  long-woolled  race  of  old  standing,  in  which 
the  wool,  but  thinly  serrated,  is  inferior  in  felting 
properties,  but  of  great  value  to  the  woolcomber. 
But  further,  as  the  mixture  of  a  long  and  silky- 
haired  breed  of  dogs  with  one  of  close  hair  does  not 
improve  the  coat,  the  young  resembling  some  the 
male,  some  the  female,  but  not  equalling  them  in 
their  excellences ;  so  the  crossing  of  long-woolled 
and  short-wooUed  sheep  leads  to  no  good  results  ; 
and,  as  with  dogs,  the  improvement  of  each  breed 
depends  on  a  judicious  and  careful  selection  of  the 
best  and  purest  of  that  breed,  by  which  the  proper- 
ties distinguishing  it  may  be  developed   to  their 
maximum  in  their  progeny. 

In  England  the  sheep  is  now  only  valuable  for 
the  sake  of  its  wool  and  flesh  ;  but  in  various  parts 
of  both  Europe  and  Asia  the  milk  of  the  ewe  has 
been  used  from  the  earliest  times,  either  pure  or 
curdled,  as  an  article  of  diet.  Formerly,  in  many 
parts  of  England,  cheese  was  made  from  the  milk  of 
the  ewe,  and  the  ewes,  to  the  injury  of  the  lambs, 
were  milked  regularly,  as  described  in  the  'Odyssey,' 
and,  at  a  later  era,  by  Virgil ; — 

"  He  next  betakes  him  to  hU  evening  cares. 
And  sittini;  down,  to  mitk  his  ewes  prepares  ; 
Of  half  tlieir  udders  eases  first  ttie  dams. 
Then  to  tlie  mothers'  teats  submits  tlie  lamlis. 
Half  the  white  stream  to  hardenintj  cheese  he  preas'd, 
And  high  in  wicker  baskets  heap'd  ;  the  rest, 
Ileserved  in  bowls,  supplied  the  mighty  feast." 

Pope,  Odyss.,  lib.  ii. 

To  the  process  of  shearing  we  need  scarcely 
allude ;  all  are  familiar  with  the  manner  in  which 
the  removal  of  the  fleece  is  effected,  and  it  would 
seem  that  in  the  earliest  patriarchal  ages  the  same 
process  was  in  use.  Among  the  Romans,  however 
(and  the  practice  has  been  but  lately  discontinued 
in  the  Orkney  Islands,  and  is,  perhaps,  still  preva- 
lent in  Iceland),  the  wool  was  torn  off  the  animals, 
and,  as  Pliny  states,  they  were  kept  for  three  days 
previously  without  food,  in  order  that  the  wool 
might  be  the  more  easily  detached,  their  bodies 
being  exhausted.  In  his  time,  however,  the  prac- 
tice of  shearing  had  begun  to  supersede  this  cruel 
and  unjustifiable  method.  It  gave,  however,  origin 
to  the  word  vellus  (fleece),  from  lello  (to  pull  away), 
and  the  hill  termed  Velleia  was  the  ancient  spot  on 
which  this  craelty  was  perpetrated. 

With  us  the  season  of  sheep-shearing  is  a  season 
of  rejoicing,  and  the  manner  in  which  the  important 
work  is  conducted,  and  the  dexterity  of  the  shearers, 
arc,  to  those  not  accustomed  to  rural  life,  replete 
with  interest  and  amusement.  It  is,  indeed,  a 
pleasing  spectacle  to  see  a  large  flock  of  snow- 
white  sheep  collected  together,  and  in  turn  losing 
their  soft  fleece,  rolled  into  an  unbroken  and  well- 
arranged  whole,  beneath  the  shears  of  the  shearer : 
the  picture  is  full  of  poetry,  and  he  must  be  destitute 
alike  of  taste  and  patriotism  that  can  look  coldly 
upon  it.  Our  sketch  (Fig.  681)  is  a  spirited  repre- 
sentation of  sheep-washing  for  the  purpose  of  cleans- 
ing the  fleece  preparatory  to  shearing. 

To  enter  into  a  disquisition  on  the  commercial 
importance  of  the  sheep,  its  connexion  with  national 
prosperity  and  international  relationships,  is  not 
our  place.  We  leave  this  to  the  political  econo- 
mist. 

Before  we  close,  let  us  again  revert  to  our  start- 
ing-point— the  question  as  to  the  origin  of  the 
domestic  sheep.  It  is  clear  that  we  cannot  identify 
it  with  any  wild  species  with  which  we  are  yet  ac- 
quainted. If  such  exists,  it  is  most  probably  to  be 
found  on  the  mountains  of  Armenia — but  this  is 
problematical  ;  and  there  is  some  ground  for  sup- 
posing that,  though  the  sheep  of  every  region  inter- 
mingle with  each  other,  they  have  descended  from 
different  primitive  origins.     The  subject  is  full  of  ! 


obscurity.  It  is,  indeed,  strange  that  while  history 
teems  with  the  accounts  of  battles,  massacres,  inva- 
sions, the  reigns  and  the  crimes  of  kings,  it  throws 
no  light  upon  the  domestic  animals  which  man  has 
reclaimed.  The  motives  which  led  man  to  attempt 
this  important  work,  the  manner  in  which  he  accom- 
plished it,  the  characters  and  native  abodes  of  the 
species  selected,  are  buried  in  silence.  The  subject 
was  too  mean  for  history — the  actors  too  humble  to 
be  noticed ;  but  thus  it  ever  is,  that  the  glare  of 
mighty  deeds  effaces  the  record  of  the  useful,  the 
beneficent,  and  the  truly  great. 

Genus  Bos,  Oxen. — Horns  in  both  sexes.  Nei- 
ther suborbital  sinus,  interdigital  fossae,  nor  in- 
guinal pores.  Teats  in  females  four.  The  animals 
of  this  genus  are,  with  some  few  exceptions,  the 
largest  and  most  massive  of  the  hollow-horned 
Ruminants ;  their  limbs  are  low  and  strong,  their 
body  heavy,  with  wide  haunches,  and  thick  and 
often  elevated  shoulders ;  the  head  is  large,  and 
furnished  with  horns  common  to  both  sexes ;  their 
progressive  increase  being  marked  by  annuli  at  the 
base.  They  sheathe  a  hollow  or  cancellous  bony 
core,  continued  from  the  sides  of  a  bold  frontal 
ridge.  The  forehead  or  chaffron  is  expanded  ;  the 
muzzle,  except  in  the  subgenus  Ovibos,  is  broad, 
naked,  and  moist ;  the  neck  is  thick,  deep,  com- 
pressed laterally,  carried  horizontally,  and  furnished 
with  a  pendent  dewlap.  The  spinous  processes  of 
the  anterior  dorsal  vertebrae,  at  the  withers,  are 
very  long  and  stout.  Fig.  686  represents  the  Den- 
tition of  the  Ox,  in  two  views  of  the  upper  and 
under  jaw;  Fig.  687  is  a  very  characteristic  deli- 
neation of  the  Skeleton  of  the  English  short-horned 
Cow ;  and  Fig.  688  is  a  representative  of  the  osseous 
structure  of  the  Fore-foot  (a)  and  of  the  Hind-foot  (6) 
of  the  Ox.  All  the  Ox  group  are  gregarious  in  their 
habits,  and  no  quarter  of  the  globe  is  destitute  of  its 
indigenous  species,  existing  in  a  state  of  freedom, 
tenanting  the  deep  glades  of  the  forest,  or  roaming 
over  hills  or  plains : — 

"  Villosi  ter<ra  Bisontes 
Latisque  feri  cornibus  Uri." 

The  Genus  Bos  may  be  subdivided  into  the  fol- 
lowing minor  groups,  or  subgenera:  Bos,  Anoa, 
Bubalus,  Bison,  and  Ovibos.  Of  each  of  these  minor 
sections  our  pictorial  museum  contains  most  inter- 
esting examples. 

The  Ox  (Bos  Taurus)  is  now  only  known  as  a 
domesticated  animal,  spread  far  and  wide  through 
almost  every  region  of  the  globe,  contributing  by 
its  services  and  products  to  the  well-being  of  man. 
Although  referred  to  as  a  domestic  animal  in  the 
earliest  ages  by  the  author  of  the  Mosaic  record, 
impenetrable  darkness  hangs  over  its  primeval  his- 
tory, nor  know  we  what  is  its  wild  origin,  nor  whether 
that  origin  is  in  existence. 

Temperature,  soil,  food,  a  thousand  circumstances 
operating  through  the  revolutions  of  years,  have 
combinetl  to  effect  a  series  of  modifications  in  the 
ox  ;  every  country  possesses  its  peculiar  races,  and 
these  races,  by  their  intermixture,  are  perpetually 
producing  others,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  say  to 
what  extent  these  changes  may  be  carried,  and  how 
far  the  original  type  has  become  already  modified. 
Certain  it  is  that  we  are  acquainted  with  no  animal 
in  a  state  of  original  independence  to  which  we 
can  refer  as  the  primitive  type  of  the  ox.  It  is 
true,  however,  that  within  the  period  of  authentic 
history  certain  wild  oxen  existed  in  Europe  ;  but  it 
is  not  to  Europe  what  we  must  look  as  the  cradle  of 
the  domestic  ox,  nor  indeed  are  the  accounts  left 
us  of  these  oxen  reconcilable  with  any  of  them 
being  specifically  identical  with  our  domestic  race, 
which  mdeed,  when  we  look  at  the  Zebu  breeds, 
seems  to  claim  more  than  one  source.  One  of  these 
wild  animals  was  termed  by  the  ancients  Uius 
(latis  cornibus),  and  another  Bison  (jubatus,  or  vil- 
losus)  ;  we  have  also  an  animal  described  under  the 
name  of  Bonasus  (Jiovaaaot  or  Tiovaaoe,  Aristotle). 
A  few  observations  on  these  animals  may  not  be 
uninteresting.  The  Urns,  which  existed  in  the 
Hercynian  forest,  is  thus  described  by  Caesar :  "  These 
uri  are  little  interior  to  elephants  in  size,  but  are 
bulls  in  their  nature,  colour,  and  figure.  Great  is 
their  strength,  and  great  their  swiftness;  nor  do 
they  spare  man  or  beast  when  they  have  caught 
sight  of  them.  These,  when  trapped  in  pitfalls,  the 
hunters  unsparingly  kill.  The  youths,  exercising 
themselves  by  this  sort  of  hunting,  are  hardened  by 
the  toil,  and  those  among  them  who  have  killed 
most,  bringing  with  them  the  horns  as  testimonials, 
acquire  great  praise.  But  these  uri  cannot  be 
habituated  to  man,  or  made  tractable,  not  even 
when  young.  The  great  size  of  the  horns,  as  well 
as  the  form  and  quality  of  them,  differs  much  from 
the  horns  of  our  oxen.  These,  when  carefully  se- 
lected, they  ring  round  the  edge  with  silver,  and  use 
them  for  drinking  at  their  ample  feasts."  Perhaps 
the  wild  bulls  with  horns  of  extraordinary  size  which 
Herodotus  assures  us  inhabited  Macedonia,  as  well 
as  did  the  lion,  were  uri. 
The   Bison  jubatus  of  Pliny. — This  species,   re- 


garded by  Cuvier  and  most  naturalists  as  identical 
with  the  Bonasus  of  Aristotle,  is  considered,  and 
perhaps  with  reason,  as  referable  to  the  Aurochs  or 
Zubr  (Bos  urus  of  modern  naturalists,  not  Urus 
of  Caesar)  still  existing  in  the  wild  forests  of  Lithu- 
ania. In  Europe  and  Siberia  the  fossil  crania  of 
an  aurochs  are  not  uncommon,  and  these  skulls, 
though  they  scarcely  differ  in  anything  from  the 
Uthuanian  animal,  Cuvier  inclines  to  believe  may 
be  of  a  different,  though  closely-allied  species.  He 
gives  the  figures  of  a  skull  in  the  Pans  museum, 
here  copied  (Fig.  689,  front  view ;  Fig.  690,  lateral 
view),  so  like,  as  he  observes,  to  the  living  aurochs, 
that  the  most  practised  eye  can  scarce'v  distinguish 
it ;  and  also  so  fresh,  that  he  is  in  doubt  whether  n 
be  really  a  fossil  relic,  or,  on  the  contrary,  recent, 
owing  its  fossil  appearance  to  having  been  much 
weathered.  Mr.  Lyell  states  tliat  the  bones  of  the 
aurochs  (or  bison)  have  been  found  in  the  North 
Cliff  in  the  county  of  York,  in  a  lacustrine  forma- 
tion, in  which  .all  the  land  and  fresh-water  shells, 
thirteen  in  number,  can  be  identified  with  species 
and  varieties  now  existing  in  that  county.  To 
return  to  the  urus  of  Caesar  and  the  ancients. 
We  have  stated  this  animal  to  be  characterized  by 
the  immensity  of  its  horns,  and  its  vast  stature,  in 
which  former  particular  it  differs  materially  from 
the  ancient  full-maned  bison,  or  Lithuanian  aurochs. 
This  urus  no  longer,  as  it  would  appear,  exists;  but 
fossil  skulls  of  a  species  far  exceeding  the  largest 
domestic  ox  in  magnitude,  with  the  core  of  massive 
horns,  are  abundant  in  the  superficial  strata  of 
Europe.  This  species  is  termed  by  Cuvier  Bos 
primigenius ;  and  he  carefully  distinguishes  the 
skull  from  that  of  the  fossil  aurochs.  In  a  specimen 
found  at  Melksham,  and  described  by  Mr.  Woods, 
the  cores  of  the  horns  measured  at  their  widest 
expansion  upwards  of  four  feet ;  we  may  easily 
conceive  what  must  have  been  the  expansion  of  the 
horns  themselves  :  the  skull,  destitute  of  the  lower 
jaw,  and  not  perfect  otherwise,  weighed  sixty-three 
pounds.  Larger  specimens,  however,  have  been 
discovered.  Fig.  691  represents  a  front  view  of  the 
skull  of  Bos  primigenius  ;  Fig.  692,  a  palatal  view  ; 
Fig.  693,  a  back  view ;  Fig.  694,  a  profile. 

This  extinct  species  Cuvier  regards  as  the  type 
of  the  domestic  ox,  in  which  opinion  Mr.  Bell  and 
most  naturalists  coincide,  at  the  same  time  that 
they  consider  the  "  celebrated  white  wild  oxen  of 
Craven,  of  Chillingham  Park,  and  Scotland,  as 
specifically  the  same  with  the  common  ox ;  on  the 
contrary.  Col.  Hamilton  Smith  and  Mr.  Swainson 
regard  the  white  ox  of  Chillingham  Park  (Bos  Seo- 
ticus  of  some  authors)  as  distinct  from  the  common 
ox.  The  former  regards  the  Chillingham  ox  as  a 
white  variety  of  the  fossil  species  Bos  primigenius ; 
while  Mr.  Swainson  believes  it  to  be  the  descendant 
of  a  smaller  species  belonging  to  the  same  genus  as 
the  Bos  primigenius  or  ancient  urus,  of  which  "  the 
skulls  exhibit  the  type  of  a  form  essentially  different 
from  that  of  the  domestic  ox." 

"All  these  skulls,'  he  continues,  "are  nearly 
one-third  larger  than  those  of  the  Bos  Taurus ;  they 
are  square  from  the  orbits  to  the  occipital  crest  and 
somewhat  hollow  at  the  forehead.  The  horn.s  placed 
at  the  side  of  the  above  crest,  show  a  peculiar  rise 
from  their  roots  upwaids ;  then  bending  outwards, 
and  then  forwards  and  inwards.  No  domestic  races 
show  this  turn  ;  but  numerous  specimens  of  inferior 
sizes,  found  fossil  in  the  Cornish  mines,  have  this 
shape,  and  the  wild  bull  of  Scotland,  the  only  ex- 
ample of  this  type  now  known  to  exist,  retains  it. 
The  domestic  oxen,  on  the  contrary,  of  whatsoever 
country  oi-  breed  they  may  be,  have  the  square  con- 
cave forehead,  with  the  horns  rising  from  the  ends 

of  the  frontal  ridge It  appears  then  that 

the  ancient  urus,  or  wild  bull,  was  a  perfectly 
wild,  savage,  and  untameable  animal :  not  only  does 
every  account  handed  down  from  remote  antiquity 
assure  us  of  this,  but  it  is  even  verified  by  the  only 
living  example  of  this  form  we  possess,  the  Bos 
Scoticus,  still  preserved  in  one  ortwoof  the  northern 
parks.  Although  domesticated  so  far  as  to  live 
within  such  precincts  without  absolute  unprovoked 
violence  to  its  keepers,  it  retains  essentially  all  the 
savage  characters  ascribed  to  the  more  powerful 
species  mentioned  by  the  ancients." 

Now,  as  to  the  specific  identity  of  the  white  oxen 
of  Chillingham  with  our  ordinary  breed,  we  have 
no  doubt  on  the  subject  ;  in  size,  form,  and  aspect 
they  resemble  the  finer  breeds  of  black  cattle,  and 
the  query  is,  not — Are  they  distinct  i*  but — Are  they 
the  descendants  of  a  wild  breeil,  or,  on  the  contrary, 
the  descendants  of  domesticated  individuals,  which 
have  resumed  their  wild  character,  "  from  having 
ceased  to  feel  through  many  srenerations  the  effects 
of  human  domination  '■  "  We  suspect  the  latter. 
With  regard  to  C'uvier's  Bos  primigenius,  granting 
it  to  be  the  urus  of  Csesar,  we  are  not  quite  so  sure 
that  it  was  the  wild  type  of  the  domestic  ox.  Its 
vast  size,  and  the  extraordinary  magnitude  of  the 
horns,  to  say  nothing  of  its  ferocity,  and  the  pro- 
bability that  it  is  to  Central  Asia,  rather  than  to  the 

X2 


156 


698.— Yorluhiie  Cow. 


699.— English  Domestic  Cattle. 


697. -EngUih  Ball. 


7U0.— Cattle  and  Drorer. 


167 


158 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Oxen. 


wild  forests  of  Central  Europe,  that  we  ought  to 
look  for  the  type  of  the  domestic  race  (or  races  ?), 
are  sufficient  to  induce  a  doubt. 

The  term  urus  is  evidently  identical  with  the 
terms  aurr,  ur,  auerochs,  ure-ox,  the  root  also  of 
the  wordtaurus;  and  we  atrree  with  Mr.  Woods 
in  the  belief  that  the  aurochs,  or  ure-ox,  of  the 
ancient  Germans,  was  the  unis  of  Ceesar,  but  that 
the  word,  on  the  extinction  of  that  animal,  bocame 
transferred  to  the  bison  of  the  ancients,  now  known 
as  the  aurochs,  and  also  under  names  derived  from 
a  different  root,  as  zubr  (Lithuanian),  zimbr  (Molda- 
vian), bison,  vison,  wisont,  and  wisant,  whence  bo- 
nasus,  monasus,  &c. 

Besides  the  Bos  primigenius,  the  following  fossil 
species  of  ox  have  been  named  : — Bos  trochocerus 
(Hermann  von  Meyer),  subapennine  beds;  Bos 
(Bison)  priscus  (Bonjanus),  Bu£9e  fos^ile  de  Sibcrie 
(Cuv.).  uos  latifrons  (Harlan),  Broad-headed  fossil 
Bisnn  and  Bison  fossilis,  '  diluvium '  of  Europe  and 
North  America,  bone-caves  and  bone  breccias ;  Bos 
(Bison  ?)  bombifrons  (Harlan\  Big-bone-lick,  North 
America ;  Bos  Pallasii  (Dekay),  I3os  moschatus  fos- 
silis ?  Bos  canaliculatus  (Fischer)  ?  Siberia  and  North 
America;  Bos  velaunus  (Robert),  Cussac,  Haute 
Loire. 

Abundant  remains  of  the  ox  were  foimd  by  Capt. 
Cautley  in  the  Sewalik  Mountains,  at  the  southern 
foot  of  the  Himalayas,  between  the  Sutlej  and  the 
Gantres,  partly  lying  on  the  slopes  among  the  ruins 
of  fallen  cliffe,  and  partly  in  situ  in  the  sandstone, 
in  company  with  the  bones  of  mastodon,  elephant, 
rhinoceros,  hippopotamus,  hog,  horse  (compara- 
tively scarce),  elk,  deer,  several  varieties ;  carnivora, 
canine  and  feline  (comparatively  scarce) ;  crocodile, 
gavial,  emys,  trionyx,  and  fishes.  There  were  also 
portions  of  undescribed  mammalia. 

695,  696. — ^The  Wild  White  Cattle  of 
Chillingham  Park 

(Bos  Taunts,  var.  Scoticus).  Having  thus  intro- 
duced this  beautiful  breed  of  cattle  to  our  readers' 
notice,  we  shall  proceed  to  a  few  interesting  details 
respecting  its  history. 

Mr.  Youatt,  in  his  admirable  work  on  cattle 
('  Library  of  Useful  Knowledge  '),  clearly  expresses 
his  belief  in  the  identity  of  the  wild  breed  with  our 
domestic  races,  and  adds  that  the  slightest  observa- 
tion will  convince  us  that  the  cattle  in  Devon, 
Sussex,  Wales,  and  Scotland  are  essentially  the 
same  breed  changed  by  soil  and  climate,  yet  little 
changed  by  the  intermeddling  of  man.  "  Every 
one  who  has  had  opportunities  of  comparing  the 
Devon  cattle  with  the  wild  breed  of  ChStelherault 
Park,  or  Chillingham  Castle,  has  been  struck  with 
the  great  resemblance  in  many  points,  notwith- 
standing the  difference  in  colour."  In  another  place 
the  same  writer  says  :  "  To  the  Principality  we  na- 
turally look  for  some  trace  of  the  native  breed  of 
cattle,  for  the  Welsh  were  never  entirely  subdued 
by  any  of  the  early  invaders.  The  Romans  pos- 
sessed merely  a  portion  of  the  country  ;  the  Saxons 
scaicely  penetrated  into  Wales,  or  not  beyond  the 
county  of  Monmouth.  The  Welsh  long  resisted  the 
superior  power  of  the  English  under  the  Norman 
kings,  and  it  was  not  till  late  in  the  thirteenth 
century  that  the  Principality  was  annexed  to  the 
crown  of  England.  We  therefore  expect  to  find 
more  decided  specimens  of  the  native  productions 
of  our  own  island,  nor  are  we  altogether  disap- 
pointed. Howell  Dha,  or  Howell  the  Good,  de- 
scribes some  of  the  cattle  in  the  tenth  century  as 
being  white  with  red  ears,  resembling  the  wild  cattle 
of  Chillingham  Castle.  An  early  record  speaks  of 
a  hundred  white  cows  with  red  ears  being  demanded 
as  a  compensation  for  certain  offences  against  the 
princes  both  of  North  and  South  Wales.  If  the 
cattle  were  of  a  darker  black  colour,  a  hundred  and 
fifty  were  to  be  presented.  When  the  Cambrian 
princes  did  homage  to  the  king  of  England,  the 
same  number  of  cattle,  and  of  the  same  description, 
were  rendered  in  acknowledcment  of  sovereignty. 
Speed  tells  us  that  Maud  de  Breos,  in  order  to  ap- 
pease King  John,  whom  her  husband  had  offended, 
sent  to  his  queen  a  present  from  Brecknockshire  of 
four  hundred  cows  and  a  bull,  all  white  with  red 
ears.  Whether  this  was  the  usual  colour  of  the 
ancient  breed  of  Welsh  and  British  cattle,  or  a  rare 
variety  esteemed  on  account  of  its  beauty,  and 
chiefly  preserved  in  the  parks  of  the  nobles,  we  are 
unable  lo  determine.  The  latter  is  the  most  pro- 
bable supposition ;  and  the  same  records  that  de- 
scribe the  white  cattle  with  red  ears,  speak  also  of 
the  dark  or  black  coloured  breed  which  now  exists, 
and  which  is  general  throughout  the  Principality." 
As  a  further  point  in  favour  of  the  probability  of  the 
white  wild  cattle  being  specificallv  the  same  as  our 
domestic  races,  we  select  the  following  quotation 
from  the  work  above  referred  to:  "The  colours  of 
the  improved  short-horns  are  red  or  white,  or  a 
mixture  of  the  two,  combining  in  endless  variety, 
and  producing  very  frequently  a  most  brilliant 
effect.  The  white,  it  is  very  probable,  they  obtained 


from  an  early  cross  with  the  wild  breed,  and  when- 
ever this  colour  shows  itself  it  is  accompanied  more 
or  less  with  a  red  tinge  on  the  extremity  of  the  ear, 
a  distinctive  character  also  of  the  wild  cattle." 

Are  then  the  wild  cattle  of  ChStelherault  Park, 
Lanarkshire,  or  Chillingham  Park,  Lime  Hall,  Che- 
shire, and  other  places,  the  descendants,  as  Mr. 
Youatt  seems  to  infer,  of  these  white  cattle  of 
ancient  race,  so  valued  in  early  times;  or  are  they 
descendants  of  the  wild  breea  which  at  an  early 
period  tenanted  the  great  forests  of  our  island,  and 
which,  as  the  forests  became  cleared  and  the  land 
cultivated,  were  gradually  thinned,  till  at  length 
their  remnant  found  in  the  chase  or  park  of  the 
nobleman  that  safety  which  as  old  denizens  of  the 
soil  they  might  well  claim,  and  but  for  which  the 
breed  would  long  since  have  been  utterly  extirpated  ? 
Again,  was  the  wild  breed  which  roamed  the  Cale- 
donian forest,  and  the  great  forest  north  of  London, 
so  late  as  the  latter  part  of  the  twelfth  century,  and 
mentioned  by  Fitzstephen,  identical  with  the  white 
Cambrian  breed  ?  These  are  questions  more  easily 
asked  than  solved.  One  thing  is  certain — the  wild 
cattle  of  Chillingham  will  breed  with  the  domestic 
race,  but  the  progeny  has  never  been  preserved,  the 
calves  having  been  always  killed  at  an  early  age, 
from  a  pardonable  desire  to  keep  this  ancient  race 
in  all  its  purity ;  we  fii-mly  believe,  however,  that 
the  cross-breed  would  be  as  fertile  as  any  of  our 
domestic  varieties. 

The  author  of  the  article  Bos  in  the  '  British 
Cyclopaedia '  is  of  opinion  that  the  white  cattle  in 
question  are  domesticated  oxen  which  have  run 
wild ;  and,  moreover,  that  they  are  not  descended 
from  an  aboriginal  stock,  but  that  the  race  was 
originally  imported  by  the  ecclesiastics  from  Italy, 
where  herds  of  wild  cattle  much  resembling  them 
still  exist.  In  this,  as  in  all  other  theories,  authen- 
ticated facts  as  our  basis  are  wanting. 

The  Chillingham  wild  cattle  are  invariably  of  a 
creamy  white  colour  with  a  black  muzzle  ;  the  whole 
of  the  inside  of  the  ears,  and  the  tip  externally,  are 
red  ;  the  horns  are  white,  with  black  tips,  very  fine 
and  bent  upwards.  Some  of  the  bulls  have  a  thin 
upright  mane,  an  inch  and  a  half  or  two  inches  long. 
The  weight  of  the  oxen  is  from  35  to  45  stone  the 
four  quarters  (14  lbs.  to  the  stone)  ;  that  of  the  cows, 
from  25  to  35  stone.  The  beef  is  finely  marbled 
and  of  excellent  flavour. 

These  cattle  are  fleet  and  active  :  "  At  the  first 
appearance  of  any  person  they  set  off  in  full  gallop, 
and  at  the  distance  of  about  two  hundred  yards 
make  a  wheel  round  and  come  boldly  up  again, 
tossing  their  heads  in  a  menacing  manner ;  on  a 
sudden  they  make  a  full  stop  at  the  distance  of  forty 
or  fifty  yards,  looking  wildly  at  the  object  of  their 
surprise ;  but  upon  the  least  motion  being  made 
they  all  again  turn  round  and  fly  off'  with  equal 
speed,  but  not  to  the  same  distance,  forming  a 
shorter  circle ;  and,  again  returning  with  a  bolder 
and  more  threatening  aspect  than  before,  they  ap- 
proach much  nearer,  probably  within  thirty  yards, 
when  they  again  make  another  stand,  and  then  fly 
off:  this  they  do  several  times,  shortening  their  dis- 
tance and  advancing  nearer  and  nearer  till  they 
come  within  such  a  short  distance  that  most  people 
think  it  proper  to  leave  them,  not  choosing  to,  pro- 
voke them  further." 

The  females  hide  their  calves  for  a  week  or 
ten  days  after  birth  in  some  sequestered  situation, 
and  visit  them  two  or  three  times  a  day.  If  any 
person  approach  the  calves,  they  crouch  close,  like 
a  hare  in  form ,  and  endeavour  to  hide  themselves,  but 
when  roused  exhibit  great  fury,  pawing,  bellowing, 
and  butting  at  the  intruder;  the  females  are  resolute 
in  the  defence  of  their  young,  and  attack  persons 
discovered  near  their  lair  with  impetuous  ferocity. 
Formerly  the  hunting  of  these  animals  was  con- 
ducted with  great  par.ade,  many  scores  assembling 
on  horseback,  and  iuindreds  on  foot,  to  witness  the 
sport ;  but  from  the  number  of  accidents  that  hap- 
pened, and  perhaps  from  the  disturbance  created 
among  the  game,  this  practice  has  been  long  dis- 
continued. The  keeper  now  uses  a  rifle,  and  steals 
upon  the  animal  selected,  until  within  range,  and 
drops  it  at  a  single  shot. 

697  to  702. — English  Domestic  Cattle 

(Bos  Taurus).  To  describe  the  form,  contour,  and 
colour  of  the  domestic  ox  is  superfluous;  and  all 
know  that  within  the  precincts  of  our  fertile  island, 
affording  unequalled  pasturage,  the  animal  has  ra- 
mified into  many  breeds,  which  it  has  been  the  care 
of  the  farmer  to  improve  and  modify  to  his  own 
advantage.  Excepting  in  a  few  districts,  the  ox  is 
not  employed  in  our  country  as  a  beast  of  draught, 
or  for  the  labour  of  the  plough,  which  it  was  in  an- 
cient times  on  the  Continent,  and  still  is  in  many 
countries;  on  the  contrary,  it  is  for  its  flesh  on  the 
one  hand,  and  its  milk  on  the  other,  that  this  animal 
is  so  valuable  ;  indeed,  everywhere  the  true  import- 
ance of  the  ox  is  in  itself  and  not  its  labour,  though 
in  many  parts  of  the  world  it  is  used  both  as  a  beast 


of  burden  and  draught.  Restricting  our  present 
observations  to  British  cattle,  we  may  observe  that 
there  are  two  parties  immediately,  and  we  may  say 
professionally,  interested  in  the  culture  of  cattle — 
the  grazier  and  the  dairy-farmer;  and  both  require 
different  and,  to  a  certain  degree,  incompatible  ex- 
cellences. With  the  grazier,  roundness  of  form,  a 
moderate  sraallness  of  bone,  depth  of  chest,  and  an 
aptitude  to  acquire  external  fat  upon  a  small  con- 
sumption of  food,  are  among  the  points  of  excel- 
lence aimed  at  and  expected.  On  the  contrary,  the 
supply  of  a  large  quantity  of  rich  milk  is  the  desi- 
deratum of  the  dairy-farmer;  and  it  very  seldom 
happens  that  the  qualities  prized  by  tlie  one  party 
are  combined  with  those  required  by  (he  other  : 
both  therefore  attend  to  their  exclusive  interests, 
agreeing  only  in  the  caie  bestowed  upon  the  ani- 
mals subservient  to  their  respective  purposes.  To 
note  every  variety  and  enter  into  minutiic — the  part 
rather  of  the  farmer  than  the  naturalist — is  far  iiom 
being  our  object;  a  sketch,  however,  of  some  of  the 
principal  breeds  will  not  be  uninteresting  as  an 
accompaniment  to  the  pictorial  specimens  be- 
fore us. 

Among  the  older  breeds  was  a  long-horned  race, 
now  greatly  modified,  of  which  Lancashire  and  the 
West  Riding  of  Yorkshire  might  be  considered  as 
the  central  district ;  whence  it  extended,  not  to  the 
exclusion  of  other  races,  through  the  midland  coun- 
ties, and  even  into  Ireland.  This  breed  was  termed 
the  Craven,  from  a  district  of  that  name  in  York- 
shire, bordering  upon  Lancashire,  where  it  is  said 
to  have  originally  appeared.  This  breed  was  large, 
coarse  boned,  and  apt  to  be  long  in  the  body,  which 
besides  was  destitute  of  roundness.  The  milk,  if  not 
abundant  in  quantity,  was  extremely-  rich,  and  suited 
the  purpose  of  the  dairy-farmer.  The  horns  were  of 
enormous  length;  sometimes  they  projected  hori- 
zontally on  each  side  of  the  head ;  generally,  how- 
ever, they  swept  downwards,  with  an  inward  fiexure, 
often  reaching  below  the  level  of  the  muzzle,  or 
even  meeting  before  it,  so  as  to  interfere  with  the 
facility  of  grazing :  we  have  indeed  often  seen  the 
points  press  against  the  sides  of  the  muzzle,  render- 
ing it  necessary  to  shorten  them.  In  the  beginning 
of  the  eighteenth  century  various  agriculturists 
commenced  a  series  of  attempts  towards  the  im- 
provement of  this  old  breed,  which  resulted  in  the 
establishment  of  the  Dishley  or  new  Leicester  long- 
horn.  To  the  grazier  the  improvement  was  most 
immediately  beneficial,  but  the  dairyman  preferred 
the  old  stock.  In  process  of  time,  however,  the  new 
breed  extended,  improving  the  cattle  of  the  middle 
and  northern  counties,  and  especially  of  Ireland. 

In  its  turn,  however,  this  breed  has  almost  every- 
where yielded  to  a  middle  or  short-horned  race,  and 
even  in  Leicestershire,  the  stronghold  of  the  Dishley 
breed,  few  are  now  to  be  seen.  In  Cheshire  also 
— which  till  recently  retained  a  long-horned  breed 
derived  chiefly  from  the  old  Lancashire  and  new 
Dishley  stocks — the  Durham  or  short-horned  race 
has  made  decided  inroads,  but  with  doubtful  advan- 
tage as  respects  the  quality  of  the  cheese  for  which 
that  county  is  celebrated. 

Among  the  long-horned  race  must  be  reckoned 
the  old  Shropshire  breed,  a  large-boned  and  hardy 
race,  well  fitted  to  serve  the  dairy.  It  would  apjiear 
that  this  breed  is  seldom  to  be  seen  pure,  having 
been  crossed  with  advantage  by  the  short-horned 
Holderness.  In  Staffordshire  tlie  old  long-horned 
breed  has  been  in  most  parts  superseded  by  short- 
horned  cattle  ;  it  still,  however,  maintains  its  ground 
in  the  north  of  that  county,  more  particularly  along 
the  banks  of  the  Trent,  and  the  Dove,  close  to  the 
borders  of  Derbyshire.  Between  the  long-horned 
and  the  short-horned  races  of  our  cattle  intervenes 
a  race  termed  '•  middle-horns,"  represented  by  the 
North  Devonshire,  Somersetshire,  Herefordshire, 
Gloucestershire,  and  Sussex  cattle. 

The  Devonshire  breed  is  of  great  antiquity,  and 
has  been  long  celebrated  for  beauty  ;  like  most  of 
our  other  breeds  it  has  become  improved  during  the 
last  50  or  GO  years,  and  has  perhaps  now  attained  to 
its  perfection"  The  head  of  the  Devon  ox  is  small, 
but  broad  across  the  forehead  and  narrow  at  the 
muzzle ;  the  horns  curve  gracefully  upwards,  the 
chest  is  deep,  and  the  back  straight.  The  cow  is 
small  compared  with  the  bull. 

The  system  of  ploughing  with  oxen  is  very  gene- 
rally practised  in  Devonshire,  and  where  the  land  is 
not  too  heavy,  no  teams  of  oxen  are  superior,  if 
equal,  to  these  in  this  kind  of  work.  It  is,  however, 
to  the  grazier  that  this  breed  is  more  especially 
valuable,  few  oxen  rivalling  the  Devonshire  in  dis- 
position to  fatten  and  in  the  quality  of  the  flesh. 
Generally  speaking,  this  breed  is  inferior  to  many 
others  for  the  dairy,  not  indeed  as  respects  the 
quality  of  the  milk—  for  it  yields  a  more  than  average 
proportion  of  cream  and  butter— but  the  quantity. 
Some  farmers,  however,  have  found  the  North 
Devons  to  yield  even  a  large  produce  of  milk,  so 
that  in  this  particular  much  may  depend  on  choice 
of  pasturage. 


Oxen.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


In  Soraereetshire  the  Devon  breed  prevails,  or  at 
least  the  original  breed  has  been  greatly  crossed  by 
the  Devon  of  which  it  presents  most  of  the  excel- 
lences. The  Somersetshire  cattle  are  ahke  valu- 
able lor '-the  pail,  the  plough,  and  grazin.' "  The 
tract  of  country  between  Bridgewater  and  Cross 
produces  cheese  of  well-known  excellence;  the  best 
Cheddar  cheese  is  made  either  in  that  tract  or  the 
marshes  round  Glastonbuiy. 

The  Hereford  improved  breed,  with  white  faces, 
IS  valuable  as  fattening  rapidly,  and  that  on  inferior 
lare  ;  ttie  ilesh  is  flne-grained,  and  highly  prized  in 
the  market :  the  cows,  however,  yield  but  a  scanty 
portion  of  milk.  In  Gloucestershire  the  Hereford's 
are  preferred  for  the  team,  and  by  graziers  for  fat- 
tening ;  but  the  old  Gloucester  breed  for  milk 
This  old  breed  is  of  mixed  origin,  consisting  of  a 
race  of  Welsh  descent,  as  is  supposed,  crossed  by 
various  others,  and  among  them  the  Alderney.  The 
rich  Vale  of  Berkeley  produces  the  iinest  Gloucester 
cheese. 

The  breed  of  cattle  in  Sussex  closely  resembles 
that  of  Devonshire :  according  to  judges  it  is  inter- 
mediate between  the  Devon  and  Hereford,  "  having 
the  activity  of  the  first,  the  strength  of  the  second 
and  the  propensity  to  fatten  and  the  beautiful  fine- 
grained flesh  of  both."  Its  colour  is  deep  chestnut 
red,  or  blood-bay,  and  a  deviation  from  these  colours 
indicates  a  cross.  In  the  Weald  of  Sussex  oxen  of 
this  valuable  stock  are  generally  used  for  team- 
work ;  and  so  great  is  their  strength  and  quickness 
that  many  teams  have  been  known  to  travel  with 
heavy  loads  fifteen  miles  a-day,  for  several  successive 
weeks  and  that  without  distress.  The  Sussex  cow  I 
as  IS  the  case  with  the  Devon  and  Hereford  is  verv 
inferior  in  size  to  the  bull ;  and  though  the  milk 
yielded  is  good,  it  is  of  trifling  quantity 

A  valuable  breed  of  middles-horned  cattle  extends 
through  South  Wales,  and  of  this  the  Glamorgan- 
shire variety  is  highly  celebrated.     The  oxen  are 

oTmilk  ""'' ''"'  ''°"''  ^'''''^  ^  '''''■  quantity 

Fig.  6D9  presents  specimens  of  the  following 
breeds  :-a,  the  old  Craven  bull  ;  b,  the  Shropshirl 
ox  ;c,  the  new  Leicester  bull;  d,  the  Devon  cow; 
e  the  Hereford  bull;/  the  Hereford  cow;  a  the 
bussex  cow.  -' 

The  most  extensively  difi-used  breed  of  cattle  on 
our  IS  and,  and   by  far  the  most  valuable,   is  that 

i*;™!!  V  I''*^°'''^,'l''"'=''°"'  *he  shoit-horned,  and 
01  which  the  central  bull  in  Fig.  701  is  an  example 
presenting  every  point  in  the  highest  excellency 
_  Of  his  breed  England  may  justly  be  proud;  in  it 
IS  united  a,s  far  as  possible  every  good  quality.  The 
term  is  admirable;  the  oxen  fatten  quickly,  and 
often  attain  to  an  enormous  weight,  and  the  cows 
are  excellent  as  milkers. 

It  would  appear  that  Durham  and  some  parts  of 
Yorkshire   had    long   possessed   a   breed  of  short- 
iiorned  cattle  of  large  size,  and  celebrated  for  the 
quanti  y  of  milk  yielded  by  the  cows ,  but  this  breed 
not  only  in  figure,  but  in  aptitude  to  fatten  and  in 

J^!„,^"tl''-''  °^  **!"  '*"''''  '«1"'^«'l  ?«at  improve- 
ment, other  races  lar  excelling  it  in  these  points,  so 
important  to  the  grazier.  This  stock  still  lin-ers 
and  IS  certainly  valuable  to  the  dairy  farmer,  who 
might  however,  substitute  the  improved  breed  for  it 
with  advantage.  It  is  about  80  years  since  the  im- 
proved f  ock  of  this  old  but  really  fine  breed  beg^n 
to  be  established  on  the  banks  of  the  Tees,  ow!n" 
to  the  judgment  and  care  of  the  intelligent  breeder 
of  that  district.  It  diff-ers  from  the  old  short  hom^ 
n  possessing  a  well-developed  figure,  and  in  apti- 

i^..?l.  °  ""T^'.u'-    ^\^  *f '  ^'^P  °f  ™Provemen  , 
resulting  from  the  practical  knowledge  of  Mr    Mill 
Dank  and  other  coadjutors,  opened  the  way  for  the 
successful  exertions  of  subsequent  spirited  breeders 
who,  by  pursuing  a  judicious  plan  in  crossing,  have 
brought  the  breed  to  the  highest  pitch  of  perfection 
tZZ^   hT  ""^^f".,!'  's  supposed  that  the  white 
wild  breed  has  contnbuted  a  share,  and  to  this  cir 
cumstance  is  attributed  the  prevalence  of  white  as' 
characteristic  of  the  stock.  i^i  wniie  as 

Among  the  most  successful  of  improvers  was  Mr 

hi'K^  '"^Ju"*""  '"■^'^  "'^  celebrated  Durham  ox  ex- 
hibited in  the  years  1801-5-6,  the  produce  of  one  of 
the  ordinary  short-horned  cows  and  a  bull  termed 
Favourite  of  noble  figure.  At  five  years  old!Tays 
the  excellent  author  of  the  work  on  cattle  "the 
Durham  ox  was  sol.l  to  Mr.  Bulmer,  of  Ha'rmley 
J!?;  Bed^'e.  for  public  exhibition,  at  the  price  ^f 
t40/.  This  was  in  February,  1801.  He  was  at  that 
•mie  computed  to  weigh  168  stones  of  14  lbs      Ws 

wllhTd"!'  '""'-'  -'"  ^•°"'=«--  *'>-  extraordinary 
weight  did  not  arise  Irom  his  superior  size,  but  from 
the  excessive  ripeness  of  all  his  points."  The  Dur- 
ham ox  in  a  short  time  passed  into  the  possession  of 
Mr    J,  Day,  who  travelled  with  him  through  the 

Ox?or'rthrith°'A"^,'""^   ""'^    Scotland,  ^till  at 
his  h  Ihnl        I  "^  i'^'^^fy-   IW,  he  dislocated 
his  hip-bone  and  continued  in  that  state  till  the  15th 
of  April,  when  he  was  obliged  to  be  slaua-htPrprl 
and.  notwithstanding  he  must  have  l^t  consfderabi; 


w3<.H  ,h  Z'^''*  ^^^^^  "f  '""«'^'  his  carcass 
weighed,  the  four  quarters  165  stones  12  lbs.,  tallow 
11  stones  2  lbs.,  and  hide  10  stones  2  lbs 

Among  the  most  remarkable  of  Mr.  Colline's  ex- 
periments in  breeding,  was  that  of  a  cross  bftween 
the  improved  short-horns  and  a  polled  Galloway 
cow,  which  being  interbred  with  the  pure  short^ 
horned  stock,  gave  origin  to  a  breed  called  the 
Alloy  a  term  at  first  given  by  way  of  disparage- 
ment, but  continued  afterwards  when  the  exc'el- 
iences  ot  the  breed  were  acknowledged.     Some  idea 

saleof'MrV'^In^'^?'^"^^'^.''™'"*'^'^  '■^''f'  'hat  at  a 
sale  of  Mr.  Colling  s  cattle  forty-eight  animals  (cows, 

bu  k  yejir-old  bu  l-calves,  and  heifer-calves)  realized 
sand  guineas  '""  "'""^'^  ^"""^^  '"''^  "'^  ^  "">"- 
Of  the  Alloy  breed  was  the  stock,  or  part  of  the 
stock,  of  the  late  Rev.  H.  Berry;  the  figure  of  the 
cows  was  excellent  in  every  respect,  and  their  milk- 
ng  quality  is  stated  to  have  been  by  no  means  of 
low  degree. 

.tnlT",^*!,'"'  ™°''  celebrated  of  the  short-horned 
T  li"  AUK  P'''''*"*  ''*>''  'hat  in  the  possession  of 
J^ord  Althorp  is  one  ol  the  most  distinguished  It 
was  originally  derived  from  the  stock  of  Mr.  R 
Lolling  and  no  pains  have  been  spared  in  bringing 
It  to  the  highest  excellence.  A  celebrated  bull, 
belonging  to  this  nobleman,  and  which  is  known 
under  the  cognomen  of  Firby,  may  be  regarded  as 

"hT^"^  °V''*  ^'""^-  "  '»  ^  peculiariFy  in  this 
short-horned  race,  that  the  cows  are  excellent  as 
milkers,  and  moreover  that  when  dried  they  fatten 

thfuJf'nh  \  °*f "'  ^' '' !'  acknowledged,  are  fit  for 
the  bu  Cher  at  the  age  of  two  years;  but  this  ten- 
dency to  acquire  fat  renders  them  indolent  workers 
and  more  unfitted  for  the  team  than  other  breeds  • 
a  circumstance  of  little  consequence,  as  cattle  which 
aie  profitable  to  the  breeder  at  two  years  old,  and 

I  llZr'^l  '°^'^'  ''"'Cher  at  this  age  as  those  of 
any  other  breed  at  three  or  even  four,  ought  never 
to  be   submitted  to  the  yoke.    The  bulls    indeed 

I  being  extremely  docile,  may  be  employed  with  adi 
l^T^u"  ""^"^  oP^^ations  going  on  in  every  farm, 
a  plan  the  more  advisable  as  they  are  apt  to  acauire 

diminish  '  "'''''''  '^°'^''"'''  '"^""^  '^°^^'^  '«"''  t°  ! 
It  must  not  be  supposed  that  every  breed  of  short-  ' 
teristlf  T^  -.-endowed  with  the  q^l.ties  charac- 
Shlp  Th  ""PT"'  '*"'''''•  ^hich  render  it  so 
valuable.  There  is,  for  example,  a  breed  of  short- 
liorned  catt  e  in  Lincolnshire,  with  which  the  Smith- 
fied  market  IS  abundantly  supplied;  but, the  cattle 
ot  this  stock  are  by  no  means  first-rate  animals;  the 
head  IS  not  finely  modelled,  the  bone  is  compara- 
tively large,  the  limbs  hi<rh,  and  the  hips  wid7  In 
many  instances  the  stock  has  been  improved  by 
tZ  1  ""i*^^  T'^  hi^hly-bred  animals,  and  ren- 
dered valuable  but  the  flesh  is  not  finegrained. 
On  the  whole  these  cattle  are  better  adaptet?  lor  the 
dairy-tarmer  than  the  grazier,  as  the  cows  yield  a 
fair  quantity  of  milk.  •' 

Among  the  short-horned  race  must  be  enumerated 
that  singular  breed  of  cattle  called  Alderneys,  which 
has  gained,  and  deserves,  a  degree  of  celebrity  from 
the  peculiar  richness  of  the  milk  afforded  by  the 
''°T:^.  These  cattle  are  originally  from  Normandy 
""  V  V  /'.'  5"'"'  °"  ,'h«  ^'■'^"ch  coast,  from  one  of 
which  (Alderney)  they  take  their  name.     They  are 

hpm   •"1i"'k'  r'™^""^  'haped,  with  a  peculiar 
bendmtheback,  and  in  every  point  more  or  less 
detective.     The  milk  yielded  is  not  great  in  quantity, 
but  abounds  with  butter;  and  it  is  from  its  richness 
that  these  animals  are  favourites.     Improbable  as  it 
might  seem  from  the  apjiearance  of  the  Alderney 
its  apt,  ude  to  fatten  is  remarkable  ;  even  the  cows 
when  dried,  soon  gain  flesh,  and  even  acquire  con- 
siderable weight.     It  is  chiefly  in  pleasure-grounds 
and  the  paddocks  attached  to  the  houses  of  per.sons 
not  engaged  in  farming  for  profit,  that  cows  of  this 
breed   are  to   be   seen.     In   Hampshire  alone  the 
Alderney  breed  is  general,  constituting  the  stock  of 
he  farmer.     It  would  appear  that  it  is  more  suited 
to  the  pasturage  of  that  county  than  others  which 
require   richer  grazing  grounds,  consume  a  lar^e 
S^ofmilk'  *""'"^'  ^"'^  ''*''"''"  *  '^'^proportionate  sup- 
Our  cut  (Fig.  701)  represents  the  followin<r  •_ 
a,  cow  ol  the  Alderney  breed  ;  b,  bull  of  the  same 
i>       if'  ^  '=°"'  °^'he  Alloy  breed  belonging  to  the 
Key.  Mr.  Berry ;  d.  Lord  Althorp's  celebrated  short- 
horned  bull  Firby  ;  e,  a  cow  of  the  same  stock  :  f,  a 
i)olled  or  hornless  cow  ;  .9,  a  short-horned  cow  of  the 
West  Highland  breed  ;  A,  a  Glamorganshire  cow  ;  i 
improved  Lincolnshire  ox  -j,  bull  of  the  Alloy  breed  • 
*,  Yorkshire  cow.     With  respect  to  other  breeds  of 

thnn'^nTh  H^  M  ^1'  ««"•  nothinff,  we  may  observe 
that  in  the  Highlands  of  Scotland  a  race  of  small 
black  cattle  prevails,  of  which  large  herds  are 
driven  southwards,  and  depastured  in  the  grazin- 
ands  ot  England.  Of  these  numbers  are  brought 
to  the  London  market.  Of  this  race  many  varieties 
nOh  w  .  I7^'"''>'  particularize  the  Kyloes 
of  the  Western  Islands  and  the  Hebrides:  they  are 


159 

small,  but  hardy  and  well-formedThriving  on  coarse 
m  at'"  TSff""  fine-grained  and  hig^-flavour^d 
meat.     Ihe  diff'erent  islands  of  the  Hebrides  con 
tain,   says   Mr.  Youatt,  "about   one  hundred  and 
hlty  thousand  of  these  cattle,  of  which  it  is  calcu- 
ated  that  one-fifth  are  annually  sent  to  the  main 
he  i  r^Ti^y  "".""Sh  .Jura,  o%  across  the  fery  of 
heL     fh  °'  ^''^'-     K'^'''^  ■■"^"■■'^'^  about  51.  Lr 
thefentaLnh°""l^'"  I""  ,^^"'"""'-  "'■  "'°'«  tlmn 
Sated  J  inr^^on/''?"^'''  ^^^ich  Mr.  Macdonald 
greatef  sum       °.^H^°  i;  ^"}  ''^''^  "°"  P'°J"ce  a 
commodr^f  n     ^   '"?^°''''  constitute  the  staple 
hundred  L''  Hebrides.     Three  thousand  fiVe 
Isky  alone'"         '^  ^  '"P'"*''^  ^'°'^  '^e  island  of 
thin  thn"°''i■^K^'^'■Sy'«^hire  the  cattle  are  larger 

£e  w'hi°  h  tl  e  n  ^''^'•''•'^'  ''"''  ^--c  h'-e'i  to  the  Ibl 
qual  ties  nf    h  ^"'^''""Se  will  admit  and  the  good 
It  1st  th  i di  .  ■T.T^   ^'''''  "''thout  deterioration: 

cluir,^i^\t'nett'';:  „"'%'}!r  p^'r  "■^^'^"'^ 

pactlv  built   «hn,f       I      .,  ^'^^  animals  are   com- 
nof  onlv  1  "lu  ^°  '^"''hfy  them  for  the  dairy  wi  1 

HE  ■  0?ir«* -^-k4s: 

fn,;  tl'  ^  ,  P'"'.'  "f  Ayrshire  and  Dumfriesf  form- 
ing the  old  province  of  Galloway,  a  beautilulnolled 
or  hornless  breed  of  cattle  exist's,  highly  e"temed 
for   their   many   excellences.      In   fi|ure   they  are 

a£'sTto:;tr'rp*!"^"  v^^'  ^^^^  .-ck'of  ihe  b.ir 

chTan  auH  h  V  ii"'  '^'^  '^"'^  '^ ''^^p,  the  limbs 
round  RI^M  '•  ^t  ^'''^'  ^"'^'Sht,  and  the  body 
round.      Black  is  the    prevailing  colour.      These 

cattle  Pl?""-t'^L''"'^  *''"'"  fl«'*  is  excellent f  -'Few 
cattle  sell  so  high  in  the  Smithfield  market,  and  ,T 

buC.k?'.7"fr  "^'""  '°  '''  ""«  of  these  little 
th  rn^h  th  1  '  "■  ^'''■^'^  Lincolnshire  bullock,  al- 
though the  latter  IS  heavier  by  several  stones." 

the  Galloway  cattle  are  remarkable  for  gentle- 
ness; and  robust  and  muscular  as  the  bulls  afe,  one 
of  mschievous  habits  and  bad  temper  is  seldom  met 

alt^-^^'f^u''  Aberdeenshire,  Perthshire,  and 
other  districts  have  then-  peculiar  breeds.  In  Wales 
severa     breeds   of  cattil   are   found;  in  the   I   e 

b  a^  tt't?  "''';?  '^  ^  ^"^  ™'=c  °f  middle-horned 
hlack  cattle,  with  a  deep  chest,  heavy  shoulders 
enormous  dewlap,  and  round  body.  The  appear: 
ance  ot  the  bulls  of  this  breed  is  very  nobirand 
mpos  ng.  the  expression  of  the  head  is  animated, 
IhtX  ''^Z  ^'™'' '  ^"'^  *his  character  is  not  lost 
that^unt'rH"  ^)\°''Vl  ^""^  ''°^^-  I'  "*  calculated 
fmm  fh  ,°'i'"  thousand  are  annually  exported 
Ijom   this  island.      The  flesh  of  these  cattle   is  of 


B,  1      .  ,.  '■•'^  iicsu  ui    uiese  cauie    is   of 

fnnnJr  ?  f'^''!^'  /'"^  ""serous  inferior  crosses  or 

amfof      ''1'  of  "oubtful  origin,  into  which  the 

cattk  of  our  island  have  ramified,  need  no  especial 

.tTl^'v^  represents  an  Exhibition  of  Prize-Cattle, 
at  the  Horse  Bazaar,  Portman  Square,  London. 

Ihis  annual  exhibition,  by  the  Smithfield  Cattle 
en^a;r'H  '"'cresting  not  only  to  those  immediately 
who  '^^flppt  ''^'■'"'Itural  pursuits,  but  to  every  oni 
who  reflec  s  upon  the  importance  of  the  ox  in  a 
commercial  sense,  independently  of  every  other 
consideration.  Here  are  to  beSeen  tlie^e°uhs 
ot  exertions  principally  carried  on  during  the  last 
eighty  years  to  unite  and  bring  to  perfection  the 
most  desirable   points  in  the  various  breeds  of  do- 

TtnLr'TA  "■*'!"'?,''"'  °"°c  peculiar  to  diff-er- 
ent  parts  of  Great  Britain,  but  are  now  spread  in 
the  r  improved  lorm  over  every  part  of  the  country, 
in  the   gallery,  a   jiortion  of  which  overlooks  the 
show-yard,  are  to  be  seen  agricultural  implements 
and  machinery  of  the  latest  and  most  improved  con- 
struction; roots  and  plants  adapted  to  our  climate, 
but  which  are  as  yet  comparatively  unknown  ;  spe^ 
cimens  of  artificial  manures,  and   of  the  soils  of 
districts  differing  from  each  other  in  their  geologi- 
cal formation.     In  spite  of  all  the  advances  which 
agricu  tiire  has  made  during  the   present  century, 
now  slowly  do   improvements   extend    beyond   the 
intelligent   circle  in  which  they  are  first  adopted  • 
and  It  IS  one  of  the  great  advantages  of  institu^ 
tions  such  as  the  Smithfield  Club,  to  spread  them 
more  rapidly  and  widely  by  drawing  the  agricul- 
turist from  the  secluded  scenes  in  which  he  carries 
on  his  occupations,  and  bringing  them  before  him 
in  the  manner  best  calculated  to  demonstrate  their 

A  prize  ox  or  sheep  is  fatter  than  the  ordinary 
TJ^^I^  '■cq"";c«'  aid  hence  it  is  often  supposed 
that  the  stimulus  ot  prizes  for  bringing  an  animal 
into  a  state  ot  unnecessary  fatness  is  altogether  a 
work  ol  supererogation.  But  tne  power  of  reaching 
an  excessive  size  is  simply  a  test.     A  piece  of  -rtil- 


70S.— ExliiWtinn  of  I'riM  Cattle. 


i'f!'\    f\yT- 


701.— EngUih  Short-honied  Cattle. 


160 


723. — Modern  Egyptian  Ploughing. 


'•i'*- 


7.16. — M'lM  Biill-hiinfinjj  in  tli3  -Ali'mtejo. 


TOS.— Spanish  Buil-Aght. 


70-  -»iill-li|iht. 


723.— ,4ncieat  Plough. 


70.^.— Bull  of  the  Campn;4na  of  Rome, 

No    21. 


710.— Bnllcck  WauKcn  of  Sout'i  .Africa, 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


IGI 


I 


162 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[OxBK. 


lery  is  tried  by  a  charge  greater  than  is  ever  required 
in  ordinary  practice  :  anil  an  ox  is  fattened  for  exhi- 
bition beyond  a  useful  marketable  condition  simply 
to  chow  the  capacity  of  the  breed  lor  acquiring,  at 
the  least  expense  of  food,  and  at  the  earliest  age, 
such  a  condition  as  the  public  demand  really  renders 

necessary.  ,  „  •..  i.       ..i 

We  must  now  leave  the  subject  of  British  cattle, 
and  comment  uiwn  our  pictorial  speciuieiis  Irom 
other  portions  of  the  glolie.  ;| 

Figs.  "OJ,  704.— These  delineations  present  us  11 
with  an  uncouth,  savage,  half-wild  breed  of  cattle, 
spread  throuch  the  Maremiiia  of  Italy.  The  Ma-  1| 
remmaisaflat  stripe  of  country,  except  in  a  few  h 
places  where  hills  intervene,  extending  from  the  " 
mountains  of  Genoa  to  the  extremity  of  Calabria,  a 
length  of  about  seven  hundred  miles.  Its  breadth 
is  trom  the  base  of  the  lower  range  of  the  Apennine 
chain  to  the  shore  of  the  Mediterranean.  This 
sweep  of  country  is  pestilential  in  the  extreme  in 
summer,  and  though  it  yields  the  most  luxuriant 
harvests,  is  only  partially  brought  into  cultivation, 
the  greater  portion  being  left  for  pasture.  Here, 
besides  the  cattle  used  as  beasts  of  burden,  or 
draught,  and  employed  in  the  work  of  the  farms, 
large  herds  roam  unmolested  under  the  care  of 
keepers,  which,  together  with  the  buffalo-keepers, 
and  forest-rangei^,  are  the  only  stationary  popula- 
tion in  the  wild  Maremma.  The  former,  as  wild 
and  savage  as  the  animals  under  their  charge,  are 
always  mounted  on  fleet  horses,  and  armed  with  a 
long  lance,  which  they  use  in  driving  the  cattle, 
and  in  defending  themselves  against  the  fierce  bulls, 
which,  as  well  as  the  buffaloes,  are  extremely  dan- 
gerous. These  men  are  often  criminals,  who  have 
fled  from  justice  into  the  Maremma,  where  they  are 
obliged  to  sojourn,  and  are  often  employed  by  the 
proprietors  of  the  farms  and  cattle,  as  rangers  or 
drivers.  Those  who  are  not  fugitives  adopt  their 
occupation  from  choice,  which,  dangerous  and  labo- 
rious as  it  is,  is  one  of  independence  and  freedom ; 
they  are  the  analogues  of  the  Arab  of  the  desert, 
or  the  Gauchos  of  the  Pampas.  Besides  being  paid 
for  their  services,  they  rear  cattle  of  their  own,  which 
they  are  allowed  to  feed  with  the  rest.  In  the  sum- 
mer months  they  retire  to  the  shady  forests  along 
the  sea-shore,  where  the  air  is  not  so  unwholesome 
as  in  the  open  plains.  The  cattle  are  collected  at 
various  times,  and  driven  by  these  men,  called 
vaccari,  to  the  faii-sheldinthe  towns,  for  sale.  Both 
the  bull  and  the  buflalo  are  baited  in  Italy,  by 
men  and  dogs,  for  the  entertainment  of  the  Roman 
people,  who  seem  to  be  as  fond  of  circenses  as 
were  their  great  predecessors.  The  scene  of  the 
sport,  which  is  called  La  Giostra,  is,  like  many  other 
buildings  in  Rome,  a  curious  compound  of  the 
modern  and  ancient.  The  Amfiteatro  Correa,  as 
the  place  is  designated,  is  situated  in  the  massive 
cluster  of  buildings  raised  upon  the  site,  and  partly 
with  the  materials,  of  the  mausoleum  of  the  em- 
peror Augustus  in  the  Campus  Martius.  The 
walls  of  this  amphitheatre  and  the  seats  are  all 
of  modern  structure.  The  arena  occupies  the  plat- 
form of  the  ancient  mausoleum,  which  in  other 
times  was  cultivated  with  flowers  and  rare  shrubs, 
while  the  pyramid  that  bore  the  statue  of  Octavius 
rose  in  the  midst.  The  vaults  beneath,  which  once 
held  the  ashes  of  the  Caesars,  are  now  in  part  used 
as  dens  for  the  wild  cattle  that  are  brought  in  from 
the  Campagna  and  other  places  to  be  baited.  Twice 
every  week  during  the  summer  do  these  exhibitions 
take  place :  they  begin  at  five  in  the  evening,  and 
last  till  dusk. 

The  men  who  are  to  encounter  the  bulls  and  buf- 
faloes are  called  Giostratori.  They  are  dressed  in 
white,  with  a  red  sash  round  the  waist ;  each  bears  a 
short  stall'  with  a  red  pennon  at  the  end  of  it :  they 
muster  in  the  arena,  make  their  bows  to  the  assem- 
bled spectators,  and  wait  the  onset  of  the  mighty 
animal.  Among  them  are  generally  two  or  three 
of  great  reputation  for  skill,  these  are  usually 
vaccari  (herdsmen),  or  bulfalari  (buffalo-keepers), 
men  brought  up  from  their  childhood  among  the 
cattle  they  respectively  manage,  and  familiarized 
with  their  habits.  The  Giostratori  from  Viterbo 
have  the  reputation  of  excelling  all  others,  and 
hence  the  term  II  Viterbese  (the  Viterbonian)  is  used 
metonymically  to  designate  any  celebrated  bull- 
fighter. In  the  centre  of  the  arena  is  a  strong  post 
firmly  fixed,  by  dodging  round  which  a  man  may 
for  a  considerable  time  evade  the  assaults  of  a  bull 
or  buft'alo.  At  a  given  signal  the  door  of  a  den  is 
opened,  and  the  bull  rushes  forth,  wildly  gazing 
around  him,  till  observing  the  Giostratori,  with  their 
>carlet  sashes  and  pennons,  he  singles  out  one, 
and  roaring  and  lashing  his  tail  drives  furiously  to- 
wards him.  The  man  nimbly  avoids  the  charge, 
.ithers  come  to  the  rescue,  drawing  off  the  bull's 
attention  from  him,  and  inviting  its  attack  ;  till  the 
enraged  animal,  distracted  by  the  number,  quick- 
ness, and  mantsuvres  of  his  antagonists,  and  wearied 
with  vain  efforts,  ceases  the  pursuit.  The  den  is 
then  thrown  open,  and  he  generally  retires  of  his  own 


accord,  as  if  glad  to  escape.  When  the  bull,  as  is 
sometimes  the  case,  perseveringly  follows  a  man,  and 
presses  him  hard,  he  catches  hold  of  one  of  the  iron 
rings  placed  at  certain  distances  round  the  wall  en- 
closing the  arena,  and  by  a  rapid  movement  springs 
to  the  top,  ivhich  like  a  terrace  runs  round  the  foot 
of  the  lower  seats  of  the  amphitheatre.  The  height 
of  this  parapet  is  G  or  7  feet,  and  it  requires  great 
agility,  strength,  and  presence  of  mind,  as  well  as 
precision,  to  avoid  being  pinned  to  the  wall  in  the 
act  of  taking  the  leap;  such  accidents  sometimes  j 
happen,  but  when  the  Giostratori  see  one  of  their 
number  thus  endangered,  they  use  every  means  to 
divert  the  bull's  attention. 

The  bull  (and  also  the  buffalo)  is  on  some  occa- 
sions baited  with  fierce  dogs  of  the  Corsican  breed, 
resembling  our  bull-dog,  and  distinguished  by  the 
same  "  tenacity  of  tooth"  and  indomitable  courage. 
They  usually  pin  the  bull  by  the  nose  or  lip,  but  are 
very  frequently  tossed  m  the  air,  or  ripped  up  by 
the  sharp  horns  of  the  maddened  animal.  At  these 
exhibitions,  strange  to  say,  females  are  among  the 
spectators,  and  not  less  interested  than  the  rougher 
sex. 

Some  of  the  bulls  procured  in  the  Campagna  of 
Rome  are  very  noble  and  spirited  animals,  of  fine 
figure  and  great  strength. 

Fig.  705  represents  a  bull  of  the  Campagna  of 
Rome. 

In  Spain  and  Portugal,  where  extensive  wilds 
and  forest  lands  afford  ample  pasturage,  large  herds 
of  oxen,  born  in  freedom,  wander  uncontrolled,  and 
untroubled,  excepting  by  man,  from  whom  they  flee 
with  precipitation,  till  roused  to  fury  by  his  assaults, 
when  they  attack  in  turn,  and  bear  upon  him  with 
resistless  impetuosity.  It  is  from  these  herds  that 
the  Spaniards  and  Portuguese  select  the  fiercest 
and  boldest  for  the  revolting  contests  of  the  arena; 
while  others  are  tamed,  and  broken  in  for  the  ordi- 
nary purposes  of  husbandry. 

We  may  easily  imagine  the  excitement  produced 
by  the  chase  and  capture  of  a  herd  of  these  fierce 
animals,  and  the  danger  to  man  and  horse.  The 
engraving  (Fig.  706)  represents  such  a  scene  in  the 
great  forest  of  Alemtejo. 

The  chase  is  thus  described  by  an  eye-witness,  who 
was  engaged  in  it : — "  I  had  received,''  he  says, 
"intimation  that  the  village  of  Alcoxete,  on  the 
Tagus,  was  to  be  the  scene  of  a  bull-fight,  and  that 
the  villagers  for  many  miles  were  invited  to  join  in 
the  hunt,  which  was  to  take  place  the  following 
day.  I  accordingly  crossed  the  river  in  the  company 
of  about  twenty  persons,  each  being  provided  with 
a  long  pole  having  a  small  spike  fixed  in  one  end, 
and  mounted  as  inclination  or  ability  suited.  When 
we  arrived  at  the  opposite  bank  a  little  before  day- 
break, we  found  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  or 
three  hundred  persons  assembled,  some  mounted  on 
different  sorts  of  quadrupeds,  from  the  noble  An- 
dalusian  horse  to  the  humble  donkey,  and  many 
were  on  foot.  All  were  armed  in  a  similar  manner 
to  ourselves.  We  divided  into  two  parties,  one 
stretching  in  a  long  line  to  the  right,  the  other  to 
the  left ;  not  far  had  we  advanced  in  this  manner, 
when  we  fell  in  with  a  herd  of  cattle  having  twelve 
bulls  with  it,  which  no  sooner  descried  us,  than 
they  bounded  off  with  the  speed  of  lightning.  The 
sport  had  now  begun ;  we  put  our  horses  to  the 
utmost  speed,  threading  our  way  among  the  tall 
pine-trees  as  well  as  we  could,  and  endeavouring 
by  wild  cries  to  drive  the  bulls  towards  the  other 
party.  At  length,  after  about  an  hour's  chase,  some 
half-dozen  of  us,  who  were  better  mounted  than  the 
rest,  came  up  with  them,  and  commenced  the  at- 
tack with  our  long  poles.  The  manner  was  this: — 
one  person  riding  at  full  speed  gave  the  hull  nearest 
him  a  sharp  prick  with  the  goad,  which  it  no 
sooner  felt  than  it  turned  upon  its  assailant  and 
gave  chase;  another  horseman  then  coming  up 
attacked  it  on  the  other  side,  when,  leaving  the 
first  assailant,  it  turned  upon  the  second;  he  in  like 
manner  was  rescued  by  a  third,  and  so  on.  The 
attention  of  the  infuriated  animal  was  thus  so  dis- 
tracted as  to  prevent  his  escape,  and  give  time  for 
I  the  other  hunters  to  come  up.  The  bulls  were  thus 
at  length  separated  from  the  herd,  and  a  sufficient 
number  of  persons  having  arrived  to  form  a  circle 
round  them,  we  commenced  operations  for  the 
purpose  of  driving  them  towards  the  town.  All  the 
skill  of  the  riders  was  now  necessary,  and  all  the 
activity  possessed  by  both  man  and  horse,  to  keep 
clear  from  the  pointed  horns  which  were  presented 
against  him,  as  well  as  to  prevent  the  herd  from 
breaUng  through  the  living  net  with  which  it  was 
surrounded.  This  was,  perhaps,  the  most  difiicult 
part,  and  was  attained  by  keeping  each  bull  sepa- 
rately engaged,  and  thus  preventing  united  ac- 
tion ;  for  what  line  was  sufficient  to  resist  the 
simultaneous  rush  of  these  powerful  animals?  The 
continued  exertion  had  knocked  up  many  of 
the  horses  which  had  started  in  the  mornine,  and 
the  circle  became  smaller  and  smaller  as  the  day 
advanced;  several   persons,  indeed,  had  been  car- 


ried off  severely  wounded  by  the  horns  and  feet  of 
the  bulls.  Redoubling  our  efforts,  however,  we  at 
length,  about  four  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  succeeded 
in  driving  them  into  an  inclosure,  where  a  number 
of  oxen  (all  at  one  time  wild)  were  quietly  grazing. 
Here  they  were  kept  till  required  for  the  next  day's 
sport."  These  bulls  were  baited  in  the  square  of 
Alcoxete,  converted  into  a  temporary  arena,  and 
afterwards  reduced  to  a  complete  state  of  servitude. 
The  picadores,  or  men  who  encountered  them,  were 
on  foot,  and  only  armed  with  short  darts,  and  dis- 
played the  most  surprising  courage  and  address; 
and  when  at  last  they  were  to  be  thrown,  a  man 
leaping  between  the  horns  (Kig.  707),  there  sup 
ported  himself  till  the  cords  were  lashed  round  the 
animal's  limbs. 

The  bull-fights  as  conducted  in  the  amphitheatres 
of  Spain  and  Portugal,  the  lingering  relics  of  tho^e 
contests  in  which  Rome  so  much  delighted,  and 
which  prevailed  more  or  less  throughout  the  Roman 
empire,  have  been  often  described.  These  san- 
guinary spectacles  are  the  delight  of  the  Spanish 
people,  and  are  not  only  tolerated,  but  encouraged 
by  the  higher  classes  of  both  sexes,  who  find  great 
satisfaction  in  the  torments  which  the  bull  endures 
from  the  lance  of  the  cavalier,  or  the  horse  from  the 
horns  of  the  bull. 

The  most  graphic  and  spirited  description  of  this 
"  ungentle  sport"  is  that  by  Lord  Byron,  in  '  Childe 
Harold's  Pilgrimage,'  canto  i.,  which  we  forbear  to 
quote,  feeling  assured  that  all  are  familiar  with  it. 
In  a  note  by  Sir  J.  C.  Hobhouse  the  following  ad- 
ditional particulars  are  recorded  : — "The  magistrate 
presides,  and  after  the  horsemen  and  picadores 
have  fought  the  bull,  the  matadore  steps  forward 
and  bows  to  him  for  permission  to  kill  the  animal. 
If  the  bull  has  done  his  duty  by  killing  two  or  three 
horses,  or  a  man,  which  last  is  rare,  the  people 
interfere  with  shouts,  the  ladies  wave  their  hand- 
kerchiefs, and  the  animal  is  saved.  The  wounds 
and  death  of  the  horses  are  accompanied  with  the 
loudest  acclamations  and  many  gestures  of  delight, 
especially  from  the  female  portion  of  the  audience, 
including  those  of  the  gentlest  blood."  Fig.  708, 
representing  a  bull-fight,  shows  the  manner  in 
which— 

"  tile  tnatadores  aroiinri  htm  play. 
Shake  the  red  cloak,  and  poise  the  reaily  1}rand" 

before  dealing  the  fatal  blow  which  severs  the  spinai 
chord  at  the  back  of  the  neck. 

Of  the  effects  of  such  exhibitions  on  the  charac- 
ter of  the  people  nothing  need  be  said  ;  whatever 
atrocities  may  be  committed  by  men  "  nurtured  in 
blood  betimes"  cannot  surprise  us. 

Within  the  Arctic  Circle  the  ox  gives  place  to 
the  rein-deer,  but  in  Iceland  cattle  are  reared  in 
great  numbers,  and  are  valuable.  In  size  and  ap- 
pearance, excepting  that  they  are  seldom  horned, 
they  resemble  the  breeds  of  the  Scottish  Islands. 
It  would  appear  that  the  Icelandish  farmers  conduct 
the  breeding  of  their  stock  on  no  principles ;  con- 
sequently, there  is  great  room  for  improvement ; 
nevertheless,  the  cattle  on  the  whole  are  handsome, 
and  the  cows  yield  a  considerable  quantity  of  milk. 
In  Norway  and  Sweden  cattle  are  numerous,  and 
also  in  Rus.sia ;  as  is  well  known,  the  main  exports 
from  Russia  to  England  are  tallow  and  hides.  In 
that  extensive  empire  vast  numbers  are  reared, 
principally  in  the  southern  provinces,  and  the  mar- 
kets of  St.  Petersburg  and  other  towns  are  supplied 
by  cattle  sent  from  distant  parts  of  the  country. 
The  herdsmen  live  in  a  state  of  barbaric  simplicity, 
and  are  nomadic  in  their  habits ;  they  travel  with 
their  herds  to  Moscow,  St.  Petei-sburg,  and  other 
places,  which  depend  more  upon  them  for  a  supply 
than  upon  the  farmers  of  the  adjacent  districts. 
The  following  passage  in  Johnstons  '  Russia'  con- 
veys a  good  idea  of  the  Russian  cattle-keeper  and 
his  herd : — "  Along  the  road,"  he  says,  "  we  passed 
one  or  two  large  droves  of  horned  cattle  proceed- 
ing to  St.  Petersburg.  We  learned  that  they  were 
brought  from  the  provinces  south  of  Moscow. 
These  cattle  are  all  of  a  whitish  colour,  well  made, 
and  of  about  seven  hundredweight.  Their  journey 
to  S*.  Petersburg  occupies  three  months;  they 
travel  from  eight  to  sixteen  miles  during  the  night, 
and  are  allowed  to  pasture  and  rest  during  the  day 
on  the  sides  of  the  road.  The  herds  are  attended 
by  one  or  two  men,  who  convey  their  cooking  uten- 
sils, baggage,  &c.  in  a  waggon  drawn  by  two  oxen ; 
and  while  their  numerous  herds  repose  undisturbed 
under  the  shade  of  the  delicate  birch,  they  stretch 
themselves  on  the  ground  and  pass  their  time  in  a 
true  Scythian  stale.  Here  are  also  seen  a  few  sheep, 
but  of  an  inferior  breed,  covered  with  hair  some- 
what like  that  of  a  goat.  This  country  is  not  favour- 
able for  the  pasture  of  sheep,  owing  to  the  coarse- 
ness of  the  grass  and  quantity  of  wood.  Little  or 
no  attention  seems  to  he  used  in  the  rearing  of  any 
other  animal  besides  the  horse;  to  him  alone  the 
Russ  devotes  his  whole  attention,  and  from  him  he 
derives  his  livelihood." 

In  Wallachia  and  Moldavia  cattle  are  abundant; 


Oxen.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


163 


a  the  latter  district,  indeed,  the  people  continue 
in  a  great  measure  their  ancient  nomadic  habits, 
makins;  use  of  the  services  of  the  ox  as  a  beast  of 
draught  or  burden  :  united  in  immense  caravans, 
they  roam  over  an  immense  extent  of  territory, 
transporting;  in  tall  vehicles  of  singular  construction 
various  articles  of  produce,  provisions,  and  other 
thiiig:s  to  the  towns  scattered  at  wide  distances 
about  the  vast  plains  of  Moldavia.  Day  by  day 
they  move  cheerfully  on,  to  the  slow  and  measured 
sound  of  the  footsteps  of  their  oxen,  and  are  often 
an  entire  month  without  seeing  a  single  human 
habitation.  At  the  approach  of  evening  the  cara- 
van halts,  the  numerous  waggons  are  disposed  in 
the  form  of  a  square,  and  the  oxen  are  turned  out 
to  graze  at  large,  underthe  watchful  care  of  intrepid 
dogs  who  accompany  the  caravan.  In  the  middle 
of  the  square  a  fire  is  now  lighted,  at  which  the 
conductor  prepares  his  simple  repast,  and  after- 
wards disposes  himself  for  sleep,  sheltered  by  a 
warm  and  heavy  coverlid  that  completely  enwraps 
him.  These  indefatigable  walkers  are  no  less  ex- 
cellent riders:  they  possess  a  fine  race  of  horses, 
which  are  employed  for  drawing  lighter  vehicles, 
while  the  heavier  waggons  are  drawn  by  the  slow 
oxen.  There  are  no  high-roads  in  .Moldavia;  the 
plain  is  open,  and  each  traveller  chooses  his  own 
track,  and  it  is  often  with  difficulty  that  the  oxen 
can  drag  their  way  through  heavy  ground  :  storms 
of  wind,  rain,  or  snow  make  the  matter  worse,  so 
that  a  passage  can  only  be  achieved  by  great 
patience,  labour,  and  resolution.  The  sketch  (Fig. 
709)  represents  a  bullock-caravan  of  Moldavia 
wending  its  weary  way  over  the  vast  plains  of  Mol- 
davia, while  lighter  vehicles  drawn  by  swift  horses 
are  seen  in  the  distance.  It  is  by  these  caravans 
that  the  trade  and  commerce  of  Moldavia  are  carried 
on,  and  the  town  supplied  with  grain. 

In  Switzerland  there  is  an  excellent  breed  of 
cattle,  and  in  no  country  are  these  animals  more  care- 
tiilly  attended  to,  or  held  in  greater  esteem  for  their 
utility,  as  far  as  the  dairy  is  concerned.  Travellers 
have  frequently  noticed  their  docility  and  intelli- 
gence, which  they  have  at  the  same  time  not  a  little 
exaggerated.  It  is  customary  to  hang  bells  round 
the  necks  of  the  cattle,  sheep,  and  goats,  in  order 
that  if  they  stray  among  the  hills  and  mountains 
the  herdsmen  may  be  directed  by  the  sound  in  his 
pursuit  of  them,  the  slightest  tinkle  being  beard  at 
a  great  distance  in  those  lofty  and  still  regions. 
The  cows  selected  to  bear  the  bell  become  accus- 
tomed to  it  from  habit,  and  often,  we  doul)t  not.  be- 
tray signs  of  uneasiness  when  deprived  of  it,  but  the 
account  given  by  some  writers  respecting  their 
feelings  borders  on  the  ludicrous.  "  The  cow, 
whose  superior  beauty,  sagacity,  or  good  conduct 
seems  to  calculate  her  for  the  leader  of  the  herd, 
is  always  on  gala  days  distinguished  by  the  largest 
and  finest  toned  bell,  and  the  bravest  ornamental 
collar,  and  so  down  through  all  the  gradations  of 
good,  to  the  small  appendage  that  marks  the  indif- 
ferently good  or  clever  animal,  and  the  total  absence 
of  ornament  and  distinction  which  points  out  the 
self-willed  or  vicious.  If  any  cow  iias  been  guilty 
of  straying,  of  unseemly  behaviour,  breach  of  dis- 
cipline, or  any  vicious  trick,  the  displeasure  of  the 
vacher  is  not  testified  by  tjlows,  but  by  the  tem- 
porary deprivation  other  bell,  and  this  seldom  fails 
to  reduce  her  to  order  and  prevent  a  repetition  of 
the  offence.  It  is  only  necessary  to  see  the  cow  on 
a  gala  day,  with  her  badge  of  distinction  strapped 
round  hei;  neck,  and  then  to  see  her  deprived  of  it 
for  some  rea.son  or  other,  to  be  convinced  that  this 
is  true.  She  is  now  gay,  good-humored,  and  fro- 
licsome ;  then  sulky  and  gloomy."  (Latrobe's  'Al- 
penstock.') 

The  pastoral  economy  of  Switzerland,  which  is 
common  to  Savoy  and  other  alpine  countries,  and  the 
annual  progress  of  the  .shepherds  and  cowherds  with 
their  flocks  and  cattle  to  and  from  the  mountains, 
are  interesting.  The  richer  proprietors  and  breeders 
in  the  Alps  possess  tracks  of  pasturages,  and  some- 
times houses,  at  different  heishts.  In  winter  they 
live  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain  in  some  sheltered 
valley,  but  this  they  quit  in  the  spring,  and  ascend 
gradually,  as  the  heat  brings  out  vegetation,  on  the 
higher  lands.  In  autumn  they  descend  by  the 
same  gradations  to  the  valley.  Those  who  are  less 
rich  have  a  resource  in  certain  common  pastures,  to  I 
which  they  send  a  number  of  cows  proportionate 
to  their  means  of  keeping  them  during  the  winter,  j 
Eight  days  after  the  cows  have  been  diivcn  up  to 
these  common  pastures,  all  their  owners  assemble, 
and  the  quantity  of  milk  each  cow  produces  is  accu- 
rately weighed.  This  operation  of  weighing  is 
repeated  one  day  in  the  middle  of  summer,  and 
again  at  the  end  of  the  season.  The  milk  of  all 
the  cows  has,  in  the  meanwhile,  been  put  together 
and  made  into  butter  and  cheese,  and  this  common 
product  is  divided  into  shares  according  to  the 
quantity  of  milk  each  owner's  cows  yielded  on  the 
days  of  trial. 

in  some  parts  of  Switzerland,  and  more  particu- 


larly in  the  retired  parts  of  the  Forest  cantons,  the 
peasants  make  use  of  the  Alp-horn  for  the  purpose 
of  collecting  their  herds.  This  primitive  instru- 
ment is  a  tube  of  wood  about  five  feet  in  length,  of 
very  simple  construction  ;  it  produces  a  deep,  mel- 
low, and  prolonged  note,  resounding  to  a  great  dis- 
tance, floating  over  the  upland  pastures,  and  echoing 
from  crag  to  crag  and  from  rock  to  rock.  On  hear- 
ing the  well-known  summons,  which  is  regularly 
given  at  sunset,  the  cattle  bestir  themselves,  and 
wend  their  way  to  the  chalet,  where  the  peasants  are 
waiting  their  arrival.  The  deep  note  of  the  Alp- 
horn  hea.rd  among  the  mountains,  and  multiplied  by 
echoes  till  the  last  tone  dies  away,  produces  a  pleas- 
ing impression  on  the  traveller,  which  he  long 
leniembei-s. 

Fig.  710  represents  a  scene  on  the  banks  of  the 
Vial  river,  South  Africa,  illustrative  of  the  uses  of 
the  ox  in  that  country,  where  its  services  as  a  beast 
of  draught  and  burden  are  of  the  greatest  import- 
ance. Waggons  drawn  by  oxen,  often  cruelly 
overtasked,  are  the  ordinary  travelling  vehicles  of 
South  Africa,  and  are  admirably  adapted  for  the 
country,  which  is  rugged  and  mountainous,  and 
generally  destitute  of  any  other  roads  than  the  rude 
tracks  originally  struck  across  the  wilderness  by 
the  first  European  adventurers.  Each  waggon  is 
provided  with  a  canvas  tilt,  to  protect  the  traveller 
from  sun  and  rain,  and  is  drawn  by  a  team  of  six, 
eight,  or  even  twelve  oxen,  fastened  with  wooden 
frames  to  a  strong  central  trace,  or  trek-tow,  formed 
of  twisted  thongs  of  bullock"s  hide.  The  driver,  who 
sits  in  front,  has  a  whip  of  enormous  length,  which 
he  often  uses  with  unsparing  severity. 

Formerly,  indeed,  if  the  account  given  by  Barrow 
is  to  be  credited,  the  treatment  exercised  by  the 
Dutch-African  boors  to  their  oxen  was  brutal  in 
the  extreme.  The  Dutch  boors,  moreover,  made 
use  of  very  large  and  clumsy  waggons,  and  de- 
lighted in  transporting  tremendous  loads  at  a  time. 
It  was  a  common  sight  to  see  six,  eiglit,  ten,  or 
even  a  dozen  pair  of  oxen  yoked  to  an  enormous 
vehicle.  But  even  this  number  was  inadequate  to 
such  burdens  as  they  bad  to  draw,  and  the  resist- 
ance of  such  roads.  The  most  disgraceful  cruelties 
were  used  to  force  these  poor  creatures  on  their 
way.  Their  drivers  cut  them  with  knives,  and 
when,  worn  out,  they  laid  themselves  down,  and 
refused  to  rise,  it  was  a  common  practice  to  light 
fires  under  their  sides,  and  so  force  them  to  go. 
One  of  these  brutal  boors,  whose  knife  had  been 
often  employed  on  the  flesh  of  his  cattle,  boasted 
that  he  could  start  his  team  at  full  gallop  by  merely 
whetting  that  knife  on  the  side  of  his  waggon. 
Once  as  he  was  exhibiting  this  experiment,  the 
waggon  was  overturned,  and  one  of  the  company, 
"  unfortunately  not  the  proprietor,"  says  Mr.  Bai- 
row,  "  had  his  leg  broken." 

When  the  Dutch  took  possession  of  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  they  found  1  he  Hottentots  a  pastoral 
people,  possessed  of  flocks  and  herds ;  the  oxen 
were  of  large  size,  with  the  horns  long  and  sweep- 
ing forwards  and  upwards,  and  they  were  not  only 
trained  for  riding,  but  even  as  guardians  of  the 
flocks  and  cattle,  and  as  instruments  of  destruction 
in  battle.  The  Hottentots,  says  Kolben,  who  visited 
them  while  they  yet  retained  their  name  and  inde- 
pendence as  a  nation,  "have  oxen  which  they  use 
with  success  in  battle  ;  they  call  them  Bake-leys : 
every  army  is  provided  with  a  large  troop  of  these 
war-oxen,  which  permit  themselves  to  be  governed 
without  trouble,  and  which  their  leader  lets  loose 
at  the  appointed  moment.  The  instant  they  are 
set  free  they  throw  themselves  with  impetuosity  on 
the  opposing  army;  they  strike  with  their  horns, 
they  kick  with  their  heels,  they  overthrow,  they  rip 
up,  and  trample  beneath  their  feet,  with  frightful 
ferocity,  all  that  opposes  them ;  they  plunge  with 
fury  into  the  midst  of  the  ranks,  and  thus  prepare 
for  their  masters  an  easy  victory.  The  manner  in 
which  these  oxen  are  trained  and  disciplined  cer- 
tainly does  great  honour  to  the  talent  of  these 
people." 

Le  Vaillant,  who  was  in  South  Africa  in  1781, 
saw  some  of  these  oxen,  which  were  then,  as  he 
states,  only  used  by  certain  tribes  of  Hottentots; 
but  he  gives  the  same  account  of  their  mode  of 
fighting  as  Kolben,  who  also  describes  the  Bake- 
leys  as  guardians  of  their  flocks.  "  When  out  in  the 
pasture-grounds,  at  the  least  sign  of  their  conduc- 
tors, they  will  hasten  to  bring  back  the  cattle  which 
are  straying  at  a  distance,  and  keep  them  herded 
together ;  they  rush  on  strangers  with  fury,  whence 
they  are  of  great  service  against  the  Boschmen,  or 
robbers,  who  may  attempt  to  plunder  the  flocks. 
Each  kraal  has  at  least  half  a  dozen  of  these  bake- 
leys,  which  are  chosen  from  among  the  most  spirited 
oxen ;  on  the  death  of  one,  or  when  one  in  con- 
sequence of  old  age  becomes  unserviceable,  in 
which  case  its  owner  kills  it,  another  ox  is  selected 
from  the  herd  to  succeed  it.  The  choice  is  referred 
to  one  of  the  old  men  of  the  kraal,  who  is  thought 
to  be  most  capable  of  discerning  that  which  will 


most  easily  receive  instruction.  They  associate 
this  noviciate  ox  with  one  of  long  experience,  and 
they  teach  him  to  follow  his  companion,  either  by 
beating  or  some  other  method.  During  the 
night  they  are  tied  together  by  the  horns;  and 
they  are  also  thus  kept  tied  during  the  greater  part 
of  the  day,  until  the  learner  has  become  a  good 
guardian  of  the  flock.  These  guardians  know  all 
the  inhabitants  of  the  kraal,  men,  women,  and 
children,  and  testify  the  same  respect  towards  them 
that  a  dog  displays  towards  all  those  that  live  in 
the  house  of  liis  master.  There  is,  therefore,  no 
inhabitant  of  the  kraal  who  may  not  with  safety 
approach  the  flocks;  the  bake-leys  never  do  them 
the  least  injury  ;  but  if  a  stranger,  and  particularly 
a  European,  should  offer  to  take  the  same  liberty 
without  being  accompanied  by  some  Hottentot,  he 
would  he  in  great  danger  from  these  guardians  of 
the  flock,  which  usually  feed  rouncl  it,  and  which 
would  come  upon  him  full  gallop.  Then,  unless  he 
be  within  hearing  of  the  shepherds,  or  have  fire- 
arms or  good  legs,  or  unless  a  tree  be  near  in  which 
to  climb,  he  is  sure  to  be  killed;  it  would  be  useless 
for  him  to  have  recourse  to  sticks  or  stones;  a 
bake-ley  has  no  fear  for  such  feeble  weapons." 

Sparrman,  who  visited  South  Africa  in  1775,  was 
one  of  the  last  travellers  who  found  the  Hottentots 
in  their  original  stale  of  pastoral  freedom  ;  he  men- 
tions a  woman  who  was  possessed  of  sixty  milch- 
cows,  and  that,  on  the  cattle  of  the  kraal  being 
brought  home  from  pasture,  the  evening  was  en- 
livened by  singing  and  dancing. 

The  CafTres,  Oorannas,  and  other  tribes  have  oxen 
in  abundance,  which  are  employed  as  beasts  of  bur- 
den. The  Corannas  are  a  nomade  race,  frequently  re- 
moving with  their  flocks  and  herds  to  fresh  pasture- 
land  ;  and  transporting  their  mats,  tents,  and 
utensils  strapped  on  the  back  of  oxen,  which  also 
carry  ihemselves  and  their  wives  and  children: 

*'  Fast  by  his  wilil  resournling  river 
The  listless  Coran  lingers  pver ; 
Still  drives  his  lieifers  I'orth  to  teed. 
Sooth'ii  by  tlie  gorrah's  humming  reed ; 
A  rifver  still  uncheck'd  will  range. 
As  humour  calls  or  seasons  chani,'e, 
Ilia  tent  of  mals  and  leathern  gear 
All  packed  upon  the  patient  steer." 

Prinqle. 

Burchell  thus  describes  the  saddle-oxen  of  South 
Africa: — "These  oxen  are  generally  broken  for 
riding  when  not  more  than  a  year  old.  The  first 
ceremony  is  that  of  piercing  the  nose  to  receive  the 
bridle  ;  lor  which  purpose  they  are  thrown  on  their 
back,  and  a  slit  is  made  through  the  septum,  or  cai- 
tilage  between  the  nostrils,  large  enough  to  admit 
a  finger.  In  this  hole  is  thrust  a  strong  stick 
stripped  of  its  bark,  and  having  at  one  end  a  forked 
branch  to  prevent  its  passing  through.  To  each 
end  of  it  is  fastened  a  thong  of  hide,  of  a  length 
sufficient  to  reach  round  tlie  neck,  and  form  the 
reins ;  and  a  sheep-skin,  with  the  wool  on,  placed 
across  the  back,  together  with  another  folded 
up,  and  bound  on  with  a  rein  long  enough  to  pass 
several  times  round  the  body,  constitutes  the  sati- 
dle.  To  this  is  sometimes  added  a  pair  of  stirrups, 
consisting  only  of  a  thong,  with  a  loop  at  each  end, 
slung  across  the  saddle.  Frequently  the  loops  arc 
distended  by  a  piece  of  wood,  to  form  an  easier  rest 
for  the  foot.  While  the  animal's  nose  is  still  sore, 
it  is  mounted  and  put  in  training,  and  in  a  week  or 
two  is  generally  rendered  sufficiently  obedient  to  its 
rider.  The  facility  and  adroitness  with  which  the 
Hottentots  manage  the  ox  have  often  excited  my 
admiration.  It  is  made  to  walk,  trot,  or  gallop  at 
the  will  of  ils  master,  and,  beint'  longer  legged  and 
rather  more  lightly  made  than  the  ox  in  England, 
travels  with  greater  ease  and  expedition,  walking 
three  or  four  miles  in  an  hour,  trotting  five,  and 
galloping  on  an  emergency  seven  or  eight." 

In  other  parts  of  Central  Africa  the  ox  is  em- 
ployed in  like  manner.  Major  Denham  thus  gives 
an  account  of  its  use  in  the  central  countries  wliicli 
he  visited ; — "The  beasts  of  burden,"  he  observes, 
"  are  the  bullock  and  the  ass.  A  very  fine  breed 
of  the  latter  are  found  in  the  Mandara  valleys. 
Strangers  and  chiefs  in  the  service  of  the  sheikh,  or 
sultan,  alone  possess  camels.  The  bullock  is  the 
bearer  of  all  the  grain  and  other  articles  to  and 
from  the  markets.  A  small  saddle  of  plaited  rushes 
is  laid  on  him,  when  sacks  made  of  goat-skins,  and 
filled  with  corn,  are  lashed  on  his  broad  and  able 
back.  A  leathern  thong  is  passed  through  1  he  carti- 
lage of  his  nose,  and  serves  as  a  bridle  ;  while  on 
the  top  of  the  load  is  mounted  the  owner,  his  wife, 
or  his  slave.  Sometimes  the  daughter  or  wife  of  a 
rich  Shouaa  will  be  mgunted  on  her  particular  bul- 
lock, and  precede  the  loaded  animals,  extravagantly 
adorned  with  amber,  silver  rings,  coral,  and  all 
sorts  of  finery;  her  hair  streaming  with  fat;  a 
black  rim  of  kohal,  at  least  an  inch  wide,  round 
each  of  her  eyes ;  and,  I  may  say,  arrayed  for  con- 
quest at  the  crowded  market.  Carpet  or  robes  are 
then  spread  on  her  clumsy  palfrey  ;  she  itiu  jambe 
de  <;a,  janibe  de  Ki,  and  with  considerable  grace 
guides  her  animal  by  the  nose.     Notwitlistanding 


709.— UuUock  Caravvi  in  Motdftvia. 


TS4.— Modern  Egyptian  Fioughinif. 


729.— Zebus  ami  Car. 


7ll.-0riental  Landicape  and  Cattle. 


730. — Zebus  and  Indian  Car . 


727.— Bullock  Carts  of  the  Nomade  Tartm. 


732.— Zebiu  of  the  Zoologiul  Gardeni. 


731.— Indian  Zebu. 


720.— Ancient  Egyptian  Pluaghing. 


'  721.— Frum  the  Shield  of  Achille*. 


713.— Ploughing  with  Ox  and  Ass. 


^I'l, 


^v  .  }'i^--^ 


733.— IJralimin  Zebu  iiuU. 


134.— Zebuiand  Turklih  Atabah. 


Ifi."! 


166 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


roxEx. 


the  peaceablenen  of  his  nature,  her  vanity  still 
enables  her  to  torture  him  into  something  like  ca- 
perings  and  curvelin«." 

The  ox  was  one  or  the  first  of  the  domestic  animals 
carried  over  to  Amerii-a  by  the  early  Si)ani>h  settlers ; 
there  it  has  multiplied  ami  spread,  and  indeed  in  some 
■  degree   has   recovered   its   oritrinal   independence. 
Herds  of  wild  oxen  rosm  the  Pampas,  where  they 
are  hunted  and  slain  for  their  hides,  which  form  an 
important  article  of  commerce.    These  wild  herds 
are  in  some  districts  exceedingly  numerous;  they 
differ  in  no  respect  from  their  domestic  relatives, 
and  are  themselves  rendered  tame  without  much 
difficulty.    According  to  .Azara,  '-  Captain  John  de 
Salazar,  born  in  the   city  of  Poniar  in   Arragon, 
transported  from  Andalusia  seven  cows  and  a  bull 
to  the  coa-st  of  Brazil  ;  I'lora  thence  he  conducted 
them  overland  to  the  river  Parana   at   the   place 
opposite  to  where  it  receives  the  river  Mondai.     He 
there  constructed  a  raft,  ]>laced  the  cattle  on   it, 
and  gave  tiiem  in  charge  to  a  certain  Gat;t6,  whilst 
he   himself  went  by   land    to    Paraguay.      Gaiin; 
descended  the  Parana  to  its  union  with  the  river  of 
Paraguay,  and  steering  up  this,  he  safely  arrived 
at  ttie  city  of  Assumption  in  154G.     He  spent  many 
months  in  this  voyage,  and  as  he  had  only  one  cow 
given  liiin  for  payment,  the  saying  has  hence  arisen 
in  allusion  to  the  great   value  of  anything,  'It  is 
deare."  than  Gaijic's  cow.'    The  second  founders  of 
Buenos  .Ayies  took,  in  1580,  some  cows  from  Para- 
guay, which  multiplied  in  the  neighbourhood  ;  and, 
from  want  of  due  care,  many  of  them  became  wild, 
and  bent  their  course  towards  Rio  Negro.     The  In- 
dians of  the  Cordillera  of  Chili  became  acquainted 
with  these   animals,   which   had   already  attained 
their   boundaries,   and   they  commenced   to  carry 
from  them  herds  of  tamed  cattle  to  Chili,  where  the 
presidents  of  this  settlement  purchased  them  from 
these  Indians.    Those  Indians  who  could  not  live 
in  their  country  without  some  resource,  established 
themselves  in  the  plains  which  were  occupied  by 
these  callle,  and  some  even  mixed  with  the  Pampas 
Indians.     In  the  meantime,  the  Indians  who  were 
unsubdued  dtstrcyed  the  cattle   to    the  south   of 
Buenos  Ayies ;  the  Spaniards  of  those  parts,  how- 
ever, did  not  neglect  to  take  a  portion,  which  they 
conducted   to  Cordova  and   Mendoza,   whilst   the 
Spaniards  of  Buenos  Ayres  made  up  entire  cargoes 
of  the  hides  of  bulls  and  cows  ;  for  at  that  time  the 
animal  itself  was  not  considered  of  value,  its  skin 
being  all  that  was  sought  after.     The  result  of  all 
this  (and  the  same  will  soon  take  place  at  Monte 
Video)  was,  that  towards  the  middle  of  the  century 
wild  cattle  no  longer  existed  in  the  Pampas ;  and 
the  unsubdued  Indians  saw  themselves  under  the 
necessity   of  stealing  the  domestic  animals,  or  of 
making  incursions  into  the  estancias  of  the  Pampas. 
This  was  the   commencement   and  cause   of  the 
bloody  war  which  the  Spaniards  had  with  the  In- 
dians.   The  herds  of  these  revolted  or  wild  cattle. 
which   are  also  called  oreillards  in  the  plains  of 
Monte  Video,  do  not  pass  to  the  north  of  the  south- 
ern establishments  of  the  Guaranis  Missions.     The 
following  is  the  account  which  I  have  collected  of 
their  origin  : — The  city  authorities  of  Buenos  Ayres, 
iu  the  name  of  certain  of  its  inhabitants,  as  is  proved 
by  its  archives,  made,  at  the  commencement  of  the 
century,  contracts,  on  the  one  part,  with  the  Eng- 
lish, tor  the  acquisition  of  Negroes,  and,  on  the 
other  part,  with  certain  Spaniards,  who  were  thus 
authorized  to  procure  the  hides  of  the  animals  on 
the  plains  situate  to  the  north  of  the  Rio  de  la 
Plata  on  payment  to  the  city  of  a  certain  tax,  of 
■which   the  sum  total   was  shared   between   these 
Spanish  inhabitants,  who  from  this  circumstance 
were  called  Actionnaires.    The  primitive  source  of 
this  right  or  this  proceeding  is  not  known,  but  cer- 
tain it  is  that  all  the  inhabitants  did  not  participate 
in  it,  and  that  its  produce  was  the  exclusive  share 
of  these  Actionnaires,  who  were  the  descendants  of 
the  earliest  of  the  original  settlers.     Such  is  the 
origin  of  the  homed  cattle  of  these  countries,  where 
they  prodigiously  multiplied.*     About  eight  hun- 
dred thousand  ox-hides  are  annually  exported  from 
Buenos  Ayres  and  Monte  Video  to  Europe."    Mr. 
Darwin  states,  "that  from  the  latter  place  the  an- 
nual exportation  is  three  hundred  thousand,  and 
the  home  consumption  from  waste  very  consider- 
able.    In  order  to  obtain  these  hides,  some  horse- 
men join  together  and  arrange  themselves  in  two 
lanks  which  form  an  angle  ;  they  then  press  on  the 
two  sides  a  small  number  of  cattle,  and  one  of  the 
horsemen  who  goes  last  in  the  angle  hamstrings  the 
animals  with  a  knife  in  the  shape  of  a  crescent  or 
half-moon,  fastened  at  the  end  of  a  staflt'.     While 
this  goes  on  the  horsemen  continue  to  ride  forwards, 
and  when  they  have  thus  secured  a  sufficient  num- 
ber of  animals  they  retrace  their  steps ;  and  the 
person  who  hamstrung  them  gives  each  beast  thus 
maimed  a  finishing  stroke  with  a  sharp  spear,  and 

*  In  tlie  Ftlltland  Inlands  ttie  wild  ciiltle  and  lioraes  were  Intro- 
ilnced  Ijv  tlie  French  in  nC4 :  tl»e  cattle  are  magnillcent,  but  the 
*u>ne>  amall. 


j  the  horsemen  dismount  to  strip  the  carcass,  some- 
times of  the  fat  and  suet,  but  always  of  the  skin: 
this  they  do  with  such  dexterity,  that  some  men 
I  without  assistance  will  strip  twenty-six  cattle  at  a 
day's  work.     When  a  single  head  of  cattle  is  to  be 
killed  for  the  sake  of  its  flesh,  a  horseman  throws  a 
lasso  over  its  horns  or  neck,  and  another  dues  the 
same  over  one  of  its  feet ;  then  straining  in  opposite 
directions  they  prevent  it  from  struggling  free,  and 
so   strangle   it.     Admirable   is  the   dexterity  with 
!  which,  when  the  animals  pass  as  they  rush  forwards, 
the   lasso  is  thrown,   so   that  directed  backwards 
under  its  feet,  the  animal  at  the  pleasure  of  the 
I  horseman  is  entangled  either  by  one  foot  or  by  two 
together." 

it  is  a  singular  feature  in  the  history  of  the  New 
World  that  so  many  of  our  domestic  animals  there 
imported  should  have  returned  to  their  primitive 
independence  :  the  ox,  the  horse,  the  hog,  the  ass, 
the  rabbit,  the  cat,  and  the  dog,  have  thus  estranged 
themselves  from  the  coatrol  of  man.  Individuals 
have  at  different  times  escaped  from  confinement 
or  been  neglected ;  a  vast  region  lay  before  them, 
presenting  abundance  of  food  ;  they  multiplied,  and 
their  offspring  in  turn;  and  thus  within  a  biief 
period  have  the  plains  of  the  New  World  been 
peopled  by  alien  races  of  animals,  which  claim  Asia 
or  Europe  as  their  staiting-point. 

America  is  not  the  only  portion  of  the  globe  to 
which,  by  the  agency  of  man,  in  modern  times,  the 
ox  has  been  introduced.  We  allude  to  Australia, 
New  Zealand,  and  the  groups  of  islands  which 
sprinkle  the  Pacific  Ocean.  "  With  the  appearance 
of  Vancouver,"  says  Otho  von  Kotzebue,  speaking 
of  the  Sandwich  Islands,  "  aiose  the  fortunate  star 
of  these  islands.  Among  the  innumerable  benefits 
he  conferred  upon  them,  they  are  indebted  to  him 
for  the  possession  of  sheep  and  cattle ;  Tameamea 
(the  native  king)  declared  these  animals  under  a 
tabu  for  ten  years,  which  allowed  time  for  so  large 
an  increase,  that  they  now  run  wild  in  the  forests." 
Of  the  benefits  resulting  from  the  introduction  of 
the  ox  into  a  country  naturally  destitute  of  it,  no- 
thing need  be  said  ;  but  the  gift  of  cattle  to  a 
people  who,  though  yet  uncivilized,  are  yet  capable 
of  appreciating  their  value,  is  to  commence  a  revo- 
lution in  their  state  and  condition  immeasurably  for 
the  better:  for  the  possession  of  property  is  one  of 
the  bonds  of  society,  and  the  desire  of  acquiring  it 
the  great  stimulus  to  industry.  With  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  ox,  the  condition  of  the  people  of  these 
islands  must  necessarily  be  improved.  Not  only 
will  cattle  be  reared  for  home  consumption,  but 
for  supplying  the  ships  that  navigate  these  seas 
(whalers,  &c.),  other  valuables  being  given  in  ex- 
change ;  hence  will  the  rearing  of  cattle  be  gene- 
rally undertaken :  this  involves  care  and  attention, 
and  a  state  of  peace;  agriculture  and  commerce 
follow,  and  prepare  the  way  for  the  arts  of  civilized 
life. 

To  Asia  and  its  border-lands  let  us  turn  our  at- 
tention— regions  in  which  the  ox  from  the  earliest 
epoch  has  been  in  a  state  of  domestication,  and 
where  this  animal,  with  sheep  and  goats,  constituted 
the  riches  of  patriarchs,  and  chiefs,  or  princes,  who 
deemed  it  not  beneath  them  to  take  an  active  in- 
terest in  the  management  of  their  flocks  and  herds. 
In  that  age  of  patriarchal  simplicity  such  scenes 
as  that  (Fig.  711)  delineated  by  the  pencil  of 
Berghem  were  not  imaginary,  and  the  pastoral 
poetry  of  classical  antiquity  has  not  only  rendered 
them  familiar,  but  thrown  an  air  of  grace  and  even 
dignity  over  them. 

In  the  fourth  chapter  of  the  Book  of  Genesis  (ver. 
20}  we  read  of  Jabal  that  "  he  was  the  father  of  such 
as  dwell  in  tents,  and  of  such  as  have  cattle." 
In  the  thirteenth  chapter  of  the  same  book  cattle 
are  enumerated  as  forming  part  of  the  riches  of 
Abraham  and  also  of  Lot ;  and  in  the  previous 
chapter  we  read  that  oxen  were  presented  by  the 
Pharaoh  of  Egypt,  together  with  sheep,  a.sses,  and 
camels  to  Abram,  during  his  sojourn  iu  that  land. 
In  the  eighteenth  chapter,  veal,  or  the  flesh  of  the 
calf,  and  butter  and  milk,  are  mentioned  as  articles 
of  food.  Subsequently  abundant  mention  is  made 
of  all  these  domestic  animals,  while  at  the  same  time 
we  glean  that  a  wild  race  of  oxen  long  continued  to 
exist  in  Syria  and  the  adjacent  regions  ;  for  instance, 
in  the  Wosiac  injunctions  regarding  animals  to  be 
used  as  food  (Dtut.  xiv.  5)  the  wild  ox  is  expressly 
noticed,  and  Isaiah  alludes  also  to  the  wild  hull 
("  as  a  wild  bull  in  a  net").  Hence  it  would 
appear,  that  though  a  domestic  breed,  established 
at  a  period  antecedent  to  historic  record,  the  Scrip- 
ture outline  excepted,  formed  part  of  the  wealth  of 
man  in  the  primeval  ages  of  his  history,  that  a  wild 
race  still  tenanted  their  aboriginal  pasture-lands. 
Wild  oxen  are  exhibited  in  the  Egyptian  sculptures, 
and  the  chase  of  them  isoften  represented  :  they  were 
sometimes  hunted  with  dogs,  the  huntsmen  bearing 
bows  and  arrows,  and  sometimes  they  were  caught 
with  the  noose  or  lasso,  as  depicted  in  our  outline 
(Fig.  712). 


The  utility  of  the  ox  was  well  appreciated  in  an- 
cient  times,  insomuch  that  it  t)ecamc  an  emblematic 
object  of  woi-ship  among  most  of  the  nations  of  anti- 
quity. The  traditions  of  every  Celtic  nation  enrol 
the  cow  among  the  earliest  productions,  and  re))re- 
sent  it  as  a  kind  of  divinity.  Among  the  Egyp- 
tians, the  god  Apis  was  worship])ed  in  the  foini  of 
a  bull,  anti  Herodotus  describes  the  lerenionies  at- 
tendant upon  the  choice  of  this  bovine  deity,  to 
whose  honour  other  bulls  chosen  by  the  priests  were 
sacrificed.  The  goddess  Isiswas  represented  by  the 
same  people  under  the  figure  of  a  woman  with  the 
horns  of  a  cow,  as  the  Grecians  represented  lo :  and 
the  sacrificial  offering  was  a  bullock  ;  the  cow  was 
never  sacrificed,  being  sacred  to  Isis.  The  venera- 
tion of  the  cow  was  equally  prevalent  in  Lybia. 
The  Lvbians,  says  Herodotus,  from  Egypt  to  the 
Ijike  "fiitonis,  are  breedei-s  of  cattle,  eat' flesh,  and 
drink  milk,  but  abstain  from  the  flesh  of  cows,  as  do 
also  the  Egyptians,  and  will  not  keep  swine.  Nay, 
among  the  women  of  Syrenc,  to  strike  a  cow  is  ac- 
counted a  crime,  because  they  celebrate  the  feasts 
and  festivals  of  the  Egyptian  Isis.  Neither  will  the 
Barcman  women  taste  the  flesh  either  of  a  hog  or 
of  a  cow. 

In  India,  where  in  many  points  the  practice  and 
worship  of  the  ancient  nations  were  the  same  as 
those  of  the  Egyptians,  the  ox  was  held  sacred,  and 
still  is  so  by  the  Brahmins.  The  religious  writings 
of  India  say  that  the  cow  was  the  fiist  animal  cre- 
ated by  the  three  gods  who  were  directed  by  the 
supreme  lord  to  furnish  the  earth  with  animated  be- 
ings. In  the  sculptures  of  the  cave-temples  of  Ellora, 
the  sacred  bull  is  represented  with  great  truth  and 
spirit.  Colonel  Tod  ('Trans.  Ro\al  Asiatic  Soc." 
vol.  ii.,  p.  560)  says,  "  In  Hindu  mythology  the 
bull  Nanda  is  at  once  the  guardian  of  one  of  the 
two  gates  of  heaven,  of  Iswaro  or  Bal-Siva,  and  his 
steed.  The  astronomic  allusion  thus  blended  with 
mythology  is  evident,  viz.,  the  entrance  of  the  sun 
into  the  sign  Taurus,  the  equinoctial  festival  of  re- 
mote antiquity,  and  regarded  as  a  jubilee  by  the 
Indo-Scythic  nations  hemming  the  shores  of  the  Me- 
diterranean to  the  Indian  Ocean."  We  need  not 
say  how  the  idolatry  of  the  Egyptians  affected  the 
Israelites,  and  mingled  itself  with  the  religious  ce- 
remonies of  other  nations,  whose  worship  required 
the  ox  as  a  sacrifice  to  imaginary  deities. 

The  estimation  in  which  the  ox  was  held,  and 
which  led  to  its  consecration,  did  not  arise  fiom  the 
circumstance  alone  of  the  cow  yielding  milk,  nor 
from  the  value  of  the  flesh  of  the  animal  as  food, 
but  from  its  services  in  agricultural  labour. 

It  was  employed  as  a  beast  of  burden,  for  the 
cart,  for  the  plough,  and  lor  treading  out  the  gram 
from  the  car.  Our  pictorial  collection  presents  us 
with  many  illustrations  of  its  use  in  these  points 
among  the  ancients,  and  which  need  no  detailed 
description  to  render  them  intelligible. 

The  Mosaic  ritual  lays  down  several  rules  respect- 
ing the  treatment  of  the  ox  :  one  forbids  the  yoking 
together  of  tiie  ass  and  the  ox  in  the  same  plough 
(Fig.  713),  perha[)s  from  the  inequality  of  their  size 
and  strength,  which  would  render  the  draught  irre- 
gular, and  oppress  both  animals.  Another  injunc- 
tion is,  "Thou  shall  not  muzzle  the  ox  when  he 
treadeth  out  the  corn."  The  first  idea  suggested  by 
this  passage  is,  that  the  operation  of  threshing  was 
eftected  simply  by  the  feet  of  the  cattle  passing  over 
the  sheaves;  and,  such  indeed,  was  the  case  in  the 
times  of  patriachal  simplicity.  Afterwards,  as  other 
passages  show,  rollers  and  wheels  of  wood,  and 
threshing  instruments  with  teeth,  were  used:  these 
were  drawn  over  the  sheaves  by  oxen,  and  greatly 
facilitated  the  process.  With  respect  to  the  pri- 
mitive mode  of  threshing  by  means  of  the  feet  of 
oxen,  there  is  express  allusion  to  it  by  Homer, 
which  proves  that  the  practice  was  common  in  his 
time  and  country : — 

"  A»  with  autumnal  harvests  covered  o'er, 
And  tl.ick  bestrewn,  lies  Ceres'  sacied  floor. 
Where  round  and  round  with  never-wearied  pnin, 
The  tramplinjj  steers  tireak  out  tli'  unnumlier'd  grain." 

Pope's  Tr.  lit/id^  xx.,  lines  orOrig.  403-8. 

The  ancient  Arabs,  Egyptians,  and  Romans,  as 
well  as  the  ancient  Greeks,  threshed  their  corn  in 
this  manner:  Virgi!  ('Georg.' lib.  i.)  describes  the 
manner  in  which  the  threshing-floor  is  to  be  laid 
down,  showing  that  nothing  like  our  mocern  mode 
of  threshing  could  have  been  practised.  In  Syria, 
Egypt,  and  Nubia,  at  the  present  day,  the  grain  is, 
as  lormerly,  either  trodden  out  by  the  feet  of  o.'<en 
or  mules,  or  partly  trodden  out,  and  partly  crushed 
out  by  means  of  a  roller  or  other  machine  which 
the  oxen  drag  after  them,  and  which  more  or  less 
destroys  the  straw,  and  even  injures  the  grain.  Figs. 
714  and  715  represent  two  modes  of  threshing,  viz. 
by  the  drag,  and  by  the  sledge  upon  rollers,  still 
practised  in  Egypt,  Syria,  and  Western  Asia. 

Our  representations  of  oxen  di awing  the  ploughs 
in  ancient  times  (Figs.  71(J,  717,  718,  719,  720,  721. 
7'22),  and  in  Egypt  at  the  present  day  (Figs.  7"23  and 
724),  illustrate  many  allusions  in  the  sacred  and  clas- 


OxEN.J 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


1C7 


sical  writers.  The  plough  was  a  very  simple  instru- 
ment, as  it  still  continues  in  the  East,  and  is  rather 
formed  for  turning  up  superficially  a  light  soil,  than 
for  making  deep  lunows  in  heavy  land.  It  appears 
that  the  ploughman,  to  work  it  effectively,  was 
under  the  necessity  of  guiding  it  with  great  care, 
bending  over  it,  and  loading  it  as  far  as  possible 
with  his  own  weight,  otherwise  the  share  would  only 
glide  the  surface  without  making  a  furrow,  and  tlie 
slighte.^t  inattention  or  cessation  of  liis  labour  would 
be  followed  by  the  dragging  out  of  the  share  from 
the  earth,  or  by  irregularity  in  the  depth  and  direc- 
tion of  the  furrow ;  hence  the  expression  of  Pliny, 
"  arator,  nisi  incurvus,  praevaricatur."  The  illus- 
trations of  the  use  of  the  ox  in  ancient  times  in 
Egypt  (Fig.  725)  and  in  modern  Syria  (Fig.  726),  as 
well  as  in  Tartary  by  the  nomadic  people  (Fig.  727), 
need  no  particular  comment. 

Fig.  728  represents  the  Ox  of  Syria,  together  with 
the  wild  Ass  and  Camel. 

Fics.  720,  730,  731,  732,  733,  734,  735,  are  illus- 
trations of  the  Zebu  breed  of  oxen,  which  claims  a 
few  observations.  Whether  the  zebu  breed  of  oxen 
be  derived,  as  some  contend,  from  a  distinct  origin 
from  that  of  the  ordinary  ox,  we  will  not  attempt  to 
determine :  suffice  it  to  say  that  it  presents  marked 
peculiarities  which  clearly  characterize  it.  Narrow 
high  withers  surmounted  by  a  large  fatty  hump, 
an  arched  back  rising  at  the  haunches  and  sud- 
denly falling  to  the  tail,  slender  limbs,  a  large 
pendulous  dewlap  falling  in  folds,  long  pendent 
ears,  and  a  peculiarly  mild  expression  of  the  eye, 
proclaim  the  zebu  race — a  race  varying  in  size 
from  that  of  our  largest  cattle  to  that  of  a  young 
calf.  This  breed  is  spread  over  India,  China,  and 
the  Indian  Islands ;  it  is  also  found  in  Madagascar 
and  on  the  eastern  coast  of  Africa,  in  the  interior 
regions,  and  parts  of  the  western  coast,  and  is  used 
for  the  ordinary  purposes  of  draught  and  burden. 
India  appears  to  be  its  parent  country,  and  we  may 
readily  believe  that  in  remote  ages,  when  an  exten- 
sive commerce  existed  between  that  country  and 
Egypt,  it  was  introduced  into  the  land  of  the  Pha- 
raohs. In  Upper  Egypt,  Abyssinia,  and  Ethiopia, 
it  is  now  almost  exclusively  prevalent ;  but  in  Lower 
Egypt,  as  we  learn  from  Burckhardt,  the  zebu  or 
humped  race  is  unknown.  In  the  ancient  Egyptian 
repre>entations  of  animals,  both  the  humped  race 
and  the  ordinary  ox  with  long  horns  are  clearly 
depicted.  (Fig.  736.)  It  is  the  zebu  ox  which  is 
sculptured  in  the  cave-temples  of  Ellora,  and  the 
seven  pagodas,  as  they  are  commonly  called,  at 
Mahimalaipur  on  the  Coromandel  coast.  We  have 
thus  proofs  of  the  extreme  antiquity  of  this  breed, 
and  of  its  distinctness  at  a  remote  era  from  the 
ordinary  ox,  and  that  its  peculiar  characters  were 
what  we  now  see. 

UufFon  observes  that  the  ox  without  a  dorsal 
hump  (which  he  erroneously  terms  the  Aurochs 
race)  occupies  the  cold  and  temperate  zones,  and  is 
thinly  distributed  towards  the  regions  of  the  south  ; 
on  the  contrary,  the  ox  with  the  hump  (which  he 
terms  also  erroneously  the  Bison  race)  exclusively 
occupies  all  the  southern  regions — namely,  the  en- 
tire continent  of  the  Indian  empire,  the  islands  of 
the  Eastern  and  Southern  seas,  and  the  whole  of 
Africa  from  Mount  Atlastothe  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
including  Madagascar,  and  the  island  of  St.  Juan 
on  the  channel  of  Mosambique.  With  respect  to 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  it  is  certain  that  the  zebu 
race  does  not  prevail  there,  at  least  in  the  present 
day  ;  but  F.  Leguat  (see  his  '  Voyages,'  &c.,  1720) 
observes  that  "  the  oxen  are  of  three  sorts  at  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  all  of  a  large  size,  and  very 
active  ;  some  have  a  hump  on  the  back,  others  have 
the  horns  long  and  pendent,  while  others  have 
them  turned  up  and  well  shaped,  as  in  English 
cattle." 

With  respect  to  the  ox  represented  on  the  Greek 
and  Roman  sculptures,  which  is  not  of  the  true  zebu 
race,  it  must  be  confessed  that  in  many  points,  and 
more  particularly  in  the  pendulous  folded  dewlap, 
it  resembled  the  zebu,  and  may  probably  have  been 
the  ultimate  product  of  a  mixture  of  the  zebu  race, 
introduced  at  an  early  date  from  India,  with  the 
ordinary  cattle  of  Greece  and  Italy.  This,  however, 
is  a  mere  sugge?tion.  In  the  Greek  sculptures  the 
o.x  is  represented  without  any  hump,  but  ttie  withers 
are  hiph  and  the  crupper  rounded.  "  To  the  clas- 
sical antiquary,"  says  a  talented  writer,  "  we  beg  to 
suggest  that  the  dewlap  of  the  Brahmin  bull  offers 
an  olyi'Ct  of  much  attention  and  interest,  by  reason 
of  its  sharp  and  decided  outline,  and  perpendicular 
creases  or  folds,  wonderfully  veiilying  the  correct- 
ness of  those  Greek  sculptures  on  bronze  and 
marble,  in  medals  and  statuary,  in  which  we  see 
rejiresentations  of  Victory  sacrificing  a  bull,  of  the 
oxen  of  Ceres,  &e.  These  representations  will  no 
longer  be  considered  out  of  drawing  l)y  those  who 
may  have  an  opportunity  of  examining  the  sacred 
bull  of  India,  nor  exfiggeiated  in  the.r  Ibre-qiiaiters, 
although  critics  of  the  last  century  (less  fortunate 
in  this  respect  than  the  visitors  of  the  Zoological 


Society's  gardens)  have  determined  them  without 
hesitation  to  be  altogether  incorrect."  Several 
beautiful  specimens  of  the  zebu  ox,  both  of  the 
large-sized  variety  and  also  of  the  dwarf  caste,  are 
in  the  Zoological  Gardens.  They  are  remarkable 
for  their  docility  and  quiet  temper. 

Mr.  Youatt  inlbrms  us  that  a  beautiful  zebu  bull 
and  cow  of  the  Nagore  breed  were  exhibited  at  the 
Christmas  Cattle-show  in  1832,  and  adds,  that  they 
were  bred  by  Lieut. -Colonel  Skinner,  on  his  farm  at 
Danah  near  Pukah,  on  the  borders  of  the  Bichaneer 
desert,  a  hundred  miles  to  the  westward  of  Delhi. 
They  were  of  the  highest  breed  of  Indian  cattle, 
used  by  the  higher  orders  to  draw  their  state  car- 
riages, and  much  valued  for  size,  speed,  and  en- 
durance. The  specimens  in  question  "  arrived  at 
Calcutta,  a  distance  of  fourteen  hundred  miles,  in 
January,  1829,  and  were  then  something  under  six 
months  old.  They  were  sent  as  a  present  to  Mr. 
Wood,  who  was  then  residing  at  Calcutta,  and  by 
whom  they  were  forwarded  to  Mr.  Perkins.  Colonel 
Skinner  has  a  large  stock  of  them,  and  six  or  seven 
beasts  are  always  kept  saddled,  to  carry  the  mili- 
tary despatches.  They  remain  saddled  three  or  four 
hours,  and  if  not  wanted  in  that  time,  fresh  ones 
are  brouglitout  to  relieve  their  companions.  They 
will  travel  with  a  soldier  on  their  back  fifteen  or 
sixteen  hours  in  the  day,  at  the  rate  of  six  miles  an 
hour.  Their  action  is  particularly  fine,  nothing 
like  the  English  cattle  with  the  sideway  circular 
action  of  their  hind-legs :  the  Nagore  cattle  bring 
their  hind-leE:s  under  them  in  as  straight  a  line  as 
the  horse.  They  are  very  active,  and  can  clear  a 
five-barred  gate  with  the  greatest  ease.  Mr.  Per- 
kins has  a  calf  which  has  leaped  over  an  iron  fence 
higher  than  any  five-barred  gate,  and  the  bull  fre- 
quently jumps  over  the  same  fence  in  order  to  get 
at  the  water,  and  when  he  has  drunk  his  fill,  leaps 
back  again."  ..."  Mr.  Perkins  very  properly  ob- 
serves, that  the  chief  advantage  of  these  Brahmin 
bulls  would  probably  consist  in  their  speed  and 
strength,  in  both  of  which  they  surpass  any  of  our 
breeds." 

Of  the  extensive  use  and  consequent  value  of  the 
Brahmin  or  large  zebu  breed  in  their  native  climate, 
we  can  scarcely  form  an  adequate  idea.  In  some 
parts  of  India  the  dwarf  races  are  unknown,  and 
this  is  bred  exclusively.  Accoiding  to  an  observa- 
tion of  Colonel  Sykes,  in  the '  Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc.,' 
the  Brinjarees,  a  singular  erratic  people,  possess  vast 
herds,  and  breed  the  Brahmin  cattle  on  an  exten- 
sive scale  ;  "  and  an  army  rarely  moves  in  the  field 
without  15,000  or  20,000  bullocks  to  carry  its  sfiain. 
Dwarf  cattle  are  not  met  in  Dukhun."  The  buffalo, 
however,  divides  the  palm  of  usefulness  with  the 
zebu  in  the  agricultural  labours  of  India,  and  is  pre- 
ferred for  many  purposes,  on  account  of  his  more 
robust  constitution.  In  the  Mawals,  or  hilly  tracts 
among  the  Ghauts,  this  animal  supersedes  the  zebu. 
"  In  those  tracts,"  says  Colonel  Sykes,  "  much  rice 
is  planted,  and  the  male  buffalo,  from  his  superior 
hardihood,  is  much  better  suited  to  resist  the  effects 
of  the  heavy  rains  and  the  splashy  cultivation  of 
rice  than  the  bullock.  The  female  is  also  infinitely 
more  valuable  than  the  cow,  from  the  very  much 
greater  quantity  of  milk  she  yields."  In  point  of 
beauty  and  docility  there  is  no  comparison  between 
the  heavy  savage  buffalo  and  the  "  Sacred  bull  of 
Bramah."  Nor  is  the  former  ever  devoted  to  l!al- 
Siva  as  a  meritorious  offering.  On  the  contrary,  it 
is  common  to  meet  with  Brahmin  bulls  thus  devoted, 
which  wander  at  their  pleasure,  exempt  from  the 
servitude  of  the  yoke,  and  which  are  regarded  as 
endowed  with  a  sacred  character.  The  beautiful 
form  and  sleek  appearance  of  tliese  fortunate  crea- 
tures particularly  eneaged  the  notice  of  Bishop 
Heber.  The  first  which  the  bishop  met  in  his 
journey  was  grazing  in  a  green  paddy-field,  and  was 
branded  on  the  haunches  with  the  emblem  of  Siva. 
He  crossed  their  path  tame  and  fearless,  and  seeing 
some  grass  in  one  of  the  Europeans  hands,  coolly 
walked  up  and  smelt  it.  These  privileged  bulls  are 
turned  out  when  calves,  on  certain  solemn  occasions, 
by  wealthy  Hindoos,  as  acceptable  offerings  to  the 
divinity  Siva.  To  strike  or  any  way  injure  or  mo- 
lest one  of  them  is  held  as  a  mortal  sin.  "  They 
feed,"  he  observes,  "  where  they  choose,  and  devout 
persons  take  great  delight  in  ]}ampering  them.  They 
are  exceeding  pests  in  the  villages  near  Calcutta, 
breaking  into  gardens,  thrusting  their  noses  into  the 
stalls  of  fruiterers'  and  pastry-cooks"  shops,  and  help- 
ing themselves  without  ceremony.  Like  other  petted 
animals  they  are  sometimes  mischievous,  and  are 
said  to  resent  with  a  push  of  their  horns  any  delay 
in  gratifying  their  wishes."* 

Between  this  absurd  reverence  for  consecrated 
bulls  and  the  ordinary  treatment  of  the  working  ox 
there  is  a  vast  distinction:  the  latter  is  harshly  and 
often  severely  treated.  The  cow,  however,  has 
more  forbearance  exercised  towards  her  than  from 
the  treatment  of  the  ox  might  be  expected.  Bishop 
Heber,  speaking  of  the  mode  of  treading  out  the 
•  •  Journey,'  vol.  i.,  p.  145. 


corn  still  practised  in  India,  relates  the  following  : — 
"  One  of  the  Hindoo  farmers  was  threshing  out  a 
small  kind  of  millet  by  driving  oxen  over  it,  round 
and  round  in  a  circle.  They  were  just  leaving  off 
work  as  I  came  up,  and  a  hind  was  bringing  a  large 
bundle  of  green  Indian-corn,  weeded  from  the  thick, 
crop,  for  their  provender.  I  observed,  however, 
that  the  animals,  during  their  previous  employment, 
were  not  muzzled,  according  to  the  Scriptural  rule, 
at  the  same  time  they  were  kept  so  constantly 
moving,  that  a  few  mouthfuls  were  all  they  could 
get.  While  I  was  examining  this  heap  of  grain, 
and  asking  the  old  man  some  questions,  his  cows 
came  for  the  evening,  and  I  pleased  him  exceed- 
ingly, when  the  cowman  ran  forward  to  beat  them 
from  my  path,  by  forbidding  him  to  strike  them. 
'  Good  !  good!'  he  said,  with  an  air  of  much  satis- 
faction ;  '  one  must  not  beat  cows.'  It  seems  to  me 
that  the  tender  mercies  of  the  Hindoos  towards  ani- 
mals are  exhausted  on  cows  (and  Brahmin  bulls) 
only  ;  for  oxen  they  have  no  pity — they  are  treated 
with  much  severity.'*  That  the  ox  should  be  se- 
verely treated  or  employed  in  haid  work  by  the 
Brahmins  seems  a  sort  of  contradiction  to  the  prin- 
ciples by  which  these  people  profess  to  be  guided  , 
but  such  inconsistencies  are  too  common  to  be  sur- 
prising. 

Thfivenot,  who  describes  the  zebu  oxen  of  India 
as  excellent  both  for  the  saddle  and  draught,  adds 
that  some  gallop  as  fast  as  a  good  horse,  and  goes, 
on  to  state  that  they  are  equally  used  for  the  plough 
and  for  coaches  and  chariots.  They  are  harnessed 
by  means  of  a  long  yoke  at  the  end  of  the  pole 
which  is  placed  on  the  neck  of  the  two  oxen,  and 
the  driver  holds  in  his  hand  the  cord  which  is  at- 
tached to  a  small  double  cord  passed  through  the 
gristle  of  the  nose,  instead  of  a  bit  in  the  mouth,  as 
in  the  case  of  the  horse. 

It  would  appear  that  white  oxen  are  highly  es- 
teemed in  India,  as  they  have  also  been  in  other 
parts  of  the  world.  Olearius  (tome  i.,  p.  4.08)  notices 
the  procession  of  an  Indian  prince,  who  was  draun 
in  a  carriage  by  two  white  oxen,  which  had  the 
neck  short  and  a  hump  between  the  thoulders,  but 
which  were  as  lively  and  active  as  horses.  Bishop 
Heber  observes  that  the  Thakoors,  the  nobility  of 
the  Rajpoots,  generally  travel  in  covered  wagg"ons 
drawn  by  white  oxen,  whose  horns  they  gild.  Ta- 
vernier  observes,  "  The  two  oxen  which -were  har- 
nessed to  my  carriage  cost  me  nearly  six  hundred 
rupees.  The  reader  need  not  be  astonished  at  this 
price;  for  these  are  oxen  of  great  strength,  and 
which  travel  journeys  of  twelve  to  fifteen  leagues  a 
day  for  sixty  days,  and  always  on  the  trot.  When 
they  have  done  half  their  day's  work  they  have 
two  or  three  balls  (the  size  of  a  penny  loaf)  of 
wheaten  flour  kneaded  with  butter  and  coarse 
sugar;  and  in  the  evening  their  ordinary  tare  con- 
sists of  chickpeas  bruised  and  steeped  half  an  hour 
in  water." 

Of  the  docility,  activity,  and  services  of  the  zebu 
ox  in  India  much  more  need  not  be  said.  Nume- 
rous travellers,  both  in  the  past  and  present  century, 
give  the  same  testimony  and  record  observations 
bearing  upon  the  same  point. 

Receding  westward  from  India  to  Persia  we 
gradually  lose  the  zebu  race,  or  at  least  find  it  in- 
termingled with  that  of  another  type.  Chardin 
(vol.  i].)  observes,  "  Tiie  oxen  of  Persia  are  like  ours, 
excepting  towards  the  frontiers  of  India,  where  they- 
have  the  hunch  on  the  back.  Throughout  the 
whole  country,  the  ox  is  seldom  eaten  as  food;  it 
is  only  reared  as  a  beast  of  burden  or  for  tillage. 
Such  as  are  used  lor  burdens  are  shod  with  iron,  in 
consequence  of  the  stony  mountains  over  whicli 
they  have  to  travel."  The  shoeing  of  oxen,  where 
the  country  is  rugged  and  the  roads  hard  or  stony,, 
is  also  practised  in  India,  as  Th6venot  relates,  biit 
is  not  a  general  custom.  The  shoes  are  light,  and 
two  are  placed  on  each  foot,  as  the  cloven  character 
of  the  hoof  necessarily  requires,  so  that  the  natuial 
freedom  of  each  part  is  not  impeded.  In  Persia 
the  bull  is  offen  made  to  fight  with  the  lion,  and 
sometimes  conies  off  victorious,  though  dreadfully 
lacerated.     (Fig.  737.) 

Thus  much  respecting  the  distinction  between 
the  zebu  race  of  cattle  and  the  ordinary  breeds  of 
Europe,  and  their  apparently  natural  distribution. 
Whichever  breed  or  race  we  contemplate,  we  shall 
find  it  adapted  to  the  service  and  necessities  of 
man,  its  value  being  in  proportion.  It  will  readily 
be  admitted,  however,  that  the  interest  which  at- 
taches to  the  ox  does  not  arise  from  its  intelligence, 
but  from  its  absolute  utility  ;  the  pleasure  which  the 
mind  experiences  when  we  gaze  on  peaceful  herds 
feeding  in  tranquil  security  is  of  a  complex  origin, 
the  result  of  an  association  of  ideas  more  or  less 
remotely  connected  with  the  presence  of  these  crea- 
tures, which,  time  immemorial,  have  formed  the 
wealth  of  man,  and  which  have  therefore  engaged 
alike  the  attention  of  the  statesman,  the  poet,  and 
the  philosopher. 

•  '  Journey,'  vol.  i.,  p.  311, 


718.— OrienUl  Thresbiog  wuh  th«  Sledge. 


?37.— Zebu  and  Lion  tigbdng. 


71t).— Aticieiit  Gjfvptiaa  Plouj$bin(f. 


728.--^vrian  Ox.  Camel,  and  Wild  Ass. 


7U. — OrienuL  Threslnny  with  the  Drag. 


712.— Oxcauglit  in  Lasw  :  E;;yptian  Sculpture. 


731. — Oxen,  from  Egyptian  Sculpture. 


735.— Zebus  and  Ethiopian  Car. 


168 


748.— Ijl  nott«. 


"^'  ^  ^^^^X/ 


741. -Cava. 


738.— Milking-ibed. 


740.— Cow  with  martin^le.  / 


743.— Ileaiiof  Gy«U. 


742.— Ilca.l  of  Wild  Gavfil. 


^739,  -Cattle-layer. 


''■is.— Hems  of  Goiir. 


7K  — Jungly'Gau. 


No.  22. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE].^ 


169 


170 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Oxen. 


Tie-  738  represents  a  London  milking-shed.  such 
as  may  be  »een  at  Islini^ton,  where  between  30  and 
40  cows  are  arranged  on  each  side  ;  nolhine  can  ex- 
ceed the  attention  to  order  and  cloanliiiess  displayed 
in  the  conducting  of  such  establishments  lor  sup- 
plying the  British  metropolis  with  milk  ;  nor  to  the 
treatment  ami  feeding  of  the  animals. 

Fig.  73S)  represents  a  Cattle-layer,  or  place  erected 
for  the  repose  of  cattle  driven  from  great  distances 
to  the  Smithfield  market ;  these  cattle-layers  are 
principally  on  the  northern  outskirts  of  London,  and 
the  grazier  or  drover  agrees  with  the  proprietor  of 
them  for  a  few  hours'  shelter,  rest,  and  fodder  for 
his  drove,  for  a  stipulated  but  very  moderate  sum. 

Fig.  7-io  represents  the  simple  but  efficient  mode 
adopted  in  Normandy  of  preventing  the  cow,  by 
means  of  a  sort  of  niartmgale,  from  nibbling  and 
breiikins  down  the  lower  branches  of  the  apple- 
trees  with  which  the  vast  cornfields  of  that  district 
are  studded,  or  which  form  extensive  but  unfenced 
orchards.  The  apple  is  there  greatly  cultivated  for 
the  sake  of  cider,  the  "  bon  cidre  ae  Normandie " 
being  greatly  celebrated. 

Figs.  741, 742.— The  Gayal 
(Bos  Gavanis).  Gravaya,  Sansc. ;  GavHT  or  Gayfil, 
Hind.;  Gobaygoru,  Beng. ;  Gaujangali,  Pers. :  Me- 
thane, Mountaineers  (Ciicis,  &c.)  east  of  Silhet; 
Shiil,  Mountaineers  (Ciicfa)  east  of  Chatgaon ; 
J'hongnua,  Mugs;  Niinec,  Burmas;  Gauvera,  Ceylon. 

India  presents  us  with  several  species  of  wild 
oxen,  independent  of  such  as  belong  to  the  buffalo 
tribe,  some  of  which  are  domesticated  in  certain  dis- 
trict.s.  beyond  which  they  are  not  dispersed;  such  is 
the  Gayal.  According  to  Mr.  Macrae,  the  gaySl  is 
found  wild  in  the  range  of  mountains  that  form  the 
eastern  boundary  of  the  provinces  of  Anacan,  Chit- 
tagong  (Chatgaon), Tipura,  and  Silhet.  The  Ciic'is, 
or  Lunetas,  a  people  inhabiting  the  hills  immediately 
to  the  eastwai-d  of  Chatgaon,  have  herds  of  them  in 
a  domesticated  state.  The  animal  is  called  Gabay 
in  the  Hindu  Sistra.  but,  as  it  would  appear,  is  little 
known  beyond  the  limits  of  its  native  mountains, 
except  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  provinces  above 
mentionid.  We  learn  from  the  same  author  that 
the  gayal  is  of  a  dull  heavy  appearance,  but  that 
its  form  at  the  same  time  indicates  great  strength 
and  activity,  like  that  of  the  wild  buffalo.  Its  dispo- 
sition is  gentle,  and  in  a  wild  state  on  its  native  hills 
it  is  not  considered  dangerous,  never  standing  the 
approach  of  man,  much  less  sustaining  his  attack. 
The  Ciicis  hunt  the  wild  animals  for  the  sake  of 
their  flesh.  The  gayal  is  a  tenant  of  the  forest,  and 
prefers  the  tender  shoots  and  leaves  of  shrubs  to 
grass :  it  never  wallows  in  the  mud  like  the  buffalo. 
In  a  state  of  domestication  among  the  Ciicis,  it  does 
not  undergo  any  labour,  nor  is  the  milk  of  the  fe- 
male, which  though  small  in  quantity  is  extremely 
rich,  held  in  any  request:  the  animals  are  bred  and 
reared  solely  for  the  sake  of  their  flesh  and  hides, 
of  which  latter  the  Ciicis  form  strong  shields.  These 
domesticated  herds  roam  at  large  in  their  forests 
during  the  day  and  return  home  to  their  villages  in 
the  evening,  being  taught  to  do  this  very  early  by 
being  fed  when  young  every  night  with  salt,  of 
which  these  animals  are  very  fond.  Though  the 
Ciicis  slaughter  the  domestic  gayal,  the  Hindus  in 
the  province  of  Chatgaon  will  not  kill  this  animal 
(their  gabay),  which  they  hold  in  equal  veneration 
with  the  cow,  but  they  hunt  and  kill  another  gaySl 
(as  Igayal,  or  Seloi),  as  they  do  the  wild  buffalo. 

The  cry  of  the  gayal  is  a  kind  of  lowing,  shriller, 
but  not  so  loud  as  that  of  the  European  ox,  without 
any  resemblance  to  the  grunt  of  the  buffalo. 

The  gayfil  is  nearly  of  the  size  and  shape  of  the 
English  bull ;  it  has  short  horns,  which  are  distant 
at  their  bases,  and  rise  in  a  gentle  curve  upwards 
and  outwards,  their  transverse  section  near  the 
base  ovate  ;  the  forehead  is  broad,  and  crowned 
with  a  tuft  of  lighter-coloured,  lung-curved  hair; 
the  dewlap  is  deep  and  pendent;  there  is  no  mane 
or  hump  as  in  the  ztbu,  but  the  withers  rise  to  a 
considerable  elevation.  The  tail  is  short,  the  body 
covered  with  a  tolerable  coat  of  straight  dark-brown 
haif ;  on  the  belly  it  is  lighter  coloured,  and  the  legs 
and  face  are  sometimes  white.  The  form  of  the  ani- 
mal and  the  way  in  which  it  carries  its  head  will  be 
understood  from  our  cut  (Fig.  741),  which  is  reduced 
from  that  by  a  native  artist,  prefixed  to  Mr.  Cole- 
brooke's  iiaper  on  this  species  in  the  '  Asiatic  Re- 
searches' (vol.  viii.). 

From  various  experiments  it  is  proved  that  the  do- 
mestic gayal  will  breed  with  the  ordinary  zebu  cattle 
■of  India ;  but  whether  the  offspring  will  interbreed 
Willi  each  other  is  yet  to  be  ascertained. 

Fig  742  is  the  head  of  the  true  wild  gayfil,  or,  as 
the  natives  term  it,  Aseel  Gayal,  from  a  drawing  by 
'General  Hardwicke :  the  specimen  was  a  female 
irom  the  south-east  frontier  of  Bengal. 

743.— The  Gyai.l 

<(Sosfr<mtalis,  Lambert;.     In  the  seventh  volume  of 
Ihe  '  Linntean  Transactions '  will  be  found  the  figure 


and  description  of  a  Gyall  (which  died  in  Ix>ndon  in  { 
1842),  by  A.  B.  Lambert,  Esq.,  who  quotes  the  fol- 
lowing letter  from  George  Harris,  Esq.,  this  latter 
gentleman  being  well  acquainted  with  the  domestic 
gyall  in  its  native  country :  referring  to  a  commu-  i, 
nication  from  Mr.  Lambert,  he  writes, "  I  have  before  il 
me  your  note,  with  the  drawing,  which  appears  to  ^ 
me  to  be  the  figure  of  the  animal  I  mentioned  to  : 
have  in  my  possession.    Some  parts  of  the  drawing 
seem  to  be  rather  too  much  enlarged,  as  the  base  of 
the  horns  and  the  rising  between  the  fore-shoulders.  \ 
The  animal  I  described  to  you,  and  which  I  have 
kept  and  reared  these  last  seven  years,  and  know  ', 
by  the  name  of  the  gyall,  is  a  native  of  the  hills  to  I 
the  north-east  and  east  of  the  company's  province 
of  Chittagong,  in  Bengal,  inhabiting  that  range  of 
hills  which  separates  it  from  the  country  of  Arracan.  , 
The  male  gyall  is  like  our  bull  in  shape  and  appear-  ■ 
ance,  but  I  conceive  not  quite  so  tall,  and  of  a  j 
blackish-brown  colour ;  the  horns  short,  but  thick 
and  strong  towards  the  b^e,  round  which,  and  across 
the  frons  (chaffron),  the  hair  is  bushy,  and  of  a  dirty 
white  colour.    The  chest  and  forehead  are  broad 
and  thick.     He  is  naturally  very  bold,  and  will  de- 
fend himself  against  any  of  the  beasts  of  prey.    The 
female  difl'ers  little  in  appearance ;   her  horns  are 
not  quite  so  large,  and  her  make  is  somewhat  more 
slender;  she  is  very  quiet,  and  used  for  all  the  pur- 
poses of  the  dairy,  as  also  (I  have  been  informed  by 
the  natives)  for  tilling  the  ground,  and  is  more  tract- 
able than  the  buffalo.     The  milk  which  these  cows 
give  has  a  peculiar  richness  in  it,  arising,  I  should 
conceive,  from  their  mode  of  feeding,  which  is  al- 
ways on  the  young  shoots  and  branches  of  trees,  in 
preference  to  grass.     I  constantly  made  it  a  practice 
to  allow  them  to  range  abroad  amongst  the  hills  and 
jungles  at  Chittagong  during  the  day  to  browse,  a 
keeper  attending  to  prevent  their  straying  so  far  as 
to  endanger  losing  them.     They  do  not  thrive  in 
any  part  of  Bengal  so  well  as  in  the  afore-mentioned 
province,  and  in  the  adjoining  one,  Tippeiah,  where 
1  believe  the  animal  is  also  to  be  found.     I  Jiave 
heard  of  one  instance  of  a  female  gyall  breeding 
with  a  common  bull." 

Lesson,  and  the  author  of  the  article  '  Ox  '  in  the 
'  Penny  Cyclopjedia,'  seem  to  regard  the  gaySl  and 
the  gyall  as  distinct;  from  the  descriptions,  how- 
ever, which  are  given,  it  is  quite  evident  that  they 
relate  to  one  and  the  same  species,  as  Fischer,  in 
his  '  Synopsis  Mammalium,'  considers  them  to  be. 
The  title  frontalis,  therefore,  must  be  retained  by 
right  of  priority  over  Gavceus.  Among  the  syno- 
nyms given  by  Fischer,  are,  "  Bos  fiubalus  Gau- 
vera, Pennant,  '  Quadr.' :  Gauvera,  Knox,  Ceylon : 
Bantinger  Javan,  and  Bos  Sylhetanus,  F.  Cuvier." 
The  Bos  Sylhetanus,  the  Jungly  Ghau,  and  the  Aseel 
Gayal,  are  then  identical. 

Fig.  744  is  a  representation  of  the  male  Jungly 
Ghau,  or  Aseel  Gayal  (Bos  frontalis,  Lambert ;  Bos 
Gavaeus,  Colebrooke;  Bos  Sylhetanus,  F.  Cuv.) 

Duvaucel,  who  hunted  this  animal  at  the  loot  of 
the  Silhet  Mountains,  describes  it  as  very  wild,  but 
easily  domesticated  ;  he  states,  that  until  he  had 
opportunities  of  seeing  it  in  a  state  of  nature,  he 
entertained  the  opinion  that  it  did  not  differ  essen- 
tially from  our  domestic  ox,  his  impression  being 
received  from  an  inspection  of  specimens  living  tame 
in  the  menagerie  at  Barracpore  :  subsequently  he 
regarded  it  as  distinct. 

745.— The  Gour 
{Bos  Gour,  Traill,  in  '  Edinb.  Phil.  Journ.'  Oct. 
1824).  Of  this  noble  species  of  wild  ox  we  are  able 
only  to  give  a  figure  of  the  horns  from  a  drawing 
by  General  Hardwicke.  The  gour  to  which  they 
belonged  was  killed,  as  General  Hardwicke  be- 
lieved, by  the  same  hunting-party  described  by 
Capt.  Rogers,  and  the  horns  were  presented  to  the 
General  by  the  principal  member  of  that  party,  the 
late  Major  Roughsedge.  These  horns  were  fifteen 
inches  between  the  tips;  their  colour  is  horn-grey, 
with  black  and  solid  tips,  which  are  extremely 
sharp.  A  fine  pair  are  in  the  museum  of  the  Zool. 
Soe.  Lond. 

According  to  Capt.  Rogers,  the  gour  occurs  in 
several  of  the  mountain-districts  of  Central  India, 
but  is  chiefly  found  in  Myr*  Pat,  or  Mine  Pant,  a 
high  insulated  mountain,  with  a  tabular  summit,  in 
the  province  of  Sergojah,  in  South  Bahar.  "  This 
table-land  is  about  thirty-six  miles  in  length,  by 
twenty-lour  or  twenty-five  miles  in  breadth,  and 
rises  above  the  neighbouring  plains  probably  two 
thousand  feet.  The  sides  of  the  mountain  slope 
with  considerable  steepness,  and  are  furrowed  by 
streams  that  water  narrow  valleys,  the  verdant  banks 
of  which  are  the  favourite  haunts  of  gours.  On 
being  disturbed  they  retreat  into  the  thick  jungles 
of  saul-trees  which  cover  the  sides  of  the  whole 
range.  The  south-east  side  of  the  mountain  pre- 
sents an  extensive  mural  precipice  from  twenty  to 
forty  feet  high.  The  rugged  slopes  at  its  foot  are 
covered  by  inpenetrable  green  jungle,  and  abound 
with  dens  formed  of  fallen  blocks  of  rocks,  the  suit- 


able retreat  of  ligere,  bean,  and  hysnas.  The 
western  slopes  are  less  rugged,  but  the  soil  is 
parched  and  the  forests  seem  withered  by  ex- 
cess of  heal.  The  summit  of  the  mountain  pre- 
sents a  mixture  of  opens,  lawns,  and  woods.  There 
were  once  twenty-five  villages  on  Myn  Piit,  but 
these  have  been  long  descried  on  account  of  the 
number  and  ferocity  of  the  beasts  of  prey.  On  this 
mountain,  however,  the  gour  maintains  his  seat. 
The  Indians  assert  that  even  the  tiger  has  no  chance 
in  combat  with  a  full-grown  gour,  though  he  may 
occasionally  succeed  in  carrying  off  an  unjirotected 
calf.  The  wild  buffalo  abounds  iii  the  plains  below 
the  mountains,  but  he  so  much  dreads  the  gour, 
according  to  the  natives,  that  he  rarely  attempts  to 
invade  its  haunts,  and  the  hunting-party  only  met 
with  three  or  four  urnas  (arnees)  on  the  mountain. 
The  forests  which  shield  the  gour  abound,  how- 
ever, with  hog-deer,  saumurs,  (Sambur  deer),  and 
porcupines." 

It  was  in  these  wild  and  romantic  retresLts  that 
Cspt.  Rogers  and  party  hunted  the  gour,  which 
when  wounded  turns  round  upon  his  adversary, 
ready  to  do  battle.  A  short  bellow,  imitated  by  the 
syllables  ugh-ugh,  was  the  only  cry  which  the 
animal  was  heard  to  utter,  and  that  not  until  it 
had  been  struck  by  the  bullet.  The  gour  is  gre- 
garious, herding  together  in  parties  varjing  from 
ten  to  twenty ;  they  browse  on  the  leaves  and  shoots 
of  tender  trees  and  shrubs,  and  also  graze  on  the 
banks  of  the  streams.  In  cold  weather  the  saul- 
forests  are  their  places  of  concealment,  and  the 
heats  bring  them  out  to  feed  on  the  green  lawns 
and  valleys.  They  do  not,  it  seems,  wallow  in  swamp 
and  mire  like  the  buffalo.  If  the  natives  are  to  be 
credited,  the  gour  will  not  brook  captivity,  and 
even  when  captured  at  an  early  age  the  mounlain- 
caif  droops  and  dies.  The  period  of  gestation  is 
stated  to  be  twelve  months:  the  females  produce 
their  young  in  August.  The  native  name  of  the 
bull-calf  for  the  first  year  is  Puroiah.  of  the  cow- 
calf  Pareeah.  The  lull-grown  cow  is  termed 
Gourin. 

The  gour  attains  to  a  very  large  size  :  Dr.  Traill 
gives  the  dimensions  of  one  not  lully  grown,  which 
measured  from  the  nose  to  the  end  of  the  tail  nearly 
twelve  feet,  and  stood  neariy  six  feet  high  at  the 
withei-s  ;  the  limbs  are  vigorous,  clean-made,  and 
more  deer-like  than  bovine;  the  back  is  strongly 
arched,  and  when  the  animal  stands  still  the  line 
from  the  nose  to  the  base  of  the  tail,  along  the 
spine  presents  a  nearly  uniform  curve.  This  appear- 
ance is  partly  owing  to  the  curved  form  of  the  chaf- 
fron, and  still  more  to  a  remarkable  ridge  of  no 
great  thickness  which  rises  six  or  seven  inches  above 
the  general  line  of  the  back,  from  the  last  of  the 
cervical  to  the  middle  of  the  dorsal  vertebrae,  where 
it  gradually  declines  and  becomes  lost.  This  eleva- 
tion is  very  conspicuous  in  gours  of  all  ages,  although 
they  were  loaded  with  fat,  and  has  no  resemblance 
to  the  hunch  found  on  the  withers  of  the  zebu  breed 
of  cattle.  There  is  not  a  trace  of  the  dewlap,  which 
is  well  marked  in  the  gayal.  The  hair  of  the  skin 
generally  is  short  and  sleek,  having  somewhat  the 
oily  appearance  of  a  fresh  seal-skin.  The  colour  is 
deep  brownish  black,  almost  approaching  to  bluish 
black  ;  between  the  horns  is  a  tuft  of  curling,  dirty 
white  hair,  and  over  each  hoof  is  a  ring  of  the  same 
colour. 

We  may  here  briefly  notice  a  species  of  the  bo- 
vine race,  the  Yak  of  Tartary  {Bos  grunniens),  too 
remarkable  to  be  altogether  omitted  in  our  sketch 
of  the  Ox  tribe.  Whether  the  Yak  belongs  to  the 
restricted  genus  Bos  is  very  doubtful  ;  in  some 
points  it  ceitainly  is  related  to  the  musk  ox  {Ovi- 
bos),  at  least  if  we  are  to  judge  from  the  skins,  more 
or  less  imperfect,  which  we  have  had  opportunities 
of  examining.  The  followingis  the  description  of  a 
skin  wanting  the  horns  and  limbs,  in  the  Zoological 
Museum. 

Nostrils  naiTow,  converging  below,  with  a  small 
naked  space  between  them,  and  a  narrow  naked 
border  round  them,  so  that  there  is  no  frtie  broad 
naked  muzzle,  as  in  the  common  ox  ;  the  ears 
are  small  and  pointed  ;  the  forehead  is  covered  with 
black,  curling  locks,  but  ils  degree  of  convexiiy 
cannot  be  accurately  determined,  owing  to  the  ab- 
sence of  the  skull.  The  back  is  covered  with 
smooth  hair,  of  a  deep  chocolate  brown,  a  white 
stripe  occupying  the  ridge  of  the  withers,  and  an- 
other the  centre  of  the  croup.  From  the  shoulclcre, 
sides,  and  under  surface  of  the  body,  and  also  from 
the  inside  of  the  thighs,  hangs  a  jiendent  mane  of 
long  hair,  lalHng  in  huge  masses  so  as  to  cover  the 
limbs  and  almost  touch  the  ground.  This  mane  is 
grizzled  black,  except  a  central  line  along  the  belly 
of  pure  white.  The  tail  is  tufted  with  a  huge  mass 
of  glossy  white  and  rather  coarse  hairs,  18  or  20 
incites  in  length.  In  size  the  animal  could  not  have 
exceeded  the  small  Scotch  breed  of  cattle. 

On  the  authority  of  Gmelin  and  Turner,  the  horns 
are  round,  small,  pointed,  and  bent  in  a  semicircle 
forwards.    The  withers  are  elevated,  and  the  colour 


Buffaloes.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


171 


IS  said  to  vary.    We  have  seen  an  example  in  which 
the  tail  was  black. 

The  yak  is  a  native  of  the  mountains  of  Thibet, 
and  when  wild  is  said  to  be  savage  and  dangerous; 
it  is,  however,  reclaimed,  and  a  domestic  breed  is 
kept  by  the  natives  of  the  range  tenanted  by  the 
animal  in  its  wild  condition.  The  yak  is  perhaps 
the  Poephagus  described  by  iElian ;  from  an  early 
period  its  tail  was  used  as  a  standard  by  the  Mon- 
gols and  Tartars,  being  one  of  the  distinguishing  in- 
signia of  superior  officers.  In  India  these  tails  are 
mounted  on  ivory  or  silver  handles,  and,  under  the 
name  of  chowries,  are  used  to  brush  away  the  flies ; 
elephants  of  state  are  taught  to  carry  a  splendidly 
mounted  chowrie  in  their  proboscis,  and  wave  it 
backwards  and  forwards. 

or  the  habits  of  the  yak  in  a  state  of  freedom 
little  or  nothing  is  known.  As  regards  the  do- 
mestic yak,  Turner,  in  '  Account  of  an  Embassy  to 
China,'  after  giving  a  description  of  it,  observes 
that  "  these  cattle,  though  not  largf-boned,  seem, 
from  the  profuse  quantity  of  hair  whh  which  they 
are  provided,  to  be  of  great  bulk ;  they  have  a 
downcast  heavy  look,  and  appear,  what  indeed  they 
are.  sullen  and  suspicious,  discovering  much  im- 
patience at  the  near  approach  of  strangers.  They 
do  not  low  loud,  like  the  cattle  of  England,  any 
more  than  those  of  Hindostan,  but  make  a  low  grunt- 
ing noise,  scarcely  audible,  and  that  but  seldom, 
when  under  some  impression  of  uneasiness.  These 
cattle  are  pastured  in  the  coldest  parts  of  Thibet 
upon  tlie  short  herbage  peculiar  to  the  mountains 
and  bleak  plains.  The  chain  of  mountains  situated 
between  the  latitudes  27"  and  28',  which  divides 
Thibet  from  Bootan,  and  whose  summits  are  mostly 
clothed  with  snow,  is  their  favourite  haunt.  In  this 
vicinity  the  southern  glens  afford  them  food  and 
shelter  during  the  severity  of  winter ;  in  milder 
seasons  the  northern  aspect  is  more  congenial  to 
their  nature,  and  admits  a  wider  range.  Tiiey  are 
a  very  valuable  property  to  the  tribes  of  itinerant 
Tartars  called  Duckba,  who  live  in  tents,  and  tend 
them  from  place  to  place  ;  they  at  the  same  time 
afford  their  herdsmen  an  easy  mode  of  conveyance, 
a  good  covering,  and  wholesome  subsistence.  They 
are  never  employed  in  agriculture,  but  are  extremely 
useful  as  beasts  of  burden,  for  they  are  strong,  sure- 
footed, and  carry  a  great  weight.  Tents  and  lopes 
are  manufactured  of  their  hair,  and  amongst  the 
bumbler  ranks  of  herdsmen  I  have  seen  caps  and 
jackets  made  of  their  skins.  The  best  requital  with  i 
which  the  care  of  their  keepers  is  at  length  rewarded 
lor  selecting  them  good  pastures,  is  in  the  abundant 
quantity  of  rich  milk  which  they  give,  and  in  the 
butter  produced  from  it,  which  is  most  excellent. 
It  is  their  custom  to  preserve  this  in  skins  or  blad- 
ders, and  the  air  being  thus  excluded  from  it,  it 
will  keep  in  this  cold  climate  throughout  the  year ; 
so  that  after  some  time  tending  their  herds,  when 
a  sufficient  store  is  accumulated,  it  remains  only  to 
load  their  cattle  and  drive  them  to  a  proper  market 
with  their  own  produce,  which  constitutes,  to  the 
utmost  verge  of  Tartary,  a  most  material  article  of 
commerce." 

Genus  Anoa  : — 

746, — ^The  Anoa 
(^Anoa  liepressicomis).  Our  figure  rejiresents  the 
horns  of  this  rare  animal,  which  has  been  considered 
by  some  naturalists  as  belonging  to  the  antelopes, 
by  others  to-  the  Ox  tribe ;  this  uncertainty  arises 
from  the  circumstance  that  thouiih  the  animal  has 
been  noticed  for  many  years,  only  a  few  fragments 
of  skulls  and  horns  have  hitherto  been  brought  to 
Europe. 

The  liorns  are  erect,  perfectly  straight,  and  in  the 
plane  of  the  forehead :  they  are  about  the  same 
length  as  the  head,  that  is,  about  nine  or  ten  inches, 
strongly  depressed  or  flattened  in  front,  of  nearly 
the  same  breadth  till  within  three  inches  of  the  ex- 
tremities, whence  they  are  rather  attenuated  to  the 
tips,  which  are  bluntly  pointed,  and  irregularly 
wrinkled,  or  rather  crumbled  throughout  the  greater 
part  of  their  length.  The  head  is  long  and  narrow, 
terminating  in  a  broad  muzzle. 

Mr.  Pennant  is  the  first  naturalist  who  has  men- 
tioned this  animal,  but  he  has  given  no  account  of 
its  characters,  and  merely  relates,  that  it  is  about 
the  size  of  a  middling  sheep,  is  wild  and  fierce,  and 
resides  in  large  herds  among  the  rocky  mountains 
of  the  island  of  Celebes.  He  considers  it  as  a  small 
species  of  wild  buffalo,  and  adds,  that  it  is  cap- 
tuted  only  with  great  difficulty,  and  is  so  fierce  in 
confinement,  that  some  of  these  animals,  belonging 
to  Governor  Loten,  in  one  night  ripped  up  the 
bellies  of  fourteen  slags  which  were  kept  in  the 
»ame  paddock  with  them.  The  next  author  who 
mentions  the  anoa  from  original  documents  or  per- 
sonal observation  is  Colonel  Hamilton  Smith,  who, 
in  the  fourth  volume  of  Griffith's  translation  of  the 
•  Rigne  Animal,'  describes  the  head  and  horns,  and 
considers  the  animal  as  a  species  of  antelope. 
Colonel  Smith's  fragment  was  brought  from  Celebes 


by  the  late  Dr.  Clarke  Abel,  who  obtained  it  on  his 
return  from  China  in  the  suite  of  Lord  Amherst; 
but  since  that  period  various  other  heads  have  been 
brought  to  Europe,  some  of  which  are  deposited  in 
the  British  Museum  and  in  the  collection  of  the 
London  Zoological  Society. 
Genus  Bubalus  : — 

747. — The  Arnee,  or  L^rna 
(Bos  Ami  of  Shaw  and  others).  The  Arnee  is  by 
some  naturalists  regarded  as  nothing  more  than  the 
wild  ordinary  buffalo  ;  but  we  are  inclined  to  the 
opinion  that  it  is  a  distinct  species,  as  we  think  is 
clearly  evidenced  by  the  characters  of  the  horns, 
which  are  not  uncommon  in  museums,  though  no 
specimen  of  the  animal  itself  exists  in  Europe.  It 
tenants  the  high  lands  of  Hindostan,  and  is  known 
in  Bengal  and  the  neighbouring  provinces  by  the 
name  of  Arna.  It  is  described  as  a  large  and  for- 
midable beast,  conspicuous  for  strength,  courage, 
and  ferocity.  The  horns  of  this  animal,  which  we 
have  figured  (Fig.  747),  are  remarkable  for  their 
enormous  size,  often  measuring  from  four  to  six  feet 
in  length.  They  rise  upwards,  first  inclining  out- 
wards and  backwards,  and  then,  arching  gradually 
towards  each  other  as  they  proceed  to  the  points, 
form  together  a  bold  crescent :  they  are  compressed 
on  their  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces,  and  rough 
with  numerous  transverse  furrows  and  ridges.  The 
chaffron  is  narrow  and  coiive.K. 

748,  749,  750 — The  Common  Buffalo 

{Bos  buhnlus).  The  Buffalo  has  been  long  domes- 
ticated in  India,  where  its  services  as  a  beast  of 
draught  and  burden  render  it  extremely  valuable. 
From  India  it  has  spread  into  Egypt,  Greece,  Italy, 
and  Spain. 

The  buffalo  differs  materially  in  its  form  and 
general  aspect  from  the  ox,  being  a  heavier  and 
more  clumsy  animal,  as  well  as  more  powerful. 
Though  lower  in  stature  than  the  bull,  it  is  more 
massive  in  the  body,  which  is  supported  on  short, 
thick,  solid  limbs  ;  the  hide  is  coarse  and  dense, 
covered  rather  sparingly  with  black  wiry  hair.  The 
head  is  large,  and  carried  with  the  muzzle  project- 
ing ;  the  forehead  is  convex,  the  muzzle  large  ;  the 
horns  are  compressed,  and  lie  back,  turning  up 
laterally  and  often  attaining  to  a  large  size,  but  the 
direction  seldom  allows  the  points  to  be  used  for 
goring ;  the  ears  are  large  and  pendulous ;  the 
dewlap  is  small ;  the  eyes  are  wild,  savage,  and 
malicious  in  expression ;  the  tail  is  long  and 
slender. 

In  its  native  regions  the  buffalo  is  a  formidable 
animal,  and  capable  of  contending  with  the  tiger, 
which  is  often  Ibiled  in  the  deadly  strife.  When 
excited,  the  beast  rushes  desperately  on  its  foe, 
strikes  him  down  with  the  horns  or  forehead,  kneels 
upon  him,  crushing  in  his  chest,  and  then  tramples 
on  the  lifeless  body,  as  if  to  satiate  its  vindictive 
fury.  Its  natural  temper,  indeed,  renders  it  difficult 
to  tame,  and  difficult  to  manage,  while  its  pro- 
digious strength  and  adaptation  for  certain  localities 
render  it  a  valuable  acquisition.  The  hot  morass 
teeming  with  pestilence  is  the  genial  abode  of  the 
buffalo,  and  its  delight  is  to  wallow  in  the  stagnant 
water,  where  it  will  luxuriate  for  hours  during  the 
heat  of  the  day,  with  its  black  muzzle  just  elevated 
above  the  surface.  Its  flesh  is  hard  and  unsavoury, 
but  the  milk  of  the  buffalo-cow  is  of  peculiar  rich- 
ness, and  in  the  East  a  considerable  quantity  of 
butter  is  procured  from  it.  The  hide  is  greatlv 
esteemed  lor  its  solidity  and  toughness.  Colonel 
Sykes  states  that  the  long-horned  variety  of  the 
buffalo  is  bred  in  great  numbers  in  the  Mawals,  or 
hilly  tracts  along  the  Ghauts  :  "  in  those  tracts  much 
rice  is  planted,  and  the  male  buffalo,  Irom  his 
superior  hardihood,  is  much  better  suited  to  resist 
the  effects  of  the  heavy  rains  and  the  splashy  culti- 
vation of  the  rice  than  the  bullock.  The  female 
is  also  infinitely  more  valuable  than  the  cow, 
from  the  very  much  greater  quantity  of  milk  she 
yields." 

Dillon  states  that  the  buffalo  at  Malabar  is 
larger  than  the  ox,  with  white  eyes,  and  flat  horns, 
often  two  feet  long ;  its  legs  arc  thick  and  short ; 
"  It  is  an  ugly  animal,  almost  destitute  of  hair,  goes 
slowly,  but  carries  very  heavy  burdens.  Herds 
may  be  seen,  as  of  common  cows,  and  they  afford 
milk,  which  serves  to  make  butter  and  cheese  ; 
their  flesh  is  good,  though  less  delicate  than  that  of 
the  ox:  the  animal  swims  perfectly  well,  and  tra- 
verses the  broadest  rivers.  Besides  the  tame  ones, 
there  are  wild  buffaloes,  which  are  extremely  dan- 
gerous, tearing  men  to  pieces,  or  crushing  them 
with  a  single  blow  of  the  head.  They  are  less  to  be 
dreaded  in  the  woods  than  elsewhere,  because  their 
horns  otten  catch  in  the  branches  and  give  time  to 
the  persons  pursued  to  escape  by  flight.  The 
skin  of  these  animals  serves  for  an  infinity  of  pur- 
poses, and  even  cruses  arc  made  of  them  for  hold- 
ing water  or  liquors:  the  animals  on  the  coast  of 
Malabar  are  almost  all  wild,  and  strangers  are  not 


prevented  from  hunting  them  for  their  flesh."  In 
Ceylon,  as  in  Malabar,  the  buffalo  exists  both  in  a 
wild  and  domesticated  state,  and  the  tame  herds 
are  not  unfrequently  joined  by  wild  individuals, 
which  the  inhabitants  sometimes  entrap,  and  at 
other  times  shoot.  Buffaloes,  it  would  appear,  are 
more  common  in  Bombay  than  in  Bengal.  At 
Boitpoor,  Bishop  Heber  was  shown  a  white  buffalo, 
probably  an  albina,  which  was  pointed  out  by  the 
Indians  as  a  rare  curiosity. 

From  India  the  buffalo  is  distributed  throughout 
Siam,  Cochin-China,  Malacca,  and  the  adjacent 
islands,  as  Sumatra,  Java,  Borneo,  &c.,  together 
with  the  Philippines;  it  is  also  common  in  China, 
where  it  is  used  in  the  various  labours  of  agri- 
culture. 

In  Africa  it  is  abundant  along  the  Nile,  and  in 
other  districts,  existing  in  a  wild  or  emancipated 
state,  as  well  as  in  a  state  of  dpmestication.  In 
Abyssinia,  more  ])ariicularly  in  the  forests  of  Ras 
el  Fil,  the  buffalo  is  veiy  common  ;  its  skin  is  chiefly 
employed  in  that  country  for  the  making  of  shields, 
in  which  considerable  art  is  displayed. 

In  the  middle  ages  the  buffalo  was  introduced 
into  Spain  and  Italy,  where  in  course  of  time  the 
animal  became  naturalised,  and  in  some  districts 
may  be  regarded  as  in  a  state  of  nature. 

We  have  already  alluded  to  the  Maremma  of 
Italy  ;  in  the  worst  parts  of  that  pestilential  tract  of 
country,  there  the  savage  buffalo  may  be  seen,  roam- 
ing at  will,  under  the  care  of  wild  keepers,  buffa- 
lari,  whose  lives  are  passed  in  this  dangerous 
employment.  Wherever  large  herds  of  buffaloes 
occur,  they  may  be  taken  as  the  sure  index  of  mal- 
aria. In  the  wild  provinces  of  the  Calabrias, 
where  most  of  the  plains  and  valleys  are  always 
partially  swamped  by  the  Laino,  the  Chratis,  the 
Amato,  and  numerous  other  rivers  and  torrents,  they 
are  very  common ;  they  range,  almost  the  only 
occupants,  ever  the  plains  of  Peestum,  and  the  still 
wilder  and  more  extensive  flats  of  Apulia.  The 
Pontine  Marshes  offer  them  a  favourite  retreat,  and 
in  the  Pestilential  Maremme,  both  of  Rome  and 
Tuscany,  scarcely  any  other  animals,  except  wild 
boars,  are  ever  seen.  In  northern  Italy,  where  there 
is  infinitely  less  malaria  than  in  the  south,  they 
occur  in  greatest  numbers  where  the  causes  of  that 
pest  exist,  and  where  its  effects  are  often  felt,  in 
the  inundated  rice-grounds  of  Lombardy,  in  the 
marshes  formed  by  the  overflowing  of  the  Po, 
the  Tanaro,  the  Ticino,  or  of  some  other  livers  or 
lakes. 

In  every  part  of  Italy,  but  especially  in  the  south, 
are  buffaloes  used  as  beasts  of  burden,  and  their 
strength  and  perseverance  render  them  available  in 
many  emergencies  when  oxen  or  horses  would  fail. 
In  some  of  the  marshy  plains  of  Calabria  communi- 
cation would  be  almost  impracticable  were  it  not 
for  the  buffalo.  There  are  not  only  morasses, 
swamps,  and  bogs  in  every  direction,  but  rivers 
suddenly  swollen  to  torrents  in  rainy  weather,  and 
unprovided  with  bridges  of  any  sort,  frequently 
occur.  Here  horses,  mules,  or  oxen  are  useless,  but 
a  pair  of  good  buffaloes  working  chest-deep  in  the 
mud  will,  slowly  indeed,  but  surely,  drag  a  large 
carro  with  its  goods  or  passengers  through  them. 
Yoked  to  a  high  cart  with  wheels  of  prodigious 
diameter,  they  will  fearlessly  take  to  the  swollen 
torrent,  and,  provided  the  water  does  not  entirely 
cover  them,  drag  it  safely  to  the  opposite  bank. 
On  the  great  plain  of  Apulia  the  buffalo  is  the 
ordinary  beast  of  draught,  and  at  the  annual  fair 
held  at  Foggia  at  the  end  of  May,  immense  droves 
of  almost  wild  buffaloes  are  brought  to  the  town 
for  sale.  Fearful  accidents  occasionally  happen, 
enraged  animals  breaking  from  the  dense  mass  in 
spite  of  all  the  exertions  of  the  buffalari,  and  rushing 
upon  some  object  of  their  vengeance,  whom  they 
strike  down  and  trample  to  death.  It  is  dangerous 
to  over-work  or  irritate  the  buffalo,  and  instances 
are  known  in  which,  when  released  by  the  brutal 
driver  from  the  cart,  they  have  turned  instantly 
upon  the  man,  and  killed  him  before  any  assistance 
could  be  rendered. 

The  buffalo,  as  well  as  the  bull,  is  baited  in  the 
amphitheatres  of  Italy.  One  kind  of  sport  with  the 
buffalo  is  called  La  Botta.  (Fig.  748.)  A  large 
tube  made  of  wicker-work  or  other  flexible  mate- 
rials well  wadded  without  and  within,  and  open  at 
both  ends,  looking  in  short  like  a  cask  or  butt 
(whence  its  name)  with  the  ends  stove  in,  is  rolled 
across  the  arena.  Presently  a  man  creeps  into  this 
botta,  and  then  lifting  it  up  on  end,  rises  on  his  feet 
and  begins  to  move,  with  his  head  peeping  above  the 
cask  towards  the  buffalo,  who  at  first  stares  bewil- 
dered at  the  sight,  and  then  runs  and  upsets  the 
novel  object.  In  this  game  the  man  must  be  carefnl, 
when  the  charge  is  made,  to  draw  in  his  head  and  legs, 
and  keep  himself  entirely  covered,  like  a  torf\)ise  in 
his  shell.  The  buffalo  seeing  that  the  botta  no 
longer  moves,  kicks  it,  butts  at  it  for  a  while,  causing 
it  to  roll  along,  and  then  leaves  it,  but  presently  the 
cask  is  again  raised  on  end,  and  moved  by  the  man 


m.— Chpc  Buflalo. 


32.— Cajx-  Buffalo. 


-53  — 8kuU  of  Bo>  Cuirw. 


750.— Tiger  and  BuTalo. 


749.— Gleanen  of  the  Pontine  Maistie^. 


747.— Iloms  of  Ameo. 


172 


/'''f:% 


J4. — Aurochs. 


767.— Musk-Ox. 


'if)'). — AmeTi*^an  I'ison. 


760^— Amvricin  Bisons. 


761.*-American  Biwn. 


113 


174 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[BCFFALOES. 


towards  the  beast.  This  trick  could  not  be  played 
with  the  Toro  Vaccino,  whose  sharp  and  stronfj 
horns,  better  placed  for  allack  than  the  buffalo's, 
would  pierce  the  cask  throuii;h  and  through. 

The  attack  of  the  buffalo  in  the  arena  is  more 
dangerous  than  that  of  the  bull,  and  in  his  rage, 
wheu  he  has  missed  his  toiTOentor.  he  often  strikes 
the  wall  furiously  with  his  head  and  horns,  making 
fiagments  of  stone  fly  in  all  directions,  apparently 
without  suffering  any  injury  from  the  violence  of 
the  shocks.  ■     u   t.      • 

Fi(r.  740  represents  a  common  scene  in  the  Ponlme 
Marshes— gleaners  in  harvest-time,  returning  from 
work,  with  their  cart  drawn  by  two  black,  sullen 
buffaloes,  whose  red  eyes  indicate  their  wild  and 
savage  disposition. 

751,  759. — The  Cape  Buffalo. 
(Bos  Caffmr).  This  ferocious  animal  is  a  native  of 
Southern  Africa,  associating  generally  in  troops,  fre- 
i)uenting  the  watered  glens  and  ravines  among  the 
hills.  Like  the  common  buffalo,  it  is  fond  of  wal- 
lowing in  pools  or  swamps,  where  it  sometimes  passes 
the  greater  part  of  the  aay.  Its  temper  is  depicted 
in  its  lowering  eye,  and  the  malevolent  expression  of 
the  countenance,  to  which  the  position  of  the  horns 
overshadowing  its  fiery  eyes  not  a  little  contributes. 
These  weapons  form  at  their  base  a  solid  ruRged 
mass,  covering  the  forehead,  from  which  they  bend 
downwards  and  somewhat  outwards,  gradually  di- 
minishing to  the  points,  which  suddenly  curve  up- 
wards. The  distance  between  the  points  of  the 
horns  is  fie<iuenlly  five  feet,  but  the  rugose  massive 
base  of  lach  is  in  cootact,  forming  an  impenetrable 
helmet  ;  their  colour  is  black.  The  ears  are  a  foot 
in  length,  pendent,  and  in  a  great  measure  defended 
by  the  horns ;  yet  it  is  observed  that  they  are  always 
torn  and  jagged,  either  from  the  wounds  received 
in  their  combats  with  each  other,  or  from  the  lace- 
ration of  thorns  and  spines,  the  animals  continually 
forcing  their  way  through  the  dense  thickets. 
Thoush  not  taller  than  an  ordinary  ox,  the  Cape 
buflalo  is  a  far  stouter,  heavier,  and  more  powerful 
beast ;  its  limbs  are  short  and  thick,  its  body  bulky, 
and  its  head  ponderous.  The  hide  is  thick  and 
tough,  and  sparingly  covered  with  harsh  blackish 
hairs,  those  on  the  under  lip  and  about  the  corners 
of  the  mouth  being  elongated  so  as  to  form  a  scanty 
beard. 

Considering  the  massive  proportions  of  this  fierce 
tenant  of  the  wilds  of  Southern  Africa,  it  possesses 
no  inconsiderable  share  of  fleet ness,  and  when  pur- 
sued by  the  hunter  it  tears  through  the  thicket  and 
up  the'mountainside  with  surprising  impetuosity. 
Not  unfrequently,  however,  it  returns  to  the  attack  ; 
so  that  it  is  not  to  be  encountered  without  the  ut- 
most caution  and  the  means  of  escape  at  hand. 
Many  are  the  fatal  accidents  and  the  narrow  es- 
capes from  death  recorded  by  the  various  travellers 
who  have  penetrated  the  country  of  the  Cape  buf- 
falo. 

The  bellowing  of  the  Cape  buffalo  when  wounded, 
his  fury  as  he  tears  up  the  earth  with  his  horns,  and 
his  efforts  to  revenge  himself  upon  his  foes  before 
he  sinks  expiring,  are  terrific. 

It  is  the  general  opinion  of  the  natives  of  South 
Africa,  that  though  the  lion  frequently  attacks  the 
buffalo,  he  cannot  overcome  it  by  dint  of  strength, 
but  has  recourse  to  stratagem,  lying  in  ambush  near 
gome  stream  where  the  beast  comes  to  drink.  They 
say  that  the  lion  springs  upon  its  back,  drives  its 
tremendous  claws  into  the  victim's  sides  and  the 
nape  of  the  neck,  tearing  and  mangling,  till  the 
buffalo  falls  and  dies.  At  other  times  they  affirm 
that  the  lion  dartssuddenly  upon  the  buffalo,  fastens 
on  its  chest  and  neck,  lacerating  and  sqiieezing  the 
mouth  and  nose  with  its  fore-paws,  till,  half  suffo- 
cated, and  exhausted  by  vain  efforts  and  loss  of 
blood  from  deep  wounds,  it  expires.  The  lion,  how- 
ever, does  not  always  make  these  attacks  with  im- 
punity, for  his  carcass  is  sometimes  found  gored  and 
trampled,  evidently  by  buffaloes,  the  herd  having 
come  to  the  rescue  of  their  companion.  An  allied 
species  (Bos  Pegasus,  H.  Smith)  is  found  in  Western 
Africa. 

Fig.  753  represents  the  skull  of  the  Bos  Caffer. 

Genus  Bison : — 

754. — The  Aurochs,  or  Zubr 

(Bison  Europaus ;  Bos  un/s,  Gmelin).  This  noble 
species  exists  in  the  great  forest  of  Bialowicza  (pro- 
nounced Bealawezha  in  Poland),  in  Lithuania,  where 
it  is  protected  by  stringent  laws.  In  its  proportions 
the  aurochs  is  robust,  and  its  withers  are  massive  and 
elevated.  The  largest  males  stand  about  six  feet 
high  at  the  shoulders.  The  hair  is  of  two  sorts : 
one  is  soft,  woolly  and  short,  covering  the  whole 
tnmk  and  limbs ;  the  other  is  long  and  rough,  cover- 
ing the  upper  part  and  sides  of  the  head,  the  neck, 
and  shoulders,  where  it  forms  a  mane  ;  under  the 
lower  jaw  and  along  the  throat  to  the  chest  it  is 
lengthened  into  a  sort  of  beaid.    In  old  bulls  the 


mane  is  often  a  foot  in  length,  and  i(  thickest  in 
November.  The  eyes  are  small,  but  fierce  and 
sparkling  when  the  animal  is  irritated.  The  tongue, 
lips,  and  palate  are  blue.  The  tail,  which  is  short, 
is  furnished  with  a  tult  of  stiff  hairs  at  its  extremity. 
An  odour,  described  as  between  that  of  musk  and 
violets,  is  exhaled  from  the  skin,  especially  from 
that  part  of  the  skin  covering  the  convexity  of  the 
forehead ;  it  is  stronger  in  the  male  than  the  female, 
and  may  be  perceived  at  the  distance  of  a  hundred 
yards  from  the  herd. 

The  flesh  of  this  animal  is  highly  esteemed,  but 
when  roasted  is  said  to  have  a  bluish  tinge. 

Thickets  near  the  swampy  banks  of  rivers  are  the 
favourite  resorts  of  the  aurouchs  ;  but  in  summer  and 
during  the  warmer  portion  of  autumn,  according  to 
Dr.  Weissenbom,  the  herds  select  sandy  spots :  in 
winter  they  keep  quiet  by  day  in  the  thickest  part 
of  the  fir-wood,  only  browsing  at  night,  and  finding 
sustenance  in  the  bark  of  young  trees :  in  spring 
they  visit  spots  where  the.  herbaceous  plants  they 
relish  begin  to  sprout.  They  are  fond  of  tree-lichens. 
The  voice  of  the  aurochs  is  a  deep  short  grunt,  wliich 
may  be  heard  at  a  considerable  distance. 

"  The  strength,"  says  Dr.  Wei#Snborn,  "  of  the 
zubr  is  enormous,  and  trees  of  five  or  six  inches  in 
diameter  cannot  withstand  the  thrusts  of  old  bulls. 
It  is  neither  afraid  of  the  wolf  nor  bear,  and  assails 
its  enemies  both  with  its  horns  and  hoofs.  An  old 
zubr  is  a  match  for  four  wolves ;  packs  of  the  latter 
animal,  however,  sometimes  hunt  down  even  old 
bulls  when  alone,  but  a  herd  of  zubrs  has  nothing 
to  fear  from  any  rapacious  animal. 

"  Notwithstanding  the  great  bulk  of  its  body,  the 
zubr  can  run  very  swiftly.  In  galloping  its  hoofs 
are  raised  above  its  head,  which  it  carries  very  low. 

"The  animal  has,  however,  but  little  bottom,  and 
seldom  runs  farther  than  one  or  two  English  miles. 
It  swims  with  great  agility,  and  is  very  fond  of 
bathing. 

"  The  zubr  is  generally  exceedingly  shy,  and 
avoids  the  approach  of  man.  They  can  only  be 
approached  iiom  the  leeward,  as  their  smell  is  ex- 
tremely acute.  But  when  accidentally  and  sud- 
denly fallen  in  with,  they  will  passionately  assail 
the  intruder.  In  such  fits  of  passion  the  animal 
thrusts  out  its  tongue  repeatedly,  lashes  its  sides 
with  its  tail,  and  the  reddened  and  sparkling  eyes 
project  from  their  sockets,  and  roll  furiously.  Such 
IS  their  innate  wildness,  that  none  of  them  have  ever 
been  completely  tamed.  When  taken  young  they 
become,  it  is  true,  accustomed  to  their  keepers,  but 
the  approach  of  other  persons  renders  them  furious, 
and  even  their  keepei-s  must  be  careful  always  to 
wear  the  same  sort  of  dress,  when  going  near  them. 
Their  great  antipathy  to  the  Bos  Taurus,  which  they 
either  avoid  or  kill,  would  render  their  domestication, 
if  it  were  practicable,  but  little  desirable.  The  ex- 
periments made  with  a  view  of  obtaining  a  mixed 
breed  from  the  zubr  and  Bos  J'aurus  have  all  failed, 
and  are  now  strictly  prohibited." 

Figs.  755,  756,  represent  the  skull,  in  front  and 
profile,  of  a  young  aurochs;  Figs.  757  and  758,  of 
an  old  male. 

759,  760,  761,  762.— The  American  Bison 

(Bison  Americantis;  Bos  Americanus).  The  Ame- 
rican Bison,  formerly  spread  more  extensively  than 
at  present,  still  exists  in  vast  numbers  in  Louis- 
iana, roaming  in  countless  herds  over  the  prairies 
that  are  watered  by  the  Arkansas,  Platte,  Missouri, 
and  upper  branches  of, the  Saskatchewan  and  Peace 
rivers.  Like  its  congener  the  aurochs,  the  Ame- 
rican bison  is  of  powerful  frame,  and  exceeds  in 
bulk  the  ordinary  race  of  cattle,  its  height  at  the 
fore-quarters  being  upwards  of  six  feet,  and  its 
weight  from  twelve  to  fifteen  hundredweight,  and 
sometimes  much  more.  The  head  is  huge,  pon- 
derous, and  carried  low ;  the  withers  are  massive 
and  elevated  ;  the  eyes  are  small  and  their  expres- 
sion is  ferocious  ;  the  horns  are  small  and  black. 
The  neck,  withers,  and  chest  are  covered  with  a 
profusion  of  long  shaggy  hair,  contributing  to  render 
the  appearance  of  the  animal  wild  and  terrific  ;  the 
hinder  quarters  are  clothed  with  shorter  wool.  The 
general  colour  is  umber  brown,  acquiring  a  rusty 
tint  in  winter.  Endowed  with  the  sense  of  smell  in 
great  perfection,  wary,  and  fierce,  the  bison  asso- 
ciates in  large  herds  conducted  by  one  or  two  old 
bulls,  whose  molions  the  rest  appear  to  follow  ;  but 
herds  of  bulls  also  live  separately.  'l"heir  food  con- 
sists of  gia.ss  and  rank  herbage,  to  obtain  which  in 
winter  they  scrape  away  the  snow  with  their  feet. 
On  the  apjiroach  of  an  enemy  the  herd  immediately 
takes  to  flight ;  but  if  one  be  wounded,  the  life  of 
the  hunter  is  placed  in  great  jeopardy,  for  turning 
in  a  moment,  it  rushes  on  its  assailant  with  head- 
long impetuosity  and  with  determined  resolution. 
Several  latal  instances  might  be  cited  in  which  the 
hunter  has  perished  from  want  of  caution  in  attack- 
ing this  formidable  beast,  and  many  hairbreadth 
escapes  are  on  record. 
In  defending  itself  from  a  dog  the  bison  etrikes 


violently  with  its  fore  feet,  and  easily  keeps  it«  an- 
noying foe  at  bay. 

The  flesh  of  this  animal  is  accounted  excellent, 
the  tongue  and  hump,  or  flesh  on  the  top  of  the 
withers,  being  especial  delicacies.  The  chnse  of 
the  bison  is  theretbre  assiduously  carried  on,  both 
by  the  natives  and  the  Europeans. 

The  bison  swims  well,  and  during  the  heats  of 
summer  vast  herds  make  their  way  toshady  rivulets, 
streams,  and  pools,  in  which  they  delight  to  pluuge 
and  bathe.  Herds  of  twenty  thousand,  crossing 
rivers  upwards  of  a  mile  in  breadth,  have  been  seen, 
as  Lewis  and  Clarke  inform  us,  or  darkening  the 
plains  on  their  passage  to  fresh  feeding- erounds. 

Salt-springs,  or  saline  morasses,  or  salt-licks,  are 
great  attractions  to  this  animal,  and  at  all  seasons 
are  visited  by  numerous  herds.  These,  however, 
are  incessantly  thinned  by  the  hunters,  and  the 
time  is  probably  not  far  distant  when  the  American 
bison  will  be  as  rare  and  as  limited  in  its  extent  of 
range  as  the  aurochs  of  Lithuania. 

At  certain  seasons  of  the  year  the  bulls  engage 
in  terrible  conflicts,  and  rush  furiously  upon  man,  or 
any  other  animal  which  ventures  near  them.  With 
the  exception  of  man  the  most  formidable  enemy 
against  which  the  bison  has  to  contend  is  the  huge 
giisly  bear,  and  before  this  dreaded  monster  the 
strongest  bull  goes  down. 

It  appears  that  the  bison  will  breed  with  the  or- 
dinary race  of  domestic  cattle,  against  ivhich  the 
aurochs  displays  the  greatest  antipathy,  though  in 
one  respect  the  latterapproaches  nearerto  the  com- 
mon ox  than  does  the  bison  ;  we  allude  to  the  number 
of  ribs,  which  are  thirteen  in  the  ox  on  each  side, 
fourteen  in  the  aurochs,  and  fifteen  in  the  bison. 

Figs.  763,  764,  represents  the  skull,  front  view  and 
in  profile,  of  a  young  female  bison  ;  Figs.  765,  766, 
of  an  old  male  bison. 

Genus  Ovibus: — 

767.— The  Musk  Ox 

(Ovibos  Moschatus).  The  characters  of  the  genus 
Ovibos,  as  exhibited  by  the  only  known  species,  are 
as  follows: — The  horns  are  expanded  at  their  liase, 
forming  a  helmet-like  mass,  covering  the  forehead, 
where  their  edges  are  in  contact  with  each  other  ; 
from  this  mass  they  emerge  round  and  taperina:, 
first  bending  down  between  the  eye  and  ear,  and 
then  sweeping  suddenly  upwards.  The  ears  and 
tail  are  short;  the  eyes  moderate;  the  nostrils 
oblong,  and  inclined  to  each  other  from  above  down- 
wards ;  there  is  no  true  naked  muzzle,  but  a  very 
narrow  naked  line  surrounds  each  nostril,  the  rest 
being  covered  with  hair ;  there  is  no  furrow  in  the 
upper  lip. 

The  musk-ox  is  a  native  of  the  high  lattitudes  of 
North  America,  from  the  sixty-first  to  the  seventy- 
fifth  degree  of  latitude.  In  size  it  scarcely  equals 
the  smallest  of  the  Highland  breed  of  cattle,  but 
appeal's  larger  than  it  really  is  fiomthe  profusion  of 
long  matted  woolly  hair  with  which  it  is  covered, 
and  which  hangs  on  each  side  almost  to  the  ground, 
almost  concealing  the  limbs  to  the  pasterns  ;  the 
tail  is  entirely  hidden.  Beneath  the  lower  jaw, 
throat,  and  chest  the  hair  flows  full,  long  and  mane- 
like. The  general  colour  is  dull  grizzled  umber 
brown,  darker  on  the  sides  and  under  surface :  on 
the  centre  of  the  back  is  a  brow  nish-white  mark  or 
saddle. 

The  districts  inhabited  by  the  musk-ox,  says  Dr. 
Richardson,  are  the  proper  lands  of  the  Esquimaux, 
and  their  name  for  it  is  Oomingmak.  It  frequents 
wild  and  rocky  situations,  mostly  destitute  of  wood, 
feeding  on  grass  during  one  season  of  the  year,  and 
on  lichens  during  the  other.  When  fat  its  flesh  is 
tolerable,  but  at  certain  times  both  that  of  the  bulls 
and  cows  smell  slrougiy  of  musk.  Though  the 
limbs  of  the  musk-ox  an,'  short,  they  are  very  vigor- 
ous, and  the  animal  is  fleet  and  active.  Dr.  Rich- 
ardson mentions  one  pursued  on  the  banks  of  the 
Coppermine,  which  scaled  a  lolly  sand-cliff  so  steep 
that  the  parly  were  obliged  to  crawl  up  it  on  their 
hands  and  knees. 

In  September  these  animals  assemble  in  herds, 
and  are  then  much  harassed  by  the  hunters.  The 
sport,  however,  is  not  free  from  danger,  for  the  bulls 
are  very  irascible,  and  when  wounded  will  dart  fu- 
riously upon  the  hunter,  who  requires  both  practice 
and  presence  of  mind  in  order  to  escape.  If,  how- 
ever, the  huntere  remained  concealed  when  they 
fire  upon  a  herd  of  musk-oxen,  the  poor  animals 
mistake  the  noise  for  thunder,  and  fornung  them- 
selves into  a  group,  crowd  nearer  and  nearer  tOfrether 
as  their  companions  fall  around  them  ;  but  should 
they  discover  their  enemies  by  sight,  or  by  their 
sense  of  smell,  which  is  very  acute,  the  whole  herd 
seek  for  safety  by  instant  flight. 

The  wool  of  this  animal  is  fine,  and  some  stock- 
ings which  were  made  from  it  in  France  are  said  to 
have  been  equal  to  those  made  Iiom  silk.  If  it 
could  be  obtained  in  sufficient  quantity,  it  might 
doubtless  be  employed  advantageously  as  an  article 
for  manufacture. 


Sloths. 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


175 


f 


ORDER  EDENTATA. 

Cuv.  (Bntta,  Linn.)  This  order,  which  contains 
the  Sloths,  the  extinct  Megatherium  and  Mylodon, 
the  Armadillo,  the  Pangolin,  and  the  Ant-eater, 
appears  at  a  lirst  glance  to  be  less  natural  than  upo:i 
careful  analysis  it  is  proved  to  be.  Several  import- 
ant links  indeed,  the  absence  of  which  left  voids  in 
the  chain,  have  lortunately  been  recovered,  their 
fossil  relics  restored,  and  the  species  assigned  to 
their  true  place.  In  this  philosophic  labour  Pro- 
fessor Owen  has  rendered  to  science  the  most  import- 
ant service,  and  his  work,  entitled  a  'Description  of 
the  Skeleton  of  an  extinct  gigantic  Sloth,  but  which 
is  in  iiict  an  elaborate  analysis  of  the  structure  and 
affinities  of  the  megatheroid  quadrupeds  m  general, 
is  a  monument  of  research  and  acumen. 

With  respect  to  the  term  Edentata  (toothless  ani- 
mals) it  must  be  taken  in  a  qualified  sense.  The 
ant-eaters  and  pangolins  arc  indeed  destitute  ofteeth, 
but  the  other  genera  possess  these  organs  with  cer- 
tain limitations  as  to  number,  and  of  peculiar  struc- 
ture, wanting  both  the  neck  part  and  enamel. 
Without  further  preface  we  may  observe  that  the 
Edentata  resolve  themselves  into  two  great  sections, 
namely,  Leaf-eaters  and  Insect  or  Flesh-eaters. 
These"  sections,  from  their  respective  habits,  have 
been  termed  bv  Desmarest,  Tardigrada,  or  slow- 
paced,  and  Effodientia,  or  diggers:  but  to  these 
terms,  as  they  are  not  universally  applicable  to  the 
species  they  include,  there  are  some  objections. 

I.  LEAF-EATERS. 

Family  Sloths  (Tardigrada,  Owen  ;  Bradypolidse 
Auct.). 

Genus  Bradijpm,  Linn.  (Acheus,  F.  Cuv.)— Claws 
on  the  fore-feet,  three. 

768,  769,  770.— The  Common  Sloth,  or  Ai. 

^Bradypm  tridactylus,  Linn.).  The  Sloths  are  crea- 
tures as  extraordinary  in  their  habits  as  in  their 
organization,  the  one  having  a  mutual  relationship 
to  the  other.  They  are  exclusively  arboreal ;  the 
trees  afford  them  at  once  their  needful  food  and 
their  permanent  abiding-place  :  and  for  the  trees 
alone  are  they  structurally  adapted.  It  is  not  long 
since  that  the  sloth  was  condemned  as  a  degraded 
miserable  being  ;  slow  and  embarrassed  in  all  its 
movements,  and  wretchedly  framed,  as  if  Nature 
had  bungled  in  its  creation.  Inconsistent  with  phi- 
losophy, and  presumptuous  in  the  extreme,  is  such 
an  opinion.  The  tall  giraffe  and  the  sinewy-limbed 
antelope  are  not  more  directly  organized  for  their 
respective  requirements,  than  is  the  slolh  for  its 
appointed  p'ace  in  the  scale  of  creation.  Were  it  a 
tenestrial  animal,  then  indeed  might  we  call  its 
structure  defective  ;  but,  its  mode  of  life  taken  into 
consideration,  we  view  it  in  another  light,  and  per- 
ceive that  it  affords  a  marked  example  of  design 
and  purpose. 

Buffon's  eloquent  misrepresentation  of  the  sloth 
need  not  detain  us,  but  we  cannot  avoid  expressing 
our  surprise  that  the  great  Cuvier  not  only  quotes 
the  words  of  that  naturalist,  but  even  follows  up  his 
ideas.  The  only  excuse  is,  that  the  habits  of  the 
animals  till  recently  were  very  imperfectly  under- 
stood ;  yet  might  we  not  expect  that  a  philo- 
sopher would  pause  before  concluding  that  in 
the  works  of  nature  there  occurred  exceptions 
to  the  laws  of  harmony  by  which  the  whole  is 
governed  ? 

A  few  observations  on  the  organization  of  the 
«loth  may  not  be  unacceptable. 

Fig.  771  represents  the  skeleton  of  the  common 
three-toed  sloth  ;  Fig.  772  the  pelvis  of  the  same  ; 
Fig.  773  the  skeleton  of  the  Unau,  or  two-toed 
sloth. 

In  the  skeleton  of  the  sloth  we  are  struck  at  once 
with  the  great  length  of  the  fore-limbs,  which  are 
twice  as  long  as  the  hinder  pair,  and  with  the  huge 
hook-like  claws  by  which  all  four  are  terminated  ; 
we  perceive,  too,  that  the  pelvis  is  bird-like  in  its 
■conformation  and  of  great  breadth,  separating  the 
thigh  bones  to  an  unusual  distance  from  each  other ; 
added  to  this,  the  thigh  bones  are  directed  obliquely 
outwards,  while  the  limb  from  the  knee  downwards 
has  an  inward  inclination  ;  and  the  structure  of  the 
wrist  and  ankle  is  such,  that  the  palm  or  sole,  in- 
stead of  being  directed  to  the  surface  of  the  ground, 
as  in  other  animals,  is  turned  inwards  towards  the 
body  in  such  a  manner  as  to  render  it  impo.ssible 
for  the  sloth  to  place  the  sole  of  its  foot  straight 
down  on  a  level  surface,  but  to  compel  it  under 
such  circumstances  to  rest  upon  the  external  edge 
of  the  foot  (see  skeleton.  Fig.  771).  The  hip-joint, 
as  in  the  orang-outan,  is  destitute  of  the  ligamen- 
tuin  teres,  whence  the  head  of  the  thigh  bone  is 
endowed  with  greater  freedom  of  motion.  In  the 
Ai  Mhree-toed  sloi4i)  the  neck  consists  of  nine 
vertebriB,  instead  of  seven,  the  ordinary  number  in 
mammalia,  and  the  two  tables  of  the  skull  in  all 
the  species  are  separated  by  large  air-cells,  so  that 
the  small  bird  like  brain  is  defended  by  a  double 


case,  a  provision  against  accidental  falls,  should 
the  branch  to  which  the  animal  is  clinging  give 
way. 

Professor  Owen  observes,  respecting  the  sloths, 
that  "  they  illustrate  the  affinity  or  tendency  to  the 
oviparous  type,  liy  the  supernumerary  cervical  ver- 
tebrse,  supporting  false  ribs,  and  by  the  convolu- 
tion of  the  windpipe  in  the  thorax,  in  the  three- 
toed  species;  by  the  lacertine  (lizard-like)  character 
of  three  and  twenty  pairs  of  ribs  in  the  unau  ;  and 
by  the  low  cerebral  development,  by  the  great 
tenacity  of  life,  and  long-enduring  irritability  of 
muscular  fibre  in  both  species."  The  muscles  of 
the  sloth  are  endowed  with  the  most  aston- 
ishing energy  ;  llieir  force  is,  indeed,  almost  in- 
credible, and  harmonizes  with  the  arboreal  design 
of  the  skeleton,  of  which  the  limbs  alone  sufficiently 
indicate  the  creature's  habits.  Who  can  mistake 
the  meaning  of  the  solid  hook-like  structure  of  the 
paws,  or  the  design  of  the  long  arms,  or  of  the, 
security  of  the  union  of  the  clavicle  to  the  large 
scapula?  We  might  here  enter  into  minute  de- 
tails, but  we  refrain,  only  observing  that  Nature  in 
these  points  aimed  at  rigid  unyielding  strength,  and 
has  obtained  the  re:sult  she  wished  ;  the  long  arms 
of  the  sloth  being  thus  furnished  with  strong  hooks, 
which  are  drawn  to  the  palm  (and  the  same  obser- 
vation applies  to  the  claws  of  the  hind-feet)  by 
means  of  elastic  ligaments  it  can  reach  to  a  distant 
branch,  and  there  fix  itself  with  facility,  or,  while 
clinging  to  one  branch,  can  draw  towards  itself 
another  loaded  with  buds,  fruits,  or  leaves,  which 
offer  a  grateful  repast.  Rigid  as  its  paw  is,  it  can 
use  it  as  a  hand,  and  with  great  address  convey 
food  to  its  mouth. 

LTnfitted  then  for  the  ground,  on  which  he 
can  only  drag  himself  along  by  applyir.g  the  claws 
of  the  fore-feet  to  any  rough  projection  within  reach, 
the  sloth  is  eminently  qualified  for  the  branches  of 
the  forest,  and  that  rather  for  their  upper  than 
their  under  surface;  clinging  to  them,  he  rests 
and  travels  suspended,  yet  in  perfect  security  ;  here 
his  awkwardness  disappears,  and  he  traverses  the 
branches  or  passes  from  tree  to  tree  in  the  dense 
forest  with  considerable  celerity,  either  in  quest  of 
food,  or  in  order  to  escape  his  enemies.  Stedman, 
in  his  '  History  of  Surinam,'  has  an  engraving  of  a 
sloth  in  this  position,  which  we  have  copied  as 
illustrating  its  singular  mode  of  progression  (Fig. 
770).  But  the  arms  of  the  sloth  are  also  his  wea- 
pons of  defence,  and  weapons  of  no  little  force : 
when  attacked  on  the  ground,  he  throws  himself  on 
his  back,  fixes  his  claws  on  his  adversary,  and 
grasps  him  with  enormous  power;  in  this  manner 
he  has  been  known  to  strangle  a  dog,  holding  him 
all  the  while  at  arm's  length,  and  in  this  manner  he 
grapples  with  snakes  of  large  size,  to  the  attacks  of 
which  he  is  said  to  be  subject. 

Mr.  Burchell  (says  Professor  Buckland,  in  an 
interesting  paper  on  these  animals  in  the  '  Linn. 
Trans.'  1835)  observed,  that  "  his  captive  sloths 
assumed  during  sleep  a  position  of  perfect  ease 
and  safety  on  the  fork  of  a  tree,  their  arms  em- 
bracing the  trunk,  their  backs  resting  on  the  angle 
of  a  branch,  and  their  head  reclining  on  their 
own  bosom.  The  animal  is  thus  rolled  up  nearly 
in  the  form  of  a  ball ;  the  entire  vertebral  co- 
lumn, including  the  neck,  assumes  a  nearly  cir- 
cular curve,  and  not  only  is  the  weight  of  the 
whole  body  maintained  in  an  attitude  of  ease  and 
safety,  but  the  head  is  supported  between  the 
arms  and  chest,  and  the  face  lies  buried  in  the  long 
wool  which  covers  those  parts,  and  is  thus  pro- 
tected during  sleep  from  the  myriads  of  insects 
which  would  otherwise  attack  it."  According  to 
Mr.  Burchell,  the  buds  and  young  shoots  of  a  spe- 
cies of  Cecropia  form  the  principal  food  of  the 
sloth.  These  frees  grow  only  in  damp  places,  and 
rise  with  a  slender  stem  to  the  height  of  thirty  or 
forty  feet,  giving  off  horizontal  branches,  hollow 
internally,  except  at  the  extremities.  Along  these 
branches  it  travels,  and  the  young  cling  round  the 
body  of  the  mother.  It  would  appear  that  the 
moisture  of  leaves  or  buds  suffices  the  sloth  for 
drink,  as  none  kept  by  Mr.  Burchell  took  liquid  in 
any  other  way.  In  the  aspect  of  the  sloth  there  is 
an  expression  of  profound  melancholy;  it  seldom 
utters  any  cry;  it  notices  nothing  with  any  positive 
mark  of  attention  except  perhaps  the  trees  to  which 
unerring  instinct  draws  it,  nor  by  any  action  evinces 
much  intelligence. 

The  dental  system  of  the  sloth  is  the  most  simple 
that  can  well  be  conceived.  They  have  no  incisor 
teeth,  but  canines  and  molars  only  :  and  in  the  Ai 
the  canines  are  diminutive,  and  in  all  respects  very 
similar  to  the  other  teeth.  The  molar  teeth  are 
universally  eight  in  the  upper  jaw  and  six  in  the 
lower,  four  and  three  on  either  side  respectively. 
Their  construction  is  most  simple  ;  they  are  cylin- 
drical, unrooted,  consisting,  as  Professor  Owen  has 
demonstrated,  of  a  centre  of  vascular  dentine  sur- 
rounded by  unvascular  dentine  or  ivory,  the  whole 
enveloped  by  a  layer  of  coementum,  ctiaracterised 


by  numerous  minute  calciferous  cells.  Ill  fitted  for 
grinding  the  food,  the  teeth  merely  bruise  it  or  break 
down  the  tender  structure  of  the  buds  or  leaves, 
their  deficiency  in  this  point  being  most  probably 
compensated  by  the  singular  complication  of  the 
stomach,  which  is  sacculated. 

The  sloths  bring  Ibrth  and  suckle  their  young 
like  ordinary  quadrupeds.  They  have  two  mammae, 
which  are  situated  on  the  breast ;  and  the  young 
sloth,  from  the  moment  of  its  birth,  adheres  to  the 
body  of  its  parent  till  it  acquires  sufficient  size  and 
strength  to  shift  for  itself.  The  head  of  the  Ai  is 
,  short,  the  face  small  and  round  like  that  of  the  Ame- 
rican monkeys,  the  ears  concealed  in  the  long  hair 
which  sun  ounds  them,  the  eyes  small  and  deeply 
sunk  in  the  head,  and  the  tail  a  mere  rudiment. 
The  Indians  like  its  flesh,  and  are  in  continual 
pursuit  of  it. 

Naturalists  reckon  two  distinct  species  of  the  Ai, 
and  three  or  four  varieties,  some  of  which  may  pro- 
bably be  found  to  be  specifically  different,  when 
they  come  to  be  dissected  and  carefully  compared 
with  one  another.  1.  The  common  Ai  (Bradypus 
tridactylus,  Linn.)  has  a  short  round  head,  furnished 
with  coarse  shaggy  hair,  disposed  on  the  crown  in 
verging  rays,  like  that  of  the  human  species ;  the 
face  is  of  a  yellowish  colour  covered  with  very 
short  hair,  whilst  that  of  the  body  and  extremities 
is  universally  long  and  shaggy  ;  the  eyes  are  en- 
circled by  a  brown  ring  ;  the  hair  of  the  body  varied 
with  irregular  patches  of  dark  and  light  brown,  or 
silvery  white:  between  the  shoulders  there  is  an 
oval  patch  of  short  orange-coloured  hair,  of  a  finer 
quality  than  that  found  on  other  parts  of  the  body, 
and  divided  in  the  centre  by  a  longitudinal  black 
stripe  ;  the  throat  and  breast  are  frequently  of  a 
light  straw-colour.  The  texture  of  the  hair  is 
altogether  peculiar,  and  more  nearly  resembles  dry 
hay,  or  grass  shrivelled  and  withered  bv  the  sun, 
than  the  hair  of  ordinary  quadrupeds.  It  is  coai-se 
and  flattened  at  the  extremity,  but  as  small  at  the 
root  as  the  finest  spider's  web;  and  its  dry  and 
withered  appearance  forms  the  Ai's  principal  se- 
curity against  its  pursuers,  as  it  renders  it  extremely 
difficult  to  detect  it  whilst  at  rest  among  the 
branches  covered  with  bark  and  moss  of  the  same 
colour;  it  is  only  when  in  motion  that  it  can  be 
readily  distinguished  from  the  trunk  beneath  which 
it  hangs  suspended.  In  other  respects,  dift'erent 
individuals  of  this  species  differ  considerably  from 
one  another,  in  the  shade  and  disposition  of  their 
colours,  and  in  the  intensity  of  the  mark  between 
the  shoulders;  some  even  want  this  latter  mark 
altogether,  others  are  of  a  uniform  ash-colour  over 
the  whole  body,  and  there  are  others  still,  which 
have  the  hair  of  the  head  parted  in  the  centre,  and 
hanging  down  upon  each  side. 

Length  of  the  adult  about  seventeen  or  eighteen 
inches. 

The  Collared  Ai,  (Bradypus  collaris,)  is  a  very 
distinct  species,  even  in  the  bony  structure  of  its 
cranium.  Its  face  is  naked  and  of  a  black  colour; 
the  hair  of  its  body  less  flattened  and  withered-look- 
ing than  in  the  common  species;  the  Ibrehead, 
temples,  chin,  throat,  and  breast  covered  with  red- 
dish or  rust-coloured  hair,  slightly  frizzled  ;  on  the 
crown  of  the  head  it  is  long  and  yellow,  and  on  the 
rest  of  the  body  pale  orange :  but  the  most  dis- 
tinguishing mark  of  the  species  is  a  large  black 
collar  which  completely  surrounds  the  neck,  and 
from  which  its  specific  name  of  collaris  is  derived. 
Beneath  this  outer  coat  there  is  an  inner  one  of 
very  fine  fur,  which  is  of  a  dark  brown  colour  on  the 
collar,  but  gradually  diminishes  in  intensity  towards 
the  croup,  where  it  is  entirely  white. 

Both  these  species  feed  upon  the  leaves  of  trees, 
and  bring  forth  but  a  single  young  one  at  a  birth. 
When  in  motion  in  the  forests  they  emit  a  feeble 
plaintive  cry,  resembling  the  word  Ai,  and  which  is 
the  origin  of  the  name  they  bear  among  the  Eu- 
ropeans settled  in  America.  They  are  extremely 
retentive  of  life,  and  have  been  seen  to  move  their 
legs,  and  exhibit  other  symptons  of  vivacity,  a  full 
half- hour  after  being  deprived  of  the  heait  and  other 
viscera. 

The  Unau,  or  two-toed  sloth,  of  which  we  figure 
the  skeleton  (Fig.  773),  is  placed  by  Illiger  in  a  dis- 
tinct genus,  under  the  title  of  Cholcepus.  It  is  the 
Bradypus  didactylus  of  Linnajus.  In  its  manners  it 
closely  resembles  the  Ai,  which  it  exceeds  in  ssize. 

In  both  genera  the  skull  is  rounded,  and  the 
muzzle  short,  but  more  especially  in  the  Ais.  The 
zygomatic  arch  is  very  bold  and  stout,  but  is  incom- 
plete in  the  centre.  The  malar  bone  is  very  deve- 
loped, and  gives  off  a  descending  branch  reaching 
over  the  lower  jaw,  but  its  zygomatic  process  does 
not  reach  the  corresponding  process  of  the  temporal 
bone  ;  hence  the  arch,  as  we  have  said,  is  imperfect. 
The  orbits  are  nearly  circular,  but  incomplete  be- 
hind.    The  lower  jaw  is  large  and  strong. 

In  the  two-toed  sloth  there  are  no  pro-dorsal  or 
supernumerary  vertebrae  in  the  neck ;  the  feet  are 
far  less  universally  consolidated  together. 


770,— Sloth ;  mode  of  progrenton. 


772.— Pelvis  of  Sloth. 


769.— Sloth. 


176 


5. — Lower  Jaw  oj  Mylodon. 


7T6,— Right  branch  of  tlie  above;  external  view. 


T!7.— Tooth  of  Mylodon. 


778.— Tootli  ol  Mvlodon. 


77J. — Skeleton  of  Mvloilon  robustim. 


7»4. — IVlvit*  and  Hiad  Legof  Mej^lheriam. 


77!>.— Hemaina  of  Skii'.l  of  Scelidotheiinni. 


785. — Ungueal  Phalanx  of  Megatherium. 


No.  23. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


7>*6.— Tooth  of  Megatherium. 

177 


178 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Meqa.thericj«; 


Family  Graviobada,  Owen.— Feet  short,  very 
itroni;,  equal  or  subequal  ;  fore-feet  with  five  or 
four  toes,  of  which  one  or  two  of  the  outermost  are 
unarmed,  fit  for  support  and  progression  ;  the  rest 
are  armed  with  huge  clawu.  Zygomatic  arch  com- 
plete, clavicles  perfect ;  tail  moderate  or  stout,  acting 
an  n  fulcrum  or  prop. 

Such  are  the  characters  of  this  family,  as  laid 
down  by  Professor  Owen.  It  contains  the  following 
Ifenera :— Megalonyi,  Megalheriuui,  Mylodon, 
Scelidotheriuni,  Coelodon.and  Sphenodon;  of  these 
genera  all  the  species  are  extinct,  and  only  known 
from  their  fossil  relics. 

774. — Mylodox  robustus. 

We  figure  the  skeleton  of  this  extinct  giant,  now 
preserved  in  the  Koyal  College  of  Surgeons,  and 
which,  except  that  it' was  formed  for  tearing  down 
the  trees  of  the  forest,  and  not  living  in  their 
branches,  was  closely  related  to  the  comparatively 
pigmy  sloths  of  the  present  day.  Conceive  of  a 
ilolh  of  the  size  and  bulk  of  a  rliinoceros  or  hippo- 
)>otamus,  but  with  bones  intinilely  more  massive, 
muscles  infinitely  more  voluminous  and  powerful, 
with  a  thick  tail  acting  as  a  support,  and  forming 
with  the  hind  limbs  a  firm  tripod,  while  the  animal 
thus  raised  upright,  and  exerting  its  enormous 
strength,  sways  the  tree  to  and  fro.  and  lays  it  at 
last  prostrate  ; — and  our  reader  will  have  a  good 
idis.  of  what  this  mighty  devastator  of  the  primitive 
forests  of  South  Ameiica  must  have  been. 

The  skeleton  in  question  was  discovered,  as  we 
are  informed  by  Pro|■e^sor  Owen,  "  in  the  year  1841 
by  M.  Pedro  de  Angelis,  seven  leagues  north  of  the 
city  of  Buenos  Ayres,  in  the  fluvial  ile  deposits  con- 
stituting the  extensive  plain  intersected  by  the  great 
Kio  Plata  and  its  tributaries,  and  which  has  been 
raised  during  a  recent  geological  epoch  above  the 
level  of  the  sea. 

"  In  this  formation,  and  most  probably  anterior 
to  its  elevation,  the  animal  must  have  been  buried 
entire,  and  if  the  present  heat  of  the  climate  pre- 
vailed, soon  after  its  death,  for  the  parts  of  the  ske- 
leton were  found  little  disturbed,  and  the  very  few 
bones  that  are  wanting  are  such  as  would  be  likely 
to  escape  the  search  of  the  most  diligent  collector. 

"  About  the  same  time  and  near  the  same  place 
a  tessellated  osseus  carapace  of  some  large  qua- 
druped like  an  armadillo  was  exhumed,  and  infor- 
mation of  this  discovery  having  been  communicated 
to  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  by  Sir  Woodbine 
Parish,  late  Her  Majesty's  Chargd  d'Aflaires  at 
Buenos  A>  res,  both  this  carapace  and  the  above- 
mentioned  skeleton  were  purchased  by  the  College. 
They  arrived  in  November,  1841,  in  many  pieces, 
fragile  from  the  loss  of  the  animal  matter ;  but 
having  been  restored  in  some  measure  to  their 
original  tenacity,  the  parts  of  the  carapace  were 
re-united,  the  skeleton  was  articulated,  and  both 
are  now  placed  in  the  museum." 

We  may  here  observe  that  the  tessellated  carapace 
belongs  to  a  large  extinct  armadillo,  to  which  the 
largest  living  species,  the  Dasypus  Gigas,  is  but  a 
pigmy ;  it  is  termed  by  Professor  Owen,  Glyptodon 
clavipes. 

With  respect  to  the  fossil  genus  Mylodon,  Pro- 
fessor Owen  describes  three  distinct  species,  viz., 
M.  Darwinii,  M.  Harlani,  and  M.  Robustus,  which 
far  exceeds  the  others  in  size. 

We  regret  that  want  of  space  prevents  us  from 
following  Professor  Owen  through  his  elaborate 
examination  of  the  skeleton  of  Mylodon  robustus, 
which  to  the  scientific  is  replete  with  interest,  nor 
enter  into  the  affinities  of  the  Mylodon  to  the  Me- 
gatherium, Megalonyx,  and  other  extinct  Edentata, 
which  are  rigidly  scrutinized. 

Fig.  775  represents  the  lower  jaw  of  Mylodon : 
Fig.  770,  the  external  view  of  the  right  branch  of  the 
lower  jaw  of  Mylodon.  Figs.  777  and  778,  the  sim- 
ple teeth  of  the  Mylodon,  showing  the  depth  of 
their  implantation.  The  cavity  at  the  base  of  the 
tooth  is  seen  at  a.  Fig. 777.  As  in  the  sloth,  the 
Megatherium,  and  Megalonyx,  these  teeth,  formed 
for  crashing  leaves,  are  composed  of  a  central  pillar 
of  coarse  ivoiy,  immediately  invested  with  a  thin 
layer  of  fine  dense  ivory,  and  the  whole  surrounded 
with  a  thick  coating  of  cement. 

From  the  structure  of  these  teeth  it  is  evident  that 
the  Mylodon  fed  on  leaves,  like  the  sloths  of  the 
present  day.  But,  notwithstanding  Dr.  Lund's 
opinion,  it  was  certainly  not  adapted  for  climbing 
trees ;  besides,  what  trees  could  bear  its  weight  ? 
How  then  di  1  it  obtain  its  food  ?  The  whole  of  its 
osseous  confirmation  suggests  the  answer — it  was 
formed  to  uprend  the  trees  that  bore  its  sustenance. 
The  enormous  expanse  of  the  pelvis,  the  great  bulk 
and  strength  of  the  hind-legs,  the  solidity  of  the  tail, 
to  which  its  evidently  vast  muscles  were  attached, 
enabling  it  with  the  hind-limbs  to  complete  a  firm 
tripod  of  support,  the  proportions  of  the  fore-limbs, 
unequalled  for  massiveness  by  those  of  any  existing 
or  extinct  animal,  the  size  and  strength  of  its  claws, — 
in  short  the  whole  mechanism  of  the  colossal  frame 


becomes  intelligible  only  on  the  ground  of  the  her- 
culean labour  to  which  the  animal  was  appointed. 
Perhaps  it  commenced  the  process  of  prostrating 
the  chosen  tree  by  scratching  away  the  soil  from  the 
roots,  and  then  proceeded  to  grapple  with  it  thus 
partially  undermined,  and  apply  the  surpassing 
strength  of  its  limbs  and  body,  the  muscles  of  the 
trunk  and  extremities,  being  animated  by  the  in- 
fluence of  the  unusually  large  spinal  chord. 

It  may  here  be  stated  that  the  skull  of  the  speci- 
men described  by  Professor  Owen  had  at  some  time 
or  other  been  fractured  and  had  healed ;  the  animal 
living  long  afterwards :  and  it  will  at  once  occur  to 
the  reader  that  these  animals  must  have  been  un- 
usually liable,  from  their  habits,  to  blows  from  heavy 
falling  bodies;  to  meet  such  accidents  the  scull  was 
])eculiarly  constructed,  its  outer  and  inner  table 
being  separated  by  extensive  air-cells,  so  that  the 
fracture  of  the  outer  table  might  occur  without  in- 
jury to  the  brain.  It  was  by  virtue  of  this  structure 
that  the  subject  of  the  Professor's  memoir  appears 
to  have  been  saved. 

779,  780,  781,  782, 783.— ScKLiDOTHKKiuM. 

Our  Figures  represent  (Fig.  779)  the  remains  of  the 
skull;  Figs.  780,  781,  the  dentition  of  an  extinct 
animal,  to  which  Professor  Owen  has  given  the  title 
of  Scelidotheriuin.  Figs.  782,  783,  show  the  depth 
of  the  implantation  of  the  teeth  and  their  structure  ; 
e,  the  crown  of  a  tooth  seen  from  above. 

This  animal  was  evidently  allied  to  the  Mylodon 
and  Megatherium,  and  belongs  to  the  same  family. 

The  lossil  remains,  viz.,  a  cranium,  several  ver- 
tebrae, the  scapulae,  and  various  bones  of  the  limbs, 
were  discovered  by  Mr.  Darwin  at  Punta  Alia,  in 
northern  Patagonia,  and  in  the  same  bed  of  partly 
consolidated  gravel  as  that  wherein  the  lower  jaws 
of  Toxodon  and  a  species  of  Mylodon  were  im- 
bedded. All  the  parts  were  discovered  in  their 
natural  relative  position,  indicating,  as  Mr.  Darwin 
observes,  that  the  sublittoral  formation  in  which  they 
had  been  originally  deposited  had  been  but  little 
disturbed.  This  beach  is  covered  at  spring-tides, 
and  many  portions  of  the  skeleton  were  encrusted 
with  flustiw.  Small  marine  shells  were  lodged 
within  the  crevices  of  the  bones. 

The  teeth  in  structure  resemble  tliose  of  the 
Mylodon ;  there  are  neither  incisors  nor  canines  ; 
the  molars  are  five  on  each  side  above,  and  four 
below.  According  to  Professor  Owen,  the  Cape 
Ant-eater,  or  Aard-vark,  of  all  the  Edentata  most 
nearly  resembles  the  Scelidotheriuni  in  the  form  of 
the  skull ;  and  next  to  the  Aard-vark  may  be  cited 
the  great  Armadillo  {Dasypus  Gigas). 

"Although  the  Scelidothere,  like  most  other  Eden- 
fals,  was  of  low  stature,  and,  like  the  Megatherium, 
presented  a  disproportionate  development  of  the 
hinder  parts,  it  is  probable  that  bulk  for  bulk,  it 
equalled,  when  alive,  the  largest  existing  Pachy- 
derms not  proboscidean.  There  is  no  evidence  that 
it  possessed  a  tessellated  osseous  coat  of  mail." 


784,  785,  786,  787,  788, 789.- 
Mkgatukrium. 


-The 


The  relics  of  this  colossal  beast,  of  which  Figs.  787, 
788,  and  789  represent  the  skeleton,  have  been  dis- 
covered only  in  South  America,  of  which  continent, 
at  some  remote  period,  it  was  an  inhabitant. 

The  affinity  of  this  animal  to  the  sloths  and  other 
Edentata  was  pointed  out  by  Cuvier,  but  many 
points  required  elucidation ;  in  fact  zoologists  have 
been  led,  not  without  apparent  grounds,  into  some 
errors,  recently  corrected. 

For  a  long  time  the  museum  of  Madrid  afforded 
the  only  relics  of  the  Megatherium  in  Europe  ;  but 
the  skeleton  they  compose  is  deficient  in  several  of 
its  parts  ;  fortunately  the  recent  acquisition  by  the 
Royal  College  of  Surgeons  of  a  great  portion  of  the 
bones  of  this  animal  has  tended  to  supply  the  de- 
fects, at  least  to  a  considerable  extent. 

These  splendid  and  valuable  remains  form  the 
subject  of  an  interesting  paper  from  the  pen  of  Mr. 
Clift,  in  the  third  vol.,  p.  3,  of  the  'Trans.  Geol. 
Soc.  Lond.'  accompanied  by  an  improved  figure  of 
the  sk«.lefon,  and  ligures  of  various  detached  parts, 
together  with  a  map  of  that  part  of  the  province  of 
Buenos  Ayres  in  which  the  places  where  the  bones 
in  question  were  found,  and  also  those  of  the  Madrid 
specimen,  are  marked  down. 

The  acquisition  of  these  remains  by  the  Royal 
College  of  Surgeons  is  due  to  the  zeal  and  liberality 
of  Woodbine  Parish,  Esq.  "  They  were  found  in  the 
river  Salado,  which  runs  through  the  flat  alluvial 
plains  to  the  south  of  the  city  of  Buenos  Ayres.  Their 
discovery  was  owing  to  a  succession  of  unusuallydry 
seasons  in  the  three  preceding  years,  which  lowered 
the  waters  in  an  extraordinary  degree,  and  exposed 
part  of  the  pelvis  to  view  as  it  stood  upright  in  the 
bottom  of  the  river.  It  appears  that  this  and  some 
other  parts  of  the  skeleton,  having  been  carried  to 
Buenos  Ayres  by  the  country-people,  were  very 
liberally  placed  at  Mr.  Parish's  disposal  by  Don 
Ililario  Sosa,  the  owner  of  the  property  on  which 


they  were  found.  In  the  hope  of  obtaining  the 
other  parts  of  the  skeleton,  an  intelligent  person 
was  subsequently  sent  to  the  same  spot,  who  suc- 
ceeded, after  considerable  difficulties,  in  getting  out 
of  the  mud  forming  the  bed  of  the  river  the  re- 
mainder of  the  collection.  Further  inquiry  led  Mr. 
Parish  to  suppose  that  similar  remains  might  be 
met  with  in  other  parti  of  the  provinces  of  Buenos 
Ayres,  and  he  applied  to  the  local  aulhoritits  to 
assist  him  in  makin'g  further  search.  This  was  given 
by  the  governor,  Don  Manual  Rosas,  and  the  re- 
mains of  the  two  other  skeletons  were  found  on  his 
excellency's  own  properties  of  Las  Averias  and  Vil- 
lanueva,  one  to  the  north,  the  other  to  the  south  of  the 
Salado,  but  at  no  great  distance  from  the  place  where 
the  first  had  been  discovered.  In  the  latterinstance 
the  osseous  remains  were  accompanied  by  an  im- 
mense shell,  or  case,  portionsof  which  were  brought' 
to  this  country."  A  fragment  of  this  shell,  or  os- 
seous shield,  IS  figured  by  Mr.  Clift;  its  external 
surface  is  rough,  and  it  appears  to  consist  of  an  as- 
semblage of  smaller  parts,  like  rosettes  in  sculpture, 
united  together  by  suture  ;  the  sutures  being  plainly 
marked  on  the  under  surface,  which  is  smooth.  By 
M.  Blainville,  Dr.  Buckland,  and  indeed  by  most 
naturalists,  this  buckler  or  carapace  was  regarded 
as  belonging  to  the  Megatherium,  whose  colossal 
bulk  it  was  regarded  as  having  protected,  as  is  the 
case  in  the  Armadillos,  to  which  it  was  believed  to 
be  closely  related,  not  only  in  structure  and  habits, 
but  also  food. 

It  has,  however,  been  recently  demonstrated  by 
Professor  Owen,  and  we  believe  to  the  entire  satis- 
faction of  Dr.  Buckland  himself,  that  the  tessellated 
carapace  found  with  the  Salado  remains  did  not 
belong  to  the  Megatherium,  but  to  a  large  arma- 
dillo-like animal,  to  which  Professor  Owen  assigned 
the  title  of  Glyptodon,  and  whose  hind-feet,  like  the 
fore-foot,  appear  to  be  so  modified  as  to  form  the 
bases  of  columnar  limbs  destined  to  support  an 
enormous  incumbent  weight.  Moreover,  from  a 
rigorous  examination  of  the  details  of  the  skeleton 
of  the  Megatherium,  into  which  we  forbear  to  enter, 
he  proves  the  incompatibility  of  such  a  shield  with 
its  osseous  structure,  which  differs  in  marked  essen- 
tials from  that  of  the  Armadillo,  in  which  latter 
animal  the  skeleton  is  exjiressly  modified  for  the 
armour  which  covers  the  hack  and  head. 

In  his  paper  on  the  Glyptodon,  wherein  the  claims 
of  the  Megatherium  to  this  armour  are  discussed. 
Professor  Owen  gives  a  tabular  account  of  the  dis- 
covery of  twelve  skeletons  of  the  Megatherium,  and 
in  no  instance  did  any  portion  of  bony  armour  occur 
with  or  near  the  bone ;  and  in  a  note  the  wiiter  of 
the  article'  Megatherium' in  the  '  Penny  Cyclopsedia' 
states  as  follows  : — 

"  Sir  Woodbine  Parish  has  just  now  (May  29, 
1839)  kindly  communicated  to  us  a  letter  received 
by  him,  giving  information  of  the  discovery  of  an 
almost  entire  skeleton  of  an  adult  Megatherium  on 
the  banks  of  the  Rio  de  la  Matanza,  with  all  the 
vertebra;  of  the  body,  all  the  ribs,  all  the  teeth,  the 
head  and  the  legs,  in  short,  with  the  whole  of  the 
hones  except  the  tail  and  one  foot.  Close  to  it  was 
the  skeleton  of  a  'Tatou  gigantesque  '  (Glyptodon 
probably),  with  its  bony  armour  complete.  There 
was  also  found  a  very  small  and  perfect  Megathe- 
rium, which  must  have  been  only  just  born  at  the 
epoch  of  destruction.  No  mention  is  made  of  any 
traces  of  bony  armour  orshell  about  the  Megatheria. 
In  the  old  animal  only  one  foot  is  wanting.  It  has 
been  suggested  that  the  so-called  young  Megathe- 
rium may  possibly  be  a  skeleton  of  Scelidotherium." 

It  is  then  to  the  armadillo-like  Glyptodon,  and 
not  to  the  Megatherium,  that  the  strong  bony  ar- 
mour belongs;  of  this  latter  animal  relics  have  been 
found  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Pederual,  near  Monte 
Video,  and  are  preserved  in  the  Museum  of  that 
town.  Portions  of  bony  armour  also  have  been  ob- 
tained in  the  Rio  Seco  and  Banda  Oriental,  similar 
in  structure  to  the  specimen  of  the  Pedernal. 

"  The  collection  of  fossils,"  says  Professor  Owen, 
"  brought  to  England  from  South  America  by  Mr. 
Darwin,  has  enabled  me  to  add  the  following  facts 
to  the  history  of  the  Megatherium.  Its  teeth,  for 
example,  do  not  differ  in  number  from  those  of  the 
sloths,  there  being  five  on  each  side  o(  the  upper 
jaw.  Microscopic  examination  having  demonstrated 
a  marked  difference  in  the  intimate  structure  of  the 
teeth  of  the  sloths  and  armadillos,  I  have  ascertained 
by  this  mode  of  investigation  that  the  teeth  of  the 
Megatherium  have  the  same  te.xture  and  composi- 
tion as  those  of  the  sloth.  And  if  frbm  identity  of 
dental  structure  in  two  different  animals  we  may 
predicate  a  similarity  in  their  food,  a  glance  at  the 
bony  framework  of  the  Megatherium  is  sufficient  to 
show  that  it  must  have  resorted  to  other  means  of 
obtaining  its  leafy  provender  than  that  of  climbing 
for  it,  whereby  the  necessity  of  inferring  a  propor- 
tionate magnitude  of  the  trees  which  nourished  the 
Megatherium  is  obviated."  It  would  a|)pear  that, 
like  the  Mylodon,  the  Megatherium  uprooted  the 
trees,  on  the  leaves  of  which  it  fed,  and  ivas  fur- 


AnMADILLOS] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


179 


nished  with  a  small  proboscis  as  an  adjunct  to  the 
tongue  in  strippina:  off  the  smaller  branches  of  the 
prostrate  tree  ;  its  skull,  moreover,  has  the  two  tables 
separated  by  cells,  as  in  the  Mylodon.  Fij;.  784 
represents  the  pelvis  and  hind-leg  of  the  Megathe- 
rium in  the  Royal  College  of  Surgeons  ;  Fig.  785,  the 
ungueal  phalanx  ;  Fig.  786,  the  teeth  of  Megathe- 
rium. 

With  respect  to  the  Megalonyx,  it  was  an  animal 
closely  related  to  the  Megatherium,  and  doubtless 
of  the  same  habits,  but  of  inferior  size,  not  exceed- 
ing the  size  of  an  ox,  though  more  solidly  and 
heavily  built.  Its  relies  are  apparently  more  rare 
than  those  of  the  Magatherium,  at  least  fewer  have 
been  recovered. 

11.  INSECTIVOROUS  EDENTATA. 

Family  Loricata,  or  Armadillos.— This  family 
group  includes  the  true  armadillos  {Dasypus),  the 
Chlarayphorus,  and  also  the  Aard.vark,  or  African 
Ant  eater,  which,  though  not  covered  with  armour, 
approaches  in  its  structure  nearer  to  the  armadillos 
than  to  the  American  ant-eaters  (Mynnecopliaga), 
v'ith  which  animals  it  was  formerly  associated,' 
and  which  it  resembles  very  closely  in  manners  and 
food. 

The  Armadillos  (Dasypjis)  are  divided  by  Cuvier 
into  five  minor  groups,  or  subgenera,  according  to 
number  of  the  teeth  and  fore-claws ;  viz.,  Cachi- 
chames,  Apars,  Encouberts,  Cabassous,  and  Prio- 
dontes. 

The  Cftchichames  have  four  toes  on  each  foot,  and 
seven  teeth  on  each  side  above  and  below.  The 
Apars  have  four  toes  on  each  foot,  and  nine  or  ten 
teeth  in  each  side  in  both  jaws.  The  Encouberts 
have  five  toes  on  the  fore-feet,  and  nine  or  ten  teeth 
on  each  side  above  and  below,  with  two  incisor 
teeth  in  the  upper.  The  Cabas.sous  have  five  toes, 
but  those  of  the  fore  feet  are  disposed  obliquely,  and 
in  such  a  manner  that  the  thumb  and  index  finder 
are  small,  the  middle  and  fourth  toes  armed  with 
tremendously  large  trenchant  claws,  and  the  fifth 
very  small :  teeth  nine  or  ten  on  each  side  above 
and  below.  The  Priodontes,  in  addition  to  the  un- 
equal toes  and  enormous  claws  of  the  Cabassous, 
have  from  twenty-two  to  twenty-four  small  teeth  on 
each  side  in  each  jaw. 

The  Armadillos  are  exclusively  confined  to  the 
warmer  portions  of  the  American  continent,  and 
the  species  are  tolerably  numerous,  none,  however, 
attaining  to  a  very  large  size  excepting  the  Dasypus 
Gigas,  which  itself  is  bift  a  pigmy  to  the  extinct 
Glyptodon. 

These  animals  are  burrowing  in  their  habits, 
vfith  thick,  short,  powerful  limbs,  and  a  flattened 
broad,  stout  body,  covered  above  with  plates  and 
bands  of  horny  armour.  The  head  is  broad  between 
the  eyes,  whence  it  runs  to  a  pointed  muzzle  ;  the 
mouth  is  small ;  the  teeth  are  cylindrical,  feeble, 
destitute  of  true  roots,  set  apart  from  each  other,  and 
mutually  fit,  when  the  jaws  are  closed,  into  the  inter- 
vals. The  tongue  is  smooth,  slender,  and  moderately 
extensible  ;  it  is  most  probably  endowed  with  the 
sense  of  taste  in  a  high  degree,  as  we  have  observed 
especially  in  one  species,  the  Dasypus  Peba,  the 
animal  touched  with  it  whatever  was  presented  by 
way  of  food  ;  and  we  know  that  it  is  lubricated  abun- 
dantly with  a  glutinous  fluid,  poured  out  chiefly  from 
the  submaxillary  gland.  (See  '  Zool.  Proceeds.'  for 
1831,  p.  144.) 

The  portions  of  armour  which  cover  these  animals 
consist  of  a  triangular  or  oval  plate  on  the  top  of 
the  head,  or  rather  on  the  chaffron,  its  posterior 
margin  projecting  over  the  neck ;  a  large  buckler 
over  the  shoulders,  and  a  similar  buckler  over 
the  haunches,  while  between  these  solid  portions 
there  intervenes  a  series  of  transverse  bands  over- 
lapping each  other's  edges,  and  allowing  to  the 
body  due  freedom  of  motion.  Each  of  these 
separate  portions  consists  of  a  multitude  of  small 
parts,  all  consolidated  together,  giving  the  idea  of 
what  is  termed  mosaic-work,  especially  on  the 
head  and  shoulders,  the  pattern  differing  in  different 
species.  The  limbs,  which  are  short  and  thick,  are 
almost  entirely  concealed  by  the  edges  of  this 
armour,  but  the  feet,  which  are  unprotected  by  it, 
are  covered  by  a  hard  tuberculated  skin.  The  tail 
is  covered  with  a  series  of  calcareous  rings;  the  skin 
of  the  under  surface  of  the  body  is  very  rough  and 
beset  with  long  scattered  hairs;  and  from  between 
the  joints  of  the  rings  and  plates  of  the  dorsal  armour 
there  issue  hairs  of  the  same  kind,  more  numerous 
in  young  than  adult  individuals.  In  some  species, 
however,  as  the  Mataco  (Da.sypus  Apar),  whose 
armour  is  peculiarly  thick  and  solid,  no  hair  is  to  be 
discovered. 

The  eyes  of  the  Armadillos  are  small  and  lateral ; 
the  ears,  varying  in  size  in  the  different  species,  are 
firm,  and  covered  with  tuberculated  skin.  Most 
of  the  species  are  nocturnal  in  their  habits,  remain- 
ing concealed  in  their  burrows  during  the  day  ; 
these  are  of  considerable  extent,  dipping  at  an  in- 
clination of  about  43  degrees  ;  they  have  one  or  two 


sharp  turns,  and  very  narrow,  just  admitting  the 
passage  of  their  occupier.  The  animals  make  these 
burrows  with  great  expedition,  and  can  only  be 
forced  out  by  smoke  or  water  ;  such  is  their  strength 
and  the  tenacity  of  their  hold,  that  they  have  been 
known  to  leave  their  tail  in  the  hands  of  the  hunter, 
on  his  attempt  to  drag  them  forth. 

AVhen  alarmed  during  their  excursions,  the  first 
endeavour  of  these  animals  is  to  gain  their  burrows, 
to  which  they  run  with  a  degree  of  celerity  little 
to  be  expected  from  their  clumsy  appearance. 
Most  of  the  species  will  easily  outstrip  a  man;  their 
movements,  however,  resemble  those  produced  by 
mechanism,  for  as  the  spinous  processes  of  the 
vertebral  column  are  all  inclined  the  same  way, 
viz  ,  towards  the  tail,  there  being  no  central  points 
to  which  those  of  the  upper  and  those  of  the  lower 
portion  mutually  converge,  so  the  motions  of  the 
limbs  are  unaccompanied  by  corresponding  inflex- 
ions of  this  column,  as  is  the  casein  other  animals 
whose  progressive  motions  are  free  and  uncon- 
strained. 

When  hard  pressed  and  unable  to  gain  their  bur- 
row, they  either  attempt  to  dig  a  temporary  place 
of  refuge,  or  they  gather  up  their  limbs  beneath 
their  coat  of  mail,  bend  down  their  head,  assume  a 
partially  rolled-up  figure,  and  wait  the  event.  The 
mataco,  which  does  not  burrow,  and  is  by  no  means 
swift,  can  roll  itself  up  completely.  "They  never 
attempt  to  bite  or  otherwise  defend  themselves. 
The  food  of  the  armadillos  consists  principally  of 
fallen  fruits,  roots,  and  worms ;  but  they  do  not 
reject  carrion,  and  have  been  known  to  penetrate 
into  graves,  when  not  properly  protected  by  stones 
or  brick-work.  Azara  informs  us  that  ants  are 
never  found  in  the  districts  inhabited  by  the  arma- 
dillos, and  that  these  animals  break  into  the  ant- 
hills, and  devour  the  insects  as  greedily  as  the  true 
ant-eaters.  Nature,  it  is  true,  has  not  provided 
them  with  the  same  apparatus  for  this  purpose,  but 
the  armadillos  may,  notwithstanding,  destroy  vast 
quantifies  of  ants,  though  it  is  probable  that  they 
expel  them  from  their  own  peculiar  districts  as 
much  at  least  by  destroying  the  habitations  as  by 
actually  devouring  the  insects  themselves.  The 
ordinary  food  of  the  armadillos  consists  chiefly  of 
the  roots  of  the  manioc,  of  potatoes,  maize,  and 
other  similar  substances  of  a  vegetable  nature, 
though,  as  already  observed,  without  rejecting  ani- 
mal substances  naturally  soft  or  so  far  decomposed 
as  to  be  easily  torn  without  the  help  of  canine  teeth. 
They  are  also  very  destructive  to  the  eggs  and 
young  of  such  birds  as  build  their  nests  on  the 
ground,  and  greedily  devour  worms,  frogs,  small 
lizards,  and  M.  Azara  says,  even  vipers.  The 
chief  animal  food  of  the  armadillos,  however,  is 
derived  from  the  immense  herds  of  wild  cattle  which 
cover  the  plains  and  savannas  of  every  part  of 
South  America.  These  are  rarely  slaughtered  but 
for  the  sake  of  the  hide  and  tallow  ;  and  as  the 
carcases  are  left  to  rot  on  the  pampas,  or  plains, 
the  smell  soon  attracts  vast  crowds  of  carnivorous 
animals  of  various  species,  and  among  others,  great 
numbers  of  armadillos,  which  greedily  devour  the 
half-putrid  flesh,  and  soon  become  extremely  fat 
and  corpulent.  In  this  condition,  not»vithstanding 
the  filthy  nature  of  their  food,  their  flesh  is  esteemed 
a  great  delicacy,  both  by  the  native  Indians  and  by 
the  Portuguese  and  Spaniards  of  Ameriea.  The 
animal  is  roasted  in  its  shell,  and  considered  one  of 
the  greatest  dainties  which  the  country  produces. 

The  armadi'los  see  but  indifferently,  particularly 
in  bright  sunshiny  weather  ;  but  their  sense  of  hear- 
ing is  extremely  acute,  and  amply  compensates  for 
any  imperfection  of  sight.  When  alarmed  by  any 
unusual  or  strange  sound,  they  prick  up  their  ears, 
stop  for  a  moment  to  satisfy  themselves  of  its  dis- 
tance and  direction,  then  commence  a  precipitate 
retreat  to  their  burrow,  or,  if  that  be  too  remote, 
begin  to  construct  a  new  one.  Smell  is,  however, 
by  far  the  most  acute  of  their  senses. 

It  is  generally  believed  that  the  female  armadillo 
brings  forth  but  once  during  the  year,  but  she  pro- 
duces at  a  birth  frequently  six,  eight,  or  even  ten 
young  ones  ;  yet  she  has  never  more  than  four  teats, 
and,  according  to  the  report  of  M.  Azara,  the  most 
accurate  and  extensive  observer  who  has  written 
upon  the  history  of  these  animals,  in  some  species 
only  two — an  anomaly,  with  respect  to  the  number 
of  young  and  the  number  of  teats,  which  appears 
to  contradict  the  general  rule  observable  among 
other  mammals. 

It  may  here  be  observed  that  one  of  the  weasel- 
headed  armadillos  (D.  Encoubert)  in  the  Zoological 
Gardens,  produced  only  two  at  a  birth  :  when  first 
born  they  were  quite  blind,  about  four  inches  in 
length,  soft,  and  white,  but  the  skin  presented  all 
the  furrows  and  mosaic-work  which  characterize  it 
when  indurated  and  .solid.  The  growth  of  these 
animals  was  not  a  little  surprising ;  in  six  or  eight 
weeks  they  attained  nearly  to  the  size  of  their 
parents.  One  born  on  the  .'Jrd  of  September,  1831, 
and  which  died  on  the  16th  of  November  of  the 


same  year,  had  increased  in  weight  during  that  shcrt 
period  .'52  ounces  2  diams,  and  measured  11^  inches 
from  the  nose  to  the  root  of  the  tail.  The  young 
are  far  more  hairy  than  the  adults. 

790.— The  Peba. 

(Daft/pus  Peba).  The  Tatouhou,  or  Black  Tatu,  of 
the  Guaranis,  is  an  example  of  Cuvier's  group  of 
Cachichames,  which,  according  to  Gumilla,  is  tlie 
general  name  of  the  Armadillos  on  the  banks  of  the 
Orinoco.  In  zoological  catalogues  we  find  it  under 
the  ambiguous  names  of  Dasypus  septemcinctus, 
D.  octocinctus,  and  D.  novemcinctus;  three  differ- 
ent species  being  thus  made  out  from  the  erroneous 
supposition  that  the  number  of  moveable  bands  on 
the  back  was  invariabla  in  the  same  species; 
whereas  the  truth  is  that  the  number  of  bands  is 
subject  to  a  certain  degree  of  variation  ;  thus  in  the 
Mule  Armadillo  there  are  six  or'seven  bands,  in  the 
Peba  from  six  to  nine.  It  appears  also  that  the 
young  have  not  the  full  complement  of  bands,  l)y 
one  or  two  which  become  developed  afterward.^. 
The  Peba  is  a  native  of  Guiana,  Brazil,  and  Para- 
guay, and  is  timid  and  nocturnal ;  it  is  tolerably 
rapid  in  its  movements,  and  very  expert  in  burrow- 
ing. 

It  is  never  found  in  woods,  but  frequents  the  open 
and  cultivated  plains,  and  is  much  hunted  by  the 
inhabitants  on  account  of  its  flesh,  which,  when 
roasted  in  the  shell,  is  said  to  be  extremely  delicate, 
resembling  that  of  a  sucking-pig. 

The  length  of  the  head  and  body  is  about  sixteen 
inches;  of  the  tail,  which  is  slender  and  tapering 
fourteen  inches.  The  muzzle  is  greatly  elongated, 
straight,  and  pointed;  the  ears  are  rather  large  and 
the  eyes  small ;  the  tongue  long,  narrow,  pointed, 
and  extensible.  The  general  colour  of  the  shell  is 
dusky  black. 

Allied  to  the  Peba  is  the  Mule  Armadillo  (Da.sy- 
pus  hybridus,  Desm.),  called  M.  Courigua,  or  Mule 
Tatu,  by  the  Guaranis,  in  allusion  to  its  long  upright 
ears.  It  is  of  smaller  size  than  the  Peba,  and  its 
tail  is  comparatively  shorter.  It  wanders  by  day 
over  the  plains,  feeding  on  beetles,  larvae,  roots, 
&c.  ;  differing  from  the  Peba  in  being  diurnal  in 
its  habits.  It  is  common  on  the  Pampas  of  Buenos 
Ayres. 

791.— The  Mataco.     • 

{Dasypus  Apar).  This  species  is  an  example  of 
Cuvier's  group  of  Apars.  The  Mataco,  or  Bolita 
(little  ball)  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  has  its  shell  of 
defence  extremely  hard  and  solid,  forming  an  ad- 
mirable coat  of  mail.  It  has  only  three  bands  on 
the  back.  Of  all  the  Armadillos,  the  Mataco  is  the 
only  one  which  can  assume  the  complete  figure  of 
a  ball,  enclosing  the  head  and  legs ;  and  this 
faculty,  together  with  the  strength  of  the  skull, 
appears  the  more  necessary,  as  it  does  not  burrow, 
its  limbs  being  feeble,  and  its  claws  little  adapted 
for  scratching  up  the  ground.  It  is  diurnal  in  its 
habits,  and  slow  in  its  movements.  It  is  a  native  of 
the  Pampas  of  Buenos  Ayres  ;  the  tail  is  short,  not 
much  exceeding  two  inches  in  length,  while  the 
head  and  body  measure  nearly  fifteen  inches. 
Rolled  up  in  its  tessellated  shell,  it  is  safe  from  the 
attacks  of  dogs ;  "  For  the  dog,"  says  Mr.  Darwin, 
"  not  being  able  to  take  the  whole  in  its  mouth, 
tries  to  bite  one  side,  and  the  ball  slips  away.  The 
smooth  hard  covering  of  the  Mataco  offers  a  better 
defence  than  the  sharp  pines  of  the  hedgehog."  A 
shell  of  this  species,  which  formed  the  cup  of  a 
cacique,  is  in  the  Mus.  Zool.  Soc. 


r92.- 


-The  Poyou,  or  Wbasel-headed  Arma- 
dillo. 


{Dasypus  Encoubert,  Desm.\  This  Armadillo 
belongs  to  Cuvier's  section  teimed  Encouberts:  it 
is  very  common  in  Paraguay,  and  burrows  in  the 
ground  with  almost  incredible  celerity.  Its  strength 
and  activity  are  very  remarkable,  and  notwithstand- 
ing the  shortness  of  its  legs,  few  men  can  overtake 
it.  It  is  of  a  restless  unquiet  disposition,  inquisitive 
and  confi'dent ;  and  when  any  noise  is  made  at  the 
entrance  of  its  burrow,  it  is  said  to  come  fearlessly 
forth  to  investigate  the  cause.  Its  voice  is  a  low 
grunt,  like  that  of  a  young  pig.  These  animals  live 
solitary  or  in  pairs,  and  haunt  wooded  districts, 
where  they  excavate  very  deep  burrows :  when  dan- 
ger threatens,  they  carry  on  their  mining  operations, 
rendering  it  difficult  to  dig  them  out.  They  feed 
upon  melons,  potatoes,  and  other  vegetables;  but 
also  to  a  great  extent  upon  carrion  ;  the  natives 
nevertheless  eat  the  fle^•h  of  this  species  without  any 
repugnance.  When  it  stops  or  rests  on  the  ground, 
it  has  a  habit  of  squatting  like  a  hare  in  her  fojui, 
and  in  this  situation  the  great  breadth  of  the  body 
is  very  apparent.  The  head  is  large,  flat,  and  nearly 
triangular:  the  face  short,  and  the  muzzle  blunt; 
the  ears  are  moderate. 

Several  individuals  of  this  Armadillo  have  at  va- 
rious times  lived  in  the  menagerie  of  the  Zool.  Soc, 
They  appear  to  have  little  fear,  and  soon  become 

2  A  2 


7S7.—  Skdcina  of  Mffgalli^riuin. 


;«!.— Wcuel-bruM  AmuidiUo. 


789.— Skeleton  of  MegaUwrium. 


781}, — 3k«1«toB  ot  HegftUioriam. 


7(3.— TtUmy. 


790.— Pelia. 


7D1.— Mi'aco. 


180 


eCB.— A«id-vMk. 


802*.— Skeleton  or  ricliicui^'o. 


181 


182 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Armadillos. 


familiar  even  with  strangers ;  when  running  about 
their  enclosure,  durins  warm  or  sunny  weather,  they 
turn  up  the  turf  rapidly  with  their  noses  apparently 
in  search  of  worms  or  insects ;  bread  and  milk  is  the 
diet  on  which  thcvare  fed  :  their  actions  are  prompt 
and  rapid.  The'  Poyou  measures  about  sixteen 
inches  in  the  leniflh  of  the  head  and  body  ;  the  tail 
is  about  six  or  seven  inches  lonjr. 

Another  example  of  this  section  is  the  Pichiy,  or 
Pichy  {Dasypus  minutus).  It  is  extremely  abundant 
on  the  arid  plains  near  the  Sierra  Ventana,and  like- 
wise in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Rio  Negro.  "  At 
Bahia  HIanca,"  says  Mr.  Darwin,  "  I  found  in  the 
stomach  of  this  Armadillo,  coleoptera.  iarvie,  roots 
of  plants,  and  even  a  small  snake  of  the  genus 
AmphisbiEna. 

"The  Pichy  prefers  a  dry  soil ;  and  the  sand- 
dunes  near  the  coast,  where  for  many  months  it  can 
never  taste  water,  are  its  favourite  resort.  In  the 
course  of  a  day's  ride  near  Bahia  Blanca  several 
were  generally  met  with.  The  instant  one  was 
observed,  it  was  necessary,  in  order  to  catch  it, 
almost  to  tumble  off  one's  horse;  for  if  the  soil  was 
soft,  the  animal  burrowed  so  quickly,  that  its  hinder 
quarters  almost  disappeared  before  one  could  alight. 
The  Pichy  likewise  often  tries  to  escape  notice  by 
squatting  close  to  the  ground.  It  appears  almost  a 
pity  to  kilt  such  nice  little  animals;  for,  as  a  Gaucho 
said  while  sharpening  his  knife  on  the  back  of  one 
*  Son  tan  mansos'  (They  are  so  quiet)." 

The  Pichiy  measures  only  ten  inches  In  the  length 
of  the  head  and  body,  and  about  four  inches  in  that 
of  the  tail.    It  is  diurnal  in  its  habits. 

793.— The  Tatouay 

(Dasypus  Tatouay,  Desm.).  This  species  is  an  ex- 
ample for  Ciivier's  section  Cabassous.  The  Tatouay, 
or  Wounded  Armadillo,  is  so  called  by  the  Indians 
in  allusion  to  its  tail,  which  is  naked,  or  as  it  were 
rudely  deprived  of  the  crust  or  bony  tube  which 
covers  this  organ  in  all  the  other  species.  The 
whole  length  of  the  tatouay,  as  given  by  Azara, 
is  twenty-six  inches  and  a  half,  including  the  tail, 
which  is  seven  inches  and  a  half,  round,  pointed, 
and  naked,  with  the  exception  of  a  few  round  scales 
or  crusts  on  the  under  surface  of  the  third  nearest 
to  the  extremity,  which  frequently  trails  along  the 
ground  when  the  animal  walks :  the  rest  is  covered 
with  soft  brown  fur,  interspersed  with  a  few  stiff 
short  hairs  on  the  superior  surface.  The  head  is 
longer,  narrower,  and  more  attenuated  than  that  of 
the  poyou,  though  considerably  less  so  than  in  the 
peba  and  mule  armadillo ;  the  ears  are  unusually 
large,  being  nearly  two  inches  long,  and  in  figure 
forming  a  segment  of  a  circle  ;  the  body  is  round ; 
the  claws  of  the  fore-l'eet,  particularly  that  of  the 
middle  toe,  are  excessively  large.  The  bucklers  of 
the  croup  and  shoulders  are  composed  of  ten  and 
seven  rows  of  scales  respectively,  each  scale  forming 
an  oblong  rectangle ;  the  moveable  bands  are  thirteen 
in  number,  composed  of  scales  much  smaller  than 
those  of  the  bucklers,  and  of  a  nearly  square  figure. 
The  habits  of  this  species  are  altogether  unknown. 
It  inhabits  Guiana  and  Brazil,  and  is  rarely  found 
so  far  south  as  Paraguay. 

794.  The  Great  Armadillo 

(Dasypus  Gigas).  This  Armadillo  is  an  example 
of  Cuvier's  group  Priodontes.  The  Great  Arma- 
dillo measures  nearly  three  feet  three  inches  in 
length,  from  the  nose  to  the  origin  of  the  tail ;  the 
head  is  seven  inches  and  a  half  long,  the  ears  an 
inch  and  three-quarters,  and  the  tail  one  foot  five 
inches.  Its  superior  size  is  alone  sufficient  to  dis- 
tinguish this  species  from  all  the  other  known  arma- 
dillos, but  it  possesses  numerous  other  characters 
not  less  remarkable.  Its  head  is  proportionately 
smaller  than  in  the  other  species,  the  forehead  is 
more  protuberant,  and  the  face,  from  the  eyes  down- 
wards, assumes  a  tubular  cylindrical  form,  like  that 
of  the   peba;    the   ears  are  of  a  moderate    size, 

Cointed  and  habitually  crouched  backwards  ;  the 
ucklers  of  the  shoulders  and  croup  are  composed  of 
nine  «nd  eighteen  rows  of  plates  respectively,  and 
separated  by  moveable  bands  to  the  number  of 
twelve  or  thirteen,  formed  of  rectangular  scales, 
about  half  an  inch  square.  The  tail  is  thick  at  the 
root,  being  upwards  often  inches  in  circumference: 
it  is  gradually  attenuated  towards  the  tip,  covered 
with  plates  disposed  in  rings  at  the  base,  and  form- 
ing spiral  or  crescent-shaped  lines  throughout  the 
rest  of  its  length.  The  claws  are  large  and  power- 
ful, but  in  their  relative  form  and  dimensions 
differ  little  from  those  of  the  tatouay  already  de- 
scribed. 

This  species  inhabits  Brazil  and  the  northern  parts 
of  Paraguay.  It  is  never  found  in  the  open  country, 
but  keeps  close  to  the  great  forests,  and  burrows 
with  surprising  facility.  Those  who  are  employed  in 
collecting  the  Jesuits'  bark  frequently  meet  with  it 
in  the  woods,  and  report  that  when  any  of  their 
companions  happen  to  die  at  a  distance  from  the 
settlements,  they  are  obliged  to  surround  the  body 


with  a  double  row  of  stout  planks,  to  prevent  it 
from  being  scratched  up  and  devoured  by  the  Great 
Armadillo. 

Gemu  Chlamypltorus : 

795,  796. — The  Pichiciauo 
(CMamyphorus  truncatus).  This  extraordinary 
little  creature,  though  scarcely  six  inches  in  length, 
is  formed  on  the  plan  of  the  utmost  strength  and 
solidity,  being  destined  for  burrowing  habits.  It  isa 
native  of  Chili,  where,  like  a  mole,  it  works  out  galle- 
ries in  the  rich  soil  of  the  valleys,  living  for  the  most 
part  underground  in  quiet  seclusion.  So  rare  is 
this  animal,  that  it  is  regarded  by  the  natives  as  a 
curiosity.  Its  food,  so  far  as  we  are  assured  by  its 
!  dentition  and  the  imperfect  accounts  collected,  con- 
sists of  insects  and  larvae  :  night  probably  is  the  sea- 
son of  its  activity,  and  of  its  unfrequent  visits  to  the 
"upper  world." 

The  appearance  of  the  pichiciago  reminds  lis  of 
the  armadillos,  for  it  is  covered  above  by  a  shell, 
not  however  of  very  hard  consistence,  nor  very  thick, 
but  of  a  texture  between  horn  and  leather.    This 
shield-like  plate  commences  on  the  head  and  ex- 
tends  over  the   back   and   haunches,    over   which 
latter  it  dips  down  quite  abruptly  and  perpendicu- 
larly, so  as  to  make  it  seem  as  if  the  bo<iy  was  cut 
off  abruptly  at  its  hinder  part.     It  is  divided  by 
intersecting  furrows  into  a  series  of  bands  or  strips, 
each  strip  being  itself  made  up  of  fifteen  or  twenty 
plates  of  a  square  form,  except  on  the  head,  which 
IS  covered  with  a  single  plate  composed  of  a  mosaic- 
work  of  rounded  and  irregular   portions,   and    the 
perpendicular  haunch-plate,  which  is  also  tessellated 
(Fig.  797).     This  horny  covering  or  shield  is  not 
fixed   by  the  whole  of  its  inferior  surface  to  the 
integuments  beneath,  as  is  the  case  with  the  arraa-  ! 
dillo ;  but  merely  rests  on  the  back,  free  throughout, 
"  excepting  along  the  spine  of  the  back  and  top  of 
the  head;  being  attached  to  the  back,  immediately 
above  the  spine,  by  a  loose  cuticular  production, 
and  by  two  remarkable  bony  processes  on  the  top 
of  the  OS  frontis  (bone  of  forehead),  by  means  of 
two  large  plates  which  are  nearly  incorporated  with 
the  bone  beneath  ;  but  for  this  attachment,  and  the 
tail   being  firmly   curved    beneath    the   belly,  the 
covering  would  be  very  easily  detached."    The  ex- 
tremity of  the  tail  is  formed  like  a  paddle.     "  The 
whole  surface  of  the  body  and  under-side  of  the 
shield   are   covered   with  fine   silk-like  hair  (of  a 
delicate  straw  colour),  longer  and  finer  than  that 
of  the  mole,  but  not  so  thick.     The  anterior  of  the 
chest  is  large,  full,  and  strong  :  the  anterior  extre- 
mities short,  clumsy,  and  powerful."     The  hand, 
which  is  amazingly  thick  and  compact,  is  furnished 
with   five   powerful   but  compressed  nails,    which 
arranged  together  in  their  natural  situation,  consti- 
tute one  of  the   most  efficient  scrapers  or  shovels 
which  can  be   possibly  imagined  ;   and  expressly 
adapted  for  progression  underground,   but   in   an 
equal  ratio  ill-fitted   for   celerity  on   the  surface. 
The  hind-legs   are    comparatively   weak,   the  feet 
being  long  and  plantigrade,  the  toes  being  furnished 
with  small  flattened  nails.    Sight  is  but  a  secondary 
sense  as  regards  its  importance  in  the  economy  of 
an  animal  living  in  darkness  beneath  the  ground. 
The  organs  of  vision,  therefore,  are  very  minute, 
and  buried  in  the  silky  fur  by  which  the  circular 
orifices  of  the  ears  are  completely  concealed.     The 
head  is  almost  conical  in  figure,  going  off  from  a 
broad  base  to  a  pointed  muzzle  furnished  with  an 
enlarged   cartilage,  somewhat  as  in  the   hog,  and 
doubtless  for  the  purpose  of  grubbing  and  burrowing 
for  food. 

In  accordance  with  the  details  of  external  confi- 
guration, the  skeleton  is  equally  indicative  of  the 
animal's  habits.     The  skull  is  firm,  and  prevented 
from  being  pressed  upon  by  the  shield  which  rests 
on  the  two  projections.     The  bones  of  the  fore-limbs 
are  short,  thick,  and  angular;  the  scapulae  broad 
and  strong:   the  ribs  thick,   and   capable   of  re-  || 
sisting    great    pressure.      The    hip-bones    are    of  ! 
singular  construction,   and    admirably    formed  for 
protecting  the  internal  organs  from  injury.     Such  i 
IS  an  outline  of  the  structure  and   habits  of  the 
chlamyphorus,  an  animal  which,  though  bearing  in 
some  points  a  resemblance  to  the  armadillos,  yet 
possesses  characters  so  exclusively  its  own  as  to  ' 
render  it  one  of  the  most  interesting  discoveries  in  i 
zoology.    Of  this  rare  animal  two  specimens  alone  i 
exist,   one   in  the   Museum   of   Philadelphia,   the 
other,  with  its  skeleton,  in  the  Museum  of  the  Zoo- 
logical Society,  London. 

For  an  account  of  the  structure  of  this  animal, 
see  Mr.  Yarrell's  paper  in  the  'Zoological  Journal.' 
Fig.  798  represents  a  lateral  view  of  the  skqll  of  the 
pichiciago ;  Fig.  799,  an  upper  view ;  Fig.  8<X), 
a  basal  view  of  the  same  ;  Fig.  801,  lower  jaw  ;  Fig. 
802,  the  cervical  vertebra;,  and  first  bone  of  the 
sternum,  with  parts  of  the  first  and  second  ribs  seen 
from  below.  Fig.  802*,  the  skeleton;  Fig.  803, 
pelvis  seen  from  behind;  Fig.  804,  same  seen  from 
below  ;  Fig.  805,  vertebrse  of  tail. 


Geuui  Orycteropus:— 

80C. — ^The  Aard-vase 

(Orycleropus  Capensii).  This  animal,  known  to  the 
colonists  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  by  the  name 
ofaard-vark,  or  earth-hog,  is  the  sole  example,  as 
far  as  ascertained,  of  the  genus  Orycteropus.  The 
aard-vark  is  essentially  burrowing  in  its  habits,  and 
insectivorous  in  its  diet.  Its  proportions  are  thick 
and  strong,  though  the  general  contour  is  elongated 
and  the  limbs  short.  It  is  neither  protected  by 
plates  nor  scales,  but  the  skin  is  thick,  tough,  and 
coarse,  and  covered  with  stiff  hair,  resembling  bris- 
tles in  quality,  and  somewhat  scantily  disposed, 
especially  on  the  head.  The  muzzle  is  elongated, 
narrow,  and  hog-like  at  its  apex  ;  the  mouth  small, 
and  the  tongue  extensible ;  the  eyes  are  rather 
small ;  the  ears  large,  long,  and  pointed ;  the  tail 
tapering  from  a  very  stout  base;  the  limbs  are 
short,  thick,  and  very  muscular ;  the  fore-feet  have 
lour  stout  toes  armed  with  large  solid  nails,  re- 
sembling hoofs  in  appearance,  and  admirably 
adapted  as  scrapers  of  the  dry  hard  ground  of  an 
Afiican  desert.  The  hind-feet  are  long  and  planti- 
grade, having  five  toes  armed  with  nails  of  the 
same  character  as  those  of  the  fore-feet. 

The  teeth  consi:>t  of  seven  molars  on  each  side 
above,  of  which  the  first  is  minute  and  distinct  from 
the  rest,  and  six  on  each  side  below.  Fig.  807  gives 
the  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  in  two  views  ;  Fig.  808, 
those  of  the  lower  jaw;  Fig.  80J,  the  teeth  of  both 
jaws  together. 

The  aard-vark  attains  to  a  considerable  size,  mea- 
suring, when  fully  grown,  upwards  of  five  feet  in 
total  length,  of  which  the  tail  is  one  foot  eight  or  nine 
inches.  Its  food  consists  exclusively  of  ants,  which 
it  takes  by  means  of  its  long  glutinous  tongue,  after 
effecting  a  breach  in  the  dome-like  houses  of  solid 
indurated  mud-work  which  those  insects  construct, 
and  which  are  very  abundant  in  certain  districts. 
These  hillocks  are  from  two  to  three  feet  high,  and 
their  structure  is  irregularly  cellular,  not  unlike 
volcanic  honeycomb  stone,  exhibiting  a  maze  of 
passages  opening  into  each  other.  In  demolishing 
these  buildings  for  the  sake  of  their  multitudinous 
inmates,  which  are  devoured  by  wholesale,  the  aard- 
vark  employs  the  active  portion  of  its  existence. 
The  dwelling  of  the  aard-vark  itself  is  at  a~burrowat 
a  little  distance  beneath  the  surface  of  the  ground, 
out  of  which  it  comes  forth  only  during  the  night, 
for  in  its  habits  it  is  entirely  nocturnal ;  hence 
during  the  day  it  is  seldom  seen,  but  may  be  ob- 
served as  the  dusk  approaches  creeping  from  its 
hole  intent  upon  its  prey.  These  burrows,  where 
numerous  (as  they  are  in  some  districts,  where  also 
innumerable  ant-hills  cover  the  plain),  are  dan- 
gerous to  waggons  travelling  over  the  country ;  and 
cattle  and  horses  occasionally  break  through  the 
surface  of  the  ground  into  them,  and  thus  suddenly 
stumble  or  fall.  They  are  often  very  extensive,  and 
it  is  incredible  with  what  despatch  the  animal 
makes  them,  and  with  what  rapidity  it  mines  on- 
wards when  endeavouring  to  elude  the  search  of 
persons  attempting  to  dig  it  out  of  its  retreat :  hence 
it  is  not  captured  without  difficulty.  The  flesh  of 
the  aard-vark,  and  especially  the  hind  quarters  when 
made  into  hams,  are  accounted  excellent. 

The  aard-vark  is  a  connecting  link  between  the 
armadillos  and  the  next  section. 

Family  Toothless  Akt-katers  : — 

Genus  Myrmecopliaga. — The  genus  Myrmeco- 
phaga,  as  established  by  Linnaeus  and  retained  by 
Desmarest  and  others,  is  not  strictly  natural.  Per- 
haps we  should  hardly  be  justified  in  separatinz  the 
Tamandua  from  the  Tamanoir  (Great  Ant-bear,  or 
Ant-eater) ;  but  with  respect  to  the  little  two-clawed 
ant-eater  it  certainly  forms  the  type  of  a  distinct 
genus. 

810.— The  Great  Ant-eater,  or  Ant-bear 

(Myrmecophagajubata).  The  Tamanoir  of  Buffon. 
This  species,  a  native  of  Guiana,  Brazil,  and  Para- 
guay, IS  characterized  by  the  total  absence  of  teeth, 
a  narrow  head  with  an  extremely  slender  elongated 
snout,  contrasting  strangely  with  the  clumsy  mas- 
sive contour  of  the  limbs  and  body.  The  mouth  is 
a  small  slit  at  the  extremity  of  the  snout ;  the  eyes 
are  small,  and  the  tongue  long,  cylindrical,  and  pro- 
tractile, constituting  an  organ  for  obtaining  insect 
food,  and  is  lubricated  by  a  gummy  saliva;  the 
limbs  are  short,  but  of  great  thickness,  furnished 
with  huge  hook-like  claws  well  adapted  for  making 
forcible  entrance  into  the  solid  dwellings  of  the 
Termite  ants.  The  claws  of  the  fore-feet  aie  four 
in  number,  the  inner  one  being  the  smallest ;  of  the 
hind  feet,  five.  Those  of  the  fore-feet,  in  a  state 
of  repose  or  when  the  animal  is  walking,  are  doubled 
inwards  on  a  rough  callous  pad,  and  the  outer  por- 
tion only  of  the  fore-feet  is  applied  to  the  ground. 
The  claws  of  the  hind-feet  are  snort,  and  the  sole  is 
a  naked  protuberant  pad.  The  ears  are  short  and 
round  ;  the  tail  is  of  great  thickness  at  the  base, 


Ant-eaters.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


IS3 


whence  it  narrows  to  the  apex,  l)eins:  laterally  com- 
pressed, but  its  I'orra  is  hid  beneath  a  prolusion  of 
Ions;,  coarse,  flowing  hair,  which  hangs  like  a  full 
plume  or  fiiuge. 

The  hair  of  the  head  is  short  and  close,  but  over 
all  the  rest  of  the  animal  it  is  Ion-;  and  shafrsry,  par- 
ticularly on  the  top  of  the  neck  and  along  the  back, 
v.here  it  forms  a  kind  of  long  mane,  and  on  the  tail, 
where  it  is  a  foot  in  lenj^th,  and  hangs  down  on 
fach  side,  sweeping  the  ground  when  the  ant-bear 
walks. 

Tho  prevailing  colour  on  the  head,  face,  and 
cheeks  of  the  ant-bear  is  a  mixture  of  grey  and 
brown;  that  on  the  upper  parts  of  the  body  and 
tail  is  deep  brown,  mixed  with  silvery  white.  A 
broad  black  band,  bordered  on  each  side  with  a 
similar  one  of  white  or  light  greyish  brown  colour, 
commences  on  the  chest,"  and  passes  obliquely  over 
each  shoulder,  diminishing  gradually  as  it  approaches 
the  loins,  where  it  ends  in  a  point.-  The  sides,  arms, 
and  thighs  are  silvery  grey,  with  a  slight  mixture  of 
brown,  marked  with  two  deep  black  spots,  one  on 
the  carpus,  and  the  other  on  the  toes;  the  hind 
legs  are  almost  perfectly  black,  and  the  breast  and 
belly  of  a  deep  brown,  almost  equally  obscure. 

The  following  is  an  abstract  of  the  habits  of  this 
animal,  as  observed  by  Dr.  Schomburgk  (see  'Zool. 
Proceedings,'  183J,  p.  21)  :— 

Dr.  Schomburgk  observes,  that  at  a  distance  the 
ant-bear  appears  to  be  a  much  taller  animal  than  it 
reallj'  is,  owing  to  the  elongated  and  nearly  erect 
hair  of  the  mane,  and  also  the  erect  manner  in 
which  it  carries  its  large  bushy  tail.  When  walk- 
ing, the  outer  portion  of  the  fore-foot  is  applied  to 
the  ground,  and  the  long  claws  are  then  doubled 
inwards.  It  runs  with  a  peculiar  trot,  and  is  not, 
as  has  been  represented,  slow  in  its  movements  and 
easily  overtaken  ;  for  when  chased,  it  will  keep  a 
horse  in  canter,  and  does  not  tire  readily.  White 
ants,  or  termites,  constitute  its  chief  food.  When 
the  ant-bear  meets  with  one  of  the  tumuli  con- 
structed by  the  white  ants,  it  immediately  pulls  the 
fabric  down  by  means  of  its  large  strong  claws,  and 
when  the  ants  are  thus  exposed,  its  long  slender 
tongue  is  thrust  out  to  collect  them.  The  move- 
ments of  the  tongue,  alternately  being  protruded 
and  retracted,  are  so  rapid,  says  Dr.  Schomburgk, 
that  it  is  no  longer  surprising  how  so  large  an  animal 
can  satiate  its  appetite  with  such  minute  insects. 
The  ant-bear  is,  however,  an  economist,  and  does 
not  destroy  more  than  he  wants.  When  he  finds 
that  the  termites  diminish  on  the  surface,  and  every 
one  seeks  to  escape  in  the  numerous  galleries  of  the 
ruined  edifice,  he  uses  his  left  foot  to  hold  some 
large  lumps  of  the  nest,  whilst  with  the  right  he 
leisurely  pulls  them  to  pieces. 

With  the  termites  he  swallows  a  considerable 
quantity  of  the  material  of  which  the  ants'  nest  is 
constructed.  Of  this  fact  Dr.  Schomburgk  assured 
himself  by  dissection,  and  he  is  of  opinion  that  the 
substance  of  the  nest  serves  as  a  corrector. 

"  It  has  been  generally  thought,"  says  Dr.  Schom- 
burgk, "that  the  ant-bear  lives  exclusively  on  ants ; 
this,  however,  is  not  the  case.  In  one  which  I  dis- 
sected a  year  ago,  a  species  of  Julus  was  found  ;  and 
the  avidity  with  which  an  adult  one  now  in  my  pos- 
session swallowed  fresh  meat,  which  was  hashed  up 
for  it,  makes  me  believe  that  even  in  the  wild  state 
it  does  not  satisfy  itself  exclusively  with  ants,  and, 
provided  the  food  is  of  such  a  size  that  it  can  take 
it  up  with  its  moveable  upper  lip,  it  does  not  despise 
it."  According  to  the  same  authority  the  great  ant- 
eater  makes  no  burrow,  its  tail  serving  as  a  sufficient 
protection :  the  female  produces  a  single  offspring, 
which  she  carries  on  her  back  ;  she  defends  herself 
by  striking  with  her  fore  feet,  while  raised  on  her 
haunches,  or  throws  herself  on  her  back,  dealing 
blows  with  both  her  claws.  The  young  soon  be- 
come tame  and  familiar,  growl  like  a  puppy,  or 
utter  a  plaintive  whine.  The  sense  of  smell  is  ex- 
quisite ;  and  the  animal  is  directed  more  by  this 
than  by  sight.  The  teats  of  the  female  are  two,  and 
pectoral.  The  young  remains  with  its  parent  for 
the  space  of  a  year. 

Dr.  Schomburgk  domesticated  an  adult  female 
ant-eater,  which  he  found  capable  of  climbing  with 
great  facility,  and  also  of  taking  up  objects  with  its 
paws.  It  ate  beef  and  even  fish  cut  small.  When 
not  asleep,  it  rested  on  its  haunches;  but  in  feeding 
kneeled  as  goats  and  sheep  often  do.  Its  height  was 
three  feet ;  the  length  of  the  head  one  foot  three 
inches  ;  of  the  back  three  feet  seven  inches  ;  of  the 
tail  three  feet  six  inches. 

811.— The  Tamandua 

(Myrmecophaga  Tamandua,  Cuv.).  The  Middle 
Ant-eater,  Shaw  ;  the  Cagouan;  of  Azara. 

This  species  is  a  native  of  Brazil  and  Paraguay. 
In  the  general  plan  of  its  osteology,  the  Tamandua 
agrees  with  the  Tamanoir,  but  the  bones  of  the 
muzzle  are  shorter  than  the  cranial  portion,  instead 
of  being  twice  u  long :  hence  the  whole  head  is 


more  abbreviated :  the  snout  is  also  more  conical,  and 
presents  a  less  tubular  appearance.  Independently, 
however,  of  ihis  difference,  the  Tamandua  is  easily 
distinguished  from  its  congener.  It  is  far  inferior 
in  size,  and  its  tail,  instead  of  being  furnished  with 
full  flowing  hair,  is  a  long,  taper,  thinly  covered 
organ  of  prehension,  nearly  naked  indeed  at  the  tip, 
though  well  covered  at  the  base.  The  fur  of  the 
body  is  thick,  dense,  and  harsh,  and  on  the  hinder 
quarters  of  tolerable  length,  but  on  the  head  and 
fore-quarters  it  is  short,  wiry,  upright,  and  glossy, 
and  radiates  from  an  areola  between  the  shoulders ; 
the  point  of  the  muzzle  is  bare  ;  the  eyes  are  small ; 
the  ears  of  a  moderate  size  and  rounded  ;  the  mouth 
is  small,  and  the  nostrils  are  lateral  slits. 

In  the  structure  of  the  limbs  it  closely  resembles 
its  larger  congener.  The  Tamandua  when  fully 
grown  measures  about  two  feet  in  the  length  of  the 
head  and  body,  and  sixteen  or  seventeen  inches  in 
that  of  the  tail.  A  young  specimen  before  us  mea- 
sures nineteen  inches  in  the  body  ;  and  thirteen  in 
the  tail.  Its  colour  on  the  head  and  fore-quarters 
is  yellowish  white :  the  sides  of  the  body,  the 
haunches,  and  the  under  surliice,  together  with  the 
base  of  the  tail,  being  black,  and  a  black  stripe 
passes  along  each  shoulder. 

M.  GeofFroy  regards  as  distinct  species  one  alto- 
gether black,  which  he  terms  T.  nigra,  and  another 
with  a  double  shoulder-stripe,  which  he  has  named 
T.  hivittata.  They  are,  however,  most  probably 
only  varieties  ;  at  least  Cuvier  states,  in  his  'Osse- 
mens  Fossiles,'  that  however  these  animals  may 
vary  in  colour,  they  present  no  difterence  in  their 
proportions,  nor  in  the  details  of  their  skeletons, 
though  he  lias  rigidly  compared  them  together. 
Azara  tells  us  that  he  once  found  dead  a  Cagouare 
thirty-seven  inches  and  three-quarters  long,  which 
was  of  an  universal  yellowish  white;  whence  he  con- 
cludes that  the  perfect  livery  is  not  gained  until  the 
second  year.  The  young  are  of  an  universal  pale 
cinnamon  colour. 

In  its  manners  the  Tamandua  agrees  with  the 
Tamanoir,  with  this  difference,  that  it  often  climbs 
trees,  aiding  itself  by  its  prehensile  tail,  which, 
however,  is  much  inferior  as  a  prehensile  organ  to 
that  of  the  little  two-toed  ant-eater,  and  its  claws 
are  also  less  calculated  for  arboreal  habits.  Azara 
suspects  that  it  feeds  much  upon  honey  and  bees, 
which  he  adds,  are  here  (in  Paraguay)  destitute  of 
stings,  and  take  up  their  abode  in  trees.     When  re- 

f)osing,  the  Tamandua  doubles  its  head  on  its  chest, 
ies  on  its  belly,  places  its  fore-limbs  along  its  sides 
and  its  fail  over  its  body.  It  smells  strongly  of 
musk,  and  the  odour  when  the  animal  is  irritated, 
is  very  disagreeable,  and  may  be  perceived  at  a  great 
distance.  The  female  produces  one  at  a  birth ;  it 
is,  says  Azara,  very  ugly,  and  is  carried  by  the 
mother  on  her  shoulders. 

812. — The  Little  Ant-eater 

(^Myrmecophaga  didactyla,  Linn.).  The  distinguish- 
ing characters  of  this  species  consist  in  the  shortness 
of  the  muzzle,  which  is  conical;  in  the  number  of 
the  claws,  which  are  two  on  each  fore-foot,  of  hook- 
like shape,  compressed  laterally  and  very  sharp,  the 
outer  one  being  considerably  the  largest ;  in  the  ob- 
lique position  of  the  hind-feet,  which  are  armed  with 
four  short  compressed  claws ;  and  lastly,  in  the 
strongly  prehensile  power  of  the  tail,  which  is  very  i 
long  and  covered  with  fine  silky  fur,  like  that  of  the 
body,  except  for  three  inches  of  the  under  surface  at 
the  tip,  where  as  in  the  spider-monkey,  it  is  perfectly 
naked.  The  claws  of  the  fore-feet,  which  resemble 
those  of  the  sloth,  are  folded  down  on  a  callous  pad, 
and  with  these  the  little  creature  can  cling  to  a 
branch  while  the  inward  tournure  of  the  hind-limbs 
combines  with  the  prehensile  structure  of  the  tail  to 
fit  it  for  its  arboreal  residence.  It  may  be  observed 
that  the  animal  possesses  clavicles,  which  do  not 
exist  in  the  great  ant-eater,  the  Tamandua,  nor  yet 
in  the  Pangolins. 

The  eyes  are  small,  the  ears  close  and  buried  in 
the  fur ;  the  mouth  is  small,  and  the  tongue  long  and 
vermiform.  The  fur  is  exquisitely  fine,  soft,  curled, 
and  silky  :  the  general  colour  is  delicate  golden 
straw,  with  a  brownish  mark  on  the  back,  often 
wanting.  Length  of  head  and  body,  ten  inches  ;  of 
the  tail,  ten  inches  and  a  half. 

The  little  ant-eater  is  a  native  of  Guiana  and  Bra- 
zil, where  it  tenants  the  forests,  suspending  itself  by 
its  long  tail,  as  well  as  clinging  by  means  of  its 
claws:  it  searches  for  insects  among  the  fissures  of 
the  bark,  and  attacks  the  nests  of  wasps,  the  nymphte 
of  which  it  pulls  out  with  its  fore-claws  or  nippers, 
and  eats  them  while  it  sits  up  like  a  squirrel.  In 
defending  themselves,  these  animals  strike  with  both 
the  fore-paws  at  once,  and  with  con.siderable  force. 
In  their  habits  they  are  nocturnal,  sleeping  with  the 
tail  twisted  round  their  perch.  They  utter  no  cry. 
The  female  is  said  to  breed  in  the  hollows  of  trees, 
making  a  bed  of  leaves,  and  producing  only  one  at 
a  birth.  There  is  a  pale  variety,  regarded  by  some 
as  a  distinct  species. 


Genns  Manis. — The  American  Ant-eaters  are 
represented  in  India  and  Africa  by  the  Pangolins, 
or  Scaly  Ant-eaters,  which  constitute  the  genus 
Manis  of  Linnaeus.  These  singular  animals  may 
at  once  be  known  by  the  armour  of  dense  horny 
scales,  or  triangular  plates  overla])ping  each  other, 
by  which  every  part  of  the  body,  except  the  middle 
line  of  the  under  surface,  is  com))letely  invested. 
The  body  is  depressed,  rounded  above,  long  and 
low  ;  the  head  is  small  and  conical,  the  eyes  are 
minute,  there  are  no  external  ears,  the  mouth  is 
small,  and  the  tongue  long  and  extensible  ;  the  tail 
is  long  and  broad,  and  covered  above  and  below 
with  hard  imbricated  scales ;  the  limbs  are  very 
short  and  thick,  and  mailed  like  the  rest  of  the 
body ;  no  distinct  toes  are  apparent  beyond  the  claws, 
which  on  the  fore-feet  are  five  in  number,  the  three 
central  ones  being  of  enormous  size,  arched,  thick, 
and  bluntly  pointed.  The  fif-st  and  the  last  claw 
are  very  small.  The  large  claws  fold  down  on  a 
thick  coarse  pad,  as  in  the  ant-eater,  and  the  mode 
of  progression  in  both  cases  is  the  same.  The  hind- 
feet  have  five  short,  thick,  blunt  claws,  edging  a  pad- 
like sole,  covered  with  coarse  granular  skin,  and  so 
protuberant,  that  the  claws  do  not  fairly  touch  the 
ground.  The  ungueal  phalanges,  or  last  joints  of 
the  toes  (both  of  the  fore  and  hind  feet),  which  are 
sheathed  by  the  claws,  are  remarkable  for  being  bi- 
furcated at  their  extremity,  a  peculiarity  found  in 
no  other  of  the  Edentata.  It  is  evidently  a  confor- 
mation intended  to  give  the  claws  a  more  secure 
attachment. 

The  osseous  framework  in  general  is  moulded 
upon  the  same  plan  as  that  of  the  ant-eaters.  Slow 
in  their  motions,  and  unfurnished  with  weapons  of 
offence,  the  manis  defies  the  assaults  of  almost 
every  foe  ;  when  attacked,  it  rolls  itself  up  into  a 
ball,  wraps  its  tail  over  the  head,  and  raises  all  its 
pointed  and  sharp-edged  scales  in  serried  array,  and 
thus  invulnerable,  conquers  by  passive  resistance. 
The  food  of  the  manis  consists  of  termites  and  ants, 
which  it  takes  in  the  same  manner  as  the  American 
ant-eaters.  It  dwells  in  holes  which  it  burrows  out 
in  the  ground. 

813. — The  Short-tailed  Manis 

(Manis  hrachyura,  Erxl.).  This  spepies  is  a  native 
of  India,  and  is  very  common  in  the  Dukhun,  living 
on  termite  ants.  The  specimen  before  us  measures 
about  four  feet  in  total  length.  A  second  Indian 
species  is  from  Java ;  it  is  the  Manis  Javanica  of 
Desmarest.  A  third  species  has  recently  been  dis- 
covered by  Mr.  Hodgson  in  Nepal. 

813. — -The  Long-tailed  Manis 

{Manis  longicaudata,  Geoft'.).  This  is  the  best- 
known  of  the  .African  species,  and  attains  to  a  large 
size,  measuring  about  two  feet  in  the  length  of  the 
body,  and  about  three  feet  in  the  length  of  the  tail. 

814. — Temminck's  Manis 

(Manis  Temmenckii,  Smuts).  The  present  pangolin 
is  a  native  of  South  Africa.  Mr.  Ijennett  observes 
that  the  most  remarkable  features  of  this  animal 
are  the  shortness  of  the  head,  the  breadth  of  the 
body  and  the  breadth  of  the  tail,  which  is  nearly 
equal  to  that  of  the  body,  and  continues  throughout 
the  greater  part  of  its  extent  of  nearly  the  same 
width,  tapering  only  slightly  towards  the  end, 
where  it  is  rounded  and  almost  truncate.  Mr. 
Bennett  further  remarks  that  a  peculiarity  in  the 
distribution  of  the  scales  of  Manis  Temminckii  is 
the  cessation  of  the  middle  series  of  them  at  a  short 
distance  anterior  to  the  extremity  of  the  tail,  so 
that  the  last  four  transverse  rows  consist  of  four 
scales  each,  each  of  the  preceding  rows  having  five. 
('  Zool.  Proc.'  1834.) 

Habits,  Food,  SjV. — Dr.  Smith  relates  that  when 
Manis  Temminckii  is  discovered,  it  never  attempts 
to  escape,  but  instantly  rolls  itself  up  into  a  glo- 
bular form,  taking  especial  care  of  its  head,  which 
is  the  only  part  that  is  easily  injured.  Ants  con- 
stitute its  chief  and  favourite  food,  and  these  it 
secures  by  extending  its  projectile  tongue  into  holes 
which  may  exist  in  the  habitations  of  these  insects 
or  which  it  may  itself  form  ;  and  when,  by  means 
of  the  glutinous  matter  with  which  its  tongue  is 
covered,  a  full  load  has  been  received,  a  sudden 
retraction  of  the  retractor  muscles  carries  both  into 
its  mouth,  after  which  the  ants  are  immediately 
swallowed.  ('  Illustrations  of  the  Zoology  of  South 
Africa.') 

It  is  a  rare  species,  the  natives  having  a  prejudice 
against  it,  and  burningevery  individual  they  find, 
so  that  it  is  almost  extirpated  in  many  places.  Tig. 
813  represents  the  posterior  view  of  the  skull  of 
the  short-tailed  manis ;  Fig.  816,  the  skull  seen 
from  above  ;  Fig.  817,  ditto  seen  from  below;  Fig. 
818,  ditto  profile  :  Fig.  819,  the  fore-foot ;  Fig.  820, 
the  hind  foot ;  Fig.  821,  the  skeleton ;  Fig.  822,  the 
pelvis. 


ii...— i..L..v  Aiit  cater. 


8ld.— Shon-IBilcd  Manii^uul  Long-iiilod  Minis. 


814.— Tjmminrk'ii  Mani«. 


810— «!».-  Skull  ul  Silort  tailed  Manis. 


807— 800.— Tielh  of  .'linl-Tark. 


SSI,— Skclston  of  .Shoit-Uileil  ManU. 


164 


ifefcrv^iS;^^^J;§*^V;*-SS.rs-i%^i5j5v^ 


823.— Bear  ar.d  Bws. 


S24.— Teeth  of  IJcar. 


928.— Bsar  witli  (lea  I  I'.orii. 


^5^ 


838 Grislv  Bear. 


82T — Skeleton  of  Polar  Bear. 


No.  24. 


834. — American  Black  Bear. 
[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


8;9.— Berand  Dogs. 


isa 


186 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Bears. 


ORDER  CARNIVORA. 

URSID.E. 
(Bears,  and  allied  animals). — The  members  of  the 
family  B;roup  termed  Unidee  are  characterized  for 
the  most  part  by  their  robust  figure,  by  their  heavy 
gait,  and  plantigrade  walk,  as  well  as  by  the  tuber- 
cular surface  of  the  grinders — a  form  connected 
with  diet,  in  great  part  at  least,  consisting  of  vege- 
table products.  The  alimentary  canal  is  simple. 
Most  of  the  species  are  expert  climbers  :  they  con- 
ceal themselves  in  caves,  holes  of  the  earth,  or  in 
hollow  trees,  in  which  the  females  produce  their 
young. 

We  may  here  remark  that  under  the  general 
term  Plantigrada  many  genera  have  been  associated 
together,  which  are  by  no  means  nearly  related ; 
and  some  indeed  have  been  placed  with  the  bears, 
only  from  their  feet  being  plantigrade,  while  in 
reality  they  belong  to  another  family  group.  We 
shall  not  adopt  the  terms  Plantiprada  or  Digitigrada 
as  the  names  of  sections  of  the  Carnivora ;  the  ani- 
mals of  which  order,  as  will  be  shown  on  a  future 
occasion,  resolve  themselves  into  well-marked 
families. 

Genus  Urstis. — The  animals  of  this  genus,  viz.,  the 
Bears,  are  distinguished  by  their  ponderous  bulk, 
massive  limbs,  and  heavy  gai* :  they  are  completely 
plantigrade  in  their  walk,  but  their  huge  claws,  which 
are  tremendous  weapons,  are  not  retractile ;  they 
are,  however,  well  ailapted  for  digging.  They  are 
completely  omnivorous,  devouring  flesh,  vegetable 
roots,  grain,  fruits,  and  honey.  "The  bear,"  says 
Aristotle,  "  is  an  omnivorous  animal,  and  by  the 
suppleness  of  its  body  climbs  trees,  and  eats  the 
fruits,  and  also  legumes  ;  it  devours  honey  likewise, 
having  first  broken  up  the  hives ;  as  well  as  crabs, 
ants,  and  flesh." 

In  the  'Tour  on  the  Prairies,' the  ranger  describes 
the  fondness  of  the  bear  for  honey  in  language 
which,  if  it  be  not  quite  classical,  is  at  all  events 
graphic.  "The  bears  is  the  knowingest  varmint  for 
finding  out  a  bee-tree  in  the  world  ;  they  'II  gnaw 
for  a  whole  day  together  at  the  trunk,  till  they  make 
a  hole  big  enough  to  get  in  their  paws,  and  then 
they  'II  haul  out  the  honey,  bees  and  all." 

We  do  not  know  whether  the  predilection  of  the 
bear  for  this  Itiscjous  food  ever  brings  him  into  the 
trouble  in  which  he  is  represented  in  our  woodcut, 
Fig.  823 ;  but  we  may  easily  conceive  that  the  swarm 
would  endeavour  to  revenge  the  assaults  upon  their 
hive. 

The  dental  formula  of  the  genus  Ursua  is  as  fol- 

6  1—1  6—6 

lows: — Incisors  -;  Canines  . — r;  Molars;; — 3"= 42 
o  1 — 1  7 — 7 

(Fig.  824.)  Fig.  827  represents  the  skeleton  of  the 
Polar  Bear. 

The  feet  are  5-toed  ;  the  tail  is  short ;  the  limbs 
are  robust ;  the  eyes  are  small,  but  quick  and  ani- 
mated ;  and  the  head  is  large  and  broad  across  the 
top. 

Europe,  Asia,  and  America  present  us  each  with 
their  peculiar  species  of  this  genus ;  but  with  respect 
to  Africa  the  existence  of  any  there  has  been  more 
than  doubted,  and  many  attempts  have  been  made 
to  explain  away  the  passages  in  ancient  writers  re- 
ferring to  the  bear  in  Africa. 

Pliny,  however,  not  only  asserts  that  the  bear  is 
not  an  African  animal,  but  expresses  surprise  at  a 
statement  in  some  records  that  a  hundred  Numidian 
bears  were  brought  to  Rome  during  the  consulship 
of  M.  Piso  and  M.  Messala,  for  the  Circus,  by 
Domitius  Ahenobarbus,  curule  aedile,  who  also 
brought  a  hundred  Ethiopian  chasseurs  (see 
lib.  viii.').  But  as  Pliny  elsewhere  states  that  there 
are  neither  boars,  nor  stags,  nor  goats,  nor  bears 
in  Africa,  we  know  how  far  he  can  be  trusted. 
That  there  are  bears  in  Africa,  notwithstanding 
all  that  has  been  said  to  the  contrary,  is  now  well 
established. 

Ehrenberg  hunted  a  bear  in  Abyssinia :  his  words 
are,  "Moreover  we  ourselves  have  seen  in  the 
mountains  of  Abyssinia,  and  therefore  in  Africa 
itself,  an  animal  most  like  to  a  bear — nay,  why  had 
I  not  said  a  bear? — and  hunted  it  repeatedly,  but 
in  vain.  It  is  called  by  the  natives  Karrai."  And 
he  also  observes  that  Forskal  has  brought  tidings  of 
an  indigenous  Arabian  bear. 

It  is  ascertained,  moreover,  that  the  bear  exists  on 
the  range  of  the  Atlas  and  the  Tetuan  mountains  ; 
and  in  a  letter  to  the  curator  of  the  Zoological 
Society,  from  Edward  Blyth,  Esq.,  while  on  his 
voyage  to  India,  is  the  following  interesting  pas- 
sage : — 

"  Upon  questioning  Mr.  Crowther  respecting  the 
bear  of  Mount  Atlas,  which  has  been  suspected  to 
be  the  Syriacus,  he  knew  it  well,  and  it  proves  to  be 
a  very  different  animal.  An  adult  female  was  infe- 
rior in  size  to  the  American  black  bear,  but  more 
robustly  formed,  the  face  much  shorter  and  broader, 
though  the  muzzle  was  pointed,  and  both  its  toes 
Md  claws  were  remarkably  short  (.for  a  bear),  the 


latter  being  also  particularly  stout  Hair  black,  or 
rather  of  a  brownish  black,  and  shaggy,  about  four 
or  five  inches  long;  but,  on  the  under  parts,  of  an 
orange  rufous  colour ;  the  muzzle  black.  This 
individual  was  killed  at  the  foot  of  the  Tetuan 
mountains,  about  twenty-five  miles  from  that  of  the 
Atlas.  It  is  considered  a  rare  species  in  that  part ; 
and  feeds  on  roots,  acorns,  and  fruits.  It  does  not 
climb  with  facility  ;  and  is  stated  to  be  very  difl'erent- 
looking  from  any  other  bear.  The  skin,  like  that  of 
the  '  Sherif-al-Wady,'*  was  attempted  to  be  pre- 
served, but  unfortunately  met  with  the  same  fate." 
('  Zool.  Proceeds.'  August  10,  1841.) 

The  genus  Ursus  has  been  divided  into  the  fol- 
lowing sub-genera,  upon  somewhat  uncertain 
grounds,  viz. : — Danis,  Prochilus,  Helarctos,  and 
Thalarctos. 

823,  8-28,  829,  830.— The  Brown  Bear 

(Ursus  Arctos).  Ours  of  the  French;  Orso  of  the 
Italians;  Bar  of  the  Germans;  Bjorn  of  the  Swedes. 
This  species,  which  is  spread  through  all  the  moun- 
tain districts  of  Europe,  from  the  arctic  circle  to  the 
Alps  and  Pyrenees,  and,  as  it  is  stated,  through 
Siberia,  Kamtschatka,  and  even  Japan  to  the  east- 
ward, was  formerly  a  tenant  of  the  forests  and  wild 
hills  of  our  island  ;  whence  in  the  time  of  the  Romans 
it  was  imported  to  the  capital  of  the  world,  in  order 
to  gratify  the  people  by  its  combats  in  the  Circus. 
If  Martial  may  be  trusted,  its  ferocity  was  sometimes 
turned  against  the  persons  of  criminals,  who  were 
condemned  to  a  horrid  death. 

The  bear  appears  to  have  lingered,  as  did  the 
wolf,  longer  in  Scotland  than  in  England,  that 
country  aflbrding  it  better  concealment ;  for  in 
'  The  History  of  the  Gordons'  it  is  stated  that  one 
of  the  family,  so  late  as  the  year  1057,  was  directed 
by  the  king  to  carry  three  bears'  heads  on  his  ban- 
ner, as  a  reward  for  his  valour  in  slaying  a  fierce 
bear. 

In  later  times,  when  a  virein  queen  enjoyed  the 
sports  of  the  be«r-garden  in  Southwark,  and  a  bear- 
ward  was  kept  in  the  establishment  of  the  highest 
nobility,  bears  were  imported  from  the  Continent  to 
fight  with  savage  dogs  for  "  his  lordshippe's  pas- 
time," no  less  than  for  the  diversion  of  the  com- 
monalty. Such  were  the  recreations  of  "  the  good 
old  English  gentleman,  all  in  the  olden  time.'' 

The  general  habits  of  the  bear  are  well  known  : 
unsocial  and  solitary,  they  frequent  the  gloomiest 
recesses  among  the  mountains,  glens,  and  caverns, 
and  the  depths  of  the  forests :  there  they  dig  or  en- 
large a  cave  in  which  to  dwell,  or  usurp  the  hollow 
of  some  huge  decayed  tree,  or  form  a  sort  of  rude  den 
under  the  covert  of  a  maze  of  intertwined  branches, 
lining  their  habitation  with  moss.  Here  they  pass 
the  w-inter,  in  a  state  bordering  on  torpidity  ;  and  it 
is  during  this  retirement,  in  January,  that  the  female 
brings  forth  her  young,  which  are  well  formed,  and 
very  far  from  being  the  shapeless  mass  supposed  by 
the  ancients.  The  cubs  are  from  one  to  three  in 
number— mostly,  however,  two;  at  first  their  eyes 
are  closed,  and  they  remain  blind  for  thirty  days. 
When  the  bear  retires  to  its  winter-quarters  on  the 
approach  of  the  cold  season  it  is  very  fat,  but  on 
coming  forth  in  the  spring  is  generally  observed  to 
be  lean,  the  fat  having  been  absorbed  for  the  nutri- 
ment of  the  system  during  the  animal's  torpidity : 
but  a  query  here  exists, — is  the  female,  who  pro- 
duces her  young,  and  has  to  attend  to  them,  torpid  ? 
and  can  she  suckle  them  without  receiving  any 
aliment  herself?  This  is  very  improbable  ;  and 
tends  to  prove  that  the  seclusion  of  the  animal  is 
neither  so  absolute,  nor  its  torpidity  so  complete,  as 
is  generally  asserted.  That  bears  support  them- 
selves in  their  winter  retirement  by  sucking  their 
paws  is  a  vulgar  error,  and  need  not  be  seriously 
refuted. 

Unless  provoked  by  aggression,  or  incited  by 
hunger,  the  Brown  Bear  seldom  attacks  man  ;  but 
when  roused  is  most  formidable,  and  displays 
greater  activity  and  address  than  might  be  expected 
from  its  heavy  clumsy  figure.  Its  strength  is  pro- 
digious. Mr.  Nilsson,  a  Swede,  states  that  a  bear 
has  been  seen,  bearing  a  dead  horse  in  his  fore  paws, 
to  walk  on  his  hind  legs  on  a  tree  stretched  across 
a  river.  (Fig.  828.)  The  firm  support  afforded  by 
the  well-developed  sole  and  the  form  of  the  hinder 
limbs  (the  thigh-bone,  though  shorter,  closely  re- 
sembling in  form  that  of  man)  enable  these  animals 
not  only  to  rear  themselves  up  on  their  hind  feet, 
but  even  to  walk  erect  with  considerable  facility, 
as  was  observed  by  Mr.  Lloyd  ('  Northern  Field- 
Sports'),  who  asserts  that  they  can  proceed  along  in 
that  position  bearing  the  heaviest  burdens. 

In  the  wilds  of  the  North  the  bear  attains  to  a 
prodigious  magnitude  :  Mr.  Lloyd  killed  one  of  the 
weight  of  four  hundred  and  sixty  pounds,  and  they 
have  been  found  to  exceed  seven  hundred. 

Though  bears,  as  Mr.  Falk  informs  us,  may  reside 
for  years  in  the  neighbourhood  of  cattle    without 
doing  them   any  injury,  yet   they  will    sometimes 
*  A  nen-  ipeciei  of  Ox,    Its  skin  ^Yas  destroyed  by  rats. 


visit  herds  solely  from  the  desire  of  prey,  and  in- 
stances have  been  known  of  their  climbing  upon 
and  fearing  ofl"  the  roofs  of  cow-houses,  in  order  to 
gain  admittance  to  the  cattle  confined  within,  which, 
after  slaughtering,  they  have  managed  to  drag 
through  the  opening  in  the  low  roof,  and  carry 
away. 

In  the  North  the  bear  is  hunted  and  taken  in 
pit-falls  and  traps  of  various  kinds,  and  in  some 
countries  there  is  no  part  of  the  animal  which  is 
vrithout  value. 

The  courage  and  devotion  of  the  female  bear  in 
defence  other  young  are  proverbial.  No  adventure 
can  be  fraught  with  more  danger  to  the  hunter  than 
an  attack  upon  one  accompanied  by  her  cubs,  for 
the  sake  of  which  wounds  and  even  death  are  en- 
countered with  unflinching  resolution,  uttering  deep 
growls  till  the  last  moment. 

The  bear  climbs  trees  or  rocks  with  great  dex- 
terity, and  descends  in  the  attitude  in  which  it  as- 
cends, availing  itself  cautiously  of  every  projection. 
Those  who  have  seen  the  bears  in  the  Zoological 
Gardens  climb  to  the  top  of  their  long  poles,  and 
fearlessly  balance  themselves  at  the  top,  soliciting 
food  from  the  visitors,  may  conceive  some  idea  of 
the  animal's  address.  It  also  swims  well  and  fast, 
and  during  the  heat  of  summer  frequently  takes  the 
water  for  the  sake  of  the  bath.  When  captured 
young,  the  bear  is  easily  domesticated,  and  evinces 
no  trifling  share  of  intelligence.  The  age  to  which 
it  attains  is  very  considerable.  Individuals  have 
been  kept  between  forty  and  fifty  years  in  cap- 
tivity. 

A  variety  (Ursus  Pyrenaicus,  F.Cuv.),  considered 
by  some  naturalists  as  a  distinct  species,  inhabits 
the  Pyrenees  and  the  Asturias. 

831,  832.— The  Siberian  Bear 

{Ursus  collaris)  approaches  close  in  form  to  the 
Brown  Bear,  with  the  distinction  of  a  large  whitish 
collar,  which  passes  over  the  upper  part  of  the  back 
and  shoulders,  and  is  completed  on  the  breast. 
This  is  not  improbably  also  a  variety. 

Dr.  Richardson  describes  a  Brown  Bear  which 
he  terms  the  Barren-ground  Bear  (Ursus  Aictos  ? 
Araeiicanus),  and  which  is  a  native  of  the  barren 
lands  lying  northward  and  eastward  of  the  Great 
Slave  Lake  and  extending  to  the  Arctic  Sea.  "It 
differs,"  he  says,  "  from  the  American  Black  Bear, 
in  its  greater  size,  profile,  physiognomy,  longer  soles, 
and  tail ;  and  from  the  Grisly  Bear  also  in  colour 
and  the  comparative  smallness  of  its  claws.  Its 
greatest  afiinity  is  with  the  Brown  Bear  of  Norway, 
but  its  identity  with  that  species  has  not  been  esta- 
blished by  actual  comparison.  It  frequents  the 
sea-coast  in  the  autumn  in  considerable  numbers 
for  the  purpose  of  feeding  on  fish." 

833,  834,  835. — The  American  Black  Bear 

(Ursus  Americanus).  This  species,  the  Sass  of  the 
Chippewayan  Indians,  the  Musquaw  of  the  Crees,  is 
smaller  than  the  Brown  Bear ;  its  muzzle  is  narrower, 
more  arched  and  pointed,  continued  in  a  line  with- 
out interruption  from  the  forehead  ;  the  ears  are 
more  distant ;  and  the  fur,  instead  of  being  shaggy, 
is  soft,  smooth,  and  glossy  black. 

"  The  Black  Bear,"  says  Dr.  Richardson, "  inhabits 
every  wooded  district  of  the  American  continent, 
from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  and  from  Carolina 
to  the  shores  of  the  Arctic  Sea."  Everywhere,  how- 
ever, its  numbers  have  been  greatly  thinned,  owing 
to  the  value  of  the  animal  s  skin  in  commerce; 
besides  which  the  tide  of  European  colonization  has 
driven  it  to  remoter  districts,  to  mountain  ranges, 
and  vast  forests  as  yet  untouched  by  the  axe,  or 
only  recently  invaded  by  the  settler.  In  some  jmrts 
of  Canada  it  is  still  common,  and  tolerably  abun- 
dant on  the  western  coast  as  far  as  California.  It 
has,  we  believe,  been  seen,  but  that  rarely,  in  the 
Blue  Ridge  in  Virginia. 

The  Black  Bear  feeds  on  berries  and  wild  fruits ; 
and  to  these  it  adds  roots  and  eggs  ;  and  though  it 
does  not  refuse  animal  food,  yet  it  does  not  eat  it 
from  choice,  but  necessity ;  utterly  neglecting  it  if 
vegetable  aliment  can  be  obtained. 

This  species  is  not  very  daring,  and,  unless  forced 
to  self-defence,  or  wounded,  will  seldom  venture  to 
attack  a  man,  except  in  the  instance  of  a  female 
with  cubs,  the  retreat  of  which  she  is  solicitous  to 
cover. 

Its  speed  is  said  not  to  be  very  great,  and  it  is  as- 
serted that  a  man  may  easily  escape,  especially  in  a 
willow  grove,  or  in  the  midst  of  loose  grass,  where  " 
it  stops  for  the  purpose  of  reconnoitring.  Dr. 
Richardson,  however,  "saw  one  make  off  with  a 
speed  that  would  have  baffled  the  fleetest  runner ; 
and  ascend  a  nearly  perpendicular  cliff  with  a  fa- 
cility that  a  cat  might  envy."  In  the  Fur  Countries 
this  species  usually  hybernates,  selecting  a  spot 
under  a  fallen  tree,  where  it  scratches  a  hollow  in 
the  earth  ;  here  it  retires  at  the  commencement  of 
a  snow-storm,  and  the  snow  soon  furnishes  it  with  a 
close  warm  covering.    Its  breatli  makes  a  small 


Bears.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


187 


opening  in  the  snow,  and  the  quantity  of  hoar-frost 
which  occasionally  gathers  round  the  opening  serves 
to  betray  its  retreat  to  the  hunter.  In  more  south- 
ern districts,  where  the  trees  are  larger,  bears  often 
shelter  themselves  in  the  hollow  trunks.  It  has  been 
observed  by  the  Indians,  that  unless  bears  are  very 
fat  on  the  approach  of  winter,  they  do  not  hybernate  ; 
and  as  the  males  are  often  thin  and  exhausted  in 
September,  should  the  winter  set  in  before  they 
have  time  to  recover  their  fat,  they  migrate  south- 
wards in  search  of  food.  So  carefully  do  the  females 
with  young  conceal  themselves,  that  Dr.  Richard- 
son's numerous  inquiries  among  the  Indians  of  Hud- 
son's Bay  ended  in  the  discovery  of  only  one  man 
who  had  killed  a  pregnant  bear. 

In  the  northern  districts  of  America,  as  in  Norway 
and  other  parts  of  the  continent  of  Europe,  the  chase 
of  the  bear  is  followed  up  with  the  utmost  ardour, 
nor  will  it  surprise  us  to  learn  that  an  animal  from 
which  the  Indian  derives  so  much  benefit  (its  flesh 
and  every  portion  being  in  requtJst),  and  which  in 
the  hour  of  combat  is  terrible,  should  be  the  subject 
of  many  superstitious  observances,  pardon  being 
asked  for  its  slaughter,  to  which  necessity  impelled 
the  hunters,  and  every  means  taken  to  propitiate  the 
offended  spirit  of  the  dead  animal.  Fig.  836  illus- 
trates Bear-hunting  by  the  Chippewayan  Indians. 

The  Black  Bear  is  subject  to  varieties  of  colour  ; 
its  fur  being  sometimes  of  cinnamon  tint,  and  some- 
times of  a  still  more  yellow  tone.  Occasionally  it  is 
seen  with  a  white  throat-mark. 

Cinnamon  bears,  as  well  as  black,  exist  in  the 
gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society. 

837. — ^The  Spectacled  Beab 
( Ursus  omatus).  The  Spectacled  Bear,  so  called 
from  the  two  semicircular  marks  of  buflf-colour  ex- 
tending from  the  muzzle  and  arching  over  each  eye, 
is  a  native  of  the  Cordilleras  of  the  Andes  in  Chili. 
Its  general  fur  is  smooth,  shining,  and  black  :  the 
muzzle  is  buff-coloured;  the  throat  and  chest  are 
whitish.  Of  its  habits  nothing  is  known.  Spe- 
cimens exist  in  the  gai-dens  of  the  Zoological 
Society. 

In  the  'Zool.  Proceeds.'  for  1833,  p.  114,  is  the 
notice  of  a  bear,  brought  to  Caraccas  from  the 
Andes,  differing,  accoi-ding  to  Sir  R.  Ker  Porter,  in 
gome  points  from  the  Ursus  ornatus,  of  which  it  was 
evidently  a  mere  variety. 

838,  839,  840.— Thb  Grisly,  or  Gbizzly  Beae 

{Ursus  (Danis)  ferox).  Ursus  horribilis.  Say; 
Mesheh  Musquaw  of  the  Cree  Indians  ;  Hohhost 
of  the  Chopunish  Indians.  This  formidable  species 
is  a  native  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  district 
eastward  of  them.  To  the  north  it  has  been  observed 
as  far  as  sixty-one  degrees  of  latitude  :  to  the  south 
it  is  said  to  extend  as  far  as  Mexico.  Everywhere  it 
is  dreaded  for  its  great  strength  and  ferocity  ;  even 
the  huge  bison  falls  prostrate  before  it,  and  the 
savage  conqueror  "  drags  the  dark  bulk  along " 
(weighing  a  thousand  pounds)  to  its  haunt,  and  digs 
a  pit  for  its  reception,  repairing  to  it  as  hunger  dic- 
tates, till  the  whole  is  consumed. 

Lewis  and  Clarke  give  the  measurement  of  one  of 
these  bears  as  nine  feet  from  nose  to  tail,  but  had 
seen  them  of  larger  dimensions.  They  attain  the 
weight  of  eight  hundred  pounds.  The  length  of 
the  fore-foot  is  nine  inches,  of  the  hind-foot  twelve, 
without  including  the  enormous  claws ;  its  breadth 
seven  inches.  The  tail  is  short,  and  lost  in  the 
shaggy  hair.  We  query  Lewis  and  Clarke's  mea- 
surement of  nine  feet. 

The  Grisly  Bear  digs  with  great  facility,  but  when 
adult  is  not  capable  of  ascending  trees ;  a  fortunate 
circumstance  for  the  hunter,  for  such  is  the  animal's 
tenacity  of  life,  that  it  seldom  falls  until  it  has  re- 
ceived many  balls.  It  would  seem  that  though  the 
adult  Grisly  Bears  cannot  climb  trees,  that  the  cubs 
are  able,  if  the  reports  of  the  Indians  are  to  be  cre- 
dited. The  cubs,  and  females  with  young,  hyber- 
nate ;  but  the  older  males  often  come  abroad  during 
winter  for  food. 

An  individual  of  this  species,  distinguished  by  his 
enormous  size  and  ferocity,  some  time  since  attracted 
the  attention  of  all  who  visited  the  gardens  of  the 
Zoological  Society.  He  had  previously  been  about 
twenty  years  in  the  Tower,  when,  at  the  breaking 
up  of  the  menagerie  there,  he  was  presented  by  his 
Majesty  William  IV.  to  the  Society.  Hi-s  morose 
indomitable  temper  was  never  subdued,  but  remained 
unaltered,  as  if  he  had  been  at  large  surrounded  by 
the  savage  rocks  and  gloomy  pine-forests  of  his 
native  regions. 

841.— The  Syrian  Bear 

{Ursus  Syriacits).  Though  the  bear  is  distinctly 
alluded  to  in  the  Scriptures  (see  2  Kings  ii.  23,  et 
seq. ;  also  1  Samuel  xvii.  34,  et  seq.1  as  a  native  of 
Syria,  few  travellers  have  noticed  the  existence  of 
this  animal  in  that  country.  Hassclquist  omits  it  in 
his  catalogue  of  the  animals  given  in  his  '  Travels 
in  the  Levant ;'  nor  is  it  recorded  as  a  species   by 


Desmarest,  Fischer,  or  Lesson.  It  is  in  fact  only 
recently,  that  naturalists  have  become  aware  that 
such  an  animal  still  prowled  about  the  mountains  of 
Lebanon. 

Matthew  Paris,  however,  in  his '  England,'  relates 
how  Godfrey,  during  the  siege  of  Antioch,  rescued 
a  poor  man  from  the  attack  of  a  bear,  which,  turning 
upon  the  warrior,  unhorsed  him,  having  lacerated 
his  steed,  whereupon  he  continued  the  combat  on 
foot,  and,  though  he  received  a  most  dangerous 
wound,  succeeded  in  burying  his  sword  up  to  the  hilt 
in  his  savage  adversary,  and  killed  him.  ('Hist. 
Engl.,'  t.  ii.  p.  34,  fol.  Lond.  1040.)  Seetzen  (a 
German  traveller,  in  1811)  was  informed  in  Pales- 
tine that  bears  existed  in  the  mountains;  and  La 
Roque  states  that  in  his  time  they  were  tolerably 
abundant  upon  the  higher  Lebanon  mountains,  from 
which  they  descended  at  night  in  search  of  prey, 
and  even  occasioned  apprehension  to  travellers. 

Notwithstanding  these  casual  notices,  the  animal 
remained  in  obscurity  till  brought  before  the  sci- 
entific world  by  Emprich  and  Ehrenberg,  who,  in 
their  '  Symbolae  Physicae,'  give  the  figure  and  de- 
scription of  a  middle-aged  female,  killed  near  the 
village  of  Bischerre,  in  Syria,  and  which  they  dis- 
sected. They  observe,  that  Mount  Lebanon  is 
crowned  with  two  snowy  summits,  one  called  Gebel 
Sanin,  the  other  Makmel,  both  of  which  they  vi- 
sited, but  found  bears  only  upon  the  latter,  near  the 
village  of  Bischerre,  to  the  gardens  of  which  they 
wander  in  winter,  but  in  the  summer  remain  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  snow.  The  individual  killed 
was  about  four  feet  two  inches  long ;  her  den,  which 
they  saw,  was  formed  by  great  fragments  of  cal- 
careous rock  casually  thrown  together.  The  flesh 
of  the  animal  was  tasted,  and  found  to  be  sapid,  but 
the  liver  was  sweet  and  nauseous.  The  gall  is  in 
great  esteem  ;  the  .skins  are  sold,  and  so  is  the  dung, 
under  the  name  of  Bar-el-dub,  the  latter  being  used 
in  medicine,  and  for  diseases  of  the  eye,  in  Syria 
and  Egypt.  The  Syrian  bear  frequently  preys  on 
animals,  but  for  the  most  part  feeds  on  vegetables  ; 
and  the  fields  of  cicer  arietinus  (a  kind  of  chick- 
pea), and  other  crops  near  the  swowy  region,  are 
often  laid  waste  by  it. 

The  Syrian  bear  is  of  a  uniform  fulvous  white 
(sometimes  variegated  with  fulvous^  the  ears  are 
elongated ;  the  forehead  is  but  slightly  arched. 
The  fur  is  woolly  beneath,  with  long,  straight,  or  but 
slightly  curled  hair  externally ;  a  stiff  mane  of 
about  four  inches  long  runs  between  the  shoulders. 
It  was  evidently  this  species  which  figured  in  the 
procession  of  Ptolemy  Philadelphus  at  Alexandria, 
and  which  is  called  by  Athenseus  (a  Greek  writer 
of  Lower  Egypt,  contemporary  with  Commodus) 
a  bear  of  white  colour  and  large  size  {ioKTo;  /ih 
Xii/«fl  lUiyaA-n  i^'m)  :  and  which  some,  strange  to  say, 
have  regarded  as  the  Polar  Bear  from  the  shores  of 
the  Arctic  Sea. 

842.— The  Thibet  Bear 

(Ursus  Thibetanus) .  This  species  was  discovered 
by  M.  Duvaucel  in  the  mountains  of  Sylhet,  and 
about  the  same  time  by  Dr.  Wallich  in  the  Nepal 
range.  The  neck  of  the  Thibet  bear  is  thick,  and 
the  head  flattened,  the  forehead  and  muzzle  forming 
almost  a  straight  line  ;  the  ears  are  large  ;  the  body 
compact,  and  the  limbs  thick  and  clumsy ;  but  the 
claws  are  comparatively  weak.  The  general  colour 
is  black,  but  the  lower  lip  is  white,  and  a  large 
Y-shaped  mark  of  the  same  colour  on  the  breast 
sends  up  its  branch  on  each  side  in  front  of  the 
shoulder.  It  is  not  of  large  stature.  Fruits  and 
other  vegetable  productions  appear  to  constitute  its 
principal  food. 

843.— The  Malayan  Beak 

{Ursus  (Helarctos)  Malai/anus).  Bruang  of  the 
Malays.  This  species  is  found  in  Sumatra,  and,  with 
others  of  the  subgenus  Helarctos,  is  distinguished  by 
the  extensibility  of  the  lips,  the  length  and  flexibility 
of  the  tongue,  the  shortness  and  smoothness  of  the 
fur,  and  the  magnitude  of  the  claws. 

"The  Malayan  Bear,  or  Sun  Bear,  is  said  to  be  a 
sagacious  animal,  and  to  displa.y  great  fondness  for 
sweets.  The  honey  of  the  wild  bees  of  its  native 
forests  is  supposed  to  be  a  favourite  food,  and  cer- 
tainly its  long  slender  tongue  well  adapts  it  for  the 
reception  of  this  delicacy.  It  feeds  extensively  on 
vegetables,  and  issaid  to  be  attracted  to  the  vicinity 
of  man  by  the  young  shoots  of  the  cocoa-nut  trees, 
to  which  it  is  very  injurious  ;  indeed  Sir  T.  Stam- 
ford Raffles  found  those  of  the  deserted  villages  in 
the  Passuma  district  of  Sumatra  destroyed  by  it. 

It  is  often  kept  domesticated,  and  is  playful  and 
familiar.  Of  one  which  lived  two  years  in  the  possies- 
sion  of  Sir  T.  Stamford  Raffles,  he  writes  : — "  He  was 
brought  up  in  the  nursery  with  the  children,  and 
when  admitted  to  my  table,  as  was  frequently  the 
case,  gave  a  proof  of  his  taste  by  refusing  to  eat  any 
fruit  but  raangosteens,  or  to  drink  any  wine  but 
champagne.     The  only  time  I  ever  knew  him  to  be 


out  of  humour  was  on  an  occasion  when  no  cham- 
pagne was  forthcoming.  He  was  naturally  of  an 
affectionate  disposition,  and  it  was  never  found 
necessary  to  chain  or  chastise  him.  It  was  usual  lor 
this  bear,  the  cat,  the  dog,  and  a  small  blue  moun- 
tain bird,  or  lory  of  New  Holland,  to  mess  together, 
and  eat  out  of  the  same  dish.  His  favourite  play- 
fellow was  the  dog,  whose  teasing  and  worrying  was 
always  borne  and  returned  with  the  utmost  good 
humour  and  playfulness.  As  he  grew  up  he  became 
a  very  powerful  animal,  and  in  his  rambles  in  the 
garden  he  would  lay  hold  of  the  largest  plantains, 
the  stems  of  which  he  could  scarcely  embrace,  and 
tear  them  up  by  the  roots." 

The  general  colour  of  this  bear  is  jet  black,  with 
the  muzzle  of  a  yellowish  tint,  and  a  semilunar 
white  mark  upon  the  breast.  When  adult  it 
measures  about  four  feet  six  inches  along  the 
back. 

844. — The  Bornea'n  Bear 
(Ursus  (Helarctos)  euryspilus).  In  general  form, 
habits,  manners,  and  colouring  this  species  closely 
resembles  the  Sumatran  bear ;  but  is  perhaps  rather 
less,  and  has  a  large  orange-coloured  patch  upon 
the  chest ;  the  fur  is  extremely  close.  In  captivity 
it  is  playful  and  good-tempered. 

The  Bornean  Sun  Bear  not  only  sits  upon  its 
haunches  with  ease,  a  position  it  usually  assumes, 
but  ca.n  stand  upright  with  great  facility.  Its  senses, 
especially  those  of  sight  and  smell,  are  very  acute; 
the  olfactory  organs  indeed  appear  to  be  in  con- 
tinual exercise.  By  various  and  amusing  gestures 
it  solicits  food  from  spectators ;  and  when  a  morsel 
of  cake  is  held  at  a  small  distance  beyond  its  reach, 
it  expands  its  nostrils,  protrudes  its  upper  lip,  and 
often  its  tongue,  while  with  its  paws  it  makes  every 
effort  to  obtain  the  proft'ered  delicacy.  Having 
gained  it,  and  filled  its  mouth,  it  places  the  remain- 
der with  singular  coolness  on  its  hinder  feet,  as  if  to 
keep  it  from  being  soiled  by  the  floor,  and  brings  it 
in  successive  portions  to  its  mouth.  It  often  places 
itself  in  an  attitude  of  entreaty,  earnestly  regarding 
the  spectators,  and  stretching  forth  its  paws  ready 
to  receive  their  offering  It  is  fond  of  notice,  con- 
scious of  kind  treatment,  and  delights  to  be  patted, 
and  rubbed ;  but  when  vexed  or  irritated,  refuses  all 
attention  so  long  as  the  ofiending  person  remains 
in  sight. 

Both  this  and  the  preceding  species  excel  in 
climbing,  and  they  are  said  to  occasion  much  injury 
to  groves  of  cocoa-nuts,  both  by  climbing  up  them, 
and  devouring  the  top  shoot,  thereby  killing  the 
tree,  and  also  by  tearing  down  the  fruit,  to  the 
milky  juice  of  which  they  are  very  partial. 

845. — The  Sloth-Bear 

(Vrsus  (Prochilus)  labiatus).  Ours  paresseux 
and  Ours  jongleur  of  the  French  ;  Aswail  of  the 
Mahrattas. 

This  uncouth  animal  was  first  described  and 
figured  (from  the  life)  by  Bewick, in  his  'History  of 
Quadrupeds,'  without  any  name,  but  as  an  animal 
that  had  hitherto  escaped  the  attention  of  natural- 
ists. It  was  then  (1701)  taken  for  a  sloth,  and  re- 
ceived from  Shaw  the  names  of  Bradypus  ursinus, 
and  ursiforrnis  ;  and  from  Pennant  that  of  Ursiform 
Sloth.  Blainville  and  others  restored  it  to  the  genus 
Ursus ;  Illiger  having  previously  founded  the  genus 
Prochilus  for  its  reception,  a  name  which  is  still 
retained  in  a  subgeneric  sense  only. 

The  sloth-bear  is  a  rough  clumsy  animal,  with 
short  massive  legs,  and  huge  hooked  claws;  and 
possessing  great  mobility  of  the  snout.  It  inhabits 
the  mountainous  partsof  India,  and  was  observed  by 
Colonel  Sykes  in  Dukhun. 

It  dwells  in  caves,  and  its  food  is  said  to  consist 
of  fruits,  honey,  and  termite  ants,  for  the  demolish- 
ing whose  houses  its  claws  are  well  adapted.  It  is 
said  also  frequently  to  descend  to  the  plains,  and 
commit  great  havoc  on  the  sugar-cane  plantations. 
On  these  occasions  it  becomes  an  object  of  pursuit 
to  the  Indian  and  European  hunters. 

The  sloth-bear  attains  to  nearly  the  size  of  the 
brown  bear  of  Europe  ;  it  is  robustly  framed.  The 
hair  is  remarkably  long  and  shaggy  ;  on  the  upper 
part  of  the  head  and  neck  it  is  sometimes  twelve 
inches  in  length,  and  separates  into  two  portions, 
one  of  which  overhangs  the  eyes,  imparting  a 
peculiarly  heavy  appearance  to  the  animal's  physi- 
ognomy ;  while  the  other  forms  a  thick  mane  across 
the  shoulders.  The  general  colour  is  black,  inter- 
mixed with  brown  :  a  triangular  mark  on  the  breast 
is  white.  The  head  is  carried  low ;  the  back  arched  ; 
the  muzzle,  which  is  of  a  dirty  yellowish  white,  is 
very  much  elongated  ;  the  lips  are  thin,  flexible, 
and  project  at  all  times  considerably  in  front  of  the 
jaws  ;  and  possess  singular  mobility,  being  capable 
of  protrusion  in  a  tubular  form  far  beyond  the  muz- 
zle, thus  constituting  an  instrument  of  suction.  The 
tongue  is  long,  flat,  and  square  at  the  extremity.  We 
have  seen  the  animal  protrude  his  lips,  while  at  the 
same  time  they  were  kept  apart  for  several  minutes 

2B2 


%^' 


.«1  B;>r. 


S4>/— 8lo:b  B«»r. 


.  -I'rcwn  Bear. 


*'ftawA_rsffi5,* 


mm^' 


626. — Bear-hunting  by  the  Chippewayan  Indians. 


832.— Siberian  Beax. 


640.— Grisly  Beiir. 


844. — Bornean  Bcir. 


Ki3.— Ma'ayan  Bear. 


188 


846.— Polar  IVar*  an.l  Seal. 


849.— I*ret ended  Hvbrid  of  Bear  and  Doi;. 


'"^'W*-W,:,'',.,       Ji 


842.— Thibet  Bear. 


'?4t.— ioiiir  jiear. 


^Si. — AmtTican  Black  IJear. 


851.— Racoon. 


199 


190 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Racoon. 


together,  and  on  these  occwions  the  interior  of  the 
mouth  was  distinctly  visible. 

A  pair  of  these  animals,  which  we  have  observed 
in  captivity,  were  at  times  very  playful,  contending 
with  each  other,  in  rude  sport,  with  great  violence, 
•truggling  and  endeavouring  to  throw  each  other 
down,  and  all  the  while  utterine  a  loud  roanng 
noise  :  at  other  times,  huddled  tocrether,  they  passed 
whole  hours  in  sleep.  In  India  it  is  often  led  about 
by  mountebanks  and  jugglers,  as  is  the  brown  bear 

According  to  CaptainWilliamson  ('  Oriental  Field- 
Sporti ')  these  animals  are  numerous  on  the  boun- 
daries of  Bengal,  which  to  the  east  and  west  are 
mountainous,  rocky,  and  overrun  with  low  under- 
wood :  their  principal  resort  is  under  banks,  in  large 
burrows  or  natural  cavities  ;  but  they  do  not  hyber- 
nate.  Their  pace  is  shuffling  and  awkward,  but 
quick  enough  to  overtake  a  man  on  foot.  They 
ascend  trees  with  great  facility. 

The  natives  greatly  dread  them ;  the  venr  sight  of 
a  bear,  however  distant,  disheartens  them,  knowing, 
as  they  do,  the  strength  and  savage  disposition  of 
the  sable  shuffler.  Of  their  ferocity,  and  the  dilatory 
torments  to  which  they  subject  their  victim.  Captain 
Williamson  gives  several  horrible  instances:  observ- 
ing, that  they  "  will  chew  and  suck  a  limb  till  it  is 
a  perfect  pulp,"  not  biting  away  the  flesh,  like  most 
beasts  of  prey. 

846,  &i7,  848.— The  Polar  Bear 
(Ursus  (Thalarctos)  maritimm).  Ours  polaire  of  the 
French ;  Wawpusk  of  the  Cree  Indians ;    Nannook 
of  the  Esquimaux ;  Nennook  of  ihe  Greenlanders. 

Within  the  regions  of  the  arctic  circle  dwells  the 
Polar  Bear,  one  of  the  largest  and  most  formidable 
of  the  group.  Formed  to  endure  the  roost  intense 
severity  of  cold,  this  monarch  of  a  gloomy  desolate 
realm  prowls  in  sullen  majesty  over  wastes  of  snow 
and  among  ice-glazed  rocks  in  quest  of  food  ;  he 
traverses  fields  of  ice  along  the  shore,  clambers  over 
rugged  icebergs,  or  even  swims  out  from  floe  to  floe, 
orlVom  island  to  island,  ravenous  for  his  prey.  He 
dives  with  admirable  address,  and  is  capable  of  con- 
tending with  his  prey  amidst  the  rolling  waves. 
The  seal  forms  its  favourite  diet,  logether  with 
marine  exuviae,  such  as  dead  fishes  and  cetaceous 
animals ;  and  he  will  attack  even  the  walrus  him- 
self. In  summer  mountain-berries  are  eagerly 
sought  for,  nor  are  sea-weeds  or  marsh-plants  re- 
jected. Of  the  activity  of  this  bear  in  the  water  we 
may  form  an  idea  from  a  statement  by  Cartwright, 
that  he  saw  a  polar  bear  dive  after  a  salmon  and 
kill  his  fish. 

Captain  Lyon  gives  the  following  account  of  its 
mode  of  hunting  the  seal :— "  The  bear,  on  seeing 
his  intended  prey,  gets  quietly  into  the  water,  and 
swims  until  to  leeward  of  him,  from  whence,  by  fre- 
quent short  dives,  he  silently  makes  his  approaches, 
and  so  arranges  his  distance,  that,  at  the  last  dive, 
he  comes  to  the  spot  where  the  seal  is  lying.  If  the 
poor  animal  attempts  to  escape  by  rolling  into  the 
water,  he  falls  into  the  bear's  clutches;  if,  on  the 
Contrary,  he  lies  still,  his  destroyer  makes  a  powerful 
spring,  kills  him  on  the  ice,  and  devours  him  at 
leisure."  The  same  author  informs  us  that  this  bear 
not  only  swims  with  rapidity,  but  is  capable  of 
making  long  springs  in  the  vvater.  Captain  Sabine 
states  that  he  saw  one  about  midway  between  the 
north  and  south  shores  of  Barrow's  Straits,  which  are 
forty  miles  apart,  though  there  was  no  ice  in  sight 
to  which  he  could  resort  for  rest. 

The  pace  of  this  bear  on  shore  is  a  kind  of  shuffle, 
but  more  quick  than  might  be  expected  ;  and  when 
at  full  speed  as  rapid  as  the  sharp  gallop  of  a 
horse. 

The  average  length  of  the  jwlar  bear  (which  has 
been  greatly  exaggerated)  is  about  six  feet ;  but  it 
occasionally  attains  to  larger  dimensions.  Piillas 
describes  an  adult  female  six  feet  nine  inches  in 
length.  The  greatest  length,  from  nose  to  tail,  re- 
corded by  Captain  Phipps,  is  seven  feet  one  inch  ; 
the  weight  of  the  beast  being  610  lbs.  Captain  Ross 
records  the  measurement  of  one  seven  feet  ten 
inches,  the  weight  being  1160  lbs.;  and  Captain 
Lyon,  that  one,  which  was  unusually  large,  measured 
■eight  feet  seven  inches  and  a  half,  and  weighed 
1601)  lbs. 

It  is  stated  on  the  best  authorities,  that  the  male 
does  not  hybemate,  but  that  the  female,  on  the 
approach  of  the  severer  season,  retires  to  some  rift 
among  the  rocks  or  ice,  or  digs  a  lair  in  the  frozen 
snow  ;  the  falling  snow  drifts  over  the  den,  covering 
it  to  a  great  depth,  a  small  aperture  for  breathing 
being  always  open.  In  this  retreat,  about  the  latter 
part  of  December,  she  brings  forth  two  cubs,  and  in 
March  quits  the  den  with  them,  then  about  as  large 
as  a  shepherd's  dog,  and  prowls  abroad,  lean,  gaunt, 
and  ferocious ;  hunger  and  the  presence  of  her  off- 
spring adding  fury  to  her  savage  temper. 

The  male  wanders  about  the  marshes  and  adjacent 
parts  until  November;  he  then  goes  out  to  sea  upon 
the  ice  in  quest  of  seals,  and  becomes  very  fat.    It 


often  happens  that  he  become*  drifted  out  from  the 
coast  on  a  floating  field  of  ice  ;  and  in  this  way,  says 
Dr.  Richardson,  polar  bears  are  often  carried  from 
the  coast  of  Greenland  to  Iceland,  where  they  com- 
mit such  ravages  on  the  flocks,  that  the  inhabitants 
rise  in  a  body  to  destroy  them." 

Of  the  devotion  of  the  female  polar  bear  to  her 
young,  and  of  the  danger  attendant  upon  the  chase 
■  of  these  animals,  many  travellers  have  made  men- 
1  tion,  and  recorded  various  facts  which  came  under 
I  their  own  observation.  These,  however,  are  so 
I  popularly  current,  that  it  is  sufficient  to  allude  to 
I  them. 

It  was  not  until  Linnseus  published  the  tenth 
edition  of  his  '  Systeraa  Naturae,'  that  he  had  any 
idea  that  the  polar  bear  was  distinct  from  the 
brown  bear,  the  only  species  he  appears  to  have 
known.  Martens,  however,  had  previously  dis- 
tinguished it,  and  indeed  was  the  first  to  cnarac- 
terize  it  from  actual  observation.  ('  Spitzbergische 
Oder  Gronlandische  Reisebeschreibung,'  Hamb., 
1675.) 

This  species  is  of  a  more  lengthened  form  than 
that  of  the  others;  the  head  is  very  much  elongated 
and  flattened,  the  ears  and  mouth  comparatively 
small,  the  neck  very  long  and  thick,  and  the  sole  of 
the  foot  very  large.  The  fur  is  silvery  white.tinged 
with  yellow  ;  close,  short,  and  even  on  the  head, 
neck,  and  upper  part  of  the  back;  long,  fine,  and 
inclined  to  be  woolly  on  the  hinder  parts,  legs,  and 
belly.  The  sole  of  the  foot  is  almost  entirely  co- 
vered with  long  hair,  affording  the  animal  a  firm 
footing  on  the  ice.  The  claws  are  black,  not  much 
curved,  thick  and  short.  Captain  Lyon's  crew  found 
none  of  the  terrible  effects  (skin  peeling  off,  &c.) 
from  eating  the  flesh,  ascribed  to  it  by  some  of  the 
earlier  voyagers. 

849. — A  Pretended  Hybrid  between  a  Dog  and 
A  Bear. 

From  time  to  time  supposed  hybrids  of  this  sort 
have  been  exhibited,  and  there  is  generally  an  in- 
clination to  believe  in  the  existence  of  creatures  the 
offspring  of  such  a  parentage.  That  two  animals 
so  different  in  structure,  dentition,  general  habits 
and  instincts  as  the  dog  and  bear  should  breed 
together  is  improbable — nay,  contrary  to  the  laws  of 
nature  and  to  physiology.  We  are  not,  however, 
surprised  that  at  a  lime  when  a  belief  in  monsters, 
both  of  the  human  and  brute  creation,  was  almost 
universal,  that  men  of  education  should  have  cre- 
dited the  existence  of  a  dog-bear. 

Our  figure  is  copied  from  a  curious  work,  entitled 
'  Histoires  Prodigieuses  extraictes  de  plusieurs  fa- 
meux  Autheurs,  Grecs  et  I.atins,  sacrez  et  profanes, 
divisees  en  cinq  tomes,  le  premier  par  P.  Boaistuau. 
Tome  Premier,  Paris,  1582.'  It  would  appear  that 
M.  Pierre  Boaistuau,  who  visited  England  in  the 
reign  of  Elizabeth,  and  was  introduced  to  the  court, 
was  shown  two  dogs,  asserted  to  be  of  the  parentage 
in  question,  both  of  which  were  presented  to  M.  le 
Marquis  de  Trans :  one  this  nobleman  gave  to  M.  le 
Compte  d'Alphestan ;  the  other,  of  which  the  figure 
is  given  by  M.  Boaistuau,  he  took  to  France.  He 
describes  the  beast  as  extremely  ferocious,  and  in 
form  intermediate  between  the  dog  and  bear,  the 
latter  being  its  male  parent.  There  can  be  but 
little  doubt  that  the  bearwards  palmed  off  these 
animals  upon  him  and  others  as  hybrids,  but  which 
were  really  dogs  selected  for  their  bear-like  appear- 
ance, an  appearance  increased  by  cropping  the  ears 
and  tail,  and  other  skilful  artifices. 

The  genus  Ursus  is  rich  in  the  reliquiae  of  extinct 
species.  These  occur  for  the  most  part  in  various 
caverns  in  Germany,  Hungary,  and  England,  along 
with  the  bones  of  other  Carnivora,  as  the  wolf,  hysena, 
tiger,  glutton,  &c.,  and  also  of  herbivorous  animals, 
though  these  are  less  in  number.  In  most  of  these 
caves  (that  of  Kirkdale  excepted,  where  the  remains 
are  principally  those  of  an  extinct  species  of  hyaena) 
the  bones  of  the  bear  tribe  are  the  most  prevalent. 
In  the  vast  cavern  of  Gaylenreuth  this  is  remark- 
ably the  case,  the  bones  being  referable  to  three 
distinct  species  which  have  been  termed  Ursus 
prisons,  U.  arctoVdes,  and  U.  spelaius.  They  lie  for 
the  most  part  confusedly  in  a  bed  of  animal  earth, 
and  are  oiten  encrusted  with  stalagmite,  which  lines 
the  roof  and  walls  of  the  cave.  Though  scattered 
and  broken,  these  bones  exhibit  no  tokens  of  having 
been  rolled.  Professor  Goldfuss  states  that  with 
regard  to  the  cave  of  Gaylenreuth,  if  we  assume 
1000  buried  individuals  of  the  various  species  found 
there,  the  proportion  will  be  as  follows : — Hyaena 
spelaea,  25 ;  Canis  spelajus,  50  ;  Felis  spelaea,  25 ; 
Gulo  spelseus,  30  ;  Ursus  priscus,  10 ;  Ursus  arc- 
toides,  60 ;  Ursus  spelceus,  800.  I 

Of  these  extinct  bears,  the  skull  of  the  Ursus  ' 
spelseus  is  distinguished  by  the  bold  elevation  of  the 
forehead,  and  its  size,  which  indicates  the  animal  to  j 
have  greatly  exceeded  any  living  species.  The 
skull  of  the  Ursus  arctoides,  though  as  large  as  that 
of  U.  spelaeus,  has  the  forehead  much  less  elevated. 
The  skull  of  Ui-sus  priscus  is  smaller,  and   ap-  1 


proache*  in  size  and  contour  that  of  the  common 
brown  bear,  but  is  more  flattened  along  the  upper 
surface. 

It  may  here  be  observed  that  certain  serrated 
canine  teeth  attributed  to  bears,  under  the  names  of 
Ursus  etruscus  and  Ursus  cultridens  by  Cuvier  and 
others,  and  to  the  genus  Felis  by  Bravard,  are,  ac- 
cording to  Kaup,  the  relics  of  an  animal  allied  to 
the  Megalosaurus,  one  of  the  Saurian  reptiles,  but  of 
a  distinct  genus,  to  which  he  has  given  the  name  of 
Machairodus.  In  Fig.  850,  a  is  a  tooth  of  Machai- 
rodus,  natural  size,  imperfect  below ;  b.  the  outline 
of  a  cast  of  the  perifect  tooth ;  c,  a  tooth  of  Mega 
losaurus,  natural  size.  Professor  Owen,  however, 
regards  the  teeth  (a,  c)  as  having  belonged  to  a 
mammiferous  animal,  not  however  a  bear ;  and  the 
proof  is  afforded  by  the  cast  (6)  which  shows  that 
the  tooth  was  originally  lodged  in  a  socket,  and  not 
anchylosed  to  the  substance  of  the  jaw,  and  that  the 
fang  is  contracted  and  solidified  by  the  progressive 
diminution  of  a  temporary  formative  pulp,  and 
does  not  terminate  in  an  open  conical  cavity,  like 
the  teeth  of  all  known  Saurians,  which  are  lodged 
in  sockets. 


Genus  Procyon. — Dental  formula  : 


1—1 


6—6 


6 

Incisors  ^  Ca- 


-,  Molars  ^;^=  40. 


The  two  true  molars 


on  each  side  are  equal,  or  nearly  so ;  and  the  car- 
nassicre  nearly  resembles  the  true  molars,  not  being 
suited  to  cutting  flesh. 

851,  852.— The  Racoon 
(Proci/on  lotor).    Raton  of  the  French;   Mapach, 
Yllamaton,   Maxile,  and  Cioatlamacazque   of  the 
Mexicans,  according  to  Hernandez. 

Notwithstanding  Buffon's  assertion  to  the  con- 
trary, the  Racoon  inhabits  Canada  as  well  as  the 
warmer  regions  of  America  ;  its  range  being  from 
about  50°  north  lat.,  extending  through  Mexico  and 
the  United  States,  and  thence,  as  it  would  seem,  into 
South  America  as  far  as  Paraguay.  In  size  these 
animals  equal  a  common  fox,  having  a  stout  body 
with  moderate  limbs,  and  a  plantigrade,  or  rather 
semi-plantigrade,  walk ;  for  though  the  sole  is  naked 
it  is  only  when  the  racoon  rests  that  it  is  totally  ap- 
plied to  the  ground.  The  toes,  five  in  number,  are 
armed  with  sharp  claws ;  the  muzzle  is  acute,  the 
nose  tapering  beyond  the  lips,  and  flexible  ;  the  eyes 
are  moderate,  with  a  circular  pupil ;  the  ears  are 
short,  erect,  and  rounded  ;  the  whiskers  long  ;  the 
tail  moderate,  and  somewhat  bushy.  General  co- 
lour brownish  grey,  the  tail  being  tinged  with  a 
blackish  tint ;  muzzle  dirty  white  ;  a  black  or  dark- 
brown  mark  across  the  eyes  and  cheek,  and  another 
between  the  eyes,  extending  from  the  forehead ; 
under  parts  pale  grey. 

The  racoons  are  nocturnal  in  their  habits,  sleep- 
ing out  the  day  in  their  holes,  and  prowling  at  night 
in  search  of  food.  The  borders  of  the  sea  and  the 
margins  of  swamps  and  rivers  are  their  favourite 
localities  ;  and  they  prey  upon  small  animals,  birds, 
eggs,  and  insects,  adding  roots,  fruits,  and  sweet 
succulent  vegetables  to  their  diet.  .Nor  are  crabs, 
oysters,  and  other  "  shell-fish"  less  acceptable,  for 
which  they  visit  the  shores  at  low  wafer.  'To  the 
partiality  of  the  racoon  for  oysters  we  can  ourselves 
testify  ;  for  some  years  since  we  repeatedly  tried  one 
of  these  animals  with  the  hard-shelled  mollusk  in 
question,  which  it  greedily  devoured.  Its  first 
action  was  to  crush  the  hinge  of  the  shell  between 
its  teeth  :  which  done,  it  wrenched  the  two  valves  so 
far  asunder  as  to  enable  it  to  scrape  out  the  mollusk 
with  its  claws. 

In  the  description  of  a  tame  racoon  by  M.  Blan- 
quart  des  Salines,  we  are  informed,  "  It  opens  oysters 
with  wonderful  skill ;  it  is  sufiicient  to  break  the 
hinge,  ils  paws  complete  the  work.  It  must  have 
an  excellent  sense  of  touch.  In  this  operation  rarely 
does  it  avail  itself  of  sight  or  smell ;  for  instance,  it 
passes  the  oyster  under  its  hind-paws,  then  without 
looking  seeks  by  its  hands  the  weakest  place :  it 
there  digs  in  its  claws,  forces  apart  the  vaWes,  and 
tears  out  the  fish  in  fragments,  leaving  nothing 
behind."  This  was  precisely  what  we  ourselves 
witnessed. 

The  racoon  is  asserted  to  have  the  habit  of  dipping 
its  food  into  water  before  eating  it,  whence  it  has 
received  the  appellation  of  lotor,  or  washer ;  but 
although  we  have  had  numerous  opportunities  of 
observing  the  animal  in  captivity,  we  never  saw  this 
mode  of  proceeding. 

Though  incapable  of  grasping  objects  with  its 
paws,  the  racoon  can  hold  its  food  between  them 
pressed  together,  in  doing  which  it  usually  sits  upon 
its  haunches  like  a  bear,  and  in  this  attitude  it  very 
often  feeds. 

Of  the  senses  of  this  animal,  that  of  smell  is  the 
most  developed,  and  is  very  acute  :  the  eyes,  though 
the  pupil  is  round,  are  better  adapted  for  twilight  "or 
night  than  for  the  glare  of  day ;  indeed,  a  strong 
light  distresses  and  confuses  these  animals  exceed- 


Panda.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


191 


ingly.  In  its  natural  state,  in  fact,  the  racoon  is 
nocturnal,  and  it  is  most  probably  from  the  circum- 
stance of  the  eyes  being  incapable  of  sustaining  day- 
light, that  blindness  from  cataract  (opacity  of  the 
lens)  is  so  common  in  these  animals  in  a  state  of 
captivity,  when  they  are  liable  to  be  roused  up,  and 
are  often  kept  awake  during  the  whole  or  greater 
part  of  the  day. 

The  gait  of  the  racoon  on  the  ground  is  oblique, 
and  when  it  moves  quickly  its  mode  of  progression 
consists  of  a  series  of  bounds,  reminding  us  of  the 
lemurs,  but  with  nothing  of  their  grace  and  light- 
ness. When  taken  young  this  animal  is  easily 
tamed,  becomes  playful,  and  is  fond  of  being 
noticed  and  caressed,  but  is  at  the  same  time  very 
capricious  and  easily  oifended ;  and  to  some  per- 
sons, without  any  apparent  cause,  it  will  show  from 
the  iirst  marked  signs  of  hostility.  When  enraged 
or  desirous  of  attacking  a  person,  the  racoon  ad- 
vances, as  we  have  often  witnessed,  with  arched 
back  and  bristly  hairs,  and  with  it^  chin  or  under 
jaws  close  to  the  ground,  uttering  gruff  sounds  of 
displeasure.  If  once  injured  it  seldom  forgives  its 
enemy. 

It  greedily  attacks  poultry  within  its  reach,  and  is 
as  cunning  and  destructive  as  the  fox ;  though,  ac- 
cording to  M.  Blanquart  des  Salines,  it  only  devours 
their  heads,  which  agrees  with  Dr.  Richardson's 
observations. 

When  roused  from  its  diurnal  indolence,  the  ra- 
coon is  restless,  inquisitive,  and  prying ;  it  climbs 
with  the  greatest  skill,  in  the  same  manner  as  a  bear, 
ascending  and  descending  a  tree,  a  pole,  or  branches 
fastened  in  its  apartment,  with  the  utmost  address. 
It  is  apt  to  become  very  fat,  and  its  flesh  is  said 
to  be  palatable.  The  fur  is  used  in  the  hat  manu- 
facture, and  the  skins  are  imported  in  tolerable 
numbers. 

6 

Genus  Ailurus.—BentaX  formula :  Incisors  -,  Ca- 

6 

nines   ^~^ ;  Molars  =  36.     In   dentition  this 

1—1  5—3 

genus  approaches  that  of  the  racoons  ;  but  the  mo- 
lars have  their  crowns  studded  with  sharp  tubercles, 
which,  as  in  General  Hardwicke's  specimen,  become 
worn  down  by  long  usage.  The  molars  of  the 
upper  jaw  are  broad  and  large,  those  of  the  lower 
jaw  narrow.  Fig.  8.53  represents  the  teeth  of  the 
Panda ;  a  and  b  are  the  incisors,  or  front  teeth,  of 
the  upper  and  lower  jaw. 

854.— The  Panda 
(Ailurusftdgens).  The  Panda  is  an  inhabitant  of 
the  Himalayan  Hills,  between  Nepal  and  the  Snowy 
Mountains,  and  was  first  discovered  by  General 
Hardwicke,  who  published  a  description  in  the  fif- 
teenth volume  of  the  '  Linn.  Trans.'  Subsequently 
M.  Duvaucel  sent  the  skin  of  the  animal  to  Paris, 
and  a  description  and  figure  were  published  by  F. 
Cuvier  in  the  fifteenth  number  of  the  'Histoire  des 
Mammiffires,'  which  appeared  prior  to  the  paper  by 
General  Hardwicke. 

The  Panda  is  a  short-muzzled  animal,  covered 
with  full  soft  fur,  and  having  a  tail  of  moderate 
length,  resembling  a  lady's  boa.  In  size  the  animal 
equals  a  badger,  and  is  of  a  robust  figure.  Its  limbs 
are  stout:  its  feet  five-toed  ;  but  the  soles,  instead  of 
being  naked,  are  covered  with  thick  close  wool  of  a 
pure  white  in  some  specimens,  of  a  greyish  white  in 
others,  forming  a  singular  contrast  to  the  deep 
black  of  the  legs  and  under  surface.  The  claws  are 
short,  sharp,  and  semi-retractile.  Fig.  855:  a  re- 
presents the  anterior  foot,  left  side ;  b,  the  hinder 
foot,  right  side  ;  c,  the  sole  of  one  of  the  posterior 
feet,  showing  its  woolly  covering.  The  ears  are 
short,  pointed,  and  lined  and  tufted  with  white  fur. 
The  colour  of  the  upper  surface  is  beautiful  fulvous 
red,  the  head  being  much  paler  ;  the  muzzle  is 
white,  with  a  red  dash  beneath  the  eyes ;  the  tail  is 
banded  red  and  yellow,  but  not  very  strongly  ;  the 
limbs  and  under  parts  are  abruptly  black.  The  fur, 
which  is  very  full  and  deep,  consists  of  a  woolly 
undercoat,  with  long  soft  hairs  overlaying  it. 

We  learn  from  General  Hardwicke  that  the 
haunts  of  the  Panda  "  are  about  rivers  and  moun- 
tain torrents."  It  lives  much  in  trees,  and  feeds  on 
birds  and  the  smaller  mammalia;  it  is  frequently 
discovered  by  its  loud  cry  or  call  resembling  the 
word  wha,  ol>en  repeating  the  same  ;  hence  is  de- 
rived one  of  the  local  names  by  which  it  is  known. 
It  is  also  called  the  Chitwa. 

Genus  Nasua : — 

8.56.— The  Brown  Coati 
( Nasua ftisca).  The  Coatis,  or  Coati-mondis  (Nasua), 
are  restricted  to  the  warmer  regions  of  the  American 
continent,  and  in  dentition  and   general    economy 
approximate  to  the  racoons. 

These  curious  animals,  formerly  placed  by  Lin- 
naeus with  the  ViverriB,  cannot  easily  be  confounded 
with  those  of  any  other  group. 

They  may  be  known  at  once  by_  the  peculiar 
elongation  of  their  snout,  which  projects  consider- 


ably beyond  the  lower  jaw.  This  snout  is  not,  as 
in  the  hog,  supported  by  a  continuation  of  the 
nasal  bone,  but  is  a  cylindrical  and  flexible  pro- 
boscis, with  a  truncated  extremity,  forming  a  sort 
of  disc  where  the  nostrils  open,  and  altogether 
giving  a  singular  character  to  their  physiognomy. 
"They  turn  it  about  in  various  directions  while  in 
search  for  food,  and  root  with  it  in  the  eaith  in 
quest  of  worms  and  insects.  The  eyes  are  small, 
but  quick  ;  the  ears  moderate  and  rounded ;  the 
body  long,  deep,  and  compressed ;  the  tail  long ; 
the  limbs  short  and  stout ;  the  toes  five  on  each 
foot,  and  armed  with  large  powerful  claws,  well 
adapted  for  digging.  The  fur  is  rather  coarse,  but 
long,  full,  and  close  ;  the  tail  is  ringed  with  alter- 
nate bands  of  dark  and  pale  tints — in  the  red 
coati  (Nasua  rufa)  of  rufous,  in  the  brown  coati 
(N.  fusca)  of  dusky  brown.  The  canine  teeth  are 
remarkable  for  their  size  and  sharpness,  especially 
those  of  the  upper  jaw,  which  are  compressed,  and 
have  a  cutting  edge  both  before  and  behind. 

In  captivity  these  animals  sleep  much  during  the 
day,  and  are  most  active  as  the  evening  advances, 
at  which  time  they  traverse  their  cage,  turn  their 
snout  from  side  to  side,  and  pry  into  every  corner. 
They  do  not,  however,  pass  the  whole  of  the  day  in 
sleep,  but  are  active  for  hours  together,  retiring  to 
rest  only  at  intervals.  Their  temper  is  capricious : 
we  have,  indeed,  seen  some  individuals  tolerably 
good-tempered,  but  most  are  savage,  and  their  bite 
is  very  severe. 

In  drinking,  the  coati  laps  like  a  dog ;  but  as  its 
long  snout  would  be  in  the  way  during  this  opera- 
tion, it  turns  it  up,  so  as  to  prevent  its  being  sub- 
merged. 

These  animals  are  highly  gifted  with  the  sense  of 
smell ;  they  examine  everything  with  their  long 
nose,  which  is  in  almost  perpetual  motion.  Their 
temper  is  irritable  and  capricious ; — they  cannot 
be  trusted,  even  by  those  with  whose  persons  they 
are  the  most  familiar,  and  consequently,  are  not  to 
be  touched  without  great  caution.  Their  voice, 
seldom  exerted,  is,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  a 
gentle  hissing  ;  but  when  irritated  or  alarmed,  they 
utter  a  singularly  shrill  cry,  something  like  that  of 
a  bird.  They  defend  themselves  vigorously  when 
attacked  by  a  dog,  or  any  animal,  and  inflict 
desperate  wounds.  Like  the  racoon,  they  are  said 
to  be  fond  of  the  juice  of  the  sugar-cane,  but  we 
know  not  on  what  authority.  Azara  does  not 
allude  to  this  partiality  ;  it  is,  however,  far  from 
being  improbable.  In  climbing  they  descend  head 
foremost,  being  in  this  respect  unlike  the  bear, 
which  animal  they  far  surpass  in  activy,  being 
indeed  better  climbers  than  even  the  cat,  and 
exceeded  among  their  own  tribe  only  by  the  kin- 
kajou,  whose  prehensile  tail  gives  it  a  great  ad- 
vantage. 

In  their  native  climate  they  tenant  the  woods, 
living  for  the  most  part  in  small  troops  among  the 
trees,  which  they  climb  with  great  address,  and 
prey  upon  birds,  which  they  surprise,  rifling  also 
their  nests  of  eggs,  or  unfledged  young.  Worms, 
insects,  and  roots  form  also  part  of  their  diet. 

The  species  presented  in  the  cut  is  the  brown 
coati  (N.  fusca).  Its  colours  are  very  variable,  the 
brown  being  more  or  less  tinged  with  yellow,  and 
sometimes  shaded  with  black  ;  the  under  surface  is 
yellowish  grey;  the  snout  is  generally  black,  and 
several  spots  or  marks  of  greyish  yellow  encircle 
the  eye.  It  is  a  native  of  Brazil,  Guiana,  and 
Paraguay. 

6 

Genus  Cercoleptes. — Dental  formula :— Incisors-, 

Canines  _^L ,  Molars =  36. 

1_1  .5—5 

Fig.  a57  represents  the  Teeth  of  the  Kinkajou. 

858,  859.— The  Kwkajou 
{Cercoleptes  Cavrlivolmlus).  Of  the  genus  Cerco- 
leptes one  species  only  is  known,  the  Kinkajou, 
Potto,  Mexican  Weasel,  or  Yellow  Macauco  of  Pen- 
nant ;  the  true  affinities  and  situation  of  which  in 
the  system  of  mammalia  seem  sadly  to  have  puzzled 
naturalists. 

The  kinkajou  is  a  native  of  Southern  and  Inter- 
tropical America,  where  it  appears  to  be  extensively 
spread,  and  is  known  under  different  appellations. 
In  New  Granada  it  is  called,  by  the  native  Indians, 
Gushumbi,  and  Manaviri  in  the  mission  of  Rio 
Negro.  In  its  manners  it  much  resembles  the 
coati-mondi  (Nasua  fusca),  but  differs  from  that 
animal  not  only  in  the  shape  of  the  head,  which  is 
short  and  compact,  but  also  in  having  a  prehensile 
tail.  Of  recluse  and  solitary  habits,  the  kinkajou 
lives  for  the  most  part  among  the  branches  of 
trees  in  large  woods  or  forests,  and  is  in  every  re- 
spect well  adapted  for  climbing:  being,  however, 
decidedly  nocturnal,  it  is  but  little  exposed  to  the 
observation  even  of  those  who  sojourn  among  the 
places  frequented  by  it.  During  the  day  it  sleeps 
in  its  retreat,  rolled  up  like  a  ball,  and,  if  roused, 


appears  torpid  and  inactive.  As  soon,  however, 
as  the  dusk  of  evening  sets  in,  it  is  fully  awake, 
and  is  all  activity,  displaying  the  utmosi  restless- 
ness and  address,  climbing  from  branch  to  branch 
in  quest  of  food,  and  using  its  prehensile  tail,  to 
assist  itself  in  its  manoeuvres.  Few  mammalia  are 
more  incommoded  by  light  than  the  kinkajou  :  we 
have  seen  the  pupils  of  the  eyes  contracted  to  a 
mere  round  point,  even  when  the  rays  of  the  sun 
have  not  been  very  bright,  while  the  animal  at  the 
same  time  testified  by  its  actions  its  aversion  to  the 
unwelcome  glare. 

In  size,  the  kinkajou  is  equal  to  a  full-grown  cat, 
but  its  limbs  are  much  stouter  and  more  muscular, 
and  its  body  more  firmly  built.  In  walking,  the 
sole  of  the  foot  is  applied  fairly  to  the  ground,  as  in 
the  case  of  the  badger.  Its  claws  are  strong  and 
curved,  the  toes  on  each  foot  being  five.  The  ears 
are  short  and  rounded.  The  fur  is  full,  but  not  loner, 
and  very  closely  set.  There  is  no  animal  among 
the  Carnivora  (as  far  as  our  eiperience  goes)  in 
which  the  tongue  is  endowed  with  more  remarkable 
powers  of  extension.  Among  ruminating  animals, 
the  giraffe  is,  as  we  know,  capable  of  extending  this 
organ  to  a  very  great  length,  and  of  using  it  much 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  elephant  does  the  ex- 
tremity of  his  proboscis,  drawing  down  by  it  the 
twigs  and  boughs  of  the  trees,  upon  the  leaves  of 
which  the  creature  feeds ;  in  like  manner  can  the 
kinkajou  thrust  forth  its  tongue,  a  long  and  slender 
instrument,  capable  of  being  inserted  into  crevices 
or  fissures,  in  search  of  insects,  reptiles,  or  the  eggs 
of  birds.  Baron  Humboldt  informs  us  that  this  ani- 
mal is  an  extensive  devastator  of  the  nests  of  the 
wild  bee,  whence  the  Spanish  missionaries  have 
given  it  the  name  of  "  honey-bear,"  and  that  it  uses 
its  long  tongue  to  lick  up  the  honey  from  the  cells 
of  the  comb.  In  addition,  however,  to  this  food, 
birds,  eggs,  small  animals,  roots,  and  fruits  consti- 
tute  the  diet  of  the  kinkajou ;  and,  as  we  have  seen, 
it  will  draw  these  articles  towards  it  with  ils  tongue, 
when  presented  just  within  its  reach.  In  drinking 
it  laps  like  a  dog,  and  also  makes  use  of  its  fore- 
paws  occasionally  in  holding  food,  and  even  in  con- 
veying it  to  the  mouth,  as  well  as  in  seizing  its 
prey.  In  its  aspect  there  is  something  of  gentle- 
ness and  good-nature  ;  and  in  captivity  it  is  ex- 
tremely playful,  familiar,  and  fond  of  being  noticed. 
In  its  natural  state,  however,  it  is  sanguinary  and 
resolute. 

An  individual  of  this  species  died  at  the  gardens 
of  the  Zoological  Society  :  it  had  lived  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  Society  about  seven  years,  and  was 
remarkable  for  gentleness  and  its  playful  disposition. 
During  the  greater  part  of  the  day  it  was  usually 
asleep,  rolled  up  in  the  inner  partition  of  a  box  of  its 
large  cage  ;  this,  indeed,  was  invariably  the  case  in 
the  morning,  unless  purposely  disturbed,  but  in  the 
afternoon  it  would  often  voluntarily  come  out,  tra- 
verse its  cage,  take  food,  and  play  with  those  to 
whom  it  was  accustomed.  Clinging  to  the  top  wires 
of  its  cage  with  its  hind-paws  and  tail,  it  would  thus 
suspend  itself,  swinging  backwards  and  forwards, 
and  assuming  a  variety  of  antic  positions.  When 
thus  hanging,  it  could  bring  up  its  body  with  the 
greatest  ease,  so  as  to  cling  with  its  fore-paws  as 
well  as  the  hind  pair  to  the  wires,  and  in  this  man- 
ner it  would  travel  up  and  down  its  cage  with  the 
utmost  address,  every  now  and  then  thrusting  forth 
its  long  tongue  between  the  wires,  as  if  in  quest  of 
food,  which  if  offered  outside  its  cage,  it  would 
generally  endeavour  to  draw  in  with  this  organ.  It 
was  very  fond  of  being  stroked  and  gently  scratched, 
and  when  at  play  with  any  one  it  knew,  it  would 
pretend  to  bite,  seizing  the  hand  or  fingers  with  its 
teeth,  as  a  dog  will  do  when  gambolling  with  its 
master,  but  without  hurting  or  intending  injury.  As 
the  evening  came  on,  its  liveliness  and  restlessness 
would  increase.  It  was  then  full  of  animation, 
traversing  the  space  allotted  to  it  in  every  direction, 
examining  every  object  within  its  reach,  rolling 
and  tumbling  about,  and  swinging  to  and  fro  from 
the  wires  of  the  cage :  nor  was  its  good-humour 
abated  ;  it  would  gambol  and  play  with  its  keepers, 
and  exhibit  in  every  movement  the  most  surprising 
energy.  In  this  state  of  exercise  it  would  pass  the 
night,  retiring  to  rest  on  the  dawn  of  the  morning. 
The  age  of  this  individual  is  not  ascertained;  the 
state  of  its  teeth,  however,  which  are  much  worn 
down,  shows  it  to  have  attained  an  advanced  period  ; 
its  colour  was  a  pale  yellowish  grey,  inclining  to 
tawny — the  hairs,  in  certain  lights,  have  a  glossy  ap- 
pearance. Its  dissection  after  death  fully  confirmed 
the  propriety  of  assigning  it  a  place  among  the 
plantigrade  Carnivora. 

The  Binturong  (Arctitii  Binturong,  Temminck  ; 
Tetides  ater,  F.  Cuv.)  seems  to  take  the  place  of 
the  kinkajou  in  the  forests  of  Java  and  Sumatra. 
These  animals  are  prehensile-tailed  and  arboreal, 
and  resemble  the  racoons  in  the  principal  details  of 
their  dentition.  They  live  both  on  animal  and  ve- 
getable food, and  are  particularly  fond  of  plantains; 
they  also  eat  eggs  and  birds. 


niO Brown  Cottl 


192 


S59. — Kinkajou. 


»T0.— Dingo. 


-MMtiir. 


No.  25. 


869.— Miitln. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATUKE.] 


857.— Spaniel, 


193 


194 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Dogs. 


CANID^  (the  Cajjink  F»mily). 
Tiiw  family  includes  the  Dog.  the  Wolf,  the  Jackal, 
the  Fox,  and  the  Lycaon ;  in  otiier  wo«U,  all  those 
animaU  which  Linn»u(  assigm  to  his  genus  Canis, 
and  which,  though  agreeing  in  dentition,  and  in  the 
digiliRrade  structure  of  the  feet,  may  nevertheless 
with  propriety  be  divided  into  subgeneric  groups. 
In  all  the  muizle  is  elongated  ;  the  bony  palate 
terminates  in  a  line  with  the  hinder  margin  of  the 
posterior  molars,  in  this  respect  differing  from  that 
of  other  Camivora ;  and  there  are  two  true  molars 
on  each  side  both  of  the  upper  and  lower  jaw.  The 
genus  Megalotis,  in  the  form  of  the  lower  jaw,  in  the 
dentition,  and  in  the  prolongation  of  the  bony 
palate,  offers  an  exception  to  the  general  rule. 

Dental   formula :— Incisors,  -;    Canines,   -II- ; 
0  1 — I 


o 3  J J         2—2 

Molar*— false  - — :,cama«8i4re8j-— ^,true^--^  . 


.42. 


The  true  molars  below  are  small,  the  last  being  even 
minute,  as  is  the  first  false  molar,  and  often  drop- 
ping out  early.  Fig.  860  illustrates  the  dentition 
of  the  dog. 

Fore  feet  with  five  foes ;  hind  feet  with  four  toes, 
and  sometimes  a  fifth  on  the  tarsus  ;  claws  not  re- 
tractile. 

Genus  Cams: — 

861,  8C2,  863,  &c.— The  Dog 

(Canitfinniliaris).  Our  '  Pictorial  Museum '  is  rich 
both  in  skulU  and  examples  of  the  races  into  which 
the  domestic  dog  has  ramified,  and  which  are  so  nu- 
merous and  interblended,  as  to  present  every  variety 
of  size,  form,  and  disposition,  from  the  high-bred 
greyhound  or  gigantic  mastiff,  to  the  puny  cur  or 
ill-formed  mongrel. 

Turning  first  to  the  skulls,  we  may  observe  that 
Figs.  8(i4  and  865  represent  the  skull  of  the  mas- 
tiff (Dogiie  de  forte  race)  in  two  views;  and  it  may 
be  added  that  though  the  head  is  larger  by  a  third 
or  more  than  those  of  the  shepherd's  dog  and  spaniel, 
the  cranial  capacity  is  by  no  means  so  great.  Figs. 
866  and  867  show  the  skull  of  the  spaniel  (Barbet) 
in  two  views;  Figs.  868  and  869,  the  skull  of  the 
Danish  dog  (Matin)  in  two  views,  Fig.  870,  the 
skull  of  the  half  wild  Australian  dingo,  may  be  con- 
trasted with  Fig.  871,  the  skull  of  the  intelligent 
shepherd's  dog. 

It  is  with  a  feeling  of  something  like  hesitation 
that  we  enter  upon  the  history  of  the  dog,  respect- 
ing whose  origin  few  naturalists  have  an  opinion 
in  common,  and  which  has  given  rise  to  many  con- 
jectures. 

It  was  the  opinion  of  Pallas  that  the  dog  is  a  fac- 
titious animal,  that  is,  not  descended  from  any 
single  original  wild  stock,  but  from  a  mixture  of 
nearly  allied  primitive  species,  whose  hybrid  off- 
springs have  possessed  prolific  powers;  and  he 
observes  that  those  domesticated  animals  which 
either  do  not  intermix  with  other  species,  or  which 
produce  with  others  an  unprolific  progeny,  are  very 
little  changed,  however  completely  and  anciently 
they  have  been  under  the  dominion  of  man.  "When 
indeed  we  look  at  the  great  differences  in  instincts, 
form,  and  size  which  the  domestic  dog  exhibits,  we 
find  it  difficult  to  believe,  interbreed  as  they  may 
together,  that  all  are  the  lineal  descendants  of  one 
common  origin.  Yet  is  this  opinion  the  most  gene- 
rally entertained.  Mr.  Bell  even  goes  a  step  farther, 
and  refers  the  domestic  dog  to  the  wolf  as  its  pri- 
maeval parent ;  some  indeed  have  referred  it  to  the 
jackal. 

"In  order,"  saysMr.  Bell,  "to  come  to  any  rational 
conclusion  on  this  head,  it  will  be  necessary  to 
ascertain  to  what  type  the  animal  approaches  most 
nearly,  after  having  for  many  successive  generations 
existed  in  a  wild  state,  removed  from  the  influence 
of  domestication  and  of  association  with  mankind. 
Now  we  find  that  there  are  several  different  instances 
of  dogs  in  such  a  state  of  wildness  as  to  have  lost 
that  common  character  of  domestication,  variety  of 
colour  and  marking.  Of  these,  two  very  remark- 
able ones  are  the  Dhale  of  India  and  the  Dingo  of 
Australia.  There  is  besides  a  half-reclaimed  race 
amongst  the  Indians  of  North  America,  and  another 
also  partially  tamed  in  South  America,  which 
deserve  attention  ;  and  it  is  found  that  these  races 
in  different  degrees,  and  in  a  greater  degree  as  they 
are  more  wild,  exhibit  the  lank  and  gaunt  form, 
the  lengthened  limbs,  the  long  and  slender  muzzle, 
and  the  great  comparative  strength  which  charac- 
terize the  wolf;  and  that  the  tiiil  of  the  Australian 
dog,  which  may  be  considered  as  the  most  remote 
from  a  state  of  domestication,  assumes  the  slightly 
bushy  form  of  that  animal.  We  have  here  then  a 
considerable  approximation  to  a  well-known  animal 
ofihe  same  genus, which,  though  doubtlessdescended 
from  domesticated  ancestors,  have  gradually  assumed 
the  wild  condition ;  and  it  is  worthy  of  special 
remark  that  the  anatomy  of  the  wolf,  and  its  osteo- 
logy in  particular,  does  not  diffar  from  that  of  the 


dogs  in  general,  more  than  the  different  kinds  of 
dogs  do  from  each  other.  The  cranium  is  abso- 
lutely similar,  and  so  are  all  or  nearly  all  the  other 
essential  parts;  and  to  strengthen  still  further  the 
probability  of  their  identitv,  the  dog  and  wolf  will 
readily  breed  together,  and  their  progeny  is  fettile. 
The  obliquity  of  the  position  of  the  eyes  of  the 
wolf  is  one  of  the  characters  in  which  if  differs  from 
the  dogs ;  and  although  it  is  very  desirable  not  to 
rest  too  much  upon  the  effects  of  habit  on  structure, 
it  is  not  perhaps  straining  the  point  to  attribute  the 
forward  direction  of  the  eyes  in  the  dogs  to  the 
constant  habit,  for  many  successive  generations,  of 
looking  towards  their  master  and  obeying  his  voice." 
Mr.  Bell  adds,  as  another  corroborative  circumstance, 
the  fact  that  the  period  of  gestation  in  the  dog  and 
the  wolf  is  the  same,  sixty-three  days,  while  in  the 
jackal  it  is  fifty-nine  days. 

The  opinion  of  so  eminent  and  judicious  a  naturalist 
is  certainly  entitled  to  great  weight ;  but  while  we 
admit  that  Mr.  Bell  has  made  a  strong  case,  we 
cannot  but  observe  that  several  points  are  defective. 
In  the  first  place,  it  is  assumed  that  all  wild  dogs 
are  the  descendants  of  a  domestic  race  ;  but  though 
respecting  some  few  this  may  be  true,  yet  it  by  no 
means  follows  that  the  assertion  applies  to  all : 
we  may  instance  the  Biiinsu,  or  wild  dog  of  NepSI, 
described  by  ]\fr.  Hodgson  under  fhe  title  of  Canis 
primaevus.  This  animal,  which  he  believes  to  be 
the  origin  of  the  domestic  dog,  and  not  its  descend 
ant,  ranges  from  the  Sutlege  to  fhe  Burhampootra, 
and  seems  to  extend,  with  some  immaterial  dif- 
ferences, into  the  Vindyia.  the  Ghauts,  the  Nilgiris, 
the  Casiah  Hills,  and  the  chain  passing  brokenly 
fiom  Mirzapore  through  South  Bahar  and  Orissa 
to  the  Coromandel  Coast.  "  Of  this  race,  although 
so  wild  as  rarely  to  be  seen,  Mr.  Hodgson  has 
succeeded  in  obtaining  many  individuals.  He  is 
consequently  enabled  to  describe  not  only  the  form 
and  colours,  but  the  manners  also,  which  he  does 
in  great  detail.  Some  of  those  he  obtained  pro- 
duced young  in  captivity,  having  been  pregnant 
when  taken.  The  Bu-insu,  he  observes,  preys  by 
night  as  well  as  by  day,  and  hunts  in  packs  of  fi  om 
six  to  ten  individuals,  maintaining  the  chase  rather 
by  its  powers  of  smell  than  by  the  eye,  and  gene- 
rally overcoming  its  quarry  by  force  and  perse- 
verance. In  hunting  it  barks  like  a  hound,  but  its 
bark  is  peculiar,  and  equally  unlike  that  of  the 
cultivated  breeds  of  dogs  and  the  strains  of  the 
jackal  and  the  fox.  Adults  in  captivity  made  no 
approach  towards  domestication  ;  but  a  young  one 
which  Mr.  Hodgson  obtained  when  it  was  not  more 
than  a  month  old,  became  sensible  to  caresses, 
distinguished  the  dogs  of  its  own  kennel  from  others, 
as  well  as  its  keepers  from  strangers  ;  and  on  the 
whole,  its  conduct  manifested  to  the  full  as  much 
intelligence  as  any  of  his  sporting  dogs  of  the  same 
age."     ('  Zool.  Proceds.,'  1833,  p.  111.) 

In  the  same  number  of  the  '  Proceeds.'  is  the 
notice  of  a  communication  from  W.  A.  Wooler, 
Esq.,  giving  an  account  of  a  wild  dog  from  the 
Mahablishwar  Hills,  in  the  Presidency  of  Bombay, 
and  called  there  Dhale.  The  habits  of  this  dog  in 
a  state  of  nature  accord  with  those  of  the  Biiinsii 
of  Nepfll,  and  with  which  animal  it  is  most  probably 
identical. 

Colonel  Sykes  proves,  we  think,  that  the  wild 
dog  of  the  Dukhun,  called  by  fhe  Mahrattas  Kolsun, 
is  fhe  same  as  the  Biiansii  of  NepSI,  the  skulls  and 
external  characters  precisely  agreeing.  ('  Zool.  Pro- 
ceeds.,' 1833,  p.  133.) 

Colonel  Sykes  observes,  that  this  dog  differs  from 
any  wild  species  hitherto  described.  Its  head  is 
compressed  and  elongated  ;  its  nose  not  very  sharp ; 
the  eyes  are  oblique,  the  pupils  round,  the  irides 
light  brown.  The  expression  of  fhe  countenance 
is  that  of  a  coarse,  ill-natured  Persian  greyhound, 
without  any  resemblance  to  the  jackal,  the  fox,  or 
fhe  wolf;  and  in  consequence  essentially  distinct 
from  the  Canis  Quao,  or  Sumatrensis,  of  General 
Hardwicke.  The  ears  are  long,  erect,  and  some- 
what rounded  at  fhe  top  ;  fhe  limbs  are  remarkably 
large  and  strong  in  relation  to  the  bulk  of  fhe  animal, 
which  is  intermediate  in  size  between  the  wolf  and 
jackal ;  it  hunts  in  packs,  and  in  the  stomach  of 
one  killed  was  found  a  portion  of  the  Nylghau  ante- 
lope.    ('  Zool.  Proceeds.,'  1831,  p.  100.) 

Here  then  we  have  a  genuine  wild  dog,  called 
in  the  different  mountain  districts  it  inhabits, 
Biiiinsu,  Dhale,  and  Kolsun,  of  a  sandy  red  or  rufous 
colour,  and  destitute  of  fhe  last  small  molar  of  the 
lower  jaw.  Colonel  Baber,  in  a  note  subjoined  to 
Col.  Sykes's  description  in  fhe  '  Trans.  Asiat.  Soc.,' 
states  that  it  was  often  seen  by  him  on  fhe  western 
coast,  and  in  the  Balaghat  district,  where  it  is  nu- 
merous. "  As  often,"  he  adds,  "as  I  have  met  with 
them,  they  have  invariably  been  in  packs  of  from 
thirty  to  perhaps  sixty,  fhey  must  be  very  formi- 
dable, as  all  animals  are  very  much  afraid  of  them. 
!j  Frequently  remains  of  hogs  and   deer  have   been 

I  brought  to  me,  which  had  been  taken  overnight  by 

II  these  wild  dogs.    The  natives  assert  that  they  kill 


tigers  and  chetahs,  and  there  is  no  doubl  of  the 
fact.  It  is  quite  correct  fhat  they  are  found  in  the 
Nilageris,  though  only  in  the  western  parts.  I 
myself  was  followed,  while  travelling  between  the 
Paifera  river  and  Naddlbaft,  a  distance  of  eight  or 
nine  miles,  by  a  pack  of  them  ;  and  had  I  not  re- 
peatedly fired  off  my  pistols,  they  would  certainly 
have  carried  away  three  or  four  terriers  and  SpanLsh 
dogs  that  were  following  me  at  the  time.  Two  or 
three  times  I  succeeded  in  getting  young  ones,  but 
I  did  not  keep  them  longer  than  three  or  four 
weeks,  they  were  so  very  wild  as  well  as  shy.  It 
was  only  at  night  that  they  would  eat,  and  then 
most  voraciously." 

With  respect  to  the  Canis  Quao  of  General  Hard- 
wicke, it  is  a  red  wolfish-looking  dog  in  the  Ram- 
ghur  Hills;  the  Canis  Sumatrensis  is  a  wild  dog  of 
fhe  same  general  characters,  found  in  Sumatra,  but 
with  ears  less  acutely  pointed. 

From  every  account  of  wild  dogs,  it  would  appear 
that  their  colour  is  always  sandy-yellow  or  red,  a 
colour  occasionally  seen  In  animals  of  the  domestic 
breeds.  We  do  not,  however,  while  we  contend 
fhat  these  wild  dogs  are  genuine,  pretend  to  assert 
that  any  of  them  are  the  originals  of  any  one  of  our 
domestic  breeds ;  all  we  wish  is  to  prove  fhat  there 
are  genuine  wild  dogs,  which  fact  being  established, 
the  necessity  of  looking  to  fhe  wolf  as  fhe  origin  of 
fhe  dog  falls  to  fhe  ground,  for  these  wild  dogs  are 
not  wolves. 

Again,  we  have  yet  to  learn,  and  experiment  only 
can  decide,  fhat  there  is  fhat  pliability,  that  suscep- 
tibility of  modification  in  fhe  physical  and  moral 
nature  of  the  wolf,  which  will  permit  of  its  conver- 
sion into  the  mastiff,  the  setter,  the  greyhound,  and 
fhe  spaniel. 

In  the  next  place,  though  the  wolf  and  dog  will 
breed  together,  their  progeny,  if  fertile,  as  Buffon 
seems  to  prove,  is  so  in  a  low  degree  only,  fhe 
mixed  race  gradually  falling,  and  becoming  extinct; 
but  granting  the  contrary,  nothing  is  proved,  be- 
cause, whatever  naturalists  may  say,  there  is  reason 
to  believe  that  closely  allied  species  (there  are  de- 
grees of  aflSnity)  will  interbreed  and  produce  a  per- 
manently mingled  stock. 

Moreover,  we  have  yet  to  be  shown  a  race  of  true 
wolves,  fhe  descendants  of  dogs  which  have  re- 
turned to  their  natural  condition,  and  reassumed 
their  genuine  characters.  If  the  wild  dogs  which 
we  have  described,  and  which  we  regard  as  genuine, 
be  really  fhe  descendants  of  a  domestic  stock,  even 
then,  seeing  that  they  have  resumed  their  original 
characters  (as  evidenced  by  their  uniformity  of  size, 
figure,  colour,  and  instincts),  the  argument  that  fhe 
wolf  is  the  primaeval  type  of  fhe  dog  is  at  once  nulli- 
fied ;  for,  as  we  have  said,  these  rulbus  wild  dogs 
are  distinct  from  fhe  wolf.  While  we  thus  venture 
to  question  fhe  theory  entertained  by  Mr.  Bell  and 
other  eminent  naturalists,  we  are  not  prepared  to 
point  out  the  origin  or  origins  of  fhe  domestic  dog  ; 
and  we  venture  to  say  that  the  subject  will  always 
remain  a  Gordian  knot,  which  science  will  never  un- 
ravel. Buffon  has  eloquently  observed,  that  "  those 
species  which  man  has  greatly  cultivated,  whether 
belonging  to  the  animal  or  the  vegetable  world, 
are,  beyond  all,  those  which  are  fhe  most  altered  ; 
and  as  fhe  alteration  is  sometimes  to  such  a  degree 
that  we  cannot  recognise  in  them  any  thing  of  their 
primitive  form  (such  being  the  ease  with  wheat, 
which  has  no  resemblance  to  the  plant  from  which 
it  is  supposed  to  have  derived  its  origin),  it  is  not 
impossible  that  among  the  numerous  varieties  of 
the  dog  which  we  see  in  the  present  day,  there  is 
not  one  which  bears  a  resemblance  to  fhe  original 
type,  or  rather,  to  the  first  animal  of  the  species." 

If  we  pass  from  dogs  confessedly  wild  fo  those 
which  are  half-wild,  only  semi-domesticated,  the 
Dingo,  or  Australian  dog,  is  one  of  fhe  most  remark- 
able and  best  known.  Of  the  origin  of  this  dog, 
and  of  fhe  circumstances  connected  with  its  Intro- 
duction into  Australia,  we  are  totally  Ignorant. 
We  know  that  wild  packs  exist  there  in  the  remoter 
districts,  the  scourge  of  the  country,  preying  on  the 
native  kangaroo,  and  making  havoc  among  fhe 
flocks  and  herds  of  the  European  settlers.  So  Wolf- 
like are  these  dogs  in  general  form  (though  they 
are  specifically  distinct  from  fhe  wolf),  that  the 
first  navigators  who  touched  at  New  Holland 
scarcely  recognised  them  as  dogs.  Dampler,  in  the 
account  of  his  voyage  performed  in  16!)9,  states 
that  his  men  saw  two  or  three  beasts  like  hungry 
wolves,  and  the  similarity  is  to  a  certain  degree 
very  striking.  The  domestic  breed,  if  domestic  it 
can  be  called,  in  all  respects  resembles  those  which 
are  completely  emancipated. 

The  Dingo,  called  Warragal  by  the  natives,  is 
about  as  large  as  a  harrier;  its  body  is  firmly  built, 
its  limbs  muscular ;  Its  head  Is  broad  between  fhe 
ears,  and  its  muzzle  is  acute  ;  the  neck  is  thick  and 
powerful  ;  fhe  eai-s  are  short,  pointed,  and  erect ; 
Its  fail,  which  is  rather  long,  is  somewhat  bushy 
and  pendulous,  or  at  most  raised  only  horizontally. 
The  general  colour  is  sandy-red ;  the  eyes  ai-c  rather 


Dogs.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


195 


small  and  oblique,  and  have  a  sinister  expression. 
It  is  not  found  in  Van  Dienien"s  Land. 

The  agility  and  muscular  powers  of  the  dingo  are 
extraordinary,  and  its  cunning  and  ferocity  are  as 
much  so.     It   never  barks,  bnt  howls  loudly  ;  as  far 
as  we  have   observed,  it  never  evinces  pleasure  by 
wagging  the  tail.     A  dingo   bred  in  this   country 
came  some  few  years  since  under  our  personal  ob- 
servations ;  it   was   about  six  weeks  old  when  re- 
moved from  the   mother.     On  putting   the   young 
animal  into  a  room,  it  immediately  skulked  into  the 
darkest  corner,  and  there  crouching,  eyed  us  with 
looks  of  great  distrust  and  aversion  ;  as  soon  as  left 
to  itself,  it  commenced  the  most  melancholy  howl- 
ing, which  ceased  on  any  person's  entrance.     This 
for  some  days  was  its  constant  practice,  and  when 
placed   in  a  kennel  the  greater  part  of  the  day  was 
thus  employed.     It   grew   up  .strong  and  healthy, 
and   gradually  became   reconciled   to   those    from 
whom  it  was  accustomed  to  receive  food,  but  was 
shy  towards  others,  retreating   into   its   kennel   at 
their  approach.     It  never  barked,  nor,  like  other 
dogs,  gave  notice  of  the  approach  of  strangers,  and 
therefore  as  a  guard  was  perfectly  useless.     A  great 
part  of  the  day  was  spent  in  howling,  and  that  so 
loudly  as  to  be  heaid  at  the  distance  of  more  than 
half  a  mile.     When   the   moon   rose    brightly,    it 
would  sit  and  utter  for  hours  its  wild  lamentations, 
not  a  little  to  the  annoyance  of  the  neighbourhood. 
With  all  its  shyness,  it  was  at  the  same  time  savage, 
but   would  never   make  an  open   attack ;    several 
times  it  snapped  at  persons  who   happened  to  be 
walking  within  its  reach,  but  only  when  their  backs 
were  turned,   and  it  immediately   retreated   again 
into  its  kennel.     So  great   was  its  strength,   that 
though  encumbered  by  a  heavy  chain,  it  leaped  a 
wall   of  considerable  height,  and  was  not  secured 
without  difficulty.     Fig.  861,  6,  Figs.  872  and  873,  : 
represent  the  dingo. 

We  have  lately  seen  a  small  dog  from  the  Niger, 
where  it  is  domesticated,  very  nearly  resembling  in 
form  the  dingo,  but  on  a  much  more  diminutive  and 
lighter  scale,  and  with  a  longer  muzzle  in  propor- 
tion ;  its  general  colour  was  reddish.  It  neither  i 
barked  nor  wagged  its  tail,  at  least  when  first  ob- 
tained, but  if  we  mistake  not,  it  subsequently 
learned  the  latter,  if  not  both,  of  these  canine  ac- 
complishments. 

Among  the  wild  races  of  dogs,  or  rather  of  dogs 
become  wild,  to  which  Buffon  alludes,  are  those  of 
South  America  and  the  We»t  Indian  Islands,  con- 
fessedly sprung  from  a  European  slock  abandoned 
by  the  early  settlers  in  the  vast  plains,  and  which 
have  given  origin  to  an  unreclaimed  race.  Azara 
states  that  these  dogs  are  called  Yagoua  (a  name 
given  also  to  the  jaguar)  in  Paraguay,  where  they 
are  very  common,  inhabiting  caves.  They  for- 
merly abounded  in  Hayti,  Cuba,  and  all  the  Carib- 
bean islands,  but  are  now  extirpated  there.  Mr. 
Darwin  alludes  to  wild  dogs  in  Randa  Oriental  as 
attacking  sheep.  According  to  Oexmelin  these 
dogs  resemble  the  greyhound ;  but  others  more 
accurately  describe  them  as  having  the  head  flat 
and  elongated,  the  muzzle  »harp,  the  body  slender, 
the  general  aspect  wild  and  savage.  They  are 
strong  and  active,  and  hunt  their  prey  in  packs. 

It  would  appear,  however,  that  the  Europeans  on 
their  arrival  found  native  dogs  both  in  the  Carib- 
bean Islands  and  in  Peru.  "  Those  belonging  to 
the  savages  of  the  Antilles,"  says  Butfon,  "  had  the 
head  and  ears  very  long,  and  resembled  a  fox  in 
appearance."  (See  'Hist.  Gen.  des  Antilles,'  par  le 
P.  du  Tertre,  Paris,  1667.)  He  also  adds  that  the  In- 
dians of  Peru  had  a  large  and  a  smaller  kind  of  dog, 
whichtheyname  Alco,  and  that  those  of  the  Isthmus 
were  ugly,  with  rough  long  hair  and  erect  ears. 

With  respect  to  the  Alco  of  Peru  and  Mexico, 
we  know  nothing  more  about  it  than  what  Dampier 
and  Fernandez  mention.  The  latter  describes  two 
breeds,  viz.  the  fat  Alco,  or  Michuacaneus,  called 
by  the  natives  Ytzcuinte  porzotli,  and  the  broad- 
footed  Alco,  or  Techichi.  Both  were  small,  some 
of  the  latter  race  not  much  exceeding  a  guinea-pig 
in  size.  The  head  was  small,  the  back  arched,  the 
body  thick,  the  ears  pendulous,  and  the  tail  short. 
An  individual  probably  of  this  race  was  brought 
to  this  country  from  the  neighbourhood  of  Mexico, 
by  Mr.  Bullock ;  it  was  white,  variegated  with 
black  and  reddish  yellow  ;  this  specimen  was  pro- 
cured in  the  mountains  of  Durango,  where  it  bore 
the  name  of  Acolott-e.  It  died  in  a  few  days,  and 
its  stuffed  skin  formed  part  of  the  collection  ex- 
hibited in  Piccadilly,  being;  placed  under  a  glass 
with  a  huge  bull-frog,  which  equalled  it  in  size. 
These  specimens  are,  we  believe,  now  in  the  pos- 
session of  Mr.  Leadeater.  Dogs  resembling  the 
Alco  were  seen  as  early  as  14i)2  in  several  of  the 
West  Indian  Islands,  by  Columbus,  and  were  also 
found  in  Martinique  and  Guadaloupe,  in  1635,  by 
French  navigators,  who  describe  them  as  resembling 
the  httle  Turkish  or  Barbary  dogs  without  hair, 
adding  that  they  were  eaten  by  the  inhabitants. 
All  trace  of  them  is  now  lost. 


The  probability  is  that  these  Alco  dogs  were  not 
indigenes  of  the  soil  either  in  the  islands  or  on  the 
continent  of  Peru,  but  were  brought  by  some  of 
the  tribes  by  whom  South  America  was  populated. 
The  breed  might  have  been  introduced  by  that 
strange  people^  (of  Malay  descent  i")  who  founded 
the  Peruvian  and  Mexican  empires.  In  the  South 
Sea  islands,  dogs  of  a  similar  race  exist,  which  are 
fed  on  vegetable  food,  and  eaten,  as  were  the  Alco 
dogs  in  South  America. 

Wild  dogs  exist  in  Congo,  Guinea,  and  other 
parts  of  Africa,  hunting  in  packs,  and  dwelling  in 
caves  or  burrows.  Clapperton  met  with  them  in 
the  country  beyond  Tinibuctoo.  In  the  island  of 
Teneriffe,  a  large  wolfish  breed  of  dogs  is  domes- 
ticated and  valued  for  the  chase. 

Fig.  874  presents  the  portraits  of  a  leash  of  fine 
hounds  from  Africa,  by  Major  Denham,  who  had 
employed  them  in  hunting  the  gazelle,  in  the  chase 
of  which  their  exquisite  scent  and  extraordinary 
speed  were  displayed  to  great  advantage  ;  they 
would  frequently  quit  the  line  of  scent  for  the  pur- 
pose of  taking  a  direct,  instead  of  a  circuitous 
course  (sportsmen  call  this  cutting  off  a  double), 
and  recover  the  scent  again  with  wonderful  facility. 
These  beautiful  hounds  were  consigned  to  the 
Tower  menagerie,  where,  shut  up  in  a  close  den, 
they  evidently  felt  miserable.  Instead  of  exerting 
their  energies  in  pursuit  of  the  antelope  on  the 
plains  of  Africa,  here  they  were  prisoners,  with  no 
means  of  escape,  and  with  no  room  or  opportunity 
for  the  exercise  of  their  powers  and  instincts. 
These  hounds,  however,  were  not  of  the  wild  breed  ; 
in  symmetry  and  action  they  were  perfect  models, 
and  in  temper  were  gentle,  excepting  that  confine- 
ment rendered  the  female  irritable.  Other  repre- 
sentations of  the  African  hound  are  given  in  Figs. 
873  and  861,/. 

To  the  group  of  dogs  which  in  their  aspect  and 
physiognomy  retain  a  marked  air  of  wildncs*,  as  in- 
dicated by  the  sharpness  of  the  nuizzle,  the  erect  or 
serai-erect  position  of  the  ears,  and  the  oblique  di- 
rection of  the  eye,"  giving  an  air  of  cunning  and 
distrust  to  the  countenance,  is  to  be  referred  the 
Esquimaux  dog,  Fig.  861,  a,  and  Fig.  876.  In  gene- 
ral aspect,  the  Esquimaux  dog  (Canisfamiliaris,  var, 
borealis),  so  closely  resembles  the  wolf  of  its  native 
regions,  that  when  seen  at  a  little  distance  it  is  not 
easy  to  distinguish  between  them ;  so  much  so 
indeed,  that  Sir  Edward  Parry's  party  during  their 
second  voyage  forbore  to  fire  upon  a  pack  of  thir- 
teen wolves,  which  had  closely  followed  some 
Esquimaux,  lest  they  should  commit  an  irreparable 
injury  upon  these  poor  people  by  destroying  their 
faithful  and  powerful  allies. 

Those  visiting  the  museum  of  the  Zoological 
Society  and  looking  at  a  fine  specimen  of  the  Es- 
quimaux dog  (No.  212,  d,  of  Catal.  Mamni.  1838) 
which  is  placed  near  a  grey  wolf  from  the  high 
northern  parts  of  America  (No.  214,  Cat.  Mamra.), 
might  suppose,  unless  informed  to  the  contrary,  that 
the  two  animals  were  of  the  same  species.  In  both 
the  fur  is  deep  and  thick,  both  have  the  same  erect 
ears,  the  same  breadth  of  skull  between  them,  and 
the  same  or  nearly  the  same  sharpness  of  muzzle. 
In  addition  we  may  state  that,  in  its  native  wilds  at 
least,  the  voice  of  the  dog  is  not  a  bark,  but  a  long 
melancholy  howl. 

In  the  dog,  however,  the  tail  is  more  bushy  than 
in  the  wolf,  and  is  carried  in  a  graceful  curve  over 
the  back,  while  in  the  wolf  it  hangs  down  between 
the  legs.  It  is  further  to  be  remarked  that  the 
antipathy  of  the  Esquimaux  dog  to  the  wolf  is 
inveterate  ;  these  animals  not  only  regard  the  wolf 
as  an  enemy,  but  fear  it,  and  though  they  attack 
the  bear  witli  undaunted  energy,  they  never,  unless 
impelled  by  necessity,  venture  to  assault  the  wolf. 
Often,  indeed,  they  fall  a  sacrifice  to  this  beast 
of  prey,  and  are  carried  off  even  in  sight  of  their 
owners. 

To  the  Esquimaux  their  dogs  are  of  the  greatest 
importance ;  to  these  faithful  slaves  they  look  for 
assistance  in  the  chase  of  the  seal,  the  bear,  and 
the  reindeer  ;  for  carrying  burdens,  and  for  drawing 
them  on  sledges  over  the  trackless  snows  of  their 
dreary  plains.  In  summer,  a  single  dog  carries 
a  weight  of  thirty  pounds  in  attending  his 
master  in  the  pursuit  of  game ;  and  in  winter  six 
or  seven  dogs,  yoked  to  a  heavy  sledge,  with  five 
or  six  pirsons,  or  a  load  of  eight  or  ten  hundred- 
weight, will  perform  a  journey  of  forty  or  fifty  miles 
a  day.  On  good  roads  they  will  travel  this  distance 
at  the  rate  of  eight  miles  an  hour  for  several  hours 
together  ;  but  on  untrodden  snow,  twenty-five  or 
thirty  miles  would  be  a  fair  day's  journey.  The 
same  number  of  dogs  well  fed,  with  a  weight  of 
only  five  or  six  hundred  pounds,  that  of  the  sledge 
included,  are  almost  unmanageable,  and  on  a 
smooth  road  will  go  at  the  rate  of  ten  miles  an 
hour.     While  thus  travelling,  should  they  scent  a 

*  An  oblique  direction  of  the  eye  is  one  of  the  diagnostics  of  a  low 
degree  of  cultivation,  and  is  never  seen  In  what  are  termed  high-bred 
racej,  however  produced  be  tlie  muzzle— as  the  greyliound. 


reindeer  even  a  quarter  of  a  mile  distant,  they  gallop 
off  furiously  in  the  direction  of  the  scent,  and  soon 
bring  the  game  within  reach  of  the  anow  of  the 
hunter.  So  acute,  indeed,  is  their  sense  of  smell, 
that  they  will  discover  a  seal-hole  by  it  entirely,  at 
a  very  great  distance. 

The  average  height  of  the  Esquimaux  dog  is  one 
foot  ten  inches  ;  generally  the  colour  is  white  with 
something  of  a  yellow  tinge,  but  some  are  brindled, 
some  black  and  white,  and  some  black. 

If  the  Esquimaux  dog  resembles  the  grey  wolf  of 
North  America,  equally  does  the  Hare  Indian's 
or  Mackenzie  River  dog  resemble  the  fox.  This 
dog  (Canis  familiaris,  var.  lagopus)  is  characterized 
by  a  narrow,  elongated,  and  pointed  muzzle,  by 
erect  sharp  ears,  and  by  a  bushy  tail,  not  carried 
erect,  but  only  slightly  curved  upwards,  and  by  the 
general  slenderness  of  the  form.  (Fig.  877.)  The 
hair  is  fine  and  silky,  thickening  in  winter,  when 
it  becomes  white  or  nearly  so ;  but  in  summer  it  is 
marked  by  patches  of  greyish  black  or  slate-grey, 
intermingled  with  shades  of  brown.  So  nearly 
does  this  dog  resemble  the  arctic  fox  of  the  regions 
wheie  it  is  found  (namely,  the  banks  of  the  Mac- 
kenzie River  and  of  the  Great  Bear  Lake,  tiaversed 
by  the  arctic  circle),  that  they  have  been  considered 
merely  as  varieties  of  each  other,  one  being  of  the 
wild,  the  other  of  the  domesticated  race.  The 
Hare  Indian's  dog  is  never  known  to  bark  in  its 
native  country,  and  the  beautiful  pair  brought  to 
England  by  Sir  John  Franklin  and  Dr.  Richaidson 
never  acquired  this  canine  language  ;  but  one  born 
in  the  Zoological  Gardens  (the  pair  in  question 
having  been  presented  to  the  Society)  readily  learned 
it,  and  made  his  voice  sound  as  loudly  as  any  Eu- 
ropean dog  of  his  size  and  age. 

This  variety  is  of  great  value  to  the  natives  of  the 
bleak  and  dreary  realms  where  the  moose  and  the 
reindeer  are  objects  of  the  chase.  Though  it  has 
not  strength  fitting  it  for  pulling  down  such  game, 
yet  its  broad  feet  and  light  make  enable  it  to  run 
over  the  snow  without  sinking  if  the  slightest  crust 
be  formed  on  it,  and  thus  easily  to  overtake  the 
moose  or  reindeer,  and  keep  them  at  bay  until  the 
hunters  come  up.  In  the  fox  the  pupil  is  oblong, 
in  the  dog  circular  ;  but  independently  of  this,  it  is, 
to  say  the  least,  highly  improbable  that  this  intel- 
ligent dog  is  specifically  identical  with  the  arctic 
fox  :  but  if  for  argument  we  grant  that  it  is,  as  some 
contend,  and  also  that  the  Esquimaux  dog  is  iden- 
tical with  the  wolf,  other  dogs  also  being  reclaimed 
wolves,  we  are  involved  in  a  dilemma ;  for  we  must 
then  admit  that  the  wolf  and  fox  will  breed  together 
and  produce  a  fertile  oft'jpring,  which  those  who 
contend  for  the  wolfish  origin  of  the  dog  by  no 
means  will  allow  to  be  possible. 

The  Pomeranian  or  wolf-dog  (chien-loup)  and 
the  Siberian  dog,  the  Lapland  dog,  and  the  Iceland 
dog,  of  Buffon,  appear  to  be  closely  related  to  the 
Esquimaux  dog.  Buffon  regards  them  as  varieties 
of  the  shepherd's  dog,  which  he  considers  to  be  that 
which  of  all  is  nearest  to  the  primitive  type,  since, 
as  he  observes,  in  all  inhabited  countries,  whether 
men  be  partially  savage  or  civilized,  dogs  resem- 
bling this  more  than  any  other  are  spread  ;  and  he 
attributes  its  preseivaiion  to  its  utility,  and  its  being 
abandoned  to  the  peasantry  charged  with  the  cai-e 
of  flocks.  If,  however,  gr-eat  cerebral  development 
and  intelligence  are  to  be  received  as  tests  of  culti- 
vation, we  should  be  inclined  to  regard  the  shep- 
herd's dog  as  one  of  the  most  remote  from  the 
original  wild  type,  sharp  and  pointed  as  are  its  nose 
and  ears.  (Figs.  878  and  802,  /.)  The  forehead 
rises,  the  top  of  the  head  is  arched  and  broad  be- 
tween the  ears,  and  the  hair  is  long  and  sometimes 
matted.  This  dog  is  of  middle  size,  but  light,  active, 
and  strong. 

Of  the  sagacity  and  faithfulness  of  the  shepherd's 
dog  many  interesting  narratives  are  current ;  it 
knows  ils  master's  flocks,  it  will  single  orrt  a  sheep 
under  his  direction,  keep  it  separate,  or  disengage  it 
again  Irom  the  rest  of  the  flock,  should  it  regain  or 
mingle  with  them  ;  it  will  keep  two  flocks  apart, 
and  should  they  coalesce,  re-divide  them.  It  will 
watch  and  defend  thera  from  strange  dogs  or  foxes, 
and  will  drive  them  to  any  place  reqirired.  It  is 
in  fact  the  shepherd's  friend  and  assistant ;  it 
watches  every  look  and  every  sign,  is  quick  in  ap- 
prehension, prompt  in  obedience,  and  jjleased  with 
ils  master's  praise  :  and  well  does  he  who  tends  his 
flocks  on  the  wide  pasture-lands  or  mountain  dis- 
tricts of  our  island  appreciate  the  services  and 
fidelity  of  his  attached  ally. 

Closely  allied  to  the  shepherd's  dog  is  the  cur  or 
drover's  dog ;  it  is  generally  larger  than  the  Ibrmer, 
with  shorter  hair,  and  stands  taller  on  the  limbs. 
The  tail  is  mostly  cut  short,  but  Bewick  says  that 
many  are  whelped  with  short  tails,  which  seem  as 
if  they  had  been  cut,  and  these  are  called  in  the 
North  "  self-tailed  dogs."  Though  this  writer  thinks 
the  drover's  dog  to  be  a  true  or  permanent  breed, 
it  seems  to  us  that  it  is  a  cross  between  the  shep- 
herd's dog  and  some  other  race,  perhaps  the  terrier. 

2  C  2 


M 


i'r-> 


I9fi 


MB.  -I:ea3le. 


8"<.— African  HUio<i-Iiound«. 


-^id* 


877.— Dog  of  Mackeniie  River. 


893.— Thibet  Watch-^og. 


,-4^*. 


M86,— Anbian  Oreyhonnd. 


8"fi.— Esquimaux  Dog. 


884.— Strret  Dogs  of  the  But. 


('98.— Lion  and  Spaniel. 


,>fW  A.^VAv'^.-i-.- 


*<8?. — Scotrli  Orflyhound. 


esc- Turkman  Watchdog. 


197 


198 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Dogs. 


These  dogs  bite  severely,  and  always  attack  the 
heels  of  cattle,  and,  as  thev  are  prompt,  courageoim, 
and  intelligent,  a  fierce  'bull  w  easily  driven  by 
thcra. 

Supposing  the  shepherds  dogto  be  the  represent- 
ative of  a  small  section  of  the  domestic  canine  race, 
the  next  to  which  we  may  turn  is  that  of  the  terriers. 
Two  breeds  of  this  spirited  and  well-known  dog  are 
common  :  one  called  the  Scotch  Terrier,  with  rough 
wiry  hair,  short  legs,  and  a  long  body ;  the  other, 
called  the  English  Terrier,  sleek,  with  longer  le.gs 
and  a  more  elegant  form  ;  its  ordinary  colour  is 
black  with  tanned  limbs,  and  a  tanned  spot  over 
each  eye.  In  both  the  muzzle  is  moderately  long, 
and  sharp,  and  the  ears  erect ;  the  eye  is  quick,  and 
the  power  of  smell  acute  ;  for  unearthing  the  fox  or 
badger,  for  worrying  rats,  and  for  courage  and  de- 
termination, these  dogs  are  celebrated  ;  and  they 
nake  excellent  house-guards.  Who  is  not  familiar 
with  the  pepper-and-mustard  breeds,  as  depicted  by 
the  graphic  pencil  of  Sir  Walter  Scott  ?  (See  Figs. 
870.880,881.)  . 

Fig.  879  represents  ver)'  spiritedly  three  of  these 
dogs"engaced  in  the  occupation  of  rat-catching,  and 
evidently  entering  into  the  sport  with  the  ulmost  ar- 
dour, encouraged  by  their  professional  director,  who 
holds  in  his  hand  their  assistant  the  ferret,  which 
thev  have  learned  to  regard  as  their  ally. 

The  Lurcher  (Fig.  802.)  d  appears  to  be  a  mixed 
breed  between  the  rough  terrier  or  shepherds  dog 
and  the  greyhound.  Bewick  informs  us  that  it  is 
shorter  than  the  latter,  with  stronger  limbs,  and  is 
covered  with  a  rough  coat  of  hair,  commonly  of  a 
pale  yellow  colour.  As  this  dog  possesses  the 
advantage  of  a  tine  scent,  it  is  often  employed  in 
killing  hares  and  rabbiU  in  the  night  time.  It 
steals  silently  and  cautiously  upon  them  while  they 
are  feeding,  and  then  suddenly  darts  forward  and 
seizes  them. 

The  Greyhound  (Fig.  861,  d,  and  Fig.  882,  the 
Scotch  greyhound;  Fig.  8C1,  e,  the  English)  is  the 
example  of  a  distinct  group  :  Buffon  regards  the 
French  MSlin  and  the  great  Danish  dog  as  the  mam 
stocks  of  the  greyhound  race  ;  but  this  is  not  clear. 
In  Scotland  and  Ireland  there  existed  in  very  an- 
cient times  a  noble  breed  of  greyhounds  used  for 
the  chase  of  the  wolf  and  the  deer,  and  which  ap- 
pears to  us  to  be  the  pure  source  of  our  present  breed  ; 
It  is  quite  as  probable  that  the  matin  is  a  modifica- 
tion of  the  ancient  greyhound  of  Europe,  represented 
by  the  Irish  greyhound  or  wolf-dog,  as  that  it  is  the 
source  of  that  fine  breed.  Few,  we  believe,  of  the 
old  Irish  greyhound  exist.  In  Scotland  the  old  deer- 
hound  may  still  be  met  with,  and  though  it  exceeds 
the  common  greyhound  in  size  and  strength,  it  is 
said  to  be  below  its  ancient  standard.  With  the 
extirpation  of  the  wolf  the  necessity  of  keeping  up 
the  race  to  the  highest  perfection  ceased.  The 
hair  is  wiry,  the  chest  is  remarkable  for  volume,  and 
the  limbs  are  long  and  muscular.  A  similar  breed 
existed  and  still  continues  to  exist  in  Albania, 'and 
was  celebrated  by  the  ancients  for  its  prowess.  In 
England  the  greyhound  was  larger  and  stronger 
formerly  than  at  present,  and  employed  in  chasing 
the  stag.  Queen  Elizabeth  was  gratified  one  day 
after  dinner  by  seeing  from  a  turret  sixteen  deer 
pulled  down  by  greyhounds  upon  the  lawn  at  Cow- 
drey  Park  in  Sussex.  The  Italian  greyhound  is 
well  known  as  an  elegant  attendant  of  the  parlour. 

In  Arabia,  Persia,  and  other  parts  of  the  East,  a 
breed  of  greyhounds  has  existed  time  immemorial  ; 
these  dogs  strongly  resemble  light  coursing  dogs 
represented  in  Egyptian  paintings,  and  are  probably 
descended  from  them  ;  of  the  same  type  are  the 
semi-wild  unowned  street-dogs  of  Egypt,  Syria,  and 
South-western  Asia.  From  the  antiquity  of  the 
greyhound  breed,  we  might  be  induced  to  suppose 
that  in  it  is  to  be  seen  the  nearest  approach  to  the 
primitive  source,  or  one  of  the  primitive  sources  of 
the  reclaimed  race,  and  perhaps  the  Arabian  grey- 
hound or  the  lurcher-like  sfreet-dcgsof  Egypt  retain 
some  characters  in  common  with  the  primitive 
stock.  (Figs.  883  and  884.)  Care  and  attention 
have  elevated  the  British  greyhound  far  above  the 
ancient  Egyptian  coursing  dog,  or  that  of  Arabia 
(represented  by  Fig.  885),  of  which  the  form  of  the 
head  is  wolfish,  the  tail  fringed  with  long  hair,  and 
the  ears,  as  seen  in  the  paintings  of  the  ancient 
Egyptians,  erect  and  very  acute.  Fig.  88C  is  a 
sketch  of  the  Turkman  watch-dog  for  guarding 
sheep.  It  is  described  as  a  large,  rugged,  fierce  ani- 
mal equalling  the  wolf  in  stature,  shaped  like  the 
Irish  greyhound,  and  with  equally  powerful  jaws. 
The  ears  are  erect,  the  tail  rather  hairy,  the  general 
colour  deep  yellowish  red.  This  race  is  of  great 
antiquity,  and  doubtless  still  retains  much  of  its 
pristine  aspect,  which  is  so  wolf-like,  that,  according 
to  Colonel  Hamilton  Smith,  "  a  friend  being  present 
in  Asia  iMinor  at  a  wolf-hunt,  allowed  one  (a  wolf) 
to  pass  out  of  a  brake,  because  he  mistook  him  for 
one  of  the  Turkman  dogs.'' 

Of  the  races  with  pendent  ears  and  a  moderately 
iengtiiened   muzzle,   we   may  first    advert  to  the 


spaniels,  among  which  we  include  the  pure  setter 
and  the  rough  water-dog.  These  dogs  are  remark- 
able for  intelligence,  docility,  and  their  atfectionate 
disposition.  The  fur  is  long  and  silky,  sometimes 
curled  or  crisped,  the  ears  are  large  and  pendent, 
and  the  expression  of  the  countenance  is  spirited, 
yet  gentle  and  pleasing.  All  possest  excellent 
scent,  especially  the  setter,  formerly  so  valued  by 
the  sportsman. 

The  water-spaniel  is  extremely  useful  to  persons 
engaged  in  the  pursuit  of  water-fowl ;  it  swims  well, 
is  very  hardy,  and  is  an  excellent  retriever.  (Fig. 
862,  a.)  The  French  poodle  may  be  referred  to  the 
spaniels :  it  appears  to  be  very  nearly  allied  to  the 
rough  water-dog  figured  by  Bewick,  the  "grand 
barbet  "  of  Buffon,  and  of  which  there  is  a  smaller 
variety  termed  "  le  petit  barbet." 

The  rough  water-dog  is  a  most  intelligent  animal ; 
it  is  robustly  made,  and  covered  universally  with 
deep  curly  hair  ;  it  exceeds  tht  water-spaniel  in 
size  and  strength,  but  has  the  same  aquatic  habits 
and  docility.  It  is  much  used  as  a  retriever  by  the 
shooters  of  water-fowl. 

We  are  inclined  to  consider  the  Italian  wolf-dog 
(used  in  the  Abruzzi  by  the  shepherds  to  defend 
their  flocks),  the  Newfoundland  and  Labrador  dog, 
and  the  Alpine  dog,  as  the  representatives  of  a 
distinct  group ;  the  latter  dog,  indeed,  approximates 
to  the  mastitis.  We  have  seen  several  noble  speci- 
mens of  the  Alpine  or  St.  Bernard  breed  :  their  size 
is  equal  to  that  of  the  largest  mastitf;  the  muzzle 
is  deep,  the  ears  are  pendulous,  the  fur  is  rather 
long  and  wiry,  the  eye  is  full  and  very  expressive, 
and  the  form  of  the  body  and  limbs  indicates  great 
strength.  Their  sense  of  smell  is  very  acute,  and 
aids  them  in  the  work  of  mercy  to  which  the  worthy 
monks  of  the  convent  of  the  Great  St.  Bernard  have 
applied  them.  To  the  honour  of  those  excellent 
men  be  it  spoken,  that  while  others  have  trained  the 
dog  to  the  combat,  to  the  chase  of  the  runaway 
slave,  and  to  the  pursuit  of  game,  they  have  availed 
themselves  of  the  power,  intelligence,  and  courage 
of  the  dog,  in  rescuing  the  unhappy  traveller  fiom 
the  horrors  of  death  amidst  the  snows  of  the  moun- 
tains. 

One  of  these  noble  dogs  was  decorated  with  a 
medal  in  commemoration  of  his  having  saved  the 
lives  of  twenty-two  persons,  who  but  lor  his  saga- 
city must  have  perished.  He  was  lost  in  1816,  in  an 
attempt  to  convey  a  poor  traveller  to  his  anxious 
family.  The  man  was  a  Piedmontese  courier, 
who  arrived  at  St.  Bernard  in  a  very  stormy 
season,  labouring  to  make  his  way  to  the  little 
village  of  St.  Pierre  in  the  valley  beneath  the 
mountain,  where  his  wife  and  children  dwelt  ; 
it  was  in  vain  that  the  monks  attempted  to  check 
his  resolution  to  reach  his  family.  They  at  last 
gave  him  two  guides,  each  of  whom  was  accom- 
panied by  a  dog,  of  which  one  was  the  remarkable 
creature  whose  services  had  been  so  valuable  to 
mankind.  Descending  from  the  convent  they  were 
in  an  instant  overwhelmed  by  two  avalanches,  and 
the  same  common  destruction  awaited  the  family 
of  the  poor  courier,  who  were  toiling  up  the  moun- 
tain to  obtain  some  news  of  their  expected  friend  ; 
they  all  perished.  A  story  is  told  of  one  of  these 
dogs,  who  having  found  a  child  unhurt,  whose 
mother  had  been  destroyed  by  an  avalanche,  in- 
duced the  boy  to  mount  upon  his  back,  and  thus 
carried  him  to  the  gate  of  the  convent:  the  subject 
(Fig  887)  is  represented  in  a  French  print. 

The  wolf-dog  of  the  Abruzzi  is  pure  white,  some- 
what more  lightly  formed  than  the  Newfoundland 
dog,  but  strong  and  muscular.  The  hair  is  long 
and  flowing ;  two  beautiful  specimens  are  in  the 
gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society.     (Fig.  887*.) 

The  Labrador  and  Newfoundland  dogs  are  often 
confounded  together.  The  Labrador  dog  exceeds 
in  size  the  Newfoundland  animal,  and  is  often  of 
extraordinary  dimensions.  A  fine  specimen  mea- 
sured some  time  since,  gave  us  the  following  par- 
ticulars : — Total  length,  including  the  tail,  six  feet 
three  inches ;  height  at  the  shoulder,  two  feet  six 
inches;  length  of  head  from  occiput  to  point  of 
nose,  eleven  inches ;  circumference  of  chest,  three 
feet  one  inch.  In  Labrador  these  powerful  and  in- 
telligent dogs  are  used  for  drawing  sledges  loaded 
with  wood,  and  are  of  great  service  to  the  settlers. 
(Fig.  8C2,e.) 

The  Newfoundland  dog  is  of  less  stature,  but 
more  compactly  built,  and  is  muscular  and  saga- 
cious. These  animals  are  also  used  for  drawing 
sledges  and  little  carriages  laden  with  wood,  fish, 
and  other  commodities,  and  are  very  valuable  in 
their  native  country.  Both  the  Labrador  and  New- 
foundland breeds  are  admirable  water-dogs,  and 
make  excellent  retrievers.  Their  fidelity  and  at- 
tachment to  their  masters  are  well  known,  and  all 
are  familiar  with  instances  in  which  human  beings 
about  to  perish  in  the  water  have  owed  their  life 
to  the  courage  and  exertions  of  these  devoted 
creatures. 

Oui  next  group  contains  the  hounds,  including 


the  pointer.  Several  varieties  of  hounds  now  exist 
in  our  island,  and  of  these  the  Beagle,  the  Harrier, 
and  the  Kox-hound  are  familiar  to  all  our  readers! 
No  country  equals  England  in  the  swiftness,  spirit, 
and  endurance  of  its  hounds,  and  in  no  country  is 
so  much  attention  paid  to  the  diiJ'erent  breeds,  espe- 
cially the  harrier  and  tbx-hound.  The  beagle  (Fig. 
888)  was  formerlya  great  favourite,  but  is  now  liitle 
used.  It  is  of  small  stature,  but  of  exquisite  scent, 
and  its  tones,  when  heard  in  full  cry,  are  musical. 
It  has  not,  however,  the  strength  or  fleelness  of  the 
harrier,  and  still  less  so  of  the  fox-hound,  and  hence 
it  does  not  engage  the  attention  of  the  sportsmen  of 
the  modern  school,  who,  unlike  Sir  Roger  de  Co- 
verley,  are  impetuous  in  the  field,  preferring  a  hard 
run  to  a  tame  and  quiet  pursuit.  The  beagle  was 
only  employed  in  hunting  the  hare,  as  is  the  harrier, 
but  the  fox-hound  is  trained  both  for  the  deer  and 
the  fox.  The  strength  and  powei-s  of  scent  of  the 
fox-hound  are  very  great,  and  many  astonishing 
instances  of  the   energy   and  endurance  of  these 

',  animals  are  on  record. 

t  Formerly  two  noble  varieties  of  the  hound  were 
common  in  England,  which  are  now  seldom  seen. 
We  allude  to  the  old  English  hound  and  the  blood- 
hound. 

Of  the  old  English  hound,  which  is  described  by 
Whittaker,  in  his  •  History  of  Manchester,'  as  the 
original  breed  of  our  island,  we  some  years  since 
saw  a  line  specimen  in  Lancashire.  It  was  tall  and 
robust,  with  a  chest  of  extraordinary  depth  and 
breadth,  with  pendulous  lips,  and  deeply  set  eyes  ; 
the  ears  were  large  and  long,  and  hung  very  low  ; 
the  nose  was  broad,  and  the  nostrils  large  and  moist. 
The  voice  was  deep,  full,  and  sonorous.  The  gene- 
ral colour  was  black,  passing  into  Ian  or  sandy  red 
about  the  muzzle  and  along  the  inside  of  the  limbs. 
Shakspere's  description  of  the  hounds  of  Theseus, 
in  the  '  Midsummer  Night's  Dream,'  is  true  to  the 
letter  as  referring  to  this  breed,  with  which  he  was 
no  doubt  well  acquainted  : — 

"  My  hounds  are  bred  out  of  the  Spartun  kind, 
.So  flew'd,  so  sanded  ;  and  their  heads  are  hung 
W'ith  ears  that  sweep  away  tlie  murninj^  dew  ; 
t'rook-knee'd  and  dew-capped  like  Ttiessalian  bulls  ; 
Slow  in  pursuit,  but  match'd  in  mouth  like  belts, 
Each  under  each." 

Besides  the  old  English  or  Southern  hound,  was 
the  old  English  stag-hound,  or  Talbot  (  Fig.  8U2,  jr), 
a  powerful  dog,  but  of  lighter  tbrm,  and  more  fleet, 
than  the  former:  from  this  breed  has  descended  the 
still  lighter  and  swifter  fox-hound  of  the  present 
day. 

Among  the  hounds  of  the  "  olden  time  "  was  the 
Blood-hound,  so  celebrated  for  its  exquisite  scent 
and  unwearied  perseverance,  qualities  which  were 
taken  advantage  of,  by  training  it  not  only  to  the 
chase  of  game,  but  to  the  pursuit  of  man.  A  true 
blood-hound  (and  the  pure  blood  is  rare)  stands 
about  eight  and  twenty  inches  in  height,  muscular, 
compact,  and  strong;  the  forehead  is  bioad,  and 
the  lace  narrow  towards  the  muzzle  ;  the  nostrils 
are  wide  and  well  developed  ;  the  ears  are  large, 
pendulous,  and  broad  at  the  base  ;  the  aspect  is 
serene  and  sagacious  ;  the  tail  is  long,  with  an  up- 
ward curve  when  in  pursuit,  at  which  time  the 
hound  opens  with  a  voice  deep  and  sonorous,  that 
mav  be  heard  down  the  wind  for  a  very  long  dis- 
tance.    (Figs.  888*  and  862,  h.) 

The  colour  of  the  true  breed  is  .stated  to  be  almost 
invariably  a  reddish  tan,  darkening  gradually  to- 
wards the  upper  parts  till  it  becomes  mixed  with  the 
black  on  the  back  ;  the  lower  parts,  limbs,  and  tail 
!  being  of  a  lighter  shade,  and  the  muzzle  tawny  : 
Pennant  adds,  "  a  black  spot  over  each  eye,'"  but 
the  blood-hounds  in  the  possession  of  Thomas  Astle, 
Esq.  (and  they  vverc  said  to  have  been  of  the  ori- 
ginal  blood)  had  not  these  marks.  Some,  but  such 
instances  were  not  common,  had  a  little  white 
about  them,  such  as  a  star  in  the  face,  &c.  The 
better  opinion  is,  that  the  original  stock  was  a  mix- 
ture of  the  deep-mouthed  Southern  hound  and  the 
powerful  old  English  stag-hound. 

Our  ancestors  soon  discovered  the  infallibility  of  the 
blood-hound  in  tracing  anv  animal,  living  or  dead, 
to  its  resting-place.  To  train  it,  the  young  dog,  ac- 
companied by  a  staunch  old  hound,  was  led  to  the 
spot  whence  a  deer  or  other  animal  had  been  taken 
on  for  a  mile  or  two  ;  the  hounds  were  then  laid  on 
and  encouraged,  and  after  himting  this  "  drag 'suc- 
cessfully, were  rewarded  with  a  portion  of  the  veni- 
son which  composed  it.  The  next  step  was  to  take 
the  young  dog  with  his  seasoned  tutor,  to  a  spot 
whence  a  man  whose  shoes  had  been  rubbed  with 
the  blood  of  a  deer  had  started  on  a  circuit  of  two 
or  three  miles  :  during  his  progress  the  man  was 
instructed  to  renew  the  blond  from  time  to  time,  to 
keep  the  scent  well  alive.  His  circuit  was  gradually 
enlarged  at  each  succeeding  lesson,  and  the  young 
hound,  thus  entered  and  trained,  became,  at  last, 
fully  equal  to  hunt  by  itself,  either  for  the  purpose 
of  woodcraft,  war,  or  "  following  gear,"  as  the  pur- 
suit after  the  property  plundered  in  a  border  foray 
was  termed. 


Dogs] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


199 


Laid  on  the  (rack  of  a  marauder,  it  kept  up  a 
steady,  persevering  chase,  and  was  not  baffled  with- 
out difficulty.  Sir  Walter  Scott,  in  his  graphic  de- 
scription of  the  "  stark  moss-trooper"  Sir  William  of 
Deloraine,  "  good  at  need,"  gives,  as  a  proof  of  his 
merit,  that  he 

*'  By  wilv  turns  and  desperate  bonnds 
Had  baffled  Percy's  best  blowi-hounds  ;'* 

and  the  same  accomplished  knight,  his  stern  nature 
touched  by  sorrow  at  the  sight  of  Sir  Richard  Mus- 
grave  slain,  thus  eulogizes  his  dead  enemy : — 

"  Yet  rest  Ihee  God  I  for  well  I  know 
1  ne'er  shall  find  a  nobler  foe. 
In  all  the  northern  countries  here, 
Whose  word  is  snafile,  spur,  and  spear. 
Thou  wert  the  best  to  follow  gear. 
*T was  pleasure,  as  we  look'd  behind, 
To  see  how  thou  the  chase  couldst  wind. 
Cheer  the  dark  blood-hound  on  his  way. 
And  with  the  bu^le  rouse  the  fray. 
I'd  give  the  lands  of  Deloraine, 
Dark  Musgrave  were  alive  again." 

Sir  Walter  Scott  states  that  the  breed  of  blood- 
hounds was  kept  up  by  the  Buccleuch  family  on  their 
border  estates  till  within  the  eighteenth  century. 
In  former  ages  these  dogs,  or,  as  the  Scotch  called 
them,  "  Sleuth-hounds,"  were  kept  in  great  numbers 
on  the  Borders ;  and  fugitive  kings  as  well  as  moss- 
troopers were  obliged  to  study  how  to  evade  them. 
Bruce  was  repeatedly  tracked  by  these  dogs,  and 
on  one  occasion  only  escaped  by  wading  for  a  con- 
siderable distance  up  a  brook  and  climbing  a  tree 
which  overhung  the  water.  "  A  sure  way  of  stop- 
ping the  dog  was  to  spill  blood  upon  the  track, 
which  destroyed  the  discriminating  fineness  of  the 
scent.  A  captive  was  sometimes  sacrificed  on  such 
occasions.  Henry  the  Minstrel  tells  a  romantic 
story  of  Wallace,  founded  on  this  circumstance. 
The  hero's  little  band  had  been  joined  by  an  Irish- 
man named  Fawdon,  or  Fadzean,  a  dark,  savage, 
and  suspicious  character.  After  a  sharp  skirmish 
at  Black-Erne  Side,  Wallace  was  forced  to  retreat 
with  only  sixteen  followers.  The  English  pursued 
with  a  border  blood-hound.  In  the  retreat  Fawdon, 
tired,  or  affecting  to  be  so,  would  go  no  farther; 
Wallace  having  in  vain  argued  with  him,  in  hasty 
anger  struck  off  his  head,  and  continued  the  retreat. 
When  the  English  came  up,  their  hound  stayed  upon 
the  dead  body."  (Notes  to  the  '  Lay  of  the  Last 
Minstrel.') 

To  the  present  group  has  generally  been  referred 
the  Cuban  blood-hound,  as  it  is  termed,  a  dog  of 
Spanish  descent,  sagacious  and  savage,  and  which 
was  employed  by  the  Spaniards  with  atrocious  bar- 
barity in  their  conquest  of  America  ;  and  more  re- 
cently (1795)  in  Jamaica  against  the  Maroons,  who 
had  revolted,  and  were  waging  a  bloody  and  suc- 
cessful war  against  the  government  forces,  but 
which  the  very  terror  these  dogs  inspired  at  once 
happily  brought  to  a  close. 

These  dogs,  used  in  Cuba  in  the  pursuit  of  mur- 
derers and  felons,  have  a  fine  scent  and  great 
power :  specimens  exist  in  the  Gardens  of  the  Zool. 
Soc.  (Figs.  889,890.  891). 

Their  colour  is  tawny,  with  black  about  the  muz- 
zle ;  the  ears  are  comparatively  small ;  the  muzzle 
is  shorter  and  more  pointed  than  in  the  ordinary 
hound,  and  they  are  shorter  on  (he  limbs ;  in  some 
points  they  approach  the  mastiff  or  ban-dog,  espe- 
cially in  the  form  of  the  head,  which  approaches 
that  of  the  bull-dog  :  indeed,  by  many,  and  with 
reason,  they  are  regarded  more  as  a  variety  of  the 
mastiff  (han  the  hound,  and  for  ourselves,  we  hesi- 
tate not  to  regard  them  as  such.  They  make  ex- 
cellent watch-dogs,  and  attack  both  the  bull  and 
the  bear  with  determined  resolution.  Their  height 
at  the  shoulder  is  about  two  feet. 

We  have  hi(her(o  said  nothing  of  (he  pointer 
(Fig.  8G2,  c).  The  present  pointer  is  derived  from 
a  heavy  dog,  possessing  the  sense  of  smell  in  the 
highest  perfection,  known  as  the  old  Spanish 
pointer,  and  decidedly  related  to  the  hound  ;  this 
dog  is  now  seldom  seen ;  like  the  talbot,  (he 
source,  as  we  presume,  of  (he  light,  active,  but 
vigorous  fox-hound,  the  old  Spanish  pointer  has 
merged  into  the  intelligent,  vigorous  dog  so  much 
prized  by  the  sportsman  for  its  excellent  qualifica- 
tions. In  some  breeds  of  pointers  there  is,  we  be- 
lieve, a  cross  of  (he  fox-hound,  which  improves  their 
strength  and  energy. 

We  now  enter  upon  a  group  of  dogs  distinguished 
by  the  shortness  of  (he  muzzle  and  the  breadth  of 
the  head,  (his  latter  character  resulting  not  from  a 
cirresponding  development  of  the  brain,  but  from 
the  magnitude  of  the  temporal  muscles,  which  are 
at(ached  to  a  bony  ridge  passing  down  the  median 
line  of  the  skull.  The  expression  of  the  eyes  is 
lowering  and  ferocious;  the  jaws  are  very  strong, 
the  lips  pendulous;  the  general  form  is  thick-set 
and  robust ;  the  limbs  are  muscular. 

This  group  comprehends  the  Bull-dog,  the  Mas- 
tiff, and  their  allies.  In  saeacity  and  intelligence 
the  dogs  of  the  pre.^ent  section  are  not  to  be  com- 
pared to  the  Newfoundland  dog,  the  spaniel,  or  the 
shepherd's  dog ;  they  surpass  all,  however,  in  de- 


termined courage  and  prowess  in  combat.  In  early 
times  the  English  mastiff  was  celebrated  for  its 
strength  and  resolution,  characteristics  which  did 
not  fail  to  attract  the  attention  of  the  Romans 
when  this  island  formed  a  part  of  their  widely-spread 
empire.  To  a  people  in  whom  a  partiality  for 
scenes  of  bloodshed  and  slaughter,  and  for  the 
sanguinary  games  of  the  amphitheatre,  was  a  ruling 
passion,  dogs  so  fitted  to  gratify  their  taste  were 
peculiarly  acceptable,  and  accordingly  we  find  that 
they  were  bred  and  reared  by  officers  specially  ap- 
pointed, who  selected  such  as  were  distinguished 
for  combative  qualities,  and  sent  them  to  Rome  for 
the  service  of  the  amphitheatres,  where  (hey  were 
ma(ched  in  fight  with  various  beasts  of  prey.  Dr. 
Caius,  a  naturalist  of  the  time  of  Elizabeth,  states 
that  three  were  reckoned  a  match  for  a  bear,  and 
four  for  a  lion. 

Stow,  in  his  '  Annals,'  gives  us  the  account  of  an 
engagement  between  three  mastiffs  and  a  lion, 
which  took  place  in  the  presence  of  James  I.  The 
battle  reminds  us  of  a  recent  occurrence,  excepting 
that  the  dogs  which  fought  with  Nero  and  Wallace 
were  not  mastiffs,  but  half-bred  bull-dogs.  "  One  of 
the  dogs,"  says  Stow,  "  being  put  into  the  den,  was 
soon  disabled  by  the  lion,  which  took  it  by  (he  head 
and  neck,  and  dragged  it  about.  Another  dog  was 
then  let  loose,  and  served  in  the  same  manner ; 
but  the  third,  being  put  in,  immediately  seized  the 
lion  by  the  lip,  and  held  him  for  a  considerable 
time  ;  till,  being  severely  torn  by  his  claws,  the  dog 
was  obliged  to  quit  its  hold,  and  the  lion,  greatly 
exhausted  in  (he  conflict,  refused  to  renew  the  en- 
gagement, but,  taking  a  sudden  leap  over  the  dogs, 
fled  into  the  interior  part  of  his  den.  Two  of  the 
dogs  soon  died  of  their  wounds;  the  last  survived." 
The  mastiff  is  by  far  the  most  sagacious  of  the  pre- 
sent section,  and,  of  all  other  dogs,  makes  the  best 
guardian  of  property.  It  is  attached  to  its  master, 
but  towards  sirangers  is  fierce  and  suspicious.  Its 
bark  is  deep  and  sonorous. 

Though  the  mastiff  has  by  no  means  (he  keen 
sense  of  smell  which  the  hound  possesses,  it  seems 
to  be  (at  least  such  is  our  opinion,  and  that  not 
hastily  formed)  either  an  offset  from  that  branch, 
or  a  cognate  branch  from  the  same  root.  The  mas- 
tiff, however,  has  a  finer  scent  than  persons  are 
generally  aware  of,  and  its  hearing  is  very  acute. 
A  dog  of  this  breed,  chained  to  his  kennel,  and 
never  suffered  to  wander  about  the  premises  nor 
treated  as  a  friend  and  companion,  affords  but  a 
poor  example  of  what  the  animal  really  is.  Con- 
finement spoils  its  temper,  and  cramps  (he  develop- 
ment of  its  noble  qualities.  (See  Fig.  863,  a,  and 
Fig.  892.) 

We  have  said  that  the  mastiff  is  allied  to  the 
hound :  the  Cuban  mastiff,  to  which  we  have  al- 
ready alluded,  is,  indeed,  often  termed  a  blood- 
hound. The  pendulous  ear,  not  so  large  in  the 
mastiff  as  in  the  hound,  the  thick  hanging  lips,  the 
broad  moist  nose,  the  brindled  markings,  and  the 
general  figure,  attest  the  affinity.  The  masfiff  is 
larger  and  stronger  than  the  hound,  and  useless  for 
(he  chase ;  (his  latter  circumstance,  however,  is  no 
proof  of  diversity  of  origin.  It  must  be  remembered 
that  particular  instincts  and  qualities  are  acquired, 
and  that  the  excellences  of  the  hound  are  the  re- 
sult of  long-continued  and  judicious  culture.  We 
do  not  say  that  the  mastiff  can  be  converted  into 
the  hound,  but  merely  that  two  branches  from  the 
same  root  may  be  so  cultured  as  to  assume,  to  a 
given  point,  diverse  characteristics. 

The  huge  Thibet  watch-dog  (Fig.  893)  belongs 
to  the  present  section.  This  dog  {Canis  fami- 
Harts,  var.  Molossiis  Thihetanus)  is  kept  by  the 
natives  of  the  Thibet  range  of  hills  as  a  guardian  of 
their  flocks  and  their  villages.  It  is  very  fierce, 
and  its  bark  is  loud  and  terrific.  The  colour  is 
generally  black. 

The  Ban-dog  (Fig.  863,  c)  is  a  term  given  to  any 
of  the  fierce  animals  of  the  present  section,  which 
are  in  ordinary  cases  kept  chained  or  secured  in 
kennels.  Bewick,  however,  applies  it  to  a  dog,  of 
which  he  gives  an  excellent  figure,  and  which  he 
states  to  differ  from  the  ma.stitf  in  being  lighter, 
more  active  and  vigilant,  but  not  so  powerful  or  so 
large ;  its  muzzle,  besides,  is  not  so  heavy,  and  it 
possesses  in  some  degree  the  scent  of  the  hound. 
Its  hair  is  described  as  being  rather  rough,  and 
generally  of  a  yellowish  grey  streaked  with  shades 
of  black  or  brown.  It  is  ferocious  and  full  of 
energy.  Bewick  gays  that  this  dog  is  seldom  to  be 
seen  at  the  present  day  ;  we  have,  however,  had 
occasion  to  notice  varieties  of  the  mastiff  so  closely 
agreeing  with  Bewick's  figure  and  description,  as 
(o  convince  us  that  he  took  both  of  them  from 
nature. 

Of  all  the  dogs  of  this  section  none  surpass  in 
obstinacy  or  ferocity  the  bull-dog.  This  animal  is 
smaller  (han  (he  mastiff,  but  more  compactly 
formed ;  the  chest  is  broad  and  deep ;  the  loins 
narrow;  the  tail  slender  and  arched  up  ;  the  limbs 
short  and  robust;  the  head  is  broad  and  thick ;  the 


niuzzle  short  and  deep  ;  the  jaws  strong,  (he  lower 
jaw  often  advancing,  so  that  the  interior  incisor 
teeth  overshoot  the  upper ;  the  ears  are  short  and 
semi-erect,  the  nostrils  distended,  the  eyes  scowl- 
ing, and  (he  whole  expression  calculated  to  in,spire 
terror.  This  dog  is  distinguished  by  tenacity  of 
tooth  and  indomitable  resolution.  In  all  its  habits 
and  propensities  it  is  essentially  gladiatorial :  it  is 
a  fighting  dog,  and  nothing  else  ;  its  intelligence  is 
very  limited ;  and  though  dogs  of  (his  breed  are 
attached  to  their  masters,  (hey  exhibit  in  the  de- 
monstration of  their  feelings,  unless  when  incited 
to  combat,  a  perfect  contrast  to  the  Newfoundland 
dog  or  spaniel.  These  latter  delight  to  accompany 
their  master  in  his  walks,  and  scour  the  fields  and 
lanes  in  the  exuberance  of  delight ;  the  bull-dog 
skulks  at  its  master's  heels,  and  regards  with  a  sus- 
picious glance  everything  and  everybody  that  passes 
by  ;  nor,  indeed,  is  it  safe  (o  approach  the  animal, 
for  it  often  a((acks  without  (he  slightest  provoca- 
tion. A  cross  between  the  bull-dog  and  the  terrier 
is  celebrated  for  spirit  and  de(ermina(ion. 

It  has  been  usual  to  consider  the  pug-dog  as  a 
degenerate  variety  of  the  bull-dog,  but  we  doubt 
the  correctness  of  this  theory.  It  has  indeed  some- 
what the  aspect  of  the  bull  dog,  on  a  miniature 
scale  ;  but  the  similarity  is  more  in  superficial  ap- 
pearance than  reality.  The  pug  is  a  little  round- 
headed  short-nosed  dog,  with  a  preternatural  abbre- 
viation of  the  muzzle,  and  with  a  tightly  twisted 
tail.  Like  the  Gillaroo  trout,  it  is  a  specimen  of 
hereditary  malformation.  Not  so  the  bull-dog,  in 
which  the  bones  of  the  skull  and  (he  (emporal 
muscles  are  finely  developed,  and  in  which  the 
muzzle  and  head  are  in  perfect  harmony. 

The  pug-dog  is  snarling  and  ill-tempered,  but 
cowardly,  and  by  no  means  remarkable  for  intelli- 
gence. Formerly  it  was  in  great  esteem  as  a  pet, 
but  is  now  little  valued,  and  not  often  kept. 

In  taking  a  review  of  the  various  breeds  of  the 
domestic  dog,  we  cannot  fail  to  observe  that  they 
are  endowed  respectively  with  qualifications  or 
habits  certainly  not  innate,  but  the  result  of  educa- 
tion, at  least  originally  ;  which  education,  continued 
through  a  series  of  generations,  has  produced  per- 
manent effects.  For  example,  no  dog  in  a  state  of 
nature  would  point  with  his  nose  at  a  partridge, 
and  then  stand  like  a  statue,  motionless,  for  the  dog 
would  gain  nothing  by  such  a  proceeding.  Man, 
however,  has  availed  himself  of  the  docility  and 
delicacy  of  scent  peculiar  to  a  certain  breed,  and 
has  taught  the  dog  his  lesson,  and  (he  lesson  thus 
learned  has  become  second  nature.  A  young 
pointer  takes  to  its  work  as  if  by  intuition,  and 
scarcely  requires  discipline.  Hence,  therefore, 
must  we  conclude  that  education  not  only  effects 
impressions  on  the  sensorium,  but  transmissible 
impressions,  whence  arise  the  predispositions  of 
certain  races.  Education  in  fact  modifies  organ- 
ization :  not  that  it  makes  a  dog  otherwise  than  a 
dog,  but  it  supersedes,  to  a  certain  point,  instinct, 
or  makes  acquired  propensities  instinctive,  heredi- 
tary, and  therefore  characteristics  of  the  race. 
The  effect  of  (his  change  of  nature  is  not  to  render 
the  dog  more  independent,  nor  to  give  it  any  ad- 
vantage over  its  fellows,  but  to  rivet  more  firmly 
the  links  of  subjection  to  man. 

It  is  not  to  the  pointer  alone  that  these  observa- 
tions apply  ;  all  our  domestic  dogs  have  tlieir  own 
acquired  propensities,  which,  becoming  second 
nature,  make  them,  in  one  way  or  another,  valuable 
servants.  No  one,  we  presume,  will  suppose  that 
the  instinctive  propensities  implanted  by  nature  in 
the  shepherd's  dog  make  it  not  a  destroyer,  but  a 
preserver  of  sheep.  On  the  contrary,  this  dog,  like 
every  other,  is  carnivorous,  and  nature  intends  it  to 
destroy  and  devour.  But  education  has  supplanted 
instinct,  to  a  certain  point,  and  implantetl  a  dis- 
position which  has  become  an  hereditary  charac- 
teristic, and  hence  a  shepherd's  dog  of  the  true  breed 
takes  to  its  duties  naturally.  But  a  shepherd's  dog 
coulil  not,  delicate  as  its  sense  of  smell  is,  be 
brought  to  take  the  place  of  the  pointer  in  the  field, 
even  though  it  were  subjected  to  training  from  the 
earliest  age  ;  nor,  on  the  other  hand,  could  a  pointer 
be  substituted  with  equal  advantage  in  the  place 
of  a  shepherd's  dog  as  the  assistant  of  (he  drover. 
Each  is  civilized,  but  in  a  different  style,  and  edu- 
cation has  impressed  upon  each  a  different  bent  of 
mind,  a  different  class  of  propensities. 

The  following  is  the  arrangement  of  the  groups 
into  which  the  breeds  of  the  domestic  dog  seem  to 
us  to  resolve  themselves  : — 

1.  Dingo — semi-domestic? 

2.  Esquimaux  dog? 

3.  Hare  Indian's  dog? 

To  what  groups  these  respectively  belong  is  not 
very  clear  ;  probably  to  the  first  or  second  of  the 
following  groups : — 

Ears    sharp,   erect,   or    sub-      Sliepberd's  (lojf. 
erect;  nose  poiiiteti ;  Iiair      Silierian. 
long.  Piimeraiiian. 

Icelantlish,  &c. 


8.9,  -Uat-raU-her  am)  Terneni. 


895. —  I'ogs,  Tnnu  K^'\plian  I'nintliiys. 


200 


No.  26. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATUllE.] 


201 


202 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Dogs 


Muzxle  Int  acute;   ran  tub- 
ctecl ;  bair  aburt  or  wirjr. 


Ran  moderate,  narrow,  gene- 
rally {leiiiluluiu ;  muule 
protluccU. 


Kara  moderately  large,  pen- 
dent ;  muuie  muUerate ; 
hair  long. 

Eaif  moderately  large  and 
pendent ;  muule  deep  and 
atroug ;  bair  long  or 
wiry. 

Ears  large  and  pendent ; 
mutile  long  and  deep; 
IKMC  large ;  hair  cloK. 


Ear*  moderate,  iwndpnt ; 
muule  ihort  and  tbick  ; 
bair  (bort. 


Terrier,  rough  and  mootb. 
Turiwpit 
Bariiary  dog. 
Lurcher,  &c. 

Great  Daniih  dog. 

Irish  wulf-dug. 
Scotch  Gtey-buund,  or  Deer- 
bound. 
Entflisb  ditto. 
Italian  ditto. 
Perfiun  ditto. 
Albanian  dug,  &0. 
Spaniel. 
Wat«?r-Spaniel. 
R(Ki(;h  water-dog. 
Setter,  &c. 

Italian  wolT'dog. 
Newfuundland  dog. 
Liilirailor  dog. 
Alpine  dog,  &c. 

Pointer. 

Beagle. 

Harrier. 

Fox-bound. 

Old  Knglisli  hound. 

Dloml-hoiind. 

African  bound,  &c. 

Culian  maatiff. 

Mastiir. 

Dan-dog. 

Bnll-dog. 

Conican  bull-dog,  &e. 

Pug-dog  t 

This  and  every  other  attempt  to  arrange  the 
various  breeds  of  dogs  under  different  heads  will 
necessarily  be  defective,  from  our  want  of  informa- 
tion respecting  the  races  of  antiquity  ;  an  accurate 
knowledge  of  which  would  throw  considerable  light 
on  our  modern  varieties.  We  know  indeed  that 
the  Greeks  and  Romans  had  valuable  dogs  for 
hunting  vaiious  wild  animals,  and  paid  great  atten- 
tion to  them,  but  we  know  little  beyond.  They 
had  watch-dogs,  hounds,  a  greyhound  breed,  and 
probably  a  breed  of  spaniels,  the  Catiis  Tuscus,  also 
described  as  Proles  de  sanguine  Ibero.  Fig.  894 
is  a  copy  of  a  dog  represented  on  a  mosaic  pave- 
ment at  Pompeii,  fastened  by  a  chain,  with  the 
caution  "  Cave  canem  "  ("  Beware  the  dog  ")  written 
at  its  feet :  the  smal  I  sharp  ears  and  elongated  muzzle 
give  it  a  wild  aspect :  it  appears  to  be  a  strongly- 
made,  vigorous  animal ;  but  if  it  represent  the  Dogue 
de  foite  race  of  the  Romans,  we  cannot  wonder  at 
their  sending  to  Britain  for  our  old  indigenous 
mastiff. 

In  Egypt  the  dog  was  a  favourite,  and  carefully 
bred,  and,  as  the  paintings  of  that  people  prove, 
there  were  several  breeds.     It  would  appear,  indeed, 
that  some  kinds  were  regarded  with  religious  vene- 
ration, and  embalmed  after  death.      Mummies  of 
them  arc  still  found.     We  have  seen  the  remains  of 
a  red  short-haired  dog  thus  preserved.     Figs.  895 
and  836  are  outlines  of  dogs  from  Egyptian  paint- 
ings.    Fig.  895,  a,  two  hounds,  or  a  hound  and 
greyhound  in  couples.     The  style  of  colouring  on  j 
the  foremost  dog,  regarded  as  a  hound,  reminds  us 
of  the  hounds  of  modern  days  ;    b  is  evidently  a  ! 
pet  domestic  dog,  with  sharp  ears  and  a  curled  tail ;  I 
c,  a  hound;  d,  a  short-legged  dog,  not  unlike  our  | 
turnspit,  with  sharp  ears,  and  which  appears  to  have  I 
been  a  favourite  ;    e  is  probably  a   watch-dog   of 
the  "forte  race,"  excepting  that  its  tail  is  more 
curled,  it  has  a  striking  resemblance  to  the  Roman 
house-dog  (Fig.   894);  f  is  &  liunling-dog,  as  it 
would  seem,  being  found  frequently  in  attendance 
on   chasseurs.      Fig.  896   represents   a    huntsman 
bringing  home  an  antelope  with  a  brace  of  coupled 
hounds.     The  modern  greyhound  of  Arabia  (Fig. 
885)  so  closely  resembles  the  delineations  of  the 
ancient  greyhound,  that  we  cannot  doubt  their  affi- 
nity.    The  Egyptians  in  the  chase  used  the  bow 
and   spear,  and   intercepted   the   game   as  it  fled 
before  the  hounds,  discharging  their  arrows  when- 
ever it  came  within  range.     Whenatierce  antelope, 
as  the  Leucoryx,  was  brought  to  bay,  the  hunter 
gallantly  used  his  spear,  as  the  boar-hunter  of  the 
middle   ages  in  Europe.     On  the  level  plains   of 
Egypt  the  chasseur  often  followed  in  his  chariot, 
urging  his  horses  to  the  full  speed,  and  endeavour- 
ing to  meet   the   game,  or  place   himself  in  the 
direction  the  dogs  were  forcing  it  to  take,  with  his 
bow  and  arrows  ready.     It  was  perhaps   the   par- 
tiality evinced  by  the  Egyptians  to  the  dog,  that  led 
the   Israelites  to  reganl  it  with  abhorrence,  as  an 
unclean  animal ;  in  which  feeling  they  have  been 
followed  by  the  Mohammedans.     Be  this  as  it  may, 
Palestine  "is  the  country  in  which  this  animal  has 
the  longest  been  refused  that  entire  domestication 
with  man  which   he  has   enjoyed   in   most   other 
lands;  in  other  words,  the  treatment  of  the  dog  has 
almost,  always  in  Palestine  been  such  as  it  has  only 
in  other  countries  been  subject  to  since  the  propa- 
gation of  the  Moslem  faith.    And  since  the  ideas 
concerning  dogs  have  been  much  the  same  with 
the  ancient  Jews  and  modern  Moslems,  there  is  no 


doubt  that  the  existing  practices  of  the  latter 
illustrate  the  ancient  practices  of  the  foimer. 
Among  both  we  trace  the  despised,  but  not  mal- 
treated dog  of  the  streets,  and  among  both  we  dis- 
cover that,  with  every  predisposition  to  do  without 
them,  certain  breeds  of  dogs  nave  forced  their  ser- 
vices upon  man.  from  the  indispensable  nature  of 
their  help  in  hunting  and  in  guarding  the  flocks." 

These  street  dogs  (Figs.  883  and  884),  called  Pariah 
dogs  in  India,  have  excited  the  attention  of  all 
travellers  in  India,  Turkey,  and  the  whole  of  the 
Levant.  They  roam  the  streets  of  towns,  cities,  and 
villaf^es,  owned  by  no  one,  but,  for  their  services  in 
clearing  away  carrion  and  offal,  universally  tolerated. 
We  find  allusions  to  them  in  the  earliest  records  of 
aiitiquitv.  Homer  pictures  them  in  conjunction 
with  vultures,  as  feeding  upon  the  slain  : — 

**  Wlioae  limbe  unburied  on  the  niked  gliore 
DeTOuring  dogs  and  hungry  vulture*  tore." 

Pope'*  Trtfiu/. 

In  the  Scriptures  there  are  abundant  allusions,  as 
Tor  example.  Exodus  xxii.  31 ;  I  Kings  xxi.  19  and 
23;  2  Kings  ix.  35,  and  elsewhere.  The  passages 
of  most  force,  "  In  the  place  where  the  dogs  licked 
the  blood  of  Naboth,  shall  dogs  lick  thy  blood,  even 
thine;"  and,  "The  dogs  shall  eat  Jezebel  by  the 
wall  of  Jezreel,"  bring  to  mind  the  picture  of  a 
scene  painted  in  modern  days  by  a  poet,  who  had  1 
travelled  in  Greece  and  Turkey,  and  well  knew  the  i 
habits  of  the  masterless  dogs  that  "wander  up  and 
down  for  meat,  and  grudge  if  they  be  not  satisfied  :" 

*'  lie  saw  the  lean  Hogs  Iwneath  the  wall 
Hold  o'er  ilie  dea«l  their  carnival ; 
Gorginif  and  grou  ting  o'er  rarcass  and  limb, 
They  were  too  busy  to  bark  at  him. 
From  a  'I'artar's  skull  they  had  stripp'd  the  flesh. 
As  ve  peel  the  Hg  when  the  fruit  is  fresh  ; 
I  Anu  Uleir  white  tusks  crunch'd  o'er  the  whiter  skull, 

As  it  slipt  through  their  jaw-s  when  their  edge  grew  dull. 

As  they  lazily  mumbled  the  l><)nes  of  the  dead. 

As  they  scarce  could  ri^ie  from  the  spot  where  they  fed. 

So  well  had  they  broken  a  lingering  fast 

With  those  who'  had  fallen  for  that  night'u  repast," 

Byron  $  Siege  of  Corinth, 

Pariah  dogs  herd  together  in  troops,  and  keep  to 
their  respective  districts  ;  they  display  all  the  qua- 
lities and  propensities  of  their  race,  and  if  they  are 
fierce  and  ravenous,  it  is  because  they  are  left  to 
their  own  resources,  since  to  become  at  once  do- 
mestic they  require  only  to  be  owned  and  noticed. 
Colonel   Sykes,  speaking    of   the    Pariah   dog  of 
Dukhun,  observes  that  it  is  there  very  numerous, 
and  not  individual  property,  but  breeds  in  the  towns 
and   villages   unmolested.      He  remarks  that  the 
Turnspit  dog,  long-backed,  with  short  crooked  legs, 
is  frequently  found  among  the  Pariahs.     There  is 
also   a  petted   minute  variety  of  the   Pariah  dog, 
usually  of  a  white  colour,  with  long  silky  hair,  cor- 
responding to  a  common  lap-dog  of  Europe  ;  this  is 
taught  to  carry  flambeaux  and  lanterns.     The  last 
variety  noticed  is  the  dog  with  hair  so  short  as  to 
appear  naked,  like  the  Barbary  or  Egyptian  dog. 
It  is  known  to  Europeans  by  the  name  of  tne  Polygar 
dog.      Of  the   Domesticated  dogs,   Colonel   Sykes 
states,  that   the   first  in  size   and  strength  is  the 
Brinjaree  dog,  which  somewhat  resembles  the  Per- 
sian greyhound,  but  is  much  more  powerful. 

It  may  here  be  expected  that  we  should  enter 
into  some  details  illustrating  the  intelligence  and 
fidelity  of  this  animal,  which  seems  expressly  made 
for  man,  which  instinctively  clings  to  him,  and 
which  watches  his  every  look  and  gesture.  But 
who  from  his  own  experience  cannot  bear  testimony 
to  the  good  qualities  of  the  dog !  It  has  been 
somewhere  said,  and  with  truth,  that  man  is  the  god 
of  the  dog,  for  to  man  he  looks  up  with  reverence 
and  affection,  and  the  praise  of  his  master  is  his 
richest  reward.  Is  this  instinctive  attachment  of 
the  dog  to  man  an  acquired  feeling,  or  is  it  an 
original  impulse  implanted  in  its  nature,  by  the  All- 
wise  Creator,  for  man's  benefit,  so  that  in  the  pri- 
mitive condition  of  society  he  might  have  a  friend 
and  assistant,  all-important  in  the  chase,  and  in  the 
extirpation  of  wild  beasts,  which  ere  he  can  settle 
in  the  laud  and  found  a  colony,  he  must  drive  to  a 
distance  or  destroy  ?  a 

We  turn  to  our  pictorial  specimens,  and  one  (Fig. 
897)  appeals  strongly  to  our  feelings ;  it  represents 
a  fine  Newfoundland  dog,  dripping  with  the  briny 
water,  and  in  whose  face  is  depicted  the  utmost 
anxiety,  as  if  watching  eagerly  for  assistance,  while 
one  foot  rests  upon  the  shoulder  of  a  wrecked  sea- 
man which  he  has  succeeded  in  dragging  to  shore. 
The  picture  tells  its  own  story. 

The  following  anecdote  respecting  the  Newfound- 
land dog  is  very  interesting  : — 

"A  native  of  Germany,  fond  of  travelling,  was 
pursuing  his  course  through  Holland,  accompanied 
by  a  large  Newfoundland  dog.  Walking  one  even- 
ing on  a  high  bank,  which  formed  one  side  of  a 
dike,  or  canal,  so  common  in  that  countiy,  his  foot 
slipped,  and  he  was  precipitated  into  the  water, 
and,  being  unable  to  swim,  he  soon  became  sense- 
less. When  he  recovered  his  recollection,  he  found 
himself  in  a  cottage  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  dike 
to  that  from  which  he  had  fallen,  surrounded  by 


peasants,  who  had  been  using  the  means  so  gen«> 
rally  practised  in  that  country  for  restoring  anima- 
tion. The  account  given  by  the  peasants  was,  that 
one  of  them  returning  home  from  his  labour  ob- 
served, at  a  considerable  distance,  a  large  dog  in 
the  water  swimming,  and  diagging,  and  sometimes 
pushing,  something  which  he  seemed  to  have  great 
difficulty  in  supporting,  but  which  he  at  length 
succeeded  in  getting  into  a  small  creek  on  the  op- 
posite side  to  that  on  which  the  men  were. 

"When   the    animal   had   pulled   what   lie   had 
hitherto  supported  as  far  out  of  the  water  as  he  was 
able,  the  peasant  discovered  that  it  was  the  body  of 
a  man.     The  dog,  having  shaken  himself,  began 
industriouslv  to   lick   the   hands  and   face   of  his 
master,  while  the  rustic  hastened  across ;  and,  hav- 
ing obtained  assistance,  the  body  was  conveyed  to 
a  neighbouring  house,  where  the  usual  means  of 
resuscitation  soon  restored  him  to  sense  and  recol- 
lection.    Two  very  considerable  bruises,  witli  the 
marks  of  teeth,  appeared,  one  on  his  shoulder,  the 
other  on  the  nape  of  the  neck  ;  whence  it  was  pre- 
sumed   that    the    faithful  animal   first    seized    his 
master  by  the  shoulder,  and  swam  with  him  in  this 
manner  for  some  time ;    but  that  his  sagacity  had 
prompted  him  to  let  go  his  hold,  and  shift  his  grasp 
to  the   neck,  by  which   he   had  been   enabled  to 
support  the  head  out  of  the  water.     It  was  in  the 
latter  position  that  the  peasant  observed  the  dog 
making  his  way  along  the  dike,  which  it  appeared 
he  had  done  lor  a  distance  of  nearly  a  quarter  of  a 
mile.     It  is  therefore  probable  that  this  gentleman 
owed  his  life  as  much  to   the   sagacity  as  to  the 
fidelity  of  his  dog." 

Wordsworth,  in  a  beautiful  little  poem,  has  given 
an  affecting  instance  of  the  fidelity  of  a  dog,  which 
we  need  make  no  apology  for  quoting  : — 

"  A  barking  sound  the  shepherd  hears, 

A  cry  as  of  a  (log  or  fox  ; 
lie  halt-s,  and  searches  with  his  eyes 

Among  the  scattered  rocks : 
And  now  at  di.^tanre  can  discern 
A  stirrint;  in  a  brake  of  fern  ; 
From  which  immediately  leaps  out 
A  dug,  and  yelping  runs  about, 

Tlie  dog  is  not  n1  mountain  breed  ; 

Its  motions,  too,  are  wild  and  shy; 
With  something,  as  the  shepljerd  thinks, 

l^nusual  in  its  cry  : 
Nor  is  there  any  one  in  sight 
All  round,  in  hollow  or  in  height ; 
Nor  shout  nor  whistle  strikes  Tiis  earl 
What  is  the  creature  doing  here? 

It  was  a  cove,  a  htige  recess. 
That  keeps  till  June  December's  snow  ; 

A  lofty  precipice  in  front, 
A  silent  tarn*  below. 

Far  in  the  bosom  of  Helvellyn, 

Remote  from  public  load  or  dwelling. 

Pathway,  or  cultivated  land. 

From  trace  of  human  foot  or  hand. 

There  sometimes  does  a  leaping  fish 

Send  through  the  tarn  a  lonely  cheer  ; 
The  crags  repeat  the  raven's  croak 

In  symphony  austere. 
Thilher  the  rainbow  comes,  the  cloud  ; 
And  mists  that  spread  the  Hying  shroud, 
And  «unbearas  ;  and  the  sounding  blast 
That,  if  it  could,  would  huirv  past. 
But  that  enormous  barrier  binds  it  fast. 

Not  knowing  what  to  think,  aw  hile 
The  shepherd  stood  ;  then  makes  his  way 

Towards  the  dog,  o'er  rocks  and  stones, 
As  quickly  as  he  may  ; 

Nor  far  had  gone  before  lie  found 

A  human  skeleton  on  the  ground. 

Sad  sight  I  the  shepherd  w  ith  a  siKh 

Looks  round  to  learn  the  history. 


'rom  those  abrupt  and  peri 

The  man  h;ul  falen,  that  place  of  fear  I 
At  length  upon  the  shepherd's  mind 


From  those  abrupt  and  perilous  rocks 

epl 

It  breaks,  and  all  i^  clear  : 
He  instantly  rccall'd  the  name. 
And  who  he  was  niul  w-hence  he  came; 
Rememlier'd,  too,  the  verv  day 
On  which  the  traveller  paju'd  this  way. 
But  hear  a  wonder  now,  for  sake 

Of  which  thismournlul  tale  i  telU 
A  lasting  monument  of  words 

This  wonder  merits  well. 
The  dog,  which  still  w-as  hovering  nigh. 
Repeating  the  same  timid  cry. 
This  dog  had  lieen  through  three  months 
A  dweller  in  that  savage  place. 

Yes,  proof  was  pi  .in  tliat  since  the  day 
On  which  the  traveller  thus  had  died 
The  dog  had  watched  about  the  spot. 

Or  by  his  master's  side. 
How-  nourished  here  Ihroegh  such  long  time 
lie  knows,  who  gave  tl  at  love  sulilime. 
And  gave  that  strength  of  feeling,  great 
Above  all  human  estimate." 


ipace 


It 


about  thirty-seven  years  ago  that  the 
fatal  accident  happened  which  furnished  a  subject 
for  the  above  beautiful  poem  by  Mr.  Wordsworth. 
The  circumstances  were  recently  detailed  to  a 
tourist  by  one  of  the  guides  who  conducts  visitors 
to  the  summits  of  Skiddaw  and  Helvellyn.  The 
unfortunate  man  who  perished  amidst  these  soli- 
tudes was  a  resident  of  Manchester,  who  was  peri- 
odically in  the  habit  of  visiting  the  lakes,  and  who, 
confiding  in  his  knowledge  of  the  country,  had  ven- 
tured to  cross  one  of  the  passes  of  Helvellyn,  late 
in  a  summer  afternoon,  in  company  only  with  his 
faithful  dog.  Darkness,  it  is  supposed,  came  on 
before  his  expectation  ;  he  wandered  from  the  track  ; 
and  fell  over  the  rocks  into  one  of  those  deep  re- 

*  Taim  is  a  small  lake,  or  mere,  mostly  in  high  mouniaini. 


"Wolves.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


203 


cesses  where  human  foot  never  treads.  The  dog  was 
found  by  the  side  of  his  master's  body,  after  many 
■weeks'  fruitless  search.  The  man  who  told  the 
story  had  never  heard  of  the  poem,  but  the  senti- 
ment of  natural  piety  with  which  it  concludes  was 
on  his  lips.  '-  God  knows,"  he  said,  "  how  tlie  poor 
beast  was  supported  so  lonf;." 

Fig.  898  illustrates  the  singular  attachment  that 
occasionally  takes  place  between  the  dog  and  other 
animals.  The  wood-cut  represents  a  spaniel  bitch 
in  company  with  a  young  lion,  belonging  to  Atkins's 
menagerie,  in  1828.  The  lion  was  ill,  and  the 
spaniel  nourished  it  and  tended  it  with  the  utmost 
solicitude. 

We  have  alluded  to  the  great  similarity,  not- 
withstanding their  mutual  hostility,  which  exists 
between  the  Esquimaux  dog  and  the  wolf,  and  we 
have  introduced  a  representation  of  the  former  ani- 
mal, in  order  the  better  to  tompare  it  with  the 
wolf,  and  to  show  how  closely  it  resembles  a  mixed 
breed  between  the  dog  and  the  wolf,  of  which  two 
individuals  were  exhibited  in  1828  in  Mr.  Womb- 
well's  menagerie.  Fig.  899  is  a  representation  of 
several  Esquimaux  dogs  harnessed  by  their  masters 
to  a  sledge  ;  Fig.  900  represents  the  two  specimens 
of  the  mixed  breed  ;  Figs.  901,  902,  903,  the  Wolf. 
We  have  already  denied  the  correctness  of  the  infer- 
ence, that  because  the  wolf  and  the  jackal  respec- 
tively breed  with  the  dog,  they  are  therefore,  as 
Hunter  affirmed,  all  of  one  species  :  no  one,  we  think, 
will  now  regard  the  wolf  and  the  jackal  as  identi- 
cal ;  nor  is  there  any  more  ground  for  believing 
that  the  dog  is  either  the  one  or  the  other,  than  for 
assuming  that  the  wolf  and  the  jackal  are  one. 

Figs.  904  and  905  are  the  skull  of  the  European 
wolf,  in  two  views  :  it  diifers  in  various  minor  de- 
tails from  the  skull  of  the  Canada  wolf,  of  which 
Figs.  906  and  907  are  two  similar  views. 

Figs.  908  and  909  represent  the  skull  of  the 
Jackal,  in  two  views ;  it  differs  from  those  both  of 
the  European  and  American  wolf.  These  skulls 
may  be  compared  with  those  of  the  various  breeds 
of  dogs  previously  given.  Fig.  910  is  a  spirited 
delineation  of  the  head  of  the  Wolf,  for  comparison 
with  that  of  the  nearest  of  the  dogg.  We  shall  now 
pass  from  a  consideration  of  the  dog,  to  its  proxi- 
mate ally. 

901,  902,  903,  911,  919.— Thb  Wolf 

(Canis  Lupus).  Mkos,  Aristotle  ;  le  Loup,  French  ; 
il  Lupo,  Italian.  A  robust  but  gaunt  frame,  a 
skulking  or  irresolute  gait,  ferocity  mingled  with 
cunning  and  cowardice,  and  a  wild  yet  sinister  ex- 
pression of  the  physiognomy,  characterize  this  beast 
of  prey.  Spread  throughout  Europe  and  various 
parts  of  Asia,  it  is  more  particularly  in  mountain 
and  forest  districts  that  the  wolf  prevails,  where  the 
population  is  scanty,  and  collected  into  small  towns 
or  villages,  with  a  wide  country  around,  destitute  of 
human  dwellings.  In  the  Pyrenees,  the  Carpathian 
mountains,  in  Poland,  Hiingary,  some  parts  of  Aus- 
tria, France,  Italy,  and  Spain  ;  in  Norway,  Sweden, 
and  Russia,  the  wolf  is  yet  common  ;  as  well  as  in 
western  Asia,  and  the  border  territories  included  in 
Europe.  Formerly  this  animal  was  abundant  in 
the  British  Islands,  and  the  plague  and  terror  of  the 
country.  Verstegan,  in  his  '  Restitution  of  decayed 
Intelligence  in  Antiquities,  concerning  the  most 
noble  and  renowned  English  nation,'  1605,  observes 
that  January  was  called  Wolf-monat  by  the  Anglo- 
Saxons,  "  because  people  were  wont  in  that  moneth 
to  be  more  in  danger  to  be  devoured  of  wolves  than 
in  any  season  els  of  the  yearc,  for  that  through  the 
extremity  of  cold  and  snow  those  ravenous  crea- 
tures could  not  find  other  beasts  sufficient  to  feed 
upon."  The  universal  fear  which  the  wolf,  where 
numerous,  would  naturally  inspire,  was  formeriy 
heightened  by  superstition,  and  fiends  or  malignant 
beings  were  imagined  as  having  power  to  assume 
the  form  and  power  of  this  dreaded  animal.  Ly- 
canthropos  of  the  Greeks,  the  Were-wolf  of  the 
Anglo-Saxons,  and  the  Loup-garou  of  the  French 
had  reference  to  some  such  preternatural  monster, 
whose  name  was  associated  with  all  that  is  horrible 
and  mysterious.  Conspicuous  then,  and  dreaded  for 
its  power  and  ferocity,  we  can  scarcely  wonder  that 
the  wolf  should  have  had  its  name  assumed,  or  given 
to  men  of  distinction,  by  our  barbarous  but  warlike 
forefathers,  among  whom  such  appellations  as  Ethel- 
wolf,  Eadwolf,  Berthwolf,  and  many  more,  were 
common. 

It  must  not  be  supposed,  however,  that  our  Saxon 
ancestors  tamely  suffered  the  wolf  to  ravage  the 
country.  The  attempt  at  extirpating  this  animal 
commenced  in  the  tenth  century  under  the  reign  of 
Edgar,  and  appears  to  have  succeeded  in  the  thir- 
teenth century,  during  the  reign  of  Edward  I ,  as  no 
historical  mention  is  made  of  any  royal  edict,  sub- 
sequently to  that  period,  to  promote  their  destruc- 
tion. The  last  record  of  their  existence  in  any 
formidable  numbers  was  in  1281.  It  is  said  by  Mr. 
Topham,  in  his  notes  to  Somerville's  '  Chace,'  that 


it  was  in  the  wolds  of  Yorkshire  where  a  price  was 
last  set  upon  a  wolfs  head.  In  Scotland  and  Ireland 
the  wolf  remained  for  a  considerable  period  longer. 
In  1577,  according  to  Hollinshed.  these  animals 
were  destructive  to  the  flocks  in  Scotland,  and  in 
Ireland  they  were  exterminated  only  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  last  century. 

In  almost  every  department  of  France  infested 
by  the  wolf  there  is  a  society  called  Societe 
de  Louveterie,  the  object  of  which  is  to  keep  that 
animal  down  ;  and  premiums,  varying  in  the  amount 
according  to  the  sex  and  age  of  the  animals  killed, 
are  likewise  paid.  The  means  hitherto  employed, 
however,  have  been  inadequate  to  effect  the  pur- 
pose. 

In  Poland  wolves  are  numerous  and  formidable  ; 
and  they  increased  especially  in  the  years  from  1807 
to  1815,  in  the  province  of  Posen,  after  its  separa- 
tion from  Prussia.  In  1814  three  grown  persons  and 
sixteen  children  were  devoured  by  them  in  the  small 
circle  of  Wiingrowiec  alone.  When  Prussia  re- 
gained the  province  of  Posen  in  1815,  no  time  was 
lost  by  the  government  in  getting  rid  of  so  great  a 
public  nuisance  ;  and  in  that  province  within  five 
years,  from  1815  to  1819  inclusive,  4C18  dollars  were 
paid  by  the  government  in  rewards  for  killing 
wolves.  Latterly  wolves  have  again  increased  in 
that  province  ;  for  the  use  of  fire-arms  having  been 
in  a  great  measure  prohibited  in  Poland  after  the 
Revolution,  these  animals  are  rapidly  multiplying 
there,  and  invade  the  neighbouring  territories. 

In  the  parish  of  Briala,  district  of  Rawa,  during 
the  month  of  August,  1837,  four  girls  were  torn  to 
pieces  not  far  from  their  own  houses.  What  must 
these  animals  be  in  winter,  when  even  in  summer 
they  are  thus  daring ! 

Mr.  Lloyd,  in  his  '  Field-Sports  in  the  North  of 
Europe,'  relates  many  narratives  respecting  these 
animals;  it  would  appear  that  they  are  less  dan- 
gerous to  man  than  might  be  expected,  though 
they  sometimes,  especially  when  combined  in  troops, 
attack  travellers  with  great  audacity.  A  gentle- 
man attached  to  the  emlaassy  of  St.  Petersburgh,  says 
Mr.  Lloyd,  related  to  me  the  following  circum- 
stance : — "  It  happened,  at  no  great  distance  from  St. 
Petersburgh,  and  only  two  years  previously,  a  pea- 
sant, when  one  day  in  his  sledge,  was  pursued  by 
eleven  of  these  ferocious  animals.  At  this  time  he 
was  only  about  two  miles  from  home,  towards  which 
he  urged  his  horse  at  the  very  top  of  his  speed.  At 
the  entrance  of  his  residence  was  a  gate,  which  hap- 
pened to  be  closed  at  the  time  ;  but  the  horse 
dashed  this  open,  and  thus  himself  and  his  master 
found  refuge  in  the  court-yard.  They  were  fol- 
lowed, however,  by  nine  out  of  the  eleven  wolves ; 
but  very  fortunately,  at  the  very  instant  these  had 
entered  the  enclosure,  the  gate  swung  back  on  its 
hinges,  and  thus  they  were  caught  as  in  a  trap. 
From  being  the  most  ferocious  of  animals,  the  na- 
ture of  these  beasts,  now  that  they  found  escape 
impossible,  became  completely  changed :  so  far, 
indeed,  from  offering  molestation  to  any  one,  they 
slunk  into  holes  and  corners,  and  allowed  them- 
selves to  be  slaughtered  almost  without  making 
resistance."  In  the  government  of  Livonia  in  Rus- 
sia, a  district  of  about  two  hundred  and  fifty  miles 
long  and  one  hundred  and  fifty  broad,  the  following 
animals  were,  according  to  official  reports,  destroyed 
by  wolves  in  1822: — horses,  1841;  fowls,  1243; 
cattle,  1807;  calves,  733;  sheep,  15,182;  lambs, 
726;  goats,  2545;  kids,  183;  swine,  4190;  young 
pigs,  312;  dogs,  703;  geese,  673. 

Desniarest  says  that  the  wolf  is  solitary  and  noc- 
turnal, but  that  in  winter  it  unites  in  troops,  which 
attack  horses  and  men.  The  sense  of  smell  is  very 
acute,  but  its  speed  is  not  very  great,  and  it  wearies 
out  its  victim  by  dint  of  untiring  perseverance. 
When  in  full  chase  of  its  prey,  it  gallops  along,  per- 
tinaciously following  the  track  of  the  fugitive.  The 
descriplion  of  a  troop  of  wolves  in  pursuit  is  admi- 
rably described  by  Lord  Byron  in  his  poem  of 
'  Mazeppa :' — 

••  We  milled  through  the  leives  like  wind, 
Left  shrubs  and  trees  and  w  olves  behind  ; 
By  nifflit  I  heard  them  on  the  track. 
Their  troop  came  hard  upon  our  back. 
With  their  lon|{  jrallop,  wiiich  can  tire 
Tlie  hound's  deep  hate  and  hunter's  tire  ; 
Where'er  we  (lew  th'-y  followed  on. 
Nor  left  us  witli  the  morning  sun. 
Behind  1  saw  them  scarce  a  rood 
At  daybreak  winding  througli  the  wood. 
And  through  the  night  had  heard  their  feet 
Tlieir  stealing  rustling  step  repeat." 

From  the  numerous  allusions  to  the  wolf  in  the 

Scriptures,  it  is  evident  that  it  must  have  been  well 

i  known  formerly  in  Syria — and  indeed  also  in  Egypt, 

for  we  find  it  figured  on  ancient  sculptures,  together 

with  the  hyaena  and  greyhound.     (Fig.  912.)     At 

present,  however,  this  animal  is  seldom  met  with 

in  Syria,  although  it  still  exists  in  that  region,  but 

keeps  itself  concealed. 

j       So  habitually  cautious  and  suspicious  is  the  wolf, 

;  that  it  is  difficult  to  take  it  in  trap.n,  and  for  the  same 

reason  anything  like  the  appearance  of  artifice  deters 


it  from  an  attack.  Tig.  91.3.)  It  nas  been  sup- 
posed the  wolf  never  carries  his  tail  elevated,  but 
this  is  not  altogether  correct ;  we  have  often 
watched  the  wolves  in  the  Zoological  Gardens 
gallop  round  the  enclosure  with  the  tail  raised  up 
as  it  is  when  the  animals  are  in  chase  of  prey  ;  and 
also,  as  Dr.  Richardson  states  from  observation, 
when  they  gambol  with  each  other. 

When  pursued  the  wolf  rushes  along,  with  his 
muzzle  almost  to  the  ground,  his  eyes  like  glowing 
fire,  the  hair  of  his  neck  and  shoulders  erect,  and 
his  tail  lowered  and  drawn  close  ;  when  out  of 
danger,  he  slackens  his  pace,  raises  his  head,  sniffs 
about,  and  whisks  his  tail  around,  as  if  exulting  in 
his  escape;  but  if  brought  to  bay  by  hounds,  he 
defends  himself  to  the  last,  and  often  kills  and 
maims  some  of  his  antagonists  before  he  falls  over- 
powered by  numbers.  (Tig.  914.)  The  Kirghese 
Tartars  employ  a  large  hawk  in  the  chase,  which 
fastens  upon  the  animal's  head,  and  tears  its  eyes. 
(Fig.  902.) 

Fierce  as  the  wolf  is,  like  the  hyaena  it  can  be 
tamed  and  even  domesticated,  but  they  require  to 
be  taken  very  young.  M.  F.  Cuvier  gives  a  very 
I  interesting  account  of  a  tame  wolf,  which  showed 
all  the  affection  that  the  most  gentle  dog  could 
evince  towards  its  master.  When  full-grown,  he 
was  presented  by  his  owner  to  the  menagerie  at 
Paris.  For  many  weeks  he  was  quite  disconsolate 
at  the  separation  from  his  master,  who  had  been 
obliged  to  travel  ;  he  would  scarcely  take  any  food, 
and  was  indifferent  to  his  keepers.  At  length  he 
became  attached  to  those  about  him,  and  he  seemed 
to  have  forgotten  his  old  affections.  His  master 
returned  after  an  absence  of  eighteen  months  ;  the 
wolf  heard  his  voice  amidst  the  crowd  in  the  gardens 
of  the  menagerie,  and,  being  set  at  liberty,  displayed 
the  most  violent  joy.  Again  was  he  separated  from 
his  friend ;  and  again  was  his  grief  as  extreme  as 
on  the  first  occasion.  After  three  years'  absence, 
his  master  once  more  returned.  It  was  evening, 
and  the  wolfs  den  was  shut  up  from  any  external 
observations ;  yet  the  instant  the  man's  voice  was 
heard,  the  faithful  animal  set  up  the  most  anxious 
cries ;  and  the  door  of  his  cage  being  open,  he 
rushed  towards  his  friend,  leaped  upon  his  shoulders, 
licked  his  face,  and  threatened  to  bite  his  keepers 
when  they  attempted  to  separate  them.  When  the 
man  left  him,  he  fell  sick,  and  refused  all  food ;  and 
from  the  time  of  his  recovery,  which  was  long  very 
doubtful,  it  was  always  dangerous  for  a  stranger  to 
approach  him.  He  appeared  as  if  he  scorned  any 
new  friendships. 

Other  instances  of  domestication  are  on  record, 
and,  indeed,  from  our  own  personal  experience,  we 
hesitate  not  to  state  that  the  wolf  may  be  completely 
reclaimed — -more  so  than  the  Australian  dingo. 

The  power  of  the  wolf,  especially  in  the  muscles 
of  the  head,  neck,  and  shoulders,  is  immense  ;  and 
his  bite  is  terribly  severe,  generally  cutting  out  the 
flesh  with  a  snap.  Among  themselves  they  fight 
often  with  great  desperation,  the  combat  ending 
with  the  death  of  the  weaker.  It  is  said  that  wolves 
wounded  by  the  gunshot  of  hunters  or  travellers  are 
torn  in  pieces  and  devoured  by  their  fellovvii. 

The  average  height  of  the  wolf  at  the  shoulders 
is  about  two  feet  six  inches ;  the  female  rears  her 
young  in  some  cave  or  gloomy  recess,  and  produces 
from  five  to  nine  young  at  a  birth.  These  are  born 
with  the  eyes  closed,  as  in  the  dog.  In  the  defence 
of  her  offspring  the  female  is  furious,  and  greatly  to 
be  dreaded.  The  voice  of  the  wolf  is  a  prolonged 
howl,  resounding  dismally  through  the  stilly  dark- 
ness of  the  night. 

On  the  southern  side  of  the  Pyrenees  there  exists 
a  variety  perhaps  of  the  wolf,  termed,  from  its  co- 
lour, the  Black  Wolf  (Canis  Lycaon,  Linn.),  the 
Loup  noir  of  Buffon.  These  animals  are  asserted  to 
be  more  ferocious  than  the  ordinary  grey  wolf,  but 
perhaps  without  any  foundation. 

The  common  wolf  of  North  America  differs  in 
some  respects  from  its  European  relative,  and  is 
perhaps  a  distinct  species.  It  wants  the  gaunt 
appearance,  the  comparatively  long  jaw  and  taper- 
ing nose,  the  high  ears,  long  legs,  slender  loins,  and 
narrow  feet  of  the  European  wolf.  Its  frame  also  is 
more  compact,  the  fur  finer  and  thicker,  the  muzzle 
more  obtuse,  the  head  larger  and  rounder,  and  the 
forehead  broader  and  more  arched  :  the  limbs  are 
shorter,  and  the  tail  more  fox-like  and  bushy. 

Dr.  Richardson,  in  his '  Fauna  Boreali-Americana, 
enumerates  several  varieties  of  this  North  American 
wolf,  depending  on  colour,  viz.,  the  grey,  the  white, 
the  piud,  the  dusky  or  clouded,  and  the  black. 
Black  wolves  abound  on  the  Missouri,  and,  according 
to  the  Indians,  black  and  grey  wolves  occur  in  the 
same  litter.  The  dusky  or  clouded  wolf  was  regarded 
by  Say  as  a  distinct  species,  and  named  by  him 
Canis  nubilus.     (Fig.  915.) 

The  American  Wolf  agrees  in  its  general  habits 
with  the  wolf  of  our  Continent,  though  it  appears  to 
be  less  formidable  as  far  as  man  is  concerned.  In- 
deed Captain  Lyons,  in  his  observations  on  the  wolves 

2D  2 


^^^^^^ 


HOI.— Svrian  Wolf. 


on— WolfinTrip. 


90S.— Wolf. 


M?.— Skull  of  Canadian  Wolf. 


•05.— Skull  of  European  Wolf. 


911.— Wolf  and  Fox. 


809.- Skull  of  J»ckal. 


cjj. — Esquimaux  Uogs  harn<-sstMi  to  a  Siolgr. 


900.— Mixed  Breed  of  Dog  and  Wolf. 


204 


917.-Jackal. 


".19.— Wolf  and  Lamb. 


910.— Head  of  Wolf. 


tic— Jackals. 


912.— From  Egyptian  Sculpture. 


91i.— Dudcy  or  Clouded  Woir. 


914.— WolMiuiit,  after  Snjdcrs. 


205 


?06 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Foxes. 


of  Melville  Peninsula,  states  that  both  English  and 
EiMliiimaux  were  accustomed  to  pass  them  without 
any  weapon,  or  even  a  stick  ;  "  the  animals,  how- 
ever, exhibited  no  symptoms  ot  fear,  but  rather  a 
kind  of  tacit  asreeraent  not  to  be  the  beginners  of  a 
quarrel,  even  though  they  might  have  been  certain 
of  provmg  victorious." 

These  wolves  hunt  in  packs,  and  when  pressed  for 
food  their  audacity  is  astonishing.  The^r  will  seize 
the  Esquimaux  dogs,  before  their  masters'  faces,  and 
carry  them  off— for  though  bold  in  attacking  the 
bear,  this  breed  of  dogs,  as  previously  notice<l,  fears 
the  wolf,  and  makes  but  a  slight  resistance.  They 
have  been  known  not  only  to  steal  provisions  from 
under  a  man's  head  in  the  night,  but  even  to  come 
into  a  traveller's  bivouac  and  carry  off  some  of  his 
dogs.  "During our  residence  at  Cumberland  House, 
in  1820,"  says  Dr.  Hichardson,  "  a  wolf  which  had 
been  prowling  round  the  fort,  and  was  wounded  by 
•  musket-ball  and  driven  off,  returned  after  it  be- 
came dark,  whilst  the  blood  was  still  tlowing  from 
its  wound,  and  carried  off  a  dog  from  amongst  fifty 
others,  that  howled  piteously,  but  had  not  courage 
to  unite  in  an  attack  on  their  enemy." 

The  American  Wolf  is  extremely  cunning,  and  in 
attacking  moose  or  Wapiti  deer,  animals  which 
exceed  it  in  speed,  it  has  recourse  to  a  singular 
stratagem.  Several  combine,  and  arrange  them- 
selves in  the  form  of  a  semicircle,  and  thus  advance 
upon  their  prey,  so  as  either  to  hem  it  in  or  drive 
it  over  a  precipice.  Captain  Franklin  often  found 
the  remains  of  deer  which  had  been  thus  dashed 
down  steep  cliffs  and  devoured,  and  he  states  that 
this  is  a  frequent  expedient  when  the  plains  are 
bounded  by  precipitous  cliffs.  "  Whilst  the  deer 
are  quietly  grazing,  the  wolves  assemble  in  great 
numbers,  and,  forming  a  crescent,  creep  slowly  to- 
wards the  herd,  so  as  not  to  alarm  them  much  at 
first ;  but  when  they  perceive  that  they  have  fairly 
hemmed  in  the  unsuspecting  creatures,  and  cut  off 
their  retreat  across  the  plain,  they  move  more  quickly, 
and  with  hideous  yells  terrify  their  prey,  and  urge 
them  to  flight  by  the  only  open  way,  which  is  to- 
wards the  precipice,  appearing  to  know  that  when  ! 
the  herd  is  once  at  full  speed,  it  is  easily  diiven  ; 
over  the  cliff,  the  rearmost  urging  on  those  that  are  ; 
before.  The  wolves  then  descend  at  leisure,  and 
feed  on  the  mangled  carcasses." 

On  one  occasion  a  troop  of  wolves  endeavoured 
to  put  the  same  stratagem  into  practice  against  Dr. 
Richardson.  Having  the  first  watch,  he  "  had  gone 
to  the  summit  of  a  hill,  and  remained  seated,  con- 
templating the  river  that  washed  the  precipice 
under  his  feet,  long  after  dusk  had  hid  distant  objects 
from  his  view.  Histhoughts  were  perhaps  far  distant 
from  the  surrounding  scenery,  when  he  was  roused 
by  an  indistinct  noise  behind  him  ;  and  on  looking 
round,  perceived  that  nine  white  wolves  had  ranged 
themselves  in  form  of  a  crescent,  and  were  advanc- 
ing apparently  with  the  intention  of  driving  him 
into  the  river.  On  his  rising  up,  they  halted  ;  and 
when  he  advanced,  they  made  way  for  his  passage 
down  to  the  tents." 

In  the  dreary  realms  that  advance  into  the  Polar 
Sea, 

**  Where  the  wolf  and  Arctic  fox 
Prowl  amidst  the  lonely  rocks." 

Captain  Franklin  and  his  companions,  during  their 
arduous  journeys,  were  often  obliged  to  dispute  their 
scanty  food  with  the  lean  wolves,  that  would  scarcely 
retreat.  On  one  occasion,  when  they  had  captured 
a  moose  deer,  and  had  buried  a  part  of  the  body, 
the  wolves  absolutely  dug  it  out  from  their  very 
feet,  and  devoured  it  while  the  weary  men  were 
sleeping.  On  another  oecasion,  when  the  travellers 
had  killed  a  deer,  they  saw  by  the  flashes  of  the 
Aurora  borealis  eight  wolves  waiting  round  for  their 
share  of  the  prey.  Sometimes,  however,  the  wolves 
were  their  caterers,  arid  helped  them  to  a  welcome 
meal.  When  a  group  of  wolves  and  a  flight  of 
crows  were  discovered,  the  travellers  knew  there 
was  a  carcass  to  be  divided,  and  they  sometimes 
succeeded  in  obtaining  a  share  of  the  prey,  if  it  had 
been  recently  slaughtered. 

Of  the  American  wolves  we  may  notice  the 
Prairie  wolf  (Canis  latrans.  Say),  which  inhabits  the 
plains  of  the  Missouri  and  Saskatchewan,  as  well  as 
those  of  the  Columbia.  It  is  smaller  and  fleeter  than 
the  common  wolf,  associates  in  large  troops,  and 
dwells  in  burrows  on  the  plains  remote  from  the 
forests.  In  Mexico  is  found  a  distinct  species  of 
wolf  (Canis  Mexicanus,  Desm.)  ;  and  a  species 
termed  the  red  wolf  (Canis  jubatus,  Desm.)  in- 
habits the  Pampas  of  La  Plata.  The  Antarctic 
wolf  (Canis  Antarcticus,  Desm.)  is  a  native  of  the 
Falkland  Isles,  and  seems  to  be  an  intermediate 
link  between  the  wolves  and  foxes.  It  feeds  princi- 
pally upon  a  species  of  goose  (anser  leucopterus), 
goes  in  packs,  which  wander  about  by  day,  but 
more  commonly  in  the  evening,  and  dwell  in  holes 
ivhich  they  burrow.  This  species  is  about  fifteen 
inches  in  height  at  the  shoulder  ;  the  tail  is  short, 


and  white  at  the  tip;  the  limbs  are  short,  but  the 
contour  of  the  head  is  wolf-like.  It  is  termed  by 
Pennant  the  Antarctic  Fox. 

Colonel  Sykes  has  described  a  wolf  from  Dukhun, 
under  the  title  of  Canis  pallipes,  which  he  states  to 
be  numerous  in  the  open  stony  plains  of  that  region, 
but  not  tu  be  met  with  in  the  woods  of  the  Ghauts. 
('  Zool.  Proceeds.'  1830.) 

Mr.  Hodgson  notices  the  common  European  wolf 
as  occurring  in  the  lower  region  of  the  Nepal  Moun- 
tains. 

910,  917.— The  Jackal 

(Canis  aureus).  Of  the  animals  known  by  the 
name  of  Jackals,  one  species  (Canis  Anthus)  is  a 
native  of  Senegal  ;  another,  the  Cape  jackal  (Canis 
mesomelas)  is  a  native  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  ; 
and  a  third,  the  common  jackal  (Canis  aureus),  is 
spread  from  the  north  of  Africa,  through  Syria,  Per- 
sia, and  the  greater  part  of  Indta.  Colonel  Sykes 
states  it  to  be  numerous  in  Dukhun,  where  it  is  called 
Kholah  by  the  Mahrattas.  It  is  somewhat  larger 
than  a  fox,  but  its  tail  is  shorter  in  proportion,  reach- 
ing only  to  the  hock  ;  its  head  is  short,  with  a  pointed 
muzzle  ;  the  general  colour  above  is  grey,  abruptly 
divided  from  a  paler  tint  spread  over  the  under  sur- 
face ;  the  tail  is  slightly  tipped  with  black. 

This  animal  is  most  probably  the  Shual  of  the 
Scriptures.  It  is  the  Chical  of  the  Turks  ;  Sciagal, 
Sciugal,  Sciachal,  or  Shacal  of  the  Persians. 

The  jackal  dwells  in  troops,  which  lie  concealed 
in  holes  and  burrows  during  the  day,  but  come  forth 
at  night  to  hunt  for  food,  giving  chase  to  sheep  or 
antelopes  and  other  animals,  like  the  wolf,  stealing 
fox-like  into  fowl-roosts,  and  attacking  any  animal 
they  are  capable  of  overcoming.  They  do  not, 
however,  confine  themselves  to  living  prey,  carrion 
and  offal  of  every  description  being  greedily  de- 
voured. Nor  are  roots  and  fruits  less  acceptable  ; 
in  the  vineyard,  indeed,  they  make  great  havoc,  and 
their  fondness  for  grapes  is  notorious.  The  "shriek" 
of  the  jackal  is  terrific.  Those  travellers  who  have 
heard  them,  describe  the  nocturnal  yells  of  these 
animals  as  extremely  piercing  and  dissonant  ;  now 
close,  now  at  a  distance,  troop  answering  troop  from 
different  points,  themselves  unseen,  while  their 
fearful  chorus  breaks  the  stillness  of  the  hours  of 
darkness.  Their  cries  thus  heard  amidst  the  ruins 
of  cities  of  ancient  date  might  seem  "  to  listening 
Fancy's  ear'"  like  the  wail  of  legions  of  spirits  over 
the  departed  glories  of  other  days.  Mouldering 
ruins,  fallen  temples,  crumbling  tombs,  and  craggy 
rocks  are  the  abodes  of  the  jackal. 

Sly  and  suspicious  in  its  disposition,  this  animal 
when  taken  young  is  nevertheless  easily  tamed,  \ 
and  loses  that  unpleasant  odour  which  renders  the 
wild  animal  almost  unbearable.  We  have  seen  in 
the  Zoological  Gardens  a  hybrid  between  the  jackal 
and  dog. 

920,  921.— The  Common  Fox 

(Canis  vulpes,  Linn.  ;  Vtdpes  vulgaris,  Brisson). 
Volpe  of  the  Italians ;  Rapasa,  Spanish  ;  RKpoza, 
Portuguese  ;  Fuchs,  German  ;  Vos,  Dutch  ;  Kaff, 
Swedish ;  Rev,  Danish  ;  Tod,  Scottish  provincialism  ; 
Llwynog.  and  female  Llwynoges,  of  the  Welsh. 

The  common  fox  (the  representative  of  the  sub- 
genus Vulpes,  characterized  by  a  linear  pupil  and 
a  long  bushy  tail)  is  too  well  known  to  need  a 
minute  description.  This  wily  animal  is  common 
in  our  island,  and  in  most  parts  of  Europe,  extend- 
ing into  Northern  Asia,  and  is  everywhere  celebrated  ! 
for  its  canning  and  rapacity.  As  its  linear  pupil 
intimates,  the  fox  is  crepuscular  or  nocturnal  in  its 
habits,  but  is  occa-sionally  seen  abroad  during  the 
day.  In  general,  however,  it  is  as  the  dusk  of  the 
evening  advances  that  the  fox  steals  from  its  bur- 
row, with  noiseless  steps,  to  prowl  about  for  prey. 
His  senses  of  smell  and  hearing  are  extremely  keen, 
and  he  listens,  and  snuffs  the  breeze,  attentive  to 
every  .'^ound,  appreciating  every  odour.  His  eyes 
gleam,  as  he  creeps  along  in  a  crouching  attitude, 
intent  upon  his  prey.  His  movements  are  all 
stealihy:  he  surprises  the  rabbit  gambolling  near 
its  burrow  ;  tha  hare  in  her  form;  the  poultry  on 
the  perch,  lie  slaughters  all  he  can,  reserving  the 
overplus  for  a  future  exigency,  and  for  that  purpose 
buries  it  in  the  earth.  In  times  of  scarcity  field- 
mice,  frogs,  weasels,  and  even  insects  are  devoured. 
On  the  Continent  the  fox  visits  the  vineyards,  being 
as  partial  to  the  ripe  grapes  as  is  the  jackal. 

The  fox  is  solitary  in  his  habits,  and  dwells  alone 
in  a  burrow,  which  he  has  either  made  or  usurped, 
and  which  is  generally  in  some  secluded  situation, 
not  readily  to  be  discovered,  and  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  a  rabbit-warren,  preserves  of  game,  or  farms. 
The  female  breeds  in  April,  and  on  her  alone  de- 
volves the  entire  care  ol  the  cubs.  She  produces 
thieeor  four  at  a  birth,  ina  deep  burrow,  where  she 
has  prepared  abed  of  dried  leaves,  grass,  and  moss. 
The  young  are  very  playful,  and  remain  about  foi'r 
nionttis  with  their  parent,  who  is  watchful  and  le- 
sulute  to  the  extreme  in  their  defence.    Even  when 


taken  at  an  early  age,  the  fox  is  not  easily  tamed, 
never  loses  its  innate  suspiciousness,  and  never  be- 
comes truly  domestic  ;  adults  are  ferocious  when 
placed  in  confinement,  and  soon  die.  Though 
slightly  made,  the  fox  is  very  vigorous,  and  bites 
with  great  severity.  Its  power  of  endurance  and  its 
speed  have  in  our  country  recommended  it  to  all 
lovers  of  the  chase,  for  whose  gratification  the  breed 
is  preserved,  where  possible.  Foxes  have  been 
known  to  run  before  the  hounds  fifty  miles  at  a 
stretch  :  when  hard  pressed,  the  animal  neither  loses 
his  courage  nor  self-possession  ;  he  puts  in  practice 
every  expedient  which  cunning  dictates,  to  baffle 
the  hounds  or  conceal  him  from  their  search,  and  if 
ail  fail,  he  dies  defending  himself  to  the  last,  with- 
out uttering  a  cry. 

The  voice  of  the  fox  is  a  sort  of  yelp,  which, 
however,  it  only  occasionally  exerts,  antl  never 
when  in  quest  of  prey.  It  is  said  by  Bewick,  anil 
we  have  often  heard  it  affirmed,  that  the  fox  breeds 
with  the  dog  ;  and  have  seen  sharp-nosed  dogs 
called  fox-dogs,  and  were  at  the  same  time  assured 
that  they  were  a  cross  between  the  two  animals, 
but  it  has  always  so  happened  that  the  assertion 
could  not  be  substantiated. 

In  Italy  there  exists  an  allied  species  of  fox 
(Canis  (vulpes)  melanogaster)  closely  allied  to  the 
common  species.  To  Dr.  Riippel  we  are  indebted 
for  a  knowledge  of  the  Vulpes  lainelicus,  the  Vulpes 
variegatus,  and  the  Vulpes  pallidus,  natives  of 
Nubia  and  the  adjacent  territories. 

922. — The  Egyptian  Fox 

(Canis  Nilolicus).  In  Egypt  and  Syria  there  is  a 
species  of  fox,  called  Tahaieb  by  the  Copts,  Sabora 
by  the  Arabs ;  it  is  the  Canis  .(Egyptiacus  of  Sonnini ; 
the  Canis  Nilotieus  of  Geoffroy. 

It  is  the  size  of  our  common  fox,  but  the  ears 
are  wider  apart  and  longer,  and  it  stands  somewhat 
higher  on  the  limbs.  Foxes  apparently  of  this 
species  are  very  abundant  in  the  stony  country 
about  Bethlehem,  and  are  also  numerous  near  the 
convent  of  St.  John  in  the  desert,  especially  about 
the  vintage  time,  and  are  then  very  destructive  in 
the  vineyards,  which  must  be  strictly  watched  in 
order  to  prevent  their  incursions.  "These  animals 
live  in  burrows,  and  have  the  general  habits  of  the 
common  European  fox,  to  which  they  are  nearly 
related. 

923.— The  Caama 

(Canis  Caatna).  Of  the  African  foxes,  which  are 
numerous,  our  pictorial  museum  presents  us  with  a 
specimen  of  the  Caama  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope 
(Canis  (vulpes)  Caama),  one  of  the  smallest  of  its 
race.  A  few  individuals  of  this  species  are  to  be  met 
with  within  the  limits  of  the  colony,  but  its  favourite 
residence  seems  to  be  more  to  the  northward  ;  though 
there  it  is  becoming  less  and  less  numerous,  owing 
to  the  skins  being  much  in  request  among  the  natives 
as  a  covering  for  the  cold  season.  So  important  are 
these  skins  consi  lered,  that  many  of  the  Bechuanas 
are  solely  employed  in  hunting  the  animal  down 
with  dogs,  or  laying  snares  in  the  places  to  which 
they  are  known  to  resort.  In  common  with  other 
foxes  ibis  is  a  great  enemy  to  birds  which  lay  their 
eggs  upon  the  ground  ;  and  its  movements  in  par- 
ticular are  closely  watched  by  the  ostrich  during  the 
laying  season. 

When  the  caama  has  surmounted  all  obstacles  in 
procuring  eggs,  he  has  to  encounter  the  difficulty 
of  getting  at  their  contents  ;  but  even  for  this  diffi- 
culty his  cunning  finds  an  expedient,  that,  namely, 
of  pushing  them  forcibly  along  the  ground,  until  they 
come  in  contact  with  some  substance  hard  enough 
to  break  them,  when  the  contents  are  speedily  dis- 
posed of.  The  natives,  from  having  observed  the 
anxiety  of  the  ostrich  to  keep  this  animal  from 
robbing  her  nest,  avail  themselves  of  this  solicitude 
to  lure  the  bird  to  its  destruction  ;  for,  seeing  that  it 
runs  to  the  nest  the  instant  a  lox  appears,  they  fasten 
a  dog  near  it,  and  conceal  themselves  close  by,  and 
the  ostrich,  on  approaching  to  drive  away  the  sup- 
posed fox,  is  frequently  shot  by  the  concealed 
hunter. 

Of  the  Asiatic  foxes  we  may  notice  the  small 
Indian  insectivorous  fox  (Canis  Bengalensis),  found 
in  Bengal,  and  also  in  the  Nepal  hills:  the  fox  of 
the  Dukhun,  called  Kokiee  by  the  Mahrattas 
(Canis  Kokree,  Sykes).  and  the  hill  fox  of  the 
Himalayan  Mountains  (Cai;is  Ilimalaicus),  remark- 
able for  the  beauty  of  its  fur.  It  is  not  uncommon 
in  Doon  and  in  Kumaon.  (See  '  Proceeds.  Zool. 
Soc'  1836,  p.  103.) 

924. — Americas  Red  Fox 

(Canis  fiilvus,  var.  decussahn,').  It  has  been  the 
opinion  of  many  naturalists,  and  even  of  Cuvier, 
that  the  European  fox  extends  over  the  northern 
portion  of  the  American  continent  ;  we  consider, 
however,  that  the  red  fox  (Canis  (vulpes)  fulvus)  of 


Fox-Es.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


207 


that  portion  of  the  globe  to  be  a  distinct  species. 
It  differs  from  its  European  congener  in  tha  same 
points  and  desrees  as  does  the  wolf  of  the  one 
country  from  that  of  the  other.  The  American  fox 
is  in  fact  to  be  distinguished  by  the  breadth  of  its 
feet,  and  their  consequent  capacity  for  progression 
on  the  snow,  and  by  the  quantity  of  long  hair 
clothing  the  back  part  of  the  cheeks,  which,  in  con- 
junction with  the  shorter  ears  and  nose,  gives  the 
head  a  more  compact  appearance.  The  red  fox 
has  a  much  finer  brush  than  the  European,  and  is 
altogether  a  larger  animal.  The  fur  of  the  body  is 
full,  long,  soft,  and  of  a  bright  rufous  brown  ;  the 
skin  is  therefore  valued  as  an  article  of  trade,  and 
about  eight  thousand  are  annually  imported  into 
England  from  the  fur  countries,  where  the  animal 
is  very  abundant,  especially  in  the  wooded  parts. 
It  is  not,  however,  confined  to  the  colder  latitudes  ; 
its  range,  in  fact,  extends  throughout  the  whole  of 
the  United  States.  In  habits  and  manners  the  red 
fox  agrees  with  our  common  Reynard,  but  possesses 
neither  the  same  wind  nor  the  same  vigour  and 
power  of  endurance. 

"  It  mns,"  says  Dr.  Richardson,  "  for  about  a 
hundred  yards  with  a  great  swiftness,  but  its  strength 
is  exhausted  in  the  first  burst,  and  it  is  soon  over- 
taken by  a  wolf  or  a  mounted  huntsman."  Foxes 
of  various  gradations  of  colour,  termed  Cross  Foxes, 
are  common  in  the  fur  countries  of  North  America. 
These  are  considered  by  Dr.  Richardson  and  most 
naturalists  to  be  varieties  of  the  red  fox,  and  such 
is  the  opinion  of  the  native  hunters,  than  whom 
none  are  more  likely  to  possess  accurate  knowledge 
on  such  points.  Fig.  924  represents  the  ordinary 
cross  fox,  distinguished  by  a  grey  fur  mingled  with 
black,  which  latter  colour  prevails  over  the  shoul- 
ders. A  rarer  and  more  valuable  variety  is  the 
Black  or  Silver  Fox  (Canis  fulvus,  var.  argentatus). 
Dr.  Richardson  states  that  seldom  more  than  four 
or  five  of  this  variety  are  taken  in  a  season  at  one 
post,  though  the  hunters  no  sooner  find  out  the 
haunts  of  one  than  they  use  every  art  to  catch  it, 
because  its  fur  fetches  six  times  the  price  of  any 
other  fur  produced  in  North  America.  This  fox  is 
sometimes  found  of  a  rich  deep  glossy  black,  the 
tip  of  the  tail  alone  being  white  :  in  general,  how- 
ever, it  is  silvered  over  ^"  sable  silvered"),  the  end 
of  each  of  the  long  hairs  of  the  fur  being  white, 
producing  a  beautiful  appearance.  A  fine  specimen 
IS  preserved  in  the  Museum  of  the  Zool.  Soc. 

The  Virginian  Fox  (Vulpes  Virginianus)  appears 
to  be  a  distinct  species,  and  so  most  certainly  is  the 
Kit,  or  Tricoloured  Fox  (V.  cinereo-argentatus),  of 
which  the  skins  are  common  in  the  shops  of  furriers. 
This  animal  is  of  small  size,  ami  is  numerous  on  the 
plains  extending  from  the  Saskatchewan  to  the 
Missouri,  and  on  those  of  Columbia.  It  prefers  the 
open  countrv,  at  a  distance  from  wooded  districts, 
where  it  dwells  in  deep  burrows  of  its  own  exca- 
vation, and  is  extremely  vigilant  and  fleet.  Dr. 
Richardson  suggests  that  it  may  be  regarded  as  the 
American  representative  of  the  Corsac  Fox  of  the 
deserts  of  Tartary,  being  similar  to  that  species  in 
habits  and  manners,  and  frequenting  localities  of 
the  like  character. 

925.— The  Arctic  Fox 

(Cam's  (Vulpes)  Lagoptis).  Terreanee-arioo  of  the 
Esquimaux  of  Melville  Peninsula;  Terieniak  of  the 
Greenlanders ;  Wappeeskeeshew-makkeeshew  of  the 
Cree  Indians  ;  Peszi  of  the  Russians. 

In  the  high  northern  latitudes  of  the  globe  the 
Arctic  fox  is  the  sole  representative  of  its  race.  Its 
range  extends  through  Siberia,  along  the  borders  of 
the  Arctic  Ocean,  through  the  bleak  regions  of  the 
Esquimaux  and  the  dreary  realms  of  Greenland. 

"  These  foxes,"  says  Dr.  Richardson,  "  inhabit  the 
most  northern  lands  hitherto  discovered."  In  North 
America  their  southern  limit  appears  to  be  about 
latitude  50".  They  are  numerous  on  the  shores  of 
Hudson's  Bay,  north  of  Churchill,  and  exist  also  in 
Behring's  Straits.  They  breed  on  the  sea-coast,  and 
chiefly  within  the  Arctic  circle,  forming  burrows  in 
sandy  spots,  not  solitary,  like  the  red  fox,  but  in 
little  villages,  twenty  or  thirty  burrows  being  con- 
structed adjoining  to  each  other.  We  saw  one  of 
these  villages  on  Point  Tumagain,  in  lat.  68i 
degrees.  Towards  the  middle  of  winter  they  retire 
southwards,  evidently  in  search  of  food  ;  keeping  as 
much  as  possible  on  the  coast,  and  going  much 
farther  to  the  south  in  the  districts  where  the  coast- 
line is  in  the  direction  of  their  march.  Captain 
Parry  relates  that  the  Arctic  foxes,  which  were  pre- 
viously numerous,  began  to  retire  from  Melville 
Peninsula  in  November,  and  that  by  January  few 
remained.  Towards  the  centre  of  the  continent,  in 
lat.  6.5°,  they  were  seen  only  in  the  winter,  and  then 
not  in  numbers.  They  are  very  scarce  in  lat.  61°, 
and  in  lat.  ~).P  two  only  were  seen  in  forty  years! 
"  Hearne  says  (hat  when  taken  young  the  Arctic 
fox  may  be  domesticated  in  some  degree,  but  he 
never  saw  one  that  was  fond  of  being  caressed." 
Though  not  destitute  of  intelligence,  the  Arctic  fox. 


unlike  the  common  fox,  is  unsuspicious  and  des- 
titute of  caution :  it  has  been  known  to  stand  by 
while  the  hunter  was  preparing  a  trap,  and  on  his 
retiring  to  run  headlong  into  it.  Captain  f.,yon  re- 
ceived fifteen  from  a  single  trap  in  four  hours.  The 
voice  of  this  species  is  a  kind  of  yelp,  and  when  a 
man  approaches  their  breeding-places,  they  put 
their  heads  out  of  their  burrows  and  bark  at  him, 
allowing  him  to  come  within  range  of  shot.  They 
appear  to  have  the  power  of  decoying  other  animals 
within  their  reach  by  imitating  their  voices. 

"  While  tenting,"  says  Captain  Lyon,  "  we  ob- 
served a  fox  prowling  on  a  hill  side,  and  heard  him 
for  several  hours  afterwards  in  different  places  imi- 
tating the  voice  of  a  brent-goose."  Eggs,  young 
birds,  blubber,  and  carrion  of  any  kind  constitute 
the  food  of  this  fox — especially  different  species  of 
lemmings,  which  are  greedily  devoured.  In  general 
form  the  Arctic  fox  resembles  the  European  species, 
but  is  considerably  smaller,  and,  owing  to  the  great 
quantity  of  white  woolly  fur  with  which  it  is  covered, 
is  somewhat  like  a  little  shock-dog.  The  brush  is 
large  and  full,  affording  an  admirabla  covering  for 
the  nose  and  feet,  to  which  it  acts  as  a  muff  when 
the  animal  sleeps.  Although  the  head  is  not  so 
pointed  as  in  our  English  species,  yet  it  has  that 
air  of  slyness  which  is  so  characteristic  of  all  foxes. 
The  eyes  are  clear  and  bright,  and  of  a  hazel 
colour. 

Captain  Lyon  remarks  that  the  muzzle  of  the 
femak  is  shorter  than  that  of  the  male,  and  has  less 
of  cunning  and  more  of  mildness  in  its  expression. 
The  ears  are  short,  and  thickly  covered  with  hair, 
and  their  edges  appear  as  if  they  had  been  cropped. 
The  cheeks  are  ornamented  by  a  projecting  rufl', 
which  extends  from  behind  the  ears  quite  round  the 
lower  part  of  the  face,  to  which  it  gives  an  agreeable 
appearance.  The  legs  are  rather  long  than  other- 
wise, and  show  great  strength  of  muscle.  The  feet, 
which  are  large,  are  armed  with  strong  claws. 
"  When  the  animal  is  standing  still,  the  hind-legs 
are  so  placed  as  to  give  the  idea  of  weakness  in  the 
loins,  which  is  certainly  not  the  case,  as  few  animals 
can  make  more  powerful  leaps.  The  general  weight 
is  about  eight  pounds,  although  some  were  found  to 
be  as  low  as  seven,  and  a  few  as  high  as  nine  pounds 
and  a  half  when  in  good  case." 

The  Arctic  Ibx  is  cleanly,  and  free  from  any  un- 
pleasant smell:  it  is  habitually  watchful,  and  when 
asleep,  opens  its  eyes  at  the  slightest  noise  near  it. 
Day  is  its  season  of  rest :  during  the  night  its  activity 
is  extreme,  and  it  gambols  or  hunts  for  food  till  day- 
break. While  in  pursuit  of  its  prey  it  is  mute,  but 
in  captivity,  or  when  irritated,  it  utters  a  short  sharp 
bark.  When  first  taken  its  rage  is  ungovernable, 
nor  is  it  ever  thoroughly  reconciled  to  confinement. 
Those  which  Captain  Lyon  had  were  observed  to 
hide  their  food,  like  the  dog,  under  lumps  of  snow  ; 
snow  also  was  their  substitute  for  water,  and  they 
would  roll  in  it  with  evident  satisfaction.  "  When 
the  snow  was  slightly  scattered  on  the  decks,  they 
did  not  lick  it  up,  as  dogs  are  accustomed  to  do,  but 
by  repeatedly  pressing  with  their  nose,  collected 
small  lumps  at  its  extremity,  and  then  drew  it  up 
into  the  mouth  with  the  assistance  of  the  tongue." 
Though  a  few  Arctic  foxes  remain  white  during  the 
summer,  it  is  only  in  the  winter  that  the  majority 
assume  this  pure  snowy  livery,  accompanied  by  an 
increase  in  the  fulness  and  thickness  of  the  fur, 
which  deeply  covers  even  the  soles  of  the  feet.  In 
summer  the  fur  is  thinner,  and  of  a  dusky  brownish 
ash  or  leaden  tint  ;  and  the  callous  pads  of  the  toes 
become  partially  visible. 

926.— The  Fennec 

(Megalotis  Fennectis).  Canis  Zerda,  Zimmermann  ; 
Megalotis  Cerdo,  llliger ;  Fennicus  Cerdo,  Lacepede  ; 
Viverra  aurita,  Blumenbach  ;  Fennec  of  the  Arabs, 
Bruce. 

For  our  first  knowledge  of  this  elegant  little  ani- 
mal we  are  indebted  to  the  celebrated  Abyssinian 
traveller  Bruce,  who  discovered  it  in  Nubia.  So 
little,  however,  was  its  true  character  understood, 
that  in  the  third  volume  of  the  Supplement  to 
Buffon's  work  it  is  termed  "animal  anonyrae," 
and  even  M.  Geoffrey  for  some  time  regarded  it  as 
identical  with  the  Senegal  Galago  ;  in  fact  the  French 
naturalists  were  disposed  to  sink  the  fennec  as  a  new 
species  of  canis  altogether.  Colonel  Denham,  how- 
ever, recognized  the  animal  in  the  interior  of  North 
Africa,  and  accurately  figured  it  in  the  Zoological 
Appendix  to  his  Travels  :  he  also  brought  a  specimen 
to  this  country,  and  thus  established  the  truth  of 
Bruce's  description.  Ruppell  re-discovered  it  in 
Nubia,  where  Bruce  had  first  seen  it.  A  preserved 
specimen  and  a  perfect  skeleton,  both  in  excellent 
preservation,  are  among  the  riches  of  the  Museum 
of  the  Zoological  Society.  A  detailed  account  of 
the  osteology  of  this  animal,  drawn  up  by  Mr.  Yar- 
rell  from  this  skeleton,  will  be  found  in  the  third 
volume  of  the  '  Zoological  .Journal.'  Whoever 
examines  the  skeleton  of  (lie  fennec  will  not  hesi- 
tate for  a  moment  as  to  the  place  in  nature  which 


the  animal  occupies.  The  skull,  the  teeth,  the  feet, 
declare  it  at  once  to  belong  to  the  Canine  group. 
The  fennec  frequents  the  sandy  desert  tracts  of 
Nubia,  and  other  districts  of  Northern  Africa,  dwell- 
ing in  burrows  of  its  own  excavation.  It  is  said  to 
live  much  on  the  fruit  of  the  date,  and  to  climb 
trees  in  order  to  obtain  its  food  :  this  fact,  if  true,  is 
very  remarkable,  being  a  marked  departure  from 
the  habits  and  manners  of  the  rest  of  the  present 
family.  Bruce,  indeed,  says  that  it  builds  its  nest 
in  trees,  and  does  not  burrow  in  the  earth  ;  but  this 
statement  is  contradicted  by  M.  RUppell.  The  in- 
dividual which  Bruce  had  in  his  possession  while 
at  Algiers  was  fond  of  dates  or  any  sweet  fruit,  and 
was  also  partial  to  eggs.  He  would  eat  bread  when 
hungry,  especially  if  sweetened  with  honey  or  sugar. 
The  sight  of  a  bird  aroused  him  to  eager  watchful- 
ness as  long  as  it  was  present,  and  a  cat  was  his 
aversion.  He  would  endeavour  to  hide  from  the 
latter,  and  never  showed  a  disposition  to  resist  or 
defend  himself.  The  animal  was  disposed  to  sleep 
by  day,  but  as  night  came  on  became  restless  to 
excess.     It  was  never  heard  to  utter  any  sound. 

The  fennec  is  small  and  slightly  made,  with  slen- 
der limt)s.  The  length  of  the  head  and  body  is 
about  thirteen  inches,  that  of  the  tail  eight ;  the 
head  is  narrow,  the  muzzle  pointed ;  the  pupil  of  the 
eye  large  and  black,  the  iris  deep  blue ;  whiskers 
long  and  thick.  The  ears  are  extremely  large,  as 
long  as  the  head,  broad  at  the  base,  erect  and 
pointed.  The  fur  of  the  body  is  rather  short,  but 
full  and  silky.  The  colour  is  uniform  pale  fawn  or 
cream  colour,  passing  into  white  beneath ;  the  in- 
side of  the  ear  is  fringed  with  long  white  hairs;  the 
whiskers  are  white.  In  the  districts  of  Benni  Mez- 
zab  and  Werglah,  where  the  date  grows,  the  fennecs 
are  hunted  for  their  skins,  for  which,  according  to 
Bruce,  there  is  a  market  at  Mecca,  whence  they  are 
exported  to  India. 

In  the  sub-genus  Megalotis,  Cuvier  associates 
with  the  fennec  a  species  from  South  Africa,  the 
Canis  Megalotis  of  De  Lalande  (Megalotis  Lalandii, 
H.  Smith).  This  animal  is  somewhat  less  than  the 
common  fox,  but  comparatively  higher  on  the 
limbs ;  its  general  colour  is  yellowish  grey,  but  the 
feet  and  tail,  together  with  a  stripe  down  the  spine, 
are  black  :  the  ears  are  large  and  spreading. 

927. — The  Cape  Hunti.ng-Dgg 
{Lijcaon  tricolor,  Brookes).  Canis  pictus,  Desma- 
rest;  Hyicna  venatica,  Burchell.  This  daring  and 
ferocious  animal,  one  of  the  pests  of  Sjuthern  Africa, 
is  a  complete  dog,  or  canis,  in  the  form  of  the  skull 
and  the  characters  of  the  teeth  ;  it  has,  however,  as 
in  the  hyaenas,  only  four  toes  on  the  anterior  feet, 
and  the  same  on  the  feet  behind.  In  figure  it  is 
tall,  lightly  built,  but  muscular  and  well  propor- 
tioned ;  the  limbs  are  long,  the  ears  large  and  erect, 
the  jaws  powerful,  and  the  teeth  strong.  Its  aspect 
is  wild  and  fierce,  and  its  disposition  treacherous. 
The  fur  is  close  and  of  a  sandy  yellow,  irregularly 
clouded  and  blotched  with  black  and  a  little  white. 
The  tail  is  somewhat  bushy  and  of  moderate  length. 
The  colour  is  subject  to  variation. 

Wild,  fleet,  and  savage,  this  species  hunts  in 
packs  mostly  during  the  night,  but  frequently  in 
the  day;  and  so  fleet  is  it  that  few  animals  can 
escape.  It  often  commits  extensive  ravages  on  the 
flocks  and  herds  of  the  farmer,  though  it  seldom 
attacks  horned  cattle  openly,  but  steals  on  them 
while  asleep,  and  bites  oft'  their  tails,  even  at  the 
root,  with  one  snap,  a  feat  which  the  wide  gape  and 
vast  power  of  its  jaws  enables  it  to  do  with  ease. 
Mr.  Burchell,  on  his  return  from  Africa,  brought  a 
living  individual  to  England,  which  retained  during 
life  all  its  native  ferocity.  The  preserved  skin  ia 
in  the  rnuseum  of  the  Zoological  Society.  A  spe- 
cimen in  the  Tower  some  years  since  arrived  in 
company  with  a  young  Cape  lion,  both  occupying 
the  same  den,  till  the  lion  became  too  strong  and 
rough  in  his  play,  when  the  hunting-dog  was  asso- 
ciated with  a  striped  hysena  and  two  of  the  spotted 
species,  with  which  it  agreed  tolerably  well. 

It  is  generally  the  opinion  of  naturalists  that  this 
species,  for  which  the  celebrated  anatomist,  the  late 
Joshua  Brookes,  Esq.,  founded  the  genus  Lyeaon, 
is  an  intermediate  link  in  the  chain  of  the  C'arnivora, 
uniting  the  canine  group  to  the  hycenas;  indeed,  in 
some  points  of  general  aspect,  and  in  the  number 
of  the  toes,  the  approximation  of  this  dog  to  the 
latter  animals  is  so  marked,  that  Mr.  Burchell  re- 
garded it  as  a  liysBna,  and  as  such  Temminck  de- 
scribed it  under  the  title  of  Ilyaena  picta,  though  he 
afterwards  assigned  it  to  the  genus  Canis.  The 
name  of  Hyaena-dog  has  also  been  conferred  upon 
it,  but  as  Mr.  Swainson  gives  this  title  to  the  Aard- 
wolf  (Proteles),  we  drop  it  altogether  for  the  sake 
of  avoiding  confusion  or  misapprehension. 

In  size  the  Cape  hunting-dog  (Wilde  Ilonden  of 
the  Dutch  colonists)  is  as  large  »%  a  pointer  or 
hound,  but  higher  on  the  limbs  in  proportion  to  the 
bulk  of  the  body.  We  are  not  aware  that  any 
serious  attempts  have  been  made  to  domesticate  it 


021.— Common  Fox. 


o 

1)»8.— I'^jVptlau  I'ox. 


208 


---5^■N^ 


932.— striped  HyiBna. 


935.— Spotted  Hyatna. 


}  92».— Skull  »i  Spotted  Hyaiu. 


930.— Skull ofSpotfed  Hyiena. 


•33.- Striped  HyBM. 

No.  27. 


931.— Skull  of  Stripe<l  Hyena. 


928.— Teeth  of  Hyana. 


'J3«.— Prcteles,  or  AardWolf. 


034.— Striped  Hyaena. 


«tr 


537.— Villoie  Ilywnu. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


936.— S'pottea  Ilya-na. 


209 


210 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  XATURIi:. 


rilviENAS 


We  are  led  from  the  Canine  Tamily,  through  the  | 
Lvcaon,  or  Hunfing-Doir  ol  the  Cape,  to  the  true 
Hytenas,  which  form  a  section  of  the  family  Viver- 
riate,  comprising  the  Civets,  the  Genets,  the  Ich- 
neumons, and  the  Paradoxures.  Destined  for  a  life 
of  rapine,  the  Viverrida?  are  active  and  vigorous ; 
in  ceneral,  the  body  is  rather  elongated,  the  head 
somewhat 'conical,  the  muzzle  often  acute,  the  eyes 
oblique,  and  the  tongue  rough,  with  retroverted 
homy  papillae.  In  most  groups,  the  feet  are  digili- 
);rade  ;  in  some,  lemi-plantigrade.  Many  are  remark- 
able for  a  strongly  scented  musky  secretion,  pre- 
pared in  certain  glandular  sacs.  Nocturnal  or 
crepuscular  in  their  habits,  they  emerge  from  their 
retreats  with  the  close  of  day,  and  begin  their  prowl 
in  quest  of  food.  Of  restless,  wild,  and  savage  tem- 
per, they  are  by  no  means  destitute  of  intelligence, 
and  are  even  capable  of  being  domesticated.  The 
Viverridae  approach,  through  the  hy»na,  on  one  part, 
to  the  Canine  race  ;  they  are  through  other  links 
allied  to  the  UrsidiE,  the  Felidae,  and  the  Mustelidae. 

Genu*  Spana. — Dentition : — Incisors,  -  ;  Canines, 


6' 


;  False  Molars,   —   ;  Carnaisidres,  or  Laniary 

1— I  3—3  ■' 

Molars,  -IZ.  ;  Tubercular  Molars,  ^-  —  34. 

1  —  1  V — t) 

Fie.  92S  shows  the  denlilion  of  the  hyasiia:  a,  teeth 
of  the  upper  jaw  in  two  views  ;  ft,  those  of  the  lower 
in  two  views;  c,  the  teeth  of  both  jaws  together. 
Fie.  929  represents  the  skull  of  the  Spotted  Hyajna 
in  profile  ;  Fig.  930.  the  skull  of  the  same  animal 
viewed  from  above ;  Fig.  931,  the  skull  of  the  Striped 
Hytena  in  profile.  The  skull  of  the  hyaena  is  re- 
markable for  its  solidity  :  the  muzzle  is  short ;  the 
zygomatic  arch  of  vast  strength  and  thickness  ;  and 
the  sides  of  the  cranium  are  compressed,  and  sweep 
up  to  a  high  longitudinal  ridge,  which  projects  far 
back  from  the  occiput,  affording  space  for  an  im- 
mense mass  of  the  temporal  muscles,  which,  with 
those  of  the  neck,  are  greatly  developed.  Accord- 
ing to  Cuvier,  the  vertebrae  of  the  neck  are  .sometimes 
found  to  be  anchylosed,  or  soldered  together,  in 
consequence  of  the  violent  and  continual  strain  to 
which  they  are  subject,  and  hence  probably  arose 
the  belief  that  these  vertebrae  in  the  hyaena  were  one 
solid  piece. 

In  the  port  and  ficure  of  the  hyaena  there  is 
something  very  remarkable.  The  neck,  chest,  and 
(boulders  are  amazingly  robust,  but  the  hind-quar- 
ters are  low,  from  the  crouching  posture  of  the  hind- 
legs,  which  may  be  termed  knock-kneed,  the  heel- 
joints  approaching  each  other.  The  movements  of 
these  limbs  are  of  a  dragging  character,  influencing 
the  pace  of  the  animal,  which,  though  rapid,  is  a  sort 
of  awkward  shuffle.  The  toes  are  four  on  each  foot, 
furnished  with  blunt,  stout,  unretractile  claws.  The 
ears  are  laree  and  erect;  a  full  mane  runs  down 
the  spine ;  there  is  a  deep  glandular  subcaudal 
pouch  ;  the  pupil  is  somewhat  oblong ;  the  tongue 
roneh  ;  the  habits  are  nocturnal. 

The  hyaenas  were  not  separated  by  Linnaeus  from 
the  genus  Canis,  but  subsequent  naturalists  have 
placed  them  in  various  groups  according  to  their 
views  of  affinity.  We  believe  them  to  form  a  group 
of  the  Viverridae. 

Tliree  distinct  species  are  known. 

932,  933,  934.— The  Stripkd  Hy.ena 

{Hyana  vulgarLi,  Desm.).  Hyaena  striata,  Zim- 
merman ;  H.  orientalis,  Tiedem. ;  H.  Antiquorum, 
Temm. ;  Canis  Hyaena,  Linn.  This  species  is  a  na- 
tive of  Asia,  and  of  northern  and  central  Africa.  It 
is  found  in  the  Caucasian  and  Altaic  mountains,  in 
Asiatic  Turkey,  in  Syria,  Turkey,  Persia,  India ;  and 
in  Barbary,  Arabia.  Egypt,  Nubia,  Abyssinia,  Sou- 
dan. Senegambia,  &c. 

We  may  here  premise,  that  much  of  what  relates 
to  the  striped  hyaena,  so  extensively  spread,  applies  i 
equally  to  the  other  species,  which  appear  to  be 
confined  exclusively  to  South  Africa.  They  are 
all  destined  to  fill  up  an  important  .station  in  the 
economy  of  nature.  It  is  their  part,  with  vultures 
and  other  foul-feeding  creatures,  to  cleanse  the 
earth  of  putrescent  animal  matters,  and  especially 
of  the  decaying  carca.sses  of  the  larger  beasts,  whose 
remains,  if  not  speedily  removed,  would  infect  the 
atmosphere  with  pestilential  effluvia.  They  are 
Nature'  s  scavengers,  and  assiduously  do  they  la- 
bour in  their  vocation :  they  clear  the  battle- 
field of  the  victims  of  barbarous  warfare,  gorging 
on  the  bodies  of  the  slain  ;  they  disinter  the  dead 
from  the  lightly-covered  grave  ;  they  ransack  towns 
and  villages  in  search  of  offal ;  they  prowl  about 
the  fields,  and  around  the  enclosures  of  human 
dwellings.  The  carrion  which  chance  throws  in 
their  way  furnishes  a  luxurious  meal,  nor  are  .the 
strongest  bones  unacceptable— such  is  the  power  of 
their  jaws,  that  thev  crunch  the  thigh-bone  of  an 
ox,  for  the  sake  of  tne  marrow  it  encloses. 

Carrion  and  dead  bodies,  however,  are  not  their 
only  food  ;  they  prey  upon  horses,  sheep,  and  cattle, 


often  committing  extensive  depredations ;  nor  are 
human  beings  safe  from  their  murderous  assaults. 
They  seldom,  indeed,  attack  man  openly,  and  usually 
avoid  a  contest  with  him ;  but  when  driven  to  sell- 
defence,  they  turn  furiously  upon  their  assailant, 
and  combat  with  determined  obstinacy.  On  the 
conti-ary,  the  sleeping  man,  woman,  or  child,  which 
they  chance  to  discover  in  their  nightly  prowl, 
almost  certainly  falls  a  victim.  Their  haunts  by 
day  arc  dens  and  caves,  gloomy  rocks,  and  the  ruins 
of  towns  and  sepulchral  monuments  of  antiquity ; 
there  the  "fell  hyaena"  rears  her  brood.  As 
darkness  sets  in,  these  fierce  beasts  emerge  from 
their  lair,  and  menacing,  with  teeth  displayed  and 
glaring  eyes,  warn  the  intmder  to  a  timely  retreat. 

In  some  districts  the  striped  hyaena  is  fearfully 
numerous.  Bruce  records  that  in  Abyssinia  they 
were  the  scourge  of  the  country  "  both  in  the  city 
and  the  field,  and  appeared  to  surpass  the  sheep  in 
number.  From  evening  till  dawn  of  day  the  town 
of  Gondar  was  full  of  them ;  here  they  sought  the 
different  pieces  of  slaughtered  carcasses  which  were 
exposed  in  the  streets  without  burial.  Many  a  time 
in  the  night,  when  kept  late  in  the  palace,  on  going 
across  the  square  from  the  king's  house,  I  have 
been  apprehensive  lest  they  should  bite  me  in  the 
leg.  Thev  grunted  in  great  numbers  around  me, 
although  i  was  surrounded  by  several  aimed  men, 
who  seldom  passed  a  night  without  wounding  or 
slaughtering  some  of  them.  One  night  I  went  out 
of  my  tent,  and  returning  immediately,  I  perceived 
two  blue  eyes  glaring  at  me  in  the  dark  ;  I  called 
my  servant  to  bring  a  light,  and  we  found  a  hyaena 
.standing  near  the  head  of  the  bed,  with  two  or  three 
large  bunches  of  candles  in  his  mouth,  by  keeping 
which,  he  seemed  to  wish  at  that  time  no  other 
prey.  I  was  not  afraid  of  him,  but  with  a  pike 
struck  as  near  the  heart  as  I  could.  It  was  not 
until  I  had  done  this,  that  he  showed  any  signs  of 
fierceness  :  but  upon  feeling  his  wound  he  dropped 
the  candles,  and  endeavoured  to  run  upon  the  shaft 
of  the  spear  to  arrive  at  me  ;  so  that  I  was  obliged  to 
draw  a  pistol  from  my  girdle  and  shoot  him,  and 
nearly  at  the  same  time  my  servant  cleft  his  skull 
with  a  battle-axe.  In  a  word,  the  hyaenas  were  the 
plague  of  our  lives,  the  terror  of  our  midnight  walks, 
and  the  destruction  of  our  mules  and  asses,  which 
are  their  favourite  food."  Major  Denham  gives  a 
similar  account.  At  Kauka,  he  says,  the  hytenas  are 
"  everywhere  in  legions,  and  grew  now  so  e.xtremely 
ravenous,  that  a  good  large  village  where  I  some- 
times procured  a  draught  of  sour  milk  on  my  duck- 
shooting  excursions,  had  been  attacked  the  night 
before  my  last  visit,  and  the  town  absolutely  carried 
by  storm,  notwithstanding  defences  of  nearly  six 
feet  high  of  branches  of  the  prickly  trilloh,  and 
two  donkeys,  whose  fiesh  these  animals  are  particu- 
larly fond  of,  carried  off  in  spite  of  the  efforts  of  the 
people." 

Few  animals  have  been  the  subjects  of  more  false 
and  superstitious  opinions,  both  in  ancient  and 
modern  times,  than  the  hyaena.  Among  the  writers 
of  antiquity,  however,  Aristotle  accurately  describes 
it,  and  even  explains  the  p(y)ular  error  current  in 
his  day,  as  it  has  been  since,  respecting  the  bi-sexual 
character  of  the  animal;  an  error  in  which  Pliny 
seems  to  acquiesce,  though  he  alludes  to  Aristotle's 
contradiction  of  it ;  but  it  is  evident  that  he  knew 
nothing  himself  of  the  true  history  of  the  animal, 
for,  as  Cuvier  has  observed,  the  Romans  were  not 
really  acquainted  with  the  animal  till  at  a  compara- 
tively late  period.  Gordian  III.  is  the  first,  and 
apparently  the  only  one,  of  the  emperors  who  im- 
ported it ;  he  had  ten  which  were  exhibited  in  the 
games  of  Philip,  in  the  year  of  Rome  1000,  or  a.  d. 
247.  It  is  not,  in  fact,  until  within  the  last  few- 
years,  comparatively  speaking,  that  the  moderns 
have  recognised  the  true  hyaena.  Belon,  who  wrote 
in  1553  4-5,  &c.,  mistook  the  Civet  for  it,  which 
animal  indeed  resembles  the  hyaena  in  having  scent- 
pouches,  a  mane,  and  a  transversely  barred  or  waved 
style  of  colouring ;  yet  at  the  same  time  that  he  fell 
info  this  error,  he  was  in  possession  of  a  good  figure 
of  the  true  hyaina,  but,  without  suspecting  the  real 
fact,  he  gives  this  under  the  title  of  Sea-Wolf,  and 
describes  it  as  an  animal  from  the  coasts  of  England. 
From  the  time  of  Belon  to  that  of  Buffon,  no  natu- 
ralist figured  the  hyiena  from  nature ;  and  it  is 
only  within  the  last  few  years  that  its  real  character 
has  been  understood. 

The  hyaena  has  been  represented  as  ferociously 
untameable  :  nothing  can  be  more  untrue ;  it  is 
easily  domesticated.  Bishop  lleber  saw  one  in 
India  that  followed  its  master  and  fawned  on  him 
like  a  dog.  Barrow,  speaking  of  the  South  African 
Spotted  hya;na,  states  that  in  the  district  of  Schneu- 
berg  it  is  domesticated  and  used  like  a  hound  for 
the  chace.  Colonel  Sykes  kept  a  young  hyaena 
tame  in  India,  and  brought  the  animal  over  to 
England ;  he  presented  it  (then  full  grown,  yet 
gentle  as  a  dog)  to  the  Zoological  Society.  "  In 
India,"  says  Colonel  Sykes,  "it  was  allowed  to  run 
about  my  house,  and  on  board  ship  it  was  released  from 


its  cage  two  or  three  times  a  day,  to  play  with 
the  sailors  and  gambol  with  the  dogs.  It  early 
recognised  my  pereon  and  voice,  would  obey  when 
called,  and  in  general  was  as  playful  and  good 
humoured  as  a  puppy.  My  visits  to  it  in  the  Gardens 
have  been  rare  and  at  long  intervals,  nor  have  I 
ever  carried  it  food.  I  anticipated,  therefore,  that 
it  would  outgrow  its  early  affection,  and  that  I 
should  be  to  it  as  any  other  stranger;  but  it  has 
always  greeted  me  not  only  as  an  old  acquaintance, 
but  as  an  old  friend,  and  if  I  am  to  judge  from  its 
agitation  and  peculiar  cries,  the  animal's  recognition 
is  that  of  affection.  Un  Sunday  last  it  was  asleep 
in  its  cage  when  I  approached.  On  calling  it  by  its 
name,  it  looked  up,  distinguished  me  in  the  crowd, 
started  on  its  legs,  and  on  my  applying  my  hand  to 
its  mouth  to  smell  to,  it  threw  itself  down  against 
the  bars,  rubbed  its  head,  neck,  and  back  against 
my  hand,  and  then  started  on  its  legs,  and 
bounded  about  its  cage  uttering  short  cries.  On 
ceasing  to  speak  to  it  and  moving  away,  it  looked 
wistfully  after  me,  nor  resumed  its  motions  till  I 
addressed  it  again.  Its  manifestations  of  joy  were 
so  unequivocal  as  to  excite  the  surprise  of  a  great 
number  of  bystanders."  ('Zool.  Proceeds.'  1833, 
p.  7G.) 

935,  936.— Thb  Spotted  Hv-kna 

(Hytaia  crociita).  Tiger-wolf  of  the  colonists  at 
the  cape ;  Hyaena  Capensis,  Desm.;  H.  maculata, 
Thunberg. 

This  species  is  the  nuisance  and  even  terror  of 
South  Africa,  where  it  is  well  known  to  the  farmers, 
who  too  often  experience  the  effects  of  its  destruc- 
tive habits  ;  for  it  not  only  devours  the  carrion 
which  chance  throws  in  its  way,  but  it  invades  the 
farmers'  pens  or  folds  during  the  night,  and  often 
succeeds  in  killing  or  mutilating  such  of  the  larger 
kinds  of  live  stock  as  have  not  been  secured  before 
dusk.  Sickly  animals,  as  we  are  assured,  are  less 
liable  to  suffer  from  the  voracity  of  this  creature 
than  those  which  are  in  full  health:  the  latter  by 
their  rapid  flight  inspiring  the  enemy  with  a  courage 
of  which  by  nature  he  is  destitute  ;  whereas  the 
sickly  face  him,  and  thus  intimidate  him.  So  anx- 
ious is  he  for  the  flight  of  animals  as  a  preliminary 
to  his  attack,  that  he  uses  all  the  grimace  and 
threatening  he  can  command,  to  induce  them  to 
run,  and  never  dares  to  attack  them  unless  they  do 
so.  The  spotted  hyaena  seldom  moves  abroad  during 
the  day ;  night  is  his  season  of  activity,  and  towards 
nightfall  his  bowlings  are  regularly  heard,  announ- 
cing to  the  various  animals  that  their  foe  is  on  his 
prowl.  These  dismal  sounds  appal  the  timid;  and 
as  they  are  heard  on  every  side  around,  confuse  the 
aftVighted  fugitive,  who  often  runs  into  the  danger 
from  which  he  seeks  to  escape.  Formerly  hyoenas 
were  in  the  habit  of  paying  nightly  visits  to  the 
streets  of  Cape  Town,  and  even  now  occasionally 
approach  the  town,  and  their  bowlings  are  often 
heard  from  the  Table  Mountain.  In  the  Caffre 
country  they  are  numerous  and  daring,  approaching 
the  villages,  and  attempting,  either  by  force  or  stra- 
tagem, to  pass  the  wattles  by  which  the  houses  are 
defended.  If  so  far  succesful,  they  next  attempt  to 
enter  the  houses,  and  not  unfrequently  succeed  in 
carrying  off'  a  young  child  of  the  family. 

Mr.  Steedman,  in  his  '  Wanderings  and  Adven- 
tures in  the  Interior  of  Southern  Africa,'  gives  most 
appalling  accounts  of  the  rapacity  of  the  spotted 
hyaena.  He  states  that  Mr.  Shepstone,  in  a  letter 
from  Mamboland,  relates  that  the  nightly  attacks 
of  wolves,  as  the  hytenas  are  generally  called,  have 
been  veiy  destructive  amongst  the  children  and 
youth;  for  within  a  few  months  not  fewer  than 
forty  instances  came  to  his  knowledge  wherein  that 
beast  had  made  a  most  dreadful  havoc.  "  To  show 
clearly,"  says  that  gentleman,  "  the  preference  of 
the  wolf  (spotted  hyaena)  for  human  flesh,  it  will  be 
necessary  to  notice  that  when  the  Mambookies 
build  their  houses,  which  are  in  form  like  beehives, 
and  tolerably  large,  often  eighteen  or  twenty  feet  in 
diameter,  the  floor  is  raised  at  the  higher  or  back 
part  of  the  house,  until  within  three  or  four  feet  of 
the  front,  where  it  suddenly  terminates,  leaving  an 
area  from  thence  to  the  wall,  in  which  every  night 
the  calves  are  tied  to  protect  them  from  the  storms 
or  wild  beasts.  Now  it  would  be  natural  to  suppose, 
that  should  the  wolf  enter,  he  would  seize  the  first 
object  for  his  prey,  especially  as  the  natives  always 
lie  with  the  fire  at  their  feet;  but  notwithstanding 
this,  the  constant  practice  of  this  animal  has  been 
in  every  instance  to  pass  by  the  calves  in  the  area, 
and  even  by  the  fire,  and  take  the  children  from 
under  the  mother's  kaross,  and  this  in  such  a  gentle 
and  cautious  manner,  that  the  poor  parent  has  been 
unconscious  of  her  loss  until  the  cries  of  her  little 
innocent  have  reached  her  from  without  when  a 
close  prisoner  in  the  jaws  of  the  monster."  Mr. 
Shepstone  then  particularizes  two  instances  within 
his  own  knowledge,  one  of  a  boy  about  ten  years  of 
age,  and  the  other  of  a  little  girl  about  eight,  who 
had  been  carried  off  by  this  species,  and  vi'retchedly 


Hy^.nas.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


211 


mangled,  but  recovered  by  the  attention  of  Mr. 
Shepstone  and  his  friends. 

Vaiious  methods  are  employed  for  the  destruction 
of  this  ferocious  beast,  as  snares,  pit-falls,  traps, 
spring-guns,  &c ,  but  so  cunning  and  suspicious  is 
the  animal,  that  he  mostly  avoids  them. 

The  general  colour  of  this  species  is  yellowish- 
brown,  with  numerous  spots,  more  or  less  distinct, 
of  a  deeper  tint ;  the  mane  down  the  neck  and 
back  is  less  full  and  long  than  in  the  striped  hyaena, 
and  the  hair  generally  is  shorter. 

937. — The  Villosk  Hy^na 

(JHyana  villosa.  Smith).  Straand-Wolf  of  the  Dutch 
colonists  of  the  Cape.  For  our  knowledge  of  this  spe- 
cies, which  lesembles  in  some  respects  the  Striped 
Hyaena,  we  are  indebted  to  Dr.  A.  Smith,  who  figured 
and  described  it  in  the  fifteenth  volume  of  the  '  Lin- 
naean  Transactions.'  The  Villose  Hyaena  is  a  native 
of  South  Africa,  but  is  by  no  means  so  common  as 
the  spotted  species,  and  is  found  chieiiy  along  the  sea- 
coast,  but  has  been  observed  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Nieuveld  Mountains,  a  considerable  distance  in 
the  interior  of  the  country.  The  Villose  Hyaena,  or 
Straand-Wolf,  devours  carrion,  and  such  dead  ani- 
mal substances  (whales  for  instance)  as  the  sea 
casts  up ;  but  when  pressed  by  hunger  its  habits 
seem  to  resemble  those  of  the  other  species,  for  it 
then  commits  serious  depredations  on  the  flocks  and 
herds  of  the  colonists,  who  hold  its  incursions  in 
great  (iread.  Mr.  Steedraan,  who  sta.tes  this,  says 
that  he  saw  a  very  fine  specimen,  which  had  been 
shot  by  a  farmer  residing  in  the  vicinity  of  Blauw- 
berg,  and  was  informed  that  it  had  destroyed  three 
large  calves  belonging  to  the  farmer.  He  adds, 
that  it  is  said  to  be  a  remarkably  cunning  animal,  re- 
tiring to  a  considerable  distance  from  the  scene  of 
its  depredations  to  elude  pursuit,  and  concealing 
itself  during  the  day-time  in  the  mountains,  or  in 
the  thick  bush  which  extends  in  large  patches 
throughout  the  sandy  district  in  which  it  is  usually 
found. 

The  Villose  Hyaena  stands  about  two  feet  four 
inches  in  height  at  the  shoulder,  and  measures  four 
feet  four  inches  from  the  nose  to  the  root  of  the 
tail.  The  hair  of  the  body  is  long  and  coarse.  lis 
general  colour  is  dusky-grey,  variegated  with  inde- 
finite clouds  or  oblique  bands  of  black,  the  latter 
prevailing  on  the  limbs. 

The  fossil  bones  of  extinct  species  of  Hyaena 
prove  the  abundance  of  these  animals  at  one  period 
m  our  portion  of  the  globe.  Jn  the  Cave  of  Kirk- 
dale  these  relics  were  found  in  vast  numbers,  ex- 
ceeding those  of  any  other  carnivorous  animal. 
They  have  been  discovered  also  in  other  places  in 
our  island.  On  the  continent  they  occur  in  the 
Cavern  of  Gaylenreuth,  and  in  most  of  those  where 
the  fossil  bones  of  bears  are  met  with,  to  which  we 
have  already  alluded. 

9.38. — The  Proteles 

{Protdes  cristata).  Aard-Wolf  (earth-wolQ  of  the 
Dutch  colonists  of  the  Cape  ;  Proteles  Lalandii, 
Isidore,  Geotfroy  ;  Viverra  Hysenoides,  Desmarest ; 
Civette  Hyenoide  of  F.  Cuvier. 

The  genus  Proteles,  which  appears  to  link  the 
Hyaenas  to  the  Civets,  contains,  as  far  as  known, 
only  one  species  which  is  a  native  of  South  Africa. 
In  general  contour  and  manners  this  singular  ani- 
mal much  resembles  the  former  animals,  but  is  of 
inferior  size  :  the  hinder  quarters  are  low  and  trail- 
ing; the  shoulders  thick  and  muscular;  while  a 
full  coarse  mane  runs  along  the  side.     In  denti- 

4 4 

tion  it  is  very  remarkable.    The  molars  are  5—5, 

3 — 3 

much  separated  from  each  other.  Of  those  above, 
the  three  first  are  false,  and  the  fourth  is  small  and 
tuberculous,  with  three  points.  The  three  molars 
below  have  each  the  character  of  false  molars. 
Incisors  and  canines  as  usual. 

On  their  fore-feet  there  are  five  toes,  but  the 
thumb  is  short,  rudimentary,  and  high  on  the  car- 
pus as  in  the  dog  ;  the  hinder  feet  have  four  toes. 
The  claws  are  strong,  large,  blunt,  and  well  adapted 
for  scratching.  There  are  no  decided  scent-pouches, 
as  in  the  Civets,  but  a  furrow  in  their  stead.  The 
form  of  the  head  more  resembles  that  of  the  Civets 
than  the  Hysenas,  being  somewhat  elongated,  and 
having  the  muzzle  conical  and  pointed.  The  ears 
are  long,  erect,  acute,  and  thinly  covered  with  hair  ; 
the  whiskers  are  strong  ;  the  tail  is  short  and  bushy, 
with  coarse  hair.  The  body  is  covered  with  woolly 
fur,  intermixed  with  long  coarse  hairs.  The 
general  colour  is  of  a  yellowish-grey,  radiated 
with  distinct  transverse  stripes  of  dusky-black,  the 
mane  being  waved  with  black,  which  is  al.so  the 
colour  of  the  feet  and  extreme  half  of  the  tail.  The 
young  are  much  darker,  both  in  general  colour  and 
their  markings,  than  adults.  Length  of  an  adult 
female  specimen  in  the  museum  of  the  Zool.  Snc, 
two  feet  six  inches,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which  is 
eleven  inches.     The  male  is  somewhat  larger. 


The  Aard-wolf,  or  Proteles,  is  nocturnal  in  its 
habits,  and  constructs  a  deep  burrow,  at  the  bottom 
of  which  it  lies  concealed  during  the  day-time. 
This  subterranean  chamber,  to  which  there  are  three 
or  four  different  entrances,  is  usually  occupied  by 
several  individuals,  so  that  the  animal  appears  to 
be  partially  gregarious.  Notwithstanding  the  trail- 
ing contour  of  its  hind-quarters,  it  runs  with  con- 
siderable quickness :  when  irritated,  it  erects  its 
mane,  like  the  hysena.  Its  food  consists  of  carrion 
and  small  anim.als,  not  excluding  ants,  which  were 
found  by  Sparrman  in  the  stomach  of  one  he  killed. 

939,  940.— The  Civet 

(  Viverra  Civetta).  The  restricted  genus  Viverra,  as 
established  by  modern  naturalists,  contains  only  a 
limited  number  of  species,  characterized  by  the 
possession  of  a  large  double  sacculus,  secreting  an 
unctuous  substance  of  a  strong  musky  odour ;  by 
the  claws  being  half  retractile  ;  and  the  pupil  of 
tiie  eye  circular  during  the  day.  The  dentition, 
similar  to  that  of  the  Ichneumons  (Fig.  941),  is 

as  follows  : — Incisors,   -  ;   canines,  ^^  ;    molars, 

6—6       , 
6=6=^- 

The  body  is  long  and  compressed  laterally  ;  the 
fur  is  somewhat  harsh,  full ;  and  a  mane,  as  in  the 
Proteles  runs  along  the  spine.  The  head  is  stout, 
but  the  muzzle  is  elongated ;  the  ears  are  short, 
wide,  and  rounded;  the  tail  is  shorter  than  the 
body.  The  eyes  gleam  in  the  dark  with  great  bril- 
liancy. 

Of  nocturnal  habits,  wild  and  savage,  the  animals 
of  this  genus  are  decidedly  carnivorous,  preying 
upon  birds,  reptiles,  and  small  mammalia,  which 
they  take  by  surprise,  and  exhibit  great  energy  and 
bodily  activity*  When  taken  young  they  are  easily 
tamed,  but  adults  can  never  be  reconciled  to  cap- 
tivity. 

The  Civet  is  peculiar  to  North  Africa,  and  is 
especially  common  in  Abyssinia,  frequenting  hilly, 
uncultivated  districts  and  arid  situations.  It  gives 
its  name  to  the  musky  perfume  for  which  all 
the  species  are  equally  remarkable.  In  figure  the 
civet  IS  robust,  but  the  body  is  compressed  laterally  ; 
in  size  it  equals  a  dog  of  middle  stature,  being 
i|  about  twenty-six  inches  in  length,  exclusive  of  the 
!:  tail,  which  is  thirteen  or  fourteen  inches.  Button 
I  states  that  in  his  time  numbers  were  kept  in  Hol- 
land for  the  commercial  advantage  of  obtaining 
their  odorous  secretion  ;  but  we  are  not  aware  that 
such  is  now  the  case.  In  North  Africa,  however, 
the  practice  is  in  vogue.  The  colour  of  the  civet 
is  dark  grey,  thickly  banded  with  black ;  a  white 
stripe  runs  along  the  sides  of  the  neck,  bounded  by 
a  black  line  above,  the  throat  and  sides  of  the 
muzzle  being  black.  A  thick  mane  of  coarse  black 
hair  runs  along  the  neck  and  back,  and  continues 
over  the  tail,  which  is  consequently  somewhat 
bushy. 

In  India  the  Civet  is  represented  by  the  Zibet 
(Viverra  Zibetha,  Linn. ;  Viverra  undulata.  Gray), 
and  in  Java  by  the  Tangalung  (the  Tangalunga 
Padi  of  the  natives).  This  is  the  Spotted  Civet, 
Viverra  Tangalunga,  of  Gray,  and  the  V.  Zibetha 
of  F.  Cuvier,  Dr.  Horsfield,  Sir  T.  Raffles,  who  con- 
founded it  with  the  former,  from  which  it  is  deci- 
dedly distinct.  It  is  the  Viverra  Hardwickii  of 
Lesson. 

942,  943.— The  Genet 

(Genetta  vulgaris).  The  Genets  are  distinguished 
by  a  slim  and  graceful  contour ;  the  neck  is  long ; 
the  head  is  narrow,  and  terminates  in  a  pointed 
muzzle  ;  the  limbs  are  short ;  the  ears  broad,  short, 
and  rounded  ;  the  tail  lengthened ;  the  pupils  of 
the  eyes  linear  and  vertical ;  the  musk-pouches  are 
inconsiderable  or  reduced  to  a  mere  depression. 

In  their  manner.?,  as  well  as  in  several  anatomical 
peculiarities,  the  Genets  approximate  closely  to  the 
Cats.  Like  those  animals  they  hiss  when  ap- 
proached or  irritated  ;  spring  upon  their  prey,  tak- 
ing it  by  surprise  ;  strike  and  lacerate  with  their 
talons,  which  are  completely  retractile  ;  and  climb* 
trees  with  ease  and  rapidity.  In  the  markings  and 
character  of  the  fur  also  we  see  a  marked  approach 
to  the  ( 'ats. 

The  Common  Genet  is  found  throughout  Africa, 
and  occurs  in  the  South  of  France  and  other  por- 
tions of  Europe  adjacent  to  the  Mediterranean.  It 
is  said  to  haunt  the  borders  of  streams  and  rivers, 
especially  near  their  source.  This  beautiful  but 
fierce  animal  is  easily  domesticated,  and  is  kept 
tame  in  Constantinople,  where  it  is  in  repute  as  a 
destroyer  of  rats  and  mice.  Its  odour  is  not  very 
powerful,  nor  at  all  disagreeable. 

The  general  colour  is  greyish-yellow,  with  black 
lines  down  the  back,  and  spotted  on  the  sides  with 
the  same ;  on  the  cheeks,  above  the  eyes,  and  on  each 
side  of  the  muzzle,  there  is  a  streak  of  white ;  the 
tiii!  Is  alternately  banded  with  black  and  white. 


944. — The  Rasse  Genet 


(Genetta  Rasse).  Viverra  Rasse,  Horsfield;  Viverra 
Gunda,  Hamilton,  MSS.  This  species,  which  is  a 
native  of  Java,  appears  to  be  different  from  the 
Genetta  Indica.  According  to  Dr.  Horsfield,  it 
frequents  forests  of  moderate  elevation,  where  it 
preys  upon  small  birds  and  animals  of  every  descrip- 
tion, and  possesses  the  sanguinary  appetite  of  the 
animals  of  this  family  in  a  high  degree.  In  con- 
finement it  will  devour  a  mixed  diet,  and  is  fed  on 
eggs,  fish,  flesh,  and  rice.  The  natives  affirm  that 
salt  is  a  poison  to  it.  Its  odoriferous  secretion  is 
termed  dedes  by  the  Javanese,  and  jibet  by  the 
Malays,  and  is  held  in  high  esteem.  In  the  Mu- 
seum of  the  Zool.  Soc.  there  are  eight  distinct  spe- 
cies of  the  present  genus,  to  which  has  yet  to  be 
added  the  Fossane  of  Madagascar. 

945. — The  Delukdukg 
(Prionodo/i  gracilis).  This  beautiful  and  singular 
species,  a  native  of  Java,  was  regarded  by  Dr.  Hors- 
field as  so  intimately  related  to  the  Cats,  that  he 
terms  it  Felis,  and  assigns  it  a  sectional  place  in 
that  group.  We  consider  it  to  be  the  most  nearly 
allied  to  the  Genets,  though  destitute  of  scent- 
glands,  and  differing  somewhat  in  the  dentition, 

which  is  as  follows : — Incisors,  _ ;  canines,  -^^ ;  mo- 
6  1 — 1 

5 5 

lars,   - — -.     Of  the  molars  above,  the  first  is  bi- 

0 — o 

cuspid,  the  second  tricuspid,  as  is  the  third ;  the 
fourth,  or  carnassiSre,  has  an  elongated  cutting 
edge  ;  the  fifth  is  tubercular.  This  jagged  form  of 
the  teeth  has  suggested  the  name  of  Prionodon,  from 
Tcpiuv,  '  a  saw,'  and  oBovg, '  a  tooth.'  (See  Fig.  946  : 
a,  an  external  view  of  the  teeth  of  both  jaws;  b,  an 
internal  view  of  the  same ;  c,  front  view  of  the 
teeth.)  The  Delundung  was  discovered  in  1806,  by 
Dr,  Horsfield,  during  his  researches  in  the  district 
of  Blambangan,  at  the  eastern  extremity  of  Java, 
where  it  is  very  rare,  and  still  more  so  in  other  parts 
of  the  island :  it  inhabits  the  extensive  forests 
with  which  the  district  is  almost  entirely  covered. 
Of  its  habits  no  details  were  collected. 

This  animal  is  extremely  slender  and  elongated, 
with  a  tapering  head  and  sharp  muzzle,  a  long  thick 
tail,  and  slender  delicate  limbs.  The  eyes  are 
sprightly,  the  irides  brown,  the  pupils  circular.  The 
claws  are  minute  and  sharp,  and  perfectly  retractile. 
The  fur  is  silky  at  the  base,  and  soft  to  the  touch. 
The  whiskers  are  very  long.  The  ground-colour  is 
of  a  delicate  yellowish-white  ;  four  broad  transverse 
bands  of  rich  blackish-brown  traverse  the  back  at 
equal  intervals ;  an  interrupted  stripe,  originating 
behind  the  eye  and  between  the  ears,  passes  along 
the  side,  and  terminates  in  large  spots  on  the  thigh  ; 
the  shoulder  is  similarly  spotted ;  and  the  tail  is 
ringed  at  regular  but  increasing  intervals.  The 
tout-ensanble  brings  to  mind  the  cloudings  on  a 
rich  piece  of  tortoiseshell.  Fig.  946  presents  a 
front  view  of  the  head:  d,  the  fore-foot  covered  with 
fur ;  e,  the  hind-foot  with  the  fur  removed. 

947. — The  Ckyptoprocta 

(Cryptopiocta  ferox).  This  remarkable  and  rare 
animal  is  a  decided  link  between  the  Viverrine  and 
the  Feline  groups,  approaching  very  nearly  to  the 
latter  in  external  characters,  and  still  more  so  in  in- 
ternal anatomy. 

The  body  is  slender,  but  the  limbs  are  robust  and 
muscular ;  the  head  is  narrow ;  the  eyes  rather 
small ;  the  ears  unusually  large  and  rounded  ;  the 
toes  five  on  each  foot ;  the  tail  long.  General 
colour  a  light  brownish-red. 

The  individual  on  which  Mr.  Bennett  founded  his 
description  was  immature,  having  not  yet  lost  its 
milk-teeth  ;  it  was  thirteen  inches  and  a  half  in  the 
length  of  the  head  and  body,  that  of  the  tail  being 
eleven  inches  and  a  half. 

Of  the  habits  of  the  Cryptoprocta  ferox  nothing 
definitely  is  known.  The  specimen  in  question  was 
sent  to  the  Zool.  Soc.  by  Mr.  Telfair,  President  of 
the  Mauritius  Natural  History  Society,  who  states 
that  he  received  it  alive  from  the  interior  and  south- 
em  part  of  Madagascar,  and  that  he  had  not  seen 
in  the  Mauritius  any  of  the  Madagascar  people  that 
were  acquainted  with  it.  Hence  it  would  seem  to 
be  rare.  He  remarks,  "  It  was  the  most  savage 
creature  of  its  size  I  ever  met  with  ;  its  motions, 
power,  and  activity  were  those  of  a  tiger,  and  it  had 
the  same  appetite  for  blood  and  the  destruction  of 
animal  life.  Its  muscular  force  was  very  great,  and 
the  muscles  of  the  limbs  were  remarkably  full  and 
thick." 

948. — The  Subicate 
(  Rijz<Eimtetradactyla,  III.).  Regarding  the  Pro- 
teles as  leading  to  the  Hyainas,  and  the  Cryptoprocta 
to  the  Cats,  another  line  of  the  Viverridae  appears  to 
conduct  us  to  the  Ferrets,  through  the  Ichneumons. 
But  before  we  notice  these,  two  rematkable  genera 
claim  our  attention,  each  containing  a  single  species, 
which  in  form  and  habits  appears  to  exhibit  a  cer- 

2K  2 


«4S.— Gtmt. 


<% 


A 


,%||^j|M 


a^^  fe  AMjuSfc^- 


Ml.— Teeth  ot  rchnenauo.' 


iia.-Gmt. 


MS.— He>iJ,  Teetli,  and  Fe«t  of  Delundung. 


9>0.— Mangne. 


944.  -DuseGenrt. 


Ma.— Qenet. 


212 


947.— Crypt  procU. 


^48.— Suricate. 


9»3,^n4i«n  Ichneamons. 


OSO.— SaWo-lnmtins. 


213 


214 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Ichneumon. 


tain  degree  of  affinity  to  the  Racoom,  liaving,  like 
those  animals,  a  lone,  pointed,  moveable  nose  ;  feet 
almost  entirely  plantigrade  ;  eyes  obliquely  set ;  the 
body  strongly  built,  and  the  habit  of  nilUng  up  on 
the  haunches,  while  the  fore-paws  are  employed  in 
holding  fooil.  While,  however,  the  approach  of 
these  species  to  the  Racoons  is  discernible,  their 
alliance  to  the  Ichneumons  cannot  be  mistaken. 
We  first  select  the  Suricate.  A  nose  remarkably 
long,  sharp,  and  flexible  ;  quick,  lively,  oblique  eyes, 
with  circular  pupils ;  and  close  ears,  give  a  peculiar 
expression  to  tlic  physiognomy  of  the  Suricate. 
The  toes  on  each  foot  are  four,  those  of  the  anterior 
limbs  beiii:;  armed  with  large  hooked  claws,  minia- 
ture copies  of  those  of  the  Sun-bears.  The  dentition 
(Fijr.  IM'J)  resembles  that  of  the  ichneumons,  except 
that  there  is  one  false  molar  less  on  each  side,  above 
and  below. 

This  rare  animal  is  a  native  of  Southern  Africa, 
and  is  emmently  carnivorous  in  its  habits.  Its 
length  is  about  a  foot,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which 
is  nearly  six  inches.  There  are  two  scent-glands. 
The  general  colour  is  yellowish-grey,  waved  trans- 
versely with  dark  brown  and  rufous,  the  hairs,  as  in 
the  ichneumons,  being  ringed  with  different  tints  ; 
the  tail  is  rufous-brown,  ending  in  black.  The  fur 
is  long  and  rather  coarse. 

We  have  had  an  opportunity  of  observing  two 
specimens,  a  male  and  female,  in  captivity ;  they 
were  lively,  inquisitive,  and  docile,  but  betrayed 
great  excitement  when  birds  or  other  small  animals 
were  presented  before  their  cage,  endeavouring  to 
seize  or  dart  upon  them.  They  used  their  paws 
with  much  address,  and  would  sit  up,  peeping  be- 
tween the  wires,  or  caressing  each  other,  for  they 
exhibited  great  mutuiJ  attachment.  The  female 
died  first ;  the  male  became  dull,  pined,  and  shortly 
followed  his  companion.  The  notes  of  their  ana- 
tomy, by  Professor  Owen,  are  given  in  the  '  Zoolo- 
pcal  Proceedings'  for  1830-31. 

930. — The  Mangub 

{Crotsarchui  obscurus).  The  Mangue,  the  only 
known  representative  of  the  genus  Crossarchus,  is  a 
native  of  Sierra  Leone  and  other  parts  of  Western 
Africa.  It  resembles  the  Suricate  in  the  form  of 
the  head  and  nose,  in  dentition,  and  general  struc- 
ture, internal  as  well  as  external.  It  has,  however, 
five  toes  on  each  foot,  and  is  fairly  plantigrade.  Its 
general  colour  is  deep  chocolate-brown,  grizzled 
with  yellowish-white,  each  hair  being  ringed  with 
this  colour.  The  individual  which  we  have  observed 
in  captivity  resembled  the  Suricate  in  its  habits, 
and  was  very  intelligent.  With  respect  to  its  man- 
ners in  a  state  of  nature  we  have  no  particular 
details.  In  the  '  Zool.  Proceeds.'  for  1834  will  be 
found  our  account  of  the  internal  anatomy  of  this 
animal,  compared  with  that  of  the  Suricate  and  the 
Viverrida:  in  general. 

951. — The  Egyptian  Ichneumon 

(Herpestes  Fharaonis,  Desm.).  With  long  agile 
bodies,  small  glowing  eyes,  a  pointed  nose,  long 
tail,  short  limbs,  and  semi-plantigrade  feet,  the  Ich- 
neumons, or  Mangoustes,  as  they  are  also  called 
(Mangusta,  Oliv. ;  Ichneumon,  Geoff. ;  Herpestes, 
Illie'.),  in  their  general  form,  no  less  than  in  their 
habits,  display  a  certain  approximation  to  the  ferrets, 
being  bold,  active,  and  sanguinary,  and  unrelenting 
destroyers  of  birds,  reptiles,  and  small  mammalia, 
which  they  take  by  surprise,  darting  rapidly  upon 
them.  Beautiful,  cleanly,  and  ea.sily  domesticated, 
they  are  often  kept  tame  in  the  countries  they 
naturally  inhabit,  for  the  puipose  of  clearing  the 
houses  of  vermin,  though  the  poultry-yard  is  not 
safe  from  their  incursions.  The  ears  are  short,  wide, 
and  rounded  ;  the  hair  long,  rather  coarse  and  waved 
or  grizzled,  each  hair  being  ringed  with  different 
tints  ;  the  scent-gland  is  large  ;  the  feet  are  five-toed, 
the  nails  sharp  and  semi-retractile  ;  the  pupilsof  the 
eyes  oblong:  Fig.  941  gives  the  dentition.  The 
ichneumons  are  natives  of  the  hotter  parts  of  the 
Old  World,  the  species  being  respectively  African 
and  Indian.  Night  is  their  sea-son  of  activity ;  they 
then  prowl  in  quest  of  their  prey,  stealing  along 
with  noiseless  step,  urced  by  hunger  and  the  in- 
stinct of  destruction.  The  Egyptian  ichneumon  is 
a  native  of  North  Africa,  and  was  deified  for  its 
services  by  the  ancient  Egyptians.  Its  Coptic 
name  is  Nems ;  its  Arabic,  among  the  Moors,  Serro. 
Snakes,  lizards,  birds,  crocodiles  newly  hatched,  and 
especially  the  eggs  of  the  crocodile,  constitute  its 
food ;  and  the  ancients  believed  that  it  attacked 
and  killed  that  huge  reptile  when  fully  grown. 
Pliny  states  that  when  gorged  with  food,  and  lying 
with  the  mouth  open,  a  little  bird,  called  Trochilos, 
enters  the  jaws  of  the  crocodile  to  pick  the  teeth, 
to  the  great  satisfaction  of  the  monster ;  and  he  ad(b, 
that  the  ichneumon,  espying  him  asleep,  darts  down 
his  throat  and  tears  his  inside.  We  need  not  enter 
into  any  grave  refutation  of  this  marvellous  ac-  ! 
co-'nt. 
The  ichneumon  is  fierce  and  daring,  and  glides  | 


with  sparkling  eyes  towards  its  prey,  which  it  fol- 
lows with  snake-like  progression ;  olten  it  watches 
patiently  for  hours  together  in  one  spot,  waiting  the 
appearance  of  a  mouse,  rat,  or  snake  from  its  lurk- 
ing-place. We  have  frequently  seen  the  animal 
sit  up  like  the  Suricate  while  Ceding.  In  a  state 
of  domestication  it  is  gentle  and  affectionate,  and 
never  wanders  from  tne  house  or  returns  to  an 
independent  existence ;  but  it  makes  itself  familiar 
with  every  part  of  the  premises,  exploring  every 
hole  and  corner,  inquisitively  peeping  into  boxes 
and  vessels  of  all  kinds,  and  watching  every  move- 
ment or  operation.  Sonnini,  who  travelled  in 
1777-8-9,  observes  that  few  or  none  are  now  reared 
in  Egypt  in  a  state  of  domestication  ;  Hasselquist, 
however,  mentions  that  Mr.  Baiton,  English  Consul 
in  Egypt,  had  a  tame  ichneumon,  and  adds  that  it 
frequently  goes  about  the  houses  like  a  cat.  It 
would  appear  that,  like  tlie  'polecat,  it  often  de- 
populates the  fowl-roost. 

"The  colour  of  the  Egyptian  ichneumon  is  brown- 
ish-grey, each  hair  being  ringed  with  white  and 
dark  tints  of  brown  ;  the  tail  tapers  towards  the  ex- 
tremity, which  is  tufted  and  black.  Length  twenty- 
one  inches,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which  is  eighteen. 

953. — The  Indian  Ichneumon 

(^Herpestes  griseus).  This  species  is  much  less  than 
the  Egyptian  ichneumon,  and  of  a  beautiful  freckled- 
grey.  It  is  common  in  India,  and  frequently  brought 
to  this  country  ;  it  is  easily  tamed,  and  is  inquisitive, 
active,  cleanly,  and  docile.  Mr.  Bennett,  in  his 
account  of  one  kept  in  the  Tower,  says  that  on  one 
occasion  it  killed  no  fewer  than  a  dozen  full-grown 
rats,  which  were  turned  out  before  it  in  a  room  six- 
teen feet  square,  in  less  than  a  minute  and  a  half. 

954. — ^The  Garangan 

{Herpestes  Javanicus).  According  to  Dr.  Horsfield, 
this  species,   termed  Garangan   by   the   Javanese, 

I  inhabits  chiefly  the  large  teak-forests,  and  its 
agility  is  greatly  admired  by  the  natives :  it  attacks 
and  kills  serpents  with  excessive  boldness.  "  It  is 
very  expert  in  burrowing  in  the  ground,  which  pro- 
cess it  employs  ingeniously  in  the  pursuit  of  rats. 
It  possesses  great  natural  sagacity,  and,  from  the 
peculiarities  of  its  character,  it  willingly  seeks  the 
protection  of  man.  It  is  easily  tamed,  and  in  its 
domestic  state  is  docile,  and  attached  to  its  master, 

I  whom  it  follows  like  a  dog ;  it  is  fond  of  caresses, 
and  frequently  places  itself  erect  on  its  hind-legs, 
regarding  everything  that  passes  with  great  atten- 
tion. It  is  of  a  very  restless  disposition,  and  always 
carries  its  food  to  the  most  retired  place  to  consume 
it.  It  is  veiy  cleanly  in  its  habits  ;  it  is  exclusively 
carnivorous,  and  very  destructive  to  poultry,  em- 
ploying great  artifice  in  surprising  chickens  :"  hence 
the  natives  seldom  keep  it  tamed,  nor  is  it  altoge- 
ther to  be  trusted,  as  it  is  subject  to  fits  of  excessive 
violence.  Its  mode  of  encountering  serpents  was 
related  by  the  natives  to  Dr.  Horsfield,  exactly  as  it 
is  described  by  Rumphius,  who  informs  us  that  the 
.Javanese  nobles  amuse  themselves  with  these  con- 
tests. When  the  two  enemies  are  opposed  to  each 
other,  the  serpent  endeavoure  to  twine  round  the 
quadruped  and  kill  it ;  the  latter  inflates  itself  to  tur- 
gcscence,  and,  as  the  reptile  is  about  to  inflict  the 
fatal  wounds,  contracts  its  body,  slips  through  the 
scaly  coil,  and  seizes  its  foe  by  the  neck.  We  sus- 
pect that  in  this  stoty  some  allowance  must  be  made 
for  over-colouring. 

955. — Steedman's  Ctnictis 

(Cynictis  Steedmannii,  Ogilb.).  The  genus  Cynic- 
tis  differs  from  Herpestes  in  the  number  of  the  toes 
on  the  hind-feet  being  only  four,  and  in  the  absence 
of  a  false  molar  on  the  lower  jaw.  The  tail  is  long 
and  bushy.  The  characters  of  the  skull  and  denti- 
tion are  seen  at  Fig.  956  :  a,  the  skull  from  above ; 
b,  the  same  in  profile  ;  c,  the  dentition  of  the  upper 
jaw ;  d,  the  dentition  of  the  lower  jaw. 

The  Cynictis  Steedmannii  is  a  native  of  South 
Africa,  and  appears  to  resemble  the  ichneumons  in 
its  general  habits.  It  excavates  burrows  in  which 
it  dwells.  Though  only  introduced  to  our  know- 
ledge within  the  last  few  years,  it  was  most  probably 
seen  by  Sparrman  and  Barrow,  the  latter  of  whom 
describes  an  animal  so  closely  resembling  the  pre- 
sent, that  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  their  identity. 
The  general  colour  is  foxy  red ;  the  tail  is  bushy, 
tipped  with  white.  Length  one  loot  six  inches,  ex- 
clusive of  the  tail,  which  is  one  foot.  A  second 
species  of  this  genus,  Cynictis  melanurus,  is  a  native 
of  Sierra  Leone  ;  and  several  others  have  been  lately 
discovered  in  South  Africa. 

957. — The  Common  Paradoxurh 

(Paradorurus  Typus).  The  genus  Paradoxunis 
appears  to  be  one  of  the  links  which  conduct  us  from 
the  true  Viverrae  to  the  aberrant  forms  of  the  Ursida;. 
This  genus  is  peculiar  to  India  and  the  adjacent 
islands.  It  is  characterized  by  a  semi-plantigrade 
condition  of  the  feet,  the  greater  portion  of  the  sole 


being  naked  and  callous;  the  toes,  five  closely 
united  together  by  intervening  webs  ;  claws  short, 
sharp,  and  semi-retractile  ;  the  pupil  linear ;  a  mere 

fold  instead  of  scent-pouches  ;  molars  ;; —  •  nearly 

o — 6 '  ' 

resembling  those  of  the  Genets ;  the  tail  frequently 
spirally  contorted,  but  not  prehensile  ;  the  fur  full. 

In  size  the  paradoxure  exceeds  a  common  cat,  its 
total  length,  including  the  tail,  being  three  feet. 
The  general  coloui-  is  greyish  black  tinged  with  yel- 
low, and  indistinctly  banded  and  spotted  with  a 
dusky  hue  ;  a  whitish  streak  occupies  the  cheek 
below  the  eye,  and  another  runs  above  ;  muzzle 
black.  The  paiadoxurcsaie  to  a  great  extent  fnigi- 
vorous,  and  are  in  the  habit  of  climbing  trees,  which 
they  do  with  great  facility.  Dr.  Horsfield,  in  his '  Zoo- 
logical Researches,'  gives  a  description  of  the  Java 
paradoxure,  or  Musang,  well  worthy  of  notice.  Its 
manners,  he  observes,  are  very  similar  to  those  of  the 
Genet.  "  If  taken  young,  it  becomes  patient  and 
gentle  during  confinement,  and  receives  readily 
animal  and  vegetable  food.  It  requires  little  atten- 
tion, and  contents  itself  with  the  scanty  remains  of 
the  meals  of  the  natives,  with  fish,  eggs,  rice,  pota- 
toes, &c.,  the  structure  of  its  teeth  being  particularly 
adapted  to  vegetable  diet.  It  prefers,  however,  the 
delicate  and  pulpy  fruits,  but  when  pressed  by 
hunger  attacks  lowls  and  birds.  It  is  most  abun- 
dant near  the  villages  situated  at  the  confines  of 
large  forests,  and  constructs  a  simple  nest  in  the 
manner  of  squirrels,  of  dry  leaves,  grass,  or  small 
twigs,  in  the  forks  of  larger  branches  or  in  the  hol- 
low of  trees.  From  these  it  sallies  forth  at  night  to 
visit  the  sheds  and  hen-roosts  of  the  natives,  in  search 
of  eggs,  chickens,  &c.  Its  rambles  are  also  parti- 
cularly directed  to  gardens  and  plantations,  where 
fruits  of  every  description  within  its  reach,  aixl 
particularly  pine-apples,  suffer  extensively  from  its 
depredations."  The  coffee  plantations  in  some  parts 
of  the  island  are  greatly  infested  by  it,  and  on  this 
account  it  has  obtained  the  name  ol  coffee-rat.  It 
selects  the  msst  ripe  and  perfect  beriies,  and  as  the 
seeds  pass  uninjured  through  the  alimentary  vis- 
cera, it  spreads  that  plant  extensively,  and  gives 
origin  to  splendid  groves  in  various  parts  of  the 
forests,  but  particularly  on  the  declivities  of  hills, 
thus  counterbalancing  the  injuries  it  commits.  It 
native  name  is  Leewak. 

Fig.  958  represents  the  dentition  of  the  Binturong 
(Artitis  Binturong,  Tem. ;  Ictides  ater,  Cuv.).  This 
animal,  a  native  of  Java  and  Sumatra,  represents  in 
its  own  country  the  kinkajou  of  the  forests  of  South 
America.  It  is  a  slow,  heavy,  plantigrade  animal, 
with  short  limbs,  and  a  long,  powerful,  prehensile 
tail,  very  thick  and  muscular  at  the  base,  and  with 
which  it  assists  itself  in  climbing,  being  arboreal  in 
its  habits.  One  that  was  kept  alive  many  years  by 
Major  Farquhar  partook  both  of  animal  and  vege- 
table food.  It  is  timid  and  nocturnal,  sleeping  dur- 
ing the  day,  and  wandering  about  at  night  in  quest 
of  food.  In  size  it  exceeds  a  domestic  cat,  mea- 
suring two  feet  five  inches  in  the  length  of  the  head 
and  body,  the  tail  being  upwards  of  two  feet.  Its 
fur  is  long  and  coarse  ;  general  colour  black ;  pupils 
of  the  eyes  linear.  Cuvier  notices  the  approxima- 
tion of  these  animals  to  the  racoons. 

Family  Musteud.b,  or  the  Weasels,  &c.  Smaller, 
for  the  most  part,  than  the  animals  of  the  cat  tribe 
(Felidae),  and  consequently  less  formidable  as  far  as 
man  is  concerned,  but  equally  carnivorous  and  san- 
guinary, the  Mustelidae  (we  speak  of  the  typical 
species)  are  appointed  to  prey  on  the  multitudinous 
races  of  the  weak  and  the  timid — such  as  birds, 
rabbits,  hares,  and  even  fish  and  reptiles  :  of  slender 
elongated  figure,  and  with  shoit  legs,  they  appear 
to  glide  along,  and  indeed,  from  the  extreme  flexi- 
bility and  the  cylindrical  form  of  their  bodies,  which 
enable  them  to  force  their  way  through  the  smallest 
openings,  they  have  been  termed  Vermiform  Fer?e. 
They  are  silent,  cautious,  and  creeping,  and  attack 
their  prey  with  unflinching  resolution.  Having 
seized  their  victim,  they  never  let  go  their  hold. 
They  generally  aim  at  the  neck  below  the  ear, 
where  they  pierce  the  large  blood-vessels  with  their 
teeth,  or  they  fix  upon  the  back  of  the  head  and 
drive  their  teeth  through  the  skull.  Few  quadru- 
peds exceed  them  in  agility  and  address  ;  they  bound 
and  spring  with  vigour,  and  climb  trees  with  aston- 
ishing dexterity,  traversing  the  branches  with  a 
rapid  gliding  motion.  Of  nocturnal  habits,  they 
pass  the  greatest  part  of  the  day  in  their  retreats, 
which  are  in  the  hollows  of  decayed  trees,  in  bur- 
rows, holes  in  walls,  and  similar  places.  With  the 
approach  of  night  they  rouse  from  their  slumbers, 
and,  greedy  for  blood,  begin  their  prowl.  A  polecat 
in  the  neighbourhood  of  a  farmyard  is  a  direful  pest, 
and  in  one  night  will  destroy  a  whole  brood  of  poul- 
try, for  the  sake  of  the  blood  and  brains. 

The  shortness  of  the  muzzle,  the  characters  of  the 
teeth,  and  the  solidity  of  the  skull,  form  a  good  in- 
dex of  the  disposition  of  these  animals.  In  the 
genus  Putorius  (Mustela),  of  which  the  polecat  is 


Weasels.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


215 


an  example,  the  dentition  is  as  follows : — Incisors,  - ; 


1—1  2- 

canines,  y— r ;  false  molars,  — 

small  tubercular  molar,  - — -. 


carnassiere, 


1—1 


In  the  genus  Martes, 

Ray  (Mustela,  Cuvier),  of  which  the  marten  is  an 

3 3 

example,  the  false  molars  are  - — -.    In  the  genus 
"^  4 — 4 

Gulo  the  dentition  (as  seen  in  Fig.  959)  is  as  in  the 
genus  Martes. 

In  a  commercial  point  of  view  the  present  family 
is  by  no  means  unimportant.  From  several  species 
the  most  costly  furs  are  procured,  pre-eminent  for 
beauty :  we  need  only  mention  the  sable  (Martes 
Zibellina),  and  the  ermine  (Mustela  erminea).  The 
true  sable  is  a  native  of  the  dreary  regions  of  Sibe- 
Tia,  where  it  haunts  the  gloomy  pine-forests  which 
stretch  over  immense  tracts  of  country  remote  from 
human  abodes.  It  is  into  the  midst  of  these  Vi'ilds 
that  the  sable-hunter  has  to  penetrate  in  the  pursuit 
of  his  game,  and  the  chace  is  carried  on  in  the 
winter,  for  it  is  then  that  the  fur  is  the  finest.  Great 
are  the  hunter's  penis  and  privations.  He  has  to 
traverse  plains  and  mountains  covered  with  snow, 
and  swept  by  the  keen  tempests  of  an  arctic  winter  ; 
— to  spend  daj's  and  nights  in  patient  watching, 
and  in  the  solitudes  of  the  dismal  forest  ; — he  is  ex- 
posed to  overwhelming  snow-storms,  of  which,  in 
our  climate,  we  can  form  but  an  imperfect  idea. 
He  often  loses  his  way ;  his  provisions  fail,  and  he 
finds  himself  exposed  to  all  the  horrors  of  cold  and 
famine.  Who  has  not  heard  of  the  hardships  of 
the  hunter  of  sables  in  the  deserts  of  Siberia  ?  (See 
Fig.  960.) 

961. — British  Mustelid.e. 

We  have  arranged  in  our  Pictorial  Museum  a  most 
interesting  group  of  British  Mustelidae,  typical  of 
the  family.  Of  these,  a  is  the  Polecat  (Mustela 
Putorius) ;  b,  the  Stoat  (Mustela  erminea);  c,  the 
Beech-.Marten  (Martes  fagorum)  ;  d,  the  Ferret 
(Mustela  furo)  ;  e,  the  Weasel  (Mustela  vulgaris). 
Fig.  962  represents  the  Pine-Marten  (Mustela  abie- 
tum)  ;  Fig.  963,  the  Beech-Marten  (Mustela  fago- 
rum). 

The  polecat,  fitchet,  or  foumart  is  very  common 
in  some  parts  of  our  island,  where  the  farmer  and 
the  sportsman  make  common  cause  against  it. 
Poultry,  young  and  old,  ducks,  geese,  and  turkeys 
fall  a  prey  to  its  sanguinary  disposition  :  it  destroys 
all  within  its  reach.  Mr.  Bell  instances  one  case  in 
which  sixteen  large  turkeys  were  killed  by  a  polecat 
during  the  course  of  one  night,  and  another  in  which 
ten  ducks  were  similarly  destroyed,  and  the  perpetra- 
tor of  the  outrage,  when  in  the  morning  the  door  of 
the  outhouse  in  which  they  were  shut  was  opened, 
marched  out  licking  his  bloody  jaws,  without  the 
slightest  alarm.  Many  similar  instances  have  come 
under  our  own  personal  knowledge.  The  predilec 
tion  of  the  polecat  for  the  brains  and  the  blood  of 
poultry  is  well  known :  it  seldom  touches  the  rest 
of  the  carcass  ;  and  we  may  here  observe  that  rats 
display  the  same  taste  for  the  brains  of  birds.  We 
could  adduce  many  instances,  within  our  own  know- 
ledge, in  which  birds  kept  in  aviaries  have  been 
destroyed  by  rats,  the  brain  of  the  victims  being  in 
every  case  eaten  out  of  the  skull. 

It  is  generally  in  winter  that  the  polecat  haunts 
the  farm-yard.  In  summer  it  resorts  to  plantations, 
woods,  and  preserves  of  game,  where  it  makes  havoc 
among  leverets,  young  partridges,  and  pheasants ; 
nor  are  the  nests  of  birds  safe  from  its  attacks,  the 
eggs  or  callow  brood  being  equally  acceptable. 
No  animal  is  more  pernicious  in  the  rabbit-warren. 
It  can  follow  its  prey  through  their  subterranean 
galleries,  which  the  fox  cannot  do  ;  besides  which,  its 
love  of  slaughter  seems  insatiable.  It  would  appear 
that  even  the  tenants  of  the  water  are  not  safe  from 
its  attacks.  Mr.  Bewick,  on  his  own  testimony, 
affirms  that  in  one  instance  eleven  fine  eels  were 
discovered  in  the  retreat  of  a  polecat  near  a  rivulet, 
to  which  its  nocturnal  visits  were  rendered  apparent 
by  tracks  in  the  snow,  both  of  its  feet  and  of  the 
writhing  eels.  In  Loudon's  'Magazine  '  (vol.  vi. 
p.  206)  an  instance  is  related  in  which  the  nest  of  a 
female  polecat  was  opened  containing  five  young 
ones,  while  in  a  side  hole  were  packed  forty  large 
frogs  and  two  toads,  barely  alive,  each  having  been 
paralyzed  by  a  bite  through  the  brain.  When  at- 
tacked by  dog  or  man,  the  polecat  makes  a  vigorous 
resistance,  and  will  defend  itself  to  the  last.  The 
female  breeds  in  the  spring,  making  a  nest  of  dry 
grass  in  her  burrow.  The  young  are  from  three  to 
five  in  number.  The  adult  polecat  measures  about 
one  foot  four  or  five  inches  in  length,  exclusive  of 
the  tail,  which  measures  nearly  six  inches.  The 
body  is  covered  with  a  woolly  undercoat,  and  this, 
with  the  ba.se  of  the  long  hairs,  which  form  an  outer 
garment,  is  of  a  pale  yellow  ;  the  extremities  of  the 
long  hairs  are  of  a  deep  glossy  blackish-brown  ;  the 
margins  of  the  ears  and  part  of  the  lips  are  white. 


Though  by  no  means  so  valuable  as  that  of  the  sable 
or  marten,  the  fur  of  this  animal  (known  generally 
by  the  name  of  Fitch)  is  imported  very  extensively 
from  the  North  of  Europe,  and  is  abundant  in  the 
furriers'  shops  of  our  metropolis. 

The  Ferret  is  closely  allied  to  the  polecat  ;  so 
closely,  indeed,  that  many  naturalists  regard  them 
as  the  same  species,  the  more  especially  as  a  mixed 
breed  between  them  may  be  procured.  We  do  not, 
however,  consider  this  opinion  to  be  correct.  The 
polecat  is  a  native  of  temperate  and  northern  Eu- 
rope ;  the  Ferret,  of  Africa,  whence,  as  we  are  told 
by  Strabo,  it  was  imported  into  Spain  for  the  pur- 
pose of  destroying  rabbits,  with  which,  at  one  period, 
that  country  was  injuriously  overrun.  From  Spain 
it  has  spread  through  the  rest  of  Europe,  not  as  a 
wild,  but  as  a  domesticated  animal. 

From  the  earliest  times  it  was  used  in  the  capture 
of  rabbits  by  being  turned,  muzzled,  into  their  bur- 
rows. Pliny  alludes  to  this  practice  in  his  eighth 
book.  The  ordinary  colour  of  the  ferret  is  yellow- 
ish-white ;  but  we  have  frequently  seen  specimens 
of  a  brown  colour :  these,  indeed,  were  said  to  be 
of  the  mixed  breed  between  the  polecat  and  the 
ferret,  and  probably  were  so,  as  they  were  always 
larger  and  stouter  than  the  white.  One  of  the 
brown  kind,  in  the  possession  of  a  relative  of  the 
writer's,  was  so  tame  as  to  be  allowed  the  liberty  of 
the  house,  and  it  slept  in  his  chamber — a  dangerous 
experiment,  as  instances  have  been  known  of  their 
attacking  persons  and  wounding  them  severely. 
An  instance  in  which  an  infant  nearly  fell  a  sacri- 
fice to  a  ferret  is  related  by  Mr.  Jesse,  in  his '  Glean- 
ings,' and  quoted  by  Mr.  Bell.  The  child  had  the 
jugular  vein  and  the  temporal  artery  opened  ;  the 
face,  neck,  and  arms  lacerated  ;  and  the  sight  of  one 
eye  destroyed.  The  ferret  is  not  only  employed  by 
the  warrener,  but  also  by  the  ratcatcher,  who  prefers 
the  mixed  breed. 

The  ferret  is  very  sensitive  of  cold,  and  requires 
to  be  kept  snug  and  warm,  especially  during  winter, 
as  it  perishes  if  exposed  to  the  severity  of  the  sea- 
son. 

The  Weasel  (Mustela  vulgaris)  is  so  well  known, 
that  any  description  of  its  form  and  colour  is  use- 
less. Small  as  this  animal  is,  it  has  all  the  courage 
and  ferocity  of  its  race,  and  will  prey  upon  leverets, 
chickens,  young  pigeons,  and  ducklings  ;  its  favour- 
ite food,  however,  are  mice,  rats,  water-rats,  and 
even  moles.  In  the  farmer's  stack-yard  and  E;ranary 
it  is  of  the  greatest  utility,  and  well  repays  by  valu- 
able services  the  occasional  abstraction  of  a  chicken, 
a  pigeon,  or  a  few  eggs.  Of  this,  indeed,  many 
farmers  are  well  aware,  and  encourage  it  for  the 
sake  of  the  incessant  ■vvail'are  it  keeps  up  as^ainst 
mice  and  rats,  which,  from  their  excessive  numbers, 
often  occasion  a  serious  loss  in  grain,  besides  under- 
mining the  barns  and  outhouses. 

The  weasel  climbs  trees  and  runs  up  the  side  of 
a  wall  with  facility,  its  movements  being  singularly 
graceful.  When  it  attacks  its  prey,  it  fixes  its  teeth 
on  the  back  of  the  head,  and  pierces  the  brain, 
which  it  then  devours.  It  is  said  to  prefer  putrid 
flesh  to  that  just  killed,  but  this  is  very  doubtful, 
and  has  arisen  most  pmbably  from  the  circumstance 
of  dead  birds  in  a  putrid  state  having  been  found  in 
its  hole  or  near  its  retreat,  left  by  their  destroyer. 
The  weasel  hunts  by  the  scent,  like  a  dog  ;  and  fol- 
lows mice  and  moles  with  the  utmost  perseverance, 
tracking  them  through  all  their  runs  or  winding 
galleries.  It  will  even  cross  the  water  in  the  pur- 
suit, if  its  prey  be  in  sight,  nor  does  swiftness  avail, 
for  onwards  will  the  weasel  travel,  fill  its  victim 
fails  from  exhaustion.  The  wolverene  of  North 
America  (Gulo  arcticus)  pursues  the  beaver  and 
other  prey  in  a  similar  manner. 

Instances  are  on  record  in  which  several  weasels 
have  united  in  attacking  men,  who  with  difficulty 
have  prevented  the  fierce  little  animals  from  lacer- 
ating their  throats,  and  certainly  twelve  or  fifteen 
weasels  would  prove  no  mean  adversaries. 

The  weasel  often  falls  a  prey  to  hawks,  owls,  and 
kites  ;  but  sometimes  succeeds  in  coming  off  vic- 
torious. Many  anecdotes  are  on  record  of  weasels 
and  stoats  bringing  eagles  or  large  hawks  to  the 
ground — and  Mr.  Bell  gives  an  instance,  assuring 
us  of  its  truth,  in  which  a  kite  that  had  seized  a  wea- 
sel and  mounted  into  the  air,  was  observed  to  wheel 
irregularly,  and  at  length  to  fall  to  the  ground  dead  ; 
the  determined  little  animal  having  torn  open  the 
skin  and  large  blood-vessels  under  its  wing. 

The  weasel  breeds  two  or  three  times  in  a  year, 
having  a  litter  of  five  at  each  birth.  She  makes  her 
nest  of  dry  herbage  ;  a  hole  in  the  bank  side,  among 
rambles,  or  in  an  aged  tree,  is  the  usual  place  of 
her  retreat ;  and  when  molested,  she  defends  her- 
self and  her  progeny  with  indomitable  courage. 

The  Stoat  (Mustela  erminea)  is  allied  very  closely 
to  the  weasel,  but  is  considerable  larger,  being  up- 
j  wards  of  nine  inches  long,  excluding  the  tail.  Its 
habits  are  precisely  those  of  the  weasel,  but  it  preys 
habitually  on  larger  game,  as  hares,  leverets,  &c., 
not  excluding  the  rat  and  water-rat.     Of  the  latter. 


indeed,  it  destroys  great  numbers,  following  them 
into  their  burrows.  It  hunts  its  prey  by  the  scent. 
Some  idea  of  the  extent  of  the  depredation  of  this 
animal  may  be  conceived  from  the  circumstance  of 
two  leverets,  two  leverets'  heads,  two  young  par- 
tridges, and  a  pheasant's  egg  having  been  found  in 
the  retreat  of  one.  In  our  climate  the  stoat  becomes 
partially  white  during  the  winter,  hut  in  more 
northern  regions  this  change  is  complete,  the  tip  of 
the  tail  alone  remaining  black.  In  this  state  it  is 
called  the  Ermine.  Large  importations  of  ermine- 
fur  are  made  from  Russia,  Norway,  and  Siberia  to 
our  country.  In  1833  the  importation  amounted 
to  105,139  skins. 

The  Beech-Marten  (Martes  fagorum)  and  the 
Pine-Marten  (Martes  abietum)  are  both  natives  of 
our  island;  but  the  former,"distinguished  by  a  white 
breast,  is  said  to  be  the  most  common.  The  pine- 
marten  is  distinguished  by  a  yellow  breast  and 
throat.  It  must  be  confessed,  however,  that  the 
specific  distinction  between  these  two  animals  is 
by  no  means  very  apparent,  nor  indeed  is  it  ad- 
mitted by  many.  We  have  many  times  seen  the 
yellow-breasted  or  pine-marten  in  the  fir-woods 
which  clothe  the  sides  of  some  of  the  hills  in  Derby- 
shire, and  especially  near  Buxton.  It  prefers  wild 
and  unfrequented  places,  deep  wooded  glens,  and 
the  depths  of  forests ;  and  is  common  throughout 
northern  Europe.  The  Beech-marten  also  frequents 
woods,  but  not  so  exclusively  as  the  former,  and 
often  lurks  about  farm-houses  and  destroys  poultry. 
Both  are  destructive  to  game.  They  take  up  their 
retreats  in  hollow  trees  or  holes  in  rocks,  and  the 
female  makes  her  nest  of  leaves  and  moss  for  her 
brood.  The  asility  and  gracefulness  of  these  ani- 
mals are  remarkable  ;  they  climb  trees  with  the  ease 
of  the  squirrel,  and  traverse  their  branches  or  leap 
from  bough  to  bough  with  admirable  address  and 
celerity.  Their  fur,  especially  that  of  the  pine- 
marten,  is  full,  deep,  and  soft,  and  of  a  beautiful 
brown,  and  not  far  inferior  to  that  of  their  imme- 
diate ally  the  sable.  The  marten  exceeds  the  pole- 
cat in  size,  and  the  tail  is  long  and  bushy.  The 
ears  are  large  and  open,  and  the  eyes  bright  and 
lively.  In  general  instincts  they  agree  H'ith  the 
other  Mustelae. 

Distinct  from  both  of  these,  we  regard  the  Ame- 
rican pine-marten,  characterized  by  a  shorter  tail 
and  fuller  fur.  Its  skins  are  annually  imported 
into  England  from  North  America,  where  it  is  abun- 
dant in  the  high  latitudes.  Dr.  Richardson  observes 
that  in  America  "particular  races  of  martens,  dis- 
tinguished by  the  fineness  and  dark  colour  of  their 
fur,  appear  to  inhabit  certain  rocky  districts.  The 
rocky,  mountainous,  but  wooded  region  of  the 
Nipogon,  on  the  north  side  of  Lake  Superior,  has 
been  long  noted  for  its  black  and  valuable  martens, 
skins.''  The  animal  is  usually  taken  in  traps  baited 
with  the  head  of  a  bird.  It  is  very  bold,  and  when 
attacked  shows  its  teeth,  hisses  like  a  cat,  and  bites 
with  great  severity.  "  Upwards  of  one  hundred 
thousand  skins  have  been  collected  annually  in  the 
fur  countries."  Another  and  larger  species,  the  Pe- 
kan,  or  Fisher  (Martes  Canadensis),  is  common  in  the 
northern  parts  of  America,  ranging  from  Penn- 
sylvania to  the  Great  Slave  Lake,  and  from  shore 
to  shore  across  the  country.  Its  fur  is  Jess  valuable 
than  that  of  the  former.  It  gives  preference  to 
damp  spots  and  humid  forests  bordering  water. 

964,  965.— The  Glutton 
(Gulo  arcticus,  Desm.).  Pallas  and  Gmelin  referred 
the  Glutton  to  the  genus  Ursus  ;  it  belongs,  however, 
to  the  present  family  :  see  its  dentition"  (Fig.  959). 
Linnajus  rightly  regarded  it  as  a  Mustela.*  In 
their  general  port  and  figure  the  gluttons  are  inter- 
mediate between  the  polecats  and  the  badgers. 
They  have  no  decided  scent-pouch,  but  a  glandular 
fold  of  the  skin. 

Two  varieties,  perhaps  species,  of  Glutton  are 
known  :  one,  a  native  of  the  nigh  northern  latitudes 
of  the  Old  World  ;  the  other,  of  the  cold  regions  of 
America.  The  Old  World  species  (Gulo  arcticus), 
the  Rossomak  of  the  Russians,  is  of  a  deep  chestnut 
passing  into  black  on  the  limbs,  with  a  brown  disk 
on  the  back.  The  American  animal  (Gulo  luscus, 
Sabine),  termed  Wolverene,  Carcajou,  and  Quick- 
hatch,  is  paler.  The  glutton  is  nocturnal  in  its 
habits  :  the  limbs  are  strong  and  short ;  the  feet 
subplantigrade,  with  five  toes,  armed  with  sharp 
claws  ;  the  head  broad,  ending  in  a  narrow  muzzle  ; 
the  ears  are  short  and  rounded  ;  the  tail  moderate. 
As  we  are  inclined  to  regard  the  Old  Worid  and 
American  gluttons  as  mere  varieties,  we  shall 
not  disjoin  their  history.  The  first  writer  who 
has  described  this  animal  is  Olaus  Magnus. 
"Among  all  animals,"  he  says,  "which  are  re- 
garded as  insatiably  voracious,  the  glutton  in  the 
northern  parts  of  Sweden  has  received  an  express 
appellation,  being  called,  in  the  language  of  the 
country,  Jei-ft' ;    and    in    German,    'Vielfrass.      In 

*  ',?y''-  ^'"'■.'  '  2th  edit.     He  retains,  however,  the  term  Ursus  for 
the  Wolverf ne,  naming  it  Urtus  ftucus. 


rc^^^m^^'ih:'- 


r:v 


Ml.— Brituh  MoMclidae  (Wnwh). 


'''^r^^jiim^ys^' 


MT.-OlatUttud  Rein  Deer. 


216 


9^9.  -Teeth  of  Glutton. 


966.— Grison. 


WO.— Teeth  of  Rat**!. 


>''>i\l,lJ    ^.* 


9«8.— e  i-j  . 


970— Indian  Rate!, 

Xo.  28. Vol.  I. 


971. — Common  liadger. 
[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


217 


218 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[RATELa 


the  Slavonian  lanf^ua^re  its  name  is  Rowomaka, 
in  allusion  to  its  voracity;  in  Latin,  however,  it 
is  only  known  by  the  fictitious  name  of  Gulo,  from 
its  habits  of  corgini;  (^lo  k  gulositate  appella- 
tur)."— Ol.  Mag.,  '  Hi».  de  Gent.  Septent.' 

The  glutton  is  indeed  a  voracious  animal,  but  by 
no  means  formidable  to  man  or  the  larger  beasts, 
though,  in  proportion  to  its  size,  its  strength  is  very 
treat.  Slow  in  its  movements,  it  makes  up  bv  per- 
severance and  industry  for  this  defect,  and  at  a 
steady  pace  pursues  its  prev  for  miles,  hunts  out 
weak  or  dying  animals,  and  destroys  hares,  mar- 
mots, and  birds,  which  it  seizes  unawares. 

Buffon,  relying  on  the  authority  of  Olaus  Magnus, 
Isbrandt,  and  others,  has  contributed  to  render  cur- 
rent the  statement  (which  many  later  naturalists 
have  deemed  not  incredible)  that  the  glutton  has 
recourse  to  the  most  subtle  artifice  in  order  to  sur- 
prise its  victims,  and  that  it  lurks  in  the  branches  of 
trees  until  the  reindeer  approaches  to  browse  be- 
neath, when  it  throws  itself  upon  the  unsuspecting 
animal  with  unerring  rapidity,  fixes  its  strong  claws 
in  the  skin,  and  proceeds  to  tear  the  neck  and 
throat  till  the  wretched  victim  falls  exhausted  and 
dies,  when  the  victor  devours  his  prey  at  leisure. 
Gmelin,  in  his  account  of  his  journey  through 
Siberia,  after  quoting  the  statement  of  Isbrandt, 
adds,  "  This  address  of  the  Glutton  managing  to 
seize  animals  by  surprise  is  confirmed  by  all 
hunters."  ...."  Although  it  feeds  on  all  animals, 
living  or  dead,  it  prefers  the  reindeer.  It  lies  in 
wait  for  large  animals  as  a  robber  on  the  highway, 
and  it  also  surprises  them  as  they  lie  asleep."  To 
the  circumstance  of  the  glutton  fixing  on  the  rein- 
deer, and  also  the  elk,  Desmarost  expressly  alludes, 
evidently  relying  on  the  narratives  of  the  earlier 
writers.  On  the  contrary.  Dr.  Richardson,  in  his 
able  history  of  the  American  Glutton,  or  wolverene, 
affirms  that  no  such  artifice  is  resorted  to  by  that 
variety,  and  he  appears  altogether  to  disbelieve  the 
account.  No  doubt  the  details  have  been  exagge- 
rated, still  we  are  not  altogether  to  throw  aside  the 
assurances  of  old  travellers  of  credit ;  indeed  we 
think  it  very  probable  that  the  glutton  may  steal 
upon  the  reindeer  asleep,  or  attack  enfeebled  or 
dying  deer,  or  young  fawns,  and  fixing  on  the  great 
blood-vessels  of  the  throat  (as  the  weasel  does  when 
attacking  the  hare),  thus  destroy  its  victims. 
Gmelin,  Dr.  Richardson,  and  Mr.  Graham  agree  in 
the  fact  that  the  glutton  is  extremely  annoying  to 
the  fur-hunters,  visiting  their  traps  and  devouring 
the  animals  taken  in  them.  In  Siberia  it  rifles  the 
traps  of  the  sable  and  corsac  fox  ;  and,  as  Mr.  Gra- 
ham observes,  in  Northern  America  it  will  follow 
"  the  marten-hunter's  path  round  a  line  of  traps  ex- 
tending 40.  .")0,  or  GO  miles,  and  render  the  whole 
unserviceable  merely  to  come  at  the  baits,  which 
are  generally  the  head  of  a  partridge  on  a  bit  of 
<!ried  venison.  They  are  not  fond  of  the  martens 
themselves,  but  never  fail  of  tearing  them  in  pieces 
or  of  burying  them  in  the  snow  by  the  side  of  the 
path  at  a  considerable  distance  from  the  trap.  Drifts 
of  snow  often  conceal  the  repositories  thus  made,  in 
which  case  they  furnish  a  regale  to  the  hungry  fox, 
whose  sagacious  nostril  guides  him  unerringly  to  the 
spot.  Two  or  three  foxes  are  often  seen  following 
the  wolverene  for  this  purpose."  During  the  sum- 
mer the  beaver  is  the  common  prey  of  this  animal. 

The  glutton  is  nocturnal,  cunning,  and  deter- 
mined ;  it  fights  very  resolutely,  and  is  more  than  a 
match  for  a  single  dog,  its  strength  being  very  great. 
Its  fur  is  in  much  request,  especially  that  of  the 
Siberian  animal,  which  is  dark  and  beautifully 
glossy.  The  length  of  the  glutton,  exclusive  of  the 
tail,  IS  about  two  feet  si.x  inches;  that  of  the  tail, 
including  the  long  full  fur,  ten  inches.  The  female 
breeds  once  a  year,  the  cubs  being  from  two  to  four 
in  number.  Their  fur  is  soft,  downy,  and  of  a  pale 
yellowish  white. 

960.— The  Grison 

(Galiclis  vUtata,  Bell-);  Gulo  vittalus,  Desmarest; 
Viverra  vittata,  Linn.;  Petit  furet,  D'Azara;  Gri- 
sonia  vittata.  Gray  ;  Lutra  vittata,  Traill ;  Ursus 
Braziliensis,  Thunberg;  Fouine  de  la  Guyane,  Buff. 
'  Suppl.  III.'  The  giison  is  a  native  of  the  intertro- 
pical provinces  of  America,  Guiana,  Paraguay,  and 
Brazil.  It  is  remarkable  for  its  sanguinary  and 
fierce  disposition,  and  the  disgusting  odour  of  the 
secretion  of  its  scent-glands.  A  specimen  was  living 
some  time  since  in  the  menagerie  of  the  Zoological 
Society,  and  its  death  afforded  us  an  opportunity  of 
investigating  its  internal  anatomy.  ('  Zoological 
Proceedings,'  1833,  p.  1.0. )  In  its  figure  the  grison 
is  very  elongated,  the  head  is  flat,  and  the  muzzle 
somewhat  acute ;  the  general  colour  is  grizzled 
black ;  the  top  of  the  head  and  neck  grey,  with  a 
white  semi-lunar  shaped  band  across  the  forehead, 
extending  to  the  shoulders.  Length  of  body  one 
foot  six  mches ;  of  tail  six  inches  and  a  half.  A 
second  and  larger  species  has  been  characterized  by 
Mr.  Bell,  under  the  name  of  Galictis  Allamandi. 
Linnaeus  applied  the  name  of  Mustek  barbata  to  a 


large  musteline  animal  inhabiting  the  woods  of 
Brazil  and  Paraguay,  which  Azara  denominated  the 
Grand  Furet  and  Pennant  the  Guiana  Weasel.  By 
Desmarest  it  is  referred  to  the  genus  Gulo,  and  is 
termed  Gulo  Barbulus.  This  animal  is  the  Taira  (or 
Galera  of  Brown).  Two  specimens  from  Trinidad, 
differing  from  each  other  in  colouring,  are  preserved 
in  the  Museum  of  the  Zoological  Society.  (See 
'  Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc.,'  1831,  p.  74.)  To  the  muste- 
line group  belong  the  Zorilles  of  Africa:  most 
writers  seem  to  consider  the  Zorille  as  constituting 
a  single  species  (Zorilla  Capensis).  We  are  however 
of  opinion  that  the  Cape  species  is  difi'erent  from 
that  which  we  have  seen  repeatedly  from  the 
northern  coast  of  Africa.  The  Senegal  zorille  has 
not  come  under  our  notice,  but  it  is  stated  to  differ 
from  the  Cape  animal.  The  zorille  is  less  than  the 
polecat,  and,  like  that  animal,  is  fierce  and  exceed- 
ingly active.  It  dwells  in  burrows,  which  it  digs  in 
the  ground,  concealing  itself  during  the  day.  The 
colour  of  the  back  is  an  irregular  mixture  of  black 
and  white  in  broken  or  indefinite  lines.  The  head, 
sides,  and  under  surface  arc  black,  with  the  ex- 
ception of  a  white  oval  spot  on  the  forehead,  and  a 
white  mark  over  each  eye.  To  this  genus  is  appa- 
rently referable  a  species  from  Madagascar,  Mustela 
striata,  Geoff. ;  Putorius  striatus,  Cuv.  ;  Galictis 
striata  of  Isidore  Geoftroy. 

967.— The  Skunk 

(Mephitis  Americana).  Several  species  of  these 
animals,  called  Mouffettes,  Mephitic  Weasels,  Betes 
puantes,  Enfansdu  Diable,  &c.,  are  natives  of  Ame- 
rica. The  genus  is  intermediate  between  that  of  the 
polecats  and  the  badgers. 

These  animals  are  notorious  for  the  intolerable 
odour  of  the  secretion  of  their  glandular  pouches, 
which  neither  man  nor  dog  can  endure.  The  head 
is  small,  the  snout  pointed,  the  body  robust  and 
covered  with  long  coarse  hair,  the  tail  rather  long 
and  very  bushy.  The  general  colour  of  the  upper 
surface  is  white,  interrupted  byastripe,  more  or  less 
broad,  of  black  along  the  spine  ;  the  limbs  and 
under  surface  are  black.  According  to  Kalm,  the 
skunk  of  North  America  "  brings  forth  its  young  in 
the  hollows  of  trees  and  in  burrows;  it  is  not  con- 
fined to  the  ground,  but  climbs  tree  ;  it  is  an  enemy 
to  birds ;  it  destroys  their  eggs  and  also  devours 
their  young;  and  when  it  can  enter  the  poultry 
roost  it  makes  great  destruction.  When  it  is  chased 
either  by  men  or  dogs  it  runs  as  far  as  it  can  or 
climbs  a  tree  ;  but  when  it  finds  itself  hard  pressed, 
it  ejects  its  fluid  against  its  pursuers  :  the  odour  of 
this  is  so  strong  as  to  suffocate  ;  if  a  drop  of  this 
pestilential  secretion  falls  in  the  eyes,  it  is  at  the 
risk  of  losing  sight  ;  and  when  it  falls  on  the  clothes, 
it  communicates  an  odour  so  powerful,  that  it  is 
very  difficult  to  get  rid  of  it  ;  most  dogs  fear  to 
attack  it,  and  flee  when  touched  by  a  drop."  Mr. 
Graham  confirms  this  account,  and  says  that  he 
knew  several  Indians  who  had  lost  their  eyesight 
in  consequence  of  inflammation  produced  by  this 
fluid  having  been  thrown  into  them  by  the  animal, 
which  has  the  power  of  ejecting  it  to  the  distance 
of  upwards  of  four  feet.  The  odour  produces 
nausea,  a  sense  of  suffocation,  and  not  unfrequently 
fainting.  With  all  this,  however,  the  skunk  is  often 
taken  young  and  tamed,  when  the  animal  seldom 
gives  out  its  pestilential  secretion  ;  its  flesh,  more- 
over, is  very  frequently  eaten,  and  is  said  to  be 
well  flavoured.  It  appears  that,  when  the  natives 
kill  a  skunk,  they  remove  the  whole  of  the  glandular 
sacs,  in  order  that  no  unpleasant  smell  or  flavour 
may  be  communicated  to  the  flesh.  In  the  northern 
latitudes  the  skunk  passes  its  winter  in  a  hole,  sel- 
bom  stirring  abroad,  and  then  only  for  a  short  dis- 
tance. It  preys  on  young  hares,  rats  and  mice,  and 
has  been  observed  to  feed  much  on  frogs.  The 
skunk  is  about  eighteen  inches  in  length,  exclusive 
of  the  tail,  which  is  nearly  as  long  as  the  body. 
Besides  the  common  skunk  (Mephitis  Americana) 
four  distinct  species  are  in  the  Museum  of  the  Zoo- 
logical Society.  From  the  genus  Mephitis  we  pass 
by  an  easy  transition  to  that  group  of  the  Mustelidse 
which  includes  the  Ratel,  the  Mydaus  or  Teledu, 
and  the  Badgers. 

968.— Cape  Ratel 

(Itatdus  Capensis,  F.  Cuv.)  ;  Mellivora  Capensis, 
Storr  ;  Viverra  mellivora,  and  Uisus  mellivorus, 
Bhimenb.  ;  Taxus  mellivorus,  Tiedcni.  ;  Meles 
mellivora,  Thunberg ;  Ratel,  Spanman  •  Honey- 
weasel,  Shaw.  In  their  dentition,  the  ratels  closely 
approximate  to  the  true  badgers  (Meles},  excepting 
that  the  last  molar  is  smaller  and  narrower  in  pro- 
portion from  its  anterior  to  its  posterior  edge  (see 
Fie.  96'.)). 

The  Cape  ratel  is  a  thickset  clumsy  animal,  with 
short  limbs,  and  a  partially  plantigrade  walk.  The 
claws  are  very  robust,  the  muzzle  is  elongated,  the 
eyes  are  small  and  sunk,  and  the  external  ears 
nearly  rudimentary  ;  the  general  as|)ect  is  badger- 
like.   The  Cape  ratel  is  a  native  of  South  Africa, 


and  has  been  celebrated  for  the  destruction  it  makes 
among  the  nests  of  the  wild-bee,  to  the  honey  of 
which  it  is  said  to  be  very  partial.  Doubtless,  how- 
ever,  itavails  itself  of  other  food,  and  probably,  like 
the  badger,  devours  flesh  and  roots.  In  the  discovery 
of  bees'  nests  it  is  said  to  be  directed  by  the  actions 
and  voice  of  a  bird  termed  the  Honey-guide  (Indi- 
cator Vaillantii).  These  insects,  in  South  Africa, 
usually  build  their  cells  in  the  deserted  excavations 
of  the  wild-boar  or  the  porcupine,  and  from 
these  the  ratel  digs  out  its  plunder.  It  preys 
chiefly  in  the  evening,  remaining  during  the  greater 
portion  of  the  day  in  its  burrow.  When  taken 
young,  it  is  easily  domesticated.  The  hide  of  the 
ratel  is  extremely  tough  and  loose,  and,  according 
to  Sparrman,  if  a  person  catches  hold  of  it  by  the 
back  part  of  the  neck,  it  is  able  to  turn  round,  as  it 
were,  in  its  skin,  and  bite  the  arm  that  molests  it 

The  Cape  ratel  is  about  two  feet  six  inches  long, 
exclusive  of  the  tail,  which  is  about  eight  inches. 
The  general  colour  above  is  grey,  the  under  parts 
black,  and  a  white  line  runs  on  each  side  from  the 
ears  to  the  origin  of  the  tail,  abruptly  dividing 
these  two  colours. 

970. — The  Indian  Ratel 
(Ratelus  Indicus).  This  species,  though  known  to 
Pennant  and  Shaw  (who  termed  it  Ursus  Indicus), 
has  only  been  recently  recognised  as  a  distinct 
species.  Lesson  was  not  aware  of  the  difference — 
nay,  neither  he  nor  Desmarest  appears  to  have  known 
of  the  existence  of  the  Indian  ratel  ;  and  General 
Hardwicke,  who  figured  it  in  the  '  Linn.  Trans.,' 
vol.  xi.,  makes  no  allusion  to  the  Cape  ratel,  appa- 
rently overlooking  their  relationship.  Mr.  Bennett 
observes  tliat  the  only  difference  he  has  been  able 
to  detect  between  the  Asiatic  and  African  animals 
consists  in  tlie  absence  of  the  white  line  dividing 
the  two  colours  in  the  Indian  species,  and  which 
are  not  so  abrupt.  The  absence  of  this  line  we 
coiLsider  to  have  been  an  individual  peculiarity. 
I  The  Indian  ratel  is  a  native  of  various  provinces  of 
India,  on  the  high  banks  of  the  Ganges  and  the 
.lumna,  where  it  rarely  comes  forth  from  its  burrow 
by  day,  but  prowls  at  night  about  the  houses  of  the 
natives,  enters  the  cemeteries,  and  with  extra- 
ordinary celerity  works  its  way  to  the  bodies  re- 
cently interred,  which  it  greedily  devours.  It  feeds 
also  upon  rats,  birds,  &c.  When  taken  young,  the 
Indian  ratel  is  easily  tamed  and  becomes  playful. 
It  is  fond  of  climbing,  but  its  actions  are  clumsy, 
though  it  securely  traverses  the  larger  branches. 
Its  voice  is  a  deep  hoarse  guttural  bark.  (See 
'  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society,'  1835, 
p,  113.) 

The  following  description  of  a  specimen  from 
Madras,  in  the  menagerie  of  the  Zoological  Society, 
is  from  the  pen  of  Mr.  Bennett  : — "  As  far  as  its 
manners  have  yet  been  developed,  it  appears  to  be, 
with  regard  to  man  at  least,  one  of  the  most  play- 
ful and  good  tempered  of  beasts,  soliciting  the 
attention  of  almost  every  visitor  by  throwing  its 
clumsy  body  into  a  variety  of  antic  postures,  and 
when  noticed,  tumbling  head  over  heels  with  every 
symptom  of  delight.  But  towards  animals  it  ex- 
hibits no  such  mildness  of  temper ;  and  it  is  curious 
to  observe  the  cat-like  eagerness  with  which  it 
watches  the  motions  of  any  of  the  smaller  among 
them  that  happened  to  pass  before  its  den,  and  the 
instinctive  dread  manifested  by  the  latter  on  per- 
ceiving it.  Its  food  is  of  a  mixed  nature,  consist- 
ing, like  that  of  the  hears  and  other  less  carnivorous 
beasts,  of  bread  and  milk  in  the  morning,  and  flesh 
in  the  latter  part  of  the  day."  ('  Zoological  Gar- 
dens.') 

Allied  to  the  ratels  is  the  teledu  (Mydaus  meli- 
ceps\  an  animal  confined  to  the  mountain  districts 
of  Java,  and  which  resembles  the  badger  in  its 
habits.  It  is  well  described  by  Dr.  Ilorsfield  in  the 
'  Zoological  Researches.' 

971,  972.— The  Badgkr 

(Meles  vulgaris).  The  approximation  of  this  ani- 
mal to  some  of  the  Ursida;  is  evident  ;  yet  is  there 
still  ail  important  line  of  demarcation.  All  the 
Ursidaj  have  two  true  molars ;  in  the  true  ursine 
group  the  posterior  molar  is  long  ;  in  the  aberrant 
group,  including  Ailurus,  Procyon,  Nasua,  and 
Ceicoleptes,  the  two  molars  are  nearly  equal  in  size. 
In  the  badger,  the  ratel,  &c.,  as  in  the  polecats, 
there  is  but  one  true  molar.  That  of  the  upper- 
jaw  in  the  badger  is  very  large  (see  Fig.  973,  the 
teeth  of  the  badger),  and  adapted  for  the  mastica- 
tion of  vegetable  aliment. 

The  badger  is  extensively  spread  through  Europe 
and  Asia  ;  it  is  recluse  and  nocturnal  in  its  habits, 
frequenting  deep  woods,  where  it  makes  a  deep 
commodious  burrow,  for  the  excavation  of  which 
its  short  muscular  limbs  and  powerful  claws  are 
well  adapted.  The  burrow  has  only  one  entrance, 
leading  into  difi'erent  chambers,  and  terminating  in 
one  of  a  circular  form,  which  is  comfortably  lined  with 
grass  and  hay.     Here  the  animal  spends  the  day  in 


Badgers.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


219 


repose,  moving  out  only  at  night,  in  search  of  food. 
It  feeds  upon  roots,  fruits,  insects,  frogs,  young 
rabbits,  field-mice,  &c.,  as  well  as  upon  the  eggs 
and  young  of  partridges  and  pheasants,  &c.  It  is 
said  to  attack  the  nests  of  the  wild-bee,  plundering 
the  store  of  honey,  and  also  devouring  the  larvte, 
without  dread  of  the  stings  of  the  enraged  insects, 
which  cannot  penetrate  its  thick  tough  skin. 

The  badger  measures  about  two  feet  three  inches 
in  the  length  of  the  head  and  body,  that  of  the  tail 
being  seven  inches  and  a  half.  The  head  is  long 
and  pointed,  the  ears  close,  the  body  broad,  stout 
and  low,  the  hair  trailing  along  the  ground  as  the 
animal  moves  along.  The  fur  is  full,  coarse,  and 
deep  ;  its  general  colour  above  is  brownish  grey, 
lighter  on  the  sides  and  tail :  the  under  parts  are 
black,  as  are  also  the  legs  and  feet.  The  head  is 
white,  with  a  black  stripe  extending  from  the 
shoulder  over  the  ear  and  eye  almost  to  the  muzzle. 
From  its  colour,  this  animal  is  in  some  parts  called 
the  grey  ;  its  old  Anglo-Saxon  name  is  Broc,  a 
word  still  retained  in  Scotland  and  the  adjacent 
counties  of  England.  It  has  a  glandular  subc'audal 
pouch.  The  badger  is  by  no  means  active  or  alert, 
and  is  generally  observed  to  be  very  fat,  as  is  the 
case  with  most  animals  that  lead  a  tranquil,  indolent 
life,  and  feed  upon  vegetable  as  well  as  animal 
diet.  It  is  nowhere  very  common,  especially  in  the 
more  cultivated  countries,  where  the  woods  are 
thinned,  and  its  solitudes  invaded  by  the  axe. 

The  female  produces  from  three  to  five  young  in 
the  summer,  having  prepared  a  nest  in  her  deep 
burrow  for  their  reception.  They  are  nursed  for 
five  or  six  weeks,  and  then  begin  to  shift  for  them- 
selves. When  taken  at  an  early  age,  the  badger 
may  be  tamed  with  little  trouble,  and  soon  becomes 
playful,  and  very  attached  to  its  keepers.  Though 
harmless  and  indisposed  to  enter  unnecessarily  into 
a  combat,  yet  it  shows  when  assaulted  great  spirit 
and  resohition,  and  is  no  mean  antagonist  for  a  drg 
twice  its  own  weight  to  grapple  with  ;  its  general 
muscular  power  is  great ;  its  skin  is  loose  and  touuh, 
and  well  protected  by  coarse  shaggy  fur,  and  its 
bite  is  dreadfully  severe ;  indeed  the  jaws  are 
endowed  with  astonishing  strength,  and  the  lower 
one  at  its  joint  or  hinge  with  the  skull  is  so  locked 
as  to  be  inseparable,  the  cavity  into  which  the 
condyle  is  fitted  being  modified  in  such  a  manner 
as  to  retain  it  permanently  in  its  place.  From  its 
prowess  and  bodily  qualifications  the  badger  was 
formerly  in  much  request  for  the  brutal  sport  of 
baiting,  a  favourite  and  exciting  pastime,  gratifying 
to  those  who  are  indifferent  to  the  pain  they  inflict 
and  incapable  of  purer  pleasures. 

The  skin  of  the  batfger  is  not  without  value  in 
commerce.  It  makes  excellent  pistol-holsters,  and 
the  hair  is  used  for  painters'  brushes  and  various 
other  purposes.  The  flesh,  or  at  least  the  hams  of 
this  animal  are  said  to  be  palatable,  and  to  resemble 
those  of  the  liear,  for  which  a  relish  has  been  felt  or 
afl'ected  by  sportsmen  epicures.  In  China,  the 
badger,  as  "  Honest  John  Bell "  the  traveller  states, 
may  be  seen  in  the  meat  markets  by  dozens.  In 
America  a  species  of  badger,  the  Meles  I.abradorica, 
is  widely  spread;  this  species,  accoiding  to  some 
naturalists,  forms  the  type  of  a  distinct  genus.  (Tax- 
idea,  Waterhouse  ;  see  '  Proceedings  of  the  Zoologi- 
cal Society,'  1838,  p.  153.) 

974. — The  Indian  Badger 

(Arctoni/z  collan's,  F.  Cuv.)  ;  Meles  collaris  ;  Bal- 
loo-soor,  Hindustanee.  This  animal  was  first  de- 
scribed and  figured  by  Bewick,  in  his  'History  of 
Quadrupeds'  (from  a  living  specimen  kept  in  the 
Tower  about  the  year  17iX)),  under  the  title  of  Sand- 
Bear.  Bewick  at  once  recognised  its  affinity  to  the 
badger,  but,  ignorant  of  the  country  from  which  it 
vras  brought,  suspect  id  it  to  be  the  white  badger  of 
North  America  described  by  Brisson  ;  a  mistake  we 
may  readily  pardon.  Not  aware  that  any  English 
writer  had  described  it,  Duvaucel,  who  saw  two  in- 
dividuals at  Barrackpore,  in  the  menagerie  of  the 
governor-general,  considered  the  species  as  al- 
toeether  new.  Fred.  Cuvier  regarded  it  as  the  type 
of  a  distinct  genus. 

The  size  of  the  sand-hog,  for  such  is  the  meaning 
of  the  term  balloo-soor  (not  Bali-saur,  as  Duvaucel 
writes  it,  norBhalloo-soor,  which  signifies  bear-pig), 
is  that  of  a  badger,  but  it  stands  higher  on  the  legs, 
and  its  snout  is  elongated  and  truncated  at  the  ex- 
tremity like  that  of  a  hog.  The  ears  are  small, 
covered  with  hair,  and  surrounded  by  a  circle  of 
white.  The  muzzle  is  flesh-colour,  and  nearly  naked  ; 
two  black  bands  run  on  each  side  of  the  head,  and 
unite  near  the  muzzle  ;  the  larger  of  these  bands 
on  each  side  passes  round  the  eye  to  the  ear,  and 
along  the  neck  and  shoulder,  to  unite  with  the 
black  colour  prevailing  on  the  fore-limbs.  The 
general  colour  of  the  body  above  is  yellowish-white, 
the  hairs  on  the  back  being  coarse  and  tipped  with 
black.  The  under  surface  is  very  thinly  clothed, 
and  llie  tail  resembles  that  of  a  hog.  The  toes  (five 
on  each  foot;  are  united  together  their  whole  length, 


and  armed  with  large  strong  claws  adapted  for  dig- 
ging. Of  the  habits  of  this  animal  in  its  natural 
condition  little  is  known.  The  individuals,  a  male 
and  female,  observed  in  the  menagerie  of  the  go- 
vernor-general at  Barrackpore  by  Duvaucel,  were 
remarkably  shy  and  wild.  The  female,  however,  was 
less  savage  than  the  male,  and  showed  a  certain 
degree  of  intelligence,  which  gave  reason  to  believe 
that,  if  taken  young,  this  animal  might  be  easily 
domesticated.  They  passed  the  greater  part  of  the 
day  buried  beneath  the  straw  of  their  den  in  deep 
sleep.  All  their  movements  were  remarkably  slow. 
Though  they  did  not  altogether  refuse  animal  food, 
yet  they  exhibited  a  marked  predilection  for 
bread,  fruits,  and  other  substances  of  a  vegetable 
nature.  When  irritated,  they  uttered  a  peculiar 
kind  of  grunting  noise,  and  bristled  up  the  hair  of 
their  back  ;  if  still  further  tormented,  they  would 
raise  themselves  upon  their  hind-legs  like  a  bear, 
and  appeared,  like  that  animal,  to  possess  a  power 
in  their  arms  and  claws  not  less  formidable  than  their 
teeth.  This  is  confirmed  by  Mr.  Johnson,  in  his 
'  Sketches  of  Indian  Field-Sports.'  "  Badgers  in 
India,"  says  he,  "are  marked  exactly  like  those  in 
England,  but  they  are  larger  and  taller,  are  ex- 
ceedingly fierce,  and  will  attack  a  number  of  dogs. 
I  have  seen  dogs  that  would  attack  a  hyeena  or 
wolf  afraid  to  encounter  them.  They  are  scarce, 
but  occasionally  to  be  met  with  among  the  hills." 

975,  976,  977,  978.— The  Ottee 

(Lutra  vulgaris) ;  Mustela  I.utra,  Linn.  This,  there 
can  be  little  doubt,  is  the  IwSph  (Enhydris)  of 
Aristotle  and  the  Greeks,  and  the  Lutra  of  the  an- 
cient Italians.  It  is  the  Lodra,  Lodria,  and  Lontra 
of  the  modern  Italians ;  Nutria  and  Lutra  of  the 
Spanish  ;  Loutre  of  the  French  ;  Otter  and  Fisch 
Otter  of  the  Germans ;  Otter  of  the  Dutch ;  Utter  of 
the  Swedes;  Odder  of  the  Danes;  Dyfigi  of  the 
Welsh;  Balgair,  Cu-donn  (Brown  Dog),  and  Matadh 
of  the  Northern  Celts ;  and  Otter  of  the  modern 
British. 

On  introducing  the  otter  to  notice,  we  may  ob- 
serve that  these  animals  seem  to  conduct  the  Mus- 
telidae  to  the  seals  ;  though  it  must  be  confessed  the 
dentition  of  the  latter  is  modified  on  a  different  and 
peculiar  type.  The  otters  in  fact  constitute  an 
aquatic  group  of  the  Mustelis;  indeed  many  of  the 
true  weasels  resort  occasionally  to  the  water  in  quest 
of  prey  ;  the  vison  of  North  America  (Mustela 
vison),  and  a  near  ally,  the  Mustela  lutreola  of 
northern  Europe  and  Asia,  for  example,  are  aquatic 
and  otter-like  in  their  habits  ;  and  approximate  to 
the  otter  in  form. 

The  otters  are  distinguished  by  the  peculiar 
breadth  and  flatness  of  the  head,  and  the  rounded 
outline  of  the  muzzle  ;  the  lips  being  large  and 
fleshy,  and  furnished  with  strong  whiskejs,  which 
are  evidently  the  communicators  of  feeling  ;  the  ears 
are  very  small,  and  close  to  the  skull  ;  and  the  eyes, 
of  moderate  size,  are  provided  wilh  a  nictitating 
membrane  as  a  defence  to  their  surface.  The  tail, 
which  in  most  aquatic  mammalia  is  an  important 
instrument,  is  long,  but  very  stout  and  muscular  at 
the  base,  somewhat  compressed  horizontally,  and 
tapering  gradually  to  the  extremity.  In  swimming 
and  diving  it  is  used  as  a  rudder,  enabling  the 
animal  to  turn  rapidly  and  abruptly,  and  assisting  it 
to  perform  its  varied  and  gracelul  manoeuvres  while 
in  chace  of  its  finny  prey.  The  tongue  is  somewhat 
rough.  The  body  is  elongated  and  flattened,  and 
the  limbs  are  short  and  stout ;  the  toes  (five  on  each 
foot)  are  webbed,  and  spreading  ;  the  soles  are 
naked.  On  land  the  progression  of  the  otter  is 
plantigrade,  and  by  no  means  free  or  rapid  :  hence 
it  trusts  to  the  water  for  safety,  making  to  it  when 
attacked  or  in  any  danger.  The  fur  of  these 
animals  at  once  indicates  their  aquatic  habits ;  it  is 
close,  short,  and  fine,  consisting  of  a  thick  woolly 
undercoat,  and  an  upper  layer  of  smooth  glossy 
In  their  dentition  (Fig.  979)  the  otters  differ 
from  the  polecats,  martens,  and  shunks,  the 

3 3  ] 1 

molars  being  . — -  ;  carnassiere, ;  tuber- 

o — o  1^—1 

culous,  -H-r      Fig.  980  represents  the  skeleton  of 

the  common  European  Otter. 

This  well-known  species  is  by  no  means  confined 
to  the  lakes  and  rivers  of  Europe,  but  abounds  also 
on  many  parts  of  the  coast,  and  is  common  on  the 
shores  of  Scotland  and  Ireland,  as  well  as  on  the 
rocky  Hebrides  and  Shetland  Islands,  where  it 
dwells  in  hollows  and  caverns,  going  out  to  sea 
to  fish,  or  entering  the  mouths  of  rivers,  and  making 
sad  havoc  among  the  salmon,  on  which  account,  in 
Antrim,  where  it  hides  among  the  basaltic  masses 
on  the  east  coast,  a  price  is  set  upon  its  head.  The 
otter  is  nocturnal,  night  being  the  period  in  which 
it  carries  on  its  work  of  slaughter  ;  sly  and  recluse, 
it  lurks  by  day  in  its  deep  burrow,  the  mouth  of 
which  is  concealed  among  masses  of  stone  ;  the 
luxuriant  herbage  of  some  steep  bank  which  over- 


hairs, 
little 

false 


hangs  the  water,  or  beneath  the  twisted  roots  of  an 
overshadowing  tree. 

The  movements  of  the  otter  in  the  water  are  re- 
markably graceful,  and  it  swims  at  every  depth 
with  great  velocity  ;  every  now  and  then  it  comes 
for  a  moment  to  the  surface  to  breathe,  previously 
expelling  the  air  pent  up  in  its  lungs,  which  rising 
in  bubbles  marks  its  subaquatic  course.  Having 
taken  breath  afresh,  it  dives  noiselessly  like  a  shot, 
and  gives  chace  to  its  prey,  which  it  follows  through 
every  turn  and  maze,  till  at  length  the  exhausted 
victim  can  no  longer  evade  the  jaws  of  its  rapacious 
foe.  Whoever  has  witnessed  the  feeding  of  those 
which  from  time  to  time  have  been  kept  in  the 
gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society,  cannot  fail  to 
have  remarked  the  fine  sweep  of  the  body  as  the 
animal  plunges  into  the  water,  its  undulating  move- 
ments while  exploring  its  prey,  the  swiftness  and 
pertinacity  of  the  pursuit,  and  then  the  easy  turn 
to  the  surface  with  the  captured  booty.  This  is  ge- 
nerally devoured  before  the  chace  of  another  fish  is 
commenced  ;  sometimes,  however,  instead  of  treat- 
ing them  thus  separately,  the  otter  contrives  to  bring 
up  several  at  a  time,  managing  not  only  to  seize 
them,  but  to  carry  them  hanging  from  its  mouth. 
In  eating  them  it  commences  with  the  head,  which 
it  crushes  in  an  instant  between  its  teeth.  Eight  or 
ten  moderate-sized  fish  serve  for  a  single  meal,  but 
it  is  well  known  that  in  a  state  of  nature  the  otter 
slaughters  a  much  larger  number  of  fish  than  it 
devours :  hence  some  idea  may  be  formed  of  the 
havoc  occasioned  by  a  pair  of  otters  in  support  of 
themselves  and  their  young.  Indeed  the  animal 
seldom  devours  more  of  a  fish  than  the  head  and 
upper  portion  of  the  body.  When  fish  is  scarce,  the 
otter  will  feed  on  frogs  and  water-rats.  Mr.  Bell 
informs  us  that  "  when  driven  by  a  scanty  supply  of 
fish,  it  has  been  known  to  resort  far  inland  to  the 
neighbourhood  of  the  farm-yard,  and  attack  lambs, 
sucking-pigs,  and  poultry,  thus  assuming  for  a  time 
the  habits  of  its  more  terrestrial  congeners."  In 
winter,  when  the  smaller  streams  and  ponds  are 
frozen,  the  otter  wanders  in  search  of  places  in  the 
river,  the  depth  of  which  secures  them  against  the 
effects  of  the  frost,  or  travels  down  the  smaller 
streams  to  the  large  river,  into  which  they  merge, 
and  there  continues  its  work  of  destruction. 

It  is  during  the  spring  and  summer  months,  while 
the  young  of  the  otter  are  dependent  upon  the 
mother's  care,  that  the  destruction  she  mak(;s  among 
the  lish  is  most  considerable  ;  she  has  not  only  her 
own  wants,  but  those  of  her  offspring  to  provide  for, 
and  her  exertions  during  the  silent  hours  of  night 
are  unremitting.  The  track  she  leaves  in  the  mud 
or  the  soft  soil  on  the  water's  edge,  as  she  goes  to 
and  fro  from  her  retreat,  witnesses  the  extent  of  her 
labours,  and  also  their  success  :  a  fish-preserve,  if 
near  her  haunt,  at  this  season  suffers  immensely 
from  her  depredations,  and  is  certain  to  be  visited 
night  after  night  until  none  but  the  smaller  fry 
remain.  The  mill-dams  of  trout-streams  aie  also 
favourite  fishing-places  of  this  cunning  animal,  and 
are  often  sadly  thinned  of  the  finest  fish.  Nor  is 
the  injury  done  by  the  otter  confined  to  the  mere 
destruction  of  fish  for  food;  its  presence  militates 
against  their  increase,  inasmuch  as  Ihey  are  scared 
by  their  enemy  from  their  spawning-places,  and 
prevented  from  depositing  their  spawn  so  as  to  se- 
cure the  vivification  of  the  ova,  to  the  mortification 
of  all  "honest  anglers."  Izaak  Walton  says  "an 
otter  will  sometimes  go  five  or  six  or  ten  miles  a 
night  to  catch  for  her  young  ones,  or  glut  herself 
with  fish  ;"  but  it  also  as  often  happens  that  where 
the  otter  finds  a  piece  of  water  replete  with  prey, 
that  it  there  takes  up  its  abode,  and  perhaps  carries 
on  for  weeks,  unsuspected,  its  depredations.  In- 
dependently, however,  of  the  footsteps  of  the  otter 
betraying  its  residence  in  the  vicinity,  the  circum- 
stance of  its  always  voiding  its  spraint,  or  dung,  on 
one  spot  often  leads  to  its  discovery ;  the  undigested 
remains  of  fish,  their  bones  and  scales,  denote  the 
nature  of  their  devourer  ;  and  the  alarm  of  an  otter 
in  the  neighbourhood  is  soon  followed  by  a  search 
for  the  delinquent. 

Otter-hunting  was  among  the  favourite  field-sports 
of  our  ancestors,  and  is  still  eageily  carried  on  in 
the  islands  of  Scotland,  where  the  difficulties  of  the 
chace,  from  the  rocky,  broken  nature  of  the  shore, 
add  to  the  excitement.  Figs.  981  and  982  are  spi- 
rited illustrations  of  an  otter-hunt  in  the  Hebrides. 

The  otter  is  intelligent,  and  when  taken  young 
easily  tamed,  and  may  be  taught  to  assist  the  fisher- 
man, by  driving  shoals  to  the  nets,  or  by  catching 
salmon.  Daniel,  Bewick,  Shaw,  and  Goldsmith  re- 
cord instances  in  which  the  otter  has  been  domes- 
ticated, as  do  also  Mr.  Bell  and  Mr.  Macgillivray  ; 
the  late  Bishop  Heber  noticed  in  India,  on  one  oc- 
casion, a  number  of  otters  tethered  by  long  strings 
to  bamboo  stakes  on  the  water's  edge,  and  was  in- 
formed that  it  was  customary  to  keep  them  tame  in 
consequence  of  their  utility  in  driving  the  shoals  of 
fish  into  the  nets,  as  well  as  of  bringing  out  the 
larger  fish  with  their  teeth. 

2  F2 


-JvP 


22() 


f>S2.— 'Otter-hunting  at  a  Cairn. 


976.— Otter  in  Cave. 


I'iS":;?!!-,.,,.,, 


965.— Common  Seal. 


•93.— Harp  Seal. 


--      "^*# 


^t    .V 


983.— Sea  Otter. 


X/v/^'^ 


S8  J.— Skeleton  of  European  River  Otter. 


990.— Teeth  of  Seal. 


987,  988,  Skull  of  Seal. 


221 


222 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


Otters. 


The  common  European  otter  measures  about  two  j 
feet  two  inches  in  the  length  of  the  head  and  body,  I 
the  tail  being  one  foot  four  inclicu.     Its  usual  weight  \ 
is  from  twenty  to  twenty  four  pounds,  but  instances 
have   been   known   in  which   it   has  attained   the  , 
weight  of  forty  pounds.     Those  that    frequent   the  j 
tea-coast  are  generally  larger  and  darker- coloured 
than  the  otter*  of  inland  rivers  or  sheets  of  water. 
The  female  produces  from  three  to  five  young,  and 
is  devoted  to  them,  nureing  them  with  the  greatest 
assiduity. 

A  variety,  spotted  with  white,  is  sometimes  seen ; 
this  is  regarded  by  the  Scotch  pea.sanfry  as  the 
king  of  the  otters,  and  they  hold  that  it  bears  a 
charmed  life,  and  is  never  killed  without  the  sudden 
death  of  some  man  or  other  animal  at  the  instant  it 
expires  itself.  The  skin  is  considered  as  a  sure 
preservative  from  infection,  wounds,  and  dangers  of 
ti'.e  sea. 

983.— The  Sea-Ottke 

(Enhydra  marina,  Fleming^.  Lulra  marina,  Sleller ; 
Mustela  lutris,  Linn.:  Enydris  Stelleri,  Fischer; 
Kalan  of  the  natives  of  Kamtchatka.  This  remark- 
able animal  in  many  respects  approaches  nearer  the 
seals  than  the  otters  of  the  genus  I.ufra,  and  may 
be  regarded  as  an  intermediate  link  between  the  two 
groups.  We  have  fortunately  been  enabled  to  exa- 
mine its  skeleton  (see  '  Zool.  Proceeds.,'  183G,  p.  5C), 
which  to  the  comparative  anatomist  presents  cha- 
racters of  great  interest.  The  muzzle  in  the  sea- 
otter  is  blunt  and  short,  the  ears  are  rounded,  the 
body  cylindrical, the  fore-limbs  are  extremely  short, 
the  paws  small  and  impacted  in  skin  to  the  end  of 
the  toes,  the  sole  being  naked  and  granular.  The 
hind-legs  are  short,  but  placed  as  far  back  as  pos- 
sible ;  the  thigh-bone  is  thick,  with  a  round  head, 
destitute,  as  in  the  seals,  of  the  ligamentum  teres ; 
the  hind-foot  or  paddle  is  of  great  length  and 
breadth;  and  the  toes  (five  in  number)  are  regu- 
larly graduated  from  the  inner,  which  is  the  ' 
smallest,  to  the  outer  toe,  which  is  the  longest  and 
stoutest :  they  are  all  united  by  webs  to  the  very 
tip.    The   claws  are   small.    The   dentition    is  as 

follows : — Incisors  -,  canines,  - — -,  molars  - — -.  Of 

4  1 — 1  5 — a 

the  molars  above,  the  first  is  very  small  and  conical, 
the  second  is  larger;  the  third,  or  carnassiere,  is 
lai  se  and  compressed,  with  three  rounded  tubercles 
on  its  surface;  the  last  molar  is  still  larger,  flat, 
with  a  slightly  elevated  and  rounded  edge.  Of  the 
five  molars  below,  the  three  first  increase  gradually 
in  size  ;  the  fourth  is  large  and  flat,  with  three  small 
and  rounded  tubercles ;  the  last  is  small  and  flat. 

The  tail  is  rather  short,  and  when  the  hinder 
patldles  are  stretched  out  in  the  act  of  swimming, 
this  organ  will  appear  placed  between  almost  as 
much  as  it  is  in  the  seals. 

The  sea-otter  is  a  native  of  the  north-west  coast 
of  America,  from  California  to  latitude  CO",  and  of 
the  opposite  coast  of  Asia,  from  the  Yellow  Sea  to 
the  north  of  Kamtchatka  and  the  intermediate 
islands.  Its  fur,  which  is  of  a  black  colour,  some- 
times chestnut-brown,  and  occasionally  even  yellow, 
is  soft,  full,  and  beautiful,  and  is  an  object  of  com. 
merce,  being  procured  by  the  Russians  for  the 
Chinese  market,  where  it  sells  for  a  high  price. 

This  animal  haunts  sea-washed  rocks,  and  lives 
mostly  in  the  water,  where  it  procures  its  food, 
which  consists  of  fish,  and,  as  is  indicated  by  the 
characters  of  the  teeth,  which  are  evidently  formed 
for  bruising  hard  substances,  shelled  mollusks,  and 
Crustacea.  In  summer  the  sea-otter  often  ascends 
the  rivers  to  the  inland  lakes.  The  female  produces 
on  land  a  single  cub.  The  average  length  of  this 
species  is  three  feet,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which 
measures  about  ten  inches. 

Family  VYLOCVOM  (Seals). 
Of  all  four-limbed  mammalia  the  seals  (Phocidae) 
are  those  which  most  display  in  every  part  of  their 
organization  a  fitness  for  the  watery  element.  The 
body  is  elongated,  and  conical,  tapering  from  the 
chest  to  the  tail  (see  skeleton.  Fig.  984),  the  pelvis 
being  so  narrow  as  not  to  interrupt  the  gradual  de- 
crease. The  spine  is  provided  with  muscles  capable  ! 
of  inflecting  it  with  considerable  force.  The 
clothing  consists  of  short,  stiff",  glossy  haire,  very  \ 
closely  set,  and  adpressed  against  the  skin.  The  ] 
limbs  are  oars  or  paddles.  The  anterior  pair  have 
the  humerus  and  fore-arm  so  short,  that  little  more 
than  the  paw  alone  advances  from  the  body  :  this 
in  reality  consists  of  five  fingers,  but  they  are  im- 
pacted in  sliin,  the  nails,  which  are  flat,  indicating 
■their  number.  The  hinder  limbs  are  directed  back- 
warils,  and  terminate  the  body  ;  the  bones  are  short 
«nd  strong,  and  the  hip-joints  want  the  ligamentum 
teres.  The  feet  are  broad-webbed  paddles,  consist- 
ing of  five  toes,  the  central  of  which  is  the  shortest, 
the  outer  one  on  each  side  the  longest :  when  not 
in  action  the  webs  of  these  paddles  are  folded,  and 
the  toes  in  contact,  but  when  brought  into  use  they 
spread  and  effect  a  broad  surface.    Between  these 


paddles  is  the  short  and  compressed  tail.  On  land 
or  masses  of  ice  these  animals  are  very  awkward 
and  clumsy,  but  they  scuttle  along  by  the  action  of 
the  anterior  paddles,  dragging  their  hinder  quarters 
after  ihem,  and  manage  to  proceed  with  tolerable 
rapidity;  they  can  also  climb  rocks  and  crags 
of  ice. 

The  neck  in  these  aquatic  animals  is  very  long 
and  singularly  flexible ;  the  head  is  round,  with  a 
lar|^  full  fleshy  muzzle,  furnished  with  long  stiff 
whiskers;  the  nostrils  are  valvular,  and  capable  of 
being  closed  at  will ;  the  eyes  are  large  and  dark, 
with  a  mild  intelligent  expression,  and  are  adapted 
for  subaquatic  vision.  The  external  ears  are  either 
wanting  or  very  small,  and  the  auditory  orifice  is 
valvular ;  the  tongue  is  almost  smooth,  and  is 
abrupt  and  indented  at  its  tip;  the  brain  is  large; 
the  lungs  voluminous;  the  stomach  capacious. 

The  internal  arrangement  of  the  venous  system  is 
very  remarkable,  and  adapted  so  as  to  effect  a  sort 
of  reservoir  for  the  blood,  which  naturally  accumu- 
lates in  it  when  the  circulation  is  impecled  during 
the  suspension  of  breathing,  as  is  perpetually  the 
case,  as  the  animals  are  pursuing  their  prey  beneath 
the  surface  of  the  water.  Between  the  skin,  which 
is  very  tough,  and  the  muscles,  there  intervenes  a 
fibrous  loose  elastic  tissue  of  a  dark  red  tint ;  indeed 
the  muscles  are  dark,  and  the  blood  of  a  blacker 
hue  than  in  most  mammalia.  From  the  anterior 
part  of  the  breastbone  (sternum)  a  long  cartilaginous 
continuation  projects  forwards  for  the  more  exten- 
sive attachment  of  the  voluminous  muscles  acting 
upon  the  anterior  paddles.  The  arteries  of  the 
limbs  are  plexiform,  as  we  have  described  them  in 
the  Loris  (page  47). 

The  varying  forms  of  the  skull  in  the  Phocidae 
will  be  easily  appreciated  by  reference  to  our  pic- 
torial specimens.  With  respect  to  the  teeth,  we 
may  describe  them  as  prehensile ;  they  are  not 
formed  for  grinding,  but  for  seizing  the  slippery 
prey  and  dividing  its  flesh  into  large  portions.  Their 
number  is  very  different  in  the  different  species,  nor 
less  so  are  the  minor  details  of  their  structure.  The 
incisors  are  six  or  four  above,  and  four  or  two 
below ;  the  canines  are  large  and  strong ;  the 
molars  are  either  simply  conical  or  furnished  with 
cutting  edges,  and  more  or  less  deeply  notched 
with  a  large  central  point.  Without  entering  into 
any  disquisition  respecting  the  genera  into  which 
the  seals  are  divided,  and  their  arrangement — a 
point  of  the  less  importance,  as  our  knowledge  of 
the  group  is  at  present  confessedly  imperfect — we 
shall  proceed  at  once  to  comment  upon  the  speci- 
mens before  us. 

985,  986. — ^The  Common  Seal 
{Phoca  vitidina).  Calocephalus  vitulinus,  F.  Cuvier; 
Le  Veau  marin  and  Phoque  coramun  of  the  French ; 
Vecchio  raarino  of  the  Italians :  Lobo  raarino  of 
the  Spanish ;  Meerwolf  and  Meerhund  of  the 
Germans ;  Zeehund  of  the  Dutch ;  Seel-hund  of 
the  Danes;  Sial  of  the  Swedes;  and  Moelihon  of 
the  ancient  British. 

For  the  general  characters  of  the  skull,  in  the 
genus  Phoca,  or  Calocephalus  of  F.  Cuvier,  refer- 
ence may  be  made  to  Fig.  987,  an  upper  view; 
Fig.  988,  an  under  view;  and  Fig.  989,  a  profile  of 
the   Phoca    Monachus.      Fig.  990    illustrates    the 

5 5 

dentition.     Molars,  - — r. 

5 — D 

The  Phoca  vitulina  of  Linnaeus  has  only  within 
the  last  few  years  been  disengaged  from  con- 
fusion ;  three  distinct  species,  according  to  Nilsson, 
having  been  included  under  that  denomination, 
viz..  Ph.  variegata.  Ph.  annellata,  and  Ph.  leporina. 
To  the  first  of  these  the  terra  vitulina  is  really 
applicable,  and  the  term  variegata,  given  by  Nilsson, 
must  be  abandoned.  The  common  seal  is  found 
along  the  shores  of  temperate  Europe,  and  is  com- 
mon on  many  parts  of  the  Scottish  coast,  and  also 
of  those  of  England  and  Ireland.  It  is  gregarious 
in  its  habits,  and  haunts  caverns  and  recesses 
among  the  rocks,  to  which  the  females  retire  to 
breed.  The  >oung  are  generally  two  in  number, 
and  the  mother  nurses  them  with  great  assiduity 
and  affection,  taking  them  out  to  sea  very  early. 
When  surprised  basking  on  the  shore,  which  the 
seal  often  does,  luxuriating  in  the  sun,  its  first 
effort  is  to  make  for  the  water;  but  if  intercepted,  it 
shows  fight,  and  with  a  growl  turns  on  its  adversary, 
who,  unless  he  avoid  the  attack,  is  in  some  danger, 
for  the  animal  has  great  power  and  weight  (often 
two  hundred  and  twenty-four  pounds)  :  having  over- 
set its  antagonist,  it  shuffles  to  the  water,  and  there 
disappears.  All  are  familiar  with  Sir  Walter  Scott's 
humorous  narrative  of  Hector  Mac  Intyre's  discom- 
fiture by  a  "phoca."  ('  The  Antiquary.')  The  voice 
of  the  seal  is  a  gruff  grunt,  not  unlike  that  of  a  pig, 
but  when  wounded  it  often  utters  a  peculiar  moan- 
ing sound.  These  animals  are  sagacious  and  watch-  ) 
ful,  and  while  half-slumbering  on  the  beach  their 
customary  caution  seldom  leaves  them,  for  one  of 
their  number  is  usually  placed  a  little  higher  on  the 


rock  than  the  others,  and  he  seems  constantly 
awake,  and  ever  and  ancn  upraises  his  •'  giiia 
feature,"  scenting  the  windward  air.  Fiatfisli, 
especially  flounders,  are  the  favourite  food  of  this 
species,  at  least  off  the  coaat  of  C'olonsa),  where  it 
is  common.  In  the  estuary  of  the  Tees  it  makes 
great  havoc  among  the  salmon.  This  seal  is  hunted, 
as  are  others  also,  for  the  sake  of  its  skin  and 
blubber.  The  fishing  commences  in  autumn,  and 
is  practised  by  means  of  nets  stretched  across 
narrow  sounds  where  the  seals  are  in  the  habit  of 
swimming.  In  these  nets  they  are  entangled,  but 
it  is  only  the  young  that  can  be  thus  captured  ;  the 
old  ones  are  shot,  or  their  recesses  and  caves  are 
entered  at  night  by  boatmen  with  torches  and 
bludgeons,  upon  which  the  animals,  alarmed  by  the 
glare  and  the  shouts  of  the  men,  ru»h  tumultuously 
forward  to  the  sea,  and  as  they  push  along  in  con- 
fusion and  terror  they  are  knocked  on  the  head 
with  clubs,  the  men  being  duly  stationed  for  the 
purpose. 

The  common  seal  can  remain  under  water  for 
about  five  minutes,  and  swims  so  rapidly  that,  if 
alarmed,  it  will  proceed  nearly  half  a  mile  during 
that  period.  The  seal  is  intelligent  and  docile,  and 
easily  domesticated  ;  it  becomes  attached  like  a  dog 
to  its  master,  and  may  be  readily  taught  to  assist  in 
fishing.  Many  anecdotes  respecting  tame  seals 
are  recorded.  Few  animals  have  a  finer  sense  of 
hearing,  and   musical  sounds  appear  to   afford   it 

freat  delight.  Laing,  in  his  account  of  a  voyage  to 
pitzbergen,  states  that  the  violin,  when  played  on 
board  the  vessel,  would  generally  draw  around  it  a 
numerous  audience  of  seals,  which  would  continue 
to  follow  it  for  miles.  Sir  Walter  Scott  alludes  to 
the  same  curious  fact  in  the  following  lines ; — 

"  Rude  Heiskar's  seals  through  snrges  dark 
Will  long  pursue  the  miuKtrel's  bark.'* 

The  common  seal  is  from  four  to  five  feet  in 
length  ;  its  colour  is  yellowish-grey,  more  or  less 
dappled  and  spotted  with  dusky-brown. 

Figs.  991  and  992  represent  seal-hunting  in  Scot- 
land, but  the  seal  figured  is  not  the  common  seal ; 
it  IS  a  much  larger  and  fiercer  species,  viz.,  the  grey 
seal,  Halichaerus  Giyphus  (Phoca  Gryphus,  Fabri- 
cius),  which  is  also  common  round  the  Farn  Islands. 
(See  Mr.  Selby's  observations  in  'Ann.  and  Mag. 
Hist.  Nat.,'  February,  1841,  p.  462.)  This 
species  has  till  lately  been  confounded  with  another, 
viz.,  the  Phoca  barbata,  which  is  rarely  if  ever  seen 
on  our  coasts. 

The  grey  seal  is  of  great  size,  sometimes  attaining 
the  length  of  twelve  feet,  and  producing  upwards 
of  twenty  gallons  of  oil.  It  swims  and  dives  with 
wonderful  rapidity,  but  from  its  curiosity  often 
comes  within  range  of  the  rifle,  for  as  the  boats  ap- 
proach it  while  reposing  on  the  rocks,  or  swimming 
on  the  water,  it  raises  its  head  and  remains  for 
many  minutes  gazing  at  the  objects  of  its  attention. 
The  grey  seal  has  but  little  intelligence,  and  cannot 
be  tamed.  The  young,  which  are  produced  in 
August,  grow  rapidly,  and  are  able  to  follow  their 
dams  to  the  water  within  a  fortnight  after  birth. 

Mr.  Newman,  in  his  interesting  '  Notes  on  Irish 
Natural  History'  ('Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,'  December, 
1839,  p.  575),  observes  that  "these  seals  are  most 
abundant  all  round  the  coast  of  Cunnemara,  from 
Galway  to  the  Killery  ;  indeed,  I  imagine,  on  every 
part  of  the  coast  of  Ireland :  they  are  strong,  reso- 
lute, and  ferocious  animals,  anj  totally  different 
from  the  Phoca  vitulina,  which  is  in  these  respects 
the  reverse.  The  Halichaerus  Gryphus  grows  occa- 
sionally to  an  enormous  size,  sometimes  attaining 
even  the  length  of  twelve  feet,  and  Mr.  Bull  of 
Dublin  told  me  of  one  he  had  killed  at  Howth 
Harbour,  which  he  believed  to  weigh  five  hundred 
pounds.  Phoca  vitulina  occurs  not  unfrequeiitly 
on  the  north  coast  of  Ireland,  and  among  the  Scotch 
islands,  but  it  appears  to  be  nearly  expelled  from 
the  southern  half  of  Ireland  by  the  more  powerful 
and  savage  species  above  referred  to."  Mr.  Selby 
records  one  killed  in  the  Farn  Islands,  weighing 
upwards  of  forty-seven  stone,  fourteen  pounds  to 
the  stone. 

The  Grey  Seal  is  stated  by  Nilsson  to  be  solitary 
in  the  Baltic  ;  but  such  is  not  the  case  either  on  the 
Farn  Islands  or  the  coast  of  Ireland,  where  it  tenants 
caves  and  rocks,  in  parties  of  twelve  or  fourteen,  or 
perhaps  more.  No  doubt,  like  the  Common  Seal, 
it  is  often  seen  alone. 

993.— The  Harp  Seal 
{Phoca  Grcsnlandica).  The  native  regions  of  this 
seal  are  the  shores  of  Greenland,  Newfoundland, 
Iceland,  Kamtchatka,  &c.  It  is  one  of  the  species 
in  the  chace  of  which  the  Greenlander  encoun- 
ters so  many  perils.  Crantz,  in  his  history  of 
Greenland,  states,  that  it  is  there  called  Attar- 
soak.  "  It  has  a  pointed  head  and  big  body,  and 
is,  when  full  grown,  nearly  three  yards  long ;  it 
is  then  almost  all  of  a  white  grey  colour,  and  has  a 
black  figure  on  its  back  like  two  half-moons,  with 
their  horns  in  a  uniform  direction  towards  one  ano- 


?EALS.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE 


223 


other.  But  there  are  others  somewhat  blackish  all 
over.  All  seals  vaiy  annually  in  colour  till  they 
are  lull-grown,  but  no  sort  so  much  as  this,  and  the 
Greenlanders  vary  its  name  according  to  its  age.  In 
the  first  year  it  is  called  Attarak,  and  is  of  a  cream 
colour :  in  the  second  year,  Atteisiak ;  it  is  then 
grey  :  in  the  third  year,  Aglektok  ;  it  is  then  painted : 
in  the  fourth  year  it  is  Milektok  ;  spotted:  in  the 
filth  year,  Attarsoak ;  it  then  wears  its  half-moon, 
the  signal  of  maturity." 

It  is  singular  that  the  Greenland  Seal,  in  its 
immature  livery,  occasionally  visits  the  British 
shores  and  also  the  coasts  of  France.  In  the  '  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  British  Institution'  for  1836,  there  is 
an  account  of  two  caught  in  the  Severn ;  one  cap- 
tured on  the  coast  of  France  lived  for  some  time 
in  the  Jardin  des  Plantes  at  Paris.  Fred.  Cuvier, 
considering  it  a  new  species,  gave  it  the  title  of 
Calocephalus  (Phoca)  discolor.  Professor  Nilsson 
also  regarded  the  immature  as  a  distinct  species, 
and  characterized  it  as  such  under  the  name  of 
Phoea  annellata.  The  titles,  therefore,  discolor  and 
annellata,  must  both  merge  into  Groenlandica. 

Fig.  994  is  the  immature  Harp-Seal,  the  Phoca 
discolor  of  F.  Cuvier,  from  a  specimen  which  was 
captured  on  the  coast  of  France,  and  lived  for 
several  weeks  in  the  Paris  Menagerie.  M.  F. 
Cuvier  declares  that  he  never  knew  any  wild  animal 
that  was  more  easily  tamed  or  attached  itself  more 
strongly.  When  it  first  came  to  the  Jardin  des 
Plantes,  it  did  its  best  to  escape  when  M.  F.  Cuvier 
tried  to  touch  it ;  but  in  a  very  few  days  its  timidity 
vanished,  and  it  rather  courted  his  caresses  than 
shunned  them.  In  the  same  enclosure  with  it  were 
two  little  dogs,  and  they  amused  themselves  by 
mounting  on  the  seal's  back,  barking,  and  even 
biting  it :  the  seal,  however,  took  it  in  good  part, 
and  seemed  pleased  with  them,  though  it  would 
sometimes  give  them  slight  blows  with  its  paws,  as 
if  more  to  encourage  their  play  than  repress  their 
liberties.  When  the  little  dogs  made  their  way  out 
of  the  enclosure,  the  seal  tried  to  follow  them,  not 
deterred  by  the  rough  and  stony  ground.  In  cold 
weather  they  all  three  huddled  kindly  and  warmly 
together.  If  the  dogs  snatched  the  fish  from  the 
seal's  mouth  when  he  was  feeding,  he  bore  it  pa- 
tiently ;  but  he  exhibited  very  different  conduct  to 
another  seal,  who  shared  his  mess ;  for  they  generally 
had  a  fight  over  their  meal,  the  combat  ending,  as 
usual,  in  the  defeat  of  the  weakest. 

993. — The  Sea-Leopard 

{Stenorhynchtts  Uopardinvs) ;  St.  Weddellii,  Les- 
son ;  Phoca  leopardina,  Jamieson.  The  genus 
Stenorhynchus  is  characterized  by  the  prominence 
of  the  muzzle  and  the  jagged  form  of  the  teeth, 
which  have  each  a  bold  acute  middle  tubercle,  and 
an  anterior  and  posterior  acute  tubercle  of  smaller 
.size,  separated  from  the  middle  one  by  a  deep 
notch.     Claws  very  small. 

4  ] 1 

Dental     formula  i^Incisors,    -  ;  canines,  ; 

4  1 — I 

molai-s,  ■— -.  =  32.  (See  Fig.  996.)  Fig.  997  repre- 
sents the  skull  of  a  species  of  Stenorhynchus. 

Of  the  habits  of  the  Sea-Leopard  little  is  ascer- 
tained. It  inhabits  the  South  Shetlands  (south  of 
Terra  del  Fuego),  in  60°  37' S.  lat.,  and  attains  to 
the  length  of  eleven  feet.  The  hair  is  soft  and  thin, 
greyish  above,  yellowish  on  the  under  parts :  the 
whole  of  the  upper  surface  is  spotted  with  whitish. 
The  claws  are  sharp,  black,  curved,  and  grooved. 

998.— Thb  Cbested  Seal 

{Stemmatoptia  eristaius).  In  the  genus  Stemma- 
topus  the  head  is  surmounted  by  a  curious  hood- 
like appendage,  the  nature  of  which  is  not  well 
understood.  Molars  with  simple  roots,  short,  wide, 
and   striated   only  on  the  crown;   muzzle   narrow, 

4                   1—1 
and  obtuse.   Dentition  : — Incisors,  -  ;  canines,  r ; 

molars,  ^^  =  30.  (See  Fig.  999.)  Fig.  1000  repre- 
sents the  skull. 

The  crested  seal  is  a  native  of  Greenland  and 
various  parts  of  the  coast  of  North  America. 
Crantz  says  it  is  called  Neitsersoak  by  the  Green- 
landers,  and  also  Clapmutz,  from  the  "  thick  folded 
skin  on  its  forehead,  which  it  can  draw  down  over 
its  eyes  like  a  cap  to  defend  them  against  the 
storms,  waves,  stones,  and  sand."  The  apparatus- 
consists  of  a  cartilaginous  crest  which  arises  from  the 
muzzle  and  increases  rapidly  in  height  as  it  passes 
backwards,  being  about  seven   inches  high   at  its 

Eosteiior  edge,  which  is  separated  into  two  planes 
y  an  intervening  depression  an  inch  deep  :  this 
cartilaginous  appendage  is  a  development  of  the 
septum  of  the  nose,  and  it  runs  into  the  hood  or 
»ac-like  appendage  of  the  head,  which  is  strongly 
muscular,  with  circular  fibres  round  its  two  orifices 
at  the  snout  like  nostrils,  the  true  nostrils  opening 
on  each  side  of  the  cartilaginous  crett  beneath  the 


hood,  and  are  of  an  oblong  figure.  In  the  females 
and  young  the  curious  apparatus  is  undeveloped, 
being  peculiar  to  the  adult  male.  The  eyes,  which 
are  capable  of  being  drawn  deeply  into  the  socket 
during  repose,  are  eminently  formed  for  discerning 
distant  objects.  The  fur  is  soft,  long,  and  woolly 
beneath  ;  in  old  individuals  it  is  black,  silvered  on 
the  under  parts.  In  young  animals  it  is  grey, 
spotted  irregularly  with  brown.  The  dilatable  sac 
which  crowns  the  head  is  covered  with  short  brown 
hair. 

The  crested  seal  attains  to  the  length  of  eight 
feet.  It  haunts  the  open  sea,  and  is  said  to  visit  the 
land  chiefly  in  April,  May,  and  June.  These  ani- 
mals are  commonly  seen  on  large  ice-islands,  where 
they  sleep  without  precaution.  Great  numbers  are 
found  in  Davis's  Straits,  where  they  are  stated  to 
make  two  voyages  a  year — in  September  and 
March.  They  depart  to  bring  forth  their  young, 
and  return  in  June  very  lean  and  exhausted.  In 
July  they  proceed  again  to  the  north,  where  they 
appear  to  procure  plenty  of  food,  for  they  return  in 
high  condition  in  September.  One  male  is  lord  of 
many  femailes.  They  fight  among  themselves  very 
desperately,  inflicting  deep  wounds  with  the  claws 
and  teeth.  Their  bite  is  indeed  very  formidable. 
The  voice  of  this  seal  is  stated  to  resemble  the  bark 
and  whine  of  a  dog.  Great  numbers  of  the  skins  of 
this  animal  are  bro'ught  to  England,  and  it  is  one  of 
those  seals  which  are  so  valuable  to  the  Green- 
landers. 

It  is  the  Phoca  cristata  of  Gmelin,  the  Phoca  leo- 
nina  of  Fabiicius. 

1001,  1002.— The  Elepiiakt-Seai. 

(Macrorhinus  proboscideus)  ;  Bottle-Nose  of  Pen- 
nant; Phoque  a  trompe  of  Peron  ;  Miouroung  of 
the  Australians.  In  the  genus  Macrorhinus  the 
males  have  the  power  of  lengthening  their  large 
moveable  snout  into  a  proboscis  resembling  that  of 
the  tapir,  through  which,  when  excited,  they 
respire  violently.  The  teeth  consist  of  four  incisors 
above  and  two  below,  formed  like  the  canines  :  the 
canines  themselves  are  very  large,  conical,  and  re- 

5 5 

curved  :  the  molars  are  ,  with   simple  roots  far 

5—5 

exceeding  in  circumference  the  crowns,  which  are 
mere  mammillary  projections  (see  Fig.  1003). 

Fig.  1004  represents  the  skull  of  Macrorhinus. 

The  whiskers  are  strong,  coarse,  long,  and  screw- 
twisted  ;  the  eyes  are  large  and  prominent ;  the 
paddles  well  developed,  the  nails  small ;  hair  short 
and  close  ;  its  colour  greyish  or  bluish  grey,  rarely 
blackish  brown.  Length  from  twenty  to  thirty  feet, 
girth  from  fifteen  to  eighteen  feet.  In  the  female 
there  is  no  proboscis ;  the  colour  is  dark  olive- 
brown  above,  passing  into  yellowish  bay  on  the 
under  parts.  'The  hair  lies  in  patches  in  all  direc- 
tions, giving  a  spotted  appearance  to  the  body 
somewhat  like  watered-silk.  No  nails  on  the  hind- 
toes. 

The  elephant-seal  is  a  native  of  the  southern 
hemisphere,  both  in  the  Atlantic,  Pacific,  and 
Southern  oceans,  between  35°  and  55°  S.  lat.,  Ker- 
guelen's  Land,  South  Georgia,  Juan  Fernandez, 
South  Shetland,  and  the  Falklands.  This  huge  seal 
lives  in  troops,  which  at  certain  seasons  frequent 
various  islands  in  the  southern  seas,  especially  where 
fresh-water  lakes  or  swamps,  in  which  they  delight 
to  wallow,  are  easily  accessible.  They  are  in  fact 
migratory  animals,  advancing  with  the  winter  season 
towards  the  tropic  of  Capricorn,  and  towards  the 
south  in  the  summer.  It  is  in  the  middle  of  June 
that  they  perform  their  first  migration,  covering,  in 
countless  multitudes,  the  shores  of  King  Island, 
which,  as  the  sailors  report,  are  sometimes  black- 
ened by  them.  Here  the  females  produce  their 
young,  and,  as  it  is  affirmed,  the  males  form  a  line 
between  the  females  and  the  sea,  while  the  latter 
are  nursing  their  cubs,  in  order  to  prevent  the  pos- 
sibility of  their  deserting  their  charge,  even  for  the 
shortest  space  of  time.  The  period  of  nursing  and 
imprisonment  lasts  for  seven  or  eight  weeks,  during 
which  time  the  females  are  debarred  from  food,  and 
become  extremely  emaciated  ;  some,  it  is  said,  occa- 
sionally perish.  The  growth  of  the  young  is  very 
rapid.  After  birth  they  measure  between  four  and 
five  feet,  but  in  eight  days  are  double  their  original 
dimensions,  and  in  the  third  year  are  from  eighteen 
to  twenty-five  feet  in  length.  At  this  period  the 
proboscis  begins  to  be  developed  in  the  male. 
When  the  term  of  imprisonment  has  expired,  the 
whole  troop,  young  and  all,  visit  the  sea,  where  the 
females  soon  recover  their  strength  and  condition, 
and  where  they  sojourn  for  about  a  month,  when 
they  again  visit  the  shore,  which  now  becomes  the 
arena  of  most  furious  conflicts  between  the  adult 
males,  the  females  remaining  passive  spectators. 
When  these  scenes  of  bloodshed  and  excitement 
have  ended,  the  troop,  under  the  guidance  of  a 
leader,  leave  the  shores  of  the  islands  in  lat.  33', 
and  migrate  southwards  towards  the  antarctic  circle, 
where  they  spend  the  summer  months.     It  is  ob- 


served, however,  that  a  few  remain  in  the  former 
localities,  even  during  the  summer,  probably  in  con- 
sequence of  being  disabled  by  wounds  or  debility 
from  undertaking  the  ordinary  journey.  As  soon  as 
the  frost  commences  in  the  low  southern  latitudes, 
the  herds  begin  their  return  towards  the  tropic,  and 
in  June  have  arrived  at  their  accustomed  breeding 
places. 

Captain  Carmichael,  in  his  description  of  the 
island  of  Tristan  d'Acunha  (see  '  Linn.  Trans.,'  vol. 
xii.),  observes  that  a  full-grown  male  will  yield 
seventy  gallons  of  oil  ;  indeed,  as  they  crawl  along, 
their  body  trembles  like  a  great  bag  of  jelly. 
"  These  seals  pass  the  greater  part  of  their  time  on 
shore:  they  may  be  seen  in  hundreds  lying  asleep 
along  the  sandy  beach,  or  among  the  long  grass 
which  borders  the  sea-shore."  These  huge  animals 
are  so  little  apprehensive  of  danger,  that  they  must 
be  kicked  or  pelted  with  stones  before  they  make 
any  effort  to  move  out  of  one's  way.  When  roused 
from  their  slumber,  they  raise  the  fore-part  of  their 
body,  open  wide  their  mouth,  and  display  a  for- 
midable set  of  tusks,  but  never  attempt  to  bite. 
Should  this,  however,  fail  to  intimidate  their  dis- 
turbers, they  set  themselves  at  length  in  motion, 
and  make  for  the  water,  but  with  such  delibera- 
tion, that  on  an  excursion  we  once  made  to  the 
opposite  side  of  the  island,  two  of  our  party  were 
tempted  to  get  upon  the  back  of  one  of  them,  and 
rode  him  fairly  into  the  water."  These  animals 
taken  young  are  easily  tamed,  and  become  very 
affectionate ;  one  petted  by  an  English  seaman  be- 
came so  attached  to  his  master  from  kind  treatment 
for  a  few  months,  that  it  would  come  at  his  call, 
allow  him  to  mount  upon  its  back,  and  put  his  hands 
into  its  mouth. 

The  voice  of  the  male  is  deep,  hoarse,  and  terrific, 
and  may  be  heard  at  a  great  distance  ;  that  of  the 
females  and  young  is  a  kind  of  loud  bellowing. 

The  food  of  the  elephant-seal  appears  in  great 
part  to  consist  of  cuttle-fish  and  seaweed,  the  beaks 
of  the  former  and  remains  of  the  latter,  often 
mixed  with  pebbles,  being  commonly  found  in  the 
stomach. 

It  is  for  the  oil  of  this  species  principally,  which, 
besides  being  yielded  in  great  abundance,  is  clear 
and  inodorous,  that  the  seal-fisheries  of  the  South 
Pacific  are  conducted.  The  skin,  moreover,  is  va- 
luable, from  its  strength  and  thickness,  and  is  ex- 
tensively used  for  carriage  and  horse  harness.  The 
flesh  is  oily  and  disgusting,  but  the  tongues,  when 
salted,  are  said  to  be  very  excellent. 

1003. — The  Ursine  Seal 
(Arctocephahis  ursimts)  ;  Phoca  ursina,  Linn. ;  Ursus 
marinus,  Steller;  L'Ours  marin  of  Buffon.   The  cha- 
racters of  the  genus  Arctocephahis  are  as  follows  : — 
Head  with  a  narrow  retracted  muzzle :  the  dentition 


thus : — Incisors,  -  ;  canines, 


1—1  ,        6—6 

;  molars,  

1—1  '  '  5—5 


36  (see  Fig.  1006)  ;  small  external  ears.     Fig.  1007 
represents  the  skull  of  Arctocephalus. 

The  ursine  seal  attains  the  length  of  nearly  eight 
feet ;  its  fur  is  brown,  washed  with  grey ;  it  is  long 
and  erect,  especially  around  the  neck  in  old  males, 
where  the  hair  is  two  inches  in  length  and  stiff; 
there  is  beneath  the  hair  a  soft  brownish-red  wool 
close  to  the  skin.  This  species  inhabits  the  islands 
on  the  north-west  of  America,  Kamtchatka,  the 
Kurile  Islands,  &c.,  and  is  migratory  in  its  habits. 
When  these  seals  appear  off  Kamtchatka  and  the 
Kuriles  early  in  the  spring,  they  are  in  high  condi- 
tion, and  the  females  are  pregnant.  They  remain 
on  or  about  the  shore  for  two  months,  during  which 
the  females  bring  forth.  They  are  polygamous,  and 
live  in  families,  every  male  being  surrounded  by  a 
crowd  of  females  (from  fifty  to  eighty),  whom  he 
guards  with  the  greatest  jealousy.  These  families, 
each  including  the  young,  amounting  to  100  or  120, 
live  separate,  though  they  crowd  the  shore,  and  that 
to  such  an  extent  on  the  islands  off  the  north-west 
point  of  America,  that  it  is  said  they  oblige  the  tra- 
veller to  quit  it  and  scale  the  neighbouring  rocks. 
Both  male  and  female  are  very  affectionate  to  their 
young,  and  fierce  in  their  defence  ;  but  the  males  are 
often  tyrannically  cruel  to  the  females,  which  are 
very  submissive.  If  one  family  encroaches  on  the 
station  of  another,  a  general  fight  is  the  consequence. 
They  will  not,  in  fact  they  dare  not,  leave  their 
stations,  for  if  they  did  they  must  encroach  on  that 
of  some  other  family.  Steller  relates  that  he  had 
been  beset  by  these  seals  for  six  hours  together,  and 
was  at  last  obliged  to  climb  a  precipice  to  get  rid  of 
the  infuriated  animals,  at  the  imminent  peril  of  his 
life.  They  have  their  war-notes  and  several  other 
intonations.  When  amusing  themselves  on  the 
shore,  they  low  like  a  cow,  chirp  like  a  cricket  after 
a  victory,  and,  when  they  are  wounded,  cry  like  a 
whelp.  They  swim  very  swiftly,  and  are  as  great  a 
terror  to  other  seals  as  the  sea-lion  (Phoca  jubata, 
Gmel.)  is  to  them. 

The  skin  of  the  ursine  seal  is  very  thick,  and  from 
its  full  deep   fur  makes  excellent  winter  clothing. 


9«9.— Teeth  of  Crested  Seal. 


Mi.-CrMled  S<*l. 


1001.— Elephant  Seal.    Female. 


224 


1008.— Fonter'i  S«»-Lion. 

No.  29. 


1011.— WalruiM. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


225 


226 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


LWalruskh 


Steller  »p«uk»  of  a  (farment  which  he  made  for  him- 
telf  from  one,  when  he  was  in  Behriiip»  Island,  with 
grateful  remembrance. 

1008.— FOBSTERS  SeA-Lioif 
(Ptatyrkynchta  Ftaleri).  Otaria  Fosteri,  l^ss.,  in 
•  Diet.  Claw.  ;•  Phoca  Foreteri,  Fischer.  The  genus 
Platyrhynchus  differs  little  from  Arctocephalus,  ex- 
cept in  a  few  minor  points  in  the  dentition  ;  in  the 
greater  plevation  of  the  cerebral  re-;ion  of  the  skull, 
anil  in  the  enlareement  of  the  muzzle.  There  are 
external  ears.     Fig.  1009  represents  the  skull. 

Several  species  of  seal  have  been  termed  sea- 
bcara  or  ursine  seals ;  and  several  sea-lions,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  the  huge  elephant-seal 
already  described.  Dr.  Hamilton  considers,  however, 
that  three  distinct  members  of  the  present  genus 
have  been  thus  designated  :— 1.  the  sea-lion  of 
Steller  (Phoca  jubata,  Gmelin),  inhabiting  the 
eastern  shores  of  Kamtchatka  and  the  Kurile 
Islands;  2,  the  sea-lion  of  Forster  (Leo  marinus, 
Buff.),  a  native  of  the  southern  hemisphere;  and 
3,  the  sea-lion  of  Pernetty  (Piatyihynchus  leoninus, 
F.  Cuvier).  a  native  of  the  Falkland  Islands. 

Forsters  sea-lion  is  a  native  of  the  southern  seas, 
frequenting  the  Magellanic  coast.  Terra  del  Fuego, 
and  the  Magellanic  Islands.  The  skin  is  thick, 
the  hair  reddish,  yellowish,  or  dark  brown  ;  no  fur 
or  short  wool  under  the  long  hair.  A  mane  on 
the  neck  of  the  male  reaches  to  the  shoulders. 
Head  small  in  proportion  to  the  body,  which  is 
everywhere  equally  thick-looking,  as  BufFon  de- 
scribes it,  like  a  great  cylinder,  more  suited  for  roll- 
ing than  walking.  Ears  conical,  about  six  or  seven 
lines  long ;  cartilage  firm  and  stiff,  but  yet  rather 
curled  at  the  margin.  Upper  lip  overhanging  the 
lower,  both  furnished  with  long,  coarse,  black 
whiskers,  which  become  white  with  age.  Length 
from  ten  to  fourteen  feet ;  the  females  shorter  and 
mor^  slender. 

Captain  Cook  states  that  it  is  not  at  all  perilous 
to  go  among  these  animals,  for  they  either  fled  or 
stood  still.  The  only  danger  was  in  going  between 
them  and  the  sea;  for  if  they  took  fright  at  anything, 
they  would  come  down  in  such  numbers,  that  the 
person  in  the  way  would  be  run  over.  When  he 
and  his  party  came  suddenly  upon  them,  or  waked 
them  out  of  their  sleep,  they  would  laise  up  their 
heads,  snort  and  snarl,  and  look  fierce,  as  if  they 
meant  to  devour  the  intruder ;  but  when  the  men 
advanced,  the  sea-lions  always  ran  away.  He  states 
that  the  male  is  surrounded  by  from  twenty  to  thirty 
females,  and  that  he  is  very  attentive  to  keep  them 
all  to  himself,  beating  off  every  male  that  attempts 
to  come  to  his  flock.  Others,  again,  had  a  less 
number,  some  no  more  than  one  or  two ;  and  here 
and  there  was  seen  one  lying  growling  in  a  retired 
place,  suff'ering  neither  males  nor  females  to  come 
near  him.  These  he  judged  to  be  old  and  super- 
annuated. 

Forster  relates  that  the  rocks  along  the  shore  in 
New  Years  Harbour  were  covered  with  multitudes 
of  these  sea-lions.  "  We  put  into  a  little  cove  under 
the  shelter  of  some  rocks,"  says  he,  "and  fired  at 
some  of  these  tierce  animals,  most  of  which  imme- 
diately threw  themselves  into  the  sea.  Some  of  the 
most  unwieldy  however  kept  their  ground,  and  were 
killed  by  our  bullets.  Ttie  noise  which  all  the  ani- 
mals of  this  kind  made  was  various,  and  sometimes 
stunned  our  ears.  The  old  males  snort  and  roar 
like  mad  bulls  or  lions,  the  females  bleat  exactly 
like  calves,  and  the  young  cubs  like  lambs.  They 
live  together  in  numerous  herds.  The  oldest  and 
fattest  males  lie  apart,  each  having  chosen  a  large 
rock  to  which  none  of  the  rest  dare  approach  with- 
out engaging  in  furious  combat."  Forster  goes  on 
to  relate  that  they  were  often  seen  to  seize  each 
other  with  an  indescribable  degree  of  rage,  and  that 
many  of  them  had  deep  gashes  on  their  backs, 
which  they  had  received  in  the  wars.  The  younger 
active  sea-lions,  with  all  the  females  and  the  cubs, 
lay  together.  They  commonly  awaited  the  approach 
of  the  people ;  but  as  soon  as  some  of  the  herd 
were  killed,  the  rest  precipitately  fled,  some  females 
carrying  oft' a  cub  in  their  mouths,  while  many  were 
so  terrified  that  they  left  the  young  behind.  When 
undisturbed,  they  were  often  observed  caressing  each 
other  in  the  most  tender  manner,  and  their  snouts 
often  met  together  as  if  they  were  kissing.  The 
same  author  states  that  they  come  on  shore  on  those 
uninhabited  spots  to  breed,  and  that  they  do  not 
feed  during  tneir  stay  on  land,  which  sometimes 
lasts  for  several  weeks ;  they  then  grow  lean,  and 
swallow  a  considerable  quantity  of  stones  to  distend 
the  stomach.  He  adds  that  the  stomachs  of  many 
of  them  were  found  entirely  empty,  and  those  of 
others  were  filled  with  ten  or  twelve  round  heavy 
stones,  each  of  the  size  of  two  fists. 

1010,  1011.— The  Walrus,  OR  MoBSK 

{TricJtecus  Rosmarus).  Leaving  the  genuine  seals, 
we  come  to  the  genus  Trichecus,  of  which  we  are 
acquainted  with  only  one  species,  the  Walrus  or 


Morse,  and  Sea-cow  of  the  British ;  Morse,  Vache 
Marine,  Cheval  Marin,  and  BSte  k  la  grande  dent 
of  the  French.  It  is  the  Horse-whale  or  Whale- 
horse  (Hval-ros)  of  Octher  the  Norwegian,  who, 
about  the  year  890,  made  his  report  of  it  to  Alfred, 
as  having  in  its  teeth  bones  of  great  price  and  ex- 
cellency, some  of  which  he  brought  to  the  king  on 
his  return  from  his  voyage  beyond  Norway ;  also 
Rosmar  of  the  Norwegians ;  Morss  or  Morsh  of  the 
Russians,  and  Morsk  of  the  Laplanders. 

The  walrus  is  a  native  of  the  polar  regions  of  both 
hemispheres,  and  it  is  more  than  probable  that  the 
arctic  animal  is  specifically  distinct  from  the  ant- 
arctic, though  in  habits  and    manners  they  agree 
precisely.      The  arctic  walrus  has  occasionally  vi- 
sited the  British  shores,  and  is  therefore  figured  by 
Mr.  Bell  in   his  '  History  of  British   Quadrupeds,' 
though  it  can  scarcely  be  accounted  one  of  their 
number.     In  general  form,- no  less  than  in  habits, 
the  walrus  closely  resembles  the  larger  species  of 
seals,  but  it  dlft'ersfrom  all  the  sneciesof  this  group 
in  the  general  contour  of  the  skull  and  in  the  dental 
formula.     Fig.  1012  represents  the  skull  and  lower 
jaw;  Fig.  I0l3the  molars  andatusk  of  this  animal. 
The  first  peculiarity  which  strikes  us  in  the  skull 
of  the  walrus  consists  in  the  enormous  magnitude  of 
the  canine  teeth  of  the  upper-jaw,  which  are  from 
eighteen  inches  to  two  feet  in  length,  stout  and 
solid,   with    large  roots  imbedded  in  protuberant 
alveoli,  or  sockets,  occupying  the  anterior  part  of  the 
muzzle,  and  rising  above  the  cranium,  which  appears 
of  disproportionate  volume.    The  immense  develop- 
ment of  the  alveoli  of  these  canines,  gives  a  swollen 
appearance  to  the  face,  which  is  increased  by  the 
tumid  character   of  the   lips,   covered  with  thick 
wiry  moustaches.     The  dentition  is  as  foUovps : — 
Upper-jaw,  incisors  four,  of  which  the  two  middle 
are  deciduaiy,  falling  out  at  an  early  period  ;  the 
two  lateral  have  the  character  of  molars.     Of  the 
enormous  canines  we  have  already  spoken.     Molars 
on  each  side  four,  cylindrical,  short,  and  obliquely 
truncate;  lower  jaw,  incisors  wanting,  canines  want- 
ing ;  molars  as  in  the  upper  jaw.     The  lower  jaw  is 
not  only  small  in  proportion  to  the  general  volume 
of  the  skull,  but  is  compressed  as  it  proceeds,  in 
order  to   fit   in  between  the  huge  canines  of  the 
upper  jaw,  which  sweep  with  a  gentle  curve  per- 
pendicularly downward.      The    nostrils,  in   conse- 
quence of  the  development  of  those  imbedded  in  the 
maxillary  bones,  are  thrown  upwards,  so  as  to  open 
considerably  above  the  muzzle  with  a  vertical  aspect. 
The  eyes  are  small,  but  brilliant ;  the  orifices  of  the 
ears  are  placed  very  far  backwards  on  the  head ;  the 
neck  is  short  and  thick,  the  chest  of  great  volume  ; 
the  tail  short ;  the  body  thinly  clothed  with  short 
stiff  brownish  hair :  the  hinder  paddles  are  large. 
In  length  the  walrus  attains  to  fifteen  or  sixteen 
feet,  and  its  body  not  only  yields  abundance  of  oil, 
but  its  skin  is  highly  valued  for  its  toughness  and 
durability.    The  tusks  of  this  animal,  which  remind 
us  of  those  of  the  elephant,  are  instruments  both  of 
defence  and  of  progression  ;    by  their  aid  it  assists 
itself  in  clambering  up  floating  icebergs,  or  in  tra- 
versing the  fields  of  ice  along  the  shore,  to  which  it 
resorts  both  to  rest  and  breed.     It  uses  them  also 
with  great  effect  in  defending  itself  from  the  attacks 
of  the  polar  bear,  which  may  be   regarded   as  its 
most  formidable  adversary,  and  with  which  it  often 
engages   in  bloody  conflicts.      But  there   is  also 
another  use  to  which  these  tusks  are  destined  :  the 
walrus  feeds  to  a  great  extent  on  a  species  of  marine 
vegetable,  the  fucus  digitatu-s,  and  these  instruments 
are  admirably  calculated  for  tearing  up  the  long 
wreaths  of  sea-weed  fast  rooted  in  the  bed  of  the 
ocean.     Besides  this  vegetable,  they  also  feed  upon 
other  aliment ;  Mr.  Scoresby  found  in  their  stomachs 
shrimps,  a  kind    of  crayfish,  and  the  remains  of 
young  seals.     They  are  probably  omnivorous. 

The  Walrus,  like  the  seal,  is  gregarious  in  its 
habits,  and  is  often  observed  in  vast  flocks  reposing 
upon  the  ice,  or  upon  rocky  islands  or  sand-banks ; 
on  these  occasions  some  appear  to  act  as  sentinels, 
and  give  notice  of  the  approach  of  an  enemy  ;  their 
voice  is  a  loud  roar  or  bray,  and  may  be  heard  at  a 
considerable  distance  :  Captain  Cook  observes  that 
in  the  night  or  in  foggy  weather,  the  roaring  of  the 
walruses  gave  notice  of  the  vicinity  of  the  ice 
before  it  could  be  seen.  When  attacked  or  fired 
at,  the  whole  troop  rashes  tumultuously  into  the 
sea;  should  one  be  wounded,  its  companions  hasten 
with  loud  cries  to  the  rescue,  and,  emboldened  by 
their  numbers,  assail  the  boat  with  great  ferocity, 
and  endeavour  to  upset  or  break  it  with  their 
powerlul  tusks.  The  thickness  and  toughness  of 
the  skin  render  it  no  easy  matter  to  drive  a  lance 
or  harpoon  into  the  animal's  body,  and  a  sharp 
weapon  notunfrequently  glances  off  without  pierc- 
ing. When  wounded  on  shore,  the  morse  turns 
furiously  upon  its  adversary,  striking  right  and  left 
with  its  tuskF  and  endeavouring  to  dash  him  to  the 
ground ;  the  roaring  with  pain  and  fury  it  makes 
off  into  the  a,  where  it  is  joined  by  its  companions. 
Zorgdrager,  in  his   description   of  the  Greenland 


fishery  (1750),  state»  that  before  the  morse  had  been 
so  persecuted,  laige  troops  would  olten  advance  on 
the  shore  to  a  considerable  distance  from  the  edge 
of  the  water,  so  that  it  was  easy  to  cut  otf  their 
retreat,  and  the  more  so  as  the  animals  exhibited 
no  alarm  on  seeing  the  approach  of  the  hunters, 
who  would  often  kill  several  before  the  rest 
attempted  to  regain  the  sea.  As  is  the  case  with 
the  whale,  the  annual  slaughter  made  among  these 
animals  for  the  sake  of  their  oil,  and  of  their  tusks, 
which  are  of  the  finest  ivory,  has  thinned  their 
numbers,  or  driven  them  from  haunts  where  they 
formerly  abounded,  to  seek  shelter  in  more  inac- 
cessible localities.  That  they  are  not  without 
courage  or  sympathy  for  their  wounded  companions 
there  is  ample  testimony.  When  Martens  wounded 
one,  others  speedily  surrounded  the  boat,  and  whilst 
some  endeavoured  to  pierce  it  with  their  tusks, 
others  raised  themselves  out  of  the  water  and  en- 
deavoured to  board  her.  Captain  Phipps,  after- 
wards Lord  Mulgrave,  relates  that  when  near  a  low 
flat  island  opposite  Waygat's  Straits  in  1773,  two 
of  the  officers  went  in  a  boat  in  pursuit  of  sea- 
horses. They  fired  at  one  and  wounded  it.  The  ani- 
mal was  alone  when  it  was  wounded,  but  diving  into 
the  sea,  it  brought  back  a  number  of  others.  They 
made  a  united  attack  upon  the  boat,  wrested  an  oar 
from  one  of  the  men,  and  were  with  difliculty  pre- 
vented from  staving  or  oversetting  her ;  but  a  boat 
from  the  Carcass  joining  that  Irom  the  liacehorse, 
they  dispersed.  Captain  Phipps  adds  that  one  of 
that  ship's  boats  had  before  been  attacked  in  the 
same  manner  ofi'  Moffen  Island.  Sir  Edward 
Parry  encountered  about  two  hundred  in  Foxe's 
Channel,  lying  piled  as  usual  over  each  other  on 
the  loose  drift-ice.  A  boat's  crew  from  both  the 
Fury  and  Hecia  went  to  attack  them,  but  they 
made  a  desperate  resistance,  some  with  their  cubs 
mounted  on  their  backs,  and  one  of  them  tore  the 
planks  of  a  boat  in  two  or  three  places.  Their 
parental  affection  is  great.  Captain  Cook  states  that 
on  the  approach  of  the  boats,  which  were  hoisted  out 
to  attack  them  in  Behrings Straits,  all  the  Walruses 
took  their  cubs  under  their  fins,  and  endeavoured 
to  escape  with  them  from  the  ice  into  the  sea. 
Several  whose  young  were  killed  and  wounded,  and 
were  left  floating  on  the  surface,  rose  again  and 
carried  them  down,  sometimes  just  as  the  people 
were  going  to  take  them  into  the  boat:  and  they 
might  be  traced  bearing  them  to  a  great  distance 
through  the  water,  which  was  coloured  with  their 
blood.  They  were  afterwards  observed  bringing 
them  up  at  times  above  the  surface,  as  if  for  air, 
and  again  diving  under  it  with  a  dreadful  bellow- 
ing. The  female  in  particular,  whose  young  had 
been  destroyed  and  taken  into  the  boat,  became  so 
enraged  that  she  attacked  the  cutter,  and  struck  her 
tusks  through  the  bottom  of  it. 

In  the  arctic  regions  the  flesh  of  the  walrus  is 
held  by  the  natives  in  great  estimation;  Sir  Edward 
Parry  remarks  that  the  flesh  was  tolerably  good, 
affording  variety  amid  the  ordinary  sea  fare.  The 
ivory  is  finer  than  that  of  the  elephant ;  the  skin 
makes  excellent  carriage-harness ;  and  the  oil  is  va- 
luable, though  only  from  twenty  to  thirty  gallons  are 
yielded  by  a  single  carcass ;  its  blubber,  as  Crantz 
says,  being  white  and  solid  like  bacon,  and  a  hand's 
breadth  thick,  but  not  giving  out  much  fluid  oil. 

Fig.  1014  represents  a  Greenlander  in  his  kajak 
hunting  seals. 

Seals'  flesh,  says  Crantz,  supplies  the  Green- 
landers  "  with  their  most  palatable  and  substantial 
food  ;  the  fat  furnishes  them  with  oil  lor  lamp-liiiht, 
chamber  and  kitchen  fire  ;  and  whoever  sees  their 
habitations  presently  finds  that,  even  if  they  had 
superfluity  of  wood,  it  would  not  be  of  use,  they 
can  use  nothing  but  oil  in  them.  They  also  mollily 
their  dry  food,  mostly  fish,  with  oil;  and  finally 
they  barter  it  for  all  kinds  of  necessaries  with  the 
factor.  They  can  sew  better  with  fibres  of  the 
seals'  sinews  than  with  thread  or  silk  ;  of  the  skins 
of  the  entrails  they  make  window-curtains  for  their 
tents,  and  shirts;  part  of  the  bladder  they  use  as  a 
float  to  their  harpoons,  and  they  make  oil-flasks  of 
the  stomach.  Neither  is  the  blood  wasted,  but  is 
boiled  up  with  other  ingredients  and  eaten  as  soup. 
Of  the  skin  of  the  seal  they  stand  in  the  greatest 
need,  because  they  must  cover  with  seal-skins  both 
the  large  and  small  boats  in  which  they  travel  and 
seek  their  provisions.  They  must  also  cut  out  of 
them  their  thongs  and  straps,  and  cover  their  tents 
with  them,  without  which  they  could  not  subsist  in 
summer.  No  man  therefore  can  pass  for  a  right 
Greenlander  who  cannot  catch  seals.  This  is  the 
ultimate  end  they  aspire  at  in  all  their  device  and 
labour  from  their  childhood  up.''  To  the  Green- 
lander, then,  the  sea  is  his  pasturage,  where  his 
flocks  and  herds  are  fed ;  the  sea  is  his  hunting- 
domain,  where,  in  his  light  kajak,  he  skims  over  tlie 
waves. 

"There  tumblinj;  in  tlieir  seal  skin-boat. 
Fearless  Uie  liiingry  fisliers  Iloat, 
And  from  teeming  seas  supply 
The  food  their  niggard  plains  deny." 


Bats.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


227 


ORDER  CHEIROPTERA,  OR  BATS. 

We  regard  the  Bats  (Family  Cheiroptera,  Cuvier ; 
Vespertillonida,  Gray)  as  constituting  a  distinct 
order,  as  it  stands  in  the  Catalogue  of  Mammalia 
in  the  '  Mus.  Zool.  Soc.,'  1838. 

The  Bats,  or  Flitter-mice  (Fledermauser  of  the 
Germans  ;  Pipistrelli  and  Nottoli  of  the  Italians  ; 
Chauvesouris  of  the  French),  are  termed  Cheiroptera, 
that  is,  wing-handed  (xe<>,  a  hand;  irrtpov,  a  wing), 
because  their  anterior  limbs  are  modified  as  organs 
of  flight.  Of  all  the  mammalia,  the  bats  alone  emu- 
late the  feathered  tribes  in  their  aerial  endowments. 
They  are  essentially  flying  Insectivora:  in  the  air 
they  pass  the  active  portion  of  their  existence  and 
revel  in  the  exercise  of  their  faculties.  Their  organs 
of  flight,  however,  consist  not,  as  in  the  bird,  of  stiiF 
feathers  disposed  in  order  and  based  upon  the  bones 
of  the  fore-arm,  but  of  a  large  thin  membrane 
stretched  over  and  between  the  limbs,  to  which  the 
bones  act  as  stretchers,  like  the  strips  of  whalebone 
in  an  umbrella,  the  tail  in  many  species  assisting 
also.  Of  this  membrane  the  bones  of  the  arms  and 
hands  are  the  principal  supporters  and  levere  of 
motion— we  say  hands,  because,  though  not  graspers, 
such  must  the  anatomist  consider  them.  All  these 
bones,  those  of  the  carpus  excepted,  are  slender 
and  remarkably  elongated,  and  here  we  refer  to 
the  skeleton  of  the  bat  (Fi?.  1015).  The  hu- 
merus,/, is  long  and  slender,  but  much  more  so  is 
the  radius,  g,  the  only  complete  bone  of  the  fore, 
arm,  the  ulna.  A,  being  reduced  to  a  mere  rudi- 
ment. The  carpus,  i,  consists  of  six  bones  in  two 
rows,  the  fii-st  row  having  two,  the  second  row  four 
bones,  on  which  are  based  the  metacarpal  bones  of 
the  thumb,  k,  and  of  the  fingers,  I.  These  bones 
of  the  fingers  are  very  slender  and  of  extraordinary 
length,  diverging  from  each  other  as  they  proceed. 
They  are,  however,  moveable  upon  the  metacarpus, 
and  are  not  only  capable  of  closing  together,  but  of 
being  folded  down  in  contact  with  the  fore-arm. 
The  phalanges,  or  true  finger-bones,  m,  carry  on  the 
elongation  of  this  framework,  and  taper  to  a  point, 
like  the  extremity  of  an  angling-rod,  unfurnished 
with  nails  or  claws.  These  fingei-s  are  essential  not 
only  for  carrving  out  the  wins  to  a  due  distance, 
but  for  keep'ing  its  margins  stretched  out,  and  for 
folding  it  down  when  requisite.  In  some  genera 
the  first  finger  consists  but  of  one  very  fine  bone, 
the  second  finger  consists  of  three  :  occasionally  the 
first  fincer  is  tipped  with  a  very  small  hook-like 
nail.  The  thumb,  k,  is  free,  and  usually  short,  con- 
sisting of  a  metacarpal  and  two  digital  bones,  the 
last  of  which  is  armed  with  a  strong  hooked  claw. 
Such  then  is  the  hand  of  the  bat,  essentially  an 
apparatus  for  flight.  Thu.<i  designed  and  constructed, 
rotation  of  the  fore-arm  would  not  only  be  an  un- 
necessary, but  indeed  an  inconsistent  endo\yment ; 
its  motion,  therefore,  is  simply  hinge-like,  while  that 
of  the  shoulder  is  to  a  great  extent  rotatory. 

It  will  easily  be  conceived  that  a  membrane  so 
extensive  as  the  wing  of  the  bat  will  require  for  its 
effective  movements  an  extraordinary  development 
of  the  muscles  which  govern  it.  That  part  of  the 
skeleton,  therefore,  on  which  these  muscles  are 
fixed  is  accordingly  modified  ;  the  clavicles,  d,  and 
scapula,  e,  are  of  great  magnitude  and  strength ; 
the  sternum,  or  breast-bone,  though  narrow,  has 
a  keel-like  elevation  along  its  anterior  surface,  ana- 
logous to  what  is  seen  in  birds,  while  its  upper  end 
is  developed  into  a  manubrium,  a,  for  the  support 
of  the  large  clavicles,  which  are  thus  thrown  far 
laterally,  the  pectoral  muscles  being  at  the  same 
time  exceedingly  voluminous ;  indeed  the  whole  of 
the  osseous  and  muscular  structure  of  the  bat  is 
concentrated  upon  its  organs  of  flight.  The  hinder 
limbs  can  scarcely  be  regarded  as  organs  of  loco- 
motion ;  they  principally  serve,  in  conjunction  with 
the  tail  where  present,  to  keep  the  membrane  duly 
expanded — they  are  therefore  comparatively  feeble  : 
the  toes  are  five  in  number,  and  armed  with  sharp 
hooked  claws,  by  which  the  animal  suspends  itself 
while  at  rest  in  its  retreat.  When  with  folded  wings 
the  bat  attempts  to  proceed  along  a  level  surface, 
its  movements,  though  tolerably  quick,  are  awkward 
and  shuffling  ;  and  it  uses  the  claw  of  its  thumb  as 
a  hook  for  catching  hold  of  any  irregularities  in 
order  to  drag  itself  along  :  hence,  on  a  smooth  po- 
lished surface  it  is  greatly  embarrassed,  but  in  the 
hollows  of  trees,  in  the  crevices  of  masonry,  and  in 
rough  chinks  or  fissures,  it  can  climb  and  crawl 
about  with  considerable  facility,  as  also  about  the 
wire-work  of  a  cage,  as  we  have  often  witnessed. 
The  ground,  however,  is  not  the  destined  province 
of  the  bat — the  air  is  its  home  ;  it  is  here  that  these 
sin^MJar  creatures  are  all  alertness,  pursuing  their 
insect  prey,  and  uttering  their  short  sharp  cry  as 
they  wheel  in  circling  flights,  or  perform  their 
abrupt  and  zigzag  evolutions. 

In  the  bat,  the  senses  of  smell  and  hearing,  as 
might  be  concluded  from  the  development  and 
complication  of  their  respective  organs,  are  wonder- 
fully acute.     In  several  extensive  genera,  with  a 


view  to  the  refinement  of  these  senses,  we  see  the 
nose  furnished  with  a  membranous  foliation  or  leaf 
of  most  delicate  structure,  and  often  complex  in  its 
arrangement;  while  the  external  membranous  ears 
are  large,  expanded,  and  often  united  together, 
having  folds  or  an  inner  reduplication,  and  capable 
of  being  folded  down.  (See  Fig.  1016,  the  head  of 
Megaderma  trifolium.)  In  short,  both  the  osteo- 
logical  characters  of  the  skull  and  the  development 
of  the  external  appendages,  traversed  by  multitudes 
of  nerves,  announce  the  acuteness  both  of  smell  and 
hearing.  But  these  creatures  have  another  sense, 
that  of  feeling,  so  exquisitely  refined  as  to  require 
especial  notice.  The  wings  of  these  creatures  con- 
sist, as  we  have  stated,  of  a  delicate  and  nearly 
naked  membrane  of  great  amplitude ;  and  these, 
as  well  as  the  membranous  tissues  of  the  eai-s  and 
nose,  are  abundantly  supplied  with  nerves,  and  have 
their  sensibility  so  high,  as  to  afford  something  like 
a  new  sense  which  stands  in  the  stead  of  sight. 
The  modified  impressions  which  the  air  in  quies- 
cence or  in  motion,  however  slight,  communicates— 
the  tremulous  jar  of  the  faintest  current— its  tem- 
perature ;  the  indescribable  condition  of  such  strata 
as  are  in  contact  with  different  bodies,  are  all  ap- 
parently appreciated  by  the  bat.  If  its  eyes  be  co- 
vered up— nay,  if  it  be  even  cruelly  deprived  of  sight, 
it  will  pursue  its  course  about  a  room  with  a  thou- 
sand obstacles  in  its  way,  avoiding  them  all ;  neither 
dashing  against  the  walls  nor  flying  foul  of  the 
smallest  thing,  but  threading  its  course  with  the 
utmost  precision  and  quickness,  and  pas^ing  adroitly 
through  apertures,  or  the  interspaces  of  threads 
placed  purposely  across  the  apartment.  This  en- 
dowment, which  almost  exceeds  belief,  has  been 
abundantly  demonstated  by  the  experiments  of 
Spallauzani  and  others  ;  it  is  the  sense  of  touch  re- 
fined to  an  inconceivable  degree  of  perfection,  ren- 
dering the  bat  aerial  in  feeling  as  in  habits. 

Bats  are  all  crepuscular  or  nocturnal ;  during  the 
day  they  sleep  in  their  recesses,  hanging  head 
downwards,  suspended  by  the  hind-feet.  Numbers 
often  congregate  together  on  one  common  dormi- 
tory, and  in  Java  and  other  adjacent  islands  one 
of  the  most  extraordinary  sights  is  that  of  a  tree 
literally  loaded  with  a  crowd  of  huge  roussettes,  or 
flying  foxes  (Reropus),  all  clustered  together  in 
pendant  rows  along  the  branches.  In  our  latitudes 
I  he  bats  all  hybernate,  hanging  in  the  same  manner 
as  during  their  ordinary  sleep  ;  but  whether  this 
law  of  hybernation  prevails  among  those  species 
which  are  natives  of  the  hotter  regions  does  not 
appear  to  be  satisfactorily  determined;  probably  it 
does,  for  the  tenrec  (an  animal  allied  to  our  hedge- 
hog) hybernates  in  Madagascar,  its  native  country. 

The  bats  are  extremely  numerous,  and  are  distri- 
buted over  every  portion  of  the  globe,  excepting  in 
the  coldest  latitudes;  it  is,  however,  in  the  warmer 
regions  that  they  are  the  most  abundant,  and  attain 
to  the  largest  dimensions. 

We  have  said  that  the  bats  are  insectivorous; 
some,  however,  are  bloodsuckers ;  and  some,  as  the 
roussettes  (Pteropus),  eat  fruit,  plundering  the  gar- 
dens of  their  choicest  productions.  It  would  seem 
that  some  of  the  Brazilian  bats  also  are  frugivoi  ous, 
devouring  the  fruit  of  the  fig-tree,  and  that  it  is 
almost  impossible  to  prevent  the  mischief,  as  they 
will  creep,  like  mice,  under  the  netting  spread  to 
protect  the  trees. 

In  the  bats  the  mammae  are  two,  and  pectoral ; 
the  dentition  varies:  the  symphysis  of  the  lower 
jaw  is  firmly  ossified,  as  in  man  and  the  ape  tribe ; 
a  slender  stylet  (s,  Fig.  1015)  runs  from  the  heel  to 
support  the  interfemoral  membrane.  The  bats  are 
divided  by  Mr.  Gray  into  five  great  sections  or 
tribes,  as  follows,  under  two  primaiy  heads  :— 

I.  Istiophori,  or  Leaf-nosed  Bats.— Nostrils  placed 
in  a  bald  space,  often  elevated  behind  into  a  leaf; 
teeth  acutely  tubercular;  index-finger  not  clawed. 

Tribe  1.  Phyllostomina.  Nose-disc  expanded 
into  a  leaf  behind,  simple,  and  pierced  with  the  nos- 
trils in  front. 

Tribe  2.  Rhinolophina.  Nose-disc  expanded  into 
a  leaf  behind,  and  with  a  pit  or  process  between  the 
nostrils  in  front. 

II.  Anistiophori.— Simple-nosed  Bats.  Nostnls 
without  a  nasal  leaf. 

Tribe  3.  Vespertilionina.  Grinders  acutely  tu- 
bercular ;  wings  broad  and  large  ;  tail  elongated 
and  inclosed  in  the  large  conical  interfemoral  mem- 
brane ;  upper  incisor  teeth  near  the  canines,  with  a 
central  space. 

Each  nostril  placed  in  front  of  a  groove,  with  a 
spiral,  convolute,  outer  margin  lobed  anteriorly. 

Tribe  4.  Noctilionina.  Grinders  acutely  tuber- 
cular; wings  long  and  narrow;  body  thin;  tail 
thick,  short,  the  tip  appearing  on  the  upper  surface 
of  the  large  interfemoral  membrane. 

Tribe  5.  Pteropina.  Grinders  bluntly  tubercular ; 
nose  simple ;  nostrils  slightly  produced ;  end  of 
index-finger  clawed  ;  head  conical ;  ears  simple  ; 
wings  long;  lower  joint  of  thumb  long,  united  fo 
the  wing  by  a  membrane  ;  interfemoral  membrane 


short ;  tail  none,  or  short.  Fruit-eating  bats  of 
Indian  Islands  and  Polynesia. 

Each  of  these  tribes  is  again  subdivided  accord- 
ing to  the  variation  of  minor  points  of  structure,  the 
genera  being  arranged  under  each  subsection  ;  but 
to  pursue  the  subject  into  these  niceties  would  be 
here  out  of  place ;  we,  however,  recommend  our 
scientific  readers  to  the  '  Revision  of  the  Genera  of 
Bats,'  &c.,  by  J.  E.  Gray,  F.R.S.,  published  in  the 
'  Magazine  of  Zoology  and  Botany,'  No.  XII. 

or  the  first  tribe  (Phyllostomina),  our  pictorial 
museum  aft'ords  us  several  examples. 

1017. — The  Crenulated  Javelin-Bat 

{Phyllostoma  crenulatnm).  In  the  genus  Phyllo- 
stoma  the   canine   teeth   are  ,very  strong.    Dental 

4  '    J I  5 5 

formula : — Incisors,  - ;  canines,  - — j  ;  molars,  - — - 

=32.  There  are  two  nasal  appendages,  one  like 
a  horseshoe,  the  other  like  a  leaf  or  spear-head, 
rising  up  behind  the  former;  the  ears  are  large, 
with  a  dentellated  inner  slip  (oreillon,  or  tragus)  ; 
the  tongue  is  bristled  with  papillae ;  the  tail  is 
variable  in  length,  sometimes  wanting.  The  pre- 
sent species,  of  which  the  habits  and  exact  locality 
are  unknown,  is  a  native  of  America. 

1018. — The  Greater  Javelin-Bat 

(Phyllostoma  perspicillatum).  This  species  is  a 
native  of  South  America.  Mr.  Darwin  found  it  at 
Bahia.-    Of  its  habits  we  have  no  details. 

1019.— The  Vampire-Bat 

(Vampirus  spectrum).  The  genus  Vampirus  diffei's 
from  Phyllostoma  in  having  one  molar  more  on 
each  side  in  the  upper  jaw.  Fig.  1020  shows  the 
characters  of  the  incisors  and  canines. 

This  species,  the  Andira-Guacu  of  Piso,  is  a  native 
of  South  America ;  its  total  length  is  about  six 
inches.  Piso  thus  describes  its  habits : — These  bats 
"seek  out  every  kind  of  animal  and  suck  their 
blood ;  but  in  Slaranham  there  is  a  certain  kind 
which  approaches  by  night  the  naked  feet  of  men, 
and  wounds  them  lor  the  sake  of  sucking  human 
blood.  The  bite  is  so  slight  and  subtle,  that  the 
wounded  do  not  feel  it  before  the  bed,  covered  with 
blood,  gives  token  of  the  wound.  So  great  a  quan- 
tity of  blood  flows  liom  the  envenomed  bite,  that  it 
can  only  be  stopped  with  difficulty,  and  the  peril  is 
imminent  unless  a  cure  by  the  prescribed  remedies 
be  effected.  The  inhabitants  first  wash  these 
wounds  with  sea-water,  and  afterwards  apply  hot 
ashes,  or  even  cautery,  if  the  blood  be  not  stopped." 
Captain  Stedman,  who  states  that  he  was  bitten, 
thus  describes  the  operation  : — "  Knowing,  by  in- 
stinct, that  the  person  they  intend  to  attack  is  in  a 
sound  slumber,  they  generally  alight  near  the  feet, 
where,  while  the  creature  continues  fanning  with 
its  enormous  wings,  which  keeps  one  cool,  he  bites 
a  piece  out  of  the  tip  of  the  great  toe,  so  very  small, 
indeed,  that  the  head  of  a  pin  could  be  scarcely 
received  into  the  wound,  which  is  consequently  not 
painful ;  yet  through  this  orifice  he  continues  to 
suck  the  blood  until  he  is  obliged  to  disgorge.  He 
then  begins  again,  and  thus  continues  sucking  and 
disgorging  till  he  is  scarce  able  to  fly  ;  and  the  suf- 
ferer has  often  been  known  to  sleep  from  time  into 
eternity.  Cattle  they  generally  bite  in  the  ear,  but 
always  in  places  where  the  blood  flows  spontane- 
ously. Having  applied  tobacco-ashes  as  the  best 
remedy,  and  washed  the  gore  from  myself  and  my 
hammock,  I  observed  several  small  heaps  of  con- 
gealed blood  all  round  the  place  where  I  had  lain 
upon  the  ground  ;  on  examining  which,  the  surgeon 
judged  I  had  lost  at  least  twelve  or  fourteen  ounces 
during  the  night." 

From  these  and  similar  accounts,  themselves  a 
little  overcoloured,  have  arisen  extravagant  repre- 
sentations and  false  statements,  to  which  too  much 
credit  has  been  given;  blood-sucking  propensities, 
moreover,  have  been  attributed  to  the  bats  of  Java 
and  other  countries,  without  any  authority ;  and  the 
tongue,  instead  of  the  sharp  lancet-like  teeth,  has 
been  regarded  as  the  instrument  by  which  the 
puncture  is  made.  D'Azara,  speaking  of  the  blood- 
sucking bats  of  South  America  (and  he  is  a  faithful 
describer),  observes  that  "  the  species  with  a  leaf 
upon  the  nose  differ  from  the  other  bats  (of  Para- 
guay) in  being  able  to  run,  when  on  the  ground, 
nearly  as  fast  as  a  rat,  and  in  their  fondness  for 
sucking  the  blood  of  animals.  Sometimes  they  will 
bite  the  wattles  and  crests  of  fowls  while  asleep, 
and  suck  their  blood.  The  fowls  generally  die  of 
this,  as  gangrene  is  engendered  in  the  wounds. 
They  bite  also  horses,  mules,  asses,  and  horned 
cattle  ;  usually  on  the  shoulders,  buttocks,  or  neck, 
as  they  are  better  enabled  to  arrive  at  those  parts, 
from  the  facilities  afforded  them  by  the  mane  and 
tail.  Nor  is  man  himself  secure  from  their  attacks : 
on  this  point  I  am  able  to  give  a  very  faithful  testi- 
mony, since  I  have  had  the  ends  of  my  toes  bitten 

2Ga 


:o  I  (.— CiwUr  JanllD-Bat. 


:015.— Skeleton  of  Hat. 


:i>l».— V«Bpii«-BK. 


-^F- 


101'.— Cienulated  JaTelin-Bat. 


:osj.— BritUh  Bats. 


1022.— Splendid  Ilanesboe-Ikt. 


:023^-TIiree-toMhed  IIoneihoe-Bat. 


■|0!i4.— Genflpoy'i  Njcteriea. 


lOM. 


1028.— Mauritius  Taphozous. 


!021,-£k«Ieton  of  Vami^ie. 


—  '"  ^ 


1916,— Trifoliated  Megailerma. 


".OW.— Leporine  Noctilio, 


228 


1030.— Head,  Skull,  and  Front  Teeth,  of  Dusky  Mnlossos. 


2Q.— Head  and  Skull  of  ('ommon  Bat. 


1034.— lialong. 


IC33. — Kalong. 


I03G.— PalUt'B  Mulucca  iiat. 


1033. — Kalon; 


1027. — Timor  Lung^eared  Bat, 


^'s.y 


t^^^^Mi 


••^ 


a  wi  b  '   c 

;o-i]. — Feet  ot  Shrews. 


1C39.— Teeth  of  Slirew. 


103T. — Coinmon  threw. 


229 


2^ 

by  them,  four  time*,  while  I  wa»  sleeping  in  the 
cottages  in  the  open  countr>'.  The  wounds  whicn 
they  inflicted,  without  my  feeling  them  at  the  time, 
were  circular,  or  rather  elliptical ;  their  diameter 
iras  trifline  and  their  depth  so  superficial  as 
•carcely  to  Mnetrate  the  cutis."  The  blood  drawn 
"  U  merely  from  the  capillary  vessels  of  the  skin, 
and  is  extracted  thence,  beyond  doubt,  by  the 
action  of  sucking  or  licking."  Nobody  "  feajs  these 
animals  or  gives  himself  any  trouble  about  them. 

To  the  same  effect  is  Mr.  Swainson's  testimony. 
"  They  are  constantly  in  the  habit  of  attacking  ani- 
mals during  the  night  and  sucking  their  blood.  Our 
own  horses  and  mules  on  many  occasions,  atter 
having  arrived  at  the  end  of  the  day's  journey  and 
being  turned  out  to  graze,  would  be  brought  in  by 
the  guides  in  the  morning  with  their  shoulders  and 
haunches  covered  with  blood ;  neither  is  it  an  un- 
common thing  for  these  real  vampires  to  enter  the 
habitations  of  the  natives,  and  fasten  on  the  legs  of 
some  incautious  sleeper  who  has  not  snugly  secured 
bis  feet  beneath  the  coverlid.  Stories,  indeed,  are 
told  of  these  incautious  sufferers  having  bled  so  pro- 
fusely as  to  have  died ;  but  we  never  could  ascertain 
the  fact,  nor  did  we  ever  suffer  from  the  visits  of 
these  midnight  phlebotoraists." 

Mr.  Darwin  was  fortunate  enough  to  capture  a 
bloodsucking  bat  (Desmodus  D'Orblgnyi,  Water- 
house)  in  the  act.  "The  vampire-bat,"  says  Mr. 
Darwin,  in  that  part  of  his  highly  interesting  book 
which  relates  his  adventures  when  travelling  on 
horseback  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Rio  Janeiro,  "  is 
often  the  cause  of  much  trouble  by  biting  the  horses 
on  their  withers.  The  injury  is  generally  not  so 
much  owing  to  the  loss  of  blood  as  to  the  inflam- 
mation which  the  pressure  of  the  saddle  afterwards 
produces.  The  whole  circumstance  has  lately  been 
doubted  in  England :  T  was,  therefore,  fortunate  in 
being  present  when  one  was  actually  caught  on  a 
horse's  back.  We  were  bivouacking  late  one  even- 
ing near  Coquimbo,  in  Chile,  when  my  sei-vant, 
noticing  that  one  of  the  horses  was  very  restive. 
went  to  see  what  was  the  matter,  and  fancying  he 
could  distinguish  something,  suddenly  put  his  hand 
on  the  beast's  withera,  and  secured  the  vampire. 
In  the  morning  the  spot  where  the  bite  had  been 
inflicted  was  easily  distinguished,  from  being  slightly 
swollen  and  bloody.  The  third  day  afterwards  we 
rode  the  horse  without  any  ill  effects." 

"It  is  interesting,"  says  Mr.  Waterhouse,  "to 
find  that  the  structure  of  the  animal  is  in  perfect 
accordance  with  the  habits  above  detailed  by  Mr. 
Darwin.  Among  other  points,  the  total  absence  of 
true  molars,  and  the  consequent  want  of  the  power 
of  masticating  food,  is  the  most  remarkable :  on  the 
other  hand,  we  find  the  canines  and  incisors  perfectly 
fitted  for  inflicting  a  wound  such  as  described,  while 
the  small  size  of  the  interfcmoral  membrane  (giving 
freedom  to  the  motions  of  the  legs),  together  with 
the  unusually  large  size  of  the  thumb  and  claw, 
would  enable  the  bat,  as  I  should  imagine,  to  fix 
itself  with  great  security  on  the  body  of  the  horse. 
('  Zool.  of  Beagle,'  No.  1  of  Part  II.,  p.  2.) 

Fig.  1021  represents  the  skeleton  of  a  species  of 
vampire,  as  figured  by  De  Blainville. 

)0i6. — ^Thk  Trifouated  Megaderma 

(Megaderma  trifolium).  In  the  genus  Megaderma 
the  nose-leaf  is  simple  and  erect ;  the  wings  and 
ears  are  very  large ;  there  is  no  tail ;  incisor  teeth 
wanting.  The  Megaderma  trifolium  inhabits  Java, 
where  it  is  called  Lovo  by  the  natives:  b  represents 
the  skull  of  the  Megaderma  frons  of  Western 
Africa. 

Passing  to  the  second  tribe,  Rhinolophina,  we 
find  the  following  examples : 

1022. — The  Splendid  Horseshoe-Bat 

(Rlunolophui  itobilis,  Horsf.) ;  Hipposideros  nobilis. 
Gray.  This  fine  species,  a  native  of  Java,  is  called 
Kebbiak  by  the  Javanese.  The  nasal  apparatus 
consists  of  a  broad  membrane  stretching  transversely 
across  the  nose  in  form  of  a  shelf;  the  sides  are 
bounded  by  several  parallel  fold%  and  inferiorly  it 
constitutes  a  semicircular  envelope,  which  has  a 
short,  obtusely  rounded  point  in  the  middle.  Colour 
above,  piire  brown  ;  beneath,  brown,  variegated  with 
grey.  Fur  remarkably  long  and  silky,  and  supplied 
with  a  most  delicate  down  at  the  base,  so  as  to  be 
throughout  very  soft  to  the  touch.  Body  four  inches 
in  length.     Expansion  nineteen  inches  and  a  half. 

]02.3. — The  Tbrbe-toothbd  Horseshok-Bat 

{RMnolophm  tridem,  Geoff.)  ;  Hipposideros  tridens, 
Gray.  This  is  a  small  species,  found  in  great  numbers 
in  the  tombs  of  Egypt,  where  the  objects  of  ancient 
idolatry  are,  indeed,  given  "  to  the  bats,"  which  find 
in  the  recesses  and  chambers  of  temples  and  pyra- 
mids a  congenial  retreat. 

Of  the  third  tribe,  Vespertilionina,  the  following 
are  specimens: — 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[BATfl. 


1024.— GBOFfBOY's   NyCTKRIS 

{Nycterit  Geoffroyi).  We  have  already  alluded  to  ■ 
the  sensibility  with  which  the  integumenU  of  ttie  i 
baU  are  endowed ;  this,  however,  is  not  the  only 
peculiarity  to  be  noticed,  for  in  the  genus  Nycteris 
there  exists  a  power  of  inflation  to  such  a  degree, 
that  when  the  faculty  is  exerted,  the  animal  look^ 
according  to  Geoflroy,  like  a  little  balloon  fitted 
with  wings,  a  head,  and  feet.  The  subcutaneous 
tissue  is  the  part  inflated,  and  as  the  skin  adheres 
to  the  body  at  particular  points  only,  the  connexion 
being  by  means  of  loose  cellular  membrane,  spaces 
are  left  which  can  be  filled  with  air  at  the  will  of 
the  Nycteris,  through  the  cheek-pouches,  which  are 
perforated  at  the  bottom  so  as  to  communicate  with 
those  spaces.  When  the  Nycteris  wishes  to  inflate 
iU  skin,  it  draws  in  its  breath,  closes  its  nostrils,  and 
transmits  the  air  through  the  perforations  of  the 
cheek-pouches,  to  the  sul)cutancous  spaces,  and  the 
air  is  prevented  from  returning  by  the  action  ol  a 
sphincter,  which  closes  those  openings,  and  by 
valves  of  considerable  size  on  the  neck  and  back. 

The  characters  of  this  genus  may  be  thus  summed 
up:— a  deep  furrow  down  the  forehead;  nostrils 
covered  by  a  cartilaginous  moveable  lid;  interfe- 
moral  membrane  very  large,  comprehending  the 
tail,  which  terminates  in  a  little  bifid  cartilage: 

incisors,  -  ;  molars, :  ears  large,  united  at  their 

6  0 — i> 

base.  Geoffrey's  Nycteris  is  a  native  of  the  Thebaid 
and  Senegal. 

Fig.  10-25,  three  British  bats:  a,  the  Common  Bat 
(Vespertilio  pipistrellus)  ;  b,  the  Great  Bat  (V.  noc- 
tula)  ;  c.  the  Long-eared  Bat  (Plecotus  auntus). 
Fig.  1026  represents  the  head  and  skull  of  the  Ves- 
pertilio pipistrellus.  Fig.  1027,  the  head  and  skull 
of  the  Timor  Long-eared  Bat  (Plecotus  Tiniori- 
ensis)  :  b,  front  view  of  the  teeth ;  c,  profile  of  the 
skull ;  d.  profile  of  the  head. 

Of  tribe  4,  Noctilionina,  the  following  are  ex- 
amples : — 

1028. — The  Mauritius  Taphozocs 

(Taphozous  Mauritiamts).  In  the  genus  Taphozous 
there  are  no  incisor  teeth  on  the  upper  jaw.  Several 
species  are  known  ;  the  one  of  which  we  represent 
the  head  is  a  native  of  the  Mauritius. 

1029. — ^The  Leporine  Noctilio 

{Noctilio  leporinus).  Canines  very  strong;  muzzle 
short  and  swollun,  and  divided  and  studded  with 
fleshy  tubercles  or  warts;  nose  simple,  and  losing 
itself  in  the  lips;  ears  small  and  lateral;  interfc- 
moral membrane  very  much  developed ;  tail  enve- 

4 
loped  at  its  base.     Dental  formula  :—incisors,  —  ; 

1—1  ,        4—4       ^ 

canines,  j—: ;  molars,  ^—  =  28. 

Fig.  1029  :  a,  profile  of  head  ;  b,  profile  of  skull ; 
c,  front  view  of  muzzle  ;  d,  front  view  of  teeth. 

The  Noctilio  leporinus  is  of  the  size  of  a  rat.  Fur 
of  a  uniform  reddish-yellow.  This  is  the  Vespertilio 
leporinus  of  Gmelin ;  Noctilio  unicolor  of  Geoffroy. 
Localities— Brazil,  Peru,  and  Paraguay. 

1030. — ^TuE  Dusky  Molossus 

(Molossus  obscurus).  Head  short,  muzzle  swollen; 
ears  large  ;  earlet  external  :  interfcmoral  mem- 
brane straight,  with  a  square  termination ;  tail  long, 
enveloped  at  its  base,  and  most  frequently  free  at  its 

2 
extremity.    Dental  formula: — Incisors,-;  canines, 

J I  5 5 

;  molars, =  28.   The  geographical  distri- 

1 — 1  5 — 0 

bution  of  this  form  is  wide  :  Africa,  Asia,  and  South 
America  possess  it ;  but  the  species  which  are 
numerous  occur  principally  in  the  two  last-men- 
tioned localities. 

The  Molossus  obscurus  (Molossus  fumarius  of 
Spix  ;  Dysopes  obscurus  of  Temminck)  is  of  the  size 
of  the  Barbastelle  of  Europe.  Fur  composed  of 
hair  of  two  colours,  blackish-brown  above,  and  ash- 
brown  below.  Whiskers  at  the  border  of  the  lips. 
Length  about  three  inches  three  lines.  Expansion 
nine  inches.    Localities,  Brazil  and  Guiana. 

The  fifth  tribe,  Pteropina,  contains  the  follow- 
ing:— 

1031. — The  Amboyxa  Pteropus 
(Pteropus  Dvssumieri).     The   Roussettes,  Ternate 
Bats  or  Flying  Foxes  as  the  Pteropi  are  termed,  are, 
most  of  them,  of  large  size,  with  fox-like  heads  and 

,    ,    •         .1.         1  5—5       4—4 

a  vast  spread  of  wing ;  the  molars  are  - — -  or  -: — -, 

"^  o — 6        b — 6 

and  bluntly  tubercular;  the  tongue  is  short;  inter- 
femoral  membrane  very  little  developed.  Fig.  1032 
represents  the  skull  of  Kerauden's  Koussette.  The 
present  species  is  a  native  of  India  and  Amboyna, 


and  i»  of  large  size  ;  its  manners  closely  resemble 
those  of  the  kalong. 

1033,  1034,  1035.— The  Kalono 
(Pteropus  Javanicvs).     This  species,  which   mea- 
sures five  leet  in  the  spread  of  the  wings,  is  a  native 
of  Java.    The  upper  part  of  the  neck  is  smoky-red ; 
the  rest  of  the  fur  dull  black.     In  the  lower  parts  of 
Java  it  is  very  common,  and  lives  in  troops,  which 
do  not  appear  to  visit  the  more  elevated  districts. 
Numerous  individuals,  says  Dr.  Horsfield,  select  a 
large  tree  for  their  resort,  and,  suspending  them- 
selves by  the  claws  of  their  hind-limbs  to  the  naked 
branches,  often  in  companies  of  several  hundreds, 
afford  to  a  stranger  a  very  singular  spectacle.     A 
species  of  Ficus,  resembling  the  Ficus  religiosa  of 
India,  which  is  often  found  near  the  villages  of  the 
natives,  afibrds  them  a  very  lavourite  retreat,  and 
the  extended  branches  of  one  of  these  are  some- 
times covered  with  them.     They  pass  the  greater 
portion  of  the  day  in  sleep,  hiinging  motionless; 
ranged  in  succession  with  the  head  downwards,  the 
membrane  contracted  about  the  body  and  olten  in 
close  contact,  they  have  little  resemblance  to  living 
beings,  and  by  a  person  not  accustomed  to  their 
economy  are  readily  mistaken  for  a  part  of  the  tree, 
or  for  a  fruit  of  uncommon  size  suspended  from  its 
branches.     In  general  these   societies  preserve   a 
perfect  silence  during  the  day ;  but  if  they  are  dis- 
turbed, or  if  a  contention  arises  among  tliem,  they 
emit  sharp  piercing  shrieks,  and  their  awkward  ai- 
temjjts  to  extricate  themselves  when  oppressed  by 
the  light  of  the  sun  exhibit  a  ludicrous  spectacle. 
In  consequence  of  the  sharpness  of  their  claws,  their 
attachment  is  so  strong  that  they  cannot  readily 
leave  their  hold  without  the  assistance  of  the  ex- 
panded  membrane:  and  if  suddenly  killed  in  the 
natural  attitude  during  the  day,  they  continue  sus- 
pended after  death.     It  is  necessary,  therefore,  to 
oblige  them  to  take  wing  by  alarming  them,  if  it  be 
desired  to  obtain  them  during  the  day.    Soon  after 
sunset  they  gradually  quit  their  hold,  and  pursue 
their  nocturnal  flight  in  quest  of  food.     They  direct 
their  course,  by  an  unerring  instinct,  to  the  forests, 
villages,  and  plantations,  occasioning  incalculable 
mischief,  attacking  and  devouring  indiscriminately 
every  kind  of  fruit,  from  the  abundant  and  useful 
cocoa-nut  which    surrounds  the  dwelling   of   the 
meanest  peasantry,  to  the  rare  and  most  delicate 
productions  which  are    cultivated   with    care    by 
princes  and  chiefs  of  distinction.     By  the  latter,  as 
well  as  by  the  European  colonists,  various  methods 
are  employed  to  protect  the  orchards  and  gardens. 
Delicate  fruits,  such  as  mangoes,  jambus,  lansas,  &c., 
as  they  approach  to  maturity,  are  ingeniously  se- 
cured by  means  of  a  loose  net  or  basket,  skilfully 
constructed  of  split  bamboo.     Without  this  precau- 
tion, little  valuable  fruit  would  escape  the  ravages 
of  the  kalong.    There  are  few  situations  in  the  lower 
parts  of  Java  in  which  this  night -wanderer  is  not 
constantly  observed  :  as  soon  as  the  light  of  the  sun 
has  retired,  one  animal  is  seen  to  follow  the  other  at 
a  small  but  irregular  distance,  and  this  succes.sion 
continues  uninterrupted  till  darkness  obstructs  the 
view.    The  flight  of  the  kalong  is  slow  and  steady, 
pursued  in  a  straight  line,  and  capable  of  long  con- 
tinuance.   The   chace   of  the  kalong  forms  occa- 
sionally an  amusement  of  the  colonists  and  inha- 
bitants during  the  moonlight  nights,  which  in  the 
latitude  of  Java  are   uncommonly  serene.     He   is 
watched  in  his  descent  to  the  fruit-trees,  and  a  dis- 
charge  of  small   shot   readily   brings   him   to   the 
ground.     By  this  means   I  frequently  obtained  four 
or  five  individuals  in  the  course  of  an  hour. 

1036.— Pallas's  Molccca  Bat 
{Harpyia  PallasU).  The  genus  Harpyia  of  Illiger 
(not  of  Cuvier)  differs  in  having  the  wings  arising 
from  the  centre  of  the  back;  the  lips  thick,  and  the 
head  broad  and  short;  index  finger  clawed.  The 
Harpyia  Pallasii  (Cephalotes  Pallasii,  Geoffioy)  is  a 
native  of  the  Moluccas.  It  measures  two  feet  in  the 
expansion   of  the  wings.     The   dental   formula  is 

2  1—1  ,        4 — 1 

thus :— Incisors,  -  ;  canines,  - — - ;  molars,  - — ;. 

Of  the  habits  of  this  species  we  have  no  details. 
It  may  surprise  some  to  learn  that  fourteen  dis- 
tinct species,  referable  respectively  to  the  genera 
Rhinolophus,  Barbastellus,  Plecotus,  Vespertilio, 
and  Scotophilus,  are  indigenous  in  our  island. 
Of  these,  however,  several  are  extremely  rare 
and  restricted  to  certain  localities;  but  some,  as 
the  Piptslrelle  (Vespertilio  Pipistrellus,  Geoifr. ; 
Scotophilus  communis,  Gray),  the  long-cared  bat 
(Plecotus  auritus),  are  everywhere  abundant.  Nor 
is  the  Great  Bat  (Vespertilio  Noctula,  Schreb. ; 
Scotophilus  Noctula,  Gray)  of  unfrequeut  occur- 
rence. 

For  an  account  of  the  habits  and  manners  of  out 
British  bats,  we  may  here  refer  to  the  '  Penny 
Magazine'  for  January,  1843,  where  the  reader  will 
find  some  interesting  details. 


Shrews.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


231 


ORDER  INSECTIVORA. 

The  animals  ol'  this  order,  as  the  name  implies,  are 
siiecially    appointed  to    check  the    overwhelmmg 
increase  of  the  insect  world,  to  assist  m  the  work  ot 
warfare  against  hordes  of  beings  individually  insig- 
niticant,  but  which,  if  permitted  to  multiply  uncon- 
trolled, would  render  the  labours  of  many  truitless. 
Insects,    and    especially  their  larvs,  with    slugs, 
worms,  and  other  creeping  things,  constitute  their 
food.     It  is  not  among  the  Insectivora  that  we  are 
to  look  for  the  powerful,  the  fierce,  and  the  territic. 
Timid  little    creatures,    they  neither  alarm  us    by 
their  presence,    nor    force    themselves  upon    our 
notice  by  their  powers  or  ferocity.     Of  unobtrusive 
habits,  they  elude  our  cursory  observation,     ihey 
flee  from  our  approach,  and  they  remain  in  con- 
cealment till   man  withdraws  from  his  labours  in 
the  evening,  and  leaves  field  and  woodland  to  their 
revels  and    enjoyments.    Hence    it  is  that   their, 
manners  and  instincts  are  neither  very  generally 
not  very  detinitely  understood.     It  is  true   hat  the 
structure  of  their  teeth,  of  which  the  molars  are 
crowned  with  sharp  elevations,  declare  the  nature  ot 
their  food,  at  least  to  the  eye  of  the  naturalist— and 
that  of  many,  as  the  mole,  their  general  organization 
would  lead  us  to  infer  certain  modes  ol  hie  ;  but 
beyond  these  points,  the  observation  of  the  animals 
themselves,  living  and  in  the  enjoyment  ol  Ireedom, 
must  instruct  us  for  by  this  alone  can  their  nicer 
instinctive  peculiarities  be  ascertained. 

1037,  1038.— The  Common  Shkew 

(Sorexte  tragonunts).  Sorex  araneus.  Bell ;  but  not 
of  the  continental  authors.  The  Shrews  (genus 
Sorex,  divided  by  Duvernoy  into  three  subgenera, 
viz.  Sorex,  Hydrosorex,  Amphisorex)  constitute  a 
numerous  group  of  little  animals,  still  in  much  con- 
fusion, partly  owing  tothe  difficulty  of  determining 
the  species,  and  partly  to  the  contrary  speci&c  titles 
which  have  been  given  to  many  of  the  European 
species  by  British  and  continental  naturalists;  the 
latter  points,  indeed,  have  been  recently  cleared  up 
by  the  Rev.  L.  Jenyns,  who  has  also  added  some 
new  s|)ecies  to  the  British  list. 

In  the  genus  Sore.\,  including  the  subgenera,  the 

2 
dentition  is  as  follows :— Middle  incisors,  -; 

3—3 


lateral 


incisors,  or  false  molars  (in  Sorex),  - — -   or 


4—4 
4=4' 

■i— D  4 — 4 

(in  Hydrosorex),    1-^  ;  (in  Amphisorex),    ^— ^  ; 

The  true  or  middle 


5—5 


0—0         ,         •* — * 
canines,  j^-g;  molars,  ^-^ 


incisors  are  much  produced  ;  the  upper  ones  are 
curved  and  notched  at  the  base  ;  the  lower  ones  are 
almost  horizontal,  with  a  smooth  edge  in  Sorex,  a 
denticulated  edge  in  Hydrosorex,  and  a  smooth 
edge;  but  in  this  subgenus  the  two  first  false 
molars  above  are  of  equal  size,  while  in  Sorex  they 
diminish  rapidly  in  size  from  the  iirst  to  the  last. 
Fig.  1039  represents  the  dentition  of  a  species  of 
shrew  taken  in  the  Mauritius,  six  times  larger  than 
nature. 

The  Shrews  may  be  known  by  their  long,  taper, 
moveable  snout,  their  velvety  fur,  and  their  ex- 
tremely minute  eyes,  almost  hidden  in  the  surround- 
ing hairs ;  the  ears  are  small  and  close ;  the  tail 
moderately  long,  and  a  musky  odour  is  exhaled 
from  small  glandular  oritices,  surrounded  by  stiff 
close  hairs,  situated  on  the  sides  of  the  body.  This 
odour  renders  the  shrews  distasteful  to  the  cat 
(though  the  latter  readily  destroys  them),  but  not 
to  weasels,  hawks,  or  owls,  which  are  great  enemies 
to  these  little  nocturnal  insectivora. 

The  common  shrew  is  of  a  reddish  mouse-colour, 
paler  beneath ;  the  tail  is  quadrangular  in  adults, 
rather  shorter  than  the  body,  and  not  ciliated 
beneath.  Length  of  head  and  body,  two  inches 
seven  lines  ;  of  the  tail,  one  inch  ten  lines. 

This  little  animal  is  common  in  our  island,  fre- 
quenting tufted  banks,  hedge  rows,thickets,gardens, 
farm-yards,  &c.,and  feeding  on  worms,  and  insects, 
caterpillars,  &c.,  after  which  it  grubs  with  its  long 
pointed  snout  among  the  close  herbage  or  under 
the  sott  loose  soil.  It  is  very  impatient  of  hunger, 
and  extremely  pugnacious,  two  seldom  meeting 
without  engaging  in  combat ;  and  if  two  be  con- 
fined together  in  a  box,  the  weaker  falls  a  prey  to 
the  stronger,  and  is  soon  partially  devoured.  Many 
are  killed  and  eaten  by  the  mole,  and  in  August 
numbers  are  often  found  dead  in  the  lanes,  and 
pathways  across  the  fields,  but  to  what  cause  their 
destruction  is  owing,  at  the  season  in  question,  is 
not  very  apparent.  As  was  the  case  with  the 
hedgehog  and  some  other  animals,  superstition  and 
ignorance  have  attributed  the  most  baneful  pro- 
perties to  the  shrew ;  it  was  supposed  by  our  an- 
cestors to  paralyze  the. limbs  of  cattle  by  merely 
creeping  over  them,  afflicting  them  with  excruci- 
ating torments,  and  to  poison  them  by  its  bite. 
Aristotle,  Pliny,   and   Agricola  also  attribute  poi- 


sonous effects  to  the  bite  of  the  shrew,  which,  as 
they  assert,  produces  tumours  and  ulcerations.  Agii- 
cola  states  that  the  Latins  called  the  animal  miis 
araneus  from  its  injecting  venom  into  the  wound  it 
makes,  as  does  the  spider  (aranea),  and  he  notices  the 
characters  of  the  teeth,  and  quadrifid  figure  of  the 
wound  they  inflict,  adding  that  in  warm  regions  the 
wound  is  generally  pestiferous,  but  not  in  cold 
climates:  his  remedial  prescription  is  to  place  the 
body  of  the  shrew  cut  asunder  on  the  injured  part. 
Among  our  ancestors  the  remedies  were  to  make 
the  person  or  animal  pass  through  the  arch  of  a 
bramble  rooted  at  both  ends,  or  to  apply  to  the 
limbs  of  suff'ering  cattle  the  twigs  or  leaves  of  a 
shrew-ash,  that  is  an  ash  into  the  trunk  of  which  a 
deep  hole  had  been  bored,  and  a  poor  devoted 
shrew  plugged  in  alive. 

The  voice  of  the  shrew  is  a  shrill,  feeble,  chirring 
cry,  which  may  be  often  heard  when  the  animal 
is  unseen :  we  have  known  persons  whose  ears  were 
unable  to  catch  it,  however  attentively  they  have 
listened,  though  of  other  tones  they  were  perfectly 
susceptible. 

The  shrew  makes  long  superficial  burrows  in 
banks  and  among  the  roots  of  trees  and  brushwood  ; 
the  female  makes  a  nest  in  her  retreat  of  soft 
herbage,  with  an  aperture  at  the  sides  ;  she  breeds 
in  the  spring,  producing  from  five  to  seven  young. 

10-10. — Three  Bkitish  Shrews. 

This  plate  represents  three  British  Shrews  :  a,  the 
Oared  Shrew  (Sorex  remifer,  Geoff. ;  Sorex  eiliatus, 
Sowerby)  ;  b,  the  Water-Shrew  (Sorex  fodiens, 
Gmelin,  not  of  Duvernoy  nor  of  modern  continental 
authors;  Sorex  bicolor,  Shaw)  ;  and c,  the  Common 
Shrew  which  we  have  described  (Figs.  1037  and 
1038).  ^.     ^ 

The  water-shrew  is  nearly  black  above,  white  be- 
neath, the  colours  being  abruptly  separated  ;  the 
sides  cf  the  feet  and  the  under  surface  of  the  tail 
are  ciliated  or  fringed  with  long,  stift',  white  hairs. 
Length  of  head  and  body,  three  inches  and  three 
lines  ;  of  the  tail,  two  inches  one  line. 

This  elegant  little  animal  is  aquatic  in  its  habits, 
frequenting  clear  fresh-water  ditches  and  brooks, 
in  the  banks  of  which  it  makes  extensive  burrows  ; 
it  swims  and  dives  with  great  address,  the  sides 
being  spread  out,  the  belly  flattened,  and  the  tail 
extended  as  a  rudder.  When  diving,  the  black 
velvety  coat  of  the  animal  appears  as  if  beautifully 
silvered,  from  the  innumerable  bubbles  of  air  that 
cover  it.  These  are  pressed  out  of  tlie  fur,  which 
repels  the  water,  the  animal  being  quite  dry  when 
it  emerges.  It  has  the  power  of  completely  closing 
the  orifices  of  the  ears,  so  as  to  exclude  the 
water  while  beneath  the  surface.  The  food  of 
the  water-shrew  consists  of  insects,  the  larvae  of 
ephemera;,  and  perhaps  the  ova  of  fishes  ;  in  quest 
of  these  it  swims  and  dives  or  grubs  in  the  mud  with 
its  snout.  These  little  water-shrews  form  colonies 
in  certain  spots,  making  runs  or  tracks  along  the 
banks,  leading  from  their  subterranean  dwellings 
to  the  water ;  when  two  meet  in  these,  or  while 
swimming  about,  they  utter  their  shrill,  feeble, 
querulous  cry,  perhaps  a  token  of  recognition.  The 
water-shrew,  though  only  recognised  as  a  native  of 
our  island  within  the  last  few  years,  is  not  uncom- 
mon in  most  of  our  counties,  and  has  been  captured 
in  Scotland  and  Devonshire. 

The  oared  shrew  is  closely  allied  to  the  water- 
shrew,  and  appears  to  have  the  same  aquatic  habits. 
The  tail  is  quadrangular,  and  compressed  towards 
the  apex,  and  is  ciliated  on  the  under  surface  ;  the 
feet  are  strongly  ciliated  ;  the  body  is  black  above, 
greyish  black  below  ;  the  throat  is  of  a  yellowish  co- 
four.  Itisofabout  the  size  of  the  former.  Fig.  1041 
represents  the  under  surface  of  the  hinder  feet  of— 
a,  the  common  shrew ;  b,  the  water-shrew ;  c,  the 
oared  shrew. 

1042. — Thb  Desmak 

(Ml/gale  moscJiala).  Biesamratze  of  the  Germans; 
Wychozol  of  the  Russians.  The  genus  Mygale, 
Cuv.  (Myogalla.  Fischer;  Castor  moschatus,  Linn.), 
presents  us  with  the  following  dental  characters  :— 
t  2.0-0,         10—10 

Incisors,   -  ;    canines,    -— -  ;    molars, 
8  O — 'J 


7—7 


of 


The  desman  measures  upwards  of  ten  inches  iji 
the  length  of  the  head  and  body,  that  of  the  tail 
being  seven  (from  specimen  in  Paris  Museum). 
This  beaver-like  aquatic  shrew  is  abundant  in  the 
lakes  and  rivers  of  Southern  Russia,  feeding  on 
worms,  aquatic  insects,  fish,  and  especially  leeches, 
which  it  searches  for  in  the  mud  at  the  bottom  of 
the  water  with  its  long  flexible  snout.  Its  burrow 
is  deeply  hollowed  out  in  steep  overhanging  banks, 
the  entrance  being  below  the  level  of  the  water, 
whence  it  rises  gradually,  so  as  never  to  be  filled 
during  the  highest  floods.  The  desman  seldom 
comes  on  shore  voluntarily,  but  is  often  captured  in 
the  nets  of  the  fishermen  ;  and  it  is  frequently  seen 
swimming  about  or  diving  in  pursuit  of  prey.  It 
exhales  a  strong  musky  odour,  the  secretion  of  small 
glandular  follicles  at  the  root  of  Xhe  tail ;  and  this 
flavour  of  musk  it  communicates  to  pikes  and  other 
fishes  vi'hich  prey  upon  it,  rendering  their  flesh  dis- 
gusting. 

1044. — The  Cape  Elephant-Shrew 

(Macroscelides  typiats).  Allied  to  the  shrews  are 
some  little  animals  peculiar  to  Africa,  constituting 
the  genus  Macroscelides  of  Dr.  A.  Smith.  They  are 
called  elephant-mice  or  elephant-shrews,  from  the 
proboscis-like  form  of  the  snout ;  but  the  scientific 
name  bears  reference  to  the  jerboa-like  elongation 
of  the  hinder-limbs.     The  dentition  is  as  follows  -.-^ 

2 _2 

Incisors,  -— ^ ;  false  molars  (called  canines  by  Dr. 


the  molars  the  first  seven  on  each  side  above,  and 
the  first  four  below,  are  false;  between  the  two 
large  incisors  below,  are  two  minute  teeth,  and  the 
two  upper  incisors  are  flattened  and  triangular. 
See  Fig.  1043  for  the  teeth  of  the  upper-jaw.  In 
these  animals  the  snout  is  elongated  into  a  flexible 
proboscis  furrowed   down  the  middle,  which  they 

.  are  incessantly  turning  about ;  the  tail  is  long,  thick, 

j  scaly,  and  conpressed  at  the  sides;  the  eyes  are 
very  small ;  external  ears  wanting :  the  fur  is  full 

\  deep,  soft,  and  glossy,  like  that  of  the  beaver;  the 
feet  are  broad  and  completely  webbed,  toes  five  in 

]  number.  Two  species  are  known,  both  aquatic  in 
their  habits:  the  one  is  the  desman  or  musk-rat  of 
Russia ;  the  other,  a  smaller  species,  is  found  in  the 

I  Pyrenees. 


2-2 

4—4 


,         5—5 

molars,    . 

5—5 


Fig.   1045  shows  the 


Smith),— ^, 

skull  and  teeth  of  Macroscelides :  a,  upper  surface 
of  the  skull,  natural  size;  b,  profile;  c,  lower  jaw; 

d,  under  surface  of  the  skull,  twice  the  natural  size  \ 

e,  the  lower  jaw,  twice  the  natural  size.  The  nostrils 
are  at  the  apex  of  the  proboscis  ;  the  eyes  are 
moderate;  the  ears  large  and  rounded;  the  tail 
rather  long,  and  like  that  of  a  mouse.  Feet  five- 
toed.  The  Cape  elephant-shrew  (Macroscelides 
typicus)  is  the  Sorex  araneus  maximus  of  Petever. 
The  fur  is  soft  and  long ;  the  general  colour  is  red- 
dish-brown, clouded  on  the  back  with  a  darker  tint, 
the  under  surface  white :  the  ears  nearly  naked  ; 
whiskers  long :  length  of  head  and  body,  three  inches 
and  three-quarters;  of  tail,  three  inches  and  a 
quarter. 

This  curious  animal  inhabits  open  plains,  and  lives 
in  burrows  under  ground,  the  passage  to  which  runs 
for  some  distance  almost  perpendicularly  down- 
wards. During  the  day  it  seeks  its  food,  and  may 
be  seen  basking  in  the  heat  of  the  sun,  sitting  erect 
on  its  hinder  legs  in  the  full  glare  of  the  rays. 
When  disturbed,  it  flies  immediately  to  its  subterra- 
nean retreat,  and  with  such  velocity,  that  it  is  im- 
possible to  make  out  its  form  or  general  appearance 
as  it  skims  along.  It  feeds  upon  insects.  Six  or 
seven  species  are  known,  peculiar  to  South  Africa ; 
and  one  a  native  of  Algiers. 

1046. — The  Solenodoit 

(Solenodon  paradoxus).  The  genus  Solenodon  of 
Brandt  ('  Mem.  de  I'Acad.  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de 
St.  Petersbourg,'  tome  ii.,  livr.  36me,  1833)  contains,, 
as  far  as  yet  known,  only  one  species,  an  animal 
peculiar  to  Hayti,  where  it  is  known  under  the 
name  of  Agouta.  Allied  in  many  respects  to  the 
genera  Sorex  and  Mygale,  in  the  character  of  the 
ears,  the  fur,  and  the  tail  it  resembles  the  opossums. 
(Didelphis).  Its  dentition  approximates  the  most 
nearly  to  that  of  Mygale.  In  size  the  Solenodon  ex- 
ceeds a  rat ;  its  snout  is  lengthened  into  a  slender 
naked  proboscis,  at  the  tip  of  which  are  the  nos- 
trils with  a  furrow  between  them ;  the  ears  are 
moderate  and  rounded  ;  the  fur  is  coarse  and  long, 
and  of  a  yellowish  red ;  from  the  lips  and  cheeks 
proceed  slender  whiskers  of  great  length ;  the 
limbs  are  stout ;  the  toes,  five  on  each  foot,  armed 
with  large  hooked  claws ;  the  tail  is  long,  rat-like, 
and  scaly,  being  destitute  of  hairs.     Dentition  as 

follows :— Incisors,     - ;    false   molars,     ;    true 

o  6 — 6 

Q Q 

molars,  - — -.    The  two  middle  incisors  of  the  upper 
o — o 

jaw  are  remarkable  for  their  size  and  the  distance 
between  them  and  the  succeeding  incisors;  they 
are  compressed,  pointed,  and  perpendicular.  The 
zygomatic  arch  is  incomplete,  as  in  the  shrews 
(Sorext),  the  Tanrecs  (Centetes),  the  Echinops,  &c. 
Fig.  1047  represents  the  skull  and  dentition  of  the 
solenodon:  a,  skull  of  solenodon  (profile);  b,  seen 
from  above  ;  c,  seen  from  below ;  d,  mandible  or 
lower  jaw  ;  e,  anterior  part  of  the  intermaxillary 
bone,  with  the  two  anterior  incisor  teeth ;  /,  anterior 
surface  of  an  anterior  upper  incisor  tooth ;  g,  ante- 
rior parts  of  the  manclible,  with  the  four  anterior 
incisor  teeth ;  h,  the  crown  of  a  second  or  middle 
incisor  tooth  of  the  mandible,  seen  on  its  internal 
surface,  and  exhibiting  its  triangular  canal.  The 
foregoing  figures  are  nearly  of  the  natural  size. 
,-,  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw  seen  laterally;  i,   ],  nat. 


X\.vi  ' 


l.~.*olendoa. 


1041 ^Drano. 


1049.— ShiDw- Mule. 


^^•^•••.'  ^^ 


•■It-  f  ■ ' 


1040.— Btitbh  Shnws. 


1045.-Skull  md  Teeth  of  Ckpe  Ecphint  Shrew. 


>r^^ 


lOil.— Mole. 


1050.— Tieth  of  Shrew-Moio. 


1044.— Cmpe  Elephnnt-Shrew. 


232 


1047.— Skull  and  Teeth  of  Solenodon. 

No.  30. 


1068.— Cape  Clirysoch'ore. 

[THE  iMUSEUM  OF  ANIM.ITED  NATURE.] 


li.'59, — Slar-nosed  Mole; 


S84 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


IM0LE9. 


•iie ;  2,  2,  matniified.  (Brandt.)  Fig  1048,  a,  the 
fore-loot  of  solunodon,  upper  surface  ;  b,  hinj-foot, 
upper  surface. 

Of  the  habits  of  the  solenodon  little  is  known  :  iU 
itroni;  claws  and  pointed  snout,  the  base  of  which  i* 
supported  by  a  stylet  of  bone,  denote  it  to  be  a  bur- 
rowinK  animal.  An  imperfect  skin,  in  the  museum 
of  the  Zoolou'ical  Society,  was  sent  by  Mr.  Hearne 
from  Hayti,  who  thus  writes  respecting  it :— "  The 
only  qiiaJmped,  I  believe,  found  on  the  island  on 
the  landing  of  Columbus  was  the  agouta,  a  little 
larger  than,  and  somewhat  resembling  a  rat,  with 
an  equally  long  tail  and  a  longer  snout,  whose  food 
is  chii'fly  grain,  although  the  animal  is  carnivorous 
also :  its  hair  is  red.  I  had  one  alive,  intended  for 
the  Society,  but  it  received  a  wound  from  a  cat,  of 
which  it  died."    ('  Zool.  Proceeds.,'  1835,  p.  105.) 

1049.— The  Shrew-Molb 

{Scalopt  canadensis,  Desm.) ;  Sorex  aquaticus, 
Linn. ;  Scalops  aquaticus,  Fischer.  The  ammals  of 
this  genus  are  peculiar  to  North  America.  Their 
form  is  mole-like  ;  the  eyes  are  minute  in  the  ex- 
treme, and  scarcely  to  be  discovered  ;  there  are  no 
external  ears:  the  fur  is  velvety ;  the  fore-paws, 
like  those  of  the  mole,  are  adapted  for  burrowing; 

2 
the  tail  is  short :  the  teeth  are — incisors,  ^  ;    molars, 

ioEio'  "''  »<"<=<'r<ling  to  F.  Cuvier,  g^.  See  Fig. 
1050.  The  snout  is  long,  tapering,  flexible,  and 
with  a  terminal  disc. 

The  Canada  shrew-mole  measures  about  seven 
inches  and  a  half  long,  exclusive  of  the  tail,  which 
is  one  inch  and  a  half.  The  general  colour  is 
brownish- black.  It  inhabits  the  banks  of  the  Co- 
lumbia and  the  adjoining  coasts  of  the  Pacific. 

According  to  Dr.  Richardson,  the  shrew-mole  re- 
sembles the  common  European  mole  as  much  in 
habits  as  in  form,  forming  galleries,  throwing  up 
mounds,  and  feeding  on  worms  and  grubs.  Dr. 
Godman  states  that  these  animals  are  most  active  in 
the  morning,  at  midday,  and  in  the  evening,  coming 
daily  to  the  surface,  when  in  their  natural  state,  at 
noon,  at  which  time  they  may  be  taken  by  driving 
a  spade  beneath  them  and  throwing  them  on  the 
ground ;  but  they  are  not  easily  taken  at  any  other 
part  of  the  day.  They  burrow  in  a  variety  of  soils, 
but  in  wet  seasons  retire  to  the  high  grounds.  An 
individual  kept  in  confinement  by  Mr.  T.  Peale,  fed 
largely  on  fresh  meat,  cooked  or  raw  ;  drank  freely, 
was  lively  and  playful,  and  would  follow  the  hand 
of  its  feeder  by  scent ;  it  would  then  burrow  for  a 
short  distance  in  loose  earth,  and  after  driving  a 
circle,  return  for  more  food.  It  employed  its  flex- 
tible  snout  in  a  singular  manner  whilst  it  was  eating, 
doubling  it  down,  like  a  proboscis,  upon  its  food,  so 
as  to  direct  and  force  it  into  the  mouth.  An  allied 
species  (Scalops  Townsendii)  is  a  native  of  Cali- 
fornia, and  another  (Scalops  Pennsylvanicus,  Har- 
lan) is  found  in  Pennsylvania. 

1051,  1052.— Thb  Common  Mole 

(Talpa  Europeea).  Mouldwarp  and  Mouldiwarp ; 
Want  in  Dorsetshire  and  Devonshire ;  Wand,  Old 
Danish ;  Vond,  Norwegian ;  Maulwerf,  German ; 
Mol,  Dutch  ;  Muldvarp,  modern  Danish  ;  Mulvard 
and  Surk,  Swedish ;  La  Taiipe,  French ;  Talpa, 
Latin  and  modem  Italian  ;  Topo,  Spanish ;  Tou- 
peiro,  Portuguese ;  Gwadd  and  Twrch  daear,  an- 
cient British. 

We  need  not  say  that  the  mole  is  a  miner,  living 
an  almost  exclusively  subterranean  life,  ever  pursu- 
ing its  prey  through  the  soil,  and  working  out  long 
galleries  in  the  chace.  In  accordance  with  its 
destined  habits  is  the  whole  of  its  structural  deve- 
lopment. The  body  is  cylindrical  and  compact ; 
the  snout  prolonged  and  pointed;  the  limbs  very 
short ;  the  anterior  pair  present  a  thick,  contracted 
arm,  terminating  in  broad  solid  paws,  with  five 
lingers  scarcely  divided,  and  armed  with  strong  flat 
nails.  The  toumure  of  these  scrapers,  for  such  they 
are,  gives  them  an  obliquely  outward  position,  and 
facilitates  their  use  as  scooping  instruments,  by 
which  the  soil  is  not  only  dug  up,  but  thrown  back- 
wards at  each  stroke,  and  that  with  great  energy. 
The  hinder  limbs  are  small,  and  the  feet  feeble  in 
comparison  with  the  anterior  scrapers ;  while  the 
body  tapers  to  them  from  the  chest  and  shoulders, 
so  the  hinder  quarters  offer  no  impediment  to  the 
animal's  progress  through  its  narrow  galleries.  The 
fur,  moreover,  is  such  as  best  befits  a  subterranean 
dweller — it  is  extremely  close,  fine,  short,  and 
smooth,  and  resembles  the  nap  of  black  velvet. 
There  is  no  external  conch  to  the  organs  of  hear- 
ing, the  sense  of  which  is  acute  in  the  extreme  ;  a 
simple  auditory  opening,  capable  of  being  closed 
or  dilated  at  pleasure,  leads  to  the  internal  appa- 
latus,  which  is  eff'ectually  defended  from  the  intru- 
sion of  particles  of  earth  or  sand.  At  a  cursory 
glance  the  mole  appears  to  be  destitute  of  eyes  ; 
they  are  however  not  wanting,  though  very  small, 


and  buried  in  the  fur.    A  limited  power  of  vision  is  | 
sufficient  for  this  dweller  in  the  dark  ;   the   mole,  | 
however,  can  see  better  than  might   be  imagined.  | 
By  a  peculiar  muscular  contrivance  it  is  capable  of  1 
bringing  forward,  or  of  drawing  in,  the    eye— and 
this,  when  withdrawn,  is  enveloped  in  and  defended 
by  the  close  fur  ;  so  that,  as  is  the  case  with  the  ear, 
no  particles  of  earth  can  injure  it.     We  have  said 
that  the  sense  of  hearing  is  exquisite ;  and  to  it  the 
mole   trusts    for    warning    on    the    approach     of 
danger : — 

"  Prny  yoa,  tread  tofUy,  that  lite  blind  mole  may  nut 
llcara  fuut  (all.'* — s'uakapekk. 

But  the  sense  of  smell  is  equally  delicate  ;  and  by 
this  it  is  guided  in  its  search  for  foo<l.  It  bores  its 
long  sharp  nose  in  the  earth  as  it  traverses  its  gal- 
leries, and  immediately  detects  worms  and  the  larvae 
of  insects,  which  constitate  its  chief  food.  Nor  is 
the  feeling  of  this  part  at  a  low  ratio  ;  it  is,  on  the 
contrary,  very  acute  and  susceptible,  and  aids  the 
sense  of  smell  in  the  procuring  of  food.  The 
pointed  snout  is,  indeed,  a  finger-like  organ  of 
prehension,  as  well  as  a  boring  instrument.  The 
general  skin  of  the  body  is  strong  and  tough,  and 
not  easily  lorn  or  lacerated. 

The  osseous  and  muscular  development  of  the 
mole  exhibits  a  perfect  correspondence  with  its  ex- 
ternal characters  and  the  perfection  of  its  senses. 
The  great  development  of  the  skeleton  (Fig.  1053)  is 
anteriorly,  namely,  in  the  bones  of  the  shoulders, 
arms,  and  chest.  The  skull  (Fig.  1054)  is  depressed 
above,  elongated,  and  pointed  ;  and  the  snout,  con- 
tinued beyond  the  maxillary  and  nasal  bones,  is  sup- 
ported by  a  little  additional  bone,  produced  by  the 
ossification  of  the  cartilage.  Its  boring  faculties  are 
rendered  still  more  effective  by  the  ossified  condi- 
tion of  the  ligament  of  the  neck,  which  passes  liom 
the  back  of  the  skull,  down  the  cervical  vertebrae, 
and  which  in  other  animals  is  elastic.  The  teeth 
are  small,  exhibiting  a  decidedly  insectivorous  cha- 
racter, the  molars  being  crowned  with  sharp-pointed 
tubercles  or  eminences.     (See  Fig.  1055.) 

It  would  appear  that  the  subterranean  labours  of 
the  mole  are  exerted  in  the  accomplishment  of  very 
ditferent  objects.  Each  mole  may  be  said  to  have 
its  own  district  or  manor,  its  hunting-ground,  and 
its  lodges ;  and  this  ground  is  traversed  by  high- 
road tunnels,  through  which  it  travels   from  one 

I  part  to  another,  all  branching  oif  from  a  central 
fortress  — its  ordinary  residence,  which  is,  however, 

j  not  only  distinct,  but  olten  remote  from  the  chamber 
in  which  the  nest  is  made  and  the  young  reared. 
We  will  begin  by  describing  the  fortress  or  ordinary 
domicile  (Fig.  1056).— This  fortress  is  constructed 
under  a  hillock  of  considerable  size  (not  one  of 
those  ordinarily  thrown  up  every  night,  indicating 
its  hunting  excursions),  and  raised  in  some  secure 
place,  where  a  high  bank,  the  roots  of  a  tree,  or  the 
base  of  a  wall,  afford  protection.  The  earth  forming 
this  mound  is  well  compacted  together,  and  made 
solid  by  the  labours  of  the  architect ;  and  within 
this  firm-set  mound  is  a  complex  arrangement  of 
galleries  and  passages  of  coniuiunication.  Firet,  a 
circular  gallery  occupies  the  upper  portion  of  the 
mound,  and  this  communicates  by  means  of  five 
descending  passages  with  another  gallery  at  the  base 
of  the  mound,  enclosing  a  larger  area.  These  pas- 
sages are  nearly  at  equal  distances.  Within  the 
area  of  this  lower  gallery  is  a  chamber,  not  imme- 
diately communicating  with  it,  but  with  the  upper 
fallery,  by  three  abruptly  descending  tunnels, 
"his  chamber  is  the  dormitory  of  the  mole.  From 
the  basal  gallery  opens  a  high-road  tunnel,  which  is 
carried  out  in  a  direct  line  to  the  extent  of  the  manor 
over  which  the  individual  presides,  and  from  the  bot- 
tom of  the  central  chamber  a  passage  descends,  and 
then  sweeping  upwards  joins  this  main  road  at  a  little 
distance  from  the  hillock  ;  so  that  the  mole  can 
enter  the  high-road  either  from  its  dormitory  or 
from  the  basal  gallery.  Besides  the  high-road,  eight 
or  nine  other  tunnels  are  carried  out  from  the  basal 
gallery ;  they  are  of  greater  or  less  extent,  and 
wind  round  more  or  less  irregularly,  opening  into 
the  high-road  at  various  distances  from  the  hillock  : 
these  irreguJar  tunnels  the  mole  is  continually  ex- 
tending in  quest  of  prey ;  throwing  up  the  soil 
above  the  turf,  through  holes  which  it  makes  for 
the  purpose,  and  which  form  the  ordinary  mole- 
hills which  we  often  see  crowded  thickly  together. 
The  high  or  main  road  exceeds  in  diameter  the 
body  of  the  mole,  and  is  solid  and  well-trodden, 
with  smooth  sides  ;  its  depth  varies,  according  to 
the  quality  of  the  soil,  instinct  directing  the  little 
excavator  in  his  work.  Ordinarily  it  is  five  or  six 
inches  below  the  surface,  but  when  carried  under  a 
streamlet  or  pathway  it  is  often  a  foot  and  a  half 
beneath.  It  sometimes  happens  that  the  mole  will 
drive  two  or  more  additional  high- roads  in  order  to 
the  extention  of  its  operations  ;  and  one  high-road 
occasionally  serves  several  moles,  which,  however, 
never  trespass  on  each  other's  preserves.  They 
often  meet  in  these  roads,  which  will  not  admit  of 
two  passing  at  the  same  time  ;  one  therefore  must 


retreat,  but  when  two  males  thus  come  into  collision 
they  frequently  attack  each  other,  the  weaker  fall- 
ing a  victim  in  the  combat.  The  alleys  opening 
from  the  sides  of  the  high-road  are  generally  in- 
clined downwards  with  a  gradual  slope,  and  then 
at  the  termination  of  these  the  mole  excavates 
branch  alleys,  upheaving  mole-hills,  as  it  works  on- 
wards in  pursuit  of  prey.  This,  however,  is  not 
invariably  the  case,  but  rather  where  prey  is  abun- 
dant in  rich  soils  :  where  the  soil  is  barren,  the  mole 
is  constantly  driving  fresh  alleys;  these  in  winter 
are  carried  deep  down  to  where  the  worms  have 
pierced  their  way  beyond  the  line  to  which  the 
frost  penetrates  ;  for,  be  it  observed,  the  mole  does 
not  hybernale,  but  is  as  active  during  winter  as  in 
spring  or  summer,  though  the  results  of  his  opera- 
tions are  less  manifest.  In  soft  rich  soils,  where 
the  worms  are  among  the  roots  of  the  turf,  the  mole, 
as  may  be  often  noticed,  drives  very  superficial  runs 
in  the  pursuit  of  then  >  'hese  runs  are  lo  be  seen 
where  a  thin  layer  of  richly  manured  soil  overlays 
a  stratum  of  gravel:  in  fact,  the  depth  of  these 
alleys  is  always  determined  by  the  quality  of  the 
soil  and  consequent  situation  of  the  worms.  With 
respect  I o  the  nest  of  the  female,  it  is  generally  con- 
structed at  a  distance  from  the  fortress,  where,  at 
some  convenient  part,  three  or  four  passages  inter- 
sect each  other :  this  point  of  convergence  is  en- 
larged and  rendered  commodious,  and  fitted  to  re- 
ceive a  bed  made  of  dry  herbage,  fibrous  roots,  &c. 
The  chamber  is  generally  beneath  a  large  hillock, 
but  not  always;  and  the  surrounding  soil  is  usually 
such  as  to  afford  abundant  food  to  the  female  with 
little  trouble  on  her  part.  The  mole  breeds  in  the 
spring,  mostly  in  April,  and  brings  forth  four  or  five 
young  at  a  birth.  These  are  supposed  to  lemain 
under  the  mother's  care  till  about  half-grown,  when 
they  commence  an  independent  existence. 

Such  isthe  constitution  of  the  molethatashort  fast 
proves  fatal.  It  would  appear  that  all  its  animal 
appetites  are  in  excess ;  its  hunger  is  voracity 
amounting  to  rage,  under  the  influence  of  which  it 
fastens  on  its  prey  with  intense  eagerness.  Earth- 
worms are  its  favourite  food,  and  these  it  skins  with 
great  address,  squeezing  out  the  earthy  contents  of 
the  body  before  swallowing  it.  It  is  not,  however, 
exclusively  upon  earthworms  and  the  larvae  of  in- 
sects that  the  mole  feeds :  during  the  months  of 
June  and  July  it  is  in  the  habit  of  leaving  its  runs 
under  the  turf,  and  of  wandering  during  the  night 
(and  occasionally  even  during  the  day)  on  the 
surface,  in  quest  of  prey,  such  as  birds,  mice, 
frogs,  lizards,  snails,  &c.  ;  but  it  refuses  to  touch 
the  toad,  in  consequence  no  doubt  of  the  acrid 
exudation  from  that  reptile's  skin.  During  these 
nocturnal  excursions  it  often  falls  a  prey  to  the 
owl ;  and  we  have  seen  it  in  the  day-time  caught 
and  killed  by  dogs. 

The  voracity  of  the  mole  and  its  perpetually  re- 
curring repasts  upon  animal  food  render  water  not 
only  a  welcome  refreshment,  but  necessary  lo  its 
existence.  A  run,  sometimes  used  by  many  indi- 
viduals, always  leads  lo  a  ditch,  stream,  or  pond,  if 
such  be  within  a  moderate  distance.  If  these  natu- 
ral supphes  be  not  at  hand,  the  mole  sinks  little 
wells,  in  the  shape  of  perpendicular  shafts,  which 
become  filled  with  the  rain,  and  retain  the  water; 
and  they  have  sometimes  been  found  brimfull. 
Scarcity  of  water,  or  a  drought,  as  well  as  a  scarcity 
of  worms,  often  obliges  the  mole  to  shift  its  quarters, 
and  locate  upon  other  grounds.  In  its  migration  it 
will  cross  brooks  or  rivers,  swimming  admirably; 
and  when  spring  or  autumn  floods  inundate  the 
fields;  it  easily  saves  itself  by  these  means.  It  is 
moreover  afiirmed  that  in  this  peril  the  male  and 
female  brave  the  waters  together,  and  expose  them- 
selves to  the  utmost  danger  in  order  to  save  their 
young,  in  which  office  of  parental  devotion  they 
mutually  assist  and  protect  each  other. 

The  disposition  of  this  animal  is  fierce  and  com- 
bative. If  several  moles  be  kept  in  a  box  of  earth, 
and  not  supplied  with  an  abundance  of  food,  they 
attack  each  other,  and  the  weaker  falls  a  prey  to  the 
stronger ;  when  the  mole  seizes,  it  holds  like  a 
bull-dog,  with  a  tenacious  gripe,  and  is  not 
easily  disengaged.  M.  Geoffrey  St.  Hilaire  de- 
scribes the  manner  in  which  the  mole  approaches 
and  seizes  a  bird :  it  exerts  several  stratagems  to 
get  within  reach  of  its  victim,  employina;  the  ut- 
most address  and  caution ;  but  when  this  is  ac- 
complished, it  suddenly  changes  its  plan,  and 
makes  an  instantaneous  and  impetuous  attack, 
fastens  on  the  hapless  bird,  tears  open  the  abdomen, 
thrusts  its  snout  among  the  viscera,  and  revels  in 
its  sanguinary  repast.  After  satiating  its  ravenous 
appetite,  it  sinks  into  a  profound  repose :  in  the 
winter  it  slumbers  in  its  fortress ;  but  in  the 
summer,  beneath  some  ordinary  molehill  in  one  of 
its  alleys.  This  sleep  endures  lor  about  four  hours, 
or  perhaps  longer,  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  when  it 
awakes  with  a  renovated  appetite.  Its  busiest  time 
is  in  the  evening,  during  the  night,  and  early  in  the 
morning.     It  might  be  supposed  from  the  figure  of 


Tenrecs.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


235 


The  teeth  consist  of  incisors,  ^ ;  canines,  -j — :  ;  mo- 


the  mole  that  its  motions  were  very  slew  and  de- 
liberate ;  it  trips  along,  however,  at  a  fair  pace,  and 
travei-ses  its  underground  runs  and  galleries  with 
great  rapidity. 

The  mole  does  not  exist  in  the  extreme  north  of 
Scotland,  in  Zetland,  or  the  Orkney  Islands,  nor  has 
it  been  seen  in  any  part  of  Ireland. 

Varieties  of  this  animal  often  occur:  we  have 
examined  specimens  of  a  mouse-colour,  of  a  white, 
cream-white,  and  pale  yellowish  orfinge. 

1057,  1058. — The  Cape  Chrysochlore 

(Cliiysochlon's  Capensis).  The  Mole  is  represented 
in  Alrica  by  the  Chrysochlore,  but  the  fore-paws  are 
only  armed  with  three  nails,  of  which  the  outer- 
most is  long,  thick,  arched,  and  pointed ;  there  is 
no  tail.  This  singular  animal  is  le§s  than  a  mole, 
and  appears  to  be  entirely  destitute  of  eyes.  Its 
velvety  fur  has  a  metallic  lustre,  changing  from 
dark  green  to  bronze  or  copper  in  different  lights. 
This  species  is  a  native  of  Southern  Africa,  where 
it  lives  like  the  mole  in  burrows,  and  feeds  on 
worms  and  insects.  It  is  the  Taupe  doree  of  the 
French.  A  second  species,  the  Rufous  Chrysochlore 
(Ch.  Hottentota),  has  been  discovered  by  Dr.  A. 
Smith. 

1059. — The  Thick-taileb   Co^•DYHIRE,  oe  Stab- 
nosed  Mole 

(Conrii/ltira  Macroura).  The  Condylures,  or  star- 
nosed  moles,  are  confined  to  North  America ;  they 
closely  resemble  the  common  mole  in  their  feet, 
general  aspect,  and  habits,  but  the  tail  is  longer, 
and  the  disc  at  the  end  of  the  snout  is  encircled  by 
little  moveable  cartilaginous  processes  like  the 
rays  of  a  star.  The  eyes  are  extremely  minute ; 
external  ears  are  wanting ;  fur  deep,  thick,  and  line. 
2  1—1 

'4'  """•""" 

lars,  ^3;^.    (See  Rg.  1060,  teeth  of  C.  cristata.) 

We  have  no  minute,  details  respecting  the  man- 
ners and  instincts  of  the  Chrysoch lores,  of  which 
three  species  are  distinguished  :  they  are  burrowing 
animals,  feeding  upon  worms  and  the  larvae  of  in- 
sects, &c.  The  thick-tailed  Condylure  was  dis- 
covered by  Mr.  David  Douglas  on  the  banks  of  the 
Columbia  River.  The  colour  of  the  fur  above  is 
deep  lustrous  brown,  paler  on  the  under  parts.  The 
tail  is  contracted-  at  its  root,  whence  it  gradually 
enlarges,  and  then  tapers  to  a  fine  point.  Length 
of  head  and  body,  four  inches  and  a  half;  of  the 
tail,  two  inches  and  a  half. 

1061.— The  Hedgehog 

(Erinacens  Etiropams).  Riccio  of  the  Italians ; 
Erizo  of  the  Spanish ;  Ourizo  of  the  Portuirnese  ; 
Herisson  of  the  French:  Igel  of  the  Germans;  Eegel- 
varken  of  the  Dutch  ;  Pin-suin  of  the  Danes ;  Drae- 
nog  and  Draen  y  coed  of  the  ancient  British  ; 
Urchin,  Provincial  English;  "Ex'tos  of  the  Greeks. 
It  is  superfluous  to  enter  into  an  elaborate  descrip- 
tion of  this  spine-covered  animal ;  all  are  well 
acquainted  with  its  external  characters,  and  all 
know  that  it  has  the  power  of  rolling  itself  up  into 
a  ball,  presenting  an  array  of  serried  spines  formi- 
dable to  its  antagonist.  A  peculiar  muscular  ex- 
pansion beneath  the  skin  enables  the  hedgehog 
thus  completely  to  enshroud  itself  in  its  panoply,  as 
in  a  hood,  the  margin  of  which  is  closed  by  means 
of  a  circular  muscle,  the  head  and  limbs  being 
retracted  within.  While  the  animal  is  thus  en- 
veloped in  its  armed  skin,  the  spines  are  stiffly  set 
by  the  action  of  the  muscular  expansion,  and 
radiate  from  the  ball :  and  such  is  the  strength  and 
elasticity  of  this  covering,  that  a  hedgehog  may 
roll  down  a  steep  place  or  precipitous  bank  without 
the  slightest  injury.  Mr.  Bell  assures  us  that  he 
has  repeatedly  seen  a  domesticated  hedgehog  in  his 
possession  run  towards  the  precipitous  wall  of  an 
area,  and  without  hesitation  or  a  moment's  pause 
for  preparSition  throw  itself  off,  contracting  at  the 
same  instant  into  a  ball,  in  which  condition  it 
reached  the  ground  from  a  height  of  twelve  or 
fourteen  feet,  when,  after  a  few  moments,  it  would 
unfold  itself  and  run  off  unhurt.  The  hedgehog  is 
nocturnal  in  its  habits  :  it  frequents  woods,  copses, 
old  gardens,  orchards,  and  thick  hedgerows,  where 
it  remains  rolled  up  in  its  retreat  during  the  day, 
coming  forth  on  the  approach  of  twilight,  and  con- 
tinuing on  the  alert  till  morning.  Its  motions  are 
quick  and  irregular,  and  its  pace  a  sort  of  heavy 
paddling,  the  body  being  close  to  the  ground,  and 
the  feet  plantigrade.  Its  food  consists  of  insects, 
slugs,  frogs,  toads,  mice,  and  even  snakes  ;  to  which 
it  adds  eggs,  young  nestlings,  and  various  kinds  of 
vegetables,  »3  the  roots  of  grass  and  plantain,  and 
ripe  orchard-fruits  which  fall  from  the  trees.  White 
notices  the  manner  in  which  it  bores  with  its  snout, 
to  get  at  the  root  of  the  plantain,  which  it  eats, 
leaving  the  tuft  of  leaves  untouched.     In  the  first 


volume  of  the  '  Zoological  Journal '  is  the  narrative, 
from  the  pen  of  Mr.  Broderip,  of  an  experiment 
made  by  Professor  Buckland,  relative  to  the  de- 
struction of  snakes  by  the  hedgehog,  from  whicli  it 
would  appear  that  the  cunning  quadruped  makes  a 
sudden  attack  on  the  reptile,  and  giving  it  a  hard 
bite,  instantly  rolls  i'self  up  for  safety,  then  cau- 
tiously unfolds,  and  inflicts  another  wound,  repeating 
its  attacks  till  the  snake  is  "  scotched,"  its  back-bone 
being  broken  in  several  places;  it  next  passes  the 
body  of  the  snake  gradually  through  its  jaws,  crack- 
ing the  bones  at  short  intervals,  which  done,  it  pro- 
ceeds to  eat  its  victim  as  one  would  eat  a  radish, 
beginning  with  the  tip  of  the  tail,  and  slowly  pro- 
ceeding upwards.  We  have  frequently  seen  hedge- 
hogs eat  frogs,  rapidly  crunching  their  bones  with 
an  audible  noise.  The  hedgehog  may  be  easily 
domesticated,  and  becomes  familiar,  feeding  on 
soaked  bread,  vegetables,  and  meat;  it  is  useful  in 
kitchens,  which  it  eftectually  clears  of  crickets, 
cockroaches,  beetles,  &c.,  and  as  it  keeps  quiet  in 
its  nest  or  retreat  all  day,  produces  itself  nd  incon- 
venience. Superstitious  ignoiance,  as  in  the  case 
of  the  poor  little  shrew,  has  led  to  the  cruel  per- 
secution of  the  hedgehog,  because,  forsooth,  it  was 
(and  in  some  places  still  is)  believed  to  drain  dry 
the  udders  of  ihe  cows  during  the  night,  to  the 
surprise  of  the  milkmaid  and  the  indignation  of  the 
farmer.  To  the  Slow- worm  and  the  Fern-owl 
(Caprimulgus)  the  same  mischievous  habits  have 
also  been  attributed,  the  physical  impossibility  of 
their  committing  such  a  theft  being  overlooked  or 
not  appreciated.  With  respect  to  the  hedgehog, 
this  accusation,  as  Mr.  Bell  observes,  is  about  as 
well  founded  as  that  by  Pliny,  and  exaggerated  by 
Sperling,  who  asserts  that  it  ascends  trees,  knocks 
off  the  apples  and  pears  (jElian  says  figs),  and 
throwing  itself  down  upon  them  so  that  they  may 
stick  to  its  spines,  trots  off  with  the  prize. 

The  hedgehog  hybernates,  passing  the  winter  in 
a  state  of  complete  torpidity.  It  makes  its  retreat 
in  banks  under  the  hollow  roots  of  trees,  in  holes  or 
other  sheltered  and  convenient  places,  constructing 
a  sort  of  nest  or  bed  of  grasses,  dried  leaves,  and 
moss ;  with  these  it  covers  itself  deeply  and  closely, 
and  when  discovered  hybernating  resembles  a  ball 
or  roundish  mass  of  herbage,  which  it  seems  to  have 
attached  to  its  spines  by  repeatedly  rolling  itself 
round  amidst  the  heap  it  had  stored  up. 

The  female  breeds  early  in  the  summer,  forming 
an  artful  nest,  roofed  so  as  to  throw  off  the  rain ; 
within,  it  is  well  lined  with  leaves  and  moss.  The 
young,  from  two  to  four  in  number,  are  blind  at  their 
birth,  about  two  inches  long,  perfectly  white,  and 
naked,  though  the  rudiments  of  the  prickles  are 
perceptible.  These  soon  develop  themselves,  and 
harden  even  before  the  eyes  are  opened,  but  it  is 
not  till  a  later  period  that  the  young  are  able  to 
draw  down  the  skin  over  Ihe  muzzle,  and  fold  them- 
selves into  a  complete  ball.  The  mother  is  devoted 
to  her  offspring,  and  unremitting  in  her  duties. 
Formerly  the  flesh  of  the  hedgehog  was  eaten  in 
our  island,  and  is  so  still  on  some  parts  of  the  Con- 
tinent. An  intimate  friend  of  the  writer  had  one 
dressed  and  served  up  for  dinner,  and  assured  us 
that  it  was  excellent ;  we  must,  however,  remember 
the  old  adage  "  De  gustibus,"  &c. :  few,  we  think, 
would  willingly  partake  of  such  "  small  deer."  The 
Romans  made  use  of  the  spiny  skin  of  the  hedge- 
hog in  hackling  hemp  for  the  weaving  of  cloth. 

The  hedgehog  is  found  in  most  parts  of  Europe  ; 
its  length,  when  full  grown,  is  about  nine  inches  and 
a  half.  Fig.  1062  represents  the  skull.  The  den- 
tition is  as  follows  : — Incisors,  ;:,  the  two  middle  the 

u 

3 3 

longest ;    false    molars,  - — -  ;   molars  with   acute 

O'—O 

3 3  ] 1 

tubercles,  - — -„ ;  small  tuberculous  molars,  — r. 
o — o  1 — 1 

Closely  allied  to  the  genus  Erinaceus  is  the  genus 
Centetes,  111.  (Centenes,  Desm. ;  Setiger,  Geoff.), 
which  comprehends  certain  hedgehog-like  animals, 
confined,  as  far  as  we  know,  to  the  Mauritius  and 
Madagascar.  They  are  covered  with  spines,  but 
these  spines  are  feebler  than  those  of  the  hedge- 
hog, nor  do  the  animals  enjoy  so  completely  the 
power  of  rolling  themselves  up  into  a  ball.  They 
differ    moreover  in   their    dentition,   the    incisors 

,.•64  .1-1  ,        6—6 

being  -  or  7  ;    canines,  :: — r ;   molars,  - — -.     bee 
6        4  1 — 1  D — b 

Fig.  106.3.   The  muzzle  is  long  and  pointed ;  the  tail 

wanting.    These  animals  hybernate  during  the  dry 

season,  when  their  natural  food,  insects  and  worms, 

fail,  and  revive  on  the  return  of  the  rainy  season. 

In  their  habits  they  are  nocturnal. 

1064.— The  Tenrkc,  or  Tanbec 

(Centetes  ecauftatm,  Cuv. ;  Erinaceus  ecaudatus, 
Linn.).  This  species  exceeds  our  hedgehog  in  size, 
and  is  covered  above  with  long  flexible  spines  ex- 
cept on  the  top  of  the  head ;  the  under  parts  are 


clad  with  yellowish  bristly  hairs,  a  few  black  ones 
being  intermixed. 

The  Tenrec  is  a  native  of  Madagascar,  but  has 
been  naturalized  in  the  Mauritius.  Of  its  habits 
we  have  but  imperfect  details.  On  June  14,  1831, 
a  letter  respecting  these  animals,  addressed  to  the 
Zoological  Society,  and  dated  Port  Louis,  December 
15,  1830,  was  read  at  the  scientific  meeting.  It 
referred  to  previous  unsuccessful  attempts  on  the 
part  of  the  Society's  valuable  correspondent  to 
transport  from  the  Mauritius  to  England  living 
Gouramies  and  Tanrecs,  and  promised  a  repetition 
of  the  experiment.  Mr.  Telfair  states  that  he  has 
now  a  pair  of  living  Tanrecs,  fully  grown,  ready  to 
send  to  England  when  he  can  place  them  under 
proper  care.  "They  live  on  boiled  rice,  but  will 
probably  not  exist  long  upon  that  alone,  as  their 
natural  food  is  chiefly  composed"  of  worms,  insects, 
lizards,  and  the  eggs  of  snails,  of  which  it  would 
be  difficult  to  carry  a  sufficient  supply  in  a  living 
state  on  board  ship.  Fresh  supplies  might,  how- 
ever, be  obtained  at  Madagascar  or  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  at  St.  Helena,  Ascension,  and  the  Cape 
de  Verd  Islands  ;  and  the  animals  might  thus  arrive 
in  good  health  in  England,  where  they  would  pro- 
bably survive  for  some  time,  burrowing  under  a 
dungheap,  or  living  in  straw  in  a  hothouse  or 
greenhouse.  An  opportunity  would  lluis  be  fur- 
nished of  observing  their  habits.  In  the  Mauritius 
they  sleep  through  the  greater  part  of  the  winter, 
from  April  to  November,  and  are  only  to  be  found 
when  summer  heat  is  felt,  which  being  generally 
ushered  in  by  an  electric  state  of  the  atmosphere, 
the  negroes  (with  whom  they  are  a  favourite  food) 
say  they  are  awakened  by  the  peals  of  thunder 
which  precede  the  summer  storms  or  "pluies 
d'orage."  Even  in  summer  they  are  not  often  seen 
beyond  the  holes  in  which  they  burrow,  except  at 
night.  Their  favourite  haunts  are  among  the  old 
roots  of  clumps  of  bamboos.  They  have  a  veiy 
overpowering  smell  of  musk  at  all  times,  which  is 
increased  to  an  extraordinary  degree  when  they  are 
disturbed  or  frightened  ;  yet  their  flesh  is  con- 
sidered so  savoury  by  the  negroes,  that  they  are 
unwilling  to  sell  those  which  they  catch,  and  would 
not  exchange  it  for  any  other  food,  except  perhaps 
for  the  "  ouiite,"  which  is  the  catfish  hung  up  in 
the  sun  until  it  acquires  a  most  fetid  smell,  tainting 
the  atmosphere  to  a  great  distance ;  in  this  state  it 
is  a  chief  ingredient  in  their  favourite  ragout." 

1065. — The  Stbipkd  Tenrec 

(Centetes  semispinosus).  This  species  is  of  small 
size :  the  head  is  very  conical ;  the  muzzle  elon- 
gated and  pointed ;  the  body  is  clothed  with  a 
mixture  of  spines  and  bristles,  and  is  banded  lon- 
gitudinally yellow  and  black.  Native  country, 
Madagascar. 

1066.— The  Spiny  Tenrec,  ob  Texdeac 

(Centetes  spinosus) ;  Ericulus  nigrescens  ?  of  Isidore 

4  7—7 

GeofFroy.     Incisors,  -  ;  molars,  = — -. 

The  tendrac  of  BufFon  is  more  like  a  hedgehog  in 
appearance  than  are  the  two  previous  species.  It 
is  covered  above  with  close,  short,  stiff'  spines,  and 
with  bristle-like  hairs  on  the  under  parts.  The 
spines  are  of  a  deep  mahogany  colour,  whitish  at 
the  root  and  point.  Under-parts  yellowish-white. 
Native  country,  Madagascar,  where  ,it  is  said  to 
make  a  burrow  in  the  neighbourhood  of  fresh  or 
salt  water ;  its  habits  resemble  those  of  the  rest 
of  its  race,  and  it  is  acceptable  to  the  negroes  as 
food. 

An  insectivorous  animal  allied  to  the  Tendrac, 
and  called  Sokinah  at  Madagascar,  will  be  found 
described  and  figured  under  the  name  of  Echinops 
Telfairi,  Martin,  in  the  'Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,'  vol.  ii., 
p.  249,  and  characterised  in  the  '  Zool.  Proceeds.,' 
1838,  p.  17.  Of  its  habits  and  manners  no  accounts 
have  been  obtained,  but  from  the  rigidness  of  the 
spines,  and  the  development  of  the  muscular  sub- 
cutaneous expansion  (Panniculus  carnosus),  it  ap- 
pears probable  that  this  animal  has,  like  the  hedge- 
hog, the  power  of  rolling  itself  up  into  a  ball,  which 
is  not  the  case  with  the  tenrec. 

1067.— The  GYMNtiRK 

(Gymnura  Eafflesii).  Of  the  genus  Gymnura  (Hors- 
field  and  Vigors)  one  species  only  is  at  present 
recognised.  It  is  a  native  of  Sumatra,  and  its  intro- 
duction to  science  is  due  to  the  late  Sir  T.  Stamford 
Raffles,  who  first  described  it  under  the  title  of 
Viverra  Gymnura.  Cuvier  observes  that  it  appears 
to  approach  Cladobates  (Tupaia)  in  its  teetli,  and 
the  shrews  in  its  muzzle  and  scaly  tail.  The  toes 
are  five  in  number  on  each  foot ;  the  eyes  are  small ; 
the  whiskers  long  ;  the  fur  consists  of  a  short  dense 
woolly  undercoat,  and  long  coarse  thinly-set  hairs. 
The  body,  legs,  first  half  of  the  tail,  and  a  stripe 

2  H  2 


IC64.— Teniec 


l(MtT. — Gymaun, 


lOej—Striptd  Tentec. 


1081.— IlcdgehcgF. 


i096. — Spiny  Tfnrec. 


236 


1080.— Teeth  of  Dugong. 


>079.— T.eth  of  Manatee. 


1077.— Skull  of  Du,M.i:g. 


108'.— DjgonfT. 


1082.— Mai.atev. 


1078.— Skull  of  Manatee. 


-^tiHSiSSm^'^'^^ 


1075,— Skeleton  of  Manalee. 


1093.— Foiril  Teeth  of  Zeoglotlon, 


108B.— Common  Porpoiie. 


237 


238 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[PACHYDEttMATA. 


above  the  eye*  are  black  ;  the  head,  neck,  ar.d  end 
of  the  tail  are  while  ;  the  muwle  i»  elongated.    The 

6  1 — ^ 

dentition  a*  follow* :— Incisors,  g ;  canine*.   —^  J 

molars,  ^^.     or  its  habits  nothing  definite  is 

t>— 6  ^ 

known.  It  exhales  a  strong  niusky  smell.  Speci- 
mens are  preserved  in  the  Museum  of  the  Zoological 
Society. 

1068.— Th«  Ban.xkisg 
(l\ipnia  JavanicaK  The  genus  Tupaia,  Raffles 
(ClaUobates,  F.  C'uvier ;  Sorexglis,  Diard;  GUs- 
sorex,  Desmarest ;  Hyogale,  Temminck),  contains 
about  three  species,  natives  of  Sumatra  and  Java, 
where  they  inhabit  the  forests.  In  their  dentition 
there  is  some  resemblance  to  that  of  the  hedgehog. 

2 
The   formula  stands  as  follows :— Incisors,  f.;  ca- 

1—1  7—7 

nines,  t— r  ;  molars,  ^j— - .  Fig.  1069  represents  the 

teeth  :  n.  those  of  the  upper  jaw ;  6,  those  of  the 
lower.  The  head  is  oblong  and  depressed  ;  the 
snout  long  and  attenuated  ;  the  nostrils  lateial ;  the 
eyes  veiy  large  and  rather  prominent  ;  the  body 
long,  slender,  and  covered  with  close  fur  and  soft 
hairs;  the  tail  is  longer  than  the  body,  and  com- 
pressed ;  the  feet  plantigrade  and  pentadactyle  ;  the 
toes  compressed  and  lurnislied  with  hooked  clavys  ; 
the  thumb  is  distinct,  and  moveable  in  a  direction 
opposite  to  the  others.  Fig.  1070  repre^cnts  the  head 
of  the  Tupaia  Tana  of  Sumatra:  a,  in  pio<ile;and 
t,  as  seen  from  above.  Fie.  1071  represents  the  head 
of  the  Banxring  (Tupaia  Javanica)  :  and  Fig.  1072  ; 
o,  the  fore-foot ;  b,  the  hind-foot ;  in  both  the 
thumb  is  seen  distinct,  especially  in  the  hind  foot. 

Dr.  Horsfield  ('  Zoological  Researches  in  Java ') 
states  that  in  the  Malayan  language  the  name  of 
Tupai  is  a  general  term  for  various  small  animals 
which  have  the  external  form  and  agility  of  the 
squirrel ;  while  each  different  species,  agreeably  to 
the  observations  of  the  natives  of  the  islands  of  the 
Eastern  Archipelago,  where  these  animals  are 
found,  is  distinguished  by  a  particular  epithet. 
Thus  two  smalTanimals,  which,  according  to  Dr. 
Horsfield's  classification,  belong  to  the  genus  above 
described,  are,  he  says,  denominated  Tupai  Press 
and  Tupai  Tana;  while  several  other  animals  be- 
longing to  the  genus  Sciurus  are  denominated 
Tupai  Jinjang,  Tupai  Tankrawa,  &c.  The  same 
author  states  that  three  species  of  Tupaia  had  been 
discovered  v\'hen  he  wrote,  two  of  which  are  natives 
of  Sumatra,  Penang,  and  Singapura,  while  the 
third  has  been  found  exclusively  in  Java,  where  it 
is  distinguished  by  the  name  of  Bangsring  or  Sins- 
rinir. 

The  tupaias,  instead  of  being  strictly  terrestrial, 
lead,  to  a  certain  extent,  the  life  of  squirrels,  having 
all  their  sprightliness  and  activity,  and  much  of  the 
general  appearance  of  those  animals.  They  are,  in 
fact,  semi-arboreal  insectivora,  and  were  it  not  for 
their  long  head  and  pointed  snout,  could  scarcely 
be  distinguished,  at  a  distance,  from  some  of  the 
Sciuri.  Their  fine  soft  fur  is  of  a  dark  red,  and  on 
the  tail  the  hair,  which  is  long  and  bushy,  is  dis- 
tichous, or  arranged  laterally,  especially  if  viewed 
on  the  under  surface.  Sir  T.  Stamford  Raffles  states 
that  they  are  decidedly  diurnal,  their  large  bright 
eyes  being  suited  to  daylight,  and  that  they  live 
principally  on  fruits,  and  especially  that  of  the 
Kayo  gadis.  The  Banxring  or  Bangsring  of  Java  is 
lively  and  active.  Dr.  Horsfield,  who  met  with  it 
during  his  researches  in  Java,  states  that  in  travers- 
ing the  province  of  Blambangan,  in  1806,  he  dis- 
covered it  in  the  extensive  forests  which  almost 
entirely  cover  the  eastern  extremity  of  the  island ; 
and  he  thinks  that  its  range,  though  it  may  not  be 
confined  exclusively  to  that  province,  is  extremely 
limited.  From  the  scanty  information  afforded  by 
the  natives,  it  would  seem  that  the  bangsring  lives 
on  trees,  and  "  feeds  on  fruits  and  nuts ;"  but  Dr. 
Horsfield  observes  that  this  account  must  be  received 
with  duelimitation,and  he  refers  to  the  system  of  den- 
tition as  indicating  thatthebangsringismore  adapted 
to  animal  than  vegetable  food.  Length,  from  ex- 
tremity of  nose  to  the  root  of  the  tail,  six  inches 
five  lines ;  of  tail,  six  inches  five  lines. 

The  fur  of  the  bangsring  is  close,  silky,  and  deli- 
cate, with  a  few  longer,  more  rigid,  and  darker- 
coloured  hairs  dispersed  throughout  it.  The  upper 
parts  are  brown,  slightly  diversified  with  grey  of 
different  shades;  the  lower  parts  dirty  white,  with  a 
slight  tint  of  greyish :  the  tail  agrees  with  thejupper 
parts ;  and  the  scapular  line,  which  is  nearly  an  inch 
long,  agrees  with  the  neck. 

The  Ferruginous  Tupaia  is  a  native  of  Sumatra, 
and  does  not  appear  to  differ  essentially  in  its  habits 
from  the  Java  species.  Sir  Stamford  Raffles  states 
that  a  tame  Tupaia  ferruginea  was  suffered  to  go 
about  at  perfect  liberty,  ranged  in  freedom  over  the 
whole  house,  and  never  failed  to  present  himself 
on  the  breakfast  and  dinser  table,  where  he  jiartook 


of  fhiit  and  milk.  Dr.  Horsfield  also  quotes  an  ex- 
tract from  the  '  Proceedings  of  the  Asiatic  Society,' 
where  it  is  stated  that  a  living  Tupaia  ferruginea 
was  brought  to  Bengal  by  a  medical  gentleman  ;  it 
ran  about  the  house  tame,  but  would  not  allow 
itself  to  be  caught  for  close  insneclion.  Though  at 
liberty  to  run  out  of  doors  whenever  it  liked,  it 
showed  no  disposition  to  leave  its  quarters,  and 
evinced  some  attachment  to  the  family  ;  for  when- 
ever strangers  entered  th»!  house  it  showed  dis- 
quietude aiid  made  a  chattering  noise.  It  gave  no 
trouble  in  feeding,  for  it  was  always  on  the  search 
after  insects,  and  its  favourite  food  seemed  to  be 
flies,  crickets,  grasshoppers,  and  cockroaches.  Spe- 
cimens of  the  three  species  are  preserved  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Zoological  Society. 


Tribe— AQUATIC  PACHYDERMATA 

(The  Herbivorous  Cetacea  of  Cuvier).- If  our 
reader  will  turn  to  our  account  of  the  fossil  Dino- 
therium  and  Toxodon,  p.  Ill,  he  will  find  that  we 
have  there  alluded  to  the  Dugong  or  Duvong, 
and  the  Lamantin  (the  Aquatic  Gravigrades  of  Blain- 
ville),  as  belonging  to  the  Pachydermatous  order, 
and  as  having  in  manners  and  organization  little 
relationship  to  the  true  whales,  excepting  in  so  far  as 
they  are  alike  modified  for  the  waters  of  the  deep. 

In  their  external  form,  indeed,  these  aquatic 
pachyderms  are  whale-like:  there  are  no  hinder 
limbs,  the  pelvis  being  either  rudimentary  or  want- 
ing, and  the  fore-limbs  are  converted  into  flippers 
or  paddles;  the  body  is  continued  conical  till  it  ter- 
minates in  a  transverse  or  horizontal  tail,  consisting 
of  an  expanse  of  cartilage  covered  with  tendinous  ' 
fibres  and  skin,  and  which  is  the  chief  oigan  of 
aquatic  locomotion.  The  skin  is  almost  naked,  oily,  ^ 
and  covers  a  layer  of  subcutaneous  blubber  or  fat ;  j 
the  lipsarestudded with  thick  wirybristles.  Although  ; 
the  nasal  opening  is  placed  hii^h  on  the  skull,  the  nos-  | 
trils  in  the  skin  are  placed  at  the  extiemity  of  the 
muzzle,  which  is  remarkably  obtuse  and  truncate — 
a  form  advantageous  for  the  browsing  habits  of  these 
animals,  which  feed  on  submarine  vegetables.  The 
eyes  are  protected  by  a  membrana  rictitans,  and  the 
teats  in  the  females  are  situated  just  behind  the 
roots  of  the  flipi)erty— two  points  of  difference  be- 
tween these  aquatics  and  the  whales.  The  stomach 
is  sacculated  ;  the  teeth  present  flat  bruising  sur- 
faces; there  are  no  intercostal  and  intra-vertebral 
arterial  plexuses,  as  in  the  true  Cetacea  (Fig.  1073). 
The  bones  of  the  skeleton  are  of  dense  texture  and 
destitute  of  medullary  cavities;  they  are  not  loaded 
with  oil,  as  in  the  Cetacea.  In  the  Indian  Dugong 
there  are  seven  cervical  vertebra!,  nineteen  costal 
vertebrse,  and  thirty  lumbar,  pelvic,  and  caudal. 
In  the  Dugong  ofthe  Red  Sea  these  latter  vertebrae 
amount  to  thirty-three  ;  making  in  all  fifty-nine. 
The  number  of  the  ribs  is  nineteen  on  each  side. 
The  lower  jaw  is  articulated  to  the  cranium  by 
a  true  synovial  capsule,  reflected  over  cartila- 
ginous surfaces,  and  not,  as  in  the  true  Cetacea, 
by  a  coarse,  oily,  ligamentous  substance.  In  the 
Lamantin  or  Manatee,  the  ribs  are  sixteen  on 
each  side.  Fisr.  1074 represents  the  skeleton  ofthe 
Dugong,  and  Fig.  1075  that  of  the  Manatee.  They 
may  be  compared  together,  and  with  the  skeleton 
of  the  Porpoise,  Fig.  1076  (a  true  cetacean),  with 
advantage. 

Fig.  1077  represents  the  skull  of  the  Dugong ;  Fig. 
107t*,  that  of  the  Manatee.  The  skull  ofthe  manatee 
may  be  distinguished  from  that  of  the  dugong  by 
the  following  particulars :— The  nasal  bones  are 
very  small,  and  imbedded,  so  to  speak,  in  the  frontal, 
which  consist  of  two  portions  advancing  forwards, 
so  as  to  enter  into  the  upper  margin  of  the  nasal 
orifice,  and  form  the  ceiling  of  the  orbits.  The  in- 
termaxillary bones  (a)  advance  far  forwards,  but  are 
destitute  of  teeth,  excepting  during  the  early  stages 
of  the  animal's  existence  ;  these  bones  form  the 
lateral  edges  ofthe  nasal  orifice,  which  is  very  spa- 
cious ;  b'lt  in  the  living  animal  the  bones  are  con- 
tinued by  a  cartilaginous  addition,  so  that  the  nos- 
trils open  at  the  end  ofthe  muzzle.  The  orbits  are 
situated  far  forwards,  and  their  margin  is  very  pro- 
minent ;  the  zygomatic  arch  is  broad  and  strong ; 
the  muzzle  advances  directly  forwards  with  a  very 
slight  gradual  downward  bend.  The  dentition  of 
the  manatee  (Fig.  1070)  is  not  correctly  ascertained. 
In  adultskulls  eight  molars  on  each  side  are  usually 
found,  in  others  nine  or  ten  ;  and  Fred.  Cuvier  ob- 
serves that,  as  in  some  of  the  ordinary  Pachyder- 
mata,  the  anterior  molars,  worn  the  first,  fall  as  the 
posterior  ones  become  develoi)ed,  being,  indeed, 
pushed  out  by  their  advance. 

The  skull  ofthedugong  (Fig.  1077)  isdistinguished 
by  the  enormous  size  of  the  intermaxillary  bones, 
17,  which  extend  backwards  as  far  as  the  middle  of 
the  temporal  fos-sae,  and  are  bent  down  with  asudden 
angle  (reminding  us  of  the  beak  of  the  flamingo) 
over  the  elongated  symphysis  ofthe  lower  jaw.  In 
this  deflected  portion  of  each  intermaxillary  bone  is 


lodged  the  root  of  a  permanent,  tusk-like,  but  not 
very  prominent  incisor,  there  being  two  of  these 
teeth  above,  none  below.  This  development  and 
shape  of  the  intermaxillary  bones  throws  the  nasial 
orifice  higher  up  than  in  the  manatee ;  the  lower 
jaw  is  thicker,  shorter,  deeper,  and  its  symphysis  fits 
the  deflected  portion  of  the  intermaxillary  bones. 
In  the  young  dugong  the  inolai-s  are  five  on  each 
side,  above  and  below  ;  but  the  three  anterior  are 
deciduous,  the  two  last  being  permanent  (see  den- 
tition. Fig.  1080).  To  those  who  wish  to  investiga:e 
the  anatomy  of  this  animal  we  recommend  a  jiaper 
by  Professor  Owen,  in  the  '  Zool.  Proceeds.'  for 
1838,  p.  28. 

1081.— The  Dugono 

(Halicore  Dugong,  F.  Cuv.)  ;  Halicore  Indicus,  Des- 
marest. This  species  is  a  native  of  the  Indian  seas, 
being  common  among  the  islands  of  the  Indian 
Archipelago,  and  visiting  also  the  coasts  of  New 
Holland.  Its  favourite  haunts  are  the  mouths  of 
rivers  and  straits  between  proximate  islands,  where 
the  depth  of  water  is  but  trifling  (three  or  four 
fathoms),  and  where,  at  the  bottom,  grows  a  luxu- 
riant pasturage  of  submarine  algse  and  fuci :  here 
in  calm  weather  may  small  troops  be  seen  feeding 
below  the  surface,  and  every  now  and  then  rising  to 
take  breath.  The  position  of  the  mouth,  the  mus- 
cular powers  and  mobility  of  the  lifis  garnished  with 
wiry  bristles,  and  the  short  incisor  tusks  of  the  upper 
jaw,  enable  these  animals  to  seize  and  drag  up  the 
long  fronds  of  the  subaquatic  vegetables  which 
constitute  their  nourishment. 

The  dueong  is  in  high  esteem  as  an  article  of 
food,  its  flesh  being  terider  and  not  unlike  beef; 
hence  it  is  hunted  assiduously  by  the  Malays,  who 
attack  the  animal  with  harpoons,  in  the  manage- 
ment of  which  they  are  very  dexterous. 

The  mutual  afiecfion  of  the  male  and  female  is 
very  great,  and  the  latter  is  devoted  to  her  offspring. 
If  a  dugong  be  killed,  the  survifvor  ofthe  pair,  care- 
less of  danger,  follows  after  the  boat,  carrying  the 
body,  impelled  by  an  overmastering  passion,  and 
thus  often  shares  the  fate  of  its  partner;  indeed,  if 
one  be  taken,  tire  other  is  an  easy  jirize. 

The  dugong  attains  to  the  length  of  seven  or  eight 
feet ;  its  caudal  paddle  is  crescent-shaped  ;  the  large 
thick  upper  lip  hangs  over  the  lower;  the  skin  of 
the  body  is  thinly  set,  with  very  short  prickly  bris- 
tles ;  the  anterior  limbs,  or  flippers,  are  destitute  of 
nails.  The  ventricles  of  the  heart  are  not  united 
together,  but  form  as  it  were  two  distinct  hearts 
joined  at  the  top  :  this  separation  of  the  ventricles 
does  not  alter  the  routine  of  the  circulation.  The 
eyes  are  very  small. 

An  allied  species  (Halicore  Tabernaculi)  has  been 
discovered  by  MM.  Ehrenberg  and  Riippell  in  the 
Red  Sea. 

1082. — The  Manatee,  oe  Lamaktiit 

(Manatns  Amerkanus ;  Tricliecus  Manatus,  Linn.). 
The  American  manatee  inhabits  the  embouchure  of 
the  Amazon,  Orinoko,  and  other  rivers  of  Soutn 
America,  and  feeds  upon  subaquatic  herbage.  Its 
flippers  exhibit  rudiments  of  nails,  and  by  their  aid 
it  sometimes  drags  its  unwieldy  body  on  shore,  and 
crawls  up  the  banks,  either  to  bask  in  the  sun  or 
seek  for  terrestrial  vegetables.  The  males  and 
females  are  mutually  attached  to  each  other,  and 
the  latter  are  tenderly  devoted  to  their  young,  which 
soon  alter  birth  they  carry  under  their  flippers  where 
the  teats  are  seated.  This  species  measures  from 
six  to  seven  feet  in  length  ;  the  head  is  small,  the 
muzzle  thick  and  fleshy,  presenting  at  its  extremity 
a  semicircular  disc,  at  the  upper  part  of  which  are 
the  nostrils,  semicircular  orifices,  directed  forwards. 
The  eyes  are  small ;  the  aperture  of  the  auditory 
canal  almost  imperceptible.  From  the  shoulders 
the  body  gradually  diminishes,  and  terminates  in  a 
flat,  horizontal,  oval  paddle. 

A  distinct  species  (Manatus  Senegalensis,  Desm.) 
is  found  in  the  embouchure  of  the  Senegal  and  other 
rivers  of  Western  Africa ;  its  manners  resemble 
those  of  the  preceding,  but  we  have  no  very  precise 
details. 

According  to  Dr.  Harlan,  a  distinct  species  ot 
manatee,  which  he  terms  Manatus  lalirostris,  inhabits 
the  shores  of  some  parts  of  North  America, 

1 083. — Zedglodon. 

The  fossil  teeth  here  represented  were  discovered 
by  Di-.  Harlan  in  America,  and  attributed  by  him 
to  an  extinct  reptile,  which  he  termed  Basilosaurus. 
Professor  Owen,  however,  proves  them  to  belong  to 
an  extinct  animal  referable  to  the  present  tribe,  and 
allied  to  the  manatee  and  dugong  :  and  for  this  ani- 
mal he  has  proposed  the  name  of  Zeuglodon,  a  word 
suggested  by  the  form  ofthe  posterior  molars,  which 
resemble  two  teeth  tied  or  yoked  together,  a,  re- 
presents the  cut  surface  of  one  of  these  teeth,  each 
part  exhibiting  a  central  pulp  cavity,  aud  concentric 

I  striae  of  growth.     For  minute  details  see  '  Mag.  Nat 

I  Hist.'  May,  1839,  p.  209. 


Porpoises.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


239 


ORDER  CETACEA. 

The  Cetacea  are  characterised  by  the  conical  fish- 
like form  of  the  body  covered  wiih  a  smooth  naked 
skin,  adapted  tor  the  medium  in  wliich  they  live  ; 
between  the  skin  and  the  muscles  is  a  layer  of 
blubber,  varyinir  in  thickness  in  different  species, 
and  most  abundant  in  the  Greenland  whale,  its 
thickness  bein?;  from  eight  or  ten  to  twenty  inches. 
The  uses  of  this  layer  are  various : — in  the  first  place 
it  renders  the  hu2;e  body  of  these  animals  specifically 
lisrhler  than  the  surrounding  iluid  ;  secondly,  it  ma- 
terially tends  to  the  preservation  of  the  vital  heat; 
and,  thirdly,  it  affords  protection  to  the  internal 
orprans  agafust  the  effects  of  the  enormous  pressure 
to  which  these  animals  are  subject  while  plunging 
deep  into  the  abysses  of  the  ocean.  The  fore-limbs 
are  modified  into  flippers,  and  the  posterior  part  of 
the  body,  destitute  of  hind  limbs,  is  continued  coni- 
cal, and  terminates  in  a  broad  horizontal  cartilasi- 
nous  paddle.  On  the  central  line  of  the  upper  surface, 
and  generally  towards  the  tail,  is  sometimes  seated  a 
small  vertical  cartilaginousfin,unconnected  with  the 
skeleton.  This  fin  varies  in  figure,  and  is  often  ab- 
sent. It  ispartly  by  theaid  of  this  fin,  where  present, 
but  more  so  by  that  of  the  flippers,  that  the  cetacea 
balance  themselves  in  the  water,  for  when  dead  or 
dyins  they  float  on  the  side  or  the  back.  The  mode 
of  progression  consists  of  a  series  of  leaps  or  impulses 
produced  by  the  action  of  the  tail,  which  is  bent 
down  and  then  struck  out  with  greater  or  less  vio- 
lence, according  to  the  rapidity  with  which  the 
animal  is  cleavmg  its  way.  By  means  of  this  organ 
it  can  dive  instantaneously,  or  even  leap  out  of  the 
water,  throwing  the  waves  around  into  spray  and 
foam.  In  the  ordinary  position  of  the  cetacea  while 
floating,  only  the  top  of  the  head  and  part  of  the 
back  appear  above  the  surface,  their  capacious 
jaws,  and  also  the  eyes,  being  beneath  ;  hence,  in 
order  to  admit  of  uninterrupted  respiration,  the 
situation  and  structure  of  the  nostrils  are  modified 
accordingly. 

These  animals  are  called  blowing  cetacea,  because, 
in  consequence  of  the  structure  of  the  nostrils,  they 
are  capable  of  throwing  up  jets  of  water  or  spray 
accompanied  with  a  loud  noise  ;  this  act  is  termed 
blowing,  and  the  nasal  orifices  blow-holes  or  spi- 
racles ;  they  open  on  the  top  of  the  head,  and  lead  to 
two  large  membranous  pouches  seated  immediately 
■below  the  integument.     These  pouches  are  recep- 
tacles for  fluid,  which,  being  forced  up  into  them,  is 
prevented  from  returning  into  the  throat  by  certain 
valves  furnished  with  strong  muscles,  lodged  above 
the  intermaxillary  bones,  see  Fig.  1084,  the  skull  of 
the  Dolphin  :  it  is  in  the  hollow  at  the  top  of  the  head 
that  these  pouches  are  placed.    The  posterior  nasal 
passage  is  furnished  with  longitudinal  and  circular 
muscular  fibres,  and  opens  into  the  pharynx  or  back 
part  of  the  mouth,  and  into  it  the  larynx  rises  in  the 
form  of  a  pyramid,  and  the  circular  fibres  of  the  nasal 
passage  have  the  power  of  grasping  it  by  their  con- 
tractions.   The  channel,  therefore,  from  the  larynx 
through  the  posterior  nasal  passage  into  the  pouches 
is  plain.     Now  these  pouches  are  lodged,  as  we  have 
said,  beneath  the  skin,  and  the  nostrils  which  conduct 
to  them  open  externally  by  a  transverse  semilunar 
slit,  while  very  strong  muscular  fibres,  radiating  from 
the  entire  circumference  of  the  cranium,  cover  the 
whole  surface  of  the  apparatus,  and  act  as  compres- 
sors of  the  pouches.     Let  us  suppose,  says  Cuvier, 
"  that  the  cetaceous  animal  has  taken  into  its  mouth 
some   water  which  it  wishes  to  eject ;   it  moves 
its  tongue  and  jaws  as  if  it  were  about  to  swal- 
low, but,  closing  the  pharynx,  it  forces  the  water  to 
mount  into  the  nasal  passage,  where  its  progress  is 
accelerated  by  the  action  of  the  circular  fibres,  until 
it  raises  the  valves  and  distends  the  membranous 
pouches  above.     Here  it  can  be  retained  until  the 
animal  wishes  to  eject  it,  and  take  in  breath.    In 
order  to  spout,  the  valves  being  closed,  it  forcibly 
compresses  the  pouches  by  means  of  the  muscular 
expansions  which  cover  them  ;  and  compelled  to 
escape  by  the  narrow  crescentic  aperture,  it  is  pro- 
jected to  a  height  corresponding  to  the  force  of  the 
pressure."  The  noise,  however,  called  blowing, shows 
that  the  animal  forcibly  exhausts  its  lungs  of  the  pent- 
up  breath,  driving  the  air  through  the  nasal  orifices 
which,  mingled  with  the  water  contained  in  the 
pouches,  rises  like  spray  or  dense  mist.     Fig.  1085 
represents  a  section  of  the  head  ofthe  porpoise,  show- 
ing the  structure  of  the  nasal  apparatus.    This  ap- 
paratus is  of  little  use  as  an  olfactory  organ,  the  sense 
of  smell  being  very  deficient.     As  respects  the  or- 
gans )f  sight  we  may  observe  that  the  eye  is  very 
small,  and  adapted,  as  in  fishes,  to  the  density  of  the 
surrounding  medium,  the  cornea  being  flat,  and  the 
crystalline   lens   globular;    there   is   no   lachrymal 
gland,  but  the  lids  are  furnished  with  certain  little 
glands  secreting  a  fluid  adapted  for  lubricating  the 
eye-ball.     The  external  aperture  of  the  ear  is  mi- 
nute and  capable  of  being  closed  at  pleasure.    Under 
water   the    whale    hears   the   smallest  sounds,  the 
itlightegt  splash  of  the  oar,  but  to  sounds  in  the  air 


above,  even  the  report  of  a  cannon,  as  Scoresby 
states,  it  is  insensible.  Its  auditory  apparatus,  en- 
closed in  a  bone  (petrous  portion  of  the  temple)  re- 
markable for  hardness,  appreciates  only  the  vibration 
of  water.  The  sense  of  taste  does  not  appear  to  be 
acute. 

The  cetacea,  passing  their  existence  in  the  wild 
waste  of  seas,  are  capable  of  remaining  submerged 
for  a  considerable  length  of  time,  and  the  vascular 
system  is  modified  accordingly,  the  arteries  not  only 
of  the  limbs,  but  of  the  chest  and  vertebral  canal, 
being  singularly  plexiform.  The  discovery  of  this 
arrangement  is  due  to  the  celebrated  W.  Hunter, 
who  published  an  account  of  it  in  the  Phil.  Trans., 
1787.  These  animals,  he  says,  "  have  a  greater  pro- 
portion of  blood  than  any  other  known,  and  there 
are  many  arteries  apparently  intended  as  reservoirs 
where  a  larger  quantity  seemed  to  be  required  in  a 
part,  and  vascularity  could  not  be  the  only  object. 
Thus  we  find  that  the  intercostal  arteries  divide  into 
a  vast  number  of  branches,  which  run  in  a  serpentine 
course  beneath  the  pleura  (lining  membrane  of  the 
chest),  the  ribs,  and  their  muscles,"  forming  a  deep 
maze  of  intermingled  and  contorted  tubes.  "These 
vessels  everywhere  lining  the  sides  of  the  thorax 
pass  in  between  the  ribs  near  their  articulation,  and 
aI^o  behind  the  ligamentous  attachment  of  the  ribs 
and  anastomose  with  each  other.  The  spinal  cord 
is  surrounded  with  a  net-work  of  arteries  in  the  same 
manner,  more  especially  where  it  comes  out  from  the 
brain,  and  where  a  thick  substance  is  formed  by  their 
rnmifications  and  convolutions;  Fig.  1073  repre- 
sents the  arrangement  of  the  arteries  of  the  chest. 

Nor  is  this  plexiform  arrangement  peculiar  to  the 
arterial  system,  it  is  even  more  strongly  displayed  in 
the  venous:  the  veins  in  certain  parts  forming  im- 
mense plexiform  reservoirs.  This  curious  disposition 
of  the  vascular  system  in  the  cetacea  is,  as  we  have 
intimated,  most  probably  connected  with  their  habits 
of  diving,  during  which  their  respiration  is  sus- 
pended, and  consequently  the  passage  of  the  blood 
through  the  lungs  impeded  ;  while  at  the  same  time 
they  are  subjected  to  a  great  pressure.  Hence  per- 
haps the  arterial  plexuses  are  needed  as  reservoirs 
stored  with  oxygenated  blood  for  the  use  of  the 
system,  while  the  venous  plexuses  are  reservoirs  for 
the  sake  of  safety  during  the  suspension  of  respiration. 
I  The  females  of  this  order  have  two  teats  deeply 
imbedded  at  the  lower  portion  of  the  abdomen.  The 
stomach  is  very  complicated,  divided  into  several 
compartments,  "and  digestion  is  very  rapid. 

As  these  animals  have  to  plough  the  waves  head 
foremost,  a  long  or  even  decided  neck  would  inter- 
fere with  their  movements,  consequently  the  cervi- 
cal vertebrae  are  compressed  into  a  small  space,  and 
more  or  less  entirely  anchylosed  into  one  mass,  to 
the  total  immobility  of  the  head,  the  axis  of  which 
cannot  be  altered  without  a  corresponding  alteration 
of  that  of  the  body.  It  is  moreover  remarkable  that 
the  two  halves  of  the  head  do  not  precisely  corre- 
spond in  symmetry.  This  is  especially  observable  in 
the  dolphins,  porpoises,  grampus,  and  cachalot. 
(See  Meckel's  xVnatomie  Comparee,  vol.  iv.  p.  361.) 

Tlie  cetacea  are  all  carnivorous,  but  their  prey 
difl'ers  from  the  small  mollusk  to  fishes  and  even  the 
smaller  of  their  own  order ;  and  their  teeth  are  mo- 
dified accordingly.  They  are  divided  into  the  fol- 
lowing families: — 

1.  Delphinidce,  Dolphins,  Grampuses,  Narwhals, 
&c.  2.  CatodonlidcB,  Cachalots  or  Spermaceti 
Whales.  3.  Baleenidae,  Rorquals  and  Blubber 
Whales. 

Family  DELPHiKiDiE  (Dolphins,  Porpoises,  &c.): — 

1086,  1087. — The  Common  Porpoise 

(Phocana  communis).  In  the  genus  Phocaena  the 
snout  in  the  living  animal  is  not  produced  as  in  the 
Dolphin ;  but  in  other  respects  the  characters  are 
the  same.  The  teeth  are  numerous,  compressed, 
rounded,  and  interlock  when  the  jaws  are  closed, 
and  are  well  fitted  for  snapping  at  and  retaining  the 
slippery  prey.  (Fig.  1088.)  A  dorsal  fin  is  present. 
There  are  several  species. 

The  common  porpoise  is  active,  fleet,  and  vora- 
cious ;  it  frequents,  in  troops,  the  bays  and.  inlets 
of  our  coast,  and  especially  the  mouths  of  rivers, 
not  unfrequently  advancing  to  a  considerable 
distance  up  their  stream.  In  such  places  it  is  often 
taken  in  nets  by  the  fishermen,  becoming  entrapped 
while  eagerly  pursuing  its  prey.  When  the  shoals 
of  herring  and  other  fish  which  periodically  visit  our 
coast  make  their  appearance,  they  are  harassed, 
among  other  enemies,  by  this  active  and  voracious 
animal,  which  revels  in  the  luxury  of  a  perpetual 
feast ;  and  as  its  appetite  is  enormous  and  its  diges- 
tion rapid,  the  slaughter  in  which  it  appears  inces- 
santly occupied  must  be  very  great.  The  porpoise 
is  common  at  the  Nore,  and  few  have  sailed  to  Mar- 
gate or  Ramsgate  who  have  not  seen  these  animals, 
tumbUng  along,  as  they  appear  to  do,  in  the  rushing 
waves.  The  peculiarity  of  their  motion  results  from 
the  horizontal  position  of  the  tail-paddle,  and  the  up- 


and-down  stroke  which  it  gives  ;  and  their  momen- 
tary appearance  is  for  the  purpose  of  breathing, 
which  accomplished,  they  plunge  down  in  seaicli  of 
their  food.  In  former  days  the  flesh  of  the  porpoise 
was  highly  esteemed  as  a  delicacy  for  the  table,  and 
was  served  at  public  feasts;  indeed,  it  is  but  lately 
that  it  has  fallen  into  disrepute,  and  been  omitted 
at  city  entertainments,  where  the  turtle  usurps  its 
place.  Our  forefathers  must  have  had  a  difterent 
notion  about  table  delicacies  from  ourselves;  for 
few,  we  believe,  would  now  relish  the  rank,  oily, 
fishy  flesh  of  this  animal.  Length  about  five  feet. 
Fig.  1076  represents  the  skeleton. 

Fig.  1084  represents  the  skull  of  the  Dolphin  (Del- 
phinus  Delphis),  a  species  celebrated  by  the  ancients, 
and  resembling  the  porpoise  in  its  habits  and  food. 
The  aquatic  evolutions  of  these  animals,  as  seen 
sporting  around  ships,  apparently  for  the  sake  of 
amusement,  their  varied  and  rapid  turns,  and  gam 
bols,  are  well  described  by  Ovid— 

**  Undiqne  dant  saltua,  muUaque  adspergine  rorant : 
Emerguntque  iterum.  redeuntquesub  fequora  ruraiis, 
Inquechori  ludunt  speciem,  lascivaque  jaL-tanf. 
Corpora,  et  acceptum  patuUs  mare  naribus  efflant,'* 

1089,  1090.— Thj!  Narwhal 

(Monodon  monoceros).  The  genus  Monodon,  of 
which  the  Narwhal  is  the  only  recognised  species, 
is  provisionally  placed  by  Cuvier  in  the  family  Del- 
phinidse.  It  evidently  forms  the  type  of  a  distinct 
group.  Among  the  cetacea  inhabiting  the  dreary 
realms  of  the  Polar  Ocean,  the  narwhal,  if  not  the 
largest  or  among  the  largest,  is  nevertheless  one  of 
the  most  remarkable:  its  general  form  resembles 
that  of  the  porpoises ;  it  has,  however,  no  teeth, 
properly  so  called,  but  two  ivory  tusks,  or  spears, 
implanted  in  the  intermaxillary  bone,  but  of  which 
tlie  right  remains  usually  rudimentary  and  concealed 
during  life.  The  left  tusk,  on  the  contrary,  attains 
to  the  length  of  from  five  to  seven  or  eight  and 
sometimes  ten  feet  in  length,  and  projects  from  the 
snout  in  a  right  line  with  the  body,  tapering  gradu- 
ally to  a  point,  with  a  spiral  twist  (rope-like)  through- 
out its  whole  extent  (Fig.  1091),  where,  by  an  over- 
sight, the  tusks  have  been  transposed.  In  its  structure 
and  growth  this  tusk  resembles  that  of  the  elephant, 
being  hollow  at  its  base  or  root,  and  solid  at  its 
extremity.  It  is  in  the  male  only  that  this  spear- 
like  weapon,  under  ordinary  circumstances,  becomes 
duly  developed,  the  females  (and  indeed  the  young 
males)  having  the  left  as  well  as  the  right  tusk  con- 
cealed within  its  bony  socket.  This  rule,  however, 
is  not  invariable,  for  females  have  not  only  been 
seen  with  the  left  tusk  projecting,  but  the  right  also, 
if  we  may  credit  the  account  of  Lacepfide,  who 
states  that  Capt.  Dirck  Peterson,  commander  of  a 
vessel  called  the  Golden  Lion,  brought  to  Hamburg, 
in  1683,  the  skull  of  a  female  narwhal,  having  two 
tusks  implanted  in  it,  of  which  the  left  measured 
seven  feet  five  inches,  the  right  seven  feet.  It  may 
be  added  that  Capt.  Scoresby  brought  home  the 
skull  of  a  female  narwhal  in  which  both  tusks  pro- 
jected, though  only  to  the  distance  of  two  and  a 
quarter  inches,  and  which  was  examined  by  Sir  E. 
Home.  Nor  with  respect  to  the  male  must  it  be 
supposed  that  the  right  tusk  never  becomes  deve- 
loped, for,  on  the  contrary,  instances  sometimes 
occur  in  which  the  right  tusk  projects  exterhally 
nearly  as  far  as  the  left  ;  and  there  are  grounds  for 
supposing  that  when  the  left  becomes  lost,  or  broken 
by  accident,  the  right  tusk  becomes  developed  to 
supply  the  deficiency.  Formerly  these  horns,  or 
tusks,  were  looked  upon  to  be  the  horns  of  the  fabu- 
lous land-unicorn,  and  therefore  they  were  valued 
as  an  inestimable  curiosity,  and  sold  excessively 
dear,  till  the  Greenland  fishery  was  set  on  foot, 
when  they  became  more  common,  and  their  real 
nature  known. 

The  use  as.signed  to  the  tusk  of  the  narwhal  by 
Crantz,  viz.  that  of  uprooting  marine  vegetables  on 
which  to  feed,  is  altogether  a  supposition.  As  the 
male  only  ha.s  this  instrument  developed,  or  gene- 
rally the  male,  the  female  must  be  reduced  to  sad 
difficulties  in  the  procuring  of  food ;  but  in  truth 
the  position  of  the  tusk  renders  such  a  use  as  is  here 
attributed  to  it  impossible.  Moreover  the  narwhal 
does  not  subsist  on  marine  fuel,  or  algae,  but  on 
soft  animal  matters,  as  mollusks  and  fish.  Capt. 
Scoresby  found  the  remains  of  cuttle-fish  in  the 
stomachs  of  several  which  were  opened  by  him,  and 
similar  remains  were  also  found  in  the  stomach  of 
one  driven  ashore  near  Boston. 

In  general  form  the  narwhal  resembles  the  por- 
poise, but  the  head  is  small  and  blunt  ;  the  mouth 
IS  small,  and  not  capable  of  much  extension.  The 
under-lip  is  wedge-shaped.  The  eyes  are  placed 
in  a  line  with  the  opening  of  the  mouth,  at  the 
distance  of  thirteen  or  fourteen  inches  from  the 
snout,  and  of  small  size,  being  about  an  inch  m 
diameter.  The  spiracle,  or  blow-hole,  is  a  single 
oriifice  of  a  semicircular  form,  on  the  top  of  the 
iieivd,  directly  over  the  eyes.  The  fins,  or  flippers, 
aru  about  fourteen  or  fifteen  inches  long,  and  from 


lO'd.— Sk  laon  or  Pocpobe. 


1 087.— Common  Porpoi.e. 


1085.— Section  of  Hwd  orForpoiw. 


lOSS.-Nurwhtl. 


240 


1. 


-^-^■7 


6.— Skull  of  Spermaceti  Wiale,  seen  from  below. 


u ^ 


1095. — Skull  of  Spermaceti  Uliale,  seen  from  above. 


1096.— Spemnccti  Whale. 


IIOS.— Oraenland  Whale. 


S 

I 

I 


i  ioJ.— Sktill  of  Greenland  Whale»  ander  view,  lower  jau  remored. 


109?.— Skull  of  SptrmaceM  Whale,  bick  vieiv. 


1101.— Skill!  of  Greenland  Whale,  in  protile. 


i;=croia5fi[^^^ 


IIM.— Skeleton  of  Greenland  W  hale. 


1 102.— Skull  of  Greenland  Whale,  upper  view. 

No.    31. 


1092.— ItcUiKa. 

[THE  MUSEU.M  OF  ANIM.-VTED  NATURE.] 


lOM,— Skull  of  Sp«nnueti  Whale,  in  profile. 


241 


■242 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


Wll  \LES.  J 


»ix  to  eieht  broad;  their  situation  on  the  sides  of  the 
animal  being  at  one-finh  of  its  length  frooi  the 
snout.  The  breadth  of  the  tail  is  from  fifteen  to 
twenty  inches.  There  is  no  dorsal  fin,  but  a  sharp 
rid^e  runs  down  the  centre  of  the  back,  the  edge  of 
which  is  frenerally  found  to  be  rough  and  worn,  as 
if  by  rubbing  against  the  ice.  At  an  early  age 
the  narwhal  is  blacki&h-grcy  on  the  back,  with 
numerous  darker  spots  and  markings  running  into 
each  other,  forming  a  general  dusky-black  sur- 
face. The  sides  are  almost  white,  with  dusky  and 
more  open  markings:  the  under  surface  is  white. 
In  adult  specimens  the  ground-colour  of  the  back  is 
yellowish-white,  with  markings  varying  from  dark 
grey  to  dusky-black,  and  of  a  roundish  or  oval  figure, 
with  interspaces  of  white  or  yellowish-white  between 
them.  The  skin  resembles  that  of  the  common 
Greenland  whale  (Balaena  myslicetus),  but  is  thin- 
ner. The  female  narwhal  produces  a  single  young 
one  at  a  birth,  which  she  nourishes  with  milk  for 
several  months. 

To  the  rapidity,  the  great  powers,  and  the  ferocity 
of  the  narwhal  when  attacked,  many  writers  have 
borne  testimony.  Its  form  is  admirably  adapted  for 
cleaving  the  waters,  and  we  can  well  believe  that 
the  shock  of  its  weapon,  di-iven  full  tilt  against  an 
enemy,  must  produce  a  terrible  effect.  The  ribs  of 
the  stoutest  boat  would  be  transfixed  by  the  dint  of 
such  a  blow,  far  more  easily  than  was  ever  shield 
by  the  lance  of  knight  in  battle  or  tournament. 
Several  instances  have  indeed  been  known  in  which 
the  animal  has  plunged  his  weapon  deep  into  the 
thick  oak  timbers  of  a  ship,  when  it  has  fortunately 
snapped  short,  the  fragment  remaining  fixed  in  the 
orifice,  so  as  to  plug  it  up.  A  portion  of  wood 
taken  from  the  hull  of  a  ship  with  a  piece  of  nar- 
whal's tusk  firmly  imbedded  in  it  came  some  few 
years  ago  under  our  own  inspection.  It  is  probably 
only  in  defence  of  the  females  and  their  young, 
unless  indeed  when  attacked  himself,  that  the  male 
narwhal  thus  rushes  against  ships  or  boats  ;  for  we 
utterly  discredit  the  usual  accounts  of  its  causeless 
and  indiscriminate  attacks  upon  any  object  which 
approaches  within  its  range.  Doubtless  when 
wounded  and  harassed  it  becomes  desperate  ;  and 
its  power,  its  velocity,  and  weapon  combine  to 
render  it  formidable. 

The  narwhal  is  gregarious,  associating  in  troops  of 
from  six  or  eight  to  twenty  or  more  ;  and  numbers 
are  often  seen  clustered  together,  both  in  the  open 
sea,  and  in  bays  and  inlets  free  from  the  ice,  forming 
a  compact  phalanx,  moving  gently  and  slowly  along. 
Under  such  circumstances  the  independent  move- 
ments of  each  individual  are  necessarily  embar- 
rassed, so  that  a  considerable  slaughter  may  be 
easily  effected  among  them.  When  attacked  at 
such  a  time,  the  hind  ranks,  instead  of  turning 
against  their  assailants,  press  upon  those  before, 
sliding  their  long  weapons  over  the  glossy  backs  of 
their  leaders,  and  all  becomes  disorder  and  con- 
fusion. Opportunities  of  this  kind  are  welcome  to 
the  Greenlandere,  to  whom  the  narwhal  is  an  im- 
portant animal.  Independently  of  the  oil,  which 
the  narwhal  yields  in  considerable  quantity  and  of 
excellent  quality,  the  flesh  is  much  esteemed  by 
these  people  as  tcod,  and  eaten  both  fresh  and  in  a 
dried  and  smoked  state,  being  prepared  over  the 
fire  of  iheir  huts.  The  tendons  of  the  muscles  are 
useful  in  the  preparation  of  thin  but  tough  cordage  ; 
and  Duhamel  states  (see  his  '  Traite  des  Peches') 
that  several  membranous  sacs  are  obtained  from  the 
gullet  made  use  of  as  parts  of  their  fishing  appa- 
ratus. The  ivory  spear,  or  tusk,  the  Greenlanders 
employ  in  various  household  and  economical  pur- 
poses instead  of  wood,  and  in  the  manufacture  of 
weapons,  as  daits  or  arrows,  &c.  When  struck  by 
a  harpoon,  the  narwhal  dives  with  great  velocity, 
and  in  the  same  manner  as  the  whale,  but  not  to 
the  same  extent.  In  general  it  descends  about  200 
fathoms ;  and  on  returning  to  the  surface,  is  de- 
spatched by  a  whale-lance  without  any  difficulty. 
The  blubber  is  about  three  inches  in  thickness,  and 
invests  the  whole  body  :  it  aiibrds  about  half  a  ton 
of  oil. 

The  narwhal  may  be  registered  among  the  occa- 
sional visitants  to  the  Uritish  shores.  Uf  its  visits, 
however,  only  three  instances  are  on  record,  as  far 
as  we  can  learn.  The  first  is  recorded  by  Nicolas 
Tulpius  iu  1648.  The  second  is  of  one  killed,  in 
1800,  near  Boston  in  Lincolnshire,  and  said  to  have 
been  twenty-five  feet  in  length.  The  third  instance 
occurred  in  1800,  at  the  Sound  of  Weesdale,  in  Shet- 
land. 

1092. — The  Beluga 

(Ddphinapterus  Zeucas,  Pall.).  The  genus  Del- 
phinapterus  is  characterized  by  the  presence  of  a 
dorsal  fin.  Head  small,  and  blunt;  teeth  variable 
in  number.  The  Beluga  (White  Fish,  or  White  Whale) 
is  a  native  of  the  high  northern  latitudes,  and  is  one 
of  the  most  beautiful,  confident,  and  acUve  of  its 
race.  Its  colour  is  clear  milk-white,  sometimes 
tinged  with  a  rose-colour  or  a  slight  wash  of  yellow. 


tnd  the  skin  is  very  soft,  smooth,  and  slippery.  It 
associates  in  small  troops  or  families,  and  is  in  the 
habit  of  following  and  surrounding  boats  or  ships, 
gambolling  like  the  dolphin  around  them  ;  or  chasing 
its  finny  prey,  in  quest  of  which  it  often  ascends  the 
mouths  of  nvers,  occasionally  to  a  considerable  dis- 
tance. Duiing  the  intense  severity  of  the  winter, 
the  beluga  is  said  to  migrate  southwards ;  this  jour- 
ney cannot,  however,  be  to  any  great  extent,  as  it 
very  rarely  occurs  in  the  sea  around  the  most 
northern  portion  of  the  British  Isles.  Indeed  we  do 
not  know  of  more  than  one  instance  on  record  of 
this  species  visiting  our  coasts;  we  refer  to  the  in- 
dividual taken,  in  the  summer  of  1815,  in  the  Frith 
of  Forth,  where  it  had  been  observed  for  nearly 
three  months  ascending  with  the  flood-tide  and 
regularly  descending  witli  the  ebb.  This  individual, 
as  is  proved  by  the  time  ofthe  year  in  which  it  was 
seen,  was  a  stray  wanderer  from  its  native  latitudes, 
and  not  on  a  regular  journey  of  migration.  The 
flesh  of  this  animal  is  eaten  by  the  Gre»nlanders 
and  other  people  of  the  boreal  regions.  Crantz 
says  it  is  as  red  as  beef,  and  of  somewhat  similar 
flavour :  Pallas,  that  it  is  black.  The  carcass  yields 
excellent  oil,  and  it  is  principally  for  the  sake  of 
this  that  the  beluga  is  hunted.  It  is  sometimes  in- 
tercepted by  nets  extended  across  the  inlet  or 
stream  it  has  entered,  and  attacked  with  lances 
while  endeavouring  to  force  its  return :  on  other 
occasions  it  is  harpooned,  and  sometimes  even 
caught  by  means  of  hooks  baited  with  fish.  The 
female  produces  one  or  two  young  at  a  birth,  to- 
wards which  she  di.->plays  the  strongest  attachment ; 
they  follow  her  in  all  her  movements,  and  do  not 
quit  her  until  they  are  of  considerable  size.  Cuvier 
states  that  the  teeth  are  nine  in  number  on  each 
side,  above  and  below.  Mr.  Bell  states  that,  in  a 
cranium  in  his  possession,  there  are  eight  teeth  in 
the  upper  and  six  in  the  lower  jaw,  on  each  side  ; 
but  that,  as  two  have  evidently  fallen  from  the 
former,  there  must  have  been  ten  originally.  Aged 
individuals  are  often  found  without  any  teeth  in  the 
upper  jaw.  The  beluga  measures,  when  adult, 
seventeen  or  eighteen  feet  in  length.  That  caught 
in  the  Frith  of  Forth  measured  thirteen  feet  four 
inches,  and  nearly  nine  feet  in  circumference  at  the 
thickest  part,  viz.  the  centre  of  the  body,  whence 
it  tapers  both  to  the  head  and  to  the  tail. 

Family  C.\todontid.«  (Pliyseteridce,  Bell).  This 
family,  which  includes  the  Cachalots,  is  charac- 
terized by  the  immoderate  size  of  the  head,  which 
equals  one  third  the  length  of  the  body,  and  termi- 
nates in  a  deep,  abrupt,  truncate  snout,  advancing 
beyond  the  lower  jaw,  which  is  mu-iow,  the  two 
rami  being  in  contact  for  the  greater  part  of  their 
length,  and  armed  each  with  a  row  of  compressed, 
solid,  conical  teeth,  at  equal  distances  fitting  into 
cavities  in  the  upper  jaw,  which  is  either  destitute 
of  teeth,  or  merely  furnished  with  a  few  in  a  rudi- 
mentary state  and  almost  covered  by  the  gum.  The 
blow-holes  open  externally  by  a  single  orifice.  The 
tongue  is  small  and  pointed. 

1093. — The  Common  Cachalot,  oe  Spermaceti 
Whale 

(Phyieter  macrocephalus,  Linn. ;  Physeter  Catodon, 
Linn.  ;  Catodon  trmnpo,  Laccpede ;  Blunt-headed 
Cachalot,  Pennant).  The  Caclialot  is  one  of  the 
mightiest  of  the  Cetacea,  the  adult  male  measuring 
upwards  of  seventy  feet  in  length  ;  and  Irom  its 
powere,  and  not  unfrequent  paroxysms  of  fury,  is 
one  of  the  most  dangerous  of  the  monsters  of  the 
deep  which  the  daring  sailor  is  called  upon  to 
combat. 

The  cachalot  roams  the  ocean  at  pleasure,  and  is 
seen  in  all  latitudes,  but  its  native  regions  may  be 
considered  as  the  arctic  and  antarctic  seas.*  It 
would  seem  that  the  animal  is  gregarious,  and  is 
generally  seen  in  parties  consisting  of  half-grown 
males,  or  of  females  attended  by  their  young,  and 
guarded  by  one  or  two  males  of  the  largest  size. 
When  solitary  cachalots  are  observed,  they  inva- 
riably prove  to  be  aged  males. 

According  to  Mr.  F.  De  Bell  Bennett  (' Zool. 
Proceeds.,'  1837,  p.  39),  the  speed  of  an  alarmed 
cachalot  does  not  exceed  from  eight  to  ten  miles 
an  hour,  though,  when  harpooned,  its  temporary 
velocity  may  be  estimated  Irom  twelve  to  fifteen 
miles.  When  thus  flying  from  pursuit,  the  huge 
animal  moves  with  a  regular  and  majestic,  although 
rapid  jiace,  and  with  a  gently  leaping  gait ;  the  an- 
terior and  upper  portions  of  the  colossal  head  are 
rai^ed  above  the  water,  and  a  portion  of  the  back  is 
also  frequently  exhibited.  When  parties  are  pur- 
sued, they  often  move  in  lines  like  a  troop  of  horse, 
and  exert  all  their  movements,  and  descend,  rise, 
and  even  spout  in  unison.     When  about  to  plunge 

*  H.iron  Cuvier  conslden  that  only  one  species  of  <ipermacpti  wliale, 
or  caclialot.  exists.  And  Pre<l.  Cuvier  aflopta  his  opinion,  with  some 
dotiht  as  to  w  hether  the  southern  cachalot  may  not  be  distinct,  which 
Mr.  Ilcll  regards  as  bfinif  the  fact.  As  the  elucidation  of  doubtful 
species  is  not  our  present  object,  we  leave  the  question  open,  and 
speak  of  the  cachalot  in  general  terms  as  a  native  of  the  Nortliern  and 
Southern  oceans. 


deep,  the  cachalot  assumes  a  vertical  position, 
raising  the  caudal  fin,  or  "  flukes,"  perpendicularly 
in  the  air,  an  action  that  is  performed  leisurely,  and 
one  that  distinguishes  this  from  most  other  species 
of  Cetacea.  This  evolution  is  not,  however,  in- 
variably performed,  since,  when  tranquilly  feeding, 
or  carelessly  avoiding  a  boat,  the  cachalot  will 
descend  very  gradually,  lowering  itself,  or,  as  it  is 
technically  termed,  "  settling  down." 

The  ordinary  length  of  time  which  the  cachalot 
remains  under  water,  when  alarmed  or  wounded,  is 
three-quarters  of  an  hour,  but  in  some  instances  the 
time  has  extended,  it  is  said,  to  an  hour  and  a 
quarter. 

The  chace  of  this  animal  is  very  hazardous,  for 
although  generally  the  tioop  fly  on  the  appearance 
of  danger,  yet,  when  one  is  wounded,  the  others 
often  come  to  the  rescue,  especially  in  the  case  of 
the  females,  which  mutually  assist  each  other ;  while 
the  males,  as  Mr.  Bennett  affirms,  commonly  make 
a  speedy  retreat.  One  of  the  latter,  however,  if 
attacked  and  infuriated,  is  extremely  formidable, 
and  will  rush  with  immense  velocity,  head  foremost, 
against  a  boat,  shivering  it  to  pieces,  or,  lashing 
with  its  tail,  will  cut  it  asunder,  scattering  the  hap- 
less mariners,  some,  perhaps,  struck  dead,  others 
maimed,  on  the  surface  of  the  rolling  ocean.  Oc- 
currences of  this  kind  are  indeed  numerous,  and 
many  a  thrilling  narrative  of  the  '•  hair-breadth 
'scapes,"  and  of  loss  of  men  and  boats,  in  the  close 
encounter  with  this  giant  of  the  waters,  can  an  old 
South  Sea  whaler  tell,  and  many  have  been  recorded, 
which  of  themselves  would  fill  a  goodly  and  not 
uninteresting  volume.  Not  only  aie  the  boats  in 
jeopardy,  but  the  "  whaling  vessel"  itself  is  notse- 
cure  : — Mr.  Bell  refers  to  an  authenticated  instance 
of  an  American  ship  of  large  size  being  stove  in  and 
foundered  by  a  blow  from  a  gigantic  male  cachalot 
rushing  head  foremost  against  it. 

The  food  of  the  cachalot  consists  of  seals,  and 
fishes  of  a  large  size,  which  it  pursues  with  great 
pertinacity ;  but  it  would  appear  that  a  large  spe- 
cies of  cuttle-fish  (Octopus)  forms  its  principal  nu- 
triment. 

M'e  have  already  noticed  the  magnitude  of  the  head 
of  the  present  species,  and  we  may  here  observe  that 
this  magnitude  is  not  owing  to  any  extraordinary 
development  of  the  skull :  the  maxillary  and  inter- 
maxillary bones  are  indeed  prolonged,  but  the 
cranial,  portion  is  small,  and  rises  abruptly  (see 
Fig.  1094,  Skull  of  the  Cachalot  in  profile).  If,  how- 
ever, we  look  at  the  upper  surface  of  the  skull 
(Fig.  1095),  we  find  the  top  deeply  concave,  with  a 
margin  continued  along  the  outer  edge  of  each 
maxillary  bone.  It  is  in  this  concavity  principally 
that  the  substance  termed  spermaceti,  or  more  pro- 
perty cetine,  is  lodged,  and  that  in  such  immense 
quantity  as  to  give  to  the  head  its  extraordinary 
size  and  figure.  This  substance,  in  a  semi-fluid 
state,  is  contained  in  a  tissue  of  cells,  not  only 
tilHng  up  the  concavity  of  the  surface  of  the  skull, 
but  giving  to  the  head  a  singular  elevation,  the 
whole  being  invested  by  a  dense  cartilaginous  ex- 
pansion. Cetine  is  also  found  in  cells  along  the 
back  and  in  other  parts  of  the  body.  This  cetine 
exists  mixed  with  oil,  and  when  the  whale  is  killed, 
a  hole  is  made  in  the  outer  and  upper  part  of  the 
head,  and  the  oleaginous  fluid  is  baled  out  with 
buckets.  The  first  process  is  the  separation  of  the 
oil  by  means  of  draining  and  squeezing ;  the  im- 
pure cetine  is  then  put  into  barrels,  in  the  state  of 
a  yellow  unctuous  mass,  and  is  afterwards  further 
purified  by  the  following  process: — "The  mass  is 
put  into  hair  or  woollen  bags,  and  pressed  between 
plates  of  iron  in  a  screw-press,  until  it  becomes 
hard  and  brittle ;  it  is  then  broken  into  small  pieces 
and  thrown  into  boiling  water,  where  it  melts  and 
the  impurities  are  separated  from  it.  After  being 
cooled  and  taken  from  the  first  water,  it  is  put  into 
a  boiler  of  clean  water,  and  a  weak  solution  of 
potash  is  gradually  added.  This  is  thrice  repeated, 
after  which  the  whole  is  poured  into  coolers,  when 
the  spermaceti  concretes  into  a  white  semicrystal- 
lized  mass,  and  on  being  cut  into  small  pieces  ex- 
hibits a  beautiful  flaky  appearance,  so  well  known 
as  belonging  to  the  spermaceti  of  commerce.''  An 
ordinary-sized  whale  will  yield  twelve  large  barrels 
of  crude  spermaceti. 

Like  other  whales,  the  cachalot  is  clothed  with  a 
layer  of  blubber,  but  in  less  abundance  than  in  the 
common  whale  (Balajna  mysticetas).  The  oil  pro- 
cured from  it,  however,  is  thinner  and  more  valuable. 
Fig.  109G  represents  in  outline,  a,  the  spermaceti 
whale,  with  the  sections  marked  for  flencing;  b,  the 
anterior  aspect  of  the  head  ;  c,  the  harpoon  ;  d,  the 
lance. 

There  is  another  substance  produced  by  the  ca- 
chalot, known  iu  commerce  under  the  name  of  am- 
bergris. This  substance,  in  the  form  of  opake 
greyish  masses,  marbled  with  darker  tints, and  some- 
what hard  and  brittle,  is  found  floating  in  many  parts 
of  the  sea,  or  thrown  up  on  the  shore.  It  is  most 
abundantin  the  neighbourhood  of  the  Moluccas  and 


Whales.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE, 


243 


alongthe  coasts  of  China,  Japan,  Madagascar,  Africa) 
and  also  South  Ameiica.  Its  consistence  resembles 
that  of  common  wax  ;  it  is  fatty,  inflammable,  and 
when  heated  emits  a  fragrant  but  powerful  musky 
odour.  In  general  it  is  mixed  up  with  the  beaks  of 
cuttle-fish,  the  bones  of  fishes,  and  other  foreign  mat- 
ters. For  a  long  time  the  nature  of  this  substance 
was  utterly  unknown.  -  It  has  been  regarded  by 
some  as  a  sort  of  bitumen,  or  as  a  kind  of  giwn, 
and  by  others  as  a  composition  of  wax  and  honey. 
It  is  now  known  to  be  produced,  as  a  concretion,  in 
the  intestines  of  the  cachalot,  and  is  often  found  in 
sickly  or  diseased  animals;  indeed.  Dr.  Schwediawer 
asserts  that  the  existence  of  these  indigestible  con- 
cretions olten  occasions  abdominal  abscesses,  after 
the  bursting  of  which  the  ambergris  is  found  float- 
ing on  the  surface  of  the  sea.  Formerly  this  sub- 
stance was  in  high  estimation  as  p.  medicine ;  at 
present  it  is  only  used  as  a  perfume,  but  is  seldom 
to  be  obtained  unadulterated.  As  in  most  of  the 
Cetacea,  the  skull  of  the  cachalot  is  destitute  of  sym- 
metry, having  a  turn  as  it  were,  or  bend,  towards  the- 
left ;  it  is  asserted  also  that  the  left  eye  is  smaller 
and  more  limited  in  visual  range  than  the  right,  on 
which  account  the  sailors  endeavour  to  attack  it  on 
its  left.  Mr.  Bennett  makes  no  allusion  to  this  cir- 
cumstance, but  merely  observes  that  if  boats  are  not 
brought  within  the  line  of  vision,  the  animal  maybe 
approached  with  great  facility,  the  sense  of  hearing 
fcemg  very  imperfect ;  "  a  deficiency,  however,  which 
appears  to  be  in  some  measure  compensated  for  by 
the  perfection  in  which  it  possesses  the  sense  of 
touch,  through  the  medium  of  a  smooth  skin  abun- 
dantly supplied  with  nervous  papillae.  It  even  ap- 
pears as  though  the  cachalots  had  the  means  of  con- 
veying impressions  to  one  another  through  the  water, 
at  considerable  distances ;  for  it  is  a  fact  well  known 
to  the  southern  whalers,  that  upon  a  cachalot  being 
struck  from  a  boat,  others  that  are  miles  distant  will 
almost  instantaneously  display  by  their  actions  an 
apparent  consciousness  of  what  has  occurred,  and 
either  take  themselves  oiFor  come  down  to  the  aid 
of  their  injured  companion."  This  intelligence  he 
supposes  can  only  be  communicated  by  a  concussion 
of  the  water. 

We  have  said  that  the  cachalot  roams  all  seas ; 
it  appears,  however,  to  be  more  scarce  in  the  arctic 
latitudes  than  formerly,  but  is  abundant  in  the 
Southern  Ocean,  and  within  the  regions  of  the  ant- 
arctic circle.  According  to  Colnett,  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  Galapagos  constitutes  a  sort  of  rendez- 
vous in  spring  for  all  the  cachalots  frequenting  the 
coasts  of  Mexico,  Peru,  and  the  Gulf  of  Panama. 

We  have  several  instances  on  record  of  this  ani- 
mal having  been  captured  on  our  own  coast,  and  on 
that  of  the  adjacent  continent ;  it  has  been  seen  in 
the  Mediterranean,  oft' the  soul  hem  shores  of  Europe, 
as  well  as  off  the  shores  of  Southern  Africa,  and  in 
the  Channel  of  Mozambique. 

In  1 769  a  cachalot  was  killed  in  the  Frith  of  Forth, 
and  one  was  seen  off  the  Kentish  coast.  In  1774  a 
large  one  was  stranded  on  the  coast  of  Norfolk  ; 
some  few  years  since  a  small  one  was  captured  in 
the  Thames  near  Gravesend.  In  1784  thirty-two 
cachalots  ran  aground  on  the  coast  of  Audierne,  being 
stranded  on  the  sands  towards  Cape  Estain.  In 
1819  one  of  63  feet  in  length  was  killed  in  Whit- 
stable  Bay.  According  to  Lowe,  the  cachalot  "  is 
often  driven  ashore  about  the  Orkneys,  nay,  some- 
times caught." 

The  general  colour  of  this  species  is  greyish  black 
above,  lighter  beneath  ;  the  eye  is  small,  with  a  few 
stiff  hairs  around.  There  is  no  dorsal  fin,  but  a  dis- 
tinct protuberance  ;  the  pectoral  fins  are  small,  and 
slightly  grooved  longitudinally.  Fig.  1097  repre- 
sents a  portion  of  the  lower  jaw,  to  show  the  teeth. 
Fig.  1098,  the  skull  seen  from  below.  Fig.  1099, 
the  back  view  of  the  skull,  showing  its  occipital 
elevation  above  the  articulating  processes  and  fora- 
men magnum  (See  also  Fig.  1094). 

Family  Bal,bnid.b  (the  true  Whales). — These  ani- 
mals equal  the  cachalot  in  size,  but  have  the  head 
more  proportionate  to  the  bulk  of  the  body,  and  dis- 
play a  less  clumsy  contour.  They  are  moreover 
distingijished  from  all  other  Cetacea  by  the  total  ab- 
sence of  teeth;  their  place  in  the  upper  jaw,  which 
is  extremely  narrow,  being  supplied  by  pendant 
homy  laminae,  called  whalebone,  or  baleen.  The 
palate  of  the  whale  is  arched  and  oval  (see  Fig. 
1 100),  and  forms  a  vaulted  roof  to  which  the  plates 
of  baleen  are  attached  transversely,  in  two  rows,  pa- 
rallel to  each  other.  Each  plate  consists  of  a  cen- 
tral coarse  fibrous  layer,  lying  between  two,  which 
are  compact  and  externally  polished,  constituting  a 
sort  of  enamel  or  varnish;  but  which  outer  layers 
do  not  cover  the  internal  or  true  baleen  to  its  ex- 
treme free  edge  :  the  latter,  therefore,  extends  beyond 
the  former,  and  terminates  in  a  fringe,  in  which  are 
entangled  the  small  molluscous  animals  which  con- 
stitute the  food  of  this  huge  animal.  Each  plate  of 
baleen  is  of  a  subtriangular  figure,  and  its  base,  at- 
tached to  the  palate,  has  a  long  furrow,  fixed  upon 
a  pulp,  buried  deeply  in  the  firm  vascular  substance 


of  the  gum  covering  the  under  surface  of  the  max- 
illary and  intermaxillary  bones.  The  outer  layers, 
of  compact  matter,  are  continuous  with  a  white 
horny  layer  of  the  gum  which  passes  on  to  the  sur- 
face of  each  plate,  and  the  pulp  is  therefore  the  se- 
creting organ  of  the  internal  layer  of  coarse  elastic 
fibres.  The  number  of  plates  composing  each  row 
is  from  300  to  400,  and  the  palate  being  oval,  the 
longest  are  those  situated  in  medio ;  those  towards 
the  muzzle  and  near  the  entrance  of  the  throat  being 
consequently  the  shortest.  The  longest  of  these  la- 
minae often  measure  15  feet  and  upwards  in  length  ; 
and  the  abbreviation  anteriorly  and  posteriorly  is 
gradual.  Each  plate,  as  we  have  said,  is  fringed,  and 
the  filaments  of  the  fringe  are  very  numerous,  and  fill 
up  the  cavity  of  the  mouth  sufficiently  to  form  a 
strainer.  The  lower  jaw  is  arched  boldly  outwards  on 
each  side,  so  as  to  form  a  broad  elli^^se,  the  margin  of 
a  huge  spoon  which  ladles  in  and  conveys  to  the 
strainer  or  fringes  vast  quantities  of  water  replete  with 
shoals  of  small  Crustacea,  of  the  clio  borealis,  and 
other  small  tenants  of  the  briny  deep,  which  abso- 
lutely crowd  its  waters.  The  tongue  is  very  large, 
thick,  fleshy,  fat,  soft,  and  spongy.  In  the  Greenland 
whale  it  often  exceeds  20  feet  in  length,  and  nine  or 
ten  in  width.  The  orifice  of  the  gullet  is  very  small ; 
so  that  fish  even  of  a  moderate  size  cannot  pass 
down.  The  eyes  are  small,  and  seated  just  above 
the  angle  of  the  enormous  mouth.  There  are  two 
distinct  blow-holes  on  the  top  of  the  head.  The 
skin  is  smooth  and  glossy.  The  blubber  is  abundant. 
In  the  Greenland  whale  the  layer  of  this  subcuta- 
neous lard  varies  from  eight  or  ten  to  20  inches  in 
depth,  and  a  single  whale  of  large  size  will  yield 
about  40  tons  ;*  but  much  more  has  occasionally 
been  obtained.  The  lips  appear  to  be  composed 
of  little  more  than  cellular  tissue  and  blubber. 

Referring  to  our  pictorial  specimens  of  osteology, 
Fig.  1101  shows  the  skull  of  the  Greenland  whale  in 
profile  ;  Fig.  1 102,  an  upper  view  of  the  same  ;  Fig. 
1 103,  an  under  view  of  the  same,  with  the  lower  jaw 
removed;  Fig.  1104  represents  the  skeleton  of  the 
Greenland  whale,  in  which  the  rudiments  of  the 
pelvis  are  apparent. 

1105,  1 106. — The  GaEEXLAifD  Whale,  or 
Gkeat  Mtsticete 

(BalcBna  Mysticettts).  This  colossal  animal,  yield- 
ing oil  and  whalebone,  both  valuable  in  a  com- 
mercial point  of  view,  is  a  native  of  the  arctic  seas, 
whither  it  is  followed  by  a  daring  race  of  mariners 
amidst  horrid  icebergs  and  extensive  floes,  where 
danger  in  every  form  is  imminent.  Cold,  intense 
beyond  description, — this  has  to  be  borne ;  hunger, 
for  often  are  the  vessels  icp-bound,  and  the  pro- 
visions scanty, — this  has  to  be  endured  ;  watchful- 
ness, fatigue,  and  the  chance  of  being  ingulfed 
during  the  tremendous  conflict, — these  the  sailor 
bears  and  braves,  content  if  he  return  home  with  a 
rich  harvest  gleaned  from  the  arctic  waters.  The 
Greenland  whale,  therefore,  even  in  this  sense,  is 
one  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  Cetacea  ;  nor  is  it 
less  so  from  its  habits  and  manners,  which  various 
observers,  and  in  particular  Captain  Scoresby,  have 
contributed  to  illustrate.  The  ordinary  length  of 
this  species  is  from  sixty  to  seventy  or  eighty  feet ; 
but  it  is  said  to  attain  occasionally  to  greater  dimen- 
sions. Seen  at  a  distance,  it  appears  as  a  dark  ill- 
defined  mass  floating  on  the  surface  of  the  water, 
and  indeed  it  is  only  when  lying  on  its  side,  after 
death,  that  its  true  outline  is  to  be  made  out.  (See 
Fig.  1106.) 

It  is  upon  minute  animals,  such  as  small  shrimp- 
like  Crustacea,  the  clio  borealis,  medusae,  &c.,  that 
this  huge  animal  supports  his  colossal  frame. 
Ploughing  his  way  beneath  the  surface  with  open 
mouth,  he  engulfs  his  prey  by  myriads,  which  be- 
come entangled  among  the  filaments  fringing  the 
baleen,  and  thus  are  as  it  were  sifted  from  the  water, 
which  escapes  at  the  sides.  Every  few  minutes  he 
rises  to  breathe,  expelling  through  the  blow-holes  a 
column  of  steam  and  water,  and  again  plunges  to 
continue  his  repast.  In  order  to  dive,  the  whale  first 
raises  his  head,  and  then  plunges  it  under  the  sur- 
face, drawing  his  tail  at  the  same  time  underneath 
the  body  so  as  to  form  the  segment  of  a  circle  ; 
instantaneously  he  strikes  it  out,  and  goes  down  like 
a  shot.  The  length  of  time  passed  beneath  the 
surface  varies,  but  according  to  Captain  Scoresby  it 
seldom  exceeds  half  an  hour,  and  this  only  when 
harpooned ;  under  such  circumstances,  on  appearing 
again,  which  is  generally  at  a  considerable  distance 
from  the  spot  where  the  animal  descended,  he  is 
always  in  a  state  of  great  exhaustion,  owing  chiefly 
to  the  immense  pressure  it  has  sustained,  but  no 
doubt  in  part  to  the  long  suspension  of  respiration  : 
under  ordinary  circumstances  the  whale  rises  to 
breathe  every  eight  or  ten  minutes. 

The  velocity  of  the  whale  is  very  great.    Captain 
Scoresby  harpooned  one  which,  on  being  struck,  de- 
scended four  hundred  fathoms,  at  the   rate  of  eight  i 
miles  an  hour.     But  under  the  pain  of  this  weapon 

*  'Hie  pruportio  i  of  pure  oil  to  tlie  blubber  is  as  tliree  to  four.  t 


they  often  descend  a  much  greater  depth,  subject- 
ing themselves  to  an  enormous  pressure  of  water 
and  are  at  the  same  time  so  overcome  by  terror,  as 
often  to  bruise  themselves  severely  by  the  rocks  met 
with  in  their  course,  and  sometimes  even  to  strike 
so  violently  against  the  hard  bed  of  the  ocean  as  to 
fracture  their  jaws.  At  the  depth  of  800  fathoms 
Captain  Scoresby  calculates  the  pressure^  at  21 1,200 
tons. 

The  most  pleasing  as  well  as  astonishing  exhi- 
bition of  the  power  and  activity  of  these  animals  is 
during  the  pairing  season,  when  they  gambol  and 
frolic  in  the  waters,  throwing  themselves  about  in 
the  exuberance  of  delight,  little  aware  of  the  ap- 
proach of  their  enemies.  Sometimes  they  dart 
along  the  surface,  and  then  dive  and  re-ascend  with 
such  energy  as  to  leap  entirely  out  of  the  water ; 
sometimes  they  raise  themselves  perpendicularly, 
sometimes,  head  downwards,  they  flourish  their 
tails  aloft,  and  lash  the  water  with  tremendous 
violence,  throwing  the  sea  around  them  into  foam, 
and  producing  a  roaring  noise  resounding  to  a 
considerable  distance.  The  tail  is,  in  fact,  not  only 
their  organ  of  locomotion,  but  their  weapon  of 
defence,  and  though  extremely  timid  and  peaceful, 
they  often  use  it,  when  driven  to  despair,  with  ter- 
rible effect;  and  this  the  more  particulariy  when 
one  of  a  pair  is  struck,  or  the  life  of  the  cub  is  in 
danger.  The  mutual  attachment  of  each  pair,  and 
the  affection  of  the  female  for  her  young  one,  are 
intense ;  and  many  are  the  instances  on  record  in 
which  the  one  has  died  in  defending  the  other. 
Captain  Anderson  relates  that,  "  having  struck  one 
of  two  whales,  a  male  and  female,  that  were  in 
company  together,  the  wounded  one  made  a  long 
and  terrible  resistance ;  it  struck  down  a  boat  with 
five  men  in  it  by  a  single  blow  of  the  tail,  and  all 
went  to  the  bottom;  the  other  still  attended  its 
companion,  and  lent  it  every  assistance,  until  at 
last  the  whale  that  had  been  struck  sunk  under  its 
wounds,  while  its  faithful  associate,  disdaining  to 
survive  the  loss,  stretched  itself  upon  the  dead 
animal,  sharing  its  fate."  A  more  affecting  instance, 
exemplifying  the  strength  of  maternal  attachment, 
is  related  by  Captain  Scoresby.  One  of  his  har- 
pooners  struck  a  cub,  in  the  hope  of  capturing  the 
mother  (a  plan,  we  are  sorry  to  say,  frequently 
made  use  of),  who  arose,  and  seizing  the  young  one 
with  her  paddle,  dived  instantly,  dragging  about  a 
hundred  fathoms  of  line  out  of  the  boat  with  con- 
siderable velocity.  Again  she  arose  to  the  surface, 
furiously  darted  to  and  fro ;  frequently  stopping 
short,  or  suddenly  changing  her  direction,  and  ex- 
hibiting every  symptom  of  extreme  agony.  For  a 
considerable  length  of  time  she  thus  continued  to 
act,  although  closely  pursued  by  the  boats,  but  her 
concern  for  her  offspring  made  her  regardless  of  the 
danger  by  which  she  was  surrounded.  After  two 
fruitless  trials,  she  was  harpooned,  but  even  then 
did  not  attempt  to  escape,  notwithstanding  her  suf- 
ferings, but  still  clung  to  her  offspring,  and  allowed 
the  other  boats  to  approach,  so  that  in  a  few- 
minutes  three  more  harpoons  were  fastened,  and  in. 
the  course  of  an  hour  both  the  mother  and  cub 
were  floating  dead. 

The  female  of  this  species  pioduces  only  one  cub 
at  a  birth,  which  remains  under  her  care  for  a  con- 
siderable period,  until,  by  the  development  of  the 
baleen  plates,  it  is  enabled  to  procure  its  own  sup- 
port. The  whale  usually  lives  in  pairs,  but  some- 
times numbers  are  seen  together,  in  places  to 
which  abundance  of  food  or  other  causes  induce 
them  to  resort. 

The  unceasing  persecution  to  which  the  Green- 
land whale  has  been  long  subjected  has  not  only 
thinned  its  numbers,  but  driven  it  from  localities  in 
which  it  was  formerly  common.  It  is  at  present 
chiefly  to  be  found  in  the  icy  seas  of  Spitzbergen, 
in  Davis's  Straits,  Baffin's  Bay,  and  the  waters  of 
the  polar  circle.  General  colour  above,  a  velvety- 
blackish  grey  ;  under  parts,  white. 

An  allied  species,  the  Cape  or  Southern  Whale 
(Balaena  Australis,  Cuv.),  but  not  attaining  to  so 
large  a  size,  inhabits  the  Southern  Ocean,  and  in 
the  month  of  June  visits  the  bays  of  Africa  adja- 
cent to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  for  the  purpose  of 
bringing  forth  its  young.  It  is,  in  fact,  only  the 
females  that  thus  approach  the  coast,  and  they 
return  to  the  main  ocean  in  September.  Two  skele- 
tons, brought  by  De  Lalande  in  1820,  are  in  the 
museum  of  Paris,  and  the  osteological  differences 
between  this  and  the  Greenland  whale  have  been 
described  by  Cuvier.  The  speculations  of  com- 
merce have  been  directed  to  this  representative  of 
the  northern  mysticete,  which  at  a  future  day  may 
in  like  manner  become  driven  from  its  old  haunts 
to  more  remote  abodes. 

Fig.  1107  is  the  outline  of  a  species  of  Balaena 
(Balaena  Antipodarum),  tenanting  the  ocean  near 
New  Zealand.  Fig.  1108  represents  the  mode  of 
attacking  the  Greenland  whale  ;  and  Fig.  1109  con- 
veys some  idea  of  the  dangers  of  the  contest.  The 
cut   relates  to   the  following  incident : — "  Captain 

212 


-Ilaipooning  Um  WIul*. 


UOT^Maw  Zealand  While. 


1109.— Dangers  of  the  Whale-Fuhery. 


1 :  18.— Skeleton  of  Qorqual. 


1111.— liorqual. 


UOe.— Greenland  Whale. 


244 


"•^J-ifJ. 


Z77m///!,'///,/»"'^' 


1117.— Teeth  of  Skunk. 


use.— Weasel. 


245 


246 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Whalm. 


Lyons,  of  the  Ruth  of  Leith,  while  prosecuting  the 
whale  fishfry  on  the  Labrador  coast,  in  the  season 
of  1902,  discovered  a  large  whale  at  a  short  distance 
from  the  ship.  Four  boats  were  sent  in  pursuit,  and 
two  of  them  succeeded  in  approaching  it  so  closely 
together,  that  two  harpoons  were  struck  at  the  same 
moment.  Ttie  nhale  descended  a  few  fathoms  in 
the  direction  of  another  of  the  boats,  which  was  on 
the  advance,  rose  accidentally  beneath  it,  struck  it 
with  its  head,  and  threw  the  boat,  men,  and  appa- 
ratus about  fifteen  feet  into  the  air.  It  was  inverted 
by  the  stroke,  and  fell  into  the  water  with  its  keel 
upwards.  All  the  people  were  picked  up  alive  by 
the  fourth  boat,  excepting  one  man,  who,  having 
got  entangled  in  the  boat,  fell  beneath  it,  and  was 
unfortunately  drowned."  Fig.  1110  represents,  a, 
the  har|)oon  ;  b,  the  lance  used  in  the  attack. 

1111,  1112.— The  Rorqual 

(Balemoptera  Boops,  Flem. ;  UaK-enoptera  Rorqual, 
I^cep.).  The  Rorquals,  constituting  the  genus  Ba- 
Isenoptera,  differ  from  the  Greenland  whale  and  its 
allies  in  the  possession  of  a  small  dorsal  fin  on  the 
lower  part  of  the  back  (not  seen  in  the  position  of 
the  pictorial  specimen),  and  a  series  of  longitudinal 
folds  on  the  skin  of  the  under  surface  of  the  body, 
and  particularly  the  throat  and  chest.  The  plates 
of  baleen  are  short.  The  food  of  these  animals 
consists  of  fishes,  and  especially  herrings  and  other 
species  which  go  in  shoals,  and  they  engulf  multi- 
tudes at  once  in  the  abyss  of  their  capacious  mouth. 
They  are  remarkable  for  the  rapidity  and  ease  of 
their  movements :  they  dart  along  or  dive  with 
almost  unequalled  impetuosity,  and  are  dangerous 
to  attack.  From  this  cause,  as  well  as  from  the 
small  quantity  of  blubber  they  afford,  and  the  in- 
ferior quality  of  the  baleen,  they  are  seldom  chased 
by  the  crews  of  the  whaling-vessels.  The  species 
do  not  seem  to  be  as  yet  well  determined. 

The  Great  Rorqual  is  one  of  the  largest,  if  not 
the  largest,  of  this  gigantic  race  of  bemgs,  often 
exceeding  a  hundred  feet  in  length.  Its  native 
regions  are  the  polar  seas,  where  it  is  seen  both  in 
troops  and  pairs,  the  paired  males  and  females 
exhibiting  devoted  attachment  to  each  other.  The 
rorqual  is  more  restless,  more  suspicious,  and  fiercer 
than  the  common  whale,  and  when  struck  by  the 
harpoon  descends  with  such  velocity  as  often  to 
snap  the  hue.  It  was  an  individual  of  this  species 
which,  in  the  month  of  November,  1827,  was  stranded 
near  Ostend,  and  of  which  the  skeleton  was  subse- 
quently exhibited  in  London  and  Paris.  The  length 
of  the  skeleton  was  ninety-five  feet ;  the  head 
measured  twenty-two  feet.  The  spinal  column 
consisted  of  sixty-two  vertebras ;  the  ribs  were 
fourteen  on  each  side.  The  expanse  of  the  caudal 
paddle  was  twenty-two  feet  and  a  half.  The  op- 
portunity of  examining  the  internal  anatomy  of  this 
animal  was  lost,  a  circumstance  lamented  in  indig- 
nant but  just  terms  by  M.  Van  Breda,  whose 
memoir  on  the  subject  is  published  in  Cuvier's 
•  Histoire  Naturelle  des  Cetacfis.'  This  writer 
states  that  besides  the  usual  plates  of  baleen,  the 
animal  had  at  the  tip  of  its  muzzle  a  thick  tuft  of 
rounded  horny  filaments,  or  rather  coarse  hairs, 
united  at  the  root  by  a  common  membrane,  and 
divided  into  finer  threads  at  their  points;  these 
filaments  were  of  difi"erent  lengths,  some  exceeding 
three  feet.  This  peculiarity  had  not,  we  believe, 
been  previously  noticed.  The  weight  of  this  indi- 
vidual when  captured  was  480,000  pounds,  and 
4000  gallons  of  oil  were  extracted  from  the  blubber. 
Weight  of  the  skeleton  alone,  70,000  pounds.  Fig. 
1020  represents  the  skeleton. 

Here  we  close  our  survey  of  the  specimens  of  the 
Cctacea  which  are  contained  in  our  Pictorial 
Museum.  It  is  a  class  which  yet  requires  much 
elucidation;  its  species  are  still  involved  in  con- 
fusion, and  of  many  almost  everything  is  yet  to  be 
learned.  They  have  seldom  indeed  been  contem- 
plated in  their  native  regions  by  professed  naturalists 
— hence,  the  changes  they  may  (many  of  them,  at 
least)  undergo  in  their  progress  from  youth  to 
maturity,  the  duration  of  their  lives,  the  rapidity  of 
their  growth,  and  many  points  in  their  economy  are 
yet  desiderata.  Who  has  counted  the  years  of  the 
whale;  who  has  marked  an  individual  from  birth, 
till,  one  of  the  patriarchs  of  its  oceanic  race,  it  has 
failed  beneath  the  burden  of  ages?  Who  has 
tracked  these  colossal  beings  in  their  migrations,  or 
patiently  studied  their  nicer  instincts,  their  less  pro- 
minent mannei-s  and  habits  ? — Their  ways  are  hid- 
den in  the  deep,  and  the  little  that  we  know  of  them 
is  the  result  of  accumulated,  but  fortuitous  observa- 
tion, to  which  commerce  has  impelled  a  daring 
class  of  men,  whose  great  object  is  their  destruction. 
Much  inf]ormation  will  be  doubtless  added  from 
time  to  time,  but  after  all,  many  points  will  neces- 
sarily remain  beyond  our  powers  of  acquisition. 

We  may  conclude  by  observing  that  the  chace  of 
the  whale  was  carried  on  by  the  Norwegians  as 
early  as  the  ninth  century,  principally,  as  it  would 
appear,  for  the  sake  of  its  flesh,  which  was  accounted 


a  delicacy.  Formerly  a  species  of  whale  abounded 
in  the  Bay  of  Biscay,  and  was  killed  by  the  inha- 
bitants of  the  coast  ior  the  same  object,  till  at  length 
it  was  driven  away  from  that  bay  by  incessant  per- 
secution; the  Biscayan  mariners  then  carried  the 
navijgation  farther  and  farther  from  their  own  shores, 
till  at  last  they  approached  the  coasts  of  Iceland, 
Greenland,  and  Newfoundland;  and  thus  wiis  com- 
menced, in  the  course  of  the  sixteenth  century,  the 
northern  whale  fishery  as  pursued  in  modern  limes; 
the  object  being  not  the  flesh  of  the  animal,  but  the 
blubber  and  baleen. 

We  have  now,  before  leaving  the  Mammalia,  to 
refer  to  several  new  pictorial  specimens,  illustrative 
of  various  groups,  and  to  be  regarded  in  the  light 
of  additions  to  our  collection,  subsequent  to  our 
notice  of  the  oi-ders  and  families  to  which  they 
respectively  belong.  Some  of  the  species  are  indeed 
duplicates ;  others,  however,  are  lor  the  first  time 
introduced  into  our  Pictorial  Museum,  and  merit 
particular  attention. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  QUADRUMANA. 
1113. — The  Douc,  oe  Cochis-Chixa  Moskei 
(Semiiopit/iecus   tienuEtis,  F.  Cuv.).     Pygathrix  ne- 
mseus,  Geoflfr. ;  Lasiopyga  nemseus.  111. 

The  Douc,  a  genuine  example  of  the  genus  Sem- 
no))ithecus,  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful,  if  not  the 
most  beautiful,  of  all  the  monkey  race.  We  give 
the  following  description  Irom  a  tine  adult  male  in 
the  Paris  Museum.  The  face  is  naked,  and  of  an 
orange  colour,  surrounded  by  full  long  whiskers  of 
a  glossy  whiteness;  the  fur  of  the  forehead  is  black- 
ish, passing  .into  delicate  grizzled  grey,  which  is  the 
colour  of  the  whole  head,  the  back,  the  sides,  and 
abdomen,  each  hair  having  annulations  of  white  iind 
dusky  black  to  the  number  of  eleven  or  twelve. 
From  the  eyebrows  to  the  ears  extends  a  pencil  of 
chestnut  red ;  the  throat  is  white  ;  a  band,  or  gorget, 
of  chestnut  red  extends  across  the  fop  of  the  chest 
Irom  shoulder  to  shoulder,  succeeded  by  a  band  of 
black  spreading  over  the  top  of  each  shoulder.  The 
forearms,  the  tail,  and  a  square  patch  above  its  root 
are  of  a  snowy  white.  The  knees,  the  legs,  and  the 
tarsal  portion  of  the  feet  are  of  a  rich  chestnut ;  the 
fingers,  the  toes,  and  the  thighs  are  black;  space 
round  the  callosities,  white ;  callosities  and  naked 
skin  of  the  palms,  yellow.  Fur,  full  and  soft. 
Length  of  head  and  body  to  root  of  tail,  two  feet 
one  inch.     Native  country,  Cochin-China. 

The  douc  has  never  been  brought  alive  to  Europe, 
and  of  its  habits  and  manners  we  have  but  meagre 
information.  Bezoar-stones  are  said  to  be  frequently 
found  in  its  stomach,  a  proof  that  it  is  sacculated,  as 
in  the  other  Semnopitheci,  and  also  in  the  Colobi. 

In  the  '  Magasin  de  Zoologie '  ('  Voyage  autpur  du 
Monde  de  la  Corvette  La  Favorite')  I836,  it  is 
stated  that  "these  animals  live  in  troops,  more  or 
less  numerous,  in  the  vast  woods  which  cover  the 
country  along  the  shore  ;  and  their  manners  are 
certainly  far  from  being  wild,  as  has  been  supposed. 
They  are,  indeed,  little  troubled  by  the  presence  of 
man,  and  often  come  near  to  the  habitations  of  the 
Cochin-Chinese,  who  appear  to  offer  them  but  little 
molestation,  and  do  not  attempt  to  draw  from  the 
beautiful  fur  of  the  doucs  all  the  advantages  which 
might  be  obtained  from  such  a  source.  However, 
the  incursions  of  the  sailors  of  the  corvette  La 
Favorite  in  a  very  short  time  inspired  these  animals 
with  such  terror,  and  so  rapid  was  their  flight,  that, 
numerous  as  they  were,  they  were  not  procured 
without  difficulty." 

Though  Buffon,  on  the  authority  of  M.  de  Poivre, 
gave  the  name  of  douc  to  this  species,  as  its  native 
appellation,  nevertheless  it  would  seem  that  such  is 
not  the  term  by  which  it  is  known  in  Cochin-China. 
M.  Rey,  the  captain  of  a  French  merchantman,  who 
visited  that  country  in  1819-20,  informs  us  that  these 
monkeys  are  there  called  Venam,  which,  he  sajs, 
signifies  '  men  of  the  woods.'  M.  Rey  had  no  diffi- 
culty in  killing  nufnbei-s  of  them,  but  it  was  not 
without  great  trouble  that  he  succeeded  in  capturing 
living  individuals.  So  numerous  were  they,  that  on 
one  occasion,  in  the  course  of  a  few  hours,  a  hun- 
dred were  slaughtered.  Desirous,  however,  of  taking 
some  alive,  for  the  purpose  of  transporting  them,  if 
possible,  to  France,  he  set  to  work  in  earnest.  In 
the  attempt  many  were  shot  dead,  and  others 
wounded ;  and  as  they  fell,  the  survivors  collected 
round  the  dead  and  dying,  endeavouring  to  carry 
them  off  into  the  deeper  parts  of  the  forest.  Three 
young  ones  were  ultimately  secured,  which  held  so 
fast  round  the  bodies  of  their  dams  that  it  required 
no  small  effort  to  detach  them.  They  did  not  reach 
France  alive.  M.  Rey  remarks  that  this  species  of 
monkey  greatly  resembles  the  orang-outan  in  stature 
and  inoffensive  manners,  inhabiting  the  mountains 
and  tops  of  the  loftiest  trees,  and  living  on  fruit. 
Its  fur  he  describes  as  being  exceedingly  fine. 
Some  of  the  males  measured,  when  standing  up- 
right, about  four  feet  four  inches  in  height. 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  URSID^. 
1114. — Thb  Rufous  Coati 
(Nasua  nrfa).  We  have  already  alluded  to  the 
I  genus  Nasua  as  one  of  those  foims  which  link  the 
UrsidsB,  on  one  side,  with  the  Mustelidac,  or  Weasel 
tribe,  of  the  other.  The  rufous  coati  in  habits  and 
manners  agrees  with  the  brown  coati,  living  in  pairs 
or  small  troops  in  the  forests  of  South  America,  and 
climbing  with  great  facility ;  but  then-  mode  of 
climbing  does  not  resemble  that  of  the  cat  or  the 
squirrel,  or  of  any  of  the  light-limbed  and  sharp- 
clawed  animals; — they  do  not  run  up  a  tree  and 
bound  from  branch,  to  branch,  but  proceed  in  the 
same  heavy  manner  as  on  the  ground  ;  and  it  is  be- 
cause they  can  apply  the  palm  of  their  paws,  or  the 
sole  of  their  hind-feet,  fairly  to  any  object  (not, 
however,  grasping  it),  that  they  are  enabled  thus  to 
climb.  They  use  their  feet,  in  fact,  in  the  same 
manner  ai  man,  and  their  mode  of  climbing  re- 
sembles his,  except  that  their  paws  do  not  grasp  ;  in 
descending,  they  generally  come  down  hind-quarters 
foremost,  carefully  availing  themselves  of  every 
projection.  The  bear  always  does  so,  and,  as  far  as 
we  have  observed,  the  racoon  also. 

1115. — The  Racoon 

(Proci/on  Lator).    We   have  little  to  add  to  our 
previous  account  of  this  species :  Buffon,  in  speak- 
ing of  the  localities  tenanted  by  the  racoon,  says, 
"  This  animal  is  originally  from  the  southern  regions 
of  America :  it  is  not  found  in  the  Old  World ;  at 
least,  travellers  who  have  spoken  of  the  animals  of 
Africa  and  the  East  Indies,  make  no  mention  of  it. 
It  is,  on  the  contrary,  very  common  in  the  warm 
climates  of  America,  and   especially  in   Jamaica, 
where  it  inhabits  the  mountains,  whence  it  descends 
to  feed  upon  the  sugar-canes.     It  is  not  found  in 
Canada,  nor  in  the  other  northern  portions  of  this 
continent :  nevertheless,  it  does  not  greatly  fear  the 
cold ;  M.  Klein  brought  up  one  at  Dantzick,  and 
that  which  we  had  has  passed  a  whole  night  with 
its  feet  locked  up  in  the  ice  without  experiencing 
any  ill   effects."     As  respects  the  racoon   not  in- 
habiting Canada.  Buffon  is  most  certainly  wrong. 
It  is  even  eaten  in  Canada,  as  we  are  positively  in- 
formed by  a  gentleman  who  has  seen  it  brought  to 
the  table.      i)r.  Richardson   informs  us  that  the 
racoon  "  inhabits  the  southern  parts  of  the  fur  dis- 
tricts, being  found  as  far  north  as  Red  River,  in 
lat.  50°,  from  which   quarter  about   one   hundred 
skins  are  procured  by  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company. 
If  there  is  no  mistake  as  to  the  identity  of  this  spe- 
cies, the  racoon  extends  farther  north  on  the  shores 
of  the  Pacific  than  it  does  on  the  eastern  side  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains.     Dixon  and  Portlock  obtained 
cloaks  of  racoon  skins  from  the  natives  of  Cook's 
river,  in  lat.  60° ;  and  skins,  supposed  to  be  those  of 
racoon,  were  also  seen  at  Nootka  Sound  by  Captain 
Cook.     Lewis  and  Clark  expressly  state  that  the 
racoon  at  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  is  the  same 
with  the  animal  so  common  in  the  United  States." 
To  this  Dr.  Richardson  adds,  "  its  flesh,  when  fed 
on  vegetables,  is  reported  to  be  good." 

In  captivity  the  racoon  exhibits  much  cunning 
and  a  resentful  temper.  M.  Blanquart  des  Salines, 
who  kept  one  of  these  animals,  states  that  a  servant 
had  one  day  struck  his  racoon  a  few  blows  with  a 
whip:  "in  vain  did  the  man  afterwards  attempt  a 
reconciliation  ;  neither  eggs,  nor  food  most  coveted 
by  the  animal,  availed  in  pacifying  it.  At  his  ap- 
proach it  enters  into  a  sort  of  fury ;  with  sparkling 
eyes  it  darts  at  him,  and  utters  loud  cries  of  suft'eiing. 
Whatever  is  presented  to  it  at  that  time,  it  refuses 
until  its  enemy  has  disappeared.  Its  accents  of 
anger  are  very  singular;  sometimes  one  might  fancy 
them  the  whistling  of  the  curlew,  at  othere  the 
hoarse  bark  of  an  old  dog.  If  any  one  beats  it,  or 
if  it  is  attacked  by  an  animal  which  it  thinks 
stronger  than  itself,  it  opposes  no  resistance  ;  like  a 
hedgehog,  it  conceals  its  head  and  its  paws,  and 
forms  its  body  into  a  ball :  no  cry  escapes  it,  and  in 
this  position  it  would  suffer  death."  With  much 
caprice,  there  is  no  little  cunning  in  the  character 
of  the  racoon,  mixed  with  malice  and  a  fondness  for 
destruction.  The  writer  above  quoted  informs  us 
that  the  chain  of  his  racoon  is  sometimes  broken, 
"and  that  liberty  renders  it  insolent ;  it  takes  pos- 
session of  a  room,  and  will  suffer  no  one  to  come 
near  it;  it  is  not  without  difficulty  that  it  can  be 
refettered.  Since  it  has  lived  with  me,  its  slavery 
has  frequently  been  suspended.  Without  losing 
sight  of  it,  I  often  allow  it  to  walk  with  its  chain, 
and  every  time  a  thousand  little  gambols  express  to 
me  its  gratitude.  It  is  quite  the  contrary,  however, 
when  it  escapes  itself:  it  then  rambles  sometimes 
for  three  or  four  days  together  over  the  neighbour- 
ing roofs,  and  descends  at  night  into  the  court- 
yards, enters  the  poultry-roosts,  strangles  the  fowls 
and  eats  their  heads,  attacking  more  especially  the 
Guinea  fowls.  Its  chain  did  not  render  it  more 
gentle,  but  only  more  circumspect :  it  then  em- 
ployed artifice,  and  familiarized  the  poultry  with  it, 


Weasels  ] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


247 


permitting  them  to  come  and  partake  of  its  repast ; 
and  it  was  only  after  having  inspired  them  with  the 
greatest  security,  that  it  would  seize  a  fowl  and  tear 
it  to  pieces.  Some  young  cats  have  experienced 
from  it  the  same  sort  of  treatment."' 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  VIVERRIDiE. 
1116.— Th6  Skunk 

{Mephitis  Americana,  Sabine).  We  need  add  no- 
thing to  our  previous  account  of  this  species,  so 
celebrated  for  its  disgusting  odour ;  and  respecting 
which  Audubon,  in  his  '  Ornithological  Biography ' 
(p.  310),  gives,  under  the  name  of  "Polecat,"  an 
amusing  narrative,  proving  how  long  wearing  ap- 
parel tainted  with  the  odorous  secretion  preserves, 
spite  of  every  attempt  to  remove  it,  the  overpower- 
ing effluvium.  Fig.  1117  represents  the  dentition  of 
the  genus  Mephitis  ;  Fig.  1118,  the  incisors  and  ca- 
nines. Fig.  1119  represents  the  head  of  another 
species  of  the  present  genus  (Mephitis  dimidiata).  - 
1120.— Thk  Tel  EDU 

(Mydaus  meliceps,  F.  Cuv.).  In  Java  and  Sumatra 
the  Teledu  holds  the  place  of  the  skunks  in  America  ; 
and  may  be  regarded  as  representing  them :  it 
agrees  with  them  in  dentition  and  general  habits, 
and  the  secretion  of  a  fluid  unsupportably  disgusting. 

The  teledu  is  considerably  less  than  a  badger  in 
size  ;  the  ears  are  close  and  scarcely  apparent  (see 
the  head  of  the  Teledu,  Fig.  1121) ;  the  head  is  co- 
nical, and  the  snout  gristly  at  the  tip  and  almost 
destitute  of  hair.  The  feet  are  remarkably  strong, 
the  toes,  five  in  number,  being  united  as  far  as  the 
last  joint,  and  armed  with  enormous  claws,  espe- 
cially those  of  the  fore-feet.  The  hair  of  the  body  is 
coarse,  and  rises  to  a  peak  on  the  occiput,  that 
covering  the  neck  being  directed  forwards.  The 
general  colour  is  deep  brown ;  a  white  stripe,  begin-  | 
ning  broad  on  the  top  of  the  head  and  back  of  the 
neck,  rtms  along  the  spine,  and  includes  the  short 
tuft-like  tail.  The  teledu  is  slow  in  its  motions, 
and  lives  in  burrows  which  it  excavates  in  the 
earth.  Notwithstanding  its  offensive  odour,  it  is 
eagerly  sought  for  by  the  natives  who  prize  its  flesh 
as  food,  which,  if  the  animal  be  surprised  and  sud- 
denly dispatched,  is  almost  entirely  free  from  any 
offensive  taint.  The  following  interesting  account 
of  this  animal  is  from  the  pen  of  Dr.  Horsiield,  who 
investigated  its  native  regions.  "  The  mydaus  me- 
liceps presents  a  singular  fact  in  its  geographical 
distribution.  It  is  confined  exclusively  to  those 
mountains  which  have  an  elevation  of  more  than 
7000  feet  above  the  level  of  the  ocean  ;  on  these  it 
occurs  with  the  same  regularity  as  many  plants. 
The  long  extended  surface  of  Java,  abounding  with 
conical  points  which  exceed  this  elevation,  affords 
many  places  favourable  for  its  resort.  On  ascending 
these  mountains,  the  traveller  scarcely  fails  to  meet 
with  our  animal,  which,  from  its  peculiarities,  is 
universally  known  to  the  inhabitants  of  these  ele- 
vated tracts,  while  to  those  of  the  plains  it  is  as 
stranee  as  an  animal  from  a  foreign  country.  A 
traveller  would  inquire  in  vain  for  the  teledu  at 
Batavi.i,  Samarang,  or  Surabaya.  In  my  visits  to 
the  mountain  districts  I  have  uniformly  met  with  it, 
and,  as  far  as  the  information  of  the  natives  can  be 
relied  on,  it  is  found  on  all  the  mountains.  It  is, 
however,  more  abundant  on  those  which,  after 
reaching  a  certain  elevation,  consist  of  numerous 
connected  horizontal  ridges,  than  on  those  which 
terminate  in  a  defined  conical  peak.  Of  the  former 
description  are  the  mountain  Prahu,  and  the  Tengger 
Hills,  which  are  both  distinctly  indicated  in  Sir 
Stamford  Kaffles's  map  of  Java.  It  was  less  common 
on  the  mountain  Gede,  south  of  Batavia  ;  on  the 
mountain  Ungarang,  south  of  Samarang;  and  on 
the  mountain  Tjen,  at  the  farthest  extremity;  but 
I  traced  its  range  through  the  whole  island. 

"  Most  of  these  mountain-ridges  furnish  tracts  of 
considerable  extent,  fitted  for  the  cultivation  of 
wheat  and  other  European  grains.  Certain  extra- 
tropical  fiuits  are  likewise  raised  with  success ; 
peaches  and  strawberries  grow  in  considerable 
abundance,  and  the  common  culinary  vegetables  of 
Europe  are  cultivated  to  a  great  extent.  To  most 
Europeans  and  Chinese  a  residence  in  these  elevated 
regions  is  extremely  desirable  ;  and  even  the  na- 
tives, who  in  general  dislike  its  cold  atmosphere, 
are  attracted  by  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  and  find  it 
an  advantage  to  establish  villages  and  clear  the 
grounds  for  culture. 

"  Potatoes,  cabbages,  and  many  other  culinary 
vegetables  are  extensively  raised,  as  the  entire  supply 
3f  the  plains  on  these  articles  depends  on  these  ele- 
vated districts.  Extensive  plantations  of  wheat  and 
other  European  grains,  as  well  as  of  tobacco,  are 
here  found,  where  rice,  the  universal  product  of  the 
plains,  refuHcs  to  grow.  These  grounds  and  planta- 
tions are  laid  out  in  the  deep  vegetable  mould 
where  the  Teledu  holds  its  ranare  as  the  most 
ancient  inhabitant  of  the  soil.  In  its  rambles  in 
search   of  food  thig  animal   frequently  enters  the 


plantations,  and  destroys  the  roots  of  young  plants, 
in  this  manner  it  causes  extensive  injury  ;  and  on 
the  Tengger  Hills  particularly,  where  these  planta- 
tions are  more  extensive  than  in  other  cultivated 
tracts,  its  visits  are  much  dreaded  by  the  inhabi- 
tants. It  burrows  in  the  earth  with  its  nose,  in  the 
same  manner  as  hogs,  and  in  traversing  the  hills  its 
nocturnal  toils  are  observed  in  the  morning  in  small 
ridges  of  mould  recently  turned  up. 

"  The. Mydaus  forms  its  dwelling  at  aslight  depth 
beneath  the  surface,  in  the  black  mould,  with  con- 
siderable ingenuity.  Having  selected  a  spot  de- 
fended above  by  the  roots  of  a  large  tree,  it  con- 
structs a  cell  or  chamber  of  a  globular  form,  having 
a  diameter  of  several  feet,  the  sides  of  which  it  makes 
perfectly  smooth  and  regular  ;  this  it  provides  with 
a  subterranean  conduit  or  avenue,  about  six  feet  in 
length,  the  external  entrance  to  which  it  conceals 
with  twigs  and  dry  leaves.  During  the  day  it  re- 
mains concealed  like  a  badger  in  its  hole  ;  at  night  it 
proceeds  in  search  of  its  food,  which  consists  of 
insects  and  their  larvae,  and  worms  of  every  kind. 
It  is  particularly  fond  of  the  common  Lumbrici,  or 
earth-worms,  which  abound  in  the  fertile  mould. 
The  Teledu,  agreeably  to  the  information  of  the 
natives,  lives  in  pairs,  and  the  female  produces  two 
or  three  young  at  a  birth." 

When  taken  young,  the  Teledu  is  easily  tamed, 
and  perfectly  inoffensive. 

Fig.  1122  represents  the  skull  of  the  Teledu. 
Fig.1123,  the  teeth  of  the  upper  jaw;  Fig.  1124,  the 
teeth  of  the  lower  jaw.  The  molars  it  will  be  seen 
consist,  in  the  upper  jaw  on  each  side,  of  two  false — 
a  pointed  carnassiere,  and  a  large  and  nearly  square 
tuberculous  molar  ;  in  the  lower  jaw,  of  three  false 
molars,  a  large  carnassiere,  and  a  very  small  tuber- 
culous posterior  molar.  Incisors  and  canines  as 
usual. 

1125.— The  Ferret 

(Mustela  Furo) ;  Putorius  Euro,  Cuv.  Already 
described. 

1126.— The  Weasel 
(Mustela    vulgaris)  ;    Putorius  vulgaris,  Cuv.     We 
need  not  enlarge  our  account   of  this   animal,  of 
which  the  habits  are  well  known. 

1127,  1128.— The  Ermine 
(Mustela  Erminea)  ;  Putorius  Erminea,  Cuv.  Fig. 
1127  represents  this  animal  in  its  summer  dress ; 
Fig.  1 128  exhibits,  in  its  winter  livery  of  snowy  white, 
the  tip  of  the  tail  remaining  black, — a  beautiful  con- 
trast. In  this  stage  it  is  the  ermine  of  the  furriers. 
1129. — The  Polecat 

(Mustela  Putorius),  Putorius  communis,  Cuv.  This 
species  forms  the  type  of  Cuvier's  genus  Putorius, 
which  he  has,  we  think  without  sufficient  reason, 
exchanged  for  that  of  Mustela ;  while  on  the  con- 
trary he  has  assigned  the  term  Mustela  as  the  sub- 
generic  name  of  the  Martens,  to  which  Ray  had 
long  since  given  the  more  appropriate  name  of 
Martes.  The  latter  name  is  adopted  by  Mr.  Bell  in 
his  '  British  Quadrupeds,'  who  takes  no  notice  of 
Putorius  as  applied  to  the  polecats  and  weasels  by 
Cuvier.  A  needless  alteration  of  names  is  ever  to 
be  avoided  by  the  naturalist,  as  tending  not  to  sim- 
plicity and  knowledge,  but  confusion  and  doubt. 

1130.— The  Pine  Marten 
(Martes  Abietum).  The  principal  differences  be- 
tween this  and  the  Beech  Marten  consist,  according 
to  Mr.  Bell,  "  in  the  greater  length  of  the  legs,  and 
the  smaller  head  of  the  Pine  Marten ;  its  fur,  too, 
is  more  abundant,  of  a  finer  and  softer  texture,  and 
of  a  richer  colour;  and  is  consequently  more 
highly  valued,  though  it  is  not  nearly  equal  to  that 
of  the  sable." 

1131. — ^TiiE  Beech  Marten 
(Marte*  Fagorvm).    This  is  the  most  common  of  the 
two  .species'in  our  country,  excepting  in  certain  dis- 
tricts.    We  are  not  quite  sure  that  they  are  not  mere 
varieties  of  each  other. 
Fig.  1132  represents  the   dentition   of   Mustela 

(Putorius,  Cuvier),  which  is  as  follows :— Incisors, 

1—1 

1— I 
tubercular  molar, 


canines. 


2 2 

false  molars,  "^ — ;  carnassiere. 


1 — 1  trilobed 


6' 
1—1 


:  a  represents  the 


1 — 1  minute 
teeth  of  both  jaws  together. 

Fig.  1133  represents  the  dentition  of  the  genus 
Maries,  which  chiefly  differs   in   the  false  molars 

3 3 

which  stand  — —  :  a  shows  the  teeth  of  both  jaws 

together. 

ADDITIONS  TO  THE  RODENTIA. 

1 134. — The  Short-tailed  Field-mouse 
(Arvicola  agrestis).     Campagnol,  BufTon  ;  Arvicola 
arvahs,  Selys-Longchamps.     The  short-tailed  field- 


mouse  (or  Field-vole  of  Bell)  is  one  of  thos'e  Rodentia 
I  from  which  we  often  receive  extensive  injury,  prov- 
ing how  necessary  it  is  that,  in  order  to  keep  their 
numbers  within  due  bounds,  an  incessant  warfare 
be  maintained  against  them, —a  warfare  to  which 
birds  and  beasts  of  prey  are  appointed. 

This  species  is  a  native  of  the  greater  part  of 
Europe,  and  is  common  in  our  island,  where  its  de- 
predations (and  in  France  and  other  parts  of  the 
Continent  the  same  may  be  said)  have  rendered  it 
notorious.  It  is  exclusively  a  tenant  of  woods, 
plantations,  corn-fields,  and  meadows ;  and  not  un- 
I'requently  appears  in  enormous  multitudes.  Often 
is  the  farmer  disappointed  of  his  crop  of  wheat,  the 
newly-sown  grain  having  been  all  rooted  up  and 
devoured  by  an  army  of  these  "  wee  coweiin  creepit 
timorous  beasties,"  formidable  not  from  their  indivi- 
dual size,  but  their  numbers.  Whole  plantations  of 
young  trees  have  in  like  manner  been  destroyed,  the 
root  of  every  sapling  being  eaten,  or  the  bottom  of 
the  stem  barked  round.  In  the  years  1813  and  1814 
the  ravages  of  these  animals  in  the  New  Forest  and 
the  Forest  of  Dean  were  so  great,  as  to  create  an 
alarm  lest  the  whole  of  the  young  trees  in  those  ex- 
tensive woods  should  be  destroyed  by  them.  In  the 
first  vol.  of  the  '  Zool.  Journal'  is  a  letter  from  Lord 
Glenbervie  to  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  entering  into  a 
detailed  account  of  the  devastations  committed. 
Mr.  Jesse,  in  his '  Gleanings.'  referring  to  the  planta- 
tions in  these  forests,  says,  that  soon  after  their  for- 
mation, "  a  sudden  and  rapid  increase  of  mice  took 
place  in  them,  which  threatened  the  destruction  of 
the  whole  of  the  young  plants:  vast  numbers  of 
these  were  killed,  the  mice  having  eaten  through 
the  roots  of  five-year-old  oaks  and  chestnuts,  gene- 
rally just  below  the  surface  of  the  ground.  Hollies 
also,  which  were  five  or  six  feet  high,  were  barked 
round  the  bottom,  and  in  some  instances  the  mice 
had  crawled  up  the  tree  and  were  seen  feeding  on 
the  bark  of  the  upper  branches.  In  the  reports 
made  to  government  on  the  subject,  it  appeared 
that  the  roots  had  been  eaten  through  wherever 
they  obstructed  the  runs  of  the  mice." 

Various  plans  were  adopted  for  their  destruction  ; 
and  in  holes  dug  purposely  to  entrap  them,  in  the 
Dean  Forest  alone,  30,000  mice  were  caught  in  about 
three  months,  and  a  much  greater  number  destroyed 
by  stoats,  weasels,  kites,  hawks,  owls,  crows,  &c., 
and  also  by  cats  purposely  turned  out.  In  the  New 
Forest  about  the  same  number  were  also  destroyed, 
and  it  was  calculated  that  the  total  destruction,  in- 
cluding those  caught  in  pits  and  traps,  and  those 
killed  by  other  animals,  and  by  their  own  species 
(for  when  their  food  fell  short  they  attacked  and 
devoured  each  other),  amounted  in  the  two  forests 
to  more  than  200,000. 

The  field-vole  measures  four  inches  one  line  in 
the  length  of  the  head  and  body,  and  one  inch  three 
and  a  half  lines  in  that  of  the  tail.  The  fur  is  red- 
dish brown  above,  grey  beneath.  A  distinct  species, 
the  Bank-vole  (Arvicola  pratensis,  Baillon  ;  A.  ri- 
parica,  Yarrcll ;  A.  rufescens,  Selys-Longchamps)  is 
found  on  the  Continent,  and  in  some  parts  of  Eng- 
land. It  is  less  than  the  former  species,  with  a 
longer  tail,  and  differs  in  several  particulars  in  its 
internal  anatomy. 

1133. — The  PoBCUPiifE 

(Histrix  cristata).  To  our  account  of  the  Porcu- 
pine, p.  70,  we  may  add  that  Col.  Sykes  regards  the 
porcupine  of  the  Dukhun,  called  "  sayal "  by  the 
Mahrattas,  as  distinct  from  the  ordinary  species. 
It  is  nearly  a  third  larger,  and  all  the  spines  and 
lubes  of  the  tail  are  entirely  white ;  the  spines  are 
also  so  long  as  to  reach  the  insertion  of  the  tail. 
The  ears  are  much  less  rounded,  and  the  nails 
shorter  and  stronger.  We  have  compared  skulls  of 
the  common  Indian  and  African  porcupines  to- 
gether, in  the  Paris  Museum,  and  other  bones  of 
the  skeleton,  and  we  perceived  a  marked  difference 
in  many  details.  To  the  Indian  species  or  variety 
Col.  Sykes  has  given  the  title  H.  Leucurus  ;  it  is 
very  abundant  and  good  eating.  Like  the  African 
porcupine,  when  alarmed  or  irritated  it  shakes  the 
tubes  and  spines  of  its  tail  violently,  producing  a 
startling  noise.  It  stamps  also  with  great  energy, 
and  when  it  assails  an  adversary  it  runs  obliquely 
backwards,  transfixing  the  foe  with  its  spines.  (See 
'Cat.  Mamm.  of  Dukhun,' p.  10,  and  '  Zool.  Pro- 
ceeds.' 1831,  p.  103.) 


ADDITIONS  TO  THE  CARNIVORA. 
'     1136.— A  Tail'PIece. 

In  our  description  of  the  wild  cat,  which  we  have 
stated  to  be  specifically  distinct  from  the  domestic 
species  (see  p.  7),  we  alluded,  amongst  other  points, 
to  the  difference  of  the  tail.  We  here  give,  a,  the 
tail  of  a  domestic  cat  which  had  betaken  itself  to 
the  woods,  leading  an  independent  life,  and  h,  the 
tail  of  the  true  wild  cat  (Felis  catus). 


END  OF  THE   PICTORIAL  MUSEUM  OF  THE   MAMMALIA. 


1 133. — rorcupine, 


■sf 

1 134.— Khort-tailed  Field  Mice. 


^^Q^fcl^y^ 


1133.— Teeth  or  Martrn. 


112T — Kroiinp;  SiimmtT  dress. 


1132.— Teeth  of  Polecat. 


248 


1 .44.— Tail  of  Bmnid. 


No. 


32. 


Uia^Whxg  at  Bnimd  (puUy  stripped). 
[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


1150.— T»ll  of  Kestrel. 
249 


CLASS    AVES,    OR    BIRDS. 


Therk  is,  perhaps,  no  class  of  the  animal  king- 
dom more  ftenerally  interesting  than  birds;  and 
not  without  reason.  Tlieir  infinite  variety  of  form, 
habits,  and  manners ;  their  plumage,  always  beauti- 
ful, often  rich  and  gorgeous;  their  aerial  endow- 
ments ;  their  nidification  ;  their  voices ;  the  bittern's 
boom,  the  cawing  of  busy  roots,  the  cock's  shrill 
clarion,  the  thrilling  lay  of  the  skylark,  or  the  rich 
strains  of  philomel — nay,  even  the  hoarse  cries  of 
those  that  tenant  moorland  and  morass,  fen  or  lake, 
or  wheel  in  buoyant  flight  over  the  broad  expanse 
of  ocean  ;— these  all  combine  to  throw  a  halo  of  at- 
traction around  them,  heightened  by  associations 
which  in  every  mind  hold  an  abiding  sway.  Who 
sees  the  swallow  on  his  tirst  return,  and  dreams  not 
of  spring  in  times  long  past?  Who  hears  the 
cuckoo's  voice,  and  thinks  not  of  schoolboy  days, 
ready  to  repeat  with  Wordsworth, — 

"  And  I  cmn  listen  to  thee  yet. 
And  lie  upon  the  plain ; 
And  listen  till  I  do  beget 
That  ^'oUlen  time  again  !'* 

Hence  it  is  that,  although  all  birds  are  interesting, 
the  birds  of  our  own  country,  albeit  others  are  more 
gaily  attired,  are  the  most  attractive.  We  have 
marked  their  ways ;  we  have  watched  them  building 
their  nests,  and  rearing  their  brood ;  their  melody 
has  rung  in  pleasant  strains  on  our  ear,  and  though 
the  toilsome  mid-day  may  have  succeeded  to  life's 
joyous  morn,  there  are  few  who  cannot  recall  to 
mind  some  old  familiar  spot— and  how  welcome  the 
reminiscence  ! — when  our  feelings  in  their  fresh- 
ness, and  keenly  alive  to  the  beauties  of  nature, 
revelled  in  all  of  beautiful  and  fair,  which  the 
hand  of  Omnipotence  has  showered  in  profusion 
around  us. 

Before  we  enter  fairly  upon  our  present  sub- 
ject, to  have  to  request  attention  to  some  prelimi- 
naries, of  no  little  importance,  at  least  to  those  who 
wish  for  information:  we  have  arranged  in  our 
pictorial  museum  a  series  of  preparations  by  way  of 
introduction,  and  it  is  on  these  that  we  would  offer 
a  few  remarks.  We  need  not  say  that  birds  (with 
certain  e.xceptions)  are  all  formed  for  flight ;  the  air 
is  their  domain,  and  their  structure  expressly  fits 
them  for  the  part  assigned  them  in  the  economy  of 
mature. 

If  we  look  at  a  bird,  say  a  hawk  or  a  iMgeon,  we 
perceive  the  general  contour  of  its  body  is  boat- 
shaped,  as  best  adapted  for  counteracting  tlie  re- 
sistance of  the  air,  throuijh  which  it  has  to  make  a 
rapid  way :  we  see  it  clothed  with  feathers,  and  also 
that  the  anterior  limbs  are  fashioned  into  wings, 
acted  upon  by  powerful  muscles,  and  which,  striking 
the  air,  bear  up  the  bird,  and  at  the  same  time 
propel  it  onwards.  But  there  is  another  and  less 
palpable  arrangement,  which  we  must  notice,  con- 
nected with  the  aiirial  habits  of  birds  ;  we  allude  to 
the  extension  of  the  lungs  by  means  of  voluminous 
cells.  The  skeleton  of  a  bird  is  proportionately  very 
light,  for  all  the  larger  bones,  those  of  the  limbs  es- 
pecially, are  hollow,  and  unfilled  with  marrow,  as 
they  are  in  the  analogous  bones  of  quadrupeds.  Now 
these  hollow  bones  are  reservoirs  for  air ;  nor  is  this 
all :  there  are  various  extensive  membranous  cavi- 
ties, or  sacs,  some  internal,  others  external,  between 
the  skin  and  the  muscles,  along  the  throat  and 
chest,  between  the  muscles,  or  along  the  tendons 
of  the  humerus  ;  and  these,  as  well  as  the  cavities 
of  the  bones,  communicate  immediately  with  the 
lungs,  of  which  they  may  be  con.sidered,  in  a  certain 
sense,  as  extensions.  The  lungs,  themselves,  do  not 
■float  frei>  in  the  chest,  as  do  those  of  Mammalia,  but 
are  attached  to  the  dorsal  portion  of  the  spine,  and 
fill  up  the  hollows  between  the  ribs  at  their  junction 
with  it.  The  design  of  this  cellular  apparatus  ap- 
pears first,  as  a  means  of  effecting  a  more  complete 
aeration  of  the  blood,  necessary  to  the  vigour  of  the 
muscles,  especially  during  rapid  flight,  when  their 
•energy  is  most  needed  and  most  expended,  and  re- 
spiration perhaps  irregularly  performed  ;  secondly, 
as  tending  to  increase  the  relative  lightness  of  the 
body  in  the  surrounding  atmosphere ;  for  when  the 
cells  are  distended,  not  only  is  the  surface  of  the 
body  enlarged,  but  that,  by  means  of  air,  rarefied, 
and  necessarily  lighter  than  the  surrounding  me- 
dium. Having  said  thus  much,  let  us  turn  to  the 
skeleton.  Fig.  1137,  that  of  a  hawk,  and  for  a  moment 
contemplate  it.  We  shall  not  enter  into  elaborate 
details.  The  development  of  the  cranium  ;  the 
length  and  flexibility  of  the  neck  ;  and  the  con- 
solidation of  the  dorsal  and  pelvic  bones :  the  os- 
seous union  of  the  ribs  with  the  breast-bone,  broad 
and  convex  externally,  with  a  deep  central  keel  for 
the  attachment  of  the  voluminous  pectoral  muscles  ; 
and  the  short  caudal  vertebrae,  ending  with  a  larger 
bone,  the  ploughshare,  which  beats  the  tail-feathers, 
might  engage  more  explanation  than  our  space  will 
permit.  'The  scapulse  are  narrow  and  somewhat 
scythe-like  in  form,  and  the  shoulders  are  kept  apait 
by  a  bone  analogous  to  our  clavicles,  and  termed 
the  furcula,  os  furcatum,  or  merrythought,  and 
which  is  most  developed  and  the  strongest  in  birds 


of  the  greatest  powers  of  flight.  The  scapulse  are 
united  to  the  top  of  the  breast-bone  by  clavicular  or 
coracoid  bones,  tending  to  strengthen  the  point  to 
which  the  muscular  strain  of  the  wings  converges. 
The  wings  consist  each  of  a  humerus,  a  radius,  and 
ulna,  carpal  or  wrist  bojies,  a  thumb,  metacarpal 
bones,  and  the  phalanges  of  the  fingers,  or  their  re- 
presentatives, consisting  of  two  joints.  In  fact,  we 
nave  a  nearer  approach  to  the  human  arm  than  we 
find  in  the  horse  or  the  ox.  In  like  manner  the 
lower  limbs  consist  of  a  femur  or  thigh-bone,  of  two 
leg  bones,  viz.  a  tibia  and  fibula,  more  or  less  con- 
solidated ;  of  a  single  metatarsal  or  shank  bone 
(called  the  leg,  and  usually  covered  with  scales),  to 
which  is  united  in  general  three  anterior  toes,  and 
a  posterior,  or  thumb. 

Fig.  1 138  represents  the  same  skeleton  lettered  : 
A,  the  skull :  b,  cervical  vertebrse  ;  c,  the  dotted 
lines  indicate  the  extent  of  the  anchylosed  vertebrae 
of  the  back ;  d,  the  caudal  vertebrae,  the  letter  is 

C laced  on  the  ploughshare;  e,  the  ribs;  f,  the 
reast-bone;  o,  the  furcula,  or  merrythought;  hh, 
the  clavicular  or  collar-bone ;  h*,  the  scapula,  or 
shoulder-bone  ;  i,  the  humerus ;  k,  l,  the  bones  of 
the  fore-arm,  ulna,  and  radius;  m,  metacarpus  of 
hand;  n,  phalanges  of  fingers:  o,  p,  q,  the  pelvic 
bones ;  k,  the  femur  or  thigh-bone  ;  o,  o,  the  pa- 
tella or  knee-pan  ;  s,  the  leg,  tibia  and  fibula  ;  t,  t, 
the  OS  caleis,  or  heel-bone ;  v,  v,  the  metatarsal 
bones;  w,  w,  the  toes.  Fig.  1139  represents  the 
bones  of  the  wing.  Fig.  1140,  the  bones  lettered: 
G,  outline  of  the  furcula;  h*,  outline  of  part  of 
scapula ;  i,  humerus,  or  arm-bone ;  k,  the  ulna ; 
L,  the  radius,  both  forming  the  fore-arm  ;  **  carpal 
or  wrist  bones  ;  m,  m,  metacarpal  bones  ;  'm,  the 
thumb;  n,  n,  n,  the  phalanges  of  the  fingers. 

Let  us  now  in  imagination  clothe  our  skeleton 
with  muscles  and  skin,  and  dress  that  skin  in  its 
natural  clothing  of  featheis.  These  are  all  arranged 
in  due  order,  and  those  of  many  parts,  especially  of 
the  wings  and  tail,  have  received  names,  with  which 
the  student  of  ornithology  must  make  himself  ac- 
quainted. Fig.  1141  represents  a  bird  displayed  to 
show  its  plumage  :  A,  A,  are  the  primaries,  or  great 
quill-feathers  of  the  wings,  which  are  succeeded  by 
the  secondaries  and  these  by  the  tertials,  u,  b;  c,  c, 
are  the  lesser  coverts :  d,  d,  the  greater  coverts  ;  k,  e, 
the  ba.stard  wing,  or  winglet ;  f,  f,  the  scapularies  ; 
G,  the  upper  tail-coverts ;  h,  the  under  tail-coverts ; 
I,  the  tail-feathers  (rectrices). 

In  order  that  the  arrangement  of  the  feathers  of 
the  wings  may  be  the  better  understood  we  refer 
to  Fig.  1 142,  the  wing  of  the  common  buzzard, 
stripped  of  all  its  feathers,  excepting  those  which 
give  it  power  and  expanse,  and  which  are  those 
arising  from  the  hand  and  the  ulna,  and  termed 
quill-ieathers.  They  form  two  sets.  The  first  set, 
A,  A,  A,  consist  of  those  arising  from  the  hand  (meta- 
carpus and  phalanges),  and  constituting  the  most 
important  of  the  series,  being  mainly  instrumental, 
by  their  length  and  shape,  their  stiffness  or  flexi- 
bility, in  determining  the  character  or  the  power  of 
theii-  flight.  They  are  termed  the  primaries,  or  pri- 
mary quill-feathers,  and  are  ten  in  number,  but  they 
differ  in  form  as  well  as  in  relative  length.  The 
second  set  arise  exclusively  from  the  ulna,  and  are 
termed  the  secondaries,  or  secondary  quill-feathers, 
B :  they  are  usually  shorter,  broader,  and  less  rigid 
than  the  former ;  their  number  varies.  From  the 
small  bone  which  represents  the  thumb,  arise  cer- 
tain short  stiff  feathers,  lying  close  upon  the  quills 
of  the  primaries,  and  constituting  the  spurious  wing 
or  winglet,  c.  Besides  these,  there  is  a  group  of 
feathers,  termed  fertiaries,  arising  from  the  humeral 
joint  of  the  fore-arm,  and  which  in  many  birds,  as 
the  curlews,  plovers,  lapwings,  &c.,  are  very  long, 
forming  a  sort  of  pointed  appendage,  very  apparent 
during  flight :  in  most  birds,  however,  they  are  very 
short,  or  not  to  be  discriminated  from  the  rest  of  the 
greater  covei-ts,  of  which,  in  fact,  they  are  a  con- 
tinuation ;  hence  they  cannot  strictly  be  reckoned 
among  the  quill-feathei-s.  The  same  observation 
also  applies  to  the  feathers,  d,  attached  to  the  upper 
part  of  the  humerus,  and  termed  scapularies ;  these 
lie  along  the  sides  of  the  back,  and  in  many  birds 
are  ofi^eat  length.  The  position  of  these  feathers, 
and  of  the  coverts,  will  be  seen  in  the  annexed 
sketch.  Fig.  1143,  which  is  the  expanded  wing  of  a 
curlew  :  a,  a  series  of  feathers  termed  the  lesser 
coverts,  disposed  in  scale-like  order,  row  after  row, 
on  the  fore-arm  and  carpal-joint ;  they  cover  the 
barrels  of  the  quill-feathers  ;  below  them  extends  a 
series  of  larger  feathers,  b,  which  sweep  across  the 
wing,  encroaching  far  on  the  primaries,  and  when 
the  wing  is  closed  usually  hiding  the  secondaries ; 
these  are  the  greater  coverts,  of  which  the  tertiaries 
are  to  be  regarded  as  a  continuation.  The  under 
surface  of  the  wing  is  lined  with  softer  feathers, 
termed  under-coverts. 

We  have  said  that  the  last  bone  or  ploughshare 
of  the  caudal  vertebrae,  and  which  is  more  developed 
than  the  others,  supports  the  tail-feathers,  the  quills 
of  which  are  fixed  in  capsules  ;  it  is  also  furnished 


with  powerful  muscles,  for  the  purpose  of  acting  on 
these  feathers,  for  they  are  capable  of  being  ex- 
panded (as  in  the  turkey-cockj  or  closed,  elevated 
or  depressed.  The  terminal  joint  of  the  tail  merely 
stripped  of  its  feathers,  is,  as  we  know,  somewhat 
heart-shaped,  owing  to  the  muscles,  which  are  con- 
tiguous to  the  bone,  and  to  the  lateral  arrangement 
of  the  capsules  for  the  reception  of  the  quills  of  the 
tail-feathers.  The  mechanism  of  the  tail  of  the  com- 
mon fowl  will  convey  a  good  idea  of  the  subject. 
The  tail-feathers  vary  in  size,  length,  shape,  and 
strength,  in  various  groups  or  genera ;  they  vary  also 
in  number  ;  their  usual  number,  however,  is  twelve, 
sometimes  they  amount  to  fourteen,  and  in  the  Gal- 
linaceous tribes  to  eighteen,  or  even  more.  The  tail- 
feathers  of  the  common  buzzard  (Fig.  1144)  afford  a 
good  illustrationof  their  ordinary  arrangement.  Six 
on  each  side  are  disposed  one  above  another,  and 
they  partially  overlay  each  other,  the  lateral  one 
on  each  side  being  overlaid  by  the  next  in  succes- 
sion, and  so  on  to  the  centre  ;  of  the  two  central 
feathers  one  overlays  the  other.  The  quills  of  the 
tail-feathers  are  hidden  beneath  what  are  termed 
the  upper  tail  coverts,  which  in  some  birds,  as  the 
peacock,  the  resplendent  trogon  (Trogon  resplen- 
dens,  Gould),  &c.,  form  long  flowing  plumes  of  ex- 
quisite beauty.  Beneath  the  quills  of  the  tail- 
feathers  are  covered  by  under  tail-coverts,  consisting 
of  lax  feathers,  and  in  some  birds,  as  the  marabou, 
forming  plumes  of  great  softness  and  delicacy.  Oc- 
casionally, indeed,  as  in  the  ostrich,  the  menura 
superba  (lyre-bird  of  Australia),  and  others,  the  tail- 
feathefs  themselves  lose  their  ordinary  character, 
and  are  soft,  lax,  and  flowing. 

It  must  be  evident  that  the  shape,  arrangement, 
and  texture  of  the  feathers  composing  the  wings, 
and  tail  must  materially  affect  the  flight  of  birds, 
both  as  it  respects  rapidity  and  peculiar  character. 
Of  all  birds,  the  swift  (Cypselus)  and  the  humming- 
birds are  the  most  remarkable  for  the  rapidity  of 
their  aerial  movements ;  let  us  attend  to  the  cha- 
racter presented  by  their  wings. 

We  are  at  first  struck  with  the  length  of  this  organ 
in  comparison  with  that  of  the  bird  itself;  but  we 
see  also  that  its  breadth  is  not  in  proportion  to  its 
length,  and  that  its  general  form  is  somewhat  like 
that  of  a  sabre.  This,  however,  is  not  all  ;  the  wing 
appears  to  consist  exclusively  of  primary  quill- 
feathers,  so  greatly  are  these  developed,  and  so 
small,  comparatively,  are  the  secondaries  :  the  firet 
primary  quill  -  feather  is  the  longest,  the  others 
shorten  in  gradual  order,  so  that  the  wing  is  pointed. 
Now  we  may  here  observe  that  a  pointed  form  of 
wing  is  essential  to  rapidity  of  flight ;  we  see  this 
principle  exemplified  in  the  true  falcon,  in  the 
pigeon,  in  the  swallow,  the  pratincole,  birds  of 
great  powers  of  aerial  progression.  In  a  pointed 
wing  the  first  or  second  quill-feather  is  always  the 
longest,  but  sometimes  the  second  and  third  are 
equal.  In  a  pointed  wing  the  primaries  greatly  ex- 
ceed the  secondaries. 

To  revert,  however,  to  the  wing  of  the  humming- 
bird, there  is  something  in  the  texture  of  the 
feathers  composing  it  which  must  not  be  over- 
looked. A  rapid  flight  supposes  a  succession  of 
smart  blows  upon  the  air,  which  it  is  evident  cannot 
be  given  by  yielding,  downy  plumes.  Now  the 
feathers  composing  the  primaries  in  the  humming- 
bird consist  of  a  thick,  elastic,  taper  shaft,  in  some 
species  developed  to  an  extraordinary  degree  at  the 
base,  as  in  the  blue-throated  sabre-wing  (Campy- 
lopterus  latipennis.  Swains. 'l :  the  vane  on  each  side 
of  the  shaft  is  narrow,  firm,  and  rigid,  as  if  made  of 
a  thin  plate  of  burnished  metal ;  this  appearance  is 
produced  by  the  minuteness  of  the  plumelets  of 
which  the  vane  is  composed,  and  by  their  closeness 
to  each  other,  and  the  firmness  with  which  they  are 
united  together.  The  wings  thus  present  a  firm 
resistance  to  the  air,  and,  as  they  are  rapidly  agi- 
tated, produce  a  humming  sound.  The  wings  qf  the 
falcon,  pigeon,  &c.,  though  not  composed  of  feathers 
so  rigid  nor  so  metal-like  in  structure  as  in  the 
humming-bird,  are  nevertheless  very  beautifully 
adapted  as  regards  the  texture' and  elasticity  of  the 
primaries  for  velocity  ;  and  we  may  set  it  down  as 
a  rule,  that  wherever  a  long  and  pointed  wing  is 
found,  the  primaries  will  be  firm  and  elastic.  The 
wings  of  birds  of  rapid  flight  are  seldom  veiy  con- 
cave beneath,^on  the  contrary,  they  are  almost  flat, 
when  extended ;  and  this  flatness,  while  it  contri- 
butes to  the  velocity  of  motion  as  the  bird  sweeps 
along,  destroys  the  power  of  a  direct  upward 
ascent,  which  is  possessed  in  far  greater  perfection 
where  the  wings  are  at  once  ampie  and  concave. 
The  falcon,  in  order  to  soar,  is  obliged  to  sweep 
round  in  circles,  or  to  fly  against  the  wind,  and  he 
thus  rises  obliquely,  on  the  same  principle  as  is 
shown  in  aflat  piece  of  tile  or  an  oyster-shell  thrown 
smartly  against  the  wind. 

Wings  somewhat  rounded,  concave,  ample,  and 
composed  of  stiff'  and  well-formed  quill-feathers, 
while  inferior  in  some  points  as  organs  of  flight,  are 
superior  in  others ;  they  enable  their  possessor  to  soar 


AVES.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


251 


with  ease,  and  to  sail  with  graceful  freedom  in  the 
higher  regions  of  the  air.  This  form  of  wing  is  ex- 
emplified in  the  condor  :  it  may  be  observed,  that 
though  the  concavity  of  these  ample  wings  aids  in 
soaring,  it  obliges  the  bird  in  descending  to  sweep 
down  in  a  series  of  gyrations,  each  circle  contract- 
ing, till  the  bird  gains  the  ground. 

Where  the  wings  are  concave,  as  in  the  owl,  and 
composed  of  lax,  soft  feathers  (the  whole  of  the 
plumage  being  full  and  downy),  the  flight  is  buoy- 
ant, noiseless,  wheehng,  and  differing  altogether 
in  character  from  that  of  the  falcon  or  swallow. 
The  feathers  yield  too  much,  and  are  too  soft,  to 
produce  any  whistling  or  rushing  noise  in  flight; 
no  rigid  edges  cut  the  air,  the  vanes  of  the  quill- 
feathers  are"  lax,  and  the  outer  edge  of  the  first, 
instead  of  being  plain,  is  fringed  with  a  line  of  short 
lashes  (the  prolonged  terminations  of  the  plumelets 
composing  the  vane),  as  if  to  guard  against  the  least 
possibility  of  sound  being  produced  by  the  winnow- 
ing of  the  air. 

Concavity  of  wing,  joined  with  shortness  and 
roundness,  is  unfavourable  to  flight.  Birds  \vith 
this  form  of  wing  are  for  the  most  part  terrestrial  in 
their  habits ;  their  bodies  are  heavy,  and  their  great 
powers  reside  in  the  legs :  the  common  fowl  or  the 
turkey  are  examples  in  point.  There  are,  however, 
such  modifications  among  terrestrial  birds  in  the 
structure  of  the  wings  as  to  render  some  far  superior 
in  flight  to  others.  The  wings  of  the  common 
partridge,  for  instance,  are  short,  round,  and  con- 
cave, and  its  flight  is  necessarily  short,  whirring,  and 
destitute  of  ease ;  but,  on  the  other  hand,  the  quail, 
its  immediate  ally,  in  consequence  of  a  somewhat 
more  lengthened  and  pointed  form  of  the  pri- 
maries, possesses,  if  not  great,  at  least  tolerable 
powers  of  flight,  and  is  one  of  our  birds  of  pas- 
sage. 

As  illustrations  of  wings,  Fig.  1145  represents  that 
of  the  common  Grosbeak  ;  Fig.  1146,  that  of  the 
Chaflinch  ;  Fig.  1147,  that  of  the  common  Sparrow? ; 
Fig.  1 148,  that  of  the  Magpie  ;  Fig.  1 149,  that  of  the 
Chinese  Jacana,  in  which  the  primaries  have  narrow 
plumose  appendages  at  the  tips. 

With  respect  to  the  wings  of  the  sparrow,  gros- 
beak, and  chaffinch,  it  will  be  observed  that  their 
form  is  moderately  pointed ;  still,  however,  the 
flight  of  these  birds  is  not  remarkable  for  velocity  ; 
for,  in  the  first  place,  the  extent  of  wing  does  not 
bear  that  comparative  relationship  to  the  size  of 
the  body  which  it  does  in  the  falcon,  vulture,  or 
swallow ;  and  in  the  second  place,  the  quill-feathers 
are  destitute  of  firmness,  the  shafts  are  weak,  and 
the  vanes  are  soft  and  flimsy ;  while  at  the  same 
time  the  primaries  but  little  exceed  the  secondaries, 
so  that  the  breadth  of  the  extended  wing  is  half,  or 
more  than  half,  of  its  length. 

The  crow  and  rook  have  ample  and  moderately 
pointed  wings ;  the  first  quill-feather  is  much 
shorter  than  the  second  and  third,  these  being  ex- 
ceeded by  the  fourth,  which  is  the  longest:  they 
are  firm  and  elastic.  The  flight  of  these  birds  is 
•teady,  and  they  sail  with  ease,  often  at  a  very  great 
elevation  :  and  sometimes  perform  a  series  of  rapid 
evolutions,  wheeling,  diving,  and  as  suddenly  re- 
asce'nding.  Allied  to  the  crow  and  rook  (Corvus), 
the  magpie  diff'ers  materially  from  them  in  its 
mode  of  flight,  and  in  the  figure  and  proportion  of 
its  wings.  The  wing  of  the  magpie  is  short  and 
rounded  :  the  first  quill-feather  is  narrow,  and  about 
half  the  length  of  the  second;  the  fourth  and  fifth, 
which  are  nearly  of  equal  length,  are  the  longest  in 
the  wing.  "  Magpies  and  jays,''  says  White,  "  flut- 
ter with  powerless  wings,  and  make  no  despatch." 
The  flight  of  the  magpie  is  supported  by  short 
quick  strokes. 

Some  birds  have  appendages  of  various  kinds  to 
their  wings,  the  uses  of  which  cannot  well  be  ac- 
counted for.  In  the  Chinese  jacana,  for  instance, 
the  tips  of  the  primaries  are  furnished  with  slender 
narrow  plumes  or  appendages.  In  some  of  the 
night-jars  we  have  a  singular  development  of 
plumes.  In  the  Leona  night-jar,  from  the 
midst  of  the  wing-coverts  issues  a  long  elastic 
shaft  to  the  extent  of  twenty  inches,  and  tipped  for 
about  five  inches  with  a  broad  web.  In  another 
species,  from  Sierra  Leone,  the  ninth  quill-ieather 
is  produced  to  an  amazing  extent,  running  narrower 
as  it  proceeds,  and  is  soft  and  flowing.  In  many 
birds  the  tertials  are  produced  into  pendent  plumes 
of  great  length,  which  fall  gracefully  down  and 
almost  touch  the  ground,  as  we  see  in  the  Demoi- 
selle and  the  Stanley  cranes.  The  tertials  of  the 
common  crane  also  form  elegant  plumes,  each  fea- 
ther drooping  with  dishevelled  barbs :  the  tertials 
of  the  sacred  ibis  are  also  produced  into  lax  plumes. 
In  the  egret  the  scapularies  are  elongated  into 
wavy  plumes,  the  feathers  haviijg  their  vanes  com- 
posed of  long  filamentous  plumelets  or  barbules 
distant  from  each  other.  In  the  cranes,  herons, 
egrets,  &c.,  the  wings  are  long  and  ample. 

Some  birds,  as  we  have  observed,  are  very  infe- 
rior in  flight  to  others,  their  wings  being  modified 


accordingly;  but  there  are  not  only  birds  incapable 
of  easy  and  graceful  progress  through  the  air,  but 
there  are  some  which  are  utterly  destitute  of  the 
power  of  flight,  even  in  its  lowest  degree.  There 
are  two  conditions  of  wing  connected  with  the  want 
of  this  power:  first,  that  in  which  the  wing  is 
simply  undeveloped,  both  as  respects  osseous  struc- 
ture, muscles,  and  feathers  —  as  in  the  ostrich,  cas- 
sowary, &c. ;  secondly,  that  in  which  the  wing  is 
converted  into  an  organ  of  aquatic  progression— 
as  in  the  great  auk,  but  more  particularly  in  the 
penguin,  which  has  its  paddle-like  wings  fur- 
nished with  close,  minute,  rigid  feathers  resembling 
scales. 

From  the  leading  modifications  exhibited  in  the 
wings  of  birds,  we  turn  to  those  presented  by  the 
tail,  the  osseous  structure  of  which,  with  the  mode 
in  which  the  feathers  are  ordinarily  arranged,  has 
already  been  pointed  out.  Even  more  numerous 
than  those  of  the  wings  are  the  diversities  of  form 
and  size  presented  by  this  organ ;  diversities  more 
or  less  directly  influencing  the  character  of  the 
flight.  In  some  instances  the  tail  is  reduced  to  a 
mere  rudiment,  or  is  even  wanting,  and  in  others  it 
is  large  and  of  great  length.  Nor  is  it  only  from  its 
form  or  size  that  the  tail  of  the  feathered  race 
influences  the  peculiar  manner  of  flight ;  the  tex- 
ture and  quality  of  the  feathers  themselves  are  of 
great  importance.  Where  the  tail  consists  of  soft 
plume-like  feathers,  we  may  at  once  set  it  down 
that  the  bird  thus  furnished  is  ill  adapted  for  aerial 
progression  ;  and  it  will  be  found,  moreover,  that 
the  structure  of  the  wings  and  the  nature  of  the 
general  plumage  will  invariably  correspond  with  the 
characters  of  the  tail ;  for  wings  well  calculated  for 
aerial  progression,  and  a  tail  unadapted  for  it,  would 
be  a  violation  of  the  laws  of  Nature,  there  being  no 
contradiction  of  parts  and  purposes  in  her  ways. 
On  the  contrary,  if  the  feathers  of  the  tail  be  firm 
and  the  barbs  close — though  the  tail  itself  may  not 
be  very  ample — it  will  be  of  great  avail.  .There 
are  many  examples  of  birds  with  small  tails  being 
endowed  with  surprising  powers  of  flight ;  indeed  in 
most  birds  of  rapid  flight,  the  wings,  when  closed, 
advance  with  their  points  to  the  end  of  the  tail,  or 
even  pass  beyond  it :  we  may  mention  the  peregrine 
falcon  and  the  swift;  in  the  latter  bird  the  tail 
feathers  are  only  ten  in  number,  and  are  far  ex- 
ceeded by  the  wings  when  closed.  Where,  how- 
ever, the  tail  is  much  reduced,  as  in  the  kingfisher, 
its  rudder-like  power  is  evidently  diminished,  and 
though  the  flight  may  still  be  rapid,  it  is  necessarily 
straight  and  arrow-like,  there  being  no  power  of 
sailing  in  easy  circles,  or  of  making  abrupt  turns 
and  doubles,  as  we  see  in  the  kite  on  the  one  hand, 
and  in  the  swallow  on  the  other. 

We  need  hardly  say  that  in  the  act  of  flying  birds 
expand  their  tails,  and  thus  the  extent  of  surface  is 
increased  to  their  manifest  advantage.  Where  the 
wings  are  ample,  and  the  tail  ample  at  the  same 
time,  the  flight  is  easy  and  graceful ;  where  the  tail 
is  short  and  the  wings  long  and  vigorous,  the  flight  i 
is  generally  rapid  and  impetuous;  but  where  the 
tail  is  long  and  ample,  and  the  wings  rounded  and 
short,  as  in  the  magpie,  the  flight  is  laborious.  The 
principal  forms  assumed  by  the  tail  are  as  follows : — 
1,  square,  or  even;  2,  rounded;  3,  graduated  regu- 
larly (every  feather  advancing  in  due  degree),  or 
irregularly  (some  advancing  to  an  extreme  beyond 
the  others) ;  A,  slightly  forked  with  rounded  points  : 
5,  more  or  less  deeply  forked  with  acute  points;  6, 
plumose. 

The  size  of  the  tail  varies  under  every  modifica- 
tion of  form,  and  the  forms  themselves  difl'er  to  a 
considerable  degree,  as  it  regards  a  very  great  num- 
ber of  minute  particulars ;  the  feathers  also  com- 
posing the  tail  exhibit  an  infinity  of  diff'erences, 
both  in  form  and  texture. 

As  examples  of  some  of  the  principal  forms  in  the 
tail  of  birds  we  select  the  following  illustrations  : — 
Fig.  1130,  the  tail  of  the  Kestrel  spread  out ;  Fig. 
1144,  the  tail  of  the  common  Buzzard;  Fig.  1151, 
the  tail  of  a  species  of  Humming-bird;  Fig.  1152, 
the  tail  of  the  Heron;  Fig.  1153,  the  tail  of  the 
Sandpiper;  Fiir.  1154,  the  tail  of  the  Coot;  Fig. 
1155,  the  tail  of  the  Pied  Wagtail;  Fig.  1156,  the 
tail  of  the  Magpie;  Fig.  1157,  the  tail  of  the 
Chaffinch;  Fig.  1158,  the  tail  of  the  Lark;  Fig. 
1159,  the  stift'  rudder-like  tail  of  the  Cormorant; 
Fig.  1160,  the  scansorial  tail  of  the  Tree-creeper. 

Having  thus  spoken  of  the  arrangement  of 
the  feathers,  which,  it  may  be  added,  the  bird 
moults  and  renews  at  certain  seasons,  we  proceed  to 
explain  the  different  parts  of  a  feather  itself.  A 
feather  consists  of  a  stem  (scapus),  divided  into  the 
barrel  or  hollow  base  (calamus),  in  which  the 
nutrient  vascular  pulp  was  originally  contained,  and 
which  remains  shrivelled  as  a  pith ;  the  shall 
(rachis),  and  the  web  or  vane  on  each  side  (pogo- 
nium),  which  consists  of  numerous  barbs  (radii 
pogoniorum)  closely  interlocked  (at  least  usually) 
by  means  of  minute  processes  called  barbules 
(radioli).     In  many  feathers  the  base  of  the  web 


consists  of  loose,  free,  soft  barbs  ;  and  there  is  fre- 
quently an  accessory  plume  at  the  base  of  the 
shaft,  generally  a  downy  tuft,  but  sometimes  almost 
as  much  developed  as  the  feather  from  which  it 
emanates,  as  in  the  emu,  in  which  bird  each  feather 
seems  double,  with  one  barrel. 

There  is  no  external  auditory  apparatus,  but  the 
orifice  to  the  internal  auditory  apparatus  is  covered 
with  a  tuft  of  close  feathers ;  sometimes,  however,  as 
in  the  owl,  there  are  external  membranous  valves, 
capable  of  being  opened  or  closed  at  will.  The 
sense  of  hearing  is  acute.  The  jaws  of  birds  are 
invested  with  a  horny  sheath,  forming  a  beak  dif- 
ferently modified  in  different  groups.  In  the  par- 
rots the  upper  jaw  (or  mandible)  is  articulated  to 
the  skull  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be  freely  move- 
able. 

In  many  birds  the  base  of  ttie  upper  mandible  is 
clothed  with  a  tough  skin  called  the  cere,  in  which 
the  nostrils  are  placed,  but  the  situation  of  these 
greatly  varies.  Between  the  base  of  the  beak  and 
the  eye  a  naked  space  called  the  lore  (loruni)  often 
intervenes. 

With  respect  to  the  eye  of  birds,  we  may  observe 
that  the  bony  orbits  are  capacious,  and  the  organs 
seated  therein  of  according  magnitude.  In  birds 
of  prey  the  general  shape  of  the  eye  is  that  of  a  bell, 
or  chalice  ;  the  cornea,  which  is  very  convex,  forms 
the  bottom  of  the  chalice  ;  the  posterior  segment  of 
the  sclerotica  its  cover.  This  peculiar  form  (see 
Fig.  1162)  arises  from  the  curvature  and  length  of 
the  bony  plates,  which,  as  in  all  other  birds,  occupy 
the  front  of  the  sclerotica,  lying  close  together  and 
overlapping  each  other.  These  bony  plates  form  a 
flat  or  slightly  convex  ring ;  but  in  the  rapacious 
birds  they  form  a  concave  ring,  which  gives  to  the 
eyeball  the  above-mentioned  form.  By  means  of 
this  ring  the  eye  becomes  a  kind  of  self-adjusting 
telescope,  so  as  to  take  in  both  near  and  very  distant 
objects. 

A  representation  of  the  sclerotic  plates  forming 
the  bony  ring  in  the  eye  of  the  penguin  (Apteno- 
dytes)  is  represented  at  Fig.  1161.  They  remind  us 
forcibly  of  the  eye-plates  in  some  of  the  reptiles, 
particularly  of  those  belonging  to  the  eyes  of  the 
Enaliosaurians,  or  fossil  marine  lizards.  The  pen- 
guin has  to  adjust  its  eye  for  vision  both  on  land 
and  under  water.  This  contrivance  must  greatly 
assist  the  adjustment  necessary  for  seeing  clearly  in 
such  different  media. 

The  crystalline  humour  is  flat  in  birds ;  and  the 
vitreous  humour  is  very  small.  The  colour  of  the 
iris  varies  in  different  species,  and  in  many  eases  is 
very  brilliant.  The  raarsupium,  which  arises  in  the 
back  of  the  eye,  and  the  use  of  which  is  not  very 
clearly  ascertained,  is  a  peculiarity  in  the  eye  of 
birds.  They  have  three  eyelids,  two  of  which,  the 
upper  and  lower,  are  closed  in  most  of  the  race  by 
the  elevation  of  the  lower  one,  as  may  be  fiequentlv 
seen  in  our  domestic  poultry.  The  owl,  the  goat'- 
sucker,  and  a  few  others  have  the  power  of  depress- 
ing the  upper  eyelid.  Of  these  birds  the  upper 
only  is  furnished  with  eyelashes  generally :  the 
ostrich,  secretary  vulture,  some  parrots,  and  a  few 
other  birds  have  them  in  both  lids.  But  the  third 
eyelid,  or  nictitating  membrane,  forms  the  most 
curious  apparatus.  When  at  rest,  this,  which  is  a 
thin  semi-transparent  fold  of  the  tunica  conjunctiva, 
lies  in  the  inner  corner  of  the  eye,  with  its  loose 
edge  nearly  vertical.  By  the  combined  action  of 
two  muscles  which  are  attached  towards  the  back 
of  the  sclerotica,  it  is  capable  of  being  drawn  out 
so  as  to  cover  the  whole  front  of  the  eyeball  like  a 
curtain,  and  its  own  elasticity  restores  it  to  the 
corner  in  which  it  rested.  This,  it  is  said,  enables 
the  eagle  to  look  at  the  sun :  it  may  be  seen  in 
operation  to  much  advantage  in  the  Great  South 
American  Eagle  (Harpyia  destructor)  at  the  gar- 
dens of  the  Zoological  Society  in  the  Regent's 
Park. 

Fig.  1162  shows  the  section  of.the  eye  of  the  owl- 
a,  the  quadrangular  bony  scale  within  the  substance 
of  the  sclerotic,  giving  it  firmness  ;  b,  an  expansion 
called  the  ciliary  body,  extending  over  the  whole  of 
the  inner  surface  ;  c,  a  curious  membrane,  called  the 
pecten,  projecting  through  the  choroid  into  the 
vitreous  humour,  and  in  some  birds  attached  to  the 
side  of  the  lens :  of  its  use  little  is  known.  Fig. 
1163  shows  the  orbit  turned  so  as  to  expose  the 
recti  and  other  muscles.  Fig.  1164  shows  the  pos- 
terior view  of  the  eyeball;  Fig.  1165  a  lateral  view 
of  the  same.  These  show  the  two  muscles  which 
originate  from  the  sclerotic,  and  are  applied  to  its 
curved  surface  round  the  entrance  of,  the  optic 
nerve  (Fig.  1164,  a).  The  larger  represents  rather 
more  than  half  of  what  if  completed  would  be  a 
broad  circular  ring  (Fig.  1164,  b)  :  it  is  called  the 
quadratus.  Attached  by  its  wider  edge,  near  the 
margin  of  this  part  of  the  sclerotic,  its  fibres  con- 
verge to  the  narrower  edge,  and  terminate  in  a  nar- 
row tendon  (Fig.  1164,  c),  perforated  through  its 
whole  length  like  the  hem  of  an  apron.  The 
second  smaller  muscle,  called  the  pyramidalis,  from 

2K2 


A 


IISl.— Tail  orHummiBg-bitd.  IIM.— T^il  oTCoot. 


nit.— T«a  of  Sandpiper. 


U&S.— TaaorBmn. 


IIM.— Tail  of  Magpie. 


llii— TaU  of  Pied  Wagtail. 


UM.— lUlofUik. 


1197.— Tail  of  Chafflnisli. 


1 199.— Tail  of  Cormonnt 


1 1  to.— Tail  of  Ti«e<nepei. 


IIM.- EjebaU  of  Owl :  posterior  view .  ;n65.— Eyeball  of  Owl :  lateral  view, 


1 IM.— Skull  and  Tonfue  of  Woodpecker. 


11»9.— Fkrt  of  Windpipe  of  Wild  Swan. 


tH».-VW««d  Egg. 


1 170.— Windpipe  of  Bittern. 


1171.— Section  of  Head  of  Horabill. 


1161 Sclerotic  Plates  of  Peng  uin. 


1167.— Breaat.bone  and  Windpipe  of  Wild  Swan. 


ll«t,-^oint  of  Keel-bone  of  Wild  Swan.  1162.— Sectmn    i  i;.  oiOwl. 


im.— Egg  Organ. 


1163.— Eye  of  Owl. 


252 


1 175.— Egg  and  Genn  at  Twelve  Hours  after  Incubation. 


1176.— rEgif  and  Germ  at  Sixteen  hours. 


1 177. — Egg  and  Germ  at  Thirty-six  hours. 


'•fi  — 14,'g  ana  Chick  at  Tliirty-six  Hours, 


-Kg'^  .inti  Cliick  on  Fourth  Day, 


1180.— Egg  and  Chick  on  Fi.  ,h  Day. 


1187.— Chick  at  Ten  Davs. 


lltl.— Egg  "nd  Chick  en  Sixth  Day. 


11»».— Egi  and  Chick  on  S»TOnth  Day. 


1183.— Egg  and  Chick  on  Eig:hth  Day. 

25.3 


254 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[AVES- 


Hi  shape  (Fi^.  1164,  </)  at  an  opposite  part  of  the 
circumference.  Its  fibres  converge,  and  are  iixed 
into  a  long  round  tendon  (Figs.  1164  and  1165,  e), 
which  passes  through  the  loop  or  hem  (c)  of  the 
quadratus,  and  hence  turning  over  the  edge  of  the 
broad  part  uf  the  sclerotic,  is  continued  along  the 
surface  of  ils  bolUsliaped  portion,  where  it  passes 
through  several  thread-like  loops  or  pulleys  which 
keep  jt  applied  to  the  concavity,  and  round  a  bony 
point  which  projects  from  the  surface,  and  is  at- 
tached near  the  edge  of  the  cornea  to  the  edge  of 
an  elastic  fold  (Fig.  1165,  /)  of  the  conjunctiva, 
which  IS  called  the  third  eyelid,  or  nictitating 
(i.  e.  winkini:)  membrane.  It  will  be  easily  seen  by 
the  help  of  the  figures,  from  this  description,  that 
the  effect  of  the  simultaneous  contraction  of  the  two 
muscles  will  be  to  draw  the  membrane  with  great 
rapidity,  mailing  it  sweep  over  the  surface  of  the 
cornea.  It  returns  by  its  own  elasticity  with  nearly 
equal  quickness.  A  bird  may  be  seen  to  use  thi« 
mechanism  twenty  times  in  a  minute  ;  in  fact,  as 
olten  as  it  may  bu  necessary  to  cleanse  the  surface 
of  the  eye.  llie  colour  of  the  membrane  is  milky  ; 
and  it  is  seen  to  pass  from  the  upper  and  inner  to 
the  outer  and  lower  corner  of  the  eye  with  the 
speed  for  which  the  act  of  winking  is  proverbial. 

Though  all  birds  possess  a  tongue,  it  is  probable 
that  but  few  find  enjoyment  in  the  organ  as  minis- 
tering to  their  taste  ;  and  in  those  it  is  soft,  thick, 
and  covered  with  papillx.  Some  of  tlie  birds  of 
prey,  some  of  the  swimmers,  and  the  parrots  gene- 
rally, have  such  a  tongue,  and  there  can  be  no 
doubt  that  these  taste  food  of  a  sott  or  fluid  nature, 
and  select  that  which  they  like  best.  But  in  general 
the  tongue  is  horny  and  stiff,  and  appears  unsuited 
to  convey  such  impressions,  though  as  an  organ  for 
taking  food  it  becomes  of  the  highest  importance. 
In  the  humming-birds  and  other  honey-suckers  it  is 
a  tubular  pump,  and  in  the  woodpeckers  it  is  an 
insect-spear.  In  both  cases  it  can  be  protruded  and 
refracted  at  pleasure  ,  and  the  simple  but  beautiful 
machinery  by  which  this  act  of  volition  is  per- 
formed IS  adapted  with  the  most  masterly  fitness  to 
the  motion  required.  Upon  examining  the  tongue 
of  the  common  green  woodpecker  (Fig.  116G),  we 
shall  find  that,  instead  of  being  very  long,  as  it  is 
erroneously  supposed  to  be,  it  is  really  very  short, 
sharp-pointed,  and  horny,  with  barbs  at  its  sides. 
Behind  this  lies  the  singular  tongue-bone  (os 
hyoides),  slender,  and  with  two  very  long  legs  or 
appendages  (crura).  This  is  made  up  of  five  parts, 
consisting  of  a  single  portion  and  two  pairs  of  car- 
tilages. Let  us  suppose  the  tongue  to  be  at  rest, 
and  then  the  single  piece  lies  in  a  fleshy  sheath, 
capable  of  great  extension.  To  this  piece  the  first 
pair  of  cartilages,  which  are  situated  at  the  sides  of 
the  neck,  are  joined ;  while  the  second  pair,  spring- 
ing from  these,  run  under  the  integuments  com- 
pletely over  the  skull,  and,  advancing  forwards,  con- 
verge in  a  kind  of  groove,  terminating  generally  in  ■ 
the  right  side  of  the  upper  jaw.  This  second  pair 
by  their  elasticity  become  the  springs  which  set  the 
whole  in  motion.  When  the  organ  is  to  be  pro- 
truded, the  anterior  pieces  are  drawn  together,  and 
enter  the  extended  sheath  of  the  single  piece ;  the 
tongue  is  thus  elongated  as  it  were,  and  the  bird  can 
thrust  it  far  forth. 

The  organs  of  the  voice  in  birds  bear  a  striking 
resemblance  to  certain  musical  wind-insti-uments. 
The  larynx  is  double,  or,  rather,  made  up  of  two 
parts ;  one,  the  proper  rima  glottidis,  situated  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  windpipe ;  and  the  second,  the 
bronchial,  or  lower  larynx,  which  contains  a  second 
rima  glottidis,  furnished  with  tense  membranes  that 
perform  in  many  birds  (and  especially  in  the  aqua- 
tics) the  same  part  as  a  reed  does  in  a  clarionet 
or  hautboy,  while  the  upper  rima,  like  the  ventage 
or  hole  of  the  instrument,  gives  utterance  to  the 
note. 

The  length  of  the  windpipe  and  the  structure  of 
the  lower  larynx  vary  much  in  different  species  and 
even  in  the  sexes,  particularly  among  the  water- 
birds.  In  the  domestic  or  dumb  swan  the  windpipe 
is  straight ;  in  the  male  wild  swan  (Cygnus  Bewickii) 
the  windpipe  is  convoluted  in  the  hollow  of  the 
breast-bone  like  the  tube  of  a  French  horn. 

See  Fig.  1167,  the  breast-bone,  with  part  of  the 
keel  removed  to  show  the  convolutions  of  the  trachea 
within  ;  Fig.  1 168,  the  point  of  the  keel,  showing  the 
opening  through  which  the  trachea  enters  and  re- 
turns; Fig.  1169,  part  of  trachea  of  Cygnus  Bewickii; 
Fig.  1170,  the  trachea  of  the  bittern. 

The  following  are  the  conclusions  of  M.  Jacque- 
min,  in  his  paper  lately  read  before  the  French 
Academy;  and  though  many  of  the  facts  were 
previously  known,  M.  Jacquemin's  communication 
must  be  considered  as  a  valuable  addition  to  this 
part  of  the  subject.  After  observing  that  the  air 
entere  not  only  into  the  lungs  and  about  the  parietes 
of  the  chest,  but  that  it  also  penetrates  by  certain  | 
openings  (foramina)  into  eight  pneumatic  bags  or 
air-cells,  occupying  a  considerable  portion  of  the  | 
pectoro-abdommal  cavity,  and  thence  into  the  upper  I 


and  lower  extremities,  he  concludes,  1.   That  the 
pneumatic  bags  are  so  situated  as  to  be  ready  con- 
ductors of  the  air  into  the  more  solid  parts  of  the 
body ;  and  that  the   air,  by  surrounding  the  most 
weighty  viscera,  may  support  the  bird  in  flight,  and 
contribute  to  the  facility  of  its  motions  when  so 
employed.     2.  That  the  quantity  of  air  thus  intro- 
duced penetrates  the  most  internal  recesses  of  their 
bodies,  tending  to  dry  the  marrow  in  the  bones  and 
a  portion  of  the  fluids;  a  diminution  of  specific 
gravity  is  the  result,  the  true  cause  of  which  has 
been,  m  his  opinion,  vainly  sought  in  the  quantity 
alone   of  permeating  air.    3.  That   in    birds    the 
oxidation  of  the  nourishing  juices  is  not  entirely 
efiected  in  the  lungs,  but  is  much  promoted  also 
in  the  pneumatic  bags  above-mentioned,  for  their 
contained  air  operates  through  the  membranes  upon 
the  blood-vessels  and  lyhiphatics  in  contact  with 
them ;   a  more   complete  and  speedy  oxidation  is 
the  result.    4.  That  not  only  the  skeleton,  but  all  the 
viscera  are  much  more  i)ermeable  by  air  in  birds 
than  in  any  of  the  other  vertebrated  animals.     5. 
That  the  air-reservoirs  are  not  always  symmetrical, 
their  shape  and  extent  depending  entirely  upon  the 
form  and  situation  of  the  organs  among  which  they 
occur;  but  the  supply  is  so  modified  that  the  total 
quantity  received  into  the  pneumatic  bags  on  the 
light  side  of  the  body  is  equal  to  that  which  enters 
into  those  on  the  left,  and  indeed  without  the  main- 
tenance of  this  condition  the  act  of  flying  would  be 
impossible,  and  that  of  walking  diflicult.     6.  That 
no  portion  of  a  bird's  structure  is  impervious  to  air ; 
it  reaches  even  the  last  joints  (phalanges)  of  the 
wings  and  feet,  and  the  last  caudal  vertebra;,  or 
rump-bones.    The  quill  of  the  feathers  is  not  ex- 
cepted, as  has  been  sometimes  asserted.     7.  That 
the  air  within  the  head  has  a  separate  circulation, 
and  does  not  directly  communicate  with  the  air- 
pipes  of  the  rest  of  the  body.    8.  That  in  no  instance 
does  the  air  come  into  direct  contact  with  the  viscera 
or  nourishing  juices,  but  invariably  through   the 
medium  of  a  membrane,  however  fine  and  trans- 
parent.    9.  That  the  volume  of  air  which  birds  can 
thus  introduce  into  their  bodies,  and  the  force  with 
which  they  can  expel  it,  offer  the  only  explanation 
how  so  small  a  creature    as   a   singing-bird   (the 
nightingale,  for  example)  is  able  to  utter  notes  so 
powerful,  and,  without    any  apparent   fatigue,   to 
warble  so  long  and  so  musically. 

Fig.  1171  is  a  section  of  the  head  of  the  rhinoceros 
hornbill,  showing  the  extensive  development  of  the 
air-cells. 

Birds  are  either  carnivorous,  insectivorous,  grani- 
vorous,  or  omnivorous ;  and  their  digestive  apparatus 
is  modified  accordingly.  The  crop,  which  is  a 
dilated  sac  at  the  termination  of  the  gullet,  leads  by 
a  canal  into  a  second  enlargement,  the  commencing 
portion  of  which  is  surrounded  by  a  zone  of 
glands  pouring  out  a  solvent  or  gastric  fluid.  This 
portion  is  termed  ventriculus  succenfuriatus,  and  in 
granivorous  and  many  other  birds  conducts  to  the 
gizzard,  composed  of  two  firm  voluminous  muscles, 
surrounding  a  cavity  lined  with  a  thick  tough  mem- 
brane. These  muscles  exert  a  sort  of  opposite, 
grinding  motion,  with  pressure  on  each  other,  like 
two  mill-stones,  and  the  effect  is  a  reduction  of  grain 
and  other  vegetable  matter  into  a  pulpy  mass ;  but 
this  cannot  be  done  without  a  number  of  pebbles  or 
coarse  particles  of  sand  are  swallowed  with  the  food 
(at  least  in  granivorous  birds),  which  by  the  work- 
ing of  the  walls  triturate  the  food  among  them.  In 
moUusk-feeding  ducks  the  gizzard  is  enormously 
powerful,  grinding  down  hard  and  sharp  shells.  In 
carnivorous  birds  there  is  no  gizzard. 

Birds  are  all  oviparous,  that  is,  they  produce  eggs 
which  are  hatched  by  incubation,  and  from  which 
the  young  are  excluded,  in  dift'erent  degrees  of  de- 
velopment, those  of  the  gallinaceous  and  duck  tribes 
being  the  most  matured ;  they  are  indeed  capable 
of  running  about  and  picking  food  in  the  course  of 
a  few  hours.  Our  pictorial  museum  contains  an 
interesting  series  of  eggs  in  different  stages ;  but  of 
these  our  notice  must  be  very  cursory. 

Fig.  1172  represents  the  egg-organ  of  the  fowl  : 
the  eggs  in  this  apparatus  are  Ibund  in  all  stages  of 
maturity,  from  a  minute  yellow  grain,  upwards,  to 
the  size  of  a  walnut ;  the  largest  are  destined  to  be 
laid  first ;  all  are  enveloped  in  a  delicate  membrane, 
but  are  destitute  of  the  white,  or  albumen,  and  the 
shell ;  they  exhibit  the  germ  of  the  future  bird, 
under  a  slightly  elevated  spot:  see  Fig.  1173.  After 
becoming  disengaged  and  passing  into  the  egg- 
tube,  they  become  covered  with  albumen,  this  with 
a  double  membrane,  and  lastly  with  a  calcareous 
envelope.  The  albumen  is  laid  on  layer  after  layer 
in  the  egg-tube,  and  gradually  coats  the  membrane 
enclosing  the  yolk,  some  of  it  being  inspissated  so  as 
to  form  an  almost  invisible  membrane,  the  chalaza, 
which,  being  twisted  by  the  revolutions  of  the  yolk, 
is  gathered  into  delicate  spiral  cords,  retaining 
the  yolk  in  its  place.  This  albumen  and  chalaza 
are  secreted  in  the  first  part  of  the  egg-tube ;  in 
the  next  part  the  investing  membrane  (membrana 


putaminis)  is  formed  and  added,  and  lastly  the 
shell. 

The  anatomy  of  the  egg,  prior  to  the  commence- 
ment of  incubation,  says  Professor  Jones,  is  suffi- 
ciently simple  (see  Fig.  1174).  Immediately  be- 
neath the  shell  (permeable  by  air)  is  the  membrana 
putaminis,  consisting  of  two  layers,  separating  at 
the  larger  end,  so  as  to  leave  a  space  called  the 
vesicula  aeris,  which  is  filled  with  air  containing 
an  unusual  portion  of  oxygen,  destined  to  serve  for 
the  respiration  of  the  future  chick.  Enclosed  in 
the  membrana  putaminis  is  the  albumen  with  the 
suspending  cords  (chalaza),  and  lastly  the  yolk  with 
its  germ,  enclosed  in  the  membrana  vitelli.  It  is 
by  the  natural  warmth  of  the  body  of  the  parent, 
brooding  over  the  eggs,  that  the  vital,  though  a» 
yet  torpid,  germ  is  called  into  activity,  and  begins 
to  develop.  Its. progress  is  gradual,  but  rapid,  till 
the  chick  breaks  from  its  imprisonment,  and  com- 
mences a  new  career. 
The  changes  which  the  chick  undergoes  in  the 
il  egg  during  the  process  of  incubation  have  engaged 
"  the  attention  of  many  philosophical  naturalists, 
who  have  given  the  minute  details  of  every  phase : 
we  shall  not  follow  them,  but  refer  to  the  series 
.1  in  our  pictorial  museum,  as  exhibiting  the  progress 
with  sufficient  clearness  for  those  to  whom  minute 
jj  anatomical  disquisitions  (scarcely  allowable  under 
I,  our  present  pl^n)  would  not  prove  very  attractive. 
Fig.  1175,  an  egg  as  it  appears  twelve  hours  after 
incubation,  with  a  magnified  view  of  the  germ  in 
its  first  stage  of  development.  Fig.  1176,  an  egg 
as  it  appears  sixteen  hours  after  incubation,  with 
a  magnified  view  of  the  embryo  chick.  Fig.  1177, 
the  same,  thirty-six  hours  alter  incubation.  Fig. 
1178,  the  same,  with  the  chick  and  the  first  ap- 
pearance of  the  principal  blood-vessels  magnified. 
Fig.  1179,  an  egg  opened  four  days  after  incuba- 
tion, with  a  magnified  view  of  the  chick.  Here  the 
pupil  of  the  eye  is  distinctly  visible,  and  in  the 
head  are  five  vesicles,  filled  with  a  fluid  ;  and  these, 
as  they  enlarge,  approach  each  other,  coalesce,  and 
form  the  brain  invested  with  its  membranes.  Fig. 
1180,  the  appe.trances  of  the  fifth  day:  the  lungs 
now  begin  to  form.  Fig.  1181,  the  egg  and  mag- 
nified chick  six  days  after  incubation.  The  spinal 
marrow,  divided  into  two  parts,  is  extended  along 
the  trunk.  Fig.  1182,  the  appearances  seven  days 
after  incubation.  Fig.  1183,  the  development  eight 
days  after  incubation.  Fig.  1184,  the  same,  nine 
days  after  incubation.  Fig.  1 185,  the  same  egg  turn- 
ed more  to  its  right  side.  The  bones  are  now  begin- 
ning to  form.  Fig.  1186,  tenth  day.  The  muscles 
of  the  wings  and  germs  of  the  feathers  appear. 
Fig.  1187  represents  the  chick  at  this  stage  re- 
moved from  the  egg.  Fig.  1188,  the  fourteenth  day. 
Fig.  1189  shows  the  external  half  of  the  vesicle  re- 
moved; FiiT-  1190,  the  chick  removed;  Fig.  1191, 
the  eighteenth  day.  Fig.  1192,  the  same,  wuth  part 
of  the  vesicle  removed,  showing  the  chick  more 
clearly.  Fig.  1193,  the  chick  opened  to  show  the 
absorption  of  the  yolk  into  the  body.  Fig.  1194, 
the  condition  of  the  chick  on  the  twentieth  day. 
Figs.  1195  and  1196,  the  position  of  the  chick  in 
the  egg  previous  to  liberation.  Fig.  J 197,  eggs 
fractured  by  the^included  chicks  in  the  act  of  libe- 
rating themselves.  Fig.  1198,  positions  of  th« 
shell  after  the  escape  of  the  chick.  Contiary  t.o 
what  some  persons  suppose,  the  chick  frees  itself 
from  its  narrow  prison  by  its  own  exertions,  and  not 
by  the  aid  of  the  mother,  as  some  have  supposed 
from  the  circumstance  that  pieces  of  the  shell  are 
often  broken  oft',  while  the  membrane  within  re- 
mains unruptured :  but  the  fact  is  that  the  mem- 
brane is  yielding  and  elastic,  while  the  shell  is  not ; 
the  latter  therefore  breaks,  while  th^  membrane 
stretches.  It  might  be  supposed  that  this  task  was 
much  above  the  strength  of  the  yet  feeble  chick, 
did  we  not  reflect  that  instinct  calls  upon  it  to 
exert  its  utmost  enerjjies,  and  that  its  very  position 
favours  its  efforts.  The  bill  is  still  soft,  indeed, 
and  might  at  first  seem  ill  fitted  for  breaking  the 
shell ;  but  a  provision  is  made — for,  as  Mr.  Yarrell 
observes,  "  upon  the  curved  part  of  the  ujiper  man- 
dible, just  above  the  point,  will  be  seen  a  small 
horny  scale,  nearly  circular,  having  at  its  centre 
a  hard  and  sharp  projecting  point,  and,  by  th? 
particular  position  of  the  head,  this  sharp  point  is 
brought  into  constant  contact  with  the  inner  sur- 
face of  the  shell."  Such,  at  least,  is  the  use  gene- 
rally attributed  to  this  horny  point ;  and  it  is  to  be 
remarked  that  when  the  chick  escapes,  and  the 
beak  hardens  by  exposure  to  the  air,  it  soon  falls 
off,  and  on  the  second  or  third  day  only  a  light- 
coloured  mark  is  observable  on  the  spot  it  had  oc- 
cupied. In  pigeons,  and  other  birds  which  are  long 
before  they  become  capable  of  running  about  and 
feeding  themselves,  this  horny  point  remains  for 
more  than  a  week.  It  is  worthy  of  note  that  on  the 
beak  of  the  very  young  Ornithorhynchus  a  similar 
horny  scale  exists.  Here,  then,  we  have  our  pre- 
liminary observations,  and  advance  to  our  pictorial 
specimens  of  the  feathered  tribes. 


Eagles.] 


Museum  of  animated  nature. 


255 


ORDER  RAPTORES. 

Beak  strong  and  hooked  ;  flight  soaring  and  rapid  ; 
talons  sharp,  incurved,  and  powerful.  Appetite 
carnivorous.  Digestive  organs  simple.  Females 
in  general  larger  than  the  males.  Toes,  three  be- 
fore and  one  behind. 

Family  FALCONID.^ 
{Eagles,  Falcons,  Hawks,  Kites,  Buzzaeds,  Hae- 
BIEBS,  &c.). 

1199,  1200.— The  Golde.v  Eagle 
(Aquila  chrysaetos).  We  select  the  Golden  Eagle 
as  a  specimen  of  the  present  family  ;  not  indeed  be- 
cause it  is  what  modern  naturalists  call  the  type, 
which  may  be  found  in  the  Peregrine  or  the  Iceland 
Falcon,  but  because  it  is  associated  in  our  minds 
with  ideas  of  courage,  strength,  and  ferocity;  cha- 
racteristics which  are  not  displayed  even  by  some 
of  the  species  of  the  genus  Falco,  as  the  Kestrel  for 
example,  and  still  less  so  by  the  species  of  other 
genera. 

What  the  feline  and  musteline  races  are  among 
terrestrial  quadrupeds,  that  are  the  Falconidae  among 
birds.  They  live  by  slaughter ;  their  life  is  passed 
"  in  armis,"  and  they  carry  on  with  unceasing  ac- 
tivity the  work  of  destruction :  they  rejoice  in  car- 
nage, and  cower  with  outspread  wings  over  their 
reeking  quarry,  uttering  shrieks  of  exultation. 

Their  bearing  is  lofty  and  noble  ;  their  eyes  are 
large,  bright,  and  piercing;  their  frame  sinewy  and 
muscular ;  their  flight  impetuous.  Their  beak  is 
strono-  and  hooked,  and  the  talons  are  formidable. 
Look\t  those  of  the  Golden  Eagle  (Fig.  1201),  and 
picture  them  driven  with  remorseless  force  into  the 
flesh  of  the  agonizing  victim. 

The  Falconidae  live  either  alone  or  in  pairs;  some 
tenant  deep  forests,  others  scour  wide  and  level 
plains  or  high  moorland  ;  some  haunt  the  sea-shore, 
and  build  on  the  wave-beaten  rocks  ;  and  some 
make  the  "  difficult  peak  "  of  the  mountain  range 
their  home.  They  surround  their  eyry  with  the  relics 
of  many  a  sanguinary  feast,  and  their  "  young  ones 
suck  up  blood." 

.  Among  the  Falconidae  the  eagles  are  pre-eminent 
in  size  and  daring.  When  at  rest  on  the  crag  of 
the  rock,  they  assume  an  attitude  of  dignified  calm- 
■  ness,  as  if  conscious  of  superiority  ;  but  the  bright 
glance  of  the  eye  betrays  the  ferocity  of  disposition, 
which  the  next  moment  may  be  displayed  in  a  ter- 
rific burst,  as,  sweeping  down  with  irresistible  force, 
they  prostrate  their  victim,  and  dye  their  beak  and 
talons  in  its  gore. 

In  all  the  eagles  the  cere  at  the  base  of  the  beak 
is  large  and  perforated  by  the  nostrils ;  the  talons 
are  strong  ;  the  wings  ample  and  slightly  rounded, 
the  fourth  quill  feather  being  the  largest.  In  the 
genus  Aquila,  which  includes  the  golden  eagle,  the 
tarsi  are  plumed  to  the  toes ;  the  beak  is  subtrian- 
gular  above  ;  the  nostrils  are  rounded. 

The   golden  eagle  (Eryr  Melyn  of  the  ancient 
British)  was  once  common  in  many  parts  of  England, 
and,  till  in  comparatively  recent  times,  bred  annu- 
ally in  Cumberland,  Westmoreland,  and  the  Peak  of 
Derbyshire.     It  is  still  to  be  seen  in  the  Highlands  of 
Scotland,  and  in  some  districts  oflreland  is  far  from 
being  uncommon.     Mr.  Thompson  ('  Mag.  of  Zool. 
and  Botany,' vol.   ii.   p.  43)  states  that  the  game- 
keeper of  Mr.  Stewart,  between  the  years  1828  and 
1832,  had  killed  thirteen  or  fourteen  golden  eagles 
on  the  mountain  range  of  the  Horn  (the  name  given 
to  the  peninsula  bounding  the  western  entrance  to 
Sheephaven,  in  the  county  of  Donegal,  and  which 
terminates  in  the  stupendous  promontory  of  Horn 
Head)  ;  and  the  same  observant  naturalist  writes — 
"  On  visiting  Achil,  off  the  coast  of  Mayo,  in  June, 
1834,  in  company  with  Robert  Ball,  Esq.,  of  Dublin, 
Lieutenant  Reynolds  of  the  Preventive  Service,  a 
keen  sportsman,  and  well  acquainted  with  birds,  as- 
sured us  that  one  or  two  pairs  of  golden  eagles  breed 
annually  in  the  island.     When  subsequently  on  the 
mountam  of  Croagh-patrick,  which  terminates  vol- 
cano-like in  a  magnificent  cone,  and  is  in  elevation 
♦  he  second  in  Connaught,  we  for  a  considerable 
time  observed  a  pair  of  these  eagles  towering  above 
its  summit.    In  the  county  of  Kerry,  a  few  weeks 
afterwards,  an  eagle,  supposed  to  be  of  this  species, 
was  seen  by  some  of  our  party  when  viewing  the 
Lakes  of  Killamey,  from  the  topmost  ridge  of  Man- 
gertine.     When  on  a  visit  to  this  same  place  the 
previous  autumn,  my  friend  Robert  Patterson,  Esq., 
t)f  Belfast,  made  the  following  note,  which  he  has 
kindly  permitted  me  to  use  ;— •  Near  to  the  little 
lake  called  the  Devil's   Punchbowl,  we  disturbed 
four  eagles,  preying  on  a  full-grown  sheep:  they 
rose   majestically  into  the   air  as  we  approached. 
The  people  who  were  with  us  supposed  the  sheep, 
being  perhaps  sickly,  had  been  killed  by  the  eagles, 
a  supposition  corroborated  by  the  quantity  of  fleece 
«cattered  over  the   ground  for  some  yards  in  one 
direction.    The  flesh  of  the  neck  was  completely 
removed,  although  that  of  every  other  part  was  un- 


touched. We  were  assured  that  two  eagles  will 
occasionally  pursue  a  hare,  one  flying  low,  coursing 
it  along  the  ground,  the  other  keeping  perpendicu- 
larly above  the  terrified  animal.  When  the  lowest 
eagle  tires,  they  change  places,  and  pursue  the  same 
system  of  tactics,  until  the  hare  is  completely 
wearied  out.  I  was  told  the  same  circumstance  a 
few  days  afterwards  near  Tralee,  and  again  near 
Monasterevan :  my  informant  in  every  instance 
stated  the  fact  as  having  fallen  under  his  own  know- 
ledge, and  not  as  a  matter  of  hearsay.' " 

The  mode  of  pursuing  the  hare  above  described, 
and  on  the  correctness  of  which  we  rely,  reminds  us 
that  either  this  or  an  allied  eagle  (Aquila  impe- 
rialis)  is  employed  by  the  Tartars  in  the  chase  of 
antelopes,  wolves,  foxes,  hares,  &c.,  nor  would  it 
appear  that  there  is  much  difficulty  in  training  these 
powerful  birds  to  the  work,  for,  though  eagles  cap- 
tured when  adult  are  extremely  savage  and  indocile, 
they  are  as  easily  reclaimed  as  the  Peregrine  Falcon 
when  taken  young  from  the  nest.  Mr.  Thompson 
observes  that  R.  Langtry,  Esq.,of  Fortwilliam,  near 
Belfast,  "  has  at  present  an  eagle  of  this  species 
which  is  extremely  docile  and  tractable.  It  was 
taken  last  summer  from  a  nest  in  Inverness-shire,  and 
came  into  his  possession  about  the  end  of  Septem- 
ber. This  bird  became  at  once  attached  to  its  owner, 
who  after  having  it  about  a  month  ventured  to  give 
it  its  liberty,  a  privilege  which  was  not  on  the  eagle's 
part  abused,  as  it  came  to  the  lure  whenever  called. 
It  not  only  permits  itself  to  be  handled  anyway, 
but  seems  to  derive  pleasure  from  the  application  of 
the  hand  to  its  legs  and  plumage.  The  eagle  was 
hooded  after  the  manner  of  the  hunting-hawks  for 
some  time,  but  the  practice  was  abandoned ;  and 
although  it  may  be  requisite  if  the  bird  be  trained 
for  the  chase,  hooding  is  otherwise  unnecessary,  as  it 
remains  quiet  and  contented  lor  any  length  of  time,  i 
and  no  matter  how  far  carried  on  its  master's  arm. 
It  is  quite  indifferent  to  the  presence  of  any  persons 
who  may  be  in  his  company,  and  is  unwilling  to 
leave  him  even  to  take  a  flight,  having  to  be  thrown 
into  the  air  whenever  he  wishes  it  to  do  so.  When 
this  eagle  is  at  large,  he  has  only  to  hold  out  his 
arm  towards  it,  which,  as  soon  as  pergeived,  even 
at  a  distance,  it  flies  to  and  perches  on.  I  have 
seen  it  thus  come  to  him  not  less  than  a  dozen  times 
within  half  an  hour,  without  any  food  being  offered. 
It  runs  very  fast,  and  when  on  the  ground  and  the 
lure  is  thrown  comparatively  near,  it  prefers  this 
mode  of  progression  to  using  its  wings.  Live 
rats  have  several  times  been  turned  out  of  the 
cage-trap  to  this  bird,  but  before  running  very  far 
were  invariably  pounced  upon."  Other  instances 
of  the  docility  of  the  golden  eagle  might  be  ad- 
duced. 

Of  the  boldness,  or  rather  familiarity,  of  this  spe- 
cies, the  followingstatement,  from  the  writer  already 
quoted,  is  a  proof: — "  A  sporting  friend,"  he  says, 
"  who  was  eye-witnesst  0  the  fact,  assures  me  that  when 
out  hunting  among  the  Belfast  mountains,  many 
years  ago,  an  eagle,  which  from  the  darkness  of  its 
plumage  he  considered  was  the  golden,  appeared 
above  his  hounds  as  they  came  to  a  fault  on  the 
ascent  to  Davis  (the  highest  of  the  chain)  after  a 
good  chase.  As  they  came  on  the  scent  again,  and 
were  at  full  cry,  the  eagle  for  a  short  time  kept 
ahove  them,  but  at  length  advanced,  and  carried  off 
the  hare  when  at  the  distance  of  from  three  to  four 
hundred  paces  before  the  hounds." 

Fig.  1200  is  a  spirited  delineation  of  an  eagle 
brooding  over  her  callow  young,  which  are  well 
supplied  with  game ;  instances,  indeed,  are  on 
record  (as  that  of  a  peasant  in  Kerry,  and  of  a  man 
at  Glenaritt'in  Antrim)  of  persons  supporting  their 
family  for  a  considerable  length  of  time  on  the  pro- 
duce of  the  industry  of  the  parent  birds,  which  con- 
tinue to  bring  food  to  their  young,  making  up  for 
the  recurring  abstraction.  Young  lambs,  hares, 
rabbits,  and  grouse,  form  the  chief  articles  of  provi- 
sion. Low,  in  his  '  Fauna  Orcadensis,'  says,  that 
!  they  do  not  abstain  from  pork  in  the  Orkneys,  but 
occasionally  seize  both  old  and  young  swine.  A 
clergyman  told  him  that  he  had  seen  one,  mounted 
in  the  air,  with  a  pretty  large  pig  in  her  talons, 
which  she  let  fall  alive  when  he  fired  at  her. 
Martin,  in  his  '  Description  of  the  Western  Islands 
of  Scotland,'  published  in  1716,  speaking  of  this 
bird,  says, — "  The  eagles  are  very  destructive  to 
the  fawns  and  lambs.  The  natives  observe  that  it 
fixes  its  talons  between  the  deer's  horns,  and  beats 
its  wings  constantly  about  its  eyes,  which  puts  the 
deer  to  run  continually  till  it  falls  into  a  ditch  or 
ovpr  a  precipice,  where  it  dies,  and  so  becomes  a 
prey  to  this  cunning  hunter.  The  eagle  never  en- 
gages in  a  perfectly  solitary  chase  except  when  the 
female  is  confined  to  her  eggs  or  her  young.  At 
that  season  the  proper  prey  of  these  eagles  is  gene- 
rally so  abundant  that  the  male  is  able  to  provide 
for  his  own  wants  and  those  of  the  family  without 
the  assistance  of  the  female.  At  other  times  they 
unite  their  exertions,  and  are  always  seen  either 
together  or  only  at  a  short  distance  from  each  other. 


It  is  said  that  the  one  beats  the  bushes,  while  the 
other,  perched  on  an  eminence,  watches  the  escape 
of  the  prey." 

Pennant  adds  his  authority  to  part  of  Martin's 
statement,  and  says  that  the  eagles  in  the  island  ot 
Rum  have  nearly  extirpated  the  deer  that  used  to 
abound  there.  He  also  states  that  eagles  seem  to 
give  a  preference  to  the  carcases  of  cats  and  dogs. 
"  Persons  who  make  it  their  business  to  kill  these 
birds  lay  that  of  one  or  other  by  way  of  bait,  and 
then  conceal  themselves  within  gun-shot.  They 
fire  the  instant  the  eagle  alights,  for  she  that  mo- 
ment looks  about  before  she  begins  to  prey." 

Martin,  in  the  work  just  quoted,  relates  the  fol- 
lowing anecdote ;  and  one  very  similar  is  also  re- 
lated by  Sir  Robert  Sibbald  : — "  There  's  a  couple  ot 
large  eagles  who  have  their  nest  "on  the  north  end 
of  the  isle  [St.  Kilda].  The  inhabitants  told  me 
that  they  commonly  make  their  purchase  in  the 
adjacent  isles  and  continent,  and  never  take  so  much 
as  a  lamb  or  hen  from  the  place  of  their  abode, 
where  they  breed.  I  forgot  to  mention  a  singular 
providence  that  happened  to  a  native  of  the  Isle  ot 
Skye,  called  Neil,  who,  when  an  infant,  was  left  by 
his  mother  in  the  field,  not  far  from  the  houses  on 
the  north  side  of  Loch  Portrie  ;  an  eagle  came  in 
the  mean  time  and  carried  him  away  in  its  talons  as 
far  as  the  south  side  of  the  loch,  and  there  laid  him 
on  the  ground.  Some  people  that  were  herding 
sheep  there  perceived  it,  and,  hearing 'the  infant 
cry,  ran  immediately  to  its  rescue,  and,  by  good 
providence,  found  him  untouched  by  the  eagle,  and 
carried  him  home  to  his  mother.  He  is  still  living 
in  that  parish,  and  by  reason  of  this  accident  is  dis- 
tinguished among  his  neighbours  by  the  surname  of 
Eagle."  Ray  mentions  an  instance  of  a  child  a  year 
old  being  seized  by  an  eagle  in  one  of  the  Orkneys 
and  carried  to  the  eyry,  about  four  miles  distant. 
But  the  mother,  who  was  aware  of  its  situation, 
pursued  the  bird  thither,  found  her  child  in  the 
nest,  and  took  it  home  unhurt.  Other  instances  are 
related,  but  we  confess  we  regard  them  with  sus- 
picion.    (See  Fig.  1206.) 

Fig.  1202,  an  eagle  among  the  wild  mountains  of 
Glencoe. 

Elevated  on  some  lofty  pinnacle  (Fig.  1203),  or 
soaring  in  the  sky,  "  towering  in  his  pride  of  place,' 
the  eagle  gaze?  below  and  around,  and  marks  his 
prey  at  an  astonishing  distance.  His  wonderful 
powers  of  vision  have  supplied  the  poets  with  apt 
similes,  as  have  also  his  powers  and  ferocity. 
Homer,  speaking  of  Menelaus,  describes  him  as— 

*'  the  field  exploring  witli  an  eye 
Keen  as  the  eagle's— keenest  eyed  of  all 
'J'hat  wing  the  air,  whom,  though  he  soar  aloft, 
The  leveret  'scapes  not,  hid  in  thickest  shades. 
But  down  he  swoops,  and  at  a  stroke  she  dies." 

It.,  xvii.  6r4. — Cowper. 

The  eye  of  the  eagle  is  indeed  large,  compared 
with  the  skull,  though  the  mere  bulk  of  the  eye  is  a 
fallacious  test,  and,  as  in  the  woodcock,  owl,  &c., 
is  often  connected  with  nocturnal  or  crepuscular 
vision.  Fig.  1204  represents  a  preparation  of  the 
skull  and  eyes  of  the  Golden  Eagle  ;  and  Fig.  1205 
represents,  a,  the  bony  ring  of  the  orbit  of  the  eye  ; 
B,  the  crystalline  lens  of  the  same  bird  ;  a,  the  an- 
terior surface,  somewhat  less  convex  than  tlie  pos- 
terior one. 

The  golden  eagle  is  common  in  many  parts  of 
the  Continent,  where,  in  level  districts,  it  frequents 
extensive  forests.  It  is  found  in  France,  in  the 
forest  of  Fontainebleau,  as  well  as  on  the  mountains 
of  Auvergne  and  the  Pyrenees :  it  is  abundant  in 
Tyrol,  Russia,  Sweden,  Franconia,  and  Snabia,  but 
is  rare  in  Holland.  Of  the  havoc  it  occasions 
where  common,  some  idea  may  be  formed  lioni  the 
statement  of  Bechstein,  that  in  one  eyry  in  Ger- 
many the  skeletons  of  three  hundred  ducks  and 
forty  hares  were  found  ;  and  these  were,  in  all  pro- 
bability, the  relics  of  such  prey  only  as  it  could 
carry  to  its  nest,  the  remains  of  the  larger  game, 
sheep,  fawns,  roebuck.*,  &c.,  being  left  after  the 
feast  on  the  spot  where  the  animals  were  slaugh- 
tered. The  present  species  is  found  in  various  parts 
of  Asia.  We  have  seen  specimens  from  India,  and 
Colonel  Sykes  enumerates  it  among  the  birds  of  the 
Dukhun.  Nor  is  it  to  the  Old  World  that  this  eagle 
is  confined.  It  inhabits  North  America,  irom  the 
temperate  to  the  Arctic  regions,  wiiere,  according  to 
Wilson,  it  is  sparingly  dispersed,  breeding  on  high 
precipitous  rocks,  and  always  preferring  a  moun- 
tainous country.  Dr.  Richardson,  in  his  '  Fauna 
Boreali-Americana,'  mentions  it  with  a  query  as 
breeding  in  the  recesses  of  the  subalpiue  country 
which  skirts  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  as  seldom 
seen  farther  to  the  eastward.  It  is  the  Koeoo  of  the 
Cree  Indians.  This  eagle  "  is  held  by  the  abori- 
gines of  America,  as  it  is  by  almost  every  other 
people,  to  be  an  emblemof  might  anil  courage;  and 
the  young  Indian  warrior  glories  in  his  eagle-plume 
as  the  most  honourable  ornament  with  which  he 
can  adorn  himself.  Its  feathers  are  attached  to  the 
calumets,  or  smoking-pipes,  used  by  the  Indians  in 
the  celebration  of  their  solemn  festivals,  which  has 


1I>1.— £g{  OB  Eifhtcrath  D>y. 


11*0.— Chkk  at  Foutwn  Thyt. 


IIM.-Chick  on  Twentieth  Day. 


1 193. — Chick,  showing  ahBorpUon  of  yolk. 


1I92j— Egg  on  Eighteenth  Day,  with  vesicle 
partly  removeJ. 


1 197.— Egg  finetnied  by  Chick  in  act  of  liberating  itself. 


1199.— Golden  E.igle. 


1201.— Talons  of  Golden  Eagle. 


1 1 98.— Pcaition  of  Shells  after  Escape  of  Chick. 


I199^Chick  in  Egg. 


119«.— Chick  in  Egg. 


[ItOO.— GoWen  Esgle."' 


256 


IJOS.— P4rts  of  Eye  of  Eagle. 


'-^' 


1S03.— Golden  Eagle. 


120T.— Eag:le  flown  at  Wolf. 


1808.— Imperial  Eagle. 


'mMmm 


1  "'■',\*R*^'''^/'.\'''>* 


No.  Ou. 


•   1202.— EasleofGlenroe. 
[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


257 


258 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Eagles. 


obtained  for  it  the  name  of  the  Calumet  Eagle. 
Indeed  so  highly  are  thes>c  oriiamenta  prized,  that  a 
warrior  will  often  exi-han);e  a  valuable  horse  lor  the 
tail-fi-athera  of  a  (ingle  eagle. 

The  age  attained  by  the  eagle  is  venr  great :  one 
that  died  at  Vienna  is  said  to  have  livea  in  confine- 
ment one  hundred  and  four  years. 

As  is  the  case  with  all  the  Falconidse,  the  young 
and  old  birds  differ  in  the  colour  and  markings  of 
the  plumage,  a  circumstance  which,  before  it  was 
clearly  understood,  led  to  the  erroneous  multiplica- 
tion of  species,  as  the  works  of  the  older  naturalists 
abundantly  testify. 

The  old  birds  have  the  top  of  the  head  and  back 
of  the  neck  covered  with  slender-pointed  feathers  of 
a  bright  golden  red :  all  the  other  parts  of  the  body 
are  obscure  brown,  more  or  less  blackish  according 
to  the  age  of  the  individual  ;  inside  of  the  thighs 
and  feathers  of  the  tarsus  clear  brown ;  no  white 
feathers  among  the  scapulars  ;  tail  deep  grey,  regu- 
larly barred  with  blackish  brown,  and  terminated 
at  the  end  by  a  large  band  of  that  colour;  beak 
horn-colour ;  iris  brown ;  cere  and  feet  yellow.  In 
this  state  M.  Temminck  considers  it  to  be  the 
Aquila  fulva  of  Meyer  ;  Falco  niger,  Gmelin  ;  Faleo 
fulvus  and  F.  Canadensis,  Graelin ;  Faleo  chrysae- 
tos,  Linnseus ;  Aigle  royal,  Buffon ;  Grand  Aigle, 
Gerard. 

Length  about  three  feet ;  expanse  of  wings  about 
eight  feet.  Female  three  feet  and  a  half  in  length ; 
expanse  of  wing  nine  feet. 

Young  birds  of  one  or  two  years  old,  the  Ring- 
tail Eagle  of  various  writers,  have  all  the  plumage 
of  a  ferruginous  or  clear  reddish  brown,  uniform  on 
all  parts  of  the  body.  Lower  tail- coverts  whitish  ; 
inside  of  the  thighs  and  feathers  of  the  tarsus  white ; 
tail  white  from  the  base  to  three-fourths  of  its 
length,  but  afterwards  brown  to  the  end.  In  the 
third  year  the  adult  plumage  is  assumed.  The 
females,  as  in  all  the  Falconidae,  exceed  the  males 
in  size,  contrary  to  the  general  law. 

The  nest  of  the  golden  eagle  is  composed  of 
sticks,  twigs,  rushes,  heath,  &c.,  and  is  generally 
placed  upon  the  jutting  ledge  of  some  inaccessible 
precipice  :  here  it  rears  its  young,  generally  two, 
sometimes  three,  in  number,  feeding  them  with 
bleeding  morsels  of  the  yet  warm  victim.  In  forests 
the  nest  is  placed  near  the  summit  of  a  lofty  tree. 

Fig.  1207  represents  an  eagle  flown  at  a  wolf. 

1208. — The  Imperial   Eaglb 

(Aquila  imperialis,  Temminck) ;  Aquila  heliaca, 
Vieillot.  This  species  is  closely  allied  to  the  golden 
eagle,  but  has  longer  wings  and  large  white  sca- 
pulary  feathers.  It  is  extremely  powerful,  fierce, 
and  destructive.  The  imperial  eagle  inhabits  the 
mountain  districts  of  the  south  of  Europe  and  the 
adjacent  countries  of  Asia,  but  is  never  seen  in  the 
British  Islands. 

1209. — ^The  White-Heabed  Eagle 

(Hali(tehu  leucocephalus) ;  Bald  Eagle,  Latham 
and  Wilson ;  Falco  ossifragus  (young),  Wilson. 
The  chai-acters  of  the  genus  Haliaietus  may  be 
summed  up  as  follows: — Bill  elongated,  strong, 
straight  at  the  base,  curving  in  a  regular  arc  in 
advance  of  the  cere  to  the  tip,  and  forming  a  deep 
hook ;  nostrils  transverse,  large,  lunate.  Wings 
ample  ;  the  fourth  quill-feather  the  longest.  Legs 
having  the  tarsi  half-feathered,  the  front  of  the 
naked  part  scutellated,  and  the  sides  and  back  reti- 
culated. Toes  divided  to  their  origin  ;  the  outer 
one  vei-satile.  Claws  hooked  and  strong,  grooved 
beneath  ;  claw  of  hind-toe  the  largest,  and  next 
that  of  the  inner  toe.  See  Fig.  1210,  the  Head  and 
Foot  of  the  White-headed  Eagle. 

Of  the  present  genus  several  species,  generally 
called  Fishing  or  Sea  Eagles,  are  known,  as  the 
Chilian  Sea-Eagle  (H.  aguia),  the  Cape  Fishing- 
Eagle  of  South  Africa  (H.  vocifer),  the  Sea-Eagle, 
Erne,  White-tailed  Eagle,  or  Cinereous  Eagle  (H. 
albicilla,  Selby)  of  Europe  and  the  British  Isles, 
and  the  White-headed  Eagle  of  America.  It  is  the 
latter  that  will  more  particularly  engage  our  present 
attention. 

This  species  (like  its  British  representative)  varies 
greatly  in  its  plumage  at  different  stages  of  life  : 
hence  the  Cree  Indians,  who  term  the  species  Mee- 
keeshew,  add  other  epithets  by  way  of  distinction. 
The  mature  bird  is  called  Wapustiquan-Meekee- 
shew,  or  White-headed  Eagle  ;  the  immature  bird, 
Appisk-Meekeeshew,  or  Black-headed  Eagle ;  and 
the  yearling  bird,  Meekeeseeseesh. 

This  noble  bird,  emblazoned  on  the  national 
standard  of  the  United  States  of  America  (not  much 
to  the  satisfaction  of  Benjamin  Franklin),  is  spread 
throughout  nearly  the  whole  of  the  northern  divi- 
sion of  the  New  World,  and  is  common  along  the 
course  of  the  larger  rivers,  and  at  their  embou- 
chures, as  well  as  along  the  coast  of  inland  lakes 
and  of  the  sea. 

"The  celebrated  cataract  of  Niagara,"  says  Wilson, 
"  is  a  noted  place  of  resort  for  the  bald  eagle,  as 


well  on  account  of  the  fish  procured  there,  as  for 
the  numerous  carcasses  of  squirrels,  deer,  bears,  and 
various  other  animals,  that,  in  their  attempts  to 
cross  the  river  above  the  falls,  have  been  dragged 
into  the  current,  and  precipitated  down  that  tre- 
mendous gulf,  where,  among  the  rocks  that  bound 
the  rapids  below,  they  furnish  a  rich  repast  for  the 
vulture,  the  raven,  and  the  subject  ol  the  preient 
account."  "Formed  by  nature  for  braving  the 
severest  cold ;  feeding  equally  on  the  produce  of 
the  sea  and  of  the  land  ;  possessing  powers  of  flight 
capable  of  outstripping  even  the  tempests  them- 
selves ;  unawed  by  anything  but  man  ;  and  from  the 
ethereal  heights  to  which  he  soars,  looking  abroad 
at  one  glance  over  an  immeasurable  expanse  ot 
forests,  fields,  lakes,  and  ocean  deep  below  him,  he 
appears  indifferent  to  the  change  of  seasons,  as  in  a 
few  minutes  he  can  pass  from  summer  to  winter, 
from  the  lower  to  the  higher  regions  of  the  atmos- 
phere, the  al)ode  of  eternal  cold,  and  thence  de- 
scend at  will  to  the  torrid  or  to  the  arctic  regions 
of  the  earth  :  he  is  therefore  found  at  all  seasons  in 
the  countries  he  inhabits,  but  prefers  such  places  as 
have  been  mentioned  above,  from  the  great  par- 
tiality he  has  for  fish."  "  In  procuring  these,  he 
displays,  in  a  very  singular  manner,  the  genius  and 
energy  of  his  character,  which  is  fierce,  contempla- 
tive, daring,  and  tyrannical ;  attributes  not  exerted 
but  on  particular  occasions,  but,  when  put  forth, 
overpowering  all  opposition.  Elevated  on  the  high, 
deatl  limb  of  some  gigantic  tree  that  commands  a 
wide  view  of  the  neighbouring  shore  and  ocean,  he 
seems  calmly  to  contemplate  the  motions  of  the 
various  feathered  tribes  that  pursue  their  busy  avo- 
cations below — the  snow-white  gulls  slowly  win- 
nowing the  air,  the  busy  tringae  coursing  along  the 
sands,  silent  and  watchful  cranes  intent  and  wading, 
clamorous  crows,  and  all  the  winged  multitudes 
that  subsist  by  the  bounty  of  this  vast  magazine  of 
nature.  High  over  all  these  hovers  one  whose 
action  instantly  arrests  his  whole  attention.  By  his 
wide  curvature  of  wing  and  sudden  suspension  in 
air,  he  knows  him  to  be  the  fish-hawk,  settling 
over  some  devoted  victim  of  the  deep.  His  eye 
kindles  at  the  sight,  and,  balancing  himself  with 
half-opened  wings  on  the  branch,  he  awaits  the 
result.  Down,  rapid  as  an  arrow,  from  heaven  de- 
scends the  distant  object  of  his  attention,  the  roar  of 
its  wings  reaching  the  ear  as  it  disappears  in  the 
deep,  making  the  surges  foam  around.  At  this 
moment  the  eager  looks  of  the  eagle  are  all  ardour; 
and,  levelling  his  neck  for  flight,  he  sees  the  fish- 
hawk  once  more  emerge  struggling  with  his  prey, 
and  mounting  in  the  air  with  screams  of  exultation. 
These  are  the  signal  for  the  eagle,  who,  launching 
into  the  air,  instantly  gives  chase,  and  soon  gains 
on  the  fish-hawk.  Each  exerts  his  utmost  to  mount 
above  the  other,  displaying  in  these  rencontres  the 
most  elegant  and  sublime  aerial  evolutions.  The 
unencumbered  eagle  rapidly  advances,  and  is  just 
on  the  point  of  reaching  his  opponent,  when,  with  a 
sudden  scream,  probably  of  despair  and  honest  ex- 
ecration, the  latter  drops  his  fish ;  the  eagle,  poising 
himself  for  a  moment,  as  if  to  take  a  more  certain 
aim,  descends  like  a  whirlwind,  snatches  it  in  his 
grasp  ere  it  reaches  the  water,  and  bears  his  ill- 
gotten  booty  silently  away  to  the  woods."  It  is  this 
eloquent  descriptive  passage  which  the  representa- 
tion. Fig.  1209,  is  intended  to  illustrate. 

This  is  not  the  only  mode  in  which  the  while- 
headed  eagle  procures  his  sustenance.  Young 
lambs  and  pigs,  ducks,  geese,  swans,  and  various 
sea-fowl,  are  attacked  and  carried  away.  Mr.  J. 
Gardiner  stated  to  Wilson  that  he  had  seen  one  fly- 
ing with  a  lamb  ten  days  old,  but  which,  from  the 
violence  of  its  struggles,  it  was  obliged  to  drop,  at 
the  height  of  a  few  feet  from  the  ground.  He  adds 
that,  by  running  up  and-  hallooing,  he  prevented  it 
from  again  seizing  the  lamb,  whose  back  it  had 
broken,  and  to  whose  misery  he  put  an  instant  ter- 
mination. The  dam  seemed  astonished  to  see  its 
offspring  suddenly  snatched  up,  and  borne  off  by  a 
bird.  Sheep,  if  old  or  sickly,  are  also  subject  to  the 
attacks  of  these  tyrants  of  the  feathered  race  ;  nor 
do  they  reject  canion,  keeping  the  vultures  (over 
which  they  often  exercise  their  despotism)  at  a  re- 
spectful distance,  waiting  till  they  have  gorged  their 
fill  and  departed.  Now  and  then  they  procure  fish 
for  themselves  in  shallow  places,  wading  in  the 
water,  and  striking  at  them  with  their  beak.  They 
have  been  known  even  to  attack  children.  We 
have  quoted  Wilson's  animated  description  of  the 
attack  of  the  white-headed  eagle  upon  the  fish- 
hawk  or  osprey;  and,  in  justice  to  Mr.  Audubon, 
we  will  transcribe  his  equally  graphic  details  of  a 
different  conflict:  —  "To  give  you,"  he  writes, 
"some  idea  of  the  nature  of  this  bird,  permit  me  to 
place  you  on  the  Mississippi,  on  which  you  may 
float  gently  along,  while  approaching  winter  brings 
millions  of  waler-ibvvl,  on  whistling  wings,  from  the 
countries  of  the  north,  to  seek  a  milder  climate  in 
which  to  sojourn  for  a  season.  The  eagle  is  seen 
perched,  in  an  erect  attitude,  on  the  summit  of  the 


tallest  tree  by  the  margin  of  the  broad  stream.  His 
glistening  but  slern  eye  looks  over  the  vast  ex- 
panse; he  listens  attentively  to  every  sound  that 
comes  to  his  quick  ear  from  afar,  glancing  every 
now  and  then  on  the  earth  beneath,  lest  even  the 
light  tread  of  the  fawn  may  pass  unheard.  His 
mate  is  perched  on  the  opposite  side,  and,  should 
all  be  tranquil  and  silent,  warns  him,  by  a  cry,  to 
continue  patient.  At  this  well-known  call  he  pailly 
opens  his  broad  wings,  inclines  his  body  a  little 
downwards,  and  answers  to  her  voice  in  tones  not 
unlike  the  laugh  of  a  maniac.  The  next  moment 
he  resumes  his  erect  attitude,  and  again  all  around 
is  silent.  Ducks  of  many  species— the  leal,  the 
widgeon,  the  mallard,  and  others — are  seen  passing 
with  great  rapidity,  and  following  the  course  of  the 
current,  but  the  eagle  heeds  them  not :  they  are  at 
that  time  beneath  his  attention.  The  next  moment, 
however,  the  wild  trumpet-like  lound  of  a  yet  dis- 
tant but  approaching  swan  is  heard.  A  shriek  from 
the  female  eagle  comes  across  the  stream,  for  she 
is  fully  as  alert  as  her  mate.  The  latter  suddenly 
shakes  the  whole  of  his  body,  and,  with  a  few 
touches  of  his  bill,  aided  by  the  action  of  his  cuti- 
cular  muscles,  arranges  his  plumes  in  an  instant. 
The  snow-white  bird  is  now  in  sight;  her  long  neck 
is  stretched  forward  ;  her  eye  is  on  the  watch,  vigi- 
lant as  that  of  her  enemy ;  her  large  wines  seem 
with  difficulty  to  support  the  weight  of  her  body, 
although  they  flap  incessantly :  so  irksome  do  her 
exertions  seem,  that  her  very  legs  are  spread 
beneath  her  tail  to  aid  her  in  her  flight.  She 
approaches  however.  The  eagle  has  marked  her 
for  his  prey.  As  the  swan  is  passing  the  dreaded 
pair,  starts  liom  his  perch  the  male  bird  in  piepaia- 
tion  for  the  chase,  with  an  awful  scream,  that  to  the 
swan's  ear  brings  more  terror  than  the  report  of  the 
large  duck-gun.  Now  is  the  moment  to  witness  the 
display  of  the  eagle's  powers.  He  glides  through 
the  air  like  a  falling  star,  and,  like  a  flash  of  light- 
ning, comes  upon  the  timorous  quarry,  which  now, 
in  agony  and  despair,  seeks  by  various  manoeuvres 
to  elude  the  grasp  of  his  cruel  talons.  It  mounts, 
doubles,  and  willingly  would  plunge  info  the  stream 
were  it  not  prevented  by  the  eagle,  which,  possessed 
of  the  knowledge  that  by  such  a  stratagem  the  swan 
might  escape  him,  forces  it  to  remain  in  the  air  by 
attempting  to  strike  it  with  his  talons  from  beneath. 
The  hope  of  escape  is  soon  given  up  by  the  swan. 
It  has  already  become  much  weakened,  and  its 
strength  fails  at  the  sight  of  the  courage  and  swift- 
ness of  its  antagonist.  Its  last  gasp  is  about  to 
escape,  when  the  ferocious  eagle  strikes  with  its 
talons  the  under  side  of  it.s  wing,  and,  with  unre- 
sisted power,  forces  the  bird  to  fall  in  a  slanting 
direction  upon  the  nearest  shore.  It  is  then  that 
you  may  see  the  cruel  spirit  of  this  dreaded  enemy 
of  the  feathered  race,  whilst,  exulting  over  his  prey, 
he,  for  the  first  time,  breathes  at  ease.  He  pres.ses 
down  his  powerful  feet,  and  drives  his  sharp  claws 
deep  into  the  heart  of  the  dying  swan;  he  shrieks 
with  delight  as  he  feels  the  last  convulsions  of  his 
prey,  which  has  now  sunk  under  his  efforts  to  ren- 
der death  as  painful  as  it  possibly  can  be.  The 
female  has  watched  every  movement  of  her  mate  ; 
and  if  she  did  not  assi.st  him  in  capturing  the  swan, 
it  was  not  from  want  of  will,  but  merely  that  she 
felt  full  assurance  that  the  power  and  courage  of 
her  lord  were  quite  sufficient  for  the  deed.  She 
now  sails  to  the  spot  where  he  eagerly  awaits  her  ; 
and  when  she  has  arrived,  they  together  turn  the 
breast  of  the  luckless  swan  upwards,  and  gorge 
themselves  with  gore." 

The  white-headed  eagle  is  seldom  seen  alone, 
but  generally  in  company  with  its  mate  ;  the  union 
continues  during  life  ;  they  hunt  for  the  support  of 
each  other,  and  feed  together.  The  nest  is  usually 
placed  on  some  tall  tree,  with  a  massive  towering 
stem  destitute  of  branches  for  a  considerable  height. 
It  is  composed  of  sticks,  clods,  weeds,  and  moss, 
and  measures  five  or  six  feet  in  diameter ;  and  being 
annually  augmented  by  fresh  layeis  (for  it  is  used 
year  after  year),  it  is  ollen  as  much  in  depth.  The 
eggs  are  from  two  to  four  in  number,  and  of  a  dull 
white.  The  attachment  of  the  parents  to  their 
young  is  very  great;  and  they  provide  abundantly 
for  their  support,  bringing  home  fish,  squirrels, 
yoilng  lambs,  opossums,  racoons,  &c.  Incubation 
commences  in  January. 

This  eagle  requires  at  least  four  years  before  it 
attains  the  full  beauty  of  its  plumage,  and  acquires 
the  white  head  and  neck;  but  it  breeds  the  first 
spring  after  birth.  Colour  of  adult : — general  plu- 
mage of  a  deep  chocolate,  approaching  black  ;  head, 
neck,  tail,  and  upper  tail-coverts  white. 

1211,  1212. — ^The  Ospbkv,  Fish-hawk,  oe  Bald 
Buzzard 

(Pandivn  Hal'ucetus,  Savigny) ;  Le  Balbusard, 
Butfon.  The  generic  characters  of  the  genus 
Pandion  are  these: — beak  rounded  above;  cere 
hispid  ;  nostrils  lunulated  ;  tarsi  naked,  and  covered 
anteriorly  with  rigid  reticulated  scales.      Toes  five, 


Eaoli:s.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


259 


outermost  versatile.  Claws  large,  much  curved, 
equal,  and  rounded  underneath;  under  surface  of 
toes  very  rough  with  sharp  pointed  scales.  Wings 
long  and  ample,  second  and  third  quill-feathers  the 
longest.  See  Fig.  1213,  the  Head  and  Foot  of  the 
Osprcy. 

The  osprey  is  widely  spread,  being  dispersed 
over  Europe  and  a  great  part  of  Asia,  as  well  as 
North  America,  but  is  everywhere  a  bird  of  passage. 
Being  strictly  piscivorous,  it  is  only  in  the  vicinity 
of  lakes  and  rivers  and  along  the  coast  that  it  is 
ordinarily  met  with.  In  England,  according  to 
Montagu,  this  bird  is  more  abundant  in  Devonshire 
than  in  any  other  district.  In  Ireland  it  occasion- 
ally visits  the  lakes  of  Killarney.  In  Scotland  it 
appears  to  be  more  common.  Mr.  Selby  observed 
several  upon  Loch  Lomond,  where  they  are  said 
to  breed,  and  upon  Loch  Awe,  whele  an  eyrie  is 
annually  established  upon  the  ruins  of  a  castle  near 
the  southern  extremity  of  the  lake,  and  another  in  a 
similar  situation  nearly  opposite  to  the  gorge  or 
egress  of  the  River  Awe.  On  the  Continent  this 
bird  annually  visits  the  larger  rivers  and  lakes  of 
Russia,  Germany,  and  the  middle  districts  of  Europe, 
whence  it  passes  southwards  on  the  approach  of 
winter.  In  its  habits  it  appears  to  be  partially  gre- 
garious, several  pairs  associating  together,  and  in 
harmony  pursuing  their  occupation.  In  America 
the  fisli-liawk,  according  to  Wilson,  arrives  on  the 
co.ists  of  New  York  and  New  Jersey  about  the  21st 
of  March,  and  retires  to  the  south  about  the  22nd  of 
September.  "  On  the  arrival  of  these  birds  in  the 
northern  parts  of  the  United  States  in  March,  they 
Bometimes  find  the  bays  and  ponds  frozen,  and  ex- 
perience a  difficulty  in  procuring  fish  for  many 
days ;  yet  there  is  no  instance  on  record  of  their 
attacking  birds  or  inferior  land-animals  with  intent 
to  feed  on  them,  though  their  great  strength  of 
flight,  as  well  as  of  feet  and  claws,  would  seem  to 
render  this  no  difficult  matter.  To  the  white- 
lieaded  eagle  the  arrival  of  these  fish-hawks  brings 
promise  of  gain ;  we  have  shown  the  tyrannical 
conduct  of  the  former;  sometimes,  however,  a  num- 
ber of  the  fish-hawks  make  common  cause  against 
their  oppressors,  and  succeed  in  driving  them  from 
the  scene  of  action.  "  The  first  appearance  of  the 
fish-hawk  in  spring  is  welcomed  by  the  fishermen 
as  the  happy  signal  of  the  approach  of  those  vast 
shoals  of  herring,  shad,  &c.,  that  regularly  arrive 
on  the  coast,  and  enter  the  rivers  in  prodigious 
multitudes.  Two  of  a  trade,  it  is  said,  seldom 
agree  :  the  adage,  however,  will  not  hold  good  in 
the  present  ease,  for  such  is  the  respect  paid  to 
the  fish-hawk,  not  only  by  this  class  of  men,  but 
generally  by  the  whole  neighbourhood  where  it 
resides,  that  a  person  who  should  attempt  to  slioot 
one  of  them  would  stand  a  fair  chance  of  being 
insulted.  This  prepossession  in  favour  of  the  fish- 
hawk  is  honourable  to  their  feelings.  They  asso- 
ciate with  its  first  appearance  ideas  of  plenty  and 
all  the  gaiety  of  business ;  they  see  it  active  and 
industrious,  like  themselves  ;  inoffensive  to  the  pro- 
ductions of  their  farms,  building  with  confidence, 
and  vWthout  the  least  disposition  to  concealment, 
in  the  middle  of  their  fields  and  along  their  fences, 
and  returning  year  after  year  regularly  to  its  former 
abode." 

The  fli*;ht  of  this  bird  is  easy  and  graceful,  and 
its  plunge,  when  sweeping  down  to  its  finny  prey, 
inconceivably  rapid.  Audubon  says  that  it  never 
strikes  at  a  fish  leaping  out  of  the  water.  In  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  where  these  birds  are  numerous, 
and  where  shoals  of  flying-fish  are  continually 
emerging  from  the  sea  to  escape  the  pursuit  of  the 
dolphins,  he  observed  that  the  fish-hawks  never 
made  a  sweep  at  them,  but  would  at  once  plunge 
after  them,  or  other  fish,  while  swimming  in  their 
usual  mode  near  the  surface.  When  it  plunges 
into  the  water  in  pursuit  of  a  fish,  it  sometimes 
proceeds  deep  enough  to  disappear  for  an  instant, 
throwing  the  water  around  into  foam  :  on  rising,  it 
mounts  a  few  yards  into  the  air,  shakes  off  the 
spray,  and  flies  off  to  its  nest  with  its  booty,  or  to 
an  accustomed  tree,  there  to  satisfy  its  appetite, 
when,  without  longer  repose,  it  again  launches  into 
•  he  air,  and  sails,  circling  at  a  great  height  over  the 
waters. 

The  nest  of  the  fish-hawk  is  built  on  a  tree,  and 
consists  of  a  mass  of  sticks,  seaweed,  grass,  turf,  &c., 
and  being  repaired  every  year,  is  sometimes  a  fair 
cartload.  Among  the  interstices  of  the  materials 
other  birds  are  permitted  to  nidify,  and  several  pairs 
of  grakles,  or  crow-blackbirds,  may  be  often  seen 
taking  up  their  abode  around  the  margin  and  sides 
of  the  structure,  "  like  humble  vassals  round  the 
castle  of  their  chief,"  laying  their  eggs,  rearing 
their  young,  and  living  together  in  the  utmost 
harmony. 

The  fish-hawk  breeds  in  May ;  and  both  parents 
are  devoted  to  their  young,  defending  them  from 
any  assailant  with  indomitable  resolution,  and 
using  both  beak  and  talons  with  terrible  effect. 
Tlie   young  are  generally  three  in  number.    The 


eggs  are  yellowish  white  irregularly  spotted  with 
yellowish  brown. 
■  The  fish-hawk  is  about  two  feet  in  length,  and 
about  five  feet  three  or  four  inches  in  expanse  of 
wing.  The  plumage  is  very  compact  and  imbri- 
cated ;  bill  brownish  black,  blue  at  the  base ;  cere 
light  blue,  iris  yellow.  Feet  pale  greyish  blue, 
claws  black.  General  colour  of  the  upper  parts 
dusky  brown  ;  tale  barred  with  pale  brown ;  upper 
part  of  head  and  neck  white,  with  a  brown  mark  on 
the  crown,  and  a  brown  stripe  from  the  bill  down 
each  side  of  the  neck.  Under  parts  of  the  neck 
brownish  white  streaked  with  dark  brown.  Under 
parts  generally  white. 

1214. — The  Barred  H^matornis 

(Hamntornis  vndulatus).  The  genus  Hiematornis, 
which  contains  several  species,  was  first  charac- 
terized by  Mr.  Vigors.  Beak  rather  strong,  mode- 
rately elongated  :  upper  mandible  straight  at  the 
base,  very  much  curved  at  the  apex ;  nostrils  oval 
and  oblique.  Wings  long,  and  rather  rounded. 
Feet  weak  for  an  eagle  ;  tarsi  rough,  reticulated 
with  scales  ;  toes  rather  short ;  claws  strong ;  tail 
moderate  and  rounded. 

To  this  genus  belongs  the  Bacha  Eagle  of  South 
Africa  (H.  Bacha);  the  Manilla  Haematornis  (H. 
holospilus) ;  and  the  Barred  Haematornis  (H.  un- 
dulatus),  a  native  of  the  Himalayan  Mountains. 

The  description  of  the  latter  is  as  follows : — 
Back  and  wings  intense  brown  ;  head  crested  with 
feathers  white  at  the  base,  black  at  the  point. 
Wing-coverts  marked  with  small  white  spots  ;  quill- 
feathers  marked  with  white  towards  the  oase  of  the 
inner  web.  Under  parts  brownish  red ;  breast  with 
wavy  bands  of  brown ;  abdomen  with  white  spots 
margined  with  a  ring  of  brown.  Cere,  base  of  beak, 
and  legs  yellow  ;  claws  black.  Length  about  two 
feet  seven  inches  (male)  ;  female  a  third  larger. 

Of  the  habits  of  this  species  little  is  known  :  pro- 
bably they  resemble  those  of  the  African  species, 
which  preys  habitually  on  the  Daman,  or  Cape 
Hyrax,  w  atching  for  its  victims,  as  they  emerge  from 
their  retreats,  and  instantly  darting  upon  them. 

1215,  1216.— The  Harpy  Eagle 

(Har])i/ia  destructor).  The  Harpy  Eagle  constitutes 
the  type  of  a  distinct  section  among  the  birds 
of  prey,  a  section  first  established  by  Cuvier,  and 
adopted  by  most  naturalists.  The  species  compre- 
hended in  this  genus,  Harpyia,  are  exclusively 
American  :  they  are  characterized  by  the  enormous 
thickness  and  strength  of  the  tarsi,  which  are 
feathered  halfway  down  ;  the  wings  are  short  and 
rounded  ;  the  beak  is  strongly  hooked,  as  are  the 
talons  also,  and  of  formidable  magnitude.  Com- 
paring the  harpy  with  the  golden  eagle,  we  ob- 
serve the  former  to  be  distinguished  not  only  by 
shorter,  but  by  more  rounded  wings,  by  larsi  far 
more  robust,  and  only  partially  feathered,  by  more 
powerful  talons,  and  by  a  more  stout  and  curved 
beak :  the  physiognomy  of  the  two  birds  is  also  very 
dift'erent;  both  have  a  stern,  but  glistening  eye, 
indicative  of  courage  and  ferocity ;  of  both  the  port 
is  royal,  but  the  arrangement  of  the  feathers  of  the 
head  in  the  harpy  in  some  degree  reminds  us  of  the 
great-eared  owl.  In  the  golden  eagle  the  head 
and  neck  are  covered  with  long,  narrow  pointed 
feathers,  which  fall  over  each  other,  and  yet  pre- 
serve their  distinctness  of  appearance.  On  the  con- 
trary, the  feathers  of  the  neck  and  sides  of  the  head 
in  the  harpy  eagle  are  broad  and  rounded  at  their 
anterior  margin,  and  capable  of  being  pufted  up  ; 
while  on  the  back  of  the  head,  the  feathers,  still  of 
the  same  character,  but  longer,  form  a  crest,  which 
the  bird  can  raise  or  depress  at  pleasure.  The 
middle  feathers  of  this  crest  are  shorter  than  the 
more  lateral,  so  that  when  erected  it  is  lowest  in  the 
centre,  and  rises  at  each  side  somewhat  in  the  form 
of  ears  or  tufis;  but  the  proud  deportment  and 
the  fierce  glance  of  the  eyes  redeem  the  owl-like 
character  thus  given  to  the  head.  Often  have  we 
watched  the  splendid  harpy  eagle  in  the  gardens 
of  the  Zoological  Society,  as  he  has  sat  upright  on 
his  perch,  and  motionless  as  a  statue,  unmoved  by 
every  attempt  to  intimidate  him,  or  disturb  his 
dignified  composure,  while  the  gleam  of  his  eye 
fixed  steadily  upon  us  betokened  at  once  daring 
and  energy.  In  strength  none  can  equal  him ;  in 
courage  and  ferocity  none  excel  him.  But  we  have 
seen  the  harpy  eagle  under  other  circumstances  : 
we  have  seen  him  feasting  on  his  slaughtered  prey, 
with  his  talons  buried  in  the  body,  and  his  beak 
crimson  with  gore ;  on  our  approach,  instead  of  j 
quitting  it,  he  has  expanded  his  ample  wings  over  i 
It,  so  as  to  conceal  it,  and  assumed  a  menacing  atti-  ' 
tude,  as  if  prepared  to  contest  the  possession  of  it  to  j 
the  utmost ;  and  such  was  the  ferocity  and  power  ■ 
displayed,  as  to  convirjce  us  that  any  attempt  at 
interference  (had  it  been  practicable)  would  have 
been  a  most  dangerous  undertaking.  The  harpy 
eagle  is  a  native  of  Guiana  and  other  parts  of  South 
America,  where   it  frequents  the   deep  recesses  of 


the  forests  remote  from  the  abodes  of  man.  Of  its 
habits,  however,  in  a  state  of  nature,  we  have  but 
little  information.  It  is  feared  for  its  great  strength 
and  fierceness,  and  is  reported  not  to  hesitate  in 
attacking  individuals  of  the  human  race ;  nay,  that 
instances  have  been  known  in  which  persons  have 
fallen  a  sacrifice,  their  skulls  having  been  fractured 
by  the  blows  of  its  beak  and  talons.  This  may  be 
an  exaggeration,  but  certainly  it  would  be  a  hazard- 
ous experiment  to  venture  unarmed  near  the  nest 
of  a  pair  of  these  formidable  eagles.  Hernandez 
states  that  this  species  not  only  thus  ventures  to 
assault  man,  but  even  beasts  of  prey.  According  to 
Mandruyt,  it  makes  greait  destruction  amongst  the 
sloths,  which  tenant  the  branches  of  the  forest,  and 
are  ill  fitted  to  resist  so  formidable  an  antagonist ; 
it  also  destroys  fawns,  cavies,  opossums,  and  other 
quadrupeds,  which  it  carries  to"  its  lonely  retreat, 
there  in  solitude  to  satiate  its  appetite.  Monkeys 
are  also  to  be  numbered  among  its  victims;  but  the 
sloth  is  said  to  constitute  its  ordinary  prey.  Of  its 
nidification  we  know  nothing ;  as  the  eagles,  how- 
ever, lay  only  from  two  to  three  eggs,  it  is  reason- 
able to  suppose  that  the  present  species  is  not  an 
exception  to  the  rule. 

It  has  been  correctly  observed  by  Mr.  Selby,  that 
the  members  of  the  Aquiline  division  of  the  Rap- 
torial order  do  not  possess  the  same  facility  of  pur- 
suing their  prey  upon  the  wing  which  we  see  in  the 
falcons  and  hawks  ;  for  though  their  flight  is  very 
powerful,  they  are  not  capable  of  the  rapid  evolu- 
tions that  attend  the  aerial  attacks  of  the  above- 
named  groups,  in  consequence  of  which  their  prey 
is  mostly  pounced  upon  on  the  ground.  The  short- 
ness of  the  wings  of  the  harpy  eagle,  when  compared 
with  those  of  the  golden  eagle  of  Europe,  and  their 
rounded  form  and  breadth,  though  well  adapting 
them  for  a  continued,  steady  flight,  render  tliem 
less  efficient  as  organs  of  r?.pid  and  sudden  aerial 
evolutions  than  those  of  the  latter ;  but  as  it  in- 
habits the  woods,  and  does  not  prey  upon  biids,  but 
upon  animals,  incapable  of  saving  themselves  by 
flight,  its  powers  of  wing  (or  rather  the  modification 
of  those  powers)  are  in  accordance  with  the  circum- 
stances as  to  food  and  locality  under  which  it  is 
placed.  If  the  harpy  eagle  soars  not  aloft,  hovering 
over  plains  and  mountains,  it  threads  the  woods, 
it  skims  amidst  the  trees,  and  marks  the  sloth  sus- 
pended on  the  branch,  or  the  monkey  dozing  in 
unsuspicious  security,  and  with  unerring  aim  strikes 
its  defenceless  victims.  Mr.  Selby,  commenting  on 
the  fierceness  of  a  pair  of  golden  eagles  in  his  pos- 
session, and  their  readiness  to  attack  every  one 
indiscriminately,  observes  that  when  living  prey  (as 
hares,  rabbits,  or  cats)  are  thrown  to  them,  the 
animal  is  "instantly  pounced  on  by  a  stroke  behind 
the  head,  and  another  about  the  region  of  the  heart, 
the  bill  appearing  never  to  be  used  but  for  the 
purpose  of  tearing  up  the  prey  when  dead."  It  is 
precisely  in  this  manner  that  the  harpy  eagle  deals 
with  its  victims ;  death  seems  the  work  of  an 
instant ;  the  strongest  cat,  powerless  in  his  grasp,  is 
clutched,  and  expires.  Nor  will  this  surprise  any 
one  who  has  contemplated  the  power  seated  in  the 
talons  of  this  bird  ;  strong  as  are  the  talons  of  the 
golden  eagle,  great  as  is  the  muscular  development 
of  its  limbs,  and  Ibrmidable  as  are  its  claws,  they 
seem  almost  trifling  compared  with  those  of  the 
harpy  eagle.  In  the  museum  of  the  Zoological 
Society  are  skeletons  of  both  these  birds,  which  it  is 
interesting  to  compare  together.  The  thickness  of 
the  bones  of  the  limbs  in  the  latter,  and  especially  of 
the  tarsus,  which  is  more  than  double  that  of  the 
golden  eagle,  and  the  enormous  size  of  the  talons, 
are  sufficient  to  convince  the  observer  of  the  ease 
with  which,  when  living,  the  fierce  bird  would  bury 
its  sharp-hooked  claws  in  the  vitals  of  its  prey,  and 
how  vain  resistance  when  the  fatal  grasp  was  taken. 
In  its  native  regions  the  harpy  eagle  is  said  to  be 
by  no  means  common  ;  were  it  so,  the  destruction 
occasioned  by  its  presence  would,  it  might  be 
naturally  expected,  preponderate  over  the  reno- 
vation cf  the  species  which  constitute  its  habitual 
food,  and  the  balance  which  Nature  has  established 
between  the  destroyed  and  the  destroying,  the 
sanguinary  and  their  victims,  be  thus  disarranged. 
No  doubt  that  (as  is  the  case  with  all  carnivorous 
animals)  its  numerical  ratio  in  a  given  space  is  pro- 
portionate to  that  of  the  animals  on  which  it  is 
destined  habitually  to  feed.  Where  the  sloth  is 
most  abundant,  there  will  most  abound  the  harpy 
eagle. 

The  general  colour  of  this  noble  bird  is  slate- 
black  ;  the  head  is  light  slate-grey,  passing  into 
dusky  black  on  the  crest ;  the  under  parts  are 
white,  with  a  broad  band  of  dark  slate-colour  across 
the  chest.  The  tail  is  barred  with  black  and  slate- 
colour.  The  beak  and  claws  are  black ;  the  tarsi 
yellow. 

1217  to  1220. — The  Lammergey£R 
(Gijpaetus  barbatits).     Among  the  Raptorial  birds, 
classed  by  naturalists  under  the  Aquiline  section, 

2L2 


:!;3 — Had  and  Foot  of  Osprey. 


Ii09^White-he«de<l  E.gle  aud  FUt-Hawk. 


ISll.— Osprey. 


260 


i:i».— Harpy  Eagle. 


ISH.— Barred  Hamatomia. 


i 


rm^^ 


1219, — Lammergeyer, 


-Lammergejer, 


2 1 B.— Lammergeyer. 


261 


2t>2 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Eagles 


are  many  which  have  neither  the  bold  bearin?  nor 
the  ferocity  and  great  powers  of  the  genuine  eagles, 
represented  by  the  golden  eagle  or  the  harpy.    Some 
form  a  series  of  intervening  links  between  the  eagles  1 
and  the  bu2xartls  and  kites,  while  others  appear  to  l 
hold  an  intermediate  station  between  the  eagles  and  \ 
the  vultures.     Among  the  latter  may  be  instanced  ! 
the  lammergeyer,  which  various  writers,  according 
to  their  ditferent  views,  assigned  to  the  vultures  on 
Uie  one  hand  or  to  the  eagles  on  the  other.     Storr, 
a  naturalist  of  great  eminence,  rescued  it  from  the 
intermediate  situation  in  which  it  previously  stood, 
and  founded  for  its  reception  a  new  genus,  to  which 
he  gave  the  title  of  Gypaetus  (rW',  a  vulture ;  <«it«, 
an  eagle),  thereby  alluding  to  its  intermediate  situ- 
ation, though  it  still,  in  our  opinion,  comes  within 
the  pale  of  the  Aquiline  family.    The  characters  of 
the  genus  are  these : — head  and  neck  clothed  with 
feathers;  nostrils  covered  with  bristly  hairs,  which 
form  a  sort  of  pendent  tuft  or  beard ;  bill  elongated 
and  hooked ;  tarsi  short,  and  feathered  to  the  toes, 
which  are  of  considerable  strength,  and  armed  with 
sharp  but  slightly  curved  talons. 

The  lummergeyer,  or,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  the 
bearded  vulture,  which  equals  or  exceeds  the  largest 
eagle  in  size,  is  found  throughout  the  whole  of  the 
great  mountain-chains  of  the  Old  World,  being  in 
fact  very  widely  dispersed.  It  occurs  in  the  Py- 
renees, and  in  the  Alps  of  Germany  and  Switzer- 
land, where  it  is  notorious  for  its  destrucliveness 
among  the  lambs  and  kids  which  are  fed  on  the 
green  slopes  of  the  lower  ranges. 

The  intermediate  situation  assigned  to  the  lum- 
mergeyer, and  which  is  aptly  expressed  in  the  gene- 
ric appellation  Gj-paetus,  is  clearly  indicated  in  its 
form  and  general  habits.  Of  a  powerful  and  robust 
make,  it  has  neither  the  bill  nor  the  talons  of  the 
eagle,  the  former  being  elongated,  and  hooked  only 
at  the  tip,  and  the  latter  comparatively  small  ;  yet 
it  prefers  to  prey  on  victims  which  it  has  itself  de- 
stroyed, or  upon  the  flesh  of  animals  recently 
slaughtered,  and  unless  hard  pressed  by  hunger  re- 
jects putrid  carrion,  the  favourite  repast  of  the  vul- 
ture. The  eagle  bears  off  his  prey;  the  lammer- 
geyer,  unless  disturbed,  or  providing  for  its  youns, 
seldom  attempts  to  remove  it,  but  devours  it  on  the 
^pot.  Attracted  by  the  carcass  of  some  unfortunate 
animal  which  has  recently  perished  among  the  ra- 
vines of  the  mountains,  a  number  of  these  birds 
gradually  congregate  to  share  the  booty,  and  gorge, 
like  the  vulture,  to  repletion.  The  lummergeyer 
.attacks  hares,  lambs,  kids,  and  the  weak  and  sickly 
of  the  flocks  with  great  ferocity  ;  the  strong-limbed 
-chamois  is  not  secure,  nor,  when  rendered  desperate 
by  hunger,  will  the  ravenous  bird  forbear  an  attack 
on  man.  Children,  indeed,  are  said  to  have  often 
fallen  sacrifices  to  its  rapacity.  Young  or  small 
animals  are  easily  destroyed,  for,  though  elongated, 
the  beak  is  hard  and  strong,  and  well  adapted  for 
lacerating  the  victim ;  but  larger  animals,  instead 
of  being  at  once  grappled  with,  are,  as  it  is  said,  in- 
sidiously assaulted  while  upon  the  edge  of  some 
precipice  or  steep  declivity,  the  bird  unexpectedly 
sweeping  upon  them  with  fury,  and  hurrying  them 
into  the  abyss,  down  which  it  plunges  to  glut  its  ap- 
petite. As  illustrative  of  the  boldness  of  the  liim- 
mergeyer,  Bruce  relates  that,  attracted  by  the  pre- 
parations for  dinner,  which  his  servants  were  making 
on  the  summit  of  a  lofty  mountain,  a  bearded 
vulture  "slowly  made  his  advances  to  the  party, 
and  at  length  fairly  seated  himself  within  the  ring 
they  had  formed.  The  affrighted  natives  ran  for 
their  lances  and  shields,  and  the  bird,  after  an  inef- 
fectual attempt  to  abstract  a  portion  of  their  meal 
from  the  boiling  water,  seized  a  large  piece  in  each 
of  his  talons  from  a  platter  that  stood  by,  and  car- 
ried them  off  slowly  along  the  ground  as  he  came." 
Returning  in  a  few  minutes  for  a  second  freight,  he 
was  shot. 

There  is  little  in  the  general  aspect  of  this  bird  to 
remind  one  of  the  vulture,  and  yet  the  character  of 
-the  head  and  the  general  contour  of  the  body  are 
strikingly  different  from  those  of  the  ea,;le  :  there 
is  a  want  of  dignity  and  quiet  grandeur  in  its  atti- 
tude, and  the  glance  of  its  small  red  eye,  though 
"keen  and  cruel,  is  deficient  in  that  expression  of 
daring  and  resolution  which  we  admire  in  the 
feathered  monarch.  The  bristly  beard  which  de- 
pends from  the  lower  mandible,  tends  also  to  give 
a  peculiar  character  to  its  physiognomy.  Of  the 
nitiification  of  the  liimraergeyer  little  is  ascertained, 
except  that  it  selects  the  most  inaccessible  pinnacles, 
as  the  site  of  its  eyrie.  Pallas  states  that  it  is  known 
to  breed  on  the  high  rocks  of  the  great  Altaic  chain, 
and  beyond  the  lake  Baikal. 

The  eggs  are  two  in  number,  marked  with  brown 
blotches  on  a  white  ground. 

In  length  this  extraordinary  bird  measures  about 
four  feet  from  the  bill  to  the  end  of  the  tail,  and 
from  nine  to  ten  in  the  expanse  of  its  wings. 
Larger  admeasurements  have  been  given  by  various 
writers,  which  are  probably  exaggerated — none  of 
the  numerous  specimens  which  we  have  seen  ex- 


ceeding our  statement.  The  tarsi  are  short  and  al- 
most hidden  by  the  feathers  of  the  thighs ;  the  iris 
is  bright  red  ;  the  wings  are  ample,  the  second  and 
third  quill-feathers  being  the  longest ;  the  tail  is 
graduated  :  the  head  is  clothed  with  feathers,  and 
from  the  sides  of  the  under  mandible  proceeds  a  row 
of  black  bristles,  which  form  a  beard  or  pencil  at  its 
angle,  and  a  layer  of  similar  bristles,  beginning  at 
the  eye,  covers  the  nostrils.  The  general  colour  of 
the  upper  surface  is  dark  greyish  brown,  the  centre 
of  each  feather  having  a  longitudinal  dash  of  white. 
The  neck  and  the  whole  of  the  under  surface  are 
white,  tinted  with  reddish  brown.  The  young 
birds  are  darker  in  the  general  hue  of  their  plumage 
than  the  adult,  and  the  white  spots  are  larger  and 
less  defined  ;  in  this  stage  it  has  been  mistaken  for 
a  distinct  species. 

The  flight  of  the  liimmergeyer,  as  its  great  bodily 
powers,  its  ample  wings"  and  tail,  sufficiently  indi- 
cate, is  sweeping  and  majestic.  It  sails  round  the 
Alpine  summits,  whence  it  marks  its  quarry  from 
afar,  and  collecting  all  its  energies  for  the  onset, 
glides  like  an  arrow  upon  its  prey.  If,  however,  it 
be  lured  from  its  acnal  altitude  by  the  carcass  of 
some  animal,  it  no  longer  emulates  the  eagle  in  its 
pounce,  but  calmly  descending  to  some  neighbour- 
ing crag,  it  then  sets  out,  flying  with  heavy  wings, 
at  a  short  distance  from  the  ground,  towards  its  re- 
past, to  be  joined  by  others  of  its  species. 

It  would  appear  that  in  Europe  this  noble  bird 
was  formerly  much  more  common  than  at  present. 
It  was  once,  as  M.  Temminck  remarks,  abundant  on 
all  the  high  mountains  of  Tyrol,  Switzerland, 
and  Germany,  various  hunters  in  the  eighteenth 
century  having  killed  their  forty,  fifty,  or  sixty  liini- 
mergeyers.  The  chasseur  Andreas  Durner  had 
killed  sixty  with  his  own  hand.  In  Sardinia  it  is 
still  far  from  being  rare.  Specimens  have  been  re- 
ceived from  the  north  of  Africa,  and  also  from  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope,  differing  in  no  respect  from 
individuals  belonging  to  the  European  Alps. 

It  occurs  in  the  lofty  mountains  of  Central  Africa, 
and  towards  the  borders  of  the  Red  Sea ;  and  in 
Asia,  tenants  the  chain  of  the  Caucasus,  the  Hima- 
layan, Siberian,  and  Persian  mountains.  The  liim- 
mergeyer is  the  Avoltoio  barbuto  of  the  Italians ;  and 
the  Weisskopfige  Geier  Adierof  the  Germans.  Ac- 
cording to  Bruce,  the  Abyssinians  call  it  Abou 
Duch'n,  or  Father  Longbeard.  He  figures  it  under 
the  title  of  Nisser,  the  Ethiopic  for  Eagle. 

Passing  from  the  liimmergeyer,  various  other 
aberrant  forms,  as  the  naturalist  terms  them,  meet 
our  attention,  and  claim  a  few  remarks: — of  these 
some  are  half  vulturine  in  form  as  well  as  in  habits. 

1221. — The  Aquilise  Ibycter 

(lin/cter  aquilinus).  Head  and  foot.  In  the  genus 
Ibycter  the  beak  is  convex  above  ;  the  lower  man- 
dible notched  at  the  apex  and  sub-acute ;  the 
cheeks,  throat,  and  crop  featherless ;  the  claws 
acute. 

The  Aquiline  Ibycter,  the  Petit  Aigle  d'Amdrique 
of  BufFon,  is  a  native  of  South  America,  but  of  its 
peculiar  habits  we  have  no  details.  Gmelin  regards 
it  as  the  Red-throated  Falcon  of  Latham.  The 
colours  of  this  bird  are  well  contrasted  ;  the  beak  is 
cerulean  blue ;  the  cere  and  feet  are  yellow  ;  the 
iris  is  orange.  The  plumage  above,  deep  blue  ; 
below,  red  passing  into  white:  the  feathers  of  the 
neck  are  of  a  purplish  tint  inclining  to  rufous  :  the 
claws  are  black. 

1222. — The  Black  Daptbius 

{Daptrivs  ater).  Head  and  foot.  It  is  not  quite 
clear  that  this  bird  is  generically  separable  from  the 
preceding.  The  beak  is  shorter  and  stouter  than  in 
Ibycter,  and  the  tarsi  longer,  but  in  other  respects 
the  characters  closely  correspond.  They  are  evi- 
dent links  between  the  eagles,  perhaps  the  sea  or 
fi.shing  eagles,  and  the  vultures. 

The  present  species  is  the  Iribin  noir  of  Vieillot ; 
and  the  Caracara  noir,  Falco  aterrimus  of  M.  Tem- 
minck. Back  with  bluish  reflexions  ;  tail  white  at 
its  base  and  rounded ;  beak  and  claws  black ;  cere 
dusky ;  space  round  the  eyes  naked  and  flesh- 
coloured  ;  feet  yellow.  Length  about  seventeen 
inches. 

1223. — The  Brazilian  Cabacaba  ob  Cabeancha 

{Polybonis  Brasiliensis).  Head  and  foot.  The 
generic  characters  of  Polyborus  are  these  :— Beak 
compressed  above,  lower  mandible  entire  and  ob- 
tuse ;  cere  large,  and  covered  with  hairs ;  cheeks 
and  throat  featherless  ;  crop  woolly. 

The  best  account  of  the  Caracara  is  given  by  Mr. 
Darwin  ('Voyages  of  the  Adventure  and  Beagle,' 
vol.  iii.\  who  had  many  opportunities  of  observing 
these  birds  in  a  state  of  nature,  and  whose  delinea- 
tion of  their  habits  is  very  interesting: — Speaking 
of  the  "  Carrion  Hawks,"  as  he  terms  them,  which 
frequent  the  extra-tropical  parts  of  South  America, 
he  says.  "  the  numlier,  tnmeness,  and  disgusting 
habits   of   these   birds   make   them    pre-eminently 


striking  to  any  one  accustomed  only  to  the  birds  of 
Northern  Europe.  In  this  list  may  be  included 
four  species  of  Caracara :— the  Turkey  Buzzard  (a 
vulture,  Vultur  aura);  the  Gallinazo  (a  vulture, 
Cathartes  atratus) ;  and  the  Condor. 

"The  caracaras  are,  from  their  structure,  placed 
among  the  eagles :  we  shall  soon  see  how  ill  they 
become  so  high  a  rank.     In  their  habits  they  well 
supply  the  place  of  our  carrion-crows,  magpies,  and 
ravens,  a  tribe  of  birds  totally  wanting  in  South 
America.    To  begin  with  the  rolyborus  Brasilien- 
sis.— This  is  a  common  bird,  and  has  a  wide  geogra- 
phical range  ;  it  is  most  numerous  on  the  gras!<y  sa- 
vannahs of  I^  Plata  where  it  goes  by  the  name  of 
carrancha,  and  is  far  from  unfrequent  through  the 
sterile  plains  of  Patagonia.     In  the  desert  between 
the  rivers  Ne^ro  and  Colorado  numbers  constantly 
attended  the  line  of  road  to  devour  the  carcasses  of 
the  exhausted  animals  which  chanced  to  perish  from 
fatigue  and  thirst.     Although  thus  common  in  these 
dry  and  open  countries,  and   likewise  on  the  arid 
shores  of   the  Pacific,  it  is  nevertheless  found  inha- 
biting the  damp  impervious  forests  of  West  Pata- 
gonia and  Tierra  del  Fuego.      The  carranchas,  to- 
gether with   the  Polyborus  Chiniango,   constantly 
attend  in  numbers  the  estancias  and  slaughtering- 
houses.     If  an  animal  dies  on  the  plain,  the  galli- 
nazo commences  the  feast,  and  then  the  two  kinds 
of  caracara  pick  the  bones   clean.    These    birds, 
though   thus   commonly  feeding  together,  are   far 
from  being  friends.     When  the  carrancha  is  quietly 
seated  on  the  branch  of  a  tree  or  on  the  ground,  the 
chimango  often  continues  for  a   long  time   flying 
backwards  and  forwards,  up  and  down,  in  a  semi- 
circle, trying  each  time  at  the  bottom  of  the  cui-ve 
to  strike  its  larger  relative.     The  carrancha  takes 
little  notice,  except  by  bobbing  its  head.     Although 
the  carranchas  frequently  assemble  in  numbers,  they 
are  not  gregarious,  for  in  desert  places  they  may  be 
seen  solitary,  or  more  commonly  in  pairs.     Besides 
the  carrion  of  large  animals,  these  birds  frequent  the 
borders  of  streams  and  sea-beaches  to  pick  up  what- 
ever the  watei-s  may  cast  ashore.     In  Tierra  del 
Fuego  and  on  the  west  coast  of  Patagonia  they  must 
exclusively  live  on  such  supplies.     The  carranchas 
are  said  to  be  very  crafty,  and  to  steal  great  num- 
bers of  eggs.    They  attempt  also,  together  with  the 
chimango,  to  pick  off  the  scabs  from  the  backs  of 
horses  and  mules.     The   poor  animal  on   the   one 
hand,  with  its  ears  down,  and  its  back  arched,  and,  on 
the  other,  the  hovering  bird  eyeing  at  the  distance 
of  a  yard  the  disgusting  morsel,  form  a  picture  which 
has  been  described  by  Captain  Head  with  his  own 
peculiar  spirit  and  accuracy.     The  can-anchas  kill 
wounded  animals ;  but  Mr.  Bynoe  saw  one  seize  in 
the  air  a  live  partridge  (oityx  ?),  which  escaped,  and 
was  for  some  time  chased  on  the  ground.     I  believe 
this  circumstance  is  very  unusual ;  at  all  events  there 
is  no  doubt  that  the  chief  part  of  their  sustenance 
is  derived  from  carrion.     A  person  will  discover  the 
necrophagous  habits  of  the  carrancha  by  walking 
out  on  one  of  the  desolate  plains  and  there  lying 
down  to  sleep.     When  he  awakes,  he  will  see  on 
each   surrounding  hillock   one  of  these  birds  pa- 
tiently watching  him  with  an  evil  eye.      It  is  a  fea- 
ture on  the  landscape  of  these  countries  which  will 
be  recognised  by  every  one  who  has  wandered  over 
them.     If  a  party  goes  out  hunting  with  dogs  and 
horses,  it  will  be  accompanied  during  the  day  by 
several  of  these  attendants.     After  feeding,  the  un- 
covered craw  protrudes ;  at  such  times,  and  indeed 
generally,  the  carrancha  is  an  inactive,  tame,  and 
cowardly  bird.     Its  flight  is  heavy  and  slow,  like 
that  of  an  English  rook.   It  seldom  soars,  but  I  have 
twice  seen  one  at  great  height  gliding  through  the 
air  with  much  ease.      It  runs  in  contradistinction  to 
hopping,  but  not  quite  so  quickly  ,as  some  of  its  con- 
geners.     At   times    the    carrancha  is    noisy,   but 
is  not  generally  so  ;  its  cry  is  loud,  very  harsh,  and 
peculiar,  and  may  be  likened  to  the  sound  of  the 
Spanish  guttural  g  followed  by  a  rough  double  r. 
Perhaps  the  Gauchos  from  this  cause  have  called  it 
carrancha.     Molina,   who   states  that   it   is  called 
Tharu  in  Chile,  says  that  when  uttering  this  cry  it 
elevates  its  head  higher  and  higher,  till  at  last,  with 
its  beak  wide  open,  the  crown  almost  touches  the 
lower  part  of  the  back.     This  fact,  which  has  been 
doubted,  is  quite  true.      I  have  seen  them  several 
times  with  their  heads  backwards  in  a  completely 
inverted  position.      Tlie  carrancha  builds  a  large 
coarse  nest,  either  in  a  low  cliff  or  in  a  bush  or 
lofty  tree.   To  these  observations,  I  may  add,  on  the 
high  authority  of  Azara,  that  the  carrancha  feeds 
on  worms,   shells,  slugs,  grasshoppers,   and   frogs; 
that  it  destroys  new-fallen  lambs,  and  that  it  pursues 
the  gallinazo  till  that  bird  is  compelled  to  disgorge 
the  carrion  it  may  recently  have  swallowed.   Lastly, 
Azara  states  that  several  carranchas,  five  or  six  to- 
gether, will  unite  in  the  chase  of  large  birds,  even 
such  as  herons.     All  these  facts  show  that  it  is  a 
bird  of  very  versatile   habits  and  considerable  in- 
genuity." 
The  caracara,  or  carrancha,  measures  about  f  Aeiity- 


Eagles.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


263 


two  inches  in  length.  The  whole  upper  surface  of 
the  head  is  black,  with  the  feathers  sliglitly  elongated 
backwards,  and  capable  of  being  partially  elevated 
in  the  shape  of  a  pointed  crest.  The  entire  neck  is 
of  alight  brownish  grey,  which  also  forms  the  ground- 
colour on  the  breast  and  shoulders,  but  with  the  ad- 
dition on  these  parts  of  numerous  transverse  wavy 
bars  of  a  deeper  brown.  Nearly  all  the  rest  of  the 
plumage  is  of  a  tolerably  uniform  shade  of  blackish 
brown,  with  the  exception  of  the  tail,  which  is  at 
the  base  of  a  dirty  white,  with  numerous  narrow, 
transverse,  undulated  bands  of  a  dusky  hue,  and,  in 
its  terminal  third,  black  without  any  appearance  of 
banding.  The  beak  is  horn-coloured  at  the  tip  and 
bluish  at  the  base  ;  the  iris  hazel ;  the  cere  and 
naked  cheeks  of  a  dull  rod ;  the  legs  yellow,  and 
the  claws  black.  Such  at  least  are  the  colours  of 
the  living  specimen  in  the  Society's  Garden.  Se- 
veral changes,  however,  take  place  in  the  plumage 
of  the  bird  as  it  advances  in  age. 

With  respect  to  the  Polyborus  Chiraango,  noticed 
by  Mr.  Darwin,  and  which  is  smaller  than  the ' 
carrancha,  we  may  observe  that  it  is  common  on 
both  sides  of  the  same  continent.  It  is  found  in 
Chiloe  and  on  the  coast  of  Patagonia,  but  does  not 
appear  to  inhabit  Tierra  del  Fuego.  It  feeds  on 
carrion,  and  is  the  last  bird  to  leave  the  carcass, 
and,  as  Mr.  Darwin  says,  may  be  often  seen  within 
the  bare  ribs  of  a  cow  or  horse,  like  a  bird  in  a  cage. 
The  chimango,  he  adds,  "often  frequents  the  sea- 
coast,  and  the  borders  of  lakes  and  swamps,  where 
it  picks  up  small  fish.  It  is  truly  omnivorous,  and 
will  even  eat  bread  when  thrown  out  of  the  house 
with  other  offal.  I  was  assured  that  they  materially 
injure  the  potato  crops  in  Chiloe,  by  grubbing  up 
the  roots  when  first  planted.  In  the  same  island 
I  myself  saw  them  by  scores  following  the  plough, 
and  feeding  on  the  worms  and  larvae  of  insects.  I 
do  not  believe  they  ever  kill  birds  or  quadrupeds. 
They  are  more  active  than  the  carranchas,  but 
their  flight  is  heavy  ;  I  never  saw  one  soar.  They 
are  very  tame,  but  are  not  gregarious ;  they  com- 
monly perch  on  stone  walls,  and  not  upon  trees, 
and  frequently  utter  a  gentle  shrill  scream." 

Mr.  Darwin  notices  a  third  species  of  Polyborus, 
of  rare  occurrence,  and  which  he  only  met  with  in 
one  valley  of  Patagonia.  The  fourth  species  to 
which  he  alludes  is  the  Polyborus  Novae  Zelandiae. 
This  bird,  he  remarks,  is  exceedingly  numerous  over 
the  whole  of  the  Falkland  Islands,  which  appear 
to  constitute  its  metropolis.  He  was  informed  by 
the  sealers,  that  they  are  found  on  the  Diego  Ra- 
mirez Rocks,  but  never  on  the  mainland  of  Tierra 
del  Fuego,  nor  on  Georgia  or  the  more  southward 
islands.  In  habits  and  manners  they  resemble  in 
many  respects  the  carranchas,  living  on  the  flesh 
of  dead  animals,  and  on  marine  productions,  which 
latter  on  the  Ramirez  rocks  must  constitute  their 
principal,  if  not  their  sole  subsistence.  They  are 
ordinarily  tame  and  fearless,  and  confidently  haunt 
the  precincts  of  houses  for  ofTal.  When,  tie  adds, 
a  hunting-party  kills  any  animal,  a  number  of  these 
birds  soon  collect,  and  wait  patiently,  standing  on 
the  ground  on  all  sides.  After  gorging  themselves, 
their  uncovered  craws  are  largely  protruded,  giving 
them  a  disgusting  appearance. 

"  They  readily  attack  wounded  birds ;  a  cormo- 
rant in  this  state  having  taken  to  the  shore,  was 
immediately  seized  on  by  several,  and  its  death 
hastened  by  their  blows.  The  Beagle  was  at  the 
Falklands  only  during  the  summer,  but  the  officers 
of  the  Adventure,  who  were  there  in  the  winter, 
mention  many  extraordinary  instances  of  the  boldness 
and  rapacity  of  these  birds.  They  actually  made 
an  attack  on  a  dog  that  was  lying  asleep  close  to 
one  of  the  party ;  and  the  sportsmen  had  difiiculty 
in  preventing  the  wounded  geese  from  being  seized 
before  their  eyes.  It  is  said  that  several  together 
wait  at  the  mouth  of  a  rabbit-hole,  as  is  the  prac- 
tice also  of  the  carranchas,  and  seize  on  the  animal 
when  it  comes  out.  They  were  constantly  flying 
on  board  the  vessel  when  in  the  harbour;  and  it 
was  necessary  to  keep  a  good  look-out,  to  prevent 
the  leather  being  torn  from  the  rigging,  and  the 
meat  or  game  from  the  stern.  These  birds  are 
very  mischievous  and  inquisitive  ;  they  will  pick 
up  almost  anything  from  the  ground ;  a  large- 
sized  glazed  hat  was  carried  nearly  a  mile,  as  was 
a  pair  oT  heavy  balls  (bolas)  used  in  catching  cattle. 
Mr.  Ilsborne  experienced,  during  the  survey,  a  more 
severe  loss,  in  their  stealing  a  small  Kater's  com- 
pass, in  a  red  morocco  leather  case,  which  was 
never  recovered.  These  birds  are,  moreover,  quar- 
relsome and  very  passionate,  tearing  up  the  grass 
•with  their  bills  from  rage.  They  are  not  truly  gre- 
garious, and  do  not  soar.  Their  flight  is  heavy  and 
clumsy,  but  on  the  ground  they  run  with  extreme 
quickness,  very  much  like  pheasants.  They  are 
noisy,  uttering  several  harsh  cries  one  of  which  is 
like  that  of  the  English  rook  ;  hence  the  sealers 
always  so  call  them.  It  is  a  curious  circumstance 
that  when  crying  they  always  throw  their  heads 
upwards  and  lackwards,  after  the  same  manner  as 


the  carrancha.  They  build  on  the  rocky  cliffs  of 
the  sea-coast,  but  only  in  the  small  islets,  and  not 
in  the  two  main  islands.  This  is  a  singular  pre- 
caution in  so  tame  and  fearless  a  bird.  The  sealers 
say  that  the  flesh  of  these  birds,  when  cooked,  is 
quite  white,  and  very  good  eating." 

These  rapacious  birds  are,  as  the  above  details 
sufficiently  prove,  vulturine  in  their  habits,  and 
have  no  immediate  relationship  to  the  true  eagles; 
they  evidently  compose  a  distinct  group.  The  fol- 
lowing species  seem  to  exhibit  an  alliance  with  the 
buzzards  and  harriers,  which  they  resemble  in  form 
and  modes  of  life. 

1224. — The  Ueubitixga,  or  Brazilian  Eagle 
OP  Latham 

{Morphnus  Uivbitinga).  Head  and  foot.  The 
characters  of  the  genus  Morphnus  may  be  thus 
summed  up : — beak  convex  above ;  nostrils  ellip- 
tical;  tarsi  elevated,  scutellated  anteriorly;  some- 
times feathered  toes  rather  short ;  claws  acute. 

The  Urubitinga  is  a  native  of  Brazil  and  Guiana, 
frequenting  water,  humid  grounds,  and  inundated 
places,  where  it  seeks  its  prey,  consisting  of  small 
animals.  The  general  plumage  is  dusky  black,  the 
wings  being  waved  with  ash-colour,  the  tail-coverts 
and  base  of  tail  white ;  the  beak  is  strong  ;  the 
eyes  large ;  the  cere  and  legs  are  yellow  ;  claws 
black.  The  young  of  the  year  are  blackish  yellow 
below,  each  feather  having  a  central  dash  or  spot 
of  blackish  brown.  The  throat  and  cheeks  are 
marked  with  brown  streaks  on  a  whitish  ground. 

1225. — The  Chested  Morphnus,  or  Huppart 

(Morphnus  occipitalis).  Head  and  foot.  This  is 
the  Aigle-Autour,  Noir  Huppe  d'Afrique,  the  Falco 
occipitalis  of  Daudin.  Its  tarsi  are  closely  feathered 
to  the  toes.  This  species  is  a  native  of  Africa, 
where  it  seems  to  be  almost  universally  spread.  It 
equals  a  raven  in  size.  The  plumage  is  black,  and 
a  crest  of  long  feathers  ornaments  the  back  of  the 
head. 

1226. — The  Hook-billed  Ctmiiidis 

(Ci/mindis  Immatus).  Beak  and  foot.  There  are, 
says  Cuvier,  Raptorial  birds  in  America  with  a  beak 
like  the  preceding  species,  with  tarsi  short  and 
reticulated,  and  half  covered  anteriorly  with  fea- 
thers, and  with  wings  shorter  than  the  tail,  and 
whose  distinctive  feature  consists  in  the  nostrils  being 
nearly  closed,  bearing  the  appearance  of  a  narrow 
slit.  Of  these,  one  is  the  present  species,  which, 
however,  lias  the  tarsi  scutellated  anteriorly,  and 
the  upper  mandible  very  much  hooked.  This  bird 
inhabits  Brazil,  and  when  adult  is  of  a  uniform 
lead-colour,  the  cere  and  feet  being  yellow.  Length 
about  seventeen  inches.  The  young  of  the  year 
have  the  plumage  of  a  sombre  brown,  each  feather 
being  bordered  and  blotched  with  red;  the  cheeks 
are  marked  with  yellowish  rashes,  and  a  stripe  of 
the  same  colour  runs  below  the  eyes :  the  front  of 
the  neck  is  whitish. 

1227. — The  Cayenne  Cymindis 

(Cymindis  Cayennensis).  Head  and  foot.  This 
species,  which  inhabits  Cayenne,  has  a  small  tooth- 
like projection  on  the  edge  of  the  beak  where  it 
begins  to  curve  down.  The  adult  is  white  with  a 
blue-black  mantle,  the  head  ash-coloured,  and  the 
tail  barred  with  four  white  bands.  In  the  young 
the  mantle  is  variegated  with  brown  and  red,  and 
the  head  is  white  with  a  few  black  dashes.  It  is 
the  Petit  Autour  de  Cayenne  of  BufFon. 

1228. — Grey  Asturina 

{Asturina  cinerea).  Head  and  foot.  Generic  cha- 
racters : — beak  convex  above  ;  nostrils  lunulate  ; 
tarsi  short  and  somewhat  slender ;  cJaws  long  and 
very  acute. 

The  Grey  Asturina  is  a  native  of  Guiana.  The 
general  plumage  is  of  a  bluish  ash-colour,  with 
whitish  bands  on  the  under  part  of  the  body.  The 
tail,  which  is  white  at  the  point,  is  traversed  by  two 
black  bands.  Beak  blue ;  cere  yellow.  Of  its 
habits  we  have  no  particular  details. 

1229. — The  Short-toed  Circaetus 

(Circaetm  brachydactyliis) .  Head  and  foot.  This 
bird  is  the  Aigle  Jean-le-Blanc  of  Temminck ;  Falco 
Gallicus,  Graelin  ;  Falco  leucopsis,  Bechstein. 

The  genus  Circaetus,  says  Cuvier,  holds  an  inter- 
mediate station  between  the  fishing  eagles,  the 
osprey,  and  the  buzzards :  the  wings  resemble  those 
of  the  eagles  and  buzzards,  while  the  tarsi  are  reti- 
culated, as  in  the  osprey.  The  external  toe  is 
united  to  the  middle  by  a  short  membrane. 

The  Short-toed  Circaetus,  or  Jean-le-Blanc,  is  a 
native  of  Europe  and  Asia  ;  it  is  found  in  the  great 
fir-forests  on  the  eastern  parts  of  northern  Europe, 
but  is  elsewhere  not  very  common.  It  is,  in  fact, 
never  seen  in  England  or  Holland,  and  is  rare  in 
Fiance.     It  is  oct;asiona!ly  observed  in  Italy. 

In  size,  this  species  exceeds  the  osprey,  but  its 


toes  are  proportionally  short,  though  powerful. 
Its  manners  are  those  of  a  buzzard ;  it  feeds  on 
snakes  and  other  reptiles,  and  small  quadrupeds, 
rarely  on  birds  or  domestic  poultry.  It  builds  its 
nest  on  the  highest  trees,  and  the  eggs  are  two  or 
three  in  number,  of  a  lustrous  grey,  and  spotless. 
Colonel  Sykes  notices  it  among  the  birds  of  the 
Dukhun,  and  states  that  in  the  stomach  of  a  female 
which  he  shot  were  found  the  remains  of  a  snake 
and  two  rats.     Its  length  was  thirty  inches. 

Description  of  Old  Male.- — Head  very  large ; 
below  the  eyes  a  space  clothed  with  white  down ; 
summit  of  the  head,  cheeks,  throat,  breast,  and  belly 
white,  but  variegated  with  a  few  spots  of  bright 
brown  ;  back  and  coverts  of  the  wings  brown,  but 
the  origin  of  all  the  feathers  of  a  pure  white  ;  tail 
square,  grey  brown,  barred  with  deeper  brown,  white 
below ;  tarsi  long  and  greyish  blue,  as  are  the  toes; 
beak  black  ;  cere  bluish  ;  iris  yellow. 

Of  Female. — Less  white  than  the  male.  The 
head,  the  neck,  the  breast,  and  the  belly  are  marked 
with  numerous  brown  spots,  which  are  very  much 
approximated. 

Of  Young.— Upper  parts  darker,  but  the  origin 
of  the  feathers  pure  white  ;  throat,  breast,  and  belly 
of  a  red-brown,  little  or  not  at  all  spotted  with 
white  ;  bands  on  the  tail  neau-ly  imperceptible  ;  beak 
bluish ;  feet  greyish  white. 

1230,  1231.— The  Secretary. 

Among  the  aberrant  forms  of  the  Aquiline  group 
must  be  placed  this  extraordinary  bird,  which  to 
naturalists  has  been  a  sort  of  "  Petrum  scandali  et 
lapsis  ofFensionis."  Some  have  placed  it  among  the 
vultures,  othera  among  the  Gallinaceous  birds,  and 
others  among  the  Wading  birds,  as  did  Vieiliot, 
after  repeatedly  changing  his  opinions. 

That  naturalists  should  have  assigned  it  to  the 
Gallinaceous  or  the  Wading  orders,  with  the  former  of 
which  it  has  nothing  in  common,  and  with  the  latter 
only  the  elevation  of  the  tarsi,  is  indeed  not  a  little 
surprising.  With  respect  to  the  vultures,  it  exhibits 
but  little  affinity  to  them:  Fig.  1232  represents  the 
Head  of  the  Secretary  in  two  views;  the  short 
abruptly  hooked  beak,  the  large  eye,  the  overhang- 
ing brows,  with  a  row  of  strong  black  bristles,  the 
breadth  of  the  head  across  the  top  of  the  skull,  and 
the  occipital  plumes  are  anything  but  characteristic 
of  the  vulture ;  whereas  in  many  of  the  genera 
intermediate  between  the  eagles  and  the  hawks,  we 
trace  these  characteristics,  conjoined  with  that  length 
of  Jimb  whictl  fits  them  for  terrestrial  habits,  and 
which  is  carried  to  its  ultimate  in  the  Secretary. 

It  is  among  these  aberrant  terrestrial  Falconidae, 
feeding  on  reptiles  and  small  quadrupeds,  that 
we  consider  the  genus  Gypogeranus  to  stand. 
The  generic  characters  of  this  genus  are  as  fol- 
lows:— Bill  rather  slender,  shorter  than  the  head, 
strong,  very  much  hooked  and  curved  nearly 
from  its  origin  ;  cere  extending  almost  naked 
over  the  cheeks  ;  nostrils  diagonal,  oblong ;  tarsi 
long  and  slender;  toes  short,  rough  below,  hind-toe 
articulated  higher  than  the  anterior  toes;  wings' 
long,  armed  near  the  elbow-joint  with  obtuse  spurs  ; 
five  first  quill-feathers  the  longest  and  nearly  equal  ; 
occipital  plume  ;  the  two  middle  tail-feathers  longer 
than  the  others. 

It  is  not  quite  clear  whether  there  are  not,  in 
reality,  three  distinct  species  of  Secretary :  one  in- 
habiting the  regions  of  South  Africa :  one,  Sene- 
gambia ;  and  one,  the  Philippine  Islands,  north  of 
Borneo. 

In  some  interesting  observations  on  the  genus 
Gypogeranus,  by  Mr.  Ogilby  ('Zool.  Proceeds.'  1&35> 
p.l04),  that  naturalist  gives  certain  distinctive 
characters,  from  which  it  would  appear  that  the 
Philippine  bird  at  least  (whatever  the  Senegam- 
bian  may  hereafter  prove  to  be)  is  distinct  from  the 
South  African. 

South  African  Secretary  (G.  Capensis,  Ogilby). — 
"  With  the  plume  of  long  cervical  feathers  com- 
mencing upon  the  occiput  spreading  irregularly  over 
the  upper  part  of  the  neck,  narrow  throughout  the 
greater  part  of  their  length,  as  if  the  vane  had  been 
cut  on  each  side,  close  to  the  shaft  of  the  quill, 
spreading  only  at  the  point." 

Senegambia  Secretary  (G.  Gambiensis,  Ogilby). — 
"  With  the  cervical  crest  commencing  some  distance 
below  the  occiput,  arranged  in  two  regular  series, 
one  on  each  side  of  the  neck,  with  the  intermediate 
space  clear,  and  composed  of  long  spatule-shaped 
feathers,  much  broader  throughout  than  in  the  last 
species,  though  similarly  decreasing  in  width  to- 
wards the  root.  In  both  these  species  the  two 
middle  feathers  of  the  tail  are  considerably  longer 
than  the  others." 

Philippine  Secretary  (G.  Philippensis,  Ogilby). — 
"With  the  cervical  crest  spread  irregularly  from 
the  occiput  to  the  bottom  of  the  neck,  the  longest 
feathers  being  those  situated  the  lowest,  which  is 
just  the  reverse  of  what  we  observe  in  Gyp.  Gam- 
biensis, and  with  the  two  exterior  tail-feathers  the 
longest,  so  that  the  tail  appears  forked.      This  is 


lta&.— Head  ud  Foot  of  Ciestnl  Mcrphniu. 


^-^ 


1221.— Head  and  Foot  of  Aquiline  Ibycter. 


1S24 — Head  and  Foot  of  BrazUian  Eagle. 


1228. — Ileitd  and  Voot  of  Grev  Asturina. 


1222.— Head  and  Foot  of  Black  DiaptrilM. 


12S9.— Head  and  Footof  Sliort-toed  CirBi5tra. 
264 


ISSL— Head  and  Foot  of  Hook-biUed  Cymlndii. 


1223.— Head  and  Foot  of  Braiilian  Caraoara. 


1236. — Peregrine  Falcon. 

No.  34. 


1237.— Peregrine  Fulcom. 
[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


1231  .—Secretary-bird. 


265 


266 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Falcons. 


apparent  not  only  in  Sonnerat's  fii^re,  but  is  ex- 
pressly mentioned  in  liis  detailed  dt-ncription,  and, 
if  confirmed  by  future  observation,  is  clearly  indica- 
tive of  a  specific  distinction.  Inhabits  the  Philip- 
pine Islands.  Described  and  figured  in  Sonnerat's 
'Voyage  k  la  Nouvelle  Guinde,'  p.  87,  t.  50.»  The 
colours  of  the  three  species  or  varieties  here  indi- 
cated do  not  seem  to  be  materiallv  different  in  other 
respects."  It  is  to  the  South  African  species  or 
variety  that  our  details  more  particularly  apply. 

This  sinerular  bird  is  termed,  in  allusion  to  its 
habits,  Slangen-vreeter,  or  Serpent-eater,  by  the 
Dutch  colonists  of  the  Cape,  and  its  Hottentot 
name  has  the  same  meaning  :  snakes,  in  fact,  con- 
stitute its  principal  food,  and  in  the  attack  and 
defence  it  displays  the  greatest  coolness  and  address. 
The  Slangen-vreeter,  says  Sparrman,  has  a  peculiar 
method  of  seizing  upon  serpents.  When  it  ap- 
proaches them,  it  always  takes  care  to  hold  the 
point  of  one  of  its  wings  before  it,  in  order  to  parry 
off  their  venomous  bites;  sometimes  it  finds  an 
opportunity  of  spuming  and  treading  upon  its  an- 
tagonist, or  else  of  taking  it  up  on  its  pinions  and 
throwing  it  into  the  »ir :  when  by  this  method  of 
proceeihngit  has  at  length  wearied  out  its  adversary, 
and  rendered  it  almost  senseless,  it  then  kills  it  and 
swallows  it  without  danger.  Though  I  have  very 
frequently  seen  the  Secretary  Bird,  both  in  its  wild 
and  tame  stale,  yet  I  have  never  had  an  opportunity 
of  seeing  this  method  it  has  of  catching  serpents ; 
however,  I  can  by  no  means  harbour  any  doubt 
concerning  it.  after  having  had  it  confirmed  to  me 
by  so  many  Hottentots  a.-*  well  as  Christians,  and 
since  this  bird  has  been  observed  at  the  menagerie 
at  the  Hague  to  amuse  and  exercise  itself  in  the 
same  mannei  with  a  straw.  If, finally,  this  Serpent- 
cater  is  to  be  referred  to  the  Accipitres,  or  the  Hawk 
kind,  the  name  of  Faico  serpentarius  appears  to  be 
the  most  proper  to  distinguish  it  by  in  the  '  Sysfema 
Naturae.'  It  has  ever  been  remarked  that  these 
birds,  when  tame,  will  not  disdain  now  and  then  to 
put  up  with  a  nice  chicken. 

Sparrman,  it  is  true,  did  not  himself  see  the  scene 
which  he  describes ;  but  his  account  is  confirmed  by 
Le  Vaillant,  who  thus  gives  the  results  of  his  own 
observations,  which  go  to  prove,  contftiry  to  Buffon's 
statement,  that  the  Secretary  is  bold  and  cou- 
rageous. 

"  In  descending  from  a  mountain  into  a  very  deep 
bog  (Ibndriere),  I  perceived,  nearly  perpendicularly 
below  me,  a  bird  which  raised  and  lowered  itself 
very  rapidly,  with  very  extraordinary  motions. 
Although  I  well  knew  the  Secretary,  and  had  killed 
many  of  these  birds  at  Natal,  it  was  impossible  for 
me  to  recognise  it  in  the  vertical  situation  in  which 
I  found  myself,  and  I  only  suspected  that  it  was  one 
from  its  bearing.  Having  found  means,  by  favour 
of  some  rocks,  to  approach  sufficiently  near,  noise- 
lessly, and  without  being  discovered,  I  found  that 
this  bird  was  a  Secretary  combating  a  serpent.  The 
fight  was  very  sharp  on  both  sides,  and  the  skill  (la 
ruse)  equal  on  the  part  of  each  of  the  combatants. 
But  the  serpent,  which  perceived  the  inequality  of 
its  strength,  employed  that  adroit  cunning  which  is 
attributed  to  it,  in  order  to  save  itself  by  flight  and 
regain  its  hole ;  while  the  bird,  divining  its  inten- 
tion, stopped  it  at  once,  and  throwing  itself  before 
the  serpent  by  one  spring,  cut  off  its  retreat. 
Wherever  the  reptile  essayed  to  escape,  there  it 
always  found  its  enemy.  Then,  uniting  skill  with 
courage,  it  erected  itself  fiercely  to  intimidate  the 
bird,  and  presented,  with  a  frightful  hiss,  a  menac- 
ing gapi',  inflamed  eyes,  and  a  head  swollen  with 
rage  and  poison.  Sometimes  this  offensive  resist- 
ance suspended  hostilities  for  an  instant ;  but  the 
bird  soon  returned  to  the  charge,  and  covering  its 
body  with  one  of  its  wings,  a.s  with  a  shield,  struck 
its  enemy  with  the  other,  with  the  bony  protube- 
rances of  which  1  have  already  spoken,  and  which, 
like  small  clubs,  overpowered  it  the  more  surely, 
inasmuch  as  it  presented  itself  to  the  blows.  In 
effect,  I  saw  it  reel  and  fall  extended  :  then  the 
conqueror  threw  himself  upon  it  to  finish  his  work, 
and  with  one  blow  of  the  bill  split  its  skull.  At  this 
moment,  having  no  further  observations  to  make,  I 
killed  it.  1  found  in  its  crop  (for  it  has  one,  which 
nobody  has  stated),  on  dissecting  it,  eleven  rather 
large  lizards,  three  serpents,  as  long  as  one's  arm, 
eleven  small  tortoises  very  entire,  many  of  which 
were  about  two  inches  in  diameter,  and,  finally,  a 
quantity  of  locusts  (sauterelles)  and  insects,  the 
greater  part  of  which  were  sufficiently  whole  to 
deserve  being  collected  and  to  be  added  to  my 
specimens.  The  lizards,  the  serpents,  and  the  tor- 
toises had  all  received  the  stroke  of  the  bill  on  the 
head.    I  observed  besides,  that,  independently  of 

•  .'jpe.liiiy  of  tlie  mannen  of  this  birf,  Sonnnat  nyt,  tint  It  U 
•ocUMf  and  live,  in  a  natr  of  domrsticily;  that  it  hunu  rata,  and 
miglit  in  llii.  point  of  vie»  become  uwful  in  the  colonies,  where  it 
woDld  prolaNy  nut  be  difflrult  lo  muIiiplT  it.  Alttiouxh  he  er.c 
Moiialy  de«Tibe.  tlie  bill  and  Icet  of  the  Secietary  (Philippine)  u  re- 
aemblin»  tliOM  of  Galli„,ceou,  bird,  (fowl,  turkev,  «cc  ).  he  ilatei 
inat  It  recdj  on  Heah,  and  ought  conaequently  to  be  placed  in  the 
SuUtod    e^'  *""*'  "'"°"*  *'■'''''■''«  •^'*''  "  '"""«  »"  tntirely 


this  mass  of  aliments,  the  craw  (poche)  of  the  animal 
contained  a  species  of  pellet,  as  large  as  a  goose's 
egg,  and  formed  of  the  vertebra  of  serpents  and 
lizards  which  the  l)ird  had  devoured  previously,  scales 
of  small  tortoises,  and  the  wings,  feet,  and  corselets 
of  different  scarabaei.  Doubtless  when  the  undi- 
gested mass  is  become  too  large,  the  Secretary,  like 
other  birds  of  prey,  vomits  it  and  gets  rid  of  it.  It 
results  from  the  superabundant  quantity  of  nourish- 
ment which  this  specimen  had  secured,  that  in  at- 
tacking the  serpent  of  the  bog  it  was  not  hunger 
which  nad  stimulated  it  to  the  combat,  but  the  hatred 
and  antipathy  which  is  bears  to  these  reptiles.  Such 
an  avei^iun  as  this  is  of  an  inappreciable  advantage 
in  a  country  where  the  temperature  wonderfully 
favours  the  multiplication  of  an  infinity  ol  noxious 
and  venomous  animals.  In  this  point  of  view  the 
Secretary  is  one  of  natute's  real  benefactions ;  and 
indeed  its  utility  and  the  services  rendered  by  it  are 
so  well  recognized  at  the  Cape  and  in  its  neighbour- 
hood, that  the  colonists  and  Hottentots  respect  it 
and  do  not  kill  it :  herein  imitating  the  Dutch,  who 
do  not  kill  the  stork,  and  the  Egyptians,  who  never 
injure  the  ibis.  The  secretary  is  easily  tamed,  and 
when  domesticated,  every  kind  of  nourishment, 
cooked  or  raw,  agrees  with  it  equally. 

"  The  eggs  ordinarily  amount  to  from  two  to 
three,  nearly  as  large  as  those  of  a  goose,  and  white, 
like  those  of  a  hen.  The  young  remain  a  long  time 
before  they  quit  the  nest,  because,  their  legs  being 
long  and  slender,  they  su.stain  themselves  with  dif- 
ficulty. They  may  be  observed,  even  up  to  the  age 
of  four  months,  unable  to  progress,  except  by 
leaning  on  their  heels  ;  which  gives  them  a  strikingly 
clumsy  and  ungraceful  air.  Nevertheless,  as  their 
toes  are  not  so  long  nor  their  claws  so  curved  as 
the  other  birds  of  prey,  they  walk  with  much  more 
facility  than  those.  So  that  when  they  have  at- 
tained the  age  of  seven  months  they  m&y  be  seen 
to  develop  easy  and  graceful  movements  which  suit 
well  with  their  noble  bearing." 

M.  Lesson,  in  his  description,  quotes  the  account 
of  Mr.  Smith,  who  relates,  "  that  one  day  ho  saw 
a  Secretary  take  two  or  three  turns  on  the  wing  at  a 
little  distance  from  the  place  where  he  was.  The 
bird  soon  settled,  and  Mr.  Smith  saw  that  it  was 
attentively  examining  an  object  near  the  spot  where 
it  had  descended.  After  approaching  it  with  great 
precaution,  the  Secretary  extended  one  of  its  wings, 
which  the  bird  continually  agitated.  Mr.  Smith 
then  discovered  a  large  serpent  raising  its  head,  and 
appearing  to  wait  the  approach  of  the  bird  to  dart 
upon  it ;  but  a  quick  blow  of  the  wing  soon  laid  it 
prostiate.  The  bird  appeared  to  wait  for  the 
serpent's  raising  itself,  in  order  to  repeat  the  blow  ; 
but  this  the  serpent,  it  seems,  did  not  attempt,  and 
the  Secretary,  walking  towards  it,  seized  it  with  the 
feet  and  bill,  and  rose  perpendicularly  into  the  air, 
whence  the  bird  let  the  serpent  fall  on  the  ground, 
so  that  it  might  be  securely  destroyed.'' 

The  Secretary  was  so  called  by  the  Dutch  from 
the  plumes  at  the  back  of  its  head,  which  reminded 
them  of  the  pen  stuck  behind  the  ear,  according  to 
the  custom  of  the  '  gens  de  cabinet '  in  Holland,  and 
the  name  has  since  been  generally  adopted.  These 
birds,  at  least  in  South  Africa,  are  not  gregarious, 
but  live  in  pairs,  and  build  on  hisrh  trees  or  in  dense 
thickets.  "Their  gait  is  a  singular  stalk,  reminding 
us  of  a  person  moving  along  on  elevated  stilts;  but 
they  run  with  great  swiftness,  and  are  not  to  be 
approached  without  difficulty  by  the  sportsman. 
Attempts  have  been  made,  how  far  successful  we 
know  not,  to  introduce  this  bird  into  Martinique,  for 
the  purpose  of  destroying  the  deadly  hincc-headed 
viper,  or  yellow  serpent,  of  the  Antilles  (Trigono- 
cephalus  lanceolatus),  which  abounds  there,  and  is 
greatly  dreaded. 

The  general  colour  of  this  species  is  bluish  grey ; 
the  primary  and  secondary  quill-feathere  are  black, 
as  are  also  the  feathers  of  the  thighs,  and  those 
composing  the  crest.  The  two  long  middle  tail- 
feathers  are  grey,  becoming  black  towards  theii 
extremities,  and  ending  in  a  white  tip,  as  do  the 
rest  of  the  tail-feathers,  which  are  otherwise  black. 
Length  of  head  and  body,  including  the  tail,  three 
feet. 

FALCONS. 

Among  all  the  Raptorial  birds,  none  are  more  bold 
and  daring  than  the  falcons,  though  there  are 
certain  exceptions.  All  are  formed  for  rapid  flight, 
and  pureue  their  prey  with  extreme  velocity,  or 
soaring  above,  descend  upon  it  with  a  swoop,  bear- 
ing it  to  the  ground.  Some,  as  the  kestrels,  which 
feed  principally  on  frogs  and  mice,  not  excluding 
insects,  sail  in  the  air  performing  easy  circles,  and 
often  appear  motionless  over  one  spot  for  a  con- 
siderable time;  when,  perceiving  their  prey,  they 
make  a  sudden  and  rapid  descent,  and  pounce  upon 
it  with  unerring  certainty.  But  the  nobler  falcons, 
as  they  are  termed — viz.,  the  peregrine  and  ger- 
falcon, which  prey  chiefly  on  birds,  as  pigeons, 
grouse,  sea-fowl,  &c.,  strike  their  victim  on  the 
wing,  and  carry  it  in  their  talons  to  their  eyry. 


The  falcons  are  distinguished  by  the  following 
characters:  the  beak  is  short,  strong,  and  abruptly 
hooked,  the  edge  of  the  upper  mandible,  near  the 
curve,  being  furnished  with  a  tooth-like  projection. 
The  wings  are  long  and  pointed,  the  second  quill- 
feather  being  the  longest.  The  tarsi  are  of  mode- 
rate length,  but  stout ;  the  toes  are  long  and  power- 
ful, and  armed  with  large,  sharp,  retractile  claws. 
The  eye  is  full,  bright,  and  beautiful ;  the  contour 
of  the  biody  graceful  and  vigorous:  the  plumage 
close  and  compact.  The  muscles  of  flight  are  re- 
markably developed,  as  indicated  by  the  breadth  of 
the  sternum,  the  depth  of  the  keel,  and  the  strength 
of  the  furcula,  and  of  the  calvicular  or  coracoid 
bones.  Fig.  1233  represents  the  sternum  of  the 
Peregrine  Falcon  and  its  appendages :  a,  the  ex- 
panse of  the  sternum ;  b,  the  keel ;  c,  the  furcula ; 
d,  the  clavicular  or  coracoid  bones ;  e,  the  scapula 
broken  off.  Fig.  }'23A  represents  the  Head  of  the 
Peregrine  Falcon  as  illustrative  of  the  generic  cha- 
racters of  the  group;  Fig.  1235,  the  Foot. 

1236, 1237.— The  Pehkgei.ne  Falcon 

{Falco  peregrinus) .  This  beautiful  and  once  highly 
valued  bird  is  very  widely  spread,  being  found  in 
most  of  the  bold  and  rocky  districts  of  Europe, 
Asia,  and  North  America.  Everywhere  it  seems  to 
be  a  bird  of  passage,  whence  its  specific  name 
peregrinus.  As  regards  the  British  Islands,  it  is 
common  in  Scotland  and  Wales,  building  on  high 
precipitous  rocks  bordering  the  sea-coa.^t.  It  fre- 
quents similar  situations  in  Devonshire  and  Cornwall, 
where  it  is  called  the  Cliff'-hawk  :  and  we  have  seen 
fine  specimens  procured  on  the  Needles  in  the  Isle 
of  Wight.  In  many  parts  of  Ireland  it  is  abundant. 
"  In  the  four  maritime  counties  of  IJIster,"  says  Mr. 
Thompson,  "  it  has  many  eyries :  and  in  Antrim, 
whose  basaltic  precipices  are  favourable  for  this 
purpose,  seven,  at  least,  might  be  enumerated  ;  of 
these  one  only  is  inland ;  at  the  Gobbins,  regularly 
frequented  by  a  pair,  there  were  two  nests  in  one  year 
within  an  extent  of  rock  considerably  less  than  a 
mile."  There  are  eyries  also  at  the  Horn  in  Donegal, 
and  many  other  places.  The  peregrine  falcon  is 
however  often  seen  inland,  and  is  known  to  take  up 
its  temporary  residence  on  St.  Paul's  Cathedral  and 
Westminster  Abbey,  making  havoc  among  the  flocks 
of  pigeons  in  the  neighbourhood.  We  once  saw  a 
pigeon  in  Leicester  Square  struck  and  carried  off 
by  one  of  these  birds.  In  the  days  of  falconry  the 
courage,  power,  docility,  and  swiftness  of  the  pere- 
grine falcon  rendered  it  a  great  favourite,  and 
according  to  age,  sex,  8fc.  it  received  different 
appellations.  When  wild  or  yet  unreclaimed,  it 
was  termed  a  haggard ;  hence  the  sentence  in 
Shakspere  ('Much  Ado  about  Nothing'),  "  As  coy 
and  wild  as  haggards  of  the  rock  "  (see  Fig.  1237). 
The  young  bird  was  called  eyess,  a  corruption  of 
the  French  word  niais ;  it  was  also  named  red 
hawk,  from  the  colour  of  its  plumage  during  the 
first  year.  The  male  bird  was  termed  tiercel,  tersel, 
or  tassel ;  "  tassel-gentle,"  a  reclaimed  male.  The 
female  was  called  "  falcon  "  par  excellence.  This 
bird  has  by  some  writers  been  called  the  Lanner, 
but  the  true  lanner,  which  is  a  distinct,  though  an 
allied  species  (Falco  lanarius),  is  found  only  in 
Asia  and  the  south-eastern  parts  of  Europe,  and  has 
never  been  seen  wild  in  the  British  Islands.  It  is 
to  the  peregrine  falcon  that  Pennant  alludes  (and 
after  him  Bewick),  when  treating  of  the  lanner  he 
remarks  "  this  species  breeds  in  Ireland."  Besides 
these  names  the  peregrine  falcon  has  various  other 
appellations,  as  the  Slight  Hawk  and  the  Passenger 
Falcon.  In  America  it  is  termed  the  Duck-Hawk, 
from  the  havoc  it  makes  among  wild-ducks ;  and 
also  the  Great-footed  Hawk,  from  the  size  and 
strength  of  its  talons.  Of  the  prowess  and  daring 
of  the  peregrine  many  instances  are  on  record. 
Mr.  Thompson  ('  Mag.  Zool.  and  Botan.,'  vol.  ii. 
p.  53)  observes  that  "  Mr.  Sinclair,  when  on  one 
occasion  exercising  his  dogs  on  the  Belfast  moun- 
tains towards  the  end  of  July,  preparatory  to  grouse 
shooting,  saw  them  point ;  and  on  coming  up  he 
startled  a  male  peregrine  falcon  off  a  grouse  (Te- 
trao  scoticus)  just  killed  by  him  ;  and  very  near  the 
same  place  he  came  upon  the  female  bird,  also  on 
a  grouse.  Although  my  friend  lifted  both  the  dead 
birds,  the  hawks  continued  flying  about,  and  on  the 
remainder  of  the  pack  (of  grouse),  which  lay  near, 
being  sprung  by  the  dogs,  either  three  or  four  more 
grouse  were  struck  down  by  them,  and  thus  two 
and  a  half  or  three  brace  were  obtained  by  means 
of  these  wild  birds,  being  more  than  had  ever  been 
procured  out  of  a  pack  of  grouse  by  his  trained 
falcons."  The  peregrine  falcon  attacks  its  prey 
only  while  on  trie  wing,  seldom  pursuing  it  into 
dense  cover ;  and  it  has  been  observed  that  birds 
thus  driven  to  shelter  by  the  peregrine  falcon  are  so 
terrified,  that  rather  than  venture  again  on  wing  they 
will  allow  themselves  to  be  captured  by  the  hand. 
Even  the  black  cock  has  been  known  lo  be  thus 
taken.  Mr.  Thompson  says  the  strike  of  this  spe- 
cies is  more  fatal  than  its  clutch,  and  that  when 


Falcons.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


267 


flown  at  rooks  it  has  been  known  to  strike  down 
several  in  succession  before  alighting  to  prey  on 
one  ;  and  he  adds,  "  an  eye-witness  to  the  fact  as- 
sures me  that  he  once  saw  a  falcon  strike  down 
five  partridges  out  of  a  covey  one  after  the  other : 
but  such  occurrences  are  rare."  Mr.  Selby,  in  his 
'  British  Ornithology,'  gives  a  similar  instance  of 
daring  to  that  related  by  Mr.  Thompson,  from  the 
account  of  Mr.  Sinclair.  "  In  exercising  my  dogs 
upon  the  moors  previous  to  the  commencement  of 
the  shooting  season,  I  observed  a  large  bird  of  the 
hawk  genus  hovering  at  a  distance,  which  upon 
approaching  I  knew  to  be  a  peregrine  falcon.  Its 
attention  was  now  drawn  towards  the  dogs,  and  it 
accompanied  them  while  they  beat  the  surrounding 
ground.  Upon  their  having  found  and  sprung  a 
brood  of  grouse,  the  falcon  immediately  gave  chase 
and  struck  a  young  bird  before  they  had  proceeded 
far  upon  the  wing.  My  shouts  and  rapid  advance 
prevented  it  from  securing  its  prey.  The  issue  of 
this  attempt,  however,  did  not  deter  the  falcon, 
frorh  watching  our  subsequent  movements ;  and  an- 
other opportunity  soon  offering,  it  again  gave  chase 
and  struck  down  two  birds  by  two  rapidly  repeated 
blows,  one  of  which  it  secured  and  bore  off  in 
triumph."  The  flight  of  this  falcon  when  pursuing 
its  quarry  is  astonishingly  rapid.  Montagu  has 
reckoned  it  at  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  an  hour ; 
and  Colonel  Thornton,  an  expert  falconer,  estimated 
the  flight  of  one  in  pursuit  of  a  snipe  to  have  been 
nine  miles  in  eleven  minutes,  without  including  the 
frequent  turnings.  Audubon,  in  his  '  Birds  of  Ame- 
rica,' states  that  he  has  seen  this  falcon  come  at  the 
report  of  a  gun,  and  carry  off  a  teal  not  thirty  steps 
distant  from  the  sportsman  who  had  killed  it,  "  with 
a  daring  assurance  as  surprising  as  unexpected.'" 

This  singular  aptitude  in  the  wild  bird  to  join 
men  and  dogs  in  their  pursuit  of  game,  availing 
itself  of  their  assistance,  shows  at  once  the  little 
trouble,  comparatively  speaking,  requisite  for  re- 
claiming and  training  it.  A  knowledge  of  the 
service  rendered  by  dogs  and  men  in  putting  up 
game,  thereby  giving  it  the  opportunity  of  striking 
it,  is  intuitive.  In  disposition  it  is  confident  and 
docile ;  and  with  patience,  kind  treatment,  and 
proper  management,  its  training  is  soon  effected. 

The  peregrine  falcon  breeds  on  the  ledges  of  pre- 
cipitous rocks,  laying  four  eggs,  of  a  reddish-brown 
colour,  with  darker  blotches  and  variegations. 

With  respect  to  the  distribution  of  this  species  in 
America,  Dr.  Richardson,  who  describes  an  old  male 
from  Melville  Peninsula,  lat.  68^  N.,  says  ('  Fauna 
Boreali- Americana'),  "  The  peregrine  being  a  rare 
bird  in  the  wooded  districts  of  the  fur  countries 
where  the  trading-posts  are  established,  I  did  not 
procure  a  specimen  on  the  late  expeditions  ;  but  I 
have  frequently  seen  it  whilst  on  the  march  across 
the  Barren  Grounds.  Of  the  two  specimens  figured 
by  Edwards,  one  was  from  Hudson's  Bay  and  the 
other  was  caught  off  the  entrance  of  Hudson's 
Straits.  Captain  Parry  likewise  brought  home 
several  male  and  female  specimens  from  Mel- 
ville Peninsula,  some  of  which  are  preserved  in 
the  British  Museum.  It  is  a  summer  visiter  of  the 
northern  parts  of  America,  and  frequents  the  coasts 
of  the  Hudson's  Bay  and  the  Arctic  Sea,  with  the 
Barren  Grounds,  but  is  very  seldom  seen  in  the  in- 
terior. It  preys  habitually  on  the  long-tailed  ducks 
(Anas  glacialis),  which  breed  in  great  numbers  in 
the  arctic  regions,  arriving  in  June  and  departing 
in  September.  Captain  Parry  observed  it,  in  his 
second  voyage,  following  flocks  of  the  snow-bunting 
on  the  coast  of  Greenland,  near  Cape  Farewell.  It 
frequents  the  shores  of  New  .lersey  and  Pennsyl- 
vania in  the  winter,  and  is  celebrated  there  for  the 
havoc  it  makes  among  the  water-fowl.  Mr.  Ord 
states  that  the  ducks  which  are  struck  by  it  are 
lacerated  from  the  neck  to  the  rump ;  it  gives  the 
blow  in  passing,  and  returns  to  pick  up  its  bird." 
According  to  Captain  King,  it  is  found  at  the  Straits 
of  Magalhaens. 

Like  all  the  Falconidae,  this  bird  undergoes  suc- 
cessive variations  of  colouring  before  attaining  its 
permanent  livery.  When  young,  the  plumage  on 
the  back  inclines  to  rufous,  the  middle  of  each  fea- 
ther only  having  a  tint  of  deep  bluish  ash,  and  the 
under  parts  being  white,  with  brown  longitudinal 
dashes.  The  colouring  of  the  adult  is  as  follows : — 
Head  and  back  of  the  neck  blackish  lead  colour, 
which  colour,  as  it  extends  over  the  back,  assumes 
a  more  ashy  tinge ;  below  the  eye  is  a  large  trian- 
gular mark  of  dark  lead  colour,  pointing  down- 
wards, and  commonly  called  the  moustache — this 
mark  is  a  common  feature  in  many  others  of  the 
genus.  The  throat  and  breast  are  white,  with  a 
few  slender  dashes  of  brown ;  the  under  parts  are 
dirty  white,  with  fine  transverse  bars  of  brown. 
The  tail  is  alternately  barred  with  bluish  grey  and 
black.  Cere,  eyelids,  and  tarsi  yellow ;  iris  dark 
hazel  brown ;  claws  black. 

Fig.  1238  represents  a  peregrine  falcon  about  to 
strike  a  partridge ;  Fig.  1239,  "  a  hawk  on  fist," 
with  hood  and  bells;   Figs.  1240,  1241,  1242,  1243, 


1244,  and  1245,  are  illustrative  of  the  not  yet  ex- 
ploded practice  of  Falconry ;  an  art  which  in  former 
days  engaged  the  most  earnest  attention,  and  is 
still  a  common  amusement  among  the  Turks,  in 
some  parts  of  Asia  Minor,  among  the  Persians,  Cir- 
cassians, and  the  wandering  hordes  of  Turkomans 
and  Tartars.  Hawking  appears  to  have  been  in- 
troduced into  England  fiom  the  North  of  Europe 
during  the  fourth  century.  Our  Saxon  ancestors 
became  passionately  fond  of  the  sport,  but  do  not 
appear  to  have  made  great  progress  in  the  art  of 
training  the  birds.  In  the  eighth  century,  one  of 
the  kings  of  that  race  caused  a  letter  to  be  written 
to  Winifred,  Archbishop  of  Mons,  begging  the  dig- 
nitary to  send  him  some  falcons  that  had  been  well 
trained  to  kill  cranes.  The  month  of  October  was 
more  particularly  devoted  to  that  sport  by  the 
Saxons.  We  are  indebted  to  our  fierce  invaders 
the  Danes  for  many  improvements  in  Falconry. 
Denmark  and  still  more  Norway  were  always  cele- 
brated for  their  breeds  of  hawks,  and  the  natives  of 
these  countries  had  attained  an  extraordinary  de- 
gree of  skill  in  the  art  of  training  them.  In  the 
eleventh  century,  when  Canute,  King  of  Denmark 
and  Norway,  ascended  the  English  throne,  the  sport 
became  more  prevalent.  We  are  not  aware  of  what 
restrictions  were  imposed  under  the  Saxon  or  Danish 
monarchs,  but  after  the  conquest  by  William  of 
Normandy  none  but  persons  of  the  highest  rank 
were  allowed  to  keep  hawks.  Cruel  laws  with  re- 
spect to  fieid-sports  were  framed  and  rigorously 
executed  by  the  first  princes  of  our  Norman  dynasty. 
According  to  the  liberal  views  of  those  times,  the 
people  were  held  utterly  unworthy  of  partaking 
anything  except  the  air  of  heaven  in  common  with 
their  noble  oppressors.  The  life  of  a  serf  was  of  less 
value  in  the  eyes  of  a  Norman  baron  than  that  of 
a  buck,  a  hound,  or  a  hawk  :  and  in  those  days  the 
mass  of  what  we  now  call  the  people  were  serfs  and 
slaves.  As  to  the  keeping  of  falcons,  the  great  ex- 
pense attending  it  put  it  entirely  out  of  the  power 
of  the  commonalty,  but  the  prohibitive  Norman 
law  was  probably  meant  at  first  to  extend  to  such 
of  the  Saxon  landholders  as  were  rich  and  remained 
free,  but  had  no  rank  or  nobility  according  to  the 
conqueror's  estimation.  In  the  days  of  John,  how- 
ever, every  freeman  was  most  liberally  permitted  to 
have  eyries  of  hawks,  falcons,  eagles,  and  herons 
in  his  own  iroods.  In  the  year  1481  was  printed 
the  '  Book  of  St.  Albans,'  by  Juliana  Berners,  sister 
of  Lord  Berners  and  prioress  of  the  nunnery  of 
Sopewell.  It  consisted  of  two  tracts,  one  on  hawk- 
ing, the  other  on  heraldry.  The  noble  dame  ob- 
tained from  her  giatelul  contemporaries  the  praise 
of  being  "  a  second  Minerva  in  her  studies,  and 
another  Diana  in  her  diversions."  Her  subject  was 
well  chos^en ;  hawking  was  then  the  standing  pas- 
time of  the  noble,  and  the  lady  abbess  treated  it  in 
the  manner  the  most  likely  to  please.  The  book 
became  to  falconers  what  Hoyle's  has  since  become 
to  whist-players ;  but  the  Dame  Juliana's  had  more- 
over the  merit  of  paying  proper  homage  to  the 
jealous  distinctions  between  man  and  man,  as  then 
established.  According  to  the  '  Book  of  St.  Albans' 
there  was  a  nice  adaptation  of  the  different  kinds  of 
falcons  to  ditt'erent  ranks.  Thus,  such  species  of 
hawks  were  for  kings,  and  could  not  be  used  by  any 
person  of  inferior  dignity  ; — such  for  princes  of  the 
blood,  such  others  for  the  duke  and  great  lord,  and 
so  on,  down  to  the  knave  or  servant.  In  all,  there 
were  fifteen  grades ;  but  whether  this  number  was 
so  small  owing  to  the  species  of  birds,  or  because 
it  included  all  the  factitious  divisions  of  society 
then  recognised,  we  cannot  well  determine.  We 
have  too  much  respect  for  the  patience  of  our 
readers  to  follow  the  dame  through  all  her  direc- 
tions, to  which  additions  have  been  made  in  the 
fifteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries.  We  would 
rather  accompany  the  trained  hawks  into  the  field. 
Strut,  in  his  industrious  work  on  the  '  Sports  and 
Pastimes  of  the  English,'  gives  one  or  two  engrav- 
ings, from  very  old  pictures,  representing  ladies 
followed  by  dogs,  and  running  on  foot,  with  their 
hawks  on  their  fists,  to  cast  them  off  at  game.  In- 
deed, John  of  Salisbury,  who  wrote  in  the  thirteenth 
century,  says  that  the  women  even  excelled  the 
men  in  the  knowledge  and  practice  of  falconry, 
whence  he  ungallantly  takes  occasion  to  call  the 
sport  itself  frivolous  and  effeminate.  Taken  alto- 
gether, however,  a  hunting  party  of  this  kind,  com- 
posed of  knights  and  dames,  mounted  on  their 
piaffing  manege  horses, 

"  Ryding  on  hawkini;  by  the  river. 
With  ffrey  gosliawk  in  hand,'*  * 

and  with  their  train  of  falconers,  in  appropriate  cos- 
tume, and  their  well-broken  dogs,  and  the  silver 
music  of  the  bells,  mingled  with  a  variety  of  other 
sounds,  must  have  been  a  pleasant  enough  scene  to 
behold,  or  to  form  part  of. 

For  most  species  of  game,  it  appears  that  spaniels, 
cockers,  or  other  dogs  were  required  to  rouse  the 
birds  to  wing.    When  at  a  proper  elevation,  the 


hawk,  being  freed  from  his  head-gear,  was  cast  off 
from  the  sportsman's  fist,  with  a  loud  whoop  to 
encourage  her.  But  here  great  science  was  re- 
quired ;  and  it  was  frequently  made  matter  of 
anxious  and  breathless  debate  as  to  whether  the  far 
jettee  or  the  jettee  serre  should  be  adopted.  These 
terms,  like  many  more  employed  in  those  days  in 
hawking  and  hunting,  were  derived  from  the  French. 
Jeter  signifies  to  throw  or  cast  off.  The  far  jettee 
meant  to  cast  off  the  hawk  at  a  distance  from  the 
quarry  it  was  to  pursue  ;  and  the  jettee  serre  to  fly 
it  as  near  to  the  bird,  or  as  soon  after  the  destined 
prey  had  taken  wing,  as  possible.  But  many  con- 
siderations were  involved  in  these  decisions: — the 
species  of  the  quarry,  the  peculiar  properties  of 
the  hawk  on  hand  at  the  time, — the  nature  of  the 
country, — the  force  and  direction,  of  the  wind,  and 
numerous  other  circumstances,  had  to  be  duly 
pondered. 

When  the  hawk  was  cast  off,  it  flew  in  the  di- 
rection of  the  game,  and  endeavoured  to  surmount 
it,  or  get  above  it,  in  its  flight.  To  obtain  this 
advantage,  when  herons  and  other  birds  strong  on 
the  wing  were  pursued,  the  hawk  was  obliged  to 
have  recourse  to  scaling,  or  ascending  the  air  by 
performing  a  succession  of  small  circles,  each  going 
higher  and  higher,  like  the  steps  of  a  winding  cork- 
screw staircase.  In  whatever  way  it  was  performed 
this  was  called  "  the  mount."  At  times,  both  the 
pursuer  and  pursued  would  fly  so  high  as  almost 
to  be  lost  in  the  clouds.  When  the  hawk  reached 
a  proper  elevation  above  the  game,  she  shot  down 
upon  it  with  all  her  force  and  velocity,  and  this 
descent  was  technically  called  "  the  stoop,"  or  "  the 
swoop."  John  Shaw,  Master  of  Arts,  of  Cambridge, 
who  published  a  strange  book  called  '  Speculum 
Mundi '  (The  World's  Looking-glass),  in  that  learned 
city,  in  163.5,  informs  us  that  llie  heron,  or  hernsaw, 
"  is  a  large  Ibwie  that  liveth  about  waters,"  and  that 
hath  a  marvellous  hatred  to  the  hawk,  which  hatred 
is  duly  returned.  "When  Ihey  fight  above  in  the 
air,  they  labour  both  especially  for  this  one  thing, 
that  one  may  ascend  and  be  above  the  other.  Now 
if  the  hawk  getteth  the  upper  place,  he  overthroweth 
and  vanquisheth  the  heron  with  a  marvellous  earn- 
est flight."  It  should  seem,  however,  that  this  was 
not  always  the  case,  and  that  the  heron  sometimes 
received  the  hawk  on  its  long  sharp  bill,  and  so 
transfixed  and  killed  her.  When  the  hawk  closed 
or  grappled  with  her  prey  (which  was  called  bind- 
ing in  falconry),  they  generally  tumbled  down 
from  the  sky  together,  and  the  object  of  the  sports- 
man was,  either  by  running  on  foot  or  galloping  his 
horse,  to  get  to  the  spot  as  soon  as  they  should 
touch  the  earth,  in  order  to  assist  the  hawk  in  her 
struKgle  with  her  prey. 

We  believe  all  birds  of  the  Falcon  genus  nalu 
rally  strike  their  prey  with  their  talons,  or  claws; 
but  in  one  of  our  engravings  we  see  a  hawk  striking 
and  binding  a  wild  duck  with  her  beak.  So  correct 
a  delineator  as  Reidiiiger  was  not  likely  to  make  a 
mistake  ;  and  indeed  we  see  it  mentioned  in  one  of 
the  books  we  have  consulted,  that  a  hawk,  well  re- 
claimed and  enlured,  would  kill  the  smaller  game 
with  her  beak,  or  the  strong  percussion  of  her  breast- 
bone, and  then  hold  or  bind  it  with  her  beak 
(Fig.  1245). 

The  Falcons,  it  should  be  observed,  were  taken  into 
the  field  with  hoods  over  their  eyes,  and  with  little 
bells  on  their  legs  ;  and  the  sportsman  carried  a  lure, 
to  which  the  bird  had  been  taught  to  fly  by  being 
fed  regularly  upon  or  near  it,  with  fresh-killed 
meat.  "  When  the  hawk,"  says  Master  Gervase 
(1615),  is  "  passingly  reclaimed,  you  must  bring  her 
to  lure  by  easy  degrees ;  first  by  dainties,  making  her 
jump  upon  your  fist,  then  to  fall  upon  the  lure,  when 
held  out  to  it,  and  then  to  come  at  the  sound  of 
your  voice  ;  and  to  delight  her  the  more  with  the 
lure,  have  it  ever  garnished,  on  both  sides,  with  warm 
and  bloody  meat." 

These  lures  seem  to  have  been  of  various  sorts. 
In  very  old  times,  a  "  taburstycke,"  which  was 
merely  a  piece  of  wood  rounded  and  besmeared 
with  blood,  was  in  use  ;  bat  with  the  progress  of 
civilization,  a  better  lure,  called  a  "hawker,"  was 
introduced.  The  hawker  was  a  staff  about  twenty- 
two  inches  long,  cased  at  the  upper  part  with  iron, 
having  a  bell  "  rather  of  sullen  tone  than  musical," 
and  the  figure  of  a  bird,  with  outstretched  wings, 
carved  at  the  top.  When  this  instrument  was  agi- 
tated, a  reclaimed  hawk  would  descend  to  it  from 
the  clouds;  but  we  believe,  for  a  bird  of  the  highest 
training,  nothing  more  was  required  than  to  shake 
the  tassellcd  hood  we  see  in  the  hand  of  the  sports- 
man. Fig.  1243,  and  to  use  the  voice. 

"  Oh  !  for  a  falconer's  voice,  to  lure  this  tassel  gentle  back  again" 

is  put  by  Shakspere  into  the  mouth  of  Juliet,  and 
the  same  delineator  of  nature  makes  Hamlet  ex- 
claim, by  way  of  answer  to  Horatio,  in  the  language 
of  the  falconer  calling  in  his  hawk,  "  Illo,  ho,  ho, 
boy!  come,  bird,  come  I"  It  may  interest  some 
to    hear,    that    in    the    twenty-seventti    year    ot 

2  M  2 


1241.— Going  to  the  Field. 


1S39.— Iliwk  on  Fist. 


1340.— Going  to  the  Field. 


.-^^SJ^:^^^-^- 


1->\N^^"^-' 


1!42.— Casting  off  the  Hawk. 


1238.— Peregrine  Falcon  and  Partridge 


"'^- 


•v<> 


1243,— Loring  the  Hawk. 


268 


1247.— Kestrel* 


laiP.— Bengal  FhIcoh. 


1246.— Merlins. 


^■ 


1245.— Htwking  Cm  Wild  Duclu. 


1844.- Death  of  the  Heron. 


269 


270 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Falcons 


his  reign,  Henry  VIII.  issued  a  proclamation  in 
order  to  preserve  thw  partridges,  pheasants,  and 
herons,  "from  hi*  palace  at  Westminster  to  St. 
Giless-in-the-Fields,  and  irom  thence  to  Islington, 
Hampstead,  Highi^ate,  and  Hornsey  Park."  Any 
person,  of  whatsoever  rank,  who  should  presume 
to  kill  or  in  anywise  molest  these  binis,  was  to  be 
thrown  into  prison,  and  visited  by  suc-h  other  punish- 
ments as  should  seem  meet  to  his  highness  the 
king 

It  is  worthy  of  remark  that  Henry  VIII.  removed 
the  royal  hawks  (which  had  been  kept  there  during 
many  reigns)  from  the  Mews  at  Charing  Cross,  and 
converted  that  place  into  stables.  According  to 
Stow,  the  king  of  England's  falcons  were  kept  at 
the  Mew»  in  Charing  Cross  as  early  as  1377,  or  the 
time  of  the  unhappy  Richard  II.  The  term  "  Mews," 
in  falconer's  language,  meant  strictly  a  place  where 
hawks  were  put  at  {he  moulting  season,  and  where 
they  cast  their  feathers.  The  name,  confirmed  by 
the  usage  of  so  long  a  period,  remained  to  the  build- 
ing at  Charing  Cross,  though  Henry  VIII.  had  so 
changed  its  destination  as  to  make  it  inapplicable. 
But  what,  however,  is  much  more  curious  is  this, — 
that  when  in  more  modern  times  the  people  of 
London  began  to  build  ranges  of  stabling  at  the 
back  of  their  streets  and  houses,  they  christened 
those  places  "  Mews,"  after  the  old  stabling  at  Cha- 
ring Cross,  which,  as  we  have  shown,  was  misnamed 
from  the  time  the  hawks  were  withdrawn  from  it. 
In  accidental  modes  like  this  many  an  old  word  is 
turned  from  its  original  meaning,  which  eventually 
'is  altogether  lost. 

The  old  travellers  Marco  Polo  and  Father  Ru- 
bruquis  give  graphic  descriptions  of  hawking  among 
the  Mongol  Tartars,  during  the  thirteenth  century, 
which  sport  was  conducted  in  a  style  of  barbaric 
magniticence.  The  Khan  had,  among  other  birds 
of  prey,  eagles  trained  to  stoop  at  wolves,  and  such 
■was  their  size  and  strength,  that  none,  however 
large,  could  escape  from  their  talons.  Recent  tia- 
vellers  in  Central  Asia  make  frequent  mention  of 
hawks  and  hawking.  Mr.  Johnson,  in  his  '  Indian 
Field-S ports,'  describes  the  sport  as  carried  on  by 
the  princes  and  nobles  of  India.  The  late  Sir  John 
Malcolm,  in  his  delightful  little  work  called  'Sketches 
of  Persia,'  also  gives  some  very  animated  descriptions 
of  these  sports.  He  frequently  partook  in  them 
during  his  journeys  and  embassies  to  the  court  of 
the  Shah.  In  speaking  of  his  stay  at  Abusheher  (a 
place  on  the  Persian  Gulf),  he  say?, —  "  The  hunts- 
men proceed  to  a  large  plain,  or  rather  desert,  near 
the  sea-side ;  they  have  hawks  and  greyhounds  ;  the 
hawks  carried  in  the  usual  manner  on  the  hand  of 
the  huntsman ;  the  dogs  led  in  a  leash  by  a  horse- 
man, generally  the  same  who  carries  the  hawk. 
When  an  antelope  is  seen,  they  endeavour  to  get  as 
near  as  possible ;  but  the  animal,  the  moment  it 
observes  them,  goes  off  at  a  rate  that  seems  swifter 
than  the  wind :  the  horsemen  are  instantly  at  full 
speed,  having  slipped  the  dogs.  If  it  is  a  single  deer, 
they  at  the  same  time  fly  the  hawks  :  but  if  a  herd, 
they  wait  till  the  dogs  have  fixed  on  a  particular 
antelope.  The  hawks,  skimming  along  near  the 
ground,  soon  reach  the  deer,  at  whose  head  they 
pounce  in  succession,  and  sometimes  with  a  violence 
that  knocks  it  over.  At  all  events  they  confuse  the 
animal  so  much  as  to  stop  its  speed  in  such  a  degree 
that  the  dogs  can  come  up;  and  in  an  instant,  men, 
horses,  dogs,  and  hawks  surround  the  unlortunate 
deer,  against  which  their  united  efforts  have  been 
combined.  The  part  of  the  chase  that  surprised 
me  most  was  the  extraordinary  combination  of  the 
hawks  and  the  dogs,  which  tKroughout  seemed  to 
look  to  each  other  for  aid.  This,  I  was  told,  was 
the  result  of  long  and  skilful  training. 

"The  antelope  is  supposed  to  be  the  fleetest 
quadruped  on  earth,  and  the  rapidity  of  the  first 
burst  of  the  chase  I  have  described  is  astonishing. 
The  run  seldom  exceeds  three  or  four  miles,  and 
often  is  not  half  so  much.  A  fawn  is  an  easy  vic- 
tory ;  the  doe  often  runs  a  good  chase  ;  and  the  buck 
is  seldom  taken.  The  Arabs  are  indeed  afraid  to 
fly  their  hawks  at  a  buck,  as  these  fine  birds,  in 
pouncing,  at  times  impale  themselves  on  its  sharp 
horns. 

"The  hawks  used  in  this  sport  are  of  a  species  I 
have  never  seen  in  any  other  country.  This  breed, 
which  is  called  Cherkh,  is  not  large,  but  of  great 
beauty  and  symmetry.   •    •    » 

"The  novelty  of  these  amusements  interested 
me ;  and  I  was  pleased,  on  accompanying  a  party 
to  a  village,  about  twenty  miles  from  Abusheher,  to 
see  a  species  of  hawking  peculiar,  I  believe,  to  the 
sandy  plains  of  Persia,  on  which  the  Hubara,  a  noble 
species  of  bustard,  is  found  on  almost  bare  plains, 
where  it  has  no  shelter  but  a  small  shrub  called 
geetuck.  When  we  went  in  quest  of  them,  we 
v/ere  a  party  of  about  twenty,  all  well  mounted. 
Two  kinds  of  hawks  are  necessary  for  this  sport ; 
the  first,  the  cherkh  (the  same  which  is  flown  at 
the  antelope),  attacks  them  on  the  ground,  but  will 
not  follow  them  on  the  wing ;  for  this  reason,  the 


Bhyree,  a  hawk  well  known  in  India,  is  flown  the 
moment  the  hubara  rises. 

"As  we  rode  along,  in  an  extended  line, the  men 
who  carried  the  cherkhs  every  now  and  then  un- 
hooded  and  held  them  up,  that  they  might  look 
over  the  plain.  The  first  hubara  we  found  afforded 
us  a  proof  of  the  astonishing  uuickness  of  sight  of 
one  of  the  hawks;  she  fluttered  to  be  looiie,  and  the 
man  who  held  her  gave  a  whoop  as  he  threw  her  off 
his  hand,  and  then  set  off  at  full  speed.  We  all  did 
the  same.  At  first  we  only  saw  our  hawk  skimming 
over  the  plain,  but  soon  perceived,  at  the  distance 
of  more  than  a  mile,  the  beautiful  speckled  hubara, 
with  his  head  erect  and  wings  outspread,  running 
forwaid  to  meet  his  adversary.  The  cherkh  made 
several  unsuccessful  pounces,  which  were  either 
evaded  or  repelled  by  the  beak  or  wings  of  the 
hubara,  which  at  last  lound  an  opportunity  of  rising, 
when  a  bhyree  was  instantly  flown,  and  the  whofe 
party  were  again  at  full  gallop.  We  had  a  flight  of 
more  than  a  mile,  when  the  hubara  alighted  and 
was  killed  by  another  cherkh,  who  attacked  him  on 
the  ground.  This  bird  weighed  ten  pounds.  We 
killed  several  others,  but  were  not  always  successful, 
having  seen  our  hawks  twice  completely  beaten 
during  the  two  days  that  we  followed  this  fine 
sport." 

To  those  who  wish  to  enter  more  fully  into  the 
mysteries  of  hawking,  we  recommend  Turbevill 
among  the  old  writers,  and  Sir  John  Sebright 
('  Observations  on  Hawking')  as  the  best  modern 
authority  on  the  subject. 

1246.— Thk  Merlin 

(^Falco'JEsalon).  This  small  but  beautiful  and  high- 
spirited  falcon  is  a  native  of  Europe,  and  breeds  in 
our  British  Islands ;  Mr.  Selby  has  found  its  nest 
frequently  in  the  upland  moors  of  Northumberland. 
Dr.  Heysham  mentions  three  instances  that  came 
to  his  knowledge  of  merlins'  nests  in  Cumberland, 
where  he  says  the  bird  remains  all  the  year.  It 
breeds  in  several  parts  of  Wales,  and,  according  to 
Mr.  Eyton,  on  the  mountain  of  Cader  Idris.  It  is 
indigenous  in  Ireland,  breeding  on  the  mountains  of 
Londonderry,  Mourne  (Down),  Claggan  (Antrim), 
Clonmel  (Tipperary),  Youghal  (Cork),  and  other 
places.  The  nest  is  loosely  made  upon  the  ground 
among  the  heath.  Larks,  thrushes,  fieldfares,  and 
partridges  constitute  the  prey  of  this  species,  which 
it  strikes  with  great  address.  According  to  Mr. 
Thompson,  it  Irequents  the  sea-shore  in  pursuit  of 
dunlins  (Tringa  variabilis),  which  it  has  been  seen 
to  kill. 

Merlins  were  formerly  used  in  the  field,  and,  as 
the  author  of  the  '  Book  of  Falconrie  '  says,  they 
become  "  passing  good  hawkes  and  verie  skilful  ; 
their  property  by  nature  is  to  kill  thrushes,  larks, 
and  partridges.  They  flee  with  greater  fierceness 
and  more  hotely  than  any  other  hawke  of  prey. 
They  are  of  greater  pleasure,  and  full  of  courage, 
but  a  man  must  make  greater  care,  and  take  good 
heed  to  them,  for  they  are  such  busie  and  unniely 
things  with  their  beakes,  as  divera  times  they  eate 
off  their  own  feet  and  tallons  very  unnatuially,  so 
as  they  die  of  it.  And  this  is  the  ita^on  and  true 
cause,  that  seldom  or  never  shall  you  see  a  mewed 
or  entermewed  merlyn.  For  that  in  the  mew  they 
do  spoyle  themselves,  as  I  have  before  declared." 
Sir  J.  Sebright  says  that  the  merlin  will  take  black- 
birds and  thrushes,  and  that  he  may  be  made  to 
wait  on— that  is,  hover  near  till  the  bird  be  pursued 
and  started  again  ;  "  and  though  a  merlin  will  kill  a 
partridge,  they  are  not  strong  enough  to  be  effective 
in  the  field."     ('  Observations  on  Hawking.') 

From  its  habit  of  sitting  on  a  bare  stone,  or  por- 
tion of  rock,  on  the  mountain  moorlands,  this  bird 
has  acquired  the  name  of  Stone  Falcon,  Rochier 
and  Faucon  de  roche  of  the  French,  and  Stein- 
falke  of  the  Germans.  Tlie  general  plumage  of  the 
young  is  brown;  when  fully  adult,  the  back  and 
v/ings  are  of  a  bluish-ash  colour,  each  feather 
haying  a  central  dash  of  black ;  the  under  parts 
are  rufous,  with  oblong  blackish  spots.  Length  of 
male  eleven  inches,  of  female  twelve  inches  and  a 
half.  The  female  resembles  the  immature  male  in 
having  a  brown  plumage.  The  eggs,  four  in  num- 
ber, are  reddish-brown,  mottled  with  a  deeper  tint. 

1247.— The  Kestrel 

(Falco  Tinmmcvlus).  This  falcon,  often  called 
Windhover,  Stannel,  and  Stonegall,  is  very  com- 
mon in  our  islands,  and  is  spread  over  Europe, 
Asia,  and  Africa.  This  probably  is  the  Kiyxp^'  of 
Aristotle,  and  the  Tinnunculus  of  the  Latins  (Pliny 
'Nat.  Hist.,'x.  37).  It  is  the  Foutivento,  Canibello, 
Tristunculo,  Acertello  Falchetto  di  Torre,  Gheppio, 
and  Gavinello  ol  the  modern  Italians ;  Cercrelle, 
Quercerelle,  Cresserelle,  and  Epervier  des  Alouettes, 
of  the  French ;  Turmfaike,  Roethel-Keyer,  Mause- 
falke,  Winewachl,  Rittl-weyer,  and  Wannen-weher 
of  the  Germans ;  Kyrko-falk  of  the  Swedes ;  and 
Cudyll  coch  of  the  ancient  British. 
The  kestrel  is  a  bird  of  considerable  powers  of 


[  flight,  but,  unlike  the  little  merlin,  seldom  fak-'s  it& 
I  prey  in  the  air  ;  unless,  indeed,  when  it  gives  chase 
to  insects,  as  the  cockchafer,  &c.,  for  it  is  chiefly 
on  mice,  frogs,  &c.  that  it  feeds.  Mr.  Selby,  in. 
deed,  says  that  bird-catchers  have  seen  it  making  a 
dash  at  their  decoy-birds,  and  that  he  has  himself 
caught  it  in  a  trap  baited  with  a  bird  ;  and  Mr. 
Thompson  ('  Birds  of  Ireland,'  '  Mag.  Zool.  and 
Botan.,'  vol.  ii.  p.  57)  says,  that  though  it  is  gene- 
rally pursued  by  swallows,  he  once  saw  it  the 
pursuer.  "  On  September  22,  1832,  when  walking 
with  a  friend  in  the  garden  at  Wolfhill,  near  Bel- 
fast, a  male  kestrel  in  full  pursuit  of  a  swallow  ap- 
peared in  sight  over  the  hedgerow,  and  continuing 
the  chase  with  extreme  ferocity,  lost  not  the  least 
way  by  the  swallow's  turnings,  but  kept  within  a 
foot  of  it  all  the  time,  at  one  moment  passing  within 
five  or  six  yards  of  our  heads.  It  is  idle  to  conjec- 
ture how  long  the  foray  may  have  lasted  before  we 
witnessed  it,  but  immediately  on  the  kestrel's  giving 
up  the  chase,  the  swallow,  nothing  daunted,  be- 
caAie  again,  accompanied  by  many  of  its  species, 
the  pursuer  and  tormentor,  and  so  continued  till 
they  all  disappeared.  The  kestrel  was  probably 
forced  to  this  chase  by  the  particular  annoyance  of 
the  swallows,  they  and  the  martins  being  more 
numerous  this  day  at  Wolfhill  than  they  had  been 
during  the  season."  It  is  thus  that  the  large  white- 
headed  eagle  is  teased  by  the  little  king-bird  or 
tyrant  flycatcher  (Tyrannus  intrepidus),  and  even 
forces  him  to  retreat.  The  kestrel,  as  the  same 
writer  states,  has  been  so  far  trained  by  Mr.  W. 
Sinclaire  as  to  attend  and  soar  above  him  like  the 
peregrine  falcon,  and  fly  at  small  birds  let  off  from 
the  hand. 

This  species  is  often  seen  high  in  the  air,  with 
outspread  tail  and  winnowing  pinions,  suspended 
over  one  spot ;  its  keen  eye  is  surveying  with  care- 
ful scrutiny  the  ground  below — not  a  mouse,  nor  a 
frog,  nor  a  lark  on  her  nest,  escapes  its  glance  ; 
having  fixed  upon  its  victim,  down  it  drops,  clutches 
its  prize,  and  flies  rapidly  to  its  usual  haunt.  The 
destruction  of  field-mice  by  the  kestrel  ought  to 
recommend  it  to  the  farmer,  especially  as  it  attacks 
neither  pigeons  nor  poultry ;  unfortunately  it  is 
often  contbunded  by  the  ignorant  with  the  fierce 
sparrow-hawk  (indeed  we  have  generally  heard  it 
so  called),  which  will  devastate  the  dovecote  and 
pounce  upon  young  chickens. 

The  kestrel  generally  usurps  the  nest  of  a  crow  or 
magpie  in  which  to  lay  its  eggs  and  rear  its  young. 
It  breeds  also  on  inland  and  marine  clift's,  church 
towers,  &c.  We  have  many  times  seen  it  fly  in 
and  out  of  the  fissures  of  the  perpendicular  lime- 
stone rocks  of  the  Peak  of  Derbyshire,  and  about 
Buxton.  The  eggs  are  four  in  number,  pale  red- 
dish brown,  mottled  with  a  darker  tint.  The  co- 
louring is  as  follows  : — 

Male.—  To-p  of  the  head  bluish  grey  ;  upper  parts 
reddish  brown,  regularly  sprinkled  with  angular 
black  spots;  lower  parts  white,  slightly  tinged  with 
reddish  and  wita  oblong  brown  spots;  tail  ash- 
coloured,  with  a  wide  black  band  towards  its  ex- 
tremity, and  terminated  with  white ;  bill  bluish  ; 
cere,  space  around  the  eyes,  iris,  and  feet  yellow. 
Length  about  fourteen  inches. 

Female. — Larger  than  the  male  ;  all  the  upper 
parts  of  a  brighter  reddish  ;  lower  parts  yellowish 
rusty,  with  oblong  black  spot ;  tail  reddish,  with 
nine  or  ten  nairow  black  bands,  and  with  a  large 
band  of  that  colour  near  its  extremity,  which  is 
terminated  with  reddish  white. 

The  Yoiatg  have  the  top  of  the  head,  the  nape, 
and  the  mantle  brown-rusty  streaked  with  blacK  ; 
these  streaks  form  the  angle  of  the  back  ;  on  the 
first  quills  are  seven  reddish  and  whitish  spots  ;  tail 
reddish,  undulated  with  grey-a.-h  and  tiansveisely 
striped  as  in  the  female  :  throat  reddish  vvhite :  at 
the  opening  of  the  bill  a  small  black  stripe  vvhich  is 
prolonged  on  the  upper  part  of  the  neck  ;  the  rest 
of  the  lower  parts  whitish-rusty  with  oblong  black 
spots  ;  iris  brown  ;  cere  yellowish  green. 

1348.— The  Bengal  Falcon 

(Hierax  atrtdescens).  Allapof  the  Javanese  ;  Falco 
Bengalensis,  Brisson.  This  beautiful  little  falcon  is 
generically  distinguished  by  the  edge  of  the  upper 
mandible  being  bidentate,  and  the  tarsi  scutellated 
anteriorly.  (See  Fig.  1249,  the  Head  ana  Foot.)  It 
is  a  native  of  Java,  and  also,  as  it  is  stated,  of  Bengal. 
Small  as  it  is,  for  it  does  not  exceed  six  and  a  half 
inches  in  length,  it  is  nevertheless  bold  and  active, 
and  pursues  prey  equal  to  itself  in  size  with  great 
determination.  Its  general  colour  above  is  glossy 
bluish  black ;  forehead,  throat,  breast,  and  a  line 
continued  from  the  bill  over  the  eye  down  the  sides 
of  the  neck,  white  with  a  lerruginous  tint.  Under 
parts  ferruginous ;  plumes  of  thighs  long  and  silky  ; 
wings  reaching  only  half-way  down  the  tail. 

HAWKS. 

Beak  short,  hooked  from  the  base;  wings  short; 
fourth  quill-feather  the  longest.    Though  the  hawks 


Hawks.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


271 


differ  in  flight  and  their  mode  of  attacking  their 
prey  from  the  falcons,  they  are  equally  daring  and 
impetuous,  and  one  in  particular,  the  goshawk,  was 
among  the  most  valued  of  the  falconer's  birds ;  it 
was  termed  "  falcon  gentil,"  and  was  flown  at  phea- 
sants, wild  geese,  and  even  hares.  Instead  of  soar- 
ino'  after  the  manner  of  the  true  falcons,  the  short- 
winged  hawks,  as  the  falconer  calls  them,  dart  along 
with  arrow-like  impetuosity  in  pursuit  of  their  prey, 
threading  woods,  glens,  and  ravines;  they  strike  it 
obliquely,  overtaking  it  by  their  swiftness,  and 
clutching  it  in  their  talons,  bear  it  of  in  triumph. 

1250.— The  Laughing  Hawk 

{DcBdalion  cachinnans).  Head  and  Foot.  In  this 
genus  the  beak  is  short,  the  tarsi  moderate,  and  re- 
ticulated anteriorly.  This  species,  which  is  a  na- 
tive of  South  America,  has  obtained  its  specific 
name  from  its  peculiar  cry.  It  tenants  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  lakes  or  sheets  of  water,  and  lives  upon 
reptiles  and  fish.  Its  general  plumage  is  white ; 
ttie  backs  and  wings,  and  the  space  round  the  eyes 
with  a  nuchal  intervening  bjind,  being  brown  ;  head 
crested.     It  is  the  Nacagua  of  Azara. 

1251.— The  Sparrow-Hawk 

(Accipiter  fringillarius).  Generic  characters  of 
Accipiter :  — beak  short;  nostril  suboval ;  tarsi 
elongated,  smooth,  anteriorly  scutellated.  (Fig. 
1252,  Head  and  Foot  of  Sparrow-hawk.) 

The  Sparrow-hawk  is  L'Epervier  of  the  French  ; 
Falco  palombino  and  Sparviere  da  fringuelli  of  the 
Italians ;  die  Sperber  of  the  Germans ;  Sparfhoek 
of  the  '  Fauna  Suecica ;'  Falco  Nisus  of  Linnaeus  ; 
and  Gwepia  of  the  ancient  British. 

This  species  is  notorious  for  its  destructiveness 
and  daring.  It  is  spread  throughout  the  whole  of 
Europe,  and  is  common  in  the  wooded  parts  of  our 
-islands  ;  and  is  well  known  as  one  of  the  terrors  of 
the  farm-yard.  The  female,  which  much  exceeds 
the  male  in  size,  is  fatal  to  partridges  and  pigeons. 
The  sparrow-hawk  flies  low,  skimming  with  great 
rapidity,  and  pounces  on  its  prey  with  unerring  aim ; 
in  the  days  of  falconry  it  was  accounted  the  best 
bird  for  landrails. 

This  hawk  builds  in  trees  and  thorn  bushes, 
making  a  shallow  flat  nest  of  twigs :  occasionally  it 
occupies  the  deserted  nest  of  a  crow,  and  in  the 
Orkneys  it  breeds  on  the  rocks  and  sea-cliffs.  The 
eggs,  five  in  number,  are  of  a  whitish  tint,  blotched 
at  the  larger  end  with  reddish  brown.  In  a  nest 
axamined  by  Mr.  Selby  were  found  a  lapwing,  two 
blackbirds,  a  thrush,  and  two  green  linnets,  recently 
killed.  No  hawk  is  more  pertinacious  in  the  pur- 
suit of  its  quarry  than  the  sparrow-hawk ;  it  has 
been  known  to  follow  its  terrified  prey  through 
open  windows,  into  rooms,  barns,  and  churches,  un- 
deterred by  the  presence  of  man.  The  male  mea- 
sures about  twelve  inches  in  length.  The  upper 
parts  are  of  a  dark  bluish  ash-colour  ;  the  cheeks, 
throat,  and  chest  rufous,  which  colour  breaks  into 
obscure  bars  as  it  proceeds  to  the  under  surface  ; 
beak  blue-black,  cere  greenish  yellow,  tarsi  yellow, 
and  tail  greyish  brown,  with  three  transverse  dusky 
bands.  The  female  is  fifteen  inches  in  length  ;  the 
upper  surface  is  of  a  browner  tinge  than  in  the 
males,  and  the  throat  and  under  parts  are  greyish 
white,  the  former  having  small  longitudinal  dashes, 
the  latter  regular  transverse  bars  of  reddish  brown. 
The  young  differ  very  considerably  in  having  the 
general  plumage  brown,  the  feathers  at  the  back  of 
the  neck  and  the  scapularies  being  blotched  with 
white,  and  the  under  parts  yellowish  white,  with 
irregular  longitudinal  dashes  of  brown.  The  nest- 
lings are  at  first  covered  with  snow-white  down. 

1253. — The  Chanting  Hawk 

(^Accipiter  musicus)  ;  Falco  musicus,  Daudin.  It  is 
somewhat  strange  to  find  a  song-bird  among  the 
feathered  tyrants  of  the  air,  whose  cries  are  in 
general  wild,  shrill,  and  discordant.  The  present 
species,  however,  is  an  exception,  and  stands  pre- 
eminent and  alone,  the  minstrel  of  its  race.  It  is, 
as  Cuvier  says,  "  the  only  known  bird  of  prey  which 
sings  agreeably."  In  size  it  equals  a  goshawk  ;  its 
plumage  is  grey  above,  white  barred  with  brown 
on  the  lower  part  of  the  back  and  on  the  under 
parts  of  the  body.  It  is  a  native  of  Africa,  and 
revs  upon  large  birds,  hares,  and  other  animals ;  it 
uilds  in  trees.  According  to  Le  Vail  lant,  it  "utters 
its  strain  every  morning  and  evening,  and  not  un- 
commonly continues  it  the  whole  night ;  each  strain 
is  continued  in  a  loud  tone  for  more  than  a  minute, 
and  after  a  pause  it  begins  anew.  While  it  is  sing- 
ing, it  is  so  regardless  of  its  safety  that  any  one 
may  approach  very  near  it ;  but  at  other  times  it  is 
suspicious,  and  takes  to  flight  on  the  slightest 
alarm."     ('  Oiseaux  d'Afrique,'  i.  120.) 

12.54. — The  Goshawk 
(Aatur  palumbarius) .     The  genus  Astur  differs  from 
Accipiter  in  the  proportionate  shortness  of  the  tarsi. 


bi 


This  beautiful  and  high-spirited  hawk  is  the 
Autour  and  Atour  of  the  French ;  Astore  (Zinan) 
and  Girifalco  (Bonaparte) ;  Sparviere  da  columbe 
and  Sparviere  Terzuolo  of  the  Italians;  Grosser 
gepfeilter  Falck  and  Hunerhabicht  of  the  Germans ; 
Hebog  Marthin  of  the  ancient  British. 

The  Goshawk  is  rare  in  the  British  Islands,  but  is 
more  abundant  in  the  forest  districts  of  the  Conti- 
nent, inhabiting  Denmark,  Sweden,  Russia,  and 
Switzerland,  France,  and  Germany.  It  extends  also 
into  Asia. 

Mr.  Yarrell  says,  "The  few  that  are  used  for 
hawking  are  obtained  from  the  Continent.  Colonel 
Thornton,  who  kept  them  constantly  in  Yorkshire, 
procured  some  of  his  specimens  from  Scotland.  Dr. 
Moore,  in  his  catalogue  of  the  birds  of  Devonshire, 
says  that  it  is  found  occasionally  in  Dartmoor,  but 
I  can  find  no  record  of  its  appearance  farther  west 
in  England,  nor  any  notice  of  it  in  Ireland.  A  fine 
adult  male  was  trapped  by  a  gamekeeper  in  Suffolk, 
in- March,  1843;  and  Mr.  Dsubleday,  of  Epping, 
has  sent  me  word  that  he  received  a  young  bird 
from  Norfolk  in  the  spring  of  the  same  year.  Mr. 
Selby  mentions  that  he  had  never  seen  a  recent 
specimen  south  of  the  Tweed,  but  states  that  it  is 
known  to  breed  in  the  forest  of  Rothiemurcus,  and 
on  the  wooded  banks  of  the  Dee.  Mr.  Low  says 
that  this  species  is  pretty  frequent  in  Orkney ;  but 
as  he  speaks  of  it  in  connexion  with  sea-beaten 
rocks  without  shelter  or  woods,  is  there  not  reason  to 
suspect  that  Mr.  Low  was  mistaken,  and  that  the 
birds  he  saw  were  peregrine  falcons  ?— the  more  so  as 
several  recent  visitors  to  these  northern  islands  have 
observed  peregrines,  but  no  goshawks."  ('  British 
Birds.')  Prince  Bonaparte  has  noted  the  goshawk 
as  not  common  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Rome. 

The  goshawk  frequents  the  deep  solitudes  of 
forests,  preying  upon  hares,  squirrels,  and  the  larger 
kinds  of  birds.  It  makes  its  nest  in  lofty  trees,  pre- 
ferring, it  is  said,  the  fir,  laying  three  bluish  white 
eggs  marked  with  reddish  brown.  The  flight  of 
this  hawk  is  low  and  rapid,  and  it  strikes  its  prey  as 
it  skims  along,  with  terrible  force  ;  but  should  the 
quarry  take  to  covert  and  there  conceal  itself,  it 
ceases  pursuit,  and  waits  in  patience  on  some  perch 
commanding  a  view  of  the  spot,  till  the  game  takes 
wing.  In  this  way  it  will  remain  hour  after  hour 
on  the  watch  :  and  an  instance  is  on  record  of  a 
trained  goshawk  which  drove  a  pheasant  to  cover 
one  evening,  remaining  stationary  till  ten  the  next 
morning,  when,  on  the  falconers  finding  her  and 
taking  her  away,  the  poor  pheasant,  which  all  that 
time  had  not  dared  to  stir,  but  had  remained  fixed 
to  the  place  under  the  influence  of  terror,  at  once 
took  wing  and  flew  off. 

A  full-grown  female  goshawk  can  secure  a  hare 
with  ease.    With  regard  to  using  these  birds,  the 
late  Mr.  Hoy,  who  was  experienced  in  their  train- 
ing, informed  Mr.  Bartlett  that  "their  habits  and 
mode  of  flight  were  much  better  suited  to  an  en- 
closed district  than  those  of  the  peregrine  falcon. 
When  used  or  taken  into  the  field,  the  wing  of  a 
bird  or  the  thin  end  of  an  ox-tail  is  generally  held 
in  the  hand  to  engage  their  attention,  which  they 
are  constantly  biting  and  tearing  without  being  able 
to  satisfy  their  appetites,  as  that  would  render  them 
unfit  for  work.     They  do  not  require  to  be  hooded, 
but  have  bells  attached  to  the  legs  for  the  purpose 
of  giving  notice  of  their  situation  when  they  alight 
(which  would  otherwise  be  difficult  to  ascertain), 
and  a  leathern  strap  by  which  they  are  held  ;  it  is 
also  necessary  to  have  spaniels  to  hunt  up  the  birds, 
upon  the  appearance  of  which  the  hawk  flies  from 
the  hand  with   incredible  swiftness  direct  at  the 
game,  generally  taking  it  at  the  fii.st  attempt ;  but 
should  the  hawk  fail,  it  will  perch  on  some  elevated 
situation,  and  remain  until  the  game  is  again  started, 
and  is  rarely  known  to  miss  a  second  time.     When 
the  hawk  has  captured  the  game,  he  is  rewarded 
with  a  small  piece  of  meat  or  a  pigeon's  head  to 
induce  him  to  give  up  his  prey.     If  the  hawk  be 
allowed  to  range  at  pleasure,  by  whistling  it  will 
return  with  a  swiftness  truly  astonishing,  and  finding 
it  cannot  stop  suddenly  to  settle  without  striking  you 
with  great  force,  it  will  glide  past,  form  a  circle 
round  you,  and  alight  with  the  greatest  ease  and 
the  most  gentle  manner  upon  the  hand."     ('  Mag. 
Nat.  Hist.'  1839.  p.  6t)3.)    These  hawks,  be  it  ob- 
served, never  ascend   in  gyrations  and  make  the 
swoop  for  which  the  peregrine  falcon  is  so  cele- 
brated.    The   goshawk  is  distinguished  both  for 
beauty  of  colour  and  elegance  of  contour. 

The  female  measures  about  twenty-four  inches  in 
length,  the  male  nineteen  or  twenty.  The  beak  is 
bluish  black,  the  cere  wax  yellow,  the  irides  bright 
yellow ;  the  whole  of  the  upper  surface  and  tail- 
feathers  dark  greyish  brown ;  in  the  females  the 
colour  inclines  to  clove  brown,  the  upper  surface  of 
the  tail-feathers  barred  with  darker  brown  ;  the 
nape  of  the  neck,  throat,  breast,  belly,  and  thighs, 
nearly  white,  with  spots,  transvcr.se  bars,  and  un- 
dulating lines  of  dull  black ;  under  tail-coverts 
white  ;  Tore,  cheeks,  and  ear-coverts,  greyish  brown, 


forming  an  elongated  dark  patch  on  the  side  of  the 
head  ;  the  legs  and  toes  yellow  ;  the  claws  black. 

North  America  pnduces  a  closely  allied  species, 
distinguished  by  a  darker  colour  on  the  head,  and  a 
greater  multitude  of  zigzag  lines  and  dashes  on  the 
under  parts.  It  was  met  with  by  Dr.  Richardson  in 
the  Hudson's  Bay  territories,  and  is  figured  in  his 
'  Fauna  Boreali-Americana.' 


1255.— The  Bidemtate  Harpagus 

{Harpagus  bidentatus).  Head  and  Foot.  This  bird, 
representing  the  genus  Harpagus,  is  in  all  essentials 
a  hawk,  but  with  a  double  tooth  on  each  side  of  the 
beak  as  in  the  genus  Terax.  It  may  be  regarded 
as  a  link  between  the  hawks  and  the  falcons.  It  is 
a  native  of  Brazil  and  Guiana,  but  of  its  habits  we 
have  no  details ;  length  about  thirteen  inches. 
Upper  surface  slate-colour :  throat  white ;  under 
parts  red,  undulated  with  yellowish:  lower  tail- 
coverts  white ;  tail  brownish,  barred  with  dirty 
white. 

Hawks  and  falcons  often  attack  each  other,  and 
sometimes  two  of  the  same  species  fight.  Audu- 
bon gives  an  animated  account  of  the  conflict  which 
he  witnessed  between  two  red-tailed  hawks  of  Ame- 
rica respecting  a  hare  which  one  had  killed.  Fig. 
125G  illustrates  the  mode  of  their  aerial  contests. 

KITES. 
Beak   moderate,  compressed,  rather  hooked  from 
the  base ;  tail  forked ;  wings  long  and  ample  ;  tarsi 
short. 

The  birds  of  this  section  are  remarkable  for  the 
ease,  grace,  and  buoyancy  of  their  flight ;  they 
sweep  through  the  air  in  wide  circles,  sailing  on 
outspread  wings,  and  often  mount  to  such  a  height 
as  to  become  nearly  invisible.  Their  vast  wings 
and  broad- forked  tail  give  them  great  advantage. 
Unlike  the  falcons,  however,  they  do  not  make  an 
impetuous  swoop  upon  their  victim,  but  skim  it 
from  the  surface  of  the  earth,  or  even  water,  and 
bear  it  away  in  their  talons.  Moles,  reptiles,  rats, 
mice,  and  young  poultry  are  their  habitual  prey, 
but  they  do  not  refuse  carrion ;  they  have  not  the 
daring  of  the  hawks  and  falcons. 

1257. — The  Kite,  or  Glead 

(Milvns  Ictinus).  Milan  Royal  of  the  French,  from 
Belon  to  Buffon ;  Pojana,  Milvio,  Nicchio,  and 
Nibbio  of  the  Italians ;  Rother  Milan  of  the  Ger- 
mans ;  Glenta  of  Brunnich  ;  Glada  of  the  '  Fauna 
Suecica;'  Kite,  Fork -tailed  Kite,  Glead  or  Glede 
(Pennant  says  from  the  Saxon  '  Glida')  of  the  Eng- 
lish ;  Barcud  of  the  ancient  British.  In  some  of  the 
counties  of  England  it  is  called  the  Puttock,  a  name 
also  sometimes  bestowed  provincially  upon  the 
common  buzzard.  In  Essex  it  is  called  the  Crotched- 
tailed  Puddock. 

The  Kite  is  distributed  over  the  greatest  part  of 
Europe  and  Asia,  and  the  northern  districts  of 
Africa.  In  our  islands  it  appears  to  be  less  common 
than  formerly  :  in  Ireland  it  is  not  known.  For- 
merly it  was  very  abundant  in  the  southern  coun- 
ties of  England,  and  Clusius  states  that  when  he 
was  in  London  an  amazing  number  of  kites  flocked 
there  for  the  offal  thrown  into  the  streets  ;  they 
were  so  tame  that  they  took  their  prey  in  the  midst 
of  crowds,  and  it  was  forbidden  to  kill  them. 

The  kite,  says  Mr.  Selby,  "  is  proverbial  for  the 
ease  and  gracefulness  of  its  flight,  which  consists  of 
large  sweeping  circles  performed  with  a  motionless 
wing,  or  at  least  with  a  slight  and  almost  imper- 
ceptible stroke  of  its  pinions,  and  at  very  distant  in- 
tervals. In  this  manner,  and  directing  its  course 
by  the  aid  of  the  tail,  which  acts  as  a  rudder,  its 
slightest  motion  producing  an  effect,  it  frequently 
soars  to  such  a  height  as  to  become  almost  invisible 
to  the  human  eye."  Its  appearance,  as  it  wheels 
over  the  farm-yard  with  eyes  intent  upon  the  broods 
of  chickens  and  ducklings,  is  by  no  means  hailed 
with  pleasure,  either  by  the  feathered  dependants 
of  the  farm  or  the  good  man  who  owns  them.  Th 
poultry  set  up  loud  cries  of  execration,  the  hens 
call  their  broods  beneatli  their  wings,  and  chanti- 
cleer prepares  for  battle  ;  the  very  dogs  are  roused, 
and  the  men  run  for  their  guns.  Finding  prepara- 
tions made  to  receive  him,  the  marauder  generally 
makes  off;  but  if  he  has  swept  away  a  chicken  be- 
fore tiie  alarm  is  given,  he  is  almost  sure  of  repeat- 
ing his  visit,  and  is  oftentimes  so  successful  as  to 
destroy  a  whole  brood.  Leverets,  rabbits,  young 
game,  and  small  mammalia  are  also  the  prey  of  this 
species ;  it  has  been  known  to  skim  off  dead  fish 
and  other  floating  animal  substances  from  the  sur- 
face of  the  water  with  the  greatest  address.  The 
kite  builds  its  nest  in  the  forked  branch  of  some 
tall  forest-tree,  and  constructs  it  of  sticks  and  twigs, 
lining  it  with  wool,  hair,  and  other  soft  materials. 
The  eggs  are  three  in  number,  rather  larger  than 
those  of  a  hen ;  they  are  of  a  dirty  white,  with 
reddish  brown  spots  at  the  large  end.  The  female 
defends  her  nest  vigorously. 
The  kite  (male)  is  about  twenty-six  inches  in 


IfMv-Oodlirk. 


12M.— Kit*. 


-it:--'    N, 


y   \ 


13M.-Hcad  ud  Foot  of  SpwrowHavk. 


12!i$.— Hawks  Fighting. 


1250. —Hesd  and  Foot  of  Laughing  Hawk. 


int.— Chuting  Hawk. 


1251 SpanowHawk. 


liU.— Hetd  and  Foot  of  Bidentate  Harpagna. 


272 


1261.— Biizrird. 


12S3.— Hone;  Bazurd. 


1239.— Black-winged  Swallow-Hawk 


1260.— Lead-coloared  Ictinia. 


IS84.— Moot  Harrier.  I 


1258 Swallow-tailed  Hawk, 


No.  35. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


273 


274 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Buzzards. 


length;  beak  horn-colour;  cere  and  iride»  yellow ; 
feathers  of  the  head  and  neck  greyish  white,  ktreaked 
Along  the  Bhaft  with  a»h-brown ;  fcaihers  of  the 
back  and  wing-coverts  dark  brown  in  the  centre, 
broadly  edged  with  nifous ;  inner  web  of  some  of 
the  tertials  edged  with  white ;  primaries  nearly 
black;  upper  tail-coverts  nifous;  tail-lcathers  red- 
dish brown,  the  inner  webs  barred  with  dark  brown  ; 
chin  and  throat  greyish  white,  streaked  with  dusky; 
brea-st,  bellv.  and  thighs  rufous  brown,  each  feather 
with  a  cetili-al  longitudinal  streak  of  dark  brown  ; 
under  tail-coverts  plain  rufous  white  ;  tarsi  and  toes 
yellow ;  claws  black.  The  females  are  larger  than 
the  males. 

1258.— The  Swallow-tailkd  Hawk 

(NaucUnts  furcattu).  The  extreme  length  of  the 
wines  and  tail,  and  the  strongly  forked  outline  of 
the  latter,  characterize  the  genus  Nauclerus. 

This  beautiriil  kite,  remarkable  for  its  grace  and 
ease  on  the  wing,  is  a  native  of  North  America ; 
and  is  described  very  graphically  both  by  Wil- 
son and  Audubon.  According  to  the  latter,  only 
"a  solitary  individual  of  this  species  has  once  or 
twice  been  seen  in  Pennsylvania.  Farther  to  the 
eastward  the  Swallow-tailed  Hawk  has  never,  I  be- 
lieve, been  observed.  Travelling  southward  along 
the  Atlantic  coast,  we  find  it  in  Virginia,  although 
in  very  small  numbers.  Beyond  that  state  it  be- 
comes more  abundant.  Near  the  falls  of  the  Ohio 
a  pair  had  a  nest  and  reared  four  young  ones  in 
1820.  In  the  lower  parts  of  Kentucky  it  begins  to 
become  more  numerous ;  but  in  the  states  farther 
to  the  south,  and  particularly  in  parts  near  the  sea, 
it  is  abundant.  In  the  large  prairies  of  the  Atta- 
capas  and  Oppellousas  it  is  extremely  common. 
In  the  states  of  Louisiana  and  Mississippi,  where 
these  birds  are  abundant,  they  arrive  in  large  com- 
panies in  the  beginning  of  April,  and  are  heard 
uttering  a  sharp  plaintive  note.  At  this  period  I 
generally  remarked  that  they  came  from  the  west- 
ward, and  have  counted  upwards  of  an  hundred  in 
the  space  of  an  hour,  passing  over  me  in  a  direct 
easterly  course.  At  that  season  and  in  the  begin- 
ning of  September,  when  they  all  retire  from  the 
United  States,  they  are  easily  approached  when 
they  have  alighted,  being  then  apparently  fatigued, 
and  busily  engaged  in  preparing  themselves  for 
continuing  their  journey,  by  dressing  and  oiling 
their  feathers.  At  all  other  times,  however,  it  is 
extremely  difficult  to  get  near  them,  as  they  are 
generally  on  wing  through  the  day,  and  at  night 
rest  on  the  higher  pines  and  cypresses  bordering 
the  river  bluffs,  the  lakes,  or  the  swamps  of  that 
district  of  country.  They  always  feed  on  the  wing. 
In  calm  and  warm  weather  they  soar  to  an  immense 
height,  pursuing  the  large  insects  called  Musquito 
Hawks,  and  performing  the  most  singular  evolutious 
that  can  be  conceived,  using  their  fail  with  an 
elegance  of  motion  peculiar  to  themselves.  Their 
principal  food,  however,  is  large  grasshoppers,  grass- 
caterpillars,  small  snakes,  lizards,  and  frogs.  They 
sweep  close  over  the  fields,  sometimes  seeming  to 
alight  for  a  moment  to  secure  a  snake,  and,  holding 
it  last  by  the  neck,  carry  it  ofi",  and  devour  it  in  the 
air.  When  searching  lor  grasshoppers  and  cater- 
pillars it  is  not  difficult  to  approach  them  under 
cover  of  a  fence  or  tree.  When  one  is  then  killed 
and  falls  to  the  ground,  the  whole  flock  come  over 
the  dead  bird,  as  if  intent  upon  carrying  it  off.  An 
excellent  opportunity  is  thus  afforded  of  shooting 
as  many  as  may  be  wanted,  and  I  have  killed  seve- 
ral of  these  hawks  in  this  manner,  firing  as  fast  as 
I  could  load  my  gun.  The  swallow-tailed  hawk 
pairs  immediately  after  its  arrival  in  the  southern 
states  ;  and  as  its  courtships  take  place  on  the  wing, 
its  motions  are  then  more  beautiful  than  ever.  The 
nest  is  usually  placed  on  the  top  branches  of  the 
tallest  oak  or  pine  tree  situated  on  the  margin  of  a 
stream  or  pond.  It  resembles  that  of  a  carrion 
crow  externally,  being  formed  of  dry  sticks,  inter- 
mixed with  Spanish  moss,  and  is  lined  with  coarse 
grasses  and  a  lew  feathers.  The  eggs  are  from  four 
to  six,  of  a  greenish  white  colour,  with  a  few  irre- 
gular blotches  of  dark  brown  at  the  larger  end. 
The  male  and  female  sit  alternately,  the  one  feeding 
the  other.  The  young  are  at  first  covered  with 
buff-coloured  down.  Their  next  covering  exhibits 
the  pure  white  and  black  of  the  old  birds,  but  with- 
out any  of  the  glossy  purplish  tints  of  the  latter. 
The  tail,  which  at  first  is  but  slightly  forked,  be- 
comes more  so  in  a  few  weeks,  and  at  the  approach 
of  autumn  exhibits  little  difference  from  that  of  the 
adult  birds.  The  plumage  is  completed  the  first 
spring.  Only  one  brood  is  raised  in  the  season. 
The  species  leaves  the  United  States  in  the  begin- 
ning of  September,  moving  off  in  flocks,  which 
are  formed  immediately  after  the  breeding  season 
is  over." 

This  species,  according  to  Mr.  Nutfall,  will,  like 
the  Honey-Buzzard,  prey  upon  locusts  and  wasps, 
and  their  larvfle,  and  make  a  regular  attack  on  their 
nests.     M.  Vieillot  states  that   it  visits   Peru  and 


Buenos  Ayres.  Mr.  Yarrell  gives  it  a  place  among 
the  British  birds  on  the  authority  of  two  specimens, 
one  killed  at  Balachoalist  in  Argyleshire  in  1772, 
and  another  taken  alive  in  Shaw-gill,  near  Hawes 
in  Wensleydale,  Yorkshire,  in  1805.  Apparently 
to  avoid  the  violence  of  a  tremendous  thunder- 
storm, and  the  clamorous  persecution  of  a  flock  of 
rooks  which  attacked  it  at  the  same  instant,  it  took 
shelter  in  a  thicket,  where  it  was  seized  before  il 
could  extricate  itself,  on  the  6th  September.    The 

Eerson  who  caught  it  kept  it  a  moiiih;  but  a  door 
eing  accidentally  lell  open,  it  made  its  escape.  It 
first  alighted  on  a  tree,  at  no  great  distance,  from 
which  it  soon  ascended  in  a  spiral  flight  to  a  great 
elevation,  and  then  went  steadily  ofi'  in  a  southerly 
direction  as  far  as  the  eye  could  trace  it.  (Linn. 
Trans.,  vol.  xiv.) 

Bill  bluish  black;  cere  light  blue;  iris  black; 
tarsi  light  greenish  blue ;  claws  flesh-coloured.  The 
general  plumage  above  is  glossy  black,  with  blue 
and  purple  reflexions;  the  head,  the  neck,  and  all 
the  under  parts  are  white  tinged  with  bluish  grey. 
Length  two  feet ;  the  female  is  similar  to  the  male. 

1239.— The  Black-wingkd  Swallow-Hawk 
{Elanus  mdanopterus).     In  this  genus  the  tail  is 
only  slightly  forked,  and  the  tarsi  are  not  only  short, 
but  semi-plumed. 

The  Black-winged  Swallow-Hawk  is  Le  Blac  of 
Vaillant.  It  is  common  throughout  the  whole  of 
Africa,  from  Egypt  and  Barbary  to  the  Cape.  It  is 
found  in  Syria,  and  in  some  parts  of  India  along 
the  Ganges,  and  in  the  mountain  chain  of  upper 
Hindostan.  It  is  said  to  live  principally  upon 
insects,  which  it  catches  with  great  address  while 
on  the  wing.  Its  size  is  that  of  the  sparrow-hawk  ; 
the  plumage  is  silky;  general  colour  above  ash- 
grey  ;  the  shoulders  black ;  under  parts  and  greater 
part  of  tail  white ;  bill  black ;  tarsi  yellow. 

1260. — ^The  Lead-coloured  Ictima 

(Ictinia  plumbea).  Head  and  Foot.  There  is  some 
doubt  as  to  the  position  of  this  genus ;  Vieillot,  who 
founded  it,  regarded  it  as  approaching  the  kites. 
Mr.  Vigors  referred  it  to  the  buzzards  or  harriei-s. 
An  allied  species  (Falco  Mississippiensis,  Wilson)  is 
regarded  by  its  describer  as  a  kite. 

The  Lead-coloured  Ictinia  is  a  native  of  America ; 
its  powers  of  wing  are  very  great  and  it  flies  to  an 
astonishing  elevation,  often  remaining  for  a  long 
time  poised  or  stationary.  It  feeds  much  on  the 
larger  kinds  of  insects,  and  sweeps  along  rapidly  in 
the  chase.  To  these  it  adds  reptiles  and  small 
quadrupeds.  The  back  and  wings  are  of  a  slate 
blue  :  the  head  and  under  parts  whitish  spotted 
with  brown ;  iris  fine  red. 

Wilson,  speaking  of  its  relative,  the  Mississippi 
Kite,  states  that  it  feeds  on  insects,  and  .sails  in  the 
air  with  the  turkey-vulture, — one  looking  out  for 
carrion,  the  other  for  insects.  "  For  several  miles," 
he  adds,  "as  I  passed  near  Bayo  Manchak,  the 
trees  were  swarming  with  a  kind  of  cicada,  or  lo- 
cust, and  here  I  observed  numbers  of  this  hawk 
sweeping  about  among  the  trees,  like  swallows,  evi- 
dently in  pursuit  of  these  locusts;  yet  when  we 
contemplate  the  beak  and  talons  of  this  bird,  both 
so  sharp  and  powerful,  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that 
they  were  not  intended  by  nature  for  some  more 
formidable  prey  than  beetles,  locusts,  and  grass- 
hoppers ;  and  I  doubt  not  but  mice,  lizards,  snakes, 
and  small  birds  furnish  him  with  an  occasional 
repast."  "The  long  pointed  wings  and  forked  tail 
point  out  the  affinity  of  this  bird  to  that  family 
or  subdivision  of  the  Falco  genus  distinguished  by 
the  name  of  Kites,  which  sail  without  flapping  the 
wings,  and  eat  from  their  talons  as  they  glide 
along." 

BUZZARDS. 

In  the  Buzzards  the  beak  is  comparatively  small ; 
the  tarsi  generally  short,  sometimes  feathered  to 
the  toes;  the  wings  ample  and  rounded;  the  tail 
square ;  the  body  stout  and  robust.  The  flight  is 
easy  and  undulating ;  they  have  neither  the  soar 
■■\  and  swoop  of  the  falcons,  the  arrow-like  dash  of  the 
hawks,  nor  the  circling  sweep  on  motionless  wings 
of  the  kite.  They  sail,  however,  easily  and  rapidly 
along,  and  hunt  in  quest  of  moles,  rats,  mice,  young 
rabbits,  reptiles,  and  insects. 

1261,  1262.— The  Buzzard 

(Buleo  vulgaris).  This  species  is  common  m  all 
the  wooded  countries  of  feurope  and  the  adjacent 
parts  of  Asia.  It  is  not  rare  in  England,  but  more 
so  in  Scotland.  In  Ireland  it  is  abundant.  It 
occurs  in  the  fur  countries  of  North  America.  This 
bird  is  termed  La  Buse  by  the  French  ;  Falco  Bot- 
taone  and  Pagana  by  the  Italians;  Mause  Falk  and 
Wald  Geyer  by  the  Germans ;  and  Bod  teircaill  by 
the  ancient  British.  It  is  the  Quidfogel  of  the 
'  Fauna  Suecica.' 

The  buzzard  has  little  of  the  daring  impetuosity 
of  the  nobler  birds  of  prey,  though  its  strength  and 
size  are  considerable.     It  is  inactive  in  disposition, 


and  is  generally  seen  perched  on  the  brunch  of  a 
tree  ;  whence,  on  perceiving  its  prey,  it  takes  wing, 
gliding  rapidly  and  silently  on  its  victim.  We  have 
Irequently  observed  it  sailing  with  easy  undulations 
over  fallow-lands  bordering  woods,  evidently  in 
quest  of  food,  liabbits,  hares,  rats,  reptiles,  and 
small  birds  arc  its  prey.  Mr.  Thompson  found  this 
species  sailing  about  the  basaltic  precipices  in  the 
county  of  Londonderry,  and  obtained  a  pair  of 
young  from  a  nest  previously  occupied  by  ravens, 
on  a  ledge  midway  down  a  precipice,  at  Uoslieen 
mountain,  near  Dunl'anaghy.  It  breeds  also  on  the 
range  of  inland  rocks  called  Salagh  Braes,  and  on 
another  similar  locality  in  Antrim;  and  also  on  the 
promontoiy  of  Fairhead  in  the  same  county.  It 
builds  on  rocks  also  in  Scotland.  Generally  speak- 
ing, however,  the  buzzard  builds  in  tall  trees,  se- 
lecting the  most  retired  part  of  the  wood  ;  olten  it 
appropriates  the  desertecf  nest  of  a  crow.  The  eggs 
are  three  in  number,  larger  than  those  of  a  hen,  and 
of  a  greenish  white  slightly  spotted  with  pale  brown. 
It  defends  its  young  with  great  resolution,  and  as  its 
strength  is  considerable,  its  homestead  is  not  to  be 
assailed  with  impunity.  The  young  are  very  voci- 
ferous. The  colour  of  the  buzzard  is  subject  to 
considerable  variety,  few  individuals  exactly  coin- 
ciding in  their  markings.  The  upper  parts  are 
usually  of  a  deep  brown  ;  the  inferior,  of  a  yellowish 
white,  with  brown  or  reddish  stains  and  dashes ;  the 
tail  is  barred  ;  the  bill  is  lead-colour ;  the  cere, 
tai-si,  and  iris  yellow.  Male  twenty  inches  in  length ; 
female  twenty-two. 

Dr.  Richardson  ('  Fauna  Boreali-Americana ') 
states  that  the  common  buzzard  arrives  in  the  fur 
countries  in  the  middle  of  April,  very  soon  after- 
wards begins  to  build  its  nest,  and  having  reared 
its  young  departs  about  the  end  of  September.  It 
haunts  the  low  alluvial  points  of  land  which  stretch 
out  under  the  high  banks  of  a  river,  and  may  be 
observed  lor  a  long  time  motionleis  on  the  bough 
of  a  free  watching  for  some  small  quadruped,  bird, 
or  reptile  to  pass  within  its  reach.  As  soon  as  it 
espies  its  prey,  it  glides  silently  into  the  air,  and, 
sweeping  easily  but  rapidly  down,  seizes  it  in  its 
claws.  When  disturbed  it  makes  a  short  circuit, 
and  soon  settles  on  another  perch.  One  of  Dr. 
Richardson's  specimens  had  two  middle-sized  toads 
in  its  crop.  It  builds  its  nest  on  a  tree,  of  short 
sticks,  lining  it  with  deer's  hair.  The  eggs  are,  he 
says,  from  three  to  five  in  number,  and  he  remarks 
that  it  was  seen  by  the  expedition  as  far  north  as 
the  fifty-seventh  parallel,  and  that  it  most  probably 
has  a  still  higher  range.  He  gives  a  description  of 
two  :  one,  a  male,  shot  on  the  17th  of  June,  at  the 
nest,  which  contained  three  eggs,  on  the  plains  of 
the  Saskatchewan  ;  and  another  a  female,  killed  at 
the  nest  also,  near  Carlton,  May  22. 

1263. — The  Honey-Buzzard 

(^Pemis  apivorus).  Head  and  Foot.  La  Bondr^e 
and  Buse  Bondr£e  of  the  French ;  Wespen-Busaid 
of  the  Germans;  Frosch-geyerl  of  Kramer;  Slag- 
hok  of  the  '  Fauna  Suecica;'  Muse-Haeg  and  Muse- 
Baage  of  Brunnich ;  and  Bod  y  mel  of  the  ancient 
British. 

Mr.  Vigors  observes  that  Pernis  is  distinguished 
by  the  singular  character  of  the  loruni  that  sur- 
rounds the  eye  being  covered  with  feathers,  instead 
of  being  naked,  as  in  the  other  Falconidae,  or  fur- 
nished only  with  hairs.  In  other  respects,  also,  he 
states  the  genus  differs  from  that  of  Buteo ;  the 
tarsi  are  reticulated  anteriorly,  and  the  third  quill- 
feather  the  longest. 

The  Honey-Buzzard  is  very  rare  in  England,  but 
more  common  in  the  warmer  countries  of  Europe, 
where  it  is  migratory.  It  is  found  in  Asia,  and 
specimens  have  been  received  from  various  parts  of 
India.  We  believe  one  instance  only  of  its  having 
been  killed  in  Ireland  is  on  record.  The  bird  in 
question  was  shot  by  R.  G.  Bomlord,  Esq.,  in  his 
demesne  of  Annandale,  near  Belfast.  Mr.  'Thomp- 
son states  that  the  bill  and  forehead  were  covered 
with  cow-dung,  from  the  seaich  the  bird  had  evi- 
dently been  making  for  insects.  The  stomach  con- 
tained some  of  the  larvae  and  fragments  of  coleop- 
tera  and  various  caterpillars.  It  is  in  fact  chiefly 
upon  caterpillars  and  the  larvae  of  bees  and  wasps 
that  the  honey-buzzard  feeds,  together  with  other 
insects,  not  however  to  the  exclusion  of  moles, 
mice,  rats,  small  birds,  reptiles,  and  slugs. 

According  to  Vieillot  the  honey-buzzard  flies  low, 
but  runs  on  the  ground  with  great  celerily.  It 
breeds  in  tall  trees,  making  a  nest  of  twigs  with  an 
inner  layer  of  wool ;  the  eggs  are  two  or  three  in 
number,  of  an  ashy  grey,  dotted  at  each  end  with 
small  red  spots,  and  surrounded  in  the  middle  with 
a  broad  blood-red  zone,  or  mottled  all  over  with 
two  shades  of  orange-brown. 

The  honey-buzzard  is  a  bird  of  passage,  emi- 
grating from  Europe  on  the  approach  of  winler;  it 
is  about  the  size  of  the  common  buzzard,  but  more 
slender:  the  top  of  the  head  is  bluish  ash-colour, 
the  upper  surface   generally  deep  brown  with   a 


H.\.miiEns.l 


MUStUxM  Or  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


275 


greyish  lint ;  the  secondary  quill-feathers  are  barred 
alternately  with  dusky  broun  and  grey ;  under  sur- 
face whitish  with  triangular  reddish  bars  or  dashes  ; 
tail  crossed  by  three  bars  of  dark  brown. 

HARRIERS. 

The  Harriers  may  be  distinguished  from  the  buz- 
zards by  their  long  slender  tarsi,  their  slight  and 
more  elongated  contour  of  body,  and  their  length- 
ened wings  and  tail.  The  plumage  is  of  soft  and 
loose  texture,  and  the  feathei-s  round  the  face  are 
so  disposed  as  to  form  a  sort  of  ruif,  approaching  to 
the  disc  so  conspicuous  in  the  owls.  Beak  small 
and  compressed. 

The  harriers  are  more  active  and  more  on  the  wing 
than  the  buzzards  ;  they  frequent  heathy  moors,  bogs, 
marshy  wastes,  and  low  flat  grounds,  over  which 
they  are  continually  flying;  they  quarter  the  ground 
like  a  spaniel,  searchmg  for  snakes  and  other  rep- 
tiles, small  quadrupeds  and  birds;  their  flight  is 
easy  and  buoyant,  but  seldom  very  elevated;  they 
build  oil  the  ground,  among  reeds,  fern,  or  rushes. 

1264.— The  Moor  Harrier 
(Circus  cei-vginosas).  Head  and  foot.  Moor  Buz- 
zard, Marsli  Buzzard  of  some  writers ;  Harpaye, 
Busard  Harpaye,  and  Busard  de  Marais  of  the 
French ;  Falco  castagnolo  and  Falco  con  la  testa 
bianca  (young  birds),  Falco  albanella  con  il  collare 
(old),  of'the  Italians  ;  Schwarz-brauner,  Fisch-Geyer 
mit  dern  gelben  Kopf,  Brauner  rohr  Geyer,  Braiid- 
weihe,  Wasserweihe,  and  Sumpfvveihe  of  the  Ger- 
mans ;  Bod  y  gvverni  of  the  ancient  British. 

This  species  is  a  native  of  most  parts  of  Europe, 
Asia,  and  xVfiica  ;  frequenting  boggy  moorlands  and 
extensive  marshes.  It  is  common  in  Holland  and 
in  the  Maremma  of  Italy,  being  in  both  countries 
migratory,  as  on  the  Continent  generally,  but  not  in 
our  island. 

The  flight  of  the  moor  harrier  is  low,  near  the 
ground,  and  noiseless;  on  perceiving  its  prey  it 
drops  instantaneously  upon  it  and  .secures  it  in  its 
clinch.  In  this  manner  it  surprises  wild  ducks, 
coots,  dab-chicks,  and  water-rats ;  it  preys  to  a 
great  extent  on  frogs,  and  will  sometimes  take  perch 
or  other  fish  as  they  swim  on  the  surface  of  the 
water.  It  will  also  feed  on  dead  carcasses.  In 
Wales,  where  this  bird  is  common,  it  preys  upon 
rabbits  that  inhabit  the  sand-banks  on  the  shores  of 
Caermarthenshire,  and  Montagu  saw  nine  together 
feeding  upon  the  body  of  a  dead  sheep.  This  spe- 
cies builds  its  nest  on  the  ground  among  tufts  of 
grass  or  rushes  which  grow  in  marshy  places.  The 
eggs,  three  or  four  in  number,  are  of  a  white 
colour,  not  spotted.  The  colouring  of  the  adult 
bird  is  as  follows: — head,  neck,  and  breast  pale  dull 
yellowish,  each  feather  having  a  central  streak  of 
brown;  upper  surface  brown;  quill- feat  hers  white 
at  their  origin,  black  the  rest  of  their  length ;  se- 
condaries and  tail-feathers  ashy  grey  ;  under  parts 
rufous,  marked  with  yellowish  dashes:  beak  black; 
cere  greenish  ;  tarsi  yellow.  Length,  one  foot  eight 
or  nine  inches.  During  the  first  year  the  plumage 
is  deep  chocolate  brown,  the  feathers  having  paler 
margins.  From  this  stage  the  transition  is  gradual 
to  the  permanent  livery,  which  is  assumed  tlie  fourth 
year. 

Family  VULTURIDiE  (VULTURES). 
Although  the  parallels  which  some  distinguished 
naturalists  in  the  present  day  have  attempted  to 
draw  between  mammalia  and  birds  sometimes 
appear  to  be  rather  overstrained,  there  are  some 
instances  in  which  they  are  too  palpable  to  be  over- 
looked. The  Falconida)  represent  the  lions,  tigers, 
cats,  and  musteline  groups ;  and  in  the  present 
family,  a  foul-feeding  race  to  whom  the  most  loath- 
some carrion  is  acceptable,  we  may  trace  an  analogy 
to  the  hya;na,  jackal,  and  wild  dog:  alike  scave'n- 
gers  of  the  earth,  which  thcjr  clear  of  putrescent 
animal  remains,  the  noisome  rejectanea,  which  would 
otherwise  corrupt  the  air  with  pestilential  exhala- 
tions. Providence  has  placed  them  in  those  countries 
where  their  services,  disgusting  as  they  are,  are 
nevertheless  essential.  From  the  earliest  times  the 
wild  dogs  and  tlie  vultures  have  been  notorious  for 
their  participation  in  the  feast  of  carrion,  the  repast 
of  the  slain : 

Tatietf." — Homtrrm,  Itiad,  lib.  xviii.  line  a;i. 

And  again,  Ovid — 

"  UniiuiljM  et  r..»tro  tirdin  traliet  ilia  vultur, 
Hi  Kcindent  avidw  perRda  corda  canes."* 

Vultures  are,  however,  less  ferocious  in  their  dis- 
position than  wild  dogs  or  hyaenas,  and  seldom  at- 
tack living  prey  ;  where  the  dead  are,  there  are  they 
gathered  together  :  sailing  on  wide  and  ample  wings, 
they  sweep  from  the  higher  regions  of  the  air  to 
their  repast,  and  gorge  themselves  until  scarcely 
able  to  rise  Irom  the  ground. 

In  IhesL-  buds  tne  beak,  hooked  at  the  point,  varies 
in  strength  and  form.  In  the  more  typical  species 
the  head  and  -neck  are  denuded  of  feathers  or  only 


covered  with  a  little  down,  while  round  the  bottom 
of  the  latter  is  a  ruft'  of  soft  or  slender  feathers, 
arising  from  a  loose  fold  of  skin,  within  which  they 
can  withdraw  the  neck  and  even  the  greatest  part 
of  the  head,  while  they  remain  in  a  semi-torpid 
state,  motionless  as  statues,  during  the  digestion  of 
their  meal.  (See  Fig.  1'265,  Head  of  Gritt'on-Vul- 
ture.) 

On  the  breast  and  over  the  crop  the  skin  is  bare, 
or  at  most  scantily  covered ;  the  limbs  are  of 
moderate  strength,  but  the  toes  are  feeble,  and  un- 
armed with  formidable  talons ;  and  they  seldom 
attempt  to  remove  their  carrion  food,  but  continue 
with  it  till  satisfied.  The  plumage  generally  con- 
sists of  stilt'  large  feathers  overlying  each  other, 
and  forming  an  almost  shot-proof  defence.  The 
wings  are  ample.  It  has  been  a  matter  of  much 
discussion  as  to  whether  it  is  by  their  extraordinary 
powers  of  vision,  or  by  the  keenness  of  their  scent, 
that  vultures  detect  their  food.  It  has  been  fre- 
quently noticed,  that  when  the  sky  seems  clear, 
when  not  a  wing  can  be  seen  in  the  glowing  ex- 
panse above,  no  sooner  does  an  animal  fall,  no 
sooner  has  the  hunter  slain  and  left  his  quarry,  than, 
as  if  suddenly  called  into  existence,  multitudes  of 
vultures  are  observed  pouring  from  the  sky  and 
thronging  to  the  feast, 

The  ancient  classic  writers  teem  with  passages 
attributing  to  the  vulture  an  acute  and  discrimi- 
nating scent : 

*'  nare  saijaci 
Aera  non  sanum,  motumque  cudavere  sentit." 

LuCASf. 

"...  Per  aulas  . .  longe  ducuntur  odore  voUurii  cadaveribiis." 

l.UCBETIUS, 

And  Pliny,  speaking  of  the  senses,  says,  "  Ex  sen- 
sibus  ante  caetera  homini  tactus;  deinde  gustatus; 
reliquis  superatur  i  multis,  aquilse  clarius  cernunt, 
vultures  sagacius  odorantur."  With  the  experience 
of  the  ancients  agree  the  experiments  of  Mr.  Water- 
ton,  while  Mr.  Audubon  as  strenuously  maintains 
that  it  is  on  sight  alone  that  the  vulture  de- 
pends, and  such  appears  to  be  the  opinion  of  Le 
Vaillant.  "  Desirous,"  says  this  naturalist,  "  of  ob- 
serving how  so  great  a  number  of  vultures  could 
congregate  together  in  so  short  a  time,  I  concealed 
myself  one  day  in  a  thicket,  after  having  killed  a 
large  gazelle,  which  I  left  upon  the  spot.  In  an 
instant  a  number  of  ravens  made  their  appearance, 
fluttering  about  the  animal,  and  loudly  croaking. 
In  less  than  a  quarter  of  an  hour  these  birds  were 
reinforced  by  the  arrival  of  kites  and  buzzards  ;  and 
immediately  afterwards  I  perceived,  on  raising  my 
head,  a  flight  of  birds  at  a  prodigious  height,  wheel- 
ing round  and  round  in  iheir  descent.  These  I 
soon  recognised  to  be  vultures,  which  seemed,  if  I 
may  so  express  myself,  to  escape  from  a  cavern  in 
the  sky.  They  seemed  almost  to  precipitate  them- 
selves from  the  clouds  to  share  the  spoil,  but  my 
presence  caused  them  speedily  to  disappear.  Thus 
then  it  is  that  the  vultures  are  called  upon  to  par- 
ticipate their  prey:  the  first  carnivorous  birds  that 
discover  a  carcass  rouse  the  others  which  happen 
to  be  in  the  environs  by  their  cries  and  actions.  If 
the  nearest  vulture  does  not  spy  his  prey  from  the 
lolty  region  of  the  air  in  which  he  swims  by  means 
of  his  wide-spread  wings,  he  perceives  at  least  the 
subaltern  and  more  terrestrial  birds  of  prey  pre- 
paring to  take  possession  of  it :  but  perhaps  he  him- 
self has  sufficient  power  of  vision  to  enable  him  to 
discover  it;  he  descends  hastily  and  with  a  wheel- 
ing flight,  and  his  fall  directs  the  other  vultures 
who  witness  his  evolutions,  aud  who  have,  no  doubt, 
their  instinct  sharpened  with  regard  to  everything 
that  concerns  their  food."  Notwithstanding  this, 
and  various  experiments  by  Mr.  Audubon,  we  by 
no  means  concur  in  the  attempted  deduction  that 
the  vulture  is  destitute  of  the  powers  of  smell. 
Professor  Owen,  in  his  account  of  the  dissection  of 
the  olfactory  organs  of  the  turkey-buzzard,  thus 
concludes:  "The  above  notes  show  that  the  vulture 
has  a  well-developed  organ  of  smell,  but  whether 
he  finds  his  prey  by  that  sense  alone,  or  in  what 
degree  it  assists,  anatomy  is  not  so  well  calculated 
to  explain  as  experiment."  ('Zool.  Proceeds.'  1837, 
p.  35.) 

Professor  Owen's  details  are  appended  to  the  fol- 
lowing observations  on  the  habits  of  the  turkey- 
buzzard,  called  John  Crow  in  Jamaica,  where  a 
fine  of  five  pounds  is  imposed  upon  those  who  de- 
stroy the  bird  within  a  stated  distance  of  the  prin- 
cipal towns.  The  writer  is  Mr.  W.  Sells  :  "  It  has," 
he  says,  "been  questioned  whether  the  vulture  dis- 
covers its  food  by  means  of  the  organ  of  smell  or 
that  of  sight.  I  apprehend  that  its  powers  of  vision 
are  very  considerable,  and  of  most  important  use  to 
the  bird  in  that  point  of  view ;  but  that  it  is  prin- 
cipally from  highly  organized  olfactories  that  it  so 
speedily  receives  intelligence  of  where  the  savoury 
morsel  is  to  be  found,  will  plainly  appear  by  the 
following  facts.  In  hot  climates  the  burial  of  the 
dead  commonly  takes  place  in  about  twenty-four 
hours  alter  death,  and  that  necessarily,  so  rapidly 
does  decomposition  take  place.     On  one  occasion 


I  had  to  make  a  post-mortem  examination  of  a  body 
within  twenty  hours  after  death,  in  a  mill-house, 
completely  concealed,  and  while  so  engaged  the 
roof  of  the  mill-house  was  quickly  studded  with 
these  birds.  Another  instance  was  that  of  an  old 
patient  and  much-valued  friend  who  died  at  mid- 
night ;  the  family  had  to  send  for  necessaries  for 
the  funeral  to  Spanish  Town,  distant  thirty  miles,  so 
that  the  interment  could  not  take  place  till  noon 
next  day,  or  thirty-six  hours  after  his  decease,  long 
before  which  time,  and  a  most  painful  sight,  it  wa.s, 
the  ridge  of  the  shingled  roof  of  his  house,  a  large 
mansion  of  but  cne  floor,  had  a  number  of  these 
melancholy-looking  heralds  of  death  perched  there- 
on, besides  many  more  which  had  settled  on  trees 
in  its  immediate  vicinity.  In  these  cases  the  birds 
must  have  been  directed  by  smell  alone,  as  sight 
was  totally  out  of  the  question." 

In  opposition  to  the  above  opinion,  it  has  been 
stated  by  Mr.  Audubon  that  vultures  and  other 
birds  of  prey  possess  the  sense  of  smell  in  a  very  in- 
ferior degree  to  carnivorous  quadrupeds  ;  and  that, 
so  far  from  guiding  them  to  their  prey  from  a  dis- 
tance, it  affords  them  no  indication  of  its  presence 
even  when  close  at  hand.  In  confirmation  of  this 
opinion  he  relates  that  he  stuffed  a  skin  of  a  deer 
full  of  hay  and  placed  it  in  a  field,  and  that  in  a 
few  minutes  a  vulture  lighted  near  it,  and  directly 
proceeded  to  attack  it ;  but  finding  no  eatable  food 
at  length  quitted  it.  He  further  relates  that  a  dead 
dog  was  concealed  in  a  narrow  ravine,  twenty  feet 
beneath  the  surface  of  the  ground  around  it,  and 
filled  with  briars  and  high  canes ;  that  many  vul- 
tures were  seen  sailing  in  all  directions  over  the 
spot,  but  that  none  discovered  it.  I  may  remark 
upon  the  above  experiments  that  the  deer  was 
doubtless  seen  by  the  birds,  but  it  does  not  follow 
that  they  might  not  also  have  smelt  the  hide, 
though  inodorous  to  the  human  nose ;  in  the  second 
case,  the  birds  had  undoubtedly  been  attracted  by 
the  smell,  however  embarrassed  they  might  have 
been  by  the  concealment  of  the  object  which  caused 
it.  I  have  in  many  hundred  instances  seen  the 
vulture  feeding  upon  small  objects  under  rocks  and 
bushes,  and  in  other  situations,  where  it  was  utterly 
impossible  that  the  bird  could  have  discovered  it 
but  through  the  sense  of  smell ;  and  we  are  to  recol- 
lect that  the  habit  of  the  vulture  is  that  of  soaring 
aloft  in  the  air,  and  not  that  of  foraging  upon  the 
ground. 

The  inference  we  have  drawn  from  experiment?, 
anatomy,  and  analogy,  is,  that  both  the  eye  and  the 
olfactory  organs  of  the  vulture  (and  we  may  add  the 
crow,  the  raven,  &c.)  aid  this  bird  in  its  pursuit  of 
food.  We  generally  find  every  sense  in  due  degree 
subservient  to  the  necessities,  habits,  and  appointed 
work  of  animals  ;  hence,  where  odour  is  a  prevailing 
characteristic  of  food,  that  the  organs  of  the  animal 
intended  to  devour  that  food  should  be  insensible  to 
it,  seems  an  anomaly. 

12G0,  1267,  1268.— The  Egyptian  Vulture 
(Neophron  Percnopterus).  Vautour  Ourigourap  of 
Vaillant ;  Rachamah,  or  Pharaoh's  Chicken,  of  Bruce 
and  others;  Avoltoio  aquilina  and  Caporaccajo  of 
the  Italians;  Maltese  Vultur,  Latham.  This  spe- 
cies is  found  in  Spain,  Portugal,  Malta,  Turkey,  and 
in  the  Archipelago;  abundant  in  Africa,  Arabia, 
Pei-sia,  and  Southern  Russia.  In  October,  1825,  one 
of  these  birds,  gorged  with  food,  was  shot  near 
Kilve,  near  Somersetshire,  and  is  now  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  Rev.  A.  Matthew,  of  that  place;  and 
another  of  the  same  species  was  seen,  but  escaped. 
The  utility  of  these  birds  in  Egypt  and  other  parts 
of  the  East,  in  clearing  the  streets  of  filth  of  every 
description,  a  task  which  they  undertake  in  com- 
mon with  the  pariah  dogs,  has  been  often  alluded 
to  by  travellers.  Nor  were  the  services  of  this  vul- 
ture less  valued  in  ancient  than  in  modern  times : 
it  was  among  the  number  of  the  sacred  animals  of 
Egypt,  and  is  often  accurately  represented  on  their 
monuments.  Hence  the  appellation  of  Pharaoh's 
Chicken.  A  constant  attendant  on  the  caravan  as 
it  pursues  its  way  from  town  to  town  ;  an  assiduous 
frequenter  of  the  shambles  ;  an  industrious  searcher 
for  carrion,  it  merits,  at  least  as  f;ir  as  public  utility 
is  concerned,  the  regards  of  the  community ;  nor 
are  its  services  overlooked — if  not  reverenced  in 
the  present  day  as  a  dejty,  it  is  still  protected  as  a 
benefactor.  In  the  neighbourhood  of  Gibraltar, 
and  in  the  south  of  Spain  generally,  flocks  of  this 
vulture  are  annually  seen :  most  probably  they 
winter  in  Africa,  but  of  this  we  have  no  decided 
information.  Captain  S.  E.  Cook  says  that  he  saw 
them,  near  Seville,  loliowing  the  track  of  the 
plough,  like  rooks,  in  order  to  devour  the  grubs  in 
the  upturned  soil. 

The  long  and  ample  wings  of  the  Egyptian  vul- 
ture give  it  amazing  powers  of  flight,  and  enable  it 
to  soar  with  great  buoyancy.  Like  the  rest  of  the 
family,  however,  when  gorged  to  repletion  with  its 
foul  diet,  it  becomes  so  sluggish  and  unwieldy  aa 
scarcely  to  be  able  to  raise  itself  from  the  ground 

2  N  2 


]S6A,— Ej^ypiian  Vultures. 


1«70^4,  Torksy-Buiunl ;  h,  Ulack  Vulture. 


ISM.— ^ypti"  Valtum. 


1267.— Egyptian  Vollurei. 


276 


^/l^§-^=^ 


1274. — GrilFcn- Vultures 


'.273. — Grt  (Ton- Vulture. 


1277.— Sociable  Vulture. 


if 


269.— Head  of  EgyptUn  Vulture. 


1SC5.— Head  of  GriHbn-Vul:ure. 


12TS.— Pondich«rry  Vulture. 


IS'*.— Cinercouj  Vulture. 


1 27 1 Turkey-Buiiard. 


1276. — Cinereous  Vulture. 


277 


27S 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Vultures. 


and  indeed  in  tliis  sUte  may  be  easily  captured ; 
nut  tliat  the  task  would  be  very  plenaant,  so  strong 
and  disgustine  ui  tlie  effluvium  which  it  emits. 

Bruce  consider*  this  bird  to  be  the  Kachamah  of 
Scripture  (see  the  Appendix  to  his'  Travels'), such 
lieing  the  name  by  which  it  is  now  known  in  Egypt. 
In  size  the  KfiCyptian  vuhure  somewhat  exceeds  a 
raven,  its  length  being  two  feet  live  or  six  inches, 
and  the  expanse  o(  its  wings  about  five  feet  eight 
or  nine  inches  When  in  complete  plumage,  it  is 
of  a  uniform  while,  with  the  exception  of  the 
greater  quill-feathers,  which  are  black.  The  fore- 
head, cheeks,  and  throat  are  naked,  the  skin  being 
of  a  livid  yellow.  The  eyes  are  dark.  The  bill  is 
slender  and  straight,  abruptly  hooked  at  the  tip. 
This  state  of  plumage  is  acquired  by  successive 
changes,  the  first  livery  being  umber-brown,  which 
is  gradually  exchanged,  at  each  moult,  for  lighter 
and  lighter  tints,  till  the  purity  of  the  white  is  com- 
plete. It  breeds  in  the  cleOs  of  rocks  and  on  ele- 
vated places ;  its  eggs  are  stated  to  be  three  or  four 
in  number  and  of  a  white  colour.  Fig.  12CJ  repi-e- 
sents  the  Head  of  this  species. 

1270  (a),  1271.— The  Tobuet-Bdzzabo 

(Cathartes  aura).  This  species  is  spread  through 
South  America  and  the  southern  section  of  the 
United  Stales.  It  is  common  in  Jamaica  and  other 
West  India  islands. 

According  to  Wilson,  the  Turkey-Buzzard  is  gre- 
garious, roostinff  in  flocks  on  the  limbs  of  large  trees ; 
rows  of  them  may  be  seen  on  a  summer  morning  i 
spreading  out  their  wings  to  the  rising  sun,  and 
remaining  in  that  posture  for  a  considerable  time. 
They  are,  he  adds,  often  seen  in  companies  soaring 
at  an  immense  height,  particularly  previous  to  a 
thunder-storm.  His  observations  allude  to  this  bird 
as  observed  by  him  in  New  Jersey.  Mr.  Darwin, 
on  the  contrary,  states  that  "the  turkey-buzzard  is 
a  solitary  bird,  or  at  most  goes  in  pairs.  It  may  at 
once  be  recognised  from  alone;  distance  by  its  lofty 
soaring  and  most  elegant  flight.  It  is  well  known 
to  be  a  true  carrion  feeder.  On  the  west  coast  of 
Patagonia,  among  the  thickly-wooded  islets  and 
broken  land,  it  lives  exclusively  on  what  the  sea 
throws  up,  and  on  the  carcasses  of  dead  seals ;  and 
wherever  these  animals  are  congregated  on  the 
rocks,  there  the  vultures  may  be  seen."  Mr. 
Waterton  observes  that  though  flocks  collect  as  to 
a  common  feast,  still  he  does  not  consider  the 
turkey-buzzard  to  be  gregarious,  properly  speak- 
ing— that  is,  they  do  not  form  a  colony,  like  rooks, 
but  each  pair  pursues  its  separate  interests.  We 
suspect  that  this  applies  to  most  other  vultures, 
which  congregate  round  the  grand  object  of  attrac- 
tion— their  putrid  banquet. 

The  turkey-buzzard  breeds  in  May,  in  the  deep 
recesses  of  the  solitary  swamps  of  New  Jereey,  as 
Wilson  informs  us,  the  female  making  no  nest,  but 
Jaying  her  eggs  in  the  hollow  of  some  decayed 
-stump  of  a  tree  or  log ;  the  eggs  are  three  or  four 
in  number,  of  a  dull  white,  blotched,  especially  at 
the  larger  end,  with  chocolate  brown  and  dashes  of 
black.  The  male  often  watches  while  the  female 
is  sitting,  and,  if  not  disturbed,  the  .same  pair  will 
occupy  the  same  breeding-place  for  many  years  in 
-succession.  The  young  are  at  first  clothed  with 
whitish  down.  Both  young  and  old,  if  molested, 
•disgorge  the  off"ensive  contents  of  their  stomachs,  so 
that  it  is  not  safe  to  attempt  to  touch  them. 

The  turkey-vulture  is  two  feet  and  a  half  in 
length.  The  bill  is  light  hom-colour ;  the  nostrils 
are  wide  slits ;  the  eyes  are  dark  ;  the  head  and 
neck,  for  about  an  inch  below  the  ears,  are  naked, 
<he  skin  being  reddish,  wrinkled,  and  beset  with 
short  hairs,  but  the  neck  is  not  so  much  carun- 
culated  as  that  of  the  black  vulture.  From  the 
back  of  the  head  to  the  neck-feathers  the  space  is 
covered  with  down  of  a  sooty-black  colour;  the  fore 
part  of  the  neck  to  the  crop  is  bare.  The  general 
•colour  of  the  plumage  is  glossy  brownish  black, 
Willi  green  reflexions ;  bill  elongated,  feeble,  and 
curved  only  at  the  point. 

1270  (6). — The  Black  Vulture,  oa  Gallinazo 

K.  Cathartes  atratvs).  The  Gallinazo  inhabits  South 
America  and  the  warmer  parts  of  the  northern 
division  of  that  continent ;  and  in  South  Carolina, 
Savannah,  Georgia,  &c.,  may  be  seen  in  numbers 
sauntering  about  the  streets  or  sunning  itself  on  the 
tops  of  houses ;  multitudes  may  be  often  observed 
in  the  fields  congregated  round  the  carcass  of  any 
dead  animal,  and  blackening  the  ground  like  aflocic 
of  rooks  :  they  keep  up  a  continual  hissing  while 
engaged  in  their  feast,  from  which  it  is  not  easy  to 
drive  them,  having  become  confident  from  long  and 
universal  tolerance. 

Wilson  says  that  the  black  vultures  are  indolent 
in  their  habits,  loitering  for  hours  together  in  one 
place.  They  do  not  associate  with  the  turkey- 
buzzard,  from  which  they  differ  not  only  in  their 
much  darker  colour  and  other  details,  but  also  in 
flight.     They  rise  flapping  their  wings,  and  then 


sail  with  them  extended  nearly  horizontally ;  while 
the  turkey-buzzard  seldom  flaps  its  wings — and  when 
sailing  they  I'urm  an  angle  with  the  body  upwards. 
The  black  vulture  on  the  ground  hops  along  very 
awkwardly  ;  but  the  turkey-buzzard  moves  with  an 
even  gait :  the  latter,  unless  pressed  by  hunger, 
will  not  eat  of  a  carcass  until  it  becomes  putrid ; 
the  former  is  not  so  fastidious,  but  will  devour  ani- 
mal food  without  distinction. 

According  to  Mr.  Darwin,  the  gallinazo  has  a 
different  range  in  South  America  from  the  turkey- 
buzzard,  "  as  It  never  occurs  to  the  southward  of  lat. 
41".  Azara  states  that  there  existed  a  tradition  that 
these  birds  at  the  time  of  the  conquest  were  not  to 
be  found  at  Monte  Video,  but  that  they  subsequently 
followed  the  inhabitants  from  the  more  nui-thern 
districts.  At  the  present  day  they  are  numerous  in 
the  valley  of  the  Colorado,  which  is  three  hundred 
miles  due  south  of  Montevideo.  It  seems  probable 
that  this  additional  migration  has  happened  since 
the  time  of  Azara.  The  gallinazo  generally  prefers 
a  humid  climate,  or  rather  the  neighbourhood  of 
fresh  water :  hence  it  is  extremely  abundant  in 
Brazil  and  La  Plata,  while  it  is  never  found  on  the 
desert  and  arid  plains  of  Northern  Patagonia,  ex- 
cepting near  some  stream.  These  birds  frequent 
the  whole  Pampas  to  the  foot  of  the  Cordillera,  but 
I  never  saw  or  heard  of  one  in  Chile:  in  Peru  they 
are  preserved  as  scavengers.  These  vultures  cer- 
tainly may  be  called  gregarious,  for  they  seem  to 
have  pleasure  in  society,  and  are  not  solely  brought 
together  by  the  attraction  of  a  common  prey.  On 
a  fine  day  a  flock  may  often  be  observed  at  a  great 
height,  each  bird  wheeling  round  and  round  with- 
out closing  its  wings,  in  the  most  graceful  evolutions. 
This  is  clearly  done  for  sport-sake,  or  perhaps  is 
connected  with  their  matrimonial  alliances." 

The  gallinazo  builds  its  nest  in  the  large  trees  of 
the  low  swamps.  The  length  of  this  bird  is  twenty- 
six  inches.  The  head  and  part  of  the  neck  are 
covered  with  a  black,  wrinkled,  carunculaled  skin, 
beset  with  short  black  hairs,  and  downy  behind ;  the 
nostrils  are  oblong  slits.  The  general  colour  is  dull 
black,  except  the  primaries,  vvnich  are  whitish  on 
the  inner  vane,  with  a  cream-white  bar  on  the  outer 
vane  of  the  first  four. 

1272,  1273,  1274.— The  Geiffon-Vultube 

( Vultur  fulvus).  This  large  species,  which  may  be 
regarded  as  an  example  of  the  more  typical  forms 
of  this  group  of  birds,  is  a  native  of  Silesia,  the 
Tyrol,  Dalmatia,  Spain,  the  Pyrenees  and  Alps, 
Turkey,  the  Grecian  Archipelago,  Arabia,  Syria, 
Persia,  and  Africa.  It  is  Le  Griffon  of  the  French  ; 
Weisskopfiger  Geier  of  the  Germans;  Avoltoio  di 
color  costagno  of  the  Italians. 

Like  all  its  tribe,  the  Griffon  feeds  upon  dead 
carcasses,  to  which  it  is  attracted  in  considerable 
numbers,  and  when  once  it  has  made  a  lodgment 
upon  its  prey  it  rarely  quits  the  banquet  while  a 
morsel  of  flesh  remains  ;  so  that  it  may  be  sometimes 
seen  perched  upon  the  putrescent  mass  for  several 
successive  days.  It  never  attempts  to  cany  off  any 
portion  in  its  claws,  not  even  to  satisfy  its  young, 
but  feeds  them  by  disgorging  the  half-digested 
morsel  from  its  maw — the  ordinary  manner  indeed 
in  which  the  vultures  rear  their  young,  and  which 
is  very  different  from  that  of  the  eagles,  falcons, 
hawks,  &c.,  who  bring  living  or  yet  reeking  prey  to 
their  nest,  and  tear  it  up  for  tlieir  brood. 

Occasionally  this  vulture  attacks  sickly  animals 
incapable  of  defending  themselves :  but  this  is  only 
when  no  other  mode  of  satisfying  its  appetite  pre- 
sents. After  gorging  itself  to  repletion,  the  griffon 
assumes  an  unchanged  attitude,  and  patiently  waits 
till  the  process  of  digestion  is  complete :  if  disturbed, 
it  is  incapable  of  flight,  until  it  has  freed  its  maw 
from  the  oppressive  load. 

The  powers  of  wing  possessed  by  the  griffon  are 
very  great,  and  it  often  soars  to  such  a  pitch  as  to 
become  invisible  to  human  sight.  In  captivity  it  is 
apathetic,  or  at  least  is  only  roused  to  animation  by 
tlie  calls  of  hunger;  and  having  feasted,  it  resumes 
its  listless  composure.  Head  and  neck  covered 
with  close  white  down  ;  lower  part  of  the  neck  sur- 
rounded by  a  ruff  of  long,  slender,  white  feathers ; 
a  space  on  the  middle  of  the  breast  is  covered  with 
white  down.  General  colour  fulvous  or  yellowish 
brown,  verging  towards  buff;  quill  and  tail  feathers 
blackish  brown :  length  upwards  of  four  feet ;  fe- 
male larger  than  the  male.  The  general  plumage 
of  the  young  is  yellow  variegated  with  markings  of 
grey,  and  the  down  of  the  neck  is  more  or  less 
brown.     Fig.  1265  is  the  Head  of  this  species. 

1275,  1276. — The  Ciseeeous  Vcltubk 

( Vultur  cinereus).  Gyps  cinereus,  Savigny  ;  Vau- 
tour  arrian  and  Vautour  noir  of  the  French ; 
Grauer  Geier  of  the  Germans.  This  species  is  a 
native  of  ttie  forests  of  Hungary,  the  south  of  Spain, 
Sardinia,  Sicily,  Western  Asia,  Egypt,  and  India.  In 
its  habits,  though  the  beak  is  stouter,  and  the  claws 
more  curved  than  in  nwst  vultures  (the  sociable 


and  Pondicherry  vultures  resembling  it  in  these  par- 
ticulars), ihe  Cinereous  Vulture  agrees  with  the  rest 
of  its  race.  Temminck  states  that  its  food  consists 
of  carrion,  but  never  of  living  amimals,  towards 
which  it  manifests  fear.  Bechstein,  on  the  contrary, 
states  that  in  the  winter  this  vulture  descends  from 
the  mountain-ranges  into  the  plains,  where  it  attacks 
not  only  hares,  goals,  and  sheep,  but  even  deer. 
Tlie  farmers  are  said  to  suffer  severely  from  its 
depredations,  for  it  will  frequently  pick  out  the  eyes 
of  a  sheep;  but,  as  it  is  not  shy,  often  pays  the 
penalty  of  its  life  to  the  watchlul  hunter,  who  is 
well  paid  for  shooting  Ihe  marauder. 

Back  of  the  head  and  neck  denuded  of  feathers  ; 
the  skin  of  a  bluish  cast ;  on  the  rest  of  the  neck  a 
yellow  down;  sides  of  the  neck  furnished  with 
curled  feathers,  and  an  ample  tuft  of  long  loose 
feathers  at  the  insertion  of  the  wings;  general 
colour  chocolate-brown  ;  tarsi  half-plumed.  Length 
near  four  feet ;  female  rather  larger. 

1277. — TuE  Sociable  Vultubb 

( Vultur  auricularis).  Oricou  of  Le  Vaillant  j 
T'Ghaip  of  the  Hottentots.  This  noble  bird,  a 
native  of  South  Africa,  is  said  by  Le  Vaillant  to  be 
gregarious  in  its  habits,  numbers  associating  to- 
gether in  building  their  nests  in  Ihe  fissures  of 
craggy  rocks,  two  or  three  nests  being  sometimes 
in  the  same  fissure  or  cavern,  side  by  side,  and 
others  in  adjacent  crevices  :  hence  the  title  of 
Sociable,  a  title  which  Dr.  A.  Smith  considers  to 
be  founded  on  error.  He  has  never  met  with  moie 
than  one  nest  actually  occupied  on  the  same  tree 
(not  fissure  of  a  rock).  The  mistake  has  probably 
originated  in  a  new  nest  being  occasionally  built 
adjoining  to  an  old  one  which  had  been  deserted 
on  account  of  its  having  become  unserviceable. 
The  bird,  he  adds,  seems  but  little  disposed  to  so- 
ciability ;  more  than  two  are  rarely  seen  together, 
and  if  four  occur  in  the  neighbourhood  of  a  carcass, 
the  number  is  considered  as  great;  while  of  the 
griffon-vulture  it  is  by  no  means  uncommon  to  see 
a  hundred  or  even  more  congregated  where  carrion 
exists.  Head  and  neck  red  and  naked  ;  folds  of 
skin  originating  behind  the  ears  and  passing  down 
the  sides  of  the  neck  ;  rufl'  of  feathers  at  the  lowei- 
part  of  the  neck  black  ;  general  plumage  blackish 
brown  ;  feathers  of  the  under  parts  long  and  narrow, 
covering  a  fine  white  down.  Length  nearly  four 
feet;  expanse  of  wings  ten^feet. 

1278. — The  PoNDicuEEEr  Vultube 

(Vultur  Ponticerranus).  This  species,  which  offers 
nothing  differing  from  its  race  in  habits  and  food, 
is  found  abundantly  in  various  parts  oi  India,  as 
Bengal,  &c.  Colonel  Sykes  met  with  it  in  the 
Dukhun.  It  is  solitary,  more  than  two  being  seldom 
if  ever  seen  together.  The  top  of  the  skull  is  re- 
markably broad  and  flat ;  a  fold  of  skin,  arising  be- 
low the  ears,  runs  down  each  side  of  the  neck,  w  hich 
is  flesh-coloured  and  naked,  a  few  scattered  hairs 
being  dispersed  over  it ;  ruff  at  the  base  of  the 
neck  composed  of  short  rounded  feathers.  Crop 
covered  with  down  ;  plumage  geneially  blackish 
brown.     Length  thirty-six  inches. 

1279. — The  Cuinkse  Vulture 

(  Vultur  leuconotus).  A  beautiful  specimen  of  this 
vulture  is  now  living  in  the  gardens  of  the  Zool. 
Soc.  It  equals  a  turkey  in  size :  the  general  colour 
is  brownish  black ;  lower  part  of  the  back,  under 
side  of  wings,  and  inner  side  of  thighs  white ;  when 
the  wings  are  closed,  the  white  of  the  back  is  not 
seen.  Head  brownish  black,  with  short  black  hairs ; 
back  of  the  neck  covered  with  whitish  down  ;  the 
front  of  it  bare  and  of  a  livid  flesh  colour  ;  ruff  at 
the  base  of  the  neck  dirty  white  ;  while  feathers 
from  each  side  lap  over  the  crop  ;  cere  blackish  ; 
bill  horn-colour :  iris  dark.  In  aspect  and  manners 
this  species  is  similar  to  the  rest  of  its  race  ;  and  in 
captivity  is  quiet  and  contented. 

1280. — Kolbe's  Vultubb 

{Vultur  Kolbii).  This  species  is  generally  dis- 
persed through  Africa  and  India;  it  occasionally 
visits  Sardinia.  In  South  Africa  it  is  very  numerous. 
Dr.  A.  Smith,  speaking  of  Kolbe's  Vulture,  the 
Vultur  auricularis,  and  another  species,  the  Vultur 
occipitalis,  says,  "The  three  foregoing  birds  feed 
exclusively  on  carrion.  The  Vultur  Kolbii,  though 
not  the  most  powerful,  is  by  far  the  most  courageous 
species,  and  while  it  is  feeding  neither  of  the  oihers 
will  venture  to  approach  its  prey.  Its  numbers, 
moreover,  are  very  great  as  compared  with  those 
of  the  two  other  species,  hundreds  of  them  appear- 
ing wherever  there  is  carrion  to  attract  them.  So 
numerous  are  they,  indeed,  that  when  an  ox,  a 
horse,  or  other  large  quadruped  lies  dead,  they  as- 
semble in  hundreds,  and  in  a  few  hours  the  whole 
of  the  carcass  is  consumed.  At  such  a  time  many 
of  these  rapacious  birds  may  be  observed  so  exceed- 
ingly gorged,  as  to  be  quite  unable  to  fly ;  when  thty 


Vultures.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


279 


may  be  beaten  to  death  with  sticks :  but  their  as- 
sailants run  the  hazard  ol"  beine:  severely  wounded 
with  the  strong  beaks  of  the  birds,  which  even  in 
this  state  will  defend  themselves  with  the  greatest 
vigour." 

Kolbe's  vulture  is  closely  allied  to  the  griffon- 
vulture,  which  it  closely  resembles  in  colouring,  but 
is  less  in  size.  In  Kolbe's  vulture  the  feathers  of 
the  wings  of  the  lower  parts  are  all  rounded  at  the 
end  :  in  the  griffon-vulture  they  are  long  and  pointed. 
In  Kolbe's  vulture  the  ruff  is  neither  so  long  nor 
so  abundant  as  in  the  griffon;  the  plumage  of  the 
adult  is  nearly  of  a  whitish  Isabella  colour;  while 
that  of  the  adult  griffon  is  of  a  uniform  bright  brown 
throughout. 

1281. — The  I.ndian  Vultobe 

(Vullur  Indicus).  This  vulture  is  common  through- 
out the  whole  of  India.  It  is  a  voradous  bird,  and 
may  be  seen  lingering  on  the  sea-shore,  preying  on 
dead  flsh,  and  the  putrescent  exuviae  of  the  waters, 
left  by  the  waves  on  the  beach.  Flocks  follow 
armies,  and  multitudes  assemble  on  the  battle-field, 
for  "  where  the  slain  are,  there  are  they." 

Head  and  neck  destitute  of  feathers,  all  the  upper 
plumage  yellovfish  ash-colour,  varied  with  brown 
and  greyish  white ;  under  parts  yellow ;  breast 
covered  with  close  down  of  a  brown  tint ;  bill  black 
lighter  at  the  point;  naked  skin  of  the  head  rusty 
ash.  Length  forty-two  inches.  Colonel  Sykes  says 
these  birds  "  congregate  in  flocks  of  twenty  or 
thirty.  On  a  dead  camel  or  horse  or  bullock  being 
thrown  out  on  the  plain,  numbers  of  these  vultures 
are  found  assembled  round  it  in  an  incredibly  short 
time,  though  they  may  not  have  been  seen  in  the 
neighbourhood  for  weeks  before." 

1282,  1283,  1284.— The  Condob 

(Sarcoramphus  Gryphus).  The  exaggerated  ac- 
counts of  the  earlier  writers  and  naturalists,  who 
painted  this  bird  as  rivalling  the  Rukh  of  Oriental 
fable,  have  given  place  to  the  moderate  details  of 
sober-minded  observers,  and  we  no  longer  look  upon 
this  vulture  as  the  winged  guardian  of  mountain- 
mines,  within  whose  depths  were  entombed  "gems 
and  barbaric  gold,"  the  freightage  of  a  thousand 
royal  argosies,  treasures 

•■  which  far 
Outshone  the  wealth  of  Ormus  and  of  Tnd." 

We  no  longer  imagine  it  the  giant  of  the  winged 
race,  dimming  the  light  of  the  sun  by  its  wide- 
spread pinions,  or,  by  their  mighty  rushing  as  it 
sweeps  down  from  some  lofty  pinnacle,  or  the  upper 
regions  of  the  sky,  deafening  and  stupifying  the 
terror-stricken  beholders. 

To  the  scrutiny  of  the  Baron  Von  Humboldt  and 
of  M.  Bonpland  we  owe  the  reduction  of  the  bird  to 
its  proper  dimensions.  Nestling  in  the  most  soli- 
tary places,  often  upon  the  ridges  of  rocks,  which 
border  the  lower  limit  of  perpetual  snow,  and 
crowned  with  its  extraordinary  comb,  the  condor 
for  a  long  time  appeared  to  the  eyes  of  Humboldt 
himself  as  a  wingeil  giant,  and  he  avows  that  it  was 
only  the  measurement  of  the  dead  bird  that  dissi- 
pated this  optical  illusion.  The  grand  scenery  amid 
which  it  is  found  had  a  precisely  contrary  effect  on 
Lieutenant  Maw,*  who  in  describing  his  descent 
into  the  deep  and  narrow  valley  of  Magdalena,  says. 
"  whilst  descending,  several  condors  hovered  round 
us,  and  about  the  rocks  on  which  they  build  their 
nests:  but  .so  vast  was  the  scale  of  the  rocks  and 
mountains,  that  even  the.se  immense  birds  appeared 
quite  insignificant,  and  I  doubted  for  a  time  that 
they  were  condors  " 

The  condor,  a  native  of  the  Andes  of  South  Ame- 
rica, is  an  example  of  the  genus  Sarcoramphus, 
characterized  by  the  fleshy  carbuncles  or  comb-like 
appendages  at  the  base  of  the  beak  and  the  fore- 
head, and  the  nakedness  of  t  he  neck ,  and  the  size  and 
oval  form  of  the  nostrils,  placed  on  the  anterior  edge 
of  the  cere:  the  third  (juill-feather  is  the  longest. 
This  genus  is  peculiar  to  the  New  World,  and  con- 
tains, besides  the  condor,  the  King-vulture  and  the 
Califomian  vulture. 

The  elevation  chosen  by  the  condor  as  its  breed- 
ing-place and  habitual  residence  varies  from  ten 
thousand  feet  to  fifteen  thousand  above  the  level  of 
the  sea;  and  here,  on  some  isolated  pinnacle  or 
jutting  ledge,  it  rears  iU  brood  and  looks  down 
upon  the  plains  below  for  food.  It  is  generally 
seen  singly  or  in  pairs— seldom  in  large  companies; 
l»  "*vJ  ^""""^  *"«  basaltic  cliffs  of  the  St.  Cruz 
Mr.  Darwin  found  a  spot  where  scores  usually 
haunt.  "On  coming,"  he  says,  "to  the  brow  of 
the  precipice,  it  was  a  fine  sight  to  see  between 
twenty  and  thirty  of  these  great  birds  start  heavily 
from  their  resting  places,  and  wheel  away  in  ma- 
jestic circles."  It  appears  that  many  clusters  of 
rocks  or  high  precipitous  crags  are  named  alter 
these  birds;  the  appellations,  in  the  language  of  the 


•  'Joarnal  of  »  Parage  from  Oic  IVidc  to  the  Atlantic 
Alaw,  Lieut.  R.  N 


by  H.  L. 


Incas,  meaning  the  "  Condor's  look-out,"  the  "Con- 
dor's roost,"  the  "  Condor's  nest,"  &c. 

High  over  the  loftiest  pinnacles  may  the  condor 
often  be  seen  soaring,  borne  up  on  outspread  wings, 
describing  in  its  flight  the  most  graceful  spires 
and  circles.  "  Except  when  rising  from  the  ground," 
says  Mr.  Darwin,  "1  do  not  recollect  ever  having 
seen  one  of  these  birds  flap  its  wings.  Near  Lima 
I  watched  several  for  nearly  half  an  hour  without 
once  taking  off  my  eyes.  They  moved  in  large 
curves,  sweeping  in  circles,  descending  and  ascend- 
ing without  once  flapping.  As  they  glided  close 
over  my  head,  I  intently  watched  from  an  oblique 
position  the  outlines  of  the  separate  and  terminal 
feathers  of  the  wing  ;  if  there  had  been  the  least 
vibratory  movement,  these  would  have  blended 
together;  but  they  were  seen  distinct  against  the 
blue  sky.  The  head  and  neck  were  moved  fre- 
quently, and  apparently  with  force  ;  and  it  appeared 
as  if  the  extended  wings  formed  the  fulcrum  on 
which  the  movements  of  the  neck,  body,  and  tail 
acted.  If  the  bird  wished  to  descend,  the  wings 
were  for  a  moment  collapsed ;  and  then,  when 
again  expanded  with  an  altered  inclination,  the 
momentum  gained  by  the  rapid  descent  seemed  to 
urge  the  bird  upwards  with  the  even  and  steady 
movement  of  a  paper  kite.  In  case  of  any  bird 
soaring,  its  motion  must  be  sufficiently  rapid  so  that 
the  action  of  the  inclined  surface  of  its  body  on  the 
atmosphere  may  counterbalance  its  gravity.  The 
force  to  keep  up  the  momentum  of  a  body  moving 
in  a  horizontal  plane  in  that  fluid  (in  which  there  is 
so  little  friction)  cannot  be  great,  and  this  force  is 
all  that  is  wanted.  The  movement  of  the  neck  and 
body  of  the  condor  we  must  suppose  sufficient  for 
this.  However  this  may  be,  it  is  truly  wonderful 
and  beautiful  to  see  so  great  a  bird  hour  after  hour, 
without  any  apparent  exertion,  wheeling  and  gliding 
over  mountain  and  river." 

The  condor  feeds,  like  other  vultures,  on  carrion, 
dead  llamas,  mules,  sheep,  &c.  When  gorged  with 
food  they  sit  sidlen  and  drowsy  on  the  roc'Ks,  and, 
as  Humboldt  says,  will  suffer  themselves  to  be 
driven  before  the  hunters  rather  than  take  wing; 
but  he  adds  that  he  has  seen  them  when  on  the 
look-out  lor  prey,  especially  on  serene  days,  soaring 
at  a  prodigious  height,  as  if  for  the  purpose  of  com- 
manding the  most  extensive  view.  The  same  writer 
states  that  he  never  heard  of  any  well  authenticated 
instance  of  these  birds  commencing  an  attack  on 
man,  or  of  their  carrying  away  children  (according 
to  vague  report);  that  he  often  approached  within 
a  few  feet  of  them  as  they  sat  on  the  rocks,  but 
they  never  manifested  any  disposition  to  assault 
him :  and  the  Indians  at  Quito  assured  him  that 
men  have  nothing  to  fear  from  them.  This  scarcely 
applies  to  other  animals.  "  Besides  feeding  on  car- 
rion," says  Mr.  Darwin,  "  the  condore  will  frequently 
attack  young  goats  and  lambs.  Hence  the  shep- 
herd-dogs are  trained,  the  moment  the  enemy 
passes  over,  to  run  out,  and,  looking  upwards,  to  bai  k 
violently."  Two  of  them  will  sometimes  attack  the 
vicugna,  the  llama,  the  heifer,  and  even  the  puma, 
persecuting  the  quadruped  till  it  falls  beneath  the 
wounds  inflicted  by  the  beaks  of  its  assailants.  The 
condor  is  indeed  amazingly  strong,  and  extremely 
tenacious  of  life.  Sir  Francis  relates  the  account 
of  a  struggle  between  one  of  his  Cornish  miners 
and  a  condor  gorged  with  food,  and  therefore  not 
in  the  best  state  for  the  fray  ;  the  man  began  by 
grasping  the  bird  round  the  neck,  which  he  tried 
to  break ;  but  the  bird,  roused  by  the  unceremo- 
nious attack,  struggled  so  violently  as  to  defeat  the 
plan  :  nor  alter  an  hours  struggling,  though  the 
miner  brought  away  several  of  the  wing-feat  hers  in 
token  of  victory,  does  it  appear  that  the  bird  was 
despatched. 

According  to  Mr.  Darwin  (and  Humboldt  states 
the  same),  "  the  condor  makes  no  sort  of  nest,  but 
in  the  month  of  November  and  December  lays  two 
large  white  eggs  on  a  shelf  of  bare  rock.  On  the 
Patagonian  coast  I  could  not  see  any  sort  of  nest 
among  the  cliffs  where  the  young  were  standing. 
It  is  said  the  young  condors  cannot  fly  for  an  entire 
year.  At  Concepcion,  on  the  fifth  of  March  (cor- 
responding to  our  September),  I  saw  a  young  bird, 
which,  thouijh  in  size  little  inferior  to  an  old  one, 
was  completely  covered  with  down  like  that  of  a 
gosling,  but  of  a  blackish  colour.  Alter  the  period 
when  the  young  condors  can  fiy,  and  apparently  as 
well  as  the  old  birds,  they  yet  remain  at  night  on 
the  same  ledge  and  hunting  by  day  with  their 
parents.  Before,  however,  the  young  bird  has  the 
ruff  turned  white,  it  may  be  often  seen  hunting  by 
itself."  Mr.  Darwin  considers  it  probable  that  the 
condor  breeds  only  once  in  two  years. 

At  the  age  of  two  years  the  condor  is  not  yet 
black,  but  of  a  yellowish  brown  ;  and  up  to  this 
time  the  female  has  no  ajijcarance  of  a  ruff: 
hence,  ignorant  of  the  chanire  in  the  plumage  of 
this  bird,  many  travellers  talk  of  two  species  of 
condor. 

The  feathers  of  the  condor  are  so  close  and  firm, 


and  overlap  each  other  so  regularly,  as  to  throw  off 
j  a  bullet,  unless  it  hits  point  blank.  The  general 
colour  of  the  adult  male  is  glossy  black,  with  a 
tinge  of  grey.  The  greater  wing-coverts,  except  at 
the  base  and  tips,  and  the  secondary  quill-feathers, 
are  white  ;  and  a  white  ruff  of  downy  feathers  en- 
circles the  base  of  the  neck.  This  part,  as  well  as 
the  head,  is  bare,  the  skin  being  coarse  and  wrinkled, 
and  of  a  dull  reddish  colour,  with  a  tinge  of  purple. 
A  large  firm  comb  surmounts  the  forehead,  and  the 
skin  at  the  back  of  the  head  folds  into  irregular 
wrinkles,  converging  into  a  sort  of  loose  wattle  be- 
neath the  bill,  which,  as  in  the  turkey,  is  capable  of 
being  dilated  at  pleasure.  The  tail  is  broad  and 
somewhat  wedge-shaped.  Length  about  four  feet ; 
expanse  of  wing  about  nine  feet ;  tarsi  powerful. 
The  female  wants  the  comb,  and  the  greater  wing- 
coverts  are  blackish  grey. 

The  condor  is  captured  by  the  lasso,  or  taken  in 
various  traps  and  stratagems.  According  to  Mr. 
Darwin,  the  Chilenos  are  in  the  habit  of  marking 
the  trees  in  which  they  roost,  frequently  to  the 
number  of  five  or  six  together,  and  then  at  night 
climb  up  and  noose  them.  They  are  such  heavy 
sleepers,  he  adds,  as  I  myself  witnessed,  that  this  is 
not  a  difficult  task.  Lieutenant  Maw  saw  the  condor's 
quill  used  as  a  pen  in  the  Cordillera  (Toulea). 

1285,  1286.— The  King-Vultcbe 

(Sarcoramphus  Papa).  This  beautiful  species  is  a 
native  of  the  intertropical  regions  of  America,  and 
is  seen  occasionally  in  Florida,  probably  its  most 
northern  limit.  It  is  not,  like  the  condor,  a  moun- 
tain bird,  but  tenants  the  low  humid  forests  bor- 
dering rivers  and  savannahs,  where  animal  life  is. 
abundant,  and  where  decomposition  rapidly  succeeds 
death.  It  is  amidst  the  most  luxuriant  scenery 
that  this  monarch  of  the  vultures  reigns  ;  the  turkey- 
buzzard  and  gallinazo  being  in  subjection  under 
him.  Waterton  in  his  amusing  work  relates,  that 
while  sailing  up  Essequibo,  he  observed  a  pair 
of  king-vultures  sitting  on  the  naked  branch  of  a 
tree,  with  about  a  dozen  of  the  common  species, 
waiting  to  begin  the  feast  upon  a  goat,  killed  by  a 
jaguar,  but  which  he  had  been  forced  to  abandon. 
The  pair  seemed  rather  to  tolerate  the  .presence  of 
the  rest,  than  to  associate  with  them  on  terms  of 
familiarity.  The  same  traveller,  having  killed  a 
large  serpent,  caused  it  to  be  carried  into  the  forest 
as  a  lure  for  one  of  these  vultures  which  he  wished 
to  obtain.  He  watched  the  result.  "  The  foliage," 
he  says,  "  where  he  laid  the  snake  was  impervious, 
to  the  sun's  rays  ;  and  had  any  vultures  passed  over 
that  part  of  the  forest,  I  think  I  may  say  with  safety, 
that  they  would  not  have  seen  the  body  through  the 
shade.  For  the  first  two  days  not  a  vulture  made  it&. 
appearance  at  the  spot,  though  IcouldseeaVultvn-e 
aura  gliding  on  appaiently  immovable  pinions 
at  a  moderate  height  over  the  tops  of  the  forest 
trees.  But  during  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day, 
when  the  carcass  of  the  serpent  had  got  into  a  state 
of  putrefaction,  more  than  twenty  of  the  common 
vultures  came  and  perched  upon  the  neighbouring- 
trees,  and  the  next  morning,  a  little  before  six 
o'clock,  I  saw  a  magnificent  King  of  the  Vultures. 
There  was  a  stupendous  mora-tree  close  by,  whose 
topmost  branches  had  either  been  dried  by  time  or 
blasted  by  the  thunder-storm.  Upon  this  branch  L 
killed  the  King  of  the  Vultures  before  it  had  de- 
scended to  partake  of  the  savoury  food  which  had 
attracted  it  to  the  place.  Soon  after  this  another 
King  of  the  Vultures  came,  and  after  he  had  stuffed 
himself  almost  to  suffocation,  the  rest  pounced  down 
upon  the  remains  of  the  serpent,  and  stayed  there  till 
they  had  devoured  the  last  morsel." 

Though  this  species  is  mostly  seen  alone  or  in 
pairs,  travellers  state  that  in  Mexico  it  is  sometimes 
observed  in  flocks.  The  general  account,  that  the 
other  vultures  stand  patiently  by  till  their  monarch 
has  finished  his  repast,  and  which  appears  to  be  not 
without  foundation,  may  be  easily  accounted  for  by 
the  superior  strength  and  courage  of  this  species. 

The  colours  of  the  king-vulture  are  very  splendid. 
The  naked  skin  of  the  head  and  neck  is  deeply 
tinged  with  mingled  scarlet,  orange,  and  violet :  be- 
neath the  eye  are  several  deep  wrinkles  converging 
to  a  fold  of  skin  extending  obliquely  downwards 
along  the  neck.  Over  the  cere  of  the  beak  hangs  a 
loose  comb  of  bright  orange  ;  the  circle  round  the 
eyes  is  scarlet,  in  singular  contrast  with  the  pearl 
white  of  the  iris ;  the  ruff  round  the  bottom  of  the 
neck  is  soft,  downy,  and  of  a  delicate  grey.  The 
general  plumage  is  of  a  bright  fawn-colour;  the  quill- 
feathers,  the  greater  coverts,  and  tail-feathers  glossy 
black.  Length  about  two  feet  and  a  half;  expanse 
of  wings  upwards  of  five  leet.  The  young  birds  of 
the  year  have  a  dull  bluish  plumage,  and  a  violet 
head  and  neck;  in  the  second  year  their  plumage 
is  dusky,  marked  with  longitudinal  white  spots  ;  in 
the  thirtl  year  the  permanent  eolounng  is  nearly 
assumed,  and  is  completed  on  the  subsequent  change 
of  feathers. 


1293.— King  Vulture' 


I2II1.— Indian  Vulture. 


280 


1243. — Head  of  younj;  Bwn  OwU 


1290.— External  Ear  of  Owl. 


1293— External  Ear  of  OwU 


1291.— Bony  Ring  md  Lens  of  Snowy  Owl. 


IS96.— Skall  of  Homed  Owl. 


1 29S.— Foot  of  Bira-Owl. 


1297.— Barn-Owl. 


1292.— Ctum  of  Ew  in  Birdi. 


12«l.— Head  of  Horned  Owl. 


ISST.— Head  of  Bim-Owl. 


No.  36. 


THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATUKK.] 


281 


S82 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


Family  STRIGID.E  (OWLS). 
The  birds  of  thi«  family  have  large  heads,  and  great 

g rejecting  eyes  directed  forwards,  and  surrounded 
y  a  circle  or  disc,  more  or  less  developed,  formed 
of  loOM  and  delicate  feathers,  the  margin  consist- 
ing of  feather*  of  a  tirmer  texture  and  more  defi- 
nite outline.  The  beak  is  hooked  and  raptorial ; 
the  claws  are  curved,  sharp,  and  retractile ;  and 
the  outer  toe  is  versatile,  in  order  to  strengthen  the 
grasp.  The  plumage  is  full  and  sett,  generally 
•potted,  barred,  and  clouded  with  different  shades 
Of  tawny,  brown,  and  yellow.  Many  species  have 
the  top  of  the  head  garnished  with  elongated 
plumelets,  or  tufta,  capable  of  being  erected  or  de- 
pressed ;  they  rise  from  the  margin  of  the  disc  over 
each  eye,  and  are  commonly,  but  of  course  erro- 
neously, called  ears  or  horns.  See  Fig.  1287,  the 
Head  of  the  Common  Bam-Owl,  exhibiting  the 
facial  disc;  Fig.  1288,  Head  of  the  Horned  Owl, 
showing  the  tul1s ;  Fig.  1289,  the  Foot  of  the  Barn- 
Owl.  In  Fig.  1290,  a  represents  one  of  the  Feathers 
of  Disc,  magnified. 

The  owls,  some  few  excepted,  are  crepuscular 
and  nocturnal  in  their  habits ;  they  come  forth  with 
the  diwk  of  evening  to  prowl  for  food  ;  they  win- 
now the  air  with  silent  pinions,  their  ears  attentive 
to  eveiy  slight  sound,  and  their  eyes  quick  to  dis- 
cern their  creeping  prey,  on  which  they  glide  with 
noiseless  celerity. 

The  organic  endowments  of  these  nightly  ma- 
rauders are  in  admirable  concordance  with  their 
destined  mode  of  life.  Let  us  look  at  the  common 
bani-owl  as  a  type  of  the  family.  The  eyes,  we 
observe,  are  large  and  staring,  but  they  are  incapa- 
ble of  bearing  the  strong  light  of  day  ;  the  iris  is 
irritable,  and  the  pupil  almost  completely  con- 
tracted ;  the  lids  are  half  closed,  and  the  membrana 
nictitans  almost  constantly  drawn  over  the  ball,  like 
a  delicate  curtain ;  but  when  twilight  sets  in,  the 
eyes  display  a  very  different  appearance— the  lids 
are  wide  open,  the  curtain  is  folded  back,  the  pupil 
is  widely  dilated,  and  they  gleam  with  lustrous 
effulgence.  In  all  British  birds,  and,  we  believe,  as 
a  general  rule,  the  bony  ring  of  the  eyeball  is  con- 
vex externally ;  but  in  the  owls  it  is  concave,  and 
lengthened — the  transparent  cornea  being  placed, 
as  it  were,  at  the  end  of  a  tube,  the  whole  resem- 
bling the  glass  used  by  watchmakers.  Fig.  1291 
aepresents,  I,  the  bony  ring  of  the  Snowy-Owl : 
2,  the  crystalline  lens  of  the  same  bird ;  a,  the 
-anterior  surface,  less  convex  than  the  posterior  one. 
The  facial  disc  of  feathers  materially  aids  vision 
by  concentrating  the  rays  of  light.  Mr.  Varrell 
-observes  that  the  extent  of  vision  enjoyed  by  the 
falcons  is  probably  superior  to  that  of  the  owls,  but 
that  the  more  spherical  lens  and  corresponding 
■  cornea  give  to  the  eyes  of  the  latter  im  intensity 
better  suited  to  the  opacity  of  the  medium  in  which 
their  power  is  required  to  be  exercised.  They  may 
be  compared  to  the  eyes  of  "  a  person  near-sighted, 
who  sees  objects  with  superior  magnitude  and  bril- 
liancy when  within  the  prescribed  limits  of  his 
natural  powers  of  vision  from  the  increased  angle 
these  objects  subtend." 

We  have  previously  said  that  birds  have  no  ex- 
ternal ears,  but  in  the  owls,  whose  sense  of  hearing 
is  exquisite,  and  who  listen  for  their  prey,  we  find 
.  an  exception  to  the  general  line.     If  we  part  the 
feathers  forming  the  back  part  of  the  rim  of  the 
disc,  we  shall  find  the  large  auditory  orifice  enclosed 
between  two  valves  of  thin  skin,  from  the  edges  of 
which  proceed  the  feathers  in  question.    The  leaves 
of  this  double  valve  are  capable  of  being  thrown 
wide  apart,  so  as  to  concentrate  as  well  as  admit 
every  slight  vibration,  the  effect  of  which  is  in- 
creased by  the  widely-diffused  cavities  connected 
^•ith  the  internal  chambers.    The  drum  of  the  ear 
■is  very  thin  and  transparent,  and  its  vibrations  are 
conveyed  to  those  winding  hollows  called  the  laby- 
rinth, by  a  single  osticulum,  as  in  reptiles.     In  order 
to  distend,  support,  or  relax  the  drum,  there  is  a 
cartilaginous  organ  stretching  from  the  side  of  the 
passage  almost  to  the  middle  of  the  membrane,  while 
thereis  another  cartilage  divided  into  three  branches, 
of  which  the  middle  one  being  the  longest,  is  joined  to 
the  top  of  the  cartilaginous  organ  before  mentioned 
(see  Fig.  1292),  and  assists  in  bearing  upthe  external 
membrane  (the  drum).  The  cartilage  joins  the  top  of 
the  omailum  or  columella,  which  is  a  very  fine, 
light,  bony  tube,  the  bottom  of  which  expands  into  a 
plate',  fitting  into  the /orani«n  ovale  (the  entrance  to 
the  labyrinth),  to  which  it  is  braced  all  round  by  very 
slender  muscles.     Figs.  1290  and   1293  represent 
the  external  Ear  of  the  Owl ;  Fig.  1294,  the  Head 
of  a  young  Bam-Owl.    The  head  is  so  turned  as  to 
expose  the  auditory  passage  and  valvular  omculum. 
a,  the  cranium ;  b,  the  nostril  on  the  beak  ;  c,  the 
neck ;  d,  the  eye  ;  «,  the  termination  of  the  exter- 
nal skin  surrounding  the  orifice  of  the  ear ;  /,  the 
anterior  flap  or  opercular  fold  of  the  ear ;  </,  part 
of  the  tympanic  or  quadrate  bone  ;   h,  membrana 
tympani,  or  drum  of  the  ear. 


From  the  loose  texture  of  their  soft  full  plumage,    j 
and  from  the  laxity  of  the  quill-feathers  (of  which  |j 
the  outer  edges  are  fringed  by  a  pectinated  line  ot  i 
delicate  lashes,  the  terminations  of  the  barbs),  the    j 
flight  of  the  owl,  though  buoyant  and  easy,  is  by  no 
means  distincniished  for  velocity,  like  that  of  the 
falcon  ;  tne  wings  gently  fan  the  air;  they  present 
no    rigid    edges;    they  do    not    cut    it   with    the  . 
whistling  stroke  of  the  pinions  of  the  hawk  or  dove  ;  I 
no  rustling  sound  is  heard  as  the  owl  skims  lightly 
by  ;  and  in  accordance  with  this  condition  of  the  j 
plumage  and  feathers  of  the  wing,  is  the  develop-  j 
ment  of  the  sternum  and  its  appendages.    Variation  i 
of  course  exists  in  different  species,  but  the  keel 
(see  Fig.  1295)  is  less  deep  and  projects  less  for- 
ward than  in  the  falcon  ;  the  furcula  is  less  arched, 
more  slender  and  more  distinctly  triangular;  and 
the  coracoid  or  clavicular  bones  are  less  robust  and  j 
straighter;   the  whole  is  less  solid  and  expansive.  | 
Fig.  1296  represenU  the  skull  of  the  Strix  otus,  | 
showing  the  orbit,  and,  below  it,  a,  the  large  audi- 
tory orifice. 

The   owls  prey  on   living  animals:   the   larger 
species  on  hares,  rabbits,  birds,  &c. ;   the  smaller  j 
on  mice,  moles,  rats,  and  reptiles. 

1297,  1298.— -The  Babn-Owi, 
(Strix  fammea).  This  is  the  Effraie,  Fresaie,  and 
Petit  Chathuant  Plomb6  of  the  French;  Barba- 
gianni,  Alloco  Commune  e  Bianco,  of  the  Italians  ; 
Schleierkauz,  Perlschlietkautz,  and  Peri-Eule  of 
the  German;  De  Kerkuil  of  the  Netheriands; 
Bam-Owl,  White  Owl,  Church-Owl,  Gillihowlet, 
Howlet,  Madge  Howlet,  Madge  Owl,  Hissing  Owl, 
and  Screech  Owl  of  the  modern  British;  and 
Dylluan  wen  of  the  ancient  British. 

This  beautiful  bird  is  spread  throughout  the  tem- 
perate and  warmer  regions  of  Europe.  It  is  common 
in  England  and  Ireland,  but  less  so  in  Scotland  ;  in 
the  high  northern  latitudes  of  the  Continent  it  is 
not  known.  The  barn-owl  conceals  itself  during 
the  day  in  deep  recesses  among  ivy-clad  ruins,  in 
antique  church-towers,  in  the  hollow  of  old  trees, 
in  barn-lofts,  and  similar  places  of  seclusion.  At 
night  it  sallies  forih  for  prey,  which  consi:-ts  of  mice, 
rats,  moles,  and  shrews,  but,  we  believe,  never  birds. 
Hence  it  is  persecuted  by  the  farmer  in  vain,  who 
suspects  that  it  thins  his  dovecot,  and  little  knows 
the  extent  of  the  services  which  the  bird  renders  to 
him.  "If,"  says  Mr.  Waterton,  " this  useful  bird 
caught  its  food  by  day,  instead  of  hunting  for  it  by 
night,  mankind  would  have  ocular  demonstration 
of  its  utility  in  thinning  the  country  of  mice,  and  it 
would  be  protected  and  encouraged  everywhere. 
When  it  has  young  it  will  bring  a  mouse  to  the  nest 
every  12  or  15  minutes  "(that  is  during  the  night) ; 
and  he  adds,  "formerly  I  could  get  very  few  young 
pigeons  till  the  rats  were  excluded  from  the  dove- 
cot ;  since  that  took  place  it  has  produced  a  great  ., 
abundance  every  year,  though  the  barn  owl  fre-  :l 
quents  it,  and  is  encouraged  all  round  it ;"  and  he 
aflSrms  that  the  pigeons  neither  regard  it  "  as  a  bad 
or  suspicious  character." 

Mr.  Thompson  ('  Mag.  Zool.  and  Botan.,  vol.  ii. 
p.  178),  observes  that  "  the  white  (bam)  owl  is  a 
well-known  visitor  to  the  dovecot,— and  m  such  a 
place,  or  rather  a  loft  appropriated  to  pigeons,  in 
the  town  of  Belfast,  I  am  informed  by  an  observant 
friend,  that  a  pair  once  had  their  nest ;  this  con- 
tained four  young,  which  were  brought  up  at  the 
same  time  with  many  pigeons.  The  nests  contain- 
ing the  latter  were  on  every  side,  but  the  owls 
never  attempted  to  molest  either  the  parents  or 
their  young.  As  may  be  conjectured,  the  owl's  nest 
was  frequently  inspected  during  the  progress  of  the 
young  birds ;  on  the  shelf  beside  them  never  less 
than  six,  and  often  15  mice  and  young  rats  (no 
birds  were  ever  seen)  have  been  observed,  and  this 
was  the  number  they  had  left  after  the  night's  re- 
past. The  parent  owls,  when  undisturbed,  remained 
all  day  in  the  pigeon-loft."  In  further  proof,  it  may 
be  urged,  that  the  remains  of  rats,  mice,  and  occa- 
sionally beetles,  have  been  found,  to  the  exclusion 
of  feathers,  in  the  stomachs  of  most  owls  when  ex- 
amined. Such  remains  were  found  in  the  stomachs 
of  all  those  opened  by  Mr.  Thompson,  and  of  such 
are  the  pellets  cast  by  the  owls  invariably  com- 
posed.* The  owl  quarters  the  ground  for  food  with 
great  regularity,  and  drops  upon  it  with  unerring 
aim  Selby  says  it  occasionally  utters  loud  screams 
during  its  flight ;  and  Mr.  Yarrell  says  it  screeches 
but  does  not  generally  hoot.  But  Sir  Wm.  Jardine 
asserts  that  he  shot  one  in  the  act  of  hooting,  and 
that  at  night,  when  not  alarmed,  hooting  is  its 
general  cry.  It  snores  and  hisses,  and  when  annoyed 
snaps  its  bill  loudly. 

The  barn-owl  constmcts  a  rude  nest;  the  eggs 
are  three  or  four  in  number,  and  of  a  white  colour, 
and,  strange  to  say,  the  female  often  lays  a  second 
time  before  the  young  are  able  to  leave  the  nest — 

•  Tlie  owl  .nd  all  Oie  hiwk  tribe  cut  up  the  indigestible  !»';■  »' 
their  prev,  «>  bones,  feather.,  hair,  rl«wi,  tec,  in  the  lorm  of  pellet. ; 
•nd  in  the  iong-ten.utiKl  h«unt  of  »n  owl  thcM  greatly  accumuUte. 


Owls. 

hence  young  owls  have  been  found  late  in  the 
autumn,  and  even  in  December.  Mr.  Blyth,  in  the 
'  Field-Naluralist's  Magazine '  (vol.  i.),  says,  "  A  nest 
of  the  bam-owl  in  this  neighbourhood  (Tooting) 
contained  two  eggs  ;  and  when  these  were  hatched 
two  more  were  laid,  which  were  probably  hatched 
by  the  warmth  of  the  young  birils ;  a  third  laying 
took  place  after  the  latter  were  hatched :  and  the 
nest  at  last  contained  six  young  owls,  of  three  dif- 
ferent ages,  which  were  all  reaied." 

The  plumage  of  the  bam-owl  is  very  beautiful ; 
the  upper  parts  are  bright  yellowish,  varied  with 
grey  and  brown  zigzag  lines,  and  sprinkled  with 
a  multitude  of  small  whitish  dots ;  face  and  throat 
white  ;  lower  parts  in  some  individuals  rusty  white, 
sprinkled  with  small  brown  dots;  in  others  bright 
white,  marked  with  small  brownish  points ;  in  others 
again,  without  the  slightest  appearance  of  spots; 
feet  and  toes  covered  with  very  short  down ;  iris 
yellow.  Length  about  thirteen  inches ;  no  hom-likc 
tufts. 

In  the  female  all  the  tints  are  brighter.  The 
young  are  covered  with  a  thick  white  down,  and  re- 
main long  in  the  nest. 

1299.— The  Ubai.  Owl 
(Sumia    Uralensis).     Strix   Uralensis,  Pallas ;    La 
Chouette    des    Monts    Urals,   Sonnini ;    Die    Ural 
Habichtseule,  Bechstein. 

This  rare  species  is  a  native  of  the  arctic  regions 
of  the  Old  Worid,  Lapland,  the  north  of  Sweden, 
Norway,  Russia,  Hungary,  and  Japan.  It  is  occa- 
sionally seen  in  Germany. 

In  the  Ural  owl  the  tail  is  long,  and  far  exceeds 
the  tips  of  the  folded  wings ;  the  tarsi  are  rather 
short  and  robust.  Leverets,  rats,  mice,  grouse, 
ptarmigans,  and  other  birds,  are  the  prey  of  this 
species.  It  constructs  its  nest  in  the  hollows  of 
decayed  trees,  often,  it  is  said,  near  the  dwellings  of 
man ;  the  eggs  are  three  or  four  in  number,  and  of 
a  pure  white.  The  head  of  this  owl  is  of  consider- 
able size  ;  the  facial  disc  large,  and  of  a  greyish 
white  marked  with  some  blackish  hairs ;  the  mar- 
ginal circle  of  the  disc  is  composed  of  white  fea- 
thers  spotted  with  brownish  black.  Top  of  the  head, 
nape,  back,  and  wing-coverts,  marked  with  great 
longitudinal  spots  disposed  on  a  whitish  ground ; 
all  the  under  parts  whitish,  marked  in  the  middle 
of  each  feather  with  a  large  longitudinal  stripe  of 
brown.  Quill  and  tail  feathers  banded  with  brown 
and  white  alternately;  seven  bands  on  the  tail. 
Beak  yellow,  neariy  hidden  in  the  long  hairs  of  the 
face.  Iris  brown ;  tarsi  and  toes  covered  with  hairs 
of  a  white  colour  freckled  with  brown  ;  claws  very 
long,  and  yellowish.    Total  length  about  two  feet 

1300.— The  Hawk-Owl 
(Sumia  funerea).  This  is  the  Strix  Ulula,  Linn. ; 
Strix  funerea,  Gmel.,  Forst. ;  Strix  Hudsonia, 
Gmel. ;  Strix  Canadensis  et  Freti  Hudsonis,  Briss. ; 
StrLx  Hudsonia,  Wils. ;  Strix  nisoria,  Meyer ;  Chou- 
ette de  Canada  et  Chouette  Eperviere,  ou  Capara- 
coch,  and  Chouette  k  longue  queue  de  Siberie, 
Buffon ;  (Eul  463,  a  very  good  figure  of  this  species, 
under  the  erroneous  name  of  the  Ural  mountains 
Owl ;)  Chouette  Epervihre,  Sonn. ;  Sperbereule, 
Meyer,  Naum. ;  Habichtseule,  Bechst. ;  Plattkop- 
fige  and  Hochkopfige  Habichtseule,  Brehm. ;  Hawk-  • 
Owl  of  Pennant  and  Wilson ;  Little  Hawk-Owl  of 
Edwards  ;  Canada  Owl  of  Latham  ;  Paypaw  thee- 
cawsew  or  Cobadecootch  of  the  Cree  Indians ; 
Theechazza  of  the  Copper  Indians  and  Chepewyans ; 
and  Ood  no  hseoot  of  the  Esquimaux. 

The  Hawk-Owl  is  a  native  of  the  arctic  regions 
of  both  continents ;  it  sometimes  appears  in  Germany 
during  the  winter  retiring  northward  on  the  return 
of  spring.  It  seldom  visits  Fiance  ;  and  though  one 
settled  and  was  taken  on  board  a  collier  vessel  a 
few  miles  off  the  coast  of  Cornwall,  in  1830,  it  does 
not  appear  to  have  been  ever  seen  within  the  shores 
of  our  island.  Wilson  says  that  this  species  is  rare 
in  Pennsylvania  and  the  more  southern  of  the 
United  States,  its  favourite  range  being  along  the 
borders  of  the  arctic  regions,  making  occasional 
excursions  southward  when  compelled  by  severity 
of  weather,  and  consequent  scarcity  of  food.  The 
facial  disc  of  the  hawk-owl  is  very  limited  ;  its 
head  is  comparatively  small,  and  the  face  narrow, 
approaching  in  resemblance  to  that  of  some  of  the 
Harriers  (Circus).  It  preys  moreover  by  day,  its 
eyes  being  adapted  for  a  dull  light,  and  its  flight  is 
steady.  From  these  circumstances  it  has  obtained 
its  English  appellation.  Fig.  1301  represents  the 
Head  in  profile.  From  the  writer  alluded  to,  we 
learn  that  it  is  bold  and  active,  and  will  follow  the 
fowler,  carrying  off  his  game  as  soon  as  shot. 

According  to  Dr.  Richardson,  the  Hawk-Owl  re- 
mains all  the  winter  in  high  northern  latitudes,  and 
is  rarely  seen  so  far  south  as  Pennsylvania,  and  then 
only  in  severe  winters.  Wilson  saw  only  two  speci- 
mens in  the  United  States.  It  is  a  common  species 
throughout  the  Fur-countries,  from  Hudson's  Bay 
to  the  Pacific,  and  is  more  frequently  killed  than 


Owls.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


283 


any  other  by  the  hunters,  which  may  be  partly  at- 
tributed to  its  boldness  and  its  habit  of  flying  about 
by  day.  In  the  summer  season  it  feeds  principally 
on  mice  and  insects  ;  but  in  the  snow-clad  regions, 
which  it  frequents  in  winter,  neither  of  these  are  to 
be  procured,  and  it  then  preys  mostly  on  ptarmigan. 
It  is  a  constant  attendant  on  the  flocks  of  ptarmigan 
in  their  spring  migrations  to  the  northward.  It 
builds  its  nest  on  a  tree,  of  sticks,  grass,  and  fea- 
thers, and  lays  two  white  eggs.  When  the  hunters 
are  shooting  grouse,  this  bird  is  occasionally  at- 
tracted by  the  report  of  the  gun,  and  is  often  bold 
enough,  on  a  bird  being  killed,  to  pounce  down 
upon  it,  though  it  may  be  unable,  from  its  size,  to 
carry  it  off.  It  is  also  known  to  hover  round  the 
fires  made  by  the  natives  at  night."  ('  Fauna 
Boreali- Americana.') 

The  colouring  is  as  follows : — Forehead  dotted 
with  white  and  brown ;  outer  margin  of  the  facial 
disc  black ;  upper  parts  marked  with  brown  and 
white  spots  of  various  forms  :  on  the  borders  of  the 
wings  are  similar  white  spots  disposed  on  a  brown 
ground;  throat  whitish ;  the  other  lower  parts  white, 
transversely  striped  with  ashy  brown  ;  at  the  inser- 
tion of  the  wings  a  great  spot  of  blackish  brown ; 
tail-feathers  ashy  brown,  striped  at  considerable 
distances  with  transversal  narrow  zigzags ;  bill 
yellow,  varied  with  black  spots  according  to  age  ; 
iris  bright  yellow ;  feet  feathered  to  the  claws. 
Total  length  about  fifteen  inches.  The  colours  of 
the  female  are  less  pure  than  those  of  the  male, 
and  she  is  rather  larger — measuring  seventeen  or 
eighteen  inches. 

1302.— The  Great  Owl 
{Bubo  maximus).    The  generic  characters  of  Bubo 
(Cuvier)  are  these  : — Conch  of  the  ear  small ;  facial 
disc  imperfectly  formed  ;  two  tufls  or  feathered  horns 
above  the  eyes. 

This  species  is  the  Strix  Bubo  of  Linnaeus ;  Le 
grand  Due  of  the  French  ;  Gulb,  Gufo  erande,  and 
Gufo  reale  of  the  Italians  ;  Schuffut,  Uhu,  Grosse 
ohreule  Huhu  of  the  Germans  ;  Uff  of  the  'Fauna 
Suecica ;'  Buhu  of  the  Lower  Austrians ;  Great  Owl, 
or  Eagle  Owl,  of  Willughby,  Ray,  and  Pennant. 

The  Great  Owl  is  the  largest  of  the  Strigidae,  and 
is  most  probably  the  /Sms  of  Aristotle,  and  the  Bubo 
funebris  mentioned  by  Pliny,  and  of  which  the  ap- 

Searance  upon  two  occasions  within  the  walls  of 
lorae  occasioned  no  little  alarm,  a  lustration  being 
performed  each  time  to  purify  the  city.  Butler  thus 
humorously  alludes  to  the  circumstance; — 

"  The  Roman  Senate,  when  within 
Tlie  city  walls  an  owl  was  seen, 
Did  cause  their  clef  gy  with  lustrations 
(Our  Synod  calls  humiliations) 
The  round-faced  prodigy  t'  avert 
From  doinf(  town  and  country  hurt." 

The  great  or  eagle  owl  is  a  native  of  the  exten- 
sive forests  of  Hungary,  Russia,  Germany,  and  Switz- 
erland, and  is  said  to  occur  eastward  as  far  as 
Kamtchatka.  It  is  rare  in  France,  and  never  seen 
in  Holland.  Pennant  states  that  it  has  been  shot  in 
Yorkshire,  and  Latham  adds  Kent  and  Sussex  as 
localities  in  which  it  has  been  found  ;  it  is  said  to 
have  been  seen  also  in  Orkney.  In  Mr.  Stewart's 
'  Catalogue  of  the  birds  of  Donegal,'  is  the  remark, 
that  "  four  of  these  birds  paid  us  a  visit  for  two 
days  after  a  great  storm  from  the  north,  when  the 
ground  was  covered  with  snow.  They  have  not 
been  since  seen  here.  As  I  am  informed  that  a 
pair  of  them  breed  in  Tory  Island,  about  nine  miles 
to  the  north  of  this  coast,  it  is  probable  that  they 
came  from  that  island :  I  have  heard  of  them  no- 
where else."  Young  roes  and  fawns,  hares,  rabbits, 
rats,  and  moles,  reptiles,  and  winged  game  are  the 
prey  of  this  species.  From  its  lonely  retreat  in 
some  deep  forest  glen,  some  rift  among  hoary  rocks, 
where  it  reposes  in  silence  during  the  day,  this 
winged  marauder  issues  forth  at  night,  intent  upon 
its  victims,  its  harsh  dismal  voice  resounding  at 
intervals  through  the  gloomy  solitudes  of  a  wild  and 
savage  scene. 

The  eagle-owl  makes  its  nest  in  the  fissures  of 
rocks,  in  old  ruined  and  deserted  castles,  and  simi- 
lar places.  The  eggs  are  two  or  three  in  number, 
round,  and  white.  The  young  are  abundantly  sup- 
plied with  food,  and  the  broods  of  partridges  and 
moor-fowl  are  sadly  thinned  to  supply  their  wants. 

This  noble  bird  is  upwards  of  two  feet  in  length. 
The  upper  surface  is  barred,  waved,  and  streaked 
with  black  on  a  mingled  brown  and  yellow  ground. 
The  throat  in  the  male  is  white ;  the  under  surface 
is  yellow,  with  longitudinal  dashes  of  black  on  the 
eheist,  and  fine  transverse  bars  below  ;  tarsi  feathered 
to  the  toes ;  beak  and  claws  black ;  iris  fine  orange 
colour. 

1303. — The  Vihgikias  Horned  Owi, 
(Bubo  Virrjinianm).  Due  de  Virginie  of  BufFon ; 
Netowky-omesew  of  the  Cree  Indians,  according  to 
Mr.  Hutchins;  Otowuck-oho,  of  the  Crees  of  the 
plains  of  the  Saskatchewan,  according  to  Dr. 
Kichardson. 
The  species  is  a  native  of  North  America,  being 


found  in  almost  every  quarter  of  the  United  States, 
and  in  the  Fur-countries  where  the  timber  is  of 
large  size. 

Wilson  thus  describes  the  haunts  and  habits  of 
the  Virginian  horned  owl : — "  His  favourite  resi- 
dence is  in  the  dark  solitudes  of  deep  swamps, 
covered  with  a  growth  of  gigantic  timber ;  and 
here,  as  soon  as  the  evening  draws  on,  and  mankind 
retire  to  rest,  he  sends  forth  such  sounds  as  seem 
scarcely  to  belong  to  this  world.  .  .  Along  the 
mountain  shores  of  the  Ohio,  and  amidst  the  deep 
forests  of  Indiana,  alone  and  reposing  in  the  woods, 
this  ghostly  watchman  has  frequently  warned  me 
of  the  approach  of  morning,  and  amused  me  with 
his  singular  exclamations.  Sometimes  sweeping 
down  and  around  my  fire,  uttering  a  loud  and  sud- 
den 'Waugh  O!  Waugh  O!'  sufficient  to  have 
alarmed  a  whole  garrison.  He  has  other  nocturnal 
solos,  one  of  which  very  strikingly  resembles  the 
half-suppressed  screams  of  a  person  suffocating  or 
throttled."  Wilson  treats  this  visitation  like  a 
philosopher,  but  after  reading  his  description  and 
that  of  Nuttall  ('  Ornithology  of  the  United  States'), 
we  shall  cease  to  wonder  at  the  well-told  tale  in 
'  Fauna  Boreali- Americana,'  of  the  winter  night  of 
agony  endured  by  a  party  Of  Scottish  Highlanders 
who,  according  to  Dr.  Richardson,  had  made  their 
bivouac  in  the  recesses  of  a  North  American  forest, 
and  inadvertently  fed  their  fire  with  a  part  of  an 
Indian  tomb  which  had  been  placed  in  the  secluded 
spot.  The  startling  notes  of  the  Virginian  horned 
owl  broke  upon  their  ear,  and  they  at  once  con- 
cluded that  so  unearthly  a  voice  must  be  the  moan- 
ing of  the  spirit  of  the  departed,  whose  repose  they 
supposed  they  had  disturbed. 

The  flight  of  this  bird  is  elevated,  rapid,  and 
graceful.  It  sails  with  apparent  ease  in  large  circles, 
and  rises  and  descends  without  the  least  difficulty, 
by  merely  inclining  its  wings  or  its  tail  as  it  passes 
through  the  air.  Now  and  then  it  glides  silently 
close  over  the  earth  with  incomparable  velocity, 
and  drops  as  if  shot  dead  on  the  prey  beneath.  At 
other  times  it  suddenly  alights  on  the  top  of  a  fence, 
stake,  or  dead  stump,  and  utters  a  shriek  so  horrid, 
that  the  woods  around  echo  to  its  dismal  sound. 
During  the  utterance  of  the  deep  gurgling  cries  so 
well  described  by  Wilson,  it  moves  its  body,  and 
particularly  its  head,  in  various  grotesque  ways, 
and  at  intervals  violently  snaps  its  bill.  Its  food 
consists  of  various  gallinaceous  birds,  half-grown 
turkeys,  domestic  poultry  of  all  kinds,  ducks,  grouse, 
hares,  opossums,  and  squirrels ;  and  whenever  chance 
throws  a  dead  fish  on  the  shore,  this  bird  feeds  on 
it  with  peculiar  avidity.  The  Virginian  horned  owl 
is  very  powerful,  and  equally  spirited.  Mallards, 
guinea-fowl,  and  common  fowls  fall  an  easy  prey, 
and  are  carried  off  in  its  talons  to  the  depths  of 
the  woods.  When  wounded,  says  Audubon,  it  ex- 
hibits a  revengeful  tenacity  of  spirit,  scarcely  sur- 
passed by  the  noblest  of  the  eagle  tribe  ;  disdaining 
to  scramble  away,  it  faces  its  enemy  with  undaunted 
courage,  protruding  its  powerful  talons,  and  snap- 
ping Its  bill.  Its  large  goggle  eyes  open  and  shut 
in  quick  succession ;  and  the  feathers  of  its  body  are 
putted  up,  and  swell  out  its  apparent  bulk  to  nearly 
double  the  natural  size.  In  some  districts  it  is  a 
great  nuisance  to  the  settler,  making  sad  havoc 
among  his  stock  of  poultry.  Among  some  of  the 
Indian  nations  a  sort  of  reverential  horror  is  en- 
tertained towards  this  bird,  and  the  priests  and 
conjurers  have  adopted  it  as  the  symbol  of  their 
office,  carrying  about  with  them  a  stuffed  specimen 
with  glass  eyes,  which  excites  general  awe.  This 
bird  usually  constructs  a  bulky  nest  in  the  forked 
branch  of  a  tree,  composed  externally  of  crooked 
sticks,  and  lined  with  coarse  grass  and  feathers. 
The  eggs  are  three  or  four  in  number,  and  of  a  dull 
white. 

In  size  this  species  is  nearly,  if  not  quite,  as  large 
as  its  European  representative,  the  eagle-owl,  and 
in  the  general  style  of  colouring  is  similar,  the 
upper  parts  being  waved  and  mottled  with  black 
and  brownish  red  ;  a  tinge  of  grey  as  the  ground- 
colour prevails  on  the  lower  part  of  the  back ;  the 
throat  is  pure  white  ;  the  rest  of  the  under  surface 
is  marked  by  innumerable  narrow  transverse  dusky 
bars,  on  a  reddish  ground-colour,  thinly  interspersed 
with  white ;  beak  and  claws  black ;  iris  bright 
orange  ;  fascial  disc  brown  with  a  margin  of  black. 

1304,  1305.— The  Burrowikg  Owt, 

(Noclua  cunicularia).  This  singular  little  owl  (if 
the  species  be  identical)  is  widely  spread  through 
the  American  continent,  everywhere  inhabiting  bur- 
rows ;  it  is  diurnal  in  its  habits,  as  well  as  terres- 
trial ;  is  of  slender  contour,  and  walks  about  with 
ease  elevated  on  long  naked  tarsi ;  the  fascial  disc  is 
circumscribed.  C.  L.  Bonaparte  thus  describes  the 
strange  economy  of  this  bird  : — 

"In  the  trans-Mississipian  territories  of  the  United 
States  the  burrowing  owl  resides  exclusively  in  the 
villages  of  the  marmot  or  prairie  dog,  whose  ex- 
cavations are  so  commodious  as  to  render  it  unne- 


i  cessary  that  our  bird  should  dig  for  himself,  as  he  is 
said  to  do  in  other  parts  of  the  world  where  no 
burrowing  animals  exist.  These  villages  are  very 
numerous,  and  variable  in  their  extent,  sometimes 
covering  only  a  few  acres,  and  at  others  spreading 
over  the  surface  of  the  country  for  miles  together. 
They  are  composed  of  slightly  elevated  mounds, 
having  the  form  of  a  truncated  cone,  about  two  feet 
in  width  at  the  base,  and  seldom  rising  as  high  as 
eighteen  inches  above  the  surface  of  the  soil.  The 
I  entrance  is  placed  either  at  the  top  or  on  the  side, 
and  the  whole  mound  is  beaten  down  externally, 
especially  at  the  summit,  resembling  a  much  used 
footpath.  ' 

"  From  the  entrance,  the  passage  into  the  mound 
descends  vertically  for  one  or  two  feet,  and  is  thence 
continued  obliquely  downwards,  until  it  terminates 
in  an  apartment,  within  which,  the  industrious 
marmot  constructs,  on  the  approach  of  the  cold 
season,  a  comfortable  cell  for  his  winter's  sleep. 
This  cell,  which  is  composed  of  fine  dry  grass,  is 
globular  in  form,  with  an  opening  at  top  capable  of 
admitting  the  finger;  and  the  whole  is  so  firmly 
compacted,  that  he  might,  without  injury,  be  rolled 
over  the  floor. 

"  In  all  the  prairie-dog  villages  the  burrowing  owl 
is  seen  moving  briskly  about,  or  else  in  small  flocks 
scattered  among  the  mounds,  and  at  a  distance  it 
may  be  mistaken  for  the  marmot  itself  when  sitting 
erect.  They  manifest  but  little  timidity,  and  allow 
themselves  to  be  approached  sutticiently  close  for 
shooting ;  but  if  alarmed,  some  or  all  of  them  soar 
away  and  settle  down  again  at  a  short  distance ;  if 
further  disturbed,  their  flight  is  continued  until  they 
are  no  longer  in  view,  or  they  descend  into  their 
dwellings,  whence  they  are  difficult  to  dislodge. 

"  The  burrows  into  which  these  owls  have  been 
seen  to  descend  on  the  plains  of  the  river  Platte  (a 
tributary  to  the  Missouri),  where  they  are  most  nu- 
merous, were  evidently  excavated  either  by  the 
marmot,  whence  it  has  been  inferred  by  Say  that 
they  were  common  though  unfriendly  residents  of 
the  same  habitation,  or  that  our  owl  was  the  sole 
occupant  of  a  burrow  acquired  by  the  right  of 
conquest.  That  the  latter  idea  is  correct  was 
clearly  presented  by  the  ruinous  condition  of  the 
burrows  tenanted  by  the  owl,  while  the  neat  and 
well-preserved  mansion  of  the  marmot  showed  the 
active  care  of  a  skilful  and  industrious  owner.  We 
have  no  evidence  that  the  owl  and  marmot  habitu- 
ally resort  to  one  burrow ;  yet  we  are  well  assured 
by  Pike  and  others  that  a  common  danger  often 
drives  them  into  the  same  excavation,  where  lizards 
and  rattlesnakes  also  enter  for  concealment  and 
safety.  The  owl  observed  by  Vieillot  in  St.  Do- 
mingo digs  itself  a  burrow  two  feet  in  depth,  at  the 
bottom  of  which  its  eggs  are  deposited  on  a  bed  of 
moss,  herb  stalks,  and  dried  roots. 

"  The  note  of  our  bird  is  strikingly  similar  to  the 
cry  of  the  marmot,  which  sounds  like  Cheh,  Cheh, 
pronounced  several  times  in  rapid  succession ;  and 
were  it  not  that  the  burrowing  owls  of  the  West 
Indies,  where  no  marmots  exist,  utter  the  same 
sound,  it  might  be  inferred  that  the  marmot  was 
the  unintentional  tutor  to  the  young  owl :  this  cry 
is  only  uttered  as  the  bird  begins  its  flight.  The 
food  of  the  bird  we  are  describing  appears  to  con- 
sist entirely  of  insects,  as  on  examination  of  its 
stomach  nothing  but  parts  of  their  hard  wing-cases 
were  found." 

Azara  describes  the  burrowing  owl  of  Paraguay 
under  the  name  of  Suinda :  he  states  that  "it  never 
enters  woods  or  perches  upon  trees,  but  exclusively 
haunts  the  open  country  where  game  abounds, 
making  its  nest  and  concealing  itself  in  the  holes  * 
or  kennels  of  the  armadilloes,  which  are  not  very 
deep  but  well  lined  with  hay  and  straw."  Mr. 
Darwin  states  that  this  species,  on  the  plains  of 
Buenos  Ayres,  exclusively  inhabits  the  holes  of  the 
bizcacha,  or  viscacha  (see  page  71),  but  that  in 
Banda  Oriental  it  is  its  own  workman.  "  During 
the  open  day,  but  more  especially  in  the  evening," 
says  this  acute  observer,  "  these  birds  may  be  seen 
in  every  direction,  standing  frequently  by  pairs  on 
the  hillocks  near  their  burrows.  If  disturbed,  they 
either  enter  the  hole,  or,  uttering  a  shrill,  harsh  cry, 
move  with  a  remarkably  undulatory  flight  to  a 
short  distance,  and  then  turning  round  steadily  gaze 
at  their  pursuer.  Occasionally  in  the  evening  they 
may  be  heard  hooting.  I  found  in  the  stomachs  of 
two  which  I  opened,  the  remains  of  mice,  and  I 
one  day  saw  a  small  snake  killed  and  carried  away. 
It  is  said  these  latter  animals  are  their  common  prey 
during  the  daytime.  I  may  here  mention,  as  show- 
ing on  what  various  kinds  of  food  owls  subsist,  that 
a  species  that  was  killed  among  the  islets  of  the 
Chonos  Archipelago  had  its  stomach  full  of  good- 
sized  crabs."  ('  Journal  of  Researches  in  Geology 
and  Natural  History.') 

The  general  colour  of  this  owl  above  is  light 
burnt  umber,  spotted  with  whitish ;  the  wings  are 
darker ;  the  lower  part  of  the  breast  and  under  parts 
whitish.     Length  about  ten  inches. 

2  0  2 


1304. — Curroi\  iajj-UwU  antl  Pxairio-DOa's. 


1299  — Dral-Owl.     ; 


130^.— ^utaowiiig  OmI. 


liOS.— Great  Oul. 


248 


130€. — Bird  aale«p. 


131(i._Foot  of  Ni'ht-Jar. 


i:V.X! 


t30-.— Lcj!  of  nird  Perched. 


Head  and  Foot  of  Niglit-Jar. 


13U.— Nigiit-IIauks, 


1314.— Great  Ib'jau. 


Ul>^Nigll^Jar. 


t30».— Head  of  Roller,  sbowing  the- Vibilaaa. 


I312.-Nijli!a«. 


285 


286 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Nioht-JarSi. 


ORDER  INSESSORES  (Vigors). 

That  eminent  omitholo^st,  Mr.  Vigors,  established 
this  extensive  order  for  the  inclusion  of  the  Pic» 
and  Pameres  of  Linnaeus ;  Kroups,  it  must  be  con- 
fessed, containing,  especially  the  former,  an  ill- 
lorted  union  of  genera,  and  which  Cuvier  had  pre- 
viously re-arranged,  not,  indeed,  in  one  order,  as 
was  subsequently  done  by  Mr.  Vigors,  but  in  two, 
viz.,  "  Paasereaux,"  or  "  I'asseres,"  and  "Grim- 
peurs."  or  "  Scansores ;"  whereas  Mr.  Vigors  makes 
the  Scansores  (or  Parrots,  Cuckoos,  Trogons,  &c.)  a 
tribe  of  the  Insessores.  For  ourselves  we  must  lay 
that  we  conceive  the  group  Scansores,  whether  we 
regard  it  as  an  order  or  as  a  tribe  of  an  order,  to  be 
anything  but  natural ;  and,  to  confess  our  opinion, 
we  thi.nk  that  the  whole  order  Insessores  requires 
utterly  re-modelling.  It  is  not,  however,  here  our 
place  to  enter  into  any  scientitic  disquisitions ;  we 
shall,  therefore,  pause,  merely  observing  that  though 
we  enumerate  the  tribes  as  instituted  by  Mr.  Vigors, 
we  shall,  as  we  proceed,  attend  only  to  the  natural 
families  into  which  they  are  resolvable,  and  so  leave 
anv  subsequent  arrangement  open. 

fhe  Insessores,  then,  are  divided  by  Mr.  Vigors  into 
the  following  tribes  or  primary  sections: — 

1.  Fissirostres,  including  Night-jars,  Swallows, 
King-fishers  &c. 

2.  iJffn/iVoj^res,  viz.,  Flycatchers,Shrikes, Thrushes, 
Warblers,  &c. 

3.  Omirostiet,  viz.  Finches,  Starlings,  Crows, 
Hornbills,  &c. 

4.  Scansoret,  viz.,  Toucans,  Parrots,  Woodpeckers, 
Tree-creepers,  and  Cuckoos. 

5.  Temdrostret,  viz..  Sun-birds,  Humming-birds, 
Honey-suckers,  Hoopoes,  &c. 

The  term  Insessores  *  means  "  perching-birds," 
and  must  be  defined  rather  by  negations  than  any 
positive  characters :  it  includes  all  birds  which  are 
neither  raptorial,  nor  gallinaceous,  nor  waders,  nor 
swimmers ;  yet  do  its  subjects  feed  on  every  kind 
of  diet,  from  flesh  to  grain,  and  they  exhibit  every 
variety  of  habits  and  manners,  from  those  of  the  vo- 
racious raven  to  those  of  the  tiny  humming-bird  or 
brilliant  honey-sucker ;  consequently  their  beak, 
plumage,  limbs,  and  digestive  organs  are  as  diver- 
sified as  their  modes  of  life.  Take,  for  example,  the 
parrot  and  the  cuckoo — and  yet  these  are  both  ex- 
amples not  only  of  one  order,  but  of  one  tribe. 

Leaving  all  this,  however,  we  may  proceed  to 
observe  that  the  security  and  firmness  with  which 
birds  perch  have  often  excited  surprise,  and  no  doubt 
led  many  to  conjecture  that  there  must  be  some 
peculiarity  in  the  mechanism  from  which  such  tena- 
city of  grasp  proceeds.  Fig.  1306  represents  a  bird 
in  a  perched  attitude  asleep,  with  the  leg  dissected, 
after  Borelli,  and  in  which  the  mechanism  is  shown ; 
but  much  more  clearly  at  Fig.  1307,  the  anatomy 
of  the  leg  of  a  bird  at  rest — nothing  can  be  more 
simple,  yet  more  effective,  a  is  a  muscle  which 
arises  from  the  haunch-bone,  and  becoming  sud- 
denly tendinous,  passes  over  the  outer  angle  of 
the  thigh-joint  (analogous  to  our  knee)  at  6;  then 
winding  down  the  bone,  being  diverted  from  its 
straight  course,  and  firmly  bound  down  so  as  not 
to  slip,  it  passes  posteriorly  over  the  angle  of  the 
tarsal  joint,  c,  and  proceeds  down  the  back  of  the 
tarsus  to  the  under  side  of  the  toes,  d,  into  the 
bones  of  which  slips  from  it  are  respectively  in- 
serted. From  this  arrangement  it  is  evident  that 
when  the  bones  of  the  leg  and  thigh  are  bent  to- 
gether (the  joints  forming  acuter  angles)  by  the 
weight  of  the  sleeping  bird,  the  tendon  will  be 
stretched  more  and  more  over  the  angles  b  and  c, 
and  the  toes  become  more  strongly  drawTi  together 
or  clasped.  Hence  birds  can  rest  as  easily,  perhaps 
more  so,  on  one  leg  than  on  both,  and,  as  is  well 
known,  it  is  on  one  leg  only  that  most  sleep  perched ; 
while  the  flexibility  of  the  neck  allows  it  to  be 
turned  back  upon  the  body,  and  the  head  brought 
under  the  wing,  so  as  to  throw  the  centre  of  gravity 
more  over  the  feet,  and  thereby  increase  the  sta- 
bility. 

Fig.  1308  relates  to  a  different  subject,  and  ex- 
hibits the  VibrisssE  or  Bristles  round  the  base  of  the 
beak  of  the  Roller.  Most  birds  which  feed  on  in- 
sects are  distinguished  by  a  fringe  of  bristles  at  the 
base  of  the  beak,  not  unlike  the  whiskers  of  the  cat, 
and  evidently  intended  to  aid  them  in  capturing 
their  prey.  These  bristles  are  larger  in  the  night- 
jars than  in  most  other  birds ;  but  are  very  distinct 
in  our  small  insectivorous  feathered  tribes  generally, 
as  the  nightingale,  red-breast,  shrike,  flycatcher,  and 
the  roller,  selected  by  way  of  example.  To  these 
vibrissae  we  shall  have  to  make  frequent  allusion. 

Family  CAPRIMULGIDiE  (NIGHT-JARS 
or  GOATSUCKERS). 

The  birds  composing  the  present  family  are  crepus-. 
cular  and  nocturnal  in  their  habits  ;  they  spend  the 

*  Thoajfli  we  would  not  carp  at  termi,  yet  ft  muit  be  acknowledged 
thatthii  convey!  no  definite  or  retrtrictive  idea;  for  eagles,  liawlu, 
bad  owl*  perch,  la  well  aa  ravens,  and  beUer  than  woodpeckers. 


I  hours  of  day  in  repose,  shrouding  themselves  from  | 
I  observation  in  the  gloom  of  wikkIs,  or  amidst  the 
I  dense  foliage  of  trees;  coming  forth  at  evening  to  | 
feed  upon  such  insects  as,  like  tnemselves,  are  roused 
from  inertion  by  the  advance  of  darkness.  They 
take  their  prey  upon  the  wing,  and  perform  during 
the  chase  the  most  elegant  aerial  evolutions.  Their 
eyes  are  large  and  of  the  true  nocturnal  character ; 
the  beak  is  small,  but  the  ^ape  is  enormous,  ex- 
tending below  the  eyes,  reminding  us  of  the  mouth 
of  a  toad  (see  Fig.  1309,  the  Head  of  the  common 
Night-jar)  ;  its  margin  is  fringed  with  strong  vi- 
brissa ;  the  wings  are  long  and  pointed ;  tlic  tarsi 
usually  very  short  ;  the  hind  toe  is,  in  some  genera, 
united  close  to  the  base  of  the  inner  toe,  and  di- 
rected almost  as  equally  forwards;  the  middle  of 
the  three  anterior  toes  is  the  longest,  and  in  the 
genus  Caprimulgus  is  armed  with  a  long  claw, 
having  a  comb-like  (pectinated)  inner  margin.  (See 
Figs.  1310  and  1311,  the  foot  of  the  Night-jar.) 

The  plumage  is  full  and  soft,  and  beautifully  varie- 
gated with  dots,  bars,  dashes,  and  zigzag  marks  of 
mingled  grey,  brown,  fawn-colour,  black,  and  white ; 
difficult  to  describe  and  almost  as  difficult  to  imi- 
tate. Rapid  and  abrupt  as  is  the  flight  of  these  birds, 
still  it  is  noiseless;  lesembhng  in  that  respect  the 
flight  of  the  owl,  and  from  the  same  cause — the  lax- 
ness,  the  want  of  rigidity  in  the  quill-feathers :  but, 
from  the  form  of  the  wing,  the  flight  is  of  a  different 
character.  Some  have  the  sides  of  the  head  adorned 
with  tufts  of  soft  feathers. 

1312,  1313.— Thb  Night-Jae 

(Caprimulgus  Europmu).  This  is  the  Goatsucker, 
Jar-owl,  Churn-owl,  Fern-owl,  Dor-hawk,  Night- 
hawk,  and  Wheel-bird  of  various  writers.  AlyttiXnt 
of  the  Greeks;  Caprimulgus  of  the  Latins;  Calca-" 
botto  Piattaglione,  Porta  quaglie,  Boccaccio,  and 
Cova-terra  of  the  modern  Italians  ;  Chotacabras  of 
the  Spaniards ;  Tette-chevre,  Engouleverf,  and 
Crapaud  volant  of  the  French  ;  Milchsauger,  Geiss- 
milcher,  Nacht  Rabe,  Nacht  Shcwalb^,  and  Tag- 
schliiferof  the  Germans  ;  Natskraffa,  Natskarra,  and 
Quallknarren  of  the  '  Fauna  Suecica  ;*  Natravn, 
Nat-skade,  and  Aften-bakke  of  Brunnich ;  Mucken- 
stecker  and  Nachtrabb  of  Kramer ;  Aderyn  y  droell 
and  Rhodwr  of  the  ancient  British. 

An  evil  name  has  this  beautiful  bird  had  from 
the  earliest  times,  and  among  almost  all  European 
nations.  Aristotle,  who  describes  it  under  the  title 
AlytH\<ii,  accuses  it  of  flying  upon  goats  and 
sucking  them  (whence  its  GreeK  name)  ;  and  adds 
as  a  common  report,  that  the  teat  of  the  goat  after- 
wards becomes  dry,  and  the  animal  itself  blind. 
Elian's  version  is  nearly  to  the  same  effect,  and  so 
also  is  Pliny's.  In  France  the  same  erroneous 
opinion  has  long  been  entertained,  and  also  in  Italy, 
as  well  as  in  Germany  and  England  :  in  short,  it 
seems  to  be  a  bupeistition  of  universal  prevalence.  , 
In  our  country  it  is  not  the  udder  of  the  goat,  but 
that  of  the  cow,  that  it  is  supposed  to  drain  (a  nefa- 
rious practice  attributed  also  to  the  poor  little 
hedgehog)  ;  and  not  this  only,  for,  as  White  says 
('  Selborne'), "  the  country-people  have  a  notion  that 
the  fern-owl  or  churn-owl,  or  eve-jar,  is  very  injurious 
to  weaning  calves,  by  inflicting,  as  it  strikes  at  them, 
a  fatal  distemper.  Thus  does  this  harmless,  ill-fated 
bird  fall  under  a  double  imputation  which  it  by  no 
means  deserves ; — in  Italy,  of  sucking  the  teats  of 
goats,  whence  it  is  called  Caprimulgus  ;  and  with 
us,  of  communicating  a  deadly  disorder  to  cattle." 
The  disease  in  question  is  in  reality  occasioned  by 
the  ravages  beneath  the  skin  of  the  maggots  of  a 
species  of  fly  (cestrus)  ;  and  if  the  fern-owl  was  ever 
seen  making  a  sweep  near  the  suffering  calves,  that 
is,  as  it  would  appear,  striking  at  them,  it  was  in 
order  to  snap  at  some  insect,  from  the  torments  of 
which  the  calf  would  be  gladly  freed. 

The  night-jar  preys  upon  moths,  chaffers,  and 
other  large  insects,  and  may  be  often  seen,  when 
the  sun  begins  to  set,  darting  in  chase  of  its  food, 
displaying  almost  unequalled  rapidity  of  flight,  and 
the  most  rapid  and  surprising  evolutions ;  yet  it 
flits  a'ong  noiseless  as  a  shadow,  not  a  rustle  is 
heard  :  on  many  occasions,  in  days  past  by,  we  have 
watched  this  interesting  bird  thus  occupied,  and  we 
have  seen  it  settle,  and  with  head  depressed  almost 
to  the  perch  on  which  it  rested,  and  swollen  quiver- 
ing throat,  utter  its  jarring  vibratory  note,  and  again 
give  chase  to  its  prey.  White  says,  and  though  we 
never  observed  it  ourselves,  we  fully  believe  it,  that 
"  when  a  person  approaches  the  haunt  of  the  fern- 
owls in  an  evening,  they  continue  flying  round  the 
head  of  the  obtruder,  and  by  striking  their  wings 
together  above  their  backs,  in  the  manner  thnt  the 
pigeons  called  smiters  are  known  to  do,  make  a 
smart  snap;  perhaps  at  that  time  they  are  jealous 
for  their  young,  and  their  noise  and  gesture  are  in- 
tended by  way  of  menace." 

It  is  not  often  that  this  bird  utters  its  churring 
sound  in  the  air;  but  usually  when  perched,  a  bare 
branch,  high  palings,  or  the  ridge  of  any  building 
being  chosen  as  a  resting  place.    The  fern-owl  does 


not  perch  across  the  branch,  as  birds  in  general  do, 
but  lengthwise,  and  rests  upon  it,  instead  of  grasp, 
ing  it,  and  that  with  the  head  low,  so  as  almost  to 
touch  it.  The  male  sometimes  utters  a  kiuhII  squeak 
repeated  four  or  five  times,  when  playfully  chasing 
his  mate  through  the  boughs  of  trees. 

Much  h.is  been  said  and  written  respecting  the 
pectinated  claw  on  the  middle  toe  of  the  fern-owl,, 
but  its  use  has  not  yet  been  explicitly  determined. 
White  supposed  it  to  serve  in  the  capture  of  its 
prey ;  but  that  the  bird  should  strike  at  its  prey  with 
its  little  feet  and  short  legs  is  out  of  the  question  ; 
when  observed  by  White  to  bring  its  foot  to  its  beak 
during  flight,  might  it  not  have  been  clearing  its 
bill  and  vibrissae  of  the  hard  wing-cases  and  limbs 
of  the  beetles  it  had  captured?  In  which  case  the 
worthy  historian  of  Selborne  would  indeed  have 
seen  what  he  relates,  incorrect  as  we  deem  hii 
inference.  It  is  remarkable,  however,  that  other 
birds  of  very  different  habits,  as  the  heron.  Sec., 
have  the  claws  similariy  pectinated  :  may  not  thia 
modification  be  connected  with  their  mode  of  perch- 
ing on  the  bare  branches  of  trees  ?  These  are 
queries  yet  to  be  decided  :  certainly  the  serrations, 
whether  in  the  fern-owl  or  the  heron,  have  nothing 
to  do  with  the  seizure  or  retention  of  prey  ;  in  fact, 
the  comb-like  teeth  are  directed  obliquely  forwards, 
not  backwards,  as  they  ought  to  be,  if  intended  aa 
letainere  of  struggling  or  slippery  captives. 

The  fern-owl,  or  night-jar,  is  a  bird  of  passage, 
arriving  on  our  island  in  May,  and  departing  in 
September :  it  is  spread  over  all  the  southern  and 
middle  districts  of  Europe,  and  retires  to  pass  the 
winter  in  Africa.  Woods  skirting  heaths,  or  com- 
mon lands,  plantations  of  oak,  or  rows  of  sycamores 
near  farm-houses,  are  the  favourite  spots  which  it 
haunts.  It  builds  no  definite  nest,  but  lays  its  eggs 
on  the  ground  among  fern  or  heath,  or  under  the 
protection  of  shrubs;  they  are  two  in  number,  mar- 
bled with  white,  yellowish  brown,  and  grey. 

The  plumage  of  this  bird  is  beautifully  diversified 
with  a  rich  and  intricate  commingling  of  grey, 
black,  brown,  rufous,  and  yellowish,  in  dots,  dashes, 
and  zigzag  bars,  the  latter  being  conspicuous  on  the 
under  parts  and  tail.    Length  almost  ten  inches. 

1314.— The  Great  InuAu 

(Nt/ctibiut grandis).  Caprimulgus  grandis,  Latham  ; 
Grand  Crapaud  volant  de  Cayenne,  Buffon.  The 
principal  character  of  the  genus  Nyctibius  consists 
in  an  obtuse  tooth  on  each  edge  of  the  upper  man- 
dible of  the  beak. 

This  bird  is  a  native  of  South  America,  and  in 
general  habits  resembles  the  night-jar  ;  being  noc- 
turnal and  insectivorous,  pursuing  its  prey  on 
rapid  pennons  ;  during  the  day  it  haunts  hollow 
trees,  especially  in  the  neighbourhood  of  water. 
The  bill  is  much  depressed,  and  broad  at  the  base  ; 
the  tail  is  rather  rounded  ;  the  hind  toe  is  stout  and 
flattened.  The  general  plumage  is  brown,  speckled 
with  black,  fulvous,  and  white  ;  the  grountl-colour 
is  deepest  on  the  breast;  head,  neck,  and  lower 
parts  barred.     Length  nearly  thirteen  inches. 

1315.— The  Night-Hawk. 

(  Chordeiles  Americanus),  Caprimulgus  Amerlcanus, 
Wilson  ;  C.  Virginianus,  Prince  of  Musignano  and 
Canino. — Edge  of  beak  smooth  ;  tail  forked.  This 
bird  is  common  in  the  United  States  of  America, 
and  ranges  in  summer  through  the  Fur-countries  of 
the  north,  even  to  the  remotest  arctic  islands.  It 
is  the  musquito-hawk  described  in  Parry's  first 
voyage.  Its  manners,  as  described  by  Wilson, 
remind  us  closely  of  those  of  our  own  night-jar:  it 
is  a  bird  of  strong  and  vigorous  pinions,  and  in  dull 
and  cloudy  weather  is  abroad  during  the  day, 
giving  chase,  hke  the  swallow,  to  its  insect  prey, 
sometimes  at  a  considerable  height,  sometimes 
skimming  over  marsh  and  meadow,  and  uttering 
shrill  squeaks  as  it  dashes  along.  Often  from  an 
elevation  of  GO  or  80  feet,  will  the  male,  hovering 
over  the  female  engaged  in  the  duty  of  incubation, 
dart  suddenly  down,  head  foremost,  with  incon- 
ceivable rapidity,  and  as  sudtlenly  wheel  up,  utter- 
ing, at  the  moment  he  makes  the  turn,  a  loud 
vibratory  booming  sound,  produced  by  the  sudden 
expansion  of  his  capacious  mouth  as  he  sweeps 
through  the  air.  Having  mounted,  he  again  repeats 
this  aerial  feat,  with  the  same  impetuosity  and  the 
same  sound  as  before.  The  female  lays  her  eggs 
on  the  bare  ground;  these  are  two  in  number,  of  a 
dirty  white,  thickly  marbled  and  dashed  with  dark, 
olive-brown.  Like  our  British  species,  this  bird 
perches  lengthwise  on  the  branches  of  trees,  or  on 
the  edge  of  fences.  During  the  time  the  female  is 
sitting  she  will  permit  a  person  to  approach  her 
within  a  foot  or  two,  before  she  attempts  to  stir,  and 
then,  like  our  lapwing,  feigns  lameness,  and  flutters 
and  tumbles  about,  keeping  just  before  the  pursuer, 
till  she  has  drawn  him  to  a  distance  from  the  spot; 
when,  just  as  he  hopes  to  succeed  in  catching  her, 
she  mounts  and  disappears  in  an  instant.  The 
young  when  just  hatched  are  very  shapeless,  and 


Night-Jars.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


287 


covered  with  fine  brownish  down.  When  the 
night-hawk  is  wounded  and  captured,  it  opens  its 
mouth  widely,  utters  a  guttural  whizzing  noise,  and 
strikes  with  its  wings,  but  never  with  the  bill  or 
claws.  The  general  ground-colour  of  the  plumage 
is  dark  liver-brown  glossed  with  greenish;  head, 
neck,  and  wing-coverts  spotted  with  yellowish 
brown ;  back  and  tertials  mottled  with  brownish 
white  and  greyish  brown  ;  a  band  of  white  across  the 
middle  quill-feathers  ;  a  white  broad  arrow-shaped 
mark  on  the  throat,  and  a  white  dotted  stripe  above 
the  eyes.  Plumage  below  barred  with  brownish 
white  and  dark  liver  brown ;  tail  barred  j  claw  of 
middle  toe  serrated.   Length  nine  inches  and  a  half. 

1316.— The  Whip-poor-Will 

{Caprimulgns  vocifens].  Female  and  Young. 
This  species,  universally  spread  over  all  the 
United  States  of  America,  has  received  its  name 
from  the  singularity  of  its  notes,  which  seem  to  arti- 
culate the  words  Whip-poor-Will  with  considerable 
distinctness,  the  first  and  last  syllables  being  uttered  ! 
with  great  emphasis ;  and  when  two  or  more  males 
meet,  they  seem  as  if  endeavouring  to  overpower 
each  other  by  the  vehemence  of  their  vociferations. 
At  these  times,  and  indeed  generally,  they  fly  low, 
skimming  round  the  house  or  barn,  and  alighting  on 
stacks,  palings,  or  the  roof.  Towards  midnight  they 
generally  become  silent,  unless  a  clear  moonlight, 
when  they  are  heard  without  intermission  till  morn- 
ing. It  is  about  the  25th  of  April,  according  to 
Wilson,  that  this  bird  is  heard  in  Pennsylvania,  and 
in  Kentucky  about  the  14th,  commencing  its  call  as 
the  dusk  begins  to  set  in  ;  and  hundreds  are  some- 
times heard  at  once  in  dilFerent  parts  of  the  wood, 
striving  to  outdo  eacli  other.  Early  in  June,  when 
the  young  appear,  the  notes  of  the  male  usually 
cease ;  but  towards  the  latter  end  of  the  summer 
they  are  again  occasionally  heard,  though  with  less 
vehemence  and  emphasis  than  in  the  spring.  Early 
in  September  the  birds  all  move  southwards,  per- 
forming a  regular  migration. 

The  favourite  haunts  of  this  species  are  high  dry 
barren  or  hilly  situations ;  they  seldom  visit  low 
marshy  tracts,  or  the  low  lands  along  the  sea-coast ; 
they  abound  in  the  barrens  of  Kentucky,  where  in 
April  and  May  their  confused  clamour  is  incessant 
every  evening,  and,  as  Wilson  asserts,  extremely 
agreeable  to  the  inhabitants,  who  are  lulled  to  sleep 
by  their  voices,  to  which,  especially  on  the  approach 
of  dawn,  the  fuil-toned  "tooting"  of  the  pinnated 
grouse  forms  a  pleasing  bass. 

The  food  of  this  species  of  Caprimulgus  consists 
of  various  sorts  of  insects  :  its  flight  in  the  pursuit  is 
rapid,  zigzag,  and  noiseless;  but  it  utters  during 
the  time  a  low  murmuring  sound.  Its  general 
habits  and  mode  of  perching  resemble  those  of  our 
British  night-jar. 

The  female  lays  her  eggs  on  the  bare  ground,  and 
puts  every  "  ruse  "  in  practice  to  decoy  intruders 
from  her  young,  which  are  little  shapeless  things 
covered  with  a  down-like  mould,  and  scarcely  to  be 
seen  amidst  the  withered  leaves.  It  would  appear 
that,  if  the  young  be  disturbed,  the  parent  bird  re- 
moves them  to  a  more  secure  locality.  During  the 
day  the  Whip-poor-Will,  unlike  the  night-hawk,  is 
completely  confused  by  the  light,  and  it  sits  sleep- 
ing on  a  low  branch  or  log,  or  even  on  the  ground, 
and  that  so  soundly,  that  with  caution  a  person  may 
pass  within  a  very  short  distance  of  it  without  dis- 
turbing it.  When  startled,  however,  it  flies  off,  but 
only  to  a  short  distance,  and  soon  again,  if  unmo- 
lested, settles  into  tranquil  slumber. 

The  plumage  of  this  species  is  soft :  the  general 
colour  of  the  upper  parts  is  dark  brownish  grey, 
streaked  and  minutely  sprinkled  with  brownish 
black  ;  cheeks  brownish  red  ;  quill-feathers  and  co- 
verts dark  brown,  spotted  in  bars  with  light  brown  : 
the  three  lateral  tail-feathers  white  at  the  tips.  A 
yellowish  white  transverse  band  across  the  fore  part 
of  the  neck  ;  under  parts  paler  than  the  upper,  and 
mottled.     Length  nine  inches. 

1317.— The  Chuck-Will's-Widow 

(^Caprirmdgm  Carolinensis) .  The  name  of  this 
species  is  taken  from  its  cry,  which  it  utters  with 
great  clearness,  repeating  the  sound  Chuck-Will's- 
Widow  loudly  and  distinctly  six  or  seven  times  in 
«uccession,  then  stopping  and  repeating  it  again. 
It  is  to  the  southern  parts  of  the  United  States  of 
America  that  this  bird  pays  its  annual  visit,  coming 
from  Mexico,  and  perhaps  still  warmer  climates, 
where  it  sojourns  during  the  ivinter.  Louisiana, 
Florida,  and  the  lower  portions  of  Alabama  and 
Georgia,  are  the  districts  in  which  it  chiefly  abounds. 
Ravines,  swamps,  and  extensive  pine-ridges  are 
alike  resorted  to  by  the  Chuck-Will's-Widow,  its  food 
abounding  equally  in  all  those  places,  which  also 
afford  it  ample  means  of  safety  during  the  day.  It 
principally  roosts  in  the  hollow  of  decayed  trees  or 
prostrate  logs,  and  often  in  company  with  bats,  which 
cling  to  the  sides  of  the  cavities.  "  When  surprised 
in  such  situations,"  says  Audubon,  "  instead  of  try- 


ing to  effect  their  escape  by  flying  out,  they  retire 
backwards  to  the  farthest  corners,  ruffle  all  the  fea- 
thers of  the  body,  open  the  mouth  to  its  full  ex- 
tent, and  utter  a  hissing  kind  of  murmur;   when 
seized  and  brought  to  tJie  light  of  day,  they  open 
and  close   their  eyes  in  rapid   succession,  as  if  it 
were  painful  for  them  to  encounter  so  bright  a  light ; 
they  snap  their  little  bills  in  the  manner  of  flycatchers, 
and  shuffle  along  as  if  extremely  desirous  of  making 
their  escape."    During  the  hours  of  dusk  they  are 
all  animation,  and  display  the  most  rapid  and  varied 
evolutions  in  the   air,   wheeling,   sweeping  along, 
mounting  and  descending  with  admirable  ease  and 
grace.     The  mode  of  incubation  resembles  that  de- 
scribed of  the  other  species,  and  the  manner  of 
perching  is  the  same.     The   young,  and  also  the 
eggs,   if    meddled  with,   are  removed   to  another 
spot.     "  When  the  Chuck-Will's-Widow,"  says  Au- 
dubon, "either  male  or  female,  for  each  sits  alter- 
nately, has  discovered    that  its  eggs    have    been 
touched,   it  ruffles    its  feathers,   and  appears    ex- 
tremely dejected  for  a  minute  or  two,  after  which 
it  emits  a  low   murmuring  cry,  scarcely   audible 
to  me  as  I  have  lain  concealed  at  a  distance  of  18 
or  20  yards.     At  this  time  I  have  seen  the  other 
parent  reach  the  spot,  flying  so  low  over  the  ground 
that  I  thought  its  little  feet  must  have  touched  it 
as  it  skimmed  along.    After  a  few  low  notes  and 
some  gesticulations,  I  have  witnessed  each  take  an 
egg  in  its  large  mouth,  and  both  fly  oft'  together, 
skimming  closely  over  the  ground,  until  they  dis- 
appeared among  the  branches  and  trees.     But  to 
what  distance  they  remove  their  eggs  I  have  never 
been  able  to  ascertain,  nor  have  I  ever  had  an  op- 
portunity of  witnessing  the  removal  of  the  young. 
Should  a  person  coming  upon  the  nest  when  the 
bird  is  sitting,  refrain  from  touching  the  eggs,  the 
bird  returns  to  them  and  sits  as  before :  this  fact  I 
have  also  ascertained  by  observation."    The  Chuck- 
Will's-Widow  arrives  in  Georgia  about  the  middle 
of  March,  and  in  Virginia  early  in  April,  and  imme- 
diately  gives  notice  of  its  arrival    by  its  evening 
call,  numbers  keeping  up  the  chorus  during  the 
hours  of  twilight,  and  through  the  night,  if  it  be 
clear.      They  leave  the  United  States  towards  the 
latter  end  of  August.     The  colours  of  the  plumage 
of  this  elegant  bird  consist  of  yellow,  ferruginous, 
and  blackish  brown,  blended  and  mingled  together  ; 
the  head  and  back  are  dark  brown,  minutely  mot- 
tled with  yellowish  red,  and  longitudinally  streaked 
with  black ;   the  wings  are  barred  with  yellowish 
red  and  brownish   black,   and  minutely   sprinkled 
with  the  latter  colour.     Tail  similarly  barred  and 
sprinkled  :  the  inner  webs  of  the  three  outer  feathers 
white.     Under  parts  blackish,  sprinkled  with  yel- 
lowish red :  a  slight  band  of  whitish  across  the  fore 
part  of  the  neck. 

1318. — The  Gdacharo 

{Steatornis  Carlpensis,  Humboldt).  This  extra- 
ordinary bird  was  discovered  by  Baron  Humboldt  in 
the  cavern  of  Caripe,  called  Cueva  del  Guacharo,  in 
the  province  of  Cumana,  which  it  haunts,  in  thou- 
sands ;  and  either  the  same  or  a  closely  allied  spe- 
cies was  seen  by  him  in  a  ravine,  traversed  by  two 
natural  bridges,  of  the  valley  of  Icononzo  (Cordil- 
leras), visited  by  himself  and  Bonpland  on  their  way 
from  Santa  Fe  de  Bogota  to  Popayan  and  Quito. 
This  ravine  is  represented  at  Fig.  1319,  and  the  dis- 
tance of  the  upper  bridge  from  the  little  mountain- 
torrent  below  is  about  315  feet.  It  is  in  this  deep 
ravine  that  these  birds  congregate,  flitting  in  the 
gloom,  like  foul  spirits,  as  if  unwilling  to  meet  the 
light  of  "  garish  day."  In  the  middle  of  this  second 
bridge  there  is  a  hole,  of  about  ninety  square  feet  in 
area,  through  which  can  be  seen  the  bottom  of  the 
abyss  below.  The  torrent  seems  as  if  it  flowed  away 
into  a  dusky  cavern  ;  and  a  mournful  sound  falls  on 
the  ear,  proceeding  from  an  infinite  multitude  of 
night-birds  that  dwell  in  the  dusky  cleft,  and  are 
to  be  seen  in  thousands  hovering  over  the  water. 
It  is  impossible,  however,  to  catch  any  of  them  ;  and 
the  only  mode  of  obtaining  anything  like  a  distinct 
view  of  them  is  by  throwing  down  squibs  or 
torches  to  produce  a  momentary  light.  They  were 
described  by  the  Indians  (who  call  them  Cacas)  as 
being  about  the  size  of  a  hen,  and  having  the  eyes 
of  an  owl,  with  crooked  beaks.  The  colour  of  their 
plumage  is  uniform  throughout,  and  of  a  brownish 
grey,  whence  Humboldt  rightly  conjectures  that 
they  belong  to  the  Caprimulgidae,  of  which  there 
are  many  varieties  in  this  region.  The  stream, 
over  which  these  bridges  are  suspended,  flows  from 
east  to  west;  and  the  view  in  our  illustration  is 
taken  from  the  northern  part  of  the  valley,  from  a 
point  where  the  arches  are  seen  in  profile. 

With  respect  to  the  Cueva  del  Guacharo,  it  is  not 
actually  in  the  valley  of  Caripe,  but  at  the  distance 
of  three  leagues  from  the  convent,  and  is  pierced  in 
the  vertical  profile  of  a  rock  ;  the  entrance  is  to  the 
south,  forming  a  vault  80  feet  broad  and  72  high. 
The  rock  surmounting  the  cavern  is  covered  with 
trees  of  gigantic  height,  and  all  the  luxuriant  pro- 


fusion of  an  intertropical  climate  ;  and  it  is  worthy 
of  o'oservation  that  this  luxuriance  of  vegetation 
penetrates  even  into  the  vestibule  of  the  cave.  The 
travellers  saw  with  astonishment  plantain-leaved 
heliconias  18  feet  in  height,  the  praga-palm,  and  tree- 
arums  follow  the  banks  of  the  river  even  to  the  sub- 
terranean places.  The  party  went  forwards  for 
about  430  feet  without  being  obliged  to  light  their 
torches.  Where  the  light  began  to  fail,  they  heard 
from  afar  the  hoarse  cries  of  the  Guacharo  birds. 
These  birds  quit  the  cave  only  at  nightfall,  especi- 
ally when  there  is  moonlight ;  and  Humboldt  remarks 
that  it  is  almost  the  only  frugivorous  night-bird  yet 
known.  It  feeds  on  very  hard  fruits  (an  exception 
to  the  rule  among  the  Caprimulgidae),  and  the  In- 
dians assured  him  (though  we  place  little  dependence 
on  their  statement)  that  it  does  not  pursue  either  the 
hard-winged  insects  or  the  moths  that  serve  as  the 
food  of  this  tribe  of  birds.  It  is,  he  states,  difiicult 
to  form  any  idea  of  the  horrible  noise  made  by  thou- 
sands of  the  Guacharo  birds  in  the  dark  recesses  of 
the  cavern,  whence  their  shrill  and  piercing  cries 
strike  upon  the  vaulted  rock,  and  are  repeated  by 
the  echo  in  the  depths  of  the  grotto.  By  fixing 
torches  of  copal  to  the  end  of  a  long  pole,  the 
Indians  showed  the  nests  of  these  birds  fifty  or  sixty 
feet  above  the  heads  of  the  explorers,  in  funnel- 
shaped  holes,  with  which  the  cavern-roof  is  pierced 
like  a  sieve. 

Once  a  year,  near  midsummer,  the  Guacharo 
cavern  is  entered  by  the  Indians.  Armed  with  poles, 
they  ransack  the  greater  part  of  the  nests,  while  the 
old  birds  hover  over  the  heads  of  the  robbers,  as  if 
to  defend  their  brood,  uttering  horrible  cries.  The 
young  which  fall  down  are  opened  on  the  spot. 
The  peritoneum  is  found  loaded  with  fat,  and  a 
layer  of  the  same  substance  on  the  abdomen 
forms  a  kind  of  cushion  between  the  bird's  legs. 
At  the  period  above-mentioned,  which  is  generally 
known  at  Caripe  by  the  designation  of  "  the  oil- 
harvest,"  huts  are  built  by  the  Indians  with  palm 
leaves,  near  the  entrance  and  even  in  the  very  porch 
of  the  cavern.  There  the  fat  of  the  young  birds  just 
killed  is  melted  in  clay  pots  over  a  brushwood  fire  ; 
and  this  fat  is  named  butter  or  oil  (manteca  or 
aceite)  of  the  Guacharo.  It  is  half-liquid,  transpa- 
rent, inodorous,  and  so  pure  that  it  will  keep  above 
a  year  without  becoming  rancid.  In  the  kitchen  of 
the  monks  of  the  convent  of  Caripe  no  other  oil  is 
used,  and  Humboldt  never  found  that  it  imparted 
a  disagreeable  taste  or  smell  to  the  aliments.  The 
quantity  of  very  pure  manteca  collected  does  not 
exceed  150  or  160  bottles,  each  being  sixty  cubic 
inches ;  the  rest,  which  is  less  transparent,  is  pre- 
served in  large  earthen  vessels :  the  whole  hardly 
seems  to  correspond  with  the  immense  annual  car- 
nage of  birds."*  The  use  of  the  Guacharo  oil  is  very 
ancient,  and  the  race  of  Guacharo  birds  would  have 
been  extinct  long  since  if  several  circumstances  had 
not  contributed  to  its  preservation.  The  natives, 
withheld  by  superstitious  fears,  seldom  dare  to  pro- 
ceed far  into  the  recesses  of  the  cavern.  Humboldt 
had  great  difficulty  in  persuading  them  to  pass  be- 
yond the  outer  part  of  the  cave,  the  only  portion  of 
it  which  they  visit  annually  to  collect  the  oil ;  and 
the  whole  authority  of  the  Padres  was  necessary  to 
make  them  penetrate  as  far  as  the  spot  where  the 
floor  rises  abruptly  at  an  inclination  of  sixty  degrees, 
and  where  a  small  subterraneous  cascade  is  formed 
by  the  torrent.  In  the  minds  of  the  Indians  this 
cave,  inhabited  by  nocturnal  birds,  is  associated 
with  mystic  ideas,  and  they  believe  that  in  the  deep 
recesses  of  the  cavern  the  souls  of  their  ancestors 
sojourn.  They  say  that  man  should  avoid  places 
which  are  enlightened  neither  by  the  sun  nor  the 
moon  ;  and  "  to  go  and  join  the  guacharoes  "  means 
to  rejoin  their  fathers — in  short,  to  die.  At  the  en- 
trance of  the  cave  the  magicians  and  poisoners  per- 
form their  exorcisms  to  conjure  the  chief  of  the  evil 
spirits.  It  appears  also,  as  another  cause  of  pre- 
servation, that  Guacharo  birds  inhabit  neighbouring 
caverns  too  narrow  to  be  accessible  to  man,  and 
from  these  perhaps  the  great  cavern  is  repeopled; 
for  the  missionaries  declared  that  no  sensible  dimi- 
nution of  the  birds  had  been  observed.  Young 
birds  of  this  species  have  been  sent  to  the  port  of 
Cumana,  and  have  lived  there  several  days,  but 
without  taking  any  food — the  seeds  offered  to  them 
not  suiting  them.  The  crops  and  gizzards  of  the 
yoting  birds  opened  in  the  cavern  contained  all  sorts 
of  hard  and  dry  fruits,  which  are  conveyed  to  them 
by  their  parents  ;  these  are  preserved,  and  under  the 
name  of  semilla  del  Guacharo  (Guacharo  seed)  are 
considered  a  celebrated  remedy  against  intermittent 
fevers,  and  sentto  the  sick  at  Cariaco  and  other  low 
localities  where  fever  prevails.  Our  limits  will  not 
allow  us  to  pursue  Humboldt's  description  farther  ; 
and  we  must  content  ourselves  with  referring  the 
reader  to  the  '  Narrative '  for  many  interesting  de- 

•  The  author  remarks  that  this  branch  of  industry  reminds  one  of 
the  harvest  of  piReon's  oil,  of  which  some  thousands  of  barrels  were 
formerly  collected  in  Carolina  from  the  younj^ of  tlie  I'assenger  Pigeon, 
JicttfpitU:'/  migratoria.    (CoLVUBlD.i',  vol.  vil.,  p.  373.) 


Mn.-Cbwk  WUfi  WUo«. 


lUO.— Lonf-Mml  rodugwa. 


1316.— Whip-poor-WiiU 


288 


1324.— Fork-toiled  Goatsucker. 


No.  37. 


1325.— African  Long-tailed  Night-jar. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


1322.— Cold-river  Fodargns. 


289 


290 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Swallows. 


tail*  respecting  the  cavern  itself  and  the  surrounding 
scenery. 

1329— Tub  Loxg-barko  Podabous 
(Podargut  mmttu).  The  genus  Podareus  is  one 
of  the  aberrant  proups  of  the  CaprimulKido",  ami  as 
its  structure  deparls  to  a  certain  extent  from  the 
typical  form  presented  by  our  common  ni^ht-jar,  so 
also  it  exhibits  a  correspondine  difference  with  re- 
gard to  habits  and  manners.  ExcUisively  confined 
to  Australia  and  the  islands  of  the  Indian  Archi- 
peliuro,  the  penus  Podareus  contains  ten  or  twelve 
recotrnised  species,  of  which  our  Pictorial  Museum 
contains  some  of  the  principal  species.  They  are 
nocturnal  in  tlieir  habits,  appearitiE  slupified  by'day. 
Tlie  formation  of  the  winjt  rendei-s  their  fliijht  less 
buoyant  and  undulating  than  in  the  typical  nis;ht- 
jars,  thoue;h  it  is  at  the  same  time  rapid:  and  the 
enormous  pape  of  the  beak,  conjoined  with  its 
strength,  enables  them  to  take  in  the  largest  insects. 
The  French  give  the  name  of  Crapaud  volant,  or 
flying  toad,  to  the  common  night-jar,  in  allusion  to  its 
wide  gape  ;  but  the  depressed  form  of  the  head  and 
the  enormous  width  of  the  gape  of  these  birds  give 
them  a  much  better  claim  to  such  a  title,  and  indeed 
without  much  impropriety  they  may  be  regarded  as 
representatives  among  the  feathered  race  of  those 
nocturnal  dusky  insectivorous  reptiles. 

In  the  genus  Podargus  the  eyes  are  large  and 
staring;  the  bill  is  robust,  and  the  tip  and  margins 
of  the  upper  mandible  fold  over  those  of  tlie  lower; 
the  ridge  of  the  upper  mandible  is  elevated  and 
arched:  vibrissae  scanty;  tarsi  short;  the  middle 
claw  not  serrated,  nor  the  hind  toe  directed  forwards : 
they  perch  in  the  ordinary  manner.  Many  have 
plumelets  produced  by  the  elongation  of  the  ear- 
tufts.    The  colouring  of  the  plumage  is  sombre,  and 

'Composed  of  deep  tones  of  brown,  black,  grey,  and 
tawny  yellow  bhended  together. 
The  long-eared  Podargus  is  a  native  of  Sumatra : 

•in  its  aspect  it  is  very  owl-like.  Its  head  is  volu- 
minous. Its  eyes  large,  and  the  gape  of  its  bill  is 
enormous ;  and  the  elongation  of  the  ear-plumes 
adds  to  the  singularity  of  its  appearance.  It  is  a 
recluse  bird,  and  active  only  during  the  hours  of 
darkness  ;  but  beyond  this  we  know  nothing  of  its 
economy.  It  forms  the  type  of  the  sub-genus  Ba- 
trachostomus. 

1321. — The  Papuan  Podarqus 

{Podargus  Papuensis).  This  is  another  species  of 
the  present  genus,  and  is  destitute  of  elongated  ear- 
tufts.  It  appears  to  be  nearly  related  to  a  Japanese 
species,  described  by  Dr.  Horsfield  under  the  title 
of  Podargus  Javanensis,  and  is  very  characteristic  of 
the  group  to  which  it  belongs.  As  we  have  already 
observed,  the  night-jar  is  a  migratory  bird  through- 
out every  part  of  Europe  ;  but  whether  the  species 
of  the  genus  Podargus  obey  a  similar  law  is  not 
very  clear.  It  is  not  unlikely,  however,  that  those 
peculiar  to  Australia  pass  periodically  from  one 
district  to  another,  as  is  the  case  with  the  greater 
number  if  not  all  the  feathered  tenants  of  that  vast 
continent ;  which,  according  to  the  statements  of 
travellers,  migrate  from  region  to  region  according 
to  the  season,  and  regularly  return  to  their  summer 
breeding  haunts,  summer  there  answering  to  our 
■winter.  In  North  America,  the  Night-hawk,  the 
Whip-poor-Will,  and  other  Caprimulgidie  are  migra- 
tory. With  respect  to  nocturnal  habits,  the  members 
-of  the  genus  Podargus  are  more  confused  by  light 
than  the  ordinary  Caprimulgidoe,  if  we  except  that 
strange  bird  theGuacharo:  they  haunt  the  solitudes 
-of  the  woods,  and  the  sombre  but  intermingled  tints 
■of  their  plumage  screen  them  from  observation.  At 
night  they  issue  forth  on  their  aerial  chase,  and 
retire  with  the  first  streaks  of  day  to  their  wonted 
seclnsion. 

1322. — Thb  Coud-Rivbe  Podargus 

{Podargus  humeralis)  This  species  is  a  native  of 
New  Holland :  above,  it  is  variegated  with  ashy- 
brown  and  yellow  ;  the  head  and  sides  of  the  back 
are  conspicuously  striped  with  black;  the  forehead 
and  dorsal  plumage  lightly  dotted  and  banded  with 
white.  The  plumage  of  the  under  parts  is  trans- 
versely striped  with  narrow  lines  of  black,  on  a  dirty- 
yellow  ground.    Total  length,  twenty  inches. 

In  the  '  Zoological  Proceedings'  for  1840,  p.  163, 
will  be  found  the  description  of  a  closely  allied  but 
smaller  species,  under  the  name  of  Podargus  bra- 
chypterus,  or  Macrorhynchus,  which  inhabits  the 
district  of  the  Swan  River,  Western  Australia,  but 
withoutany  account  of  its  habits  or  manners;  indeed 
there  is  much  in  the  economy  of  the  whole  of  these 
strange-looking  birds  which  remains  yet  to  be  ascer- 
tained. 

1323. — Tbe.Javanese  Podabous 

{Podargus  Javanensis,  Horsfield).  Chabba-wonno 
cf  the  Javanese,  or  Burong  saiang :  see  '  Catalogue 
of  a  Collection  of  Birds  from  Malaya,'  by  T.  C. 
E)-ton,  Esq,  'Zool.  Proceeds.,  1839,'  p.  101,    The 


general  colour  of  thb  bird  is  ferruginous  or  rufous, 
with  a  tint  of  buff  yellow,  varied  by  undulatiag 
transverse  bands  of  dark  brown ;  a  collar  of  pale 
yellowish  white,  variegated  with  two  narrow  bands 
of  deep  brown,  passes  round  the  lower  part  of  the 
neck,  and  from  this  collar  several  large  irregular 
white  marks  are  disposed  in  an  interrupted  series 
from  the  root  of  the  wing  to  the  middle  of  the  back  ; 
on  the  breast  and  under  parts  several  white  feathers 
are  scattered  The  tail,  which  is  rounded,  is  marked 
with  strong  transverse  bands;  the  feet  are  rufous; 
the  claws  blackish;  the  bill  obscure,  yellow,  and 
rather  shining.     Length,  nine  inches. 

Tills  species,  which  is  a  native  of  Java,  is  of  small 
size  compared  with  the  Podargi  generally,  but  it 
agrees  with  them  in  form  and  style  of  colouring.  It 
tenants  the  depths  of  extensive  forests,  passing  the 
houra  of  day  in  sleep,,  and  rousing  up  on  the 
approach  of  night  to  commence  its  chase  of  insect 
prey :  no  further  details  of  its  habits  have  been 
received. 

1324 — Toe  Foek-tailed  Goatsuckeb 

(Psahirus  macropterus).  The  genus  Psalurus 
closely  approaches  the  genus  Capiimulgus  in  its 
principal  characters:  the  vibrissae  of  the  bill  are 
strong ;  the  tail  is  excessively  long,  and  deeply 
forked. 

This  singular  bird  is  a  native  of  Paraguay  and 
Brazil :  a  bright  ruddy  demi-collar  ornaments  the 
back  part  of  the  neck;  the  two  external  tail-feathera 
in  the  male  are  greatly  elongated,  far  surpassing  the 
others  ;  but  in  the  female  these  feathers  are  not  so 
excessively  produced.  The  Fork-tailed  Goatsucker 
flies  with  great  rapidity,  expanding  and  closing  its 
tail  as  it  skims  along.  It  is  crepuscular  and  noc- 
turnal, and,  like  our  Night-jar,  gives  chase  to  insects, 
on  which  it  feeds. 

1325. — The  African  Long-tailed  Night-jar 

(Scotomis  climattirus).  In  the  genus  Scotornis  the 
outer  toe  is  shorter  than  the  inner ;  the  vibrissse  of 
the  beak  are  strong  and  numerous ;  the  tail  is 
lengthened  and  graduated. 

The  present  species,  which  is  common  in  Senegal, 
appears  to  be  larger  than  it  really  is,  from  the  great 
length  of  the  tail,  whic(i  measures  nine  inches,  of 
which  three  inches  and  a  quarter  are  occasioned  by 
the  two  middle  tail-feathers  exceeding  the  others. 
The  vibrissas  are  longer  than  the  bill :  of  the  quill- 
feathers  the  third  is  longest.  The  ground  colour  of 
the  plumage  is  light  ferruginous  brown  varied  with 
dark  freckles.  The  chin  and  a  stripe  from  the 
angle  of  the  gape  white ;  the  lesser  wing-coverts 
have  at  their  tips  a  broad  band  of  white,  and  the 
greater  have  a  terminal  spot  of  cream  colour  much 
smaller  than  the  former.  The  ground-colour  of  the 
five  primary  quills  is  entirely  black,  without  any 
rulous,  their  tips  only  benig  freckled  with  grey ;  but 
they  are  crossed  in  the  middle  by  a  snowy  white 
broad  band  beginning  in  the  inner  web  of  the  first 
and  terminating  on  the  outer  web  of  the  sixth  quill ; 
the  remaining  quills  are  varied  with  black  and 
rufous  and  tipped  with  white.  The  tail  is  variegated 
in  the  usual  manner,  the  middle  pair  of  feathers 
having  about  twenty  very  slender  transverse  bars, 
but  much  undulated,  while  the  outer  margin  of  the 
exterior  feather  and  the  tips  of  that  and  of  the  next 
are  pure  white.  No  grey  in  the  plumage.  Total 
length,  including  the  tail,  thirteen  inches. 

1326.— The  Leona  Night-Jar 

{Macrodipteryx  Africanus).  Caprimulgus  Macro- 
dipterus,  Afzelius  ;  C.  longipennis,  Shaw;  Pennon- 
winged  Nightjar ;  Long-shafted  Goatsucker.  This 
curious  bird  is  remarkable  for  two  long  elastic 
shafts  issuing  from  the  middle  of  the  wing-coverts, 
and  varying  in  length  from  eight  or  ten  to  twenty 
inches ;  they  are  tipped  with  a  broad  web  for  three, 
four,  or  five  inches,  and  occur  only  in  the  male. 
What  may  be  their  use  is  difficult  to  imagine.  Mr. 
Swainson  ('Birds  of  Western  Africa'),  after  stating 
that  the  female  is  entirely  destitute  of  these  long- 
shafted  or  supplementary  feathers,  proceeds  to 
observe  that  the  fact  is  important,  as  "  it  goes  far 
to  prove  that  they  are  not  essential  to  the  economy 
of  the  species ;  for  if  otherwise,  both  sexes  would 
possess  tnem,  unless  it  be  contended — a  supposition 
highly  improbable  —  that  the  male  feeds  in  one 
manner  and  the  female  in  another.  In  the  absence 
of  all  information  on  this  point,  we  are  led  to  con- 
clude that  they  are  more  ornamental  than  useful, 
given  to  the  male  sex  as  attractive  decorations  to 
the  female,  in  a  similar  manner  as  the  flowing 
feathersof  the  Paradise-bird  are  known  to  distinguish 
the  male  sex.  In  their  texture  they  are  remarkably 
flexible,  moving  about  with  the  least  breath  of 
wind."'  The  inner  web  at  the  end  is  two  inches 
broad  in  the  middle  ;  the  outer  web  is  scarcely  half 
an  inch. 

The  Leona  Night-jar  is  a  small  species,  measuring, 
from  bill  to  end  of  tail,  about  eight  inches.  The 
wings  are  long,  exceeding  the  tip  of  the  tail,  which 


latter  is  even,  and  consists  of  ten  feathers ;  the  bill 
is  feeble ;  the  vibrissa  strong.  The  colour  of  the 
plumage  consists  of  mingled  tints.  Upon  each  web 
of  every  primary  quill-feather  is  a  row  of  nine  rufous 
and  nine  black  spots.  The  secondary  quill-feathers 
are  black,  with  four  rufous  bands;  the  middle  tail- 
feathers  are  grev,  speckled  with  black  points,  and 
crossed  by  six  black  bars ;  the  outer  web  of  the 
lateral  tail-feather  on  each  side  is  fulvous  white, 
with  about  ten  black  spots  at  equal  distances  from 
each  other.  Some  of  the  scapulars  have  a  broad 
cream-coloured  stripe,  which  forms  a  connected 
series  when  the  feathers  lie  over  each  other.  The 
male  has  a  few  obscure  white  mottles  about  the 
throat  and  ears. 
Of  the  habits  of  this  species  nothing  is  known. 

1327.— The  Nacunda 

(Pro'illiera  diuma,  Swainson).  Caprimulgus  diut- 
nus,  Wied.  The  genus  Proithera  differs  from  Ca- 
primulgus in  the  paucity  of  the  vibrissse  round  the 
gape  of  the  beak,  in  the  great  length  of  the  wings, 
the  shortnei's  of  the  tail,  and  the  size  and  complete 
nakedness  of  the  tarsi. 

The  Nacunda  is  a  native  of  Brazil  and  Paraguay, 
and  is,  to  a  great  extent  at  least,  diurnal  in  its 
habits,  being  seen  abroad  in  cloudy  days  in  flocks 
of  fifteen  or  twenty,  skimming  over  the  ponds  in 
pursuit  of  insects,  precisely  in  the  manner  of  swal- 
lows. 

The  plumage  above  is  a  mixture  of  grey-brown, 
yellowish  red,  and  brownish  black,  with  great  spots 
of  blackish  brown,  and  wide  borders  of  yellowish 
red.  The  chin  is  pale  yellow,  striped  with  grey 
brown.  The  tail  is  marked  with  brownish  black 
and  bright  yellow,  and  crossed  by  nine  or  ten  trans- 
verse bands  speckled  with  brownish  black.  Plumage 
beneath,  white  ;  streaked  with  grey  brown  on  the 
chest ;  below  spotless. 

Family  HIRUNDINID^  (SWALLOWS). 

The  present  family  comprises  an  extensive  and 
very  natural  group  of  birds,  distinguished  for  their 
powers  of  flight  and  insectivorous  appetite.  The 
limbs  are  short  and  comparatively  feeble,  but  the 
toes  are  furnished  with  sharp  hooked  claws  for  the 
purpose  of  clinging  to  walls  or  the  sides  of  rocks. 
In  the  swifts  the  toes  are  all  directed  forwards.  In 
the  true  swallow  the  hind-toe  is  revei-sible ;  the 
wings  are  long  and  pointed,  and  the  quill-feathers 
of  firm  texture :  the  general  plumage  is  close  set, 
always  smooth,  sometimes  burnished  and  glossy  : 
the  beak  is  small,  depressed,  broad  at  the  base,  and 
with  a  wide  gape.  The  food,  consisting  of  the 
smaller  species  of  insects,  is  always  taken  on  the 
wing  ;  and  they  often  completely  fill  the  throat  with 
their  insect  prey,  so  as  to  distend  it  like  a  pouch, 
doubtless  in  order  that  their  nestlings  may  have  a 
full  supply  at  each  visit.  The  whole  of  the  active 
existence  of  these  birds  is,  in  fact,  passed  upon  the 
wing  :  they  skim  along  with  marvellous  rapidity 
quarter  their  ground  over  meadows,  lakes,  and 
rivers ;  wheel  round  barns  and  steeples,  and  dash 
along  apparently  as  untired  when  evening  closes  as 
when  they  began  their  aerial  evolutions  with  the 
first  dawn  of  day.  They  feed  and  drink  on  the 
wing,  and  pursue  each  other  in  sportive  chase,  per- 
forming the  most  rapid  and  beautiful  evolutions. 

The  British  species  of  this  group  are  the  Chimney- 
Swallow  (Hirundo  rustica),  the  Martin,  or  Window- 
Swallow  (H.  urbica),  the  Sand-martin  (H.  ripara), 
and  the  Swift  (Cypselus  apus).  We  may  add 
the  White-bellied  Swift  of  Gibraltar,  or  Alpine 
Swift  (Cypselus  Alpinus),  as  a  rare  and  accidental 
visitor.  All  our  swallow  tribe  are  birds  of  passage ; 
they  come  in  spring,  and  depart  in  autumn,  winging 
their  way  to  the  south,  and  passing  the  winter  in 
Africa,  the  great  rendezvous  of  the  migratory  birds 
of  Europe. 

Fig.  1328  represents  a  group  of  British  Hirundi- 
nidse ;  o,  the  Swallow ;  b,  the  Martin  ;  c,  the  Sand- 
Martin  ;  d,  the  Swift. 

1328  (a),  1329.— The  Swallow 

(Hirundo  rttstica).  "The  swallow,"  says  Sir  H. 
Davy,  "is  one  of  my  favourite  birds,  and  a  rival  of 
the  nightingale  ;  for  he  glads  my  sense  of  seeing  as 
much  as  the  other  does  my  sense  of  hearing.  He 
is  the  joyous  prophet  of  the  year,  the  harbinger  of 
the  best  season  ;  he  lives  a  life  of  enjoyment  amongst 
the  loveliest  forms  of  nature  ;  winter  is  unknown  to 
him,  and  he  leaves  the  green  meadows  of  England 
in  autumn  for  the  myrtle  and  orange  groves  of  Italy 
and  for  the  plains  of  Africa." 

The  swallow  is  too  well  known  to  need  a  very  de- 
tailed description.  It  makes  its  appearance  in  our 
island  about  the  middle  of  April,  though  sometimes 
a  few  stragglers  arrive  eariier,  before  the  spring  has 
fairly  opened  :  and,  as  they  disappear,  should  the 
weather  set  in  cold,  we  are  inclined  to  suspect  that 
they  retrace  their  passage  to  a  warmer  latitude,  and 
return  with  the  great  body  on  their  way  northwards. 
Who  has  not  watched   the  swallow  on  the  wing; 


Swallows.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


291 


who  has  not  marked  its  rapid  flight,  now  smoothly 
skimming  along,  now  executing  sudden  turns  and 
abrupt  and  intricate  evolutions  with  astonishing 
celerity?  The  swallow  delights  to  quarter  the  sur- 
face of  pasture-lands,  new-mown  meadows,  streams, 
and  ponds,  attracted  by  the  abundance  of  insects  on 
which  it  feeds,  a  smart  snap  of  its  bill,  easily  dis- 
tinguishable by  an  attentive  ear,  accompanying  the 
capture  of  its  prey.  If  the  weather  be  warm,  it  dips 
in  the  water  as  it  passes  along,  and  emerges  shaking 
the  spray  from  its  burnished  plumage  uninterrupted 
in  its  career. 

The  swallow  breeds  twice  a  year,  choosing  dif- 
ferent situations  as  they  may  present  themselves: 
we  have  known  tliem  frequently  attach  their  nest 
to  the  inside  of  tall  old  chimneys ;  we  have  seen 
them  building  in  barns  and  outhouses  against  the 
beams  or  rafters;  and  we  well  remember  a  pair  or 
two  annually  building  in  a  wheelwright's  workshop, 
undisturbed  by  the  noise  of  hammer,  axe,  and  saw, 
to  the  satisfaction  of  the  good  man,  who  left  a  place 
open  for  their  entrance  and  exit  when  his  workshop 
was  shut.  Mr.  Selby  says  that  where  coal-pits 
abound  the  swallow  sometimes  fixes  its  nest  against 
the  side  of  a  deserted  shaft,  a  circumstance  we  have 
ourselves  once  or  twice  noticed.  The  nest  is  open 
at  the  top,  and  composed  of  clay  or  mud,  worked 
up  by  a  glutinous  exudation  from  the  mouth  of  the 
bird  into  a  proper  consistence.  It  is  lined  inter- 
nally with  a  bed  of  feathers.  The  eggs  are  five  in 
number,  of  a  white  colour,  speckled  with  reddish 
brown. 

"  The  swallow,"  says  White,  "  is  a  delicate  song- 
ster, and  in  soft  sunny  weather  sings  both  perching 
and  flying  on  trees  in  a  kind  of  concert,  and  on 
chimney-tops."  Its  notes  are  indeed  pleasing,  but 
are  hurried  and  twittering,  and  are  generally  uttered 
at  sunrise,  when  the  weather  is  warm  and  genial. 

The  swallow  brings  out  her  first  brood  about  the 
lask  week  in  June  or  the  first  in  July,  and  her 
second  brood  towards  the  middle  and  end  of  August. 
During  the  month  of  September  the  young  of  the 
last  incubation  have  acquired  full  strength  of  wing  ; 
and  at  the  end  of  that  month,  or  in  the  beginning  of 
October,  the  great  migratory  movement  southwards 
commences.  Multitudes  from  various  quarters  now 
congregate  together,  and  perch  at  night  in  clusters 
on  trees,  barns,  house-tops,  but  especially  among 
the  reed-beds  of  marshes  and  fens,  round  which,  as 
evening  draws  on,  they  may  be  observed  wheeling 
and  skimming,  now  sinking,  now  rising  and  wheel-  I 
ing  again,  all  the  while  uttering  their  garrulous  ! 
concert,  till,  as  I 

"  Evening  draws  o'er  all  1 

Her  gradual  dusky  veil,"  | 

they  finally  settle  down,  and  all  is  quiet  and  silent. 
It  is  strange  that  so  excellent  an  observer  of  nature 
as  Gilbert  White  should  have  entertained  the  opi- 
nion that  swallows  hybernate  submerged  in  marshes, 
or  secreted  in  holes  and  caverns,  like  bats  ;  and  the 
more  so  as  the  ancients  were  well  aware  of  their 
migratory  movements,  and  of  their  winter  residence  i 
in  Africa.  I 

It  is  a  remarkable  circumstance  in  the  history  of 
our  Hirundinidae,  that  they  return  annually  to  the 
same  place,  and  resume  and  repair  their  old  nests, 
or,  if  they  have  been  destroyed,  build  others  in  their 
gtead  ;  but  the  question  arises,  is  not  this  to  a 
greater  or  less  extent  the  same  with  all  our  summer 
visitors?  Do  they  not  return  to  their  old  haunts, 
and  if  they  do  not  repair  their  nests,  which  are 
always  spoiled  by  the  winter's  rains  and  snows,  do 
they  not  return  to  the  same  hedge-row,  the  same 
copse,  the  same  garden  ?  Even  with  respect  to  non- 
migratory  birds  we  think  we  have  observed  a  ten- 
dency to  build  in  the  vicinity  of  their  former  nest, 
especially  if  unmolested  ;  indeed,  in  the  case  of  the 
hedge-sparrow  (Accentor  raodularis)  we  have  reason, 
from  personal  experience,  to  believe  it  to  be  so. 

The  swallow  is  very  assiduous  in  the  nurture  of 
her  young.  She  leads  them,  as  soon  as  Ihey  are 
able  to  leave  the  nest,  to  the  ridge  of  the  barn  or 
house-top,  where,  settled  in  a  row,  and  as  yet  unable 
to  exert  their  pinions  in  flight,  she  supplies  them 
assiduously  with  food.  In  a  few  days  they  begin  to 
trust  to  tlieir  wings,  and  follow  their  parents,  who 
feed  them  during  their  aijrial  evolutions ;  but  in  a 
little  time  they  depend  on  their  own  exertions. 

The  forked  character  of  the  tail  easily  dis- 
tingui.-ihes  the  swallow  from  the  rest  of  our  British 
Hirundinidae.  The  forehead  and  throat  are  rich 
chestnut,  the  whole  of  tl.ie  upper  surface  and  the 
breast  are  black  with  reflexions  of  steel  blue  and 
purple  :  a  white  spot  on  the  inner  web  of  all  the  tail- 
feathers  except  the  two  middle.  Under  surface 
white  with  a  wash  of  reddish  brown. 

1330. — The  Swallow  op  Palesti.ve. 
The  common  swallow  appears  to  have  a  most  ex- 
tensive range  ;  not  only  does  it  visit  Europe,  but 
Asia  Minor,  Palestine,  and  the  adjacent  country 
and  in  the  earliest  times  its  habits  of  regular  mi- 
gration were  observed  and  understood ;  hence  the 


expression: — "The  stork  in  the  heaven  knoweth 
her  appointed  times;  and  the  turtle  and  the  crane 
and  the  swallow  observe  the  time  of  their  coming  " 
(Jeremiah  viii.  7).  From  a  passage  in  Aristophanes 
we  learn  that  among  the  Greeks  the  arrival  of  the 
crane  pointed  out  the  time  of  sowing,  that  of  the 
kite  the  time  of  sheep-shearing,  and  that  of  the 
swallow  the  time  to  put  on  summer  clothes.  Ac- 
cording to  the  Greek  Calendar  of  Flora,  kept  by 
Theophrastus  at  Athens,  the  ornithian  winds  blow 
and  the  swallow  comes  between  the  28th  of  Feb- 
ruary and  the  12th  of  March. 

1331.— The  Cliff-Swallow 

{Hirundo  fvlva).  The  Republican  Swallow  of 
Audubon.  This  elegant  species  is  a  native  of  the 
western  parts  of  the  United  States  of  America,  and 
it  is  only  recently,  comparatively  speaking,  that  it 
has  ventured  within  the  domains  of  civilized  man. 
Already,  however,  it  is  familiar  in  different  localities 
of  Ohio  and  Kentucky,  and  has  more  recently 
appeared  in  the  western  part  of  New  York.  Like 
all  the  other  American  swallows,  it  passes  the  winter 
in  tropical  America,  and  arrives  at  its  northern 
breeding-places  in  April.  This  species  is  grega- 
rious in  its  habits,  and  numbers  construct  their 
symmetrical  nests  in  clusters,  as  seen  in  Fig.  1331. 
At  the  dawn  of  day  they  commence  their  labours, 
collecting  the  mud  of  which  the  exterior  is  formed, 
and  persevere  in  their  work  until  near  midday, 
when  they  relinquish  it  for  some  hours,  employing 
the  time  in  the  capture  of  insects  and  in  aerial 
gambols.  In  un.settled  countries  these  birds  avail 
themselves  of  the  sides  of  rocks  under  the  shelter 
of  overhanging  ledges ;  but  in  civilized  districts 
they  have  already  evinced  a  predilection  for  the 
abodes  of  man,  building  against  the  walls  of  houses, 
under  the  eaves  of  the  roof,  though  they  have  not 
in  the  least  changed  their  style  of  architecture. 
The  nest  is  hemispherical,  five  inches  in  diameter 
at  its  attachment  to  the  wall,  from  which  it.projects 
six  inches,  having  the  entrance  at  the  end  of  a 
short  neck-like  projection  somewhat  turned  down- 
wards. It  is  lined  with  dried  grass  and  straw.  The 
whole  is  completed  in  three  or  four  days.  The  clift- 
swallow  is  more  closely  related  to  our  martin  in 
form,  habits,  and  manners,  than  to  our  chimney- 
swallow  ;  it  is  active  and  rapid,  feeding  on  the 
wing.  Its  note  is  peculiar,  and  may  be  imitated  by 
rubbing  a  moistened  cork  around  the  neck  of  a 
bottle. 

This  swallow  is  characterized  by  its  even  tail. 
Instead  of  having  the  lower  part  of  the  back  white, 
like  our  window  swallow  or  martin,  it  is  of  a  pale 
ferruginous  tint,  as  is  also  the  foiehead ;  a  narrow 
black  line  extends  over  the  bill  to  each  eye  ;  the 
upper  parts  generally  are  glossy  violet  black ;  the 
breast  is  pale  rufous  ash-colour;  the  under  parts 
dirty  white.  Length,  five  inches  and  a  half.  Eggs, 
four  in  number,  white  spotted  with  duaky  brown. 

1332. — The  Amebican  Baen-Swallow 

{Hirundo  nifa).  This  species  is  the  representative 
of  our  chimney-swallow  in  the  United  States  of 
America,  and  is  a  universal  favourite.  It  builds  in 
barns  and  outhouses,  but  never  in  chimneys.  It  is 
very  customary  to  fit  up  boxes  for  it  to  nestle  in, 
and  the  country-people  have  a  superstitious  idea 
that  if  they  permit  the  swallows  to  be  shot  their 
cows  will  give  bloody  milk,  and  moreover  that  the 
barn  they  tenant  will  never  be  struck  with  light- 
ning; so  at  least  was  Wilson  assured,  who  adds,  "  I 
nodded  assent,  for  when  the  tenets  of  superstition 
lean  to  the  side  of  humanity,  one  can  readily  respect 
them." 

"Early  in  May,"  says  this  admirable  writer,  "  they 
begin  to  build.  From  the  size  and  structure  of  the 
nest,  it  is  nearly  a  week  before  it  is  completely 
finished.  It  is  in  the  form  of  an  inverted  cone, 
with  a  perpendicular  section  cut  otf  on  that  side  by 
which  it  adheres  to  the  rafter;  at  the  top  it  has  an 
extension  of  the  edge,  or  an  oifset,  for  the  male  or 
female  to  sit  on  occasionally  ;  the  upper  diameter 
is  about  six  inches  by  five,  the  height  externally 
seven  inches.  This  shell  is  formed  with  mud 
mixed  with  fine  hay,  as  plasterers  do  mortar  with 
hair  to  make  it  adhere  the  better ;  the  mud  seems 
to  be  placed  in  regular  layers  from  side  to  side  ;  the 
shell  is  about  an  inch  in  thickness,  and  the  hollow 
of  the  cone  is  filled  with  tine  hay  well  stuffed  in, 
and  above  that  is  laid  a  handful  of  downy  feathers. 
Though  it  is  not  uncommon  for  twenty  or  even 
thirty  to  build  in  the  same  barn,  yet  everything 
seems  conducted  with  great  order  and  aff'ection  ;  all 
seems  harmony  among  them,  as  if  the  interest  of 
each  were  that  of  all.  Several  nests  are  often 
within  a  few  inches  of  each  other,  yet  no  appear- 
ance of  discord  or  quarrelling  takes  place  in  this 
peaceful  and  affectionate  community."  They  have 
generally  two  broods  in  the  season.  The  male 
twitters  with  great  sprightliness,  and  thus  cheers 
his  mate  duiing  her  task  of  incubation.  The  fiight 
of  this  species  is  rapid  and  circuitous,  and  varied 


by  the  most  complicated  and  zigzag  evolutions.  The 
American  barn-sv»allow  ditters  from  our  European 
swallow  in  having  the  under  parts  and  the  lining 
of  the  wing  of  a  bright  chestnut  in  the  male,  and 
of  a  rufous  white  tint  in  the  female.  Length,  seven 
inches. 

1328  (i).— The  Martin,  ob  Window-Swallow 

{Hirundo  vrbica).  Who  is  not  acquainted  with 
this  elegant  little  bird,  and  with  its  clay-built  nest, 
the  "  pendent  bed  and  procreant  cradle,"  which  it 
makes  under  the  eaves  of  our  houses  ?  It  is  the 
temple-haunting  martlet  of  Shakspeare,  the  guest  of 
summer,  that 

— "  does  approve 

By  Ills  loved  mansionry  that  the  heaven's  breath 
Smells  wooinifly." 

The  martin,  or,  as  White  calls  it,  the  house-martin 
usually  appears  a  few  days  later  than  the  swallow 
repairing  to  its  old  quarters,  where,  after  examining 
the  shell  of  its  nest,  it  gives  some  time  to  play 
sporting  and  gambolling,  and  chasing  its  insect 
fflod.  Towards  the  middle  of  May  it  sets  itself 
seriously  to  work  in  restoring  the  dilapidated  tene- 
ment, or  constructing  a  new  one.  The  crust  or  shell 
is  made  of  clay  or  mud,  tempered  with  glutinous 
sahva,  and  lined  with  straws,  grass,  and  feathers 
The  eggs  are  from  three  to  five,  and  of  a  pinkishl 
white.  We  may  often  observe  rows  of  these  clay- 
built  homesteads  under  the  eaves  of  barns  or  farm- 
houses ;  and  it  is  interesting  to  see  two  or  three 
little  heads  peeping  out  of  each,  watching  their 
parents  as  they  wing  their  way,  and  dash  by  in 
pursuit  of  insects,  or  querulously  receiving  the  food 
which,  arresting  their  career  for  an  instant,  their 
parents  bring  them.  During  the  season  of  incuba- 
tion the  male  utters  his  soft  guttural  song,  some- 
times while  on  the  wing  sometimes  while  clinging 
to  the  nest,  or  even  in  it,  as  if  to  cheer  his  faithful 
mate,  patient  in  her  appointed  duties.  Two  broods 
are  generally  produced  every  year,  the  first  leaving 
the  nest  in  July,  the  second  in  August  or  the  begin- 
ning of  September. 

The  flight  of  the  martin  differs  from  that  of  the 
swallow,  in  being  more  smooth  and  uniform,  with 
lewerand  less  abrupt  turns  and  evolutions;  it  is  very 
rapid,  but  scarcely  so  much  so  as  in  the  latter 
species. 

Towards  the  end  of  September,  and  at  the  begin, 
ning  ot  October,  martins  assemble  in  multitudes 
day  after  day  increasing  their  numbers,  till  at  last 
they  swarm  in  myriads,  the  air  appearing  crowded 
with  them,  and  the  roofs  of  barns  and  houses  and 
the  larger  branches  of  the  trees  literally  covered  by 
them.  This  "  re-union "  is  preparatory  to  their 
departure,  which  takes  place  towards  the  end  of  the 
month,  flock  after  flock  leaving,  till,  by  the  6th  or 
8;h  of  November  all  have  disappeared.  The  martin 
IS  distinguished  by  the  less  forked  character  of  the 
tail,  and  by  the  pure  white  of  the  rump,  breast,  and 
under  surlace.  The  head,  back,  and  wings  are 
purplish  black.  The  tarsi  are  covered  with  white 
down  to  the  very  claws. 

1328  (c).— The  Sand-Maetin 

{Hirundo  ripana).  The  sand-martin,  or  bank- 
swallow,  IS  the  smallest  of  our  British  Hirundinidse 
but  It  certainly  makes  its  appearance  the  earliest' 
often  about  the  end  of  March.  Its  flight  is  less 
impetuous  than  that  either  of  the  swallow  or  house- 
martin,  and  more  vacillating,  though  still  brisk 
and  animated.  In  Spain,  from  the  manner  in  which 
It  flies,  this  species  is  called  by  the  country-people 
the  mountain  butterfly  (Papillon  de  Montagna),  and 
It  IS  sold  in  the  markets  at  Valencia  for  the  table. 
It  IS  fond  ol  skimming  over  the  surlace  of  water, 
and  flat  heaths  and  commons:  seventv  years  ago 
White  says,  "Some  few  sand-martins,  I  see,  haunt 
the  skirts  of  London,  frequenting  the  dirty  pools 
in  St.  George's  Fields  and  about  Whitechapel ;" 
and  we  ourselves  have  seen  them  in  flocks  over  the 
Serpentine  in  Hyde  Park.  The  query  is,  where  do 
these  individuals  make  their  nests  ?  for,  unlike  the 
swallow  or  martin,  this  species  bores  with  its  bill 
deep  holes  in  abrupt  precipitous  sand-banks,  at  the 
extremity  of  which  it  makes  an  inartificial  nest  of 
hay,  straw,  and  feathers.  A  convenient  spot  is 
often  colonized  by  scores  of  these  birds,  we  may 
say  hundreds;  we  have  seen  steep  sand-clifFs  in 
Cheshire  and  other  places,  especially  if  overhanging 
a  rivulet,  loop-holed  by  their  burrows  in  the  most 
extraordinary  manner,  and  in  close  array ;  and  Pro- 
fessor Pallas  says  that  on  the  high  banks  of  the 
Irtish  their  nests  are  in  some  places  so  numerous, 
that  when  disturbed  the  inmates  come  out  in  vast 
flocks  and  fill  the  air  like  flies.  These  burrows  are 
sometimes  three  feet  in  depth,  and  more  or  less 
tortuous ;  and  it  is  surprising  that  so  small  a  bird 
should  be  so  efficient  a  miner.  Its  beak,  however 
(see  Fig.  1333),  instead  of  being  soft  and  tender,  as 
White  describes  it,  is  uncommonly  hard  and  sharp 
and  well  calculated  for  working  on  the  loose-lcMureU 
material  subjected  to  its  action.     The  bird  clines 

2P2 


^^m      ^f9^ 


ItSi^Heaa  tna  Foot  o(  So  ift. 


in:.— Reid  orBuk  SmOlow. 


MM.— Hmd  and  Foot  of  Uit(e-wiB(«<l  Sirallov, 


1332. — Amvriean  Bam  Swillow. 


1333.— Swallosr  ofPalmCilw. 


132«.— Bntisil  Swalloivt. 


1331.— N«U  of  the  Ciff-Swallow . 


n2D.— S«all!)\v  and  Nest. 


292 


1341,— Esculent  Swallow  and  Nest, 


I334.— Purple  Martina  and  Neat. 


1339.— White-banded  Swallow. 


;. — (jiands  of  Stomach  in  Birds. 


mt.—JiL-nuese  Eu7Uiiiiiu. 


1338.— Tail  of  Long-winged  Swift 


1337.  -I^ong-winged  Swift. 


1313.— Green  Todies, 


IS-IO.— Esculent  Swallow  and  Nest. 


293 


294 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[SwALWwa. 


with  its  clawi  to  the  face  of  the  cliff,  and  pegs  away 
with  its  miniature  pickaxe,  making  greater  progress 
than  could  be  expected  ;  as  it  proceeds,  it  scrapes 
out  with  its  feet  the  sand  detached  by  its  bill,  and 
so  continues  its  labours  till  the  requisite  depth  is 
attained. 

This  species  is  decidedly  gregarious,  and  may  be 
seen  flying  about,  not  only  in  company  with  others 
of  its  own  species,  but  with  swallows  and  martins, 
busy  in  the  chase  of  prey.  It  probably  breeds  twice 
if  not  thrice  in  the  season.  The  general  colour  of 
this  species  is  mouse  brown  above,  white  beneath. 
The  eggs,  five  in  number,  are  white. 

1334. — TiiE  PcBFLi  Mabtix 
(Hirvndo  purpurea).  This  well-known  bird,  says 
Wilson,  "  IS  a  general  inhabitant  of  the  United 
States  (of  America),  and  a  particular  favourite 
wherever  he  takes  up  his  abode."  It  arrives  in  the 
southern  frontiers  late  in  February  or  early  in 
March,  reaches  Pennsylvania  about  the  first  of 
April,  and  extends  its  migrations  as  far  north  as 
the  country  round  Hudson's  Bay,  where  it  is  first 
seen  in  May  and  disappears  in  August. 

"The  summer  residence  of  this  agreeable  bird  is 
universally  among  the  habitations  of  man,  who, 
having  no  interest  in  his  destruction,  and  deriving 
considerable  advantage  as  well  as  amusement  from 
his  company,  is  generally  his  friend  and  protector. 
Wherever  he  comes  he  finds  some  hospitable  retreat 
fitted  up  for  his  accommodation  and  that  of  his 
young,  either  in  the  projecting  wooden  cornice,  on 
the  top  of  the  roof,  or  sign-post,  in  the  box  appro- 
priated to  the  blue-bird  f  Saxicola  sialis)  ;  or,  if  all 
these  be  wanting,  in  the  dove-cot,  among  the 
pigeons.  In  this  last  case  he  sometimes  takes 
possession  of  one  tier  of  the  premises,  in  which 
not  a  pigeon  dare  for  a  moment  set  its  foot. 
Some  people  have  large  conveniences  formed  for 
the  martins,  with  many  apartments,  which  are 
usually  fully  tenanted  and  occupied  every  spring ; 
and  in  such  places  particular  individuals  have  been 
known  to  return  to  the  same  box  for  several  suc- 
cessive yeare.  Even  the  solitary  Indian  seems  to 
have  a  particular  respect  for  this  bird.  The  Chac- 
taws  and  Chickasaws  cut  off  all  the  top  branches 
from  a  sapling  near  their  cabins,  leaving  the  prongs 
a  foot  or  two  in  length,  on  each  of  which  they 
hang  a  gourd  or  calabash,  properly  hollowed  out 
for  their  convenience.  (See  Fig.  1334.)  On  the 
banks  of  the  Mississippi  the  negroes  stick  up  long 
canes  with  the  same  species  of  apartment  fixed  to 
their  tops,  in  which  the  martins  regularly  breed. 
Wherever  I  have  travelled  in  this  country,  I  have 
with  pleasure  seen  the  hospitality  of  the  inhabitants 
to  this  favourite  bird." 

The  purple  martin  is  the  terror  of  crows,  hawks, 
and  eagles,  uniting  with  the  king-bird  in  attacking 
them  ;  and  so  well  is  this  known  to  the  lesser  birds 
and  to  the  domestic  poultry,  that  as  soon  as  they 
hear  the  martin's  voice  engaged  in  fight,  all  is  con- 
fusion. 

"  To  observe  with  what  spirit  and  audacity  this 
bird  sweeps  round  the  hawk  or  the  eagle  is  asto- 
nishing. He  also  bestows  an  occasional  bastinading 
on  the  king-bird,  when  he  finds  him  too  near  his 
premises,  though  he  will  at  any  time  instantly  co- 
operate with  him  in  attacking  the  common  enemy." 
The  flight  of  this  bird  is  remarkably  graceful, 
easy,  and  rapid ;  he  darts  along  with  the  swift- 
ness of  an  arrow,  and  wheels  and  turns  with  the 
most  surprising  address.  His  usual  note  is  loud 
and  musical,  resembling  the  syllables  " peuo-peuo- 
peuo,"  but  is  frequently  succeeded  by  others  more 
low  and  guttural.  Most  of  the  swallow  tribe  feed 
upon  the  smaller  insects.  This  species,  on  the 
contrary,  preys  on  wasps,  bees,  and  even  large 
beetles,  as  goldsmiths  (Cetonia),  &c.,  which  are 
swallowed  whole." 

"At  the  approaching  dawn,"  says  Nuttall,  "the 
merry  martin  begins  his  lively  twitter,  which,  con- 
tinuing for  half  a  minute,  subsides  until  the  twilight 
is  fairly  broken.  To  this  prelude  succeeds  an  ani- 
mated and  incessant  musical  chattering,  sufiicient, 
near  the  dwelling,  to  awaken  the  soundest  sleeper. 
His  early  vigils  are  scarcely  exceeded  by  the 
domestic  cock :  the  industrious  farmer  hears  the 
pleasing  call  to  labour,  and  associates  with  the 
favourite  bird  the  idea  of  an  economical,  cheer- 
ful, and  useful  guest.  In  the  middle  States,  from 
the  15th  to  the  20th  of  April,  the  martins  begin  to 
prepare  their  nest,  which  is  usually  made  of  small 
green  or  dry  leaves,  straws,  hay,  and  feathers,  laid 
in  considerable  quantities.  The  eggs,  pure  white, 
are  from  four  to  six,  and  without  spots.  They 
rear  two  broods  in  the  season.  Several  pairs  also 
dwell  harmoniously  in  the  same  box.  The  male, 
very  attentive  to  his  sitting  mate,  also  takes  part  in 
the  task  of  incubation  ;  and  his  notes  at  this  time 
have  apparently  a  peculiar  and  expressive  tender- 
ness." 

The  male  purple  martin  is  dark  bluish  glossy 
purple:    the   wings  and  forked  tail  are   brownish 


black.  The  female  and  young  are  bluish  brown,  and 
have  the  belly  whitish.  Tail  considerably  forked. 
Length,  about  eight  inches.    Alar  extent,  sixteen. 

1328  (</).— Thb  Swirr 

{Cyptdus  Apus).  Cypselus  murarius,  Temminck ; 
Hirundo  Apus,  Linnseus  ;  Provincial,  Screech, 
Develing,  Black  Martin,  Screamer,  Squeeler ; 
Moutardier,  Martelet,  Martinet  Noir,  ou  Grand 
Martinet,  of  the  French  ;  Rondone,  Dini,  and  Dar- 
dano  of  the  Italians;  Ring-swala  of  the  Swedes; 
Thurm  Schwalbe  of  the  Germans;  Gier  Zwaluw 
of  the  Netherlanders;  Martin  dQ  of  the  antient 
British. 

In  the  genus  Cypselus  the  tarsi  are  thickly  fea- 
thered ;  all  the  four  toes  are  directed  forwards,  the 
two  middle  are  equal.  (See  Fig.  1335,  the  Head 
and  Foot  oftheSwitt.) 

This  species  is  the  largest  of  our  British  Hirundi- 
nidae,  but  its  weight  is  proportionately  small  to  its 
extent  of  wing ;  the  former  being  scarcely  one  ounce, 
the  latter  measuring  eighteen  inches.  Length, 
eight  inches. 

From  its  form,  the  swift  is  the  most  rapid  in  its 
flight  of  our  swallow  tribe  ;  the  air  is  its  home.  On 
the  ground,  from  the  shortness  of  its  tarsi,  it  can  only 
crawl ;  and  from  the  length  of  its  wings,  unless  it 
avails  itself  of  some  trifling  elevation,  it  finds  ditfi- 
culty  in  rising  and  does  not  succeed  until  after  one 
or  two  trials.  On  the  ground,  however,  the  swift 
never  willingly  settles.  Its  feet,  armed  with  sharp 
curved  claws,  are  admirably  adapted  for  clinging  to 
the  slightest  roughness  on  the  surface  of  rocks  or 
towers,  in  the  dark  crevices  of  which  it  rears  its 
young.  The  swift  is  the  latest  of  its  tribe  to  visit 
us,  and  the  earliest  to  depart,  appearing  about  the 
middle  of  April  and  retiring  southwards  in  August ; 
and  rearing  only  one  brood. 

There  are  few  village  steeples  round  which  these 
birds  may  not  be  seen  wheeling  and  screaming  dur- 
ing the  fine  evenings  and  mornings  of  June  and 
July,  now  soaring  aloft,  now  dashing  round  the 
angles  of  the  building  with  astonishing  address  and 
velocity.  It  >s  interesting  to  watch  them ;  on  the 
wing  they  feed— they  drink — they  collect  the  ma- 
terials of  their  nests — and  enjoy  the  pleasures  of 
existence.  From  dawn,  till  darkness  commences, 
are  they  thus  engaged,  excepting  the  females,  brood- 
ing over  their  eggs  in  darkness :  these  are  ever  and 
anon  visited  by  their  mates,  who  wing  their  way 
repeatedly  close  past  the  crevices  where  the  nests 
are  placed,  uttering  a  scream  as  they  glide  by,  which 
is  answered  by  a  low  murmur  of  complacency. 

The  nest  of  the  swift  is  composed  of  dry  grass 
and  light  straws,  interwoven  and  held  together  by  a 
viscous  substance ;  and  lined  with  feathers,  silk, 
and  linen  threads,  skimmed  from  the  ground  during 
flight.  The  eegs  are  white,  and  from  two  to  four 
in  number.  When  the  female,  says  White,  has  sat 
hard  all  day,  she  rushes  forth  just  as  it  is  dusk,  re- 
lieves her  weary  limbs,  snatches  a  scanty  meal,  and 
returns  to  her  work  of  incubation.  The  same  writer 
notices  the  pouch  full  of  insects  under  the  tongue, 
which,  when  these  birds  are  wantonly  shot,  is  usually 
discovered.  It  is  in  this  way  that  all  our  British 
swallows  store  up  food  for  their  young. 

In  Derbyshire,  the  swift,  the  swallow,  and  the 
martin,  haunt  the  precipitous  rocks  of  limestone,  and 
there  build  and  breed,  as  we  have  abundantly  ex- 
perienced. The  swift,  short  as  is  its  stay  in  these 
latitudes,  is  spread  over  the  greater  part  of  Eu- 
rope. It  visits  Lapland,  Norway,  Denmark,  and 
Sweden;  in  which  last  country  Professor  Nilsson 
states  that  it  makes  its  nest  in  hollows  of  trees  in 
the  woods.  Its  eastward  range  appears  to  be  as  far 
as  the  mountain-lake  Baikal.  At  Erzerum  it  has 
been  observed  in  numbers  from  May  till  September. 
Mr.  Yarrell  states  that  he  has  never  seen  this  species 
in  any  collection  brought  from  India.  It  has  been 
noted  at  Madeira.  Montagu  extends  its  southward 
range  in  Africa  as  far  as  the  Cape  :  Temminck  limits 
it  to  the  tropics.  In  our  own  country  it  has  been 
remarked  that  swifts  are  less  plentiful  with  us  than 
they  formerly  were. 

With  the  exception  of  the  throat,  which  is  dusky 
grey,  the  plumage  is  sooty  black  with  a  greenish 
tinge.  The  tail  is  forked.  The  plumage  is  close 
and  firm. 

1336. — Thb  Laboe-winoed  Swali.ow 

(Macropteryx  Imigipennis,  Swainson).  Head  and 
Foot.  Generic  characters : — Tarsus  remarkably  short 
and  naked  ;  anterior  toes  long,  and  nearly  equal ; 
hinder  toe  very  short.  Tail  long  and  forked.  Lo- 
cality, India. 

The  present  species,  given  as  an  example  of  the 
genus  Macropteryx,  is  of  an  obscure  glossy  green 
above ;  the  throat,  breast,  and  lower  part  of  the 
back  light  grey ;  belly,  spot  on  the  scapulars,  and 
line  over  the  eye,  white ;  ears  rufous ;  front  with 
an  incumbent  crest. 

Mr.  Swainson,  whose  description  this  is,  and  who 
has  given  an  elegant  figure  of  the  bird  in  the  second 


series  of  his  'Zoological  Illustrations,'  inquire* 
whether  the  Hirundo  Klecho  of  Dr.  Horstield 
(Sambor-galen^  of  the  Javanese),  which  is  described 
by  the  doctor  in  the  13th  vol.  of  'Linn.  Trans.'  as. 
eight  inches  and  a  half  in  length,  is  not  the  temale 
of  this  species.  Mr.  Swainson  considers  Macropteryx 
intermediate  between  the  typical  swifts  and  the 
swallows.  To  the  first,  he  remarks,  it  is  allied  by 
its  strong  scansorial  feet ;  to  the  latter  by  the  length 
and  fixed  position  of  the  hind  toe,  and  the  depression 
of  the  bill. 

1337. — The  Loko-wihoed  Swift 

{CluBtura  macroptera).  Generic  characters: — Feet 
as  in  Macropteryx  ;  but  the  tarsus  longer  than  the 
middle  toe.  Tail  short  and  even,  with  the  shafts- 
prolonged  into  acute  points.     (See  Fig.  1338.) 

The  long-winged  swift  is  brown,  with  the  wings- 
and  tail  glossed  with  greenish  blue,  the  back  being 
of  a  grey  white,  the  chin  and  under  tail-coverta- 
snowy ;  the  tail  is  even.  This  species  and  the 
Hirundo  albicoUis  are  two  of  the  largest  species  yet 
discovered  of  a  very  singular  group  of  swifts  which 
have  the  tail-feathers  spined,  and  even  more  rigid 
than  those  of  the  wood-peckers ;  by  this  structure^ 
as  Mr.  Swainson  remarks,  the  birds  can  remain  for  a 
considerable  time  in  the  most  perpendicular  situa- 
tions. The  expanded  tail,  he  adds,  thus  acts  as  a 
powerful  support,  which  is  further  increased  by  the 
size  and  strength  of  the  claws,  these  last  being  much' 
larger  than  those  of  ordinary  swallows.  Most  of  the 
species  are  natives  of  America,  but  Mr.  Swainson 
does  not  say  whether  this  is  a  native  of  that  country. 

1339. — The  White-banded  Swallow 

(Hinmdofasciata).  Hirondelle  a  ceinture  blanche,. 
BufFon.  This  bird,  which  is  extremely  rare,  is  a 
native  of  South  America.  According  to  Buffon  it 
is  sometimes  seen  perched  on  floating  trees  in  the 
rivers  of  Guiana,  but  of  its  habits  and  nidification. 
we  have  no  details. 

340. — Tbb  Salakgane,  or  Esculebt  Swallow 

{Hirundo  esculenta).    Lawet  of  the  Javanese. 

1341. — The  Lincui 

{Hirundo  fucipltaga).  Linchi  of  the  Javanese, 
These  two  species,  with  others  not  clearly  defined, 
are  the  constructors  of  those  singular  nests  which 
are  prized  as  luxuries  by  the  Chinese,  and  form  so 
considerable  an  article  of  commerce. 

The  Lawet  is  brown  above,  whitish  beneath,  and' 
at  the  end  of  the  tail,  which  is  forked.  The  Linchi 
is  rather  smaller  than  the  former,  being  about  five 
inches  long ;  its  under  parts  are  white,  and  its  wings 
are  longer  in  proportion.  Specimens  of  both  these 
birds  are  in  the  Museum  of  the  East  India  Company. 

Much  has  been  written  about  these  birds  and 
their  nests,  till,  from  clashing  opinions,  the  subject 
has  become  involved  in  difiiculty.  According  to 
Lamouroux,  there  are  three  species  which  make 
edible  nests,  the  most  valuable  being  those  of  the 
smallest  species,  which  he  states  is  distinguished  by 
the  feet  not  being  covered  with  down ;  it  is  never 
found  inland,  but  always  on  the  sea-coast.  The  nest 
is  clear  and  white,  and.  composed,  as  he  believes,  of. 
sea-plants  of  an  order  termed  by  him  Gelidia,  which 
by  boiling  or  steeping  in  water  may  be  almost  wholly 
reduced  to  jelly.  Others  consider  the  nest  as  a  sort 
of  fish-spawn ;  others  as  composed  of  inspissated 
sea-loam,  or  the  juice  of  a  tree ;  and  others  of  mol- 
luscous animals. 

To  give  an  idea  of  these  nests,  several  of  which, 
varying  in  clearness  of  composition,  we  have  ex- 
amined, we  may  describe  them  as  resembling  in  form 
that  of  the  chimney-swallow,  being  concave,  shallow, 
and  lined  with  leathers ;  but  the  crust  or  shell,  instead 
of  being  made  of  clay,  is  something  in  appearance 
like  fine  manna  as  sold  at  the  druggist's  shops, 
approximating,  however,  to  coarse  isinglass.  Sir  G. 
Staunton  says: — "In  the  Cass,  a  small  island  of 
Sumatra,  we  found  two  caverns  running  horizontally 
into  the  side  of  the  rock,  and  in  these  were  a  number 
of  those  birds'-nests  so  much  prized  by  the  Chinese 
epicures.  They  seemed  to  be  composed  of  fine 
filaments  cemented  together  by  a  transparent  viscou* 
matter,  not  unlike  what  is  left  by  the  sea  upon  stones 
alternately  covered  by  the  tide,  or  those  gelatinous, 
animal  substances  found  fioating  on  every  coast.. 
The  nests  adhere  to  each  other,  and  to  the  sides  of 
the  cavern,  mostly  in  horizontal  rows,  without  any 
break  or  interruption,  and  at  different  depths  froia 
fifty  to  five  hundred  feet.  The  same  sort  of  nests, 
are  also  said  to  be  found  in  the  deep  caverns  at  the 
foot  of  the  highest  mountains  in  the  middle  of  Java, 
at  a  distance  from  the  sea."  "  The  value  of  these 
nests  is  chiefly  ascertained  by  the  uniform  fineness 
and  delicacy  of  their  texture,  those  that  are  white 
and  transparent  being  most  esteemed,  and  fetching 
often  in  China  their  weight  in  silver." 

Montbeillard,  who  in  1741  visited  the  straits  of 
Sunda  near  Java,  and  went  ashore  on  an  islet  called 
the  Little  Toque,  discovered  a  deep  cavern  in  the 


Kingfishers.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


295 


rocks  on  the  brink  of  the  sea,  the  mouth  of  which 
was  darkened  by  multitudes  of  swallows  pourin;^  out 
in  swarms,  and  the  roof  of  the  cavern  was  covered 
with  their  nests.  He  describes  them  as  softenina;  in 
water,  and  as  composed  of  fish-spawn,  resembling 
halt-melted  glue  which  floats  on  the  sea,  and  adds, 
"  sometimes  threads  of  this  viscous  substance  are 
seen  hanj^ing  to  the  bills  of  these  birds,  and  which 
have  been  supposed,  without  foundation,  to  be  ex- 
tracted from  the  stomach  in  the  breeding-season." 
It  was  perhaps  this  passage  that  induced  Sir  E. 
Home  to  examine  the  gastric  glands  of  a  species  of 
swallow  of  very  large  size,  and  which  he  regarded 
as  the  edible  swallow,  brought  from  Java  by  Sir  T. 
S.  Raffles.  In  this  species  he  found  the  gastric 
glands  projecting,  and  splitting  into  several  por- 
•tions  like  the  petals  of  a  flower,  and  argues  that  their 
development  is  to  supply  a  secretion  Xor  the  forma- 
•tion  of  the  nests.  Fig.  1342  s'hows :— a,  the  gullet  and 
gizzard  of  the  Java  swallow  laid  open  ;  b,  the  gas- 
tric glands  magnified  two  hundred  and  twenty-five 
times  ;  c,  the  same  glands  in  the  common  swallow  ; 
.D,  the  same  glands  in  the  blackbird  ;  e,  similar 
glands  in  the  pylorus  of  the  human  stomach,  mag- 
nified nine  hundred  times.  Against  the  inference 
•of  Sir  E.  Home  it  is  objected,  and  with  force,  that 
it  does  not  appear  that  the  swallow  he  examined 
(double  the  size  of  our  swallow)  was  one  of  the 
edible  species,  and  that  we  have  not  the  shadow  of 
proof  from  analogy  to  conclude  that  these  gastric 
glands,  for  whatever  reason  they  might  be  deve- 
loped, secrete  the  materials  of  the  nest.  The  most 
probable  theory  is,  that  whatever  else  may  be  used, 
the  bird,  as  is  the  case  with  the  swallow  and  swift, 
employs  a  viscid  saliva  as  a  cementing  medium  ; 
^is  M.  Reinwardt,  a  celebrated  professor,  who  re- 
sided a  considerable  time  in  Java,  and  made  some 
careful  researches  upon  the  subject,  came  to  the 
•conclusion  that  the  bird  consolidates,  if  it  does  not 
wholly  form,  its  nest  with  a  viscous  and  glutinous 
fluid,  secreted  by  its  very  large  parotid  (salivary) 
glands.  Mr.  Crawford,  late  British  resident  at  the 
■court  of  the  Sultan  of  Java,  and  who  superintended 
the  collection  of  these  nests  (for  they  are  claimed  as 
royal  property,  and  form  a  valuable  branch  of  the 
revenue  of  the  state)  at  Karang-Bolang  for  several 
years,  has  given  us  an  interesting  commercial  his- 
tory of  them  too  long  to  be  quoted.  We  may  ob- 
-serve,  however,  that  about  twenty-seven  thousand 
pounds,  the  chief  part  of  the  best  quality,  are  an- 
nually exported  from  Java,  but  a  still  greater 
quantity  from  the  Suluk  Archipelago  ;  that  much  is 
also  exported  from  Ceylon  and  New  Guinea  :  and 
that  altogether  about  thirty  thousand  tons  of  Chinese 
shipping  are  engaged  in  the  traflic,  freighted  with 
property  worth  in  the  Archipelago  284  290/.  The 
danger  attendant  upon  the  collecting  of  the  nests  in 
the  awful  caverns  is  described  as  imminent  in  the 
extreme. 

Family  TODID^,  Vigors  (THE  TODIES). 

The  Todies  are  characterized  by  a  peculiar  flat- 
ness or  depression  of  the  bill,  which  has  a  wide  gape 
margined  with  vibrissas.  The  breadth  varies:  in 
some  (as  the  Eurylaimi)  it  is  very  broad,  somewhat 
.resembling  the  bill  of  the  Podargi,  with  a  boat-like 
upper  mandible.  The  wings  are  rounded;  the 
tarsi  of  moderate  length ;  the  two  outer  toes  are 
united  as  far  as  the  last  joint.  The  habits  of  these 
birds  are  little  known. 

1343.— The  Green  Tody 
■(Todus  viridis).  Generic  characters : — Bill  length- 
ened ;  broad  throughout,  suddenly  contracting  at 
^he  tip;  very  flat.  Vibrissae  few  and  weak;  fail 
short;  tarsi  weak;  toes  short.  Locality,  Tropical 
America. 

The  green  tody  inhabits  the  islands  of  Jamaica, 
Hayti,  and  others.  It  is  said  to  be  a  bird  of  recluse 
habits,  haunting  the  borders  of  retired  marshes,  and, 
as  Sloane  says,  "  melancholy  places,"  sitting  with  its 
head  crouched  between  its  shoulders  ;  and  suffering 
itself  to  be  approached  within  a  few  feet,  and  gazed 
at  for  minutes  together  before  it  will  move.  "  It 
keeps  much  about  houses  in  the  country  parts,  flies 
very  low,  and  probably  may  be  easily  tamed." 
These  birds,  says  Lesson,  live  upon  insects  which 
they  catch  in  the  mud  or  the  water ;  "  they  are  in 
trcith  water  nwucheiolles,  and  their  wide  and  flat- 
tened bill,  furnished  with  asperities,  or  teeth,  permit 
them  to  sift  the  raud  and  retain  the  prey:  they  also 
seek  for  small  insects  under  the  moss  or  on  the 
banks  of  rivulets."  The  nest  is  built  on  the  ground, 
of  cotton  down,  feathers,  moss,  and  other  soft  ma- 
terials ;  the  eggs  are  five  in  number  and  of  a  blue 
colour.  This  little  bird,  which  does  not  much  ex- 
ceed a  wren  in  size,  is  of  a  fine  bright  green  above, 
whitish  beneath;  the  throat  is  scariet;  the  sides 
rosy ;  the  under  tail-coverts  yellow. 

1344.— The  Javanese  Eurylaimus 
{Eurylaimus  Javanicm).     Generic  characters  :— Bill 
broader  than  the  head;  under  mandible  very  thin ; 


nostrils  basal,  transverse,  oval;  wings  rounded:  tail 
rounded.  Fig.  1345  displays  the  characters  of  the 
bill  and  feet  in  this  genus,  which  is  restricted  to 
India  and  the  Indian  Archipelago. 

The  Javanese  Eurylaimus  is  a  native  of  Java  and 
Sumatra ;  it  frequents  the  banks  of  rivers  and  lakes, 
feeding  on  insects  and  worms.  It  builds  its  nest 
pendent  from  the  branch  of  a  tree  which  overhangs 
the  water.  In  Java  it  tenants  the  most  remote  and 
inaccessible  wastes  covered  with  extensive  forests 
and  abounding  with  rivers  and  marshes.  General 
colour,  rich  vinous  purple  ;  forehead  black  ;  back  of 
the  neck  brown  ;  wings  blackish  brown,  with  a  yel- 
low streak  between  the  coverts  and  secondaries  ;  and 
bordered  with  yellow,  which  extends  underneath 
the  shoulders.  Tail-coverts  black,  with  yellow  tips ; 
tail-feathers  black,  with  a  white  mark,  the  two  middle 
excepted.  Bill  irregulariy  variegated  and  striped  : 
the  ridge  yellowish;  the  edges  black.  Tarsi  dusky 
yellowish. 

Family  HALCYONIDiE  (KINGFISHERS). 

In  this  family  are  included  several  genera  which 
differ  much  in  their  habits  and  modes  of  life  ; 
some  resembling  our  well-kliown  kingfisher  in  the 
metallic  brilliancy  of  their  plumage,  as  well  as  in 
their  darting  upon  fishes,  which  constitute  their 
food;  others  again,  with  a  fuller  and  less  glossy 
plumage,  feeding  on  reptiles,  insects,  and  small  qua- 
drupeds, andnever  plunging  into  the  water  after  prey. 

Varying  in  minor  details,  all  present  the  follow- 
ing characters  :  —the  beak  is  lengthened  and  pointed  ; 
the  tarsi  are  short ;  the  toes  feeble,  and  the  outer 
and  middle  are  united  as  far  as  the  last  joint.  In 
some  there  are  only  two  anterior  toes,  the  innermost 
being  deficient. 

We  shall  not  enter  into  the  minutiae  of  subgeneric 
details;  but  proceed  to  illustrate  the  family  by  a 
few  observations  on  our  pictorial  specimens,  which 
will  convey  a  clearer  idea  of  the  various  forms  it 
includes  than  a  dry  disquisition  on  the  slight  diffe- 
rential characters  which  guide  the  naturalist  in  his 
subdivisions. 

1346. — The  Gigantic  Kingfisher 

{Dacelo  gigantea).  This  remarkable  bird  (one  of 
the  aberrant  forms  of  the  family)  is  a  native  of  New 
Holland.  The  plumage  is  full  and  soft ;  and  the 
feathers  of  the  head  are  elongated  into  a  crest. 
The  bill  is  large,  long,  powerful,  and  swollen  at  the 
sides :  the  edge  of  the  upper  mandible  is  bowed  in 
near  the  point,  which  latter  is  acute  and  bends  over 
the  point  of  the  lower  mandible.  The  tarsi  are 
stout;  the  toes  armed  with  sharp  claws;  the  wings 
are  rather  long,  advancing  when  folded  half  way 
down  the  tail — this  is  long,  broad,  and  somewhat 
rounded.  The  eyes  have  a  forward  situation,  being 
placed  close  to  the  base  of  the  beak,  imparting  a 
sharp,  cunning,  and  even  fierce  expression  to  the 
aspect,  and  well  depicting  the  disposition  of  the 
bird,  which  is  daring  and  rapacious.  Among  the 
wooded  mountain  districts  in  many  parts  of  Aus- 
tralia, and  especially  those  which  border  the  Mnr- 
rumbidgee  river,  this  species  is  very  common,  and 
may  be  observed  sitting  on  the  watch  for  its  prey, 
which  consists  of  insects,  small  quadrupeds,  and 
reptiles.  Ever  and  anon  it  breaks  out  into  a  singular 
abrapt  laugh,  somewhat  resembling  the  syllables 
yah-yah-yah,  commencing  in  a  low  and  gradually 
rising  to  a  high  and  loud  tone,  startling  when  heard 
amidst  the  solitudes  of  the  woods.  From  this  wild 
and  discordant  cry  it  has  obtained  from  the  colo- 
nists the  title  of  the  "  laughing  or  feathered  jackass." 
The  natives  at  Yas  call  it  gobera  or  yogobera. 
One  seldom  laughs  without  being  answered  by  a 
second,  and  among  diurnal  birds  it  is  the  first  which 
is  heard  in  the  morning,  and  the  last  at  the  close  of 
evening;  it  rises  with  the  dawn,  when  the  woods 
re-echo  with  its  gurgling  laugh,  and  at  sunset  they 
are  heard  again  in  dissonant  chorus. 

Unqualified  for  plunging  in  the  stream,  this  bird 
is  vigilant  in  the  pursuit  of  reptiles  and  insects. 
Snakes  are  a  favourite  food,  and  it  may  often  be  seen 
flying  to  a  tree  with  one  of  these  reptiles  in  its  beak, 
holding  it  just  behind  the  head.  Generally  the 
snake  is  killed  before  being  carried  away  ;  but  some- 
times the  bird  is  observed  on  the  branch  to  break 
the  reptile's  head  to  pieces  with  its  strong  sharp 
beak.  Occasionally,  as  it  is  asserted,  the  gigantic 
kingfisher  will  kill  young  chickens,  and  cany  away 
eggs ;  but  its  services  in  destroying  reptiles  com- 
pensate the  settler  for  these  petty  depredations.  We 
have  seen  a  specimen  of  this  bird  in  captivity :  ge- 
nerally it  sat  quietly  on  its  perch,  earnestly  watching 
all  around  it,  and  now  and  then  uttering  its  abrupt 
laugh;  on  food  being  presented,  it  became  highly 
excited,  traversed  its  cage,  repeatedly  exerting  its 
voice,  and  manifesting  by  every  action  the  utmost 
eagerness  and  spirit.  The  general  colour  above  is 
olive  brown:  beneath  whitish,  with  obscure  dusky 
bars  on  the  brea.st;  top  of  the  crest  brown  ;  a  white 
belt  above  each  eye  goes  round  the  occiput ;  and  a 
broad  white  collar  extends  from  the  throat  over  the 


sides  of  the  neck  ;  the  tail  banded  with  black  and 
ferruginous  white  at  the  tip.  Total  length,  one  foot 
six  inches. 

1347. — The  Cinnamon  Crab-eater 

(^Halcyon  cinnaviomina,  Sw.).  This  species  is  a 
native  of  New  Zealand.  The  general  plumage  is 
of  a  delicate  fawn-colour ;  the  wings  and  tail  change- 
able blue-green  ;  ear-feathers  sea-green,  whence  a 
narrow  black  line  extends  round  the  back  of  the 
neck.  Total  length,  ten  inches.  Of  its  habits  we 
have  no  precise  details. 

1348. — The  Belted  Kingfisher 

(Alcedo  Alcyon,  Linn.^.  The  Belted  Kingfisher 
is  a  native  of  America,  from  Hudson's  Bay  to 
Mexico,  and  is  a  constant  resident  in  the  states 
of  Louisiana,  Mississippi,  Arkansas,  and  all  the 
districts  that  lie  to  the  South  of  North  Carolina, 
whence  it  migrates  southwards  during  severe 
winters.  The  fiight  of  this  bird  is  very  rapid, 
and  in  the  course  of  its  excursions,  if  it  passes  over 
a  pool,  it  suddenly  checks  itself  in  its  career, 
poises  in  the  air  like  a  kestrel,  and  inspects  the 
water  beneath,  watching  the  movements  of  the 
fishes  ;  it  then  dashes  spirally  down  headlong  into 
the  water,  seizes  a  fish,  and  alights  on  the  nearest 
tree  or  stump,  where  it  swallows  its  prey  in  a  mo- 
ment. Wilson  states  that  this  bird  delights  in 
murmuring  streams  and  falling  waters,  "  not  merely 
that  they  may  soothe  his  ear,  but  for  a  gratification 
somewhat  more  substantial.  Amidst  the  roar  of 
the  cataract,  or  over  the  foam  of  a  torrent,  he  sits 
perched  upon  an  overhanging  bough,  glancing  his 
piercing  eye  in  every  direction  below  for  his  scaly 
prey,  which,  with  a  sudden  circular  plunge,  he 
sweeps  from  their  native  element,  and  swallows  in 
an  instant.  His  voice,  which  is  not  unlike  the 
twirling  of  a  watchman's  rattle,  is  naturally  loud, 
harsh,  and  sudden,  but  is  softened  by  the  sound  of 
the  brawling  streams  and  cascades  among  which  he 
generally  rambles."  "  Mill-dams  are  particularly 
visited  by  this  feathered  fisher,  and  the  sound  of  his 
pipe  is  as  well  known  to  the  miller  as  the  rattling  of 
his  own  hopper.  Rapid  streams,  with  high  perpen- 
dicular banks,  particularly  if  they  be  of  a  hard,  clayey, 
or  sandy  mixture,  are  also  the  favourite  places  of 
resort  for  this  bird,  not  only  because  in  such  places 
the  small  fish  are  more  exposed  to  view,  but  because 
those  steep  and  dry  banks  are  the  chosen  situation  of 
his  nest.  Into  these  he  digs  with  his  bill  and  claws, 
sometimes  to  the  extent  of  four  or  five  feet."  The 
extremity  is  made  capacious,  and  here,  on  a  few 
sticks  and  feathers,  the  eggs  are  deposited,  five  in 
number,  and  of  a  pure  white.  The  parents  are  very 
attentive  to  their  young,  and  the  female  employs 
various  artifices  to  draw  the  intruder  from  her 
brood.  The  same  excavation  is  used  by  the  same 
pair  year  after  year  in  succession. 

The  plumage  of  this  bird  is  close  and  compact. 
General  colour  above,  light  blue,  the  shaft  of  each 
feather  blackish ;  a  white  spot  before  the  eye,  and 
a  streak  of  the  same  below  it ;  quill  feathers  brown- 
ish black,  barred  with  white ;  .secondaries  blue  on 
the  outer  web.  Two  middle  tail  feathers  blue  ;  the 
rest  brownish  black  barred  with  white  ;  a  broad 
collar  of  white  from  the  throat  over  the  sides  of  the 
neck  ;  a  blue  band  across  the  breast ;  sides  mottled 
with  blue  ;  under  parts  white.  Total  length,  twelve 
inches  and  a  half.  The  feathers  of  the  head  are 
long,  narrow,  and  pointed,  and  form  a  crest  capable 
of  being  elevated  and  depressed. 

1349,  1350. — The  Commoit  Kingfisher 

{Alcedo  Ispida).  This  is  the  Martin-Pecheur  of 
the  French  ;  and  also  Pescheur,  Martinet  Pescheur, 
Tartarin,  Aitre,  and  Mounier,  according  to  Belon  ; 
Piumbino.Uceilo  del  Paradiso,  Pescatore,  Pescatore 
del  Re,  Martino  Pescatore,  Ucello  di  Santa  Maria, 
and  Vitriolo  of  the  Italians,  according  to  Belon; 
Ucello  della  Madonna,  Ucello  Santa  Maria,  Piora- 
bino,  and  Alcione  of  the  same,  according  to  the 
Prince  of  Musignano :  Gemeine  Eisvogel  (Bech- 
stein)  and  Grosser  Kleiner  und  Fremder  Eisvogel 
(Biehm)  of  the  Germans ;  Glas  y  dorian  of  the  an- 
cient British. 

The  kingfi.sher  is  common  in  most  parts  of  Eu- 
rope ;  and  there  are  few  of  our  streams  and  rivers 
flowing  through  fertile  meads,  abounding  with  fish, 
over  which  this  beautiful  but  voracious  bird  may 
not  be  seen  glancing  backwards  and  forwards,  its 
metallic  hues  glittering  in  the  sun.  Oc;'asionally 
it  hovers  at  a  moderate  elevation  over  the  water, 
and  then  darts  down  with  astonishing  velocity  and 
suddenness  on  some  unwary  fish,  which,  heedless  of 
its  foe,  ventures  near  the  surface,  and  which  is  sel- 
dom missed  by  the  keen-eyed  bird.  The  ordinary 
manner,  however,  in  which  the  kingfisher  captures 
its  finny  prey  is  by  remaining  quietly  perched  on 
some  stump  or  branch  overhanging  the  water,  and 
then  intently  watching  with  dogged  perseverance 
for  the  favourable  moment  in  which  to  make  its 
plunge ;  it  marks   the  shoals   of  minnows  gliding 


lt}2.-  naranii-biiii. 


2l 

1*»1.— SKicd  KingfUwi. 


1349.— Common  Kinj;(lt]ier. 


1S«.— Bill  and  Foot  of  Eurykimut. 


''  iffy^! 


13M.— Common  Kingfluber 


1345.— Gigantic  Kingfisher. 


1318^Belt«d  KiBSfi*^'* 


lS4T.-Cinnaaoii  Crab-<ater. 


1353.— Lucon  Ccyx. 


296 


I 


]35S>-^Paniuc  Jiicanur. 


.im.-^M«44>iUca{.aqprci«iiA. 


1306.— Tcrnate  Kin^lilwr. 


lIM^Oreal  «e>K«>l  KagOslaa. 


#^1  \i 


:U&0,~l!ee-«ater. 


ia»«.-4(aic*]i  MMaut. 


13<4.— OrienUl  Smilow-Roller. 


No.  38. 


I3«2.-Roller. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


189S.— IVew'Boiland  Klng(lah*r. 

297 


•->98 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[KlNGFISHEBS. 


ptJ  ine  trout  ItirkinfT  tieneatli  the  concealment 
of  some  stone  or  m  the  stiaitow  of  the  biiik — the 
roRfh  and  dace  pursuing  their  course.  At  length, 
attracted  by  a  floating  inhect,  one  rises  to  lal^e  the 
prize;  at  that  instant,  like  a  shot,  down  descends 
the  giitterine  biid,  tlie  crystal  water  scarcely  bub- 
bling with  its  plunsre :  the  next  moment  it  re- 
appears, L>earine  its  victim  in  its  l)eak,  with  which 
it  ri'lurns  to  it*  rotintf  place;  without  looMng  its 
hold,  it  passes  the  fish  between  its  mandibles,  till 
it  has  liiirly  erasped  it  by  the  tail ;  then  l)y  strikinK 
smartly  its'  head  three  or  Tour  times  a^^ainnt  the 
branch,  ends  its  stru^des,  reverses  its  position,  and 
swallows  it  whole.  Quiet  secluded  nooks,  seldom 
disturbed  by  the  intrusion  of  any  save  the  "  honest 
angler,"  sheltered  spots  of  the  river  margined  with 
alders  and  willows,  mill-dams,  surrounded  by  tran- 
quil pastoral  scenery,  are  the  favourite  haunts  of 
this  bird.  Its  mate  is  its  only  companion,  and  both 
labour  assiduously  in  the  support  of  their  young;. 
The  place  chosen  for  incubation  is  the  bank  of  the 
river  where  it  is  steep  or  overhanein?.  and  here  it 
either  constructs,  or  appropriates  to  itself,  a  burrow 
two  or  three  feet  in  extent,  bearing  diaf^onally  up- 
wards. It  is  said  to  select  not  unfrequently  the  old 
burrow  of  a  water-rat,  but  of  this  we  are  not  con- 
vinced ;  at  all  events  we  have  seen  the  holes  of  the 
kingfisher  half-way  down  the  steep  and  perfectly 
perpendicular  face  of  banks,  which  the  water-rat 
could  not  have  made,  and  which,  we  have  no  doubt, 
Vfere  the  work  of  the  birds  themselves.  At  the  end 
of  the  gallery  is  a  little  chamber,  and  here,  without 
making  any  nest,  the  female  lays  her  eggs,  from 
five  to  seven  in  number,  and  of  a  clear  pinky  white. 
While  engaged  in  the  work  of  incubation  the  female 
is  supplied  Ijy  her  industrious  mate,  and  as  the  fish- 
bones and  scales  are  disgorged  (for,  like  owls,  the 
kingfisher  recasts  the  indigestible  parts  of  its  food), 
a  circle  of  these  rejectanea  surround  the  eggs, 
which,  after  the  young  are  hatched,  is  greatly 
increased,  and  hence  has  arisen  the  supposition 
that  of  pellets  of  fish-bones  is  the  nest  composed. 
The  young  are  clamorous  for  food,  uttering  an  in- 
cessant cry ;  they  soon  acquire  their  brilliant  plu- 
mage, and  when  able  to  leave  their  abode,  follow 
their  parents,  and  resting  on  a  branch  in  some 
lonely  retreat,  tax  the  industry  of  their  parents. 
They  are,  however,  soon  able  to  fish  for  themselves. 
The  kingfisher  performs  a  sort  of  limited  migra- 
tion: when  winter  sets  in.  and  drives  the  fish  from 
the  shallows  to  deep  and  sheltered  bottoms,  freezes 
the  mill-dams,  or  coats  with  ice  the  sluggish  basin 
worked  out  by  the  river's  current  in  rich  alluvial 
soil,  these  birds  wander  from  the  interior  to  the 
coast,  and  frequent  the  mouths  of  rivulets,  entering 
large  navigable  rivers,  dikes  near  the  sea,  and 
similar  places,  especially  on  the  southern  portion  of 
our  island.  This  circumstance  was  not  unknown 
to  Belon,  and  in  his  '  Portraits  d'Oyseaux,'  under 
the  cut  of  the  kingfisher  he  gives  the  following 
"  quatrain  :" — 

**  I*  Murtinet-pescheur  fait  sa  demeure 
En  tempi  d'liyver  an  bord  de  I'ocean, 
Lt  en  este,  nur  la  riviere  ou  estan, 
Et  de  poisson  se  repaivt  a  toute  heure." 

The  colouring  of  this  beautiful  bird  is  as  follows  : 
Bill  blackish  brown,  reddish  at  the  base.  Behind 
each  eye  is  a  patch  of  light  orange  brown,  suc- 
ceeded by  a  white  one.  From  each  corner  of  the 
under  mandible  proceeds  a  streak  of  verditer  blue, 
tinged  with  verdigris  green.  Crown  of  the  head 
deep  olive  green,  the  feathers  tipped  with  verdigris 
green.  From  the  nape  of  the  neck  to  the  tail  is  a 
strip  of  verditer  blue  feathers,  tinged  in  some  shades 
with  verdigris  green.  Chin  and  throat  yellowish 
white.  Breast,  belly,  and  vent  orange  brown, 
palest  towards  the  under  tail-coverts.  Tail  green- 
ish blue;  the  shafts  of  the  feathers  black.  Legs 
pale  tile  red.  (Selby.) 

The  irides  are  hazel.  The  bill  of  the  female  is 
not  so  long  as  in  the  other  sex.  The  colours  also 
are  deeper  and  more  of  a  green  shade.  Length, 
seven  inches. 

1351. — The  Sacred  Kingfisher 

(Todiramphtts  sacer).  The  Sacred  Kingfisher  (with 
other  allied  species)  is  a  native  of  the  islands  of  the 
South  Seas.  These  birds  inhabit  woods,  and  perch 
almost  constant  lyon.t  he  cocoa- palms.  Their  nourish- 
ment appears  to  consist  almost  exclusively  of  small 
flies;  these  they  catch,  when  settling  on  the  spathes 
loaded  with  the  flowers  of  the  palm.  The  islanders 
name  these  birds  0-tatatd,  and  used  to  regard  them 
as  sHcred,  severe  penalties  being  inflicted  on  those 
who  destroyed  them. 

In  the  islands  of  Tahiti,  Borabora,  &c.,  the  pre- 
sent species  is  very  common,  frequenting  the  cocoa- 
nut  trees,  which  Ibrm  girds  on  the  shores  of  those 
islands.  Its  flight  is  >lior1,  and  it  is  not  timid.  Ac- 
cording to  Latham  it  has  been  found  in  Dusky  Bay, 
New  Zealand. 

The  total  length  of  this  beautiful  bird  is  about 
nine  inches.    Bill  black,  white  at  the  origin  of  the 


lower  mandible  ;  summit  of  the  head  covered  with 
brownish  green  feathers,  which  form  a  sort  of  hood, 
separated  by  a  large  white  streak  which  liseson  the 
I'l  iVont,  passes  al>ove  the  eyes,  and  continues  behind 
the  occiput.  A  large  black  line  springs  from  the 
eye,  and  taking  a  tinge  of  green  and  then  of  brown, 
forms  a  border  to  the  white  line  and  circumscribes 
it.  Throat,  breast,  and  all  the  upper  part  of  the 
body  pure  white  ;  a  very  large,  whitish,  demicollar, 
waved  with  light  brown  and  very  light  chestnut,  oc- 
cupies the  upper  part  of  the  mantle  and  is  bordered 
with  black  ;  the  back,  coverts  of  the  wings,  rump, 
upper  part  of  the  tail  and  wings,  are  uniform 
bluish  green  ;  primaries  brown  and  blue  on  their 
external  edges,  secondary  lapped  with  brown ;  tarsi 
black. 

1352. — The  Bdbckg-biru 

{Ceyx  Menintinc)).  The  Burung-biru,  or  Menin- 
ting  watu  of  the  Javanese  :  Alcedo  Biru,  Hors- 
field. 

The  genus  Ceyx  has  only  two  feeble  anterior  toes 
and  a  hind-toe  ;  the  bill  is  straight  and  sharp.  The 
tail  very  short. 

Dr.  Horsfield  describes  the  Burung-biru  as  by  no 
means  uncommon  in  .Java.  He  observed  it  chiefly 
in  the  interior  in  low  situations,  but  it  was  also  found 
in  the  maritime  districts.  Its  habits  and  manners 
were  those  of  the  European  kingfisher.  It  darts  in 
short,  rapid  flights  along  the  surface,  over  rivulets 
and  lakes,  emitting  as  it  moves  shrill  sounds  in  a 
high  key.  These  sounds  are  so  strong  and  acute, 
that  when  the  bird  is  near  they  strike  the  ear  in  an 
unpleasant  manner.  It  is  not  unfrequently  observed 
perched  on  trees  on  the  banks  of  rivulets,  and  its 
food  consists  of  small  fishes  and  aquatic  insects. 
This  species  is  found  also  in  New  Guinea. 

1353. — The  LugON  Cetx 

{Ceyx  tridactyla?  Alcedo  tridactyla,  Latham). 
This  species,  which  inlwbits  the  Isle  of  Lu9on,  is 
described  by  Sonnerat  as  about  one-third  less  than 
the  European  kingfisher,  and  as  one  of  the  most 
brilliant  of  birds.  The  upper  surface  is  of  a  deep 
lilac  ;  the  wings  deep  g!o:-sy  indigo  blue,  with  a 
border  of  shining  light  blue  round  each  feather. 
Under  parts  white  ;  bill  of  a  pale  carmine  red;  feet 
red.  (Colonel  Sykes  notices  the  Ceyx  tridactyla 
among  the  birds  of  the  Dukhun. 

1354. — The  Great  Senegal  Kingfisher 

(Tspida  gigantea).  This  large  species,  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  subgenus  Ispida  of  Swainson,  is  a 
native  of  Senegal  ;  above  it  is  cinereous  spotted 
with  white  ;  chin  and  cheeks  white :  breast  with  a 
broad  rufous  band;  head  above  black,  crested  be- 
hind. 

Of  the  manners  of  this  species,  excepting  that 
they  generally  resemble  those  of  the  common  king- 
fisher, and  other  species  of  the  genus  Alcedo, 
nothing  is  definitely  known. 

1355. — The  New  Hoi.i..\nd  Kingfishib 

{Alcyone  Australis).  The  genus  Alcyone  diflers 
from  Alcedo  only  in  the  feet,  having  three  toes, 
two  before.  In  its  habits  and  manners  this  beau- 
tiful bird  resembles  our  British  species,  having  the 
same  rapid  arrow-like  flight  and  the  same  mode  of 
darting  on  its  prey.  It  haunts  streams  and  rivers, 
perching  on  the  branches  of  dead  trees,  and  from 
its  post  of  observation  plunges  into  the  water  be- 
neath, seldom  missing  its  finny  victim.  The  body 
above  and  the  sides  of  the  head  and  neck  are 
shining  mazarine  blue,  under  parts  rufous ;  throat 
whitish ;  wings  dusky  black.  It  is  described  and 
figured  by  Mr.  Swainson  ('  Zool.  Illus.,'  Ist  series) 
under  the  title  of  Alcedo  azurea. 

1356. — The  Tersate  Kingfisher 

{Tanysiptera  Dea) ;  Alcedo  Dea,  Linn.;  Martin- 
pScheur  de  Ternate,  Buffon.  In  the  genus  Tany- 
siptera the  bill  is  rather  short  and  thick,  straight 
and  acute;  the  tail  is  graduated;  the  two  middle 
tail-feathers  the  longest.  This  beautifully-coloured 
bird  is  a  native  of  the  Moluccas,  and  it  mostly 
happens  that  the  specimens  brought  to  Europe  are 
destitute  of  the  wings  and  legs.  According  to  Mr. 
Vigore,  this  bird  links  the  true  kingfishers  to  the 
Jacamars  (Galbula)  (approaching  most  nearly  to 
the  Paradise  Jacamar),  and  resembling  those  birds 
in  its  habits,  which,  however,  are  not  very  fully 
ascertained. 

This  species  is  intense  black-azure  above,  white 
beneath  ;  head  and  wing-coverts  coerulean  blue ; 
tail-feathers  white,  margined  with  coerulean  ;  the 
two  middle  ones  coerulean,  running  out  narrow,  and 
ending  spatulate,  the  web  of  the  terminal  portion 
being  white. 

1357. — The  Broad-Billed  Lamprotila 

(Lamprutila  plalyrln/ncha).  Mr.  Swainson,  who 
founded  the  genus  Lamprotila,  gives  the  following 
characters  : — Plumage   metallic  green   and  gold  ; 


I  bill  very  broad,  and  dilated  ridge  curved;  nostrils 
membranaceous,  protected  by  feathers;  the  wings 
in  form  approaching  those  of  the  jacamars;  the 
third  and  hith  quill-feathers  equal. 

This  bird,  the  plumage  of  which  elitters  with 
changeable  metallic  hues  of  burnished  green  and 
gold,  appears  to  resemble  the  jacamars  in  its  habits, 
darting  Irom  its  perch  at  insects  as  they  pass,  and 
returning  to  its  post  of  observation.  We  have  yet 
much  to  learn  respecting  its  economy. 

1358,— The  Paradise  Jacamar 
(Galbula  paradisea)  ;  the  Swallow-tailed  King- 
fisher of  Edwards.  The  genus  Galbula  is  distin- 
guished by  its  metallic  plumage ;  by  the  bill  being 
very  long,  perfectly  straight,  and  greatly  com- 
pressed; wings  short;  tail  lengthened  and  gra- 
duated ;  toes  in  jmirs  (zygodactylous),  or  the  hind- 
toe  wanting:  nostrils  with  a  few  strong  bristles. 
Cuvier,  who  places  the  jacamars  in  the  Scansorial' 
order,  observes  that  in  either  points  they  approach 
the  kingfishers;  and  both  Mr.  Vigors  and  Mr 
Swainson,  as  well  as  Mr.  G.  Gray,  assign  them  to 
the  family  of  the  latter.  The  jacamars  are  recluse 
birds,  tenanting  extensive  woods  ;  "  they  generally 
sit  on  low  naked  branches  in  the  forest  paths 
whence  they  dart  upon  butterflies,  spearing  them 
with  their  long  bill ;  their  haunts,  indeed,  may  fre- 
quently be  known  by  the  ground  being  strewed  with 
the  beautiful  wings  of  their  victims,  the  body  of 
which  alone  they  devour."  All  the  species  are 
American.  The  Paradise  Jacamar  is  a  native  of 
Surinam :  its  size  somewhat  exceeds  that  of  a  lark  • 
the  general  colour  is  golden  green;  the  throat' 
neck,  and  lesser  wing-coverts  are  white  ;  the  head 
violaceous  brown;  the  bill  and  feet,  the  latter  of 
which  are  feathered  to  the  toes,  black  ;  the  two 
central  tail-feathers  are  the  longest. 

1359. — The  Mexican  Motmot 

(Prionites  Mexicanus).    Generic  character : Both 

mandibles  slightly  curved  and  compressed  ;  the 
margins  with  strong  denticulations.  Tongue 'long, 
slender;  the  sides  ciliated.  Wings  short,  rounded! 
Tail  lengthened,  cuneated.  Feet  gressorial,  as  iii 
Merops.  (Sw.) 

Mr.  Swainson  ('  Classification  of  Birds ')  remarks 
that  every  writer  since  the  days  of  Linnaeus  (who  at 
first  actually  classed  them  in  the  same  genus)  has 
placed  the  motmots  (Prionites)  and  the  toucans 
(Ramphastos)  close  together,  not  only  from  the 
similarity  of  their  habits,  but  from  the  structure  of 
the  tongue,  which  in  both  is  long,  and  so  much 
ciliated  at  its  sides  as  to  resemble  a  feather;  so  far, 
therefore,  he  observes,  the  resemblance  is  unques- 
tionable, "But,"  continues  Mr  Swainson,  "the 
feet  of  the  motmot  are  totally  different  from  the 
toucan ;  they  are  not  scansorial,  but  of  that  parti- 
cular structure  so  common  among  the  Fissirostres. 
The  toucans  we  know,  from  pei-sonal  observation,  to 
be  gregarious,  living  in  flocks,  and  seeking  their 
food  from  the  tops  of  lofty  trees  :  the  motmot  is 
solitary,  hiding  in  the  deep  shades  of  the  forests, 
and,  like  other  air-feeding  birds,  is  always  found 
sitting  nearly  motionless.  Here,  then,  is  a  very 
obvious  departure  from  the  structure  and  habits  of 
the  toucan.  The  question  then  is,  to  what  does  it 
lead  ?  If  to  the  hornbills  (which  has  been  inferred 
from  the  structure  of  the  feet),  we  should  have  no 
diminution  in  the  size  of  the  bill,  which  in  both  the 
hornbills  and  toucans  is  equally  large,  but  in  the 
motmot  of  an  ordinary  and  proportionate  size  :  we 
should  further  expect  a  bird  which  was  gregarious, 
since  both  these  groups  are  so.  Yet  there  is  nothing 
in  the  motmot,  beyond  its  feet,  which  will  at  all 
assimilate  it  to  the  perchers;  while  its  fissirostral 
habit  of  catching  its  food  upon  the  wing,  and  the 
discovery  of  the  broad-billed  species,  Prionites  pla- 
tyrhynchus,  seems  to  us  a  conclusive  aigument  for 
placing  this  genus  in  the  fissirostral  order,  as  more 
intimately  connected  to  the  jacamars  (Galbula)  than 
to  any  other  known  genus. 

Mr.  Swainson  ('  Zool.  Illus,')  stales  that  the  mot- 
mots  or  momots,  "  so  named  from  their  monotonous 
note,  live  only  in  the  tropical  forests  of  the  New 
World,  preferring  those  deep  recesses  of  perpetual 
shade  where  a  high  canopy  of  matted  foliage  nearly 
excludes  the  rays  of  a  vertical  sun.  They  appear 
even  more  solitary  in  their  disposition  than  the 
trogons  ;  their  note  may  be  heard,  morning  and 
evening,  from  the  depths  of  the  forests,  but  ihe  bird 
is  never  seen,  unless  the  hunter  comes  unexpectedly 
upon  its  retreat.  This  we  have  generally  found  to 
be  a  low  withered  branch  completely  shaded  and 
just  at  the  edge  of  such  paths  as  are  made  by  the 
Cavies  or  the  Indians.  The  jacamars  and  the  tro- 
gons both  love  these  shady  nooks,  where  they  sit 
nearly  motionless,  watching  for  i)assing  insects,  on 
which  they  dart.  Such  is,  no  doubt,  tlie  manner  in 
which  the  motmot  feeds  ;  but  his  strong  conforma- 
tion enables  him  to  capture  larger  game.  Travellers 
assert  that  he  also  devours  the  eggs  and  young  of 


Bee-eaters.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


299 


other  birds,  like  the  toucans;  this  we  beheve,  as 
both  have  the  same  long  and  feather-like  tongue." 

The  present  species  is  green  above,  paler  be- 
neath ;  thf  ear-coverts  are  black,  varied,  and  tipped 
with  bright  blue. 

Family  MEROPID^  (BEE-EATERS). 

Mr.  Swainson  {•  Classificalion  of  Birds,'  vol.  ii.)  is 
of  opinion  that  the  Meropidse,  or  Bee-eaters,  suc- 
ceed the  swallows,  and  says  of  the  Merops  Apiaster, 
that  it  annually  visits  Italy  in  flocks  of  twenty  or 
thirty,  and  may  be  seen  skimming  over  the  vine- 
yards and  oiive  plantations  with  a  flight  niiich  re- 
sembling the  swallow,  though  more  direct  and  less 
rapid.  He  observes  that  their  bill  is  indeed  consi- 
derably longer  and  more  slender,  but  remarks  that 
this  ditfercnce  is  softened  down  by  the  intervention 
of  the  genus  Eurystomus,  containing  the  swallow- 
rollers  of  India,  Alrica,  and  Australia.' which  have 
this  organ  very  short.  To  ihese,  he  thinks,  succeed  [ 
the  true  rollers,  Coracins  (Linn.),  which  arrive  in  j 
Italy  at  the  same  time  with  the  bee-eaters,  and  ; 
associate  also  in  small  flocks.  "  These  two  genera 
of  rollers,"  continues  Mr.  Swainson,  "are  so  indis-  ' 
solubly  united,  that  nothing  but  the  strongest  pre- 
judice in  favour  of  a  preconceived  theory  could  ever 
have  induced  certain  naturalists  (whose  labours  in 
other  re^.pects  have  been  of  much  advantage  to 
science)  to  have  placed  them  in  two  different 
orders.  The  whole  structure  of  the  Rollers,  their 
lengthened  pointed  wings,  and  their  firm  and  often 
forked  tail,  at  once  induces  the  idea  that  they  feed 
upon  the  wing  ;  while  their  very  short  legs,  scarcely 
longer  than  their  hind-toe,  might  have  shown  their 
incapacity  to  alight  and  walk,  like  the  crows,  upon 
the  ground ;  but  this  question  is  at  once  decided 
by  a  knowledge  of  their  economy,  which,  from  per- 
sonal observation,  we  have  every  reason  to  believe 
is  much  like  that  of  the  Bee-eaters.  The  interven- 
tion  of  the  Rollers  at  once  lessens  the  abrupt  transi- 

ition,  which  would  otherwise  be  apparent,  from  the 
perfect-footed  Swallows  to  the  zygodactyle  Bee- 
eaters  ;  and  we  are  thus  prepared  for  all  those  birds 
whose  toes,  as  it  were,  are  soldered  together  like 
those  of  the  Meropid-je.  Here  perhaps  we  may 
notice  that  most  beautiful  and  rare  genus  Nycti- 
omis,  or  Night-feeder,  as  being  in  all  probability 

:  that  particular  link  by  which  Nature  connects  this 
family  with  the  Trogons. 

1360.— The  Bee-eater 

\(Merops  apiaster).  Bill  very  long  and  slender; 
•lightly  curved,  compressed,  sharp  at  the  tip  ;  wings 

'  long  and  pointed  ;  outer  and  middle  toes  connected 

:  as  far  as  the  first  joint  (zygodactylous). 

This  brilliant  species,  which  occasionally  wanders 

tas  far  westward  as  the  British  Isles,  is  a  summer 
visitant  to  the  southern  and  ea.slern  provinces  of 
Europe  ;  it  is  common  in  Sicily,  Italy,  Spain,  Greece, 
Turkey,  Sec,  whence  it  retires  into  Africa  on  the 
approach  of  winter.  In  Spain,  which  it  enters  by 
way  of  Gibraltar,  it  appears  during  the  first  week  in 
April,  in  flocks  of  forty  or  fifty,  sometimes  at  consi- 
derable elevation,  at  other  times  skimming  low,  and 
uttering  a  shrill  whistle  heard  at  a  considerable  dis- 
tance. They  thus  give  chase  to  various  insects, 
bees,  wasps,  beetles,  grasshoppers,  and  butterflies, 
catching  them  on  the  wing  with  great  address.  Bee- 
eaters  liaunt  rivers  and  streams,  and  may  be  seen 
coursing  up  and  down  in  pursuit  of  their  prey,  and 
glittering  in  the  sun  with  metallic  effulgence. 
They  abound  on  the  rivers  Don,  Volga,  and  Yaik,  in 
Southern  Russia,  and  are  common  in  Syria  and 
Arabia.  In  their  habits  these  birds  much  resemble 
the  kingfisher:  they  breed  in  holes,  which  they 
burrow  in  steep  banks  overhanging  the  river,  at  the 
extremity  of  which,  in  a  nest,  according  to  Selby, 
composed  of  moss,  &c.,  the  eggs  are  laid  :  these  are 
of  a  pure  white,  and  from  five  to  seven  in  number. 
It  is  observed  also  that,  like  the  kingfisher,  which 
recasts  the  bones  and  scales  of  fishes,  these  birds 
disgorge  the  wing-cases  and  other  indigestible  parts 
of  their  insect  food  rolled  up  in  the  shape  of  small 
pellets. 

From  the  earliest  times  the  bee-eater  has  been 
notorious  for  thinning  the  hive  of  its  industrious  in- 
habitants. Aristotle  notices  this  circumstance  ;  and 
Virgil  directs  that  the  beehives  must  be  secured 
from  the  lizard,  the  swallow,  and  the  bee-eater : — 

"  Abiint  pt  picti  flqiialentia  terga  lacerti 
PingiiihDt  a  stahulU  ;  Mtroptt'iue  alia-que  volucres, 
Vx  mnnibiis  Progne  pectus  si^nata  crui-ntis; 
Omni;i  nam  Utev.tstint:  ipsa.qiie  volantea 
Ore  ferunt,  dulcem  nidia  immitiboa  escam ■** 

Geijrg.t  lib.  ir. 

According  to  Latham  this  bird  is  called  in  Egypt 
Melino-orghi,  or  Bees  enemy.  It  is  there  eaten  for 
food,  as  Ray  states  it  is  in  Italy,  where  he  saw  it 
sold  in  the  markets.  The  bee-eater  isnot  only  found 
in  Europe,  Asia,  and  Northern  Africa;  it  is  also  a 
native  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  The  colouring 
of   this    bird  is  as    follows : — Forehead  yellowish 


white,  merging  into  bluish  green  ;  back  of  the  neck 

and  upper  part  of  the  back  rich  chestnut,  passmg 
into  brownish  amber  yellow,  Kar-coverts  black; 
wings  greenish,  with  an  olive  tinge,  and  a  large 
band  of  brown  across  the  middle.  Q,iill-feathers 
fine  greenish  blue,  ending  in  black.  Throat  bright 
yellow,  bounded  by  a  line  of  black.  The  under 
parts  generally  glossy  greenish  blue.  Irides  red. 
Length,  eleven  inches. 

13G1. — The  Red-breasted  Night-feeder 

{Nyctiornis  amictus).  Bill  considerably  curved  and 
very  long;  the  ridge  with  a  parallel  groove  on  each 
side  ;  tarsi  very  short.  The  night-feeder  is  a  native 
of  India ;  but  we  have  no  account  of  its  habits,  ex- 
cept that  it  feeds  on  insects,  and,  as  its  name  de- 
notes, is  crepuscular  or  nocturnal.  The  genernl 
plumage  is  green  ;  the  crown  in  adults  is  lilac  ;  the 
front  of  the  throat  and  breast  bright  red.  Total 
length,  thirteen  inches. 

13G2.— The  Roller 

{Coracias  garrula).  Bill'  moderate,  straight,  the 
sides  broad,  but  much  compi  essed ;  tip  of  the  upper 
mandible  bent  over  that  of  the  lower  ;  nostrils  basal, 
oblique,  linear  ;  gape  very  wide,  with  the  edges 
bristled  ;  tarsi  short ;  toes  cleft  to  their  base. 

The  roller  is  only  an  accidental  visitor  to  England, 
where,  however,  it  has  been  several  times  killed  ; 
but  there  is  some  reason  to  think  that  formerly, 
when  our  island  ottered  extensive  forests  for  its 
shelter,  that  it  was  not  uncommon,  tor  it  has  a 
name,  "  y  Rholydd,"  in  the  ancient  British  language. 
It  is  the  Pica  Marina  and  Pica  Merdaria  of  the 
Italians;  Rollier  of  the  French  ;  Birk-Heher,  Blaue- 
Racke,  and  Mandelkrahe  of  the  Germans  ;  Spransk 
Kraka,  Blakiaka,  and  Allekraka  of  the  Swedes ; 
Ellekrage  of  Bnmnich. 

On  the  continent  this  bird  has  a  very  extensive 
range.  In  Europe,  it  is  found  in  Denmark,  Sweden 
(where  it  arrives  with  the  cuckoo),  and  the  southern 
provinces  of  Russia;  is  more  common  in  Germany 
than  Fiance,  where,  however,  it  has  been  found  in 
Provence ;  and  it  has  been  taken  at  Gibraltar.  In 
Italy,  according  to  Prince  C.  L.  Bonaparte,  it  is 
rather  common,  arriving  in  the  spring  and  depart- 
ing in  September.  In  Malta  and  Sicily  it  is  exposed 
for  sale  in  the  shops  of  poulterers,  and  is  said  to 
have  the  taste  of  a  turtle-dove.  In  the  Morea  it  is 
considered  a  delicacy  in  the  autumn,  when  it  is  fat 
with  its  summer  food.  It  has  been  captured  at 
Aleppo,  and  at  Trehizond  and  Erzeroum.  It  visits 
the  countries  between  the  Black  and  the  Caspian 
Seas ;  and  Dr.  von  Siebold  and  M.  Burger  include 
it  among  the  birds  of  Japan.  In  North  Africa  it  is 
found  from  Morocco  to  Egypt ;  flocks  were  seen  by 
Adanson  at  Senegal,  and  he  concluded  that  they 
passed  the  winter  there  Dr.  Andrew  Smith  records 
it  among  the  birds  of  South  Africa. 

The  roller  is  wild,  shy,  restless,  and  fierce,  fre- 
quenting, by  way  of  preference,  deep  forests  of  oak 
and  birch,  where  its  harsh  cry  may  be  olten  heard. 
In  the  '  Annals  of  Natural  History  '  for  1839,  it  is 
stated  by  a  traveller  in  Asia  Minor,  that  the  roller, 
which  was  most  common  throughout  the  south  and 
west  parts  of  the  country  wherever  the  magpie  was 
not  found  (for  it  was  not  seen  in  the  same  district 
with  that  bird),  was  observed  to  fall  through  the  air 
like  a  tumbler  pigeon,  Temniinck  states  that  it 
makes  its  nests  in  the  holes  of  trees,  where  it  lays 
from  four  to  seven  eggs  of  a  lustrous  white,  M. 
Vieillot  states  that  in  Malta,  where  trees  are  scarce, 
the  bird  builds  on  the  ground.  In  Barbary  it  has 
been  observed  to  form  its  nest  on  the  banks  of  the 
Sheliff,  Booberak,  and  other  rivers ;  and  Pennant 
remarks  that  where  trees  are  wanting,  it  makes  it  in 
clayey  banks.  These  last  modes  of  niditicafion 
bring  it  very  close  to  the  bee-eaters  and  kingfishers, 
whose  eggs  quite  resemble  those  of  the  roller  in 
colour  and  shape,  and  only  vary  in  size.  The  male 
takes  his  turn  to  sit.  The  food  is  very  varied, 
according  to  Temminck,  who  enumerates  moles, 
crickets,  cockchafers,  grasshoppers,  millipedes,  and 
other  insects,  slugs,  and  worms,  Gould  states  that 
it  feeds  on  worms,  slugs,  and  insects  generally. 
Yarrell  informs  us  that  the  food  consists  of  worms, 
slugs,  insects  in  their  various  stages,  and  berries. 
The  colouring  of  this  .species  is  as  follows: — Bill 
black  towards  the  point,  becoming  brown  at  the 
base  with  a  few  bristles  ;  irides  of  two  circles  yel- 
low and  brown ;  head,  neck,  breast,  and  belly 
various  shades  of  verditer  blue  changing  to  pale 
green  ;  shoulders  azure  blue,  back  reddish  brown, 
rump  purple,  wing-primaries  dark  bluish  black, 
edged  lighter,  tail-feathers  pale  greenish  blue,  the 
outer  ones  tipped  with  black,  those  in  the  middle 
also  much  darker  in  colour  ;  legp  eddish  brown  ;  in 
old  males  the  outer  tail-feathers  are  somewhat 
elongated. 

Adult  females  differ  but  little  from  the  males; 
young  birds  do  not  attain  their  brilliant  colour  till 
the  second  year.     Length,  about  thirteen  inches. 


1363, — The  Abyssinian  Roller 

(Coracias  Abyssinica).  This  species  of  Roller  is  a 
native  of  Abyssinia,  and  in  general  habits  resembles 
the  preceding,  tenanting  woods  and  forests.  The 
colouring  is  as  follows :— White  round  the  bill ;  body 
aquamarine  green  ;  back  and  wing-coveiis  cinna- 
mon colour  ;  shoulders,  rump,  and  quills,  blue ;  tail 
green,  the  two  middle  feathers  blue  ;  two  long  loose 
processes  terminating  the  two  external  quilL. 

]364. — The  Oriental  Swallow-Rollke 
{Eurystomus  Orkntalis).  This  genus  is  closely 
allied  to  Coracias,  but  the  bill  is  shorter  and  wider, 
and  the  wings  longer  than  in  that  form.  The  Ori- 
ental Swallow-Roller  is  a  native  of  Java,  the  south 
of  New  Holland,  and  all  the  Polynesian  Islands.  It 
is  the  Naytay-kin  of  the  natives  of.  the  neighbour^ 
hood  of  Sidney,  Dollar-bird  of  the  colonists,  and; 
Tiong-ba-tu  of  the  inhabitants  of  Sumatra ;  Coracias., 
Orientalis,  Linn.  It  is  a  bird  of  rapid  and  vigorous 
flight,  and  feeds  upon  various  kinds  of  insects.  •  Its 
general  colour  is  aquamarine  green;  the  throat  and 
point  of  the  wing  are  azure ;  the  quill-feathers 
black,  with  a  while  bar ;  tail  black. , 

1365. — ^The  Green  Leptosome 

(Leptosomus  viridis).  From  its  zygodactyle  feet 
(two  toes  before  and  two  behind),  this  bird,  with 
others  of  the  genus,  has  been  placed,  by  most 
wi iters  on  ornithology,  in  the  family  of  the  Cuckoos  . 
(Cuculidae).  Mr.  Swainson,  however,  regards  it  as 
one  of  ihe  forms  of  the  Meropidse,  and  thus  charac- 
tciises  it: — Bill  about  the  length  of  the  head,, 
robust.  The  upper  mandible  curved  and  notched 
near  the  tip.  Nostrils  oblong,  oblique  ;  the  mar- 
gins elevated,  naked,  and  placed  towards  the  middle 
of  the  upper  mandible.  Feet  short.  Toes  in  pairs, 
as  in  Tamatia.  Wings  lengthened,  pointed  ;  the 
first  and  second  quills  longest.  Tail  moderate, 
even.     (Sw.) 

The   present  bird  is  a  native   of  Africa,  and  is 
found  in  Caffiaria  and  on  the  coast  of  Zanzebar.     It 
inhabits  the  forests,  feeding  on  insects,  and  also,  as 
is   stated,  upon  fruits ;   but  we   know  little  of  its- 
habits. 

Family  TROGONID/E  (TROGONS). 

The  Trogons  constitute  a  family  of  birds,  the  mem- 
bei-s  of  which  are  peculiar  to  the  hotter  regions  of 
America  and  of  India,  and  its  adjacent  islands, 
Ceylon,  Java,  Borneo,  Sumatra,  &c.,  one  species 
only  having  as  yet  been  discovered  in  Africa. 
Among  the  most  conspicuous  of  the  feathered 
tribes  for  beauty  and  brilliancy  of  plumage,  the 
Trigons  stand  confessedly  pre-eminent.  The  me- 
tallic golden  green  of  some  species  is  of  dazzling 
eifulgence  ;  in  others  less  gorgeous:  the  delicate 
pencilhiigs  of  the  plumage,  and  the  contrasted  hues 
of  deep  scarlet,  black,  green,  and  brown,  produce  a 
rich  and  beautiful  eftect. 

It  is  difficult  to  convey  the  idea  of  a  bird,  or 
indeed  of  any  natural  object,  by  description  solely; 
the  pictorial  specimens,  however,  in  the  group 
Fig.  13f)6,  will  render  the  details  connected  with 
the  family  features  of  the  present  group  easily  in- 
telligible. 

The  Trogons  are  zygodactyle,  that  is,  they  have 
their  toes  in  pairs,  two  before  and  two  behind,  like 
parrots  and  woodpeckers ;  the  tarsi  are  short  and 
feeble,  the  beak  is  stout,  and  the  gape  wide ;  the 
general  contour  of  the  body  is  full  and  round,  and 
the  head  large  ;  the  plumage  is  dense,  soft,  and 
deep ;  the  wings  are  short  Out  pointed,  the  quill- 
feathers  being  rigid  ;  the  tail  is  long,  ample,  and 
graduated,  its  outer  feathers  decreasing  in  length  ; 
in  some  species  the  tail-coverts  are  elongated,  so  as 
to  form  a  pendent  plumage  of  loose  feathers. 

Of  solitary  habits,  the  Trogons  (or  Couroucous) 
frequent  the  most  secluded  portions  of  dense  forests, 
remote  from  the  abodes  of  man.  For  hours  toge- 
ther they  sit  motionless  on  some  branch,  uttering 
occasionally  a  plaintive  melancholy  cry,  especially 
while  the  female  is  brooding  on  her  eggs.  Indif- 
ferent during  the  day  to  every  obect,  listless  or 
slumbering  on  their  perch,  they  take  no  notice  of 
the  presence  of  an  intruder,  and  may  indeed  be 
often  so  closely  approached  as  to  be  knocked  down 
by  a  stick;  tlie  bright  glare  of  the  sun  obscures 
their  sight,  and  they  wait  for  evening,  the  dusk  of 
twilight  being  their  season  of  activity. 

Fruits,  insects  and  their  larvae,  constitute  their 
food.  Formed,  most  of  them  at  least,  for  rapid  tjut 
not  protracted  flight,  they  watch  from  their  perch 
the  insects  flitting  by,  and  dart  after  them  with 
surprising  velocity,  returning  after  their  short  chase 
to  the  same  point  of  observation.  Some,  however, 
are  almost  exclusively  frugivoious.  Many  species 
are  certainly  migratory.  M.  Natterer  observes,  re- 
specting the  Pavonine  Trogon  (Trogon  pavoninus, 
Spix),  which  inhabits,  during  a  certain  season  of  the 
year,  the  high  woods  along  the  upper  part  of  the 
Amazon  and  Rio  Negro,  that  he  found  the  contents 

2Q2 


-^..y^rl^S^  ^-^^ 


^^fes..»aa»<^«*^ 


13C8.— Nariiui  Trogona. 


DM.— Onnp  o<  Tmgou, 


1385,^43iecn  Lep^osome. 


""ja^ia^i:^^ 


13S3.-AV!ip4«i«n  nailer. 


1J61.— Red'Urauted  Night  Fmdn. 


136T.— Reinw^nlt's  Trogon. 


300 


1374.-P»n-t.i:«i  Flyeatclier. 


U7S  — «,  Spotted  Flytatehn;  I,  Pied  Fiyralcher. 


301 


302 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[TUOGOXS. 


of  iU  stomach  to  contist  principally  of  the  fruit  of 
a  certain  species  of  palm,  and  that  it  arrives  in 
those  districts  when  its  favourite  food  is  ripe,  but 
that  when  the  trees  no  longer  yield  an  adequate 
supply  it  retires  to  other  districts. 

Like  the  parrots  and  woodpeckers,  the  Trosons 
breed  in  the  hollows  of  decayed  trees,  the  e^gs 
Ijeing  deposited  on  a  bed  of  wood-dust,  the  work  of 
insects ;  they  are  three  or  four  in  number,  and  white. 
The  young,  when  first  hatched,  are  totally  destitute 
of  feathi^ra,  which  do  not  begin  to  make  their  ap- 
pearance for  two  or  three  d8)s  ;  and  their  head  and 
beak  appear  to  be  disproportionately  large.  They 
are  said  to  rear  two  broods  in  the  year. 

Axara,  speaking  of  the  Surucua  Trogon,  a  native 
of  Paraguay  and  the  Brazils,  informs  us  that  it  is 
seen  only  m  the  largest  woods,  and  that  it  "gene- 
rally remains  on  the  upper  portions  of  the  trees, 
without  descending  to  the  lower  branches  or  to  the 
earth  ;  it  sits  a  long  time  motionless,  watching  for 
insects  which  may  pass  within  its  reach,  and  which 
it  seizes  with  adroitness;  it  is  not  gregarious,  but 
dwells  either  in  solitude  or  in  pairs;  its  flight, 
which  is  rapid  and  performed  in  vertical  undula- 
tions, is  not  prolonged.  These  birds  are  so  tame  as 
to  admit  of  a  near  approach ;  I  have  seen  them 
killed  with  a  stick.  They  do  not  migmte,  and  are 
never  heard  except  in  the  breeding  season ;  their 
note  then  consists  of  the  frequent  repetition  of  the 
syllables  pee-o,  in  a  strong,  sonorous,  and  melan- 
choly voice ;  the  male  and  female  answer  each 
other.  They  form  their  nest  on  the  trees,  by  digging 
into  the  lower  part  of  the  nest  of  a  species  of  ant, 
known  by  the  name  of  cupiy,  until  they  have  made 
a  cavity  sufficiently  large,  in  which  the  female  de- 
posits her  eggs,  of  a  white  colour,  and  two,  or  as 
some  asseil  four,  in  number.  I  have  seen  the  male 
clinging  to  a  tree  after  the  manner  of  woodpeckers, 
occupied  in  digging  a  nest  with  his  beak,  while 
the  female  remained  tranquil  on  a  neighbouring 
tree." 

The  American  Trogons  have  their  beak  of  mo- 
derate size,  with  serrated  (or  saw-like)  edges,  and 
furnished  at  its  base  with  bristles;  the  upper  sur- 
face (of  the  males  at  least)  is  of  a  rich  metallic 
green,  the  under  parts  being  more  or  less  universally 
scarlet  or  rich  yellow.  The  outer  tail-feathers  in 
the  majority  of  the  species  are  more  or  less  barred 
with  black  and  white. 

In  the  Indian  Trogons"  the  beak  is  larger  and 
stouter,  with  smooth  edges,  having  a  tooth  near  the 
tip  of  the  upper  mandible.  The  eyes  are  encircled 
by  a  large  bare  space  of  richly-coloured  skin ;  the 
upper  surface  is  brown,  the  lower  more  or  less 
scarlet,  and  the  outer  tail-feathers  exhibit  no  ten- 
dency towards  a  barred  style  of  marking,  excepting 
in  one  species,  Diard's  Trogon  (Trogon  Diardii),  in 
which  the  three  outer  tail-feathers  are  finely  pow- 
dered with  black. 

The  African  species  (Trogon  Narina,  Le  Vaifl.) 
closely  approximates  to  its  American  relatives  ;  but 
its  three  outer  tail-feathers  are  unbarred.  This  spe- 
cies inhabits  the  dense  forests  of  CafTraria;  during 
the  day  it  sits  motionless  on  a  low  dead  branch,  and 
it  is  only  in  the  morning  and  evening  that  it  displays 
activity.  Locusts  and  other  insects  are  its  principal 
food. 

Of  all  the  Trogons  none  are  so  magnificent  as  the 
Trogon  resplendens.  This  bird,  as  stated  by  Mr. 
Gould,  "  is  to  be  found  only  in  the  dense  and 
gloomy  forests  of  the  southern  states  of  Mexico." 
Little  known  to  Europeans,  except  within  the  last 
few  years,  the  brilliant  plumes  which  fall  over  the 
tail  (and  which,  as  is  the  whole  of  the  upper  sur- 
face of  the  body  of  this  bird,  are  of  the  richest 
metallic  golden  green)  were  made  use  of  by  the 
ancient  Mexicans  as  ornaments  on  their  head- 
dresses ;  and  gorgeous  must  a  head-dress  be,  com- 
posed of  such  feathers — soft,  flowing,  of  dazzling 
lustre,  and  three  feet  in  length.  In  later  times 
they  have  occasionally  been  transmitted  as  curio- 
sities to  Europe.  Mr.  Gould  observes  that  M. 
Temminck  is  the  first  who  figured  the  present 
species ;  but  that  celebrated  naturalist  confounded 
it  with  the  Trogon  pavonius  of  Dr.  Spix.  a  Brazil- 
ian species  to  whiah  it  is  neariy  allied,  but  from 
vthich  it  differs  in  having  a  soft  silky  crest,  of  long 
full  feathers,  and  the  plumes  of  the  tail  coverts 
extremely  long,  whereas  in  the  Pavonine  Trogon 
there  is  no  crest,  and  the  tail-coverts  do  not 
extend  above  an  inch  or  two  at  most  beyond  the 
tail. 

1366. — A  Gbocp  op  Teogoks. 

On  the  topmost  branch  are  perched  a  pair,  male 
and  female,  of  the  Trogon  resplendens.  The  middle 
bird  towards  the  left  hand  is  the  Trogon  pavonius. 
The  lower  figure  on  the  left  hand  is  the  Trogon 
Diardii;  and  that  on  the  right,  the  Trogon  tem- 
nuriis. 

The  Trogons  are  divided  into  several  subgenera, 
founded  upon  tangible  characters,  doubtless  involv- 
ing a  difference,  more  or  less  decided,  of  habits  and 


nianner>.    Mr.  Gould  remarks,  for  example,  that  the 
species  of  the   subgeneric   group   Calurus,  distin- 
guished by  a  redundancy  of  flowing  plumage,  are 
.  not,  as  may  be  expected,  so  well  fitted  for  flight,  or 
;  for  taking  their  prey  on  the  wing,  as  are  the  more 
I  closely-plumed  species  to  which  the  generic  name 
Trogon  is  now  restricted;  accordingly  Mr.  Natteier 
informed  Mr.  Gould  that  the  gorgeous  birds  of  the 
former  group  tenant  the  topmost  branches  of  the 
loftiest  forest-trees,  clinging  beneath  them  like  par- 
rots, and   feeding  more   exclusively  on  Iriiits  and 
berries.     On  the  other  hand,  Mr.  W.  S.  Mac  Leay 
states  that  the  singular  Trogon  inhabiting   Cuba 
(Trogon  temnurus,  the    only  example  of  the  sub- 
genus Temnuius ;    Priotelus.  G.  R.  Gray),  which 
approximates    to    the    woodpeckers    in   the   more 
lengthened  form  of  the  bill,  in  the  rigid  character 
of  the  outer  tail-feathers,  and  in  the   spotting  of 
the  wings,  approaches  those  birds  also  in  its  habits, 
giving  a  preference  to  thelioles  of  trees  rather  than 
to  the  branches,  and  procuring  from  the  bark  the 
larvse    and  various    insects    which    constitute    its 
food. 

The  habits  of  the  Old  World  "species  are  much 
less  known  than  those  of  the  American  Trogons; 
but  from  the  more  robust  form  of  their  bill  and 
their  wide  gape,  Mr.  Gould  is  inclined  to  suspect 
that  they  feed  even  still  more  exclusively  on  insects 
than  on  fruits :  independently,  however,  of  the 
greater  strength  of  the  bill,  the  non-serration  of  the 
edges  of  the  mandibles  and  the  half-denuded  face, 
they  may,  Mr.  Gould  remarks,  at  all  times  be  dis- 
tinguished by  the  rich  brown  colouring  of  the  backs 
of  the  males,  and  by  the  entire  absence  of  bars 
across  the  outer  tail-feathers.  With  re-spect  to  the 
brown  colouring  of  the  plumage,  there  are,  he  adds, 
it  is  true,  one  or  two  exceptions  from  the  rule,  but 
none  to  the  absence  of  the  barring  of  the  tail-fea- 
thers when  accompanied  by  the  former  characters. 

1367. — Reinwabdt's  Trogou 

(Trogon  Reinwardtii).  This  species  is  an  example 
of  the  subgenus  Apalodeima,  and  is  a  native  of 
Java  and  Sumatra,  where,  however,  it  is  rare  ;  or 
perhaps  a  tenant  of  the  remoter  solitudes  of  the 
forests,  and  therefore  escapes  observation.  Our 
pictorial  specimens  are  an  adult  male  and  (the 
lower  figure)  a  young  bird. 

Bill  bright  reddish  orange ;  top  of  the  liead,  back, 
and  upper  tail-coverts  dark  green  ;  six  middle  fail- 
feathers  black,  with  green  reflexions;  the  bases  of 
the  three  outer  feathers  on  each  side  the  same  co- 
lour as  the  middle  ones,  the  remaining  portions 
being  white  ;  centre  of  the  wings  and  shoulders 
green  transversely  rayed  with  fine  lines  of  yellow; 
primaries  black,  with  the  exception  of  the  outer- 
most web,  which  is  white ;  throat  yellow ;  ear- 
coverts,  sides  of  the  neck,  and  chest  olive  brown ; 
belly  and  under  surface  yellow,  becoming  rich 
orange  on  the  sides;  tarsi  yellow;  bare  skin  round 
the  eye  blue.  Total  length,  from  twelve  inches  and 
a  half  to  thirteen  inches  and  a  half;  tail  seven 
inches  and  a  half;  wing  five  inches  and  a  half. 

Young  : — Similar  to  the  adult,  particularly  in  the 
colours  of  the  back  and  tail,  a  circumstance,  ob- 
serves Mr.  Gould,  which  rarely  occurs  in  the  family, 
as  in  all  the  Trogons  where  the  plumage  of  the 
female  differs  much  from  that  of  the  male,  the 
young  birds  generally  resemble  the  former;  while, 
as  in  the  present  case,  where  the  sexes  are  nearly 
alike,  the  young  partake  of  the  adult  colouring, 
difl'ering  only  in  the  markings  of  the  wings  and  the 
rufous  brown  tint  of  the  breast.     (Gould.) 

1368. — The  Narina  Trogon 

{Trogon  [Apaloderma]  Narina).  This  is  the  only 
African  species,  and  is  a  native  of  Caffraria ;  Narina, 
whose  name  it  bears,  was  a  Gonaqua  Hottentot 
girl,  whose  charms  and  manners  appear  to  have 
produced  a  great  impression  on  Le  Vaillant  (the 
discoverer  of  the  bird),  as  he  devotes  some  pages  to 
her  in  his  'Travels.' 

According  to  this  account  of  the  naturalist,  the  ) 
haunts  of  the  Narina  Trogon  are  the  thickest  parts 
of  theforest;  and  there  it  sits  nearly  motionless,  on 
a  low  dead  branch  during  mid-day  :  in  the  morning 
and  evening  it  captures  its  food,  consisting  chiefly 
of  locusts,  beetles,  and  other  winged  insects,  with 
the  addition  of  caterpillars.  Its  flight  is  short  and 
rapid  ;  and  it  darts  trom  its  chosen  perch  on  every 
passing  insect,  returning  to  the  station  which  it  had 
left,  or  settling  near  it.  During  the  pairing  season 
the  male,  which  is  at  other  times  mute,  utters  fre- 
quently a  melancholy  cry.  The  eggs,  four  in  num- 
ber, nearly  round,  and  of  a  rosy  white  hue,  are  laid 
in  a  nest  in  the  hole  of  a  tree,  and  the  female  sits 
for  twenty  days.  Our  pictorial  specimens  are  a 
male  and  female. 

Male  : — Bill  yellow,  with  a  tinge  of  blue  ;  whole 
of  the  head,  throat,  chest,  shoulders,  back,  and 
upper  tail-coverts  resplendent  green ;  breast  and 
under  surface  bright  blood-red ;  the  wings  brown, 
the  greater  coverts  and  secondaries  powdered  with 


greyish  white,  the  outer  edge  of  each  feather  having 
a  tinge  of  metallic  gicen  ;  two  centre  feathers  of  ihc 
j  tail  dark  purplish  green,  two  next  on  each  side  dark 
olive-green;  the  three  outer  on  each  side  dark 
green  at  their  base,  largely  tipped  with  while  ;  feet 
light  brownish  yellow. 

Female:— Upper  surface  and  tail  closely  resem- 
bling those  of  ilie  male;  round  the  eye  and  throat 
mlbus  brown,  becoming  paler  on  the  chest,  which 
is  slightly  tinted  with  rosy  pink  ;  lower  part  of  the 
abdomen  and  tail-coverts  deep  rose-red.  Total 
length  eleven  inches  and  a  quarter:  bill  one  inch 
and  an  eighth ;  wing  five  inches  and  a  quarter ;  tail 
six  inches  and  a  half;  tarsi  three-quarters  of  an 
inch.    (Gould.) 

1369.— The  Mexican  Trogon 

{Trogon  Mezicamis).  Old  Male: — Beak  bright 
yellow  ;  throat  and  ear-coverts  black,  gradually 
blending  with  the  green  that  covers  the  chest  and 
the  whole  of  the  upper  surface.  Two  middle  tail- 
feathers  green  with  black  tips,  the  two  next  on  each 
side  wholly  black ;  the  three  outer  on  each  side 
black,  with  white  tips;  wings  black,  the  whole  of 
which,  with  the  exception  of  the  primaries,  is  finely 
dotted  with  grey ;  a  crescent  of  white  encircles  the 
chest;  breast,  belly,  and  under  tail-coverts  fine 
scariet ;  feet  brown.  Total  length  eleven  to  twelve 
inches;  wing  five  inches  and  three-quarters;  tail 
seven  inches  and  three-quarters.  Fig.  1370  repre- 
sents (upper  figure)  a  young  male  and  (lower  figure) 
a  female. 

Young  Male :— Distinguished  from  the  adult  by 
the  grey  freckles  on  the  wings  being  rather  stronger, 
and  more  inclined  to  brown  on  the  secondaries  ;  by 
the  extreme  outer  edge  of  the  primaries  being 
white  ;  and  by  the  tail  being  regularly  barred  with 
black  and  white,  which  character  is  most  conspicu- 
ous on  the  outer  edges. 

Female:— Top  of  the  head,  throat,  chest,  and 
back  dark  brown,  inclining  to  olive  on  the  upper 
surface,  and  to  rufous  on  the  chest  ;  across  the  chest 
an  obscure  band  of  light  grey,  the  lower  parts  scar- 
let; wings  black,  slightly  freckled  with  brown  on 
the  outer  edges  of  the  secondaries  and  shoulders  ; 
the  outer  edges  of  the  primaries  Iringedwith  white; 
two  middle  tail-leatherechesnut-brown,  tipped  with 
black  ;  the  two  next  on  each  side  wholly  black  ; 
the  remainder  strongly  barred  with  black  and  while 
for  nearly  their  whole  length  j  bill  yellow,  clouded 
with  brown.    (GouJd.) 

Locality.— North  of  Mexico. 

1371. — The  Resplendent  Tbogon 

{Trogon  [Calarus]  resplendens).     Male  and  Female. 

Male :— Beak  gamboge-yellow;  head  coveied 
with  long  filamentous  plumes,  forming  a  rounded 
crest ;  irom  the  shoulders  spring  a  number  of  lance- 
shaped  feathers,  which  hang  gracefully  over  the 
wings  ;  from  the  rump  are  thrown  off  several  pairs 
of  narrow  flowing  plumes,  the  longest  of  which  in 
fine  adults  measure  Irom  three  feet  to  three  feet  lour 
inches ;  the  others  gradually  diminishing  in  length 
towards  the  rump,  where  they  again  assume  the 
form  of  the  feathers  of  the  back— these  plumes, 
together  with  the  whole  of  the  upper  surface, 
throal,  and  chest,  are  of  a  most  resplendent  golden 
green  ;  the  breast  and  under  parts  are  of  a  rich 
crimson  scarlet ;  the  middle  leathers  of  the  tail 
black;  the  six  outer  ones  white  for  neariy  their 
whole  length,  their  bases  being  black  ;  feet  brown. 
Total  length  from  the  bill  to  the  end  of  the  tail, 
twelve  to  fourteen  inches ;  wing,  eight  to  nine  ; 
tarsi,  one  ;  length  of  the  longest  plume,  about  three 
feet. 

Female  or  Young  of  the  year :— These  have  only 
rudimenls  of  the  long  plumes,  seldom  reaching 
more  than  an  inch  beyond  the  tip  of  the  tail  ;  the 
feathers  of  the  crest  more  rounded  and  not  fila- 
mentous :  feathers  of  the  shoulders  but  slightly 
lanceolate;  outer  tail-feathers  white  barred  with 
black,  the  centre  ones  black;  whole  of  the  chest, 
throat,  and  head  obscure  preen,  remainder  of  the 
upper  surface  bright  green  ;  breast  and  belly  grey- 
ish brown ;  under  tail-coverts  fine  scarlet ;  bill 
black.     (Gould.) 

It  was  of  the  brilliant  feathers  of  these  and  other 
Trogons  that  the  ancient  Mexicans  made  their 
famous  mosaic  pictures.  They  were  probably  kept 
in  one  of  the  two  houses  which  formed  the  Royal 
Menagerie  of  ancient  Mexico,  one  of  these  houses 
being  aprpopriated  to  birds  which  did  not  live  by 
prey  ;  the  other  to  birds  of  prey,  quadrupeds,  and 
reptiles.  Three  hundred  men,  according  to  Cortes, 
were  employed  to  take  care  of  these  birds,  besides 
their  physicians,  who  watched  their  diseases  and 
applied  timely  remedies.  Of  the  three  hundred 
attendants,  some  procured  their  food,  others  dis- 
tributed it,  othei-s  took  care  of  the  eggs  at  the  time 
of  incubation;  whilst  others,  at  certain  seasons, 
picked  their  plumage— lor  the  king  not  only  de- 
lighted in  the  sight  of  so  many  species,  but  was 


Flycatchess.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


303 


very  careful  of  their  feathers  for  the  sake  of  the  works 
in  the  labrication  of  which  they  were  used. 

Family  MUSCICAPIDiE  (FLYCATCHERS). 

The  Flycatchers  approximate  in  many  points  to 
the  ToJies  ;  the  latter  indeed  are  placed  by  Mr. 
Svvainson  within  the  pale  of  this  family,  but  not  by 
Mr.  Vigors,  who  regards  them  as  distinct.  It  is  to 
the  dentirostral  tribe  that  the  Flycatchers  belong. 
They  are  characterized  by  a  depressed  beak,  bioad 
at  the  base,  and  garnished  with  vibrissce.  The  wings 
are  more  or  less  rounded.  The  smaller  species  live 
exclusively  on  insects,  which  they  take  on  the  wmg, 
launching  from  a  branch,  or  other  post  of  observa- 
tion, and,  having  etf'ected  then-  capture,  wheeling 
abruptly  round,  and  again  settling  on  the  same  spot. 
Our  spotted  flycatcher  may  be  regarded  as  typic<il  of 
the  family. 

1372,  1373  (a). — The  Spotted  Fltcatcheb 

(Muscicapa  grisola,  Linn.).  This  is  the  Gobe- 
mouche  proprement  dit  of  Button ;  Gobemouche 
gris  of  Temrainck ;  Fliegenfanger  and  Getieckter 
Fliegenfanger  of  the  Germans  ;  Stoparola  of  Aldro- 
vandus  and  Ray  ;  y  Gvvybedog  of  the  ancient  British  ; 
Spotted  Flycatcher  and  (provincial)  Beam-bird, 
Rafter,  Post-bird,  &c.,  of  the  modern  British. 

This  pretty  little  bird  is  one  of  our  summer  visi- 
tors. On  the  Continent  it  is  very  extensively  spread, 
advancing  northwards  even  to  the  borders  of  the 
arctic  regions.  In  our  island  it  arrives  in  May,  and 
departs  at  the  close  of  September,  or  beginning  of 
October,  rearing,  as  far  as  we  have  been  able  to 
ascertain,  only  a  single  brood. 

The  flycatcher  is  retired  in  its  habits,  frequenting 
embowered  retreats,  shady  gardens,  orchards,  and 
groves,  where  the  foliage  affords  it  concealment ; 
not  indeed  that  it  is  timid,  for  if  not  rudely  disturbed, 
it  will  allow  itself  to  be  closely  watched  during  the 
performance  of  its  aerial  evolutions  in  the  pursuit  of 
its  insect  food.  It  generally  chooses  for  its  perch 
and  observatory  the  liough  of  a  fruit-tree,  or  one  of 
the  lower  branches  of  the  elm,  or  other  tree  of  tall 
growth ;  whence  it  takes  short  abrupt  circling 
flights,  returning  to  the  same,  or  an  adjacent  twig. 
We  have  often  observed  these  birds  thuS  engaged, 
darting  in  chace  of  their  prey  at  almost  regular  inter- 
vals, for  half  an  hour  together,  and  returning  after 
each  flight  to  the  same  post  of  observation. 

The  note  of  the  flycatcher  is  a  weak  chirp,  which 
is  seldom  uttered  after  the  production  of  its  young. 
The  nest  of  this  bird  is  built  in  diflerent  situations, 
as  convenience  may  dictate ;  we  have  very  fre- 
quently seen  it  between  the  branch  of  a  tiained 
Imit-tree  and  the  wall,  or  in  holes  of  the  wall  hid- 
den by  foliage.  It  will  build  also  in  the  holes  of 
aged  gnarled  trees,  upon  the  ends  of  beams  in  out- 
houses, and  in  other  appropriate  places  of  conceal- 
ment. The  eggs  are  five  in  number,  of  a  greyish 
white,  marked  with  pale  orange-brown  spots.  When 
the  young  are  able  to  fly,  the  parents  lead  them  to 
some  branch,  and  supply  them  with  food  ;  but  they 
soon  learn  to  chase  their  own  prey,  and  become 
expert  and  quick  in  the  pursuit.  Pennant  and  other 
writers  state  that  the  flycatcher  is  partial  to  cherries 
and  other  fruit ;  but  this  is  unquestionably  a  mis- 
take :  we  have  had  the  opportunity  of  well  investi- 
gating the  habits  of  this  bird,  and  soft  insects,  as  far 
as  our  observations  warrant,  are  its  only  food.  We 
have,  however,  had  several  times  to  plead  in  its 
favour,  for  gardeners  seem  to  think  that  all  birds 
devour  fruit,  and  frequent  the  garden  principally  for 
that  purpose. 

Tlie  spotted  flycatcher  is  about  the  size  of  the 
redbreast.  The  crown  of  the  head  is  brownish,  ob- 
scurely spotted  with  adeeper  tint;  all  the  upper  parts 
of  the  body  are  ash-brown  or  mouse-colour ;  the 
wings  and  tail  more  dusky.  The  whole  of  the  under 
surface  is  white,  the  throat,  chest,  and  sides  being 
marked  with  narrow  dashes  of  reddish  brown. 

1373  (6). — The  Pied  Flycatcher 

{Mttscicapa  luctuosa).  This  is  a  rare  British  species, 
and  though  it  has  been  supposed  by  some  to  be 
indigenous,  is  certainly  a  bird  of  passage  ;  and  Mr. 
Selby  is  inclined  to  consider  the  few  individuals  met 
with  during  the  summer  as  birds  driven  out  of  the 
track  of  their  polar  migration,  and  he  adduces  the 
following  tact  in  corroboration  of  his  opinion:—"  In 
May,  1822,  after  a  very  severe  storm  of  wind  and 
rain  from  the  south-east,  several  of  these  birds  made 
their  appearance  in  Northumberland,  and  I  procured 
specimens  of  both  sexes,  the  males  being  in  diflerent 
states  of  progress  towards  the  summer's  plumage. 
As  the  weather  continued  cold  for  some  days  sub- 
sequent to  their  appearance,  they  were  obliged  to 
resort  to  dunghills  and  other  warm  situations  for  a 
supply  of  their  natural  food.  After  remaining  for 
about  a  fortnight  to  recruit  their  strength,  for  at 
tiist  they  exliil)iled  great  weakness,  they  all  disap- 
peaied,  nor  could  I  a.scertain  that  a  single  pair  re- 
mained in  that  neighbourhood  during  the  season  of 
incubation."     Notwithstanding  this,  we  believe  this 


species  purposely  visits  our  island,  though  it  is  rare, 
and  restricted  to  certain  localilies,  principally  in 
the  midland  counties.  We  once  saw  a  pair  in 
Cheshire.  Colonel  Montagu  remarks  that  great 
numbers  may  be  seen  at  Lowther  Castle,  Westmore- 
land, where  it  has  bred  for  many  years.  They  are 
said  to  arrive  here  about  the  middle  of  April.  "  The 
males,  soon  after  their  arrival,  should  the  weather 
be  favourable,  will  frequently  sit  for  a  considerable 
period  on  the  decayed  branch  of  a  tree,  constantly 
repeating  their  short,  little  varied,  though  far  from 
unpleasant  song,  every  now  and  then  interrupted  by 
the  pursuit  and  capture  of  some  passing  insect. 
Their  alarm  note  is  not  very  unlike  the  word '  chuck,' 
which  they  commonly  repeat  two  or  three  times 
when  approached,  and  which  leads  to  their  detec- 
tion." 

According  to  Temminck,  this  species  is  very 
abundant  in  the  southern  provinces  of  Europe  and 
along  the  coasts  of  the  Mediterranean ;  it  is  found 
in  the  central  parts  of  France  and  Germany,  and 
also  in  Italy.  In  its  manners  it  resembles  the  spotted 
flycatcher,  and  breeds  in  the  holes  of  decayed  trees, 
forming  a  nest  of  leaves,  bark,  and  hay,  lined  with 
hair  and  feathers.  The  eggs  are  five  in  number,  of 
a  pale  greenish  blue.  The  moult  of  this  bird  is 
double,  occurring  in  autumn  and  again  in  spring. 
In  autumn  the  male  assumes  a  livery  like  that  of 
the  female,  but  in  spring  he  puts  on  a  brighter 
dress ;  the  forehead,  and  a  band  across  each  wing, 
occupying  the  greater  coverts,  are  pure  white,  as  is 
the  under  surface  of  the  body ;  general  plumage 
above,  black.  In  the  female  (and  male,  in  winter) 
the  forehead  is  of  a  dull  dirty  white,  and  the  upper 
parts  are  blackish  grey.  Length,  five  inches.  This 
is  the  Gobemouche-becfigue  of  the  French  ;  and  in 
October  numbers  are  killed  in  the  south  of  Europe 
for  the  table,  together  with  an  allied  species,  the 
Muscicapa  albicollis. 

1374. — The  Fan-tailed  Flycatcher 
{RMpidura  flaMlifera).  Muscicapa  flabellifera, 
Gmelin.  This  beautiful  species  is  a  native  of  New 
Holland,  where  it  is  very  common.  Mr.  Caley  says 
that  it  abounds  about  Paramatta,  where  he  conjec- 
tures it  to  remain  stationary  throughout  the  year. 
It  is  insectivorous,  and  in  its  habits  much  resembles 
our  spotted  flycatcher.  It  frequents,  says  Mr. 
Caley,  the  small  trees  and  bushes,  from  which  it 
darts  suddenly  at  its  prey,  spreading  out  its  tail  like 
a  fan,  and  to  appearance  turning  over  like  a  tumbler 
pigeon,  and  then  immediately  returning  to  the  same 
twig  or  bough  from  which  it  sprang.  These  actions 
it  continues  to  repeat  for  a  long  time  together.  He 
adds  that  the  skin  is  very  tender,  and  that  when 
taken  oft'  the  body  it  is  difficult  to  restore  it  to  any- 
thing like  proper  form. 

The  general  colour  of  this  bird  is  brownish  black ; 
a  stripe  above  the  eye  and  a  spot  behind  are  white, 
as  are  the  throat  and  points  of  the  wing-coverts ; 
the  tail  is  long,  ample,  and  rounded,  and  the  lateral 
feathers  composing  it  are  more  or  less  white,  there 
being  some  degree  of  variation  in  the  extent  to 
which  this  colour  pervades  them.  Under  parts,  fer- 
ruginous white.  It  is  principally  in  the  form  of  the 
tail  and  the  lengthof  the  wings  that  the  ditt'erence  be- 
tween the  genera  Rhipidura  and  Muscicapa  consist.s. 

1375. — The  Nest  or  A  species  of  Flycatciiee. 

This  woven  nest  is  figured  by  Le  Vaillant  in.  his 
'Birds  of  Africa:' — "  It  is,  I  believe,"  he  writes,  "the 
nest  of  the  Tchitrec  (Muscicapa  crihtata,  Latham) ; 
for  though  I  have  never  captured  the  bird  of  this 
species  on  the  nest,  and  am  not  therefore  certain  of 
the  fact,  my  good  Klass,  a  faithful,  if  not  a  pro- 
found observer,  assured  me  that  it  was.  In  one  of 
our  journeys  through  a  wood  of  mimosas,  in  the 
country  of  the  Caftres,  he  discovered  and  brought 
me  this  nest,  having  seen,  he  said,  and  particularly 
observed  a  male  and  female  tchitrec  occupied  in 
constructing  it.  It  is  remarkable  for  its  peculiar 
form,  bearing  a  strong  resemblance  to  a  small  horn 
suspended  with  the  point  downwards,  between  two 
branches.  Its  greatest  diameter  was  two  inches, 
whence  it  gradually  diminished."  It  was  composed 
of  a  close  and  laboriously  woven  tissue  of  slender 
threads,  taken  from  the  bark  of  certain  shrubs  ;  the 
depth  of  the  cavity  for  containing  the  eggs  was  not 
more  than  three  inches ;  and  beyond  this  extended 
the  conical  mass  of  felt. 

To  the  group  of  flycatchers  belongs  the  Kingbird 
of  America  (  Tyranmis  intrepidm),  so  celebrated  for 
its  spirit,  and  its  daring  attacks  upon  eagles,  hawks, 
crows,  &c.,  during  the  time  of  breeding,  while  the 
patient  female  is  brooding  over  her  eggs.  We  may 
also  enumerate  the  genus  Pha;nicornis,  by  some  con- 
sidered, and  perhaps  correctly,  as  belonging  to  the 
next  family ;  as  is  also  Tyrannus. 

Family  LANIADiE  (SHRIKES). 

This  family  comprises  a  numerous  and  widely-dis- 
persed a>scmblage  of  birds,  all  of  insectivorous 
habits,  and   many  of  even   carnivorous  appetite  ; 


attacking  small  birds  and  quadrupeds,  and  display- 
ing unexpected  ferocity  of  disposition.  The  beak 
is  strong,  decidedly  toothed,  compressed  laterally, 
and  often  hooked  at  the  tip.  The  claws  are  fine 
and  sharp.  These  birds  take  their  prey,  like  the 
flycatchers,  by  darting  suddenly  upon  it  from  some 
post  of  observation,  and  in  other  respects  approach 
the  Muscicapidae,  of  which  some  of  the  groups,  viz., 
Tyrannus  and  Phienicornis,  &c.,  are  by  many  natu- 
ralists placed  within  the  pale  of  the  Laniadae,  as  we 
have  already  stated.  Fig.  1376  represents  the  Head 
and  Foot  of  the  Lanius  Excubitor,  or  Butcher-Bird, 
one  of  the  typical  species.  Fig.  1377  represents 
the  Head  of  one  of  the  Drongo  Shrikes  (Tephrodornis 
superciliosus)  ;  and  1378  the  Head  of  one  of  the 
genus  Telophonus. 

1376. — The  Bdtcheh-Bibd 

{Lanius  Excubitor).  This  is  the  Castrica  palombina 
and  Averla  maggiore  of  the  Italians ;  the  Pie 
Grieche  grise  and  Pie  grisatre  of  the  French  ;  Torn- 
Skade  of  the  Danes;  Warfogel  of  the  Swedes;  Kla- 
vert  of  the  Norwegians ;  the  Berg-Aelster,  Gro.ssere 
Neuntoder,  and  Gemeine  Wiirger  of  the  Germans  ; 
Greater  Butcher-Bird  or  Mattagess  of  Willughby; 
Mountain  Magpie,  Murdering  Pie,  Great  Grey 
Shrike,  Shreek,  and  Shrike  of  the  modern  British, 
and  Cigydd  Mawr  of  the  ancient  British. 

This  bird  is  only  an  occasional  visitor  to  the 
British  Islands.  Mr.  Selby  observes,  that  by  most 
Brili.sh  ornithologists  it  has  been  mentioned  as  arriv- 
ing in  spring,  and  departing  in  autumn,  which 
would  imply  that  it  breeds  in  this  country,  and  is  a 
regular  periodical  visitant : — "  from  this  view  of  its 
habits  I  must  be  permitted  to  dissent;  all  the  speci- 
mens that  have  come  under  my  observation  having 
been  killed  in  the  months  of  November,  December, 
and  January."  We  know  not  how  to  reconcile 
this  with  the  following  passage  (by  J.  Rennie,  Esq., 
A.M.)  in  the  '  Library  of  Entertaining  Know- 
ledge—Architecture of  Birds,'  p.  3 : — "  A  gentle- 
man, who  was  fond  of  reading  Bufibn,  and  similar 
works  on  natural  history,  but  who  seldom  looked 
into  the  great  book  of  nature  itself,  expressed  to  us 
his  doubts  of  the  account  originally  given  by  Heck- 
welder  of  the  Butcher-bird  sticking  insects  on  the 
point  of  a  thorn,  as  a  bait  to  allure  small  birds 
within  its  reach.  He  never  thought,  however,  of 
disproving  or  ascertaining  the  circumstance,  and 
was  surprised  beyond  measure  to  be  intbrmed  that 
at  least  one  species  of  the  Butcher-bird  (Lanius 
Collurio)  was  as  common  in  his  immediate  neigh- 
bourhood as  the  song-thrush,  and  therefore  oppor- 
tunities of  observing  its  manners  could  not  be  want- 
ing. To  satisfy  ourselves,  as  well  as  to  settle  the 
doubts  of  our  friend,  we  undertook  to  watch  the 
proceedings  of  the  species  just  named,  as  also  of 
the  great  Butcher-bird  (Lanius  Excubitor),  both 
of  which  are  so  common  that  we  found  half  a  dozen 
of  the  nests  of  each  within  five  miles  of  Lee,  in 
Kent.  We  discovered  that  near  those  nests  large 
insects,  such  as  humble  bees,  and  also  that  the  un- 
fledged nesthngs  of  small  birds,  were  stuck  upon  the 
thorns."  Fig.  1380  represents  the  nest.  For  our- 
selves we  have  never  seen  the  Lanius  Excubitor  in 
a  state  of  nature,  nor  indeed  were  we  aware  that  it 
was  anywhere  common  in  England,  or  that  it  bred 
here.  In  Fiance  and  the  middle  and  southern  dis- 
tricts of  Europe  it  is  tolerably  abundant,  and  does 
not  appear  to  be  a  bird  of  true  migratory  habits. 
The  butcher-bird  feeds  upon  mice,  shrews,  small 
birds,  frogs,  lizards,  and  large  insects.  Its  larger 
victims  it  kills  by  striking  them  on  the  head  with 
its  beak,  and  then  either  holding  them  in  its  sharp 
claws  and  pulling  them  to  pieces,  in  the  manner 
of  hawks,  or,  as  is  most  usual,  fixing  them  on  a 
thorn;  it  does  the  same  with  insects,  not  however 
to  allure  birds  but  to  secure  its  prey.  Mr.  Selby 
says,  "I  had  the  gratification  of  witnessing  this  ope 
ration  of  the  Shrike  upon  a  hedge-sparrow  (A(!centor 
modularis)  which  it  had  just  killed,  and  the  skin  of 
which,  still  attached  to  the  thorn,  is  now  in  my  pos- 
session. In  this  instance,  after  killing  the  bird,  it 
hovered  with  the  prey  on  its  bill,  a  short  time  over 
the  hedge,  apparently  occupied  in  selecting  a  thorn 
fit  for  its  purpose.  Upon  disturbing  it  and  advanc- 
ing to  the  spot,  I  found  the  Accentor  firmly  fixed 
by  the  tendons  of  the  wing  to  the  selected  twig." 
When  kept  in  a  cage  the  butcher  acts  in  a  similar 
manner,  and  twists  his  victim  in  the  wires,  so  as  to 
secure  it  while  he  tears  it  to  pieces.  We  have  seen 
the  New  Holland  butcher-bird  (Vanga  destructor) 
in  captivity  act  in  the  same  manner,  and  after 
strangling  a  mouse,  or  crushing  its  skull,  double 
it  through  the  wires  of  its  cage,  and  with  every  de- 
monstration of  savage  triumph  proceed  to  tear  it 
limb  from  limb,  and  devour  it.  By  way  of  digres- 
sion we  may  here  observe  that  this  bird  had  the 
talent  of  imitation,  and  had  learned  to  sing  several 
bars  ot  airs  witli  a  lull-toned  musical  voice.  It  exe- 
cuted the  first  part  of  '  Over  the  Water  to  Charlie  ' 
with  a  spirit  that  would  have  gone  to  the  heart  of  an 
old  Jacobite. 


I3(ia.-^mt  or  Batcber-IM. 


1382 SpotMd  Biub-i'teUo. 


la»lf~Vttlfm  Buk«lirnie; 


IS'TS.— Bm  of  Tdophonra  lencogrammicus. 


1377.  —Head  of  Dningo  ShiBc*. 


1N4.— Cnnningbnn'i-BiahfSlinhe, 


13;6.— Head  and  Foot  of  Batcha^4>ird. 


,v  .     '^    -^ 


)J79.— Butclier-Mrd. 


1385.— Ilaliau, 


304 


1386.— Scaled  Fruit-Crow. 


^^^) 


1387.— Bald  Fruit-Crow. 


138IJ.— Bare-necked  Fruit-Crow. 


^W'7i^ 


1391.— Peruvian  Cock  of  the  Rock. 


1394.— Cedar- Bird. 


1390.— Cock  of  the  Rock. 


No 


.39. 


I3SI3.— Bohemian  Chatterer. 


lS89^Umbrella.Bird. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


/qy^    ^ 


/'J^  ,-*;  \\ 0 


1392.— Green  Calyptomena. 


805 


306 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Chatterers. 


The  term  excubitor,  or  sentinel,  W8»  (jiven  to  the 
butcher-bird  by  Linnseu*.  from  it«  vigilance  in 
watchint;  against  hawks  and  other  bird*  of  that 
tribe,  whose  approach  it  i«  ever  the  first  to  perceive, 
uttering  at  the  same  time  a  auenilous  chattering,  in- 
dicative no  doubt  of  fear  and  dislilce.  Hence  on  the 
Continent  it  is  used  by  persons  engaged  in  the  cap- 
ture of  the  Peregrine  falcon.  The  mode  is  thus 
stated  by  Sir  John  Sebright,  in  his  '  Observations 
upon  Hawking:" — The  slight  or  Peregrine  falcons, 
he  says,  which  are  brought  to  this  country  in  the 
tpring,  to  be  used  in  flying  herons,  are  caught  in 
tne  preceding  autumn  and  winter  on  the  heaths 
near  Falconsweard,  as  they  pass  towards  the  south 
and  east.  These  hawks  are  taken,  he  tells  us,  by 
placing  in  a  favourable  situation  a  small  bow  net, 
to  arranged  as  to  be  drawn  over  <]uickly  by  a  long 
string  that  is  attached  to  it.  A  pigeon  of  a  light 
colour  is  tied  on  the  ground  as  a  bait ;  and  the  fal- 
coner is  concealed,  at  a  convenient  distance,  in  a 
hut  made  of  turf,  to  which  the  string  reaches.  A 
butcher-bird  (I.anius  Excubitor),  that  is,  the  Warder 
butcher-bird,  from  the  look-out  that  he  keeps  for 
the  falcon,  is  tied  on  the  ground  near  the  hut ;  and 
two  pieces  of  turf  are  so  set  up  as  to  serve  him  as 
well  for  a  place  of  shelter  from  the  weather  as  of 
retreat  from  the  falcon.  The  falconer  employs  him- 
self in  some  sedentary  occupation,  relying  upon  the 
vigilance  of  the  butcher-bird  to  warn  him  of  the 
approach  of  a  hawk.  This  he  never  fails  to  do,  by 
screaming  loudly  when  he  perceives  his  enemy  at  a 
distance,  and  by  running  under  the  turf  when  the 
haw!<  draws  near.  The  falconer  is  thus  prepared 
to  pull  the  net  the  moment  that  the  falcon  has 
pounced  upon  the  pigeon. 

The  nest  is  generally  built  on  trees,  and  is  framed 
of  grass-stalks,  roots,  and  moss,  with  a  lining  of 
down  or  wool.  The  eggs,  from  four  to  six,  or, 
according  to  Temminck,  from  five  to  seven,  are 
bluish  or  greyish-white,  spotted  on  the  larger  end 
with  light  brown  and  ash. 

The  colouring  of  the  adult  male  is  as  follows  : — 
Head,  nape,  and  back  fine  bright  ash ;  a  large 
black  band  passing  beneath  the  eyes  and  covering 
the  orifices  of  the  ears ;  lower  part  pure  white ; 
wings  short,  black  ;  origin  ofthe  quills  and  extremity 
of  the  secondaries  pure  white ;  two  external  tail- 
feathers  white  ;  the  third  black  towards  the  centre, 
the  fourth  terminated  by  a  great  white  space,  and 
the  fifth  by  a  less  extensive  space ;  the  two  middle 
ones  entirely  black ;  bill  and  feet  deep  black. 
Length  nine  or  ten  inches. 

The  young  male  resembles  the  female. 

Female  : — Upper  parts  less  bright  ash  ;  lower 
parts  whitish,  each  breast-feather  terminated  by  a 
crescent  of  bright  ash  ;  less  white  at  the  extremity 
of  the  secondaries,  and  more  black  on  the  origin  of 
the  tail-feathers. 

Total  length,  nine  inches. 

1381. — ViGORs's  Busr-Shrikb 

{ThamnophUus  Vigorsii).  The  birds  of  this  genus 
are  natives  of  South  America,  and  tenant  wooded 
districts,  lurking  and  prying  among  thick  bushes 
and  underwood,  in  quest  of  reptiles,  nestlings,  small 
birds,  and  mammalia;  the  beak  is  strong,  and  the 
upper  mandible  curved  at  the  tip  ;  the  tarsi  are 
long ;  and  in  one  division  of  the  genus  the  tail  is 
•  produced  to  a  considerable  extent  beyond  the  wings. 
To  this  belongs  the  Thamnophilus  Vigorsii — a 
species  of  large  size  and  predatory  habits.  The 
rounded  wing  and  long  tarsi  indicate  its  adaptation 
to  the  localities  it  frequents,  while  its  robust  and 
hooked  and  compressed  bill  announces  the  nature 
of  its  food.  This  species  is  about  thirteen  inches  in 
length :  in  the  male,  the  back,  wings,  and  tail  are 
black,  broadly  banded  with  fulvous,  and  the  under 
part  ofthe  body  is  of  a  dirty  whitish  brown  ;  on  the 
head  is  a  rufous  crest  tinged  with  black  at  the 
apex ;  in  the  female  the  bands  are  whitish,  the 
crest  blackish,  and  the  under  parts  ash-colour. 

1382. — The  Spotted  Bush-Shrikb 

{Thamnophilus  ruevius).  This  species  is  an  example 
of  the  division  characterized  by  a  comparatively 
short  and  rounded  tail.  The  general  colour  of  the 
spotted  bush-shrike  is  black ;  the  back  being  ash- 
coloured  with  dashes  of  white  anteriorly ;  the  wings 
are  variegated  also  with  white.  The  under  parts 
of  the  body  are  ash-coloured.  The  habits  of  this 
bird  much  resemble  those  of  the  common  butcher- 
bird ;  insects  and  small  quadrupeds,  &c.  being  its 
prey. 

1383.— The  Cayenne  Shrike 

(Psarii,  Cayanensis).  Lanius  Cayanus,  Gmelin ; 
Pie-gneche  grise  de  Cayenne  of  Buffon.  Bill  large, 
thick,  subcylindrical ;  tip  abruptly  bent,  and  notched. 
Head  large,  and  depressed ;  wings  long.  The 
examples  of  the  genus  Psaris  (Cuvier)  are  all  South 
American ;  the  present  species  is  common  in  Ca- 
yenne, and,  according  to  Cuvier,  its  manners  are 
those  of  our  European  butcher-bird.  (Jeneral  colour, 
fine  ashy-grey  ;  head,  wings,  and  tail  black. 


1384. — Cunningham's  Shrikb 

(^Gubemeles  Cunninghami,  VigoraV  The  manners 
of  this  shrike  resemble  those  of  the  preceding 
species ;  its  flight  is  quick,  and  it  preys  upon  large 
insects.  Mr.  Vigors  observes  that  this  bird,  which 
he  named  after  Colonel  Cunningham  of  Rio  Janeiro, 
appears  to  have  a  considerable  affinity  to  the  genus 
Psaris  of  Cuvier  in  the  str\icture  of  its  bill  and  wings, 
but  that  it  differs  from  it  by  other  such  essential 
characters  as  to  have  induced  hiui  to  place  it  in  a 
separate  genus. 

General  colour  ash-grey,  longitudinally  lineated 
with  brown ;  throat  and  rump  white  ;  a  pectoral 
lunulate  band  of  purplish-brown ;  wings  and  tail 
brownish-black.  Quill  feathers  longitudinally  banded 
with  ferruginous. 

1385.— The  Common  Piaha" 

{Quenita  nihricoOis).  Mr.  Swainson  observes  that 
by  some  cf  the  Linnaean  writers  this  remarkable  bird 
is  classed  as  a  Muscicapa ;  while  by  others,  even 
among  the  moderns,  it  is  considered  an  Ampelis ; 
and  he  thinks  that  both  of  these  opinions  may  be 
reconciled,  by  viewing  it — as  it  stands  in  his  arrange- 
ment— as  the  connecting  link  between  these  fami- 
lies. He  remarks  that  all  the  other  flycatchers, 
according  to  his  system,  so  far  as  we  yet  know,  feed 
entirely  upon  insects ;  but  there  is  unquestionable 
testimony  that  this  species  lives  also  upon  fruits,  thus 
uniting  in  itself  the  characteristic  of  the  two  families 
which  it  connects.  In  the  bill,  he  adds,  there  is 
much  ofthe  form  and  strength  of  that  of  Psaris,  but 
it  is  wide  and  more  depressed ;  whilst  the  stiff 
bristles  at  the  rictus  betray  its  insectivorous  habit : 
the  feet  are  remarkably  short  for  the  size  of  the 
bird,  and  are  calculated  only,  like  those  of  the  Am- 
pelidae,  for  perching.  All  these  characters,  in  the 
opinion  of  Mr.  Swainson,  not  only  point  out  this 
genus  as  the  fissirostral  type,  but  perfect  the  union 
of  the  families  of  Muscieapidae  and  Ampelidae. 

Looking  at  its  affinity  to  Psaris,  we  venture  to 
place  it,  but  with  doubt,  within  the  border-line  of 
the  Laniadse.  The  Piahau,  so  called  from  its  cry, 
is  a  native  of  America,  living  in  troops,  in  the 
woods,  and  feeding  on  insects  and  fruits.  Its  gene- 
ral colour  is  black,  with  a  purple  throat.  It  is  the 
Muscicapa  rubricollis  of  Gmelin. 

Family  CORACINID^. 

The  birds  of  this  family,  termed  Fruit-Crows  by 
Mr.  Swainson,  are  regarded  by  that  naturalist  as 
constituting  a  subfamily  of  the  Corvidae  (Crows). 
Lesson  and  others  place  the  birds  in  question  among 
the  Chatterers  (Ampelidae) ;  and  Cuvier,  who  places 
them  before  the  Ampelidae,  or,  as  he  calls  them, 
Cotingas,  observes  that  they  have  certain  links  of 
affinity  to  some  of  the  Flycatchers. 

In  their  habits  they  appear  to  be  arboreal,  feeding 
upon  berries :  the  beak  is  depressed  and  smooth, 
angular  above  ;  slightly  curved  at  the  point,  which 
is  minutely  toothed;  the  lower  mandible  a  little 
flattened  below. 

1386.  The  Scaled  Fruit-Crow 
(Coracina  scutata).  This  beautiful  bird  is  a  native 
of  the  forests  of  Brazil ;  its  general  plumage  is 
glossy  black,  with  the  exception  of  the  throat  and 
chest,  which  are  of  a  fine  rose-red.  We  have  no 
particular  details  of  its  habits. 

1387.— The  Bald  Fruit-Crow 

(Gt/mnocephalus  calvus);  Corvus  calvus,  Latham; 
Capuchin  Bald-head;  Oiseau  mon  Pfire  of  the 
Creoles  of  Cayenne.  This  singular  species,  which 
constitutes  the  type  of  the  genus  Gymnocephalus, 
equals  a  crow  in  size  ;  it  is  of  the  colour  of  Spanish 
snufF,  or  as  some  term  it,  a  Capuchin  colour, 
whence  the  Creole  name  Oiseau  mon  Pere.  The 
quills  and  the  tail-feathers  are  black.  The  whole 
anterior  part  of  the  head  is  destitute  of  feathers; 
and  from  this  circumstance  and  the  size  of  the  beak, 
the  expression  of  the  face,  if  the  word  face  be 
aL'owed,  is  very  remarkable.  BothLe  Vaillant  and 
Vieillot  assert  that  it  is  not  until  the  bird  is  adult 
that  the  feathers  of  the  head  are  lost,  and  that  pre- 
viously to  this  stage  the  whole  is  well  covered, 
whence  the  latter  author,  noticing  that  on  this 
account  it  has  been  compared  to  the  rook,  which 
loses  the  feathers  around  the  base  of  its  bill,  adds 
that  the  comparison  is  just ;  for,  like  the  rook,  it  has 
no  part  of  the  head  naked  until  it  has  arrived  at 
complete  maturity.  Lesson,  however,  seems  to 
doubt  the  assertion  of  Vieillot,  and  states  that  he 
saw  twenty  specimens  at  Rochefort,  all  of  which 
had  the  face  bare  of  feathers ;  but  it  may  be  ob- 
served that  in  all  probability  the  birds  were  adult, 
a  point  which  Lesson  seems  to  have  disregarded. 
Locality,  Guiana. 

1388.— The  Bark-necked  Fruit-Crow  \ 

(Gtfmnodenis  fxtidus) ;  Col-nu,  BiifFon ;  Corvus 
nudus,  Latham  ;  Gracula  nudicollis,  Shaw  ;  Gracula 
foetida,  Linn.     In  size  this  bird  equals  a  jackdaw,  | 


but  the  body  is  thick  and  fleshy ;  the  sides  of  the 
neck  are  entirely  naked,  presenting  only  a  few 
traces  of  down.  The  upper  part  of  the  head,  the 
back  of  the  neck  and  throat,  are  covered  with  small 
close-set  feathers,  producing  the  appearance  of 
black  velvet.  The  wing-coverts  and  edges  of  the 
middle  quill-fealheni  are  of  a  bluish-grey  ;  the  rest 
of  the  plumage  is  black  in  the  male,  brownish- 
black  in  the  female.  Native  regions,  Br>'il  and 
Guiana. 

1389.— The  Umbrella-Bird 

{CKphalopterua  omatvs).  This  rare  and  beautiful 
bird  is  distinguished  by  a  crest  of  full  outspreading 
plumes  which  tower  above  its  head  and  fall  over 
the  beak,  reminding  us  of  the  crest  of  a  Grecian 
helmet.  From  the  upper  part  of  the  chest  depends 
a  sort  of  pelerine  or  apron  of  square-edged  feathers ; 
the  tail  is  graduated  ;  the  bill  is  strong  and  robust ; 
the  whole  of  the  plumage  is  jet-black,  with  rich 
violet  reflexions,  especially  on  the  crest  and  chest 
plumes.  The  umbrella-bird  equals  a  jay  in  size, 
but  of  its  manners  and  habits  nothing  is  known.  It 
is  a  native  of  Brazil,  and  the  borders  ofthe  Amazon 
and  its  tributary  rivers.  Lesson,  indeed,  in  refer- 
ence to  the  specimen  in  the  Paris  Museum,  states 
that  though  the  belief  was  that  it  came  from  Bi-azil, 
a  well-informed  Portuguese  told  him  that  it  was 
brought  from  Goa  (Malabar).  We  hesitate  not  to 
affirm  that  there  is  in  this  statement  some  mistake  : 
if  brought  from  Goa,  it  was  first  taken  there,  and 
thence  to  Lisbon,  whence  it  was  forwarded  to  M. 
GeofFroy  St.  Hilaire. 

Family  AMPELID^  (CHATTERERS). 

Bill  stout,  variable  in  length  ;  feet  strong,  the  outer 
toe  united  to  the  middle  toe  as  far  or  beyond  the 
first  joint.     Food,  chiefly  berries. 

1390.— The  Cock  of  the  Rock 

(liupicola  auraniia)  ;  Rupicola  Cayana,  Swainson  ; 
Rupicola  elcgans,  Stephens;  Rupicola  crocea; 
Rock  Manakin.  In  the  genus  Rupicola  the  bill  is 
moderate,  robust,  and  vaulted  above  ;  the  nostrils 
are  oval,  but  hidden  by  an  elevated  fan-like  crest, 
which  covers  the  top  of  the  head ;  the  wings  are 
moderate  and  rounded  ;  the  tail  short  and  square. 

The  Cock  ofthe  Rock  is  a  native  of  South  Ame- 
rica, tenanting  the  rocky  districts  along  the  rivers  of 
Cayenne,  Surinam,  &c.,  and  is  probably  to  be  found 
along  the  river  Amazon  and  most  of  its  tributaiy 
branches.  Latham  states  that  it  is  nowhere  so  fre- 
quent as  on  the  mountain  Luca,  near  the  river  Oya- 
pok,  in  Guiana,  and  on  the  mountain  Courouraye, 
near  the  river  Aprouack,  where  it  builds  in  ca- 
vernous hollows  and  dark  recesses :  the  nest  is 
made  of  twigs  and  dry  herbage,  and  the  eggs  are  J 
two  in  number,  of  a  white  colour,  and  are  equal  in  i 
size  to  those  of  a  pigeon. 

In  its  habits  and  manners  this  beautiful  bird  is 
shy  and  recluse,  resorting  to  silent  glens  and  rocky 
ravines,  where  it  appears  to  pass  an  undisturbed 
existence.  Its  flight  is  rapid  ;  its  food  consists  of 
berries  and  the  smaller  wild  plants.  Waterton  in- 
forms us  that  it  is  found  in  the  woody  mountains  ol 
Macousia,  a  tract  on  the  Apourapoura — one  of  the 
tributaries  of  the  Essequibo  from  the  south — and 
inhabited  by  the  Macoushi  (or  Macusi)  Indians, 
celebrated  for  their  skill  in  preparing  the  urari,  or 
deadly  vegetable  poison  with  which  they  smear  the 
points  of  their  arrows.  This  bird,  he  says,  retires  to 
hide  in  the  daytime  amongst  the  darkest  rocks,  and 
comes  out  to  feed  only  just  before  sunrise  and  at 
the  hour  of  sunset.  Its  disposition  is  gloomy  and 
unsocial,  and  it  never  joins  company  with  other 
birds  ofthe  forest.  The  Cock  of  the  Rock  is  about 
the  size  of  a  pigeon ;  the  general  plumage  is  of  a 
bright  orange  yellow  or  rich  saffron;  a  compressed 
crest,  like  that  of  a  Greek  helmet,  surmounts  the 
head,  and  is  varied  along  the  summit  with  brown 
and  yellow.  The  secondary  quill-feathers  and  the 
tail-coverts  are  square,  as  if  cut  at  the  ends  with  a 
pair  of  scissors.  The  feathers  of  the  back  and  the 
wing-coverts  are  elongated  into  loose  flowing 
plumes ;  the  tail  is  brown,  tipped  with  yellow ;  the 
bill  and  tarsi  rosy-white.  The  female  is  ratlier 
smaller  than  the  male,  with  a  less  elevated  crest, 
and  of  a  uniform  bistre  brown.  No  living  specimen, 
as  far  as  we  are  aware,  has  ever  been  brought  to 
Europe. 

1391.- ThePeruvian  Cock  of  the  Rock 

(Rupicola  Penivimia)  ;  Chiachia  lacca  of  the  Mex- 
icans. This  bird  appears  to  be  a  native  of  the  inte- 
rior of  Pern  and  Mexico,  and  specimens  have  been 
brought  to  Europe  from  Lima.  For  some  time  this 
species  was  regarded  as  a  variety  of  the  Rupicola 
aurantia,  from  which  however  it  is  perfectly  dis- 
tinct, being  a  larger  bird,  with  a  longer  tail  in  pro- 
portion. Its  crest  is  not  compressed,  nor  are  the 
feathers  ofthe  back  and  wing-coverts  plumose  and 
filiform,  as  in  the  former  species.  If  differs  also  m 
colouring.    The  general  tint  is  bright  orange,  but 


Chatterers.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


307 


I 


the  quill  and  tail  feathers  are  deep  black,  and  the 
middle  wing  coverts  are  bright  ash-grey.  The 
crest  is  of  a  uniform  tint,  wanting  the  deeper- 
coloured  semicircular  line  edging  the  helmet-like 
crest  of  the  preceding.  Of  its  habits  and  manners 
nothing  is  known,  but  we  may  safely  infer  that  they 
resemble  those  of  the  Rupicofa  aurantia. 

1392. — The  Green  Calyptomena 
(Calt/ptomena  viridis).  In  the  genus  Calyptomena 
the  bill  is  depressed  and  wide  at  the  base,  curved 
or  hooked  at  the  point,  and  nearly  hidden  by  the 
feathers  of  the  crest,  which  is  erect  and  com- 
pressed ;  the  wings  are  ample  ;  the  tail  is  short ;  the 
middle  and  outer  toes  are  connected  as  far  as  the 
second  joint. 

This  beautiful  and  richly-coloured  bird  is  about 
the  size  of  a  thrush,  measuring  about  six  inches  and 
a  hall'  in  length;  it  is  a  native  of  Singapore  and 
the  interior  of  Sumatra.  We  learn  from  Sir  Stam- 
ford Raffies  that  it  shrouds  itself  in  the  mc<sf  retired 
parts  of  the  forests,  where  it  perches  on  the  highest 
branches,  and  that  from  this  circumstance  and  the 
blending  of  its  emerald-green  tints  with  those  of 
the  leaves,  it  is  not  to  be  easily  discerned  and  pro- 
cured. In  the  specimens  which  he  examined  the 
stomach  contained  nothing  but  vegetable  sub- 
stances, chiefly  wild  grains.  It  is  termed  Burong 
Tampo  Pinang  by  the  Malays.  "The  general 
colour  of  this  bird  is  a  brilliant  metallic  green.  The 
head  is  rather  large,  and  its  feathers  are  directed 
forwards  from  each  side,  in  such  a  manner  as  nearly 
to  conceal  the  bill,  giving  the  face  a  very  peculiar 
appearance.  A  little  above  and  before  the  eyes  the 
feathers  are  of  a  deep  velvet-black  at  their  base, 
and  only  tipped  with  green,  but  crossed  on  the 
coverts  by  three  velvet-black  bands ;  the  primary 
feathers,  as  well  as  the  whole  under-side  of  the 
wings,  are  dusky,  approaching  to  black ;  with  the 
exception  of  the  outer  margins  of  some  which  are 
edged  with  green.  The  tail  is  short,  rounded,  com- 
posed of  ten  feathers,  which  are  green  above  and 
bluish-black  below.  The  whole  of  the  under  parts 
are  green  :  this  colour  is  lightest  on  the  sides  of  the 
neck  and  round  the  eyes.  The  bill  is  short,  wide, 
much  depressed  at  the  base,  deeply  cleft,  and 
hooked  at  the  point.  Nostrils  oval  at  the  base  of 
the  bill,  and  concealed  by  the  iiliforra  feathers  that 
project  over  them.  The  eyes  are  rather  large  ;  the 
irides  bluish.  Legs  bluish-black  ;  a  few  feathers 
come  down  over  the  upper  part  of  the  tarsi.  Feet 
gressorial ;  outer  toe  not  much  shorter  than  the 
middle  one,  with  which  it  is  united  as  far  as  the 
last  joint.  The  female  does  not  differ  in  appear- 
ance from  the  male."     (Raffles.) 

1393.— The  Bohemian  Chatterer 

(Bombi/ciUa  Sohemicd).  This  elegant  species,  which 
is  known  by  the  English  name  of  the  Waxen  Chat- 
terer, the  Bohemian  Wax-wing,  and  Silk-tail,  is  Le 
Jaseur  de  Boheme  (Buffon,  &c.),  Grand  jaseur 
(Temminck),  and  Geay  de  Boheme  of  the  French  ; 
Garrulo  di  Boemia  of  the  Italians  ;  Rothlicherauer 
Seidenschwantz  (Meyer),  Europaischer  Seiden- 
schwanz  and  Der  Gemeine  Seidenschwanz  (Bech- 
stein)  of  the  Germans;  Garrulus  Bohemicus  of 
Gesner ;  Bombycilla,  Schwenck  ;  Ampelis,  Aldro- 
vand  ;  Bombycilla  of  Brisson;  Ampelis  garrulus  of 
Linnaeus ;  Bombyciphora  garrula,  Brehm  ;  Bomby- 
ciphora  poliocaelia  of  Meyer;  Bombycivora  garrula 
of  Temminck  ;  and  Bombycilla  garrula  of  Vieillot. 

In  addition  to  the  nomenclature  above  given,  the 
bird  is  said  to  be  named  by  the  Italians  in  some 
localities  Becco-Frisone,  in  others  Galletto  del 
bosco,  and  by  the  bird-catchers  of  Bologna,  Uccello 
del  mondo  novo;  by  the  Germans,  Zinzerelle,  Wip- 
ifertz,  Schnee-vogel,  and  Schnee-Leschke ;  and  by 
those  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Nuremberg,  Bee- 
merle  and  Behemle  ;  by  the  Swedes,  Siden-swantz  ; 
by  the  Bohemians,  Brkoslaw;  and  by  the  Poles, 
Jcbwabniczka  and  Jemiolucha. 

The  Bohemian  Chatterer,  or  Wax-wing,  is  a  rare 
and  accidental  visitor  to  our  island,  and  that  only 
during  severe  winters,  when  sometimes  considerable 
flocks  make  their  appearance  and  feed  upon  the 
hips  of  the  dog-rose,  the  haws  of  the  thorn,  ttie 
berries  of  the  mountain-ash,  &c.  These  migratory 
visits  to  our  island  are,  however,  irregular ;  but  on 
the  Continent,  in  Norway  and  Russia,  great  num- 
bers are  seen  every  winter;  and  in  northern  Asia 
and  the  adjacent  parts  of  Europe  their  migrations 
are  regular.  Numerous  flocks  pass  through  Scania 
in  November,  taking  a  southern  direction,  and 
return  northwards  through  the  same  region  in 
•pring.  In  Germany  and  Bohemia,  according  to 
Bechstein,  flocks  are  found  along  the  skirts  of  the 
extensive  forests.  In  France  the  Wax-wing  is  very 
rare,  and  also  in  Italy ;  though  occasionally  in  the 
latter  country  large  flights  have  made  their  appear- 
ance, and,  according  to  popular  superstition,  a 
fatality  attended  their  movements. 

The  Bohemian  chatterer  is  not  confined  to 
Europe   and  Asia    (where    it    extends    from   the 


western  limits  of  the  former  to  Japan) ;  it  is  a 
native  also  of  the  northern  regions  of  the  American 
continent.  It  is  common  on  the  Athabasca  river 
near  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  has  been  killed 
there  in  the  spring,  both  by  the  Prince  of  Canino 
and  Mr.  Drummond,  and  Dr.  Richardson  observed 
it  in  the  same  season  at  Great  Bear  Lake,  in  lat. 
65°,  where  a  male,  of  which  he  gives  a  description, 
was  shot  on  the  24th  May  of  that  year.  "  Speci- 
mens," writes  Dr.  Richardson,  "  procured  at  the 
former  place,  and  transmitted  to  England  by  the 
servants  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  were  com- 
municated by  Mr.  Leadbeater  to  the  Prince  of 
Musignano,  who  has  introduced  the  species  into  his 
great  work  on  the  birds  of  the  United  States.  In 
its  autumn  migration  southwards,  this  bird  must 
cross  the  territory  of  the  United  States,  if  it  does 
not  actually  winter  within  it ;  but  I  have  not  heard 
of  its  having  been  hitherto  seen  in  America  to  the 
southward  of  the  fifty-fifth  parallel  of  latitude. 

"  The  mountainous  nature  of  the  country  skirting 
the  Northern  Pacific  Ocean,  being  congenial  to  the 
habits  of  this  species,  it  is  probably  more  generally 
diffused  in  New  Caledonia  and  the  Russian-Ame- 
rican territories,  than  to  the  eastward  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  chain.  It  appears  in  flocks  at  Great 
Bear  Lake  about  the  2-lth  of  May,  wheii  the  spring 
thaw  has  exposed  the  berries  of  the  Alpine  arbutus, 
marsh  vaccinium,  &c.,  that  have  been  frozen  and 
covered  during  winter.  It  stays  only  a  few  days, 
and  none  of  the  Indians  of  that  quarter  with  whom 
I  conversed  had  seen  its  nests  ;  but  I  have  reason 
to  believe  that  it  retires  in  the  breeding-season  to 
the  rugged  and  secluded  mountain  limestone  dis- 
tricts, in  the  sixty-seventh  and  sixty-eighth  parallels, 
when  it  feeds  on  the  fruit  of  the  common  juniper, 
which  abounds  in  these  places."  Dr.  Richardson 
adds,  that  he  observed  a  large  flock  of  at  least  three 
or  four  hundred  on  the  banks  of  the  Saskatchewan, 
at  Carlton  House,  early  in  May,  1827.  They 
alighted  in  a  grove  of  poplars,  settling  all  on  one  or 
two  trees,  and  making  a  loud  twittering  noise. 
They  stayed  only  about  an  hour  in  the  morning, 
and  were  too  shy  to  allow  him  to  approach  within 
gunshot. 

With  respect  to  the  summer  breeding-places  of 
the  Waxen  Chatterer  in  Europe  and  Asia,  nothing 
is  known.  Temminck  says  that  it  is  supposed  to 
resort  to  the  high  northern  latitudes,  the  regions 
within  the  Arctic  Circle,  but  the  Prince  of  Canino 
suggests  that  the  extensive  and  elevated  table- 
land of  Central  Asia  is  its  principal  rendezvous, 
whence  it  makes  irregular  excursions  east  and  west, 
extending  its  journey  according  to  the  season  or 
other  causes.  According  to  the  same  author,  the 
Wax-wing  in  a  state  of  nature  is  very  social  with 
its  companions,  the  individuals  of  a  flock  exhibit- 
ing much  kindness  to  each  other,  and  caressing 
and  supplying  each  other  with  food ;  their  flight  is 
rapid ;  they  usually  alight  on  trees,  and  when  on 
the  ground  hop  along  very  awkwardly.  Bechstein 
reports  that  in  captivity  the  Wax-wing  is  stupid, 
indolent,  and  voracious,  refusing  nothing  eatable, 
such  as  potatoes,  cabbage,  bread,  and  fruit  of 
all  sorts,  and  that  it  is  easily  tamed.  "  Its  song 
consists  only  of  a  weak  uncertain  whistling,  a  little 
resembling  that  of  the  thrush,  but  not  so  loud ; 
while  singing  it  moves  the  crest,  but  scarcely  the 
throat ;  when  angry,  its  strikes  the  feeding-trough 
violently  with  its  beak."  It  may  be  taken  in  nooses, 
or  in  nets  and  traps  baited  witii  berries.  Its  flesh 
is  said  to  be  excellent. 

The  Bohemian  Chatterer  is  about  eight  inches 
in  length,  and  in  contour  approaches  the  starling. 
The  general  plumage  is  dull  vinous  ash,  tinted  with 
ferruginous  red  on  the  plumage  and  cheeks  ;  the 
feathers  of  the  head  are  prolonged  into  a  beautiful 
crest ;  the  throat,  the  feathers  around  the  nostrils, 
and  a  stripe  which  passes  from  the  beak  to  the 
back  of  the  neck,  are  black.  The  primary  quill- 
feathers  are  brownish  black,  each  feather  having  a 
yellow  line  on  its  inner  margin  near  the  tip.  The 
secondaries  are  tipped  with  white,  each  having  the 
shaft  prolonged  and  furnished  with  a  small  horny 
scarlet  appendage,  like  a  little  flattish  oval  bead  of 
red  sealing-wax,  whence  the  name  "  wax-wing." 
The  tail  is  black,  tipped  with  a  yellow  band. 
Beak  and  tarsi  black.  Irides  reddish.  The  female 
is  generally  similar  to  the  male,  but  the  yellow  of 
the  wings  is  not  so  bright,  nor  are  the  wax-like 
appendages  so  large  or  so  numerous. 

1394,  1395.— The  Cedar-Bird 

{Bomhycilla  Carolinensis).  This  species  is  the 
Ampelis  garrulus,  var.  /3,  of  the  '  Systema  Naturae ;' 
Garrulus  Carolinensis,  Le  Jaseur  de  Caroline,  the 
Chatterer  of  Catesby ;  Turdus  garrulus  Carolinensis 
of  Klein  ;  Coquantototl  of  Hernandez ;  Avis  Ame- 
ricana cristata,  XomotI  dicta  of  Seba ;  Chatterer  of 
Carolina  of  Edwards ;  Cedar-bird,  Ampelis  Ame- 
ricana, of  Wilson ;  Recollect  of  the  Canadian 
Voyageurs ;  Bombycilla  Carolinensis  of  Brisson, 
Bonaparte,  Audubon,  and  others.     It  is  said  to  be 


found  in  the  whole  extent  between  Mexico  and 
Canada,  and  parties  are  said  occasionally  to  roam 
as  far  south  as  the  forests  of  Guiana.  In  the  United 
States  it  is  a  resident  during  the  whole  year,  the 
northern  and  middle  states  being  its  more  usual 
quarters  in  the  summer,  and  the  southern  in  the 
winter  sea.son.  It  is  stated  that  the  bird  has  been 
found  on  the  north-west  coast  of  America,  but  its 
northern  boundary  appears  to  fall  short  of  that  of 
Bombycilla  Bohemica.  Say  saw  it  near  Winnipeg 
river  in  latitude  50°,  and  Dr.  Richardson  states  his 
belief  that  it  has  not  been  hitherto  observed  to  the 
northward  of  the  fifty  fourth  parallel.  He  says 
that  Mr.  Drummond  saw  several  small  flocks  on 
the  south  branch  of  the  Saskatchewan  on  the  27th 
June,  and  gives  a  description  of  a  male  killed  there 
in  lat.  52^°  on  that  day,  1827.  He  adds,  that  it 
frequents  the  northern  shores  of  La^es  Huron  and 
Superior  in  summer. 

The  cedar-birds  utter  a  feeble  lisping  sound,  and 
"  fly,"  says  Wilson,  "  in  compact  bodies  of  from 
twenty  to  fifty ;  and  usually  alight  so  close  together 
on  the  same  tree,  that  one-half  are  frequently  shot 
down  at  a  time.  In  the  months  of  July  and  August, 
they  collect  together  in  flocks,  and  retire  to  the 
hilly  parts  of  the  state,  the  Blue  Mountains,  and 
other  collateral  ridges  of  the  Alleghany,  to  enjoy 
the  fruit  of  the  Vaccinium  uliginosum,  whortle- 
berries, which  grow  there  in  great  abundance, 
whole  mountains  for  many  miles  being  almost 
entirely  covered  with  them  ;  and  where,  in  the  month 
of  August,  I  have  myself  found  the  cedar-birds 
numerous.  In  October  they  descend  to  the  lower 
cultivated  parts  of  the  country,  to  feed  on  the 
berries  of  the  sour  gum  and  red  cedar,  of  which 
last  they  are  immoderately  fond ;  and  thirty  or 
forty  may  sometimes  be  seen  fluttering  among  the 
branches  of  one  small  cedar-tree,  plucking  off'  the 

berries In  the   tall,  and  beginning  of  summer, 

when  they  become  very  fat,  they  are  in  considerable 
esteem  for  the  table ;  and  great  numbers  are 
brought  to  the  market  of  Philadelphia,  where  they 
are  sold  at  from  twelve  to  twenty-five  cents,  per 
dozen.  During  the  whole  winter  and  spring  they 
are  occasionally  seen  ;  and  about  the  25th  of  May 
appear  in  numerous  parties  making  great  havoc 
among  the  early  cherries,  selecting  the  .best  and 
ripest  of  the  fruit."  Audubon  says  that  they  reach 
Louisiana  about  the  beginning  of  November,  and 
retire  towards  the  middle  districts  in  the  beginning 
of  March.  "  The  holly,"  writes  the  author  last 
quoted,  "  the  vines,  the  persimon,  the  pride  of 
China,  and  various  other  trees,  supply  them  with 
plenty  of  berries  and  fruits,  on  which'  they  fatten, 
and  become  so  tender  and  juicy  as  to  be  sought  by 
every  epicure  for  the  table." 

In  June,  while  cherries  and  strawberries  abound, 
they  become  extremely  fat,  and  about  the  10th  or 
12th  of  that  month  disperse  over  the  country  in 
pairs  to  breed ;  sometimes  fixing  on  the  cedar 
(Juniperus  Virginiana),  but  generally  choosing  the 
orchard  for  that  purpose.  The  nest  is  large  for  the 
size  of  the  bird,  and  is  fixed  in  the  forked  or 
horizontal  branch  of  an  apple-tree,  ten  or  twelve 
feet  from  the  ground ;  and  sometimes  several  nests 
are  to  be  seen  in  the  same  vicinity. 

Externally  the  nest  is  composed  of  fibres  and 
coarse  dry  stalks  of  grass ;  the  inside  is  lined 
entirely  with  very  fine  stalks  of  the  same  material. 
The  eggs  are  three  or  four,  of  a  dingy  bluish  white, 
thick  at  the  great  end,  tapering  suddenly,  and  be- 
coming very  narrow  at  the  other,  marked  with  small 
roundish  spots,  of  black  of  various  sizes  and  shades  : 
and  the  great  end  is  of  a  pale  dull  purple  tinge, 
marked  likewise  with  touches  of  various  shades  of 
purple  and  black.  About  the  last  week  in  June  the 
young  are  hatched,  and  are  at  firet  fed  on  insects 
and  their  larvae  ;  but  as  they  advance  in  growth,  on 
berries  of  variouskinds.  "  The  female,"  says  Wilson, 
from  whose  personal  observation  the  foregoing  facts 
are  given,  "if  disturbed,  darts  from  the  nest  in 
silence  to  a  considerable  distance ;  no  notes  of 
wailing  or  lamentation  are  heard  from  either  parent, 
nor  are  they  even  seen,  notwithstanding  you  are  in 
the  tree  examining  the  nest  and  young.  .  .  .  The 
season  of  love,  which  makes  almost  every  other 
small  bird  musical,  has  no  such  effect  on  them; 
for  they  continue  at  that  interesting  period  as  silent 
as  before." 

Audubon  states  that  these  birds  are  "  excellent 
fly-catchers,  spending  much  of  their  time  in  the 
pursuit  of  winged  insects,  but  yet  without  much 
vivacity  or  energy  of  action.  They  start  from  the 
branches  and  give  chace  to  the  insects,  ascending 
after  them  for  a  few  yards  or  moving  horizontally 
toward  them,  perhaps  rather  farther  than  when 
ascending,  and  as  soon  as  the  prey  is  secured  they 
return  to  tlie  spot,  where  they  continue  watching 
with  slow  motions  of  the  head.  Towards  evening 
this  amusement  is  carried  on  for  half  an  hour  or  an 
hour  at  a  time,  and  is  continued  longer  at  the 
approach  of  autumn,  the  berries  then  becoming 
scarcer.'' 

2  R2 


y-^r- 


.v^. 


^  ^%S 


l«Ot.— Dkmond-BinL 


13»«.— B«<1  ibA  BUck  Manakin. 


UOl.— Ctnted  Manakin. 


1400.— <3alMt«d  Haaakin. 


139t.— Japanese  Chatterer. 


isa5.— Cedai-Biid. 


p|;^"f^ 


U«7.— Scarlet  Cotinga. 


M03.— Yellow  cliKked  Titmoate. 


1398.— Swallow  Fiuit-eater. 


308 


UOS.— BUck-cap  Titmoiis*. 


1408.— £ggor  Blue  TitmouM. 


1407 — Long-tailed  Titmice  and  Nest. 


I40e.— Long-tilled  Titmice. 


U04.-Oroup  of  Britiili  Titmice. 


309 


810 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Titmice. 


The  cedar-bird  is  about  «ix  inches  and  a  half  lonf( ; 
its  plumage  is  soft  and  silky,  and  its  head  is  orna- 
mented with  an  erectile  crest.  General  colour 
yellowi«h  or  fawn  brown,  fading  into  yellow  on  the 
abdomen,  and  yellowish  white  under  the  tail. 
Back  and  winit-coveils  prreyish  brown.  Throat 
and  a  band  passing  from  the  forehead  to  the  occ-iput 
black,  the  latter  narrowly  marpned  with  white, 
(juill-feathers  brownish  black,  some  of  the  secon- 
daries having  the  scarlet  waxen  appendages ;  tail 
brownish  black,  tipped  with  a  band  of  pale  yellow. 
The  female  is  rather  smaller  than  the  male,  and 
with  paler  colouring. 

1396. — Thk  Asiatic  or  Japanese  Chattkrkr 

(Bombycilla  phemicoplera).  This  newly  discovered 
species  differs  from  the  Bohemian  and  the  cedar- 
bird  in  the  nakedness  of  the  nostrils,  in  the  leni>:th 
of  the  crest,  partially  composed  of  black  plumes, 
and  in  the  entire  absence  of  the  wax-like  append- 
ages with  which  in  the  other  two  species  the 
secondaries  are  tipped. 

The  Japanese  islands,  as  far  as  we  know,  appear 
to  be  native  territories  of  this  bird,  which  is  found 
more  particularly  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Nan- 
gasaki.  Of  its  habits  we  have  no  definite  details, 
length  six  inches  and  a  half.  The  base  of  the  bill 
is  bordered  by  a  black  band,  which  passes  to  the 
back  of  the  head,  surrounding  the  eye  iu  its  way, 
and  terminates  in  the  lower  crest-feathers,  which 
are  of  the  same  colour  throughout ;  the  chin  and 
throat  are  black  ;  the  crest  is  long,  composed  above 
of  feathers  of  an  ashy-reddish  colour  with  an  inferior 
layer  of  the  black  plumes  already  alluded  to ;  the 
breast,  upper  parts,  and  wing-coverts  are  of  a 
brownish-ash.  and  a  red  band  traverses  the  wing 
about  the  middle  of  it ;  all  the  quills  are  of  an  ashy- 
black,  the  greater  quills  terminated  with  black  and 
tipped  with  white ;  the  tail  is  of  an  ashy-black, 
tipped  with  vivid  red  ;  the  middle  of  the  belly  is  of 
a  whitish-yellow  ;  and  the  lower  tail-coverts  chest- 
nut ;  feet  black. 

Family   PIPRID^E    (COTINGAS   and    MANA- 
KINS). 

Mr.  Swainson  regards  the  Pipridae,  or,  as  he  calls 
them,  Piprinse,  as  a  subfamily  of  the  Ampelidee, 
from  which  they  differ  in  the  slenderness  of  the 
feet,  shortness  of  the  beak,  and  curvature  of  the 
upper  mandible  ;  most  are  of  small  size,  and  clothed 
in  plumage  of  the  richest  tints  of  crimson,  orange, 
yellow,  blue,  green,  and  black.  The  warmer 
regions  of  America  are  their  strongholds,  but  not 
their  exclusive  habitat.  According  to  Mr.  Swain- 
son the  manakins  "  chiefly  occur  in  the  deep  virgin 
forests  of  the  tropics,  but  are  much  more  social  than 
the  Cotingas.  They  live  in  little  bands,  are  con- 
tinually in  motion,  and  feed  almost  entirely  on 
the  large  soft  berries  of  the  different  species  of 
Melastoma:  the  nest  of  one  species,  Pipra  pareola, 
is  often  built  in  the  fork  of  a  shrub,  in  such  an 
exposed  manner  that  the  female  can  look  all  round, 
and  watch  the  approach  of  danger ;  we  found  one  in 
such  a  situation  in  the  forest  of  Pitanga,  a  single 
leaf  of  a  large  pepper-plant  (Piper)  forming  a  kind 
of  umbrella  shade  over  the  female,  which  was 
sitting,  and  did  not  rise  from  her  nest  as  we  passed 
onwards." 

1397. — The  Scarlet  Cotinoa 

(Phemicireus  Camifex).  Ampelis  Carnifex,  Linn. 
In  this  genus  the  bill  is  rather  weak ;  the  wings 
are  short  and  rounded  ;  the  feet  are  short,  the 
middle  and  outer  toes  united,  and  the  tarsi  feathered 
on  their  inner  side.  The  scarlet  cotinga  equals  the 
wax-wing  in  size,  and  is  a  native  of  Brazil,  Guiana, 
and  Surinam.  It  tenants  the  deepest  recesses  of 
the  forest,  and  is  solitary  in  its  habits,  uttering  from 
time  to  time  a  monotonous  whistle  which  sounds 
jike  the  syllable  "  quet."  Waterton  states  that  it 
is  found  throughout  the  year  in  Demerara,  and  is 
fond  of  the  seeds  of  the  hilea-tree,  and  of  those  of 
the  siloabali,  which  ripen  in  December,  and  continue 
on  the  trees  for  above  two  months.  Nothing,  how- 
ever, is  known  of  the  incubation  of  this  splendid 
bird,  and  the  Indians  all  agree  in  stating  that  they 
have  never  seen  its  nest.  The  Caraibs  term  it 
Arara  and  Apira. 

The  general  colour  of  this  species  is  fire-red, 
with  a  bright  flaming-red  cap  ;  the  back  is  reddish- 
brown,  the  breast  blood-red  ;  the  tail  feathers  are 
purple  terminated  by  ruddy  black.  The  female 
IS  paler,  and  the  tints  more  dusky  and  obscure. 

1398. — The  Swallow  Fruit-eatbr 
{Procnias  ventralis).  This  beautiful  species  is  a 
native  of  Bahia,  and  more  particularly  of  the 
southern  proviiices  of  Brazil,  where  it  frequents 
the  woods,  feeding  on  berries  and  wild  fruits.  The 
genus  Procnias,  of  which  it  is  an  example,  is  cha- 
racterized by  the  breadth  of  the  beak,  which  has  the 
sides  inflected  and  the  tip  straight,  the  gape  being 
remarkable  for  width,  exceeding  that  even  of  the 


swallow  tribe,  and  enabling  the  birds  to  swallow  the 
large  berries  of  the  Melastoma  and  of  other  tropical 
shrubs  with  the  greatest  ease.  Cuvier,  speaking  of 
these  birds,  says,  "  ils  se  nourissent  d'insectes,"  out 
incorrectly,  for  fruits  are  their  only  food.  Perhaps 
this  genus  rather  belongs  to  the  Ampelidse  than  the 
PipndsB. 

The  Swallow  fruit-eater  is  about  five  inches  and  a 
half  in  length  :  the  male  is  blue,  with  the  anterior 
part  of  the  head  and  the  throat  black ;  the  sides  are 
transversely  striated  with  dusky  black  ;  and  the 
centre  of  the  abdomen  is  white.  The  female  is 
green,  with  the  forehead  and  throat  grey  ;  and  the 
under  parts  yellowish,  transversely  stiiated  with 
dusky  green.  To  this  genus  belongs  the  Bell-bird, 
or  Canipanero,  of  South  America,  remarkable  for  its 
note,  which  sounds  like  that  of  a  bell  through  the 
depths  of  the  forests,  recalling  to  the  weary  traveller 
the  remembrance  of  a  IHr-ofi'  land,  and  suggesting 
to  his  mind  the  beautiful  words  of  Shakspere : — 

*'  Traa  la  It  Uiat  we  have  «een  b«tt«r  dayi. 
And  liara  with  holy  ball  been  knoU'd  to  chureh." 

A  Yim  Ulu  It. 

till,  carried  away  by  his  thoughts,  he  almost  starts  to 
find  himself  in  the  gloom  of  an  American  forest. 
"  The  campaneio,"  says  Waterton,  "  is  about  the 
size  of  the  jay;  his  plumage  is  as  white  as  snow; 
on  his  forehead  rises  a  spiral  tube  nearly  three  inches 
long;  it  is  jet  black,  dotted  all  over  with  white 
feathers,  and  has  a  communication  with  the  palate, 
and  when  filled  with  air  looks  like  a  spire ;  when 
empty  it  becomes  pendulous.  His  note  is  loud  and 
clear,  like  the  sound  of  a  bell,  and  may  be  heard  at 
the  distance  of  three  miles.  In  the  midst  of  these 
extensive  wilds,  generally  on  the  dried  top  of  an 
aged  mora,  almost  out  of  gun-reach,  you  will  see 
the  campanero.  No  sound  or  song  from  any  of  the 
winged  inhabitants  of  the  forest,  not  even  the  clearly 
pronounced  'Whip-poor-Will'  from  the  goatsucker, 
cause  such  astonishment  as  the  toll  of  the  campa- 
nero. With  many  of  the  feathered  race,  he  pays 
the  common  tribute  of  a  morning  and  evening  song ; 
and  even  when  the  meridian  sun  has  shut  in  silence 
the  mouths  of  almost  the  whole  of  animated  nature, 
the  campanero  still  cheers  the  forest ;  you  hear  his 
toll,  and  then  a  pause  for  a  minute — then  another 
toll,  and  then  a  pause  again — and  then  a  toll,  and 
again  a  pause — then  he  is  silent  for  six  or  eight 
minutes,  and  then  another  toll,  and  so  on."  Strange 
to  the  ear,  and  not  less  welcome,  must  be  the  bell- 
like  tone  of  the  snow-white  campanero. 

1399.— The  Red  and  Black  Manakin 
(Pipra  aureola).  The  true  manakins  are  very  nu- 
merous, and  all  of  minute  size  and  beautifully  co- 
loured :  they  associate  in  small  flocks;  frequenting 
fruit-bearing  trees  in  the  woods,  and  are  very  active 
and  alert.  The  bill  is  small  and  weak ;  the  wings 
rounded  ;  the  tail  short.  The  present  species  is  of  a 
rich  red,  with  the  exception  of  the  back,  wings,  and 
tail,  which  are  black,  and  of  the  throat,  which  is 
yellow.     Locality,  Guiana. 

1400.— The  Galeatkd  Manakin 

(Metopia  galeata.  Swains.)  ;  Pipra  galeata,  Licht. 
In  this  species  the  tail  is  broad  and  lengthened,  and 
the  wings  ample ;  a  frontal  crest  projects  over  the 
beak.  The  general  colour  is  black  ;  the  whole  of 
the  head  and  back  of  the  neck  being  of  a  rich  crim- 
son.    It  is  a  native  of  Brazil. 

1401 — The  Crested  Manakin 
{Calyptura  ciistata).    Bill  short,  strong,  robust,  and 
with  the  upper  mandible  deeply  notched.    Wings 
short  and  rounded;  tail  almost   concealed;    tai-si 
lengthened. 

The  general  colour  of  this  species  on  the  upper 
surface  is  brownish-green  or  olive;  the  crown  is 
red ;  the  rump  yellow ;  the  throat  and  breast  yel- 
lowish, this  becoming  brighter  and  more  decided  on 
the  abdomen ;  tarsi  black.    Native  country,  Brazil. 

1402.— The  Diamond-Bird 

(Pardalotus  ptmctatiis).  In  the  subgenus  Pardalo- 
tus  the  beak  is  stout,  and  notched  as  in  Calyptura, 
but  the  wings  are  long  and  pointed.  The  feet  are 
strong-,  and  the  lateral  toe  is  free. 

This  pretty  little  bird  is  a  native  of  Australia, 
where  it  inhabits  the  forest  and  brush-lands,  but  is 
not  very  abundant.  The  general  colour  above  is 
grey,  undulated  with  yellow ;  the  head  and  wings 
are  black  dotted  with  white  ;  a  white  streak  runs 
above  the  eye  ;  the  lower  part  of  the  back  is  fire- 
red  ;  the  throat  is  yellow;  the  under  parts  whitish. 
The  female  has  the  head  dotted  with  yellow  points. 
It  is  from  the  spots  on  the  wings  that  the  settlers 
have  given  to  this  species  the  name  of  diamond- 
bird. 

Family  PARID^  (TITS,  or  TITMICE). 
The    birds  of  this  family,  of  which    our    British 
species  the  Parus  major  and  the  Parus  cseruleus 
may  be  regarded  as  typical  species,  are  remarkable 


for  their  activity  among  the  branches  of  frees,  which 
they  traverse  with  the  utmost  address,  creeping 
around  them,  and  clinging  in  all  positions  while  they 
examine  buds,  bark,  flowers,  ana  fruits,  in  quest  of 
insetjts  and  their  larvae,  prying  info  every  recess  and 
crevice.  Who  has  not  observed  their  restlessness— 
their  ever-changing  attitudes  —  their  quickness, 
their  abrupt  movements,  their  promptness  ana 
celerity  ?  fhey  frequent  gardens,  orchards,  farm- 
yards, hedge-ruws,  and  copses,  and  are  bold  and 
familiar.  In  addition  to  insects,  they  feed  upon 
hard  seeds  and  grain,  and  some  will  even  attack  the 
young  of  small  birds,  killing  them  by  blows  upon 
the  skull  with  their  short  sharp-puinted  beak.  The 
colours  of  the  titmice  are  lively  and  well  contrasted, 
and  the  plumage  is  full  and  soft. 

In  the  restricted  genus  Parus  the  bill  is  strong, 
short,  subconical,  slightly  compressed,  hard,  and 
pointed.  The  nostrils  are  basal  and  round,  covered 
with  reflected  bristly  feathci-s.  The  outer  and 
middle  toes  are  not  united  ;  the  hind-toe  is  strong, 
and  armed  with  a  long  and  hooked  claw.  Wings 
rounded.    This  form  is  almost  universally  spread. 

1403. — The  Yellow-Cheeked  Titmouse 
(Parus  Xanthogenys).  This  species,  which  is  a  na- 
tive ofthe  Himalaya  Mountains,  was  first  described 
and  figured  by  Mr.  Gould  in  his  '  Century  of  Birds, 
&c.'  It  is  closely  related  to  our  Parus  major,  which 
it  is  said  to  resemble  also  in  its  habits  and  manners. 
The  head  is  ornamented  with  a  crest  of  black 
feathers,  covering  the  whole  of  the  top ;  a  stripe 
above  the  eye;  the  cheeks  are  yellow;  the  eai- 
coverts  black;  the  back  is  olive';  the  wings  and 
tail  black,  the  former  being  spotted  and  the  latter 
tipped  with  white ;  a  broad  black  mark  passes  down 
the  throat  and  chest ;  the  sides  of  the  chest  and 
flanks  are  pale  yellow.     Bill  and  feet  black. 

1404. — A  Group  of  British  Titmice. 
In  this  pictorial  group  we  have  specimens  of  the 
following :— a,  the  Greater  Tit   (Parus  major);   b, 
the   Blue   Tit  (Parus   caeruleus) ;   c,  the   Cole-Tit 
(Parus  ater)  ;  d,  the  Marsh-Tit  (Pams  palustiis). 

1404  (a).— The  Greater  Tit 

(Parus  major)  ;  M&ange  charbonnidre,  Temm. ; 
Great  Titmouse  or  Ox-eye, '  British  Zool.'  This  beau- 
tiful bird  frequents  gardens,  orchards,  and  copses, 
where  in  spring  may  be  frequently  heard  its  harsh 
note,  aptly  compared  to  the  sound  produced  on 
sharpening  the  teeth  of  a  saw  by  the  file.  This 
note  is  only  heard  during  the  pairing  season, 
and  ceases  vthen  the  bird  has  a  nest.  Its  ordi- 
nary cry  is  a  loud  chirp  followed  by  a  harsh  clatter, 
remarkably  strong  for  so  small  a  bird,  as  it  may  be 
heard  at  a  considerable  distance.  It  uses,  however, 
a  great  variety  of  calls,  or  notes,  of  which  one  re- 
sembles the  call-note  of  the  chaffinch,  sounding  like 
the  word  pink. 

The  Greater  Titmouse  feeds  upon  insects  and  their 
larvae,  which  it  digs  out  of  crevices  in  the  bark  of 
trees,  or  extricates  from  buds  in  which  they  have 
made  a  lodgment.  In  autumn  and  during  winter 
it  subsists  upon  grain  and  seeds,  preferring  such  as 
are  of  an  oily  quality.  It  will  also  pick  bones,  and 
is  partial  both  to  the  flesh  and  tat,  which  it  greedily 
devours.  It  will  also  disarrange  the  thatch  of  out 
houses  and  other  buildings  in  quest  of  torpid  insects. 
"  The  Great  Titmouse  (s-ays  Gilbert  White;,  driven  by 
stress  of  weather,  much  frequents  houses ;  and  in 
deep  snows  I  have  seen  this  bird,  while  it  hung  with 
its  back  downwards,  to  my  no  small  delight  and  ad- 
miration, draw  straws  lengthwise  from  llie  eaves  of 
thatched  houses,  in  order  to  pull  out  the  flies  that 
were  concealed  between  them,  and  that  in  such 
numbers  that  they  quite  defaced  the  thatch,  and 
gave  it  a  ragged  appearance."  It  is  capable  of 
piercing  the  shells  oi  nuts,  of  the  kernels  of  which 
it  is  lond.  Mr.  Slaney  says,  "We  had  often  in 
winter  heard  a  humming  noise,  which  appeared  to  be 
caused  by  this  bird,  and  throwing  a  stone  sniaitly  at 
him,  he  dropped  something,  which  proved  to  be  a 
hazel-nut,  a  little  perloiated  at  the  smaller  end  by 
repeated  strokes  of  his  bill.  We  often  afterwards 
watched  him  at  work,  and  found  under  his  workshop 
many  shells  from  which  the  nuts  had  been  extri- 
cated, and  some  split  into  halves.  It  is  said  that  if 
a  nut  be  suspended  at  the  end  of  a  string,  the  tit- 
mouse will  fix  himself  on  this  nut,  and  follow  all  its 
oscillations  without  ceasing  to  hack  it  with  his 
bill." 

Mr.  Rennie  observes  that  this  species,  when 
going  to  sleep,  rolls  itself  into  a  round  ball,  erecting 
every  feather  so  as  not  to  separate  its  point  Irom 
the  adjoining  ones.  The  quantity  of  non-conducting 
surface  is  by  this  means  increased  to  the  depth  of 
neariy  half  an  inch  more  than  it  is  when  the  feathers 
are  laid  flat  and  smooth  ;  and  as  the  feathers  of  the 
belly  are  at  the  same  time  spread  over  the  feet, 
the  little  creature  is  admirably  protected  from  the 
cold." 

The  Greater  Titmouse  breeds  in  the  holes  of  ruins 


Titmice.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


311 


walls  and  buildings,  or  in  the  holes  of  decayed 
trees,  which  it  either  makes  or  enlarges  with  its 
hard  pointed  bill,  and  rapidly  accomplishes  its  task. 
The  nest  is  placed  in  an  enlarged  space  at  the  bottom, 
and  is  composed  of  moss,  hair,  and  feathers.  The 
esgs  are  six  or  eight  in  number,  of  a  white  colour 
spotted  with  reddish  brown. 

The  colours  of  this  beautiful  species  are  well  con- 
trasted. The  head,  throat,  and  lower  part  of  the 
neck  are  black  ;  the  cheeks  and  ear-coverts  white. 
On  the  nape  of  the  neck  is  a  spot  of  white ;  back 
olive-green,  passing  at  the  lower  part  into  bluish- 
grey.  Wing-coverts  bluish-grey  tipped  with  white. 
Quill-feathers  greenish-grey,  as  are  those  of  the 
tail.  Under  parts  sulphur  yellow,  with  a  black  cen- 
tral stripe  continued  from  the  throat.  Bill  black  ; 
legs  bluish-grey.  In  the  female  the  tints  are  less 
rich.     Length  about  six  inches. 

1404  (6).— The  Blue  Titmousb 

{Pans  cceruleus).  Provincial,  Tomtit,  Nun,  Blue- 
cap,  Hickwall,  Billy-biter;  Le  Mesange  a  tete 
bleue,  Cuvier ;  Blaumeise,  Bechstein.  This  beau- 
tiful little  species  is  very  common,  and  too  well 
known  to  need  a  detailed  description.  It  frequents 
gardens  and  orchards,  and  while  engaged  in  its 
search  for  insects  assumes  among  the  twigs  and 
sprays  the  most  amusingly  varied  attitudes.  It  is 
verv  fond  of  flesh,  fat,  and  suet,  and  we  have  known 
it  a' regular  visitor  to  pigsties.  Gilbert  White  says 
that  when  a  boy  he  has  known  twenty  of  these  birds 
caught  in  a  morning,  by  means  of  snap  mousetraps 
baited  with  suet ;  we  have  ourselves  often  captured 
it  in  a  common  brick  trap  baited  with  bits  of  meat 
and  bread  and  butter.  It  is  partial  to  oleaginous 
seeds,  and  will  feed  on  those  of  the  sunflower,  and 
also,  as  White  asserts,  pick  holes  in  apples  left  on  the 
ground.  Like  the  preceding  species,  it  will  disturb 
the  thatch  of  buildings  in  quest  of  insects,  and  will 
even  attack  other  small  birds.  In  winter  the  Blue 
Titmouse  resorts  to  stack-yards,  where  it  finds  both 
food  and  shelter,  nestling  at  night  in  holes  about 
the  sides  or  under  the  thatching  of  hay  or  corn 
stacks,  and,  as  we  can  personally  testify,  puffing  up 
its  feathers  so  as  to  resemble  a  ball  of  down.  This 
species  lives  in  hole^  of  trees  or  walls,  and  forms 
its  nest  of  mosses  lined  with  feathers  and  hair ;  its 
eggs,  from  six  to  eight  in  number,  are  white  spotted 
with  brown,  especially  at  the  larger  end  (Fig.  1408). 
These  birds  resolutely  defend  their  nest  against  in- 
truders, and  if  an  attempt  be  made  upon  it,  bite  with 
great  severity,  rufiling  up  their  soft  full  plumage, 
and  hissmg  like  a  snake  or  angry  kitten,  thereby 
often  deterring  the  schoolboy  from  carrying  his  in- 
tentions into  effect.  The  call-notes  of  the  Blue 
Titmouse  are  confined  to  a  weak  chirp  and  kind  of 
harsh  chatter. 

1404  (c).— Thb  Cole-Tit 

( Pantt  a/«r,  Colemouse)  ;  La  Petite  Charbonniere, 
Buifon ;  Tannemeise,  Bechstein.  The  Cole-tit  is 
spread  over  Europe,  particularly  where  pine-forests 
abound ;  in  England  it  is  comparatively  rare,  but 
in  Scotland  is  very  common,  frequenting  the  exten- 
sive woods  and  plantations  of  pine,  fir,  &c.,  which 
seem  everywhere  to  be  its  favourite  >jf  not  exclu- 
sive habitat.  In  these  woods  it  findsa  secure  re- 
treat, and  abundance  of  food,  consisting  of  aphides 
and  the  larvae  of  insects,  as  well  as  of  seeds  and 
berries.  In  its  quick  abrupt  movements,  its  rest- 
lessness, and  its  ever-changing  attitudes,  this  bird 
resembles  the  Blue  Titmouse  ;  and  it  seeks  for  its 
food  among  the  branches  with  the  same  address. 
Its  call-note  in  the  spring,  which  resembles  that  of 
the  greater  titmouse,  excepting  that  it  is  shriller, 
may  be  heard  incessantly  through  the  solitudes  of 
the  woods  till  the  labour  of  nidification  com- 
mences ;  the  biid  is  then  silent.  The  nest  is  built 
in  the  hollow  of  some  decayed  tree,  and  is  neatly 
formed  of  moss  and  wool  with  a  lining  of  hair.  Mr. 
Selby  states  that  he  has  sometimes  found  it  on  the 
ground  in  the  entrance  of  a  mouse  or  mole-hole. 
The  eggs  are  from  six  to  eight  in  number,  of  a  white 
colour  spotted  with  reddish-brown.  The  Cole-tit  is 
very  similar  to  the  blue  titmouse  in  form,  but  is 
even  less  in  size,  being  about  four  inches  in  length  ; 
the  bill  is  black,  as  are  the  crown  and  nape  of  the 
neck,  the  latter  having  a  white  central  spot ;  the 
throat  and  under  part  of  the  neck  are  also  black  ; 
the  back  is  greenish-grey,  passing  on  the  lower  part 
into  yellowish-grey ;  the  wings  and  tail  are  grey  ; 
under  parts  greyish-white  ;  legs  bluish-grey. 

1404  (d).-THE  Marsh-Tit 

(Partis  palustris) ;  Mfisange  nonnette.  Temminck  ; 
Sumpfmeise,  Bechstein.  The  Marsh-tit  is  very  like 
the  (^le-tit  in  form  and  colouring,  but  is  larger, 
and  has  no  white  mark  on  the  nape  of  the  neck.  It 
IS  common  jn  the  northern  parts  of  England,  but  is 
seldom  s«.n  in  Scotland  above  Fifeshire,  and 
•carcely  ever  so  far  south  as  London.  Although  it 
may  be  sometimes  met  with  in  the  woods  of  dry 
dutricts,  it  is  more  freqvently  to  bo  met  with  among 


the  reeds  in  low  marshy  tracts,  wnere  it  makes  its 
nest,  generally  choosing  some  decayed  willow  for  a 
foundation.  Its  food  is  chiefly  insects,  but  in  winter 
it  feeds  on  seeds,  and  is  often  tempted  to  visit  the 
farm-yard  for  pieces  of  meat,  which  it  eats  with 
much  avidity  ;  indeed  its  appetite  is  so  great,  that 
it  has  been  known  to  consume  more  than  half  its 
own  weight  of  food  per  day.  The  Marsh-tit  is  also 
known  provmcially  as  the  smaller  Ox-eye,  Willow- 
biter,  Joe  Bent,  &c.  When  their  haunts  can  be  ap- 
proached so  as  to  witness  their  movements  (which 
is  not  always  an  easy  matter,  as  they  generally 
select  some  long  tract  of  marshy  country  on  the 
banks  of  rivers,  &c.),  the  observer  will  be  repaid  by 
a  very  interesting  sight.  They  dwell  together  in 
considerable  numbers,  and  are  perpetually  in  motion, 
going  in  and  out  of  their  nests,  feeding  their  young, 
flying  oif  in  search  of  food,  or  seeking  for  it  in  the 
crevices  of  the  neighbouring  trees.  It  is  truly  gra- 
tifying to  witness  their  sprightly  gambols,  and  the 
entertaining  positions  into  which,  as  it  were  in  very 
exuberance  of  spirit,  they  are  continually  throwing  1 
themselves.  ' 

This  bird  is  very  common  in  Holland.  The  nest 
is  composed  of  moss,  mixed  with  the  seed-down  of 
the  willow,  and  lined  with  a  warm  coating  of  the  : 
!  same  material.  The  eggs,  six  or  eight  in  number, 
are  spotted  with  reddish  brown,  particularly  at  the 
larger  end. 

Head,  nape  of  neck,  and  throat  ink  black  ;  upper- 
parts  yellowish-grey,  wings  and  tail  bluish-grey 
edged  paler ;  cheeks  yellowish  white  ;  breast  and 
under  parts  white,  tinged  with  pale  yellowish-brown  ; 
legs  bluish-grey. 

The  tits  we  have  hitherto  described  are  very  ge- 
nerally to  be  found  in  England  ;  but  the  Crested  Tit 
(P.  cristatus),  which  we  now  proceed  to  notice,  is  a 
bird  but  seldom  seen  in  this  country,  and  very  rare 
throughout  Europe.  It  is  distinguishable  from  ths 
other  tits  by  its  crest,  formed  by  its  occipital  feathers 
being  elongated,  pointed,  and  slightly  recurved.  It 
is  in  length  about  four  inches  and  a  half,  of  a  dusky 
colour,  with  a  black  band  round  the  neck ;  breast 
pinkish-white  ;  feet  of  a  leaden  colour ;  and  fore- 
head black.  It  is  common  in  the  woods  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  middle  division  of  Scotland, 
but  in  the  other  parts  of  Great  Britain  it  is,  as  we 
have  said,  very  rare.  In  North  America,  however, 
it  is  more  frequently  found.  It  is  very  solitary,  very 
courageous  in  defending  itself  and  its  nest,  and  is 
very  difiBcult  to  tame.  Though  not  strictly  migra- 
tory, it  often  shifts  its  quarters,  and  in  severe  winters 
visits  the  more  southern  parts  of  the  kingdom. 

1405. — The  Black-Cap  Titmouse  of  America 

(Parus  atricapillus) ;  Mesange  a  tSte  noire  de 
Canada,  BufFon.  Many  ornithologists,  and  among 
them  Temminck,  have  considered  this  bird  to  be 
identical  with  the  Marsh-titmouse  of  Europe.  It  is 
now,  however,  universally  agreed  that  the  two  birds, 
though  nearly  allied,  are  distinct  species. 

The  Black-cap  Titmouse  is  termed  Peechehkees- 
ksBshees  by  the  Cree  Indians,  and,  according  to 
Nuttall,  Chicadee  by  the  European  colonists.  It 
ranges  through  the  whole  width  of  the  American 
continent  from  latitude  65°  to  the  southern  districts 
of  the  United  States,  being  stationary  throughout 
the  year.  It  is  one  of  the  most  common  birds  in 
the  (ur-countries,  a  small  family  inhabiting  every 
thicket.  In  the  United  States  it  is  universally  dis- 
tributed. 

"  In  these  countries,"  says  Nuttall  ('  Man.  of 
Omith.  of  United  States  and  of  Canada'),  "families 
of  Chicadees  are  seen  chattering  and  roving  through 
the  woods,  busily  engaged  in  gleaning  their  multi- 
farious food,  along  with  the  Parus  bicolor,  nut- 
hatches, and  creepers,  the  whole  forming  a  busy, 
active,  and  noisy  group,  whose  manners,  food,  and 
habits  bring  them  together  in  a  common  pursuit. 
Their  diet  varies  with  the  season ;  in  the  month 
of  September  they  leave  the  woods  and  assemble 
familiarly  in  our  orchards  and  gardens,  and  even 
enter  the  thronging  cities  in  quest  of  that  support 
which  their  native  forests  now  deny  them.  Large 
seeds  of  many  kinds,  particularly  those  which  are  oily, 
as  the  sun-flower,  and  pine,  and  spruce-kernels,  are 
now  sought  after.  These  seeds,  in  the  usual  manner 
of  the  genus,  are  seized  in  the  claws  and  held  against 
the  branch  until  picked  open  by  the  bill  to  obtain 
their  contents.  Fat  of  various  kinds  is  also  greedily 
eaten,  and  they  regularly  watch  the  retreat  of  the 
hog-killers,  in  the  country,  to  glean  up  the  fragments 
of  meat  which  adhere  to  the  places  where  the  carcasses 
have  been  suspended.  At  times  they  feed  upon  the 
wax  of  the  candle-berry  myrtle  (Myrica  cerifera)  ; 
they  likewise  pick  up  crumbs  near  the  houses,  and 
search  the  weather-boards  and  even  the  window-sills 
familiarly  for  their  luiking  prey,  and  are  particularly 
fond  of  spiders  and  the  eggs  of  destructive  moths, 
especially  those  of  the  canker-worm,  which  they 
greedily  destroy  in  all  its  stages  of  existence.  It  is 
said  that  they  sometimes  attack  their  own  species 
when  the  individual  is  sickly,  and  aim  their  blows 


at  the  skull  with  a  view  to  eat  the  brain  ;  but  this 
barbarity  I  have  never  witnessed.  In  winter,  when 
satisfied,  they  will  descend  to  the  snow-bank  be- 
neath, and  quench  their  thirst  by  swallowing  small 
pieces  ;  in  this  way  their  various  and  frugal  meal 
is  always  easily  supplied  ;  and  hardy,  and  warmly 
clad  in  light  and  very  downy  feathers,  they  suffer 
very  little  inconvenience  from  the  inclemency  of 
the  seasons.  Indeed  in  the  winter,  or  about  the 
close  of  October,  they  at  times  appear  so  enlivened 
as  already  to  show  their  attachments,  the  male  ap- 
proaching his  mate  with  fluttering  and  vibrating 
wings;  and  in  the  spring  season  the  males  have 
obstinate  engagements,  darting  after  each  other 
with  great  velocity  and  anger.  Their  roost,  I  sus- 
pect, is  in  the  hollows  of  decayed  trees,  where  they 
also  breed,  laying  their  eggs  merely  in  the  dry- 
rotten  wood,  without  any  attempt  at  a  nest ;  these 
are  from  six  to  twelve  in  number,  white  with  specks 
of  brown-red.  They  begin  to  lay  about  the  middle 
or  close  of  April,  and  though  they  commonly  make 
use  of  natural  or  deserted  holes  of  the  woodjiecker, 
yet  at  times  they  are  said  to  excavate  a  cavity  for 
themselves  with  much  labour.  The  first  brood 
take  wing  about  the  7th  or  10th  of  June,  and  they 
have  sometimes  a  second  towards  the  end  of  July. 
The  young,  as  soon  as  fledged,  have  all  the  external 
marks  of  the  adult ;  the  head  is  equally  black,  and 
they  chatter  and  skip  about  with  all  the  agility  and 
self-possession  of  their  parents,  who  appear,  never- 
theless, very  solicitous  for  their  safety.  From  this 
time  the  whole  family  continue  to  associate  to- 
gether through  the  autumn  and  winter. 

The  colouring  of  the  black-cap  tit  is  as  follows  : — 
Top  of  the  head,  back  of  the  neck,  and  the  throat 
velvet  black,  a  white  line  from  the  nostrils  through 
the  eye  spreads  out  on  the  side  of  the  neck  ;  back 
lead-coloured,  glossed  with  yellowish-grey ;  quill 
and  tail-feathers  blackish-grey  edged  with  greyish- 
white  ;  under  plumage  brownish-white  ;  bill  black  ; 
legs  bluish.    Total  length  five  inches  and  a  half. 

1406,  1407 — The  Long-tailed  Titmouse 

C  Ch-ites  caudata,  Moehr) ;  Mechistura  caudata.  Leach ; 
Parus  caudatus,  Ray.  This  species  is  the  Pendo- 
lino,  Paronzino,  Codibugnolo,  and  Paglia  in  culo  of 
the  Italians ;  M6sange  a  la  longue  queue  and  Perd 
sa  queue  of  the  French ;  Lanschwiinzige  Meise, 
Schwanzmeise,  and  Belzmeise  Pfannenstiel  of  the 
Germans ;  Staartmees  of  the  Netherlanders ;  Alhtita 
of  the  Swedes  ;  Jenga  of  the  Japanese  ;  Bottle 
Tit,  Bottle  Tom,  Long-tailed  Farmer,  Long-tail 
Mag,  Long-tail  Pie,  Poke-Pudding,  Huckmuck,  and 
Mum-ruffin  of  the  modern  British  ;  and  Y  Benloyn 
gnyffonhir  of  the  ancient  British. 

The  Long-tailed  Titmouse  is  distributed  through 
the  whole  of  Europe  and  the  middle  districts  of 
Asia  to  Japan.  It  inhabits  the  British  Islands.  The 
food  of  this  pretty  bird  consists  of  insects,  their 
eggs  and  larvae,  for  which  it  is  in  constant  search 
among  the  branches,  displaying  the  greatest  alert- 
ness and  address,  hanging  in  every  attitude  from 
the  ends  of  the  twigs,  and  creeping  mouse-like 
round  the  thicker  branches.  It  is  not  often  that 
this  bird  is  seen  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  houses ; 
and  this  circumstance  did  not  escape  the  notice  of 
Gilbert  White,  who  states  that  it  never  retreats  for 
succour  in  the  severest  seasons  to  houses  and  their 
neighbourhood.  This  does  not  arise  from  any  pecu- 
liar shyness  ;  and  though  it  may  not  resort,  like  the 
Blue  Titmouse,  to  the  haunts  of  man  for  food  and 
shelter  in  winter,  it  does  not  positively  avoid  them 
in  summer.  A  writer  in  the  '  Penny  Cyclopaedia' 
says—"  We  have  seen  in  a  nursery-garden  in  Mid- 
dlesex a  whole  family  of  them  within  a  few  yards  of 
the  nurseryman's  cottage,  and  close  to  his  green- 
house, which  visitors  were  constantly  entering  ;  and 
we  have  found  its  exquisitely-wrought  nest  in  a 
silver-fir  about  eight  feet  high,  in  a  pleasure- 
ground  in  the  same  county,  little  more  than  a  hun- 
dred yards  from  the  house."  Pennant  well  describes 
its  appearance  in  flight  when,  after  stating  that  the 
young  follow  the  parents  the  whole  winter,  he  says, 
"  From  the  slimness  of  their  bodies  and  great  length 
of  tail,  they  appear  while  flying  like  so  many  darts 
cutting  the  air.  They  are  often  seen  passing 
through  our  gardens,  going  progressively  from  tree 
to  tree,  as  if  on  their  road  to  some  other  place, 
never  making  any  halt."  This  progression  is  re- 
markable. We  have  ourselves  followed  a  troop 
pretty  closely,  completely  round  the  tall  hedge-row 
of  a  large  field,  admiring  their  quickness  and  evolu- 
tions among  the  twigs  and  branches. 

The  nest  of  the  long-tailed  titmouse  is  a  most 
beautiful  and  elaborate  piece  of  workmanship, 
"  combining  beauty  of  appearance  with  security  and 
warmth.  In  shape  it  is  nearly  oval,  with  one  small 
hole  in  the  upper  part  of  the  side,  by  which  the  bird 
enters.  I  have  never  seen  more  than  one  hole.  The 
outside  of  this  nest  sparkles  with  silver-coloured 
lichens  adhering  to  a  firm  texture  of  moss  and  wool, 
the  inside  profusely  lined  with  soft  feathers.  The 
nest  is  generally  placed  in  the  middle  of  a  thick  bush, 


UIH—BUek  Titmice. 


1411 .— Bonded  Titmice. 


312 


1414.— GnHip  o(  Biitiih  WuMen. 


1409.— Nettol  Long  tailed  Titmonte. 


1410.— Nnt  of  Long-tailed  Titmoute. 


Iitmice  and  Nest. 


liZO Ganlea  Wairbkr. 


Wi.-EfK  of  Black-caf . 


1423.— Manntain  Short-wingl. 


1481.— Whinchata. 


14n.— Whert-ean. 


^^. 


141S.— Nightingale. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


U23».— Blue-biid. 


314 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Titmice. 


and  »o  firmly  fixed  Utat  it  is  mostly  found  necessai^ 
to  cut  out  the  portion  o(  the  bush  containing  it,  if 
desirous  of  preservine  the  natural  appearance  and 
form  of  the  nest.  The  female  is  the  nest-maker, 
and  is  known  to  have  been  occupied  for  a  fortnight 
to  three  weeks  in  completing  her  habitation.  In 
this  she  deposits  from  ten  to  twelve  eg^s ;  but  a 
larger  number  are  occasionally  found  :  they  are  small 
and  white,  with  a  few  pale  red  specks,  frequently 
quite  plain.  The  young  family  of  the  year  keep 
company  with  the  parent  birds  during  their  first 
autumn  and  winter,  and  generally  crowd  close  toge- 
ther on  the  same  branch  at  roosting-lime,  looking, 
when  thus  huddled  up,  like  a  shapeless  lump  of  fea- 
thers only.  These  birds  have  several  notes,  on 
the  sound  of  which  they  assemble  and  keep  to- 
gether: one  of  these  call-notes  is  soft  and  scarcely 
audible  ;  a  second  is  a  louder  chirp  or  twitter ;  and 
a  third  is  of  a  hoarser  kind."  Figs.  1409  and  1410 
represent  the  nest. 

The  colouring  of  this  species  is  as  follows : — Head, 
neck,  throat,  and  breast  pure  white  ;  the  back  and 
the  six  middle  tail-leathers  deep  black ;  scapulars 
reddish ;  belly,  sides,  and  abdomen  reddish-white  ; 
quills  black  ;  greater  wing-coverfs  bordered  with 
pure  white ;  lateral  tail-feathers  white  on  their 
external  barbs  and  at  their  end  ;  tail  very  long  and 
vredge-shaped.  Length  five  inches  seven  or  eight 
lines. 

141 1. — The  Beardko  Titmouse 

(Calamophilus  biarmicus).  Parus  biarmicus.  This 
is  the  M6sange  Barbue  ou  Moustache  of  the 
French  ;  Bartmeise  of  the  Germans ;  Least  Butcher- 
Bird  of  Edwards;  Reed  Pheasant  (provincial)  of 
the  modern  British ;  and  Y  Barfog  of  the  Welsh. 

M.  Temminck  remarks  that  the  Zahnschablige 
Bartmeise  of  Brehm  is  a  species  or  subspecies 
founded  only  on  individuals  which  have  been  long 
caged,  such  as  may  be  seen  in  the  Dutch  markets, 
where  numbers  are  sold.  Some  of  these  captives 
come  to  London,  where  they  may  be  bought  for 
some  four  or  five  shillings  a  pair.  The  iris  and  bill 
in  the  living  bird  are  of  a  delicate  orange-colour. 

The  bearded  titmouse  is  a  native  of  most  parts  of 
Europe ;  having,  however,  a  partial  distribution, 
from  the  circumstance  of  its  affecting  reed-beds 
and  marshes.  Hence  it  is  abundant  in  Holland, 
and  in  the  marshes  of  Ostia,  Italy.  It  occurs  along 
the  shores  of  the  Caspian  Sea.  In  our  island  it 
has  been  found  in  reed-beds  in  Surrey,  Sussex, 
Essex,  Kent,  along  the  banks  of  the  Thames 
between  London  and  Oxford,  and  in  the  fens  of 
Lincolnshire,  Cambridgeshire,  Sufiblk,  and  Norfolk. 
The  food  of  this  bird  consists  of  insects,  the  seeds 
of  various  grasses,  and  especially  of  small  fresh- 
water shelled  snails  ;  and  it  is  remarkable  that  the 
sides  of  the  stomach  in  this  bird  are  thick  and 
muscular,  and  formed  into  a  gizzard,  which  is  not 
the  case  in  the  true  Tits,  whence  is  afforded  the 
power  of  breaking  down  the  shells  of  the  testaceous 
mollusks,  Succinea  amphibia  and  Pupa  muscorum, 
which  are  greedily  devoured. 

According  to  Mr.  Hoy  the  bearded  tit  begins 
building  towards  the  end  of  April,  and  the  nest 
is  composed  on  the  outside  of  dead  leaves  of 
the  reed  and  sedge,  intermixed  with  a  few  pieces 
of  grass,  and  lined  with  the  top  of  the  reed.  He 
describes  it  as  generally  placed  in  a  tuft  of  coarse 
grass  or  rushes  near  the  ground,  on  the  margin  of 
the  dikes,  in  the  fens ;  and  sometimes  is  fixed 
among  the  reeds  that  are  broken  down,  but  never 
suspended  between  the  stems.  Their  food,  he  says, 
is  principally  the  seed  of  the  reed  ;  and  so  intent 
were  they  on  their  search  for  it,  that  he  had  taken 
them  with  a  bird-limed  twig  attached  to  a  fishing- 
rod.  When  alarmed  by  any  sudden  noise,  or  the 
passing  of  a  hawk,  they  uttered  their  shrill  musical 
notes,  and  concealed  themselves  among  the  thick 
bottoms  of  the  reeds,  but  they  soon  resumed  their 
station,  climbing  the  upright  stems  with  the  greatest 
facility. 

Mr.  Dykes  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  three 
specimens,  and  he  found  their  crops  completely 
filled  with  the  Succinea  amphibia  in  a  perfect  state, 
the  shells  unbroken  and  singularly  closely  packed 
together.  The  crop  of  one,  not  larger  than  a  hazel- 
nut, contained  twenty  Succinese,  some  of  them  of  a 
good  size,  and  four  Pupae  muscorum,  with  the  shells 
also  entire.  The  stomach  was  full  of  small  frag- 
ments of  shell,  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  of  decom- 
position. Numerous  sharp  angular  fragments  of 
quartz  which  had  been  swallowed  had,  with  the 
action  of  the  stomach,  effected  the  comminution  of 
the  shells. 

Two  nests  obtained  by  Mr.  Yarrell  from  the  parish 
of  Horsey  were  sustained  only  an  inch  or  two  above 
the  ground  by  the  strength  of  the  stems  of  the 
coarse  grass  on  which  they  were  fixed.  Each  was 
composed  entirely  of  dried  bents,  the  finer  ones 
forming  the  lining ;  others  increasing  in  substance 
made  up  the  exterior.  Mr.  Yarrell  states  the  num- 
ber of  eggs  at  from  four  to  six,  rather  smaller  than 


those  of  the  great  titmouse  and  less  pointed ;  eight 
lines  and  a  half  long  by  six  lines  and  a  half  in 
breadth  ;  white,  and  sparingly  marked  with  pale  red 
lines  or  scratches.     ('  British  Birds.') 

Description.— Male. — Black  between  the  bill  and 
the  eye,  and  these  black  feathere  are  very  long  and 
prolonged  on  each  side  on  the  lateral  part  of  the 
neck ;  head  and  occiput  bluiiih-ash ;  throat  and 
front  of  the  neck  pure  white,  which  blends  on  the 
breast  and  the  middle  of  the  belly  into  a  rosy  hue  ; 
nape,  back,  rump,  feathers  of  the  middle  of  the  tail 
and  sides  fine  rust-colour ;  great  coverts  of  the 
wings  deep  black,  bordered  with  deep  rusty  on  the 
external  barb,  and  reddish-white  on  the  internal 
barb  ;  quills  bordered  with  white  ;  feathers  of  the 
under  part  of  the  tail  deep  black ;  lateral  tail- 
feathers  bordered  and  terminated  with  grey ;  tail 
long,  much  graduated ;  bill  and  iris  fine  yellow. 
Length,  six  inches  and  two  or  three  lines. 

Female.— No  black  moustaches  ;  throat  and  front 
of  the  neck  tarnished  white  ;  upper  parts  of  the 
head  and  body  rusty,  shaded  with  brown  ;  on  the 
middle  of  the  back  some  longitudinal  black  spots ; 
under  tail-coverts  bright  rusty. 

Young  at  their  leaving  the  nest,  and  before  their 
first  moult,  with  nearly  the  whole  of  the  plumage  of 
very  bright  reddish  ;  a  good  deal  of  black  on  th?  ex- 
ternal barbs  of  the  quills  and  tail-feathers  ;  on  the 
middle  of  the  back  a  very  large  space  of  deep  black. 
After  the  first  moult  nothing  of  the  deep  black  of 
the  back  remains  but  some  longitudinal  spots. 

1412.— The  Penduline  Titmouse 

(^githahis  pendulinm).  Panis  pendulinus ;  Re- 
miz  or  Mesange  de  Pologne  of  the  French  ;  Bentel- 
meise  of  the  Germans.  This  bird  is  principally 
confined  to  the  southern  and  eastern  provinces  of 
Europe  ;  Poland,  Hungary,  the  south  of  France, 
Italy,  &c.  It  breeds  along  the  Danube.  The 
Penduline  Titmouse,  both  in  habits  and  in  the  choice 
of  its  food,  has  many  points  in  common  with  the 
species  above  described.  Like  the  bearded  tit,  the 
Penduline  titmouse  haunts  the  reedy  banks  of 
rivers,  or  the  margins  of  "  wide-watered  "  shores,  and 
its  food  consists  not  only  of  the  seeds  of  the  reeds, 
but  of  aquatic  insects  and  mollusks.  It  derives  its 
name  from  its  pensile  purse-like  or  flask-like  nest, 
generally  suspended  at  the  end  of  some  willow  twig 
or  other  flexible  branch  of  an  aquatic  tree.  This 
skilfully-wrought  cradle  is  woven  from  the  cotton- 
like wool  or  down  of  the  willow  or  poplar,  with  an 
opening  in  the  side  for  the  ingress  and  egress  of  the 
artificers  and  their  young,  and  mostly  overhangs  the 
water ;  sometimes,  however,  it  is  interwoven  among 
the  reed  stems.  The  eggs  are  six  in  number,  and  of 
a  pure  white  marked  with  spots  of  red. 

In  the  male  the  colouring  is  as  follows: — Bill 
black,  straight,  a  little  elongated,  and  pointed  ;  tail 
short ;  top  of  the  head  and  nape  pure  ash-colour ; 
forehead,  space  between  the  eye  and  the  bill,  region 
of  the  eyes,  and  feathers  of  the  orifices  of  the  ears 
deep  black ;  back  and  scapulars  reddish-grey :  rump 
ash-colour ;  throat  white,  the  other  lower  parts 
whitish,  with  rosy  tints ;  coverts  of  the  wings  chest- 
nut, bordered  and  terminated  with  whitish-rusty 
and  white  ;  wings  and  tail  blackish,  bordered  with 
whitish-rusty  ;  tail-feathers  terminated  with  white  ; 
iris  yellow.  Length,  four  inches  three  or  four  lines. 
The  female  is  rather  smaller,  and  has  the  tints  less 
decided. 

1413. — The  Black  Titmouse 

(Parus  niffer).  Parus  leucopterus,  Swainson.  This 
species  is  abundant  in  the  Caffre  country,  South 
Africa,  and  has  been  received  also  from  Senegal. 
In  general  form  and  size  it  approaches  the  Parus 
major  of  Europe,  but  the  bill  is  shorter  and  more 
arched  above  ;  the  feet  are  smaller,  and  the  claws 
shorter,  broader,  and  more  curved.  According  to 
Le  Vaillant,  the  note  of  the  Black  Titmouse,  or 
Mesange  noire,  is  the  same  as  that  of  our  Greater 
Titmouse ;  and  the  nest,  he  says,  is  made  in  the 
hoUow  trunks  of  trees,  where  the  bird  also  roosts. 
The  eggs  are  from  six  to  eight  in  number,  and  of  a 
pure  white.  The  general  colour  of  this  species  is  a 
deep  uniform  glossy  black  with  a  slight  bluish  re- 
flexion in  certain  lights ;  the  lesser  and  greater 
wing-coverts  and  base  of  the  quill-feathers  are  of 
a  snowy  white,  in  admirable  contrast  with  the  black. 
Total  length,  nearly  six  inches. 

Family  SYLVIAD^  (WARBLERS). 

Fig.  1414  is  a  group  of  pictorial  specimens  of  British 
SylviadsB  :— a,  the  Nigntingale  ;  b,  the  Black-cap ; 
c,  the  Wren ;  rf,  the  Redbreast ;  e,  the  Sedge- 
Warbler;/,  the  Whitethroat. 

The  family  designated  Sylviadae,  or  Warblers, 
comprehends  a  very  numerous  assemblage  of  birds, 
all  of  small  size  and  delicate  structure,  many  being 
noted  for  their  powers  of  song.  In  all  the  bill  is 
more  or  less  slender,  with  the  upper  mandible 
notched  ;  not  a  few  are  migratory  in  their  habits, 
and  rank    among  our  summer  visitants.     For  the 


most  part  they  are  woodland  in  their  habits,  fre- 
quenting groves,  hedgerows,  plantations,  and  copses, 
where  their  mingled  voices  resound  during  the 
months  of  May  and  June,  making  a  wild  chorus,  as 
morning  dawns,  grateful  to  the  ear,  and  combining 
with  the  hues  of  the  renewed  foliage,  the  perfume 
of  early  flowers,  and  the  tranquillity  of  the  hour,  to 
impress  the  mind  with  pleasing  sensations,  and  fix 
in  it  a  train  of  associations  as  delightful  as  perma- 
nent. The  groups  of  the  Sylviadae  are  spread  over 
all  quarters  of  the  globe,  and  are  destined  with 
others  to  thin  the  innumerable  hosts  of  insects 
which  teem  in  the  localities  they  tenant.  Such  as 
are  migratory  arrive  in  their  summer-quarters  at 
the  time  when  their  natural  food  begins  to  abound, 
and  retire  southwards  when  the  supply  begins  to  di- 
minish, upon  the  first  fall  of  the  leaf,  and  the  cooler 
breeze  of  an  autumnal  evening.  As  diftercnt  lo- 
calities are  assigned  to  different  tribes  of  insects,  so, 
though  most  are  woodland,  is  a  diversity  of  haunts 
assigned  to  the  various  groups  of  these  birds.  Some 
confine  themselves  to  the  higher  branches  of  the 
trees,  some  frequent  dense  humid  thickets,  some 
hedgerows,  some  tall  reed-beds,  some  grassy  lawns, 
pasture  lands,  and  wide  commons ;  and  in  each 
place  do  they  find  the  insects  most  suitable  to  their 
appetite.  A  few  feed  during  the  summer  months 
on  ripe  berries,  as  well  as  on  insects;  and  visit 
gardens  and  shrubberies. 

The  Sylviadae  are  thrown  by  naturalists  into  se- 
veral minor  groups  or  subfamilies,  as  Saxicolinae, 
Stonechats;  Philomelina;,  Nightingales,  &c.  :  but  as 
our  object  is  rather  to  illustrate  the  general  outline 
of  ornithology  than  enter  into  minutiae,  we  shall  re- 
strict our  observations  to  the  pictorial  specimens 
before  us,  which  embody  the  principal  forms  of  the 
present  family. 

1414  (a),  1415,  1416.— The  Nightingale 

(Philomela  Luscinia).  aifiuiv  of  the  ancient  Greeks, 
Luscinia  and  Philomela  of  the  Latins.  Rossignuolo, 
Rusignuolo,  and  Usignuolo  of  the  modern  Italians; 
Rossignol  of  the  French ;  Ruisenor  of  the  Spanish ; 
Nachtigall  of  the  Germans ;  Nachtergahl  of  the 
'Fauna  Suecica ;'  Nattergale  of  Brunnich ;  and 
Eos  of  the  ancient  British.  It  is  the  Luscinia  of 
Gesiier,  Aldrovandus,  Willughby,  Ray,  and  Brehm  ; 
Motacilla  Luscinia  of  Linnaeus ;  Sylvia  Luscinia  oif 
Latham  and  others;  Curruca  Luscinia  of  Fleming; 
Philomela  Luscinia  of  Selby,  Gould,  and  Swainson ; 
and  the  Luscinia  Philomela  of  Bonaparte. 

This  deservedly  celebrated  songster  is  a  summer 
visitor  to  our  island  and  the  European  continent, 
migrating  in  winter  into  Egypt  and  Syria,  and  the 
northern  districts  of  Africa.  On  the  Continent  it 
extends  its  range  as  far  northwards  as  Sweden  ;  but 
in  our  island,  strange  to  say,  its  distribution  is  li- 
mited. It  is  stated  to  be  tolerably  common  about 
Doncaster,  in  Yorkshire  ;  but  though  this  may  be 
the  case,  it  is  certainly  of  rare  occurrence  in  Lan- 
cashire, Cheshire,  and  Derbyshire.  It  does  not  visit 
Cornwall  or  the  western  parts  of  Devonshire,  nor 
(though  Dyer,  in  his  '  Grongar  Hill,'  makes  this 
bird  the  companion  of  his  Muse  in  the  Vale  of 
Towey)  is  it  heard  in  Wales,  excepting  perhaps  on 
the  border-line  of  South  Wales,  and  that  very  rarely. 
It  never  visits  Ireland  ;  nor  is  it  known  in  the  Chan- 
nel Islands,  Guernsey,  Jersey,  &c.  In  the  south- 
eastern counties  it  is  abundant ;  and  especially  in 
Surrey,  Sussex,  Hampshire,  Dorsetshire,  Essex, 
Middlesex,  Berkshire,  &c.  The  causes  of  this  par- 
tial distribution  have  not  hitherto  been  satisfactorily 
explained.  On  the  Continent  it  is  nowhere  more 
abundant  than  in  Portugal,  Spain,  and  Italy,  where, 
however,  as  in  England,  it  is  migratoiy,  leaving 
those  countries  on  the  setting  in  of  winter.  The 
islands  of  the  Greek  Archipelago  are  visited  by  this 
bird ;  it  is  found  also  in  Judea,  and  Mr.  Strickland 
observed  it  at  Smyrna  on  the  5th  of  April.  Mr. 
Gould  states  that  he  has  "  received  specimens  from 
Northern  Africa,  but  never  obtained  any  from  the 
central  or  southern  parts  of  that  portion  of  the 
globe  ;  it  would  appear  therefore  that  its  distribu- 
tion over  that  vast  continent  is  very  limited." 

The  nightingale  haunts  close  shrubberies,  copses, 
and  dense  coverts,  in  low  humid  situations,  and,  as 
it  has  been  observed,  more  especially  where  the 
cowslip  grows  plentifully.  To  these  favourite  spots 
the  males,  which  precede  by  about  fen  days  the  fe- 
males, on  their  visit  to  our  shores,  immediately 
make  their  way,  and  begin  their  rich  strains  of  invi- 
tation, striving,  as  it  would  seem,  to  excel  each 
other  in  the  fulness  of  their  notes  and  the  luxuri- 
ance of  their  modulations.  This  bird,  as  its  name 
implies,  sings  at  night,  and  its  strains,  heard  by 
calm  moonlight  when  all  is  silent  around,  are  very 
pleasing ;  but  it  is  not  only  at  night  that  this  song- 
ster pours  out  his  melody  ;  he  sings  also  during  the 
day,  but  his  strain,  mingled  with  the  voices  of  other 
biros,  is  less  effective,  less  captivating  than  when 
uttered  during  the  moonlit  hour,  and  listened  to 
amidst  the  shadowy  stillness  of  its  embowered  re- 
treat. 


Warblers.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


315 


It  is  only  prior  to  the  work  of  incubation,  and  tlie 
labours  of  rearing  tine  youna:  brood,  that  the  notes 
of  the  nightingale  are  poured  forth  in  their  fullest 
melody ;  and  at  the  latter  end  of  the  season,  before 
leaving  our  shores,  the  voice  of  song  is  exchanged 
for  a  hoarse  kind  of  croak. 

The  nightingale  breeds  in  the  thickest  coverts, 
and  so  artfully  constr^icted  and  so  well  concealed  is 
the  nest,  that  it  is  not  to  be  discovered  without  great 
difBculty.  It  is  generally  placed  low  in  a  thick 
bush,  or  on  the  ground  amongst  intertangled  stems. 
The  outside  is  composed  of  withered  leaves,  or 
grass,  or  of  the  skeleton  leaves  which  accumulate 
under  hedges  and  thickets ;  internally  it  is  lined 
with  fine  fibres  of  roots  and  hair.  The  eggs  are 
five  in  number,  and  of  an  olive-brownT  The  young 
are  fed  with  soft  caterpillars,  which,  with  insects 
and  berries,  constitute  the  diet  of  the  adults. 

The  nightingale  measures  about  teven  inches  in 
length :  its  general  plumage  above  is  of  a  rich 
brown,  the  lower  part  of  the  back  and  tail  having  a 
reddish  tinge ;  the  under  parts  are  ash-colour. 
Closely  allied  to  the  nightingale  are  three  species 
peculiar  to  the  Continent :  the  Curruca  Philomela 
(Philomela  Turdoides,  Blyth)  ;  C.  Sericea ;  and  C. 
Orphea.  (See  Gould ;  and  Temminck's  '  Manuel 
d'Ornithologie.')-  The  song  of  the  first  is  loud,  but  far 
inferior  to  that  of  the  nightingale. 

1414  (6),  1417,  1418.— The  Black-cap 

{Curruca  atiicapilta).  This  species,  scarcely  in- 
ferior to  the  nightingale  in  its  musical  powers,  ar- 
rives in  our  island  about  the  middle  of  April,  and 
leaves  at  the  end  of  September.  It  is  the  Fauvette 
-d  tSte  noire  of  the  French;  der  Mdnch  of  the  Ger- 
mans ;  the  Caponera  gentile,  or,  from  its  fondness 
for  ivy-berries,  Caponera  dedera  of  the  Italians, 
who  class  it  under  the  birds  called  Becafico,  so 
prized  for  the  table.  The  black-cap  is  very  shy  and 
retired,  concealing  itself  amidst  the  foliage  of  trees, 
while  it  pours  forth  at  intervals  its  varied  flute-like 
tones,  which,  like  the  nightingale,  it  continues  "  when 
eventide  is  ended."  Not  only  has  it  its  own  pecu- 
liar strain,  but  it  has  also  the  power  of  imitating 
the  voices  of  various  other  birds,  and  so  admirably 
as  to  deceive  the  listener. 

"When  the  black-cap,"  says  Mr.  Sweet,  "first 
arrives  in  this  country,  its  chief  food  is  the  early 
ripened  berries  of  the  ivy,  and  where  those  are, 
there  the  black-caps  are  first  to  be  heard  sing- 
ing their  melodious  and  varied  song.  By  the  time 
the  ivy-berries  are  over,  the  little  green  larviE  of  the 
small  moths  will  be  getting  plentiful,  rolled  up  in 
the  young  shoots  and  leaves ;  then  is  this  their  chief 
food  until  the  strawberries  and  cherries  become  ripe : 
after  that  there  is  no  want  of  fruit  or  berries  till 
their  return,  and  there  is  no  sort  of  fruit  or  berry 
that  is  eatable  or  wholesome  that  they  will  refuse. 
After  they  have  cleared  the  elder-berries  in  autumn, 
they  immediately  leave  us." 

Woods,  thickets,  and  orchards  are  the  favourite 
haunts  of  this  species ;  and  there,  among  dense 
bushes  and  brambles,  it  builds  its  nest,  which  is  com- 
posed of  dried  stalks  of  goose-grass,  a  little  moss  or 
wool,  and  lined  with  fibrous  roots  and  a  few  hairs. 
The  eggs  are  five  in  number,  of  a  reddish  brown, 
with  spots  of  a  darker  tint,  intermixed  with  others  of 
an  ashy  grey.  Fig.  1419  represents  the  egg  of  the 
present  bird.  The  male  black-cap  measures  nearly 
six  inches  in  length  ;  crown  and  occiput  black  ;  neck 
and  breast  grey.  Upper  parts  grey  tinged  with  oil- 
green  ;  under  parts  ashy  grey.  In  the  female,  which 
exceeds  the  male  in  size,  the  crown  of  the  head  is 
umber  brown  ;  and  the  general  tints  of  the  plumage 
are  darker  and  more  decidedly  washed  with  green. 

The  black-cap  is  widely  dispersed  as  a  summer 
visitant  through  the  northern  parts  of  Europe,  ex- 
tending as  high  as  Lapland.  Temminck  says  that 
it  is  rare  beyond  the  Apennines  and  Pyrenees.  In 
Madeira  it  is  a  common  and  a  permanent  resident, 
as  it  is  also  in  the  environs  of  Rome,  and  southern 
Italy.  The  Sylvia  melanocephala,  Latham,  a  native 
of  the  South  of  Spain,  and  the  S.  sarda  of  Marmora, 
are  allied  but  distinct  species. 

1420. — The  Greater  Pettichaps,   or  Garden 
Warbler 

{Curruca  liortenm).  This  bird  is  the  Beccafico,  or 
Fig-eater  of  the  Italians;  theBecfigue  of  the  French; 
Ficedula  of  the  Latins  ;  SukoAIs  of  the  Greeks  ;  but 
this  name  Fig-eater,  as  is  well  observed  by  Prince 
C.  L.  Bonaparte,  in  his  'Specchio  Comparativo,'  is 
applied  to  different  kinds  of  Sylvan  Warblers,  when- 
ever they  are  fat  and  in  a  good  state  for  the  table. 
These  are  generally  fruit-eaters  in  the  season.  The 
true  Beccafico,  however,  with  its  "  came  squisita," 
is,  according  to  the  Prince,  this  species,  the  Sylvia 
(Curruca)  hortensis. 

This  bird,  vNhich  in  many  districts  is  far  from 
being  rare,  was  first  described  as  a  British  species 
by  Latham:  it  arrives  in  April  and  departs  early  in 
September ;  and,  according  to  Selby,  extends  its 
range  not  only  throughout  most  parts  of  England, 


but  the  greater  part  of  Scotland,  particularly  where 
lakes  and  rivers  are  bordered  by  wooded  extent  of 
country.  It  is  abundant  over  the  south  of  Europe. 
The  Greater  Pettichaps  is  little  inferior  to  the  night- 
ingale in  song,  and  sometimes  utters  its  varied  notes 
after  sunset.  Some  of  the  notes  are  peculiarly 
mellow,  and  closely  approach  those  of  the  black- 
bird, while  others  are  quick,  shrill,  and  lively.  During 
the  performance  of  its  strain  the  bird  is  seldom  seen, 
for,  like  the  rest  of  its  tribe,  it  is  shy  and  recluse, 
lurking  in  the  shadiest  coverts,  amidst  the  foliage 
of  some  close  thicket ;  but  sometimes  may  be  ob- 
served warbling  from  the  upper  light  branches  of  a 
tree.  Lewin  says  that  it  makes  its  nest  for  the 
most  part  with  fibres  and  wool,  sometimes  with  the 
addition  of  green  moss,  often  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  gardens,  which  it  frequents,  with  the  white-throat 
and  black-cap,  for  the  sake  of  currants  and  other 
fruits.  Montagu,  who  has  recorded  this  habit, 
which  we  can  personally  verify,  states  also  that  it 
inhabits  thick  hedges,  where  it  makes  a  nest  near 
the  ground,  composed  of  goose-grass  (Galium  Apa- 
rine,  Linn.)  and  other  fibrous  plants,  flitnsily  put  to- 
gether, like  that  of  the  common  white-throat,  with 
the  addition  sometimes  of  a  little  green  moss  exter- 
nally. Selby  gives  much  the  same  description.  It 
lays  four,  sometimes  five  eggs,  about  the  size  of  a 
hedge-sparrow's  or  hedge-warbler's,  of  a  dirty  white, 
blotched  with  light  brown  (Selby  says  wood-brown), 
the  blotches  being  most  numerous  at  the  larger  end. 
Its  alarm-call,  according  to  Selby,  is  very  similar  to 
that  of  the  white-throat ;  and  C.  Bonaparte  notes  it 
as  common  near  Rome  in  the  autumn. 

Total  length,  about  six  inches. 

The  whole  of  the  upper  parts  oil-green,  with  a 
shade  of  ash-grey.  On  each  side  of  the  lower  part 
of  the  neck  is  a  patch  of  ash-grey.  Breast  and  flanks 
yellowish  grey,  inclining  to  wood-brown.  Throat 
and  under  parts  greyish  white.  Orbits  of  the  eyes 
white ;  irides  brown  ;  bill  Vfood-brown.  Legs  and 
claws  bluish  grey. 

The  female  is  similar  in  plumage  to  the  male 
bird. 

1414  (/).— The  White-Throat 

(Curruca  cinerea).  Fauvette  grise,  or  Grisette,  of  the 
French ;  Fahle  Grasmiicke  of  Bechstein. 

This,  like  the  two  former  species,  is  a  migratory 
bird,  visiting  our  island  and  the  middle  and  northern 
districts  of  the  European  continent  during  the  sum- 
mer. It  frequents  tall  hedgerows  and  copses,  and 
possesses  a  pleasing  but  hurried  and  feeble  song, 
which  it  frequently  utters  upon  the  wing  as  it  sud- 
denly rises  from  the  spray  upon  which  it  had  been 
perched,  to  a  considerable  height  in  the  air,  and 
then  slowly  descends  to  the  same  spot  whence  it  had 
taken  its  departure.  In  executing  t'nis  movement 
its  flight  is  peculiarly  quivering,  and  cannot  have 
been  unobserved  by  those  who  are  accustomed  to 
observe  the  habits  of  birds  in  a  state  of  nature. 

Besides  insects  and  their  larvae,  the  white-throat 
feeds  on  currants,  and  other  garden  fruit  which 
ripens  during  the  summer. 

The  nest  of  this  species  is  built  among  brushwood, 
nettles,  or  brambles,  and  is  composed  of  the  withered 
stems  of  goose-grass  intermixed  with  hair.  The 
eggs  are  five  in  number  ;  of  a  greyish  white  speckled 
with  wood- brown  and  grey. 

The  white-throat  is  about  five  inches  and  a  half 
in  length :  the  general  colour  above  is  brown ;  the 
top  of  the  head  being  tinged  with  soot-black.  The 
quill-feathers  and  coverts  are  blackish  brown  mar- 
gined with  light  reddish  brown ;  the  flanks  and 
chest  are  ash-grey  tinged  with  red ;  the  throat  and 
middle  of  the  abdomen  are  white.  An  allied,  but 
smaller  and  darker  coloured  species,  the  Lesser 
White-throat  (Curruca  garrula),  is  not  uncommon 
in  some  districts  (we  have  seen  it  round  London, 
and  have  specimens  killed  in  the  fields  about  Ham- 
mersmith) ;  but  from  its  extremely  recluse  habits, 
tenanting  the  thickest  hedges,  it  escapes  ordinary 
observation. 

1421. — The  Whinchat 
(Saxicola  Rubetra).  Grand  Traquet,  Traquet, 
Groulard,  Tarier,  Thyon,  Semel  (in  Lorraine),  of  the 
French;  Grosser  Fliegenfanger,  Gestettenschlager, 
and  Braunkchliger-Steinsraiitzer  of  the  Germans ; 
Salta-bastone  con  la  gola  bianca  and  Stiaccino  of 
the  Italians;  Furze-chat,  provincial  English;  and 
Clocher  yr  eithin  of  the  antient  British.  This  bird 
is  dispersed  during  summer  throughout  Europe, 
from  the  Mediterranean  to  Norway,  Sweden,  and 
temperate  Russia ;  it  passes  the  winter  in  Northern 
Africa,  and  has  been  observed  during  that  season  in 
Smyrna.  It  arrives  in  our  island  in  April,  and  de- 
parts at  the  latter  end  of  autumn.  Commons,  wide 
open  fields,  and  heaths  are  its  favourite  places  of 
residence.  In  some  counties  it  is  very  abundant, 
and  its  well-known  cry,  u-tick,  u-tick,  may  be  heard 
as  the  bird  flits  from  bush  to  bush,  perching  on  the 
topmost  twigs.  It  utters  this  cry  with  a  singular 
jerk  of  the  tail,  repeating  the  last  syllable  two  or 


three  times  in  succession,  and  immediately  flits  off 
to  the  next  bush,  repeating  its  cry  as  before.  Small 
shelled  snails,  slugs,  and  coleopterous  insects  con- 
stitute its  food,  and  we  have  seen  it  take  insects  on 
the  wing,  darting  at  them  from  its  perch,  and  pass- 
ing onwards  after  seizing  them.  The  nest  is 
usually  placed  under  the  shelter  of  furze  or  brush- 
wood on  the  ground,  and  is  formed  of  dry  stalks  of 
grass  lined  with  finer  bents  and  fibres ;  the  eggs  are 
five  in  number,  of  a  bluish  green  with  a  few  small 
reddish  brown  specks.  The  song  of  this  active 
sprightly  bird  is  a  trifling  but  not  unpleasant  warble, 
and  is  sometimes  uttered  late  in  the  evening.  Mr. 
Sweet  states  that  when  caught  young  it  may  be 
taught  any  tune,  and  will  learn  the  song  of  any  bird 
it  hears. 

The  whole  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  male 
whinchat  is  of  a  yellowish  brown,  each  feather  hav- 
ing a  central  dash  of  brownish  black  ;  a  large  spot 
of  white  occupies  the  centre  of  each  wing.  A  broad 
stripe  of  white  passes  above  the  eyes,  while  the 
cheeks  and  ear-coverts  are  black.  The  throat,  the 
sides  of  the  neck,  and  the  basal  half  of  all  the  tail- 
feathers,  except  the  two  middle,  are  also  white,  the 
rest  of  the  tail  being  black ;  the  chest  is  fine  light 
rufous.  The  female,  our  upper  figure,  wants  the 
black  on  the  cheeks  and  the  white  on  the  wing; 
and  the  general  colours  of  the  plumage  are  much 
less  distinct  and  pure. 

1422.— The  Wheat-ear 

{Saxicola  CEnartthe).  Moteux,  Vitrec,  and  Cul-blanc 
of  the  French  ;  Codo  bianco,  Fornarola,  Petragnola, 
Culbianco,  and  Codetta  d'estate  of  the  Italians ; 
Steinschwatzer,  Steinschnapperl,  Grauruckiger, 
Steinschmatzer,  and  Weissehwanz  of  the  Germans ; 
Tapuit  of  the  Netherlanders ;  Stenguetta  of  the 
Swedes ;  Steendolf,  Steensguette,  and  Steengylpe 
of  the  Norwegians;  Fallow-finch,  Fallow-chat, 
White-tail,  Stone-chacker,  &c.,  provincial  English  ; 
Tinwyn  y  cerrig  of  the  antient  British. 

The  wheat-ear  is  a  bird  of  passage,  widely  spread 
during  the  spring  and  summer  over  the  whole  of 
Europe,  from  the  shores  of  the  Mediterranean  to 
Lapland,  Sweden,  Norway,  and  Iceland.  Every- 
where it  resorts  to  wide  open  downs,  sheep-pastures, 
and  commons,  scattering  in  pairs  over  the  country, 
for  the  purpose  of  breeding,  and  collecting  in  vast 
flocks  during  the  autumn,  which  gradually  migrate 
southwards.  In  our  island  it  makes  its  appearance 
early  in  March,  and  the  numerous  specimens  which 
we  have  seen  killed  during  that  month  around 
London  had  their  stomachs  filled  with  the  frag- 
ments of  coleopterous  insects,  and  were  so  loaded 
with  fat,  that  in  many  instances  the  plumage  was 
spoiled  by  its  oozing  from  the  perforations  made  by 
the  shot. 

The  wheat-ear  trips  along  over  the  grass  with 
great  alertness,  and  its  flight,  which  is  low,  is 
smooth  and  rapid :  the  male  has  a  soft  sweet 
warble,  which  is  often  uttered  while  on  the  wing. 
According  to  Mr.  Sweet,  the  wheat-ear  confined  in 
an  aviary  sings  by  night  as  well  as  by  day,  and  in 
winter  as  well  as  through  the  summer  months,  the 
notes  being  at  that  season  the  most  varied. 

The  nest  of  this  species  is  composed  of  dried 
roots,  grasses,  feathers,  and  fur,  and  is  concealed 
with  great  care,  so  as  not  to  be  easily  detected ;  it 
is  sometimes  placed  under  the  shelter  of  a  turf  or 
stone,  among  the  fissures  of  old  walls  or  stone- 
quarries,  in  the  deep  crevices  of  rocks,  or  in  deserted 
rabbit-burrows.  The  eggs,  five  or  six  in  number, 
are  of  a  pure  bluish  green.  On  visiting  the  down 
and  open  lands  of  Kent  and  Sussex  in  the  months 
of  August  and  September,  we  cannot  fail  to  observe 
the  vast  numbers  of  these  birds  which  are  drawn 
thither  and  collected  from  all  the  more  northern 
districts  of  our  island,  previously  to  their  departure  ; 
day  after  day  brings  a  fresh  influx.  At  this  season 
multitudes  are  caught  for  the  table,  their  flesh 
being  esteemed  a  great  delicacy. 

In  the  male  the  top  of  the  head  and  the  upper 
part  of  the  back  are  of  a  fine  grey,  a  white  line 
passes  from  the  beak  above  the  eye,  succeeded  by  a 
black  band  which  surrounds  the  eye,  and  spreads 
over  the  ear-coverts.  The  lower  part  of  the  back 
and  basal  half  of  the  tail-leathers  (the  two  middle 
excepted)  are  white,  the  rest  black.  The  wings 
are  black ;  the  chest  is  of  a  delicate  fawn  colour 
fading  into  white.  The  female  wants  the  white 
superciliary  stripe,  and  the  black  band  is  exchanged 
for  one  of  a  dull  brown  :  the  general  plumage  is 
less  pure  and  bright  ;  the  wings  are  brownish  ;  and 
the  chest  reddish  passing  into  white  below.  The 
lower  figure  represents  the  male. 

1423. — The  Mountain  Short-wino 
{Brachypteryx  montaim).     This  bird,  the  Kelck  of 
the  Javanese,  the  Mountaineer  Warbler  of  Latham, 
is  in  many  points  allied  to  the  Saxicolse.    It  is  a 
native  of  Java. 

Dr.  Horsfieid  met  with  this  species  in  one  situa 
tion  only,  viz..   Mount  Prahu,  at  an  elevation   of 

2S2 


l«!9.-  Pied  Wagtails. 


316 


1433.— Female  Tellow-throat  and  Cow-Buntiiig. 


1441 — Not  ofSfdje-WuUer. 


1436 Kentucky  Warbler. 


1440.  -No*  of  YeUow  Wren. 


1438.— N€3t  of  Pinc-pinc. 


1439. — Nest  of  Pinc-pinc. 


1442.— Nest  of  Sedge- Warbler. 


^ 


1439.— Funiliu  Creeper. 


I.  -Not  attribated  to  Reed-Bnnting. 


1437.— Neat  of  Capocier. 


1444.— Nart  of  Tulot-Bird. 


317 


318 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Warblers 


about  leven  thousand  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
Kea,  but  thinks  it  probable  that  it  may  be  found  on 
all  the  peaks  of  Java,  which  are  covered  with  thick 
forests  accommodated  to  its  peculiar  habits.  The 
recurrence,  he  observes,  of  several  quadrupeds  and 
birds,  at  a  certain  elevation,  is  as  regular  in  that 
island  as  that  of  many  plants  and  insects.  Un 
Mount  Prahu,  which,  he  says,  in  the  luxuriance  of 
its  vegetation  and  gloomy  thickets  is  probably  not 
surpassed  in  any  portion  of  the  globe,  this  bird  is 
ver)-  numerous.  In  his  daily  excursions  Dr.  Hors- 
field  uniformly  observed  and  occasionally  sur- 
prised it  in  its  short  sallies  among  the  openings 
of  the  forest.  It  was  chiefly  found  on  the  lowest 
branches  of  trees  or  on  the  ground.  As  the  short- 
ness of  its  wings  incapacitates  it  for  elevated  or 
distant  flights,  its  motions  are  low,  short,  and  made 
with  great  exertion.  It  lives  in  the  thickest  coverts, 
feeding  on  the  larvc  of  insects,  worms,  &c.,  and 
there  it  forms  its  nest  on  the  ground.  "  It  utters, 
almost  without  interruption,  a  varied  song.  Its 
common  note  is  a  quickly  reiterated  babbling,  re- 
sembling that  of  the  Curnica  garrula  of  Brisson, 
and  other  birds  of  this  family :  it  also  has  a  pro- 
tracted plaintive  note,  but  it  sometimes  rises  to 
higher  and  melodious  warblings,  which,  in  the 
general  silence  of  these  elevated  regions,  afford  an 
inexpressible  sensation  of  delight  to  the  mind  of  the 
solitary  traveller." 

In  the  male  the  head  and  neck  are  of  a  dark 
indigo  blue,  variegated  with  darker  and  lighter 
shades  ;  above  the  eyes  a  white  mark  ;  body  gene- 
rally ferruginous  ;  wings  and  tail  black  ;  lower  part 
of  breast  and  abdomen  whit i.''h ;  plumage  lax  and 
silky.     Length,  nearly  ten  inches. 

In  the  female  the  dark  blue  tint,  which  in  the 
male  covers  the  head  and  neck,  extends  over  the 
body  generally,  and  also  marks  the  exterior  vanes 
of  the  quills.  The  throat  and  neck  underneath 
have  a  dark  greyish  tint.  The  abdomen  is  greyish 
white.  The  covering  of  the  abdomen  and  thighs 
is  long,  delicate,  silky,  and  pendulous.  The  lower 
figure  represents  the  male. 

1414  (d). — The  Redbreast 

(Erythaca  Rvbeculd).  Rouge-gorge  of  the  French  ; 
Rothburstiger  Sanger  of  Meyer.  This  familiar  and 
beautiful  little  bird  is  a  permanent  resident  in  our 
island,  but  in  Norway  and  other  northern  districts 
of  continental  Europe  it  is  migratory,  passing 
southwards  on  the  approach  of  winter.  Every- 
where this  species  is  a  favourite,  and  has  in  most 
countries  received  appellations  indicative  of  attach- 
ment :  thus  in  Sweden  it  is  called  Tomi  Liden  ;  in 
Norway,  Peter  Ronsmad ;  in  Germany,  Thomas 
Gierdet ;  and  in  England,  Robin  Redbreast.  In 
the  spring  the  redbreast  leaves  the  immediate 
vicinity  of  our  habitations,  for  the  wood,  copse,  or 
shady  garden,  where,  in  conjunction  with  his  mate, 
he  builds  a  nest,  shrouding  it  amidst  dense  foliage, 
on  a  bank,  among  the  roots  of  trees,  or  in  the 
crevice  of  an  old  ivy-shadowed  wall  or  crok.  The 
eggs  are  of  a  pale  yellowish  grey,  with  numerous 
reddish-brown  spots. 

When  the  chillness  of  autumn  proclaims  the  ap- 
proach of  winter,  the  redbreast  leaves  the  woods 
and  thickets,  and,  seeking  for  food  and  shelter 
around  the  precints  of  our  dwellings,  "pays  to 
trusted  man  its  annual  visit ; "  and  utters  its  clear 
notes  while  perched  upon  the  twig  of  a  leafless  tree. 
The  song  of  the  redbreast  near  the  window  is  the 
presage  of  the  autumn. 

This  species  is  bold  and  spirited,  and  will  not 
admit  the  approach  of  any  small  bird  near  its  nest, 
nor  the  presence  of  a  rival  within  the  precincts  it 
has  selected  for  its  walk  through  the  winter ;  two 
males,  indeed,  seldom  meet  at  any  time  without  a 
conflict.  We  will  not  enter  into  the  descriptive 
details  of  a  bird  with  which  all  are  acquainted. 

1423*,  1424.— The  Blue-Bied 

(Erilhica  sialis).  Sialis  Wilsoni,  Swainson.  Like 
our  redbreast,  this  harbinger  of  spring  to  the  Ame- 
ricans "is  known  to  almost  every  child,  and  shows," 
says  Wilson,  "  as  much  confidence  in  man  by  as- 
sociating with  him  in  summer,  as  the  other  by  his 
familiarity  in  winter." 

"So  cariy  as  the  middle  of  February,  if  the 
weather  be  open,  he  usually  makes  his  appearance 
about  his  old  naunts,  the  bam,  orchard,  and  fence - 
posts.  Storms  and  deep  snows  sometimes  succeed- 
ing, he  disappears  for  a  time ;  but  about  the  middle 
of  March  is  again  seen  accompanied  by  his  mate, 
visiting  the  box  in  the  garden,  or  the  hole  in  the 
old  apple-tree,  the  cradle  of  some  generations  of 
his  ancestors." 

It  is  interesting,  says  a  curious  and  correct  ob- 
server, "  to  behold  his  courtship,  his  solicitude  to 
please  and  to  secure  the  favour  of  his  beloved 
female.  He  uses  the  tenderest  expressions,  sits 
close  by  her,  caresses  and  sings  to  her  his  most 
endearing  warblings.  When  seated  together,  if  he 
espies  an  insect  delicious  to  her  taste,  he  takes  it 


up,  flies  with  it  to  her,  spreads  his  wing  over  her, 
and  puts  it  in  her  mouth. 

The  food  of  the  blue-bird  consists  principally 
of  insects,  particularly  large  beetles  and  other 
culeoptera,  frequently  of  spiders,  and  sometimes  of 
fruits  and  seeds. 

The  nest  is  built  in  holes  in  trees  and  similar  situa- 
tions. The  eggs,  which  are  of  a  pale  blue  colour, 
are  five  in  number;  two  and  sometimes  three 
broods  are  produced  in  a  season. 

Its  song  is  cheerful,  continuing  with  little  in- 
terruption from  March  to  October,  but  is  most  fre- 
quently heard  in  the  serene  days  of  the  spring. 

With  regard  to  its  geographical  distribution, 
Catesby  says,  "These  birds  are  common  in  most 
parts  of  North  America,  for  I  have  seen  them  in 
Carolina.  Virginia,  Maryland,  and  the  Bermuda 
Islands."  Wilson  gives  the  United  States,  the 
Bahamas,  Mexico,  Brazil,  'and  Guiana,  as  its  lo- 
calities. About  November  it  takes  its  departure 
from  the  United  States.  The  whole  upper  part  of 
the  bird,  which  is  about  seven  inches  and  a  half 
long,  is  of  a  rich  sky-blue  shot  with  purple.  The 
bill  and  legs  are  black.  Shafts  of  the  wing  and 
tail-feathers  black.  Throat,  neck,  breast,  and  sides, 
partially  under  the  wings,  reddish  chestnut.  Wings 
dusky  black  at  the  tips.  Under  parts  white.  The 
female  is  duller  in  its  colours. 

1425. — The  Blue-throated  Redstart 

iPlutnicura  Suecica).  Gorge-bleue  of  the  French; 
Blankehlein  of  the  Germans ;  Petto  Turchino  of  the 
Italians. 

This  beautiful  bird  is  only  an  accidental  visitor 
to  our  island,  and  is  even  rare  in  France  and 
Holland.  According  to  Bonaparte,  it  appears  about 
the  neighbourhood  of  Rome  only  in  severe  weather. 
Bechstein  assures  us  that  it  is  far  from  being  un- 
common in  Germany,  and  that  if  in  the  first  fort- 
night of  April,  up  to  the  20th,  cold  and  snow  return, 
plenty  may  be  found  by  merely  following  the 
streams,  rivers,  and  ponds,  especially  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  a  wood.  The  nest  is  said  to  be  built 
in  bushes  and  in  the  holes  of  trees.  General  colour 
above  ashy-brown ;  a  reddish  white  line  passes 
above  the  eyes ;  cheeks  dark  brown  spotted  with 
rust  red  ;  throat  and  upper  part  of  chest  of  a  rich 
azure  blue,  bounded  by  a  narrow  gorget  of  black, 
succeeded  by  another  of  reddish  brown  or  orange, 
a  central  spot  of  the  purest  white  on  the  larynx 
contrasting  with  the  surrounding  azure.  Under 
parts  dusky  white.  Tarsi  one  inch  in  length.  Total 
length  of  bird,  five  inches  and  a  half. 

1426. — The  Grey-backed  Warbler 

{Sylvicola  plumbed).  The  various  species  of  this 
genus  feed  on  insects,  which  they  often  take  in  the 
manner  of  the  flycatchers ;  they  are  lively  and 
active,  continually  hunting  after  sedentary  insects, 
and  pursuing  such  as  fly  from  bough  to  bough  :  all 
are  American.  The  grey-backed  warbler  is  of  a  fine 
blue  grey  above,  golden  yellow  beneath ;  back 
olive ;  wing-coverts  tipped  with  white.  Native 
country,  Brazil. 

1414  (e). — The  Sedge- Warbler 

(Salicaria  Phragmitis,  Selby).  This  species,  which 
is  one  of  our  summer  visitors,  resorts  to  marshes, 
and  the  banks  of  lakes  or  rivers,  wherever  extensive 
reed  or  osier  beds  aftbrd  it  shelter.  In  such  situa- 
tions it  may  be  heard,  while  concealed  from  view, 
uttering  its  varied  song,  which  is  continued  through 
the  greater  part  of  the  night.  Amongst  its  notes 
may  be  distinguished  imitations  of  those  of  the 
swallow,  lark,  sparrow,  and  linnet,  mingled  with 
guttural  intonations,  the  whole  delivered  confusedly 
and  with  great  rapidity.  Several  may  be  often 
heard  in  chorus. 

This  species  generally  attaches  its  nest  to  the 
stems  of  three  or  four  reeds  growing  close  together, 
or  to  twigs  of  osiers.  It  is  composed  of  grasses  and 
a  little, moss,  with  a  lining  of  hair  and  fine  dried 
grass.  The  eggs  are  of  a  pale  brown  with  darker 
spots.  This  species  is  abundant  on  the  Continent ; 
it  is  allied  to  the  Reed  Wren  (Salicaria  arundinacea, 
Selby),  but  is  smaller,  and  is  distinguished  by  a 
yellowish-white  streak  above  the  eye.  The  general 
colour  above  is  brown  or  yellowish  brown ;  the 
feathers  of  the  head  and  upper  part  of  the  back 
being  washed  in  the  centre  with  dusky  black. 
Under  parts  generally  pale  yellowish  white. 

1427. — The  Garrulous  Synallaxis 

{Synallaxis  garruhts).  Mr.  Swainson  has  given  a 
good  figure  of  this  bird  under  the  name  of  Malurus 
garrulus,  in  the  first  series  of  his  Zoological  Illus- 
trations. It  is  remarkable,  he  observes,  for  its  very 
singular  nest,  which  is  so  large  as  to  form  a  feature 
in  the  woodland  scenery  of  Bahia,  the  only  part  of 
Brazil  where  he  observed  it.  He  describes  the  nest 
as  built  in  low  trees,  formed  externally  of  dried 
sticks,  without  any  neatness,  usually  three  or  four 
feet  long,  and  resembling  at  a  distance  a  thick  { 


twist  of  bean-stalks  thrown  in  the  branches  by  acci- 
dent. Sometimes,  he  says,  two  of  these  nests  ap- 
pear as  if  joined  together,  and  there  is  an  opening 
on  the  side,  besides  one  at  the  top.  He  further 
states  that  the  sexes  are  generally  seen  near  the 
nest,  uttering  a  shrill,  incessant,  monotonous  chirp, 
particularly  in  the  morning  and  evening ;  adding 
that  he  never  could  bring  himself  to  tear  one  of 
these  nests  to  pieces  merely  for  the  purpose  of 
seeing  its  construction.  Fig.  1428  represents  the 
nest. 

General  colour  of  this  species  brown,  beneath 
whitish,  feathers  on  the  front  of  the  head  rigid, 
pointed,  and  rufous ;  lines  before  and  behind  the 
eye  whitish ;  tail  moderate,  rounded. 

1429.— The  Pikd  Wagtail 

{M.  Yarrellii,  Gould).  Motacilla  alba  of  authors. 
The  birds  composing  the  genus  Motacilla,  and  sub- 
genus Budytes,  are  confined  to  the  Old  World  only. 
They  are  an  active  and  graceful  race,  tripping  along 
smooth  grass-plots  and  commons,  around  the  edges 
of  ponds  or  rivulets,  and  sandy  river-shores,  in 
search  of  their  insect  food,  their  long  tail  incessantly 
vibrating,  and  particularly  after  each  short  flight 
made  in  pursuit  of  some  passing  insect,  for  they 
take  their  prey  both  on  the  wing  and  on  the 
ground.  They  are  subject  to  a  double  moult,  in 
autumn  and  in  spring,  the  latter  of  which  changes 
the  colour  of  the  neck,  and  in  some  species  of  the 
head  also. 

Mr.  Gould  was,  we  believe,  the  first  to  discover 
that  the  Pied  Wagtail  of  England  is  a  distinct 
species  from  the  Pied  or  White  Wagtail  so  common 
in  France  and  other  parts  of  the  Continent,  and 
which  is  perhaps  the  true  M.  alba  of  Linnaeus ;  cer- 
tainly of  the  modern  Continental  ornithologists. 
Mr.  Gould  states,  besides  the  British  Islands,  Nor- 
way and  Sweden  are  the  only  parts  of  Europe 
where  he  has  been  able  to  procure  specimens 
identical  with  our  British  bird,  whence  he  con- 
cludes that  its  range  is  very  limited.  He  then 
goes  on  to  observe  that  the  Pied  Wagtail  of  Eng- 
land is  somewhat  more  robust  in  form  than  the 
Continental  bird,  and  when  in  full  summer  dress 
has  the  whole  of  the  head,  chest,  and  back  of  a 
I  deep  black ;  while  in  the  White  Wagtail  of  France, 
at  the  same  season,  the  throat  and  head  alone  are  of 
this  colour,  the  upper  surface  being  light  ash-grey. 
In  winter  the  two  species  more  nearly  assimilate  in 
their  colouring,  and  this  circumstance  is  more  pro- 
bably the  cause  of  their  having  hitherto  been  con- 
sidered identical ;  the  black  back  of  M.  Yarrellii 
being  grey  at  this  season,  although  never  so  light 
as  in  M.  alba. 

The  British  Pied  Wagtail  is  incessantly  in  motion, 
running  about  in  quest  of  prey,  and  ever  and  anon 
moving  from  place  to  place  by  short  undulating 
flights,  uttering  a  lively  note,  and,  on  gracefully 
alighting,  rapidly  vibrating  its  tail,' which  seems  as 
if  hung  on  tremulous  springs.  It  frequents  grass- 
plots,  commons,  and  the  borders  of  sheets  of  water, 
and  will  wade  in  search  of  aquatic  insects ;  nor  are 
even  small  fishes  safe  from  its  attacks.  W.  Rayner, 
Esq.,  in  a  letter  to  Mr.  Yarrell,  quoted  in  his 
'  History  of  British  Birds,'  states  that  in  the  summer 
and  autumn  of  1837  he  had  in  his  aviary  several 
wagtails,  the  pied  and  yellow,  "both  of  which  were 
very  expert  in  catching  and  feeding  on  minnows 
which  were  in  a  fountain  in  the  centre  of  the  aviary. 
These  birds  hover  over  the  water,  and  catch  the 
minnow  as  it  approaches  the  top,  in  the  most 
dexterous  manner.  I  was  also  much  surprised  at 
the  wariness  and  cunning  of  some  blackbirds  and 
thrushes  in  watching  the  wagtails  catch  the 
minnows,  and  immediately  seizing  the  prize  for 
their  own  dinner."  The  nest  of  the  British  Pied 
Wagtail  is  composed  of  fibres  of  roots,  withered 
grass,  and  moss,  lined  with  hair  and  a  few  feathers : 
it  is  generally  placed  near  water,  on  a  bank,  or  in 
the  hole  of  a  wall,  or  crevice  between  stones,  among 
logs  of  woods,  or  in  the  thatch  of  an  outbuilding 
or  cart-shed.  The  eggs  are  white  spotted  with 
ash-colour.  This  species  may  be  often  seen  run- 
ning about  close  to  cows  reposing  in  their  pasture- 
land,  busily  engaged  in  collecting  the  flies  that 
settle  on  the  sides  or  limbs  of  the  placid  ruminants, 
or  flit  about  them. 

1430. — The  White  Waotaii  of  the  Continent 

(Motacilla  alba).  LaBergeronette  griseand  Lavan- 
diireofthe  French;  Cotremolo,  Codetta,  Codetta 
di  Pecore,  Ballarina,  Monachina,  and  Cultretola  of 
the  Italians ;  Die  Weisse  Bachstelze  and  Weisse 
und  Schwartze  Bachstelze  of  the  Germans.  This 
species  is  common  throughout  the  continent  of 
Europe,  and  inhabits  the  highlands  of  India,  ex- 
tending also  into  Africa  :  its  habits  are  similar  to 
those  of  our  British  Pied  Wagtail. 

1431. — The  White-winged  Wagtail 

{Motacilla  lugubris).  This  species  is  a  native  of 
eastern  Europe,  seldom  advancing  farther  west  than 


Warblers.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


319 


the  central  parts.  It  is  found  in  southern  Siberia, 
Hunsrarv,  Egypt,  the  Crimea,  and  Asia  Minor  :  it 
is  very  common  in  Japan,  frequenting  the  streams 
of  valleys  among  the  mountains.  The  upper  figure 
represents  the  bird  in  its  winter  dress ;  the  lower,  in 
its  summer  plumage. 

1432.— The  Java  Forktail 

{MotaciUa  speciosa,  Horsf.) ;  Enicurus  speciosus, 
Temm.  ;  Chenginging  or  Kins^king  of  the  Javanese. 
In  habits  and  manners  this  bird  resembles  the  Pied 
Wagtail,  and  is  found  in  Java  near  small  rivulets, 
more  especially  such  as  have  a  rocky  or  gravelly 
bed ;  it  is  there  seen  running  about  with  alacrity, 
incessantly  moving  its  tail  and  picking  up  worms 
and  insects.  It  is  almost  entirely  confined  to  the 
southern  coast  of  Java,  which  abounds  in  streamlets 
descending  rapidly  from  the  southern  hills  and 
shaded  by  luxuriant  shrubs.  (Horsfleld's  '  Zoolo- 
gical Researches.') 

1433. — The  Female  Maryland  Yellow-throat 

(Sylvia  Marylandica,  Wilson)  feeding  the  young 
of  the  Cow-Bunting  (Molothrus  Pecoris).  The  Mary- 
land Yellow-throat  is  a  pretty  little  warbler,  inha- 
biting the  deep  humid  thickets  of  the  United  States 
of  America,  where  it  prys  about  the  stems,  leaves, 
and  roots  in  quest  of  insects,  peeping  into  every 
crevice,  and  occasionally  uttering  a  simple  twitter. 
Its  nest  is  placed  on  the  ground  among  dried  leaves, 
in  the  depth  of  a  thicket  of  briars,  arched  over,  and 
a  small  hole  left  for  entrance.  It  is  in  the  nest  of 
this  species  and  in  those  of  three  or  four  others  that 
the  Cow-Bunting  drops  her  eggs,  one  in  each  nest ; 
this  is  hatched  by  the  foster  parent,  who  rears  the 
young  one,  which,  as  it  would  seem,  is  excluded 
from  the  egg  before  the  young  of  the  Yellow-throat, 
and  as  the  intruder  demands  care  and  food,  the 
other  eggs  are  neglected,  and  the  chicks  which  they 
contain  necessarily  perish.  As  the  young  Cow- 
Bunting  grows  up,  its  foster-parents  provide  for  it 
with  great  assiduity,  and  manifest  all  the  anxiety 
respecting  it  which  they  would  do  were  their  own 
offspring  under  their  charge.  In  this  strange  pro- 
ceeding we  are  reminded  of  the  cuckoo,  which  lays 
an  egg  in  the  nest  of  the  hedge-sparrow  or  titlark ; 
but  in  the  latter  case  the  young  cuckoo  is  not  ex- 
cluded from  the  egg  before  the  rest,  but,  exceeding 
them  in  size  and  strength,  is  enabled  in  a  short  time 
to  jostle  them  all  out  of  the  nest,  that  he  may  have 
room  enough  for  himself,  and  receive  undivided 
attention.  Fig.  1434  represents  the  nest  of  the  hedge- 
sparrow  (Accentor  raodularis),  with  a  young  cuckoo 
clamorous  for  the  food  which  the  foster-parent  is 
bringing,  and  of  which  its  own  young  are  to  be  de- 
prived. That  Shakspere  was  well  acquainted  with 
the  habits  of  the  cuckoo  and  the  nursing  of  its 
young  by  a  foster-parent,  "  which,"  as  Mr.  Selby 
says,  "has  within  these  late  years  been  fully  sub- 
stantiated," is  very  evident  from  the  words  he  puts 
in  AVorcester"s  mouth  : — 

"  And  being  fed  by  as,  yon  used  us  so 
As  thst  ungentle  gull,  the  cuckoo's  bird, 
Useth  the  sparrow  ;  did  oppress  our  nest. 
Grew  by  our  feeding  to  so  great  a  bulk. 
That  even  our  love  durst  not  come  near  your  s^ght." 

Ki»g  Henry  IK,  Part  I.,  Act  v.,  Scene  1. 

1435. — The  Familiar  Creeper 

(Priniafamiliaris).  Prinya  of  the  Javanese.  Mr. 
Bwainson,  in  his  'Classification  of  Birds,'  thinks  that 
Prinia  may  be  a  subgenus  of  Drymoica,  a  group  of 
the  Sylviadae.  The  Priniae,  he  observes,  have  all 
the  activity  and  familiarity  of  the  wrens,  so  much 
resemble  them  in  general  appearance,  in  their  short 
sweet  song,  and  the  habit  of  throwing  up  the  tail, 
that  it  is  not  very  surprising  they  should  be  classed 
with  the  scansorial  creepers.  The  present  species 
is  a  native  of  Java,  frequenting  gardens,  among  the 
shrubs  and  trees  of  which  it  builds  its  nest :  it  is 
sprightly,  and  sports  in  short  and  rapid  flights 
amidst  the  branches. 

General  colour  above,  dark  brown,  with  a  tinge 
of  orange ;  throat  white  ;  breast  sulphur  yellow ; 
wings  crossed  by  two  white  bands ;  tail-feathers, 
except  the  two  middle,  marked  near  the  end  with 
black ish-brown  ;  tarsi  yellowish. 

1436. — The  Kentucky  Warbler 

(Sylvia  formosa.  Wilson).  This  beautiful  bird  is 
particularly  numerous  in  Kentucky  and  Tennessee, 
frequenting  low  damp  woods,  and  building  its  nest 
sometimes  in  the  fork  of  a  low  bush  and  sometimes 
on  the  ground.  The  materials  are  loose  grass  mixed 
with  the  light  pith  of  weeds,  and  lined  with  hair. 
The  eggs  are  white,  sprinkled  with  reddish.  Its 
notes  are  loud  and  monotonous.  The  Kentucky 
Warbler  is  active  and  sprightly,  but  at  the  same 
time  restless  and  quarrelsome,  fighting  with  its  own 
species  or  with  others,  at  least  during  the  breeding 
season.  It  migrates  southward  on  the  approach  of 
winter. 

Length,  five  inches  and  a  half.  Upper  parts 
olive-green  ;  line  over  the  eyes  and  all  the  under 


parts  brilliant  yellow  ;  head  slightly  crested ;  crown 
deep  black,  back  of  head  mottled  ;  a  large  spot 
below  the  eye  black;  legs  flesh-colour. 

Among  our  pictorial  specimens  we  have  several 
interesting  nests  belonging  to  different  species  of 
the  Sylviadae,  and  illustrative  of  their  varied  modes 
of  building. 

1437- — ^The  Nest  of  the  Capocier 

(Sylvia  macroura,  Latham).  The  Capocier  is  a 
South  African  bird,  which  builds,  in  the  fork  of  a 
tree,  a  large  felted  nest  of  flax,  cotton,  and  moss, 
having  an  oval  chamber  within  and  a  lateral  orifice. 
Externally  it  is  very  irregular,  but  the  walls  of  the 
interior  are  neatly  worked,  the  texture  being  as  fine 
as  woven  cloth.  A  pair  of  these  birds,  which  Le 
Vaillant  watched  while  building  this  structure,  were 
seven  days  in  completing  it :  it  was  about  nine 
inches  in  height  externally,  and  as  white  as  snow, 
and  enveloped  the  contiguous  branches,  which,  as 
it  were,  pierced  the  sides  without  deranging  the 
circular  cavity  of  the  interior :  the  quantity  of 
material  used  was  astonishing.  It  is  perhaps  to 
this  species  that  Thunberg  alludes  when  he  says 
that  a  bird  called  the  Kapoch  forms  its  nest,  which 
is  as  curious  as  beautitiil,  and  is  of  the  thickness  of 
a  coarse  worsted  stocking,  from  the  down  of  the 
rosemary-tree. 

1438,  1439. — Nests  of  the  Pinc-pinc 

(Cisticola  textrix,  Swainson).  Fig.  1438  is  from 
Le  Vaillant ;  Fig.  1439,  from  Sonnerat,  whose  figure 
is  too  formal,  but  it  can  scarcely  be  doubted  that 
it  is  meant  to  represent  the  nest  of  the  same  species 
as  that  given  by  Le  Vaillant. 

In  many  points  the  nest  of  the  Pinc-pinc  resem- 
bles that  of  the  Capocier ;  it  is  usually  placed,  says 
the  latter  writer,  "  among  prickly  shrubs,  particu- 
larly the  mimosas,  but  sometimes  on  the  extreme 
branches  of  trees.  It  is  commonly  very  large, 
though  some  are  larger  than  others,  but  the  differ- 
ence is  only  in  the  external  appearance  ;  in  the  in- 
terior they  are  almost  of  the  same  dimensions, 
namely,  between  three  and  four  inches  in  diameter, 
while  the  circumference  of  the  exterior  is  often 
more  than  a  foot.  As  the  nest  is  wholly  composed 
of  the  down  of  plants,  it  is  either  of  a  snowy  white- 
ness or  of  a  brownish  colour,  according  to  the 
quality  of  the  down  which  is  produced  by  the  neigh- 
bouring shrubs.  On  the  outside  it  appears  to  be 
constructed  in  an  irregular  and  clumsy  manner, 
according  to  the  situation  of  the  branches  in  which 
it  is  built,  and  to  which  it  is  so  firmly  attached, 
part  of  them  passing  through  its  texture,  that  it  is 
impossible  to  remove  it  without  leaving  one-half 
behind.  If,  however,  the  nest  have  the  appearance, 
on  the  outside  of  being  badly  made,  we  shall  be  the 
more  surprised  on  looking  into  the  interior  that  so 
small  a  bird,  without  other  instrument  than  its  bill, 
its  wings,  and  tail,  could  have  felted  vegetable  down 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  render  it  as  united  and  of  as 
fine  a  texture  as  cloth,  even  of  good  quality.  The 
nest  in  question  is  of  a  rounded  form,  with  a  narrow 
neck  made  on  its  upper  part,  through  which  the 
bird  glides  into  the  interior.  At  the  base  of  this 
tubularneckthere  isaniche,  or  shelf-like  appendage, 
like  a  small  nest  resting  against  the  large  one,  and 
which,  as  was  observed  by  Le  Vaillant,  serves  as  a 
momentary  resting  place,  by  means  of  which  the 
Pinc-pinc  may  pass  more  easily  into  the  nest,  which, 
without  such  a  contrivance,  it  might  find  some  diffi- 
culty in  accomplishing,  as  it  could  not  move  through 
so  small  an  entrance  on  the  wing  ;  and  the  outside 
of  the  nest  being  slightly  formed,  the  bird  would 
injure  it  were  it  constantly  to  rest  on  it,  whilst  this 
little  appendage  is  as  firmly  felted  as  the  interior  of 
the  nest.  Sometimes  there  are  two  or  three  of  these 
perches. 

The  Pinc-pinc  is  familiar  in  its  manners,  and  in 
districts  where  it  is  not  molested  will  pass  in  and 
out  of  its  nest,  though  a  person  be  closely  watching 
it. 

1440. — ^Thb  Nest  of  the  Yellow  Wren,  or 
Haybird 

(Sylvia  Trochilus).  The  Yellow  Wren  (Willow 
Wren  of  Bewick)  is  a  delicate  little  warbler,  which 
visits  our  island  in  summer,  tenanting  copses  and 
groves.  It  usually  selects  some  dry  bank,  the  side 
of  a  ditch,  or  the  tangled  roots  of  a  bush  as  the  site 
of  its  nest,  which  is  a  domed  structure,  composed  of 
the  interwoven  stems  of  dried  grasses,  a  little  moss 
and  a  few  leaves,  and  loosely  lined  with  feathers. 
The  entrance  is  in  front,  under  the  arched  dome. 
The  eggs  are  six  or  seven  in  number,  of  a  white 
colour,  spotted  with  reddish-brown,  especially  at  the 
larger  end. 

1441,  1442.— The  Nest  of  the  Sedge  Warbler 

{Salicaria  Phragmitis,  Selby).  We  have  stated 
that  this  bird  usually  suspends  its  nest  between 
three  or  four  adjacent  reed-stems.      Mr.  Selby  has 


found  it  also  in  willow  and  low  birchen  bushes. 
The  specimen.  Fig.  1442,  was  built  among  the 
branches  of  lucerne  (Medicago  sativa),  and  was 
almost  composed  of  hay,  a  few  tufts  of  willow-down 
and  elm-blossoms,  with  a  few  hairs  within.  It  is 
altogether  a  very  different  structure  from  the  nest 
attributed  by  Bolton  to  this  species  (Fig.  1441), 
which  was  bound  round  with  stout  woollen  yarn: 
we  suspect  Bolton  to  have  been  mistaken. 

1443. — A  Nest  attributed  to  the  Reed-Buntino 

(Emberiza  schcmiclus),  from  a  specimen  in  the 
British  Museum.  There  can  be  but  little  doubt 
that  this  nest  is  really  that  of  the  Reed-Wren  (Sali- 
caria arundinacea,  Selby^,  for  the  nest  of  the  former 
bird  is  built  in  a  low  bush  or  tuft  of  grass,  and  never 
suspended  between  the  stems  of  r'eeds  ;  whereas  the 
nest  of  the  Reed-Wren,  which  we  have  often  exa- 
mined, is  very  deep,  almost  entirely  concealing  the 
bird  while  sitting,  constructed  of  long  grass,  and 
suspended  between  a  few  adjoining  reeds.  Mon- 
tagu observes  that  he  has  seen  this  bird  sitting  on 
her  nest  when  the  wind  blew  hard,  and  that  every 
gust  forced  it  almost  to  the  surface  of  the  water. 
The  great  Sedge-Warbler  of  Holland  and  other 
parts  of  the  Continent  (Salicaria  turdo'ides)  builds  a 
similar  nest.  Suspended  as  the  nest  of  the  Reed- 
Wren  is,  and  swinging  in  the  breeze,  its  depth  is 
necessary  to  prevent  the  eggs  or  young  from  being 
thrown  out  when  the  supporting  reeds  are  bowed 
by  the  force  of  the  wind.  The  Reed-Wren  is  one 
of  our  summer  warblers,  and  is  closely  related  to 
the  Sedge-Warbler  ;  it  is,  however,  larger,  and  not 
so  extensively  diffused  over  our  island,  though  it  is 
common  on  the  reed-beds  of  our  southern  and 
eastern  counties.  It  is  abundant  in  Holland.  We 
have  specimens  killed  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
London. 

1444. — Nest  of  the  Tailor-Bird 
{Sylvia  Sutoria,  Latham).  Of  the  nests  of  this 
species  we  have  had  the  opportunity  of  minutely 
examining  excellent  specimens.  Dwelling  in  India, 
where  tree-snakes  are  abundant,  this  little  bird 
makes  a  leaf,  at  the  extremity  of  a  slender  twig,  its 
cradle.  If  the  leaf  be  large  enough,  it  draws  the 
edges  together,  so  as  to  form  a  pouch,  the  end  of 
which  is  drawn  up  so  as  to  assist  in  supporting  the 
bed  within ;  if  the  leaf  be  not  sufficiently  large,  an- 
other growing  by  it,  or  sometimes  a  dead  one,  is 
sewed  to  it,  in  order  to  form  a  convenient  recep- 
tacle. The  material  it  sews  with  is  composed  of 
vegetable  fibres  twisted  into  a  thread.  The  nest 
itself  within  this  leafy  case  consists  of  fine  down  in- 
termixed with  fibres  and  a  few  feathers.  An  excel- 
lent specimen  is  in  the  Museum  of  the  Zoological 
Society. 

1445. — A  Nest  from  Lady  Clive's  Collection  of 
Drawings. 

This  nest  is  attributed  to  a  species  of  Tailor-Bird, 
called  by  Latham  Merops  minimus  (Query,  a 
species  of  Cinnyris?).  Forbes,  in  his  Oriental 
Memoirs,'  says  the  Tailor-Bird  resembles  some  of 
the  humming-birds  at  the  Brazils  in  shape  and 
colour.  The  hen  is  clothed  in  brown,  but  the 
plumage  of  the  male  displays  the  varied  tints  of 
azure,  purple,  green,  and  gold,  so  common  in  those 
American  beauties.  Often,  he  adds,  "  have  I 
watched  the  progress  of  an  industrious  pair  of 
Tailor-Birds  from  their  first  choice  of  a  plant  to  the 
completion  of  a  nest  and  the  enlargement  of  the 
young." 

Latham  notices  among  the  drawings  of  Sir  J. 
Anstruther  the  figure  of  a  nest  composed  of  several 
leaves,  like  those  of  the' hazel,  sewed  together  and 
united  to  a  living  leaf  on  the  tree  ;  the  inner  nest 
consisting  of  dry  bents,  fibres,  and  hair.  The  bird, 
however,  was  not  identified. 

1446. — The  Nest  of  the  Golden-crested  Wren 

(Regulus  cristatus).  To  the  nidification  of  this 
species  we  shall  hereafter  have  occasion  to  refer 
more  fully  ;  we  may,  however,  here  observe,  that  in 
general  it  is  suspended  at  the  extremity  of  a  sweep- 
ing branch  of  pine  or  larch,  attached  to  the  under 
side  of  the  foliage  and  secured  with  great  art  to  the 
twigs,  while  a  profusion  of  "  tassels"  hang  over  it, 
securing  it  from  rain  and  shrouding  it  from  observa- 
tion. Sometimes  it  is  built  amidst  embowering  ivy 
covering  the  trunk  of  a  tree. 

1447. — The  Nest  of  the  Redbreast 

(Erythica  Rubecula).  We  have  previously  noticed 
the  nidification  of  this  well-known  bird  :— 

"  Humble  is  nis  home 
Ann  uell  concealed  ;  sometimes  within  the  sound 
Of  heartsome  mill-rlack,  where  the  spacious  door 
White  dusted  tells  him  plenty  reigns  nround, 
Close  at  the  root  of  brier-bush  that  o'erhangs 
Tlie  narrow  stream. 
Oft  near  some  single  cottage  he  prefers 
To  rear  his  little  home." 

Birds  ofScothnd, 


•^%5 


1441.— Mcwloir  K^ht. 


1««9.— Tree  FJpIl. 


144L— Nostof  GoldeS'Crested  Wren. 


J  447 — Kest  of  Redbmut. 


1445.— Fenale  Tailcn^Biid  and  NeM. 


14S0.— Oionp  ofBritiih  BWs. 


'^^f<^    r 


-=^5S^S 


1454.— Yellow-crowned  Warbler. 


U^.— White-fronted  Ephtliianura. 


U'*^.— N«rt  of  Son^-Tlsrusli. 


AV>^ 


14^2.— Rwlituti. 


No.   41. 


Wf^O.— (7,  FieWfalc :  6,  Redwing. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


%2\ 


322 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Warblers. 


1448,  1450  (a).— Tu«  Mkauow-Pumt 
(Anthm  pralensis).  The  pipiU,  often  termed  tit- 
larks, I'orm  a  small  yet  well-characterised  (froiip  ol" 
Sylviadm,  having  the  pluraaee  and  long  hind  claws 
of  the  true  larks,  but  the  sFender  bills  of  the  wag- 
tails ;  they  have  only  a  remote  affinity  to  the  larks 
which  belong  to  the  conirostral  tribe;  for  though, 
as  Mr  Swainson  observes,  they  are  the  analogues  of 
the  latter  in  the  dentirostral  tribe,  we  are  not  pre- 
pared to  admit  that  this  analogy  becomes  trans- 
muted into  positive  relationship. 

The  meadow-pipit  may  be  regarded  as  the  re- 
presentative of  the  skylark  (Fig.  1450,  e,  Skylarks 
and  Nest),  and  like  that  bird  it  pours  out  its  song 
at  a  great  elevation  in  the  air,  rising  on  tremulous 
wings,  and  then  descending  smoothly  to  the  ground, 
or  to  the  top  of  some  low  bush,  to  its  mate,  for 
whose  gratification  its  strains  were  uttered.  Some- 
times the  meadow-pipit  sings  on  the  earth,  but  gene- 
rally utters  its  soft  musical  notes  in  the  air.  This 
bird  is  very  extensively  distributed  over  Europe,  and 
is  common  in  the  British  Islands,  remaining  with  us 
throughout  the  year.  It  freauents  hilly  districts, 
open  commons,  meadows,  and  even  marsh  lands ; 
and  runs  over  the  grassy  turf  with  great  celerity ; 
when  on  a  clod  or  stone,  it  frequently  vibrates  the 
fail,  in  the  manner  of  the  wagtail,  and  likewise  gives 
chace  to  insects,  on  which  it  feeds,  as  well  as  on 
slugs  and  worms.  In  September  and  October,  after 
the  general  moult,  these  birds  associate  in  small 
flocks,  resorting  to  turnip-fields ;  and  in  severe 
weather  to  the  shelter  of  hedge-banks  and  low  pas- 
tures. 

The  nest  is  made  on  the  ground  under  the  covert 
of  a  tuft  of  grass,  and  is  composed  of  dried  bents 
and  fibres,  with  a  lining  of  finer  materials  and 
hairs.  The  eggs,  five  or  six  in  number,  are  of  a 
reddish  brown,  spotted  with  darker  markings. 

The  meadow-pipit  is  about  six  inches  in  length. 
The  hind  claw  (Fig.  1448,  a)  is  long  and  slender. 
The  general  colour  of  the  plumage  is  dark  oil-green, 
with  the  centre  of  every  feather  brownish  black ; 
under  parts  yellow  ash  white,  spotted  with  dark 
brown  on  the  sides  of  the  neck  and  breast,  and 
.streaked  with  the  same  on  the  flanks. 

1449.— The  Tbie-Pipit 

■(Anthus  arboreus).  This  species,  which  may  be  re- 
garded as  the  analogue  of  the  woodlark,  Alauda 

.arborea  (Fig.  1450,6),  differs  from  the  meadow- 
pipit  in  being  rather  larger ;  with  the  beak  stouter, 
the  spots  on  the  breast  fewer  and  longer,  and  the 
claw  of  the  hind  toe  much  shorter  and  thicker  (see 
foot,  Fig.  1440,  a).  Its  habits  are  also  different.  It 
is  only  a  summer  visitor  to  our  island,  arriving 
towards  the  end  of  April,  and  taking  up  its  abode  in 

•  copses,  and  well-wooded  enclosures.  The  male  then 
commences  his  song  of  invitation,  which  is  superior 
to  that  of  the  meadow-pipit  in  compass,  variety,  and 
sweetness.    This  he  utters  either  perched  on  the  top 

-of  a  tree,  or  in  the  air;  in  the  latter  case  he  rises  on 

.quivering  wings  to  an  elevation  about  as  high  again 
as  the  tree  whence  he  started ;  and  then,  at  this 
altitude,  poises  his  wings,  spreads  and  elevates  his 
tail,  and  slowly  descends,  singing  all  the  while,  to 
the  station  from  which  he  had  previously  arisen. 
During  his  ascent  he  never  sings,  but  sometimes 
utters  a  chirp.  Rarely  does  this  species  alight  upon 
the  ground  without  previously  perching  on  a  tree : 
and  after  leaving  the  ground,  it  wings  its  way  to  a 
tree  before  commencing  a  more  lengthened  flight. 
The  nest  is  placed  on  the  ground,  and  is  formed  of 
moss,  fibres,  and  withered  grass,  lined  with  bents 
and  hairs.  The  eggs  are  generally  of  a  greyish 
white,  clouded  and  spotted  with  purple-brown  or 
purple-red,  but  their  colour  is  variable. 

The  winter  quarters  of  the  tree-pipit  are  probably 
the  northern  and  western  portions  of  Africa ;  it  is 
found  in  Madeira,  and  also  in  Japan,  having  a  wider 
range  of  habitat. 

1451. — The  Stobechat 

(Saxicofa  rubicda).  Traquet  rubicole  of  the  French. 
Saltabastone,  Zomya-cardi,  and  Saltinpalo  of  the 
Italians.  Schwarzkehliger  Steinschmalzer  of  the 
Germans,  Clochder  y  cerrig  of  the  ancient  British, 
Stonechatter,  Stonesmith,  Moor-titling,  &c.,  provin- 
cial English. 

Selby  states  that,  unlike  the  whinchat  and  the 
wheatear,  the  stonechat  is  stationary  in  our  country 
throughout  the  year ;  but  this  is  not  quite  correct ; 
for  though  some  few  individuals  may  remain  through 
the  winter  months,  the  general  body  quit  the  British 
islands  in  autumn,  and  return  in  spring.  Moorlands, 
wide  commons,  and  open  tracts  are  their  favourite 
haunts ;  and  they  flit  from  stone  to  stone,  or  bush  to 
bush,  without  intermission,  giving  chace  to  insects, 
and  continually  uttering  a  clicking  note,  compared 
by  Buffon  to  the  word  "  Ouisfrata."  The  male  sings 
a  short  but  agreeable  strain,  generally  while  on  the 
wing,  hovenng  over  the  furze  or  brambles.  The 
nest,  which  is  of  large  size,  is  placed  under  the 


covert  of  a  bush  or  tuft  of  herbage ;  and  is  composed 
of  moss  and  grass,  lined  with  bents,  hairs,  and  fea- 
thers. The  eggs  are  of  a  pale  blue,  with  a  slightly 
grey  tint,  and  finely  dotted  at  the  large  end  with  pale 
reddish  brown. 

This  species  is  spread  over  the  whole  of  tempe- 
rate Europe,  and  is  found  also  in  India  and  Africa. 
The  male  nas  the  head  anil  throat  black;  the  sides 
of  the  neck,  the  upper  part  of  the  wings,  and  rump 
white ;  breast  orange-brown ;  the  rest  of  the  under 
surface  white  tinged  with  yellow :  the  back  black, 
the  feathers  edged  with  yellowish  brown  ;  winp 
brownish  black,  the  feathers  with  paler  edges;  bill 
and  legs  black.  In  winter  the  black  feathers  of  the 
head  and  throat  are  edged  with  yellowish  brown, 
which  disappears  as  the  spring  advances. 

The  lower  figure  is  a  male,  the  upper  a  female. 

1452. — The  Rkdstart 

(Phanicura  ruticilla).  This  is  the  Corossolo,  Co- 
drisso,  and  Culorosso  of  the  Italians:  Rossignol  de 
murailles  of  the  French;  Schwarzkehliger  sanger  of 
the  Germans ;  Gekraagde  Roodstart  of  the  Nether- 
landers  ;  Rodstjert  of  the  Swedes ;  Roedstiert  of  the 
Danes ;  Blodfugl  of  the  Norwegians ;  Rhonell  goch 
of  the  ancient  British. 

This  bird,  which  is  generally  dispersed  over  Eu- 
rope, is  one  of  our  summer  visitors,  arriving  in  our 
island  about  the  middle  of  April,  and  leaving  early 
in  September. 

The  redstart  is  sprightly  in  its  movements,  and 
beautiful  in  its  form  and  colouring,  the  black,  white, 
grey,  and  flame  colours  which  ornament  its  plumage 
being  conjoined  with  a  graceful  contour.  It  darts 
at  passing  insects  with  great  address,  accompanying 
every  action  with  a  vibrating  motion  of  the  tail, 
which  is  continued  for  several  seconds  on  alighting. 
In  its  habits  it  is  by  no  means  recluse  or  shy ;  it 
frequents  gardens,  orchards,  and  groves,  building  in 
a  hole  of  the  wall,  between  the  branch  of  a  fruit- 
tree  and  the  wall,  under  the  cover  of  luxuriant  ivy 
in  a  tool-shed,  or  other  outbuilding.  The  nest  con- 
sists of  moss,  lined  with  hairs  and  feathers ;  the  eggs 
are  greenish  blue.  The  male  utters  a  soft  sweet 
warble,  while  sitting  on  some  low  branch  or  other 
perch,  his  tail  vibrating  at  the  same  time ;  and  nei- 
ther this  vibration  nor  his  song  ceases  as  he  flits 
off  to  a  more  attractive  station.  In  captivity  the 
redstart  is  said  to  become  very  tame. 

The  colouring  of  the  male  is  as  follows : — Fore- 
head pure  white,  a  small  band  on  the  root  of  the 
bill ;  space  between  that  and  the  eye,  the  throat,  and 
upper  part  of  the  neck,  deep  black ;  head  and  upper 
part  of  the  back  bluish  ash ;  quill-feathers  blackish ; 
the  breast,  sides,  rump,  and  lateral  tail-feathers 
brilliant  ruddy  or  flame-red;  two  middle  tail-fea- 
thers brown ;  abdomen  whitish.  The  female  is  of 
a  uniform  greyish  brown,  with  the  exception  of  the 
tail,  which  is  dull  rufous.  Lower  figure,  a  male ; 
upper,  a  female. 

1453. — The  Daetford  Waebler 

{Mdizophilus  provincialis,  Leach).  Pette-chou  de 
Provence  of  the  French ;  Magnanini  of  Cavi ;  and 
Provenser  sanger  of  Meyer. 

This  warbler  is  found  in  the  countries  of  Europe 
bordering  the  Mediterranean.  It  is  comparatively 
rare  in  Germany  and  Holland.  In  England  it  is  a 
permanent  resident,  but  not  generjilly  ditt'used. 
It  is  frequent  in  the  neighbourhood  of  London ; 
and  occurs  in  Berkshire,  Cornwall,  and  Devonshire. 
It  was  first  noticed  as  a  British  bird  by  Dr.  Latham 
in  the  year  1773,  who  procured  a  pair  from  Bexley 
Heath,  near  Dartford  in  Kent,  whence  its  trivial 
English  name. 

The  Dartford  Warbler  is  scarcely  larger  than  a 
wren  in  the  bulk  of  its  body,  but  appears  superioi 
in  size  from  the  great  length  of  its  tail.  In  its  habits 
and  mannei-s  it  is  extremely  shy  and  recluse,  con- 
cealing itself  in  thick  furze-brakes  and  tangled 
heath ;  and  well  does  it  know  every  labyrinth  and 
every  hiding-place  of  each  bush  or  bed  of  furze  on 
the  breezy  common  where  it  takes  up  its  abode. 
Mr.  Gould  observes  that  its  form  closely  allies  it 
to  the  superb  warblers  (Malurus)  of  New  Holland, 
while  its  relationship  to  the  common  white-throat  is 
strikingly  apparent.  With  reference  to  its  secluded 
habits,  the  same  author  observes  that  in  the  spring 
it  becomes  more  lively  and  frequently  visible,  rising 
on  quivering  wing  above  the  tops  of  the  furze,  and 
uttering  a  hurried  babbling  song  much  after  the 
manner  of  the  white-throat ;  at  these  times  it  erects 
the  feathers  of  the  head  into  a  crest,  and  distends 
the  throat,  exhibiting  many  attitudes  and  gesticula- 
tions. 

Its  nest,  which  is  concealed  in  the  very  heart  of  a 
thick  furze-bush  not  far  from  the  ground,  consists  of 
grass,  fibres,  and  fine  roots ;  the  eggs  are  greenish 
white,  with  brown  speckles  and  greyish  spots. 

All  the  upper  parts  of  the  plumage  are  fine  deep 
grey ;  tail  blackish  brown,  the  outer  feathers  tipped 
with  white  ;  throat,  breast,  and  sides,  of  the  colour 
of  red-wine-iees ;   abdomen  white.     Quill-feathers 


ash-coloured  externally,  but  with  the  inner  barbs 
black.  Length  five  inches.  The  tints  of  the  female 
are  duller  than  those  of  the  male,  and  the  throat  is 
much  more  spotted.  The  lower  figure  a  male,  the 
upper  a  female. 

1454.— The  Yellow-crowned  Warbler, 
OB  Myrtle  Bied 

(St/lvicola  coronata).  This  species  is  one  of  the  mi- 
gratory warblers  of  North  America,  arriving  in  the 
middle  and  northern  states  of  the  Union  from  the 
south  about  the  end  of  April,  and  passing  north- 
wards to  breed ;  in  August  it  returns  and  stays  till 
November,  when  if  moves  southwards.  At  this 
season  myrtle-wax  berries  (Myrica  cerifera)  and 
those  of  the  Virginian  juniper,  with  a  few  insects,  are 
its  chief  food.  In  the  southern  states  considtrable 
numbers  congregate,  frequenting  during  the  cold 
season  the  swamps  and  sheltered  groves  of  the 
sea  coast.  In  fine  weather,  and  the  early  part  of 
October,  they  are  often  seen  collecting  moths  and 
grasshoppei-s  in  the  meadows,  or  darting  from  a 
perch  alter  insects,  in  the  manner  of  fly-catchers ; 
they  are  ever  in  motion,  hovering  amidst  the  cedars 
ancl  myrtles,  and  only  rest  when  satisfied  with  food. 
Their  ordinary  note  is  a  feeble  chirp,  but  during  the 
spring  the  male  utters  at  short  intervals  in  the 
morning  a  sweet  varied  and  rather  plaintive  warble, 
resembling  the  autumnal  strain  of  our  redbreast. 
At  this  season  they  frequent  groves,  orchards,  and 
gardens,  and  feed  upon  insects  and  caterpillars,  for 
which  they  search  with  unwearied  industry.  The 
length  of  this  species  is  about  six  inches.  The 
plumage  in  summer  is  of  a  dark  slate-colour  streaked 
with  black,  beneath  white;  breast  spotted  with 
black ;  the  top  of  the  head,  the  sides,  and  the  rump 
yellow  ;  wings  with  two  white  bars ;  tail  black,  the 
three  lateral  tail-feathers  spotted  with  white.  In 
winter  the  feathers  are  edged  with  brownish  olive, 
and  the  yellow  on  the  crown  is  partly  concealed  by 
a  margin  of  this  tint. 

1455. —  The  White-eeonted  Ephthianuka 
(Uphthianura  aWifrons,  Gould).  This  is  an  example 
of  the  Australian  warblers:  it  is  found  at  Swan 
River  and  in  New  South  Wales,  as  well  as  on  the 
small  islands  in  Bass's  Straits,  where  it  was  observed 
by  Mr.  Gould,  who  informs  us  that  it  is  very  sprightly 
and  active,  particularly,  he  adds,  "  the  male,  whose 
white  throat  and  banded  chest  render  him  much 
more  conspicuous  than  the  sombre-coloured  female. 
As  the  structure  of  its  toes  and  lengthened  tertiaries 
would  lead  us  to  expect,  its  natural  province  is  the 
ground,  to  which  it  habitually  resorts,  and  decidedly 
evinces  a  preference  to  spots  of  a  sterile  and  barreu 
character.  The  male,  like  many  of  the  saxicoline 
birds,  frequently  perches  either  on  the  summit  of  a 
stone,  or  on  the  extremity  of  a  dead  and  leafless 
branch.  It  is  rather  shy  in  its'disposition,  and  when 
disturbed  flies  off  with  considerable  rapidity  to  the 
distance  of  two  or  three  hundred  yards  before  it 
alights  again.  I  observed  it  in  small  companies  on 
the  plains  near  Adelaide,  over  the  hard  clayey  sur- 
face of  which  it  tripped  with  amazing  quickness, 
with  a  motion  that  can  neither  be  described  as  a  hop 
or  a  run,  but  something  between  the  two,  with  a 
bobbing  action  of  the  tail."  Of  its  nidification  no- 
thing is  known. 

Family  MERULIDiE  (THRUSHES). 
This  family  contains  many  genera,  which    accord- 
ing to  their  mutual  afiinities  may  be  arranged  in 
minor    groups,   or    subfamilies,   according   to    the 
views  of  the  naturalist  who  analyses  them. 

In  placing  under  this  title,  Merulidie,  the  Thrushes 
and  Blackbirds,  or  Ouzels,  the  Pettae  and  others,  we 
follow  the  arrangement  of  Mr.  Vigors,  aware  at  the 
same  time  that  some  naturalists  have  collected  the 
thrushes  under  a  distinct  family  head,  but  we  think 
on  questionable  grounds.  We  will  not,  however, 
discuss  the  point,  but  direct  at  once  attention  to  our 
pictorial  examples. 

1450  (c).— Tub  Song-Thbusu 
(Turdus  imisiais).  Grive  and  Petite  Grive  of  the 
French ;  Tordo  and  Tordo  Botaccio  of  the  Italians ; 
Sing-drossel  and  Weiss-drossel  of  the  Germans ; 
Throstle  or  Mavis,  provincial  English  ;  Aderyn  Bron- 
fraith  of  the  ancient  British. 

This  splendid  songster  is  common  over  the  greater 
portion  of  Europe,  being  migratory  in  Norway, 
Sweden,  and  the  northern  districts,  but  stationary 
in  our  island,  and  in  France,  Italy,  and  other  parts 
of  the  south.  As  the  winter  ad'vances,  flights  of 
thrushes  arrive  in  Great  Britain  with  a  north  or 
north-east  wind,  and,  after  staying  a  few  days  to  re- 
cruit, move  southwards. 

The  thrush  is  a  hardy  bird,  and  begins  to  enliven 
the  woods  and  glens  with  his  rich-toned  notes  even 
as  early  as  the  month  of  January  if  the  season  be 
temperate ;  and  pairs,  and  commences  the  work  of 
nidification  in  March.  The  nest  is  generally  in  a 
thick  bush,  amidst  clustering  ivy,  or  closely-tangled 


Thrlshes.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


32J 


bowers  of  doff-roses,  iti  woods,  or  in  full  ever- 
greens, as  the  Portugal  laurel  or  holly.  Externally 
it  is  composed  of  bent  twi<rs,  moss,  and  grass  closely 
interwoven,  being  plastered  within  with  a  very  thin 
smooth  layer  of  rotten  wood,  cemented  by  glutinous 
saliva,  and  laid  as  a  coating,  or  fine  cement,  upon  a 
thick  layer  of  cow-dung,  scarcely  carried  so  high 
as  the  brim  of  the  nest.  This  lining  is  waterproof 
and  tough,  and  well  calculated  for  protecting  the 
eggs  or  young  from  the  keen  winds  of  early  spring. 
Fig.  1456  represents  the  nest  of  the  song-thrush. 
Two  broods  are  produced  yearly.  It  may  perhaps 
be  fancy,  but  we  think  that  we  have  heard  a  great 
difference  in  the  power,  variety,  and  richness  of  the 
notes  of  diiferent  individuals  of  this  species :  the 
notes  of  those  that  frequent  the  wooded  rocks  bor- 
dering the  Bakewell  Road  near  Buxton  have  always 
appeared  to  excel  those  of  any  others  (o  which  we 
ever  listened  ;  but  perhaps  this  superiority  was  owing 
in  some  measure  to  the  nature  of  their  locality,  the 
rocks  reverberating  the  sound. 

Worms,  snails,  slugs,  insects,  and  berries  consti- 
tute the  food  of  the  thrush.  The  common  garden- 
snail  (Helix  hortensis)  and  the  wood-snail  (Helix 
nemoralis)  are  greedily  devoured,  the  bird  beating 
the  shell  against  a  stone  till  it  is  completely  broken 
and  the  contents  are  disengaged. 

1457,  1458. — The  Wood-Thhush 

{Tardus  mustelinus,  Grael.);  Tawny  Thrush,  Pen- 
nant ;  Turdus  melodus,  Wilson. 

In  the  woods  of  North  America,  this  species  re- 
presents our  British  songster ;  it  is  of  shy,  retiring 
habits,  preferring  the  most  secluded  places,  where 
the  foliage  of  lofty  trees  overhangs  murmuring 
streamlets,  and  forms  a  dense  shade.  Its  song,  though 
composed  of  but  few  notes,  is  powerful,  distinct, 
clear,  and  mellow,  and  is  continued  after  sunset, 
various  rivals  endeavouring,  as  it  would  seem,  to 
excel  each  other. 

The  nest  of  this  species  is  usually  placed  in  a  low 
horizontal  branch  of  the  dogwood  tree,  and  accord- 
ing to  Audubon  is  composed  externally  of  dry  leaves, 
to  which  succeeds  a  layer  of  intertwined  grasses,  then 
a  layer  of  mud,  lined  internally  with  fine  fibrous 
roots.  Description: — general  colour  above  bright 
cinnamon  brown,  inclining  to  olive  on  the  rump  and 
tail ;  beneath,  whitish,  thickly  marked  with  pencil- 
shaped  dusky  spots.    Length  eight  inches. 

1459. — The  Red-breasted  Thklsh 

{Turdus  erijthrogaster).  This  species  is  a  native 
of  the  Himalaya  Mountains,  and  is  figured  by  Mr. 
Gould  in  his  ■  Century  of  Birds.'  Of  its  habits  we 
have  no  account. 

The  male  is  bluish  grey  above ;  with  the  cheeks, 
sides  of  the  neck,  and  quill-feathers,  black ;  the 
breast,  under  parts,  and  rump  red. 

The  female  differs  in  being  of  a  bluish  brown 
above,  and  having  the  under  parts  reddish  white 
marked  with  transverse  undulations  of  brown.  The 
lower  figure  represents  the  female. 

1460  (a).— The  FiELDrARE 

{Turdus  pilaris).  La  Litorne,  Buffon ;  Merle 
Litorne,Temminck;  Wachholder-drossel,  Bechstein. 

This  species  is  a  native  of  the  cold  regions  of 
Norway,  Sweden,  Lapland,  and  other  northern 
countries,  whence  as  winter  sets  in  it  migrates  south- 
wards. It  seldom  visits  our  island  before  the  latter 
part  of  November,  and  departs  again  northwards 
late  in  May.  It  breeds  in  pine  or  fir  trees,  and  the 
eggs  are  bluish  green  spotted  with  reddish  brown. 
During  its  winter  sojourn  with  us  the  fieldfare  as- 
sociates in  flocks,  which,  as  long  as  the  weather  is 
open,  frequent  meadows  and  pasture-grounds,  feed- 
ing u{)on  worms,  slugs,  and  the  larvae  of  insects, 
but  resorting  in  severe  frosts  to  hedges,  copses,  and 
plantations  for  the  sake  of  the  berries  of  the  haw- 
thorn, the  holly,  and  the  mountain-ash.  The  field- 
fare is  shy  and  wary,  and  not  easily  approached 
within  gun-range,  and  consequently  gives  some 
trouble  to  the  sportsmen,  unless  when,  pressed  by 
hunger,  it  be  too  much  engaged  in  satisfying  its 
appetite  to  attend  to  what  passes  around  it. 

This  species  is  about  ten  inches  long.  The  head 
and  hmd  part  of  the  neck  are  of  a  greyish  colour, 
the  former  spotted  with  black;  the  bill  is  yellowish 
black  at  the  point ;  the  back  and  lesser  wing-coverts 
chestnut ;  the  breast  and  sides  reddish  yellow ;  tail 
blackish ;  legs  black. 

1460(6).— The  Redwino 

(Turdus  iliacus).  Merle  mauvis,  Teniminck;  Roth- 
drossel,  Bechstein.  Like  the  fieldfare,  this  species 
is  a  native  of  Norway,  Sweden,  &c.,  and  visits  our 
island  about  the  latter  part  of  October,  associating 
in  flocks,  which,  with  those  of  the  fieldfare,  should 
the  weather  be  severe,  continue  their  migration  still 
farther  southwards.  Yet  it  often  happens  that, 
during  deep  snows,  numbers  both  of  this  species 
and  of  the  fieldfare  perish  from  hunger  and  cold. 
The  redwing  is  very  similar  to  the   throstle   or 


common  thrush,  with  which  it  is  often  seen  among 
the  hawthorn-trees  and  ivy-bushes,  or  roaming  over 
the  meadows  in  search  of  food ;  but  it  is  less  in  size, 
and  has  a  white  streak  over  the  eye,  which  in  that 
bird  is  wanting.  It  is  about  8i  inches  in  length, 
and  of  the  average  weight  of  :Ji  ounces. 

The  bill  is  of  a  dusky  colour,  except  at  the  base 
of  the  upper  mandible,  which  partakes  of  a  yellowish 
hue ;  the  back  and  upper  parts  are  brown,  the 
lower  part  of  the  breast  is  white,  marked  with  dusky 
lines,  the  body  under  the  wings  reddish  orange,  and 
the  legs  pale  brown.  There  is  also  to  be  noticed 
the  whitish  streak  over  the  eye  mentioned  above. 

The  song  of  the  redwing,  when  heard  in  its  native 
woods,  has  such  a  charming  effect,  heightened  by 
the  rough  character  of  most  of  the  other  woodland 
sounds  of  the  northern  country,  that  the  bird  has  been 
called  the  nightingale  of  Norway.  With  us,  how- 
ever, it  does  not  appear  to  exert  its  vocal  powers 
with  such  effect.  Its  common  note  is  rather  a  harsh 
scream,  though  it  has  been  compared  by  Mr.  Slaney 
to  "  a  sort  of  inward  deep-drawn  sigh,  like  an 
attempt  at  ventriloquism."'  In  fine  weather,  how- 
ever, we  may  often  hear  them,  while  perched  high 
on  the  trees,  singing  with  a  subdued  voice  in  a  very 
pleasing  manner. 

The  redwing  is  known  in  different  parts  of  England 
by  the  names  of  the  red-sided  thrush,  the  wind- 
thrush,  and  the  swine-pipe. 

1461. — ^The  Nest  of  the  Missel-Theush 

{Tardus  viscivorus).  This  species,  which  is  common 
on  the  continent  of  Europe,  is  the  largest  of  our 
British  thrushes,  but  is  not  so  abundant  as  the  song- 
thrush,  and  more  locally  distributed.  It  frequents 
the  outskirts  of  woods,  large  old  orchards,  and 
groves ;  and  its  song,  uttered  from  the  highest 
branch  of  some  tall  tree,  is  often  heard  in  the  month 
of  January.  The  notes  are  loud,  but  the  strain  has 
little  variety  or  richness.  The  nest  is  placed  on  the 
fork  of  a  tree,  very  frequently  of  an  apple  tree  of 
larger  growth,  and  covered  with  moss  or  lichens.  It 
consists  of  a  basket-work  of  fine  straws  and  grass, 
interwoven  with  moss  and  lichens.  Within  this 
structure  is  a  layer  of  clay,  the  lining  being  of  fine 
grass  and  fibres.  The  eggs  are  of  a  greenish  white, 
spotted  with  chestnut  and  clove-brown. 

During  the  breeding  season  the  missel  thrush  is 
very  pugnacious,  driving  away  all  other  birds  from 
its  nest,  and  defending  itself  and  eggs  with  success 
against  the  magpie ;  while  engaged  in  combat  it 
utters  a  harsh  scream.  Its  food  resembles  that  of 
the  song-thrush  ;  in  the  winter  it  feeds  much  on  the 
berries  of  the  misseltoe,  of  which  the  seeds  passing 
uninjured  through  the  alimentary  canal  often  ger- 
minate in  suitable  situations,  and  thus  the  parasitic 
shrub  is  propagated.  It  greedily  devours  cherries, 
raspberries,  and  other  garden  fruit. 

1462. — The  Ground-sceaping  Theush 
{Turdus  strepitam).  This  species  is  a  native  of 
South  Africa,  where  it  was  observed  by  Dr.  A. 
Smith,  who  states  that,  immediately  upon  reaching 
Kuricliane,  this  thrush  began  to  appear  in  the 
thickets,  and  that  he  continued  to  acquire  occa- 
sionally a  specimen  even  in  the  vicinity  of  the  tropic. 
It  seeks,  he  says,  its  food  upon  the  ground,  and  when 
so  occupied  its  resort  is  readily  discovered  by  the 
natives  from  the  noise  it  makes  in  scratching  the 
ground,  or  in  displacing  rubbish  and  decayed  leaves 
which  conceal  the  insects  it  is  seeking.  The  name 
by  which  it  is  known  in  the  country  it  inhabits  is, 
he  informs  us,  characteristic  of  the  vigour  with 
which  it  employs  its  feet,  and  the  nearest  translation 
he  can  give  is  'Ground-Scraper.' 

Dr.  Smith  further  remarks  that  the  form  of  its 
bill,  particularly  towards  the  base,  the  length  of  its 
legs,  and  the  shortness  of  its  tail,  are  all  characters 
which  remove  it  from  the  more  typical  species  of 
i  the  genus  Turdus ;  but  yet  there  is  in  its  structure 
and  habits  what  necessarily  constitutes  it  a  true 
thrush.  ('Illustrations  of  the  Zoology  of  South 
Africa.') 

Description.— Front  and  top  of  head  brownish 
grey ;  occiput,  upper  aspect  of  neck,  interscapulars, 
scapulars,  and  shoulders  deep  yellowish  grey,  faintly 
shaded  with  brown;  back,  rump,  and  upper-taif- 
coverts  dirty  ash-grey.  Under  parts  white,  tinted 
in  places  with  ochre-yellow ;  sides  of  the  neck, 
whole  of  the  breast,  flanks,  and  belly  variegated 
with  blackish  brown  pyriform  spots,  one  on  each 
feather,  the  large  end  reaching  nearly  to  its  point. 
Sides  of  the  head  white,  slightly  tinted  with  ochre- 
yellow,  variegated  below  the  eyes  with  three  blackish 
brown  bands.  Primary  wing-coverts  and  primary 
quill-feathers  deep  brownish  red,  the  latter  tipped 
and  edged  externally  with  yellowish  white  ;  the  first 
two-thirds  at  least  of  the  inner  vanes  of  these  feathers 
are  of  a  clear  buff-colour,  darkest  towards  the  shafts ; 
secondary  wing  coverts  and  secondary  and  tertiary 
quill  feathers  dark  greyish  brown,  the  outer  vanes 
lightest,  all  margined  externally  and  tipped  with 
dirty  white.     Eyes  reddish  brown ;  length  ^  inches. 


1450  {d). — The  Blackbird 


{Merala  vulgaris).  Merle  noir,  Temminck ; 
Schwartz-drossel,  Bechstein;  Turdus  Merula,  Linn. 
This  beautiful  songster,  with  yellow  bill  and  jet-black 
plumage,  is  too  well  known  to  need  minute  descrip- 
tion. It  is  a  shy  bird,  frequenting  hedgerows, 
thickets,  shrubberies,  and  large  garden.s,  and  when 
disturbed  or  surprised  escapes  into  the  covert  of 
dense  foliage,  uttering  a  loud  sharp  cry  of  alarm. 
Its  song  is  clear  and  melodious,  but  not  so  varied  .as 
that  of  the  thrush.  Like  that  bird  it  feeds  upon 
slugs,  shelled  snails,  and  insects,  and  also  upon 
currants,  cherries,  peas,  &c.,  often  making  miich 
havoc  in  the  garden,  as  indeed  does  the  thrush ;  but 
they  both  compensate  for  this  by  the  destruction  of 
snails  and  slugs,  and  by  their  melody. 

Early  in  spring  the  blackbird  begins  its  nest;  a 
thickset  hedgerow,  an  insulated  bush  of  some  dense 
evergreen,  or  a  bower  of  ivy,  are  all  favourite  places 
The  outer  frame-work  of  the  nest  consists  of  moss 
small  sticks,  grasses,  and  fibres,  with  an  inner  coat 
of  mud  plaster,  over  which  is  a  lining  of  fine  drv 
grass  (see  Fig.  1463,  the  nest  of  the  blackbird).    The- 
eggs  are  four  or  five  in  number,  of  a  bluish  green,, 
variegated  with  darker  markings.  Fig.  1464.     Two. 
or  even  three  broods  are  hatched  and  reared  during  ■ 
the  spring  and  summer. 

The  female  of  this  species  is  brownish  black  above, 
the  breast  being  pale  umber  brown,  the  margin  of 
each  feather  passing  into  greyish  white.  Bit!  and 
legs  blackish  brown.  The  young  are  similar  to  the 
females,  and  the  males  do  not  acquire  their  glossy 
black  and  orange  yellow  bill  till  after  the  second 
moult.  White,  and  cream-white  varieties,  albinos  , 
in  fact,  are  sometimes  met  with. 

1465. — The  Risg-Ouzel 

{Merala  torguata).  Merle  si  plastron,  Temminck  ; 
Merulo  alpesto  of  the  Italians :  Ring-drossel  of  the 
Germans;  Rock-Ouzel  and  Tor  Ouzel,  provincial 
English.  This  bird  is  one  of  our  summer  visitors, 
arriving  in  our  islands  in  the  spring,  and  resorting 
to  the  mountain  districts  to  breed.  The  mountains  ' 
of  Wales,  Dartmoor  in  Devonshire,  the  rocky  dis- 
tricts of  Cornwall,  the  Peak  of  Derbyshire,  the 
mountains  of  Scotland  and  the  north  of  England, 
and  those  of  Ireland,  are  annually  visited.  They 
haunt  the  wildest  and  most  rocky  parts  of  glens  and 
ravines,  and  make  their  nest,  which  in  form  and 
texture  resembles  that  of  the  blackbird,  on  some  steep 
bank,  under  the  covert  of  grass  or  heath,  or  on  some 
shelf  amidst  mosses,  which,  the  outside  being  made 
of  the  same  materials,  entirely  conceal  it  from 
view ;  sometimes  it  is  built  in  the  fissure  of  a  rock. 
The  male  uttei-s  his  song,  consisting  of  a  few  clear  • 
notes  while  perched  on  the  top  of  some  stone,  or  ■ 
the  summit  of  a  rock ;  the  song  is  not  unlike  that 
of  the  missel-thrush,  which  bird  the  ring-ouzel 
resembles  in  disposition  during  the  breeding  season,- 
driving  away  other  species,  even  flying  round  dogs- 
and  other  animals,  striking  at  them  and  utter- 
ing loud  outcries.  The  food  of  the  ring-ouzel  con- 
sists of  insects  and  their  larvae,  snails,  slugs,  &c. 
In  October  it  leaves  the  kingdom,  passing  south- 
wards ;  during  the  summer  it  is  common  in  Sweden, 
France  and  Germany,  but  is  very  rare  in  Holland. 
Latham  says  this  species  is  met  with  in  the  warmer 
and  colder  regions,  as  well  as  in  Africa  and  Asia, 
but  it  does  not  inhabit  either  Russia  or  Siberia, 
though  it  is  seen  in  Persia  about  the  Caspian  Sea. 

The  ring-blackbird,  or  ring-ouzel,  is  larger  than 
the  common  blackbird.  Length,  including  the 
tail,  about  ten  inches  and  a  half.  Bill  blackish 
brown  or  raven  grey,  about  an  inch  long,  and  • 
yellowish  at  the  base  of  the  lower  mandible ;  the 
irides  chestnut-brown,  and  the  legs  dark  brown. 
The  following  is  Selby's  description  of  the  plumage  : 
"  Upper  parts  of  the  body  black,  the  feathers  being 
margined  with  blackish  grey.  On  the  upper  part 
of  the  breast  is  a  large  crescent-shaped  gorget 
of  pure  white ;  the  rest  of  the  under  parts  black,, 
margined  with  grey,  greater  wing-coverts  deeply 
marginated  with  ash  grey.     Tail  black. 

"  The  plumage  of  the  female  bird  is  more  clouded 
with  grey,  and  the  pectoral  gorget  is  much  smaller, 
and  clouded  with  reddish  brown  and  grey.  In  the 
young  females  this  gorget  is  not  visible ;  and  in  the 
young  males  it  is  of  a  reddish  white. 

"Varieties  are  sometimes  found  similar  to  those 
of  the  blackbird." 

1466. — The  Hermit-Thrush 
(Turdus  solitarius,  Wilson).  The  hermit-thrush 
is  a  native  of  the  Southern  States  of  North  America, 
especially  those  of  the  Mississippi,  where  it  resides 
during  the  winter.  In  Kentucky,  Indiana,  and 
Tennessee  it  is  observed  during  the  summer. 

It  prefers  swampy  and  secluded  cane-brakes  and 
dark  retreats,  and  flits  low  over  the  ground,  gliding 
on  rapid  wings  when  disturbed,  to  the  deepest 
coverts.  There  these  birds  breed,  placing  their  nest 
on  the  low  branch  of  some  overshadowing  tree,  about 

2T2 


1461.— Nr«  of  .MiMtl-liirMh. 


H58.— V'ood-Tbliuh. 


14U.— N<tt  of  B:ac-kl)ira. 


iiili^ytaoi-Tbntk. 


U«4.— EgK  of  Blaekbiid. 


14S(.— Redbreuted  Thrashes. 


NSi.— Rinc-Oazel. 


^mm^^ 


146e.— Rermit-Thnith. 


824 


U6a.— Oronnd-scnping  Thmili. 


I-16S.— Nest  of  Go'.den  Oriole. 


1473. — Qiestnat-capped  Timalia. 


1«7U— Mocking-Bird. 


1470.— Mocking-Biid. 


14S9,-Mockir!;.l!ir<l. 


I-(T5,— Sca-sfTcen  Piroll. 


147'.'.— Moi-Mug-Bird. 


1475.— King-Tliniih. 


325 


326 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Thrushes. 


seven  or  eight  feet  from  the  ground,  or  even  lower. 
The  nest  U  destitute  of  any  layer  ol"  mud,  but  is 
compact,  consisting  of  dry  weeds,  leaves,  and  long 
grasses  firmly  intertwined :  the  inside  is  lined  with 
slender  fibres  of  grass  arranged  in  a  circular  manner, 
and  laid  very  smoothly  and  neatly.  The  eggs,  from 
four  to  six,  are  of  a  light-blue  colour  sprinkled  with 
dark  dots  about  the  large  end.  Two  broods  are  reared 
during  the  summer.  The  male  is  altogether  de- 
stitute of  musical  powers,  and  utters  only  a  low 
plaintive  cry,  scarcely  audible  at  the  distance  of 
thirty  yards.  The  food  of  this  species  consists 
almost  wholly  of  wild  fruits  and  berries,  which  at 
all  seasons  abound  in  its  native  woods,  such  as 
thoie  of  the  holly,  myrtle,  gall-bush  (a  species  of 
vaccinium),  the  yapon  shrub,  &c.  In  the  winter, 
when  the  swampy  retreats  which  it  affects  during 
summer  are  flooded,  the  hermit-thrush  retires  to  the 
nearest  hills,  and  there,  mixing  with  the  wood- 
thrush  and  other  species,  remains  till  the  spring. 

The  length  of  the  hermit-thrush  is  seven  inches. 
The  general  colour  of  the  upper  parts  is  yellowish 
brown,  changing  on  the  rump  and  tail  into  dull- 
yellowish  red;  quill-feathers  dusky,  margined  ex- 
ternally with  yellowish  brown ;  under  parts  greyish 
white;  the  neck  and  breast  spotted  with  dark 
brown. 

A  bird  called  the  Solitaiy  Thrush  has  been  de- 
scribed by  Col.  Montagu,  Air.  Knapp,  and  Bewick 
as  a  native  of  our  island.  The  former  writer  says 
it  frequents  mountainous  situations,  and  is  always 
seen  alone,  except  in  the  breeding  season,  preparing 
its  nest  like  the  starling  in  old  ruined  edifices, 
church-towers,  and  other  similar  places,  but  no  two 
nests  are  ever  found  in  the  same  place  ;  the  young, 
he  adds,  are  easily  brought  up,  and  repay  the  trouble 
by  their  sweet  native  song.  The  bird  is  described 
as  being  of  a  pale  yellowish  brown,  mottled  with  a 
darker  shade. 

Mr.  Knapp,  writing  in  Gloucestershire,  says,  "  It 
is  not  an  uncommon  bird  with  us,  breeding  in  holes 
and  hollows  of  trees,  and  hatching  early."  This 
bird  is  undoubtedly  not  the  hermit-thrush  of  America, 
an  opinion  which  some,  strange  to  say,  have  enter- 
tained ;  we  believe  it  to  be  a  mere  variety  of  the 
common  starling,  and  no  thrush  at  all.  Selby 
asserts  that  it  is  the  young  of  the  starling  in  its 
first  dress,  previous  to  the  autumnal  moult ;  but  if, 
as  asserted,  it  breeds,  this  cannot  be  the  case;  a 
variety,  however,  it  may  be.  We  have  never  seen  it. 
The' anterior  figure  at  1466  represents  this  misnamed 
bird ;  it  is  copied  from  Montagu's  delineation,  and 
the  form  of  the  beak  and  outline  of  the  head  are 
sufficient  to  prove  its  true  character.  The  figure 
behind  it  is  the  hermit-thrush  of  America. 

1467. — The  Goldex  Okiole 
{Oriolus  gatt)ula).  This  is  supposed  by  Bclon  and 
others  to  be  the  x^"?^""  oi  the  Greeks :  Galgulus, 
Vireo,  and  Oriolus,  Lat.,  and  the  Picus  of  which 
Pliny  (book  x.,  c.  33)  speaks  as  suspending  its  nest 
on  a  twig  of  the  topmost  branches  of  a  tree,  after  the 
manner  of  a  cup.  It  is  the  Becquafiga,  Brusola, 
Galbedro,  Garbella,  Giallone,  and  Gravolo  gentile 
of  the  modern  Italians  ;  and  Rigogolo  commune  of 
the '  Stor.  degl.  Ucc' ;  Turiol  of  the  Spanish ;  Loriot, 
Compere  Loriot,  and  Orio  of  the  French;  Gelbe 
Rache,  Gelber  Pirol,  der  Pyrold,  Wiedewal,  &c., 
of  the  Germans  and  Netherlanders ;  Goutmerle  of 
the  Low  Dutch;  Witwall  of  Willughby  and  Ray; 
and  y  Fwyalchen  felen  of  the  ancient  British. 

In  the  genus  Oriolus  the  beak  is  broad  at  the 
base,  notched  and  somewhat  bent  at  the  tip.  Wings 
rather  long ;  tarsi  short.  The  species  are  all  natives 
of  the  Old  World,  where  they  tenant  the  recesses 
of  woods  in  pairs,  building  most  artful  nests. 

The  Golden  Oriole,  which  may  be  regarded  as 
the  type  of  the  genus,  is  only  an  occasional  visitor 
to  our  islands,  making  its  appearance  in  April ;  it 
has  been  found  in  Hampshire,  Devonshire,  Corn- 
wall ;  near  Manchester,  near  Lancaster ;  near  Walton 
in  Surrey,  and  near  Godalming;  at  Cheshunt  (Herts) ; 
near  Saxmundham  in  Suffolk ;  in  Norfolk  ;  at  Tyne- 
mouth  in  Durham ;  and  in  South  Wales.  It  has 
been  seen,  though  rarely,  in  Ireland,  but  never,  as 
far  as  we  can  learn,  in  Scotland. 

On  the  Continent  it  advances  as  high  northwards 
as  Sweden,  where  it  occasionally  breeds ;  it  also 
visits  some  of  the  districts  of  Russia,  and  is  found 
in  Germany  and  Holland,  but  more  plentifully  in 
France,  Spain,  and  Italy,  everywhere  being  a  bird 
of  passage.  The  Prince  of  Canino  says  that  it 
arrives  near  Rome  in  the  spring  and  departs  in  au- 
tumn. It  is  found  in  Malta  and  Greece,  and  along 
the  whole  of  the  northern  line  of  Africa.  An  allied, 
but  distinct  species  is  common  in  India. 

The  Golden  Oriole  is  a  shy  and  suspicious  bird, 
haunting  lonely  groves  and  thickets  on  the  skirts  of 
woods,  excepting  in  the  fruit  season,  when  it  always 
frequents  orchards,  to  the  no  small  loss  of  the  owner. 
It  is  difficult  to  get  near  these  birds,  though  they  are 
sometimes  approached  by  the  sportsman,  under  the 
deception  of  nis  imitative  whistle ;  but  it  requires 


great  accuracy  both  of  lips  and  ear  to  perform  this 
fraud,  for  the  least  mistake,  or  one  false  note,  will 
send  the  bird  otf  at  once.  The  food  consists  of 
insects  and  their  larvae,  berries,  and  fruits,  among 
which  figs,  grapes,  and  cherries  are  favourites.  The 
whistle  of  the  oriole  is  loud  but  flute-like,  and 
Bechstein  expresses  the  sound  by  the  word  puhlo. 
The  cup  or  rather  saucer  shaped  nest  is  formed  of 
wool  and  slender  grass-stems,  and  placed  in  the 
fork  of  a  tall  branch,  usually  towards  its  extremity. 

The  eggs  are  generally  four  or  five,  purplish 
white  with  a  few  ash-grey  and  claret  spots,  and  the 
female  watches  over  tnem  with  such  maternal  care, 
that  it  is  said  she  will  suffer  herself  to  be  taken 
rather  than  abandon  them.  In  this  country  nests 
have  been  taken  in  Suffolk  and  Norfolk.  Fig.  1468 
represents  the  nest  of  this  species. 

The  Golden  Oriole  gets  very  fat  after  its  summer 
feed  of  fruits.  Willughby  saw  many  of  them  in  the 
pouhcrers'  shops  at  Naples,  and  says  that  "it  hath 
very  delicate  flesh,  and  yields  wholesome  nourish- 
ment." 

Description. — Male : — Golden  yellow,  a  blackish- 
brown  spot  between  the  eye  and  the  bill ;  wings 
and  tail  black ;  a  yellow  spot  on  the  quills,  not  far 
from  the  middle  of  the  wing  when  closed  ;  and  the 
tail-feathers  terminated  with  yellow ;  bill  reddish 
maroon  ;  iris  red ;  feet  bluish  grey.  Length,  rather 
more  than  ten  inches.  Mr.  Hoy  agrees  with  Mr. 
Yarrell  that  the  male  does  not  obtain  its  brilliant 
yellow  and  black  fill  the  third  year. 

Female : — Greenish-olive  above ;  greyish-white 
with  a  yellowish  tint  below,  where  the  plumage  is 
marked  by  somewhat  distant  greyish-brown  short 
stripes  or  dashes  disposed  longitudinally ;  wings 
brown,  bordered  with  olivaceous  grey ;  tail  oliva- 
ceous tinged  with  black ;  yellowish  beneath  with  a 
brownish  black  mark  somewhat  in  the  form  of  an 
irregular  Y ;  no  dark  streak  behind  the  bill  and  the 
eye. 

The  young  of  the  year  resemble  the  female ;  but 
the  longitudinal  stripes  of  the  lower  parts  are  more 
numerous  and  deeper  in  colour ;  bill  blackish  grey 
and  iris  brown.  The  upper  figure  represents  the 
female,  the  lower  the  male. 

1469,  1470,  1471,  1472.— The  Mocki.ng-Bird,  oe 
PoiAGLOT  Thrush 

{Orpheus  Polyglottus).  Turdus  Polyglottus,  Wil- 
son. 

We  have  several  pictorial  specimens  of  this  cele- 
brated bird,  which  if  it  be  not  overpraised,  stands 
unrivalled  in  powers  of  song ;  it  is  a  native  of  the 
New  World,  and,  according  to  Wilson,  whose  his- 
tory we  follow,  it  inhabits  a  very  considerable  ex- 
tent of  both  North  and  South  America,  having 
been  traced  from  the  States  of  New  England  to 
Brazil,  and  also  among  many  of  the  adjacent  islands. 
They  are,  however,  much  more  numerous  in  those 
States  south  than  those  north  of  the  river  Delaware, 
being  generally  migratory  in  the  latter,  and  resi- 
dent (at  least  many  of  them)  in  the  former.  A 
warm  climate,  and  low  country  not  far  from  the 
sea,  seem  most  congenial  to  their  nature ;  the  spe- 
cies is  accordingly  found  to  be  less  numerous  to 
the  west  than  east  of  the  great  range  of  Alleghany, 
in  the  same  parallels  of  latitude.  In  these  regions 
the  berries  of  the  red  cedar,  myrtle,  holly,  many 
species  of  smilax,  together  with  gum  berries,  gall 
berries,  and  a  profuse  variety  of  others,  abound, 
and  furnish  them  with  a  perpetual  feast.  Winded 
insects  also,  of  which  they  are  very  fond,  and  which 
they  are  very  expert  in  catching,  are  there  plenti- 
ful even  in  the  winter  season. 

The  precise  time  at  which  the  mocking-bird 
begins  to  build  his  nest  varies  according  to  the 
latitude  in  which  he  resides,  from  the  beginning  of 
April  to  the  middle  of  May.  There  are  particular 
situations  to  which  he  gives  the  preference.  A 
solitary  thorn-bush,  an  almost  impenetrable  thicket, 
an  orange-tree,  cedar,  or  holly-bush,  are  favourite 
spots  and  frequently  selected.  It  is  no  great  ob- 
jection to  the  bird  that  a  farm  or  mansion-house 
happens  to  be  near;  always  ready  to  defend,  but 
never  over-anxious  to  conceal,  his  nest,  he  very 
often  builds  within  a  small  distance  of  the  house, 
and  not  unfrequently  in  a  pear  or  apple  tree,  rarely 
at  a  greater  height  than  six  or  seven  feet  from  the 
ground.  The  nest  varies  a  little  according  to  the 
conveniency  of  collecting  suitable  materials.  Gene- 
rally it  is  composed  of,  first,  a  quantity  of  dry 
twigs  and  sticks,  then  withered  tops  of  weeds  of  the 
preceding  year,  intermixed  with  fine  straw,  hay, 
pieces  of  wood  and  tow ;  and  lastly,  a  thick  layer 
of  fine  fibrous  roots,  of  a  light  brown  colour,  lines 
the  whole.  The  female  sits  fourteen  days,  and 
generally  produces  two  broods  in  the  season,  unless 
robbed  of  her  eggs,  in  which  case  she  will  even 
build  and  lay  the  third  time.  She  is,  however, 
very  jealous  of  her  nest,  and  very  apt  to  forsake  it 
if  much  disturbed. 

During  the  period  of  incubation,  neither  cat,  dog, 
animal,  nor  man  can  approach  the  nest  without 


being  attacked.  The  cats,  in  particular,  are  per- 
secuted whenever  they  make  their  appearance,  till 
obliged  to  retreat.  But  his  whole  vengeance  is 
more  particularly  directed  against  that  mortal 
enemy  of  his  eggs  and  young,  the  black  snake. 
Whenever  its  insidious  approaches  are  discovered, 
the  male  darts  upon  the  reptile  with  the  rapidity 
of  an  arrow,  dexterously  eluding  its  bite,  and 
striking  it  violently  and  incessantly  about  the 
head,  where  it  is  very  vulnerable.  The  snake  soon 
becomes  sensible  of  its  danger,  and  seeks  to  escape  ; 
but  the  intrepid  defender  of  his  young  redoubles 
his  exertions,  and,  unless  his  antagonist  be  of  great 
magnitude,  often  succeeds  in  destroying  him.  All 
his  pretended  powers  of  fascination  avail  it  nothing 
against  the  vengeance  of  this  noble  bird.  As  the 
snake's  strength  begins  to  flag,  the  mocking-bird 
seizes  and  lifts  it  up  partly  from  the  ground,  beat- 
ing it  with  its  wings,  and  when  the  business  is  com- 
pleted, he  returns  to  the  nest  of  his  young,  mounts 
the  summit  of  the  bush,  and  poui-s  forth  a  torrent  of 
song  in  token  of  victory. 

The  plumage  of  the  mocking-bird  is  soberly 
coloured,  but  the  figure  of  the  bird  is  very  graceful 
and  well  proportioned.  The  ease,  elegance,  and 
rapidity  of  his  movements,  the  animation  of  his 
eye,  and  the  intelligence  which  he  displays  in 
listening  and  laying  up  lessons  from  almost  every 
species  of  the  feathered  race  within  his  hearing, 
are  really  surprising,  and  mark  the  peculiarity  of 
his  genius.  To  these  qualities  may  be  added  that 
of  a  voice  full,  strong,  and  musical,  and  capable  of 
almost  every  modulation,  from  the  c!ear  mellow 
tones  of  the  wood-thrush  to  the  savage  scream  of 
the  bald  eagle.  In  measure  and  accent  he  faith- 
fully follows  his  originals ;  in  force  and  sweetness  of 
expression  he  greatly  improves  upon  them.  In  his 
native  groves,  mounted  on  the  top^of  a  tall  bush  or 
half-grown  tree,  in  the  dawn  of  the  morning,  while 
the  woods  are  already  vocal  with  a  multitude  of 
warblers,  his  admirable  song  rises  pre-eminent  over 
every  competitor.  The  ear  ean  listen  to  his  music 
alone,  to  which  that  of  all  the  others  seems  a  mere 
accompaniment.  Neither  is  his  strain  altogether 
imitative.  His  own  native  notes  are  bold  and  fuU, 
and  varied  seemingly  beyond  all  limits.  They  con- 
sist of  short  expressions  of  two,  three,  or,  at  the 
most,  five  or  six  syllables,  generally  interepersed 
with  imitations,  and  all  of  them  uttered  with  great 
emphasis  and  rapidity,  and  continued  with  undi- 
minished ardour  for  half  an  hour  or  an  hour  at  a 
time.  His  expanded  wings  and  tail  glistening 
with  white,  and  the  buoyant  gaiety  of  his  action, 
arresting  the  eye  as  his  song  most  irrisistibly  does 
the  ear,  he  sweeps  round  with  enthusiastic  ecstasy, 
and  mounts  and  descends  as  his  song  swells  or  dies 
away.  While  thus  exerting  himself,  a  bystander 
destitute  of  sight  would  suppose  that  the  whole 
feathered  tribes  had  assembled  together  on  a  trial 
of  skill,  each  striving  to  produce  his  utmost  effect. 
He  often  deceives  the  sportsman,  and  sends  him  in 
search  of  birds  that  are  not,  perhaps,  within  miles 
of  him,  but  whose  notes  he  exactly  imitates :  even 
birds  themselves  are  frequently  imposed  upon  by 
this  admirable  mimic,  and  are  decoyed  by  the 
fancied  calls  of  their  mates,  or  dive  with  precipita- 
tion into  the  depth  of  thickets  at  the  scream  of 
what  they  suppose  to  be  the  sparrow-hawk. 

The  mocking-bird  loses  little  of  the  power  and 
energy  of  his  song  by  confinement.  In  his  domes- 
ticated state,  when  he  commences  his  career  of 
song,  it  is  impossible  to  stand  by  uninterested.  He 
whistles  for  the  dog  ;  Caesar  starts  up,  wags  his  tail, 
and  runs  to  meet  his  master.  He  squeaks  out  like 
a  hurt  chicken,  and  the  hen  hurries  about  with 
hanging  wings  and  bristled  feathers,  chuckling  to 
protect  its  injured  brood.  The  barking  of  the  dog, 
the  mewing  of  the  cat,  the  creaking  of  a  passing 
wheelbarrow,  are  followed  with  great  truth  and  rapi- 
dity. He  repeats  the  tune  taught  him  by  his  master, 
though  of  considerable  length,  fully  and  faithfully  ; 
he  runs  over  the  quaverings  of  the  canary,  and  the 
clear  whistlings  of  the  Virginian  nightingale,  or  red- 
bird,  with  such  superior  execution  and  effect,  that 
the  mortified  songsters  feel  their  own  inferiority,  and 
become  altogether  silent,  while  he  seems  to  triumph 
in  their  defeat  by  redoubling  his  exertions. 

This  excessive  fondness  for  variety,  however,  in 
the  opinion  of  some  injures  his  song.  His  elevated 
imitations  of  the  brown  thrush  are  frequently  inter- 
rupted by  the  crowing  of  cocks ;  and  the  warblings 
of  the  blue-bird,  which  he  exquisitely  manages,  are 
mingled  with  the  screaming  of  swallows  or  the 
cackling  of  hens.  Amidst  the  simple  melody  of 
the  robin,  one  is  suddenly  surprised  by  the  shrill 
reiterations  of  the  whip-poor-will,  while  the  notes 
of  the  kildeer,  blue  jay,  martin,  baltimore,  and 
twenty  others,  succeed,  with  such  imposing  reality, 
that  the  auditors  look  round  for  the  originals,  and 
with  astonishment  discover  that  the  sole  performer 
in  this  singular  concert  is  the  admirable  bird  now 
before  us.  During  this  exhibition  of  his  powers, 
he  spreads  his  wings,  expands  his  tail,  and  throws 


Thrushes.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


327 


himself  around  the  cage  in  all  the  ecstasy  of  enthu- 
siasm, seeming  not  only  to  sing  but  to  dance,  keep- 
ing time  to  the  measure  of  his  own  music.  Both 
in  his  native  and  domesticated  state,  during  the 
stillness  of  the  night,  as  soon  as  the  moon  rises,  he 
begins  his  delightful  solo,  making  the  whole  neigh- 
bourhood resound  with  his  inimitable  medley. 

The  mocking-bird  is  frequently  taken  m  trap- 
cages,  and,  by  proper  management,  may  be  made 
sufficiently  tame  to  sing.  The  usual  price  of  a  sing- 
ing-bird is  from  seven  to  fifteen,  and  even  twenty 
dollars.  Mr.  Wilson  has  known  fifty  dollars  paid 
for  a  remarkably  fine  singer  ;  and  one  instance 
where  one  hundred  dollars  were  refused  for  a  still 
more  extraordinary  one.  Attempts  have  been  made 
to  induce  these  charming  birds  to  pair  and  rear  their 
young  in  a  state  of  confinement,  and  the  result  has 
been  such  as  to  prove  it,  by  proper  management, 
perfectly  practicable. 

The  mocking-bird  is  about  nine  inches  and  a  half 
long.  The  general  colour  of  all  the  upper  parts  is 
a  dark-brownish  ash.  The  quill-feathers  and  coverts 
are  brownish-black,  the  former  white  at  their  base, 
and  covered  there  by  the  white  feathers  of  the 
spurious  wing,  which  have  a  black  spot  at  the  tips  ; 
the  latter  slightly  tipped  with  white.  The  two 
middle  tail-feathers  dusky  black,  the  rest  more  or 
less  extensively  white  on  their  inner  vane,  except 
the  outermost  on  each  side,  which  is  wholly  white  ; 
under  parts  generally  pale-greyish  brown  :  iris-yel- 
low, inclining  to  a  pale  gold-colour.  Bill  and  legs 
black.  The  plumage  of  the  female  is  duller  than 
that  of  the  male. 

The  genus  Orpheus  approaches  closely  to  Merula, 
but  the  bill  is  more  curved,  the  notch  obsolete,  the 
wings  rounded,  and  the  tail  lengthened  and  gra- 
duated. 

1473. — The  Chestnut-capped  Timalia. 

(  Timalia  pileala).  In  the  genus  Timalia  the  bill  is 
strong,  deep,  and  compressed  ;  the  wings  are  short 
and  rounded ;  the  tail  elongated  and  graduated  ; 
the  feet  large  and  robust ;  the  hind  claw  much 
developed. 

Dr.  Horsfield  states  that  a  peculiar  character  is 
exhibited  to  both  the  species  of  Timalia  recorded 
by  him  in  the  structure  of  the  plumes,  which  cover 
the  back  and  the  upper  parts  of  the  neck,  as  well 
as  the  breast,  belly,  and  thighs.  He  remarks  that 
the  separate  filaments  (  radii  of  Illiger),  which  con- 
stitute the  vanes  or  webs  of  those  plumes,  are  not 
in  close  contact,  as  is  generally  the  case,  but  being 
inserted  into  the  shaft  at  a  small  distance  from  each 
other,  they  diverge  with  perfect  regularity.  "  The 
parts  which  they  cover,"  says  Dr.  Horsfield  in  con- 
tinuation, "are  accordingly  marked  with  delicate 
parallel  lines,  and  wherever  several  plumes  lie  over 
each  other,  they  form  a  beautiful  reticulation.  On 
the  posterior  part  of  the  abdomen  and  the  thighs, 
the  plumes  have  a  similar  structure ;  but  the  fila- 
ments are  greatly  elongated  and  pendulous,  so  as 
to  envelop  those  parts  with  a  lax  plumose  cover- 
ing, which,  on  near  inspection,  appears  covered 
with  delicate  hairs.  This  appearance  is  produced 
by  a  series  of  very  minute  parallel  villi,  on  each  of 
the  separate  filaments,  arranged  with  great  regu- 
larity and  beauty." 

We  learn  from  the  same  authority  that  the  chest- 
nut-capped Timalia  is  not  unfrequent  in  the  groves 
and  small  woods  which  abound  throughout  Java. 
It  often  approaches  villages  and  plantations,  con- 
structing its  nest  in  the  hedges,  and  he  speaks  of 
it  as  one  of  the  social  birds  that  delight  to  dwell  in 
the  vicinity  of  cultivation.  In  large  forests  he  did 
not  notice  it.  He  describes  its  flight  as  low  and 
interrupted,  and  adds  that  wherever  it  resides  it  is 
a  welcome  neighbour,  in  consequence  of  the  pecu- 
liarity and  pleasantness  of  its  note,  which  consists 
of  a  slow  repetition  of  the  five  tones  of  the  diatonic 
scale  (c,  D,  i:,  f,  g),  which  it  chants  with  perfect 
regularity,  several  times  in  succession,  and  at  small 
intervals  of  time.  Dr.  Horsfield  further  remarked 
that  the  sixth  tone  was  sometimes  added  ;  but  as 
this  required  apparently  an  extraordinary  effort,  it 
was  by  no  means  so  agreeable  to  a  musical  ear  as 
a  simple  repetition  of  the  five  notes,  which  ap- 
peared to  be  the  natural  compass  of  the  bird's 
orwns.     ('  Zoological  Researches  in  Java.') 

This  bird  is  rather  stoutly  made.  General  colour 
above,  brown  with  an  olivaceous  tint ;  underneath, 
testaceous  inclining  to  grey.  Head  capped  with 
saturated  chestnut.  Throat  and  cheeks  white. 
Breast  white,  inclining  to  grey,  marked  with  in- 
tensely black  stripes  by  the  shafts  of  the  plumes. 
A  narrow  white  band  commences  at  the  forehead, 
near  the  base  of  the  bill,  passes  backward,  encircles 
the  eye,  and  unites  with  the  white  plumes  of  the 
cheeks.    Bill  black ;  feet  brown. 

1474.— Thk  Giant  Brkve 
(Pitta  Grigas).  Under  the  name  of  Myiotherae,  Illi- 
ger and  Cuvier  have  united  several  genera   com- 
posing the  Breves  of  Buffon,  and  the  Ant-Thrushes 


properly  so  called.  These  breves  are  remarkable 
for  the  vivid  and  strongly-contrasted  hues  of  their 
plumage,  for  the  length  of  the  legs,  and  the  short- 
ness of  the  semi-erect  tail.  They  are  only  found 
in  India  and  the  adjacent  islands,  and  Australia, 
whilst  the  ant-thrushes  belong  to  the  New  World 
as  well  as  the  Old.  The  breves  have  the  gradually- 
curved  bill  of  the  true  thrushes,  but  much  stronger : 
the  wings  are  short,  and  the  powers  of  flight  feeble. 
The  predominant  colour  is  metallic  green,  variegated 
with  azure-blue,  scarlet,  and  black ;  and  some  spe- 
cies with  a  hood  of  the  latter  tint  appear  to  be 
confined  to  Australia,  and  the  neighbouring  islands 
of  the  Indian  seas.  To  the  breves  is  allied  the  genus 
termed  Chlorosoma  of  Swainson  (called  by  some 
writers  by  the  barbarous  and  unmeaning  name  of 
Kitta),  notwithstanding  the  greater  comparative 
length  of  the  tail,  and  its  graduated  form.  The-ant 
thrushes,  principally  confined  to  tropical  America, 
represent  the  breves  in  that  portion  of  the  world, 
but  diff"er  from  those  splendid  birds  in  having  an 
abruptly-hooked  and  strongly-toothed  bill,  and  so- 
berly-coloured plumage. 

The  utility  of  the  ant-thrushes  in  their  native  re- 
gions is  thus  commented  upon  by  Mr.  Swainson  : — • 
"  Of  all  the  tribes  of  insecis  which  swarm  in  the 
tropics,  the  ants  are  the  most  numerous ;  they  are 
the  univei-sal  devastators,  and  in  the  dry  and  over- 
grown forests  of  the  interior  the  traveller  can  scarcely 
proceed  five  paces  without  treading  upon  their  nests. 
To  keep  these  myriads  within  due  limits,  a  wise  Pro- 
vidence has  called  into  existence  the  ant-thrushes, 
and  has  given  to  thera  this  particular  food.  Both 
are  proportionate  in  their  geographic  range,  for 
beyond  the  tropical  latitudes  the  ants  suddenly 
decrease,  and  their  enemies,  the  Myiotherte,  totally 
disappear.-  As  a  general  distinction  by  which  this  | 
family  may  be  known  from  the  bush-shrikes,  we  may 
mention  the  difference  in  the  feet, — the  structure  of 
one  being  adapted  for  walking,  while  that  of  the 
other  is  more  suited  for  perching.  The  ant-thrushes 
are  very  locally  distributed  ;  for,  although  the  group  j 
is  tropical,  we  frequently  found  that  a  particular  j 
species,  very  common  in  one  forest,  was  replaced  in  i 
another  by  a  second  ;  while  a  third  locality  in  the 
same  district  would  present  us  with  still  another 
kind,  different  from  those  we  had  previously  found. 
Cayenne  and  Surinam,  in  like'  manner,  furnish  us 
with  many  species  totally  unknown  in  the  forests  of 
Brazil." 

To  return  to  Pitta.  We  select,  as  an  example, 
Pitta  Gigas,  Breve  Geant,  or  Giant  Pitta. 

This  species  in  size  is  equal  to  a  magpie,  but  the 
tail  is  short  and  squared,  and  the  wings  cover  it  en- 
tirely. A  very  brilliant  azure  blue  covers  the  back, 
the  scapulars,  the  rump  and  tail ;  a  less  vivid  tint  is 
spread  over  the  wings,  the  quills  of  which  are  black, 
coloured  with  azure  towards  the  tips  :  summit  of  the 
head,  nape,  and  demi-collar  of  the  lower  part  of  the 
neck  black  ;  feathers  of  the  front  and  eyebrows 
ashy  brown  ;  throat  whitish  :  an  ashy-brown  tint  is 
spread  over  all  the  lower  parts ;  the  feet  are  very 
long  and  of  a  horny  ash-colour.  Total  length  nine 
inches. 

Locality— Sumatra.    (Temm.) 

1475. — The  Sea-green  Piroll 

[Chlorosoma  thalassinurn).  Kitta  thalassina,  Piroll 
thalassina  of  Temminck.  This  gorgeous  bird  is  a 
native  of  Java  and  Sumatra.  The  greater  part  of  the 
plumage  is  very  brilliant  celadon-green ;  a  velvety 
black  band  springs  at  the  angle  of  the  bill,  passes 
backwards  so  as  to  include  the  eye,  and  surrounds 
the  occiput ;  tail  deep  tarnished  green  ;  wings  red- 
dish, but  the  three  or  four  secondary  feathers  nearest 
the  body  are  opaline  bluish  ash  ;  iris,  bill,  and  feet 
very  bright  vermilion  red.  Total  length,  eleven 
inches  two  or  three  fines.  The  male  and  female 
have  nearly  the  same  livery. 

The  young  of  the  year  differ  in  the  colour  of  their 
bill  and  feet,  which  are  black  ;  in  that  of  the  wings, 
which  is  a  tarnished  rusty  red ;  and  in  the  very  clear 
blue,  which  is  nearly  whitish,  of  all  the  rest  of  the 
plumage.  This  blue  tint  is  more  vivid  in  middle 
age,  and  passes  by  degrees  from  bright  azure  blue 
to  celadon-green.  Individuals  during  moult  have 
the  plumage  varied,  with  these  two  tints  very  vivid 
and  pure. 

1476.— The  King-Thrush 

(Grallarin  Sex).  Roi  des  Fourmilliers,  Buffon; 
Turdus  Rex  Gmelin.  This  species  is  a  native  of 
Guiana  and  Brazil,  and  is  about  the  size  of  a  quail  ; 
its  legs  are  extremely  long,  and  the  tail  abbreviated 
to  the  utmost.  It  lives  alone,  prying  about  under 
bushes  and  in  thickets  for  its  food.  The  general 
colour  is  brown,  with  a  tinge  of  red,  prettily  varie- 
gated ;  the  back  of  the  head  is  lead-colour;  the 
under  parts  are  paler  than  the  upper. 

1477.— The  Water-Ouzel 

{Cinclus  aquaticus).  Leilichirollo  and  Merlo 
acquatico  of  the  Italians  ;  Torda  de  Agua  of  the 


Spaniards ;  Merle  d'Eau,  Aguasiere  a  gorge  blanche 
of  the  French ;  Watnstare  of  the  Swedes ;  Fosse- 
fald,  Fosse-kald,  Quaern-kald  Stroem-staer,  and 
Baekke  Engl  of  the  Norwegians ;  Wasser-amsel 
and  Der  Hochkopfige  mittlere  und  Nordische  Was- 
serschwiitzer  of  the  Germans ;  Waterspreecud  of  the 
Netherlands ;  Mwyalchen  y  divir  of  the  ancient 
British;  Water-piet,  Dipper,  and  Bessy-ducker 
provincial  English. 

This  species  is  spread  over  the  greater  portion  of 
Europe,  but  is  more  rare  in  the  northern  regions 
than  in  our  islands  and  the  south.  Specimens  have 
been  received  from  India  and  Japan.  It  is  amidst 
romantic  and  picturesque  scenery,  where  mountain 
streams  and  rivulets,  winding  through  glens  and 
rock-girt  dales,  sparkle  over  a  rocky  bed,  that  this 
elegant  and  active  bird  is  to  be  sought  for.  It  is 
common  in  Wales,  Scotland,  and  Ireland,  and  the 
hilly  parts  of  England.  We  have  seen  it  in  abund- 
ance in  Derbyshire,  along  the  course  of  the  Wye 
between  Buxton  and  Bakewell,  on  the  Dove,  on  the 
Derwent  at  Matlock,  and  in  various  other  places, 
where  "we  have  watched  its  singular  habits.  It  is 
active,  restless,  and  full  of  animation  :  its  movements 
are  all  quick  and  alert,  and  it  flits  from  stone  to 
stone,  flying  low  and  rapidly  over  the  bubbling  water. 
Often  may  it  be  seen  perched  on  a  portion  of  rock 
jutting  out  of  the  water  in  the  centre  of  the  stream; 
and  there,  conspicuous  by  its  snowy  breast,  con- 
trasted with  the  deep  russet  brown  of  the  rest  of 
its  plumage,  it  will  remain  for  a  short  time  dipping 
its  head  and  jerking  its  tail  in  an  odd  sort  of  manner, 
reminding  us  of  the  wren.  In  an  instant  it  will  dis- 
appear, diving  beneath  the  water,  and,  emerging  at 
a  considerable  distance,  again  settle  on  some  stone 
or  crag,  and  utter  a  low  but  very  sweet  and  pleasing 
strain.  Again  it  will  dive  or  fly  off  to  another 
resting-place,  jerk  its  tail,  and  sing,  dipping  and 
moving  its  head,  and  again  start  off  to  a  more  at- 
tractive pedestal.  We  have  heard  its  song  in  bright 
mornings  during  winter,  as  well  as  in  the  spring  and 
summer;  and  it  exhibits  equal  animation,  entering 
the  water,  and  flitting  from  stone  to  stone,  in  the 
cold  and  in  the  warmer  months.  How  this  bird 
manages  to  keep  itself  submerged  and  proceed  at 
the  bottom  of  the  stream,  is  not  very  well  under- 
stood. Mr.  Thomson  says,  "  On  the  '2(ith  of  Sep- 
tember, a  pair  of  water-ouzels  at  the  upper  pond  of 
Wolfhill  (near  Belfast)  plunged  several  times  into 
the  water,  which  was  some  feet  deep,  and  remained 
moving  about  in  it,  with  only  their  heads  above  the 
surface  ;  twice  one  of  them  disappeared  altogether 
for  a  few  seconds,  they  then  pursued  each  other 
round  the  pond  and  alighted,  when  one  of  them 
sang,  and  they  repeated  over  again  several  times  all 
these  manoeuvres."  In  these  aquatic  habits  we  are 
reminded  of  the  water-rail. 

The  food  of  the  water-ouzel  consists  of  insects, 
aquatic  larvie,  minute  fresh-water  shelled  snails, 
and  the  fry  of  fishes. 

The  nest  of  this  bird  is  most  artfully  concealed  ; 
we  have  seen  it  in  the  fissure  of  a  low  jutting  crag 
overhanging  the  rushing  and  bubbling  current ;  and 
also  between  the  green  damp  stones  of  a  rude 
bridge.  The  structure  itself  is  composed  of  inter- 
twined mosses,  and  is  of  large  size,  and  domed,  with 
a  small  lateral  aperture  leading  to  the  interior 
chamber,  which  is  lined  wth  a  few  dried  leaves. 
Sometimes  it  is  so  placed  that  the  sheet  of  water 
falling  from  an  elevated  rock  and  forming  a  cas- 
cade completely  screens  it  ;  but  wherever  situated 
it  blends  with  the  rest  of  the  moss  and  lichen, 
which  fills  up  every  chink,  and  spreads  over  the 
face  of  the  humid  rocks  in  great  luxuriance,  and, 
unless  the  bird  be  watched  to  its  retreat,  would 
never  be  detected.  Fig.  1478  represents  the  nest 
of  the  water-ouzel.  The  eggs,  five  in  number,  are 
white.  As  soon  as  the  young  are  fledged  they  ac- 
company their  parents,  following  them  in  all  their 
movements,  playfully  sporting,  diving,  flitting  from 
stone  to  stone,  and  performing  the  most  amusing 
evolutions.  On  the  Continent  the  water-ouzel  is 
very  common  in  Switzerland  and  in  the  rocky  parts 
of  Italy.  Several  pairs  are  always  observable  about 
the  fall  of  Velino  near  Terni. 

The  genus  Cinclus  is  characterized  by  the  beak 
being  straight  and  somewhat  turned  up,  compressed 
laterally,  and  blunt  at  the  tip  ;  the  wings  rounded ; 
the  tarsi  long  ;  the  feet  large.  Besides  the  Euro- 
pean species  there  arc  two  Indian,  and  one  a  native 
of  America.  The  water-ouael  is  about  seven  inches 
in  length  ;  the  upper  parts  are  of  a  deep  brown ; 
the  throat  and  chest  white,  the  under  parts  rusty  ; 
iris  pearl  grey  ;  bill  black  ;  legs  horn-coloured.  In 
the  young  bird  the  plumage  above  is  clouded  with 
blackish  undulations,  and  the  white  feathers  of  the 
chest  are  finely  varied  with  brown  and  ash-colour. 
The  lower  figure  (Fig.  1477)  is  that  of  a  young  bird. 

Family  MENURID^. 

This  family  is  suggested  from  the  Lyre-bird  of 
Australia  and  several  allied  groups,  as  Stipiturus, 
Amytis,  Dasyornis,  Psophodes,  &c.,  which  in  struc- 


I<"9.— L^-re-Biri. 


1481.— Tail-feathers  of  Lyre-BW. 


1478.— Nest  of  WatBt-Olud. 


14(0.— Lyre-Biidi. 


1477.— Water-Oiaeli. 


826 


1482  — E^'i;  of  Lark. 


^...  wM.ik 


1488.— Siskin  and  Nest. 


1490.— Canarv-  Finch  and  Nest. 


0.  42. 


I4S3 Group  of  Banting 

;  [THE  MUSEUMOF  ANIMATED  NATUEE.l 


329 


380 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Lyre-Birds. 


ture,  if  not  in  size,  closely  approximate  to  the  Me- 
nura  superba,  most  erroneously  regarded  by  some 
ornithoiopsti  as  one  of  the  Gallinaceous  order.  It 
is  a  song-bird  of  the  Insessorial  order,  and  is  related 
in  some  respects  to  certain  forms  of  the  Thrush 
tribe,  in  other  respects  to  some  of  the  Wren. 

1479,  1480.— The  Lybe-Bird 
(Menura  superba).  It  is  to  that  eminent  orni- 
thologist Mr.  Gould  that  we  owe  our  knowledge  of 
the  liabits  of  this  species,  which  he  himself  dili- 
gently investigated  in  its  native  country  ;  and  we 
shall  therefore  proceed,  with  his  permission,  to 
transcribe  his  valuable  observations. 

"  Perhaps  no  bird  has  more  divided  the  opinion 
of  ornithologists,  as  to  the  situation  it  should  oc- 
cupy in  the  natural  system,  than  the  Menura ;  and 
although  more  than  fifty  years  have  now  elapsed 
since  the  bird  was  discovered,  little  or  no  informa- 
tion has  been  hitherto  published  respecting  its 
economy  and  habits,  as  ornithologists  have  had 
only  its  external  structure  to  guide  them  in  their 
opinions.  Aware  of  this  fact,  I  paid  considerable 
attention  to  the  subject  while  in  Australia,  and  alter 
anfmute  observation  of  the  bird  in  a  state  of  nature, 
1  am  decidedly  of  opinion  that  it  has  not,  as  has 
been  very  generally  considered,  the  most  remote 
relationship  to  the  Gallinacese  ;  but  that  it  forms, 
with  the  American  genera  Pteroptochos,  Scytalopus, 
and  their  allied  group,  a  family  of  the  lusessorial 
order,  to  which  Troglodytes,  Amytis,  Stipiturus, 
^lalurus,  Dasyomis,  and  Psophodes  closely  assi- 
milate in  their  habits,  and  of  which  they  will  in  all 
probability  be  hereafter  found  to  form  a  part.  Not- 
withstanding the  great  size  of  the  Menura  and  the 
extraordinary  form  of  its  tail,  in  almost  every  other 
point  it  presents  a  striking  resemblance  to  its  minute 
congeners:  like  them  it  possesses  the  bristles  at 
the  base  of  the  bill,  but  to  a  less  extent,  the  same 
unusual  mass  of  loose,  flowing  hair-like  feathers  on 
the  back  and  rump,  the  same  extraordinary  power  of 
running  and  the  like  feebleness  of  flight;  all  which 
will,  I  trust,  render  it  evident  that  there  are  suffi- 
cient grounds  for  the  opinion  I  have  here  expressed. 
Many  intei-vening  genera  will,  doubtless  yet  be  dis- 
covered to  complete  the  series  of  affinities  ;  at  all 
events,  if,  as  I  am  informed  is  the  case,  the  young 
of  Menura  are  helpless  and  blind  when  hatched,  it 
cannot  with  propriety  be  placed  with  the  Galli- 
nacero. 

"  In  the  structure  of  its  feet,  in  its  lengthened 
claws,  and  in  its  whole  contour,  the  lyre-bird  pre- 
sents the  greatest  similarity  to  the  Pteroptochos 
megapodius  of  Kittlitz.  Another  singular  circum- 
stance, by  which  their  alliance  is  rendered  still  more 
evident,  is  the  fact  that  Pteroptochos  differs  from 
the  other  families  of  the  Insessorial  order  in  having 
fourteen  feathere  in  its  tail,  and  that  Menura  also 
differs  in  the  same  particular  in  possessing  sixteen. 
The  immense  feet  and  claws  of  these  two  birds 
admirably  adapt  them  for  the  peculiar  localities 
they  are  destined  to  inhabit,  and  the  same  beautiful 
modification  of  structure  is  observable  in  the  other 
genera,  equally  adapting  them  for  the  situations 
they  are  intended  to  fulfil.  Thus  the  Menura 
passes  with  ease  over  the  loose  stones  and  the  sides 
of  rocky  gullies  and  ravines,  while  the  Maluri  trip 
over  the  more  open  and  even  ground,  and  the  Da- 
syorni  with  equal  facility  thread  the  dense  shrubs 
and  reed-beds. 

"  The  great  stronghold  of  the  lyre-bird  is  the  co- 
lony of  New  South  Wales,  and,  from  what  I  could 
learn,  its  range  does  not  extend  so  far  to  the  east- 
ward as  Moreton  Bay  ;  neither  have  I  been  able  to 
trace  it  to  the  westward  of  Port  Philip,  on  the 
southern  coast  ;  but  further  research  can  alone 
determine  these  points.  It  inhabits  equally  the 
brushes  on  the  coast,  and  those  that  clothe  the 
sides  of  the  mountains  in  the  interior ;  on  the  coast 
it  is  especially  abundant  at  the  Western  Port  and 
lllawarra ;  in  the  interior  the  cedar  brushes  of  the 
Liverpool  range,  and,  according  to  Mr.  G  Bennett, 
the  mountains  of  the  Tumat  country,  are  among  the 
places  of  which  it  is  a  denizen. 

"  Of  all  the  birds  I  have  ever  met  with,  the  Me- 
nura is  far  the  most  shy  and  difficult  to  procure. 
While  among  the  mountains  I  have  been  sur- 
rounded by  these  birds,  pouring  forth  their  loud 
and  liquid  calls,  for  days  together,  without  being 
able  to  get  a  sight  of  them  ;  and  it  was  only  by  the 
most  determined  perseverance  and  extreme  caution 
that  I  was  enabled  to  effect  this  desirable  object ; 
which  was  rendered  more  difficult  by  their  often 
frequenting  the  almost  inaccessible  and  precipitous 
sidea  of  gullies  and  ravines,  covered  with  tangled 
masses  of  creepers  and  umbrageous  trees :  the 
cracking  of  a  stick,  the  rolling  down  of  a  small 
stone,  or  any  other  noise,  however  slight,  is  suffi- 
cient to  alarm  it ;  and  none  but  those  who  have  tra- 
versed these  rugged,  hot,  and  suffociiting  brushes, 
can  fully  understand  the  excessive  labour  attendant 
on  the  pursuit  of  the  Menura.  Independently  of 
climbing  over  rocks  and  fallen  trunks  of  trees,  the 


sportsman  has  to  creep  and  crawl  beneath  and 
among  the  branches  with  the  utmost  caution,  taking 
care  only  to  advance  when  the  bird's  attention  is 
occupied  in  singing,  or  in  scratching  up  the  leaves 
in  search  of  food  ;  to  watch  its  action  it  is  neces- 
sary to  remain  perfectly  motionless,  not  venturing 
to  move  even  in  the  slightest  degree,  or  it  vanishes 
from  sight  ns  if  by  magic.  Although  I  have  said  ; 
so  much  on  the  cautiousness  of  the  Menura,  it  is 
nut  always  so  alert;  in  some  of  the  more  accessible 
brushes  through  which  roads  have  been  cut,  it  may 
frequently  be  seen,  and  on  horseback  even  closely  ' 
approached,  the  bird  evincing  less  fear  of  those 
animals  than  of  man.  i 

"  At  lllawarra  it  is  sometimes  successfully  pur-  j 
sued  by  dogs  trained  to  rush  suddenly  upon  it,  | 
when  it  immediately  leaps  upon  the  branch  ol  a  tree, 
and  its  attention  being  attracted  by  the  dog  below 
barking,  it  is  easily  approached  and  shot.  Another 
successful  mode  of  procuring  specimens  is  by  wear- 
ing a  tail  of  a  full-plumaged  male  in  the  hat,  keep- 
ing it  constantly  in  motion,  and  concealing  the  per- 
son among  the  bushes,  when  the  attention  of  the 
bird  being  arrested  by  the  apparent  intrusion  of 
another  of  its  own  sex,  it  will  be  attracted  within 
the  range  of  the  gun :  if  the  bird  be  hidden  from 
view  bv  surrounding  objects,  any  unusual  sound,  as 
a  shrill  whistle,  will  generally  induce  him  to  show 
himself  for  an  instant,  by  causing  him  to  leap  with 
a  gay  and  sprightly  air  upon  some  neighbouring 
branch  to  ascertain  the  cause  of  the  disturbance  ; 
advantage  must  be  taken  of  this  circumstance  im- 
mediately, or  the  next  moment  it  may  be  half  way 
down  the  gully.  The  Menura  seldom,  if  ever,  at- 
tempts to  escape  by  flight,  but  easily  eludes  pursuit 
by  its  extraordinary  power  of  running.  None  are 
so  efficient  in  obtaining  specimens  as  the  naked 
black,  whose  noiseless  and  gliding  steps  enable  him 
to  steal  upon  it  unheard  or  unperceived,  and  with  a 
gun  in  his  hand  he  rarely  allows  it  to  escape,  and 
in  many  instances  he  will  even  kill  it  with  his  own 
weapons. 

"  The  lyre-bird  is  of  a  wandering  disposition,  and 
although  it  probably  keeps  to  the  same  brush,  it  is 
constantly  engaged  in  traversini;  it  from  one  end  to 
the  other,  from  the  mountain  base  to  the  top  of  the 
gullies,  whose  steep  and  rugged  sides  present  no 
obstacle  to  its  long  legs  and  jiowerful  muscular 
thighs;  it  is  also  capable  of  perlbrmins  extraordinary 
leaps,  and  I  have  heard  it  stated  that  it  will  spring 
ten  feet  perpendicularly  from  the  ground.  Among 
its  many  curious  habits,  the  only  one  at  all  ap- 
proaching to  those  of  the  Gallinacese  is  that  of 
forming  small  round  hillocks,  which  are  constantly 
visited  during  the  day,  and  upon  which  the  male  is 
continually  tramping,  at  the  same  time  erecting 
and  spreading  out  its  tail  in  the  most  graceful 
manner  and  uttering  its  various  cries,  sometimes 
pouring  forth  it  natural  notes,  at  other  mocking 
those  of  other  birds,  and  even  the  howling  of  the 
native  dog  (Dingo).  The  early  morning  and  the 
evening  are  the  periods  when  it  is  most  animated 
and  active. 

"  It  may  truly  be  said  that  the  beauty  of  this  bird 
lies  in  the  plumage  of  his  tail,  the  new  feathers  of 
which  appear  in  February  and  March,  but  do  not 
attain  their  full  beauty  until  June  :  during  this  and  the 
four  succeeding  months,  it  is  in  its  finest  state  ;  after 
this  the  feathers  are  gradually  shed,  to  be  resumed 
again  at  the  period  above  stated.  Upon  reference 
to  my  journal  I  find  the  following  notes  upon  the 
subject: — '  March  14, Liverpool  range. — Several  Me- 
nuras  killed  to-day  :  their  tails  not  so  fine  as  they 
will  be.  October  25. — I  find  this  bird  is  now  losing 
its  tail  feathers,  and  judging  from  appearance,  they 
will  be  all  shed  in  a  fortnight.* 

"  Although  upon  one  occasion  I  forced  this  bird  to 
take  wing,  it  was  merely  for  the  purpose  of  descend- 
ing a  gully,  and  I  am  led  to  believe  that  it  seldom 
exerts  this  power  unless  under  similar  circumstances. 
It  is  particularly  paitial  to  traversing  the  trunks  of 
fallen  trees,  and  frequently  attains  a  considerable 
altitilde,  by  leaping  from  branch  to  branch.  Inde- 
pendently of  a  loud  full  note,  which  may  be  heard 
reverberating  over  the  gullies  for  at  leitst  a  quarter 
of  a  mile,  it  has  also  an  inward  warbling  song,  the 
lower  notes  of  which  can  only  be  heard  within  about 
fifteen  yards.  It  remains  stationary  while  singing, 
fully  occupied  in  pouring  forth  its  animated  strain. 
This  it  frequently  discontinues  abruptly  and  again 
commences  with  a  low,  inward,  snapping  noise 
ending  with  an  imitation  of  the  loud  and  lull  note 
of  the  satin-bird,  and  always  accompanied  by  a 
tremulous  motion  of  the  tail. 

'•  The  food  of  the  Menura  appears  to  consist  princi- 
pally of  insects,  particularly  centipedes  and  coleo- 
ptera ;  I  also  found  the  remains  of  shelled  snails  in 
the  gizzard,  which  is  very  strong  and  muscular. 

"  I  regret  that  circumstances  did  not  admit  of  my 
acquiring  a  perfect  knowledge  of  the  nidification  of 
this  very  singular  bird  ;  I  never  found  the  nest  but 
once,  and  this  unfortunately  was  after  the  breed- 
ing season  was  over;  but  all  those  of  whom  I  made 


inquiries  respecting  it  agreed  in  assuring  me  that  it 
is  either  placed  on  the  ledge  of  a  projecting  rock,  at 
the  base  of  a  tree,  or  on  the  top  of  a  stump,  but 
always  near  the  ground ;  and  a  cedar-cutter  whom 
I  met  in  the  brushes  informed  me  that  he  had  once 
found  a  nest,  which  was  built  like  that  of  a  magpie, 
adding  that  it  contained  but  one  egg.  The  natives 
state  that  the  eggs  are  two  in  number,  of  a  light 
colour,  freckled  with  spots  of  red.  The  nest  seen 
by  myself,  and  to  which  my  attention  was  drawn  by 
ray  black  companion  Natty,  was  placed  on  the  pro- 
minent point  of  a  rock,  in  a  situation  quite  secluded 
from  observation  behind,  but  affording  the  bird  a 
commanding  view  and  an  easy  retreat  in  front ;  it 
was  deep  and  shaped  like  a  basin,  and  had  the  ap- 
pearance of  having  been  roofed  ;  was  of  a  large 
size,  formed  outwardly  of  sticks,  and  lined  with  the 
inner  bark  of  trees  and  fibrous  roots." 

The  Menura  equals  a  common  pheasant  in  size, 
but  its  limbs  are  longer  in  proportion,  and  its  feet 
much  larger ;  the  toes  are  armed  with  large  arched 
blunt  claws  ;  the  hind-toe  is  as  long  as  are  the  fore- 
toes  (the  length  of  these  being  nearly  equal),  but  its 
claw  is  larger  than  that  of  any  of  the  others;  the 
scales  of  the  tarsi  and  toes  are  large  bold  plates,  and 
their  colour  is  glossy  black  ;  the  head  is  small,  the 
beak,  as  Cuvier  has  described  it,  is  triangular  at  the 
base,  pointed  and  compressed  at  the  tip ;  in  the 
male  the  feathers  of  the  head  are  elongated  into  a 
crest :  the  wings  are  short,  concave,  and  rounded, 
and  the  quill-feathers  are  lax  and  feeble  ;  the  general 
plumage  is  full,  deep,  soft,  and  downy.  The  tail  is 
modified  into  a  beautiful  long  plume-like  ornament, 
representing,  when  erect  and  expanded,  the  figure 
of  a  lyre,  whence  the  name  of  lyre-bird.  This  orna- 
mental tail  is,  however,  confined  to  the  male.  In 
the  female  the  tail  is  long  and  graduated,  and  the 
feathers  are  perfectly  webbed  on  both  sides  of  the 
shaft,  although  their  texture  is  soft  and  flowing.  In 
the  male  the  tail  consists  of  sixteen  feathers ;  of  these 
(see  Fig.  1481  )the  outer  one  on  each  side  is  broadly 
but  loosely  webbed  within,  its  outer  web  being 
narrow  ;  as  it  proceeds  it  curves  outwards,  bends  in, 
and  again  turns  boldly  outwards  and  downwards, 
both  together  resembling  the  framework  of  an 
ancient  lyre,  of  which  the  intermediate  feathers  are 
the  strings  ;  these  feathers,  except  the  two  central, 
which  are  truly  but  narrowly  webbed  on  the  outer 
side,  consist  each  of  a  slender  shaft,  with  long  fila- 
mentous barbules,  at  a  distance  from  each  other,  and 
spring  out  alternately.  The  appearance  of  these 
feathers,  the  length  of  which  is  about  two  feet,  is 
peculiarly  graceful ;  their  colour  is  umber-brown, 
but  the  two  outer  tail-feathers  are  grey  tipped  with 
black,  edged  with  rufous,  and  transversely  marked 
on  the  inner  web  with  transparent  triangular  bars. 
The  general  plumage  of  the  Menura  is  umber-brown 
above,  tinged  with  olive,  and  merging  into  rufous  on 
the  wings,  and  also  on  the  throat."  The  under  parts 
are  ashy  grey. 

Family  FRINGILLID^  (FINCHES). 

The  Finches  compose  a  very  numerous  assem- 
blage of  conirostral  birds,  which  may  be  subdivided 
into  various  minor  groups,  as  Larks,  Buntings,  Lin- 
nets, Sparrows,  Grosbeaks,  Weaver-Birds,  &c. ;  each 
group  consisting  of  several  genera,  more  or  less  im- 
mediately related  to  each  other.  None  of  the  Frin- 
gillidae  are  of  large  size.  They  tenant  fields,  groves, 
hedge-rows,  and  woodlands  ;  and  many  are  noted  for 
their  powers  of  song :  hence  they  are  often  called 
hard-billed  warblers,  in  contradistinction  to  the  Syl- 
viadac,  which,  from  the  slenderness  of  their  beaks, 
are  sometimes,  though  not  very  correctly,  termed 
soft-billed  warblers. 

Varying  in  length  and  strength,  the  beaks  of  the 
Fringillidae  are  all  more  or  less  conical,  and  are  well 
adapted  lor  a  harder  diet  than  that  of  the  Sylviadae 
generally :  unless  when  nestlings,  insects  in  fact 
form  only  part  of  their  food,  grain  of  various  kinds, 
as  wheat,  oats,  rice,  together  with  the  seeds  of 
plants,  as  of  the  thistle,  the  broom,  the  pea,  ice, 
constituting  their  chief  support;  from  this  circum- 
stance, and  their  general  hardiness,  few  or  none  of 
our  British  Fringillidae  are  migratory,  though  they 
are  so  in  more  northern  latitudes,  and  it  is  well 
known  how  in  severe  winters  our  flocks  of  native 
laiks  are  increased  in  numbers  by  multitudinous 
arrivals  from  the  north.  It  is  in  the  winter  that 
the  siskin  and  redpole  seek  a  temporary  retreat  in 
our  island.  Most  of  the  Fringillidae  associate  in 
flocks  during  the  winter,  assiduously  searching  for 
food,  and  sometimes  joined  by  othei-s  of  a  different 
species. 

1450  (e).— The  Skylark 
{Alauda  arvensis).  Alouette  des  Champs,  Tem- 
minck  ;  Feld  Lerche,  Bechstein.  This  delightful 
songster  is  spread  generally  over  Europe,  seve- 
ral parts  of  Asia,  and  the  north  of  Africa.  Its  fa- 
vourite localities  are  exten.sive  arable  lands  and 
open  meadows,  but,  according  to  Mr.  Thompson,  in 
Ireland  the  wild  mountain  pasture  is   equally  its 


Finches.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


331 


abode.  Occasionally  the  lark  sings  while  resting 
on  a  clod  of  earth,  but  generally  while  in  the  air  ; 
rising  spirally  on  quivering  wings,  it  trills  forth  its 
animated  and  varied  lay,  mounting  higher  and 
higher,  till  it  seems  a  mere  speck  in  the  clear  blue 
sky.  Its  descent  is  oblique,  and  at  first  gradual,  till 
within  twenty  or  thirty  yards  of  the  ground,  when 
ceasing  its  strain,  it  sweeps  down  suddenly  to  join 
its  mate.  The  lark  breeds  in  April  or  early  in  May, 
constructing  a  nest  of  vesretable  stalks  and  dried 
grasses,  lined  with  fine  fibres,  upon  the  ground, 
amongst  corn  or  other  herbage  :  the  eggs  are  of  a 
greenish-white  spotted  with  brown  :  two  broods  are 
reared  annually,  the  latter  in  July  or  August.  The 
ordinary  flight  of  the  lark  is  easy  and  undulating, 
and  on  the  ground  it  trips  along  with  great  facility, 
its  feet,  and  especially  the  elongated  slender  hind- 
claw,  expressly  adapting  it  for  the  giassy  surface 
of  the  field,  "its  food  consists  of  insects,  worms, 
grain  and  other  seeds,  the  leaves  of  the  clover,  &c. 

On  the  approach  of  winter,  larks  begin  to  collect 
in  immense  flocks,  increased  as  the  severity  of  the 
weather  sets  in  by  foreign  arrivals :  they  frequent 
stubble-fields,  turnip-fields,  and  similar  situations, 
and  being  accounted  a  delicacy  for  the  table,  mul- 
titudes are  captured  at  this  season  by  means  of  nets 
and  sent  to  the  London  market.  Great  numbers 
are  taken  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Dunstable,  and 
more  are  imported  from  Holland. 

The  lark  is  too  well  known  to  need  a  minute 
desciiption.  With  respect  to  the  genus  Alauda,  we 
may  observe  that  it  is  characterized  by  a  subconical 
beak  and  an  elongated  and  nearly  straight  hinder 
claw.     (Fig.  1482,  the  egg  of  the  lark.) 

1450  (&). — The  Woodlark 

{Alavda  wlorea).  Le  Lulu,  I'Alouette  desBois,  or  le 
Cujelier  of  the  French ;  Bauralerche  or  Waldlerche 
of  the  Germans.  This  species  is  found  over  every 
part  of  Europe,  as  high  northwards  as  Sweden ;  in 
the  colder  countries  it  is  migratory,  but  not  in 
the  more  temperate.  In  our  island  it  is  most  abun- 
dant in  the  midland  and  southern  districts,  fre- 
quenting well-cultivated  and  woody  scenery ;  its 
song  is  very  sweet,  though  less  thrilling  and  varied 
than  that  of  the  skylark.  It  is  generally  uttered  on 
the  wing,  and  is  often  continued  for  an  hour  with- 
out intermission,  the  bird  describing  all  the  time 
a  series;  of  widely  extended  circles.  Sometimes  it 
pours  out  its  strains  while  perched  on  the  branch  of 
a  decayed  tree.  It  breeds  in  April  :  its  nest,  placed 
under  the  shelter  of  a  low  shrub  or  tuft  of  herbage, 
is  formed  of  dried  stalks  and  grass,  lined  with  fibres 
and  hair  ;  the  eggs  are  of  a  pale  wood-brown,  marked 
with  blotches  of  grey  and  dark  brown.  The  wood- 
lark  does  not  associate  in  flocks  during  the  winter, 
like  the  skylark,  but  merely  in  small  families  of 
five  or  seven  individuals,  which  separate  on  the 
approach  of  spring  or  soon  after  Christmas,  when, 
if  the  weather  be  mild,  the  males  begin  to  utter 
their  song.  The  woodlark  needs  no  detailed  descrip- 
tion. 

1483  (n). — The  Commox  Bunting 

(£mheriza  miliaria).  Bruant  proyer,  Temminck ; 
der  Grauammer,  Bechstein.  In  the  genus  Embe- 
riza  the  bill  is  conical,  hard,  sharp-pointed,  and 
compressed  at  the  tip  ;  the  roof  of  the  upper  man- 
dible is  furnished  with  a  hard-rounded  protuberance. 
The  Common  Bunting  is  spread  over  the  greater 
portion  of  Europe,  and  is  abundant  in  our  island, 
especially  in  the  arable  districts,  collecting  in  large 
flocks  in  the  autumn,  which  frequent  hedges,  barn- 
yards, and  the  precincts  of  farm-houses :  and  their 
flesh  being  esteemed,  they  are  often  shot  or  netted 
in  considerable  numbers.  In  the  spring  they  sepa- 
rate, and  dispersing  themselves  through  the  country 
in  pairs,  breed  in  corn-fields,  or  in  ditch-banks  run 
wild  with  briars  and  brambles,  making  the  nest, 
which  is  placed  near  the  ground,  of  dried  grasses 
lined  with  fibres  and  hair;  the  eggs  are  of  a  pale- 
greyish  yellow  tint,  with  spots  and  veins  of  reddish 
brown.  During  the  spring,  and  while  the  female  is 
engaged  in  the  task  of  incubation,  the  male  may  be 
often  seen  perched  conspicuously  on  the  highest 
twig  of  a  tall  hedge,  uttering  a  succession  of  singular 
and  irregular  notes.  Grain  is  the  favourite  food  of 
this  species,  whence  it  is  often  termed  Corn-Bunting. 
This  bird  is  too  well  known  to  need  a  description. 

1483  (b,c). — The  Yellow-Hammzr  (Male  and 
Female) 
(Emberiza  citrinella).  Bruant  jaune,  Temminck; 
Goldammer,  Bechstein.  Few  of  our  native  birds 
are  more  delicately  and  beautifully  coloured  than 
the  Yellow-IIammer  or  Yellow-Bunting,  but  being 
very  abundant  it  is  less  noticed,  excepting  as  an 
intruder  with  other  granivorous  birds  into  the  stack- 
yard, than  it  deserves.  During  the  winter  it  collects 
in  small  flocks,  or  associates  with  flocks  of  the  com- 
mon bunting;  and  pairs  in  spring,  during  which 
season  the  male  may  be  often  observed  on  the  top- 
most twig  of  a  hedge-row  uttering  a  monotonous 


chirp ;  if  approached,  it  flies  ofi',  keeping  along  the 
hedge,  and  settles  at  a  little  distance  :  if  followed, 
it  repeats  its  flight  again  and  again. 

The  yellow-hammer  builds  on  the  ground,  in  low 
bushes,  in  beds  of  nettles  or  other  herbage,  and  its 
nest  is  formed  of  dried  grasses  with  a  lining  of  hair  ; 
the  eggs  are  of  a  pale  purplish  white,  with  streaks 
and  waving  marks  of  chocolate  colour.  This  spe- 
cies is  to  be  met  with  throughout  the  greater  part 
of  Europe.     Fig.  1484  represents  its  nest. 

1483  (d).— The  Reed-Buntikg 
{Emberiza   schcEnichis)  ;    Reed    Sparrow ;     Black- 
headed  Bunting     Le  Coqueluche,  Buffon  ;  Bruant 
de   Roseau,   Temminck ;    der    Rohrammer,   Bech- 
stein. 

Wherever  marshy  spots  and  swamps,  abounding 
with  weeds,  willows,  and  aquatic  herbage,  off'er  a 
suitable  abode,  from  Italy  to  Sweden,  and  in  the 
British  Islands,  the  reed-bunting  will  be  found,  in- 
habiting the  same  places  as  the  reed-warblers  (Sali- 
-caria).  Its  nest  and  those  of  the  latter  birds  have 
been  often  confounded,  but  the  reed-bunting  never 
suspends  its  nest  between  the  stems  of  reeds, 
although  it  frequents  them  ;  on  the  contrary^  it  is 
built  in  a  low  bush  or  tuft  of  grass :  we  have  seen 
it  under  the  covert  of  rushes  and  in  young  ozier- 
beds :  it  consists  of  dried  grass  and  moss  lined  with 
hair.  The  eggs  are  pale  pinky-grey,  spotted  and 
veined  with  reddish  brown.  The  reed-bunting  has 
no  song,  but  that  of  the  sedge-warbler  has  been  by 
some  authors  attributed  to  it — a  mistake  first  cor- 
rected by  Montagu,  and  which  arose  from  the  two 
species  frequenting  the  same  localities.  The  food 
of  this  species  of  bunting  consists  of  the  seeds  of 
reeds  and  other  aquatic  plants,  insects  and  their 
larvae  ;  in  severe  winters  it  seeks  the  farmyard  as 
a  place  of  supply  and  shelter.  In  Holland  it  is 
very  abundant.  The  general  colour  of  this  bird  is 
pale  brown,  the  male  having  the  head,  throat,  and 
centre  of  the  chest  black  ;  a  patch  of  white,  begin- 
ning below  the  angle  of  the  bill,  spreads  round  the 
neck,  and  extends  down  the  sides  of  the  breast  and 
over  the  under  surface  :  quills  brown  ;  rump  bluish 
grey. 

1485. — The  Ortolan 

{Emberiza  hortulana).  L'Ortolan,  BufFon  ;  Ortolano 
of  the  Italians ;  Garten-aramer  of  the  Germans- 
The  native  districts  of  this  bird  may  be  regarded  as 
the  southern  provinces  of  Europe  ;  it  is  common  in 
Tuscany  and  some  parts  of  France,  and  occasionally 
it  is  found  as  far  north  as  Holland  and  Sweden. 
Several  instances  of  its  having  been  killed  in  Eng- 
land are  recorded  by  Selby  and  other  writers.  It 
is  the  Emberiza  Tunstalli  of  Latham ;  the  green- 
headed  Bunting  of  Brown  and  of  Bewick ;  suppo- 
sitious species  founded  on  specimens  captured  in 
I  our  island.  It  would  appear  that  North  .-\frica  is 
the  winter  residence  of  the  ortolan,  and  on  its  pas- 
sage it  visits  Gibraltar  every  spring  and  autumn. 
Mr.  Strickland  saw  it  at  Smyrna  in  April,  and 
Colonel  Sykes  enumerates  it  among  the  birds  of  the 
Dukhun  (in  India).  Millet  and  other  grains,  with 
insects  in  spring,  constitute  its  diet.  It  builds  on 
the  ground  in  corn-fields,  or  in  the  covert  of  hedges 
or  bushes,  constructing  a  nest  of  fibres  and  leaves, 
lined  with  fine  grass  and  hair.  The  eggs  are 
reddish  grey  streaked  with  brown,  or  bluish  white 
spotted  with  black.  ItSi  manners  much  resemble 
those  of  the  yellow-hammer. 

When  properly  fed,  for  which  purpose  there  are 
large  establishments  in  the  south  of  Europe,  where 
they  are  placed  after  having  been  trapped  and  fur- 
nished with  plenty  of  millet-seed  and  other  grain, 
these  birds  become  very  fat  and  are  delicious.  In 
the  male,  the  throat,  the  circle  round  the  eyes,  and 
a  narrow  band  springing  from  the  angle  of  the  bill, 
are  yellow,  these  two  yellow  spaces  being  sepa- 
rated by  a  blackish  grey  dash  :  head  and  neck 
grey,  tinged  with  olive,  and  spotted  with  brown  ; 
feathers  of  the  upper  parts  blackish  in  the  middle 
and  reddish  on  their  edges,  under  parts  reddish 
bay  ;  tail  blackish,  the  external  feather  with  white 
on  the  outer  vanes :  bill  and  legs  flesh-colour. 
Length  six  inches  and  a  quarter.  The  female  is 
smaller,  and  less  decidedly  and  brightly  coloured. 

1486. — The  Scarlet  Tanaqer 

{Tanagra  rt(bra,Vi\\%OTC)  ;    Pyranga   rubra,  Vieillot. 

The  Tanagers  are  characterized  by  a  conical  bill, 

triangular  at  its   base,  slightly  arched   along  the 

ridge,  and  notched  towards  the  end.      The  wings 

are  stiort,  the  colours  brilliant.     Country,  America. 

The  Scarlet  Tanager,  or  Summer  Red-bird,  is  one 

of  the  most  beautiful  of  its  race ;  the  male  in  full 

plumage  being  scarlet-red,  with  the  wings  and  tail 

black.     The  female,  and  the  male  in  autumn,  are 

dull  green,  inclining  to  yellow,  with  the  wings  and 

tail  dusky:  length  about  six  inches  and  a  half.     It 

;  is  in  August  that  the  male  moults  and  exchanges 

1  his  scarlet  for  the  greenish-yellow  dress.      "This 

j  splendid  and  transient  resident,"  says  Nuttall,  "ac- 


companying fine  weather  in  all  its  wanderings, 
arrives  Irom  his  winter  station  in  tropical  America 
from  the  beginning  to  the  middle  of  May,  and  ex- 
tends his  migrations  probably  to  Nova  Scotia  as 
well  as  Canada.  With  the  shy,  unsocial,  and  sus- 
picious habits  of  his  gaudy  fraternity,  he  takes  up 
his  abode  in  the  deepest  recesses  of  the  forest, 
where,  timidly  flitting  from  observation,  he  darts 
from  tree  to  tree  like  a  flashing  meteor.  A  gaudy 
sylph,  conscious  of  his  brilliance,  and  the  exposure 
to  which  it  subjects  him,  he  seems  to  avoid  remark, 
and  is  only  solicitous  to  be  known  to  his  humble 
mate,  and  hid  from  all  beside.  He  therefore  rarely 
approaches  the  habitations  of  men,  unless  perhaps 
the  skirts  of  the  orchard,  where  he  sometimes,  how- 
ever, builds  his  nest,  and  takes  a  taste  of  the  early 
and  inviting,  though  forbidden,  cherries.  Among 
the  thick  foliage  of  the  tree  in  which  he  seeks  sup- 
port and  shelter,  from  the  lofty  branches,  at  times, 
we  hear  his  almost  monotonous  tsliip-witee,  tship- 
idee,  or  tshuhadee,  tshukadee,  repealed  at  short  in- 
tervals, and  in  a  pensive  under-tone,  heightened  by 
the  solitude  in  which  he  delights  to  dwell.  The 
same  note  is  also  uttered  by  the  female  when  the 
retreat  of  herself  and  young  is  approached ;  and  the 
male  occasionally  utters,  in  recognition  to  his  mate, 
as  they  perambulate  the  branches,  a  low  whispering 
'tait,\n  a  tone  of  caution  and  tenderness.  But  be- 
sides these  calls  on  the  female,  he  has  also,  during 
the  period  of  his  incubation,  and  for  a  considerable 
time  after,  a  more  musical  strain,  resembling  some- 
what, in  the  mellowness  of  its  tones,  the  song  of  the 
piping  baltimore.  The  syllables  to  which  I  have 
hearkened  appear  like  'ishoove  'wait  'wait,  'vehowit 
tvait,  and  'wait,  'vehowit  vca  wait,  with  other  addi- 
tions of  harmony,  for  which  no  words  are  adequate. 
This  pleasing  and  highly  musical  meandering  ditty 
is  delivered  for  hours,  in  a  contemplative  mood,  in 
the  same  tree  with  his  busy  consort.  If  surprised, 
they  flit  together,  but  soon  return  to  their  favourite 
station  in  the  spreading  boughs  of  the  shady  oak  or 
hickory.  This  song  has  some  resemblance  to  that 
of  the  red-eyed  vireo  in  its  compass  and  strain, 
though  much  superior,  the  'wait  'wait  being 
whistled  very  sweetly  in  several  tones,  and  with 
emphasis  ;  so  that,  upon  the  whole,  our  Pyranga 
may  be  considered  as  duly  entitled  to  various  excel- 
lences, being  harmless  to  the  farmer,  brilliant  in 
plumage,  and  harmonious  in  voice." 

The  same  author  describes  the  nest  (which  is 
built  about  the  middle  of  May,  on  the  horizontal 
branch  of  some  shady  forest-tree,  commonly  an 
oak,  but  sometimes  in  an  orchard-tree)  as  but 
slightly  put  together,  and  usually  framed  of  broken 
rigid  stalks  of  dry  weeds  or  slender  fir-twigs,  loosely 
interlaced  and  partly  tied  with  narrow"  strips  of 
Indian  hemp  (Apocynum),  some  slender  grass- 
leaves,  and  pea-vine  runners  (Amphicaipa),  or 
other  frail  materials ;  the  interior  being  some- 
times lined  with  the  slender,  wiry,  brown  stalks  of 
the  Canadian  cistus  (Helianthemum),  or  with  slen- 
der pine-leaves  ;  the  whole  so  thinly  platted  as  to 
admit  the  light  through  the  interstices.  The  three 
or  four  eggs  are  dull  blue,  spotted  with  two  or 
three  shades  of  brown  or  purple,  most  numerous 
towards  the  larger  end.  As  soon  as  their  single 
brood,  which  is  fledged  eariy  in  July,  is  reared,  they 
leave  for  the  south,  generally  about  the  middle  or 
the  end  of  August. 

"  The  female,"  says  this  interesting  author  in  con- 
tinuation, "shows  great  solicitude  for  the  safety  of 
her  only  brood;  and,  on  an  approach  to  the  nest, 
appears  to  be  in  great  distress  and  apprehen-sion. 
When  they  are  released  from  her  more  immediate 
protection,  the  male,  at  first  cautious  and  distant, 
now  attends  and  feeds  them  with  activity,  being  al- 
together indifferent  to  that  concealment  which  his 
gaudy  dress  seems  to  require  from  his  natural  ene- 
mies. So  attached  to  his  now  interesting  brood  is 
the  Scarlet  Tanager,  that  he  has  been  known,  at  all 
hazards,  to  follow  for-half  a  mile  one  of  his  young, 
submitting  to  feed  it  attentively  through  the  bars  of 
a  cage,  and,  with  a  devotion  which  despair  could  not 
damp,  roost  by  it  in  the  branches  of  the  same  tree 
with  its  prison." 

The  food  of  this  species  consists  mostly  of  winged 
insects,  such  as  wasps,  hornets,  and  wild  bees,  the 
smaller  kind  of  beetle,  and  other  Coleoptera.  Seeds 
are  supposed  to  be  sometimes  resorted  to,  and  they 
are  veiy  fond  of  whortle  and  other  berries. 

1487.— The  Snow-Bird 
(Struthits  hiemalis,  Bonaparte).     Fringilla  hiemalis, 
Liniiifius. 

This  species,  which  is  a  true  finch,  must  not  be 
confounded  with  the  Snow  Bunting  (Plectrophanes 
nivalis)  of  the  artic  regions  of  the  old  and  new 
world,  of  which  it  is  also  a  native,  migrating  in  flocks 
southwards  on  the  approach  of  winter.  InAraerica 
they  spread  at  this  season  over  the  United  States  to 
the  shores  of  Mexico.  About  the  20th  of  October, 
says  Wilson,  "they  make  their  first  appearance  in 
those  parts  of  Pennsylvania  east  of  the  Alleghany 

2U  a'' 


'  '•ftSEs: 


U>S.^Xeit  of  Book  Sjamm. 


1497 Ai»b:«n  BoUBnches. 


'^ 


,'os-.j'  «?'A/  --r'v  .',otC/'^~'  - --:-'Jr'.-!;'_-r  '5-_  ijv:!-, 


V-- ;-  >:'^^£^)^ 


1  v^^.'' 

U6«.— Gronpof  Finches. 


1494.— Neat  of  Chaffinch. 


KBS^Sonjf-Spmrow. 


I 


1491.— Nest  of  Goldfinch. 


332 


ZiOZ— Fannicle  of  the  Kioe-pUot. 


:^vi 


1498.— Thick-bnied  Bunfinclies. 


J503.— Nest  of  Greennndi. 


1495.— BuUHnch. 


^'*% 


1501. — Java  Sparrows. 


liOO.— Whidah  Bit.'.a. 


1499.— Blue  BuUflncll. 


1505.— Crojsbills. 


333 


S34 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Finches. 


Mountains.  At  first  they  are  most  generally  seen 
on  the  borders  of  woods,  among:  the  falling  and  de- 
cayed leaves,  in  loose  flocks  of  30  or  40  tosether, 
always  takine  to  the  trees  when  disturbed.  As  the 
weather  sets  in  colder,  they  aijproach  nearer  the 
farmhouses  and  villajres,  assembling  in  larger  flocks, 
and  doubly  diligent  in  searching  for  lu^l.  When 
deep  snow  covers  the  ground,  ihey  become  almost 
half  domesticated.  Tliey  collect  about  the  barns, 
stables,  and  other  outhouses,  and  even  round  the 
steps  of  the  door,  not  only  in  the  country  and  vil- 
lages, but  in  towns,  crowding  around  the  threshold 
early  in  the  morning,  gleaning  up  the  crumbs,  and 
appearing  lively  and  familiar."  They  retire  north- 
wards in  Apri! :  breeding  in  the  high  latitudes,  and 
making  a  nest  on  the  ground.  The  snow-bird  is 
about  six  inches  long;  the  general  colour  is  slate 
grev,  deeper  and  purer  in  winter :  the  lower  part  of 
the'breast,  the  under  parts,  the  edges  of  the  prima- 
ries, and  the  two  outer  tail-feathers  being  white. 
Audubon  states  that  in  fine  weather  these  birds 
roost  in  tlie  evergreen  foliage  of  the  holly,  the  cedar, 
and  the  pine;  but  in  cold  weather,  in  holes  in  stacks 
and  other  snug  retreats.  They  are  accounted  delica- 
cies for  the  table. 

Cuvier  says  that  this  species  occurs  in  the  highest 
region  of  the  Alps,  descending  to  the  lower  moun- 
tains only  during  the  severity  of  the  winter.  It  oc- 
curs in  Norway-",  Sweden,  and  other  northern  dis- 
tricts of  Europe ;  but  has  never,  we  believe,  been 
seen  in  our  island. 

1488,  1489  (e,/).— The  Siskin,  or  Abeedevi.ne 
(Cmmielis  spimts).  Le  Tarin,  Buffon.  Norway, 
Sweden,  and  the  North  of  Germany  are  the  native 
regions  of  this  pretty  little  bird,  whence  in  severe 
winters  it  migrates  southwards,  occasionally  visiting 
our  islands  in  immense  flocks,  which  resort  to  birch 
and  pine  woods,  and  alders  along  the  margin  of 
streams,  often  in  company  with  the  lesser  red[iole. 

Temminck  informs  us  that  this  bird  builds  in  the 
highest  branches  of  the  pine,  and  that  its  eggs  are  of 
a  bluish  white  speckled  with  purplish  red. 

Though  the  siskin  must  be  regarded  rather  as  a 
winter  visitor  than  a  permanent  resident  in  the  Bri- 
tish Islands,  still  there  are  not  wanting  examples  of 
its  breeding  within  our  shores.  Mr.  Selby  assures 
us  that  it  is  ascertained  to  breed  in  some  of  the  pine- 
woods  in  the  Highlands  of  Scotland.  "  Near  Kil- 
lin,"  he  adds,  "these  birds  were  obsei-ved  by  Sir  W. 
Jardine  and  myself  to  be  in  pairs  in  the  month  of 
June,  inhabiting  a  wood  of  very  old  and  lofty  pines, 
but  we  were  unable  to  procure  the  nests  from  the 
height  and  inaccessible  nature  of  the  trees.  In 
captivity  the  siskin,  judging  by  one  which  we  kept 
for  a  length  of  time,  soon  becomes  familiar  ;  its  song 
is  a  trifling  though  not  unpleasing  twitter;  it  is 
said  to  pair  readily  with  the  canary-finch;  but  in 
this  particular  our  endeavours  to  procure  a  mule 
breed  altogether  failed. 

The  male  in  our  possession  was  coloured  as  fol- 
lows :  Top  of  the  head  black  ;  ear-coverts  dusky ; 
a  line  above  the  eye,  sides  of  neck,  throat,  and 
chest,  lemon-yellow ;  back  and  shoulders  dark  olive- 
green  with  obscure  dusky  dashes  ;  quills  brown, 
with  an  oblique  yellow  bar,  and  another  above,  pro- 
duced by  the  yellow  edging  of  the  greater  coverts. 
Flanks  dusky  with  a  few  brown  dashes  ;  rump  yel- 
low, slightly  washed  with  green  ;  two  middle  tail- 
feathers  dark  brown  ;  the  rest  yellow  tipped  with 
brown,  the  outermost  having  the  external  vane  of 
this  colour  also.  Bill  and  legs  horn-colour.  Length 
four  inches  and  three  quarters ;  tail  short  and  forked. 

The  female  is  less  brightly  and  decidedly  marked. 

1490.— The  Canary  Finch 

(Fringilla  [Cartluelis']  Canaria).  Of  this  well- 
known  songster,  of  which  a  caged  breed  has  spread 
over  Europe,  we  shall  say  nothing  excepting  that  it 
is  a  native  of  the  Canary  Islands  and  Madoria,  and, 
according  to  Bechstein,  was  first  introduced  into 
Europe  in  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth  century  : 
Italy  being  the  firet  country  in  which  broods  were 
reared.  Its  colour  in  a  wild  state  is  greenish  grey, 
■darker  on  the  back,  and  olive-green  on  the  cheat. 

1489  (c,  d). — The  Goldfinch 
■{Carduelis    elegans).       Le    Chardonneret,   Buffon ; 
Distel  Zeisig,  Bechstein. 

Among  our  native  finches  none  exceeds  the  gold- 
finch in  beauty  and  docility;  hence  it  is  frequently 
kept  in  cages,  and  taught  to  draw  up  a  little  bucket 
•of  water  when  thirsty,  and  other  tricks,  which  neither 
^ood  taste  nor  proper  feeling  would  sanction.  The 
song  of  this  species  is  a  twitter,  soft  and  pleasing, 
but  of  no  power. 

In  its  natural  state  the  goldfinch  breeds  in  or- 
chards, large  gardens,  plantations,  &c.,  often  select- 
ing some  dense  evergreen  as  the  site  of  its  nest, 
which  is  an  elegant  piece  of  workmanship,  being 
formed  externally  of  moss,  lichens,  dry  grass,  and 
wool,  and  lined  with  hair  and  seed-down  of  the 
collsioot  or  the  down  of  the  willow.     The  eggs  are 


of  a  bluish  white,  marked  at  the  larger  end  with 
orange-brown  spots 

The  food  of  this  species  consists  of  the  seeds  of 
various  plants  among  which  we  may  mention  those 
of  the  thistle,  dandelion,  groundsel,  burdock.  &c. 

In  winter  it  associates  in  small  flocks  of  10  or  12 
in  number,  which  flit  about  the  hedges  or  old  or- 
chards in  quest  of  food.  The  goldfinch  is  spread 
through  Europe  generally,  and  two  allied  species 
are  natives  of  the  Iliraalayan  Mountains.  Fig.  1421 
represents  the  nest  of  the  common  goldfinch. 

1489  (a,  i).— The  Co.vmox  Linnet 

(Linaria  caimablna).  Greater  Redpole,  Grey  Linnet, 
Brown  Linnet,  of  authors.  La  Linotte  ordinaire, 
Buffon  ;  Bluthan-fling,  Bechstein. 

Owing  to  the  difference  between  the  winter  and 
summer  plumage  of  this  bird,  naturalists  have  mul- 
tiplied its  synonyms,  regarding  it  under  the  head  of 
two  distinct  species— an  error  which  was  first  pointed 
out  by  Montagu,  whose  opinion  has  been  confirmed 
by  Selby  and  other  ornithologists.  It  would  appear, 
from  the  observations  of  the  latter  author,  that  birds 
captured  in  full  summer  plumage  with  the  top  and 
breast  of  a  fine  carmine- red,  after  losing  that  dress  at 
the  period  of  the  autumnal  moult,  never  acquire  it 
while  caged,  but  retain  their  plain  brown  livery  ;  this 
accounts  for  the  assertion  of  some  observers,  that  the 
grey  linnet  remains  the  same  in  its  plumage  at  all 
seasons. 

The  linnet  is  found  over  Europe  generally,  and  is 
common  throughout  the  British  Islands,  extending 
as  far  as  the  Orkneys.  The  song  is  very  sweet, 
whence  it  is  often  kept  in  cages,  and  sometimes 
paired  with  the  hen  canary.  Rough  commons  and 
neglected  pasture  lands  are  its  favourite  localities, 
where  various  plants  furnish  it  with  food  ;  it  is  very 
partial  to  the  seed  of  the  flax,  thistle,  dandelion  and 
of  cruciform  plants. 

The  nest  of  the  linnet  is  generally  built  in  some 
low  bush,  the  thick  spiny  furze  being  preferred  ;  it 
is  composed  of  raoss,  stalks  of  grass,  and  wool,  lined 
with  hair  and  feathers  ;  the  eggs  are  of  a  bluish 
white  speckled  with  purplish  red. 

In  the  winter  these  birds  congregate  in  large 
flocks,  and  visit  the  rocky  shores  of  the  sea,  where 
they  flit  about  active  and  industrious  in  the  search  of 
food,  ever  and  anon  uttering  a  lively  call.  In  the 
spring  they  separate,  and  pair  and  revisit  their  up- 
land haunts. 

Allied  to  the  common  linnet  are  the  Twite  (Lina- 
ria montana),  found  in  the  hilly  districts  of  ourisland 
and  abundant  in  Norway  and  Sweden,  and  the 
lesser  Redpole  (Linaria  minor),  resident  throughout 
the  year  in  Scotland  and  the  northern  counties  of 
England,  but  a  winter  visitor  to  the  southern  coun- 
ties, together  with  many  continental  species. 

1492. — The  Song-Spakbow 
(Zonotrichiamelodia,  Boiiap.).    Fringilla  ferruginea, 
Linnaeus;  Fringilla  melodia,  Wilson. 

The  species  is  a  representative  of  the  song-finches 
of  the  United  States  of  America,  and  is  partially  mi- 
gratory, moving  southwards  in  the  month  of  Novem- 
ber :  though  many  individuals  remain  behind  the 
great  body,  and  continue  permanent  in  their  old 
quarters. 

"  This  finch,"  says  Wilson,  "  is  the  first  singing 
bird  in  spring,  and  is  heard  during  the  whole  sum- 
mer  and  autumn ;  its  notes  are  short,  but  very  sweet, 
and  are  uttered  generally  from  the  branches  of  a 
bush  or  small  tree,  where  it  will  sit  singing  for  an 
hour  together.  It  frequents  the  borders  of  rivers 
swamps,  and  marshy  places,  and  when  wounded  and 
unable  to  fly  will  readily  take  to  the  water  and  swim 
with  considerable  rapidity.  In  winter  it  haunts  in 
multitudes  the  great  cypress  swamps  of  the  southern 
states,  associating  with  other  species.  This  bird 
builds  its  nest  on  the  ground  among  the  roots  of  tall 
grasses,  and  also,  strange  to  say,  in  cedar  trees  five 
or  six  feet  from  the  ground.  The  eggs  are  white 
or  bluish  white,  thickly  speckled  with  reddish 
browB." 

The  male  and  female  closely  resemble  each  other 
in  colouring.  Upper  part  of  the  head  reddish  brown 
mottled  with  dark  brown,  with  a  broad  line  of  bluish 
grey  down  the  middle  ;  back  grey  streaked  with 
reddish  brown  and  dusky ;  rump  bluish  grey,  as  also 
the  sides  of  the  head  ;  a  broad  line  of  brown  from 
the  eye  backwards,  and  another  from  the  angle  of 
the  mouth.  Under  parts  white,  tinged  on  the  sides 
with  grey,  and  posteriorly  with  reddish  brown :  neck 
and  breast  spotted  with  dark  brown  ;  wings  and  tail 
brown.     Length  six  inches. 

The  circumstance  of  this  bird  choosing  two  dif- 
ferent localities  for  the  site  of  its  nest  calls  to  our 
mind  the  nidification  of  our  common  house-sparrow 
(Pyrgita  domestica).  This  bird  builds  in  the  niches 
of  masonry;  in  the  fissures  and  crevices  of  walls, 
barns,  or  houses ;  in  ivy  or  other  foliage  against  the 
side  of  a  house,  and  also  in  trees.  The  nest  con- 
sists of  hay,  straw,  feathers,  and  other  materials,  and 
in  snug  crevices  and  under  the  eaves  of  houses  is 


loosely  put  together,  its  shape  varying  according  to 
that  of  the  site,  but  it  is  usually' domed  ;  in  trees 
it  is  large,  firmly  constructed  of  well-intertwined 
materials,  and  completely  domed,  with  a  lateral 
aperture,  and  lined  with  feathers  and  other  soft 
materials.  It  is,  however,  a  shapeless  and  inartifi- 
cial structure,  destitute  of  that  trimness  and  compact- 
ness so  remarkable  in  the  nests  of  our  finches  gene- 
rally, as  the  goldfinch  and  the  chaffinch.  A  speci- 
men of  the  nest  of  the  house-sparrow  in  a  tree  is 
represented  at  Fig.  1493. 

1494. — The  Nest  of  trb  Chaffinch 
{Fringilla  Calebs).  This  is  a  most  artful  and 
beautiful  structure,  composed  externally  of  moss, 
fine  wool,  lichen,  the  scales  of  bark,  and  often 
spiders'-webs,  all  neatly  felted  together,  and  pre- 
senting a  smooth  and  carefully-finished  exterior; 
internally  it  is  delicately  lined  with  wool  and  hairs. 
It  is  securely  attached  to  the  supporting  stems  by 
bands  of  moss,  felted  with  wool,  which  are  twined 
round  them  and  worked  into  the  mass  of  materials 
composing  the  nest.  The  elm,  oak,  hawthorn,  and 
thick  tall  bushes  are  generally  selected.  We  have 
seen  the  nest  in  a  dense  holly,  and  also  on  old  apple- 
frees  overgrown  with  moss  and  lichens;  sometimes 
it  is  shrouded  among  the  luxuriant  ivy  encircling 
the  trunks  of  elms  or  other  trees.  The  eggs  are 
bluish  white,  tinged  with  pink,  and  marked  with 
streaks  of  purplish  red.  The  chaffinch  is  too  well 
known  to  need  a  minute  description. 

1495. — The  Bullfinch 

(Pyrrhula  vulgaris).  Bouvreuil  of  the  French  ; 
Fringuello  morino,  Ciufolotto,  Sufi'uleno,  Mona- 
chino,  of  the  Italians;  Dom-pape  of  the  Danes  and 
Norwegians ;  Dom-herre  of  the  '  Fauna  Suecica  ; ' 
Bulfinck,  Rothburstiger  Gimpel,  and  der  Gimpel 
of  the  Germans ;  de  Goudvink  of  the  Netherlanders ; 
y  Chwybanydd  and  Rhawn-goch  of  the  ancient 
British. 

In  the  Bulfinches  the  bill  is  short,  hard,  conico- 
convex,  thick,  swollen  at  the  sides,  compressed  at 
the  point,  with  the  ridge  of  the  upper  mandible 
advancing  on  the  forehead,  and  arched.  Tarsi 
short. 

The  common  bulfinch  is  a  native  of  the  northern 
parts  of  Europe,  and  is  only  known  in  the  more 
southern  provinces  as  a  bird  of  passage ;  in  our 
island  it  is  stationary.  In  the  mountain  forests  of 
Germany  it  is  very  common. 

This  beautiful  bird  tenants  the  wooded  district";, 
and  is  retiring  in  its  habits  ;  during  the  winter  it 
associates  in  families  of  five  or  six  individuals,  the 
brood  of  the  year,  which  separate  in  spring ;  when 
they  pair,  and  commence  nidification. 

The  native  song  of  this  bird  is  low,  soft,  and  pleas- 
ing, but  inaudible  at  a  short  distance  ;  it  has.  how- 
ever, the  imitative  faculty  in  great  perfection,  and 
can  be  taught  to  whistle  musical  airs  with  great 
accuracy.  In  Germany  considerable  attention  is  paid 
to  the  instruction  of  these  birds,  which  require  nine 
months  of  continued  and  regular  teaching  before 
they  can  execute  an  air  with  firmness  and  precision  ; 
which  should  be  delivered  in  a  flute-like  tone. 
Birds  well  instructed  sell  at  a  high  price,  and  are  as 
interesting  from  their  docility  and  affectionate  dis- 
position as  from  their  voice,  The  common  call-note 
of  the  wild  bullfinch  is  a  plaintive  whistle. 

Its  food  during  summer  and  autumn  consists  of 
various  seeds,  but  in  the  winter  and  spring  it  sub- 
sists chiefly  on  the  buds  of  various  trees  and  shrubs, 
as  the  thorn,  larch,  birch,  the  plum  and  other  fniit- 
trees,  and  is  frequently  from  this  cause  very  injurious 
in  gardens  ;  the  buds  are  not  swallowed  whole,  but 
minced  to  pieces  by  the  edges  of  the  powerful  man- 
dibles of  the  bill. 

The  bullfinch  builds  in 'low  thick  bushes  or 
underwood,  or  on  the  flat  foliage  of  a  spruce  pine  or 
silver  fir.  It  consists  of  a  foundation  of  birch-twigs 
or  other  slender  sticks,  upon  which  is  intertwined  a 
basket  of  flexible  fibrous  roots,  the  w  hole  forming  a 
shallow  nest.  The  eggs,  four  or  five  in  number,  are 
of  a  bluish  white  spotted  with  pale  orange-brown. 
Fig.  1496  is  the  nest  of  this  species.  Caged  birds 
often  liecome  quite  black,  an  effect  resulting  from 
their  being  fed  too  profusely  with  hemp-seed.  We 
knew  a  black  bullfinch,  which,  on  its  spring  moult, 
recovered  its  natural  dress. 

The  male  bullfinch  has  the  head,  wings  and  tail 
velvet  black,  with  a  tinge  of  purple  ;  the  back  of 
the  neck,  and  back,  fine  bluish  grey  ;  rump  white  ; 
cheeks,  throat,  chest  and  sides,  roseate  ;  the 
greater  wing-coverts  margined  with  pinkish  white. 
The  female  is  much  duller  in  plumage,  and  the  chest 
has  only  a  faint  tinge  of  the  roseate  hue.  An  allied 
species  (P.  erythrocephala)  is  _  a  native  of  the 
Himalaya  Mountains. 

1497. — The  Arabian  Bullfinch 

(Pyrrimla  S>/noica).  This  species  was  found  by 
Mr.  Hemprich  near  Mount  Sinai  in  Arabia;  and 
appears  also  to  extend  into  Egypt.    It  was  one  of 


Finches.  J 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


335 


the  discoveries  of  the  travellers  sent  some  time  since 
by  the  King  of  Prussia  into  that  country  with  a  view 
of  obtaining  specimens  oi  natural  history. 

The  male  is  ornamented  round  the  base  of  the  bill 
with  a  circle  of  rich  red,  going  off  in  spots  upon  the 
cheeks.  The  front  is  covered  with  small  silvery 
white  feathers,  slightly  edged  with  red ;  the  rump 
and  all  the  lower  parts  fine  rose-colour;  upper  parts 
ash-colom-ed,  lightly  tinged  with  rose  ;  wings  and 
tail  brown. 

The  female  is  of  a  light  brown  colour  above,  each 
feather  having  a  deeper-coloured  centre.  The  lower 
parts  pale  tawny  brown,  with  streaks  of  a  darker 
tint.     Length,  about  five  inches  and  a  half. 

Of  the  manners  and  habits  of  this  species  we  have 
no  detailed  account. 

1-198.— The  Thick-billed  Bullfinch 

{Pyrrhula  Gigathinca).  This  species  is  a  native 
of  Egypt  and  Nubia,  and  most  probably  other  parts 
of  N  orthern  Africa.  It  is  characterised  by  a  very 
thick  bill,  and  a  slightly  notched  tail.  The  colours 
of  the  sexes  do  not  vary  greatly.  In  the  male  a 
greyish  colour  tinted  with  bright  rose  covers  all  the 
lower  parts  of  the  body,  the  throat  and  the  circle 
round  the  bill ;  this  tint  is  palest  on  the  throat.  The 
crown  of  the  head  is  pure  ash-colour,  and  an  ashy 
brown  is  spread  over  the  nape,  the  back,  and  the 
wing  coverts.  A  faint  rose-colour  tinges  the 
plumage  of  the  rump  and  the  edges  of  the  quills  and 
tail-feathers,  all  of  which  are  bordered  towards  the 
end  with  whitish  upon  a  black  ground.  The  two 
middle  quills  are  the  shortest.  The  wings  reach  to 
the  extremity  of  the  tail-feathers ;  and  the  bill  is  of 
a  fine  red.     Length,  four  inches  six  lines. 

The  female  has  no  rosy  tint  except  on  the  edges 
of  the  quills  and  tail-feathers,  and  on  the  rump, 
where  it  is  very  faint.  The  upper  parts  are  of  an 
Isabella  brown,  and  the  wings  edged  with  a  brighter 
tint  of  the  same.  The  circle  round  the  bill  and  the 
throat  are  ash-coloured ;  the  lower  parts  of  a  pure 
Isabella-colour;  and  the  middle  of  the  belly  white. 
Bill  same  as  in  the  male. 

1499. — The  Blue  Bullfinch 
(^Pyrrhtda  cinered).  This  species  is  one  of  the  Ame- 
rican i-epresentatives  of  the  present  form,  and  is  a 
native  of  Brazil,  where  it  is  not;  uncommon.  The 
head,  cheeks,  back,  and  scapulars  are  ashy-bluish ; 
wings  and  tail  darker,  but  all  the  feathers  of  those 
parts  are  bordered  with  ash-colour.  There  is  a  small 
white  spot  on  the  wing,  formed  by  the  white  towards 
the  base  of  the  quills,  beginning  with  the  fourth ; 
the  three  first  have  no  white.  All  the  lower  parts 
are  white  with  the  exception  of  the  flanks,  which 
are  clouded  with  ash-colour.  Bill  coral-red,  very 
strong,  large,  and  as  it  were  swollen  (bombe).  Feet 
ash-coloured.     Length  four  inches  and  a  half. 

1500  (a). — The  Paradise  Whidah-Bird 

(  Vidua  Paradtsea,  Cuv.).  These  birds,  also  termed 
Widow-birds,  les  Veuves  of  the  French,  constitute  a 
small  but  interesting  group  of  the  finches,  remark- 
able for  the  development  of  long  caudal  plumes  in 
the  males,  characteristic  of  the  breeding  season, 
and  subsequently  lost.  With  respect  to  the  name 
Widow(Veuve,  Vidua),  the  author  of  the  'Gardens  and 
Menagerie  Delineated  '  informs  us  that  "  Edwards, 
the  first  modern  writer  by  whom  this  interesting 
bird  (the  present  species)  was  figured  and  described, 
having  happened  to  say  that  the  Portuguese  called 
it  the  Widow  from  its  colour  and  long  train ;  Brisson 
took  the  hint,  and  gave  it  the  name  of  Veuve  in 
French,  Vidua  in  Latin.  The  French  naturalist 
had,  however,  overlooked  the  fact  that  Edwards  had 
himself  corrected  the  mistake,  for  such  it  was,  in  the 
following  terms  : — '  In  my  description  of  this  bird  I 
have  said  that  it  is  called  the  Widow  by  the  Portu- 
guese ;  but  I  am  since  betterinformed  that  it  is  called 
the  Whidah-bird,  because  it  is  brought  frequently  to 
Lisbon  from  the  kingdom  of  Whidah,  on  the  coast 
of  Africa.'  The  name  thus  accidentally  given  has 
now,  however,  been  universally  adopted  both  in 
popular  and  scientific  language." 

The  present  species  is  a  native  of  Western  Africa, 
from  Senegal  to  Angola,  and  in  all  its  habits  is  a 
true  finch.  "  In  captivity,  which  these  birds  endure 
without  much  appearance  of  constraint,  they  are 
lively  and  active,  jumping  from  perch  to  perch,  and 
alternately  raising  and  depressing  their  long  tails 
with  great  vivacity.  They  are  usually  fed  upon 
grain,  with  the  occasional  addition  of  green  herbs, 
and  are  fond  of  bathing  in  the  water  which  is  placed 
in  their  cage.  Twice  a  year  they  are  subject  to 
changes  of  plumage,  which  alter  the  appearance  of 
the  male  especially,  to  such  an  extent  that  it  would 
be  difficult  to  recognise  in  him  the  same  bird.  The 
long  feathers  which  are  his  peculiar  attribute  fall 
off  towards  the  end  of  autumn,  and,  with  the  other 
changes  that  take  place  in  its  plumage,  leave  him 
little  to  distinguish  him  during  the  winter  months 
from  his  plainer  mate.  But  in  spring  he  recovers 
his  long  feathers,  his  more  brilliant  hues,  and  his 


sharp  but  agreeable  and  varied  note  ;  the  change 
being  usually  completed  by  the  beginning  of  June. 
It  is  said  they  live  for  twelve  or  fifteen  years."  The 
colour  of  the  male  in  full  plumage  is  of  a  bright 
black,  with  the  exception  of  an  orange  rufous  band 
round  the  neck,  spreading  over  the  chest,  and  gra- 
dually fading  into  dull  white  on  the  under  parts. 
The  tail  is,  as  usual,  composed  of  twelve  feathers,  of 
which  the  four  middle  are  elongated  and  vertical ; 
two  being  flowing  and  pendent,  and  two  (the  middle) 
broad,  with  a  shaft  projecting  like  a  slender  fila- 
ment beyond  the  end.  Size,  that  of  a  sparrow. 
After  the  autumnal  moult  the  colours  are  rusty 
brown  and  white. 

1500  (6). — The  Red-billed  Wiiid.4.h-Bird 

(Vidua  erythrorhyr.cha).  This  species  inhabits  the 
same  regions  as  the  preceding,  but  is  of  less  size. 
Of  the  four  middle  and  greatly  elongated  tail-feathers 
two  are  convex,  and  two  (one  within  the  other)  con- 
cave, so  that  when  all  four  are  closed  they  form  a  sort 
of  cylinder,  and  but  for  their  extremities  appear  at 
first  sight  as  one. 

The  general  colour  of  the  male  in  full  plumage  is 
glossy  blue-black,  with  a  white  collar  and  white  wing- 
coverts  and  scapularies,  of  which  hue  are  also  the 
lower  part  of  the  back,  the  throat,  the  chest,  and 
under  parts.  In  habits  it  agrees  with  the  other 
species. 

1501. — The  Java  Spakrow 

(Fringilla  onjzivura).  Rice-bird;  Paddy-bird. 
Boorong  Peepee  of  the  Sumatrans ;  Glate  of  the 
Javanese. 

This  bird  is  well  known,  being  so  frequently 
brought  over  to  this  country  from  India  and  kept  in 
aviaries  and  cages  lor  the  sake  of  its  elegant  figure 
and  pleasing  colours.  In  its  native  regions  it  is 
notorious  for  the  ravages  which  it  commits  in  the 
rice-fields,  on  which  flocks  descend,  clearing  the 
pannicles  of  the  ripe  grains,  and  leaving  nothing 
but  the  empty  husks.  (See  Fig.  1502 :  a,  a  pan- 
nicle  of  the  rice-plant  with  ripe  grains  ;  b,  a  single 
grain  envelop,ed  in  its  husk,  and  awned.) 

The  colour  of  the  Java  sparrow  is  a  delicate  leaden 
grey,  with  a  sort  of  bloom  over  the  whole  plumage, 
like  that  visible  on  plums;  the  bill  is  red;  the  head 
and  tail  black,  the  under  parts  with  a  slight  roseate 
tinge ;  in  the  male  the  cheeks  are  snowy  white  ;  legs 
flesh-coloured:  the  size  of  the  beak  is  remarkable. 

1503. — ^The  Greenfinch 

(Coccothraustes  chloris).  Nest  of.  Our  pictorial 
specimen  of  the  nest  of  this  common  bird,  which 
is  spread  over  the  greater  part  of  Europe,  is  repre- 
sented as  shrouded  by  the  foliage  of  the  holly.  It 
consists  externally  of  a  rough  basket-work  of  roots 
interwoven  with  moss  loosely  put  together,  but  in- 
creasing in  compactness  as  the  structure  advances : 
and  when  a  layer  of  finer  roots  has  been  worked  as 
a  middle  wall,  a  thick  compact  texture  of  hair  is 
added  as  a  lining.  The  eggs  are  four  or  five  in 
number,  of  a  bluish  white,  speckled  at  the  larger 
end  with  light  orange-brown. 

1504. — The  Hawfinch 

(Coccothraustes  vulgaris).  In  the  genus  Cocco- 
thraustes  the  bill  is  very  stout  at  the  base,  whence 
it  tapers  rapidly  to  a  point,  the  lower  mandible 
being  nearly  as  thick  as  the  upper ;  the  wings  are 
long,  the  tail  short,  the  tarsi  short.  The  present 
species  is  the  Haw  Grosbeak  and  Grosbeak  of  the 
modern  British ;  GylfinbrafF  of  the  ancient  British ; 
le  Grosbek  and  Pinson  Royal  of  the  French ; 
Frogione,  Froccione,  Frosone,  Frisone,  Friggione,  of 
the  Italians ;  Kernbeisser,  Kirsch  Kernbeisser, 
Kerschfink,  Nusbeisser  of  the  Germans ;  Appel- 
vink  of  the  Netherlanders ;  Loxia  Coccothraustes  of 
Linnseus ;  Fringilla  Coccothraustes  of  Temminck  ; 
Coccothraustes  vulgaris  of  Brisson. 

The  Hawfinch  is  plentiful  in  some  districts  of  ii 
France ;  permanent  and  not  uncommon  in  Italy ; 
common  in  Germany,  Sweden,  and  part  of  Russia. 
In  Mr.  Selby's  '  Illustrations,'  and  indeed  in  most 
other  English  works,  the  hawfinch  is  noticed  as  an 
occasional  visitant.  Dr.  Latham  says  that  "  the  haw- 
finch visits  us  chiefly  in  winter,  but  one  was  shot  in 
the  summer  months  [near  Dartford  in  Kent."  He 
goes  on  to  remark  that  White  records  another  in- 
stance at  the  same  season,  and  says  that  it  had  the 
kernels  of  damsons  in  its  stomach.  "  These,"  con- 
tinues Dr.  Latham,  "  might  possibly  have  bred  here, 
though  we  have  no  authority  for  its  ever  being  the 
case."  This  authority  now  exists  in  the  observa- 
tions of  Mr.  Doubleday.  "The  hawfinch,"  says 
Mr.  Doubleday,  "  is  not  migratory,  but  remains  with 
us  during  the  whole  of  the  year."  This  observer 
sufficiently  accounts  for  the  rarity  of  its  appearance 
— "  Its  shy  and  retiring  habits  leading  it  to  choose 
the  most  secluded  places  of  the  thickest  and  more 
remote  parts  of  woods,  and  when  disturbed  it  inva- 
riably perches  on  the  tallest  tree  of  the  neighbour- 
hood." 


Hard  seeds  and  kernels  form  the  principal  food 
of  the  hawfinch,  but  it  feeds  also  on  the  berries  of 
the  hawthorn  (whence  its  name)  ;  so  that  it  is  pro- 
bable that  the  soft  part  of  fruits  is  not  disagreeable 
to  it,  although  the  bill  is  evidently  formed  for  crack- 
ing the  stony  kernel.  Willughby  states  that  it 
breaks  the  stones  of  cherries  and  even  of  olives 
with  expedition.  The  stomach  of  one  which  he 
dissected  in  the  month  ot  December  was  full  of 
the  stones  of  holly-berries.  The  majority  of  orni- 
thologists give  the  hawfinch  credit  for  forming  a 
nest  beautifully  constructed  of  lichens  and  vegetable 
fibres,  with  a  lining  of  feathers  and  other  soft  mate- 
rials. But  according  to  Mr.  Doubleday,  who  has 
thrown  much  light  on  the  history  of  this  bird,  and 
discovered  it  breeding  in  Epping  Forest  in  May 
and  June,  the  nest,  which  is  made  in  some  instances 
in  bushy  trees  at  the  height  of  five  or  six  feet,  and 
in  others  near  the  top  of  firs  at  an  elevation  of 
twenty  or  thirty  feet,  is  remarkably  shallow  and 
carelessly  put  together,  being  scarcely  deeper  than 
that  of  the  dove.  In  materials  it  resembles  that  of 
the  bullfinch,  but  is  not  to  be  compared  with  it  in 
neatness  and  compactness  of  construction.  Eggs, 
from  four  to  six  in  number,  of  a  pale  greenish  white, 
varying  in  intensity,  spotted  and  streaked  with 
greenish  grey  and  brown.  Mr.  Gould  states  that 
he  has  known  the  bird  to  breed  near  Windsor,  and 
a  few  other  places ;  but  certainly  nowhere  so  abun- 
dantly as  on  the  estate  of  W.  Wells,  Esq.,  at  Redleaf, 
near  Penshuist,  Kent.  This  gentleman  informed 
Mr.  Gould  that  he  had,  with  the  aid  of  a  small  tele- 
scope, counted  at  one  time  eighteen  on  his  lawn. 

Mr.  Selby  remarks  that  in  the  pairing  season  it 
probably  utters  a  superior  song,  as  Montagu  says 
that  even  in  winter,  during  mild  weather,  he  has 
heard  it  sing  sweetly  in  low  and  plaintive  notes. 

The  colours  of  the  plumage  are  as  follows : — rump, 
head  and  cheeks  red-brown;  edging  round  the  bill, 
space  between  that  and  the  eye,  a  line  beyond  the 
eye  and  throat,  deep  black  ;  a  large  ash-coloured 
collar  just  below  the  nape  ;  back  and  greater  part 
of  the  wings  deep  brown,  but  there  is  an  oblique 
white  stripe  upon  the  wing,  and  bejond  it  a  con- 
siderable space  of  a  light  whitish  colour  going  off 
into  chestnut ;  secondary  quills  as  if  cut  off  square 
at  the  ends,  or,  as  Edwards  says,  with  justice,  like 
the  figures  of  some  of  the  ancient  battle-axes, 
glossed  with  rich  blue,  less  conspicuous  in  the  fe- 
male ;  tail  feathers  white  within,  of  a  blackish  brown 
on  the  external  barbs ;  lower  parts  of  the  bird  vinous 
red  ;  iris  pale  red  (according  to  Temminck) ;  feet 
and  bill  greyish  brown.    Length  seven  inches. 

The  female  resembles  the  male,  but  the  colours,, 
are  much  less  brilliant. 

1505,  1506. — The  Ceossbill 

{Loxia  curvirostra).  In  the  genus  Loxia  we  find 
the  beak  compressed  and  elongated,  with  the  man-- 
dibles  bent  in  contrary  directions,  so  that  their  points - 
cross  each  other  (see  Head  of  Crossbill,  Fig.  1507), 
while  the  tongue  is  furnished  at  its  top  with  a  horny 
scoop.  The  tarsi  are  short  and  the  feet  are  formed 
for  grasping  tightly,  as  tlie  birds  cling  in  various 
positions  to  the  twigs  while  procuring  food.  The 
use  of  this  singular  bill  will  be  easily  deduced  from 
the  following  observations  : — The  seed  of  the  cones 
of  the  pine  is  the  jji-incipal  food  of  the  crossbill,  and 
to  obtain  this  the  bird  fixes  itself  across  the  cone,, 
and  then  brings  the  point  of  each  mandible  toge- 
ther; and  in  this  position  it  is  enabled  to  insert 
them  under  the  scales  of  the  cone ;  this  done,  the 
beak  is  opened,  not  in  the  usual  way,  but  by  the 
lower  mandible  being  drawn  sideways  (a  peculiar 
arrangement  of  muscles  effecting  the  action),  and 
the  scale  is  consequently  raised  up,  the  tongue  is  at 
the  same  time  brought  forward,  and  its  scoop  di- 
rected beneath  the  seed,  which  is  dislodged  and 
carried  to  the  mouth.  At  Fig.  1508  is  shown  the 
skull  of  the  crossbill  dissected,  so  as  to  illustrate  its 
structure,  the  arrangement  of  the  muscles,  and  the 
peculiarity  of  the  tongue: — a.  Skull  of  crossbill, 
side  view  :  a,  temporal  muscle  ;  b,  great  pyramidal 
muscle.  B,  Head  viewed  from  below :  b,  great 
pyramidal  muscle  ;  c,  c,  pterygoid  muscles ;  d,  d, 
graciles  muscles,  c,  Head  viewed  from  the  side  : 
a,  pterygoid  process ;  b,  os  omoideum ;  c,  os  qua- 
dratum  ;  d,  d,  os  jugale.  d,  Head  viewed  from  be- 
hind: a,  right  temporal  muscle;  b,  great  pyramidal 
muscle.  E,  Lower  jaw,  side  view :  a,  cavity  for 
articulation  ;  b,  b,  coronoid  processes,  f.  Tongue 
seen  from  above  :  a,  horny  scoop ;  b,  b,  extensor 
muscles,  c,  Tongue,  side  view :  a,  horny  scoop  ; 
h,  extensor  muscles ;  c,  flexor  muscle.  (Yarrell, 
'Zool,  Journ.,'  vol.  iv.). 

The  common  crossbill  is  the  Becco  incroce,  Cro- 
cione,  and  Crosiero  of  the  Italians  ;  Bee  crois6  of 
the  French ;  Fichten  Kreuzschnabel  of  the  Ger- 
mans; Kruisvink  of  the  Netherlanders;  Mindre 
Korsnab  of  the  Scandinavians ;  and  Gylfingroes  of 
the  ancient  British.  This  species  certainly  breeds 
in  the  British  Islands,  and  we  may  specify  the  Holt 
Forest  in  Surrey,  and  various  fir  or  larch  plantations 


IMS.— NesUof  Sodtble  'n'over-Budi. 


1510.— Netts  of  Pensile  Weaver-Bitdj. 


1J13.— Ne>t>  of  Sociable  WeaTe^Bir(U. 


386 


.^f^ 


Wi^—TtXkiiKitmei  Wnver-Bird. 
[THE  MUSEUM  OP  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


338 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Weaver-Birds.     . 


in  Gloucestershire,  as  dcterminetl  localities.    (See  !| 
'  Mag.  Nat.  Hist^  May,  1830,  p.  236,  and  June, 
1830,  pp.  310,  311,  for  interesting  communications 
on  the  subject  by  Messrs.  Brown  and  Long.)     It 
appears  that  they  breed  in  April,  commencing  their 
nest  in   March.     This  is  placed  on  the   topmost 
boughs  of  the  fir  or  pine,  and  consists  of  slender  j 
twigs  of  <ir,  then  a  layer  of  coarse  grass,  lined  with  | 
finer  grass  and  a  few  long  hairs.    The  eegs  are  of  j 
a  slightly  bluish-white,  sparingly  speckled  with  red. 
The  male  has  an  agreeable  song.     It  is,  however, 
in  the  vast  pine-forests  of  Norway,  Sweden,  Ger-  | 
many,  &c.,  that  this  crossbill  is  the  most  abundant.  ^ 
In  those  gloomy  solitudes  it  finds  a  congenial  resi- 
dence  and   food   in  abundance.      While  at  work  [ 
upon  the  fir-cones,  extricating  the  seeds,  or  while  ] 
climbing  in  flocks  of  ten   or  twenty  among  the 
branches,  using,  like  a  parrot,  their  beaks  and  feet, 
these  birds  utter  a  continuous  eentle  twitter,  dif- 
ferent from  the  song  of  the  male,  which  is  poured 
out  piiucipally  during  the  breeding  season.    At 
various  times  vast  flocks  from  the  Continent  visit 
different  parts  of  our  island  in  the  winter,  evidently 
driven  southwards  by  the  severity  of  the  season  ; 
they  seek  the  shelter  of  fir-woods,  and  some  perhaps 
remain  altogether. 

Besides  the  seeds  of  the  fir,  hemp-seed,  and  the 
seeds  of  apples  are  eagerly  devoured,  and  they  are 
said  to  divide  with  ease  an  apple  in  halves,  in  order 
to  procure  the  kernels.*  Crossed  as  their  bill  is, 
these  binis  can  pick  up  the  smallest  seeds  and  shell 
or  husk  them ;  they  can  also  open  the  shell  of  an 
almond,  fii^t  picking  a  hole  in  it,  and  then  inserting 
the  bill  and  wrenching  off  pieces  by  the  lateral  mo- 
tion of  the  under  mandible.  The  following  narra- 
tive of  the  habits  of  the  crossbill  in  confinement  is 
verv  interesting:— "My  friend  Mr.  Morgan,"  says 
Mr'  Yarrell,  "kept  apair  of  these  birds  for  some  time, 
and  had  opportunities  for  observing  their  curious 
habits.  They  were  impatient  under  confinement, 
and  restless,  climbing  over  the  wires  of  their  cages, 
by  the  use  of  their  beak  and  claws,  like  parrots, 
One  of  their  principal  occupations  was  twisting  out 
the  ends  of  the  wires  of  their  prison,  which  they  ac- 
complished with  equal  ease  and  dexterity.  Ashort, 
flat-headed  nail  that  confined  some  strong  net-work 
was  a  favourite  object  on  which  they  tried  their 
strength  ;  and  the  male,  who  was  usually  pioneer  in 
every  new  exploit,  succeeded  by  long-continued  ef- 
forts in  drawing  the  nail  out  of  the  wood,  though 
not  without  breaking  off  the  point  of  his  beak  in  the 
experiment.  Their  unceasing  destruction  of  cages 
at  length  brought  upon  them  sentence  of  banish- 
ment. During  the  period  of  their  captivity  a  com- 
plete'change  took  place  in  the  colour  of  their  plu- 
mage, without  the  shedding  of  a  single  feather." 

The  permanent  colour  of  the  plumage  of  this  spe- 
cies is  spotted  olive-gieen,  but  the  male  of  the  year 
acquires  in  the  autumn  a  general  roseate  tint. 

Mr.  Gould  ('  Birds  of  Europe')  observes  that  in  the 
minds  of  many  naturalists  some  doubts  still  exist, 
and  that  they  existed  still  recently  in  his  own,  a  to 
whether  the  rich  rosy-red  colouring  assumed  by  this 
bird  is  characteristic  of  the  breeding  season,  or  the 
permanent  livery  of  the  adult  male.  He  states  that 
during  his  recent  visit  to  Vienna  he  had  an  opportu- 
nity of  observing  both  sexes  in  every  stage,  an  ex- 
amination of  which  afforded  him  abundant  proofs 
(hat  the  red  plumage  is  acquired  during  the  first 
autumn,  for  he  saw  many  lately  fledged  that  had 
their  plumage  thickly  spotted  ;  others  that  had  par- 
tially lost  their  spotted  appearance,  and  had  partly 
assumed  the  red  colouring ;  and  others  that  had  their 
feathers  entirely  tinted  of  this  colour;  while  the 
adults,  as  most  ornithologists  have  stated,  were  cha- 
racterised by  a  plumage  of  olive-green,  which  ap- 
pears to  be  permanent. 

The  same  naturalist  saw  crossbills,  8\|ailow8,  mar- 
tins, and  various  small  birds  exposed  for  sale  in  the 
markets,  for  the  purpose  of  the  table. 

Besides  the  present  species,  the  parrot-crossbill  is 
found  in  Eastern  Europe,  and  tne  white-winged 
crossbill  occasionally  occura  in  the  North  ;  the  latter, 
and  a  species  nearly  resembling  the  common  cross- 
bill (L.  Americana,)  are  natives  of  North  America. 
Amone  the  Fringillida:  is  a  singular  group  of  birds, 
termed  Weaver-birds,  les  Tisserins  of  the  French 
(Ploceus,  Cuvicr),  intermediate  between  the  Finches 
and  the  Sturnidse ;  and  which  construct  the  most 
singular  and  extraordinary  nests,  some  pendent  from 
thetwigs  of  tall  trees  overhanging  the  water ;  others 
supported  on  the  stronger  branches,  generally  in 
clusters ;  some  compacted  together,  so  as  to  form 
one  large  dense  mass  of  interwoven  grasses.  In 
these  birds  the  bill  is  conical,  and  more  or  less  elon- 
gated ;  the  ridge  of  the  upper  mandible  slightly  bent, 
the  tip  without  any  notch ;  the  claws  are  large  : 
they  are  divided  in  various  subgenera,  but  are  all 
peculiar  to  the   old  world,   Africa  and   India.     It 

•  A  Unje  flock  of  thew.  birds,  which  visited  the  sonth  of  Ireland  at 
the  commcncemeiit  of  the  present  century,  in  the  autumn,  did  much 
damage  in  the  apple-orcharUs.  In  general,  however,  they  aeek  the 
piii*.wo9di. 


would  appear  that  their  mode  of  building  their  ] 
nests  is,  under  the  direction  of  instinct,  designed  to 
secure  the  youni  and  eggs  against  the  attacks  of 
tree-snakes,  which  abound  in  the  localities  they  oc- 
cupy. Of  these  the  Boomslange  (Bucephalus  Ca- 
pensis)  in  Southern  Africa  is  one  of  the  most  for- 
midable. 

1309,  1,">10.— Nksts  of  the  Pensile  Weaveb-Bibb. 
Barrow,  in  his '  Travels  in  Africa,'  notices  clusters  of 
suspended  nests,  attached  to  slender  twigs,  fabri- 
cated by  a  species  of  Loxia,  which  unfortunately  he 
neither  names  nor  describes.  These  nests  usually 
overhans  a  river  or  pool  of  water,  and  are  shaped 
like  a  chemist's  retort,  with  a  body  and  long  neck, 
at  the  end  of  which  is  the  aperture,  close  over  the 
surface  of  the  water;  the  neck  leads  to  a  snug  cham- 
ber, in  which  the  young  are  reared ;  the  structure  is 
composed  of  intervvovcn  grass.  Though  not  capable 
of  identifyins  the  species,  we  suspect  it  to  be  the 
Nelicourvi,  Loxia  (Ploceus)  pensilis  of  Sonnerat. 
We  have  seen  nests  of  a  similar  form,  constructed 
of  wiry  elastic  grass,  and  attached  to  the  leaves  of 
palms,  brought  from  Ceylon  and  the  continent  of 
India,— perhaps  the  work  of  the  Ploceus  (Euplectes) 
Philippensis.  Colonel  Sykes  observes  that  this 
weaver-bird  "is  very  common  in  Dukhun,  and  there 
are  few  wells  overhung  by  a  tree  where  their  nests 
are  not  seen  pendent ;  they  live  in  small  coinmu- 
nities.  and  are  verv  noisy  in  their  labours."  Pringle 
describes  the  South  African  nest  as  woven  of  a  kind 
of  toueh  grass,  the  cylindrical  passage  being  twelve 
or  fifteen  inches  in  length;  and  twenty  or  more 
often  hang  from  a  single  tree, 


is  a  native  of  the  districts  bordering  on  the  south- 
east coast  of  Africa ;  but,  according  to  Dr.  Smith,  is 
not  found  to  the  west  of  Cafi'reland.  It  is  rare,  and 
frequents  the  banks  of  rivers,  suspending  its  nest, 
which  is  of  a  kidney  shape  and  composed  of  closely 
interwoven  grass,  from  the  branch  of  a  tree  over- 
hansing  the  water.  The  eggs  are  three  or  four,  of  ' 
a  delicate  greenish  blue.  The  length  of  the  bird  is  j 
about  seven  inches.  i 


1511.— The  Sociable  Weaveb-Bibd 

(Ploceus  socius,  Cuvier).  Phila;terus  lepidus,  Smith ; 
Euplectes  lepidus,  Swainson;  Loxia  socia,  Latham  ; 
Ploceus  Patersonii,  Lesson. 

According  to  Dr.  Smith,  the  banks  of  the  Orange 
River  constitute  the  southern  limits  of  the  range  of 
this  species,  which  was  only  obtained  in  great  abun- 
dance in  the  districts  around  Latakoo  far  from  water. 
The  most  striking  peculiarity,  adds  Dr.  Smith,  "ob- 
sei-ved  in  this  species  is  the  extraordinary  manner 
in  which  a   number  of  individuals   associate  and 
build  their  nests  under  a  common  roof.    When  a 
nesting-place  has  been  selected,  and  the  operation 
ofbuildineis  to  be  commenced  «&  iniVw,  the  com- 
munity proceed  conjointly  to  construct  the  general 
covering  which  interests  them  all :  that  being  ac-  , 
complished,  each  pair  begin  to  form  their  own  nest, 
which,  like  the  roof,  they  construct  of  coarse  grass ; 
these  are  placed  side  by  side  against  the  under  sur- 
face of  the  general  covering,  and  by  the  time  they 
are   all   cornpleted  the  lower  surface  of  the  mass 
exhibits  the  appearance  of  an  even  horizontal  sur- 
face, freely  perforated  by  small  circular  openings. 
They  never   use   the   same   nests   a    second  time, 
though  they  continue  for  many  years   attached  to 
the  same  roof.     With  the  return  of    the  breeding 
season  fresh  nests  are  formed  upon  the  lower  sur- 
face of  those  of  the   preceding  year,  which  then 
form  an  addition  to  the  general  covering.     In  this 
manner  they  proceed  year  after  year,  till  at  last  the 
weight  often  becomes  such  as  to  cause  the  destruc- 
tion of  its  support,  upon  which  a  new  building  is 
commenced.     They  appear  to   prefer  constructing 
these  nests  upon  :large  and  lofty  trees ;  but  where 
such  do  not  occur,  they  will  even   condescend   to 
foim  them  upon  the  leaves  of  the  Arborescent  Aloe 
(Aloe  arborescens),  as  occasionally  happens  towards 
the  Orange  River.     The  commencement  of  the  roof 
is  firmly  interwoven  with  the  branches  of  the  trees 
to  which  it  is  intended  [to  be  suspended,  and  often 
a  great  part  of  the  principal  branch  is  actually  in- 
cluded within  its  surface.     Each  female  lays  from 
three  to  four  eggs,  of  a'  bluish-white  colour,  freely 
mottled  towards  'the  large  end  with   small  brown 
dots."    Paterson  and  Le  Vaillant  give  a  somewhat 
similar  account  of  these  nests,  some  of  which  they 
saw  of  enormous  size  ;  the  latter  traveller  mentions 
one  which  had  three  hundred  and  twenty  inhabited 
cells,  each  cell  being  the  property  of  a  pair  of  birds. 
The  grass  used  is  a  wiry  kind,  called   Boschman's 
grass.    Thus,  then,  do  these  weaver-birds  found  a 
republic,  and  cluster  together  under  one  roof  their 
separate  homesteads ;  the  labour  of  each  busy  arti- 
ficer contributing  to  the  general  good.     Fig.  1512 
shows  the  nests  of  this  bird  apparently  just  finished, 
or  but  little  added  to ;  while  Figs.  1513  and  1514 
represent  a  structure  of  long  standing,  with  the  ad- 
ditions of  several  years,  and  completely  covering 
the  branches.     The  general  colour  of  the  sociable 
weaver-bird  is   brown,  varying   in   its   shades;  the 
feathers  of  the  back  edged  with  pale  buff,  which  is 
the  general  tint  of  the  under  parts.    Total  length 
about  five  inches. 

1515.— The  Ybllow-crowned  Weaver-Bibd 
(Ploceus  spilonotus).      P.    flaviceps.     Swains. ;     P. 
stictonotus,  A.  Smith.     This  species,  of  which  the 
male  has  the  plumage  varied  with  yellow  and  brown, 


1510. — The  Yellow-headed  Weaveb-Bird 
(Ploceus  icterocephalus).  Nests  of.  These  kidney- 
shaped  nests  attached  to  long  pendent  twi.gs  are  the 
work  of  a  South  African  Weaver-bird,  closely  allied 
to,  if  not  identical  with,  the  preceding.  They  are 
composed  of  strong  interlaced  grass,  and  lined  with 
the  heads  or  panicles  of  the  same,  forming  a  smooth, 
soft,  and  cool  bed.  The  opening  is  lateral,  near  the 
top,  the  dome  above  protecting  the  inside  from 
rain. 

1517.— The  Taha  Weaver-Bird 

(Euplectes  Taha.  Smith).  According  to  its  orii:i:v  1 
describer,  Dr.  Smith,  this  species  is  a  native  oi 
Africa,  but  does  not  extend  its  range  south  of  20'. 
In  districts  north  of  this  degree  it  was  common,  and 
large  flocks  were  often  observed  among  the  trees 
near  the  banks  of  rivers;  but,  according  to  informa- 
tion gained  from  the  natives,  the  birds  leave  the 
trees  at  the  commencement  of  the  breeding-season 
for  the  reeds  which  skirt  the  rivers,  and  from  which 
they  suspend  their  nests.  These  and  other  allied 
species  are  very  destructive  to  gardens  and  corn- 
lands,  and  the  natives  are  obliged  to  watch  the  crops 
to  prevent  the  grain  from  being  devoured.  The 
plumage  of  the  male  (upper  figure)  is  mingled  yel- 
low, grey,  and  brownish-black  ;  in  winter  yellowish- 
brown  above,  dashed  with  brownish-black ;  under 
parts  greyish-white,  tinged  sienna  yellow  on  the 
chest.  The  female  (lower  figure)  resembles  the 
male  in  his  winter  dress. 

1518. — The  Mahali  Weaveb-Bibd 

(Pliopasser  Mahali,  Smith).  This  bird  was  seen  for 
the  first  time  by  Dr.  Smith  upon  a  tree  on  the  bank 
of  one  of  the  tributaries  to  the  Orange  River  ;  but  he 
met  with  small  and  occasionally  large  flocks  as  far 
north  as  the  tropic  of  Capricorn,  the  species  being 
disposed  to  congregate.  Twenty  or  thirty  nests 
were  to  be  seen  on  one  tree.  Insects  and  seeds  are 
the  food  of  this  species,  and  in  search  of  these  the 
bird  passes  much  time  upon  the  ground.  If  dis- 
turbed while  feeding,  the  whole  flock  take  wing,  and 
settle  in  a  neighbouring  tree,  where  they  remain  till 
they  see  the  way  clear  for  their  return. 

The  nests,  observes  Dr.  Smith,  in  figure  and  tex- 
ture, had  many  of  the  characters  of  those  of  Ploceus, 
but  resembled  those  of  some  of  the  South  African 
Pyrgitse  (sparrows)  in  the  manner  in  which  they 
were  armed.  The  walls  of  each  nest  were  entirely 
,  composed  of  stalks  of  grass,  the  thickest  ends  of 
i  which  were  so  placed  as  to  protrude  externally  for 
several  inches  beyond  the  compact  structure  des* 
fined  to  contain  the  eggs.  Thus  each  nest  appeared 
armed  with  numerous  projecting  spines,  and  bore 
considerable  resemblance  to  the  body  of  a  porcu- 
pine with  its  spines  partially  erected.  The  design 
is  to  oppose  an  obstacle  to  the  advance  of  snakes 
towards  the  eggs  and  young.  The  plumage  is 
varied  with  different  tints  of  brown,  and  with  white, 
the  chest  and  under  pails  being  cream-yellow; 
the  throat  and  under  tail-coverts  white.  Length 
six  inches  and  a  half. 

Fig.  1519  represents  the  clustered  nests  of  this 
species. 

1520.— The  Red-billed  Weaver-Bird 
{Textor  erythrorhynchus,  Smith).  This  species 
inhabits  Southern  Africa,  north  of  the  '25lh  degree 
of  latitude ;  and,  as  Dr.  Smith  states,  is  never  seen 
where  herds  of  buff"aloes  are  scarce.  Whenever  dis- 
covered, it  was  always  in  attendance  upon  these 
animals,  flying  over  them  or  perched  on  their  back, 
busily  employed  in  collecting  insects  from  the  hide, 
and  passing  rapidly  from  one  part  to  another,  ihe 
huge  beast  paying  no  attention  to  its  movements. 
Sometimes  numbers  of  these  birds  were  seen 
associated  with  the  buffaloes,  and  sometimes  only 
one  or  two.  'i'heir  food  consists  of  parasitic  insectSr 
at  least  in  part,  such  having  been  found  by  Dr. 
Smith  in  the  stomachs  of  those  specimens  which  he 
examined. 

This  bird,  besides  being  of  service  to  its  bulky 
associates  by  ritlding  them  of  the  parasitic  insects 
which  isfest  their  hides,  performs  for  them  another 
important  service.  On  observing  any  unusual  ap- 
pearance, the  attention  of  the  bird  is  immediately 
directed  to  it,  and  if  it  sees  anything  to  excite 
alarm,  the  bird  flies  up,  whereupon  all  the  buffaloes 
instantly  raise  their  heads,  and  endeavour  to  dis- 
cover the  cause  which  led  to  the  sudden  departure 
of  their  sentinel.  Iftheir  apprehension  is  confirmed, 
they  take  to  flight  in  a  body,  accompanied  by  theii 


i 


Starungs.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


339 


winged  and  serviceable   friends,  which,  as  soon  as 
the  herd  halts  to  feed,  return  to  their  avocation. 

Dr.  Smith  never  observed  this  bird  attaching 
itself  to  any  quadruped  but  the  buffalo  ;  while  two 
species  of  Buphaga  visit  the  rhinoceros.  The  gene- 
ral colour  of  the  Red-billed  Weaver-bird  is  blackish- 
brown  ;  the  primaries  are  marked  largely  with 
white  ;  bill  yellowish  red,  with  a  purplisli  tinge  on 
the  sides. 

1521. — Nest  of  Baya  Sparrow,  or  Toddy-Bikd. 
"  The  Baya,  or  Bottle-nested  Sparrow,  is  remark- 
able for  its  pendent  nest,  brilliant  plumage,  and  un- 
common sagacity.     These  birds  are  found  in  most 
parts   of  Hindostan;   in   shape  they  resemble  the 
sparrow,  as  also  in  the  brown  feathers  of  the  back 
and  wings :  they  are  of  a  bright  yellow,  and  in  the 
rays  of  a  tropical  sun  have  a  splendid- appearance 
when  thousands  are  flying  in  the  same  grove.     They 
rnake  a  chirping  noise,  but  have  no  song :  they  asso- 
ciate  in   large   communities,   and   cover  extensive 
clumps  of  Palmyras,  acacias,   and  date-trees  with 
their  nests.     These  are  formed  in  a  very  ingenious 
manner,  by  long  grass  woven  together  in  the  shape 
of  a  bottle,  and  suspended  by  the  other  end  to  the 
extremity  of  a  flexible  branch,  the  more  effectually 
to  secure  the  eggs  and  young  brood  from  serpents, 
monkeys,  squirrels,  and   birds  of  prey.     The  nests 
contain  several  apartments,  appropriated  to  differ- 
ent purposes :  in  one  the  hen  performs  the  office  of 
incubation ;  another,   consisting   of    a  little    vault 
covering  a  perch  without  a  bottom,  is  occupied  by 
the  male,  who  with  his  chirping  note  cheers   the 
female    during    her    maternal    duties."     (Forbes, 
'  Orient.  Mem.') 

Fig.  1522  represents  the  nests  of  the  Sociable 
Weaver-bird,  previously  described  (from  Le  Vail- 
lant). 

Family  STURNID^  (STARLINGS). 
In  this  family  the  beak  is  elongated  and  conical, 
running  to  a  sharp  point  from  a  stout  base.  In  some 
genera  the  ridge  of  the  upper  mandible  is  carried 
up  the  forehead  :  in  others  the  beak  is  depressed  at 
its  extremity.  The  diet  is  of  a  mixed  character. 
Many  species  associate  in  flocks,  and  many  build 
artful  pendent  nests  like  those  of  the  weaver-birds, 
to  which  group  they  in  many  respects  closely  ap- 
proximate. 

1323.— The  Rice-Troopial 
'.  (DoUchomjx  orizivorm,  Swains._).  Bob-o-Link, 
Rice-bird,  Reed-bird.  Rice-bunting  of  authors.  This 
is  a  well-known  bird  throughout  the  whole  of 
North  America,  from  the  Saskatchewan  river  to 
-Mexico ;  flocks  arriving  in  March  from  their  winter- 
quarters,  the  West  India  Islands,and  scattering  them- 
selves over  the  savannahs  and  meadows,  and  newly- 
ploughed  lands,  feeding  on  insects  and  their  larvae, 
as  well  as  on  the  tender  wheat  and  early  barley! 
They  associate  in  large  flocks,  the  males  uttering  a 
rapid  voluble  strain  in  chorus,  all  simultaneously 
ceasing  at  the  same  instant. 

About  the  middle  of  May  these  birds  reach  the 
state  of  New  York,  and  pair  and  prepare  their  nests. 
At  this  season  the  males  pour  forth  their  songs  in  the 
air,  rising  and  falling  in  successive  jerks.  The  nest 
is  placed  amongst  the  grass,  or  in  a  field  of  wheat 
or  barley,  on  the  ground,  and  is  composed  of  dry 
grasses  and  leaves,  lined  with  finer  materials ;  the 
eges,  five  in  number,  are  dull  bluish-white,  spotted 
with  blackish. 

In  .July,  when  the  young  are  reared,  these  rice- 
troopials  assemble  in  incredible  multitudes,  and 
begin  their  devastations.  They  plunder  the  fields 
of  grain,  they  swarm  about  reed-beds,  alighting 
in  thousands,  bearing  down  the  stems  with  their 
weight,  and  feeding  on  the  ripe  seeds.  Their  pro- 
gress IS  towards  the  Southern  States,  and  in  Septem- 
ber they  appear  in  Carolina  in  countless  numbers 
spreading  over  the  rice-fields  and  devouring  the 
grain  while  yet  soft  and  milky  ;  thus  they  often  ruin 
acres  of  this  produce.  From  the  time  of  their  con- 
gregating in  July  to  September,  the  gun  thins  their 
numbers;  thousands  are  killed  for  the  markets, 
their  flesh  being  exquisite.  Towards  the  close  of 
October,  before  the  rice-crop  is  gathered  in,  the 
troops  have  made  their  appearance  in  Cuba  and 
Jamaica,  where  they  feed  on  the  seeds  of  the 
Guinea-grass,  and  where  the  birds,  being  very  fat 
are  in  high  esteem  for  the  table.  ' 

The  rice-troopial  is  subject  to  a  double  annual 
moult  and  change  of  colouring.  The  male  in  his 
spring  dress  has  the  head,  fore  part  of  the  back, 
shoulders,  wings,  and  tail,  together  with  the  whole 
of  the  under  plumage,  black,  passing  on  the  middle 
of  the  back  into  greyish;  scapulars,  rump,  and 
upper  tail-coverts  white;  back  of  the  neck  ochre- 
yellow.  Bill  bluish-black,  but  in  the  autumn  pale 
flesh-colour,  as  in  the  female  and  young  male.  The 
feathers  of  the  tail  are  sharp  at  the  end,  as  in  the 
woodpecker. 
The  female,  whose    plumage    the    adult    male 


assumes  after  the  breeding-season,  has  the  back 
streaked  with  brownish  black,  and  the  whole  of  the 
under  parts  of  a  dirty  yellow. 

1524.— The  Baltimore  Oriole 
{Icterus  Baltimorus).     In  the  genus  Icterus  the  beak 
IS  long  and  conical,  and  a  narrow  slip  of  horn,  fiom 
the  upper  mandible,  runs  up  the  forehead. 

The  Baltimore  Oriole  (Baltimore-bird,  and  Balti- 
more Slarhng)  derives  its  name,  as  Catesby  infoims 
us,  from  its  colours,  which  are  brilliant  orange  and 
black,  being  those  of  the  arms  or  livery  of  Lord 
Baltimore,  formerly  proprietor  of  Maryland. 

This  species  is  a  summer  visitor  to  the  United 
States,  arriving  from  more  southern  regions  (in 
which  it  passes  the  winter)  about  the  beginning  of 
May,  and  departing  at  the  close  of  August.  Its 
range  extends  throughout  North  America,  from 
Canada  to  Mexico,  and,  according  to  Wilson,  it  is 
even  found  as  far  south  as  Brazil.  Not  only  does 
it  frequent  woods  and  trees  surrounding  farm-houses, 
but  even  ventures  into  towns  and  villages.  "  Since 
the  streets  of  our  cities,"  says  Wilson,  "  have  been 
planted  with  that  beautiful  and  statelv  tree  the 
Lombardy  poplar,  these  birds  are  our  constant  visi- 
tors during  the  early  part  of  the  summer  ;  and  amid 
the  noise  and  tumult  of  coaches,  drays,  and  wheel- 
barrows, and  the  din  of  the  multitude,  they  are  heard 
chanting  their  native  wood-notes  wild."  The  strain 
is  a  clear  mellow  whistle,  repeated  at  short  intervals, 
and  with  a  degree  of  wild  plaintiveness  in  it,  render- 
ing it  extremely  interesting.  The  ordinary  call  of 
this  bird  is  a  reiterated  chirrup,  which  becomes 
louder,  and  is  uttered  in  an  angry  tone  whenever 
any  enemy  approaches,  or  upon  the  appearance  of 
a  cat  or  dog  near  its  nest. 

Almost  the  whole  genus  of  Orioles  (Icterus),  says 
Wilson,  belong  to  America,  and,  with  few  exceptions, 
build  pensile  nests.  "  Few  of  them,  however,  equal 
the  Baltimore  in  the  construction  of  these  recep-  I 
tacles  for  their  young,  and  in  giving  them  such  con-  ] 
veuience,  warmth,  and  security.  For  these  purposes 
he  generally  fixes  on  the  high  bending  extremities 
of  the  branches,  fastening  long  strings  of  hemp  or 
flax  round  two  forked  twigs,  co'rresponding  with  the 
intended  width  of  the  nest ;  with  the  same  materials, 
mixed  with  quantities  of  loose  tow,  he  interweaves 
or  fabricates  a  strong  firm  kind  of  cloth,  not  unlike 
the  substance  of  a  hat  in  its  raw  state,  forming  it 
into  a  pouch  of  six  or  seven  inches  in  depth,  lining 
it  substantially  with  various  soft  substances,  well 
interwoven  with  the  outward  netting,  and  lastly 
finishes  with  a  layer  of  horsehair,  the  whole  bein''- 
shaded  from  the  sun  and  rain  by  a  natural  canopy 
of  leaves."  As  much  difference,  adds  Wilson,  will 
be  found  in  the  style,  neatness,  and  finishing  of  the 
nests  of  the  Baltimores,  as  there  is  in  their  voices. 

Audubon  describes  the  nest  of  one  of  these  birds 
found  in  the  state  of  Louisiana,  as  composed  of  the 
long  filaments  of  a  kind  of  moss  known  there  by  the 
name  of  Spanish-beard,  and  destitute  of  the  warm 
lining  with  which,  had  the  individual  built  in 
Pennsylvania  or  New  York,  it  would  have  been  fur- 
nished ;  but  in  Louisiana  the  intense  heat  of  the 
summer  renders  such  a  provision  unnecessary. 

The  position  chosen  by  the  Baltimore  for  its  pen- 
sile nest  is  no  doubt  suggested  by  instinct  as  a  means 
of  security  against  the  attacks  of  enemies,  espe- 
cially the  black  snake,  which  climbs  trees  with 
facility,  and  which  destroys  young  broods  by  whole- 
sale, though  it  is  often  compelled  by  the  parent  birds 
to  retreat.  Fig.  1525  represents  a'contest  between 
the  Baltimore  oriole  and  this  subtle  foe. 

The  Baltimore  oriole  clings  about  the  branches  in 
search  of  insects,  and  glides  as  it  were  along  the 
slender  twigs,  displaying  much  grace  in  its  move- 
ments :  its  flight  is  rapid  and  continuous. 

Besides  insects,  it  greedily  feeds  on  cherries, 
strawberries,  mulberries,  figs  and  other  sweet  fruits. 
The  male  does  not  acquire  his  full  plumage  till 
the  third  year ;  it  is  then  glowing  and  brilliant.  The 
head,  throat,  upper  part  of  the  back  and  wings,  are 
glossy  black  ;  the  lower  part  of  the  back  and\vhole 
under  parts  rich  orange,  deepening  into  vermilion 
on  the  breast.  A  band  of  orange. divides  the  black 
on  the  shoulders ;  edges  of  the  wing-coverts,  second- 
aries, and  in  part  of  the  primaries,  white.  The  tail 
is  orange  and  black.  Length  seven  inches  and 
three-quarters.  The  female  has  the  orange  much 
duller  than  the  male,  and  the  back  is  clouded  with 
olive. 

1526.— The  Pit-Pit 
(Dncnig  Cayana).  The  Pit-pit,  as  it  is  termed  by 
Buffon,  13  a  beautiful  little  bird  found  in  Mexico, 
resembling  the  Ictcri  and  Xanthorni  in  the  form  of 
its  beak,  which  is  sharp  and  conical.  According  to 
Cuvier,  it  allies  the  latter  to  the  gold-crests  (Recu- 
lus),  '  Les  Figuiers."  " 

The  Mexican  name  of  this  species  is  Elototl. 
Hernandez  says  that  it  lives  about  the  trees  in  the 
Tetzeocan  Mountains,  and  is  eatable  ;  but  that  being 
destitute  of  a  song,  it  is  not  kept  in  the  houses  of 


the   inhabitants.    The   general   colour  is  cerulean 
blue ;  the  forehead,  shoulders,  wings,  and  tail  black. 

1527.— PjiNsiLE  Nests. 
These  nests,  hanging  to  the  extremity  of  the  leaves 
of  a  palm,  are  regarded  as  the  productions  of  a  species 
of  Icterus,  which  we  greatly  doubt ;  they  appear  to 
be  Indian,  and  are  most  probably  the  workmanship 
of  a  species  of  weaver  bird  (Ploceus),  but  which  we 
will  not  attempt  to  identify.  The  Icteri  do  not  build, 
like  the  weaver-birds,  in  societies;  the  pairs  keep 
themselves  apart  during  the  breeding-season,  but 
most,  if  not  all,  the  weaver-birds  form  colonies, 
and  hang  their  nests  in  clusters  from  the  twigs 
ol  trees  and  long  leaves  of  different  kinds  of 
palms. 

1528.— The  Cow-Troopial 


{Molotlmts  Pecoris).  Icterus  Pecoiis,  Temminck  ; 
Kmbciiza  Pecoris,  Wilson;  Cowpen-bird,  Cow- 
Blackbird,  and  Cow-Bunting  of  the  Americans. 
We  have  previously  alluded  to  this  bird,  which,  like 
our  cuckoo,  prepares  no  nest,  but  selects  those  of 
other  birds,  distributing  an  egg  to  each,  and  leaving 
It  to  be  hatched  and  the  nestling  to  be  reared  by 
foster-parents. 

The  birds  whose  nests  it  chiefly  selects  appear  to 
be  those  of  the  red-eyed  and  white-eyed  flycatchers 
and  the  Maryland  yellow-throat;  but  those  of  the 
blue-bird,  the  indigo-bird,  the  chipping  sparrow,  the 
blue-eyed  yellow  warbler,  the  blue-grey  flycatcher 
the  golden-crowned  thrush,  and  Wilson's  thrush 
are  also  used  for  this  purpose.  According  to  Nut- 
fall,  "When  the  female  is  disposed  to  lay,  she  ap- 
pears restless  and  dejected,  and  separates  from  the 
uniegarding  flock.  Stealing  through  woods  and 
thickets,  she  pries  into  the  bushes  and  brambles  for 
the  nest  that  suits  her,  into  which  she  darts  in  the 
absence  of  its  owner,  and  in  a  few  minutes  is  seen 
to  rise  on  the  wing,  cheerful  and  relieved  from  the 
anxiety  that  oppressed  her,  and  proceeds  back  to 
the  flock  she  had  so  reluctantly  forsaken.  If  the 
egg  be  deposited  in  the  nest  alone,  it  is  unilormly 
forsaken  ;  but  if  the  nursing  parent  have  any  of  her 
own,  she  immediately  begins  to  sit.  The  red-eyed 
flycatcher,  in  whose  beautiful  basket-like  nests  I 
have  observed  these  eggs,  proves  a  very  aff'ectionate 
and  assiduous  nurse  to  the  uncouth  foundling." 

The   same  author,  in    1831,  saw  a  hen  red-eyed 
flycatcher  sitting  on  two  eggs  and  one  of  the  cow- 
bird  ;  and  he  adds  that  this  species,  Vireo  olivaceus 
and  (more  lately)  Vireosylva  olivacea  of  Bonaparte! 
Muscicapa  olivacea,  Linn.,  appears  to  be  its  most 
usual  nurse.     He  has  known  this  Vireo  begin  her 
incubation  with  only  an  eg^  of  each  kind,  whilst  in 
other  nests  he  has  observed  as  many  as  three  be- 
longing to  the  Vireo,  as  well  as  that  of  the  intruder  • 
and   he   suggests  that,  from  the   largeness  of  the 
egg,  the  nest  probably  immediately  feels  full  to  the 
incubating  bird,  so  as  to  induce  her  to  sit  directly 
when  the  larger  egg,  being  brought  nearer  to  the' 
body  of  the  nurse  than   her  own,  is  first  hatched 
generally,  as   he  believes,  on  the   twelfth  or  thii-I 
teenth  day.    The  legitimate  eggs  are  hatched  about 
a  day  later,  and  the  young  are  often  stifled  by  the 
superior  size  of  the  stranger,  which  is  affectionately 
nursed  by  the  poor  dupe  of  a  dam  ;  when  the  young 
are  dead,  they  are  conveyed  to  a  distance  by  the  pa- 
rent and  dropped  ;  but  they  are  never  found  imme- 
diately below  the  nest,  as  would  be  the  case  if  they 
were  ejected  by  the  young  cow-bird,  as  is  done  by  the 
young  cuckoo.     "Indeed,"  continues  Mr.  Nuttall, 
•'  as  far  as  I  have  had  opportunity  of  observing  the 
foundling  shows  no  hostility  to  the  natural  brood  of 
his  nurses  ;  but  he  nearly  absorbs  their  whole  atten- 
tion, and  early  displays  his  characteristic  cunning 
and     self-pobsession.     When    fully    fledged,     they 
quickly  desert  their  foster-parent,  and  skulk  about 
in  the  woods,  until  at  length  they  instinctively  join 
company  with  those  of  the  same  feather;  and  now 
becoming  more  bold,  are  seen  in  parties  of  five  or 
SIX   in  the  fields  and  lanes  gleaning  their  accus- 
j  tomed   subsistence.     They    still,    however,   appear 
shy   and  watchful,   and   seem   too  selfish  to   study 
anything  more  than  their  own  security  and  advan- 
tage." 

The  cow-bird  is  but  a  poor  songster.  It  is  a 
migratory  species,  appearing  in  the  middle  and 
northern  States  of  the  Union  at  the  beginning  of 
April,  and  retiring  southwards  on  the  approach  of 
winter.  The  male  has  the  head  and  neck  blackish- 
brown,  the  rest  of  the  plumage  glossy  black,  with 
greenish  reflections  on  the  upper  parts,  and  a  violet 
lustre  on  the  breast.  The  female  is  sooty-brown 
above  and  pale  beneath,  as  are  also  the  youni',  with 
the  breast  spotted.  The  foremost  of  the%pner 
figures  is  the  male,  the  other  the  female  ;  the  lower 
a  young  bird. 

An  allied  species  (Le  Troupiale  Commun  of 
Azara),  seen  by  Darwin  in  large  flocks  near  Mal- 
donado,  is  said  to  have  the  same  habit  with  regard 
to  its  eggs  as  the  Moiothrus  Pecoris. 

2X2 


.••<v 


IM».— Btlttmoi*  Ori»le  ud  B^k  Siuki. 


IM4.— Ualtimore  Oriole  and  Nett. 


.i        \ 


1129.— liiaii  an'l  Foot  of  S:.uiing. 


J5»7.— Peniile  KcrtJ. 


11S6.-  Con-Troopiali. 


340 


f 


P. 


1532.— Java  Mino-Biid. 


Io30.— Eed-Villtd  Plqne-Bauf. 


1533.— Piping  Crow. 


-^^-M" 


1535 Satin-Bird. 


IMI.— YeUow-bOled  Myophonc. 


153e.— Head  and  Foot  of  Raven, 


1537, — Royiton  Crow. 


USS.— Head  and  Foot  of  Hook. 


342 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Crows 


1529.— Thb  Starling 
(Stumus   vulgaris).        Head    and    Foot.        Stare, 
English;    I'Etourneau    commun    of  the   French; 
Gemeiner  Star,  Bechstein. 
The  genus  Sturniw  is  the  typical  form  of  the 

E resent  family.  The  bill  is  depressed  from  the 
ase  as  far  as  the  tip,  which  is  slightly  inflected 
and  notched.  The  lateral  toes  are  equal;  the 
middle  as  long  as  the  tarsus;  wings  lengthened 
and  pointed. 

The  starling  is  generally  spread  over  Europe,  and 
also  inhabits  China,  the  Himalaya,  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope,  and  the  northern  region  of  Africa.  It 
is  common  in  our  islands,  and  is  often  kept  in  con- 
finement, becoming  very  familiar,  and  learning  to 
utter  tunes,  words,  and  even  sentences.  Its  natural 
song  is  a  low  sweet  warble. 

During  the  breeding-season  the  starling  lives  only 
in  pairs,  constructing  its  nest  in  the  crevices  of 
towers,  steeples,  old  ruins,  the  cliifs  of  rocks,  and 
even  the  deserted  nests  of  the  crow.  The  eggs  are 
pale  blue. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  breeding-season  starlings 
congregate  in  immense  flocks,  which,  often  inter- 
mingled with  rooks,  scatter  themselves  over  the 
fields  in  search  of  food,  and  mix  fearlessly  among 
the  grazing  cattle,  attracted  by  the  insects  settling 
on  their  hides  or  creeping  about  on  the  ground. 
On  the  approach  of  dusk  the  scattered  multitudes 
collect  into  one  vast  phalanx,  wheeling  and  sweep- 
ing through  the  air,  and  performing  the  most  beau- 
tiful aerial  evolutions,  as  if  obeying  definite  signals 
of  command,  while  the  assemblage  beai-s  on  to 
some  place  of  repose.  This  is  generally  a  thick 
coppice  or  extensive  reed-bed,  and  over  it  the  mass 
wheels  in  varying  figures,  now  sinking,  now  rising, 
now  suddenly  turning,  till  at  length  the  horde 
settles  for  the  night,  long  keeping  up  a  noisy  chat- 
tering concert. 

In  Ireland,  according  to  Mr.  W.  Thompson,  the 
starling  is  migratory,  their  southward  movement 
commencing  towards  the  end  of  September.  In 
our  island  this  bird  is  certainly  partially  migratory, 
quitting  one  part  of  the  country  for  another :  and 
we  may  readily  conclude  that  many  flocks  leave 
our  shores  for  a  more  southern  residence. 

The  starling  undergoes  several  changes  of  plu- 
mage before  acquiring  the  permanent  dress.  The 
young  during  the  first  autumn  are  of  a  uniform 
ashy  brown.  In  October  they  assume  a  plumage 
of  black,  with  bronze,  violet,  and  g.'een  reflections 
on  each  feather,  except  the  quill  and  tail  feathers, 
being  tipped  with  a  spot  of  yellowish  white.  This 
condition  of  plumage  lasts  till  the  third  year,  when 
the  bill  becomes  yellow,  and  the  throat  and  chest 
covered  with  loose  lanceolate  feathers,  of  a  rich 
black  with  purple  and  golden-green  reflections. 
The  head  and  under  parts  are  of  this  hue  also.  The 
back  is  greenish-black,  with  small  triangular  spots 
of  reddish  vfhite.  This  is  the  permanent  style  of 
plumage. 

Family  BUPHAGID^  (PIQUE-BCEUFS). 

This  family,  the  affinities  of  which  are  not  very 
clear,  though  in  some  points  we  trace  a  similarity 
to  the  SturnidsE,  contains  only  one  genus,  embracing 
a  limited  number  of  species.  The  bill  is  strong, 
large,  obtuse,  and  nearly  quadrangular;  the  lower 
mandible  is  stronger  than  the  upper,  and  both  are 
swollen  towards  the  point.  The  wings  are  mode- 
rate ;  the  toes  are  furnished  with  hooked  com- 
pressed claws.  We  believe  that  only  two  species 
are  known,  both  natives  of  Africa,  including  Mada- 
gascar. 

These  birds  live  on  the  parasitic  insects  infesting 
the  hides  of  quadrupeds,  and  on  the  larvae  hatched 
under  the  skin  of  the  larger  ruminants,  as  camels, 
oxen,  and  the  heavy  antelopes.  Fixed  on  their 
back  by  means  of  "  his  cramp-irons  of  claws,"  the 
Pique-boeuf  digs  and  squeezes  out  by  his  forceps  of 
a  beak  the  larvae  that  lil  beneath  the  festering  skin, 
to  the  patient's  real,  benefit,  who  patiently  submits 
to  the  operation. 

The   Buphaga  Africana  is  distributed    through 
Southern  Africa,  and  found  also  at  Senegal. 
1530. — The  Rkd-billed  PiQOK-BCErF 

(Buphar/a  erythrorhyncha).  This  species  is  a  native 
of  Northern  Africa,  and  has  been  brought  also  from 
Madagascar.  The  upper  parts,  neck,  and  throat 
are  ash-brown  glazed  with  bluish;  the  lower  parts 
are  of  a  yellowish  rust-colour  ;  the  bill  is  coral-red. 
Length  seven  inches :  about  a  third  less  than  the 
B.  Africana. 

Family  CORVIDiE  (CROWS). 

This  family  contains  an  extensive  series  of  birds, 
characterized  by  a  strong  conical  bill  more  or  less 
compressed  at  the  sides,  and  often  with  llie  ridge 
of  the  upper  mandible  arched.  The  nostrils  are 
covered  with  stiff  or  bristly  feathers  directed  for- 
wards, and  sometimes  with  a  close  velvet-like  tuft. 


The  CorvidtB  are  to  a  great  extent  omnivorous; 
they  are  bold,  cunning,  and  inquisitive,  and  are 
easily  tamed :  some  are  proverbial  for  their  imita- 
tive faculties  and  habits  of  pilfering.  The  instinct 
of  acquisitiveness,  whatever  the  organ  may  be,  is 
greatly  developed;  all  are  acquainted  with  the 
thievish  propensities  of  the  magpie  and  its  fondness 
for  glittering  objects. 

There  are,  however,  placed  provisionally  by 
many  naturalists  within  the  pale  of  this  family, 
several  genera,  which,  it  must  be  acknowledged, 
have  but  a  remote  affinity  to  the  true  Corvidse,  and 
ought  perhap  rather  to  be  collected  in  one  or  more 
distinct  family  groups,  than  assigned  to  any  yet 
established.  We  allude  to  the  genera  Eulabes 
(Mino-birds),  Barita  (Piping  Crows),  Myophonus, 
Ptilonorhynchus,  &c.,  of  which  we  have  pictorial 
examples. 

1531.— Thb  Ming-Bird 
{Eulabes  Tndlais,  Cuvier).  Gracula  religiosa,  Lin- 
naeus. The  genus  Eulabes  is  distinguished  by  a 
stout  compressed  beak,  deep  at  the  base.  The 
nostrils  are  round  ;  the  head  is  ornamented  with 
two  loose  hanging  folds  of  naked  skin.  In  habits 
and  manners  these  birds  resemble  the  starlings, 
frequenting  temples  and  buildings.  According  to 
Cuvier,  they  have  some  alliance  with  the  Rollers ; 
but  we  think,  with  Mr.  G.  R.  Cray,  that  they  form 
a  group  within  the  circle  of  the  Corvidae. 

The  Mino-bird,  Boo  and  Mencho  of  the  Javanese, 
Teeong  of  the  Sumatrans,  is  a  native  of  India  and 
the  Indian  Islands,  where  it  is  highly  valued 
for  its  powers  of  imitation,  easily  learning  to  re- 
peat not  only  words,  but  whole  phrases,  and  that 
with  surprising  distinctness.  Marsden  indeed  says 
that  it  has  the  faculty  of  imitating  human  speech 
in  greater  perfection  than  any  other  of  the  feathered 
tribe :  and  Bontius,  who  calls  it  Pica  seu  Sturnus 
Indicus,  celebrates  it  in  the  following  Latin  lines — 

"  Psittacus,  Eois  qiiamvis  tibi  missus  ab  oris 
Jussa  loquar ;  vincit  me  Sturnus  garrulus  Indus." 

In  captivity  this  bird  is  lively,  confident,  and 
docile,  and  bears  our  climate  well.  Its  colour  is  a 
deep  velvety  black,  with  a  white  mark  on  the  base 
of  the  quill-feathers.  The  bill  and  feet  are  yellow, 
the  occipital  wattles  and  a  naked  space  below  each 
eye  bright  orange-colour.  The  feathers  of  the 
forehead  and  around  the  base  of  the  beak  are  short 
and  velvety.  Size  that  of  a  thrush :  insects  and 
fruits  constitute  its  food. 

1532. — The  Java  Mino-Bird 

(Eulabes  Javanvs,  Cuv.).  In  general  form  and 
habits  this  species  agrees  with  the  preceding,  but 
is  destitute  of  the  white  bar  on  the  wing,  and  has 
the  beak  more  crooked  at  the  tip,  without  the  trace 
of  a  notch  ;  the  naked  space  on  the  cheeks  is  more 
contracted,  and  runs  into  the  occipital  wattles. 

1533.— The  Piping  Crow 

(Barita  Tihicen).  The  genus  Barita,  assigned  by 
Cuvier  to  the  Shrikes,  but  regarded  by  Vigors  as 
one  of  the  Corvidae,  has  the  bill  hard,  long,  and 
powerful,  convex  above,  slightly  hooked  at  the  tip, 
near  which  both  mandibles  are  notched.  Nostrils 
lateral ;  legs  stout.  The  birds  of  this  genus  may 
be  appropriately  termed  Shrike-Crows:  they  form 
the  genus  Cracticusof  Vieillot. 

The  Piping  Crow  is  common  in  New  South  Wales, 
inhabiting  the  Blue  Mountains  in  small  flocks,  and 
as  Caley  informs  us,  on  the  authority  of  the  natives, 
building  in  trees,  its  nest  consisting  of  sticks  lined 
with  grass.  It  is  said  to  make  a  loud  whistling 
noise  when  perched  high  on  the  trees  early  in  the 
morning,  and  not  to  be  migratory.  In  captivity  it 
is  very  amusing,  from  its  powers  of  mimicry ;  it 
imitates  the  voices  of  men  and  animals,  and  easily 
learns  to  whistle  tunes,  its  notes  being  clear  and 
powerful. 

This  species  is  less  than  the  common  crow  in 
size ;  tVie  back  of  the  neck,  the  back  and  shoulders , 
and  the  bases  of  the  wing-coverts  are  greyish-white  ; 
there  is  some  pure  white  at  the  base  of  the  tail ; 
the  rest  of  the  plumage  is  deep  black ;  legs  dusky ; 
bill  bluish  at  the  base  and  black  at  the  tip. 

1534. — The  Yellow-Billeo  Myophone 

{Myophonus  flavirostris).  The  birds  of  this  genus 
are  all  Oriental.  They  are  characterized  by  a  large 
strong  bill,  furnished  at  the  gape  with  some  bristles 
and  feathers  turned  forwards;  the  wings  are  rounded ; 
the  nasal  depression  is  membianous  and  suboval ; 
the  tail  rounded.  It  is  very  questionable  whether 
this  genus  really  belongs  to  the  Corvidae. 

Mr.  Gould,  who  has  figured  and  described  two 
species  in  his  'Century,'  viz.,  M.  Horsfieldii  and 
M.  Temminckii,  observes  that  with  respect  to  their 
habits  little  can  be  said  with  any  certainty,  but 
from  their  lengthened  tarsi  and  general  stiiicture 
they  apparently  depend  in  a  great  measure  for  their 
subsistence  upon  worms,  insects,  and  larvae ;  the 


manners  of  M.  Temminckii  on  the  ground  are  said 
to  resemble  those  of  our  common  blackbird. 

The  Yellow-billed  Myophone  is  a  native  of  Java  : 
its  plumage  is  of  a  deep  blue-black  with  a  splendid 
metallic  lustre ;  the  bill  is  of  a  rich  yellow ;  the 
feet  are  black. 

1535.— The  Satis-Bird 
(Ptilonorhynchus  sericeus,  Kuhl,  Gould.  See.).    Satin 
Grakle  of  Latham  ;  Kitta  holosericea,  Temminck. 

This  splendid  bird  must  be  enumerated  among 
those  of  which  the  true  situation  in  the  natural 
arrangement  of  birds  is  doubtful.  The  bill  is  short,' 
thick,  convex,  compressed  on  the  sides,  with  the 
nostrils,  by  the  silky  feathers  of  the  forehead,  and  a 
row  of  small  bristles ;  the  wings  are  pointed  ;  the 
legs  and  feet  robust. 

The  male  is  of  a  rich  brilliant-blackish  blue  ;  the 
quills  aud  tail-feathers  dead-black  ;  a  double  row  of 
silky  and  velvety  bluish-black  feathers  at  the  base  of 
the  beak:  length  thirteen  inches.  In  the  female  the 
upper  parts  are  of  an  olive-green ;  the  quills  and 
tail-feathers  of  a  red-brown ;  the  wing-coverts  varied 
with  brown  and  dusky  olive ;  the  under  parts  green- 
ish, barred  with  black  ;  the  front  of  the  neck  marked 
with  whitish  horizontal  spots  bordered  with  black 
dashes. 

The  Satin-bird  frequents  the  cedar-brushes  and 
dense  thickets  of  New  South  Wales,  to  which  dis- 
trict it  appears  to  be  confined:  in  its  habits  it  is  shy 
and  recluse,  and  few  males  are  to  be  seen  in  their 
brilliant  plumage,  which  is  not  attained  until  the 
third  year;  flocks  of  young  birds,  however,  resem- 
bling the  female  in  plumage,  are  occasionally  to  be 
seen  on  the  skirts  of  the  brush,  but  the  adult  birds 
are  not  to  be  observed  without  care  and  .persever- 
ance. This  is  one  of  the  bower-building  birds,  con- 
structing a  bower,  or  run,  by  means  of  two  short 
parallel  hedges  composed  of  twigs  interlaced  toge- 
ther, so  artfully  arranged  that  the  inner  aspect  of  each 
artificial  hedge  is  smooth,  offering  no  impediment  to 
the  passage  of  the  birds,  while  the  outside  is  rough 
with  the  projecting  ends  and  bifurcations  of  the  twigs. 
The  floor  of  this  run,  or  short  avenue,  consists  of 
sticks  strewn  with  shells  and  bones,  and  the  bower 
itself  is  ornamented  with  the  brilliant  feathers  of 
various  parrakeets.  Here  the  birds  play,  and  sport- 
ively pursue  each  other,  perpetually  traversing  the 
avenue.  This,  however,  is  not  their  nest,  which  is 
so  artfully  concealed  that  it  has  not  been  discovered 
even  by  the  sharp-eyed  natives. 

The  Satin-bird  utters  two  difterent  strains ;  one  of 
rich  and  melodious  notes,  the  other  a  harsh  cry  in- 
dicative of  alarm  or  anger.  See  Gould's  '  Birds  of 
Australia,'  in  which  the  habits  of  this  bird  and  an 
allied  species  (Chlamydera  nuchalis)  are  fully  de- 
tailed. 

1536.— The  Raven 

(CoTvus'Corax,  Linn.),  Head  and  Foot.  Le  Corbeau 
of  the  French;  Kolkrabe  of  the  Germans.  The 
genus  Corvus,  containing  the  r.aven,  rook,  crow,  jack- 
daw, &c.,  presents  us  with  the  typical  forms  of  the 
present  family ;  and  is  widely  spread,  some  of  the 
species  being  found  in  every  quarter  of  the  globe. 
The  bill  is  strong,  conical,  oultrated,  straight  at  the 
base,  but  bending  slightly  at  the  tip ;  the  nostrils 
are  covered  by  stiff  reflected  bristly  feathers. 

The  raven  is  common  over  the  whole  of  Europe 
and  a  great  portion  of  Asia :  few  birds  have  ob- 
tained a  greater  share  of  notoriety.  Among  the 
Romans  it  was  a  bird  of  augury,  and  its  flight,  its 
hoarse  croak,  and  actions,  were  regarded  as  the 
presages  of  good  or  evil.  It  was  the  military 
standard  of  the  Danes,  an  omen  indeed  of  approach- 
ing desolation  ;  and  adopted,  perhaps,  in  compli- 
ance with  popular  superstition,  which  rendered  the 
bird  itself  an  object  of  dread — the  forehoder  of  ca- 
lamity, disease,  and  death.     Thus  in  '  Macbeth,' 

*'  Tlie  raven  himself  is  hoarse 
Tliat  croaks  the  fetal  entrance  of  Duncan 
Under  my  battlements." 

The  raven  is  a  bold,  hardy,  powerful  bird,  of  omni- 
vorous habits,  feeding  on  carrion,  and  attacking 
ducks,  chickens,  and  small  quadrupeds,  which  its 
strong  pointed  beak  enables  it  to  despatch  with  a 
few  strokes.  It  even  assaults  young  lambs  and 
sickly  sheep,  picking  out  their  eyes,  and  leaving 
them  to  a  miserable  lingering  death.  In  addition 
to  these,  eggs,  grain,  grubs,  reptiles,  and  shelled 
mollusks  are  among  the  articles  of  its  bill  of  fare. 
It  sometimes  visits  the  seashore  in  search  of  putrid 
fish  and  animal  exuviae. 

The  favourite  resorts  of  this  bird  are  bold  moun- 
tain precipices,  where,  in  some  inaccessible  ledge — 
or,  as  we  have  seen,  on  the  branches  of  some 
stunted  yew-tree,  starting  as  it  were  out  of  the  rifts 
of  the  tremendous  precipice — it  builds  its  nest, 
occupying  the  same  spot  for  a  long  succession  of 
years.  In  districts  where  the  character  of  the 
scenei-y  is  different,  it  makes  its  nest  in  tall  trees, 
which  it  annually  visits  for  the  same  purpose.  The 
nest  is  composed  of  sticks  and  lined  with  wool. 
The  eggs,  from  five  to  seven  in  number,  are  of  a 


Crows.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


343 


dark  Rreen,  blotched  with  black.  Ravens  are  ge- 
nerally seen,  like  the  crow,  in  pairs,  but  sometimes 
during  the  winter  in  small  companies  of  eight  or 
ten ;  their  flight  is  high,  and  they  often  wheel  and 
tumble  in  the  air.  This  bird,  arrayed  in  glossy 
blue-black  plumage,  is  often  kept  tame,  and  soon 
becomes  very  familiar  ;  often  indeed  mischievously 
so,  from  its  propensity  to  secrete  glittering  articles, 
as  keys,  glass,  silver,  and  the  like  ;  nor  are  eggs  or 
the  poultry  of  the  yard  quite  secure  from  its  incur- 
sions. It  is  very  daring  in  self-defence.  Mr. 
Thompson  states  that  one  which  lived  in  the  yard 
attached  to  the  chief  inn  at  Antrim  for  about  fif- 
teen years,  had  occasional  encounters  with  game- 
cocks, brought  thither  to  engage  it ;  and  bets  were 
pending  on  the  issue.  The  raven  in  every  instance 
proved  the  victor ;  it  avoided  the  blows  of  the 
cock,  and  acted  only  on  the  defensive  until  it  could 
manage  to  lay  hold  of  the  cock's  head,  which  was 
in  an  instant  crushed  in  its  powerful  beak,  its  anta- 
gonist falling  lifeless  on  the  ground.  The  length  of 
the  raven  is  twenty-six  inches. 

1537. — The  Rotstos  Chow 

{Corviis  Coniix);  Hooded  Crow  ;  Grey  Crow.  It  is 
the  Corneille  mantelee  of  the  French  ;  Kraka  of 
the  Swedes  ;  Grau  Knihe  of  the  Germans  ;  Mulac- 
chia,  Cornacchia,  and  Corvo  palumbino  of  the  Ita- 
lians. This  species  is  widely  spread  over  Europe, 
being  migratory,  except  in  Italy,  according  to  the 
Prince  of  Canino ;  and  in  Ireland,  as  Mr.  Thompson 
assures  us,  and  the  western  and  northern  parts  of 
Scotland.  It  was  found  at  Smyrna  by  Mr.  Strick- 
land, and  it  inhabits  the  Grecian  Archipelago,  the 
countries  between  the  Black  and  Caspian  Seas. 
Latham  states  that  it  is  common  in  some  parts  of 
India. 

In  the  southern  parts  of  England  the  hooded  crow 
is  a  winter  visitor,  departing  northwards  in  April ; 
though  there  are  instances  of  its  remaining  during 
the  summer  to  breed.     In   the  north  and  west  of 
Scotland,  and  in  the  Hebrides,  Orkney,  and  Shet- 
land Isles,  it  is  very  common ;  and  also  in  Ireland, 
frequenting  the   seashore  and  the  banks  of  tidal 
rivers;    but   it  is  also  to  be   seen  far  inland.     It 
builds  on  rocks,  as  well  as  in  tall  trees,  the  beech  or 
pine  being  usually  selected.     Mollusks,  crabs,  and 
the  dead  animal  matters  left  by  the  retiring  tide 
are  its  common  articles  of  diet ;   and  it  has  been 
often  observed  to  soar  aloft,  and  drop  a  shell-fish  on  '< 
the  rocks  from  its  elevation,  in  order,  as  is  asserted,  | 
to    obtain    the    included    delicacy.      During    the  ! 
breeding-season  it  is  very  destructive,  according  to  j 
Mr.  Selby,  to  the  eggs  and  young  of  the  red  grouse,  I 
and,  like  the  raven,  will  frequently  attack  lambs  and  | 
weakly  sheep.     It  is  generally  seen  in  paire  but  I 
sometimes  in  small  flocks.     The  plumage  of  this  j 
species  is  of  a  fine  ash-grey,  excepting  the  head, 
throat,  wings,  and  tail,  which  are  black,  with  blue  \ 
and  green  reflexions.      Length  twenty-two  inches,    j 

1538.— The  Rook  } 

(Comis  frugilegvs),  Head  and  Foot.  Graye, 
Grolle,  Freux,  and  Frayonne  of  the  French  ; 
Schwartze  Kriihe  of  the  Germans ;  Roka  of  the 
Swedes  ;  Cornacchia  nera  and  Comacchione  of  the 
Italians  :  Ydfran  of  the  ancient  British. 

The  rook  is  spread  over  the  greater  portion  of  | 
Europe,  wherever  suitable  districts  invite  its  coloniza- 
tion. Wooded  and  cultivated  tracts  of  country  are 
its  favourite  haunts,  and  in  our  island  it  is  particu- 
larly abundant-  In  its  habits  it  is  eminently  gre- 
garious, associating  in  flocks,  which  scatter  them- 
selves over  fields  and  corn-lands  in  quest  of  food. 
They  follow  the  track  of  the  plough  or  the  harrow, 
clearing  the  soil  of  grubs,  the  laivse  of  the  chaffer- 
beetle  (Melolantha  vulgaris)  and  of  the  Harry- 
long-legs  (Tipula  oleracea),  which  are  particularly 
destructive  to  the  roots  of  grain  and  clover.  The 
service  they  render  the  farmer  in  this  respect  is 
very  great,  and  far  counterbalances  the  mischief 
they  may  do  in  fields  where  the  young  blades  of 
wheat  are  just  starting  above  the  ground,  or  by 
picking  up  the  newly-planted  "cuttings"  of  pota- 
toes, to  the  detriment  of  the  crop.  The  rook  docs 
not  in  fact  deserve  the  name  of  corn-eater  or  corn-  , 
gatherer  (frugilegus),  and  Mr.  Selby  asserts  that  i 
wherever  its  extirpation  has  been  effected,  the  most  j 
serious  injury  to  the  corn  and  other  crops  has  ! 
invariably  followed,  from  the  unchecked  devasta- 
tions of  the  grub  and  caterpillar.  In  orchards  and 
gardens  the  rook  occasionally  does  mischief,  from 
Its  partiality  to  ripe  cherries,  pears,  and  walnuts, 
soon  stripping  the  trees  of  their  produce.  But  all 
the  injury  which  this  bird  commits  may  be  easily 
obviated  by  attentive  watching  at  the  proper  time, 
and  its  services  thus  secured  unalloyed.  While  en- 
gaged on  their  foraging  expeditions,  these  birds 
display  much  cunning  and  precaution ;  they  have 
•entinels  scattered  around  the  main  body,  upon 
whose  cry  of  alarm  they  all  rise  upon  the  wing  and 
sail  away.  The  very  sight  of  a  gun  is  sufficient  to 
disturb  them,  and  hence  it  is  often  said  that  "rooks 


smell  powder."  As  evening  approaches,  long  strings 
of  these  birds,  at  a  considerable  elevation,  may  be 
seen  wending  their  way  to  their  roosting-place.  In 
the  early  spring,  the  rooks  are  all  on  the  alert,  busy 
in  their  rookery,  repairing  the  old  nests  and  con- 
structing new  ones ;  all  is  noise  and  bustle,  and 
many  are  the  squabbles  about  the  right  of  sticks 
and  vvool,till  the  nests  are  all  ultimately  completed. 
When  the  females  begin  to  lay,  they  are  fed  by  the 
males,  and,  as  Gilbert  White  says,  receive  their 
bounty  with  a  fond  tremulous  voice  and  fluttering 
wings,  and  all  the  little  blandishments  that  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  young  in  a  helpless  state.  This 
gallant  deportment  of  the  males  is  continued  during 
the  whole  season  of  incubation.  Fig.  1539  repre- 
sents a  rookery.  The  partiality  of  these  birds  to 
their  accustomed  breeding-places  is  notorious,  so 
that  though  their  trees,  once  in  the  fields,  become 
in  process  of  time  encircled  by  buildings,  they  still 
remain  inhabited  by  the  colony.  There  were 
formerly  rookeries  in  different  parts  of  the  metro- 
polis :  one  is  on  record  ashavingbeenlongfrequented 
in  the  Temple  Gardens.  There  was  another  ex- 
tensive establishment  in  the  Gardens  of  Carlton 
Palace,  which,  when  the  trees  were  cut  down  in  the 
spring  of  1827,  was  removed  to  the  trees  behind 
New  Street,  Spring  Gardens ;  and  there  is  one  on 
the  trees  near  Fife  House,  at  the  back  of  White- 
hall. The  trees  in  St.  Dunstan's  Churchyard,  not 
far  from  the  Tower,  and  those  in  the  College  Gar- 
den behind  the  Ecclesiastical  Court  in  Doctors' 
Commons,  were  formerly  tenanted  by  rooks.  At 
Newcastle  a  rookery,  according  to  Bingley,  existed 
at  no  great  distance  from  the  Exchange ;  and  it  is 
said  that  a  pair  of  rooks,  after  an  Ousuccessful  at- 
tempt to  establish  themselves  in  it,  took  refuge  on 
the  Exchange  spire,  and  succeeded  in  building  a 
nest  on  the  fop  of  the  vane,  frequenting  the  same 
spot  every  year  till  1793,  soon  after  which  the  spire 
was  taken  down.    (See  Fig.  1540.) 

Around  the  base  of  the  rook's  bill  is  a  space 
denuded  of  feathers,  which  does  not  appear  till  the 
bird  is  adult,  and  which  is  by  some  attributed  to 
the  habit  of  the  bird  in  thrusting  its  beak  into  the 
earth  in  quest  of  grubs  and  worms,  and  by  which 
means  the  feathers  are  worn  away.  Whether  it 
results  from  this  cause,  or  is  a  specific  character 
(for  it  occurs  in  other  birds)  and  indicative  of  ma- 
turity, is  a  question  not  settled.  For  ourselves  we 
cannot  see  how  the  digging  is  to  produce  it,  and 
that  too  to  the  same  extent  in  every  individual. 

1541. — The  Philippine  Crow 

{Corapica  Sinensis,  Lesson).  This  species,  with 
another,  the  Kitta  thalassina  of  Temminck,  consti- 
tutes the  genus  Corapica  of  Lesson,  the  situation  of 
which  is  by  no  means  clear.  Lesson,  though  he  allows 
that  the  genus  exhibits  the  forms  of  the  Rollers  and 
Crows,  thinks  it  would  be  better  placed  among  the 
dentirostral  group.  The  true  Rollers,  we  conceive, 
have  little  alliance  with  the  Corvid®. 

In  this  genus  the  bill  is  robust,  the  point  is  re- 
curved, and  slightly  notched,  with  the  nostrils  fur- 
nished with  short  bristles. 

The  present  species  is  a  native  of  the  Philippine 
Islands  :    it  is  about  eleven  inches  in  length :   the 
bill  is  red,  the  legs  reddish.     The  head  is  crested  ' 
with   loose   feathers.     General   colour  of  plumage  i 
above  pale  green,  clouded  with  a  yellowish-green  | 
tint ;  a  black  band  encloses  the  eye  and  runs  round  I 
the  back  of  the  neck  ;  throat  of  a  yellowish-green  ;  j 
lesser  wing-coverts  brown  ;  quill-feathers  olive  on 
their  external   edge ;    the  secondaries   terminated 
with  greenish-white.    Of  his  habits  we  have  no 
details. 

1542.— The  Amebican  Blue  Jay 

(Gairulus  cristatus).  Cyanocorax  cristatus,  Boie. 
Our  European  .Jay,  with  which  all  are  familiar,  is  a 
very  beautiful  bird,  but  not  to  be  compared  with 
the  Blue  Jay  of  America.  This  elegant  species, 
.arrayed  in  blue  varied  with  purple  and  white,  and 
barred  on  the  wings  and  tail  with  black,  is  a  native 
of  the  woods  of  North  America,  and  is  remarkable 
for  its  noisy  chattering,  its  variety  of  tones,  its 
screams,  cries,  and  squalling.  It  is  a  shy  recluse 
liird,  tenanting  the  recesses  of  the  forest  with  its 
male,  but  in  the  months  of  September  and  October 
uniting  into  flocks  of  forty  or  fift)-,  which  straggle 
irregularly  through  the  woods  in  search  of  food, 
acorns  and  berries. 

During  this  season  they  lose  part  of  their  shyness, 
and  keep  chattering  to  each  other  in  a  variety  of 
strange  and  querulous  notes. 

The  blue  jay  builds  a  large  nest,  frequently  in  the 
cedar,  sometimes  in  an  apple-tree,  and  lines  it  with 
dry  fibrous  roots.  The  eggs,  five  in  number,  are  of 
a  dull  olive,  spotted  with  brown.  "  The  male  is 
particularly  careful  of  not  being  heard  near  the 
place,  making  his  visits  as  silently  and  secretly  as 
possible.  His  favourite  food  is  chestnuts,  acorns, 
and  Indian  corn ;  he  occasionally  feeds  on  the  cater- 
pillars, and  sometimes  pays  a  plundering  visit  to  the 


orchard,  cherry-row,  and  potato  patch."  He  also 
plunders  the  nests  of  small  birds  of  their  eggs  and 
young,  tearing  the  callow  brood  by  piecemeal,  and 
spreading  alarm  and  sorrow  around  him.  Sometimes 
he  will  assault  and  kill  full-grown  birds,  as  warblers 
and  finches,  and  devour  them. 

To  owls  and  hawks  the  blue  jay  manifests  the  most 
inveterate  antipathy,  and  joins  with  others  to  make 
a  train  of  persecutoi-s,  which  daringly  annoy  and  tor- 
ment the  common  enemy,  till  the  hawk,  singling  out 
the  foremost,  darts  at  it,  and  bears  it  off  in  triumph, 
when  in  confusion  and  terror  the  crowd  take  flight 
in  different  directions. 

In  captivity  the  blue  jay  soon  becomes  familiar, 
and  readily  learns  to  utter  words  and  sentences; 
but,  like  all  its  race,  it  pilfers  everything  it  can 
carry  away,  hiding  the  stolen  efi"efcts  in  various  holes 
and  corners. 

The  common  jay  of  Europe,  too  well  known  to 
need  a  detailed  description,displays  very  closely  the 
same  habits  and  manners  as  its  American  relative, 
and  is  equally  noted  for  its  variety  of  tones  and 
harsh  cries,  for  its  plundering  propensities,  and  par- 
tiality for  acorns,  beech-mast,  &c.,  as  well  as  for 
cherries  and  peas.  It  breeds  in  the  thickest  coverts. 
The  nest  consists  of  a  cap-shaped  basket  of  matted 
roots,  externally  defended  by  an  outer  case  of  inter- 
twined twigs,  which  also  form  a  sort  of  platform, 
secured  to  the  fork  of  the  branch  on  which  the 
structure  re.sts. 

The  eggs  are  pale  blue,  thatched  with  yellowish 
brown.  Fig.  1543  represents  the  nest  of  the  Euro- 
pean jay  (Garrulus  glandarius).  , 

1 544. — Cbypsirina, 

Bill  of.  Crypsirina  is  the  generic  title  given  by 
M.Vieillottoa  group  of  birds  termed,  by  LeVaillant, 
Temia,  and  from  which  the  genus  Phrenotrix  of 
Dr.  Horsfield  can  scarcely  be  separated.  M.  Tem- 
minck ranges  them  under  the  title  of  Glaucopis. 

Cuvier  remarks,  that  these  birds  have  the  carriage 
and  tail  of  the  Magpies,  an  elevated  bill  with  the 
upper  mandible  convex,  and  the  base  furnished  with 
velvety  feathers,  nearly  as  in  the  Birds  of  Paradise. 
The  species  most  anciently  known  is,  he  observes, 
the  Corvus  varians  of  Latham,  which  is  of  a  bronzed 
green  colour,  and  found  in  India  and  Africa. 

Mr.  Svvainson  thus  characterises  Crypsirina : — 
Bill  shorter  than  the  head,  much  compressed  ;  the 
culmen  considerably  arched,  and  curved  from  the 
base.  Nostrils  small,  basal,  concealed  by  incum- 
bent feathers,  which  are  either  soft  or  setaceous. 
Wings  short,  much  rounded ;  the  primaries  hardly 
longer  than  the  secondaries.  Tail-feathers  broad 
and  obtuse.  Feet  moderate,  arboreal.  The  middle 
toe  and  claw  short,  but  as  long  as  the  tarsus. 

1545. — The  Wandering  Pie 
{Crypsirina  vagahimdd).  Pica  vagabunda,  Wag- 
ler  ;  Dendrocitta  vagabunda,  Gould.  This  bird, 
which  is  a  native  of  the  Himalaya  Mountains, 
is  thus  described  by  Gould,  in  his  '  Century : ' — 
"  The  specific  denomination  of  this  bird  is  be- 
stowed upon  it  in  consequence  of  its  peculiar  habit 
of  life.  The  Pica  vagabunda,  or  Wandering  Pie, 
unlike  the  typical  Pies,  who  remain  constantly  sta- 
tionary in  one  neighbourhood,  seeking  for  their  food 
in  its  vicinity,  wanders  from  place  to  place,  travel- 
ling over  a  large  space  of  ground,  and  not  evincing 
a  partiality  for  any  particular  situation.  The  shorter 
tarsus  of  this  bird,  indeed,  and  its  more  elongated 
tail,  are  indicative  of  trees  being  its  most  usual 
resort,  where  fruits  and  berries  ofter  a  supply  of  its 
natural  food  ;  whereas  in  the  more  typical  Picte  the 
longer  tarsus  and  more  elongated  beak  fit  them  for 
digging  in  the  ground,  in  which  they  almost  solely 
seek  for  subsistence.  This  species  is  more  widely 
distributed  than  any  of  its  congeners,  being  found 
in  considerable  abundance  all  over  India.  The 
head,  neck,  and  crest  are  of  a  smoke  colour 
or  a  blackish  grey ;  the  back  light  cinnamon ;  the 
centre  of  the  wings  grey;  the  quills  black;  tail 
grey,  each  feather  being  tipped  largely  with  black  ; 
the  under  surface  is  pale-tawny ;  the  beak  and  tarsi 
black.  Length  sixteen  inches  and  a  half;  beak  one 
and  a  quarter ;  tarsi  one  and  a  quarter ;  tail  ten 
inches." 

1546. — The  Benteot 

{Crypsirina  Temia).  Phrenotrix  Temia,  Horsfield. 
Dr.  Horsfield,  who  gives  Corvus  varians  as  the 
synonym  of  his  Phrenotrix  Temia  (the  Chekifut  or 
Benteot  of  the  Javanese),  states  that  although  not  a 
rare  bird  in  Java,  his  Phrenotrix  is  by  no  means 
familiar,  and  never  approaches  the  villages  and 
habitations,  like  many  others.  "  It  can  only  be 
observed  near  solitary  hamlets  situated  in  tracts 
recently  cleared  for  cultivation,  where  its  food  is 
abundantly  supplied  by  the  insects  contained  in  the 
rich  mould,  and  by  the  wild  fruit-trees  about  the 
skirts.  In  consequence  of  the  shortness  of  the  wings, 
its  motions  are  slow  ;  it  is  chiefly  seen  about  noon 
sailing  heavily  through    the  air  in  a  right  line 


15-17.— Trimmeil  Tio. 


IMO.— Rookery  on  NevcuUe  Exchange  Spire. 

344 


5i46.— BfllUot. 


1543.— Neit  of  European  Jay. 


0.44. 


I5j3,— TliO  Inomparalile. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATUKE.] 


16S0.— P»nder'«  Podoces. 


34d 


S46 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Crows. 


towards  the  trees  surrounding  the  openin(^  in  the  | 
torest.    The  streni^th  of  the  bill  and  of  the  claws 
shows  its  adaptation  to  feed  on  fruit  and  insects." 
(  '  Zoological  Researches  in  Java.')  General  colour 
•ooty  green,  with  bronzed  reflexions. 
1547.— Thk  Trimmeb-Pm 

(Cryptiraa  temnura,  Swainson).  Glaucopis  tem- 
nura,  Forster :  Uala>as  temnura,  Vieillot.  This  bird, 
which  is  a  native  of  Cochin-China,  is  about  twelve 
inches  in  length.  It  is  remarkable  for  a  tail  of  gra- 
duated feathers,  each  appearing  as  if  cut  and 
trimmed  at  the  tip  with  a  pair  of  scissors.  The 
whole  of  the  plumage  is  black,  a  little  lustrous  on 
the  wings  and  tail.    Of  its  habits  little  is  known. 

1548. — ^Th«  Nkst  of  the  Magpie 

{Pica  caudata,  Ray).  Pica  melanoleuca,  Vieillot ; 
Corvus  Pica,  Linngeus.  The  magpie  is  a  native  of 
Europe  generally,  and  is  common  in  our  island, 
where  it  is  noted  for  its  destructiveness  among 
the  young  broods  of  feathered  game,  as  pheasants, 
partridges,  &c.  Nothing,  in  fact,  comes  amiss  to 
its  voracious  appetite — eggs,  carrion,  frogs,  mice, 
insects,  fruits,  and  grain,  are  all  acceptable  :  and  it 
is  hated  alike  by  the  farmer  and  the  gamekeeper. 
It  must,  however,  be  confessed  that,  plunderer  as  it 
is,  it  is  an  interesting  bird.  It  is  active,  daring, 
animated,  and  intelligent ;  it  is  the  first  to  give 
shrill  warning  of  the  approach  of  the  skulking  fox, 
the  cat,  the  hawk,  and  the  owl,  and  no  bird  harasses 
the  intruder  with  greater  pertinacity.  Resolutely 
does  it  defend  its  nest,  but  it  is  too  ready  to  attack 
those  of  other  species,  which  it  mercilessly  despoils  ; 
sometimes,  however,  meeting  with  a  signal  defeat. 

The  magpie  is  generally  seen  in  pairs,  but  very 
early  in  the  spring,  as  we  have  often  witnessed, 
several  assemble  together,  and  in  some  retired  field, 
or  on  the  skirts  of  a  wood  or  coppice,  appear  to 
hold  a  sort  of  conference,  during  which  they  utter 
a  clamorous  chattering.  On  being  suddenly  dis- 
turbed, they  take  to  flight  in  different  directions. 

The  nest  of  this  bird  is  a  substantial  edifice, 
generally  placed  in  the  top  of  a  tall  tree,  or  amidst 
the  dense  branches  of  an  elevated  old  hawthorn. 
It  consists  of  an  external  basket-work  of  sticks, 
mostly  thorns,  well  united  together,  those  forming 
the  foundation  beingmixed  with  turf  and  clay.  The 
inside  of  this  basket-work,  which  is  in  the  form  of  a 
circular  cup,  is  lined  with  a  thick  layer  of  well- 
wrought  clay,  over  which  is  arranged  an  inner  layer 
of  pliable  roots  and  fibres  neatly  interwoven.  The 
whole  is  then  covered  with  an  elevated  dome 
composed  of  entertwined  sticks  of  the  thorn  or  the 
blackthorn ;  this  is  evidently  intended  as  a  frame- 
work of  defence  :  an  aperture  is  left  in  the  side  for 
the  ingress  and  egress  of  the  bird.  The  whole  mass 
is  of  large  size,  and  on  the  open-topped  elm  or  ash 
near  the  farm  or  cottage  of  the  labourer  the  dark 
ball  is  a  conspicuous  object.  The  eggs  are  of  a 
greenish-white  mottled  with  brown.  In  captivity 
the  magpie  is  very  amusing  from  its  archness  and 
cunning  ;  it  is  fond  of  stealing  slily  behind  people 
and  suddenly  pecking  their  heels  and  then  rapidly 
hopping  away.  Glittering  things  attract  its  curiosity 
and  excite  its  cupidity,  and  many  a  lost  article  is 
often  recovered  from  the  hiding-place  to  which  it  is 
in  the  habit  of  carrying  its  plunder,  and  which  by 
watching  its  movements  may  be  detected. 

1549. — ^The  Notcbackkr 

(Nucifagra  cart/ocaiactes).  Corvus  caryocatactess, 
Linnaeus  ;  Casse-noix  of  the  French  ;  Nocciolaja 
of  the  Italians :  Kurz  und  Langschnabliger  Nuss- 
knacker  of  Brehm :  Tanner  Heher  (Fine  Jay)  or 
TUrkischer  Hobzschreyer  of  Frisch :  Notwecka, 
Notkraka,  of  the  Swedes  ;  Noddekrige  of  the  Nor- 
wegians ;  Aderyn  y  Crau  of  the  ancient  British, 

Among  the  birds  which  prove  how  difiicult  it  is 
to  frame  a  system  illustrative  of  natural  affinities 
may  be  enumerated  the  present.  The  nutcracker 
in  its  general  habits  and  manners  resembles  the  jay, 
but  in  many  particulars  it  approximates  to  the 
woodpeckers ;  it  climbs  about  the  branches,  using 
its  tail  as  a  support,  the  feathers  of  which  are  often 
much  worn  ;  it  bores  the  bark  in  search  of  insects, 
and  it  nestles  in  the  hollow  of  trees.  Ornithologists 
have,  however,  almost  universally  referred  it  to  the 
CorvidfiB,  between  which  and  the  woodpeckers  it 
forms  a  link  of  union. 

This  species  is  of  rare  occurrence  in  our  island, 
being  only  a  casual  visitor,  but  is  abundant  in  the 
mountain  forests  of  Norway,  Sweden,  and  parts  of 
Germany,  and  in  some  districts  is  a  bird  of  passage. 
It  is  found  also  abundantly  in  Russia  and  Northern 
Asia.  The  food  of  the  nutcracker  consists  of  the 
seeds  of  the  pine,  berries,  and  nuts,  which  latter  it 
breaks  by  repeated  strokes  of  the  bill ;  it  also  devours 
insects  and  their  larvae,  in  quest  of  which  it  climbs 
about  the  trunk  and  branches,  tapping  the  bark 
with  its  bill,  and  inserting  it  into  the  crevices.  It 
is  mostly  seen  in  flocks,  which  allow  of  a  near 
approach,  especially  while  busily  engaged  with  the 


cones  of  the  pine-trees.  The  holes  of  decayed 
trees  are  the  places  selected  by  this  bird  for  nid  ifica- 
tion,  and  frequently  enlarges  the  cavity  with  its 
bill.  The  eggs  are  of  a  yellowish-grey  colour,  with 
a  few  spots  of  bright  grey-brown.  Temminck  states 
that  the  nutcracker  sometimes  devours  young  birds 
and  eggs,  like  the  jay. 

In  size  the  nutcracker  equals  a  jackdaw,  but  the 
tail  is  longer  and  the  form  more  slender.  The 
plumage  is  reddish  umber-brown  ;  the  body,  with 
the  exception  of  the  head  and  rump,  being  dappled 
with  large  white  spots,  which  occupy  the  centre  of 
each  feather ;  wings  and  tail  blackish  shot  with 
green,  the  feathers  of  the  latter,  except  the  two 
middle  ones,  tipped  with  white  ;  the  plumage  of 
the  female  is  less  lively,  the  bill  is  longer  than  the 
head,  and  conical ;  the  nostrils  are  concealed  by 
hairs  directed  forwards  ;  and  of  the  anterior  toes  the 
two  outer  ones  are  united  at  their  base. 

An  allied  species,  Nucifraga  hemispila,  is  a  native 
of  the  forests  of  the  Himalaya  range  (see  Gould's 
•  Century').  The  Prince  of  Canino  refei-s  the  Corvus 
Columbianus  of  Wilson  (a  native  of  the  western 
parts  of  North  America)  to  the  genus  Nucifraga. 

1550.— Pandeb's  Podoces 

(Podoces  Panderi).  The  genus  Podoces  was  founded 
by  M.  Fischer  for  a  bird  discovered  by  Dr.  Pander 
in  the  country  of  the  Kirguis,  beyond  Oreniburg,  and 
of  which  the  habits  of  life  are  analogous  to  those  of 
the  crows,  and  to  the  Corvidse  he  consequently  refers 
it.  He  gives  the  following  as  generic  characters: — 
Bill  moderate,  bending  down  at  its  point,  without  a 
notch,  and  slightly  angular:  the  under  mandible 
shorter  than  the  lower,  receiving  and  covering  the 
edges  of  it ;  nostrils  large  and  covered  with  setaceous 
overhanging  feathers ;  feet  robust  and  long  ;  claws 
triangular,  very  pointed  and  but  little  curved.  The 
Podoces  Panderi  is  said  to  fly  badly,  but  walk  well ; 
it  lives  in  flocks.  The  general  colour  is  greenish- 
glaucous  above  ;  line  above  the  eyes  white  ;  legs 
greenish  ;  bill  and  claws  black. 

1551. — Thk  Bai.d-headed  Cbow 

(Picatharles  gymnocephalus,  Lesson).  This  extra- 
ordinary species  (Corvus  gymnocephalus  of  Tem- 
minck), the  native  country  of  which  is  unknown, 
constitutes  the  type  of  Lesson's  genus  Picathaites. 

In  some  respects  it  reminds  one  of  the  vultures  of 
the  genus  Cathartes,  but  of  its  habits  we  are  entirely 
ignorant,  nor  are  we  thoroughly  satisfied  that  it 
belongs  to  the  Corvidse.  The  bill  is  moderate,  the 
base  without  hairs,  and  furnished  with  a  cere ; 
nostrils  in  the  middle  of  the  bill,  oval  and  open  ; 
head  naked  ;  tarsi  long  ;  claws  feeble ;  wings  short 
and  rounded  ;  tail  long  and  graduated. 

The  following  is  Temminck's  description  of  the 
species: — "The  naked  parts  of  the  head  offer  a 
particular  character.  "The  whole  of  the  auditory 
meatus  is  completely  destitute  of  feathers,  and  even 
of  hairs.  A  small  border,  or  rudiment  of  membrane, 
forms,  below  the  orifice  of  the  ear,  a  sort  of  external 
concha,  but  little  apparent,  it  is  true,  in  the  stuffed 
specimen,  but  the  extent  of  which  must  be  remark- 
able in  the  living  bird.  All  this  part  of  the  organ 
of  hearing,  as  well  as  a  part  of  each  side  of  the  occiput, 
is  covered  by  a  black  skin  with  a  slightly  projecting 
orbicular  border,  and  forming  a  rounded  plaque. 
The  cere  which  envelops  the  base  of  the  bill  is 
also  black.  All  the  rest  of  the  naked  parts  of  the 
head,  the  mesial  line  of  the  occiput,  which  separates 
the  black  plaques  of  the  temples,  and  the  upper 
part  of  the  top  of  the  neck,  appear  to  me  to  ha.ve 
been  red  or  rosy  in  the  living  subject ;  a  slight  tint 
of  rosy-yellow  covers  these  parts  in  those  before  us. 
The  whole  of  the  nape  is  covered,  clearly,  by  a 
whitish  and  veiy  short  down.  The  front  of  the  neck 
and  all  the  other  parts  are  white ;  the  back,  well 
covered  with  thick-set  feathers,  is  of  an  ashy-black ; 
all  the  rest  of  the  plumage  is  bistre-brown ;  the  feet 
are  yellow,  and  the  bill  is  black.  Length  fifteen 
inches."    (Temm.) 

The  only  specimen  known  was  in  the  possession 
of  Mr.  Leadbeater  of  London,  and  was  conjectured 
to  have  been  brought  from  Guinea.  Whether  it 
still  remains  in  that  gentleman's  possession  we  have 
not  been  able  to  ascertain. 

1552. — The  Paradise  Gbakle 

(Chalybaus  paradiseus).  Paradisea  viridis  of 
Gmelin;  le  Chalybfi  de  la  Nouvelle  Guinde, 
BufFon  ;  le  grand  Chalybe  of  Le  Vaillant ;  Oiseau  de 
Paradis  vert  of  Sonnerat ;  Chalvbseus  paradisseus, 
Cuvier  (1829). 

This  brilliant  species  was  by  Gmelin  referred  to 
the  Birds  of  Paradise,  and  by  Cuvier,  in  his  last 
edition  of  the  '  Regne  Animal,'  to  a  position  near  the 
Cassicans  (Barita,  Cuv.;  Cracticus,  Vieill.).  It  will 
probably  be  found  to  constitute  one  of  the  links 
between  the  Corvidae  and  Paradiseidte. 

The  Paradise  Grakle  lives  solitary  in  the  forests  of 
New  Guinea,  where  it  perches  on  the  tallest  trees, 
feeding  upon  fruits  and  berries.     According    to 


Lesion,  its  manners  have  a  great  analogy  to  those  of 
the  crows.  It  is  termed  Mansineme  in  the  Papuan 
language.  The  length  of  this  bird  is  nearly  sixteen 
inches.  The  beak  is  large  and  strong,  as  are  also 
the  legs  and  toes.  The  plumage  is  iridescent 
metallic  green  varying  with  tints  of  violet,  burnished 
on  the  neck  and  chest  with  gold  and  silver  on  a 
steel-blue  ground.  Its  history  is  yet  to  be  ascer- 
tained. 

Family  PARADISEin.^  (BIRDS  OF  PARA- 
DISE). 

Among  the  feathered  glories  of  creation  the  Birds 
of  Paradise  take  the  first  rank.  Nature  has  lavished 
on  them  the  most  attractive  graces  of  plumage  and 
the  most  effulgent  tints.  When  first  brought  to 
Europe,  they  were  regarded  with  the  utmost  admira- 
tion, and  romantic  credulity  threw  an  additional  air 
of  interest  around  them.  They  were  regarded  as 
aerial  sylphs,  whose  home  was  the  bright  expanse 
of  sky,  where  all  the  functions  of  life  were  carried  on, 
their  only  mode  of  rest  being  that  of  suspending 
themselves  occasionally  from  the  branches  by  the 
filamentous  feathers  of  the  tail ;  legs  they  had  none, 
and  they  never  touched  the  earth  ;  their  food  was 
the  morning's  dew.  This  tissue  of  fiction  did  not, 
however,  originate  with  the  traveller  who  first 
introduced,  as  is  supposed,  the  Bird  of  Paradise  (P. 
apoda)  into  Europe,  viz.,  Antonio  Pigafetta,  who 
accompanied  Magalhaens  in  his  expedition,  and 
returned  to  Seville  in  1522.  This  voyage  distinctly 
notes  the  fact  of  the  legs,  which  arestrong  and  large, 
being  cut  off  by  the  natives  previously  to  their 
selling  the  skins.  Marcgrave,  John  de  La'el,  Clusius 
Wormius,  and  Bontius  attested  to  the  same  fact. 
Yet  the  celebrated  Aldrovandus,  having  only  seen 
mutilated  specimens,  accused  Pigafelta  of  falsehood. 
Scaliger  believed  the  bird  to  be  footless,  as  did 
Jonston  (1657)  ;  and,  last,  Count  de  Buffon,  who 
adorning  errors  in  the  graces  of  polished  diction, 
paintsthemasbird9>"qui  ne  marchent  ni  nenagent, 
et  ne  peuvent  prendre  de  mouvement  qu'en  volant." 
This  fable  Linnaeus  has  commemorated  in  the 
appropriation  of  the  term  Apoda  to  one  of  the  most 
remarkable  species. 

The  Birds  of  Paradise  are  natives  of  New  Guinea 
and  the  adjoining  islands. 

Previously,  however,  to  introducing  the  true  Birds 
of  Paradise  to  attention,  we  must  refer  to  a  magnifi- 
cent denizen  of  New  Guinea,  for  which  Vieillot  has 
founded  the  genus  Astrapia,  and  which  he  placed  ^ 
near  those  birds,  though  it  approximates  in  somoj 
points  to  the  thrushes,  in  which  family  group  Cuvietf^ 
arranges  it,  under  the  name  of  Merle  de  la  Guinea 
It  is  the  following : 

1553. — The  Incomparable 

{Astrapia gularis).  Pie  de  Paradis.  This  bird"! 
distinguished  by  a  tail  three  times  longer  than  tha 
body,  a  double  crest  on  the  head,  and  by  income 
parable  magnificence  of  plumaire,"  which  glitters  I 
blaze  of  iridescence.  It  is  a  native  of  New  Guinea 
hut  is  by  no  means  common,  and  we  know  nothin 
respecting  its  habits.  The  female  is  not  crested 
and  her  colours  are  less  brilliant  than  those  of  he 
gorgeous  mate. 

Of  the  true  Birds  of  Paradise  we  may  direct 
tention  to  the  following  species  : 

1554,  1555. — The  King  Bird  or  Paradisb 

{Cincinnurus  regi'us).  Paradisea  regia,  Linn.;  It 
Manucode  of  Buff'on.  This  rare  specie-s,  one  of  thd 
smallest  of  the  group,  is  a  native  of  the  Molucc 
It  is  about  the  size  of  a  sparrow.  Its  upper  plumag 
is  intense  purplish  chestnut :  a  zone  of  golden  greefl 
extends  across  the  chest ;  from  each  side  under  thfl 
shoulder  springs  a  fan-like  plume  of  six  or  seven 
dusky  feathers,  tipped  with  the  richest  golden  green  j 
from  the  tail-coverts  spring  two  long  slender  shaltl 
each  elegantly  terminating  in  a  broad  emerald  web 
rising  from  one  side  only  of  the  shaft,  and  disj)ose< 
into  a  flat  curl ;  under  parts  of  body  white.  In  it 
habits  this  species  is  said  to  be  solitary,  feeding  od 
fruits  and  berries. 

1550. — ^Thk  Superb  Bibd  of  Paradise 
{Lophorina  superha).  Paradisea  supevba,  Linn, 
le  Superbe,  Buffon.  In  this  species  the  scapula 
feathers  form  a  long  spreading  plume  capable  6t 
being  elevated  at  pleasure,  and  there  are  two  pointeO 
lappets  on  the  chest ;  with  the  exception  of  thear 
latter,  which  are  of  the  most  brilliant  burnishei 
steel-green,  the  colour  of  the  plumage  is  velvet*! 
black,  iridescent  with  green  and  Violet.  Length 
nine  inches. 

1557. — The  Golden  Bird  or  Paradise 
{Parotia  sexsetacea).  Paradisea  aurea,  Linn. ;  la 
Sifilet,  Buft'on.  The  general  colour  of  this  specie^ 
is  velvety-black ;  the  top  of  the  head  is  clothe 
with  a  greyish  crest,  and  each  side  of  the  occiput  i 
ornamented  with  three  long  slender  shafts,  ending 
in  a  small  oval  vane;  back  of  the  neck  changeable 


Birds  of  Paradise.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


347 


golden  green;  flanks  covered  with  black  loose  Ions; 
feathers,  covering  the  wings  and  hiding  the  tail,  and 
capable  of  being  raised  up  obliquely.  Feathers  of 
the  throat  large  and  scale-shaped,  bordered  with 
iridescent  green  and  <:o!d ;  tail-feathers  velvety, 
with  some  long  floating  filaments.  Length  about 
eleven  inches. 

1558. — The  MAGxincKST  Bird  of  Paeadisk 

(^Samnlia  magnified).  Paradisea  magnifiea,  Linn. ; 
le  Magnifique  of  Biiffon.  This  beauurul  bird  is  of 
an  orange-chestnut  above,  deeper  on  the  top  of  the 
head  and  back,  and  sometimes  inclining  to  purple  ; 
the  tips  of  the  wings  and  the  tail  are  brown;  the 
throat  is  blackish,  with  a  purple  gloss ;  the  breast 
and  under  parts  aie  covered  with  scale-shajied 
feathers  of  a  deep  changeable  golden  green,  with  a 
blue  reflection  down  the  breast.  From. the  back  of 
the  neck  springs  a  double  rufi',  composed  of  slen- 
der plumes,  with  slightly  dilated  extremities  ;  the 
first  series  are  short  and  orange-coloured,  with  a 
black  spot  at  the  end  of  each  feather;  the  others 
are  longer  and  pale  yellow.  The  wing-coverts  are 
orange-coloured,  with  transverse  blackish  crescents  ; 
from  the  tail-coveits  spring  two  long  slender  shafts 
of  golden  green. 

1559,  li560,  1561. — Emerald  Bird  of  Paradise 

(^Paradisea  apoda).  Body  above,  breast,  and  abdo- 
men, marroonbrown  ;  front  covered  with  close-set 
feathers  of  a  velvety-black, shot  with  emerald-green  ; 
top  of  the  head  and  upper  part  of  the  neck  citron- 
yellow  ;  upper  part  of  the  throat  golden  green  ;  front 
of  the  neck  violet-brown ;  flanks  adorned  with 
bundles  of  very  long  plumes,  with  loose  barbules  of  a 
yellowish-white,  slightly  spotted  towards  the  ex- 
tremity with  purpled-red  :  these  plumes  extend  far 
beyond  the  tail-feathers.  Two  long  horny  shafts, 
furnished  with  stiff  hairs,  take  their  rise  on  each  side 
of  the  rump,  and  extend  somewhat  circularly  to 
a  length  of  nearly  two  feet.  Beak  horn-colour;  feet  , 
lead-colour;  length  from  the  end  of  the  beak  to  the 
extremity  of  the  tail-feathers,  thirteen  inches. 

Female. — Front  and  fore  part  of  the  neck  of  a 
deep  marroon-biown  ;  head,  neck,  and  back  red- 
dish-yellow; wings  and  tail  of  a  deep  and  brilliant 
marroon-colour ;  bellyand  breast  white  ;  no  floating 
plumes.     (Fig.  1561.) 

This  species,  which  is  not  so  common  as  the  little 
emerald  fParadisea  Papuensis,  Latham),  inhabits 
the  islands  of  Arou,  Tidor,  and  Wagiou,  as  well  as 
New  Guinea. 

We  owe  the  most  modern  account  of  these  birds 
in  a  state  of  nature  to  M.  Lesson>  who,  though  he 
deeply  laments  his  short  stay  at  New  Guinea  (only 
thirteen  days),  appears  to  have  made  the  best  use  of 
his  time. 

"The  Birds  of  Paradise,"  says  M.  Lesson,  "or  at 
least  the  emerald  (Paradisea  apoda,  Linn.),  the  only 
species  concerning  which  we  possess  authentic  in- 
telligence, live  in  troops  in  the  vast  forests  of  the 
country  of  the  Papuans,  a  group  of  islands  situated 
nnder  the  equator,  and  which  is  composed  of  the 
islands  Arou,  Wagiou,  and  the  great  island  called 
New  Guinea.  They  are  birds  of  passage,  changing 
their  quarters  according  to  the  monsoons.  The  fe- 
males congregate  in  troops,  assemble  upon  the  tops 
of  the  highest  trees  in  the  forests,  and  all  cry 
together  to  call  the  males.  These  last  are  always 
alone  in  the  midst  of  some  fifteen  females,  which 
compose  their  seraglio,  after  the  manner  of  the  gal- 
linaceous birds. 

"The  Manucode  presented  itself  twice  in  our 
•hooting  excursions,  and  we  killed  the  male  and  fe- 
male. This  species  would  seem  to  be  monogamous, 
or  perhaps  it  is  only  separated  into  pairs  at  the  pe- 
riod of  laying.  In  the  woods  this  bird  has  no  bril- 
liancy; its  fine-coloured  plumage  is  not  discovered, 
and  the  tints  of  the  female  are  dull.  It  loves  to 
take  its  station  on  the  teak-trees,  whose  ample 
foliage  shelters  it,  and  whose  small  fruit  forms  its 
nourishment.  Its  irides  are  brown,  and  the  feet  are 
of  a  delicate  azure.     The  Papuans  call  it  Saya. 

"  Soon  after  our  arrival  on  this  land  of  promise 
(New  Guinea)  for  the  naturalist,  I  was  on  a  shoot- 
ing excursion.  Scarcely  had  I  walked  some  hun- 
dred paces  in  those  ancient  forests,  the  daughters  of 
time,  whose  sombre  depth  was  perhaps  the  most 
magnificent  and  stately  sight  that  I  had  ever  seen, 
when  a  Bird  of  Paradise  struck  my  view :  it  flew 
gracefully  and  in  undulations  ;  the  feathers  of  its 
sides  formed  an  elegant  and  aijrial  plume,  which, 
without  exaggeration,  bore  no  remote  resemblance 
lo  a  brilliant  meteor.  Surprised,  astounded,  enjoy- 
ing an  inexpressible  gratification,  I  devoured  this 
fplendid  bird  with  my  eyes ;  but  my  emotion  was 
80  great  that  I  forgot  to  shoot  at  it,  and  did  not  re- 
collect that  I  had  a  gun  in  my  hand  till  it  was  far 
away. 

"  One  can  scarcely  have  a  just  idea  of  the  Para- 
dise-birds from  the  skins  which  the  Papuans  sell  to 
the  Malays,  and  which  come  to  us  in  Europe.  These 
people  formerly  hunted  the  birds  to  decorate  the 


turbans  of  their  chiefs.  They  call  them  Mambfi- 
fore  in  their  tongue,  and  kill  them  during  the  night 
by  climbing  the  trees  where  they  perch,  and  shoot- 
ing them  with  arrows  made  for  the  purpose,  and 
very  short,  which  they  make  with  the  stem  of  the 
leaves  of  a  palm  (latanier).  The  Campongs  or  vil- 
lages of  Mappia  and  of  Emberbakene  are  celebrated 
for  the  quantity  of  birds  which  they  prepare,  and  all 
the  art  of  their  inhabitants  is  directed  to  taking  off' 
the  feet,  skinning,  thrusting  a  little  stick  through 
the  body,  and  drying  it  in  the  smoke.  Some,  more 
adroit,  at  the  solicitation  of  the  Chinese  merchants, 
dry  them  with  the  leet  on.  The  price  of  a  Bird  of 
Paradise  among  the  Papuans  of  the  coast  is  a  piastre 
at  least.  We  killed,  during  our  stay  at  New 
Guinea,  a  score  of  these  birds,  which  I  prepared  for 
the  most  part.     , 

"  The  emerald,  when  alive,  is  of  the  size  of  the  com- 
mon jay :  its  feet  and  beak  are  bluish ;  the  irides 
are  of  a  brilliant  yellow  ;  its  motions  are  lively  and 
agile  ;  and  in  general,  it  never  perches  except  upon 
the  summit  of  the  most  lofty  trees.  When  it  de- 
scends, it  is  for  the  purpose  of  eating  the  fruits  of 
the  lesser  trees,  or  when  the  sun  in  full  power  com- 
pels it  to  seek  the  shade.  It  has  a  fancy  for  certain 
trees,  and  makes  the  neighbourhood  re-echo  with  its 
piercing  voice.  This  cry  indicated  to  us  the  move- 
ments of  these  birds.  We  were  on  the  watch  for 
them,  and  it  was  thus  that  we  came  to  kill  them  ; 
for  when  a  male  Bird  of  Paradise  has  perched,  and 
hears  a  rustling  in  the  stillness  of  the  forest,  he  is 
silent  and  does  not  move.  His  call  is  voike,  voike, 
votke,  voiko,  strongly  articulated.  The  cry  of  the 
female  is  the  same,  but  she  raises  it  much  more 
feebly.  The  latter,  deprived  of  the  brilliant  plumage 
of  the  male,  is  clad  in  sombre  attire.  We  met  with 
them  assembled  in  scores,  on  every  tree,  while  the 
males,  always  solitary,  appeared  but  rarely. 

"  It  is  at  the  rising  and  setting  of  the  sun  that  the 
Bird  of  Paradise  goes  to  seek  its  food.  In  the 
middle  of  the  day  it  remains  hidden  under  the  ample 
foliage  of  the  teak-tree,  and  comes  not  forth.  It 
seems  to  dread  the  scorching  rays  of  the  sun,  and  to 
be  unwilling  to  expose  itself  to  the  attacks  of  a 

rival 

"In  order  to  shoot  Birds  of  Paradise,  travellers 
who  visit  New  Guinea  should  remember  that  it  is 
necessary  to  leave  the  ship  early  in  the  morning,  to 
arrive  at  the  foot  of  a  teak-tree  or  fig-tree,  which 
these  birds  frequent  for  the  sake  of  the  fruit — 
(our  stay  was  fiom  the  26th  of  July  to  the  9th  of 
Ausrust)— before  half-past  four,  and  to  remain  mo- 
tionless till  some  of  the  males,  urged  by  hunger, 
light  upon  the  branches  within  range.  It  is  indis- 
pensably requisite  to  have  a  gun  which  will  carry 
very  far  with  effect,  and  that  the  grains  of  shot 
should  be  large ;  for  it  is  very  difficult  to  kill  an 
emerald  outright,  and  if  he  be  only  wounded  it  is 
vei-y  seldom  that  he  is  not  lost  in  thickets  so  dense 
that  there  is  no  finding  the  way  without  a  compass. 
"  The  little  emerald  Paradise-bird  (Paradisea  Pa- 
puensis) feeds,  without  doubt,  on  many  substances 
in  a  state  of  liberty.  I  can  affirm  that  it  lives  on 
the  seeds  of  the  teak-tree,  and  on  a  fruit  called  ami- 
hou,  of  a  rosy  white,  insipid  and  mucilaginous,  of 
the  size  of  a  small  European  fig,  and  which  belongs 
to  a  tree  of  the  genus  Ficus." 

M.  Lesson  then  goes  on  to  state  that  he  saw  two 
Birds  of  Paradise  which  had  been  kept  in  a  cage  for 
more  than  six  months  by  the  principal  Chinese 
merchant  at  Amboyna.  They  were  always  in  mo- 
tion, and  were  fed  with  boiled  rice,  but  they  had  a 
special  fondness  for  cockroaches  (biattae). 

Bennett,  in  his  'Wanderings,'  gives  the  following 
account  of  a  Bird  of  Paradise  (Paradisea  apoda) 
which  he  found  in  Mr.  Beale"s  aviary  at  Macao, 
where  it  had  been  confined  nine  years,  exhibiting 
no  appearance  of  age  : — ■ 

"This  elegant  creature  has  a  light,  playful,  and 
graceful  manner,  with  an  arch  look  ;  dances  about 
when  a  visitor  approaches  the  cage,  and  seems 
delighted  at  being  made  an  object  of  admira- 
tion ;  its  notes  are  very  peculiar,  resembling  the 
cawing  of  the  raven,  but  its  tones  are  by  lar 
more  varied.  During  four  months  of  the  year,  from 
May  to  August,  it  moults.  It  washes  itself  regu- 
larly twice  daily,  and,  after  having  performed  its 
ablutions,  throws  its  delicate  feathers  up  nearly  over 
the  head,  the  quills  of  which  feathers  have  a  pecu- 
liar structure,  so  as  to  enable  the  bird  to  effect  this 
object.  Its  food  during  confinement  is  boiled  rice, 
mixed  up  with  soft  egg,  together  with  plantains, 
and  living  insects  of  the  grasshopper  tribe ;  these 
insects,  wlien  thrown  to  him,  the  bird  contrives  to 
catch  in  his  beak  with  great  celerity :  it  will  eat  in- 
sects in  a  living  state,  but  will  not  touch  them  when 
dead. 

"  I  observed  the  bird,  previously  to  eating  a  grass- 
hopper given  him  in  an  entire  or  unmutilated  state, 
place  the  insect  upon  the  perch,  keep  it  firmly  fixed 
with  the  claws,  and  divesting  it  of  the  legs,  wings, 
&c.,  devour  it,  with  the  head  always  placed  first. 
The  servant  who  attends  upon  him  to   clean   the 


cage,  give  him  food,  &c.,  strips  off  the  legs,  wings, 
&c.,  of  the  insects  when  alive,  giving  them  to  the 
bird  as  fast  as  he  can  devour  them.  It  rarely  alights 
upon  the  ground,  and  so  proud  is  the  creature  of  its 
elegant  dress,  that  it  never  permits  a  soil  to  remain 
upon  it,  and  it  may  frequently  be  seen  spreading 
out  its  wings  and  feathers,  and  regarding  its  splendid 
self  in  every  direction,  to  observe  whether  the  whole 
of  its  plumage  is  in  an  unsullied  condition.  It  does 
not  suffer  from  the  cold  weather  during  the  winter 
season  at  Macao,  though  exposing  the  elegant  bird 
to  the  bleak  northerly  wind  is  always  very  particu- 
larly avoided 

'•The  sounds  uttered  by  this  bird  are  very  pecu- 
liar ;  that  which  appears  to  be  a  note  of  congratula- 
tion resembles  somewhat  the  cawing  of  a  raven,  but 
changes  to  a  varied  scale  of  musical  gradations,  as 
he.  Id,  ho,  haw,  repeated  rapidly  and  frequently,  as 
lively  and  playfully  he  hops  round  and  along  his 
perch,  descending  to  the  second  perch  to  be  ad- 
mired, and  congratulate  the  stranger  who  has  made 
a  visit  to  inspect  him  ;  he  frequently  raises  his  voice, 
sending  forth  notes  of  such  power  as  to  be  heard  at 
a  long  distance,  and  as  it  could  scarcely  be  supposed 
so  delicate  a  bird  could  utter ;  these  notes  are  tchock, 
whock,  whoch,  whock,  uttered  in  a  barking  tone,  the 
last  being  given  in  a  low  tone  as  a  conclusion. 

"A  diawing  of  the  bird,  of  the  natural  size,  was 
made  by  a  Chinese  artist.  The  bird  advanced  stead- 
fastly towards  the  picture,  uttering  at  the  same  time 
its  cawing  congratulatory  notes;  it  did  not  appear 
excited  by  rage,  but  pecked  gently  at  the  repre- 
sentation, jumping  about  the  perch,  knocking  its 
mandibles  together  with  a  clattering  noise,  and 
cleaning  them  against  the  perch,  as  if  welcoming 
the  arrival  of  a  companion.  After  the  trial  of  the 
picture,  a  looking-glass  was  brought,  to  see  what 
effect  it  would  produce  upon  the  bird,  and  the  re- 
sult was  nearly  the  same;  he  regarded  the  reflec- 
tion of  himself  most  steadfastly  in  the  mirror,  never 
quitting  it  during  the  time  it  remained  before  him. 
When  the  glass  was  removed  to  the  lower  from  the 
upper  perch  he  instantly  followed,  but  would  not 
descend  upon  the  floor  of  the  cage  when  it  was 
placed  so  low 

"  One  of  the  best  opportunities  of  seeing  this 
splendid  bird  in  all  its  beauty  of  action,  as  well  as 
display  of  plumage,  is  early  in  the  morning,  when 
he  makes  his  toilet ;  the  beautiful  subalar  plumage 
is  then  thrown  out,  and  cleaned  from  any  spot  that 
may  sully  its  purity  by  being  passed  gently  through 
the  bill ;  the  short  chocolate-coloured  wings  are  ex- 
tended to  the  utmost,  and  as  he  keeps  them  in  a 
steady,  flapping  motion,  as  if  in  imitation  of  their 
use  in  flight,  at  the  same  time  raising  up  the  deli- 
cate long  feathers  over  the  back,  which  are  spread 
in  a  chaste  and  elegant  manner,  floating  like  films 
in  the  ambient  air 

"  I  never  yet  beheld  a  soil  on  its  feathers.  After 
expanding  the  wings,  it  would  bring  them  together 
so  as  to  conceal  the  head,  then  bending  it  gracefully, 
it  would  inspect  the  state  of  its  plumage  under- 
neath. This  action  it  repeats  in  quick  succession, 
uttering  at  the  time  its  croaking  notes;  it  then 
pecks  and  cleans  its  plumage  in  every  part  within 
reach,  and  throwing  out  the  elegant  and  delicate 
tuft  of  feathers  underneath  the  wings,  seemingly 
with  much  care,  and  with  not  a  little  pride,  they 
are  cleaned  in  succession,  if  required,  by  throwing 
them  abroad,  elevating  them,  and  passing  them  in 
succession  through  the  bill.  Then  turning  its  back 
to  the  spectator,  the  actions  above  mentioned  are 
repeated,  but  not  in  so  careful  a  manner  :  elevating 
its  tail  and  long  shaft  feathers,  it  raises  the  delicate 
plumage  of  a  similar  character  to  the  subalar,  form- 
ing a  beautiful  dorsal  crest,  and,  throwing  its  feathers 
up  with  much  grace,  appears  as  proud  as  a  lady 
dressed  in  her  full  ball-dress.  Having  completed 
the  toilet,  he  utters  the  usual  cawing  notes,  at  the 
same  time  looking  archly  at  the  spectators,  as  if 
ready  to  receive  all  the  admiration  that  it  considers 
its  elegant  form  and  display  of  plumage  demands ; 
it  then  takes  exercise  by  hopping,  in  a  rapid  but 
graceful  manner,  from  one  end  of  the  upper  perch 
to  the  other,  and  descends  suddenly  upon  the  second 
perch,  close  to  the  bars  of  the  cage,  looking  out  for 
the  grasshoppers  which  it  is  accustomed  to  receive 
at  the  time 

"  His  prehensile  power  in  the  feet  is  very  strong, 
and,  still  retaining  his  hold,  the  bird  will  turn  him- 
self round  upon  the  perch.  He  delights  to  be  shel- 
tered from  the  glare  of  the  sun,  as  that  luminary  is  a 
great  source  of  annoyance  to  him  if  permitted  to 
dart  its  fervant  rays  directly  upon  the  cage.  The 
iris,  frequently  expanding  and  contracting,  adds  to 
the  arch  look  of  this  animated  bird,  as  he  throws 
the  head  on  one  side  to  glance  at  visitors,  uttering 
the  cawing  notes  or  barking  loud.  .  •  .  Hav- 
ing concluded,  he  jumps  down  to  the  lower  perch 
in  search  of  donations  of  living  grasshoppers. 

"The  bird  is  not  at  all  ravenous  in  its  habits  of 
feeding,  but  it  eats  rice  leisurely,  almost  grain  by 
grain.     Should  any  of  the  insects  thrown  into  his 


■y^  S  IMV-Emenld  Bird  of  I>>nidiie. 

■'■"      348 


'^      ur.2.— lirJaol  ParadUc. 


^^% 


m^.)- 


15«3  — Clulian  FUnKuUer. 


4^  M^ 


15li8.— lU-Bil  or  Fire-cn-jtiJ  Tocraco. 


lji;0 — Vatin;«t«lfTi>tw<r*. 


1561.— Ileiid  oi'  Seaeij.il  To'ii-^o,... 


1571.~II«aa  and  Foot  of  XlhiiiocRoa  HocnbiU. 


1S64.— Senegal  Coly. 


1565.— Senegal  Touricij. 


1570.— Violet  rUiitain-e-itPr. 


!5  iT.— Kiucro^lfil  To: 


349 


350 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[TOURACOS. 


cage  fall  upon  the  floor,  he  will  not  descend  to  thena, 
appearins;  to  be  fearful  that  in  so  doing  he  should 
soil  his  delicate  plumage  ;  he  therefore  seldom  or 
never  descends,  except  to  perform  his  ablutions  in 
the  pan  of  water  placed  at  the  bottom  of  the  cage 
expressly  for  his  use." 

In  the  '  Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc,"  1340,  p.  13,  will  be 
found  an  account  of  the  same  individual  by  Mr.  G. 
T.  Lay,  which  embodies  the  same  facts  as  those 
detailed  by  Mr.  Bennett,  exceptinc:  that  he  explains 
more  clearly  the  song  or  "serenade"  of  the  bird, 
the  note*  of  which  are  repeated  in  harmonic  pro- 
gression, thus : — 


S=:te 


DtrJt 


3? 


1 


"The  first  four  notes  are  very  exactly  intonated, 
very  clear,  and  very  sweet ;  the  last  three  are  re- 
peated in  a  kind  of  caw,  a  very  high  refinement  of 
the  voice  of  a  daw  or  a  crow,  yet  possessing  a  strik- 
ing resemblance  ;  and  this  susrgests  a  lively  affinity 
between  the  crows  and  the  Paradise-birds;  while 
this  serenade  is  uttered,  the  black  pupil,  encircled 
by  a  golden  iris,  waxes  or  wanes  as  the  creature 
wishes  to  contemplate  more  distinct  or  nearer  ob- 
jects." 

Fig.  1562  represents  a  group  of  Birds  of  Paradise  : 
a,  the  Emerald  ;  b,  the  Golden ;  c,  the  Incompa- 
rable ;  d,  the  Cloudy  ;  e,  the  Superb. 

Family  PHYTOTGMID.B  (PI>ANT-CUTTERS). 
Some  ornithologists  place  the  Plant-Cutters,  the 
Colies,  the  Touracos,  and  Plantain-eaters  under 
one  family  head,  of  which  they  constitute  so  many 
distinct  tribes ;  we  are  inclined,  however,  to  regard 
them  as  the  types  of  distinct  forms,  that  is,  consti- 
tuting so  many  family  sections  ;  and  this  appears  to 
be  the  opinion  of  Mr.  G.  Gray,  excepting  that  he 
considers  the  Plant-cutters  to  be  one  of  the  tribes 
composing  the  extensive  family  of  the  Fringillidoe. 
Mr.  Swainson  characterizes  the  Plant-cutters  as 
having  the  bill  serrated,  but  not  swollen,  and  the 
feet  with  two  or  with  three  anterior  toes,  and  one 
backward.  In  the  genus  Hireus  the  toes  are  only 
three.  In  size  and  aspect  he  compares  these  birds 
to  the  bullfinches.  The  species  are  limited  in  num- 
ber. 

1563. — ^The  Chilian  Plant-Cutteb 
{Phytotcma  rara).  It  is  to  Molina  that  we  are  prin- 
cipally indebted  for  our  knowledge  of  the  habits  of 
tins  bird,  which,  from  the  depredations  it  commits, 
is  subject  to  incessant  persecution.  It  feeds  on 
plants  of  the  most  tender  nature,  cutting  them  off 
close  to  the  root ;  and,  not  content  with  merely  satis- 
fying its  appetite,  it  has  the  destructive  habit  of 
cropping  close  a  quantity  of  them  without  touching 
them  further ;  thus  injuring  the  fields  of  rising 
grain  while  the  blade  is  peeping  above  the  sur- 
face. 

The  Chilian  Plant-cutter  builds  its  nest  on  the 
most  lofty  trees,  in  obscure  and  but  little  frequented 
spots,  and,  consequently,  generally  rears  its  brood  in 
safety,  notwithstanding  the  reward  which  Molina 
says  is  (or  in  his  time  was)  given  to  children  and 
other  persons  who  destroy  the  eggs. 

The  same  writer  states  that  its  numbers  were  in 
his  time  considerably  diminished,  and  adds,  "  I  do 
not  know  whether  this  circumstance  is  because  a 
price  is  set  on  its  head,  or  on  account  of  its  naturally 
small  degree  of  fecundity." 

In  size  this  bird  nearly  equals  a  thrush ;  its  bill  is 
rather  large,  straight,  conical,  and  with  the  edges 
serrated ;  the  tail  is  moderate  and  rounded.  The 
colour  is  dusky-grey  upon  the  back,  rather  clearer 
on  the  under  surface ;  the  points  of  the  quills  and 
the  tail  are  black.  Its  voice  is  a  hoarse,  interrupted 
note. 

Family  COLIAD^  (THE  COLIES). 

These  birds,  the  Oiseaux-Souris,  or  Mouse-Birds,  of 
Le  Vaillant,  so  called  from  their  sombre  colours, 
soft  and  silky  plumage,  and  mode  of  creeping  about 
the  branches,  are  natives  of  Africa  and  India.  They 
are  gregarious  in  their  habits,  and  infest  gardens  and 
cultivated  spots  for  the  sake  of  fruits,  upon  which 
they  subsist.  It  is  seldom  that  they  are  seen  upon 
the  ground ;  like  titmice,  they  climb  about  the 
branches,  clinging  in  every  attitude,  and  assisting 
themselves  with  the  beak  in  the  manner  of  parra- 
keets.  They  build  their  nests,  which  are  spacious 
and  round,  in  little  groups,  and,  as  Le  Vaillant 
•tates,  sleep  suspended  with  their  heads  downwards, 
and  that  when  it  is  cold,  they  are  found  so  be- 
numbed in  the  morning  that  they  may  be  taken  one 
after  the  other.  Their  flesh  is  delicate.  The 
females  lay  five  or  six  eggs. 

1564. — The  Senegal  Coly 

(Colius  Senegalengii,  Latham).     Bill  short,  conical, 
slightly  compressed,  with  the  upper  mandible  some- 


what arched,  and  the  edges  of  both  serrated ;  wings  ] 
long:    tail    very   long    and    graduated;    feet  well 

formed  lor   clinging;   the  eye  is  surrounded   by  a  ! 

naked  reddish  skin ;  the  general  plumage  is  pearl-  ll 

grey     with     greenish     reflexions,     excepting    the  i 
Ibrehead,  which  is  yellow,  and  the  abdomen,  which 

IS  ruddy.  ! 

Family  MUSOPHAGID^  (PLANTAIN- 
E.ATEltS). 

This  family  contains  the  genera  Corythaix,  Chizae-  1 
rhis,  and  Musophaga.     In  these  genera  the  bill  is  ' 
serrated,  and  the  outer  of  the  anterior  toes  capable 
of  being  directed  obliquely  backwards.  | 

The  genus  Coiythaix  is'  thus  characterized :— Bill  j 
short,  high  and  greatly  compressed,  with  the  ridge 
arched  ;  head  crested,  the  frontal  feathers  reposing 
over  the  nostrils;  wing4_short  and  rounded;  tail  \ 
long,  broad,  and  rounded;  feet  strong  :  claws  short; 
plumage  lustrous  and  silky.  The  Touracos  are 
most  beautiful  birds  ;  and  leed  principally  on  soft 
fruits,  disj)laying  great  address  among  the  branches 
of  the  trees.  They  are  natives  of  Africa,  and  tenant 
the  forests,  perching  on  the  highest  branches,  often 
out  of  the  reach  of  gunshot :  tlieir  voice  is  sonorous. 
They  breed,  like  Toucans,  in  hollow  trees.  In 
captivity,  judging  from  the  individuals  we  have  per- 
sonally seen,  they  are  very  gentle  and  soon  become 
familiar.  Their  size  exceeds  that  of  our  common 
jay  ;  the  prevailing  colour  of  the  plumage  is  green, 
diversified  with  violet,  purple,  and  red.  In  the 
'  Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc.,'  1834,  p.  3,  will  be  found  an 
account  of  the  anatomy  ot  the  Coiythaix  porphyreo- 
lopha,  by  Professor  Owen,  and  in  the 'Proceeds.' 
for  1836,  p.  32,  our  account  of  the  dissection  of 
the  Corythaix  Buttbnii. 

1565. — The  Senegal  Tocbaco 

(^Corythaix  Seneyalensis).  In  this  species  the  crest 
consists  of  long  silky  feathers  which  sweep  back- 
wards over  the  top  of  the  head  ;  when,  however,  the 
bird  is  excited,  the  crest  is  elevated,  and  assumes  a 
compressed  subconical  shape,  giving  to  the  head  a 
helraeted  appearance.  Fig.  1566  represents  the 
head  of  this  species,  and  well  displays  the  form  of 
the  beak,  the  extent  of  naked  skin  around  the  eye, 
and  the  arrangement  of  the  plumes  of  the  crest. 

1567. — The  Fibe-cbested  Touraco 

{Corylhnix  erythroloplms).  C.  igniceps,  Lesson; 
Alusophaga  Paulina,  Temminck.  In  this  sjjecies 
the  silky  crest  is  erect,  compressed,  and  of  a  red 
colour  ;  the  sides  of  the  head  and  throat  are  white  ; 
the  general  plumage  is  green,  inclining  to  bluish  on 
the  under  parts  ;  the  (|mll-feathers  are  rich  purple- 
violet;  the  bill  is  yellow;  the  feet  dusky;  eyes 
large,  red,  and  brilliant.  Fig.  1568  represents  the 
head,  which  may  be  compared  with  that  of  the 
Senegal  Touraco, 

In  the  'Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc,' June  14, 1831,  is  the 
description  of  the  C.  porphyreolopha.  Vigors;  and 
in  the  '  Proceeds.' for  1839,  p.  34,  the  description 
of  a  new  species,  the  C.  macrorhynchus,  Fraser. 

It  was  in  pursuit,  we  believe,  of  the  Corythaix 
Buffonii  that  Le  Vaillant  met  with  an  accident  that 
might  have  terminated  the  enthusiastic  traveller's 
adventures.  Having  succeeded  in  bringing  a  touraco 
to  the  ground  from  its  lofty  perch,  he  could  not 
immediately  find  it,  and  stamping  in  his  vexation  at 
the  loss,  little  aware  of  what  was  beneath  him, 
broke  through  into  one  of  the  covered  pits  which 
the  Hottentots  dig  for  the  purpose  of  catching 
buffaloes,  elephants,  &c. 

1569. — The  V.\bieoated  Toubaco 

(Chizcerltis  variegata).  Touraco  huppe^col  of  Le 
Vaillant ;  Phasianus  Africanus,  Latham ;  Muso- 
phaga vaiiegata,  Vieillot. 

The  genus  Chizaerhis  differs  from   Corythaix  in 

the  greater  size  and  sharpness  of  the  bill,  in  the 

lengthened  form  of  the  wings,  and  in  the  nostrils 

being  unobscured  by  feathers ;  habits,  those  of  the 

Touracos  in  general.     The  present  bird  is  a  native 

of  Africa.     Its  colour  is  light  grey  above,  a  blackish 

stripe   down   each  feather :  top   of  the   head   and 

throat  as  far  as  the  breast  chestnut-brown;  under 

plumage   beyond    the    breast   white,   each  feather 

having  a  dark  central  stripe  ;  quill-feathers  blackish, 

I    with  a  spot  of  pure  white,  varying  in  size  at  the 

ji  middle  of  the  inner  webs  ;  tertiaries  and  middle  tail- 

ji  feathers  grey,  tipped  with  black;    lateral  feathers 

I    black  ;  bill  yellow  ;  legs  grey  ;  crest  placed  on  the 

back  of  the  head.     Total  length  twenty  inches. 

1570. — The  Violet  Pi.a>taix-Eatee 
{Musopliaga  violacea).  In  this  genus  the  bill 
resembles  that  of  Chizaerhis,  but  the  base  enormously 
dilated  so  as  to  spread  like  a  casque  or  helmet  over 
the  fore  part  of  the  head  as  far  as  the  crown,  where 
its  thickened  sides  form  a  semicircle  ;  nostrils  naked, 
oval,  open,  and  pierced  in  the  middle  of  the  bill; 
wings,  feet,  and  tail,  as  in  Coiythaix. 


This  richly-coloured  and  magnificent  bird  is  a 
native  of  the  Gold  Coast  and  Senegal.  lis  descrip- 
tion is  as  follows: — Bill  rich  yellow  passing  into 
crimson  orbits  and  crimson ;  feathers  of  the  crown 
close  and  fine,  and  of  a  rich  crimson  ;  a  white  mark 
beginning  below  the  eye  extends  above  the  car; 
secondary  and  part  of  the  primary  quills  carmine, 
with  lilac  reflexions  margined  and  tipped  with 
blackish  violet,  which  is  the  general  colour  of  the 
plumage,  only  that  it  changes  to  a  very  deep  green 
on  the  under  parts,  and  is  very  rich  on  the  tail ; 
legs  strong  and  black. 

Family  BUCERID^  (HORNBILLS). 

These  strange-looking  birds,  characterizd    by  the 
enormous  development  of  the  beak,  are  natives  of 
India  and  Africa.    Not  only  is  the  beak  of  immense 
magnitude,   but  the   upper  mandible   is  furnished 
with  projecting  appendages,  adding  greatly  to  its 
entire  dimensions,  and  in  some  species  encroaching 
over  the  top  of  the  head.     These  appendages  in- 
crease with  age  ;  in  young  birds  they  are  very  small, 
and  their  figure  is  undefined,  and  it  is  gradually 
that  they  acquire  their  enormous  dimensions.     The 
immense  beak,  thus  furnished,  seems  to  be  heavier 
than  it  is  (and  it  is  by   no  means  light),  for  the 
additional   appendage   is   cellular   internally ;    the 
edges  of  both  mandibles  are  roughly  notched.     The 
structure  of  the  toes  and  the  shortness  of  the  tarsi 
of    the   Hornbilis   indicate   arboreal   habits.      The 
middle  and  outer  toes  are  united  as  far  as  the  second 
1  joint,  and  the  under  surface  of  the  whole  is  flat  and 
I  palm-like  in  order  to  give  a  firm  close  hold  upon 
:  the   branch  (see  Fig.  1571,  the   head  and   foot  of 
Buceros  Rhinoceros ;  and  Fig.  157'i,  a  section  of  the 
skull).     In  their  food  these  birds  appear  to  be  om- 
nivorous, fruits,   eggs,  young   birds,   reptiles,   and 
even  carrion  forming  their  diet.     Of  the  fruit  of  tiie 
Ficus  Indica  and  of  the  Banyan,  they  are  said  to  be 
very  fond,  and  also,  according  to  Bontius,  of  nut- 
megs, which  impart  an  aromatic  flavour  to  the  flesh, 
which   is  delicate  :  this  account  applies  more  ex- 
clusively to  the  Buceros  Hydrocorax,  Linnaeus;  for 
respecting  the   Buceros   Rhinoceros  he   says,  "  It 
lives  on  the  carcasses  and  intestines  of  animals,  and 
waits  upon  the  hunters  who  kill  wild  cattle,  boars, 
and  stags,  to  gorge  itself  with  the  entrails  of  the 
slain  beasts." 

M.  Lesson  sums  up  the  habits  of  the  Hornbilis 
thus : — Those  of  Africa  live  on  carrion  :  those  of  the 
East  Indies  seek  lor  fruits,  especially  nutmegs,  and 
their  flesh  thence  acquires  a  delicious  flavour. 
Their  flight  is  performed  by  repeated  strokes  of  the 
wings,  and  the  air  which  they  displace,  joined  to 
the  clattering  of  their  mandibles,  occasions  a  great 
and  very  disquieting  noise  in  the  forests,  when  the 
cause  is  unknown.  This  noise,  capable  of  inspiring 
terror,  does  not  ill  resemble  those  flaws  of  rough 
and  sudden  winds  ("grains  de  vent  brusques  et 
subits")  which  arise  so  unexpectedly  between  the 
tropics,  and  blow  so  violently.  The  Europeans 
established  at  the  Moluccas  think  that  the  lurrows 
which  are  seen  on  the  bill  of  the  Hornbil.ls  are  the 
result  of  age,  and  that  each  furrow  signifies  a  year; 
whence  the  name  of  Jerarvogel,  which  they  give  to 
these  birds.  Mr.  Swainson  remarks  that  tl'ie  Horn- 
bills  are  gregarious  noisy  birds,  generally  of  a  very 
large  size,  and  are  restricted  to  the  Old  World ;  that 
they  are  omnivorous,  feeding  both  on  animals  and 
vegetables  ;  that  some,  however,  seem  only  to  par- 
take of  the  latter  food  ;  while  others,  upon  the 
authority  of  Le  Vaillant,  feed  upon  carrion.  The 
Buceros  cavatus  dissected  by  Mr.  Owen  was  observed 
to  be  more  attached  to  animal  than  to  vegetable 
food,  and  would  quit  any  other  substance  if  a  dead 
mouse  was  oft'ered  to  it.  This  it  would  swallow 
entire,  after  squeezing  it  twice  or  thrice  with  the 
bill ;  and  no  castinirs  were  noticed.  Mr.  Owen, 
however,  adds  that  Petiver  has  borne  testimony  to 
its  regurgitating  habits. 

The  progressive  motion  of  these  birds  on  the 
ground  is  by  hopping  or  jumping  along.  Major- 
General  Hardwicke  expresses  surprise  at  this,  and 
at  their  perching  with  such  security,  as  their  feet 
are  formed  for  walking,  and  better  suited  to  the 
ground  than  the  trees ;  an  error  which  a  considera- 
tion of  the  form  and  shortness  of  the  tarsi,  the 
structure  of  the  toes,  and  the  general  contour  of 
the  birds  might,  one  would  think,  have  prevented. 

Active  and  alert,  notwithstanding  the  magnitude 
of  their  beaks,  these  birds  lightly  traverse  the 
branches  of  the  forest,  and  leap  from  one  to  an- 
other till  the  highest  is  attained  :  they  then  often 
stop  and  utter  a  loud  roaring  sound,  which  may  be 
heard  at  a  considerable  distance,  and  is  alarming  to 
those  who  do  not  know  whence  it  proceeds.  The 
noise  thus  uttered,  and  which  is  most  probably 
their  call-note,  throws  a  light  upon  the  design  of 
the  hollow  protuberance  surmounting  the  bill ;  it 
acts  as  a  sounding-board,  increasing  the  reverbera- 
tion of  the  air.  With  regard  to  the  huge  beak 
itself,  many  conjectures  have   been  entertained  as 


Hoopoes.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


351 


to  its  peculiar  uses.  It  has  been  suggested  as  a 
reason  for  its  development,  that  it  perhaps  con- 
stitutes a  necessary  weapon  of  defence  against  mon- 
keys, and  other  animals  which  may  seek  to  assail 
its  nest:  while  some  have  supposed  that  it  might 
be  employed  in  dragging  snakes  and  lizards  fiom 
their  lurking-places,  or  young  birds  and  eggs  from 
the  recesses  of  the  trunks  of  aged  trees.  The 
tongue  is  short,  triangular,  and  smooth.  For  an 
account  of  the  anatomy  of  the  hornbill,  see  '  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Zoological  Society,'  1833,  p.  102,  et 
seq. 

1573. — The  Rhinoceros  Hornbill 


I 


(Buceros  Rhinoceros).  This  species  is  a  native  of 
India  and  the  Indian  Islands,  and  is  to  be  seen  in 
most  museums,  specimens  being  often  brought  to 
Europe.  Though  there  may  be  some  variety  from 
age  and  circumstances,  the  bill  will  be  generally 
found  to  be  about  ten  inches  long  and  of  a  yel- 
lowish-white ;  the  upper  mandible  red  at  the  base, 
the  lower  black.  The  horn,  or  casque,  varied  with 
black  and  white.  The  body  black,  of  a  dirty  white 
below  and  posteriorly;  tail  about  twelve  inches, 
the  feathere  white  at  the  base  and  tip,  black  in  the 
middle ;  feet  and  claws  obscure  grey.  The  feathers 
of  the  cheeks  and  back  of  the  neck  are  loose  and 
hair-iike. 

1574. — The  Concave  Hornbill 

{Buceros  cavatiis).      This   large  species  is  a  native 
of  India,  the  Himalaya  range,  Java,  and    most   of 
the  islands  in  the  Indian  Archipelago.    It  is  figured 
in   the  '  Century '  by  Mr.  Gould,  who  thus  describes  I 
it : — "Throat,  ear-coverts,  circle  round  the  eye,  and 
a  narrow  band  at  the  occipital  edge  of  the  protu-  . 
berance   of   the    beak,   black  ;     neck   dirty  straw-  | 
colour,  the  feathers  of  the  back  of  the  neck  elon-  i 
irated  ;   the  body  and  wings  black,  greater  coverts  i 
and  quill-feathers  tipped  with  white  ;  thighs,  upper 
and   under  tail-coverts,  white,  as   is   the   tail   also,  ; 
with   the   exception   of  a  broad   black  band  about 
three  inches  from  the  tip  ;  beak  yellowish,  inclining  \\ 
to  scarlet  at  the  tip;   under  mandible  black  at  the  j 
base  ;   tarsi  black.     The  food  of  the  Buceros  cava-  '• 
tus,   like  that  of  other  hornbills,  consists  of  fruits,    j 
berries,  flesh,  and  even  carrion  ;  in  short,  it  may  be' 
considered  as  strictly  omnivorous."    (Gould.)  il 

We  may  add  that  this  and  the  other  species  have  ' 
the  habit  of  throwing  their  food  up  in  the  air  with 
a  jerk,   and    dexterously   catching   if,    when    they 
swallow  it  at  once. 

Family  UPUPID^  (HOOPOES). 

This  limited  family  group  has  been  a  sort  of  stum- 
bling-block   to   ornithologists,    who    have   differed 
vvidely   as  to    its  aflSnities,   and    consequently  its 
situation  in  a  natural  arrangement.    Linnaeus  placed 
the  Hoopoe  near  the  Bee-eaters ;  Meyer,  between  the 
Orioles  and  Cuckoos ;  Vieil  lot.  Vigors,  and  S wainson, 
in  the  same  group  with  the  Promerops  ;  the  Prince' 
of  Canino  assigns  it  a  place  between  the  Kingfisher 
and  Humming-birds.    For  ourselves  we  are  strongly 
inclined  to  believe  that  the  Hoopoe  is  very  nearly 
allied  to  the   great   birds  just    noticed,    viz.,   the  I 
Hornbills,  and  such,  we  believe,  is  the  opinion  of  I 
Mr.  Gould.     There   is  much   in    form,    food,    and 
habits  in  which  they  agree;  the  beak  in  the  Hoopoe, 
it  is  true,  is  slender  and  elongated,  arched,  triangular, 
and  destitute  of  appendages,  but  it  is  used  in  the 
same  manner  and  for  the  same  purposes  as  that  of 
the  Hornbill,  namely,  for  seizing  food,  as  insects, 
squeezing  them  to  death,  and  throwing  them  with  a 
jerk  into  the  throat.    The  bill,  moreover,  is  short  and 
nearly  straight,  with  a  cylindrical  point  in  the  young, 
and  gradually  acquires  its  full  development,  which 
is  in  fact  that  of  horn  continued  in  extension  far 
beyond  the  true  osseous  mandibles.    (See  Fig.  1575, 
Head  of  Hoopoe.)    The  tongue  is  short  and  triquel 
tral ,  the  feet,  from  the  increased  length  of  the  hind 
toe  and  size  of  the  nail,  are  better  adapted  for  ter- 
restrial progression,  but  the  middle  and  outer  toes 
are  united  as  far  as  the  first  joint.     In  the  general 
contour,  and  in  the  arrangement  of  the  markings  of 
the  plumage,  we  may  defect  a  resemblance  to  the 
Hornbills,   as   also   in    their   mode  of  nidification 
namely,  in  the  hollows  of  decayed  trees.     Without' 
however,  insisting  on  this  point,  or  entering  into  a 
disquisition  foreign  to  our  present  design,  let  us  at 
once  proceed  to  give  some  account  of  the  economy 
of  the  Hoopoes,  of  which  three  species  are  recog- 
nised—one African,  another  Indian,  a  third  almost 
universally  spread,  being  found  in  Europe,  India, 
China,  and  other  parts  of  Asia,  and  in  Africa, 

1576,  1577,  1578. -Thk  Hoopob 

{Upupa  Epops,  Linn.).  This  is  the  t-rra^],  (Epops)  of 
the  Greeks  (Aristot.,  'Hist.  Anira.,'  i.  1;  ix.  11  ;  ix. 
15,  49  ;  Aristoph.,  '  Birds,'  228.  et  seq.  ;  Pausanias, 
X.  4)  ;  Upupa  and  Epops  of  the  ancient  Italians 
(Plmy,  'Nat.  Hist.,'  x.  29;  xxx.  C  ;  Ovid.'Metam., 


VI.).  It  IS  the  Buba,  Upega,  Gallo  del  Paradiso, 
Galleto  de  magio,  Pubula,  Bubbola,  Pupifa,  and 
Upupa  of  the  modern  Italians  ;  Hupe,  Huppe,  Put- 
put,  Huput,  and  Lupoge  of  the  French;  el  Abubilla 
of  the  Spanish ;  Wiedehopf  of  the  Germans ;  de 
Hoppe  of  the  Netherlanders;  Hazfogel  of  the 
Swedes ;  Her-fugl  of  the  Danes  ;  Smerda  Kaura  of 
Scopoli;  Dung-bird  and  Hoopoe  of  the  modern 
British  :  y  Goppog  of  the  ancient  British. 

The  Hoopoe  is  a  bird  of  migratory  habits,  extend- 
ing as  far  north  in  the  summer  as  Denmark,  Sweden, 
and  Russia.  It  is  common  in  many  parts  of 
Germany,  Holland,  France,  and  Spain ;  but  is,  com- 
paratively speaking,  a  rare  visitor  to  our  island, 
though  instances  have  been  known  of  its  having 
bred  in  this  country,  and  more  undoubtedly  would 
occur,  did  not  the  appearance  of  a  pair  of  these 
birds  call  up  incessant  attempts  at  their  destruction. 
Gilbert  White,  in  his '  History  of  Selborne"  (letter  xi.), 
instances  a  pair  of  Hoopoes  which  one  summer 
visiled  his  premises,  frequenting  for  some  weeks  an 
ornamented  piece  of  ground  adjoining  the  garden. 
"  They  used  to  march  about  in  a  stately  manner, 
feeding  in  the  walks  many  times  in  the  day,  and 
seemed  disposed  to  breed  in  my  outlet,  but  were 
frightened  and  persecuted  by  idle  boys,  who  would 
never  let  them  be  at  rest."  The  Hoopoe  affects 
moist  and  low  situations,  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
woods  and  thickets,  where  it  finds  suitable  food. 

Pliny  has  noticed  this  species  as  "  obscana 
pastu  avis ;"  and  Pennant,  after  stating  that  it  breeds 
in  hollow  trees,  and  feeds  on  insects,  adds  that  the 
ancients  believed  that  it  made  its  nest  of  the  most 
disgusting  materials  ;  so  far  is  certain,  that  its  hole 
IS  excessively  foetid  from  the  tainted  food  it  brings 
to  its  young.  ° 

In  the  '  Magazine  of  Natural  History '  it  is  stated 
that  on  the  Bordeaux  side  of  the  Garonne  and  near 
the  city  are   large  spaces  of  marshy  ground  inter- 
sected by  broad  ditches  and  creeks  terminating  in 
the  river,  where  poplars  and  willows  are    planted 
for  the  sake  of  their  twigs  used  for  tying  the  vines. 
These  trees  being  topped  become  very  stout,  and  as 
they  decay  at  the  centre  in  a  few  years,  they  are 
j  attacked     by    numerous   insects,    particularly    the 
Formica  fuliginosa.     Here   the   Hoopoes  are   fre- 
quently seen  examining  the  rotten  wood,  and  feed- 
ing  on  the  insects  which   abound   therein.      It    is 
further  remarked,  that   the  Hoopoe  flies   low,  and 
seldom,  unless  disturbed,  its  food  being  so  abundant 
as  to  require  but  little  search,  and  that  it  breeds  in 
a  hollow  willow  about  the  end  of  May,  the  youne 
coming  out  in  June. 

Indeed  they  breed,  generally,  in  hollow  trees, 
and,  notwithstanding  the  accounts  of  the  disgust- 
ing materials  which  they  were  said  to  use,  noticed 
by  Aristotle  and  other  writers,  form  a  nest  of  a 
few  dried  grass-stalks  and  feathers,  laying  eggs 
varying  from  four  to  seven  in  number,  of  a  pale 
lavender-grey,  about  an  inch  and  a  half  long  and 
about  eight  lines  broad. 

In  a  state  of  nature  the  Hoopoe  is  much  upon 
the  ground  during  the  day,  generally  in  moist  situa- 
tions,  where   it   may   meet   with    its   insect  food. 
Bechstein  gives  the  following  interesting  account, 
written  by  M.  von  Schauroth,  in  his  '  Cage-Birds :' 
"  With  great   care  and  attention   I  was  able   last 
summer  to  rear  two  young  hoopoes,  taken  from  a 
nest  which  was  placed  at  the  top  of  an  oak-tree. 
These    little   birds  followed    me   everywhere,   and 
when  they  heard  me  at  a  distance,  showed  their  joy 
by  a  particular  chirping,  jumped  into  the  air,  or  as 
soon  as  I  was  seated,  climbed   upon   my  clothes 
particularly  when  giving  them   their  food   from   a 
pan  of  milk,  the  cream  of  which  they  swallowed 
greedily;   thev  climbed   higher  and  higher,  till  at 
last  they  perched  on  my  shoulders,  and  sometimes 
on  my  head,  care.ssing  me  very  affectionately :  not- 
withstanding this,  I  had  only  to  speak  a  word  to  rid 
myself  of  their  company;  they  would  then  immedi- 
ately retire  to   the   stove.     Generally,  they  would 
observe  my  eyes  to  discover  what  my  temper  might 
be,  that  they  might  act  accordingly.     I  fed  them 
like  the  nightingales,  or  with  the  universal  paste, 
to  which  I  sometimes  added  insects:  they  would 
never  touch  earth-worms,  but   were   very  fond  of 
beetles  and  May-bugs:   these  they  first  killed,  and 
then   beat   them  with   their  beak   into  a   kind  of 
oblong  ball ;   when  this  was  done,  they   threw  it 
into  the  air,  that  they  might  catch  it  and  swallow 
It  lengthwise  ;  if  it  fell  across  the  throat,  they  were 
obliged  to  begin  again.     Instead  of  bathing,  they 
roll  in  the  sand.     I  took  them  one  day  into  a  neigh- 
bouring field,   that  they  might  catch   insects  for 
themselves,  and   had    then  an  opportunity   of  re- 
marking their  innate  fear  of  birds  of  prey,  and  their 
instinct  under   it.     As  soon   as  they  perceived  a 
raven,  or  even  a  pigeon,  they  were  on  their  bellies 
m  the  twinkling  of  an  eye,  their  wings  stretched 
out  by   the  side  of  their  head,  so  that  the  large 
quill-ieathers  touched ;  they  were  thus  surrounded 
bjr  a  sort  of  crown,  formed  by  the  feathers  of  the 
tail  and  wings,  the  head  leaning  on  the  back  with 


the  bill  pointing  upwards ;  in  this  curious  posture 
they  might  be  taken  for  an  old  rag.  As  soon  as  the 
bird  which  frightened  them  was  gone,  they  jumped 
up  immediately,  uttering  cries  of  joy.  They  w-ere 
very  fond  of  lying  in  the  sun  ;  they  showed  their 
content  by  repeating  in  a  quivering  tone,  vec,  vec 
vec;  when  angry,  their  notes  are  harsh,  and  the 
male,  which  is  knoivn  by  its  colour  being  redder 
cries  hoop,  hoop.  The  female  had  the  trick  of 
dragging  its  tood  about  the  room  :  by  this  means  it 
was  covered  with  small  feathers  and  other  rubbish 
which  by  degrees  formed  into  an  indigestible  ball 
in  Its  stomach,  about  the  size  of  a  nut,  of  which  it 
died  The  male  lived  through  the  winter  ;  but  not 
quitting  the  heated  stove,  its  beak  became  so  dry 
ttiat  the  two  parts  separated,  and  remained  more 
than  an  inch  apart:  thus  it  died  miserably." 

Mr.  larrell  has  recorded  the  manners  of  a  Hoo- 
poe in  the  possession  of  Mr.  Baitlett,  the  preserver 
of  birds,  in  Museum  Street.  "This  bird,"  says  Mr 
Yarrell,  "  ,s  quite  tame,  and,  when  unexcited,  the 
high  crest  falls  flat  over  the  top  of  the  head  and  co- 
vers the  occiput;  it  takes  a  meal-worm  from  the 
hand  very  readily,  nibbles  and  pinches  it  between 
the  ends  of  the  mandibles,  then  putting  it  on  the 
ground,  strikes  it  several  blows  with  the  point  of  thn 
beak ;  when  the  insect  is  apparently  dead,  or  dis- 

fi^     Vi"u^*i"  V^!'''"  "P'  '^"'^  ^y  ^  particular  mo- 
tion  of  the  head,  which  is  thrown  backward,  and  the 
peak  open,  the  meal-worm  drops  into  the  gape  of 
the  mouth  and  is  swallowed.     The  call  for  Inother 
is  a  sharp  note  ;   but  it  also  utters  at  times  a  sound 
closely  resembling  the  word  hoop,  hoop,  hoop,  but 
breathed  out  so  softly,  yet  rapidly,  as  to  remind  the 
hearer  of  the  note  of  the  dove.    This  bird  constantly 
rubs  himself  in  the  sand  with  which  the  bottom  of 
his  large  cage  is  supplied,  dusting  himself  like  the 
iarks,  but  takes  great  care  to  shake  off  any  sand  or 
gravel  that  may  adhere  to  his  food,  which  is  raw 
meat   chopped,  and  boiled  egg.    He  hides  superflu- 
ous  food,  and  resorts  to  his  hoard  when   hunc^rv 
When  allowed  to  come  out  of  his  cage,  he  takes 
short  flights  about  the  room  ;  but  would  not  be  con- 
quered a  bird  of  great  power  upon  the  wing ;  yet  the 
Bishop   of   Norwich   has   recorded   that  'one  ap- 
proached a  vessel  in  the  middle  of  the  Atlantic,  and 
kept  company   with  it  a  good  way,'  but  did  not 
settle  on  board,  which  it  probably  would  have  done 
had  it  been  tired.' 

"At  the  moment  of  settling  on  the  floor  of  the 
room,  Mr.  Bartletfs  bird  bends  the  head  downwards 
till  the  point  of  the  beak  touches  the  floor,  after 
which,  as  well  as  occasionally  at  other  times,  the 
long  feathers  forming  the  crest  are  alternately  ele- 
vated and  depressed  in  a  slow  and  graceful  manner, 
the  bird  assuming  an  appearance  of  great  vivacity,' 
running  on  the  ground  with  a  very  quick  step,  m' 
Necker,  in  his  '  Memoir  on  the  Birds  of  Geneva,' 
says  hoopoes  fight  desperately,  and  leave  the  ground 
covered  with  their  feathers."    ('  British  Birds.') 

The  country-people  of  Sweden  look   on  the  ap- 
pearance of  this  bird  as  a  presage  of  war — 

•'  Facies  armata  videtur  :'* 


and  formerly  the  vulgar  in  our  country  esteemed  it 
a  forerunner  of  some  calamity. . .  The  Turks  call  it 
Tir  Chaous,  or  the  messenger-bird,  from  the  resem- 
blance  its  crest   has   to  the   plumes  worn  by  the 
Chaous,  or  Turkish  couriers. 
The  male  Hoopoe  in  full  plumage  may  be  thus 
j  described :— Head  beautifully  crested  ;  two  parallel 
:  rows  of  long  feathers  form  an  arched  crest,  extend- 
j  ing  from  the  base  of  the  beak  to  the  occiput ;  these 
!  feathers  are  of  a  ruddy  buft'  colour,  terminated  with 
black:    head,  neck,  and  breast  vinous  buff;  upper 
part  of  the  back  vinous  grey  ;  on  the  back  a  large 
transversal   band;    wings  and   tail  black;  on  the 
j  wings  are  five  transversal  bands  of  yellowish-white, 
1  and  on  the  tail  is  a  very  large  white  band,  about  the' 
middle  of  the  feathers  ;  at  about  three-fourths  of  the 
length  of  the  quills  is  a  large  white  band ;  abdomen 
white,  with  some  longitudinal  spots  on  the  thighs ; 
bill  flesh-colour  at  its  base  and  black  towards  the' 
point;   feet  and  iris  brown.     Length  twelve  inches 
and  a  half.     Tail-feathers  only  ten  in  number. 

Female  less  than  the  male,  her  crest  shorter,  and 
the  tints  of  her  plumage  less  vivid. 

The  young  when  they  leave  the  nest  have  the  bill 
short,  nearly  straight,  and  slightly  cylindrical  to- 
wards the  point ;  the  feathers  of  the  crest  short  and 
often  terminated  with  black,  without  the  white 
spot  which  is  immediately  below  it  in  the  adult  • 
the  white  band  of  the  tail  nearer  to  the  rump  ;  the 
plumage  washed,  as  it  were,  with  ash-colour ;'  the 
bands  on  the  wings  less  distinct  and  more  yellowish 
and  a  greater  quantity  of  longitudinal  spots  upon 
the  belly  and  thighs. 

•  Ovid  well  desrrilws  the  hoopoe,  into  which,  accordinK  to  the  faW» 
Tereos  was  transformed  (Metam.,  lib.  vi.) .—  ' 

„    .,       ■         ,  "Tereus 

Vertilur  in  volmrem ;  cm  slant  in  vertice  crist®  ; 
Prominet  immodiciim  pro  lonffa  cuspide  rostrum. 
Nomen  Epops  volucri :  facies  armata  videtur." 


n7Sr— Uhiuocetos  Ilomki.i. 


UTJ.— ConcaTB  IloraljUl. 


l&76.-^Hoopoe. 


ISTS.-Sectlori  of  HeaAdT  lUiinoswos  HoraU'.l. 


liTi — Head  of  Hoopoc. 


4ii^  ^« 


352 


1978,— Hoopon. 


U7T.— Boapoe. 


1580<— HeadofTomsn. 


1583.— Internal  Stn«tiiR  of  Beak  and  Head  of  Toucan. 


ISIS.— Head  and  Tongue  oFToncw. 


litC-rootofToiwan. 

0. 45. 


1 581.— Headi  of  Book  and  Crow. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


353 


354 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Toucans  and  Aracahi& 


ORDER  SCANSORES. 

The  order  Scansores  (les  Grimpeuri,  Cuvier)  com 
prebends,  in  most  systems  of  arrangement,  all  those 
birds  which  have  the  foes  in  pairs,  two  directed 
forwards,  and  two  backwards,  the  outermost  of  the 
three  anterior  being  altered  as  to  its  position,  and 
brought  to  assist  the  true  hind  toe  in  its  action. 
Consequently  the  Trogons  and  the  Parrots  are  usually 
included  in  Itiis  order,  but  we  conceive  the  former, 
notwithstanding  their  zygodactyle  feet,  to  belong 
to  the  fissirostral  birds,  and  the  latter  to  compose 
an  order  per  u.  Mr.  G.  R.  Gray,  in  his  '  System 
of  Birds,*  regards  the  order  Scansores  as  consisting 
of  the  Toucans,  the  Parrots,  the  Woodpeckers,  and 
the  Cuckoos  ;  four  families  difTering  essentially  from 
each  other  in  habits  and  manners.  To  ourselves 
it  appears  that  the  order  is  altogether  artificial ;  it 
is  founded  only  on  one  character,  irrespective  of 
general  form,  food,  and  economy  of  life-  We  may 
add  that  this  character  (zygodactyle  toes)  is  fal- 
lacious, for  the  foot  of  the  woodpecker  is  utterly 
different  in  its  structure  both  from  that  of  the  parrot 
and  of  the  cuckoo. 

If  we  compare  the  order  Scansores,  as  at  present 
established,  with  the  order  Natatores  (swimming- 
birds),  we  shall  at  once  perceive  that  the  latter  is 
natural,  that  the  groups  it  contains  are  bound 
together  by  links  of  afSnity  more  or  less  immediate ; 
while  in  the  Scansores  we  shall  find  groups  that 
have  nothing  in  common  as  respects  structure  and 
modes  of  existence,  and  hence  do  we  feel  that  their 
collocation  is  hot  truly  natural.  If  the  parrots,  as 
is  undoubtedly  the  case,  constitute  an  order  per  se, 
on  the  same  grounds  do  the  woodpeckers,  and 
perhaps  also  the  cuckoos.  As,  however,  the  settle- 
ment of  questions  such  as  these  is  not  the  object  of 
our  work,  we  shall  at  once  proceed  to  the  investi- 
tion  of  our  pictorial  specimens. 

Family  RAMPHASTIDiE  (TOUCANS  AND 
ARACARIS). 

These  richly-coloured  birds  are  at  once  remarkable 
for  the  magnitude  and  figure  of  the  bill,  which  was 
known  in  Europe  before  the  birds  themselves. 
Belon  (a.d.  1555),  in  the  28th  chapter  of  the  third 
book  '  De  la  nature  des  Oyseaux  vivants  le  long  des 
rivieres  ayant  le  pied  plat,  nommez  en  Latin  Pal- 
mipedes aves,'  gives  a  figure  of  the  bill  of  the  Toco 
Toucan,  which  he  describes  as  belonging  to  a  bird 
of  the  new  world  (terras  neufues),  and  as  being 
half  a  foot  in  length ;  pointed  and  black  at  the  tip ; 
white  elsewhere ;  slightly  notched  along  the  edges ; 
hollow  within  ;  and  so  finely  delicate  that  it  is  thin 
and  transparent  as  parchment ;  its  beauty,  he  ob- 
serves, has  caused  it  to  be  kept  in  the  cabinets  of 
the  curious.  He  further  observes  that  he  has  not 
seen  the  bird  itself,  but  suspects  it  to  be  one  of  those 
"  de  pied  plat,"  and  therefore  places  it  among  the 
river-birds.  The  same  writer,  in  the  '  Portraits 
d'Oyseaux,'  again  figures  the  bill  as  belonging  to  a 
water-bird  with  this  description:  "  Bee  d'un  oyseau 
aquatique,  apport^  des  terres  neufues."  Belon 's  error 
may  be  readily  pardoned  :  such  a  beak  as  that  of  the 
Toucan,  seen  for  the  jirst  time  when  ornithology  was 
not  a  science,  would  puzzle  any  naturalist. 

For  upwards  of  a  century  after  the  date  of  Belon's 
works  it  does  not  appear  that  the  birds  themselves 
had  found  their  way  to  England ;  the  beak,  how- 
ever, of  one  species  was  in  the  collection  of  John 
Tradescant,  and  was  described  in  the  '  Museum 
Tradescantium'  as  that  of  the  Ara^ari  of  Brazil 
(a.d.  1656),  and  it  is  probable  that  Tradescant  had 
acquired  correct  information  concerning  the  nature 
of  the  bird  to  which  it  belonged,  if  indeed  he  had 
not  seen  a  specimen.  Petiver  (1702)  gives  a  figure 
of  the  Toucan,  which  though  rude,  as  were  all  the 
engravings  of  objects  of  natural  history  at  that  day, 
is  substantially  correct,  even  to  the  arrangement  of 
the  toes. 

Willughby  figures  the  Toucan  (Rhamphastos 
Toco  ?)  under  the  name  of  the  Brazilian  Pie  of 
Aldrovandus,  the  Toucan  of  Marcgrave  and  others, 
the  Xochitenacatl  of  the  Mexicans.  In  this  figure 
the  toes  are  incorrect,  owing  to  a  mistake  of  the 
artist,  for  Willughby  was  evidently  aware  of  their 
zygodactyle  character. 

The  beak  of  the  Toucan  (Figs.  1579  and  1580)  is, 
as  Belon  well  observed,  of  large  size,  with  serrated 
xargins,  but  of  light  structure,  being  cancellous 
within.  Its  proportionate  size  to  the  head  may  be 
appreciated  by  comparing  it  wi^h  the  beaks  of  other 
birds  which  have  this  organ  well  developed,  as  the 
rook  and  crow  (Fig.  1581). 

The  osseous  portions  of  the  mandibles,  observes 
Professor  Owen,  are  disposed  in  a  manner  adapted 
to  combine  with  the  great  bulk  of  those  parts  a  due 
degree  of  strength,  and  remarkable  lightness;  con- 
sequently the  bony  structure  is  of  the  most  beautiful 
aud  delicate  kind.  "  The  external  parietes  are 
extremely  thin,  especially  in  the  upper  mandible ; 
they  are  elastic,  and  yield  in  a  slight  degree  to 
moderate  pressure,  but  present  considerable  resist- 


ance if  a  force  is  applied  for  the  purpose  of  crush- 
ing the  back.  At  tne  points  of  the  mandibles  the 
outer  walls  are  nearly  a  line  in  thickness,  at  other 
parts  in  the  upper  mandible  they  are  much  thinner, 
varj-ing  from  one-thirtieth  to  one-fiftieth  of  an  inch 
in  thickness ;  in  the  lower  they  are  from  one- 
twentieth  to  one-thirtieth  of  an  inch  in  thickness. 
On  making  a  longitudinal  section  of  the  upper 
mandible,  its  base  is  seen  to  include  a  conical  cavity 
about  two  inches  in  length  and  one  inch  in  diameter, 
with  the  apex  directed  forwards.  The  walls  of  this 
cone  consist  of  a  most  beautiful  osseous  network 
intercepting  irregular  angular  spaces,  varying  in 
diameter  from  half  a  line  to  two  lines.  From  the 
parietes  of  this  cone  a  network  of  bony  fibres  is 
continued  to  the  outward  parietes  of  the  mandible, 
the  fibres  which  immediately  support  the  latter 
being  almost  invariably  implanted  at  right  angles 
to  the  part  in  which  they  are  inserted.  The  whole 
of  the  mandible  anterior  to  the  cone  is  occupied 
with  a  similar  network,  the  meshes  of  which  are 
largest  in  the  centre  of  the  beak,  in  consequence  of 
the  union  which  takes  place  between  different 
small  fibres  as  they  pass  from  the  circumference 
inwards.  It  is  remarkable  that  the  principle  of  the 
cylinder  is  introduced  into  this  elaborate  structure  ; 
the  smallest  of  the  supporting  pillars  of  the  nla.n- 
dibles  are  seen  to  be  hollow  or  tubular  when  ex- 
amined with  the  microscope.  The  structure  is  the 
same  in  the  lower  mandible,  but  the  fibres  com- 
posing the  network  are  in  general  stronger  than 
those  of  the  upper  mandible."  The  nostrils  are 
situated  at  the  base  of  the  upper  mandible,  where 
it  rises  above  the  level  of  the  skull,  and  conse- 
quently they  have  a  backward  aspect,  and  are 
secured  from  any  injury.  The  tongue  is  long, 
slender,  flat,  and  horny,  and  furnished  on  each  side 
with  a  series  of  short  processes  like  the  barbs  of  a 
feather.     It  is  soft  at  its  base. 

Figure  1.582  represents  the  structure  of  the  head 
and  beak  of  the  Toucan,  as  investigated  by  Professor 
Owen :  a,  Section  of  the  upper  mandible  of  Ram- 

Ehastos  Toco,  a,  The  cancellated  structure  of  the 
eak ;  b,  the  cavity  at  the  base ;  c,  branches  of  the 
fifth  pair  of  nerves ;  d  d,  external  orifices  of  the 
nostrils ;  e,  osseous  parietes  of  the  nasal  passages ; 
/,  osseous  tubes  protecting  the  olfactory  nerves ;  g, 
pituitary  membrane  exposed,  and  branches  of  the 
olfactory  nerves  radiating  from  it ;  h,  superior  semi- 
circular canals  of  the  internal  ear ;  t,  i,  hemispheres 
of  the  cerebrum  ;  k,  the  cerebellum,  b.  Ver- 
tical longitudinal  section  of  the  head.  The  same 
letters  indicate  the  same  parts  as  in  the  upper 
figure  :  /,  the  tongue  ;  m,  the  glottis ;  7i,  the  in- 
ternal aperture  to  the  nostrils ;  o,  the  os  hyoides ; 
p,  the  trachea ;  g,  the  oesophagus  ;  r,  the  beginning 
of  the  spinal  cord ;  s,  articulating  surface  of  oc- 
cipital bone  ;  t,  the  nasal  septum  or  partition ;  u, 
the  air-cell  anterior  to  the  orbit,  from  which  the 
air  passes  into  the  mandible;  v,  the  cancellated 
structure  of  the  lower  jaw. 

Figure  1583  shows  the  upper  surface  of  the 
tongue :  /,  the  fringed  or  feathered  portion  ;  m,  the 
orifice  of  the  larynx ;  n,  the  orifice  of  the  pharynx  ; 
o,  cornua  of  os  hyoides ;  p,  trachea  or  windpipe ; 
g,  gullet.    (Owen.) 

Fig.  1 584  conveys  a  clear  idea  of  the  zygodactylous 
arrangement  of  the  toes  in  the  birds  of  the  present 
family. 

Those  who  wish  to  enter  minutely  into  the 
anatomy  of  the  Toucan,  we  refer  to  Professor  Owens 
elaborate  paper,  in  Mr.  Gould's  '  Rhamphastidee.' 

The  Ramphastidse  are  all  natives  of  tropical 
America,  where  they  live  retired  in  the  deep  forests, 
mostly  in  small  companies ;  their  flight  is  straight 
but  laborious,  and  while  on  the  wing  the  beak  is 
raised  and  directed  forwards  so  as  to  offer  as  little 
resistance  as  possible  to  the  air.  Among  the  branches 
of  the  trees  their  movements  are  easy  and  active, 
they  appear  to  glide  from  branch  to  branch,  and  in 
this  manner  ascend  to  the  very  summits.  D'Azara 
states  that  the  toucans  are  to  a  certain  extent 
omnivorous,  living  a  great  part  of  the  year  on  fruits, 
but  during  the  breeding  season  attacking  the  smaller 
birds  in  their  nests,  and  devouring  their  eggs  or 
their  young.  Even  the  eggs  and  young  of  the  ma- 
caws and  other  large  birds  often  fall  victims  to  their 
carnivorous  propensities. 

Mr.  Swainson,  who  had  seen  the  toucans  in  their 
native  forests,  was  led  to  suspect  the  same  fact,  and 
informed  Mr.  Broderip  that  ne  had  frequently  ob- 
served them  perched  on  the  tops  of  lofty  trees,  evi- 
dently watching  the  departure  of  birds  from  their 
nests,  besides  which,  the  remains  of  food  found  in 
the  stomachs  of  such  as  were  shot  proved  that  eggs 
and  young  birds,  as  well  as  fruit,  constituted  their 
diet.  He  never,  however,  observed  them  in  the  act 
of  destruction. 

Dr.  Such  stated  that  he  had  seen  these  birds  in 
Brazil  feeding  on  the  toucan-berry,  and  had  fre- 
quently observed  them  engaged  in  quarrels  with  the 
monkeys,  and  that  he  was  certain  that  the  toucans 
fed  also  on  eggs  and  nestlings.    Mr.  Gould  in  his 


'  Monograph  of  the  Ramphastidse,'  divides  them  into 
two  great  sections:  1.  Ramphastos,  with  the  bill 
smooth,  the  nostrils  concealed  and  placed  at  the 
edge  of  the  thickened  frontlet  of  the  bill ;  the  wings 
short  and  rounded ;  the  tail  square ;  the  general 
ground-colour  black,  the  throat,  chest,  and  tail- 
coverts  being  of  a  hvely  or  brilliant  hue— red  or 
yellow.  (See  1579  and  1580,  Head  of  Toucan.) 
2.  Pteroglossus  (Ara9aris),  with  the  bill  more  con- 
tracted in  its  dimensions,  more  solid,  with  the 
edges  more  decidedly  serrated,  the  nostrils  vertical, 
naked,  and  round  upon  the  upper  edge  of  tlie  front- 
let of  the  beak ;  the  tail  long  and  graduated ;  the 
predominent  colour  olive-green,  varied  with  red, 
yellow,  &c.  In  both  groups  the  skin  round  the 
eyes  is  naked  and  richly  tinted.  (See  1593,  Head 
of  Ara^ari.) 

1585. — A  Group  of  Ramphastid.e. 

a.  The  Arafari  (Pteroglossus  Ara9ari);  6,  fhe 
Red-billed  Toucan  (Ramphastos  erythrorhynchus)  ^ 
c,  the  Toco  Toucan  (R.  Toco) ;  d,  the  Black  and 
Yellow  Toucan  (R.  discolorus). 

We  may  here  appropriately  introduce  the  descrip- 
tion by  Mr.  Broderip  of  the  habits  and  manners  ol^ 
toucan  in  captivity  ;  the  species  was  the  R.  erythro- 
rhynchus : — 

On  the  23rd  of  November,  1824,  the  late  Mr. 
Vigors  had  spoken  at  the  Zoological  Club  of  a  living 
toucan,  which  was  then  exhibited  in  St.  Martin's 
Lane.  Mr.  Vigors  stated  that  the  bird  had  been  fed 
on  a  vegetable  diet ;  but  that  the  proprietor  had 
told  him  that  on  the  occasion  of  a  young  Canary, 
bird  having  escaped  and  gone  near  to  the  toucan, 
the  latter  appeared  more  than  usually  excited,  that 
thereupon  the  barrier  between  them  was  removed, 
and  that  the  toucan  instantly  seized  and  devoured 
the  Canary-bird.  On  the  next  day  Mr.  Broderip 
went  to  the  place  where  the  toucan  was  exhibitec^ 
and  thus  describes  what  he  saw;— "After  looking  at 
the  bird  which  was  the  object  of  my  visit,  and  which 
was  apparently  in  the  highest  state  of  health,  I  asked 
the  proprietor  to  bring  up  a  little  bird,  that  I  might 
see  how  the  toucan  would  be  affected  by  its  appear- 
ance. He  soon  returned,  bringing  with  him  a  gold- 
finch, a  last  year's  bird.  The  instant  he  introduced 
his  hand  with  the  goldfinch  into  the  cage  of  the 
toucan,  the  latter,  which  was  on  a  perch,  snatched 
it  with  his  bill.  The  poor  little  bird  had  only  time 
to  utter  a  short  weak  cry  ;  for  within  a  second  it 
was  dead,  killed  by  compression  on  the  sternum  and 
abdomen,  and  that  so  powerful  that  the  bowels  were 
protruded  after  a  very  few  squeezes  of  the  toucans 
bill.  As  soon  as  the  goldfinch  was  dead,  the  toucan 
hopped  with  it,  still  in  his  bill,  to  another  perch, 
and  placing  it  with  his  bill  between  his  right  foot 
and  the  perch,  began  to  strip  off  the  feathers  with 
his  bill.  When  he  had  plucked  away  most  of  them, 
he  broke  the  bones  of  the  wings  and  legs  (still  hold- 
ing the  little  bird  in  the  same  position)  with  his 
bill,  taking  the  limbs  therein,  and  giving  at  the 
same  time  a  strong  lateral  wrench.  He  continued 
this  work  with  great  dexterity  till  he  had  almost  re- 
duced the  bird  to  a  shapeless  mass  ;  and  ever  and 
anon  he  would  take  his  prey  from  the  perch  in  his 
bill,  and  hop  from  perch  to  perch,  making  at  the 
same  time  a  peculiar  hollow  clattering  noise ;  at  which 
times  I  observed  that  his  bill  and  wings  were 
affected  with  a  vibratory  or  shivering  motion,  though 
the  latter  were  not  expanded.  He  would  then  re- 
turn the  bird  to  the  perch  with  his  bill,  and  set  his 
foot  on  it.  He  first  ate  the  viscera,  and  continued 
pulling  off  and  swallowing  piece  after  piece,  till  the 
head,  neck,  and  part  of  the  back  of  the  sternum, 
with  their  soft  parts,  were  alone  left :  these,  after  a 
little  more  wrenching,  while  they  were  held  on  the 

Eerch,  and  mastication,  as  it  were,  while  they  were 
eld  in  the  bill,  he  at  last  swallowed,  not  even  leav- 
ing the  beak  or  legs  of  his  prey.  The  last  part 
gave  him  the  most  trouble  ;  but  it  was  clear  that  he 
felt  great  enjoyment;  for  whenever  he  raised  his 
prey  from  the  perch  he  appeared  to  exult,  now  mas- 
ticating the  morsel  with  his  toothed  bill  and  apply, 
ing  his  tongue  to  it,  now  attempting  to  gorge  it, 
and  now  making  the  peculiar  clattering  noise  ac 
companied  by  the  shivering  motion  above  mentioned 
The  whole  operation  from  the  time  of  seizing  his 
prey  to  that  of  devouring  the  last  morsel  lasted 
about  a  quarter  of  an  hour.  He  then  cleansed  his 
bill  from  the  feathers  by  rubbing  it  against  the 
perches  and  bars  of  his  cage.  While  on  this  part 
of  the  subject  it  may  be  as  well  to  mention  another 
fact,  which  appears  to  me  not  unworthy  of  notice. 
I  have  more  than  once  seen  him  return  his  food 
some  time  after  he  had  taken  it  to  his  crop,  and, 
after  masticating  the  morsel  for  awhile  in  his  bill, 
again  swallow  it ;  the  whole  operation,  particularly 
the  return  of  the  food  to  the  bill,  bearing  a  strong 
resemblance  to  the  analogous  action  in  ruminating 
animals.  The  food  on  which  I  saw  hie  so  em- 
ployed was  a  piece  of  beef,  which  had  evidently 
been  macerated  some  time  in  the  crop.  While 
masticating  it,  he  made  the  same  hollow  clattering 


Toucans  and  Aracaris.J 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


355 


noise  as  he  made  over  the  remains  of  the  goldfinch. 
Previous  to  this  operation  he  had  examined  his 
feeding-trough,  in  which  there  was  nothing  but 
bread,  which  I  saw  him  take  up  and  reject ;  and  it 
appeared  to  me  that  he  was  thus  reduced  from  ne- 
cessity to  the  above  mode  of  solacing  his  palate 
with  animal  food.  His  food  consists  of  bread, 
boiled  vegetables,  eggs,  and  flesh,  to  which  a  little 
bird  is  now  added  aljout  every  second  or  third  day. 
He  shows  a  decided  preference  for  animal  food, 
picking  out  all  morsels  of  that  description,  and  not 
resorting  to  the  vegetable  diet  till  all  the  former  is 
exhausted. 

"It  is  said  that  the  nerves  are  very  much  expanded 
within  the  internal  surface  of  the  bill  in  these  birds ; 
and  independently  of  the  sensual  enjoyment  which 
the  toucan  above  mentioned  appeared  to  derive 
from  palating  his  prey,  I  have  observed  him  fre- 
quently scratching  his  bill  with  his  foot,  which  may 
be  considered  as  "furnishing  additional  evidence  of 
the  sensibility  of  this  organ.  While  taking  his  prey 
he  never  used  his  foot  for  the  purpose  of  conveying 
it  either  to  his  bill  or  elsewhere.  The  bill  was  the 
sole  vehicle  and  the  organ  actively  employed;  the 
foot  merely  coniined  the  prey  on  the  perch. 

"  But  there  is  yet  another  of  the  peculiarities  of 
this  bird  which  cannot  be  passed  over  in  silence. 
When  he  settles  himself  to  roost,  he  sits  a  short 
time  with  his  tail  retroverted,  so  as  to  make  an  acute 
angle  with  the  line  of  his  back;  he  then  turns  his 
bill  over  his  right  shoulder,  nestling  it  in  the  soft 
plumage  of  the  back  (on  which  last  the  under  man- 
dible rests),  till  the  bill  is  so  entirely  covered  that 
no  trace  of  it  is  visible.  When  disturbed,  he  did 
not  drop  his  tail,  but  almost  immediately  returned 
his  bill  to  the  comfortable  nidus  from  which  on 
being  disturbed  he  had  withdrawn  it.  He  broke  a 
short  time  ago  some  of  his  tail-feathers,  and  the 
proprietor  inlortaed  me  that  before  that  accident 
the  bird  when  at  roost  retroverted  his  tail  so  en- 
tirely that  the  upper  surface  of  the  tail-feathers 
lay  over  and  came  in  contact  with  the  plumage  of 
the  back ;  so  that  the  bird  had  the  appearance  of  a 
ball  of  feathers,  to  which  indeed  when  I  saw  him  he 
bore  a  very  considerable  resemblance.  The  pro- 
prietor informs  me  that  he  always  roosts  in  the 
game  way."    ('  Zool.  Journ.'  vol.  i.). 

In  a  subsequent  volume  (ii.)  Mr.  Vigors  gives 
the  following  interesting  account  of  a  toucan,  Ram- 
phastos  Ariel  (Vig.),  which  he  kept  in  a  state  of 
domestication  for  many  years : — 

"  With  respect  to  the  manners  of  my  bird,  I  can 
add  but  little  to  the  very  accurate  and  interesting 
account  of  those  of  a  species  nearly  allied  to  it, 
which  has  appeared  in  a  preceding  number  of  this 
Journal.*  I  have  not  allowed  it  to  be  indulged  in 
that  disposition  to  animal  food  which  so  strikingly 
belongs  to  this  family.  I  find  in  fact  that  it  thrives 
sufficiently  well  upon  a  vegetable  diet ;  and  I  fear 
that  if  it  should  once  be  allowed  any  other,  it 
would  be  difficult  to  restrain  its  inclination  for  it 
within  moderate  limits.  Eggs  are  the  only  animal 
food  with  which  it  has  been  supplied  since  it  came 
into  my  possession.  Of  these  it  is  particularly  fond, 
and  they  are  generally  mixed  up  in  his  ordinary 
food,  which  consists  of  bread,  rice,  potatoes,  Ger- 
man paste,  and  similar  substances.  He  delights  in 
fruits  of  all  kinds.  During  the  period  when  these 
were  fresh,  he  fed  almost  exclusively  on  them;  and 
even  in  the  present  winter  months  he  exhibits  great 
gratification  in  being  offered  pieces  of  apples, 
oranges,  or  preserved  fruits  of  any  description. 
These  he  generally  holds  for  a  short  time  at  the  ex- 
tremity of  his  bill,  touching  them  with  apparent 
delight  with  his  slender  and  feathered  tongue,  and 
then  conveying  them  by  a  sudden  upward  jerk  to 
his  throat,  where  they  are  caught  and  instantly 
swallowed.  His  natural  projiensity  to  preying  upon 
animals,  although  not  indulged,  is  still  strongly  con- 
spicuous. When  another  bird  approaches  his  cage, 
or  even  a  skin  or  preserved  specimen  is  presented 
to  him,  he  exhibits  considerable  excitement.  He 
raises  himself  up,  erects  his  feathers,  and  utters  that 
'  hollow  clattering  sound  *  noticed  by  Mr.  Broderip, 
which  seems  to  be  the  usual  expression  of  delight 
in  these  birds ;  the  irides  of  his  eyes  at  the  same 
time  expand,  and  he  seems  ready  to  dart  upon  his 
prey,  if  the  bars  of  his  cage  permitted  his  approach. 
On  one  occasion,  when  a  small  bird  was  placed 
by  chance  over  his  cage  at  night,  he  showed  great 
restlessness,  as  if  aware  of  the  neighbourhood  of 
the  bird  ;  and  he  would  not  be  composed  until  the 
cause  of  his  anxiety  was  discovered  and  removed. 

"When  in  his  cage,  he  is  peculiarly  gentle  and 
tractable,  suffers  himself  to  be  played  with,  and 
feeds  from  the  hand.  Out  of  his  cage  he  is  wild 
and  timid.  In  general  he  is  active  and  lively  ;  and, 
contrary  to  what  might  be  expected,  from  the  ap- 
parent disproportion  of  the  bill  and  the  seemingly 
clumsy  shape  of  the  birds  of  this  genus,  as  they  are 
usually  set  up  or  represented  in  figures,  his  appear- 
ance is  not  only  graceful,  but  his  movements,  as  he 
*  Mr.  Broderip's  account,  above  given. 


glides  from  perch  to  perch,  are  lig^it  and  sylph- 
like ;  so  much  so  as  to  have  suggested  to  an  intel- 
ligent friend  who  witnessed  them  the  specific  name 
which  I  have  ventured  to  assign  him.  He  keeps 
himself  in  beautiful  plumage,  his  lighter  colours 
being  strikingly  vivid,  and  the  deep  black  of  his 
upper  body  in  particular  being  always  bright  and 
glossy.  For  this  fine  condition  he  seems  to  be 
much  indebted  to  his  fondness  for  bathing.  Every 
day  he  immerses  himself  in  cold  water  with  ap- 
parent pleasure,  even  in  this  severe  weather ;  and 
in  no  respect  indeed  does  he  appear  to  suffer  by  the 
transition  from  his  own  warm  climate  to  our  uncon- 
genial atmosphere. 

"  Besides  the  '  hollow  clattering  noise,'  as  my  friend 
Mr.  Broderip  so  expressively  terms  the  usual  sounds 
of  these  birds,  he  utters  at  times  a  hoarse  and  some- 
what discordant  cry  when  he  happens  to  be  hungry, 
and  to  see  his  food  about  to  be  presented  to  him. 
On  such  occasions  he  stands  erect,  raising  his  head 
in  the  air,  and  half  opening  his  bill  as  he  emits  this 
cry.  These  are  the  only  sounds  I  have  heard  him 
utter ;  and  in  neither  can  I  say  that  I  have  detected 
any  similarity,  or  even  approach,  to  the  word  Tou- 
can, as  has  sometimes  been  asserted,  and  from 
whence  the  trivial  name  of  the  genus  has  been  sup- 
posed to  originate.  Neither  have  I  been  able  to 
verify  another  observation  which  has  been  advanced 
respecting  these  birds,  that  the  bill  is  compressible 
between  the  fingers  in  the  living  bird.  The  bill, 
notwithstanding  the  lightness  of  its  substance,  is  firm, 
and  capable  of  grasping  an  object  with  much 
strength.  The  mode  in  which  Mr.  Broderip  de- 
scribes his  toucan  as  having  broken  the  limbs  of  the 
bird  which  he  was  about  to  devour,  by  '  a  strong  la- 
teral wrench,'  sufficiently  shows  that  the  bill  is  not 
deficient  in  power.  Indeed  I  generally  observe  that 
my  bird  takes  what  is  offered  him  rather  by  the  sides 
than  by  the  point  of  his  bill ;  and,  I  suspect  that 
much  of  the  powers  of  that  member  are  centred  in 
this  lateral  motion.  The  serration  of  the  edges  also 
may  be  supposed  to  tend  to  these  peculiar  powers. 
The  manner  in  which  he  composes  himself  to  rest  is 
represented  in  the  accompanying  plates.  Since  the 
cold  weather  has  commencecl,  he  has  been  brought 
into  a  room  with  a  fire,  and  the  unusual  light  seems 
to  have  interfered  with  his  general  habits ;  he  does 
not  go  to  rest  as  early  or  as  regularly  as  was  his  cus- 
tom ;  and  he  sometimes  even  feeds  at  a  late  hour. 
During  the  warmer  months,  however,  when  he  was 
more  free  from  interruption,  his  habits  were  singu- 
larly regular.  As  the  dusk  of  the  evening  approached, 
he  finished  his  last  meal  for  the  day ;  took  a  few 
turns,  as  if  for  exercise  after  his  meal,  round  the 
perches  of  his  cage  ;  and  then  settled  on  the  highest 
perch,  disposing  himself,  almost  at  the  moment  he 
alighted  on  it,  in  the  posture  represented,  his  head 
drawn  in  between  his  shoulders,  and  his  tail  turned 
vertically  over  his  back.  (Fig.  1586  represents  the 
bird  in  this  attitude.) 

"  In  this  posture  he  generally  remained  about  two 
hours,  in  a  state  between  sleeping  and  waking,  his 
eyes  for  the  most  part  closed,  but  opening  on  the 
slightest  interruption.  At  such  times  he  would  al- 
low himself  to  be  handled,  and  would  even  take  any 
favourite  food  that  was  offered  him  without  altering 
his  posture  further  than  by  a  gentle  turn  of  the 
head.  He  would  also  suffer  his  tail  to  be  replaced 
by  the  hand  in  its  natural  downward  posture,  and 
would  then  immediately  return  it  again  to  its  verti- 
cal position.  In  these  movements  the  tail  seemed 
to  turn  as  if  on  a  hinge  that  was  operated  upon  by 
a  spring.  At  the  end  of  about  two  hours  he  began 
gradually  to  turn  his  bill  over  his  right  shoulder  and 
to  nestle  it  among  the  feathers  of  his  back,  some- 
times concealing  it  completely  within  the  plumage, 
at  other  times  having  a  slight  portion  of  the  culmen 
exposed.  At  the  same  time  he  drooped  the  feathers 
of  his  wings  and  those  of  the  thigh-coverts,  so  as  to 
encompass  the  legs  and  feet ;  and  thus  nearly  as- 
suming the  appearance  of  an  oval  ball  of  feathers, 
he  secured  himself  against  all  exposure  to  cold," 
(See  Fig.  1587.) 

1588.— The  Toco  Toucan 

(Ramphastos  Toco).  This  species  is  the  most  com- 
mon in  museums,  and  appears  to  have  been  the  first 
with  which  European  naturalists  became  acquainted. 
It  is  one  of  the  largest  of  its  family,  measuring  twenty 
seven  inches  total  length,  of  which  the  bill  is  seven 
inches  and  a  half,  and  the  tail  seven  :  it  is  at  once 
distinguished  by  the  black  oval  mark  at  the  tip  of  the 
beak.  This  bird  is  distributed  throughout  the  whole 
of  wooded  districts  from  the  river  Plata  to  Guiana. 

1589.— Cuvier's  Toucan 

(Ramphastos  Cuvieri,  Gould).  This  rare  species, 
of  which  only  two  or  three  specimens  are  extant  in 
Europe,  is  a  native  of  the  wooded  borders  of  the 
Amazon.  The  beak  is  brownish  black  on  the  sides, 
with  a  large  basal  belt  and  culrainal  line  of  greenish 
yellow,  the  basal  belt  being  bounded  behind  by  a 
narrow  line  of  black,  and  before  by  a  broader  one 


of  deep  black,  which  is  only  apparent  in  certain 
lights ;  the  top  of  the  head  and  the  whole  of  the 
upper  surface  black;  with  the  exception  of  the  upper 
tail-coverts,  which  are  bright  orange  yellow  ;  cheeks, 
throat,  and  chest  white,  with  a  tinge  of  greenish 
yellow,  terminated  by  a  band  of  scarlet ;  under  sur- 
face black;  under  tail-coverts  scarlet.  Total  length 
24  inches;  bill  7i,  wings  9,  tail  6J,  tarsi  2. 
(Gould.) 

1590. — ^The  Curl-crested  Aracari 

(Pieroglossits  ulocomus,  Gould).  This  rare  species, 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  its  tribe,  was  first  figured 
and  described  by  Mr.  Gould,  in  his  monograph  of 
the  present  family.  Two  examples  formed  part  of 
a  collections  of  birds  brought  to  this  country  from 
Rio  de  Janeiro.  Of.  these  Mr.  Gould  was  so  fortu- 
nate as  to  obtain  the  finest,  apparently  a  male,  now 
in  the  museum  of  the  Zoological  Society ;  the  other 
is  in  the  British  Museum.  The  native  country  ol 
this  species  is  probably  the  dense  forest-belt  along 
the  river  Amazon,  but  we  have  no  details  respecting 
its  history.  The  beak  of  this  aracari  is  lengthened, 
both  mandibles  being  edged  with  thickly-set  white 
serratures ;  the  upper  has  the,  culmen  of  an  orange 
colour,  bordered  by  a  longitudinal  stripe  of  dull 
blue  extending  nearly  to  the  tip,  below  which  the 
sides  of  the  mandible  are  fine  orange  red  ;  a  white 
line  surrounds  the  apertures  of  the  nostrils;  the 
under  mandible  is  straw-colour,  becoming  orange  at 
the  tip ;  a  narrow  band  of  rich  chestnut  encircles 
both  mandibles  at  their  base.  The  crown  of  the 
head  is  covered  with  a  crest  of  curled  metal-hke 
feathers  without  barbs  and  of  an  intense  glossy 
black  ;  as  they  approach  the  occiput  these  singular 
feathers  lose  their  curled  character  and  become 
straight,  narrow,  and  spatulate.  It  is,  as  Mr.  Gould 
observes,  impossible  for  the  pencil  to  do  justice  to 
the  brilliancy  of  these  curiously  curled  appendages, 
the  structure  of  which  appears  to  consist  in  a  dila- 
tation of  the  shaft  of  each  feather,  or  perhaps  an 
agglutination  of  the  web  into  one  mass.  The  fea- 
thers on  the  cheeks  have  the  same  form  as  those  on 
the  occiput,  but  are  more  decidedly  spatulate,  being 
of  a  yellowish  white  colour,  tipped  at  the  extremity 
with  black.  The  occiput  and  upper  tail-coverts  are 
of  a  deep  blood-red ;  the  chest  is  delicate  yellow, 
with  slight  crescent-shaped  bars  of  red ;  the  back, 
tail  and  thighs  are  olive-green;  the  quills  brown, 
the  tarsi  lead-coloured.  iTotal  length  18  inches ; 
bill  4,  tail  7i. 

1591. — The  Many-banded  Aracari 

(Pteroglossus  pluricinctits).  This  beautiful  bird  is 
a  native  of  Brazil.  In  the  male  (lower  figure)  a 
broad  band  of  black  advances  from  the  nostrils  along 
the  whole  of  the  culmen,  and  forms  a  narrow  belt 
down  the  sides  of  the  upper  mandible  at  its  base  ; 
the  elevated  basal  margin  of  the  bill  is  yellow ;  the 
sides  of  the  upper  mandible  beautiful  orange  yellow, 
fading  into  yellowish  white  towards  the  tip ;  under 
mandible  wholly  black  with  a  yellow  basal  ridge ; 
head,  neck,  and  chest,  black;  whole  of  the  upper 
surface,  except  the  rump,  which  is  scarlet,  dark 
olive-green ;  breast  marked  with  two  broad  bands 
of  black,  the  upper  separated  from  the  throat  by  an 
intervening  space  of  yellow  dashed  with  red ;  a  si- 
milar but  broader  space  separates  the  two  bands  of 
black,  the  lower  of  which  is  bounded  by  scarlet,  ad- 
vancing as  far  as  the  thighs,  which  are  brownish 
olive ;  under  the  tail  coverts  light  yellow  ;  naked 
space  round  the  eyes,  tarsi,  and  feet  dark  lead- 
colour. 

The  female  differs  from  the  male  in  having  the 
ear-coverts  brown,  and  a  narrow  belt  of  scarlet  bor- 
dering the  black  of  the  throat. 

Total  length  20  inches ;  bill  4i,  wings  6i,  tail  SJ. 
(Gould.) 

1592. — Humboldt's  Aracari 

(Pteroglossus  Humboldlii,  Gou\i).  This  species  is  a 
native  of  Brazil,  probably  nearthe  Amazon.  Itis  de-- 
scribed  as  follows  by  Mr.  Gould  : — Bill  large  in  pro- 
portion to  the  body ;  a  band  of  black  occupies  the 
culmen  from  the  base  to  the  tip  ;  the  remainder  of  the 
upper  mandible  of  a  dull  yellowish  orange,  with  the 
exception  of  an  indefinite  mark  of  black  which 
springs  from  each  serrature,  and  a  fine  line  of  the 
same  colour  surrounding  it  near  the  base  ;  lower 
mandible  black,  with  the  exception  of  the  base,  which 
is  surrounded  with  pale  yellowish  orange  ;  the  head, 
back  of  the  neck,  throat,  and  chest  black  ;  all  the 
upper  surface,  except  a  spot  of  scarlet  on  the  rump, 
of  a  dull  olive ;  primaries  blackish  brown ;  under 
surface  pale  straw-yellow  with  a  slight  tinge  of  green ; 
thighs  chestnut;  naked  space  round  the  eyes  and 
tarsi  lead-colqur.  Total  length  about  16  to  17 
inches:  bill  4,  wing  5i,  tail  61,  tarsi  Ig. 

Mr.  Gould's  elegant  figure  of  a  male  is  taken 
from  a  specimen,  supposed  to  be  unique,  in  the 
Cabinet  of  Natural  History  at  Munich. 

We  shall  conclude  our  sketch  of  the  present 
family  with  a  few  general  observations. 

2Z2 


liS<.— Toucmn  >t  Ihxjat :  Fint  SUgc. 


336 


;  1  ■■'': 


[593  —Head  of  Aratari. 


Ijul.—aianj -banded  Ara^aris; 


1589.— Cuvier's  Toucan. 


1592.— Humboldfs  Ar»5ari. 


159r.— Yoinif  Co«l««iiiHed||e-Sp»rrow'»-Nest. 


mi,— Cuckno. 


U7 


35S 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Cuckoos. 


The  omnivorous  appetite  of  these  birds  afford* 
us  a  clue  to  the  reasons  why  the  beak  is  so  greatly 
developed,  and  yet  so  light  from  the  delicacy  of  its 
structure  ;  it  is  at  once  an  organ  of  prehension  and 
a  feeler.  The  toucan  plunges  it  into  the  fissures 
and  holes  of  trees,  where  various  birds  habitually 
nidify,  and  there  feels  for  eggs  or  nestlings,  and 
draws  them  forth  ;  it  can  penetrate  the  basket-work 
of  nests  suspended  from  the  branches,  or  the  more 
solid  structure  of  such  as  are  composed  of  strong 
materials.  At  the  same  time  it  can  use  this  organ 
in  the  acquisition  of  fruits,  which,  being  plucked 
one  by  one,  it  jerks  up  before  swallowing.  In  its 
mode  of  feeding,  its  long  elastic  feathery  tongue 
is  of  great  use,  enabling  the  bird  to  turn  the  morsel 
about,  and  co-operating  with  the  movements  of  the 
mandibles. 

The  toucsns  and  ara(;aris  breed  in  the  hollows  of 
decayed  trees,  which  they  enlarge,  and  render  com- 
modious by  means  of  the  beak,  as  Faber  and 
Oviedus  were  assured  ;  and  it  would  appear  that 
from  this  habit  the  Spaniards  have  applied  the 
name  of  Carpentero  to  these  birds,  which  the  Bra- 
xilians  call  Tacataca,  in  imitation  of  the  sound  made 
by  chipping  the  decayed  wood.  Oviedus,  in  his 
'History  of  the  West  Indies,'  observes  that  no  bird 
better  defends  her  young  against  the  attacks  of  the 
monkeys,  so  dangerous  to  nestlings,  than  the  toucan  ; 
for  when  she  perceives  the  approach  of  these 
enemies,  she  so  settles  herself  in  her  nest,  as  to  put 
her  bill  out  at  the  hole,  and  gives  the  monkeys 
such  a  reception  with  its  sharp  point,  that  they  in- 
stantly retreat,  glad  to  escape. 

The  toucans  differ  from  the  araij'aris  not  only  in 
the  points  we  have  already  enumerated,  but  also  in 
the  circumstance  that  the  females  resemble  the 
males  in  the  colour  of  the  plumage,  but  are  rather 
less  in  all  their  proportions,  while  in  many  of  the 
ara^aris  there  is  considerable  difference  in  the 
colouring  of  the  two  sexes.  The  young  of  both 
genera  assume  at  an  early  age  the  permanent  tints, 
But  their  bills  are  not  tully  developed  for  a  con- 
siderable period :  during  life  the  colouring  of  the 
bills  is  generally  very  vivid,  but  after  death  the 
bright  hues  fade  and  become  sometimes  almost 
obsolete — a  fact  which  should  be  borne  in  mind 
by  those  who  examine  specimens  in  cabinets  or 
museums. 

Family  CUCULID^  (CUCKOOS). 

This  family  is  very  extensive,  and  has  been  divided 
into  several  sections  or  subfamilies  by  various 
naturalists,  not  without  reason,  for  these  minor 
groups,  with  great  modification  of  form,  exhibit 
very  different  habits  and  manners.  Of  this  nume- 
rous family  one  species  visits  our  island,  the  well- 
known  cuckoo,  herald  of  the  spring ;  but  instances 
are  on  record  of  the  Yellow-billed  American  Cuckoo 
(Erythrophrys  Americanus)  having  appeared  both 
in  England  and  Ireland ;  these  visits  were  only 
accidental,  the  birds  having  most  probably  been 
driven  out  of  their  course,  when  migrating  from 
the  northern  latitudes  of  America  to  the  south.  In 
every  instance,  we  believe,  it  was  in  autumn  that 
these  birds  were  seen  and  killed,  and  that  too  in  the 
western  districts  of  our  island  and  in  Ireland :  viz. 
twice  in  the  latter  island,  once  in  Wales,  and  once 
in  Cornwall. 

Mr.  Swainson,  speaking  of  the  Cucnlidae  as  a 
family,  of  which  he  gives  the  following  definition, 
"  feet  not  strictly  scansOrial,  very  short,  nostrils 
naked,  tail-coverts  remarkably  long,"  adds,  "  So 
faintly  is  the  scansorial  structure  indicated  in  these 
birds,  that  but  for  their  natural  habits,  joined  to  the 
.position  of  their  toes,  we  should  not  suspect  they 
were  connected  with  the  more  typical  groups  of  the 
tribe,  as  they  undoubtedly  are.  They  neither  use 
their  bill  for  climbing  like  parrots,  or  for  making 
holes  in  the  trees  like  woodpeckers,  neither  can 
they  mount  the  perpendicular  stems  like  the  Cer- 
thiadse,  or  creepers ;  yet  they  decidedly  climb, 
though  in  a  manner  peculiar  to  themselves.  Hav- 
ing frequently  seen  different  species  of  the  Brazilian 
cuckoos  (forming  part  of  the  genus  Coccyzus)  in 
their  native  forests,  I  may  safely  affirm  tliat  they 
climb  in  all  other  directions  than  that  of  the  per- 
pendicular. Their  flight  is  so  feeble  from  the  ex- 
treme shortness  of  their  wings"  (this  does  not  apply 
to  our  species  and  many  others),  "  that  it  is  evidently 
performed  with  difficulty,  and  it  is  never  exercised 
but  to  convey  them  from  one  tree  to  another,  and 
these  flights  in  the  thickly-wooded  tracts  of  tropical 
America  are  of  course  very  short ;  they  alight  upon 
the  highest  boughs,  and  immediately  begin  to  ex- 
plore the  horizontal  and  slanting  ramifications  with 
the  greatest  assiduity,  threading  the  most  tangled 
mazes,  and  leaving  none  unexamined.  All  soft 
insects,  inhabiting  such  situations  lying  in  their 
route,  become  their  prey,  and  the  quantities  that  are 
thus  destroyed  must  be  very  great.  In  passing 
from  one  bough  to  another  they  simply  hop  without 
using  their  wings,  and  their  motions  are  so  quick 
that  an  unpractised  observer,  even  if  placed  im- 


mediately beneath  the  tree,  would  soon  lose  sight  of 
the  bird.  The  Brazilian  hunters  give  their  cuckoos 
the  general  name  of  cat's-tails ;  nor  is  the  epithet 
inappropriate,  for  their  long  hanging  tails,  no  less 
than  their  mode  of  climbing  the  branches,  give 
them  some  distant  resemblance  to  that  quadruped. 
I  have  no  doubt  that  the  great  length  of  tail 
possessed  by  nearly  all  the  cuckoos  is  given  them 
as  a  sort  of  balance,  just  as  a  rope-dancer  with  such 
an  instrument  in  his  hands  preserves  his  footing 
when  otherwise  he  would  assuredly  fall."  This  use 
of  the  fail,  we  may  observe,  is  not  peculiar  to  cuckoos 
only ;  nor  do  we  agree  with  Mr.  Swainson  in  his 
views  generally,  w-hile  we  fully  appreciate  the 
giaphic  description  he  has  given  of  the  Brazilian 
cuckoos,  the  habits  of  which  he  had  ample  oppor- 
tunity of  studying. 

Warm  and  temperate  regions  are  the  favourite 
abodes  of  the  Cuculidae ;  milny  of  them  are  migratory, 
passing  the  winter  in  the  tropical  regions,  where 
they  lind  a  congenial  asylum.  Insects  and  their 
larvce,  together  with  soft  fruits,  constitute  their  diet. 
Some  species  make  no  nest,  but  deposit  their 
eggs  in  the  nests  of  other  birds,  by  whom  the  young 
cuckoos  are  reared  to  the  destruction  of  their  own 
brood.  With  certain  exceptions  the  Cuculidae  are 
distinguished  for  great  powers  of  flight,  and  have 
long  and  pointed  wings. 

1594,  1595, 1596.— -The  Cuckoo 

(Cumins  canonis).  This  species  is  an  example  of 
the  typical  group  of  the  Cuculidae.  The  bill  is 
somewhat  curved  and  compressed,  with  a  wide 
gape,  and  round  naked  nostrils  at  the  base  of  the 
upper  mandible ;  the  wings  are  pointed  ;  the  tail 
somewhat  wedge-shaped;  the  tarsi  short  and  fea- 
thered a  little  way  beneath  the  upper  joint. 

The  cuckoo  is  the  xUxul  of  the  Greeks ;  Cuculus 
and  Coccyx  of  the  Latins ;  Cucculo,  Cucco,  Cuco, 
Cucho,  Cuccii,  of  the  modern  Italians ;  Cocou, 
Coucou,  Cocqu,  of  the  French  ;  Kukuk  and  Kuckuck 
of  the  Germans ;  Gjok  of  the  Fauna  Suecica  ;  Gjoeg 
of  the  Danes ;  Gouk  of  the  Norwegians ;  Cog  of  the 
ancient  British ;  Gowk,  Provincial  English. 

This  well-known  bird  arrives  in  our  islands  early 
in  spring  :  in  White's  '  Naturalist's  Calendar'  it  is 
noted  as  being  first  heard  April  the  7th  ;  and  in 
Markwick's  April  the  15th,  and  last  heard  June  the 
28th.  By  the  first  of  July  it  has  generally  taken  its 
departure  for  Northern  Africa.  In  Ireland,  accord- 
ing to  Mr.  Thompson,  the  cuckoo  is  usually  heard 
from  the  16th  to  the  20th  of  April,  anddeparts  at  the 
end  of  June,  bi\t  he  adds  that  in  the  year  1838  the 
stay  of  the  cuckoo  was  remarkably  prolonged,  and 
the  period  of  its  arrival  later  than  ordinary,  and 
that  one  was  heard  at  the  Falls  near  Belfast  on  the 
7th  of  July.  "  The  young  birds  of  the  year  gene- 
rally remain  till  towards  the  end  of  August,  so  late 
as  the  27lh  of  which  month  they  have  been  observed 
in  Antrim."  The  Bishop  of  Norwich,  in  his  '  Fa- 
miliar History  of  Birds,'  records  an  instance  of 
about  forty  cuckoos  being  congregated  in  a  garden 
in  the  county  of  Down,  from  the  18th  to  the  22nd 
of  July,  and,  with  the  exception  of  two  which  were 
smaller  than  the  rest,  taking  their  departure  at  that 
time.  These  were  no  doubt  all  young  birds  of  the 
year,  and  it  is  probable  that  the  two  smallest  were 
never  able  to  follow  the  others,  but  remained  to 
perish.  Of  such  a  character  were  the  benumbed 
denuded  birds  which  have  been  occasionally  found 
in  hollow  trees  or  the  thickest  part  of  furze-bushes, 
whither  they  had  crept  for  shelter,  and  which  have 
been  noticed  by  Willughby,  Bewick,  and  others. 

The  cuckoo  is  insectivorous  in  its  diet,  and  will 
sometimes  feed  upon  the  wing.  Gilbert  White  says, 
"  In  July  I  saw  several  cuckoos  skimming  over  a 
large  pond,  and  found,  after  some  observation,  that 
they  were  feeding  on  the  Libellulae,  or  dragon-flies, 
some  of  which  they  caught  as  they  settled  on  the 
weeds,  and  some  as  they  were  on  the  wing." 
The  favourite  food  of  this  bird,  however,  are  the 
hairy  caterpillars  of  some  of  the  lepidopterous  order ; 
these  it  kills  by  passing  them  through  the  sharp 
edges  of  its  mandibles,  it  then  nips  off  the  hinder 
end  of  the  caterpillar,  and  with  a  jerk  or  two  clears 
the  body  of  the  alimentary  canal,  and  immediately 
swallows  it  whole.  With  the  hairs  of  these  cater- 
pillars the  stomach  is  often  completely  coated.  In 
a  communication  by  Mr.  Thompson  to  the  Zoolo- 
gical Society  in  1834,  he  states  that  in  three  cuckoos, 
examined  in  1833,  the  stomach,  with  the  exception 
of  some  small  sharp  gravel,  was  entirely  empty  and 
coated  closely  over  with  hair. 

"  Attention  was  called  to  this,  that  the  hair  with 
which  it  is  lined  might  be  observed.  From  its  close 
adhesion  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  stomach,  and 
from  the  regularity  with  which  it  is  arranged,  Mr. 
Thompson  was  at  first  disposed  to  consider  this  hair 
as  of  spontaneous  growth  ;  but  part  of  the  stomach 
being  subjected  to  maceration  in  water,  and  after- 
wards viewed  through  a  microscope  of  high  power, 
the  hairs  proved,  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  Mr. 
Owen  and  himself,  to  be  altogether  borrowed  from 


the  larva;  of  the  tiger-moth  (Arctia  caja),  the  only 
species  found  in  the  stomach  of  several  cuckoos, 
from  different  parts  of  the  north  of  Ireland,  which 
were  examined  by  Mr.  Thompson  in  the  months  of 
May  and  June,  1833,  and  whose  stomachs  were  simi- 
larly coated."     ('  Proceeds.  Zool,  Soc.'  1839,  p.  29.) 

The  well-known  notes  of  the  cuckoo  are  confined 
only  to  the  male,  the  female  making  only  a  cliatter- 
ingnoise. 

The  singular  habit  of  the  cuckoo  in  depositing  its 
eggs  in  the  nests  of  other  birds  is  too  well  substan- 
tiated to  admit  of  a  doubt ;  the  nests  usually  chosen 
are  those  of  the  Hedge-sparrow,  Titlark,  White- 
throat,  Wagtail,  &c.  The  egg  is  very  small  in  com- 
parison with  the  size  of  the  cuckoo,  scarcely  ex- 
ceeding that  of  the  common  chafiinch  :  when  the 
young  cuckoo  is  hatched,  and  acquired  a  little 
strength,  guided  by  the  instinct  of  self-preservation, 
it  dislodges  all  its  weaker  companions  by  insinuating 
itself  under  them,  and  with  a  sort  of  jerk  forcing 
them  overboard.  Thus  it  secures  to  itself  the  exclu- 
sive attention  of  its  dupes  of  foster-parents.  Gilbert 
White  mentions  a  young  cuckoo  found  in  the  nest 
of  a  titlark,  which  he  describes  as  being  very  fierce 
and  pugnacious,  pursuing  his  finger  as  he  teased  it 
for  many  feet  from  the  nest,  and  sparring  and  buft'et- 
ing  with  its  wings  like  a  game-cock  ;  and  Selby  al- 
ludes to  the  same  bold  and  pugnacious  disposition. 

Many  attempts  have  been  made  to  keep  the 
cuckoo  alive  in  captivity,  and  several  have  lived 
with  care  to  the  middle  of  winter,  when  they  have 
died.  Mr.  Thompson,  however,  instances  two  ex- 
ceptions :  one  of  these  lived  for  more  than  a  year  at 
Cranmore,  near  Belfast,  the  residence  of  John  Tem- 
pleton,  Esq. ;  it  was  procured  on  the  26th  of  July, 
1820,  and  died  in  consequence  of  an  accident,  Jan- 
uary the  10th,  1822.  It  was  originally  taken  from  a 
titlark's  nest.  Its  engaging  manners,  says  Mr.  Tem- 
pleton,  were  the  delight  of  the  whole  familv  and  the 
admiration  of  strangers.  "  It  was  generally  fed  on 
hard-boiled  eggs,  and  occasionally  with  caterpillars; 
it  would  sometimes  eat  forty  or  fifty  at  a  time  of 
those  of  the  Papilio  Brassidao  ;  it,  however,  showed  a 
decided  preference  for  rough  ones,  as  those  of  the 
Papilio  Urticae  :  a  seeming  treat  was  a  little  mouse 
about  one  quarter  grown,  which  it  would  hold  in  its 
bill  and  beat  against  the  ground,  or  anything  hard, 
until  the  animal  became  soft,  when  it  exhibited 
great  powers  of  extending  its  throat  and  swallow- 
ing. What,  however,  was  most  extraordinary,  it 
was  never  known  to  drink  ;  though  when  presented 
with  a  drop  of  water  at  the  end  of  a  finger  or  straw 
it  would  sip  it,  and  it  seemed  to  delight,  when  seated 
on  its  mistress's  or  other  person's  hand,  to  put  its  bill 
into  their  mouths  and  sip  saliva.  It  delighted  very 
much  in  heat  and  sitting  in  the  sunshine,  and  its 
feathers  were  so  much  broken  by  its  striking  them 
against  the  furniture,  that  it  could  fly  but  very  im- 
perfectly, and  was  apparently  very  thankful  to  any 
person  who  would  help  it  upon  the  first  sash  of  the 
window.  At  other  times  it  sat  upon  the  fender, 
turning  itself  in  various  directions,  and  spreading  its 
wings  and  feathers  to  receive  the  heat,  of  which  it 
could  bear  a  temperature  equal  to  100  degrees, 
for  a  considerable  time,  with  seeming  satisfaction. 
During  cold  weather  it  slept  at  its  mistress's  bed- 
side, covered  with  a  piece  of  flannel,  which  was  well 
warmed  previous  to  its  going  to  rest.  With  this  at- 
tention itgenerally  remained  quiescent  till  morning; 
but  on  feeling  cold,  sometimes  presumed  so  far  as  to 
creep  under  the  bed-clothes.  It  was  only  to  those 
from  whom  it  had  received  some  hurt  or  persecution 
that  it  expressed  dislike  or  fear,  which  it  did  by 
raising  its  neck-feathers  and  putting  itself  in  an  at- 
titude of  defence.  It  never  uttered  the  cry  of  the 
male,  cuckoo,  but  sometimes  when  persons  were  in 
the  room  laughing  it  would  apparently  join  and 
emit  a  noise  somewhat  like  the  barking  of  a  little 
dog.  At  other  times  the  only  sound  it  made  was 
a  kind  of  low  chattering  expressive  of  pleasure  \vhen 
it  got  into  a  warm  place,  or  on  seeing  its  mistress 
after  she  had  been  absent  some  hours.  It  received 
the  unlucky  tramp  which  finally  killed  it,  from 
having  lost  too  much  the  apprehension  of  injury." 
('  Ann.  and  Mag.  of  Nat.  Hist.'  1842,  p.  223.) 

Fig.  1597  represents  a  young  cuckoo  in  the  nest 
of  the  hedge-sparrow. 

The  young  cuckoo  (Fig.  1595)  differs  greatly  in 
colouring  from  the  adult,  and  is  of  more  rufous  tint, 
transversely  barred  with  dusky  black.  In  length 
the  adult  male  is  about  14  inches ;  weight  about  4^ 
ounces.  Bill  black,  yellowish  at  the  base  of  the  up- 
per mandible :  inside  of  mouth  red.  Irides  yellow. 
Head  and  whole  upper  part  of  the  bird  dark  ash- 
colour.  Throat,  under  side  of  the  neck,  and  upper 
part  of  the  breast  jiale  ash,  the  latter  sometimes  in- 
clining to  rufous  brown ;  lower  part  of  the  breast 
and  belly  white  with  transverse  undulating  black 
lines.  Quills,  dusky,  inner  webs  barred  with  white 
oval  spots.  Tail-feathers  ten,  of  unequal  length; 
two  middle  ones  black,  dashed  with  ash  and  tipped 
with  white,  the  rest  black,  with  white  spots  on  each 
side  of  the  shaft.     The  lateral  feathers  in  some  have 


Cuckoos.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


359 


white  spots  only  on  the  interior  webs,  but  all  are 
tipped  with  white. 

1598. — Le  Vaillant's  Cdckoo 

{Oxylophus  Levaillantii,  Swains.).  Mr.  Swainson 
thus  characters  the  genus  Oxylophus,  which  he  has 
established,  taking  this  species  as  the  type  : — 

Bill  slender,  considerably  compressed  nearly  its 
whole  length ;  upper  mandible  entire  ;  nostrils 
ovately  round;  head  crested;  wings  moderate, 
pointed,  shorter  than  the  tail-coverts,  the  fourth  quill 
longest ;  tarsi  moderate,  naked  ;  upper  tail-coverts 
long,  but  not  rigid.  Inhabits  the  Old  World  :  para- 
sitic. 

Le  Vaillant's  cuckoo  has  the  head  crested  with 
pointed  feathers;  plumage  above,  black  glossed 
with  green  ;  band  at  the  base  of  the  quills,  end  of 
the  tail,  and  other  parts  of  the  body,  white  ;  throat 
striped  with  black.  Wings  long,  but  rounded ;  fifth 
quill  longest.  Total  length  fifteen  inches.  Mr. 
Swainson,  whose  description  we  have  given,  says 
that,  unlike  the  true  cuckoos,  these  birds  rear  and 
provide  for  their  young  in  the  ordinary  manner.  It 
IS  a  native  of  Senegal  and  the  Western  Coast  of 
Africa. 

1599.— TuE  Yellow-billed  Cuckoo 
(Erythrophrys  Ame.ricanus,  Swains.).     Cuculus  Ca- 
rolinensis,  Wilson ;  Coccyzus  Americanus,  Prince  of 
Musignano ;  Carolina  Cuckoo,  Latham. 

According  to  Audubon,  the  flight  of  the  bird  is 
rapid,  silent,  and  horizontal,  as  it  moves  from  one 
tree  to  another,  or  across  a  field  or  river,  and  is  ge- 
nerally continued  amongst  the  branches  of  the  trees 
in  our  woods.     When  making  its  way  among  the 
branches,  it  occasionally  inclines  the  body  to  either 
side,  so  as  alternately  to  show  its  whole  upper  or 
under  parts.     During  its  southward  migration,  it 
flies  high  in  the  air,  and  in  such  loose  flocks  that 
the  birds  might  seem  to  follow  each  other,  instead 
of  their  keeping  company  together.     On  the  other  I 
hand,  early  in  March  the  greater  number  enter  our 
southern  boundaries  singly,  the  males  arriving  first, 
and  the  females  a  few  weeks  after.    They  do  not 
fly  in  a  continued  Une,  but  in  a  broad  front,  as, 
while  travelling  with  great  rapidity  in  a  steani-tjoat, 
so  as  to  include  a  range  of  a  hundred  miles  in  one 
day,  I  have  observed  this  cuckoo  crossing  the  Mis- 
sissippi at  many  different  points  on  the  same  day. 
At  this  season  they  resort  to  the  deepest  shades  of 
the  forests,  and  intimate  their  presence  by  the  fre- 
quent repetition  of  their  dull  and  unmusical  notes, 
which  are  not  unlike  those  of  the  young  bull-frog. 
These  notes  may  be  represented  by  the  word  cow, 
cow,  repeated  eight  or  ten  times  with  increasing  ra- 
pidity.    In  fact,  from  the  resemblance  of  its  notes 
to  that  word,  this   cuckoo  is  named  cow-bird  in 
nearly  every  part  of  the  Union.     The  Dutch  farmers 
of  Pennsylvania  know  it  better  by  the  name   of 
Rain  crow,  and  in  Louisiana  the   French  settlers 
call  it  Coucou.    It  robs  smaller  birds  of  their  eggs, 
which  it  sucks  on  all  occasions,  and  is  cowardly  and 
shy,  without  being  vigilant.     On  this  latter  account 
it  often  falls  a  prey  to  several  species  of  hawks,  of 
which  the  pigeon-hawk  (Falco  columbarius)  may  be 
considered  as  its  most  dangerous  enemy.     It  pre- 
fers the  southern  states  for  its  residence,  and  w'hen 
very  mild  winters  occur  in   Louisiana  some   indi- 
viduals remain  there,  not  finding  it  necessary  to  go 
farther  south.    This  bird  is  not  abundant  anywhere, 
and  yet  is  found  very  far  north.     I  have  met  with  it 
in  all  the  low  grounds  and  damp  places  in  Massa- 
chusetts, along  the  line  of  Upper  Canada,  pretty 
high  on  the  Mississippi  and  Arkansas,  and  in  every 
state  between  these  boundary-lines.    Its  appearance 
in  the  state  of  New  York  seldom  takes  place  before 
the  beginning  of  May,  and  at  Green  Bay  not  until 
the  middle  of  that  month.     A  pair  here  and  there 
seem  to  appropriate  certain  tracts  to  themselves, 
where  they  rear  their  young  in  peace  and  plenty. 
They  feed  on  insects,  such  as  caterpillars  and  but- 
terflies, as  well  as  on  berries  of  many  kinds,  evincing 
a  special  predilection  for  the  mulberry.     In  autumn 
they  eat  many  grapes,  and  I  have  seen  them  sup- 
porting themselves  by  a  momentary  motion  of  their 
wings  opposite  a  bunch,  as  if  selecting  the  ripest, 
when  they  would  seize  it  and  return  to  a  branch,  re- 
peating their  visits  in  this  manner  until  satiated. 
They  now  and  then  descend  to  the  ground  to  pick 
up  a  wood  snail  or  a  beetle.    They  are  extremely 
awkward  at  walking,  and  move  in  an  ambling  man- 
ner, or  leap  along  sidewise,  for  which  the  shortness 
of  their  legs  is  ample  excuse.     They  are  seldom  seen 
perched  conspicuously  on  a  twig,  but,  on  the  con- 
trary, are  generally  to  be  found  amongst  the  thickest 
boughs  and   foliage,  where  they  emit  their  notes 
until  late  in  autumn,  at  which  time  they  discon- 
tinue them.     The  nest  is  simple,  flat,  composed  of 
a  few  dry  sticks  and  grass,  formed  much  like  that  of 
the  common  dove,  and,  like  it,  fastened  to  a  hori- 
zontal branch,  often  within  the  reach  of  man,  who 
seldom  disturbs  it.     It  makes  no  particular  selection 
ei  to  situation  or  the  nature  of  the  tree,  but  settles 


anywhere  indiscriminately.  The  eggs  are  four  or 
five,  of  a  rather  elongated  oval  form,  and  bright 
green  colour.  They  rear  only  one  brood  in  a  sea- 
son, unless  the  eggs  are  removed  or  destroyed.  The 
young  are  principally  fed  with  insects  during  the 
first  weeks.  Towards  autumn  they  beconie  very 
fat,  and  are  fit  for  being  eaten,  although  few  persons, 
except  the  Creoles  of  Louisiana,  shoot  them  for  the 
table. 

That  accurate  observer  of  nature  Mr.  Wilson,  the 
American  ornithologist,  to  his  account  of  this  bird, 
adds  the  following  interesting  observations : — "  In 
examining  this  bird  by  dissection,  the  inner  mem- 
brane of  the  gizzard,  which  in  many  other  species 
is  so  hard  and  muscular,  in  this  is  extremely  lax 
and  soft,  and  capable  of  great  distension ;  and  what 
is  remarkable,  is  covered  with  a  growth  of  fine 
down  or  hair,  of  a  light  fawn-colour.  It  is  difficult 
to  ascertain  the  particular  purpose  which  nature 
intends  by  this  excrescence  ;  perhaps  it  may  serve 
to  shield  the  tender  parts  from  the  irritating  effects 
produced  by  the  hairs  of  certain  caterpillars,  some 
of  which  are  said  to  be  almost  equal  to  the  sting  of 
a  nettle." 

We  have  already  described  the  hairy  lining  of  the 
stomach  of  our  British  cuckoo,  which  from  its  regu- 
larity and  closeness  Mr.  Thompson  was  at  first 
inclined  to  believe  of  natural  growth,  but  which 
proved  to  be  the  hair  of  the  caterpillar  of  the  tiger- 
moth.  Now  we  have  little  or  no  hesitation  in  say- 
ing that  the  hairs  which  Wilson  found  in  the  stomach 
of  the  present  species,  and  which  he  too  believed  to 
be  of  spontaneous  growth,  were  also  those  of  some 
caterpillar  on  which  the  bird  abundantly  feeds. 
We  are  not  aware  that  this  observation  of  Wilson's 
has  attracted  the  notice  of  naturalists,  to  whose 
attention  we  would  point  it  out. 

16C0. — ^The  Gilded  Cuckoo 

(Chalcites  aurattis,  Swainson).  Cuculus  auratus  of 
authors.  This  brilliant  little  Cuckoo,  the  Didric  of 
Le  Vaillant  (so  called  from  its  cry),  is  abundant  in 
Caifraria  and  Namaqua-land.  In  manners,  as  in 
form,  it  closely  approximates  to  our  European 
cuckoo  ;  the  female  deposits  its  eggs  in  the  nests  of 
other  birds,  and,  as  Le  Vaillant's  observations  seem 
to  prove,  she  conveys  them  in  her  beak,  or  rather 
throat,  to  the  nest  selected. 

The  following  observations  from  Le  Vaillant's 
narrative  may  not  be  uninteresting  : — Speaking 
of  its  numbers  he  states  that  his  Hottentot  ser- 
vant Klaas  shot  two  hundred  and  ten  males,  one 
hundred  and  thirty  females,  and  one  hundred  and 
three  young  ones — in  all  four  hundred  and  forty- 
three,  and  that  numbers  more  might  easily  have 
been  procured ;  beside  which  he  found  eighty-three 
of  their  eggs  in  as  many  nests  of  insectivorous  birds. 
He  then  proceeds : — "  Although  this  bird  be  so  com- 
mon if  not  in  the  immediate  environs,  yet  about 
one  hundred  leagues  from  Cape  Town,  it  was  scarcely 
known  in  Europe  before  my  voyages,  and  in  France 
there  was  only  one  mutilated  and  badly  preserved 
specimen  of  it  to  be  seen  in  the  Royal  Museum  at 
Paris.  I  myself  brought  over  one  hundred  and 
fifty  males  and  females,  as  well  as  young  birds, 
which  are  now  exhibited  in  the  chief  cabinets  of 
Europe.  To  this  beautiful  species  I  am  indebted 
for  my  chief  knowledge  of  the  cuckoo  family.  From 
the  facility  I  had  of  leisurely  and  successfully  ob- 
serving its  manners,  I  always  entertained  the  hope 
that  I  should  one  day  surprise  a  female  Didric  in  the 
act  of  depositing  its  egg  in  the  nest  of  another  bird, 
but  having  been  disappointed  in  this  respect,  I  began 
to  imagine  that  my  ignorance  on  this  point  would 
never  be  removed,  when  one  day  havmg  killed  a 
female  of  this  species,  and  wishing  to  introduce  a 
plug  of  hemp  into  his  throat  according  to  my  custom 
after  bringing  down  a  bird,  in  order  to  prevent  the 
,  blood  from  staining  its  plumage,  I  was  not  a  little 
'  surprised,  on  opening  its  bill  for  this  purpose,  to  find 
I  in  its  throat  an  entire  egg,  which  I  knew  immedi- 
I  ately  from  its  form,  size,  and  beautiful  whiteness,  to 
'  belong  to  the  Didric.  Delighted  at  length,  after  so 
I  many  useless  efforts,  at  having  obtained  a  confir- 
mation of  my  suspicions,  I  loudly  called  my  faithful 
Klaas,  who  was  only  a  few  paces  distant  from  me, 
to  whom  I  imparted  my  discovery  with  much  plea- 
I  sure,  as  he  had  used  his  best  exertions  to  second  my 

I  views.  Klaas,  on  seeing  the  egg  in  the  bird's  gullet, 
told  me  that  after  killing  female  cuokoos,  he  had 

,;  frequently  observed  a  newly  broken  egg  lying  upon 
the  ground  near  where  they  had  fallen,  which  he 
supposed  they  had  dropped  in  their  fall,  being  at 

[   that  moment  ready  to  lay.     I  recollect  very  well 

II  that  when  this  good  Hottentot  brought  me  the  fruits 
I  of  his  sports,  he  frequently  remarked,  as  he  pointed 
j  to  the  cuckoo,  '  This  one  laid  her  egg  as  she  fell  from 
I  the  tree.'  Although  I  was  convinced  from  this  cir- 
i  cumstance  that  the  female  cuckoo  deposits  her  egg  in 
j  the  nests  of  other  birds  by  conveying  it  in  her  beak,  I 
j  was  desirous  1o  collect  what  facts  I  could  on  the  sub- 
ject ;  Klaas  and  I,  therefore,  began  to  shoot  as  many 
cuckoos  as  we  could  meet  with,  which  accounts  for 


the  great  number  of  this  species  we  procured. 
However,  among  all  the  specimens  there  occurred 
only  one  instance  similar  to  that  I  have  just  men- 
tioned, namely,  that  of  a  second  female,  which  was 
transporting  her  egg  in  her  mouth,  like  the 
former." 

In  length  this  species  is  about  seven  inches :  the 
plumage  above  is  rich  glossy  green  with  golden  re- 
flexions ;  the  head  is  marked  with  stripes  of  white, 
with  which  the  secondary  quills  and  many  of  the 
wing-coverts  are  tipped ;  under  parts  white.  In  the 
female  the  general  colour  is  reddish  gold  or  bronzy 
hue,  with  all  the  markings  more  obscure. 

1601. — The  Eastern  Black  Cuckoo 

{Eudynamys  Orientalis).  Cuculus  Orientalis,  Linn. 
The  generic  characters  of  Eudynamys  are  as  fol- 
lows : — Bill  strong,  thick,  the  under  mandible  not 
curved,  and  angulated  beneath ;  upper  mandible 
entire ;  wings  pointed,  the  fourth  quill  longest  ; 
tarsi  much  shorter  than  the  longest  toe  ;  the  upper 
part  plumed  ;  rump  and  tail-coverts  soft.  Inhabits 
the  Old  World. 

We  know  little  of  the  habits  of  the  Black  Cuckoo, 
excepting  that  berries  most  probably  form  a  consi- 
derable part  of  its  diet,  as  those  of  the  Cassytha 
were  found  in  the  stomach  of  a  specimen  procured 
by  Mr.  Caley  at  Mindanao,  where  it  appears  to  be 
an  accidental  visitor.  The  male  and  female  differ 
greatly  in  colour.  Plumage  of  male,  black  with 
metallic  lustre  ;  bill  yellow.  Female  : — Above  shin- 
ing greenish  brown  spotted  with  white ;  tail-feathers 
banded  with  white  ;  whitish  beneath,  transversely 
undulated  with  greenish  brown.  Synonyms — Cuculus 
Mindanensis,  Linn.  Coucou  tachet6  de  Mindanao 
'  Enl.'  277;  Mindanao  Cuckoo,  Lath. 

1602.— The  Ani 

(^Crotophaga  Ani).  This  singular  bird  with  zygo- 
dactyle  feet  occupies  a  double  position.  Mr. 
Swainson  places  it  within  the  pale  of  the  Cuculidas ; 
but  perhaps  it  really  forms  the  type  of  a  separate 
family.  The  bill  is  short,  very  much  compressed, 
arched,  elevated,  and  surmounted  by  a  vertical  tren- 
chant crest ;  nostrils  basal,  open ;  fourth  and  fifth 
quills  the  longest ;  tail  long  and  rounded.  Lo- 
cality, the  tropical  regions  of  the  New  World  and 
the  West  Indian  Islands.  This  species  is  the 
Razor-billed  Blackbird  of  Jamaica  of  Catesby,  the 
Savannah  Blackbird  of  the  English  colonists,  and 
the  Great  Blackbird  of  Sloane. 

In  Guiana,  these  birds  are  named  Ani,  and  Anno 
in  Paraguay.  In  Mexico  they  are  named,  accord- 
ing to  Hernandez,  Cacalototl ;  and  in  the  Antilles 
Bouts  de  Petun,  Amangoua,  Diables  de  Savannes, 
and  Perroquets  noirs.  In  Cayenne  their  common 
name  is  Bouilleur  de  Canari.  Their  general  colour 
is  black,  with  more  or  less  metallic  reflexions. 

In  size  they  equal  a  common  turtle-dove.  The 
Anis  lives  in  flocks,  and  are  so  far  from  timid,  that 
when  they  see  their  companions  fall  before  the  gun, 
the  survivors  fly  but  a  short  way,  and  then  again 
pitch.  Bushes,  the  skirts  of  woods,  and  the  borders 
of  flooded  savannahs  are  their  favourite  haunts. 
Their  food  consists  of  small  lizards,  insects,  and 
seeds.  Many  pairs  are  said  to  use  the  same  nest, 
built  on  the  branches  of  trees,  and  of  large  dimen- 
sions when  considered  in  relation  to  the  number  of 
couples  occupying  it,  where  they  lay  and  hatch 
their  young  in  concert. 

According  to  Brown  ('  Hist.  Jamaica  ')  they  live 
chiefly  upon  ticks  and  other  small  vermin,  and  may 
frequently  be  seen  jumping  about  all  the  cows  and 
oxen  in  the  fields  ;  nay,  they  are  often  observed  to 
fly  on  their  backs,  unless  they  lie  down  for  them, 
which,  if  much  troubled  with  ticks,  they  generally 
do  when  they  see  the  birds  about  them ;  but  if  the 
beast  be  heedless,  they  hop  once  or  twice  round  it, 
looking  it  very  earnestly  in  the  face  every  time  they 
pass,  as  if  they  seemed  to  know  that  it  was  only  re- 
quisite to  be  seen  to  be  indulged.  They  are  very 
noisy  birds,  and  one  of  the  most  common  sorts  in  all 
the  pastures  of  Jamaica.  Their  flight  is  low  and 
short. 

The  Ani  is  easily  tamed,  and  may  be  taught  to 
utter  words.  Its  flesh  is  said  to  be  extremely  dis- 
agreeable. 

In  c-;osing  our  sketch  of  the  cuckoos,  we  may 
advert  to  some  other  groups  of  birds  usually  associ- 
ated with  them,  as  the  Honey-Guides  (Indicator)  of 
Africa ;  the  Coucals,  or  lark-heeled  Cuckoos 
(Centropus)  ;  and  the  Malcohas  (Fhoenicophaus), 
which  must  be  regarded  as  barely  coming  within 
the  family  section. 

The  genus  Indicator  is  characterised  by  the  beak 
being  short,  high,  and  almost  conical,  like  that  of  a 
sparrow,  and  by  the  form  of  the  tail,  which  consists 
of  twelve  feathers,  and  is  at  the  same  time  a  little 
graduated  and  a  little  forked.  The  skin  is  very 
tough,  so  as  to  resist  the  stings  of  the  bees  whose 
nests  the  birds  despoil.  The  celebrated  Honey- 
Guide  of  South  Africa  (Indicator  Vaillantii)  is  an 
example.      The  Coucais  (Centropus)  have  a  long 


IMS.— Le  VaiUtiit'i  Caokoo. 


1601. — ^Eafltem  Black  Cockoo. 


leoo.— Gilded 


I5»<— Yonng  Cuelcoa. 


U9G."Ciickooand  Nest. 


1>99.    Yellow-billed  Cackoo. 


160>.— Anl. 


360 


1600.— Palate  of  llhi-  Jtiow. 


1(109.— lUmk  of  Siiovellor  Dnck. 


ICT4.— Group  of  r,:rro:s. 


No.  46. 


)»07.— Teeth  orPwrakeet. 


'606.— Teeth  of  Blue  Ma. 


[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


361 


362 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Parrots 


■lightly  curved  beak,  and  the  claw  of  the  inner  of 
the  two  hind-toes  in  long,  straight,  and  pointed,  re- 
minding us  of  that  of  the  lark.  These  birds  appear 
to  be  of  solitary  and  recluse  habits ;  they  feed  on 
insects,  and  even  small  reptiles,  and  breed  in  the 
holes  of  treea,  and  are  said  to  perch  lengthwise,  not 
acrosa  the  branch.  The  Egyptian  Coucal  (Centropus 
.Agyptius)  is  an  example.  I'hey  are  all  peculiar  to 
the  hotter  portions  of  the  Old  World.  The  Malcohas 
(Phoenicophaus)  seem  to  be  confined  to  India  and 
the  adjacent  islands.  The  bill  is  stout.  longer  than 
the  head,  and  gently  curved  from  the  base;  the  side 
of  the  head,  for  a  large  space  round  the  eye,  is  desti- 
tute of  feathers,  exhibiting  a  naked  granulated  skin. 
The  wings  are  very  short ;  the  tail  long  and  gradu- 
ated. The  Red-headed  Malcoha  of  Ceylon  (Phoeni- 
cophaus  pyrrhoceplialus)  is  an  example. 

Family  PSITTACID^  (PARROTS). 

Mr.  Vigors,  Mr.  Swainson,  and  other  naturalists,  re- 
gard the  parrots  as  constituting  a  family  of  the 
Scansorial  order ;  but  if  structure  and  modes  of  life 
are  to  be  taken  as  the  grounds  of  arrangement,  then 
the  parrots  will  form  as  clear  and  distinct  an  order 
as  the  raptorial  birds,  or  as  the  Natatores  (swimming 
birds).  Nor  are  we  alone  in  this  opinion.  The 
Prince  of  Canino,  in  his  '  Specchio  generale,'  places 
them  in  the  order  Psittaci,  the  first  of  his  subclass 
Insessores ;  and  M.  de  Blainville  makes  them  the 
first  order  of  birds,  under  the  well-chosen  title  of 
Prehensores,  belonging  to  the  anomalous  subclass. 
Even  those  ornithologists  who,  proceeding  upon  that 
most  artificial  of  methods  styled  the  natural,  qui- 
nary, or  trinary,  have  formed  the  parrots  into  a 
family  group  of  the  Scansores,  have  felt  the  dilemma 
in  which  they  stood.  Mr.  Vigors  declares  it  as  his 
opinion  that  the  Psittacidee  afford  more  difficulties 
to  the  inquirer  into  affinities  than  any  other  group 
in  the  known  class ;  he  remarks  that  in  manners 
and  general  structure,  as  well  as  in  the  mode  of 
using  their  feet  and  bill,  the  parrots  hold  nearly  an 
insulated  situation  among  birds,  and  that  they  may 
perhaps  be  pronounced  to  be  the  only  group  among 
them  which  is  completely  sui  generis.  Yet  because 
the  parrots  and  the  woodpeckers  are  climbers,  par 
excellence — ditfering,  however,  as  he  states,  as  to 
the  mode  in  which  they  climb — he  associates  them 
together,  and  considers  the  Barbets  (Pogonias)  to 
be  the  link  of  union  between  them.  The  difierence 
in  the  external  characters  of  the  head  of  the  parrot, 
with  its  curved  mandibles  and  fleshy  tongue,  and 
that  of  the  woodpecker  with  its  long  beak  and 
slender  extensile  tongue,  may  be  seen  in  Fig.  1603. 
Mr.  Ssvainson  is  of  opinion  that  the  parrots  consti- 
tute the  subtypical  division  of  the  Scansores,  in 
which  the  powers  of  climbing  are  less  developed. 
If,  says  that  writer,  "  any  group  in  nature  be  isolated, 
it  is  this.  Possessing  in  themselves  the  strongest 
characteristics,  there  is  no  bird  yet  discovered  which 
presents  any  point  of  connection  to  them  ;  approxi- 
mations are  certainly  made  by  the  tooth-billed  bar- 
bets,  but  still  there  is  a  gap  which  no  genus  disco- 
vered is  calculated  to  fill  up."  If  such  a  group,  then, 
does  not  constitute  an  order,  what  does  r 

The  order  Prehensores,  then,  for  so  we  would 
term  it,  or  the  Psittacidse  of  authors,  is  divided  by 
different  naturalists  into  genera  so  numerous,  thai  a 
mere  list  of  them  and  their  synonyms  is  enough  to 
startle  the  student,  who  would  find  himself  be- 
wildered in  a  labyrinth  of  names,  tending  to  con- 
fuse him  more  and  more  at  every  step  :  avoiding 
them  altogether,  we  may  observe  that  the  parrots 
may  be  arranged  in  the  following  groups  or  sec- 
tions : — 1,  Cockatoos  ;  2,  Macaws  ;  3,  Parrakeets, 
including  the  Psittacaras,  the  true  Parrakeets,  the 
Loriets  or  broad  tailed  Parrakeets,  the  Lorikets  or 
filamentous-tongued  Parrakeets,  the  Ground  Parra- 
keets, and  the  Psittacules;  4,  the  True  Parrots;  5, 
the  Lories. 

1604. — A  Groitp  op  Parrots. 

This  group  of  parrots  is  illustrative  of  some  of  the 
forms  which  these  birds  offer  to  the  contemplation 
of  the  naturalist.  Of  the  cockatoos,  are,  a,  the 
Sulphur-crested  Cockatoo  (PlyctolophusSulphureus, 
Vieillot) ;  6,  the  Banksian  Cockatoo  (Calyptorhyn- 
chus  Banksii,  Vigors) :  and  c,  the  Goliah  Cockatoo 
(Probosciger  Goliath,  Kuhl)  with  naked  cheeks.  Of 
the  macaws,  is  d,  the  great  Red  and  Blue  Macaw 
(Macrocercus  Macao).  Of  the  parrakeets,  e,  the  Ca- 
rolina Parrakeet  (Conurus  Carolinensis,  Kuhl ;  f,  the 
Scaled  Parrakeet :  g,  the  Black-winged  Psittacule 
(Psiltacula  melanoptera) ;  h,  the  Philippine  Psitta- 
cule (Psittacula  Philippensis).  Of  the  parrots,  i,  the 
Accipitrine  Parrot  (Psiftacus  accipitrinus),  and  k, 
the  White-headed  Parrot  (Psittacus  leucocephalus). 
In  the  parrot  tribe,  the  modification  of  the  bill  is 
very  remarkable.  Jn  many  birds  the  upper  man- 
dible is  more  or  less  moveable  at  its  junction  with  the 
forehead,  for  where  there  is  no  trace  of  a  suture,  the 
bone  is  often  slightly  elastic*     In  tbe  parrots,  how- 

•  In  the  Rook,  Hoopoe,  ITctoii,  Stork,  Woodpecker,  Shoveller^lock, 
Sacred  lliit,  &c.  the  upper  mandible  ii  firm  and  immoveable,  as  also 
In  the  Albatna.  Ilomtiill,  and  otheis. 


ever,  this  mobility  is  carried  out  to  its  fullest  extent, 
I  a  sort  of  hinge  uniting  the  upper  mandible  to  the  fore- 
'  head  (see  Fig.  1605),  while  the  slender  bones  con- 
necting the  upper  mandible  to  the  base  of  the  skull 
yield  to  every  movement.  Across  the  homy  palate 
of  the  beak  is  a  sort  of  notch  (see  Fig.  160C),  against 
which  the  front  margin  of  the  lower  beak  works,  and 
this  margin,  chisel-like,  is  sharp  and  thin ;  while  the 
articulation  of  the  lower  mandible  is  as  loose  as 
possible.  Hence,  aided  by  the  thick  fleshy  tongue, 
a  parrot,  as  we  have  often  seen,  will  by  means  of  its 
beak  clear  the  inside  of  a  fresh  pea  from  the  outer 
skin,  rejecting  the  latter:  and  perform  the  whole 
process  not  only  with  facility  but  with  the  greatest 
delicacy  of  manipulation,  if  this  term  be  allowable. 
In  all  birds,  as  a  rule,  the  margin  of  the  orbit  is  in- 
complete. In  the  parrot  the  bony  ring  varying  in 
breadth  is  complete,  and  below  it  runs  the  slender 
bone  connecting  the  upper  mandible  with  the  os 
quadratum  (see  Fig.  1605).  The  lower  mandible  is 
light,  thin  and  deep.  The  tongue  is  thick,  muscular, 
and  in  co  is  ant  requisition ;  it  is  covered  with  papil- 
lae, is  moist  fued  with  saliva,  and  possesses  both  taste 
and  great  mobility.  In  the  lorikets  (Trichoglossus) 
however,  which  feed  on  the  nectar  of  the  flowers  of 
the  Eucalypti  in  Australia,  it  is  furnished  with  a 
brush  of  delicate  close-set  filaments. 

We  need  not  say  that  birds  have  no  teeth,  yet 
Geoffroy  St.  Hilaire,  in  his  'Theory  of  Analogues,' 
says,  that  though  it  may  be  considered  a  piece  of 
pleasantry  to  assert  that  fowls  have  teeth,  he  finds 
proofs  that  such  is  the  fact,  notwithstanding  the 
weight  of  authority  against  him.  To  this  opinion 
he  was  led  in  the  first  instance  by  examining  the 
beaks  of  two  chicks  of  the  ring  parrakeet  (Palaeornis 
torquatus),  which,  though  matured,  had  not  been  able 
to  break  through  the  egg-shell,  in  the  beaks  of 
these  younglings  he  observed  a  regular  set  of  tooth- 
like projections,  or,  as  he  states,  teeth,  represented 
at  Fig.  1607.  a,  a  lateral  view  of  both  mandibles 
showing  the  teeth  :  6  and  c,  the  upper  and  under  man- 
dible viewed,  the  first  from  beneath,  the  latter  from 
above  ;  d,  the  serrations  or  teeth  on  the  beak  of  the 
blue  macaw,  which  M.  GeoftVoy  St.  Hilaire  subse- 
quently observed,  and  which  are  more  fully  repre- 
sented at  Fig.  1608 :  a,  the  upper  mandible ;  b,  the 
lower  insection  to  show  the  teeth ;  c,  a  portion  of  the 
beak,  showing  the  serrations  worn  down  by  use. 
In  the  instanceof  the  parrakeet  chicks  M.  Geofi'roy  St. 
Hilaire  could  trace  nerves  and  blood-vessels  running 
towards  each  toothlet ;  but  in  the  adult  macaw,  the 
tube  in  which  these  had  apparently  lain  while  the 
bird  was  a  nestling  was  filled  with  a  cartilaginous 
substance.  The  fact  is  that  these  are  not  real  teeth, 
but  only  indications  of  a  structure  much  more 
amply  developed  in  the  beak  of  the  duck  tribe, 
which  is  furnished  with  a  series  of  horny  laminae 
acting  as  strainers,  and  perhaps  as  feelers,  and  which 
are  part  and  parcel  of  the  horny  sheath  of  the  os- 
seous mandible  (see  Fig.  1609).  a,  the  upper  man- 
dible of  the  shoveller-duck  (Rynchapsis  clypeata)  : 
i,  the  lower  mandible  of  the  common  duck.  These 
appendages  in  the  duck  are  rather  the  analogues 
of  the  baleen  plates  of  the  whale,  than  of  teeth ; 
and  in  the  parrot,  as  from  examination  we  can  tes- 
tify, they  seem  rather  to  indicate  the  progressive 
growth  of  the  horny  beak  in  the  upper  mandible, 
and  evidence  the  passage  of  nerves  and  blood-vessels 
to  the  edge  of  the  lower.  We  have  before  us  the 
skulls  of  several  macaws  and  parrots,  adult,  of 
which  the  lower  mandible  has  its  horny  edge  very 
clearly  marked  ;  while  the  hooked  palatal  part  of 
the  upper,  anterior  to  the  notch,  is  marked  with 
lines  obliquely  running  from  a  central  line,  like 
arrow-heads  repeated,  the  apex  of  each   pointing 

backwards,  thus—  r^^|^»-  The   nostrils  in  the 

parrots  are  seated  in  a  membranous  cere  at  the 
base  of  the  upper  mandible. 

Often,  as  in  the  macaws  (see  Fig.  1610),  the 
cheeks  are  covered  with  naked  skin. 

The  foot  of  the  parrot  is  completely  zygodactyle 
and  prehensile  (see  Fig.  1611)  ;  the  tarsus  is  short, 
but  stout,  and  the  limb  muscular;  the  toes  are  long 
and  furnished  with  strong  claws,  and  are  formed  ex- 
pressly for  holding  or  grasping  any  object  which 
they  can  enclose.  In  climbing,  the  parrot  uses  its 
hooked  beak,  as  well  as  its  feet,  and  in  feeding,  it 
rests  on  one  foot,  holding  the  food  to  its  beak  with 
the  other.  Compare  the  foot  of  the  parrot  with  that 
of  the  fowl,  and  of  the  water-bird  (Fig.  1612),  and 
the  difference  will  be  at  once  appreciated.  The 
plumage  of  the  parrots  is  in  general  richly  tinted, 
and  some  species  are  superb ;  in  all,  and  particu- 
larly in  the  cockatoos,  the  skin  throws  off  a  mealy 
powder,  which  saturates  the  feathers,  and  commu- 
nicates to  them  somewhat  of  a  greasy  feel ;  this  is 
the  case  with  other  birds  also,  as  eagles  and  herons. 
The  parrots  are  a  noisy  race,  associating  together  in 
flocks,  and  feeding  upon  fruits,  buds,  seeds,  &c. ; 
they  sleep  crowded  together,  and  are  fond  of  prun- 
ing each  other's  plumage  ;  they  are  monogamous, 
the  pairs  forming  lasting  associations;   and  they 


breed  in  the  hollows  of  trees.  With  respect  to 
powers  of  flight,  they  vary  considerably  ;  some  fly 
slowly,  but  others  wing  their  way  with  the  greatest 
rapidity,  and  for  a  long  continuance.  It  is  to  the 
warmer  climates  more  particularly  that  these  birds 
are  confined  ;  and  they  are  abundant  in  the  inter- 
tropics.  In  the  southern  hemisphere,  however,  they 
occur  in  temperate  latitudes,  while  in  the  northern 
hemisphere  they  are  rare  beyond  the  tropic  of  Can- 
cer ;  the  Carolina  parrot,  in  America,  and  some  of 
the  genus  Palseornis  in  India,  however,  are  ex- 
tratropical.  On  the  contrary,  parrots  occur  in  the 
southern  extremity  of  America,  throughout  New 
Holland,  Van  Dieinen's  Land,  New  Zealand,  and 
even  in  Macquarrie  Island,  in  the  fil^y-second  degree 
of  south  latitude. 

Of  all  birds,  parrots  are  the  most  susceptible  of 
being  rendered  tame  and  familiar ;  and  towards 
their  protectors  they  often  manifest  great  attach- 
ment, courting  their  notice  and  caresses ;  they  are 
decidedly  the  most  intelligent  of  the  feathered  race  ; 
and  are  quick  in  learning  to  repeat  words,  sentences, 
and  tunes :  they  mimic  the  voices  of  other  animals, 
the  barking  of  dogs,  the  mewing  of  cats,  and  the 
crowing  of  poultry  ;  their  memory  is  retentive,  and 
their  ear  is  accurate.  Individuals,  however,  differ 
in  their  qualifications,  and  some  species  are  superior 
to  others  in  the  facility  with  which  they  learn  their 
lessons,  the  grey  parrot  of  Africa  (Psittacus  erytha- 
cus)  being  pie-eminent. 

In  the  classical  writings  of  antiquity  we  have  several 
references  to  these  birds,  which  appear  to  have  been 
great  favourites  and  in  general  request.  Aristotle 
well  described  their  tongue  as  resembling  that  of 
man,  whence,  as  he  conjectured,  arose  the  facility 
with  which  they  pronounced  words  or  sentences.  The 
Greeks  were  the  first  of  European  nations  who  be- 
came acquainted  with  birds  of  the  parrot  tribe,  viz. 
some  of  the  species  of  the  Indian  genus  Palseornis 
(parrakeets)  ;  these  from  all  accounts  were  intro- 
duced into  Europe  from  India  at  the  time  of  the 
Macedonian  conquest ;  and  having  been  once  brought 
into  Greece,  the  great  demand  for  them,  and  the 
high  prices  for  which  they  sold,  rendered  the  impor- 
tation of  them  a  profitable  speculation.  Aristotle 
calls  the  parrot  'irStKyhy  ipveov,  or  Indian  bird. 

From  Greece  the  parrot  soon  found  its  way  to 
Rome,  and  became  extravagantly  admired.  It  was 
kept  in  cages  of  the  most  costly  materials,  nor  was 
any  price,  however  inordinate,  deemed  beyond  its 
value.  Until  the  time  of  Nero,  the  Romans  were 
not  acquainted  with  the  parrots  of  Africa ;  but  as 
that  country  became  more  known,  these  birds  with 
other  natural  productions  were  sent  to  Italy  ;  and 
most  probably  it  was  from  that  quarter  that  the 
numbers  of  the  parrot  race  were  imported  which  at 
a  subsequent  period  supplied  the  luxury  of  Helio- 
gabalus.  Among  other  articles  in  the  bill  of  fare 
detailed  by  .^lian  as  entering  into  the  feasts  of  this 
emperor,  are  the  combs  of  fowls,  the  tonguesof  pea- 
cocks and  nightingales,  the  brains  of  flamingoes  and 
thrushes,  the  heads  of  parrots  and  pheasants,  and  it 
is  reported  that  with  the  bodies  of  the  two  latter  he 
fed  his  beasts  of  prey. 

In  captivity  the  parrot  lives  long;  instances  are  on 
record  of  individuals  attaining  the  age  of  eighty 
or  one  hundred  years.  We  know  a  green  South 
American  parrot  said  to  have  been  ninety  years  in 
the  family,  and  is  still  in  good  health. 

From  these  general  remarks  we  shall  at  once  pro- 
ceed to  our  pictorial  specimens. 

1613.— Thk  Blue  and  Yellow  Macaw 

(Maaocercus  Ararauna). — The  macaws  are  natives 
of  the  warmer  regions  of  South  America,  and  are 
among  the  largest  of  the  parrot  race.  They  are 
easily  domesticated,  and  become  very  gentle  and 
familiar,  but  in  their  powera  of  imitation  they  fall 
very  short  of  the  true  parrots  and  parrakeets ;  their 
natural  cries  are  harsh,  discordant,  and  piercing,  and 
the  few  words  they  are  occasionally  taught  to  utter 
are  pronounced  in  a  disagreeable  tone.  The  beak 
is  of  enormous  size  and  strength  ;  the  cheeks  are  to 
a  greater  or  less  extent  bare ;  the  nostrils  are  con- 
cealed; the  under  mandible  is  very  deep.  The 
plumage  is  remarkable  for  gaudy  colouring.  The 
blue  and  yellow  macaw  is  a  native  of  Brazil, 
Guiana,  and  Surinam,  tenanting  the  swampy  forests 
along  the  banks  of  rivers,  and  generally  living  in 
pairs,  though  sometimes  they  assemble  in  large 
flocks.  The  food  of  this  species  consists  principally 
of  the  fruit  of  a  kind  of  palm  abundant  in  humid  or 
marshy  places.  On  the  wing  the  blue  and  yellow 
macaw  is  rapid,  displaying  great  address  and  ease 
in  its  aerial  movements,  and  is  often  seen  skimming 
over  the  tops  of  the  loftiest  trees,  the  highest 
branches  of  which  it  selects  for  its  roosting-place. 
Like  the  parrots  generally,  this  macaw  lays  two 
white  eggs  in  the  hollow  of  a  decayed  tree  ;  both 
sexes  attend  to  the  duty  of  incubation,  and  to  the 
labour  of  rearing  the  young.  Two  broods  are  said 
to  be  produced  annually. 
The  colouring  of  this  species  is  as  follows  : — Bill 


Parrots] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


363 


black,  cheeks  naked,  white,  with  three  narrow  lines 
of  black  velvety  feathers  passing  obliquely  across. 
Beneath  the  under  mandible  is  a  broad  black  band, 
extending  some  distance  under  the  naked  cheeks. 
General  colour  above  rich  blue,  passing  into  green 
on  the  forehead,  some  of  the  wing-coverts,  and 
rump.  Greater  quills  and  tail  nearly  violet ;  wings 
and  tail  beneath,  yellow  ;  under  parts  generally  of  a 
rich  satfron  tint ;  irisyellowi.sh  ;  legs  dusky.  Length 
about  thirty-nine  inches,  of  which  the  long  graduated 
tail  measures  about  twenty-four  inches. 

1614. — ^The  Red-Fronted  Parrakeet- Macaw 
(Psitlacara  Leptorhynchd).  Between  the  Macaws 
and  Parrakeets  comes  the  genus  Psittacara  of 
Vigors,  allied  to  the  former  in  the  shape  and  size 
of  the  beak,  but  to  the  latter  in  the  cheeks  being 
clothed  with  feathers,  a  naked  ring  only  encircling 
the  eye,  and  in  the  form  of  the  tall.  From  their 
intermediate  situation,  the  birds  of  this  genus  have 
received  the  familiar  name  of  Parrakeet-Macaws 
in  our  language,  and  that  of  Perruchearas,  which 
has  the  same  meaning,  in  the  French.  Like  the 
macaws,  these  birds  are  exclusively  natives  of  the 
New  World  ;  they  are  formed  for  rapid  flight,  and 
live  in  flocks,  tenanting  the  forest.  The  present 
species  is  green,  space  round  the  eye  white,  a 
frontal  band  stretching  from  eye  to  eye  red,  tail 
cinnamon  red. 

An  allied  species,  the  Carolina  Pairot  (Psittacara 
Carolinensis),  Conurus  Carolinensis,  Kuhl,  is  a 
native  of  the  southern  districts  of  the  United  States, 
frequenting  the  low  alluvial  lands  along  the  Ohio 
and  Mississippi,  where  the  cockle-bur  (Xanthium 
strumarium)  grows  in  abundance,  on  the  fruit  of 
which  it  feeds,  extricating  the  seeds  from  the  prickly 
shells ;  it  adds  however  grain,  fruits,  apples,  mul- 
berries, grapes,  &c.  to  the  bill  of  fare  ;  and  as  it  asso- 
ciates in  flocks,  the  farmer  often  suffers  from  its 
depredations.  It  must  not  be  supposed  that  these 
flocks  commit  their  ravages  with  impunity ;  the  gun 
thins  their  numbers ;  and  as  the  living  birds  sweep 
screaming  around  their  dead  and  wounded  com- 
panions, and  settle  again  in  the  place  of  danger, 
the  whole  flock  is  sometimes  almost  entirely  ex- 
tirpated. The  flight  of  this  species  is  rapid,  grace- 
ful, and  direct ;  and  a  general  cry  is  kept  up  by  the 
whole  party  while  on  the  wing.  The  movements  of 
these  birds  on  the  ground  are  slow  and  embarrassed, 
but  on  trees  or  tall  strong  plants  they  are  very 
active,  climbing  about,  and  hanging  in  every  attitude. 
They  roost  in  hollow  trees,  and  incubate  in  similar 
cavities,  many  females,  as  Mr.  Audubon  assures  us, 
depositing  their  eggs  together.  From  the  same 
observer  we  learn  that  these  birds  are  fond  of  saline 
earth,  and  visit  the  different  salt-licks  interspersed 
through  the  woods ;  they  delight  also  in  rolling 
themselves  in  the  sand,  for  which  purpose  they 
often  alight  in  flocks  along  the  gravelly  banks  of 
rivers  and  creeks,  and  in  other  situations.  It  would 
appear  that  the  adult  plumage  is  not  assumed  until 
after  the  second  year. 

1615. — The  Alexakdbinb  Parrakeet 
(PaitBomis  Altxandri).  The  genus  Palaeomis, 
containing  a  number  of  beautiful  and  interesting 
species,  is  confined,  or  nearly  so,  to  India  and  its 
islands :  Australiabeing  just  within  the  geographical 
range  of  the  group.  It  was  with  some  of  the  Indian 
species  of  this  group  that  the  ancients,  as  already 
noticed,  became  iirst  acquainted.  Mr.  Vigors 
('Zool.  Journal.'  vol.  ii.),  who  observes  that  the 
ancient  writers  unanimously  affirm  that  the  parrots 
known  in  their  times  came  exclusively  from  India, 
adds  : — "  It  is  not  easy  to  decide,  although  we  may 
form  a  tolerable  conjecture  on  the  subject,  how 
many  and  which  of  the  species  of  Palaeomis  were 
known  to  the  ancients.  jKlian  (De  Nat.  Anim. 
xvi.  2)  tells  us  that  they  were  acquainted  with  three 
species  :  but  as  some  of  the  more  common  species 
approach  each  other  most  closely  in  their  specific 
characters,  it  is  not  improbable  that  the  differences 
between  them  might  have  been  passed  over  by 
observers  who  were  so  little  accustomed  and  had  so 
little  occasion  to  pay  attention  to  minute  distinc- 
tions, and  that  four  or  five  species  at  least  were 
familiar  to  antiquity.  The  birds  that  came  from  the 
remoter  Indian  islands,  P.  Papuensis,  Malaccensis, 
and  Xanthosoraus  in  particular,  are  in  all  likelihood 
among  the  number  of  those  that  have  been  known 
only  m  recent  times:  to  these  we  may  add  the 
newly  characterized  species  from  New  Holland,  the 
P.  Barrabandi.  The  beautiful  blossom-headed 
species  also,  P.  erythrocephalus,  and  P.  Bengalensis, 
which  are  even  now  more  rarely  met  with  than  the 
neighbouring  species,  most  probably  did  not  come 
under  the  observations  of  the  ancients,  for  it  is  im- 
possible that  they  should  have  passed  over  without 
notice  the  lovely  and  changeable  roseate  colour  of 
the  hoad,  which  casts  into  the  shade  even  the  collar 
round  the  neck  (so  frequently  alluded  to  by  them), 
if  either  of  '.hese  birds  had  been  before  them.  The 
poeu  at  least  would  have  seized  upon  a  character 


which  involved  so  truly  poetic  an  image,  and  Ovid 
or  Statins  would  have  woven  it  up  among  the  most 
conspicuous  wreaths  of  their  beautiful  elegiac  gar- 
lands. The  species  which  we  can  imagine  to  have 
been  best  known  to  former  times  are  the  P.  Pon- 
dicerianus  and  Flavitorquis,  which  are  diffused  over 
the  whole  of  the  Indian  continent,  the  former 
species  more  particularly,  which  is  now  found  dis- 
persed over  a  great  extent  of  the  Eastern  archipelago. 
P.  Alexandii  appears  to  have  been  the  bird  sent 
from  Ceylon  to  the  Macedonian  warrior  from  whom 
it  derives  its  specific  name  ;  Ceylon,  or  the  ancient 
Taprobana,  being  the  principal  resort,  even  down 
to  the  present  moment,  of  that  species.  It  is  pro- 
bable also  that  the  Romans,  particularly  in  later 
times,  received  a  great  number  of  the  same  species 
from  that  island.  If  to  these  birds  we  add  the 
P.  torqualus,  which  is  the  species  that  agrees  most 
intimately  with  the  descriptions  of  Pliny,  and  after 
him  of  Apuleius,  which  is  generally  scattered  over 
the  Indian,  as  well  as  the  African  continent  on  the 
eastern  side,  we  shall  probably  have  before  us  all 
the  species  known  to  the  ancients  of  this  classical 
group."  The  Alexandrine  Parrakeet  is  a  beautiful 
bird  ;  its  general  plumage  is  green,  a  vermilion 
collar  adorns  the  neck,  the  throat  and  a  band 
between  the  eyes  are  black,  a  mark  of  purple  red 
ornaments  the  shoulders. 

1616, 1617. — The  Rosk-ringed  Parrakeet 
(Palaomis  torquatus).  This  beautiful  species  is 
probably  that  described  by  Solinus  as  "colore 
viridi,  torque  puniceo ;"  its  colour  is  green,  with  a 
roseate  collar,  and  the  bill  deep  ruby.  Besides 
being  found  in  India,  it  is  said  to  be  abundant  on 
the  coast  of  Senegal.  In  captivity  it  is  a  gentle 
engaging  bird,  and  soon  learns  to  utter  sentences 
with  considerable  distinctness. 

In  the  genus  Palaeomis  the  bill  is  rather  thick, 
the  wings  are  moderate  and  pointed ;  the  tail  is 
slender  and  very  graduated,  the  two  middle  feathers 
far  exceeding  the  rest  in  length  ;  the  tai-si  are  short 
and  feeble  ;  the  general  contour  is  slim  and  grace- 
ful. 

1618.— The  Tabuan  Loriet 

(Platycerms  scapulatus).  King's-Ground  Parrakeet, 
Grand  Perruche  i  collier  et  croupion  bleues,  Le 
Vaillant. 

In  the  genus  Platycercus  the  bill  is  rather  short, 
the  upper  mandible  rounded  and  dilated,  the  lower 
one  short,  deeply  emarginate,  with  the  apex  squared. 
Wings  moderate  and  rounded ;  the  tail  broad,  and 
subgraduate,  the  tarsi  elevated ;  the  toes  slender 
and  elongated  ;  and  the  claws  long  and  but  little 
hooked.  In  their  habits  and  manners  the  birds  of 
this  genus  differ  from  the  exclusively  arboreal 
species;  they  run  nimbly  on  the  ground,  with  singu- 
lar address,  but  their  powers  of  flight  are  limited, 
and  the  os  furcatum,or  merry-thought,  is  either  very 
feeble  or  wanting.  While  on  the  wing,  however,  their 
course  is  tolerably  rapid,  but  is  not  long  sustained. 
They  breed  in  the  holes  of  trees,  and  the  females  lay 
several  eggs,  from  seven  to  ten  or  a  dozen.  Grass- 
seeds,  grain,  and  hard  fruits  constitute  their  food  ; 
all  are  richly  coloured,  and,  as  they  soon  become 
familiar,  are  interesting  ornaments  in  an  aviary. 

The  present  species,  when  adult,  is  green,  with 
the  head,  neck,  and  under  parts,  scarlet :  back  of 
the  neck  and  rump  lazuline ;  longitudinal  .scapular 
line  pale  green  cerulean  ;  tail-feathers  black,  with 
brilliant  green  reflections.     (Male). 

We  have  frequently  noticed  the  King's-Ground 
Parrakeet  or  Taijuan  Loriet,  in  captivity.  In  a  large 
cage,  it  may  be  seen  rapidly  traversing  the  sanded 
floor,  and  occasionally  uttering  a  soft  whistling  note  ; 
like  the  rest  of  the  genus,  it  is  fond  of  the  bath,  and 
will  saturate  its  plumage  with  water,  which,  from 
a  mistaken  idea  of  its  being  injurious,  persons  too 
often  deny  to  their  captives  of  the  parrot  tribe. 

This  beautiful  species  is  a  native  of  New  Hol- 
land, associating  in  flocks,  which,  when  the  Indian 
corn  is  ripe,  visit  the  fields,  and  occasion  no  little 
mischief.  Mr.  Caley  considers  these  flocks  as  con- 
sisting of  young  birds  almost  exclusively,  as  it  is 
rare  to  see  a  bright  red  bird  among  them.  Accord- 
ing to  information  gained  from  the  natives,  he  adds 
that  this  bird  breeds  chiefly  in  a  white  gum-tree 
(one  of  the  Eucalypti),  making  its  nest  in  a  hollow, 
of  a  little  grass,  and  lining  it  with  feathers,  The 
eggs  are  as  many  as  twelve,  and  are  of  a  dirty  white, 
with  black  specks.  The  natives  easily  detect  the 
breeding-place  of  this  bird  ;  for  as  it  enlarges  the 
entrance,  in  order  to  creep  in  and  out  of  the  hole 
more  readily,  the  surrounding  part  acquires  a  reddish 
tint  in  consequence  of  the  operation,  and  contrasts 
very  strongly  with  the  whiteness  of  the  rest  of  the 
tree.  The  species  of  the  genus  Platycercirs  are  nu- 
merous; as  the  P.  pacificiis,  Stanleyi,  Pennantii, 
semitorquatus,  Baueri,  Barnardi,  &c.  Of  the  P.  semi- 
torquatus,  Mr.  Gould  states  that  it  begins  breeding 
in  the  latter  part  of  September  or  commencement 
of  October,  making  no  nest,  but  depositing  its  eggs 


in  a  hole  in  either  a  gum  or  mahogany  tree,  on  the 
soft  black  dust  collected  at  the  bottom  ;  they  are 
from  seven  to  nine  in  number,  of  a  pure  white. 
This  species  is  dispersed  over  the  greater  part  of 
Western  Australia,  "  where  it  inhabits  every  variety 
of  situation;  sometimes  searching  for  its  food  on 
the  ground,  like  the  rest  of  its  congeners,  at  other 
times  on  the  trees ;  its  chief  food  being  either  grass- 
seeds  or  the  hard-stoned  fruits  and  seeds  peculiar  to 
the  trees  of  the  country  in  which  it  lives."  From 
its  note  uttered  while  on  the  wing,  it  has  acquired 
from  the  colonists  the  name  of  the  Twenty-eight 
Parrakeet.     (See  Gould's  '  Birds  of  Australia.') 

1619. — The  New  Holland  Nymphicus 
{Ntjmphiais  Novce  HollandicB).  In  the  genus  Nym- 
phicus the  bill  is  notched  ;  the  culmen  slightly 
carinated ;  the  nostrils  thick,  tumid,  and  naked  ; 
the  wings  long ;  the  tail  broad  and  graduated,  the 
two  middle  tail  feathers  being  much  longer  than  the 
next,  and  pointed.  We  have  had  opportunities  of 
observing  the  habits  of  the  New  Holland  Nymphi- 
cus in  captivity,  one  being  in  the  possession  of 
Mr.  Gould,  and  we  believe  the  only  one  ever 
brought  alive  to  England.  It  is  surprisingly  active, 
and  trips  over  the  floor  of  its  cage  with  great 
celerity,  continually  erecting  its  beautiful  crest  of 
pointed  and  graduated  feathers;  its  mannei-s,  in 
fact,  much  resemble  those  of  the  Platycerci,  but 
have  more  of  sprightliness  and  vivacity.  It  is  ex- 
tremely gentle  and  familiar,  and  is  fond  of  being 
noticed.  This  species  is  common  in  the  interior  of 
New  Holland,  associating  in  vast  troops  ;  and  in 
some  parts  so  great  are  their  numbers,  that,  as 
Mr.  Gould  assures  us,  his  brother-in-law,  Stephen 
Coxen,  Esq.,  procured  upwards  of  two  hundred 
examples  during  a  single  excursion  in  the  interior. 

In  the  male,  the  ;forehead,  crest,  and  cheeks  are 
lemon-yellow ;  the  ear-coverts,  rich  reddish  orange ; 
the  back  of  the  neck,  the  two  central  tail-feathers, 
and  the  external  margins  of  the  primaries  brownish 
grey ;  back,  shoulders,  and  all  the  under  surface  and 
outer  tail-feathers  greyish  chocolate  brown,  the 
shoulders  and  flanks  being  the  darkest.  A  white 
mark  extends  from  the  shoulders  lengthwise  down 
the  centre  of  the  wing  ;  bill  and  bare  space  round 
the  eye  brownish  grey ;  feet  blackish  brown.  The 
female  diffei-s  from  the  male  in  the  colour  of  the 
face  and  crest,  being  of  a  dull  olive  yellow,  the 
latter  becoming  still  darker  at  its  extremity  ;  in 
having  the  throat  greyish  brown,  and  the  bax;k 
lighter  than  in  the  male  ;  the  lower  part  of  the  ab- 
domen, upper  tail-coverts,  and  tail-feathers  yellow, 
except  the  four  middle  ones,  which  are  grey ;  the 
whole  transversely  and  irregularly  barred  with  lines 
of  brown.     Total  length  twelve  inches.  (Gould). 

1620. — The  Undulated  Euphemia. 
(^Eupliemia  undidata).  The  genus  Euphemia  of 
Wagler  (Nanodes,  Vigors)  has  the  bill  short,  with 
the  culmen  rounded,  and  the  upper  mandible  deep  ;  ■ 
the  wings  of  moderate  length,  and  pointed ;  the 
tarsi  and  toes  rather  'slender ;  the  tail  graduated ; 
the  two  middle  feathers  being  long  and  slender. 

The  undulated  Euphemia  is  a  native  of  the  in- 
terior of  New  South  Wales,  where  it  was  discovered 
in  great  abundance  by  Captain  Sturt,  who  informed 
Mr.  Gould  that  he  met  with  it  in  immense  flocks  on 
the  extensive  plains  bordering  the  Morumbidgee, 
feeding  upon  the  seeds  and  berries  of  the  low 
stunted  bushes  collectively  named  the  'scrub.' 
Several  specimens  were  received  by  Mr.  Gould 
from  Mr.  Coxen,  which  had  been  procured  by  the 
latter  north  of  Hunter's  River.  These  beautiful  little 
birds  are  quick  and  active,  tripping  along  nimbly 
on  the  ground,  and  also  flying  with  considerable 
rapidity  ;  during  flight  the  tail  is  spread,  and  the 
yellow  mark  is  very  conspicuous,  as  we  have  seen 
in  Mr.  Gould's  living  specimen,  which  is  occasion- 
ally allowed  the  liberty  of  the  drawing-room.  This 
specimen  is  very  familiar  and  observant,  and  while 
on  its  perch  often  breaks  forth  into  a  very  sweet 
natural  warble,  occasionally  interrupted  by  a  shrill 
chirp.  Its  manners  and  beauty  render  it  a  most 
engaging  creature;  and  it  seems  to  bear  our  climate 
without  any  inconvenience. 

In  the  male  the  crown  of  the  head  and  throat  are 
pale  yellow,  the  latter  ornamented  on  each  side 
with  several  rich  blue  spots ;  a  row  of  which,  but  of 
a  darker  tint,  crosses  the  throat  in  the  form  of  a 
crescent ;  sides  and  back  of  the  head,  back  of  the 
neck,  upper  part  of  the  back,  scapulars,  and  wing- 
coverts  olive  brown,  each  feather  having  a  crescent- 
shaped  mark  of  black  near  its  extremity,  and  a  mar- 
gin of  yellow  ;  primaries  green  on  their  outer 
edges,  the  tip  and  internal  web  brown ;  seconda- 
ries crossed  by  a  broad  band  of  yellow,  which  is 
continued,  but  much  narrower,  acmss  some  of  the 
primaries,  breast  and  all  the  under  surface,  lower 
part  of  the  back  and  tail-coverts  of  a  tine  pale 
green  ;  the  two  centre  tail-feathers  deep  blue  at  the 
base,  passing  into  deep  green  at  the  tip ;  the  re- 
mainder of  the  tail-feathers  bright  yellow,  tipped 

3  A2 


HM^SkullorMwaw. 


MM.— Se^ftonted  Pantiitct  Hacav. 


HIS.— Foot  of  lluToi  and  of  »'«t»r.b'r<l. 


,\  '.V 


IfiTS. — Uhie  mil  Yellow  Macaw. 


'.         '■)'./        ■'^■ 


-1-3  \ 


!  (IQ.— Head  or  M  traw 


.1    ;.  .ULVkt'T 


toil.— Foot  or  Micur. 


ISM.-HMds  it  \Vocdi:«ek«  and  r»iTol 


Itia.— Tabovi  Loriet. 


1811. — Alexandrine  Panak^ 


1616.— Rnae-rln^  ParTake«t. 


864 


1617, — Rose-ringed  ParnKeet. 


1620. — Umlnlared  Eiiphemia. 


:65j.— Tamnta  Psittacule. 


t«t9^-Ncw  Hfdlnid  KTinphiei 


1623.— Great  Sulphnr-creited  Cockatoo. 


J622. — Purple  capped  Lory. 


lfi24.— Loii-'-billed  Parrot. 


ieSl,^-.Dhie-Mountain  Lo;ikeet. 


365 


366 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[PAUROXa 


with  dark  j^reen ;  bill  horn-colour  at  the  base,  pa«»-  | 
in?  into  pale  yellow  at  the  tip  ;  feet  flesh-colour. 
The  female  is  lest  brilliant  than  the  male,  with 
more  obscure  markins:8,  and  the  spots  on  the  throat 
less  defined.  Total  length  seven  inches  and  a  half. 
(Gould,  '  Birds  of  Australia.') 

1621.— The  Bluk-Mountain  Lorikekt 
(TrichogUutuM  httmatodiu).  Blue-mountain  Parrot. 
The  Lorikeets  (Trichoglossi)  are  natives  of  Austra- 
lia, and  are  principally  characterized  by  the  tongue 
being  furnished  at  iU  apex  with  a  pencil  or  brush 
of  strong  hairs,  rendering  it  an  efficient  agent  in 
procuring  food.  This  consists  of  the  nectar  of 
various  species-of  Eucalypti,  some  of  which  are  al- 
ways in  flower,  thus  furnishing  the  flocks  with  an 
abundant  supply ;  were  it  not  for  this  succession  of 
blooms,  the  lorikeets  would  be  straitened  for  food. 
Among  the  pendent  blossoms  of  these  trees  may  the 
lorikeets  be  observed  clinging  in  every  attitude,  and 
busily  engaged  in  absorbing  with  their  pencil-tufted 
tongues  (and  so  licking  up)  the  honey  from  the 
cups  of  the  newly-expanded  blossoms  which  they 
have  compressed  and  nibbled  with  their  beaks.  To 
auchan  excess,  says  Mr.  Gould,  do  these  birds  satiate 
themselves  with  their  liquid  food,  that  on  suspending 
a  fresh-shot  specimen  by  the  toes,  a  large  tea-spoon- 
ful, at  least,  of  honey  will  flow  from  the  mouth :  and 
he  adds,  "  When  we  know  this  to  be  the  natural  food 
of  this  group,  how  can  it  be  expected  that  the  species 
can  exist  in  captivity  upon  the  hard  seed  or  farina- 
ceousdiet  so  generallygiven  as  a  substitute  ?"  And  we 
agree  with  him  in  thinking  that  if  honey  or  liquid  sac- 
charine matter  were  afforded  them,  they  might  be 
kept  in  our  cages  and  aviaries ;  and  when  it  is  consi- 
dered that  they  are  among  the  most  elegant  and 
beautiful  of  their  race,  that  it  is  desirable  for  those 
who  have  the  opportunity  of  making  aseries  of  trials. 
According  to  Mr.  'Caley,  the  Blue-mountain 
Lorikeet,  or  Blue-mountain  Parrot  (War'rin  of  the 
natives),  is  remarkable  for  its  docility  and  attach- 
ment to  some  people,  whilst  it  is  a  perfect  scold  to 
others  who  may  have  teased  or  offended  it.  "  Flocks 
of  these  birds,"  says  this  accurate  observer,  "maybe 
seen  in  the  Eucalypti  trees,  when  in  flower,  in  dif- 
ferent parts  of  the  country,  but  in  the  greatest  num- 
ber near  their  breeding-places.  It  does  not  eat 
any  kind  of  grain,  even  when  in  a  domesticated  state. 
It  is  much  subject  to  fits,  which  generally  prove 
fatal ;  and  it  is  rare  to  find  an  individual  kept  alive 
above  a  couple  of  years.  One  that  I  kept,  on  being 
shown  a  figure  of  a  coloured  plant,  used  to  put  its 
tongue  to  the  flowers,  as  if  with  the  intent  of  suck- 
ing them ;  and  I  have  seen  it  make  the  same  attempt 
with  a  piece  of  cotton  furniture.  The  flesh  of  this 
bird  is  very  good  eating."  Again,  speaking  of  the 
Crimson  fronted  Parrakeet,  Coolich  of  the  natives 
(Trichoglossus  concinnus),  Mr.  Caley  states  that  it 
may  be  observed  in  large  flocks  sucking  the 
Eucalypti  flowers.  He  adds  that,  like  the  Blue- 
mountain  Parrot,  it  is  subject  to  fits  which  generally 
Erove  fatal,  that  it  is  seldom  kept  alive,  and  that  its 
reath  or  some  part  about  its  head  emits  a  very 
sweet  odour.  The  natives  told  him  that  this  species 
breeds  in  the  hollow  boughs  of  trees,  scraping  out 
the  decayed  mould,  and  making  its  nest  of  it. 
The  eggs,  he  informs  us,  are  green,  without  spots, 
and  the  number  of  young  two.  Of  the  small 
Parrakeet,  Jerryang  of  the  natives  (Trichoglossus 
pusillus),  he  observes  that  this,  like  the  Coolich,  is 
seen  in  very  large  flocks  in  the  Eucalypti  trees  when 
in  blossom.  "The  natives,"  says  he,,  "now  and  then 
bring  in  the  young  ones,  but  they  seldom  live  long. 
I  had  three  young  ones  for  some  time,  which  used 
to  huddle  together  and  give  out  a  very  pleasing 
note.  They  all  died  strongly  convulsed,  and  nearly 
at  the  same  time  ;  the  limbs  were  as  stiff  the  mo- 
ment life  was  extinct  as  if  the  body  had  become 
cold.  The  natives  tell  me  that  it  builds  in  the 
hollow  limbs  of  trees,  making  no  other  nest  than  of 
the  decayed  wood.  It  has  four  young  ones.  The 
eggs  are  white,  and  without  spot." 

The  Blue-mountain  Lorikeet  is  generally  green  ; 
the  head,  the  middle  of  the  body,  and  bands  on  the 
sides  being  azure  blue  ;  and  the  throat,  breast,  and 
flanks  orange  crimson. 

1622. — The  Purpi.e-capped  Lobv. 
{Lorius  Domicella).  The  Lories  are  natives  of  the 
Moluccas,  New  Guinea,  and  other  astern  islands, 
and  are  characterized  by  a  weak  bill,  and  a  brush- 
tipped  tongue,  as  in  Trichoglossus.  It  is  however 
doubtful  whether  nectar  constitutes  their  sole  food, 
for  they  exist  in  captivity  upon  sopped  bread  and 
milk,  appearing  to  be  in  health  and  vigour.  Pro- 
bably soft  fruits  form  part  of  their  natural  diet. 
The  plumage  of  these  Ijirds  is  extremely  rich  and 
gorjreous  ;  the  tail  is  broad  and  rounded  ;  the  wings 
moderate ;  the  beak  elongated  and  weak.  In  dis- 
Dosition  the  Lories  are  gentle  and  docile,  and  easily 
learn  to  articulate  words  or  sentences.  Among  the 
most  beautiful  of  the  splendid  group  ig  this  Purple- 
capped  I  ory ;  it  is  of  an  intense  scarlet,  with  a 


yellow  collar  on  the  upper  part  of  the  breast:  the 
top  of  the  head  is  deep  purple  passing  on  the  occiput 
into  violet ;  the  upper  surface  of  the  wings  is  green, 
becoming  violet  blue  at  the  bend  and  margin  ;  under 
surface  of  the  wings  violet  blue,  thighs  azure,  bill 
orange  yellow.    Length  nearly  twelve  inches. 

1C23. — The  Great  Sulphur-crested  Cockatoo. 

(Plyctolophus  galeritua.  Vigors  and  Horsfield). 
Cacatua  galerita,  Vieillot ;  Crested  Cockatoo,  White. 
In  the  Cockatoos  the  bill  is  strong,  short,  broad, 
with  the  upper  mandible  much  curved  ;  the  head  is 
ornamented  with  a  folding  crest ;  base  of  the  under 
mandible  frequently  concealed  by  feathers.  Wings 
long,  tail  even.  Locality,  Australia  and  the  Indian 
Islands.  These  birds  inhabit  the  woods,  feeding  on 
fruits  and  breeding  in  hollow  trees;  their  cry  is 
harsh,  loud,  and  disagreeable,  but  they  are  readily 
tamed,  and  though  not  celebrated  for  their  powers 
of  imitation,  are  engaging  from  their  gentleness 
and  affectionate  disposition.  Their  plumage  is 
very  powdery.  They  live  long  in  captivity.  An 
authenticated  instance  some  time  since  came  within 
our  knowledge  of  a  great  sulphur-crested  Cockatoo 
which  attained  to  the  age  of  120  years.  Mr.  Gould, 
who,  in  his  '  Birds  of  Australia,'  has  given  a  magnifi- 
cent figure  of  the  Cacatua  galeritaof  Vieillot,observes 
that  if  we  regard  the  white  cockatoo  of  Van  Diemen's 
Land  and  that  of  New  Guinea  as  mere  varieties  of 
each  other,  this  species  has  a  more  extensive  range 
than  most  other  birds.  It  is  an  inhabitant  of  all  the 
Australian  Colonies,  both  on  the  southern  and 
northern  coasts,  but  has  not  yet  been  seen  on  the 
western.  "  On  a  close  examination  of  the  speci- 
mens from  the  three  countries  above  mentioned,  a 
decided  difference  is  observable  in  the  structure  of 
the  bill,  or  rather  perhaps  a  modification  of  the  organ 
for  the  peculiar  kind  of  food  afforded  by  the  respec- 
tive countries.  The  Van  Diemen's  Land  bird  is  the 
largest  in  every  respect,  and  has  the  bill,  particularly 
the  upper  mandible,  less  abruptly  curved ;  the  bill  of 
the  New  Guinea  bird  is  much  rounder,  and  is  in 
fact  fitted  to  perform  a  totally  different  office  from 
that  of  the  white  cockatoo  of  Van  Diemen's  Land, 
which  I  have  ascertained  by  dissection  feeds  princi- 
pally on  the  small  bulbs  of  the  terrestrial  orchidaceae, 
for  procuring  which  its  lengthened  upper  mandible 
is  admirably  adapted,  while  it  is  more  than  pro- 
bable that  no  food  of  this  kind  is  to  be  obtained  by 
the  New  Guinea  bird,  the  structure  of  whose  bill 
indicates  that  hard  seeds  and  nuts  constitute  the 
principal  part  of  its  diet.  The  crops  and  stomachs 
of  those  killed  in  Van  Diemen's  Land  were  very 
muscular,  and  contained  seeds,  grain,  native  bread 
(a  species  of  fungus),  small  tuberose  and  bulbous 
roots,  and  in  most  instances  large  stones. 

"  As  may  be  readily  imagined,  this  bird  is  not 
upon  favourable  terms  with  the  agriculturist,  upon 
whose  fields  of  newly  sown  grain  and  ripening 
maize  it  commits  the  greatest  devastation ;  it  is 
consequently  hunted  and  shot  down  wherever  it  is 
found,  a  circumstance  which  tends  much  to  lessen 
its  numbers.  It  is  still  however  very  abundant, 
moving  about  in  flocks  varying  from  a  hundred  to  a 
thousand  in  number,  and  evinces  a  decided  prefer- 
ence to  the  open  plains  and  cleared  lands,  rather  than 
to  the  dense  brushes  near  the  coast.  Except  when 
feeding  or  reposing  on  the  trees  after  a  repast,  the 
presence  of  a  flock,  if  not  seen,  is  certain  to  be  in- 
dicated by  their  horrid  screaming  notes,  the  dis- 
cordance of  which  may  be  slightly  conceived  by 
those  who  have  heard  the  peculiarly  loud,  piercing, 
grating  scream  of  the  bird  in  captivity,  always  re- 
membering the  immense  increase  of  the  din  occa- 
sioned by  the  large  number  of  the  birds  uttering 
their  disagreeable  notes  at  the  same  moment :  still 
I  ever  considered  this  annoyance  amply  compensated 
for  by  their  sprightly  actions  and  the  life  their 
snowy  forms  imparted  to  the  dense  and  never- 
varying  green  ol^  the  Australian  forest;  a  feeling 
participated  in  by  Sir  Thomas  Mitchell,  who  says 
that  amidst  the  umbrageous  foliage  forming  dense 
masses  of  shade  the  white  cockatoos  sported  like 
spirits  of  light." 

This  bird  builds  in  hollow  trees  and  the  crevices 
of  rocks;  the  eggs  are  two,  and  of  a  white  colour. 
The  aborigines  of  New  South  Wales  term  this 
bird  Car'away  and  Cur'riang ;  the  Papuans  of  New 
Guinea,  Mangarape. 

General  plumage  white  ;  occipital  crest  sulphur- 
yellow  ;  ear  coverts,  under  surface  of  wings,  and 
basal  portion  of  the  inner  we'bs  of  the  tail-feathers, 
very  pale  sulphur-yellow.  Length  about  eighteen 
inches. 

1624. — The  Lono-billed  Parrot. 

(Nestor  productus,  Gould).  The  generic  character 
of  thh  singular  bird  consists  chiefly  in  the  elonga- 
tion of  the  upper  mandible  of  the  beak,  which  is 
formed  for  digging  in  the  earth  ;  the  wings  are  long 
and  ample,  the  tail  moderate,  with  the  shafts  of  each 
feather  projecting  beyond  the  webs.  The  species  is 
a  native  of  Norfolk' Island  and  the  most  eastern 


portions  of  New  South  Wales.  "  Like  all  the  other 
members  of  this  extensive  family,"  says  Mr.Gould,  in 
his  splendid  work  on  the  '  Birds  of  Australia,'  speak- 
ing of  this  species,  "  it  bears  captivity  remarkably 
well,  readily  becoming  cheerful  and  contented;  at 
least  such  is  the  case  with  an  individual  in  the 
possession  of  Sir  J.  P.  Millbank,  Bart. ;  and  as  might 
nave  been  reasonably  expected,  the  variation  in  the 
form  of  the  mandibles,  which  renders  these  birds  so 
conspicuous,  is  accompanied  by  a  markad  difference 
in  the  nature  of  their  food,  the  powerful  lulls  of  the 
other  members  of  the  family  enabling  them  to  feed 
upon  hard  seeds  and  stony  fruits,  while,  from  the 
elongated  form  of  this  organ  in  the  present  birds, 
this  power  is  denied  to  them,  and  we  find  that  they 
give  a  decided  preference  to  the  leaves  of  succulent 
plants  and  the  softer  kinds  of  fruit.  Sir  J.  P.  Mill- 
bank  informed  me  that  the  bird  in  his  possession 
evinced  a  strong  partiality  to  the  leavei  of  the 
common  lettuce  and  other  soft  vegetables,  and 
that  it  was  also  very  fond  of  the  juice  of  fruits, 
of  cream,  and  butter.  Its  voice  was  hoarse  and 
inharmonious,  frequently  resembling  the  barking 
of  a  dog ;  and  in  Yates's  '  New  Zealand '  we  are  in- 
formed that  the  Nestor  hypopolius,  known  there  by 
the  name  of  Kaka,  is  '  capable  of  learning  to  imitate 

the  human  voice  to  a  remarkable  degree 

The  cry  of  this  bird  when  ranging  at  large  in  the 
woods  is  harsh  and  disagreeable  in  the  extreme.' 
Although  I  cannot  assert  it  for  a  certainty,  I  have 
every  reason  to  believe  that  both  these  birds  fre- 
quently descend  to  the  ground  and  grub  up  with 
their  lengthened  bills  the  bulbous  and  other  roots 
which  form  a  portion  of  their  food,  particularly  as  I 
have  found  earth  still  adhering  to  the  mandibles  of 
the  specimens  I  have  examined ;  besides  which,  I 
have  been  informed  by  Captain  Sturt  that  a  parrot 
inhabiting  Australia,  having  a  similar  bill,  but  be- 
longing to  another  group,  is  frequently  in  the  habit 
of  so  doing.  General  colour  of  the  upper  surface 
brown  ;  beak  elongated  ;  head  and  back  of  the  neck 
tinged  with  grey  ;  the  feathers  of  these  parts,  as  well 
as  of  the  back,  margined  with  a  deeper  tint ;  rump, 
belly,  and  under  tail-coverts,  deep  red ;  cheeks, 
throat,  and  chest  yellow,  the  former  tinged  with  red  ; 
shoulders  on  their  inner  surface  yellow,  tinged  with 
rufous  olive  ;  tail  feathers  banded  at  the  base  with 
orange-yellow  and  brown,  the  inner  web  of  the  quill- 
feathers  at  the  base  beneath  with  dusky  red  and 
brown ;  bill  brown ;  feet  blackish  brown.  Total 
length  fifteen  inches."  (Gould, '  Birds  of  Australia.') 

1625. — ^The  Taranta  Psittacule. 

(Psittactda  Taranta).  The  Psittacules.  and  Love- 
Birds  (Psittacula  and  Agapornis)  form  a  group  of 
most  beautiful  little  parrakeets,  the  most  diminutive 
of  their  race,  with  short  rounded  tails.  They  are 
natives  of  the  torrid  zone.  The  common  love-bird 
from  Guinea  is  well  known,  being  often  kept  in  cages 
in  pairs;  it  is  very  interesting  to  witness  the  attention 
which  a  pair  of  these  birds  pay  to  each  other,  caress- 
ing each  other,  arranging  each  other's  plumage,  and 
by  numberless  little  acts  of  kindness  evidencing 
their  mutual  attachment.  They  usually  sleep  sus- 
pended with  the  head  downwards,  clinging  by  one 
foot  alone.    The  colour  of  th6  love-bird  (agapornis 

EuUaria)  is  green,  the  outer  webs  of  the  quill-ieathers 
eing  blue,  and  the  tail  banded  with  a  bar  of  lilac. 
The  Taranta  Psittacule  is  a  native  of  Abyssinia, 
and  was  noticed  by  Salt  about  the  Pass  of  Taranta, 
whence  it  takes  its  name.  The  bill  is  crimson  ;  the 
forehead  scarlet ;  the  plumage  green,  lighter  be- 
neath ;  down  the  centre  of  the  wing  a  broad  black 
patch  glossed  with  blue  ;  quills  dusky,  fringed  with 
green  ;  two  centre  tail-feathers  tipped  with  black, 
the  rest  crossed  near  the  tip  with  the  same. 

Family  CERTHIAD^  (CREEPERS).       ' 

Cuvier  places  the  creepers  (les  Grimperaux)  among 
the  Tenuirostral  section  of  the  Passerine  order,  as 
does  also  the  Prince  of  Canino,  while  Mr.  Vigors 
and  Mr.  Swainson  refei-s  this  family  to  the  Scansores; 
the  former  ornithologist  regarding  it  as  a  link 
between  the  woodpeckers  (Picidso)  and  the  Tenuiros- 
tral group,  viz.,  honey-suckers,  honey-eaters,  sun- 
birds,  humming-birds,  &c. 

The  creepers  are  birds  structurally  adapted  by 
means  of  their  large  feet  and  strong  claws  for  cli  nibing 
about  the  ti-unks  of  trees,  or  the  precipitous  face  of 
rocks,  or  steep  banks,  in  quest  of  insect  food  :  in 
general  the  beak  is  elongated,  but  in  some  it  is  mode- 
rate and  strong;  the  toes  are  not  zygodactyle.  A 
reference  to  our  pictorial  specimens  will  at  oiue  lead 
us  to  an  appreciation  of  the  characters  of  the  family. 

1626,  1627.— The  Creeper. 

{Certhia  familiaris) .  Common  Creeper,  Tree- 
creeper,  TVee-climber ;  probably  the  KtpSioc  of  Aris- 
totle ;  le  Grimpereau  of  the  French ;  Piccliio  pic- 
colo, Pichietto,  and  Rampichino  of  the  Ifaliaas ; 
Baumlaiifer,  Kleinere  Grau-specht,  and  Kleinste 
Baum-hacker  of  the  Germans;  Krypareofthe  'Fauna 
Suecica ;'  and  y  Grepianog  of  the  ancient  British. 


Creepers.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


367 


The  creeper  is  very  common  in  our  island,  and 
appears  to  have  a  wide  range  through  the  Old 
World  :  an  allied  species  (Certhia  Americana,  Bona- 
parte), till  recently  considered  as  identical  with  the 
European,  is  found  in  the  western  and  northern  re- 
l^ions  of  America.  The  creeper  is  a  fearless  little 
bird,  common  in  groves  and  orchards,  where  it  may 
be  observed  spirally  running  up  the  stems  of  trees 
like  a  mouse,  and  using  the  sharp  shafts  of  its  tail- 
feathers  as  a  prop  or  aid  in  its  ascent ;  it  is  search- 
ing for  food,  and  if  closely  watched  may  be  seen 
probing  with  its  slender  bill  the  various  chinks  and 
crevices  of  the  bark,  whence  it  extracts  the  lurking 
insect.  Having  finished  its  examination  of  the 
stem  of  one  tree,  the  upper  part  of  which  it  has 
rapidly  attained,  it  does  not  attempt  to  descend,  but 
flits  away  to  the  next,  and  clinging  to  the  bark, 
re-commences  its  scrutiny  and  spiral  ascent.  The 
note  of  this  bird  is  weak  and  monotonous,  and  is 
frequently  repeated,  especially  during  flight  from 
tree  to  tree,  or  while  stationary.  This  interesting 
little  bird,  one  of  the  smallest  of  our  native  feathered 
race,  breeds  early  in  the  spring  ;  its  nest  is  placed 
m  the  hole  of  some  decayed  tree,  and  is  composed 
of  dried  grass  and  fibres  of  bark,  lined  with  feathers  ; 
the  eggs  are  from  seven  to  nine  in  number,  ash- 
coloured  with  dusky  spots.  The  creeper  has  the 
shafts  of  the  tail-feathers  prolonged  and  stifl";  and 
this  character  is  still  more  developed  in  the  Ameri- 
can genus  Dendrocolaptes,  but  is  lost  in  the  genus 
Tichodroraa. 

1628.— The  Wall-Creeper 

(Tichodroma  phcmicoptera,  Temm.)  T.  muraria, 
Bonap.  ;  Certhia  muraria,  Linn. ;  Grimpereau  de 
muraille,  and  Pic  de  muraille,  Ternier,  and  Esche- 
lette  of  the  French  ;  Picchio  muraiolo  and  Picchio 
di  muro  of  the  Italians ;  Mauer  Baum-laufer  of  the 
Germans. 

This  elegant  bird  is  a  native  of  the  mountain  dis- 
tricts of  middle  and  southern  Europe,  but  is  not 
indigenous  in  our  island.  It  frequents  the  bold 
precipitous  rocks  of  the  Alps,  the  Apennines,  and 
Pyrenees;  and,  according  to  the  Prince  of  Canino, 
it  may  sometimes  be  seen  creeping  on  the  walls  of 
St.  Peter's  at  Rome  :  the  hoary  ruins  of  castles  and 
other  buildings  which  top  the  frowning  heights  of 
alpine  scenery  are  attractive  localities  ;  there  it  flits 
from  crag  to  crag,  from  crevice  to  crevice,  not 
creeping  mouse  like,  as  does  our  little  certhia,  up 
the  bark  of  trees,  but  taking  short  flights  from  point 
to  point ;  assiduous  in  quest  of  insects,  and  espe- 
cially spiders  and  their  eggs,  which  are  stated  to  be 
a  favourite  food.  From  the  difference  in  habits 
between  this  bird  and  our  creeper  we  can  at  once 
account  for  the  absence  of  stifl'  springy  shafts  in  the 
feathers  of  the  tail.  This  bird  is  rather  a  dinger 
than  a  climber;  it  flits  from  projection  to  projec- 
tion, securing  itself  by  its  claws,  which  are  remark- 
ably large  and  powerful ;  Temminck  says  that  what 
the  creeper  does  on  trees,  this  bird  does  against  the 
precipitous  faces  of  rocks,  where  it  firmly  fixes 
itself,  but  without  mounting  or  descending  by  creep- 
ing. 

The  wall-creeper  breeds  in  the  cliffs  of  inac- 
cessible rocks,  or  in  the  crevices  of  ruins  which 
beetle  above  the  tremendous  precipice. 

The  general  colour  of  this  bird  is  delicate  grey  ; 
the  shoulders  and  larger  wing-coverts  being  lively 
crimson,  as  are  also  the  inner  edges  of  the  secondary 
quill-feathers ;  the  rest  of  the  quill-feathers  are 
black,  as  is  the  tail,  which  is  marked  at  the  ex- 
tremity with  white.  In  the  male  the  throat  during 
the  sprmg  acquires  a  deep  black  colour,  lost  at  the 
autumnal  moult.  The  beak  is  long,  gently  arched, 
and  pointed ;  the  wings  are  rounded.  Length  six 
inches  and  a  half, 

1629. — The  Curve-billed  Creeper 
(^ Dendrocolaptes  prucurvus,  Temm.)  This  bird,  as 
the  character  of  the  claws  and  the  stiff  pointed  shalts 
of  the  tail-feathers  sufficiently  indicate,  is  a  decided 
climber.  It  is  a  native  of  the  forests  of  Brazil. 
The  bill  is  about  an  inch  and  three-quarters  long, 
rather  strong,  and  considerably  curved  ;  the  claws 
are  hooked  and  channelled  ;  the  tongue  is  short  and 
cartilaginous.  In  size  this  creeper  equals  a  common 
blackbird.  The  general  colour  is  cinnamon-brown, 
with  a  tinge  of  grey  about  the  head,  which,  as  well 
as  the  neck,  is  spotted  with  white.  Of  its  habits  we 
have  no  explicit  details.  It  now  forms  the  type  of 
the  genus  Xiphorhynchus. 

1630,  1631.— The  Nuthatch 
(Sitla  Europaea).  This  is  in  all  probability  the 
Sitte  (SiVt-i))  of  the  Greeks,  and  Sitta  of  the  Latins. 
It  is  the  Ziolo,  Picchio  grigio,  Raparino,  and 
Picchio  formicajo  of  the  Italians;  Muratore  of 
Savi ;  Torchepot  and  Pic-ma<;on  of  the  French ; 
Kleiber  and  Blauspecht  of  the  Germans  ;  Notwacka 
and  Notpackaof  the  Swedes;  Spoett-meise  of  the 
Danes  ;  Nat-Bake  of  Brunnich  ;  Klener,  Nusszhacker, 
of  Kramer ;  and  Delor  y  cnau  of  the  ancient  British. 


The  genus  Sitta  is  characterised  as  follows : — Bill 
straight,  cylindrical,  slightly  compressed,  subulated, 
acuminated.  Tongue  short,  horny,  and  armed  at 
the  point.  Nostrils  basal  and  rounded,  partly 
hidden  by  reflected  bristles.  Feet  with  three  toes 
before  and  one  behind,  the  outer  toe  being  joined 
at  its  base  to  the  middle  ;  one  hind  toe  of  the  same 
length  as  or  longer  than  the  middle  one,  with  a  long 
and  hooked  claw.  Tail  of  twelve  feathers.  Wings 
rather  short ;  the  first  quill  very  short,  the  third  and 
fourth  the  longest.     (Gould.) 

The  nuthaich  is  found  throughout  Europe  gene- 
rally, and  in  the  central  wooded  countries  it  is 
tolerably  abundant ;  it  inhabits  many  parts  of  our 
island,  but,  according  to  Selby,  is  not  seen  farther 
north  than  the  banks  of  the  Wear  and  Tyne  :  Mon- 
tagu observes  that  it  is  not  to  be  met  with  in 
Cornwall.  In  a  note  in  his  paper  '  On  the  Birds  of 
Ireland,'  Mr.  Thompson  says  that  "this  species  is 
not  known  ever  to  have  visited  the  island."  ('  Ann. 
and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,'  March,  1842,  p.  501.) 

The  habits  of  the  nuthatch  are  partly  those  of  the 
creeper,  and  partly  of  the  woodpeckers,  yet  differing 
in  several  particulars.  The  tail  affords  no  support 
to  this  bird,  yet  it  climbs  well,  not  only  ascending 
and  winding  round  the  trunks  of  trees,  but  descending 
with  the  utmost  facility  head  foremost,  which  neither 
the  creeper  nor  the  woodpecker  attempts ;  and  on 
flying  from  tree  to  tree,  it  usually  alights  with  the 
head  downwards,  and  in  that  position  works  at  the 
shell  of  the  nut  it  is  endeavouring  to  break.  We  had 
once  an  opportunity  of  observing  a  small  colony  of 
these  interesting  birds,  in  a  limited  wood  (if  it 
deserved  the  name)  of  very  old  trees,  near  Maccles- 
field in  Cheshire  ;  the  underwood  consisted  of  wild 
raspberries  and  hazel.  These  birds  were  constantly 
in  motion,  flying  from  tree  to  tree,  and  travelling 
round  the  thick  tjranches,  or  about  the  gnarled  and 
prominent  bark  surrounding  holes  formed  by  decay, 
ever  and  anon  uttering  a  clear  whistling  note ;  we 
observed  them  take  insects,  and  search  for  them  in 
the  fissures  of  the  bark  ;  but  neither  saw  nor  heard 
them  hammering  at  nuts,  for  these,  the  season  being 
'spring  or  the  early  part  of  summer,  were  not 
matured.  Nuts,  however,  form  a  portion  of  their 
diet,  and  the  strokes  made  by  the  bird  while  en- 
deavouring to  extract  the  kernel  may  be  heard  at 
a  considerrble  distance.  It  fixes  them  in  some 
chink  or  cleft,  and  splits  the  shell  wiih  repeated 
blows.  Mr.  Selby  says  that  "  in  autumn  many  of 
these  broken  nul-shells  may  be  seen  in  the  open 
bark  of  old  trees,  in  places  where  these  birds  abound, 
as  they  return  repeatedly  to  the  same  spot  for  this 
purpose." 

The  nuthatch  breeds  in  the  holes  of  time-worn 
trees,  and  occasionally  selects  the  deserted  habita- 
tion of  a  woodpecker.  According  to  Colonel  Mon- 
tagu and  other  observers,  if  the  hole  be  too  large, 
the  bird  plasters  up  a  part  with  mud,  so  as  to 
reduce  the  aperture  to  the  needful  size,  thus  pre- 
venting the  intrusion  of  larger  birds,  or  perhaps,  as 
a  writer  has  suggested,  forming  a  sort  of  guard,  so 
as  to  hinder  the  impatient  nestlings  from  falling 
out,  and  being  killed  on  the  spot.  This  habit  of 
plastering  is  alluded  to  in  one  of  the  French  names 
for  the  nuthatch,  viz.,  Pic-ma9on.  The  female 
makes  a  nest  of  a  few  dry  leaves,  and  lays  from 
five  to  seven  eggs  of  a  grey  white,  spotted  with 
reddish  brown ;  she  defends  her  young  charge  with 
determined  courage,  hissing,  and  striking  violently 
with  her  bill. 

The  nuthatch  is  a  bold  bird,  of  almost  untameable 
disposition,  and  will  not  endure  confinement.  An 
instance  of  its  perseverance  and  spirit  is  recorded  in 
the  '  Magazine  of  Natural  History  :" — One  of  these 
birds,  which  had  been  winged  by  a  sportsman,  was 
put  into  a  small  cage,  made  of  oak  and  wire.  During 
a  night  and  day  he  never  ceased  from  his  eft'orts  to 
escape,  except  to  devour  food,  which  he  did  vora- 
ciously, regarding  those  about  with  fearless  famili- 
arity. No  sooner  was  his  meal  finished  than  he 
recommenced  his  hammering,  which  is  described  as 
having  been  peculiarly  laborious,  for  he  did  not 
peck  as  other  birds  do,  but  taking  a  firm  grasp  with 
his  great  feet,  he  turned  upon  them  as  upon  a  pivot, 
striking  with  his  whole  weight,  and  thus  assuming 
with  his  body  the  appearance  of  the  head  of  a 
hammer  in  motion.  This  unfortunate  bird  sank  at 
the  close  of  the  second  day  under  the  combined 
effects  of  his  vexation,  assiduity,  and  voracity.  The 
Rev.  T.  L.  Bree  mentions  one  which  he  caught  in  a 
common  brick  trap :  when  the  bird  was  found,  the 
bill  appeared  to  be  truncated,  and  he  inferred  that 
it  hacl  been  fairly  ground  down  to  about  two-thirds 
of  its  original  length  by  the  pecking  of  the  bird  at 
the  bricks  in  its  eft'orts  to  escape. 

The  plumage  of  the  nuthatch  above  is  of  a  fine 
blue  grey.  The  quills  and  base  of  tail-feathers, 
except  the  two  middle  ones,  black,  the  outer  tail- 
feather  on  each  side  with  a  black  spot  near  the  tip. 
A  black  band  passes  from  the  bill  through  the  eye 
down  the  sides  of  the  neck,  ending  abruptly  near 
the   shoulders ;   throat   whitish ;    rest  of  plumage 


below  rufous  brown  blending  into  chestnut  on  the 
flanks:  bill  and  feet  black  ;  iris  hazel.   Sexes  alike. 

1632.— The  Oven-Bied 

(^Fumarius  rufus).  The  genus  Furnarius  includes 
several  species,  which  have  a  doubtful  place  among 
the  Certhiadae.  Mr.  Darwin,  in  his  notice  of  the 
'  Birds  of  Bahia  Blanca,'  says  with  respect  to  the 
genus  in  question,  that  "  it  contains  several  species, 
small  birds  living  on  the  ground,  and  inhabiting 
open  dry  countries.  In  structure  they  cannot  be 
compared  to  any  European  form ;  ornithologists 
have  generally  included  them  among  the  creepers, 
although  opposed  to  that  family  in  every  habit. 
The  best  known  species  is  the  common  Oven-bird 
of  La  Plata,  the  Casara  or  House-maker  of  the 
Spaniards,  and  Furnarius  rufus  of  Vieillot.  The 
nest,  whence  it  takes  its  name,  is  placed  in  the  most 
exposed  situations,  as  the  top  of  a  post,  a  bare  rock, 
or  a  cactus :  it  is  composed  of  mud  and  bits  of  straw, 
and  has  strong  thick  walls ;  in  shape  it  precisely 
resembles  an  oven  or  depressed  bee-hive ;  the 
opening  is  large  and  arched  and  directly  in  front ; 
within  the  nest  there  is  a  partition  which  reaches 
nearly  to  the  roof,  thus  forming  a  passage  or  ante- 
chamber to  the  true  nest."  Mr.  Darwin  notices 
another  species  of  Furnarius  called  Casarita,  or 
Little  House-builder,  which  constructs  its  nest  at 
the  bottom  of  a  narrow  cylindrical  hole,  which  is 
said  to  extend  horizontally  underground  to  the 
extent  of  six  feet,  and  which  the  bird  itself  exca- 
vates in  low  banks  of  firm  sandy  soil  by  the  side  of 
a  road  or  stream.  Another  species,  the  Furnarius 
fuliginosus  of  Lesson,  is  described  as  living  upon  the 
beach  of  the  Malouine  Islands,  and  as  being  very 
fearless.  Pernetty  says,  "  This  bird  is  so  tame  that 
it  will  almost  fly  upon  the  finger  ;  in  less  than  half 
an  hour  I  killed  ten  with  a  small  switch,  and  almost 
without  changing  my  position.  It  scratches  in  the 
seaweed  which  the  waves  throw  on  the  beach,  feed- 
ing on  worms  and  small  shrimps.  ...  Its  flight 
is  short :  its  habits  are  solitary." 

Mr.  Darwin  observed  a  small  dusky  Furnarius 
distinct  from  the  last,  common  in  Chonos  Archi- 
pelago. He  says,  "  It  is  remarkable  for  its  quiet, 
tame  habits.  It  lives  entirely  on  the  sea-beach, 
and  there,  as  well  as  sometimes  on  the  floating 
kelp,  picks  up  small  sea-shells  and  crabs,  thus  sup- 
plying the  place  of  a  sandpiper."  The  birds  of 
this  genus  apparently  form  the  type  of  a  distinct 
family. 

1633. — The  Climacteris 

(Climacteris  Picummts).  This  genus  holds  also  a 
doubtful  place  among  the  Certhiadae.  It  is  thus 
characterised  by  Temminck  : — Bill  short,  weak,  very 
much  compressed  throughout  its  length,  but  little 
curved,  oval  shaped ;  mandibles  equal,  pointed ; 
nostrils  basal,  lateral,  covered  by  anaked  membrane. 
Feet  robust :  tarsi  of  the  length  of  the  middle  toe, 
which,  as 'Well  as  the  hallux,  are  extraordinarily 
long ;  claws  large  and  curved,  channelled  on  the 
sides,  subulate,  very  much  hooked ;  external  toe 
united  up  to  the  second  articulation,  the  internal 
toe  as  far  as  the  first ;  lateral  toes  very  unequal. 
Wings  moderate  ;  first  quill  short,  second  shorter 
than  the  third,  which  last  and  the  fourth  are  the 
longest. 

Of  this  genus  two  species  were  known,  C.  Picum- 
nus  and  C.  scandens,  and  Mr.  Gould  has  recently 
added  two  new  ones.  All  are  natives  of  Australia. 
They  are  excellent  climbers,  traversing  the  hollow 
limbs,  or  spouts,  as  they  are  usually  termed,  of  aged 
Eucalypti,  and  the  rugged  bark  of  decayed  trees, 
in  quest  of  insects,  on  which  they  prey.  'They  incu- 
bate in  the  holes  of  trees,  and  the  eggs  are  white. 
For  an  account  of  the  species  we  refer  to  Mr.  Gould's 
magnificent  work  on  the  Birds  of  Australia,  now  in 
the  course  of  publication. 

The  Climacteris  Picumnus  is  a  native  of  the 
north  coast  of  Australia,  Timor,  and  the  Celebes. 
Its  colouring  is  as  follows  : — Summit  of  the  head 
deep  grey  ;  nape  and  neck  bright  grey.  Wings 
and  two  middle  feathers  of  the  tail  brown ;  a 
large  nankeen-coloured  band  passes  nearly  through 
the  middle  of  the  quills.  Tail-feathers  black,  ex- 
cept at  their  origin  and  extremity.  Throat  and 
cheeks  dirty  white.  Breast  grey.  Feathers  of  the 
lower  parts  white  in  the  middle,  bordered  with 
brown.  Lower  coverts  of  the  tail  Isabella-colour, 
marked  with  transverse  brown  spots.  Length  six 
inches  six  lines.     (Temm.) 

1634. — The  Spine-tailed  Obthonyx 

(Ortkonyx  spinicaudatm,  Temm.).  Orthonyx  Tein- 
minckii,  "Vigors,  'Linn.  Trans.'  The  Orlhonyx  ap- 
pears to  be  closely  related  to  Climacteris ;  but 
though  its  tail  be  spine-tipped  (the  stifl'  shafts  pass- 
ing beyond  the  broad  part  of  the  feathers),  it  is  far 
less  arboreal  in  its  habits  than  that  species ;  its 
claws,  indeed,  though  large  and  strong,  are  but 
slightly  curved,  and  tlierelore  but  little  adapted, 
upon  the  principle  of  grappling-irons,  for  clinging. 


:(3t.— Orra-Blnl. 


KM.— CorrefaiUed  CmpCT. 


10S8.— W«ll-Creeper. 


1633.— CUmarterb. 


1630.— Nuthatch. 


1  <3)^-Nuth«tdi. 


I6:>4.  — lli;.4'.t\  lJi&iU;;1 


1 640.— B«k  o{  Gieat  Black  Woodpecker. 


1634.— Spine  tailed  Oithonyx.— Upper  flgnie,  female;  lower,  male. 


1639.— Foot  of  Woodpecker. 


IMlx- Bead  of  Wood|iecker. 


163e.— Latham  s  Dstbet. 


1037.— Gtcat-ljillfd  I'qfTBiril. 


Ko.  47. 


[THE  MUSETJM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


369 


370 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Woodpeckers. 


tenaciously  to  the  bark  of  trees.  The  orlhonyx  is 
in  fact  a  8;round-climber :  it  frequents  rough  banks, 
broken  plots  of  ground,  and  similar  localities,  which 
it  explores,  traveling  the  irregularitiesof  the  ground, 
and  the  mouldering  trunks  of  fallen  trees,  in  quest 
of  coleopterous  insects,  which  appear  to  Ibrm  its 
chief  food.  In  its  progress  it  is  greatly  assisted  by 
its  tail,  which  is  generally  found  to  be  considerably 
worn,  as  in  the  specimens  Mr.  Gould  has  kindly 
permitted  us  to  examine.  This  bird  is  a  native  of 
Australia,  and,  according  to  M.  Lesson,  of  New 
Zealand  ;  but  Mr.  Gould  has  proved,  by  dissection, 
that  traveller  to  be  wrong  respecting  the  sexes : 
M.  Lesson  says  that  the  throat  of  the  male  is  orange- 
coloured,  that  of  the  female  white ;  the  reverse  is 
the  case. 

The  general  colour  is  a  rusty  brown  above,  line- 
ated  with  black ;  the  les«er  wing-coverts  are  grev 
streaked  with  brown ;  the  tail  is  dusky  brown,  with 
the  stiff  shafts  prolonged  beyond  the  webs.  In  the 
male  the  throat  and  upper  part  of  the  breast  is 
white :  in  the  female  rufous  orange.  The  bill  is 
short  and  stout,  compressed  at  the  sides  :  the  wings 
are  rounded  ;  the  feet  large  and  strong  ;  the  tarsi 
elevated,  in  accordance  with  terrestrial  habits;  the 
feathers  of  the  top  of  the  head  are  capable  of  being 
elevated  and  depressed  at  pleasure.  Size  that  of  a 
lark.  Of  the  two  iigures,  the  lower  is  the  male,  the 
upper  the  female. 

Family  PICID^  (WOODPECKERS,  &c.) 

The  birds  of  this  family  are  essentially  scansorial ; 
their  feet  are  adapted  for  clinging  to  the  bark  of 
trees,  and  they  ascend  the  stems  and  branches  with 
the  greatest  facility.  Their  food,  for  the  most  part, 
consists  of  insects,  which  they  search  for  in  the 
crevices  and  underneath  the  bark  of  unsound  trees, 
or  in  the  very  wood  of  such  as  exhibit  symptoms  of 
decay;  fruits,  however,  are  not  altogether  excluded. 

The  first  group  of  this'  family  to  which  we  shall 
direct  our  attention  is  that  of  the  Barbels.  The 
barbets  are  distinguished  by  the  beak  being  large, 
conical,  swollen  at  the  sides  of  its  base,  and  garnished 
with  five  tufts  of  long  bristles,  one  on  each  side 
over  the  nostrils,  one  at  the  angle  of  the  gape  on 
each  side,  and  one  under  the  lower  mandible.  The 
wings  are  short,  the  general  proportions  heavy,  and 
the  flight  low.  They  live  on  insects  and  fruits,  and 
breed  in  the  holes  of  trees.  They  are  indigenous  in 
both  continents,  and  associate  for  the  most  part  in 
small  flocks,  which  separate  during  the  breeding- 
season  into  pairs.  Many  of  the  barbets  are  richly 
coloured ;  such  as  the  Bucco  grandis,  a  native  of 
China  and  the  range  of  the  Himalayan  Mountains. 
This  group  of  scansorial  birds  is  divided  into  various 
genera,  as  Pogonias,  Bucco,  and  Taraatia. 

1635. — The  Bristly  Barbkt 

{Pogonias  hirsutus).  The  genus  Pogonias  is  cha- 
racterised by  the  beak  being  furnished  with  one  or 
two  strong  teeth  on  each  side  of  the  upper  mandible ; 
the  bristles  of  the  beak  are  very  strong.  The  spe- 
cies are  found  in  India  and  Africa;  and,  according 
to  Cuvier,  subsist  more  exclusively  on  fruits  than  do 
the  other  barbets. 

The  bristly  barbet  is  a  native  of  Africa,  and  is  re- 
markable for  a  bunch  of  bristle-like  feathers  on  the 
chest.  The  throat,  head,  and  neck  are  deep  black, 
passing  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  body,  the  wings, 
and  tail  into  dark  brown  ;  the  general  plumage 
being  spotted  and  marked  with  sulphur-yellow. 
The  under  parts  are  greenish  sulphur,  thickly  spotted 
with  dusky  black.    Length  seven  inches. 

1636. — Latham's  Barbet 

(Bucco  Lathami).  The  Buff-faced  Barbet.  This 
species  is  an  example  of  the  genus  Bucco,  in  which 
the  bill  is  conical,  slightly  compressed,  and  a  little 
elevated  in  the  middle.  The  species  are  found  in 
Asia  and  Africa.  The  buff-faced  or  Latham's  bar- 
bet is  of  a  dark  olive-green,  paler  beneath,  with  the 
forehead  and  sides  of  the  head  round  the  eyes  of  a 
full  buff-colour.     Length  six  inches. 

1637. — The  GREAT-BitLED  Puff  Bird 

{Tamntia  macrorhyttehos).  In  the  genus  Tamatia 
(Capito,  Temminck)  the  beak  is  more  elongated 
than  in  the  preceding  genera,  and  more  compressed, 
with  the  upper  mandible  curved  downwards  at  its 
tip.  The  large  head,  the  short  tail,  and  ^reat  beak 
of  these  puff-birds  give  them,  says  Cuvier,  an  air 
of  stupidity.  In  their  habits  they  are  melancholy 
and  secluded.  All  the  recorded  species  are  Ame- 
rican, and  are  said  to  live  exclusively  on  insects. 
(See  Cuvier,  '  Rigne  An.') 

The  Great-billed  Puff-bird  is  a  native  of  Brazil, 
and  is  considered  by  Swainson  to  be  identical  with 
the  greater  Pied  Barbet  of  Latham.  This  bird  in 
its  habits  much  reminds  us  of  the  flycatchers  (Mus- 
cicapidae).  Mr.  Swainson  ('  Zoological  Illustra- 
tions') gives  the  following  interesting  account  of 
the  manners  and  disposition  of  these  birds,  which 
he  had  an  opportunity  of  studying  in  their  native 


regions :  "  There  is  something  very  grotesque  in 
the  appearance  of  all  the  puff-birds;  and  their 
habits,  in  a  state  of  nature,  are  no  less  singular. 
They  frequent  open  cultivated  spots  near  habita- 
tions, always  perching  on  the  withered  branches  of 
a  low  free ;  where  they  will  sit  nearly  motionless 
for  hours,  unless,  indeed,  they  descry  some  luckless 
insect  passing  near  them,  at  which  they  immedi- 
ately dart,  returning  again  to  the  identical  twig 
they  had  just  left,  and  which  they  will  sometimes 
frequent  for  months.  At  such  times  the  dispropor- 
tionate size  of  the  head  is  rendered  more  conspicuous 
by  the  bird  raising  its  feathers  so  as  to  appear  not 
unlike  a  puff-ball:  hence  the  general  name  they 
have  received  from  the  English  residents  in  Brazil, 
of  which  vast  country  all  the  species,  I  believe,  are 
natives.  When  frightened,  this  form  is  suddenly 
changed  by  the  feathers  lying  quite  flat.  They  are 
very  confiding,  and  will  often  take  their  station 
within  a  few  jards  of  the  window.  The  two  sexes 
are  generally  near  each  other,  and  often  on  the  same 
tree." 

The  length  of  this  species  is  about  eight  inches. 
Plumage  black  and  white,  except  the  belly  and 
vent,  which  are  tinged  with  buft". 

Leaving  the  Barbets,  we  come  to  the  true  Wodd- 
peckers,  birds  pre-eminently  scansorial,  and  formed 
for  traversing  the  trunks  and  branches  of  trees. 
The  woodpeckers  are  widely  distributed,  being 
found  alike  in  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  and  America, 
each  region  having  its  peculiar  species ;  they  do 
not,  however,  exist  in  Australia.  If  we  look  at  the 
skeleton  of  the  woodpecker  (Fig.  1638)  we  shall  at 
a  glance  perceive  the  adaptation  of  the  whole  of 
the  osseous  structure  to  the  habits  of  the  living 
animal :  the  shape  of  the  head  and  bill,  the  arched 
form  of  the  neck,  and  the  sudden  angle  which  the 
cervical  vertebrae  make  with  the  dorsal,  remind  us 
of  a  hammer  with  a  long  handle  fixed  to  a  sort  of 
hinge  on  which  the  machine  works,  and  we  no 
longer  wonder  at  the  force  which  the  bird  displays 
as  it  shivers  the  bark  with  repeated  blows.  The 
breast-bone,  merrythought,  and  wing-bones  are 
small  and  feeble.  The  woodpecker  is  not  a  bird  of 
vast  powers  of  flight ;  but  look  at  the  bones  of  the 
legs ;  mark  their  strength,  their  length,  and  the 
acute  angles  they  make  with  each  other  as  the 
bird  rests  in  its  natural  attitude.  To  say  that  the 
muscles  acting  on  these  bones  have  great  power 
and  are  voluminous,  is  what  they  themselves  de- 
clare ;  the  limb  is  indeed  constructed  for  tenacity 
of  grasp  and  rapidity  of  action.  In  the  woodpecker 
the  spiny  tail  is  of  great  importance.  We  find  the 
pelvic  portion  of  the  skeleton  developed,  the  caudal 
vertebrae  large,  the  last  bone  particularly  so  ;  and 
the  whole  bends  downwards  in  such  a  manner,  that 
the  points  of  the  tail-feathers  are  pressed  against 
the  surface  over  which  the  bird  is  proceeding,  The 
structure  of  the  toes  and  claws  is  worth  especial  at- 
tention (Fig.  1639).  The  feet  are  zygodactyle ;  and 
the  toes  exceeding  the  tarsus  in  length,  are  strong, 
robust,  and  armed  with  sharp  curved  claws ;  the 
outermost  (that  is,  the  longest)  of  the  two  hind-toes 
is  directed  rather  obliquely  than  completely  back- 
wards, and  the  two  anterior  toes  diverge  consider- 
ably, so  as  to  spread  over  an  area  as  extensive  as 
possible  in  order  that  their  grasp  may  be  the  more 
effectual  and  secure, — a  point  of  great  importance 
to  the  bird  while  ascending  the  trunk  or  limbs  of 
trees,  but  still  more  so  while,  exerting  all  its  force, 
it  is  hammering  at  the  bark,  or  scooping  out  a  hole 
for  its  nest. 

From  the  feet  we  proceed  to  the  beak  (Fig, 
1640).  This  ill  the  more  typical  forms,  as  the  Great 
Black  Woodpecker,  is  one  of  the  most  efficient  in- 
struments possible  for  splitting  and  chipping  bark 
or  decayed  wood.  It  is  immensely  strong  and  thick 
at  its  base,  whence  it  narrows  to  a  hard  compressed 
tip,  which  is  abruptly  squared  off,  and  sharp  like 
a  minute  chisel.  Nor  must  the  structure  of  the 
tongue  be  omitted  ;  it  is  a  flexible  probe  and  feeler, 
and  an  organ  of  prehension  ;  its  length  is  very  ex- 
traordinary, unless,  with  Blumenbach,  we  regard  the 
horny  apex  only  as  the  true  tongue  ;  and  it  is  capable 
of  being  protruded  and  retracted  with  singular 
rapidity.  It  is  lubricated  with  a  viscid  saliva, 
and  its  tip  (the  true  tongue  of  Blumenbach)  is 
homy,  firm,  and  barbed  on  each  side  with  a  series 
of  spines  directed  backwards.  This  instrument  it 
launches  forth  with  a  rapid  .motion,  inserting  it  into 
crevices  where  the  insects  lodge,  and  into  their 
cells  or  mazy  retreats  which  it  has  laid  open  with 
its  beak,  and  there  catching  them  on  the  barbed 
point,  which  is  moreover  covered  with  an  adhe- 
sive secretion,  it  draws  them  instantaneously  into 
the  mouth.  "The  mechanism  by  which  the  pro- 
trusion and  retraction  of  the  tongue  are  effected  is 
very  beautiful,  and  well  worth  attention.  Figs.  1641, 
1642,  1643,  show  the  head  of  the  woodpecker  in  dif- 
ferent stages  of  dissection.  Fig.  1643  is  the  most 
complete,  and  is  thus  described  by  Sir  Charles  Bell : 
"  a  is  the  barbed  tongue  :  b  two  slender  elastic  liga- 
mentous cartilages  of  a  very  peculiar-  nature  and  use  ; 


at  one  extremity  they  are  attached  fo  the  bone  which 
supports  the  upper  mandible,  from  this  we  trace 
them  over  the  skull,  down  upon  the  sides  of  the 
neck,  and  with  a  large  sweep  turning  under  the 
lower  mandible,  and  so  continued  into  the  tongue, 
not  terminating  till  they  reach  the  horny  point,  ccc, 
a  long  muscle  which  follows  these  hgamenfous 
cartilages,  upon  their  concave  side,  arising  from 
the  bone  of  the  lower  mandible,  and  so  sweeping 
round  with  the  cartilages  and  over  the  skull  to  have 
another  fixed  point  at  the  upper  mandible :  these 
protrude  the  tongue.  Two  muscles  are  seen  to 
arise  from  the  sides  of  the  larynx  (windpipe),  which 
are  the  opponents  of  the  last  and  retract  the  tongue. 
Leaving  the  other  parts  of  the  anatomy,  let  us 
direct  our  attention  to  the  action  of  the  muscle  cc  c, 
which  presents  one  of  fho->e  curious  instances  ob- 
served in  comparative  anatomy,  of  a  mechanism 
adapted  fo  a  particular  purpose.  The  tongue  is 
not  only  thrust  out  far  by  this  apparatus,  but  is  shot 
with  great  rapidity  in  correspondence  with  its 
barbed  point.  This  effect  is  produced  by  the  two 
extremities  of  the  muscles  being  fixed  points,  and 
the  fibres  of  the  muscle  itself  running  on  the  con- 
cave side  of  the  cartilaginous  bow  so  as  to  form  a 
smaller  circle.  We  require  no  mathematical  de- 
monstration to  prove  that  the  tongue  must  be  thrust 
out  to  a  greater  distance  than  the  measure  of  con- 
traction of  the  muscle. 

"  Lotus  tie  up  the  line  of  the  fishing-rod  to  its 
slender  top,  and  pull  upon  it  at  the  butt ;  the  mo- 
tion of  the  top  will  be  very  extensive  when  only  an 
inch  of  the  line  is  drawn  through  the  rings.  This 
is  a  pretty  accurate  representation  of  what  takes 
place  by  the  contiaction  of  this  protruding  muscle. 
We  have  noticed  that  the  upper  end  of  this  arch  is 
fixed,  the  whole  motion,  therefore,  must  be  given  to 
the  loose  extremity  in  the  tongue  ;  and  we  cannot 
but  observe  that  this  peculiar  arch  and  muscular 
ring  are  adapted  for  the  rapid  protrusion  of  the 
tongue  ;  whilst  its  retraction  is  produced  by  a  com- 
mon muscle,  that  is,  a  muscle  running  in  a  straight 
course.  Another  curious  part  of  this  apparatus  is, 
that  a  very  large  gland,  which  pours  out  a  glutinous 
matter,  is  embraced  and  compressed  by  the  action 
of  the  circular  muscle  ;  this  viscid  secretion,  be- 
dewing the  tongue,  furnishes  additional  means  for 
the  bird  to  pick  up  insects,  such  as  ants,  without  the 
necessity  of  sticking  each  with  its  arrow.  Nothing 
can  be  more  mechanical  or  more  happily  adapted 
to  its  purpose,  than  the  whole  of  this  structure  ; 
indeed  it  is  not  inferior  to  the  means  employed  for 
giving  rapidity  to  the  membrana  nictitans  of  the 
eye  of  the  bird." 

In  Fig.  16>42,  a  represents  the  tongue ;  b  one  of 
the  protruding  muscles ;  and  c  its  accompanying 
elastic  spring  :  which  is  in  fact  a  continuation  of  the 
OS  hyoides  modified  for  a  particular  purpose. 

It  has  been  said  by  some,  that  the  woodpecker 
transfixes  insects  upon  its  barbed  tongue  ;  such,  as 
far  as  our  observations  go,  is  not  the  case  ;  they 
adhere  to  it  by  means  of  the  glutinous  saliva,  and 
are  prevented  from  becoming  disengaged  by  means 
of  the  barbs  which  act  like  those  of  the  burr  (calyx 
of  the  burdock,  arctium  lappa). 

Buffon  has  condemned  the  whole  group  of  wood- 
peckers as  degraded,  miserable  beings.  According 
to  him  the  narrow  circumference  of  a  tree  circum- 
scribes their  dull  round  of  life,  and  on  this  they  are 
constrained  to  drag  out  an  insipid  existence  in  boring 
the  bark  and  hard  fibres,  in  order  to  extract  their 
prey;  and  thus  they  lead  a  mean  and  gloomy  life  : 
nor  is  their  appetite  ever  softened  by  delicacy  of 
taste.  When  Buffon  wrote  this  he  must  have  been 
thinking  of  the  bond-slaves,  or  serfs  of  France  under 
the  old  regime ;  it  is  very  inapplicable  to  the 
active,  restless,  noisy,  animated  woodpeckers,  ever 
on  the  alert,  flitting  from  tree  to  tree,  and  busy  on 
their  appointed  labours.  The  Picidae  or  Wood- 
peckers are  sub-divided  into  numerous  genera  or 
sub-genera,  as  indeed,  in  the  present  day,  are  most 
groups  of  birds  ;  so  much  so,  indeed,  that  the  study 
of  ornithology  (we  may  say  zoology)  is  merging  into 
a  study  of  barbarous  nomenclature  :  we  shall  soon 
have  a  distinct  genus  for  every  species ;  and  this  is 
called  science. 

1G44. — The  Great  Black  Woodpecker 

(Picvs  martius).  Dryocopus  martius,  Boie  ;  Le  Pic 
noir,  Buffon.  This  fine  bird  is  the  largest  of  its 
European  congeners,  being  in  length  about  seven- 
teen inches.  In  England  it  is  a  bird  of  very  rare 
occurrence,  barely  claiming  a  place  in  the  catalogue 
of  our  British  Fauna.  Its  native  regions  are  the 
northern  and  eastern  parts  of  Europe,  as  far  as 
Siberia.  In  the  forests  of  Russia  and  some  parts  of 
Germany  it  is  common.  It  breeds,  like  the  rest  of 
its  race,  in  the  deep  holes  of  trees,  which  are  hewed 
out  by  the  power  of  its  bill,  sometimes  even  in  the 
solid  undecayed  wood.  The  eggs  are  three  or  four  in 
number,  and  white.  The  whole  of  the  plumage  is 
glossy  black,  with  the  exception  of  the  crown,  which 
in  the  male  is  rich  vermilion.  The  female  is  duller, 


WOODPECKERS.J 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


and  luis  either  no  vermilion  on  the  head  or  only  a 
small  patch.  •' 

1645.— The-Ivory-Billed  Woodpecker 
(Picus  principalis).    Campephilus  principalis,  G.  R. 

The  ivory-billed  woodpecker  is  a  native  of  North 
America;  Wiison  says  that  in  strength  and  mag- I 
nitude  It  stands  at  the  head  of  the  whole  class  of 
woodpeckers  hitherto  discovered :  but  he  was  not 
aware  when  he  wrote,  of  the  existence  of  a  species 
in  California  which  "  as  far  exceeds  the  ivory-billed 
woodpecker  of  the  United  States  as  the  latter  does 
trie   great  black   woodpecker  of  Europe."      This 
bird  IS  described  by  Mr.  Gould,  in  the  'Proceeds. 
Zool.  Soc.    1832,  pp.   139,  140,  under  the  term  of 
l^icus  imperialis :  it  is  two  feet  in  length  ;   while 
the  ivory-billed  woodpecker  does  not  exceed  20  or 
21  inches. 

It  is  in  the  swampy  forests  of  the  southern  dis- 
tricts of  the  United  States  that  the  ivory-billed  wood- 
pecker IS  to  be  found ;  in  the  middle  districts  there 
are   no   woods  suitable   to  its  remarkable   habits 
'Descending  the  Ohio,"  says  Audubon,  "  we  meet 
with  this  splendid  bird  for  the  first  time  near  the 
confluence  of  that  beautiful  river  and  the  Missis- 
sippi ;  after  which,  following  the  windings  of  the 
latter,  either  downwards  towards  the  sea  or  upwards 
in  the  direction  of  the  Missouri,  we  frequently  ob- 
serve It.     On  the  Atlantic  coast,  North  Carolina  may 
be  taken  as  the  limits  of  its  distribution,  although 
now  and  then  an  individual  of  the  species  may  be 
accidentally  seen  in  Maryland.     To  the  westward 
of  the  Mississippi,  it  is  found  in  all  the  dense  forests 
bordering  the  streams  which   empty   their   waters 
into  that  majestic  river,  from  the  very  declivitiw  of 
the  Rocky  Mountains.    The  lower  parts  of  the  Caro- 
linas  Georgia,  Alabama,  Louisiana,  and  Mississippi, 
are,  however,  the  most  favourite  resorts  of  this  biid  • 
and  in  those  states  it  constantly  resides,  breeds,  and 
passes  a  life  of  peaceful  enjoyment,  finding  a  pro- 
fusion of  food  on  all  the  deep,  dark,  and  gloom v 
swamps  dispersed  throughout  them  •'  =         ' 

Beetles,  larvae,  and  large  grubs  constitute   the 
Chief  diet  of  this  species,  and  for  these  it  attacks  the 
bark  and  wood  of  decayed  trees,  its  strokes  resound- 
ing far  through  the  gloomy  wilds.     "  Wherever  he 
frequents,    says  Wilson,  "  he  leaves  numerous  monu- 
ments of  his  industry  behind  hirii ;   we  there  see 
enormous  pine-trees  with  cart-loads  of  bark  lying 
around  their  roots,  and  chips  of  the  trunk  itselt"  in 
such  quantities  as  to  suggest  the  idea  that  half  a 
dozeri  axe-men  had  been  at  work  there  for  the  whole 
morning     The  body  of  the  tree  is  also  disfigured 
with  such  numerous  and  so  large  excavations?  that 
one  can  hardly  conceive  it  possible  for  the  whole  to 
be  the  work  of  a  woodpecker."    Audubon  says  he 
has  seen  it  detach  pieces  of  bark  seven  or  eight 
inches  in  length  at  a  single  blow,  busy  in  quest  of 
insects,  a  I  the  while  sounding  its  loud  notes  as  if 
highly  delighted.     Sound  and  healthy  trees,  how- 
ever, are  never  thus  attacked  excepting  for  the  pur- 
pose of  nidification.     The  tree  selected  for  this  pur- 
pose IS  either  an  ash,  or  a  hagberry  ;  and  at  a  great 
elevation,  the  pair,  relieving  each  other  by  turns,  be- 
gin their  operations.     They  generally  select  a  spot 
under  the  junction  of  a  large  branch  with  the  trunk 
as  a  defence  against  rain  :  they  first  excavate  hori- 
zontally for  a  few  inches,  and  then  downwards,  the 
extent  of  the  cavity  varying  from  a  foot  to  three 
feet  downwards  into  the  core  of  the  tree;  the  dia- 
meter IS  about  seven  inches,  but  the  aperture  will 
only  just  admit  the  bird.    The  eggs,  generally  six 
are  white.     Two  broods   are  usu^aJl^reared  ^each 
summer.     Besides  insects,  this  woodpecker  devours 
wild  grapes,  persimons,  and  hagberries.     The  flight 
of  this  species  is  very  graceful,  though,  as  Audubon 
says,  seldom  prolonged  to  more  than  a  few  hundred 
yards  at  a  time,  unless  when  it  has  to  cross  a  laree 
nver,  which  it  does  in  deep  undulations;  but  the 
transit  from  tree  to  tree  is  performed  by  a  single 
sweep.     It  seldom  utters  any  sound  while  on  the 


371 


wing,  but  as  soon  as  it  alights  its  voice  is  heard  the 
notes  resounding  to  a  considerable  distance, 'and 
may  be  represented  by  the  monosyllable  pait.  pait 

^^•u'"u°"f  ''•'^  ^^^  '■'''''<'  ^''Kh  note  of  a  clarionet.  ' 
Ihe  head  and  bill  of  this  species  are  held  in  great 
esteem,  a«  a  sort  of  charm  or  amulet,  by  many  of  the 
tribes  of  Amenca,  who  ornament  their  belts  with 
them ;  and  Europeans  purchase  them  as  beautiful 
curio,.iities.  When  wounded,  this  bird  generally 
ascends  the  nearest  tree  in  a  spiral  direction,  till  it 
attains  the  top  branches,  where  it  hides  ;  but  if  in- 
tercepted and  laid  hold  of,  it  defends  itself  both 
with  Its  beak  and  ciaws,  inflicting  severe  lacerations. 
The  general  colour  of  the  plumage  of  the  present 
species  IS  black  with  violet  reflexions;  the  head  is 
ornamented  with  a  crest  of  long  slender  feathers 
capable  of  being  raised  or  depressed,  and  in  the 
male  ot  a  rich  carmine  ;  a  stripe  of  white  passes  down 
each  side  of  the  neck,  and  terminates  on  the  scapu- 
ars;  the  primary  quills,  except  the  five  first,  are 
tipped  with  white,  and  the  secondaries  are  wholly 


white;  the  bill  is  ivory-white.  The  female  re- 
sembles  the  male,  except  in  the  colour  of  the  crest, 
which  IS  black. 

1646.— The  Red-head  Woodpecker 
(Picus  eri/throcephalus).     This  beautiful,  active,  and 
lively  bird  is  also  a  native  of  the  United  States  of 
America,   and   IS   a   migratory  species,  retirin-  fo 
southern  latitudes  on  the  approach  of  winter,  though 

New^Yo,t""!,  p""«^  i''^*  '''^°^  '"  'he  states  of 
New  York  and  Pennsylvania,  and  especially  Caro- 

wnn,i        i      '""','""■  'h'"  ^P*^"*^"  abounds  in  the 
woods,  and  even  close  to  the  precincts  of  towns  and 

'  Wh    ""'r  1??'  '°  ^^  ''"'  "ttle  afraid  of  man 
1  1m       'f^^"^  °"  ^  '■'^""^  ^'^1^'=  by  the  road  oTfn 
a  field,  and  one  approaches  them  (says  Audubon) 
they  gradually  move  sideways  out  of  sight,  peepTng 
now  and  then  to  discover  your  intention;  ^n^d  when 
you  are  quite  close  and  opposite,  lie  still  until  you 
are  passed,  when  they  hop  to  the  top  of  the  stake 
and  rattle  upon  it  with  th!eir  bill,  as?f  to  congratu: 
late    hemselves  on  the  success  of  their  cunning 
Should  you  approach  within  arm's  length,  whic-h 
T/^lT^'fy  be  done,  the  woodpecker  flies  to 
the  first  stake  or  the  second  from  you,  bends  his 
head  to  peep,  and  rattles  again,  as  if  to  provoke  you 
HP  »r  K."^"'^'  u^  what  seems  to  him  excellent  sport. 
Satt  fh  '  ?"  '¥  '°°^  °^  "'e  house,  hops  along  it 
beats  the  shingles,  utters  a  cry,  and  dives  into  your 
garden  to  pick  the  finest  strawberries  he  can  dfsco- 
ver.      No  birds  are  more  destructive  in  gardens- 
they  devour  fruit  of  all  kinds  as  it  ripens,  completely' 

aX'"?  '\''''V  '^'^  "^''y  "^^^^y  *°  their?etrea^ 
apples,  peaches,  cherries,  strawberries,  &c. ;  and  as 
hey  visit  the  garden  in  scores,  or  even  hundreds 
they  soon  clear  it.     They  attack  the   Indian-corn 
while  in  Its  succulent  milky  state ;  and  also  rob  the 
nets  of  small  birds  of  their  eggs.    To  this  luxurious 
bill  of  fare  may  be  added  insects,  for  which  they 
search   with  singular    dexterity  and    intelligenc/ 
drawing  them  from  their  retreat!  in  the  crevices  of 
old  trees  and  beneath  the  mouldering  bark      "No 
sooner  have  they  satisfied  their  hunger,  than  small 
parties  of  them  assemble  on  the  top!  and  branSTe 
of  decayed  trees,  from  which  they  chase  different 
insects  that  are  passing  through  the  air,  launching 
after  them  for  eight  orten  yards,  attimes  performing 
the   most  singular   manoeuvres;   and  on   securing 
their  victim  return  to  the  tree,  where  immediately 
after    a    continued  cry  of   exultation    is   uttered. 
Ihey  pursue  each  other  on  wing  in  a  very  amicable 
manner  m  long  beautifully  curved  sweeps,  during 
w^ich  the  remarkable  variety  of  their  plumage  be? 
comes  conspicuous,  and  is  highly  pleasing  to  the 
Zm  When  passing  from  one  tree  to  anoth"er  their 
flight  resembles  the  motion  of  a  great  swing  and 
IS  performed  by  a  single  opening  ff  the  S  d" 

whil'".S  "-^  ^''^'  •''"''  "^'"S  '°^^fds  the  sp?  on 
which  they  are  going  to  alight,  with  ease  and  in  the 
most  graceful  manner." 

„»n'''^/''^  [f i  2*"  'h's  tribe,  the  Red-head,  as  it  is 
generally  called,  breeds  in  the  holes  of  trees  wh  ch 
It  has  worked  out,  and  to  which  the  pair  resort  year 
after  year,  making  it  only  a  little  deeper.  It  is  not 
however,  m  hard  living  trees  that  this  species  of"en 
attempts  to  make  its  breeding-chamber.^  Audubon 
says  he  does  not  remember  even  a  single  instance  of 
such  an  occurrence.  '»i""«.e  oi 

Wilson   observes,   that    terrible    enemy    of   the 

rCohiZ    """1  '".  ^r\^  ^"'"'<=^'  'he  black  snake 
V?u"  u   ^°ns'n'=tor).  destroys  numbers  of  the  young 
of  this  bird.     '-It  glides  up  the  trunk  of  theTee 
and  like  a  sku  king  savage,  enters  the  woodpeckers^ 
peaceab  e  apartment,  devours  the  eggs  or  hebless 
young,  in  spite  of  the  cries  or  flulterings  of^the 
paren  s,  and,  if  the   place  be  large  enough  coils 
himself  up  in  the  spot  they  occupi«i,  where  he  w 
sometimes  remain  for  several  days."     The  plumage 
The  hl^'^^  "frolicsome   bird"  is  very  beautiful. 
1  he  head  and  neck  are  bright  crimson  ;  back,  wing- 
coverts,  primaries,  and  tail-feathers  black,  with  bile 
'  of  tlfi"?";.  """TP  ^nd  secondaries  white,  the  shafts 
of  the  latter  bfack  ;  breast  and  under  parts  white 

ban^d  om  ^vlT'^  "T"  '  *"  irregular  transverse 
band  of  black  between  the  crimson  of  the  neck  and 
the  white  of  the  breast.     Length  nine  inches. 

1647.— The  Yellow-bellied  Woodpecker 
(Picus  varius).  This  species  extends  in  America 
from  Cayenne  to  Hudson's  Bay  :  during  the  summer 
It  enants  the  depths  of  the  forests  Wofef™" 
villages  or  settlements,  where  it  breeds  and  rears  its 
young:  in  the  month  of  October  it  quits  the  forest 
and  approaches  the  farms  and  villages,  frequent  ng 

^:fp,rn/'  "k*  t'^u'  ^"■'^  °f  '■^"'''  but  of  inlec^  i^ 
quest  of  which  It  bores  the  trunks  of  apple-trees 
In  general  habits  it  resembles  the  rest  of  its  trib'' 
buMs  much  more  shy  than  the  red-head. 

dPtPif ,?    °;i""^  °*"  "''^  ''■'^K*"'  woodpecker  is  thus 
detailed  -  he  crown  of  the  head  a  rich  deep  scarlet 
bordered  with  black  on  each  side,  the  feathers  of 
the  occiput  forming  a  sligW  crest,  which  the  bird 
often  erects  J   from  the  nostrils,  which  are  thick  y 


covered  with  recumbent  hairs,  a  narrow  strio  of 
white  runs  downwards,  curving  round  the   breast 
and  mixing  with  the  yellowish  white  on  the  lower 
part  of  the  breast;  throat  the  same  deep  sea,  etL 
the  crown,  bordered  with  black  proceeding  from  fh^ 
ower  mandible  on  each  side,  and  spreading  aTroad 
rounding  patch  on  the  breast.    This  black  in  bTrds 
of  the  first  and  second  year  is  dusky  grey,  the  feathers 
being  only  crossed  with  circular  touches  of  black    a 
he'  fi  sf ;'''  "1^  ''''''^"  ^"°^her  of  black,  proce'ed 
fmm  K  K    T.u  ^"^  "PP"  P^^  of  the  eye,  tL  other 
from  behind    he  eye,  and  lose  themselves  on  the 
neck  and  back.     Back  dusky  yellow,  sprinkled  and 
elegantly  waved  with  black ;   wings  bkck^ith  a 
F  ""i""/  'P°'  °^  "hite;   the  primaries  tinned 
bltk?°b  nt tn  "bite .;  rump  whiL  bordered^wl  h 
Dack,  belly  yellow;   sides  undei-the  wings  more 

backM:  °bl  Tt^  r"*^  '°"^  arrow-h^adTof 
DJack  tail  black  with  white  markings  ;  legs  green- 
'!b   blue.     Length  nine   inches  and   k  hflf.^  The 

1648.— The  Hairy  Woodpecker 

•ppropiiaies  a  hollow  ,l,„d,  „  ,d?  „'ii        ""f' 
the  receplioh  of  the  em  'inlh,'  f...  ^  °°'   " 

Sir  fi  ssa:.s^'S7s.sH2; 

3rtTh:^r?i-siiti~^ 
5?s?ri'..^rser,"fd-'i 

.ngl.  of  the  ™„th  ti  .  broK  M„rL    "efSe 

i:rdS"L75,'7h'rsThSrHt 
ff^^:iric.Tr.h^o%^ift 

characteristic  of  the  adult  male?  ^    '  '* 


1649.— Thb  Downy  Wqodpkcker 
(Picus  pubescms).     In  general  habits,  manners  and 
colouring  this  species  resembles   the  ha"ry  wood 

Fn.h     '  ''h"'  If  ,'?."'-■';' ^'"'^"'^'■'  measuring  abo.Tsix 
inches  and  a  half  i„  length.     It  is  a  native  of  North 

hZ  nr'r"^T^'"^  "^'^bards  and  the  neighbour- 
hood of  farm-houses,  and  is  sfationary  throughout 
he  year.     About  the  middle  of  May,  says  Sn 
the  male  and  female  look  out  for  a  suitable  place' 
for  the   reception   of  their  eggs  and  young     An 

sSftSoiLrarstsSij-s*  Ej 

the  female,  both  parties  working  with  the  most  in^ 
defatigable  diligence.  The  direction  of  the  holV"f 
made  in,the  body  of  the  tree,  is  generally  downward 

iSh'L^=;h:rh;",;v:.=Ir~s. 
.r^So'ftsfS'Vsar-t 

eguariy  carry  out  the  chips,  often  strewing  then  a^ 
time  'r'  '".P^e/ent  suspic^ion.  This  operatfon  some 
times  occupies  the  chief  part  of  a  week.  BeforeThe 
begins  to  lay,  the  female  often  visits  the  place  exa 
mines  every  part  both  of  the  exterior  and  interior 
w,  h  great  attention,  and  at  length  takes  complete 
possession.  The  eggs  are  generally  six,  of  a  pu  e 
white,  and  laid  on  the  smooth  bottom  of  the  cavity 
Ihe  male  occa.sionally  supplies  the  female  with  food 
while  she  IS  sitting,  and  about  Ihe  last  week  in  June 
the  young  are  perceived  making  their  way  up   he 

tree  climbing  with  considerable  dexterity  " 

the  note  of  this  active,  familiar,  little  bird  is  a 

single  chink  frequently  repeated,     "'of  all  our  wood! 

peckers,    says  the  admirable  writer  already  ,rted 
'none  rid  the  apple-trees  of  so   many  v^e.min  as 

this  ;  digging  off  the  moss  which  the  negligence  of 
he   proprietor   had   suftered    to   accumulate     and 

probing  every  crevice.     In   fact  the  orchard  is  1^ 

iavourite  resort  in  all  seasons,  and  his  industry       n 

cessant.      In  the  fall,  he   is  particulariy  J^d   o 

3B2 


ir4S.— Una  «r  woodpecker,  diiMctcd. 


1649,  -I>owny  Woodprcl  er. 


Ifi^s. — Iroi^'-bil'cd  Wootlpccker. 


1li44.— Great  RUcl;  Wooilpeck'r 


lS4«.-B«l-1itad  Woodpecker. 


;<47.— Yellow  bellied  Woodpeoka 


)(HH.  .  Hairy  Woodpecker. 


372 


Ml'ti.  -OiwTi  \Voo<lp«r«-kPrt. 


1653.— Scalecl  WooilpecUer. 


373 


374 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Woodpeckers. 


borinir  the  apple-trees  for  ingecls,  dieeing  a  circular 
hole  through  the  bark,  just  sufficient  to  adroit  his 
bill  ;  afler'that,  a  second  and  a  third,  and  so  on,  in 
pretty  regular  horizontal  circles  round  the  body  of 
Uie  tree:  these  parallel  circles  of  holes  are  ollen 
not  more  than  an  inch  or  an  inch  and  a  half  apart, 
and  sometimes  so  close  together  that  I  have  covered 
eight  or  ten  of  them  at  once  with  a  dollar.  From 
nearly  the  surface  of  the  ground  up  to  the  first  fork, 
and  sometimes  far  beyond  it,  the  whole  bark  of 
many  apple-trees  is  perlbrated  in  this  manner,  so  as 
to  appear  as  if  made  by  successive  discharges  of 
buck-khot ;  and  this  little  woodpecker  is  the  perpe- 
trator of  this  supposed  mischief.  I  say  supposed, 
for,  so  far  from  the.«e  perforations  of  the  bark  being 
ruinous,  they  are  not  only  harmless,  but,  I  have  good 
reason  to  believe,  really  beneficial  to  the  health  and 
fertility  of  the  tree.  In  more  than  fifty  orchards 
which  1  examined  myself,  those  trees  which  were 
marked  by  the  woodpecker  (for  some  trees  they 
never  touch,  because  perhaps  not  penetrated  by  in- 
sects) were  uniformly  the  most  thriving,  and  seem- 
ingly the  most  productive.  Many  of  these  were 
upwards  of  sixty  years  old,  their  trunks  completely 
covered  with  holes,  while  the  branches  were  broad, 
luxuriant,  and  loaded  with  fruit.  Of  decayed  trees 
more  than  three-fourths  were  imtouched  by  the 
woodpecker.  It  is  principally  during  the  autumn 
and  winter  months  that  this  species  thus  bores  in 
quest  of  the  larvae  of  insects,  which,  if  suffered  to 
remain  unmolested,  would  ultimately  destroy  the 
tree  ;  one  check  to  their  increase,  appointed  by  na- 
ture, is  the  little  downy  woodpecker. 

1650. — The  Gbbat  Spotted  Woodpecker. 
(Picus  major).     Le   Pic  vari6,   and   Pic  Epeiche, 
Buffon  ;  Die  Bunt-specht,  Becht,  Bechstein. 

This  species  is  one  of  our  British  birds,  and,  though 
not  very  abundant,  is  found  in  all  our  wooded  dis- 
tricts. In  Ireland  it  is  rare.  On  the  continent  it  is 
widely  diffused,  and  in  the  northern  latitudes  is 
most  probably  migratory.  Mr.  Selby  says  that  in 
Northumberland  there  is  an  influx  of  these  birds,  as 
he  suspects,  from  Norway  and  Sweden ;  they  arrive 
with  the  woodcock,  generally  after  stormy  weather 
from  the  north  or  north-east.  In  its  habits  the 
great  spotted  woodpecker  resembles  the  rest  of  his 
race,  feeding  on  insects,  berries,  and  fruits ;  it  rarely 
descends  to  the  ground,  but  traverses  the  trunks 
and  branches  of  trees  with  the  greatest  address,  and 
excavates  a  deep  hole  for  the  purpose  of  incubation. 
During  the  spring  and  throughout  the  breeding-sea- 
son this  bird  utters  a  jarring  noise,  the  call  both  of 
the  males  and  females  to  each  other. 

The  colouring  is  as  follows :— Forehead  greyish 
white ;  crown  of  the  head  black  ;  ocjciput  fine  crim- 
son ;  cheeks  and  ear-coverts  white ;  general  colour 
of  the  upper  surface  black,  proceeding  from  a  streak 
running  from  each  corner  of  the  lower  mandible, 
and  arching  forwards  on  the  chest,  inclosing  a  patch 
of  white  on  each  side  of  the  back  of  the  neck ;  sca- 
pulars and  part  of  the  adjoining  wing-coverts  white  ; 
quills  barred  with  white;  the  four  middle  tail- 
feathers  black,  the  rest  more  or  less  white,  and 
spotted  near  the  tip  with  black;  under  surface 
white.  The  female  wants  the  red  occipital  band. 
The  young  on  quitting  the  nest  have  the  crown  of 
the  head  red  and  the  occiput  black,  in  which  state, 
as  Mr.  Selby  states,  they  have  been  mistaken  for 
the  Picus  medius,  a  species  not  found  in  England. 

1651. — The  Lesser  Spotted  Woodpecker 

{Picus  minor).  Le  Petit  Epeiche,  Buffon:  Pic 
Epeichette,Temminck  ;  Grass-pecht,  Bechstein. 

In  all  its  habits  and  manners  this  beautiful  little 
species  is  a  true  woodpecker.  It  is  generally  dif- 
fused through  Europe,  and  in  Germany  gives  pre- 
ference to  the  forests  of  fir-trees.  In  our  island  it  is 
partially  distributed,  being  in  some  places  very 
common,  but  in  the  northern  counties  it  is  rare. 

"  In  England,"  says  Mr.  Gould,  "  it  is  far  more 
abundant  than  is  generally  supposed:  we  have  seldom 
sought  for  it  in  vain  wherever  large  trees,  particularly 
the  elm,  grow  in  sufficient  numbers  to  invite  its 
alx>de :  its  security  from  sight  is  to  be  attributed 
more  to  its  habit  of  frequenting  the  topmost  branches 
than  to  its  rarity.  Near  London  it  is  very  common, 
and  may  be  seen  by  an  attentive  observer  in  Ken- 
sington Gardens,  and  in  any  of  the  parks  in  the 
neighbourhood.  Like  many  other  birds  whose 
habits  are  of  an  arboreal  character,  the  lesser  spotted 
woodpecker  appears  to  perform  a  certain  daily  round, 
traversing  a  given  extent  of  district,  and  returning 
to  the  same  spot  whence  it  began  its  route.  Besides 
the  elm,  to  which  it  is  especially  partial,  it  not  un- 
frequently  visits  orchard-trees  of  large  growth, 
running  over  their  moss-grown  branches  in  quest  of 
the  larvae  ofinsects,  which  abound  in  such  situations. 
In  its  actions  it  is  very  lively  and  alert.  Unlike  the 
large  woodpecker,  which  prefers  the  trunks  of 
trees,  it  naturally  frequents  the  smaller  and  more 
elevated  branches,  which  it  traverses  with  the  ut- 
most ease  and  celerity  :  should  it  perceive  itself 


noticed,  it  becomes  shy,  and  retires  from  observation 
by  concealing  itself  behind  the  branch  on  which  it 
rests ;  if,  however,  earnestly  engaged  in  the  extrac- 
tion of  its  food,  its  attention  appears  to  be  so  absorbed 
that  it  will  allow  itself  to  be  closely  approached 
without  suspending  its  operations.  When  spring 
commences,  it  l>ecomes  clamorous  and  noisy,  its  call 
being  an  oft-repeated  note,  so  closely  resembling 
that  of  the  wryneck  as  to  be  scarcely  distinguishable 
from  it.  At  other  times  of  the  vear  it  is  mute,  and 
its  presence  is  only  betrayed  by  the  reiterated  strokes 
which  it  makes  agunst  the  bark  of  trees."  ('  Birds 
of  Europe.') 

The  forehead  is  greyish  white  ;  the  crown  of  the 
head  is  rosy  red :  streak  over  the  eye,  occiput,  and 
na|)e  of  the  neck  black ;  cheeks  and  sides  of  the 
neck  white ;  from  the  comers  of  the  lower  mandible 
a  black  streak  proceeds  downwards  towards  the 
shoulder;  upper  part  of  the.  back  and  lesser  wing- 
coverts  glossy  black  ;  middle  of  the  back  and  sca- 
pulars white  barred  with  black  ;  quills  black  spotted 
with  white;  tail-coverts  and  four  middle  tail-fea- 
thers black ;  UDon  the  rest  the  black  decreases  Jo 
the  outer  featfier,  which  is  white,  except  a  black 
spot  near  the  tip  ;  under  parts  greyish  white,  with  a 
few  dusky  spots  upon  the  sides  of  the  breast.  In 
the  female  the  crown  of  the  head  is  white.     (Selby.) 

1652. — The  Greek  Woodpecker 

{Picus  viridis).  Gecinus  viridus,  Boid :  le  Pic 
vert,  Buffon  ;  Grunspecht,  Bechstein  ;  Woodspite, 
Rain-bird,  Hew-hole,  Yappingall,  Yaffer,  Popinjay, 
Provincial  English. 

Of  our  limited  number  of  British  woodpeckers 
this  is  certainly  the  most  common  ;  it  is,  however, 
very  doubtful  whether  it  extends  to  Ireland.  On 
the  continent  of  Europe  it  is  widely  spread,  inhabit- 
ing forests  and  wooded  districts,  where  its  loud  cry 
may  be  often  heard,  the  bird  itself  unseen.  This 
cry,  when  frequently  uttered,  is  commonly  supposed 
to  foretell  the  approach  of  rainy  weather ;  hence 
one  of  its  English  provincial  names.  In  some  of 
its  habits  this  species  differs  from  the  woodpeckers 
generally,  especially  in  often  leaving  the  trunks  of 
the  trees  for  the  ground,  where  it  searches  for  ants'- 
nests,  being  extremely  partial  to  these  insects  and 
their  larvae,  which  it  picks  up  very  dexterously  by 
means  of  its  long  tongue.  In  this  respect  it  agrees 
with  the  golden-winged  woodpecker  of  America 
(Colaptes  auratus),  a  most  beautiful  and  interesting 
species,  regarded  by  Mr.  Vigors  as  the  type  of  the 
ground  woodpeckers.  It  must  not  be  supposed 
however,  that  the  green  woodpecker  seeks  its  food 
only  on  the  ground  ;  it  searches  for  insects  on  the 
bark  of  trees,  or  in  the  decaying  wood,  which  it 
shivers  easily  by  blows  with  its  strong  wedge-shaped 
bill.  It  scales  the  trunks  with  great  rapidity,  as- 
cending either  straight  up  or  in  a  spiral  manner ; 
it  also  readily  descends,  not,  however,  head-fore- 
most, but  tail  foremost,  moving  as  it  were  back- 
wards. Its  flight  is  rapid  and  undulating,  the  wings 
being  opened  and  shut  at  every  stroke  ;  and  in  fly- 
ing from  trunk  to  trunk,  if  the  trees  are  not  very  far 
apart,  it  takes  only  a  single  sweep. 

The  green  woodpecker  works  out  a  deep  excava- 
tion either  in  a  tree  undergoing  the  process  of  decay 
or  in  one  of  the  softer  kinds  of  wood,  carrying  it 
often  to  a  considerable  depth.  The  aspen,  according 
to  Mr.  Selby,  is  often  selected.  When  engaged  at 
its  laborious  task,  the  strokes  are  so  rapid  and  re- 
peated with  such  velocity,  that  the  head  appears  in 
an  incessant  vibration,  while  the  strokes  resound  to 
a  considerable  distance.  The  eggs,  five  in  number, 
are  of  a  bluish  white. 

In  the  spring  this  species  utters  a  jarring  sound, 
which  appears  to  be  the  call  of  the  sexes  to  each 
other.  The  feathers  round  the  base  of  the  bill  and 
round  the  eyes  black ;  crown  of  the  head  and  a 
moustache  mark  from  the  root  of  the  bill  blood-red, 
the  base  of  the  feathers  being  bluish  grey :  upper 
surface  generally  green,  passing  on  the  rump  into 
gamboge-yellow ;  under  parts  yellowish  grey  with 
a  tinge  of  green ;  quills  barred  with  dusky  black 
and  yellewish  grey;  tail  blackish  brown  barred  with 
green.  In  the  female  the  red  on  the  head  is  less 
conspicuous,  and  the  moustaches  are  mostly  black. 

1653. — The  Scaled  Woodpecker 

{Picus  squamaltis.  Vigors).  This  species  is  a  native 
of  the  Himalayan  Mountains,  and  is  figured  in  Mr. 
Gould's  '  Century.'  It  was  first  described  in  the 
'  Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc'  1831,  p.  8.  Above  green, 
the  rump  yellowish  ;  throat  greenish  grey ;  top  of 
the,head  scarlet ;  a  stripe  above  and  below  the  eye 
greenish  white,  bounded,  the  first  above  and  the 
latter  below,  by  a  large  dash  of  black  ;  under  parts 
greenish  scaled  with  black  ;  quills  and  tail-feathers 
brownish  black  barred  with  white.  We  have  no 
account  of  its  habits. 

We  have  described  the  woodpeckers  as  zygodac- 
tyle,  that  is,  as  having  two  anterior  and  two  posterior 
toes ;  but  there  is  a  group  in  which  the  innermost 
of  the  hinder  toes  is  wanting,  the  total  number  of 


the  toes  being  only  three.  These  tridacfyle  wood- 
peckers, termed  Picoides  by  Lacgpede,  Aptcrnus 
by  Swainson,  have  the  bill  remarkably  broad  and 
flattened  ;  and,  sometimes  at  least,  the  tarsi  are 
partially  covered  with  feathers.  The  speciesof  this 
group  are  not  confined  to  one  quarter  of  the  globe  ;• 
there  are  Indian,  European,  and  American  exam- 
ples. Of  the  former  we  may  mention  the  Picus 
Tiga  of  Horsfield,  to  which  the  following  is  closely 
allied.  ' 

1654. — Shore's  Woodpecker. 
(Apterma  Shorii).  Picus  Shorii,  Vigors.  This 
species,  a  native  of  the  forests  of  the  Himalaya 
Mountains,  and  figured  by  Mr.  Gould,  in  his 
'  CentuiT,'  was  first  characterized  in  the  '  Pro- 
ceeds. Zool.  Soc'  1831,  p.  175.  Of  its  habits  we 
have  no  details.  It  is  named  after  its  discoverer  the 
Hori.  F.  J.  Shore,  of  the  East  India  Company's 
Civil  Service.  General  colour  orange  green  ;  the 
head  with  a  scarlet  crest;  back  scarlet;  a  stripe 
behind  each  eye,  and  another  from  the  angle  of  the 
lower  mandible,  black ;  under  parts  white  ;  the  back 
of  the  neck,  the  quills,  and  tail-feathers  black  ;  the 
top  of  the  breast  greyish  brown ;  the  breasit  and 
abdomen  marked  with  black  scale-like  spots. 
Length,  twelve  inches. 

1655. — ^The  Three-toed  Woodpecker 
(Aptemus  tridactylus,  Swainson).  Picoides  tri- 
dactylus,  Lacdp6de.  In  Bonaparte's  '  Comparative 
List  of  the  Birds  of  Europe  and  N.  America'  are  dis- 
tinguished three  species  of  three-toed  woodpeckers: 
one  (A.  tridactylus  j,  a  native  of  Northern  and  Central 
Europe;  and  two  (A.  hirsutus  and  A.  arcticus), 
natives  of  the  northern  parts  of  America.  Of  these 
latter,  the  A.  arcticus  has  till  lately  been  regarded 
as  identical  with  the  European  species.  An  allied 
species,  viz.,  the  A.  undulatus,  is  a  native  of 
Guiana.  In  habits  and  manners  these  tridactyle 
species  resemble  the  ordinary  woodpeckers,  climb- 
ing the  bark  with  the  greatest  facility,  and  feeding 
upon  insects. 

The  three-toed  woodpecker  inhabits  the  forests 
of  the  northern  and  eai>tern  portions  of  Europe  as 
well  as  those  of  Asia.  It  is  very  abundant  in  Nor- 
way, Russia,  and  Siberia,  and  is  common  also  in  the 
Swiss  Alps;  but  rare  in  France,  and  even  Germany, 
and  never  seen  in  Holland.  It  is  not  known  in  our 
island.  According  to  Temminck,  in  the  Alpine 
regions  it  never  passes  an  elevation  of  4000  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea,  its  range  there  being 
restricted  to  the  forests  at  the  base  of  the  moun- 
tains, and  to  the  wooded  valleys.  With  respect  to 
its  North  American  representative  (A.  arcticus),  it 
exists,  according  to  Dr.  Richardson,  in  all  the  forests 
of  spruce-fir  lying  between  Lake  Superior  and  the 
Arctic  Sea :  and  ttiat  north  of  the  Great  Slave  Lake 
it  is  the  most  common  species  of  woodpecker.  He 
also  states  that  it  much  resembles  the  hairy  wood- 
pecker in  its  habits,  except  that  it  seeks  its  food 
principally  on  the  decaying  trees  of  the  pine-tribe, 
in  which  it  frequently  makes  holes  of  considerable 
size  and  depth.  It  does  not  migrate.  According 
to  M.  Temminck,  the  American  bird  differs  from 
the  European  in  being  of  a' less  size,  and  more 
vividly  coloured.  The  three-toed  woodpecker  is 
about  ten  inchesin  length  ;  the  ground-colour  of  the 
plumage  of  the  upper  parts  is  black,  barred  and 
spotted  with  white  ;  the  under  parts  are  white,  with 
transverse  markings  along  the  sides.  The  top  of  the 
head  in  the  male  is  of  a  fine  golden  tint  with  an 
inclination  to  orange. 

Among  the  less  typical  forms  of  the  woodpeckers, 
but  which  have  truly  zygodactyle  feet,  we  may 
notice  the  Picus  Chilensis  (Garm.  '  Zool.  de  la 
Coquille,'  pi.  32)  a,nd  the  Picus  (Trachyphonus) 
Cater. 

1656. — ^The  Chilian  Woodpecker 
(P.  Chilensis).  In  this  species  the  legs  and  feet 
are  more  slender  than  in  the  ordinary  examples  of 
this  tribe,  and  the  tail,  instead  of  being  graduated 
and  wedge-shaped,  with  the  stiff  feathers  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  support  and  strengthen  each  other 
(as  is  well  seen  in  our  pictorial  specimen  of  the 
scaled  woodpecker.  Fig.  1653),  consists  of  somewhat 
softer  feathers,  which,  instead  of  being  graduated,  are 
nearly  of  equal  length,  so  that  the  tail  is  but  slightly 
rounded  at  its  termination.  In  the  ordinary  wood- 
peckers the  rigid  tail-feathers  are  all  bent  inwards, 
especially  at  their  points,  in  order  to  catch  the  bark 
and  support  the  birds  while  clinging  to  the  stems 
of  trees.  In  this  species  the  feathers  are  straight. 
We  see  in  fact  a  departure  from  the  scansorial 
model,  as  presented  by  the  more  typical  forms  of 
the  Picidee.  The  present  species  is  found  in  the 
woods  of  the  province  of  Concepcion  in  Chile. 
M.  Lesson  killed  many  individuals  upon  the  penin- 
sula of  Talcaguano. 

The  Chilians  call  this  bird  Carpentero,  a  name 
generally  applied  by  the  Spaniards  to  the  wood- 
peckers, both  in  Europe  and  America. 


'fVoODPlCCKERS.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


375 


Lesson  describes  it  as  being  of  a  sombre  tint  with 
little  bars  of  brown  and  whitish,  except  on  the  lower 
part  of  the  back  and  rump,  where  a  single  colour 
predominates,  forming  a  large  patch  of  pure  white  ; 
bill  black  ;  a  grey  hood,  pencilled  with  very  bright 
grev,  covers  the  head;  cheeks  rusty,  and  throat 
whi'tish  ;  all  the  upper  part  of  the  body,  wings,  and 
even  the  great  quills,  rusty  brown  barred  with  small 
whitish  bands  ;  shafts  of  the  quills  golden  yellow, 
and  their  internal  part  fulvous  brown,  with  a  white 
border  or  a  single  spot  of  the  same  colour  towards 
lire  middle  ;  breast,  abdomen,  and  flanks  whitish, 
doited  with  brown;  colourof  each  feather  yellowish 
white,  while  the  middle  is  occupied  by  a  circle  of 
brown  deepest  upon  the  breast.  Tail-feathers  stiff 
:ind  wedge-shaped,  brown  above,  with  a  slight  ful- 
vous tint  brightest  below  ;  the  two  external  and  the 
two  internal  ones  are  pencilled  with  whitish  sinuous 
bands  upon  their  edges.  Colour  of  the  tarsi  green- 
ish, that  of  the  clavvs  approaching  reddish.  Total 
length  more  than  eleven  inches.     (Lesson.) 

1657. — The  Caffke  Woodpecker 
{Tracliyphonus  Cafer,  G.  II.  Gray).     Le  Prome'pic 
of  Le  Vaillant. 

In  this  bird  we  are  presented  with  a  still  further 
departure  from  the  model :  the  tarsi  are  elevated  ;  the 
tail  soft  and  rounded,  with  the  feathers  broad  at 
their  apex  :  the  beak  arched  ;  and  the  general  con- 
tour remote  from  that  so  palpably  characteristic  of 
Ihe  habits  of  the  woodpeckers,  and  which  a  glance 
is  sufficient  to  appreciate. 

Mr.  G.  R.  Gray,  we  beheve,  places  this  species  in 
his  subfamily  Bucconinae  (Barbets),  and  Cuvier 
discovers  in  its  arched  beak  an  approach  to  the 
Cuckoos.  In  some  respects  it  appears  to  us  to  ap- 
proach the  Wryneck.  The  Caffre  woodpecker  seeks 
Its  food  on  the  ground,  in  the  crevices  of  the  bark 
and  under  the  moss  of  decayed  trees  and  moulder- 
ing loes.  The  colouring  of  this  species  is  as  follows  : 
— head,  belly,  and  rump  yellow;  upper  coverts  of 
the  tail  orange  ;  forehead  black  ;  two  black  scanty 
pointed  aigrettes ;  a  large  black  collar  variegated 
with  white",  bordered  above  with  a  small  narrow 
white  edging  varied  a  little  with  brown  below  ;  back 
of  the  neck  and  back  brown,  each  feather  termi- 
nated with  white.  Tail  rounded,  brown,  striped 
with  greyish  white ;  bill  black  at  the  point. 

This  is  the  Promepic  of  Le  Vaillant;  Trachypho- 
nusVaillantii,Ranz;  Micropogansulphuratus,  Latr.; 
and  Polysticte  quopopa,  Smith.  Native  country, 
Caffraria. 

1G58.— The  Wry.neck 

(  Yunx  Torquilla).  Le  Torcol,  Buffbn  :  Die  Wende- 
hals,  Beclistein ;  Long-tongue,  Emmet-hunter, 
Snake-bird,  and  Cuckoo's-mate,  Provincial  English. 
The  Wryneck  is  one  of  our  summer  visitors,  and, 
though  common  in  the  southern  and  eastern  coun- 
ties of  our  island,  is  very  scarce  in  the  north  and 
west.  In  Ireland,  we  believe,  it  is  never  seen.  It 
arrives  in  April,  a  few  days  before  the  appearance  of 
the  cuckoo,  and  its  loud  cry  oi  peep,  peep,  peep, 
monotonously  repeated,  is  first  heard  when  the  elm- 
tree  leaves  are  as  large  as  a  silver  sixpence. 
Groves,  orchards,  and  woods  are  the  resorts  of  this 
elegant  bird,  and  also  the  lines  of  tall  beech-trees 
.^Iong  hedgerows.  Ants  are  its  favourite  food,  and 
in  quest  of  them  it  traverses  the  trunks  of  trees, 
thorigh  its  tail  is  not  used  as  an  assistant  in  climbing, 
examining  every  crevice,  and  picking  them  up  by 
means  of  its  long  vermiform  tongue  covered  with  a 
glutinous  secretion.  It  also  visits  the  ground  for 
the  same  purpose,  where  it  hops  and  walks  with  con- 
siderable facility,  searching  for  the  nests  of  these 
insects,  and  it  is  astonishing  to  see  with  what 
rapidity  it  devours  them,  launching  its  long  tongue 
at  them,  and  withdrawing  it  so  rapidly  that  the  eye 
can  scarcely  follow  the  motion.  This  tongue  is 
evidently  endowed  with  a  high  degree  of  sensibility, 
and  perhaps  of  laste;  we  have  frequently  seen  the 
wryneck  in  captivity  launch  it  forth,  when  any  sub- 
stance has  been  presented  as  food,  and  touch  the 
morsel  with  it,  keeping  it  at  the  time  in  a  state  of 
quivering  vibration  :  it  reminded  us  of  the  tongue  of 
the  Dasypus  Peba.  In  Fig.  ]6.")9  the  head  and 
tongue  of  the  Wryneck  are  well  delineated.  White 
('Nat.  Hist.  Selborne')  says,  "  These  birds  appear  on 
the  grass-plots  and  walks ;  they  walk  alittle,  as  well 
as  hop,  and  thrust  their  bills  into  the  turf,  in  quest, 
I  conclude,  of  ants,  which  are  their  food  :  while  they 
hold  their  bills  on  the  grass,  they  draw  out  their 
prey  with  their  tongues  which  are  so  long  as  to  be 
coiled  round  their  heads."  Colonel  Montagu  informs 
us  that  having  captured  a  female,  which  he  confined 
for  some  days  in  a  cage,  he  was  enabled  to  watch 
its  manners  very  minutely.  "  A  quantity  of  mould, 
with  emmets  and  their  eggs,  was  given  it ;  and  it 
was  curious  to  observe  the  tongue  darted  forth  and 
retracted  with  such  velocity  and  such  unerring  aim 
that  it  never  returned  without  an  ant  or  an  egg 
adhering  to  it,  not  transfixed  by  the  horny  points,  as 
some  have  imagined,  but  retained   by  a   peculiar 


tenacious  moisture  provided  for  that  purpose. 
While  feeding,  the  body  is  motionless,  the  head  only 
is  turned  to  every  side,  and  the  motion  of  the  tongue 
is  so  rapid  that  an  ant's  egg,  which  is  of  a  light 
colour  and  more  conspicuous  than  the  tongue,  has 
somewhat  the  appearance  of  moving  to  the  mouth 
by  attraction  as  a  needle  flies  to  a  magnet.  The 
bill  is  rarely  used  except  to  remove  the  mould  in 
order  to  get  more  readily  at  these  insects ;  where 
the  earth  is  hollow,  the  tongue  is  thrust  into  all  the 
cavities  to  rouse  the  ants,  and  for  this  purpose 
the  horny  appendage  is  extremely  serviceable  as  a 
guide  to  the  tongue.  We  have  seen  the  green 
woodpecker  take  its  food  in  a  similar  manner." 
The  wryneck  breeds  in  the  holes  of  decayed  trees, 
but  does  not  excavate  a  chamber,  like  the  wood- 
pecker, the  strength  of  the  beak  being  inadequate 
for  that  purpose.  The  eggs,  nine  or  ten  in  number, 
and  of  a  pure  transparent  white,  are  laid  upon  the 
bare  wood.  When  surprised  upon  her  eggs,  the 
wryneck  defends  herself  with  great  spirit,  erecting 
the  feathers  of  the  top  of  the  head,  and  hissing  like 
a  snake.  The  young  if  molested  also  hiss,  and  turn 
their  heads  in  various  directions.  The  name  wry- 
neck is  indeed  given  to  this  bird  from  its  singular 
habit  of  twisting  and  wrything  its  neck  with  odd 
contortions  when  alarmed  or  irritated. 

The  wryneck  leaves  our  island  early  in  autumn, 
retiring  southwards,  and  most  probably  passing  the 
winter  in  Africa;  specimens,  indeed,  have  been 
received  from  that  continent  and  from  India.  In 
Europe  the  wryneck  is  very  generally  spread  during 
summer,  being  found  even  as  far  north  as  Sweden  ; 
but,  according  to  Temminck,  it  is  rare  in  Holland. 
Though  the  colours  of  this  bird  are  not  gaudy,  they 
are  scarcely  to  be  exceeded  for  simple  beauty  and 
propriety  of  arrangement.  The  upper  parts  are 
brown  and  grey  exquisitely  doited,  and  chequered 
with  spots,  dashes,  zigzag  bars,  and  lines  of  black 
and  rufous,  difiicult  to  describe  and  difficult  for  the 
artist  to  copy.  The  throat  is  yellowish  white,  with 
transverse  black  bars ;  the  breast  and  under  parts 
are  white,  with  arrow-head  spots  of  black.  Length 
seven  inches. 

The  charactei-s  of  the  genus  may  be  summed  up 
as  follows : — bill   short,   straight,    conical   and  de- 

f)ressed,  the  ridge  rounded,  mandible  sharp  ;  tongue 
ong,  vermiform,  armed  at  the  tip  with  a  horny 
but  unbarbed  point;  feet  zygodactylei  the  two  ante- 
rior toes  united  together  at  their  base ;  tail-feathers 
ten,  soft,  and  flexible  ;  wings  moderate.  The  spe- 
cies are  limited  in  number. 

Family  TROCHILID^E  (HUMMING-BIRDS). 

IGGO,  1661.— Examples  of  Humming-Bikds 

The  humming-birds  are  among  the  least  and  most 
brilliant  of  the  feathered  race.  Winged  gems, 
they  glance  with  dazzling  effulgence  as  they  dart 
along  or  hover  over  the  fragrant  flowers  draining 
the  nectary  of  its  liquid  sweets.  No  birds  excel 
them  in  powers  of  flight;  their  long  and  narrow 
wings  are  admirably  adapted  for  aerial  progression. 
The  quill-feathers  are  stiff,  firm,  and  elastic,  and 
furnished  with  rigid  shafts,  in  some  instances  sin- 
gularly developed.  The  tail  is  variable.  The  plu- 
mage is  close  and  compact,  and  resembles  an 
arrangement  of  fishes'  scales,  glittering,  in  the  males, 
with  metallic  lustre.  The  tarsi  are  very  small  and 
short :  and  the  toes,  three  before  and  one  behind, 
are  very  delicate.  The  ground  is  never  their  resting- 
place  ;  they  perch  on  slender  twigs,  but  are  mostly 
seen  on  the  wing.  If  we  look  at  the  tiny  skeleton 
of  one  of  these  birds  (Fig.  1662),  we  shall  be  struck 
by  the  great  depth  and  extent  of  the  keel  of  the 
breast-bone,  the  length  of  the  scapulae,  and  the  com- 
parative insignificance  of  the  legs.  The  whole  mus- 
cular force  is,  in  fact,  concentrated  upon  the  organs 
of  flight;  the  pectoral  muscles,  in  comparison  with 
the  size  of  the  bird,  exceed  in  volume  perhaps  those 
of  any  other  of  the  feathered  race  ;  and  all  the  other 
muscles  for  working  the  wings  are  in  justaccordance. 
Looking  at  the  skeleton  alone,  the  comparative 
anatomist  would  say  the  greatest  portion  of  the 
life  of  these  birds,  all  their  active  existence,  is 
passed  on  the  wing.  The  primary  quill-feather  is 
always  the  longest.  The  beak  is  long  and  slender, 
but  very  variable  in  its  form,  being  straight,  curved, 
and  in  some  species  even  turned  up.  The  tongue  is 
long,  bifid,  or  split  into  two  filaments,  tubular,  and 
capable  of  being  darted  out  to  a  considerable  dis- 
tance. As  in  the  woodpeckers,  it  is  the  principal 
instrument  by  means  of  which  they  obtain  their 
food,  viz.,  insects  of  various  kinds  and  the  nectar  of 
flowers ;  and  it  is  protruded  by  the  same  arrange- 
ment of  the  cartilaginous  continuation  of  the  os 
hyoideg  winding  round  the  skull  to  the  forehead,  which 
we  have  explained  in  those  birds.  With  respect  to 
the  tongue  itself.  Lesson  describes  it  as  composed  of 
two  musculo-fibrous  cylinders,  soldered  to  each 
other  so  as  to  resemble  in  some  degree  a  double- 
barrelled  gun :  but  these  tubes  towards  the  tip  be- 
come separated  and  enlarged,  each  presenting  a 


little  blade,  which  is  concave  within  and   convex 
externally.     "  In  order  that  this  tubular  tongue  may 
be  projected  upon  the  aliments  which  its  termina- 
tions are  appointed  to  seize  and  retain,  the  os  hyoides 
which  supports  it  is  formed  of  two  bony  plates  or 
straps,  which  separate,  pass  below  the  cranium,  re- 
ascend  over  the  bones  of  the  occiput,  and  proceed 
to  form  a  point  of  resistance  or  fulcrum  by  their  re- 
union on  the  forehead.    The  result  of  this  disposi- 
tion, when  brought  into  play  by  the  muscles  of  the 
tongue,  is  a  great  power  over  the  muscular  tubes 
which  compose  the  organ  of  taste.     The  two  small 
blades    of  elongated  spoon-like  termination  seize 
the  insects  or  lick  up  the  honied  exudations,  which 
are  on  the  instant  carried  to  the  aperture  of  the 
oesophagus  by  the  elasticity  and  contractility  of  the 
two  tubes,  and  forthwith  swallov»ed.    The  long  and 
slender  bill  comes  in  admirably  in  aid  to  insert  the 
tongue  in  the  nectary  of  flowers."    Sir  W.  Jardine 
('  Nat.  Libr.  Ornithol.,'  vol.  i.)  confirms  this  account 
given  by  Lesson,  as  does  also  Brisson,  as  far  as  he 
was  enabled  to  discover  by  an  examination  of  the 
parts  moistened  with  water,  after  having  been  dried ; 
but  he  adds,  that  it  appeared  to  him,  on  investigat- 
ing the  structure  of  the  tongue  of  the  Trochilus  mos- 
cliatus  thus  relaxed,  that  its  tip  presented  a  fim- 
briated opening,  having  the  exterior  margin  of  each 
fork  set  with  recurved,  sharp-pointed,  pliable  spines, 
as  if  to  assist  its  viscidity  in  securing  any  substance 
seized  by  them.     Fig.  1663  represents  the  bill  and 
tongue  of  the  Humming-bird,  after  Lesson:  a,  the 
head  profile,  the  tongue  protruded  from  the  bill, 
and  showing  its  bifurcation  ;  the  two  branches  of 
the  OS  hyoides  seen  surrounding  the  cranium  ;  b,  the 
same  seen  from  above,  the  two  branches  of  the  os 
hyoides  uniting  at  a  pointed  angle  in  front ;  c,  the 
same  seen  from  below  ;  d,  the  tongue  much  magni- 
fied, with  some  of  the  soft  parts  dissected  away,  but 
adhering  to  the  os  hyoides  and  its  branches,  as  well  as 
to  the  larynx  seen  from  above  ;  e,  the  same  seen 
from  below,  with  the  os  hyoides  only,  and  the  two 
laraallse  of  its  point  separated;  /,  portion  of  the 
tongue,  very  much  magnified,  seen  from  above,  so 
as  to  convey  the  idea  of  the  manner  in  which  the 
cylinders  that  form  it  are  united  ;  g,  the  lower  side 
of  the  same.     The  senses  of  sight  and  hearing  are 
highly  acute  in  the  hummingbirds;  and  so,  from 
the  structure  of  the  tongue  and  its.ofiice,  we  may 
conclude  that  of  taste  to  be. 

These  gorgeous  birds  are  all  natives  of  America, 
"  and,  according  to  our  best  information,  that  great 
archipelago  of  islands  between  Florida  and  the 
mouth  of  the  Orinoco,  together  with  the  mainland 
of  the  southern  continent  until  it  passes  the  tropic 
of  Capricorn,  literally  swarms  with  them  ;  in  the 
wild  and  uncultivated  parts  they  inhabit  those  forests 
of  magnificent  timber  overhung  with  lianas  and 
the  superb  tribe  of  Bignonaceae,  the  huge  trunks 
clothed  with  a  rich  drapery  of  parasites  whose  blos- 
soms vie  in  tints,  if  not  in  brilliancy,  with  their 
winged  riflers ;  in  the  cultivated  parts  they  abound 
in  the  gardens,  and  'seem  to  delight  in  society,  be- 
coming very  familiar ;  feeling  confidence  in  their 
own  powers,  they  will  even  hover  about  one  side  of 
a  shrub  while  flowers  or  fruits  are  plucked  from  the 
opposite.  As  we  recede  from  the  tropics  on  either 
side,  the  numbers  decrease,  though  some  species  are 
found  in  Mexico,  and  others  in  Peru,  which  do  not 
appear  to  exist  elsewhere.  Thus  Mr.  Bullock  dis- 
covered several  species  at  a  high  elevation,  and 
consequently  low  temperature,  on  the  lofty  table- 
lands of  Mexico,  and  in  the  woods  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  snowy  mountains  of  Orizaba ;  while  Captain 
King,  in  his  survey  of  the  southern  coasts,  met  with 
numerous  members  of  this  diminutive  family  flying 
about  in  a  snow-storm  near  the  Straits  of  Magellan, 
and  discovered  two  species  in  the  remote  island  of 
Juan  Fernandez.  Two  species  only  spread  far  into 
the  northern  continent  of  America :  the  one,  the 
RufF-necked  Humming-bird,  which  was  discovered 
by  Captain  Cook  in  Nootka  Sound,  and  has  been 
traced  by  Kotzebue  to  61°  along  the  western  shores; 
the  other,  the  Northern  or  Ruby-throated  Humming- 
bird, so  beautifully  described  by  Wilson.  This 
species  has  been  obtained  from  the  plains  of  the 
Saskatchewan,  and  was  found  breeding,  by  Mr. 
Drummond,  near  the  sources  of  the  Elk  river.  It  is 
known  to  reach  as  far  north  as  the  fifty-seventh 
parallel." 

The  velocity  with  which  the  humming-birds 
glance  through  the  air  is  extraordinary,  and  so 
rapid  is  the  vibration  of  their  wings,  that  the  action 
eludes  the  sight ;  when  hovering  before  a  flower, 
they  seem  suspended  as  if  by  some  magic  power, 
rather  than  by  the  vigorous  movement  of  their 
rigid  pinions,  which,  however,  produce  a  constant 
murmur  or  buzzing  sound,  whence  the  English  title 
by  which  we  designate  these  birds,  and  the  Creole 
epithets  in  Cayenne  and  the  Antilles,  viz.,  Mur- 
mures,  Bourdons,  and  Frou-frous. 

It  has  been  frequently  and  justly  observed,  that 
in  their  mode  of  flight  the  humming-birds  closely 
resemble    the    sphinx-moths,   or    the    dragon-flies. 


\n 


b  c 


nn 


"W^':^  ^^-■:  -Til J 

1H58— WrvnedtB. 


1C63.— BUI  and  Ton^neof  Haxmnmg'blrtl,  di«eeted. 


n 


16-;2.— Skeleton  of  Hummnf-biid. 


16}l>.— Head  and  Ton^juc  of  Wryneck. 


1855.— Thitu'Uxid  Woodpecker. 


3:6 


1G69.— Rubytbioated  Humming-bird. 


1670. — Kuby-throated  Humming-bird  and  Nest. 


1 664.— Nest  of  Humming-bird. 


1671(-J>oable<iwted  HMnmingbird, 


16T4y— Dar-tailed  Hamming-bird. 

No.  48. 


166X— K«st  of  Hnmming-Urd. 


1673. — Sickle^winged  Humming-bird. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


1666.— Nest  of  Amethyst  Hanilni«g-H>a. 


1 672.  —Cora  Humming-bird. 


377 


378 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


rHUMHINO-BlROS. 


Mr.  Darwin,  in  his  admirable  '  Journal,'  rtates,  that 
while  at  Bahia,  he  started  early  one  morning  and 
walked  to  the  top  of  the  Gavia,  or  Topsail  Mountain. 
"  The  air  was  deliRhtfully  cool  and  fragrant,  and 
the  drops  of  dew  still  glittered  on  the  leaves  of  the 
large  liliaceous  plants  which  shaded  the  streamlets 
of  clear  water.  Sitting  down  on  a  rock  of  granite. 
It  was  delightful  to  watch  the  various  insects  and 
birds  as  they  flew  past.  The  humming-birds  seem 
particularly  fond  of  such  shady  retired  spots;  when- 
ever I  saw  these  little  creatures  buzzing  round  a 
flower  with  their  wings  vibrating  so  rapidly  as  to 
be  scarcely  visible,  I  was  reminded  of  tne  sphinx- 
moths;  their  movements  and  habits  are  indeed  in 
many  respects  very  similar."  (p.  36.)  Bullock  and 
Wilson  both'notice  the  surprising  rapidity  of  the 
vibrations  of  their  wings  ;  the  former,  speaking  of 
specimens  cngcd,  says,  that  in  a  space  barely  sufli- 
cicnt  for  them  to  move  their  wings,  they  will  keep 
their  bodies  in  the  air  apparently  motionless  for  hours 
together.  There  are,  however,  exceptions  to  this 
rule  ;  Mr.  Darwin,  describing  the  Trochilus  gigas, 
which,  as  he  observed,  had  arrived  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Valparaiso  in  numbers  a  little  before 
the  vernal  equinox,  adds : — "  It  comes  from  the 
parched  deserts  of  the  north,  probably  for  the 
purpose  of  breeding  in  Chile.  When  on  the  wing 
the  appearance  of  this  bird  is  singular.  Like  the 
others  of  the  genus,  it  moves  from  place  to  place 
with  a  rapidity  which  may  be  compared  to  a  syrphus 
amongst  dipterous  insects  and  a  sphinx  amongst 
the  moths;  but  whilst  hovering  over  a  flower,  it 
flaps  Its  wings  with  a  slow  and  very  powerful  move- 
ment, totally  different  from  that  vibratory  one, 
common  to  most  of  the  species,  which  produces 
the  humming  noise.  I  never  saw  any  other  bird 
the  force  of  whose  wings  appeared  so  powerful  in 
proportion  to  the  weight  of  its  body.  When  hover- 
ing by  a  flower,  its  tail  is  constantly  expanded  and 
shut  like  a  fan,  the  body  being  kept  in  a  nearly 
vertical  position.  This  action  appears  to  steady 
and  support  the  bird  between  the  slow  movements 
of  its  wings.  Although  flying  from  flower  to  flower 
in  search  of  food,  its  stomach  generally  contained 
abundant  remains  of  insects,  which,  I  suspect,  are 
much  more  the  object  of  its  search  than  honey  is. 
The  note  of  this  species,  like  that  of  nearly  the 
whole  family,  is  extremely  shrill."  These  brilliant 
creatures  are  an  intrepid  daring  race,  and  extremely 
pugnacious,  and  cannot  endure  the  approach  of  one 
even  of  their  own  species,  still  less  of  any  other 
bird  near  their  breeding-places.  Of  one  minute 
but  beautiful  species,  the  M<exican  Star,  Mr.  Bullock 
says : — "  When  attending  their  young  they  attack 
any  bird  indiscriminately  that  approaches  the  nest. 
Their  motions,  while  under  the  influence  of  anger 
or  fear,  are  very  violent,  and  their  flight  rapid  as 
an  arrow  ;  the  eye  cannot  follow  them,  but  the 
shrill  piercing  shriek  which  thej[  utter  on  the  wing 
may  be  heard  when  the  bird  is  invisible.  They 
attack  the  eyes  of  the  larger  birds,  and  their  sharp 
needle-like  bill  is  a  truly  formidable  weapon  in  this 
kind  of  warfare.  Nothing  can  exceed  their  fierce- 
ness when  one  of  their  own  species  invades  their 
territory  during  the  breeding-season;  under  the 
influence  of  jealousy  they  become  perfect  furies, 
their  throats  swell,  their  crests,  tails,  and  wings 
expand,  they  fight  in  the  air,  uttering  a  shrill  noise, 
till  one  falls  exhausted  to  the  ground." 

With  respect  to  the  voice  of  the  humming-birds, 
we  have  reason  to  believe  that  it  consists  only  of  a 
shrill  cry ;  such  is  Lesson's  assertion,  who  remarks, 
that  it  IS  uttered  chiefly  on  the  wing,  or  under  the 
excitement  of  anger,  &c.,  and  that  they  are  most 
frequently  mute  ;  others,  however,  assert  that  they 
utter  a  song,  which  statement,  if  at  all  correct,  is 
only  applicable  to  a  few  species.  Bullock  speaks  of 
a  minute  species  in  Jamaica,  to  which  he  listened, 
in  the  Botanical  Garden  of  that  island,  as  it  poured 
forth  its  "slight  querulous  note." 

Pgre  Labat,  in  1547,  and  Rochfort,  in  1658,  de- 
scribe spiders  in  the  "Bermudez"  and  Antilles 
■which  make  webs  strong  enough  to  entangle  small 
birds.  Madame  Merian,  in  her  work,  figures  a 
gigantic  round  spider,  which  makes  no  net,  of  the 
genus  Mygale,  in  the  act  of  devouring  a  humming- 
bird, thus  deceiving  later  naturalists,  and  even 
Linnoius,  who  termed  the  species  Aranea  avicularia. 
Mr.  Macleay  informs  us  that  there  are  in  the  West- 
Indies  huge  spiders  belonging  to  the  genus  Nepliila 
(as  N.  clavipes,  or  Epeiraclavipesof  Latreille),  com- 
mon, like  our  own  Epeira  diadema,  in  gardens, 
which  make  a  mathematical  net  strong  enough  in- 
deed to  embarrass  small  birds,  but  which,  he  states, 
do  not  attempt  to  catch  birds,  and  never  molest 
them  :  and  in  a  note  he  adds,  when  M.  Langsdorff 
asked  the  people  of  Brazil  if  the  Caranquexeira, 
for  such  is  the  spider's  name  in  that  country,  fed 
upon  humming-birds,  they  answered  him,  with 
bursts  of  laughter,  that  it  only  gratified  its  maw 
■with  large  flies,  ants,  bees,  wasps,  beetles,  &c.,  an 
answer  which  the  traveller  found  the  truth  of  by 
personal  experience.     ('Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,' vol.  i.) 


It  would  appear,  from  Mr.  Bullock's  statement, 
that  humming-birds  often  avail  themselves  of  the 
insects  caught  in  spiders'  webs,  not,  however,  with- 
out the  spiders  endeavouring  not  to  devour,  but 
drive  them  away.  "The  house,"  he  writes,  "  I  re- 
sided .in  at  Xalappa  for  several  weeks  on  my  return 
to  Vera  Cruz,  i^  only  one  story  high,  inclosing, 
like  most  of  the  Spanish  houses,  a  small  garden  in 
the  centre,  the  roof  projecting  six  or  seven  feet 
from  the  walls,  covering  a  walk  all  round,  and 
leaving  a  small  space  only  between  the  tiles  and 
trees  which  grew  in  the  centre.  From  the  edge  of 
these  tiles  to  the  branches  of  the  trees  in  the  garden 
the  spiders  had  spread  their  innumerable  webs,  so 
closely  and  compactly  that  they  resembled  a  net:  I 
have  frequently  watched  with  much  amusement 
the  cautious  peregrination  of  the  humming-bird, 
who  advancing  beneath  the  web,  entered  the 
various  labyrinths  and  cells  in  search  of  entangled 
flies;  but  as  the  larger  spiders  did  not  tamely  sur- 
render their  booty,  the  invader  was  often  compelled 
to  retreat.  Being  within  a  few  feet,  I  could  observe 
all  their  evolutions  with  great  precision  :  the  active 
little  bird  generally  passed  once  or  twice  round  the 
court,  as  if  to  reconnoitre  his  ground,  and  com- 
menced his  attack  by  going  carefully  under  the  nets 
of  the  wily  insect,  and  seizing  by  surprise  the 
smallest  entangled  flies  or  those  that  were  most 
feeble.  In  ascending  the  angular  traps  of  the  spider, 
great  care  and  skill  were  required ;  sometimes 
he  had  scarcely  room  for  his  little  wings  to  per- 
form their  ofSce,  and  the  least  deviation  would  have 
entangled  him  in  the  complex  machinery  of  the 
web,  and  involved  him  in  ruin.  It  was  only  the 
works  of  the  smaller  spiders  that  he  durst  attack, 
as  the  largest  rose  in  defence  of  their  citadels,  when 
the  besieger  would  shoot  off  like  a  sunbeam,  and 
could  only  be  traced  by  the  luminous  glow  of  his 
refulgent  colours.  The  bird  generally  spent  about 
ten  minutes  in  this  predatory  excursion,  and  then 
alighted  on  a  branch  of  an  avocata  to  rest  and  re- 
fresh himself,  placing  his  crimson  star-like  breast  to 
the  sun,  which  then  presented  all  the  glowing  fire 
of  the  ruby,  and  surpassed  in  lustre  the  diadem  of 
monarchs."  The  species  referred  to  is  the  Mexican 
Star.  In  sleeping,  according  to  the  same  authority, 
these  beautiful  birds  frequently  suspend  themselves 
by  the  feet,  with  the  head  downwards. 

The  nests  of  the  humming-birds  are  most  beauti- 
ful compact  structures,  with  exquisite  finish  and 
nicety  of  arrangement.  We  have  seen  one  com- 
posed of  the  finest  silky  down,  or  cotton,  of  a  deli- 
cate straw-yellow,  soft,  light,  and  compact,  attached 
to  the  end  of  a  twig,  and  concealed  by  leaves.  In 
some  cases  the  outside  is  formed  of  fine  moss,  lichens, 
&c.,  investing  a  compact  bed  of  the  down  of  plants, 
cotton,  and  even  spiders'  webs. 

Figs.  1664  and  1665  are  the  nests  of  Humming- 
birds (from  Lesson).  These  are  covered  on  the  out- 
side with  bits  of  lichen,  leaves,  moss,  &c.  One  con- 
tains two  white  eggs  (the  usual  number  and  colour 
of  the  eggs  of  these  birds),  of  an  elongated  form. 
Fig.  1666  represents  the  Nest  of  the  Brazilian  Ame- 
thyst Humming-bird  (Ornismya  Amethistoides, 
Less.)  :  a,  the  egg. 

In  the  'Zoological  Journal,'  vol.  v.,  is  an  interest- 
ing account  of  the  nidification  of  a  species  of  hum- 
ming-bird, by  the  late  Captain  Lyon,  R.N. :  the 
nest,  it  appears,  was  not  completed  till  after  the 
young  were  hatched.  (Figs.  1667  and  1668.) 
Writing  from  Gongo  Soco,  Brazil,  March  17th,  1829, 
he  says  : — "  I  am  too  closely  confined  here,  and  too 
constantly  occupied,  to  attend  much  to  natural 
history  or  anything  except  the  mines,  but  it  may 
interest  you  to  have  an  account  of  some  young 
humming-birds  whose  hatching  and  education  I 
studiously  attended,  as  the  nest  was  made  in  a  little 
orange-bush  by  the  side  of  a  frequented  walk  in  my 
garden.  It  was  composed  of  the  silky  down  of  a 
plant,  and  covered  with  small  flat  pieces  of  yellow 
lichen.  The  first  egg  was  laid  January  26tn,  the 
second  on  the  28th,  and  two  little  creatures  like 
bees  made  their  appearance  on  the  morning  of 
February  14th.  As  the  young  increased  in  size,  the 
mother  Duilt  her  nest  higher,  so  that,  from  having 
at  first  the  form  of  Fig.  1667,  it  became  ultimately 
like  Fig.  1668. 

"The  old  bird  sat  very  close  during  a  continuance 
of  the  heavy  rain  for  several  days  and  nights.  The 
young  remained  blind  until  February  28th,  and  flew 
on  the  morning  of  March  7th,  without  previous 
practice,  as  strong  and  swiftly  as  the  mother,  taking 
their  first  dart  from  the  nest  to  a  tree  about  twenty 
yards  distant." 

It  must  not  be  supposed  that  this  plan  of  adding 
to  the  structure  after  the  hatching  of  the  eggs  is 
the  ordinary  plan.  In  this  instance  perhaps  the 
bird  had  been  driven  from  a  nest  previously  made, 
aud  had  not  time  to  finish  the  new  one  before  de- 
positing the  eggs,  and  was  thus  subsequently  com- 
pelled to  add  to  it. 

In  some  districts,  undoubtedly,  the  humming- 
birds are  migratory,  such  as  the  northern  or  ruby- 


throated  species.     Mr.   Darwin   ('  Journal '),   after 
adverting  to  two  species  common  in  Chile,  and  a 
'   third  found  on  the  Cordilleras  at  an  elevation  of 
about  ten  thousand  feet,  proceeds  to  observe  :  "  In 
Central  Chile  these  birds  are  migratory;  they  make 
their  appearance  there  in  autumn,  ana  in  the  latter 
end  of  the  month   corresponding  to  our  October 
j  they  are  very  common.     In  the  spring  they  begin 
to  disappear,  and  on  the  12th  of  what  would  cor- 
respond to  our  March  I  saw  only  one  individual. 
I  As  this  species  migrates  to  the  southward,  it  is 
I  replaced  by  the  arrival  of  a  larger  kind  (the  Tro- 
,  chilus   gigas).     I   do  not   believe  the  small   kinds 
1  breed  in  Chile,  for  during  the  summer  their  nests 
'  were  common  to  the  south  of  that  country.    The 
migration  of  the  humming-birds,  both  on  the  east 
and  west  coast  of  North  America,  corresponds  to 
';  what  takes  place   in   this  southern  continent.     In 
j  both  cases  they  move  towards  the  tropic  during  the 
!  colder  parts  of  the  year,   and   retreat  before  the 
returning  heat.     Some,  however,  remain  during  the 
i  whole  year  in  Tierra  del  Fuego ;  and  in  Northern 
,   California  (which  in  the  northern  hemisphere  has 
''  the  same  relative  position  which  Tierra  del  Fuego 
has  in  the  southern)   some,   according  to  Captain 
Beechey,  likewise  remain."     (p.  331.) 

1669,  1670.— Thk  Ruby-throatkd  Humming-Bird 

(Trochilus  Colubris).  Audubon  describes  and 
figures  four  species  of  humming-birds  as  North  Ame- 
rican, viz.  the  T.  Colubris,  the  T.  Anna,  the  Lam- 
prornis  Mango,  and  the-  Calliphlox  rufa  (T.  rufus, 
Gmel.) :  but  it  must  be  observed  that  upwards  of 
two  hundred  species  are  known ;  in  the  cabinet  of 
Mr.  G.  Loddiges,  of  Hackney,  there  are  one  hundred 
and  ninety-six  species,  if  not  more — a  gorgeous  dis- 
play of  dazzling  brilliants. 

'The  Ruby-throated  Humming-bird  usually  arrive* 
in  Pennsylvania  about  the  25th  of  April,  but  in 
Louisiana  it  has  been  observed  as  early  as  the  10th 
of  March.  It  has  all  the  manners  of  its  race ;  it 
hovers  around  the  blossoms  of  trees  and  shrubs, 
giving  preference  to  tubular  flowers,  not  so  much 
for  the  sake  perhaps  of  the  honey,  as  of  the  insects 
which  crowd  the  nectary  to  feed  upon  its  sweets. 
That  insects,  and  those  too  of  the  coleopterous 
order,  constitute  a  great  portion  of  the  food  of  this 
species,  has  been  proved  by  dissection.  "  I  have 
seen,"  says  Wilson,  "the  humming-bird,  for  half 
an  hour  at  a  time,  darting  at  those  little  groups  of 
insects  that  dance  in  the  air  on  a  fine  summer  even- 
ing, retiring  to  an  adjoining  twig  to  rest,  and  re- 
newing the  attack  with  a  dexterity  that  sets  all  our 
other  flycatchers  at  defiance.  I  have  opened  from 
time  to  time  great  numbers  of  these  birds,  have  ex- 
amined the  contents  of  the  stomach  with  suitable 
glasses,  and  in  three  cases  out  of  four  have  found 
these  to  consist  of  broken  fragments  of  insects.  In 
many  subjects,  entire  insects  of  the  coleopterous 
;   order,  but  very  small,  were  found  unbroken." 

The  general  colour  of  the  upper  parts  of  this  spe- 
cies, including  the  two  central  tail-feathers,  is  green 
with  gold  reflexions.  The  whole  of  the  throat  and 
fore  part  of  the  neck  is  of  a  deep  fiery  ruby  tint  in 
some  lights;  in  others,  of  a  burnished  crimson  or 
orange  glow ;  in  others,  velvet-black :  under  parts 
greyish  white  mixed  with  green.  Quills  and  tail 
purplish  brown.  The  female  is  destitute  of  the  ruby 
throat,  which  is  white,  as  are  the  under  parts  ge- 
nerally. Length  three  inches  and  a  half.  Fig.  l&O 
represents  the  Female  and  Nest. 

1671. — ^Thk  Double-crested  Humming-Bibo 

{Ornismya  Chrysolopha,  Lesson).  Trochilus  bi- 
lophus,  Temm.  This  is  a  most  gorgeous  species- 
Two  flattened  fan-shaped  crests,  each  composed  of 
six  small  feathers,  part  from  the  forehead  on  a  level 
with  the  eyes.  The  brilliancy  of  these  crests  sur- 
passes description,  glistening  as  they  do  with  the 
hues  of  polished  gold  and  red  copper,  changing 
into  the  gemmy  tints  of  the  ruby  and  emerald,  now 
fire-coloured,  anon  the  purest  green,  and  presently 
the  brightest  yellow.  "The  scaly  feathers  of  the 
forehead  between  the  two  crests  sparkle  with 
metallic  uniform  green,  changing  to  steel  or 
sapphire  blue.  A  carnail  of  dark  changeable 
violet  extends  from  the  throat  behind  the  eyes,  and 
descends  along  the  sides  of  the  neck  to  terminate 
in  a  point  of  long  feathers  before  the  breast.  This 
uncertain  violet,  graduating  into  a  non-metallic  blue, 
with  its  velvety  very  dark  tint,  is  sharply  defined 
on  the  milk-white  of  the  breast,  which  extends  to 
the  lower  part  of  the  neck,  so  as  to  form  a  rather 
large  white  collar.  The  lower  part  of  the  belly  is 
white ;  but  the  middle  of  the  abdomen  and  the 
flanks  are,  like  the  back,  golden  green,  with  which 
is  mingled  a  little  of  the  greyish  colour  of  the  base 
of  the  feathers.  Back  and  sides  of  the  head  behind, 
back,  and  feathers  of  the  rump,  metallic  golden 
green.  Quills  brown ;  tail  long,  narrow,  and  much 
graduated.  Length  four  inches  and  a  half,  includ- 
ing the  long  tail  and  bill. 


I 


Sun-Birds.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


379 


1672. — The  Cora.  Humming-Bird 

COmismya  Cora,  Less.)  This  species  is  a  native  of 
Peru,  and  especially  the  plains  of  Lima.  The  bill 
is  slender,  the  tarsi  feeble  and  short,  the  tail 
graduated  with  the  two  middle  feathers  greatly 
prolonsjed ;  the  wings  are  purpled  brown :  the 
general  plumage  above  bright  golden  green;  the 
throat  and  front  of  the  neck  sparkle  with  the  violet 
tint  of  the  amethyst,  and  a  white  gorget  marks  the 
limits  of  the  scaly  feathers  ;  flanks  and  under  parts 
golden  green  ;  lateral  tail-feathers  brown  with  white 
borders ;  two  central  white  with  black  tips.  Total 
length  nearly  six  inches,  of  which  the  tail  measures 
three  inches  and  a  half. 

1673. — The  Sickle-winged  Humming-Bird 
(Campt/loptems  fakatus).     This  species  is  a  native 
of  the  Spanish  Main.     Its  colours  are  dazzling  :  the 

Erevailing  tint  is  refulgent  green;  the  throat  and 
reast  shining  blue;  the  tail  rufous  cinnamon.  The 
outer  quills  of  the  wings  are  singularly  curved,  and- 
have  strong  dilated  shafts,  giving  additional  powers 
to  the  wing,  which  is  of  a  sabre-shape  and  admirably 
adapted  for  rapid  flight. 

1674. — The  Bar-tailed  Humming-Bird 

(Omismya  Sappho,  Lesson).  Trochilus  sparganurus, 
Shaw ;  T.  chrysochloris,  Vieill.  This  brilliant  species, 
a  native  of  Eastern  Peru,  is  at  once  to  be  distin- 
guished by  the  shape  of  its  tail,  which  is  forked  to 
the  base,  and  thus  consists  of  two  diverging  portions, 
each  containing  five  feathers,  graduating  in  length 
one  beyond  another.  Their  colour  is  of  the  richest 
flame  or  bright  orange  red,  with  a  dazzling  metallic 
lustre,  and  a  broad  mark  of  black  at  the  tip.  The 
•upper  surface  is  fine  golden  green  ;  the  rump  dull 
red  ;  the  under  surface" bright  emerald-green. 

1675. — Gould's  Humming-Bird 
{Omismya  Gmddli,  Lesson).  The  native  district 
of  this  splendid  species  is  unknown.  The  forehead, 
throat,  and  upper  part  of  the  breast  are  of  the  most 
brilliant  green,  the  feathers  being  of  a  scaly  form. 
From  the  crown  springs  a  pyramidal  crest  of  bright 
chestnut  colour,  and  capable  of  being  raised  up  or 
depressed  at  pleasure.  The  back  and  upper  parts 
are  golden  green,  crossed  upon  the  rump  with  a 
whitish  band.  The  wings  and  tail  are  brownish 
purple,  the  latter  having  the  centre  feathers  tinged 
with  green.  The  sides  of  the  neck  are  adorned  with 
tufts,  producing  a  chaste  but  brilliant  effect;  these 
tufts  consist  of  narrow  feathers,  arranged  so  as  to 
form  a  fan,  which  are  of  snowy  whiteness,  each  hav- 
ing at  its  tip  a  spot  of  bright  emerald-green  sur- 
rounded by  a  darker  border. 

1676. — ^The  Recurved-bill  Humming  Bird 
{Trochilus  recurvirostris).  In  this  species,  which 
appears  to  be  a  native  of  Peru,  the  bill  is  singularly 
turned  up  at  the  point,  in  order,  it  has  been  sug- 
gested, to  enable  the  bird  to  reach  the  nectaries  of 
the  Bigoniae,  whose  corolla  are  long  and  generally 
bent  in  the  tube.  The  general  colour  is  golden 
green  ;  the  throat  shining  emerald-green  ;  middle  of 
the  breast  and  of  the  under  surface  black  ;  lateral 
tail-feathers  beneath  topaz. 

Many  instances  are  on  record  of  humming-birds 
being  kept  in  confinement  in  their  native  country. 
Mr.  Bullock,  when  in  Mexico,  had  nearly  seventy  in 
cages,  and  declares  that  could  he  have  devoted  his 
attention  to  them,  he  had  no  doubt  of  the  possibility 
of  bringing  them  alive  to  Europe  :  nor  do  we  question 
it  for  a  moment.  In  proof,  indeed,  of  the  possibility, 
we  may  observe,  that  a  gentleman,  a  few  days  before 
he  sailed  from  Jamaica,  having  found  a  female  Mango 
humming-bird  sitting  on  her  nest  and  eggs,  cut  off 
the  twig  and  brought  the  whole  on  board.  The  bird 
became  so  tame  as  to  suff'er  herself  to  be  fed  on 
honey  and  water  during  the  passage,  and  hatched 
two  young  ones.  The  mother  did  not  long  survive, 
but  the  young  were  brought  to  England,  and  con- 
tinued some  time  in  the  possession  of  Lady  Ham- 
mond, from  whose  lips  they  took  honey  ;  and  though 
one  did  not  live  long,  the  other  survived  for  at  least 
two  months  from  the  time  of  their  arrival. 

Family  CINNYRID^  (SUN-BIRDS). 

Fio.  1677  represents  the  forms  observable  in  the 
bills  of  the  birds  of  the  present  family,  and  also  of 
the  Honeysuckers  (Nectariniadae,  vigors),  which 
Mr.  Swainson  considers  as  forming  one  of  the  groups 
of  the  CinnyridsB.  a,  bill  of  Melithreptes  ;  b,  bill  of 
Cinnyris;  c,  bill  of  Anthreptes;  d,  Nectarinia;  e, 
Dicseiim. 

The  Sun  birds  are  exclusively  natives  of  the  warm 
cliiiiiites  of  the  Old  World,  viz.  India  and  Africa, 
anil  ajiproach  the  humming-birds  in  manners,  as  they 
almost  rival  them  in  brilliancy  of  plumage.  Unlike 
the  creepers,  which  travel  mouse-like  along  the 
branches,  or  the  honeysuckers  (Nectariniadae), 
which  flit  from  twig  to  twig  and  flower  to  flower, 
resting  while  they  explore  the  nectary  with  their 


beak,  these  glossy  birds  usually  hover  on  quivering 
wings,  poised  in  the  air,  while  they  bury  their  long 
slender  bills  in  the  corolla.  Their  plumage  glitters 
with  metallic  effulgence,  but  the  colours  are  not 
changeable  in  varied  lights  like  the  burning  hues 
of  the  humming-birds ;  the  feathers  are  not  in  fact 
scale-like,  or  of  that  texture  producing  innumerable 
facets,  each  facet  reflecting  the  rays  of  light  at  ever- 
changing  angles :  they  are  simply  burnished.* 

Insects  of  various  kinds  constitute  the  diet  of  the 
sun-birds,  together  with  honey  :  their  bill  is  more 
or  less  curved ;  the  tongue  is  long,  retractile, 
pencilled,  or  simply  forked  at  the  tip. 

The  sun-birds  are  animated,  rapid,  and  graceful 
in  their  movements;  their  disposition  is  lively,  and 
their  song  agreeable.  For  an  account  of  several 
species  recently  introduced  to  science,  see  Colonel 
Sykes's  '  Catalogue  of  the  Birds  of  Dukhun '  ('  Zool. 
Proceeds.'  1832,  pp.  98, 99).  It  will  be  observed  that 
insects  of  various  kinds  were  mostly  found  in  the 
stomachs  of  those  examined,  and  that  it  is  stated 
"  they  hover  before  flowers  and  suck  honey  on  the 
wing." 

1678. — ^The  Collared  Sun-Bird 
(Cinnyris  chalybeia).  Lesser  Collared  Creeper  of 
Swainson.  In  the  restricted  genus  Cinnyris  the 
bill  is  long  and  slender,  and  the  margins  are  minutely 
denticulated;  the  tongue  retractile  and  simply 
forked ;  the  third  quill-feather  the  longest. 

The  Collared  Sun-bird  (Soui-manga  a  Collier  of 
Vieillot)  is  a  native  of  Africa.  Its  general  colour  is 
golden  green,  with  brownish  wings  and  tail ,  and  a  nar- 
row red  band  across  the  breast,  bordered  above  by 
another  of  steel-blue  ;  upper  tail-coverts  blue. 

1679. — The  Javanese  Sun-Bird 
{Anthreptes  Javanica).  Nectarinia  Javanica,  Hors- 
tield.  The  genus  Anthreptes  is  characterized  by 
Mr.  Swainson  as  having  the  bill  moderate,  rather 
strong,  slightly  curved ;  wings,  feet,  and  tail  as  in 
Cinnyris. 

The  Javanese  Sun-Bird  is  of  a  glossy  metallic 
purple  above  ;  olive-yellow  beneath ;  the  scapulars, 
the  rump,  and  a  broad  stripe  curving  from  the  base 
of  the  beak  to  the  breast  glossy  violet ;  throat  chest- 
nut ;  tail  black.     Native  country,  Java. 

Family  NECTARINIAD^  (HONEYSUCKERS). 

The  NectariniadsE  of  Vigors  are  peculiar  to  South 
America,  where,  amidst  the  most  luxuriant  foliage 
and  the  wildest  profusion  of  flowers,  they  flit  and  hop 
from  twig  to  twig,  from  blossom  to  blossom,  in  quest 
of  small  insects  and  honey,  probing  the  nectaries 
with  their  bill.  The  bill  and  feet  are  stronger  than 
in  the  sun-birds,  and  the  powers  of  wing  more 
limited.    Their  plumage  is  brilliant. 

1C80. — The  Blue-Headbd  Honeysucker 
(Nectarinia  cyanocephala').  Cayenne  Warbler, 
Blue-headed  Warbler,  and  Blue-headed  Creeper, 
Latham  ;  Le  Petit  Verd,  Brisson.  The  male  of  this 
species  is  of  a  changeable  blue  ;  the  throat,  back, 
tail,  and  wings  black  ;  the  quills  edged  with  blue. 
The  female  is  green,  with  the  head,  cheeks,  and 
scapulars  bluish ;  and  the  throat  grey. 

Mr.  Swainson,  who  observed  this  bird  in  its  native 
country,  after  stating  that  its  habits  are  precisely 
those  of  the  other  Nectariniadae,  says,  "It  is  one  of  the 
commonest  birds  of  Brazil,  and  appears  spread  over 
the  whole  extent  of  that  country.  It  frequents  the 
same  trees  as  the  humming-birds,  hopping  from 
flower  to  flower,  and  extracting  the  nectar  from 
each  ;  but  this  is  not  done  on  the  wing,  because  its 
formation  is  obviously  different  from  the  humming- 
birds, which,  on  the  contrary,  poise  themselves  in  the 
air  during  feeding."  The  young  males  have  the 
colours  of  the  females.  The  upper  figure  is  that  of 
a  female  ;  the  lower,  that  of  a  male. 

Family  MELIPHAGIDyE  (HONEYEATERS). 

In  this  family  we  also  find  the  suctorial  structure  of 
the  tongue,  but  the  bill  and  legs  are  stronger  than 
those  even  of  the  Nectariniadae.  The  hind-toe  is  par- 
ticularly large,  and  furnished  with  a  powerful  claw  ; 
and  the  tarsi  are  robust.  The  species  are  natives  of 
Australia  and  various  islands  adjacent.  Though 
the  tongue  is  suctorial  and  tipped  with  a  pencil  of 
delicate  filaments,  it  is  not  nearly  so  extensible  as 

*  ah  the  scaly  feathers,  in  fact,  observes  Lesson,  which  simulate 
velvet,  the  emerald,  or  the  ruby,  and  which  one  sees  on  the  head  ami 
the  throat  ot  the  Epimachi,  the  Faradise-birds,  and  the  Hummintj- 
birds,  resemble  each  other  in  the  uniformity  of  their  structure  ;  are  all 
composed  of  cylindrical  barbies,  bordered  with  other  analogous  regular 
Ijarbles.  wtiicti  in  their  tuin  support  other  small  ones,  and  all  of  them 
are  hollowed  in  the  centre  with  a  deep  furrow,  so  that  when  the  lijjht, 
as  Audebert  first  remarked,  f^lides  in  a  vertical  direction  over  the 
scaly  leathers,  the  result  i^,  that  all  the  luminous  ra\s  are  absorbed  in 
traversing  them,  and  the  perception  of  black  is  produced.  But  it  is  no 
longer  the  same  when  the  li^ht  is  rellected  from  these  feathers  (each  of 
which  performs  the  office  of  a  reflector) :  then  it  is  that  the  aspect  of 
the  emerald,  the  ruby,  &c. ,  varying  with  the  utmost  diversity  under 
the  incidences  of  the  rays  wjiich  strike  them,  is  given  out  by  the  mole- 
cular arrnngemeat  of  the  barbies.  As  an  examole  of  the  diversity  of 
tints  which  spring  from  such  scaly  f^-athers,  M.  Lesson  cites  the  eme- 
rald "  crMv.at  'of  many  species,  which  takes  all  the  hues  of  green,  and 
then  the  brightest  and  most  uniformly  golden  tints,  down  to  intense 
velvet  black  ;  or  that  of  ruby,  which  darts  forth  pencils  of  light,  or 
passes  from  reddish  orange  to  a  crimsoned  red  black. 


in  the  humming-birds,  nor,  according  to  Mr.  Swain- 
son, do  the  branches  of  the  os  hyoides  wind  round 
the  skull.  Insects  and  the  honey  of  flowers  consti- 
tute the  food  of  these  birds,  to  which  some  species 
add  fruits  or  berries. 

Lewin,  who  drew  and  described  these  birds  in  their 
native  region,  has  figured  the  tongue  of  the  warty- 
faced  honeysucker  (Meliphaga  Phrygia)  ('Birds  of 
New  Holland,'  pi.  4),  and  describes  the  bird  as  some- 
times to  be  seen  "in  great  numbers,  constantly  fly- 
ing from  tree  to  tree  (particularly  the  blue  gum), 
feeding  among  the  blossoms  by  extracing  the  honey 
with  their  long  tongues  from  every  flower  as  they 
passed."  The  same  observer,  speaking  of  the  blue- 
faced  honeysucker,  describes  it  as  being  "  fond  of 
picking  transverse  holes  in  the  bark,  between  which 
and  the  wood  it  inserts  its  long  tongue  in  search  of 
small  insects,  which  it.  draws  out  with  great  dex- 
terity. 

According  to  Lewin,  the  yellow-eared  honey- 
sucker in  the  winter  season  feeds  on  the  sweet 
berries  of  the  white  cedar. 

1681. — The  New  Holland  Honeysucker 
(Meliphaga  Novm  Hollandiee).  As  its  name  im- 
plies, this  bird  is  a  native  of  New  Holland,  and,  as 
Mr.  Caley  states,  is  "  most  frequently  met  with  in 
the  trees  growing  in  scrubs,  where  the  different 
species  of  Banksia  are  found,  the  flowers  of  which, 
I  have  reason  to  think,  afford  it  a  sustenance  during 
winter.  In  the  summer  I  have  shot  it  when  sucking 
the  flowers  of  Leptospermum  flavescens.  In  the 
scrubs  about  Paramatta  it  is  very  common.'' 

1682.— The  Poe'  Bird 

(Prosthemadera  Novce  Seelandice),  This  splendid 
bird,  which  equals  a  pigeon  in  size,  is  a  native  of 
the  woods  of  New  Zealand,  which  resound  with  its 
■  tuneful  notes  :  it  is  stated  not  only  to  be  a  delight- 
ful songster,  but  to  be  capable  of  imitating  the 
voices  of  other  birds.  It  is  remarkable  for  two 
plumes  of  snowy  white,  hanging  one  on  each  side  of  . 
the  throat.  In  the  Wattled  Honeyeater  of  Van 
Diemen's  Land  (Anthochaera  corunculata)  two 
fleshy  wattles  hang  in  the  same  manner ;  and  in  the 
Meliphaga  pencillata,  Gould,  a  native  of  New  South 
Wales,  a  small  white  tuft  passes  behind  the  eai 
coverts.  In  the  genus  Tropidorhynchus,  one  of  this 
family,  we  find  the  head  more  or  less  denuded  of 
feathers:  and  in  one  species, the  Knob-fronted  Honey- 
eater  (T.  corniculatus),  there  is  a  fleshy  excrescence 
rising  up  at  the  base  of  the  upper  mandible. 

The  plumage  of  the  Poe-bird  may  be  thus 
described  : — Head,  neck,  chest,  and  greater  wing- 
coverts,  and  outer  edges  of  the  secondaries,  dark 
metallic  green,  with  bronzed  reflexions :  the  feathers 
of  the  back  of  the  neck  are  long  and  pointed,  and  have 
a  narrow  white  line  down  the  centre  of  each.  From 
the  angle  of  each  lower  jaw  depends  a  curled  tuft  of 
soft  white  feathers,  spreading  at  their  apex,  narrow 
at  their  base  ;  back  glossy  bronzed  brown,  a  patch 
of  pure  white  on  the  shoulders ;  rump  glossy  steel- 
blue  ;  tail  brown,  glossed  above  with  steel-blue ; 
quills  brown,  more  or  less  glossed  on  their  edges 
with  blue ;  under  parts  blackish  brown,  with  a  wash 
of  rufous.    Total  length  upwards  of  twelve  inches. 

I       Family  PROMEROPID^  (PROMEROPES). 

The  Promeropidae  (from  which  we  have  excluded 
the  hoopoes)  are  birds  of  extremely  brilliant  plumage, 
with  long  slender  bills  capable  of  penetrating  into  the 
nectary  of  flowers.  Cuvier  says  the  tongue  is  ex- 
tensible, and  bifid  at  the  tip,  enabling  them  to  live 
on  the  honey  of  flowers,  like  the  sun-birds  and  hum- 
ming-birds ;  but  no  doubt  insects,  and  perhaps  soft 
fruits,  constitute  the  greater  portion  of  their  diet. 
The  tail  is  extremely  long ;  the  legs  small ;  the 
general  contour  slender. 

1683. — The  Red-billed  Promerops 

(Promerops  erythrorynchus).  Le  Promerops  mo- 
queur  of  the  French.  This  brilliant  bird  is  a  native 
of  the  interior  of  Southern  Africa,  where  it  lives  in 
troops,  which  make  when  disturbed  a  loud  chatter- 
ing. The  whole  of  the  plumage  is  varied  with  me- 
tallic blue  and  green;  the  bill  is  coral-red.  The 
tail  is  greatly  prolonged,  and  the  feathers  are  gra- 
duated. 

1684. — The  Superb  Epimachus 

(Epimachus  maijmis).  In  the  genus  Epimachus 
•he  bill  closely  resembles  that  of  Promerops,  but  the 
nostrils  are  partially  hidden  by  velvety  feathers  as  in 
the  Birds  of  Paradise  ;  the  plumage  of  the  Epima- 
chi glows  with  the  same  effulgence  as  in  the  latter, 
andlhey  are  natives  of  the  same  regions.  In  the 
males  the  feathers  of  the  sides  are  more  or  less  pro- 
longed and  enlarged. 

"  There  does  not  perhaps  exist,"  says  Sonnerat,  "  a 
more  extraordinary  bird  than  the  grand  Promerops  of 
New  Guinea.  It  is  four  feet  in  length  from  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  bill  to  that  the  tail.  Its  body  is  deli- 
cate, slender,  and,  although  it  is  of  an  elongated  form, 

3C2 


mx— GonUTi  Hamming-bitil. 


16M.— FoeBud. 


1617.— BU>  of  Snn-Urda. 


167« -lEeeuireiUll  Uuminiiig-bltd. 


1 679. — Javanese  San-biid. 


Hdbiul  Huaenaebn. 


isrs.— CoUawd  San-bird. 


I«n.— ked-billad  Piomorop*. 


t68a— Blue.beadad  Hnneynicken. 


1684.— Saperb  Epimaebni. 


S80 


VIM.— Oold-Crestj. 


:C85.— Common  Wood-Swallow. 


281 


382 


ftppean  »hort  and  excessively  small  in  comparison 
with  the  tail.  Toadd  to  the  sinciularifyofthis  bird  na- 
ture has  placed  above  and  below  its  winps  feathers  of 
an  extraordinary  form,  and  such  as  one  does  not  see 
in  other  birds :  she  seems,  moreover,  to  have  pleased 
hereelf  in  painting  this  being,  already  so  singular, 
with  her  most  brilliant  colours.  The  head,  the  neck, 
and  the  belly  are  plittering  green;  the  feathers 
which  cover  these  parts  have  the  lustre  and  softness 
of  velvet  to  the  eye  and  to  the  touch  ;  the  back  is 
changeable  violet ;  the  wings  are  of  the  same  colour, 
and  appear,  according  to  the  lights  in  which  they 
are  held,  blue,  violet,  or  deep  black,  always,  how- 
ever, imitating  velvet.  The  tail  is  comiiosed  of 
twelve  feathers ;  the  two  middle  are  the  longest,  and 
the  lateral  ones  gradually  diminish:  it  is  violet 
or  changeable  blue  above,  and  black  beneath. 
The  feathers  which  compose  it  are  as  wide  in  I 
proportion  as  they  are  long,  and  shine  both  above 
and  below  with  the  brilliancy  of  polished  metal. 
Above  the  wings,  the  scapulars  are  very  long  and 
singularly  formed;  their  barbs  are  very  short  on 
one  side  and  very  long  on  the  other.  These  feathers 
are  of  the  colour  of  polished  steel,  changing  into 
blue,  terminated  by  a  large  spot  of  brilliant  green, 
and  forming  a  species  of  tuft  or  appendage  at  the 
origin  of  the  wings.  Below  the  wings  spring  long 
curved  feathers  directed  upwards :  these  are  black 
on  the  inside,  and  brilliant  green  on  the  outside. 
The  bill  and  feet  are  black."  ('  Voy.  ^  la  Nouvelle 
Guinfie.')  Lesson  states  that  he  procured  several 
individuals  of  this  gorgeous  species  on  the  coasts  of 
New  Guinea,  where  it  appears  to  be  common.  We 
are  not  aware  that  the  structure  of  the  tongue  is 
known,  and  its  present  situation  is  provisional. 

We  shall  here  pass  from  the  Tenuirostral  families, 
and  revert  to  some  forms  in  other  sections  of  the 
Insessorial  order,  which  we  have  as  yet  omitted  to 
notice  ;  and  first  we  invite  attention  to  a  group  or 
genus  of  the  Fissirostral  tribe,  termed  by  Vieillot, 
Artamus  {Upra^s,  butcher),  and  by  Cuvier,  more 
appropriately,  Ocyplerus  (swift-wing).  The  former 
name,  however,  has  the  right  of  priority.  These 
birds,  says  Cuvier,  have  the  beak  conical,  rounded, 
without  a  ridge,  and  very  slightly  arched  at  the  tip, 
which  is  sharp  ;  the  upper  mandible  presents  merely 
the  -trace  of  a  notch  on  each  side ;  the  tarsi  are 
short ;  the  wings  even  pass  beyond  the  tail,  and 
they  have  the  same  rapidity  of  flight  as  the 
swallows,  but  to  it  they  add  "the  courage  of  the 
shrikes,  and  fear  not  even  to  attack  the  raven. 
They  are  natives  of  Australia,  India,  and  the  isles  of 
the  Indian  Seas.  They  are  continually  on  the  wing 
in  chase  of  insects. 

The  French  terras  given  by  Cuvier  are  "  Les 
Langrayens,  ou  Pies-grieches-Hirondelles."  Mr. 
Swainson  calls  them  Swift-Shrikes.  By  the  colonists 
of  Australia  they  are  designated  wood-swallows. 
Cuvier  and  most  naturalists  have  placed  these  birds 
with  the  shrikes;  but  we  think  that  Mr.  Gould's 
observations  on  their  habits  will  corroborate  our 
opinion  respecting  their  situation  among  the  Fissi- 
rostres ;  indeed  Sonnerat's  account  of  the  Indian 
wood-swallow  (Artamus  leucorhynchos,  Pie-grieche- 
Dominiquaine  des  Philippines)  is  a  sufficient  testi- 
mony. He  states  that  this  bird  flies  with  rapidity, 
poising  itself  in  the  air  like  the  swallows,  and  is, 
moreover,  an  inveterate  enemy  to  the  crow,  which, 
in  spite  of  the  superiority  of  size  possessed  by  that 
antagonist,  it  not  only  dares  to  oppose,  but  to  pro- 
voke. 

Of  the  Australian  species  Mr.  Gould  has  described 
and  figured  six  in  his  splendid  work  on  the  birds  of 
that  portion  of  the  globe. 

1685. — ^Thb  Commos  Wood-Swailow 

(Artamus  sordidus).  The  Sordid  Thrush,  Turdus 
sordidus,  Latham  ;  Ocypterusalbovittatus  of  Cuvier;  i 
Artamus  lineatus,  Vieillot ;  Artamus  albovittatus,  ' 
Vigors  and  Horsfield ;  Leptopteryx  albovittata, 
Wagler ;  Be-wo-wen  of  the  aborigines  of  the  low- 
land and  mountain  districts  of  Western  Australia; 
and  Worle  of  the  aborigines  of  King  George's 
Sound.  According  to  Mr.  Gould,  whose  history  of 
these  birds  we  follow,  the  present  species  has  an 
extensive  range  from  east  to  west  on  the  continent 
of  Australia,  and  is  spread  over  the  southern  por- 
tion, being  also  found  in  Van  Diemen's  Land.  Its 
northern  range  is  not  accurately  known,  but  no 
specimens  have  been  received  from  the  north  coast. 
In  Van  Diemen's  Land  it  is  as  migratory  as  our 
swallows  in  England,  arriving  in  October,  the  begin- 
ning of  the  Australian  summer,  and  after  rearing 
two  broods  departing  northwards,  that  is,  towards 
warmer  latitudes.  Oh  the  continent  of  Australia  it 
is  only  partially  migratory,  for  though  the  great 
body  leave  their  summer  haunts,  still  m  favourable 
districts  where  insect  food  is  abundant  some  remain 
stationary  throughout  the  year.  The  birds  bred  in 
Van  Diemen's  land,  according  to  Mr.  Gould,  are 
larger  than  those  either  of  the  Swan  River  district, 
.  of  South  Australia,  or  of  New  South  Wales ;  and 
this  difference  he  attributes  to  a  superab'indance  of 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


food  in  that  humid  island.  May  not  the  species  be 
distinct  ? 

In  the  situation  of  its  nest  this  bird  is  not  bound 
by  any  definite  rule,  varying  the  site  accordingly  to 
circumstances.  Mr.  Gould  saw  one  in  a  thickly- 
leaved  bough  near  the  ground,  some  in  naked  forks, 
others  on  the  side  of  the  bole  of  a  tree,  in  niches 
formed  by  a  portion  of  the  bark  being  separated 
from  the  trunk.  The  nest  (Fig.  1686)  is  rather 
shallow,  of  a  rounded  form,  composed  of  fine  twigs 
neatly  lined  with  fibrous  roots.  The  eggs,  which 
are  generally  four  in  number,  difi'er  in  the  disposi- 
tion of  their  markings.  The  ground-colour  is  dull 
white,  spotted  and  dashed  with  dark  umber  brown ; 
in  some  a  second  series  of  greyish  spots  were  ob- 
served, as  if  on  the  inner  surface,  and  showing 
themselves  through  the  shell.  The  nests  of  the 
Van  Diemen's  Land  variety  were  found  to  be  larger, 
more  compact,  and  more  neatly  formed  than  those 
on  the  continent  of  Australia. 

Mr.  Gould  thus  details  the  remarkable  habits  of 
these  birds,  in  the  work  to  which  we  have  already 
alluded : — 

"  This  wood-swallow,  besides  being  the  com- 
monest species  of  the  genus,  must,  I  think,  be  ren- 
dered a  general  favourite  with  the  Australians,  not 
only  from  its  singular  and  pleasing  actions,  but  by 
its  often  taking  up  its  abode  and  incubating  near 
the  houses,  particularly  such  as  are  surrounded  by 
paddocks  and  open  pasture-lands  skirted  by  large 
trees.  It  was  in  such  situations  as  these  in  Van 
Diemen's  Land,  at  the  commencement  of  spring, 
that  I  first  had  an  opportunity  of  observing  this 
species  ;  it  was  then  very  numerous  on  all  the 
cleared  estates  on  the  north  side  of  the  Derwent, 
about  eight  or  ten  being  seen  on  a  single  tree,  and 
half  as  many  crowding  one  against  another  on  the 
same  dead  branch,  but  never  in  such  numbers  as  to 
deserve  the  appellation  of  flocks :  each  bird  ap- 
peared to  act  independently  of  the  other ;  each,  as 
the  desire  for  food  prompted  it,  sallying  forth  from 
the  branch  to  capture  a  passing  insect,  or  to  soar 
round  the  tree  and  return  again  to  the  same  spot ; 
on  alighting,  it  repeatedly  throws  up  and  closes  one 
wing  at  a  time,  and  spreads  the  tail  obliquely  prior 
to  settling.  At  other  times  a  few  were  seen  perched 
on  the  fence  surrounding  the  paddock,  on  which 
they  frequently  descended,  like  starlings,  in  search 
of  coleoptera  and  other  insects.  It  is  not,  however, 
in  this  state  of  comparative  quiescence  that  this 
graceful  bird  is  seen  to  the  best  advantage  ;  neither 
is  it  that  kind  of  existence  for  which  its  form  is  es- 
pecially adapted  ;  for  although  its  structure  is  more 
equally  suited  for  terrestrial,  arboreal,  and  aerial 
habits  than  that  of  any  other  species  I  have  ex- 
amined, the  form  of  its  wing  at  once  points  out  the 
air  as  its  peculiar  province  ;  hence  it  is  that,  when 
engaged  in  pursuit  of  the  insects  which  the  serene 
and  warm  weather  has  enticed  from  their  lurking- 
places  among  the  foliage  to  sport  in  higher  regions, 
this  beautiful  species  in  these  aerial  flights  displays 
its  greatest  beauty,  while  soaring  above  in  a  variety 
of  easy  positions,  with  its  white-tipped  tail  widely 
spread.  Another  very  extraordinary  and  singular 
habit  of  this  bird  is  that  of  clustering  like  bees  on 
the  dead  branch  of  a  tree  :  this  feature  was  not  seen 
by  me,  but  by  my  assistant,  Mr.  Gilbert,  during  his 
residence  at  Swan  River;  and  I  have  here  given 
his  account  in  his  own  words  : — '  The  greatest 
peculiarity  in  the  habits  of  this  bird  is  its  manner 
of  suspending  itself  in  perfect  clusters,  like  a  swarm 
of  bees ;  a  few  birds  suspending  themselves  on  the 
under  side  of  a  dead  branch,  while' others  of  the 
flock  attach  themselves  one  to  the  other,  in  such 
numbers  that  they  have  been  observed  nearly  of  the 
size  of  a  bushel  measure.'  It  was  veiy  numerous  in 
the  town  of  Perth  until  about  the  middle  of  April, 
when  I  missed  it  suddenly,  nor  did  I  observe  it 
again  until  near  the  end  of  May,  when  I  saw  it  in 
countless  numbers  flying,  in  company  with  the 
common  swallows  and  partins,  over  a  lake  about 
ten  miles  north  of  the  {own ;  so  numerous  in  fact 
were  they,  that  they  darkened  the  water  as  they 
flew  over  it.  Its  voice  greatly  resembles  that  of 
the  common  swallow  in  character,  but  is  much 
harsher." 

Fig.  1687  represents  a  swarm  of  these  birds 
clustering  like  bees. 

The  general  colour  of  this  species  is  black  ;  belly 
and  upper  parts  of  the  rump  white ;  tail-feathers, 
except  the  two  middle,  tipped  with  white ;  bill 
greyish ;  legs  black. 

1688. — The  Cinereous  Wood-Swallow 

(Artamtis  cinereus).  The  range  of  this  species  ex- 
ceeds even  that  of  the  preceding.  It  is  a  native 
of  Timor,  and  occurs  both  on  the  eastern  and  west- 
ern coast  of  Australia,  in  which  latter  locality  it 
was  obsen'ed  by  Mr.  Gilbert.  It  is  the  largest  of 
the  Australian  Artami.  In  Western  Australia,  ac- 
cording to  Mr.  Gould,  this  bird,  though  rather  local 
in  its  distribution,  is  by  no  means  uncommon,  par- 
ticularly at.  Swan  River,  where  it  inhabits  the  lime- 


[Promeropes. 


stone  hills  near  the  coast,  and  the  Clear  Hills  of  the 
interior,  assembling  in  small  families,  and  feeding 
not  only  upon  insects,  which  it  fakes  like  the  rest  of 
the  genus,  but  also  upon  the  seeds  of  the  Xan- 
thorhcea:  such  indeed  is  the  eagerness  with  whixih 
they  devour  the  seeds  of  this  grass-tree,  that  several 
may  be  often  seen  at  a  time  crowded  together  on 
the  perpendicular  seed-stalks  of  the  plant,  busily 
engagea  in  extracting  them.  Among  the  lime- 
stone hills,  however,  where  grass-trees,  and  indeed 
trees  in  general,  are  few,  these  birds  visit  the  broken 
rocky  ground  in  quest  of  insects  and  their  larvae. 

The  present  species  breeds  in  October  and  No- 
vember, making  a  deeper  and  more  cup-shaped 
nest  than  the  other  members  of  the  group.  It  is 
composed  sometimes  of  fibrous  roots  lined  with 
hair-like  grasses,  and  sometimes  of  grass-stems  and 
other  herbage.  It  is  placed  either  in  a  scrubby 
bush  or  amongst  the  leaves  of  the  Xanthorhoea. 
The  usual  colour  of  the  eggs  is  bluish  white  blotched 
with  lively  reddish  brown,  intermixed  with  obscure 
spots  and  purplish  grey  dashes,  the  markings  most 
numerous  towards  the  larger  end ;  there  is,  how- 
ever, great  variety  both  in  colour  and  in  the  cha- 
racter of  the  markings.  The  next  subject  to  which 
we  would  advert  is  the  genus  Troglodytes. 

This  genus,  which  comprises  the  true  Wrens,  is 
placed  by  Mr.  Selby  in  the  family  Certhiadse  (or 
Creepers),  and  this  we  believe  to  be  its  tnie 
situation. 

1689.— The  Common  Wren 
{Troglodytes  Europams).  This  is  the  Troglodyte, 
Roytelet,  Beuf  de  Dieu,  Berichot,  and  Roy  Bertaud 
of  the  French;  Reillo,  Regillo,  Rectino,  Reatin, 
Fiorracino,  Sericciolo,  Re  d'Uccelli,  and  Sbucca- 
fi-atte  of  the  Italians ;  Nelle  Konge  of  Brunnich  ; 
Schneekonig,  Konickerl,  and  Zaunschlupfrel  of 
Kramer ;  Zaun  Sanger  of  Meyer ;  Haus  und  Wald- 
zaunkonig  of  Brehm;  Katy  or  Kitty  Wren,  and 
Kitty,  provincial  English;  Dryw  of  the  ancient 
British. 

This  well-known  bird  is  spread  over  the  whole  of 
Europe,  and  is  everywhere  noted  for  its  familiarity 
and  its  sprightly  habits.  In  our  island  it  is  very 
common,  and  braves  the  severity  of  our  winter, 
flitting  from  spray  to  spray,  and  traversing  the 
hedge-rows  with  restless  activity.  Its  actions  are 
very  smart,  it  takes  short  flights,  alights  on  a  twig, 
towards  the  bottom  of  the  hedge,  flirts  up  its  short 
tail,  utters  a  cry  like  chit-chit,  and  disappears  in 
the  maze  of  branches  like  a  mouse,  passes  out  on 
the  other  side,  and  repeats  its  flight.  In  the  depth 
of  wititer  it  frequents  farm-yards,  cow-sheds,  and 
similar  places,  both  for  the  sake  of  shelter  and  food. 
The  song  of  this  bird  is  varied  and  pleasing,  and 
small  as  the  warbler  is,  its  notes  are  loud  and  clear. 
We  have  often  seen  it  on  a  sunshiny  day,  even  in 
the  middle  of  winter,  perched  on  a  naked  twig, 
singing  with  great  vivacity,  evidently  cheered  by 
the  transient  gleam. 

Throughout  the  greater  part  or  whole  of  Europe 
the  wren  is  King  of  Birds,  Little  King,  King  of  Cold, 
Snow-King,  &c.  (Te  degli  Uccelli,  Roitelet,  Roi  de 
Froidure,  Schnee-Konig,  &c.) ;  but  what  has  given 
rise  to  this  title,  which  is  as  old  as  Aristotle,  who 
says  it  is  called  Upeafim  <cal  BotriAtw,  Elder  and  King, 
it  is  impossible  to  conjecture. 

The  wren  breeds  early,  and  begins  to  prepare  its 
nest  in  March  ;  and  various  are  the  places  chosen  as 
a  site,  sometimes  under  the  thatched  covering  of  an 
outhouse,  sometimes  in  a  niche  or  cavity  between 
the  branches  of  a  tree,  often  amidst  the  ivy  cover- 
ing aged  trees  or  old  walls,  or  the  side  of  a  hay- 
rick. It  is  a  domed  structure  with  a  small  lateral 
aperture  ;  generally  it  consists  externally  of  green 
moss,  but  it  varies  the  material  according  to  situa- 
tion and  the  colour  of  the  objects  around;  on 
a  stump  or  rock,  for  example,  grey  lichens  and 
withered  grass  compose  its  outer  coating:  internally 
it  is  lined  with  hair,  feathers,  wool,  and  other  soft 
materials.  We  have  seen  nests  of  this  composed  of 
fine  dried  grasses  or  hay,  mixed  with  bits  of  leaves, 
moss,  and  lichens. 

The  eggs  are  usually  from  six  to  eight  in  number, 
of  a  yellowish  white,  sprinkled,  especially  at  the 
larger  end,  with  reddish  brown.  It  is  a  curious 
circumstance  that  the  wren  often  makes  several 
nests,  deserting  them  when  they  are  finished  or 
nearly  so ;  these  it  is  asserted  are  the  work  of  the 
male  exclusively,  during  the  incubation  of  the 
female,  who  labours,  as  it  has  been  said,  for  the 
sake  of  doing  something,  but  never  lines  them  with 
feathers.  Are  they  not  rather  structures  which 
some  circumstances  have  prevented  the  pair  from 
finishing  ?    Fig.  1690  is  the  nest  of  the  Wren. 

Other  species  besides  the  present  have  had  the 
name  of  wren  applied  to  them ;  of  these  we  may 
notice  the  Gold-crest  (Regulus  auricapillus),  olun 
termed  the  Golden-crested  Wren. 

1691.— The  Gold-Crest 

(Kegulus  auricapillus).  The  genus  Regulus  enters 
into  the  family  Sylviadee,  and,  according  to  Mr. 


Pigeons.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


383 


Selby  and  other  naturalists,  approximates  to  that  of 
the  tits  (Parus). 

This  species,  the  smallest  of  our  mdigenous  birds, 
is  spread  through  the  whole  of  Europe  to  the  Arctic 
Circle.  It  is  a  lively  active  bird,  and  may  be 
watched  flittering  from  twig  to  twig  along  the 
hedges,  and  in  copses  and  plantations,  especially  of 
fir.  On  the  Continent  it  abounds  in  the  pine  forests 
of  the  north,  whence  on  the  approach  of  winter  it 
migrates  southwards,  and  flocks  have  occasionally, 
as  in  October,  1822,  been  driven  out  to  sea  by  stress 
of  weather,  and  blown  in  an  exhausted  state  on  our 
shores.  The  nest  of  this  diminutive  bird  is  remark- 
able for  its  neat  and  compact  structure  ;  it  is  usually 
suspended  at  the  extremity  of  a  sweeping  branch 
of  fir,  attached  to  the  under  side  of  the  foliage,  and 
secured  with  great  art  to  the  twigs,  so  that  it  is 
covered  by-  the  leaves,  which  form  a  sort  of  shelter, 
as  well  as  a  concealment.  It  is  built  of  well-com- 
pacted moss,  lichens,  &c.,  and  lined  with  downy 
leathers,  and,  compared  with  the  size  of  the  archi- 
tect, is  a  large  substantial  mass.  The  eggs  are  froni 
seven  to  ten  in  number.  The  song  of  this  beautiful 
little  bird  is  pleasing,  but  weak.  It  feeds  on  insects. 
General  plumage  olive-green,  a  flame-coloured 
patch  of  silky  leathers  occupying  the  top  of  the 
head,  bordered  on  each  side  by  a  hne  of  black. 

1692.— The  Wood- Wren 

(Sylvia  Sylvicola).  Sylvia  sibilatrix,  Bechstein  and 
Selby.  This  species,  with  the  willow-wren,  or 
yellow  wren    (Sylvia    Trochilus),   and    the    lesser 

Eettychaps,  least  willow-wren,  or  chiff-chaff  (Sylvia 
ippolais),  are  the  three  British  examples  of 
the  restricted  genus  Sylvia:  they  are  not  truly 
virrens.  These  birds  are  summer  visitors  to  our 
island,  feeding  on  insects,  haunting  shrubberies  and 
wooded  places,  and  building  a  domed  nest  on  or 
near  the  ground.  They  utter  a  few  trifling  notes, 
scarcely  to  be  called  a  song.  The  present  species  is 
distinguished  from  its  congeners  by  the  broad 
streak  over  the  eye,  the  sulphur-yellow  of  the  ear- 
coverts,  the  pure  green  of  the  upper  parts  of  the 
body,  and  the  delicate  unsullied  white  of  the  belly 
and  under  tail-coverts.  It  may  be  often  observed 
perched  on  a  lofty  tree  in  a  hedge-row,  uttering  its 
notes,  which  are  accompanied  by  a  vibratory  action 
of  the  wings. 


Family  COLUMBID^  (PIGEONS). 


ORDER  GYRATORES. 

In  the  '  Specchio  Generale  del  Sistema  Omitologo,' 
the  Prince  of  Canino  regards  the  pigeon  tribe  as 
an  order,  under  this  title — "Order  4,  Columbae;" 
but  in  his  '  Comparative  List  of  the  Birds  of  Europe' 
he  places  these  birds  in  the  third  section  of  his 
Passeres,  under  the  title  Gyrantes.  In  Mr.  G.  R. 
Gray's  arrangement  they  constitute  the  fourth  order, 
termed  Columbae.  Cuvier  places  them  at  the  end 
of  the  Gallinaceous  order ;  and  Mr.  Vigors  con- 
sidered them  to  be  an  aberrant  family  of  the  same 
order.  On  the  contrary,  Meyer  regarded  them  as 
a  distinct  order  ;  Temminck  arranged  them  as  his 
ninth  order ;  and  De  Blainville  has  also  thrown 
them  into  an  order,  which  he  calls  Sponsores,  ou 
les  Columbins,  and  which  he  places  between  the 
Passeres  (Insessores)  and  the  pheasants  and  par- 
tridges (Rasores). 

That  these  birds  constitute  a  distinct  order  there 
can  be  no  doubt ;  certainly  they  do  not  belong  to 
the  Insessorial  order,  nor  yet  to  the  Rasorial.  The 
Rasorial  birds  are  mostly  polygamous ;  the  females 
lay  many  eggs;  the  young  are  not  fed  by  the 
parents,  but  in  a  few  hours  after  exclusion  from  the 
egg,  run  about  and  pick  up  their  food  for  them- 
selves; moreover  the  hind-toe  is  articulated  high 
on  the  tarsus,  instead  of  on  the  same  plane  as  the 
anterior  toes.  On  the  other  hand,  the  pigeons  mate 
and  form  permanent  attachments ;  the  females  lay 
only  two  eggs,  often  in  nests  on  the  branches  of  trees ; 
the  young  are  long  incapable  of  leaving  the  nest,  and 
are  at  first  fed  with  a  milky  secretion  produced  by 
certain  glands  arranged  on  the  inner  surface  of  the 
crop  of  both  parents,  and  which  soon  passes  in  a 
curdled  state ;  about  the  third  or  fourth  day  grain 
moi-stened  and  warmed  in  the  crop  of  the  parents 
begins  to  be  added ;  the  hind-toe  is  on  the  same 
level  as  the  others,  though  the  feet  are  not  firm 
gra.spers ;  and,  to  conclude,  the  habits,  manners, 
instincts,  and  voices  of  these  birds  are  peculiar  to 
themselves.  The  name  of  the  order  here  adopted 
is  a  modification  of  the  word  Gyrantes,  used  by  the 
Prince  ot  Canino — and  thus  altered  for  the  sake  of 
uniformity,  as  Raptores,  Incessores,  Grallatores, 
Scansores, — Gyratores.  It  alludes  to  the  ordinary 
mode  of  flight  displayed  by  the  birds  in  question. 

If  rigidly  analysed,  this  order  would  be  found  to 
contain  three  or  four  families;  but  into  these  ques- 
tions we  must  not  wander;  we  shall,  therefore,  fol- 
low the  usual  routine. 


This  family  is  divided  into  numerous  genera — as 
Ptilinopus,  Peiistera,  Chamsepelia,  Ectopistes,  &c. ; 
in  all,  however,  the  bill  is  moderate,  and  covered  at 
the  base  of  the  upper  mandible  with  a  soft  elevated 
skin,  in  which  the  nostrils  are  situated;  the  tip  is 
more  or  less  curved  down.  No  family  of  birds  is 
more  extensively  distributed — except,  indeed,  in  the 
frigid  zones,  it  is  spread  universally ;  but  the  species 
are  most  numerous  in  Southern  Asia  and  in  the  In- 
dian Archipelago. 

Some  groups  of  the  Columbidae  are  essentially 
terrestrial  in  their  habits,  others  are  decidedly  arbo- 
real, and  make  their  nests  in  trees  ;  these  nests  are 
little  more  than  flat  platforms  of  twigs  laid  cross- 
ways  over  each  other,  the  lower  layer  consisting  of 
larger  twigs,  the  uppermost  smaller  and  finer  ;  and 
on  this  platform,  which  varies  in  thickness,  the  eggs 
are  laid.  Fig.  1693  represents  the  Nest  of  the 
Turtle-dove  as  an  example  in  point.  Other  species, 
as  the  rock-dove  (Columba  livia),  the  origin  of  our 
domestic  race,  breed  in  the  holes  and  on  the  shelves 
of  precipitous  rocks,  making  a  bed  of  a  few  sticks 
and  twigs. 

We  have  already  stated  that  the  young  pigeons, 
after  exclusion  from  the  egg,  are  at  first  fed  exclu- 
sively with  a  secretion  analogous  to  milk  and 
which  curdles  in  the  same  manner,  and  that  after- 
wards grain  macerated  in  the  crop  is  added,  and 
gradually  increased.  Fig.  1694  presents  us  with 
two  views  of  the  crop,  turned  inside  outwards  and 
distended  with  spirits :— a,  the  crop  of  a  pigeon  when 
it  had  no  young:  b,  the  crop  of  a  male  pigeon  dur- 
ing the  time  of  rearing  the  young ;  a,  the  inner  sur- 
face of  the  gullet  or  oesophagus  ;  b,  the  portion  of 
oesophagus  leading  from  the  crop  to  the  gizzard, 
with  the  glands  for  secreting  gastric  juice  ;  c,  the 
inner  surface  of  the  crop,  which  in  b  displays  the 
glandular  structure,  as  developed  during  the  breed- 
ing season,  the  glands  at  that  time  assuming  a  new 
character  and  otfice,  and  secreting  the  milky  fluid  in 
great  abundance.  The  analogy  between  these 
glands,  their  temporary  development  for  a  given 
purpose,  and  the  mammary  glands  of  quadrupeds, 
need  not  be  insisted  on. 

1695. — A  Group  of  Pigeons, 

a,  the  Pouter ;  b,  the  Carrier ;  c,  the  Jacobin  i 
rf,  the  Ringdove,  or  Cushat;  e,  the  Rockdove  (the 
origin  of  our  domestic  birds) ;  /,  the  Fan-tailed 
Pigeon ;  g,  the  Nun ;  h,  the  Tumbler. 

1696. — The  Carrier  Pigeon. 
One  of  the  domestic  varieties  of  Columba  livia. 

1697. — Pigeon-Towers  in  Persia. 

At  what  period  man  added  the  pigeon  to  his  list 
of  domestic  retainers  of  the  feathered  race  is  not 
very  clear,  but  it  was  evidently  at  a  remote  period. 
We  find  abundant  references  to  it  in  the  classical 
writers,  and  we  know  that  it  was  among  the  clean 
animals  according  to  the   law  of  Moses.     In  the 
East  the  dove  or  pigeon  has  always  been  regarded 
with  favour,  and  has  been  employed  time  immemo- 
rial as  a  carrier  of  letters  or  written  messages ;  its 
rapidity  of  flight,  its  almost  unerring  instinct  in 
flnding  its  way  home,  and  the  eagerness  with  which 
it  returns  to  its  dwelling,  recommeuding  it  for  such 
a  use.    In  Persia  and  other  parts  of  the  East  pigeons 
are  kept  in  multitudes  for  the  sake  of  the  manure 
produced  :*  towers  are  built  on  the  outskirts  of  the 
towns  for  them,  and  vast  clouds  of  these  birds  may 
be  seen  issuing  from  them,  returning  to  them,  or 
wheeling  in  the  air  around  their  pinnacles.     The 
passage   in  Isaiah  (Ix.  8),    "  Who   are   these  that 
fly  as  a  cloud,  and  as  the  doves  to  their  windows," 
is,  as  Mr.  Morier  has   observed,  illustrated  by  re- 
ference  to   those  pigeon-towers  which  he  noticed 
around  the  outskirts  of  Ispahan.     With  respect  to 
the   extraordinary  flights  of  these   birds,  he   says, 
"  Their  numbers,  and  the  compactness  of  their  mass, 
literally  looked  like  a  cloud  at  a  distance,  and  ob- 
scured the  sun  in  their  passage."     It  is  probable 
that  the  Jews,  requiring  pigeons  as  they  did  for  of- 
ferings at  the   Temple    (Fig.    1698),   built   similar 
towers  :  the  Egyptians  certainly  did,  as  is  proved  by 
ancient  paintings  and  the  mosaic  pavement  at  Prae- 
neste,  where  pigeon-towers  similar  to  those  of  Ispa- 
han are  represented,  but  without  the  conical  crowns. 
Of  all  our  domestic  pigeons  none  equal  the  car- 
rier in  rapidity  of  wing  and  powers  of  endurance. 
It  was  originally  brought  to  Europe  from  the  East, 
and  Lithgow,  the  traveller,  tells  us  that  one  of  them 
will  carry  a  letter  from  Babylon  to  Aleppo,  which  is 
thirty  days'  journey,  in  forty-eight  houi-s.     It  is  re- 
corded that  a  gentleman  of  Cologne,  having  busi- 

•  Mr.  Morier  states  that  "  the  dun^  of  rlovog  is  the  dearest  manure 
which  the  Persians  use,  and  as  tliey  apply  it  almost  entirely  to  the 
rearing  of  melons,  it  is  probably  on  that  account  tlie  melons  of 
Ispahan  are  so  much  finer  than  those  of  other  cities.  The  revenue  of 
a  piifeon-house  is  about  a  hundred  (omauns  per  annum,  and  the  great 
value  of  this  dung,  which  rears  a  fruit  that  is  indispensable  to  the  ex- 
istence of  the  natives  during  the  great  heals  of  summer,  will  probably 
throw  some  light  on  that  passage  in  Scripture  in  2  Kngs  vi.  25. 


ness  to  transact  in  Paris,  took  with  him  two  carrier- 
pigeons  which  had  young'  at  the  time,  and  on  ar- 
riving in  Paris  at  ten  o'clock  in  the  morning,  he  tied 
a  letter  to  each  of  his  pigeons,  and  despatched  them 
at  eleven  precisely.    One  of  them  arrived  in  Co- 
logne at  five  minutes  past  one  o'clock,  the  other 
nine  minutes  later ;  and  consequently  they  had  per- 
formed nearly  one  hundred  and  fifty  miles  in  an 
hour,  reckoning  their  flight  to  have  been  in  a  direct 
line,    i'he  ordinary  flight  of  this  bird  is  about  a 
mile  a  minute.     We  need  not  say  that  it  is  to  its 
home,  from  which  it  is  purposely  taken,  that  the 
pigeon  makes  its  way.    It  is  evident  to  all  conver- 
sant with  this  bird,  that  it  has  the  strongest  affec- 
tion for  its  own   home — an  instinctive    nostalgia, 
which  in  old  birds  can  scarcely  be  eradicated  by 
time ;   confined  for  weeks  or  "months — on  gaining 
their  liberty,  off  they  fiy  to  the  "old  familiar  spot," 
and  if  taken  away  again,  still  return  on  the  first  op- 
portunity.   Young  birds  are  much  more  easily  re- 
conciled to  a  change  of  tenement,  and  soon  learn  to 
regard  the  new  place  as  their  own.     It  is  this  de- 
sire— this  longing  for  home,  which  impels  the  pigeon 
carried  to  a  distant  spot  and  turned  loose,  to  attempt 
to  regain  it ;  and  regain  it  the  bird  does,  at  least  m 
general,  but  the   query  arises — how  does  it  know 
in  what  direction  its  home  lies  ?  how  does  it  know 
which  way  to  direct  its  rapid  course  ?  If  the  distance 
be  short,  we  can  easily  conceive  that  the  bird  making 
wide  circles  at  a  grtat  elevation  may  at  one  part 
of  the  circle  discern  some  known  object,  which  will 
at  once  indicate  the  direction  to  be  followed.    A 
circle  of  three  or  four  miles  would  give  the  bird  the 
command  of  a  very  wide  extent  of  country;  and  a 
tall  object,  as  a  spire,  previously  visited  voluntarily, 
or  seen  from  its  abode,  would  afford  the   desired 
clue.    This  perhaps  may  account,  in  ordinary  cases, 
for  the  return  of  the  pigeon  to  its  home ;  but  it  will 
not  account  for  the  return  of  the  bird  from  great  dis- 
tances.   We   hear  of  pigeons  being  brought  from 
towns  on  the  Continent,  as  Brussels,  &c.,  and  set  at 
liberty  in  London  ;  and  of  their  return  in  a  compa- 
ratively short  space  of  time,  few  of  the  number  fail- 
ing to  find  their  way.    Trials  of  this  kind  have  been 
often    repeated ;    and,  unless  the  weather    proves 
misty  or  fogs  hang  over  the  sea,  the -birds  cross  the 
Channel  safely  and  regain  their  home.     That  they 
are  sometimes  dispersed  and  lost  in  foggy  weather 
proves  that  they  use  their  sight  in  pursuing  their 
homeward  course :  but  still  the  difiiculty  remains — 
how  is  that  course  determined  ?    The  same  difficulty 
meets  us  in  the  migration  of  the  swallow.     Its  winter 
abode  is  Western  Africa.    It  finds  its  way  to  the 
African  shores,  and  returns  again  to  Europe :  but 
what  is  more,  the  same  pair  will  steer  not  only  for 
England,  but  for  the  very  chimney  or  barn  which 
they  habitually  tenant  as  their  summer  breeding- 
place  ;  and  it  is  probable  that  they  visit  a  determi- 
nate spot  in  Africa.     It  is  one  of  the  facts  in  natural 
history  which  we  must  be  content  to  leave  unex- 
plained. 

It  is  from  the  rock -dove,  says  Selby,  "  that  most  of 
our  curious  varieties  of  pigeon  have  arisen  ;  for  some 
later  ones  may  have  been  derived  from  crosses  with 
other  species."  What  these  other  species  are  we  are 
not  informed. 

In  Europe  and  the  British  Isles  we  have  the  fol- 
lowing wild  species  of  the  genus  Columba: — The 
Ringdove,  Cushat  or  Qyest  (Columba  Palumbus); 
the  Stockdove  (Col.  aenas)  ;  the  Rockdove  (C.  livia) ; 
and  the  Turtle-dove  (C.  turtur). 

The  Ringdove  is  the  largest  of  our  wild  pigeons, 
and  is  common  in  the  wooded  districts  of  our  island, 
as  well  as  of  the  greater  portion  of  Europe.  In  the 
winter  it  assembles  in  numerous  flocks,  which  resort 
to  the  stubble-:lands  in  quest  of  food.  It  devours  all 
kinds  of  grain,  peas,  beech- mast,  acorns,  berries,  and 
the  green  leaves  of  the  turnip.  During  this  season 
of  the  year  its  numbers  are  often  increased  by  the 
arrival  of  flocks  from  the  more  northern  parts  of 
Europe  ;  but  in  our  island,  and  in  Fiance  and  the 
southern  countries,  it  is  not  migratory.  No  natu- 
ralist has  regarded  the  ringdove  as  identical  with  the 
domestic  pigeon.  Its  mode  of  building  its  nest,  a 
flat  platform  of  twigs  laid  crossways  on  the  fork  of  a 
branch— its  size— its  refusal  when  in  captivity  to 
breed  with  the  pigeon — and  the  failure  of  every  at- 
tempt to  reduce  it  to  a  state  of  domestication— are 
of  themselves,  setting  aside  colouring,  sufficient 
proofs  of  specific  distinctness. 

Still  more  remote  from  the  common  pigeon  is  the 
Turtle-dove,  a  bird  of  passage,  and  one  of  the  spring 
visitors  to  our  shores. 

The  Stockdove  derives  its  name  from  being,  as 
was  presumed,  but  erroneously,  the  stock  to  which 
the  common  pigeon  is  referable.  This  error  arose, 
no  doubt,  from  our  early  ornithologists  having  con- 
founded the  stockdove  with  the  rockdove,  and  so 
mixed  up  the  history  of  both.  Montagu,  in  his 
'  Dictionary  of  Ornithology,'  confounds  these  birds 
together,  deeming  the  Columba  livia  and  the  C. 
aenas  to  be  identical.  His  description,  however, 
refers  to  the   C.  livia  (Rockdove) ;   and  it  would 


ITlt.— 3Iaiiasopc  ligeon. 


1704.— Collared  Turtle. 


170S.— Tauengisr-Pigeon. 


No.  49. 


noi. — Double-crested  Pigeon. 

[THE  MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


.'>v-.'At.4r*-i 


ItOO.— Chestnut-shouldered  1 


1703.- Collared  Turtle. 


■1. — Tiirtle-Vo\'e. 


1708.— r««»cngrr-Pige«n. 


385 


386 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Pigeons. 


teem  that  he  nas  unacquainted  with  the  true  C. 
aenas. 

White,  in  his  '  History  of  Sclbome,'  well  distin- 
guishes the  stockdove  and  the  "small  blue  rock- 
pil^eon,"  observing,  that  "  unless  the  stockdove  in 
winter  greatly  varies  from  itself  in  summer,  no 
species  seems  more  unlikely  to  be  domesticated  and 
to  make  a  house-dove.  We  very  rarely  see  the 
latter  settle  on  trees  at  all,  nor  does  it  ever  haunt  the 
woods :  but  the  former,  as  long  as  it  stays  with  us, 
from  November  perhaps  to  February,  lives  the  same 
wild  life  with  the  ringdove  :  frequents  coppices  and 
groves,  supports  itself  chiefly  by  mast,  and  delights 
to  roost  in  the  tallest  beeches.  Could  it  be  known 
in  what  manner  the  stockdoves  build,  the  doubt 
would  be  settled  with  me  at  once,  provided  they 
construct  their  nests  on  trees,  like  the  ringdove,  as  1 
much  suspect  they  do." 

From  this  it  appears  that  White  had  only  a  par- 
tial degree  of  information  respecting  the  stockdove. 
This  bird  is  indigenous  in  our  island,  breeding  in  the 
woods;  but  its  localities  are  circumscribed.  In 
winter  the  flocks  are  increased  by  accessions  from 
the  northern  provinces  of  Europe ;  but  these  visit- 
ants depart  in  spring. 

In  our  island  the  stockdove  limits  its  range  al- 
most exclusively  to  the  midland  counties,  and  is 
common  in  Hertfordshire.  It  is  rarely  seen  in  the 
southern  or  western  counties,  and  still  more  rarely 
in  the  northern.  This  bird  makes  a  nest  of  twigs, 
in  the  holes  of  decayed  and  timeworn  trees,  and 
in  cavities  on  the  top  of  pollards,  but  never  places 
it  on  the  forked  or  spreading  branches  of  a  tree. 

As  is  the  case  with  all  the  dove  tribe,  its  eggs  are 
two  in  number. 

The  stockdove  is  not  only  found  in  Europe,  but  in 
the  northern  provinces  ot  Africa,  and  in  various 
parts  of  Asia.  We  have  seen  specimens  from  the 
neighbourhood  of  Trebizond  and  Erzerum,  where  it 
is  said  to  be  common. 

Selby  thus  details  the  colours  of  the  stockdove  : 
"  Head  and  throat  deep  bluish  grey ;  sides  of  the 
neck  glossed,  with  different  shades  of  green  and 
purple;  the  feathers  shorter  and  more  distinct  than 
those  of  the  rockdove  ;  lower  parts  of  the  neck  and 
breast  pale  lavender-purple  ;  belly,  thighs,  and  under 
tail-coverts  bluish  grey,  with  a  slight  purplish 
tinge ;  back  deep  bluish  grey  ;  wing-coverts  paler, 
and  some  of  the  greater  ones  spotted  and  barred 
with  black,  but  not  forming  any  defined  bar  as  in 
the  above-mentioned  species.  Quills  blackish 
grey,  the  outer  webs  near  the  base  of  the  feathers 
passing  into  bluish  grey:  lower  part  of  the  back 
and  tail-coverts  bluish  grey  ;  tail  bluish  grey,  with  a 
broad  black  bar  at  the  end,  and  having  the  outer- 
most feathers  margined  with  white ;  iris  brownish 
red  ;  legs  and  toes  bright  cochineal-red." 

As  we  have  already  stated,  the  stockdove  has  been 
confounded  with  the  rockdove,  and  the  characters 
of  the  latter  have  been  consequently  given  as  those 
of  the  former.  The  rockdove,  however,  is  a  totally 
distinct  species,  and  its  habits  are  unlike  those  of 
any  other  of  our  Columbae.  As  its  name  imports, 
it  frequents  rocks  and  precipices,  especially  along 
the  sea-coast,  and  is  far  from  being  uncommon.  It  is 
partial  to  deep  caverns,  in  which  it  breeds.  It  haunts 
the  caves  in  the  cliff  at  St.  Abb's  Head,  on  the  Ber- 
wickshire coast:  those  in  the  Isle  of  Bass;  of  Caldy 
Island,  South  Wales ;  and  of  the  wild  precipices  ot 
the  Orkneys.  We  have  seen  it  frequenting  the 
steeples  of  churches  near  the  coast,  and  have  re- 
marked numbers  inhabiting  the  holes  and  crevices  | 
in  the  higher  parts  of  Canterbury  Cathedral.  In  the 
latter  instances  it  may  be  said  that  the  birds  are 
merely  the  emancipated  descendants  of  our  domes- 
tic breed.  If  so,  with  their  freedom  they  have  re- 
gained their  genuine  colours  in  most  instances. 

We  have  seen  many  specimens  from  Northern 
Africa  and  Western  Asia.  Selby  states  that  it  is 
numerous  in  the  rocky  islands  of  the  Mediterranean, 
where  it  lives  and  breeds  in  caverns  on  the  shore ; 
in  the  island  of  Teneritfe  it  is  met  with  in  incredible 
numbers. 

The  rockdove  is  more  slender  than  the  stockdove, 
and  is  astonishingly  rapid  in  flight.  It  may  at  once 
be  distinguished  from  the  latter  by  the  white  colour 
of  the  lower  part  of  the  back,  and  the  two  distinct 
bands  of  leaden  black  across  the  wings.  These  dis- 
tinctive marks  are  found  in  our  ordinary  dovecote 
pigeons ;  and  when  in  the  fancy  kinds  they  become, 
by  the  breeder's  art,  imperceptible,  they  are  ever 
ready  to  return,  and  hence  one  of  the  difficulties  of 
keeping  up  a  particular  fancy  stock.  It  is,  then,  to 
the  rockdove,  a  species  almost  universally  spread  in 
its  wild  state  throughout  the  Old  World,  that  the 
domestic  pigeon  and  its  varieties  must  be  referred. 
All  these  varieties  breed  with  each  other,  and  with 
the  wild  rockdove ;  and  without  due  care,  all  soon 
degenerate,  as  it  is  termed,  and  acquire  the  original 
form  and  colouring. 

The  habits  and  manners  of  the  domestic  pigeon 
are  too  well  known  to  require  detailing,  nor  need  we 
enter  into  their  numerous  varieties. 


1699.— Th«  Rock-Dovb 

(Columba  livia).  Le  Bisset,  and  Le  Rocheraye, 
Coulon,  Colombe,  and  Pigeon  of  the  French  ;  Pa- 
lorabella,  Piccione  di  Torre,  Piccione  di  Kocca  of  the 
Italians  ;  Feldtaube,  Ilaustaube,  Hohltaube,  Blau- 
taube,  and  Holtztaube  of  the  Germans;  Kock- 
Pigeon,  English  ;  Colommen,  ancient  British. 

We  have  already,  in  our  notice  of  the  domestic 
pigeon,  entered  into  the  history  of  (his  species,  which 
IS  spread  over  a  great  portion  of  Europe,  Asia,  and 
Northern  Africa,  abounding  in  the  rocky  islands 
of  the  Mediterranean,  and  in  the  Orkneys  and  He- 
brides of  our  northern  sea. 

1700. — Th«  Chist.nut-shodloerko  Pigsoit 
(Columba  tpadicea).  This  beautiful  bird,  which  ap- 
pears to  resemble  our  ringdove  or  cushat  in  habits, 
IS  a  native  of  New  Zealand,  and  is  very  abundant  in 
the  woods  near  the  Bay  of  Islands,  where  Lesson 
killed  numbers.    Their  Hesh  is  excellent. 

The  colouring  is  as  follows: — All  the  upper  parts 
and  the  throat  are  of  a  changeable  hue,  in  which  are 
mingled  rosy-copper  reflexions  running  into  brilliant 
iridescent  tints ;  the  quills  are  of  a  more  sombre 
tone.  The  tail  above  is  brown  slightly  tinged  with 
greenish,  below  it  is  brown ;  breast  and  under  parts 
white :  bill  and  tarsi  carmine :  a  bright  red  skin 
surrounds  the  eye.  Total  length  about  nineteen 
inches. 

1701. — ^The  Double-crested  Pigeon 

{Columba  dilophd).  New  Holland  and  Java  are 
the  native  localities  of  this  species,  which  is  closely 
allied  to  the  preceding  and  equally  formed  for  ar- 
boreal habits.  The  head  is  ornamented  with  a  frontal 
crest  composed  of  long  recurved  lax  feathers,  ad- 
vancing even  on  the  bill,  and  of  a  bluish  grey  colour 
tinged  with  rufous  ;  behind  this  on  the  back  of  the 
head  is  a  second  crest  of  rich  rufous,  and  composed 
of  long  decumbent  feathera  with  open  barbules,  and 
bounded  by  a  black  streak  running  back  ijom  each 
eye  ;  bill  rich  orange  ;  sides  and  front  of  the  neck, 
together  with  the  breast,  pale  grey,  the  base  of  the 
feathere  being  black,  at  their  end  they  assume  a 
trifid  form ;  back  scapulars  and  wing-coverts  deep 
bluish  grey  ;  quills  and  secondaries  bluish  black ; 
under  plumage  grey  ;  tail  square,  black  at  the  base, 
and  a  narrow  bar  being  of  a  pale  grey  with  a  reddish 
tinge  :  legs  crimson.  Total  length  about  seventeen 
inches. 

1702.— The  Tubtlk-Dovb 

{Turtur  auritus,  Ray;  Columba  Turlur,  Linn.). 
Tourterelle  of  the  French;  Tortora  of  the  Italians  ; 
Turteltaube  of  the  Germans  ;  Colommen  fair  of  the 
ancient  British. 

Among  our  summer  visitors  must  be  enumerated 
this  interesting  bird,  which  arrives  in  our  island 
about  the  beginning  of  May.  It  is  when  nature  is 
clad  in  her  freshest  robes  of  beauty,  when  the  wild 
flowers  garnish  our  hedgerows,  and  the  thickets  re- 
sound with  the  notes  of  warblers,  that  the  voice  of 
the  turtle  is  heard  in  our  land.  In  all  ages  and  in 
all  countries  visited  by  it  has  the  turtle  been  a  fa- 
vourite ;  its  innocence,  its  beauty,  its  attachment  to 
its  mate,  its  plaintive  voice,  and  the  time  of  its  ap- 
pearance, combine  to  give  it  interest ;  it  is  the  em- 
blem of  peace  and  tranquillity ;  and  in  the  strains 
of  poetry  its  presence  is  associated  with  quiet  rural 
life  and  undisturbed  happiness. 

"  Hinc  altfi  sub  rape  canet  frondator  ad  auras, 
Nee  tamen,  interea,  raucte,  tua  cura.  palumbes. 
Nee  gemere  aerifi  cessabit  turtur  ab  ulmo." 

ViBOlL. 

The  winter  residence  of  the  turtle  appears  to  be 
in  Africa :  in  summer  it  is  spread  over  southern  and 
temperate  Europe,  and  various  parts  of  Asia.  In 
Greece,  Asia  Minor,  and  Italy  it  is  very  common. 
Mr.  Strickland  observed  it  at  Smyrna,  in  April,  1836. 
In  our  island  it  is  much  more  abundant  in  the 
southern  and  eastern  counties  than  in  those  farther 
north :  we  have  seen  it  in  numbers  both  in  Essex, 
Kent,  and  Surrey.  Thick  copses,  wooded  parks, 
dense  hedgerows,  where  bushy  pollard  oaks  rise  up 
at  intervals,  are  its  favourite  places  of  resort ;  and 
in  secluded  retreats,  several  pairs  are  often  found  to 
form  a  sort  of  colony,  building  their  nests  in  adja- 
cent trees.  The  nest,  as  previously  noticed,  is  a 
platform  of  twigs,  and  is  placed  in  the  forked  branch 
of  an  oak  or  fir  tree,  among  the  ivy-laden  boughs  of 
the  elm,  near  the  stem,  or  in  thick  pollards;  we 
once  saw  the  nest  of  a  pair  of  turtles  in  a  stunted 
pollard  oak,  close  to  the  gate  of  a  farmyard  in  Essex, 
and  watched  the  birds  playfully  chasing  each  other 
in  the  air  ar6und  the  tree.  Early  in  the  morning  the 
turtle  wings  its  way  from  the  copse  or  park  to  the 
fields  in  quest  of  food,  and  it  repeats  its  visit  in  the 
afternoon,  returning  home  on  the  approach  of  dusk. 
Various  kinds  of  grain,  as  wheat,  not  yet  mature, 
together  with  peas,  rape,  mustard-seed,  hemp-.seed, 
&c.,  constitute  its  diet.  On  the  approach  of  autumn 
the  turtle  congregates  in  small  flocks  of  ten  or 
twelve,  which  scour  the  fields  during  the  day,  and 


return  to  their  roosting-place  in  the  evening.  Early 
in  September  this  bird  leaves  our  island  for  its  winter 
abode ;  sometimes  however  it  lingers  till  the  close 
of  the  month  before  taking  its  departure. 

The  turtle  is  about  eleven  inches  in  length.  The 
upper  part  of  the  head  and  neck  is  ashy  grey, 
with  a  pearly  tinge :  the  back  is  brown  ;  the  wing- 
coverts  are  dusky  brown  in  the  centre,  with  a  border 
on  each  feather  of  reddish  brown  inclining  to 
rufous;  quills  brown;  tail-feathers  dusky  brown, 
and  all,  with  the  exception  of  the  two  middle,  lipped 
with  white.  The  sides  of  the  neck  present  a  patch 
of  small  stiff'  black  feathers  with  white  margins; 
front  of  the  neck  and  breast  light  vinous ;  abdomen 
white.  The  young  birds  are  destitute  of  the  peculiar 
patch  of  feathers  on  the  sides  of  the  neck. 

1703,  1704.— The  Collared  Turtle 
(Turlw  ruorius).  Columba  risoria.  This  beauti- 
ful  bird  is  often  kept  in  aviaries,  where  it  freely 
breeds.  It  is  widely  spread,  being  dispersed  through- 
out the  whole  of  Africa,  India,  and  other  parts  of 
Asia.  Colonel  Sykes  found  it  in  Dukhun.  The 
collared  turtle  was  well  known  to  the  ancients, 
and  is  still  common  in  Egypt  and  the  neighbouring 
countries.  It  has  been  suggested  that  this  species 
is  the  turtle  of  the  Scriptures ;  we  are  not  however  so 
sure  of  it,  for  it  does  not  appear  that  this  is  a  migra- 
tory bird,  which  that  decidedly  was.  In  its  natural 
stale  the  collared  turtle  frequents  the  woods,  and 
its  habits  closely  agree  with  those  of  the  common 
species.  The  general  colour  is  pale  lawn,  with  a 
black  crescent-shaped  mark  on  the  back  of  the  neck. 
Length  about  eleven  inches. 

1705,  170G.— The  P.\ssenger-Pigeox 
(Ectnpistes  migratoria).  Were  not  the  testimony  of 
Wilson,  Audubon,  and  others  who  have  described 
the  habits  of  this  bird  above  suspicion,  one  might 
be  tempted  to  think  that  their  accounts  were  some- 
what overcoloured  ;  such  however  is  not  the  case  : 
they  narrate,  graphically,  scenes  of  which  they  were 
themselves  eye-witnesses.  The  passenger-pigeon  is 
a  native  of  America  (where  it  is  generally  termed 
the  wild  pigeon),  and  is  celebrated  for  inundating 
in  flocks  of  thousands  various  districts  to  which  the 
hordes  are  attracted  by  food,  their  visits  being  irre- 
gular and  uncertain.  The  passenger-pigeon  is  a 
bird  of  extremely  rapid  flight,  propelling  itself  by 
quickly  repeated  flaps  of  the  wings,  as  it  passes 
along  in  a  straight  course  over  the  country.  During 
the  pairing  season  however  it  often  flies  in  circles, 
occasionally  clashing  its  wings  in  the  manner  of  the 
domestic  pigeon,  which  in  its  manners  it  generally 
resembles.  Speaking  of  the  rapidity  of  the  present 
species,  Mr.  Audubon  states  that  "Pigeons  have 
been  killed  in  the  neighbourhood  of  New  York 
with  their  crops  full  of  rice,  which  they  must  have 
collected  in  the  fields  of  Georgia  and  Carolina,  these 
districts  being  the  nearest  in  which  they  could  pos- 
sibly have  procured  a  supply  of  this  kind  of  food. 
As  their  power  of  digestion  is  so  great  that  they  will 
decompose  food  entirely  in  twelve  hours,  they  must 
in  this  case  have  travelled  between  three  hundred 
and  four  hundred  miles  in  six  hours,  which  shows 
their  speed  to  be  at  an  average  about  one  mile  in  a 
minute. 

"  This  great  power  of  flight  is  seconded  by  as 
great  a  power  of  vision,  which  enables  them  as  they 
travel  at  that  swift  rate  to  inspect  the  country  below, 
discover  their  food,  and  thus  attain  the  object  for 
which  their  journey  was  undertaken. 

"The  multitudes"  (says Audubon, whose  account 
we  follow)  "  of  wild  pigeons  in  our  woods  are  as- 
tonishing. Indeed,  after  having  viewed  them  so 
often  and  under  so  many  circumstances,  I  even  now 
feel  inclined  to  pause,  and  assure  myself  that  what  I 
am  going  to  relate  is  fact : — In  the  autumn  of 
1813  I  lelt  my  house  at  Henderson  on  the  banks  of 
the  Ohio  on  my  way  to  Louisville.  In  passing  over 
the  Barrens  a  few  miles  beyond  Hardensburgh  I  ob- 
served the  pigeons  flying  from  north-east  to  south- 
west, in  greater  numbers  than  I  thought  I  had  ever 
seen  them  before  ;  and  feeling  an  inclination  to  count 
the  flocks  that  might  pass  within  the  reach  of  my 
eye  in  one  hour,  I  dismounted,  seated  myself  on  an 
eminence,  and  began  to  mark  with  my  pencil,  making 
a  dot  for  every  flock  that  passed.  In  a  short  time 
finding  the  task  I  had  undertaken  impracticable,  as 
the  birds  poured  in  in  countless  multitudes,  I  rose, 
and,  counting  the  dots  then  put  down,  found  that  one 
hundred  and  sixty-three  had  been  made  in  twenty- 
one  minutes.  1  travelled  on  and  still  met  more  the 
farther  I  proceeded.  The  air  was  literally  filled 
with  pigeons  ;  the  light  of  noon-day  was  obscured 
as  by  an  eclipse,  and  the  continued  buzz  of  wings 
had  a  tendency  to  lull  me  to  repose. 

"  Before  sunset  I  reached  Louisville,  distant  from 
Hardensburgh  filty-five  miles ;  the  pigeons  were 
still  passing  in  undiminished  numbers,  and  con- 
tinued to  do  so  for  three  days  in  succession.  The 
people  were  all  in  arms.  .The  banks  of  the  Ohio 
were  crowded  with  men  and  boys  incessantly  shoot- 


I 


Pigeons.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


387 


ing  at  the  pilgrims,  which  there  flew  lower  as  they 
passed  the  river.  Multitudes  were  destroyed.  For 
a  week  or  more  the  population  fed  on  no  other 
flesh  than  that  of  pigeons,  and  talked  of  nothing 
but  pigeons.  The  atmosphere  during  this  time  was 
strongly  impregnated  with  the  peculiar  odour  which 
emanates  from  the  species."  After  these  details 
Mr.  Audubon  proceeds  to  reckon  the  number  of 
individuals  in  a  single  flock,  and  that  not  a  large 
one,  extending  one  mile  in  breadth  and  one  hundred 
and  eighty  miles  in  length,  allowing  two  pigeons  to 
each  square  yard.  The  product  is  one  billion  one 
hundred  and  fifteen  millions  one  hundred  and 
thirty-six  thousand.  The  flock  takes  three  hours 
in  passing  any  given  spot.  What  must  be  the 
quantity  of  food  required  for  such  a  legion !  "  As 
every  pigeon  daily  consumes  fully  half  a  pint  of 
food,  the  quantity  necessary  for  supplying  this  vast 
multitude  must  be  eight  millions  seven  hundred 
and  twelve  thousand  bushels  per  day." 

Where  food,  such  as  beech-mast,  is  abundant, 
strewing  the  ground,  these  flocks  wheel  round  and 
alight,  and  the  woods  are  filled  with  their  numbers. 
About  the  middle  of  the  day,  after  their  repast  is 
finished,  they  settle  on  the  trees  to  enjoy  rest  and 
digest  their  food.  "As  the  sun  begins  to  sink 
beneath  the  horizon  they  depart  en  masse  for  the 
roosting  place,  which  not  unfrequently  is  hundreds 
of  miles  distant,  as  has  been  ascertained  by  persons 
who  have  kept  an  account  of  their  arrivals  and 
departures. 

"  One  of  these   curious  roosting-places   on  the 
banks  of  the  Green  River  in  Kentucky  I  repeatedly 
visited.    It  was,  as  is  always  the  case,  a  portion  of 
the  forest  where  the  trees  are  of  great  magnitude, 
and  where   there  was  little   underwood.      I   rode 
through  it  upwards   of  forty  miles,  and   found  its 
average  breadth  to  be  rather  more  than  three  miles. 
My  first  view  of  it  was  about  a  fortnight  subsequent 
to  the  period  when  they  had   made  choice  of  it, 
and  I  arrived  there  nearly  two  hours  before  sunset. 
Few  pigeons  were   then   to   be   seen,  but  a  great 
number  of  persons  with  horses  and  waggons,  guns 
and  ammunition,  had  already  established  encamp- 
ments on   the    borders.     Two   farmers,   from   the 
vicinity  of  Russelsville,  distant  more  than  a  hundred 
miles,  had  driven  upwards  of  three  hundred  hogs  to 
be  fattened  on  the  pigeons  that  were  to  be  slaugh- 
tered.    Here  and  there  the   people   employed  in 
plucking  and  salting  what  had  already  been  procured 
were  seen  sitting  in  the  midst  of  large  piles  of  these 
birds.     Many  trees  two  feet  in  diameter  I  observed 
were   broken   off   at   no   great  distance   from  the 
ground ;  and  the  branches  of  many  of  the  largest 
and  tallest  had  given  way  as  if  the  forest  had  been 
swept  by  a  tornado.    Everything  proved  to  me  that 
the  number  of  birds  resorting  to  this   part  of  the 
forest  must  be  immense  beyond   conception.      As 
the  period  of  their  arrival  approached,  their  foes 
anxiously  prepared  to   receive   them;    some   were 
furnished  with  iron  pots  containing  sulphur — others 
with  torches  of  pine-knots — many  with  poles,  and 
the  rest  with  guns.    The  sun  was  lost  to  our  view, 
yet  not  a  pigeon  had  arrived.      Everything  was 
ready,  and  all  eyes  were  gazing  on  the  clear  sky 
which  appeared  in  glimpses  amidst  the  tall  trees. 
Suddenly  there  burst  forth  a  general  cry  of  '  Here 
they  come.'     The  noise  which  they  made,  though 
yet  distant,  reminded  me  of  a  hard   gale  at  sea, 
passing  through  the  rigging  of  a  close  reefed  vessel. 
As  the  birds  arrived  and  passed  over  me  I  felt  a 
current  of  air  that  surprised  me.    Thousands  were 
soon  knocked  down  by  the   pole-men;    the   birds 
continued  to  pour  in ;  the  fires  were  lighted,  and  a 
most  magnificent  as  well  as  wonderful  and  almost 
terrifying    sight    presented    itself.      The    pigeons 
arriving  by  thousands   alighted    everywhere,   one 
above  another,  until  solid  masses  as  large  as  hogs- 
heads were  formed  on  the  branches  all  round.   Here 
and  there  the  perches  gave  way  with  a  crash,  and 
falling  on  the  ground  destroyed  hundreds  of  the  birds 
beneath,  forcing  down  the  dense  groups  with  which 
every  stick  was  loaded.     It  was  a  scene  of  uproar 
and  confusion  ;    no  one  dared  venture  within  the 
line  of  devastation:  the  hogs  had  been  penned  up 
in  due  lime,  the  picking  up  of  the  dead  and  wounded 
being  left  for  next  morning's  employment.     The 
pigeons  were  constantly  coming,  and  it  was  past 
midnight    before  I    perceived   a  decrease    in   the 
number  of  those  that  arrived.      Towards  the  ap- 
proach of  day  the  noise  in  some  measure  subsided  ; 
long  before  objects  were  distinguishable  the  pigeons 
began  to  move  off  in   a  direction   quite  different 
from  that  in  which  they  had  arrived  the  evening 
before,  and  at  sunrise  all  that  were  able  to  fly  had 
disappeared.      The    bowlings   of  the    wolves   now 
reached   our  ears,  and  the'loxes,  lynxes,  cougars, 
bears,  racoons,  and  opossums  were  seen  sneaking 
off,  whilst  eagles  and  hawks  of  difterent  species,  ac- 
companied by  a  crowd  of  vuHures,  came  to  supplant 
fhem,  and  enjoy  their  share  of  the  spoil."     The 
breeding   places   of  these   pigeons  are   even  more 
extensive   than   their   temporary   roosting   places; 


fifty  miles  in  length  of  forest  by  four  or  five  in 
breadth  being  colonised  by  them,  and  every  tree 
crowded  with  nests,  varying  from  fifty  to  a  hundred 
in  number.  The  breeding  time,  according  to 
Audubon,  is  not  much  influenced  by  season,  but 
the  territory  selected  is  where  food  is  most  plentiful 
and  most  easily  attainable,  and  where  water  is  at 
a  convenient  distance.  The  nests  are  composed 
of  a  few  dry  twigs  supported  on  the  forks  of  the 
branches.  The  eggs  are  two  in  number,  and,  as 
is  the  case  with  our  common  domestic  pigeon,  the 
brood  consists  in  general  of  a  male  and  female. 
When  the  young  are  fully  grown,  but  have  not  yet 
lelt  the  nests,  a  scene  similar  to  that  described 
as  occurring  in  their  roosting  place  commences. 
Parties  from  the  surrounding  country  throng  to  the 
onslaught.  Trees  are  cut  down,  and  thousands  of 
the  young  or  "  squabs  "  are  taken.  While  the  axe- 
men are  at  work,  the  forest  presents  "  a  perpetual 
tumult  of  crowding  and  fluttering  pigeons,  their 
j  wings  roaring  like  thunder,  mingled  with  the  fre- 
quent crash  of  falling  timber."  By  the  Indians,  as 
Wilson  says,  a  pigeon-roost  or  breeding  place  is 
considered  an  important  source  of  national  profit, 
and  dependence  for  the  season  ;  and  all  their  active 
ingenuity  is  exercised  on  the  occasion. 

We  have  seen  several  pairs  of  the  migratory 
pigeon  in  captivity ;  it  breeds  freely  in  a  suitable 
aviary,  and  is  as  contented  and  tame  as  our  ordinary 
domestic  race. 

The  migratory  pigeon  has  the  head  small ;  the 
neck  slender;  the  legs  short;  and  the  tail,  which  is 
composed  of  twelve  feathers,  graduated  and  taper- 
ing. Bill  black ;  iris  bright  red ;  feet  carmine 
purple ;  claws  blackish  ;  head  above  and  on  the 
sides  light  blue ;  throat,  fore-neck,  breast,  and 
sides  brownish  red ;  lower  part  and  sides  of  the 
neck  reflecting  metallic  tints  of  gold,  emerald, 
green,  and  rich  crimson  ;  the  general  colour  of  the 
upper  parts  is  greyish  blue  ;  some  of  the  wing- 
coverts  marked  with  a  black  spot ;  quills  and  larger 
wing-coverts  blackish  ;  the  primary  quills  bluish  on 
the  outer  web ;  the  larger  coverts  whitish  at  the 
tip ;  the  two  middle  feathers  of  the  tail  black,  the 
rest  pale  blue  becoming  white  towards  the  end  ; 
under  parts  white.  Length  sixteen  inches  and  a 
half.  The  female  is  somewhat  smaller  than  the 
male,  and  the  colours  of  the  plumage  are  duller, 
though  their  distribution  is  the  same.  Length 
fifteen  inches. 

1707. — The  Manasops  Pigeon 
(Ptilinopus  ci/ano-virens).  Lesson  found  this  elegant 
pigeon  in  the  deep  forests  of  New  Guinea,  and  in 
the  neighbourhood  of  the  harbour  of  Dorery  pro- 
cured numerous  individuals.  Their  low  cooing,  he 
says,  was  frequently  heard  from  the  large  trees,  and 
everything  proved  that  they  were  common.  In 
the  Papuan  tongue  the  bird  is  termed  Manasope. 
Lesson's  description  is  as  follows : — Total  length, 
from  the  end  of  the  bill  to  the  extremity  of  the  tail, 
eight  inches  six  lines  (French);  bill  delicate  and 
black  ;  iris  of  a  red  brown ;  tarsi  short,  and  almost 
entirely  feathered ;  toes  with  a  membranous  border, 
and  of  a  lively  orange  colour  ;  head,  rump,  upper 
part  of  the  body,  wings,  and  tail,  of  an  agreeable 
grass  green  ;  a  large  hood  of  a  beautiful  indigo-blue 
covers  the  occiput ;  elongated  blue  spots  occupy 
the  centre  of  the  subular  feathers,  which  are  bordered 
with  a  straight  yellow  line  ;  the  internal  and  hidden 
part  of  the  same  feathei-s  is  brown ;  the  quills  are 
entirely  brown,  and  bordered  at  the  external  edge 
with  a  line  of  canary-yellow  ;  the  tail  is  square  and 
rectilinear ;  the  feathers  which  compose  it  are  four- 
teen in  number,  brown,  their  extremities  white 
below,  and  of  a  green  similar  to  that  of  the  back 
above,  passing  into  black  in  the  middle,  and  each 
terminating  within  with  a  white  spot ;  the  two  ex- 
terior ones  are  brown,  bordered  with  yellow  exter- 
nally, as  are  the  two  or  three  next :  the  shaft  is 
brown ;  the  throat  to  half-way  down  the  neck  is 
ash  grey;  the  breast  is  greyish  green:  the  belly 
and  the  flanks  are  at  first  green  mingled  with  some 
yellow  borderings,  and  then  comes  a  large  patch  of 
yellowish  white  extending  on  each  side  so  as  to 
form  a  kind  of  girdle  ;  the  feathers  of  the  thighs  are 
green  ;  those  of  the  vent,  white  and  pale  yellow ; 
the  lower  tail-coverts  are  yellow  mingled  with 
green. 

1708. — The  Aromatic  Vinago 
(Vtnoffo  aromatica).  This  example  of  the  arboreal 
pigeons  of  intertropical  Asia  and  Africa  is  a  native 
of  the  continent  of  India,  Java,  and  the  adjacent 
islands.  It  is  said  to  climb  the  trees  with  great 
address,  and  to  frequent  the  banyan,  on  the  small 
red  fig  of  which  it  feeds  ;  whilst  its  colour  so  blends 
with  that  of  the  foliage  that  it  is  diflicult,  even 
when  a  flock  is  among  the  branches,  to  distinguish 
the  birds,  unless  they  flutter  about.  In  the  breeding 
season  the  pairs  retire  into  the  recesses  of  the  forest, 
and  re-assemble  into  flocks  after  the  young  are 
reared.  The  nest  is  a  slight  platform  of  sticks  and 
twigs;  the  eggs,  as  usual,. two. 


The  bird  is  thus  described :— The  base  or  softer 
part  of  the  bill  is  a  blackish  grey ;  the  tip  yellowish 
white,  strong,  much  hooked,  and  bulging  on  the 
side ;  the  forehead  is  of  a  bright  siskin  green ;  the 
crown  greenish  grey ;  the  chin  and  throat  gamboge- 
vellovv  ;  the  remainder  of  the  neck,  the  breast,  belly, 
lower  back,  and  rump,  yellowish  green  ;  the  upper 
backer  mantle,  and  a  part  of  the  lesser  wing-coverts 
are  of  a  rich  brownish  red,  and  exhibit  a  purplish 
tinge  in  certain  lights  ;  the  greater  wing-coverts  and 
secondary  quills  are  greenish  black,  with  a  deep 
and  well  defined  edging  of  gamboge-yellow  through- 
out their  length ;  the  tail  has  the  two  middle  feathers 
wholly  green,  and  slightly  exceeding  the  rest  in 
length ;  these  are  of  a  dark  bluish  grey,  with  a  dark 
central  band;  the  under  tail-coverts  are  yellowish 
white,  barred  with  green  ;  the  legs  and  toes  are  red, 
the  claws  pale  grey,  strong,  sharp,  and  semicircular. 
(Selby.) 

1709.— The  Phasianella 

(Columba  Carpophaga  Phasianella).  This  beau- 
tiful species  is  lound  in  Australia,  the  Philippine 
and  Molucca  Islands,  and  Java,  &c.,  where  it  in- 
habits the  woods,  feeding  on  pimento  and  various 
other  aromatic  berries.  Its  flesh  is  dark-coloured, 
but  of  excellent  flavour.  The  total  length  of  this 
species  is  about  sixteen  inches.  The  wings  are 
short;  the  tail  long  and  graduated.  The  upper 
plumage  is  deep  reddish  brown  with  bronze  re- 
flexions. The  head,  sides,  and  front  of  the  neck, 
and  whole  of  the  under  plumage,  are  orange  brown. 
The  hinder  part  of  the  neck  changeable  violet, 
purple,  and  brilliant  gold.     Legs  reddish  brown. 

1710.— The  Oceanic  Fruit-Pigeon 

{Carpophaga  oceanica).  The  small  island  of  Oualan 
in  the  midst  of  the  Caroline  Archipelago,  the  Pelew 
Islands,  and  possibly  some  of  the  Philippines,  are 
the  native  localities  of  this  species,  which  is  closely 
allied  to  the  Nutmeg  Pigeon  of  New  Guinea.  It  is 
described  by  Lesson  as  follows : — Total  length  four- 
teen inches  (French),  including  the  tail,  which 
measures  five  ;  the  bill,  an  inch  long,  is  black, 
strong,  and  surmounted  at  its  base  by  a  rounded 
and  veiy  black  caruncle  ;  the  feet  are  very  strong 
and  of  a  bright  orange  colour ;  the  tarsi  are  feathered 
nearly  down  to  the  toes,  which  have  a  well-de- 
veloped border ;  the  wings  are  pointed,  and  only 
one  inch  shorter  than  the  tail,  which  is  almost  rec- 
tilinear. The  feathers  of  the  forehead,  cheeks,  and 
throat  are  whitish  mixed  with  grey  ;  the  head  and 
the  back  of  the  neck  are  of  a  deep  slaty  grey ; 
the  back,  rump,  wing-coverts,  quills,  and  tail- 
feathers,  are  of  a  uniform  metallic  green,  passing 
into  brown  on  the  interior  of  the  great  feathers  ;  the 
breast  and  upper  part  of  the  belly  are  grey,  with  a 
tint  of  rust  colour ;  the  lower  part  of  the  belly,  the 
vent,  the  thighs,  and  the  lower  tail-coverts,  are  a 
deep  ferruginous  red  ;  the  tail-feathers  on  the  under 
side  are  a  bright  reddish  green  (vert  rougeStre  clair). 
(Lesson.) 

Mr.  Selby,  in  reference  to  the  pigeons  of  the  pre- 
sent group,  Carpophaga,  observes  that  "their  bill  is 
considerably  depressed  at  the  base,  the  membrane 
in  which  the  nostrils  are  placed  but  little  prominent 
or  swollen,  the  tip  compressed  and  moderately 
arched,  the  tomia  slightly  sinuated.  The  forehead 
is  low,  and  the  feathers  advance  considerably  upon 
the  soft  portion  of  the  bill.  In  many  of  them  a 
caruncle,  or  gristly  knob,  varying  in  size  and  shape 
according  to  the  species,  grows  upon  the  basal  part 
of  the  upper  mandible  during  the  breeding  season. 
This  is  supposed  to  be  common  to  both  sexes,  as  the 
female  is  described  with  it  in  Duperrey's  '  Voyage.' 
After  this  epoch  it  is  rapidly  absorbed,  and  its  situ- 
ation scarcely  to  be  observed  upon  the  surface  of 
the  bill.  The  feet  are  powerful,  and  formed  for 
grasping,  the  soles  being  flat  and  greatly  extended. 
As  in  the  other  members  of  this  group,  the  hind-toe 
is  fully  developed  and  long,  and  the  exterior  longer 
than  the  inner  toe.  They  inhabit  the  forests  of 
India,  the  Moluccas,  Celebes,  Australia,  and  the 
Pacific  Isles.  Their  food  consists  of  fruits  and  ber- 
ries. That  of  the  precious  nutmeg,  or  rather  its  soft 
covering,  known  to  us  by  the  name  of  mace,  at  cer- 
tain seasons  aftbrds  a  favourite  repast  to  some 
species,  and  upon  this  luxurious  diet  they  become 
so  loaded  with  fat  as  frequently,  when  shot,  to  burst 
asunder  when  they  fall  to  the  ground.  And  here 
we  may  reflect  on  the  remarkable  provision  Nature 
has  made  for  the  propagation  as  well  as  the  dis- 
semination of  this  valuable  spice,  for  the  nutmeg 
itself,  which  is  generally  swallowed  with  the  whole 
of  its  pulpy  covering,  passes  uninjured  through  the 
digestive  organs  of  the  bird,  and  is  thus  dispersed 
throughout  the  group  of  the  Moluccas  and  other 
islands  of  the  East.  Indeed,  from  repeated  experi- 
ments, it  appears  that  an  artificial  preparation,  ana- 
logous to  that  which  it  undergoes  in  its  passage 
through  the  bird,  is  necessary  to  ensure  the  growth 
and  fertility  of  the  nut;  and  it  was  not  till  after 
many  unsuccessful  at'empts  had  been   made  that 

3D2 


ITll.-Bnmzi-Klngi'U  llgi^ou. 


171  I.  -Nico'mr  Piyon. 


1710  — Oc»iiic  Frult-llgeon. 


^ 


IJlI.-Talpicoti. 


tniy— Braw»«Mlnd  l-Klatrra. 


nr)».  -  Aronm'.ic  Viiiar* 


388 


1V25.— Ilatcliing  Kggs  in  Dung. 


l1Zi.-E,^i\- -..•:■.  i  u  >' 


^l. — Urouijd-plau  of  Kgg-0\ xii. 


i72u.— I'.'gyi'iiau  Kgg-Oveit. 


1727— Anificiiil  Jlotliir. 


1723  — Kg>'ptian  K^T-Oven. 


11M#*-S8g-Fnime. 


1719.^rer»ian  Cock. 


nw  — HAtcblns-room  at  pBiii. 


389 


390 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Pigeons. 


a  lixivium  of  lime,  in  which  the  nufi  were  steeped 
for  a  certain  time,  was  found  to  have  the  wi«hed-for 
effect,  and  to  induce  the  germinating  tendency. 
The  fruit  of  the  banyan  fficu*  religiosa),  the  sacred 
tree  of  the  Hindoosi,  is  also  a  favourite  repast  of  all 
the  pigeons  of  this  group,  as  well  as  of  the  stronger- 
billed  Vinago." 

1711. — Thb  Bronze-winmd  Pioeok 
(PAqM  duUcoptera).  We  now  approach  a  series 
of  species  more  or  less  terrestrial  in  their  habits, 
whence  they  have  by  some  naturalists  been  called 
partridge  pigeons:  their  flight  is  usually  low,  and 
seldom  long  sustained. 

The  present  beautiful  species  is  a  native  of 
Australia,  and  is  common  near  Sidney  from  Sep- 
tember till  Februarj-.  It  fre(|uents  dry  sandy  situ- 
ation!*, and  is  generally  seen  either  on  the  ground, 
or  j)erched  on  low  branches  or  decayed  stumps 
of  trees;  it  is  usually  seen  in  pairs;  and  their 
voice  is  loud  and  sonorous.  The  nest  is  placed 
either  in  the  hole  of  a  mouldering  tree  or  on  a 
stump.  The  ecgs  are  two,  and  white.  We  have 
seen  several  pairs  of  these  birds  in  captivity,  but 
are  not  aware  that  they  have  bred  in  this  country. 
This  and  an  allied  species  are  beautifully  figured  by 
Mr.  Gould,  in  his  '  Birds  of  Australia.'  The  wing- 
coverts  are  remarkable  for  a  large  ovate  spot  of 
metallic  lustre,  changing  in  different  lights. 

1712.— The  Taipicoti 
(Chameepdia  Taipicoti).  Brazil,  Paraguay,  and 
other  portions  of  South  America  are  the  native 
countries  of  this  little  pigeon.  It  frequents  the 
bordeis  of  woods,  associating  in  families  of  four  or 
six. but  never  in  large  flocks:  these  perch  on  low 
bushes  and  under^vood,  at  a  little  distance  from  the 
ground,  to  which  indeed  they  constantly  resort ; 
they  are  often  to  be  seen  near  houses  in  the  country 
and  farmyards,  and,  when  capturetl,  speedily  become 
reconciled  to  the  limits  of  an  aviary,  and  breed  freely. 
Their  nest  is  mostly  placed  in  some  bush  ;  never  on 
the  branches  of  tall  trees.  Berries  and  grain  con- 
stitute their  food.  Length  six  inches  and  a  quarter. 
Top  of  head  and  back  of  neck  grey ;  cheeks  and 
throat  pinkish  white ;  plumage  above  brownish 
orange,  with  black  marks  on  some  of  the  wing- 
coverts  ;  under  plumage  deep  vivacious  red  ;  tail 
brownish  black,  the  Iwo  middle  feathers  being 
brownish  orange. 

1713. — The  B-rownbacked  Peristera 

{Peristera  tympanlstrid).  This  species  is  a  native 
of  Southern  Africa,  where  it  is  said  to  frequent 
woods ;  but  little  appears  to  be  known  respecting  it. 
The  plumage  above  is  brown,  slightly  tinged  with 
grey  on  the  neck  ;  three  or  four  of  the  greater  wing- 
coverts  have  large  spots  of  shining  green  ;  forehead, 
a  streak  over  each  eye,  and  all  the  under  parts  white  ; 
middle  tail-feathers  brown,  the  two  exteiior  on  each 
side  grey,  with  a  broad  black  bar  near  the  tip ; 
under  surface  of  wings  and  sides  pale  orange-brown  ; 
under  tail-coverts  brown  ;  bill  and  legs  grey,  the 
latter  tinged  with  reddish ;  length  nine  inches. 

1714. — The  Wattled  Ground-Pigbon 

(Geopliilus  caruncuiatus).  To  the  group  to  which 
this  bird  belongs  Le  Vaillant  has  given  the  title  of 
Col urabi-gal lines,  in  allusion  to  its  approach  in  many 
particulars  to  the  gallinaceous  birds  (the  fowl  tribe). 
It  would  appear  that  these  birds  are  almost  entirely, 
iT  not  altogether,  terrestrial ;  the  tarsi  are  long  ;  the 
tail  is  short ;  the  wings  concave  and  rounded  ;  the 
body  thick  and  heavy.  Instead  of  laying  only  two 
eggs,  the  females  are  reported  to  lay  eight  or  ten, 
which  are  incubated  in  the  ground  ;  and  the  young, 
like  those  of  the  partridge,  almost  immediately  fol- 
low the  parent,  who  broods  over  them,  and  gathers 
them  beneath  her  wings.  They  walk  and  run  with 
great  rapidity ;  and  roost  on  bushes  or  the  lower 
branches  of  trees. 

The  present  species  is  a  native  of  South  Africa, 
and  was  discovered  by  Le  Vaillant  in  the  Naniaqua 
country.  We  learn  from  him  that  the  nest  is  com- 
posed of  twigs  and  the  dried  stems  of  grasses,  and 
placed  in  some  slight  hollow  of  the  ground,  and 
there  the  female  lays  six  or  eight  reddish-white  eegs, 
which  are  incubated  by  both  the  parents.  The 
young  are  hatched  clothed  with  down  of  a  reddish 
grc^^,  run  immediately,  and  follow  their  parents, 
which  keep  them  together  by  a  peculiar  off-repeated 
cry,  and  brood  over  them  with  their  wings.  Their 
first  food  consists  of  the  larvae  of  ants,  dead  insects, 
and  worms,  which  the  parents  point  out  to  them. 
When  strong  enough  to  find  their  own  food,  they 
live  on  grain  of  different  sorts,  berries,  insects,  Ssc., 
and  keep  together  in  coveys  like  the  partridge  and 
other  Tetraonidae  till  the  p.iiring-time.  Size  about 
that  of  the  Common  Turtle,  but  with  the  body 
stouter  and  more  rounded.  Base  of  the  bill  and 
forehead  covered  with  a  naked  red  wattle ;  another 
wattle  of  the  same  hue  depends  from  the  chin,  and 
branches  of  it  extend  upwards  towards  the  ears. 


Plumage  of  head,  cheeks,  neck,  and  breast  purplish 
crey  ;  l>ack,  scapulars,  and  wing-coverts  pale  grey ; 
feathers  bordered  with  white.  Belly,  upper  and 
under  tail-coverts,  flanks,  and  under  wing-coverts 
white.  Tail  short,  rounded,  deep  ruddy  brown,  ex- 
cept the  outer  feather  on  each  side  ;  these  have  the 
outer  web  white.  Lees  covered  with  hexagonal 
scales,  purplish  red.  Iris  with  a  double  circle,  yel- 
low and  red.  The  female  has  no  wattle,  and  her 
colours  are  less  pure.     (Le  Vaillant.) 

1715. — The  Nicodar  Pigeon 
(Goiira  Nicolxirica,  Temm.).  Tliis  splendid  bird, 
of  which  we  have  seen  living  specimens  in  the 
Gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society,  is  a  native  of 
Java,  Nicobar,  Suniati-a,  and  many  of  the  Moluccas. 
It  is,  as  far  as  we  have  been  enabled  to  determine, 
terrestrial  in  its  habits.  Its  plumage  is  very  reful- 
gent ;  the  head  is  of  a  dull  j-laie  colour,  with  a  tinge 
of  purple  ;  the  neck  is  ornamented  with  long  flowing 
pointed  feathers  like  the  hackles  of  the  domestic 
cock,  of  a  rich  green  with  coppery  reflexions  :  the 
coverts  of  the  wings  are  also  pointed.  The  whole 
of  the  upper  surface  is  burnished  with  bronze  and 
steel-blue  reflexions  on  glossy  green ;  the  under 
surface  is  the  same,  but  not  quite  so  brilliant ;  the 
tail,  which  is  very  short  and  square,  is  pure  white. 
A  fleshy  tubercle  rises  on  the  base  of  the  upper 
mandible  in  the  breeding  season.  Length  about 
fourteen  inches. 

1716,  1717.— TuE  Crowned  Pioeox 
{Lophyms  coronatus).  This  remarkable  bird  is 
decidedly  the  type  of  a  distinct  group  among  the 
pigeons,  to  which  family  one  would  hardly  at  first 
sight  conceive  it  to  belong.  Its  limbs  are  like  those 
of  a  fowl,  and  so  are  the  wings,  and  the  head  is  sur- 
mounted by  a  flat  fan-like  crest  of  slender  feathers 
with  loose  barbs.  In  size  it  exceeds  a  large  fowl, 
measuring  in  total  lernrth  twenty-eight  inches.  It 
is  a  native  of  Java,  Banda,  New  Guinea,  and  the 
Moluccas.  Of  this  magnificent  species  living  spe- 
cimens have  been  kept  in  the  menagerie  of  the 
Zoological  Society.  In  its  manners  it  resembles 
poultry,  and  walks  about  with  firm  and  stately  steps, 
and  with  its  beautiful  crest  expanded.  In  India  and 
the  islands  it  is  sometimes  kept  tame  in  the  court- 
yards among  other  poultry;  and  Sir  George  Staunton, 
in  his  •  Embassy  to  China,'  notices  it  under  the  title 
of  Crown  Bird,  and  slates  that  it  is  very  familiar. 
Its  voice,  though  plaintive,  is  loud  and  sonorous, 
and  the  cooing  of  the  male  is  said  to  be  accompa- 
nied by  a  noise  somewhat  like  the  "  gobble"  of  a 
turkey-cock. 

This  heavy  terrestrial  bird  is  stated  to  build  a  nest 
in  trees,  the  eggs  being  two  in  number.  Its  food 
consists  of  grain  and  berries,  and  its  flesh  is  reported 
to  be  excellent.  General  colour  deep  slate  blue, 
with  a  patch  of  maroon  and  white  on  the  wing ; 
quills  and  tail  blackish  ash,  the  latter  paler  at  the 
tip.  Mr.  Selby  regards  the  Crowned  Pigeon  as  re- 
lated to  the  Curassows. 


ORDER  RASORES. 

The  characters  of  this  order  are  very  clear  and  defi- 
nite, and  at  once  separate  between  it  and  every 
other  into  which  the  feathered  race  is  divided. 

The  birds  composing  it  are  all  granivorous,  feed- 
ing upon  the  produce  of  the  various  cerealia,  grasses, 
&c.,  to  which  may  be  added  roots,  berries,  and  also 
insects  and  their  larvae ;  the  limbs  are  formed  for 
terrestrial  habits,  and  the  hind-toe,  as  a  rule,  is 
placed  higher  upon  the  tarsus  than  the  plane  of  the 
anterior  toes.  'Hie  wings  are  mostly  rounded,  con- 
cave, and  unfit  for  rapid  or  long  continued  flight, 
though  to  this  rule  some  few  species  afford  exceptions. 
Formed  for  the  ground,  these  birds  walk  well,  and 
run  with  considerable  rapidity  ;  the  limbs  are  mus- 
cular ;  the  body  is  stout  and  heavy ;  the  beak  strong 
and  horny,  and  at  its  base  there  is  a  touffh  mem- 
brane, in  which  the  nostrils  are  situated.  Most  are 
polygamous,  and  the  females  lay  several  eggs.  The 
young  are  hatched  in  a  state  of  considerable  for- 
wardness, and  follow  the  mother,  who  broods  over 
them  with  her  wings,  and  leads  them  in  search  of 
food  (grains  and  insects),  which  they  themseives 
pick  up.  Many  roost  in  trees :  others  on  the  ground 
exclusively.  It  is  to  this  order  that  most  of  our 
domestic  birds,  the  feathered  tenants  of  the  farm- 
yard, belong:  and  also  most  of  those  unreclaimed 
by  man,  celebrated  for  the  excellency  of  their  flesh,  , 
as  the  grouse,  partridge,  quail,  and  pheasant.  The  [: 
breast -bone  is  very  narrow,  with  a  deep  short  keel,  p 
and  at  each  side  posteriorly  is  a  deep  and  extensive 
notch,  or  indenture,  besides  which  are  two  extensive 
lateral  processes.    The  merrythought  is  feeble. 

1718. — A  Group  OF  Domestic  Poultry 
or  Rasorial  birds  (Gallinaceous),   constituting  the 
family  Phasianidic    of  Vigors.— a,    the    Peacock; 
b,  the  Turkey ;  c.  Cock  and  Hen  of  the  Dorking 


breed ;  d.  Guinea-fowl ;  e.  Cock  of  the  Hamburg 
breed  ;  /,  Game  Cock  and  Hen ;  g,  Bantam  Cock 
and  Hen. 

Of  this  group  we  shall  commence  with  the  com- 
mon fowl  (Gallus  domesticus,  Ray).  Of  all .  our 
domestic  birds,  the  common  fowl  appears  to  have 
been  the  longest  reclaimed,  and  is  the  most  exten- 
sively spread.  It  has  ramified  into  numerous  va- 
rieties, a  circumstance  which  attests  not  only  the 
antiquity,  but  the  completeness  of  its  subjuiiation 
This  bird  is  of  Indian  orijin ;  the  wild  stock  whence 
it  has  descended  is,  probably,  the  Bankiva  jungle- 
fowl,  which  interbreeds  freely  with  the  common 
domestic  race,  and  has  been  crossed  with  some  of 
the  game  breeds  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  up  the 
spirit  and  vicour  of  the  stock. 

The  circumstances  attendant  upon  the  primeval 
domestication  and  spread  of  the  common  fowl  are 
buried  in  obscurity,  nor  know  we  at  what  period  it 
became  naturalized  in  our  island.  Its  introduction, 
however,  must  have  been  at  a  remote  epoch,  as  we 
find  it  among  the  things  prohibited  by  the  Druids  as 
food.  Allusions  to  the  common  fowl  are  abundant 
in  the  earliest  writings,  and  we  know  that  the 
ancient  Greeks,  on  whose  medals  its  figure  is  often 
seen,  valued  it  for  its  pugnacious  disposition  and 
its  prowess.  Cock-fighting  was  one  of  their  diver- 
sions, and  the  breeds  most  in  repute  were  those  of 
Rhodes  and  Tanagia  in  Boeotia.  Distinguished 
breeds  were  found  also  in  Eubcea,  Media,  and  Persia, 
as  well  as  in  Egypt. 

The  Romans,  whose  taste  for  sanguinary  spec- 
tacles is  notorious,  were  extremely  partial  to  the 
amusement  of  cock-fighting,  and  trained  birds  for 
the  purpose.  Indeed  the  taste  for  this  cruel  sport 
seems  to  be  very  general  :  the  Mussulman  natives 
of  India  are  greatly  addicted  to  it,  and  one  species 
of  jungle-fowl,  called  Sonnerat's  jungle-fowl  (Gallus 
Sonneratii),  is  in  high  request ;  this  bird,  though 
smaller  than  the  domestic  breed,  is  superior  in  spirit 
and  endurance,  and  usually  proves  victorious  in  the 
combat.  The  Chinese  are  devoted  to  the  sport ;  and 
the  natives  of  Sumatra  enter  into  it  with  so  much 
ardour,  that  instances,  as  it  is  said,  have  occurred 
of  men  staking  not  only  their  goods  and  money, 
but  even  their  children  on  the  issue  of  a  battle. 

In  England  the  same  taste  long  prevailed,  but 
happily  the  practice,  more  honoured  in  the  breach 
than  the  observance,  is  now  greatly  on  the  decline, 
if  not  obsolete  ;  it  is  indeed  incompatible  with  the 
diffusion  of  knowledge,  the  tendency  of  which  is  to 
humanise  mankind,  and  lead  the  mind  from  sordid 
and  debasing  pursuits  to  sources  of  intellectual  en- 
joyment. The  common  fowl  is  a  hardy  bird,  and 
capable  of  enduring  considerable  severity  of  cold  • 
hence  its  extensive  distribution  in  a  domestic  state. 
The  warmer  and  temperate  latitudes,  however,  are 
most  congenial  to  it ;  in  the  high  northern  regions 
it  cannot  be  kept  without  difficulty,  and  therefore 
is  not  general  in  the  bleak  realms  of  Siberia; 
indeed  it  is  found  not  to  breed. 

Besides  the  game  race,  which  approaches  the 
nearest  in  character  to  the  wild  stock,  several  va- 
rieties exist  in  our  island.  One,  the  Friesland,  has 
the  feathers  curled  back,  the  plumage  having  a 
ruffled  and  by  no  means  agreeable  appearance. 
Another  breed,  the  Rumpless,  or  Persian,  Fig.  1719 
if  destitute  not  only  of  tail-feathers,  but  also  of  the 
tail  itself.  Some  breeds  have  the  comb  greatly 
developed,  in  others  it  is  small,  and  its  place  is 
usurped  by  a  tuft  of  feathers.  Dorking  is  cele- 
brated for  a  large  and  delicately  flavoured  variety, 
distinguished  by  having  five  toes  on  each  leg,  the 
hind-toe  being  double<l.  The  Poland  (of  which 
there  are  the  gold  and  silver  spangled),  the  black 
Spanish,  and  the  Hamburg  breeds  are  also  excellent. 
A  small  breed  of  fowls,  termed  the  Bantam,  (origi- 
nally from  Java),  is  very  beautiful.  The  old  Ban- 
tam fovrls,  which  are  not  much  larger  than  a  par- 
tridge, are  feathered  to  the  toes,  the  tarsi  having 
long  stiff  feathers  down  them  ;  there  is  a  small 
variety,  however,  with  clean  legs  and  an  (flegantly 
spangled  plumage,  much  in  request.  It  was  brought 
to  perfection  by  Sir  John  Sebright.  The  tail  of  the 
cock  is  simply  folded  like  that  of  the  hen,  without 
the  usual  recurved  drooping  feathers.  This  beauti- 
ful bird  is  very  spirited. 

Besides  these  is  the  silk  fowl  from  Japan  and 
China,  which  is  white,  with  the  feathers  decomposed 
and  silky  to  the  sight  and  touch.  The  comb  and 
wattles  are  purple-lake,  and  the  periosteum  (thin 
membrane  covering  the  bones)  is  dark.  There  is  in 
India  a  small  variety  (Gallus  Morio,  Temm.)  which 
has  also  the  periosteum  black,  and  the  comb,  wattles, 
and  skin  dull  purple.  A  gentleman  who  had  this 
breed  near  London  presented  us  with  a  chicken  for 
the  table  ;  its  flesh  was  excellent. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  of  the  domestic  breeds 
is  that  known  in  India  by  the  name  of  the  Kulm 
fowl,  of  which  the  malts  stand  upwards  of  twenty- 
six  inches  in  height.  Some  are  inclined  to  regard 
this  as  specifically  distinct  from  the  ordinaiy  race , 


Domestic  Poultry.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


391 


it  is  the  Galkis  giganteus  of  Temminck,    In  India  : 
it  is  known  only  as  a  domestic  bird,  but  Colonel 
Sykes  states  that  he  has  reasons'  for  believing  it  to 
have  been  introduced  there  by  the  Mussulmans  from 
Sumatra  or  Java.    The  iris  of  the  real  game  bird 
should  be  whitish  or  straw-yellow.     Colonel  Sykes 
landed  two  cocks  and  a  hen  in  England  in  June,  ; 
1831  :  they  bore  the  winter  well ;  the  hen  laid  freely, 
and  has  reared  fwo  broods  of  chickens.   The  cock  has  ; 
not  the  shrill  clear  crow  of  the  ordinary  breed.  The  i 
hen  is  a  third  smaller  than  the  male.    The  cock  has  : 
a  method  of  resting,  when  tired,  on  the  whole  of  the 
tarsus  laid  flat  on  the  ground,  and  very  ungainly  the 
mode  appears.     See  '  Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc'  1832,  p. 
151.    The  comb  of  this  bird  is  compressed,  thick,  i 
but  little  elevated,  and  with  a  smooth  instead  of  a  j 
serrated  ridge  ;  the  wattles  are  small,  and  the  throat  [ 
is  naked.  ! 

All  have  heard  of  the  Eccaleobion,  or  apparatus  1 
for  hatching  chickens  by  the  heat  of  steam,  lately  ex-  ^ 
hibited  in  London.   The  practice  of  hatching  broods 
by  the  application  of  artificial  heat  is  not  novel ;  it 
has  been  in  operation  in  Egypt  from  a  very  early 
period.      The   eggs    are    placed    by  hundreds  in 
ovens,  or  rather  small  chambers,  the  temperature  of  , 
which  is  regulated  with  great  nicety  at  a  decree  of  i 
about  ninety-six  Fahrenheit.     At  the  time  of  hatch- 
ing people  come  from  all  quarters  to  purchase  the 
young  chickens,  which  require  but  little  trouble  in 
rearing.     We  extract  the  following  account  from 
the  'Library  of  Entertaining  Knowledge— Habits 
of  Birds :' — 

"  Modern  travellers,  who  mention  the  art  as  prac- 
tised in  Egypt,  are  very  deficient  in  their  details ; 
but  we  ought  to  wonder  the  less  at  this  when  Father 
Sicard  ini^orms  us  that  it  is  kept  a  secret  even  in 
Egypt,  and  is  only  known  to  the  inhabitants  of 
the  village  of  Berme,  and  a  few  adjoining  places  in 
the  Delta,  who  leave  it  as  an  heirloom  to  their 
children,  forbidding  them  to  impart  it  to  strangers. 
When  the  beginning  of  autumn,  the  season  most  fa- 
vourable for  hatching,  approaches,  the  people  of 
this  village  disperse  themselves  over  the  country, 
each  taking  the  management  of  a  number  of  eggs 
intrusted  to  his  care  by  those  acquainted  with  the 
art. 

"  According  to  the  best  descriptions  of  the  Egyp- 
tian mamal,  or  hatching  oven,  it  is  a  brick  structure 
about  nine  feet  high.  The  middle  is  formed  into  a 
gallery  about  three  feet  wide  and  eight  feet  high, 
extending  from  one  end  of  the  building  to  the  other. 
This  gallery  forms  the  entrance  to  the  oven,  and 
commands  its  whole  extent,  facilitating  the  various 
operations  indispensable  for  keeping  the  eggs  at  the 

firoper  degree  of  warmth.  On  each  side  of  this  gal- 
ery  there  is  a  double  row  of  rooms,  every  room  on 
the  ground-floor  having  one  over  it  of  precisely  the 
same  dimensions,  namely,  three  feet  in  height,  four 
or  five  in  breadth,  and  twelve  or  fifteen  in  length. 
These  have  a  round  hole  for  an  entrance  of  about  a 
foot  and  a  half  in  diameter,  wide  enough  for  a  man 
to  creep  through;  and  into  each  are  put  four  or  five 
thousand  eggs.  The  number  of  rooms  in  one  mamal 
varies  from  three  to  twelve ;  and  the  building  is 
adapted,  of  course,  for  hatching  from  forty  to  eighty 
thousand  eggs,  which  are  not  laid  on  the  bare  brick 
floor  of  the  oven,  but  upon  a  mat,  or  bed  of  flax,  or 
other  non-conducting  material. 

"  In  each  of  the  upper  rooms  is  a  fire-place  for 
warming  the  lower  room,  the  heat  being  communi- 
cated through  a  large  hole  in  the  centre.  The  fire- 
place is  a  sort  of  gutter,  two  inches  deep  and  six 
wide,  on  the  edge  of  the  floor,  sometimes  all  round, 
but  for  the  most  part  only  on  two  of  its  sides.  As 
wood  or  charcoal  would  make  too  quick  a  fire,  they 
burn  the  dung  of  cows  or  camels,  mixed  with  straw, 
formed  into  cakes  and  dried.  The  doors  which  open 
into  the  gallery  serve  for  chimneys  to  let  out  the 
smoke,  which  finally  escapes  through  openings  in 
the  arch  of  the  gallery  itself.  The  fire  in  the  gutters 
is  only  kept  up,  according  to  some,  for  an  hour  in 
the  morning  and  an  hour  at  night,  which  they  call 
the  dinner  and  supper  of  the  chickens ;  while  others 
say  it  is  lighted  four  times  a-day.  The  diff"erence 
probably  depends  on  the  temperature  of  the  weather. 
AYhen  the  smoke  of  the  fires  has  subsided,  the  open- 
ings into  the  gallery  from  the  several  rooms  are 
carefully  stuffed  with  bundles  of  coarse  tow,  by 
which  the  heat  is  more  efl'ectually  confined  than  it 
could  be  by  a  wooden  door. 

"When  the  fires  have  been  continued  for  an  in- 
definite number  of  days — eight,  ten,  or  twelve,  ac- 
cording to  the  weather — they  are  discontinued,  the 
heat  acquired  by  the  ovens  being  then  sufficient  to 
finish  the  hatching,  which  requires  in  all  twenty-one 
days,  the  same  time  as  when  eggs  are  naturally 
hatched  by  a  hen.  About  the  middle  of  this  period 
a  number  of  the  eggs  in  the  lower  are  moved  into 
the  upper  rooms,  in  order  to  give  the  embryos  greater 
facility  in  making  their  exit  from  the  shell,  than 
they  would  have  if  a  number  of  eggs  were  piled  up 
above  them. 

"  The  number  of  ovens  dispersed  in  the  several  dis- 


tricts of  Egypt  has  been  estimated  at  386;  and  this 
number  can  never  be  either  increased  or  diminished 
without  the  circumstance  being  known,  as  it  is  indis- 
pensable for  each  mamal  to  be  managed  by  a  Ber- 
mean,  none  of  whom  are  permitted  to  practise  their 
art  without  a  certified  licence  from  the  Aga  of  Berme, 
who  receives  ten  crowns  for  each  licence.  If  then 
we  take  into  account  that  six  or  eight  broods  are 
annually  hatched  in  each  oven,  and  that  each  brood 
consists  of  from  forty  thousand  to  eighty  thousand, 
we  may  conclude  that  the  gross  number  of  chickens 
which  are  every  year  hatched  in  Egypt  amounts  to 
nearly  one  hundredmillions.  They  lay  their  account 
with  losing  about  a  third  of  all  the  eggs  put  into  the 
ovens.  Ttie  Bermean,  indeed,  guarantees  only  two- 
thirds  of  the  eggs  with  which  he  is  intrusted  by  the 
undertaker,  so  that  out  of  forty-five  thousand  eggs 
he  IS  obliged  to  return  no  more  than  thirty  thousand 
chickens.  If  he  succeeds  in  hatching  these,  the 
overplus  becomes  his  perquisite,  which  he  adds  to 
the  sum  of  thirty  or  forty  crowns,  besides  his  board, 
that  is  paid  him  for  his  six  months'  work." 

Fig.  1720  represents  an  Egyptian  egg-oven.  Fig. 
1721,  the  ground-plan  of  the  same.  Fig.  1722,  trans- 
verse section  and  elevation.  Fig.  1723,  transverse 
section  and  perspective  elevation. 

Reaumur  tried  many  experiments  on  the  arti- 
ficial modes  of  hatching  eggs;  he  first  attempted 
to  bring  the  chicks  to  maturity  by  placing  the  eggs 
in  hotbeds' of  manure — but  the  attempt  failed.  He 
then  put  the  eggs  into  a  sort  of  frame  (Fig.  1724) 
composed  of  a  series  of  open  boxes,  and  put  them 
into  a  stable  heated  by  manure,  but  without  success ; 
the  vapour  evidently  destroyed  their  vitality — they 
became  moist  as  if  they  had  been  dipped  into  noi- 
some water;  and  putrefaction  ensued.  He  next  en- 
closed the  eggs  in  casks,  sunk  in  the  bed  of  manure  ; 
but  raised  about  three  inches  above  the  surface  of 
the  bed,  as  seen  at  Fig.  1725,  and  to  the  delight  of 
himself  and  his  gardener,  who  took  great  interest  in 
the  proceedings,  was  eminently  successful. 

In  consequence  of  these  results,  the  rector  of  St. 
Sulpice  felt  a  desire  to  extend  the  practice,  and  ap- 
plied to  M.  Reaumur  for  instructions,  but  instead  of 
recommending  hotbeds  of  manure,  the  naturalist 
imagined  that  he  might  take  advantage  of  the  heat 
of  the  bread-ovens  belonging  to  the  extensive  bene- 
volent Institution  called  L'Enfant  J6sus.  "After 
several  trials  to  ascertain  the  heat  of  a  room  which 
was  situated  over  this  bake-house,  and  such  arrange- 
ments as  were  necessary  for  ensuring  uniformity,  it 
was  determined  to  place  the  eggs  in  order  upon  the 
shelves  of  a  small  cupboard  placed  there,  and  intrus# 
the  care  of  them  to  the  nuns  of  the  establishment. 
In  one  of  the  first  experiments  made  here  the  charge 
of  keeping  a  single  box  containing  a  hundred  eggs 
was  intrusted  to  a  very  ingenious  nun  who  was 
quite  enthusiastic  in  the  business.  Above  half  of 
these  eggs  proved  abortive,  but  it  was  worthy  of  re- 
mark that  about  twenty  were  hatched  about  one 
day  sooner  than  they  would  have  been  under  a  hen. 
When  the  first  of  them  appeared,  the  nun  was  trans- 
ported with  joy,  and  directly  ran  to  tell  the  news 
to  everybody  she  could  find." 

Fig.  1726  shows  the  hatching-room  over  the 
bake-house  of  the  Priory  of  L'Enfant  Jesus  at  Paris. 
In  the  case  of  artificial  hatching  it  is  evident  that 
under  ordinary  circumstances  some  plan  must  be 
adopted  to  supply  the  place  of  the  careful  fostering 
hen.  It  is  to  the  backs  of  chickens  that  the  warmth 
of  the  hen  is  chiefly  applied,  as  they  huddle  under 
her  body  and  wings  ;  keeping  this  fact  in  view,  M. 
Reaumur  constructed  what  he  termed  artificial  mo- 
thers, of  which  the  most  simple  is  merely  a  box 
lined  with  sheepskin  with  the  wool  on  it,  of  a  square 
form  with  the  top  sloped  like  a  writing-desk,  in  order 
to  accommodate  chickens  of  various  sizes  (Fig. 
1727) ;  this  was  open  at  each  end,  and  placed  in  an 
enclosure  ofwire  or  netting.  Fig.  1728  shows  an  im- 
provement on  the  preceding,  in  which  the  fostering 
place  is  continued  from  a  cage  for  exercise  and  feed- 
ing, and  furnished  with  moveable  covers,  capable  of 
being  regulated  according  to  the  growth  of  the 
chickens,  but  always  so  low  as  to  prevent  them  from 
climbing  over  each  other.  Fig.  1729  represents  a 
still  more  ingenious  apparatus,  consisting  of  a  stove, 
with  an  apartment  round  it  for  the  young  brood, 
and  a  network  both  to  prevent  their  escape  and  too 
near  approach  to  the  stove.  Of  the  heat  of  this 
stove  M.  Rjaumur  took  advantage  to  hatch  fresh 
broods  by  hanging  eggs  in  baskets  over  it,  nicely 
adjusting  the  temperature.  A  similar  apparatus 
(Fig.  1730)  he  applied  to  water-fowls,  as  ducks,  &c., 
surrounding  it  with  green  turf,  and  adding  a  small 
pond  to  the  feeding-room. 

With  respect  to  the  habits  of  our  domestic  fowls 
nothing  need  be  said.  The  crow  of  the  cock,  the 
cackle  of  the  hen,  the  care  of  chanticleer  over  his 
harem,  his  attention  and  spirit,  the  cluck  with  which 
he  calls  the  females  to  some  acceptable  food,  their 
mode  of  dusting  their  feathers,  their  habit  of  swal- 
lowing gravel  and  small  pebbles,  to  assist  in  the 
trituration  of  grain,  subjected  to  the  action  of  the 


muscular  gizzard,  these  and  many  other  points  in 
their  economy  are  known  to  all.  From  the  domestic 
fowl  we  shall  advance  to  some  of  the  wild  breeds. 

1731. — The  Bankiva  Jungi-k-Fowl 
(Gallus    Banhiia,   Temm.).    The    Javan   cock    of 
Latham;  Ayam  utan  of  the  Malays. 

This  beautiful  species  is  a  native  of  Java,  and, 
though  smaller  in  size,  closely  resembles  the  black- 
breasted  red  game  breed  of  our  own  country.  It 
tenants  the  jungles,  and  in  some  districts  is  very 
abundant.  We  have  seen  many  specirapiis  in  the 
Gardens  of  the  Zoological  Society.  A  larger  variety 
or  perhaps  a  distinct  species  is  found  on  the  conti- 
nent of  India.  The  plumage  of  the  male  is  as 
follows: — the  hackles  of  the  neck  and  rump  are 
long,  and  of  a  fine  rich  orange -red  ;  the  upper  part 
of  the  back  below  the  hackles  bluish  black  ;  the 
shoulders  bright  chestnut  red ;  the  greater  coverts 
and  secondaries  deep  steel-blue ;  the  quills  brownish 
black,  edged  with  pale  reddish  yellow;  tail  black, 
with  green  and  steel-blue  reflexions ;  breast  and 
under  parts  black ;  the  comb,  which  is  upright  and 
deeply  indented,  the  naked  space  round  the  eyes, 
and  the  wattles  scarlet.  The  hen  closely  resembles 
a  brown  game  hen,  of  the  same  breed  as  the  black- 
breasted  red,  or  duck-winged  game  cock. 

That  this  wild  fowl,  or  the  larger  continental 
species  allied  to  it,  is  the  origin  of  our  domestic 
race  (and  especially  the  game  breed  referred  to)  we 
have  no  doubt.  It  is  at  the  same  time  very  probable 
that  other  species  are  commingled  with  it,  our 
domestic  breed  being  of  mixed  origin,  the  game 
race  the  purest.  Should  such  be  the  case,  the  theory 
of  the  non-fertility  of  the  produce  of  two  distinct 
species,  as  a  strict  rule,  falls  to  the  ground.  The 
Javan  jungle-fowl,  and  we  believe  Sonnerat's  jungle- 
fowl,  will  breed  with  the  ordinary  race,  and  the 
progeny  rapidly  multiplies.  Besides  the  present 
species,  we  may  notice  the  Bronzed  Jungle-fowl 
(Gallus  jEneus),  and  the  Fork-tailed  Jungle-fowl 
(Gallus  furcatus,  Temminck),  as  natives  of  Java 
and  Sumatra.  The  former,  which  was  discovered  in 
the  interior  of  Sumatra  by  M.  Diard,  is  larger  than 
the  Bankiva  cock  ;  the  edge  of  the  comb  is  smooth  ; 
and  the  feathers  of  the  neck  and  rump,  though 
elongated,  are  not  true  hackles.  The  latter,  a  native 
of  Java,  has  also  the  comb  entire,  and  is  destitute  ot 
true  hackles,  but  instead  of  double  wattles  it  has 
only  one,  of  large  size,  pendent  from  the  middle  line 
of  the  throat. 

1732,  1733,  1734. — Sonnerat's  Junglk-Fowl  (male 

and  female) 
{Gallus  Sonneratii).    Jungle-fowl  of  the  sportsmen 
in  India;  Rahn  Komrah  of  the  Mahrattas. 

This  splendid  bird,  of  which  many  specimens  have 
lived  long  in  the  menagerie  of  the  Zool.  Soc,  is 
celebrated  for  its  high  courage  and  prowess,  and  is 
in  great  request  among  the  cock-fighters  of  Hindos- 
tan,  who  consider  it  more  than  a  match  for  a  larger 
bird  of  the  ordinary  breed.  Its  port  is  erect  and 
stately,  and  its  form  is  admirable.  In  size  this 
species  is  nearly  equal  to  the  domestic  fowl,  but 
is  lighter  and  more  graceful.  The  comb  is  only 
slightly  indented  ;  the  wattles  are  large  and  double ; 
the  hackles  (though  they  scarcely  -come  under  this 
term)  of  the  neck,  of  the  wing  and  tail-coverts  dark 
greyish,  with  bright  golden  orange  shafts  dilating 
in  the  centre  and  towards  the  tip  info  a  flat  horny 
plate.  In  some  of  these  feathers  the  shaft  takes  an 
elliptical  or  oar-like  shape  ;  in  others  it  puts  on  the 
appearance  of  a  long  inverted  cone,  from  the  centre 
of  the  base  of  which  a  battledore-like  process  arises. 
The  substance  and  appearance  of  these  plates 
have  been  not  inaptly  compared  with  the  wax-like 
plates  which  ornament  the  wings  and  tail  of  the 
Bohemian  Chatterer.  The  effect  produced  by  this 
modification  of  the  shafts  is  singular  and  beautiful. 
Feathers  of  the  middle  of  the  back,  breast,  belly, 
and  thighs  deep  rich  grey,  with  paler  shafts  and 
edges  ;  tail  generally  rich  deep  green ;  the  feathers 
which  immediately  succeed  the  hackles  are  rich 
purple,  with  a  pale  yellow  edge ;  those  next  in  suc- 
cession are  golden-green,  with  grey  edges,  and  all 
are  glossed  with  brilliant  metallic  reflexions ;  bill, 
legs,  and  feet  yellow.  The  living  bird  presents 
ahogether  a  rich  and  striking  object,  especially 
when  the  sun  shines  on  the  plumage. 

Female  less  than  the  cock  by  about  a  third,  with- 
out comb  or  wattles,  but  a  trace  of  nakedness  round 
the  eye.  The  plumage  (generally)  is  without  the 
horny  structure  which  distinguishes  that  of  the  male. 
Upper  parts  uniform  brown  ;  neck  feathers  with 
dark  edges,  those  of  the  back  and  wing-coverts  with 
a  pale  streak  along  the  shaft,  and  those  of  the  wings, 
tail-coverts,  and  tail  waved  and  mottled  with  darker 
pencillings;  throat  and  front  of  the  neck  white; 
feathers  of  the  rest  of  the  lower  parts  greyish  white, 
edged  with  dark  brown  ;  legs  and  feet  bluish  grey. 

1735,  173C. — The  J'ire-dacked  Jungle-Fowl 
{Euplocamus  iynitiis,  Temra.).     Fire-backed  Phea- 
sant ;  Macartney  cock  ;  Phasianus  ignitus. 


i;a>.-Be*<nDur'f  Sunt  and  Uttcking-FIoor. 


i:JJ.--ttaunm'<  Jnnglc-Fovl.    Hale 


1731.— Baokiva  Jungle-FowL 


U3J.—Soniicrat'8  Jungle-Fowl.    Female. 


it2S.— Improved  ArtiRc-al  Mother. 


1736.— Fire-backeU  Juaglo-Fowl.    Kemalo. 


173: (Jruup  of  Chinese  Pheasants. 


I  T3j.— Fire-hacked  Jungle-Fowl.    Male. 


392 


742. — Hastings"  Horned  Pheasant.    Male. 


>Va   ^-^yp 


1*43. — Hastings' Homed  Pheasant.     Female. 


^1^^ 


1"3».— Impeyaa  Pheaiant.     Female. 


]738. — Impeyan  Pheasant.     Male. 

No.  50. 


1734.— Jungle-Fowl  of  India. 


l"4ll. — Ileiul  of  Impov.in  Plieasant. 


::^\. 


^ -^ 


1741.— Temminck'g  Horned  Pheasant. 
[THE  MUSEUM  OP  ANIMATED  NATURE.] 


393 


394 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[Pheasants. 


The  noble  specie*  which  is  intermediate  between 
the  true  jungle-lowl*  and  the  pheasant*  i»  larger 
than  the  domestic  game  breed,  and  stands  pecuharly 
Inch  on  the  lejrs,  which  are  sironp,  and  in  the  male 
armed  with  sharp  spurs;  there  are  no  long  hackle- 
feathers  on  the  neck  ;  and  the  head,  adorned  with  a 
crest  of  naked  shat^ed  feathers  expanded  at  their 
tips  into  slender  spreading  barbs,  is  destitute  both 
ot  comb  and  wattles.  The  sides  of  the  head,  Irom 
the  base  of  the  beak  to  the  occiput,  are  covered  with 
a  naked  purplish  skin,  encircling  the  e;,e8:  the 
general  plumage  is  black,  shot  with  gleaming  steel- 
blue;  the  lower  part  of  the  back  is  rich  orange  red 
or  flame-colour,  and  this  colour  extends  zone-like 
round  the  body,  but  becomes  obscure  on  the  abdo- 
men ;  tiil-coverts  broad,  of  a  rich  glossy  bluish  green, 
with  a  paler  bar  at  the  tip;  the  four  middle  tail- 
feathers  and  the  two  central  bending  ones  (which 
are  really  developed  tail-coveits  in  the  males  of  the 
fowl  tribe),  are  white,  the  rest  black  with  green 
reflexions. 

The  female,  Fig.  173G,  has  her  plumage  of  a  rich 
cinnamon  brown,  the  leathers  of  the  upper  parts 
being  s'.isrhtly  mottled  with  black  ;  the  throat  is 
white,  .Hnd  the  feathers  of  the  under  parts,  which 
are  paler  than  those  of  the  back,  are  edged  with 
white  ;  head  crested  ;  tail  folded  as  in  the  fowl. 

This  species  is  a  native  of  Sumatra,  and  was  first 
intro-.luced  to  science  by  Sir  Georsce  Staunton,  in  the 
narrative  of  liis  '  Embassy  to  China.'  His  host  at 
Batavia,  among  other  interesting  specimens  of  natu- 
ral history,  possessed  one  of  this  bird,  which  was  pre- 
sented to  Sir  G.  Staunton;  it  was  sent  to  England 
and  described  by  Shaw.  As  its  tail  was  mutilated, 
tl'.efigure  (No.  13,  Atlas  to  the  work  of  SirG.  Staun- 
ton) is  so  managed  as  to  leave  the  form  of  the  tail 
undetermined.  Fine  specimens  are  in  the  Museum 
of  the  Zool.  Soc.  The  bending  feathers  of  the  tail 
are  shorter  and  much  broader  than  those  of  the 
jungle-cocks  G.  Bankiva  and  G.  Sonneratii,  or  cf 
the  ordinary  domestic  cock. 

Advancing  to  the  true  pheasants,  we  may  observe 
that  they  diifer  in  many  points  from  the  jungle-fowls 
(Gallus).  The  head  is  destitute  of  a  comb,  the  tail 
is  Ions,  more  or  less  drooping,  and  composed  of  long 
gently  arching  feathers,  of  which  the  middle  exceed 
the  rest;  the  legs  of  the  male  are  armed  with  spurs. 
The  pheasant  has  little  in  his  port  of  the  upii'j;lit 
gallant  bearing  of  the  jungle-cock,  or  game  cock  ; 
his  attitude  is  more  crouching,  and  the  whole  figure 
lower  and  more  elongated.  The  common  pheasant 
(Phasianus  Colchicus)  is  too  well  known  to  require 
description.  It  is  naturalized  in  our  country  and 
throughout  a  great  portion  of  the  European  conti- 
nent,^but  is  originally  from  Mingrelia  and  Georgia, 
anciently  Colchis.  It  is  said  to  be  common  in  Tar- 
tary  and  some  parts  of  China.  Its  introduction 
into  Europe  was  ascribed  by  the  ancients  to  Jason, 
who  conducted  the  Argonautic  expedition  to  Colchis 
(B.C.  937,  Newton  ;  ii.c.  1203,  Blair).  Be  this  as  it 
may,  the  Greek  name  of  the  bird  <pa<riayi!  (Latinized 
PhaManus),  and  the  origin  of  its  modern  European 
names,  indicates  the  banks  of  the  river  Phasis  (the 
present  Faz  or  Rion)  as  the  locality  whence  the 
Greeks  first  derived  it.  Pliny  calls  these  birds  Pha- 
tianie  avcs — biros  of  the  Ph?.sis. 

Besides  the  common  pheasant  we  have  a  variety, 
by  some  regarded  as  a  distinct  species,  called  the 
Ring-necked  pheasant,  distinguished  chiefly  by  a 
white  ring  round  the  neck.  It  intermingles  with 
the  common  syrt. 

The  pheasant  breeds  in  April,  the  young  being 
hatched  at  the  latter  end  of  May,  or  the  beginning 
of  June.  The  nest  is  a  rude  structure  placed  on  the 
ground  under  the  covert  of  fern  ;  the  eggs  are  from 
ten  to  fourteen  in  number. 

The  food  of  lliis  bird  is  very  miscellaneous  ;  Je- 
rusalem artichokes,  potatoes,  buckwheat,  licans, 
peas,  barley,  and  wheat,  are  favourite  articles  of 
diet ;  so  also  are  bulbous  roots,  as  those  of  the  tulip, 
the  buttercup,  &c.  For  these  the  bird  diss  with  its 
bill  and  feet.  To  this  list  must  be  added  wild  ber- 
ries, sloes,  haws.  &c.,  and  also  insects,  the  larva;  of 
ants,  &c.  Hybrids  between  the  pheasant  and  barn- 
door fowl  are  not  uncommon.  These  hybrids,  though 
thoy  will  not,  as  it  would  appear,  breed  together, 
will  breed  either  with  the  pheasant  or  common  fowl. 
(See  'Proceeds.  Zool.  Soc'  183G,  p.  84.) 

Female  pheasants,  and  also  common  fowls,  occa- 
sionally assume  the  plumaee  and  voice  of  the  male. 

In  these  instances  a  peculiar  disease  renders  the 
birds  unproductive.  To  enter  minutely  into  the  ha- 
bits and  manners  of  the  pheasant  is  not  necessary. 

Fie;.  1737  represents  a  group  of  three  pheasants 
^remarkable  lor  their  beauty,  natives  of  China. 

1737,  c— Rkeves'  Pheasant 

<(St/nn!itiais  veneralm,  Waaler).  Phasianus  vene- 
jatus,  Tcmniinck  ;  Ph.  Reevesii,  Hardwick.  This 
«plendi(l  bird  is  a  native  of  the  north  of  China,  and 
the  snowy  mountains  of  Snrinagiir  ;  but  no  living 
example  ever  reached  Europe  uniilthe  one  l)rought 
over  by  J.  Reeves,  Es<j.,  of  Canton,  in  1831,  and 


presented  to  the  Zoological  Society.  In  1834  a 
second  specimen  was  procured  by  the  same  gentle- 
man, and  sent  to  ihe  Society's  menagerie,  'i'his 
species  is  remarkable  for  the  length  of  its  tail,  and 
especially  of  the  two  middle  tail-feathers,  which 
when  fully  grown  measure  six  or  seven  feet  in 
length;  they  arc  beautil'ully  barred  with  curved 
bands  of  dark  brown  on  a  grey  ground,  the  bands 
passing  into  pale  chestnut  at  the  edges.  In  size  the 
bird  exceeds  the  common  pheasant.  Fine  speci- 
mens of  the  i)resenl  species  are  in  the  British 
Museum.  In  its  manners  the  Reeves'  pheasant 
closely  resembles  the  common  jiheasant,  as  far  as 
can  be  judged  bv  the  actions  of  the  living  speci- 
mens alluded  to,  and  we  doubt  not  it  might  become 
naturalized  in  our  countrv.  Upper  surface  gene- 
rally golden  yellow,  each  feather  having  a  distinct 
margin  of  black;  the  head  white,  naked  space 
lound  the  eye  scarlet ;  and  a-  black  streak  passes 
over  the  ear-coverls  to  the  back  of  the  head  ;  throat 
white,  bounded  bv  a  gori^et  of  black  ;  the  leathers 
of  the  sides  white  in  the  centre,  with  barb-shaped 
marks  of  black,  and  a  deep  ved-brown  border; 
under  parts  black. 

1737,  6.— TiiK  Golden  Pheasant 
(Thaumalea  picta,  Wagler).  Phasianus  pictus,  Linn. 
This  richly  coloured  species  is  common  in  aviaries, 
where  it  breeds  freely  ;  it  is  a  native  of  China,  where, 
according  to  Latham,  ii  is  called  Kenki,  or  Kenkee, 
which  signifies  gold-flower  fowl  ;  and  is  a  great 
favourite,  as  may  be  readily  supposed,  from  its 
beauty.  The  head  is  ornamented  with  a  silky  crest 
of  fine  amber  yellow.  The  leathers  of  the  back  of 
the  head  and  neck  are  square,  disposed  in  scales,  and 
of  a  rich  orange  red.  edi;ed  with  a  line  of  black,  and 
capable  of  being  raised  up  at  will ;  lower  down,  so 
as  to  encroach  upon  the  top  of  the  back,  is  a  space 
of  dark  glossy  greenish  feathers  with  rounded  edge, 
disposed  scale-like  ;  the  back  is  rich  yellow,  as  are 
the  upper  tail-coverts,  with  a  crimson  border;  the 
tail-feathers  are  mottled  with  chestnut  and  black ; 
the  wings  are  deep  blue  at  their  base ;  quills  and 
secondaries  brown  with  chestnut  bars ;  the  whole  ot 
the  under  surlace  intense  scarlet.  The  female  is  of 
a  uniform  rusty  brown,  with  darker  marks  and  spots, 
and  the  tail  is  comparatively  short.  We  have  seen 
admirable  Chinese  paintings  of  this  bird. 

1737,  a.— The  Silver  Pheasant 
{Gemumis  nycthemervs,  Wagler).  Phasianus  nyc- 
thcmeiiis,  Liiin.  This  is  a  IJirger  and  hardier  bud 
than  the  golden  pheasant,  and,  though  less  E;orgeous, 
quite  as  beautiful  from  the  chasteness  of  the  colour- 
ing and  delicacy  of  the  pencillings.  It  is  a  native 
of  the  north  of  China,  and  in  our  island  thrives  so 
well  that  its  naturalization  can  be  a  work  of  no  great 
difficulty.  It  is  as  tame  in  continement  as  a  barn- 
door fowl,  and  has  more  the  habits  and  manners  of 
the  fowl  than  of  the  pheasant.  The  cheeks  are 
covered  with  a  naked  skin  of  intense  scarlet ;  a  crest 
of  black  feathei-s  ornaments  the  top  of  the  head  ;  the 
upper  surface  generally  is  of  a  pure  white,  travei-sed 
with  the  greatest  regularity  by  finely  pencilled  lines 
of  black  across  the  feathers  ;  the  chest  and  under  sur- 
face are  purplish  black.  In  the  female  the  plumage 
of  the  upper  surface  is  rusty  brown  ;  ot  the  under 
parts  dinsy  white,  banded  with  blackish,  and  irre- 
gularly clouded  with  brown. 

17aS,  173D.— The  Impeyan  Pheasant 
(Lophoplioriis  Impeyanvi).     Lophophorus  retr.lgens, 
Teniminck.  The  genus  Luphophoius  is  characterized 
as  follows :— Head  surmounted  by  a  plume  orieathers 
having  long   tlender  shalts,   and   spreading  into  a 
spatulate  form   at  the   extiemities;  the  cheeks  are 
only   paitially   clothed  with   feathers;    the   tail   is 
broad  and  rounded  at  the  termination  ;  the  tatti  in 
the  male  are  armed  with  spurs  ;  the  tipof  the  uiiper 
mandible  of  the  beak  is  prolonged  and  dilated  lor 
scooping:  the  plumase  of  the  male  is  of  metallic 
brilliancy.     Fig.   1740  represents  the  head  of  the 
male.     The  Impeyan  pheasant  is  a  native  of  the 
Himalava'  Mountains,  and  is  never  found  on  the 
plains  ;  'hence  it  exists  in  a  temperature  even  below 
that  olmoderate.  The  form  is  robust,  and  its  food  con- 
sists to  a  gnat  extent  of  bulbous  roots,  which  it  rakes 
up  with  its  bill  out  of  the   ground,  for  which  pur- 
iiose,  as  well  as  for  detaching  the  concentric  layers 
composing  this  substance,  the  upper  mandible  is 
well  adapted.     In   the  male  the   head  and  throat 
glisten  wiih   metallic  green:    the  feathers  of  the 
lower  part  of  the   neck  and   top  of  the  back  are 
lancet-shaped,  and  of  an  intense  metallic  purple. 
The  wings  and  general  plumage  are  steel  blue,  with 
!  a  white' band  across  the  lower  pait  of  the  back; 
'  the  tail  is  rufous  brown.     As  is  the  rule  among  the 
\  gallinaceous    birds    generally,   and   especially   the 
pheasant  tribe,  the  pta-fowls,  and  turkeys,  the  fe- 
male (Fig.  173i))  is  not  only  smaller  than  her  mate, 
but  difleis  greatly  in  colour,  being  of  a  dull  brown, 
dashed    with   grey   and    yellowish,    and    having   a 
while  throat.     The  crest  is  compaiatively  tiifiing. 


Cuvier  considers  the  present  genus  as  allied  in  som 
degree  to  the  pea-;owls. 

1741. — Tkmminck's  Hornbd  Pheasant 

{Traijojxin  Tanminckii,  Gray).  To  this  bird  we 
shallallude  in  our  observations  on  the  next  species. 

1742,  1743. — Hastings'  Hok.ved  Pheasant 
('I'rayoj.an  Ilasliiiysii).  The  species  composing 
the  genus  Tragopan  of  Cuvier,  which  seem  to  otter 
an  intermediate  Jink  between  the  genuine  pheasants 
and  turkeys,  are  ea-ily  distinguishable  from  all  the 
lest  of  the  Phasinnidie  (at  least  as  far  as  regards  the 
male  birds)  by  the  presence  of  huge  throal-v.attles, 
or  naked  carunculated  flaps  of  skin  (resembling 
those  of  the  turkey),  which  extend  liom  the  naked 
cheeks,  spread  over  the  throat,  and  proceed  down 
each  side  of  the  neck,  while  from  behind  each  eye 
rises  a  soft  fleshy  horn.  The  whole  of  these  ap- 
pendages are  capable  of  being  contracted  and 
dilated  at  pleasure,  or  in  accordance  with  the 
emotions  of  anger,  fear,  &c.,  as  we  see  in  the  male 
turkey:  the  tints  of  the  horns  and  wattles  are  rich 
purple,  mingled  with  scarlet,  and  are  most  pro- 
bably changeable  from  one  hue  to  another.  The 
tail  is  broad  and  rounded,  and  the  plumage  is  dotted 
with  round  spots  of  white  on  a  brown  or  red  ground, 
the  effect  of  wliicli  is  very  pleasing. 

Of  the  three  species  that  are  known  at  present, two 
have  been  but  recently  introduced  to  science,  nor, 
indeed,  is  our  acquaintance  with  the  one  first  de- 
scribed of  distant  date.  The  first  species  is  the 
horned  pheasant  of  Nepal  (Tragopan  satyrus).  It 
was  first  descril)ed  and  figured  by  Edwards,  in  the 
third  volume  of  his'  Natural  History  of  Birds,'  p.  116, 
partly  liom  a  drawing  sent  liom  India  to  Dr. 
Mead,  and  partly  from  a  head  of  the  bird  preserved 
in  spirits  which  accompanied  the  drawing.  Ed- 
wards' third  volume  is  dated  1750,  and  his  plate 
was  etched  in  1741),  as  appears  by  the  date  inscribed 
in  the  corner.  The  alliance  of  this  bird  to  the 
turkey  was  not  unobserved  by  this  writer,  who  in 
his  catalogue  places  it  among  that  group,  h  hile  in 
his  account  of  it  he  observes  that  it  is,  "  for  shape  of 
body  and  proportion  of  parts,  pretty  much  like  a 
turkey,  and  may  be  ranged  with  fowls  of  the  poultry 
kind."  Dr.  Latham,  in  his  '  General  History  of 
Birds,'  states  that  these  biuls,  though  by  no  means 
common,  "  are  not  unliequent  in  drawings  done  in 
India  ;  and  are  particularly  well  figured  in  those  of 

IMr.  ]\Iiddleton  and  Lady  Impey In  the 

drawings  of  Sir  J.  Anstruther,  it  is  said  to  inhabit 
the  snowy  regions  of  Thibet."  Its  size  is  between 
that  of  a  fowl  and  turkey.  It  is  beautifully  figured 
in  Gould's  '  Century  of  Birds.' 

The  second  species  is  Irora  Thibet  and  the  Chinese 
borders,  and  was  first  described  and  figured  in  the 
'  Indian  Zoology,'  by  Mr.  Gray,  under  the  title  of 
Tragopan  Temminckii.  Of  this  species,  rare  as  it  is 
beautiful,  a  living  specimen,  presented  by  J.  R. 
Reeves,  Esq.,  was  living,  in  1830,  in  the  Gardens  of 
the  Zoological  Society,  and,  as  lar  as  we  are  aware, 
was  the  first  example  of  one  of  the  present  group 
having  reached  our  shores  alive  and  in  health.  It 
was  procured  in  China.     (Fig.  1741.) 

The  third  species  is  from  the  northern  range  of 
the  Himalaya,  and  wasfirst  illustrated  in  Mr.  Gould's 
'  Century,'  under  the  name  of  Tragopan  Hastingsii ; 
the  figures  are  those  of  an  adult  and  young  male, 
and  adult  female.  In  size  this  species  rather  ex- 
ceeds the  Tragopan  satyrus,  its  total  length  being 
twenty-three  inches.  The  head  of  the  adult  male 
is  covered  with  a  pendent  crest  of  feathers,  which, 
together  with  Ihe  ear-coverts  and  the  throat,  are 
black  ;  the  neck  and  shoulders  are  rich  maroon  ; 
the  chest  fine  orange  red  ;  the  naked  skin  round 
the  eyes  is  scarlet ;  "the  wattles  and  hoins  purple, 
tinted  here  and  there  with  scarlet.  The  upper 
parts  exhibit  a  mixture  of  zigzag  lines,  and  maiks 
of  dark  and  light  brown,  forming  a  ground  on  which 
are  scattered  numerous  distinct  spots  of  while.  The 
feathers  of  the  under  surface  are  maroon,  bordered 
with  black,  and  having  each  a  large  central  spot  of 
white.  The  young  male  is  less  biilliant,  and  the 
wattles  are  but  little  developed. 

The  plumage  of  the  female  consists  of  a  uniform 
brown,  mottled,  barred,  and  dashed  irregularly  with 
dark  brown  and  dull  fawn  colour :  the  cheeks  are 
clothed  with  feathers,  and  the  head  is  slightly 
crested  :  there  are  neither  horns  nor  pendent  wattles. 
Of  the  habits  and  mannei-s  of  these  noble  birds  in 
a  state  of  nature  little  is  accurately  known. 

1744. — TftE  Akgi  s  Pheasant 

(Artjus  giijanteus,  Teniminck).  The  genus  Argus 
is  thus  characterized  :— Bill  compressed,  straight 
except  at  the  extremity,  where  it  is  curved  and 
vaulted:  nostrils  in  the  middle  of  the  upper  man- 
dible. Sides  of  head  and  throat  naked  ;  tarsi  long 
andspurless.  Tail  long,  graduated  ;  the  two  middle 
tail-feathers  liir  exceeding  the  rest.  Fig.  1745  re- 
presents the  head.  The  Argus  pheasant  is  a  native 
of  Sumatra,  Malacca,  and  the  south-east  of  Asia. 


Peacocks] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


395 


It  is  a  bird  of  recluse  habits,  frequenting  wooded 
hills  remote  from  luui'.an  abodes.  It  has  never  been 
brought  alive  to  Europe,  and  is  said  to  pine  in  cap- 
tivity. Its  voice  is  reported  to  be  rather  plaintive. 
In  size  this  mas^nificent  bird  is  little  inferior  to  a 
peacock.  .\  short  hair-liUe  crest  rises  up  on  the 
occiput.  The  middle  tail-feathers  on  the  male  often 
exceed  four  feet  in  lenslh.  The  secondary  quill- 
leathers  -Mf  remarkable  for  their  elongation  and 
breadth,  spreading  boldly  out  at  their  extremities, 
and  tormina-,  wlien  the  wings  are  opened,  a  sweeping 
fan-like  plume.  Eacli  of  tl-.ese  feathers  is  beau- 
tifully ornamented  with  a  row  of  eyes  down  the  web 
on  the  outer  side  of  the  shaft,  and  the  rest  of  this 
web  is  filled  up  with  linear  and  oval  marks  of  a 
deep  brown  on  a  yellowish  grey  ground.  The  inner 
web  is  white  at  its  edge,  but  has  the  remainder 
filled  up  with  oval  spots,  as  on  Ihe  outer  web.  The 
primary  quills  aie  of  a  fine  yellowish  grey,  with 
oval  dusky  spots  and  blue  shafts.  The  tail-feathers 
are  of  a  rich  brown,  thickly  dotted  with  small  s^iots 
of  white.  The  upper  part  of  the  back  and  the  shoul- 
ders are  pale  brown,  thickly  dotted  with  round  spots 
of  deep  brownish  black.  The  lower  half  of  the  back 
and  tail-coverts  pale  buff,  thinly  spotted  with  black. 
The  top  of  the  head  is  ornamented  with  a  cres;  of 
short,  black,  velvety  feathers,  and  the  back  of  tlie 
neck  with  thin,  long,  liair-like  feathers.  The  female  is 
much  less  than  the  male  ;  the  back  and  under  surfnce 
are  brown,  with  ziffzaf;;  narrow  bars  :  the  lower  part 
of  the  neck  and  chcst  are  ferrui;nious  brown,  as  are 
also  the  primary  quill -feat  hers.  The  secondaries 
are  only  slightly  elongated,  exceeding  the  prima- 
ries by  about  two  inches;  they  are  mottled  with 
l)uff  on  a  daik  brown  ground.  Tail  blackish  brown. 
Top  of  the  head  and  back  of  the  neck  furnished 
with  slender  hair-like  feathers.  No  long  feathers  in 
the  tail,  which  folds  like  1hnt  of  a  common  hen. 

Fig.  1746  gives  a  faint  idea  of  one  of  the  second- 
ary quill-feathers  of  the  male,  which  are  tliree  times 
longer  than  the  primaries. 

1747. — The  Crested  Peacock-Pheasant 

{Pohjplectron  Emphanum).  Eperonnier  a  toupef, 
Temminck.  Teniminck  established  the  genus  Poly- 
plectron  for  the  present  and  a  few  allied  species, 
remarkable  for  the  splendid  ocellations  of  their 
plumage.  Linnwi-.s  and  Cuvier  referred  the  species 
known  to  the  genus  Pavo.  Generic  characters  as 
follows: — Bill  moderate,  slender,  straight,  com- 
pressed, the  base  covered  with  leathers,  convix 
above,  where  it  is  rather  thick  ;  orbits  and  part  of 
the  cheeks  naked  ;  nostrils  lateral,  placed  towards 
the  middle  of  the  bill,  and  half  closed  by  a  mem- 
brane. Tarsi  long  and  slender,  with  two  spurs ; 
liind-toe  not  touching  the  ground ;  tail-feathers  long 
and  rounded. 

The  crested  peacock-pheasant  appears  to  be  a 
native  of  Sunda  and  the  Molucca  Isles.  Of  its 
habits  we  know  nothing.  The  male  is  about  nine- 
teen inches  in  length.  Forehead  and  crown  orna- 
mented with  a  crest  of  long,  narrow,  loose  feathers, 
which,  together  with  the  ])himau:e  of  llie  neck  and 
breast,  are  rich  bluish  black  with  metallic  reflex- 
ions ;  above  the  eyes  a  large  pure  white  shining 
stripe,  and  a  patch  of  the  same  colour  upon  the 
ear-feathers;  back  and  rump  brown,  with  iiregular 
paler  waved  bands  ;  belly  and  vent  deep  black ;  wing- 
coverts  and  secondaries  brilliant  blue,  each  feather 
tipped  with  velvety  black.  Tail  rather  lonsr,  much 
rounded,  brown,  thickly  spotted  with  ochraceous 
white,  and  distinguished  by  large  ocellated  oval  spots 
of  a  brilliant  metallic  green;  towards  the  end  of 
each  leather  there  is  a  blackish  bar  :  this  beautiful 
and  ample  tail  is  supposed  not  to  be  erectile,  but  to 
be  capable  of  very  wide  expansion. 

1748. — The  Thibet  Pkacock-Pheasant 

( Polt/plectron  Tliihetanvm).  Pavo  Thibetanus, 
Hiisson ;  Chinguis,  Buffon ;  Peacock-pheasant, 
Edwards;  Eperonnier  Chinguis,  Temminck. 

The  native  region  of  this  species  is  supposed  1o 
be  the  mountain  region  whicli  separates  llindostan 
from  Thibet.  Living  specimens  are  often  kept  in 
the  aviaries  of  the  Chinese,  and  we  have  seen  an 
excellent  Chinese  painting  of  the  bird,  evidently 
copied  from  the  life.  Mr.  Bennett  saw  two  "pea- 
cock-phea.sanls"  in  Mr.  Beale's  aviary  at  Macao, 
brought,  as  he  status,  from  Cochin-Cluna.  An 
individual  lived  for  five  or  six  years  in  an  aviary  at 
Ihe  Hague,  and  from  that  specimen  M.  Temminck's 
figurewas  taken.  These  birds  are  said  to  be  very 
hardy,  and,  there  is  but  little  doubt,  might  be  natu- 
ralized in  this  country.  The  male  is  about  twenty- 
two  inches  in  length  ;  there  is  no  crest,  but  the  small 
grejish  brown  plumes  on  the  crown  of  the  head  are 
turned  forwards,  and  appear  as  if  ruffled  ;  head, 
necW,  breast,  and  belly  brown,  with  transverse  waved 
band  of  blackish  brown;  throat  whitish;  back, 
rump,  and  tail-co<eits  clear  brown,  spotted  and 
waved  transversely  wiih  greyish  white;  quills 
brown,  marked  with  greyish;  wings,  generally, 
yellowish  grey  sprinkled  with  small  blackish  brown 


bands,  each  feather  having  at  its  extremity  a  large 
round,  ocellated,  brilliant  tilue  spot  shot  with  purple 
and  opaline  hues;  a  circle  of  deep  black,  which  is, 
in  its  turn,  set  in  a  ring  of  yellowish  v^'liite,  surrounds 
each  of  these  iridescent  spots ;  tail-feathers  dull 
brown,  sprinkled  with  small  ochraccous  spots.  Upon 
each  of  the  twenty-two  true  tail-leathers,  at  about 
an  inch  and  a  half  from  the  tip,, as  well  as  on  those 
of  what  has  been  called  the  upper  range,  at  about 
an  inch  from  the  tip,  two  oval  spots  with  purple 
and  blue  reflexions  with  double  circles  of  black 
and  white,  like  those  of  the  wing,  but  hardly  so 
brilliant,  are  separated  by  the  shaft  only. 

The  female  differs  from  the  male  in  having  the 
ocellated  spots  less  brilliant,  a  sh.orter  tail,  and  no 
spurs. 

Besides  the  present  species,  the  P.  chalcnrum 
may  be  noticed  :  it  is  of  a  more  sombre  hue  than 
the  two  preceding.  Mr.  Gray  describes  two  other 
species,  P.  Hardwickii  and  P.  liueatum,  from  Gene- 
ral Hardwicke's  drawings. 

1718,  a. — The  Peacock 

{Pavo  cristatus).  Tadrs  or  Tail'  of  the  Greeks  ;  Pavo 
of  the  Latins;  Paon,  French;  Pavon  and  Pavone, 
Italian  ;  Pfau,  German. 

This  gorgeous  bird,  which  is  too  well  known  in 
its  domesticated  state  to  need  description,  is  a  native 
of  India.  It  is  common  in  many  districts,  and 
abounds  in  the  jungles  along  the  banks  of  the 
Ganges,  in  the  forests  of  the  Jungleterry  and  Bau- 
ffhulpore  distiicts,  and  in  the  dense  woods  of  the 
Ghauts.  When  taken  young,  it  is  easily  domesti- 
cated, and  many  Hindoo  temples  in  the  Dukhnn 
have  considerable  flocks  attached  to  them.  The 
pea-fowl  was  known  to  the  ancients.  We  find  it 
noticed  in  the  Scriptures  as  being  one  of  the  im- 
portations from  India  in  the  time  of  Solomon,  and 
a  forcible  allusion  to  the  splendour  of  its  plumes  is 
made  in  the  Bool;  of  Job. 

It  is  generally  believed  that  Alexander  the  Great 
obtained  this  bird  during  his  Indian  expedition,  and 
introduced  it  into  Greece,  whence  it  has  spread 
through  the  greater  portion  of  Europe.  But  there 
is  good  reason  to  believe  that  it  was  well  known  in 
Greece  at  an  earlier  period ;  and  a  talented  writer 
has  well  observed  that  it  is  mentioned  in  two  plays 
of  Aristophanes  (ihird  year  of  88th  Olympiad  and 
second  year  of  91st,  respectively ;  whereas  Alexander 
was  not  born  till  the  second  year  of  the  98th 
Olympiad);  and  observes  it  was  not  improbably  in- 
troduced before  the  time  of  Pericles. 

To  the  Romans  it  was  very  familiar;  and  indeed 
must  have  been  common  in  Italy  at  an  early  period. 
Admired  as  the  peacock  was,  its  beauty  did  not 
protect  it  from  slaughter,  lor  it  was  killed  to  add  to 
the  delicacies  of  the  tables  of  the  great  and  luxu- 
rious ;  and  its  '.irain,  together  with  the  tongues  of 
flamingoes,  entered  into  the  composition  of  a  fa- 
vourite dish  of  the  Emperor  Viteilius. 
]|  In  our  country,  a  roasted  pea-fowl,  served  up  with 
u  the  plumes  attached  to  it,  swelled  thaiude  pomp  of 

a  baron's  entertainment. 
I!       The    pea  fowl    is   restless   and   wandering  in  its 
habits,  and   cannot  well  be  kept  in  a  small   space  ; 
I  it  perches  or  roosts  by  preference  on  the  loi)raost 
[  branches  of  trees,  and  indeed  is  fond  of  any  elevated 
j  situation.     It  seeks  its  fo^d,  however,  and  also  con- 
!  structs  its  nest,  on  the  ground.     In  its  wild  state  it 
I  chooses  a  retired  spot,  among  close  bru>hwood,  as 
the  place  of  incubation,  nialiing  an  inartificial  nest 
of  sticks,   twigs,   and   leaves :    the   eggs   are   from 
twelve  to  fifteen  in  number.     In  domesticaiion  its 
habits  are  the  same  ;  indeed  domestication  has  ef- 
lecled  but  little  alteration  in  these  points;  nor  has 
it  degenerated  into  numerous  varieties.     White  pea- 
cocks, it  is  true,  are  sometimes  to  be  seen,  and  im- 
perfectly coloured   biids   are   not   uncommon,  but 
here  the  changes  terminate. 

The  beautiful  plumes  of  this  bird  are  usually 
called  its  tail,  and  by  many  are  supposed  to  be  so  ; 
this,  however,  is  not  the  ease  :  the  iilumes  of  the 
peacock,  which  are  not  developed  till  the  tliird 
year,  are  its  tail-coverts;  they  overhang  and  con- 
ceal the  true  tail-feathers,  which  are  short,  but 
v\'hi(:h  may  be  easily  seen  when  the  plumes  are 
elevated. 

The  .Javanese  peacock  (Pavo  Javanicus,  Hors- 
field  ;  Pavo  .laponensis,  Aldrovand :  Japan  Pea- 
cock, Latham  ;  l^avo  spiciferus,  Vieillot ;  Pavo  Al- 
drovandi,  WiLson)  is  a  distinct  species.  It  is  a 
native  of  Java,  Sumatra,  Malacca,  and,  as  it  is  said, 
of  Japan. 

1749,  1750.— The  Turkey 

(Melearjris  Gallopavo).  Coq  d'Inde  and  Dindon 
(Dinde,  fem.),  f>ench  ;  Gallo  d'India,  Gallinaccio 
(Gallina  d'lndia,  fem.)  of  the  Italians;  Indianisclie 
Hahn  of  the  Germans. 

Our  pictorial  specimens  are  those  of  wild  indi- 
viduals ;  the  domestic  bird  figures  in  the  Group  of 
Poultry  (Fig.  1718,  b). 

This   noble   bird,  crie  of  the  ornaments  of  our 


poultry-yard,  is  a  native  of  America,  whence  it 
appears  to  have  been  imported  into  Europe  in  the 
early  part  of  the  sixteenth  century.  But  it  must  be 
confessed  that  nothing  very  tangible  or  definite 
respecting  its  introduction  has  been  recorded.  So 
involved  in  obscurity  is  the  early  history  of  the 
turkey,  and  so  ignorant  do  the  writers  of  the  six- 
teenth  and  seventeenth  centuries  appear  to  have 
been  about  it,  that  they  have  regarded  it  as  a  bird 
known  to  the  ancients  under  the  title  of"  Mcleagris," 
namely,  the  guinea-fowl,  or  Pintado,  a  mistake 
which  was  not  cleared  up  till  about  the  middle  of  the 
eiffhteenth  century;  but  the  name,  originally  ap- 
plied in  error,  has  been  since  continued  rather  for 
the  sake  of  convenience  than  because  of  its  propriety. 
The  appellation  of  "  Turkey,"  which  the  bird  bears 
in  our  country,  aiose,  according  to  Willughby,  from 
a  supposition  that  it  came  originally  from  the  country 
so  called,  and  Mr.  Bennett  observes  that  such  an 
erroneous  opinion  may  possibly  have  aiisen  from 
that  confusion  which  appears  to  have  at  first  existed 
between  these  birds  and  guinea-fowls,  the  iatt  er  being 
commonly  obtained  from  the  Levant,  and  being  also 
in  the  sixteenth  century  exceedingly  rare  in  England. 
Oviedo,  in  his  '  Natural  Histor/of  the  Indies,'  the 
title  then  given  to  the  newly  discovered  regions  of 
America,  speaks  of  it  as  a  kind  of  peacock  abounding 
in  New  Spain,  which  had  already  (15-26)  been  trans- 
ported in  a  domestic  state  to  the  islands  and  the 
Spanish  Main,  where  it  was  kept  by  the  Christian 
colonists.  Mexico  was  first  discovered  by  Grijalva 
in  1518.  In  the  fifteenth  year  of  Henry  VIII. ,  1524, 
turkeys  are  reported  to  have  been  introduced  into 
England,  and  in  1541  we  find  these  birds  among  the 
dainties  of  the  table.  Archbishop  Cranmer  (.Leiand's 
'  Collectanea')  ordered  that  of  cranes,  swans,  and  tur- 
key-cocks there  should  be  at  festivals  only  one  dish. 
In  1573,  Tusser,  in  his  '  Five  Hundred  Points  of  Good 
Husbandry,' notices  these  birds  as  among  the  fanner's 
fare  at  Christmas.  At  the  present  day  the  domestic 
turkey  is  spread  over  the  greater  portion  of  Europe, 
and  is  too  well  known  to  need  description. 

The  habits  of  the  wild  turkey  are  admirably  de- 
failed  by  Audubon  and  the  Prince  of  Canino,  whose 
accounts  we  shall  follow.  The  native  country  of 
this  species  extends  from  the  north-western  territory 
of  the  United  States  to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama, 
south  of  whicn  it  is  not  to  be  Ibund.  It  was  lormerly 
common  in  many  parts  of  Canada,  as  well  as  in  dis- 
tricts within  the  States,  whence  it  has  been  driven  by 
the  advance  of  colonization,  and  must  now  be  sought 
for  in  remoter  localitiet.  The  unsettled  parts  of  the 
slates  of  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Illinois,  and  Indiana,  an 
immense  country  to  the  north-west  of  these  distiicts, 
and  the  vast  regions  drained  by  these  rivers,  from 
their  confluence  to  Louisiana,  including  the  wooded 
parts  of  Arkansas,  according  to  Audubon,  are  the 
most  abundantly  supjilied  with  this  magnificent  bird. 
The  wild  fuikey  is  to  a  certain  decree  migratory  in 
its  habits,  and  associates  in  flocks  dufing  the  autumn 
and  winter  months.  About  the  beginning  of  October, 
wlien  the  fruits  and  seeds  are  about  to  fall  from  the 
trees,  these  birds  collect  together  and  gradually 
move  towards  the  rich  bottom-lands  of  the  Ohio  and 
Mississippi.  The  males,  or  •'  gobblers,"  associate  in 
parties  varying  from  ten  to  a  hundred,  and  search 
for  food  apart  from  the  females;  the  latter,  with 
their  young  broods,  usually  join  each  other,  forming 
paitiesof  seventy  or  eighty,  and  assiduously  avoid 
the  old  males,  which  evince  a  disposition  to  attack 
and  destroy  the  young  till  they  are  fully  grown. 
The  flocks  of  the  district  all  move  in  the  same 
direction,  seldom  taking  wing  unless  to  escape  the 
hunter's  dog,  or  cross  a  river,  which  latter  feat  is  not 
perlormed  till  after  some  delay,  during  which  they 
ascend  the  highest  eminences,  and  strut  about  and 
gobble  as  if  to  raise  their  courage  to  a  pitch  befitting 
the  emergency.  Even  the  females  and  young  assume 
at  this  juncture  a  (jonipous  demeanour,  spread  out 
their  tails,  and  "pur  "loudly.  When  the  weather 
is  settled,  and  they  themselves  prepared,  they  take 
to  flight  lor  the  opposite  shore  ;  the  old  and  robust 
easily  cross  a  river  of  the  breadth  of  a  mile,  but  the 
young  and  meagre  birds  often  find  their  strength 
fail,  and  fall  into  the  water,  not,  however,  to  be 
drowned,  as  might  be  imagined.  They  bring  their 
wings  close  to  the  body,  spread  out  their  tail,  stretch 
forward  their  neck,  strike  out  vigorously  with  their 
legs,  and  rapidly  make  way  to  the  shore.  It  is 
remarkable  tliat  after  landing  on  the  opposite  banks 
of  a  large  stream,  the  flocks  ramble  about  for  some 
time  as  if  bewildered,  and  many  fall  a  prey  to 
ferocious  beasts  or  the  hunter.  When  they  have 
arrived  in  their  land  of  abundance,  they  disper.se  in 
small  flocks,  composed  of  individuals  of  both  sexes 
and  all  ages  intermingled  ;  this  occurs  about  the 
middle  of  November.  The  mast,  or  fruit  of  the 
beech,  has  now  lallen  in  abundance  ;  but  beside* 
this,  maize,  the  peccannut,  and  tiie  acorn  are  aisi,- 
relished,  and  they  devour  beetles,  grusv:hoppers, 
tadpoles,  young  frogs,  and  small  lizards.  At  this 
season  they  often  venture  near  farm-yaids  and  barns, 
and  numbers  are  killed  for  sale. 

3E2 


^^:/r" 


1  -il.—Ctelti  PncoHc-nmamit. 


1746. — SecontUzy  (juiU-Featber  of  Argtis  Fhcuint. 


IT4«.-Thibet  Peacock  Plieunit. 


1744. — Armi<  Plieajianf. 


1741).— Willi  Turkeys. 


1*51.— Oinard  of  Ttaika;. 
396 


17.'j3. — Head  of  Guinea-Fowl. 


ITJ?. — TIond::ras  Turkey. 


1750.— Wild  Turkey  and  Young. 


1 755. — Capercaill  ie. 


1757.— Black  Grouse.    Male. 


<^H- 


^^^^mr 


1754.— Crested  Guinea-Fowl, 


1758.— Black  Grouse.    Female. 


307 


S98 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


[TuilKEYS 


Early  in  March  they  begin  to  pwr,  the  female*  , 
havin:;  previoH^ly  assumed  a  solitary  .node  of  hfe,  ; 
leedir.i;  and  roosting  apart  by  lhem»elves;    when 
they  call,  the  males  re.pond,  and  the  woods  some- 
times  resound  for  miles  with  the  clamour.     Kival 
males  ollen  ensage  in  mortal  combat.     As  soon  as  ; 
the  lemales  begin  to  lay,  they  relinquish  the  society 
of  their  mates,  and  soon  attend  exclusively  to  the  I 
duty  of  incubation  ;  the  nest,  which  consists  ot  a  lew 
leaves  is  artl'uUy  concealed  in  some  brake  or  under 
the  covert  of  a  dense  tliicket,  and  the  female  both 
leaves  and  visits  her  nest  with  the  greatest  caution, 
lest  the  male  should  discover  it,  in  which  case  he 
would  ferociously  crush  the  ejiRs  in  a  moment.    The 
crow,  the  polecat,  and  the  snake  are  also  dreaded  ; 
and  it  olten  happens  that   several   hens  associate 
tosether  for  mutual  safety,  rearing  their  broods  in  one 
united  nest,  which  is  always  watched  by  one  or  more, 
so  that  no  crow,  raven,  or  polecat  dares  approach  it. 
Whin  the  young  are  hatched,  the  female  leads  ihem 
abroad,  keeping  an  anxious  and  incessant  watch  lest 
hawks  iind  other  enemies,  including  the  turkey-cock, 
should  attack  them  ;  the  troop  moves  onwards,  keep- 
ing to  the  higher  grouniis,  lor  the  young  are  only 
covered  with  down,  and  it  wetted   in  this  stage  of 
their  existence  seldom  survive.     At  the  expiration 
of  about  a  fortnight  they  are  able  to  raise  themselves 
from  the  ground,  on  which  they  have  hitherto  reposed 
at  ni<;ht,'and  follow  their  mother  to  a  perch  on  the 
low  arm  of  a  tree,  where   they  nestle  under  her 
broadly  curved  wings.     The  brood  varies  in  number 
from  ten  to  fifteen  or  eighteen.    The  sfiowth  of  the 
young  is  rapid.     In  August,  though  still  led  by  their 
re.speitive  parents,  several  broods  associate  together, 
and  the  young  display  almost  as  much  alertness  in 
securing  their  safety  as  do  the  adults. 

In  colour  the  wild  turkey  closely  resembles  the 
bronzed  black  varieties  of  the  domestic  race, 
b;ii  th?  plumace  is  more  brilliant,  gleaming  with 
violet,  -rreen,  and  gold  according  to  the  incidence 
\  of  the  hglit.  The  long  pectoral  tassel  of  liair,  and  | 
the  naked,  changeable,  carunculaled  skin  of  the 
head  and  throat,  are  the  same  in  the  wild  as  in  the 
domesticated  race.  Fig.  1751  represents  the  Gizzard 
of  the  Turkey. 

17.")2. — Thk  Honduras  Tukcky 
{Melenqris  oceWila).  Beautiful  as  is  the  common 
wild  turkey  of  North  America,  it  is  far  surpassed  by 
the  lloiuluias  turkey,  which  rivals  the  peacock  in  its 
gorgeous  dress,  effulgent  with  golden  bronze,  steel 
blue,  emerald  green,  and  velvet  black.  A  specimen 
of  this  rare  bird,  once  in  Bullock's  museum,  is  now 
in  that  of  Paris.  Of  the  habits  of  the  species,  which 
appears  to  inhabit  the  vast  forests  of  Honduras,  no- 
thing is  known.  The  specimen  in  question  was  one 
of  three  seen  by  a  crew  employed  in  cuttini:  wood, 
and  captured  alive.  It  died  alter  its  arrival  in  the 
Thames,  in  consequence  of  an  accident. 

1718,  (/.—The  Guinea-Fowl 

{Numida  Meleagris).  Fig.  1753  shows  the  Head  of 
this  >pecies,  which  is  the  Gailina  di  Numidia  of  the 
Italians,  Piutade  of  the  French,  Pintado  of  the 
Spanish,  Perl  Huhn  of  the  Germans. 

The  guinea-fowl,  or  Pintado,  as  its  name  indicates, 
is  originally  from  Africa.  It  was  known  to  the  an- 
cient Greeks  and  Romans,  and  received  from  the 
former  the  name  of  Meleagris.  According  to  the 
ancient  fable,  the  sisters  of  Meleager,  mourning  the 
death  of  iheir  brother,  were  turned  into  birds  called 
Meleagrides  (in  the  singular  Meleagris),  having  their 
feathers  sprinkled  with  tear-drops.  The  term  Me- 
leagris, however,  strange  to  say,  has  been  transferred 
by  Belo;i,  Gesner,  Aldrovandus,  and  others  to  the 
turkey,  a  native  of  America,  and  of  which  the  an- 
cients liad  no  information. 

The  guinea-fowl  is  noticed  by  Aristotle,  by  Pliny, 
byVanoC'De  He  Husticd'),  and  by  Columella,  a 
Writer  on  husbandry  in  the  reign  of  Claudius  Caesar, 
and  by  others.  According  to  AtheuBBUs,  the  M\o- 
lians  first  introilnced  this  bird  into  Greece ;  but 
Ihouirh  it  must  have  been  naturalized  there,  it  does 
not  appear  to  have  spread  very  widely.  In  the 
middle  ages  we  lose  all  trace  of  if ;  no  writers  of  those 
times  appear  to  notice  if,  nor  can  we  distinctly  point 
out  the  period  of  its  introduction  into  the  British 
Isles.  This,  however,  must  be  comparatively  recent ; 
its  name  does  not  occur  in  the  list  of  birds  in  the 
famous  feast  of  Archbishop  Nevill,  in  the  reign 
of  Edward  IV. ;  nor  does  it  appear  in  the  Duke  of 
Northumberland's  Household  Book,  1512;  nor  yet 
in  the  Household-Book  of  Henry  VIII.  Yet,  in 
all  these  lists,  the  peion,  or  peacock,  makes  a  con- 
spicuous figure. 

In  the  early  part  of  the  eighteenth  century  the 
guinea-fowl  was  tolerably  common  in  England,  and 
is  now  completely  naturalized. 

Aiianson,  Dampier,  Le  Vaillant,  and  other  travel- 
lers in  Africa,  have  observed  the  wild  guinea-fowl 
in  different  parts  of  that  continent;  but,  as  about 
six  species  are  known,  we  cannot  be  certain  which 
of  them  is  intended. 


The  common  guinea-fowl  (Numida  Meleagris)  |, 
appears  to  be  disperaed  through  an  extensive  range 
of  .Africa,  frequenting  low  humid  situations,  and  the  t 
banks  of  rivei-s  and  marshes.     It  is  eminently  gre- 
garious, assembling  in  huge  flocks,  which  wander 
about  during  the  day  in  seaich  of  food;  as  evening  I 
approaches,  they  seek  the  branches  of  trees,  and  roost 
crowded  together.     In  its  rapid  mode  of  running, 
and  in  its  short  flight  when  tbrced  to  take  wing,  we 
are  reminded  of  the  partridge,  which  it  also  some- 
what resi-mbles  in  the  contour  of  its  body. 

A  wild  race  of  these  birds  is  found  in  St.  Domingo 
and  others  of  the  West  India  islands ;  this  race  is 
said  to  have  been  imported  from  Guinea. 

In  a  domestic  condition,  the  guinea-fowl  retains 
almost  unaltered  its  original  habits  ;  if  is  restless, 
addicted  to  wandering,  and  impatient  of  restraint. 
It  will  stray  for  miles  from  the  larm  to  which  it  be- 
longs,  and   it   otten   happens   that  a    long-missed 
female  will    make   her  appearance  with   a  young 
brood   attending  her.      In   close    confinement  the 
female  rarely  hatches  her  eggs,  the  want  of  freedom 
interfering  with  her  instincts;  few  birds  indeed  are 
more  recluse  and  shy  during  the  time  of  incubation, 
or  more  cautious  in  concealing  their  nests.     It  is 
generally  made  among  dense  brushwood  or  in  simi- 
lar retreats.     The  number  of  eggs  varies  from  twelve 
to  twenty.    They  are  smaller  ihan  those  of  the  fowl, 
of  a  pale  yellowish  red,  minutely  dotted  with  darker 
points.     Both  the  eggs  and  flesh  of  the  guinea-fowl  ; 
are   excellent.      Cream-coloured   guinea-fowls  are 
sometimes  to  be  seen  ;  in  these  the  white  spots  are 
still  to  be   distinguished.     Another  variety  has  a 
white  breast,  and  the  general  colouring  destitute  of 
1  the  lichness  which  renders  the  wild  and  the  uiide- 
i  generate  domestic  race  so   attractive.     The   shrill 
I  querulous  notes  of  this  bird,  which  it  perpetually 
1  repeats,   are  very  disagreeable.     The   guinea-fowl 
\  has  not  yet  reached  tlie  colder  latitudes  of  Europe  ; 
j  it  is   not  mentioned    by  I.inna'us   in   his  Swedish 
'  Fauna;  and  it  is  said  that  neither  Denmark,  Nor- 
:  way,  nor  Norlhern  Russia  possesses  it. 

|i     1754. — The  Crested  Guinea-Fowl,  or  Pintado 

{Numida  cn'staki).  This  si)ecies  is  less  than  the 
common  guinea-fowl  :  its  head  is  crested  wi.h  hair- 
like feathers ;  the  general  plumage  is  bluish  biack 
spotted  with  grey.  Quills  yellowish  brown  ;  edges 
of  the  secondaries  pure  white. 

Family  TETRAONID.E  (GROUSE). 
Undkr  this  family  title  most  naturalists  include 
not  only  the  true  Grouse,  but  the  Parliidges,  Quails, 
Francolins,  &c.,  which,  however,  by  some  modern 
naturalists  are  regarded  as  a  subfamily,  under  the 
name  ol  PeidiciiiBe. 

With  regard  to  the  true  grouse,  it  is  of  the  moor- 
land and  heath,  the  wild  plain  or  mountain,  the 
barren  rock  and  the  dense  pine-forest,  that  they  are 
respectively  the  tenants.  Linnajus  comprehended 
them  all,  together  with  the  Partridges  and  Quails, 
in  one  genus,  Tetrao  ;  modern  naturalists,  however, 
have  subdivided  this  genus  into  many,  often  on 
superficial  grounds.  A  better  estimate  of  the  cl.a- 
racters  of  these  birds  will  be  formed  from  a.  consi- 
deration of  our  pictorial  specimens  than  from  verbal 
definitions. 

1755,  1756. — The  Capercaillik,  Capkkcau, 

or  CAPtKCAlLZIE 

(Tetrao  Uiof/allus).  Cock  of  the  Wood  ;  Cock  of 
the  Mountain.  Coq  de  Bruyure  of  Button  ;  Kjader 
of  the  '  Fauna  Suecica  ;'  Tjader-hona  of  Hasselquist ; 
Auer-Hahn  of  Fiisch ;  Auerwaldhuhn  of  Bech- 
stein  :  Cciliog  Coed  of  the  ancient  British. 

That  this  noble  bird  was  once  indigenous  in  the 
British  islands,  and  till  lately  lingered  in  the  High- 
lands of  Scotland  and  some  districts  of  Ireland  (viz. 
in  the  county  of  Tipperary,  17C0),  has  been  clearly 
proved ;  but  the  forests  whicli  once  sheltered  it 
have  been  thinned  or  cut  down,  and  from  this  cause 
and  others  it  appears  to  have  been  entirely  extir- 
pated;  we  say ''to  have  been,"  because  for  some 
years  past  various  attempts  have  been  made  to  in- 
troduce the  species  again  into  the  woods  of  the 
Highlands,  and,  we  believe,  with  considerable  suc- 
ces-i. 

The  CapercailHe  is  abundant  in  Norway,  Sweden, 
Russia  towards  Siberia,  the  north  of  Asia,  and  some 
parts  of  Germany  and  Hungary,  wherever  pine- 
Ibrests  of  sufficient  extent  aitbrd  it  a  home.  It  is 
found  in  several  parts  of  the  Alps.  The  male  is 
equal  in  size  to  a  turkey,  weighing  from  eight  to 
twelve  pounds  or  even  more  :  some  have  exceeded 
fifteen.  The  leraale  is  considerably  smaller.  The 
breeding-season  commences  early  in  the  spring, 
before  the  snow  is  oft'  the  ground  ;  at  this  period  the 
cock  stations  liimself  on  a  pine,  and  commences  his 
call  to  the  females  or  "play"  as  it  is  termed  in 
Sweden.  This,  says  Mr.  Lloyd,  "  is  usually  from  the 
first  dawn  of  day  to  sunrise,  or  from  a  little  after 
sunset  until  it  is  quite  dark.    The  time,  however, 


more  or  less  depends  upon  the  mildness  of  (he  wea- 
ther and  the  advanced  state  of  the  season. 

"  During  his  play,  the  neck  of  the  capercali  is 
stretched  out,  his  tail  is  raised  and  spread  like  a  fan, 
his  wings  droop,  his  feathers  are  ruffled  up,  and,  in 
short,  he  much  resembles  in  appearance  an  angry 
turkey-cock.  He  begins  his  play  with  a  call  some- 
thing rvscmblmg  peller,  peller,  peller ;  these  sounds 
he  repeats  at  first  at  some  little  intervals,  but  as 
he  proceeds  they  increase  in  rapidity,  until  at  last, 
and  alter  perhaps  the  lapse  of  a  minute  or  so,  he 
makes  a  sort  of  gulp  in  his  throat  and  finishes  with 
sucking  in,  as  it  were,  his  breath. 

"Duiing  the  continuance  of  this  latter  process, 
which  only  lasts  a  few  seconds,  the  head  of  the  ca- 
percali is  thrown  up,  his  eyes  arc  partially  closed, 
and  his  whole  appearance  would  denote  that  he  is 
worked  up  into  an  agony  of  passion.  At  this  time 
his  faculties  are  much  absorbed,  and  it  is  not  diffi- 
cult to  approach  him :  many,  indeed,  and  among 
the  rest  Mr.  Nilsson,  assert  that  the  capercali  can 
then  neither  see  nor  hear,  and  that  he  is  not  aware 
of  the  report  or  flash  of  a  gun,  even  ff  fired  imme- 
diately near  to  him.  To  this  assertion  I  cannot 
agree,  for  though  it  is  true  that,  if  the  capercali  has 
not  been  much  disturbed  previously,  he  is  not  easily 
frightened  during  the  last  notes  of  his  play,  yet, 
should  the  contrary  be  the  case,  he  is  coiislanlly 
on  the  watch,  and  I  have  reason  to  know  that, 
even  at  that  time,  if  noise  be  made,  or  that  a  per- 
son exposes  himself  incautiously,  he  takes  alarm  and  , 
immediately  tties. 

"The  play  of  the  capercali  is  not  loud,  and, 
should  there  be  wind  stirring  in  the  trees  at  the 
time,  it  cannot  be  heard  at  any  considerable  dis- 
tance. Indeed,  during  the  calmest  and  most  fa- 
vourable weather  it  is  not  audible  at  more  than  two 
or  three  hundred  paces. 

"On  hearing  the  call  of  the  cock,  the  hens,  whose 
cry  in  some  degree  resembles  the  croak  of  the  raven, 
or  rather,  perhaps,  the  sounds  ijoc/t,  gcch,  guch,  as- 
semble Irom  all  parts  of  the  surrounding  forest. 
The  male  bird  now  descends  from  the  eminence  on 
which  he  was  perched  to  the  ground,  where  he  and 
his  female  friends  join  in  company.  The  capercali 
does  not  play  indiscriminately  over  the  forest,  but 
he  has  his  certain  stations  (Tjador-lek,  which  may 
perhaps  be  rendered  his  playing-giounds).  The.-e, 
however,  are  often  of  some  little  extent.  Here, 
unless  very  much  persecuted,  the  song  of  these 
birds  may  be  heard  in  the  spiing  for  years  together. 
The  capercali  does  not  during  his  play  confine  him- 
seU  to  any  particular  tree,  as  Mr.  Nilsson  asserts  to 
be  the  case,  for,  on  the  contrary,  it  is  seldom  he  is 
to  be  met  with  exactly  on  the  same  spot  for  two 
days  in  succession." 

The  female  makes  her  nest  upon  the  ground,  and 
lays  from  six  to  twelve  eggs;  her  brood  keep  with 
her  till  the  approach  of  winter,  but  the  cocks  sepa- 
rate from  the  mother  before  the  hens.  The  food  of 
this  bird  consists  of  the  leaves  of  the  Scotch  fir,  of 
juniper-berries,  cranberries,  blueberries,  and  occa- 
sionally in  winter  of  the  buds  of  the  birch.  The 
young  are  sustained  at  tiist  on  insects,  and  especially 
ihe  larvae  of  ants.  In  the  male  the  windpipe  makes 
a  loose  fold  of  two  curves  before  it  enters  the  chest, 
gaming  l)y  this  contiivaiu-e  grtat  increase  of  length. 
Tiie  tarsi  are  hairy;  the  loes  are  rough  beneath, 
with  horny  points,  enabling  the  bird  to  rest  securely 
on  the  sniUDlli  or  slippery  branches.  The  general 
colour  of  the  males  on  the  upper  part  is  chestnut 
brown  irregularly  marked  with  blackish  lines  ;  the 
breast  glossy  gieenish  black,  passing  into  black  on 
the  under  surface  ;  elongated  leathers  of  the  throat 
black  ;  tail  biack.  In  the  female  the  head,  neck, 
and  back  are  marked  with  transverse  bare  of  red 
and  black  ;  the  under  surface  is  pale  orange-yellow 
barred  with  black.  Professor  Nilsson  as.«ures  us 
that  the  capercaillie  is  uiten  reared  up  in  a  domestic 
state  in  Sweden,  and  is  bold  and  disposed  to  attack 
persons,  like  the  turkey-cock;  and  both  this  natu- 
ralist and  Mr.  Lloyd  affirm  that  these  birds  will 
breed,  with  due  care,  in  confinement;  in  fact,  they 
give  several  instances  by  way  of  proof. 

In  the  early  part  of  the  spring  the  London  market 
is  supplied  with  the  capercaillie  in  abundance  from 
Norway,  and,  owing  to  the  rapidity  of  steam  navi- 
gation, the  birds  are  almost  as  fresh  as  if  just  shot, 
keeping  well  for  many  days ;  the  flesh  of  the  fe- 
males is  excellent.  To  those  who  wish  to  enter 
info  the  exciting  details  of  wood-grouse  shooting, 
we  recommend  Mr.  Lloyd's  work  on  'Northern 
Field-Sports.' 

We  may  here  allude  to  the  Tetrao  medius,  or  Ra- 
kelhan,  which  by  many  has  been  considered  a  hybrid 
between  the  male  capercaillie  and  the  female  black 
grouse,  but  which  is,  we  believe,  undoubtedly  a  jaire 
species,  but  very  rare.  Locality,  Norway  and 
Sweden. 

17.57,  1758.— The  Bl.^^ck  Grouse,  or  Black  Cock 
(Ttitrao  Tctrix).   Female,  Grey  Heri.  Lyrurus  Tetrix, 
Swainson.     Cuq  de  Bois 


of  the  French  ;  Gallo  <li 


GnorsE.] 


MUSEUM  OF  ANIMATED  NATURE. 


399 


Monte,  Gallo  selvatico,  Gallo  cedrone,  olthe  Italians, 
tier  Birk-liahn  ot  the  Germans;  Orrl'ulgl  of  the 
Norwesjians. 

"  The  bonny  black-cock  '"  is  still  a  native  of  the 
wilder  districts  of  the  British  Isles.  It  is  common 
in  the  Hiijhlands  of  Scotland,  in  Northumberland, 
some  parts  of  Derbyshire  and  Staffordshire,  in  North 
Wales,  in  Surre)',  Hampshire,  Dorsetshire,  and  Devon- 
shire, wherever  wild  heaths  and  pine-woods  favour 
its  increase.  On  the  Continent  it  is  found  in  France 
.ind  Germany,  and  is  abundant  inDenmark,  Sweden, 
Norway,  and  Russia.  In  its  sjeneral  habits  and 
manners  this  fine  species  and  the  precedinir  closely 
iiirree,  but  the  black-cock  is  not  so  strictly  a  forest 
bird  ;  for  tlmua;h  it  freipients  pine-woods,  and  the 
glens  and  ravines  amonn;  mountain  scenery,  where 
the  birch  and  alder  overtop  an  oozy  bed  teeming 
with  Ions;  rank  herbasie,  it  is  'often  seen  on  the  sides 
of  the  heathy  hill,  or  amidst  the  furze,  heath,  and 
willows  covering  a  wide  extent  of  bog-land  inter- 
vening between  the  jiine-woods  and  the  cultivated 
country.  During  winter  the  males  associate  in 
flocks,  but  separate  early  in  the  spring,  each  choos- 
ing its  own  station,  of  which  it  is  sole  master,  and 
for  wl'.ich  it  has  often  to  ens;age  in  desperate  con- 
tests with  its  rivals.  It  now  begins  its  loud  call-note 
of  invitation,  uttered  chiefly  in  the  mornnig,  while 
it  displays  a  variety  of  attitudes  ;  and  mating  with 
several  females,  it  soon  establishes  its  seraglio.  At 
this  season  the  plumage  of  the  male  assumes  the 
richest  lustre,  and  the  naked  skin  over  the  eye  be- 
comes of  the  deepest  scarlet.  The  female  breeds 
in  May.  making  a  rude  nest  under  the  shelter  of 
intertangled  herbage  or  brushwood,  and  depositing 
from  six  to  ten  eggs  of  a  yellowish  grey  tinge, 
spotted  with  light  brown.  The  young  of  both  sexes 
have  at  first  the  same  garb,  that  of  the  female ;  but 
the  young  males  assume  their  own  dress  in  the  au- 
tumn, and  form  a  distinct  society  from  that  of  the 
females,  which  is  dissolved  on  the  approach  of 
spring.  The  shoots  of  heath,  various  moorland 
berries,  the  buds  of  the  birch  and  alder,  the  young 
shoots  of  the  fir  tribe,  and  grain  of  various  kinds, 
constitute  the  food  of  this  species.  The  young  feed 
abundantly  on  insects  and  tlieir  larvae. 

The  black  grouse  is  shy  and  wary,  especially  the 
old  male,  and  the  sportsman  who  has  killed  several 
brace  of  poults,  or  young  birds,  may  perhaps  have 
not  seen  above  one  or  two  full-plumaged  cocks 
during  the  whole  day's  sport.  The  adult  male, 
which  exceeds  the  female  in  size,  weighs  about  four 
pounds.  The  colour  is  deep  black,  with  a  white 
band  across  each  wing.  The  upper  surface  glitters 
with  brilliant  blue  and  purple  reflexions.  Under 
tail-eoverts  white.  The  tail  is  forked,  and  each 
part  curls  outwardly  in  consequence  of  the  form 
of  the  four  outer  feathers,  which  are  square  at  their 
ends,  with  a  semicircular  sweep  laterally,  the  outer- 
most on  each  side  being  the  longest  and  most  curled. 
The  female  weighs  about  two  pounds.  Above 
orange  brown,  speckled,  barred  with  black ;  the 
greater  wing-coverts  tipped  with  white ;  breast 
chestnut-brown  barred  with  black.  Tail  slightly 
forked,  ferruginous,  spotted  with  black  ;  under  tail- 
coverts  white,  streaked  with  black. 

For  an  account  of  a  hybrid  bird  between  the 
cock-pheasant  and  grey-hen,  see  '  Zool.  Proceeds.' 
1835,  p.  62. 

1759. — Thb  Dusky  Grouse 
(Teirao  obscurus).  In  the  north-western  regions  of 
America,  where  the  mountain-chain  separates  the 
waters  of  the  Mississippi  from  those  which  flow 
towards  the  Pacific,  the  dusky  grouse  may  be  re- 
srarded  as  taking  the  station  of  the  black  grouse  of 
Europe.  "  The  dusky  grouse,'  says  Bonaparte,  "  is 
eminently  distinguished  from  all  other  known  spe- 
cies by  having  the  tail  slightly  rounded,  and  com- 
posed of  twenty  broad  rounded  feathei-s.  This  pe- 
culiarity of  the  extraordinary  number  of  tail-feathers 
is  only  found  besides  in  the  cock  of  the  plains,  in 
which,  however,  they  are  not  rounded,  but  very 
slender,  tapering,  and  acute."  Like  the  rest  of  the 
species  of  the  genus  Tctrao  'and  subgenus  Bonasia), 
the  present  bird  is  tyrannically  polygamous,  and 
the  males  soon  desert  the  females,  inditt'ercnt  alike 
to  them  and  to  their  progeny. 

The  male  of  this  species  is  entirely  dusky  black, 
and  exceeds  the  female  in  size.  The  general  plu- 
mage of  the  latter  is  dusky  brown,  variegated  with 
ochre-yellow. 

17(;0. — ^The  Pinnated  Grouse 
(Tetr/io  Cvpiilo).  This  species,  celebrated  for  the 
exquisite  flavour  of  its  flesh,  is  strictly  confined  to 
certain  portions  of  North  America;  open  dry  plains 
interspersed  with  trees  or  partially  overgrown  with 
shrub-oak  being  its  favourite  haunts.  '■  Accord- 
ingly," says  Wilson,  "  we  find  these  birds  on  the 
grouse-plains  of  New  Jersey,  in  Burlington  county. 


as  well  as  on  the  bushy  plains  of  Long  Island; 
among  the  pines  and  shrub-oaks  of  Pocamo  in 
Northampton  county,  over  the  whole  extent  of  the 
Barrens  of  Kentucky ;  on  the  luxuriant  plains  and 
prairies  of  the  Indiana  territory,  and  on  the  vast 
and  remote  plains  of  the  Columbia  river."  In  the 
bushy  thickets  of  these  localities  they  find  food  and 
shelter.  The  male  is  remarkable  for  a  naked  sac- 
culated appendage  on  each  si<le  of  the  neck,  which 
at  ordinary  times  hangs  wrinkled  and  flaccid,  but 
which  during  the  pairing  season  is  distended  with 
air,  and  much  resembles  in  size  and  colour  a  large 
orange.  With  this  ajipendage  is  evidently  con- 
nected the  strange  noises  which  the  bird  utters  at 
that  season,  like  the  subdued  blowing  of  a  hoiii  or 
conch,  consisting  of  three  notes,  each  stronglyac- 
cented.  '■  While  uttering  these  tones  the  bird  hx- 
hibils  all  the  ostentatious  gesticulations  of  a  turkey- 
cock,  erecting  and  fluttering  his  neck-wings  (or 
pointed  frills),  and  passing  before  the  female,  and 
close  before  his  fellows  as  if  in  defiance."  Now 
and  then  are  heard  some  cackling  notes,  chiefly 
utteied  by  the  males  while  engaged  in  fight,  on 
which  occasion  "  they  leap  up  against  each  other 
exactly  in  the  manner  of  turkeys,  but  seemingly 
with  more  malice  than  efl'ect."  The  males  begin 
their  call  before  daybreak,  and  conlinue  it  till  eight 
or  nine  in  the  morning,  when  the  parties  separate 
to  seek  for  food. 

In  severe  weather  these  birds  approach  hams  and 
farm-houses,  mix  with  the  poultry  to  glean  up  the 
scattered  grains  of  Indian  com,  and  seem  almost 
domesticated.  Many  are  at  this  time  taken  in 
traps,  and  the  gun  thins  their  numbers.  The  nest 
of  this  species  is  placed  under  brushwood  on  a 
tussock  of  long  grass,  and  formed  with  little  art ; 
the  eggs  are  about  fifteen  in  number,  and  of  a 
brovvnisii  white.  The  young  form  coveys  or  packs, 
which  si^paiate  on  the  approach  of  spring. 

The  male  of  the  pinnated  grouse  weighs  about 
three  pounds  and  a  half.  The  neck  is  furnished 
with  a  sort  of  winglet  above  each  sac,  composed  of 
eighteen  feathers,  ofwhichfive  are  black,  and  the  rest, 
which  are  shorter,  black  streaked  with  brown.  The 
head  slightly  crested,  and  over  each  eye  is  a  semi- 
circular comb  of  rich  orange. 

The  general  plumage  is  variegated  with  trans- 
verse markings  of  black,  reddish  brown,  and  white. 
The  tail  is  very  short  and  of  a  dusky  brown.  15retist 
and  under  parts  brown,  transversely  marked  with 
white;  throat  marked  with  touches  of  reddish 
brown,  white,  and  black  ;  under  the  eye  a  dark 
streak  of  brown.  The  female  is  considerably  less 
than  the  male,  of  a  lighter  colour,  destitute  of  the 
neck-wings,  of  the  naked  sacculated  appendages, 
and  the  semicircular  comb  over  the  eye.  Green 
lichen,  various  moorland  berries,  clover-leave.s,  the 
buds  of  the  pine,  grain,  and  insects,  constitute  the 
food  of  the  pinnated  grouse.  The  legislature  of 
the  States  inflicts  a  penalty  of  two  dollars  and  a  half, 
with  costs,  on  any  person  who  kills  one  of  these  birds, 
called  in  popular  language  heath-hens,  within  the 
counties  of  Suffolk  or  Queen's,  between  the  1st  of 
April  and  the  5th  of  October  ;  but  unlbrtunately,  the 
law  operates  very  little  towards  their  preservation. 

17G1,  1762.— The  Ruffed  Grouse 

(Tetrao  vmbelhis).  Bonasia  umbellus,  Bonaparte. 
This  species,  the  partridge  of  the  Eastern  Slates, 
and  the  pheasant  of  Pennsylvania  and  the  Southern 
States,  inhabits  an  extensive  range  of  country.  "It 
is  common  at  Moose  Fort,  on  Hudson's  Bay,  in  lat. 
50°  ;  frequent  in  the  upper  parts  of  Georgia  ;  is  very 
abundant  in  Kentucky  and  the  Indian  territory,  and 
was  found  by  Captains  Lewis  and  Clarke  in  crossing 
the  great  range  of  mountains  that  divides  the  wateis 
of  the  Columbia  and  Missouri,  more  than  3U00 
miles  by  admeasurement  from  the  inou'h  of  the 
latter.  Its  favourite  places  of  resort  are  high  moun- 
tains covered  with  the  balsam  pine,  hemlock,  and 
other  evergreens.  Unlike  the  pinnated  grouse, 
it  always  prefers  the  woods,  is  seldom  or  never 
found  in  open  plains,  but  loves  the  pine-sheltered 
declivities  of  mountains  near  streams  of  water." 
This  bird  is  solitary  in  its  habits,  being  usually 
found  singly  or  in  pairs,  and  seldom  in  coveys  of 
more  than  four  or  five  together. 

The  male  is  remarkable  for  producing  a  drum- 
ming noise,  principally  during  the  spring,  but  occa- 
sionally at  other  seasons;  it  is  the  call  of  the  cock 
to  his  mate,  and  when  heard  in  the  solitudes  of  the 
woods  has  a  singular  efl'ect.  This  noise  is  not  the 
voice  of  the  bird,  but  is  occasioned  by  smart  strokes 
of  the  wings.  "The  bird,  standing  on  an  old  pros- 
trate log,  generally  in  a  retired  and  sheltered  situa- 
tion, lowers  his  wings,  erects  his  expanded  tail,  con- 
tracts his  throat,  elevates  the  two  tufts  of  feathers 
on  the  neck,  and  inflates  his  whole  body  somewhat 
in  the  manner  of  a  turkey-cock,  strutting  and  wheel- 


ing about  with  great  stateliness.  After  a  few  ma- 
ncenvres  of  this  kind  he  begins  to  strike  with  his 
slitfened  wings  in  short  and  quick  strokes,  which 
become  more  and  more  rapid  until  they  run  into 
each  other,"  producing  a  hollow  drumm'ing  noise, 
which  may  be  heard  at  a  considerable  distance. 
This  is  mo.st  commonly  performed  in  the  morning 
and  evening,  but  is  repeated  at  intervals  during  the 
day,  and  guides  the  gunner  to  the  retreat  of  the 
bird,  which  is  easily  shot. 

The  female  breeds  in  May,  artfully  concealing  her 
nest,  which  contains  from  nine  to  filteeii  eggs.  .She 
carefully  attends  her  brood,  and,  like  the  partridge  of 
Europe,  puts  various  manoeuvres  into  )iiaclice,  in 
order  to  decoy  intruders  from  the  place  of  their  con 
cealraent. 

The  ruffed  grouse  flics  with  great  vigour,  and  with 
a  loud  whirring  noise,  and  when  sprung  sweeps  to  a 
considerable  distance  through  the  wool  before 
alighting.  Great  numbers  are  killed  for  the  table, 
and.  according  to  Wilson,  the  biids  are  in  the  best 
condition  in  September  and  October,  during  which 
n«)nths  ihey  feed  chiefly  on  whortle-berries  and  the 
little  red  aromatic  partridge-berry. 

The  general  colour  of  the  male  is  chestnut-brown, 
mottled  and  undulated  with  blackish  brown  and 
grey  ;  tail  grey,  undulated  and  barred  with  blackish 
brown  ;  shoulder-tufts  velvet-black  with  green  re- 
flexions, and  covering  a  large  space  of  the  neck 
destitute  of  feathers.  The  female  is  paler  tinted 
than  the  .male  ;  the  shoulder-tufts  are  orange-brown. 

1703. — The  Cock  of  the  Plains 

{Tetrao  Urophasianus).  Centrocercus  Urophasianus, 
Swainson. 

This  species,  which  is  a  native  of  the  barren  arid 
plains  along  the  river  Columbia  and  the  interior  of 
North  California,  appears  to  have  been  first  recorded 
by  Lewis  and  Clarke,  and  has  been  described  by  Mr. 
Douglas,  who  found  it  among  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
li  From  the  slender  form  of  the  quill-feathers  of  the 
j|  wings,  and  those  of  the  t.iil,  the  flight  of  this  sjiecies 
ij  is  slow,  unsteady,  and  accompanied  by  a  whirring 
I  sound.  "  When  startled,"  says  Mr.  Douglas,  "  the 
j  voice,  cuck,  aick,  cuch,  is  like  that  of  the  common 
li  pheasant.  They  pair  in  March  and  April.  Small 
jj  eminences  on  tlie  banks  of  streams  are  the  places 
usually  selected  for  celebrating  the  weddings  ;  the 
time  generally  about  sunrise.  'J  he  wings  of  the 
male  are  loivered,  buzzing  on  the  ground ;  the 
tail  spread  like  a  fan,  somewhat  erect ;  the  bare 
yello'.v  oesophagus  is  inflated  to  a  prodigious  size — 
iully  half  as  large  as  his  body — in  marked  con- 
trast wiih  the  scale-like  feathers  below  it  on 
the  breast,  and  the  flexile  silky  feathei's  on  the  neck, 
which  on  these  occasions  stand  erect.  In  this  gro- 
tesque form  he  displays  in  the  presence  of  his 
intended  mate  a  variety  of  attitudes.  His  love-song 
is  a  confused,  grating,  but  not  olfensively  disagree- 
able tone. — sometliing  that  we  can  imitate,  but  have 
a  difficulty  in  expressing  —  Hurr  liun-hitrr-r-r-v- 
!ioo,  ending  in  a  deep  hollow  tone,  not  unlike  the 
sound  produced  by  blowing  into  a  large  reed.  Nest 
on  the  ground,  under  the  shade  of  Piirshia  and 
Aiteinisia.  or  near  streams,  among  Phalaris  arundi- 
nacea,  carefully  constructed  of  dry  grass  and  slender 
twigs.  Eggs,  irom  thirteen  to  seventeen,  about  the 
size  of  those  of  the  common  fowl,  of  a  wood-brown 
colour,  vvilli  irregular  chocolate  blotches  on  the  thick 
end.  Period  of  incubation  twenty-one  to  twenty-two 
days.  The  young  leave  the  nest  a  fev/  hours  after 
they  are  hatched.  In  the  summer  and  autumn 
months  these  birds  are  seen  in  small  troops,  and  in 
winter  and  spring  in  flocks  of  several  hundreds." 

The  flesh  is  dark  coloured,  but  not  particularly 
good  in  point  of  flavour.  The  sacculation  of  the 
oesophagus,  to  which  allusion  has  been  made,  is 
double,  and  the  skin  covering  it  deep  orange-yellow. 
The  male  is  about  twenty-two  inches  in  length,  and 
weighs  from  six  to  eight  pounds.  The  general 
colour  of  the  upper  parts  is  light  brown,  mottled 
and  variegated  with  dark  umber-brown  and  yellow- 
ish white.  Shalts  of  all  the  feathers  of  the  breast 
black  and  rigid  ;  the  feathers  of  the  sides  are  white 
and  scale-like  :  throat  and  head  varied  with  blackish 
on  a  white  ground  ;  on  each  side  of  the  protube- 
rances, and  higher  up  on  the  neck,  is  a  tuft  of 
feathers,  having  the  shafts  greatly  elongated,  naked, 
gently  curved,  and  tipped  with  a  pencil  of  black 
barbs.  In  the  female  these  filamentous  feathers  are 
wanting;  her  size  is  much  less  than  that  of  the 
male,  and  there  are  no  scale-like  feathers  on  the 
chest  and  sides. 

1764. — A  Group  of  G.vme. 

a,  the  Capercailzie  ;  h,  the  Pheasant ;  r,  the  Quail ; 
(/,  the  Red-legged  Partridge  :  e.  the  Red  Grouse  ; 
f,  the  Black  Grouse  ;  o,  the  Ptarmigan ;  h.  the 
Common  Pail  ridge 


END  OF  VOLUME  I. 


[  1763.— Cock  ot  the  Plkint. 


1764.— Group  of  Game. 


'^:~}^- 


17^6. — Capercaillie. 


1762.— Kuffed  (jrouse. 


1761.— Hured  Grouse. 


403 


/,r 


Rare 

Book. 
Room 


, 


^^ifH^a^^^^mKum^rk 


^y 


wimim. 


Will 


«%. 


tfimiii 


iijmm.